Conference Agenda

Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).

Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 10th May 2025, 09:05:49 EEST

 
Filter by Track or Type of Session 
Only Sessions at Date / Time 
 
 
Session Overview
Date: Wednesday, 28/Aug/2024
9:30 - 11:0000 SES 04 A: Thematical Trends in 30 Years of European Educational Research. Looking Back to Look Ahead.
Location: Room LRC 012 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid
Panel Discussion
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion

Thematical Trends in 30 Years of European Educational Research. Looking Back to Look Ahead.

Marit Honerød Hoveid1, Maarten Deleye2, Lucian Ciolan3, Carmen Carmona Rodriguez4, Maria Pacheco Figueiredo5

1Norwegian University of Science and Tech, Norway; 2EERA, Ghent University; 3Bucharest University, incomming EERA SG; 4University of Valencia; 5School of Education and CIDEI, Polytechnic of Viseu

Presenting Author: Deleye, Maarten; Ciolan, Lucian; Carmona Rodriguez, Carmen

In 2024, EERA celebrates its 30th anniversary. This makes ECER 2024 in Nicosia the ideal moment to look back at the previous conferences in order to get a grasp of the central topics that were addressed throughout the years. This is precisely the focus of this EERA session. The session starts with a presentation of the preliminary results of an empirical analysis of the ECER abstracts database identifying the most important topics that were addressed in the previous three decades. This is followed by a panel discussion in which is explored what this means for the field: Which topics have been dominating European educational research, what has been under-addressed so far, and where do we see promising and necessary pathways for the future?

This EERA session is part of an ongoing research project aimed at identifying the most important themes or research topics (both substantive and methodological) that have been addressed in the previous decennia of European Conferences on Educational Research. The aim is to create an overview of the very diverse work that has already been done in the field, in doing so offering an insight into which research topics dominate the field. The focus of the research project purposefully supersedes the level of the individual networks, using abstracts across the networks as a window into what European educational research these past years has been about.

The session pivots around the results of an empirical analysis of the ECER abstracts database. This is done through topic modelling, which is an automated content analysis technique for the analysis of large corpora (Arora et al., 2018). It is a powerful text mining technique that derives latent meaning from a body of text by investigating large patterns over multiple documents. This general approach is also called distant reading (Wiedemann, 2013). Topic modelling reduces the complexity of a corpus by finding topics, “collections of words that have a high probability of co-occurrence” within documents throughout the corpus (Jaworska & Nanda, 2018, p. 11). A topic model is then a model consisting of several “topics” that together represent the content of the corpus. Every topic has a weight that reflects its importance in the corpus. Taken together, this means that the topics this study identifies are collections of words that are repeatedly used together throughout the analyzed ECER abstracts, in this way representing the most important themes or topics that have been addressed at the conferences.


References
Arora, S., Ge, R., Halpern, Y., Mimno, D., Moitra, A., Sontag, D., Wu, Y., & Zhu, M. (2018). Learning Topic Models -- Provably and Efficiently. Commun. ACM, 61(4), 85–93. https://doi.org/10.1145/3186262
Jaworska, S., & Nanda, A. (2018). Doing Well by Talking Good: A Topic Modelling-Assisted Discourse Study of Corporate Social Responsibility. Applied Linguistics, 39(3), 373-399. https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/amw014
Jockers, M., & Mimno, D. (2012). Significant Themes in 19th-Century Literature. Faculty Publications - Department of English, University of Nebraska, Paper 105. http://digitalcommons.unl.edu/englishfacpubs/105
Wiedemann, G. (2013). Opening up to Big Data: Computer-Assisted Analysis of Textual Data in Social Sciences. Historical Social Research-Historische Sozialforschung, 38(4), 332-357. <Go to ISI>://WOS:000329475400006

Chair
Marit Honerod Hoveid, marit.hoveid@ntnu.no
 
9:30 - 11:0001 SES 04 A: Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (Part 1): Towards Sustainable Practices for Professional Learning and Development
Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Hannu Heikkinen
Session Chair: Michelle Helms-Lorenz
Symposium Part 1/3, to be continued in 01 SES 06 A
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium

Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (PART 1): Towards Sustainable Practices for Professional Learning and Development

Chair: Hannu Heikkinen (University of Jyväskylä)

Discussant: Michelle Helms-Lorenz (University of Groningen)

This symposium series, consisting of three consecutive symposia (3x90 min), is organised by the European network Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (TIME) which has been organised as a network project of the Network 1 “Professional Learning and Development” of EERA since 2021. The aim of the network is to bring together researchers interested in supporting and mentoring new teachers during the induction phase. The network has organised various meetings of researchers to promote cooperation between researchers working on mentoring and induction practices, not only at the ECER conference, but also, for example, at the NERA conference. The network is also in the process of editing a European anthology of this research.

A variety of research and development work on induction and mentoring is explored as a part of teachers’ continuing professional learning and development within a broader ecosystem of educational practices. The research is based on the assumption that induction and mentoring are seen as part of teachers' ongoing professional learning and development and as part of a wider set of practices that can be called an ecosystem of professional development.

The Part 1 of this three-part symposium delves into the multifaceted landscape of teacher development practices across Romania, Moldova, Norway, and Armenia, offering a comprehensive examination of emerging trends and challenges of mentoring practices.

The first paper opens with an analysis of teacher mentoring and induction practices in Romania and Moldova, emphasizing the construction of these concepts in educational policy discourse. By scrutinizing 129 documents, including policy papers, research studies, and conference proceedings, the study reveals variations in implementation and interpretation. Employing the theory of practice architectures, the presenters unravel the non-linear dynamics of mentoring practices, highlighting geopolitical nuances and the impact on beginning teachers' participation.

The second paper discusses teacher education partnerships in Norway, highlighting the critical components for success: skilled leadership, professional learning, and a supporting infrastructure. While positively perceived, partnership models differ, necessitating a rethinking of the connection between campus courses and field experiences. Drawing on historical developments and recent initiatives, the presentation advocates for alignment between partnerships for local competence development and teacher education.

In the third paper, the exploration is extended to Norway's comprehensive revision of teacher education program, introducing a 5-year master-level qualification. The study reveals a research gap in understanding how their acquired research-based competence is acknowledged and supported by school leaders. The theoretical framework of practice architectures guides the analysis, emphasizing the need for informed preparation and inclusive practices during the induction phase. The paper advocates for increased collaboration between NQTs and school leaders.

The fourth paper shifts the focus to Armenia, exploring the conceptualization and practical frameworks of teacher induction and mentoring. The qualitative exploratory study unveils the unique landscape of mentoring practices, emphasizing its role in supporting continuing teachers new to the school. Amidst recent educational reforms, the study probes into the affordances and constraints for induction and mentoring, shedding light on the evolving policy discourses within the Armenian educational system.


References
Ingersoll, R. M., and T. M. Smith. (2004). “Do Teacher Induction and Mentoring Matter?” NASSP Bulletin88: 28 40.10.1177/019263650408863803
Kemmis, S. (2023). Education for Living Well in a World Worth Living in. In K. E. Reimer, M. Kaukko, S. Windsor, K. Mahon, & S. Kemmis (Eds.), Living Well in a World Worth Living in for All: Volume 1: Current Practices of Social Justice, Sustainability and Wellbeing (pp. 13-26). Springer Nature Singapore.
Kemmis, S. and Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situating praxis in practice: practice architectures and the cultural, social and material conditions for practice. In s. Kemmis & T.J. Smith (eds.) enabling praxis: Challenges for education (pp. 37 -64). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.
Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H. L., Fransson, G., Aspfors, J., and Edwards-Groves, C. (2014). Mentoring of new teachers as a contested practice: Supervision, support and collaborative self-development. Teaching and teacher education, 43, 154-164
Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E., & Heikkinen, H.(Eds.).  (2020). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring Cappelen. Damm Akademisk.
Pennanen, M., Bristol, L., Wilkinson, J., and Heikkinen, H.L.T (2015). What is ‘good’ mentoring? Understanding mentoring practices of teacher induction through case studies of Finland and Australia. Pedagogy, Culture & Society,

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Understanding the Complexities of Emerging Teacher Mentoring and Induction Practices

Mihaela Mitescu Manea (West University of Timisoara), Mariana Crasovan (West University of Timisoara), Valentina Bodrug-Lungu (Moldova State University)

We examined teacher mentoring and induction practices in Romania and Moldova, focusing on how these concepts are constructed in educational policy discourse. While both countries recognize mentoring and induction in their policies, variations exist in their implementation and interpretation. Our data set comprised 129 documents, 81 of which are from Romania and 48 from Moldova. Policy documents, research studies, conference proceedings, nationally implemented projects, and international reports are the several categories into which documents in our data set fall. The time frame under investigation is 2011– June 2023 for Romania and 2014– June 2023 for Moldova. Furthermore, we carried out several case studies, specifically concentrating on teacher mentorship and induction, and analyzed 11 thematic initiatives in Romania since 2011 and 4 projects in Moldova. To further our knowledge, we revisited interviews with starting teachers from previous studies (Mitescu-Lupu, 2012; Mitescu, 2014). The positions theory (Davies & Harré, 1990) and architecture of practice theory (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008) were employed in data analysis. Our findings indicate that Moldova views induction as a supportive service, while Romania sees it as supervision. Romania has re-examined mentoring to reshape it as a support strategy but struggles with its implementation. The questions we address in this presentation are: what explains the non-linearity of emerging mentoring and induction practices, and how does it impact beginning teachers’ participation in mentoring? We contend that geopolitical nuances are essential in understanding the relationship between mentoring practices and the conditions in the countries we looked at, where we found that policy alignment often lacks critique and serves political communication strategies. Policy discourse in Romania emphasizes European norms without critical engagement, while in Moldova, alignment reflects a shift away from post-Soviet affiliations. These practices shape teacher identities. Changing mentoring practices requires changing practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014). As policies alone prove insufficient to prompt immediate transformations of mentoring practices, we discuss a number of potentially recommendable directions of action, such as the open communication between policymakers, practitioners, and researchers; reassessment of knowledge production and circulation practices in education, along with identifying steps towards decolonizing and diversifying these practices; critically reflecting on conceptualizations of mentoring and induction all categories of participants in these practices operate with. We conclude that mentoring practices' effectiveness depends on the infrastructure of support, training, and communication. Long-term, sustained transformations are needed to support diverse participation and conceptualize changes in mentoring and induction practices in both countries.

References:

Davies, B., & Harré, R. (1990). Positioning: The discursive production of selves. Journal for the theory of social behavior, 20 (1), 43-63. Kemmis, S. & Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situating praxis in practice: practice architectures and the cultural, social and material conditions for practice. In s. Kemmis & T.J. Smith (eds.) Enabling praxis: Challenges for education, pp. 37 -64. Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H. L., Fransson, G., Aspfors, J., & Edwards-Groves, C. (2014). Mentoring of new teachers as a contested practice: Supervision, support and collaborative self-development. Teaching and teacher education, 43, 154-164. Mitescu-Lupu, M. (2012) Învățare și profesionalizare în domeniul didactic, Editura Univ. Al.I.Cuza, Iași, România. Mitescu, M. (2014). A Synopsis on Teachers' Learning during Early Stages of Professional Practice. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 149, 595-601, DOI:10.1016/j.sbspro.2014.08.233.
 

Withdrawn

N N (nn)

Sub-paper had to be withdrawn

References:

.
 

Taking Advantage of the Newly Qualified Teachers’ Research-Based Competence: Challenges and Possibilities for Leadership Practices

Ømur Caglar-Ryeng (UiT The arctic university of Norway), Yngve Antonsen (UiT The arctic university of Norway), Rachel Jakhelln (UiT The arctic university of Norway)

Norway undertook a comprehensive revision of its teacher education programs in 2017, introducing a 5-year master-level qualification for primary and secondary school teachers to address challenges in schools. These challenges included low student performance in core subjects and criticisms of teacher education for being fragmented and too general (Trippestad et al., 2017). The revised programs now emphasize subject specialization in three or four subjects and the development of teachers' research knowledge in scientific theories and methods. This shift aims to better prepare teachers for continuous professional development. However, a significant research gap exists regarding how Norwegian Newly Qualified Teachers (NQTs) with master's degrees experience leadership practices, posing a potential risk that their research-based competence may not be effectively utilized in educational settings. The current research question is whether and how the research-based competence acquired during teacher education is acknowledged and supported by school leaders for NQTs. The theoretical framework employed for analysis is the theory of practice architectures (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008), emphasizing practices as social phenomena and highlighting three intersubjective spaces where participants interact: through language, in the material world's space-time, and in social relationships. Data collection involves two studies: 1. STEP Study: Conducted through semi-structured interviews (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2018) with eight principals in 2023, focusing on how principals perceive and support NQTs during their initial years of practice. 2. RELEMAST Study: Semi-structured interviews with 27 NQTs at intervals of one, two, three, and five years after completing a piloted master's level teacher education at UiT the Arctic University in Norway from 2015 to 2017. Specific guides developed for each year to capture changes in NQTs' experiences of using research-based knowledge during professional development and how it is received by their leadership. Data analysis follows the thematic approach (Braun and Clarke, 2006). Principals express positivity toward NQTs' new research-based competence but lack in-depth knowledge about it. While supportive of established traditions, they demonstrate a lack of initiative in utilizing this competence during the induction phase. Some NQTs themselves seem to contribute new knowledge to the schools. However, principals often maintain distant relationships with NQTs, delegating support to mentors or teams. There is a notable absence of arenas for NQTs to contribute their competence, indicating a gap in informing and preparing schools and principals for the arrival and inclusion of new NQTs and their unique competencies.

References:

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. doi:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2018). Doing Interviews. Retrieved from http://digital.casalini.it/9781526426093 Kemmis, S., & Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situation praxis in practic. In S. Kemmis & T. J. Smith (Eds.), Enabling praxis: Challenges for education (pedagory, education and praxis) (pp. 37‐62). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Werler, T. (2017). Learning Sciences reconfiguring Authority in Teacher Education. In T. A. Trippestad, A. Swennen, & T. Werler (Eds.), The Struggle for Teacher Education. International Perspectives on Governance and Reforms (pp. 131-147). Bloomsbury Publising.
 

Conceptualising Teacher Induction and Mentoring: Reflections from Armenia

Hasmik Kyureghyan (Paradigma Educational Foundation)

Generally, mentoring is seen as a supportive strategy for beginning teachers (Pennanen et al., 2015, European Commission, 2010). Mentoring has become the most popular form of teacher induction, impacting the interchangeable use of mentoring and induction (Ingersoll and Smith, 2004). However, the loose utilisation of these terms in the literature suggests a conceptual confusion about their employment. Hence, mentoring has been described as a poorly defined practice that is weakly conceptualised and theorised (Colley, 2003, Bozeman and Feeney, 2007). There is a growing literature that theorises mentoring as social practice (Kemmis, Heikkinen, et al., 2014), hence it is understood as a special kind of social practice that exists amid other social practices (Heikkinen, 2020). Within that understanding, I’ll introduce mentoring and induction practices by presenting their special characteristics and historical developments within the studied educational and political settings. In Armenia, mentoring is also seen as a means of supporting continuing teachers who are new to the school, not to the system. Moreover, mentoring and induction are not officially regulated by the relevant laws (UNICEF, 2022) but highly depend on individual school arrangements and regulations. In this study, I explore the notion of teacher induction and mentoring within the Armenian educational system to reveal the conceptualisation and practical frameworks that underpin induction and mentoring. In the framework of recent educational reforms in Armenia, there is a growing interest in induction and mentoring in policy discourses in the country, particularly within the context of SEN education, continuous teacher development, and teacher shortage. This is a qualitative exploratory study aiming to understand the state of mentoring and induction within the Armenian educational system, understand the conceptualisation of those two notions within various educational documents, and examine the affordances and constraints for induction and mentoring. To this end, I address the following research question: How are the concepts of induction and mentoring, their function and their relationship to teacher continuous professional learning and development conceptualised at the levels of policy and practice? Using the theory of practice architecture (Kemmis and Grootenboer, 2008) I will explore the specific material-economic, social-political and cultural-discursive arrangements to understand the internationally recognisable conceptualisations of mentoring and induction to be able to examine and explain conceptualisations of those two notions within Armenian educational landscape. The data for this analysis consists of policy documents, reviews of research literature and national/international reports documenting teachers’ participation and approaches to mentoring and induction.

References:

Colley, H. (2003). “Engagement Mentoring for ‘Disaffected’ Youth: A New Model of Mentoring for Social Inclusion.” British Educational Research Journal 29 (4): 521–542. Heikkinen, H. L. T. (2020). Understanding mentoring within an ecosystem of practices. In K.-R. Olsen, E. M. Bjerkholt & H. L. T. Heikkinen (Eds.), New teachers in Nordic countries – ecologies of mentoring and induction (Ch. 1, pp. 27–47). Oslo: Cappelen Damm Akademisk. Ingersoll, R. M., and T. M. Smith. (2004). “Do Teacher Induction and Mentoring Matter?” NASSP Bulletin88: 28 40.10.1177/019263650408863803 Kemmis, S. and Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situating praxis in practice: practice architectures and the cultural, social and material conditions for practice. In s. Kemmis & T.J. Smith (eds.) enabling praxis: Challenges for education (pp. 37 -64). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers. Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H. L., Fransson, G., Aspfors, J., and Edwards-Groves, C. (2014). Mentoring of new teachers as a contested practice: Supervision, support and collaborative self-development. Teaching and teacher education, 43, 154-164 Pennanen, M., Bristol, L., Wilkinson, J., and Heikkinen, H.L.T (2015). What is ‘good’ mentoring? Understanding mentoring practices of teacher induction through case studies of Finland and Australia. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/14681366.2015.1083045
 
9:30 - 11:0001 SES 04 B: Diversity, Adaptions and Changes
Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ziyin Xiong
Paper Session
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Learning to Adapt Instruction to Varied Student Needs: Recognizing Teachers' Multidimensional Knowledge, Triggering Agentive Action, and Stimulating Professional Development.

Åsa Hirsh

Gothenburg university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Hirsh, Åsa

Several decades of teacher effectiveness research show clear correlations between teachers' ability to adapt instruction to students' needs and students' learning gains. For teachers to develop this complex adaptive ability, however, at least 15 years of professional experience is often required (van den Hurk et al, 2016). At the same time, societal developments in the 21st century have resulted in teachers today encountering a highly diverging population of pupils, wherefore attempts to accelerate teachers' ability to adapt instruction to students' needs are considered urgent (Ibid.).

This study was carried out in Sweden, where operational responsibility for students’ schooling rests at the municipal level. Overall regulation is provided by the National Agency for Education (NAE) via curricula, grading criteria, and national tests, but local school professionals enjoy a high degree of freedom regarding the design of instruction and assessment. The last 15 years, however, the state has increasingly taken control of the substantive and methodological focus of instructional improvement efforts, by providing state grants to municipalities committing to work with national-scale teacher professional development (PD) programs in content areas designated by the state as particularly important. The most extensive efforts have been directed at mathematics and literacy instruction, with the expressed goal to strengthen Swedish teachers' ability to adapt instruction to students' varying needs. Within the national PD programs, teachers work according to a fixed cyclical model including text reading, testing given methods in the classroom, and discussing in 'collegial learning groups'. As these programs are linked to extra funding, their content and associated working methods have come to occupy a large part of Swedish teachers’ annually allocated PD time.

One of few research studies on the national programs' impact on students' results shows that the program aimed at mathematics instruction had a small but statistically significant impact on teachers' instructional practices but no effect for student achievement (Lindvall et al., 2022). Moreover, neither national grade statistics nor internationally comparative knowledge measurements show any increase in students' knowledge results to date (Skolverket, 2023). Thus, it can be questioned whether such efforts, given their enormous financial cost, are effective in raising teachers' ability to adapt instruction to students' needs. There is also concern that the dense flow of general solutions provided from school authorities risks reducing rather than strengthening teachers' agency and ability to analyse the needs of their own student base (Engström, 2022; Jahnke & Hirsh, 2021).

This study stems from a three-year R&D collaboration - involving three researchers and 170 teachers - initiated as a reaction to the development described above, where general prescriptions for instructional improvement are served top-down from school authorities. The collaboration’s overall design is grounded in the activity theoretical frameworks of Expansive learning and Transformative Agency by Double Stimulation (Engeström & Sannino, 2010; Sannino 2022; Vygotsky, 1997/1931). Since expansive learning implies that the collaboration taking place is about jointly learning ‘something not yet there’, the researchers' role is not to share a predetermined method for the participants to implement. Instead, double stimulation is regarded as a core mechanism to guide and strengthen the transformative agency of the actors working with the changes in practice. Hence, the role of researchers is to provide stimuli that evoke and contribute to maintaining a transformation process led and owned by the practitioners.

This study aims to contribute knowledge about teachers’ professional development through:

  • Presenting a theory of action for teachers’ use of assessment information for needs-based instructional improvement that recognizes multidimensional professional knowledge and stimulates agentive action.
  • Exploring how that theory is put into practice by teachers and what effects it potentially entails regarding students' and teachers' knowledge development.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
During the R&D collaboration (August 2021-May 2024), researchers worked with the teachers (representing different school forms and subjects) to strengthen their professional agency and achieve instructional improvement rooted in the needs of actual students, ascertained in assessment information. The theory of action is to be understood as an overall stimulus containing a series of second stimuli – ‘thinking tools’ – designed to enable the teachers to redefine the challenging task of instructional improvement and take volitional action through instructional interventions.
The theory of action intertwines ideas from Gee's sociocultural understanding of Opportunity to Learn/OTL (2008), van Manen's epistemology of reflective practice and pedagogical tact (1991; 1995), an Aristotelian conceptualisation of multidimensional professional knowledge (Johannesson, 1999), Biggs’ (1996) theory of constructive alignment, and Harlen's conceptualization of the relationship between formative and summative assessment (2012).
Work has taken place in two arenas: 1) at regularly occurring two-day dialogue conferences (program level), and 2) continuously by teachers in practice at the home schools. Dialogue conferences have offered research input, thinking tools, workshops, cross-group presentations of ongoing/completed casework, individual and dialogic reflections on intervention processes and experiential professional learning, and feedback from researchers to participants/between participants.
During the collaboration, teachers have (cyclically):
• Selected 1-3 case students each at the home school.
• Defined specific learning needs of case students based on analysis of assessment information relative well-defined aspects of school subjects and curricular assessment criteria.
• Participated in monthly collaborative workshop-and-learning sessions at the home schools, for joint analyses and formation/refinement of instructional interventions with assumed potential to meet case-students’ learning needs.
• Implemented, evaluated, and documented case-students’ responses to the interventions.
• Meta-reflected on 1) various spillover effects of the casework, and 2) individual and collective professional learning.
• Conducted cross-group presentations of ongoing/completed casework.
• Documented completed case work, including research-informed and experiential professional learning meta-reflections, in coherent case reports.
Data processed for this study comes from:
• Two questionnaires with Likert scale and open-ended questions answered by all teachers.
• In-depth interviews with 12 teachers.
• Case reports written by 102 teachers after completed cases.
Data was analysed using directed qualitative content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005) to discern 1) which assessment information teachers use and how, 2) if and how the provided stimuli has evoked agentive action in teachers’ casework, 3) signs of performance improvements in the case students, and 4) expressions of experiential professional learning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results indicate that the theory of action has been highly appropriated by the teachers, enabling them to 'translate' formal (test-based) and informal (classroom-interaction-based) assessment information into clearly defined learning needs - a step in the instructional improvement process that many had previously paid little attention to. Regardless of school form, teachers agree that such translation contributes powerfully to shifting focus from the student's shortcomings to instruction as decisive for students’ opportunity to learn, and that the translation enables greater precision in the planning of effective instructional interventions.
Most teachers report that provided thinking tools have contributed to the articulation of a crucial part of professional knowledge – that which, with van Manen (1995), denotes pedagogical tact - which otherwise often remains unarticulated. In interviews and case reports, teachers describe how they intuitively have always known that to effectively address learning needs, tact must be active together with the more scientific and rational forms of professional knowledge. Clearly, it empowers the teachers, that the theory of action used here assigns pedagogical tact a value and provides conceptual tools to verbalize it. Teachers report that they have become increasingly confident in taking as a starting point their own and their colleagues' multidimensional knowledge in planning needs-based instruction. Additionally, they unanimously report that the case methodology, i.e., to intervene and learn with starting point in specific students, is highly effective for achieving analytic concretion.
In nearly all student cases completed so far, knowledge development (often measured through tests) relative to curricular goals is confirmed. Certainly, causal relationships cannot be established with certainty in a project such as this, but it is reasonable to assume that a relationship exists. Additionally, all teachers report positive spillover effects to other students and/or their own teaching skills in general, following the interventions implemented with specific cases in mind.

References
Biggs, J. (1996). Enhancing Teaching through Constructive Alignment. Higher Education, 32 (3), 347-364.
Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1-24.
Engström, A. (2022). Nej, statens skolutvecklingsinsatser fungerar verkligen inte [No, the state's school development efforts really don't work]. Skola & Samhälle, 2022-12-12.

Gee, J. P. (2008). A sociocultural perspective on opportunity to learn. In P. A. Moss, D. C. Pullin, J. P. Gee, E. H. Haertel & L. J. Young (Eds.), Assessment, Equity, and Opportunity to Learn. Cambridge University Press.
Harlen, W. (2012). On the Relationship between Assessment for Formative and Summative Purposes. In J. Gardner (Ed.), Assessment and Learning, 2nd edition. Sage.
Hsieh, H., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative Health Research 15(9), 1277–1288.
Jahnke, A & Hirsh, Å. (2019). Varför förbättras inte elevresultaten trots alla insatser? En fördjupad nulägesanalys av en gymnasieskola [Why do student results not improve despite all efforts? An in-depth current situation analysis of a secondary school]. Ifous rapportserie 2020:1.
Johannessen, K. (1999). Praxis och tyst kunnande [Practice and tacit knowledge]. Dialoger.
Lindvall, J., Helenius, O., Eriksson, K. & Ryve, A. (2022). Impact and Design of a National-scale Professional Development Program for Mathematics Teachers. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(5), 744–759.
Sannino, A. (2022). Transformative agency as warping: how collectives accomplish change amidst uncertainty. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 1–25.
Skolverket. (2023). PISA. 15-åringars kunskaper i matematik, läsförståelse och naturvetenskap[PISA. 15-year-olds' skills in Mathematics, Reading comprehension and Science]. Rapport Internationella studier. Skolverket.
Van den Hurk, H.T.G., Houtveen, A.A.M., & Van de Grift, W.J.C.M. (2016). Fostering effective teaching behavior through the use of data-feedback. Teaching and Teacher Education, 60, 444-451.
Van Manen, M. (1995). On the Epistemology of Reflective Practice. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 1(1), 33-50.
Van Manen, M. (1991). The tact of teaching: The meaning of pedagogical thoughtfulness. The Althouse Press.
Vygotsky, L. S. 1997 [1931]. The History of Development of Higher Mental Functions. In R. W. Rieber (Ed.) The Collected Works of L. S. Vygotsky, 207–219.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Raising the Bar: The Contribution of a whole school approach for Differentiated Instruction in Secondary Schools

Berber Langelaan, Lisa Gaikhorst, Ron Oostdam, Wouter Smets

AUAS, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Langelaan, Berber

Urban areas across Europe are characterized by increased diversity. This is reflected in the school populations in these areas with a high degree of heterogeneity and diverse learning needs (Smets & Struyven, 2020). Secondary school teachers are expected to adapt their teaching to the diverse educational needs of students through differentiated instruction (DI) (OECD, 2018; UNESCO, 2017). DI is seen as an important domain of educational quality and as an approach for providing equal educational opportunities for all learners (Brevik et al., 2017). According to Tomlinson and Imbeau (2010), the core of DI is the adaptation of learning content, process, product and effect in response to differences in learners' readiness, interests and learning profile. This involves teachers assuming different learning needs in their 1) lesson planning and preparation, 2) selecting materials, 3) lesson activities, 4) classroom organization, and 5) student evaluation and assessment (Prast et al., 2015). DI is included in teachers' competence requirements and part of the educational inspection framework. Most teachers recognize the different learning needs in the classroom and the need to adapt instruction, but few secondary school teachers actually put DI into practice (Inspectie van het Onderwijs, 2017). Letzel et al. (2023) found that teachers in upper secondary schools are more often than not low on the implementation of DI, and do not often implement DI. Several explanations are offered in the literature: Teachers indicate that they do not feel prepared to implement DI, that they lack knowledge and understanding of DI. They find differentiation too complex to incorporate into their teaching practice and doubt its feasibility (Gaitas & Alvas Martins, 2017; Whipple, 2012). Research shows that teacher professional development for teachers is warranted. Langelaan et al. (2024) identified characteristics of teacher programs for DI that were successful to some extent. They incorporated active learning, collaboration and reflection and were often longitudinal, comprehensive and addressed attitudes, knowledge and skills. Understanding of differentiation is cited as a prerequisite for being able to apply DI in practice and teachers' attitudes play a crucial role in their use of differentiated instructional practices (Wan, 2016). Educational innovation and improvement is generally seen as intricate: professional learning of teachers within the school is constantly influenced by the often complex school context in which it is implemented. Factors like the (national) curriculum, policies, various organizational factors, and numerous personal characteristics of teachers and students constantly interplay with school development processes. Dack (2019) found that knowledge about differentiation of candidates developed during a course and that participants integrated the newly acquired knowledge into their existing frameworks of knowledge about teaching and learning, which strengthened their beliefs about the importance of differentiation and their learning. At the same time, teachers are constantly trying to find coherence between their own personal frames of reference and those of the changing context during an innovation (Stollman et al. , 2022). As a result, educational innovations often turn out differently than they were intended by their developers. TPD programs for DI are often initiated and developed by external parties and facilitated by educational experts from outside the school (Dixon et al., 2014). Educational development and improvement driven by the school's own ambition may lead to more sustainable and lasting change (Geijsel et al., 2009). At the same time, the question arises whether schools have the resources, capacity and expertise needed . research question: how and to what extent does a school-led and school driven innovation for DI contribute to teachers conceptions, attitudes and classroom practices concerning differentiated instruction? The innovation was monitored during the course of one school year.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The initiation of the innovation was an internally driven endeavor undertaken by the school itself, adopting a participatory approach informed by theoretical insights of successful DI implementation. This study employed a longitudinal mixed methods research design within an explanatory sequential framework to thoroughly examine the contribution of the intervention. Specifically, we focused on three key dimensions: (1) teachers' conceptions (2) the extent of DI implementation in the classroom, and (3) the attitudinal aspects of teachers toward DI. The data collection instrument utilized was a comprehensive self-completed questionnaire comprising 62 items, including one open-ended question and 61 closed-ended items measuring 10 variables. The data were collected from a cohort of 62 teachers at three distinct measurement points throughout a school year. To assess the impact of the intervention, the results from these three measurements were subjected to statistical analysis using a repeated measures ANOVA. Post-intervention group interviews were conducted with a representative sample of 21 teachers to delve deeper into the contribution of the intervention and to identify hindering and supporting factors. A content analysis approach was applied to scrutinize the qualitative data obtained from open-ended questions probing teachers' conceptions of DI. In the subsequent qualitative research phase, the focus shifted towards a nuanced understanding of the learning process and implementation of DI. This phase employed instruments and analytical methods tailored to explore social processes and meaning-making. Thematic analysis was employed iteratively in line with the principles of qualitative study research to extract meaningful insights from the data. This methodological approach allowed for a more holistic understanding of the complex dynamics involved in the adoption and integration of DI practices within the educational context. By combining both quantitative and qualitative research paradigms, we aimed to paint a comprehensive picture and articulate statements regarding the multifaceted factors that either facilitated or hindered the teachers' learning journey.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings elucidate the impact of innovative measures on DI with regard to conceptualizations, attitudes, instructional practices among educators, and the factors influencing both the learning of DI by teachers and its subsequent implementation. 1) Over the course of the academic year, there was a discernible progression in teachers' DI conceptualizations, exhibiting greater comprehensiveness and alignment both internally and with established literature definitions. Utilizing a repeated measures Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) with consideration for sphericity, it was observed that teachers' engagement in differentiation planning, preparation, utilization of activities and materials, as well as their mindset exhibited statistically significant growth on average across distinct time points. Conversely, no statistically significant differences were detected between the various measurement times in relation to the variables of classroom environment, organization and management and assessment and evaluation.. In the subsequent qualitative research phase of data collection, the emphasis was placed on gaining a deeper understanding of the learning process and implementation of DI. The study employed specialized instruments and analytical methods centered on social processes and meaning-making. This qualitative approach aimed to explore the nuanced aspects of how educators engage with and interpret DI, shedding light on the intricate social dynamics and sense-making processes inherent in the implementation of innovative pedagogical practice.
References
Brevik, L. M., Gunnulfsen, A. E., & Renzulli, J. S. (2018). Student teachers’ practice and experience with differentiated instruction for students with higher learning potential. Teaching and Teacher Education, 71, 34–45.
*Dack, H. (2019). Understanding teacher candidate misconceptions and concerns about differentiated instruction. The Teacher Educator, 54(1), 22-45.
Dixon, F. A., Yssel, N., McConnell, J. M., & Hardin, T. (2014). Differentiated instruction, professional development, and teacher efficacy. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 37(2), 111–127.
Geijsel, F. P., Sleegers, P. J. C., Stoel, R. D., & Krüger, M. L. (2009). The effect of teacher psychological and school organizational and leadership factors on teachers’ professional learning in Dutch schools. Elementary School Journal, 109(4), 406–427.
Langelaan, B. N., Gaikhorst, L., Smets, W., & Oostdam, R. J. (2024). Differentiating instruction : Understanding the key elements for successful teacher preparation and development. Teaching and Teacher Education, 140, 1-14.
Letzel, V., Pozas, M., & Schneider, C. (2023). Challenging but positive! – An exploration into teacher attitude profiles towards differentiated instruction (DI) in Germany. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 93(1), 1–16.
OECD (2018). Teaching for the Future-Effective Classroom Practices to Transform Education. OECD.
Prast, E. J., Weijer-Bergsma, E., Kroesbergen, E. H., & Van Luit, J. E. (2015). Readiness-based differentiation in primary school mathematics: Expert recommendations and teacher self-assessment. Frontline Learning Research, 3(2), 90–116.
Smets, W., & Struyven, K. (2020). A teachers’ professional development programme to implement differentiated instruction in secondary education: How far do teachers reach? Cogent Education, 7(1).
Stollman, S., Meirink, J., Westenberg, M., & Van Driel, J. (2022). Teachers’ learning and sense-making processes in the context of an innovation: a two year follow-up study. Professional Development in Education, 48(5), 718–733.
Tomlinson, C. A., & Imbeau, M. B. (2010). Leading and managing a differentiated classroom. Alexandria, VA: ASCD.
UNESCO (2017). A Guide for Ensuring Inclusion and Equity in Education. UNESCO.
Whipple, K. A. (2012). Differentiated instruction: A survey study of teacher understanding and implementation in a southeast Massachusetts school district (Doctoral dissertation, Northeastern University).


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Principals’ Professional Learning - the Process of Changing Practice

Emelie Johansson, Anette Forssten Seiser

Karlstad university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Johansson, Emelie

In a neoliberal society, individualistic and technical logics reduces professionals to consumers of development courses (Hardy, 2012). Principals’ professional learning has come to be about carrying through standardized methods on the initiation of school authorities (Aas & Blom, 2017). Such arrangements usually not lead to changes, due to difficulties of transferring content from one practice to another (Forssten Seiser & Söderström, 2022).

The aim of this study is to contribute with an empirical example of principals’ professional learning from a practice perspective, conceptualizing learning as the process of changing practices (Kemmis, 2021).

The theoretical framework used is the Theory of practice architectures (TPA) (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008) and Ecologies of practices (Kemmis et al., 2012). According to TPA a practice are made up of sayings, doings and relatings. Related to these, the practice architectures consist of three kinds of arrangements prefiguring the practice; Cultural-discursive arrangements - the sayings of a practice, mediated through language and discourses; Material-economic arrangements - resources as the physical environment, human and non-human entities, schedules, money and time ; Social-political arrangements- shaping how people relate to other people and to non-human objects, mediated in the social space as rules, hierarchies, solidarities and other relationships. Ecologies of practices takes a wider perspective to focus on how the practices are related to each other in the complex of educational practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on a critical action research (Kemmis et al., 2014) in which 14 preschool principals, working in a midsized municipality in Sweden, collaborated with a researcher to critically examine and change their ways of leading digitalization in preschool education. The action research followed a cyclic process of trying out actions of leading at the local preschools and reflecting on the experiences in group conversations. The group conversations were audio recorded and analyzed with the theory of practice architectures to identify changes in sayings, doings, and relatings of leading. Ecologies of practices was then used to identify how the practice of professional learning (AR) and leading practices became interdependent during the process, and what practice architectures that enabled the identified changes.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study is expected to contribute with an empirical grounded example and some indicators of how professional learning can be arranged to generate transformations of practice. The result of the study is relevant to those engaged in organizing for, leading, and participating in, practices for professional learning, such as authorities, local management, school leaders and educators in general.

References
Aas, M., & Blom, T. (2017). Benchlearning as professional development of school leaders in Norway and Sweden. Professional Development in Education, 44(1), 62–75.
Forssten Seiser, A., & Söderström, Å. (2022). The impact of the Swedish national principal training programme on school leaders’ actions: Four case studies. Research in Educational Administration and Leadership, 7(4), 826–859. https://doi.org/10.30828/real.1120909
Kemmis, S. (2021). A practice theory perspective on learning: Beyond a ‘standard’ view. Studies in Continuing Education, 43(3), 280–295.
Kemmis, S., & Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situating praxis in practice: Practice architectures and the cultural, social and material conditions for practice. In S. Kemmis & T. J. Smith (Eds.), Enabling praxis: Challenges for education (pp. 37–62). Sense.
Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon. R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Springer.
Kemmis, S., Edwards-Groves, C., Wilkinson, J., & Hardy, I. (2012). Ecologies of practices. In P. Hager, A. Lee, & A. Reich (Eds.), Practice, learning and change. Professional and practice-based learning (Vol. 8). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-4774-6_3
 
9:30 - 11:0002 SES 04 A: Learning from International Comparisons in VET
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Rønnaug Haugland Lyckander
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Exams and certificates in vocational education and training - A comparison between Costa Rica and Germany

Claudia Hunink

Universität Osnabrück, Germany

Presenting Author: Hunink, Claudia

Katz (2023) argues in his article ¿Quo vadis, América Latina? that local universities and vocational schools in Latin American should be particularly supported in order to promote the training of skilled workers such as engineers and technicians. After all, adequately trained specialists in highly technologised industries could help Latin America's economies to take advantage of opportunities in promising market segments. The argument of strengthening the vocational training system is nothing new. The World Bank report from 1990 already recommended investing in specific areas of vocational training. However, this meant less full-time school-based programmes, as these tended to be considered too expensive and inefficient (Haddad et al. 1990). Then and now, the focus is on vocational education and training programmes, which are partly carried out in companies and therefore have a stronger connection to the world of work than full-time school-based programmes (Álvarez-Galván 2015).

In this context, the transfer of dual training modalities from Germany is sometimes at the center of attention (Gessler/Fuchs/Pilz 2019). In the current discourse, these are addressed as a panacea against structural labour market and social problems (Álvarez-Galván 2015). In light of this, a bilateral agreement was concluded between the German and Costa Rican governments in 2016 at the level of international vocational education and training cooperation. Following the successful completion of the pilot phase of dual training programmes and corresponding adaptation measures to the regional characteristics, the so-called Educación y Formación Técnica Profesional Dual (EFTP Dual) was integrated into the existing VET system as a further option (Láscarez Smith/Baumann 2020).

Although, in particular, dual training programmes such as the EFTP Dual are considered to have enormous potential, certificates of initial vocational training - unlike in Germany - appear to have a low exchange value on the Costa Rican labour market. This phenomenon manifests itself particularly in unequally structured societies in the global South with weakened vocational education and training systems (Allais 2020). In view of this, a dichotomy can be observed between higher education and vocational education and training (Reichenbach 2021). On the one hand, there is the area of general and tertiary education. On the other hand, vocational education and training, which is often seen as a second-best choice at best compared to general and tertiary education (Clement 2014) and has always targeted vulnerable social groups in particular (Beirute Brealey 2018). The tendency towards negative social perceptions of vocational education and training and the resulting low exchange value of the corresponding certificates on the labour market are the focus of this study, which is why the following research questions are investigated:

What structures and recognition mechanisms of certification can be identified for Costa Rica and Germany in initial vocational education and training? How is the current examination process organised in Costa Rica and which instruments are used to measure performance? To what extent do Costa Rican stakeholders in initial vocational education and training see a need to reform the examination and certification system?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A multidimensional methodological approach was chosen for this study. This is divided into different survey methods, such as desk research based on secondary and document analyses. This means that figures from the National Institute for Statistics and Census (INEC), legal texts, reports, articles, studies etc. are included in the comparative context analysis. In addition, cultural artefacts, such as caricatures, literary works, etc., are examined, as these allow an alternative approach to the cultural context of Costa Rica (Hunink 2021; Lueger 2010; Lueger/Froschauer 2018). In addition, empirical data is collected in the form of guideline-based group interviews and participant observations.
The participant observations took place in 2023 as part of three delegation visits to the Ministry of Public Education (MEP), companies, chambers, trade unions, the National Training Institute (INA), etc. in Costa Rica. The group interviews were conducted at the vocational schools CTP San Pedro de Barva and CTP Atenas with the apprentices, teachers and coordinators of the 1st generation of EFTP Dual.
The transcribed audio material was analysed both deductively and inductively using MAXQDA 2020. The coding paradigm, in the sense of open, axial and selective coding, is based on the research style of the Grounded Theory Methodology (GTM) (Strauss/Corbin 1996).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The underlying conditions in Costa Rica and Germany differ significantly. This also applies to initial vocational training. Both countries show considerable differences in terms of the structures, logics of action and processes of the qualification system. Furthermore, the empirical material shows that the stakeholders in vocational education and training are not satisfied with the examination instrument currently used (single-choice). This is oriented towards knowledge and does not measure vocational competences. In this context, the desire is expressed for an examination instrument that is orientated towards vocational practice. In addition, it is considered appropriate to involve the social partners in the design of the examination with the aim of ensuring that vocational education and training certificates are collectively recognised in the medium and long term and, as a result, achieve an adequate exchange value on the labour market.
References
Allais, S. (2020): Vocational education and inequalities in transitions from education to work in three African countries. In: Francis, D./Webster, E./Valodia, I. (Hrsg.): Inequality studies from the global South. London, 141–160.
Álvarez-Galván, J.-L. (2015): A Skills beyond School Review of Costa Rica. OECD Reviews of Vocational Education and Training. OECD Reviews of Vocational Education and Training. Paris.
Beirute Brealey, T. (2018): Informe Estado de la Educación. Principales cambios en la oferta de Educación Técnica presentados en el periodo 2006-2018 y su pertinencia para jóvenes en zonas de alta vulnerabilidad. San José.
Clement, U. (2014): Improving the Image of Technical and Vocational Education and Training. Bonn.
Gessler, M./Fuchs, M./Pilz, M. (2019): Der internationale Berufsbildungstransfer im Lichte der deutschen Berufsbildungsforschung. Wie der Geist aus der Flasche. In: Gessler, M./Fuchs, M./Pilz, M. (Hrsg.): Konzepte und Wirkungen des Transfers Dualer Berufsausbildung. Wiesbaden, 3–10.
Haddad, W. D. et al. (1990): Education and development. Evidence for new priorities. World Bank discussion papers 95. Washington, D.C.
Hunink, C. (2021): An Intermediate Conclusion. Potentials of Artefact Analysis for the Field of International VET Research. In: Nägele, C./Kersh, N./Stadler, B. (Hrsg.): Trends in Vocational Education and Training Research. Genf, 108–118.
Katz, J. (2023): ¿Quo vadis, América Latina? Las dos caras del nuevo capitalismo latinoamericano. In: Revista CEPAL, 140, 7-21.
Láscarez Smith, D./Baumann, F.-A. (2020): Costa Rica. Berufsbildung im Wandel. In: Baumann, F.-A. et al. (Hrsg.): Berufliche Bildung in Lateinamerika und Subsahara-Afrika. Entwicklungsstand und Herausforderungen Dualer Strukturansätze. Wiesbaden, 73–109.
Lueger, M. (2010): Interpretative Sozialforschung. Die Methoden. Wien.
Lueger, M./Froschauer, U. (2018): Artefaktanalyse. Grundlagen und Verfahren. Lehrbuch. Wiesbaden.
Reichenbach, R. (2021): Zur Dichotomie von Berufsbildung und Allgemeinbildung. In: Dernbach-Stolz, S. et al. (Hrsg.): Transformationen von Arbeit, Beruf und Bildung in internationaler Betrachtung. Festschrift für Philipp Gonon. Wiesbaden, 355–372.
Strauss, A. L./Corbin, J. M. (1996): Grounded theory. Grundlagen qualitativer Sozialforschung. Weinheim.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

The Role of Vocational Education and Training in Integrating Newly Arrived Immigrants into Working Life in Europe - A Scoping Review

Rønnaug Haugland Lyckander

NIFU Nordic Institute for Studies of Innovation, Research and Education, Norway

Presenting Author: Lyckander, Rønnaug Haugland

Vocational education and training (VET) is conceived by both the EU and OECD as a powerful integration tool to secure immigrants’ permanent work positions (European Commision, 2020; Jeon, 2019). Thus, several European countries have developed policy measures that target newly arrived immigrants’ entry into VET. For example, in Switzerland, access to VET is the main route towards refugees’ labour market integration, and in 2018 a pre-apprenticeship programme was introduced (Aerne & Bonoli, 2023). VET can contribute to labour market integration because it combines practical and work-based forms of learning with language learning, as well as receiving a recognised VET certification after completion that makes it easier to find employment matching the skills developed (Jørgensen, 2022). However, using VET as an integration tool can be challenging. At a system level, state regulations that make VET more inclusive may restrict necessary cooperation between central actors, such as employers and the state (Bonoli & Wilson, 2019). In addition, studies indicate that newly arrived immigrants face several challenges in their process of entering and completing VET. Among these challenges are insufficient information about the education system, problems of fulfilling the prerequisites for entering VET and lack of social networks and ethnic discrimination among employers that make it difficult to secure an apprenticeship contract (Beicht & Walden, 2019; Bonoli & Wilson, 2019; Bredgaard & Thomsen, 2018; Imdorf, 2017; Jeon, 2019).

There is a growing body of studies from various European countries about immigrants’ participation in VET. Within VET research, there has been identified a need for more evidence syntheses as there is a lack of review research (Gessler & Siemer, 2020). To our knowledge, an evidence synthesis about recently arrived immigrants in Europe and VET has not yet been conducted. The aim of this study is to provide an overview of European research literature about this interdisciplinary and dynamically evolving field. For this purpose, we apply a scoping review approach that entails to systematically retrieve and map the breadth of literature on a (particular) topic, field, concept, or issue (Munn et al., 2022). The approach is used to identify research clusters and research gaps that can inform the focus of future research (Levac et al., 2010).

The review will address the following research questions: 1) What are the key characteristics of the existing research? 2) What are the main objectives and challenges reported in the included studies? 3) What are the research gaps identified in the included studies?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We conducted systematic searches in three international indexed databases (Web of Science, Scopus and Education Source) and supplementary searches using citation and reference checks. To identify relevant literature, the search strategy was guided by inclusion and exclusion (eligible) criteria, including peer-reviewed studies (journal articles and book chapters) concerning VET programmes and immigrants in Europe published between 2013–2023 in English. Other publication formats, other languages, or studies from non-European countries as well as studies concerning vocational training for immigrants not part of formal VET was excluded. In total, 21 studies were considered eligible for inclusion. These studies were systematically analysed and coded to map the following information: authors and publication year, geography, context, study design, and information about study participants.

The studies were coded thematically to identify main themes and research gaps. The overarching categories in the thematic analysis follows Cross (1981), who distinguishes between dispositional, situational, and institutional barriers to participation in education. Situational barriers concern individuals’ broad circumstantial conditions such as lack of time or of financial resources; institutional barriers concern practices and procedures that exclude or hinder participation and completion. Dispositional barriers concern individual dispositions, like attitudes or motivation to participate. By highlighting situational and institutional barriers, our perspective may reveal structural and systemic barriers, addressing how VET can be made more inclusive and flexible, and adapt to students’ resources.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
So far, our review finds that research on immigrants and VET has increased in the studied period and that the field is dominated by qualitative studies from Nordic and German-speaking countries. Moreover, the research participants are mainly refugees and/or teachers. The included studies address students’ learning and integration processes; teachers’ practices and perceptions; programme establishment, development and evaluation, and VET and integration at a systemic level. Most studies addressed the interrelated themes of institutional challenges and situational challenges. The situational challenges addressed in the studies include newcomer factors, environmental factors and immigration and integration policies. The addressed institutional challenges relate to information; access; validation of prior learning; course provision and organisational challenges.

In our preliminary analysis, we have identified two main areas where the included studies addressed a need for more research. The first concerns the refugees’ pathway in VET including access to, experience of and completion of VET. The second area consists of teachers’ practices and perspectives in relation to teaching immigrants and refugees. In addition, there seems to be a large literature on this field in German-speaking countries with a long tradition of VET, like Germany, Austria, and Switzerland. However, this review is limited to publications in English, and as a result, the extensive research conducted in the mentioned countries has not been included. Hence, there is a need for research reviews that focus on research literature published in German. We will conduct a comprehensive analysis of research gaps and their implications before the conference begins.

References
Aerne, A., & Bonoli, G. (2023). Integration through vocational training. Promoting refugees' access to apprenticeships in a collective skill formation system. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 75(3), 419-438.
Beicht, U., & Walden, G. (2019). Transition to company-based vocational training in Germany by young people from a migrant background – The influence of region of origin and generation status. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 6(1), 20-45.
Bonoli, G., & Wilson, A. (2019). Bringing firms on board. Inclusiveness of the dual apprenticeship systems in Germany, Switzerland and Denmark. International Journal of Social Welfare, 28(4), 369–379. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijsw.12371
Bredgaard, T., & Thomsen, T. L. (2018). Integration of refugees on the Danish labour market. Nordic journal of working life studies, 8(S4), 7–26.
Cross, K. P. (1981). Adults as Learners. Increasing Participation and Facilitating Learning. Jossey-Bass.
European Commision. (2016). Youth report 2015. European Union. https://ec.europa.eu/assets/eac/youth/library/reports/youth-report-2015_en.pdf
Gessler, M., & Siemer, C. (2020). Umbrella review: Methodological review of reviews published in peer-reviewed journals with a substantial focus on vocational education and training research. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 7(1), 91–125. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.7.1.5
Imdorf, C. (2017). Understanding discrimination in hiring apprentices: how training companies use ethnicity to avoid organisational trouble. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 69(3), 405–423.
Jeon, S. (2019). Unlocking the potential of migrants through vocational education and training. OECD. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/education/unlocking-the-potential-of-migrants_1ca47cd9-en
Jørgensen, C. H. (2022). Are apprenticeships inclusive of refugees? Experiences from Denmark In L. M. Herrera, M. Teräs, P. Gougoulakis, & J. Kontio (Eds.), Migration and Inclusion in Work Life: The Role of VET (pp. 342–372). Atlas förlag.
Levac, D., Colquhoun, H., & O'Brien, K. K. (2010). Scoping studies: advancing the methodology. Implementation science, 5, 1–9.
Munn, Z., Pollock, D., Khalil, H., Alexander, L., Mclnerney, P., Godfrey, C. M., Peters, M., & Tricco, A. C. (2022). What are scoping reviews? Providing a formal definition of scoping reviews as a type of evidence synthesis. JBI Evidence Synthesis, 20(4), 950–952. https://doi.org/10.11124/JBIES-21-00483


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Poster

Andragogic Questions of Modern Migration

Krisztina Nagy

Eötvös Loránd University, Budapest, Hungary

Presenting Author: Nagy, Krisztina

Authors: Krisztina Nagy – Email: krisztinasari@gmail.com

Maria Kraiciné Dr. Szokoly - Email: szokoly.maria@ppk.elte.hu

Key words are: migrants, refugees, integration, trainings, language classes, good practices

Backround of the research: Modern migration has been a well-known phenomenon across Europe for years. According to Eurostat, 2.3 million immigrants arrived in the European Union from non-EU countries in 2021. This number was 1.5 million in 2013 and 2.5 million in 2018 (Eurostat, 2021).

The wave of migration with its social, economic, political and other consequences places a heavy burden on the affected countries, among other things, it strongly affects the institutions of public education in the case of children, vocational training in the case of adults, and adult education and training. For the time being, humanitarian issues are in the spotlight and little attention is paid to the adult education aspects of migration, to the situations that need to be solved from an andragogical point of view, and andragogical professional problems that arise, and what answers state, civil and church vocational and adult education institutions can give in each country. . How do they cope with the problems arising from language, cultural and religious differences and how, through what kind of training (catch-up, language, professional, etc.) can they integrate migrant workers with different qualifications into the labor market in a short time.

Goals of the research: the aim of the research is to describe, explain and compare the good practices and experiences of different countries heavily affected by migration. These countries are: Germany, Austria and Hungary. We review the migration background of these countries, as well as how various EU and individual country decisions affect the integration of migrants and refugees living in that country.

Target groups: the target groups of my research are refugee/migrant adults between the ages of 18 and 63 who have arrived from any country and have at least a basic education, including groups that are open to retraining and integration from a physical and mental point of view. I paid particular attention to women in this age group, who are usually at a disadvantage compared to men in terms of their integration and adult learning.

Key questions/objectives:

How does migration affect European adult education organizations?

Is there a uniform organizational/content/methodological EU recommendation for catch-up, language, professional and labor market training for immigrants?

Are there professionals prepared to train immigrants in each country?

In researching the topic, I share the results and experiences of german and austrian researchers, and I also talk about the results of the pilot research conducted with professionals dealing with migrant training in practice in Hungary

Hypotheses

1. Hypothesis: Several international organizations were established for the training of immigrants decades ago, and during the activities of these organizations, as well as the national organizations dealing with migration training in individual countries, many good training practices were realized.

2. Hypothesis: In the examined countries, specially trained specialists deal with the training of immigrants.

3. Hypothesis: In Hungary, the majority of specialists dealing with the integration of third-country nationals are unfamiliar with the concept of integration modules, and no domestic professional dialogue has yet started on its contents. Thus, questions related to the European integration modules, the good practices mentioned in them, and their applicability in Hungary have practically not been put on the agenda yet.

Examined organizations and programs:

  • Bertelsmann Foundation's leadership training program
  • Federal Office for Migration and Refugees
  • Artemisszió Foundation
  • Menedék Foundation
  • Education and Training 2020
  • Arrivo Berlin
  • IOM- International Organization of Migration


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For my research, I use desk research and a mixed (qualitative and quantitative) method:
• source and document analysis (international literature, documents and research materials, press materials), documents and research materials, EU committees and the researchers behind them – EU forums, decisions
• online questionnaire
• semi-structured interviews
• I use the SPSS method to process the questionnaire, and the Atlas method to process the interview

The target group of the interview:

• managers and representatives of organizations dealing with the training of immigrants – Hungarian Red Cross, Maltese Charity, LDS Charities
• trainers, andragogical specialists dealing with the training of immigrants – Menédek - Migrants Helping Association
• persons responsible for the training of trainers
• representatives of the organizations supporting the training


Method of sampling

Sampling takes place in 3 countries affected by migration, primarily Germany, Austria and (based on the special situation regarding migration) Hungary. Establishing contact with at least 2 organizations from these countries each and hold interviews with the professionals working there. Also, other researchers cooperate with their professional experiences and research materials on the topic.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a summary, I would like to state that, considering the practices of the past years, the European Union countries found the preparation of the persons training immigrants to be important, as evidenced by the activities of the two organizations I presented. The mentioned two initiatives, the Bertelsmann Foundation and the European Integration Modules, focus purposefully on the development of European trainers and migration organizations, ensuring the appropriate professional knowledge when training immigrants. They are the people who deal with immigrants in practice, and they are trained, prepared persons. However, it would be useful to improve language skills. The opinion of my interviewee also reflects this, so I consider my hypothesis confirmed.

Since European migration is not just a modern phenomenon, there are of course already programs developed to promote the training of incoming people. As we can already see based on the previous interview questions, the legal background that determines the framework of the programs is very important in terms of migration and integration.

Based on the above, it is important to note that the integration difficulties differ from area to area, and the conditions for adult education are not the same. Since we are talking about the member states of the European Union, the decisions and provisions made by the European Commission apply to all member states. However, the local system and way of thinking may change, and thus the agreements will be tailored to the country in question.


References
Eurostat (2021): Migration and migrant population statistics
https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Migration_and_migrant_population_statistics
Last download: Jan.24th, 2024

Fons Coomans (2018): UNESCO Chair in Human Rights and Peace, Centre for Human Rights Maastricht University
URL: https://en.unesco.org/node/301084
Last download: Jan.26th, 2024

Adrian Edwards (2015): UNHCR viewpoint: 'Refugee' or 'migrant' - Which is right?
URL: https://unis.unvienna.org/unis/en/pressrels/2015/unisinf513.html
Last download: Jan.21th, 2024

Hungarian Helsinki Committee: The future of refugee protection in Hungary, 2017

URL: https://helsinki.hu/a-menekultvedelem-jovoje/
Last download: Jan.21th, 2024

European Comission-Statistics on migration to Europe, 2021

URL: https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/promoting-our-european-way-life/statistics-migration-europe_en#overall-figures-of-immigrants-in-european-society
Last download: Jan.21th, 2024

IOM – World Migration Report, 2022

URL: https://worldmigrationreport.iom.int/wmr-2022-interactive/
Last download: Jan.21th, 2024

MPI-Migration Policy Institute - Top Statistics on Global Migration and Migrants, 2022

URL: https://www.migrationpolicy.org/article/top-statistics-global-migration-migrants
Last download: Jan.21th, 2024

Linguistic integration of immigrant adults in a German as a foreign language literacy course in Germany

URL: https://m2.mtmt.hu/api/publication/33678968?&labelLang=eng
Last download: Jan.21th, 2024

From radio to artificial intelligence: review of innovative technology in literacy and education for refugees, migrants and internally displaced persons
URL: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000382627
Last download: Jan.21th, 2024

A Theory of Migration: Everett S. Lee
URL: https://www.jstor.org/stable/2060063
Last download: Jan.22th, 2024


Berlin Global (2015): Arrivo Berlin- ‘a Project Preparing Immigrants for work’
URL:http://www.berlinglobal.org/index.php?arrivo-berlin-a-project-preparing-immigrants-for-work
Last download: Jan.22th, 2024

BGZ Homepage (2016): Projects and Products
URL:http://www.bgz-berlin.de/en/projects-and-products/project-overview/arrived-welcome-in-the-berlin-skilled-crafts.html
Last download: Jan.22th, 2024

European Comission (2016): Education and Training-Adult Education, Vocational Education and Training
URL: http://ec.europa.eu/education/policy/migration/adult-languages_en.htm
Last download: Jan.22th, 2024

Action Plan on Integration and Inclusion 2021-2027
URL: https://home-affairs.ec.europa.eu/policies/migration-and-asylum/legal-migration-and-integration/integration/action-plan-integration-and-inclusion_en
Last download: Jan.22th, 2024

International Organization for Migration (2016): Migrant Training
https://www.iom.int/migrant-training  
Last download: Jan.22th, 2024

Arian Edwards (2015): United Nations Information Service-Newsroom
URL: http://www.unis.unvienna.org/unis/hu/pressrels/2015/unisinf513.html
Last download: Jan.22th, 2024
 
9:30 - 11:0002 SES 04 B: Institutional VET
Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Antje Barabasch
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

The Civic Role of Swiss Higher Vocational Education and Training Institutions in an International Context

Jakob Kost1, Leping Mou2, Michael O'Shea3

1Bern University of Teacher Education, Switzerland; 2University of Glasgow, Scotland; 3University of Toronto, Canada

Presenting Author: Kost, Jakob

In an era of globalization, driven by the prevailing neoliberal trend colleges and other higher VET institutions have predominantly focused on measuring their success through criteria such as research excellence and their ability to adapt to the ever-evolving demands of the job market. This development can also be witnessed in Swiss Universities of Applied Sciences (UAS), which were established in the mid-1990s.

However, this myopic approach often neglects other vital dimensions of their mission (Marginson, 2023). These institutions play a pivotal role not only in equipping individuals with job-specific skills but also in cultivating responsible citizenship and nurturing the capacity for lifelong learning. It is imperative to recognize that the diversity of post-secondary institutions are not only providers of human capital (Marginson, 2019) with curriculum shaped by labor market needs; rather, they should be esteemed as institutions dedicated to human development, community anchors, the promotion of the public good (Marginson & Yang, 2022), democratic education (Molnar, 2010), the cultivation of civil society and global citizenship (Franco, 2002) – specifically in the field of vocational education and training.

Particularly in countries such as Switzerland, with its coordinated market economy (Hall & Soskice, 2001), educational institutions focus strongly on imparting specific specialist knowledge and awarding corresponding diplomas that are in demand on the labor market. Recent Swiss studies looked mainly on the impact of UAS in regional labor market innovation and development (Lehnert et al, 2020; Pfister et. al., 2021; Schlegel et al., 2022). However, there are no studies examining the civic role of Universities of Applied Sciences or their role in promoting civic education.

This case study is part of an international comparative study on the civic role of post-secondary educational institutions, which focuses on German-speaking countries, the USA and Canada as well as a sample of East Asian educational systems (Kost, Mou & O’Shea, in prep.). The study examines the civic and democracy-promoting role played by such institutions in Switzerland. This includes, in particular, questions about the specific levels at which this is expressed (legal foundations, service contracts, mission statements, curricula, specific events and activities). As a sub-study of an international comparative study, in addition to the presentation of the results for Switzerland, a positioning of the results within the international context is provided, thus offering a variety of points of reference for colleagues from different countries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The method and theoretical framework for this paper primarily rely on an extensive review of selected literature pertaining to the mission, goals, aims, and roles of the post-secondary sector in general and UAS in specific. The approach involves an in-depth examination of existing scholarship to elucidate current trends, via mapping conceptions of postsecondary institutions’ civic roles.
Previous research has resulted in a broad corpus of data. This includes UAS laws and regulations, information on performance contracts between funding authorities and the institutions, university mission statements, mission statements of individual departments, study programs and descriptions of projects and engagements in their respective regions and communities.
Following the grounded theory methodology (Corbin & Strauss, 2015), we are currently coding the data corpus and developing theoretically grounded categories.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The project is part of a growing interest in the social role of colleges and TVET institutions. This has already been highlighted by symposia at ECER 2023 or by corresponding publication projects (Wheelahan, Moodie & Kost, in prep.).
Initial results show that the civic role of institutions manifests itself in different ways: On the one hand, in a specific characterization of learning that incorporates elements of civic responsibility (cf. the German concept of "Bildung") (Bauer, 2003). On the other hand, it is already clear that elements of a subsidiarity (Hega, 2000) that is also evident in other areas of the education system emerge in the institutional form of the civic role. This is expressed, among other things, in the fact that civic engagement is hardly evident at more abstract levels (e.g. in mission statements and laws) - but the more concrete the analysis of the everyday world and practice at the UAS becomes, the more its civic role becomes apparent. In the presentation, these, and additional results on the civic role of UAS will be further explained and situated in an international context.

References
Bauer, W. (2003). On the Relevance of Bildung for Democracy. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 35(2), 211-225
Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of Qualitative Research, Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory (4th ed.). Sage
Franco, R. W. (2002). The civic role of community colleges: Preparing students for the work of democracy. The Journal of Public Affairs, 6(1), 119–136.
Hall, P. & Soskice, D. (2001). Vartieties of Capitalism. Insitutional The Foundations of Comparative Advantage. Oxford: Oxford University Press
Hega, G. (2000). Federalism, Subsidiarity and Education Policy in Switzerland, Regional & Federal Studies, 10:1, 1-35, DOI: 10.1080/13597560008421107
Kost, J., Mou, L. & O’Shea, M. (in preparation). Contextualizing the Civic Roles of Postsecondary Institutions with Insights from Different Traditions. To be submitted to the Annual Review of Comparative and International Education 2023.
Lehnert, P., Pfister, C., & Backes-Gellner, U. (2020). Employment of R&D personnel after an educational supply shock (https://doi.org/10.1016/j.labeco.2020.101883): Effects of the introduction of Universities of Applied Sciences in Switzerland. Labour Economics, 66.
Marginson, S. (2023). Is employability displacing higher education?. International Higher Education, 116, 3–5.
Marginson, S. (2019). Limitations of human capital theory. Studies in Higher Education, 44(2), 287–301.
Marginson, S., & Yang, L. (2022). Individual and collective outcomes of higher education: A comparison of Anglo-American and Chinese approaches. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 20(1), 1–31.
Molnar, C. J. (2010). Democratic Postsecondary Vocational Education. Fielding Graduate University.
Pfister, C., Koomen, M., Harhoff, D., & Backes-Gellner, U. (2021). Regional Innovation Effects of Applied Research Institutions (https://doi.org/doi.org/10.1016/j.respol.2021.104197). Research Policy. In press.
Schlegel, T., Pfister, C., & Backes-Gellner, U. (2022). Tertiary Education Expansion and Regional Firm Development (URL: https://doi.org/doi.org/10.1080/00343404.2021.2010695). Regional Studies.
Wheelahan, L., Moodie, G. & Kost, J (Eds.) (in preparation). The Social Role of Colleges in International Perspectives. Special Issue of the Journal of Vocational Education and Training – to be published 2025


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Federal Institutes – Brazil’s Chance for a Broader Variety of Vocational Education?

Silvia Annen, Sabrina Sailer-Frank, Claudia Schiedeck

University of Bamberg, Germany

Presenting Author: Annen, Silvia

VET has a rather heterogeneous reputation worldwide, which causes challenges for various countries. The negative reputation of VET is often associated with higher salaries of academic professions (Kopatz & Pilz, 2015) and social recognition (Bosch & Charest, 2009). This perception coincides with a growing shortage of skilled workers, especially on a mediate qualification level, which makes vocational training even more necessary. However, the challenges vary significantly between countries. This paper provides insights into the general reputation of the public Brazilian VET system and the perception of this system from the perspective of the Federal Institutes of Education, Science and Technology (FIs). Public and private institutions can provide VET qualifications in the Brazilian Educational System. Whilst upper secondary VET combines general and vocational subjects (including access to tertiary education), apprenticeships focus on 14–24-year-olds on a secondary education level, combining practical and theoretical parts (OECD, 2015). Both approaches offer professionalization towards a specific occupation. Compared to other OECD countries, VET participation in Brazil is low, whilst the upper secondary VET drop-out rate with 11% is high (OECD, 2023). This study aims to identify possible levers to bring the Federal VET system in Brazil closer to young adolescents and to identify acute challenges that cause young adolescents to decide against an educational pathway in the Federal VET system. The available data suggest that VET in general has a rather low reputation in Brazil (OECD, 2023) although there is a huge demand. Therefore, this paper aims to answer the following research questions:

  • What is the current reputation of the public VET system in Brazil and what are the reasons for this situation?
  • What are students’ aspirations for choosing public VET in Brazil?

To gain a better understanding of the factors influencing the relation between educational opportunities, both rational choice theory (individual level) and the skill ecosystem approach (system level) form the theoretical basis of this paper.

On an individual level, sociological rational choice theory (e.g. Arrow, 1973) is suitable for explaining social phenomena at the aggregate level in a structural-individualistic approach. The basic assumptions of these approaches form a theoretical reference point for the statements of the educational representatives in the interviews conducted within the scope of this explorative study. Rational choice theory posits that young individuals are expected to exhibit rational behaviour when making decisions related to their education. Consequently, they operate in a way that maximizes their utility based on their personal preferences, where action is considered utility-maximizing when individuals select from a range of potential courses of action the one that most effectively advances their desired objectives while incurring minimal costs (Green & Shapiro, 1999). However, young people are limited in their rational behaviour due to the lack of advanced information regarding the anticipated advantages of their educational choices (Arrow, 1973; Garibaldi, 2006; Jovanovic, 1979).

Alligning with a a systemic approach, the skill ecosystem approach offers a holistic understanding. Defined by Finegold (1999) and Brown (2022), this approach perceives educational choices and professionalization being influenced by the present ecosystem, leading to different (area-based) educational and economical pathways, forming a bridge between labour-market-centred demands and policy driven supply. The aim is to offer a holistic, diverse and adaptable approach with a focus on creating solutions to skill-related challenges considering global and local contexts. This approach provides a basis for explaining (regional) differences in terms of educational choice and qualification. Within this study, the focus referring to the skill ecosystem approach are institutional and political framework conditions. This comprises aspects such as legal regulations, governance forms and structures and their public perception, regulations and the negotiation of ethnic standards (Ostendorf, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The results presented in this paper originate from an explorative qualitative study, which investigates the Brazilian society’s perception of the FIs, considering their capillarity in the country. This paper aims to elicit reasons for the attractiveness of the FIs. We developed a qualitative exploratory research design to analyse an under-researched area of the public VET system. We focus on the general perception of the Brazilian public VET system by the educational representatives at the FIs, who:
1. are influential advisers for young people regarding their educational choices and pathways and
2. are well informed about young peoples’ interests and attitudes as well as their educational aspirations, choices and pathways.
In a first step, we conducted a literature review on the current situation of VET in terms of relevant stakeholders, governance structures, participation and success rates. The results in combination with the theoretical basis were used to design the interview guideline. We collected qualitative data by conducting expert interviews with selected educational representatives at the FIs. Expert interviews were chosen in order to gain specialised knowledge and a deep understanding and thus to expand the previously sparse research results on the reputation of Brazil’s public VET system and the aspirations of young people choosing this pathway. The educational representatives in the institutional context represent a problem-orientated perspective. Their knowledge is strongly linked to their professional role and is based on privileged access to information (cf. Meuser & Nagel 2009, 467ff.). They especially qualify as a group of stakeholders with valuable expert knowledge, because their Institutes cover the full range of educational degrees available in the Brazilian educational system from secondary general education up to Master degrees and even the option for PhDs.
We carried out n = 23 semi-structured expert interviews in Portuguese with 4 rectors and 19 faculty members from different regions and backgrounds across Brazil. 10 interviewees were male and 13 female. All Brazilian regions were included in the sample, with the Southeast region being more significant in numbers (South n = 4; Southeast n = 7, Centre West n = 5, Northeast n = 4, North n = 3) due to the demographic representativeness and the number of FIs. We anonymized, transcribed and translated the interviews. The data was analysed via structured qualitative content analysis in alignment with Kuckartz (2022) by identifying both inductive and deductive categories. A communicative validation of the analysis results took place at various points in the evaluation process.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The presented results focus on students’ aspirations when choosing public VET. Our data indicate a rather positive reputation of FIs with difficulties deriving from the community’s overall perception as well as individual preferences.

The positive reputation of FIs aligns with rational choice theory’s emphasis on individuals’ decision to maximize their utility. In this context, our results show that parents' attitudes towards VET also influence young people's educational decisions (cf. Alavi, Sail & Awang, 2012). Furthermore, the availability of diverse educational programs within the same institution provides individuals with a range of (horizontal) choices to maximize their utility.
The organizational structure of FIs, allowing educational pathways from primary to higher education (verticalization), resonates with the assumptions of both rational choice theory and the skill ecosystem approach, as the availability of diverse educational levels within the same institution provides individuals with a vertical range of choices to maximize their utility. Moreover, this vertical integration aligns with the skill ecosystem approach by optimizing resources, including infrastructure and faculty expertise (e.g. Buchanan et al., 2017).
Our results show positive perceptions of the quality of education the FIs offer, mainly linked to comprehensive training and relevant knowledge for professional contexts. In general, there is recognition of the importance of faculty and student satisfaction, considering the institutions’ relevance within their local context, not only for technical qualification but also for helping people to form their principles and values. Nevertheless, the comprehensive and long-term improvement of the standing of FIs requires a multi-perspective approach in co-operation with the relevant political actors (Jambo & Pilz, 2018). This political discussion and the current changing situation within Brazil offer opportunities to intensify the ties between the FIs and the regional economy. This could lead to the establishment of a true skill ecosystem with FIs being one of its main contributors.

References
Alavi, K., Md. Sail, R., & Awang, A. H. (2012). Work Esteem and Re-Branding of Technical Education and Vocational Training from The Perspective of Parents, Teachers and Apprentice. Journal of Technical Education and Training, 3(2).
Arrow, K. J. (1973). Higher Education as a Filter. Journal of Public Economics, 3, 193–216.
Bosch, G.; Charest, J. (2009). Vocational Training: International Perspectives, Routledge.
Brown, T. (2022). Skill ecosystems in the global South: Informality, inequality, and community setting, Geoforum, 132, 10-19.
Buchanan, J., Anderson, P., & Power, G. (2017). Skill ecosystems. In C. Warhurst, K. Mayhew, D. Finegold, & J. Buchanan (Eds.), The Oxford Handbook of Skills and Training (pp. 444-465). Oxford University Press.
Finegold, D. (1999). Creating self-sustaining, high-skill ecosystems. Oxford Review of Economic Policy 15(1), 60–81.
Garibaldi, P. (2006). Personnel economics in imperfect labour markets. Oxford.
Green, D. P. & Shapiro, I. (1999). Rational Choice: Eine Kritik Am Beispiel von Anwendungen in der Politischen Wissenschaft. München.
Jambo, S. & Pilz, M. (2018). Perceptions of teachers in Industrial Training Institutes: an exploratory study of the attractiveness of vocational education in India. International Journal of Training Research. 16(1). 4-18.
Jovanovic, B. (1979). Job Matching and the Theory of Turnover. Journal of Political Economy, 87(5), 972–990. http://www.jstor.org/stable/1833078
Kopatz, S. & Pilz, M. (2015). The academic takes it all? A comparison of returns to investment inceducation between graduates and apprentices in Canada. International journal for research in vocational education and training, 2(4), 308-325.
Kuckartz, Udo & Rädiker, Stefan (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. Beltz Juventa
Meuser, M., Nagel, U. (2009). Das Experteninterview — konzeptionelle Grundlagen und methodische Anlage. In: Pickel, S., Pickel, G., Lauth, HJ., Jahn, D. (eds.) Methoden der vergleichenden Politik- und Sozialwissenschaft. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-91826-6_23
OECD (2015), Education Policy Outlook: Brazil. available at: https://www.oecd.org/education/Brazil-country-profile.pdf (accessed 26.09.2023)  
OECD (2023), Education at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing. Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/e13bef63-en (accessed 29.09.2023)
Ostendorf, A. (2019): Die Skill Ecosystem Perspektive als Denkrahmen zur Weiterentwicklung von Berufsbildungsstrukturen – eine Diskussion im Hinblick auf die digitale Transformation Titel des Beitrags. In: bwp@ Spezial AT-2: Beiträge zum 13. Österreichischen Wirtschaftspädagogik-Kongress, 1-14. Online: http://www.bwpat.de/wipaed-at2/ostendorf_wipaed-at_2019.pdf (22.09.2019).


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Policy Transfer In VET. A Review Of Research Topics And Research Outlook

Antje Barabasch1, Sandra Bohlinger2, Stefan Wolf3

1Eidgenössische Hochschule für Berufsbildung EHB, Switzerland; 2TU Dresden, Germany; 3TU Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Barabasch, Antje; Bohlinger, Sandra

International policy transfer in education per se and in Vocational Education and Training in particular has been a topic of interest across the world and across several disciplines (Phillips, 2008; Phillips & Ochs, 2004; Portnoi, 2016; Scott, Terano, Slee, Husbands & Wilkins, 2016; Steiner-Khamsi & Waldow, 2012). The term refers to the process of exchanging and adopting policy measures, reforms, strategies and ideas from one context to another (Dolowitz and Marsh, 2000; Li and Pilz, 2021), either with or without adaption to the new context. With respect to vocational education and training, the apprenticeship training in German-speaking countries has been a role model for many countries all over the world for decades and there were countless attempts to transfer at least elements of it to other regions and countries (e.g. Euler, 2013; Oeben and Klumpp, 2021). In the field of (labour-market related) adult education, policy transfer is less obvious though it was particularly international organizations which “borrowed” concepts of lifelong learning and learnt from one another as regards learning over the lifespan (e.g. Jarvis, 2014). Other examples of policy transfer in education refer to higher education and the Bologna, the learning outcomes orientation, qualifications frameworks or New Public Management tools (in terms of e.g. the use of monitoring or benchmarks in education).

However, there are few compendia that unite different international perspectives about the topic. Literature has tackled TVET in selected countries (Ertl, 2006), the transfer of the dual apprenticeship system to other countries (Gessler, Fuchs & Pilz, 2019; Pilz, 2017) or policy transfer in the field of skills development and skills regimes. There is a significant number of scientific publications that either address policy transfer (or policy learning or policy diffusion) in general or in fields different from education. Those that do address policy transfer in VET do hardy focus on international perspectives on VET development or they are not available in English.

Against this background, this contribution is based on an upcoming handbook on policy transfer in TVET and beyond seen from an international perspective. Approx. 60 scholars from all continents provided insights into policy transfer from a wide spectrum of international perspectives. They explore policy transfer in respect to learning, be it voluntary and purposeful, incidental and accidental or purposeful (Phillips and Schweisfurth, 2011). Also, the book addresses theoretical foundations of policy transfer, methodological approaches to policy transfer studies, skills development in light of the political economy, the impact of international policies, the influence on the politics of international organizations on policy learning across nations, historical reflections, cultural and anthropological perspectives, policy transfer from the global North to the global South as well as new trends in policy transfer. Geographically, the chapters span a wide range of countries including e.g. Cuba, Denmark, Estonia, Germany, Ghana, India, Ireland, Northern Macedonia, Serbia, Slovenia, the USA, the United Arab Emirates or Vietnam.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The aim of this contribution is not to present the book. Instead, the contribution aims at identifying the core topics, theoretical approaches and discourses discussed in the contributions as well as to systematize and contrast them. As the handbook also covers numerous methods by which the issues of policy learning and policy transfer are addressed (e.g. comparative studies, case studies or design-based research), this contribution also covers a  systematic analysis of these methods and identify gaps for further research. In order to provide such an analysis we use the following guiding criteria to systematize the contributions: Geographical scope, core assumptions about and understanding of VET/TVET, theoretical approaches, key stakeholders, (current) discourses, key questions and topics in terms of VET/TVET, disciplinary perspectives on VET/TVET and political reforms. Moreover, the contributions brings together the mains findings resulting from the contributions and derives questions and research desiderata for future research.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The handbook spans a wide range of regional and national examples across all continents which indicate that and how policy transfer in VET at the crossroads to higher education and adult education has to be contextualized and embedded in regional and cultural contexts. It presents success stories of learning and transferring VET policies for the improvement in other countries, but also explains conflicting educational imaginaries that underpinned resistance against certain educational reforms.
It addresses theoretical foundations and the roots of policy transfer in education, provides new perspectives on policy transfer and questions the sustainability of TVET reforms deriving from “other” contexts. The contribution will draw an account of existing theoretical perspectives in the field, methodologies with which it has been researched, draws attention to the role of culture in determining the field and shows how different actors (donor’s, receivers, international organizations) understand policy transfer from different perspectives. By using some of the country examples we will reconstruct the theoretical lenses that have been applied to understand and explain them. In focusing the presentation on the role of policy transfer as an approach to learn from each other about past approaches, current developments and future perspectives pays tribute to the overall conference theme. The contribution will bring together the manifold perspectives and experiences and may spark innovation in international cooperation and development.

References
Ertl, H. (2006). Cross-national Attraction in Education: accounts from England and Germany. Oxford, UK: Symposium Books
Euler D (2013) Germany’s dual vocational training system: A model for other countries? Gütersloh. https://www.eunec.eu/sites/www.eunec.eu/files/attachment/files/2013_study_german_vet_system.pdf
Gessler, M., Fuchs, M. & Pilz, M. (2019). Konzepte und Wirkungen des Transfers dualer Berufsausbildung. Cham: Springer International.
Jarvis P (2014) From adult education to lifelong learning and beyond. Comparative Education 50(1): 45–57.
Maurer, M. & Gonon, P. (2014). The Challenges of Policy Transfer in Vocational Skills Development. National Qualifications Frameworks and the Dual Model of Vocational Training in International Cooperation. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.
Oeben M, Klumpp M (2021) Transfer of the German vocational education and training system—Success factors and hindrances with the example of Tunisia. Education Science 11(247): 1–25.
Phillips, D. (Ed.). (2008). Comparative inquiry and educational policy making. Oxfordshire, UK: Routledge.
Phillips, D. & Ochs, K. (2004). Educational Policy Borrowing: historical perspectives. Oxford Studies in Comparative Education. Providence, RI: Symposium Books.
Phillips D, Schweisfurth M (2011) Comparative and International Education. An Introduction to Theory, Method and Practice. London, New York: Continuum.
Pilz, M. (2017). Vocational Education and Training in Times of Economic Crisis: Lessons from Around the World. Cham: Springer International.
Portnoi, L. M. (2016). Policy Borrowing and Reform in Education: Globalized Processes and Local Contexts. Cham: Springer International.
Scott, D., Terano, M., Slee, R., Husbands, C., & Wilkins, R. (2016). Policy transfer and educational change. London: SAGE Publications Ltd.
Steiner-Khamsi, G. & Waldow, F. (2012). Policy Borrowing and Lending in Education. Routledge: London and New York.
 
9:30 - 11:0003 SES 04 A: Curriculum reform - an international perspective
Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Nienke Nieveen
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Curriculum Transformation: What Might this Mean in Uncertain Times

Labby Ramrathan, Deevia Bhana, Daisy Pillay

University of KwaZulu-Natal

Presenting Author: Ramrathan, Labby

Curriculum transformation is a global phenomenon that is responsive to various imperatives including institutional, national, global, political and disciplinary demands. In response to the most recent COVID-19 pandemic and the realisation of what was learnt through the national school curriculum that could not prepare learners, schools and parents for uncertain times, a review of curriculum reforms is, therefore, warranted. Drawing from a review of curriculum reforms within South Africa, this paper argues for a more responsive curriculum that resonates with the current and future needs of society complexified by 21st century innovations, uncertainties and disruptions. Natural disasters, extreme climate conditions, political instabilities and the digital explosion are emerging as a new order globally. As such, education, in its broadest conceptualization must respond to the new order.

The current conceptualisation of the school curriculum within South Africa has not fundamentally changed across its four iterations of curriculum transformation since the introduction of outcomes based education. Taking a curriculum studies perspective to the curriculum reforms within South Africa where the curriculum is the object of inquiry, this paper also presents a critique, illuminating the sustained influence of the Tylor rationale and disciplinary boundedness that continues to shape curriculum reforms and argues that this continued path to curriculum reforms will continue to increase the gap between the social realities and future aspirations of society and curriculum reform policies.

The paper is guided by the following research question: What might a responsive school curriculum be to prepare the learners for an uncertain world context and 21st century skills? Drawing on Michael Apple's (2018) notion of academising the political or polictising the academic, as a theoretical constructs in this paper, curriculum reforms within South Africa since democracy will be critiqued to illuminate the continuances and gaps for a responsive curriculum that will prepare the learners to respond to the immediate socio-economic needs of their lives and to respond to the technological advances that come to shape the way they become, interact in their spaces and beyond and prepare for the uncertain and disruptive future. The paper is also informed by theoretical constructs such as new materialism, entanglement, intra-action (Barad) and affordance (Deleuze) to understand how objects, matter and humans interact to explore new meanings and possibilities along the their (learners') learning journey that will prepare them for the uncertain future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is informed by a desktop review of curriculum reform policies within South Africa, supported by interviews with 9 primary school teachers and a questionnaire to subject advisors (n=26) on the monitoring of the recovery curriculum implemented in response to COVID-19.  Three Provinces within South Africa were the sites of the research.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The review of curriculum reforms since democracy was largely symbolic and informed by dominance of Ralph Tylor and traditional disciplines of study despite substantial advancements in curriculum theory, transdisciplinary knowledge systems and technological advancements with substantial affordances.
The findings from the interviews with school teachers reveal the packed nature of the school curriculum and, more importantly, the disjuncture between who they are and what they learn.
The findings from the survey reveal that curriculum implementation is an ecology formed within the site of delivery and is beyond that of a teachers responsibility.  

References
Apple, M. W. (2016, April). Introduction to “the politics of educational reforms”. In The Educational Forum (Vol. 80, No. 2, pp. 127-136). Routledge.
Aoki, T. T. (1999). In the midst of doubled imaginaries: The Pacific community as diversity and as difference. Interchange, 30(1), 27-38.
Fleisch, B. (2023). Theory of Change and Theory of Education: Pedagogic and Curriculum Defects in Early Grade Reading Interventions in South Africa. Education as Change, 27(1), 1-14.
Marope, M. (2017). Reconceptualizing and Repositioning Curriculum in the 21st Century: A Global Paradigm Shift. Retrieved 22 April 2018 from http://www. ibe. unesco. org/en/news/documentreconceptualizing-and-repositioning-curriculum-21st-century.
Pinar, W. F. (2005). Complicated conversation: Occasions for" Intellectual breakthrough" in the internationalization of curriculum studies. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 1(1), 2.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Emotional Dynamics and Burnout in Teacher Identity Formation: A Study on Curriculum Reform Implementation in Kosovo

Arian Musliu, Blerta Perolli Shehu, Vlera Jashari

University of Prishtina, Kosovo

Presenting Author: Musliu, Arian; Perolli Shehu, Blerta

In recent decades, the dimension of emotions in teacher identity formation has gained increased scholarly attention, underscoring the significance of emotional experiences in shaping the process of identity development (Uitto et al., 2015). The Control-Value Theory, rooted in achievement emotions, has emerged as a prominent theoretical framework within this context (Pekrun, 2006; Pekrun & Perry, 2015). According to this theory, teacher identity, particularly within the classroom context, is intricately linked to an individual's values, perceived control over events, and the emotions elicited or experienced in response to those events. The classroom, as a dynamic and emotionally charged setting, serves as a crucible for the amalgamation of these factors. Positive emotions, such as joy and pride, reinforce a teacher's sense of efficacy and alignment with professional values, contributing to a positive teacher identity. Conversely, negative emotions, such as frustration or disappointment, can pose challenges to identity development, potentially leading to feelings of inadequacy or questioning of professional worth. Burnout, characterized by emotional exhaustion, depersonalization, and reduced personal accomplishment, is a critical factor influencing teachers' emotional experiences and, consequently, their identity formation (Maslach & Leiter, 2016). Burnout often results from prolonged exposure to chronic workplace stressors, impacting teachers' emotional responses and overall professional identity. Teachers facing burnout may perceive a diminished control over their work environment, a misalignment with their values, and a cycle of negative emotions that exacerbate burnout. This synthesis of emotional experiences, values, and perceived control, coupled with the inclusion of burnout, highlights the complexity of teacher identity formation. The Control-Value Theory provides a robust framework for comprehending the interconnectedness of these factors. Furthermore, the incorporation of burnout underscores the practical challenges educators encounter, emphasizing the necessity for comprehensive strategies to support teachers' emotional well-being and foster a positive professional identity.

Study Goal

This study aims to investigate the working reality and the role of teachers in Kosovo, with a particular focus on the challenges associated with the implementation of the curriculum reform and the broader professional reform within the teaching profession in Kosovo, viewed through the lens of the social domain. For reference, the revised Kosovo curriculum for pre-university education has transitioned from a traditional emphasis on knowledge acquisition to a more contemporary approach centered around competence-based teaching and learning. This shift, as highlighted by Perolli-Shehu (2019), underscores the importance of focusing on the competencies essential for students' success in various aspects of life. Saqipi (2019) contends that the current training of teachers lacks adequate preparation for them to perform professionally as required. Specifically, teachers receive training in the techno-rational approach and the implementation of narrow curricula, but insufficient attention is given to supporting children in developing the competencies outlined in the Curriculum Framework.

Consequently, the objective of the actual study is to comprehend the emotions experienced by teachers during the implementation of curricular reforms and the burnout they may undergo. We seek to delve into the nuanced aspects of teachers' experiences, shedding light on the emotional dimensions during the reform processes and exploring the implications of burnout within this context. Through this exploration, we aim to contribute to a comprehensive understanding of the socio-professional landscape of education in Kosovo and provide insights that can inform future educational policies and support mechanisms for teachers in the region.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods
This study will adopt a mixed-methods approach, employing a comprehensive set of instruments to delve into the multifaceted aspects of teacher experiences during the implementation of curriculum reforms in Kosovo. The research will engage with a representative sample of 400 teachers through a survey designed to capture key constructs, including personal and professional background, comprehension of the curriculum and its underlying philosophy, teachers' firsthand experiences in implementing curriculum reforms, and the social-emotional factors such as emotions and burnout that significantly influence or impede their work.
The instruments selected for data collection are diverse and tailored to capture the intricacies of teachers' experiences:
● Perception of Curriculum Understanding. Self-reporting questions have been carefully crafted to gauge teachers' perceptions regarding their understanding of the curriculum.
● Emotional Assessment. Two instruments will be utilized - PANAS (Watson et al., 1988), comprising 40 questions to assess positive and negative affect, and the Teachers Emotions Scale (Frenzel et al., 2016; Musliu & Frenzel, 2023), featuring 12 questions to evaluate teachers' emotions in specific situations.
● Burnout Assessment. The Maslach Burnout Inventory (Maslach et al., 1997; Musliu & Frenzel, 2023) will be employed to evaluate teachers' professional burnout within the context of curriculum reforms. This questionnaire provides a comprehensive insight into the emotional well-being of educators amid reformative processes.
In tandem with the quantitative survey, the qualitative facet - interviews with 70 teachers - of the project aims to explore in-depth aspects of teachers' emotional experiences and perceptions during the implementation of curricular reforms. Several constructs have been identified for inclusion in achieving the qualitative objectives, encompassing (1) emotions arising during the implementation of curricula, (2) challenges encountered in executing curriculum changes, (3) perceptions shaping the understanding of curriculum changes, and (4) the approach of teachers within the classroom.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study explores the interplay between emotions and burnout in shaping teacher identity, specifically within Kosovo's curriculum reforms. The Control-Value Theory serves as a robust framework for understanding classroom dynamics, with a focus on burnout as a critical factor impacting professional identity. The research involves 400 teachers, using a mixed-methods approach to assess curriculum understanding, emotional experiences, and burnout. Self-reporting questions aim to reveal teachers' alignment with the reformed curriculum.
PANAS and the Teachers Emotions Scale offer nuanced insights into emotional experiences during reform implementation. Positive and negative affect assessments provide a holistic view of teachers' emotional landscape.The Maslach Burnout Inventory assesses burnout's extent, correlating it with emotional well-being amid reforms. Interviews with 70 teachers add depth, uncovering emotional dimensions and perceptions during curriculum changes.
This study aims to contribute to a comprehensive understanding of education in Kosovo, informing future policies with a focus on teachers' emotional well-being and burnout concerns.

References
Maslach, C., & Leiter, M. P. (2016). Understanding the burnout experience: 1969-1979 and 1979-2009. In The Burnout Companion To Study And Practice (pp. 3-22). CRC Press.
Pekrun, R. (2006). The control-value theory of achievement emotions: Assumptions, corollaries, and implications for educational research and practice. Educational Psychology Review, 18(4), 315-341.
Pekrun, R., & Perry, R. P. (2015). Control-value theory of achievement emotions. International handbook of emotions in education, 120-141.
Perolli Shehu, B. (2019). Social Competence and attitude towards school in relation to academic achievements of students in Kosovo.
Saqipi, B. (2019). Understanding the relation of policy discourse and re-conceptualising curriculum: A Kosovo perspective on a new meaning of context. CEPS Journal, 9(2), 33-52.
Uitto, M., Jokikokko, K., Estola, E., & Maaranen, K. (2015). Teachers' professional identity negotiations in the Finnish education context. Teaching and Teacher Education, 47, 1-12.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Teachers’ Beings and Doings: A Critical Realist Outlook of How Teacher Navigate Professional Agency in a Curriculum Reform

Nako Abdullah1,2

1University of Bristol, United Kingdom; 2Ministry of Education, Malaysia

Presenting Author: Abdullah, Nako

Recent educational reforms in many countries herald the return to the centrality of the teacher at the heart of their implementation (Evans, 2022). In most cases, this renewed emphasis on teachers is explicitly tied to the internationalisation of policy agendas, with teachers primarily described as agents of change at the micro-practice level (Holloway, 2020). It is no surprise that much of teachers’ professional lives—what they purposefully do (agency) and how they see themselves and their roles as teachers (identity)—are often influenced by this constant interplay of local, national, and global policy contexts (Priestly et al., 2015). From a critical realist standpoint, dominant discourses such as those of Bhaskar (1975, 1989) and Archer (1995, 2000, 2012) suggest that in order to understand the complex lives of teachers and how teacher agency is exercised (or underplayed) at the grass-roots level, it is first central to have an understanding of how the mechanisms behind this interplay operate (Munby & Fullan, 2016; Wynn & Williams; 2012). The study seeks to answer the following question: how did teachers enact their agentive roles, facilitating individuals’ professional development while adapting to the needs of learners during curricular reform?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Framing Bhaskar’s stratified ontology of reality (1975) as the key philosophical conceptualisation, the study reflects on the implementation of one of the curriculum reforms in Malaysia and discusses the extent to which institutional structures (Scott, 2005) can influence teacher agency in teaching and learning at micro-level practices. This inquiry, being a part of a wider ethnographic doctorate study, aims to situate teacher agency within a larger scope of practice (i.e., educational system or institutionalisation). Five secondary schoolteachers involved in the reform of new curriculum were interviewed, and the data was audio-recorded, transcribed, and cross-checked by the participants before being imported into NVivo 12 where an iterative analysis was employed. Participatory observation, conversations with school administrators, and analysis of pertinent school and policy documents served as supplements to the primary data.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Drawing on Archer’s (2012) modes of reflexivity, the study considers the ways in which teachers’ thinking navigates the link between agency and structures. The results suggested that how teachers performed and projected their agentry had to do with how different forms of reflexivity mediate intersecting structural and cultural factors at the local and global levels. The different modes of reflexivity that teachers employed and the ways in which they determined and facilitated tasks that were important to them were found to be key to their professional identity and agency. The study concludes that while performativity as traces of situational structures brought about some differences in professional thinking and doing, individuals' reflexivity is what influences agentive mediation. This helps teachers navigate the conflicting needs brought about by their multiple roles.
References
Archer, M.S. (1995). Realist social theory: The morphogenetic approach. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Archer, M.S. (2000). For structure: Its reality, properties and powers: A reply to Anthony King. Sociological Review 48 (3): 464-72.
Archer, M. S. (2012) The Reflexive Imperative in Late Modernity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Bhaskar, R. (1975). A realist theory of science. London: Routledge.
Bhaskar,R. (1979). Thepossibility of naturalism. London: Routledge.
Evans, G. (2022). Back to the future? Reflections on three phases of education policy reform in Wales and their implications for teachers. Journal of educational change, 23(3), 371-396.
Holloway, J. (2020). Teacher Accountability, Datafication and Evaluation: A Case for Reimagining Schooling. education policy analysis archives, 28(56).
Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: What is it and why does it matter?. In Flip the system (p 134-148). Routledge.
Munby, S., & Fullan, M. (2016). Inside-out and downside-up: How leading from the middle has the power to transform education systems.
Scott, D. (2005). Critical realism and empirical research methods in education. Journal of philosophy of education, 39(4), 633-646.
Wynn, D. E. Jr, & Williams, C. K. (2020). Recent Advances and Opportunities for Improving Critical Realism-Based Case Study Research in IS. Journal of the Association for Information Systems, 21(1), 50–89.
 
9:30 - 11:0004 SES 04 A: *** CANCELLED *** In Search of a Representative Teacher Workforce: the Power of Participatory Arts-based Methodology
Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Benjamin Ponet
Research Workshop
9:30 - 11:0004 SES 04 B: Vulnerabilities in Inclusive Education
Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Antonios Ktenidis
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Navigating Uncertainties and Vulnerabilities. Personal Accounts of Research Participants in Supported Living Arrangements During and After the COVID-19 Pandemic.

Simon Reisenbauer, Sabine Mandl, Oliver Koenig

Bertha von Suttner Uni, Austria

Presenting Author: Reisenbauer, Simon

In recent years the social and political impact of various global crises has been at the centre of international (educational) discourse around the world. The COVID-19 pandemic represents one of the most noteworthy recent events that had immense effects on social and educational structures, as well as living environments and self-perceptions of individuals. The societal and institutional responses to the crisis often aggravated an existing experience of uncertainty for those already at the margins of society. The project Cov_enable: Re-Imagining vulnerabilities in times of crises, funded by the Austrian Science Fund FWF (project P 34641-G), has been researching the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on supported living arrangements and schools in Austria.

One of the main principles for COVID-19 response taken by policy and decision makers focused on the protection of groups assumed to be vulnerable or at-risk. Vulnerability, as a concept, has journeyed through varying terrains of understanding, always shaped by historically and socially contingent conditions. Mackenzie, Rogers, and Dodds (2014), by offering a foundational understanding of vulnerability, present a taxonomy of vulnerability consisting of inherent and situational/contextual vulnerability – both closely intertwined. Drawing on this foundational taxonomy, Luna (2019) offers a more granular framework for evaluating layers of vulnerability. Central to Luna's conceptualization is the distinction between the origin and manifestation of these vulnerabilities. While some layers remain dormant, others can act as catalysts, either birthing new vulnerabilities or amplifying existing ones.

Employing a qualitative, participatory, and longitudinal approach, the project tracks how concepts and notions of vulnerability move back, forth, in-between and through the macro (policy and media), meso (organizations), and micro (individuals) levels. A central aim of our efforts is to discern how these evolving discourses shape new practices in inclusive education and supported living arrangements. Moreover, it seeks to understand the implications of these practices on the lives of individuals with disabilities and mental illnesses, especially those initially deemed and labelled as particularly vulnerable.

The focus of this paper lies on supported living arrangements that support people with intellectual, psychiatric, physical or sensory impairments in a variety of settings. The paper portrays the entanglements of personal agencies and experiences, processes of subjectivations, institutional structures, and material realities of selected research participants during and after the COVID-19 pandemic.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research design employed in the project is framed as a mixed Grounded Theory approach (Johnson & Walsh 2019: 523ff). Throughout the entire research process, basic principles of Grounded Theory Methodology (GTM) such as an iterative and constantly comparative procedure, theoretical sampling, coding and memo-writing have been applied (Clarke 2005; Charmaz 2006; Bryant & Charmaz 2019). In order to follow the experiences of the research participants, two main methods of data generation have been used: in-depth focused interviews (Wieser 2015) and digital audio and video diaries (Bates 2020) as a means of (self-)representation (Greig, Taylor & MacKay 2013; Noer 2014). Data generation at various stages made it possible to capture the experiences of the research participants throughout the course of the pandemic. From January to October 2022 initial interviews have been conducted, where after some participants continued to submit audio and/or video diary entries until August 2022. Additional interviews have been held in June to September 2022 with a final set of interviews in October 2023 to February 2024. A total of 35 voluntary individuals within different supported living arrangements participated in the research, 12 have taken part in the longitudinal component.
The data has been examined through different forms and approaches to data analysis. Strategies from Critical Discourse Analysis (Jäger & Jäger 2007) combined with mapping strategies from the Situational Analysis (Clarke 2018) were used to connect multiple perspectives covering structural factors as well as individual forms of agencies (Fairclough 2001, 123). A diffractive reading of the data (Barad 2007; Naraian & Amrhein 2022) enabled the team to illuminate the entanglements of lived experiences, individual perspectives, conceptual frameworks and the societal and material context that has been affected by the pandemic.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper follows the experiences and accounts of our research participants in different supported living arrangements, namely congregated supported housing mostly for people with intellectual disabilities, community-based care provision for people with mental health issues, and personal assistance for people with physical impairments. While the organisational settings themselves have been effected by the pandemic (Koenig & Barberi 2023), presenting personal accounts of the participants showcases the various trajectories and uncertainties the participants had to navigate throughout the pandemic.
Each case in this analysis uniquely illustrates how individuals with disabilities have ingeniously carved out spaces of meaning, agency, and affordances amidst the tumultuous uncertainties of the COVID-19 pandemic. These narratives not only highlight their resilience and creativity but also shed light on the ongoing impact of the pandemic in their daily lives. The study underscores a critical need for structural changes in supported living arrangements to foster such resilient agency. This necessitates a shift in policy and institutional approaches, advocating for a model of response-ability that truly listens to, learns from, and collaborates with people with disabilities. By doing so, we can ensure that their lived experiences and innovative coping strategies inform and guide effective crisis response and policy development, both in Europe and globally. As many European welfare states employ similar institutional settings, findings are highly relevant to other national contexts.

References
Barad, K. M. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Durham: Duke University Press.
Bates, C. (2020). Video Diaries. In P. Vannini (Ed.), The Routledge international handbook of ethnographic film and video (pp. 116–126). London ; New York: Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group.
Bryant, A. & Charmaz, K. (Eds.) (2019). The Sage Handbook of Current Developments in Grounded Theory. London: Sage.
Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory. A Practical Guide Through Qualitative Analysis. London: Sage
Clarke, A. (2005). Situational Analysis. Grounded Theory After the Postmodern Turn. London: Sage
Fairclough, N. (2001). Critical discourse analysis as a method in social scientific research. Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (Ed.). Methods of critical discourse analysis. London: Sage, 121-138.
Greig, A., Taylor, J. & MacKay, T. (2013). Doing Research with Children: A Practical Guide. London: Sage.
Jäger, M., Jäger, S., & Jäger, M. (2007). Deutungskämpfe: Theorie und Praxis kritischer Diskursanalyse (1. Auflage). Wiesbaden: VS, Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Johnson, R. B., & Walsh, I. (2019). Mixed grounded theory: Merging grounded theory with mixed methods and multimethod research. Bryant, A. & Charmaz, K. (Ed.). The SAGE handbook of current developments in grounded theory. Thousand Oaks, London, New Delhi: Sage, 517-531.
Koenig, O., & Barberi, A. (2023). Unterstützungssysteme für Menschen mit Behinderungen.  »Enacting crisis« zwischen Aktionsspielraum und Hierarchie im Rahmen der COVID-19-Pandemie. SWS-Rundschau, 63(4), 307–324.
Luna, F. (2019). Identifying and evaluating layers of vulnerability – a way forward. Developing World Bioethics, 19(2), 86–95.
Mackenzie, C., Rogers, W., & Dodds, S. (Eds.). (2014). Vulnerability: new essays in ethics and feminist philosophy. New York: Oxford University Press.
Naraian, S., & Amrhein, B. (2022). Learning to read ‘inclusion’ divergently: enacting a transnational approach to inclusive education. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(14), 1327–1346.
Noer, V. R. (2014). Zooming in-Zooming out-using iPad video diaries in ethnographic educational research. RPPS Monografie, 85-96.
Wieser, C. (2015). Technology and ethnography – will it blend? Technological possibilities for fieldwork on transformations of teacher knowledge with videography and video diaries. Seminar.net, 11(3). URL: https://journals.hioa.no/index.php/seminar/article/view/2349


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Disruptions, Risk and Vulnerability, Challenges and Opportunities in the Recovery Phase of the Pandemic

Joan Mowat1, Anna Beck2

1University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom; 2University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Mowat, Joan

This paper builds on papers presented at ECER 2020 and 2021, the former focussing on the first phase of a small-scale longitudinal study examining how current and former students on the Into Headship (IH) programme in Scotland supported their school communities during the first lockdown in the UK, with a particular emphasis on children and young people (C&YP) considered to be vulnerable through disability, poverty, being looked after or otherwise disadvantaged. The latter paper drew from the second phase of the study (see methods), drawing from the perspective of participants from the secondary sector (aged 11/12-17/18). This paper draws from the findings from the primary sector (aged 4/5-10/11) and a special school for children with severe and complex needs which shares a campus with a primary school.

The Incheon Declaration sought to ‘ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all’ (Sustainable Development Goal 4) [1]. Yet, even prior to the pandemic, the UNESCO Global Education and Monitoring Report [2] highlighted the dire circumstances of the 28 million children homeless and/or displaced due to conflict across the world and the 124 million children and adolescents not in schooling [3]. Likewise, the first global State of the World Report to focus on the mental health and wellbeing of C&YP drew attention to the disproportionate effects of the hardships experienced by the most disadvantaged C&YP and the fragility of support systems [4, 5].

Across the world, the pandemic has served to amplify and exacerbate these existing inequalities, particularly so for those who are marginalised through poverty, displacement and/or disability [6-9]. The disruption to health and social services in many countries and the failure to facilitate learning for disabled children, together with a lack of support networks, may have compounded mental health issues for C&YP so affected, putting pressure on family life and exposing them to greater risk of abuse and neglect [3,6]. The Health Behaviour in School Children report on Europe identified that adolescents from disadvantaged backgrounds were more likely to report negative effects of the pandemic in two thirds of countries/regions [7] whether or not they were in receipt of support from family, teachers, classmates or peers [8]. In the UK, a study published in Nov 2023 found that there were significant disparities in access to support services between children living in poverty and those living in more affluent areas, with the former more than twice as likely not to be in receipt of support from Child and Adolescent Mental Health Services [9]. Thishighlights the key role that schools play as places of learning but also places of safety and belonging.

The quality of school leadership is an essential element in creating schools which are equitable, inclusive, and compassionate in their approach. This requires a focus on the whole school community and on responsive and adaptive leadership which has at its heart inclusive practice and social justice [10]. School leaders have had to navigate an unprecedented landscape of complex and rapid change and therefore the quality of headship preparation programmes becomes crucial in ensuring that prospective headteachers can rise to the challenge.

This small-scale empirical study focusses on Into Headship, a masters-level programme delivered within a single academic year in partnership with Education Scotland. Through examination of the ways in which IH students supported their school communities during and in the aftermath of lockdown, the study seeks to ascertain the degree to and ways in which engagement with the IH programme had prepared them to meet the challenges in order to inform the development of headship programmes globally.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper focusses on the second phase of a longitudinal, qualitative study, with phase one being an online survey based on an open-ended questionnaire administered to two cohorts of Into Headship students conducted in June 2020 towards the end of the first lockdown in the UK. 46 students responded to the survey. Phase 2, conducted in Dec 2022/Jan 2023, focusses on the period beyond the initial lockdown and, drawing from the findings of phase 1, has a specific focus on the wellbeing of the school community – pupils, staff and families. It has been conducted via. individual interviews with eight respondents to the initial survey, drawn from the secondary, primary and special education sectors. In addition to reflecting on how they had supported the wellbeing of their school communities beyond the initial lockdown, participants were provided with their response to the survey (phase 1) and asked to reflect on how close to reality their initial perceptions of the challenges to be faced as schools emerged from lockdown had been and whether there were challenges that had not been anticipated. Three focus group discussions have also been held with participants from each of these sectors. The focus group discussion had a broader focus, examining the response of the Scottish Government to Covid recovery; insights about leading in times of crisis; and insights to inform the development of the IH programme nationally.

Participants within the 2nd phase of the study were drawn from respondents to the survey who had indicated a willingness to participate. An open invitation was sent and criteria were drawn up to select the sample such that it was representative of respondents to the survey as a whole: the SIMD (Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation) status of the school; urban/rural; sector (primary, secondary/special education); and gender of the participant. Participants attended a short briefing and informed consent was gained. Whilst the initial intention had been to conduct data-gathering face-to-face, this proved to be too complex to organise and interviews and focus group discussions were held via. Zoom and Microsoft Teams. Data have been analysed via. thematic analysis, drawing on a modified framework of King and Horrocks [11], generating, initially, descriptive and analytical codes and then over-arching themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
UNICEF [12] poses the question: ‘The world stands at a crossroads. We have a decision to make. Do we rally and unite to protect years of progress on child rights? Or do we allow the unequal recovery from COVID-19 to further marginalize the disadvantaged and increase inequality even more?’ (p.2).
This paper addresses this challenge through exploring the means by which prospective headteachers, in the midst of a rapidly changing policy landscape, have supported their school communities (staff, families and children) in the recovery period of the pandemic and the challenges they have faced. In particular, the findings identify barriers to the inclusion of children facing adverse circumstances, whether through disability, poverty, being care experienced or marginalised in any shape or form, and affordances. They provide insight into the approaches that prospective headteachers have adopted and their perceived efficacy which should inform the work of senior leadership teams in Scotland and beyond. They will demonstrate how priorities may have changed over time as schools have moved into the recovery phase. It will enable insights to emerge regarding the national response to recovery and will also identify those aspects of the Into Headship programme which have provided IH students with the knowledge, understanding, skills-set, confidence and resilience to address the needs of their school community and areas in which the programme could be strengthened, insights which can inform the development of headship preparation programmes more widely.

The case study within the Special Education sector illuminated the fragility of the relationship between the special education school and the mainstream school with which it shares a campus. The pandemic had served to disrupt the shared learning and socialisation which, pre-pandemic, the children had experienced, and a narrative of risk emerged as barriers were put in the way of re-establishing practice.

References
1.UNICEF Office of Research. Children and the Sustainable Development Goals. Available online: https://data.unicef.org/children-sustainable-development-goals/ (accessed on 28/03/2019).
2.Slee, R. Defining the scope of inclusive education. Think piece prepared for the 2020 Global Education Monitoring Report - Inclusion and Education 2018.
3.Mowat, J.G. Working collaboratively with the school community to build inclusion for all. In International Encyclopaedia of Education Researching Disability Studies & Inclusive Education, 3rd ed.; Tierney, R.J., Ritzi, F., Erkican, K., Eds.; Elsevier: Oxford, England, 2023; pp. 85-97.
4.UNICEF. The State of the World's Children 2021. On My Mind: Promoting, protecting and caring for children’s mental health. 2021.
5.Mowat, J.G.; Beck, A. Rising to the Challenge of Creating Equitable, Inclusive, and Compassionate School Communities in the Recovery Phase of the Pandemic: The Role of Aspiring Headteachers. Education Sciences 2023, 13, 524.
6.United Nations Children’s Fund. Children with disabilities: ensuring their inclusion in covid-19 response strategies and evidence generation 2020.
7.Residori, C.; Költő, A.; Dóra Eszter, V.; Gabhainn, S.N. Age, gender and class: how the COVID-19 pandemic affected school-aged children in the WHO European Region: impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on young people’s health and well-being from the findings of the HBSC survey round 2021/2022; World Health Organization. Regional Office for Europe: Copenhagen, 2023 2023.
8.Erikkson, C.B.-N.M.; Lyyra, N.; Moor, I.; Paakkari, L.; Kulmala, M. A network of care: the importance of social support for adolescents in the WHO European Region during the COVID-19 pandemic: impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on young people’s health and well-being from the findings of the HBSC survey round 2021/2022; World Health Organization. Regional Office for Europe: Copenhagen, 2023 2023.
9.Holt-White, E.; Latham, K.; Anders, J.; Cullinane, C.; Early, E.; Montacute, R.; Shao, X.; Yarde, J. Wave 2 Initial Findings – Mental and Physical Health. COVID Social Mobility & Opportunities (COSMO) study Briefing No. 1. 2023.
10.Mowat, J.G. Building Community to Create Equitable, Inclusive and Compassionate Schools through Relational Approaches; Routledge: Abingdon, Oxon, England, 2022.
11.King, N.; Horrocks, C. Interviews in Qualitative Research; SAGE: London, England, 2010.
12.UNICEF. Preventing a lost decade: Urgent action to reverse the devastating impact of Covid-19 on children and young people. 2021, doi:978-92-806-5310-6.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The Everyday Dys-Appearance of Students with Dwarfism in Secondary Schools in the United Kingdom: Bodies Out of Place and Time

Antonios Ktenidis

University of Sheffield, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ktenidis, Antonios

Once we start talking in the classroom about the body and about how we live in our bodies, we’re automatically challenging the way power has orchestrated itself in that particular institutionalized space (hooks, 1994: 136-137).

Schools treat students’ bodies as an ‘absent presence’, that is, bodies are expected to fade in the background, as they are deemed 'disruptive' to learning. Nevertheless, not all bodies have the ‘ability’ to disappear, with some bodies appearing as ‘excessive’, including the disabled body (Mickalko, 2009).

This paper explores the lived experiences of young people with dwarfism of their secondary education in so-called inclusive schools in the United Kingdom. The research questions of the research were:

  • How do young people with dwarfism experience and navigate different school spaces of their secondary schools?
  • What are their experiences with their teaching assistants?
  • What are the experiences with their class teachers?
  • What are the experiences with their peers?

Drawing on phenomenological disability studies (Paterson & Hughes, 1999; Titchkosky & Michalko, 2012) and Leder's (1990) concept of 'dys-appearance' (which occurs when the body emerges problematically into direct consciousness), this paper looks into how the bodies of young people with dwarfism appeared as a ‘problem’ in secondary schools.In particular, it considers how the young people’s bodies (were made to) appear as ‘out of time’ and ‘out of place’ or how they dys-appeared in time and space.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on a qualitative study, which aimed to explore the secondary schooling experiences of young people (between the ages of 11 and 30 years old) with dwarfism in the United Kingdom. A narrative inquiry approach was utilised (Tamboukou 2013), with participants having the agency to choose their preferred mode of storytelling: oral storytelling (narrative, semi-structured interviews), digital storytelling (written storytelling on a private weblog and email interviews), visual storytelling (visual stories). This approach was aligned with inclusive research (Manning 2010), accommodating participants’ needs.

Participants were required to have a diagnosis of dwarfism, be between the ages of 11 and 30 years old, and be/have been educated in secondary schools in the UK. The choice of this age group aimed at looking into how young people with dwarfism who are still in secondary education (11–16 years old) are making sense of their schooling experiences as well as how young adults (17–30 years old) reflect on such experiences in hindsight.

For access to and recruitment of participants, I contacted on Facebook Messenger and via email the charities and associations of people with dwarfism in the UK, namely Restricted Growth Association UK, Short Statured Scotland, Little People UK, Little People of Ireland, Dwarfs Sport Association UK, and Walking with Giants. The initial communication was to ask them to advertise the research on their social media pages and communicate it to their members, therefore, these associations acted as gatekeepers.

Nineteen participants opted to participate in the research, including 9 teenagers and 10 adults. The sample ended up being quite diverse, including participants of both sexes, different ages, geographical locations, conditions of dwarfism (with achondroplasia being the most common), socio-economic and educational backgrounds, and participants with parents of ‘average stature’ and parents with dwarfism.

Ethical approval was granted by the University of Sheffield. The research adhered to the ethical guidelines of the Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC, 2015) and the British Educational Research Association (BERA, 2018).

Interviews were transcribed verbatim and a narrative thematic analysis was used to analyse data manually (Riessman 2005).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper presents stories of dys-appearance, which rendered young people with dwarfism as ‘out of place’ and ‘out of time. These stories highlight how young people with dwarfism navigate dis/ableist school timeframes and staturised (designed by and for the 'typically developing' child) spaces (Ktenidis, 2023), as well as how they disrupt them or resist them, through the introduction of crip (school) time. The psycho-emotional repercussions of dys-appearance and teachers' attempts to discipline such ‘unruly’ bodies are also considered. Finally, the disruptive potential of disability to reconsider schooling’s ableist developmentalist norms and inclusion are discussed.  
References
British Educational Research Association. 2018. BERA Ethical Guidelines: British Educational Research Association Ethical Guidelines. British Educational Research Association: London.

ESRC (Economic and Social Research Centre). 2015. “Framework for Research Ethics.” https://esrc.ukri.org/files/funding/guidance-for-applicants/esrc-framework-for-research-ethics-2015/.

hooks, bell (1994). Teaching to transgress: education as the practice of freedom. New York: Routledge.

Ktenidis, A., 2023. Navigating dis/ableist school playgrounds and toilets with geographic maturity: stories of young people with dwarfism from their secondary education. Children's Geographies, 21(4), pp.594-608.

Leder, D. (1990) The Absent Body. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.

Manning, C. 2010. “‘My Memory’s Back!’ Inclusive Learning Disability Research Using Ethics, Oral History and Digital Storytelling.” British Journal of Learning Disabilities 38 (3): 160–167.


Michalko, R., 2009. The excessive appearance of disability. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 22(1), pp.65-74.

Paterson, K. and Hughes, B., 1999. Disability studies and phenomenology: The carnal politics of everyday life. Disability & society, 14(5), pp.597-610.

Riessman, C. K. 2005. “Narrative Analysis.” In Narrative, Memory and Everyday Life, edited by N. Kelly, C. Horrocks, K. Milnes, B. Roberts, and D. Robinson, 1–7. Huddersfield: University of Huddersfield Press.


Tamboukou, M. 2013. “A Foucauldian Approach to Narratives.” In Doing Narrative Research, edited by M. Andrews, C. Squire, and M. Tamboukou, 88–107. London: Sage.

Titchkosky, T. and Michalko, R., (2012). The body as a problem of individuality: A phenomenological disability studies approach. In: D. Goodley, B. Hughes, L. Davis, eds. Disability and social theory. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. pp. 127-142.
 
9:30 - 11:0004 SES 04 C: Student perspectives and choices in Inclusive Education
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Marieke Bruin
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Freedom of Choice of Students with Special Educational Needs: Utopia, Hope, or Something that Should be Granted? Research-based Perspective

Magda Zelazowska-Sobczyk1,2, Agnieszka Andrychowicz-Trojanowska1, Urszula Markowska-Manista3

1Faculty of Applied Linguistics, University of Warsaw, Poland; 2Institute of Sensory Organs, Kajetany; 3Faculty of Education, University of Warsaw, Poland

Presenting Author: Zelazowska-Sobczyk, Magda; Andrychowicz-Trojanowska, Agnieszka

Every year in Poland more and more school students are being diagnosed with disabilities, e.g. dyslexia, autism spectrum disorder, ADHD, etc. which results in the growing need to meet their diverse special educational needs (SEN). The changes in the situation of Polish SEN school students started in the late 1970s. Since then the public awareness of SEN students has been slowly growing and they have been granted support at school and in specialised centers. Unfortunately, the support granted by the law is not enough: at schools and universities, SEN students have no freedom of choice of the educational materials (i.e. textbooks/coursebooks) or teaching methods that would be the most suitable for them. The real change in the situation of SEN school students in Poland dates back to 2009 and the introduction of the new core curriculum (Regulation of the Ministry of National Education 2008). Since 2017, in theory, all school students have to be diagnosed in their first years at school so as to be given a chance of early professional support if needed (Pawlak-Kindler 2016).

SEN school students group is not homogeneous and consists of, i.e., mentally disabled, physically disabled ones, those with IQ lower than average, those with disabilities related to senses (sight, hearing, etc.), with speech problems, those different because of their language, increasing numbers of children with experience of exile and migration (Górak-Sosnowska, Markowska-Manista 2023), as well as gifted and talented ones (Zawadzka-Bartnik 2010, Bogdanowicz & Adryjanek 2005, Lewis & Doorlag 1987, Selikowitz 2012, Brzezińska 2014). In our research, we concentrate on two groups: children with a certificate of SEN on the example of dyslexics and autism spectrum disorder (ASD) ones and students without a certificate of SEN on the example of central auditory processing disorders (CAPD). Children from the certificate of SEN group are diagnosed and then given some institutional help, whereas the CAPD is not diagnosed and not given any support in Poland.

In our presentation, we will concentrate on our (scientific) protest (manifesto) against the indirect unequal treatment of some school students of different ages in the present Polish school system. Our research interest is related to research-based solidarity with and the fight for children human rights to sustainable and equal access to proper educational conditions (especially didactic materials and teaching methods and strategies) of school students with SEN who attend public schools in Poland. However, the problem is that the Polish educational system is based on the theory of integration, not inclusion, despite the fact that the issue of inclusive education is one of the priorities of contemporary educational policy. Integration can easily be done and manifested but inclusion is something those in need have to fight for (Zawadzka-Bartnik 2010). Usually, the fight is based only on passive resistance but with the help of our research findings, it can be materialise in the form of recommendations and implementation of inclusive approaches..

Our research questions were as follows:

- how big and diverse is the group of SEN school students who attend public schools in Poland?

- what kind of challenges are addressed by the representatives of SEN students and researchers dealing with this issue?

- what strategies and actions can be implemented to support them in looking for solutions of their problems?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research methods qualitative and quantitative (i.e. eye tracking; questionnaires, interviews).
The literature review gave us an overview of the problem in Poland. The total number of children with disabilities receiving special education in primary school was about 165,000 (5.3% of the total number of children in primary schools; in 2021 – 4.8%, in 2020 – 4.6%; Statistics Poland 2021, 2022, 2023), but it seems still to be not enough. In the study by Szumski and Firkowska-Mankiewicz (2010) no significant differences in academic achievements were observed between children in special, integrated, and regular schools “whereas in the West it is usually superior”. However, the pupils from special classes achieved slightly higher results than those from integrated and regular schools.
The first group (children with certificates of SEN) was represented by 120 school students (including 60 neurotypical ones). Our eye-tracking results show that in the case of dyslexic and ASD school students, the graphic layout of the didactic materials is of huge significance. A proper choice of colors, fonts (both types and sizes), spaces used, number, type, and location of pictures, etc. were identified in our research and it was proved that it can stimulate and influence the results achieved by the students. Their scan paths also show different ways of completing reading comprehension tasks and the consequences of it (Andrychowicz-Trojanowska 2018).
The second group, i.e. children without a certificate of SEN, was represented by CAPD students. It should be emphasised that according to ICD-10 that is still used in Poland, it is not possible to diagnose CAPD as a separate disorder,  as it is in the case of dyslexia. Many authors underline the importance of supporting CAPD students (Czajka et al. 2021) in the learning process. In our speech, basing on a questionnaire study, we will briefly present the learning difficulties for school-aged students with CAPD and parental suspicion of these difficulties, as well as some important teaching and learning recommendations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
All the above findings need to be popularised among school and academic teachers (especially teacher-activists), parents, and all those who are related to school systems and are involved with SEN children, teenagers, and adults. The reason to popularise them is the number of scientifically based findings that support the need to fight for equal chances for different SEN students and show easy and cheap solutions to support inclusion. Our findings promote inclusive education, solidarity, rights of SEN students and their active participation in the educational system, equality, and freedom of choice related to the way SEN school students are taught and help raising awareness of serious problems of SEN.
References
•Andrychowicz-Trojanowska, A. (2018), Podręczniki glottodydaktyczne. Struktura – funkcja – potencjał w świetle badań okulograficznych [Glottodidactic textbooks. Structure – function – potential in the eye tracking research]. Warszawa.
•Bogdanowicz, M., Adryjanek, A. (2005), Uczeń z dysleksją w szkole – poradnik nie tylko dla polonistów [Dyslexic student at school – guidebook not only for teachers of Polish]. Gdynia.
•Brzezińska, A.I., Jabłoński, S., Ziółkowska, B. (2014), Specyficzne i specjalne potrzeby edukacyjne [Special and specific educational needs], (in:) “Edukacja” 2(127): 37–52.
•Czajka, N., Skarżyński, P.H., Skarżyński, H. (2021), Trudności dotyczące ośrodkowych zaburzeń przetwarzania słuchowego z perspektywy lekarzy, instytucji orzekających i pacjentów [Difficulties with central auditory processing disorders from the perspective of physicians, certification institutions, and patients], (in:) “Nowa Audiofonologia” 10(1): 53–57.
•Górak-Sosnowska, K., & Markowska-Manista, U. (Eds.). (2022). Non-inclusive education in Central and Eastern Europe: comparative studies of teaching ethnicity, religion and gender. Bloomsbury Publishing.
•Lewis, R.B., Doorlag, D.H. (1987), Teaching special students in the mainstream. Columbus.
•Selikowitz, M. (2012), Dyslexia and other learning difficulties. Oxford.
•Pawlak-Kindler, A. (2016), Wybrane narzędzia diagnostyczne u progu edukacji szkolnej [Chosen diagnostic tools at the beginning of school education], (in:) B. Niemierko, M.K. Szmigel (eds.), Diagnozowanie twórczości uczniów i nauczycieli. Kraków, 271–279.
•Regulation of the Ministry of National Education of 23 December 2008 on the core curriculum for pre-school education and general education in particular types of schools Accessed January 30, 2024. https://isap.sejm.gov.pl/isap.nsf/download.xsp/WDU20090040017/O/D20090017.pdf (in Polish).
•Statistics Poland. 2021. Disabled people in 2020. Accessed December 22, 2023. https://stat.gov.pl/en/topics/living-conditions/social-assistance/disabled-people-in-2020,7,2.html.
•Statistics Poland. 2022. Disabled persons in 2021. Accessed December 22, 2023. https://stat.gov.pl/en/topics/living-conditions/social-assistance/disabled-people-in-2021,7,3.html.
•Statistics Poland. 2023. Disabled persons in 2022. Accessed December 22, 2023. https://stat.gov.pl/en/topics/living-conditions/social-assistance/disabled-people-in-2022,7,4.html.
•Szumski, G., Firkowska-Mankiewicz, A. (2010). Is Polish Special Education Effective? Academic and Socio-emotional Effects of Schooling in Special Integrated and Regular Schools, (in:) “The New Educational Review” 20(1): 248–260.
•Zawadzka-Bartnik, E. (2010), Nauczyciel języków obcych i jego niepełnosprawni uczniowie (z zaburzeniami i dysfunkcjami) [Teacher of foreign language and their students with disabilities (and dysfunctions)]. Kraków.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Students’ Perspectives on Inclusive Education Culture and Support at School

Lina Milteniene, Stefanija Alisauskiene

Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Alisauskiene, Stefanija

Equity and inclusion have emerged as central pillars of the 2030 Agenda, highlighting the persistent unequal distribution of resources and opportunities (UNESCO, 2020). In response, many European governments are actively working to enhance the capacity of their education systems, striving to reach every learner and guarantee their full and effective participation, accessibility, attendance, and academic achievement. However, schools and education systems across Europe grapple with the formidable challenge of fostering an inclusive culture, establishing inclusive structures, and implementing inclusive practices (Booth & Ainscow, 2016). Notably, significant variations exist among European countries concerning the extent and quality of inclusion efforts.

Most often, the discussion around inclusion has centred on how teachers can promote inclusion of students with disabilities <…>. However, little is known about how students in inclusive classes perceive acceleration, despite the critical role that students play in the social inclusion of exceptional peers (Dare & Nowicki, 2018, p. 243).

In this presentation, we aim to share our research findings concerning the perspectives of students in Lithuanian comprehensive schools on the culture of inclusive education and the existing support systems. This presentation is part of a larger national research project (www.nsa.smm.lt/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/PPP_modelio_ekspertinis_vertinimas_2021m..pdf).

Although many Eastern European countries, including Lithuania, have made progress in shifting their focus from a disability perspective to a needs-based education approach for students with diverse educational needs (Law on Education, 2011, article 2/2415), it remains apparent that inclusive education demands an even more adaptable and responsive system to cater to the diverse and often complex needs of individual learners (Booth, Ainscow, 2016; European Agency, 2011; Alisauskiene & Harju-Luukainen, 2021).Formos viršus To enhance the processes of inclusion in school development, extensive research is underway across various countries. Research advocate for actively listening to the voices of students, asserting that incorporating their perspectives not only leads to more insightful educational research and practice but also fosters richer and more authentic results, ultimately boosting student engagement (Mansfield, Welton, Halx, 2012; Spörer et al, 2020). A crucial aspect of fostering inclusive schools involves establishing a secure, accepting, collaborative, and stimulating community. Inclusive education involves establishing learning environments that prioritize equitable treatment for all students, ensuring they feel valued and supported across diverse learning situations. According to Booth and Ainscow (2016), it is imperative that all students in the school have the opportunity to contribute to identifying barriers and resources. Students themselves should have a central role in informing thinking, policies and practices in education. While aligned with the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, the views of students are often notably absent from crucial discussions that directly impact them (Messiou, 2019). Hence, our aim was to reveal the perspectives of Lithuanian students concerning inclusive education and the corresponding support systems.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research presented employs a quantitative methodology, utilizing a survey questionnaire to collect data. The questionnaire is structured into three main parts:
- Demographic variables encompassing gender, school grade, information about learning achievements, and special educational needs;
- Scales featuring items on a Likert-type scale ranging from 1 (Disagree) to 5 (Strongly Agree);
- Open-ended questions.
It's worth noting that this presentation is a part of a broader national research project that employed a questionnaire with 10 scales. In this specific presentation, we focus on the analysis and presentation of data derived from one open-ended question ("What should be done at school so that every student feels good and gets support?") and four subscales, including:
- Supportive culture and well-being (6 items);
- Bullying and discrimination (4 items);
- Positive student relationships and support (4 items);
- Efficiency of support (9 items).
The quantitative data were processed using the SPSS 23.0 program. Data analysis encompassed both descriptive and multivariate statistical methods. To unveil the underlying structure of the research subject, factor analysis was employed. To identify statistically significant differences among respondents' answers, considering socio-demographic characteristics or other relevant indicators, independent samples Student's t-test or analysis of variance (ANOVA) was applied. Additionally, Mann-Whitney or Kruskall-Wallis tests were utilized where applicable.
The information obtained from the open-ended question underwent processing through a content analysis approach. The questionnaire data were transcribed into text and meticulously reviewed by researchers. Subcategories and categories were formulated, and the most precise textual elements that illustrated and characterized these categories were selected.
For the study, a random sample was employed, and schools were selected through a random process. Electronic questionnaires were distributed to all students in grades 4-12 from the chosen schools (N=180). The research sample comprised 1291 students (N=1291).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research findings reveal that a substantial majority of students appreciate the school culture. Primary school students particularly emphasize a supportive culture for well-being, while students in gymnasium (grades 9-12) perceive it as challenging. Students with special educational needs and high-achieving students tend to rate the culture of support and well-being more positively than their peers.
The overwhelming majority expressed having a few close friends at school, experiencing respectful communication from teachers, and being encouraged to assist one another. Concurrently, students underscored challenges in peer relationships at school, primarily associated with issues such as bullying, discrimination, and rejection. High school students (grades 9-12) and those with lower educational outcomes encounter bullying and discrimination at school more frequently than their counterparts. Nevertheless, students acknowledged receiving support from adults when facing difficulties at school. Additionally, students value the school's recognition and acceptance of each child and their family, along with an environment that is oriented towards meeting student needs. However, primary school students place a higher value on this aspect compared to older students in progymnasium and gymnasium.
Overall, students perceive the effectiveness of the support provided at school as satisfactory, with the most positive ratings given for information about support providers and whom to approach in case of emergencies. However, students rarely seek support from the school psychologist, social pedagogue, special pedagogue, and speech and language therapist. Primary school boys, especially those already receiving additional educational support, more frequently seek teacher support. On the other hand, girls and students with higher academic achievements tend to seek peer support.
In summary, the research provided students with a platform to articulate their perspectives and contribute in identifying both obstacles and resources, akin to Booth and Ainscow (2016). Furthermore, it served as a valuable resource for broader communities seeking evidence to enhance school culture.

References
Ališauskienė, S.,Harju-Luukkainen, H. (2021). Changes towards inclusion in the Lithuanian education system // Dialogues between Northern and Eastern Europe on the development of inclusion / edited by N. B. Hanssen, S.-E. Hansén, K. Ström. London: Routledge, 2021, 2021, p. 188-200, ISBN 9780367810368.  

Booth T., Ainscow M. (2016). Index for Inclusion: a guide to school development led by inclusive values. Index for inclusion network.

Dare, L., Nowicki, E. (2018). Strategies for inclusion: Learning from students' perspectives on acceleration in inclusive education. Teaching and Teacher Education. Vol. 69, 2018, p.p. 243-252.

Mansfield K., C., Welton A., D., Halx M. (2012). Listening to Student Voice: Toward a More Inclusive Theory for Research and Practice. Advances in Educational Administration, Vol. 14, 2012, P. 21-41. Emerald Group Publishing, UK.

Messiou, K. (2019) The missing voices: students as a catalyst for promoting inclusive education, International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23:7-8, 768-781, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2019.1623326

Spörer, N., Lenkeit, J., Bosse, S., Hartmann, A., Ehlert, A., Knigge, M. (2020). Students’ perspective on inclusion: Relations of attitudes towards inclusive education and self-perceptions of peer relations, International Journal of Educational Research, Vol. 103, 2020, 101641, ISSN 0883-0355.

UNESCO (2020). Global education monitoring report, 2020: Inclusion and education: all means all. Third edition. Published in 2020 by the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000373718

UNESCO (2016). Reaching out to All Learners: a Resourse Pack to Supporting Inclusive Education. Defining inclusive education
http://www.ibe.unesco.org/sites/default/files/resources/ibe-crp-inclusiveeducation-2016_eng.pdf


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

How Did We Get Here? Learners Vulnerable to Exclusion: Norwegian VET Students’ Experiences on Participation throughout their Educational Careers

Marieke Bruin

University of Stavanger, Norway

Presenting Author: Bruin, Marieke

In 2018, Roger Slee offered the following proposition: Inclusive education isn’t dead, it just smells funny. His urgent message it that, after -and despite- many years of developing inclusive policies and practises, under its veil of benevolence the concept of inclusion in fact runs the risk of masking exclusionary practises, creating barriers to participation. This study explores the experiences of 17 students in upper-secondary vocational education and training (VET) in Norway, identified as vulnerable to exclusion, on their participation in the learning community throughout their educational careers. The study builds on a sociocultural framework that understands participation in social practises as learning (Säljö, 2016; Wenger, 1998). Florian, Black-Hawkins, and Rouse (2017) state that students’ opportunities to participate depend on pedagogical responses to diversity. Equitable and inclusive practises therefore aspire to support students’ participation through actively combatting barriers to participation (Florian, Black-Hawkins, and Rouse (2017).

The Nordic countries are strongly committed to socially just education with the aim to create inclusive societies that sustain democracy (Nevøy et al., 2014). In Norway, the inclusive notion of a School for All has been central to educational policies for decades. A main principle is that schools must develop inclusive learning communities that promote health, well-being and learning for all (Ministry of Education, 2017). Historically, the Norwegian educational system has been built on the principles of providing equal access and participation for all, independent of background. This has in the past few years been increasingly challenged by neo-liberal tendencies characterised by standardisation and market-orientated competition, with an emphasis on learning outcomes as a quality indicator (Thuen & Volckmar, 2020). Consequently, inequality in Norwegian society increases (Knudsen, 2021), and after a yearly decrease of young people aged 15-29 not in education, employment, or training, this tendency has been changing since 2015. Norwegian statistics currently show a clear increase within the last few years (Statistics Norway), reflecting overall European statistics (Eurostat, 2023). Since the 1970s, a social policy goal of the European Union has been to implement strategies to break the cycle of disadvantage and inequality (Bruin et al., 2023). Still, following Ainscow (2020), many young people leave upper-secondary education without qualifications, leaving them vulnerable to exclusion from the labour market and citizenship. In this European context, Norway has a comparatively high level of young people without upper-secondary qualification, primarily former students in VET (Ministry of Education, 2019).

Within an educational system based on inclusive values, the question of how did we get here? bears to mind. With reference to Allan (2009), the young people’s experiences embody an expertise that requires to be acknowledged as such. Hence, the study explores the following research question: What are VET-students’ experiences on participation in the learning community throughout their educational careers in Norway?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
17 Students in vocational education and training, aged 16-29, participated in semi-structured, individual interviews (Kvale & Brinkman, 2015) about their experiences from primary, lower-secondary, and upper-secondary education. The students were elected to be interviewed because they were indicated by their teachers as vulnerable to exclusion. They were either in school, in apprenticeships, or had previously dropped out. Following Kvale & Brinkman (2015), the interviews did not follow a strictly predetermined sequence but were instead determined by the local context, as well as “the interviewer’s judgment and tact that decides how closely to stick to the guide and how much to follow up the interviewee’s answers and the new directions they may open up” (p. 130). The interviews were audiotaped and transcribed verbatim. The data will be analysed using narrative inquiry (Bruner, 1990, 1991, 1997; Riessman, 2008), with the aim to explore how the students’ narrative sense-making may influence their identities as a learner, and hence their motivation and participation in the learning community throughout their educational careers. Because of the planned narrative analysis, during the interviews the participants have been given “ample freedom and time to unfold their own stories and follow up with questions to shed light on the main episodes and characters in their narratives” (Kvale & Brinkman, 2015, p. 131). Hence, the interview guide kept a deliberate aim for flexibility to enable the participants to elaborate on what was important to them (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015). Questions asked tapped issues concerning biographical information, learning at school or at the workplace, social and educational support at school and in the workplace, participation at school and in the workplace, thoughts about personal influence on school/work, and thoughts about the future (for a more detailed description, see Bruin et al., 2023). In narrative inquiry, the time aspect is a central issue, as anchored in the writings of Bruner (1990, 1996, 1997) and Riessman (2008); therefore, the interview questions followed a chronological structure of past, present, and future. Considering the research participants’ particularly vulnerable position, continuous research ethical considerations are prevalent in all phases of the research, from planning to reporting (Kvale & Brinkman, 2015). Core principles are informed consent, confidentiality, and the responsibility to do no harm (Guillemin and Gillam, 2004).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected outcomes: The students’ accounts can be interpreted as narratives of non-participation. The narratives describe why certain circumstances in upper- or lower secondary education came to pass due to earlier experiences in school. When talking about the past, the students express that due to being different (for instance because of health-related issues, special needs or bullying, or a combination) they experienced very early on in school extensive barriers to participation. These experiences influence later educational experiences, causing feelings of disconnection to teachers, peers, and curriculum. When talking about the present, in VET, the narratives of non-participation have changed into stories of belonging, being part of the learning environment, due to the teacher’s ways of combatting barriers to participation. Students experience to feel safe, acknowledged by teachers and peers. However, in the subsequent transition from school to the workplace a major challenge is that the institutional support that the students experience at school, in some cases seems to lack in the workplace, however not in all. Students working in a pedagogical environment (school/kindergarten) experience the support they need. Students working in non-pedagogical environments report getting too much responsibility, there seems to be little consideration for their needs as a learner and too high expectations of their independence, leading to stress and feelings of failure, and again experiences of disconnectedness and barriers to participation. It seems that the supervisors working in school/kindergarten have pedagogical competences inherent in their profession that supervisors in other professional contexts may lack.
The findings will be discussed in light of perspectives on social justice and equity, deliberating how an educational system that is supposed to be inclusive can do better, tackling “the smelly side of schooling” (Slee, 2018, p. 11) instead of covering it with a blanket named inclusion.

References
Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7-16.
Allan, J. (2009). Provocations. Putting Philosophy to Work on Inclusion. In K. Quinlivian, R. Boyask, & B. Kaur (Eds.), Educational Enactments in a Globalised World. Intercultural Conversations. Sense Publishers.
Bruin, M., Tutlys, V., Ümarik, M., Loogma, K., Kaminskiené, L., Bentsalo, I., Väljataga, T., Sloka, B., & Buligina, I. (2023 - forthcoming). Participation and Learning in Vocational Education and Training - A Cross-national Analysis of the Perspectives of Youth at Risk for Social Exclusion. Journal of Vocational Education & Training.
Bruner, J. (1990). Acts of meaning. Harvard University Press.
Bruner, J. (1991). The narrative construction of reality. Critical Inquiry, 18, 1-21.
Bruner, J. (1997). A Narrative Model of Self-Construction. In S. J.G. & R. L. Thompson (Eds.), The Self Across Psychology. Self-recognition, self-awareness and the self-concept (pp. 145-161). The New York Academy of Sciences.
Eurostat. 2023. Young People Neither in Employment nor in Education and Training (NEET), by Sex and Age - Quarterly Data.
Guillemin, M., & Gillam, L. (2004). Ethics, reflexivity, and “ethically important moments” in research. Qualitative Inquiry, 10(2), 261-280.
Florian, L., Black-Hawkins, K., & Rouse, M. (2017). Achievement and Inclusion in Schools (2nd ed.). Routledge.
Knudsen, K. (2021). Utdanning og ulikhet. In S. Grønmo, A. Nilsen, & K. Christensen (Eds.), Ulikhet. Sosiologiske perspektiv og analyser (pp. 129–150). Fagbokforlaget.
Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2015). Interviews. Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing. SAGE Publications Inc.
Nevøy, A., Rasmussen, A., Ohna, S. E., & Barow, T. (2014). Nordic upper secondary school: Regular and irregular Programmes – Or just one irregular School for all? In U. Blossing, G. Imsen, & L. Moos (Eds.), The Nordic education model. ‘A School for all’ encounters neo-Liberal policy (pp. 191–210). Springer.
Ministry of Education. (2019). NOU 2019:2 Fremtidige kompetansebehov II – Utfordringer for kompetansepolitikken.
Ministry of Education. (2017). The General Part of the Curriculum Framework Promotion 2020
Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative Methods for the Human Sciences. Sage Publications, Inc.
Slee, R. (2018). Inclusive Education isn't Dead, it Just Smells Funny. Taylor & Francis.
Säljö, R. (2016). Læring - En introduksjon til perspektiver og metaforer. Cappelen Damm.
Statistics Norway. Retrieved from https://www.ssb.no/arbeid-og-lonn/sysselsetting/statistikk/tilknytning-til-arbeid-utdanning-og-velferdsordninger/artikler/trenden-er-brutt%2D%2Dflere-unge-utenfor-i-2020
Thuen, H., & Volckmar, N. (2020). Postwar school reforms in Norway. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education.
Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice. Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge University Press.
 
9:30 - 11:0004 SES 04 D: Digital media and Inclusive Education
Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Jonas Goltz
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Using Digital Media for Inclusive and Creative Teaching Practices in an Uncertain World

María Begoña Vigo-Arrazola1, Pilar Lasheras-Lalana2

1University of Zaragoza, Spain; 2University of Zaragoza, Spain

Presenting Author: Vigo-Arrazola, María Begoña

AAchieving a sustainable future requires equipping people with the knowledge, skills, attitudes and values needed to adapt to an uncertain and complex world without losing sight of their well-being (UN, 2022). Digital technologies are presented as a common good that can support the achievement of SDG 4 - Education 2030 - and build a future beyond 2030 (UNESCO, 2016), which renders the combination of inclusive practices, digitalization and creativity into a key challenge for teachers in different education systems. Various publications have reported on the meaning and significance of policies along these lines (e.g. Eurydice, 2019). Previous research has shown the importance of economic, technological and educational rationalities for reconstructing conservative pedagogy and enabling the "transmission" (e.g. Sancho et al., 2020; Selwyn et al., 2017, 2022). With few exceptions, has reference been made to how policies are realised in practice in disadvantaged schools (e.g. Engel and Coll, 2022; Vigo, 2021). This paper attempts to do this. It aims to generate knowledge on how teachers can engage in their schools to address the challenges of uncertainty when making commitments toward transforming education for sustainability and equipping people with skills, attitudes, and values for their well-being in an uncertain future and complex world (UN, 2023). It addresses what teachers are doing in relation to these policies when they use digital media in schools identified as 'difficult' because of their high percentage of foreign population or their location in remote geographical areas and because of invisible global forces (Mizrav, 2023).
This paper invokes the voices of teachers who are working in segregated schools since they were positioned as ‘difficult’ because of the high percentage of abroad population or its location in remote geographic areas, using critical ethnography to present the experiences of teachers in five schools. According to Apple and Jungk(1990) we consider the relevance of knowing the experiences of teachers in order to reorganise and to actively participate in the reconstruction of these societies. However, according to the same author (2013) or Smyth et al. (2014) we can consider how people can actively participate in the reconstruction of these situations. There has sometimes been a move towards practices that recognise disadvantaged groups in order to create an education that responds to the short and long-term needs of black people that responds to the short- and long-term needs of the population in these schools (i.e. Beach and Vigo, 2020; Feito, 2020). It aims to generate knowledge on how teachers can engage in their schools to address the challenges of uncertainty when making commitments toward transforming education for sustainability and equipping people with skills, attitudes, and values for their well-being in an uncertain future and complex world (UN, 2023)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data are based on a national R+D+i project on creative and inclusive practices with digital media in 5 schools with special difficulties, in Spain (PID2020-112880RB-100),
Participant observation, interviews and informal conversations have been used. However, from this critical perspective the researchers' commitment to developing trust and confidence during the research process for community members, sharing values and responsibilities such as empathy, solidarity and respect for differences is highlighted. Researchers engaged with teachers to give meaning to their experiences and knowledge for educational activism for the benefit of the community and social transformation (Beach and Vigo, 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results add to existing knowledge about what teachers experience as important and challenging when working creatively with digital media in complex and challenging circumstances. They indicate four clear points. The first is that teachers recognise, listen to and incorporate learners' voices in curriculum development whenever they can and that they strive to make learners' voices an element of control and support for learning. The second is that teachers also express concern for the development of digital competence and for reinforcing and supporting practices linked to curricular content and the third is that they experience pressure for compliance with the curriculum and the acquisition of digital competence. The predominance of neoliberal policies that reduce the art of teaching to a mechanical and passive process (Smyth et al., 2014), using digital media for the "transmission" (e.g. Sancho et al., 2020; Selwyn et al., 2017, 2022). It is a key feature here that leads to the fourth point relating to tensions and contradictions that teachers experience related to the use of digital media.  
In addition to these results, the paper also reports on the transformative processes that took place during the research process. It highlights the need of dialogue and support for teachers to help them adopt critical reflective practices and adds new knowledge in this respect to previous critical research on the use of digital media.

References
Apple, M. W. (2013). Can education change society? Du Bois, Woodson and the politics of social transformation. Review of Education, 1(1), 32-56.
Apple, M. y Jungk (1990). No hay que ser maestro para enseñar esta unidad: la
enseñanza, la tecnología y el control del aula. Revista de Educación, 291, 149-
172.
Beach, D., & Vigo-Arrazola, M. B. (2021). Critical ethnographies of education and for social and educational transformation: A meta-ethnography. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(6), 677-688.
Beach, D., & Vigo Arrazola, M. B. (2020). Community and the education market: A cross-national comparative analysis of ethnographies of education inclusion and involvement in rural schools in Spain and Sweden. Journal of Rural Studies, 77, 199-207.
Eurydice (2019). La educación digital en los centros educativos en Europa. Informe de Eurydice. Oficina de Publicaciones de la Unión Europea.
Feito,  R.  (2020).  ¿Qué  hace  una  escuela  como  tú  en  tu  siglo  como  este?  Los  Libros  de  la  Catarata
Mizrav, E. (2023). Segregate, Discriminate, Signal: A Model for Understanding Policy Drivers of Educational Inequality. Educational Policy, 37(2), 554-581.
https://doi.org/10.1177/08959048211029026
Sancho-Gil, J. M., Rivera-Vargas, P., & Miño-Puigcercós, R. (2020). Moving beyond the predictable failure of Ed-Tech initiatives. Learning, Media and Technology, 45(1), 61-75. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2019.1666873
Selwyn, N., Nemorin, S., Bulfin, S., & Johnson, N. F. (2017). Left to their own devices: the everyday realities of one-to-one classrooms. Oxford review of Education, 43(3), 289-310. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2017.1305047
Selwyn, N., Pangrazio, L., & Cumbo, B. (2022). Knowing the (datafied) student: The production of the student subject through school data. British Journal of Educational Studies, 70(3), 345-361. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2021.1925085
Smyth, J., Down, B., McInerney, P., & Hattam, R. (2014). Doing critical educational research: A conversation with the research of John Smyth. Peter Lang.
UNESCO (2016). Education 2030: Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action for the
implementation of Sustainable Development Goal 4. Ensure inclusive and equitable
quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all. UNESCO.
UNESCO (2023). Informe de seguimiento de la educación en el mundo. Tecnología en la educación: ¿Una herramienta en los términos de quién? UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000385723
Vigo-Arrazola, M. B. (2021). Desarrollo de prácticas de enseñanza creativa e inclusiva con medios digitales. En En C. Latorre & A. Quintas (Coords.). Inclusión educativa y tecnologías para el aprendizaje (129-143). Octaedro.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Digital technology use and competence among special education teachers: A comparison of Türkiye, Ireland and Basque Country

Itziar Kerexeta1, Nuray Gedik2, Seaneen Sloan3, Zuriñe Gaintza1, Leire Darretxe Urrutxi1, Özge Bakay4

1University of the Basque Country, Basque Country, Spain; 2Eskisehir Technical University, Türkiye; 3University College Dublin, Ireland; 4Antalya Provincial Directorate of National Education, Antalya, Türkiye

Presenting Author: Sloan, Seaneen

Sustainable Development Goal 4 highlights inclusion and equity as indicators of quality in education, with Information and Communication Technology (ICT) highlighted as an opportunity to advance educational inclusion (Pedró et al., 2019). While several studies within the field of educational technology have assessed the application of technology in vulnerable groups, students with SEN are still in a position of disadvantage (Cranmer, 2020; Trujillo, 2021). Studies show a need to incorporate a holistic pedagogical model based on Universal Design for Learning, providing accessibility and facilitating inclusion for all (Serrano et al., 2019). The opportunities of ICT in education are evident: the individualisation, the breaking down of barriers of time and space, and the permeability of technology that makes it possible to respond to the principles of UDL. However, it is evident that having ICT tools and technologies does not guarantee that the teachers will effectively use them or change their teaching practices (Pittman & Gaines, 2015). It is rather teacher competencies and beliefs that count (Almerich et al., 2016; Ertmer et al., 2012).

Digitalisation is a global priority, and, in this respect, competence frameworks have been developed from different continents, targeting both citizens at an initial stage and then teachers at all levels of education. In the European context, the DigComp framework in its different versions (Carretero et al., 2016; Vuorikari et al., 2022) has been extended and implemented as a reference model for teacher training in the design of school curricula and updating training plans. Later, the specific digital competence framework for teachers, DigCompEdu (Redecker, 2017), which was taken as a reference by governments for the adaptation of their policies and implementation plans, became the benchmark. Its accessibility has been facilitated by the development and publication of the Selfie for Teachers tool, which provides the educational community with an open and free instrument for the assessment of the perception of teachers' digital competence and is available in 29 languages (Economou, 2023).

The most relevant aspects of this framework focus on the digital competence of students and the practices that teachers and students carry out for the development of teaching-learning processes that respond to the principles of UDL. The DigCompEdu model (Redecker, 2017) presents six competence areas differentiated into: educators’ professional competences, pedagogical competences, and learners’ competences. It is competence 5, learner empowerment, that offers the greatest opportunity for vulnerable learners and students with SEN, as it focuses on personalisation, accessibility, inclusion, and active learner motivation.

In the Digital Education at School Report of the European Education and Culture Executive Agency (Eurydice, 2019), digital competence has been described as a priority area for individuals since its initial mention in European Recommendation in 2006 (European Parliament, 2006). A comparison among European countries was made in terms of curricula and approaches. The focus on special needs education related to digital competencies was embedded in the curricula of Belgium, Holland, Germany, Croatia, Austria, and Poland (Eurydice, 2019). A recent report indicates the need for access and participation for inclusion and focuses on teachers’ preparedness for learning environments (European Commission, 2023).

The aim of this study is to assess the use of ICT by teachers working with students with SEN, assess and compare their digital competencies in education, and identify predictors of their digital competency in education across three countries: Türkiye, Ireland, and the Basque Country.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A cross-sectional survey was used to measure the use of ICT by teachers working with primary school-aged students with SEN while also assessing their digital competencies. Ethical approval was obtained from each institution.
The online questionnaire was designed and refined following piloting with 15 teachers from the three countries. Once finalised, the questionnaire was administered between March and June 2023 using the Survey Sparrow online survey platform. It took 15 to 20 minutes to complete and consisted of three sections to capture 1) the demographic and professional characteristics of participants (i.e., age, gender, level of education, length of experience with SEN); 2) the availability and use of ICT in respondents’ schools, including a rating of the technical support available in school for ICT use; and 3) self-rated digital competence using the 22-item DigCompEdu (Cabero et al., 2020a). The invitation to participate was sent via email to all primary schools within the Basque Country, the Antalya district of Türkiye, and within Ireland. A total of 270 valid responses were received; 111 from Türkiye, 63 from Ireland and 96 from the Basque Country.
Data analysis was conducted in SPSS version 27. Descriptive statistics (frequencies, means) were generated for all variables, split by country. Analysis of Variance was used to assess for differences in perceived digital competency by country. Multiple linear regression was used to identify predictors of digital competency scores, with the following independent variables: country (dummy variable); participant age in years; gender (male as the reference category); postgraduate (masters or doctoral) level of education (undergraduate education as the reference category); years of experience in SEN teaching; school setting (mainstream class as the reference category); and rating of technical support available in school.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Participants (Mage = 42 years) were predominantly female (78%). Internet use in classrooms through broadband or wireless connections was widespread among participants in Ireland (98% sometimes or always) and the Basque Country (96% sometimes or always), compared to 59% in Türkiye. The pattern was similar in relation to computer/laptop use, with higher proportions of respondents in Ireland (98%) and the Basque Country (91%) reporting that they sometimes or always use computers/laptops, compared to Türkiye (54%). In Ireland and the Basque Country, over half of participants reported using smartboards, compared to just over a quarter in Türkiye. Tablets were used most commonly in Ireland (60% sometimes/always), compared to 31% in the Basque Country and 9% in Türkiye.
There was also variation across countries in the extent to which technical support was available in schools to assist with ICT use. In Ireland, around a quarter of respondents rated support as excellent. The proportion rating the support excellent was slightly lower in the Basque Country (16-21%), and slightly lower again in Türkiye (9-11%).
Digital competency was highest for the Basque Country (mean = 43.22). Multiple linear regression identified significant predictors of digital competency. Teachers in Ireland and the Basque Country scored significantly higher (6.66 and 7.28 points, respectively) in digital competency compared with teachers in Türkiye. Female teachers scored 6 points lower than males on digital competency (p=.02). Age (p=.59) and having a postgraduate qualification compared to an undergraduate qualification (p=.43) were not significant predictors of digital competency. Teachers based in special schools scored 10 points lower in digital competency compared to those in mainstream schools (p=.001). The availability of technical support in school was a significant predictor of digital competency, with every 1-point increase in support associated with a .76-point increase in competency (p=.01).

References
Almerich, G., Orellana, N., Suárez-Rodríguez, J., & Díaz-García, I. (2016). Teachers’ information and communication technology competences: A structural approach. Computers Education, 100, 110–125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2016.05.002

Carretero, S., Vuorikari, R., & Punie, Y. (2017). DigComp 2.1: The digital competence framework for citizens. https://acortar.link/V3CmYT

Cranmer, S. (2020). Disabled children’s evolving digital use practices to support formal learning. A missed opportunity for inclusion. British Journal of Educational Technology, 51(2), 315–330. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12827

Economou, A., (2023) SELFIE for TEACHERS. Designing and developing a self-reflection tool for teachers’ digital competence., EUR 31475 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, ISBN 978-92-68-01809-5, doi:10.2760/561258, JRC131282.

Ertmer, P.A., Ottenbreit-Leftwich, A.T., Sadik, O., Sendurur, E., & Sendurur, P. (2012) Teacher beliefs and technology integration practices: A critical relationship. Computers and Education, 59(2), 423-435. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2012.02.001

Eurydice. European Education and Culture Executive Agency, (2019). Digital education at school in Europe, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/763

European Commission, European Education and Culture Executive Agency, (2023). Promoting diversity and inclusion in schools in Europe, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/443509

Pedro, F., Subosa, M., Rivas, A., & Valverde, P. (2019). Artificial intelligence in education: Challenges and opportunities for sustainable development. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000366994.locale=es

Pittman, T., & Gaines, T. (2015). Technology integration in third, fourth and fifth grade classrooms in a Florida school district. Educational Technology Research and Development, 63, 539-554.

Redecker, C., Punnie, Y. (2017). European framework for the digital competence of educators: DigCompEdu, EUR 28775 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, ISBN 978-92-79-73718-3 (print),978-92-79-73494-6 (pdf), doi:10.2760/178382 (print),10.2760/159770 (online), JRC107466. https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC107466

Serrano Fernández, L., Llauradó, E. V., Martínez, L. M., & García, C. R. (2022). Digital competence in the attention of students with special educational needs. An overview from the European Framework for Digital Teaching Competence “DigCompEdu.” Digital Education Review, 41, 284–305. https://doi.org/10.1344/DER.2022.41.284-305

Trujillo Sáez, F., (2021). The school year 2020-2021 in Spain during COVID-19: country report, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2021, ISBN 978-92-76-38645-2.

UNESCO (2016). Educación 2030: Declaración de Incheon y Marco de Acción para la realización del Objetivo de Desarrollo Sostenible 4: Garantizar une aducación inclusiva y equitativa de calidad y promover oportunidades de aprendizaje permanente para todos. UNESDOC Biblioteca Digital. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000245656_spa

Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S. and Punie, Y., (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for Citizens - With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes, EUR 31006 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg,  ISBN 978-92-76-48883-5, doi:10.2760/490274, JRC128415 https://publications.jrc.ec.europa.eu/repository/handle/JRC128415


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Many Minds - One Experiment. Classroom Practices with Digital Media in Inclusive Science Classes

Jessica Löser1, Jonas Goltz1, Navina Schilling2, Rolf Werning2

1University of Göttingen, Germany; 2Leibniz University Hannover

Presenting Author: Goltz, Jonas; Schilling, Navina

Current global developments, such as migration movements, go hand in hand with increasing social heterogeneity (Mecheril/Rangger 2022). Dealing with heterogeneity in school , in the sense of a broad understanding of inclusion (Löser/Werning 2015), means enabling all pupils to learn the same subject regardless of their different learning needs and backgrounds (Werning 2020). While this heterogeneity is often seen as an opportunity for learning in school cultural development processes (Budde 2015), it also comes with challenges, especially for teachers. They must prepare lessons that are sensitive to heterogeneity, especially in subjects that require complex teaching and learning processes with a high degree of abstraction. This also includes science lessons with experimentation as a core method (Stinken-Rösner et al. 2023).

When experimenting, teachers have to choose between small-step instructions, which have little cognitive activating effect, or open task formats, which can be overwhelming for students (Kleinert et al. 2021). Incremental learning aids offer a central and established solution to this requirement (ibid.): They break down complex tasks into subtasks and provide hints and solutions for each step, which students can access independently. In combination with digital media, such as an app for the tablet, they also offer further possibilities for differentiation.

The use of tablets in the classroom is an internationally researched topic (Aufenanger/Bastian 2017; Zhang/Nouri 2018). Tablets, as well as other digital media, are proving to be significant for the development of teaching and are also seen as a significant opportunity for the success of inclusive teaching (Filk/Schaumburg 2021). The user competences of teachers and students with regard to digital media are diverse and multifaceted (Engel/Jörissen 2022) and the actual use of the media remains largely dependent on the respective individuals (Aufenanger 2017). For science lessons, it has been shown that digital media have the potential to break down barriers (Stinken-Rösner et al. 2023).

This is where our research comes in. We focus the use of an app for inclusive science classes with an ethnographic approach and a special focus on its inclusive and exclusive potential. For this Lesson observations and, interviews with teachers and pupils are carried out. Our research is situated within the joint research project "DiLernProfis" (Short for: Learning process oriented diagnostics and didactis - digital incremental scaffolds as a professionalization concept for adaptive teaching), funded by the BMBF (Federal Ministry of Education and Research). The goal of “DiLernprofis” is the development of a web app that enables teachers to create and use digital learning aids. These should allow all pupils to complete complex tasks, such as experimentation, independently. In line with a broad understanding of inclusion, the focus is not on a specific group of pupils, but on the entire learning group, which is defined as heterogeneous in terms of its composition. To this end, a teacher training program is carried out and a certified training concept developed on this basis (Löser et al. 2023). The findings of our sub-project are used to further develop the app as well as the teacher training.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data collection of the project takes place in two research phases. In each phase, a training course is organized to prepare the participating teachers for the creation and use of the learning aids. Teachers use two evaluated learning aids for experimentation in their lessons and then develop their own learning aid. We are currently in the middle of the second research phase of the project. The teachers in this phase have attended several training sessions and are now preparing to use the evaluated learning aids. In our sub-project, ethnographic observations were carried out in all participating classes, and observation protocols were drawn up and subsequently translated into detailed protocols. The observations focused on the use of the learning aids by teachers and pupils.
The ethnographic approach makes it possible to follow the teaching process in a flexible and open way, and thus to consider a variety of practices with and around the learning aids. In addition, interviews were conducted with teachers and students after using the tool. In these they reflected on its use. In total, 45 observation protocols and 12 interview transcripts were produced. The data analysis was also characterized by openness and flexibility. It is based on the GTM (Strauss/Corbin 2010) and allows us to reconstruct key practices from the data through coding.
We adopt a practice-theoretical perspective (Schatzki 2012). From this perspective, we understand the social as emerging from practice, in which human actors and material artefacts jointly shape events, while at the same time normative orders come into play (Rabenstein 2018). In this sense, our understanding of social reality moves between poststructuralism (the dissolution of an acting subject) and theories of action (artefacts as tools) (Hirschauer 2016). This approach allows us to understand the use of the app in complex social situations, and to draw conclusions about its role in the different interactions.
Our practice-theoretical perspective, the ethnographic observations, the interviews and the analysis strategy are thus in a synergetic relationship, which proves to be a suitable framework with regard to our project objective. Findings about the actual teaching practice with the app allow us to draw conclusions regarding the further development of the app and the training concept as well as general findings regarding the use of digital media in science experiments at school.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our sub-project reconstructs classroom practice with regard to activities with and around the app in order to reveal its inclusive and exclusive potential. By this it supports both main concerns of “DiLernProfis”, the development of an app for inclusive science lessons as well as of a training-concept for its use.
The analysis of observation protocols and interviews revealed different ways of using and assessing the app. In many cases, the app was understood, as intended, as an optional tool to be used individually when independent task completion is otherwise unsuccessful.
At the same time, various limiting factors were observed with regard to the use of the app. Students sometimes organized the use of the app in an unintended way, for example when it was used to quickly access the solution without first working on the task. The app use was optional, so it was also completely rejected by a few students to avoid stigmatization. The experiment already represented a materially complex learning situation, which was expanded by the addition of the tablet and made it more difficult for some pupils to use the learning aids (Schilling et al. 2023).
Teachers proved to be creative when they used the app outside of the intended format and instead created and applied other task formats. At the same time, the implementation and use of the app in classroom practice proved to be challenging for teachers and students, but also proved to be used more and more routinely over time.
At ECER 2024, building on key findings from our analyses, we want to present and discuss the inclusive and exclusive potential of the project app on a case study basis. This will address the opportunities offered by digital media as well as the obstacles that need to be considered when introducing them.

References
Aufenanger, S. (2017). Zum Stand der Forschung zum Tableteinsatz in Schule und Unterricht aus nationaler und internationaler Sicht. In: J. Bastian/S.Aufenanger (ed.). Tablets in Schule und Unterricht (p.119-138). Springer VS.
Aufenanger, S., Bastian, J. (ed.) (2017). Tablets in Schule und Unterricht. Forschungsmethoden und -perspektiven zum Einsatz digitaler Medien. Springer VS.
Budde, J. (2015). Heterogenitätsorientierung. In: J. Budde/N.Blasse/A.Bossen/G.Rißler (ed.). Heterogenitätsforschung (p.19-37). Beltz.
Engel, J. & Jörissen, B. (2022). Schule und Medialität. In: T.Hascher/T.S.Idel/W.Helsper (ed.): Handbuch Schulforschung (p.1-21). Springer VS.
Filk, C. & Schaumburg, H. (2021). Editorial: Inklusiv-mediale Bildung und Fortbildung in schulischen Kontexten. In: MedienPädagogik (41), p.i-viii.
Hirschauer, S. (2016). Verhalten, Handeln, Interagieren: Zu den mikrosoziologischen Grundlagen der Praxistheorie. In H. Schäfer (ed.). Praxistheorie (p.45-68). Transcript.
Kleinert, S.I., Isaak, R.C., Textor, A., Wilde, M. (2021). Die Nutzung gestufter Lernhilfen zur Unterstützung des Experimentierprozesses im Biologieunterricht – eine qualitative Studie. In: Zeitschrift für Didaktik der Naturwissenschaften 27 (1), p.59-71.
Löser, J., Werning, R. (2015). Inklusion – allgegenwärtig, kontrovers, diffus? In: Erziehungswissenschaft 26 (51), p.17-24.
Löser, J., Demmer, C., Goltz, J., Heinrich, M, Kleinert, S.I., Koisser, S., Schilling, N., Streblow, L., Wilde, M., Werning, R. (2023). Lernprozessbegleitende Diagnostik und Fachdidaktik: Gestufte digitale Lernhilfen als Professionalisierungskonzept für adaptiven Unterricht (DiLernProfis). PraxisForschungLehrer*innenBildung. Zeitschrift für Schul- und Professionsentwicklung. 2023;5(1), p.191-203.
Mecheril, P., Rangger, M. (2022). Handeln in Organisationen der Migrationsgesellschaft. In: P.Mecheril/M.Rangger (eds.). Handeln in Organisationen der Migrationsgesellschaft (p.1-14). Springer VS.
Rabenstein, K. (2018). Ding-Praktiken. Zur sozio-materiellen Dimension von Unterricht. In M.Proske/K.Rabenstein(ed.). Kompendium Qualitative Unterrichtsforschung (p.319-348). Klinkhardt.
Schatzki, T. R. (2012). A Primer On Practices: Theory and Research. In: J.Higgs/R.Barnett/S.Billett/M.Hutchings et al. (ed.): Practice-based education: Perspectives and strategies (p.13-26). Sense Publisher.
Schilling, N., Goltz, J., Koisser, S., Demmer, C., Löser, J., Werning, R. (2023). Gestufte digitale Lernhilfen als Professionalisierungskonzept für inklusiven Naturwissenschaftsunterricht. In: Qualifizierung für Inklusion. 2023 Jul 17;5(2).
Stinken-Rösner, L., Weidenhiller, P., Nerdel, C., Weck, H., Kastaun, M. & Meier, M. (2023). Inklusives Experimentieren im naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht digital unterstützen. In: D.Ferencik-Lehmkuhl/I.Huynh/C.et al. (ed.). Inklusion digital! Chancen und Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildung im Kontext von Digitalisierung. (p.152-167) Klinkhardt.
Strauss, A.L., Corbin, J. (2010). Grounded Theory: Grundlagen Qualitativer Sozialforschung. Beltz.
Werning, R. (2020). Inklusive Didaktik – adaptiven Unterricht realisieren. In: Schule inklusiv, 8, p.4–8.
Zhang, L. & Nouri, J. (2018). A systematic review of learning and teaching with tablets. In: I.A.Sanchez/I P.Isaías/L.Rodrigues (ed.), 14th International Conference Mobile Learning 2018: Lisbon, Portugal, 14-16 April 2018 (p.80-88). Curran Associates Inc.
 
9:30 - 11:0004 SES 04 E: Pre-service and early career teachers and Inclusive Education
Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Gregor Ross Dørum Maxwell
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Pre-Service Teachers’ Reflections About Inclusion And Curricular Justice

Andrea Priestley, Stella Mouroutsou

University of Stirling, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Priestley, Andrea; Mouroutsou, Stella

This paper explores research with pre-service teachers in Scotland about their development of understandings of inclusion and curricular justice. Teachers require the appropriate skills and knowledge to teach diverse pupils, seeing individual differences as opportunities for enriching learning (Ainscow, 2020). Teacher education programmes are one space where interruptions to students’ deeply rooted assumptions about, for example, education, teaching and diversity are made possible. Teachers’ curriculum making work is complex and has been described as a ‘highly dynamic processes of interpretation, mediation, negotiation and translation, across multiple layers or sites of the education system’ (Priestley et al. 2021: 1). Pre-service teachers need educational experiences which help them navigate this complex work. Knowledge of learners, subject matter, curriculum goals and pedagogy (Darling-Hammond, 2006) have been identified as key foundations for curriculum work. Developing effective inclusive practice begins in the teachers’ professional preparation when pre-service teachers learn about key pedagogical approaches, reflect on their own beliefs about human differences, and develop inclusive practices that are maintained throughout their teaching careers (Rouse, 2010). Inclusive education is linked to a human rights-based approach (UNESCO, 2017) underpinned by the principle of social justice and teacher’s understandings of social justice will shape their pedagogical leadership (Forde and Torrence, 2017). To achieve curricular justice (Riddle et al., 2023), based on Fraser’s (2008) tripartite definition of social justice, commitment to ‘pupil-centred’ education’ needs to be accompanied by understandings of what and whose knowledge (Coker et al., 2024).

Our teacher education programme restructured the second school placement experience so each week students spend 3 days in school and 2 days within the university. This structure is envisioned to enable students to make richer theoretical connections to ongoing practice, whilst also affording opportunities to question their existing horizons of expectation. This is a space where interruptions to students’ assumptions and their practices can be foregrounded on a weekly basis. The Differences and Identity module, taught during this semester at the university, aims to give the opportunity for students to explore the research around inclusion and to begin to think about the relevance of this research to their own practice. Students undertake this module concurrently with the second school placement and it aims to enrich and contextualize student’s experience by giving students the tools and knowledge to think about their practice differently, in terms of inclusion. The module introduces students to the key theoretical debates in Inclusive education, the principal research, current policy and provokes discussion regarding inclusive pedagogy. The expectation is that students will use this new knowledge to reflect on their practice through this process of interruption, reflection, and supportive discussion, and it is these experiences that this research focuses on.

The study aims to address these research questions:

  1. What are student teachers’ (pre-service teachers) understandings of inclusion and social justice before and after having studied a module on inclusion and attending a concurrent school placement.

  1. To what extent has their understanding been developed after this module and attending a concurrent school placement.

The study will use Fraser’s framework of redistributive and relational social justice as heuristic through which issues of inclusion and exclusion will be discussed and linked curricular justice (Riddle et al., 2023; Dawson, 2017).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data collection is in progress. Third year students on an Initial Teacher Education Programme at a Scottish University (137 primary and secondary pre-service teachers) attending a compulsory Differences and Identities module in Spring 2024 are invited to participate.  We want to explore how our students' knowledge and understanding of the module’s topics develop during this module and placement.  As part of the module, students will complete a questionnaire in the initial and final seminar. This compulsory seminar task helps them reflect on ideas about inclusion and how research literature, their school practice placement and colleagues’/peers’ discussions has interrupted their thinking, enabling them to question their assumptions with regards to inclusion, inclusive pedagogy and curricular justice.

The second questionnaire is an online Microsoft form, and students are invited to consent, after reading an information sheet, to allow their data from this anonymous online questionnaire to be included in the research project. This forms one data generation method. Following on from the questionnaire, and after assignment marking is complete (to ensure that students understand participation/non-participation in the research has no impact on their assignment grade), students are invited to participate in a focus group (online or face to face). This approach has been adopted to explore in more depth understandings of inclusion and curricular justice. Four to five focus groups of 4/5 students are anticipated. Working with students in groups of four to six has been found to encourage lively discussion while being manageable (Kennedy et al., 2001). Flipchart paper will be used to record the students’ thoughts in a visual manner and as a reference for the students to use these as prompts for further comments. Students may also draw and annotated a picture of their thoughts as this has been found useful (Kennedy et al., 2001).

The questionnaire’s findings will be initially analysed using descriptive statistics. The focus group will be recorded using teams (subject to consent from all students) and transcribed by the researchers. The qualitative data will be analysed using an abductive/reproductive approach (Ackroyd and Karlsson, 2014). This firstly comprises: a grounded approach to developing themes from the data and followed by a thematic analysis, utilising the above theory as a heuristic and lastly the generation of context-specific theory from the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We will report on preliminary findings from the questionnaire and some of the focus group interviews, to explore the development of students’ thinking about inclusion and curricular justice as they encounter both practice and theory concurrently.

Essex et al (2019) reporting from on a study of teacher education students in England with regards inclusion noted the dominance of the use of ability- related practices to meet the inclusion imperative. This is acknowledged and challenged through research and discussion in the Differences and Identity module. The questionnaire and focus group data will provide more insight into findings from a Scottish perspective. Moreover, this study will contribute to the place of the student placement experience and the conundrum of the theory/practice divide (White, & Forgasz, 2016). Finally, this study will be of interest to an international audience as the findings can invite reflection and inform other ITE programmes.

References
Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: Lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7–16.

Coker, H., Kalsoom, Q. & Mercieca, D. (2024). Teachers’ use of knowledge in curriculum making: Implications for social justice. Education Science, 14(3).

Darling-Hammond, L. (2006). Constructing 21st-century teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 57, 300–314.

Dawson, E. (2017). Social justice and out‐of‐school science learning: Exploring equity in science television, science clubs and maker spaces. Science Education, 101(4), 539.

Essex, J., Alexiadou, N., & Zwozdiak-Myers, P. (2021). Understanding inclusion in teacher education–a view from student teachers in England. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(12), 1425-1442.
Karlsson, J. C., & Ackroyd, S. (2014). Critical Realism, Research Techniques, and Research Designs.

Kennedy, C., Kools, S., & Krueger, R. (2001). Methodological considerations in children’s focus groups. Nursing research, 50(3), 184-187

Priestley, M., Philippou, S., Alvunger, D. & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum making: A conceptual framework. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (pp. 1–27). Emerald Publishing.

Riddle, S., Mills, M. & McGregor, G. (2023). Curricular justice and contemporary schooling: Towards a rich, common curriculum for all students. Curriculum Perspectives, 43, 137–144.

White, S., Forgasz, R. (2016). The Practicum: The Place of Experience?. In: Loughran, J., Hamilton, M. (eds) International Handbook of Teacher Education. Springer, Singapore.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

The Collaborative Storytelling for Disability Awareness (COSDIA) approach: Challenging pre-service teachers’ assumptions & supporting inclusive pedagogy

Nayia Stylianidou, Myria Pieridou, Helen Phtiaka

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Stylianidou, Nayia; Pieridou, Myria

The purpose of this paper is to present the development and initial findings of a three-year funded project, entitled the Collaborative Storytelling for Disability Awareness (COSDIA) approach. This approach was conceptualized through a careful consideration of the gap in the literature regarding interdisciplinary approaches that consider disability awareness, particularly the intersection between online-offline environments of interaction, collaboration between disabled and non-disabled pre-service teachers, the co-creation of educational materials, and creative writing and digital storytelling. In effect, the study explores the use of collaborative storytelling, through digital and other forms, of pre-service teachers’ own stories and/or fairy tales about disability and aims to foster pre-service teachers’ disability awareness.

This presentation will include findings derived mainly from the first phase of the three-year project. In this first phase, the researchers conducted a thorough literature review documenting existing models in the use of storytelling and drama techniques for pre-service teachers’ training, as well as the representation of disability in the media. Researchers also completed an initial analysis of pre-service teachers’ views around disability and their learning needs around inclusive pedagogy and practice, which facilitated the development of the COSDIA approach. The first phase of the project was concluded through the development of a theoretical and pedagogical framework for the COSDIA approach, as well as the development of its curriculum comprised of seven modules. The development, presentation and delivery of the modules adopt an inclusive pedagogical framework, as the research team agrees that the project has the potential “to reduce educational inequality by enhancing learning opportunities for everyone” (Florian, 2015, p.5).

The research questions complement the research goals of the proposed project, and the research team investigates:

(1) pre-service teachers’ perceptions in relation to innovative learning approaches regarding disability awareness and inclusive education

(2) pre-service teachers’ needs in relation to innovative learning approaches regarding disability awareness and inclusive education

(3) the ways in which COSDIA’s approach can contribute to enhancing pre-service teachers’ disability awareness

(4) the potential opportunities and challenges of collaborative storytelling (collaboration between disabled and non-disabled people), through digital, and other forms, of pre-service teachers’ own stories and/or fairy tales about disability/inclusive education


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology/ research instruments
The epistemological principles of this research lie to the social constructivism paradigm – since disability is considered a social construction (Linton, 1998) – and to the post-modern paradigm. From a postmodern perspective language has tremendous power, as it can transmit the ideologies of inclusion and exclusion (Ballard, 2004), which is associated with participants’ conceptualizations of disability as well as with conceptualizations of disability in fairy-tales (Tzimiri, 2021) television, radio and the press (Barnes, 1992).  However, language is not the only means of representing reality or communicating since in the multimodal landscape of social media (Ellis & Kent, 2016) language is used in conjunction with other modes of communication such as pictures, photos, videos. Multimodality’ is adopted from the field of social semiotics, which refers to the different modes that people utilise in specific social contexts to create meaning and communicate (Van Leeuwen, 2005).

Research design
The research design transforms the epistemological principles into pragmatic decisions and serves as a compass for the choices we make’ (Prosser and Swartz, 1998, p.18). Considering the epistemological principles of this study a qualitative approach is considered as the most appropriate for answering the research questions. The research design includes a thorough literature review, exploring pre-service teachers’ perceptions and needs through questionnaires, semi-structured interviews (both individual and focus-group), researchers’ reflective journals, post-questionnaires with participants. All of the above will be analyzed through a combination of thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006) and critical discourse analysis (Gee, 2015).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial findings from pre-service teachers’ questionnaires and semi-structured interviews indicate that the COSDIA approach has promising results in relation to enhancing pre-service teachers’ disability awareness and enhancing collaboration between disabled and non-disabled pre-service teachers. In addition, findings highlight the importance of ongoing professional development to facilitate the use of innovative pedagogic practices, and the need to place focus on reflective practice, and to challenge values and beliefs about disability, teaching and learning.
References
Ballard, K. (2004). Children and disability: Special or included? Waikato Journal of Education, 10 (1) 315–326.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Ellis, K., & Kent, M. (Eds.). (2016). Disability and social media: Global perspectives. Taylor & Francis.
Florian, L. (2015) Inclusive Pedagogy: A transformative approach to individual differences but can it help reduce educational inequalities?, Scottish Educational Review 47(1), 5-14.
Gee, J. P. (2011). "Discourse Analysis.  What makes it critical". In Rogers, R. (Ed.). An introduction to critical discourse analysis in education (pp. 23-45) New York. Routledge.
Linton, S. (1998). Disability studies/not disability studies. Disability & Society,13(4), 525-539.
Prosser, J. & Schwartz, D. (1998) ‘Photographs within the sociological research process.’ In J. Prosser (ed.), Image-based Research. A Sourcebook for Qualitative Researchers (pp. 115–30). London: Falmer Press.
Van Leeuwen, T. (2005) Introducing Social Semiotics. London: Routledge.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Research-based Early Career Teachers in Norway and the Development of Relational Thinking in Teaching Practice

Gregor Ross Dørum Maxwell, Yngve Antonsen, Ømur Caglar-Ryeng

UiT The Arctic University, Norway

Presenting Author: Maxwell, Gregor Ross Dørum

Norway has traditionally put inclusive education high on the agenda in their schools related to both practice and laws (Maxwell & Bakke, 2019). New teacher education reforms in Norway focus on subject specialization and research-based knowledge (Jakhelln et al., 2019). Antonsen et al. (2020) confirm however that there is a gap between inclusive education and the general teacher community. New teacher education programmes inadequately prepare early career teachers (ECTs) to work inclusively with Tveitnes and Hvalby (2023) finding a lack of inclusive education is problematic for ECTs and their mentors. However, the Norwegian master-based education is supposed to educate ECTs with the ability to develop their competence, reflect and collaborate with others (Jakhelln et al., 2019).

A positive connection between ECTs and students is important for teaching (Hattie, 2008). Norwegian ECTs experience many classroom challenges particularly when handling a varied student and parent group (Antonsen et al., for review). Teachers’ relational work also requires the handling of a broader range of learners from skilled students to behavioral problems (Rudkjoebing et al., 2020) and also to address themes from social, personal or health education (Nic Gabhainn et al., 2010). There are similar calls in Norway for teaching about life mastery (Lauritzen et al., 2021) and abuse and sexual harassment (Goldschmidt-Gjerløw, 2022). Given that teachers have many and contradictory discursive demands and relational tasks to solve in work (Spicksley, 2022), a novel relational approach to inclusive and relational education may help them in carrying out work.

Relational thinking is an educational practice that equalizes learning and well-being (Dalkilic & Vadeboncoeur, 2016). Florian et al. (2017) highlight that a teacher’s ability to act relationally impacts developing a more inclusive pedagogy. A relational thinking and approach to special education and adapted education shifts the focus from instrumental thinking such as having clear recipes and solutions, to what Florian and colleagues suggest as "a more nuanced and relational way of considering how schools can respond to difference is needed." (Florian et al., 2017, p. 27). For teachers, a relational approach involves the ability to question their assumptions and increase their own insight into the relationship between their behaviour and underlying thoughts and feelings whilst simultaneously giving an understanding of the individual student’s perspective (Aspelin, 2014, p. 240). Relational thinking thus means that inclusive education should both contribute to and be the result of an education system that provides a reasonable opportunity for all children to be active agents in their own learning (Dalkilic & Vadeboncoeur, 2016). Previously, Amartya Sen’s (1985) Capability Approach was used in research on the integration of disabled people (Reindal, 2009) and inclusion and special education (Terzi, 2014). A capacity-based approach can engage children, teachers, and families in principle, and in practice recognize differences, rather than shortcomings. One disadvantage of relational thinking is that the term becomes somewhat ambiguous because of its links to social ideology, human values​, and principles of integration, inclusion, and normalization. However, a relational approach can lead to the development of policy and practice that clarifies the processes required to develop capabilities and appreciating functions and the types of resources required to generate relationally inclusive environments. There is therefore need to investigate how ECTs with a master-based teacher education can become agents for developing relational thinking in their practice to work with inclusion and relations in their teaching (Pantić & Florian, 2015). The research questions:

1) How do ECTs express their learning regarding aspects of inclusive and relational teaching in their first five years in practice?

2) How are aspects of relational thinking expressed by ECTs about their teaching practice in their first five years of practice?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper presents data from the RELEMAST and STEP studies.
The RELEMAST study constitutes a longitudinal examination of master-based teachers in Norway, through employing semi-structured interviews Kvale (2008). A cohort of 27 Early Career Teachers (ECTs) were interviewed after their first, third, and fifth year of professional practice. The research design was constructed to create a multifaceted understanding and more in-depth and nuanced approach to the investigation (Maxwell, 2013). Participants in the study were individuals who had recently completed an innovative five-year research-based master's program in teacher education, tailored for both primary and lower-secondary schools.
The initial interview protocol for the ECTs comprised open-ended inquiries aimed at elucidating perceived professional strengths and the challenges encountered during their inaugural year. Subsequent interview guides, corresponding to the third and fifth years within the profession, expanded the scope to encompass questions pertaining to inclusive education and relational pedagogy, while continuing to solicit candid reflections on challenges and strengths. The selection of informants was strategically determined to reflect the diverse array of school environments to give a representative sample that shows variance in contextual experiences.
The STEP study included semi-structured interviews with 7 principals, 8 mentors of newly educated teachers, 8 newly qualified teachers and 14 colleagues from eight case schools. The schools were selected from all over Norway based upon a criterion that they had a positive induction system for NQTs. As such we were initially interested in successful experiences. Informants were also asked about the ECTs professional strengths and challenges, as well as what kind of support they needed during their first year of practice. These data contribute with a wider perspective on ECTs as their colleagues were also informants.
For both studies interviews ranged from 30 to 60 minutes, were audio-recorded, and subsequently transcribed verbatim to preserve the integrity of the data. The analytical process was underpinned by a reflective thematic analysis, adhering to the six-phase framework as proposed by Braun and Clarke (2022). The STEP study includes a survey were 532 teacher students in their fourth year as students responded regarding questions about how prepared they were for teaching both inclusively and for a varied student group. This data is analysed and presented descriptive. The survey included open questions in which many students wrote about the challenges they expected to meet regarding inclusive and relational teaching. These qualitative data were analysed reflective thematic.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
After working one year in the profession most ECTs have challenges in solving relational and inclusive education, and this is supported from the views of ECTs themselves and mentors as well as colleagues and principals. However, the ECTs value relational work with the students as it is important for creating a positive learning environment.  
ECTs after working three and five years reveal diverse results related to relational and inclusive education. In general, the challenges weaken, initiating that the NQTs learn relational thinking strategies for inclusive and relational education during their work as teachers in collaboration with colleagues or the support system. Some highlight how they have worked over a long period with relational thinking in their class to succeed in establishing positive relations with their students. A few ECTs with a lot of work related to inclusive education find this work demanding. In the results we will elaborate factors that promote or hinder the development of relational thinking.
All the ECTs clarify that the teacher education cannot prepare them for all tasks in work, but still around a third of the ECTs highlights after five years in work that they still feel that their education could have prepared them more in regard of knowledge about inclusive education and for handling the relations of students, also in regard for the supporting system and home-school collaboration.
In the end we discuss why some ECTs seems to develop relational thinking in their work, while others do not. As new laws for handling students regarding abuse and social inclusion are introduced in Norway, the findings still confirm that ECTs need more theoretical knowledge about relational thinking in their education. Some ECTs and colleagues also advocates for more social education or psychology in teacher education.

References
Antonsen, Y., Maxwell, G., Bjørndal, K. E. W., & Jakhelln, R. (2020). «Det er et kjemperart system» – spesialpedagogikk, tilpasset opplæring og nyutdannede læreres kompetanse. Acta Didactica Norden, 14(2). https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.7918
Antonsen, Y., Portela Pruaño, A., Stenseth, A.-M., & Skytterstad, R. (for review). Early career teachers’ beliefs and managing of work intensification in Norway and Spain Journal of Educational Change.
Aspelin, J. (2014). Beyond individualised teaching. Education Inquiry, 5(2), 23926. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v5.23926
Dalkilic, M., & Vadeboncoeur, J. A. (2016). Re-framing inclusive education through the capability approach: An elaboration of the model of relational inclusion. Global Education Review, 3(3). https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1114861.pdf
Florian, L., Hawkins, K. B., & Rouse, M. (2017). Achievement and Inclusion in Schools. Routledge.
Goldschmidt-Gjerløw, B. (2022). Exploring Variation in Norwegian Social Science Teachers’ Practice Concerning Sexuality Education: Who Teachers Are Matters and So Does School Culture. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(1), 163-178. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1869072
Hattie, J. (2008). Visible Learning: A Synthesis of Over 800 Meta-Analyses Relating to Achievement (1 ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203887332
Jakhelln, R., Eklund, G., Aspfors, J., Bjørndal, K., & Stølen, G. (2019). Newly Qualified Teachers’ Understandings of Research-based Teacher Education Practices − Two Cases From Finland and Norway. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2019.1659402
Lauritzen, L.-M., Antonsen, Y., & Nesby, L. (2021). «Jeg er så veldig redd for hvordan jeg påvirker elevene.» Utfordringer og muligheter i undervisningen av folkehelse og livsmestring i norskfaget. Acta Didactica Norden, 15(1). https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.5617/adno.7848
Maxwell, G., & Bakke, J. (2019). Schooling for Everyone: Norway's adapted approach to education for everyone. In M. C. H. Beaton, D. B.  Maxwell, G. & J. Spratt (Eds.), Including the North: A comparative study of the policies on inclusion and equity in the circumpolar north. Lapin yliopisto http://hdl.handle.net/11374/2288
Nic Gabhainn, S., O'Higgins, S., & Barry, M. (2010). The implementation of social, personal and health education in Irish schools. Health Education, 110(6), 452-470. https://doi.org/10.1108/09654281011087260
Pantić, N., & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice. Education Inquiry, 6(3), 27311. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.27311
Reindal, S. M. (2009). Disability, capability, and special education: Towards a capability‐based theory. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 24(2), 155-168. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856250902793610
Rudkjoebing, L. A., Bungum, A. B., Flachs, E. M., Eller, N. H., Borritz, M., Aust, B., Rugulies, R., Rod, N. H., Biering, K., & Bonde, J. P. (2020). Work-related exposure to violence or threats and risk of mental disorders and symptoms: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Scand J Work Environ Health, 46(4), 339-349. https://doi.org/10.5271/sjweh.3877
 
9:30 - 11:0005 SES 04 A: Cooperation, Behaviour and Educator Segregation
Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Erna Nairz-Wirth
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Perceptions and Experiences of Parents, Children, Youth Care Professionals, and Teachers about Cooperation

Helene Leenders1, Linda Zijlmans1,2, Mariette Haasen1, Karin Diemel1, Johan de Jong1

1Fontys Hogescholen, Netherlands, The; 2Radboud University, the Netherlands

Presenting Author: Leenders, Helene; Zijlmans, Linda

"I try to get the best out of my students, but there are parents who have a hard time supporting their child. And when the child has ADHD, I find it difficult. What is my responsibility as a teacher, and what is the responsibility of other support services? I tend to take it on myself anyway and to direct the parents” (teacher).

It is of great social importance to optimize the developmental opportunities of children in vulnerable families. When home, school, and care are well connected, this has a positive effect on children's well-being, learning performance and behaviour (De Greef, 2019), and leads to more self-efficacy within parents who feel insecure about parenting (Hoover-Dempsey et al.,2005; Waanders et al.,2007). Parental self-efficacy is strongly correlated with positive parent and child psychological functioning, child adjustment, parenting competence and parenting satisfaction (Jones & Prinz, 2005). For those families living in difficult situations, enhancing parenting self-efficacy may serve as a potential mechanism by which to improve the well-being of parents and children (Ibid, 2005).

Therefore, professionals should consider parents as competent and knowledgeable caregivers regarding their children's needs (Minjarez et al.,2013), and as equal and capable decision-making partners in determining the best support for themselves and their children (Damen et al.,2018). It is part of the professional ethical standard of teachers and youth care professionals to recognize the importance of the role of parents as educators, regardless of how problematic parenting might be and how insecure parents might feel. It also is important to incorporate the views of children through an active participation agenda, in the fulfilment of children’s rights under the obligations of the UN Convention for the Rights of the Child.

The purpose of youth care and special education is to reduce children's problems, increase their well-being, ensure that they can return home, or get them on the right track. Ultimately, parents must regain control over the upbringing of their children (Weiss et al.,2012), while children should have a say in how they grow up (Boomkens et al.,2018). Consequently, it is not only the relationship between parents and professionals, their cooperation and joint decision-making (‘alliance’) that matters, but also how competent parents feel about their parenting and how children feel that they are heard and seen. This is why this study focuses on parents’ self-efficacy (regarding parenting competences) and on children's voice, in addition to the usual aspects of the alliance (bond, goal, task).

We conducted a questionnaire study (N=479) in a wide variety of institutions in the Netherlands to compare perceptions of parents, children, youth care professionals and special education teachers about cooperation within different contexts (outpatient assistance, residential care, and special education). Forty-five interviews were carried out to explore how this cooperation is experienced in practice. The theoretical framework of the study is based on alliance research (Hawley & Garland, 2008; Lamers et al.,2015), with an extra focus on parental self-efficacy and children's voice. The findings suggest that cooperation with parents is going well, but professionals find it difficult to support parents’ self-efficacy concerning parenting competences (both questionnaire and interview study). Also, when children's voice gets enough attention, this influences the relationship positively. The interviews show that parental self-efficacy is insufficiently and inadequately supported by almost all professionals. It is positive to conclude, however, that many professionals are able to ‘see past’ incompetent parenting styles and different values on growing up (children) and bringing up (parents). Each context (outpatient assistance, residential youth care, and special education) has its own challenges, which is outlined in this presentation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants were parents, children, youth care professionals and teachers from three contexts: outpatient assistance, residential care, and special education. Questionnaire data were analysed from a total of 479 respondents: 174 children (10-18 years old), 114 parents, 132 youth care professionals and 59 teachers. Children and parents within the three contexts reported on their cooperation with youth care professionals. Professionals providing outpatient assistance or residential care and special education teachers reported on their cooperation with parents and children.
 In addition to the questionnaire study, 45 semi-structured in-depth interviews were conducted with children, parents and professionals in the same contexts. The interviews focused om how the cooperation between parents, children and professionals is organised and experienced, especially among vulnerable children, parents, families and/or different values about parenting and growing up.  

 We used the Work Alliance Questionnaire (WAV-12-R; Lamers et al., 2015) to assess the quality of the cooperation between children/parents and youth care professionals/teachers. The original questionnaire was adapted to assess the quality of the alliance with children and parents in general, instead of with one specific child/parent, from the perspective of youth care professionals and teachers. The questionnaire consists of three scales. The Bond scale measures children’s and parents’ perceptions of professionals’ friendliness, acceptance, understanding, and support during care. The scale Goal relates to the degree of agreement between children/parents and professionals regarding the goals of care. The Task scale measures the agreement between children/parents and professionals regarding the tasks to work on during care. The questionnaire was supplemented with four self-constructed items relating to the child’s perceived level of voice, and with four self-constructed items about the extent to which parents feel that the support contributes to their self-efficacy regarding parenting competences.  

Questionnaire data were analysed using SPSS. Statistical differences were evaluated by one-way ANOVA analysis with post-hoc tests. The interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed. The transcripts were analysed by qualitative thematic analysis (Boyatzis, 1998) using AtlasTi. A total of 729 relevant quotations were selected and analysed:

Children's voice: 211 citations (100 children; 26 parents; 85 professionals)

Parental self efficacy: 178 quotes (9 children; 101 parents; 68 professionals)  

Parental values and conflicting interests: 120 quotes (15 children; 26 parents; 79 professionals)  

To ensure validity and reliability, multiple rounds of analysis were conducted by three researchers, as well as peer debriefing sessions with the entire research team.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the questionnaire study show that

Parents are positive about the relationship with the professional, the focus on (treatment) goals, and task (working on the right thing), but they score relatively low on the extent to which they feel empowered in their parenting skills.

It is difficult for professionals to empower parents to deal better with the upbringing of their children, and to make vulnerable parents feel important as educators. Special education teachers find this the most difficult.

Children feel less heard and seen than professionals think they do. The difference is the greatest in the residential setting.  

Special education teachers find it the most difficult to take childrens's voice into account.

The results of the interview study are consistent with the questionnaire survey and illustrate how cooperation is experienced in practice. Clinical implications will be shared in our presentation.  

A substantial number of quotations show that attention for the voice of vulnerable children is appropriate, e.g., in line with what children can handle, but it is also common for children not to feel heard at all.  

Parental self-efficacy is not always supported by professionals. Parents feel that 'giving advice' does not help them. It is effective when professionals guide parents, step-by-step, reflecting together about possible alternatives in specific situations.  

Parents feel annoyed by 'professional language' and 'their child as a problem'.

Remarkably, many professionals are able to 'see past' incompetent parenting styles or values and know how to connect with the family's need for help.  

From a clinical perspective, our findings highlight the importance of an enduring attention to children's perspectives, desires and needs. Also, there is still much to be gained if professionals focus more on supporting parenting skills, especially for at risk families.

References
Boomkens, C., Metz, J.W., van Regenmortel, T., & Schalk, R. (2018). The development of agency in professional youth work with girls and young women in the Netherlands. Journal of social work. doi: 10.1177/1468017318784079  

Boyatzis, R. E. (1998). Transforming qualitative information: Thematic analysis and code development. New York: Sage.  

Damen, H., Veerman, J. W., Vermulst, A. A., van Pagée, R., Nieuwhoff, R., & Scholte, R. H. J. (2018). Parental empowerment and child behavioural problems during youth care. Child & Family Social Work, 1-10.  

De Greef, M. (2019). Addressing the alliance. The parent-professional alliance in home-based parenting support: Importance and associated factors. Nijmegen/ Arnhem: Radboud Universiteit/ HAN.

Hawley, F. & Garland, A. F. (2008). Working alliance in adolescent outpatient therapy: Youth, parent and therapist reports and associations with therapy outcomes. Child & Youth Care Forum 37(2), 59-74.  

Hoover-Dempsey, K. V., Walker, J. M. T., Sandler, H. M., Whetsel, D., Green, C.L., Wilkins, A.S., & Closson, K. (2005). Why do parents become involved? Research findings and implications. The Elementary School Journal, 106(2), 105-130.

Jones, T.L. & Prinz, R.J. (2005). Potential roles of parental self-efficacy in parent and child adjustment: A review. Clinical Psychology Review, 25, 341-363.  

Lamers, A., Delsing, M. J. M. H., Van Widenfelt, B. M., & Vermeiren, R. R. (2015). A measure of the parent-team alliance in youth residential psychiatry: the revised short working alliance inventory. Child & Youth Care Forum, 44, 801-817.

Minjarez, M. B., Mercier, E. M., Williams, S. E., & Hardan, A. Y. (2013). Impact of pivotal response training group therapy on stress and empowerment in parents of children with autism, Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, 15(2), 71-78.

Ten Brummelaar, M. D. C., Harder, A. T., Kalverboer, M. E., Post, W. J., & North, E. J. (2018). Participation of youth in decision-making procedures during residential care: A narrative review. Child & Family Social Work, 23(1), 33-44.  

Waanders, C., Mendez, J. L., & Downer, J. T. (2007). Parent characteristics, economic stress and neighborhood context as predictors of parent involvement in preschool children's education. Journal of School Psychology, 45(6), 619-636. doi: 10.1016/j.jsp.2007.07.003

Weiss, J. A., Cappadocia, M. C., MacMullin,  J. A.,Viecili, M., & Lunsky,Y. (2012). The impact of child problem behaviors of children with ASD on parent mental health: The mediating role of acceptance and empowerment. Autism, the International Journal of Research and Practice, 16(3), 261-274.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Disciplinary Practices of Primary School Teachers Under the Influence of Student Composition

Claudia Schuchart, Leon Dittmann, Benjamin Schimke, Doris Bühler-Niederberger

University of Wuppertal, Germany

Presenting Author: Schuchart, Claudia; Dittmann, Leon

Students' behavioural problems are one of the greatest challenges facing teachers. At the same time, they have far-reaching consequences: There is a close connection between "deviant behaviour" in school, academic performance and later delinquent behaviour in adult live. According to these authors, an important driver is the disciplinary practice of teachers: the stricter and harsher it is, the more likely it is that deviant behaviour will intensify (Amemiya et al. 2020) and academic performance will decline (Del Toro & Wang 2022). This fact deserves attention because the disciplinary practices of teachers can vary greatly with comparable student behaviour. Although the nature of the behaviour itself has an influence on disciplinary responses, this is also influenced by contextual characteristics such as class composition (Rocque & Paternoster 2011; Payne & Welch, 2010; Welch & Payne, 2018). Our main interest in the present study is the question of how student behaviour develops over time under the influence of teacher behaviour and student composition.

Empirical studies on this question are generally rare, especially for primary schools, and only relate to partial aspects of the question. The available studies allow the following assessment: a) Deviant behaviour is higher in schools with a less privileged student body than in schools with a privileged student body, and this gap widens over time. B) Harsh punishments such as exclusion from school and lessons or a referral to the principal by teachers increase with the proportion of students from non-privileged families, even when controlling for student behaviour (Payne & Welch, 2010; Welch & Payne, 2018; Roque & Paternoster 2011 and Kinsler 2011 for primary school). C) Aggressive student behaviour occurs more frequently when minor deviant behaviour has previously been punished by official documentation (Amemiya et al., 2020). However, Amemiya et al. (2020) did not investigate the contextual influences on this development. These results suggest that deviant student behaviour is increasing as a result of harsher disciplinary practices by teachers, especially in schools with non-privileged students compared to schools with privileged students. However, as yet there is a lack of empirical evidence for this.

For a theoretical approach labelling theory can be used. According to this approach, teachers have to interpret behaviour in order to classify it as a rule violation and react to it. Primary school teachers, for example, react very differently to deviant behaviour, even to serious violations of school rules (Psunder, 2005; Skiba, 1997), ranging from ignoring to mild and harsh punishments. Punishments carried out in the presence of classmates can take on the function of labels. This means that a punishment labels a pupil as "deviant" and the following interactions refer to this label. This can result in teachers imposing increasingly strict sanctions (Bowditch 1993) and pupils describing themselves as deviant (Chiricos et al., 2007) and being more likely to join deviant groups of pupils (Bernburg et al. 2006). These effects of labelling lead to an increase in deviant behaviour over time. Although not explicitly modelled theoretically in the labelling approach, labelling processes could occur more frequently in schools with a less privileged student body. Teachers might expect more intense deviant behaviour in these schools, see their (cultural) authority at risk and believe they have to assert it through harsh punishments (Payne & Welch, 2010; Welch & Payne, 2010; Rocque and Paternoster, 2011). With this in mind, we expect the following: Harsher disciplinary practice is more common in schools with low-privileged compared to schools with privileged student bodies for the same student behaviour, which subsequently leads to higher proportions of deviant behaviour by students in schools with low-privileged compared to schools with privileged student bodies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology: Procedure: The sample consisted of 14 first grade classes at 14 primary schools in Germany. The deviant behaviour of the pupils and the reactions of the teachers were recorded by means of classroom observations during the first grade. These were carried out on four survey dates each. A total of 7,892 behavioural units of 314 pupils and 3085 disciplinary reactions of teachers were observed. The deviant behaviour was recorded in units of minutes per lesson (e.g. Amina runs through the class). Teacher behaviour (e.g. "Amina, stop it") was also recorded. Two trained observers were always present in a class.
The material was then coded. A coding scheme was developed for coding deviant pupil behaviour, which was primarily based on the already validated instrument "Behavioural Observation of Students in Schools" (Shapiro, 2011). Student behaviour was assigned to the following categories: motor (unauthorised movement around the room or in the square), verbal (unauthorised utterances such as shouting, chatting), aggression (non-physical: insults, verbal abuse; physical aggression: destruction of objects, physical attacks on people) and passivity (passive inattention), other. Teacher behaviour in response to deviant pupil behaviour was also recorded. An inductive procedure was used to differentiate between 22 categories (e.g. "no reaction", "non-verbal reaction", "exclusion from ongoing lessons"). "Intensive" disciplining was coded if students they were excluded from lessons or classroom activities or punished by the removal of (sometimes symbolic) privileges.
Variables: A sum score was calculated for each student per survey from the deviant behaviours, which represents the dependent variable. Furthermore, the individual proportion of general teacher reactions to individual deviant behaviour of a pupil and the proportion of "intensive disciplinary" teacher reactions to individual deviant behaviour were calculated for each wave. Teacher information was also available on how high the proportion of pupils from low-privileged families was at a school. A distinction was made between schools with a high (60-90%, N = 4 schools) and low (0-40%, n = 10 schools) proportion of low-privileged pupils.
Method: Mixed-effects linear regressions were calculated taking into account the multi-level structure (behaviour nested in pupils nested in classes). The sum score of student behaviour at time tn was regressed on the individual proportion of intensive disciplinary teacher responses at time tn-1, controlling for individual student behaviour and the individual proportion of all teacher responses at time tn-1. Furthermore, interaction effects between the intensive disciplining practice and the student composition were calculated.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that already at the beginning of primary school, the proportion of deviant behaviour is higher in schools with higher proportions of low-privileged pupils than in schools with higher proportions of privileged pupils; this applies in particular to motor and verbal deviant behaviour. Similarly, even when controlling for the type and frequency of pupil behaviour, the intensively punitive teacher reactions are more frequent at the former schools. However, according to preliminary evaluations, there are no indications that a) intensively punishing teacher behaviour increases the frequency of deviant student behaviour and b) that such a development is more likely to occur in schools with a less privileged student body than in schools with a privileged student body. However, there are indications that the more likely a teacher intensely disciplines a  pupil's disruptive behaviour, the higher the individual share of disruptive behaviour, but not the frequency, and this development is more likely to occur with pupils who are already more disruptive to begin with and at schools with a less privileged pupil body than at schools with a privileged pupil body. This means that many pupils adapt to the behavioural expectations in the course of the first year and show more compliant behaviour, while pupils with higher initial values tend to maintain their behaviour in response to an intensive disciplinary practice and thus take up a higher proportion of the disruptive behaviour overall. This development in the course of the first class does not indicate either the theoretically expected general dynamic or a context-specific dynamic of labelling processes, as the quality of the behaviour does not change significantly either. The extent to which these developments will unfold in the further course of primary school will have to be shown by further surveys in the coming school years.
References
Amemiya, J., Mortenson, E. & Wang, M. (2020). Minor infractions are not minor: school infractions for minor misconduct may increase adolescents’ defiant behavior and contribute to racial disparities in school discipline. American Psychologist, 75(1), 23–36. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000475
Bernburg, J. G., Krohn, M. D., & Rivera, C. J. (2006). Official labeling, criminal embeddedness, and subsequent delinquency: A longitudinal test of labeling theory. Journal of Research in Crime and Delinquency, 43(1), 67–88. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022427805280068
Bowditch, C. (1993). Getting rid of troublemakers: High school disciplinary procedures and the production of dropouts. Social Problems, 40(4), 493–509. https://doi.org/10.2307/3096864
Chiricos, T., Barrick, K., Bales, W., & Bontrager, S. (2007). The labeling of convicted felons and its consequences for recidivism. Criminology, 45(3), 547–581.
Kinsler, J. (2011). Understanding the black–white school discipline gap. Economics of Education Review, 30(6), 1370–1383. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2011.07.004
Payne, A. A., & Welch, K. (2010). Modeling the effects of racial threat on punitive and restorative school discipline practices. Criminology: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 48(4), 1019–1062. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1745-9125.2010.00211.x
Psunder, M. P. (2005). How effective is school discipline in preparing students to become responsible citizens? Slovenian teachers’ and students’ views. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(3), 273–286. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.01.005
Rocque, M., & Paternoster, R. (2011). Understanding the antecedents of the „school-to-jail“ link: The relationship between race and school discipline. The Journal of Criminal Law and Criminology, 101(2), 633–666.
Shapiro, E. S. (2010). Academic skills problems fourth edition workbook. Guilford Press.
Skiba, R. J., Peterson, R. L., & Williams, T. (1997). Office referrals and suspension: disciplinary intervention in middle schools. Education and Treatment of Children, 20(3), 295–315. http://www.jstor.org/stable/42900491
Del Toro, J. & Wang, M. (2022). The roles of suspensions for minor infractions and school climate in predicting academic performance among adolescents. American Psychologist, 77(2), 173–185. https://doi.org/10.1037/amp0000854
Welch, K., & Payne, A. A. (2010). Racial threat and punitive school discipline. Social Problems, 57(1), 25–48. https://doi.org/10.1525/sp.2010.57.1.25
Welch, K. & Payne, A. A. (2018). Latino/a Student threat and school disciplinary policies and practices. Sociology of Education, 91(2), 91–110. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038040718757720


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Segregation of ECEC personnel

Maiju Paananen1, Salla Fjällström1, Sonja Kosunen2

1Tampere University, Finland; 2University of Eastern Finland

Presenting Author: Fjällström, Salla

The shortage of qualified educators has raised concerns all over Europe and beyond. In Finland, the most drastic shortage of qualified staff is among early childhood education and care (ECEC) teachers (Työvoimabarometri 2022, Kosunen et al 2023). The earlier research suggests that socio-economic composition of areas influences the professional choices and turnover of qualified educators. For example, studies focused on teachers' work preferences in comprehensive education show that teachers prefer to work in affluent institutions (e.g. Ingersoll & May 2012). The paper examines whether this vicious cycle of segregation where teacher segregation and socio-economic segregation of the neighborhoods are associated, that has been identified in comprehensive education can be identified also in ECEC.

This paper investigates the segregation of educators in ECEC in Finland, focusing on the relationship between socio-spatial and institutional segregation. Socio-spatial segregation refers to the differentiation of residential areas in terms of their socio-economic composition (e.g., Boterman et al. 2019). In this paper, institutional segregation refers to differentiation between educational institutions, such as ECEC centres, in terms of the distribution of qualified and non-qualified educators. While socio-spatial and institutional segregation have been extensively studied in comprehensive education (e.g. Boterman et al. 2019; Kauppinen et al. 2020), research related to ECEC is limited.

We ask:

1. How are the qualified and non-qualified educators distributed accross ECEC centers?

2. Is there an association between institutional teacher segregation and the socio-economic composition of the neighbourhood?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study utilizes national register data on ECEC personnel in Finnish ECEC to examine the association between institutional segregation, and the connection with the social composition of their neighborhoods. The data sources are early childhood education information repository: VARDA; and socio-demographics on residential areas data, Statistics of Finland). The data comprise qualification information on 26,196 ECEC center educators, including ECEC teachers, social pedagogues, child carers, assistants, family daycare workers, and the information of the ECEC centre they work in. By using postal codes, we connect this information to data on socio-demographics of the area the centres are located at. Regression analysis is used for examining the association between socioeconomic structure of the area and the proportion of qualified educators.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial analysis shows that private ECEC centres have larger proportion of unqualified personnel compared to public ECEC centres. Also, initial analysis shows that there is a connection between socio-economic composition of the area and the proportion of qualified educators. The paper suggests that analyzing the educator segregation in publicly funded Finnish ECEC system can provide valuable insights into teacher segregation within a welfare state. The concentration of qualified educators in affluent areas may exacerbate educational inequalities, as children in disadvantaged areas may have less experienced or unqualified teachers.
References
Boterman, W., Musterd, S., Pacchi, C., & Ranci, C. (2019). School segregation in contemporary cities: Socio-spatial dy-namics, institutional context and urban outcomes. Urban Studies,  56(15), 3055–3073.

Ingersoll, R. M., & May, H. (2012). The magnitude, destinations and determinants of mathematics and science teacher turnover.  Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 34(4), 435–464.

Kauppinen, T. M., van Ham, M., & Bernelius, V. (2020). Understanding the effects of school catchment areas and house-holds with children in ethnic residential segregation. Housing Studies, 1–25.

Kosunen, S., Saari, J., Huilla, H. & Hienonen, N. (2023). Missing teachers: The Regional Determinants of Teaching Staff Recruitment and the Segregation of Teachers in Finland. Yhteiskuntapolitiikka.

Työvoimabarometri (2022). [Labour Force Barometer] https://www.ammattibarometri.fi/ (accessed 5.6.2023)
 
9:30 - 11:0006 SES 04 A: Open leaning inside school classroom
Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Sandra Langer
Paper Session
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Digital Generations, Children’s Academic Performance and Perceived Academic Ability

Melissa Bohnert1, Seaneen Sloan1, Olga Ioannidou1, Dympna Devine1, Gabriela Martinez Sainz1, Linda Bhreathnach2

1University College Dublin, Ireland; 2University College London

Presenting Author: Bohnert, Melissa

The rapid digitalization of society over the past decades has fundamentally changed how children and adolescents socialize, study, and play. Subsequently, children and adolescents’ use of digital technologies has increased rapidly, facilitated by the ever-evolving mobile accessibility and computing power of new digital technologies. Further, the current cohorts of children also experienced key developmental and socialization stages during the COVID-19 pandemic which led children and adolescents, by circumstance and necessity, to engage in higher levels of digital engagement. Such marked and rapid increases in both access and use of digital technologies, as well as the COVID-19 pandemic, has caused growing concerns in parents, researchers, educators, and clinicians alike as to what effects such technologies may have on children’s development and educational outcomes.

Overall, the current literature on the effects of digital use and child and adolescent educational outcomes is mixed. Some studies indicate that adolescent digital use, particularly texting, hampers children’s literacy outcomes (Kemp and Bushnell, 2011) and that early mobile phone ownership negatively impacts academic development (Dempsey et al., 2019). However, other studies found positive effects (Plester et al., 2008) or no associations (Verheijen, 2013). Some literature has examined the potential negative impacts of adolescent digital use on academic performance via cognitive functioning, including cognitive overload or multitasking (May and Elder, 2018), distraction and diminished attentional abilities (Ward et al., 2017), and memory and learning patterns (Loh and Kanai, 2016). Additionally, Lissak (2018) identified that the effects of digital use on academic performance may be indirectly channeled through reductions in sleep duration and quality, leading to problems of time displacement or sleep disruption.

As a whole, results on associations between digital use and academic and educational outcomes remains unclear, and further research on these associations with current cohorts of children remain essential to understand how today’s digital environments are affecting how children learn and develop. Further, while there have been a multitude of studies that have investigated the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on children’s educational outcomes (Coles et al, 2023), few studies have examined how effects of digital use on child outcomes differ from other cohorts of children who did not experience the pandemic during the critical stage of childhood and early adolescence.

This study crucially aims to address some of the above gaps in knowledge. This study utilizes high-quality multi-cohort data to examine 1) how children at different stages of development are using digital technologies and 2) how these children’s digital use is associated with perceived academic ability (from both children and teachers). To do so, we utilize the most recently collected wave from the Children’s School Lives (CSL) study collected in April 2023, when the participating cohorts of children were age 8 and age 12/13. Preliminary analyses include descriptive statistics and OLS regression modelling, however, further analyses will incorporate more diverse regression modelling, longitudinal models as well as standardized testing data (not yet available) to compare perceptions vs realities of chidlren's academic ability.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study utilizes data from the Children’s School Lives (CSL) study, a multi-cohort, longitudinal study from Ireland which aims to provide a rich and detailed understanding of children’s learning, wellbeing, and engagement. CSL follows two age cohorts: Cohort B, who were born in approx. 2010 who started 2nd class in 2018; and Cohort A, born in approx. 2015 who transitioned from pre-school into Junior Infants in 2019. Data collection began in April 2019, with both cohorts sampled every year through Spring 2023.  

For the current analyses we utilize the most recent wave of data collection (Wave 5), in which the study children are approximately age 8 (Cohort A, N = 1,598) and age 12/13 (Cohort B, N = 1,911). Multiple imputation was applied on variables with high levels of missingness. This study first descriptively examines differences in digital technologies and digital screen-time between the two cohorts We then perform a number of OLS linear regression models to investigate associations of digital screen-time on a) children’s perceived academic ability and b) teacher’s perceived academic performance. Three OLS models were examined for each cohort and outcome variable: a univariate model, a model that includes sociodemographic controls (child gender, single parenthood, parental education, and household income) and a final model that include sociodemographic variables and previous perceived academic ability to preliminarily address issues of bidirectionality.

To measure digital screen-time, children were asked how much time they spend on screen-based activities on an average weekday and weekend day (Responses: None, 30 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, and 3+ hours). Further, children were asked what digital technologies they either own themselves or share regularly (smartphone, tablet, smartwatch, computer, games console). To examine children’s perceived academic ability, children were asked “Compared to other children in your class, how well do you think you do in [reading/maths]?”, with responses of ‘Struggling a lot’, ‘Struggling a little bit’, ‘Same as everyone else’, ‘A little bit better’, and ‘A lot better’. Teachers were also asked to assess the study children’s academic ability “typical ability compared to their peers?”, with responses of ‘Lower’, ‘Average’, or ‘Higher’. Although these outcome variables can be considered categorical or ordinal, for these preliminary analyses we utilize them as continuous variables where lower scores indicate lower perceived ability and higher scores indicate higher perceived ability. This was done to examine preliminary associations and trends, and further analyses will utilize and compare multinomial and ordinal logistic regression modelling.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Both cohorts exhibit high engagement (approx. 70%) with tablets and consoles, while the older Cohort B uses/owns smartphones and computers at higher levels than Cohort A. In terms of screen-time, we observe that the older cohorts has overall higher rates of screen-time than the younger cohort, with nearly half of Cohort B spending over 3 hours on average per weekday on digital devices, compared to 28% of children from Cohort A. However, this is a drastic increase compared to data from previous research which found only 1-2% of Irish 9-year-olds (born in 1998 and 2008) to use digital technologies for 3+ hours per day (Bohnert & Gracia, 2021), this indicates that current generations of children and adolescents, particularly those who have experienced the COVID-19 pandemic, might be participating in much higher levels of screen-time than even very recent previous cohorts.  

From the OLS models we first observe that 3+ hours weekday screen-time is significantly associated with lowered child perceptions of academic ability in Cohort B, in both reading (B = -0.244, p < 0.001) and math (B = -0.178, p < 0.01). We further observe a significant association of 3+ hours screen-time with reduced teacher perception of reading ability (B = -0.109, p < 0.05). However, we observe no significant associations of digital screen-time with perceptions of academic ability in Cohort A. The findings from Cohort B is in line with some previous research in Ireland which found negative associations between digital engagement and children’s academic development (Dempsey et al., 2019). Further, the differing associations between cohorts might indicate that effects of digital use on outcomes are somewhat delayed i.e. that significant negative effect might emerge later in childhood and adolescence (Kardefelt-Winther, 2017).

Overall, our preliminary results reveal key similarities and differences in the digital effects among current cohorts of Irish children.

References
Bohnert, M., & Gracia, P. (2021). Emerging digital generations? Impacts of child digital use on mental and socioemotional well-being across two cohorts in Ireland, 2007–2018. Child Indicators Research, 14, 629-659.
Bohnert, M., & Gracia, P. (2023). Digital use and socioeconomic inequalities in adolescent well‐being: Longitudinal evidence on socioemotional and educational outcomes. Journal of Adolescence.
Coles, L., Johnstone, M., Pattinson, C., Thorpe, K., Van Halen, O., Zheng, Z., ... & Staton, S. (2023). Identifying factors for poorer educational outcomes that may be exacerbated by COVID‐19: A systematic review focussing on at‐risk school children and adolescents. Australian Journal of Social Issues, 58(1), 13-40.
Dempsey, S., Lyons, S., & McCoy, S. (2019). Later is better: Mobile phone ownership and child academic development, evidence from a longitudinal study. Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 28, 798–815.
Kardefelt-Winther D (2017) How Does the Time Children Spend Using Digital Technology Impact Their Mental Well-Being, Social Relationships and Physical Activity? An Evidence-Focused Literature Review. Innocenti Discussion Paper 2017-02. Florence, Italy: Unicef Office Of Research-Innocenti.
Kemp N, and Bushnell C (2011) Children's text messaging: Abbreviations, input methods and links with literacy. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning 27(1): 18-27.
Lissak G (2018) Adverse physiological and psychological effects of screen time on children and adolescents: Literature review and case study. Environmental research 164: 149-157.
Loh KK, and Kanai R (2016) How has the Internet reshaped human cognition?. The Neuroscientist 22(5): 506-520.
May KE, and Elder AD (2018) Efficient, helpful, or distracting? A literature review of media multitasking in relation to academic performance. International Journal of Educational Technology in Higher Education 15(1): 1-17.
Plester B, Wood C, and Bell V (2008) Txt msg n school literacy: does texting and knowledge of text abbreviations adversely affect children's literacy attainment?. Literacy 42(3): 137-144.
Verheijen L (2013) The effects of text messaging and instant messaging on literacy. English studies 94(5): 582-602.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Exploring Teachers’ Media Literacy in Schools in Kazakhstan

Aigul Yeleussiz, Gulmira Qanay

Kazakh National Women’s Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Yeleussiz, Aigul

This study focuses on exploring teachers' media literacy (hereinafter, ML), including their competencies and practices of ML in the classrooms in Kazakhstan. In the 21st century children increasingly use digital tools and are exposed to different unfiltered media messages daily, wherein they have access to the Internet at home and communicate media messages regularly (Murray, 2021; OECD, 2020). The major concern is that a substantial number of children access media platforms in breach of age limitations and many of them actively use social media (Setyarini et al., 2023; Hill, 2022). This, in turn, requires teachers to develop ML competencies, so as to support their students’ ML who are largely susceptible to media influence (Reimers, 2009; Bystray et al., 2023). Studies also indicate that teachers’ ML competencies, socialisation and intercultural interaction are key to integrating ML into curriculum (Korona, 2020; Skantz-Åberg et al., 2022; Villacrez-Cuadros et al., 2023). Although the support for the development of teachers’ ML competencies has grown in the recent decade, few educators seem to use it in curricula development and lesson planning.

Teachers are identified as the most significant factor in enhancing students’ learning outcomes (Ingvarson et al., 2005). Teachers’ understanding of ML has a significant effect on the effectiveness of their teaching (Simons et al., 2017; Rohs et al., 2019; Saptono, 2022). Therefore, ML merits a place in teacher education, as it encourages an understanding of culture, connects educators, institutions, and society (Schwarz, 2001). In a similar vein, the studies highlight the importance of integrating language and ML into teacher education to facilitate socialisation and intercultural communication (Felini, 2014; Meehan et al., 2015; Schwarz, 2001).

Teachers’ ML competencies

The definition of media literacy as social phenomena focuses on technical, cognitive competencies and sociocultural pragmatics (Yeh & Swinehart, 2020). The technical competencies include functional skills as access, create, navigate, order, and distribute social media content (Daneels & Vanwynsberghe, 2017). Cognitive competencies refer to understanding, assessing, and critically analysing social media content for credibility and application (Daneels & Vanwynsberghe, 2017, Christ & Abreu, 2020). Socialcultural pragmatics provides awareness about social and cultural norms of behaviour, values, beliefs, language usage and discourses in media contexts (Yeh & Swinehart, 2020). Tandoc et al. (2021) claim that there could be four types of competencies such as technical, social, privacy related and informational in which social media literacy functions. Lately three themes were identified as teachers' perspectives of media literacy: assessing the validity of media messages, interacting with media, and safety issues (Von Gillern et al., 2024).

Teacher practices of ML

Inquiry is a strategy for implicitly teaching media literacy concepts that enables learners to “construct” new knowledge for themselves by adjusting new data with their prior knowledge (Brunner & Tally, 1999). This constructivist approach is complemented by media decoding, which means analysing and evaluating the messages conveyed by various forms of media (Scheibe & Rogow, 2011). Evidence-based practices are those which ensure high rates of proficiency and have a record of achievement that is valid and true (Gambrell et al., 2011). Critical inquiry is the core of constructivist media analysis, which means the ability to analyse media by asking key media literacy questions (Mason, 2016). Using the combination of inquiry and reflection is used extensively and is considered the basic way of integrating media literacy into any curriculum, constructivist media decoding strategy suggests the engaging acquisition of media literacy competencies (Scheibe & Rogow, 2011).

The aim of this study is to explore teachers’ media literacy in secondary schools in Kazakhstan. The study was structured around the following research questions:

  1. What is the state of teachers' media literacy competencies?

  2. How do teachers practise media literacy in their classrooms?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper presents a small-scale pragmatically-guided study employing a mixed-method research approach. The integration of both quantitative and qualitative data collection methods enabled me to ensure validity of the findings and understand the complex issues in social research (Creswell, 2014). Data collection tools included: (1) a small-scale questionnaire, (2) in-depth and semi-structured interviews, and (3) observations. The research participants represent teachers from public secondary schools located both in urban and rural areas of Kazakhstan. The purposeful sampling was used to carefully select teachers, who could offer relevant-to-the-topic information. As a result, qualitative data consisted of interviews and lesson observations of 9 teachers from 3 secondary schools in Kazakhstan. Also, 112 teachers filled in a small-case questionnaire, which assessed teachers’ ML competencies.
Data analysis
Qualitative data were analysed through thematic analysis and abductive coding (Pope, 2000). Thematic analysis was conducted in six phases: (1) becoming familiar with data; (2) generating codes; (3) looking for themes; (4) reviewing themes; (5) defining and naming themes, and (6) creating a report (Braun & Clarke, 2006). All interviews were transcribed, coded and grouped into the themes  employing both inductive and deductive approaches (Miles, Huberman & Saldana, 2014). Quantitative research data were analysed descriptively and referentially, whereby multiple linear regression, assumptions, variables, and validity were tested. Items were developed based on the previous valid instrument of Simons et al. (2017), which was designed to measure teachers’ ML competencies. I decided to adopt this instrument as it was credible, and helped to measure both personal and pedagogical-didactic skills of teachers. A total of 44 items indicated in a questionnaire were grouped into 3 factors, whereby scale reliability statistics showed mean = 3.20, standard deviation = .78, Cronbach’s α = .97, and McDonald’s ω= .97. Exploratory factor analysis (EFA) with Varimax rotation was conducted using data. All factors showed a sufficient to good internal consistency (Field, 2013) and content reliability. Throughout the study I ensured ethical consideration, whereby the participants took part in research on a voluntary basis and signed a written consent form, which clearly stipulated their rights to withdraw at any time of the research.  I also coded participants’ details and safeguarded the data in my computer through setting passcodes. The University also sent an official letter to local educational departments to grant access to schools and inform about the potential outcome of the study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The qualitative data results indicate that teachers are concerned about the importance of including ML components in their day-to-day lessons, though they highlight certain barriers. The challenges that teachers experience with ML include selecting appropriate resources, teaching methods as well as attitudes of other stakeholders of education. Four major themes were identified from the qualitative data analysis: (1) evaluating the validity of media messages and assessing them; (2) communicating media messages; and (3) safety; (4) ML practice in the classroom and ethics in pedagogy.
Teacher’s practice of media literacy varied based on their preparation and policy guidelines in their respective schools. The learning curve was facilitated and supported: ‘I know that our republic in 2012 started the work on facilitating the formation of literacy in the field of media education’ (Teacher_1). However, teachers criticized the lack of practice and post-course support ‘However, students learn how to think critically about media through practice. We do not have much practice in media literacy’ (Teacher_9).
The key findings from the questionnaire show that teachers’ personal competencies rated higher compared to pedagogical-deductive ones. Most of the teachers could operate different media devices in a technical sense (n=76), they could choose them consciously based on different functions (n=74), but the confidence in using Artificial Intelligence for educational purposes was lower (n=62).
Overall the study outcomes indicate that teachers have a general understanding of ML and are willing to facilitate students’ ML skills in their classrooms. However, there is little to no policy or guidance for teachers to promote ML in their classrooms in an ethical manner.


References
Brunner, C., & Tally, W. (1999). The new media literacy handbook: An educator's guide to bringing new media into the classroom. Doubleday.
Creswell, J. W. (2014). A concise introduction to mixed methods research. SAGE publications.
Darling-Hammond, L. (2000). Teacher quality and student achievement. Education policy analysis archives, 8, 1-1.
Felini Ed D, D. (2014). Quality Media Literacy Education. A Tool for Teachers and Teacher Educators of Italian Elementary Schools. Journal of Media Literacy Education, 6(1), 3.
Fullan, M. (1982). The meaning of educational change. Toronto: OISE press.
Gambrell, L. B., Malloy, J. A., & Mazzoni, S. A. (2011). Evidence-based best practices for comprehensive literacy instruction. Best practices in literacy instruction, 4, 11-56.
Hargreaves, A. & Evans, R. (1997). Teachers and educational reform. In Hargreaves, A. and Evans, R. (Eds.) Beyond Educational Reform: bringing teachers back in. Buckingham: Open University Press.
Hill, J. (2022). Policy responses to false and misleading digital content: A snapshot of children’s media literacy.
Ingvarson, L., Meiers, M., & Beavis, A. (2005). Factors affecting the impact of professional development programs on teachers' knowledge, practice, student outcomes & efficacy.
Korona, M. (2020). Evaluating online information: Attitudes and practices of secondary English Language Arts teachers. Journal of Media Literacy Education, 12(1), 42–56. https://doi.org/10.23860/jmle-2020-12-1-4
Manfra, M., Holmes, C. (2020). Integrating media literacy in social studies teacher education. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 20(1), 121-141
Mason, L. (2016). McLuhan's challenge to critical media literacy: The City as Classroom textbook. Curriculum inquiry, 46(1), 79-97.
Meehan, J., Ray, B., Wells, S., Walker, A., &amp; Schwarz, G. (2015). Media literacy in teacher education: A good fit across the curriculum. Journal of Media Literacy Education. https://doi.org/10.23860/jmle-7-2-8
Murray, J. (2021). Literacy is inadequate: young children need literacies. International Journal of Early Years Education, 29(1), 1-5.
OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development). 2020b. Early Learning and Child Well-Being: A Study of Five-Year-Olds in England, Estonia, and the United States. https://doi.org/10.1787/3990407f-en
Pederson, R. (2023). An Argument for Including Critical Media Literacy in EFL Curriculum and Pedagogy. English Teaching, 78(1).
Reimers, F. (2009). 14 Educating for Global Competency. International perspectives on the goals of universal basic and secondary education, 22, 183-202.
Robertson, L., &; Hughes, J.M. (2011). Investigating pre-service teachers’ understandings of critical media literacy. Language and Literacy, 13(2), 37-53.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Classroom Situations As Knowledge Construction With Digital Media

Caroline Grabensteiner, Katharina Kanz

Goethe-University Frankfurt am Main, Germany

Presenting Author: Grabensteiner, Caroline; Kanz, Katharina

Digital infrastructure as a media environment must be understood as embedded in social processes and spatial structures. Considering measures aimed at digitalisation of schools at the knowledge and infrastructure level and practices teachers and pupils develop in building digitally enhanced environments in the classroom, questions about changes to teaching situations arise. Situational analysis (Clarke et al., 2022) allows research on the complexity of spatial-material and communicative-discursive networks. Taking digitally extended learning environments as an example, combinations of situation-analytical mappings prove helpful in depicting interactions of social actors and nonhuman actants (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 12) and their positioning in constructing teaching and learning situations.

Digital artifacts and their implementation and integration in classroom practices are at the core of recent discourses in education. Measures of saturating institutionalised pedagogical contexts (School, University) with digital technologies. In the European context the examples of Austria, Germany and Switzerland (BMBWF, 2018; Educa, 2021; KMK, 2021) show measures aiming at three levels:

  • Expansion of digital infrastructure (equipping schools, school staff and pupils with digital devices) and its management (creation of administration units and platforms)
  • Redefinition of new knowledge structures for teaching (competency frameworks, curriculum reforms)
  • Restructuring of teaching through teacher training and further education regarding the use of digital teaching/learning materials and corresponding models of teaching and learning

This meets structural indicators of curriculum, teachers, assessment and a so-called “digital education ecosystem” (Eurydice, 2023) for digital change at the European level. Initiatives to digitalize institutionalized pedagogical spaces provide specific infrastructures. These infrastructures are inscribed with certain ways of acting and convey particular ways of knowledge construction into classroom situations. Also, digital devices like smartphones as always available technological artefacts shape everyday classroom practice not planned by administrative measures. The ways teachers engage with the learning environment and use options of providing and communicating the use of digital media could be planned (cf. Petko, 2020; Schmid et al., 2020). In this process, “a specific teaching and learning environment” (Petko, 2020, p. 115) is constructed. There is still little research on spontaneous situations that arise in the classroom without having planned the use of technical devices in advance.

Discourses of progress associated with digitalisation promote assumptions of teaching situations being “improved” by digital artifacts (Selwyn, 2022, p. 26f). The paper discusses how educational research may be inspired by Science and Technology Studies. Technical artifacts are analysed as part of knowledge construction (Wyatt, 2008) and teaching is understood as an institutionalized and professionalised “situation” (Terhart, 2009, p. 103) of normative character (Hollstein et al., 2016, p. 44) in the classroom as a socially and communicatively constructed space (Christmann, 2022; Knoblauch & Steets, 2022). The paper aims at developing an informed position by discussing technological determinism (Wyatt, 2008) and how it is enacted in the ways teachers select and position technology and technological artefacts in the classroom. Therefore, the guiding question of the paper is how digital artefacts are used in classroom situations and how they are situated as artefacts in the course of knowledge construction.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Drawing on situational analysis (Friese, 2023), and inspirations from Science and Technology Studies (Hackett et al., 2008) the idea of following artifacts – as opposed to following the actors (Wyatt, 2008, p. 170) – is taken up. Complexities of teaching in classrooms as socio-technical situations will be analysed so as to better understand and challenge ways of thinking about school and knowledge (cf. Lynch, 2008, p. 10). Classroom practices and the construction of digitally enriched learning environments is often linked to planning classroom settings. At present, schools have very different conditions for digital teaching. It is therefore not possible to assume “stable, circumscribed situations” (Friese, 2023, p. 115). Given different starting conditions, the classroom infrastructure and digital artefacts as a constitutive element in the creation of situations move to the centre of observation. Especially their role in established classroom practices of knowledge construction help to identify, if proclaimed changes or progresses are made and what role they actually play in teaching and learning.
Situational analysis and analytical maps are used in order to reconstruct situation-specific discourses, arenas and positions (Clarke, 2016). Focusing on digital artefacts in use in the classroom, the paper draws on the four possible kinds of maps exemplified by Clarke et al. (Clarke et al., 2022), situational maps help to identify “major human, nonhuman, discursive, historical, symbolic, cultural, political and other elements” (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 10) and identify key elements to be mapped in relational maps that “explore relations among all the key elements” (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 13). Especially for detangling “social, organizational and institutional dimensions of the situation”, social worlds/arenas are key elements in the analysis of classroom situations, distinguishing the social world inside classroom walls from the social arena of school for instance (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 14). Positional maps shed light on discursive positions in the situation and lay out “axes of concern and controversy” (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 15) enabling a differentiated look at knowledge as constructed issue in teaching situations. Characteristically, all four kinds of maps take nonhuman actants “seriously as active, coconstitutive elements” (Clarke et al., 2022, p. 15). Questions of where and how digital elements are placed in learning environments and how discourses and dynamics are developed in relation to their placing are therefore met with this methodological approach. This opens up new perspectives on educational media research on teaching and digital media.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The following example is a social science class in a fifth grade. In this class personal smartphones of pupils turn into artifacts of engagement with an exhibition about school back in time, today and tomorrow organised within the school building.
As soon as technical artefacts are located or placed in the physical learning space, presuppositions about their role in knowledge construction are enacted. Situated opportunities of action are realised by teachers and learners within the classroom situation in relation to the spatial-technical-social environment. In the example pupils use their smartphones to take photos and videos of the exhibits. The sequence offers potential to take a closer look at media and digital media placed within the infrastructure of the lesson and ways of interaction by different actors. Practices range from distancing to engaging with the exhibits. Different ways of knowledge construction enfold as pupils interact with each other as well as the exhibits and their personal smartphones, producing media-representations of their experience. Questions of knowledge construction through media engagement, power and participation, connected to digital artefacts could be transferred to platforms, software solutions and digital teaching materials. But the focus will shift from effects of technologies on teaching towards processes of knowledge construction in specific situations, of use and placement of digital artefacts in classroom interactions.
Following artefacts and asking for how they are communicatively integrated in knowledge construction in classroom situations proves useful with regard to complex structures and varying technical arrangements, social roles and practices. Situation analysis brings implicit aspects to the surface in order to better understand the relationship between education and its technology.

References
BMBWF. (2018). Masterplan für die Digitalisierung im Bildungswesen (Digitale Schule). https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/Themen/schule/zrp/dibi/mp.html
Christmann, G. B. (2022). The theoretical concept of the communicative (re)construction of spaces. In G. B. Christmann, M. Löw, & H. Knoblauch (Eds.), Communicative Constructions and the Refiguration of Spaces (1st ed., pp. 89–112). Routledge.
Clarke, A. E. (2016). Situational Analysis. In The Blackwell Encyclopedia of Sociology (pp. 1–2). John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
Clarke, A. E., Washburn, R., & Friese, C. (2022). Situational Analysis in Practice: Mapping Relationalities Across Disciplines. Routledge.
Educa. (2021). Digitalisierung in der Bildung. (p. 334). Fachagentur für den digitalen Bildungsraum Schweiz. https://www.educa.ch/de/news/2021/bericht-digitalisierung-der-bildung
Eurydice. (2023). Structural indicators for monitoring education and training systems in Europe 2023: Digital competence at school. Publications Office of the EU. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/886074
Friese, C. (2023). Situational Analysis and Digital Methods. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 24(2), Article 2. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-24.2.4078
Hackett, E. J., Amsterdamska, O., Lynch, M., & Wajcman, J. (Eds.). (2008). The handbook of science and technology studies (3rd ed). MIT Press.
Hollstein, O., Meseth, W., & Proske, M. (2016). „Was ist (Schul)unterricht?“: Die systemtheoretische Analyse einer Ordnung des Pädagogischen. In T. Geier & M. Pollmanns (Eds.), Was ist Unterricht? (pp. 43–75). Springer.
KMK. (2021). Lehren und Lernen in der digitalen Welt. Ergänzung zur Strategie der Kultusministerkonferenz „Bildung in der digitalen Welt“ (09.12.2021).  
Knoblauch, H., & Steets, S. (2022). From the constitution to the communicative construction of space. In G. B. Christmann, M. Löw, & H. Knoblauch, Communicative Constructions and the Refiguration of Spaces (pp. 19–35). Routledge.
Lynch, M. (2008). Ideas and Perspectives. In E. J. Hackett & Society for Social Studies of Science (Eds.), The handbook of science and technology studies (pp. 9–12). MIT Press.
Petko, D. (2020). Einführung in die Mediendidaktik: Lehren und Lernen mit digitalen Medien (2. Auflage). Beltz.
Schmid, M., Brianza, E., & Petko, D. (2020). Developing a short assessment instrument for Technological Pedagogical Content Knowledge (TPACK.xs) and comparing the factor structure of an integrative and a transformative model. Computers & Education, 157, 103967. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2020.103967
Terhart, E. (2009). Didaktik: Eine Einführung. Reclam.
Wyatt, S. (2008). Technological Determinism Is Dead; Long Live Technological Determinism. In E. J. Hackett, O. Amsterdamska, M. Lynch, J. Wajcman, & Published in cooperation with the Society for the Social Studies of Science (Eds.), The Handbook of Science and Technology Studies (3rd ed, pp. 165–180). MIT Press.
 
9:30 - 11:0007 SES 04 A: Dialogue, Responsiveness and Sustainability in Intercultural Education
Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Sofia Santos
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Interreligious and Interfaith Dialogue, and Community Action: Indicators, Conditions, and Guidelines for Success.

Maria Nadeu, Miquel Àngel Essomba, Anna Tarrés

Universitat Autònoma Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Essomba, Miquel Àngel

Interreligious and interfaith dialogue, as well as community action, are two areas of growing interest today, given that religious and cultural diversity is a worldwide reality that poses challenges to coexistence and social cohesion. Interreligious and interfaith dialogue refers to the process of communication and mutual understanding among individuals from different religious traditions and/or beliefs. On the other hand, community action refers to collaboration among community members to address challenges and improve the quality of community life.

From the review of academic literature, an underexplored relationship emerges between interreligious and interfaith dialogue and community action. This relationship is important because both initiatives aim to promote peace, justice, and harmony in society (Ibrahim et al., 2012; Orton, 2016). Through interreligious dialogue, prejudices and cultural barriers between different religions and communities can be reduced. This can help foster mutual cooperation and understanding, leading to increased community action and the resolution of common problems. Community action can also be a means to promote interreligious dialogue. When working together on community projects, people from different religions and cultures can learn about their similarities and differences, fostering greater understanding and mutual respect.

In many cases, interreligious and interfaith dialogue and community action have been used to address specific issues, such as poverty alleviation, promotion of education and training, or conflict resolution, both internationally and in Catalonia ̶ the context of our research. Additionally, interreligious and interfaith dialogue and community action can also be a way to address broader social and political challenges. For example, in some countries, religious organizations have worked together to address climate change (Fedorova, 2016; Purnomo, 2020).

However, we cannot ignore the obstacles in promoting interreligious and interfaith dialogue and community actions, as highlighted by research. One of the major challenges is the lack of understanding and tolerance that may arise between communities belonging to different religions and cultures (Abu-Nimer, 2001; Edwards, 2018; Farell, 2014; Miller, 2017; Pallavicini, 2016; Vila-Baños et al., 2018). This can hinder collaboration and joint work on community projects. There may also be mistrust and references to historical conflicts between different religious groups during interaction, making cooperation and community action difficult (Helskog, 2015; Kuppinger, 2019). Additionally, there may be challenges such as linguistic and cultural barriers that make communication difficult (Kruja, 2020; Mitri 1997), as well as logistical and institutional challenges in organizing joint community projects.

Despite these challenges, academic literature provides data on initiatives worldwide to promote interreligious dialogue as community action. In Catalonia, too, there are emerging studies in this regard, from both a broader social perspective (Freixa-Niella et al., 2022) and a more educational and formative perspective (Vilà-Baños et al., 2022). AUDIR (2023) identified up to twelve practices of interreligious and interfaith dialogue in our country in which there is a community action component. The preliminary results of our research have expanded this collection up to 37 existing good practices currently.

Hence, for potential becoming a tangible reality, rather than a mere theoretical construct, it is necessary to delineate the conditions that make it possible, encompassing personal, geographical, cultural, social, economic, political, and, notably, religious dimensions. This forms the crux of the research we present, which sets the overarching goal: "To comprehensively grasp the conditions that mold interreligious and interfaith dialogue into a good practice of community action fostering coexistence in Catalonia."

The preliminary stages of the research took place from October 2023 to January 2024, and were dedicated to the update of the landscape of interreligious and interfaith dialogue practices within Catalonia, as well as the formulation and validation of an indicator system designed to facilitate the identification of good practices among them.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research project, financed by the Catalan government, spans a duration of one year and is structured into four distinct phases. This paper delineates the methods and outcomes corresponding to the initial two phases, both of which concluded in January 2024.
The methodology is qualitative. Each phase is guided by specific methods or methodologies.
In Phase 1, the subject of research was addressed on an exploratory basis. The research team collaborated with AUDIR (UNESCO) to compile a map of interreligious and interfaith dialogue practices in Catalonia, resulting in a collection of 37 practices. Two research actions were conducted: documentary analysis and individual interviews. Documentary analysis was performed based on criteria of relevance and pertinence to the topic, involving the identification of at least ten sources from mixed origins (academic and institutional). The interviews were conducted with three key informants selected based on criteria of expertise and experience in the field, representing the administration, social entities, and academia.
In Phase 2, the research team aimed to identify the subject of research, by identifying which of these practices promotes community action in specific local environments and the criteria that allows us to qualify them as good practices. The expert focal group technique was applied through a three-session seminar to build an indicator system for evaluating interreligious and interfaith dialogue practices as community action. The first session focused on conceptual clarification, the second on identifying success factors, and the third on building a proposal for indicators. The proposal was based on the international SMART model. The selection of participants also followed a mixed composition. The group consisted of 9 individuals: three representatives from administrations, three from entities, and three from the academia.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following the completion of phases 1 and 2 in our research, we present two significant outputs.
Firstly, an updated landscape has been elaborated, comprising nearly all prevailing interreligious and interfaith dialogue practices in Catalonia, including a comprehensive collection of 36 different practices. This compilation not only features detailed information about each practice, but also provides a thorough description of their primary activities and outcomes, along with an assessment of their effectiveness as good practices. At present, it is the most detailed and extensive compilation of interreligious and interfaith practices taking place in Catalonia.
Parallel to phase 1, we conducted phase 2, which involved a series of three seminars featuring a group of 11 experts on the field of interreligious and interfaith dialogue and community action. These experts were chosen from academia, administration and organizations actively engaged in the field.  
Throughout the seminar, these experts collaborated with the research team to formulate an indicator system to assess the suitability of an interreligious and interfaith dialogue practice for community action. These indicators have been inspired by Hatry’s indicator system development (Hatry, 2014), employing key criteria such as relevance, clarity, consistency, precision, accessibility, pertinence, and flexibility.  
In addition to these two outputs, the research process has yielded other results. The process involves dynamic interactions between academic and institutional agents who typically operate independently, fostering reflective processes. Furthermore, it activates contact with other social institutions, promoting broader interreligious and interfaith dialogue. These collaborative efforts have strengthened relationships among diverse actors in the interreligious and interfaith dialogue field, has offered the administration a fresh perspective on community issues and facilitated direct communication between organizations on the ground and administration.
Outcomes and findings from the preliminary phases of the research are being actively analyzed, and are expected to be presented in the ECER Conference.

References
Abu-Nimer, M. (2001). Conflict Resolution, Culture, and Religion: Toward a Training Model of Interreligious Peacebuilding. Journal of Peace Research, 38(6), 685-704.  
AUDIR. (2023). Llistat de bones pràctiques de diàleg interreligiós i interconviccional a Catalunya.
Daddow, A., Cronshaw, D., Daddow, N. & Sandy, R. (2019). Hopeful cross-cultural encounters to suport Student well-being and graduate attributes in higher education. Journal of Studies In International Education, 24(2), 1-17.
Edwards, S. (2018). Critical reflections on the interfaith movement: A social justice perspective. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education, 11(2), 164–181.
Farrell, F. (2014). A critical investigation of the relationship between masculinity, social justice, religious education and the neo-liberal discourse. Education and Training, 56(7), 650-662.
Freixa-Niella, M., Graell-Martín, M., Noguera-Pigem, E., & Vilà-Baños, R. (2021). El diálogo interreligioso: una asignatura pendiente entre las organizaciones sociales y educativas. Modulema: revista científica sobre diversidad cultural, 5, 151-169.
Hatry, H.P. (2014). Transforming Performance Measurement for the 21st Century. The Urban Institute.
Helskog, G.H. (2015). The Gandhi Project: Dialogos philosophical dialogues and the ethics and politics of intercultural and interfaith friendship. Educational Action Research, 23(2), 225-242.
Ibrahim, I., Othman, M.Y., Dakir, J., Samian, A.L. et al. (2012). The importance, ethics and issues on interfaith dialogue among multi racial community. Journal of Applied Sciences Research, 8(6), 2920-2924.
Orton, A. (2016) Interfaith dialogue: seven key questions for theory, policy and practice, Religion, State and Society, 44(4), 349-365.
Kruja, G. (2022). Interfaith harmony through education system of religious communities. Religion and Education, 49(1), 104-117.
Kuppinger, P. (2019). Spaces of interfaith dialogue between protestant and muslim communities in Germany. Gender and religion in the city: Women, urban planning and spirituality (pp. 51-63)
Miller, K. D. (2017). Interfaith dialogue in a secular field. Management Research Review, 40(8), 824-844.
Pallavicini, Y. S. Y. (2016). Interfaith education: An islamic perspective. International Review of Education, 62(4), 423-437.
Purnomo, A. B. (2020). A model of interreligious eco-theological leadership to care for the earth in the indonesian context. European Journal of Science and Theology, 16(4), 15-25.
Sabariego-Puig, M., Freixa-Niella, M., Vila-Baños, R. (2018). El diálogo interreligioso en el espacio público: retos para los agentes socioeducativos en Cataluña. Pedagogía social: revista interuniversitaria, 32, 151-166
Vila-Baños, R., Aneas-Álvarez, A., Freixa-Niella, M., Sabariego-Puig, M. & Rubio-Hurtado, M.J. (2018). Educar en competencias para el diálogo interreligioso e intercultural para afrontar el radicalismo y la intolerancia religiosas. A Lleixá-Arribas, T. (Ed.). Educación 2018-2020, Universitat de Barcelona, pp. 67-72.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Centering Turkish-origin students: Culturally responsive teaching in an Austrian technical school

Raquel Saenz Ortiz1, Melina Boutris2

1Southwestern University, United States of America; 2Allen High School, United States of America

Presenting Author: Saenz Ortiz, Raquel; Boutris, Melina

Romanians, Serbians, and Turks make up the largest immigrant communities in Austria (Statistik Austria, 2023). Turkish people are often represented as the least integrated immigrant community throughout Germany, Austria, and the Netherlands (Wets, 2006). Second-generation Turkish youth have the lowest academic outcomes of any major immigrant community in Western Europe, with students experiencing lower academic outcomes in Germany and Austria, compared to France, Belgium, and the Netherlands (Crul & Vermeulen, 2004). In recognition of the academic disparities, this study seeks to examine how four teachers in an Austrian vocational school (Handelsschule), with a substantial Turkish origin student population, utilized culturally responsive teaching methods to support students.

Much of the initial Turkish immigration began in the 1960s as part of bilateral labor agreements with the Turkish government to address shortages in the workforce after WWII (Wets, 2006; Herzog-Punzenberger, 2003). Although the guestworker program in Austria ended in 1973, Turkish immigration increased in 1974 as guestworkers’ families arrived (Herzog-Punzenberger, 2003). In 2006, Austria had the highest achievement gap between Turkish origin students and native students, with a gap of 133 points between Turkish students and native students on the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA), compared to gaps of 114 points in Germany and 91 points in Switzerland (Buchmann & Parrado, 2006). In both Germany and Austria, Turkish origin students were in schools with higher student-teacher ratios and less resources, compared to native students (Song, 2011). In Austria, Turkish origin students were also disproportionally enrolled in special education programs (Herzog-Punzenberger, 2003). Analysis of 2006 PISA results demonstrated that home factors (i.e. number of books at home, language spoken, and parent level of education) accounted for 55% of the test score difference between native students and Turkish origin youth in Austria (Song, 2011).

It is clear that there is a dire need for teachers to shift pedagogical strategies to ensure that immigrant-origin students, particularly Turkish-origin students, feel a sense of belonging in the classroom and are effectively supported. Our primary research questions in this study are: What culturally responsive teaching practices are being used in Austrian schools? What barriers exist for teachers in implementing culturally responsive teaching practices?

In theorizing culturally relevant pedagogies, which originated within a U.S. context, we utilized Ladson-Billings’ (1995b) model, which includes three characteristics: “an ability to develop students academically, a willingness to nurture and support cultural competence, and the development of a sociopolitical consciousness” (p. 483). Recognizing that cultures are not static, Alim and Paris (2017) also proposed the concept of culturally sustaining pedagogies, which are those that support linguistic and cultural pluralism in schools. Within both definitions, the concept of critical consciousness, which is rooted in Freire’s (1970) concept of conscientização, played a central role. Culturally responsive teaching is “a way of teaching and learning that considers the social, emotional, cognitive, political, and cultural dimensions of every student” (Powell et. al., 2016).

Findings using the Culturally Responsive Instructional Observation Protocol (CRIOP), have demonstrated that students, who have teachers that score higher on a culturally responsive teaching scale, score higher in both Math and Reading assessments (Powell et. al., 2016). In Austria, a “pedagogy for foreigners” (Ausländerpädagogik) exists, but this has been perceived as a deficit-based model that does not effectively support integration (Seyfried, 2014). Culturally responsive pedagogical models have been proposed as one potential means of reducing the achievement gap between immigrant-origin and native students (Seyfried, 2014). We recognize that there are teachers who may be implementing these models, partially or in-full, even if they have not been provided with formal training in culturally responsive pedagogies, which led to the current research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We utilized the Culturally Responsive Instructional Observation Protocol (CRIOP) to identify specific culturally responsive pedagogical strategies used by teachers in one Austrian school. Interviews and school observations were conducted with four teachers in a technical school (Handelsschule). One researcher on our team was an English Language Assistant at the school during the time of research. She obtained approval from the school director, then asked teachers and administrators to provide recommendations for teachers who seemed to have more success with immigrant-origin students. She reached out to invite these teachers to participate in the study and four teachers accepted. Teachers in the study taught Geography and German Language Arts. She observed one class period for each teacher, then conducted a 30-60 minute interview with each teacher after the observation. During observations, minute-by-minute notes were typed, focusing on actions of the teacher and interactions with students. Interviews were recorded and transcribed, except in one case where the interviewee requested the interview not be recorded. In this case, notes were taken during the interview.

After observations were complete, the CRIOP was used to code interviews and observation data. The CRIOP (Powell et al., 2017) is a tool that operationalizes culturally responsive pedagogy using six elements: classroom relationships, family collaborations, assessment practices, instructional practices, discourse, and critical consciousness. Within each of the six elements, are multiple indicators that focus on actions of the teacher aligned with each element. These include, for instance, “teacher incorporates culture into the conversation,” “teacher intentionally learns about students’ cultures,” “instruction is contextualized in students’ lives, experiences, and individual abilities.”  Within the protocol, examples of each indicator are provided for how this might look in responsive and a non-responsive classrooms. The non-observing researcher conducted an initial round of coding, then the observing researcher conducted a second round of coding. After completing the coding, we each completed the CRIOP, scoring each participant in each indicator, as well as a final score in each element.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings demonstrate the importance of valuing students’ home languages, developing strong relationships with students, and connecting content to student’s lives. Similar to research conducted in the United States using the CRIOP (Powell, Cantrell, Malo-Juvera, & Corell, 2016), the highest CRIOP ratings for teachers were in the area of classroom relationships, promoting a sense of comradery in the classroom. In one classroom, the teacher allowed discussion in either German or Turkish when students worked together. In another class, the teacher encouraged student feedback and incorporated this into lessons. Also similar to the U.S. context, the lowest ratings were in the area of critical consciousness. Teachers seem to struggle to make meaningful connections to students' lives, particularly in providing opportunities to interrogate inequities that may be impacting students on a daily basis. In another class, through a lesson on population, the teacher encouraged students to make connections to different generations of their family.

Limitations arose through an inability to conduct multiple observations of these particular teachers. In addition, observations were conducted approximately 2 months prior to the end of the school year, which may not always be the most representative of a teachers’ pedagogy throughout the year. Interviews provided one way to allow teachers to reflect on their overall pedagogy, mitigating some of these limitations.

Implications of this study include the need for teacher education programs to highlight issues of social justice and injustice, as well as provide instruction in developing curriculum that connects to students' lives. In particular, centering critical consciousness within teacher education programs has the potential to increase the success of immigrant-origin students. We are currently in the process of developing a manuscript to further disseminate the findings from this research.

References
Alim, H.S. & Paris, D. (2017). What is culturally sustaining pedagogy and why does it matter? In D. Paris & H.S. Alim (Eds.), Culturally sustaining pedagogies: Teaching and learning for justice in a changing world (pp. 1-21). Teachers College Press.

Buchmann, C., & Parrado, E. A. (2006). Educational achievement of immigrant-origin and native students: A comparative analysis informed by institutional theory. In D. Baker, & A. Wiseman (Eds.), The impact of comparative education research on institutional theory (pp. 335-366). Emerald Group Publishing Limited, Leeds.


Crul, M., & Vermeulen, H. (2004). Immigration, education of the Turkish second generation in five European nations: A comparative study. Luxembourg LIS/Maxwell immigration conference, Luxembourg.

Freire, P. (1970). Cultural action and conscientization. Harvard Educational Review, 40(3), 452-477.

Hertzog-Punzenberger, B. (2003). Ethnic segmentation in school and labor market: 40 year legacy of Austrian guestworker policy. The International Migration Review, 37(4), 1120-1144.

Ladson-Billings, G. (1995). Toward a theory of culturally relevant pedagogy. American Education Research Journal, 32(3), 465-491.

Powell, R., Cantrell, S.C., Malo-Juvera, V. & Correll, P. (2016). Operationalizing culturally responsive instruction: Preliminary findings of CRIOP research. Teachers College Record, 118, 1-46.

Powell, R., Cantrell, S.C., Correll, P. K., & Malo-Juvera, V. (2017).  Culturally Responsive Instruction Observation Protocol (4th ed.).  Lexington, KY:  University of Kentucky College of Education.

Seyfried, C. (2014). Trust-based learning and its importance in intercultural education. CLCWeb: Comparative Literature and Culture, 16(3), 1-6.

Song, S. (2011). Second-generation Turkish youth in Europe: Explaining the academic disadvantage in Austria, Germany, and Switzerland. Economics of Education Review, 30, 938-949.

Statistik Austria. (2023). Mehr als ein Viertel der Bevölkerung hat Wruzeln im Ausland. [data set]. Migration and Integration Statistic Almanac 2023. https://www.statistik.at/fileadmin/announcement/2023/08/20230824MigrationIntegration2023.pdf

Wets, J. (2006). The Turkish community in Austria and Belgium: The challenge of integration. Turkish Studies, 7(1), 85-100.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Education for Sustainable Interculturality

Heidi Layne

University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Layne, Heidi

Over the decades intercultural encounters have been introduced in research and education inclusive of communication between humans and different communities. Dervin, Sude, Yang & Chen (2022) problematizes the dominant discourse on interculturality between East and West and the need for diverse languages to be introduced in the dialogue. This study explored the ways in which interculturality can provide means towars planetary justice and sustainable societies. In the future, intercultural dialogue should not be based on the humanistic assumptions of a solitary human self, separate and autonomous from the rest of the planetary system. This paper discusses opportunities to shift the language around interculturality incorporating interdisciplinary, social justice and planetary lense by using the metaphor of contact zone in between interculturality and sustainability towards more sustainable interculturality.

Utilizing the contact zone theory by Mary Louise Pratt (1991), this study explores the opportunity of interculturality to be understood as a dialogue and the encounters beyond Western intepretation of (inter)culture. Pratt’s (1991) theory of contact zone, in its traditional understanding, refers to the interculturality (her original term used was transculturation) as a social space, where people meet, clash, and struggle with each other, often in contexts of highly asymmetrical relations of power (Pratt, 1991, 6). In her writings, Pratt mentioned a story of a letter addressed by an unknown but apparently literate Andean to King Philip III of Spain. The purpose of the letter was to guide the King to rule in a more respectful manner towards the indigenous Andeans. The story continues with a belief that the letter was never delivered to the King (ibid, 1991,6). This leads to the ongoing issue of today’s education – whose knowledge is taught at schools and whose (inter)culturality is recognized in the education policies when intercultural education theories rely mainly on western knowledge system.

For the longest, teaching interculturality, has been recognized as important based on global education policy frameworks (see for example the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) Global Competency Framework, 2020 and The Council of Europe’s White Paper on Intercultural Dialogue, 2008). As an example, Finnish national curriculum recognizes interculturality in a form of language and cultural diversity, to remind about the ethnic diversity in schools. Interculturality and sustainability both play a significant role in our increasingly interconnected and diverse world, with also increased tensions and crises. However, interculturality has not been much included to the sustainable development goals, namely to the Education for All SDG4 goal. Interculturality here refers to the interaction and dialogue that takes place in highly asymmetrical power relations, often centered on beliefs and values among individuals or groups from different ethnic, educational, socio-economic and geographical locations (see for example Dervin, 2015). Whereas sustainability focuses on the long-term well-being of both the environment and society, aiming to preserve resources and promote social equity between species. This study explored the intersection between interculturality and sustainability, their interdependence and the potential for positive synergies towards sustainable interculturality with the focus on planetary justice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study aimed  to explore opportunities to create further contact zones with the idea of interculturality and sustainability in education. In 2021, a literature search was conducted to understand the relationship between sustainable and global/intercultural education. This was part of a project aiming to strengthen global and sustainable education at the Faculty of Education and Psychology at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. The keywords for the search were sustainable education, sustainability education, education for sustainable education and global citizenship education.  The literature review was organised in themes, which were further developed to contact zones between the interculturality and sustainable education.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Three contact zones between intercultural and sustainable development in education were identified through the literature review and thematic analysis: 1. Intersecting Interculturality, Global Citizenship and Sustainable Education, 2.  Cultural heritage and sustainability of different communities and species and 3. Competencies required for intercultural planetary well-being. To conclude, the key is to problematize how all this can become action and/or pedagogy.   Börjesön & al. (2006) mention two types of futures thinking 1) concerns about what the future could be (possible futures), and 2) what it should be (preferable futures). This provides an interesting pedagogical question to solve about what type of futures do we want to achieve and what needs could be filled to create possible and preferable futures. Whatever frameworks and concepts are used, we should think if creating universal international goals is preferable. Reflecting on different types of positive and negative scenarios might help to understand the role of different intercultural encounters and power systems in the process, which can be referred to as systemic thinking. Resilience and adaptation are seen as important skills to be learnt in education, especially during times of emergencies and global crises.
References
Börjeson, L.; Höjer, M.; Dreborg, K.; Ekvall, T.; Finnveden, G. (2006). Scenario types and    techniques: Towards a user’s guide. Futures, 38, 723–739

Dervin, F., Gajardo, A., & Lavanchy, A. (2011). Politics of interculturality. Newcastle upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars.

Dervin, F. (2015). Towards post-intercultural teacher education: Analysing ‘extreme’ intercultural dialogue to reco

Dervin, F. (2016). Interculturality in Education: A Theoretical and Methodological Toolbox. Palgrave Macmillan.

Glasser, H. (2018). Toward Robust Foundations for Sustainable Well-Being Societies: Learning to Change by Changing How We Learn. Sustainability, Human Well-Being, and the Future of Education.

Stein, S., & Andreotti, V. (2021). Global citizenship otherwise. In Conversations on Global Citizenship Education (pp. 13-36). Routledge.

Yuan, M.; Sude; Wang, T.; Zhang, W.; Chen, N.; Simpson, A.; Dervin, F. (2020). Chinese Minzu Education in Higher Education: An inspiration for ‘Western’ Diversity Education? Br. J. Educ. Stud., 68, 461–486
 
9:30 - 11:0007 SES 04 B: Teacher Education Studies in Social Justice and Intercultural Education II
Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Carola Mantel
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

“It’s a Form of Psychological Warfare Against Educators”: Protective Factors for Sustaining Social Justice Education

Elyse Hambacher1, Jalea Turner1, Denise Desrosiers2

1University of Florida, United States of America; 2University of New Hampshire, United States of America

Presenting Author: Hambacher, Elyse

Public schools should be places where students from diverse backgrounds come together to strengthen their knowledge and skills to maximize their human potential and become active citizens in a vibrant democracy. However, U.S. educators are living in increasingly polarizing times where, as of January 2023, 18 states have passed legislation that bans or restricts how concepts, such as race and equity, are taught in schools, prohibiting complex discussions of systemic injustice (Schwartz, 2023). Book banning and rejecting courses that educate students about African American history (Kim, 2023; Limbong, 2022) reflect the pugnacious state of the current American public classroom. While restrictive legislation of this nature and to this degree may not be prominent across the globe, discussions of “woke education” are occurring in parts of Europe (Cammaerts, 2022). When laws prohibit important social, historical, and political discussions in classrooms in any country, democracy is threatened.

In the context of a heightened politically polarizing time in the US, it is imperative to understand how teachers committed to social justice education (SJE) navigate the complexity of their work. The purpose of our study is to examine the experiences of 17 justice-oriented educators within one school district in the state of New Hampshire, where a law banning the teaching of “divisive concepts” was passed in 2021, as they teach and lead in contentious times. The following research questions guide the study: 1) What supports teachers' commitment to socially just teaching when they encounter opposition to their work? 2) In what ways do these supports operate as protective factors for the teachers' personal and professional wellbeing? We deliberately use the term protective factors because there are forces (e.g., the law, hostility from the community) that threaten the integrity of their practice, and their students’ learning and wellbeing. This study addresses ECER’s conference theme in that it helps us to understand how educators enact SJE in a time of uncertainty, igniting hope and empowering other educators to take part in educating for greater justice.

We draw on the literature related to social justice education and social justice leadership (SJL) to inform the study. Chubbock and Zembylas (2008) define SJE as, “a teacher’s effort to transform policies and enact pedagogies that improve the learning and life opportunities of typically underserved students while equipping and empowering them to work for a more socially just society themselves” (p. 284). As Chubbock and Zembylas (2008) note the focus of SJE is to “improve the learning... of underserved students.” However, often overlooked is another vital part of SJE—the significance and necessity of SJE for privileged students to engender change (Swalwell, 2013). Challenging inequality in these communities must also be part of the larger SJE project (Author, 2021; Swalwell 2013). This is especially important to consider in the current study which takes place in a predominantly white and wealthy district. 

An extension of SJE is SJL, which is carried out by leaders who “make issues of race, class, gender, disability, sexual orientation, and other historically and currently marginalizing conditions in the United States central to their advocacy, leadership, practice, and vision” (Theoharis, 2007, p. 223). SJL is a pivotal piece in the educational equity project and goes beyond simply recognizing injustice to interrogating conditions that perpetuate marginalization and supporting justice-oriented change efforts in schools through policy and practice (Flores & Bagwell, 2021; Theoharis & Haddix, 2011).

The findings from this study indicate the kinds of support that bolstered educators’ determination and ability to persist in justice-oriented teaching. The findings offer guidance for educational leaders and educators who face similar challenges to their social justice commitments in communities across the globe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
South Adams School District (SASD) is located in a progressive leaning town in New Hampshire, a small, politically divided state in the U.S. Two thousand students attend its four schools—two elementary, one middle, and one high school. The district serves mostly white students and a small percentage of students of color. Only 5% of students come from low-income households. We selected this district because Author had been working with them to facilitate professional learning opportunities as one part of their larger anti-racist and justice-oriented goals. 

Critical ethnographic principles informed the methodological decisions of this study. In this tradition, emancipation and transformation of inequality is a core goal (Carspecken, 1996; Grbich, 2012). An underlying assumption in our research is the current political and cultural state of the U.S. silences the voices and practices of educators, especially those with goals to expose privilege and unequal power relations.

Fourteen teachers and three administrators with various years of teaching experience agreed to participate. Of the 17 participants, two were educators of color and the other 15 identified as white. We wanted to gain a broad understanding of the organization and therefore, deliberately selected participants from various backgrounds to gain an emic perspective, exploring this district culture from the inside (Carspecken, 1996; Spradley, 1980; Wolcott, 1990).  

Interviews, field notes, and documents were data collected over a 10-month period. All participants were interviewed twice with semi-structured protocols that asked open-ended questions focused on understanding a birds-eye view of justice-oriented and anti-racist work in the SASD and larger community, as well as their own commitments related to practice and leadership. We observed over 15 justice-oriented events (e.g., school-based professional learning communities).

Three researchers engaged in a thematic analysis using a block and file approach (Grbich, 2012) initially to keep large excerpts intact. First, we read the 34 total interviews, highlighting instances where participants talked about feeling supported in the district. Second, we met as a research team to group and discuss similar kinds of support and wrote descriptive comments about our initial groupings. Analyzing field notes and documents helped us to gain a holistic view of the setting and corroborate our interview data. We refined our themes in an iterative manner until we reached consensus on key findings. Throughout the analysis process, we kept a research log to record ideas, wonderings, and possible themes. 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Despite the teachers’ personal lives feeling threatened and experiencing fear of professional repercussions (Authors, under review), they spoke at length about the means and opportunities that support them through justice-oriented teaching in contentious times. We report on five interconnected kinds of support:

Community-oriented supports are efforts to protect educators’ social justice work by engaging community members in learning and solidarity-building events. Connecting with the local community helps educators feel that they are not alone or unsupported in their efforts and strengthens their ability to persist.

Declarative supports are bold, outward-facing statements and actions that assert the significance of SJE. These declarations may place the individual or institution at risk, yet they continue to persist bravely despite being criticized. While our data points to mostly the superintendent engaging in declarative support for the SASD, school board members and teachers outwardly reaffirmed their efforts to work toward greater justice. 

Structural support refers to school or district-wide policies and procedures put in place to provide the organization with a framework for decision-making related to teaching and interactions with families. Educators explained that they use their district’s anti-racism, transgender, and controversial topics policies as they teach and lead in contentious times. 

Legal support refers to counsel provided by an attorney that gives insight into the possibilities and limitations of teachers' instructional practice within the new constraints of divisive concepts legislation (DCL). This legal counsel aims to empower and protect teachers by providing a level of clarity surrounding the law and how it directly impacts their practice.

Instructional support includes professional learning opportunities and experiences within the district and individual schools that strengthens teachers' development and enactment of SJE. These continual opportunities to learn allowed educators to deepen their knowledge and their instructional strategies to sustain their justice-oriented commitments. 

References
Author (2021).

Authors, under review.

Carspecken, P. F. (1996). Critical ethnography in educational research: A theoretical and practical guide. Psychology Press.

Cammaerts, B. (2022). The abnormalisation of social justice: The ‘anti-woke culture war’ discourse in the UK. Discourse & Society, 33(6), 730-743.

Chubbuck, S., & Zembylas, M. (2008). The emotional ambivalence of socially just teaching: A case study of a novice urban schoolteacher. American Educational Research Journal, 45(2), pp. 274-318. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831207311586

Flores, C., & Bagwell, J. (2021). Social justice leadership as inclusion: Promoting inclusive practices to ensure equity for all. Educational Leadership and Administration: Teaching and Program Development, p. 31-43. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1318516.pdf. Accessed September 29, 2023

Grbich, C. (2012). Qualitative data analysis: An introduction. Sage.

Kim, J. (2023, January 22). Florida says AP class teaches critical race theory. Here’s what’s really in the course. NPR. https://www.npr.org/2023/01/22/1150259944/florida-rejects-ap-class-african-american-studies. Accessed September 26, 2023

Limbong, A. (2022, September 19). New report finds a coordinated rise in attempted book bans. MPR News. https://www.mprnews.org/story/2022/09/19/npr-new-report-finds-a-coordinated-rise-in-attempted-book-bans?gclid=CjwKCAjw5MOlBhBTEiwAAJ8e1sdSXuZOnGm-I4oScfWVpkc9xLd1B7Ph0LFA35F5qUbX0rznyx8jqhoCajkQAvD_BwE. Accessed September 26, 2023

Schwartz, S. (2023, June 13). Map: Where critical race theory is under attack. Education Week. https://www.edweek.org/policy-politics/map-where-critical-race-theory-is-under-attack/2021/06. Accessed September 26, 2023

Spradley, J. (1980). Participant observation. New York: Holt, Rinehart, and Winston.

Swalwell, K. (2013). Educating activist allies: Social justice pedagogy with the suburban and urban elite. Routledge.

Theoharis, G. (2007). Social justice educational leaders and resistance: Toward a theory of social justice leadership. Educational Administration Quarterly, 43(2), 221-258.

Theoharis, G., & Haddix, M. (2011). Undermining racism and a whiteness ideology: White principals living a commitment to equitable and excellent schools. Urban Education, 46(6), 1332-1351.

Wolcott, H. F. (1990). Making a study “more ethnographic.” Journal of Contemporary  
Ethnography, 19(1), 44-72.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

The Role Of Conflict As A Catalyst In The Formation Of Pre-Service Teachers’ Identity

Rakefet Erlich Ron, Shahar Gindi

Beit Berl College, Israel

Presenting Author: Erlich Ron, Rakefet; Gindi, Shahar

In theories of group behavior, the concept of social identity is extremely useful because it describes individuals in terms of multiple hierarchical affiliations. Thanks to an almost unlimited capacity for rationalization, most humans cope well with multiple identities and loyalties in conflict situations. Alongside this, there are often situations in which the conflict is present and requires the person to bridge it and find a balance (Magen-Nagar & Steinberger, 2016).

Developmental psychologist Erik Erikson (1968) conceptualized an individual's identity as a multifaceted structure dynamically evolving and undergoing gradual changes over time. A crucial element within the components of one's identity is one’s professional identity (Popper-Giveon & Shayshon, 2017. Rodgers and Scott (2008) referred to the negotiation processes that take place in relation to professional identity. They posit that the identity structure is in a constant process of construction, development and changes while at the same time having a tendency to show coherence. They referred to identity as contextual, developing in relation to social, cultural, political and historical aspects, and during negotiations with the ‘other’.

Aligned with the process approach, these assumptions correspond to the perspective that characterizes individuals’ current identity state and delineates the state of their identity at a specific moment (Kroger & Marcia, 2011). The process approach posits that individuals actively seek information about themselves and their surroundings to inform decision-making and meaningful choices in life. These simultaneous processes entail a commitment to a sequence of choices and decisions among identity alternatives, all the while acquiring the necessary knowledge to evaluate these alternatives (Alsanafi & Noor, 2019; Steinberger, 2022).

Identity processes are accelerated in times of conflict. Thus, in a state of incompatibility, when individuals are exposed to central identity conflicts (Van der Gaag et al., 2020) they may feel their basic needs and values threatened. As a result, they may be prevented from considering identity alternatives. Frequent and significant conflict serves as a catalyst for change and action. Reinforcement for this exists in the theory of cognitive dissonance (Festinger, 1962; Harmon-Jones & Mills, 2019), according to which individuals naturally strive for balance. When a conflict disturbs the balance, individuals will be motivated to resolve it in order to reduce the discrepancy.

In this research we approach identity formation both from a process approach and a socio-cultural perspective that takes into account the contextual factors influencing identity formation. For example, Côté (2006) highlighted the development of a contextual approach as a central challenge in identity research. Theoretical models addressing identity development grapple with this challenge by acknowledging the psychosocial context in the formation of identity (Côté & Levine, 2014).

This study aimed to explore the process of identity formation among Arab Pre-Service Teachers (PSTs) who aspired to teach in Jewish schools. The sample comprised 14 Arab PSTs undergoing training, engaged in a unique program called “Cross-Teach” that involved the retraining of Jewish academics to teach in Arab schools and vice versa. As part of the program, the PSTs participated in a one-day-a-week practicum in schools from the ‘other’ stream, presenting various identity conflict situations. The primary research questions focused on understanding the identity processes experienced by Arab PSTs during their training. This included examining the encountered identity conflicts, assessing whether these conflicts acted as catalysts for regrouping, and exploring the ways in which the PSTs navigated and integrated this complexity into their identity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is based on data collected throughout the 2022-2023 school year. The information collected included 10 interviews with PSTs in the Cross-Teach program and three focus groups with between 5-6 PSTs each. The interviews lasted between an hour and an hour and a half and focus groups lasted between an hour and a half to two hours. All the information was transcribed and uploaded to a qualitative analysis software. The qualitative data analysis used NVIVO software (Bazeley, 2022). This method supports the researcher in storing, coding and systematically retrieving qualitative data (Wood & Bloor, 2006), thereby increasing the accuracy, reliability and transparency of qualitative investigations (Liamputtong, 2020). The coders used a qualitative content analysis method to identify the recurrence of themes and patterns through data reduction efforts, the interpretation of the text and the attempt to identify consistency and core meanings within it (Patton, 2014). As part of the classification process, data are extracted into segments, inductively coded into categories, and grouped and compared with similar segments from other observations. Thus, this flexible method typically combines concept-driven and data-driven categories so that the overall coding framework is consistent with the data (Schreier, 2014).
The interviews and focus groups utilized a semi-structured guide constructed in alignment with the research questions. Four Ph.D. holders, each specializing in distinct fields (psychology, sociology, education, and philosophy), served as interviewers. For the focus groups, two of the Ph.D. interviewers led one group, while research assistants supported the other two researchers in conducting the remaining focus groups. Two of the interviewers were native Arabic speakers, and the other two were native Hebrew speakers. Consequently, some interviews and one focus group were conducted in Arabic, with subsequent translation into Hebrew following transcription.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study on the role of conflict as a catalyst in identity formation among Arab PSTs aspiring to teach in Jewish schools may provide valuable insights into the complex nature of identity processes in the context of intercultural education. Initial findings support the notion that identity processes are accelerated in times of conflict and underscore the dynamic nature of identity formation. It seems that the participants experienced conflict as a driving force for reevaluation, regrouping, and decision-making in their identity development. The study aligns with the call for a contextual approach in identity research, acknowledging the influence of social, cultural, political, and historical factors on identity formation.
The study's unique context, with Arab and Jewish PSTs studying together, adds a layer of complexity to the examination of identity processes. Coexisting in the same teacher training program, these groups explore how intercultural dynamics and shared educational goals shape identity. Including Arab and Jewish lecturers enriches the study. Diverse lecturer backgrounds, with some having minority backgrounds, provide added dimensions. Dynamics between staff and PSTs may serve as a model, offering nuanced understanding of identity negotiation in diverse environments.
The findings have implications for teacher training programs that involve intercultural experiences. Understanding the role of conflict as a catalyst for identity development among PSTs is crucial for designing effective training programs. Teacher educators and program developers should consider integrating strategies that recognize and address identity conflicts, fostering a supportive environment for PSTs navigating the complexities of identity formation.
In conclusion, this study advances our understanding of the interplay between conflict and identity formation in intercultural teacher training programs. The insights gained have implications for educational practices and underscore the need for improved approaches to identity development in contexts characterized by cultural diversity and conflict.

References
Alsanafi, I. H., & Noor, S. N. F. B. M. (2019). Development of black feminine identity in two Postmodern American plays through appraisal framework: Comparative study. Amazonia Investiga, 8(21), 104-116.‏
Bazeley, P. (2022). Designing for Multimodal Data and Mixed Methods within a Qualitative Framework. The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research Design (pp.604-617). Sage.
Côté, J. (2006). Identity studies: How close are we to developing a social science of identity? - An appraisal of the field. Identity, 6(1), 3-25.‏
Côté, J. E., & Levine, C. G. (2014). Identity, formation, agency, and culture: A social psychological synthesis. Psychology Press.‏
Erikson, E. H. (1968). Identity youth and crisis (No. 7). WW Norton & company.
Festinger, L. (1962). A theory of cognitive dissonance (Vol. 2). Stanford university press.‏
Harmon-Jones, E., & Mills, J. (2019). An introduction to cognitive dissonance theory and an overview of current perspectives on the theory.‏
Kroger, J., & Marcia, J. E. (2011). The identity statuses: Origins, meanings, and interpretations. In Handbook of identity theory and research (pp. 31-53). New York, NY: Springer New York.‏
Magen-Nagar, N. and Steinberger, P. (2016). The essence of the conflicts in the process of forming the professional identity of teachers in a changing reality. Multifaceted: Research and Discourse 2(15), 17-48. (Hebrew)
Patton, M. Q. (2014). Qualitative research & evaluation methods: Integrating theory and practice. Sage publications.
Popper-Giveon, A., & Shayshon, B. (2017). Educator versus subject matter teacher: The conflict between two sub-identities in becoming a teacher. Teachers and Teaching, 23(5), 532-548.‏
Rodgers, C. R., & Scott, K. H. (2008). The development of the personal self and professional identity in learning to teach. In Handbook of research on teacher education (pp. 732-755). Routledge.‏
Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative content analysis in practice. Sage.
Steinberger, P. (2022). The relationship between experience in conflict management simulation and formation of professional identity of education students. Multifaceted: Research and Discourse, 22, 181-206. (Hebrew)
Van der Gaag, M. A., De Ruiter, N. M., Kunnen, S. E., & Bosma, H. (2020). The landscape of identity model: An integration of qualitative and quantitative aspects of identity development. Identity, 20(4), 272-289.‏
Wood, F., & Bloor, M. (2006). Keywords in qualitative methods: A vocabulary of research concepts. Keywords in Qualitative Methods, 1-208.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Being a Teacher in a Raciolinguistic World: Internalised Language-based Racism as a Subject of Teacher Education and Professionalisation Research

Gizem Evin Dağ, M Knappik

University of Wuppertal, Germany

Presenting Author: Dağ, Gizem Evin; Knappik, M

Linguicism is language-based racism (Dirim 2010). In its direct form, linguicism includes institutional and individual language bans, and in its more subtle forms, it extends to explicit or unspoken expectations on desired language use. Structurally, linguicism is closely interwoven with racial ideologies and often refers to racism-related marginalisation (Rosa 2019). This raciolinguistic connection is particularly evident in the devaluation of the languages of migrant multilingual persons. This is also expressed in the hierarchisation of languages and their speakers in schools (Knappik/Ayten 2020), which is reflected, among other things, in the different prestige of languages and in the contrasting treatment of foreign languages such as English and French in schools compared to so-called heritage languages such as Turkish or Polish. This hierarchy of languages is of great importance in schools, as it habitually frames the linguistic behaviour of all actors (Doğmuş 2022), which is particularly salient as schools are, at all times, linguistic spaces of teaching and learning. Teacher training itself also contributes to the reproduction of linguicism through the language-related "de_thematisation of migration society orders" (Shure 2021), the unequal assessment of linguistic competences and the creation of exclusions along the category of language (Knappik/Dirim/Döll 2013).

While experiences of racism by pupils, university students and teachers have been investigated more in recent years (Akbaba/Bello/Fereidooni 2022), experiences of linguicism of teachers have barely been explored yet. However, this topic is particularly urgent for teacher education:

  • Experiences of racism in the professional environment have a severe impact on health (Madubuko 2020). Initial studies show that experiences of linguicism are particularly powerful in this context due to the importance of language for learning and teaching in schools (Ayten/Hägi-Mead 2023).
  • Migrant multilingual teachers often experience a complex confrontation with expectations of loyalty directed at them, which are seen as achievable through the exclusive use of one national language only (Fereidooni 2016). They also experience “control attempts" (Mai 2020) related to the languages they use, and the often very painful devaluation of their other languages (Ayten/Hägi-Mead 2023).
  • The forms in which internalised linguicism (based on the term "internalised racism", Bivens 2005) affects the professional self-image and professional actions of affected teachers have not yet been investigated. Initial insights into our data show a highly complex network of cross-referencing effects between professionalisation efforts and the risk of deprofessionalisation, which appears to manifest itself in reproductions of linguistic structures that are ultimately directed against the individual teachers themselves. This complex has not yet been investigated, nor are there any corresponding programmes for teacher training.

Our data indicate that pre-service teacher training in particular is an institution in which linguicism plays a decisive role in the development of the linguistic professional self-image.

Our data also show that experiences of linguicism play a major role in teachers' decisions to leave the profession. In view of the shortage of teachers and the educational policy hopes regarding teachers with a so-called migration background (Akbaba/Bräu/Zimmer 2013), this is a particularly great loss.

In order to better understand how teachers experience and internalise linguicism in schools, our guiding research question is:

How do teachers experience linguicism in schools and how do they interpret their experiences? A particular focus will be on exploring the phenomenon of internalised linguicism and its significance for the professionalisation of teachers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
14 semi-standardised interviews with multilingual migrant teachers were conducted and transcribed. The interviews were conducted by a multilingual migrant researcher in order to create a space of potentially shared experience and understanding during the interviews. Translanguaging practices were used freely during the interview by the interviewer to ensure free language choice during the interviews. The interviewees used translanguaging practices correspondingly. The interviews are analysed using line-by-line sequential analysis (Reichertz 2016) in order to create detailed understandings of the phenomenon of (internalised) linguicism as experienced by teachers. The use of translanguaging by the interviewees is part of the analysis, as it seems that language choices corresponded to the vulnerable nature of the experiences shared.
For selected sections, collaborative interpretation sessions with a team of researchers will be held. These researchers share theoretical expertise in racism and linguicism studies, and for the most part also share biographical experiences with racism and linguicism. Special attention is being paid to reflect the power dynamics within the research team and during the interpretation processes. This will be done by discussing questions of power dynamics and by creating audio recordings of interpretation sessions, analysing the recordings und subsequently reflecting on the insights.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Teachers' experiences of linguicism are an urgent subject of investigation in order to develop programmes for teacher training, improve the health and well-being of teachers affected by linguicism and prevent them from leaving the profession due to their experiences of linguicism. To do this, however, it is necessary to understand the phenomenon of experiences of linguicism in the institution of school in more detail, which is the goal of our study.
We expect to gain a deeper understanding of the phenomenon, in particularly of the internalisation of linguicism, of its contributing factors, its effects on teachers and their professional self-image, and on their strategies of resilience.

References
Akbaba, Yalız/Bello, Bettina/Fereidooni, Karim (Hrsg.) (2022): Pädagogische Professionalität und Migrationsdiskurse. Pädagogische Professionalität und Migrationsdiskurse. Wiesbaden, Heidelberg: Springer VS.
Akbaba, Yalız/Bräu, Karin/ Zimmer, Meike (2013): Erwartungen und Zuschreibungen. Eine Analyse und kritische Reflexion der bildungspolitischen Debatte zu Lehrer/innen mit Migrationshintergrund. In K. Bräu, V. B. Georgi, Y. Karakaşoğlu, & C. Rotter (Hrsg.): Lehrerinnen und Lehrer mit Migrationshintergrund. Zur Relevanz eines Merkmals in Theorie, Empirie und Praxis. Münster, New York, München, Berlin: Waxmann, S. 37–57.
Ayten, Aslı Can/Hägi-Mead, Sara (2023): „Lass, mach es nicht, denk an deine eigene Gesundheit“. SchulVerwaltung aktuell 11, 3, S. 82-85.
Bivens, Donna K. (2005): What is internalized racism? In: M. Potapchuk, S. Leiderman, D. K. Bivens & B. Major (Hrsg.):  Flipping the Script: White Privilege and Community Building. Silver Spring: MP Associates, S. 43–51.
Dirim, İnci (2010): "Wenn man mit Akzent spricht, denken die Leute, dass man auch mit Akzent denkt oder so.". Zur Frage des (Neo-)Linguizismus in den Diskursen über die Sprache(n) der Migrationsgesellschaft. In P.  Mecheril, i. Dirim, M. Gomolla, S. Hornberg & K. Stojanov (Hrsg.): Spannungsverhältnisse. Assimilationsdiskurse und interkulturell-pädagogische Forschung. Münster, New York, München, Berlin: Waxmann, S. 91–112.
Doğmuş, Aysun (2022): Professionalisierung in Migrationsverhältnissen. Eine rassismuskritische Perspektive auf das Referendariat angehender Lehrer*innen. Pädagogische Professionalität und Migrationsdiskurse. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Fereidooni,Karim (2016): Diskriminierungs- und Rassismuserfahrungen im Schulwesen: Eine Studie zu Ungleichheitspraktiken im Berufskontext. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.
Knappik, M/Ayten, Aslı Can (2020): Was ist die beste Sprache? Zur Rassismusrelevanz der Ungleichmachung von Sprachen. In: K. Fereidooni & N. Simon (Hrsg.): Rassismuskritische Fachdidaktiken. Theoretische Reflexionen und fachdidaktische Entwürfe rassismusskritischer Unterrichtsplanung. Pädagogische Professionalität und Migrationsdiskurse. Wiesbaden: Springer VS, S. 233–265.
Knappik, M/Dirim, İnci/Döll, Marion (2013): Migrationsspezifisches Deutsch und die Wissenschaftssprache Deutsch. Aspekte eines Spannungsverhältnisses in der Lehrerausbildung. In: Eva Vetter (Hg.): Professionalisierung für Vielfalt. Die Ausbildung von Sprachenlehrer/innen. Baltmannsweiler: Schneider Verlag Hohengehren, S. 42–61.
Madubuko, Nkechi (2020): Berufsbiographische Akzeptanzerfahrungen und Stressempfinden. In: P. Genkova & A. Riecken (Hrsg.): Handbuch Migration und Erfolg. Psychologische und sozialwissenschaftliche Aspekte. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden: Wiesbaden, S. 425–444.
Mai, Hanna Hoa Anh (2020): Pädagog*innen of Color. Professionalität im Kontext rassistischer
Normalität. Wiesbaden: Beltz-Juventa.
Reichertz, Jo (2016): Qualitative und interpretative Sozialforschung. Eine Einladung. Lehrbuch. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Rosa, Jonathan (2019): Looking like a language, sounding like a race. Raciolinguistic ideologies and the learning of Latinidad. Oxford studies in the anthropology of language. New York, NY, United States of America: Oxford University Press.
Shure, Saphira (2021): De_Thematisierung migrationsgesellschaftlicher Ordnungen. Lehramtsstudium als Ort der Bedeutungsproduktion. Weinheim: Beltz.
 
9:30 - 11:0007 SES 04 C: The micro-politics of education in a multicultural environment and in transnational research
Location: Room 119 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Eunice Macedo
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

The Emotionalisation of Justice in Education: Mapping the Central Role of Emotion in Critical Educational Research

Juana Sorondo1, Ana Abramowski2

1Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, Spain; 2Facultad Latinoamericana de Ciencias Sociales, Argentina

Presenting Author: Sorondo, Juana

Emotions have been gaining ground in educational discourses and practices since the beginning of the 21st century. A clear example of this is the growing importance given to Social Emotional Learning (SEL) in the globally structured educational agenda, as promoted fundamentally by International Organisations, especially since the pandemic caused by COVID-19 (Abramowski & Sorondo, 2022). SEL has been criticised for its underlying link to the production of subjects adapted to the needs of the labour market and the precarious conditions of life in neoliberal society, and for its contribution to the psychologisation and therapeutisation of education and of social problems in general (Bryan, 2022; Cabanas Díaz & González-Lamas, 2021). However, the proposals that advocate for a space to reflect, express and work with emotions in schools are not limited to SEL and come from heterogeneous political stances.

Hence, in this paper, we aim to examine the approach to emotions within the critical educational discourse on a transnational scale, including the education for social justice paradigm. Our goal is to describe the prominent place taken today by the emotional dimension in this discourse, and to analyse how and from what theoretical perspectives this new dimension is incorporated. Research questions guiding this inquiry include: which shifts in meaning can we observe in key critical pedagogy concepts, such as social-awareness and conscientization, justice or agency? What are the ethical and political implications of these changes? To answer these questions, we will draw a map of the meanings given to affect and emotions by critical educational discourse and of how these meanings are articulated with social justice and educational justice’s main concepts.

Our theoretical framework is based on socio-anthropological approaches to emotions (Illouz, 2014 and 2019; Leys, 2017; Lutz, 1986). From this starting point, we critique the current ubiquity of emotionalised language in contemporary educational projects, which we interpret as part of an epochal ethos that privileges emotional vocabulary and explanations over other registers (Sorondo & Abramowski, 2022). This pre-eminence given to emotion grants it with a new status of truth, with ontological, normative and epistemic value (Illouz, 2019). Thus, this cultural and discursive matrix –which began to take shape alongside the political, sexual and identity claims of the 1960s (Ehrenberg, 2000; Illouz, 2014)– operates today as a regime of truth that regulates how we think and act in the educational field. Indeed, we might be witnessing the naturalisation of a dominant discourse on emotions that installs certain meanings, imaginaries and routines of interaction in schools. This emotionalisation of education reinforces what other researchers have called the therapeutisation of education, to describe the installation of psychological and therapeutic ideas and practices as a way to interpret and intervene on social and educational problems –using, for instance, individual and depoliticised terms such as emotional vulnerabilities or psychological traumas– (Ecclestone & Brunila, 2015; Ecclestone & Hayes, 2009).

To conclude, our underlying interest is to examine how critical pedagogy is placing emotion at the centre of educational research, in order to assess which boundaries of the dominant emotional discourse are actually challenged and which are maintained and reinforced. In this regard, to focus on the critical educational research field is especially relevant in a context marked by the dominant SEL agenda. Considering emotions as a new normative discourse, formed by a system of privileged ideas and underpinned by power relations (Downing, 2023), is key to understanding and problematising current research trends, and the resulting policies and practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper uses social cartography as a methodological approach that applies mapping tools to identify, integrate and relate different perspectives within a discursive field (Paulston, 1995). In this case, our object of study is the critical academic discourse itself, on a transnational scale. Researchers working on these issues are mainly based in the USA, the UK, Australia, Canada, Cyprus, Spain and Mexico.
We have constructed, for this purpose, a corpus of academic articles that we identify as "critical" in a broad sense. We have included works that are in explicit dialogue with the tradition of "critical" or "radical pedagogy", whose main referents are Freire, Giroux and McLaren. In addition to this, we have taken into account productions that contain references to feminist, decolonial/postcolonial, black, anti-racist pedagogies, and developments on social justice by authors such as Nancy Fraser and Judith Butler. In spite of the heterogeneity of this corpus, all selected articles share a commitment with an education that aims to expose power relations and the structures of class, race and gender domination of the social order, and to move towards their transformation.
The final corpus comprises 27 articles, mostly selected from the academic search engine Google Scholar by combining the following keywords, both in Spanish and English: critical pedagogy, emotions, affects, affective justice. For the analysis of this corpus, each document was disassembled into free-flowing units of analysis, using a qualitative coding method. In order to process this information, the units of analysis were conceptually grouped in tables. This facilitated the comparison of categories and segments in terms of similarities and divergences, in order to identify different perspectives at play and draw a map to visualise its variations and inter-relations (Paulston, 1995).
In accordance with the research objectives, a list of codes referring to the theoretical categories –regarding the shifts around the concepts and principles of critical pedagogy and social justice education– was prioritised for the analytical-interpretative work. This allowed us to recognise the different perspectives and its underlying stances and proposals. These categories were: 1) the reformulations of the concept of conscientization with the introduction of the emotional variable; 2) the articulations of critical theory with the pedagogy of discomfort; 3) the attention to the emotional conditions of justice in education, 4) the relevance attributed to empathy in education for social change proposals, 5) the place of emotion in the conceptualisation of agency.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the corpus shows a general interest in examining and addressing the emotional roots of stances, commitments and motivations as a way to successfully conduct education towards social justice. With this, the concept of social justice is shifting towards an emotionalised approach: the discussions on educational justice and social justice education are moving from the socio-economic arena to a psycho-emotional framework. Even if the recognition of emotional vulnerabilities and the action to ensure the emotional well-being of learners are often presented as preconditions for social justice education, they tend to acquire justice value in themselves within the frames of therapeutic culture (Ecclestone & Brunila, 2015). The risk here is to divert from the questioning of the structural causes of social justice.
This new role of emotions within the critical educational discourse could be interpreted as an attempt to reinvigorate critical pedagogy giving a new momentum to processes previously conceived from a predominantly rationalist perspective, such as awareness-raising and action for social transformation. However, it can also be interpreted as a withdrawal towards individualisation and the deepening of epistemological and social fragmentation.
The disproportional power granted to this emotional dimension should pose the question of whether we are facing the configuration of a new regime of truth within the critical discourse itself, that overvalues affect at the expense of political questions about meaning and content (Downing, 2023). As a discursive power, it sets certain limits to the problems that can be raised and addressed as such in the educational field, obstructing collective and political ways of thinking about subjects and social action (Gore, 1992). It is therefore essential to warn about a discourse that, despite wanting to be critical, fails to put into question the meanings imposed by the dominant educational agenda and its neoliberal discourses, such as SEL.

References
Abramowski, A. & Sorondo, J. (2022). El enfoque socioemocional en la agenda educativa de la pandemia. Entre lo terapéutico y lo moral. Revista IICE, 51(1), https://doi.org/10.34096/iice.n51.10739
Bryan, A. (2022). From ‘the conscience of humanity’ to the conscious human brain: UNESCO’s embrace of social-emotional learning as a flag of convenience. Compare. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2022.2129956
Cabanas Díaz, E. & González-Lamas, J. (2021). Felicidad y educación: déficits científicos y sesgos ideológicos de la «educación positiva». Teoría de la Educación. Revista Interuniversitaria, 33(2), 65-85. https://doi.org/10.14201/teri.25433
Downing, L. (3 de mayo de 2023). Against affect. For a Feminist Neo-Enlightenment.  [Conference]. School of Modern Languages & Cultures. University of Glasgow. United Kingdom.
Ecclestone, K. & Brunila, K. (2015). Governing emotionally vulnerable subjects and ‘therapization’ of social justice. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 23(4), 485-506.
Ecclestone, K. & Hayes, D. (2009). The Dangerous Rise of Therapeutic Education. Routledge.
Ehrenberg, A. (2000). La fatiga de ser uno mismo. Depresión y sociedad. Nueva Visión.
Gore, J. (1992). What we can do for you! What can “we” do for “you”? Struggling over empowerment in critical and feminist pedagogy. In C. Luke & J. Gore (Eds.), Feminisms and critical pedagogy (pp.54-73). Routledge.
Illouz, E. (2014). El futuro del alma. La creación de estándares emocionales. Katz/CCCB
Illouz, E. (Comp.). (2019). Capitalismo, consumo y autenticidad. Las emociones como mercancía. Katz.
Leys, R. (2017). The Ascent of Affect: Genealogy and Critique. University of Chicago Press.
Lutz, C. (1986). Emotions, Thought, and Estrangement: Emotions as a cultural Category. Cultural Anthropology, 1(3), 287- 309.
Paulston, R. G. (1995). Mapping knowledge perspectives in studies of educational change. In P.W. JR. Cookson & B. Schneider (Eds.), Transforming schools (pp. 137-179). Garland.
Sorondo, J. & Abramowski, A. (2022). Las emociones en la Educación Sexual Integral y la Educación Emocional. Tensiones y entrecruzamientos en el marco de un ethos epocal emocionalizado. Revista de Educación, 25(1), 29-62.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Pedagogy as a Political Action – Discussing Controversial Topics in Polish Schools

Gosia Klatt1, Monika Skura2

1University of Melbourne, Australia; 2University of Warsaw, Poland

Presenting Author: Klatt, Gosia

Poland has been seen as one of the examples of the growing authoritarian populism, with right-wing ideological beliefs constraining free speech, creating deep social divisions, and influencing education curricula. The process of transformation from the authoritarian communist regime to a more democratic system is still evident in a number of dimensions of Poland’s society, including education.

In education, the major reforms undertaken over the last three decades have changed the educational structures, institutions and processes, and established Poland’s schooling system as one of the highly effective. Poland may seem ‘successful’ when focusing on the measurement of its educational goal attainment (e.g. PISA or PIRLS) however there are indications of deep-rooted problems related to the forms of cultural capital promoted in schools which contribute to the reproduction of dominant cultural and economic values represented by ruling and powerful groups (Apple, 2004). It means that there is significant work to be done to understand conditions of the inequality and hegemony of the current system and enable “the creation and recreation of meaning and values” for all citizens in the democratic way (Apple, 2004, p. xxiv).

This is in the context of a specific status of education in Poland which is characterised by its ‘national’ significance - education has been seen in Poland as a bastion of national survival, especially during turbulent historical times. The subjects of history and Polish literature, in particular, have been regarded as significant instruments in preserving Polish values, language and identity. This is particularly important under the right-wing populist governments, governing Poland since 2015, which emphasise the growing threat to the Polish way of life using highly emotive language with a narrative inspired by past historical events, aiming to create an integrated national self-image which Pankowski (2010) calls Polonism.

This research, therefore, takes a detailed look into the socio-political themes and topics discussed in classrooms in Poland, especially in relation to ‘controversial’ topics, and how teachers deal with them. We analyse the ways teachers have been affected by the current political climate by focusing on teachers’ engagement in discussing difficult or controversial topics, and how intentional these conversations were.

Research into discussing controversial issues in the classrooms has attracted a lot of attention due to the growing social and political tensions evident in many countries, and the schools’ role in moderating discussions on public policy issues (Kello 2016; Dunn, Sondel & Baggett 2019; Cassar, Oosterheert & Meijer 2021; Sætra 2021). The role of the teacher in managing such conversations is crucial. Poland is an interesting case study for research on teacher practices and controversial issues in the classroom due to its complex domestic socio-political situation, as well as its continuously reforming education system. It becomes important to learn more about the mindset of practicing teachers, their attitudes and decision-making in relation to selecting and discussing difficult, and often controversial, topics in their classrooms. At a time of need for critical thinking skills and democratic debate, the transformation of pedagogical approaches, and the attitudes of teachers towards understanding and shaping of critical thinking and socially-engaged attitudes among students requires specific attention


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The conducted study involved individual, partially structured interviews with 22 secondary school teachers who taught the Polish language subject (literacy and literature) in schools across Poland. The native language subject in secondary schools has the highest number of instructional hours and enables discussions on various topics related to the cultural texts mandated by the curriculum, which encompass diverse social, political, and psychological topics. The aim of the empirical data collection was to understand the experiences of secondary school teachers in the context of socio-political changes in Poland, and particularly their approach to discussing current socio-political and controversial topics.
Once the data was collected in schools, the researchers engaged in transnational research collaboration between two academics based in Poland and one academic based outside Europe and who represents a diaspora perspective (Bauböck, 2010; Said, 1993). Therefore, the coding and analysis of the interview data have been influenced by specific positionalities of the authors drawing from the ‘contrapuntal’ perspective. The counterpoint view, as introduced by Edward Said (1993), influenced the way the research has evolved by integrating different points of view, resolving tensions and revealing the perspectives not visible to the individual researchers based either too close or too distant from the object of the analysis.
This paper is positioned within the critical education literature which posits that the teaching practice needs to be intentional and purposeful, and embedded in the commitment to democracy and equity and dismantling existing power structures. This is possible, for example, through “everyday resistance” (Johansson & Vinthagen cited in: Allatt & Tett, 2021, p.42) in teaching practice which challenges dominant discourses, asserts agency to support meaningful practices and finds ways to provide wider experience beyond what is included in the curriculum. Such acts of resistance may include “workarounds” such as “problem-solving, improvisation, deviation, creative interpretation, shortcuts” (Smythe, 2015 p. 6). The intentional acts of dealing with ideological pressures, shortages of funding, or internal contradictions are acts of “opposition” (Zarifis, 2021, p.228). These intentional acts of opposition can be seen as a part of the reframing of the social justice pedagogical perspectives as suggested by Shaw and Crowther (2014).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research provided some important insights into teachers’ experiences discussing difficult topics in Polish classrooms and illustrated the examples of the levels of intentionality and engagement from teachers. The main topics perceived as controversial related to the most debated socio-political topics in Poland: the war in Ukraine, gender issues, LGBTQI issues, feminism, and religion. Many teachers in the study expressed concerns, or exhibited a high level of caution, towards intentionally introducing such subjects for discussion due to the fear of adverse consequences but also a lack of direction in terms of, if and how, to approach such topics.
For the most part teachers demonstrated ‘unconscious conformism’ when dealing with difficult issues. Many teachers used a range of positions and strategies to conform. These included: hiding or avoiding, finding common ground or smoothing edges, or just doing the job - the strategies identified by Kello (2016) as common teaching positions taken by teachers when dealing with controversial topics in divided societies. This is problematic as such approaches are not conducive to shaping students’ ability for critical reflection, ability to debate, formulate critical judgements and resist pressure of media discourses. In our interviews we have not found convincing evidence that the teachers have consciously created empathy-developing debating environments or explicitly developed inquiry skills by using the opportunities created by current socio-political topics. On the contrary, many unconsciously contributed to creating a classroom environment that inhibits the development of civic engagement. While this research focused specifically on Poland’s socio-political context, the issues identified in the Polish education system remain relevant to other Western democracies, as their teachers similarly struggle to navigate the demands of their nations’ history, politics, parental pressures and competitive market in the globalised world.

References
Allatt, G., & Tett, L. (2019). The employability skills discourse and literacy practitioners. In L. Tett & M. Hamilton (Eds.), Resisting Neoliberalism in Education: Local, National and Transnational Perspectives (pp. 41-54): Bristol University Press.
Apple, M., (2004). Ideology and Curriculum (3rd ed.). Routledge
Bauböck, R. (2010). Studying Citizenship Constellations, Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 36(5), 847-859, DOI: 10.1080/13691831003764375
Cassar, C., Oosterheert, I., & Meijer, P. C. (2021). The classroom in turmoil: teachers’ perspective on unplanned controversial issues in the classroom. Teachers and Teaching, 27(7), 656-671. doi:10.1080/13540602.2021.1986694
Dunn, A. H., Sondel, B., & Baggett, H. C. (2019). “I Don’t Want to Come Off as Pushing an Agenda”: How Contexts Shaped Teachers’ Pedagogy in the Days After the 2016 U.S. Presidential Election. American Educational Research Journal, 56(2), 444–476. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831218794892
Kello, K. (2016). Sensitive and Controversial Issues in the Classroom: Teaching History in a Divided Society. Teachers and Teaching Theory and Practice, 22. doi:10.1080/13540602.2015.1023027
Pankowski R. (2010). The Populist Radical Right in Poland: The Patriots. Taylor and Francis Group.
Sætra, E. (2021). Discussing Controversial Issues in the Classroom: Elements of Good Practice. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 65(2), 345-357. doi:10.1080/00313831.2019.1705897
Said, Edward W. (1993). Culture and Imperialism. London: Vintage
Shaw, M., Crowther, J., (2014). Adult education, community development and democracy: renegotiating the terms of engagement. Community Development Journal 49, 390–406. https://doi.org/10.1093/cdj/bst057
Smythe, S. (2015). Ten Years of Adult Literacy Policy and Practice in Canada: Literacy Policy Tensions and Workarounds. Language & Literacy: A Canadian Educational E-Journal, 17(2), 4-21. doi:10.20360/G2WK59
Zarifis, G. K. (2019). Rethinking adult education for active participatory citizenship and resistance in Europe. In L. Tett & M. Hamilton (Eds.), Resisting Neoliberalism in Education: Local, National and Transnational Perspectives (pp. 225-238): Bristol University Press.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Citizenship and the Emotional Politics of Belonging: Negotiating Boundaries of Belonging in the School Setting

Emma Carey Brummer

University of Antwerp, Belgium

Presenting Author: Brummer, Emma Carey

On-going complexities and tensions in society, such as a divisive political climate and increasing diversity, have raised questions on how schools can foster a sense of belonging within the democratic polity. As a result, questions on the meaning of citizenship and citizenship education have received much attention in research, policy, and practice. Xenophobic discourses and anti-migrant rhetorics often lead to the exclusion and marginalization of minoritised people and position these ‘othered’ individuals outside the ‘imagined community’ despite having legal citizenship (Abu El-Haj, 2015; Schmitt, 2010). Multiple studies have illustrated the discrepancy between having legal citizenship and feelings of non-belonging and revealed that young people with migration backgrounds feel that they are often positioned as the ‘other’ (Fleischmann & Phalet, 2018). This suggests that the conditioned experiences of minoritised students can be linked with broader micro- and macro-political power structures. These structures also relate to the school’s cultural norms and power dynamics and thus affect the everyday experiences regarding citizenship and belonging of young people in school.

Although recent research has made significant advances in demonstrating that citizenship is an experiential and negotiated social process in everyday life (Askins, 2016; Kallio et al., 2020), current understandings of citizenship in education are mainly based on adult-centred conceptions of what it means to be a citizen and often omit the feelings and experiences of young people themselves. Moreover, emotional attachments as part of feelings of belonging (i.e. feeling at ‘home’) and citizenship remain underexplored (Kenway & Youdell, 2011). However, emotions are often used to describe and give meaning to feelings of belonging or non-belonging and emphasize the ways young people experience their social world (Ho, 2009). They provide cues to understand the society and the social structures in which we operate (Barbalet, 2001). In this study, emotions are conceptualized, not as internal psychological states of the individual, but rather as social and cultural practices that lead to the formation of social identities, groups, and collectives (Ahmed, 2014).

As the existing body of literature has not fully explored the complex emotional attachments of young people regarding their citizenship and belonging (Jackson, 2016), this study will contribute to the field by its particular focus on the empirical exploration of young people’s emotional attachments and experiences of belonging within the school setting. Attention to the emotional dimensions of citizenship and belonging can advance critical views on why young people feel that they belong in different ways, as well as the way citizenship is enacted in education. Therefore, I centre the emotional experiences that give meaning to the social relationships and structures that shape the daily lives of young people building on literature from the sociology of emotions (e.g., Clark, 1990; Barbalet, 2001). The emotional politics of belonging within educational settings helps us then to understand how the boundaries of citizenship are constructed that determine who is considered a rightful member in particular places and how young people are encouraged to feel about themselves and others (Zembylas, 2014). The research question in this study is therefore as follows: How do young people construct themselves and others as citizens within an educational setting and what role do emotions play in these experiences of belonging?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical material consists of qualitative focus group data to explore the emotional dynamics of citizenship and belonging and the ways these are negotiated and contested in the everyday space of the school by young people themselves. The focus-group interviews were driven by the idea of ‘pedagogical research’ to empower the participants to actively engage in the research process, fostering the development of their perspectives on societal roles and political stances (Starkey et al., 2014). Although a drawback of this group setting, as opposed to individual interviews, is that power dynamics between students may lead certain students to dominate the discussions, these very dynamics proved to be interesting for my research as well.
In total, I conducted fourteen focus groups in three different schools with 89 secondary education students between thirteen and nineteen years old (grade 7 – grade 12). These schools were located in both urban and sub-urban parts of Flanders, the Northern Dutch-speaking region of Belgium. In focus groups, young people attending secondary education in Belgium discussed their citizenship and sense of belonging in and outside school and expressed emotions in different ways, including showing solidarity, coping with differences, and revealing their desire to belong. To facilitate discussion and interaction among the participants, elicitation techniques in the form of interactive starter questions, free listing, and vignettes drawn from topics discussed in class were used to ensure key concerns relating to belonging, citizenship, and potential power relations were raised in each focus group (Barton, 2015).
During the focus groups I had an assistant who reported on the emotional expressions of the students. The focus groups were recorded and transcribed, and the observational notes were added to the transcripts, as well as my own reflections on the progression of the focus groups. Attention was paid to how the participants reasoned, negotiated, and reflected upon both their own as well as their peers’ narratives on belonging and citizenship. This involved a focus on the role of the emotions of the participants in navigating the boundaries of inclusion and exclusion with respect to their citizenship and belonging.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings showed that emotional micro-politics of belonging defined one’s social place in the negation of the other, however, it also showed that the students actively sought to expand the boundaries of belonging. The school was an emotional space where students tried to make sense of their social place based on implicit and explicit policies and practices happening in the school context (Clark, 1990). The students in the different focus group conversations drew boundaries between ‘us’ and ‘them’ in different ways, but in most examples, it becomes apparent that these boundaries are structurally legitimized by broader power relations, while others are not. The students’ narratives demonstrated an unequal distribution of belonging – i.e. the right to feel at home. At the same time, their narratives demonstrated that shared experiences form a collective ‘we’. Ultimately, the findings suggested that the emotional experience of belonging is a dynamic and fluid process that is done rather than a state of being.
This study illustrated how emotional micro-politics of belonging are part of students’ narratives of citizenship and how young people are encouraged to feel about themselves and others in the context of the school. In order for students to critically assess how emotions influence the boundaries of citizenship, a more emotional understanding of citizenship in education is needed. Moreover, a more reflexive stance from educators is also needed to fracture the division of groups formed by collective emotions and move beyond essentialist fixed conceptions of ‘us’ and ‘them’. Instead, educators should encourage students to form flexible and dynamic belongings within and across classroom settings in which the mutuality of emotions has the potential to dismantle conventional power structures and challenge social norms.

References
Abu El-Haj, T. R. (2015). Unsettled Belonging Educating Palestinian American Youth after 9/11. University of Chicago Press. https://doi.org/10.7208/chicago/9780226289632.001.0001

Ahmed, S. (2014). The Cultural Politics of Emotion (2nd ed.). Edinburgh University Press.

Askins, K. (2016). Emotional citizenry: everyday geographies of befriending, belonging and intercultural encounter. Transactions of the Institute of British Geographers, 41(4), 515–527. https://doi.org/10.1111/tran.12135

Barbalet, J. M. (2001). Emotion, social theory, and social structure: A macrosociological approach. Cambridge University Press.

Barton, K. C. (2015). Elicitation techniques: Getting people to talk about ideas they dont usually talk about. In Theory and Research in Social Education (Vol. 43, Issue 2, pp. 179–205). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2015.1034392

Clark, C. (1990). Emotions and micropolitics in everyday life: Some patterns and paradoxes of “place.” In T. D. Kemper (Ed.), Research agendas in the sociology of emotions (pp. 305–333). State University of New York Press.

Fleischmann, F., & Phalet, K. (2018). Religion and National Identification in Europe: Comparing Muslim Youth in Belgium, England, Germany, the Netherlands, and Sweden. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 49(1), 44–61. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022022117741988

Ho, E. L. E. (2009). Constituting citizenship through the emotions: Singaporean transmigrants in London. Annals of the Association of American Geographers, 99(4), 788–804. https://doi.org/10.1080/00045600903102857

Jackson, L. (2016). Intimate citizenship? Rethinking the politics and experience of citizenship as emotional in Wales and Singapore. Gender, Place and Culture, 23(6), 817–833. https://doi.org/10.1080/0966369X.2015.1073695

Kallio, K. P., Wood, B. E., & Häkli, J. (2020). Lived citizenship: conceptualising an emerging field. Citizenship Studies, 24(6), 713–729. https://doi.org/10.1080/13621025.2020.1739227

Kenway, J., & Youdell, D. (2011). The emotional geographies of education: Beginning a conversation. Emotion, Space and Society, 4(3), 131–136. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2011.07.001

Schmitt, I. (2010). “Normally I should belong to the others”: Young people’s gendered transcultural competences in creating belonging in Germany and Canada. Childhood, 17(2), 163–180. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568210365643

Starkey, H., Akar, B., Jerome, L., & Osler, A. (2014). Power, pedagogy and participation: Ethics and pragmatics in research with young people. Research in Comparative and International Education, 9(4), 426–440. https://doi.org/10.2304/rcie.2014.9.4.426

Zembylas, M. (2014). Affective citizenship in multicultural societies: implications for critical citizenship education. Citizenship Teaching & Learning, 9(1), 5–18. https://doi.org/10.1386/ctl.9.1.5
 
9:30 - 11:0008 SES 04 A: Perspectives on School Bullying, Cyberbullying and Teacher Victimisation
Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Catriona O'Toole
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

An Updated Systematic Review and Meta-analysis on the Association of School Bullying with Symptoms and Diagnosis of PTSD

Serap Keles1, Salman Türken2, Thormod Idsøe3, Terri Pigott4

1University of Stavanger, Norway; 2Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway; 3University of Oslo, Norway; 4Georgia State University, USA

Presenting Author: Keles, Serap

Bullying can be defined as a specific form of aggressive behavior exhibited by an individual or a group towards another person, characterized by a perceived or observed power imbalance and persistence over time (Hellström, Thornberg & Espelage, 2021). Cyberbullying, as consensus suggests, refers to bullying occurring through online platforms or mobile devices (Campbell & Bauman, 2018), and we will adhere to this interpretation. Research indicates that exposure to bullying significantly contributes to children's mental health issues independent of other factors (Arsenault, 2018; Arseneault et al., 2010). Even though bullying is not satisfying the A-criterion, symptoms following exposure align with symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) (APA, 2013). Among the symptom groups highlighted in the DSM-5, the re-experience of the traumatic event, persistent avoidance of trauma-related stimuli, and ongoing symptoms of heightened arousal are often emphasized.

While evidence linking school bullying directly to causing PTSD is limited (Nielsen et al., 2015), a clear association between bullying and PTSD symptoms has been established. To further comprehend the relationship between school bullying and PTSD symptoms and/or diagnosis, our current systematic review and meta-analysis aim to investigate the extent of this association. This study serves as an update to the meta-analysis conducted by Nielsen et al. (2015), with specific modifications. Unlike Nielsen et al.'s study, our focus is solely on school bullying concerning the diagnosis of PTSD and/or PTSD symptoms. Additionally, we conducted a more comprehensive and systematic search of published peer-reviewed studies, without any time constraints.

Our primary research questions are as follows:

a) What is the degree of association between school bullying and PTSD symptoms among children and youth in primary and secondary schools?

b) Does the diagnosis of PTSD apply to the health consequences observed among individuals targeted by school bullying?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to answer our research questions, we conducted a systematic review and meta-analysis, employing a meticulously designed review protocol registered in the Open Science Framework prior to commencing the review. First, a priori inclusion /exclusion criteria were determined as follows: Studies need to: a) be empirical original study with a quantitative design, b) focus on the association of bullying at school with the diagnosis of PTSD, and/or symptoms of PTSD, c) include validated questionnaires to assess posttraumatic stress, d) have a sample of students in primary or secondary education, e) report uncorrected bivariate correlations (or other statistical estimates that can be transformed to bivariate correlations) between school bullying and symptoms of PTSD, f) written in English, and g) published in a peer-reviewed journal. Hence, the studies were excluded based on: a) topic (i.e., a lack of a focus on the association of school bullying with symptoms pf PTSD and/or diagnosis of PTSD); b) target group (i.e., a different target group such as higher education students); c) outcome (i.e., non-validated measure of PTSD); d) study type (i.e., theoretical, and conceptual articles or other papers not reporting primary empirical quantitative research); e) language (i.e., not written in English), and f) insufficient information (i.e., information required to compute an effect size is either unavailable in the full-text or via direct requests from the corresponding author).
Then a comprehensive literature search was carried out in seven databases: Academic Search Ultimate, ERIC, ISI Web of Science, Medline, ProQuest, PsycINFO, and SCOPUS. The identified studies were screened for their eligibility in a two-stage independent double screening process (i.e., screening on title and abstract and screening on full-text) using EPPI software. Detailed data were extracted for the eligible studies and authors who did not provide necessary information to calculate effect sizes and/or information on potential moderators were also contacted via email. Study quality was assessed using the AXIS tool (Downes, Brennan, Williams, & Dean, 2016).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through the comprehensive literature search, 2953 studies were identified and after the removal of duplicates, 906 studies were screened independently by two authors. After the two-stage abstract and full text screening, 38 studies were selected as eligible in line with the a priori defined inclusion criteria. Preliminary descriptive analyses showed that there were 15 studies conducted before 2015 (range 2000-2014), while there were 23 studies conducted in and after 2015 (range 2015-2023), showing an increase in the number of studies examining the association between school bullying and symptoms of PTSD. There is one study which also established the diagnosis of PTSD as a consequence of bullying. Studies were coming from more than 20 countries, and mainly from USA (7 studies), China (5 studies), South Africa (3 studies), and Italy (3 studies). Majority of the studies (35 studies) employed a cross-sectional design, while there were only three studies with longitudinal design. While six studies had samples of students in primary school, 25 had in secondary schools, and three had both in primary and secondary schools. Educational level was not reported in the four remaining studies.
Currently, we are in the process of data synthesis using a correlated and hierarchical effect size model with robust variance estimation (Pustejovsky & Tipton, 2021) using the programs metafor (Viechtbauer, 2010) and clubSandwich (Pustejovsky, 2019) in R. The presentation will focus on our findings of overall effect sizes estimated separately for each symptom of PTSD and bullying as well as total PTSD symptom score and bullying. We will also present the moderator analyses. We anticipate that our results will contribute to the development of interventions against bullying and trauma-specific treatment procedures following instances of bullying. These insights can be utilized to mitigate the potential traumatic consequences of systematic and persistent harm caused by bullying.

References
APA. (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM-5®). American Psychiatric Association.
Arseneault, L. (2018). Annual research review: the persistent and pervasive impact of being bullied in childhood and adolescence: implications for policy and practice. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 59(4), 405-421. https://doi.org/10.1111/jcpp.12841
Arseneault, L., Bowes, L., & Shakoor, S. (2010). Bullying victimization in youths and mental health problems: ‘Much ado about nothing’?. Psychological Medicine, 40(5), 717-729. doi:10.1017/S0033291709991383
Campbell, M., & Bauman, S. (2018). Cyberbullying: definition, consequences, prevalence. In M. A., Campbell, & S., Bauman (Eds.), Reducing Cyberbullying in Schools: International Evidence-based Best Practices (pp. 3-16). Elsevier.
Hellström, L., Thornberg, R., & Espelage, D. L. (2021). Definitions of bullying. In P. K. Smith & J. O’Higgins Norman (Eds.), The Wiley-Blackwell Handbook of Bullying (Vol. 1, pp. 4-21). Wiley-Blackwell.
Downes, M. J., Brennan, M. L., Williams, H. C., & Dean, R. S. (2016). Development of a critical appraisal tool to assess the quality of cross-sectional studies (AXIS). BMJ Open, 6(12). http://dx.doi.org/10.1136/bmjopen-2016-011458
Nielsen, M. B., Tangen, T., Idsoe, T., Matthiesen, S. B., & Magerøy, N. (2015). Post-traumatic stress disorder as a consequence of bullying at work and at school. A literature review and meta-analysis. Aggression and Violent Behavior, 21, 17-24.
Pustejovsky, J. (2019). clubSandwich (0.3.3) [Computer software]. https://cran.r-project.org/package=clubSandwich
Pustejovsky, J. E., & Tipton, E. (2021). Meta-analysis with Robust Variance Estimation: Expanding the Range of Working Models. Prevention Science. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11121-021-01246-3
Viechtbauer, W. (2010). Conducting Meta-Analyses in R with the metafor Package. Journal of Statistical Software, 36(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v036.i03


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

User Cyberbullying: A framework to deal with Cyberbullying among Swedish primary school pupils

Davoud Masoumi, Maryam Bourbour, Silvia Edling

University of Gävle, Sweden

Presenting Author: Masoumi, Davoud; Bourbour, Maryam

While there is a substantial body of research on cyberbullying in schools, that focuses on if and how cyberbullying and harassment can affect children’s and adolescents’ health and wellbeing, little is known about how school staff identify and deal with cyberbullying among boys and girls. In order to gain deeper insight about this challenging issue, the current study aims to examine how school staff identify the phenomenon of cyberbullying among gender groups (girls and boys) and which strategies they enact to prevent and deal with occurrences of cyberbullying among primary school pupils?

Cyberbullying is a complex phenomenon that takes place within a social ecology involving a wide range of factors: individual, family, societal, and school factors (Bronfenbrenner, 1979).The present study, accordingly, is informed by Bronfenbrenner (1979) social ecological model. The model is used as a conceptual framework to address how various factors, in different layers, inform and shape school strategies and interventions in preventing and dealing with cyberbullying among pupils.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is a part of a broader collaborative initiative between the municipal authorities and the university of Gävle. Twenty-four (24) semi-structured interviews were conducted with school staff, including school principals, assistant principals, teachers, a librarian, and a janitor. The empirical data was recorded and subsequently transcribed in full detail. The transcribed data was then subjected to thematic analysis, using the iterative phases of the constant comparison technique to unveil key components and insights from the transcribed data (Morgan & Nica, 2020). An ecological model of cyberbullying, coupled with a critical analysis of interviews, was then used to delve into how school staff approach the phenomenon of cyberbullying and ways in which they seek to prevent and deal with cyberbullying.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings indicate that cyberbullying a phenomenon that predominantly occurs outside of school but which, nevertheless, impacts educational activities and practices. Moreover, the results suggest a higher prevalence of cyberbullying behaviour among girls. The study identifies seven anti-cyberbullying strategies employed by school staff to intervene in, prevent and deal with cyberbullying among primary pupils. These anti-cyberbullying strategies encompass conducting bi-annual anti-bullying surveys, establishing and collaborating with School Safety Teams, fostering continuous close relationships with pupils, building team unity and creating a team atmosphere among pupils, working with parents to counteract cyberbullying, developing school staff competence regarding cyberbullying, and Co-operating with the School Health Teams. The study has provided additional insights into the unique socio-ecological context in which cyberbullying takes place, characterized by a "twenty-four-seven" availability. Furthermore, the implications of identifying cyberbullying and addressing initiatives related to this form of bullying in schools were discussed.
References
Azumah, S. W., Elsayed, N., ElSayed, Z., & Ozer, M. (2023). Cyberbullying in text content detection: an analytical review. International Journal of Computers and Applications, 1-8. doi:10.1080/1206212X.2023.2256048
Brailovskaia, J., Diez, S. L., & Margraf, J. (2023). Relationship Between Cyberbullying, Positive Mental Health, Stress Symptoms and Teachers' Cybercompetence. Journal of School Violence, 22(4), 569-580. doi:10.1080/15388220.2023.2249824
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development : Experiments by nature and design: Harvard University Press.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1994). Ecological models of human development. In T. H. T. N. Postlethwaite (Ed.), The international encyclopedia of education (Vol. Vol. 3, 2nd ed, pp. 1643–1647)): Elsevier.
Dorio, N. B., Clark, K. N., Demaray, M. K., & Doll, E. M. (2020). School Climate Counts: A Longitudinal Analysis of School Climate and Middle School Bullying Behaviors. International Journal of Bullying Prevention, 2(4), 292-308. doi:10.1007/s42380-019-00038-2
Edling, S., Gill, P. E., Francia, G., Matton, P., & Simonsson, B.-E. (2022). Motverka mobbning: och annan kränkande behandling - en handbok för lärare: Studentlitteratur AB.
Erikson, J., Håkansson, S., & Josefsson, C. (2023). Three Dimensions of Gendered Online Abuse: Analyzing Swedish MPs’ Experiences of Social Media. Perspectives on Politics, 21(3), 896-912. doi:10.1017/S1537592721002048
Smith, P. K. (2012). Cyberbullying and cyber aggression. Handbook of school violence and school safety: International research and practice, 2, 93-103.
Thornberg, R. (2018). School bullying and fitting into the peer landscape: a grounded theory field study. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 39(1), 144-158. doi:10.1080/01425692.2017.1330680
Azumah, S. W., Elsayed, N., ElSayed, Z., & Ozer, M. (2023). Cyberbullying in text content detection: an analytical review. International Journal of Computers and Applications, 1-8. doi:10.1080/1206212X.2023.2256048
Beckman, L., & Hagquist, C. (2016). Views of Bullying and Antibullying Working Styles Among School Nurses and School Social Workers in Sweden. Journal of School Violence, 15(4), 438-459. doi:10.1080/15388220.2015.1084234
Bjereld, Y., Augustine, L., & Thornberg, R. (2020). Measuring the prevalence of peer bullying victimization: Review of studies from Sweden during 1993–2017. Children and Youth Services Review, 119, 105528. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.105528
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development : Experiments by nature and design: Harvard University Press.
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1994). Ecological models of human development. In T. H. T. N. Postlethwaite (Ed.), The international encyclopedia of education (Vol. Vol. 3, 2nd ed, pp. 1643–1647)): Elsevier.
Edling, S., Gill, P. E., Francia, G., Matton, P., & Simonsson, B.-E. (2022). Motverka mobbning: och annan kränkande behandling - en handbok för lärare: Studentlitteratur AB
 
9:30 - 11:0009 SES 04 A: Utilizing International Assessment Data to Understand Variation in Cognitive and Non-cognitive Factors Across Europe and Beyond
Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Stefan Johansson
Session Chair: Mojca Rozman
Symposium
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium

Utilizing International Assessment Data to Understand Variation in Cognitive and Non-cognitive Factors Across Europe and Beyond

Chair: Stefan Johansson (University of Gothenburg)

Discussant: Mojca Rozman (IEA, Research and Analysis Unit)

The educational landscape in Europe faces a range of challenges, and this symposium proposal highlights affective issues in education such as students’ expectations, confidence, well-being, and student-reported instructional quality. The overall aim is to investigate how these factors vary across students and their relationship with student achievement. Four contributions from international scholars use data from the international assessments PISA (Programme for International Student Assessment) and TIMSS (Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study) to address these issues. We highlight the European perspective and draw on specific examples from more than 20 European and even more countries outside Europe.

While the majority of studies conducted with ILSA data focus on student achievement, there is also an affective component of school adjustment that should not be ignored. The first two papers take a comparative perspective focusing on student math confidence. Using the TIMSS 2019 data for 8th graders across 39 countries, the first contribution provides a cross-national analysis of math-specific affective aspects like confidence, enjoyment, and value in math education, focusing on gaps in gender, socioeconomic status (SES), and immigrant status. The second paper, focusing on the Nordic countries, provides another related student perspective on math confidence. This study, using TIMSS 2019 data for fourth graders, examines how students perceive the quality of their instruction and its relation to their mathematics confidence and achievement. It shows that clear and effective teaching are associated with students’ confidence in math.

The other two papers provide specific examples from North Macedonia and Slovenia. The contribution from Slovenia focuses on both cognitive and non-cognitive outcomes by exploring the role of students’ wellbeing in academic motivation and achievement. The PISA 2022 results showed that Slovenian students feel less well-being compared to their peers in other OECD countries, which corresponds with lower literacy skills. The research highlights the importance of positive relationships between teachers and students, emotional support, and a sense of belonging at school for academic success. These findings suggest that improving students’ overall well-being could greatly enhance their motivation and achievement in school. In North Macedonia, the PISA 2018 and 2022 results show many students struggling to reach basic levels in essential subjects. This problem is exacerbated by cuts in education funding, both in terms of GDP and government spending. The youth job market is particularly troubling, with high unemployment rates. This reflects a gap between what the education system teaches and what employers need. Despite these challenges, students in North Macedonia have high hopes for their education and careers, but there is a clear gap between these aspirations and their actual school performance. This contribution sheds light on the factors that can explain this misalignment between student achievement and career expectations.

The session consolidates research on a theme that often receives too little attention. Collectively, these studies show the complex relationship between education policies, student well-being, academic performance, and job market outcomes. In summary, tackling educational challenges requires a comprehensive approach that looks at both cognitive and non-cognitive factors. These factors are essential for preparing students to meet their goals and contribute positively to society. The session investigates these issues both comparatively and in relation to specific countries to provide lessons learned from the international assessments. It is divided into six parts: four presentations, a discussion by a renowned expert, and an open discussion.


References
No references.
 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

What About the Affective Gap? A Cross-National Assessment of Math-Related Inequalities on Affective Components of Learning

Mafalda Leal Campos (ISPA Center for research in education), Nurullah Eryilmaz (IEA, Research and Analysis Unit), Rolf Strietholt (IEA, Research and Analysis Unit)

Equity in education is defined as the guarantee that all students are provided with the opportunities to benefit from their educational system regardless of their gender, socioeconomic status (SES), and family background (OECD, 2014). In the last decades, investments have been made to identify and monitor educational gaps and to better understand the phenomenon of inequality across several groups, such as gender, SES, and immigrant background (e.g., Strello et al., 2023), and to identity the most urgent needs of intervention in diminishing educational inequality. However, these efforts have been predominantly based on achievement, although school adjustment is not defined only as achievement but instead as a child’s success in dealing with all struggles and tasks faced within the school environment (Ladd, 1989). Adding to the achievement components of schooling, there is also an affective component of school adjustment which, we argue, should not be ignored. Hence, the goal of this study is to give a cross-national overview of the affective gaps based on gender, SES, and immigrant status, by focusing on three indicators of math-specific affective adjustment – confidence, enjoyment, and value. We analyzed the TIMSS 2019 dataset for 8th-grade students in the math domain. Thirty-nine countries were considered, amounting to a total of 224.080 students. Using regression analysis, we estimated gaps throughout different groups – male versus female (i.e., gender), high SES vs. low SES, and native versus non-native (i.e., immigrant background), on three different math-related affective outcomes – confidence, enjoyment, and value, leading to a set of 9 regression analyses. Analyses were performed for each country considering student weights. Although not the focus of this investigation, achievement gaps were also assessed and controlled for. In what concerned gender, there seems to be a rather consistent affective gap benefitting boys, especially in their confidence towards mathematics, even when controlling for achievement. As for SES, results replicate those of achievement, in the sense that students with high SES score higher on math-related affective components of learning in the vast majority of countries – however, this gap diminishes significantly when controlling for achievement. Finally, when looking into immigrant status, results are rather mixed, especially for math confidence. As for enjoyment and math value, non-natives show a slight tendency for higher scores, and this tendency holds even while controlling for achievement. Detailed results, implications, limitations, and suggestions for future research are presented and discussed in light of existing research, policies, and strategies regarding inequalities in education.

References:

Ladd, G. W. (1989). Children’s social competence and social supports: Precursors of early school adjustment? In B. H. Schneider, J. Nadel., & R. Weissberg (Eds.), Social competence in development perspective (pp. 271-291). Amsterdam: Klumer Academic Publishers. OECD (2014). Excellence through equity: Giving every student the chance to succeed. Results from PISA 2012. OECD Publishing. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/pisa/keyfindings/pisa-2012-results-volume-II.pdf Strello, A., Strietholt, R., & Steinmann, I. (2023). Mind the gap… but which gap? The distinctions between social inequalities in student achievement. Social Indicators Research, 170, 399-425. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11205-023-03196-5
 

The Relation between Student-Perceived Instructional Quality and Mathematics Confidence and Achievement: A Nordic Outlook using TIMSS 2019 Grade 4 data

Lena Asp (Department of Education and Special Education, University of Gothenburg), Alli Klapp (Department of Education and Special Education, University of Gothenburg), Monica Rosén (Department of Education and Special Education, University of Gothenburg)

Existing research recognizes the significant role of teaching quality in influencing students' academic (mathematics achievement) and affective outcomes (e.g., mathematics confidence) (Hattie, 2009). Teaching quality can both enhance or diminish the impact of student background characteristics on cognitive achievement (Fauth et al., 2014; Hattie, 2009). Observing, quantifying, and accurately measuring differences in teaching quality presents theoretical and methodological challenges, which could potentially introduce bias and affect study validity (Nilsen et al., 2016). This underscores the need for more empirical research on the relationships between teaching quality and learning outcomes, particularly among primary school students where such research is still limited. This study aims to provide empirical evidence by comparing the relations between student-perceived instructional quality and mathematics achievement and confidence, and examining differences between classrooms in four Nordic countries. The Nordic context is chosen due to the similarities in culture, school systems, and resources among these countries, making it a suitable setting for this comparative analysis (Kavli, 2018). Utilizing data from the 2019 Trends in Mathematics and Science Study (Mullis & Martin, 2017), the study involves 15,839 fourth graders from Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden. It focuses on the relevance of student-perceived instructional quality (Kyriakides & Creemers, 2008) in relation to both cognitive and non-cognitive outcomes, as well as examining variations across classrooms. The concept of instructional quality in this research encompasses two main constructs: classroom management and instructional clarity. Classroom management involves teachers' structural-organizational activities to engage students in learning and establish a conducive learning environment, while instructional clarity pertains to the effectiveness of pedagogical techniques for clear instruction and support (Nilsen & Gustafsson, 2016). Employing Multilevel Confirmatory Factor Analysis (MCFA) and Multilevel Structural Equation Modeling (MSEM), the study examines the relationships between instructional quality and two outcome variables: mathematics confidence and mathematics achievement. Considering the cultural and educational similarities across the Nordic countries, alongside their varied results in international large-scale assessments, the study is guided by two research questions: 1. What are the relations between student-perceived instructional quality (classroom management and instructional clarity) and students’ mathematics confidence and achievement in the Nordic context? 2. What are the relations to student background factors? The results indicate a positive relationship between instructional clarity and mathematics confidence at the student level across all four countries. At the classroom level, mathematics confidence is positively related to instructional clarity. Student background factors demonstrate weaker correlations with mathematics confidence than with mathematics achievement.

References:

Fauth, B., Decristan, J., Rieser, S., Klieme, E., & Büttner, G. (2014). Student ratings of teaching quality in primary school: Dimensions and prediction of student outcomes. Learning and instruction, 29, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2013.07.001 Hattie, J. (2009). Visible learning: a synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. Routledge. Kavli, A.-B. (2018). TIMSS and PISA in the Nordic countries In N. C. o. Ministers (Ed.), Northern Lights on TIMSS and PISA 2018. Nordic Council of Ministers. https://www.norden.org/en/publication/northern-lights-timss-and-pisa-2018 Kyriakides, L., & Creemers, B. P. M. (2008). Using a multidimensional approach to measure the impact of classroom-level factors upon student achievement: a study testing the validity of the dynamic model. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 19(2), 183-205. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243450802047873 Mullis, I. V. S., & Martin, M. O. E. (2017). TIMSS 2019 Assessment Frameworks Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: http://timssandpirls.bc.edu/timss2019/frameworks/ Nilsen, & Gustafsson (Eds.). (2016). Teacher Quality, instructional Quality and Student Outcomes: Relationships Across Countries, Cohorts and Time (Vol. 2). Springer Open. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-41252-8. Nilsen, T., Gustafsson, J.-E., & Blömeke, S. (2016). Conceptual Framework and Methodology of This Report. In T. Nilsen & J.-E. Gustafsson (Eds.), Teacher Quality, Instructional Quality and Student Outcomes: Relationships Across Countries, Cohorts and Time. Springer Open.
 

Well-being as an Important Asset of Students’ Academic Motivation and Achievement in Slovenia

Klaudija Šterman Ivančič (Educational Research Institute, Slovenia)

Recently, the discourse surrounding the role of students’ well-being and its effects on learning motivation and academic achievement has gained more and more attention in the national and international research community and on the stakeholders’ level. Quality teacher-student relationships, social-emotional support from teachers, a sense of belonging at school, and achievement-related anxiety are often highlighted as important aspects of students’ well-being and have been confirmed in various studies (e.g. Barosso et al., 2020; Harding et al., 2019; Kozina, 2020; Shriver & Buffett, 2015) as significant predictors of both academic motivation and achievement. The latest PISA 2022 results for Slovenia show that, compared to their OECD peers, Slovenian 15-year-olds reported significantly below-average levels of all mentioned aspects of well-being. Since Slovenia also witnessed a significant decline in all three literacy domains in PISA 2022, the article fills the research gap in investigating the role of different aspects of students’ well-being in explaining students’ academic motivation and achievement. For the data analysis, we used the data from the PISA 2022 survey, which in Slovenia includes a representative sample of 6.721 students aged 15. From the 2022 questionnaire, we used separate scales addressing students’ well-being: perceived quality of teacher-student relationships, teacher support in mathematics class, sense of belonging at school, mathematics-related anxiety, and mathematics effort and persistency scale as an indicator of student’s academic motivation. For academic achievement, we used plausible values for all three PISA literacy domains scales. The internal consistency parameters and the multicollinearity between the variables were checked in the Slovenian sample. We used the linear regression procedure to analyse the size effects of different predictors when explaining students’ academic motivation and achievement using the statistical program IEA IDB Analyzer (Version 5.0.23), which, due to two-stage sampling in the PISA study, allows the use of individual students and sample weights. The results show that all four aspects of students’ well-being were confirmed as significant predictors of students’ academic motivation, with the highest effect sizes for the quality of teacher-student relationships and math-related anxiety. The results also showed that the quality of teacher-student relationships is the most significant predictor of academic achievement on all three PISA literacy scales. Following these findings, it is thus crucial to establish a system for strengthening the social-emotional competencies of Slovenian teachers and students and shift an education strategy to a more holistic approach that supports the strengthening of different aspects of students’ and teachers’ well-being.

References:

Barosso, C., Ganley, C. M., McGraw, A., Geer, E., Hart, S. A., & Daucourt, M. (2020). A meta- analysis of the relation between math anxiety and math achievement. Psychological Bulletin 147(2), 134–168. https://doi.org/10.1037/bul0000307 Harding, S. et al. (2019). Is teachers’ mental health and wellbeing associated with students’ mental health and wellbeing? Journal of Affective Disorders, 242, 180–187. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jad.2018.08.080 Kozina, A. (Ed.) (2020). Social, emotional and intercultural competencies for inclusive school environments across Europe: Relationships matter. Hamburg: Dr. Kovač. Shriver, T., & Buffett, J. (2015). The uncommon core. In J. A, Durlak, C. E. Domitrovich, R. P. Weissberg, & T. P. Gullota (Eds.). Handbook of social and emotional learning: Research and practice (pp. 15–16). New York, London: The Guilford Press.
 

Students’ Future Education Pathways and their Occupational Aspirations

Beti Lameva (National Examination Center, North Macedonia), Zhaneta Chonteva (University American College, Skopje)

North Macedonia has one of the highest proportions of students failing to demonstrate basic proficiency (Level 2) in all three domains of science, mathematics and reading among PISA-participating countries (52.2% in PISA 2018 testing; 57.4% in PISA-2022). Young citizens of North Macedonia continue to leave education with among the lowest learning outcomes in Europe. On the other hand, between 2018 and 2023, North Macedonia’s public spending on education as a percentage of GDP fell from 2.80% to 2.72%. The share of total government expenditure allocated to education also declined. While poverty rates have fallen in recent decades, low educational performance is limiting the employment and life opportunities of many individuals and impeding national development. The activity of youth in the labor market of North Macedonia is relatively low (46.7% in the first three quarters of 2022), either compared to the adults or their peers from the EU countries. One in four people over 15 are unemployed, compared to less than one in ten across OECD countries. Low activity of youth illustrates generally low employment probabilities in the country, and the difficulty of school-to-work transition, that can be attributed to (i) unwillingness of employers to bear the costs of on-the-job training of inexperienced youth (ii) skills mismatch between employer’s needs and skills produced by the education system, as well as (iii) the increasing tendency of youth to stay longer in formal education. Students’ academic performance on the PISA 2022 testing is not aligned with their expectations for further education and career. They hold ambitious expectations of future education, 72% of students expect to complete tertiary degree (34% expect to finish doctoral studies, ISCED 8). Students (83%) reported that they have a clear idea of their future job, and they expect to work in high-skill occupations, such as software developers, medical doctors, managing directors and chief executives. This research aims to define the factors that can explain this misalignment between education and career expectations within students’ academic performance. More specifically, data show that there are statistically significant differences in students’ education and career expectations when we compare them based on student’s academic achievement in math, science and reading, Index of economic, social, and cultural status, gender, and language of instruction (Macedonian and Albanian). Data from the research is further discussed with students in focus group discussions. Recommendations from the research will be shared with the state representatives responsible for the reforms in secondary education.

References:

No references.
 
9:30 - 11:0009 SES 04 B: Exploring Educational Dynamics and Academic Performance
Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Gasper Cankar
Paper Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

TIMSS Repeat in Flanders: a longitudinal follow-up to TIMSS 2019

Dries Verhelst, Marijn Gijsen, Lies Appels, Sven De Maeyer, Peter Van Petegem

University of Antwerp, Belgium

Presenting Author: Verhelst, Dries

Flanders has a history of participating in International Large-Scale Assessment studies (ILSAs) like TIMSS, where it has often ranked highly. However, the last cycles of TIMSS have shown a gradual decline in the academic achievement of Flemish students. This has sparked a debate about the quality of education in Flanders. Between the TIMSS cycles of 2015 and 2019, Flemish students' achievement levels decreased by 14 points for mathematics and 11 points for science (Faddar et al., 2020).

Although ILSAs are crucial tools for policymakers to assess the quality of educational systems, their primary purpose is periodic benchmarking (Addey and Sellar, 2019). However, the decline found among Flemish students has prompted a deeper investigation and monitoring of the evolution of Flemish learning gains throughout the remaining two years of primary schooling, which goes beyond benchmarking. To this end, a longitudinal study based on TIMSS-2019 was set up in Flanders: TIMSS-repeat.

Using a longitudinal design, TIMSS-repeat retested students who participated in the TIMSS 2019 cycle in 2021, when most of the students were in the sixth grade of primary education. In total, 4.301 students, their teachers, and their school principals participated in TIMSS repeat. The main purpose of TIMSS-repeat was to investigate the learning gains of Flemish students during the last two years of primary school, allowing an inquiry into the connection between students' background characteristics and their learning gains for mathematics and science. Moreover, the specific timing of the data collection in May 2021, just after the school closures and quarantines due to COVID-19, allowed for additional information regarding the impact of COVID-19 to be collected. This enabled the investigation of COVID-19's impact on the learning gains in mathematics and science. The following research questions were central:

  • What are the achievement gains for Flemish students in the last two years of primary education?
  • What are the differential effects of student background characteristics on their achievement gains in the last two years of primary education?
  • How did the COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting school closures impact student achievement gains in Flanders?

The first and second questions aim to analyze how students in Flanders progress through the last years of primary school. With these questions, we aim to reveal how students’ learning gains increase and whether specific background characteristics facilitate or hamper student learning gains. In previous TIMSS studies, it was found that home language or students’ socioeconomic status is linked to their achievement (Faddar et al., 2020; IEA, 2020). The third question seeks to provide valuable information to both researchers and policymakers regarding the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on student learning and achievement. Not only does TIMSS-repeat in Flanders provide answers to these research questions, but it also aligns with the research goals of the TIMSS longitudinal study that is following the TIMSS 2023 cycle (The International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA), 2022).

TIMSS-repeat in Flanders provided a valuable but tentative insight into Flemish learning gains during the final grades of primary education in Flanders, characterized by one of the most impactful global events of our time. In this presentation, we will discuss the different steps taken to conduct the TIMSS-repeat study in Flanders and present our most important findings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research presented here utilizes data from the TIMSS 2019 cycle collected in May 2019 (T1) and a repeated measurement after two years in May 2021 (T2), based on the same sample of schools and students. For T2 91.9% of the schools from TIMSS 2019 agreed to participate, resulting in a sample of 4301 students nested in 133 schools. Rigorous checks were conducted for selection bias in comparison to the T1 sample, including factors from both the school and the student level such as school performance, educational network, geographical location, gender, and socioeconomic status. Both T1 and T2 samples are comparable, revealing no significant selection bias, and this is on both the school and the student level.
To ensure the reliability of the data, several precautions were taken. To avoid a modus effect (Martin et al., 2020), paper-based achievement tests were administered for both T1 and T2. Additionally, to minimize the likelihood of a ceiling effect, adjustments were made to the test materials: easier items were excluded and more difficult mathematics and science items were included from the Flemish national assessment tests conducted in 2015, 2016, and 2021. In the selection of these new items, we maintained a distribution that aligns with the content domains (measurement & geometry, numbers and data for mathematics; life, physical, and earth for science) and cognitive domains (knowing, applying, and reasoning) (Martin et al., 2020). To allow for a precise description of the learning gains, the test items of T1 and T2 were calibrated (Scharfen et al., 2018). Finally, to avoid a retest effect individual students were administered different test items compared to the 2019 test.
To grasp the impact of COVID-19, specific scales were added to the background questionnaires for the students, teachers, and school leaders. All new instruments were found to be reliable and valid.
The analysis began by calculating weights, jackknife estimates, and plausible values for students’ mathematics and science achievement (Martin et al., 2020). The R package “EdSurvey” was used for all analyses (Bailey, 2020), specifically the “mixed.sdf” function was used to estimate mixed effect models mapping differential effects of student characteristics on achievement. The analysis used a scale ranging from 0 to 1000 points.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Looking at the first research question, Flemish pupils demonstrated achievement gains in both mathematics and sciences over the last two years of primary education, with an increase of 117 points in mathematics and 107 points in science. In terms of cognitive domains, Flemish students exhibited the most significant improvements in the Applying domain for both mathematics and science, aligning with Faddar's hypothesis regarding the emphasis on higher cognitive skills in later years of primary education (Faddar et al., 2020).

Answering the second research question, we found that boys obtained slightly higher learning gains compared to girls, with an increase of 120 points in mathematics and 113 points in science, compared to 116 and 109 points, respectively. For home language, noteworthy results were found: students who never spoke the language of the test at home demonstrated the most substantial achievement gains in both mathematics (137 points) and science (134 points). Additionally, students with a room for themselves and access to a significant number of books at home experienced the highest achievement gains in both subjects.

When answering the first and second research questions, caution is advised: while we found learning gains, empirical evidence to compare the size of these learning gains is lacking. Potential benchmarks such as Bloom et al. (2008), Martin et al. (1997), or Mullis et al. (1997) are based on empirical data, but may also not be as pertinent due to their age and dissimilar contexts.

Finally, the descriptive data on how schools, teachers, and students adapted to COVID-19 provides an answer to the third research question.Results include, among others, a shift in didactics and teaching and difficulties with online teaching.

References
Addey, C., and Sellar, S. (2019). Rationales for (non) participation in international large-scale learning assessments. Education Research and Foresight: UNESCO Working paper.
Bailey, P., Lee, M., Nguyen, T., & Zhang, T. (2020). Using EdSurvey to Analyze TIMSS Data. In
Faddar, J., Appels, L., Merckx, B., Boeve-de Pauw, J., Delrue, K., , De Maeyer, S., and Van Petegem, P. (2020). Vlaanderen in TIMSS 2019. Wiskunde- en wetenschapsprestaties van het vierde leerjaar in internationaal perspectief en doorheen de tijd. .
IEA. (2020). TIMSS 2019 International Results in Mathematics and Science.
Martin, M. O., von Davier, M., and Mullis, I. V. S. (2020). Methods and Procedures: TIMSS 2019 Technical Report. T. P. I. S. C. Boston College. https://timssandpirls.bc.edu/timss2019/methods
Scharfen, J., Peters, J. M., and Holling, H. (2018). Retest effects in cognitive ability tests: A meta-analysis. Intelligence, 67, 44-66. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.intell.2018.01.003
The International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). (2022). TIMSS Longitudinal Study: Measuring Student Progress over One Year.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

Role of Metacognitive Skills and Self-Efficacy in Predicting Academic Results of Middle School Students

Diana Akhmedjanova, Elizaveta Korotkikh

National Research University "Higher School of Economics"

Presenting Author: Korotkikh, Elizaveta

Metacognition or metacognitive skills refer to students’ “understanding and control of their own cognition” (Sternberg, 2007, p. 18). Metacognition or knowledge about thinking includes declarative, procedural, and conditional knowledge (McCormick, 2003). Students who have well developed metacognitive skills tend to thrive academically. For example, research shows that systematic metacognitive monitoring leads to better understanding and academic performance (Zimmerman & Cleary, 2009). However, many studies in education report on low to medium associations between metacognition and academic achievement (Fleur et al., 2021; Winne & Azevedo, 2022).

Self-efficacy is another construct that relates to academic achievement across educational settings and age groups (DiBenedetto & Schunk, 2022). Self-efficacy refers to students’ beliefs that they can successfully tackle a task (Anderman & Wolters, 2008; Bandura, 2006). Students’ self-efficacy is related to their engagement with a task and the types of strategies they use (Bandura, 1994). Years of research indicate that self-efficacy relates to students’ learning, motivation, achievement, and self-regulated learning (DiBenedetto & Schunk, 2022). High self-efficacy is a strong predictor of students’ achievement and success (DiBenedetto & Schunk, 2022) and strongly relates to academic achievement for middle school students (Carpenter, 2007).

Available research studies suggest positive yet small correlations between metacognition and general and domain-specific self-efficacy (Cera et al., 2013; Ridlo & Lutfia, 2016). In addition, metacognitive scaffolding improved metacognitive awareness, academic self-efficacy, and learning achievement of biology students (Valencia-Valejo et al., 2019). Research evidence from other countries provides support in positive relationships among metacognition, self-efficacy, and academic achievement. However, it is not clear how these constructs relate to each other in other contexts such as Russia. Therefore, the goal of this study is to examine the role of metacognitive skills and self-efficacy in predicting middle school students’ academic results.

Theoretical framework

The role of metacognition and self-efficacy in students’ academic results in this study is examined through a Model of Self- and Socially Regulated Learning (Author). The model is organized around three broad areas: self-regulated learning (SRL; C–I, M–N), socially regulated learning (SoRL; A–B, J–N), and culture (O). Each area has its own set of processes contributing to the development of self-/socially regulated skills. Thus, SoRL includes instructional techniques (A–B) and formative assessment practices, such as feedback, which occur in classrooms (J–N). SRL includes the processes that activate student’s background knowledge and motivational beliefs, which lead to the choice of goals and strategies to do the task (C–I, M–N). Finally, culture (O) situates both types of processes within a socio-cultural context.

This model reflects the complexity of school classrooms and includes a number of variables. In this paper, however, the focus is on such components of SRL as metacognition and self-efficacy. For the purposes of this study, metacognition includes the processes of planning, progress monitoring, and reflection. According to Albert Bandura (2006), self-efficacy is domain-specific, which is why separate self-efficacy scales were developed for each of the domains. The main purpose of this study was to examine the role of metacognition and self-efficacy in predicting middle school students’ academic results. The study addresses the following research questions:

  1. Are there differences in middle school students’ metacognitive skills, self-efficacy, and academic results by gender and grade?
  2. Do metacognition and self-efficacy predict students’ academic results by subject domains?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study employed a cross-sectional survey design.
Sample. The sample included 1,167 students (55.3% girls, n = 645) from seventh (n = 345), eights (n = 514), and nineth (n = 308) grades.
Instruments. The metacognition subscale is an adaptation from the SRL survey for DAACS (Lui et al., 2018). It includes the subscales of planning (5 items), monitoring (6 items), and reflection (7), using a Likert-type scale (4 – almost always, 1 – almost never), indicating good internal consistency estimate for the scale (α = 0.92; ω = 0.93). Example item: “I plan when I am going to do my homework”.
The self-efficacy surveys for mathematics (4 items, α = 0.85, ω = 0.9), Russian (4 items, α = 0.79, ω = 0.85), reading (4 items, α = 0.84, ω = 0.86), foreign language (5 items, α = 0.93, ω = 0.94), biology (4 items , α = 0.87, ω = 0.9), and physics (5 items, α = 0.93, ω = 0.95) used a Likert-type scale (4 – I can do it well, 1– I cannot do it at all) with good reliability estimates. An example item: “Can you solve a math problem?”.
Procedures. After receiving approval from the Ethics Committee, the data were collected online in public schools. Parents signed online consent forms, and children provided their assent to participate. The data analyses were conducted in R Studio.
Results
RQ1: While no differences were observed for planning and reflection, girls showed higher scores for monitoring than boys, t = 2, df = 1090.6, p = 0.04, d = 0.12.  No differences were observed in self-efficacy for math, reading, foreign language, and biology. However, girls had higher self-efficacy for Russian, t = 7.81, df = 1023.6, p < 0.0001, d = 0.47. Boys had higher self-efficacy for physics, t = -3.72, df = 1095.9, p < 0.001, d = 0.22. Girls reported higher scores across all subjects than boys. Examination by grade levels revealed that students form the 9th grade had higher estimates for planning, reflection, and self-efficacy across most subjects than students from the 7th and 8th grades.
RQ2:  Linear regression analyses revealed that planning predicted students’ scores in foreign language and biology, and reflection predicted scores for foreign language and physics. For all other subjects, contributions of metacognition were not significant. In contrast, self-efficacy significantly predicted scores for all subjects, explaining between 16% and 32% of variance in scores.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper examined the role of metacognition and self-efficacy in predicting middle school students’ academic results. The group comparison results revealed that girls had higher scores in metacognitive monitoring than boys. No differences were observed for metacognitive planning and reflection. Also, girls indicated higher self-efficacy in Russian and boys higher self-efficacy in physics. These results are partially in line with research studies, showing gender differences with boys scoring higher in mathematics (Breda & Napp, 2019) and research on perceived self-efficacy (Pajares & Valiante, 2002). Students from the 9th grade seemed to have higher scores for planning, reflection, and self-efficacy across all subjects. Ninth grade is considered a final grade of the middle school in Russia and students take the final examination, and then decide if they continue in high school or switch to other educational institutions. In 9th grade, students’ abstract thinking and analysing skills necessary to reflect on behaviours and emotions are developed enough to engage in metacognitive thinking (Uytun, 2018).
The results of the regression analysis indicated that metacognition was not as strong in predicting students’ scores in respective subjects as self-efficacy. However, planning and reflection contributed to scores in foreign language, biology, and physics. These results support research studies reporting weak and moderate relationships of metacognition with academic results (Cera et al., 2013; Ridlo & Lutfia, 2016) and significant contributions of self-efficacy to academic achievement (DiBenedetto & Schunk, 2022).
The scholarly significance of this study is that it examined the relationships among metacognition, self-efficacy by domains, and academic achievement of middle school students, using a relatively large sample in Russia. It provides evidence of the links between students perceived self-efficacy beliefs and their results in subject domains, and positive role of planning and reflection for some subjects.

References
Anderman, E. M., & Wolters, C. A. (2008). Goals, values, and affect: Influences on student
motivation. In P. A. Alexander and P. H. Winne (Eds.), Handbook of educational psychology, 369–390, 2nd ed.  Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers.  

Bandura, A. (2006). Toward a psychology of human agency. Perspectives on
psychological science, 1(2), 164-180.

Breda, T. & Napp, C. (2019). Girls’ comparative advantage in reading can largely explain the gender gap in math-related fields.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 116(31), 15435-15440. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1905779116

Carpenter, S. L. (2007). A comparison of the relationships of students' self-efficacy, goal
orientation, and achievement across grade levels: a meta-analysis. https://summit.sfu.ca/_flysystem/fedora/sfu_migrate/2661/etd2816.pdf

DiBenedetto, M. K., & Schunk, D. H. (2022). Assessing academic self-efficacy. In M. S. Khine and Tine Nielsen (Eds.), Academic Self-Efficacy in Education: Nature, Assessment, and Research 11-37. Springer.

Cera, R., Mancini, M., & Antonietti, A. (2013). Relationships between metacognition, self-efficacy and self-regulation in learning. Journal of Educational, Cultural and Psychological Studies (ECPS Journal), 4(7), 115-141.
Fleur, D.S., Bredeweg, B. & van den Bos, W. Metacognition: ideas and insights from neuro- and educational sciences. npj Sci. Learn. 6, 13 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41539-021-00089-5
McCormick, C. B. (2003). Metacognition and learning. In W. M. Reynolds & G. E. Miller (Eds.), Handbook of psychology: Educational psychology (Vol. 7, pp. 79-102). John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Pajares, F., & Valiante, G. (2002). Students’self-efficacy in their self-regulated learning strategies: a developmental perspective. Psychologia, 45(4), 211-221.

Ridlo, S., & Lutfiya, F. (2017, March). The correlation between metacognition level with self-efficacy of biology education college students. In Journal of Physics: Conference Series (Vol. 824, No. 1, p. 012067). IOP Publishing.

Sternberg, R. J. (2007). Intelligence, competence, and expertise. In A. J. Elliot, & C. S. Dweck (Eds.), Handbook of competence and motivation (pp. 15–30). The Guilford Press.  

Uytun, M. C. (2018). Development period of prefrontal cortex. In A. Starcevic and
B. Filipovic (Eds.), Prefrontal Cortex. IntechOpen. DOI: 10.5772/intechopen.78697

Valencia-Vallejo, N., López-Vargas, O., & Sanabria-Rodríguez, L. (2019). Effect of a metacognitive scaffolding on self-efficacy, metacognition, and achievement in e-learning environments. Knowledge Management & ELearning, 11(1), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.34105/j.kmel.2019.11.001

Winne, P., & Azevedo, R. (2022). Metacognition and self-regulated learning. In R. K. Sawyer (Ed.), The Cambridge handbook of the learning sciences, 93-113. Cambridge University Press.

Zimmerman, B. J., & Cleary, T. J. (2009). Motives to self-regulate learning: A social-cognitive account. In K. Wentzel, & A. Wigfield (Eds.), Handbook on Motivation at School. Taylor & Francis.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Paper

The Impact of the Negative Grading Effect in Different School Subjects

David Clarke, Alli Klapp, Monica Rosén

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Clarke, David

The negative grading effect (NGE) is the decrement in grade outcomes associated with the process of being assessed and graded. By exploiting the natural experimental conditions resulting from the introduction or abolition of grades earlier in the school career, researchers have been able to contrast the outcomes of comparable groups of Swedish students with different grading backgrounds, i.e. whether they were previously graded or not. The effect has repeatedly been identified in students’ year 9 (age 15/16) grades, and seems to particularly affect low-ability students and boys (Facchinello, 2014; Klapp, Cliffordson, & Gustafsson, 2016; Clarke, Klapp, & Rosen, under review). Despite substantial reforms to the grading and assessment system, the effect persists and thus seems to have an enduring and robust impact on compulsory school students’ grades.
When investigating the effect, previous research has, however, tended to combine the results from multiple or all school subjects together, thus losing the possibility to identify detail and nuance in how the NGE may differentially impact individual school subjects. There is a strong imperative for investigating the NGE for individual subjects rather than using aggregated grades like SAT- or GPA-scores. As they are the primary means of student sorting to higher education and employment Swedish school grades have become increasingly high-stakes (Lundahl, Hultén, & Tveit, 2017) and may be driving student testing and grading anxiety, a factor known to affect test performance. Previous research indicates that students’ levels of test anxiety varies between subjects with the suggestion that there may even be subject-specific anxieties (e.g. mathematics anxiety (Mammarella, Donolato, Caviolo, & Giofrè, 2018)). Student self-efficacy beliefs also vary between subjects, with high self-efficacy thought to be a protective factor against test anxiety (Marsh, 1990; Mammarella, Donolato, Caviolo, & Giofrè, 2018). Different subjects are also taught by different teachers, have different content requiring different modes of thinking, and are likely to receive very different test feedback, another factor which impacts subjects differently (Azmat & Iriberri, 2010). These few examples suggest that the impact of being graded is dependent on several factors which vary from subject to subject, and supports the need to investigate the NGE for different subjects.
This research intends to replicate and extend previous research to investigate how the NGE manifests in different school subjects. By comparing the year 9 grade outcomes in different subjects of students who were either previously graded in year 6 or not it is hoped to establish how the NGE varies across different subjects. As with previous research, how factors such as gender, parental educational background, immigration status, and student’s cognitive ability affect the expression of the NGE will also be investigated.
The research is relevant also to wider audiences than just the Swedish education system. As the NGE has been shown to be robust across variations in the Swedish system it is reasonable to infer that it might exist in other the results of other countries, especially given that Sweden is not unique in using end of year grades for high-stakes purposes like admission to further education and employment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This quasi-experimental study plans to use structural equation modelling or multivariate regression analyses of data collected in the Evaluation Through Follow-up project of Sweden’s compulsory school students. The database contains information from recurring studies of cohorts of students since 1948 to present. The database contains student and parental demographic background and questionnaire data, as well as teacher and school information. The data contains student academic performance measures from multiple points in their academic career as well as cognitive ability measures collected by testing the students in year 6 (age 12/13).
The analysis uses birth-cohorts 1992 (N = 10147) and 2004 (N = 9775). This comparison allows for the evaluation of the academic outcomes of students in cohorts before and after a reform that lowered the age at which students are first graded. The reforms also introduced changes which increased the stakes of grades by i. a. introduction of a fail grade. The outcomes of students who have previously been graded will be compared on a by-subject level to those who have not previously received grades to determine whether having previously received grades has differential effects for different subjects.
In addition to the grading status of the students, the analysis will also include the independent variables for student gender, parental education level, immigration background, and student cognitive ability levels. The dependent variables will be the grade outcomes for the school subjects studied achieved at the end of school year 9 (age 15/16). Data are available for around 14 subjects.
Statistical analysis and modelling will use Mplus version 8.5 (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2019) which can account for missing data and possible clustering effects of students within schools.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Further support for the presence of the NGE is expected. The NGE is expected to vary in magnitude between subjects. However, at this stage, the exact nature of how the NGE varies between the various school subjects or the presence of any patterns or groupings of the subjects has not yet been determined. The remaining independent variables are expected to show similar relationships to the grade outcomes as previous research has established, though again, some between-subject variation is expected, but has not yet been determined. The study is ongoing and results are expected around Summer 2024. The study is a part of the research project funded by the Swedish Research Council (2019-04531).
References
Azmat, G., & Iriberri, N. (2010). The importance of relative performance feedback information: Evidence from a natural experiment using high school students. Journal of Public Economics, 94, 435-452. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpubeco.2010.04.001
Clarke, D. R., Klapp, A., & Rosen, M. (under review). The negative effect of earlier grading.
Facchinello, L. (2014). The impact of early grading on academic choices: mechanisms and social implications. Department of Economics. Stockholm: Stockholm Schools of Economics. Retrieved from https://mysu.sabanciuniv.edu/events/sites/mysu.sabanciuniv.edu.events/files/units/FASS%20Editor/jmp_-_luca_facchinello.pdf
Klapp, A., Cliffordson, C., & Gustafsson, J.-E. (2016). The effect of being graded on later achievement: evidence from 13-year olds in Swedish compulsory school. Educational Psychology, 36(10), 1771-1789. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/01443410.2014.933176
Lundahl, C., Hultén, M., & Tveit, S. (2017). The power of teacher-assigned grades in outcome-based education. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 3(1), 56-66. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2017.1317229
Mammarella, I. C., Donolato, E., Caviolo, S., & Giofrè, D. (2018). Anxiety profiles and protective factors: A latent profile analysis in children. Personality and Individual Differences, 124, 201-208. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2017.12.017
Marsh, H. W. (1990). The structure of academic self-concept: The Marsh/Shavelson Model. Journal of Educational Psychology, 82(4), 623-636.
Muthén, B., & Muthén, L. (1998-2019). Mplus user's guide (8th ed.). Los Angeles, CA: Author.
 
9:30 - 11:0010 SES 04 A: Innovation and Technology in Teacher Education
Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Ainat Guberman
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Trans-formative Change for ECEC Educators’ Professionalism to face Technological Challenges. The ChangeLab in the area of Rovigo (Italy)

Emilia Restiglian2, Juliana Elisa Raffaghelli1

1University of Padova, Italy; 2University of Padova, Italy

Presenting Author: Restiglian, Emilia; Raffaghelli, Juliana Elisa

The unprecedented level of technological interaction that educators and teachers have been forced to engage in as a consequence of the pandemic has altered educational practices and how they interact with children and their families. During the height of the pandemic, staff members exhibited a lack of understanding regarding appropriate technology utilisation. They often turned to unregulated social media platforms to share educational experiences and communicate with families as part of what is considered pedagogical documentation (Restiglian et al., 2023).

Pedagogical documentation has a significant historical background in Italy, dating back to the Reggio approach to education (Edwards, Gandini & Forman, 1998). Utilised primarily to record and recollect noteworthy occurrences and experiences, it also furnishes material to support the reflective practice of children and adults and facilitates the replication, comparability, transparency, and comprehensibility of educational practices (Biffi, 2019). By making the subjective and collaborative learning processes of both children and adults explicit, observable, and evaluable, documentation renders learning visible (Giudici, Rinaldi & Krechevsky, 2001).

After the pandemic, the academic staff endeavoured to reassess documentation, as well as their own professional conduct, in direct correlation with technological advancements. Nonetheless, this has contributed to a social situation in which many families' economic and cultural destitution has increased, resulting in a highly heterogeneous usage pattern that requires revised educational designs that require a paradigm shift relative to the employed tools. In regions with limited state intervention (via municipalities) and substantial variation in the quality of education provided—which is only partially regulated in all aspects—the present condition of nurseries is especially alarming. Lastly, in order to analyse an unconscious decision and a balanced application of technologies (especially social ones), knowledge of the European context is essential. Efforts are being undertaken to provide support for strategies about the ethical utilisation of AI and data, grounded in the AI Act and the GDPR (European Parliament, 2016; 2023). In order to safeguard the identities of European citizens and preserve digital sovereignty, European legislation endeavours to disclose the rationale behind the extraction of data and the psychosocial ramifications of algorithmic manipulation. With the exception of the ECEC system, therefore, circular and conscientious strategies must be implemented in all spheres of lifelong learning. Both the demographic changes taking place in the different Member States and the incorporation of this crucial developmental stage into the Lifelong Learning system contribute to the considerable emphasis on ECEC at the European level (2014) (European Document).

This dilemma is especially pronounced in nurseries in regions where the state's (via municipalities) authority is limited and where substantial variation exists in educational offerings that are only partially regulated by explicit and well-defined policies.

The critical significance of the professionalism exhibited by educators in tackling these concerns becomes evident. However, it is imperative that they are guided towards the arduous processes of societal transformation that we presently confront, given that the intricacy of technological and social progress often induces feelings of being overwhelmed (Raffaghelli, 2022).

Therefore, it appears crucial to prioritise transformative processes in continuing education and training by using a formative methodology that incorporates research and professional development. Our hypothesis is that this methodology contributes to shedding light on the inherent contradictions and tensions that emerge during the implementation of technology. As a secondary hypothesis we propose that technology could develop into an essential tool for facilitating documentation and, consequently, education for all parties involved (including parents, children, and toddlers). This is because technology is expanding its influence to an ever-increasing degree within the fabric of social reality.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Among the methodologies that can support continuous and authentically transformative training is the one called “Changing Lab,” developed by the University of Helsinki and widely implemented in the context of research in the socio-sanitary and educational professions (Sannino & Engestrom, 2017; Morselli, 2019). This methodology promotes a critical, reflective, and oriented approach to real and improving changes through three sessions of activities led by experts who, through the mode of "mirroring," offer and revive informative situations and support the discussion of transformative solutions and changes generated from the laboratory called "ChangeLab.”.
 The research involves the educational staff of three nurseries in the area of Rovigo of different types (public, private, religious), sizes, and geographical locations (city, countryside), for a total of about 20 people. It focuses on the quality of the management of pedagogical documentation on technological support, including communication situations with families that usually adopt social media or instant messaging but also documentation activities that serve educators' internal communication and reflection.
The work will be completed in March 2024 and intends to answer the following research questions: How do smart and digital technologies, from social media to smart toys, cross the lives of our children, our families, and our own professional practice? How does pedagogical documentation, the core of mature educational professionalism, change in the presence of technologies so configured?
The meetings take place at nurseries after working hours for approximately two hours each. They include two presence sessions and one remote session (via Zoom or Meet). These are rather heterogeneous working groups by age and initial training, both in the group-to-group comparison and between groups. The small number of participants enables the full participation of educators and their coordinators. During the present sessions, technology was not used, but rather posters, leaflets, and post-it notes for sharing opinions and points of view useful to open more in-depth discussions. The remote session, however, included the use of some applications such as mentimeter and padlet for the same purposes. As for the data collection, audio recording and pictures from specific perspectives of the work (protecting educators’ privacy) have been adopted after getting the informed consent. The data analysis will be done through discourse and multimodal analysis after verbatim transcription based on the principles of the ChangeLab methodology (Sannino & Engeström, 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
ChangeLab aims to respond to the compelling emergence of exploring and advancing proposals for an agency, i.e., a protagonist of renewed educational professionalism, within an educational and social reality deeply pierced by “smart” technologies based on algorithms and huge amounts of user data.
The research focuses on a crucial educational dimension useful to effectively address the constantly evolving technological-digital challenges and to contribute to the proactive construction of an environment of professional growth and dialogue with families and the territorial community without ever losing sight of the centrality of the child. Its main purpose is the activation of transformative processes within the nurseries involved. It intends to disseminate procedures and results to other nurseries of the area, then engaging in kindergartens (3-6 years) in the perspective of the integrated system 0-6 years provided by the Ministerial Decree no. 65. It also intends to lay the foundations for advancing the request for modification of the content of the course degree in Education Science activated in the city of Rovigo, but managed by the University of Padova.
The research ends up as an exploratory research for the definition of draft guidelines for the use of technologies in nurseries, returning to policy makers (regional and European) a series of reflective elements for defining actions regarding digital practices in education that can deepen some elements contained in the DigiCompEdu (Redecker & Punie, 2017), which at the present stage cannot be fully applied in the integrated system 0-6 years.

References
Biffi, E. (2019). Pedagogical documentation as a shared experience of understanding childhood. In (Eds.) J. Formosinho & J. Peeters, Understanding Pedagogic Documentation in Early Childhood Education. Revealing and Reflecting on High Quality Learning and Teaching (pp. 67-80). Taylor and Francis. https://dx.doi.org/10.4324/9780429030055-5
Edwards, C., Gandini, L., & Forman, G. (Eds.) (1998). The Hundred Languages of Children: The Reggio Emilia Approach Advanced Reflections. Bloomsbury Academic.
European Parliament (2016). General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) EUR-Lex—32016R0679—EN - EUR-Lex (pp. 1–88). European Union Law portal. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2016/679/oj
European Parliament. (2023). Artificial Intelligence act. EPRS (European Parliamentary Research Service). https://www.europarl.europa.eu/RegData/etudes/BRIE/2021/698792/EPRS_BRI(2021)698792_EN.pdf
Giudici, C., Rinaldi, C., & Krechevsky, M. (2001). Making learning visible: Children as individual and group learners. Reggio Children.
Morselli, D. (2019). The Change Laboratory for Teacher Training in Entrepreneurship Education A New Skills Agenda for Europe. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-030-02571-7
Raffaghelli, J. E. (2022). Educators’ data literacy: Understanding the bigger picture. In Learning to Live with Datafication: Educational Case Studies and Initiatives from Across the World (pp. 80–99). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003136842
Redecker, C., & Punie, Y. (2017). European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu. In Joint Research Centre (JRC) Science for Policy report (pp. 1–95). https://doi.org/10.2760/159770
Restiglian, E., Raffaghelli, J. E., Gottardo, M., & Zoroaster, P. (2023). Pedagogical documentation in the era of digital platforms: Early childhood educators’ professionalism in a dilemma. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 31. https://doi.org/10.14507/epaa.31.7909
Sannino, A., & Engeström, Y. (2017). Co-generation of societally impactful knowledge in Change Laboratories. Management Learning, 48(1), 80–96. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350507616671285


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Realizing an International Dimension in Teacher Education Curricula via a Blended Intensive Programme

Ruben Vanderlinde, Karolien Keppens, Simon David, Tammy Schellens

Ghent University, Belgium

Presenting Author: David, Simon

Nowadays, classrooms are becoming increasingly diverse due to demographic changes and worldwide policy initiatives toward a more inclusive educational system. With these increasingly diversifying student populations contrasting with teaching professionals whose demographics haven’t changed as rapidly, coupled with “superficial and partial” attempts at integrating intercultural perspectives in teacher education programs; today’s teachers are inadequately prepared to teach these diverse populations. As such, teacher education is challenged to equip future teachers with global perspectives preparing them to teach in today’s globally interdependent world. To put it differently, teacher education institutions are struggling to realize an international dimension in their curricula (Brown, 2015) and to educate future teachers with intercultural competencies. As such, teacher education is being challenged to increase internationalization and “begin preparing future teachers for the globally interdependent world in which they will work and their students will live, by opening the world to students through international experience and integrating a global perspective throughout the curriculum” (Kissock & Richardson, 2010, p. 89). Realizing internationalization is even more challenging for teacher education institutions (Kissock & Richardson, 2010) because of national educational legislation and local internship regulations.

In this paper, we present a concrete initiative to realize such an international dimension in teacher education aimed at empowering student teachers for tomorrow; by integrating international experiences and global perspectives throughout the curriculum and to “make room for real collaboration to occur” (DelliCarpini, 2009). This concrete initiative is a 3 ECTS-course developed by the European University Network ENLIGHT. ENLIGHT is a European University alliance of ten comprehensive research-intensive universities from 10 European countries (Belgium, Estonia, France, Germany, Ireland, Netherlands, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland). All ENLIGHT teacher education institutions collaborate in the Teacher Education Network (TEN). This network has developed an international collaborative Blended Intensive Programme (BIP) to promote internationalisation in teacher education and to foster student teachers’ global citizenship competencies. BIPs are new Erasmus + formats for short-term mobility.

The BIP developed by the the ENLIGHT Teacher Education Network is structured around the principles of challenge-based education (CBE). CBE is an engaging multidisciplinary approach to teaching and learning that encourages students to leverage the technology and resources they use in their daily lives to solve real-world challenges (Gallagher & Savage, 2023; Nichols & Cator, 2008). Based on this approach, the ENLIGHT TEN BIP was called “Teaching for Global Citizenship in European Classrooms: a challenge-based approach”. A total of 45 student teachers and 11 PhD coaches from the ENLIGHT partner universities participated in the first edition of the BIP (2023). Students from these different institutions worked together in an online and physical component via innovative ways of teaching and learning, following the different phases of the CBE approach.

The BIP consisted of an online pre-programme in which students are introduced to the concept of global citizenship. Subsequently, students went through an online learning path. Moreover, students from the same university engaged in online group discussions and prepared a presentation of their local educational system and the challenges it faces. In a second phase, the participating student teachers and PhD coaches physically met at Ghent University and followed a 5-day on-campus programme with both a social and an academic focus. During this week, students gained insight into the concept of global citizenship through the method of CBE. Concretely, students participated in mixed group assignments, group presentations and workshops, attended guest lectures, and went to visit local schools that are currently facing issues of global citizenship. In a third and final phase, students reflected on their BIP-experience in both an online meeting and a report.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The BIP’s development was explored using a mixed-method research design, targeting two primary research objectives: understanding student teachers’ perspective on the challenge-based approach of the program and examining their experience with the international collaboration aspect to enhance intercultural competencies. By focussing on these research goals, we aimed to gain insight into the student perspective and identify opportunities for improvement.
Data collection included pre-test and post-test phases during the 2022/2023 academic year. Quantitative data was collected through a questionnaire (32 participants), assessing demographic variables, course evaluation (Gonzalez, Montenegro & Lopez, 2012), student engagement (Reeve, 2012), and Intercultural Communication Competence (Arasaratnam, 2009). Analysis was done through SPSS. This was complemented by qualitative data from focus group interviews (35 participants), discussing the added value of CBE, lessons learned, and potential improvements to the Blended Intensive Programme. Thematic analysis was employed to analyze the focus group data, utilizing NVivo software to facilitate this process

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Both quantitative and qualitative research indicated that the participating student teachers had a very positive experience and found the challenge-based BIP to be a highly empowering and innovative pedagogical practice. The results also showed that the social and international aspects of the BIP were deemed crucial by participants. The opportunity for student teachers to interact and familiarize themselves with each other, as well as with the diverse educational systems represented, not only fostered a sense of community among them but also led to more effective and cohesive collaboration. Overall, the development of the BIP and the associated research shows the potential to finally realize an international dimension in teacher education curricula in general, and the development of student teachers’ intercultural competencies in particular.
In our presentation, we will elaborate on the development of our Blended Intensive Programme, the research conducted, and the associated results. We will present our findings in terms of student empowerment, focusing on three key participant groups: student teachers, PhD coaches, and teacher education institutions. Through this, we aim to initiate a debate on concrete actions that can be taken by all stakeholders in teacher education to further internationalization efforts. Our paper presentation will thus (1) detail our efforts in designing a Blended Intensive Programme within the European University alliance ENLIGHT, (2) present our mixed-method research on the BIP’s development and the competence development of student teachers, and (3) facilitate a discussion with the audience on future initiatives to realise an international dimension in teacher education.

References
Arasaratnam, L. A. (2009). The development of a new instrument of intercultural communication competence. Journal of intercultural communication, 9(2), 1-08.
Brown, A. (2015). Promoting global and comparative understandings of education: my yearlong journey. In D. Schwarzer, & B. Bridglall (Eds.), Promoting global and comparative understandings of education (pp. 127-148). Lanham, MD: Lexington Books.
DelliCarpini, M. (2009). Dialogues across disciplines: preparing English-as-a-second-language teachers for interdisciplinary collaboration. Current Issues in Education, 11(2). https://cie.asu.edu/ojs/index.php/cieatasu/article/view/1573
Gallagher, S. E., & Savage, T. (2023). Challenge-based learning in higher education: an exploratory literature review. Teaching in Higher Education, 28(6), 1135-1157.
González, C., Montenegro, H., & López, L. (2012). Analysis of the reliability and validity of the course experience questionnaire (CEQ). Educación y Educadores, 15(1), 63-78.
Kissock, C., & Richardson, P. (2010). Calling for action within the teaching profession: it is time to internationalize teacher education. Teaching Education, 21(1), 89-101.
Nichols, M. H., & Cator, K. (2008). Challenge Based Learning White Paper. Cupertino, California: Apple, Inc.
Reeve, J. (2012). A self-determination theory perspective on student engagement. In S. L. Christenson, A. L. Reschly, & C. Wylie (Eds.), Handbook of research on student engagement (pp. 149-172). New York, NY: Springer.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

How AI-PCK Predicts AI Assisted Instruction Intention: A Study with Pre-service Teachers in China

Jiayi Wang

Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of

Presenting Author: Wang, Jiayi

The development and application of artificial intelligence (AI) has empowered and accelerated the process of education and teaching transformation. Although prior studies have examined the forms of integrating AI into education, insights into the effective factors impacting pre-service teachers’ AI assisted instruction intention (AI-AII) are rather limited. Considering this gap, this study constructed a structural model among AI-AII, AI pedagogical content knowledge (AI-PCK), AI technological knowledge (AI-TK), performance expectancy (PE), effort expectancy (EE), social influence (SI), and facilitating conditions (FC). Data were collected from 1391 pre-service teachers in China. Results of the modeling effort indicate that the pre-service teachers’ AI-PCK, EE, PE, SI, and FC positively predict their AI-AII. However, pre-service teachers’ AI-TK had indirect effects on their AI-AII. These insights are important for educators and policymakers to consider in designing teacher education and professional development related to foster pre-service teachers’ behavioral intention to use AI in teaching.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The online questionnaire comprised of two sections. The initial section focused on gathering background information from participants, encompassing aspects such as gender, university category, grade level, majors, enrollment in educational technology courses, and familiarity with AI-assisted teaching. The second part sought to assess the intention of pre-service teachers to utilize artificial intelligence in their teaching. This component had seven constructs: Performance Expectancy, Effort Expectancy, Social Influence, Facilitating Conditions, AI-TK, AI-PCK, and Behavioral Intention.
Data analysis consisted of 4 stages: exploratory factor analysis (EFA), Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA), reliability analysis, and Structural Equation Modeling (SEM). Descriptive statistical analysis was conducted on all samples using SPSS 27.0. First, a randomly selected 50% of cases (N = 696) were used for performing the EFA of instrument in IBM SPSS 27.0 to clarify the factors. The sample size of EFA met the subject to item ratio of 10:1 suggested by Gorsuch(1983). Then the structural equation modelling (SEM) technique was employed using AMOS 26.0 with the remaining 50% (N = 695) of observations to examine the measurement model and the structural model. Subsequently, latent variable path analysis was conducted in order to evaluate the hypotheses.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our results showed that AI-TK exerted indirect effects on pre-service teachers’ behavioral intention to AI for assisted teaching. This indicated that AI may not have always been a preferred tool among teachers who were aware of how AI could enhance teaching and learning in general unless they understood the pedagogical benefits. Further, AI-based tools could emphasize their pedagogical advantages (such as timely and personalized feedback). The outcomes demonstrate that both AI-TK and AI-PCK possess direct predictive influence over performance expectancy and effort expectancy. In accordance with UTAUT theory, this study confirmed that PE, EE, SI and FC positively influenced pre-service teachers’ behavioral intention to use AI for assisted teaching. Among these factors, effort expectancy serves as a direct predictor of pre-service teachers' inclination to utilize AI. This underscores the necessity for governmental bodies or educational institutions aiming to foster the amalgamation of AI and teaching in universities to aid pre-service teachers in comprehending AI's utility for their future instructional practices.
References
An, X., Chai, C. S., Li, Y., Zhou, Y., Shen, X., Zheng, C., & Chen, M. (2023). Modeling English teachers’ behavioral intention to use artificial intelligence in middle schools. Education and Information Technologies, 28(5), 5187-5208.
Bardakcı, S., & Alkan, M. F. (2019). Investigation of Turkish preservice teachers’ intentions to use IWB in terms of technological and pedagogical aspects. Education and Information Technologies, 24, 2887-2907.
Bibauw, S., François, T., & Desmet, P. (2019). Discussing with a computer to practice a foreign language: Research synthesis and conceptual framework of dialogue-based CALL. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 32(8), 827-877.
Celik, I., Dindar, M., Muukkonen, H., & Järvelä, S. (2022). The promises and challenges of artificial intelligence for teachers: A systematic review of research. TechTrends, 66(4), 616-630.
Chatterjee, S., & Bhattacharjee, K. K. (2020). Adoption of artificial intelligence in higher education: A quantitative analysis using structural equation modelling. Education and Information Technologies, 25, 3443-3463.
Chen, X., Zou, D., Xie, H., Cheng, G., & Liu, C. (2022). Two decades of artificial intelligence in education. Educational Technology & Society, 25(1), 28-47.
Chiu, T. K., & Chai, C.-s. (2020). Sustainable curriculum planning for artificial intelligence education: A self-determination theory perspective. Sustainability, 12(14), 5568.
Chocarro, R., Cortiñas, M., & Marcos-Matás, G. (2023). Teachers’ attitudes towards chatbots in education: a technology acceptance model approach considering the effect of social language, bot proactiveness, and users’ characteristics. Educational Studies, 49(2), 295-313.
Divekar, R. R., Lepp, H., Chopade, P., Albin, A., Brenner, D., & Ramanarayanan, V. (2021). Conversational agents in language education: where they fit and their research challenges. International Conference on Human-Computer Interaction,
Dogan, S., Dogan, N. A., & Celik, I. (2021). Teachers’ skills to integrate technology in education: Two path models explaining instructional and application software use. Education and Information Technologies, 26, 1311-1332.
Du, Y., & Gao, H. (2022). Determinants affecting teachers’ adoption of AI-based applications in EFL context: An analysis of analytic hierarchy process. Education and Information Technologies, 27(7), 9357-9384.
Edwards, C., Edwards, A., Spence, P. R., & Lin, X. (2018). I, teacher: using artificial intelligence (AI) and social robots in communication and instruction. Communication Education, 67(4), 473-480.
Geng, J., Chai, C.-S., Jong, M. S.-Y., & Luk, E. T.-H. (2021). Understanding the pedagogical potential of Interactive Spherical Video-based Virtual Reality from the teachers’ perspective through the ACE framework. Interactive Learning Environments, 29(4), 618-633.
 
9:30 - 11:0010 SES 04 C: Teacher Identity
Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Michael Schlauch
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

The Teaching Profession as a Social Identity: Consequences for Teacher Training

Nicanora Wächter1, Anselm Böhmer2

1PH Schwäbisch Gmünd, Germany; 2PH Ludwigsburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Wächter, Nicanora

The question of equality within school systems is being discussed with new fervour as social cohesion in European society seems under duress. This brings on the demand for changes in the training of teachers as they are seen as the body that can offer the most immediate remedy for discrimination within the school system, which can be a way to promote social equality within the whole of society. An up-to-date understanding of diversity and its consequences is paramount for teachers to tackle this task.

Looking at material collected during a course on “diversity in school” as part of a teacher training degree (Bachelor level), we tried to understand how students' perception of diversity is being influenced by the presentation and discussion of scientific findings on diversity and the consequences they should have for teachers' actions. The insights are used to draw conclusions on how to make the teaching of critical educational research more effective.

Dealing with diversity is an essential part of professionalization, which, however, poses multiple challenges for students' identities: becoming aware of being themselves a person with a diversified identity, and becoming competent in dealing with others' diversity through a so-called "glocal" competence that enables future teachers in diverse classrooms to negotiate, adapt, and collaborate in a super diverse environment while maintaining local attitudes (Madden, 2022).

Teacher training for dealing with diversity often targets an intersection between personality and future profession. Reflection on behavior towards students and the recognition of needs in them necessarily mean a confrontation with personal beliefs and traits. The training as a teacher, however, also has a dimension that transcends the individual level. Teachers and those studying to be such become a community of practice (abbr. CoP, Wenger, 1998) as they develop their skills and negotiate strategies together. The CoP develops into a social group with boundaries of membership and a social identity (Hornsey, 2008). Such a social identity can be described as a professional identity since it supersedes the boundaries of the members that physically meet and know each other to include ideas of what members of the teaching profession are like (Ashcraft, 2013).

For teachers, this means they accept the tacit knowledge of their ingroup as true to become full members of the CoP: they accept the narratives of the diversity discourse as it develops around schools through political documents and professional discourse. In the school system, this discourse often is built on a perception of reality that is no longer in tune with social realities: it still assumes students who are able-bodied, monolingual, and with only one, Christian-based middle-class culture as a background to be the majority, the benchmark of normality (Schmidt/Wächter, 2023). This has far-reaching consequences for teacher students. To be accepted into the CoP of teachers, they must subscribe to this perception of reality, which is at odds with the basis of much of the scientific findings they are presented with in training. Their peers expect them to react to situations in line with ingroup convictions, for example, with regard to labeling and consequent discrimination of student groups because of ingroup narratives. This produces a dissonance between professional training and practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data for this study was collected during a non-compulsory Bachelor seminar. Students (n = 35) were asked over a 14-week period to reflect online on topics covered in the course that week. The material was collected and interpreted regarding what way the research presented in class integrated into the students' reflections over the course of the seminar. Following Nowell et al. (2017), a thematic analysis was conducted. The interpretation was performed first independently by each author, then discussed and synchronized.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings suggest that students go into the course with beliefs about diversity that are firmly rooted in professional and public diversity discourse. As the teaching progresses, they show in their responses that they understood and processed the research presented. Strikingly, however, when asked to reflect on future professional behavior and confronted with situations from the teaching profession, they fall back into reasonings that show connections to diversity discourse and not the research presented. It is the argument of the paper that these findings show the limitations of mere scientific instruction in teacher training. Instead, students must be helped to develop a professional identity that does not see the adaptation of scientific research into their professional beliefs as opposed to CoP membership. Some tentative suggestions as to how that can be achieved are posed in the paper. They seem transferrable to other (national) settings of training.
References
Ashcraft K.L. (2013). The glass slipper: incorporating occupational identity in Management studies. Academy of Management Review(38 (1), 6–31.
Hornsey, M. J. (2008). Social Identity Theory and Self-categorization Theory: A Historical Review. Social and Personality Psychology Compass, 2(1), 204–222.
Madden, O. (2022). Fostering foreign language student teachers’ glocal competence through telecollaboration. Australian Journal of Applied Linguistics, 5(3), 158–178.
Nowell, L. S., Norris, J. M., White, D. E., & Moules, N. J. (2017). Thematic Analysis: Striving to Meet the Trustworthiness Criteria. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 16, 1–13.
Schmidt, C. & Wächter, N. (2023). Die Moralisierung der Diversität im baden-württembergischen Bildungsplan. heiEDUCATION Journal. Transdisziplinäre Studien zur Lehrerbildung, 12, 55–79.
Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning and identity. New York: Cambridge University Press


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Entering the Profession: The Ethico-political Identity Formation of the Newly Qualified Teacher

Desmond Carswell1, Paul F Conway2

1Mary Immaculate College, Ireland; 2University of Limerick, Limerick, Ireland

Presenting Author: Carswell, Desmond

Context: Understanding newly qualified teachers’ experiences of arrival into the profession is a well-established research concern in teacher professional learning discourse (Ingersoll and Strong 2011; Kearney 2014, 2015, 2021; Aspfors and Fransson 2015; Spooner-lane 2017; Reeves et al 2022; Shanks et al 2022). Such research has highlighted the complexity of this transition: for example (i) the tensions that newly qualified teachers [NQTs hereafter] may experience (Aspfors and Bondas 2013; Pillen et al 2013; Correa et al, 2015; Van der Wal et al 2019; Stenberg and Maaranen 2021; Kvam et al 2023), (ii) the stress associated with entering the profession (Gallant and Riley 2017; Kelchtermans 2017b; Schaefer and Clandinin 2019; Mc Carthy et al 2020; Schaefer et al 2021), (iii) the techniques used to navigate school micro-politics (Kelchtermans and Ballet 2002a, 2002b; Kvam et al 2023) and (iv) a variety of coping mechanisms that NQTs employ in response to the challenges of arrival in the profession (Mansfield et al 2014; Christensen et al 2018; Bjørndal et al 2022; Lindqvist et al 2022). In parallel, the need for supporting NQT professional learning/socialisation into the profession is a well-established international policy concern (OECD 2005, 2019a, 2019b, 2020; European Commission 2010; European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice 2021; Courtney et al 2023). Subsequently, and in most jurisdictions, NQT induction into the profession has become an established component of teacher education continu/pathways. Despite such widespread attention, there are emerging concerns regarding how NQTs are positioned within induction support structures (Corea et al 2015; Simmie et al 2017; Kelchtermans 2019; Kvam et al 2023). For example, Kelchtermans (2019, p. 86) makes the case that ‘deficit thinking’ in teacher induction/mentoring processes (i) positions the NQT as ‘incomplete and not fully competent’ and (ii) focuses on ‘individual’s weaknesses and shortcomings, rather than their strengths and potential’. To counter the potential for deficit thinking, Kelchtermans (2019, p. 87) argues that ‘the very idea of early career teachers and teacher induction needs to be re-thought, reconceptualised and revised’ and one of the mechanisms put forward for doing so is to acknowledge NQTs existing expertise and agency. We see that this is best approached by appraising NQT arrival in the profession as a form of ‘identity learning’ (Geijsel and Meijers 2006, p. 420) i.e., the ways NQTs navigate ‘the collective meaning-giving’ and ‘personal sense-making’ (Geijsel and Meijers 2006, p. 428) that accompanies the transition.

Aim: Using a Foucauldian framework (Foucault 1983, 1985; Clarke 2009), the aim of this paper therefore is to understanding how NQTs construct themselves in ethico-political terms i.e., how NQTs, both as person and teacher, construct the relationship that they have with themselves.

Conceptual Framework: Informed by Foucault (1983a, 1985) our understanding of the ethico-political is framed by his conceptualisation of both the ‘values and rules of action that are recommended to individuals through the intermediary of various prescriptive agencies’ (Foucault 1985, p. 25) and the enactment of ‘real behaviour’ by ‘individuals in relation to rules and values that are recommended to them’ (Foucault 1985, 25). As a fusion between the political and the personal, we understand ‘real behaviour’ as those ascendant discourses that steer how the NQT sees themselves and importantly, how they wish to be seen by others. This paper addresses the ethico-political identity of the NQT in terms (i) the ethical substance i.e., the ways that the NQT constitutes themselves (ii) the authority sources i.e., the attributed sources through which the the NQT comes to know their ethical substance (iii) self-practices i.e., the ethical work that the NQT undertakes to understand themselves vis-à-vis unfolding experiences and (iv) telos i.e., the mode of being the prospective teacher aspires toward.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is located within a wider research context that followed a small sample of primary school teachers across their final semester of initial teacher education (n=4) across the first year of teaching (n=3). The university research ethics board approved the study and participants were provided with an information letter prior to signing in consenting to participate. Framed within the interpretivist paradigm, phase 1 of the broader study consisted used multiple interview techniques including photovoice-elicited interview (Wang and Burris 1997) emphasising biographical story-telling (Court, Merav & Ornan 2009; Altan & Lane 2018) and semi-structured interview and unstructured interview (Kvale 1996; Brinkman and Kvale 1996; Roulston 2010). This paper uses data collected during phase two of the study which consisted of two rounds of unstructured interview that took place at the close of each teaching term (autumn and summer) during participants first year in the profession. While the interviews were unstructured, each ethico-political axis was used to frame the flow of the conversation.  Interviews were transcribed and the transcripts cleaned to remove fillers, colloquialisms and repetition. Data was reflexively interpreted (Gudmundsdottir 1996) in the thematic analysis tradition (Braun and Clarke 2009, 2022) using ethical self-formation axes as deductive lens. Indicative findings from the first round of interviews were (re)explored during the second round. In order to demonstrate the generativity of ethico-political conceptualisation of NQT identity formation, this paper will focus on one illustrative and composite case (Seán) sequencing our analysis as substance, telos, authority sources and self-practices. Applying Flyvberg (2006), we believe that ‘the force of example’ (p. 229) of a ‘good case narrative’ (p. 237) enables ‘a nuanced view’ (p. 227) of NQT ethico-political identity formation that has worthwhileness via the depth of insight it provides.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings illuminate NQT identity as: (i) a multi-dimensional, character-oriented ethical substance comprised of three interactive/reactive dimensions (emotional, pedagogic and professional) with unique subjective resources within each dimension. (ii) telos as three interactive/reactive valuational endpoints (practical, professional and pedagogic) with unique moral imperatives within each endpoint (iii) NQTs perception of their social-professional standing in the school as a nascent authority source of NQT identity formation and ethical work  in the form of two dynamic self-practices (observational self-practices in the looking-glass tradition and ongoing self-reflection on the basis of such observations).  
In the context of calls to revisit how we think about NQTs and their socialisation into the profession, the paper concludes by contemplating the generativity of an ethico-political conceptualisation of NQT identity formation and professional learning upon entering the profession  for reconceptualising NQT professional learning in terms of its contextual, conceptual, integrative and potentially transformative utility.

References
Clarke. M. (2009). The ethico-politics of teacher identity. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 41(2), 185–200.
Correa, J. M., Martínez-Arbelaiz, A., & Aberasturi-Apraiz, E. (2015). Post-modern reality shock: Beginning teachers as sojourners in communities of practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 48, 66–74.
Courtney, Austin, C. K., & Zolfaghari, M. (2023). International perspectives on teacher induction: A systematic review. Teaching and Teacher Education, Volume 125
European Commission, (2010). Developing coherent and system-wide induction programmes for beginning teachers: A handbook for policymakers, European Commission Staff Working Document SEC (2010) (final. Commission of the European Communities)European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, (2021).
European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice Teachers in europe: Careers, development and well-being (Eurydice report) Publications Office of the European Union (2021)
Flyvbjerg, B. (2006) Five misunderstandings about case-study research, Qualitative Inquiry, (2006),12(2): 219
Foucault, M. (1983a). On the genealogy of ethics: an overview of a work in progress in: Rabinow, P. (1994) The essential works of Michel Foucault 1954 – 1984 Volume 1: Ethics (pp. 253 – 281), London: Penguin Books
Foucault, M. (1985). The use of pleasure: volume 2 of the history of sexuality, (Translated from the French by Robert Hurley), New York, Random House
Geijsel, F. & Meijers, F. (2005). Identity learning: the core process of educational change, Educational Studies, 31(4), 419–430.
Kelchtermans, G. (2019). Early career teachers and their need for support: thinking again in A. Sullivan et al. (eds.), Attracting and Keeping the Best Teachers, Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 16, Springer Nature Singapore Pte Ltd
Kelchtermans, & Ballet, K. (2002a). The micropolitics of teacher induction. A narrative-biographical study on teacher socialisation. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18( 1), 105–120.
Kvam, E.K., Ulvick, M., & Eide, L. (2023). Newly qualified teachers’ experiences of support in a micro-political perspective. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, (ahead-of-print), 1–13.
OECD (2005). Teachers Matter: Attracting, Developing and Retaining Effective Teachers, Education and Training Policy, OECD Publishing, Paris,
OECD (2019a). A Flying Start: Improving Initial Teacher Preparation Systems, OECD Publishing, Paris,
Simmie, G.M., de Paor, C., Liston, J., & O’Shea, J. (2017). Discursive positioning of beginning teachers’ professional learning during induction: a critical literature review from 2004 to 2014. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 45(5), 505–519.
Simmie, G.M., de Paor, C., Liston, J., & O’Shea, J. (2017). Discursive positioning of beginning teachers’ professional learning during induction: a critical literature review from 2004 to 2014. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 45(5), 505–519.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

What Kind of Teachers Do We Want? Policy Trajectories on Teacher Education Across the UK and Ireland.

Martin Hagan1, Rose Dolan2, Margaret McColl3, Elaine Sharpling4, Lisa Murtagh5

1St. Mary's University College, United Kingdom; 2Maynooth University, Ireland; 3Glasgow University, United Kingdom; 4University of Wales, Trinity, St. David; 5Manchester University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: McColl, Margaret

This paper provides an analysis of teacher education policy across the UK and its closest European partner, Ireland and considers the extent to which it enables the enactment of teacher agency to support an enhanced teacher professionalism. Anderson (2010:541) defines agency as the teacher’s ‘capacity to make choices, take principled action, and enact change’. Biesta and Tedder (2006) adopt an ecological approach, suggesting that professional action is defined by the context within which the teacher finds themselves. Similarly, Molla and Nolan (2020) suggest that professional practice emerges from an interplay between systemic expectations, contexts and personal dispositions. To understand the link between agency and professionalism therefore, consideration must be given to the connections between the different variables which influence teachers’ lives.

Moving along a continuum from reflective, to prescriptive professionalism, the paper begins with a consideration of the contextual and policy variables in Ireland, North and South. In both jurisdictions, there is a strong regulatory requirement for entry to, and accreditation of teacher education programmes. In Ireland, the Teaching Council (TC) is responsible for the registration of teachers and the promotion of high standards in teaching. The TC’s Policy on the Continuum of Teacher Education (2011) has been implemented through Cosán: Framework for Teachers’ Learning (2016a), Droichead: The Integrated Professional Induction Framework (2017) and Céim: Standards for Initial Teacher Education (2020), with professionalism as one of the guiding principles for each framework. Similarly, in Northern Ireland, the General Teaching Council (GTCNI) oversees the registration and professional development of teachers through its competence framework, Teaching: The Reflective Profession (GTCNI, 2007). More recently, there is also Learning Leaders: A Strategy for Teacher Professional Learning (DENI, 2016) which focuses on the promotion of leadership at all levels. Both jurisdictions also place a strong emphasis on the importance of ethics, values, and dispositions, and provide guidance and support to teachers in these areas.

Secondly, the paper explores how policy ideas travel across the organisational boundaries between the two devolved jurisdictions of Scotland and Wales. In particular, the paper focuses on curriculum reform and how government-appointed advisors act as intermediaries in the design and enactment of policy ideas (Hulme et al., 2020). Key policy documents from Scotland and Wales, including: Successful Futures (Donaldson, 2023); and Teaching Scotland’s Future (Donaldson, 2010) are analysed through the concepts of ‘spaces and time’ (McCann and Ward, 2013:10) to examine how such trans-national policy making is then experienced by teachers and teacher educators in the local context (Stone, 2004).

Finally, the paper turns to England where, there is considerable emphasis on policy initiatives associated with marketisation and a culture of entrepreneurialism; standards-based and outcomes-defined policy reforms and developments, underpinned by managerialist ideologies. Coupled with this, there has been increased technologies of governance, leading to ever tightening regulatory control and surveillance driven by a focus on accountability and professional standards alongside the provision of centralised curricula. A Market Review of Initial Teacher Training (DfE 2021) and the introduction of a Core Content Framework (DfE, 2019) has seen pre-service teacher education become narrowed, premised on ‘permitted’ pedagogies, practice, curriculum content, and the expectation of standardisation regarding what beginning teachers need to know and be able to do. This reductive form of teacher preparation leads to what we might call ‘pedagogies of the same, rather than pedagogies of difference’ (Lingard, 2007:248); neglecting the role that teachers, schools and universities play in designing assessments and curricula in response to student needs, and in respect of professional knowledge and expertise.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Firstly, we identified key policy documents (as outlined above) from each jurisdiction which had direct relevance to teacher professional learning and development. The overarching methodological approach to analysis we adopted was a reflective and hermeneutical one. This was appropriate given that each of the researchers works in the field of teacher education at all levels and has a reflexive relationship with practicing teachers as well as a range of other key stakeholders involved in teacher professional learning. As researchers and practitioners, we are sensitive to the context within which the respective policies are developed and implemented, and we fully understand the specificities, subtleties and nuances of the particular jurisdictions which are the focus of the paper.

In terms of an analytical framework which would have relevance across each jurisdiction, we referred to Ozga, (2000: 95) who suggests that policy texts may be analysed in terms of the messages they convey regarding: the source of the policy, in terms of whose interests it serves and its relationship to global, national and local imperatives; the scope of the policy as to how it frames the issues and relationships embedded within it; and finally, the pattern of the policy and how it can alter stakeholder relationships and necessitate institutional and/or systemic change. Given that the issues of source, scope and pattern directly relate to the issue of teacher agency and the promotion of professionalism, which is the focus of this paper, this model provided a useful framework upon which to begin to identify themes and build an analysis of the relevant policy documents. Ryan and Bernard (2003) suggest that an emphasis on repetition, preferably across data sources, is probably one of the most important criteria to identify patterns in data which in turn may be regarded as themes. In addition to repetition, they suggest that identified themes must always resonate closely with the focus of the research and the question it is addressing. So with that in mind, and keeping the focus of teacher agency at the forefront, we also employed Molla and Nolan’s (2020) five facets of teacher professional agency to consider the extent to which policy discourses and trajectories in each jurisdiction promoted or enabled teachers to develop inquisitive (opportunities for professional learning), deliberative (focussed on personal mission and purpose), recognitive (to enhance professional recognition and status), responsive (focussed on issues of social justice) and moral (ethical and values-based) agency.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study suggests that across the UK and Ireland, there is a discourse continuum on teacher education which moves from a reflective professionalism in Ireland, North and South, where there is a strong emphasis on the importance of values and ethics; through to a monitored professionalism in Scotland and Wales, reflecting a concern for stronger, centralised control; to a prescriptive professionalism in England where centralisation and control have become the hallmarks of teacher education policy.

Regarding teacher agency, across Ireland the discourse supports deliberative, recognitive, responsive and moral teacher agency but is perhaps lacking in developing inquisitive agency. In Northern Ireland, this is exacerbated due to the lack of local government and ensuant inertia in policy implementation. In Scotland and Wales, a similarity of approach has been taken to policy development and implementation, but whilst the dimensions to professionalism and agency apparent in Ireland have been equally promoted, there is a tension between a desire for subsidiarity coupled with that for centralisation. In England, there is an assumption by government that ITE can be de-contextualised, and open to increasingly generic training provision. The emphasis on prescriptive and generic training materials comes at the expense of contextually based and diverse professional learning, and in the absence of more tailored experiences teacher agency seems to be becoming diminished at all levels.

The paper supports a deeper understanding of the importance of relationships in the policy formation process and the consequences of this upon what Ozga (2000:44) describes as the ‘struggle for teacher autonomy and responsibility in a ‘social justice’ project, set against the modernising, economising project for teachers that seeks to guarantee their efficiency by enhancing their flexibility and encouraging them to accept standardised forms of practice’.

References
Anderson, L., (2010). Embedded, emboldened, and (net) working for change: Support-seeking and teacher agency in urban, high-needs schools. Harvard Educational Review, Vol. 80 (4): 541-573.

Biesta, G., & Tedder, M. (2006). How is agency possible? Towards an ecological understanding of agency-as-achievement. Learning lives: Learning, identity, and agency in the life course.

Department of Education for Northern Ireland (DENI). (2016). Learning Leaders: A Strategy for Teacher Professional Learning. Bangor: DENI. Available at: https://gtcni.org.uk/cmsfiles/Resource365/Resources/365/DENI-Learning-Leaders-Strategy.pdf (Accessed 30 January 2024).

Department for Education (DfE). (2019a). ITT Core Content Framework. London, HM Government. Available at: https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/974307/ITT_core_content_framework_.pdf (Accessed 30 January 2024).

Department for Education (DfE). (2021). Initial teacher training (ITT) market review report. Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/initial-teacher-training-itt-market-review-report (Accessed 30 January 2024).

Donaldson, G. (2015) Successful Futures. Welsh Government. Available at: successful-futures.pdf (gov.wales) (Accessed: 30 January 2024).

Donaldson, G. (2010) Teaching Scotland’s Future. Scottish Government. Available at: https://dera.ioe.ac.uk/id/eprint/2178/7/0110852_Redacted.pdf (Accessed: 30 January 2024).

General Teaching Council for Northern Ireland (2007). Teaching: The Reflective Profession, Belfast: GTCNI [Online]. Available at: https://gtcni.org.uk/cmsfiles/Resource365/Resources/Publications/The_Reflective_Profession.pdf (30 January 2024).

Hulme, M., Beauchamp, G., & Clarke, L. (2020). Doing advisory work: the role of expert advisers in national reviews of teacher education. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 44(4), 498-512.

Lingard, B. (2013). Historicizing and contextualizing global policy discourses: Test-and standards-based accountabilities in education. International Education Journal: Comparative Perspectives, Vol. 12 (2).

McCann, E., and Ward, K. (2013). “A Multi-disciplinary approach to policy transfer research: Geographies, assemblages, mobilities and mutations.” Policy Studies Vol. 34 (1): 2–18. doi:10.1080/01442872.2012.748563.

Molla, T., & Nolan, A. (2020). Teacher agency and professional practice. Teachers and Teaching, Vol. 26 (1): 67-87.

Ozga, J. (2000). Policy Research in Educational Settings. Buckingham. Open University Press.

Ryan, G. W. and Bernard, H. R. (2003). Techniques to identity themes. Field Methods, Vol. 15, pp. 85-109.

Stone, D. (2004). “Transfer agents and global networks in the “Trans-nationalization” of policy.” Journal of European Public Policy 11 (3): 545–566. doi:10.1080/13501760410001694291.

Teaching Council (2011). Policy on the Continuum of Teacher Education. Available at:  https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/en/publications/teacher-education/policy-on-the-continuum-of-teacher-education.pdf (30 January 2024).

Teaching Council (2016a). Cosán: Framework for Teachers’ Learning. Available at:  https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/en/publications/teacher-education/cosan-framework-for-teachers-learning.pdf (Accessed 5 May 2023).

Teaching Council (2017). Droichead: The Integrated Professional Induction Framework. Available at:  https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/en/_fileupload/droichead-2017/droichead-the-integrated-professional-induction-policy.pdf. (Accessed 5 May 2023).

Teaching Council (2020). Céim: Standards for Initial Teacher Education. Available at:  https://www.teachingcouncil.ie/en/news-events/latest-news/ceim-standards-for-initial-teacher-education.pdf (Accessed 5 May 2023).
 
9:30 - 11:0010 SES 04 D: Induction, Identity and Belonging
Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Sandra Jederud
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Student Teachers as In-Service Teachers in Schools: Instructional Activities, Social Support, and Work-Related Stress

André Meyer, Eric Richter, Sebastian Kempert

University of Potsdam, Germany

Presenting Author: Meyer, André

Around the globe, schools are facing growing teacher shortages (Ingersoll & Tran, 2023). Approximately 40% of teachers in the European Union will retire within the next few years, opening up numerous vacancies for qualified teaching staff that will urgently need to be filled (European Commission, 2015). To meet the need for teachers capable of providing high-quality instruction, schools are increasingly turning to student teachers—that is, teacher candidates who have not yet completed their teacher training programs and are not yet licensed—as part-time in-service teachers (Scheidig & Holmeier, 2022).

The multitude of demands inherent to the teaching profession—from dealing with classroom disruptions, inadequate teaching materials, and heterogeneous student populations to navigating relationships with parents and accomplishing administrative tasks—can be challenging for teachers and especially for student teachers (Brevik et al., 2018). In this respect, the phase of learning school practices can be considered decisive for the individual teaching career. During this phase, (novice) teachers may experience failures due to challenging situations in the classroom that can lead to decreased job satisfaction and a higher intention to leave the profession (Admiraal & Kittelsen Røberg, 2023).

According to the Job Demands-Ressources model, the challenges of the teaching profession, such as classroom disruptions, represent demands that are inherent to the job context (Hakanen et al., 2006). Job demands are positively associated with higher emotional exhaustion, job-related anxiety, and health complaints in teachers (see Bakker & Demerouti, 2017). The more demanding teachers perceive their workload to be, the more they need mental and physical resources to cope with these demands. These resources can be differentiated in job-related resources (e.g., social support from colleagues) and personal resources (e.g., high self-efficacy beliefs; Bakker & Demerouti, 2017). Job-related resources refer to “psychological or material resources that are provided to a focal individual by partners in some form of social relationship” and include social support from peers and colleagues (Jolly et al., 2021, p. 229). In this regard, mentor teachers play a crucial role in providing social support to novice teachers, who usually lack professional skills to cope with stressors (Richter et al., 2013). Personal resources, however, include individual self-efficacy beliefs (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017). Teachers with higher levels of self-efficacy feel more confident in their ability to deal with challenging situations in the classroom, which may protect them from feeling overwhelmed by the high demands of the teaching profession (Klassen & Durksen, 2014).

To date, there has been no empirical research on the activities that student teachers carry out in schools. In particular, there is no evidence on how student teachers perceive the demands of their job, whether they receive social support from colleagues, or how they rate their self-efficacy beliefs. For this reason, the present study investigated the instructional activities of student teachers in schools and the relationship between instructional activities and work-related stress. Moreover, we examined the moderating effect of social support from colleagues and student teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs in this relationship drawing on theoretical rationales from the JD-R model (Bakker & Demerouti, 2017):

RQ1: Can student teachers be grouped according to their instructional activities in school?

RQ2: How do student teachers assess their social support, self-efficacy, and work-related stress?

RQ3: What is the relationship between student teachers’ instructional activities in schools and their work-related stress? Do self-efficacy and social support moderate this relationship?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We collected cross-sectional data from 172 student teachers—that is, teacher candidates who were currently employed part-time in a school—through an online-based survey. Among them, 54% were undergraduates and 44% were enrolled in a master’s teacher training program. Fifty-seven percent of student teachers were enrolled in a teacher training program to teach at the primary level, and 43% were enrolled in a program to teach at the secondary level.

For RQ1, we assessed instructional activities using five items of increasing complexity, rated dichotomously (0 = No, 1 = Yes): "I tutor individual students," "I co-teach classes with other teachers," "I occasionally cover for other teachers," "I teach classes on my own," and "I am a homeroom or class teacher on my own." To answer RQ2, we asked student teachers to report on the work-related stress they experienced as a result of their job demands (i.e., instructional activities; Böhm-Kasper et al., 2000): “I often feel exhausted and stressed because of my professional tasks”. We further asked student teachers to report on the social support they receive from their colleagues in school (Schulz & Schwarzer, 2003): “My colleagues offer me help when I’m in need”. Moreover, we used three items to measure student teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs (Schwarzer & Jerusalem, 1999): “I am sure that I can help students with severe difficulties when I try”. All items were rated on a four-point Likert scale from 1 (strongly disagree) to 4 (strongly agree).

RQ1 analysis involved latent class analyses (LCA) with increasing class numbers to identify latent groups based on instructional activities. LCA assigns probability estimates indicating group membership likelihood (Weller et al., 2020). For RQ2, we computed descriptive statistics and scale means, conducting a multivariate analysis of variance (MANOVA) to compare latent groups on social support, self-efficacy, and work-related stress. With regard to RQ3, we used structural equation modeling (SEM) to examine the association between student teachers’ instructional activities and their work-related stress. To this end, we modelled a latent factor for student teachers’ work-related stress, which we regressed on the manifest variable for group affiliation based on the results from LCA. We conducted a moderation analysis to investigate the interaction of social support and student teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs with this relationship.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results from LCA revealed three groups (RQ1): In Group 1, student teachers tutored individual students, co-taught, and covered for colleagues but didn't teach independently or have sole class responsibility. Group 2 focused on independent teaching. Group 3 engaged in various activities, including covering for colleagues, independent teaching, occasional tutoring, co-teaching, and holding sole class responsibility.

In RQ2, all student teacher groups reported moderate to high levels of work-related stress (2.08 < M < 2.74) and self-efficacy (2.93 < M < 3.16), along with high social support (3.28 < M < 3.42). There is a significant difference in work-related stress among latent groups (F(6/306) = 4.17, p < .001, η² = .08), indicating that those in Groups 2 and 3, engaged in more complex instructional activities, reported higher stress levels.

With regard to RQ3, our results suggest that student teachers who mainly taught classes on their own (Group 2: β = .30, p < .001) or carried out a variety of instructional activities in their school (Group 3: β = .35, p < .001) experienced higher work-related stress. We found for both groups that social support from colleagues appears to be a factor that contributed to lower levels of work-related stress (Group 2: β = -.19; Group 3: β = -.24).

The results of this study should be interpreted, however, in light of its methodological limitations, such as the cross-sectional study design. Yet, our study contributes to filling a gap in the empirical literature by offering a better understanding of what instructional activities student teachers carry out in schools, how they perceive the field experiences they have sought out for themselves, and how well their needs for professional well-being are being met.

References
Admiraal, W., & Kittelsen Røberg, K.-I. (2023). Teachers’ job demands, resources and their job satisfaction: Satisfaction with school, career choice and teaching profession of teachers in different career stages. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, 104063. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104063

Bakker, A. B., & Demerouti, E. (2017). Job demands-resources theory: Taking stock and looking forward. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 22(3), 273–285. https://doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000056

Böhm-Kasper, O., Bos, W., Jaeckel, S., & Weishaupt, H. (2000). EBI. Das Erfurter Belastungsinventar zur Erfassung von Belastung und Beanspruchung von Lehrern und Schülern am Gymnasium. In H. Merkens & H. Weishaupt (Eds.). Schulforschung und Schulentwicklung. Aktuelle Forschungsbeiträge. Erfurter Studien zur Entwicklung des Bildungswesens (p. 35–66). University of Erfurt.

Brevik, L. M., Gunnulfsen, A. E., & Renzulli, J. S. (2018). Student teachers’ practice and experience with differentiated instruction for students with higher learning potential. Teaching and Teacher Education, 71, 34–45. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.12.003

European Commission. (2015). The Teaching Profession in Europe: Practices, Perceptions, and Policies. Eurydice Report. Publications Office of the European Union.

Hakanen, J. J., Bakker, A. B., & Schaufeli, W. B. (2006). Burnout and work engagement among teachers. Journal of School Psychology, 43(6), 495–513. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2005.11.001

Hanushek, E. A., Kain, J. F., & Rivkin, S. G. (2004). Why Public Schools Lose Teachers. The Journal of Human Resources, 39(2), 326–354. https://doi.org/10.2307/3559017

Jolly, P. M., Kong, D. T., & Kim, K. Y. (2021). Social support at work: An integrative review. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 42, 229–251. https://doi.org/10.1002/job.2485

Klassen, R. M., & Durksen, T. L. (2014). Weekly self-efficacy and work stress during the teaching practicum: A mixed methods study. Learning and Instruction, 33, 158–169. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2014.05.003

Richter, D., Kunter, M., Lüdtke, O., Klusmann, U., Anders, Y., & Baumert, J. (2013). How different mentoring approaches affect beginning teachers’ development in the first years of practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 36, 166–177. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2013.07.012

Scheidig, F., & Holmeier, M. (2022). Unterrichten neben dem Studium – Implikationen für das Studium und Einfluss auf das Verlangen nach hochschulischen Praxisbezügen. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, (12), 479–496. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-022-00349-3

Schulz, U., & Schwarzer, R. (2003). Soziale Unterstützung bei der Krankheitsbewältigung: Die Berliner Social Support Skalen (BSSS). Diagnostica, 49(2), 73–82. https://doi.org/10.1026//0012-1924.49.2.73

Schwarzer, R. & Jerusalem, M. (Eds.) (1999). Skalen zur Erfassung von Lehrer- und Schülermerkamlen. Free Univeristy Berlin, Humboldt University of Berlin.

Weller, B. E., Bowen, N. K., & Faubert, S. J. (2020). Latent Class Analysis: A Guide to Best Practice. Journal of Black Psychology, 46(4), 287–311. https://doi.org/10.1177/0095798420930932


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

New Teacher Induction: Building the Capacity of School Heads to Support Being and Belonging

Hannah Grainger Clemson1, Sandra Fernandes2

1University of Edinburgh, United Kingdom; 2Universidade Portucalense, Portugal

Presenting Author: Grainger Clemson, Hannah

The benefits of supporting new teachers through an induction phase are documented in decades of research literature and policy documents. There is a broad consensus that a period of induction is a necessary bridge between Initial Teacher Education (ITE) and employment in schools. In most European education systems, early career teachers (ECTs) that are new to the profession have access to a structured induction that usually lasts one year and it is mandatory in almost all of them (Education, Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency., 2021). However, teacher recruitment and retention is a major concern for many education policy makers, to the extent of being labelled a ‘crisis’ and ‘policy problem’ (Mifsud, 2023), and the prevailing narrative is that supporting teachers during the early stages of their career is crucial not only to enhance the quality of teaching but also to reduce exit from the profession (European Commission, 2017) (Kelchtermans, 2019) (Flores, 2019) (Kutsyuruba et al., 2022).

The dynamic forming and shifting of a teacher’s professional identity - their pedagogy, positionality in relation to others, and broader or longer aims for education in their career - is also a topic that researchers are currently paying close attention to (Smetana & Kushki, 2023). Socialisation (Kelchtermans & Ballet, 2002) and teacher identification are known as key influencing factors in the early years of teaching and beyond. Hence, ideas about these are shaping induction programmes and research on induction.

Researchers have also found a policy shift towards a commitment of school heads (principals) to become more directly involved in driving teachers’ practices and teaching processes in some systems, but this is not consistent across and within these systems (Costa et al., 2019). Studies demonstrate the interplay between direct and indirect support from the school head and teacher self-efficacy and job satisfaction (Thomas et al., 2019, 2020).

A new pan-European project is determining how to effectively build the capacity of education employers, including, crucially, school heads, in order to improve and develop induction programmes within the varying complexities of different education systems and their teacher education provision. In order to identify what capacity-building might entail, the project is exploring the role of education employers in different systems in depth, asking the question, How can employers foster a new teacher’s meaningful sense of ‘being’ through pedagogical practice and ‘belonging’ to the school and wider professional community? The project is also considering the implications of new teachers entering schools from diverse teacher education and professional experiences, including migrating from other countries, and how third-party support and partnerships might usefully support new teacher induction as part of a complex ecosystem of teacher professional learning and development.

This paper will present initial findings and further problematic questions from the project, specifically drawing from a pan-European survey and complemented by discussion points from a project peer learning workshop that brought together stakeholders from 11 countries. Given the focus on teacher growth and on school and wider professional communities, we take an ecological theoretical perspective in response to the research problem and questions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The project survey is divided into two parts.
PART ONE: An online questionnaire was launched in December 2023 – January 2024  for school heads and directors of multiple schools that employ and manage teachers across Europe in order to gather their recent experiences and opinions. It was open to those working at all levels of school education and Early Years (kindergarten). To improve access, it was translated into 25 languages. The online survey comprised 14 questions in total: 3 simple background questions to understand the context of the respondent and 11 questions about new teacher induction in their context. Most of the questions were multiple choice to ensure that the survey was easy to complete and aid analysis. Open text options were included for more personalised responses.
Questions were grouped into 3 sections:
- What currently exists in terms of induction programmes and individual approaches, and what the respondent would like to have or offer more of;
- Their expectations and support to help new teachers to become active and integrated in the school community;
- The capacity-building of staff to support new teachers in both their pedagogical practice and sense of belonging to a professional community.
PART TWO: The second part of the survey comprises semi-structured interviews by a researcher with European school heads, teacher educators, local authority officers, and representatives from other teacher organisations. The interviews (June -July 2024) are intended as an exploratory approach rather than to test certain hypotheses, for the purpose of generating case study descriptions of experiences in the field. The interviews focus on the project questions of How can employers effectively support new staff with diverse needs and backgrounds, and how might partnerships, such as with Higher Education institutions and other organisations, be meaningful and sustainable in supporting new teacher induction?
ANALYSIS: In Part One, 275 responses from 25 countries were gathered and a simple quantitative analysis was made of the responses. For Part Two, the interview transcripts were reviewed and coded, allowing themes to emerge based on key words and on the points of view being expressed in the narratives. We intend to draw on ecologies of practices (Kemmis et al 2012, Heikinnen 2020) as a theoretical frame of analysis, particularly regarding concepts of networks, community interdependence, and cycles of growth.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings will be fed into the project peer learning workshops as well as contribute to this research area, in particular the work of colleagues in the EERA Network Project: Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (TIME).
The expected outcomes will be to generate further evidence of the complexities and varying levels of induction support within and across European school education systems. The survey findings and subsequent project discussions will add evidence to how European school heads and other employers understand and play their role in school ‘human resource management’ and how they define their own needs in terms of professional learning and support. Valuable comparisons may be made between recent and forthcoming or planned teacher education reform in some European countries, such as attempted solutions to the recruitment crisis, and the practical realities as reported by school heads and other employers. Due to the anticipated variation in survey response rate in different countries, it may be difficult to compare systems or generalise responses to be representative of any system’s whole professional community. Nevertheless, it will be a timely set of findings, given the appetite of many systems to address recruitment, retention and regeneration of their teachers and school leaders.

References
Costa, E., Almeida, M., Pinho, A. S., & Pipa, J. (2019). School Leaders’ Insights Regarding Beginning Teachers’ Induction in Belgium, Finland and Portugal. Eurasian Journal of Educational Research, 19(81), 1–22.
Education, Audiovisual and Culture Executive Agency. (2021). Teachers in Europe: Careers, development and well being. Publications Office of the European Union.
European Commission. (2017). Communication from the Commission of 30 May 2017, on school development and excellent teaching for a great start in life, COM(2017) 248 final. European Union. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM%3A2017%3A248%3AFIN
Flores, M. A. (2019). Unpacking Teacher Quality: Key Issues for Early Career Teachers. In A. Sullivan et al (Eds.), Attracting and Keeping the Best Teachers (Vol. 16, pp. 15–38). Springer Nature Singapore.
Heikinnen, H. L. (2020). Article 1: Understanding Mentoring Within an Ecosystem of Practices, in K. R. Olsen et al (Eds), New Teachers in Nordic Countries: Ecologies of Mentoring and Induction, Cappelen Damm Akademisk/NOASP.
Kelchtermans, G. (2019). Early Career Teachers and Their Need for Support: Thinking Again. In A. Sullivan et al (Eds.), Attracting and Keeping the Best Teachers (Vol. 16). Springer Nature Singapore.
Kelchtermans, G., & Ballet, K. (2002). The micropolitics of teacher induction. A narrative-biographical study on teacher socialisation. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18(1), 105–120.
Kemmis, S., Edwards-Groves, C., Wilkinson, J., & Hardy, I. (2012). Ecologies of practices. In P. Hager et al (Eds.), Practice, learning and change: Practice-theory perspectives on professional learning. Dordrecht, Germany: Springer
Kutsyuruba, B., Walker, K. D., Matheson, I. A., & Bosica, J. (2022). Early Career Teaching Progression: Examining Canadian Teachers’ Experiences During their First Five Years in the Profession. The New Educator, 18(1–2), 1–26.
Mifsud, D. (2023). Rethinking the Concept of Teacher Education: A Problematization and Critique of Current Policies and Practices. In D. Mifsud & S. P. Day (Eds.), Teacher Education as an Ongoing Professional Trajectory. Springer International Publishing.
Smetana, L. K. T., & Kushki, A. (2023). Confronting, investigating, and learning from professional identity tensions. European Journal of Teacher Education, 1–19.
Thomas, L., Tuytens, M., Devos, G., Kelchtermans, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2020). Transformational school leadership as a key factor for teachers’ job attitudes during their first year in the profession. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 48(1), 106–132.
Thomas, L., Tuytens, M., Moolenaar, N., Devos, G., Kelchtermans, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2019). Teachers’ first year in the profession: The power of high-quality support. Teachers and Teaching, 25(2), 160–188.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Teacher Shortages in Austria: Policy Measures and Early Student Teachers’ Experiences

Herbert Altrichter1, Katharina Soukup-Altrichter2, Christoph Helm1, Gerda Hagenauer3

1Johannes Kepler University, Linz, Austria; 2University College of Teacher Education Upper Austria, Linz, Austria; 3Paris-Lodron University of Salzburg, Salzburg, Austria

Presenting Author: Altrichter, Herbert; Soukup-Altrichter, Katharina

The proposed paper aims to analyse the current policies on teacher shortages in Austria by presenting and discussing its history, possible causes, and current policy measures. While the first part of the paper focusses on a policy analysis based on a media analysis and statistical data, the second part uses recent survey data to examine one of the measures to remedy the teacher shortage, namely the early teaching of not yet fully qualified student-teachers.

As in many European countries (Eurydice, 2021), acute teacher shortage is not a new, but an increasingly urgent challenge for the Austrian education system. Even before the COVID-19 pandemic, the teacher shortage was a topic of discussion in the media, however, no long-term strategy was developed (Lassnigg, 2022). In 2022, the pandemic and subsequent general labour shortage had exacerbated the situation (Huber & Lusnig, 2022), and the Austrian Ministry of Education launched a package of policies to counter teacher shortage. In its self-definition, this initiative is the ‘largest teacher offensive of the Second Republic’ and aims to redefine the teacher’s professional role and to shorten the bachelor’s phase of Initial Teacher Education (ITE) from eight to six semesters with increasing practical course content (BMBWF n.d.). While measures that were previously employed to compensate for fluctuating teacher supply—e.g. overtime work, restrictions on part-time employment, and re-employment of retired teachers—are being continued, an important aspect of this initiative is the attempt to attract ‘new target groups for the teaching profession’ (BMBWF n.d.). As a result, there are three groups of not fully qualified teachers working in Austrian schools:

(1) Special contracts allow vacancies to be filled by people for whom no prior qualifications are defined through special contracts limited to one year. As long as there is need, these contracts can be extended for one year at a time. While ‘special contracts’ have been a long-established legal option for reacting flexibly to teacher shortages, the obligation to fulfil a specified number of ECTS in professional development courses has recently been introduced, opening up the possibility of longer-term employment.

(2) ‘Career changer’ (Quereinsteiger): In the 2022 legislation, this term is used for programmes that enable graduates of a university degree course (with at least three years of professional experience) to qualify as teachers in a corresponding secondary school subject. As soon as their employment by a school has been settled, ‘career changers’ receive some professional training through a part-time course alongside their work.

(3) Teacher education students: While bachelor’s graduates of ITE courses are employed under normal contracts (but they have to complete their qualification through a teacher education master course within eight years), teacher education students are increasingly employed as teachers before completing their bachelor’s degree. While, in principle, authorities and teacher education institutions agree that employment should take place after completing four semesters at the earliest and with a reduced teaching commitment (max. 50%), in practice, these principles are not met in an increasing number of cases due to the pressing teacher shortage.

However, the latter measure carries the risk of addressing the challenge of the teacher shortage at the expense of the student–teachers’ well-being and future career, as doing classroom teaching and studying simultaneously may come with serious challenges. Thus, we use recent survey data to analyse more thoroughly possible consequences that may accompany a premature start in the teaching career. In particular, we will discuss the specific demands student–teachers encounter both in the job and in their studies as well as the resources they may draw on and the potential repercussions on their well-being and their professionalism.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The analysis of the teacher shortage in Austria is hampered by the fact that barely any published studies on the subject by independent researchers are available. The policy analysis in the first part of the paper is based on statistical data, expert interviews, and a media analysis. For the latter, the electronic archives of two nation-wide quality newspapers (2000 – 2023 editions) were searched with the term ‘teacher shortage’ and synonyms; hits were analysed with a content analysis (Mayring, 2014).
The survey data in the second part of the paper originates from an online survey addressed to all students enrolled in the Bachelor or Master phases of General Secondary Teacher Education programmes at all teacher educating universities in the Austrian regions of Upper Austria and Salzburg. Measures used in our analysis include self-constructed scales on Study satisfaction and Job satisfaction as well as existing scales on General well-being (Basler, 1999), Study exhaustion(Satow, 2012; Schaufeli et al., 1996), Job exhaustion (Schaufeli et al., 2002), Study engagement and Job engagement (Schaufeli, Bakker, & Salanova 2006), Study resources and Job resources (Gusy & Lohmann, 2011), Study demands (Gusy, Wörfel, & Lohmann, 2016) and Job demands (Schulte, Wittner, & Kauffeld, 2021).
A total of 414 students completed the online survey, with 296 students (70% from Upper Austria, 30% from Salzburg) stating that they had a job contract at a secondary school. 43% of the participants were bachelor’s students, and 57% of the students were in the master’s program. The participating ‘student–teachers’ reported an average teaching load at school of 15.42 teaching hours, ranging from 3 to 28 lessons. Moreover, 53% reported that they also teach other subjects than those they qualified for (out-of-field teaching).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There are issues arising from our policy analysis and student data which may be relevant for other European countries coping with the uncertainties of teacher shortage (Eurydice, 2021; SWK, 2023) and which may have an impact on the nature of teacher professionalism (Dumay & Burn, 2023):
(De-)Qualifications of teachers; parallel structures in the qualification of teachers: The current strategy of granting entitlement to permanent employment to ‘career changers’ and teachers on special contracts via comparatively short courses without making further qualifications mandatory creates a parallel structure to the teacher training programme, undermines the quality standards of the still nascent teacher education reform, and creates a new group of significantly less qualified teachers, thereby signalling a trend towards de-qualification.
Out-of-field-teaching: Although propagated as strategy to counter out-of-field teaching, there is indication that ‘career changers’ are accepted whose subject of origin (i) does not appear in the canon of secondary school subjects at all or (ii) is only equipped with a few lessons in the curriculum (as a consequence, requiring ‘career changers’ to do a certain amount of out-of-field teaching).
Retention of student-teachers: Career entry is a critical phase in which important developmental tasks have to be fulfilled (Keller-Schneider et al., 2019). Taking the findings about the relationship of well-being and retention into account (Dicke et al., 2018), high levels of stress among early student–teachers may result in high drop-out rates and low retention—both at university and at work.
Inequality in the school system: As staff recruitment has been decentralised to the individual school level since 2017, it may be expected that the overall number of applicants will be larger for the already advantaged academic schools (AHS and BMHS), which, consequently, will have a better likelihood of satisfying their staffing needs and attracting more highly qualified applicants.

References
Basler, H.-D. (1999). Marburger Fragebogen zum habituellen Wohlbefinden: Untersuchung an Patienten mit chronischem Schmerz. Der Schmerz, 13(6), 385–91.
BMBWF (n.d.). Ressortstrategie „Klasse Job“. https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/Themen/schule/zrp/klassejob.html; 28.12.2023
Dicke, T., Stebner, F., Linninger, C., Kunter, M., & Leutner, D. (2018). A Longitudinal Study of Teachers' Occupational Well-Being: Applying the Job Demands-Resources Model. Journal of occupational health psychology, 23(2), 262–77.
Dumay, X. & Burn, K. (2023). The Status of the teaching profession: Interactions between historical and new forms of segmentation. London: Routledge.
Eurydice (2021). Teachers in Europe. Careers, Development and Well-being. Eurydice Report.
Gusy, B., & Lohmann, K. (2011). Gesundheit im Studium: Dokumentation der Instrumente. Prävention und psychosoziale Gesundheitsforschung 01/P11. Berlin: Freie Universität Berlin.
Gusy, B., Wörfel, F., & Lohmann, K. (2016). Erschöpfung und Engagement im Studium. Zeitschrift für Gesundheitspsychologie, 24(1), 41–53.
Huber, S. G. & Lusnig, L. (2022). Personalmangel in Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz. Problemlagen, Hauptursachen und Lösungsansätze – ein Über-blick zum Diskurs über den Lehrkräftemangel in Schulen. Schule verantworten, (3), 49-64.
Keller-Schneider, M., Elif, A., Kirchhoff, E., Jasper, M., & Hericks, U. (2019). Herausforderungen im Berufseinstieg von Lehrpersonen. Lehrerbildung auf dem Prüfstand, 12(1), 80–100.
Lassnigg, L. (2022). Teacher demand and supply in Austria. Informal paper, 19.12.2022. Vienna.
Mayring, P. (2014). Qualitative Content Analysis. Theoretical Foundation, Basic Procedures and Software Solution. Retrieved from https://www.ssoar.info/ssoar/bitstream/handle/document/39517/ssoar-2014-mayring-Qualitative_content_analysis_theoretical_foundation.pdf
Satow, L. (2012). Stress- und Coping-Inventar (SCI): Test- und Skalendokumentation. Accessed February 15, 2023. www.drsatow.de.
Schaufeli, W. B., Bakker, A.B., & Salanova, M. (2006). The Measurement of Work Engagement With a Short Questionnaire. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 66(4), 701–16.
Schaufeli, W. B., Leiter, M., Maslach, C., & Jackson, S. E. (1996). Maslach Burnout Inventory-General Survey. In C. Maslach, S. E. Jackson, & M. P. Leiter (eds.), The Maslach Burnout Inventory: Test Manual. Palo Alto, CA: Consulting Psychologists Press.
Schaufeli, W. B., Martínez, I.M. Pinto, A.M. Salanova, M., & Bakker, A.B. (2002). Burnout and Engagement in University Students. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33(5), 464–81.
Schulte, E.-M., Wittner, B., & Kauffeld, S. (2021). Ressourcen und Anforderungen (ReA) in der Arbeitswelt: Entwicklung und erste Validierung eines Fragebogens. Gr Interakt Org, 52(2), 405–15.
SWK [Ständige Wissenschaftlichen Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz] (2023). Empfehlungen zum Umgang mit dem akuten Lehrkräftemangel. Stellungnahme der Ständigen Wissenschaftlichen Kommission der Kultusministerkonferenz (Aktualisierte Version vom 05.04.2023). Bonn.
 
9:30 - 11:00100 SES 04: Reserved Working meeting
Paper Session
 
100. Governance Meetings
Meetings/ Events

Reserved Working Meeting

Angelika Wegscheider

EERA Office Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Wegscheider, Angelika

.

 
9:30 - 11:0011 SES 04 A: School Education: Quality of Education Systems and Institutions
Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Dita Nimante
Paper Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Identifying Factors of AcademicFailure to Reverse Underachievement

Malika Iskakova, Saule Serikbaikyzy, Kuandyk Askerbekov

Nazarbayev Intellectual School of chemistry and biology in Kyzylorda, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Iskakova, Malika

Topic: IDENTIFYING FACTORS OF ACADEMIC FAILURE TO REVERSE UNDERACHIVEMENT

Research questions:

- what are the factors affecting academic underachievement?

- what are the effective ways of reversing students' academic underachievement?

- what should be considered while providing an individual approach for a student to reverse underachievement?

Purpose: to identify the factors of an academic underachievement, to idenitfy the most effective practices to combat the academic failure of students and to identify the pecularities of a successful individual approach while reveresing academic achievement.

Theoretical Framework:

Recent studies conducted on the theory of motivation were based on the AOM (Achievement Orientation Model) theory introduced by Siegel and McCoach (2003a). The AOM theory is based on Bandura's self-efficacy theory, Weiner’s attribution theory, Eccles’ expectancy-value theory, person-environment fit theory, and Rotter’s locus of control theory (Siegle, McCoach & Roberts, 2017). According to AOM theory, students’ motivation in a combination of all three areas: student’s self-efficacy, goal – valuation, and environmental perception will positively result in student’s task engagement and academic achievement. Seigle et al., (2017) stressed that these three areas can be developed in different levels, but should not be missing at all since it negatively impacts on self-regulation as well as achievement (See Figure 1.).

Self-efficacy addresses a student’s belief to be skillful and capable to complete a task where a student might ask himself “Am I smart enough?” (Siegle, Rubensein & McCoach, 2020). Researchers agree that students with low self – efficacy tend to avoid task accomplishment, therefore, the higher self-efficacy students possess, the stronger task engagement they show (Rubenstein, Siegle, Reis, Mccoach, & Burton, 2012; Siegle et al., 2017; Siegle et al., 2020).

Environmental perception refers to a student's motivation or demotivation as a result of student’s interaction with peers, parents and teachers as well as the expectation from parents and teachers, and the scale of support a student gets from the outside world (Rubenstein et al., 2012). It is assumed that students get false perceptions and find themselves in an unsupportive environment assuming nobody believes in their success, therefore these students often lack or do not develop enough learning skills important to be academically productive (Ritchotte, Matthews & Flowers, 2014).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research adopts a constructivist methodology, wherein the knowledge is constructed through the collaborative interaction between the researcher and the students being studied (Guba & Lincoln, 1994, p. 111). The importance of their input in shaping the findings. Additionally, the researcher plays a fundamental role in facilitating the research process and engaging with the participants, as per the principles of constructivism (Guba & Lincoln, 1994, p. 113).

According to the research on "Identifying Factors of Academic Failure to Reverse Underachievement," a quantitative research method was employed (Author, Year). This involved collecting and analyzing numerical data through surveys, standardized tests, and other measurement tools to understand various factors such as academic performance, study habits, motivation levels, and socio-economic factors (Creswell, Fetters, & Ivankova, 2004). Statistical analysis techniques were then used to examine relationships and patterns within the data, identifying significant factors associated with academic failure and potential strategies for reversing underachievement (Creswell et al., 2004). This quantitative research method provided a systematic and objective approach to exploring the factors influencing academic performance, offering valuable insights into addressing the issue of underachievement (Creswell et al., 2004).

Research desing and sampling: The current research  involved 45 participants to collect relevant data by using a survey. The survey was designed to identify factors that contribute to academic failure and explore potential strategies to reverse underachievement. This research design allowed for a systematic and structured approach to collect information from a relatively large sample size. By utilizing a survey, the researchers were able to gather data on various factors that may influence academic performance and analyze the responses to draw meaningful conclusions. The use of a survey as a research tool provided a standardized method for data collection, ensuring consistency and reliability in the findings. The study focused on students from a Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Kyzylorda, specifically targeting low achieveing students there. To gather participants for the study, a purposeful sampling strategy was employed. This approach was chosen because it allowed for the selection of individuals and a research site that would provide the most valuable insights into the central phenomenon being investigated, which in this case was gifted underachievement. This decision was based on the belief that these specific participants and research location would offer the most relevant and informative data for the study, as supported by Creswell (2014).



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

Through analysis of survey results and systematic procedures, we've identified several key hindrances to educational progress, including inadequate grasp of prior material, preference for certain subjects, excessive extracurricular involvement, and psychological fatigue. These factors notably impact academic performance, particularly among 7th and 8th graders transitioning to new social environments. While some adapt smoothly, others face prolonged adjustment, necessitating tailored interventions.

A case study underscores the complexities of academic struggles, revealing familial and health-related burdens impeding a student's focus and resulting in declining grades, exacerbated by the absence of paternal guidance. Familial dynamics often contribute to suboptimal home environments, perpetuating cycles of underachievement.

Observations highlight prevalent apathy and disinterest, with external motivations, like financial security, dampening academic engagement. Recognizing these complexities, recommendations focus on fostering supportive learning environments through personalized encouragement, critical thinking cultivation, and consistent acknowledgment of achievements. Embracing a culture of learning from mistakes is pivotal to nurturing well-rounded individuals capable of academic success and holistic development.

References
Bezrukikh, M. M. (1996). Which children are called slow and why it is difficult for them to study. Arktous.
Glazer, G. D. (2002). Comments on articles by V. A. Sukhomlinsky. In Anthology of humane pedagogy (pp. page numbers if available). Shalva Amonashvili Publishing House.
Lokalova, N. P. (2009). School failure: causes, psychocorrection, psychoprophylaxis.
Lunkov, A. I. (1987). How to help your child at school and at home.
Ritchotte, J. A., Matthews, M. S., & Flowers, C. P. (2014). The validity of the achievement-orientation model for gifted middle school students: An exploratory study. Gifted Child Quarterly, 58(3), 183-198. DOI: 10.1177/0016986214534890
Rubenstein, L. D., Siegle, D., Reis, S. M., Mccoach, D. B., & Burton, M. G. (2012). A complex quest: The development and research of underachievement interventions for gifted students. Psychology in the Schools, 49(7), 678-694. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.21620
Siegle, D., & McCoach, D. B. (2005). Making a difference: Motivating gifted students who are not achieving. Teaching exceptional children, 38(1), 22-27 https://doi.org/10.1177/004005990503800104
Siegle, D., McCoach, D. B., & Roberts, A. (2017). Why I believe I achieve determines whether I achieve. High Ability Studies, 28(1), 59-72. https://doi.org/10.1080/13598139.2017.1302873
Siegle, D., Rubenstein, L.D., McCoach D. B. (2020). Do you know what I'm thinking? A comparison of teacher and parent perspectives of underachieving gifted students' attitudes. Psychology in the Schools, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1002/pits.22345


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Teacher Shortages in Rural Communities: Dramatic Increases in Teaching Out-of-Field Across Core Disciplines

Jim Van Overschelde, Minda Lopez, Amy Wiseman

Texas State University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Van Overschelde, Jim

The worldwide teacher shortage has impacted rural communities more than urban and suburban communities (Ingersoll & Tran, 2023). When a qualified teacher is not available to teach a particular course, school principals are forced to assign unqualified people or under-qualified teachers to teach the course. If the teacher is fully trained and qualified to teach (e.g., Math), but is teaching a course outside of their training and qualifications (e.g., English), we say the teacher is teaching English out-of-field (OOF) and teaching Math in-field (du Plessis, 2015; Ingersoll, 1999; 2019). Teaching OOF is not a characteristic of the teacher, but a label that describes the misalignment between the teacher’s qualifications and the course to which they were assigned. If the teacher-of-record has no training and no license to teach, then we say the person is an Unprepared Instructor.

The American federal government changed the education laws in 2015 thereby giving states the right to define teacher qualifications as each saw fit. Prior to 2015, teaching OOF was illegal except under specific and limited conditions. Since 2015, Texas has allowed principals to freely assign teachers to courses for which they have no training, and schools are no longer required to inform parents and guardians that this is happening to their children.

Teaching OOF is harmful for student learning. Several studies have found that student learn less during a school year when taught OOF compared to similar students taught in-field (Author, 2023; Clotfelter, Ladd & Vigdor, 2010; Lankford, Loeb, & Wyckoff, 2002). Teaching OOF has become an issue of educational equity, because Author (2020) found that particular demographic groups of students were significantly more likely to be taught OOF, including Black students, low-income students, and students living in rural communities.

Rural communities have seen a dramatic increase in the number of Unprepared Instructors, with 72% of new teachers hired in rural schools in 2022-23 being unprepared and unqualified to teach, up from only 18% in 2012-13 (Author, 2024). Our goal for this study was to examine changes in the rates of teachers teaching OOF before versus after the federal legislative changes, and to examine these OOF patterns for core secondary course subjects (e.g., English, Math, Biology).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the purposes of this study, we accessed our copy of the Texas State Longitudinal System (TLDS) that includes data on 5.52 million students annually enrolled in Texas public schools. These data include extensive demographic information, educational serviced received, schools attended, attendance rates, standardized test scores, and the teachers who taught them. The teacher data includes extensive information about teaching licenses held, licensure tests taken, years of experience, and the type of teacher preparation program they completed. The state publishes detailed rules about which teaching licenses are “required” to be held by a teacher in order to teach each course so the rules for in-field versus OOF teaching are explicit.
We drew a sample of 193 million student-course records for 2011-12 through 2018-19 (pre-pandemic) from the TLDS with a focus on students in secondary grades (Grades 7-12). We selected the 18 subjects with the largest student-course enrollment counts during the 2018-19 school year; each count was in excess of 300,000 students per subject per school year. We then examined changes in the OOF teaching rates by locale (e.g., rural, urban) and by school year.
A summary of the statewide descriptive results for 2018-19 include: secondary English is the subject taught most often OOF with over 4 million student-course records taught OOF. Math is second with over 4 million, History is a distant third with under 2.5 million, and Physical Education is fourth with fewer than 2 million. The same patterns hold for rural communities, with the exception that Agriculture is the fourth most common subject taught OOF. The inferential results will be presented too.
Across all 18 course subjects, rural schools had the highest rate of OOF teaching of all geographical locales. The rates of OOF teaching increased from 13.9% in 2011-12 to 23.1% in 2018-19. Approximately 1 in 4 student-courses is now taught OOF. For comparison, major suburban schools increased from 7.7% to 11.6% over the same period. Approximately 1 in 9 student-courses is now taught OOF. In other words, students in rural communities are twice as likely to take classes taught OOF compared to students in suburban communities.
In rural schools, the subjects with the largest increases in OOF teaching rates between 2011-12 and 2018-19 are: Agriculture (506%), Biology (203%), Art (163%), Spanish (114%), Math (83%), and English (79%).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We found that students in rural communities are receiving an inferior education relative to students in suburban and urban schools. Students in rural schools have experienced dramatic increases in the number of courses taught by unqualified and under-qualified teachers since federal laws changed. Prior studies found that teaching OOF is harmful to student learning and the current results imply that the quality of education received by rural students has declined over eight years, with the rates of OOF teaching increasing by over 75% in 7 of 18 core subjects, and more than doubling in 4 of the 18 subjects.
We are now exploring ways to increase the pipeline of teachers into rural communities. We are examining where existing rural teachers went to secondary school, and what path they followed to become teachers. Preliminary results indicate the importance of 2-year post-secondary institutions for preparing rural students who go on to teach. We are examining effective exemplar programs in high schools that appear to prepare a large number of students who go on to pursue teaching careers in rural schools.
The descriptive and inferential results will be presented, as well as our findings about positive exemplars for preparing future teachers to work in rural schools.

References
Author. (2020).
Author. (2023).
Clotfelter, C. T., Ladd, H. F., & Vigdor, J. L. (2010). Teacher credentials and student achievement in high school: A cross subject analysis with student fixed effects. Journal of Human Resources, 45(3), 655–681.
Du Plessis, A. (2015). Effective education: Conceptualising the meaning of out-of-field teaching practices for teachers, teacher quality and school leaders. International Journal of Educational Research. 72, 89-102. doi: 10.1016/j.ijer.2015.05.005
Ingersoll, R. M. (2019). Measuring out-of-field teaching. In L. Hobbs & G. Törner (Eds.), Examining the phenomenon of ‘teaching out-of-field’: International perspectives on teaching as a non-specialist (pp. 21–52). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-3366-8_2
Ingersoll, R. M., & Tran, H. (2023). Teacher shortages and turnover in rural schools in the US: An organizational analysis. Educational Administration Quarterly, 59(2), 396-431. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X231159922
Lankford, H., Loeb, S., & Wyckoff, J. (2002). Teacher sorting and the plight of urban schools: A descriptive analysis. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 24(1), 37–62.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Quality Assurance with Learning Analytics in Secondary Education: Insights from Flanders and Ireland

Margot Joris1, Jerich Faddar1, Valérie Thomas1, Martin Brown2, Joe O'Hara2, Gerry McNamara2

1Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium; 2Dublin City University

Presenting Author: Faddar, Jerich; Brown, Martin

Since the introduction and proliferation of learning management systems in K-12 schools, as part of the digital transformation in education, a huge amount of data (learning analytics) has become generally available for (re)designing and evaluating education, and for evidence-informed quality assurance (Brown & Malin, 2022). This quality assurance (QA) has become increasingly decentralized in many European countries, making schools responsible and accountable for their own quality. Schools have therefore been developing their own procedures and exploring their responsibilities in the context of QA, but the use of learning analytics (LA) data regarding learning processes often remains un(der)explored.

Up till now, LA have primarily proven their potential for QA in the context of higher education. In secondary schools, they are currently mainly used at the micro level, where they are being used by (individual) teachers to identify and tailor to learners’ specific needs. However, the potential use of LA at the school (management) level, or the ways in which schools or school teams can make optimal use of these data, remains an open and under-explored question (Ifenthaler, 2021) for researchers, practitioners and policy makers alike (Gašević et al. 2016). Moreover, there is a lack of capacity to work with these data for strategic planning and quality development in schools. Teaching staff, school leaders and middle managers are often wondering how to start off with learning analytics data in this regard, and often invoke questions from an ethical and privacy perspective. Next to these general questions, there is also the issue of competencies. Even if school staff would know how these data could inform them, there is a general lack of competencies and know-how on how to get started (Ifenthaler, Mah & Yin-Kim Yau, 2019).

The QUALAS (Quality Assurance with Learning Analytics in Schools) project therefore aims to build on the available knowledge on QA and LA to identify possibilities for enhancing the capacity of educational professionals in secondary schools in Flanders (Belgium), Ireland, Italy and Spain to make appropriate use of learning analytics for quality assurance. In order to achieve these aims, we first want to identify how LA and QA are currently being coupled and put into practice in secondary education in these different jurisdictions. Additionally, we investigate how the approaches in two of these jurisdictions (Flanders and Ireland) draw on and relate to policy and initiatives of QA and LA at a European level.

We start from European conceptualisations of quality assurance, including definitions provided by the European Commission (2018). We further rely on the distinctions drawn between external and internal evaluation, and between government-based and market-based accountability in education (Eurydice, 2015). Concerning LA, we draw on a publication by the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre on the use of learning analytics and its action list for educational stakeholders (Ferguson et al., 2016), and on the European Union’s Digital Education Action Plan. These definitions and conceptualisations are subsequently compared to national (or regional) policy texts and other grey literature concerning QA and LA, in order to answer the following research questions:

  1. How is QA defined and linked to LA in the different jurisdictions?
  2. How do schools deal with learning analytics data? What are LA used for?
  3. What strategies for capacity building in the use of LA (for QA) in schools exist/are successful?
  4. What learning management systems are most common/popular in secondary schools and why?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this contribution, we present our findings from a grey literature analysis conducted in the educational jurisdictions of Flanders and Ireland, and situate these in relation to the European policy and research documents sketched above.

This grey literature review was conducted as part of the first phase of the Erasmus + ka cooperation project QUALAS, a cooperation between Vrije Universiteit Brussel (Belgium), Dublin City University (Ireland), Universidad de Valladolid (Spain) and Instituto nazionale per la valutazione del sistema educativo di instruzione e di formazione (Italy). This first phase consisted of a rapid narrative systematic review of the existing literature on LA and its connection(s) to quality assurance in secondary education and schools. Grey literature is generally defined as: “that which is produced on all levels of government, academics, business and industry in print and electronic formats, but which is not controlled by commercial publishers.” (Paez, 2017). In our case(s), it includes: (practice-oriented) academic publications and vulgarizing texts, government reports and policy documents, and documents of LA and learning management system providers. This grey literature was incorporated based on the belief that it can make important contributions to a systematic review, because it can provide resources and data that cannot be found within commercially published (academic) literature and can thus help avoid potential (publication) bias (Paez, 2017).

Given our focus on national education system contexts, our (grey) search strategy did not include consulting (international) grey literature databases. However, conference proceedings stemming from the results from our systematic search in scientific databases (Scopus, ScienceDirect, Web of Science and EBSCOhost) with a focus on the European context or the respective jurisdictions of Flanders, Ireland, Italy and Spain were included as grey literature items. Additionally, we conducted web searches looking for specific documents, reports and other publications on LA and QA in these jurisdictions, which were conducted in the jurisdictions’ respective languages.

All four partner institutions conducted the analysis of grey literature found for their own jurisdictions. A template was provided by the project coordinator to ensure the reliability and validity of the analyses. The analysis protocol focused on:
• Definition(s) of QA
• Types and functions of LA
• Level(s) of use of LA
• Data use and LA within QA
• Bibliometric info (year, type of publication, authors, target audience, etc.)


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Including grey literature in our systematic literature review on learning analytics for quality assurance in secondary education in four European countries, and in relation to policies and conceptualisations at a European level, provided us with significant insights additional to those provided by the systematic (scientific) literature review. In this contribution, we focus on our findings in the Flemish and Irish jurisdictions, and link these to the European level.

First, we will sketch the main findings for both the Flemish and Irish educational contexts: their approaches to QA, current use of LA in secondary education, and existing links between QA and LA in both jurisdictions. We then identify and discuss four main themes, arising from a comparison between the Flemish and Irish contexts based on the grey literature found in both jurisdictions and their relations to the European context:
1) LA and its relation to QA as expressions of digital optimism and the push for (post-covid) educational digitalisation for national and European recovery and resilience: tackling societal challenges through (digital) education and LA
2) LA for QA: focus on personalisation and differentiation in education
3) Digital education as covering two dimensions (REF): the educational use of digital technologies and devices (including LA) and the digital competence and professional development of educators
4) Reluctancy and fears connected to LA and QA, or educational push-back: the threat of hollowing out education and the teaching profession

References
Brown, C. & Malin, J.R. (eds). (2022). The Emerald Handbook of Evidence-Informed Practice in Education. Emerald Publishing Limited.
European Commission. (2018). Quality assurance for school development. Guiding principles for policy development on quality assurance in school education. Retrieved from: https://education.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/document-library-docs/2018-wgs2-quality-assurance-school_en.pdf
Eurydice. (2015). Assuring Quality in Education: Policies and Approaches to School Evaluation in Europe. Retrieved from: https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/4a2443a7-7bac-11e5-9fae-01aa75ed71a1/language-en
Ferguson, R., Brasher, A., Clow, D., Cooper, A., Hillaire, G., Mittelmeier, J., Rienties, B., Ullmann, T. & Vuorikari, R. (2016). Research Evidence on the Use of Learning Analytics - Implications for Education Policy. In Vuorikari, R. & Castaño Muñoz, J. (Eds.). Joint Research Centre Science for Policy Report. doi:10.2791/955210.
Gašević, D., Dawson, S. and Pardo, A. (2016). “How do we start? State and directions of learning analytics adoption”. International Council for Open and Distance Education.
Ifenthaler, D. (2021). Learning analytics for school and system management. In OECD Digital Education Outlook 2021. Pushing the Frontiers with Artificial Intelligence, Blockchain and Robots. OECD Library. 161.
Ifenthaler, D., Mah, D-K. & Yau, J.Y. (2019). Utilizing Learning Analytics to Support Study Success. Springer Cham. DOI 10.1007/978-3-319-64792-0
Paez, A. (2017). Gray literature: An important resource in systematic reviews. Journal of Evidence-Based Medicine,10(3), 153-240.
 
9:30 - 11:0013 SES 04 A: Teaching: Artistry, Grammar, and Existential Dialogue
Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Marie Hållander
Paper Session
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

The Artistry of Teaching: Reconceiving the Logic of Teaching for the New Industrial Age

Stephen Sowa

University of Southampton, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Sowa, Stephen

Arguments for and against conceptions of teaching as a science or form of technicism have often focused on the relevance of experimental evidence and issue of purpose in education (Biesta, 2023). However, these debates have largely omitted an analysis of the wider socio-economic context in which education and teaching have been and continue to be significantly shaped and understood. This paper aims to provide this broader contextual analysis, explaining how a technicist logic in schooling and teaching emerged during the Industrial Revolution, how it is being repurposed in light of recent changes and predictions about the world of work, and the importance of reconceiving teaching as a form of artistry.

Systems of mass schooling first emerged in Western Europe following the initial phases of the Industrial Revolution. To meet the imperative of supplying a disciplined industrial workforce the purpose and curriculum of schools focused on preparing students for jobs (Kliebard, 1999). The establishment of mass schooling during the Industrial era led to the consolidation of certain institutional habits, norms, and eventually unspoken rules. By employing standardised ways of organising students into age-based groups, dividing knowledge into separate subjects, using self-contained classrooms with one teacher setting out tasks, and awarding grades as evidence of learning, a logic of schooling and teaching became taken for granted and functions without conscious awareness of it (Tyack & Cuban, 1995). This logic has remained broadly stable for over a century, with teaching innovations tending to fade out or become hybridised within existing structures (Tyack & Cuban, 1995). Sometimes referred to as technicism (Biesta, 2023), the prevailing logic of mass schooling and teaching tends toward the standardised production of specific learning outcomes.

As technologies have advanced and changes have occurred in the world of work, the technicist logic of schooling remains but is shifting focus. New conceptions of the world of work, including one termed the Fourth Industrial Revolution, highlight the growing capacity of artificial intelligence and mobile robotics technologies to perform increasing numbers of routine as well as non-routine job tasks (Frey & Osborne, 2017). Occupations containing more non-routine tasks requiring creativity, social intelligence, and other domain-general skills are thought to be less susceptible to automation (Frey & Osborne, 2017). Proposed educational responses to this predicted new work imperative place less emphasis on specific learning outcomes and instead aim to impart students with general skills and dispositions for learning itself (Doucet et al., 2018). Education policies are increasingly reflecting a repurposed technicist logic directed towards the production of general or meta-level learning outcomes, such as learning-to-learn (OECD, 2019).

Through the ongoing application of a technicist logic, creating conditions for standardisation and predictability, schools and teachers have encountered problems. Similar to the experience of factory workers on a fast moving assembly line, an automaticity and detachment from one’s craft quickly sets in (Shepard, 1977). Rather than fostering a highly conscious, imaginative engagement with the complex unfolding in the classroom, conditions in favour of automaticity leaves the teacher less flexible to respond to the ever-changing circumstances, distinct purposes, and diverse human subjects that characterise educational encounters. Moreover, an emphasis on evidence-based approaches in education policy creates counterproductive outcome expectations based on the misleading assumption that experimentally derived teaching approaches will reliably produce a desired learning outcome (Thomas, 2021). Rather than being an autonomous agent capable of professional judgement, the teacher becomes a technician who administers prescribed interventions (Biesta, 2023). To provide a conceptual remedy to these problems, a typology of artistry in teaching is proposed. This typology includes the art of imaginative observation, art of purposive evocation, art of relational accessibility, and art of contextualised judgement.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This philosophical paper draws on several key sources to inform its conceptual analysis. To explain the historical context and logic emerging during the development of mass schooling, the research of Tyack & Cuban (1995) was essential. In their book reviewing the history of public school reform since the 19th century, Tyack & Cuban (1995) identify what they refer to as the grammar of schooling. By this the authors mean that during the early phases of the development of mass schooling, there was a consolidation of certain institutional norms and unspoken rules. Similar to how people learn a language and can subsequently write or speak without being consciously aware of the grammatical rules they are following, once a grammar for schooling was established, it became taken for granted and often functions without conscious awareness of it. This grammar of schooling, or logic of schooling as I refer to it in the paper, is based on a rationale on ensuring predictability for stakeholders (i.e., securing reliable work-related learning outcomes for students, parents, teachers, policymakers, etc.), and tends towards standardised procedures and control over the organisation of educational space and time (Tyack & Cuban, 1995).

To detail how the logic of schooling is being repurposed for a new industrial and technological age, further sources were used. These include seminal papers predicting the future automation of jobs and changing skill requirements (Frey & Osborne, 2017), future-oriented education policy documents produced by the OECD (2019), and important texts outlining teaching approaches for the Fourth Industrial Revolution (Doucet et al, 2018). Collectively, these sources affirm a conception of education and teaching that is focused on imparting students with skills that cannot be easily replicated by machines, such as creativity, metacognition, social intelligence, and other domain-general competencies.

Finally, to offer a critique of the logic of technicism and develop a contrasting conception based on the artistry of teaching, additional papers were drawn on. These included papers by Biesta (2023), Eisner (2002), and Stenhouse (1988). Each of these authors have provided important critical analyses of the issues associated with experimental or evidence-based approaches in education policy and research, along with providing insights on how teaching can be reconceived as a form of artistry. For instance, Biesta (2023) elucidates the practical wisdom and moral judgement teachers need alongside instructional knowledge/skill, while Stenhouse (1988) explains the role teachers can serve in the expression of contextualised meaning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To provide a response to the problems associated with the logic of technicism with regard to fundamental features of teaching, a typology of artistry in teaching is elaborated. First, without reducing educational complexities to observable problems or technical procedures, the art of imaginative observation brings the educationally significant possibilities to the teacher’s consciousness through their imagination. It is the art of playing out the educational hypotheticals. Imaging the educational process through the eyes of the audience to ascertain the experience they may resonate with and to stretch them beyond their comfort zone. Second, the art of purposive evocation involves the teacher’s intentional act to evoke a response from students and accentuate its significance. Because the cognitive or emotional response a teacher evokes from a student is not perceived neutrally, but contains semantic qualities, content presentation or other acts of teaching must be a purposive “exercise of skill expressive of meaning” (Stenhouse, 1988, p. 45).

Third, the art of relational accessibility comprises of the teacher’s capability to enter into mutually accessible relationships with students. Through embodying a receptiveness to the contributions or responses of students, a teacher can receive and develop interactions with students which forward an interpersonal relationship attuned to the educational context in which they interact. Fourth, the art of contextualised judgement attends to the practical and moral decisions taken in the act of teaching. Rather than narrowly attending to the measurable production of outcomes, the situated judgement of the teacher is needed to appraise the means and ends of the educational process, as well as to balance or make trade-offs in competing purposes (Biesta, 2023).

References
Biesta, G. (2023). Reclaiming the artistry of teaching. In R. J. Tierney, F. Rizvi, & K. Ercikan (Eds.), International encyclopedia of education (4th ed., pp. 648-654). Oxford: Elsevier.
Doucet, A., Evers, J., Guerra, E., Lopez, N., Soskil, M., & Timmers, K. (2018). Teaching in the Fourth Industrial Revolution: Standing at the precipice. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351035866
Frey, C. B., & Osborne, M. A. (2017). The future of employment: How susceptible are jobs to computerisation? Technological Forecasting & Social Change, 114(C), 254-280. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.techfore.2016.08.019
Kliebard, H. M. (1999). Schooled to work. Vocationalism and the American curriculum, 1876-1946. Teachers College Press.
OECD. (2019). OECD future of education and skills: OECD learning compass 2030: A series of concept notes. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/contact/OECD_Learning_Compass_2030_Concept_Note_Series.pdf
Shepard, J. M. (1977). Technology, alienation, and job satisfaction. Annual Review of Sociology, 1-21.
Stenhouse, L. (1988). Artistry and Teaching: The Teacher as Focus of Research and Development. Journal of Curriculum and Supervision, 4(1), 43-51.
Thomas, G. (2021). Experiment’s persistent failure in education inquiry, and why it keeps failing. British Educational Research Journal, 47(3), 501-519. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3660
Tyack, D., & Cuban, L. (1995). Tinkering toward Utopia. Harvard University Press. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvjz83cb


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Towards an Aesthetics of Grammar: Lifting the Veil on Language

Steph Ainsworth, Huw Bell

MMU, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ainsworth, Steph

The last few decades have seen growing interest in the field of disciplinary aesthetics. Loosely, this can be defined as the ways in which aesthetic judgements, feelings and emotions are expressed or experienced in specific curriculum areas (Wickman et al., 2022). The development of disciplinary aesthetics can be seen as a component of a wider ‘affective turn’ in education: the growing recognition of the importance of affect and emotion as central to educational experience (Zembylas, 2021). The study of aesthetics, while historically rooted in those areas typically affiliated with ‘beauty’, primarily art, drama and the natural world (e.g. Ulrich, 1983), has expanded to explore a broad range of disciplinary subjects including mathematics and science (e.g. Wickman et al., 2022). However, there is currently no substantive research examining the aesthetics of learning about grammar.

Within the broad area of language, aesthetic theory has typically been preoccupied with the forms of or reactions to language: for example, the aesthetic engagement with literary works as a reader (e.g. Stockwell, 2009), or the language of literature in contrast to everyday language, either in general or in the works of ‘great writers’. Analyses also exist of the ways in which some languages or language groups use grammar for aesthetic purposes (e.g. Williams, 2019), and of the individual features of ‘beauty’ in words and/or sounds (e.g. Crystal, 1995). However, there is no work dealing specifically with the aesthetic dimensions of developing explicit knowledge of first language grammar, or of metalinguistic learning in general (which could be about first or other languages). In this paper we therefore consider this area of learning from a disciplinary aesthetics perspective.

Our interest in the aesthetic dimension of learning explicit grammar knowledge arose from our experiences teaching English grammar to student teachers who were preparing to deliver the National Curriculum (DfE, 2013) in primary schools in England. This curriculum contains a significant amount of explicit grammar terminology (e.g. fronted adverbial, prepositional phrase) which primary school teachers are required to teach to pupils aged 5-11. The inclusion of this terminology represented a fairly radical change to education in England after the decline of formal grammar education in the 1960s (Hudson and Walmsley, 2005), and our research initially explored how student teachers might respond to the challenge of mastering (and then teaching) a range of grammatical terms and related concepts that many of them had never encountered. What was most striking to us during this project was the fact that the students expressed strong emotional reactions when learning about the structure of their native grammar. Crucially, many of these reactions seemed to be of a distinctly aesthetic nature.

Within this paper, we speculate as to why the kind of learning that students engaged with within these grammar lessons, might lead to strong affective responses like those that we observed. We argue that explicit grammar learning has a particular potential to evoke aesthetic experience due to its role as a mediator between procedural and declarative knowledge. We suggest that by facilitating the transformation from knowhow to knowledge, grammar learning has the potential to generate cognitive consonance, experienced as an aesthetic-epistemic feeling of fittingness. The analysis draws parallels between the characteristics of grammar and the properties of entities more traditionally conceived to be aesthetic (such as art works and performances). We note that meta-linguistic labels (grammar terms), like art (Consoli, 2014), provide concrete tokens which facilitate virtual models, supporting the transition from ‘automatism’ to ‘conscious reflection’. We conclude by exploring the implications for the field of disciplinary aesthetics and for developing pedagogies which maximise the aesthetic potential of grammar.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a theoretical paper, which proposes an exploratory framework for conceptualising the aesthetics of grammar learning. The framework takes as its starting point Myhill’s definition of metalinguistic understanding as:
the explicit bringing into consciousness of language as an artifact, and the conscious monitoring and manipulation of language to create desired meanings grounded in socially shared understandings’ (Myhill, 2012, p. 250).
The analysis parses this definition into four key characteristics of grammar learning, considering both the aesthetic and epistemic dimensions of each part of the learning process. In this way, we provide evidence to support our speculative hypothesis that explicit grammar learning has the potential to evoke aesthetic-epistemic feelings associated with the transformation of procedural to declarative knowledge.
This hypothesis evolved through an analytic process of bringing our existing qualitative data (Ainsworth and Bell, 2020) into conversation with theoretical ideas from evolutionary aesthetics, philosophy, psychology and neuroscience. The data consists of a set of group interviews with 29 student teachers who had attended a series of grammar sessions delivered by the authors. The interviews took place at three time points, following three different iterations of the grammar course delivered to three cohorts of students. The maximum number of sessions available to students was 10 (across a 10-week period), although attendance varied due to the optional nature of the course and competing student commitments.
The framework proposed within the paper resulted from a fluid process of meaning-making where we moved back and forth between the interview data and relevant literatures from evolutionary aesthetics, philosophy, psychology and neuroscience, identifying generative ways to ‘plug these texts into one another’ (Jackson and Mazzei, 2013). The connections we noticed across these literatures led to a set of codes, which were then refined through a process of thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2006). The framework proposed is not posited as a definitive ‘theory’ of explicit grammar learning, but rather a first attempt to conceptualise what an aesthetics of grammar might look like. In this way it aligns with a relational onto-epistemological stance (Rovelli, 2022), where we are not attempting to describe an objective ‘reality’ that we stand outside of. But rather, we are engaging in a process of meaning-making, that comes from identifying useful patterns, in this case between the different ways in which aesthetic experience is characterised across disciplines and the aesthetic responses that our students described.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The exploratory framework presented within this paper identifies a number of facets of learning about grammar that make it a potentially rich source of aesthetic pleasure:
• The layering of declarative knowledge on top of existing procedural knowledge has the potential to generate a sense of representational harmony or cognitive consonance.
• The concrete tokens (grammatical terms) involved in explicit grammar learning support the development of a virtual map, allowing students to appreciate the structure of language as an artifact.
• Explicit grammar learning supports decoupling of grammar elements from their immediate use within specific contexts. This decoupling enables conscious reflection on one’s own language use, which, in turn, may lead to an aesthetic experience of being ‘touched from within’ (Vessel et al., 2013, p. 1).
• Learning about grammar, when brought together with pragmatics, provides an additional tool for ‘mind reading’ – a capacity that is implicated in other aesthetic endeavours.
• As with other forms of aesthetic experience, grammar knowledge is best shared with others, providing a collective workspace for exploring socially shared understandings.
Our findings contribute to the growing body of evidence which suggests that aesthetic experience plays an important role in learning and meaning-making (Lemke, 2015; Vessel et al., 2013). We demonstrate that learning about grammar has the potential to generate rich aesthetic experience and make suggestions as to how the aesthetic aspects of grammar learning (and indeed other areas of education) might best be harnessed within the classroom to promote authentic engagement (Ainsworth and Bell, 2020) and human flourishing (Reber, 2019). We also propose that a similar methodological approach to the one used within this study might provide a starting point for investigations into the aesthetic dimensions of other academic subjects.

References
Ainsworth, S., and Bell, H. (2020). Affective knowledge versus affective pedagogy: the case of native grammar learning. Cambridge Journal of Education 50, 597-614. doi: 10.1080/0305764X.2020.1751072
Braun, V., and Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology 3, 77–101. doi: 10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Consoli, G. (2014). The emergence of the modern mind: An evolutionary perspective on aesthetic experience. The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism 72, 37-55.
Crystal, D. (1995). Phonaesthetically speaking. English Today 42, 8–12.
DfE. (2013). The national curriculum in England: key stages 1 and 2 framework document. London: Department for Education.
Hudson, R., and Walmsley, J. (2005). The English patient: English grammar and teaching in the twentieth century. Journal of Linguistics 41, 593-622. doi:10.1017/S0022226705003464
Jackson, A. Y., and Mazzei, L. A. (2013). Plugging one text into another: Thinking with theory in qualitative research. Qualitative Inquiry 19, 261–271. doi: 10.1177/107780041247151
Lemke, J. (2015). “Feeling and meaning: a unitary bio-semiotic account” in International handbook of semiotics. ed. P. P. Trifonas (Dordrecht: Springer), 589–616.
Myhill, D. (2012). “The ordeal of deliberate choice: Metalinguistic development in secondary writers” in Past, present, and future contributions of cognitive writing research to cognitive psychology. ed. V. W. Berninger (London: Psychology Press), 247–272.
Reber, R.  (2019). Making school meaningful: linking psychology of education to meaning in life. Educational Review 71(4), 445-465.
Rovelli, C. (2022). Helgoland: The Strange and Beautiful Story of Quantum Physics. Harmondsworth: Penguin.
Stockwell, P. (2009). Texture: A Cognitive Aesthetics of Reading. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.
Ulrich, R. S. (1983). “Aesthetic and affective response to natural environment” in Behavior and the Natural Environment. eds. I. Altman, and J. F. Wohlwill (Boston, Mass: Springer), 85-125.
Vessel, E. A., Starr, G. G., and Rubin, N. (2013). Art reaches within: aesthetic experience, the self and the default mode network. Front. Neurosci. 7:258. doi: 10.3389/fnins.2013.00258
Wickman, P.-O., Prain, V., and Tytler, R. (2022). Aesthetics, affect, and making meaning in science education: an introduction. International Journal of Science Education 44, 717-734. doi: 10.1080/09500693.2021.1912434
 
9:30 - 11:0014 SES 04 A: Inequalities and Schooling.
Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Laurence Lasselle
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Difference in Personal Characteristics and Attitudes Between High and Low Achievers in PIRLS2021

Kristine Kampmane, Andrejs Geske, Antra Ozola

University of Latvia, Latvia

Presenting Author: Kampmane, Kristine

The COVID-19 pandemic has brought many different changes in education. Outcomes of education have also been affected. IEA’s PIRLS2021 was the first of the large-scale international studies of education that measured 4th-graders’ reading literacy during and right after the pandemic. The results have brought surprises for many countries, for example, when compared with PIRLS2016, Finland has lost 17 score points (19 points since PIRLS2011) and there is also a decrease in average achievement scores for Latvia – a drop by 30 points since PIRLS2016. Some countries were not affected, for example, Ireland had gained 10 points since PIRLS2016 and 25 points since PIRLS2011; Lithuanian average achievement score had risen by 4 points since PIRLS2016 and 24 points since PIRLS2011 (Mullis et al., 2023). These four countries were selected for comparison because of their achievement characteristics – Finland was the top-performing EU country in PIRLS2011, and together with Ireland the top-performing countries from the EU in the PIRLS2016. In PIRLS2021 the roles in the international ranking table have changed - Ireland still being the first among EU countries, Latvia being the country with the largest achievement drop, Lithuania rising its achievement to the top 5 among EU countries, but Finland falling behind Lithuania.

The purpose of this study is to find out students’ personal, classroom, and home characteristics that differ between high and low-achieving students in all countries of comparison.

Previous studies have examined that student’s socioeconomic status (Eriksson et al., 2021; OECD, 2020a; Mullis et al., 2023) and intelligence (Roth et al., 2015; Kriegbaum et al., 2018) are the main factors influencing student’s achievement. Among the significant factors explaining achievement distribution often falls motivation (Mullis et al., 2023; Kriegbaum et al., 2018), attitude (Mullis et al., 2023), and confidence in reading or reading self-concept (Geske et al., 2021). It is common to address gender issues when researching reading achievement. There have been studies that claim that the gender gap in reading performance is present already upon students’ entry to school (Ferrer et al., 2015; Mesite, 2019). PIRLS and PISA studies provide evidence that girls outperform boys in reading in the majority of participating countries (OECD, 2020b; Mullis et al., 2023). At the same time – the gender effect on reading disabilities is questionable – some researchers conclude that males are more often diagnosed with reading disabilities (Berninger et al., 2008), but others argue that there are no differences (Shaywitz et al., 1990) or that females are just underdiagnosed (Limbrick et al., 2008; Quinn & Wagner, 2015).

Although PIRLS does not measure students’ intelligence or disabilities, other factors such as students’ personal, school, classroom, and home characteristics can be compared. The authors of this study compared the discrete values of following PIRLS2021 scales (Mullis et al., 2023):

- students’ sense of school belonging, bullying, engagement in reading lessons, and, disorderly behaviours in reading lessons as classroom factors,

- students like reading, students are confident in reading and performance in early literacy tasks as personal factors, and

- home resources for learning, socio-economic status, and parents like reading as students’ home factors.

The results of comparison showed the important role of the language students speak at home every day and their preschool education quality. On average only less than 2% of students who did not speak the language of test at home could perform at the advanced level. More than 90% of students in Ireland who performed at the advanced level before entering school recognized most letters in the alphabet very well, almost 60% of students could read a story and approximately 70% of students could write other words than their name.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this analysis all students were partitioned into the following groups according to PIRLS2021 reading assessment test results: advanced students (625 achievement points and above), and low-achievers (400 achievement points or less) as defined in PIRLS2021 methods and procedures (Wry et al., 2023). The following scales were used (Mullis et al., 2023) to compare percentages of low and high-achieving students:
-       Students Like Reading – 10-item scale that measures students’ motivation. The scale was split into three levels: “Very much like reading”, “Somewhat like reading” and “Do not like reading”;
-       Students Confident in Reading – 6-item scale that measures a student's distinct view of his/her reading ability. The scale was partitioned into three confidence levels: “Very confident”, “Somewhat confident” and “Not confident”;
-       “Could Do Early Literacy Tasks When Beginning Primary School” scale – 6-item scale that indicates quality of kindergarten and early education. The scale was broken down into three proficiency levels: “Very well”, “Moderately well” and “Not well”;
-       “Sense of School Belonging” scale – 5-item scale that measures levels of students’ connectedness with their school. The scale was partitioned into three levels of belonging: “High sense of school belonging”, “Some sense of school belonging” and “Little sense of school belonging”;
-       “Students Engaged in Reading Lessons” scale – 9-item scale that measures students’ interaction with learning content. The scale was partitioned into three engagement levels: “Very engaged”, “Somewhat engaged”, “Less than engaged”;
-       “Disorderly Behaviour During Reading Lessons” scale – 5-item scale that measures students’ behaviours in reading lessons and teacher’s classroom management. The scale was split into three engagement levels: “Few or no lessons”, “Some lessons”, “Most of the lessons”;
-       “Student Bullying” scale – 10-item scale that measures repeated aggressive behaviours towards students from classmates. The scale was broken down into three bullying frequencies: “Never or almost never”, “About monthly”, “About weekly”;
-       “Parents Like reading” – 9-item scale that measures parents as being role models for their children. Values were partitioned into three levels – “Very much like reading”, “Somewhat like reading” and “Do not like reading”;
All scales except the bullying scale were created from students’ and parents’ answers given in a 4-level Likert scale ranging from “Agree a lot” to “Disagree a lot”. The items in the bullying scale were presented in a 4-level frequency scale: “Never”, “A few times a year”, Once or twice a month”, “At least once a week”.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In all countries of comparison some traits were common. Analysis of students’ classroom factors has shown that all countries of comparison share:
- three (in Latvia, Lithuania) to six (Finland, Ireland) times more low-achieving students than advanced that had little sense of school belonging;
- approximately 1.5 (Ireland) to 5 (Latvia) times more low-achievers than advanced that were minimally engaged in reading lessons;  
- approximately two (Finland) to six (Ireland) times more low-achieving students than advanced that reported their classmates had disorderly behaviour during most reading lessons;
- 12 (Ireland) up to 28 (Finland) times more low-achievers that were bullied about weekly;
Analysis of students’ personal factors have shown that although both groups share very similar distribution in “Students like reading” scale, it can be noted that more than 50% low-performing students (51% in Finland, 65% in Ireland, 67% in Latvia, and 73% in Lithuania) were not confident in their reading skills compared with less than 5% (1% in Finland, 2% in Ireland, 4% in Latvia, and 2% in Lithuania) advanced students who also were not confident in reading. More than 55% of advanced students entered school with early literacy skills (57% in Finland, 81% in Ireland, 77% in Latvia, and 65% in Lithuania) whereas less than 15% of low-performing students could demonstrate the same abilities (15% in Latvia, 13% in Ireland, 3% in Finland, and 0% in Lithuania).
Analysis of students’ home factors has shown that more than 30% (38% in Latvia, 53% in Lithuania, 55% in Ireland, and 57% in Finland) parents of advanced students like reading whereas more than 30% of low performing students’ parents do not like reading.
Thus, this study supports the body of research emphasizing the importance of preschool educational quality, family engagement and students' well-being at school.

References
Berninger, V. W., Nielsen, K. H., Abbott, R. D., Wijsman, E., & Raskind, W. (2008). Gender differences in severity of writing and reading disabilities. Journal of school psychology, 46(2), 151-172
Eriksson, K., Lindvall, J., Helenius O., & Ryve A. (2021). Socioeconomic Status as a Multidimensional Predictor of Student Achievement in 77 Societies. Frontiers in Education, 6(731634)
Ferrer, E., Shaywitz, B. A., Holahan, J. M., Marchione, K. E., Michaels, R., & Shaywitz, S. E. (2015). Achievement gap in reading is present as early as first grade and persists through adolescence. The Journal of pediatrics, 167(5), 1121-1125
Geske, A., Kampmane, K., & Ozola, A. (2021). The Impact of Family and Individual Factors on 4th Grade Students’ Self-Confidence in Reading Literacy: Results From PIRLS2016. Society Integration Education Proceedings of the International Scientific Conference, 2, 203-213
Kriegbaum, K., Becker, N., & Spinath, B. (2018). The relative importance of intelligence and motivation as predictors of school achievement: A meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 25, 120-148
Limbrick, L., Wheldall, K., & Madelaine, A. (2008). Gender ratios for reading disability: Are there really more boys than girls who are low-progress readers?. Australian Journal of Learning Difficulties, 13(2), 161-179
Mesite, L. (2019). Exploring Gender Differences in Children's Early Reading Development in the US. Harvard University
Mullis, I. V. S., von Davier, M., Foy, P., Fishbein, B., Reynolds, K. A., & Wry, E. (2023). PIRLS 2021 International Results in Reading. Boston College
OECD (2020a). Students’ Socio-economic Status and Performance, PISA-2018 Results (Volume II): Where All Students Can Succeed. OECD Publishing
OECD (2020b). Girls’ and boys’ performance in PISA, PISA-2018 Results (Volume II): Where All Students Can Succeed. OECD Publishing
Quinn, J. M., & Wagner, R. K. (2015). Gender differences in reading impairment and in the identification of impaired readers: Results from a large-scale study of at-risk readers. Journal of learning disabilities, 48(4), 433-445
Roth, B., Becker, N., Romeyke, S., Schäfer, S., Domnick, F., & Spinath, F. M. (2015). Intelligence and school grades: A meta-analysis. Intelligence, 53, 118-137
Shaywitz, S. E., Shaywitz, B. A., Fletcher, J. M., & Escobar, M. D. (1990). Prevalence of reading disability in boys and girls: Results of the Connecticut Longitudinal Study. Jama, 264(8), 998-1002
Wry, E., Fishbein, B. G., & Von Davier, M. (2023). Using Scale anchoring to interpret the PIRLS 2021 achievement results. In von Davier, M., Mullis, I. V. S., Fishbein, B., & Foy, P. (Eds.) Methods and procedures: PIRLS2021 technical report. Boston College


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Addressing Entrenched Educational Inequalities through Research-Practice Partnerships: an Illustrative Case Study

Claire Forbes, Stephen Rayner, Kirstin Kerr, Mel Ainscow, Bee Hughes, Paul Armstrong

University of Manchester, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Forbes, Claire; Rayner, Stephen

Background and Objectives

The interplay between social background, educational attainment and life chances has long been an issue across Europe (d’Addio, 2007). Country-specific policy reform aimed at addressing inequities has largely failed to narrow educational gaps (Bénabou et al, 2009), which have become further entrenched by the socio-educational uncertainty engendered by national responses to Covid-19 (Blaskó et al, 2022). Social-reform policies have largely remained unchanged since the pandemic (Zancajo et al, 2022), causing concern for educational stakeholders who place equity at the heart of their practice.

However, there is cause for hope, where place-based approaches and local multi-disciplinary partnerships are developing in ways that prioritise equity in education. We refer to these approaches as research-practice partnerships (RPPs), a growing international movement (Coldwell et al, 2017; Farrell et al, 2022). RPPs tend to be situated within defined local contexts and grown through prolonged contact between school leaders, other educational stakeholders, local policymakers and researchers (Ainscow, 2023). Hence, they are well positioned to shape local enactments of national policy, and generate local policy endogenously, through sustainable relationships and mutual trust.

This paper presents an illustrative case of a developing RPP in NB, a defined area within a post-industrial town in the North of England. Poverty is high in NB, with 50% children living in low income families. It has therefore been identified as a site for a ‘cradle to career’ approach, emulating aspects of the Harlem Children’s Zone in the USA (Whitehurst & Croft, 2010) by ‘joining-up’ local service infrastructure in ways that holistically support local children’s educational journeys in their home, school and community contexts. The NB RPP is currently working with eight local schools, a multidisciplinary team, and multiple voluntary/community sector organisations.

Our objectives in presenting this case are to understand intra-/inter-organisational relationships within the complex socio-educational landscape of NB, and to evaluate to what extent, and how, these might need to be redefined for the future.

We argue that RPPs are well-positioned to reimagine community relationships in ways that cohesively unite community members, including families, schools and other education-related services and stakeholders. This entails blending local, endogenous knowledge of neighbourhoods and communities with researchers’ more exogenous knowledge. In so doing, we directly address the Network 14 call for contributions on school-community relationships, considering how RPPs can be initiated and sustained to foster the development of more inclusive communities, especially at a time of change and uncertainty.

Research Questions

  • What are the educational opportunities and challenges in NB?
  • How do local schools and education-related organisations work together within the NB cradle-to-career approach to address these educational opportunities and challenges?

Theoretical Framework

We draw upon Putnam’s (2000) conceptualisation of social capital as the ‘connections among individuals … social networks, and the norms of reciprocity and trustworthiness that arise from them’ (p. 19). These connections can be (i) bonding: the connections between local residents or intra-organisational actors, or (ii) bridging: the connections across and between diverse community members and inter-organisational actors. Mulford (2007) further proposes that social relationships can be understood as a resource to forge local policy and practice pathways, where reform agendas are filtered and enacted through the active participation of stakeholders in the local socio-educational landscape. He introduces a third form of social capital, that of linking: a relational pathway that unites communities, institutions and wider professional bodies in the creation of local, regional and national policy and practice. This is exemplified by the RPP (see also Ainscow, 2015, p. 3). Taken together, bonding, bridging and linking social capital provide a lens through which to understand the complex dynamics of NB’s socio-educational landscape.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our research design, developed in conjunction with the multidisciplinary steering group in NB, aligns with the principles of design-based research approaches (DBRA), referred to as theory of change (ToC) (Kerr & Dyson, 2019). Our aim is to understand the ‘theory’ underpinning the initiative, before mapping this out and tracking its processes and outcomes over time within an RPP structure. The data reported here within our illustrative case were generated in the first stage of the ToC evaluation approach that we were commissioned in 2023 to conduct in NB, in order to explore the potential for collaborative, multi-disciplinary relationships based on current realities and future hopes.

Data Collection

We conducted 15 first-stage, scoping interviews, adopting a semi-structured format to enable robust, comparable data to be generated, while still allowing the researchers some flexibility to follow up emergent themes (Robson, 2011). Overall, our interviews were structured as follows:
• how do local professionals characterise the socio-educational landscape in NB;
• how do they feel the cradle-to-career approach is working and how might it be improved;
• what are future possibilities, hopes and priorities for the approach and the local area?
Interviewees were purposively sampled from a list of participating schools, charities, and other education-related, youth organisations. These included: local school leaders, special educational needs and disabilities (SEND) coordinators, charity and social workers, as well as key members from the steering group and community organising team. Interviews were conducted by the six-person research team, working in pairs. They took place online or face-to-face, at the convenience of the participants. All research instruments and schedules were approved by the University Ethical Committee.

Data analysis

Data were analysed thematically. The interview pairs engaged in initial work of transcription, digitising and first-cycle coding to analyse data in relation to concepts from the literature. This created the foundations for the entire research team to engage in second-cycle coding, i.e. a less formalised grounded analysis, incorporating more open descriptive coding, within a discussion-group format (Cohen et al, 2011).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Strong bonds in a close community:

Marked by intergenerational unemployment through the demise of the shipping industry, a cornerstone of the local economy, NB is characterised as a socio-economically disadvantaged area across all measures. Nevertheless, bonding social capital between residents appears high, and there is a strong sense of community pride. Interviewees also mentioned a contradiction between deficit narratives around low aspiration, and their observations of families having high aspirations for their children, while being constrained by structural barriers, and resentful of the stigma attached to their community.

Successful literacy interventions offer only a partial solution:

Local schools have focused heavily – with considerable success – on improving literacy to improve access to curricula and career pathways. However, literacy is not considered a priority by some community organisations, where children’s mental health, especially following Covid-19 lockdowns, is considered more urgent. The lack of bridging social capital between organisations and individual actors results in different perceptions of educational, social and community priorities and of how the needs of the next generation can best be addressed.

Implications for the RPP:

Building bridging social capital that unites school and non-school actors is a crucial next step in the development of this RPP. Improving inter-organisational dialogue, facilitated by the research team, might enable consensus on how diverse stakeholders in the RPP might collectively shape a shared understanding of local policy enactment in holistic and joined-up ways. Doing so may pave the way towards linking social capital in the future and accord greater certainty to intra-/inter-organisational relationships in NB. This might begin the work of breaking the complex, and deeply entrenched, cycles of poverty and marginalisation that have blighted this community over time and have been exacerbated by the pandemic, offering a pathway to community autonomy, empowerment, and the fulfilment of high local aspirations.

References
•Ainscow, M. (2015). Towards self-improving school systems: Lessons from a city challenge. Routledge.
•Ainscow, M. (2023). Research-practice partnerships: a strategy for promoting educational recovery. Revista Perspectiva Educacional, 62(1), 8-32.
•Bénabou, R., Kramarz, F., & Prost, C. (2009). The French zones d’éducation prioritaire: Much ado about nothing?, Economics of Education Review, 28 (3), 345-356. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2008.04.005
•Blaskó, Z., Costa, P. D., & Schnepf, S. V. (2022). Learning losses and educational inequalities in Europe: Mapping the potential consequences of the COVID-19 crisis. Journal of European Social Policy, 32(4), 361-375.
•Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2011). Research Methods in Education (7th ed.). London: Routledge.
•Coldwell, M., Greany, T., Higgins, S., Brown, C., Maxwell, B., Stiell, B., Stoll, L., Willis, B., & Burns, H. (2017). Evidence-Informed Teaching: An Evaluation of Progress in England. Research Report; Department for Education: London, UK.
•D'Addio, A. (2007). Intergenerational Transmission of Disadvantage: Mobility or Immobility Across Generations?, OECD Social, Employment and Migration Working Papers, No. 52, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/217730505550.
•Farrell, C. C., Penuel, W. R., Allen, A., Anderson, E. R., Bohannon, A. X., Coburn, C. E., & Brown, S. L. (2022). Learning at the Boundaries of Research and Practice: A Framework for Understanding Research–Practice Partnerships. Educational Researcher, 51(3), 197-208. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X211069073
•Kerr, K., & Dyson, A. (2019). Researching complex extended education initiatives in England: a design-based approach using theory of change. In S. H. Bae, J. L. Mahoney, S. Maschke, & L. Stecher (Eds.), International Developments in Research on Extended Education. Barbara Budrich Publishers.
•Mulford, B. (2007). Building social capital in professional learning communities: Importance, challenges and a way forward. In L. Stoll, & K. Seashore Louis (Eds.), Professional learning communities: divergence, depth and dilemmas (pp. 166–188). Open University Press.
•Putnam, R. D. (2000). Bowling alone: the collapse and revival of American community. New York: Simon & Schuster.
•Robson, C. (2011). Real world research (3rd ed.). Chichester, UK: Wiley.
•Whitehurst, G. J., & Croft. M. (2010) The Harlem Children’s Zone, promise neighborhoods, and the broader, bolder approach to education. Washington: The Brookings Institution.
•Zancajo, A., Verger, A., & Bolea, P. (2022). Digitalization and beyond: the effects of Covid-19 on post-pandemic educational policy and delivery in Europe, Policy and Society, Volume 41, 1(111–128), https://doi.org/10.1093/polsoc/puab016


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Learners’ Location, School Socio-Economic Status and School Performance – A Scottish Case Study

Laurence Lasselle

University of St Andrews, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Lasselle, Laurence

This paper examines academic performance at top grades in public examinations relative to the national average between Scottish state secondary schools mainly serving young people residing in remote communities. This examination allows me to explore:

(1) how academic performance in those schools compares to schools serving young people residing in more urban areas and

(2) whether academic performance in schools with significant proportions of learners experiencing socio-economic disadvantages is weaker.

School attainment in Scottish remote areas is lower than that observed in more urban areas (Lasselle & Johnson, 2021; Scottish government, 2021). These patterns are similar to those observed elsewhere in the UK, Europe, Australia or the United States of America (Echazarra and Radinger, 2019; Gagnon, 2022; Schmitt-Wilson and Byun, 2022; Schmitt-Wilson et al., 2018; Tomaszewski et al., 2020). They may explain why youth residing in these remote areas are less likely to progress to higher education.

This paper shows that these patterns characterising remote Scotland need nevertheless to be nuanced when secondary school statistics are considered. On the one hand, schools serving remote communities with similar socio-economic status, i.e. similar proportions of learners experiencing socio-economic disadvantages, may have large discrepancies in academic performance at top grades in public examinations relative to the national average. On the other hand, schools with similar academic performance may have different socio-economic status.

In its conclusion, the paper discusses why this contextualisation of academic performance in terms of learners’ location and schools’ socio-economic status is important for policymakers and communities in Scotland and elsewhere in Europe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My methodology builds on the methodologies developed by Lasselle and Johnson (2021), Lasselle et al. (2014), Roberts et al. (2021) and Thier et al. (2021). Each school is characterised by three dimensions: its remoteness, its socio-economic status and its academic performance. School statistics are compared and contrasted across these dimensions.

Briefly speaking, school remoteness is measured from the percentage of school learners residing in remote rural areas or remote small towns as per the rural-urban classification of the Scottish government. The socio-economic status of the school is determined from the socio-economic disadvantages experienced by its learners, either the percentage of learners registered on free-school meal, or that living in the poorest areas in Scotland as defined by the national socio-economic index of deprivation. The academic performance of a school is measured from the number of its learners achieving top grade in public examinations.

In practice, I proceed in two steps. First, I construct three binary indicators capturing each dimension from schools statistics released by the Scottish government. These indicators allow me to classify all schools in various categories. Second, I intersect the three indicators. This allows me to determine how many schools are within each category enabling me to compare and contrast the distribution of secondary schools according to their location, their socio-economic status and their academic performance compared to the national average.

The work is data-driven and Scottish-based. However, it can be replicated in many countries with standard rural/urban classification and schools statistics collection including their location. The choice of Scotland as a case study is motivated by three reasons. First, the location spectrum of school location is large. It includes remote island, large remote rural areas in the mainland, town in a remote areas allowing us to distinguish various types of communities. Second, measures of socio-economic deprivation at school level are publicly available. Third, the percentage of school leavers living in remote communities and progressing to HE is well below the national average.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
My examination leads to two results.
First, remoteness may not always be linked to weaker academic performance.
Second, weaker academic performance is not always observed in schools with lower socio-economic status.

In summary, my paper highlights the importance to distinguish the various local factors determining school’s academic performance. However, it raises the issue of the role of the communities in access to higher education, in particular remote communities.

References
Azano, A.P., Eppley, K., & Biddle C. (Eds) (2022). The Bloomsbury Handbook of Rural Education in the United States, Bloomsbury Academic.

Echazarra, A.,& Radinger, T. (2019). Learning in rural schools: Insights from Pisa, Talis and the literature. OECD Education Working Paper No. 196. OECD Publishing.

Gagnon, D.J. (2022). Student achievement in rural America, in Azano et al. (2022) pp. 215-224.

Lasselle, L., & Johnson, M. (2021). Levelling the playing field between rural schools and urban schools in a HE context: A Scottish case study. British Educational Research Journal, 47(2), 450-468. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3670

Lasselle, L., McDougall-Bagnall, J., & Smith, I. (2014). School grades, school context and university degree performance: Evidence from an elite Scottish institution. Oxford Review of Education, 40(3), 293-314. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2014.900485

Roberts, P., Thier, M., & Beach, P. (2021). Erasing rurality: On the need to disaggregate statistical data. In P., Roberts, & M., Fuqua (Eds), Ruraling Education Research: Connections between Rurality and the Disciplines of Educational Research (pp. 107-127). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-16-0131-6

Scottish Government (2021). Rural Scotland: Key facts 2021. Scottish Government. https://www.gov.scot/publications/rural-scotland-key-facts-2021/

Schmitt-Wilson, S., Downey, J.A., & Beck, A.E. (2018). Rural educational attainment: The importance of context. Journal of Research in Rural Education, 33(1), 1-14.

Schmitt-Wison, S., & Byun, S. (2022). Postsecondary transition and attainment in Azano et al. (2022) pp. 157-164.

Thier, M., Beach, P., Martinez Jr., C. R., & Hollenbeck, K. (2020). Take care when cutting: Five approaches to disaggregating school data as rural and remote. Theory & Practice in Rural Education, 10(2), 63–84. https://doi.org/10.3776/tpre.2020.v10n2p63-84

Tomaszewski, W., Kubler, M., Perales, F., Clague, D., Xiang, N., & Johnstone, M. (2020). Investigating the effects of cumulative factors of disadvantage, Final Report.
 
9:30 - 11:0014 SES 04 B: Technologies, Family and Schools.
Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Emanuela Guarcello
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

The Platformization of Family Live: Intimacy, Belonging and Surveillance Practices

Raquel Miño-Puigcercós, Paula Lozano-Mulet, Gustavo Herrera Urizar, Judith Jacovkis, Pablo Rivera-Vargas, Lluís Parcerisa

University of Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Miño-Puigcercós, Raquel; Lozano-Mulet, Paula

The phenomenon of platformization has emerged strongly, especially after the COVID-19 pandemic, affecting our daily lives in various facets, such as communication, interaction, education, and commerce, among others. Various scholars have characterized this scenario as a “platform society” (van Dijck et al., 2018) or “platform capitalism” (Srnicek, 2018). Regardless of the increasing interest in understanding the impact of digital platforms in different contexts, there are fewer studies that focus on how digital platforms have penetrated family practices. Consequently, there is a major amount of research on how young individuals use digital platforms, but relatively slight studies about family relationships and even less with an intergenerational perspective that involves the elderly.

The research project “PlatFAMs: Platforming Families – tracing digital transformations in everyday life across generations” aims to explore the integration of digital platforms into the daily routines and dynamics of contemporary families across five European countries (Norway, Estonia, the United Kingdom, Romania and Spain). Through an intergenerational approach, we select 20 families from each country (n= 100) to interview the three main generations (children, parents and grandparents).

The project focuses on three main topics: digital navigation -studying how different members of the family interact with various platforms to discern inter-generational differences and similarities-; digital negotiation -exploring relational dynamics within varied family structures- and digital future-making -investigating how participants develop imaginations of digital futures, within family and society level-.

Through the first stage of the project, we have conducted a scoping review (Erstad, Hegna, Livingstone, Negru-Subticica & Stoilova, in press) that identifies that the field of digital platforms and family life is specially focused on individual uses of social media but less explain the reconfiguration of relationships, agency and autonomy within families. These few studies focus on two different emerging themes related with the platformization of intimacy, belonging and care, on the one hand, and interdependency, vulnerability and power struggles, on the other hand.

The first corpus of literature suggests that digital technology might enable practices of care in contexts such as geographically dispersed families and it might complement rather than substitute face-to-face communication (Danielsbacka et al., 2022; Williams, 2011). It might even contribute to bridging the gap between older parents to understand the modern world (Thomas, 2020). Digital family practices such as negotiating and buying technology, sharing photos from joint family events or using Whatsapp as a transconnective space might also create a sense of family belonging (Palviainen & Kędra, 2020). At the same time, the literature points at concerns related with gender inequalities, social barriers experienced by the elderly and the overburden of the constant online presence (Neves et al., 2019).

The second one involves a shift in power dynamics within families, which might enhance family communication, learning and enjoying creativity (Levinson & Barron, 2018), but also involve parents' concerns about being absent in their children’s digital lives or about higher usage of smartphones. Another relevant aspect is related with parental surveillance, but the few studies that have been implemented point that children might see intimate surveillance as a practice of care that involves feeling more security and comfort (De Leyn, et al., 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For a deeper understanding of the phenomenon, the project is configured in three stages. The first stage consists on developing a scoping review to map the existing literature related with family and online platforms and identify the main key concepts, gaps and evidence related to the topic. The second one is a qualitative stage, based on individual and group interviews with families (Flick, 2015). This stage also involves a participatory approach (Vaughn & Jacquez, 2020), which includes using interactive and creative methods with families such as diaries or photo ellicitation. With this type of tools, families have the opportunity to report on their everyday practices related to digital platforms. And finally, the third quantitative stage, based on a secondary analysis of EUKids Online data.

In this paper, we focus on the preliminary results of the qualitative stage, which is also organized in two sub-phases: (1) individual interviews with three family members of each family (child, adult and elderly) and (2) multi-members family interviews, one or two per each family unit. At the moment, we have conducted 60 individual interviews in each country (20 families x 3 members), which implies 300 interviews in total. For each interview, researchers used a timeline that encouraged the discussion and reflection of participants about temporality in the use of platforms in the past, present and future. The results will be based on the 60 interviews conducted in Spain.

The main question guiding the analysis is which are the implications of the use of digital platforms among families, specially related with how people integrate and domesticate platforms in their daily environment? To address this question, we point to five key themes:
- Families integration and domestication of digital platforms.
- The role of negotiation in the integration of digital platforms into family life.
- The evolution of digital platforms used by families over time.
- The emergent relational meanings of digital platforms for family life.
- Families imagination of their futures.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results of the scoping review and the individual interviews points at how digital platforms might shape family life, specially in terms of intimacy, belonging and power-control relationships. In this paper, we will present the results related with the opportunities and risks perceived by families that arise from the new ways of intimacy, power shifts, means of communication and surveillance practices.

In the context of technological advances, the discussion is related with changes in power dynamics within families, as well as the emergence of new forms of communication and surveillance. Digital media has been noted to be linked to both distinctive practices of intimacy, belonging and care, as well as power struggles associated with digitally mediated forms of interdependence and vulnerability.

The issue of intimate surveillance by parents has also been addressed, such as monitoring their children's publications and followers on platforms such as TikTok, which can be perceived by children as a normalized practice of care, generating a sense of safety and comfort. These cases exemplify the interrelationship of media and surveillance practices in the context of family life and the use of digital technologies. Also, it has been highlighted that technology allows for a diversity of perspectives of intimacy, from presence to surveillance, and that visualization (via webcam, live broadcasts, etc.) plays a crucial role in its manifestation. It has been emphasized that some forms of intimacy are more welcomed by children, while others are less accepted, and that surveillance is sometimes met with avoidance strategies, problematizing limits and control.

References
Danielsbacka, M., Tammisalo, K., & Tanskanen, A. O. (2023). Digital and traditional communication with kin: Displacement or reinforcement? Journal of Family Studies, 29(3), 1270–1291. https://doi.org/10.1080/13229400.2022.2040575

De Leyn, T., De Wolf, R., Abeele, M. V., & de Marez, L. (2019). Reframing current debates on young people’s online privacy by taking into account the cultural construction of youth. Proceedings of the 10th International Conference on Social Media and Society, 174–183.

Erstad, Hegna, Livingstone, Negru-Subticica & Stoilova (in press). Digital platforms and family life across generations – reviewing the evidence and defining the field.

Flick, Uwe. (2015). El diseño de la Investigación Cualitativa. Morata.

Levinson, A. M., & Barron, B. (2018). Latino immigrant families learning with digital media across settings and generations. Digital Education Review, (33) 150–169. https://doi.org/10.1344/der.2018.33.150-169

Matassi, M., Boczkowski, P. J., & E. Mitchelstein (2019). Domesticating WhatsApp: Family, friends, work, and study in everyday communication. New Media & Society, 21(10), 2183-2200. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444819841890

Neves, B. B., Franz, R., Judges, R., Beermann, & C., Baecker, R. (2019). Can Digital Technology Enhance Social Connectedness Among Older Adults? A Feasibility Study. Journal of Applied Gerontology, 38(1), 49–72. https://doi.org/10.1177/0733464817741369

Palviainen, Å., Kędra, J. (2020). What’s in the family app?: Making sense of digitally mediated communication within multilingual families. Journal of Multilingual Theories and Practices, 1(1), 89–111. https://doi.org/10.1558/jmtp.15363

Siles, I., Espinoza-Rojas, J., Naranjo, A., & M.F. Tristán (2019). The mutual domestication of users and algorithmic recommendations on Netflix. Communication, Culture & Critique, 12(4), 499-518.

Srnicek, N. (2018). Capitalismo de plataformas. Cajanegra Editora.

Thomas, M.-H. (2020). The Impact of Communication Technology and Social Media on Intergenerational Relationships between Older Individuals and Their Adult Children in Bangkok. Manusya: Journal of Humanities, 23(2), 188–204. https://doi.org/10.1163/26659077-02302003

van Dijck, J., Poell, T and de Waal, M. (2018). The Platform Society: Public Values in a Connective World. Oxford University Press.

Vaughn, L. M., & Jacquez, F. (2020). Participatory Research Methods – Choice Points in the Research Process. Journal of Participatory Research Methods, 1(1). https://doi.org/10.35844/001c.13244

Williams, F. (2011). Towards a transnational analysis of the political economy of care. In R. Mahon and F. Robinson (eds). Feminist Ethics and Social Policy: Towards a New Global Political Economy of Care, 21–38. UBC Press.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

‘It Takes a Village’ - Parental Experiences with Cooperation to Overcome Cyberbullying within Norwegian Educational Context. A Qualitative Study

Martyna Onyszko, Hildegunn Fandrem

University in Stavanger, Norway

Presenting Author: Onyszko, Martyna

The recently published annual national student survey in Norway reports alarming and steadily increasing rates of cyberbullying among students in primary and lower secondary schools. The largest percentage, 5.9% of students, report being cyberbullied (2-3 times a month, once a week, few times a week) via phone, iPad or PC in 5th grade. Numbers vary between 4,6% to 5,1% in grades 6th to 10th (Utdanningsdirektoratet, 2024). Increasing prevalence rates, paired with large socio-economic losses for the individual and for the society, makes cyberbullying an important research field for practitioners and researchers alike. The available research suggests the need for a holistic approach, involving all stakeholders in the school community, especially parents, as a means of addressing cyberbullying. Parents as primary caregivers are central in any cooperative efforts influencing a child’s development and well-being (Glavin, 2013). To the best of our knowledge, no study with the focus on parental views on the cooperative efforts has been conducted within European or Norwegian context. Thus, the main objective of the study is to extract insights regarding parents’ views and experiences concerning interdisciplinary and interagency cooperation to overcome cyberbullying in Norwegian schools.

The research shows that positive home-school relations, where parents have the chance to genuinely contribute to their child’s education, improve the child’s overall experience and learning outcomes (Drugli & Nordahl, 2016). In this way, parents and the school share the responsibility of raising children and teenagers in school age. The home-school collaboration is seen as crucial to the child’s positive social adjustment (Kim & Sheridan, 2015). In the following study, it will be assumed that all of the families do sincerely care about their offspring: they want to see them succeed, build positive relations to their peers, educators and wider community (Epstein, 2010). The primary goal of this study is to gain a better insight into parental views on how to best channel the cooperative efforts to prevent and combat cyberbullying, which has such a troubling impact on the lives of many adolescents. The research question guiding this inquiry is thus: What are the views and experiences with cooperation to prevent cyberbullying of parents whose children were involved in cyberbullying?

To answer the research question, 17 semi-structured interviews were conducted either in-person or online with parents of children enrolled in Norwegian primary or lower secondary school, as these are the ages where cyberbullying is most prevalent (Kowalski et al., 2012). Purposive sampling was employed, with the population including parents of children and adolescents involved in cases of cyberbullying. The interviews were carried out between November 2022 and January 2024 in either Norwegian, Polish or English. A reflexive thematic analysis was carried out, revealing four major themes: (1) home-school cooperation, (2) types of parental involvement and (3) aspects of cyberbullying affecting cooperation and (4) cooperative strategies to overcome cyberbullying. All the themes are encompassed within one main node: (I) parental views and experiences with cooperation. Careful ethical measures were undertaken to protect the informants’ rights. In the end, implications for researchers and practitioners were presented, to possibly inform a context-specific cyberbullying program in the future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative interviewing as a data collection method has been chosen as it is one of the most significant tools to adequately seize the very essence of human experience. It was employed in the study to explore the informants’ experiences on cooperation to overcome cyberbullying. Interviewing is seen as appropriate method in the cases when the studied phenomena cannot be observed or replicated by the researcher (Leavy, 2020; Merriam, 2016). A semi-structured interview guide has been devised to direct the conversation, ensuring that the informants were allowed to subjectively manifest their personal experiences with cooperation to overcome cyberbullying. The four main topics included (1) definition of cyberbullying, (2) the bullying, (3) intervention and (4) prevention. Without compromising the confidentiality and comfort of the informants, the interviews were conducted at the location and time at the informants’ choice. The interviews lasted between 25 minutes to 1 hour and 37 minutes.
Data analysis was facilitated using qualitative data software NVivo. The interviews were transcribed verbatim and uploaded into the software, then analyzed. Data analysis followed the thematic analysis framework by Braun and Clarke (2006, 2019, 2022, 2023), which involve six stages: (1) familiarizing oneself with the data, (2) creating codes, (3) generating themes, (4) reviewing potential themes, (5) defining and naming themes, and (6) producing the report. The coding process was further divided into three phases, as described in Corbin (2008): (1) open coding, (2) axial coding and (3) selective coding. The data analysis process was inductive, where the main motivation behind choosing it was to allow for an open-minded engagement with the data, and allowing the data define the possible codes and themes, allowing the researcher to take an active role in the meaning extraction. Reflexive thematic analysis facilitates just that, with themes emerging after considerable immersion and explorative analysis. The data collection and analysis were iterative processes, conducted until meaning saturation was reached.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study adds to the scarce evidence on stakeholder cooperation from the parental point of view to combat cyberbullying in the educational context. Efforts against cyberbullying should build on the available evidence on traditional bullying, as these two froms of aggression are often related. The parental needs vary regarding the support the need to face the cyberbullying, and they should be taken care of accordingly. Thus, family-oriented practices are vital. The various stakeholders should aim at identifying these needs of parents, which may facilitate earlier and better professional support. The joint responsibility of raising children and the need for cooperation should be emphasized, also in the pre-service education for professionals working with children and adolescents. The children and their caregivers must be provided with channels for reporting cyberbullying in a safe, anonymous and convenient manner.
References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health, 11(4), 589-597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis. A Practical Guide. Sage Publications Ltd.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2023). Toward good practice in thematic analysis: Avoiding common problems and be(com)ing a knowing researcher. International Journal of Transgender Health, 24(1), 1-6. https://doi.org/10.1080/26895269.2022.2129597
Corbin, J. M. (2008). Basics of qualitative research : techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (3rd ed.). Sage.
Drugli, M. B., & Nordahl, T. (2016). Forskningsartikkel: Samarbeidet mellom hjem og skole. En oppsummering av aktuell kunnskap om hva som skaper et godt samarbeid mellom hjem og skole. https://www.udir.no/kvalitet-og-kompetanse/samarbeid/samarbeid-mellom-hjem-og-skole/samarbeidet-mellom-hjem-og-skole/
Epstein, J. L. (2010). School/Family/Community Partnerships: Caring for the Children We Share. Phi Delta Kappa International, 92. https://doi.org/10.1177/003172171009200326
Glavin, K. (2013). Tverrfaglig samarbeid i praksis : til beste for barn og unge i kommune-Norge [Interdisciplinary Collaboration in Practice: For the Good of Children and Young People in Municipal Norway] (3. utg. ed.). Kommuneforl.
Kim, E. M., & Sheridan, S. M. (2015). Foundational Aspects of Family-School Connections: Definitions, Conceptual Frameworks, and Research Needa. In E. M. Kim & S. M. Sheridan (Eds.), Foundational Aspects of Family-School Partnership Research. Springer International Publishing.
Kowalski, R. M., Limber, S. P., & Agatston, P. W. (2012). Cyberbullying. Bullying in the Digital Age. Wiley-Blackwell.
Leavy, P. (Ed.). (2020). The Oxford Handbook of Qualitative Research. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780190847388.001.0001.
Merriam, S. B. (2016). Qualitative research : a guide to design and implementation (E. J. Tisdell, Ed. Fourth edition. ed.). Jossey-Bass, a Wiley Brand.
Utdanningsdirektoratet. (2024). Elevundersøkelsen - resultater. https://www.udir.no/tall-og-forskning/statistikk/elevundersokelsen/


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

AI Technologies in an Age of Uncertainty: Immersive Environments that Foster in Primary School Children a Critical-Creative Relationship with AI

Emanuela Guarcello1, Abele Longo2

1University of Turin, Italy; 2Middlesex University of London, UK

Presenting Author: Guarcello, Emanuela

Topic. In an age "afflicted" by uncertainty (Morin, 2003, 2016, 2020), it is necessary to prepare new generations to manage this condition of precariousness and the challenges it poses (Bauman, 1994) in a realistic, responsible and constructive way. Among the main challenges, the challenge of AI technologies raises the greatest number of uncertainties because it represents, on the one hand, one of the most advanced opportunities for human development and, on the other hand, one of the greatest risks of dehumanization of existence (Floridi, 2014). It is therefore necessary to train new generations at an early stage to critically and creatively manage AI technologies (Authors, 2023) through effective educational experiences, developed in partnership among schools, families and communities. Within the most innovative educational experiences that is taking its first steps in primary school is the immersive experience in virtual educational environments (Clarke, Dede and Dieterle, 2008; Di Natale et al., 2020; Finestrone, Limone and Peconio, 2023).

Research Question. In line with the issues raised by the special call of Network 14, the research question is: What can be learned by children in/from the immersive experience in educational environments of a virtual type, to enable them to create a community capable of critically and creatively managing AI technologies?

Objectives. The research objectives are:

- to explore the ways in which the immersive experience fosters in children;

- the knowledge to manage AI technologies in a critical and creative way;

- competency in judgement;

- to identify an effective educational model to train children in critically and creatively managing AI technologies through immersive experiences.

Theoretical Framework. At the European level, the school’s commitment in recent decades to train new generations to an adequate digital competence (Media Literacy, Data Literacy, Explainability) (Panciroli and Rivoltella, 2023) is relevant. However, as reported by the most recent scientific research (Spiranec, Kos and George 2019; D'Ignazio and Bhargava, 2015; De la Higuera, 2019), this training presents some weaknesses:

- it is focused on the acquisition of technical skills,

- it is mainly implemented in technical-scientific fields (STEM),

- it is carried out especially in secondary schools.

Moreover, scientific research has not yet clearly focused on four further limitations of current European education to Digital Citizenship and Data Literacy in schools (Authors, in press):

- it does not form in a systematic way starting at least from primary school,

- it does not form a critical and realistic awareness not only of the limitations of AI technologies but also of the potential that a responsible use of technologies can have with respect to improving the quality of life,

- it does not propose educational practices that have proved effective for this purpose,

- it does not activate partnership processes among schools, families and communities.

Indeed, studies on the ethics of AI (Floridi, 2022) highlight the need for the human being to be able to critically and responsibly manage AI technologies and therefore be trained in this sense since childhood, through experiences implemented in partnership among school,. In addition, pedagogical studies and research draw attention to the fact that a critical and creative approach to the problem of new technologies cannot be formed through purely informative, notional, cognitive and technical experiences. It must rather be formed through aesthetic experiences. Among the many aesthetic experiences, one is indicated by the most recent studies of techno-aesthetics as particularly interesting: the immersive experience created on themes and with techniques of visual art and used within educational paths of aesthetic type (Diodato, 2022; Pinotti, 2021; Seo, 2011).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
On the basis of the reconstructed theoretical framework, an exploratory research is taking place over the 2022-2023 and 2023-2024 academic years, through an art-based participatory action-research approach (Barbier, 2007; Leavy, 2017; Sorzio, 2019; 2003; Seppälä, Sarantou, Miettinen, 2021; Stenhouse, 1975), involving about 80 children in the final two years of primary school. The research is led by the University of Turin and conducted in partnership with Middlesex University of London, the LIFE Innovation Lab (University of Turin) and two primary schools near Turin.
The research planning comprises two phases.
Phase 1 (May 2023– January 2024):
- to undertake a first research path with the participating primary school teachers, a Fine Arts researcher (West University of Timişoara), a digital designer and the LIFE Lab researchers in order:
- to share and reflect on the issue under examination,
- to discuss the images, elements and informatic structure for creating the immersive aesthetic experience,
- to design the entire training activity to be implemented with the children, in partnership with families and communities,
- to create a protocol for the evaluation of the results and the training process.

Phase 2 ( February – October 2024):
- to implement the immersive experience with the children (9-11 y.o.) within the LIFE Lab,
- to evaluate the formative results and process,
- to present the formative path to the community during the European Researchers' Night in Turin (September 2024), actively involving the children's families and citizens in the immersive experience, under the guide of the school children,
- to disseminate the research findings in academic and scholastic communities, involving children as speakers and their families as participants in an international Conference.
In order to collect, analyse and discuss the data needed for establishing the reaching of the objectives, the following analysis and research instruments will be used (Efrat Efron, Ravid, 2019):
- a content analysis of the pre and post qualitative questionnaires filled by the children on the formative topic (Ammuner, 1998; Beed, Stimson, 1985), before and after the formative experience,
- a quantitative and content analysis of the pre and post quali-quantitative questionnaires filled by the children on the cognitive bias about the AI technologies,
- a hermeneutic analysis of the dialogues (among children-teachers-researchers) recorded during the formative activities (Betti, 1987; Kvale, 1996),
- a content analysis of in-depth interviews with the participating teachers conducted after the formative experience (Brown, Danaher 2019; Souliotis, 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As planned, the first phase of the research (May 2023-January 2024) produced the following outputs:
- the creation of an immersive aesthetic experience to offer to children,
- the design of the overall training path that will be proposed to the classes.
The creation and programming of the immersive aesthetic experience was implemented through partially immersive virtual experiences in 3D artwork, conceived by the research group and created in pictorial form. The subject of the 3D digital artwork is the Pachamama (Earth Mother), considered the symbol par excellence of a responsible and constructive relationship with creation and between creatures (Azeiteiro, Akerman, ‎Leal Filho, 2017; Donna, 2020; Southgate, 2020; Torres, 2019).
The interactive aesthetic mixed reality environment is explored by children through 3D glasses and joysticks. It consists of a mountain relief, wooded spaces, waterfalls, maritime views, fauna elements, technical elements created by humans (swing, square, tattoos drawn on the "hands" and "face" of the Pachamama), within which children experience the relationship between human beings and nature. The immersion in the artwork also enables the entry and exploration within the mountain relief, e.g. in a cave divided into thematic spaces dedicated to meeting some contents related to AI technologies and their critical and creative management.
The second research phase (February-May 2024) will allow us to explore the knowledges and competences in judgment fostered in children by the immersive experience, for managing in a critical and creative way the AI technologies; to identify an effective formative model for training  children in managing in a critical and creative way the AI technologies through immersive experiences. All these findings will be collected and analysed after the end of the formative path (from June to July 2024) and presented during the EERA/ECER Conference.

References
Authors (2023). Child-aits relationship (c-airɛ). Educating to a reflective and critical relationship with ai technologies in primary school. Giornale Italiano di Educazione alla Salute, Sport e Didattica Inclusiva, 7(1). https://ojs.gsdjournal.it/index.php/gsdj/article/view/820/1095
Authors (in press). School Children and the Challenge of Managing AI Technologies. London: Routledge.
Bauman, Z. (1994). Alone Again. Ethics After Certainty. London: Demos.
Clarke, J., Dede, C., & Dieterle, E. (2008). Emerging Technologies for Collaborative, Mediated, Immersive Learning, in Voogt, J., & Knezek, G. (eds.). International Handbook of Information Technology in Primary and Secondary Education. Volume 20. Boston, MA: Springer, 901–909.
Dewey, J. (1980). Art as Experience. New York, NY: Perigee Books.
Di Natale, A.F. et al. (2020). Immersive virtual reality in K-12 and higher education: A 10-year systematic review of empirical research, British Journal of Educational Technology, 51(6), 2006–2033. doi: https://bera-journals.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/abs/10.1111/bjet.13030
Diodato, R. (2022). Virtual Reality and Aesthetic Experience, Philosophies, 7(2):29. doi: https://doi.org/10.3390/philosophies7020029
Efrat Efron, S. & Ravid, R. (2019). Action research in education: A practical guide. New York, NY: The Guilford Press.
Finestrone, F., Limone, P., & Peconio, G. (2023). Nuovi scenari di progettazione educativa: esperienze di didattica immersiva, IUL Research, 4(7). doi: https://doi.org/10.57568/iulresearch.v4i7.400
Floridi, L. (2014). The forth revolution. How the infosphere is reshaping human reality. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Floridi, L. (2023). The ethics of artificial intelligence. Principles, challenges, and opportunities. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Leavy, P. (2017). Introduction to arts based research. In P. Leavy (Ed.), Handbook of arts-based research (pp. 3-21). New York: Guilford Press.
Montani, P. (2014). Tecnologie della sensibilità. Estetica e immaginazione interattiva. Milan: Raffaello Cortina.
Morin, E. (2003). Pour une Crisologie. Paris: L'Herne.
Morin, E. (2016). Éduquer pour l'ére planétaire. La pensée complexe comme Méthode d'apprendissage dan l'erreur et l'incertitude humaine. Paris: Balland.
Morin, E. (2020). Changeons de voie. Les leçons du coronavirus. Paris: Denoël.
Panciroli, C. & Rivoltella, P.C. (2023). Pedagogia algoritmica. Per una riflessione educativa sull’Intelligenza Artificiale. Brescia: Scholé.
Pinotti, A. (2021). Alla soglia dell’immagine. Turin: Einaudi.
Seo, J.H. (2011). Aesthetics of Immersion in Interactive Immersive Environments. A Phenomenological Case Study of Light Strings. London: LAP Lambert Academic Publishing.
Seppälä, T., Sarantou, M., & Miettinen, S. (eds) (2021). Arts-Based Methods for Decolonizing Participatory Research. New York, NY: Routledge.
Tiina, S., Sarantou, M. & Miettinen, S. (2021). Arts-Based Methods for Decolonising Participatory Research. London: Routledge.
 
9:30 - 11:0015 SES 04 A: Partnership research in Erasmus+ projects
Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Kathrin Paal
Paper Session
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Challenges and Opportunities in International and Multidisciplinary Collaborative Projects: Fostering Global Sensitivity Among Future Teachers

Yifat Ben-David Kolikant, Julia Resnik, Aviv Cohen, Micah Sapir

Hebrew university of Jeru, Israel

Presenting Author: Ben-David Kolikant, Yifat; Resnik, Julia

Our presentation focuses on the benefits and challenges of an international multidisciplinary research collaboration (Dusdal & Powell 2021) an Erasmus+ Key Action 2 program entitled “GlobalSense: Developing Global Sensitivity among Student-Teachers (in short, GlobalSense).” Our research group is multi-national, including members from Nantes University (France), Hebrew University of Jerusalem (Israel), Weingarten University of Education (Germany), Free University of Brussels (Belgium) and Temple University of Philadelphia (USA). It is also multi-disciplinary in its nature, bringing together experts in sociology, civic education, global education, and learning sciences.

The research question that led the study this presentation is based on is : What are the organizational, communicative and conceptual challenges faced by an international and multidisciplinary team when working together on a politically, socially and culturally loaded topic such as global citizenship education?

Background- The objective of GlobalSense is to enable future teachers to develop their understanding of global citizenship and enhance their pedagogical practices resulting from cross-national online interactions among future educators. The theoretical premise underlying this work was that (a) preparing teachers to promote global citizenship requires them to engage with socially and politically loaded subjects in a global context; (b). Since each nation has a unique history and context the encounter with student-teachers from different countries has a learning potential; and (c) Teachers’ training cannot be limited to the transmission of academic knowledge alone but should include the development of a pedagogical awareness of and sensitivity (Hansen, 2010).

Theoretical background - As early as in the 1980s scholars attempted to point to the motivations and costs of collaboration in research (Fox & Faver 1984). The collaboration in the case of the GlobalSense project is motivated by indirect benefit concerning external goals of a political, economic or cultural nature as well as direct benefits that enable addressing transnational or global problems (Georghiou 1998:620-622) such as Global Citizenship education. The impact of context being political, ethical and economical can affect the research process. First of all, language differences complicate aspects of a collaborative study. Diverse cultural settings present unique challenges in multinational collaboration (Hooper et al. 2005 in Freshwater et al 2006) and more evidently in social research focused on politically loaded issues such as the GlobalSense project. Dusdal & Powell’s (2021) qualitative comprehensive study found that among the benefits of scientific collaboration, interviewees mentioned: Broadening knowledge, conducting comparative research, multidisciplinarity advances thinking and facilitates development of theoretical approaches and methods, etc . The motivations could be career advancement, networking and time to do multidisciplinary work among others. The challenges researchers faced: Organization and structured management of work packages and tasks, team communications and language skills, contrasting cultural and organizational expectations and norms, contrasting styles of communication (exchange of information) and work, diverse theoretical and methodological strengths and weaknesses and so on (Dusdal & Powell 2021). Regarding organizational challenges, though much of the work related to international research collaboration can be accomplished by email, telephone conference and video-conference, the literature emphasises the importance of face-to-face meetings (Hooper et al., 2005 in Freshwater et al 2006). The role of diversity and respect can be accommodating differences in order to facilitate a consensus approach to decision-making (Freshwater et al 2006).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
From the beginning, tensions and misunderstanding between the members of the team from different countries and disciplines were evident in the first online general meetings.  Since scholars constituted a multinational and multidisciplinary team, the French team thought that these tensions and gaps can by themselves be considered an interesting topic of study which were not part of the initial ERASMUS research proposal. For this purpose, the French team developed three different  tools in order to analyze the multiple challenges presented by a collaborative multinational, multicultural and multidisciplinary team while working together on a cultural and socio-political loaded project such as the one regarding global citizenship education.
Questionnaire on wonderings. Members of the team were asked to fill a questionnaire with open questions. The first item was to “Describe what made you wonder or react in the Globalsense project. “ and the following items were in the same direction trying to understand and provide interpretations on wonderings that are usually products of cultural or disciplinary differences.
Reflections collected immediately after the online students exchange. These reflections  targeted specifically to register  leaders’ impressions  on the students’ exchanges, impressions not being considered by the research design and aimed at collecting information on how the leaders  felt about the exchanges and what were the challenges they underwent.
 Focused interviews  were  conducted in person with members of the team from different countries  mainly during the transnational meetings at one of the participant universities. Interviews focused on questions of cultural differences, cultural gaps  scholars  perceived during the online and in person preparation meetings in their encounters with scholars from other countries.
The data obtained from these three sources will be interpreted based on  a thematic content analysis in order to understand the main challenges a multinational research team is confronted with when working together.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As we experienced, leading a multi-disciplinary, international project presented both technical and substantive challenges for the research team. These included:
1. Technical Issues: Coordinating meetings across three continents was difficult due to time differences, making it challenging to schedule international collaborative learning sessions.
2. Linguistic and Cultural Differences: There was a need to design pedagogical activities that were culturally sensitive and relevant across five different national and cultural contexts.
3. Evaluation: Developing a framework for evaluating and analyzing students' learning and overall experiences from the project was a complex task.
4. Different Education Systems: The challenge lay in formulating practical recommendations that were relevant and applicable across diverse educational systems.
Other challenges (e.g., timing student visits from one university to another and planning a meaningful experience for them) can be classified into one or more of the above four categories. We also experienced unexpected obstacles that we had to address (Covid-19, war, and so forth).
The study shows that we had learned a lot from this collaborative experience and that our own collaborative skills evolved. The analysis will shed light on the processes we underwent and detect factors that hindered or leveraged our collaborative work.  One of the unexpected results is that when working collaboratively cross-nationally on a teacher education project, not only students' global sensitivity improves, but ours as well.  

References
Dusdal, J., & Powell, J. J. (2021). Benefits, motivations, and challenges of international collaborative research: a sociology of science case study. Science and Public Policy, 48(2), 235-245.
Fox, M. F., & Faver, C. A. (1984). Independence and cooperation in research: The motivations and costs of collaboration. The Journal of Higher Education, 55(3), 347-359.
Freshwater, D., Sherwood, G., & Drury, V. (2006). International research collaboration: Issues, benefits and challenges of the global network. Journal of Research in Nursing, 11(4), 295-303.
Georghiou, L. (1998). Global cooperation in research. Research policy, 27(6), 611-626.
Hansen, D. T. (2010). Cosmopolitanism and education: A view from the ground. Teachers College Record, 112(1), 1–30.
Hooper, T. I., Smith, T. C., Gray, G. C., Al Qahtani, M. S., Memish, Z. A., Barrett, D. H., ... & Gackstetter, G. D. (2005). Saudi Arabia–United States collaboration in health research: a formula for success. American journal of infection control, 33(3), 192-196.


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

An innovative approach to Quality Assurance Work in Erasmus+ Strategic Cooperations in the Field of Education and Training

Jan Ardies, Joos Vollebregt, Annelies Aerts

AP University of Applied Sciences and Arts, Antwerpen, Belgium

Presenting Author: Vollebregt, Joos

As we know, collaborative European projects are very interesting platforms for the exchange of knowledge and best practices, as well as strong opportunities to understand why other approaches and solutions may benefit different circumstances. But as anyone who has taken part in such projects knows, the very same characteristics that create these exceptionally fertile circumstances, at times also make it particularly difficult to continuously and sustainably deliver high quality products. This is especially the case when partners are new to each other or to the Erasmus protocols, and the different focus points or expectations between partners reach the level where they overshadow the gains of the exchange and significantly slow down the planned process or systematically lower the quality of what is produced. However, it is paramount to safeguard the quality of the final products because, even though professional international exchange and strengthening one’s skills in collaboration are important goals indeed, the goal to deliver strong work, such that it may raise all our practices, always remains at the forefront of our aims.

Here we share our experience with monitoring the quality of an ongoing Teacher Academy project for Erasmus+. We describe the start of the project, our development of the quality monitoring system fitting the circumstances and educational and collaborative principles, and our continuous safeguarding of quality. We reflect on the process and the outcomes (e.g. the quality reports).

To contextualize our approach, we want to bring your attention to the fact that when an Erasmus+ partnership is forged between various educational institutions in different countries, the proposal that is to bind their efforts has a central issue that serves to focus the proposal as well as the partnership. It is true that it serves, as quoted in the call for proposals for this conference, as a ‘glue’ for the various partners. However, such a partnership between educational institutions, always has another issue to deal with, regardless of the ideas in the proposal, and that is the inevitable difference between their educational practices, and possibly philosophies, and how these shape their goals and expectations for collaboration and co-creation. This is relevant insofar as the educational principles any institution practices in educating its students match the ones they use in their own learning and development, and when cooperating with other learners for said development. In short, if the various partners practice what they preach, and they preach different things, the cooperation inevitably faces an extra challenge, and a profound one to boot. Our team set out to turn this into an opportunity. We as educators in a teacher training program that is explicitly veered towards establishing lifelong learning skills in our teacher-trainees, advocate a strong alignment between our own educational practices and our approach to collaborative efforts to learn and build together within an Erasmus+ partnership, in line with the latter framework’s aims for the collaborations it wishes to foster (cf. key action 2 and 3 of the Erasmus+ program.

Faced with the fascinating opportunities this type of partnership entailed, we took some time to look more closely at the situation and performed desk research to acquaint ourselves with the general approach to Quality Assurance. We then decided to introduce an alternative approach based on our own educational philosophies and practices to help sustain motivation and keep management from overextending. We developed our method and introduced it at the first physical meeting, where we walked our partners through the designed method, asked for their consent, and then started up the process the same day to ensure ad hoc support.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Erasmus+ project pursues direct impact on more than 1000 people and is divided over 5 work packages executed by 8 partners, so a firm and cyclically continuous plan that operated at all levels was needed. We also quickly understood that no quality assurance team can ever reasonably be expected to provide real expertise and concomitant assessment for the contents of all other work packages.

We aimed for our approach to practice what we preach in our teacher training programs. The method is based on what we consider strong practices in evaluation and life-long learning, but we geared this towards peers rather than students. Central to this was our general aim to stimulate authentic critical reflection as opposed to one party policing others, on the road to ensuring sustainable (self-)evaluation throughout any development project, as well as to generate a healthy degree of self-regulation (a main ingredient of life-long learning) in all partners including ourselves, to help maximize chances of success in subsequent undertakings of this nature. We checked these principles of our own education against the general principles of the Erasmus+ program and found a strong correlation, summarised, for example, in the following: “(...) the general objective of the Erasmus+ Program (...) is to support, through lifelong learning, the educational, professional and personal development of people in education, training, (…) contributing to sustainable growth, quality jobs and social cohesion, to driving innovation, (…)”.

Considering the above, we designed our quality assurance plan around control measures (continuous monitoring of the processes, peer reviews, and external assessment) which we partially transferred onto a Quality Evaluation Unit lead by the QA team. The members of this team are tasked with performing critical reflection with the Task Leaders. Therefore, we designed the ‘Task QA Form’ used at the start of a Task and the ‘Task QA Report’, used to track progress.  Both queries invite partners to take stock of their aims and to evaluate their success by breaking down their work and select critical fitting partners. Through the principles of constructive alignment, a careful completion of the form provides the partners valuable insights. The Q&E Unit members pass issues on to the appropriate parties within their respective project teams. When issues are flagged, the Q&E Unit shares its findings with the project management who processes this according to the guidelines. Lastly, the quarterly Quality Monitoring Reports are shared for feedback with all partners.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our main findings are that the quality assurance plan for the project is well-structured and comprehensive and all partners have repeatedly agreed on the use of it, covering all the aspects, layers, and stages of the project. We also experienced that the quality assurance plan is flexible and adaptive, allowing for adjustments and improvements based on the feedback and results of the monitoring and evaluation activities. This quality assurance plan has also proven to also strengthen collaboration and participation, involving all the partner institutions and stakeholders in the project. Our approach has also shown challenges and limitations which can shed light on challenges that are typical for the kind of Erasmus+ co-operative partnerships.
By introducing and discussing our innovative approach to quality assurance work for this Erasmus+ partnership, we wish to stimulate a critical look at the mentioned challenges and opportunities within strategic cooperations in Erasmus+ partnerships. We will invite you to come along with us as we share with you the methods and materials we devised in constructive alignment to our procedural goals, to stimulate insight into the project-as-a-whole, the assigned task work as well as the part it was designed to play in the whole and support self-regulation to strengthen the cooperation between different approaches. All this while not losing sight of the central goals of the project itself, i.e. the deliverables.

References
Percipio Global Ltd. (z.d.). Metacognition and Self-regulation: Technical appendix | EEF. EEF. https://educationendowmentfoundation.org.uk/education-evidence/teaching-learning-toolkit/metacognition-and-self-regulation/technical-appendix
 
9:30 - 11:0017 SES 04 A: Collectivisation, the Anthropocene, and Eco-Pedagogy
Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Attila Nóbik
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

Anxiety, Fear, and Hope: Teachers and Local Communities in the Final Stage of the Hungarian Collectivization (1960)

Lajos Somogyvari

University of Pannonia, Hungary

Presenting Author: Somogyvari, Lajos

It has been not widely analyzed how intense emotions (both positive and negative ones) maintained the Cold War situation between 1945 and 1990: between the Blocks and inside a country (an example of this attitude: Biess, 2020). The topic of this presentation is a blind spot in the history of Eastern European education, namely the role and feelings of teachers and principals during the collectivization. In a one-party socialist system, every state employee (including teachers, managers, local officials, cultural workers, etc.) had to function as a propagandist (Slapentokh, 1989, 106–107); regardless of his/her commitment, and attitudes. Proving loyalty to the official ideology and the requirement to take part in socialist development (industrialization, collectivization, transformation of the culture) might cause conflicts of conscience for teachers, especially in rural areas, where these intellectuals were closely related to their communities.

The context of educators’ activities in mass mobilization campaigns in socialist societies (like collectivization) has already been elaborated (e.g. Fitzpatrick, 1994; Kligman & Verdery, 2011), but the personal views of these participants are mostly missing. I am going to present these through a special case study, showing the final phase of the collectivization in Hungary, in the early months of 1960. Originally, the process of radical change in agriculture was considered to be a field of historical investigation. Historians traditionally focused on the Party regulations, local implementation, and the reactions of the farmers (from collaboration to resistance), meanwhile, the other actors who were involved, remained in the shadow. On the other hand, scholars from the history of education were not interested in that topic, as it seemed to be too far from the issues of schooling, and belongs to the terrain of economic and political history. These all concluded in a forgotten and sometimes tabooed story of the dominant presence of schoolteachers in the collectivization: even the participants did not want to speak about it, because the persuasion of the individual farmers might connect with psychological and physical pressure.

My preliminary statements were the following before the analysis:

  1. Education, as a content and activity was subordinated to different ideological and political intentions until the first half of the 1960s in Hungary. Teachers had to fulfil the Party-given goals at that time, with limited professional competencies.
  2. Teachers’ (and other social actors’) involvement was enforced and manipulated by the Party, to take the responsibility down to lower levels (Ö. Kovács, 2012): the local staff had to agitate their own families, relatives, pupils’ parents, and so on. In an all-round movement, everyone was a link in the chain.
  3. The communist project about social transfiguration was evaluated as a modernization program (even nowadays), and in this progress, the state educationalizes the whole society (Świrek & Pospech, 2021). Teachers had to educate not just the children, but their parents as well – and sometimes the educators needed an education too (Welton, 2014).
  4. Propaganda and agitation made parallel universes in this world, where ideology immensely infiltrated everyday reality.

There are two broader dimensions surrounding this theme: the roles, possibilities, and limitations of intellectuals in an authoritarian, totalitarian system (Tismaneanu & Iacob, 2019); and the utilizing emotions in the history of education (Sobe, 2012). In this presentation, I will first outline the socio-historical background of the concrete case, and then comes the analysis of the complex interactions between teachers and their environment in the winter of 1960.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My study is based on unique sources, called ‘The Stories of Cooperatives’ (in Hungarian: Termelőszövetkezet történetek). The Cultural Department of Zala County (a western administration unit in Hungary) launched the call in 1960 to archive the final stage of collectivization on local levels. It was an obligatory task for teachers and principals, and the result was very special. We have reports from 85 villages, authored by 35 school directors, 17 teachers, 14 Party officials, and three leaders from the cooperatives, on 205 pages (some files are anonymous). We haven’t got such a corpus, which covered a whole county on the levels of small villages, through the individual perspectives of the local intellectuals, spoke about fresh experiences – except this ‘Stories…’.
The most important questions for a researcher are the following:
- What were the goals of ordering these reports? Why did the Party officials want to read these (hi)stories?
The answer is rooted in the Soviet initiative by Khrushchev, which tried to create a socialist past, with local heroes and scenes. These descriptions followed the orders of the Party, aimed to legitimate the system, build communities with participation, and make new identities (Donovan, 2015). This genre was called Kraevedenie in Russian and may be familiar to us, if we with current trends like common/public history (Herman, Braster & Andrés, 2023), except about the context. These reports were politically influenced and used, orientating the local actors on how to create their histories.  
The narrative approaches provide a perfect methodological tool here, as the basis of the analysis is constituted by narratives and interpretations and not ‘raw’ data. According to the prominent work of Hayden White (1973), there are four significant models of the emplotment, how we (as historians, teachers, or both at the same time) construct narratives about our past. One is the so-called romance, with early problems (the resisting village, who didn’t want collectivization), a local hero (the agitator teacher, Party official, agricultural engineer), struggle and fight (convincing the villagers), and finally the success (everyone joined to the collective farm). I focused on the agency during the analysis (Tamura, 2011): Who were the authors and what are their goals to achieve with these stories? These are the characteristics/focal points of the different narrativization:
- temporal dimension,
- changing levels (space),
- a new folklore,
- rationalization,
- and euphemism, absence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
‘The Stories of Cooperatives’ integrated the focal points: usually they started with a contrasting view between the undeveloped past and the bright socialist future. The local stories were embedded in a broad development of the world, sometimes in tale-like figures and motives to get closer to the audience. The writers rationalized their participation and the necessary progress, which was unavoidable. By doing this, they silenced or reframed the negative, forced elements of the collectivization, which didn’t belong to their good memories. “It was a humiliating task” – as one of them later confessed (Vincze, 2018, 58.). We are just three years after the 1956 Revolution, in which many teachers and students took part – these educators had to prove their competencies later, by doing agitation and work in the youth movement.
The propaganda used and abused the traditions, against which the state fought: rural habits, language, and even religious symbols appeared in the texts. The target audience was the rural population, so teachers as cultural experts transformed folk songs into agitation, offering a new Heaven on Earth. Respecting the work of remembering, forgetting, and the mental mechanism of selecting between past events is a great benefit of this research, which can be a good starting point to reveal the forgotten local histories. Theories about cultural memory and school memory (Yanes-Cabrera, Meda & Viñao, 2017; Silova, Piattovea & Millei, 2018) give a good background to this later investigation.

References
Biess, Frank (2020). Cold War Angst. In Biess, Frank: German Angst: Fear and Democracy in the Federal Republic of Germany. Oxford, Oxford University Press, 95–129.
Donovan, Victoria (2015). “How Well Do You Know Your Krai?” The Kraevedenie Revival and Patriotic Politics in Late Khrushchev-Era Russia. Slavic Review, Vol. 74. No. 3. 464–483.
Fitzpatrick, Sheila (1994). Stalin’s Peasants. Resistance and Survival in the Russian Village
After Collectivization. Oxford–New York, Oxford University Press.
Herman, Frederik, Braster, Sjaak & Andrés, María del Mar del Pozo (2023). Towards A Public History of Education: A Manifesto. In Herman, Frederik, Braster, Sjaak & Andrés, María del Mar del Pozo (Eds). Exhibiting the Past. Public Histories of Education. De Gruyter Oldenbourg, 1–35.
Kligman, Gail & Verdery, Katherine (2011). Peasants Under Siege. The Collectivization of Romanian Agriculture, 1949–1962.
Ö. Kovács, József (2012). A paraszti társadalom felszámolása a diktatúrában. A vidéki Magyarország politikai társadalomtörténete, 1945–1965 [The liquidation of peasant society in the communist dictatorship. Social history of rural Hungary 1945- 1965]. Budapest, Korall.
Silova, Iveta, Piattoeva, Nelli & Millei, Zsuzsa (2018, eds.), Childhood and Schooling in (Post)Socialist Societies. Memories of Everyday Life. Cham, Palgrave Macmillan
Slapentokh, Vladimir (1989). Public and Private Life of the Soviet People. Changing Values in Post-Stalin Russia. Oxford–New York, Oxford University Press.
Sobe, Noah W. (2012). Researching emotion and affect in the history of education, History of Education, Vol. 41. No. 5. 689–695.
Świrek, Krzysztof & Pospech, Pavel (2021). Escape from arbitrariness: Legitimation crisis of real socialism and the imaginary of modernity. European Journal of Social Theory, Vol. 24. No. 1. 140–159.
Tamura, Eileen H. (2011). Narrative History and Theory. History of Education Quarterly, Vol. 51. No. 2. 150–157.
Tismaneanu, Vladimir & Iacob, Bogdan C. (2019, Eds.). Ideological Storms: Intellectuals, Dictators, and the Totalitarian Temptation. Budapest–New York, Central European University Press.
Yanes-Cabrera, Cristina, Meda, Juri & Viñao, Antonio (2017). School Memories. New Trends in History of Education. Cham, Springer.
Vincze, Beatrix (2018). Tanári életutak a 20. század második felében [Teachers’ Life-Careers in the second half of the 20th Century]. Budapest, ELTE Eötvös Kiadó.
Welton, Michael R. (2014). The Educator Needs to be Educated: Reflections on the Political Pedagogy of Marx, Lenin and Habermas’, International Journal of Lifelong Education, Vol. 33, No. 5. 641–656.
White, Hayden (1973). Metahistory: The Historical Imagination in Nineteenth–Century Europe. Baltimore – London, The Johns Hopkins University Press.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Understanding the Anthropocene through the Lens of the History of Education: The Case of Soviet Educational Practice

Irena Stonkuvienė

Vilnius University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Stonkuvienė, Irena

The term Anthropocene, popularised by J.P. Crutzen, suggests that humankind has become a global geological force in its own right (Steffen et al., 2011). In the search for the origins of the Anthropocene, it is often associated with capitalism(Foster, Clark, York, 2010; Zalasiewicz, 2019), most notably the US hegemony (Foster, Clark, 2021). The question is even raised as to whether the Anthropocene should be called the Capitalocene (Moore, 2016). Marxist philosophy and the ecological policy of the Soviet Union are presented as a counterbalance to predatory capitalism towards nature. But even while admiring this policy, it is acknowledged that it has been ambivalent (Foster, 2015). As Bolotova notes, “The slogans on the conquest and subjection of nature were among the most important ideological frames of the Soviet state. The idea of human dominance over nature and the call for humans to subdue, modify and reconstruct a chaotic and meaningless nature in order to regulate natural processes supplemented the overarching goal of a total reconstruction of the social order, making for an intrinsic link between state policy and the ideology of conquering nature in the USSR” (2004, p. 107). But in its outward-looking propaganda, the Soviet Union positioned itself as the greatest defender of nature and a fighter against the capitalists destroying it. The aim of this presentation is to analyse which of the Soviet Union's narratives - the conquest of nature or the preservation of nature - was dominant in Soviet educational policy and school practice. Has attention been paid to the ecological problems of the Soviet Union itself: the Aral Sea's destruction, the rivers' diversion, the causes of desertification, destructive forms of timber exploitation, irrational mining practices, etc?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Main methods: analysis of scientific literature and historical sources. To focus the research objective on teaching in the Soviet school, the discipline of geography was chosen as one of the most relevant to the teaching of ecology. The geography curricula, guidelines for geography teachers, methodological tools and geography textbooks for the years 1945-1988 were selected for further analysis. The analysis was based on sources in the Lithuanian language but it is important to point out that most of them were translated from Russian and that education in the Soviet Union was highly unified.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary analysis shows that the first narrative was dominant in the internal politics of the Soviet Union, as well as in the practice of education.  The image of the Soviet man as a conqueror of nature was constructed. Most teaching and learning tools did not present anything related to ecology or consequences of excessive exploitation of natural resources and disproportionate interference into nature “while changing riverbeds or destroying mountains” either. Only at the end of the 1970s and at the beginning of the 1980s several sentences about environmental protection stated to appear in textbooks.
References
Bolotova, A. (2004). Colonization of Nature in the Soviet Union. State Ideology, Public Discourse, and the Experience of Geologists. Historical Social Research, 29(3), 104-123.
Foster, J. B. (2015). Late Soviet Ecology and the Planetary Crisis. Monthly Review, 67(2) DOI: 10.14452/MR-067-02-2015-06_1
Foster, J. B.,& Clark, B.(2021). The Capitalinian: The First Geological Age of the Anthropocene. Monthly Review, 73(4). https://monthlyreview.org/2021/09/01/the-capitalinian/
Foster, J. B., Clark, B., and York, R. (2010). The Ecological Rift: Capitalism's War on the
Earth. Monthly Review Press
Moore, J.W. (2016). Anthropocene or Capitalocene? Nature, History, and the Crisis of Capitalism. PM Press.
Steffen, W., Grinevald, J.,  Crutzen, J. P., & McNeill, J. (2011) The Anthropocene: conceptual and historical perspectives. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. A 369 (1938), 842–867. doi:10.1098/rsta.2010.0327
Zalasiewicz, J., Waters, C. N., Williams, M., and Colin P. (2019). The Anthropocene as a
Geological Time Unit: A Guide to the Scientific Evidence and Current Debate. Cambridge University Press.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Place-based Investigation of an Early Eco-Pedagogical Response Fostered in a Folk High School Setting in Denmark

Birthe Lund

Aalborg University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Lund, Birthe

This paper explores how pedagogies of place can support an analysis of the connections between people, places, and communities by including pedagogical and ecological discourses in a specific time and space in Denmark - The Travelling High School Tvind in the 1970s.

Grünewald (2003) describes five "dimensions of place" that can shape the development of a socio-ecological, place-conscious education: (a) the perceptual, (b) the sociological, (c) the ideological, (d) the political and (e) the ecological. Warren (2000) states that human beings must (a) examine the impact of places on culture and identity, and (b) embrace our political roles.

The case study examines the educational ethos and the conceptualisation of pedagogical actions and the concept action competence.

Tvind began (1970) near the village of Ulfborg (2000 inhabitants) on Denmark's west coast by the North Sea. A small group of young teachers settled there to live collectively and with a shared economy when they set up a state-funded folk high school. They were pioneers in social development, education and sustainable environmental projects. (Today the Teachers' Group has hundreds of members in several countries). Tvind Folk High School became internationally known in the 70s through this construction. It proved to be significant not only for the wind turbine industry, but also for the wider environmental discourse. The case highlights a close and complex relationship between environmental activism, pedagogy and the development of agency.

Special emphasis was placed on developing international solidarity with the working class through direct experience. Young Danes were sent to Third World countries, thus turning the folk high school into an international, globalised forum for dealing with Third World problems and power. At that time Tvind's pedagogy was inspired by Maoism and its strong focus on manual labour and material production based on solidarity with the people.

Environmental problems have been on the agenda since the 1960s and 1970s. Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is therefore a complex concept. The concept: Action competence is central to the field. It is defined as a personal capacity that encompasses more than the intellectual-cognitive domain and is a pedagogical and ethical challenge, as it involves the will to act. The concept is ideologically influenced by German critical theory (Oscar Negt (1964) (2019) (including inspiration from C. Wright Mills concept of sociological imagination) as well as W. Klafki (1983/1959).(Breiting et al, 2009).

The intention is to foster democratic and action-oriented citizens. It involves the whole personality, including many of the mental capacities and dispositions. (Mogensen, 1995). Ideland, M., clams the notion of action competence inscribes standards for what is to be thought and acted, experienced and felt.( Ideland, M, 2016.) ESD is discussed as a top-down directive promoting an indoctrinating education (Hasslöf, H. Ekborg, M and Malmberg, 2013) (Jickling, 2003) (Jickling and Wales, 2008) ( Ideland, M, 2016.) as action and behaviour change appear as imperatives within a sustainability discourse.

From a democratic perspective, the extent to which citizens see themselves as potential actors in societal development may be of paramount importance (Kollmuss, A (2002)).

If eco-politics requires a new political subject that can, among other things, realise the notion of freedom without abundance and integrate ecological materiality into a democratic and emancipatory politics, it is necessary to develop some common competences for action. (Charbonnier, P (2021). Scholars argue the need for a new ecological class directed against the production horizon to sustain the planet (Latour, B & Schultz, N. 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The intention is to find out which dominant pedagogical ideas have been shaped by and emerge from specific contemporary ideals and rhetoric in Tvind.

The general assumption is that social structures, cultural beliefs, norms and ideologies influence and define people's emotional experiences and expressions, with implications for the development of action competence and, in particular, students' willingness to act.

This will be explored through document analysis and historical descriptions of students' and teachers' experiences of Tvind, including contemporary descriptions in the form of biographies, teaching materials, etc.  More recent secondary sources on Tvind have been published as there has been renewed interest in the charismatic leader, Amdi Petersen, and his innovative achievements over time. It's a challenge to research Tvind because it is a very closed society. Several sources directly from Tvind show a clear desire to present the pedagogy as attractive and progressive, while other sources from former teachers make it clear that Tvind was (and is) a very closed community, operating almost as a cult. (Rasmussen, B. (1996)( Stein, A (2021)( La Cour, H.(2002)( Skyum-Nielsen, R & Lindhardt, T (2022))
Methodologically, the research is inspired by the theories of ecofeminists Warren (2002) and Grünewal (2003) to explore the complex relationship between place, identity and culture and in particular the ideological dimension - place is productive as a framework because it occupies the space between grounded materiality and the discursive space of representation and generates conversations across disciplinary boundaries, conversations that have become imperative when addressing questions about the relationship between social and ecological systems.

Koselleck also emphasises that history is produced by people making use of the internal interplay between past interpretations, present understandings and future expectations - between the space of experience and the horizon of expectation. Thus, historical consciousness also refers to the fact that people are both makers and shapers of history.

It is a historical case-study analysis, limited to a specific place at a specific time. It is a thick description that includes many types of data and data sources to identify the discourse of contemporary pedagogical theories in action.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The historical analyses show how shared understanding co-ordinates and directs action, linked to the intention to act at a particular time and place, revealing a complex relationship between capacity and willingness to act.
The case study highlights a close and complex relationship between environmental political activism, pedagogy, and the development of agency. At the time, the construction of the turbine became a manifesto in defence of renewable energy and was part of a growing popular opposition to A-Power and a new environmental movement that subsequently had a decisive influence on environmental policy in Denmark. The environmental movement at that time questioned the ability of the current capitalist/industrial social system to solve environmental, pollution and resource problems. But to mobilise the public, proactive behaviour is needed, such as the development of sustainable solutions, wind and solar technology being promised as an alternative to nuclear power plants.

The historical analysis of these intentions suggests that students' action competence  is shaped by the communities in which it is developed, and therefore depends on how one's own and others' perspectives are reconciled within the community framework.  From a perspective of identity politics and self-formation, this suggests that it can be very important what self-understandings and discourses are available and how they are absorbed, shared, and transformed by actors in a particular time and space.
The notion of solidarity with the people, anti-materialism and a solution-oriented approach was a dominant discourse. The common and the collective was a dominant framework. An ideal Tvind student was frugal and hardworking, willing to follow rules and collective orders, sacrifice privacy, and at the same time shared confidence and faith, and at the same time was able to solve even complex problems without being given a how-to manual. (Lund, B. (2020)


References
Breiting, S., Hedegaard, K., Mogensen, F., Nielsen, K., & Schnack, K. (2009). Action competence, conflicting interests, and environmental education – The MUVIN Programme. Odense: Odense Universitetsforlag

Charbonnier, P (2021)  Affluence and Freedom: An Environmental History of Political Ideas (Frihed og overflod – økologiens politiske idehistorie)

Gruenewald, D.A.(2003)  Foundations of Place: A Multidisciplinary Framework for Place-Conscious Education, American Educational Research Journal Vol. 40, No. 3, pp. 619–654

Hasslöf, H., Ekborg, M., & Malmberg, C. (2014). Discussing sustainable development among teachers: An analysis from a conflict perspective. International Journal of Environmental and Science Education, 9, 41-57. doi: 10.12973/ijese.2014.202a

Ideland, M (2016) The action-competent child: responsibilization through practices and emotions in environmental education.  Knowledge Cultures 4(2),

Jensen, B. B., & Schnack, K. (2006). The action competence approach in environmental education. Environmental Education Research, 12(3-4), 471-486

Jickling, B., & Wals, A. E. J. (2008). Globalization and environmental education: Looking beyond sustainable development. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 40(1), 1-21.

 Jickling, B. (2003). Environmental education and environmental advocacy: Revisited. The Journal of Environmental Education, 34(2), 20-27.


Klafki, W. (1983/1959). Kategorial dannelse. I W. Klafki (Red.), Kategorial dannelse og kritisk konstruktiv pædagogik. København: Nyt Nordisk Forlag

Kollmuss, A (2002) Mind the Gap: Why Do People Act Environmentally and What Are the Barriers to Pro-Environmental Behavior

Koselleck, R (2007) Begreber, tid og erfaring. Hans Reitzels Forlag (Consists of selected texts from Vergangene Zukunft (1979) and Zeitschichten (2000))

La Cour, H. (2002) Den rejsende: En personlig beretning fra 18 år i Tvind, Aschehough

Latour, B & Nikolaj Schultz (2022) Notat om  den nye økologiske klasse. Hans Reitzels Forlag



Lund, B. (2020). Bæredygtighed og handlekompetence – et velkommen tilbage til 70’erne? Forskning og Forandring, 3(2), 47-68.

Mogensen, F. (1995). Handlekompetence - Som didaktisk begreb i miljøundervisningen. Copenhagen: Danmarks Lærerhøjskole - Forskningscenter for Miljøog Sundhedsundervisning..

Møller, J. F. (1999). På sejrens vej – historien om skolesamvirket Tvind og dets skaber Mogens Amdi Petersen. København: Forlaget DIKE.

Negt, O. (1964). Sociologisk fantasi og eksemplarisk indlæring. Kurasje.
Negt, O. (2019) Dannelse og Demokrati. Frydenlund
Rasmussen, B. (1996). Tvind – set indefra. En afhoppet Tvindlærers personlige fortælling om livet på skolerne 1976-1984. Ørbæk: Tommeliden

Skyum-Nielsen, R & Lindhardt, T (2022) Amdi bliver til. Politikkens forlag
Somerville, J. A (2010) A Place Pedagogy for ‘Global Contemporaneity’, Educational Philosophy and Theory,Vol. 42, No. 3, 2010

Tvindkraft, https://www.tvindkraft.dk/da/
Warren, K (2000) Ecofeminist Philosophy: A Western Perspective on What It is and Why It Matters
Rowman & Littlefield Publishers (2000)
 
9:30 - 11:0019 SES 04 A: Doing ethnographic research in schools
Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Florian Weitkämper
Paper Session
 
19. Ethnography
Paper

The Art of Classroom Observation: Challenges and Opportunities

Silje Hølland, Cecilie Pedersen Dalland, Louise Mifsud

OsloMet, Norway

Presenting Author: Hølland, Silje; Dalland, Cecilie Pedersen

Observation as a research method is useful when collecting data about teaching and learning. Classroom observation as a method can be defined as watching with a specific focus, where the researcher attempts to reflect on and understand the situation at hand. There are different observation methods, ranging from note taking (field notes), structured observation, and video observation. Wragg (2011) argues that observation is well-suited when we want to describe different learning situations and activities that take place in school and kindergarten. While observation as a method is well-suited to answer the “hows, whys and what fors” about learning and teaching, there are several concerns with regards to observation as a method for understanding classrooms.

First, in classroom observations, the choice of what the researcher zooms in on can be overwhelming (Jordan & Henderson, 1995). Consequently, an issue that can come up is that of “pre-analysis” (Jordan & Henderson, 1995) or pre-selection (Zuengler et al., 1998). In using a video camera for observation purposes, this may lead to what Zuengler and colleagues (1998) describe as camera or analyst eyes. One way of circumventing this is through having multiple cameras, thereby allowing for a broader data collection. On the other hand, video data is in itself rich, and having several cameras can result in collecting data for the sake of collecting data, which can be viewed as unethical (Blikstad-Balas, 2017). As such the discussion rests on whether the loss of detail can be balanced with drawing on broader observation data.

Secondly, an issue that needs to be addressed is that of intrusiveness and inhibition (Mifsud, 2012). Questions that need to be raised are whether the presence of the researcher acts as a behaviour inhibitor, thus diluting the data. As such, observation studies can never be free from the presence of the observer as long as they are within the classroom (Silverman, 2001).

Thirdly, the researcher comes encumbered with their own understanding of teaching and learning, both from their role as researcher as well as from previous experience in the classroom. This in turn might lead to several challenges, such as researcher bias. However, first-hand knowledge of the classroom does not automatically mean that the etic (objective/outsider account) - emic (subjective/insider account) is no longer valid. An issue that can be raised is therefore whether researchers avoid relying solely on observation data (Gall et al., 2007).

This leads to our final concern, namely that of replicability and generalisability have been issues that have been debated with regards to classroom observations (Cohen et al., 2018; Dalland et al., 2023) The use of videos was often hailed as a way of dealing with issues of replicability and generalisation, as videos enable the viewing and reviewing of data (Derry et al., 2010). However, as Zuengler and colleagues (1998) points out, using videos in data collection does not necessarily counterbalance issues of pre-analysing the classroom situation. As such, there is the need to address these challenges and discuss different methods for working around these issues. While seminal works (for example Derry et al., 2010, have over 1500 citations) raise several issues regarding classroom observation, these are mainly over 20 years old, and the classrooms of today are not the same as classrooms were two decades ago, and many classrooms also have a myriad of tools that are used by pupils and teachers. Therefore, there is the need to revisit these issues. This paper raises the following questions:

  • What possibilities and challenges arise in classroom observations?
  • What are the implications of different techniques of classroom observations?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is based on a systematic review (Fink, 2019). Database searches were conducted in Academic Search Ultimate, Education Source, ERIC, Teacher Reference Center, using the search terms “classroom observation” NOT interview* AND school. Limiters were set for peer reviewed articles in English, published between 2014 and 2024. The initial search resulted in 1,052 articles (750 with duplicates removed). Articles that were not empirical or were not conducted in a school (compulsory school) were excluded: 26 articles were excluded as observation was not conducted in a school context. Included articles were screened by the authors for methodological challenges and opportunities encountered, as well as for different methods used for observation (field notes, structured observation, video observation, screen-observation etc.). Furthermore, the articles were screened for reflections on the chosen methodology.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings indicate that conventional observation, in terms of either structured observation or observation captured through video is the methodology that is mostly applied. Furthermore, few of the articles employed observation as a sole methodology, relying on triangulation in terms of interviews, structured or semi-structured, and/or questionnaires. Our findings indicate that the use of interviews as supplementary data is used to circumvent the emic-etic debate. The use of video as a method is one that appears to be highly used and discussed in terms of reliability and validity. The use of body-cameras (such as body worn, or head worn) is also addressed. However, the use of pupils as co-researchers, who record and submit data is a twist in classroom observations that needs to be further explored.
References
Blikstad-Balas, M. (2017). Key challenges of using video when investigating social practices in education: contextualization, magnification, and representation. International Journal of Research & Method in Education, 40(5), 511-523.
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education (8 ed., Vol. 1). London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315456539
Dalland, C. P., Hølland, S., & Mifsud, L. (2023). Observasjon som metode: i lærerutdanningene (1. utgave. ed.). Fagbokforlaget.
Derry, S. J., Pea, R. D., Barron, B., Engle, R. A., Erickson, F., Goldman, R., Hall, R., Koschmann, T., Lemke, J. L., Sherin, M. G., & Sherin, B. L. (2010). Conducting Video Research in the Learning Sciences: Guidance on Selection, Analysis, Technology, and Ethics  The journal of the learning sciences, 19(1), 3 - 53.
Fink, A. (2019). Conducting research literature reviews: From the internet to paper. Sage publications.
Gall, M. D., Gall, J. P., & Borg, W. R. (2007). Educational research: an introduction. Allyn and Bacon.
Jordan, B., & Henderson, A. (1995). Interaction analysis: Foundations and practice. The journal of the learning sciences, 4(1), 39-103. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15327809jls0401_2
Mifsud, L. (2012). Learning with mobile technologies: Perspectives on mediated actions in the classroom [Doctoral dissertation, University of Oslo, University of Oslo].
Silverman, D. (2001). Interpreting qualitative data : methods for analysing talk, text and interaction (2nd ed.). Sage.
Wragg, E. C. (2011). An introduction to classroom observation (Classic ed. ed.). Routledge.
Zuengler, J., Ford, C., & Fassnacht, C. (1998). Analyst Eyes and Camera Eyes: Theoretical and Technological Considerations in" Seeing" the Details of Classroom Interaction (CELA-R-2.40). https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED427333.pdf


19. Ethnography
Paper

An Ethnographic Systems Methodology for Future Investigation of School Culture.

Stamatina Kioussi1, Anastassios Kodakos2

1University of the Aegean, Greece; 2University of the Aegean, Greece

Presenting Author: Kioussi, Stamatina

A vital component in the functioning of an educational organisation has been of particular interest to researchers worldwide seeking to define and investigate it in more detail. Individual components and definitions related to organizational culture have been extensively discussed for years. Despite the great interest in this phenomenon, school culture and its particular constituent has not yet been fully explored, let alone in the light of systems thinking.

In this paper I attempt by approaching the phenomenon in the light of Niklas Luhmann's theory, to highlight the factors that make it a complex, multidimensional emergent phenomenon as well as its dimensions, so as to further understand the strong relationships between them. In particular, I attempt to develop a qualitative ethnographic way of investigating the phenomenon in the light of Luhmannian theory, thus helping to explore the phenomenon, to evaluate it and subsequently to develop a resilient school culture as a process of complex organisational transition and systemic change. Therefore, the results of the study will be presented regarding one of the three factors influencing the formation of the emerging phenomenon.

Having in mind the importance of the decision premises, the decision – making conditions allow the double monitoring of decision – making processes at the level of observable behaviour and its products, and at the level of the conditions, which are potentially the cause of undesirable outcomes. They amplify intra – system uncertainties and put them in a form that can be further processed in the system.

According to Luhmann, these decisions create conditions for an infinite number of other decisions (Luhmann, 2018). Therefore, they create preconditions for future decisions and could be called meta-decisions, as they influence other decisions. Following Luhmann's idea, three dimensions of decision premises can be distinguished that need to be taken into account in organizational theory (Luhmann, 2018, p. 222)

- Programs

- Structures/procedures,

- Personnel

The highly complex nature of the phenomenon dictates the need to explore it in depth and to record both quantitative and qualitative data in the context in which the school culture is developed. Its specificity as unique to each school unit suggests the need for the direct involvement of the researcher and the investigation of the developments taking place within the system. An ethnographic research methodological approach is required to understand the goals, challenges, motivations and factors that fuel and contribute to its development. In ethnography, the researcher becomes a participatory member in the participants' environment in order to understand the goals, cultures, and challenges that emerge.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The adoption of mixed approaches significantly enhances research, making it more "holistic and interpretatively rich". It is no longer enough to ask "what works?" without being able to answer "why?", "where?" and 'how?'. Prominent thinkers of systems theory such as Luhmann (2000) have emphasised the need to shift from 'first-order observation' to that of 'second-order observation'.
A strictly structured 1st order participant observation sheet was therefore prepared to investigate the internal dimension of school culture, consisting of a short first part and a longer second part. The introductory note explains to the participants the purpose of the research, gives a brief definition of the phenomenon under investigation and the individual factors involved, and stresses the respect of all ethical and confidentiality principles. The first part asks for demographic data, such as gender, age, education, total educational and teaching service and the position of responsibility held. The observation sheet is requested to be completed by members of the Faculty Association including the Head and Subheads as a 1st order observation tool.
The second part is structured by a large number of findings categorized in three groups according to the factors that contribute to the formation of school culture based on the systems approach developed earlier. There are, therefore, findings in terms of programmatic decisions, personnel and the flow of communication channels. Observers are initially expected to assess on the basis of a seemingly quantitative approach factors that contribute to the formation of school culture. A six-point Likert scale is used in which the respondent is asked to indicate the strength of the finding. The scale is even-numbered to achieve categorization of the two extremes and to support Luhmann's systems approach to discrimination. At the same time, however, participant observers are asked to document their responses with field notes, providing qualitative data.
The findings are grouped together into subcategories. This categorisation forms the basis for structuring the 2nd order observation sheet.
As far as the 2nd order observation is concerned, the rationale of the methodology is based on the fact that each observation can be observed from a different perspective, which proves that such an observation is not a fact but a choice. Second-order observations open up possibilities of observation that are excluded in first-order observations, which observe reality as it appears. They can see that each observation is a function that produces distinctions in the medium of meaning, rather than revealing reality.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The multidimensional form of the phenomenon of school culture and its complex investigation has discouraged the development of research in recent years. The approach to the phenomenon by systems theories makes it even more complex and poses another challenge. However, it has constantly been acknowledged that school culture is a key factor in the self-development and self-improvement of educational organizations.  Its qualitative dimension dictates a particularly careful systemic approach and its further investigation through the adoption of qualitative data collection techniques. The development of more than one different observation tools based on a systems approach to the term investigates the phenomenon qualitatively and systemically. They function as additional tools with the aim of achieving the improvement of an educational organization. Primarily, however, it can be evaluated as a first attempt in order to develop, in the course of the research, a complete method being used in the examination of school culture using a more systemic approach such as that of 2nd order participant observation. In this paper what will be presented are the results of the implementation of the research related to the first dimension of decision premises related to structures and procedures within a secondary school unit.
References
Arnold, R. and Wade, J., 2015. A Definition of Systems Thinking: A Systems Approach. Procedia Computer Science, 44, pp.669-678.
Bunyard, D. (2010) Niklas Luhmann: a systems view of education and school improvement. Educationalfutures, [online] Vol. 2(3). Available at: https://educationstudies.org.uk/?p=505

Cooren, F., Kuhn, T. R., Cornelissen, J. P., and Clark, T. (2011). ‘Communication, organizing, and organization: An overview and introduction to the Special Issue’. Organization Studies, 32 (9): 1149–1170.

DFID, (2018). DFID Education Policy: Get Children Learning. [online] Available at DFID Education policy: get children learning (publishing.service.gov.uk) [Accessed 20 August 2022].
Dominici, G. (2012). Why Does Systems Thinking Matter? Business Systems Review, 1(1), 1–2. doi:10.7350/bsr.a02.2012

Drepper, T. (2005). ‘Organization and Society’, in David Seidl and Kai Helge Becker (eds.), Niklas Luhmann and Organization Studies. Copenhagen: Liber & Copenhagen Business School Press.

Fend, H. (2006): Neue Theorie der Schule. Einführung in das Verstehen von Bildungssystemen. Wiesbaden: VS-Verlag.

Fuchs, C., and Hofkirchner, W. (2009). ‘Autopoiesis and Critical Social Systems Theory’, in Rodrigo Magalhães and Ron Sanchez (eds.), Autopoiesis in Organization Theory and Practice. Emerald: Bingley.

Hanley, P., Chambers, B., & Haslam, J. (2016). Reassessing RCTs as the ‘gold standard’: synergy not separatism in evaluation designs.International Journal Of Research &Amp; Method In Education,39(3), 287-298. doi: 10.1080/1743727x.2016.1138457
Helsper, W. (2007): Schulkulturen als symbolische Sinnordnungen und ihre Bedeutung für die pädagogische Professionalität. In: Helsper, W./Busse, S./Hummrich, M./Kramer, R.-T. (Hrsg.): Pädagogisches Professionalität in Organisationen. Wiesbaden: VS-Verlag, S. 115–149.

Hopper, M., & Stave, K. A. (2008). Assessing the Effectiveness of Systems Thinking Interventions in the Classroom. In The 26th International Conference of the System Dynamics Society (pp. 1–26). Athens, Greece.

Kopainsky, B., Alessi, S. M., & Davidsen, P. I. (2011). Measuring Knowledge Acquisition in Dynamic Decision Making Tasks. In The 29th International Conference of the System Dynamics Society (pp. 1–31). Washington, DC.

Luhmann, N. (1995): Kultur als historischer Begriff. In: Luhmann, N.: Gesellschaftsstruktur und Semantik. Band 4. Frankfurt a. M.; Suhrkamp, S. 31–55.

Luhmann, N. (2000): Organisation und Entscheidung. Wiesbaden: Westdeutscher Verlag.

Luhmann, N. (2000). Art As a Social System. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

OECD – ilibrary.org, (2022). Working with Change Systems approaches to public sector challenges 2017. [online] Available at https://www.oecd.org/media/oecdorg/satellitesites/opsi/contents/files/SystemsApproachesDraft.pdf [Accessed 20 August 2022].


19. Ethnography
Paper

What I Was Looking for Doesn’t Really Exist.

Carl Michael Karlsson

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Karlsson, Carl Michael

Swedish ‘first teachers’ interpretation of their assignments at a school with challenges

This paper describes parts of my ongoing PhD dissertation work where I study the policy enactment of the Swedish ‘first teacher’ (‘förstelärare’) reform in practice. The first teacher reform (Prop. 2012/13:136) completed ten years as a reform initiative in 2023. The purpose of the reform is to make the teaching profession more attractive and ensure good teaching for students. In the last two decades, a range of policy initiatives designed to establish new teacher roles. These new ‘expert’ teachers are called förstelärare in Sweden, lærerspesialist in Norway and tutoropettajat in Finland (Grimm, 2023; Lorentzen, 2021; Utbildningsstyrelsen, 2020). Despite great interest of these ‘expert’ teachers in Nordic countries, the research about these roles is still in the making. In a review of previous research, there are few relevant studies that explore what they do in their everyday school practice, specifically in schools with special challenges.

The aim of the paper is to explore how five selected first teachers at a primary school in Sweden interpret their assignment and how they describe their everyday work at school.

As a theoretical frame, I use Bernstein's (2000) discourse analytical concepts of classification and framing, as well as recognition- and realization rules.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Empirically, the study is based on recurrent interviews with five first teachers at a Swedish primary school (called Västhagaskolan), with special difficulties, considering the students' socio-economic background.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results show two categories of first teachers' assignments, the teaching- and school development assignment, in the statements. The teaching assignment consists of planning (before and after) and teaching with their students. The school development assignment is primarily connected to the school and the municipality's systematic quality work, where the assignment involves driving and leading development and competence development with Västhagaskolan's staff. The first teacher assignment at Västhagaskolan lacks, to some extent, both a clear mandate from the principal and the conditions to carry out the assignment. The first teachers can only distinguish parts of the assignment and which requirements are set. In the study, it appears that the first teachers have difficulty distinguishing the assignments, since the assignment has many purposes and tasks with unclear boundaries. The first teachers have both individual tasks and common tasks in the group, which makes it difficult for the first teachers to understand what is required of them.
References
References

Bernstein, B. (2000[1996]). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity: theory, research, critique. (Rev. ed). Lanham, Md.: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.

Grimm, F. (2023). Ledarskap för lärares lärande: förstelärare som lärarledare. [Doktorsavhandling]. Umeå universitet.

Lorentzen, M. (2021). Like lærere leker best: om lærerspesialistenes rolle i skole og profesjonen. OsloMet avhandling (2021 nr. 32).

Pennanen, M., Taajamo, M., Risku, M., Rautapuro, J. & Häkkinen, P. (2021): Tutkimus perusopetuksen tutoropettajatoiminnasta ja sen vaikutuksista.
Utbildningsstyrelsen. Raportit ja selvitykset 2021:7.
Prop. 2012/13:136. Karriärvägar för lärare i skolväsendet m.m. Regeringskansliet: Stockholm.

Utbildningsstyrelsen (2020). Fakta express – Tutorlärarverksamheten i den grundläggande utbildningen i Finland 2017-2019. ISBN: 978-952-13-6733-5
 
9:30 - 11:0020 SES 04 A: Multilingual and multicultural classrooms
Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Roberta Ricucci
Paper Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Language and Practice in Science Classes in Heterogeneous Multicultural Classrooms.

Avi Gvura1, Lilach Tencer-Herschkovitz2

1Beitberl college, Israel; 2The academic college Levinsky-Wingate

Presenting Author: Gvura, Avi; Tencer-Herschkovitz, Lilach

Many societies in the current era are characterized by the existence of significant ethnic, racial or religious diversity, and this turns them into multicultural or multinational societies (Tully, 2001). Israel is an example of a multicultural country that includes different national and cultural groups (Dahan, 2007). Societies that consider themselves multicultural place in the forefront the value of equal treatment of different cultures, recognition of heterogeneity and preservation of pluralism (Ezer, 2004, Schweid, 2000). The role of the state, in a society that considers itself liberal, is to enable the existence of the variety of cultures in the country, and the school is one of the places to ensure the necessary conditions for the continued existence of the variety of cultures that exist in society.

One of the challenges in a multicultural society is dealing with learning linguistic literacy skills in the various fields of knowledge and especially in the field of science. The development of scientific knowledge and scientific literacy are considered a central goal in Israel and the world (https://madan.education/review-daily/167/). The teachers in the various fields of knowledge are very literate in their field of knowledge but have not been trained enough to teach linguistic literacy (Cohen & Livant, 2011).

An analysis of the science textbooks shows that the science profession has unique literacy requirements. The examined chapters are characterized by short informative texts, syntactic, simplicity and a low linguistic level. Hardly any difficult or unfamiliar words and phrases that are not specific to the material being studied were found. The vocabulary reflects not only the main points of scientific language but actually the foundations of scientific work. The texts are rich in words such as: characteristics, features, phenomenon, principle, explanation, conclusion, proof. The scientific terms receive a lot of attention and are emphasized both through definitions and through lexical repetitions. (Cohen & Livant, 2011) The purpose of studying "scientific literacy" is to impart both scientific knowledge, that is, scientific content and ideas, and an understanding of the ways of investigating science and the nature of scientific explanation and scientific proof (Dragos & Mih, 2015).

The research has two main goals: (1) to examine perceptions of science teachers regarding linguistic skills and language skills and their importance in teaching science in multicultural schools. (2) to test the science teachers' literacy action strategies in language issues in general and the scientific language in particular when it comes to multicultural schools. These two goals will lead to the formulation of literate proposals and methods of action and will enable the formulation of an appropriate program for studying the subject of science in multicultural schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is an interdisciplinary qualitative-interpretive study in the field of education that combines description, analysis, interpretation and understanding. The focus of the interpretive paradigm is on understanding the complex world of experiences of teachers when teaching a precise subject such as science. According to this approach, the researcher observes the actions of people and their discourse as they are, during their natural occurrence, without attempting to manipulate them (Alpert and Shelsky, 2013; Shelsky and Ariely, 2016). The research method makes it possible to test the teachers' actions in the context of the process of shaping educational concepts and formulating literacy action strategies in the classroom. This approach may help in adapting a curriculum for the training of teachers who will teach in multicultural schools, mental flexibility and inclusion of students from other cultures (Zur & Eisikovits, 2015).
We held in-depth semi-structured personal interviews with the teachers. In the study, 19 science teachers were examined, some of whom are science teaching students and most of whom are qualified science teachers in multicultural elementary schools in the center of the country, in southern Tel Aviv and in Lod. The schools are characterized by a combination of Jews, immigrants and Arabs (Muslims and Christians). The teachers teach in the education system between three and 15 years. About 45% have not undergone training or further education in the language, and all of them stated that there are students in their class who do not speak Hebrew. We sorted the answers of the teachers and we found three central themes that may lead to an answer to the research questions: (1) Enriching the vocabulary (2) The literate approach of the science teacher (3) Training and continuing education. We analyzed the answers using a thematic content analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006).
The research questions are:
1. What are science teachers' perceptions of linguistic skills and language skills and their importance in teaching science in multicultural schools?
2. How do science teachers practically relate to the issue of language in general and scientific language in particular when it comes to multicultural classrooms?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding the vocabulary, it can be said that most of the teachers teach new vocabulary intermittently and a minority testify that they teach vocabulary for general use and everyday communication in every lesson. Not one of them ignores new vocabulary. Most of them think that the science teacher is not required to have a high linguistic skill. However, they also indicate that it is very important to know the professional terminology that characterizes the field of science. Teacher: "they must understand what I say in class and also because it will meet them in other places like, an article in the newspaper, on television." They do not give up the desire to enrich the students' language in the professional field as well. Another teacher claims that "in the case where the student gives a correct answer, but does not use the scientific terms, I do not reject the answer since I take into account the fact that these are children whose mother tongue is not Hebrew, but I ask him to describe the process again using terms in the scientific language."
In their literate approach, the teachers allow work with a dictionary, and use visual means to explain general words they do not understand. Other teacher points out that "unlike a non-multicultural class, here the explanation should also be illustrated by a picture or a video or a translation into the student's native language. For this I also use the students' friends". Among the findings is that all the respondents answered that they strive for precise scientific language and that they correct wrong concepts in science.
Most of the teachers claim that training and further education in the language are required, and that a science teacher who is proficient in the language provides a better response in a multicultural classroom.


References
Alpert, B., & Shalsky, S. (2013). A close look at the school and the classroom: Ethnographic studies on education. Tel Aviv: Mofet.
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.                                                                      
Cohen, A. and Livnat, Z. (2011). The language of the subjects: linguistic knowledge and its expression in different subjects of study in middle school.
A review is invited as background material for the work of the Language and Literacy Committee, https://education.academy.ac.il.
Dahan, Y. (2007). Theories of social justice. Tel Aviv: Ministry of Defense.
Dragoş, V. & Mih, V. (2015). Scientific literacy in school. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences 209, 167-172.
Ezer, H. (2004). Multi-culturalism in society and school. Raanana: Open university.
Schweid, E. (2000). Jewish humanistic education in Israel. Tel Aviv: Hakibbutz Hameuchad.
Shelsky, S., & Arieli, M. (2016). From positivism to post-modern interpretation and approaches in the study of education. In N. Sabar-Ben Yehoshua (Ed.), Traditions and currents in qualitative research (pp. 23–65). Mofet.
Tully, J. (2001). Introduction. In A.-G. Gagnon & J. Tully (Eds.), Multinational democracies. (pp. 1-34). Cambridge University Press.                                            

Zur, A., & Eisikovits, R. (2015). Between the actual and the desirable: A methodology for the examination of students’ lifeworld as it relates to their school environment. Journal of Thought, 49 (1-2), 27–51


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Thinking About the Hopeful Futures of Treescapes in Uncertain and Environmentally Endangered Times.

Samyia Ambreen, Kate Pahl, Khawla Badwan

Manchester Metropolitan U, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ambreen, Samyia; Pahl, Kate

This presentation draws on findings from a three-year long project. Our on-going project “Voices of the future: collaborating with children and young people to re-imagine treescapes was funded across environmental science, arts and humanities and social science (NERC NE/V021370/1]. This project addresses the call for reconceptualising children’s participation in the construction of knowledge about their environments. With emphasis on active and experiential learning, it is argued that engaging children and their own embodied experiences in research would be helpful to re-imagine what environmental education could mean to them (Rousell and Cutter-Makenzie, 2020).

In our research, we have worked with children aged (7-8) in three different primary schools in the northwest of England. Children from Year 3 and 4 which is Key Stage (2) in Britain educational system, were involved as co-researchers to plan and do different activities related to trees in their schools. These activities took place inside the classrooms whilst thinking about trees and co-designing the new woodlands in the school playgrounds. Some of the activities also took place outside in the school playground including tree planting and measuring carbon sequestration in trees by measuring a tree diameter. On some afternoons, we also visited school forest (woodland area) in one of semi-rural schools to observe the role of trees in awarding children opportunities to learn from nature and trees.

In our experience of working with different groups of children in three different school settings, we see tree/child relations as something porous always connected, embedded, and embodied, dynamic and active (Murris and Osgood 2022). Childhood in our work is not considered as a universal phenomenon (Rautio and Jokinen 2015) but we see it in relations to children’s social and relational worlds, whilst looking at their relations with the natural environments.

In this presentation, we will include examples of creative outputs mainly created by children as part of their collaboration in the treescapes project. We will discuss how these child-led creative outputs offer us to have an expansive view of children’s engagement with treescapes. We will talk about the role of films created by children, creative forms of field notes that children recorded during research activities. We will also showcase examples of our planned research activities which will be developed as toolkits for teachers/practitioners for future use. By doing this, we aim to encourage teachers and practitioners to explore how stories portrayed in different data outputs provide a broader, expansive, and relatively different (not western and adult dominant) view of children engagement with treescapes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As part of our research, we worked groups of Year 3 and Year 4 with children in one semi-rural and two urban schools in the northwest of England. Whilst working with children in schools, we although were conscious of fluid power relations which adults may exercise over children because of children’s vulnerability and dependency upon others (adults) (Mayall 2020) in a school setting. For instance, it may include deciding which group of children we can work with, when and for how long we can spend time with children as part of our research. We however, in our post humanistic and new materialist research approach, deconstruct adult-child binaries and consider humans as part of an intra-connected network of socio-political, material-discursive, nature culture, human–non-human relations (Murris and Osgood 2022, p. 212).
Our team included tree scientists, who were interested in measuring trees, ethnographers, and childhood studies academics, as well as tree planting practitioners and a philosopher and an artist. We held several activities including designing and planting new woodlands, estimating carbon emissions through tree measuring, exploring biodiversity and treescapes through hands on activities. This multi-disciplinary team spent several days in the school, recording and documenting our tree related activities.  IPad (s), voice recorders, notepads and scrapbooks were given to children to record the activities.
Within our research, we came to know about different versions of common worldings (Taylor et al 2021) illustrating child-tree relations including other than human elements. This includes children seeing themselves as part of the outdoor environments along with birds migrated from a different location, chicken in the neighbourhood and frog pond in the forest school area. In one school in Bolton, we also have learned about tree-child relations in relation to learning. For instance, how trees in the forest school area provided children opportunities to learn forestry skills (i.e., coppicing) and other social and communicative skills (i.e., teamwork and role play). Another form of common worldings of tree and children in Urban school in Manchester involves children’s relations with buildings, streets, pipes, Co2 emissions, cranes, trees in the parks. Children in this school helped us to imagine their sporty worlds with trees and how do they engage other outdoor play activities in/with trees. They also shared tree stories from their transnational families context.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The above-described experiences of our work with children led us to see child/tree relations as something messy, emerging and being generated during the time of research. The creative outputs designed by the children showcase dynamics ways of their engagement with treescapes. These also helped project team to design bespoke interdisciplinary toolkits for practitioners as curriculum resources. Our work with children in this project advocates for Spyrou’s call to focus more on care, mutuality and reciprocity embedded within research process rather than generating accounts on what are child/tree relations. The critical encounters of everyday moments (Nxumolo 2016) happened in this research produce as well as unsettle common stories of child tree relations. The unsettled and unfinished stories of child led treescapes advocate for having more open -ended process of knowing with children about their worlds, in our attempts to produce knowledge about socially and environmentally justice futures of children in the society.
References
Mayall, B. (2020). Generation as a social variable, Children's Geographies, 18:2, 144-147, DOI: 10.1080/14733285.2020.1716184
Murris, K., & Osgood, J. (2022). Risking erasure? Posthumanist research practices and figurations of (the) child. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 23(3), 208-219. https://doi.org/10.1177/14639491221117761
Nxumalo F (2016) Towards ‘refiguring presences’ as an anti-colonial orientation to research in early childhood studies,  International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 29 (5): 640-654, DOI: 10.1080/09518398.2016.1139212
Spyrou, S. (2023). From extractivist practices and the child-as-data to an ethics of reciprocity and mutuality in empirical childhood  research. Childhood, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/09075682231220158
Rautio, P.  and Jokenin , P. (2015). Children’s Relations to the More-Than-Human World Beyond Developmental Views. Ed (s). Bethan Evans, John Horton, Tracy Skelton In. Play, Recreation, Health and Wellbeing - Geographies of Children and Young People.  Springer: UK. 35 to 49
Rousell, D. and Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A. (2020) “A systematic review of climate change education: giving children and young people a ‘voice’ and a ‘hand’ in redressing climate change. Children's Geographies, 18 (2): 191 - 208
Taylor, A., Zakharova, T., & Cullen, M. (2021). Common Worlding Pedagogies: Opening Up to Learning with Worlds. Journal of Childhood Studies, 46(4), 74-88. https://doi.org/10.18357/jcs464202120425
 
9:30 - 11:0021 SES 04 A: Paper Session 3
Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Mej Hilbold
Paper Session
 
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

Increasing Awareness Through Feedback and Self-disclosure - a Psychoanalytic Approach to TA Training in ECL Context

Martha Anderson, Hanne Charlotte Helgesen

NTNU, Norway

Presenting Author: Anderson, Martha; Helgesen, Hanne Charlotte

The use of experiential collaborative learning (ECL) activities is growing in higher education (HE) across Europe. Not least as a response to the need of transdisciplinary approaches to solving complex societal and environmental problems. The university-wide compulsory course “Experts in Teamwork” (EiT) at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), constitutes one example which has inspired other HE institutions (e.g. Nordplus, 2022 and ENHANCE, 2023). In EiT master level students work in project teams to increase their collaborative skills. They are expected to reflect on and develop their group process alongside the project work. Learning assistants (LA) support the students through group facilitation and receive support themselves from teaching assistants (TA) with training aimed at enhancing their interpersonal awareness. The focus of this paper is on how TAs experience increased intra- and intersubjective awareness as helpful when supporting the LAs.

In experiential collaborative learning contexts where students are expected to pay attention to interpersonal relations within a team, their thoughts, emotions, actions and reflections make up the source of mutual learning in the team (Kolb, 2014; Veine et al., 2020). From a psychoanalytic perspective, French (1997) argues that learning situations provoke anxiety by fundamentally exposing the learner to her own and others’ evaluations, and that this exposure anxiety may intensify in an experiential collaborative learning context. Students in such learning contexts will likely need support to be able to mitigate the possibly inhibiting effects anxiety has on learning (French, 1997; Schein, 1993).

One way of supporting groups’ learning, is through facilitation (Hogan, 2002). A facilitator may act as a container for a group’s anxiety, without stripping them of their autonomy (McClure, 2005). Literature on facilitation emphasizes the need for facilitators to have knowledge of their own emotions and defenses to better understand the behaviors and emotions of others (Andreasen et al., 2020; Hogan, 2005). We assume that the same self-understanding is of significance when facilitating in an experiential collaborative learning context. This perspective is, however, lacking in literature on experiential learning in HE.

In the case of EiT, some LAs experience that they are not sufficiently prepared for all aspects of their job, despite having received practical training in group facilitation (Veine et al., 2023). Their uncertainty may activate unconscious thoughts, feelings, and action patterns, making it hard for the TAs to relate to, and understand, the different ways LAs act and react as group facilitators. This challenge makes it relevant for the TAs to be more aware of unconscious responses.

Included in the TA training in EiT is a 3 full-day self-reflection seminar designed to increase the TAs’ awareness of self and others as well as build psychological safety among the TAs. We will present narratives based on the TAs’ understanding of the relevance of the self-reflection seminar to their task of supporting the LAs in EiT. Through thematic narrative analysis we explore their stories about the outcome of their training by asking:

  • In what ways, if any, do the TAs experience the self-reflection seminar as contributing to a) enhanced understanding and awareness of themselves; b) increased awareness about their relations to others; and c) their capacity to fulfill their TA tasks?

This study contributes new knowledge on how TAs benefit from training aimed at increasing their understanding of themselves and others. This broadens the understanding of students as teachers, investigating the significance of exploring personal stories in an ECL context. Our study is a starting point for more research on the value of intra- and intersubjective awareness in the context of experiential collaborative learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The approach of the self-reflection seminar rests on Johari’s Window model of interpersonal relations (Luft & Ingham, 1961), which states that feedback and disclosure are prerequisites for the development of self-understanding and interpersonal growth. The aim of the seminar is that the 14 TAs gain a deeper understanding of how their past experiences color how they are seen and perceived by the others in the TA team. Through each TA sharing some hidden or unknown (Luft & Ingham, 1961) information about themselves, they build trusting relationships as a team, and increase their understanding of themselves and others, to better serve and support others in their interpersonal training.
The seminar revolves around two main activities: feedback and personal disclosure, both presented and facilitated by two seminar leaders. Each TA receives feedback from the rest of the group, and is subsequently invited to expand on the feedback, through sharing their own understanding of why they act and behave the way they do related to their personal history and significant life experiences. The rest of the group listens and may ask questions to deepen their understanding of the other.

In March 2022 we explored 10 TAs’ experience of the outcome of the self-reflection seminar by using qualitative interviews. The informants belonged to two different informant groups, one consisting of 5 current TAs and the other of 5 former TAs having finished their studies and currently working. The interviews were conducted individually following a semi-structured guide. During the interviews, we emphasized on eliciting concrete descriptions of the situations they had experienced. Transcribed interviews were analyzed using thematic narrative analysis, thereby searching for common themes within and across interviews (Riessman, 2008). We did a preliminary analysis of some of the interviews, on which we based a conference paper for Its 21 in June 2022 in Trondheim (Anderson & Helgesen, 2022). However, our current paper represents a fresh investigation into the material, and a more informed choice of using the method narrative analysis. In narrative analysis, heuristic questions support and deepen the analysis and generation of themes (Monforte & Smith, 2023). Our analysis will be informed by psychoanalytical perspectives in a group context. We will present our results of this analysis at the ECER conference, however, we share some of our preliminary results from our prior analysis in the next section, as we expect similar themes to become relevant in our current work.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The use of TAs in higher education has increased over the years. This undertaking has been supported by its resource effectiveness and the acknowledged benefits of utilizing peer tutoring (Topping, 1996). Several studies underscore the effects of different training modules for TAs to qualify them for the task, and the effects of using TAs on student learning. In our study we explore the significance a specific training module had for the TAs. In our preliminary analysis in 2022, we saw that all 10 informants described getting significant outcome when it comes to discovering new aspects of oneself and others in a group context. For many, this was their first experience of personal disclosure within a group, and they mentioned the significance of feeling seen and accepted by the other TAs present. Especially if they disclosed challenging personal histories or aspects of themselves which they did not normally share. All the informants reported either having discovered something new or having gained a deeper understanding of themselves. Most of the informants concluded that disclosing personal histories in the seminar was challenging but rewarding, especially for the development of a trusting and safe team environment. This fostered open communication which supported the TAs in performing their tasks.
Our current study presents a novel exploration of how TAs experience training aimed to prepare them for diverse human responses that experiential collaborative learning may provoke. Looking at the material through a psychoanalytic lens, we expect to develop themes informed by the subconscious intra- and interpersonal processes that come into play in a group. Although more often elaborated on in the field of organizational psychology (Svedberg, 2002; Visholm, 2021), the psychoanalytic perspective is also highly relevant for analyzing group-processes in education (Visholm, 2018), and when using experiential collaborative learning (ECL) activities in teams.

References
Anderson M. & Helgesen H. C. (2022). The value of feedback and exploring personal
histories in the training of teaching assistants. Critical perspectives and the way forward: 6th Its21 conference: Interdisciplinary Teamwork Skills for the 21st Century https://www.ntnu.edu/its21/parallel-sessions#s6c
Andreasen, J. K., Andreasen, E. M., & Kovac, V. B. (2020). Emosjonell kompetanse i
gruppeveiledning.
ENHANCE. (2023). NTNU and the internationalisation of “Experts in Teamwork” through
the ENHANCE Alliance. https://enhanceuniversity.eu/ntnu-and-the-internationalisation-of-experts-in-teamwork-through-the-enhance-alliance/
French, R. B. (1997). The teacher as container of anxiety: Psychoanalysis and the role of
teacher. Journal of management education, 21(4), 483–495.
Hogan, C. (2005). Understanding Facilitation: Theory and Principles. Kogan Page.
https://books.google.no/books?id=Ps8aUsgOmloC
Kolb, D. A. (2014). Experiential learning: Experience as the source of learning and development. FT press.
Luft, J., & Ingham, H. (1961). The Johari window. Human relations training news, 5(1), 6–7.
McClure, B. A. (2005). Putting A New Spin on Groups: The Science of Chaos. Taylor &
Francis. https://books.google.no/books?id=ISN5AgAAQBAJ
Monforte, J., & Smith, B. (2023). Narrative analysis. In H. Cooper, M. N. Coutanche, L. M.
McMullen, A. T. Panter, D. Rindskopf, & K. J. Sher (Eds.), APA handbook of research methods in psychology: Research designs: Quantitative, qualitative, neuropsychological, and biological (2nd ed., pp. 109–129). American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/0000319-006
Nordplus. (2022). The Nordic Experts in Teams Network.
https://nordicexpertsinteamsnetwork.org/
Riessman, C. K. (2008). Narrative methods for the human sciences. Sage.
Schein, E. H. (1993). How organisations learn faster the challenges of the green room? Sloan
Management Review, Winter, 82–95.
Svedberg, L. (2002). Gruppepsykologi: om grupper, organisasjoner og ledelse. Abstrakt
Forlag. https://books.google.no/books?id=WiUvNAAACAAJ
Topping, K. J. (1996). The effectiveness of peer tutoring in further and higher education: A
typology and review of the literature. Higher education, 32(3), 321–345.
Veine, S., Anderson, M. K., Andersen, N. H., Espenes, T. C., Søyland, T. B., Wallin, P., &
Reams, J. (2020). Reflection as a core student learning activity in higher education-Insights from nearly two decades of academic development. International Journal for Academic Development, 25(2), 147–161.
Veine, S., Anderson, M. K., Skancke, L. B., & Wallin, P. (2023). Educating Learning
Assistants as Facilitators: Design Challenges and Experiences of Practice. Journal of Experiential Education, 46(4), 491–512.
Visholm, S. (2021). Family Psychodynamics in Organizational Contexts: The Hidden Forces
That Shape the Workplace. Routledge. https://books.google.no/books?id=ObM7zgEACAAJ


21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

Facilitating the Transformation of Uncertainty and Vulnerability Into Hope and Resilience: Applying a Narrative-Hermeneutical-Developmental Pedagogy from a Psychoanalytical Perspective

Edward Wright

Institute for Education, Malta

Presenting Author: Wright, Edward

This research study aims to investigate how the adolescent search for meaning in their lives can be facilitated through a narrative-hermeneutical-developmental pedagogical approach applied to humanistic subjects like Personal, Social and Career Development (PSCD), Media Literacy Education (MLE), and Religious Education (RE). In turn, such a search for meaning can potentially reduce significantly the uncertainty of adolescents into hope, and transform their vulnerability into strength and resilience that transpire from a sense of wellbeing, including spiritual wellbeing.

The narrative-hermeneutical approach to teaching and learning, that is being explored, seeks to nurture the re-configuration and re-imagination of life experiences, shared in a classroom context. The research is embedded in professional and pedagogical practice, employing a multimodal ethnographic approach that transpires from a hermeneutical ontology and epistemology. Moreover, it utilises individual experiences within various socio-cultural contexts that are offered by digital multimodality in both the final students’ productions and the process leading to them. Through its emphasis on the application of multimodality to students’ tasks and digital productions/artefacts created, the ethnographic approach taken makes the collection of rich data from a variety of sources and techniques possible: workshop seminars, focus groups, semi-structured in-depth interviews, and the student participants’ multimodal productions.

The research questions that this study will explore are the following:

  • How can uncertainty and vulnerability during adolescence be transformed into a sense of hope and a source of strength and resilience, respectively, through educational spaces that provide opportunities for meaning-making?
  • How can such a transformation occur through a narrative-hermeneutical-developmental approach to pedagogy that is facilitated by creative digital technologies?

The theoretical framework of this study will be inspired simulataneously by Paul Ricoeur's narrative-hermeneutical philosophical framework, Robert Kegan's model of adolescent development, and Charles Taylor's understanding of morality in education.

As this research study strives to achieve such aims and address such questions, it will also seek to explore cross-curricular initiatives that create educational spaces for various subjects to come together and address some of their learning outcomes more effectively. The results of this study can also, potentially, enlighten educators on how to make assessment for, of and as learning, more meaningful and conducive to deep critical reflection and self-reflexivity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This will be a qualitative research study conducted through an approach that combines multimodal ethnography as the main method of data collection, and consensual qualitative research (CQR) and Paul Ricoeur's method of interpretation as the instruments for data analysis and interpretation.

The multimodal ethnographic approach will include day workshops for students with their teachers during which they will work on tasks that address learning outcomes in the syllabi of three humanistic subjects in the curriculum, namely Media Literacy Education, Religious Education, and Personal, Social and Career Development. For these tasks the students would also be utilizing creative digital technologies to help them represent their life experiences that they would be required to reflect upon, reinterpret and reconfigure, while sharing with fellow students. The students will be then asked to produce a short multimodal production that combines their various tasks, over a few weeks, and that conveys their reflection on life experiences related to the syllabi learning outcomes. They will have an opportunity to share these multimodal productions in a separate day seminar. Three schools will be selected conveniently and purposefully for this research study. All the students in one specific secondary year will be invited to participate freely and willingly. Semi-structured in-depth interviews will also be conducted with 12 students, four from each school.

The analysis and interpretation of the data will be done using Paul Ricoeur's method of interpretation, and this will be applied in the spirit of CQR. The latter will bring together the participant educators with myself as the researcher, so that together we could code, analyze and interpret the data, and organize it in structured themes. NVivo will also be used to facilitate the data analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research study will be expected to explore how a narrative-hermeneutical-developmental approach to humanities education, facilitated by creative digital technologies, can promote and nurture adolescent meaning making through a:

a. a pedagogy of authenticity, agency, empathy and compassion
b. a pedagogy facilitated by metaphor
c. a pedagogy facilitated by creative media technologies
d. a pedagogy of resilience, vulnerability and hope.

The findings will also be expected to enlighten educators, especially of the humanistic subjects mentioned, on how to make their assessment for, of and as learning, more student-friendly, and conducive to the adolescents' search for meaning, through reflection. This can potentially reduce their uncertainty significantly, and transform their vulnerability as a source of resilience and hope, especially when the students' works are shared and reflected upon in communities of learning.

References
Edwards, S. 2021. Digital play and technical code: What new knowledge
formations are possible? Learning, Media and Technology. Accessed at:
https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2021.1890612

Ferrer-Wreder, L. and Kroger, J. 2020. Identity in Adolescence: The Balance
Between Self and Other. Taylor and Francis. Fourth Edition. Kindle Edition.

Hess, M.E. 2020. Finding a Way into Empathy through Story Exercises in a
Religious Studies Classroom. In Tinklenberg, J.L. (Ed.), Spotlight on Teaching,
29-39. American Academy of Religion.

Hess, M.E. 2015. “Gameful learning and theological understanding: New
cultures of learning in communities of faith,” a presentation given to the
THEOCOM conference at Santa Clara University.

Kim, S. and Esquivel, G.B. 2011. Adolescent Spirituality and Resilience:
Theory, Research, and Educational Practices. Psychology in the Schools 48
(7), 755-765. DOI: 10.1002/pits.20582.

King, P.E. 2020. Developmental Perspectives on Spiritual and Religious
Development. Presentation delivered at the 2020 Biennial Meeting of the
Society for Research on Adolescence, March 19-20, San Diego, California.

King, L. A., Hicks, J. A., Krull, J. L. and Del Gaiso, A. K. 2006. Positive affect
and the experience of meaning in life. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology 90, 179–196.

King, L. A. and Ilicks, J. A. 2009. Detecting and constructing meaning in life
events. The Journal of Positive Psychology 4, 317–330. doi:
10.1080/17439760902992316

King, P.E. and Roeser, R. W. 2009. Religion and spirituality in adolescent
development. In R. M. Lerner & L. Steinberg (Eds.), Handbook of adolescent
psychology: Individual bases of adolescent development, 435–478. John Wiley
& Sons Inc. Accessed at: https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470479193.adlpsy001014

Kress, G. 2010. Multimodality: A social semiotic approach to contemporary
communication. London, England: Routledge. DOI:
https://doi.org/10.4324/978020397 0034.
Kress, G. and Van Leeuwen, T. 2006. Reading Images: The Grammar of Visual
Design. London/ New York: Routledge.
Kroger, J. 2015. Identity development through adulthood: The move toward
“wholeness.” In K.C. McLean and M. Syed (Eds). The Oxford handbook of
identity development, 65-80. New York: Oxford University Press.

Krok, D. 2018. When is Meaning in Life Most Beneficial to Young People?
Styles of Meaning in Life and Well-Being Among Late Adolescents. Journal of
Adult Development 25, 96–106. Accessed at: https://doi.org/10.1007/s10804-
017-9280-y.

Krueger R.A. 1995. The future of focus groups. Qualitative Health Research 5
(4), 524– 530.

Lunde-Whitler, J.H. 2015. Paul Ricoeur and Robert Kegan in Unlikely Dialogue:
Towards a Narrative-Developmental Approach to Human Identity and its Value
for Christian Religious Education. International Journal of Philosophy and
Theology 19 (2), 292-316


21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

Intentionality and Uncertainty. Theoretical Austrian Approaches to Psycho-Synthesis and Psycho-Analysis

Christian Wiesner, Kerstin Zechner

University College of Teacher Education, Baden in Lower Austria, Austria

Presenting Author: Wiesner, Christian; Zechner, Kerstin

The Paper highlights the connection between Sigmund Freud and Franz Brentano, emphasizing Brentano's epistemological influence on Freud (Barclay, 1971; Jones, 1960; Schwediauer, 2005). This connection introduced Freud to empirical and analytical phenomenalism, which led to his early acknowledgment, as early as 1898, of phenomena existing 'beyond consciousness' (Freud, 1950). This concept is one of Freud's oldest theoretical foundations, describing the 'psychologically alive' as a dynamic event and a 'play of forces'. In Freud's ideas, one can find Brentano's theory of intentionality (Brentano, 1924), which also appears in the phenomenology of Edmund Husserl – a student of Brentano – as well as in the works of Alfred Adler and Viktor Frankl, a student of Adler (Frankl, 1938). Notably, Brentano's concept of intentionality is also present in Karl Bühler's theory of signs (Bühler, 1927), who critically and constructively engaged with Freud's theories. The article aims to elucidate these connections on the foundation of intentionality, including its application in semiotics, and explore the phenomenon of uncertainty, demonstrating its impact on various theories regarding unpredictability and unforeseeability through theoretical considerations.

Intentionality is the basis of a theory of psychic relations, particularly characterized by entanglements and conflicts, as evidenced in the theoretical approaches of Freud, Adler, Frankl, Husserl, and Bühler. Freud's concept of psychic phenomena and the methodology in research align closely with the methodologies proposed by his teacher Brentano (Barclay, 1959; Gay, 1989). Freud himself stated, "the true beginning of scientific activity consists rather in describing phenomena and then in proceeding to group, classify and correlate them" (Freud, 1915, p. 117), a method typical of Brentano's understanding of science.

Brentano's influence extends beyond phenomenology to Gestalt theory, providing insights into phenomena 'beyond consciousness' through uncertainties in perception, according to Bühler (1927). Brentano's approach is particularly noted for highlighting the phenomenon of 'intentionality' (Brentano, 1874, p. 306), encompassing actions like 'I am uncertain' and 'my uncertainty'. As Charlotte Bühler (1971, p. 380) notes, "Intentionality implies both a person's focusing on a subject [object] which means or signifies something to him as well as a person's directing himself toward this subject [object]". Brentano believed that for any meaningful guidance, it is essential to focus on those situations and experiences. Intentionality involves an emergence, a connection, and a fading away in real experiences grounded in imaginations and concepts, judgments, and emotional phenomena such as acts of will, sensations, and feelings. The article will explore the origins of intentionality and attempt to demonstrate its significance for various theories and their conception of Uncertainty.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The article employs the phenomenological method, emphasizing 'Einlegungen,' which refers to the original ideas, primal foundations, and underpinnings of theories and concepts, in order to illustrate their inherent connections. Phenomenology is understood as a "work in progress" (Dammer, 2022, p. 156) and is based on the approach described by Waldenfels (1992, p. 19): "Have the courage to use your own senses [and the signs and symbols derived from them for a theoretical perspective]." This emphasizes that all "mental events do not occur in a vacuum [especially in the context of uncertainty]; they are lived by someone" (Gallagher & Zahavi, 2008, p. 19). Phenomenology is notably "anchored to the careful description, analysis, and interpretation of lived experience" (Thompson, 2007, p. 16) – focusing on "how thinking, perceiving, acting, and feeling are experienced in one's own case." This approach highlights the subjective nature of experience, grounding theoretical concepts in the lived reality of individuals, thereby providing a deeper understanding of the intricate web of human cognition and emotion, particularly in relation to uncertainty.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper will, based on Brentano's theoretical foundation of intentionality, lay out the various developments in distinctly differentiable theories and discuss the differences from a semiotic perspective (Wiesner et al., 2024). In doing so, it will draw upon the theories of Freud, Adler, Frankl, and Bühler to highlight each theory's unique form of intentionality. A key aspect will be the ability to demonstrate each theory's concept of uncertainty. This elucidation will not occur through the individual object languages of the theories themselves, but rather through their phenomenological and semiotic foundations, which point to the phenomena underlying these theories.
References
Barclay, J. R. (1959). Franz Brentano and Sigmund Freud: A Comparative Study In The Evolution Of Psychological Thought. The University of Michigan, Education, Psychology.
Barclay, J. R. (1971). Foundations of Counseling Strategies. Wiley.
Brentano, F. (1924). Psychologie vom empirischen Standpunkt (Edition 1973). Meiner.
Bühler, C. (1971). Basic theoretical concepts of humanistic psychology. American Psychologist, 26(4), 378–386.
Bühler, K. (1927). Die Krise der Psychologie. Fischer.
Dammer, K.-H. (2022). Theorien in den Bildungswissenschaften: Auf den Spuren von Wahrheit und Erkenntnis: eine kritische Einführung. Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Frankl, V. E. (1938). Zur geistigen Problematik der Psychotherapie (erschienen im Zentralblatt für Psychotherapie und ihre Grenzgeschichte, 10, 1938). In Grundkonzepte der Logotherapie (Edition 2015, S. 59–78). Facultas.
Freud, S. (1915). Instincts and Their Vicissitudes. In The Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Work of Sigmund Freud. Translated from the German under the General Editorship of James Strachey. Volume XIV (1914-1916) (Edition 1957, S. 117–140). Hogarth.
Freud, S. (1950). Briefe 65—153 (1897- 1902). In Aus den Anfängen der Psychoanalyse. Briefe an Wilhelm Fließ, Abhandlungen und Notizen aus den Jahren 1887—1902. Imago.
Gallagher, S., & Zahavi, D. (2008). The phenomenological mind: An introduction to philosophy of mind and cognitive science. Routledge.
Gay, P. (1989). Freud: A Life for Our Time. Anchor.
Jones, E. (1960). Das Leben und Werk von Sigmund Freud. Die Entwicklung zur Persönlichkeit und die großen Entdeckungen: 1856-1900 (Edition 2007). Klotz.
Schwediauer, F. (2005). Brentano in Freud. Die biographische und konzeptionell-paradigmatische Bedeutung der deskriptiven Psychologie Brentanos für die Metapsychologie Freuds. In M. Benedikt, R. Knoll, & C. Zehetner (Hrsg.), Verdrängter Humanismus—Verzögerte Aufklärung. Band 5: Philosophie in Österreich 1920—1951: Im Schatten der Totalitarismen. Vom philosophischen Empirismus zur kritischen Anthropologie. (S. 377–399). Turia & Kant.
Thompson, E. (2007). Mind in Life: Biology, Phenomenology, and the Sciences of Mind. Harvard University Press.
Waldenfels, B. (1992). Einführung in die Phänomenologie. Fink.
Wiesner, C., Zechner, K., Dörfler, S., Karrer, H., & Schrank, B. (2024). Perspectives for unfolding well-being in the context of teacher education: Emerging well-being Insights from Theoretical Austrian Traditions. In B. Martinsone, M. T. Jensen, C. Wiesner, & K. Zechner (Hrsg.), Teachers’ professional wellbeing.  A Digital Game Based Social-Emotional Learning Intervention. Klinkhardt.
 
9:30 - 11:0022 SES 04 A: New Digital Challenges in HE
Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Carolyn Julie Swanson
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Examining the challenges and opportunities of Generative AI use in Higher Education

Natasha Ziebell1, Jemma Skeat2

1University of Melbourne, Australia; 2Deakin University

Presenting Author: Ziebell, Natasha

Generative AI (GenAI) is a specific type of Artificial Intelligence that can create new content in the form of text, images, music, code, and various other forms of digital media by using machine learning or ‘training’. ChatGPT is an example of a GenAI application that has been trained on a vast amount of publicly available data. It was made freely available in November 2022, albeit with usage limitations. The launch sparked intense public interest, with initial speculation about what the effects might be for education, jobs, and for society in general.

While ChatGPT was not the first model made available (e.g. GPT-2), it is an advanced model that allows for sophisticated interactions, with the remarkable capability of replicating human-like natural language processing. However, it cannot understand language. It is trained to detect complex patterns and assimilate that information into existing information (Bozkurt, 2023; UNESCO, 2023). As GenAI continues its rapid growth, evolving and improving outputs, there has been a wide range of perspectives, from those who have embraced the technology, those who oppose the technology, and some who are both enthusiastic and/or cautious. Gallant-Torres (2023) identifies the opposing extremes as ‘technophiles who defend it without regard to its risk and technophobes who reject it without considering its benefits.’

Research is beginning to emerge about the affordances and challenges of GenAI use in education. New skills are evolving with the use of GenAI such as ‘prompt engineering’, which is defined as the ‘art of designing, writing and fine-tuning prompts’ to elicit the most accurate and relevant responses from GenAI applications (Eager & Brunton, 2023). There have been significant opportunities that have already been identified as being embraced in higher education settings, such as integrating technology to promote learner-AI collaboration (Tan, Chen & Chua, 2023), personalised feedback and adaptive learning pathways (Eager & Brunton, 2023), automating processes, innovations in teaching and assessment and creating a more inclusive environment (Adiguzel, 2023; Moya & Eaton, 2023). However, the scope and the extent to which these practices have been adopted remain unclear. There are also complex issues emerging, as Farrelly and Baker (2023) highlight that ‘we are already seeing that minority and marginalised students are being accused of breaching academic integrity rules …perpetuating an existing inequitable pattern’.

In 2021, UNESCO released ‘Recommendations on The Ethics of Artificial Intelligence’. The first statement highlights the importance of ‘the profound and dynamic positive and negative impacts of AI on societies, environment, ecosystems and human lives, including the human mind’ (UNESCO, 2021). The call for setting standards relating to AI technologies happened well before the launch of ChatGPT and the numerous other generative AI tools released since then. It is evident that GenAI has now been integrated into higher education settings (Ipek, 2023), amidst concerns about what the potential impacts could be on disciplinary knowledge and the assessment of key knowledge and skills. It is in this context that our research study aimed to examine the use of generative AI by academics and students in higher education, and their perceptions of the impact that the technology would have on teaching and learning.

The key research question is:

  • What are the opportunities and challenges associated with using generative AI in higher education?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data for this study was generated from April 24 to November 30, 2023, using a Qualtrics online survey. Students and academics answered questions that were tailored to each participant group, which were organised around four themes: 1) awareness of GenAI (e.g. ChatGPT); 2) current use and intention to use GenAI; 3) potential of GenAI to contribute to learning and assessment; 4) affordances and challenges related to the use of GenAI; and 5) support provided for using GenAI in higher education settings.

The findings are based on survey responses from 243 students and academics, with two distinct data collection periods in semesters 1 and 2 to track how the use of GenAI changed during the first year it became available. The survey invited students who were enrolled in any course or degree program at a university, and academic staff in roles such as tutors and lecturers to participate. In the results, those who were enrolled in a course or program are referred to as ‘students’ and those with teaching roles are referred to as ‘academics’. The Qualtrics platform and Excel were used to analyse the quantitative responses to Likert questions. Questions that asked for a short text response were analysed using inductive thematic coding using NVivo. Axial coding was used to find relationships between first pass codes, and to iteratively assign categories that were derived from these relationships. The key categories that emerged from this process were able to be classified as either opportunities or challenges related to the use of GenAI in higher education. This was the first study in Australia to generate data on the use of GenAI and the perspectives of students and academics in higher education during a time when GenAI was gaining momentum and new products, such as models with the capability to generate information text-to-text, text-to-image, image-image and image-text, were rapidly being released to consumers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Students shared the purposes for which they used GenAI, including generating different outputs when assessment instructions and criteria were unclear, as a study partner, to generate revision materials and feedback on their work, to create plans, restructure writing, brainstorming, summarising literature, referencing, generating images, and students with English as a second language found the enhanced language support helpful. Academics also reported using GenAI to generate summaries and create information. Additionally, they used GenAI to develop teaching materials and exam questions, as a research tool, and to check what GenAI responses would be produced for set assessment tasks.  

One of the key challenges identified by respondents was the reliability of GenAI to produce accurate information and references. They found it difficult to fact check and had concerns about misinformation being reproduced. Other concerns related to the impact the techbology would have on learning and assessment, particularly in relations to people becoming reliant on technology rather than using ‘human thinking’. Ethical concerns about the difficulty detecting plagiarism were identified, as was equitable access and the possible impact on increasing the digital divide, especially for those who might not have access modern technology, tools and current information. As one academics stated, “There are so many ethical issues to work out in relation to AI, but we need to assist staff and students to understand appropriate boundaries, affordances and limitations of this technology. It will create an even bigger digital divide and inequality by placing limitations on what we want students to know and understand. It's important not to be left behind in this debate.” While there is potential for GenAI to enhance teaching and learning in higher education, critical issues remain on the impact of the technology on reliability, accessibility and ethical use in academia.

References
Adiguzel, T., Kaya, M. H., & Cansu, F. K. (2023). Revolutionizing Education with AI: Exploring the Transformative Potential of ChatGPT. Contemporary Educational Technology, 15(3).
Bozkurt, A. (2023). Generative Artificial Intelligence (AI) Powered Conversational Educational Agents: The Inevitable Paradigm Shift. Asian Journal of Distance Education, 18(1), 198–204.
Eager, B., & Brunton, R. (2023). Prompting Higher Education Towards AI-Augmented Teaching and Learning Practice. Journal of University Teaching & Learning Practice, 20(5), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.53761/1.20.5.02
Farrelly, T., & Baker, N. (2023). Generative Artificial Intelligence: Implications and Considerations for Higher Education Practice. Education Sciences, 13(11), 1109. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13111109
Gallent-Torres, C., Zapata-González, A., & Ortego-Hernando, J. L. (2023). The impact of Generative Artificial Intelligence in higher education: a focus on ethics and academic integrity. Electronic Journal of Educational Research, Assessment & Evaluation / Revista Electrónica de Investigación y Evaluación Educativa, 29(2), 1–19.
Ipek, Z. H., Gözüm, A. I. C., Papadakis, S., & Kallogiannakis, M. (2023). Educational applications of the ChatGPT AI system: a systematic review research. Educational Process: International Journal, 12(3), 26–55.
Moya, B. A., & Eaton, S. E. (2023). Examining Recommendations for Generative Artificial Intelligence Use with Integrity from a Scholarship of Teaching and Learning Lens. Electronic Journal of Educational Research, Assessment & Evaluation / Revista Electrónica de Investigación y Evaluación Educativa, 29(2), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.30827/relieve.v29i2.29295
https://doi.org/10.30827/relieve.v29i2.29134
UNESCO. (2023). Guidance for generative AI in education and research. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000386693_eng
UNESCO. (2022). Recommendation on the Ethics of Artificial Intelligence. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000381137


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

ChatGPT in Higher Education: Exploring Challenges and Possibilities for Academic Literacy and Student Engagement

Anthemis Raptopoulou

Södertörn University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Raptopoulou, Anthemis

Recent advancements in Artificial Intelligence (AI) technologies have sparked discussions within higher education(Kramm & McKenna, 2023; Peters et al., 2023; Popenici, 2023). Among these tools, ChatGPT stands out for its capacity to generate text, provide personalized recommendations, and potentially improve student learning outcomes. However, concerns have been raised about the impact of such AI tools on higher education teaching and academic integrity(Blackie, 2024; Rawas, 2023). This study aims to explore the intersection of artificial intelligence and education, with a specific focus on ChatGPT and its potential applications in higher education. More specifically, this paper seeks to investigate the possibilities of integrating ChatGPT into higher education courses with the goal of enhancing academic literacy and improving students' learning experiences. The study addresses two key objectives: (i) the integration of artificial intelligence tools, particularly ChatGPT, into higher education courses, and (ii) understanding the perceptions of students and their engagement with ChatGPT within the context of their academic activities.

Drawing inspiration from situated/sociocultural perspectives in learning and Gee's (2008) concept of a "mediating device," we explore how learners’ understanding and capabilities are transformed when engaging with ChatGPT. As Gee(2008) suggests, what learners can understand and accomplish with a mediating device differs significantly from what they can do without it. When individuals engage with mediating devices, knowledge becomes distributed—some is manifested in their minds, some in their coordination with tools, and some in the tools themselves. This perspective informs our exploration of the impact of ChatGPT as a mediating device in enhancing students' learning experiences and academic literacy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study utilises a case study design, chosen for its suitability in exploring real-life activities within a specific context. The context, in this instance, was a pedagogy course on the philosophy of education at a Swedish higher education institution. The participants consisted of 8 first-year bachelor's students who were followed throughout the entire duration of the course, spanning one month. For the data analysis, a qualitative approach was employed for the examination of interview transcripts, writing assessments, and observational notes. The material combined students’ reflections and writing assessments with observational data from the course, offering a comprehensive understanding of ChatGPT's impact on students' experiences and academic outcomes. Coding and thematic analysis were applied to identify patterns and themes in the collected data. To uphold ethical standards, participant confidentiality was ensured, and voluntary participation was emphasised, with informed consent obtained from all participants before the study initiation.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings highlight that the use of ChatGPT, when applied in a structured and informed manner, can positively influence both students' academic literacy and their overall engagement. Simultaneously, the findings underscore the significance of social aspects within courses, such as lectures and group work, in shaping the learning processes. The interplay between the integration of ChatGPT and the social dynamics of traditional teaching methods is crucial in understanding the possibilities of AI on students’ learning experiences.
References
Blackie, M. A. L. (2024). ChatGPT is a game changer: Detection and eradication is not the way forward. Teaching in Higher Education, 0(0), 1–8. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2023.2300951
Gee, J. P. (2008). A Sociocultural Perspective on Opportunity to Learn. In D. C. Pullin, E. H. Haertel, J. P. Gee, L. J. Young, & P. A. Moss (Eds.), Assessment, Equity, and Opportunity to Learn (pp. 76–108). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511802157.006
Kramm, N., & McKenna, S. (2023). AI amplifies the tough question: What is higher education really for? Teaching in Higher Education, 28(8), 2173–2178. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2023.2263839
Peters, M. A., Jackson, L., Papastephanou, M., Jandrić, P., Lazaroiu, G., Evers, C. W., Cope, B., Kalantzis, M., Araya, D., Tesar, M., Mika, C., Chen, L., Wang, C., Sturm, S., Rider, S., & Fuller, S. (2023). AI and the future of humanity: ChatGPT-4, philosophy and education – Critical responses. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 0(0), 1–35. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2023.2213437
Popenici, S. (2023). Artificial Intelligence and Learning Futures: Critical Narratives of Technology and Imagination in Higher Education (1st edition). Taylor & Francis Ltd.
Rawas, S. (2023). ChatGPT: Empowering lifelong learning in the digital age of higher education. Education and Information Technologies. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-023-12114-8


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Implications of ChatGPT for Education Policy and Global Citizenship: A Case Study in Initial Teacher Training

Ana Luísa Rodrigues, Carmen Cavaco, Carolina Pereira

University of Lisbon, Portugal

Presenting Author: Rodrigues, Ana Luísa

The availability to the public of the Generative Artificial Intelligence tool ChatGPT has led to several reactions in society at different levels. Regarding higher education several challenges have arisen, especially in terms of ethics and evaluation, and its integration into teaching and research practices. In this study, we intend to explore mainly the issues related to the integration and ways of using ChatGPT in higher education, especially in initial teacher training, and the implications of this use for education policies and global citizenship.

With the rapid development and widespread accessibility of Generative Artificial Intelligence (Gen-AI), it is paramount to understand its implications in various areas of society, in terms of knowledge creation and its contribution to the Sustainable Development Goals (UNESCO, 2021), notwithstanding the necessary epistemological reflection on its use (Figueiredo, 2023).

In higher education, Artificial Intelligence (AI) has the potential to completely transform teaching and learning (Rawas, 2023). The potential of ChatGPT shows remarkable benefits in teaching, research support, automated grading, administrative management, and human-computer interaction (Dempere et al., 2023). It can provide individualized recommendations to students, increase collaboration and communication, and further improve their learning outcomes (Rawas, 2023). However, have been identified ethical concerns and implementation issues about security in student assessment and plagiarism, misuse, and the possibility of misinformation, as well as wider social and economic impacts such as job displacement, the digital literacy gap, or decreased human interaction (Dempere et al., 2023; Rawas, 2023).

ChatGPT, as a Gen-AI tool, can help conversationally with writing, learning, solving and assessment, as an assistant for instructors and a virtual tutor for students (Lo, 2023). A literature review highlights measures relating to assessment methods and the necessary institutional policies. Rethinking assessment tasks to reduce the risk of plagiarism by requiring students to demonstrate their skills in real-time and in person, for example. Course content, learning outcomes and assessment methods can also be modified to circumvent ChatGPT, by using it to generate lesson topics, test and exam questions, homework, or product ideas (De Winter, 2023).

On the other hand, from a more constructive and training perspective, it will also be important to promote students' digital literacy in the use of Gen-AI tools. Teaching students about the risks of relying on AI-based technologies is important. These risks include hallucinations, which are false responses generated by AI, presented as facts, not explained by the training data (Dempere et al., 2023). For this reason, it is important to integrate these technologies responsibly, as a supplement to and not a replacement for human interaction (Fuchs, 2023), and there is a pressing need to regulate AI in Higher Education Institutions (HEIs).

As far as initial teacher training (ITT) is concerned, this phenomenon is even more relevant, since these students, as future teachers, will soon be training pupils in education systems. It requires teachers and students develop digital competences and literacies, with a strong focus on critical thinking and fact-checking strategies (Kasneci et al., 2023).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative approach will be used with recourse to non-participant observation and narrative research methods through the analysis of experiences developed in the curricular unit Initiation to Professional Practice of a Master’s in Teaching.
To this end, data was collected taking into account: i) what are the main difficulties and constraints in use; ii) what are the benefits in the planning and preparation of classes; iii) what are the adaptations to instructional methods, form of assessment, and pedagogical practices needed to use the ChatGPT in the teaching and learning process in an ethical and safe way.
In addition to the data from the empirical study, supported by the literature review, two Gen-AI tools, ChatGPT and Elicit, were trialled and their outputs analysed.
Given the recent availability of these Gen-AI tools to the public, quality scientific studies published in the Scopus and WoC databases on this subject are still scarce, and the quality of the articles mobilised was prioritised over quantity.
The study's qualitative approach took a naturalistic and hermeneutic perspective, using content analysis of the field notes from non-participant observation and of student narratives carried out as a final assignment (Amado, & Freire, 204; Bardin, 2013). This methodology is often used in research in the social sciences and education, as the researcher is dealing with complex situations in which it is difficult to select variables. In this way, the researcher seeks to describe and analyse a phenomenon and its interactions and does not intend to quantify or generalise.
The narrative research method provides in-depth knowledge of the respondents' experiences and is based on a constructivist and interpretive epistemology (Rabelo, 2011). It considers that a narrative can express the complexity of the experience, as well as the relationships and uniqueness of each action (Bolívar et al., 1998), allowing knowledge to be obtained through an account that captures the details of meanings beyond factual statements or abstract propositions.
Finally, it should be noted that informed consent was obtained from the study participants, thirteen preservice teachers, and their identity and anonymity were safeguarded, in accordance with the institution's ethics charter and international benchmarks, as Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research (BERA, 2011).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Generative AI literacy will be an indispensable asset, as it provides students with the skills to critically engage with AI systems, ensuring that they become active and discerning users. At the same time, prompt engineering makes it possible to improve the outputs generated in a more precise way and enables educators and students to maximize the usefulness of the educational resources created by AI (Bozkurt, 2023).
This study corroborates that, for the development of AI literacy, it is important to acquire proficiency in understanding, interacting with and critically evaluating generative AI technologies, which is essential not only for the current digital age, but also for shaping the future of education. It is also important to understand the ethical considerations, prejudices and limitations inherent in such systems, as well as to promote critical thinking and digital citizenship among students, teachers and researchers.
So, Gen-AI literacy can and should be integrated into the curriculum to cultivate a new generation of informed and responsible users, and teachers should adapt their teaching methods to incorporate AI, preparing students for a future where it is an integral part of their personal and professional lives.
The impact of AI on education and higher education cannot be ignored, and it is essential to integrate it into teacher education as well (Moura, & Carvalho, 2024). Recommendations include emphasizing a humanistic approach, mobilizing interdisciplinary planning, empowering teachers, and enhancing trust and safety.
It also concludes that it is essential to address and include issues relating to artificial intelligence in higher education and to reflect them in legislation and educational policy.

References
Amado, J., & Freire, I. (2014). Estudo de caso na Investigação em Educação [Case study in Education Research]. In Manual de investigação qualitativa em educação [Handbook of qualitative research in education], (pp.121–168). Imprensa da Universidade de Coimbra.
Bardin, L. (2013). Análise de Conteúdo [Content Analysis]. Edições 70.
Bolívar, A., Domingo, J., & Fernández, M. (1998). La investigación biográfico–narrativa en educación. Guía para indagar en el campo. [Biographical-narrative research in education. A guide to research in the field.]. Grupo FORCE, Universidad de Granada, Grupo Editorial Universitario.
Bozkurt, A. (2023). Unleashing the Potential of Generative AI, Conversational Agents and Chatbots in Educational Praxis: A Systematic Review and Bibliometric Analysis of GenAI in Education. OpenPraxis, 15(4), 261–270. https://doi.org/10.55982/openpraxis.15.4.609
De Winter, J.C.F., Dodou, D., & Stienen, A.H.A. (2023). ChatGPT in Education: Empowering Educators through Methods for Recognition and Assessment. Informatics, 10, 87. https://doi.org/10.3390/ informatics10040087
Dempere, J., Modugu, K., Hesham, A., & Ramasamy, L.K. (2023). The impact of ChatGPT on higher education. Front. Educ., 8, 1206936. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1206936
Ethical Guidelines for Educational Research (BERA) (2011). Available online: https://eera-ecer.de/about-eera/ethical-guidelines (accessed on 9th January 2024).
Figueiredo, A. D. (2023). Inteligência Artificial Generativa e Construção de Conhecimento (Generative Artificial Intelligence and Knowledge Building). Personal communication. In Processamento de Linguagem Natural: Tendências e Aplicações Práticas Conference. https://doi.org/ 10.13140/RG.2.2.25801.52328
Fuchs, K. (2023). Exploring the opportunities and challenges of NLP models in higher education: is Chat GPT a blessing or a curse. Front. Educ, 8. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2023.1166682
Kasneci, E., Sessler, K., Küchemann, S., Bannert, M., Dementieva, D., Fischer, F., et al. (2023). ChatGPT for good? On opportunities and challenges of large language models for education. Learning and Individual Differences, 103, 102274. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2023.102274
Lo, C.K. (2023). What Is the Impact of ChatGPT on Education? A Rapid Review of the Literature. Educ. Sci., 13, 410. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13040410
Moura, A., & Carvalho, A. A. (2024). Literacia de Prompts para Potenciar o Uso da Inteligência Artificial na Educação [Prompt Literacy to Enhance the use of Artificial Intelligence in Education]. RE@D - Revista de Educação a Distância e Elearning, 6(2), e202308. https://doi.org/10.34627/redvol6iss2e202308
Rawas, S. (2023). ChatGPT: Empowering lifelong learning in the digital age of higher education. Educ Inf Technol. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-023-12114-8
Rabelo, A. O. (2011). A importância da investigação narrativa na educação [The importance of narrative enquiry in education.]. Educação & Sociedade, 32(114), 171-188. https://doi.org/10.1590/S0101-73302011000100011
UNESCO (2021). AI and education: Guidance for policy-makers. UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54675/PCSP7350
 
9:30 - 11:0022 SES 04 B: Academics and Governance
Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Huran Mirillo
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Survival and Resilience As an Academic in Higher Education - a Matter of Finding the Balance?

Siw Huatorpet, Yngve Nordkvelle

Inland Norway University, Norway

Presenting Author: Huatorpet, Siw; Nordkvelle, Yngve

Studies of student satisfaction, dropout, failure, and disappointment with grading and examination events are plentiful. There are fewer corresponding studies of faculty, except for PhD students' experiences (McAlpine, Skakni, & Pyhältö, 2022). Higher education is characterized as an instrumental selection process designed to complete a meritocratic project of separating the wheat from the chaff, the talented from the untalented, and the promising from those who cannot expect an academic future. This process is a reflection of the competition that exists for a position or promotion in the academic world. If you succeed with your education and also qualify for an entry-level qualification for employment, there are still many who do not succeed in the competition for that one position at the institution where the applicant wants to build a career. Whether applying for a position in competition with others or for promotion based on merit criteria, there is excitement, anticipation, and, in some cases, desperation, shame, and disgust when applicants are rejected, and experience negative judgments and downward thumbs down. Students' assessment of teaching can be disheartening, and colleagues' unwillingness to understand or comply with decisions or agreed principles, just as a decree of rejection or crushing peer reviews can undermine employees' faith, hopes and dreams. For the person concerned, the experience of such crises is a process of depletion of ardour and enthusiasm, self-confidence and ambition - or it is part of a resilience-building experience base. When life in higher education institutions is portrayed in university self-presentations, it is almost without exception positive news, about careers flourishing, projects being won, and results being achieved. To some extent, critical journalism leads to pointing out injustices, crises, poor working environments, and intolerable conditions for individual academics. Stories about sexual harassment, unreasonable favouritism, unequal distribution and unfair conditions are the critical approach of trade union journals. Similarly, there is a large research literature on the experiences of students and staff during COVID-19.

To get through disappointments, rejections, and inhospitable mechanisms in higher education, resilience research shows that people who can be flexible and adaptable more easily take disappointments as part of the ordinary register of experience and remain resilient. They can dismantle challenges into manageable sub-tasks and continue undaunted (Robertson, Cooper, Sarkar, & Curran, 2015). They show the ability to develop emotional intelligence, which involves an ability to regulate their reactions to emotional fluctuations within themselves and from others, show coolness when crises occur, find support from significant others, and develop good relationships with others. Resilience is also linked to an ability to maintain oneself, both physically and mentally, balance work and private life and regulate one's feelings of stress, dimensions that are largely trainable. People with resilient traits are also diligent in maintaining supportive networks and anyone who can provide positive support through challenging times. The research literature shows that people who are characterized as resilient and satisfied in their profession are less likely to experience the challenges as exhausting (Castro, Labra, Bergheul, Ependa, & Bedoya Mejia, 2022).

Our research question is how employees in higher education develop this balance of well-being and ambition in light of the distinctive experiences each individual has with adversity and success, rejection and acceptance, and how support and perseverance are shaped through networks and as a result of individual characteristics. In our study, we want to shed light on the experience of being part of the academy's meritocratic theatrical game and what this can do to the individual in their encounter with themselves and others as a professional.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The two methods we will use are life history research and autoethnography (Adams et.al. 2021; Ball, 2003; Brinkmann, 2012; Dunpath, 2000; Klevan, 2022). Life history as an educational research method originates from the Chicago School of the 1920s and is seen by many as the most authentic approach to seeing the connection between the experiences of individuals and institutions as interacting entities. Autoethnography, when also utilising historical memory material, offers many of the same characteristics as the life history method, and dramatically strengthens authenticity and the insider perspective (Lofthus, 2020). Emotional competence is most often measured with questionnaires or in experimental or quasi-experimental settings. In an autoethnographic and life history context, the term "narradigm" is used to value narratives as research material and research on narratives as access to rich experiential material, and deep connections in the experienced lives - also in higher education. Our approach will illuminate the problem based on the understanding of Ellis and Bochner (2006), who do not distinguish between an analytical and evocative approach. Our work will thus be analytical in that narratives are used in analyses and theorizing, while the evocative will be an overarching goal by playing on the emotions aroused in the reader.
The two authors describe in dialogue their frustrations, joys, and all facets of emotions related to the rules of meritocracy and how they have met them with their different strategies for dealing with adversity, disappointment, shame, perseverance, and coping (Wells, Dickens, McBraer, & Cleveland, 2019). The two followed different career paths that are recognized in Norway (Eriksen & Nordkvelle, 2021). The authors have an age difference of 13 years and represent the experiences of men and women. They entered academia in 1985 and 2000.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Divergent career paths provide different opportunities for status and recognition. Brew et.al. (2018) write that "academic artisans in the research universities" are given tasks that do not provide status and late-career development and constitute a "learning culture", while those who focus on research identify with the research community, without a strong connection to teaching and student well-being (Ese, 2019). Despite the differences in career paths, the extent and experiences of humiliation and encouragement seem to form part of an emotional cabal that often leads to an equilibrium. The mapping of the two authors' different and parallel processes will be used to create a map for survival and courage to fulfil the different roles of the academy. The authors are developing a course for new employees in academia with the ambition to describe tripwires, dilemmas, and areas of conflict that they should be aware of that can determine their career choices and identity formation as employees in higher education. The course will develop the participants' ability to reflect on their own careers, their emotional reactions, stress experiences, and encounters with challenges through writing autoethnographic texts, producing digital stories, and other expressive methods. The ambition is to develop a deeper self-reflexivity that can create more harmonious and balanced relationships in the tension between research culture and teaching and learning culture.
References
Adams, T. E., Boylorn, R. M., & Tillmann, L. M. (2021). Advances in Autoethnography and Narrative Inquiry: Reflections on the Legacy of Carolyn Ellis and Arthur Bochner (1st ed.). Milton: Milton: Taylor and Francis.
Ball, S. J. (2003). The teacher's soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 215-228.
Brew, A., Boud, D., Lucas, L., & Crawford, K. (2018). Academic artisans in the research university. Higher education, 76(1), 115-127. doi:10.1007/s10734-017-0200-7
Brinkmann, S. (2012). Qualitative inquiry in everyday life.
Castro, C., Labra, O., Bergheul, S., Ependa, A., & Bedoya Mejia, J. P. (2022). Predictive Factors of Resilience in University Students in a Context of COVID-19 Pandemic Lockdown Measures. The international journal of humanities education, 20(1), 185-197. doi:10.18848/2327-0063/CGP/v20i01/185-197
Dhunpath, R. (2000). Life history methodology: "narradigm" regained. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 13(5), 543-551. doi:10.1080/09518390050156459
Ellis, C. S., & Bochner, A. P. (2006). Analyzing Analytic Autoethnography: An Autopsy. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 35(4), 429-449. doi:10.1177/0891241606286979
Eriksen, S., & Nordkvelle, Y. (2021). The Norwegian 1. Lecturer - Shunned or Lost and Found? Journal of Higher Education Theory & Practice  Vol. 21 (7), p171-180. 110p.
Ese, J. (2019). Defending the university?: Academics' reactions to managerialism in Norwegian higher education. (2019:9). Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, Working Life Science, Karlstad University, Karlstad.
Klevan, T. (2022). An Autoethnography of Becoming A Qualitative Researcher: A Dialogic View of Academic Development(1st edition ed.). doi:10.4324/9780367853181
Lofthus, A.-M. (2020). «Dette er det vanskeligste av alt: Å være seg sjøl – og synes at det duger» En autoetnografisk artikkel om avvisning i akademia. doi:https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.1893-8981-2020-03-02
McAlpine, L., Skakni, I., & Pyhältö, K. (2022). PhD experience (and progress) is more than work: life-work relations and reducing exhaustion (and cynicism). Studies in higher education (Dorchester-on-Thames), 47(2), 352-366. doi:10.1080/03075079.2020.1744128
Robertson, I. T., Cooper, C. L., Sarkar, M., & Curran, T. (2015). Resilience training in the workplace from 2003 to 2014: A systematic review. J Occup Organ Psychol, 88(3), 533-562. doi:10.1111/joop.12120
Wells, P., Dickens, K. N., McBraer, J. S., & Cleveland, R. E. (2019). “If I don't laugh, I'm going to cry”: Meaning-making in the promotion, tenure, and retention process: A collaborative autoethnography. Qualitative report, 24(2), 334-351. doi:10.46743/2160-3715/2019.3379


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The Temporal Politics of Decarbonizing Academic Work: Mobilizing Decolonial and Global South Perspectives

Riyad Shahjahan1, Nisharggo Niloy2

1Michigan State University, United States of America; 2University of Dhaka, Bangladesh

Presenting Author: Shahjahan, Riyad

In this essay, we offer a temporal lens to open new ways of conceptualizing decarbonizing academic work. While there has been a growing literature on climate justice and higher education (HE), remaining undertheorized is the temporal aspects of decarbonizing academic work. While some have critically examined the role of HE in climate change, through interrogating its purpose, curricular reform, and the role of students and faculty in the current climate crisis (Grady-Benson & Sarathy, 2016; McCowan, 2023; Rae et al., 2022; Reyes-Garcia et al., 2022; Stein et al., 2023; Williams & Love, 2022), others have interrogated the climate change consequences of internationalization of HE (McCowan, 2023; Shields, 2019; Shields & Lu, 2023). Most of these discussions have taken place in the context of Global North, and rarely apply a temporal lens. We draw on our experiences and research on Bangladeshi academia, as an entry point to explore intersecting questions of climate politics, academic work, and a global South context for climate justice.

We argue that a temporal lens helps us illuminate the temporal politics underlying the possibilities and challenges of contemporary decarbonizing academic work globally. By temporal politics, we mean the inherent social-power relations, assumptions, and/or biases of social action (i.e., advocacy, decision-making), related to the way we make sense of, connect to, and experience time, that goes beyond, but also includes clock time. As such, we offer a temporal political reading of the common solutions offered in decarbonizing academic work, namely reconsidering a) aeromobility, b) digitization, and c) futurity.

We believe a temporal lens is pertinent in the debates about HE’s role in climate justice for several reasons. First, we echo Facer’s (2023) suggestion that we need to ask temporal questions in the climate crisis debates, such as: “Who is telling the time in this situation and how?... What are the histories and habits that shape my own temporal assumptions, where do these come from, and what sustains them?” (p. 64). As such, we can raise tough questions about how the problems and solutions towards climate change are embedded in dominant paradigms of knowledge (Stein et al., 2023), including time. Second, climate change is an unfolding temporal phenomenon, and not a singular event, which interconnects larger macros processes with the everyday, including academic life. Finally, incorporating a temporal lens further helps nuance the role of HE in the climate crisis by illuminating the ontological variance in framing the climate crisis, the inequities in Global North/South academic mobility, and the role of clock-time in academic work.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Drawing on recent scholarship on decolonial and Global South perspectives on climate justice (Bandera, 2022; Guerro, 2023; Sultana, 2022; Whyte, 2018), literature on climate justice and higher education, and our research/experiences in Bangladesh, we aim to tease out the temporal politics underlying the possibilities and challenges of decarbonizing academic work. Despite our similar Bangladeshi origins, our experiences with the frontiers of climate change are significantly different due to our class, citizenship, and/or position in the global academic hierarchy. We draw on narratives to illuminate the contrasting temporal standpoints we bring in terms of climate crisis, academic work, spatial mobility, and use of technology. Our Bangladeshi standpoint is significant, because the latter is considered the most adversely affected nation due to increasing sea levels and thus regarded as a “hotspot” of climate vulnerability and action (Paprocki, 2021a). Such a climate status is used domestically by Bangladesh’s own “climate mafia,” a collective of researchers, policy makers, and advocates whose prominent role in global climate negotiations draws attention to the threat of rising seas particularly to the country’s vulnerable coastline (Paprocki, 2021). Consequently, Bangladeshi climate-related academic research mostly focuses on climate change indicators, climate change impact, resilient measures, and adaptation strategies (Ahmed & Khan, 2023; Hoque et al., 2019).  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Most discussions about decarbonizing work focus on academic researchers’ and students’ mobility, such as travel for conferences, data collection, or study abroad (Williams & Love, 2022). Many agree that travel is the major contributor to carbon emissions from academic research (Reyes-Garcia et al., 2022; Tseng et al., 2022). Others suggest that digitization of academic research and collaboration may be a move forward in decarbonizing academic work (Pasek, 2023; Reyes-Garcia et al., 2022). Finally, while decarbonizing efforts in academia have focused on questions of mobility and digitization in academic work, the ontological framings of futurity mobilizing climate justice efforts remains unpacked
Evidently, such mobility, digitization, and futurity framing discussions have ignored the temporal dimension. First, A temporal politics of decarbonizing academic work needs to interrogate the intersecting roles of coloniality and geopolitics of knowledge informing the necessity of academic aeromobility for some compared to others. A temporal lens would foreground the directionality, physical distances, and myriad borders (cultural, linguistic and relational) one needs to cross to feel seen, validated and belonging in the global academic community. Second, while digitalization may free us from travel, increase the speed of our work and/or collaborations across borders, it also requires larger investments in temporal digital infrastructure not available to many. Furthermore, a temporal lens foregrounds the lives of actants in our digital methods (i.e., clock time, our devices), and the temporal consequences of digital academic work on our embodied being.  Finally, a temporal politics would raise questions about the Gregorian calendar, teleological, and dystopian standpoints underlying climate policy solutions. Such solutions presume that all humans embody a universal trajectory and are equally implicated or impacted by the climate crisis. Instead, a temporal politics suggests interrogating whose temporal assumptions inform such climate change narratives, and more importantly, what they obscure.

References
Ahmed, S., & Khan, M. A. (2023). Spatial overview of climate change impacts in Bangladesh: a systematic review. Climate and Development, 15(2), 132-147.
Bandera, G. (2022). How climate colonialism affects the Global South. Fair Planet. https://www.fairplanet.org/story/how-climate-colonialism-affects-the-global-south/
Facer, K. (2023). Possibility and the temporal imagination. Possibility Studies & Society 1(1–2), pp. 60–66.
Grady-Benson, J., & Sarathy, B. (2016). Fossil fuel divestment in US higher education: student-led organising for climate justice. Local Environment, 21(6), 661-681.
Guerrero, D. G. (2023). Colonialism, climate change and climate reparations. Global Justice Now. https://www.globaljustice.org.uk/blog/2023/08/colonialism-climate-change-and-climate-reparations/
Hoque, M. Z., Cui, S., Lilai, X., Islam, I., Ali, G., & Tang, J. (2019). Resilience of coastal communities to climate change in Bangladesh: Research gaps and future directions. Watershed Ecology and the Environment, 1, 42-56.
McCowan, T. (2023). Internationalisation and climate impacts of higher education: Towards an analytical framework. Journal of Studies in International Education 27(4), pp. 567–585.
Paprocki, K. (2021a). The climate crisis is a colonial crisis. Shuddhashar FreeVoice (শুদ্ধস্বর). https://shuddhashar.com/the-climate-crisis-is-a-colonial-crisis/
Pasek, A. (2023). On Being Anxious About Digital Carbon Emissions. Social Media+ Society, 9(2), 20563051231177906.
Rae, C.L., Farley, M., Jeffery, K.J., & Urai, A.E. (2022). Climate crisis and ecological emergency: Why they concern (neuro)scientists, and what we can do. Brain and Neuroscience Advances 6, p. 239821282210754.
Reyes-García, V., Graf, L., Junqueira, A.B., & Madrid, C. (2022). Decarbonizing the academic sector: Lessons from an international research project. Journal of Cleaner Production 368.
Shields, R. (2019). The sustainability of international higher education: Student mobility and global climate change. Journal of Cleaner Production 217, pp. 594–602.
Shields, R., & Lu, T. (2023). Uncertain futures: climate change and international student mobility in Europe. Higher Education.
Stein, S., Andreotti, V., Ahenakew, C., Suša, R., Valley, W., Huni Kui, N., ... & McIntyre, A. (2023). Beyond colonial futurities in climate education. Teaching in Higher Education, 28(5), 987-1004.
Sultana, F. (2022). The unbearable heaviness of climate coloniality. Political Geography 99.
Tseng, S.H.Y., Lee, C., & Higham, J. (2022). Managing academic air travel emissions: Towards system-wide practice change. Transportation Research Part D: Transport and Environment 113.
Whyte, K.P. (2018). Indigenous science (fiction) for the Anthropocene: Ancestral dystopias and fantasies of climate change crises. Environment and Planning E: Nature and Space 1(1–2), pp. 224–242.
Williams, J., & Love, W. (2022). Low-carbon research and teaching in geography: Pathways and perspectives. Professional Geographer 74(1), pp. 41–51.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Cultivating Change in Higher Education: A Methodological Exploration

Kristin Ewins1, Eva Svedmark2, Anna Hultgren1, Tomas Grysell3

1Örebro University, Sweden; 2Umeå University, Sweden; 3University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ewins, Kristin; Svedmark, Eva

In 2022, the Swedish government funded a national academic development enhancement project. It was administered by the Swedish Council for Higher Education (UHR), who commissioned the Network for Academic Development Leaders (HPCF) to provide a comprehensive practice-oriented mapping of leadership of education in Swedish academia. The network brings together all 28 appointed leaders of Swedish academic development units, acting as a national node and strategic partner for educational development in higher education. HPCF appointed researchers from three of Sweden’s largest universities to lead the project, as well as a reference group with experts in the field of academic leadership from the Nordic countries.

It is a truism that research is valued higher than education within the sector, and HPCF concluded that discussions of leadership of education in Swedish academia are much too rare. Indeed, the fact that the mapping was to be carried out as part of an initiative to enhance academic development set the direction for the project, in line with its declared purpose to strengthen the strategic educational leadership of universities.

We, the researchers in the project, have extensive experience of leading academic development work, and take every opportunity of trying to contribute to positive change in education and quality. Mapping leadership of education in academia is an urgent and important task and when planning for the mapping project, we saw an opportunity to use our situated knowledge (Haraway 1988) of leadership and development to cultivate change at the same time as we conducted our study. So, how does one design a study that both generates knowledge and cultivates change in the institutions one studies while studying them?

We consider qualitative research on higher education, where researchers meet colleagues and students, also as a pedagogical process. As researchers in this context, we have a responsibility to be responsive – learn, reflect and develop our methods and approaches – both before and while conducting the research. Our understanding of our role during the research process is based on Donna Haraway’s (1988) concept of situated knowledge, which emphasizes the context-dependence of knowledge and challenges the idea of universal objectivity. When we meet our informants, we adopt a situated objectivity, in Haraway’s sense, where our perspective is grounded in the context while striving for a responsible investigative approach in relation to the people we meet.

In this paper, we present and analyze how different parts of the research process have been designed, providing opportunities for cultivating change, in addition to the potential development that may come from the knowledge collected for the mapping project itself. It is, therefore, primarily a methodological contribution, which we hope can create awareness and reflection among other researchers studying colleagues and practices within higher education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We aim to provide a methodological contribution on cultivating change during the process of collecting empirical data. In the mapping project, it was important for us to target various leadership roles, as we know from research that leadership in complex organizations depend on conversations across levels (Cregård 2018). From our own experience of leading academic development work, we also know that relational interactions empower change. Therefore, we emphasized the importance of making on-site visits from the start, to not only get our questions answered, but also provide an opportunity for meetings with and between informants across the institution.

Given our intention to cultivate change on-site, we were particularly careful with several aspects before and during our visits. Our letter of invitation to the institutions was formal (signaling the importance of the subject of our study). We addressed the Vice-Chancellor with our invitation (gaining legitimacy; Solbrekke & Sugrue 2020). A designated contact person at the institution arranged the on-site visit, and interviewees were appointed by the institution (enhancing local engagement). Researchers from three institutions were represented at each on-site visit (demonstrating national relevance; Dwyer & Buckle 2009). Focus group interviews were held in cross-organizational groups (enabling overhearing across the institution; Alvesson & Sköldberg 2017). The interview leader framed each conversation by explaining the purpose of the study (showing relevance and meaningfulness; McKenzie et al. 2020). The interviews were thematic and semi-structured, focusing on a fluid conversation (creating engagement and enabling collective knowledge creation; McKenzie et al. 2020). Our situated knowledge as leaders for academic development units was central for designing the study in this way.

Halfway into our first on-site visit, we felt that things were happening during the interviews. Curious to understand what, we added a follow-up survey. The survey was voluntary for those who participated in the interviews. Respondents were asked to specify their role, the percentage of their leadership assignment, how often they discuss educational leadership in their daily work, what they took away from the interview (if anything), and if they wished to add anything after the interview. The survey was sent out immediately after each on-site visit. So far, nearly 70% of the interviewees have responded, and we have conducted an inductive content analysis of their open-ended responses. As this is an ongoing project, the preliminary results are based on responses from five on-site visits. We will undertake another seven visits during the spring of 2024.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our initial intentions went beyond conducting a mapping study: we also wanted to cultivate change during data collection. By letting informants reflect on what they gained from the interviews, we added a layer of knowledge development to the project. For instance, several informants recognized the value of collegial discussions for thinking about leadership. As one university leader wrote, “I take away the need to discuss leadership issues within our team more frequently”, and a dean reflected that “Crossing fictional boundaries between faculties and disciplines [as during the interviews] is necessary”. The importance of discussions across leadership levels to develop the institution as a whole was also evident: “I´ll bring with me the need for clearer dialogue with my leaders and clearer expectations on the role of program director”, one program director noted. In addition, several respondents described gaining new insights into their roles and responsibilities. One respondent wrote that the discussion “sparked the realization that I [director of studies] have a leadership role, i.e., I should lead others! My own view of the role was more or less that of an administrator with an interest in pedagogy”.

In total, four themes emerge from the open-ended survey responses: the value of cross-organizational, role-specific conversations; the importance of discussing how to work across leadership levels; making one’s own role visible; and an identification of competence development needs in relation to one’s role.
 
It is clear from the survey responses that our on-site visits have made impressions on individuals who participated in the study, and we see signs that our discussions about leadership in education will continue and grow in their respective institutions. Our paper demonstrates that with a careful research design and process, knowledge can be constructed through the mutual interaction between researcher and informant, and thereby cultivate change.

References
Alvesson, M, & Sköldberg, K. (2017). Reflexive Methodology: New Vistas for Qualitative Research. 3rd ed. London: Sage.

Cregård, A., Berntson, E., & Tengblad, S. (2018). Att leda i en komplex organisation: Utmaningar och nya perspektiv för chefer i offentlig verksamhet. [Leading in a Complex Organization: Challenges and New Perspectives for Managers in Public Organizations.] Stockholm: Natur & Kultur.

Dwyer, S. C., & Buckle, J. L. (2009). The space between: on being an insider-outsider in qualitative research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 8(1): 54–63.

Haraway, D. (1988). Situated knowledges: the science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3): 575–99.

McKenzie, F., Sotarauta, M., Blažek, J., Beer, A., & Ayres, S. (2020). Towards research impact: using place-based policy to develop new research methods for bridging the academic/policy divide. Regional Studies, Regional Science, 7(1): 431–44.

Solbrekke, T. D., & Sugrue, C. (2020). Leading higher education: putting education centre stage. In Leading Higher Education As and For Public Good: Rekindling Education as Praxis, ed. by Solbrekke, T. D., & Sugrue, C. London: Routledge. 18–36.
 
9:30 - 11:0022 SES 04 C: Diversity and Participation in HE
Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Adél Pásztor
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

To What Extent do Parental Income, Gender and Ethnicity Act as a Barrier to Higher Education Participation in England?

Paul Martin

University College London, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Martin, Paul

Across the OECD countries, the proportion of young people who have attained a tertiary degree has increased by more than 20 percentage points to 47% over the past two decades (OECD, 2023). However, as participation in higher education (HE) continues to increase, concerns have been raised as to whether some groups of young people with certain characteristics may have benefited from HE expansion more than others (Montacute & Cullinane, 2023; Smith, 2018). Fair access to HE matters given that it is well established that graduates tend to earn higher average salaries in the labour market than their non-graduate counterparts (Britton et al., 2020; Eurostat, 2021). Furthermore, HE participation also appears to be positively associated with a number of favourable outcomes in later adulthood, such as longer life expectancy and greater civic engagement (Balaj et al., 2024; Brennan et al., 2013).

Research on patterns of access to HE in England in particular presents the opportunity to understand the impact of high university tuition fees, given that England is reported to have the highest tuition fees of any OECD country (OECD, 2021). Despite this, some international comparisons have suggested that England has performed well in enabling certain groups of disadvantaged students to access HE. For example, the UK as a whole was ranked in fifth place among the OECD countries with respect to access to HE for young people who have parents with lower levels of education (OECD, 2012). Whilst tuition fees in England appear to be exceptionally high, students are supported financially by a system of income-contingent loans. These can be used to finance the cost of HE and are only repaid by graduates who earn above a certain threshold (Murphy et al., 2019), potentially reducing the deterrent effect of high tuition fees.

Existing literature on access to HE in England has suggested that many inequalities in access to HE (such as those by socioeconomic background) can be largely explained by corresponding inequalities in attainment at the secondary education level (Crawford & Greaves, 2015; Croll & Attwood, 2013). This is in line with other international evidence on this issue, with the OECD reporting that 37% of all variance in disparities in access to HE by parental level of education (across the OECD countries) can be explained by inequalities in earlier schooling (OECD, 2012). However, some research suggests that some vulnerable groups (such as poorer students and those from ethnic minority backgrounds) may be disadvantaged in the HE admissions process, perhaps by being disadvantaged in the application process itself (Boliver, 2013; Jones, 2013).

The UK Government routinely collects data concerning the attainment and personal characteristics of all school pupils within state-funded schools in England and makes this data available to researchers via the National Pupil Database, which is believed to be one of the richest education datasets in the world (Department for Education, 2015). This study takes advantage the richness of administrative data available in England to explore the following research question:

  • To what extent do the personal characteristics of English school pupils (such as parental income, gender and ethnicity) predict the likelihood of them progressing into higher education?

As well as considering absolute disparities in access to HE by different characteristics, there will also be consideration as to whether or not different inequalities in HE access can be explained by confounding variables such as disparities in attainment in secondary education. This will reveal the extent to which certain background characteristics may present a barrier to HE participation, within the context of one of the most expensive higher education systems in the world.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The UK Government’s National Pupil Database (NPD) was used to gather data concerning the entire cohort of young people in England who turned 16 years of age between September 2014 and August 2015. Data was gathered concerning pupils’ school attainment at age 16, gender, ethnicity and postcode of residence. Two different measures of school attainment were gathered. The first was a points-based measure of the 8 highest grades achieved in subject assessments and examinations and the second was a marker indicating whether or not each pupil had demonstrated a basic level of competency in a range of traditional academic subjects such as English, science, mathematics and foreign languages. Data was also accessed showing whether or not pupils were known to be eligible for free school meals. In England, young people are eligible for free school meals if their parents qualify for certain means-tested welfare benefits (HM Government, n.d.). Free school meals eligibility is therefore known to be a way of identifying pupils who are likely to be from a socioeconomically disadvantaged household (Ilie et al., 2017). The pupil postcode measure revealed the street on which pupils were residing. This data was cross-referenced against data from the UK’s Index of Multiple Deprivation (IMD) to judge the extent to which pupils were living in more disadvantaged neighbourhoods.
 
Records from the UK’s Higher Education Statistics Agency (HESA) were then used to identify whether each pupil had progressed to degree-level study by the age of 19. It was possible to match together both the NPD and HESA datasets using anonymous matching references supplied by both data providers.

In total, data concerning 565,169 pupils was available for analysis. Firstly, descriptive statistics were produced which revealed for each group of pupils with a given characteristics what proportion of the group had progressed to degree level study by the age of 19. Secondly, binary logistic regression analyses were performed which could isolate the extent to which any given characteristic could predict the likelihood of a young person progressing to degree-level study once other variables were controlled for statistically. These regression analyses were performed on a restricted dataset of 549,922 pupils, where any cases with missing data had been removed. Regression analyses were performed in stages – for each given variable of interest, disparities in secondary school attainment were controlled for first, before all other variables were then controlled for in a second analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The proportion of pupils eligible for free school meals progressing to HE (23.4%) was substantially lower than the proportion of pupils progressing to HE who were not eligible for free school meals (41.3%). However, the statistical modelling suggested that this could be explained entirely by disparities in secondary school attainment at age 16. This suggests that young people who achieve the same level of attainment in their secondary schooling tend to have an equal likelihood of progression to higher education irrespective of their level of household income. Policies which have the effect of reducing attainment gaps between more and less advantaged students earlier on in the education system would be likely to have the effect of narrowing socioeconomic participation gaps in higher education. Young people from a poorer background may not necessarily be deterred by England’s high levels of tuition fees, perhaps due to the availability of income-contingent loans. More countries might therefore reasonably consider greater use of such income-contingent loans.

Female pupils progressed to HE at a much higher rate (44.5%) than male pupils (33.4%), however this observation could be explained predominantly – though not entirely – by their higher average attainment in school examinations at age 16.

Pupil ethnicity had a large bearing on the likelihood of young people progressing to HE. With a small number of exceptions, most ethnic minority groups had higher progression rates to HE than the white British ethnic group. Large disparities in access to HE by ethnicity still persisted once differences in school attainment and other factors were controlled for statistically. This could suggest that young people from ethnic minority backgrounds have a greater propensity to choose to take part in HE. Alternatively, young people from ethnic minority backgrounds might face barriers in accessing other pathways such as apprenticeships, technical education or employment.

References
Balaj, M., Henson, C. A., Aronsson, A., Aravkin, A., Beck, K., Degail, C., Donadello, L., Eikemo, K., Friedman, J., Giouleka, A., Gradeci, I., Hay, S. I., Jensen, M. R., McLaughlin, S. A., Mullany, E. C., O'Connell, E. M., Sripada, K., Stonkute, D., Sorensen, R. J. D., . . . Gakidou, E. (2024). Effects of education on adult mortality: a global systematic review and meta-analysis. The Lancet Public Health. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(23)00306-7
 
Boliver, V. (2013). How fair is access to more prestigious UK universities? The British Journal of Sociology, 64(2), 344-364. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-4446.12021

Brennan, J., Durazzi, N., & Séné, T. (2013). Things we know and don't know about higher education: a review of recent literature. Department for Business Innovation & Skills. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/wider-benefits-of-higher-education-literature-review

Britton, J., Dearden, L., van der Erve, L., & Waltmann, B. (2020). The impact of undergraduate degrees on lifetime earnings. Institute for Fiscal Studies. https://ifs.org.uk/publications/14729

Crawford, C., & Greaves, E. (2015). Socio-economic, ethnic and gender differences in HE participation. Department for Business Innovation and Skills. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/higher-education-participation-socio-economic-ethnic-and-gender-differences

Croll, P., & Attwood, G. (2013). Participation In Higher Education: Aspirations, Attainment And Social Background. British Journal of Educational Studies, 61(2), 187-202. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2013.787386
Department for Education. (2015). The national pupil database: User guide. Department for Education.

Eurostat. (2021). Earnings statistics. Retrieved 24 January 2024 from https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Earnings_statistics
HM Government. (n.d.). Apply for free school meals. HM Government,. Retrieved 19 August 2022 from https://www.gov.uk/apply-free-school-meals

Ilie, S., Sutherland, A., & Vignoles, A. (2017). Revisiting free school meal eligibility as a proxy for pupil socio-economic deprivation. British Educational Research Journal, 43(2), 253-274. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3260

Jones, S. (2013). “Ensure That You Stand Out from the Crowd”: A Corpus-Based Analysis of Personal Statements according to Applicants’ School Type. Comparative Education Review, 57(3), 397-423. https://doi.org/10.1086/670666

Montacute, R., & Cullinane, C. (2023). 25 years of university access: How access to higher education has changed over time. The Sutton Trust. https://www.suttontrust.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/10/25-Years-of-University-Access.pdf

Murphy, R., Scott-Clayton, J., & Wyness, G. (2019). The end of free college in England: Implications for enrolments, equity, and quality. Economics of Education Review, 71, 7-22. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2018.11.007

OECD. (2012). Education at a Glance 2012. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/content/publication/eag-2012-en

OECD. (2021). Education at a Glance 2021. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/content/publication/b35a14e5-en

OECD. (2023). Education at a Glance 2023. https://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/content/publication/e13bef63-en

Smith, E. (2018). Key Issues in Education and Social Justice: 2nd Edition. SAGE.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

First-in-Family Higher Education Graduates’ Cost of Social Mobility

Ábel Bereményi1, Judit Durst2, Zsanna Nyírö2

1Universitat de Barcelona, Spain; 2HUNREN, Centre for Social Sciences, Hungary

Presenting Author: Bereményi, Ábel

This paper centres on how first-in-family university graduate Roma (Gitano) and non-Roma Hungarians of working-class origin experience higher education-driven social mobility. We focus on their university years and their transition from education to work, and explore the structural, institutional and socio-cultural conditions that shape Roma and non-Roma young people’s distinctive mobility paths.

Most research projects on racialised ethnic minorities’ successful university attainment (e.g. Flecha et al., 2022; Gallego-Noche & Goenechea-Permisán, 2022; Gamella, 2011; Padilla-Carmona et al., 2020) take for granted the lineal, positive effect of education on social mobility, similar to the quantitative tradition of social mobility studies (Bukodi & Goldthorpe, 2019; Róbert, 2019). In contrast, our project – drawing on a recently developed perspective - goes further to study the link between higher education gains and social mobility chances for the racialised Gitano minority, and their non-racialised co-citizens from similar socio-economic and social contexts, through an intersectional comparison. This paper can be situated in the recent line of social mobility studies (e.g. Friedman, 2016; Mallman, 2018) Haga clic o pulse aquí para escribir texto. that investigate the individual, personal accounts of education-driven upwardly mobile people to understand the diverging outcomes and processes of their different mobility paths. So, we interpret social mobility using Bourdieu’s conceptual tools, particularly his concept of habitus, which connects both the structural and the individual levels. The individual experience of social mobility, and particularly the one driven by higher education, is a complex and often painful process, during which one must cope with misalignment between one’s primary habitus (embodied dispositions and tastes acquired in the family and [ethnic] community of origin) and a subsequent adopted habitus in the fields of education and initial professional career. There is a growing literature on the phenomenon of the dislocated and destabilised habitus – what Bourdieu (2004) called a ‘cleft habitus’ – in the case of the university students of lower-class origin. There has been relatively little exploration of how students reconcile shifts in the habitus they obtain in educational settings with their pre-existing, non-elite habitus (Abrahams & Ingram, 2013; Naudet, 2018; Wang, 2022). This paper contributes to understanding this reconciliation process. We aim to unpack how class-changers, in moving between the social milieu of their origin and their destination, occupy a unique position between two fields, what can be called a ‘third space’. Their social position is described as one of social navigators and ‘outsiders within’ who can play a bridging role between two social groupings or class fractions (Bourdieu, 1984). Contrasting the Higher Education experience of Roma with non-Roma first-generation graduates in Hungary, we draw attention to the different opportunities of reconciling conflicting class-related habitus along ethno-racial lines.

For this purpose, we use the concept of ‘Third Space’ (TS) to understand these young people’s experiences. TSs provide a privileged space for reflection and selfhood elaboration during mobility trajectories (Bhabha, 1994). Empirical research finds that there are salient differences between Roma and non-Roma, that is ethnic/racial minority and majority, in the ways they occupy or create ‘third spaces’ due to the specificities of the Roma community's mobility journey through higher education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is based on interviews and participatory observations from a four-year-long research project (2018–2021) that investigated a different education-driven social mobility trajectories of 175 first-in-family Roma and non-Roma HE graduates in Hungary. We used ‘intensity sampling methodology’ (Miles & Huberman, 1994) to select 12 interviews from the 175, the ones whose arguments provide especially revealing, content-dense examples of ‘reconciled habitus’, that can further enhance our theoretical-conceptual framework. We focused on those individuals with a reconciled habitus (approximately ¾ part of our database), who following a period of sensing of dislocation eventually encountered their belonging, through negotiating the elements of their habitus. The informants of the project were identified relying on the researchers’ personal networks, the chain-referral sampling method, and also through social media advertisement. We identified interviewees as Roma or non-Roma, based on self-ascription. The collected narrative life-course interviews last from one to three hours, and they were mainly recorded in a one-off session, although in some cases repeated meetings occurred. Voice-recorded informed consent was obtained from all participants, a procedure that was initially approved by the research ethnic committee of the institution that hosted the project. Interviews audio files were transcribed verbatim, and from this moment on anonymised texts were used by our team in order to protect interviewees’ privacy following the research ethical guidelines. Anonymised interview texts were coded based on our theoretical questions, interview guide, and some additional categories that were created throughout initial rounds of analysis using the qualitative data analysis and research software ATLAS.ti 8.
The research team prioritised 'epistemic justice,' ensuring Roma researchers took the role of knowledge producers rather than being solely subjects of study. Nonetheless, all authors of this conference paper are second-generation, non-Roma university graduates, two of whom have experienced habitus dislocation resulting from migration.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A diversity of contexts and agents help the reconciliation of destabilised habitus during HE-driven social mobility. We identified a series of factors in our interviewees’ mobility trajectories that most strongly influenced the habitus dislocation and the subsequent habitus reconciliation. Namely, most influential factors are the range and speed of social mobility  (Durst & Bereményi, 2021; Friedman, 2014), the direction and destination of movement through social space (Nyírő & Durst, 2021), the person’s belonging to a racialized/ethnic minority (Durst et al., 2022), the range of geographical mobility, and family’s aspirations (Bereményi, 2018). These factors may be sensibly supported by institutions or informal groups at the universities. We found that ethnically targeting support groups foster reconciliation process by acknowledging ‘community cultural wealth’ or ‘Roma cultural capital’ (Boros et al., 2021).  A comparative result is that we could not identify any support groups that focused on the community cultural wealth of ethnic majority class-changers.
We explored ‘third-space’ experiences of class changers. For Roma individuals, TS entails embracing a shared sense of identity, one that is often influenced by ‘race’, and a shared commitment to improving the circumstances of Roma communities. Conversely, for non-Roma individuals, TS represents an opportunity to construct a symbolic home-making within an unfamiliar social context, in the middle class, by forging their own individual trajectory toward careers aimed at aiding others. Nevertheless, for both groups TS provided an opportunity for ‘dispositional relaxation’ (Hadas, 2021) during the HE years. In our sample, non-Roma often pursue bridging roles like social work or teaching, aspiring to contribute to a fairer society. In contrast, Roma youth often adopt a resisting perspective, challenging power dynamics and institutional norms (Bhabha, 1994; hooks, 1989; Soja, 1996). Formal and informal TSs exist, with Roma support groups more consciously addressing the challenges of social mobility compared to non-Roma equivalents.

References
Abrahams, J., & Ingram, N. (2013). The Chameleon Habitus: Exploring Local Students’ Negotiations of Multiple Fields. Sociological Research Online, 18(4), 213-226.
Bhabha, H. K. (1994). The location of culture. Routledge.
Boros, J., Bogdán, P., & Durst, J. (2021). Accumulating roma cultural capital: First-in-family graduates and the role of educational talent support programs. Szociologiai Szemle, 31(3), 74-102.
Bourdieu, P. (1984). Distinction. A social critique of the judgement of taste. Harvard University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (2004). Sketch for a Self-Analysis (University).
Bukodi, E., & Goldthorpe, J. H. (2019). Social Mobility and Education in Britain. Research, Politics and Policy. Cambridge University Press.
Durst, J., & Bereményi, Á. (2021). «I Felt I Arrived Home»: The Minority Trajectory of Mobility for First-in-Family Hungarian Roma Graduates. En M. M. Mendes, O. Magano, & S. Toma (Ed.), Social and Economic Vulnerability of Roma People (p. 229-249). Springer
Flecha, A., Abad-Merino, S., Macías-Aranda, F., & Segovia-Aguilar, B. (2022). Roma University Students in Spain: Who Are They? Education Sciences, 12(6), 400.
Friedman, S. (2014). The Price of the Ticket: Rethinking the Experience of Social Mobility. Sociology, 48(2), 352-368.
Friedman, S. (2016). Habitus clivé and the emotional imprint of social mobility. The Sociological Review, 64(1), 129-147.
Hadas, M. (2021). Outlines of a Theory of Plural Habitus: Bourdieu Revisited. Routledge.
hooks,  bell. (1989). Choosing the margin as a space of radical openness. Framework: The Journal of Cinema and Media, 36, 15-23.
Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook (2a ed.). Sage Publications Ltd.
Naudet, J. (2018). Stepping into the elite. Trajectories of social achievement in India, France and the United States. Oxford University Press.
Nyírő, Z., & Durst, J. (2021). Racialisation rules: The effect of educational upward mobility on habitus. Szociológiai Szemle, 1-31.
Padilla-Carmona, M., González-Monteagudo, J., & Heredia-Fernández, S. (2020). The Roma in Spanish Higher Education: Lights and Shades after Three Decades of National Plans for Roma Inclusion. En L. Morley, A. Mirga, & N. Redzepi (Ed.), The Roma in European Higher Education. Recasting ldentities, Re-lmagining Futures (p. 133-150). Bloomsbury Academic.
Soja, E. W. (1996). Thirdspace. Journeys to Los Angeles and Other Real-and-Imagined Places. Blackwell Publishers.
Wang, S. (2022). Self in mobility: Exploring the transnational in-between identity of Chinese student returnees from the UK. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 52(6), 861-878.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

'I'm Hearing The Lower Class Of People': Eastern European Students At An Elite European Graduate School

Adél Pásztor

Corvinus University of Budapest, Hungary

Presenting Author: Pásztor, Adél

Although research has been burgeoning on the experience of nonelite students in elite settings, most scholars focus on the Ivy League or Oxbridge, neglecting some of the most prestigious universities in Europe. With past research mainly focused on initial entry to HE, little attention has been paid to postgraduate levels, which this study aims to remedy. Using interviews with a cohort of final-year doctoral students at a highly prestigious European graduate school, the paper specifically focuses on the social integration of Eastern European (EE) students who struggle to fit in among the elite-university-educated, mostly Western European student body. By considering "fitting in" as an interactional process, the paper aims to examine the experiences of EE students’ vis-a-vis their peers and faculty, and the ways in which this varies by social class.

Researchers have looked into the ways in which nonelite students felt excluded in elite HE settings, resulting in a growing body of scholarship investigating the experiences of working class, black, and ethnic minority students who successfully penetrated the class ceiling (see e.g. Friedman and Laurison 2019). Yet, scholars often studied race and class independently, with separate streams of scholarship tackling the ‘black student experience’ (e.g. Carter 2005) or the ‘working class experience’ (e.g. Reay et al. 2009). Although American scholarship was keen to place race at the centre stage, British scholars posited that ‘class differences are more apparent and significant than minority ethnic similarities’ (Ball et al., 2002). But with neither of these groups being monolithic, it is often the interaction of race/ethnicity and class that provokes ‘a sense of cultural alienation’ among nonelite students in elite settings (Torres 2009: 888).

Despite the EU enlargement occurring some decades ago, the increasing number of EE students studying at Western European (WE) universities has received limited attention. Overall, there has been negligible research specifically dedicated to EEs as a student group (see, e.g., Chankseliani 2016, Genova 2016, Ginnerskov-Dahlberg 2021, Marcu 2015), and, to my knowledge, none has delved into their social integration within elite settings. This study significantly contributes to the literature through the exploration of the experiences of EE students at an elite WE campus where all students share the same social milieu throughout their studies and all benefit from scholarships that enable them to access high quality education regardless of their social origin.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study utilises in-depth interviews conducted with doctoral students from post-socialist countries (EE nationality). A total of 20 students were interviewed, reflecting their proportion within an admitted cohort/year group. Potential interviewees were identified through the university website and contacted via email to request their participation. The approached students were all in their final year and part of a specific cohort. The interviews took (on average) an hour and were conducted in English. The interview data have been anonymised and some personal details have been removed to ensure confidentiality. Following transcription, the data were analysed using thematic analysis that focused on the students' experiences of fitting in among the student body and their relationships with peers and faculty.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Elite universities offer a prime opportunity to explore long-range social mobility from the perspective of a two-way process that considers not only the experiences of non-elite students, but also how others relate to them and the emotional impact such interactions leave behind. EE students looking for authenticity and meaningful connections with peers and instructors were taken aback by the superficial nature of social connections on this elite campus. Microaggressions, the (not so) subtle ways in which various stereotypes can play out, were employed as tools of exclusion practised by elite students towards EEs who reported several incidents in which their peers and faculty made them feel uncomfortable, unwelcome, and misunderstood.
While the interviewed EE students were all accepted into an elite doctoral programme, fully accepted they were not, since neither their peers nor the university welcomed them with open arms. Drawing on Accominotti's (et al. 2018) notion of ‘segregated inclusion,' the study will demonstrate the ways in which cultural and socio-economic differences can lead onto stratified social relationships among the student body which ultimately affect the degree to which EE students can take advantage of being a member of an elite university.

References
Accominotti F. (2016). Figures of purity: consecration, exclusion, and segregated inclusion in cultural settings. Unpublished PhD thesis, Columbia University.

Accominotti F., Khan, S.R., & Storer, A. (2018). How Cultural Capital Emerged in Gilded Age America: Musical Purification and Cross-Class Inclusion at the New York Philharmonic. American Journal of Sociology 123 (6), 1743-1783.

Archer, L. & Leathwood, C. (2003). ‘Identities, Inequalities and Higher Education’, in L. Archer et al. Higher Education: Issues of Inclusion and Exclusion, pp. 175–92. London: RoutledgeFalmer.

Bourdieu, P. & Passeron, J. C. (1994) Academic Discourse. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Ferguson, S., & Lareau, A. (2021). Hostile Ignorance, Class, and Same-Race Friendships: Perspectives of Working-Class College Students. Socius, 7.

Friedman, S., Laurison, D., & Miles, A. (2015). Breaking the ‘Class’ Ceiling? Social Mobility into Britain’s Elite Occupations. The Sociological Review, 63 (2), 259–289.

Granfield, R. (1991). Making it by faking it: Working-Class Students in an Elite Academic Environment. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 20(3), 331–351.

Jack, A.A. & Black, Z. (2022). “Belonging and Boundaries at an Elite University.” Social Problems.  Online First: https://doi.org/10.1093/socpro/spac051

Langhout, R.D., Rosselli, F., & Feinstein, J. (2007). Assessing Classism in Academic Settings. The Review of Higher Education 30 (2), 145-184.

Lee, E. M. (2017). ‘“Where People Like Me Don’t Belong”’: Faculty Members from Low-socioeconomic-status Backgrounds. Sociology of Education, 90 (3), 197–212.

Lee, E.M. & Kramer, R. (2013). Out With The Old, In With The New? Habitus And Social Mobility At Selective Colleges. Sociology of Education 86 (1): 18–35.

Morales, E. M. (2014). Intersectional Impact: Black Students and Race, Gender and Class Microaggressions in Higher Education. Race, Gender & Class, 21(3/4), 48–66.

Reay, D., Crozier, G., & Clayton, J. (2009). ‘Strangers in Paradise’?: Working-class Students in Elite Universities. Sociology, 43(6), 1103–1121.

Smith, L., Mao, S. & Deshpande, A. (2016). “Talking Across Worlds”: Classist Microaggressions and Higher Education, Journal of Poverty, 20(2), 127-151.

Stuber, J. (2011). Inside the College Gates: How Class and Culture Matter in Higher Education. Lanham, MD: Lexington Books.

Thiele, M., & Gillespie, B.J. (2017). Social Stratification at the Top Rung: Classed Reports of Students’ Social Experiences on a Selective University Campus. Sociological Perspectives, 60(1), 113-131.

Tinto, V. (1975). Dropout from higher education: A theoretical synthesis of recent research. Review of educational research, 45 (1), 89-125.

Torres, K. (2009). ‘Culture shock’: Black students account for their distinctiveness at an elite college. Ethnic and Racial Studies 32 (5), 883–905.
 
9:30 - 11:0022 SES 04 D: Students' Trajectories in HE
Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Graça Fernandes
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Exploring International Students' Perspectives on Being ‘International’

William Ericsson Eulatth Vidal1, Annelies Kamp2

1Victoria University of Wellington; 2University of Canterbury

Presenting Author: Eulatth Vidal, William Ericsson

The international mobility of students plays a crucial role in the ongoing process of the internationalisation of higher education, garnering growing attention and interest (Bista et al., 2018). This phenomenon exhibits a significant and widespread presence of international students across diverse countries (Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development [OECD], 2021). In 2019, the enrolment of international students in higher education institutions reached 6.1 million, reflecting an annual growth rate of 5.5% from 1998 to 2019 (OECD, 2021). The trends, however, were disrupted by the COVID-19 pandemic (Kanwar & Carr, 2020). Nevertheless, the reopening of borders has offered hope for a potential reversal in the pandemic-induced decline. New Zealand, for instance, experienced a 33% decline in international enrolments between 2019 and 2021. However, international student visa applications soared from 7,710 in October 2022 to 43,541 by July 2023 (Education New Zealand, 2022; 2023). This trend mirrors a global pattern, supported by a significant increase in international student numbers in OECD countries (OECD, 2023).

Research on the experiences of international students is crucial for informing policies and practices (Deuchar, 2022). Yet, a challenge lies in defining the term 'international student.’ This definitional challenge not only presents a semantic hurdle but also complicates the development of targeted strategies to address their diverse needs. The prevailing definition focuses on individuals pursuing education outside their home countries, often emphasizing the geographical dimension and using criteria such as visas or national affiliations (Bista et al., 2018). Despite seemingly clear criteria, the term's inherent ambiguity persists, and interpretations may vary based on the specific context in which it is used (OECD, 2021).

A common tendency is to view international students as a uniform group, hindering effective university responses (Lausch et al., 2017). Advocates for a nuanced viewpoint argue that this simplification overlooks the complexities of the international student experience (Heng, 2019). Additionally, while existing research has explored the experiences of international students, their own viewpoints and narratives have received limited attention (Koo & Mathies, 2022). Language and ethnicity are often used to generalize the identity of international students (Tavares, 2021). Broad categorizations may not fully grasp how some students shape identities in new socio-cultural settings and fail to capture how personal characteristics and experiences influence their perception of self (Tian & Lowe, 2009). Furthermore, the dominant deficit-oriented view of international students, focused on challenges and generalizations, neglects their individual identities (Tavares, 2021).

This paper reports findings from a qualitative study using phenomenology to explore the experiences of 12 international undergraduate students at a university in Aotearoa New Zealand, delving into their perspectives on being 'international.' While focused on a specific university, the insights gained have important implications for policymakers globally, nationally, and institutionally. They guide the development of more informed and tailored strategies to enhance the overall international student experience.

The findings challenge the conventional notion that the label international student should exclusively define individuals based on visa status and shared characteristics. Instead, they emphasize the nuanced complexity of international students' experiences, questioning the tendency to homogenize this diverse group. It not only identifies elements contributing to a collective group identity but also recognizes those shaping individual identities. In doing so, the study illuminates the rich diversity within the international student community in higher education, emphasizing the significance of individual experiences and unique perspectives in shaping their sense of self.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study aimed to contribute to a comprehensive understanding of how international students perceive themselves. It is grounded in a relativist ontology, embracing the notion that truths are subjective, varying across individuals and their perceptions (Guba, 1990). This philosophical stance aligns seamlessly with a constructionist epistemology. Within this conceptual framework, the study adopted an interpretive theoretical perspective, asserting that meanings are central to shaping actions and that reality is multifaceted, accessed through diverse interpretations (Denzin & Lincoln, 2011). The methodological approach employed is interpretative phenomenology, involving both descriptive and interpretative phases. During the descriptive stage, preconceptions were set aside to identify recurring patterns, forming the basis for interpretative analysis that explored nuanced meanings in participants' experiences.
Twelve international students were purposefully selected to participate in this study. The sample size was chosen with consideration for the qualitative nature of the research, which prioritized depth of insight over breadth. To ensure the trustworthiness of the study, Lincoln and Guba's (1985) criteria—credibility, transferability, dependability, and confirmability—were rigorously followed. In-depth semi-structured interviews, guided by a pre-defined question list, were conducted. This approach offers a balance between using a predefined set of questions and allowing flexibility to delve into participants' responses in depth (Ruslin et al., 2022). Each participant underwent two to four one-hour interviews until data saturation was achieved, and the recorded interviews were transcribed verbatim.
The lead researcher established cultural sensitivity and rapport through initial meetings before interviews, fostering a comfortable environment for open sharing. To emphasize confidentiality, participants were encouraged to use pseudonyms, discouraging the disclosure of their involvement. The researcher sought feedback from critical peers and maintained a comprehensive research audit trail. These measures collectively demonstrated the study's commitment to methodological rigor and ethical considerations in exploring international students' perceptions and experiences.
The research employed thematic analysis to systematically organize and extract insights from the collected data, starting with a thorough review of transcripts. Codes, initially developed manually and later refined using NVivo, facilitated the identification of patterns and recurring themes within the dataset. The analysis involved an iterative process, revisiting data and codes multiple times to refine emerging themes that connected empirical data to the overarching research question. Before the study began, ethical approval was obtained, and informed consent was secured from all participants.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings offer insightful glimpses into the intricate realm of identity among international students, as perceived by the students themselves. Participants identified themselves with a group characterized by its diverse composition, with their collective identity shaped by the shared experience of holding student visas. They recognised stereotypes used as defining principles for international students, intensifying feelings of 'othering' and an 'us versus them' mentality. Additionally, their awareness of challenges associated with their international student status further strengthened their collective identity.
Nonetheless, this research challenged the homogenization of international students, highlighting their diverse identities beyond the simplistic label of 'international student'. It emphasized the multifaceted dimensions contributing to their individuality, uncovering a spectrum of social identities, including ethnicity, religion, gender, age, financial means, and civil status. The findings illuminated a nuanced reality where shared characteristics coexist with individual differences, portraying experiences abroad as 'the-same-and-different.' Through analysing the participants' narratives, the relevance of self-categorization theory and intersectionality became evident (Hutcheson, 2023; Levine & Reicher, 1996)
The participants complex interplay of identities also aligned with narrower spheres defined by individual attributes and experiences. They encountered varying challenges, shaping their trajectories and identities. Additionally, cultural affinity mediated interactions with the dominant local population, impacting self-perception. While acceptance by locals could foster belonging and even lead to being embraced as locals, for others, these interactions can worsen feelings of alienation, reinforcing their outsider status.
This multifaceted tapestry of identity was enriched by factors such as self-perceived university readiness, English proficiency, self-perceived intelligence, and motivation, each contributing to one's sense of self. Expectations varied depending on information access, and resilience levels differed in handling challenges. Participants also showcased diverse goals and priorities, influenced by personal and external factors in career choices. Their subjective judgments of personal success added complexity, reflecting unique values and aspirations.

References
Bista, K., Sharma, G., & Gaulee, U. (2018). International student mobility: Examining trends and tensions. In K. Bista, (ed.), International student mobility and opportunities for growth in the global market (pp. 1 – 14). Hershey. https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-5225-3451-8.ch001
Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2011). The Sage handbook of qualitative research.
Deuchar, A. (2022). The problem with international students' ‘experiences’ and the promise of their practices: Reanimating research about international students in higher education. British Educational Research Journal, 48(3), 504-518. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3779
Education New Zealand. (2022, October 27). October update from Immigration New Zealand [Press Release]. https://www.enz.govt.nz/news-and-research/ed-news/october-update-from-immigration-new-zealand/
Education New Zealand. (2023, July 19). July update from Immigration New Zealand [Press Release]. https://www.enz.govt.nz/news-and-research/ed-news/july-update-from-immigration-new-zealand/
Guba, E. G. (1990). The paradigm dialog. Sage Publications.
Heng, T. T. (2019). Understanding the heterogeneity of international students’ experiences: A case study of Chinese international students in US universities. Journal of Studies in International Education, 23(5), 607-623. https://doi.org/10.1177/1028315319829880
Hutcheson, S. (2023). Calling race into research with International students. Confronting omissions. In J. Mittelmeier, S. Lomer, & K. Unkule (Eds.), Research with international students. Critical, conceptual, and methodological considerations (pp. 266-273). Routledge
Kanwar, A., & Carr, A. (2020). The impact of COVID-19 on international higher education: New models for the new normal. Journal of Learning for Development, 7(3), 326-333.
Koo, K., & Mathies, C. (2022). New voices from intersecting identities among international students around the world: Transcending single stories of coming and leaving. Journal of International Students, 12(S2), 1-12. https://doi.org/10.32674/jis.v12iS2.4776
Lausch, D., Teman, E., & Perry, C. (2017). Scholastics, pabulum, clans, transformation: A journey into otherness. Journal of International Students, 7(3), 893-917. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.570040
Levine, R. M., & Reicher, S. D. (1996). Making sense of symptoms: Self‐categorization and the meaning of illness and injury. British Journal of Social Psychology, 35(2), 245-256.
Lincoln, Y., & Guba, E. (1985). Naturalistic inquiry. Sage Publications.
OECD (2021). Education at a Glance 2021: OECD Indicators. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/b35a14e5-en
OECD (2023), International Migration Outlook 2023, OECD Publishing, Paris. https://doi.org/10.1787/b0f40584-en
Ruslin, R., Mashuri, S., Rasak, M., Alhabsyi, F., & Syam, H. (2022). Semi-structured Interview: A methodological reflection on the development of a qualitative research instrument in educational studies. IOSR Journal of Research & Method in Education (IOSR-JRME), 12(1), 22-29.
Tavares, V. (2021). Theoretical perspectives on international student identity. Journal of Comparative & International Higher Education, 13(2), 83-97. https://doi.org/10.32674/jcihe.v13i2.2949
Tian, M., & Lowe, J. (2009). Existentialist internationalisation and the Chinese student experience in English universities. Compare, 39(5), 659-676. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057920903125693


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Volunteering as a Strategy of Developing Student’s Transversal Competencies. A Study in Spanish Higher Education Institutions

Ana Vázquez-Rodríguez, Nicolás Avendaño-Carballo, Laura García-Docampo

University of Santiago de Compostela, Spain

Presenting Author: Vázquez-Rodríguez, Ana

Volunteering has played a key role in the historical development of communities. It is an act of civic engagement that involves pro-social, planned and long-term behaviours with the aim of altruistically benefiting other individuals or groups in a particular organisational setting (Penner, 2002).

In the university context, volunteering is formal due to its organisational characteristics, through programmes managed by higher education institutions (HEIs) through their services or departments in collaboration with non-profit organisations (United Nations Volunteers [UNV], 2015). In general, volunteering programmes make it possible to articulate processes of collaboration and reciprocity between students, institutions and social organisations that benefit all the actors involved (Haski-Leventhal et al., 2020). In view of the challenges posed by the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, volunteering expands and mobilises the university community to provide an effective response to global challenges (United Nations, 2021).

The development of transversal competencies -called in research soft skills, transferable skills or generic competencies- has become a crucial factor for the employability and social inclusion of university students in the current context characterised by globalisation, digitalisation, social exclusion, unemployment and precariousness of European and especially Spanish youth (García-Álvarez et al., 2022). These can be defined as a "dynamic combination of cognitive and meta-cognitive, interpersonal, intellectual and practical skills" that "help people to adapt and behave positively so that they can deal effectively with the challenges of their professional and everyday life" (Haselberg et al., 2012, p. 67).

In European policies, volunteering is a recurring training strategy in search of more opportunities to promote young people's social participation and employability by developing competencies in a lifelong learning approach (European Parliament and Council of the European Union, 2021). In the same way, universities have added to their agendas, alongside volunteer, service-learning or entrepreneurial initiatives, work placements or internships for students to gain experience in real learning environments (Evans & Yusof, 2022; Holmes et al., 2021).

In this sense, the Conference of Rectors of Spanish Universities (CRUE, 2021) has highlighted the need to keep working on the development of undergraduates' skills, not only through teaching projects, but also through other actions such as volunteer work. The aim is to improve their skills (upskilling) or acquire new skills (reskilling) for effective action in uncertain environments.

Reflecting the public interest of voluntary activities, the scientific literature contains numerous studies on the impact of such activities on participants' satisfaction, physical and mental wellbeing, self-awareness and self-reflection, altruism, intercultural competence, democratic participation, academic performance, moral development, social responsibility, employability, career development and higher levels of self-efficacy (Evans & Yusof, 2022; Haski-Leventhal et al., 2020; Holmes et al., 2021).

Overall, studies on the link between volunteering and the development of transversal competencies have focused on non-formal learning contexts, i.e. initiatives organised by non-profit organisations or other public or private institutions (cf. Santos Rego et al., 2018; Souto-Otero, 2016). As a result, there is less evidence that highlights the impact of these experiences from the management of university services (i.e. Khasanzyanova, 2017), particularly in the Spanish context.

In light of the above, this study aims to analyse the transversal competencies that students develop through their participation in volunteering programmes managed by higher education institutions in Spain. In this sense, the study addresses a main research question (RQ): What are the transversal competencies that students develop through their participation in volunteer activities managed by university services?

This research is the result of the specific collaboration agreement between the Universidade de Santiago de Compostela, Universitat de Girona and Fundación Mutua Madrileña for the development of the study "Volunteering and Social Participation in University Studies". Ref. (2022-CL060).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is based on a non-experimental, exploratory and descriptive study. A non-probabilistic purposive sample was chosen for the research. For this purpose, five universities located in different parts of Spain and with similar volunteer services were selected: Universidad Autónoma de Madrid (UAM), Universitat de Girona (UdG), Universidad de Murcia (UM), Universidad Pablo de Olavide (UPO) and Universidade de Santiago de Compostela (USC). The participants are students registered in the databases of the services of the universities involved in the study, who participated in volunteering experiences between the academic years 2018-2019 and 2021-2022.
The sample for the study is made up of 373 university students (79.6% female; 19% male; 1.3% other) who have carried out voluntary work in one or more academic years during their academic career. As regards the profile of the sample, it is worth noting that there is a notable presence of students from the field of Social and Legal Sciences (46.7%), having participated in these experiences during a single academic year (65.6%) in the following areas of volunteering: social (42.9%), social-health (15.8%) and educational (13.4%).
The instrument is based on an ad hoc questionnaire for young volunteers at universities. Specifically, data are collected on the profile of student volunteers, motivations for volunteering and satisfaction with the university services. In addition, the instrument has a Likert scale (1=not at all; 5=very much). Its purpose is to assess the extent to which student volunteers have developed a set of transversal competencies that have been identified in the scientific literature as essential for young people's employability and social inclusion.
Similar studies in the field (Santos Rego et al., 2018; Souto-Otero, 2016) and in European higher education institutions, as in the case of the Tuning project (González & Wagenaar, 2003), were considered for the design of the scale. The psychometric analysis of the scale was carried out using Exploratory Factor Analysis (EFA) and Confirmatory Factor Analysis (CFA). All indices showed a proper adjustment. The final scale resulted in 16 items.
The instrument was administered at two points in time (September and October 2021) through the online tool Microsoft Forms. Participants were informed of the voluntary and anonymous nature of the instrument. Data processing was carried out in accordance with EU Regulation 2016/679 and Organic Law 3/2018 on personal data protection. IBM SPSS version 27 software was used for data coding and statistical analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In general, this paper has examined the extent to which students who participate in voluntary activities managed by Spanish universities develop transversal competencies. The data clearly indicate that participation in extracurricular activities contributes to the improvement of young people's human capital, with effects on academic, civic and professional dimensions (Evans & Yusof, 2022; Haski-Leventhal et al., 2020; Khasanzyanova, 2017; Santos Rego et al., 2018).
Specifically, the results show that the most developed transversal competencies are teamwork (M=4.39; SD .92), problem solving (M=4.19; SD=.88), planning, coordination and organization (M= 4.14; SD=.92), and initiative (M= 4.14; SD= .91). International work (M=3.16; SD= 1.44) and using technology (M=3.17; SD=1.40) were rated lowest.
Combining these results, in line with similar studies in national and international contexts, participation in voluntary work contributes significantly to the development of young people's transversal competencies, in particular: teamwork, problem-solving, creativity, organisational skills or entrepreneurship (Khasanzyanova, 2017; Santos Rego et al., 2018; Souto-Otero, 2016).
However, the scarce development of competencies in the context of digitalisation and internationalisation calls for a greater effort on the part of higher education institutions in their management, with a wider range of options. This applies to international volunteering and digital volunteering, which have been shown to benefit young people's personal and professional development (Jones, 2010; Park & Johnston, 2017).
In general, this work has shown the need to consider volunteering programmes as a key educational strategy for universities to work towards greater social inclusion and student employability. This is particularly important in view of the high levels of unemployment and social exclusion among young people in Spain. However, we must not forget the third mission of the university, which considers the transfer of knowledge and social responsibility as the main axes of its action, in which volunteering plays and should always play an important role.

References
Conference of Rectors of Spanish Universities. (CRUE). (2021). Universidad 2030. https://www.crue.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/CRUE_UNIVERSIDAD2030_VERSION-DIGITAL.pdf
European Parliament, & Council of the European Union. (2021). Establishing the European Solidarity Corps Programme. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/888/oj
Evans, C., & Yusof, Z. N. (2022). Volunteering: A viable alternative work experience for university students? Industry and Higher Education, 37(1), 1-32. https://doi.org/10.1177/09504222221093180
García-Álvarez, J., Vázquez-Rodríguez, A., Quiroga-Carrillo, A., & Priegue, D. (2022). Transversal Competencies for Employability in University Graduates: A Systematic Review from the Employers’ Perspective. Education Sciences, 12(3), 1-37. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12030204
González, J., & Wagenaar, R. (2003). Tuning Educational Structures in Europe. Universidad de Deusto.
Haselberger., D., Oberheumer, P., Perez, E., Cinque, M., & Capasso, D. (2012). Mediating Soft Skills at Higher Education Institutions. Guidelines for the design of learning situations supporting soft skills achievement. https://gea-college.si/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/MODES_handbook_en.pdf
Haski-Leventhal, D., Paull, M., Young, S., MacCallum, J., Holmes, K., Omari, M., Scott, R., & Alony, I. (2020). The Multidimensional Benefits of University Student Volunteering: Psychological Contract, Expectations, and Outcomes. Nonprofit and Voluntary Sector Quarterly, 49(1), 113-133. https://doi.org/10.1177/0899764019863108
Holmes, K., Paull, M., Haski-Leventhal, D., MacCallum, J., Omari, M., Walker, G., Scott, R., Young, S., & Maher, A. (2021). A continuum of university student volunteer programme models. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 43(3), 281-297. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080X.2020.1804658
Jones, E. (2010). ‘Don’t worry about the worries’: Transforming lives through international volunteering.  In E. Jones (Ed.), Internationalisation and the Student Voice: Higher Education Perspectives (pp. 83-97). Routledge.
Khasanzyanova, A. (2017). How volunteering helps students to develop soft skills. International Review of Education, 63, 363-379. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-017-9645-2
Park, C. H., & Johnston, E. (2017). A framework for analyzing digital volunteer contributions in emergent crisis response efforts. New Media & Society, 19(8), 1308-1327. https://doi.org/10.1177/1461444817706877
Penner, L. A. (2002). Dispositional and Organizational Influences on Sustained Volunteerism: An Interactionist Perspective. Journal of Social Issues, 58(3), 447-467. https://doi.org/10.1111/1540-4560.00270
Santos Rego, M. A., Lorenzo, M., & Vázquez-Rodríguez, A. (2018). Educación no formal y empleabilidad de la juventud. Síntesis.
Souto-Otero, M. (2016). Young people's views of the outcomes of non-formal education in youth organisations: its effects on human, social and psychological capital, employability and employment. Journal of Youth Studies, 19(7), 938-956. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2015.1123234
United Nations. (2021). Our common agenda. Report of Secretary General. https://www.un.org/en/content/common-agenda-report/assets/pdf/Common_Agenda_Report_English.pdf
United Nations Volunteers. (UNV). (2015). State of the World’s Volunteerism Report. Transforming Governance. https://www.unv.org/publications/2015-state-worlds-volunteerism-report-swvr-transforming-governance


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

How did Covid 19 Pandemic affect Students’ school learning in the transition from Upper Secondary to Higher Education

Graça Fernandes1, Margarida Lopes2

1CEMAPRE-REM ISEG, Lisbon School of Economics and Management Portugal; 2SOCIUS-CSG ISEG, Lisbon School of Economics and Management Portugal

Presenting Author: Fernandes, Graça

The global COVID-19 pandemic has profoundly affected education systems worldwide, leaving an enduring impact on students across diverse grade levels. Extensive literature, including reports from the World Economic Forum (WEF, November 14, 2022) and UNESCO (2021), underscores the widespread consequences of the pandemic, revealing significant learning losses at all educational stages. Notably, lower grades have experienced more substantial setbacks than higher education (HE), particularly in subjects like Mathematics and Reading.

The swift transition from traditional to online or hybrid learning formats, imperative for curbing the virus's spread, posed considerable challenges for students. The urgency of this shift, exemplified by Portugal's one-month adaptation period, emphasized the critical need for students' access to digital resources. Unfortunately, students from economically disadvantaged backgrounds encountered heightened barriers, resulting in severe learning setbacks and diminished motivation.

A comprehensive literature review (Fricks, C. (2020), Garcia, E. & Weiss, E. (2020), UNESCO (2021), Dorn et al. (2021), Stark et al. (2022)) demonstrates the exacerbation of inequality in learning and access to Higher Education (HE) due to COVID-19.

This research builds upon prior studies exploring factors influencing academic achievement, dropout rates, and delays in HE enrollment, demonstrating how these factors vary with economic cycles. In this study, we aim to assess the extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic has intensified these existing challenges. Additionally, we will evaluate the effectiveness of measures taken by the Portuguese government to address pandemic-induced learning losses by comparing academic performance trends from 2018 to 2022.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We will use data available for 2018, 2021, and 2022 collected by the Ministry of Education’s Statistics Department, with information about students' trajectories from Upper Secondary (USec) to HE. The dataset also includes information on socio-economic status, educational expectations, reasons for not pursuing further studies, and academic performance in Math and Portuguese exams. We will use multivariable analysis in this research.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Anticipated findings include confirming a substantial negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on students' academic achievement and HE enrollment. Moreover, the research aims to elucidate how the pandemic's impact varies based on individual characteristics, prior academic trajectory, family socio-economic background, and employment status. By comparing these determinants before and after the pandemic, the study seeks to provide valuable insights into the evolving landscape of students' academic challenges.
References
•Ali Shah et al. 2022) How Covid -19 is Accelerating the Digital Revolution – Challenges & Opportunities. Springer Link: How COVID-19 is Accelerating the Digital Revolution: Challenges and Opportunities.
•Aristovnick, A., et al. (2020 Impacts of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Life of Higher Education Students: A Global Perspective, Sustainability 12(20)8438; https://doi.org/10.3390/su12208438

•Dorn et al.(2020) COVID-19 and student learning in the United States: The hurt could last a lifetime,
https://kremen.fresnostate.edu/centers-projects/weltycenter /documents.
•Dorn et al.(2021). Covid-19-and-education-the-lingering-effects-of-unfinished-learning, July 27.
https://www.mckinsey.com/industries/education/our-insights/

•Fricks, C. (2020) 11 COVID-19’s Effect on Upper-Level Students,
https://opentextbooks.clemson.edu/stswu1010fall2020/chapter/covid-19s-affect-on-students-and-their-education/

•Garcia, E. & Weiss, E. (2020). COVID-19 and student performance, equity, and U.S. education policy Lessons from pre-pandemic research to inform relief, recovery, and rebuilding, Economic Policy Institute, September 10.
     https://www.epi.org/publication/
•Kara, A. (2021). COVID-19 pandemic and possible trends into the future of higher education: a review, Journal of Education and Educational Development (iobmresearch.com), Maasai Mara University https://doi.org/10.22555/joeed.v8i1.183
•Kuhfeld et al 2022 The pandemic had devastating impacts on learning. What will it take to help students catch-up?
•https//www.brookings.edu/articles/The pandemic had devastating impacts on learning. What will it take to help students catch-up?/
•Sandner et al 2022. Impact of COVID-19 on Higher and Post-secondary Education Systems. Springer Link: Impact of COVID-19 on Higher and Post-secondary Education Systems | SpringerLink
•Stark et al 2022. Disparities in students’ Intention to Enter Higher Education during the COVID-19 Pandemic. Plos ONE (Social disparities in students’ intention to enter higher education during the COVID-19 pandemic | PLOS ONE)

•  Tsolu et al, The Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Education: Social Exclusion and Dropping out of School, Creative Education, Vol.12 No.03(2021), Article ID:107598,16 pages
10.4236/ce.2021.123036.

WEF (2022), Here's how COVID-19 affected education – and how we can get children’s learning back on track, November 14. https://www.weforum.org/agenda/2022/11/covid19-education-impact-legacy/.

•UNESCO (2021). What’s Next? Lessons on Education Recovery: Findings from a Survey of Ministries of Education amid the COVID-19 Pandemic (https://covid19.uis.unesco.org/wp-content/uploads/sites/11/2021/07/National-Education-Responses-to-COVID-19-Report2_v3.pdf
 
9:30 - 11:0023 SES 04 A: Teachers and Teaching
Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Jo Lampert
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The Cross-Sectoral Impact of Teaching Shortages: Initial Teacher Education, Teaching and Leadership

Jo Lampert, Fiona Longmuir, Jane Wilkinson

Monash University, Australia

Presenting Author: Lampert, Jo; Longmuir, Fiona

This paper provides research in the connected areas of initial teacher education, teaching and leadership to present an integrated snapshot of how teaching shortages are impacting all three sectors in interconnected ways.

There is currently an international crisis in the education workforce, exacerbated by Covid (Ovenden-Hope, 2022). Unprecedented teaching shortages are impacting all levels of the workforce including Initial Teacher Education (where numbers are declining and the pressure is on to attract and support new teachers); in the teaching workforce itself (where attrition and the difficulty of replacing teachers who leave is at an all-time high); and in school leadership (where principals are pressured to staff their schools in these challenging conditions). In a crisis-oriented context this ‘perfect storm’ creates a policy context of ramped-up panic and competition in teacher recruitment practices. A cross-sectoral approach is needed for government to develop education workforce policy based on research from all three sectors.

Recruiting and retaining enough teachers to meet school needs has been challenging governments for many years. The United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization’s (UNESCO) Sustainable Development Goal 4.c is to ‘substantially increase the supply of qualified teachers’ to support an equitable education system (Ovenden-Hope, 2022). In Victoria, Australia, advertised teaching vacancies peaked at 2,600 in mid-September 2023 and by December some schools in the State were reported as receiving no applications at all for advertised positions. These teaching shortages, reported similarly throughout Europe (Lindqvist, 2022; Worth, 2023) affect some schools much more than others, with poorer, diverse metropolitan schools, regional, rural and remote schools impacted much more. The impact and risk for historically disadvantaged school communities is much greater when there is an inconsistent or transient teacher workforce and the pressure on school leaders to solve a problem beyond their control has increased. Despite a wide range of government initiatives including financial incentives, mentoring, leadership pathways and more to address a ’crippling’ problem (Caudal, 2022; See et. al., 2020), workforce shortages persist.

In combining research on the impact of teaching shortages in teacher education, teaching and leadership we are working towards a more consolidated approach to finding policy solutions to teaching shortages. Our method, bringing together and comparing findings from three large research projects is unusual in aiming to strengthen collaborations between teacher educators, teachers and school leaders to better understand the phenomenon of education workforce shortages and to propose partnership-based solutions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As a first point into understanding teaching shortages, initial teacher education is considered in study one. Often focused on as an issue of teacher supply (Tatto, 2021), initial teacher education is both under scrutiny and the overwhelming focus of many government initiatives in both England and Australia. Gorard et. al.’s (2023) large-scale survey of undergraduates in England identified why people might or might not want to consider teaching as a career.  Government initiatives to attract more people into the teaching workforce is the focus of a related Australian study providing insight into these initiatives and their impact over the past 20 years (Lampert et.al., 2021). This data demonstrate both the range and type of initiatives as well as suggesting the limited imagination of iterative attempts by government to fund the same sorts of strategies repeatedly, such as offering financial incentives with limited success. The Australian meta-analysis examined policies and was supplemented by interviews with key stakeholders and recipients of the initiatives to determine their impact.
In study two, a large research study in Australia examined teachers’ perceptions of their working conditions. In this project a total of over 8000 Australian teachers completed an online questionnaire in 2019 and 2022 respectively (Heffernan et. al.,2022; Longmuir et al., 2022). Questions invited Likert responses and open comments. These data show teachers’ satisfaction with their role, their perceptions of respect for teachers, their feelings of safety and their intentions to stay in the profession. The survey also invited participants to describe the types of challenges they encountered and their suggestions for changes to their working conditions.  
The field of school leadership is reflected in study three, an ongoing project examining the emotional labour of government school principals who have been invited to contribute a short anonymous testimony – written or audio - about a critical incident that has occurred under their leadership in relation to one or more key stakeholder groups, e.g., teachers, executive staff, students, parents, community, and/or system personnel. They have been asked to reflect on the emotional impact it has had on them as principals as well as key learnings from the incident. Over 170 testimonies have been gathered, reflecting a broad diversity of schools, ranging from rural, remote, urban, low to high socioeconomic status as well as a diverse range of principals – from those in their first three years to those who have been in the role over 20 years.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Historically, while all in the ‘business’ of education, the fields of Initial Teacher Education, teachers’ work and educational leadership have largely operated in research, policy and practice siloes. The climate of teaching shortages makes it apparent that responses and strategies that take a more holistic, aligned approach must be adopted if sustainable, long term solutions are to be found. Our combined research raises new questions that we suggest can only be addressed by more integrated thinking about these challenges, such as deeper considerations of the relationship between teacher attraction, teacher preparation and teacher attrition. For instance, if teacher attrition is in part due to a lack of safety and low morale (study two), how might this be addressed in Initial Teacher Education (study one) If school leaders are experiencing an intensification of their emotional labour (study three), how is this related to teachers’ work stress and in what ways could this be seen as a systemic issue that goes beyond individuals or their roles? Currently, solutions often prioritise improving preparation or capacity building programs for teachers and school leaders, but these individualise responsibility for the problems to educators and divert attention from broader issues. They do not fully account for the broader social and policy conditions that teachers and school leaders report contribute to their intentions to leave the profession, such as increased monitoring and reporting of their everyday decisions, or increasing incidences of disrespect from students, families and the media.  Further, questions of diversity across the teaching profession intersect with issues of workforce health and sustainability. An expanded understanding of how and where the intensities and challenges are being experienced by different groups of teachers and school leaders at a time of workforce shortages is needed internationally.
References
Caudal, S. (2022). Australian Secondary Schools and the Teacher Crisis: Understanding Teacher Shortages and Attrition. Education and Society (Melbourne), 40(2), 23-39.
Gorard, S., Maria Ventista, O., Morris, R., & See, B. H. (2023). Who wants to be a teacher? Findings from a survey of undergraduates in England. Educational Studies, 49(6), 914-936.
Heffernan, A., Bright, D., Kim, M., Longmuir, F., & Magyar, B. (2022). "I cannot sustain the workload and the emotional toll': Reasons behind Australian teachers' intentions to leave the profession. The Australian Journal of Education, 66(2), 196-209.
Lampert, J., McPherson, A., Burnett, B. & Armour, D.  (2021). Research into initiatives to prepare and supply a workforce for hard-to-staff schools. Commonwealth Department of Education: Canberra Australia.
Lindqvist, M. H. (2022). Teacher shortage in Sweden: time to take action? Education in the North.
Longmuir, F., Gallo Cordoba, B., Phillips, M., Allen, K.-A., & Moharami, M. (2022). Australian Teachers' Perceptions of their work in 2022. Monash University.  
See, B. H., Morris, R., Gorard, S., & El Soufi, N. (2020). What works in attracting and retaining teachers in challenging schools and areas? Oxford Review of Education, 46(6), 678–697.
Ovenden-Hope, T. (2022). A status-based crisis of teacher shortages? Research in Teacher Education 12(1), pp. 36-42.
Tatto, Maria Teresa. (2021). Comparative research on teachers and teacher education: global perspectives to inform UNESCO's SDG 4 agenda. Oxford Review of Education, 47(1), 25–44.
Worth, J. (2023). Short Supply: Addressing the Post-Pandemic Teacher Supply Challenge in England. National Foundation for Educational Research.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The SEN Industry – The Case of Germany

Vera Moser1, Benjamin Haas1, Ellen Brodesser2, Monique Rettschlag2, Elena Galeano-Weber3, Rebecca Aissa3

1Goethe Universität, Germany; 2Humboldt Universität zu Berlin; 3DIPF Leibniz Institut für Bildungsforschung und Bildungsinformation

Presenting Author: Moser, Vera; Haas, Benjamin

In Germany, the definition of special educational needs was developed by special education teachers by the end of 19th century (Garz et al., 2022). Since then, the formal process of detecting and defining special educational needs has not changed significantly since the focus still remains on the characteristics of the pupil rather than on the characteristics of the teaching. In addition, special education has expanded both nationally and internationally, both in terms of professionals and schools: In Germany, the proportion of special needs pubils in each age group has risen from around1 % in 1900 up to now 8 % today (Dietze, 2019; Moser, 2023). This has been characterised as an “extension of the disability zone” (Felkendorff, 2003) as well as an effect of the “SEN industry” (Tomlinson, 2012), which continuously privileges dominant interests of stratification. Being labelled with special educational needs is closely linked to processes of social exclusion in mainstream classrooms as well as in special schools (Tomlinson, 2012, 267ff; Slee, 2019), understood as an ‘uneven distribution of opportunities‘. The empirical research project “FePrax” (funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research 2021-2024) therefore focuses on the justification of this labelling process. The project involves researchers from the Goethe-University Frankfurt, the Humboldt University in Berlin and the Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education and conducted 50 case studies of special educational appraisals and connected counseling interviews with parents in 2022 und 2023.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research project includes documentary analysis and expert interviews of regulations on the definition of special educational needs within 5 German states (Bavaria, Berlin, Brandenburg, Hesse, North Rhine-Westphalia), a content analysis (including machine learning methods) (Kuckartz, 2018) of 50 written special educational appraisals, and a content analysis of 50 counselling interviews with parents. The analysis was guided by a research-based deductive category system. The framework for data analysis was the ‘chain of reasoning’ approach (Gläser & Laudel, 2009).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on 50 case studies, the process of defining special educational needs within a network of mainstream and special education teachers, local schoolboards and parents could be reconstructed as a mixed, but non-transparent agenda of management reasoning (e.g. Cook et al., 2023) and pedagogical counselling (Anastasov & Ristevska, 2019). Overall management and bureaucratic logics seem to dominate this process, which is critical under a power perspective.
Also with regard to the long-term consequences, the diagnostic criteria are not always reliable, neither from a pedagogical nor from a psychological point of view. These findings will be embedded in similar research, e.g. the Austrian study „Evaluierung der Vergabepraxis des sonderpädagogischen Förderbedarfs (SPF) in Österreich“ (Gasteiger-Klicpera et al. 2023), and finally will be implemented in a power-critical discussion about social change within the inclusion agenda.

References
Anastasov, B. & Ristevska, M. (2019). The Role of the Counselor in the Pedagogical Counseling Process, DOI: 10.20544/teacher.18.06, 54-59.
Cook, D.A., Stephenson, C. R., Gruppen, L.D. &  Durning, S.J. (2023). Management Reasoning: Empirical Determination of Key Features and a Conceptual Model. Acad Med. 2023 Jan 1;98(1):80-87. doi: 10.1097/ACM.0000000000004810. Epub 2022 Dec 22. PMID: 35830267.
Dietze, T. (2019). Die Entwicklung des Sonderschulwesens in den westdeutschen Ländern. Empfehlungen und Organisationsbedingungen Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt.
Felkendorff, K. (2003). Ausweitung der Behinderungszone: Neuere Behinderungsbegriffe und ihre Folgen. In C. Cloerkes (Ed.), Wie man behindert wird (pp. 25-52). Heidelberg: Winter.
Garz, J., Moser, V. & Frenz, S. (2022): From record keeping to a new knowledge regime: The special school pupil as a new pedagogical object in Prussia around 1900 Paedagogica Historica. DOI: 10.1080/00309230.2022.2119089.
Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. et al. (2023). Evaluierung der Vergabepraxis des sonderpädagogischen Förderbedarfs (SPF) in Österreich. https://www.bmbwf.gv.at/dam/jcr:5e6b7a7b-606a-448e-b0ca-07a84f419b4d/spf_eval.pdf
Gläser, J. & Laudel, G. (2009). Experteninterviews und·qualitative Inhaltsanalyse als Instrumente rekonstruierender Untersuchungen (3. Aufl.). Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4. Aufl.). Weinheim: Beltz Juventa. https://content-select.com/de/portal/media/view/5aa7b788-bfd0-4912-a0df-6955b0dd2d03?forceauth=1
Moser, V. (2023). Profession, organization, and academic discipline. Differentiation of a special education science in Germany since 1900. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 55 (4). DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2023.2248213
Tomlinson, S. (1985) The Expansion of Special Education, Oxford Review of Education, 11:2, 157-165, DOI: 10.1080/0305498850110203
Tomlinson, S. (2012) The Irresistible Rise of the SEN Industry, Oxford Review of Education, 38(3), 267-286. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2012.692055


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Public Education in Democracy, or “Democratized” Education: Between the Philosopher´s Stone and Learning

Susana Oliveira1, Olga Ribeiro2

1Lusofona University, Portugal; 2Lusofona University, Portugal

Presenting Author: Oliveira, Susana

This study reflects on the role of education in contemporary society, the understanding of its relationship with democracy concept beneath neoliberal ideals, and its relationship with the teacher role in education. It begins with a reflection on two documents: i) David Hare’s playscript “Straight Line Crazy” (2022), within the character Robert Moses argues that “the cure for democracy is more democracy” (p.11) ii) and António Gedeão´s poem the “Philosopher´s Stone” (1955).

Democracy and public education are two concepts linked to every human being equal right to education. The use of it by political ideologies, imply changing their meaning to legitimate political actions, and the school role in contemporary society (Giroux, 2022; Biesta, 2022; Prange, 2004a).

Changes made by neoliberal ideologies, through the OECD, on education, puts public educational systems at risk: i) with education on the role to satisfy the social and economic needs, transforming the students in consumers; ii) with standardized pedagogical methodologies, and assessment systems to rank education quality and efficiency; iii) with curriculum being reduce to fit on the language of learning; iv) and teachers assuming the role of specialized instructors on learning (Biesta et al., 2015; Säfström & Biesta, 2023, Prange, 2004a).

Education theory and research has been developed to validate constructive theories, evidence, and effectiveness in education, through its technical and culture dimensions (Prange, 2004a), to legitimate the neoliberal ideology to transform education as a resource to anticipate the economic and technological future for society (Giroux, 2020; Biesta, 2006, 2007b; 2022, Säfström & Biesta, 2023).

However, theory and educational research, can be of prior importance if used to help teachers and other education professionals to critically understand the implications of their action and what is asked of them by policy makers. (Biesta, 2007; 2021). To act critically towards agency, teacher must be able to be teacher, not to act as technicians specialized in learning, doing what they are instructed to do (Biesta et. al., 2014; Giroux, 2020). They must put education on the move, not by eliminating the risk, but by bringing the world, and new knowledge to the students (Prange, 2004a; 2004b; Biesta, 2022). Education has the duty to resist the pedagogy of learning (Prange, 2004a), to fulfill its democratic dimension, defended by critical pedagogues as Freire (2021, 2023), Giroux (2022). Theory of Education must contribute to the beginning of a new paradigm education, that may reborn the intrinsic relational exchanges between society and education (Biesta, 2022; Säfström & Biesta, 2023) and develop a culture of critical conscious and emancipation as argued by Freire (2021, 2023).

This study purpose is to contribute to the theory of education with an epistemological and critical perspective of neoliberal versus critical pedagogy: Education servitude to society demands, or a humanist view for democratic and social participation through education of hope and emancipation, by studying the words used to legitimate ideologies: such as autocracy, being autocracy, or as autocracy through democracy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper starts with a critical reflection with a speech analysis (Orlandi, 1999) of Robert Moses (Hare, 2021) character about democracy, and the analyses of Gedeão´s (1955) poem. One wrote on a neoliberal context and the other on an autocratic regime, followed by the analysis of these concepts through the spectrum of political ideologies, and the critical paradigm. As Carvalho (1995) wrote, the choice of words, the rhythm, and formal organization, is the writer´s answer to a specific social experience, transforming poetry on a social document, that as Orlandi, (1999) argues, enables an epistemological approach to the ideas exposed.
Hare (2022), and Gedeão´s work, served as the moto to develop a critical discussion between two different perspectives for democracy, education purpose and the role of teachers: i) on neoliberal ideal; ii) and the critical pedagogy perspective. It is a qualitative, epistemological study, based on a critical paradigm (Bloor et al., 2006.; Cecília De Souza et al., 2018; Taylor et al., 2016), with a content analysis (Bardin, 2011) of published documents on democracy, social change (Giddens & Sutton, 2021), education (and its purpose) (Biesta, 2022, 2016), teacher agency (Biesta et al., 2015; Priestley et al, 2015), and critical thinking (Giroux, 2022). Its goal is to develop a review on the use of words to legitimate ideologies, by turning them in new conceptualizations absorbed culturally as common sense.
  The content analysis will focus policy documents for education, from Scheichler (2018), and OEDC (2020), and Giroux (2022), Freire (2021) and Biesta’s (2022) ideas for the democratic public education. These concepts will be organized through data mapping, to enable a comparative analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It is the goal of this study to build an approach to what is the concept of public democratic education with neoliberal ideology and the concept developed by critical pedagogues and theory in education scholars, previously referred, and with it contribute to the development of a new conception of publicness in education.
References
Bardin, L. (2011). Análise de Conteúdo (1a). Edições 70.
Biesta, G. (2006). Beyond Learning: Democratic Education for Human Nature (1o). Routledge.
 Biesta, G.J.J. (2007a). Bridging the gap between educational research and educational practice: The need for critical distance. Educational Research and Evaluation 13(3), 295-301.
 Biesta, G. J. J. (2007b). Why ‘what works’ won’t work: Evidence-based practice and the
democratic deficit in educational research. Educational Theory, 57(1), 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1741-5446.2006.00241.x
Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 624–640. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044325
Biesta, G. J. J. (2016). The Beautiful Risk of Education. Routledge.
Biesta, G. (2020). Educational Research: An unorthodox introduction (2a). Bloomsbury.
Biesta, G. (2022). World-Centred Education: A View for the Present (1o). Routledge.
Bloor, Michael, Wood, & Fiona. (2006). Keywords in Qualitative Methods.
Carvalho, R. (1995). O texto poético como documento social. (pp.VII-VIII) Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian.
Cecília De Souza, M., António, M. &, Costa, P., & Lusófona De Educação, R. (2018). Fundamentos Teóricos das Técnicas de Investigação Qualitativa. In Revista Lusófona de Educação (Vol. 40).
Freire, P. (2021). Pedagogy of Hope: Reliving the pedagogy of the oppressed. (4a). Bloomsbury).
Freire, P. (2023). Education for critical consciousness. (3a) Bloomsbury.
Gedeão, A. (1955). Movimento Perpétuo. Retrieved january 2023, from Biblioteca Nacional: https://purl.pt/12157/1/poesia/movimento-perpetuo/pedra-filosofal.html
Giroux, H. (2020). On Critical Pedagogy (2a). Bloomsbury.
Giddens, A., & Sutton, P. W. (2021). Globalization and Social Change. In Sociology (9a, pp. 109–150). Polity
Hare, D (2021). Straight Line Crazy.  (p. 11) Faber & Faber Limited
Hizli Alkan, S., & Priestley, M. (2019). Teacher mediation of curriculum making: the role of reflexivity. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51(5), 737–754. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2019.1637943
OECD. (2020). Back to the Future(s) of Education. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/178ef527-en.
Orlandi, E. P. (1999). Análise de discurso: princípios & procedimentos. Pontes.
Prange, K. (2004a). What kid of teachers does the schools need?: The relationship between profession, method, and teacher ethos. European Education, 36(1), 71–84. https://doi.org/10.1080/10564934.2004.11042351
Prange, K. (2004b). Bildung: a paradigm regained? European Educational Research Journal, 3(2), 501. issue 2). https://doi.org/10.2304/eerj.2004.3.2.5
Säfström, C., & Biesta, G. (2023). Introduction: The publicness of education. In The new publicness of education; democratic possibilities after the critique of neo-liberalism (1st ed., pp. 1–7). Routledge.
Schleicher, A. (2018). World-Class: How to Build a 21st-Century School System (1o). OECD.
 Taylor, S., Bogdan, R., & DeVault, M. L. (2016). Introduction to Qualitative Research Methods (4a). Wiley
 
9:30 - 11:0023 SES 04 B: Education in an Age of Uncertainty
Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Session Chair: Daina Grosa
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Layers of Recontextualisation: The Forces Shaping Global Inclusive Education Policy in Pakistan

Kristi Dingwall, David Hall

University of Exeter, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Dingwall, Kristi

This paper introduces the notion of ‘layers of recontextualisation’ to conceptualise complexities in the reshaping of the Global Inclusive Education Policy (GIEP), advocated and promulgated globally by UNESCO, according to contextual dynamics in Pakistan. GIEP concerns the 'ensemble' (Ball, 1993: p.14) of educational policies combating discrimination which are grounded in the Right to Education (United Nations, 1989). The term 'global' denotes the extent of these policies through endorsement by member states of the United Nations. We defined Inclusive Education (IE), as per UNESCO's (2019a) perspective on non-discrimination in education, as Education for All (EfA). Additionally, we assume an inherent link between social and educational inclusion (Felder, 2018). We present key findings that address our primary research question exploring the macro-level forces shaping GIEP in Pakistan following ratification by the Federal Government.

Our study established GIEP as situated in a tension between the structural-institutional image of states and their interpretative-plural practices. We demonstrate this using a 'collaborative' education reform initiative in Pakistan, involving the Government of Punjab and the United Kingdom’s Department for International Development (DfID), called the Punjab Education Roadmap (PER), and two associated media packages. Through our analysis of in-depth interviews with elite policy actors we reveal the complex dynamics and disparate political agendas driving this reform effort.

While the PER set out to address Pakistan's educational challenges by improving school enrolments and reinforcing system accountability, our analysis exposes its entanglement in domestic and bilateral sociopolitical dimensions, including the War on Terror, aid accountability mechanisms, and local political intricacies rooted in political kinship, ultimately diluting the envisaged improvements. Our conclusion posits that GIEP is ensnared in three critical yet often overlooked layers: multilevel policy structures founded on societal divisions; patronage-based kinship networks; and the positioning of states within the international political economy.

Contrary to prevalent discourses framing educational exclusion as a mere 'policy-implementation gap,' we advocate for a nuanced understanding that considers the contextual complexities inherent in these layers of recontextualisation. By emphasising the entanglement of education policy within these layers, our analysis provides an alternative perspective to often oversimplified narratives of educational exclusion. Instead, we direct attention to the broader sociopolitical dynamics shaping state practices mediating education policy. In doing so, we contribute to a more comprehensive discourse on education exclusion, highlighting the multifaceted challenges associated with state-centric approaches in implementing global inclusive education policies. We stress the importance of a deeper understanding of the broader socio-political factors at play, challenging the perception of education policy as a purely 'technical' issue. Instead, we characterise the reshaping of GIEP in Pakistan as reflective of the politics of struggle, informality, and conflict in wider society, the outcome of which will unlikely reproduce the text of policy.

This paper has relevance for scholars interested in policy mobilities and the politics of education policy and governance in countries beyond the global North. It also offers insights of broader relevance to scholars studying education policies, especially those aligned with United Nations Sustainable Development Goal Four (SDG4) in countries in receipt of ‘ Official Development Assistance’ (ODA) from ‘donor’ nations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The findings presented in this study are derived from in-depth interviews conducted with 14 elite policy actors representing multilateral and bilateral organisations, the Government of Pakistan, and external experts.  Recognising the tendency to overlook elites in social science research on inequality, particularly in non-Western contexts, bar Political Settlements literature (Hickey & Hossain, 2019; Khan, 2010; Khan, 2018; Kelsall et al., 2022) which underscores the significance of domestic elites in reshaping policy, we followed a methodological approach sensitive to the role of domestic and international elites in mediating policy.
Elites within or closely associated with the education policy domain were considered for interviews due to their potential to provide valuable insights into the political phenomena surrounding education policy (Savage & Willams, 2008).  Interviewees were identified as elite based on their influence within or specialized knowledge of the education policy domain.  We employed a combination of purposive sampling using a seed of personal contacts and process tracing (Tansey, 2007) to locate interviewees.  Process tracing aided in reconstructing interviewees' experiences and interpretations related to the politics surrounding the Punjab Education Roadmap (PER), Alif Ailaan, and Zara Sochiye.
To protect the identity of interviewees, pseudonyms were assigned, and identifying features were removed from quotes.  The data analysis employed Reflexive Thematic Analysis (RTA) (Braun & Clarke, 2021), emphasises the researcher's positionality as a tool for analysis rather than an element to be erased through anti-bias procedures (Varpio et al., 2017).  This approach was particularly relevant, given the main authors seventeen years of residency in Pakistan, in moving beyond conventional explanations of educational exclusion as a mere 'policy-implementation gap'.
Themes were generated through RTA based on their potential to offer unconventional or interesting results, exploring the intricacies and conflicts within the education policy domain (Alvesson & Sköldberg, 2017).  The study identified two overarching themes through this analysis: political agendas and state agency, both of which emerged as significant forces shaping the Global Inclusive Education Policy (GIEP) in Pakistan, as exemplified by the Punjab Education Roadmap and its associated media campaigns.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
When the state is viewed as a site of struggle there is emphasis on one-upmanship and competition between organisations and high-level political actors (Lund, 2006; Migdal, 2001), drawing policy scholarship toward studying policy resilience.  What is noteworthy about the PER, Alif Ailaan and Zara Sochiye is the way in which education provided a stage across which disparate political agendas converged.  Not necessarily because of belief in the values imbued in EfA but because it was viewed as a benign space through which political agendas could be worked.  Kingdon’s (2003) ‘policy window’ explains why the PER and associated media packages generated traction across domestic and international political actors but infers that support for EfA was based on political solidarity.  Yet the political agendas lying behind the PER and attached media campaigns mark EfA as a common policy goal but founded instead on states’ self-interest than political solidarity.  
While global education policy 'orthodoxies' provide a framework to which national policies are attached, our findings suggest these policies undergo adaptation based on geopolitical and domestic contextual dynamics.  Global education policy orthodoxies, like GIEP become convergence points for disparate political agendas.  In Pakistan, GIEP is entangled in a complex web of layers, challenging the notion of neat demarcations between policy spheres.  The tension between the structural-institutional image of the state and interpretative-plural practices complicates GIEP in Pakistan, leading to 'spill-over' effects across multiple political agendas.  Peeling back the structural-institutional image reveals critical dynamics shaping education policy, emphasising three often overlooked layers: multi-level policy structures, patronage systems, and the state's position within the international political economy.  Further exploration of these layers is crucial for moving beyond the 'policy-implementation gap,' deepening our understanding of the reshaping of education policy in Pakistan and beyond.

References
Alvesson, M., & Sköldberg, K. (2017). Reflexive methodology: New vistas for qualitative research. Sage.
Baumgartner, F. R., & Jones, B.D. (2015). The Politics of Information: Problem Definition and the Course of Public Policy in America. University of Chicago Press
Best, J. (2017). The rise of measurement-driven governance: The case of international development. Global Governance, 23, 163-181.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V.  (2021). Thematic analysis: a practical guide. SAGE.
Brinkerhoff, D. W., & Goldsmith, A. A. (2005). Institutional dualism and international development: A revisionist interpretation of good governance. Administration & Society, 37(2), 199-224.
Broschek, J. (2021). Boundary control and education policy in federal systems: explaining sub-federal resilience in Canada and Germany. Comparative Education, 57(4), 452-473.
Cerny, P. (2001). From "iron triangles" to "golden pentangles"? Globalizing the policy process. Global Governance, 7(4), 397-410.
Felder, F. (2018). The value of inclusion. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 52(1), 54-70.
Gazdar, H., Masood, S. Q., & Naqvi, H. (2013). Bottom up or top down? Exclusion and citizenship in Pakistan. International Household Survey Network. Collection for Social Science Network. Retrieved online from: www.researchcollective.org
Gewirtz, S., Maguire, M., Neumann, E., & Towers, E. (2019). What’s wrong with ‘deliverology’? Performance measurement, accountability and quality improvement in English secondary education. Journal of Education Policy, 36(4), 504-529.
Gupta, A. (1995). Blurred boundaries: the discourse of corruption, the culture of politics, and the imagined state. American Ethnologist, 22(2), 375-402.
Hickey, S. (2012). Turning governance thinking upside-down? Insights from ‘the politics of what works’. Third World Quarterly, 33(7), 1231-1247.
Kingdon, J. W. (2003). Agendas, alternatives, and public policies (2nd ed.). New York, NY: Longman.
Lieven, A. (2011). Pakistan: A hard country. Public Affairs.
Low, D. A. (Ed.). (1991). The political inheritance of Pakistan. Springer.
Lund, C. (2006). Twilight institutions: public authority and local politics in Africa. Development and Change, 37(4), 685-705.
Lyon, S. M. (2019). Political kinship in Pakistan: Descent, marriage, and government stability. Lexington Books.
Migdal, J. S. (2001). State in society: Studying how states and societies transform and constitute one another. Cambridge University Press.
Ozga, J. (2021). Problematising policy: The development of (critical) policy sociology. Critical Studies in Education, 62(3), 290-305.
Savage, M., & Williams, K. (2008). Elites: remembered in capitalism and forgotten by social sciences. The Sociological Review, 56(1) 1-24.
Scott, J. C. (1998). Seeing Like a State. Yale University Press.
Tansey, O. (2007). Process Tracing and Elite Interviewing: A Case for Non-probability Sampling. Political Science & Politics, 40(4), 765-772.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Policy Regarding Return Migrant Children And Experiences Of Educational Disadvantage On Return To The Source Country

Rita Kasa, Daina Grosa

UL IFS, Latvia

Presenting Author: Grosa, Daina

The importance of host-country language skills for educational success and socioeconomic mobility for migrant children is well documented. This research has mostly focused on immigrant students. The focus on return migrant children or “invisible outsiders” (Hoffmann, 2023) is more recent. Research indicates that, on average, students of return migrant background are likely to be at educational disadvantage compared to other groups of students (Hoffmann, 2023). Yet, the situation appears to vary from country to country and children with access to better resources appear to do well academically.

Proficiency of language of instruction is a prerequisite for educational success. Difficulties with the language of instruction contributes to lesser or negative educational outcomes for return migrant children (Kienzler et al., 2019; Zevulun et al., 2021). While research on older children and young people has found that difficulties in learning the language of the host country can have a noticeable impact on newly arrived young people's integration into their new school (Olliff & Couch, 2005; Sanagavarapu, 2010), there are studies and theories that challenge this and argue that there is no clear correlation between language acquisition and wellbeing at school. Apart from a lack of vocabulary and an accent, even more subtle nuances in communication can also hamper language proficiency – irony, humour and rhetorical questions in cultural and social contexts can all contribute to discomfort and stress, which only subsides when the speech patterns and pragmatic-rhetorical aspects of the language have been acquired (Zilka, 2021).

As an example of the way that host countries address migrant integration challenges, the struggles of migrant children in UK schools are in the process of being mitigated with targeted interventions. Thus, the informal role that schools play in helping migrant families to fit in needs to be recognised and local authorities need to provide adequate financial support to schools to hire dedicated EAL (English as an Additional Language) teachers or support staff where appropriate (Manzoni & Rolfe, 2019, p. 61). Initial familiarisation with the new family by the school is important so that each child's need for a tailor-made learning and support programme can be assessed from the start of their school career.

Building on these findings our research will explore education policy models that exist to support the learning of the local language of instruction among foreign-born or raised return migrant children. What are the experiences of return migrant families and their children navigating school under the existing language-of-instruction acquisition model? The current paper seeks to answer these questions. First, it compares how education policies in countries with a track record of return migration such as Finland, Estonia and Latvia support language learning among return migrant children. Second, it offers a bottom-up perspective of return families within the existing language-of-instruction acquisition support model in Latvia. The experiences of returnee children in school settings, particularly in the context of inclusive education, is an under-researched area and this study will, therefore, offer new insights and contribute to migration debates on return migration.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Two research questions guide this paper. To answer the first question, this study aims to conduct a comparative analysis of policies aimed at supporting language acquisition among school age return migrants in Finland, Estonia, and Latvia. Relevant country laws and policies, as well as written interviews with respective policy experts in these countries constitute the sources of evidence to answer this research question. Collection of this data will be completed in May 2024.

To answer the second research question, this study relies on primary qualitative data that was collected in 2019 and 2020 from interviews with return migrant families in Latvia. The sample includes 34 parents from return migrant families, 14 children and youth (between 8 and 19) and 12 teachers and other key informants. Most families were 1st generation returnees with their 2nd generation children (born in the host country), some were repatriating 2nd generation (‘roots’ migrants) with their children. The majority of families had lived abroad between 3 to 15 years and the sample also includes a range of parents’ educational and employment backgrounds.
In the interviews, families were asked about their experiences of life on return to Latvia – mostly the psychosocial wellbeing of returnee children in the school environment. These included comparison with life experiences in the host country and how a different world view could impact life on return. Knowledge of the language of instruction in Latvia (Latvian, and also in some cases – Russian) was highlighted as problematic, and this study will unravel the specific areas of difficulty and how they are being addressed by way of systemic educational support (Grosa, 2023).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There are several expected outcomes for the paper that will ground this presentation. First, it will offer a comparative view on how countries support language of instruction acquisition among return migrant children. Second, it will offer a detailed view of one case – Latvia – in terms of its educational support to return migrant children. Support for return migrant children has been included in Latvian legislation and regulatory documents, outlining a number of support mechanisms that should be provided (such as teachers’ aides, individual learning plans, additional lessons in Latvian language and some other subjects), yet at the school and class level, targeted support for specific children requiring assistance is often still lacking (Grosa & King, 2022). Thirdly, the outcomes of this research will contribute to better understanding how education policies support return migrant children who need assistance with language of instruction acquisition.

Do these policies differentiate between students with return migrant and other migrant background – with different status (immigrant, refugee, asylum-seeker)? What happens where there is lack of a clear policy model for helping return and other migrant children to acquire language proficiency needed to succeed academically? How can language acquisition support be structured systemically to target individual children and support them effectively at the stage of language proficiency at which they enter the school? The outcomes of this research will contribute to educational policy-making and help ease the integration of children and families who enter the education system with a range of levels of Latvian language proficiency – the main language of instruction in schools in Latvia. This knowledge may benefit other policy contexts in supporting the integration of other groups of migrants as well.

References
Grosa, D. (2023). The psychosocial wellbeing of the children of return migrants: The case of Latvia. Unpublished PhD thesis, University of Sussex.

Grosa, D. & King, R. (2022). The challenges of educational reintegration and the psychosocial wellbeing of returnee children: evidence from Latvia. Journal of International Migration and Integration, 24(1). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12134-022-00960-3.
Hoffmann, N. (2023). Invisible outsiders: The academic achievement of foreign-born children of return migrants. UCLA. https://osf.io/preprints/socarxiv/hsp3u
Kienzler, H., Wenzel, T., & Shaini, M. (2019). Vulnerability and psychosocial health experienced by repatriated children in Kosovo. Transcultural Psychiatry, 56 (1), 267-286. 10.1177/1363461518802992
Manzoni, C. & Rolfe. H. (2019). How schools are integrating new migrant pupils and their families. National Institute for Economic and Social Research (NIESR). www.niesr.ac.uk/sites/default/files/publications/ MigrantChildrenIntegrationFinalReport.pdf (Accessed 30.01.2024.)
Olliff, L. & Couch, J. (2005). Pathways and pitfalls: the journey of refugee young people in and around the education system in Greater Dandenong, Victoria. Youth Studies Australia, 24(3), 42-46.
Sanagavarapu, P. (2010). What does cultural globalisation mean for parenting in immigrant families in the 21st century? Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 35(2), 36-42.
Zevulun, D., Zijlstra, E., Post, W., & Knorth, E. (2021). A qualitative study into the reintegration of vulnerable migrant children and families after return to Kosovo: Findings from a follow-up. Children and Youth Services Review, 125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2021.105991

Zilda, G.C. (2021) Feelings of belonging or alienation and social emotional perceptions of immigrant youths in the digital age, in comparison with native-born youths. Education and Information Technologies, 26(2), 1937-1954.
 
9:30 - 11:0023 SES 04 C: Schools and Choice
Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Session Chair: Anna Traianou
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Privatisation and Commercialisation of Public Education

Astrid Tolo, Anne Homme

University of Bergen, Norway

Presenting Author: Tolo, Astrid; Homme, Anne

We are now witnessing a global change that has developed gradually over the past 30 years, leading to more privatisation and commercialisation within public schools. Public education is in its “purest form” built upon social contracts involving the state or government, citizens, and their surrounding communities (Hogan & Thomson, 2021). In Italy and Norway, which form the comparison in this paper, the position of public schools is strong, with more than 90% of the total number of students enrolled. However, changes are evident, among other things, through the increase in “experts” who influence and often take over limited parts of the teaching in schools when the schools do not experience having the capacity to meet their demands. As a result, the complexity of the relationships within the public school system increases in new ways, in policymaking and the educational debate.

On this background, the first research questions for this paper are: What kind of private and non-governmental actors are involved in lower and upper secondary education in Norway and Italy, and how do they operate? Our next question is: Which factors are essential regarding the involvement of private and commercial actors in the public school system?

This paper, which represents work in progress, contributes to the literature by examining public schools´ experiences with private and non-governmental actors´ involvement in Norway and Italy. We combine data from qualitative interviews, organisations’ web pages, policy documents, and statistics. There is a lack of knowledge within this area in Norway. Italy shares similarities with Norway concerning the state-centred education governance and high numbers of public schools. However, the countries also have significant contrasts both regarding welfare system and relations with the EU. By comparing privatisation and commercialisation in the two countries, we aim to identify incremental changes concerning “the public” of public education and illuminate questions for further research.

We find similarities between the countries when it comes to increasing privatization and commercialization in public education. The similarities are represented, for example, by what the external provisions are about, how the private actors seek access to the schools, how the schools receive the external actors, how decisions are made to involve external parties, what criteria the school uses to sort out who they want to collaborate with, how the schools legitimize the collaboration, and how they integrate external offers into their practice. However, there are differences regarding forms of funding, such as when external offers are free for the schools. There are also differences in the extent to which the offer is seen as limited to the school or whether it is intended to impact the local community. The first has to do with the fact that Italy is a member of the EU and has large foundations that advertise funds for educational purposes, while in Norway, there appear to be many but smaller foundations that offer funding for the activities of external actors. The second has to do with the type of welfare state. In Italy, a southern European welfare state, the relationship between school, family and local community is seen as a closer unit than in Norway, a Scandinavian welfare state, where the school is seen as a unit more separated from family and local communities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is explorative. Following this, we conducted a "snowball sampling" of, webpages, policy documents, statistics, and informants. We have been mapping the field for commercial and philanthropic providers, what they offer, according to their internet pages and the connection between them. In addition, we have searched for UNESCO and OECD as well as national policy documents and statistics. We have conducted semi-structured interviews with representatives from three schools in both countries, all together 20 informants. The interviews were conducted in person. A report was written after each interview. The main method of the interview analysis is thematic analysis (Brown & Clarke, 2006).  
 
For the overall analysis, we are adopting a historical institutionalist approach (Steinmo, 2008), focusing on how different actors' behaviour is influenced following institutional changes, and how institutional changes are underpinned by fundamental ideas. We are also inspired by a model of institutional change developed by Mahoney & Thelen (2010). This model invites to illuminate "gaps" or "soft spots" in the institution (here: schools), in which incremental change can be expected (Mahoney & Thelen, 2010, p. 14). The model further illustrates how different types of change happen in the interplay between the characteristics of the political context and the institution on the one hand and the interplay between political context, institution, and dominant change agents on the other hand. The analyses therefore illuminate the interplay between the content of supra-national and national education policy, types of private and non-governmental actors involved in schools, and schools´ experiences. We also identify who can be considered change agents and what makes them hold the position they do.  This approach enables us to spot significant details in the material and invites a deeper analysis of the (possible) gradual institutional change in question.
 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
On a global scale, it is documented how global standardisation (Steiner-Khamsi, 2016), the increased use of numeric data (Grek, 2009; Ozga, 2009), and qualitative examples of success (Lewis & Hogan, 2019) have made it possible for private actors to involve in public education. In the contemporary global governance of education, Elfert and Ydesen (2023) find that the role of multi-stakeholder groups and transnational public-private partnerships is increasingly gaining ground. The new arenas for discussing the role of education in society are networks, forums, and conferences where private actors play a significant role. A rising trend is that the power to define the educational agenda is held not by states or supranational agencies such as UNESCO, OECD, or the World Bank but by those who provide the finances (Elfert & Ydesen, 2023). What this body of research shows is that the influence from private and non-state actors in public education is increasing worldwide and the development takes different forms in different countries (Hogan & Thompson, 2021). Private actors are entering through different types of “soft spots” in the national policy. Our study, where we compare data from Norway and Italy, shows that despite of similarities, the types of funding opportunities available are differing, thus this influences the market for private and commercial actors and, subsequently, how they engage with schools. Our preliminary findings indicate that different welfare states influence the arrangements of the private provisions for schools, leading to private provisions targeting the entity of the school, local community, and families in Italy, while in Norway, the private provisions target schools and students more isolated.
 
Taken together, this study highlights how country specific traits are intertwined with the global trend of privatisation and commercialisation of public education, and that comparative studies can help us crystalize such traits.  
 

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101.  
 
Elfert, M., & Ydesen, C. (2023). Global governance of education: The historical and contemporary entanglements of UNESCO, the OECD and the World Bank (Vol. 24). Springer Nature.

Grek, S. (2009). Governing by numbers: The PISA ‘effect’in Europe. Journal of education policy, 24(1), 23-37.
 
Hogan, A., & Thompson, G. (2020). Privatisation and commercialisation in public education: How the public nature of schooling is changing. Routledge.
 
Mahoney, J., & Thelen, K. (2010). A theory of gradual institutional change. In: Explaining institutional change: Ambiguity, agency, and power, 1, 1. Cambridge University Press.
 
Lewis, S., & Hogan, A. (2019). Reform first and ask questions later? The implications of (fast) schooling policy and ‘silver bullet’solutions. Critical Studies in Education, 60(1), 1-18.
 
Ozga, J. (2009). Governing education through data in England: From regulation to self‐evaluation. Journal of education policy, 24(2), 149-162.  
 
Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2016). Standards are good (for) business: Standardised comparison and the private sector in education. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 14(2), 161–182.
 
Steinmo, S. (2008) Historical institutionalism. In Dd. Porta & Keating, M. (ed.): Apporaches and Methodologies in the Social Sciences. A Pluralist Perspective. Cambridge University Press (p. 118-138).


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

A Critical Discourse Analysis of the Concept of Universal Design for Learning (UDL)

Anita Norlund, Magnus Levinsson

University of Borås, Sweden

Presenting Author: Norlund, Anita

As part of marketization and privatization tendencies the last decades have provided several new pedagogical concepts, all of which seem to attract a growing interest. In the Invoice project, funded by The Swedish research council, we applied a follow the money approach (cf. Ball 2012) by collecting and following up 1,000 invoices registered on continuous professional development (CPD) accounts for teachers in three Swedish municipalities. The invoice material revealed a number of popular pedagogical concepts; Universal Design for Learning (UDL), DT (Differentiated Teaching), CP (Clarifying Pedagogy), and LRPE (Learning Readiness Physical Education). The acronymic character can be seen as an alignment to medical programs and as such lending legitimacy and giving an impression of established approaches.

In our presentation, we pay particular attention to the above mentioned UDL. The concept was launched and promoted by the American organization CAST which presents itself as a ‘a non-profit education research and development organization that created the Universal Design for Learning framework and UDL Guidelines’. According to the organization itself the concept has reached far globally.

The ambition of policy making is high; there are 130 hits of the word ‘policy’ (referring to books, podcasts, and other material) on the webpage. One illustrative text example is:

In 2006, CAST joined with several organizations to form the National UDL Task Force, an interdisciplinary coalition that advocates support for UDL in federal, state, and local policy. The Task Force has successfully advocated for the inclusion of UDL in the federal Higher Education Opportunity Act of 2008 and in various policy directives from the US Department of Education.

As far as Sweden is concerned, the concept has been recommended by two powerful, Swedish policy actors; The National Agency for Education and The National Agency for Special Needs Education and Schools, SPSM. The latter advocated the concept in connection to a large national effort on special educational needs.

The presentation explores how the concept of Universal Design for Learning (UDL) constructs (1) problems related to education and (2) how these problems should be addressed. The study is based on critical discourse analysis, a theoretical and methodological approach introduced by Norman Fairclough where a discourse bears reference to a ‘way of signifying experience from a particular perspective’ (1995, p. 135). The ‘critical’ refers to injustices and power which is supposed to be revealed by a close look at linguistic features in certain texts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To study the phenomenon of UDL we primarily chose the main webpage of the responsible organization CAST (2020). The main webpage has an extensive number of links, and we considered also these. Thus, the probably most well-known resource in UDL contexts, the UDL guidelines was also included in the text material.
Our analysis of the selected webpage is based on a combination of Fairclough´s analytical steps (Fairclough, 2003, p. 209 – 210) and a modified version by Guo and Shan (2013). This combination has been applied previously by Levinsson and Norlund (2018), Norlund (2020), and Levinsson et al. (2022) and involves the following five steps:
1. Focus on a social problem which has a semiotic aspect. Analyze how the problem is portrayed/construed. Identify which discourse/s that are involved.
2. Analyze how the suggested solution is portrayed/construed. Identify which discourse/s that are involved.
3. Map which network of practices within which the problem and solution are located, and how relevant practices are potentially reorganized. Consider whether the network of practices (the social order) ‘needs’ the problem.
4. Identify potential contradictions and gaps in the material. Give space for counter-voices.
5. Reflect critically on the analysis (1-4)
Consistent with step 1 in the analytical tool we focused on a social problem that has a semiotic aspect (we found images, fonts, links, punctuation marks etcetera in the material). Together semiotic resources signal something particularly to the reader (Kress & van Leeuwen, 2006). For the verbal part of analysis, we affiliated to Halliday and Matthiessen’s (2014) systemic-functional linguistics (SFL) with its focus on how language functions in context. SFL, which shares several starting points with the approach of Fairclough, is built on the phenomenon of transitivity analysis, from which we collected a set of adequate linguistic concepts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our analysis shows that the problem of concern (step 1) can be found in the ‘barriers to learning that millions of people experience every day’, stated as a problem on the CAST webpage. The barriers are not explicitly defined but further exploration makes this obvious; traditional teaching is too rigid and does not consider students’ differences. Both verbal (‘millions of people’) and semiotic resources contribute to the urgency and scope of the message and to the discourse of rigidness. Concerning solutions (step 2), the reader of the webpage gets a multitude of recommendations on how to meet students’ differences, materialized in both visual and verbal representations. We suggest a discourse of potency here, including universality and eternity. The vast network (step 3) that appears from content on the webpage emphasizes this. Referring to possible counter-voices (step 4), one counter-voice would invoke that UDL shares similarities with the heavily criticized neuromyth of learning styles (Howard-Jones, 2014; Murphy, 2021). Another counter-voice would invoke that the expectancy of teachers to provide individual solutions to all their students regarding all the aspects recommended in the UDL Guidelines should, needless to say, be considered impossible. According to Fairclough (2003), the point in making critical discourse analyses is that they make possible the assumptions that are made by involved actors and by extension how power is exerted in a particular practice. In this case we show how the popular policy phenomenon put teachers at risk of being the object of heavy workload and the performers of unscientific approaches. The final step (step 5) generated no particular methodological concerns.
References
Ball, Stephen J. 2012. “Show Me the Money! Neoliberalism at Work in Education.” Forum 54, no. 1: 23–27.

CAST. (2020). About Universal Design for Learning. Retrieved from http://www.cast.org/our-work/about-udl.html.

Fairclough, N. (1995). Critical discourse analysis. Longman.

Fairclough, N. (2003). Analyzing discourse: Textual analysis for social research. Routledge.

Guo, S. & Shan, H. (2013). The politics of recognition: critical discourse analysis of recent PLAR policies for immigrant professionals in Canada. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 32(4), 464–480. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2013.778073

Halliday, M. (1994). An introduction to functional grammar (2nd edition). Edward Arnold.
Howard-Jones, P. (2014). Neuroscience and education: myths and messages. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 15, 817-824

Kress G. & van Leeuwen T. (2006). Reading images – the grammar of visual design. Routledge.

Levinsson, M., & Norlund, A. (2018). En samtida diskurs om hjärnans betydelse för undervisning och lärande: Kritisk analys av artiklar i lärarfackliga tidskrifter. Utbildning och Lärande, 12(1), 7–25

Levinsson, M., Norlund, A. & Johansson, J. (2022). En samtida diskurs om betydelsen av fysisk aktivitet för undervisning och lärande: Kritisk analys av artiklar i lärarfackliga tidskrifter. Nordic Studies in Education, 42(3), 249-271.

Murphy, M.P. (2021). Belief without evidence? A policy research note on Universal Design for Learning. Policy Futures in Education, 19, 7–12.

Norlund, A. (2020). Suggestopedi som språkdidaktiskt verktyg i vuxenutbildning – en kritisk textanalys. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 25(2–3), 7–25. https://doi.org/10.15626/pfs25.0203.01


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Teacher Agency in the Era of ‘Standardised Curricula’

Anna Traianou

Goldsmiths, University of London United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Traianou, Anna

In the last two decades, in Europe and beyond, there have been systematic efforts from national governments to reset the relationship between the state and contemporary schooling (Rönnberg et al. 2022, Alexiadou et al 2023; Winton 2022). These have often revolved around the management of schools and teachers (see Keddie et al. 2023; Traianou and Jones 2019). Teachers’ working practices and identities have been reformed – through the effects, for instance, of commercially produced standardised curricula packages such as the ‘scripted’ curriculum (see Fitz & Nikolaidis 2020) which are used widely in Charter schools or materials produced by Swedish school companies and are used by all teachers in their schools (see Alexiadou et al. 2023). The effects of standardised curricula on teachers’ agency have only recently begun to be explored but it has already been noted for instance, that teachers who operate within a highly structured pedagogical environment characterised by a given curriculum and a set of dominant discourses around values and teaching practices tend to understand their own agency as constrained (ibid.).

The focus of this paper in on England, where publicly funded, privately managed ‘academies’ grouped in 'trusts' have become the most common form of school organisation (Greany and Higham 2018). Post-2010 governments have been trying to generalise this model of ‘academy chain’'- characterised by willingness on the part of chains to align themselves with government objectives and to present this as an ideal enactment of a private-public relationship, combining managerial dynamism with an ethos of the common good. The rapid development of online resources during and after the pandemic (Bormann et al 2021; Cone et al 2021; Grek and Landri 2021) has to an important extent been the work of schools or academy trusts. The Oak National Academy (Oak), initiated by a loose network of people who occupied pivotal positions in edu-businesses, academy trust management, and policy-making working with the Department of Education (DfE), emerged in 2020 (see Peruzzo, Ball & Grimaldi 2022). Since 2023, Oak has received further funding by the DfE to become one of a series of large-scale interlinked projects designed to encourage among schools a standardised approach to curriculum and pedagogy. Oak promises to reduce workload and thereby increase teacher retention and well-being. Besides Oak, the other two important government projects are the Ofsted's research reviews of curriculum subjects and the reorganisation of teacher education around a common curriculum – both, like Oak, developed since 2019. These projects aim to bridge the widening ‘attainment gap’ between children of different social classes and to reshape teachers’ work through the creation of a new ‘evidence-based’ knowledge, on which their teaching should be grounded.

The focus of this paper is on the implications of standardised curricula, Oak in particular, for teacher agency. The paper is part of a wider research project aimed to: a) develop understanding of the relationship between standardised curricula, particularly OAK, and the formation of a new education state and b) to explore Oak’s reception and enactment among teachers and leaders in English schools. The paper addresses the second question. We draw on theoretical work that defines those dimensions of agency that are relevant to teachers and their work environment and frames agency through an ecological approach (Biesta et al., 2015). Teacher agency is always situated in the structures and contexts that give rise to it and within which it is embedded (Biesta & Tedder, 2007). In this body of work, agency is not a property, i.e. “not something that people have”, but “something that people do” (Biesta et al., 2015: 626). It is enacted through practice, achieved in, and through, specific contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The findings presented in this paper are part of a wider research project funded by the National Education Union (NEU).  The project employed a mixed-methods approach which included: a) a survey; b) social network analysis (see Peruzzo, Ball & Grimaldi (2022) which provided a deeper understanding of Oak’s expanding and diverse network; c) thirty semi-structured interviews and four focus group interviews with teachers and members of senior leadership teams.    

In this paper we will present preliminary findings from the survey analysis and the analysis of individual and focus group interviews.   The survey collected data about educators' views of standardised curriculum packages, the ways in which they have used Oak resources, or in which they would like to use them, in their teaching, the contexts and frequency of their use; the reasons for their use and finally the impact that the use of the materials has had on their pedagogical practices and workload. The survey included both open and closed questions. It was conducted online, using Qualtrics, and was disseminated through our networks.  The aim was to gather at least 1000 responses from teachers working in schools across the different geographical regions of the country at primary or secondary phase.  

The interviews with classroom teachers (both primary and secondary) and members of senior leadership teams in English schools.  Potential interviewees were identified through the survey and our networks.  Grounding agency within concrete possibilities for action (Biesta 2015), the interviews aimed at understanding how curriculum decisions were made and by whom, at identifying what opportunities for change teachers have in relation to issues of curriculum and pedagogy and at locating and explaining instances of opposition or resistance.  A particular focus of the interview were the reasons for selecting Oak’s material and the leaders’ perspectives on its reception by schools and teachers.  

The process of analysing the data has taken place at several stages, at the end of each block of data collection and then again towards the end of the research when new themes have been identified. We anticipate that this process will be complex enough to allow for the identification of emergent themes using a qualitative theme analysis (Hammersley 2013).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research will increase understanding of Oak’s location within the contemporary education landscape as both a key policy actor and a direct provider of curriculum materials to teachers in schools.

It will provide an empirically-grounded understanding of the tensions and struggles that occur in the encounter between nationally mandated programmes of school-level curriculum design and existing practices of teaching.

It will contribute to theoretical understandings of teachers’ agency on a new phase of curriculum development and state and contemporary schooling relationship, in which central resource provision has become a more central principle.  

References
Alexiadou, N. Holm, AS; Rönnberg, L. &  Carlbaum, S. (2023) Learning, unlearning and redefining teachers’ agency in international private education: a Swedish education company operating in India, Educational Review,  DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2023.2228507

Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 624–664.

Biesta, G., & Tedder, M. (2007). Agency and learning in the lifecourse: Towards an ecological perspective. Studies in the Education of Adults, 39(2), 132–149.

Cone, L., Brøgger, K., Berghmans, M., Decuypere, M., Förschler, A., Grimaldi, E., Hartong,
S., Hillman, T., Ideland, M., Landri, P., van de Oudeweetering, K., Player-Koro, C., Bergviken Rensfeldt, A., Rönnberg, L., Taglietti, D., & Vanermen, L. (2022). Pandemic Acceleration: Covid-19 and the emergency digitalization of European education. European Educational Research Journal, 21(5), 845–868.

Fitz, J.A. & Nikolaidis, A.C.( 2020)   A democratic critique of scripted curriculum, Journal of Curriculum Studies, 52:2, 195-213, DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2019.1661524

Greany, T. and Higham, R. (2018) Hierarchy, Markets and Networks:  Analysing the ‘self-improving school-led system’ agenda in England and the implications for schools. London: UCL Press.

Hammersley, M. (2013) What is Qualitative Research? What Is? Research Methods. London: Continuum/Bloomsbury.

Keddie, Amanda; MacDonald, Katrina; Blackmore, Jill; Boyask, Ruth; Fitzgerald, Scott; Gavin, Mihajla; Heffernan, Amanda; Hursh, David; McGrath-Champ, Susan; Møller, Jorunn; O’Neill, John; Parding, Karolina; Salokangas, Maija; Skerritt, Craig; Stacey, Meghan; Thomson, Pat; Wilkins, Andrew; Wilson, Rachel; Wylie, Cathy and Yoon, Ee Seu. 2023. What needs to happen for school autonomy to be mobilised to create more equitable public schools and systems of education? Australian Educational Researcher, 50(5), pp. 1571-1597. ISSN 0311-6999

Peruzzo, F.; Ball, J.S. & Grimaldi, E. (2022) International Journal of Educational Research, Peopling the crowded education state: Heterarchical spaces, EdTech markets and new modes of governing during the COVID-19 pandemic

Rönnberg, L.   Alexiadou, N. Benerdal, M. Carlbaum, S.; Ann-Sofie Holm. AS; &  Lundahl, L.  (2022) Swedish free school companies going global: Spatial imaginaries and movable pedagogical ideas, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 8:1, 9-19, DOI: 10.1080/20020317.2021.2008115

Winton, S. (2022) Unequal Benefits Privitisation and Public Education in Canada, Toronto: University of Toronto Press.
 
9:30 - 11:0024 SES 04 A: Problem Posing and Solving in Mathematics Education
Location: Room LRC 019 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Elif Tuğçe Karaca
Paper Session
 
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

A Problem-Posing Intervention to Enhance Secondary Students' Mathematical Problem-Posing Competence, Problem-Solving Competence, and Creative Thinking

Ling Zhang1,2, Andreas Stylianides2, Gabriel Stylianides3

1Southwest University, China; 2University of Cambridge, United Kingdom; 3University of Oxford, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Stylianides, Andreas; Stylianides, Gabriel

Motivation and research question

Mathematical problem posing, the process of interpreting concrete or abstract situations and formulating them as meaningful mathematical problems (Stoyanova & Ellerton, 1996), is a form of authentic mathematical inquiry and creation recognised as important for students’ learning by educators and curriculum frameworks internationally (e.g., Chinese Ministry of Education, 2022; National Council of Teachers of Mathematics [NCTM], 2000). Further to being important in its own right, problem posing has been associated with improved competence in mathematical creative thinking, a key transferrable skill for life and work, and mathematical problem solving, which is problem posing’s twin activity central to virtually all mathematics curricula internationally (Shriki, 2013; Wang et al., 2022).

Recognising problem posing’s importance, researchers designed and implemented problem-posing interventions, albeit with mixed results. In a systematic review of 39 problem-posing intervention studies and a meta-analysis of 26 of them (Zhang et al., under review a&b), we synthesised key intervention components and measured their relative or combined effect on students’ problem-posing competence. Thus, we gained insights into what works best, for whom, and under what conditions. Yet, those promising components were not all integrated into the same intervention, nor was the impact of such an intervention explored on all of the following: problem posing, problem solving, and creative thinking.

Based on best knowledge in the literature about problem posing interventions (Zhang et al., under review a&b), we designed a new problem posing intervention aiming to enhance secondary students’ mathematical problem-posing and problem-solving competences and creative thinking, incorporating the components with the most evidence of impact in the literature. In this paper, we report findings about the effectiveness of the intervention to achieve its intended learning outcomes, by addressing the following research question:

To what extent does the developed problem-posing intervention, implemented in secondary school classrooms, enhance students’ mathematical problem-posing competence, problem-solving competence, and creative thinking?

The problem-posing intervention

We developed the problem-posing intervention using our findings from a systematic review and a meta-analysis of interventions published between 1990 and 2021 that aimed at fostering participants’ mathematical problem-posing competence (Zhang et al., under review a&b). We identified three categories of intervention components from the review (ibid): activity-based practice that engaged participants in experiencing problem posing (e.g., overview of what problem posing is–WPP, discussion of what “good” problems are–WGP), method-based assistance that helped participants pose problems (e.g., use of strategies involved in problem posing–SPP, use of problem posing examples–PPE), and environment-based support that guided interaction among participants and the teacher (e.g., interactive learning environment–ILE). The results of our meta-analysis showed that the problem-posing interventions had a significant and positive impact on participants’ mathematical problem-posing competence (g=0.72, p<.001). Particularly, the effect sizes of interventions that incorporated method-based assistance or environment-based support were on average 84% or 83% higher than those of interventions without such kinds of intervention components, respectively.

Based on these findings, our designed intervention, in the form of annotated lesson plans for delivery by the teachers, incorporated all three categories of intervention components, including the following five specific components that we found to be particularly promising: WPP, WGP, SPP, PPE, and ILE. The intervention duration was 220 minutes and is aimed for 13-to-15-year-olds who tend not to be occupied by high-stakes assessments. Also, these students tend to be at a critical juncture in their schooling when the intervention can better equip them for further mathematical studies. Finally, the intervention is not meant to be treated as extracurricular due to its intended impact on the recognised, key learning goals of mathematical problem solving and creativity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

Participants

We implemented the intervention in two secondary, mixed-attainment classes in China with a total of 81 students (13 to 15 years of age). Both classes were taught by the same mathematics teacher who worked closely with the first author to understand and enact the intervention, following the annotated lesson plans we had provided. Over a two-week period, the teacher implemented five structured intervention lessons, each corresponding to one of the five distinct components identified in the literature and in the following sequence: WPP, WGP, SPP, PPE, and ILE. The intervention took a total instructional time of 220 mins, as intended.


Instruments

To measure mathematical problem-posing and mathematical problem-solving, we used the QUASAR cognitive assessment instrument (QCAI) (Parke et al., 2003). This included a set of mathematical open-ended problem-solving and corresponding problem-posing tasks designed for secondary school students of similar age to assess the effectiveness of instructional programs. QCAI tasks have undergone extensive scrutiny to ensure their quality and validity. Two forms of QCAI as pre-and post-tests, including the QCAI-problem posing and QCAI-problem solving test, were sequentially implemented in two class periods of approximately 40 minutes each.

To measure mathematical creative thinking, we used the Multiple Solution Tasks (MSTs) developed by Leikin (2009). The MSTs, a well-established instrument, has been used in a range of comprehensive studies with school students. The MSTs were completed by the students within 40 minutes.

The mean difficulty levels of the pre- and post-tests were found to be comparable through the use of Rasch model analysis.


Data analysis

To address the research question, we compared students’ performance in the pre- and post-tests using quantitative methods. In more detail, these methods included observed-score equating analysis, paired-sample t-test, and Ne McNemar-tests to evaluate students’ changes in performance in terms of mathematical problem-posing, problem-solving, and creative thinking. We also collected qualitative data documenting the implementation of the intervention and the discussions between the researcher and the teacher prior and after the lessons, but reports of analyses of these data is beyond the scope of this paper.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

The intervention was found to have a positive impact on students’ problem-posing competence (d=0.58), problem-solving competence (d=1.61), and creative thinking (d=0.65), indicating medium to large effects. These findings are encouraging as there is a scarcity of interventions of short duration with a broad-based impact on academically important, higher-order skills, such as those targeted by our intervention, which can prepare students not only for advanced mathematical studies but also for life and work (Stylianides & Stylianides, 2013). The findings also serve as a critique of several mathematics curricula internationally, including the English, which make no reference to mathematical problem-posing. Given that problem posing’s twin activity is central to virtually all mathematics curricula internationally, including the English, our findings make a case for the merits of a concerted problem-posing-and-solving curricular coverage.

The fact that our intervention was developed based on the findings of our systematic review and meta-analysis of prior problem-posing interventions (Zhang et al., under review a&b), which allowed us to see what works best, for whom, and under what conditions, possibly explains the positive intervention outcomes. Yet, we need to be cautious about the relatively small sample (81 students, 2 classes, 1 teacher) and the possible role played by the cultural context where the intervention was implemented (the Chinese). In the next stage of our research program, we plan to conduct pre-trial development and early evaluation of our intervention in England (with minor adaptations to account for the new cultural context), working with a larger number of schools (10) and teachers (20) as part of a 1-day professional development training program. Through the preliminary evaluation of the intervention’s feasibility and efficacy with Year 10 students in England, who are of equivalent age to the Chinese student participants, we will aim to pave the ground for a future randomised control trial.

References
Chinese Ministry of Education. (2022). Mathematics Curriculum Standard of compulsory education. Beijing, China: People’s Education Press.  

Leikin, R. (2009). Exploring mathematical creativity using multiple solution tasks. In R. Leikin, A. Berman, & B. Koichu (Eds.), Creativity in mathematics and the education of gifted students (pp. 129-145). Sense Publisher.  

National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM). (2000) Principles and standards for school mathematics. Reston, VA: Author.

Parke, C. S., Lane, S., Silver, E. A., & Magone, M. E. (2003). Using assessment to improve middle-grades mathematics teaching & learning: suggested activities using QUASAR tasks, scoring criteria, and students’ work. Reston, VA: NCTM.

Shriki, A. (2013). A model for assessing the development of students’ creativity in the context of problem posing. Creative Education, 4(7), 430.

Stoyanova, E., & Ellerton, N. F. (1996). A framework for research into students’ problem posing in school mathematics. In P. Clarkson (Ed.), Technology in Mathematics Education (pp. 518-525). Melbourne: Mathematics Education Research Group of Australasia.

Stylianides, A. J., & Stylianides, G. J. (2013). Seeking research-grounded solutions to problems of practice: Classroom-based interventions in mathematics education. ZDM – The International Journal on Mathematics Education, 45(3), 333-341.  

Wang, M., Walkinton, C., & Rouse, A. (2022). A meta-analysis on the effects of problem-posing in mathematics education on performance and dispositions. Investigations in Mathematics Learning, 14(4), 265–287.

Zhang, L., Stylianides, G. J., & Stylianides, A. J. (under review a). Enhancing mathematical problem posing competence: A meta-analysis of intervention studies. International Journal of STEM Education.

Zhang, L., & Stylianides, A. J., & Stylianides, G. J. (under review b). Approaches to supporting and measuring mathematical problem posing: A systematic review of interventions in mathematics education. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education.


24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

Exploring the Dynamics of Problem Posing and Solving Skills of Pre-Service Primary School Teachers

Elif Tuğçe Karaca1, Vuslat Şeker2

1KIRIKKALE UNIVERSITY, Turkiye; 2HU University of Applied Sciences Utrecht, Netherlands

Presenting Author: Karaca, Elif Tuğçe

The pedagogical landscape of elementary mathematics education is significantly influenced by the type and quality of problems presented in the classroom. Traditional methodologies, which often emphasize rote learning and procedural mastery, fall short of fostering critical thinking and inquiry, essential components for cultivating mathematical proficiency (Henningsen & Stein, 1997). Recognizing this, the literature advocates a paradigm shift toward integrating problem solving and reasoning as fundamental aspects of mathematics education, thereby enriching students' learning experiences and enhancing their conceptual understanding (e.g., Miranda & Mamede, 2022; National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM), 2000; Van de Walle et al., 2010).

Problem solving, as described by the NCTM (2000), should not be an isolated segment of the curriculum but an integral part of mathematics learning, integrated into the core of education. NCTM (2000) further notes that problem solving highlights mathematical engagement. In addition, the cognitive and metacognitive dimensions of problem solving underscore the importance of engaging with problems in ways that go beyond mere computation. Jonassen (2000) articulates that the significance of a problem derives from its potential to contribute to “societal, cultural, or intellectual” domains, which requires a solver's engagement in mental representation and manipulation of the problem space (p. 65). This perspective is complemented by Lester and Kehle's definition, which emphasizes problem solving as an active engagement process “using prior knowledge and experience” (cf. Santos-Trigo, 2007, p. 525).

Problem-posing, similar to problem-solving, is an integral part of this pedagogical development. It is recognized as a sophisticated mathematical activity that promotes creativity, flexibility, and deeper understanding (Silver, 1994). It is defined as the ability to formulate, reformulate, and explore problems based on existing mathematical situations or concepts. It could be described as “one of the highest forms of mathematical knowing and a sure path to gain status in the world of mathematics” (Crespo, 2015, p. 494). NCTM (2000) also points out that students need “to create engaging problems by drawing inspiration from various scenarios encompassing mathematical and non-mathematical contexts” (p. 258). In light of these considerations, this study explores the interplay between problem solving and problem posing in the context of mathematics education for preservice elementary teachers. Specifically, it seeks to examine the nature and quality of problems posed by preservice teachers, the challenges they face in the problem-posing process, and how their problem-solving skills influence their ability to generate meaningful mathematical problems. Through a comprehensive analysis of pre-service teachers' engagement with problem solving and problem posing, this research aims to contribute to how to support the pre-service teachers' skills and the interplay between them to create better learning environments for their students by improving their teaching strategies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

This research will employ a qualitative research design, focusing on understanding and interpreting the nature of pre-service primary school teachers' problem-posing abilities and exploring the challenges they face during the process. The study will also investigate the relationship between prospective teachers' problem-solving and problem-posing abilities in specific mathematics content areas, aiming to examine the nature and quality of problems they pose, the difficulties encountered in problem-posing, and how their problem-solving skills influence their problem-posing capabilities.Qualitative data will be gathered from a convenience sample of 28 primary school pre-service teachers enrolled in a mathematics teaching course during the Spring 2024 semester. This course, a required part of the undergraduate primary school teacher education program at a public university in Turkey, includes weekly three-hour lectures over twelve weeks, focusing on problem-solving processes and integrated problem-posing activities within topics such as early algebra, numbers, and operations. Each weekly session will feature problem-solving and problem-posing tasks based on relevant literature. Data collection will use a two-part instrument: the first part will be a paper-pencil test for each week's content, starting with a problem-solving task followed by a problem-posing task. Students will solve the given problem, then create and solve their own posed problems, identifying any issues in their problem formulation. The second part will involve in-depth think-aloud protocols with a subset of participants to understand their cognitive processes during problem-solving and posing, including their strategies and awareness of problem-posing challenges.
Data from the paper-pencil tests and think-aloud protocols will be analyzed qualitatively. The paper-pencil tasks will undergo content analysis using thematic coding procedures based on established frameworks (e.g., Problem-Solving Task Rubric and Problem Posing Task Rubric by Rosli et al., 2015). The think-aloud protocols will be transcribed and analyzed to gain insights into participants’ thought processes during problem-posing and solving, and a comparative analysis will be conducted to explore the nature of their problem-solving and posing abilities and their effectiveness in formulating and solving problems.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Building on the exploratory studies by Grundmeier (2015), Hospesova & Ticha (2015), and insights from Rosli et al. (2015), this research aims to deepen our understanding of the problem-solving and posing skills of pre-service primary school teachers. Grundmeier (2015) observed that practice enhances problem-posing efficiency and creativity among prospective elementary and middle school teachers. Hospesova and Ticha (2015) identified significant knowledge gaps and challenges in problem-posing, despite teachers acknowledging its importance in mathematics education. Complementing these findings, Rosli et al. (2015) revealed middle school preservice teachers’ proficiency in solving more straightforward arithmetic tasks. However, they had difficulties in abstract generalization and algebraic interpretation. Notably, these teachers could formulate fundamental yet meaningful problems. The results suggested the integral role of problem-solving in facilitating effective problem-posing.
Aligned with these studies, the current research is expected to uncover similar findings within pre-service primary school teachers' problem-solving and posing competencies. This research will explore the nature and quality of problems posed, the challenges encountered in the problem-posing process, and the interrelation between problem-solving prowess and problem-posing skills. Employing comprehensive data collection and analysis methods inspired by Rosli et al. (2015) and others, this research aims to offer new insights and validate existing findings.

References
Crespo, S. (2015). A collection of problem-posing experiences for prospective mathematics teachers that make a difference. In Ed.Mix & Battista (Eds.), Mathematical problem posing: From research to effective practice (493-511).USA: Springer.
Grundmeier, T. A. (2015). Developing the problem-posing abilities of prospective elementary and middle school teachers. In Ed.Mix & Battista (Eds.), Mathematical problem posing: From research to effective practice (411-431).USA: Springer.
Henningsen, M., & Stein, M. K. (1997). Mathematical tasks and student cognition: Classroom-based factors that support and inhibit high-level mathematical thinking and reasoning. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 28(5), 524-549.
Hošpesová, A., & Tichá, M. (2015). Problem posing in primary school teacher training. In Ed.Mix & Battista (Eds.), Mathematical problem posing: From research to effective practice,(433-447).USA: Springer.
Jonassen, D. H. (2000). Toward a design theory of problem solving. Educational Technology Research and Development, 48(4), 63–85. http://doi.org/10.1007/BF02300500
Miranda, P., & Mamede, E. (2022). Appealing to creativity through solving and posing problems in mathematics class. Acta Scientiae. Revista de Ensino de Ciências e Matemática, 24(4), 109-146.
National Council of Teachers of Mathematics (NCTM). (2000) Principles and standards for school mathematics. Author.
Rosli, R. Capraro, M. M., Goldsby, D., Gonzalez, E. G., Onwuegbuzie, A. J., & Capraro, R. B. (2015).Middle-grade preservice teachers’ mathematical problem solving and problem posing. In Ed.Mix & Battista (Eds.), Mathematical problem posing: From research to effective practice,(333-354).USA: Springer.
Santos-Trigo, M. (2007). Mathematical problem solving: An evolving research and practice domain. ZDM - International Journal on Mathematics Education, 39(5-6), 523–536. http://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-007-0057-9
Silver, E. A. (1994). On the teaching and learning of mathematical problem posing. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 25(1), 25-43.
Van De Walle, J. A., Karp, K. S. & Bay-Williams, J. M. (2010).  Elementary and middle school mathematics: Teaching developmentally (7th ed).  Allyn and Bacon/Pearson Education.
 
9:30 - 11:0025 SES 04 A: Intergenerational relations, NGO school programs and children's participation
Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Jenna Gillett-Swan
Paper Session
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Who is Educating Whom? Complex Intergenerational Learning in Children’s [Digital] Rights Education

Edwina Mulcahy, Gabriela Martinez Sainz

University College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: Mulcahy, Edwina

In 1989, two remarkable frameworks came into being that would come to have a significant impact on children’s lives. The first was the Convention on the Rights of the Child. The second was when the computer scientist Tim Berners Lee invented a system for organising and accessing information on the internet, the World Wide Web. Both frameworks changed children’s lives significantly, one intentionally, the other unintentionally. The Convention on the Rights of the Child was designed for children, without children (Freeman, 2020). The World Wide Web was created for adults by adults, without children in mind, but now “one in three internet users is a child” (Livingstone, Carr & Byrne, 2016). Thirty-five years on, the debate on children’s rights in relation to the digital and education, should be more dynamic and questioning than ever, as artificial intelligence and other emerging technologies bring new considerations, challenges, and opportunities to the discussion.

Today’s children are born in an era of technology. They have never experienced a world without the digital, and they bring a newness, a natality, with their participation in the digital that no other generation has brought to education. It is crucial for adults to seriously consider the new opportunities emerging from children’s lived experiences in the digital age (Third et al, 2019). Taking into consideration the unique aspects of the new generation’s digital experiences, teachers need to shift away from viewing knowledge as linear (Graham and Fitzgerald, 2010) and their role as the primary source of information. Education for the digital needs to be an earnest participatory dialogue between the teacher and the children. The significance and complexity of the digital in children’s lives finds acknowledgement in the recent UNCRC General Comment No. 25 (2021) on children’s rights in relation to the digital environment. It recognises the value of the views of children in informing policy and practice. It highlights the urgency of analysing the digital environment from a child’s perspective, through the lens of children’s rights, within a local context, to gather valuable information and understanding.

This paper explores how children’s rights education in relation to the digital environment can be conceived, by listening to children’s views through the lens of children’s rights, in a world of ever-changing, adult-centric, digital technology. The main research questions of the paper are:

1) How are intergenerational relationships formed, and informed, in educating for the digital environment?

2) How are the rôles of educators and learners negotiated in children’s rights education?

3) How can education respect and develop the views of the younger child in learning for participation in the digital environment?

4) What supports are needed from adults in children’s rights education?

The answers to these questions can provide a systematic approach for children’s rights education to open entry points for digital environment education that address the complexities of the digital divide and digital literacy between the generations. This research listens to the views of younger children. It gives due weight to the opinions and expressions of ten-year-old urban primary school children, at risk of educational disadvantage, in Ireland. Its framework is founded on the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UN, 1989), following the Lundy Model of Child Participation (2007). As Lundy states there, can be no “watering down” of listening to children and giving their views due weight. This research dives deep into the experiences of younger children of the digital environment and examines how the UNCRC can provide a lexicon to express their views, appropriate to an educational setting.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper presents the findings of a qualitative Participatory Action Research (PAR) study conducted in an urban primary school in Ireland. Participants included twenty-two ten-year-old boys. It was conducted in-person over a period of ten months in 2023. The findings are part of a broader project exploring the experiences of the digital divide among children considered at risk of educational disadvantage and the rôle of digital and rights education in their empowerment.
The study employs Stringer’s Interacting Spiral Model (Stringer, 2007), with its three action cycles: looking, thinking, and acting. The look, think and act cycles mirror the tripartite nature of Article 13, UNCRC, to seek, receive and impart information. The action cycles provided the children with opportunities to learn about their rights, build their communication capacities and, as a result, contribute to the study more confidently:

Action Cycle 1: A visit to the Ombudsman for Children’s Office in Ireland to learn about their children’s rights with a particular focus on communication rights.

Action 2: A classroom action with six lesson-type interventions structured around specific concepts linked to articles within the Convention on the Rights of the Child. The children reflected upon and designed the content for the interventions, for the purpose of enabling a specially designed character, to learn about communicating online using their knowledge of children’s rights.
 An adaptation of the Willows & Hyders (1998), study as further developed by Dobbs, Smith & Taylor (2006), with its indirect questioning approach, is used to encourage more open engagement. This helps to uncover what the children feel they should know and be educated about to go online.
Action 3: A child-led presentation of the education process they developed with the character, along with their suggestions for children’s rights and the digital, presented to the Ombudsman for Children, on his return visit to their school. Their content and ideas, in their own words, were authentically represented in an animated digital presentation.
A Mosaic Approach (Clarke & Moss, 2017) of data collection was used including observations, focus groups, children’s artefacts, and recordings of group activities. Participating adults were guided to facilitate, but not influence, the unfolding conversations, respecting the right of every child to express their views and for those views to be given due weight (Article 12, UNCRC), using the Lundy Model of Child Participation (Lundy, 2007). A thematic inductive analysis approach is employed with the assistance of MAXQDA software.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research demonstrates a need for a shift in the intergenerational learning paradigm of education for the digital environment. Preliminary findings suggest the teacher can no longer be the sole source of knowledge, however, they have crucial rôle to play as listener, facilitator, and advisor in children’s education for digital participation.
The research proposes the key to making this intergenerational paradigm shift is to employ a rights-based approach following the Lundy Model of Child Participation (2007), using a third-party questioning method. In casting the children as the teachers of a new imaginary alien classmate, they were empowered to share their own opinions and suggestions about digital participation without fear of judgement or ridicule. In seeking to impart information they revealed an in-depth knowledge of the challenges and opportunities of the internet and what they would like to learn, using their own extensive digital vocabulary.
The children showed their opinions and ideas were relevant, deserved to be given due weight, and could contribute positively to their education for the digital environment. At the start, they were unaware that children's rights existed, but once they were introduced to the UNCRC, they became activated and interested in expressing their views about their rights and the online environment, effortlessly assimilating the language of the UNCRC in their dialogue. They proposed that Article 42 “Everyone should know about the UNCRC” should be more prominent in education and that children should get to learn about their rights, particularly in relation to the digital world. To quote one of the child researchers “they could have done more with their rights” if they knew them earlier. Every aspect of digital participation for children today touches on and affects children’s rights.

References
Clark, A., & Moss, Peter. (2017). Listening to Young Children: A guide to understanding and using the Mosaic Approach. Jessica Kingsley Publishers.
Dobbs T A, Smith A B, Taylor NJ. (2006). ‘No, We Don’t Get a Say, Just Suffer the Consequences’: Children Talk about Family Discipline. The International Journal of Children’s Rights, 14, 137–156.
Freeman. (2020). A Magna Carta for Children. Cambridge University Press.
General Assembly of the United Nations. (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child. United Nations.
General Comment No.25, UNCRC. (2021). [General Comment].
Graham & Fitzgerald. (2010). Progressing children’s participation: Exploring the potential of a dialogical turn. Sage Journals, 17(3), 291–431.
Livingstone, Carr & Byrne. (2016). One in Three: Internet Governance and Childrens Rights. UNICEF Office of Research, Florence.
Lundy, L. (2007). ‘Voice’ is not enough: Conceptualising Article 12 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 927–942.
Stringer, E. (2007). Action Research. SAGE Publications.
Third, Collin, Walsh & Black. (2019). Young people in digital society.
Willow C, Hayder T. (1998). It hurts you inside, children talking about smacking. National Children’s Bureau/Save the Children.


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Strengthening Children’s Rights in School Through NGO Programs – How Well Does It Work?

Ann Quennerstedt1, Lisa Isenström2

1Örebro University, Sweden; 2Karlstad University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Quennerstedt, Ann; Isenström, Lisa

The research reported in this paper examined the effect of an NGO school program aiming to strengthen schools’ work with children’s rights.

Children’s human rights is a complex area for schools to handle, and human rights is conceived as a difficult matter to teach. National direction in curricula is often lacking (Bron & Thijs, 2011; Leung et al. 2011). Research has shown that many teachers feel that they lack sufficient knowledge about children’s human rights and that teaching material is scarce (Rinaldi, 2017; Tibbitts & Kirschsläger, 2010). To get guidance, schools and teachers may turn to actors outside the school, such as NGOs, perceived as experts in human and child rights issues.

Previous evaluations of such school programs for children’s rights have shown promising effects, for example, improvements on school climate, relations, behaviour, and children's influence (Covell, 2010; Sebba & Robinson, 2010; Halås Torbjörnsen, 2020), but also raised some concerns, for example, a tendency to focus on responsibilities rather than rights and doubts about how durable the positive effects are (Sebba & Robinson, 2010; Howe & Covell, 2010; Dunhill, 2019). The evidence presented for a correlation between learning about rights and the claimed positive effects is relatively weak, according to Jerome and colleagues (Jerome et al., 2015). The authors argue that most studies have focused more on implementation processes than outcomes. They also highlight methodological weaknesses in some studies: low response rates in surveys and few interviews in interview studies, mainly drawing on teachers’ views and views of students selected by teachers to participate. The knowledge available about how school programs for children’s rights affect schools is accordingly disparate and insecure.

One of the children’s rights programs available for schools is offered by UNICEF. The program was developed by UNICEF UK, and named Rights Respecting Schools Award. The program was brought to Sweden and modified by UNICEF Sweden to align with Swedish national school culture. It was also renamed to Rights-based school. Since its start in 2010, the Swedish version of the program has spread and is now used in about 30 Swedish schools.

Commissioned by UNICEF Sweden, we have undertaken a large-scale evaluation research project to elucidate how well the program works to strengthen schools’ work with children’s rights. The evaluation was designed to identify how Rights-based school affects students' and teachers' knowledge, experiences and views, and whether differences can be found when compared with students and teachers in schools that do not use any program. The following questions guided the evaluation.

1. How does using Rights-based school affect:

  • students’ knowledge about children’s rights,
  • students’ experiences of student influence,
  • teachers’ work with children’s rights,
  • teachers’ views on student influence?

2. Are there any differences in these aspects compared with schools that do not use a program?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data was created in five schools that use Rights-based school (program schools), and in five schools that do not use the program (non-program schools). Three program schools and three non-program schools are primary schools, with students in years 1-6. Two program schools and two non-program schools are lower secondary schools with students in years 7-9. Four of the program schools had just started, while one school (a primary school) had used the program for eight years.

Interviews with teachers and students in years 2, 5 and 8 were conducted in the program schools during three consecutive years (2021-2023) and in the non-program schools during 22-23. In total, 410 students and 58 teachers in program schools were interviewed, and 120 students and 23 teachers in non-program schools.

The interviews were semi-structured. Teachers were individually interviewed while the students were mostly interviewed in pairs. Students were asked questions to indicate knowledge about rights and their experience of influence in school. Teachers in program schools were asked what effect they considered the program to have, and teachers in all schools were asked to describe their view on and work with children’s rights and student influence.

The interviews were recorded and transcribed. Qualitative content analysis (Bengtsson, 2016; Hsieh & Shannon, 2005) was undertaken to understand the meanings expressed by the interviewees. The first analytic step was to inductively create a coding scheme that was thereafter used for all data. The second analytic step was to draw out and describe the meaning of the essential content.

We believe that our research design has avoided a range of weaknesses pointed out earlier. First, by including a large number of interviews with teachers and students, and the latter not being selected by principals or teachers. The data's size strengthens the content analysis's rigour and the comparison of students’ and teachers’ perceptions. Second, by interviewing teachers and students in schools that do not use Rights-based school, our design includes a data set for comparison.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Concerning students’ knowledge about children’s rights our hypothesis that students in program schools would demonstrate increasingly better knowledge was counter-proved. Instead, we identified a pattern of “rise and fall” in the new program schools and a yearly knowledge level decline in the established program school. In the new schools, students’ knowledge accordingly increased significantly between years 1 and 2 but dropped year 3, although for most schools to a somewhat higher level than the starting point of year 1. In the established school, the knowledge level was very high in year 1 and then dropped both years 2 and 3. This finding echoes the concern raised in earlier research about the durability of the positive effects of introducing a school program.

However, compared to the children’s rights knowledge displayed by students in non-program schools, all program schools showed a better picture. This was particularly evident for students in years 2 and 5, where the difference was significant, to the program schools’ benefit.

The findings concerning students’ experiences of student influence showed less differences between program schools and non-program schools. However, indications were found that students in program schools experience a wider array of influence possibilities than students in non-program schools. The latter reported mostly that they could affect matters related to breaks, such as playing material and activities, and to a lesser extent, they described influence over things in the classroom. Students in program schools gave a wider description of matters in the classroom that they are able to affect, for example, the content of education, working methods, and evaluation methods.

The teacher data analysis is underway as this abstract is submitted and will be finalised during the first half of 2024.

References
Bengtsson, M. (2016). How to plan and perform a qualitative study using content analysis. NursingPlus open, 2, 8-14.Bron, J. & Thijs, A. (2011). Leaving it to the schools: citizenship, diversity and human rights education in the Netherlands. Educational Research, 53(2), 123-136.
Dunhill, A. (2019). The language of the human rights of children: a critical discourse analysis. (Doctoral dissertation, University of Hull).
Halås, C. T. (2020). UNICEFs rettighetsskoler: En undersøkelse av to pilotskolers erfaringer med å bli UNICEF rettighetsskoler. [UNICEF’s rights schools: an examination of two pilot schools’ experiences of becoming a UNICEF rights school]. Bodö: Nord universitet, FoU-rapport nr 58. (R&D-report).
Howe, R. B., & Covell, K. (2010). Miseducating children about their rights. Education, Citizenship and Social Justice, 5(2), 91-102.
Hsieh, H. F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis. Qualitative health research, 15(9), 1277-1288.Jerome, Lee; Emerson, Lesley, Lundy, Laura & Orr, Karen. (2015) “Teaching and learning about child rights: A study of implementation in 26 countries. Queens University Belfast/Unicef.
Leung, Y. W., Yuen, T. W. W., & Chong, Y. K. (2011). School‐based human rights education: Case studies in Hong Kong secondary schools. Intercultural education, 22(2), 145-162.
Rinaldi, S. (2017). Challenges for human rights education in Swiss secondary schools from a teacher perspective. Prospects, 47(1-2), 87-100.
Sebba, J., & Robinson, C. (2010). Evaluation of UNICEF UK’s rights respecting schools award (RRSA). London: UNICEF UK. https://www.unicef.org.uk/rights-respecting-schools/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/2014/12/RRSA_Evaluation_Report.pdfCovell, K. (2010) School engagement and rights-respecting schools. Cambridge Journal of Education 40(1), 39-51.
Tibbitts, F., & Kirchschläger, P. G. (2010). Perspectives of research on human rights education. Journal of human rights education, 2(1), 8-29.
 
9:30 - 11:0026 SES 04 A: Navigating Challenge, Uncertainty, Urgency, Tension, and Complexity in School Leadership (Part 2)
Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Mike Collins
Paper Session Part 2/3, continued from 26 SES 02 B, to be continued in 26 SES 14 B
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Short-cycle Plans in Chile: Improving with a Sense of Urgency

Felipe Aravena, Mónica Cortez, Macarena González, Sofia Chavez, Bernardita Sanchez

Pontificia Universidad Católica de Valparaíso, Chile.

Presenting Author: Aravena, Felipe; González, Macarena

Research indicates that planning is an essential element contributing to improve organizational performance, outcomes and processes in schools (Bickmore, Roberts & Gonzalez & 2021; Caputo & Rastelli, 2014; Fernandez, 2011; Huber & Conway, 2015; Strunk et al 2016; Meyers & VanGronigen, 2019; Mintrop, 2016; VanGronigen & Meyers, 2020), especially in educational systems that are data-driven, results-oriented, where accountability is a trend (Caputo & Rastelli, 2014; Mintrop & McLellan, 2002). Typically, the process of improvement planning culminates in a yearly “school improvement plan” (SIPs) led by principals and their teams. SIPs are comprehensive documents that help to establish priorities, goals, strategies, actions, indicators and results, among other elements (Férnandez, 2011). Some studies have shown a correlation between the quality of SIPs and student learning outcomes (Fernández, 2011; Strunk et al 2016), thus careful planning is key to obtain positive changes. Unfortunately, there is evidence that SIPs are not well-designed suggesting an unwillingness or inability of school teams to engage fully in a meaningful planning process (Meyers & VanGronigen, 2019, p.274). A significant challenge is moving from a perception of SIPs as a bureaucratic and administrative tool for documentation, essentially perceived as an external accountability demand, to an authentic plan responding to real improvement needs and organizational learning (Meyers & Vangronigen, 2019; VanGronigen & Meyers, 2020).

Following the international trend, Chile has implemented SIPs as a national educational policy since 2014. Based in a continuous improvement cycle, The Ministry of Education mandates schools to design and implement a four year-long SIP. This cycle is composed of two phases: a first strategic phase and then an annual phase. The following steps contain the continuous improvement cycle in Chile: (1) Analysis of the educational project and developing a self-assessment process, (2) Planning goals and objectives strategically, (3) Planning annual strategies and actions (4) implementation and (4) evaluation. Schools submit their plans to an online platform to be checked by their school district. This traditional approach of school improvement may not create a sense of urgency required for schools who need to improve quickly (Mintrop, 2016; VanGronigen & Meyers, 2020). An alternative and complementary approach for improving more rapidly to the constant environmental changes is the short-cycle planning. This approach builds confidence, increases collective efficacy and allows to gauge progress and assess outcomes (VanGronigen & Meyers, 2017).

Using the short-cycle planning approach, this research presents perceptions of 19 schools in 6 different districts in designing, implementing and evaluating the first short-cycle plan during 2023.This qualitative study addresses the following research questions: How do participants compare yearlong improvement planning to short-cycle approach? How do participants perceive short-cycle plans as a approach to improve with sense of urgency?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study uses a qualitative methodology (Strauss & Corbin, 1990). This type of methodology seeks to understand from individuals who experience a phenomenon how they interpret their experiences, how they construct their worlds and what meaning they attribute to those experiences (Strauss & Corbin, 1990). From this perspective, we seek to understand the meanings attributed to the planning, implementation and evaluation of short-cycle improvement plans. All participants (n=86) in this study are part of a two-year program for educational improvement that uses the RPP model (Research-Practice Partnership) composed by 6 school districts, 19 public schools (k-12) and a Leadership Center from a University.

Data collection and analysis

The data were collected at the end of 2023 in an evaluation of the implementation of the program in its first year. The focus of the research was to understand both what the participants learned in their improvement processes as well as the functioning of the RPP using short-cycle. To collect the data, an interview protocol was used. In the case of this research, the interviews were recorded and transcribed. After that, the research team reviewed each of the transcripts to extract information associated with the short-cycle plan´views. This information was organized into an analysis matrix to identify categories inductively, individually and manually. Once the categories were identified, grouping information through codes was produced, then a deliberation process was carried out to discriminate possible inconsistencies between the different codes (Strauss & Corbin, 1990).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the findings, we can highlight that short-cycle plan helps to improve with a sense of urgency using an operational planning approach. This alternative approach presents an opportunity to translate long term, general titles and abstract goals into manageable tasks and action steps responding rapidly to real-time problems in comparison to year-long plans.Therefore, short cycle planning can be more dynamic, interactive and responsive to authentic improvement needs (Mintrop, 2016), especially for those schools who need to improve quickly.

Short-cycle plans typically involve a process of planning and implementation during a 90 day-time period (Meyers and Vangronigen, 2017; Mintrop, 2016). In this process, schools understand the relevance to work with one urgent, specific, measurable, timely and realistic improvement priority rather than to “try to do too many things at once” (Stevenson, 2019). Also, focusing on one urgent and relevant improvement priority reduces the possibility of resource waste and distraction on too many goals and strategies simultaneously (Mintrop, 2016). Thus, schools using short-cycle plans learn that prioritizing is key for the improvement process. To sump up, participants perceive that short-cycle plan as a useful strategy to improve authentically in comparison to year-long approach planning which present at least more problems.  

References
Bickmore DL, Roberts MM and Gonzales MM (2021) How aspiring principals applied course-based learning to develop school improvement plans. Journal of Educational Administration 59(2): 199–214.
Caputo A and Rastelli V (2014) School improvement plans and student achievement: Preliminary evidence from the Quality and Merit Project in Italy. Improving Schools 17(1): 72–98.
Fernandez KE (2011) Evaluating school improvement plans and their effect on academic performance. Educational Policy 25(2): 338–367.
Huber DJ and Conway JM (2015) The effect of school improvement planning on student achievement. Planning and Changing 46(1–2): 56–70.
Meyers CV and VanGronigen BA (2019) A lack of authentic school improvement plan development: Evidence of principal satisficing behavior. Journal of Educational Administration 57(3): 261–278.
Mintrop R (2016) Design-based School Improvement: A Practical Guide for Education Leaders. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education Press.
Mintrop, H. and MacLellan, A.M. (2002), “School improvement plans in elementary and middle schools on probation”, Elementary School Journal, Vol. 102 No. 4, pp. 275-300.
Strauss, A.L. and Corbin, J.M. (1990), Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory, 2nd ed., Sage Publications, Newbury Park, CA.
Stevenson, I. (2019). An improvement plan is not enough—you need a strategy. Phi Delta Kappan, 100(6), 60–64.
Strunk KO, Marsh JA, Bush-Mecenas SC, et al. (2016) The best laid plans: an examination of school plan quality and implementation in a school improvement initiative. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52(2): 259–309.
VanGronigen BA and Meyers CV (2020). Short-cycle school improvement planning as a potential organizational change lever: An analysis. Teachers College Record 122(5).
VanGronigen BA and Meyers CV (2017). Topics and trends in short-cycle planning: Are principals leading school turnaround efforts identifying the right priorities? Planning and Changing 48(1&2): 26–42.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Tensions in Educational Leadership and School Governance, Constructing Brand Advantage, Risk Mitigation, and the Illusion of Democracy

Janet Hetherington, Gill Forrester

Staffordshire University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hetherington, Janet; Forrester, Gill

Neoliberal imperatives have arguably driven education policies in England and Europe (Wilkins et al., 2019: Grimaldi et al., 2016) over the past four decades, leading to the depoliticisation (Flinders and Woods, 2015) and radical marketisation of the sector (Ball, 2021). The creation of an education marketplace purposely fuels competition between providers, positioning parents and communities as consumers and schools are corporatised entities (Gunter, 2018). Successive British and European governments (Gunter et al., 2016) have proactively adopted dominant private sector methods and practices transforming the operations in the education system to become more like businesses; a process coined by Ball and Youdell (2007:13) as ’endogenous privatisation’. As such, the utilisation of ‘brand’ has arguably become a distinguishing indicator which establishes positionality and thus, positions the organisation advantageously in the field. Significantly, Simon et al. (2021) have postulated brand advantage, or positioning, in the edu-business world is crucial, securing status in what they deem as a hierarchical system of MATs. Multi-Academy Trusts (MATs) are groups of publicly funded, independent schools (Wilkins, 2016) and are comparable to Charter Schools in the USA or Friskolor in Sweden (Simkins et al., 2019). The more prestigious brands are privileged or positioned in the high-stakes play of school acquisition and the promotion of their brand to potential consumers or clients. Subsequently, risk mitigation strategies are needed to maintain and gain brand market advantage, but also brand protection in the performative, marketised and choice-focused context of education (Courtney et al., 2018).

A growing national and international distrust in the functioning of public services such as education (Wilkins and Gobby, 2022), combined with governments driven to achieve political and economic goals, determines the need for governments to perceive and manage risk to their own brand. Disintermediation (Lubienski, 2014), where power and influence are withdrawn from the traditional meso-layer of education, has responsibilised this new private middle tier of educational leadership and governance for the risk and responsibility of the sector, and brand advantage. This has facilitated an extension of central control in new spaces, removed from local or federal government influence and controlled at a distance (Wilkins and Gobby, 2022). The resultant hegemony of managerialism and New Public Management (NPM) (Gunter et al., 2016), and corporatisation, which has removed decision-making from representative institutions to corporately controlled entities (Gunter 2018), have transformed the management and governance practices of schools (Newman, 2001). The professionalisation of education leadership and school governance, a neoliberal political rationality and a new middle tier have signified a democratic deficit raising questions over stakeholder representation (Connolly et al., 2017) and the accountability of school governance, to be responsive to community and parental needs (Woods and Simkins, 2014).

This research explores the relationship between MAT brand objectives, brand advantage and subsequent risk mitigation strategies employed by educational leadership in England. Specifically, the Co-operative Academies Trust’s (CAT), sponsored by The Co-op Group, model of school governance, and the tension between democratic practices, co-operative values and brand advantage are illuminated. Democracy is one of six values determined by the International Cooperative Alliance (ICA) a significant feature of a co-operative enterprise to which CAT is committed to. The research explored how the CAT engaged with parents and community groups in an area of deprivation, to secure authentic decision-making partnerships based on ICA values, specifically democracy. As such, given its association with the Co-op Group brand, the CAT makes for a significant case to investigate as an alternative in the marketised context of education in England and internationally, given the Euro-prevalence of neoliberal contexts of education and interest in democratically engaging educational leadership internationally (Caravantes and Lombardo, 2024; Scuola Democratica, 2024).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research adopted a socially critical perspective.  Significantly, challenging the power dynamics within social structures, such as governance, the role of parents in governance and the type of democracy that is evidenced in this role.  Furthermore, the research challenges the distribution of power and resource (Raffo et al, 2010), through voice and the lived experiences of individuals, families and communities (Boronski and Hassan, 2015).   For a socially critical paradigm, the most appropriate methodological choice is a critical ethno-case study (Parker-Jenkins, 2016; Kincheloe and McLaren, 2000).  The exploration of the CAT model and the engagement and role of parent stakeholders as decision-makers, or agents of consequence, within a Co-operative Academy in an area of high deprivation in England, is an instrumental case (Punch, 2014).  The generalisability of the atypical produces conceptualising generalisability (Yin, 2014): new concepts as a consequence  of analysis, or by developing propositions, that allow for future research and become the output of the research (Punch 2014; Bryman, 2012; Basit, 2010).  The case study known as ‘City Academy’ maintains its criticality by focusing on the power relationship between the organisation and its stakeholders.  
Ethnographic/case study methods were employed in the triangulation of a documentary review of the organisation’s documentation (Atkinson and Coffey, 2011), specifically; the CAT website, strategic plan, governance policy, including the scheme of delegation, the Articles of Association and funding agreement, with semi-structured interviews and a focus group (Bryman, 2012) of 5 parents from the Parent Forum.   Semi-structured interviews were conducted with the director of the trust, the principal, the chair of governors, and 3 parent governors.  
Purposive sampling of those involved in semi-structured interviews provided a “typical” insight (Flick, 2020) to capture participants’ voice.  However, sampling for the focus group was opportunistic.  Verbatim transcription of interviews was completed (Mauthner and Doucet, 1998).  Data were coded and processed using NVivo software (Jackson and Bazeley, 2019).  A priori codes were initially identified from the research questions and first data readings, for example, ‘parent’, and ‘democratic events’.  Subsequent emerging analytical codes were identified from more in-depth analysis, such as ‘decision-making’ or ‘deliberation’.
Staffordshire University’s ethical principles and the guidelines of the British Educational Research Association (BERA) (2018) were adhered to; ethical approval was granted for the study.  
Bourdieu’s social field theory was further utilised to provide a second-layer analysis of the power dynamic between governing body members and parents participating in potentially democratic opportunities, formally or informally.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research is of both national and international significance considering the Euro-prevalence of neoliberal regimes (Grimaldi et al, 2016).  The greater freedom from centralisation that these regimes prescribe, and the economic and political goals of national governments, are interwoven with public perception of the success of the decentralisation of education, and are vulnerable to risk (Wilkins and Gobby, 2022). To mitigate this risk, national governments, and other regulators or government proxies, adopt ‘hard regulation’, a rationality and framework of government.  This subsequently, responsibilises actors, education leaders, as risk managers and risk mitigators, constructing their own rationalities and frameworks of governance for achieving control and intervention.   In the case of CAT and City Academy, significant brand objectives exist as co-operative values, social enterprise, and community regeneration as well as ambitious acquisition goals for CAT, and brand failure would be catastrophic for not only the Academy and the Trust, but also the big-name sponsor, Coop Group; therefore, brand advantage is crucial.  To secure brand advantage, CAT enshrined brand objectives into legal funding contracts with the government and invested significantly in iconic, and symbolic imaginaries.  The iconic Coop Group headquarters is a symbolic advertisement of the power and ambition within.  This represents a metaphorical arm around the Edu-business (Simon, James, and Simon, 2021), and powerful brand expectations, to survey progress at close quarters, whilst inculcating the brand message as employees track in and out to either gatekeep or be immersed in the brand: capitalism in co-operative clothing.  Further risk mitigation is evident in localised governing bodies structured to empower gatekeepers, and boundary-spanners whilst employing technologies of rational self-management (Wilkins, 2019) limiting participation to professionalised parents.  Ultimately, brand advantage and protection are privileged, representing an illusion of democracy, sacrificing co-operative values of democracy in operational terms whilst privileging upward accountability over authentic parental partnership.
References
Ball SJ (2021) The Education Debate. 4th ed. Bristol: Policy Press.
Caravantes, P. and Lombardo, E. (2024) Feminist democratic innovations in policy and politics, Policy & Politics, XX(XX): 1–23, DOI: 10.1332/03055736Y2023D000000009
Courtney SJ, McGinity R and Gunter HM (eds) (2018) Educational Leadership: Theorising professional practice in neoliberal times. Abingdon Oxon: Routledge.
Flinders M and Wood M (2015) Depoliticisation, governance and the state. In: Flinders M and Wood M (eds) Tracing the Political: Depoliticisation, governance and the state. Bristol: Policy Press, pp. 1–20.
Grimaldi, E., Landri, P. and Serpieri, R., 2016. NPM and the reculturing of the Italian education system: The making of new fields of visibility. In New public management and the reform of education (pp. 96-110). Routledge.
Gunter, H. M. (2012) Leadership and the Reform of Education. Bristol: Policy Press
Gunter H (2018) The Politics of Public Education: Reform ideas and issues. Bristol: Policy Press.
Gunter, H., Grimaldi, E., Hall, D., and Serpieri, R. (2016) ‘NPM and Educational Reform in Europe’, in Courtney, S., McGinity, R and Gunter, H. (eds) Educational Leadership: Theorising Professional Practice in Neoliberal Times. Oxford: Routledge.

ICA (2020) What is a co-operative? International Cooperative Alliance. Available at: https://www.ica.coop/en/cooperatives/what-is-a-cooperative (accessed 7 March 2023).
Lubienski C (2014) Re-making the middle: Dis-intermediation in international context. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 42 (3): 423–440.  
Simkins T, Coldron J, Crawford M and Maxwell B (2019) Emerging schooling landscapes in England: How primary system leaders are responding to new school groupings. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 47(3): 331–348.
Simon CA, James C and Simon A (2021) The growth of Multi-Academy Trusts in England: Emergent structures and the sponsorship of underperforming schools. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 49(1): 112-127.
Springer S (2012) Neoliberalism as discourse: Between Foucauldian political economy and Marxian poststructuralism. Critical Discourse Studies 9(2): 133-147.
Wilkins A (2016) Modernising School Governance: Corporate planning and expert handling in state education. Abingdon Oxon: Routledge.
Wilkins A and Gobby B (2022) Objects and subjects of risk: a governmentality approach to education governance. Globalisation, Societies and Education. DOI: 10.1080/14767724.2022.2114073
Wilkins, A., Collet-Sabé, J., Gobby, B. and Hangartner, J., 2019. Translations of new public management: a decentred approach to school governance in four OECD countries. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 17(2), pp.147-160.
Woods P and Simkins T (2014) Understanding the local: Themes and Issues in the experience of structural reform in England.  Educational Management Administration & Leadership 42(3): 324–340.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Leading in Complexity: Making Sense of Executive Leadership in an English Multi Academy Trust.

Mike Collins

University of Nottingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Collins, Mike

This paper focuses on an empirically grounded insight into the experience of leading an educational organisation in complexity. A case study of executive leadership in an English Multi Academy Trust (MAT) is used to illustrate the nature of the complexity leaders experience in that context. Qualitative and Social Network data are combined to characterise the experience of complexity and significant features of leaders’ responses and some conceptual tools are introduced.

Drawing on a complexity perspective that starts with the experiences of people in organisations, the implications of the perspective for conceptualising leadership and designing an empirical study are presented. The methodological approach is explained followed by presentation and discussion of data to illuminate the experience of complexity and relevance of the perspective adopted.

The argument is made initially for a complexity perspective drawing on the principles of complex responsive processes of relating (Stacey, Griffin & Shaw, 2000), recognising that starting with leaders’ experiences in organisations means understanding them to be participants in processes rather than actors on systems (ibid). The experience of complexity thus involves paradox, ambiguity, ambivalence and uncertainty, which are all also features of a social process of sensemaking (Weick, 2005).

The complexity perspective adopted leads to a conceptualization of leadership that is understood as influence (Northouse, 2021), but is relational (Eacott, 2018) arising in human relationships whether they are direct, indirect or mediated. Leadership is also considered as plural (Denis et al 2012), having multiple loci which may be dyadic, group, collective or contextual (Hernandez, 2011). It follows that to explore leadership of, for example, educational improvement in a MAT, it is necessary to study the enactment of practices and the processes of relating taking place.

A case study of an English MAT comprising seven schools led by a Chief Executive Officer (CEO) is introduced and the methodological approach to the single embedded case study (Yin, 2017) is described. Qualitative data is presented revealing practices and underlying thinking frames on which leaders drew as they talked about enacting educational improvement. The qualitative data is combined with social network data that reveals the socially constructed networks of relationships relevant to leadership in which a core group of people, identified by the CEO, perceived themselves to be embedded.

The empirical data is discussed in terms of the sensemaking processes taking place, their dynamic patterning, what is revealed about the emergent nature of executive leadership in the trust and the experience of complexity. The paper concludes by highlighting some significant conclusions and the value of embracing a complexity perspective to fully understand current realities and future possibilities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The case study adopted mixed methods. The conceptualisation of leadership focused on both the nature and patterning of relationships. The

Social network data that revealed perceived relationships in a defined group of leaders, Cognitive Social Structures (Krackhardt, 1987), was collected by interview. The group (n=15) was defined by the CEO of which 11 were interviewed. The 11 sets of perceptions revealed socially constructed networks of relevant leadership relationships and the structuring of those networks.

Qualitative data collected through interview with the 11 members of the revealed the thinking underlying perceptions of patterns of relationships;  leadership practices enacted, and underlying frames on which leaders drew.

The combination of methods to construct Qualitative Networks (Bellotti, 2014) enables an analysis of leading and organising in the MAT which gives insight into both emergent patterns and the generative processes underlying them.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis of the networks and leadership practices in the MAT reveal a dynamic, constantly reconfiguring flow of leadership relationships as different practices are enacted simultaneously. There is multiplexity within relationships in the type and substance of interactions.  The actions of the executive team are analysed in the context of the networks of relationships and the data show how in practice ambiguity and paradox arise as leadership is enacted.

Significant conclusions are that the actions of the CEO and executive cannot be understood in isolation from the complex networks of relationships and flow of interaction and relating that constitute the organisation. The actions of the CEO and executive team can both be seen as attempts to reduce complexity and as also creating paradox and ambiguity

The case is a distinctive empirical demonstration of the nature of the ‘teeming complexity’ (Constantinides, 2021) in the executive leadership space of a MAT and offers some conceptual tools with which to make sense of that complexity.

References
Bellotti, E. (2014). Qualitative Networks. Abingdon: Routledge.
Constantinides, M. (2021), "Understanding the complexity of system-level
leadership in the English schooling landscape", Journal of Educational
Administration, 59 No. 6, pp. 688-701.
Eacott, S. (2018) Beyond Leadership: A Relational Approach to Organizational Theory in Education, Singapore: Springer
Krackhardt, D. (1987). 'Cognitive social structures'. Social Networks, 9 (2),
pp.109–134.
Stacey, R.D., Griffin, D.S. and Shaw, P. (2000). Complexity and Management.
London: Routledge
Weick, K.E. (2005). 'Managing the Unexpected: Complexity as Distributed
Sensemaking'. In R. R. McDaniel and D. J. Driebe (Eds.), Uncertainty and
Surprise in Complex Systems: Questions on Working with the Unexpected.
Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer pp.51–65.
Northouse, P. G. 2021. Leadership: Theory and practice, Sage Publications.
Yin, R.K. (2017). Case Study Research and Applications. 6 ed. Thousand Oaks:
SAGE Publications US.
 
9:30 - 11:0026 SES 04 B: Navigating Resistance and Turnover in School Leadership
Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Pierre Tulowitzki
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Employees' Resistance to Change and Principals' Management Strategies

Anna Rantala

Umea University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Rantala, Anna

This paper is situated in a larger research project concerned with how principals deal with controversial issues in their everyday practice. One early finding is that resistance to change is perceived as controversial issue by many principals (Rantala, forthcoming). In this paper I seek to deepen knowledge about the resistance from employees that principals meet and how they deal with it.

Having to change is inevitable. As society changes, schools and preschools also need to change to meet the demands which is placed on children and pupils both during and after their time in school. The principal, as a change leader, has the responsibility over and an important role in the improvement work that must take place (SFS, 2010:800; Timperley, 2011), but leading change work is no easy task (Holmes, Clement & Albright, 2013; Starr, 2011). Leading change involves dealing with resistance (Dolph, 2017; Starr, 2011) and resistance is always in relation to power (Foucault, 2002).

There is a vast body of research that describes how leaders carry out or should carry out change work (e.g. Fullan, 2015; Hargreaves et.al., 2010; Kotter, 2014). Research has also focus on strategies that principals need to adapt to enable change management to lead to change (e.g. Shaked and Schechter, 2017; Soini, Pietarinen & Pyhältö, 2016; Wang, 2018). But it also emerges, in research, that change leadership is complex and that the strategies even can collide (e.g. Homes, Clement & Albright, 2013).

Previous research on teachers' resistance to change has focused on resistance to specific changes, for example change in the curriculum (Kazakbaeva, 2021), resistance against educational reforms, for example introduction of in-service teacher certification (Choi, 2017) or quality assurance policies (Terhart, 2013). These studies show how resistance can arise when there is a lack of support and resources to create understanding for the change initiative (Kazakbaeva, 2021). Resistance can be expressed implicitly and that there can be prestige in the fact that the change initiative must succeed (Chio, 2017; Terhart, 2013). Research shows four factors that influence human resistance, self-interest, different values, low tolerance and lack of trust (Kotter & Schlesinger, 2013).

There are knowledge gaps in research regarding teacher's resistance to change in relation to principal's strategies, which is done in this paper. The aim is to study principals’ and deputy principals´ leadership of change, by analyzing principals’ and deputy principals ‘description of employee’s resistance and their strategies to handle it in school development work. This is then discussed in relation to power techniques.

Amundsdotter et.al. (2015) and Linghag et.al. (2016) describes, anchored in Foucault’s theory of power techniques (2002; 2003; 2008), three different techniques, repressive, pastoral and regulated. They use these concepts both to describe employees' resistance and the principals' strategies for dealing with it. Amundsdotter et.al. and Linghag et.al. describes repressive resistance as clear and direct resistance, pastoral resistance takes more subtle expressions or is masked in other forms, e.g. lack of time or resources, and regulated resistance is about placing responsibility on others. Repressive strategies are for example when principals refer to laws or governing documents, blaming individuals, threats reporting or raising to a higher instance, pastoral strategies refer to offering help and guidance, demonstrating benefits, inspiring and motivating and regulatory strategies refer to building the change into the organization by emphasizing that it is a shared responsibility, reminding of the mission and what different roles entail. In this paper this concept is used to both to categorize and analyze the principals' and deputy principals' descriptions of employees' resistance to change and to categorize and analyze their descriptions of strategies they use to deal with the resistance.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The material that forms the basis of the study is based on qualitative questionnaires, with open answers, to principals and deputy principals. This choice was made to go beyond numerical measurement and instead to be able to capture the principals and deputy principals perspective (Cohen, Manion & Morrison 2018). In the questionnaire, it is initially described that in this study, resistance can be expressed both as explicit and implicit and can create both challenges and be a driving force. In the questionnaires the principals and deputy principals are first asked to describe a situation where they have met or dealt with employee's resistance. After this, they described how the resistance expressed itself, how they handled it, how they experienced the situation and what effect they believe their handling had. Although the survey has open answers and the principals are asked to answer in detail, the answers are relatively short, but it is still possible to read out different patterns that are described in the results and then discussed in relation to power techniques.

A total of 37 (K-12 and adult education) principals and deputy principals responded to the questionnaire (18 principals, 18 deputy principals and one was excluded due to incomplete answers). The informants consist of both men (8) and women (29). About a third have worked 2-3 years (12), a third 4-5 years (13) and a third have worked 6 years or more (12). These principals and deputy principals are responsible for between less then 5 and over 36 employees, most of them have 26 or more.

The material is thematically analyzed based on Amundsdotter's et.al. (2015) and Linghags et al. 2016) concepts repressive, pastoral, and regulated resistance and strategies which they anchor in Foucault's (2002; 2003; 2008) theories of power techniques. They have used these concepts to be able to discuss and analyze resistance and strategies along with change actors, in public organizations, how are working with equality and diversity. In this paper it is instead about the resistance that principals and deputy principals meet and their strategies in dealing with it.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that all of them describe situations where employees resist top-down management in the form of resistance to decisions about changing working methods or reorganization that come either from the principal, deputy principal or higher up in the steering chain. This resistance takes mainly a repressive form by employees express their opinions and show emotions. The other forms, pastoral and regulated resistance, are also represented, albeit on a smaller scale. The informants’ strategies mainly take a pastoral form, by informing, listening, giving employees the opportunity to express their opinions. The result also shows that they use a mixture of strategies. The effect of this strategy’s is either that the employees have adapted the change, have ended their employment or that the situation is not completely resolved.

By using mostly pastoral strategies, give employees a lot of space to express opinions and feelings about the change but also give them the opportunity to influence how the change is carried out. None of the informants describes that employee’s resistance has an effect of what is to be changed. The norm that schools and teachers should develop and that leaders should be able to decide what should change seems to be strong. This seems to form a friction surface between the teacher profession and the change management. Resistance is seen as inevitable in change work and may arise from the fear of losing power (Kotter & Schlesinger, 2013). For leaders, it is important to try to understand the resistance instead of seeing it as an obstacle to be overcome (Watson, 1982). Resistance can create opportunities to reflection on and evaluate the change initiative. Seeing resistance as inevitable and productive can influence how resistance is experienced and what strategies a leader adopts.

References
Amundsdotter, E., Ericson, M. Jansson, U. & Linghag, S. (2015). Motstånd och strategier i jämställdhetsarbete. Karlstads universitet.

Choi, T-H.§ (2017). Hidden transcripts of teacher resistance: a case from South Korea. Journal of Education Policy, Vol. 32, no. 4, p. 480–502
Cohen, L., Manion, L. & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education (8 ed.) Routledge.
Dolph, D. (2017). Resistance to Change: A Speed Bump on the Road to School Improvement?. Journal of Educational Leadership and Policy Studies, 1(1), 6-20.

Foucault, M. (2002). Sexualitetens historia. Band 1. Viljan att veta. Daidalos.

Foucault, M. (2003). Övervakning och straff: fängelsets födelse. Arkiv förlag.

Foucault, M (2008). Diskursernas kamp. Brutus Östlings bokförlag Symposion.

Fullan, M. (2015)- Freedom to change – Four strategies to put your inner drive into overdrive. John Wiley & Sons

Hargreaves, A. et al. (eds.) 2010. Second International Handbook of Educational Change. Springer Science & Business Media.

Holmes, K., Clement, J. & Albright, J. (2013). The complex task of leading educational change in schools. School Leadership & Management, Vol. 33(3), p. 270-283,

Kazakbaeva, R. (2021). From language of enemy to language of opportunity. Journal of Educational Change (2023) 24:317–343.

Kotter, J. & Schlesinger, L. (2013). Choosing Strategies for Change. Harvard Business Review.

Kotter, J. P. (2014). Accelerate - Building strategic agility for a faster-moving world. Harvard Business Review Press.

Lindhag, S., Ericson, M., Amundsdotter, E. & Jansson, U. (2016). I och med motstånd. Förändringsaktörers handlingsutrymme och strategier i jämställdhets- och mångfaldsarbete. Tidskrift för genusvetenskap. Vol 37(3), p. 8-28.

Shaked, H. & Schechter, C. (2017). School principals as mediating agents in education reforms. School Leadership & Management, Vol. 37(1-2), p. 19-37.

SFS 2010:800. The education act.

Soini, T., Pietarinen, J. & Pyhältö, K. (2016) Leading a school through change – principals’ hands-on leadership strategies in school reform. School Leadership & Management, Vol. 36(4), p. 452-469.

Starr, K. (2011). Principals and the Politics of Resistance to Change. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, Vol. 39(6), p. 646–660.

Terhart, E. (2013). Teacher resistance against school reform: reflecting an inconvenient truth. School Leadership & Management, Vol. 33(5), p. 486-500.

Timperley, H. (2011). Knowledge and the leadership of learning. Leadership and Policy in Schools, Vol. 10(2), p. 145-170.

Wang, F. (2018). Leadership as a subversive activity: principals’ perceptions, International Journal of Leadership in Education, Vol. 21(5), p. 531-544.

Watson, T. (1982). Group Ideologies And Organizational Change. Journal of Management Studies, 19(3), ss.259-275.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Responses to Principal Turnover in Swedish Schools

Katina Thelin1, Sandra Lund2

1Uppsala University, Sweden; 2Mid Sweden University

Presenting Author: Thelin, Katina; Lund, Sandra

The purpose of the study referenced in this presentation is to identify and describe local school responses to principal turnover. The rationale for examining this phenomenon rests on general knowledge about the importance of school leadership (e.g. Bush, 2020; Louis, 2015; Nihlfors & Johansson, 2013; Ärlestig et al., 2016), and previous (mainly international) research on school-level effects of principal turnover. The latter typically relates to declining student achievement (Bartanen et al., 2019; Béteille et al., 2012; Miller, 2013), disrupted teaching and school developmental processes (Pietsch et al., 2020; Wills, 2016), and excess expenditure due to the high cost of replacing the departing incumbent (Superville, 2014). The recruiting process may, in turn, add stress to the organisation and thus contribute to the decline in student achievement.

However, many of the reported negative consequences are “downstream effects”, i.e. they occur due to a previous event, or series of previous events. What these events are, and how they are shaped by and shape various practices, and practice conditioning arrangements within the local school organisation are less clear, since the practices that produce these effects have not received significant attention in previous research. Subsequently, knowledge about the complexity of practices and practice arrangements that link the incident of principal turnover to the stipulated consequences remains weak (Thelin & Lund, 2023). This lack of knowledge is problematic, since ‘it is not principal turnover per se that is the problem’ (Fullan, 2004, p. 31), but rather the discontinuity it creates in the organisation, and how that, in turn, affects the various educational practices on which schools are dependent for their performance. Therefore, in the presented study in this paper, attention is directed towards the discontinuity that arises when there is a shift in the principal leadership position. The research is fuelled by the following overarching questions: What happens in schools when there is a shift in the principal leadership position? When and for whom is it a problem or an opportunity? In our search for answers to these questions, the focus will be placed on qualitative changes in educational practice and practice conditioning arrangements (Kemmis et al., 2014).

The analysis of the data, which comprised 497 unique free-text answers drawn from a survey targeting staff and parents/guardians with experience of principal turnover, suggests that principal turnover is a ‘critical incident’ (Cook & Tripp, 1994) and a practice-changing event in the local school organisation. The preliminary findings of the study suggest that principal turnover is critical to local school organisations. It disrupts the ‘the flow of practice’ (Lok & de Rond, 2013, p. 186; cf. Yanow & Tsoukas, 2009), and changes practices as well as practice conditioning arrangements and practice architectures (Kemmis et al., 2014).

In this study we seek to illuminate the ‘happeningness’ (Schatzki, 2002) of local school organisations during times of principal turnover, and thereby provide knowledge that is of importance for the development of more robust and sustainable school organisations; in this case, schools that are less sensitive to principal turnover, e.g. better suited to prevent and deal with its negative consequences and make use of its possibilities. In an age of uncertainty and global change, the need for more robust and sustainable schools is palpable.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data was collected through a survey that was distributed among staff and parents/guardians in five municipalities. The survey, which was constructed within the practices of a research circle (Härnsten, 1994) generated 497 unique free-text answers relevant to the issue of concern in this study. From this total count of answers, 183 were provided by staff, and 314 by parents/guardians.

A computer software, Nvivo, was used to support the qualitative content analysis, which was carried out in three steps. The first step was to carefully read all the answers and search for evidence of change induced by, or associated with principal turnover. When detected, these changes were coded using concepts drawn from the theory of practice architectures and classified as negative (problematic) or positive (an opportunity). The third step was to locate the detected changes within the educational complex as described in the theory of ecologies of practices (Kemmis et al., 2014).

The research circle, in which the survey was constructed, involved seven practitioners (four school principals, two superintendents, and one developmental leader) distributed across six Swedish municipalities, and was led by the undersigned researchers. These circumstances influenced the study in several ways. It affected the sample insofar that participation in the research circle was based on participants’ interest in the issue of concern and ability and willingness to distribute the survey within their local school organisations, rather than strategic selection. Moreover, as a result of their varying opportunities to communicate with and engage different stakeholders, the response rate differs widely between the five municipalities included in the study. Nevertheless, the testimony of 497 respondents provided valuable insights into the area of inquiry.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the case of the investigated school settings, changes were found in teaching practices, teaching practice arrangements (e.g. new instructional orientations), developmental practices, and related leading practices (e.g. new directions or school visions, or vision-related work, and leader-staff relationships). Changes were also found in the arrangements supporting student learning, particularly in those relevant for students in need of special support, (e.g. pupils with diagnoses that require extra resources or an adapted learning environment), and newly arrived immigrant students; indicating that these groups of students are particularly vulnerable to principal turnover. While the current research discourse highlights the problems associated with principal turnover, the data drawn upon in this study provide a less biased account. This is particularly apparent in the answers of parents/guardians to children with difficulties.  

Based on the findings it is concluded that principal turnover is a practice-changing event. How it matters is highly dependent on specific decisions made by the individual principal and how these were perceived by different target groups. The significance of principal turnover is also highly dependent on the individual principal’s interests, competencies, and ways of ‘relating’ (Kemmis et al., 2014) to different target groups and practices within the organisation. Concerning leading, the social-political dimension stands out as particularly important for the ‘happeningness’ (Schatzki, 2002) of local school organisations during times of principal turnover.

In all, the findings contribute to the understanding of principal turnover as a ‘critical incident’ (Cook & Tripp, 1994) in the local school organisation. They confirm previous research findings on the negative impact of principal turnover on disrupted teaching and school developmental processes (e.g. Pietsch et al., 2020; Wills, 2016, and add nuances to previous conceptions of the relationship between principal leadership and student learning practices.



References
Bartanen, B., Grissom, J. A., & Rogers, L. K. (2019). The Impacts of Principal Turnover. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 41(3), 350–374. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373719855044
Béteille, T., Kalogrides, D., & Loeb, S. (2012). Stepping stones: Principal career paths and school outcomes. Social Science Research, 41(4), 904–919. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssresearch.2012.03.003
Bush, T. (2020). Theories of educational leadership and management. (Fifth edition) Sage.
Cook, L. A., & Tripp, D. (1994). Critical Incidents in Teaching: Developing Professional Judgement. British Journal of Educational Studies, 42(4), 407–409. https://doi.org/10.2307/3121683
Fullan, M. (2004). Leadership & Sustainability: System Thinkers in Action. Corwin Press, A SAGE Publications Company.
Härnsten, G. (1994). The Research Circle Building Knowledge on Equal Terms. The Swedish Trade Union Confederation.
Kemmis, S., Bristol, L., Edwards-Groves, C., Grootenboer, P., Hardy, I., & Wilkinson, J. (2014). Changing Practices, Changing Education (First edition). Singapore: Imprint: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4560-47-4
Lok, J., & de Rond, M. (2013). On the Plasticity of Institutions: Containing and Restoring Practice Breakdowns at the Cambridge University Boat Club. Academy of Management Journal, 56(1), 185–207. https://doi.org/10.5465/amj.2010.0688
Louis, K.S. (2015). Linking leadership to learning: State, district and local effects. NordSTEP 2015(3), 7–17. https://doi.org/10.3402/nstep.v1.30321
Nihlfors, E., & Johansson, O. (2013). Rektor en stark länk i styrningen av skolan [The principal a strong link in school governance]. SNS Förlag.  
Miller, A. (2013). Principal turnover and student achievement. Economics of Education Review, 36, 60–72. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2013.05.004
Pietsch, M., Tulowitzki, P., & Hartig, J. (2020). Examining the effect of principal turnover on teaching quality: A study on organizational change with repeated classroom observations. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 31(3), 333–355. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2019.1672759
Schatzki T. R. (2002). The Site of the Social: A Philosophical Account of the Constitution of Social Life and Change. University Park: Pennsylvania State University Press.
Superville, D. R. (2014). Churn: The high cost of principal turnover. Education Week, 34(12), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042085918772629  
Wills, G. (2016). Principal leadership changes and their consequences for school performance in South Africa. International Journal of Educational Development, 51, 108–124. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijedudev.2016.08.005
Yanow, D. & Tsoukas, H. (2009). What is Reflection-In-Action? A Phenomenological Account. Journal of Management Studies, 46(8) 1339-1364.
Ärlestig, H., Johansson, O., & Nihlfors, E. (2016). Sweden: Swedish School Leadership Research – An Important but Neglected Area. In H. Ärlestig, C. Day & O. Johansson (Eds.), A Decade of Research on School Principals Cases from 24 Countries (pp. 103–124). Springer.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Shadowing Principals And Its Merits For Educational Leadership Research - Insights From A Literature Review

Pierre Tulowitzki1, Sara Köferli1, Ulrike Krein2

1FHNW University of Applied Sciences and Arts Northwestern Switzerland; 2Johannes Gutenberg University Mainz

Presenting Author: Tulowitzki, Pierre

Methodologically speaking, educational leadership and management research has been largely underpinned by standardized surveys when carrying out quantitative research and interviews for qualitative research. Beyond these “classic” approaches, other methods, such as observations have been employed to varying degrees of popularity. Among the observational methods, shadowing has been frequently utilized to study the various facets of school principals, though less frequently than in management studies (Bøe et al., 2017; Hughes, 2019). The origins of shadowing in the educational setting are often attributed to Henry Mintzberg and Harry F. Wolcott. Wolcott conducted what he called “the ethnographic study of a school principal”, consisting of “enumeration, participant observation and interviewing” (Wolcott, 1970, p. 116). He followed a school principal for two years, which quickly earned him the nickname “The Shadow” (Wolcott, 2014). Although he himself did not use the term “shadowing” at the time of his study, his approach was labeled as such by other scholars soon after Wolcott published his research.

Numerous criticisms and advantages of shadowing can be found in the literature. With reference to more structured shadowing variants, some researchers have criticized structured observation in educational leadership research for failing to adequately capture the complex and multifaceted activities of school principals (Gronn, 1982). Representatives of a more qualitative understanding countered similar criticisms by arguing that shadowing in an open, flexible variant is actually suited for capturing complex activities because it allows for focusing on the simultaneity of events in different settings, as well as the nonsimultaneity of experiences and growing number of actions and processes (Czarniawska, 2014). Other criticisms often leveled at qualitatively and quantitatively oriented variants of shadowing are “the high level of resourcing needed and the time it takes to undertake such studies” (Earley & Bubb, 2013, p. 20).

Additionally, ethical aspects can pose a challenge when using shadowing. As that shadowing involves the direct observations of people in their (professional) daily lives, its immersive as well as intimate and relational character needs to be considered (Bøe et al., 2017). Ethical aspects are noticeable here at different levels: First, shadowing can build intimacy and trust between the observer and observed person, which Czarniawska (2007) describes as “a peculiar twosome” (p.10). Second, shadowing always has an impact on the associated institution and its members, such as the school whose school leader is followed (Johnson, 2014), especially if the consent of all persons encountered was not obtained, or they may not have all been informed beforehand, requiring the researcher to “make ethical judgements in the moment” (Ferguson, 2016, p. 23). In this context, it is also important to consider issues of data protection or the involvement of third parties who might unknowingly participate in the research, such as parents.

The present contribution seeks to address the issues raised and continue the reflection on shadowing by analyzing the objectives and parameters of shadowing studies, definitions of shadowing, identified merits and pitfalls, and ethical considerations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodological approach followed the PRISMA framework for systematic reviews (Page et al., 2021). Various databases (JSTOR, SAGE, ERIC and Google Scholar) were searched for relevant terms. The keywords used for searching were “shadowing,” “shadow*,” “structured observation,” combined with “school leader,” “principal,” “headteacher,” or “leadership.” The findings were then filtered, where technically possible, to include only studies related to “education,” “educational research,” “schools,” and similar terms, depending on the database. These searches yielded over 7000 possibly relevant results who were then screened, identifying many duplicates and studies from fields unrelated to educational leadership research (which were excluded). Retained publications were next screened according to the following criteria to be included in the analysis of the present contribution:

• The study was required to be located in the field of educational leadership and management research.
• A focus of the study needed to be on school principals, headteachers or superintendents (including      early childhood educational settings, excluding higher educational institutional settings).
• Shadowing had to be an exclusive method or part of the main methods used for data collection.
• The publication date of the study needed to be 2017 or later as studies published earlier had been analyzed in a previous study.
• The study needed to be in English.
• The study had to explicitly make use of one of the following terms: “shadowing,” “shadowed,” “structured observation,” or “Mintzberg-type study.” Over the course of the analysis, this criterion was refined to also include studies in which none of these terms were used but where either the description of the method closely matched descriptions of shadowing or the key authors referenced in the methods sections were authors associated with structured observation or shadowing-type approaches (e.g., Mintzberg or Czarniawska).

A total of 53 studies were identified as meeting the inclusion criteria. These studies were reviewed, analyzed, and compared based on the following questions:

1. What are the aims of the studies?
2. How is shadowing defined by the author(s)?
3. What are the major parameters of the shadowing activities (duration, observers, observed persons)?
4. What are the categories of observation?
5. In conjunction with what other – if any – methods is shadowing used?
6. What, if any, merits or pitfalls of shadowing are discussed?
7. What, if any, ethical considerations concerning shadowing are made?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Relevant studies were found from all around the world. Generally, the studies making use of shadowing contained little information on the conceptualization and use of shadowing. While the most studies aimed to examine the practices of school leaders through shadowing-type observations, without a detailed description of the procedure—and possibly anchoring it to an established paradigm—assessing the methods and the merits of the findings used became very challenging. The discussion of shadowing as a research method and its associated merits and pitfalls in the publications also revealed another desideratum: We could only find such discussions in a little over one-third of the studies. These were often connected to aspects already well-established in the literature. Even less discussion was found in the context of ethical aspects of shadowing. Just one-third of the studies contained references to these aspects. Although there were some studies in which the authors considered ethical issues, nearly half referred mainly to the research standards of their institutions, in some cases without any further explanations. Such a marginal consideration of ethical aspects in the analyzed studies appears insufficient due to the immersive and sometimes intimate nature of shadowing as a research method.

Despite a new wave of new shadowing-type studies (based on the increased number of publications), many of the previously identified issues remain unsolved. From our point of view, considering the enduring staying power of shadowing in studies in Europe and across the globe there is (still) a great need for critical methodological discussions and reflections on shadowing and similar methods. The ongoing interest in these methods should be coupled with a (methodological) development in future research. To unleash the potential of shadowing studies, researchers need to be precise in their definitions and theoretical foundation, as well as rigorous and transparent in its use.

References
Bøe, M., Hognestad, K., & Waniganayake, M. (2017). Qualitative shadowing as a research methodology for exploring early childhood leadership in practice. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 45(4), 605–620. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143216636116
Czarniawska, B. (2007). Shadowing: And Other Techniques for Doing Fieldwork in Modern Societies. Copenhagen Business School Press.
Czarniawska, B. (2014). Social Science Research – From Field to Desk. Sage. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781529799613
Earley, P., & Bubb, S. (2013). A Day in the Life of New Headteachers: Learning from Observation. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 41(6), 782–799. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213494189
Ferguson, K. (2016). Lessons learned from using shadowing as a qualitative research technique in Education. Reflective Practice, 17(1), 15–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/14623943.2015.1123683
Gronn, P. (1982). Neo-Taylorism in Educational Administration? Educational Administration Quarterly, 18(4), 17–35. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X82018004004
Hughes, M. (2019). Pedagogical leadership: A case study of the educational leader in an early childhood setting in Australia [Dissertation, Victoria University]. https://vuir.vu.edu.au/40540/
Johnson, B. (2014). Ethical issues in shadowing research. Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management: An International Journal, 9(1), 21–40. https://doi.org/10.1108/QROM-09-2012-1099
Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., Chou, R., Glanville, J., Grimshaw, J. M., Hróbjartsson, A., Lalu, M. M., Li, T., Loder, E. W., Mayo-Wilson, E., McDonald, S., … Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372, n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71
Wolcott, H. F. (1970). An Ethnographic Approach to the Study of School Administrators. Human Organization, 29(2), 115–122.
Wolcott, H. F. (2014). The shadow. Qualitative Research in Organizations and Management: An International Journal, 9(1), 2. https://doi.org/10.1108/QROM-07-2013-1164
 
9:30 - 11:0026 SES 04 C: Technological and Digital Advances in Educational Leadership
Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Ulrike Krein
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Importance and Presence of Change Leadership Characteristics in an emerging Technological University

Trevor McSharry

Atlantic Technological University, Ireland

Presenting Author: McSharry, Trevor

This paper is part of a Doctorate in Education at Maynooth University in Ireland. Focusing on an emerging technological university, the primary research question is “How do stakeholders experience and value change leadership?” The following sub research question with be the core of this paper: “What are the importance and presence of change leadership characteristics.”

In addition to dramatic disruptions because of Covid 19, major issues exist in Irish Higher Education, which include increased workload, reduced staff development opportunities and concerns over investment in information technology, which lead to inefficiencies (QQI 2016). Several key areas for development in Ireland’s Higher Education Institutes (HEIs) have been identified and include quality culture and systems, resources and leadership development and technology (Higher Education Authority 2017). In the context of most Institutes of Technology (ITs) having recently merged to become Technological Universities (TUs), change and leadership have never been so important.

While both the importance and presence of change leadership characteristics are important factors for change (Magsaysay and Hechanova, 2017), a review of literature indicated that the topic of change leadership is not well defined and there is little consensus on the associated characteristics needed for leading change. This paper utilises a diverse selection of sources to compile a total of 25 characteristics deemed important for leading change. These embrace key findings from change management and change leadership fields of research as well as the Burke Litwin organisational change model (Burke and Litwin, 1992). These characteristics were created from a total of eight sources identified, which were analysed and mapped against each other. The eight sources are as follows: Higgs and Rowland (2000), Gilley (2005), Fullan (2020), Magsaysay and Hechanova (2017), Guerrero et al. (2018), Burke and Litwin (1992), Burnes (2020) and Kotter (2012). They can been grouped into themes of strategy, culture, relationships, capability, and tactics.

Strategy involves strategic thinking and allows a clear vision to be established that inspires individuals to change and is achieved through effective communication and consultation, while understanding that change can be complex (Fullan 2020; Gilley, 2005; Guerrero et al., 2018; Higgs and Rowland, 2009; Kotter, 2012; Magsaysay and Hechanova, 2017). The second theme is culture which relates to developing an inclusive, supportive, and democratic culture that encourages creativity and innovation, while being able to deal with conflict in a constructive way (Burnes, 2020; Gilley, 2005; Fullan, 2020; Magsaysay and Hechanova 2017). Relationships is the next themes that focuses on developing and maintaining relationships with colleagues, building effective teams, rewarding staff, and celebrating milestones (Burnes, 2020; Fullan, 2020; Gilley, 2005; Kotter, 2012; Magsaysay and Hechanova, 2017). Another theme is capability associated with the overall capability of staff in terms of having adequate change management and leadership knowledge and abilities, resources, and training (Burnes et al. 2020; Fullan, 2020; Gilley, 2005; Guerrero et al. 2018; Higgs and Rowland, 2000; Kotter, 2012). The final theme is tactics associated with developing plans, removing barriers, implementing change gradually, and dealing effectively with organisational resistance to change (Burnes, 2020; Gilley, 2005; Guerrero et al., 2018; Higgs and Rowland, 2000; Magsaysay and Hechanova, 2017).

Complexity Theory was chosen as a suitable theoretical lens for this research. Mason (2008) outlines that complexity theory looks at complex systems as open systems, which survive through evolution and adaptation. He believes that organisations are complex, with many connected elements or agents, which facilitate the sharing of knowledge through formal bureaucratic structures and informal social networks.

It is hoped that this research will be timely and relevant to other researchers and HEIs across Europe undergoing significant change.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
From a research design perspective, a mixed methods approach, using both qualitative and quantitative research methods was used in this study. A key feature of this mixed methods approach is its methodological pluralism, which frequently leads to superior results when compared to taking one method (Burke Johnson & Onwuegbuzie 2004). This pluralist approach, generally seen as a pragmatic philosophical paradigm, avails of the strengths of both methods and will help identify actionable, practical solutions for the stakeholders to consider.

The overall scope of this doctoral research consisted for four stages as follows:

Stage 1 involved a qualitative review using NVIVO of the TU application document to assess the initial common voice of the emerging TU and assess word frequency and emerging themes.

Stage 2 builds on this context and involved an online focus group with a representative sample of senior management (both academic and support staff) from each of the three merging organisations (18 participants). A pre-focus group survey was conducted to gather demographic data of participants and initial insights into change leadership themes as well as culture. The focus of this stage was on obtaining participant perceptions on change drivers, change and leadership as well as discuss culture for the emerging TU. Stage 2 focus groups were recorded and transcribed as well as coded and analysed using NVIVO.

Stage 3 involved an online survey (using JISC) for all staff in the three organisations. 371 participants successfully completed the survey resulting in confidence level of 95%. SPSS was utilised to analyse the quantitative data from the survey and the open question responses were coded in NVIVO also.

Stage 4 involved an interview with the new TU president to discuss the preliminary findings from the previous stages. Note a pre-interview survey was completed by the President similar to Stage 2, which included culture assessment. The qualitative data from this interview was transcribed and analysed using NVIVO as per Stage 2.

The primary source of data utilised to respond to this paper’s research question was from the Stage 3 staff survey. This survey captured respondents’ perceptions on the 25 change leadership characteristics. A 5- point Likert scale was used for the importance and presence of these characteristics. Findings from the other stages were used to support these findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data from 371 respondents were compiled and analysed for 25 questions relating to change leadership characteristics. Findings have shown that the characteristics associated with strategy are the most important followed by culture, relationships, capability, and tactics. Overall, respondents believed consistently that the characteristics are in between ‘very important’ and ‘absolutely essential’ for change leaders to exhibit. While the emerging TU is being integrated from many levels from three previous Institutes of technology, it is no surprise that strategy and culture are the most important areas of concern to stakeholders at present.

However, findings for the presence of these characteristics were more varied and spread and participants were between ‘undecided’ and ‘agree’ for the presence of these characteristics within their organisation. This finding suggests that staff are unclear about the presence of these characteristics being exhibited by change leaders, which could suggest that respondents are not aware of leaders exhibiting them or that there are issues present, which are either restricting leaders from demonstrating these characteristics. Alternatively, all leaders may not possess them or be able to apply them. It could also be related to a lack of resources, which is negatively impacting the ability of staff to delegate, have time to train and effectively manage and lead staff.

Fostering a supportive change culture is important for change leaders as well as leading with strategy and tactics. Leaders also need to ensure they focus on developing relationships between staff as well as growing staff capabilities, to equip them for current and future changes.

It is hoped that this research has provided useful findings for researchers as well as HEI’s across Europe and that through ECER 2023, this research will act as a stimulus to carry out comparative cultural and contextual analysis internationally with other researchers to further develop this research area.

References
Burke Johnson, R, Onwuegbuzie A, 2004. ‘Mixed methods research: a research paradigm whose time has come,’ Educational Researcher, vol.33, no. 7, pp. 14-26.
Burke, W. W., & Litwin, G. H. (1992). A Causal Model of Organizational Performance and Change. Journal of management, 18(3), 523-545. doi:10.1177/014920639201800306
Burnes, B. (2020). The Origins of Lewin’s Three-Step Model of Change. The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 56(1), 32-59. doi:10.1177/0021886319892685
Fullan, M. (2020). Leading in a culture of change (Second ed.). Hoboken, New Jersey: Jossey-Bass.
Gilley, A. M. (2005). The manager as change leader. Westport, Conn: Praeger Publishers.
Guerrero, J. M., Teng-Calleja, M., & Hechanova, M. R. M. (2018). Implicit change leadership schemas, perceived effective change management, and teachers’ commitment to change in secondary schools in the Philippines. Asia Pacific Education Review, 19(3), 375-387. doi:10.1007/s12564-018-9545-6
Higgs, M., & Rowland, D. (2000). Building change leadership capability: ‘The quest for change competence’. Journal of Change Management, 1(2), 116-130. doi:10.1080/714042459
Higher Education Authority. 2017, Higher Education System Performance 2018-2020. Higher Education Authority. Available from:  https://www.education.ie/en/Publications/Education-Reports/higher-education-system-performance-framework-2018-2020.pdf [Accessed on 27 Dec 2019]
Kotter, J. (2012). Leading Change. Boston: Harvard Business Review Press.
Magsaysay J.F., Hechanova M.R. (2017). Building an Implicit Change Leadership Theory. Leadership and Organisational Development Journey. Vol. 38 No. 6 pp 834-848.
Mason, M 2008, ‘Complexity theory and the philosophy of education’, Educational Philosophy & Theory, vol. 40(1), pp. 4-18, http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-5812.2007.00412.x.
QQI, 2016, Quality in an era of diminishing resources, Irish higher education 2008-15,’ QQI. Available from: https://www.qqi.ie/Publications/Publications/Quality%20in%20an%20Era%20of%20Diminishing%20Resources%20Report%20(FINAL%20March%202016).pdf.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Data-dashboards: Principals' Assistant or a New Mechanism of Accountability?

Marina Tsatrian1, Mariya Ozerova2

1Institute of Education HSE University; 2Institute of Education HSE University

Presenting Author: Tsatrian, Marina; Ozerova, Mariya

The tendency of implementation of dashboards for management appeared initially in business. This trend was the consequence of companies’ need to ensure quality and effectiveness in a highly competitive environment which reduces time on data-analysis procedure (getting, preparing and visualizing data) and making fast decisions.

Today we can see that this trend has reached the educational field as well, where educational systems of many countries started developing and introducing dashboards/platforms to gather school data (USA, UK, Kazakhstan etc.). Nevertheless, the core goal set by the educational authorities for such platforms in the majority of cases was not the automation itself but it was seen as a means for fostering a system of high accountability.

We can see that educational authorities of various Russian regions are developing dashboards and introducing them in the educational system but the question arises: who are the main stakeholders of these dashboards? Are the existing platforms assistants, tools for leading a school or merely a new form of accountability?

In this article the authors are trying to address the following questions:

  • What is principal and his/her deputies’ perception of the dashboards?

  • What pros and cons do they see in it? Do they see the potential in it for data-based decision-making in leading the school?

  • What tasks do they address based on the data from dashboards?

Organizational context is one of the factors contributing to data-informed decision-making in schools (Dogan, E., & Demirbolat, 2021; Kallemeyn, 2014; Roegman, 2018; Smith, 2023;). In fact, educational authorities create systems for leveraging the data collection and analysis process in Russia but we can still observe the situation where it's not enough for principals, deputies and other school members. Therefore, the practice of developing surveys, and gathering additional information is common in schools of a Megapolis A. There is no unified platform which gathers all the information needed for school management.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The article is the continuation of the research carried out in Megapolis A to unpack data-informed decision-making practices of school leadership teams (Ozerova & Tsatrian, to be published). The study was carried  out in one of the biggest megapolicies of Russia with a high accountability system.

We used mix-method approach to carry out the research:
Quantitative approach involved survey of 453 members of the school management team (134 principals and 271 deputies and others). Overall, 167 schools took part in the survey. The survey allowed us to get the perceptions and reflections of the school management team about the platform with instruments for school self- evaluation which would serve as a basis for the dashboard. It also allows us to see what data the school management team collects about students, parents, teachers and so on, which means/tools they use. The survey consisted of open-ended and closed questions.
qualitative approach involved semi-structured interviews with principals and their deputies in 8 schools. Interviews allowed us to unpack the leadership practices on the use of dashboards in leading schools, their perceptions of the impediments and pros of dashboards for data-based decision-making.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study revealed  that on the one hand school management teams see advantages in the existing as well as in the potential dashboard. Nevertheless, they see limitations in its usage for making decisions. In fact, the main limitation of the dashboard is that it was initially developed not basing on the leadership issues which the school management team addresses but basing on the demands of the educational authorities and as a tool which ensured communication  and accountability in front of parents. What is more, the study allowed us to identify possible directions for the development of dashboards considering school management teams’ demands. The research brought to light the core obstacles school management teams’ face on the way of data-informed decision-making in schools.
References
Dogan, E., & Demirbolat, A. O. (2021). Data-Driven Decision-Making in Schools Scale: A Study of Validity and Reliability. International Journal of Curriculum and Instruction, 13(1), 507-523.
Kallemeyn, L. M. (2014). School-level organizational routines for learning: Supporting data
use. Journal of Educational Administration, 52, 529-548. doi:10.1108/jea-02-2013-0025.

Roegman, R., Perkins-Williams, R., Maeda, Y., & Greenan, K. A. (2018). Developing data leadership: Contextual influences on administrators’ data use. Journal of Research on Leadership Education, 13(4), 348-374.
Schildkamp, K., Lai, M. K., & Earl, L. (Eds.). (2012). Data-based decision making in education: Challenges and opportunities.
Smith, S. T. (2023). The Role of Data-Driven Decision-Making in Organizational Transformation: A Case Study Analysis of Leadership and Organizational Actions (Doctoral dissertation, Fordham University).


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Between Burden and Benefit: School Leaders’ Actions in the Light of Dissolving Boundaries

Ulrike Krein

University of Kaiserslautern, Germany

Presenting Author: Krein, Ulrike

School leaders not only play an important role in the context of digitalization-related school development processes (Håkansson & Pettersson, 2019; Tulowitzki & Gerick, 2020), their own everyday life, tasks and actions are also affected by digitalization-related transformation processes (Krein, 2024). This includes requirements from various areas of school development (e.g. organizational development, teaching development, personnel development, cooperation development or technology development) (Eickelmann & Gerick, 2018), but also tasks such as school administration or cooperation with stakeholders in- and outside the school (Schiefner-Rohs, 2019). In the context of digitalization, overarching phenomena also come into focus when considering the actions of school leaders: These include phenomena of the dissolution of boundaries (e.g. between professional and private spheres of life), which are constitutive components of a profound mediatization through the technological differentiation of the media, their ubiquity and the increasing networking of people (Krotz, 2001; Hepp & Hasenbrink, 2017). For the work context, Dehmel et al. (2023) also point out that "due to the permanent availability of the internet, more and more work tasks can be carried out with current mobile devices without being tied to a fixed location - for example an office building - or to certain time constraints - such as core working hours from morning to afternoon" (p. 59; translation by the author). Looking at the school context, alongside the actions of teachers (Dehmel et al., 2023), the actions of school leaders are also characterized by phenomena of dissolving boundaries (Krein, 2024). At the same time, it can be assumed that the professionalization of school leaders will become increasingly relevant against the background of the challenges associated with the dissolution of boundaries - for example, dealing with remote working and thus less free time. Nevertheless, little attention has so far been paid to the dissolution of boundaries in everyday school leadership, both theoretically and empirically.

Based on this desideratum, insights are provided into the phenomena of dissolving boundaries within the actions of school leaders in the context of digitalization. The focus is on challenges for the actions of school leaders and implications for their professionalization. Since mediatization is not a national phenomenon, the contribution also aims to highlight implications for the international research community. Accordingly, the article is based on the following research questions:

  1. Which phenomena of the dissolution of boundaries can be identified in the actions of school leaders?
  2. What challenges are associated with these phenomena of the dissolution of boundaries for school leaders?
  3. What implications can be derived from this for the professionalization of school leaders as well as future research?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer these questions, the results of an empirical-qualitative study (Krein, 2024) are used, which was conducted in several phases using a multi-method approach:
First, explorative expert interviews (N=7) were conducted (Meuser & Nagel, 2009) to provide initial insights into the everyday work of school leaders and digitality-related transformation processes. This was followed by a comparative case study using shadowing in a second phase (Krein, 2024). Shadowing is an ethnographic approach, which central element is a participant observation and the recording of conversations, anecdotes and episodes. As part of the study, two school leaders from secondary schools in Germany were each accompanied in their daily work for three weeks. In addition to the participant observations, reflective interviews were conducted with the school leaders during the shadowing, which were recorded and then transcribed. The data obtained were analyzed and triangulated using qualitative content analysis (Kuckartz, 2018) and phenomenological analysis (Brinkmann, 2015). The results of these analyses are now linked back to the existing international state of research on the (digitalization-related) dissolution of boundaries. By presenting the empirical results and contextualizing and discussing them in the light of existing research, a theoretically grounded, comprehensive insight into the individual challenges for the actions of school leaders is offered.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the analyses show various challenges in the everyday life of school leaders that are directly related to digitalization-related phenomena towards the dissolution of boundaries. Thereby, the digital communication of school leaders has proven to be particularly relevant: The data indicate that there is a (perceived) obligation on the part of school leaders to communicate with those involved in the school; however, defined rules for digitally mediated communication, especially with actors outside the school, were not (yet) visible during the shadowing. As a result, school leaders also engage in professional communication on evenings and weekends. Thus, a dissolution of boundaries between work and private time was observed. Depending on the context and the direction of the dissolution of boundaries, it was perceived either as a burden or as a benefit. The tendency to dissolve boundaries, which was initiated by school leaders and thus to a certain extent carried out from the inside out, was not articulated as a burden. On the other hand, tendencies to push boundaries from the outside, such as required communication from external school stakeholders such as parents, were clearly identified as intrusive and stressful. This (perceived) obligation, the (anticipated) demanding attitude of school stakeholders, undefined communication rules and a lack of recovery phases ultimately result in an increased experience of stress. These results also link to various discourses and international research in the context of the dissolution of boundaries and offer a variety of implications for the professionalization of school leaders, which will be presented and discussed during the presentation at ECER 2024.
References
Brinkmann, M. (2015). Phänomenologische Methodologie und Empirie in der Pädagogik: Ein systematischer Entwurf für die Rekonstruktion pädagogischer Erfahrungen. In M. Brinkmann, R. Kubac & S. S. Rödel (Hrsg.), Phänomenologische Erziehungswissenschaft. Pädagogische Erfahrung: Theoretische und empirische Perspektiven (S. 33–60). Springer VS.
Dehmel, L., Meister, D. M. & Gerhardts, L. (2023). „Die Entgrenzung Von Kommunikationskulturen in Lehrpersonenkollegien: Reflexion Einer Unbeabsichtigten Begleiterscheinung Der Arbeit Mit Tablets“. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie Und Praxis Der Medienbildung, 53 (ENTGRENZUNGEN), 55-75. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/53/2023.06.12.X
Eickelmann, B. & Gerick, J. (2018). Herausforderungen und Zielsetzungen im Kontext der Digitalisierung von Schule und Unterricht. Teil 2: Fünf Dimensionen der Schulentwicklung zur erfolgreichen Integration digitaler Medien. SchulVerwaltung Hessen/Rheinland-Pfalz, 23 (6), 184-188.
Håkansson Lindqvist, M. & Pettersson, F. (2019). Digitalization and school leadership: on the complexity of leading for digitalization in school. The International Journal of Information and Learning Technology. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJILT-11-2018-0126
Heffernan, A. & Selwyn, N. (2021). Mixed Messages: The enduring significance of email in school principals’ work. Aust. Educ. Res. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13384-021-00486-0
Hepp, A. & Hasebrink, U. (2017). Kommunikative Figurationen. Ein konzeptioneller Rahmen zur Erforschung kommunikativer Konstruktionsprozesse in Zeiten tiefgreifender Mediatisierung. Medien & Kommunikationswissenschaft, 62 (2), 330–47. https://doi.org/10.5771/1615-634X-2017-2-330
Krein, U. (2024). Schulleitung und Digitalisierung. Bedingungen und Herausforderungen für das Handeln von Schulleitenden. transcript Verlag.
Krotz, F. (2001). Die Mediatisierung kommunikativen Handelns: der Wandel von Alltag und sozialen Beziehungen, Kultur und Gesellschaft durch die Medien. Westdeutscher Verlag.
Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4. Aufl.). Weinheim; Basel: Beltz Juventa.
Meuser, M. & Nagel, U. (2009). Das Experteninterview – konzeptionelle Grundlagen und methodische Anlage. In S. Pickel, G. Pickel, H.-J. Lauth & D. Jahn (Hrsg.), Lehrbuch. Methoden der vergleichenden Politik- und Sozialwissenschaft: Neue Entwicklungen und Anwendungen (1. Aufl., S. 465–480). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Schiefner-Rohs, M. (2019). Schulleitung in der digital geprägten Gesellschaft. In H. Buchen & H.-G. Rolff (Hrsg.), Professionswissen Schulleitung (5., überarb. u. erw. Aufl.-), 1402–1419. Weinheim: Beltz.
Tulowitzki, P. & Gerick, J. (2020). Schulleitung in der digitalisierten Welt. Empirische Befunde zum Schulmanagement. DDS – Die Deutsche Schule, 112. Jahrgang, Heft 3, 324–337. https://doi.org/10.31244/dds.2020.03.08


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Open Innovation Mindset of School Leaders: The Key to Successful Digital Innovation in Schools?

Jasmin Witthöft, Marcus Pietsch

Leuphana University Lueneburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Witthöft, Jasmin

School leaders are central to strategically navigating schools' digitalisation. On the one hand, they are crucial actors in the design of internal school structures, processes, and the provision of digital technologies (Dexter, 2008). On the other hand, they are essential boundary spanners, who build bridges between actors outside and within the school (Benoliel & Schechter, 2017). However, to date, only a handful of studies have provided evidence-based practices for educational technology leaders on engaging stakeholders and building productive relationships when leading technological innovation and change in schools (Dexter & Richardson, 2020).

Significant conditions for implementing digital media and technology in schools unfold under transformational leadership (TL) and effective knowledge management (KM) (Afshari et al., 2010; Schmitz et al., 2023). Furthermore, digital transformation requires a shift in leaders mindsets (Kane, 2019). Especially, innovation development benefits from leaders with an Open Innovation Mindset (OIM OIM), a dynamic capability crucial for open innovation processes in organisations (Engelsberger et al., 2022; Henry Chesbrough & Marcel Bogers, 2013). Against this background our study was guided by the following research hypotheses to contribute to the field of school development and leadership with a special focus on successfully implementing digital innovation in schools:

H1: The dynamic capabilities of the OIM are crucial antecedents of transformational leadership.

H2: Transformational leadership positively impacts the implementation of digital innovations in schools.

H3: Transformational leadership positively impacts knowledge transfer practices in schools.

H4: Knowledge transfer practices positively impact the implementation of digital innovation in schools.

H5: Transformational leadership indirectly impacts the implementation of digital innovation in schools mediated by knowledge transfer practices.

H6: The dynamic capabilities of the OIM indirectly effect the implementation of digital innovation through transformational leadership and knowledge transfer practices in schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The context of this study is Germany, a nation comprising 16 federal states that are fully responsible for their individual school system. The database of our study is drawn from the third wave of the Leadership in German Schools (LineS) study (Aug.-Nov. 2021). Data was collected between August and November 2021 across Germany. The longitudinal study surveyed a random sample of school leader representative of Germany in each measurement wave (Pietsch et al., 2022). Thus, 411 school leaders were identified randomly, leading to a nationally representative sample for general schools in Germany. Of the questionnaires' 35-item blocks, we used a selection of items and scales based on the study's aim. The dependent variable of the model is digital innovation, measured in a multi-step procedure based on the items of the European Innovation Survey (CIS; (Behrens et al., 2017). The variable open innovation mindset (OIM) consists of four dynamic capabilities: openness, creativity, positive attitude toward knowledge sensing and seizing (KSS), and risk and failure tolerance (R&F), measured by one scale based on Engelsberger et al. (2022). Transformational leadership (TL), was measured by four items based on the Multifactor Leadership Questionnaire (MLQ) (Bass & Avolio, 1995), indicating idealized influence, inspirational motivation, intellectual stimulation, and individualized consideration. To measure knowledge management, we used six items of the scale knowledge transfer practices (KTP) based on Donate and Sánchez de Pablo (2015).
We used structural equation modeling (SEM) to examine the hypothesized relationship between TL and digital innovation with respect to the expected mediating role of KTP and school leaders’ OIM as an antecedent of transformational leadership. Because we estimated an indirect path model, a model that includes mediator variables, we further tested the robustness of the mediation effects by applying a bootstrapped mediation analysis that provides 95% bias-corrected bootstrap confidence intervals with 2,000 bootstrap replications (Hayes, 2018). Data analysis was performed in Mplus version 8.3 (Muthen & Muthen, 2017) using the diagonally weighted least squares estimator (WLSMV) to ensure the assumption of a normal latent distribution of the categorically and ordinally observed data (Li, 2016).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
School leaders' OIM is an antecedent to their TL behavior as all three facets of the OIM positively impact TL (O&C-G: β = 0.369, SE = 0.098, p < 0.000; KSS: β = 0.204, SE = 0.091, p < 0.025; R&F: β = 0.301, SE = 0.119, p < 0.011). Furthermore, TL significantly affects KTP (β = 0.448, SE = 0.069, p < 0.000), and KTP positively impacts digital innovation (β = 0.209, SE = 0.070, p < 0.003). The analysis revealed a positively significant direct effect from TL on KTP (r=.448, p<0.001) and a positively significant direct effect from KTP on digital innovation (r=.209, p<0.001). Even though we could not find a direct relationship between TL and digital innovation (β = -0.076, SE = 0.070, p < 0.280), we found that TL significantly indirectly impacts digital innovation, mediated by KTP (β =0.103 [CI: 0.032 - 0.198]).
The study's findings contribute to educational leadership research and provide practical implications for designing systematic professionalisation of school leaders and the implementation of digital innovation in schools. Leading the development of digital innovation in schools requires school leaders with an OIM, who lead in a transformational way and establish an innovative and collaborative culture through knowledge transfer practices. However, implementing and developing successful digital innovation in schools relies predominantly on the mindsets of organisational stakeholders. Whereas school leaders are central in leading and facilitating school change processes, their mindsets are fundamental to digital innovation and should be addressed in professionalisation and training.

References
Afshari, M, Bakar, K. A., Luan, W. S., Afshari, M [Marjan], Fooi, F. S., & Samah, B. A. (2010). Computer Use by Secondary School Principals. Turkish Online Journal of Educational Technology - TOJET, 9(3), 8-25
Bass, B. M., & Avolio, B. J. (1995). PsycTESTS Dataset.
Behrens, V., Berger, M., Hud, M., Hünermund, P., Iferd, Y., Peters, B., Rammer, C., & Schubert, T. (2017). Innovation activities of firms in Germany - Results of the German CIS 2012 and 2014: Background report on the surveys of the Mannheim Innovation Panel Conducted in the Years 2013 to 2016.
Benoliel, P. & Schechter, C. (2017). Promoting the school learning processes: principals as learning boundary spanners. International Journal of Educational Management, 31(7), 878–894.
Dexter, S. (2008). Leadership for IT in Schools. In J. Voogt & G. Knezek (Eds.), International Handbook of Information Technology in Primary and Secondary Education (Vol. 20, pp. 543–554). Springer US.
Dexter, S., & Richardson, J. W. (2020). What does technology integration research tell us about the leadership of technology? Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 52(1), 17–36.
Donate, M. J., & Sánchez de Pablo, J. D. (2015). The role of knowledge-oriented leadership in knowledge management practices and innovation. Journal of Business Research, 68(2), 360–370.
Engelsberger, A., Halvorsen, B., Cavanagh, J., & Bartram, T. (2022). Human resources management and open innovation: the role of open innovation mindset. Asia Pacific Journal of Human Resources, 60(1), 194–215.
Hayes, A. F. (2018). Introduction to mediation, moderation, and conditional process analysis: A regression-based approach (2 ed.). Methodology in the social sciences: 2018: 1. The Guilford Press.
Chesbrough, H. & Bogers, M. (2013). Explicating Open Innovation: Clarifying an Emerging Paradigm for Understanding Innovation.
Kane, G. (2019). The Technology Fallacy. Research-Technology Management, 62(6), 44–49.
Li, C.‑H. (2016). Confirmatory factor analysis with ordinal data: Comparing robust maximum likelihood and diagonally weighted least squares. Behavior Research Methods, 48(3), 936–949.
Muthen, L. K., & Muthen, B. (2017). Mplus user's guide: Statistical analysis with latent variables (8ª ed.). Muthén & Muthén.
Schmitz, M.‑L., Antonietti, C., Consoli, T., Cattaneo, A., Gonon, P., & Petko, D. (2023). Transformational leadership for technology integration in schools: Empowering teachers to use technology in a more demanding way. Computers & Education, 204, 104880.
 
9:30 - 11:0027 SES 04 A: Teacher-Researcher Collaboration and Interdisciplinary Didactical Practice
Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Laura Tamassia
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Cross-curricular Teacher Collaboration Actualizing Teacher Professionalism: Revising a Didactic Model

Nina Mård, Charlotta Hilli

Åbo Akademi University, Finland

Presenting Author: Mård, Nina

In this presentation, we present a chapter published in the anthology Developing a Didactic Framework Across and Beyond School Subjects (Klausen & Mård, 2023). In the chapter, we examined crosscurricular teacher collaboration, meaning that teachers with different subject affiliations develop the curriculum and teach together. Recent trends suggest that many international and national policy documents expect crosscurricular teacher collaboration but leave it to the schools and teachers to organize the efforts. Policymakers and school leaders sometimes set overly optimistic goals for crosscurricular teacher collaboration and expect it to enhance a range of matters, such as teachers’ professional and school development, student learning, and professional learning communities (Horn et al., 2017; Lysberg, 2022).

The chapter aimed to revise a didactic model for crosscurricular teaching developed by the authors (Mård & Hilli, 2020). The model provides a didactic framework by highlighting factors relevant for crosscurricular teaching on school and classroom levels, called decisional (subjects, competences, values and aims of education, student needs and interests, contemporary issues, and methods) and conditional (curriculum, collaboration, and school culture) factors. The model is framed by Didaktik theories, which respect teacher autonomy and cultural and political contexts of education but lack concepts for teacher collaboration. In the first version, we did not further examine collaboration, as it was one of many important factors raised in the empirical cases analyzed. In this chapter, we revised the didactic model while considering crosscurricular teacher collaboration, its potential and pitfalls.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our inquiry led us to review relevant literature on crosscurricular teacher collaboration. In the literature, we identified two central factors affecting collaboration: organizational factors and factors related to teachers’ didactical positions.  

Organizational factors include schedules, physical spaces, teaching employment, and other resources typically related to subjects in subject-structured school systems. In crosscurricular teacher collaboration, these factors need to be reconsidered and rearranged (cf. Trent, 2010). Studies suggest that fewer teachers and subjects may reduce the complexity and ease the planning and implementation processes (Haapaniemi et al., 2020). To avoid the risk of teachers considering it time-consuming or an additional workload, researchers suggest that school leaders plan time for collaboration within teachers’ ordinary work hours (Adams & Mann, 2020; Admiraal et al., 2016).

Factors related to teachers’ didactic positions highlight teachers’ professional and personal inclinations (e.g., views on teaching, the learners, and socialization). Teachers have different attitudes toward crosscurricular teaching and collaborating with colleagues (Frederiksen & Beck, 2013; Toikka & Tarnanen, 2022). For example, studies revealed that teachers with different subject affiliations might have contrasting views on the aims of student learning and the effectiveness of crosscurricular teaching (Arkoudis, 2007; Haapaniemi et al., 2020; Trent, 2010). Collaboration benefits from teachers finding common ground and having time to negotiate their didactical positions, further confirming that organizational support is needed. Successful crosscurricular teacher collaboration can have positive outcomes, such as increased motivation and well-being among teachers and a reduced workload (Lysberg, 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the literature review, we conclude that crosscurricular teacher collaboration actualizes professional negotiations and possible conflicts on decisional and conditional levels grounded in the teachers’ ontological and epistemic standpoints. Teacher professionalism covers the didactical positions of individual teachers, which form the teacher’s identity and agency. The professionalism of involved teachers will most likely be (re)negotiated when developing crosscurricular collaboration. In this process, teachers’ conflicting views and understandings need to be addressed for two reasons: they help focus the collaboration and challenge a deeper and more meaningful collaboration.  

Crosscurricular teacher collaboration brings didactical tensions between the individual and the collective to the fore and calls for critical examinations of existing practices, structures, and forces influencing teachers’ work. Similar tensions can be explained as Bildung-oriented processes where teachers reflect on their didactical positions while they adapt to the collaboration with other faculty members. Successful collaboration suggests that teachers communicate respectfully and purposefully to realize the possible positive effects, such as professional development and school improvement, increased autonomy and well-being, and reduced workloads.

In the previous model version (Mård & Hilli, 2020), we did not highlight the individual teacher’s attitudes to and views of crosscurricular collaboration or teaching. Accordingly, we added teacher professionalism to the conditions for crosscurricular teaching in the revised didactic model, besides collaboration, the curriculum, and school culture. The theories of Didaktik, which inspired the model, also include aspects of teacher professionalism to encourage, for example, teacher students, teachers, and researchers to analyze how a teacher’s background and inclinations frame and affect teaching. The chapter suggests that crosscurricular teacher collaboration can be understood as Bildung-oriented collective processes.

References
Adams, P. & Mann, K. (2020). (2020). Teacher professional learning and professional update in Scotland. Education 3–13, 49(5), 592–605. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004279.2020.1751228

Admiraal, W. et al., (2016). Affordances of teacher professional learning in secondary schools. Studies in Continuing Education, 38(3), 281–298. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2015.1114469

Arkoudis, S. (2007). Collaborating in ESL education in schools. In J. Cummins & C. Davidson (Eds.), International handbook of English language teaching (pp. 365–377). Springer.

Frederiksen, L. F. & Beck, S. (2013). Didactical positions and teacher collaboration: Teamwork between possibilities and frustrations. Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 59(3), 442–461. https://journalhosting.ucalgary.ca/index.php/ajer/article/view/55749

Haapaniemi, J., et al., (2020). Teacher autonomy and collaboration as part of integrative teaching – Reflections on the curriculum approach in Finland. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 53(4), 546–562. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2020.1759145

Horn, I. S., et al., (2017). A taxonomy of instructional learning opportunities in teachers’ workgroup conversations. Journal of Teacher Education, 68(1), 41–54. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487116676315

Klausen, S. H. & Mård, N. (Eds.), (2023). Developing a Didactic Framework Across and Beyond School Subjects: Cross- and Transcurricular Teaching. Routledge Research in Education. Open access online: https://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/oa-edit/10.4324/9781003367260/developing-didactic-framework-across-beyond-school-subjects-s%C3%B8ren-harnow-klausen-nina-m%C3%A5rd?_gl=1*14w4u2w*_ga*NDgwNzE2MDk3LjE2MzgxODE0NDE.*_ga_0HYE8YG0M6*MTcwNjYwMjE5MC4yMC4wLjE3MDY2MDIxOTUuMC4wLjA.

Lysberg, J. (2022). Unpacking capabilities for professional learning: Teachers’ reflections on processes of collaborative inquiry in situated teamwork. Journal of Workplace Learning, 35(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1108/JWL-01-2022-0008

Mård, N. & Hilli, C. (2020). Towards a didactic model for multidisciplinary teaching - a didactic analysis of multidisciplinary cases in Finnish primary schools. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 54(2), 243-258. DOI: 10.1080/00220272.2020.1827044.

Mård, N. & Hilli, C. (2023). Crosscurricular teacher collaboration actualizing teacher professionalism: Revising a didactic model. In S. H. Klausen & N. Mård (Eds.), Developing a Didactic Framework Across and Beyond School Subjects: Cross- and Transcurricular Teaching (pp. 47–58). Routledge Research in Education. Open access online: https://www.taylorfrancis.com/chapters/oa-edit/10.4324/9781003367260-6/crosscurricular-teacher-collaboration-actualizing-teacher-professionalism-nina-m%C3%A5rd-charlotta-hilli?context=ubx&refId=be92b369-5e7f-4988-9dee-69ddaf8f2703.

Toikka, T. & Tarnanen, M. (2022). Understanding teachers’ mental models of collaborations to enhance the learning community. Educational Studies. https://doi.org/10.1080/03055698.2022.2052809

Trent, J. (2010). Teacher identity construction across the curriculum: Promoting cross-curriculum collaboration in English-medium schools. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 30(2), 167–183. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791003721622.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Interdisciplinary Didactical Practices in Modernized Flemish Secondary Schools

Laura Tamassia, Johan Ardui

UC Leuven-Limburg, Belgium

Presenting Author: Tamassia, Laura; Ardui, Johan

Topic:

Since 2019, secondary education in Flanders is being gradually reformed (Flemish Ministry of Education and Training, 2023). In particular, this reform stimulates interdisciplinarity in various ways and gives individual schools a lot of freedom in how to organize the concrete realization of the curriculum in a specific school. While mandatory learning goals before the reform where listed under well-defined school subjects that had to be implemented as such, legal learning requirements are now listed as groups of competencies not anymore associated to the obligation to organize learning based on specific school subjects. This implies that Flemish schools today can choose to work with traditional school subjects, interdisciplinary clusters, projects, seminars or other organizations of teaching and learning. As a result, in the last years a multitude of school-based, interdisciplinary practices with an experimental character arose in Flemish secondary schools, providing a very interesting context for didactical research with focus on interdisciplinarity.

Objective:

In a Flemish qualitative study, we engaged in short-term ethnographies of cases considered to be interdisciplinary by local school actors, and we coupled the observations to the study of the relevant reformed curricula. The cases included both general and vocational secondary education, for school subjects within the domains of STEM, the arts, and broad integrated clusters.

Our work aimed at achieving a rich, complex description of the teaching taking place in the newly arisen interdisciplinary contexts within the reformed curricula. In particular, we have identified common emergent didactic features characterizing the observed ‘modernized’ interdisciplinary didactics.

Conceptual or theoretical framework:

While seminal papers classified at a theoretical level the many ways in which interdisciplinary curricula can be constructed and organized combining elements from different subjects (Fogarty, 1991) and how this shapes instruction (Lederman & Niess, 1997) (Nikitina, 2006), the recent changes in the Flemish secondary school system suggest a different perspective: to consider interdisciplinarities as complex and diverse educational practices, to be studied as such by suitable research approaches and methods (Tamassia, Ardui & Frenssen, 2023).

Engaging in ethnography in contexts considered to be interdisciplinary by local school actors allowed us to experience, describe and analyze interdisciplinarities as practices in today’s modernized secondary schools. In particular, we could observe interdisciplinary didactics in its full complexity, involving new spaces, times, things, people and gestures.

Ethnographic approaches in interdisciplinary educational contexts have been previously used for instance to gather information on perspectives of teachers on interdisciplinarity, within a framework where the implementation of well-defined interdisciplinary instruction was the underlying background (McBee, 1996). An ethnographic approach had been previously taken for the study of educational practices with a specific focus on the materiality of education (Roehl, 2012), highlighting the contribution of things to classroom practices seen as complex, interwoven assemblages.

In our study, we took the perspective of studying interdisciplinarities as rich, diverse and situated didactical practices in schools.

Research questions:

- What common aspects or elements arise (if present at all) from the analysis of the ethnographic descriptions of the studied practices, that can be associated with their being ‘interdisciplinary’?

- Which of the identified common features are didactical in nature? How can ‘modernized interdisciplinary didactics’ be characterized, as observed in the studied cases?

European relevance:

While our research has been focusing on interdisciplinarity as stimulated in Flemish secondary schools by a local reform, a similar trend is present in other European countries (see for instance the case of Finland (FNBE, 2016)), and has been driven by European policy (EC - European Political Strategy Centre, 2017). For this reason, our approach and results can be relevant for researchers in other European countries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Relying on our network of contacts (as educational researchers and teacher educators) in the regional context of Flemish Limburg, we selected cases of educational practices in secondary schools that were considered to be ‘interdisciplinary’ by local contacts in the schools (management, coordination or teachers) and that, according to them, arose or were consistently changed as a consequence of the Flemish reform (‘modernization’) of secondary education. In every school an individual researcher engaged in ethnography in the selected practice(s).

The considered cases were studied by:

- Observation of lessons and laboratories (in the school and, in one case, also in a nearby chemical factory), together with informal interviews during contact moments with teachers and students (during lessons, breaks, in the teacher room). Observations and informal interviews have been documented by field notes with text and sketches, together with photographs and collected artefacts.

- Document study: focus on documents specific for the considered cases and observations, for instance the official descriptions of the study program and/or curriculum in the context of which observations took place. These documents were all related to the Flemish secondary school reform. The study of these documents was necessary for the ethnographer in order to ‘enter’ the didactic perspective of the teachers. In fact, these documents were used by the teacher teams on a daily basis, for instance when preparing the lessons. Meetings with local school actors also took place to ask questions or verify relations between the observed practices and findings in documents.

- Digital editing of photographs: by applying several types of filters we highlighted contrast, patterns and structures in the pictures taken during the observations. This procedure allowed us to look at the images in different ways and to see something different, which in turn brought us back to our field notes, allowing us to discover new elements and perspectives in them.

The final qualitative data set for the different cases, including field notes, artefacts, edited pictures and commented extracts from the studied documents, was analyzed as a whole by the researchers together, in search for contrasts and features that could be considered ‘common’ in some way but were realized differently in different didactic practices.

Due to the relatively short ‘immersion’ time for the considered cases, our method can be described as short term theoretically informed ethnography (Pink & Morgan, 2013), and a form of focused ethnography (Knoblauch, 2005).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There were two main ‘common’ aspects arising in different ways in the studied cases (Tamassia, Ardui & Frenssen, 2023):

(a) The reorganization and re-invention of (the use of) educational spaces, and the movement of people and things through these spaces.

In the presentation, we will concretely discuss how some spaces were rearranged and how new spaces were ‘occupied’, and how some teachers fully embraced new spaces, times and displacements creating a strong didactical setting, while other teachers in fact did not engage didactically with the new configurations from which they were handling.

(b) ‘Ways of doing and thinking’ of professionals in a field linked to future job prospects for students, appearing to play the role of an ‘interdisciplinary glue’ in the didactical work of teachers.

We will discuss, by referring to extracts of our field notes and curriculum study, and also by making use of our photographic account of the observations, how some teachers fully ‘embodied’ the ways of doing and thinking of professionals by their repeated actions and interactions with their students, and how, by making certain links explicit with their words, they continuously linked learning activities to each other, while they were taking place in the context of different school subjects.

We will also show how in one case a strong didactical link between points (a) and (b) was present.

By revealing interactions and attitudes of teachers in interdisciplinary practices, in particular regarding point (a) above, our work also raised the following questions:

(c) Can ‘hidden’ interdisciplinarities, visible for teachers but not for students, arise in the collaboration of interdisciplinary teacher teams? Are these practices still to be considered ‘interdisciplinary’?
(d) Can the enthusiasm of a school or teacher teams for the idea ‘interdisciplinarity’ lead to practices where ‘interdisciplinary’ is attached to a practice as a label?

References
EC - European Commission - European Political Strategy Centre (2017). 10 trends – Transforming education as we know it.
https://wayback.archive-it.org/12090/20191129084613/https://ec.europa.eu/epsc/publications/other-publications/10-trends-transforming-education-we-know-it_en

Flemish Ministry of Education and Training (2023). Modernisering van het secundair onderwijs (website):
https://onderwijs.vlaanderen.be/nl/directies-en-administraties/onderwijsinhoud-en-leerlingenbegeleiding/secundair-onderwijs/modernisering-van-het-secundair-onderwijs

FNBE - Finnish National Board of Education - (2016) New national core curriculum for basic education: focus on school culture and integrative approach.

Fogarty, R. (1991). Ten ways to integrate curriculum. Educational leadership: journal of the association for supervision and curriculum development (41), 61-65.

Knoblauch, H. (2005). Focused Ethnography. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 6(3), Art. 44, http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:0114-fqs0503440.

Lederman, N. & Niess, M. (1997). Integrated, interdisciplinary, or thematic Instruction? Is this a question or is it questionable semantics? School Science and Mathematics 97(2), 57–58.

Lederman, N. & Niess, M. (1997). Less is more? More or less. School Science and Mathematics.

McBee, R. H. (1996). Perspectives of elementary teachers on the impact of interdisciplinary instruction: An ethnographic study. Virginia Commonwealth University ProQuest Dissertations Publishing, 1996. 9700393.

Nikitina, S. (2006). Three strategies for interdisciplinary teaching: contextualizing, conceptualizing, and problem-centring. Journal of Curriculum Studies 38(3), 251-271.

Pink, S. & Morgan, J. (2013). Short-Term Ethnography: Intense Routes to Knowing. Symbolic
Interaction, 351-361.

Roehl T. (2012). Disassembling the classroom – an ethnographic approach to the materiality of education. Ethnography and Education 7(1), 109-126.

Tamassia, L., Ardui J. & Frenssen, T. (2023). Interdisciplinariteit in de modernisering.
Glimpen uit een exploratieve praktijkstudie van concrete casussen. Impuls. Leiderschap in onderwijs, nummer 53/3.
Ethnographic Study of Interdisciplinarities as Educational Practices in Modernized Flemish Secondary Schools’, ECER 2023 - Glasgow, NW19: Ethnography.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Teaching ‘In Between’: Case Studies of Young Flemish Secondary School Teachers Coping with Tensions in their Didactic Practice

Johan Ardui, Laura Tamassia

UC Leuven-Limburg, Belgium

Presenting Author: Ardui, Johan; Tamassia, Laura

Topic:

Many European countries are currently facing a shortage of teachers and a high teacher drop-out, including Flemish Belgium (European Commission, 2020, 2023). This complex issue is often looked at from the perspective of the (lack of) attractiveness of the teacher career (OECD, 2019; Macdonald, 1999), or from the perspective of organisational psychology, see for instance (Madigan, Kim, 2021; Thomas et al., 2018). Behavioural issues with today’s youth are often also mentioned (Williams, 2018). The reasons given by (Flemish) teachers for having quit the job have also been studied (Struyven, Vanthournout, 2014).

In this context, a didactic perspective is rarely taken, although didactics is central to the teaching profession.

In this presentation we will discuss four case studies focusing on young Flemish teachers experiencing pressure or dilemma’s that are essentially didactical. We will discuss how these teachers make specific didactical choices and accept certain compromises, finding a balance in their tense situation through didactics. This ‘balancing act’ allows them to cope with the tension in their didactic practice and to stay (for the moment being) in the teaching job.

The four cases are selected from a broader study, in the context of which we have collected, analysed and visualized diverse ‘tensions’ experienced by both senior and young teachers.

Conceptual or theoretical framework:

The underlying working hypothesis of the study is that the complexity of today’s teachers’ practice causes various forms of emotional tension. This ‘tense practice’ is to be considered inherent to the teaching job, and the capacity of the individual teacher to ‘handle’ tensions in a concrete way is crucial to the resilience of the teacher and his/her capacity to stay in the profession. By doing so, we take a positive perspective by studying not teachers who quitted the job, but teachers who manage to stay in the job ‘in between’ different tensions.

The complexity of the context into which teachers have to function today, implies that tense teachers’ practices need to be studied in their own complex context from different perspectives.

The actor-network theory is a theoretical framework allowing to study and visualize a complex issue from different perspectives (see for instance (Fenwick, Edwards, 2010) for the application to educational research). Therefore, this theory was suitable to provide a conceptual framework for the study and to inspire the methods we have used to map the tensions in their contexts.

Since the didactic perspective is rarely used to address the issue of today’s lack of well-being of teachers, we have selected the data where didactics plays a central role looking at these cases to identify and highlight didactic aspects that can be causing distress in teachers, and to see how teachers react within the realm of didactics.

Research questions:

General research questions of the broader study:

- What tensions do teachers experience in their practice?

- What is the context of the tension? (who, what, when, where, how)

- How does the teacher handle this tension or cope with it?

Specific research questions addressed in the presentation:

- Under which circumstances is a tension experienced by a teacher didactical in nature?

- Which concrete elements play a role in the way the collected didactic tensions arise and are handled by teachers?

- What concrete didactical choices do the studied teachers make to address or cope with the tension in their didactic practice?

Objective

The objective of this study is to identify potential aspects in didactics that might play a role in the complex issue of (young) teacher drop-off, and by doing so to contribute from a didactical point of view to a multi-perspective approach to this concerning European issue.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Involved teachers (part of the study with focus on young teachers):

11 ‘young’ teachers (1 older teacher due to career switch):
- All having been a student in teacher education and more specifically a student of one of the three researchers involved (crucial to create a ‘space of trust’, allowing to discuss delicate or sensitive issues).
- All having been 1-5 years employed as teachers
- Teaching different subjects in secondary school: physics, mathematics, integrated science and technology, arts, mother language (Dutch), Roman Catholic religion, integrated subject for vocational education in the first four years of Flemish secondary education.

Methodology:

Focus groups:
- Designed with a first part in smaller groups (teachers together with the teacher educator they knew from training – first data taking), and a plenary session (all 11 teachers and 3 researchers together – improvement of qualitative data).
- Teachers where first asked to think of three tensions each (without further explanations of what we mean by ‘tension’, to avoid restricting the answer-space). After a first discussion, we selected one tension for each teacher to be studied in detail.
- For the data taking, we used an instrument (specifically developed in the form of a structured A3 sheet) to collect qualitative data in a way suitable for mappings. The following blocks had to be filled in during the discussion of a tension:
o Short title to identify the tension
o Educational context (type of school, study program, grade, year…)
o Practice mapping, with categories: people, things including learning material, moments and periods, places, gestures, documents (linked or not to educational policy)
o Positioning of the teacher, with categories: myself as a teacher, my thoughts, my questions (in relation to the issue)
o How do I handle / cope with this?
We have analysed and visualized the data collected in the focus groups with several techniques, resulting in 11 practice-oriented fiches each containing:
- Thought-provoking title
- Summary of what the tension is about
- 3 context mappings (diagrams): space & time, people, things.
- Cartoon
- Quotes (positioning and choices of the teacher).

Feedback session:
- Fiches in draft form were discussed with the teachers involved and improved on the basis of their feedback (correctness, perception, …)

Inspired by last year’s NW27 workshop (Blikstad-Balas, M., Tamassia L., 2023), we have selected the cases that are specifically ‘didactical’ (4 of the 11) and identified elements inherent to didactics.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The four cases selected address the following ‘tense’ situations in didactics:
(1) Teaching a subject (physics) in secondary school programs where this subject does not play a central role. The teacher points out that the physics mandatory curriculum of this study program actually appears not to be very different from the one for the ‘specialists’, leading to several didactical issues in the classroom.
(2) Feeling ‘forced’ by educational policy, students and parents to make didactical use of digital tools oriented towards short-term ‘entertaining’ experiences in the classroom, while yearning for depth and long-term didactic engagement in complex activities.
(3) Having to teach with a new, recently reformed curriculum for the general subjects in vocational education, with respect to which the teacher has specific criticism and doubts from a didactical perspective.
(4) Having the ambition (stimulated by teacher education) to design collective didactical activities (for the arts) involving the whole classroom, but struggling with failure of this collective design when the activities are implemented in a real class.

We will in particular discuss how in all four cases an element of ‘forced change’ is present, bringing the teacher out of balance or under pressure in his/her didactic practice. We will discuss concrete thoughts, gestures and actions of the teachers involved.

The study altogether resulted in a practice-oriented publication which we shortly introduce during the presentation. This publication, containing in particular the fiches previously discussed, together with the instrument used in the focus groups for data collection, can be used as an inspiring tool for the initial guidance of teachers in the first years of their job, in teacher education and by teacher teams in secondary schools. The publication positively aims at empowering teachers with tools allowing them to recognize, identify and handle tense issues in their teaching practice.

References
Ardui J., Frenssen T., Tamassia L. (2024). De Vakleraar in Between (The subject matter teacher in between). Practice-oriented publication in the framework of the Flemish practice-oriented research project Vakleraar in Between of the expertise centre Art of Teaching, University Colleges UC Leuven-Limburg (UCLL), in print.

Blikstad-Balas, M., Tamassia L. (2023). Workshop: ‘What makes your research fit within “didactics”?’, pre-ECER 2023 – Glasgow, NW27: Didactics – Learning and Teaching.

European Commission (2020). Commission supports Belgium (Flanders) in tackling drop-out of beginning teachers
https://commission.europa.eu/news/commission-supports-belgium-flanders-tackling-drop-out-beginning-teachers-2020-09-28_en

European Commission (2023). Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Education and training monitor 2023 – Comparative report, Publications Office of the European Union, 2023, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/936303

Fenwick T., Edwards R. (2010). Actor-Network Theory in Education. Routledge

Macdonald D. (1999) Teacher attrition: a review of literature, Teaching and Teacher Education, Volume 15, Issue 8, Pages 835-848.

Madigan D.J., Kim L.E., Towards an understanding of teacher attrition: A meta-analysis of burnout, job satisfaction, and teachers’ intentions to quit, Teaching and Teacher Education, Volume 105, 2021.

OECD (2019). Raising the attractiveness of a career in schools, chapter 2 in Working and learning together.

Struyven K., Vanthournout G. (2014). Teachers' exit decisions: An investigation into the reasons why newly qualified teachers fail to enter the teaching profession or why those who do enter do not continue teaching, Teaching and Teacher Education, Volume 43, 2014,
Pages 37-45.

Thomas, L., Tuytens, M., Devos, G., Kelchtermans, G., &
Vanderlinde, R. (2018). Transformational school leadership as a key factor for teachers’
job attitudes during their first year in the profession. Educational Management
Administration and Leadership. doi: 10.1177/1741143218781064

Williams J. (2018), “It Just Grinds You Down” - Persistent disruptive behaviour in schools
and what can be done about it, Policy Exchange
https://policyexchange.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/It-Just-Grinds-You-Down-Joanna-Williams-Policy-Exchange-December-2018.pdf
Poor student behaviour is forcing teachers out of the profession, in Teachwire. https://www.teachwire.net/news/poor-student-behaviour-is-forcing-teachers-out-of-the-profession/
 
9:30 - 11:0027 SES 04 B: Situations, Activities and Attitudes in Science Education
Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Florence Ligozat
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Content Analysis of Inquiry-Based Activities in High School Physics Textbooks in Mainland China

Hongyu Peng

Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China, People's Republic of

Presenting Author: Peng, Hongyu

The rapid development of technology and the economy underpin the crucial role of science education. Many countries around the globe have made efforts to improve science learning and teaching. Science education has focused on promoting scientific literacy among all students by emphasizing inquiry-based practices. Scientific inquiry has become a significant educational objective of curriculum reforms in numerous countries. Inquiry-based learning, as an instructional pedagogy, includes the process of discovering new causal relations, formulating hypotheses, and testing them by conducting experiments and/or making observations (Pedaste et al., 2015). A great number of research has shown that inquiry-based learning plays a key role in fostering critical thinking, problem-solving skills, and a deeper understanding of scientific concepts (Martina S. J. van Uum et al., 2016; Rönnebeck et al., 2016). In order to promote inquiry-based learning and teaching in classroom, a variety of activities labeled as inquiry, investigation, or research has appeared in science textbooks over the past few decades.

Textbooks play a significant role in shaping what and how science is taught in K-12 classrooms as the primary tool for teaching and learning (Aldahmash et al., 2016; Chakraborty & Kidman, 2022). Therefore, it is essential to evaluate the design quality of inquiry-based activities in science textbooks. Abundant studies have measured the design quality of textbooks using a quantitative method of content analysis. These studies can be categorized into three types based on their focus: instructional design of the inquiry process, openness level of inquiry, and educational goals of inquiry (Ma et al., 2021; Halawa et al., 2023; Yang et al., 2019). However, few studies have analyzed physics textbooks (Vojíř & Rusek, 2019) by specifically exploring inquiry activities focused on learning goals of inquiry (Halawa et al., 2023). To address this research gap, this paper aims to conduct a content analysis of inquiry-based activities in high school physics textbooks used in mainland China. The research questions are as follows:

1. What is the design quality of inquiry-based activities in current high school physics textbooks?

2. In which respects do the current inquiry-based activities need to be improved?

The analysis framework of inquiry-based activities in textbooks should be designed with the educational goals of inquiry-based approach. Existing research of inquiry suggests that an inquiry-based approach should accomplish but is not limited to, the following three educational goals: 1) help students develop an understanding of scientific concepts by doing science; 2) teach students inquiry process skills necessary to conduct a scientific inquiry; and 3) guide students in establishing an understanding about scientific inquiry (Yang & Liu, 2016). Firstly, an inquiry-based approach in K-12 science learning cannot be achieved without scientific knowledge. In science textbooks, the topics of inquiry-based activities should align with the corresponding curricular knowledge objectives. Previous research on evaluating inquiry-based activities has focused on ensuring this alignment (Halawa et al., 2023; Yang et al., 2019). Secondly, inquiry is both the instructional approach and outcomes in science education. As the approach, researchers have identified a set of fundamental inquiry skills that are appropriate for K-12 students and essential for conducting scientific investigations, such as observing, inferring, measuring, and so on (Chakraborty & Kidman, 2022). Inquiry-based activities in textbooks should offer students the chance to apply these skills in a real-life context (Halawa et al., 2022; Yang et al., 2019). As the outcomes, developing a comprehensive grasp of inquiry is one of the educational objectives, as it enhances the ability to conduct effective inquiries. Inquiry-based activities in the textbooks should be provided explicitly with a proper understanding of inquiry (Halawa et al., 2023; Yang et al., 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Content analysis is an impactful and efficient method for evaluating the quality of textbook design. The ITAI content analysis tool (Yang & Liu, 2016) was used in this paper to assess whether the presentation of textual content in high school physics textbooks supports the educational goals of an inquiry-based approach. The ITAI scales have three dimensions (eg. understanding of scientific concepts, using of inquiry skills, understanding of scientific inquiry), each corresponding to an educational goal of inquiry-based learning. To ensure objectivity, all items were designed with "Yes" or "No" responses, and scoring rubrics were developed to justify different responses. Rubrics have been slightly adjusted based on the content characteristics of physics textbooks. The reliability and validity of the ITAI have been demonstrated, indicating its trustworthiness (Yang & Liu, 2016).

Currently, there are four newly approved high school physics textbooks in Mainland China in total. Two out of the four are widely used in high school and are chosen to be analyzed in this study. The two textbooks were labelled Textbook 1 and Textbook 2. This research adopts the latest versions, the 2020 edition of Textbook 1 and the 2019 edition of Textbook 2. Activities entitled inquiry, research or investigation were identified as inquiry-based activities and selected as samples. Therefore, a total of 38 inquiry-based activities were analyzed in this study. Every inquiry-based activity was labelled by a code, of which the first number referred to the textbook, the second number designated the module, and the last number reflected the order in the module.

Two members with a strong understanding of scientific inquiry took part in the scoring process. Initially, they came together in an online meeting to familiarize themselves with the ITAI tool and its rationale. Subsequently, they individually tried to use the ITAI to assess partially the inquiry-based activities mentioned above, then they had a discussion about the questions in scoring. After ensuring that the evaluation rubrics were understood consistently, they further rated all inquiry activities. A comparison of their assessments revealed a 76.6% agreement. They then also met online to review and discuss some activities on which they had differing assessments, explaining their respective considerations for scoring. Following this, the two scoring members reached 100% agreement and assigned final scores to all the inquiry-based activities. A score of ‘1’ was given for a response of ‘Yes’, and a score of ‘0’ for a response of ‘No’.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on data analysis by dimensions, three core findings were identified in this study. First, the inquiry-based activities are highly related to certain lesson content and physics concepts, which are consistent with curriculum standards. The evaluation results show that the scoring probabilities for all inquiry-based activities in the adopted two textbooks on dimension 1 were relatively high, and all scored 100% on this count. This finding indicated that all inquiry-based activities in textbooks conduced to enhancing the delivering of scientific concepts and knowledge. Second, the current textbooks place an unbalanced emphasis on inquiry process skills. The scoring probabilities for both textbooks on dimension 2 were spotty. Inferring, measuring, and controlling variables are three inquiry skills that are commonly used in both textbooks. Inquiry skills including asking questions, interpreting data, and communicating are more frequently used in Textbook 2 than in Textbook 1. There were several skills rarely involved in current inquiry-based activities, such as classifying, predicting, defining operationally, asking questions, formulating hypotheses, and formulating models. The uneven and inadequate use of these inquiry skills does not contribute to the development of higher-order thinking. Third, current textbooks do not effectively help students develop a thorough understanding of scientific inquiry. The low-scoring probabilities for both textbooks on item 16 (no single set of methods), 18 (scientists influence results), and 19 (procedure influence results) suggest that there is a lack of diversity in the methods used for inquiry-based activities. This indicates that students are often expected to follow a single set of steps to draw the same conclusion, which further means students’ self-directed inquiries are limited. Overall, it is important to carefully consider a well-rounded approach to incorporating process skills, and a suitable number of open-ended questions for students to engage with when creating and revising inquiry-based activities in science textbooks.
References
Aldahmash, A. H., Mansour, N. S., Alshamrani, S. M., & Almohi, S. (2016). An Analysis of Activities in Saudi Arabian Middle School Science Textbooks and Workbooks for the Inclusion of Essential Features of Inquiry. Research in Science Education, 46(6), 879–900. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-015-9485-7
Chakraborty, D., & Kidman, G. (2022). Inquiry Process Skills in Primary Science Textbooks: Authors and Publishers’ Intentions. Research in Science Education, 52(5), 1419–1433. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-021-09996-4
Halawa, S., Hsu, Y.-S., & Zhang, W.-X. (2022). Inquiry Activity Design from Singaporean and Indonesian Physics Textbooks. Science & Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11191-022-00396-2
Halawa, S., Hsu, Y.-S., & Zhang, W.-X. (2023). Analysis of Physics Textbooks Through the Lens of Inquiry Practices. The Asia-Pacific Education Researcher, 32(4), 497–506. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40299-022-00671-4
Lederman, J. S., Lederman, N. G., Bartos, S. A., Bartels, S. L., Meyer, A. A., & Schwartz, R. S. (2014). Meaningful assessment of learners’ understandings about scientific inquiry—The views about scientific inquiry (VASI) questionnaire. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 51(1), 65–83. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21125
Ma, Y., Wang, T., Wang, J., Chen, A. L. R., & Yan, X. (2021). A comparative study on scientific inquiry activities of Chinese science textbooks in high schools. Research in Science Education, 51(1), 407–427. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-019-09902-z
Martina S. J. van Uum, Roald P. Verhoeff, & Marieke Peeters. (2016). Inquiry-based science education: Towards a pedagogical framework for primary school teachers. International Journal of Science Education, 38(3), 450–469.
Pedaste, M., Mäeots, M., Siiman, L. A., de Jong, T., van Riesen, S. A. N., Kamp, E. T., Manoli, C. C., Zacharia, Z. C., & Tsourlidaki, E. (2015). Phases of inquiry-based learning: Definitions and the inquiry cycle. Educational Research Review, 14, 47–61. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.02.003
Rönnebeck, S., Bernholt, S., & Ropohl, M. (2016). Searching for a common ground – A literature review of empirical research on scientific inquiry activities. Studies in Science Education, 52(2), 161–197. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2016.1206351
Vojíř, K., & Rusek, M. (2019). Science education textbook research trends: A systematic literature review. International Journal of Science Education, 41(11), 1496–1516. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2019.1613584
Yang, W., Liu, C., & Liu, E. (2019). Content analysis of inquiry-based tasks in high school biology textbooks in Mainland China. International Journal of Science Education, 41(6), 827–845. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2019.1584418
Yang, W., & Liu, E. (2016). Development and validation of an instrument for evaluating inquiry-based tasks in science textbooks. International Journal of Science Education, 38(18), 2688–2711. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2016.1258499


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

A Comparison of the Structures of Learning Situations in Two Contrasting Disciplines - Physical Education & Science

Yoann Buyck, Florence Ligozat

Université de Genève, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Buyck, Yoann

This paper addresses methodological and epistemological issues raised in using a generic model of didactic analysis of teaching quality (JAD-MTQ) in school subjects taught at lower secondary school.

Since the 2000’s, the Joint Action framework in Didactics (JAD) has been developed in the context of the French-speaking research in Comparative didactics (Mercier et al, 2002; Sensevy and Mercier, 2007; also see Ligozat, 2023). Studies carried out with this framework typically investigate how knowledge contents develop in the teacher and students’ classroom interactions. Over the years, JAD has proved its capacity to analyze classroom practices in various subjects (mathematics, sciences, physical education, French language, etc.; e.g., Amade-Escot & Venturini, 2015; Ligozat et al., 2018; Sensevy, 2011; 2014). To address the feasibility of examining teaching quality from a didactic standpoint, Ligozat and Buyck (in press) suggests a Model for analyzing Teaching Quality grounded in the JAD framework. This model considers three dimensions of teaching: selection of knowledge contents and tasks, structuration of learning situations and organisation of teacher and students’ interactions. This paper will focus on outcomes and issues raised in characterizing the structure of learning situations in the case of a contemporary dance teaching unit, in physical education (PE), in contrast with a physical science unit about the states of the matter, in science.

In JAD-MTQ, learning situations are co-determined by a milieu and a didactic contract (Brousseau, 1997; also see Sensevy, 2014) generated by instructional tasks offered to the students, and from which we can identify some knowledge content development. More specifically, JAD-MTQ considers four criteria for examining learning situations : 1) Continuities in components of the milieu, i.e. how means available for students’ action evolve and support the achievement of successive tasks; 2) Continuities in purposes of the didactic contract, i.e. how purposes pursued by the teacher in assigning a task to the students are connected to each other through the successive tasks; 3) Structure of the overall knowledge content development (KCD), i.e., the logical patterns in the KCD through the successive tasks featuring learning situations for the students; and 4) Partition of responsibilities between the teacher and the students, i.e. the balance between tasks assigned to the students and tasks managed collectively and/or by the teacher herself.

These categories, drawn from the more general JAD framework, have a high potential of genericity to be used about the teaching of different school subjects. However, we also acknowledge that school subjects relying upon different teaching traditions (e.g. Forest, et al, 2018) and undergo various constraints (didactic transposition; Chevallard, 1985/1991; also see Schneuwly, 2021). For instance, a science teaching unit often includes lab work sessions that are run by groups of students, and the results needs to be represented (graphs, diagrams, measurement tables, etc.) and discussed collectively later on to drawn some results; In contrast, a physical education teaching unit requires alternating between technical tasks (focus on teaching sport technical skills) and complex authentic tasks (focus on teaching tactics and strategies through playing a scholar form of the game).

This leads us to the following research questions:

  • Is it possible to use the JAD-MTQ criteria for characterizing the structure of learning situations (and hence a dimension of teaching quality) in such different school subjects, as contemporary dance in PE and states of the matter in Science?
  • In using these criteria, what do we learn about the specific patterns of knowledge content development in each subject?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The science teaching sequence was recorded as part of a research project comparing science teaching traditions in different countries (see Almqvist et al, 2023). The main objective of the science unit selected is to teach the notions of states of matter and changes of states in physics. The teacher, Beatrice, is a specialist teacher in Science. The unit encompasses 7 lessons of 90 minutes to 12-13 years old students (grade 7). The contemporary dance teaching sequence was recorded as part of a doctoral research aiming at understanding how knowledge contents develop when students assess their peers (Buyck, 2023). The teacher, Patrick, is a specialist teacher in physical PE. The unit encompasses 6 lessons of 90 minutes to 11-12 years old students (grade 6).
In JAD-MTQ, each dimension is explored at a specific level of analysis, featured by a grain-size and a timescale of teaching unit (Tiberghien & Sensevy, 2012) and decomposed into a set of criteria, allowing to reduce the level of inference to be made from classroom video and transcripts. The structure of learning situation is analysed at the meso-level. This level is dependent on the nature of teaching-learning activities and social organizations in subjects privileged by teachers than the macro and micro levels. In considering both the science and the dance teaching sequences, we split this level in two sub-levels: (1) the upper-meso level accounts for the succession of teaching phases of 10-40 min, in which an instructional task is given to the students (within a thematic unit); (2) the lower-meso level accounts for interactive episodes of 2-10 min, in which a topic is discussed (withing a task).
In this contribution, we focus on upper-meso level analysis of the learning situations organized by the teacher for the students. To carry out this analysis, we decompose lessons into teaching phases. In line with the JAD-MTQ criteria, this analysis considers continuities found the milieu (what is accessible in the material and symbolic world, through gestures and discourses) and the purposes of the didactic contract (what must be achieved and understood from the components of the milieu), through the teaching phases (or tasks).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Beyond statements on the quality of teaching in these two sequences using the JAD-MTQ model (see Ligozat and Buyck, accepted), this paper highlights certain patterns that characterize the ways in which learning situations are structured in each of the subjects concerned, in the context of French-speaking Switzerland.
This PE unit shows a very stable structure from one session to the next in terms of the time allocated to each type of task (introduction, warm-up, technical task, autonomous work, presentation of choreographies) whatever the progress in the sequence. The strong structure of PE seems to lead the teacher to string together tasks that have no direct link together, thus to juxtapose content. In contrast, the Science sequence shows that some tasks are spread over several lessons, indicating the prevalence of the task and its challenges over the structuring of the session in terms of time.
In PE, the rigidity of a predetermined sequence of task types (warm-up, technical task, complex authentic task) seems to govern the choice of tasks, and the content that can be brought out in these tasks, i.e., 1) predetermined structure of task types; 2) choice of tasks; 3) related task content. In Science, it is the content that seems to govern the choice of tasks, and the types of relevant tasks to each content, i.e., 1) choice of content; 2) choice of task; 3) choice of task type.
Finally, we stress the importance of developing comparative studies in Didactics for fostering the development of subject didactics (Ligozat, 2023). We illustrate how looking at two different teaching practices – influenced by subjects through the prism of the same analytical tool (JAD-MTQ) – makes possible to bring out specific features of the way a discipline operates that could not be easily noticed from the sole standpoint of that discipline.

References
Almqvist J, Lidar M and Olin A (2023). Teaching Traditions in Classroom Practice – A Comparative Didactic Approach. In F Ligozat, K Klette and J Almqvist (Éds.), Didactics in a Changing World: European Perspectives on Teaching, Learning and the Curriculum (p. 55 65). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-20810-2_4
Amade-Escot C and Venturini P (2015). Joint Action in Didactics and Classroom Ecology: Comparing Theories using a Case Study in Physical Education. Interchange, 46(4), 413 437. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10780-015-9263-5
Brousseau G (1997). Theory of Didactical Situations in Mathematics.  Didactique Des Mathématiques, 1970-1990. Kluwer Academic Publ.
Chevallard Y (1985). La transposition didactique : Du savoir savant au savoir enseigné (3ème éd. revue et augmentée). La Pensée Sauvage, Ed.
Ligozat F (2023). Comparative Didactics. A Reconstructive Move from Subject Didactics in French-Speaking Educational Research. In F Ligozat, K Klette, and J Almqvist (Éds.), Didactics in a Changing World: European Perspectives on Teaching, Learning and the Curriculum (p. 35 54). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-20810-2_3
Ligozat, F., & Buyck, Y. (in press). Comparative Didactics. Towards a « didactic » framework for analysing teaching quality. European Educational Research Journal.
Ligozat F, Lundqvist E and Amade-Escot C (2018). Analyzing the continuity of teaching and learning in classroom actions: When the joint action framework in didactics meets the pragmatist approach to classroom discourses. European Educational Research Journal, 17(1), 147 169. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904117701923
Mercier A, Schubauer-Leoni, ML and Sensevy G (2002). Vers une didactique comparée. Editorial. Revue Française de Pédagogie, 141(Numéro thématique), 5 16.
Schneuwly B (2021). « Didactiques » is not (entirely) « Didaktik ». The origin and atmosphere of a recent academic field. In E Krogh, A Qvortrup and S Ting Graf (Éds.), Didaktik and Curriculum in Ongoing Dialogue (p. 164 184). Routledge Taylor & Francis.
Sensevy G (2011). Overcoming Fragmentation: Towards a Joint Action Theory in Didactics. In B Hudson & MA Meyer (Éds.), Beyond Fragmentation : Didactics, Learning and Teaching in Europe (p. 60 76). Barbara Budrich Publishers.
Sensevy G (2014). Characterizing teaching effectiveness in the Joint Action Theory in Didactics: An exploratory study in primary school. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 46(5), 577 610. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2014.931466
Sensevy G and Mercier A (Éds.). (2007). Agir Ensemble : L’action didactique conjointe du professeur et des élèves. Presses universitaires de Rennes.
Tiberghien A and Sensevy G (2012). The Nature of Video Studies in Science Education. In D. Jorde & J. Dillon (Éds.), Science Education Research and Practice in Europe: Retrosspective and Prospecctive (p. 141 179). SensePublishers. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-6091-900-8_7
 
9:30 - 11:0028 SES 04 A: The Algorithmic Management of Learning
Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Paolo Landri
Network Keynote Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

The Algorithmic Management of Learning

Pieter Vanden Broeck1,2

1Università degli studi di Modena e Reggio Emilia, Italy; 2Columbia University, US

Presenting Author: Vanden Broeck, Pieter

In just a few decades, a new vocabulary - consisting of platforms, clouds, machine learning, personalisation and much more - has become inevitable to describe a rapidly growing part of our social world. Under the heading of algorithmic management, sociologists have begun to study how these new elements relate to the contemporary conditions of work and its control. By and large, their conclusions suggest that algorithms open up novel ways to discipline labour in pursuit of ever greater efficiency – Taylorism on steroids, for short. Despite some similarities, I argue that algorithmic management should not be understood as a simple extension of scientific management, since it operates within a different worldview: Whereas Taylor’s scientific management saw humans as programmable machines, algorithmic management sees machines as capable of learning.

This contribution explores this different worldview of algorithmic management, so as to illustrate how the concept can be made useful for the sociology of education. This is done by focusing on classroom instruction as a moment where algorithms, professional practice and school organization intersect. Taking cues from Niklas Luhmann’s systems theory and pragmatist theories of interaction, I examine how digital interactivity translates educational aspirations into the interaction with a lifeless object. How are the defining traits of pedagogical interaction reorganised to orchestrate its progression? This translation act, I shall argue, hinges on its ability to (algorithmically) anticipate and coordinate futures, so that a platform or app's intent to educate can appear as a constancy. On basis of this characterisation, I aim to complement the existent literature on datafication which has hitherto understood the above depicted evolution as either the unwelcome intrusion of surveillance capitalism or as the surge of mindless automatons that threaten to strip professional care of its humanity. In contrast with that literature, I highlight how digitally mediated (self-)instruction participates in and perpetuates education’s broader wish to program an uncontrollable future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
My contribution builds on ethnographic fieldwork in New York’s EdTech scene and classroom observations in Emilia Romagna (Italy), carried out via an extended case method. In contrast to grounded theory, this sociological approach is theory-driven and aims to observe (conflictual) situations that might lead to theoretical innovation. The unique benefit of using systems theory for such scope is that this method can still be used to observe the self-narration and self-organisation of the social world – an advantage usually reserved for grounded theory. Central to the fieldwork and this contribution is precisely this focus on self-organisation and differentiation processes.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The contribution's primary goal is to provide an impetus for a novel theorization of our relationship with digital tools. It thus wishes to articulate a counter-intuitive perspective on recent developments in education and more particularly its emergent platformisation brought forth by digital technology.  The aim is to arrive at a theoretically innovative and empirically underpinned conceptualisation that avoids the pitfalls of all too easy moralisation -- that is not interested in merely passing judgement, be it condemnation or praise.
References
Esposito, Elena (2022). Artificial Communication. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press.

Luhmann, Niklas (2002). Das Erziehungssystem der Gesellschaft (D. Lenzen, editor). Frankfurt am Main: Suhrkamp.

Kellogg, Kate C., Valentine, Melissa, and Christin, Angèle (2019). Algorithms at work: The new contested terrain of control. Academy of Management Annals, 14(1), 366-410.

Stark, David & Vanden Broeck, Pieter (forthcoming). Algorithmic Management and New Class Relations.

Witzenberger, Kevin and Gulson, Kalervo N. (2021). Why EdTech is always right: Students, data and machines in pre-emptive configurations. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(4), 420–434.
 
9:30 - 11:0028 SES 04 B: Quantitative Sociological Studies
Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Ireta Čekse
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Outcomes of Immigrant Children in Scotland Under the Curriculum for Excellence - Evidence from the 2018 Scotland PISA Study

Marina Shapira, Mark Priestley

University of Stirling

Presenting Author: Shapira, Marina

The Scottish Curriculum for Excellence (CfE) was introduced in 2010 to provide a coherent, competency-based education for children aged 3-18 years, aiming to better prepare young people for the modern world (Scottish Government, 2009). However, more than ten years since its implementation, there is growing evidence of a disjuncture between policy intention and practice at the school level. It has not been fully enacted in many secondary schools, and its provision is fragmented (OECD, 2015; RSE, 2018; Priestley, 2018; Shapira et al., 2021). This is significant because variances in provision have consequences for student equity and educational outcomes (Iannelli, 2013). Recent studies (e.g., Shapira et al., 2023) found that CfE led to fewer subjects being studied in the senior phase of secondary education, disproportionately affecting schools located in socially and economically disadvantaged areas. Immigrant children, often residing and attending schools in such areas, heavily rely on school resources (Arnot et al., 2014; Crul et al., 2017). Therefore, limited exposure to the broad curriculum and restrictions on their ability to explore diverse subjects and acquire a broad knowledge base through schools might negatively impact them more than non-immigrant peers, both in terms of educational attainments and broader outcomes indicating how well young people are prepared to succeed in the complex modern world.
This paper explored curriculum-making practices in Scottish secondary schools and the impact these practices have on the educational outcomes of young people from immigrant origins.

Aim of this Paper and Research Questions
Given limited evidence on immigrant children's educational experiences under CfE, our paper's main aim is to determine whether the breadth of the S4 (year four of secondary education in Scotland) curriculum affects immigrant outcomes and compare them with non-immigrants. To address the aims, the following research questions have been explored:
1. What is the association between the curriculum's breadth under CfE that 15-year-old students are exposed to at school and various outcomes evaluated by the OECD's Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) study?
2. Is this association different for immigrant children and non-immigrant children in Scotland?
3. Are there attainment gaps in the various PISA measures between immigrants and non-immigrant children?
4. What factors (including individual characteristics of students, their families, and their curriculum provisions) are responsible for the attainment gaps in PISA measures between immigrants and non-immigrant children?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

Datasets
We utilized the 2018 Scotland PISA dataset alongside the Scottish Government's educational administrative data, which contains information on enrolments and attainment in national qualifications across various levels of the Scottish Credit and Qualification Framework in state-funded secondary schools.

Operationalisation
For the purposes of the study, a child is defined as an immigrant if one of their parents was born outside the UK. The breadth of the S4 curriculum was defined as the average number of subjects studied by S4 students in school.
The outcomes of young people in this study encompass:
a) Measures of mathematics, language, and science competencies
b) Given the close alignment between the OECD's global competencies framework (OECD 2021) and the 'four capacities' of CfE, we further used the OECD measures of Global competences available in the 2018 PISA study as additional educational outcomes.

Methods
Our analysis employed descriptive and advanced methods of statistical data analysis, including linear multivariate regressions (Shapira et al., 2023). The dependent variables were the PISA measures of student outcomes described in the previous section. The independent variables included the characteristics of children (age, gender, motivation, enjoyment of reading, attitudes to studying), their family characteristics (parental level of education and occupational level, family socio-economic, educational and cultural resources, degree of parental involvement with their child’s studies), and the breadth of the curriculum they are exposed to, along with other characteristics of their schools.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our preliminary findings (see Shapira et al., 2023) revealed that a broad S4 curriculum positively influences all examined outcome measures, showing no disparities between immigrant and non-immigrant children. Students attending schools with a broader S4 curriculum achieved higher scores on the PISA language and mathematics tests. Even after accounting for students’ backgrounds and school characteristics, the association between PISA test scores and curriculum breadth remained strong, positive, and statistically significant.

Furthermore, the results additionally indicated that immigrant children in Scotland surpass their non-immigrant peers in academic achievements, including higher scores in mathematics, reading, and science tests. Investigating the drivers behind this enhanced performance revealed that cultural and educational resources available at immigrant children's homes in Scotland equip them with stronger test-taking abilities. For instance, reading enjoyment correlates with improved reading test scores among immigrant children. Emotional support and positive work attitudes also positively influence mathematics test results. Together, these factors completely account for the attainment disparity on these tests between immigrant and non-immigrant children.
We did not find any difference in the performance of immigrant and non-immigrant children on tests of global competences and subjective well-being. In schools with a broader S4 curriculum, students, irrespective of their immigrant background, achieved higher scores on measures of global competence. Students in such schools were more prone to experiencing a sense of school belonging, gaining knowledge about diverse cultures, taking pride in their achievements, and feeling empowered to address global issues (Shapira et al., 2023).
Our findings demonstrate that a broad secondary curriculum has yielded positive outcomes for all children in Scotland, regardless of their immigration status. However, our findings emphasise the crucial role of parental support, positive attitudes toward learning, reading enjoyment, and the availability of educational and cultural resources at home in enabling children to achieve better outcomes.

References
Arnot, M., Schneider, C., Evans, M., Liu, Y., Welply, O. and Davies-Tutt, D. (2014). School approaches to the education of EAL students. Language development, social integration and achievement. Cambridge: The Bell Educational Trust Ltd
Crul, M., Schneider, J., Keskiner, E., & Lelie, F. (2017). The multiplier effect: How the accumulation of cultural and social capital explains steep upward social mobility of children of low-educated immigrants. Ethnic and Racial Studies, 40, 321-338. OECD (2021). Scotland’s Curriculum for Excellence: Into the Future, Implementing Education Policies, OECD Publishing, Paris
Scottish Government (2009). Curriculum for Excellence building the curriculum 4: skills for learning, skills for life and skills for work. Edinburgh: Scottish Government. Retrieved from:
Shapira, M., Priestley, M., Barnett, C., Peace-Hughes, T., & Ritchie, M. (2023). Choice, Attainment and Positive Destinations: Exploring the impact of curriculum policy change on young people. Main Public Report. Nuffield Foundation. February 20231.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Beyond Family Influence: On Students’ Cultural Participation as a Determinant of Educational Attainment

Jannis Burkhard1, Markus Lörz1, Annabell Daniel2,1, Stefan Kühne1, Kai Maaz1

1DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education, Berlin, Germany; 2Ludwig-Maximilians-Universität München, Germany

Presenting Author: Burkhard, Jannis

Theoretical Background

Two models have been established for many years when analyzing the effect of cultural capital on educational attainment: the reproduction model (Bourdieu, 1986; Bourdieu and Passeron, 1990) and the mobility model (DiMaggio, 1982). The former describes the intergenerational transmission of capital and persistence of inequalities, while the latter focuses on the potential of cultural capital for social upward movement (see Jæger, 2022). While European scholars often emphasize systemic factors, their North American counterparts stress individual agency (Stetterson & Gannon, 2005).

Both have in common that they do not typically distinguish between the cultural capital of parents and their children. However, at a closer look, this does not seem to do justice to the real-world complexity: Research has shown that cultural capital is a dynamic construct that develops over the life course (Georg, 2004). Also, ethnographic research suggests that children do possess their own cultural capital (Chin and Phillips, 2004). Thus, one can assume that students’ cultural capital can be distinguished from their parents’.

Moreover, the distinction between primary and secondary effects has been proven to be productive for studies on social disparities in educational attainment (Boudon, 1974). However, prior studies have mostly focused on investigating the relationship between cultural capital and achievement (Tan et al., 2019) and thus primary effects. The role of secondary effects (i.e. educational decisions) remains empirically unclear but seems to hold additional explanatory potential.

The effects of cultural capital on educational success have been shown to be highly dependent on the operationalization of cultural capital (Tan et al., 2019). However, there is no consensus in the literature on how cultural capital should be measured (Jæger, 2022; Vryonides, 2007). Most commonly, non-formal arts (education) activities are used (Aschaffenburg and Maas, 1997). However, formal and informal activities could potentially function as cultural capital, too (Broer et al., 2019; Veale, 1992).

Research Questions

In line with the mobility model, one can assume that students’ own cultural capital has an effect on educational attainment even when holding constant their parents’ resources. First, our goal is to investigate whether student cultural participation has an effect on later degree attainment when controlling for parental socioeconomic status and parental cultural capital. Second, we aim to explore to what extent formal and informal cultural activities can function as cultural capital. Third, we analyze the mechanisms how cultural capital affects educational outcomes by investigating both primary and secondary effects as mediators between cultural participation and educational attainment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method

To examine the effects of student cultural participation on attaining the upper secondary degree, we perform secondary analyses using data from starting cohort 3 of the German National Educational Panel Study (NEPS, Blossfeld and Roßbach, 2019; NEPS, 2022). 8329 students are included in the sample. Cultural participation is operationalized using highbrow activities, attending a school with an arts profile, arts education courses outside school, culture club participation and arts activities at youth centers. We use step-wise logistic regression modeling with mediating effects of achievement and aspirations. Data preparation and imputation of missing values were conducted in R with analysis following in Stata.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results

Results show that the probability of attaining the upper secondary degree (average marginal effects) can be increased through courses outside school (5,7%) and highbrow activities (4,6%), while pursuing arts activities at youth centers is associated with a smaller probability (-8,3%). Results for participation in culture clubs (2,5%) and attending a school with an arts profile (-1%) are non-significant on the 5%-level.

Turning to the mediation effects, we find that both achievement and aspirations mediate the effects. Including them separately in our models, achievement (16-33%) and aspirations (19-35%) mediate a similar proportion of the effects. Simultaneously modeling the two mediators results in a mediation of approximately half of the effects of the independent variables (42-57%).

Taken together, our results show that students can have agency of attaining the upper secondary degree through cultural participation, which can have both negative and positive effects when controlling for family background - depending on the specific activity. Both primary and secondary effects are at work. In line with the mobility model, findings point to the possibility of upward social mobility through investment in cultural capital.

References
References

Aschaffenburg, K., & Maas, I. (1997). Cultural and educational careers: The dynamics of social reproduction. American Sociological Review, 62(4), 573. https://doi.org/10.2307/2657427

Blossfeld, H.-P., & Roßbach, H.-G. (Eds.). (2019). Education as a lifelong process: The German National Educational Panel Study (NEPS) (2nd ed.). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10. 1007/978-3-658-23162-0

Boudon, R. (1974). Education, opportunity, and social inequality: Changing prospects in western society. Wiley.

Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241–58). Greenwood.

Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J.-C. (1990). Reproduction in education, society and culture (Vol. 4). Sage.

Broer, M., Bai, Y., & Fonseca, F. (2019). Socioeconomic inequality and educational outcomes. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-11991-1

Chin, T., & Phillips, M. (2004). Social Reproduction and Child-Rearing Practices: Social Class, Children’s Agency, and the Summer Activity Gap. Sociology of Education, 77(3), 185–210.

DiMaggio, P. (1982). Cultural capital and school success: The impact of status culture participation on the grades of U.S. high school students. American Sociological Review, 47(2), 189–201.

Georg, W. (2004). Cultural Capital and Social Inequality in the Life Course. European Sociological Review, 20(4), 333–344. https://doi.org/10.1093/esr/jch028

Jæger, M. M. (2022). Cultural capital and educational inequality: An assessment of the state of the art. In K. Gërxhani, N. de Graaf, & W. Raub (Eds.), Handbook of sociological science: Contributions to rigorous sociology (pp. 121–134). Edward Elgar Publishing. https://doi. org/10.4337/9781789909432

NEPS. (2022). NEPS-starting cohort 3: Grade 5 [data set, version 12.0.0]. LIfBi
Leibniz Institute for Educational Trajectories. https://doi.org/10.5157/NEPS:SC3:12.0.0

Tan, C. Y., Peng, B., & Lyu, M. (2019). What types of cultural capital benefit students’ academic achievement at different educational stages? interrogating the meta-analytic evidence. Educational Research Review, 28, 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.100289

Veale, A. (1992). Arts education for young children of the 21st century. ERIC. Retrieved January 13, 2023, from https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED351124.pdf

Vryonides, M. (2007). Social and cultural capital in educational research: Issues of operationalisation and measurement. British Educational Research Journal, 33(6), 867–885. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920701657009


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Education or (and) Work is a True Social Elevator: the Case of Russian Youth on Longitudinal Data

Vera Maltseva, Natalja Rosenfeld

Higher School of Economics, Russian Federation

Presenting Author: Maltseva, Vera; Rosenfeld, Natalja

Perceived decline in social mobility is an important and challenging topic for OECD countries, especially in the youth agenda (OECD, 2018). Education is typically seen as a major social elevator, given the relatively high returns to education (Psacharopoulos, Patrinos, 2018; Altonji, Zhong, 2021), and despite socioeconomic inequality in access to high-quality education institutions and especially tertiary education (Duta, Wielgoszewska, Iannelli, 2021; Malinovskiy, Shibanova, 2022). At the same time, the massification of tertiary education, resulting in the growing number of graduates aspiring for social status associated with highly qualified specialists, accompanied by a high level of labor force participation due to population aging, puts more pressure on the mechanism of social elevators.

Social mobility can be measured objectively in terms of earnings, income, or social class. The perceived (subjective) approach to measuring social mobility offers a holistic assessment of social position (Duru-Bellat, Kieffer, 2008), encompassing both objective indicators and other well-being dimensions. The majority of empirical studies employ the former approach and measure income mobility (OECD, 2018) or objective mobility in terms of social class (Wielgoszewska, 2018), while perceived social mobility, especially in the youth samples and in the context of education and career pathways, remains understudied.

Whereas the majority of Russian youth and their parents aspire to higher education (Kondratenko, Kiryushina, Bogdanov, 2020), an increasing proportion of younger cohorts get higher education (from 20% for those born in the 1950s to 35% in the 1990s), which is comparable with European countries (Bessudnov, Kurakin, Malik, 2017). On the other hand, the stratification of universities and the heterogeneity of tertiary education in Russia (Malinovskiy, Shibanova, 2022) make this aspiration challenging in terms of social mobility. At the same time, combining study and work has become a widespread phenomenon (Beerkens, Mägi, Lill, 2011), including in Russia, where graduates who combine study and work experience a 30% wage premium (Rudakov, Roshchin, 2019; Dudyrev, Romanova, Travkin, 2020). This pattern of school-to-work transition could have become a new tool for promoting social mobility.

Using data from the Russian national cohort longitudinal study "Trajectories in Education and Career, this study aims to untangle the ten-year education-career pathways of 9th-grade students by the age of 25. Our study aims to identify the different types of pathways followed by Russian youth (with a special focus on college graduates) in their journey from school to work and explore how these pathways contribute to perceived social mobility. We investigate pathways following the sociological approach and methodology of sequence analysis while considering the key findings of labor economists, thus embracing the framework of socioeconomic background, educational inequalities, and human capital theory. We investigate how the paths through postsecondary education and the world of work, as well as an extended set of socio-demographic factors, shape patterns of perceived social mobility and which educational or career pathways contribute to the upward and downward mobility patterns.

Our research contributes to the studies of social stratification and life trajectories of youth, taking into account the variety of school-to-work transition patterns (Boylan, 2020; Wielgoszewska, 2018). The use of longitudinal data and sequence analysis enables us to overcome the limitations of cross-sectional studies in the epoch of increasing nonlinearity and complexity of paths (Sullivan, Ariss, 2021) and decreased relevance of one-time measures of school-to-work transition (Duta, Wielgoszewska, Iannelli, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We trace the ten-year trajectories of Russian youth, employing the data from the ten waves (2012–2021) of the Russian national cohort longitudinal study "Trajectories in Education and Career" (TrEC). The study follows a nationally representative sample of 9th-grade students through high school and on to postsecondary attainment or work. The longitudinal study TrEC is based on similar ones from Switzerland (TREE), Canada (YITS), and Australia (LSAY) and contains PISA and TIMSS results as well as questions about educational and career choices and family status (Malik, 2019).
We used sequence analysis followed by cluster analysis to derive the typology of their educational and career trajectories (Monaghan, 2020; Maltseva, Rozenfeld, 2022). A sequence consists of a series of states in which respondents are found at different points in their life course within an observation period, in our case between the ages of 15 (16) and 25 (26). The sequences were built based on the following states in the education and labor market: 1) studying at school; 2) studying at a vocational school; 3) studying at the university; 4) combining study and work; 5) temporary or permanent employment; 6) inactivity or unemployment. The research sample of respondents who have passed all the waves of the longitudinal study and have answers in every wave about education and work (i.e., are suitable for sequence analysis) includes 2935 observations. This number includes imputed missing states. The subsample of college graduates includes 1539 observations.
We measure subjective social mobility as a difference between the respondent's subjective social status in the last wave and the perception of the family's status during the respondent's adolescence, employing the scale of a social ladder with 10 stages (where 1 is the lowest social status and 10 is the highest) (Kelley, Evans, 1995). Firstly, three groups of social statuses were made: bottom (from 1 to 4), middle (5, 6 stages), and top (from 7 to 10), which were created according to the quartiles of the status data (median = 5th stage, Q3 = 7th stage). Secondly, we assign 3 mobility patterns: downward (including top-bottom, middle-bottom, and top-middle), upward (bottom-top, middle-top, and bottom-middle), and immobility when the family and personal status groups match.
Finally, we used logistic regression models to estimate the probability of belonging to the subjective social mobility pattern (downward, upward, and immobile) for a given educational and career trajectory while controlling for a set of background characteristics, including parental educational attainment.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The educational and career trajectories of Russian youth are ambiguously linked to subjective social mobility. The ten-year educational pathway without accounting for work does not function as a statistically significant predictor of subjective social mobility by the age of 25. Only a postponed education pathway without finished postsecondary education predicts subjective downward mobility.

On the contrary, career trajectories do matter for subjective social mobility. Combining study and work (during both vocational and higher education) is associated with an upward mobility pattern, while those who stay for a long time in education without entering the labor market are statistically significantly less likely to experience subjective upward mobility by the age of 25. Youth experiencing short-term postsecondary education without work are especially vulnerable to downward mobility.

Similar results were obtained on the subsample of college graduates, who have more chances to experience upward mobility as higher education attainers. However, they are likely to experience downward mobility more often compared to vocational graduates. HE graduates with education-career pathways that include postgraduate education have significantly more chances for subjectively measured downward mobility. This unexpected finding could be interpreted in multiple ways, i.e. graduates with postgraduate degrees (meaning prolonged education and mostly part-time jobs) by the age of 25 are unable to reach the high status of their parents. Controlling parental educational attainment, we found a positive relationship between upward social mobility and trajectories with early entrance to the labor market. Therefore, our finding that the early start of career pathways through combining study and work plays a crucial role in the mechanism of social mobility for the youth is relevant for both Russian youth in general and university graduates.

References
Altonji, J.G., Zhong, L. (2021) The Labor Market Returns to Advanced Degrees. Journal of Labor Economics, 39(2), 303–360.
Beerkens, M., Magi, E., Lill, L. (2011) University Studies as a Side Job: Causes and Consequences of Massive Student Employment in Estonia. Higher Education, 61, 679–692.
Bessudnov A., Kurakin D., Malik V. (2017) The Myth about Universal Higher Education: Russia in the International Context, 3, 83–109.
Boylan  R.L.  (2020)  Predicting  Postsecondary  Pathways:  The  Effect  of  Social Background and Academic Factors on Routes through School. Socius, 6.
Dudyrev, F., Romanova, O., Travkin, P. (2020) Student employment and school-to-work transition: the Russian case. Education + Training, 62(4), 441–457.
Duru-Bellat M., Kieffer A. (2008) Objective/subjective: The two facets of social mobility. Sociologie du travail, 5, 1–18.
Duta A., Wielgoszewska B., Iannelli C. (2021) Different degrees of career success: Social origin and graduates’ education and labour market trajectories. Advances in Life Course Research, 47.
Kelley, J., & Evans, M. D. R. (1995) Class and Class Conflict in Six Western Nations. American Sociological Review, 60(2), 157–178.
Kondratenko V. A., Kiryushina M. A., Bogdanov M. B. (2020) Educational aspirations of russian schoolchildren: factors and dynamics, 1(26).
Malik, V. (2019). The Russian panel study ‘Trajectories in Education and Careers’. Longitudinal and Life Course Studies, 10(1), 125–144.
Malinovskiy S. S., Shibanova E. Yu. (2022) Access to higher education in Russia: how to turn expansion into equality, 7(67). HSE.
Maltseva V.A., Rozenfeld N.Ya. (2022) Educational and Career Trajectories of the Russian Youth in a Longitudinal Perspective: A Case of University Graduates, 3, 99–148.
Monaghan D.B. (2020) College-Going Trajectories across Early Adulthood: An Inquiry Using Sequence Analysis. The Journal of Higher Education, 91(3), 402–432.
OECD (2018) Broken Social Elevator?: How to Promote Social Mobility
Psacharopoulos G., Patrinos H.N. (2018) Returns to investment in education: a decennial review of the global literature, Education Economics, 26(5), 445–458.
Rudakov, V., Roshchin S. (2019) The impact of student academic achievement on graduate salaries: the case of a leading Russian university, Journal of Education and Work, 32(2), 156–180.
Sullivan, S. E., Ariss, A. (2021). Making sense of different perspectives on career transitions: A review and agenda for future research. Human Resource Management Review, 31(1).
Wielgoszewska B. (2018) Onwards and Upwards? Migration and Social Mobility of the UK Graduates. Regional Studies, 5(1), 402–411.
 
9:30 - 11:0029 SES 04 A: Teachers' life stories in arts education
Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Diederik Mark De Ceuster
Paper Session
 
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Storying from an Affirmative Critical Perspective: Teacher Educators’ Stories on Becoming-Professional with an Aesthetic Approach.

Juliette Boks-Vlemmix1,2, Sofia Jusslin1

1Åbo Akademi University, Finland; 2Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway

Presenting Author: Boks-Vlemmix, Juliette

In teacher education we have many practices building on stories. Learning from each other’s stories in teacher educators’ professional learning is not only very common, but also a preferred way of learning (Czerniawski et al., 2017; MacPhail et al., 2019). And we tell our stories everywhere, all from the line in front of the coffee machine to the international conferences we visit. We inquire and discuss our own stories and one another’s, while we reflect on the choices made (Jordan et al., 2022; Ping et al., 2018). Less discussed is what more-than-human relationality does/produces in these stories on professional learning. Teacher educators’ stories can involve both human (e.g. colleagues and students) and non-human (e.g. space, teaching materials, books), but that the material and people’s relationships to the material as agents have received little attention. Haraway (2016, p. 97) inspires about thinking more-than-human relationality and decentring the human, in both telling and listening to stories, when she describes that “human and not … in all our bumptious diversity …relate, know, think, world and tell stories through and with other stories, worlds, knowledges, thinkings and yearnings. …Other words for this might be materialism, …ecology, sympoiesis, …situated knowledges …”. This inspiration frames our listening to more-than-human relationality in teacher educators’ stories.

In this study, we zoom in on stories on experiencing collaborative professional learning from twelve teacher educators in a Nordic context. We attentively listened to their stories during workshops on professional learning with an aesthetic approach, and during interviews about the teacher educators’ individual experiences with professional learning through their careers. This study explores the collaborative practice of teacher educators’ professional learning with an aesthetic approach. More specific how an affirmative notion of critique in this exploration can contribute to new insights in what an aesthetic approach sets in motion and opens for in new practices of becoming-professional. Teacher educators’ professional learning is in this study addressed as becoming-professional in order to emphasize the continuity and performativity of the process of professional learning (cf. Deleuze & Guattari, 1988).

In this article we will situate the stories outlined above in new materialist and affirmative critical perspectives. By tracing more-than-human relational tensions in the stories and look further to see how this opens for in new practices of becoming-professional in different directions. This leads to our research question: To what variation of directions can more-than-human relational tensions in teacher educators’ experiences with professional learning with an aesthetic approach lead.

To look more deeply at what is happening in the more-than-human relationality in the stories the teacher educators tell, we engage with Donna Haraway’s notion of sympoiesis, which she in ‘Staying with the trouble’ describes as “a simple word; it means “making-with” … a proper word to complex, dynamic, responsive, situated, historical systems” (Haraway, 2016, p. 58). We see making-with as a rudimentary process in how telling about experiences become stories with all more-than human present. From a new materialism, with a “relational ontology and ongoing process in which matter and meaning are co-constituted” (Bozalek & Zembylas, 2017, p. 65), perspective we use the argument that we know nothing of the stories until we know what the agents in the stories can do (van der Tuin & Dolphijn, 2010, p. 169). Tensions in the perspective of more-than-human relationality come from different angles in the analysis, both from the teacher educator, the material, and the researchers. With an affirmative critical perspective all these angles might “affirm, support and encourage something” in the tensions which will open up for exploration of a variety of new practices of becoming-professional (Raffnsøe et al., 2022, p. 196).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical material for this article is based on interviews with - and letters from teacher educators on professional learning after they participated in a series of workshops (four in total) on teacher educators’ professional learning with an aesthetic approach. Two of the workshops’ empirical material is also included in the analysis. Central questions we worked with in these workshops were; ‘What is going on/ happening in this picture’, ‘What do you see what makes you say that?’ (Hailey et al., 2015) as well as a practical assignment based on; ‘Tell me something I can see’. In the workshops called ‘practice-dialogues’ teacher educators explored how theme’s like create, play, tell, were a part of their practice by interviewing each other. The teacher educators work in a Nordic context, and some bring with them experiences from West-European contexts into the stories. My role as a researcher in this study is also partly a participating role, I participate in the workshops and engage in the storytelling, which lead to the stories of the collaboration in the group of teacher educators. The multifaceted, thinking and attentive, role makes it clear why also the angle of the researcher is emphasized in the affirmative critical analysis of the stories (Østern et al., 2021).
The performative characteristics of sympoiesis carries further to Donna Haraway’s notion on string figures, which is used to analyse the stories the teacher educators tell about their experiences, stories from their practices and reflections on those. String Figuring as a practice and a process, involves a method of tracing which invites to responsiveness, “passing on and receiving, making and unmaking, picking up threads and dropping them” (Haraway, 2016, p. 3). The next step in the analysis is the affirmative critical analysis which will take the tensions found in the first step as a starting point towards to open up for a multiplicity of stories (Raffnsøe et al., 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary analysis suggests that there are more-than-human relational tensions in the the teacher educators’ stories on their teaching practises and practises of professional learning. The analysis indicates (string figure) patterns related to the teacher educator’s capacity of responding to the in/tangibility of the experiences and encounters in the more-than-human relations in their experiences. This might imply that teacher educators strive to affirm their experiences/encounters with some of the activities and materials (Raffnsøe et al., 2022, p. 204). It will be of interest to look deeper into the teacher educator’s capacity to respond (response-ability) towards the relations in their stories (Bozalek & Zembylas, 2017; Haraway, 2016). To take the discussion to a last step in this affirmative critique, we benefit from the characteristic that an affirmative critique “adds, invents and dreams” (Raffnsøe et al., 2022, p. 202). A new story will be told in which there is space for (a) new practice(s) of becoming-professional.
Since teacher educators in Europe are clear about their needs for professional learning and their preference for being with peers in the process (Czerniawski et al., 2017; MacPhail et al., 2019; Ping et al., 2018), the implication of this study can open for new ways of collaborative becoming- professional for teacher educators both in- and outside of the Nordic context.

The focus for the conference presentation is presenting the new story where more-than-human relationality gives space to intangibility in becoming-professional. The affirmative critical analysis and discussion, which showed the way in storying about becoming-professional, will also be presented. Further we discuss the implications for teacher education.

References
Bozalek, V., & Zembylas, M. (2017). Towards a Response-able Pedagogy across Higher Education Institutions in Post-Apartheid South Africa: An Ethico-Political Analysis. Educ. as change, 21(2), 62-85. https://doi.org/10.17159/1947-9417/2017/2017
Czerniawski, G., Guberman, A., & MacPhail, A. (2017). The professional developmental needs of higher education-based teacher educators: an international comparative needs analysis. European Journal of Teacher Education, 40(1), 127-140. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2016.1246528
Deleuze, G., & Guattari, F. (1988). A thousand plateaus : capitalism and schizophrenia. Athlone Press.
Hailey, D., Miller, A., & Yenawine, P. (2015). Understanding Visual Literacy: The Visual Thinking Strategies Approach. In D. Baylen & A. D’Alba (Eds.), Essentials of Teaching and Integrating Visual and Media Literacy (pp. 49-73). Cham: Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-05837-5_3
Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the trouble : making kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press.
Jordan, A. W., Levicky, M., Hostetler, A. L., Hawley, T. S., & Mills, G. (2022). With a Little Help from My Friends: The Intersectionality of Friendship and Critical Friendship. In B. M. Butler & S. M. Bullock (Eds.), Learning through collaboration in self-study : critical friendship, collaborative self-study, and self-study communities of practice (Vol. v.24, pp. 67-80). Springer.
MacPhail, A., Ulvik, M., Guberman, A., Czerniawski, G., Oolbekkink-Marchand, H., & Bain, Y. (2019). The professional development of higher education-based teacher educators: needs and realities. Professional Development in Education, 45(5), 848-861. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2018.1529610
Østern, T. P., Jusslin, S., Knudsen, K. N., Maapalo, P., & Bjørkøy, I. (2021). A performative paradigm for post-qualitative inquiry. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1177/14687941211027444
Ping, C., Schellings, G., & Beijaard, D. (2018). Teacher educators' professional learning: A literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 93-104. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.06.003
Raffnsøe, S., Staunæs, D., & Bank, M. (2022). Affirmative critique. Ephemera, 22(3), 183-217.
van der Tuin, I., & Dolphijn, R. (2010). The Transversality of New Materialism. Women: a cultural review, 21(2), 153-171. https://doi.org/10.1080/09574042.2010.488377


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

On the Seam Line: Religious Female High School Art Teachers in Orthodox Schools - Conflicts and Mediation

Noa Lea Cohn

Mofet Institution, Israel

Presenting Author: Cohn, Noa Lea

Historical background and theoretical framework: Since the beginning of the twenty-first century, there has been a change in the perception of art in the religious education system in Israel. After many years of suspicion and being closed towards the term art in Orthodox schools for reasons stemming from conservatism, religious art teachers began to pave their way and establish art classes in girls' schools. The change began as a grassroots movement of individual pioneering women who, in an autodidactic manner, found a way to acquire the profession because there were no ultra-orthodox schools for studying art. Another reason for the shift is sociological and related to the migration of general art teachers into Orthodox society (secular art teachers becoming orthodox) and bringing new knowledge that was thus far unknown and packaging it in an adapted and accepted form to the conservative society. Another reason is related to the technological and media revolution that has penetrated closed societies, and brought about a change in consciousness that has slowly permeated them and brought new ideas. And lastly, there has been a change in the attitude of the education system towards marginalized groups and there is a willingness to allow them to study art in a way that does not contradict their ideological values though certain adjustments (excluding nudity and subject matters relating to other religions, for example).

In one way or another, these art teachers are exceptions among the teaching staff and in the communities to which they belong, communities which glorifies the collective over individualism. Due to the fact that the art education programs are based on postmodern concepts that are contrary to the view of the schools where they teach, and the fact that there is no body that groups them together or recognizes their uniqueness and difficulties and provides them with tailored training, the art teachers find themselves standing in the middle between, on the one hand, loyalty to the values and the schools and representing the establishment, and on the other hand, the creative spirit that brought them to the pioneering path. This contradiction inevitably produces conflicts that take them out of their comfort zone and they have to deal with them alone.

The paper will deal with the conflicts and difficulties these teachers face in teaching modern and post-modern art in conservative educational institutions, and will examine the coping practices and apologetic tactics they have adapted to mediate the issue to their community. It will examine the desire to synthesize the Jewish sources and the art world in order to give validation and the acceptance of perception for their actions, as well as look at the long self-guided journey they must travel to acquire knowledge and the frustration they feel when they realize that there are no institutions that they can attend to acquire knowledge in an optimal manner.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper uses semi-structured qualitative interviews (Jamshed, 2004) with 15 female teachers in Israel, each at different stages of their careers and from different places in the country, selected using the snowball method. The interviews were not done in the school environment in which they taught so as to ensure that their employment would not be at risk due to their participation in the study.
The analysis of the interviews was done using grounded theory and Strategies for Qualitative Research (Glaser and Strauss, 1967). When the themes that emerged from the interviews were coded, categorized, named and selected a limited number of subjects to discuss with collaboration of the Reception Theory.  (Holub, 1992) This is a pioneering study done for the first time in this field and there are no previous studies on the same or similar topics that can be relied upon, and therefore the need for this research is acute because it makes possible giving voice, space and visibility to this issue. The researcher who conducted the interviews herself hails from religious society and is in fact a native feminist researcher and ethnographer (Qamar, 2020) on her home turf. Her great advantage lies in understanding the language and in describing the conservative habitus and internal codes that a foreigner would have difficulty handling.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

They operate with a double mission: working to develop and expand creation and art for their students and on the other hand, maintaining the values of the community in which they, and their students live. They pay the price of diversity and loneliness and most of them don't have colleagues or anyone to consult with within the educational institutions in which they work. The establishment also treats them different mostly they don’t get enough hours for their major and needed to complete their jobs other places; they are on the fringes of the school and there is an unofficial expectation that they serve as a kind of ‘decoration committee’, which reduces their status as expert educators in the eyes of the administration. Due to the establishment's lack of recognition of them, and their inability to form a community of their own with its own cultural capital, prestige and respect, the knowledge they have acquired is not incorporated proactively and they are required to 'reinvent the wheel' every time.

The outcome findings deal with the added value of art studies in a conservative society and
how it allows them to deal with problems and conflicts that the younger generation
presents to the community, and how the teachers provide new tools to respond to the needs of the times.
The religious art teachers bring ideas of creative and non-conformist thinking in the name of art studies, thus unwittingly becoming cultural agents, and agents of change in wide circles of Orthodox society as well as creating a feminist change while somewhat oblivious to the revolutionary impact of their actions. Finally, emphasis should be placed on adapting art curricula to different societies and diverse demographic sectors.

References
Barkai, Sigal, and David Pariser. “Israeli art education imagined cartographies.” Arts Education Policy Review, July 1, 2022, 1–32.
Barney G. Glaser and Anselm L. Strauss, The Discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies for Qualitative Research, Chicago: Aldine Publishing Company, 1967
Beijaard, D., P. C. Meijer, and N. Verloop. “Reconsidering Research on Teachers’ Professional Identity.” Teaching and Teacher Education 20 (2004): 107–28.
Bland, Kalman, The artless Jew: medieval and modern affirmations and denials of the visual, Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 2001.
  Corbin, Juliet M., Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded theory, Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications, 2008.
Eisner, Elliot W. “What Can Education Learn from the Arts about the Practice of Education?” International Journal of Education and the Arts 5, no. 4 (2004): 1–12.
 Hanawalt, Christina, “Reframing New Art Teacher Support: From Failure to Freedom,” The Journal of Social Theory in Art Education, 35, 2015, pp. 69–81.
Holub, Robert C. Crossing Borders: Reception Theory, Poststructuralism, Deconstruction. Madison: U of Wisconsin P, 1992.
Jamshed, Shazia Qasim. “Qualitative research method-interviewing and observation.” Journal of basic and clinical pharmacy 5/4, 2014, pp. 87-8.
 Layosh, Bella, Women of the Threshold Orthodox Women in Front of a Modern Change, [Hebrew], Tel Aviv: Resling, 2014.
Qamar, Azher Hameed, "At-home ethnography: a native researcher’s fieldwork reflections", Qualitative Research Journal, no.21/1, 2020, pp.51-64.
Segal, Orna. Visual Arts in State Religious Education: A Sequence of Transformation. Ramat Gan: Dissertation for Bar Ilan University, 2021


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

How do they choose? Examining Instrument Choice in Flemish Music Education for Children

Diederik Mark De Ceuster

University College Leuven Limburg, Belgium

Presenting Author: De Ceuster, Diederik Mark

“Every child chooses their own instrument” is an oft-repeated mantra held high by parents and teachers in music schools as the desire for an instrument selection based on intrinsic motivation, rather than external determinants. Research over the years point, however, to a myriad of actors that influence the child’s decision-making when it comes to choosing to learn to play a musical instrument, including strong visible actors such as the parents and peers, but also more fluid, invisible influences such as the gender stereotyping of instruments, socio-cultural dynamics and economic conditions. What at times appears to be intrinsic motivation, could in reality be an unintentional answer to these broader social dispositions. This raises the question how can we approach the support and guidance for the choice of instrument? Is there such a thing as intrinsic motivation? And if so, how could we reach it?

In this study, we set out to study the current practice of instrument choice guidance for children aged 6-8 in music schools across Flanders and investigate the potential of an guiding orientation tool for children and their parents. This is part of a research project funded by the Flemish government in which the feasibility of an orientation tool for arts schools (visual arts, music, theatre, dance) to increase admission and guide children in their decisions within all the domains. The second phase of this project focuses on the domain of the music schools in particular, as a study from the Flemish inspectorate of education identified a potential threat for the diversity of instruments at music schools. Music schools throughout Flanders have indicated that among children, the distribution of instrument choices is shifting with increasingly many children choosing to play piano over other instruments. For this feasibility study, the Flemish department of education and training formulated several research questions that stand at the basis for gaining an understanding of how the guidance in instrument choice should be organised: how can we measure cultural interests, enjoyment and motivation? Which tools can be used to measure physical and psychomotor dispositions? Who would be the main target group within the guidance of instrument choice? And what are the potential risks and pedagogical implications of this guidance?

At the onset, we identified several conditions that whichever form of guidance to be developed should submit to: 1) it ought to take into account the diversity of our population and address also children from demographics that historically participate less in music education 2) it ought to imbedded within the local practice and 3) it should avoid normative stereotyping.

While this research took place within the Flemish context of music education, which has its own specific embedment within the Flemish society, we believe the results of our study to be relevant in an international context too, as it touches on the agency of the child and the network of actors that affect their decision, as well as on the pedagogics of music education for young children and the learning of instrument playing.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer these research questions, we envisioned three phases of research.This first phase consisted of a systematic literature review. In the second phase, we interviewed teachers in music schools and primary education, adopting a qualitative research method combining an open phenomenological-ethnographic interview method with ethnographic observations of the current orientation practices. In total, we have interviewed teachers and managers from 15 music schools to on the one hand find the good practices of support and guidance, and on the other hand identify trends within the local practices to gain a better understanding of the process of choice.Finally, in a third phase, a synthesis was made, which was presented and discussed with various stakeholders in the field of arts education in Flanders in the form of focus groups.

The overall research method is predominantly qualitative, aiming to map the actor-network of the decision-making process for and within the arts education. While a more quantitative approach might be possible, such as through large-scale surveys distributed to primary schools and music schools, in the context of this research, we perceive this method as less effective. Using a quantitative approach could potentially oversimplify and overlook the nuances and complexities of the issue at hand.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To map the various actors that affect the child’s decision, we made use of Urie Bronfenbrenner's ecological systems theory. In this framework, the learner is analysed as the central pivot in a network of actors, allowing us to visualise interactions among environmental factors. The closer an environmental actor is to the child, the greater its influence. Although this theory was originally developed to elucidate a child's development, it is also a suitable method for portraying a decision-making process. The impact of environmental factors is further affirmed by observable trends in the choice of musical instruments.

The most direct influence on the choice process seems to take place in the micro- and meso-system of the student. The parents in particular have a major influence on the choice and are perhaps the most important link in the choice. There appears to be gender stereotyping in the selection process, especially for certain instruments such as flute and percussion, and intrinsic preferences for certain timbres also play a role, but ultimately these do not seem to be the most determining factor. Psychomotor disposition seems to play the least role in the choice process. There is no consensus on what the best disposition is for an instrument and initial disposition is not an indicator of success.

Most importantly, throughout both the literature review and the interview study we have found that orientation sessions, in which children can not only see but play and explore musical instruments, have a strong positive effect on instrument choice, with more diversity in chosen instrument and more retention. This space for exploration seems to be vital for reaching, or triggering, some kind of intrinsic motivation, and it may be difficult to replicate this process through other means.

References
Abeles, H.F. “Are Musical Instrument Gender Associations Changing?” Journal of Research in Music Education 57 (2009): 127-139
A. Ben-Tovim & D. Boyd. The Right Instrument for Your Child: A Practical Guide for Parents and Teachers. London: Orion Publishing, 1985.
Bullerjahn C., K. Heller & J.H. Hoffman, “How Masculine is a Flute? A Replication Study on Gender Stereotypes and preferences for Musical Instruments among Young Children.” Proceedings of the 14th International Conference on Music Perception and Cognition (2016): 637-642.
Bronfenbrenner, U. The Ecology of Human Development: Experiments by Nature and Design. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1979.
Cantero I.M. & J.A. Jauset-Berrocal, “Why Do They Choose their Instruments?” British Journal of Music Education 34 (2017): 203-215.
Chen, S. M. & R. W. Howard. “Musical Instrument Choice and Playing History in Post-Secondary Level Music Students: Some Descriptive Data, Some Causes and Some Background Factors.” Music Education Research 6 (2004): 217-230.
Decreet betreffende het deeltijds kunstonderwijs, 2018.
Hargreaves, D. J., & A. North. The Social Psychology of Music. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1997 __________., The Social and Applied Psychology of Music. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2008.
Kemp, A. The Musical Temperament: Psychology and Personality of Musicians. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1 1996.
Kuhlman, K. “The Impact of Gender on Students’ Instrument Timbre Preferences and Instrument Choices.” Visions of Research in Music Education 5 (2004): 1-17.
Mateos-Moreno, D. & A. Hoglert. “Why Did You (Not) Choose your Main Musical Instrument? Exploring the Motivation behind the Choice.” British Journal of Music Education (2023), 1-12.
Roelants, C. “Kunstkuur: Lokale samenwerkingsinitiatieven tussen een academie en een basisschool, secundaire school of instelling voor hoger onderwijs.” 2018.
Varnado, L. E. “Exploring the Influence of Students’ Socioeconomic Status Upon Musical Instrument Choice.” Honors Thesis. 2013.
Vermeersch, L. “Kunstkuur, een evaluatie van de beleids- en implementatiesystematiek,” 2022.
Vlaamse overheid, Departement Onderwijs en Vorming, Bestek ASK/2023/07.
Vlaamse overheid, onderwijsinspectie, “Niveaudecreet deeltijds kunstonderwijs: één jaar later,” 2019. __________., “Academiebeleid in Uitdagende Tijden,” 2022.
 
9:30 - 11:0030 SES 04 A: Teacher Education in ESE
Location: Room 114 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Katrien Van Poeck
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Making Connections: Authentic Learning in Teacher Education for Sustainability.

Chrysanthi Kadji

Frederick University, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Kadji, Chrysanthi

In the pursuit to better prepare the new generation of teachers to address sustainability education in their professional practice, Higher Education turns to outcome-oriented competence-based education (CBE) (Rieckmann, 2012). At the same time, education needs to be transformative and profoundly change our perspectives, beliefs, and behaviours through reflecting and questioning the interpretation of our surroundings (Bianchi 2020, p.25). Both CBE and Transformative education (TE) in the context of sustainability, are great challenges but at the same time, highly prioritized amongst Higher Education Institutions (HEI) in Europe. An emerging question is: How can HE best convey and learn sustainability competence in a way that will be transformative?

Living labs are spaces that can offer authentic learning. Apart from the interpretation of living labs as physical spaces - “sites where experiential learning takes place” (Favaloro, Ball and Lipschutz, 2019), living labs can also be viewed as non-physical spaces or frameworks that enable learning. These spaces demand real-life settings with multi-stakeholder participation, co-creation, active involvement of the users, and may follow a multi-method approach. Such contexts provide authentic learning experiences with real practical outcomes. Authentic learning is intrinsic to living labs, being a learning approach through which learners explore, discuss, and construct concepts and relationships meaningfully, in contexts and/or projects connected to real-world problems. It is student-centered and encourages students to take an active role in their learning, develop learner autonomy, and self-reflection in learning, and enable flexible learning pathways (Klemencic M., Pupinis M., Kyrdulyte G., 2020, p.29). Authentic learning is experiential learning that holds important attributes that facilitate the development of competences and create conditions for transformative learning.

The present work reports the outcomes of an empirical study concerning the collaboration of a university course on sustainability issues for undergraduate pre-school teachers (1st and 2nd year of studies), with a primary school and an environmental organization in a Living Lab framework that provided the context for authentic learning. The objective was to explore, how such experiences help build future educators’ self-efficacy and readiness to undertake their professional role and more specifically deliver sustainability education. The step-by-step methodology followed provided the university students with opportunities for reflection, collaboration, competences’ development, and meaningful learning and assessment.

Briefly, university students were trained to deliver a set of gamified activities on the sea turtle protection, to 6-year-old pupils. The process aimed at meeting the organisation’s need for delivering the activities to young children and obtaining feedback about the activities’ effectiveness and appropriateness; the schools’ need for enriching pupils’ learning experiences with non-formal education activities; and the university’s need for exposing future educators in out-of-the-box activities for sustainability and experiences that would enhance their self-efficacy and competences to deliver sustainability education. To allow for all the children to go through all the activities’ stations, the activities were offered twice (the first time to thirty children divided into five groups and the second time to twenty-six children divided into five groups).

The data were collected through self-reporting by the students in structured reflection handouts, a group interview, and a questionnaire. The outcomes, are not to be generalized as they concern a small group of students, but will help improve the living lab project experience in the future.

Outcomes highlight a strong engagement of the university students in the project and the development of a high sense of purpose and responsibility. Students reported a more effective collaboration amongst the group members, compared to other conventional university projects due to the shared responsibility despite the distribution of the work and commented that their experience enabled the development of specific sustainability competences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The current study is an empirical study as it is based on observation and reporting of phenomena as directly experienced by the researcher. Primary data were collected by the students who participated in the living lab experience, through self-report in a structured reflection template before and after the experience, a group interview with the completion of the semester during the wrap up and closure of the course, and a questionnaire of close-ended questions.  
The research question intended to be answered was: How does the living lab methodology, as an authentic, experiential, student-centered approach, support pre-school teacher students boost their self-efficacy and confidence in delivering sustainability education and developing sustainability competences.
The Living Lab methodology followed, consisted of the following steps:
(a) The process began with the university and organization communication, where the needs of the organization were identified and explored how they could be aligned with the objectives of the course and the students’ needs.
(b) The first contact of students with the organization followed, during which, the organisations’ needs were presented and the students’ potential contribution was analysed. The organization required volunteers to offer a series of gamified activities to school children aiming to raise young children’s awareness on the dangers that sea turtles encounter in our island and how we can protect them. Respectively, students can benefit from engaging in non-formal gamified teaching activities and gain unique professional experiences in real school settings with real children. During the meeting with the organization, students also received training about how to deliver the activities.
(c) The third step encouraged students to work in groups, carefully study the activities, reflect and analyse their expectations from the activities: e.g. what they expected the young pupils to learn, how they might react etc. The reflection prior to the implementation had to be submitted as part of the project.
(d) The school visit and delivery of the activities followed. Here each group of students was assigned with a group of children and was responsible for the delivery of the activities.
(e) Each student had to reflect and report on their experience with the children, analyse their ideas about the appropriateness of the activities, and consider any changes they deemed necessary for the activities’ improvement.
(f) Finally, the groups of students presented their feedback and analysed and explained their suggestions for changes in the activities to the collaborating organization.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Several researchers report a gap between academic learning and professional praxis (Favaloro, Ball, Lipschutz 2019), the lack of the latter limiting the opportunities for skills and competences development or connecting academic knowledge with professional practice. In the case of sustainability, universities must identify ways to effectively integrate sustainability education into mainstream teaching practices and their learning priorities (Mula, Tilbury, Ryan, Maden, Dlouha, Mader, Benayas, Dlouhi, Alba, 2017) to better prepare future professionals to address sustainability challenges in their professional contexts.
This study explores the effectiveness of a Living Lab framework to develop sustainability competences and enhance the self-efficacy and professional readiness of undergraduate pre-school teacher-students in the early stages of their academic studies, in delivering sustainability education.  It reflects a significant emphasis on experiential learning, allowing students to engage in real-world applications of their theoretical knowledge, thereby enhancing their professional skills and self-confidence.
We have to acknowledge that being small-scale, the study has important limitations and outcomes cannot be generalized. Nevertheless, it has served as a pilot for future research concerning the implementation of living labs methodology in our institution and has allowed us to derive valuable insights about the benefits emerging from experiential authentic learning approaches.
The context of an authentic learning experience, such as the living lab, is highly valuable in developing sustainability and general professional competences. Outcomes highlight that the living lab context created a strong active engagement of the university students in the project (Compagnucci, Spigarelli, Coelho, Duarte 2021), and developed a high sense of purpose and responsibility. Driven by this sense, students exercised genuine collaboration, critical thinking, and problem-solving skills and developed empathy and awareness concerning sea turtles and the dangers they face. A safe and supportive learning environment was also observed that allowed students to perform well despite their limited academic or teaching experience.

References
Bianchi G., (2020). Sustainability Competences. A systematic literature review. Publications office of the European Union, Joint Research Centre, European Commission. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/9c1f897c-4598-11eb-b59f-01aa75ed71a1/language-en  
Compagnucci L., Spigarelli F., Coelho J., Duarte C. (2021) Living Labs and user engagement for innovation and sustainability, Journal of Cleaner Production, V. 289, ISSN 0959-6526, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2020.125721., https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S095965262035767X)
European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, Pupinis, M., Kirdulytė, G., Klemenčič, M. (2020). Mapping and analysis of student centred learning and teaching practices : usable knowledge to support more inclusive, high-quality higher education : analytical report, Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/67668
Favaloro T., Ball T., Lipschutz R. (2019). Mind the Gap! Developing the campus as a living lab for student experiential learning for sustainability. In Filho L. and Bardi U. (Eds), Sustainability on university campuses: Learning, skills building and best practices. World sustainability series, Springer, Switzerland.
Mulà, I., Tilbury, D., Ryan, A., Mader, M., Dlouhá, J., Mader, C., Benayas, J., Dlouhý, J. and Alba, D. (2017), "Catalysing Change in Higher Education for Sustainable Development: A review of professional development initiatives for university educators", International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, Vol. 18 No. 5, pp. 798-820. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-03-2017-0043.
Rieckmann M. (2012). Future-oriented higher education: Which key competences should be fostered through university teaching and learning? Futures 44(2): 127-135.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Validating the Q-C3PST Questionnaire: A Tool for Evaluating Climate Change Competence in Preservice Teacher

Enzo Ferrari1,2, Elisabeth Barrat2, Andres Sandoval-Hernandez2, Camilo Ruiz1

1Salamanca University, Spain; 2Bath University

Presenting Author: Ferrari, Enzo

Abstract

Climate change threatens all Earth's species. Future educators must understand the significance of this issue and acquire the necessary skills to formulate efficient strategies. To achieve decarbonization in a short time, incorporating Climate Change Competence (C3) has been suggested. This competency aims to prepare individuals in formal education to address the global crisis effectively. This study assesses C3 using a modified questionnaire. Data was collected from 659 preservice teachers in Honduras and Spain. The analysis clearly identifies the three dimensions of competence and their subdimensions. We validated the Questionnaire of Climate Change Competence to Preservice Teachers (Q-C3PST) questionnaire for future teachers using a third-order model. This framework is essential for objectively assessing and improving this vital competence for addressing the global crisis through education.

INTRODUCTION

The IPCC (2019) declares climate change as the utmost significant global crisis, having profound implications for society, the economy, and the environment. Education plays a crucial role in enhancing the capacity of students, teachers, school communities, and organisations to comprehend and tackle these issues within the limited timeframe. Climate Change Education (ECC) assumes a vital role in facilitating this transformation(United Nations, 2016) as its core aim is to enhance individuals' awareness of the multifaceted origins, repercussions, and measures for mitigation and adaptation. Likewise, Education for Sustainable Development (EDS) seeks to integrate these subjects into the formal education system to promote the achievement of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs). One of the key objectives of the ESD approach, as discussed by Buckler & Creech (2014), is to empower individuals to make informed and responsible decisions that have positive implications for themselves and others, both in the present and in the long term. The proposed holistic and interdisciplinary approach to problem-solving and decision-making by the ESD is essential for the promotion of active citizenship and civic engagement.

On the contrary, numerous studies in the literature establish that misconceptions surrounding actionable steps to combat Climate Change diminish the effectiveness of such efforts(Ikonomidis et al., 2012). Within this context, the introduction of Climate Change Competence (C3) by Fuertes et al. (2020) aims to enhance knowledge, skills, and attitudes within the formal education system. This initiative seeks to incorporate practical aspects of ECC, ESD, and scientific knowledge into school curricula. The introduction of this concept preceded that of Europe Green Competences (https://green-comp.eu/) by a small margin, and demonstrated numerous similarities. The C3 has the capability to facilitate the design of educational programs and courses, as well as the incorporation of this crucial element into existing curricula. In recognition of the crucial role played by C3, it is necessary to have assessment tools that can yield information regarding its development and facilitate targeted educational interventions. Considering the significant impact that future educators will have on climate change education, the development of an assessment tool to evaluate their C3 is imperative.

Objectives

This study aims to examine how the assessment tool C3 can be adapted for use with pre-service teachers (PSTs) and explore the self-perception of PSTs regarding a specific set of actions that are important for mitigating climate change within component C3.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
METHODOLOGY
To evaluate C3 in future teachers, a study design that incorporates cross-sectional and quantitative approaches was employed.
Participants
659 PSTs participated voluntarily and anonymously in the study. The sampling technique used is non-probabilistic for convenience. Males comprised 23.84% and females 67.83%. 46% were from Honduras, 54% were Spanish. 72% of PST types were elementary, with 28% being secondary. Age range of participants: 18-45, mean: 24.45.
The instrument
We modified the original Q-C3 for teachers to adapt it to PSTs. The instrument used was called Q-C3PST. It is a closed-ended Likert-scale questionnaire with 61 items in C3 elements. The knowledge dimension measuring interactions between the scientific veracity of climate change (CC)(Ferrari et al., 2022) and its 19 items was assessed with the response categories were: “False,” “Somewhat false,” “No sure”, “Somewhat true,” and “True”. Skills include 16 items and measure participants' engagement in CC mitigation activities like material consumption, food and diet, transport, and energy saving (Ferrari et al., 2022; Shi et al., 2016). The items were evaluated with five categories being 1 “Never” and 5 “Always”. Finally, the Attitude dimensions consisted of 29 items that determined the willingness to teach CC (Vukelić et al., 2022), actions collective on schools(Molthan-Hill et al., 2019), national policy support (Shi et al., 2016) and personal efficacy (Y. Liu et al., 2022) to action against CC and the concern (Shi et al., 2015) and hope (Y. Liu et al., 2022). The items used five categories being 1 "Totally disagree" and 5 "Totally agree".
Data collection and data analysis
We collected data for this research through an online questionnaire.  Initially, descriptive data exploration was conducted for each item (mean, standard deviation, and item-factor correlation). We validate each element of C3 through CFA. Model fit of C3 was assessed based on a nonsignificant Chi-square and fit indices meeting the following predefined criteria: a comparative fit index (CFI) and Tucker-Lewis Index (TLI) over .90, and a root mean square error of approximation (RMSEA) of .08 or less. Cronbach's α estimated reliability. The Average Variance Extracted (AVE) assessed convergent validity. We assess discriminant validity through of the Fornell & Larcker criterion. Lastly, we evaluate nomological validity. Additionally, it can be supported by analyzing C3 and an external construct (Motivation to teach CC). This last, was coded as 0 for "Without motivation" and 1 for "Motivation to teach CC".

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Most items had r values between 0.43 and 0.94. Reliability was adequate with Cronbach's alpha > .7 for all C3 items. The items successfully determined all elements of C3. Additionally, all estimated loadings were significant and > .7. AVE was satisfactory (> .5). Model fit of C3 was assessed based on a nonsignificant Chi-square (χ2/df = 1.99) and fit indices(CFI, TLI and GFI) were over .90, and a root mean square error of approximation (RMSEA) of .08 or less. The mean values were 4.13 (knowledge), 3.54 (skills), and 4.01 (attitude).
Discriminant validity was evaluated with Fornell & Larcker's criterion. The square roots of the AVEs exceeded the intercorrelation values.

With respect to nomological validity, previous research suggests positive relationships between knowledge, abilities, and attitudes toward CC (Higde et al., 2017; P. Liu et al., 2020; Tamar et al., 2021). Our results confirm a positive relationship between the sub-dimensions and dimensions of C3. In addition, we test the model’s external variable “motivation to teach CC” with the C3 elements. All elements of C3 had significant positive correlations with motivation to teach. The results are consistent with the literature (Vukelić et al., 2022). Therefore, the analyses of the correlations between the elements of our model and the analysis between these elements and the variable concern support the nomological validation of our model.  
In summary, our findings provide empirical support for the reliability, validity, and utility of the Q-C3PST questionnaire in assessing Climate Change Competence among preservice teachers, emphasizing its potential as a valuable tool for evaluating and enhancing educators' preparedness to address the global crisis through education.

References
•Buckler, C., & Creech, H. (2014). Shaping the Future We Want UN Decade of Education for Sustainable Development (2005-2014) FINAL REPORT. http://www.unesco.org/open-access/
•Ferrari, E., Abad, F. M., & Ruiz, C. (2022). Examining the Relationship between the Dimensions of the Climate ‐ Change Competence (C3): Testing for Mediation and Moderation. Sustainability, 14(3), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.3390/su14031895
•Fuertes, M.-Á., Santiago, A., Corrochano, D., Delgado, L., Herrero-Teijón, P., Ballegeer, A. M., Ferrari-Lagos, E., Fernández, R., & Ruiz, C. (2020). Climate Change Education: A proposal of a Category-Based Tool for Curriculum Analysis to Achieve the Climate Competence. Education in the Knowledge Society, 21, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.14201/eks.21516
•Ikonomidis, S., Papanastasiou, D., Melas, D., & Avgoloupis, S. (2012). The Anthropogenic “Greenhouse Effect”: Greek Prospective Primary Teachers’ Ideas About Causes, Consequences and Cures. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 21(6), 768–779. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10956-012-9365-0
•IPCC. (2019). Framing and Context of the Report. In Special Report on the Ocean and Cryosphere in a Changing Climate (SROCC).
•Liu, P., Teng, M., & Han, C. (2020). How does environmental knowledge translate into pro-environmental behaviors?: The mediating role of environmental attitudes and behavioral intentions. Science of the Total Environment, 728, 138126. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2020.138126
•Liu, Y., Song, Y., & Wang, X. (2022). Increasing Preservice Science Teachers’ Climate Change Knowledge, Hope, and Self-Efficacy in an Online Chemistry Course. Journal of Chemical Education, 99(7), 2465–2473. https://doi.org/10.1021/acs.jchemed.2c00074
•Molthan-Hill, P., Worsfold, N., Nagy, G. J., Leal Filho, W., & Mifsud, M. (2019). Climate change education for universities: A conceptual framework from an international study. Journal of Cleaner Production, 226, 1092–1101. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.04.053
•Shi, J., Visschers, V. H. M., & Siegrist, M. (2015). Public Perception of Climate Change: The Importance of Knowledge and Cultural Worldviews. Risk Analysis, 35(12), 2183–2201. https://doi.org/10.1111/risa.12406
•Shi, J., Visschers, V. H. M., Siegrist, M., & Arvai, J. (2016). Knowledge as a driver of public perceptions about climate change reassessed. Nature Climate Change, 6(8), 759–762. https://doi.org/10.1038/nclimate2997
•Tamar, M., Wirawan, H., Arfah, T., & Putri, R. P. S. (2021). Predicting pro-environmental behaviours: the role of environmental values, attitudes and knowledge. Management of Environmental Quality: An International Journal, 32(2), 328–343. https://doi.org/10.1108/MEQ-12-2019-0264
•United Nations. (2016, November). Education is key to addressing climate change | United Nations. United Nations. https://www.un.org/en/climatechange/climate-solutions/education-key-addressing-climate-change
•Vukelić, N., Rončević, N., & Toljan, S. (2022). Student Teachers’ Willingness to Act in the Climate Change Context. Social Sciences, 11(47), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci11020047


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

“Sustainability is more than Saving Water” Engaging Situated Perspectives and Practices through a Whole Institution Process in University Teacher Education

Rachel Bowden, Maria Kondratjuk

TU Dresden, Germany

Presenting Author: Bowden, Rachel; Kondratjuk, Maria

„Rethinking the purpose of education and the organization of learning has never been more urgent” (UNESCO 2015, p.10).

Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is fundamental to achieving all 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) (UN, 2015 and UNESCO 2021) and the goals of the European Green Deal (CoE, 2022). In Germany, demands to include ESD in initial teacher education come ‘top-down’, through international, national and federal resolutions and ‘bottom-up’ from student teachers and serving teachers (Grund et al., 2019). As a result, ESD is being increasingly included in German universities at policy level (Holst et. al., 2022). However, beyond embedding ESD in university policies and curricula, much more work is needed to realize ESD in teaching and research, and in management, campus and transfer activities (ibid.). Indeed, systemic changes are needed to embed ESD as an integral part of institutional and pedagogical practices (Evans et al., 2017).

This paper describes the scientific process monitoring of the institutional sustainability process of the Centre of Teacher Education and Education Research (ZLSB) at TU Dresden University of Technology. A whole institution approach is a systemic approach to sustainability that engages diverse actors and their situated priorities, needs and resources and embed sustainable practices across an institution's operations, policies, and cultures (SMK, 2019). Whole institution processes are a vital part of implementing ESD in initial teacher education and across education systems because understandings and practices cannot solely be dictated from outside, but must also be re-contextualised by people and communities within and between particular contexts of practice (Kohl et al., 2022). Further, in order to foster socio-ecological transformation education must itself be transformed (UNESCO, 2021), including recognising and addressing the close correlation between formal education and socio-ecological injustices (Pirbahi-Illich et al., 2023; Orr, 2004). Sterling (2001) critiques sustainability education within a ‘mechanistic’ paradigm of education and society, where the focus is technical solutions to complicated problems. He argues for an ‘ecological’ approach, which includes ‘transformative learning’, or learning as sustainability, to enable emergent ways of seeing, thinking and acting in the world. This necessitates moving beyond established roles and discipline boundaries to engage questions of social and ecological justice and the imagination of alternative futures in relation to particular positionalities and contexts of practice (CRWR, 2023).

The study investigated sustainability and ESD from the perspectives of different individuals and teams at the ZLSB. In particular, we focused on identifying the priorities, resources and challenges towards implementing sustainability and ESD for individuals, teams and the a whole institution. The study aims to foster understanding and action within and between teams at the ZLSB, and further research-based understandings of whole institution approaches to sustainability and ESD.

This process is important, because the ZLSB is a potential ‘lever’ in the university, and within federal, national and European teacher education systems. With around 4,300 student teachers, TU Dresden is the largest provider of initial teacher education in Saxony, Germany. The ZLSB coordinates teacher education across the University, including managing timetables, practicum placements, examinations and side-entry into teaching programs; offering in-service training for teachers and teacher educators; conducting research; and coordinating projects around cross-cutting themes, such as internationalization, inclusion, digitality and ESD. As a result, the ZLSB has strong links with students and staff across the University, with the education Ministry, and with schools and other teacher education providers in Saxony, and internationally. The broad and diverse remit of the ZLSB, enables comparisons to be drawn between this particular case and that of other teacher education institutions in Germany and Europe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As the main survey instrument, focus groups (Morgan, 1997) were used with different departmental groups of the ZLSB, such as the Student Office, the digitisation department, and seconded teachers. Focus groups are used for the evaluation and further development of products and services, for the evaluation of certain measures and their improvement, for the analysis of diversity of opinion and for acceptance analyses. The focus group method originated in market research in the 1920s. Later, the focus group interview (Merton, 1987) and group discussions were developed in cultural studies, which marked a development from market research to empirical social research. Today, there are various types of focus groups, which can be located somewhere between a conversation, workshop and group interview and can be defined as a form of survey in which communication processes are initiated by others in a group, which at least in some phases approximate a normal conversation in terms of their process and structure (cf. Loos et. al., 2012). What all forms have in common is that researchers see themselves "as agents of change in the field they are researching" (Schäffer, 2012: 349) and, in their role, provide moderating support, observe with restraint and steer focused and targeted interventions. „Any group discussion may be called a focus group as long as the researcher is actively encouraging of, and attentive to, the group interaction” (Barbour, 2007: 2).

Focus groups can therefore be categorized as responsive approaches to evaluation research, in which the "impact" (Barbour, 2007: 93) of participation in a focus group and the "debriefing" (ibid.: 95f) are part of the research process. These characteristics of focus groups distinguish the highly structured survey method, in which a developed guideline with questions is dealt with, from the equally established method of group discussion. Focus groups remain at the first level of meaning (cf. Freeman, 2013) and are well suited for educational research, resp. Teacher education research (Flores et. al., 1995) and to the analysis of organizational processes or structural analyses. In our case study, we also used vignettes as case descriptions that thematize dilemmatically exaggerated situations, such as current headlines from education policy as discussion starters.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this paper, we  present the whole institution sustainability process of the ZLSB in general and the results of the focus groups in detail with a critical reflection of our roles and the normative requirements of such an organizational development process. We highlight the importance of engaging with diverse actors, and their situated perspectives and priorities in relation to sustainability, as part of meaningful processes of implementation and change.

This qualitative study of situated perspectives and practices of sustainability and ESD at the ZLSB, illuminates convergences and particularities between different actors and contexts of practice, and the need to accompany 'top-down' sustainability strategies with opportunities for local level reflection, dialogue and action planning. Further, the focus groups reported on in this presentation provided a framework for reflection and dialogue around sustainability and ESD within departments of the ZLSB at Dresden University. Analysis of focus group data allowed for the identification of particular and cross-cutting priorities, needs and resources and supports individual, departmental and institutional action-planning towards the institutional implementation of sustainability and ESD.

In addition, focus group data and data gathered through other research activities allow for the documentation and analysis of the process as a whole. Ultimately, the research will generate a case study of the whole institution process at the ZLSB. This will be shared within TU Dresden, and across teacher education institutions in Germany and Europe through a series of publications, including a practitioner brochure on integrating ESD in initial teacher education to be published in 2024, conference papers and academic publications.


References
Barbour, R. (2007). Doing Focus Groups
Brock, A. et. al. (2019). Quantitative Study in the National Monitoring – Survey of Teaching Staff. Executive Summary. Weltaktionsprogramme BNE.
Common Worlds Research Collective (CWRC) (2023). Learning to Become with the World: Education for Future Survival. In Hutchinson, Y. et. al. (eds) (2023), Decolonizing Education for Sustainable Futures. Bristol Studies in Comparative and International Education. Pp. 49-66
Council of the European Union (CoE) (2022) Council Recommendation on learning for the green transition and sustainable development 2022/C 243/01
Evans, N. et. al. (2017). Approaches to embedding sustainability in teacher education: A synthesis of the literature. Teaching and Teacher Education, 63, 405–417.
Flores, J. G. et. al. (1995). Using focus groups in educational research: Exploring teachers’ perspectives on educational change. Evaluation Review,  19,  84–101.
Freemann, M. (2013). Meaning Making and Understanding. in Focus Groups: Affirming Social and Hermeneutic Dialogue. Counterpoints, 354, 131–148.
Holst, J. et. al. (2022). Nachhaltigkeit und BNE im Hochschulsystem: Stärkung in Gesetzen und Zielvereinbarungen, ungenutzte Potentiale bei Curricula und der Selbstverwaltung. Kurzbericht des Nationalen Monitorings zur Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung (BNE).
Klein, J. T. (2017). Typologies of interdisciplinarity: The boundary work of definition. In R. Frodeman (Ed.), The Oxford Handbook of Interdisciplinarity (2nd ed.) (pp. 21–34).
Kohl, K. et. al. (2022). "A whole-institution approach towards sustainability: a crucial aspect of higher education’s individual and collective engagement with the SDGs and beyond", International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, Vol. 23 No. 2, pp. 218-236.
Loos, P. et. al. (2012). Das Gruppendiskussionsverfahren in der Forschungspraxis. 2nd edition.
Merton, R. K. (1987). The focussed interview and focus group: Continuities and discontinuities. Public Opinion Quarterly, 51, 550–556.
Morgan, D. L. (1997). Focus groups as qualitative research (Second edition).
Pirbhai-Illich, F. et al. (2023). Decolonizing Educational Relationships: Practical Approaches for Higher and Teacher Education.
Sächsisches Staatsministerium für Kultus (SMK) (2019) Anregungen für Bildungsanbietende zum Umgang mit BNE-Qualitätsstandards. Umsetzung „Sächsische Landesstrategie Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung (BNE)“, Kapitel 9 „Qualitätssicherung“
Schäffer, B. (2012). Gruppendiskussionsverfahren und Focus Groups. In B. Schäffer & O. Dörner (Eds.), Handbuch Qualitative Erwachsenen- und Weiterbildungsforschung. (pp. 347–362)
Sterling, S. (2001). Sustainable Education: Re-Visioning Learning and Change (Schumacher Briefing, 6, Band 6)
United Nations (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 agenda for sustainable development. UN General Assembly Resolution 70/1.
UNESCO (2021). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education. International Commission on the Futures of Education 188 pages


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Bridging Sustainability Education Research and Practice. Exploring the Potential of Lesson Design Workshops

Leif Östman1, Katrien Van Poeck2, Melena Lidar3, Eva Lundqvist4

1Uppsala University; 2Gent University; 3Uppsala University; 4Uppsala University

Presenting Author: Van Poeck, Katrien

Many environmental and sustainability education (ESE) researchers have a strong commitment to improving ESE practice. Building capacities of educators to shape and implement high quality ESE is also an important policy objective. It has been put forward as a ‘priority action area’ in UNESCO’s Global Action Programme on Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) in 2014 as well as its follow-up framework, the ESDfor2030 Roadmap (UNESCO 2020) that is currently informing international efforts to promote and improve teaching and learning about sustainability issues. This paper explores varied ways in which transdisciplinary collaboration between ESE researchers and teachers can contribute to this ambition. We discuss the potential and possible pitfalls of diverse existing approaches to bridging research and practice and propose a novel methodology, Lesson Design Workshops (LDW). This is an approach for cooperation between researchers and teachers that is focused on co-creating educational products (lesson plans and teaching materials) and holds potential to improve ESE practice by, simultaneously, designing high-quality lessons and building educators’ sustainability teaching capacities as well as improving the didactical models used in the co-creation. Through a case study of a LDW on fostering capabilities for argumentation about sustainability issues, we empirically explore these potentials.

Collaborative settings that aim to bridge educational theory and practice have taken shape in varied ways. In this paper, we discuss ‘Lesson studies’ (Duez 2018, Gordon 2019), ‘Learning studies’ (Marton and Booth 1997, Kullberg et al. 2019), ‘Design-based research’ (Anderson & Shattuck 2012), and ‘Didactical dialogue’ (Olin et al 2023). What these practices share, is that, in contrast to traditional in-service training, they are designed for collaboration and participation, considering teachers and their knowledge and experiences as valuable resources. Thus, they acknowledge crucial differences between research-based knowledge and professional knowledge (McIntyre 2005). According to Bates (Schön 2019) practitioners want solutions to their teaching problems, while researchers seek new knowledge. Thus, scientific knowledge is seen as not directly useful for teachers unless it is transformed and/or contextualised to the specific teaching practice.

The methodology of LDW shares these assumptions. Like the other abovementioned methodologies, LDW takes departure in a specific teaching challenge that needs further attention in order to improve students’ learning. It shares with Lesson studies its focus on lessons. Similar to Lesson studies and Didactic dialogue, the methodology does not see a collaboration on doing research as a means for theory-practice bridging. While LDW shares a focus on the transdisciplinary process with Didactic dialogue, the difference is that in LDW this dialogue is mainly used for co-creating educational products. Like Design-based research LDW are not connected to one theory but are theory neutral. What is unique about LDW, is its focus on transdisciplinary co-creation of educational products, i.e. lesson plans, as a mean for theory-practice bridging. These can be said to be one of teachers knowledge products (Runesson & Gustafsson, 2012). Sharing and refining them over time makes accumulation possible. Since lesson plans developed in LDW are a product of a hybridisation between scientific and professional knowledge, the theory-practice bridging becomes materialised in a product that is central in the profession of teaching and therefore is directly useful.

In this paper we explore how the specific characteristics of LDWs can contribute to bridging research and practice. We do not only address how it can improve lesson design and foster capacity building, but also pay attention to how also research models can benefit from such transdisciplinary collaboration. The focus of our investigation is on how didactic modelling (Hamza, Palm & Wickman, 2018) contributes to the hybridisation of scientific and practical knowledge.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We present a case study on a LDW in engineering education focused on improving the quality of students’ argumentation about sustainability issues. Data are gathered through interviews, participatory observation, and document analysis. We conducted and analysed a series of 5 LDW meetings with a group of lecturers in electromechanical engineering in a Belgian University. These were organised on demand, as the teachers expressed challenges regarding how to (re)design their teaching practices in view of fostering students’ capabilities to develop high-quality argumentation on sustainability topics and how to evaluate their performance. In the LDW, we work with a didactic model inspired by Stephen Toulmin’s (1958) work on quality arguments and how it has been applied in didactic research (Rudsberg et al. 2013). Starting from a customisable evaluation rubric for assessing oral and written student work, a back-casting exercise results in the (re)design of lesson plans and teaching materials tailored to the participants’ teaching context.
Using transactional didactic theory (Östman et al. 2019a,b) as analytical models, we analyse whether and how the participants in the LDW were able to redesign their educational practices in a way that helped them to overcome the teaching challenges they were facing. That is, we investigate if and how the design of the LDWs (the tools and models used, the tasks performed, the facilitator’s interventions, etc.) helped them to overcome problematic situations. The analytical work is guided by the question how the ‘dramaturgy’ of the LDW setting (its ‘scripting’, ‘staging’, and ‘performance’ – Van Poeck and Östman 2022) affects the participants’ experimentation and reflection, as well as the educational products that result from that.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our results show how the LDW methodology as a way of bridging research and practice can contribute to, both, improving lesson design and building capacity for sustainability teaching. We also shed light on vital conditions for that and possible pitfalls. Our analysis shows in a detailed way how the research-inspired didactical models (on argumentation) and didactical tools (e.g. assessment rubric) used in the LDW are vital for aiding participants ‘reflection-in-action’ (Schön 1991) and experimentation. The latter, resulting in a re-design of educational practice, can be understood as a form of ‘professional modelling’ (Schön 1991). We observed the re-design of student assignments and the content of lectures in a specific course, but also curriculum reform in the bachelor programme of which the course was part. We did also analyse the change of the didactical models used in the co-creation as part of professional modelling.
Building on the results of the exploratory case study, we discuss the potential of the LDW methodology for bridging theory and practice in comparison to ‘Lesson studies’ (Duez 2018, Gordon 2019), ‘Learning studies’ (Marton and Booth 1997, Kullberg et al. 2019), ‘Design-based research’ (Anderson & Shattuck 2012), and ‘Didactical dialogue’ (Olin et al 2019).

References
Anderson. T. & Shattuck. J. (2012). Design-Based Research: A Decade of Progress in Education Research? Educational Researcher, 41, (1), 16–25.
UNESCO (2014). Roadmap for Implementing the Global Action Programme on Education for Sustainable Development. https://sustainabledevelopment.un.org/content/documents/1674unescoroadmap.pdf
UNESCO (2020). Education for sustainable development: a roadmap. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802.locale=en
Duez, E. (2018). Global Applications of the Japanese ‟Lesson Study”. Teacher Education and Training Model.  International Dialogues on Education, 5(1), 65-73
Gordon Győri J. (2019). Lesson and learning studies—An edifying story. Eur J Educ., 54, 167–174.
Hamza, K., Palm, O. & Wíckman, P-O (2018). Hybridization of practices in teacher–researcher collaboration European Educational Research Journal, Vol. 17(1), 170–18.
Kullberg, A., Vikström, A. & Runesson, U. (2019). Mechanisms enabling knowledge production in learning study. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 2046-8253 DOI 10.1108/IJLLS-11-2018-0084
McIntyre, D. (2005). Bridging the gap between research and practice. Cambridge Journal of Education 35(3), 357–382.
Marton, F. & Booth, S. (1997). Learning and Awareness. Lawrence Erlbaum: Mahwah, NJ.
Olin, A., Almqvist, J. & Hamza, K. (2023). To recognize oneself and others in teacher-researcher collaboration. Educational Action Research, 31(2), 248–264.
Östman, L., Van Poeck, K. & Öhman, J. (2019a). A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In: Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. & Öhman, J. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 127-139.
Östman, L., Van Poeck, K. & Öhman, J. (2019b). A transactional theory on sustainability teaching: Teacher moves. In: Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. & Öhman, J. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 140-152.
Rudsberg, K., Öhman, J. & Östman, L. 2013. Analyzing Students’ Learning in Classroom Discussions about Socioscientific Issues. Science Education, 97(4), 594-620.
Runesson, U, & Gustafsson, G. (2012). Sharing and developing knowledge products from Learning Study. International Journal for Lesson and Learning Studies, 1(3), 245-260.
Schön, D. A. (1991). The reflective practitioner. London: Routledge.
Toulmin, S.E. 1958. The uses of argument. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Van Poeck, K. & Östman, L. (2022). The Dramaturgy of Facilitating Learning Processes: A Transactional Theory and Analytical Approach. In: Garrison, J., Öhman, J, Östman, L. (Eds.) Deweyan Transactionalism in Education: Beyond Self-action and Inter-action. Bloomsburry Academic, 123-136.
 
9:30 - 11:0030 SES 04 B: Becoming Inclusive in ESE
Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Karen Jordan
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Sustainability Education in a Diverse Classroom

Elin Sæther, Joke Dewilde

University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Sæther, Elin; Dewilde, Joke

This paper reports on an on-going project where we follow sustainability education in an upper secondary school where the student group is composed of adults with a migrant background. In this school they are called “participants” rather than “pupils” to emphasize their status as adults.

For the past three years the school has organized an interdisciplinary sustainability week where students and teachers spend all available time on project related activities. The topics for the sustainability week have been broad: “clothes”,“water” and “food”.

Diversity is the norm at this school, and the classrooms are filled with people talking together in many different languages, while Norwegian is being used as the teaching language. The participants’ Norwegian competency varies, but students need to pass a minimum competency level. When students and teachers learn about and explore sustainability issues during the sustainability week, they bring with them knowledge and experiences from previous education as well as multilingual language resources, concepts and vocabularies. They also enter a situation where they are to discuss complex issues across their differences in a language that only the teacher fully masters. This classroom context accentuates the complexity of sustainability issues education. Not only are the topics contentious and complicated in the way they connect micro and macro perspectives on society, nature, economy, politics and culture, but the didactical opportunity structure is contingent upon the linguistic and cultural diversity of the classroom.

Our study is guided by three research questions, and we ask:

  • which subject positions become available to the participants through the classroom discourse on sustainability?
  • how are the participants' backgrounds and experiences expressed in the classroom?
  • how is Norway constructed as an actor in relation to sustainable development?

One easily observable feature of sustainability discourse is the positioning of a broad, human ‘we’ who now face the crises caused by global warming and loss of biodiversity. This broadly formulated ‘we’ has been criticized for obscuring how global inequity and injustice position people in different places differently. Bylund and Knutsson (2020) show how sustainability education is conducted in ways that reflect and naturalize existing privileges and structures of (economic) domination and disadvantage. Pashby and Sund (2020) make a similar observation that Environmental and Sustainability Education reproduce a ‘we’ situated in the global north that is construed as providing knowledge of, and solutions to, problems of the Global South. Colonial path dependencies do have an impact also on education systems, and Andreotti (2016, p. 102) describes how the concept of the nation state is presented as a given and benevolent category that elevates it “to a place beyond critique”. In our study, we follow a classroom in the global north where the majority of the students have origins in the global south, which gives an opportunity to explore the construction of subject positions taking place in ESD and the characteristics ascribed to Norway’s practices and responsibility for sustainable development. The construction of subject positions taking place in classroom discourse will influence on the status of the participants’ knowledge and previous experiences from education, employment, politics and daily life in their countries of origin. To analyze the status and use of various knowledge sources, we draw on literature from multilingualism studies (García & Li, 2014). The concept of epistemic justice enables us to construct migrant students as knowers and producers of knowledge (Kerfoot & Bello-Nonjengele, 2022). While multilingual approaches in education provide access in a language students master allowing them to make epistemic contributions, Kerfoot and Bello-Nonjengele (2022) argue that this is not enough to obtain epistemic justice as “hierarchies of value and relations of knowing [are left] unchallenged” (p. 3).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The setting of our study is a formal adult education center in a large city in Norway. Students come from Afghanistan, Colombia, India, Syria, Thailand, and Turkey, and are between 25 and 50 years old. All have obtained permanent residency, but their time in Norway varies from a few years to more than ten years. The teacher has long experience with teaching adult migrants.

The paper is based on qualitative analysis of classroom observations in combination of interviews with student participants, teachers and school leadership. We were present in the classroom throughout the sustainability week organized at the school in 2023 and conducted interviews with selected participants and the main teacher for this class. Interviews with the school leadership have informed us about the upstart of the sustainability week in 2022, and for 2024 we will have a focus group with teachers to learn more about their perspectives.

Our analyses are theoretically informed by literatures on multilingualism and environmental and sustainability education. Our analytical strategies build on poststructural discourse analysis (Laclau & Mouffe, 2014) and center around concepts such as hegemony, signs, floating signifiers and subject positions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We find several available subject positions articulated in classroom discourse. In group work and classroom discussions, the notion of the responsible citizen who contributes to sustainability by saving water is recurring. It is sometimes countered by the critical citizen who points out that without structural change, individual actions mean very little. Participants’ experiences from their countries of origin are often made sense of as part of a discourse on development rather than sustainability. One example is how it was necessary to save water, as water was a scarce resource. However, in the classroom context, the dominating student subject position appear to be as resident and part of Norwegian civil society. Previous knowledge, experiences and languages are recognized, but never positioned at the center of discussion. The Norwegian nation state is constructed as good and benevolent and as a contributor of technological knowledge and resources to the global south. Norwegian production of oil and gas and overconsumption are not being addressed.  

References
Andreotti, V. (2016). The educational challenges of imagining the world differently. Canadian Journal of Development Studies/Revue canadienne d'études du développement, 37(1), 101-112.

Bylund, L., & Knutsson, B. (2020). The Who? Didactics, differentiation and the biopolitics of inequality. Utbildning & Demokrati–tidskrift för didaktik och utbildningspolitk, 29(3), 89-108.

García, O., & Li Wei. (2014). Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. Palgrave Macmillan.

Kerfoot, C., & Bello-Nonjengele, B. O. (2022). Towards epistemic justice: Constructing knowers in multilingual classroom. Applied Linguistics, 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1093/applin/amac049

Laclau, E., & Mouffe, C. (2014). Hegemony and socialist strategy: Towards a radical democratic politics (Vol. 8). Verso Books.

Pashby, K., & Sund, L. (2020). Decolonial options and challenges for ethical global issues pedagogy in northern Europe secondary classrooms. Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education, 4(1), 66-83.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Young People’s Perspectives and Experiences Around Climate Change and Sustainability: Implications for Cultivating Nature-Connectedness in Education

Nicola Walshe1, Grace Healy1,2

1IOE, UCL’s Faculty of Education and Society, UK; 2Department of Education, University of Oxford, UK

Presenting Author: Walshe, Nicola; Healy, Grace

Climate change and sustainability education can be understood as broad, pluralistic approaches to education that aim to generate understanding of the wide-ranging, interconnected, environmental and social issues that are defining our time, and that support peoples’ capabilities for acting in response to those issues. Climate change education in particular is a ‘hyper-complex’ concept (Læssøe et al., 2009) as it brings two independently complex concepts of ‘education’ and ‘climate change’ together. Greer and Glackin (2021, pp.16-17) set out six qualities of a meaningful educational response to climate change, arguing that quality climate change education should: ‘offer and be open to alternatives’; ‘accept and embrace complexity’; ‘develop ecological worldviews’; ‘re-orient towards justice’; ‘incorporate multiple types of knowledge’ ; and ‘recognise and support students as agents of change’. The final quality requires students to be repositioned from mere recipients of knowledge to recognising them as ‘collaborators in society’s transformation’. Therefore, the development of climate change and sustainability education (CCSE) ought to engage with young people’s perspectives and experience in meaningful ways.

In 2022, the Department for Education (DfE, 2022) launched the Sustainability and climate change strategy for the education which sets out the UK Government’s commitment to providing CCSE for children and young people in England which “Makes a difference to children and young people all over the world”. While this is a laudable aim, research suggests teachers do not currently feel equipped to provide the CCSE required by the strategy; for example, Greer et al. (2023) found there was lack of initial teacher education (ITE) and professional development related to CCSE (e.g., less than half of teachers reported any formal professional development). Dunlop and Rushton’s (2022) analysis of the DfE’s strategy identifies differences between priorities of the strategy and those of teachers. Whilst this teacher survey provides one lens on CCSE, there remains a need to find out directly about young people’s perceptions and understandings of CCSE in order to provide a more comprehensive youth-led contribution to policy and practice in England and globally.

Our research was designed to connect an understanding of young people’s perspectives on CCSE, with their feelings about climate change and connections to nature, which have been typically focussed upon within separate research studies or surveys. For example, the Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health (RCPCH, 2023) published a report on ‘young people’s perspectives on how to tackle climate change’ which represents the views of over 95,000 children and young people, showed that children globally are experiencing “eco-anxiety” fuelled by climate change concerns. Whilst the Climate of Change (2021) poll conducted by Ipsos surveyed more than 22,000 people aged 15-23 years old across 23 European countries and found that 84% of young people were worried about climate change and 65% considered that it will affect them directly.

The development of the survey was guided by the following research questions: 

  1. What are young people’s understandings of climate change and sustainability? To what extent do they align with scientific consensus?
  2. What are young people’s perceptions of how climate change and sustainability education is, and should be, taught in schools?
  3. In what ways are young people engaging with climate change and sustainability education in schools?
  4. How do young people feel about climate change?
  5. In what ways are these perspectives related to young people’s feelings of connection with nature?

Whilst this research is anchored by the contributions of the young people, we decentred the human as we have taken a posthuman approach to questioning the ways in which entanglements with the more-than-human lifeworlds are visible, underdeveloped or absent in broader perceptions of CCSE.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer these research questions, we undertook a survey of children and young people in school years 7-9 (aged 11-14) in England. National surveys that incorporate questions on climate change (e.g., Climate of Change (2010) poll; European Social Survey (2020)) typically only include young people over the age of 15 years old. It is noted that earlier in childhood could be a critical point to seek young peoples’ perspectives given that children from age 11 are seen to become interested in societal and global issues (Holden, 2007). Key principles guiding the administration and layout of the survey were that it would be easy to complete, attractive and uncomplicated. The development of the questionnaire was an iterative process that involved research team discussion, literature review, item drafting, peer review and piloting, and concurrent development of analysis methods. The questionnaire was peer reviewed by teachers with expertise across secondary education. We then conducted a formal pilot with a class of Year 8 (age 12-13, n=30) students in a school to ensure coherence and useability. The final questionnaire comprised questions organised in four sections: i) students’ understandings of climate change and sustainability; ii) students’ perceptions of and engagement with climate change and sustainability in school, iii) students’ pro-environmental behaviour; iv) students’ connection with nature; and v) demographic information, including gender, ethnicity and socio-economic status. Questions included a combination of matrix, multiple choice questions and free text or open-ended questions. The final questionnaire was administered using Qualtrics software and took 20-30 minutes to complete via an electronic device. The questionnaire was open to students in England for nine weeks, predominantly administered by class teachers in school. We used non-probability, convenience sampling; the questionnaire was promoted across a range of networks, including through our network of 600 partnership schools. Incentives were offered in the form of two randomly drawn prizes (£30 Amazon voucher each) for students. This project followed BERA (2018) ethical guidelines and was awarded ethical approval by the University Ethics Committee.
Data analysis was undertaken for quantitative data using descriptive and inferential statistics. All qualitative data were transcribed and coded using thematic content analysis. Thematic content approach drew upon both inductive (revealing common themes as emerging from the data and their prevalence) and deductive (considering whether/how existing themes are present within the data) approaches.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The survey was administered in Spring 2024, allowing us to present results in the Summer at ECER. The data brings together a rich data-set on young people’s perceptions of CCSE in England, particularly with regard to their experience of the formal, school-based curriculum, and their engagement with nature. Whilst some data about student attitudes exist from informal surveys, we address the lack of a national picture; collection of demographic data, including gender, ethnicity and socio-economic status, allows us to further understand patterns of young people’s perceptions in relation to these characteristics. The survey of young people is further paired with our survey of teachers in England undertaken in 2022 (Greer et al., 2023), thereby enabling us to bring together data from those responsible for the education of the next generation and the next generation whose lives are inextricably entangled with the effects of and efforts to address climate change and sustainability. This brings insights into the connections between young people’s sense of agency and possibilities of constructive hope that exist between educators and young people (Kelsey, 2016; Ojala, 2011)
Our analysis of the survey data provides a foundation for international dialogue about the priorities for meaningful CCSE grounded by young people’s perspectives and experiences. Through this, we additionally address the unrealised potential for cultivating nature-connectedness to shape future trajectories of educational practices that bring attunement between teachers, young people and more-than-human lifeworlds.

References
Climate of Change. (2021). Climate greater worry than COVID-19 for young Europeans, new poll finds https://climateofchange.info/climate-greater-worry-than-covid-19-for-young-europeans-new-poll-finds/
DfE. (2022). Sustainability and climate change: a strategy for the education and children’s services systems. Available at: https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/sustainability-and-climate-change-strategy (Accessed 31 January, 2024).
Dunlop, L., & Rushton, E. A. (2022). Putting climate change at the heart of education: Is England's strategy a placebo for policy? British Educational Research Journal, 48(6), 1083-1101.
European Social Survey (2020). ESS Round 10 Source Questionnaire. London: ESS ERIC Headquarters c/o City, University of London.
Greer, K. and Glackin, M. (2021). ‘What ‘counts’ as climate education? Perspectives from policy influencers’. School Science Review, 383, pp.16-22.
Greer, K., Sheldrake, R., Rushton, E., Kitson, A., Hargreaves, E., & Walshe, N. (2023). Teaching climate change and sustainability: A survey of teachers in England. University College London: London, UK.  
Holden, C. (2007). Young people’s concerns. In D. Hicks & C. Holden (Eds.), Teaching the global dimension: Key principles and effective practice (pp. 31–42). Routledge.
Jickling, B. and Blenkinsop, S. (2020). ‘Wilding Teacher Education: Responding to the Cries of Nature’. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education, 23(1), pp. 121-138.
Kelsey, E. (2016). Propagating collective hope in the midst of environmental doom and gloom. Canadian Journal of Environmental Education (CJEE), 21, 23-40.
Læssøe, J., Schnack, K., Breiting, S. and Rolls, S. Climate Change and Sustainable Development: The Response from Education CROSS-NATIONAL REPORT (Danish School of Education, University of Aarhus, Denmark). Available at:  http://dpu.dk/RPEHE and http://edusud.dk 2009 (Accessed 31 January 2024).
Ojala, M. (2012). Hope and climate change: The importance of hope for environmental engagement among young people. Environmental education research, 18(5), 625-642.
RCPCH (2023) Preserving the world for future generations: Children and young people’s perspectives on how to tackle climate change. Available at: https://www.rcpch.ac.uk/sites/default/files/2023-10/climate-change-cyp-voice-report-final.pdf (Accessed 21 January, 2024).


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Video

“We Wanted to Be Brave”: Co-Creating Teacher Learning Spaces that Enhance Pedagogical Practices in Teaching about Environmental Sustainability

Suzanne Pratt

Teachers College, Columbia Uni, United States of America

Presenting Author: Pratt, Suzanne

Into today’s climate, children and youth are faced with constant uncertainties that relate to realities of environmental and social crises. In the case of one of these issues, climate change, studies have found that children and youth are often misinformed or not informed about actions, attitudes, and behaviors that contribute to “unsustainable patterns…that exceed the capacities of the Earth’s ecological systems” (Rousell, & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, 2020, p. 191) and that fail to foster healthy habits that encourage deep understanding and dedication for environmental sustainability. Children and youth need access to spaces that offer opportunities to critically explore and deeply understand the issues we all face, and teachers need support in developing strategies for making these spaces accessible and available.

While many teachers recognize the importance of teaching about these topics, many struggle with a challenge of understanding what it looks like to effectively support students in developing the understandings, skills, and habits necessary to nurture seeds of real change (Rousell, & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, 2020). Equally important is the work of teacher educators as they consider how to support pre-service teachers in learning how to meaningfully foster student learning around issues that are so universally critical (Favier, Van Gorp, Cyvin, & Cyvin, J. 2021).

This longitudinal, ethnographic case study focuses on the learning of a group of teachers (the Citizen Scientist Curriculum Team) who are engaged in the challenge of developing pedagogical practices that directly and deeply connect students to environmental issues that impact us all. The study offers one example of teachers who are seeking to untangle questions of teaching and learning in the context of a real issue (environmental sustainability) and the journey of the group as they have devised, implemented, reflected on, and then revised curriculum and pedagogical practices through in multiple iterations.

Members of the Citizen Scientist Curriculum Team work at a variety of schools in New York City. The curriculum they designed prioritizes hands-on, project-based learning that emphasized an inquiry into the health of local waterways. Students engage in cycles of place-based scientific fieldwork, data analysis, and synthesis.

In addition to exploring these dilemmas in their own work, the group also created space for pre-service teachers to work alongside them as they engaged in this messy and imperfect work. This added complexity and also richness to the experience as members of the team learned from each other and pushed themselves to take pedagogical risks that were designed to enhance student connections to hands-on, field-based curriculum that was designed to explore environmental sustainability.

The research questions related to this study are:

1. What do teachers do together in a space where they are attempting to reimagine the boundaries of what teaching and learning look like, especially in the context of elevating the importance issues such as climate change with students?

2. As they reflect on multiple year-long iterations of creation, implementation, reflection, and revision as members of the Citizen Scientist Curriculum Team, how do teachers talk about their own evolution as professionals?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study was developed and designed using principles of qualitative community-based research, including that (1) it is collaborative in nature; (2) employs a critical stance; (3) seeks to generate transformation (Johnson, 2016). In keeping with these tenets the author of this short film project acted as a full participant in the Citizen Scientist Curriculum Team with all members participating in different aspects of the research design.

Data for this study were collected between 2017 and 2022. A mixture of interviews, artifacts, videos, and documents were collected and then later analyzed.

Data analysis for this project were analyzed sequentially, thematically, and through examination of critical instances. These types of analysis were used to cyclically build layers of understanding as patterns emerged from the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A portion of the findings for this study will be presented at this conference in the form of a short film. The aim of the film is to explore the journey of the Citizen Scientist Curriculum Team, including their insight about how their experiences as members of the group evolved over time. This includes reflections on the development of a "space" where complex, multi-directional teacher learning happens. Members of the group describe the space as “this really amazing sandbox”, a place for “experimentation”, and as “a community”. While members of the group shared a passion for developing “hands-on” and “fun” ways for students to learn.

Developing the curriculum also led to situations where members of the group were pushing back against the norms of their typical teaching context. One member of the group, a veteran teacher reflected on how new teachers often, "get schooled in how school is...and it really takes some of the joy of teaching." In focusing their efforts on building curriculum that would lead to students being deeply engaged in the study of environmental sustainability, the teachers also ended up creating a space where they were able to rediscover the joy.

In the form of video presentation, that joy can be seen on the faces of students as they stand in the middle of the river, wearing waders and collecting data.

The findings of this study encourage considerations around the development of collaboration of teaching coalitions for purposes of enhancing instruction for students.

References
Darity, K. & Pratt, S. (2023). “Giving them the opportunity to create”: Planning for Critical Media Literacy in a STEM+C context. heiEDUCATION Journal [Special Issue].

Favier, T., Van Gorp, B., Cyvin, J. B., & Cyvin, J. (2021). Learning to teach climate change: students in teacher training and their progression in pedagogical content knowledge. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 45(4), 594-620.

Johnson, L. R. (2016). Community-based qualitative research: Approaches for education and the social sciences. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.

Rousell, D., & Cutter-Mackenzie-Knowles, A. (2020). A systematic review of climate change education: Giving children and young people a ‘voice’and a ‘hand’in redressing climate change. Children's Geographies, 18(2), 191-208.
 
9:30 - 11:0031 SES 04 A: Linguistically Responsive Pedagogy
Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Claudine Kirsch
Paper Session
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Pedagogies for Linguistic and Cultural Diversity and Social Justice: a Comparative Study of Language Teachers’ Identity Visual Narratives

Ana Sofia Pinho1, Maria de Lurdes Gonçalves2

1University of Lisbon, Portugal; 2Camões, EPE, Instituto da Cooperação e da Língua

Presenting Author: Pinho, Ana Sofia

Linguistic and cultural diversity in schools and classrooms ‘call[s] into question the language education policies and practices of teachers and schools and their capacity to respond effectively to the challenges of an increasingly linguistically and culturally diverse school population’ (Young, 2018, p. 23). Indeed, schools may be experienced as a process of othering (Szelei, Tinoca & Pinho, 2021) and linguistic injustice, of identity silencing and hierarchisation (Spotti & Kroon, 2015; Vervaet et al. 2018). Such processes endanger the materialisation of an inclusive school and the living of a full multilingual citizenship (Stroud, 2018). Piller (2016) problematises the mainstream curriculum regarding issues of linguistic justice, which emphasises that schools and teachers are asked to counter-act processes of linguistic subordination and invisibility of plural identities.

Against this background, social justice, equity, and inclusion continue to be critical topics in the field of initial teacher education and teacher professional development, in the context of which scholars advocate the adoption of social justice perspectives with transformative approaches regarding diversity in education (McDonald and Zeichner, 2009; Pantić & Florian, 2015). It is believed that this may be a route to foster future and experienced teachers’ critical awareness of sociocultural and sociolinguistic oppressive teaching structures and mindsets alongside an educational engagement against such structures (Pijanowski & Brady, 2021). García (2017) underlines the importance of all teachers to question how the concept of language is being legitimised in schools and to develop a critical multilingual awareness, which comprises, on the one hand, the awareness of plurilingualism, and on the other hand, the awareness of how plurilingualism in society may be a result of histories of colonial and imperialistic oppression, and of how language use has been naturalised.

Particularly, language teachers are asked to develop new professional landscapes, in the core of which is the need to interpret the socio-linguistic and cultural complexity of educational contexts, and to envisage the role of languages and pedagogy therein. It is not new that teacher cognition (Borg, 2018; Haukås, 2016; Paulsrud, Juvonen & Schalley, 2023) is pointed out as a driving force to understand teachers’ language awareness and conceptualizations of language teaching. Discussing the link between social justice pedagogy and cultural diversity, Pijanowski and Brady (2021), point out the importance of intellectual and dispositional work to support teachers in the adoption of equity and inclusion. Due to principles of social justice and human rights, pedagogies for linguistic and cultural diversity, such as plurilingual and intercultural education, may be disruptive in how pre-service and experience teachers understand their role and language teaching (Piccardo et al., 2022). According to Boylan and Woolsey (2015), referring to teachers’ identity space and social justice, it is important to involve teachers in the discomforting position of confronting their beliefs and dispositions. It is, therefore, important to understand pre-service and experienced language teachers’ authoring and identity work and representations of language teaching, to discuss the place of competing discourses in their identity construction and in professional learning initiatives.

In this paper presentation, we seek to analyse a set of visual narratives produced by two groups of language teachers in different national settings (Portugal and Switzerland) in order to answer the following questions:

  • RQ1: What are pre-service and in-service teachers’ representations of English as a Foreign Language (EFL) and of Portuguese as a Heritage Language (PHL) regarding linguistic and cultural diversity, and how do such representations compare to each other?
  • RQ2: What professional identity is in the making regarding pedagogy for linguistic and cultural diversity through the lens of social justice?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The participants of the study were 13 English as a Foreign Language (EFL) student teachers enrolled on a professionalising master’s degree for teaching in a Portuguese higher education institution (Group 1), and 53 Portuguese as a Heritage Language (PHL) experienced teachers involved in the Portuguese Teaching Abroad (PTA) network in Switzerland (Group 2).
Adopting and arts-based research methodology, the current study took advantage of visual narratives (Kalaja & Melo-Pfeifer, 2019; Pinho, 2023), particularly drawings, as a mediating tool to capture participants’ subjective positionings and identities, particularly as regards plurilingualism and language education. As such, the dataset comprises 39 drawings and written explanations of group 1, gathered in the context of two subject courses – one in the first and the other in the third and last semesters of the degree, between 2016 to 2021 (totalising four cohorts of pre-service teachers); and 64 visual narratives and written explanations of group 2, collected in the context of a three-year professional development project. Regardless of the differences in the timeline, the data collection aimed at gathering the pre- and in-service teachers’ thinking both at the beginning and end of the professional learning situations. Therefore, similar instructions were given to both groups of participants, thus allowing some comparability.
Data analysis followed an interpretative approach, according to which we tried to infer and give meaning to the participants’ multimodal discourses. Our main analytical focus was on the content of the visual narratives, which was then complemented by the corresponding written explanations. A first step was to code for themes and then dived in category grouping. Given the purpose of the study, we identified the drawings that explicitly addressed the theme ‘Linguistic and cultural diversity in language education’ in both groups: 16 in group 1 (EFL student teachers) and 8 in group 2 (PHL experienced teachers).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding RQ1, EFL student teacher’s drawings display co-existing, conflicting representations, such as (i) monolingual/-cultural view of classroom communication; (ii) (inter)cultural dimension of foreign language teaching, and (iii) pluri/multilingualism in the classroom. As for the PHL teachers, the drawings’ analysis signals two main representations: (i) oneself as a curator of the Portuguese culture; and (ii) PHL as a site for shared intercultural knowledge construction.
About RQ2, teachers’ visual narratives reflect a teacher identity based on ingrained representations of EFL and PHL teaching. While EFL student teachers unveil polarised views and negotiate conflicting subject positions of EFL teaching and themselves as teachers, triggered by learning about plurilingualism and plurilingual education, experienced PHL teachers display a solid representations of language teaching and of their professional identity, resulting from the close interaction with the (social, cultural institutional) contextual professional landscapes and the nature of the learner population.
These results will be discussed through the lens of social justice and the role of pedagogies for linguistic and cultural diversity in the promotion of teachers’ plurilingual awareness and identity, and inclusive language teaching practices.

References
Borg, S. (2003). Teacher cognition in language teaching: A review of research on what language teachers think, know, believe, and do. Language Teaching, 36(2), 81-109.
García, O. (2017). Critical multilingual language awareness and teacher education. In J. Cenoz, D. Gorter, & S. May (Eds.), Language awareness and multilingualism (pp. 263-280). Springer.
Haukås, Å. (2016). Teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism and a multilingual pedagogical approach. International Journal of Multilingualism, 13(1), 1-18.
Kalaja, P., & Melo-Pfeifer, S. (eds.) (2019). Visualising multilingual lives: More than words. Multilingual Matters.
McDonald, M., & Zeichner, K. (2009). Social justice teacher education. In W. Ayers, T. Quinn, & D. Stovall (Eds.), Handbook of social justice in education (pp.595-610). Routledge.
Pantić, N, & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice. Education Inquiry, 6(3), 333-351.
Paulsrud, B., Juvonen, P., & Schalley, A.C. (2023). Attitudes and beliefs on multilingualism in education: Voices from Sweden. International Journal of Multilingualism, 1-18.
Piccardo, E., Germain-Rutherford, A., & Lawrence, G. (2022). An introduction to plurilingualism and this handbook. In E. Piccardo, A. Germain-Rutherford, & G. Lawrence (Eds.), The Routledge handbook of plurilingual education (pp. 1–15). Routledge.
Pijanowski, J. C., & Brady, K. (2021). Defining social justice in education. In C. A. Mullen (Ed.), Handbook of social justice interventions in education (pp.59-82). Springer.
Piller, I. (2016). Linguistic diversity and social justice. Oxford.
Pinho, A. S. (2023). Pre-service teachers’ professional identity and representations of EFL: Toward a Dominant Language (Teaching) Constellation? In L. Aronin & S. Melo-Pfeifer (ed.), Language Awareness and Identity (pp.219-245). Springer.
Szelei, N., Pinho, A. S., & Tonoca, L. (2021) ‘Foreigners in our schools’: cultural diversity, Othering and the desire for just schooling. Urban Education, 23, 1-31.  
Spotti, M., & Kroon, S. (2017). Multilingual classrooms in times of superdiversity. In S. Wortham, D. Kim & S. May (eds), Discourse and education (pp.97-109). Dortrecht: Springer.
Stroud, C. (2018). Linguistic citizenship. In L. Lim, C. Stroud & L. Wee (eds), The multilingual citizen. Towards a politics of language for agency and change (pp.17-39). Multilingual Matters.
Vervaet, R., Van Houtte, M., & Stevens, P. (2018). Multicultural school leadership, multicultural teacher culture and the ethnic prejudice of Flemish pupils. Teaching and Teacher Education, 76, 68-77.
Young, A. (2018). Language awareness, language diversity and migrant languages in the primary school. In P. Garret & J. M. Cots (Eds.), The Routledge handbook of language awareness (pp. 23-39). London: Routledge.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Linguistically Responsive Teaching in Teacher Education – Innovative Approaches to Analyzing and Improving Pre-service Teachers’ Beliefs about Multilingualism

Lotta Kardel, Timo Ehmke, Svenja Lemmrich

Leuphana University, Germany

Presenting Author: Kardel, Lotta

Theoretical background
Globalization and immigration worldwide have led to a culturally and linguistically heterogeneous society. More than a quarter of the German population has a migrant background, and many students grow up with knowledge of more than one family language (Berkel-Otto et al., 2021). However, German is the dominant language in school, and teachers lack competencies in Linguistically Responsive Teaching (LRT) (Lucas & Villegas, 2013). Despite the educational disadvantages of multilingual learners (Schroedler & Grommes, 2019), university courses on LRT are still not a systematic part of German teacher education (Ehmke & Lemmrich, 2018). In many countries current teacher training curricula remain unchanged regarding multilingualism and multiculturalism in school (Iwuanyamwu, 2023). To create an appropriate course offering, teachers’ beliefs should be considered as a part of professional competency affecting the actions of future teachers (Blömeke, 2017). Prospective teachers who value and include students’ multilingual identity in teaching could contribute to reduce educational disparities and support students’ acceptance and respect for themselves and others (Prasad & Lory, 2020).

Teachers’ beliefs are defined as perceptions and assumptions regarding school- and class-related phenomena, such as teaching, learning, learners, subject matter, and their role as teachers (Borg, 2001). Teachers’ beliefs guide the teachers’ actions in a professional context and can influence the quality of teaching (Buehl & Beck, 2014). To date, there have been few, mostly cross-sectional studies on professional beliefs regarding multilingualism in schools. In summary, the following influencing variables were identified: gender, individual multilingualism, teaching experience, and academic background (e.g. Martí & Portolés 2021). From a psychological perspective, the changeability of teachers’ beliefs is controversial (e.g. Nespor 1987). However, some longitudinal studies showed that the systematic influence of knowledge from academic LRT-relevant opportunities to learn (OTL) can cause positive changes in teachers’ beliefs (e.g. Schroedler et al., 2022). In the US region, studies showed that educational experiences like training in cultural diversity or teaching linguistically diverse learners had the ability to reshape teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism (e.g. Fitzsimmons-Doolan et al., 2017). As research has shown that teachers’ beliefs can improve due to OTL, this paper aims to evaluate if participants can move between those belief-based profiles by conducting a Latent Transition Analysis (LTA). To the best of our knowledge, this combination of person- and transition-centering represents an innovative approach to analyzing pre-service teachers’ beliefs on multilingualism. Filling this research gap, our study aims to evaluate and improve LRT-relevant OTL in teacher education.

Research questions

  1. What professional beliefs do pre-service teachers hold about multilingualism before and after attending an LRT-relevant OTL?
  2. Which characteristics regarding the pre-service teachers’ personal and academic backgrounds correlate with or predict their beliefs about multilingualism?
  3. Which different profiles exist among the pre-service teachers based on their beliefs about multilingualism?
  4. Are there transitions between the pre-service teachers’ profiles after they participated in an LRT-relevant OTL?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method
This study was conducted with pre-service teachers (N=312) at nine teacher-education universities across Germany in 2020 and 2021. All participants provided informed consent and the study was conducted according to the German Research Foundation guidelines. Data were collected during LRT-relevant teacher training in a pre-post design, which means that we evaluated pre-service teachers’ beliefs in all semesters before and after OTL, focusing on multilingualism and LRT. As mentioned above, the structural and content-related framework of teacher education varies depending on the university. Consequently, there were courses in German as a second language, linguistic diversity in schools, language in subject teaching or multilingualism, and language awareness in general.
We used a validated quantitative questionnaire (Fischer, 2020) that consisted of three parts: the pre-service teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism on three scales: (1) valuing family languages other than German, (2) feeling responsible for language teaching, and (3) valuing multilingualism in class (labeling based on Hammer et al. 2018), LRT-relevant OTL during participants’ studies, and their personal and academic background (gender, age, training courses, and teaching subjects). To quantify the pre-service teachers’ beliefs, participants were asked to rate 21 statements about multilingualism on a four-point Likert scale demonstrating their affirmation or disaffirmation: (0) strongly disagree, (1) rather disagree, (2) rather agree, and (3) strongly agree. The Cronbach’s Alpha-coefficients, which measure the internal consistency of the full-scale, present a reliability of αt1=0.836 for the first and a value of αt2=0.876 for the second measurement.
Data entry, descriptive analyses, and correlation as well as regression calculations were conducted using the SPSS software, and LTA was carried out in MPlus6. We identified three models that divided the participants into two, three, and four distinct, non-overlapping subgroups (profiles) based on their average responses to the items of the three scales clarified above. The distinct models were compared in terms of their fit indices and proportions of participants. To gain more information about the different profiles of the best model fit, the MPlus data were linked to the SPSS data. We conducted descriptive analyses and analyses of variance on the personal and academic backgrounds of each profile member. Moreover, the probabilities of different transition patterns from one profile to another were analyzed using MPlus and classified as movers or stayers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results
There was a highly significant increase in beliefs between the pre- and post-test (Mt1=2.03; SDt1=0.38; Mt2=2.2; SDt2=0.41; d=0.58).
Statistical analyses revealed positive correlations between the beliefs and the female gender, primary school as training course, and teaching language subjects. The most relevant factor was shown to be the pre-service teachers’ participation in LRT-relevant OTL, with high attendance leading to a more highly positive belief about multilingualism.
Our LTA showed differences between the beliefs, so that three profiles of student teachers were identified: the uninvolved criticals (t1=37%; t2=9%), the responsible controllers (t1=9%; t2 t2=30%), and the consistent supporters (t1=54%; t2=61%). Moreover, our LTA revealed that half of the participants (50.3%) changed their beliefs and moved between profiles after participating in the OTL. Two movement patterns were observed at high frequencies: 28.5% of the participants changed from uninvolved criticals to consistent supporters, and 21.2% moved from consistent supporters to responsible controllers. With 32.7% most of the pre-service teachers who stayed in one profile remained consistent supporters. Almost no movements to the uninvolved criticals (0.6%) occurred, and only a few participants stayed in this profile (8.3%).

Scientific significance of the study
First, we obtained new information regarding the changeability of teachers’ beliefs owing to LRT-relevant OTL by identifying significantly improved mean scores and movements between the different profiles. Second, the application of an innovative approach allowed further differentiation between distinct types of teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism. Third, this new approach highlighted the potential for further analysis of changes in teachers’ beliefs.
Since our findings highlight the positive change in teachers’ beliefs due to LRT-relevant OTL, we recommend designing academic OTL that enable more reflection on pre-service teachers’ beliefs about multilingualism to help them become linguistically and culturally responsive teachers.

References
Berkel-Otto, L., Hammer, S., Hansen, A., Lemmrich, S., & Schroedler, T. (2021). Multilingualism and teacher education in Germany. In M. Wernicke, S. Hammer, A. Hansen, & T. Schroedler (Ed.), Preparing teachers to work with multilingual learners (pp. 82–103). Multilingual Matters.
Blömeke, S. (2017). Modelling teachers’ professional competence as a multi-dimensional construct. In S. Guerriero (Ed.), Pedagogical Knowledge and the Changing Nature of the Teaching Profession (pp. 119–135).OECD.
Borg, M. (2001). Teachers’ beliefs. ELT Journal, 55 (2), 186–188.
Buehl, M. M., & Beck, J. S. (2014). The relationship between teachers’ beliefs and teachers’ practices. In H. Fives, & G. M. Gill (Ed.), International handbook of research on teachers’ beliefs (pp. 66–84). Routledge.
Ehmke, T., & Lemmrich, S. (2018). Bedeutung von Lerngelegenheiten für den Erwerb von DaZ-Kompetenz. In T. Ehmke, S. Hammer, A. Köker, U. Ohm, & B. Koch-Priewe (Ed.), Professionelle Kompetenzen angehender Lehrkräfte im Bereich Deutsch als Zweitsprache (pp. 201–220). Waxmann.
Fischer, N. (2020). Skalendokumentation: Sprachlich-kulturelle Heterogenität in Schule und Unterricht. Forschungsdatenzentrum Bildung.  Deutsches Institut für Internationale Pädagogische Forschung.
Fitzsimmons-Doolan, S., Palmer, D., & Henderson, K. (2017). Educator language ideologies and a top-down dual language program. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 20(6), 704–721.
Hammer, S., Viesca, K. M., Ehmke, T., & Heinz, B. E. (2018). Teachers’ beliefs concerning teaching multilingual learners: A cross-cultural comparison between the US and Germany. Research in Teacher Education, 8(2), 6¬–10.
Iwuanyamwu, P. N. (2023). Preparing Teachers for Culturally Responsive Education. Indilinga African Journal of Indigenous Knowledge Systems, 22(1), 1–13.
Lucas, T., & Villegas, A. M. (2013). Preparing Linguistically Responsive Teachers: Laying the Foundation in Pre-service Teacher Education. Theory into Practice, 52(2), 98–109.
Martí Arnandiz, O., & Portolés Falomir, L. (2021). The effect of individual factors on L3 teachers’ beliefs about multilingual education. Language, Culture, and Curriculum, 35(4), 1–18.
Nespor, J. (1987). The role of beliefs in the practice of teaching. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 19(4). 317–328.
Prasad, G., & Lory, M.-P. (2020). Linguistic and cultural collaboration in schools: Reconciling majority and minoritized language users. TESOL Quarterly, 54(4), 797–822.
Schroedler, T., & Grommes, P. (2019). Learning about Language: Preparing
pre-service subject teachers for multilingual classroom realities. Language
Learning in Higher Education, 9(1), 223–240.
Schroedler, T., Rosner-Blumenthal, H., & Böning, C. (2022). A mixed-methods
approach to analysing interdependencies and predictors of pre-service teachers’ beliefs about
multilingualism. International Journal of Multilingualism 20(1), 1–20.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

An Exploration of a Teacher's Distribution of Attention and Interaction Opportunities in Early Childhood Education: a Mixed-method Single Case Study

Thibaut Duthois, Ruben Vanderlinde, Piet Van Avermaet, Maribel Montero Perez

Ghent University, Belgium

Presenting Author: Duthois, Thibaut

Investing in preschool children's language development is critical to adressing educational inequality (Cunningham et al., 2019; Degotardi & Gill, 2017). However, opportunities for interaction are not shared equally (Black, 2004). Teachers’ interactional behaviour is strongly influenced by their perceptions of children (Black, 2004) and the pupil’s social background (Peleman et al., 2020). A narrative review study on language learning across early childhood education (ECE) shows that overheard speech that is not directed to the child does not contribute effectively to children’s language development (Rowe & Snow, 2020). Direct interaction between teacher and child with the full attention of the teacher is therefore a critical factor in language development (Weisleder & Fernald, 2013). The study of teacher attention is an emerging field in educational research, due to the innovative technique of mobile eye tracking. These studies have shown that teacher gaze is not evenly distributed across pupils (İnan-Kaya & Rubie-Davies, 2022; Smidekova et al., 2020). In particular, novice teachers tend to give their undivided attention to a limited number of pupils rather than to all children in the classroom (Cortina et al., 2015; Dessus et al., 2016). Explanations for the uneven distribution are inconsistent. For example, Chaudhuri and colleagues (2022) found that teachers focused primarily on the lowest-achieving pupils in their classrooms, while Dessus and colleagues (2016) found that primary teachers focused significantly more on a 'steering group' consisting primarily of middle- and high-achieving pupils.

Mobile eye tracking has also been used to investigate unconscious mechanisms of inequality. While teachers can largely control their verbal messages, they cannot control their non-verbal communication in the same way (İnan-Kaya & Rubie-Davies, 2022). For instance, eye tracking has been used in previous research to measure teachers' implicit biases, including in early childhood settings (Gilliam et al., 2016; İnan-Kaya & Rubie-Davies, 2022). We hypothesise that implicit bias also influences the teacher’s gaze, given that previous mobile eye tracking research by Gilliam and colleagues (2016) has shown that teachers’ implicit biases based on race and gender influenced their eye gaze.

In attempting to explain teacher attention, a distinction can be made between intentional top-down processes, such as intentionally looking at a particular child during a particular exercise to gather information about their learning processes, and unintentional bottom-up processes, such as student behaviour that disrupts classroom activities (Goldberg et al., 2021; Theeuwes et al., 2000), or unconscious teacher mechanisms, such as teacher bias (Gilliam et al., 2016). Theeuwes and colleagues (2000) write that the intentional top-down processes only secondarily influence the direction of attention. Unintentional processes are of bigger influence.

This paper presents a single case study that examines a preschool teacher's distribution of attention and interaction opportunities during two moments of language learning, with a dual aim. First, we want to investigate the teacher's attentional distribution in the context of language learning in early childhood education, with the aim of unravelling the unconscious mechanisms of inequality at the teacher level. Second, we sought to examine the ecological validity of mobile eye tracking by triangulating eye tracking metrics with data collected from alternative sources.

RQ1. How is the teacher attention distributed among preschool children during a formal and an informal language learning activity?

RQ2. How does teacher attention relate to the quality and quantity of teacher-child interactions?

RQ3. What influences the teacher’s attention during language learning, as perceived by the teacher?

RQ4. How do the eye tracking metrics relate to the attentional distribution in a real classroom?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study uses a data triangulation approach to realise an explanatory sequential mixed methods single case study design (Onghena et al., 2019). The school was selected on the basis two criteria: being located in an at-risk neighbourhood, which is characterised by socio-economic and linguistic diversity, and having a social mix in the school. Within the classroom four focal children were selected based on two criteria: age and language background. Two monolingual and two multilingual 4-year-olds were randomly selected (n=4). In order to describe these pupils, the teacher’s perceptions and expectations were investigated. The teacher was asked to describe the focal children based on three dimensions: expectations about language development, perceptions about pupils' sense of belonging (Laevers & Heylen, 2013), and expectations about pupils' social skills (Cassidy & Asher, 1992).

Mobile eye tracking was used to answer RQ1, using the Tobii Pro Glasses 2 with a one-point calibration system and a data rate of 50 Hz. The four children are individually identified as the teacher's areas of interest (AOIs). Two classroom activities were videotaped, in order to capture both formal and informal language learning: interactive book reading and fruit eating. To answer RQ2, these activities were transcribed, and the interactions were coded and analysed. In RQ3, the eye tracking metrics are accompanied by a stimulated recall interview (SRI) with the teacher. The teacher was asked to watch her own video recordings made by the glasses immediately after the eye tracking data collection. The purpose of the SRI was to explore why the teacher's attention was drawn to certain children at certain times and to give deeper meaning to the eye tracking data . To answer RQ4, video observations were conducted over two school days.

Eye-tracking analysis software, Imotions, was used to perform fixation mapping in combination with manual mapping by the researcher. Raw eye tracking metrics are reported (RQ1), such as dwell time, which represents the number of seconds the teacher focuses on the child.  Video recordings of language learning moments were transcribed verbatim and coded using a literature-based coding scheme (RQ2) (Justice et al., 2018; Tsybina et al., 2006; Vanparys et al., 2023; Verhallen & Walst, 2011). A qualitative content analysis was conducted to analyse the SRI (RQ3). To investigate the ecological validity (RQ4), the real-classroom video observations were coded using the coding scheme described above.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Eye tracking revealed an uneven distribution of teacher attention (Chaudhuri et al., 2022; Dessus et al., 2016; Haataja et al., 2021). The data show a complex picture of what influenced teacher attention. At the centre of this picture is the child whose initial language skills, courage to speak and teacher’s perceptions and expectations all contribute to uneven teacher behaviour.  Connections emerged between the quality of interactions and the distribution of attention. The quality and quantity of interactions, measured by the number of strategies such as open and closed questions, recasts or expansions are related to the dwell time.

Results of the interview data suggest an explanation for the uneven distribution. Intentional processes, such as pursuing a learning goal, and unintentional processes, such as responding to a child-initiated interaction, could be identified (Goldberg et al., 2021; Theeuwes et al., 2000).  Cross-coding revealed a contrast in the use of intentional and unintentional processes. Unintentional processes were more frequently used to explain the focus on the proficient child, whereas intentional processes were used to explain the focus on the less proficient children. This suggests a conscious effort to regulate conversations and achieve a balanced distribution of attention. However, in line with previous research (Theeuwes, 2010), the results show that unintentional processes may direct attention more than intentional processes. This highlights the need for teachers to become aware of attentional processes and to promote awareness of inequalities that teachers may be unconsciously contributing to (Breese et al., 2023).

This single case study provides valuable insights into the underlying mechanisms that contribute to unequal language development opportunities in ECE. The similarity of results between mobile eye tracking and real classroom observations, suggests that eye tracking is an ecologically valid data collection method that can be used to investigate teacher attention and preschoolers' opportunities for interaction.

References
Cunningham, J. E., Zimmerman, K. N., Ledford, J. R., & Kaiser, A. P. (2019). Comparison of measurement systems for collecting teacher language data in early childhood settings. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 49, 164–174. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2019.06.008
Black, L. (2004). Differential participation in whole-class discussions and the construction of marginalised identities. Journal of Educational Enquiry, 5(1), 34–54.
Peleman, B., Vandenbroeck, M., & Van Avermaet, P. (2020). Early learning opportunities for children at risk of social exclusion. Opening the black box of preschool practice. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(1), 21–42. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2020.1707360
Rowe, M. L., & Snow, C. E. (2020). Analyzing input quality along three dimensions: Interactive, linguistic, and conceptual. Journal of Child Language, 47(1), 5–21. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305000919000655
İnan-Kaya, G., & Rubie-Davies, C. M. (2022). Teacher classroom interactions and behaviours: Indications of bias. Learning and Instruction, 78(101516), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2021.101516
Smidekova, Z., Janik, M., Minarikova, E., & Holmqvist, K. (2020). Teachers’ gaze over space and time in a real-world classroom. Journal of Eye Movement Research, 13(4). https://doi.org/10.16910/jemr.13.4.1
Cortina, K. S., Miller, K. F., McKenzie, R., & Epstein, A. (2015). Where Low and High Inference Data Converge: Validation of CLASS Assessment of Mathematics Instruction Using Mobile Eye Tracking with Expert and Novice Teachers. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 13(2), 389–403. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-014-9610-5
Cortina, K. S., Miller, K. F., McKenzie, R., & Epstein, A. (2015). Where Low and High Inference Data Converge: Validation of CLASS Assessment of Mathematics Instruction Using Mobile Eye Tracking with Expert and Novice Teachers. International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education, 13(2), 389–403. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10763-014-9610-5
Gilliam, W. S., Maupin, A. N., Reyes, C. R., Accavitti, M., & Shic, F. (2016). Do Early Educators’ Implicit Biases Regarding Sex and Race Relate to Behavior Expectations and Recommendations of Preschool Expulsions and Suspensions? Yale University Child Study Center.
Goldberg, P., Schwerter, J., Seidel, T., Müller, K., & Stürmer, K. (2021). How does learners’ behavior attract preservice teachers’ attention during teaching? Teaching and Teacher Education, 97, 103213. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103213
Theeuwes, J. (2010). Top–down and bottom–up control of visual selection. Acta Psychologica, 135(2), 77–99. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actpsy.2010.02.006
Chaudhuri, S., Muhonen, H., Pakarinen, E., & Lerkkanen, M.-K. (2022). Teachers’ visual focus of attention in relation to students’ basic academic skills and teachers’ individual support for students: An eye-tracking study. Learning and Individual Differences, 98, 102179. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2022.102179


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Linguistically Responsive Pedagogy: Finnish Teachers’ Knowledge and Reported Practices

Jenni Alisaari1, Leena Maria Heikkola2, Raisa Harju-Autti3

1University of Stockholm, Department of Slavic and Baltic Studies Finnish Dutch and German; 2Arctic University of Norway, Department of Finnish and Kven Language; 3Kokkola University Consortium Chydenius, University of Jyväskylä

Presenting Author: Alisaari, Jenni; Heikkola, Leena Maria

As the number of multilingual students continues to increase worldwide, the role of languages in learning is taking center stage in education. Studies have shown a significant gap in learning outcomes between students with a migration background and majority-language speakers in many OECD countries (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development), including Finland (Hiltunen et al., 2023). Students with a migration background often face a range of educational obstacles, including learning gaps, challenges in transitions, and lower educational attainment compared with the majority peers (Borgna, 2017). Thus, it is of utmost importance to find sustainable solutions to improve the learning outcomes of students with a migrant background.

Learning a new language takes time, and attaining academic language proficiency may take up to five to seven years (Cummins, 2021). In today’s linguistically diverse schools, we must look beyond traditional language teaching to gain a deeper understanding of the role languages play in all learning. Teachers play a significant role in making instruction comprehensible for their students. According to theoretical understanding, teaching language and content simultaneously is necessary in order to help students understand and produce language in the ways it is used in different subjects (Schleppegrell et al., 2004). Thus, the Finnish national core curriculum for basic education (Finnish National Agency for Education [EDUFI], 2014) requires language aware pedagogies from all teachers, which, for instance, leads to integrating language and content in teaching. According to our previous studies, this requirement falls under the theoretical framework of linguistically responsive pedagogy (Alisaari et al., 2019; Heikkola et al., 2022; Lucas & Villegas, 2013). The core curriculum (EDUFI, 2014) also encourages teachers to use their students’ all linguistic resources for learning, namely, use multilingual pedagogies in teaching.

Although the curriculum for basic education (EDUFI, 2014) requires linguistically responsive pedagogy and multilingual pedagogies from all teachers, there are studies indicating that Finnish teachers have not been sufficiently aware of how to teach multilingual learners, especially before the requirement came into force in 2016. For example, teachers were not aware of the role of language in learning subject content nor language dimensions, i.e. the ways language varies between everyday language, academic language and subject specific language (Alisaari & Heikkola, 2020). Studies from many other countries indicate that globally, teachers’ competencies in supporting multilingual learners are still developing (e.g. Agirdag et al., 2014; Iversen, 2019; Rodríguez-Izquierdo et al., 2020). However, more recent studies are needed to indicate what is the current state of Finnish teachers’ linguistically responsive knowledge. This study focuses on what kind of linguistically responsive knowledge do Finnish teachers have after the curriculum reform.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data were collected in autumn 2021 using an online survey that included both Likert scale items and open-ended questions. The survey was developed based on a survey that we used in 2016 for a similar purpose. The link to the survey and a cover letter were sent by the Ministry of Culture and Education to all local education offices in Finland since it was part of a larger investigation of Finnish- and Swedish-as-a-second-language teaching in Finland. The school districts were asked to forward the survey to teachers working in basic and upper secondary education. In addition, the survey was advertised through social media. Information about the study, its purpose, and the protection of the data were included in the cover letter and on the first page of the online survey. Participants were informed that filling out the survey implied their consent to participate in the study. It was not possible to calculate a participation percentage, as the number of people who received or saw the survey link is unknown.

A total of 1,035 teachers participated in the survey, 63% of which (n = 650) answered the open-ended questions. 72% identified as female, 17% as male, and 1% as other, and the mean age was 48. The gender and age structures correspond well with the Finnish teacher population (Kumpulainen, 2017). Finnish was the first language of 92.7%, Swedish of 5.8%, and 1.5% had other first languages. The respondents included primary school teachers (30%), subject teachers from lower and upper secondary schools (46.5%), special education teachers (15.9%), principals (3.2%) and study counsellors (1.9%) and others (2.5%), such as preparatory class teachers and supplemental teachers. All the aforementioned groups have teaching responsibilities in Finland.

The data were analysed both quantitatively and qualitatively: In analysing Likert-questions, we used statistical analysis, such as frequencies and factor analysis. For open ended questions, we used qualitative data-driven content analysis (Krippendorf, 2012). The participants’ background factors and their relation to the results of other analysis were investigated by using Cross tabs, Khi square tests, Cramér’s V and z-tests.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary analysis of the data indicates that there has been some positive development in Finnish teachers’ linguistically responsive knowledge after the curriculum reform. However, there are still many areas that need more attention and require improvement by the means of professional development. These will be discussed in more details during the presentation.

Four different teacher profiles were identified from the data: 1) teachers that are aware of language learning, 2) teachers that take responsibility of language support, 3) teachers that encourage students to take more active role of their learning and 4) teachers that seek support from other teachers. Teachers’ reported linguistically responsive pedagogy differed remarkably between these four teacher profiles.
Teachers’ background factors (e.g. their teaching area, training, teaching experience and the number of immigrant students in their schools) affected teachers’ knowledge and reported linguistically responsive pedagogy. More detailed analysis will be presented in the presentation.

This study is relevant in the European context since linguistically responsive pedagogy is recommended in many countries as the European Commission recognizes it as one of the pedagogical approaches to be used in European schools. The results of this study bring valuable information on, e.g. what kind of understandings teachers have on linguistically responsive pedagogy and which teacher groups would benefit the most of professional training, or a more comprehensive change in teacher education.

References
Agirdag, O., Jordens, K. & Van Houtte, M. (2014). Speaking Turkish in Belgian primary schools: teacher beliefs versus effective consequences. Bilig, 70, 7-28.

Alisaari, J. & Heikkola, L. M. (2020). Kielellisesti vastuullista pedagogiikkaa ja oppilaan tukemista – Suomalaisten opettajien käsityksen kielen merkityksestä opetuksessa. [Linguistically responsive pedagogy and supporting students - Finnish teachers’ beliefs regarding the role of language in teaching.] Kasvatus, 4, 395–408.

Borgna, C. (2017). Migrant penalties in educational achievement. Second-generation immigrants on Western Europe. Amsterdam University Press

Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the education of multilingual learners: A critical analysis of theoretical claims. Multilingual Matters.
Finnish National Agency for Education (EDUFI). (2014). Perusopetuksen opetussuunnitelman perusteet [Finnish core curriculum for basic education]. Määräykset ja ohjeet.

Hiltunen, J., Ahonen, A., Hienonen, N., Kauppinen, H., Kotila, J., Lehtola, P., Leino, K., Lintuvuori, M., Nissinen, K., Puhakka, E., Sirén, M., Vainikainen, M.-P., Vettenranta, J. (2023). PISA 2022 ensituloksia. Opetus- ja kulttuuriministeriön julkaisuja 2023:49. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-263-949-3

Iversen, J. Y. (2019). Negotiating language ideologies: Pre-service teachers’ perspectives on multilingual practices in mainstream education. International Journal of Multilingualism

Krippendorff, K. (2012). Content Analysis: An Introduction to Its Methodology (3rd ed.). Sage Publications.

Kumpulainen, T. (Ed.). (2017). Opettajat ja rehtorit Suomessa 2016 [Teachers and school leaders in Finland]. Raportit ja selvitykset 2017:2. National Agency of Education.

Lucas, T., & Villegas, A. M. (2013). Preparing linguistically responsive teachers: Laying the foundation in preservice teacher education. Theory Into Practice, 52(2), 98–109.

Rodriguez-Izquierdo, R. M., Falcon, I. G., & Goenechea, C. (2020). Teacher beliefs and approaches to linguistic diversity. Spanish as a second language in the inclusion of immigrant students. Teaching and Teacher Education, 90.

Schleppegrell, M. J., Achugar, M., & Oteiza, T. (2004). The grammar of history: Enhancing content-based instruction through a functional focus on language. TESOL Quarterly, 38(1), 67–93.
 
9:30 - 11:0031 SES 04 B: Reading
Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Lisa Marie Brinkmann
Paper Session
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Metacognitive Reading Strategies among International Students in English-Taught Programs in Hungary

Mhd Ghaith Alturjman

Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary

Presenting Author: Alturjman, Mhd Ghaith

More and more universities are using English as a medium of instruction around the world, in a variety of fields, from the most scientific to the least (Macaro et al., 2021). This evident spread of English in the tertiary sphere necessitates a high language skill from students who plan to study in these countries. Students from countries where English is not used as a medium of instruction, e.g. Syria, face a huge difficulty when moving to a new country where English is used. International students reported that one of the most challenging skills to be attained is reading (Kamal et al., 2022). One of the most cited strategies to be claimed effective is metacognition (Al-Bazi & Shukri, 2016; Deliany & Cahyono, 2020; Haling, 2022; Muhid et al., 2020; Rastegar et al., 2017). Metacognition is the ability to consciously reflect one’s own thinking as well as monitoring, controlling, and regulating that thinking, so that one reaches a previously defined goal (Lavi et al., 2019; Veenman et al., 2006). The effect of metacognition on reading skills has also been asserted to be positive (Al-Bazi & Shukri, 2016; Deliany & Cahyono, 2020; Haling, 2022; Muhid et al., 2020; Rastegar et al., 2017). One of the most renowned inventories to investigate students’ metacognitive strategies is The Metacognitive Awareness of Reading Strategies Inventory, hereinafter, MARSI (Mokhtari & Reichard, 2002) which was revised later in 2018 (Mokhtari et al., 2018). A self-report instrument, MARSI explores the use of selected reading strategies while reading academic materials, namely planning, monitoring, and evaluating which correspond to global reading strategies, problem solving skills, and support reading skills (Al-Bazi & Shukri, 2016; Deliany & Cahyono, 2020; Haling, 2022; Muhid et al., 2020; Rastegar et al., 2017). Planning strategies engage deliberate set of tactics used by readers to while preparing for, organizing, and structuring their reading practice. Deploying these strategies, the reader aims to set goals, analyze the reading task, and develop a scheme to comprehend the task (Babashamasi et al., 2022; Mokhtari & Reichard, 2002; Muhid et al., 2020). Monitoring grips the active and continual process of cognition throughout the reading activity. It explores the awareness of the reader and questions their understanding and comprehension while engaging with the text. It has been maintained that the more skilled a reader is the higher chances of them to be able to monitor their comprehension, recognize when they do not understand, and attempt to deploy elected strategies to rectify the process (Mokhtari et al., 2018). Evaluating is concerned with the conscious and deliberate process of evaluating one’s understanding of the text once the reading process is finalized. This process integrates readers’ reflection on the content of the task and how it can relate to their background knowledge, contributing to the overall understanding of the text (Muhid et al., 2020; Rajasagaran & Ismail, 2022). Although it has received different criticisms in relation to adaptability (MacNamara, 2011; Mavrogianni et al., 2020), it is still perceived to be instrumental in tertiary education research. Henceforth, this study is planned to answer the following overarching question:

What metacognitive reading strategies do adult International students deploy in English-Taught Programs in Hungary?

This study will not only give insights about the strategies, but it is also more likely to incite curriculum designers and examiners to integrate metacognitive reading strategies in both language teaching books and exams, specifically in a heterogenous, multilingual context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants
The participants in this study included are envisaged to include 75 international students enrolled in English-taught programs in Hungary. The participants’ native language is Arabic, and their level of education is at least undergrad. As for their level of English proficiency, it is at least intermediate. As for their age group, it ranges between 18-29.

Instruments
The data is planned to be gathered from a questionnaire. The questionnaire is going to be based on the revised inventory mentioned above (Mokhtari et al., 2018). This questionnaire features 15 statements that explore three main reading skills: global reading skills (GRS), problem-solving skills (PSS), and support reading skills (SRS). In this inventory, six aspects of validity are featured: content, substantive, structural, generalizability, external, and consequential (Mokhtari et al., 2018).

Data collection procedure
The data is planned to be collected in a three-week period of time from Arab university students in three universities in Budapest: The Budapest University of Technology and Economics (BME), Eötvös Loránd University (ELTE), and Budapest Metropolitan University. As for sampling, the questionnaire will be shared online on Neptun (the university system) among Arab students in Hungary, and data will be filtered in accordance with the criteria above.

Data Analysis Procedure:
The data is envisaged to be analyzed through a calculation recommended by the inventory designers (Mokhtari et al., 2018) to find the level of metacognitive awareness, the statistical test of independent sample t-test, and compare different groups, namely gender, level of education, first language, etc. According to Mokhtari et al. (2018), the scores-ranging from 1 to 5, provide three axes: individual score, scale score, and composite score. The individual score reveals subskills in each strategy; the scale score explores each strategy, and the composite score sums up all strategies and sub-strategies. The data will be later interpreted as recommended by Mokhtari et al. (2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of this results are expected to show that international students in Hungary enrolled in English-taught programs use less metacognitive strategies in reading. Henceforth, it is important to highlight these skills and underscore their importance for a better reading experience in the academic sphere.
References
Deliany, Z., & Cahyono, B. Y. (2020). Metacognitive reading strategies awareness and metacognitive reading strategies use of EFL university students across gender. Studies in English Language and Education, 7(2), 421–437.
Haling, S. N. I. (2022). The Correlation between Students’ Metacognitive Strategy and their Reading Comprehension in Higher Education. LETS: Journal of Linguistics and English Teaching Studies, 4(1), 1–12.
Lavi, R., Shwartz, G., & Dori, Y. J. (2019). Metacognition in chemistry education: A literature review. Israel Journal of Chemistry, 59(6–7), 583–597. https://doi.org/10.1002/ijch.201800087
Mokhtari, K., Dimitrov, D. M., & Reichard, C. A. (2018). Revising the" Metacognitive Awareness of Reading Strategies Inventory"(MARSI) and Testing for Factorial Invariance. Studies in Second Language Learning and Teaching, 8(2), 219–246.
Mokhtari, K., & Reichard, C. A. (2002). Assessing students’ metacognitive awareness of reading strategies. Journal of Educational Psychology, 94(2), 249.
Muhid, A., Amalia, E. R., Hilaliyah, H., Budiana, N., & Wajdi, M. B. N. (2020). The Effect of Metacognitive Strategies Implementation on Students’ Reading Comprehension Achievement. International Journal of Instruction, 13(2), 847–862.
Rastegar, M., Kermani, E. M., & Khabir, M. (2017). The relationship between metacognitive reading strategies use and reading comprehension achievement of EFL learners. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics, 7(2), 65–74.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Exploring Reading Comprehension and Decoding Abilities of Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder in Secondary Education

Katharina Prinz1, Nadine Otto1,2, Uwe K. Simon1, Barbara Gasteiger-Klicpera1,2

1University of Graz, Austria; 2Research Center for Inclusive Education, Austria

Presenting Author: Prinz, Katharina

A considerable number of students face reading difficulties (e.g., 7.44% in Grade 5, Yang et al., 2022) and due to their persistence, these difficulties are likely to remain throughout life, although in a milder form (Psyridou et al., 2020). However, in addition to reading difficulties, comorbid social-emotional difficulties often occur. For students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) the comorbidity between reading disorders and ASD is unclear, requiring further research due to varied prevalence (6-30%; Hendren et al., 2018). Nevertheless, students with ASD show very heterogenous reading skills, ranging from average reading to severe difficulties (Solari et al., 2019), but often reading comprehension is impaired (McInyre et al., 2017).

ASD’s core characteristics involve persistent difficulties in interaction and communication, impacting personal, family, social and educational areas. Further, ASD is descripted as a spectrum of high and low functioning subtypes, affecting intellectual and language abilities (ICD 11; WHO, 2023). ASD severity might strongly influence reading comprehension (McIntyre et al., 2017). Further, as language abilities are often impaired, cognitive skills (e.g., intelligence, Theory of Mind (ToM), executive functions) might be even more important for students with ASD to compensate for them (Wang et al., 2023). In particular, demands posed by texts have an impact on reading comprehension difficulties, as often everyday life stories are used in assessments. Students with ASD find it difficult to relate to the storyline due to less interpersonal knowledge and ToM, their struggle to understand beliefs or intentions of others (Brown et al., 2013). It can be assumed that general language skills, cognitive skills and ASD severity are more relevant concerning reading difficulties of students with ASD than linguistic characteristics of specific languages, as international evidence supports these findings regarding reading difficulties in students with ASD, e.g., USA (Solari et al., 2019) or Brazil (Cardaso-Martins et al., 2015). Therefore, our collected data enable some in-depth understanding of reading profiles and offer the possibility to discuss implications of reading comprehension assessments for students with ASD.

This study is part of the project ASDEX (Students with Autism Spectrum Disorder and EXperiments in Science; funded by FWF), that aims to foster social inclusion and learning outcomes for students with ASD in secondary education. Specific teaching methods (e.g., experiments in smaller groups) in science classes were developed and evaluated. The data presented are helpful in understanding the reading comprehension skills of students with ASD, and the difficulties encountered should be considered in teaching methods to best serve all students.

This presentation addresses the following research questions:

-) To what extent can differences in reading skills of students with and without ASD and also within different ASD severity groups be observed?

-) To what extent do ASD characteristics, cognitive abilities, socio-economic status and first language influence the reading skills of students with ASD?

-) Which specific error patterns in reading comprehension are evident in students with ASD?

This paper analyzes reading skills of students with ASD in fifth to seventh grade in Austria, considering different ASD severity groups and reading profiles. The individual items of the reading test itself were also analyzed for error patterns according to the demands of the text. Regarding reading competence, reading comprehension, fluency and accuracy were measured, along with cognitive abilities (IQ). Further, teachers and parents assessed specific ASD characteristics. Therefore, 14 students with ASD were matched with their peers regarding gender, grade, type of school, cognitive abilities, age, socio-economic status, first language and spoken language(s) at home.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A standardized German reading test (LGVT; ‘reading fluency and comprehension test for 5-12th grade’; Schneider et al., 2017) was used to measure reading comprehension, reading fluency and reading accuracy in students with and without ASD. The students’ task was to read a fictional text about a king’s errand boy and select one out of three missing words for blanks in the text. Additionally, nonverbal fluid cognitive ability was measured with subtests from the CFT-20 R (‘Basic intelligence scale 20 revision’; Weiß, 2019). To assess the severity of ASD, teachers and parents filled out the ASD questionnaire of DISYPS-III (‘Diagnostic system for psychiatric disorders according to ICD-10 and DSM-5 for children and adolescents’; Döpfner & Görtz-Dorten, 2019). The following three subscales were used for analyses: persistent deficits in social interaction and communication, difficulties in social interaction with (non-)verbal language, and overall ASD symptoms. Students provided information on gender, first language(s) and socio-economic status (indicated by number of books at home).

14 students with ASD (age: M=13.68, SD=1.08; IQ: M=99.46, SD=15.08; first language German: n=9) were matched with 14 of their classmates without ASD (age: M=13.33, SD=1.07; IQ: M=94.25, SD=15.85; first language German: n=9) based on gender, grade, school type, age, first language(s), spoken language(s) at home, cognitive abilities and socio-economic status. Gender (n male=12, n female=2), grade (n 5th=4, n 6th=4, n 7th=6) and school type (n academic high school=6, n middle school=8) were identical for students with and without ASD and there were non-significant group differences in the other variables. Reading comprehension skills varied widely in both groups, as students with ASD achieved a percentage range (PR) between five to 97 and students without ASD between one and 71.

In order to answer the research questions, we looked at descriptive data for frequencies of students with reading difficulties (PR<10). Further, we tested for group differences of reading comprehension, fluency and accuracy among students with and without ASD, considering various ASD severity groups. Regression analyses explored whether ASD severity, cognitive abilities, first language(s) and socio-economic status influenced the reading skills of students with ASD. Bootstrapping was used to control for the small sample size. Additionally, we qualitatively analyzed individual items to understand error patterns, identified potential challenges posed by the reading test and tested for group differences among students with different ASD severity.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper presents reading profiles of students with and without ASD in fifth, sixth and seventh grade in Austria. The study provides insights into reading comprehension and reading error patterns as a result of demands posed by the reading assessment used. Comparisons are drawn regarding reading scores with matched peers and within severity groups, considering persistent deficits in social interaction and communication, difficulties in social interaction with (non-)verbal language and overall ASD symptoms.

The results indicated no significant group differences in reading comprehension, fluency and accuracy between students with and without ASD. Both groups showed heterogenous reading skills ranging from reading difficulties to high-performing reading scores. However, differences emerge when considering ASD severity groups. The heterogeneity of reading scores is also reflected in the analysis of individual items, given the diverse cognitive skills (particularly low to high achieving) and ASD severities (not noticeable to strongly noticeable difficulties) observed in our study. Influencing factors on reading comprehension, including ASD characteristics, cognitive abilities, socio-economic status and first language(s) will be discussed.

It can be concluded that students with ASD in secondary education show heterogenous reading profiles. A considerable amount of the students with ASD highlight the urgent need for individualized evidence-based reading interventions. Further, these findings underline the importance of adequate reading comprehension assessments, and the necessity of including other student related factors in diagnostics as ASD severity or cognitive skills.

References
Brown, H. M., Oram-Cardy, J., & Johnson, A. (2013). A meta-analysis of the reading comprehension skills of individuals on the autism spectrum. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 43(4), 932–955. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-012-1638-1

Cardoso-Martins, C., Gonçalves, D. T., Magalhães, C. G. de, & Da Silva, J. R. (2015). Word reading and spelling ability in school-age children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders: Evidence from Brazilian Portuguese. Psychology & Neuroscience, 8(4), 479–487. https://doi.org/10.1037/pne0000029

Döpfner, M., & Görtz-Dorten, A. (2019). Diagnostik-System für Psychische Störungen nach ICD-10 und DSM-5 für Kinder und Jugendliche III (DISYPS-III; 2nd edition) [diagnositc system for psychiatric disorders according to ICD-10 and DSM-5 for children and adolescents]. Hogrefe.
 
Hendren, R., Haft, S., Black, J., White, N. C., & Hoeft, F. (2018). Recognizing psychiatric comorbidity with reading disorders. Frontiers in Psychiatry, 9, 1-10. https://doi.org/ 10.3389/fpsyt.2018.00101

McIntyre, N. S., Solari, E. J., Gonzales, J. E., Solomon, M., Lerro, L. E., Novotny, S., Oswald, T. M., & Mundy, P. C. (2017). The Scope and Nature of Reading Comprehension Impairments in School-Aged Children with Higher-Functioning Autism Spectrum Disorder. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 47(9), 2838–2860. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-017-3209-y

Psyridou, M., Tolvanen, A., Lerkkanen, M.-K., Poikkeus, A.-M., & Torppa M. (2020). Longitudinal Stability of Reading Difficulties: Examining the Effects of Measurement Error, Cut-Offs, and Buffer Zones in Identification. Front. Psychol.,10(2841), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02841

Schneider, W., Schlagmüller, M., & Ennemoser, M. (2017). Lesegeschwindigkeits- und -verständnistest für die Klassen 5-12 (LGVT 5-12+; 2nd rev. edition) [reading fluency and reading comprehension test for 5-12th grade]. Hogrefe.

Solari, E. J., Grimm, R. P., McIntyre, N. S., Zajic, M., & Mundy, P. C. (2019). Longitudinal stability of reading profiles in individuals with higher functioning autism. Autism: The International Journal of Research and Practice, 23(8), 1911–1926. https://doi.org/10.1177/1362361318812423

Wang, Y., Lan, Z., Duan, I., Peng, P., Wang, W., & Wang, T. (2023). A meta-analysis on the cognitive and linguistic correlates of reading skills among children with ASD. Reading and Writing, 36(6), 1487–1514. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-022-10338-7

Weiß, R. H. (2019). Grundintelligenztest Skala 2 - Revision (CFT 20-R; 2nd rev. edition) [basic intelligence scale 2 - revision]. Hogrefe.

WHO (2023). ICD-11 Coding Tool. https://icd.who.int/ct11/icd11_mms/en/release

Yang, L., Li, C., Li, X., Zhai, M., An, Q., Zhang, Y., Zhao, J., & Weng, X. (2022). Prevalence of Developmental Dyslexia in Primary School Children: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis. Brain Sciences, 12(2). https://doi.org/10.3390/brainsci12020240


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Supporting the Acquisition of Morpho-Syntactic Abilities through the Method “Goal-Oriented Dialogical Picture Book Reading”

Detta Sophie Schütz

University of Bremen, Germany

Presenting Author: Schütz, Detta Sophie

Success at school and educational opportunities are closely related to language skills (cf. Artelt et al. 2001). This insight has been accepted for 20 years and accordingly, tests to determine children’s language skills have now been introduced in almost all German states and interventions have been established for the support of children who have not succeeded in these tests, in order to promote their language acquisition. These interventions usually take place in separate groups and without connection to other educational activities in school. This can be criticized from the perspectives of inclusion and learning theory.

According to findings from various studies (e.g. Mol et al. 2008; Ennemoser et al. 2013), dialogical reading is particularly effective in supporting language development in children aged two to three, children with German as a second language and children with language development delays. The proven effects are primarily related to lexical development, while effects on grammatical abilities have not been proven so far. Dialogical reading is an implicit form of language education that is integrated into the day-to-day running of a school and is based on the content of the picture book itself and the children's experiences in life. So far, the focus has mostly been on the promotion of pragmatic and lexical skills. Morpho-syntactic skills are supported more incidentally and not purposefully via dialogical reading.

Since the acquisition of morpho-syntactic skills (in particular the further development of complex syntax, cases as well as complex verb structures) is of particular relevance for school-age children and directly influence their chances to succeed in the educational system (cf. Ruberg/Rothweiler 2012; Motsch/Rietz 2019; Lehmden et al. 2013), it is currently being discussed how the dialogic reading situation can be designed to particularly improve grammar acquisition (cf. Baldaeus et al. 2021; Lehmden et al. 2017; Schütz/Alt 2020). In this context the language support method “Goal-Oriented Dialogical Picture Book Reading" (Schütz 2021) has been developed.

“Goal-Oriented Dialogical Picture Book Reading” offers the opportunity to establish language acquisition support integrated into everyday school life. The picture book viewing can be used in the usual classroom context. The specific way in which the dialogues are designed by the teacher allows for one or several children to be specifically supported in the development of their language skills.

The aim of the ongoing study “ZDL Schule”, which was launched at the University of Bremen in September 2022, is to implement the method “Goal-Oriented Dialogical Picture Book Reading” in primary schools and to monitor the effects on the children’s language skills.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The method “Goal-Oriented Dialogical Picture Book Reading” is implemented the schools through university students who read picture books with 150 participating children (per year) once a week over a period of eight months.
To assess effects on child language development, various standardized language tests (ESGRAF 4-8, HAVAS-5, ZDL-Test) are used in the pre-post-test design with one experimental group (N=315) and one control group (N=117, without specific support). The data is evaluated using inferential statistical methods.
The interactions will be filmed at four times per year, transcribed and evaluated by content analysis (Kuckartz 2012).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of the ongoing project is to adapt the methodology of dialogical reading for older children with a focus on the promotion of morpho-syntactic and educational language skills. The final language tests of the second project year will take place in May 2024, so that the results of this study can be presented in full for the first time at the ECER conference.
Expected results are: The morpho-syntactic skills of children who are supported in their language acquisition through the method “Goal-Oriented Dialogical Picture Book Reading” develop better than the skills of children who not supported beyond usual school education.

References
Artelt, C.; Baumert, J.; Klieme, E.; Neubrand, M.; Prenzel, M.; Schiefele U.; Schneider, W.; Schümer G.; Stanat, P.; Tillmann, K.-J.; Weiß, M. (Hrsg.) (2001): PISA 2000. Zusammenfassung zentraler Befunde. https://www.mpib-berlin.mpg.de/Pisa/ergebnisse.pdf (30.01.2024)

Baldaeus, A., Ruberg, T., Rothweiler, M., & Nickel, S. (2021). Sprachbildung mit Bilderbüchern. Ein videobasiertes Fortbildungsmaterial zum dialogischen Lesen. Münster: Waxmann.

Ennemoser, M.; Kuhl, J.; Pepouna, S. (2013): Evaluation des Dialogischen Lesens zur Sprachförderung bei Kindern mit Migrationshintergrund. Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Psychologie, 27 (4), 229–239.

Kuckartz, U. (2012): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung, 3. Auflage. Weinheim/Basel: Beltz Juventa.

Lehmden, F. von, Kauffeldt, J., Belke, E., & Rohlfing, K. (2013). Das Vorlesen von Kinderbüchern als implizites Mittel zur Sprachförderung im Bereich Grammatik. Praxis Sprache 58, 18-27.

Lehmden, F. von, Porps, L., & Müller-Brauers, C. (2017). Grammatischer Sprachinput in Kinderliteratur - eine Analyse von Genus-Kasus-Hinweisen in input- und nicht inputoptimierten Bilderbüchern. Forschung Sprache 5, 44-61.

Mol, S. E.; Bus, A. G.; de Jong, M. T.; Smeets, D. J.H. (2008). Added Value of Dialogic Parent-Child Book Readings: A Meta-Analysis. Early Education & Development, 19, 7 – 26.

Motsch, H.-J., & Rietz, C. (2019). ESGRAF 4- 8. Grammatiktest für 4- bis 8-jährige Kinder. München: Ernst-Reinhardt-Verlag. Ruberg, T.; Rothweiler, M. (2012): Spracherwerb und Sprachförderung in der KiTa. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer.

Schütz, D. S., & Alt, K. (2020). Dialogisches Lesen zur Unterstützung des Erwerbs grammatischer Fähigkeiten in der Kindertagesstätte (DiaGramm). Eine kontrollierte Interventionsstudie mit Kindern im Alter von 4 bis 5 Jahren. Vierteljahresschrift für Hei lpädagogik und ihre Nachbargebiete 79, 214-216.

Schütz, D. S. (2021). Zielorientiertes Dialogisches Lesen zur Förderung morpho-syntaktischer Fähigkeiten. Forschung Sprache 9, 111-117.
 
9:30 - 11:0032 SES 04 A: Uncertainty - Condition, Practice or Epistemological Quality in Transnational Research Settings? Methodological Reflections on Participatory Action Research Towards Organizational Democracy
Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Lea Spahn
Session Chair: Eva Bulgrin
Symposium
 
32. Organizational Education
Symposium

Uncertainty - Condition, Practice or Epistemological Quality in Transnational Research Settings? Methodological Reflections on Participatory Action Research Towards Organizational Democracy

Chair: Susanne Maria Weber (Philipps University of Marburg)

Discussant: Eva Bulgrin (Philipps University of Marburg)

Uncertainty is a core topic for the conditions of our time and especially in European inter- and transnational research settings, it is a given. With the complexity of Participatory Action Research designs (PAR), uncertainty necessitates a practice of organizing within process-oriented, participatory research. Depending on the rationality put in place, uncertainty may even have the quality of an epistemological position to value and to operate with as a researcher.

Reflecting on these three dimensions and discursive positionings of uncertainty within PAR in transnational complex research settings which encompass conditions, practices, and epistemologies, the symposium discusses uncertainty as a core dimension within collaborative research projects.

The exemplary case of the Horizon EU-funded project “Transforming Education for Democracy through Aesthetic and Embodied Learning, Responsive Pedagogies and Democracy-as-becoming" (AECED) discusses these dimensions of uncertainty to consider. In its overarching Participatory Action Research strategy, the project’s six national partners have designed distinct phases and different levels of participation and opportunities to co-design, co-create, and co-analyse. The research design involves the highly diverse institutional settings of preschool, secondary school, Higher Education, and professional as well as organizational training. For a methodological foundation, a common methodological framework for transformational participatory action research was developed in an iterative process.

The symposium intends to present and discuss the underlying methodological understanding with respect to all six projects involved. Each one works with collaborative and participatory action research methodologies that usually have their grounding in a shared issue with participants. Based on this, the research process is to be understood as an emergent and iterative process of theorizing and verification that includes a series of steps or processes of planning, acting, observing, reflecting, and re-planning. Put into practice, the projects all follow a series of phases, which include designing (planning), trialling (acting and observing), analysing (reflecting) and redesigning (re-planning) in which a pedagogical framework and four practice guides are developed, trialed and re-designed with participants and stakeholders.

All of the projects intend to follow common principles, such as a) flexibility as the project evolves, b) willingness to co-construct and participate in collective problem-solving; c) awareness of how collaboration enables development of critical perspectives and self-directed learning, d) shared curiosity; e) willingness to engage in dialogue and reflection, f) transparency, g) openness to the knowledge and experience of all participants and stakeholders who have their own ideas about the topic of the project and h) collective leadership.

In addition to that, the AECED project encourages the use of arts-based and embodied methods which brings to the fore the embodied dimension of research processes and the entanglement of researchers, participants, and organizational practices.

The complex methodological design will therefore be discussed by the different contributions, firstly, to offer a space of reflection concerning conditions, practices, and epistemologies that engage with uncertainties. Secondly, the symposium will delineate strategies for Participatory Action Research that include uncertainties within processes of democratisation ‘in, of and between organisations’.


References
Bryman, A. (2012) Social Research Methods, 4th Edition, Oxford: Oxford University Press, p397.  
Basit, T.N., 2010. Conducting research in educational contexts. Bloomsbury Publishing.  
Göhlich, M.; Novotný, P.: Revsbæk, L.; Schröer, A.; Weber, S. M.; Yi, B. J. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education.  Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), pp. 205–215.
Heikkinen, H.L.T., Huttunen, R. and Syrjälä, L. 2007. “Action research as narrative: five principles for validation.” Educational Action Research. 15 (1): 5-19; Kemmis, S.K. and McTaggart, R.M., 2014. The Action Research Planner: Doing Critical Participatory Action Research. Springer.  
Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participatory action research. Wiesbaden: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4560-67-2
von Unger, H., Huber, A., Kühner, A., Odukoya, D., & Reiter, H. (2022). Reflection Labs: A Space for Researcher Reflexivity in Participatory Collaborations. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069221142460
Weber, S. M. (2012). Transformative Evaluation. In U. Kuckartz & S. Rädiker (eds.): Evaluation komplexer Wirklichkeiten. Erziehungswissenschaftliche Evaluationsforschung (pp. 120-141). Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Woods, P. A., Culshaw, S., Smith, K., Jarvis, J., Payne, H. & Roberts, A. (2023). ‘Nurturing Change: Processes and outcomes of workshops using collage and gesture to foster aesthetic qualities and capabilities for distributed leadership’, Professional Development in Education, 49(4). DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2187432

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Uncertain Encounters – Co-Constructing Participatory Action Research through a Methodological Framework

Lea Spahn (Philipps-Universität Marburg)

In recent years, calls for more participatory, horizontal, and democratic research practices have become widespread because such research can transform how people think, act, and feel. PAR is transformative because it enables participants to think and feel outside the habitual assumptions that inform everyday practice. Participating facilitates questioning and new learning from active engagement with participants and thus meets uncertainty as methodological decicion. PAR is a “research-to-action approach that emphasises direct engagement of local priorities and perspectives” (Vaughn & Jacquez, 2020). As a methodology, it combines social analysis, (self-)reflective collective study of practice, and transformational action to improve practices or conditions (Kemmis et al., 2014; Berg &Lune, 2017; MacDonald, 2012; Fernie & Smith, 2010). This methodology values experiential knowledge and lived experience that can be used to address challenges of our life-worlds and achieve social change. In the presented project "Transforming Education for Democracy through Aesthetic and Embodied Learning, Responsive Pedagogies and Democracy-as-becoming" (AECED), an EU-Horizon funded project with six partner countries, the potential for transformation is reinforced by the nature of the research intervention – namely, aesthetic and embodied learning (AEL) and the use of arts-based and embodied (ABE) pedagogies. Engaging and interacting within an aesthetic learning environment can enable people to surface feelings and thoughts about themselves and how they relate to others. Doing this collaboratively supports people in reflecting on their everyday assumptions and what they can learn from their experience of AELD and ABE pedagogies. In our project, we are aiming for transformational change through the application of the ABE-based Guides regarding the three dimensions of individual and collective transformation, institutional/organisational learning and epistemic reimagination. For this, a methodological framework for all national teams has been co-constructed as orientation and living document to serve the iterative PAR approach in its potential to initiate transformation on the individual, organisational and epistemic level of education for democracy. Connecting to this framing, the project introduces aesthetic and embodied learning, responsive pedagogies and democracy-as-becoming with a threefold notion of democracy: social togetherness, political self-governance (in organizing) and a care-economy based on solidarity.

References:

Berg B. L. & Lune H. (2017). Qualitative research methods for the social sciences (Ninth). London: Pearson. Fernie, S., & Smith, K. (2010). Action Research. In L. Dahlberg & C. McCaig (Eds.), Practical Research and Evaluation: A Start-to-Finish Guide for Practitioners (pp. 95-110). London: SAGE Publications. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R., & Nixon, R. (2014). The action research planner: Doing critical participa-tory action research. Wiesbaden: Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-4560-67-2 MacDonald, C. (2012). Understanding Participatory Action Research: A Qualitative Research Methodology Option. Canadian Journal of Action Research, 13(2), pp. 34-50. Seppälä, T., Sarantou, M., & Miettinen, S. (2021). Arts-Based Methods for Decolonising Participatory Research. London: Routledge. von Unger, H., Huber, A., Kühner, A., Odukoya, D., & Reiter, H. (2022). Reflection Labs: A Space for Researcher Reflexivity in Participatory Collaborations. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069221142460 Vaughn, L. M., & Jacquez, F. (2020). Participatory Research Methods – Choice Points in the Research Process. Journal of Participatory Research Methods, 1(1). https://doi.org/10.35844/001c.13244
 

Acceptive Gaze in Encountering Uncertainties – Openings for Organising Democratising Pedagogies

Pauliina Jääskeläinen (University of Lapland), Joonas Vola (University of Lapland)

Taking the embodied reciprocity for democratising educational relations seriously, while maintaining our playfulness, we focus on thinking with the concept of the acceptive gaze. The analysis is set in the context of participatory action research in Finnish higher education. We apply the idea of ‘gaze’ from Maurice Merleau-Ponty's phenomenology (1968 [1964]; 2012 [1945]), Jean-Paul Sartre’s (1993 [1956]) existentialism and Jacques Lacan’s (1977[1973]) psychoanalysis, to trial the emerging comforts and controversies We consider the acceptive gaze as a reciprocal, concrete and embodied action. Due to its reciprocal character, acceptive gaze has two cutting edges when it comes to methodology. While it expresses mutual acknowledgement ‘to see and to be seen’ for the equalising classroom teaching methods, it simultaneously plays out as ‘to see oneself seeing oneself’ (see Lacan 1977 [1973], 80) moving towards research methods for unravelling educational settings. This ‘both-educational-and-research-method’ aims to open up the acceptive gaze towards the horizons of democratic becoming, and to see the emerging uncertainties both as troubles to tackle and moments of promise for bettered futures. Despite of its ocularcentric naming of the concept, placing vision over other senses and associating sight with reason (Oxford Reference 2024), we think of the acceptive gaze as a holistic, multisensory experience, not limited to visual sense; instead it covers other sensory signals and the sensuous presences (Ma 2015, 126). Furthermore, the acceptive gaze is a chosen orientation towards the other and the self, striving for a non-judgmental attitude enabling the fundamental differences to coexist and complement one another (Jääskeläinen 2023). We explore the possibilities of the acceptive gaze as an educational participatory practice in co-creating tolerance for the uncertainty which arises from unfamiliar and often uncomfortable feelings when addressing one's body as a reflective medium in different encounters (Payne and Jääskeläinen 2023; Jääskeläinen 2023). We propose that aiming the acceptive gaze not only contributes to creating safe enough learning environments (see Jääskeläinen and Helin 2021; Jääskeläinen 2023) that allow both attachment and difference-making but builds also resilience and capabilities to handle uncomfortable feelings when we engage in holistic learning. Therefore, it also accepts feelings of danger and movement outside the individualistic comfort zones, while keeping the sense of responsiveness and responsibility as educators and co-learners alert. As such, we argue that acceptive gaze strengthens democratic values such as responsiveness, equality and freedom, described in the Prototype Pedagogical Framework developed in the AECED Horizon project.

References:

Jääskeläinen, Pauliina (2023). The Reversibility of Body Movements in Reach-searching Organisational Relations. PhD diss. University of Lapland. https://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-952-337-396-9 Jääskeläinen, Pauliina & Helin, Jenny (2021). Writing embodied generosity. Gender, Work & Organization, 28(4), 1398–1412. http://doi.org/10.1111/gwao.12650 Lacan, Jacques (1977) [1973]. The Four Fundamental Concepts of Psycho-Analysis. London: Penguin Books. Merleau-Ponty, Maurice (1968) [1964]. The Visible and the Invisible. Ed. Claude Lefort, trans. Alphonso Lingis. Evanston: Northwestern University Press.  Merleau-Ponty, Maurice (2012) [1945]. Phenomenology of Perception. Trans. Donald A. Landes. London and New York: Routledge. Ma, Yuanlong (2015). Lacan on Gaze. International Journal of Humanities and Social Science 5(10[1]), 125–137. Oxford Reference (2024). ocularcentrism. Retrieved 19 Jan. 2024, from https://www.oxfordreference.com/view/10.1093/oi/authority.20110803100245338. Payne, Helen and Jääskeläinen, Pauliina (2023). Embodied leadership: A Perspective on Reciprocal Body Movement. In Elgar Handbook of Leadership in Education ed. Philip Woods, Amanda Roberts, Meng Tian and Howard Youngs, 60–73. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar Publishing.  Sartre, Jean-Paul (1993) [1956]. Being and Nothingness: The Principal Text of Modern Existentialism. New York: Simon & Schuster.
 

A Conceptual Model for Organising Metadata to Conduct a Cross-Case and Cross-Country Comparative Analysis within Participatory Action Research

Karine Oganisjana (Riga Technical University), Konstantins Kozlovskis (Riga Technical University)

this paper focuses on the approach for metadata organisation which is elaborated within the Horizon project AECED and its Participatory Action Research (PAR) to conduct cross-case and cross-country comparative analysis of the effect of using aesthetic and embodied learning (AEL) on experiencing democracy-as-becoming. As cross-case analysis is a method to facilitate the comparison of commonalities and differences in the events, activities, and processes, including the units of analysis in different case studies (Khan & VanWynberghe, 2008), the comparison of contextual and research-related commonalities and differences becomes topical. Six project universities are dealing with differences in educational and cultural backgrounds; experiences in democracy and AEL; arts-based and/or embodied learning methods used; educational phases of research presenting 19 cases; epistemological and terminological challenges caused by national languages and pedagogies, etc. To cope with the challenges caused by research-related differences and prepare a system for comparative analysis, we created a matrix to achieve high transparency of data (Cruzes et al., 2015). The matrix does not contain primary data in national languages but metadata in English which come out of the analysis of each of the 19 cases separately in accordance with the comparison criteria identified as crucial for each PAR phase. Each cell of the Matrix has its hyperlinked code; its name is constructed correspondingly from the country code, case number, letters of the PAR phase and comparison criterion. This guarantees cross-case transparency, easy data input and access, meaningful vertical comparison of metadata related to each criterion and cross-group collaboration. Only one click on a cell with entering the password opens an interactive Word or Excel file for individual and group work for all the research participants. The hyperlinking of each Matrix cell supports access to the most important data from each case at any level of information compression (Khan & VanWynsberghe, 2008), but also provides flexibility to minimize the tension between criteria/variable-oriented and case-oriented approaches (Miles & Huberman, 1994). The matrix serves as a tool to produce a synthesized outcome while remaining adaptive to the uncertainties related to the iterative process of PAR.

References:

1. Cruzes, D. S., Dybå, T., Runeson, P., & Höst, M. (2015). Case Studies Synthesis: A Thematic, Cross-Case, and Narrative Synthesis Worked Example. SpringerLink, 20, 1634-1665. 2. Kemmis, S., McTaggart, R. & Nixon, R. (2014). The Action Research Planner: Doing Critical Participatory Action Research. Springer. 3. Khan, S. & VanWynsberghe, R. (2008). Cultivating the Under-Mined: Cross-Case Analysis as Knowledge Mobilaization. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 9(1), Art. 34. 4. Miles M. B. and Huberman, A. M. Qualitative Data Analysis: An Expanded Source Book, Sage, 1994.
 
9:30 - 11:0033 SES 04 A: Can We Generate Equity from within Universities?
Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi
Session Chair: Victoria Showunmi
Symposium
 
33. Gender and Education
Symposium

Can We Generate Equity from within Universities?

Chair: Victoria Showunmi (University College London)

Discussant: Victoria Showunmi (University College London)

Generating greater gender justice for diverse students, academics and professional staff is currently stated as a priority for higher education institutions and this is encouraged by many national governments and international policymakers (e.g. European Institute for Gender Equity, 2022; OECD, 2023). Paradoxically, universities are both places where knowledge and theories about justice are taught and developed but also spaces in which inequities are reproduced and even exacerbated daily (McLean et al, 2019). However, initiatives aimed at generating equities for students, academics and others have been a longstanding and burgeoning trend in universities' but inequalities of genders, sexualities, ethnicities, (dis)abilities, and more remain intransigent (Ahmed, 2021; Bhopal, 2016; Blackmore, 2022; Dolmage, 2018). It is striking that intersecting gender inequalities are a global phenomenon across universities. Whilst there is variation in the specific types of inequalities, what they look like and how they play out in national contexts, there are vertical inequalities (with different genders being focused in particular disciplines being the most well-understood) and horizontal inequalities (with males prevalent in taking up higher status and more influential positions) across the international higher education sector (EIGE, 2022). Even those disciplines most enmeshed in building knowledge that explains inequities, such as the social sciences and humanities, have the same inequities embedded within their research, teaching and administration: within universities and in their professional associations and conferences (Biggs et al 2018)). Consequently, there are questions about how those of us who work in universities can remain hopeful and try to generate more just relationships and practices from within the unequal academy.

The four papers presented in this session present research that is making significant efforts to generate changes toward greater equity. They focus on intersecting gender inequalities. The first presentation relates to a project called Women Can, which is taking place at the University of Bath, UK. It is funded by UKRI (national research funding) and it focuses on how promotion practices might be changed to address a lack of women taking up leadership positions in universities. The second, third and fourth papers are linked by a UNESCO Global Chair Project, led by the University of Newcastle Australia and are partly funded (in the University of Bath, UK and Cairo University Egypt) by the British Council. All focus on attempting to promote equity in STEM by generating research findings exploring how staff in Engineering and STEM faculties see current equity practices and then working with colleagues in these faculties to turn these findings into materials that can be used in pedagogical work with faculty members to co-construct knowledge and practices for their contexts. Each university team works independently on their project but they are related and we learn and work together to build understanding and practices. The projects are theoretically framed with critical and transformative theories and they use pedagogical methodologies and critical pedagogical approaches as fit their contexts (Burke et al, 2016; Burke and Lumb (2018).


References
Ahmed, Sara, (2021) Complaint!, Durham, USA: Duke University Press
Burke, P. J., Crozier, G., & Misiaszek, L. (2016). Changing pedagogical spaces in higher education: Diversity, inequalities and misrecognition. Routledge.
Burke, P. J., & Lumb, M. (2018). Researching and evaluating equity and widening participation: Praxis-based frameworks. Evaluating equity and widening participation in higher education, Trentham, London 11-32.
Bhopal, Kalwant. (2016) The Experiences of Black and Minority Ethnic Academics: A Comparative Study of the Unequal Academy. Abingdon, Oxon; New York, N.Y.: Routledge, Routledge Research in Higher Education.
Blackmore, Jill. (2022) Governing Knowledge in the Entrepreneurial University: A Feminist Account of Structural, Cultural and Political Epistemic Injustice. Critical Studies in Education 63.5: 622-639. Print.
Dolmage, Jay, (2018). Academic Ableism: Disability and Higher Education. Ann Arbor [Michigan]: University of Michigan PressEuropean Institute for Gender Equity, (EIGE) (2022)  Gender Equality in Academia and Research: GEAR tool step-by-step guide, Lithuania: EIGE https://eige.europa.eu/sites/default/files/documents/20220795_pdf_mh0922276enn_002.pdf, Accessed 31st January 2025.
McLean, M., Abbas, A. and Ashwin, P. (2019) How Powerful Knowledge Disrupts Inequality: Reconceptualising Quality in Undergraduate Education, London: Bloomsbury.
OECD (2023) Joining Forces for Gender Equality: What Is Holding Us Back? 1st ed. Paris: OECD Publishing.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Developing the Women Academics’ Change Agents Network: Imagining better worlds and working to achieve them

Carol A. Taylor (University of Bath), Sally Jayne Hewlett (University of Bath)

This paper focuses on the origination, development and implementation of a women academics’ change agents network in a UK university. Data informing this paper were gathered during a UKRI funded research project: WomenCAN: Breaking Promotion Barriers, Changing University Cultures, and include narrative interviews with 21 women academic leaders in a range of disciplines, and two follow-up participatory workshops with women academics at all career levels from a range of disciplines. Widespread statistical and research evidence indicates that, despite increased diversity in the workplace and greater numbers of women academics in universities, women are still under-represented in leadership roles (Bierema, 2017, p.148), that there is still a gender pay gap, and that women in leadership positions are often marginalised, isolated and experience epistemic injustices (Madsen, 2017). The WomenCAN project focused specifically on how promotions practices and cultures maintain gendered patterns of inequality regarding a ‘women’s leadership gap’, and the practical measures needed to change this. Situated at the theory-praxis interface, and drawing on feminist theories of organizational change within higher education (Acker, 1990), the project generated nuanced, situated insights into how the structure-culture-institutional nexus produced powerful micropolitical effects that disadvantaged women in very specific ways. Building on feminist critiques of how institutions ‘bear responsibility for social justice, equality, solidarity and care for others’ (Benschop, 2021, p.2), the paper discusses how the Women Academics’ Change Agents Network sought to ‘develop alternative value systems’ (Benschop, 2021, p.2) to current hierarchical and individualizing practices, and contested ‘oppressive organization structures that have not worked, are not working, and will not work’ (Bierema, 2017, p.145). Morley and Lund (2021, p.114) argue the need to ‘consider how we “do” gender in the academy.’ Project data indicated that the proposed network should be there ‘to help and guide women’; be a place for ‘sharing the challenges’; and provide ‘a confidential space for women to get advice from other women.’ The two workshops were a clear call to collective action (‘let’s get organised!’) to ‘influence relevant university policy’ on promotions practices, and to improve the ‘visibility of women academics.’ Envisaged as a driver for change, fuelled by women’s collective agency, and embedded within changes to university cultures and structures to ensure its sustainability (Kassotakis, 2017), the WomenCAN network activates feminist praxis (and activism) through the aim to ‘trouble power relations, imagine better worlds and work to achieve them’ (Ferguson, 2017, p.283).

References:

Acker, J. (1990). Hierarchies, jobs, bodies: A theory of gendered organizations. Gender and Society. 4: 139–158. Benschop, Y. (2021). Grand Challenges, Feminist Answers. Organization Theory. 2: 1–19. Bierema, L.L. (2017). No woman left behind: critical leadership development to build gender consciousness and transform organizations. In, Madsen, S.R. (Ed). Handbook of research on gender and leadership. Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing. Ferguson, K. E. (2017). Feminist theory today. Annual Review of Political Science. 20: 269–286. Morley, L., & Lund, R.W.B. (2021). The affective economy of feminist leadership in Finnish universities: class-based knowledge for navigating neoliberalism and neuroliberalism. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education. 42:1, 114-130. Madsen, S.R. (2017). Handbook of research on gender and leadership. Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing. Kassotakis, M.E. (2017). Women-only leadership programs: a deeper look. In, Madsen, S.R. (Ed). Handbook of research on gender and leadership. Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing.
 

Facilitating a Research-Informed Framework for Equity in Sciences, Technologies, Engineering and Mathematics (STEM)

Kate Mellor (University of Newcastle, Australia), Penny Jane Burke (University of Newcastle, Australia), Matt Lumb (University of Newcastle, Australia), Matt Bunn (University of Newcastle, Australia)

In recent decades Australian universities have tried to strengthen forms of equity in STEM fields. While there has been some progress, inequitable outcomes remain in relation to intersecting disparities around gender, class, race, and (dis)ability (Australian Government Department ISER, n.d.). This situation is compounded by uneven regulation and commitments to equity, which are often relegated to peripheral roles with limited capacity and resources. Despite a broad understanding of the need to attend to discipline-specific strategies across the diversity of STEM, little attention has been directed towards building this understanding to foster more equitable and inclusive practices. This paper discusses a research project on the different perspectives of students and academic and professional staff in the diverse environment of a large comprehensive STEM faculty at an Australian regional university. The focus of the project is to examine how equity is articulated within and between disciplinary, teaching, research and administrative contexts and to generate practical recommendations and pedagogical resources to strengthen staff engagement and awareness of equity issues. A question the project pursues is how does the relegation to peripheral roles and units affect differently positioned staff and the capacity institutionally to address complex questions of inequality that impact all levels of activity including teaching and curricula development? Drawing on data from over 200 surveys and 51 in-depth interviews with staff and students this research shows how understandings of equity emerge through different experiences related to positionality (how participants are socially, politically and culturally located). We explore how academic and professional staff and students experience forms of structural marginalisation and exclusion that are often ignored or hidden. Our analysis is framed by an intersectional lens drawing on critical feminist, decolonial social justice theory (Battiste, 2013; Behrendt et al., 2012; Fraser, 2005). A critical approach to understanding the tensions raised by participants focuses on deconstructing power structures and hierarchies that continue to reproduce systems of inequity through White-centric, masculinised, neoliberalism and ‘Eurocentrism in science’ (Dudgeon & Walker, 2015). Through a pedagogical methodology (Burke, Crozier and Misiaszek, 2017; Burke and Lumb, 2018), the project brings a social justice lens to equity by calling for collective spaces and dialogue that challenge socially oppressive environments and enable deeper reflections and engagement with equity issues. The outcomes of this research have the potential to inform future policy decisions within higher educational institutions and guide the development of professional learning programs that promote equity in STEM education.

References:

Australian Government Department of Industry, Science, Energy and Resources. (n.d.). Focus on understanding progression of different demographic groups through STEM. https://www.industry.gov.au/publications/stem-equity-monitor/data-focus/focus-understanding-progression-different-demographic-groups-through-stem Battiste, M. (2013). Decolonizing education: Nourishing the learning spirit. Purich publishing Behrendt, L. Y., Larkin, S., Griew, R., & Kelly, P. (2012). Review of Higher Education Access and Outcomes for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander People: final report. Canberra, A.C.T.: Dept. of Industry, Innovation, Science, Research and Tertiary Education Burke, P. J., Crozier, G., & Misiaszek, L. (2016). Changing pedagogical spaces in higher education: Diversity, inequalities and misrecognition. Routledge. Burke, P. J., & Lumb, M. (2018). Researching and evaluating equity and widening participation: Praxis-based frameworks. Evaluating equity and widening participation in higher education, Trentham, London 11-32. Dudgeon, P., & Walker, R. (2015). Decolonising Australian psychology: Discourses, strategies, and practice. Journal of Social and Political Psychology, 3(1), 276-297. Fraser, N. (2005). Reframing justice in a globalising world. New Left Review, 36.
 

Exploring Women's Equality Challenges in STEM Higher Education: A Case Study from Egypt

Nevine El Souefi (American University of Cairo, Egypt), Randa Abdel Karim (Cairo University, Egypt), Gihan Ismail (University of Bath)

Egypt boasts a rich history of national and international efforts aimed at promoting women's participation across various levels of higher education, particularly in STEM fields (National Council for Women, 2017; Egypt National Observatory for Women, 2015). While these initiatives have led to a notable increase in female enrolment in STEM higher education, there remains a pressing need to establish robust standards of equality (El Nagdy & Roehrig, 2019; Kyoung, Fernandez & Ramon, 2022). Despite widespread acknowledgement of this need, there has been insufficient focus on developing inclusive strategies and practices. This paper delves into the diverse perspectives of both academic staff and students regarding equity issues within the Faculty of Engineering at Cairo University. Through an examination of the supportive and obstructive factors influencing equity across various domains within the faculty—such as teaching, research, and administrative contexts—the study sheds light on the nuanced dynamics at play. The paper draws on data obtained from 200 surveys and 50 in-depth interviews conducted with faculty members and students at the Faculty of Engineering, Cairo University (Egypt). Thematic analysis is used to identify key themes related to equity issues across different dimensions of teaching, research, funding and administrative practices. By critically examining these themes, the study aims to uncover both the supportive factors that promote gender equity and the hindering aspects that perpetuate inequitable practices (Nakayiwa et al., 2020). The research uses feminist theory which offers a powerful framework for understanding the multifaceted nature of gender equity experiences within the Egyptian academic setting, considering the unique social, political, and cultural contexts in which female academic, professional staff, as well as students, encounter various forms of structural marginalisation and exclusion that often go unnoticed or unaddressed. Through its intersectional approach, feminist theory acknowledges the intersecting axes of identity that shape the participants’ experiences and opportunities within their educational institution. By centring the voices and experiences of female academics and students, feminist theory exposes the underlying power structures and systemic biases that perpetuate inequality. The study aspires to inform evidence-based interventions and policy recommendations aimed at fostering a more inclusive, equitable, and empowering academic environment for all (Mott, 2020).

References:

National Council for Women (2017). National Strategy for the Empowerment of Egyptian Women 2030 Vision and Pillars. Available via: https://ncw.gov.eg/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/final-version-national-strategy-for-the-empowerment-of-egyptian-women-2030.pdf Egypt National Observatory for Women (2015). Women’s Empowerment Strategy Vision 2023. Available via https://en.enow.gov.eg/%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%B1%D8%A4%D9%8A%D8%A9%20%D9%88%D8%A7%D9%84%D9%87%D8%AF%D9%81%20%D9%81%D9%8A%202030 Kyoung, R. O., Fernandez, F. & Ramon, E. (2022). Gender Equity in STEM in Higher Education. New York: Routledge. https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/id/eee1ae49-405f-4a98-ba2d-9b3050feebf0/doi.org/ Mott, H. (2020). Going Global Partnership Gender Equality in Higher Education: Maximising Impact. British Council. Available via https://www.britishcouncil.org/gender-equality-higher-education-maximising-impacts Nakayiwa, F., Elhag, M., Santos, L. & Tizikara, C. (2020). Strengthening higher education capacity to promote gender-inclusive participation in Science, Technology and Innovation. African Journal of Rural Development, 5(3), pp.65-86. Bothwell, E., Roser-Chinchilla, J., Deraze, E., Ellis, R., Galán-Muros, V., Gallegos, G., Mutize, T. (2022). Gender Equity: How Global Universities are Performing. Times Higher Education and the UNESCO International Institute of Higher Education in Latin America and the Caribbean (IESALC). Available via Gender equality: how global universities are performing, part 1 - UNESCO Digital Library El Nagdy, M. & Roehrig. (2019). Gender Equity in STEM Education: The Case of an Egyptian Girls’ School. In K. G. Fomunyam: Theorizing STEM Education in the 21st Century. Intech Open. Available at: http://dx.doi.org/10.5772/intechopen.87170
 

Co-Creating a STEM Framework of Equity Practices and Polices.

Andrea Abbas (University of Bath), Momna Hejmadi (University of Bath), Sally Jayne Hewlett (University of Bath), Shona McIntosh (University of Bath)

This paper will describe and reflect on the methodology, processes and practices of the workshops and activities the research team will undertake with students, academics, professional staff and leaders based in the Faculty of Sciences and the Faculty of Engineering at the University of Bath. The workshop materials will draw upon 50 qualitative interviews and 200 surveys exploring students, academics, professional staff, and leaders' experiences and perceptions of current equity practices in the university and their faculty. The workshop will aim to develop new understandings of equity practices that are framed in ways that feel appropriate to colleagues and students in STEM subjects and can be used to develop more contextually appropriate practices and processes. The workshop materials, content, and pedagogical approaches will be collaboratively developed by the research team with representative members of these faculties. We do not anticipate this task will be easy when it is carried out in April 2024. Our preliminary analysis of the data so far indicates that there are a wide variety of views and likely to be conflicting views and forms of intersectional inequalities that need to be considered and included. Hence, in doing this work we will employ a range of ideas and practices around co-creating knowledge, decolonising knowledge; and we will use feminist and other critical pedagogies, and models of interdisciplinary research to generate spaces for different voices and inputs into the process. For example Bryson;s (2003) Webb's (2004) principles for feminist pedagogy and generating inclusive spaces. Also, Fam et al's (2018) ideas about collaborative and transdisciplinary learning and Danermark's (2019) model for interdisciplinary knowledge generation.

References:

Bryson, Bj. (2003) The Teaching and Learning Experience: Deconstructing and Creating Space Using a Feminist Pedagogy, Race, gender & class. 10.2 (2003): 131-146.. Danermark, Berth. (2019) Applied Interdisciplinary Research: A Critical Realist Perspective. Journal of Critical Realism 18.4 (2019): 368-382. Fam, Dena., Linda. Neuhauser, and Paul. Gibbs (2018). Transdisciplinary Theory, Practice and Education: The Art of Collaborative Research and Collective Learning. 1st ed. 2018. Cham: Springer International Publishing: Imprint: Springer, 2018. Print. Webb, Lynne M. (2004) Feminist Pedagogy in the Teaching of Research Methods International Journal of Social Research Methodology 7.5: 415-429.
 
9:30 - 11:0034 SES 04 A: Teacher Training and Perspectives
Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Valeria Damiani
 
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Balance within Limits: Examining Preservice Teachers' Approaches to Controversial Issues

Marcus Kindlinger1,2, Katrin Hahn-Laudenberg2

1University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany; 2University of Münster, Germany

Presenting Author: Kindlinger, Marcus

Short Abstract

We live in a time of increasing political polarization. This makes it important for teachers to be able to aptly navigate controversial issues within the classroom. This mixed-methods study examines the stances of preservice teachers regarding the limits of legitimate positions for controversial classroom discussions. The research questions focus on identifying and understanding the range of strategies preservice teachers anticipate adopting when confronted with controversial issues as well as the theoretical and practical implications of these stances for democratic education. As a normative approach to teacher education, we propose a strategy of "reflective balancing" by avoiding false equivalences between fundamentally unequal positions while maintaining a space for conflict and controversy where it is fruitful.

Objectives

To Develop and Validate a Questionnaire Instrument: Our first objective is to conceptualize and validate a standardized instrument that can detect preservice teachers' ideas about handling controversial discussions. This tool is intended to assist in the broader understanding and training of teachers regarding controversial issues.

To Explore Preservice Teachers' Stances on Controversial Issues in the Classroom: The study aims to unveil the array of approaches that future educators anticipate adopting in response to controversial topics in their classrooms. Through two convenience survey samples of 162 and 90 German preservice teachers and qualitative interviews with a subset, our study seeks to uncover the nuanced strategies ranging from avoidance to the emerging trend of committed balancing.

To Theorize 'Reflective Balancing': The study proposes and explores the concept of committed balancing, a method of addressing controversial issues that acknowledges the necessity of weighing different viewpoints while remaining committed to democratic and epistemic values.

Theoretical Framework

This study situates itself within the discourse of civic and citizenship education, particularly focusing on how teachers handle controversial issues in the classroom, a task critical to the practice of deliberative democracy as conceptualized by Gutmann & Thompson (2004) and, especially in educational contexts, Hess & McAvoy (2015). Prior research suggests that teachers, both novice and experienced, frequently hesitate to engage with controversial issues in the classroom. This reluctance may be particularly pronounced among younger educators, who often attribute their avoidance to a lack of confidence and preparedness for addressing these challenging topics (Bickmore & Parker, 2014; Gindi et al., 2021; Nganga et al., 2020). Empirical insights (Flensner, 2020; Pollak et al., 2017; Oberle et al., 2018) highlight the varied and often problematic strategies and attitudes teachers exhibit towards controversial discussions, reflecting a broader need to understand how preservice teachers approach these complex topics. In this context, our study builds upon Hess' (2004) typology of teacher strategies for controversial issues—avoidance, denial, privileging one side, and balancing—which are reassessed under the proposed model of 'reflective balancing.' This approach is particularly pertinent in light of the challenges of false balancing and the need for epistemic integrity in educational contexts (Barzilai & Chinn, 2018; Leiviskä, 2023).

To discuss questions surrounding the limits to classroom controversy, the study further engages with the debate around possible criteria for teaching about such issues in school contexts (Hand, 2008; Yacek, 2018; Drerup, 2021). Within this debate the teaching of controversial issues is often distinguished in ‘directive’ and ‘non-directive’ styles. In the attempt to distinguish issues that should be discussed in a controversial, non-directive fashion from those that require more active teacher steering, several criteria are often discussed – particularly the behavioral, political, and epistemic criteria. These three respectively relate to a) the degree of controversy in wider society, b) the compatibility with liberal-democratic norms, and c) rational, factual justification. This debate directly informs our methodological approach to develop a standardized way of capturing different stances towards these issues.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants and Procedure

Our study utilized a two-phase data collection approach. Initially, from October 2021 to February 2022, 162 students (MAge = 25.7; 49.4% female, 40.1% male, 10.5% other or not answered) enrolled in German teacher education programs completed a questionnaire as part of their coursework, focusing on the topics and positions they would discuss in a non-directive fashion. A follow-up survey in April 2022 involved 90 additional students from similar programs (MAge = 24.9; 56.7% female, 33.3% male, 6.6% other, 3.3% not answered). Participants ranged in their focus from social sciences to a variety of subjects, with the majority preparing to teach at middle or high school levels. Additionally, 27 students (MAge = 26.6; 44.4% female, 51.9% male, 3.7% other) from the initial cohort were interviewed by extensively briefed student assistants to gain deeper insights into their stances on handling controversial and discriminatory views in the classroom. These semi-structured interviews were aligned with the questionnaire responses through unique codes, ensuring anonymity. We used the results of our quantitative data analysis to select interviews with contrasting questionnaire response patterns for analysis. In total, we selected five cases from the 27 transcripts.

Questionnaire Development

The questionnaire was designed to map behavioral, political, and epistemic criteria (see above; BC, PC, and EC) for discussing controversial issues. Twelve statements, four for each criterion with equal numbers of exclusionary and inclusionary items, were presented for participants to rate on a six-point Likert scale. We conceived of the three criteria as complementary criteria, each of which excluded different kinds of positions from the space of acceptable controversial debate. The questionnaire aimed to explore how teachers decide what issues are suitable for non-directive, multi-perspective classroom discussion.

Data Cleaning and Analysis

Inconsistent responses and missing data led to the exclusion of a few cases from both datasets. Confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was applied to both sets of questionnaire data to test and validate the latent factor structure of BC, PC, and EC. The analysis adhered to standard assumptions like multivariate normality and absence of multicollinearity. For a nuanced understanding, interpretative phenomenological analysis (IPA) was used to analyze selected interviews, focusing on the participants' experiences and perceptions of controversial issues in the educational context. This mixed-methods approach aimed to provide both a broad quantitative overview and in-depth qualitative insights into preservice teachers' stances on controversy.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Quantitative Results

Descriptively, we saw notable openness (10-20%) towards discussing extremist and anti-scientific perspectives in a non-directive way. CFA and internal consistency measures indicated an inadequate model fit for the three separate latent factors. After reorganizing the items and merging PC and EC into a single factor, the model showed adequate measures (χ2 (13) = 222.88, p = .04, TLI = .93, CFI = .96, RMSEA = .07, SRMR = .05, α1 = .67, α2 = .75). The two-factor structure was further validated with a second data set (χ2 (26) = 30.84, p = .23, TLI = .96, CFI = .97, RMSEA = .05, SRMR = .084, α1 = .73, α2 = .80).

Qualitative Results

Two ‘open’ participants saw their roles as teachers as those of neutral providers of information. One of the two represented a strongly permissive view, valuing freedom of opinion and non-selectivity. Two other participants with more restrictive responses were highly heterogenous, with one seeing herself as a fighter against misinformation, and the other one tending towards risk-aversion out of fear of marginalizing individual students. All four participants showed different forms of avoidance, denial, or privileging in their approaches to classroom controversy. One more participant, whose responses varied on the two factors, outlined a selective balance based on epistemic and normative grounds while maintaining openness to marginal issues.

Interpretation

The quantitative results indicated an overlap between political and epistemic criteria in preservice teachers’ stances. The interviews showed varied motivations for the questionnaire responses. Some preservice teachers showed tendencies towards avoidance or denial strategies; however, we saw different degrees of reflectivity around possible criteria and thus potential for professional growth. In our discussion, we outline how ‘reflective balancing’ can be understood as the creation of a space for controversy within epistemic and political-normative boundaries.

In the presentation, we will discuss implications for teacher training and citizenship education across Europe.

References
Barzilai, S., & Chinn, C. A. (2018). On the Goals of Epistemic Education: Promoting Apt Epistemic Performance. Journal of the Learning Sciences, 27(3), 353–389. https://doi.org/10.1080/10508406.2017.1392968
Bickmore, K., & Parker, C. (2014). Constructive Conflict Talk in Classrooms: Divergent Approaches to Addressing Divergent Perspectives. Theory & Research in Social Education, 42(3), 291–335. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2014.901199
Drerup, J. (2021). Kontroverse Themen im Unterricht: Konstruktiv streiten lernen. Reclam.
Flensner, K. K. (2020). Dealing with and teaching controversial issues – Teachers’ pedagogical approaches to controversial issues in Religious Education and Social Studies. Acta Didactica Norden, 14(4). https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.8347
Gindi, S., Gilat, Y., & Sagee, R. (2021). Who wants a political classroom? Attitudes toward teaching controversial political issues in school. Journal of Social Science Education, 20(2). https://doi.org/10.11576/jsse-3943
Gutmann, A., & Thompson, D. F. (2004). Why Deliberative Democracy? Princeton University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400826339
Hand, M. (2008). What Should We Teach As Controversial? A Defense Of The Epistemic Criterion. Educational Theory, 58(2), 213–228.
Hess, D. E. (2004). Controversies about Controversial Issues in Democratic Education. PS: Political Science and Politics, 37(2), 257–261.
Hess, D. E., & McAvoy, P. (2015). The Political Classroom: Evidence and Ethics in Democratic Education. Routledge.
Leiviskä, A. (2023). Democratic education and the epistemic quality of democratic deliberation. Theory and Research in Education, 21(2), 113–134. https://doi.org/10.1177/14778785231187304
Nganga, L., Roberts, A., Kambutu, J., & James, J. (2020). Examining pre-service teachers’ preparedness and perceptions about teaching controversial issues in social studies. The Journal of Social Studies Research, 44(1), 77–90. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jssr.2019.08.001
Oberle, M., Ivens, S., & Leunig, J. (2018). Grenzenlose Toleranz? Lehrervorstellungen zum Beutelsbacher Konsens und dem Umgang mit Extremismus im Unterricht. In S. Manzel & L. Möllers (Eds.), Populismus und Politische Bildung (pp. 53–61). Wochenschau.
Pollak, I., Segal, A., Lefstein, A., & Meshulam, A. (2018). Teaching controversial issues in a fragile democracy: defusing deliberation in Israeli primary classrooms. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(3), 387–409. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2017.1397757
Yacek, D. (2018). Thinking Controversially: The Psychological Condition for Teaching Controversial Issues. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 52(1), 71–86. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12282


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

European Student Teachers´ Approaches to Internationalization and Intercultural Learning

Charlotte Silander, Mattias Lundin

Linnaeus university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Silander, Charlotte; Lundin, Mattias

Schools are important in the formation of a democratic society and teachers play a crucial role in in enhancing basic democratic values as equity, equality and tolerance and in fostering diversity and inclusion. In a globalized world the student population in European schools is becoming increasingly diverse. As recurring studies show that teachers’ attitudes and skills matter in creating structures of inclusion and opportunity for all students there are strong reasons to train future teachers in intercultural perspectives and diversity (Milner 2013). One way to strengthen intercultural perspectives among students is through different form of internationalization activities. However previous reseach indicate less mobility and international exchange among student teachers compared to other groups (Hauschildt 2015) as well as limited internationals features in teacher education (Alexiadou et al 2021). One reason put forward for this is that teacher education is primarly educating for a national labour market (Egron Polak et al., 2015; Alexiadou et al 2021) which limits the focus on intercultural and international competencies. At the same time, as issues of diversity and inclusion are increasingly pressing the European educational systems, the need for intercultural competences among teachers in order to to train cultural competence and responsiveness to better address the needs of today's diverse student populations is more important then ever (Banks 2021). Previous reseach indicates a number of obstacels for the lack of internationalization in teacher education (Hauschildt 2015), but provide less knowledge about how student teachers perceive their future work in relation to intercultural values and increasingly globalized and diverse school. Hence, in order to improve intercultural and international work in teacher education we need to understand how student teachers think and how they perceive their future work in relation to internationalization and intercultural competences.

This study aim to improve teacher education, by understanding how student teachers reason about global values and culturally diverse societies guided by the reseach question: How do student teachers approach to their studies and their profession from an international perspective?. By conducting focus group interviews with student teachers in Sweden, the Netherlands and France the study will add to increased understanding of national and cultural differences in the creation of the education for future democratic citizens


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Schools are important in the formation of a democratic society and teachers play a crucial role in in enhancing basic democratic values as equity, equality and tolerance and in fostering diversity and inclusion. In a globalized world the student population in European schools is becoming increasingly diverse. As recurring studies show that teachers’ attitudes and skills matter in creating structures of inclusion and opportunity for all students there are strong reasons to train future teachers in intercultural perspectives and diversity (Milner 2013). One way to strengthen intercultural perspectives among students is through different form of internationalization activities. However previous reseach indicate less mobility and international exchange among student teachers compared to other groups (Hauschildt 2015) as well as limited internationals features in teacher education (Alexiadou et al 2021). One reason put forward for this is that teacher education is primarly educating for a national labour market (Egron Polak et al., 2015; Alexiadou et al 2021) which limits the focus on intercultural and international competencies. At the same time, as issues of diversity and inclusion are increasingly pressing the European educational systems, the need for intercultural competences among teachers in order to to train cultural competence and responsiveness to better address the needs of today's diverse student populations is more important then ever (Banks 2021). Previous reseach indicates a number of obstacels for the lack of internationalization in teacher education (Hauschildt 2015), but provide less knowledge about how student teachers perceive their future work in relation to intercultural values and increasingly globalized and diverse school. Hence, in order to improve intercultural and international work in teacher education we need to understand how student teachers think and how they perceive their future work in relation to internationalization and intercultural competences.

This study aim to improve teacher education, by understanding how student teachers reason about global values and culturally diverse societies guided by the reseach question: How do student teachers approach to their studies and their profession from an international perspective?. By conducting focus group interviews with student teachers in Sweden, the Netherlands and France the study will add to increased understanding of national and cultural differences in the creation of the education for future democratic citizens


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary result indicate different discources relating to local, national and global settings. The most prominent discource relates to the national arena and the students future in a national labour market. In this discourse, specific national reqirements and national framworks are considered important features for success. The research provides examples of obstacles that explain why mobility and interest in internationalization in teacher education are negatively distinguished in comparison with other educational programs.  This has implication for future construction of teacher education and integration of intercultural features as part of fostering democracy, human rights and the rule of law.
References
Alexiadou, N., Kefala, Z & Rönnberg, L., (2021). Preparing education students for an international future? Connecting students’ experience to institutional contexts. Journal of Studies in International Education, 25(4) 443–460.
Banks, J. A. (2021). Diversity, group identity, and citizenship education in a global age. In Handbuch Bildungs-und Erziehungssoziologie (pp. 1-24). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.
Egron-Polak, E., Howard, L., Hunter, F., & de Wit, H. (2015). Internationalisation of higher education. Directorate-General for Internal Policies, European Union.
Foucault, M. (1993). Diskursens ordning (L’ordre du discours). Brutus Östling.
Hauschildt, K., Gwosć, C., Netz, N., & Mishra, S. (2015). Social and Economic Conditions of Student Life in Europe. Synopsis of Indicators. EUROSTUDENT  2012–2015. W. Bertelsmann Verlag GmbH & Co.
Jørgensen, M., & Phillips, L. (2002).  Discourse analysis as theory and method. Sage.
Laclau, E., & Mouffe, C. (2001).  Hegemony and socialist strategy. Towards a radical democratic politics. Verso.
Milner, H.R. 2010. What does teacher education have to do with teaching? Implication for diversity studies. Journal of Teacher Education 61 (1-2):118-131.
 
11:00 - 11:30Break 10: ECER Coffee Break
11:30 - 12:3000 SES 05 A: ***CANCELLED*** Keynote Facer: On Futures, Time and Listening: cultivating attention in an uncertain world
Session Chair: Paulina Korsnakova
Keynote Session
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper

Keynote Facer: On Futures, Time and Listening: cultivating attention in an uncertain world

Keri Facer

University of Bristol, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Facer, Keri

How we think about futures is, in large part, shaped by how we think about time; whether we see ourselves in an old story or a new one, heading to a moment of crisis or a turning point, in a moment of rapid disruption or the slow playing out of old patterns. Our temporal assumptions shape our perception of possibility, silently structuring our frames of reference and sense of agency. An important element in our capacity to understand each other and to coordinate ourselves in uncertain times depends, then, on our capacity to attune ourselves to the implicit assumptions about time and to the multitude of rhythms of life at play in any situation. Such attunement requires a renewed capacity for deep listening – to each other and to ourselves.

In this talk I will outline the relationship between futures, time and listening and make the case for listening - as a form of attunement to time and rhythm - as a useful starting point in opening up possibilities for collective understanding and mutual action. At a time when the UK government has removed ‘listening’ from the National Curriculum in England, and when both leadership and global citizenship are too often equated with raising our voices, I will explore how we might return mutual listening to the heart of formal and informal educational practices today.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
11:30 - 12:3000 SES 05 B STREAM: Keynote Demetriou: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope?
Location: Room 108 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Live Stream from Room B108 in Anastasios G. Leventis [Floor -1, Mic: Yes ]
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events

Live Stream: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope?

N. N.

N.N.

Presenting Author: N., N.

This is a live stream for the keynote "Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope?"

 
11:30 - 12:3000 SES 05 B.2 STREAM: 00 SES 05 B STREAM: Keynote Demetriou: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope?
Location: Room B204 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
2nd rooom for STREAMING
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Meetings/ Events

Live Stream: Demetriou: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope?

N. N.

N.N.

Presenting Author: N., N.

This is a live stream for the keynote Demetriou: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope?

 
11:30 - 12:3000 SES 05 B: Keynote Demetriou: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope?
Location: Room B108 in Anastasios G. Leventis [Floor -1]
Session Chair: Costas Constantinou
Keynote Session
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper

Keynote Demetriou: Educating the Developing Mind in Uncertain and Unstable Times: Can Our Schools Cope?

Andreas Demetriou

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Demetriou, Andreas

The talk involves three sections. We first summarize psychological, brain, and genetic research about the architecture of the mind, specifying the fundamental processes enabling understanding, problem-solving, and decision-making. We then summarize research on the development of the human mind, from infancy through early adulthood. We show that development advances through a several levels of mastering control of the person’s interactions with the world, going from interaction control in infancy to executive and representational control in preschool, to inferential and resource management control in primary school to truth control and life options control in adolescence. In the second section we outline the educational implications of this model. We show how each level of control frames what can and what cannot be learned at each school level, from preschool to university. We then point to weaknesses in European education caused by divergences between this knowledge and dominant educational practices coming from the past, taking examples from current curricula. The third section discusses deep societal and political changes taking place in our times and focuses on changes in tools delivering knowledge, enabling evaluation of information, and problem solving, such as search engines, data bases, and artificial intelligence. We then discuss how these possibilities may be used from preschool through adulthood. Examples are given for student evaluation, empowering problem-solving and decision making, and dealing with learning difficulties. We discuss why our schools, trapped in the world of the early 20th century, cannot cope with the knowledge emerging in the mind sciences or the technological advances in knowledge and knowledge handling. Finally, we suggest changes needed in education to educate the citizens of the second half of the 21st century. We can have hope for the future only if we allow the future to shape our present.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
11:30 - 12:3000 SES 05 C: Keynote Verger: Educational Reform in Times of Policy Movement and Growth: Unveiling the Micro-Foundations of Policy Change
Location: Room 002 in Sports Center (Indoor Sports Hall) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Eleftherios Klerides
Keynote Session
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper

Keynote Verger: Educational Reform in Times of Policy Movement and Growth: Unveiling the Micro-Foundations of Policy Change

Toni Verger

UAB, Spain

Presenting Author: Verger, Toni

Policy change is an increasingly elusive research object. Traditional notions of policy change, such as those that treat it as distinct outcomes resulting from well-defined reforms, are being challenged in the contemporary education policyscape. In a context marked by intense policy movement and rapid policy growth, governments rely on an expanding array of instruments, which accumulate in a growing 'policy stock'. Educational reforms, influenced by this environment, adopt a piecemeal approach, resulting in numerous policies, some lacking sufficient resources while others exerting influence in ways beyond governmental control.

This presentation delves into the entangled processes of policy formulation and enactment, revealing both the subtleties and unpredictability of contemporary patterns of policy change. It explores the interactions between newly adopted policy instruments and existing ones, and how these configure intricate and dynamic 'policy mixes' with unforeseen combined effects. Moreover, it examines how 'instrument constituencies' shape policy trajectories beyond initial intentions, leading to transformed and expanded instrument use. The micro-foundations of policy change come into focus as filtering and enactment processes gain significance, bringing about far-reaching changes stemming from recurrent feedback and seemingly minor technical adjustments. The landscape is further complicated with contextual shifts, both within and beyond the educational realm, imparting new meanings to existing instruments or altering their capacities while formally remaining unchanged.

Drawing on examples from research on privatization and new public management reforms in education, this presentation navigates the challenges posed by the evolving nature of policy formation and deployment. Its objective is to deepen our understanding of the micro-foundations of policy change and provide insights for future educational research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:00 - 13:3090 SES 5.5
Paper Session
12:30 - 13:4500 SES 05.5: EERA Associations‘ Meet & Greet
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper

EERA Associations‘ Meet & Greet VFO

Wouter Schelfhout

Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium

Presenting Author: Schelfhout, Wouter

The Flemish Forum for Educational Research (VFO) wishes to be a platform for all those who are actively involved in educational research or professionally interested from a valorization, policy or educational perspective in Flanders. Every university or college that is involved in educational research is represented on our executive board , so that we can think and decide together on important themes.

To bring our members from the various organizations together in a relevant way, we work with 'professional learning communities' (PLG) around more defined, specific research themes. Each PLG is the platform for a smaller group of VFO members to come together meaningfully around a specific theme, to learn from each other, to make agreements to engage in co-creation, to think about possible research projects, to work together on project calls, to develop symposia for conferences, ... and everything that this group of researchers consider important.

The VFO also wants to profile itself as an interest group of Flemish educational researchers. Based on all of this work, the Forum wants to act as a discussion partner for the educational school networks, Flemish government, scientific research funders, etc. regarding educational research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.


00. Central & EERA Sessions
Paper

EERA Associations‘ Meet & Greet VOR

Piety Runhaar

Wageningen University, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Runhaar, Piety

The Netherlands Educational Research Association is the professional society for researchers of education in The Netherlands. The association was founded in 1975 and has approximately 850 members. The VOR works in collaboration with the Flemish Forum for Educational Research (Vlaams Forum voor Onderwijsonderzoek/VFO).

The VOR consists of eleven divisions that are at the heart of the association. All members of the VOR are certified for free membership of one division and can become member of more. Ten of the eleven divisions organize activities for a domain of educational research. The eleventh division is the platform for PhD students: VPO. All PhD students in the VOR are members of VPO. The Division VPO organises special activities for PhD students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
12:30 - 13:45Break 11: ECER Lunch Break
12:45 - 13:3001 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster

Norwegian Preschool Teacher and Schoolteachers’ Competence in Comprehensive Sexuality Education.

Ellen Mælan, Wenche Fjeld

HINN, Norway

Presenting Author: Mælan, Ellen; Fjeld, Wenche

The Norwegian national framework plan for preschool and the Norwegian national curriculum describe comprehensive sexuality education as part of promoting children’s and young people’s life skills and health (Directorate of Education, 2017a, 2017b). Preschool teachers are supposed to ensure that children are aware of and learn about their bodies and development and their own and other people’s boundaries (Directorate of Education, 2017a). Teachers in compulsory and upper secondary schools are supposed to thematise gender, sexuality, emotions and relationships in the interdisciplinary topic “public health and life skills” (Directorate of Education, 2017b). The national guidelines are in line with the World Health Organization’s standard for sexuality education in Europe, which states that children and young people should learn about cognitive, emotional, social, relational and physical aspects of sexuality (European Expert Group on Sexuality Education, 2016, p. 428). It is also in line with the state strategy “Talk about it!” describing good sexual health as “a resource and protective factor that promotes quality of life and life-skills” (Ministry of Health and Welfare, 2017, p. 7). The strategy indicates that knowledge about the body, emotions and relationships is the basis for a health-promoting lifestyle that should be taught from preschool age onwards (Ministry of Health and Welfare, 2017, p. 14). Learning about positive sexuality is also central to preventing sexual abuse and can help strengthen children and young people in regulating their own emotional behaviour (Seiler-Ramadas et al., 2021, p. 490).

Despite the underpinning of positive sexual health in national guidelines, sexuality education in Norwegian schools has been characterised by a negative approach to sexuality (Røthing & Svendsen, 2009, p. 66). A recent study shows that sexuality education of pupils in upper secondary school (16–19 years old) focuses on topics like sexually transmitted infections and different contraception methods, while most of the pupils want education on topics such as emotions, queer sexuality and sexual debut (Sex og Society, 2022, p. 5). Young people have also described the sexuality education they have received as too academic and unengaging, and they have called for education and guidance about body, sexuality and boundaries in preschool, primary and secondary school (The Children’s Ombudsman, 2018, p. 22).

Student teachers also request comprehensive sexuality education as part of teacher training (Svendsen & Furunes, 2022, pp. 34–37). Good competence, adequate language and security in one’s professional role seem to be important for promoting discussions in the classroom that can challenge both students’ and teachers’ “emotional comfort zones” and open them up to perspective-taking and critical reflection (Johannessen & Røthing, 2022, p. 12). International studies indicate that preschool teachers who have acquired knowledge about children’s physical and sexual development during teacher training do thematise these topics in preschool (Brouskeli & Sapountzis, 2017, p. 62). The lack of focus on sexual health in preschool may be related to fear of reactions from parents and restricted training in thematising the body and sexuality during preschool teacher training (Balter et al., 2021, p. 290).

This knowledge front shows the need for an extended focus on comprehensive sexuality education in teacher training. To develop courses and improve teacher training, it is important to know how experienced teachers feel that their competence meets the needs they experience in practice and what kind of knowledge and skills they possibly lack. The present study contributes to this focus by exploring the following research question: How do preschool teachers and schoolteachers assess their own competence in comprehensive sexuality education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods:
A qualitative study was carried out with students in a continuing education programme called Identity, Body-Image and Sexual Health at the Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences. A total of fifty-two students (23 students in autumn 2020 and 29 students in autumn 2021) were invited to participate and to answer questions anonymously about their own competence in comprehensive sexuality education. In addition, the students were asked to share a student assignment with descriptions of their own competence and competence needs. The students were broadly composed of employees in preschools, schools and educational psychological services. A total of twenty-eight students took part in the survey, which yielded a response rate of 54. Eighty-six percent of the students had 4–20 years of work experience, while the rest had less than four years of experience. Half of the informants worked in nurseries/preschools (53.5%), 7.2% worked in upper secondary schools, and 39.3% worked in compulsory schools. The informants were educated as either a preschool teacher or a schoolteacher.

The data collection was carried out at the beginning of the semester to avoid participants being influenced by the content and approaches of the curriculum. Data were collected using an electronic online form with open-ended questions that allowed the participants to express subjective reflections and describe their own experiences (Miles et al., 2014, p. 11). The form consisted of introductory questions about their workplace and experiences, and six open-ended questions about their own competence acquired through teacher education, their competence needs in their current position, and experiences of collaboration It was important to ensure the students’ anonymity in the survey (Postholm, 2007, p. 235), as the researchers also worked as teachers in the continuing education programme. We chose to use an electronic form to ensure the students’ anonymity and their ability to express themselves more freely than in individual interviews or focus group interviews. A reflexive thematic analysis of the data was carried out based on an inductive approach (Clarke & Braun, 2017, p. 297).

Written consent was obtained from the participants for use of a student assignment they prepared at the beginning of the semester. Emphasis was placed on providing thorough information that participation in the study was voluntary and that their participation (or nonparticipation) would have no consequences for their role as students.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conclusion:
The findings of the study indicate that preschool teacher and schoolteachers’ education has provided limited competence in comprehensive sexuality education, and, in particular, inadequate in terms of promoting sexual health and diversity. Furthermore, findings indicate the need for up-to-date knowledge and professional training among teachers to make them confident in their professional roles.

Children and young people are growing up in a different context than their teachers did, and teachers must deal with different issues than they themselves experienced growing up. Teachers in preschools and schools have regular contact with a variety of children, young people and families, and they need to feel confident in dealing with various issues that may arise in everyday preschool/school life. The study indicated a gap between what teacher training has offered and the intentions stated in the governing documents, showing a need for increased knowledge and training in how to thematise body-image, gender and sexuality. This training can be strengthened by prioritising these themes in teacher education and through courses and further education for staff in preschools and schools, with particular emphasis on training teachers to have an open attitude towards different perspectives. The inclusion of interdisciplinary activities and learning strategies that stimulate students and enable them to challenge their own attitudes and values related to the topics would be preferable. Sexuality education and guidance can also be strengthened through training in interdisciplinary collaboration with external collaborators, carried out, for instance, across professional/in-service courses and teacher-training curricula.

References
References:
Balter, A. S., van Rhijn, T., Gores, D., Davies, A. W. J. & Akers, T. (2021). Supporting the development of sexuality in early childhood: The rationales and barriers to sexuality education in early learning settings. The Canadian Journal of Human Sexuality, 30 (3), p. 287–295. https://doi.org/10.3138/cjhs.2021-0034

Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2), s. 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa

Brouskeli, V. & Sappontzis, A. (2017). Early childhood sexuality education: Future
educators’ attitudes and considerations. Research in Education, 99 (1), s. 56–68. https://doi.org/10.1177/0034523717740149

Clarke, V. & Braun, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12  (3), s. 297–298. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2016.1262613

Directorate of Education (2017a). Framework plan for the kindergarten: Regulations on the kindergarten’s content and tasks. https://www.udir.no/laring-og-trivsel/rammeplan-for-barnehagen/

Directorate of Education (2017b). Overall part–Values and principles of
basic education. https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/?lang=nob

European Expert Group on Sexuality Education. (2016). Sexuality education: What is it? Sex Education, 16 (4), s. 427–431. https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2015.1100599

Johannessen, E. M. V. & Røthing, Å. (2022). Meningsmangfold og ubehag i klasserommet [Diversity of opinion and discomfort in the classroom]. Norsk pedagogisk tidsskrift, 106 (1), s. 3–14. https://doi.org/10.18261/npt.106.1.2

Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. & Saldaña, J. (2014). Qualitative data analysis. A method
sourcebook (3rd ed.). SAGE.

Ministry of Health and Welfare (2017). Talk about it! Strategy for sexual health 2017–2022. www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/284e09615fd04338a817e1160f4b10a7/strategi_seksuell_helse.pdf

Postholm, M. B. (2007). Læreren som forsker eller lærer [The teacher as researcher and teacher]. Norsk pedagogisk tidsskrift, 91 (3), s. 232–244. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn1504-2987-2007-03-05

Røthing, Å. & Svendsen, S. H. B. (2009). Seksualitet i skolen: Perspektiver på undervisning [Sexuality in school: Perspectives in teaching]. Cappelen Damm.

Seiler-Ramadas, R., Grabovac, I., Winkler, R. & Dorner, T. E. (2021). Applying emotional literacy in comprehensive sex education for young people. American Journal of Sexuality Education, 16 (4), s. 480–500. https://doi.org/10.1080/15546128.2021.1932657

Sex og Society (2022). What is included in today’s sexuality education? A deep dive into the content of sexuality education in school (Rapport nr. 2/2022). https://sexogsamfunn.no/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Hva-inngar-i-dagens-seksualitetsundervisning-Et-dypdykk-i-innholdet-i-seksualitetsundervisningen-i-skolen.pdf

Svendsen, S. H. B. & Furunes, M. G. (2022). Opportunity for comprehensive
sexuality education in teacher education. An evaluation of competence needs and possible measures (NTNU-Rapport nr. 90716600). Norges teknisk-naturvitenskapelige universitet.

The Children’s Ombudsman (2018). “Everyone knows someone who has experienced it.” The children’s ombudsman’s report on sexual offenses among young people – 2018. https://www.barneombudet.no/uploads/documents/Publikasjoner/Fagrapporter/Alle-kjenner-noen-som-har-opplevd-det.pdf


01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster

Measuring Teachers’ Expertise to Foster Students’ Understanding of Mathematics and Its Improvement During Professional Development Using an Approximation of Practice

Christin Laschke1, Victoria Shure2, Bettina Rösken-Winter2

1Leibniz Institute for Science and Mathematics Education; 2Humboldt-Universität zu Berlin

Presenting Author: Laschke, Christin

Most European countries face severe teacher shortages, particularly in mathematics, as well as an increased awareness of teachers’ self-perceived need for professional development (PD) in teaching mathematics. In Germany the lack of specialist teachers has led to a high percentage of out-of-field teachers, resulting in an additional need for PD (Eurydice, 2021). At the same time the average student’s mathematics achievements in many European countries, especially in Germany, have decreased (Mullis et al., 2020). Accordingly, students lack basic concepts that are necessary for the cumulative process of acquiring knowledge and competence in mathematics. Against this background, a PD program was implemented, aimed at improving teachers’ expertise for fostering students’ understanding of basic mathematical concepts (Prediger et al., 2023).

Evaluating whether a PD program promotes teachers’ expertise is challenging when the success of the PD program is not only measured in terms of the teachers’ increase in knowledge but also regarding the effect on teachers’ teaching practices. The latter often remains unclear when PD programs are evaluated by pre-post knowledge test results or teacher self-reports. Evaluating how teaching practice has been improved requires an ecologically valid instrument (Krolak-Schwerdt et al., 2018). To approximate teaching practice as much as possible, we developed a vignette-based approach that places teachers in an authentic teaching situation in which classroom discussions are conducted to foster students’ understanding of basic concepts in mathematics. Our instrument not only serves to measure whether teachers benefit from the PD, but also provides a tool to assess teachers’ abilities to foster students’ understanding. While extensive research on teachers’ diagnostic abilities and how they can be facilitated exists (Chernikova et al., 2020), evidence on how teachers foster students’ understanding is rare.

Previous evidence on how students gain conceptual understanding provides insights into conditions of supportive learning environments. Accordingly, using multiple presentations such as visual, numerical, and symbolical representations, and elaborating on the relationship between them is an effective strategy to support students in attaining conceptual understanding (Hunt & Little, 2014; O-Dwyer et al., 2015; Tzur et al., 2020). Further studies have shown that prompting students for explanations and justifications (Booth et al., 2015; Jansen et al., 2017) of their mathematical reasoning or what they have learned can support them to gain deeper conceptual understanding. Studying and reflecting on incorrect mathematical work in addition to or in combination with correct work are other ways to support students’ conceptual understanding that have been confirmed by evidence (Siegler & Chen, 2008). Also, encouraging students to verbalize their thinking and enhancing communication on mathematical aspects amongst students is a prerequisite (Erath et al., 2021) to enable students to gain a deeper conceptual understanding.

Therefore, teachers are assumed to foster students’ conceptual understanding if they provide a learning environment that considers the following supportive conditions:

  • Connecting representations,
  • Prompting explanations or justifications,
  • Prompting student-initiated error analysis,
  • Encouraging verbalization of students’ thinking,
  • Encouraging communication among the students.

Starting from these assumptions we examined the following research questions.

1a. Do teachers choose a supportive learning environment to foster students’ conceptual understanding?

1b. Do teachers justify their choice of learning environment by identifying supportive conditions?

2a. Does the accuracy of choosing a supportive learning environment increase during the PD?

2b. Does the quality of teachers’ justifications of choice increase during the PD?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Sample
In sum, 75 teachers attended the PD program, with 62 of them agreeing at the kick-off meeting to participate in our study.  Among them were 46 female and 14 male teachers, two did not provide any gender specification. The teachers had an average age of 44.6 years, and 11.5 years of teaching experience, (SD=9.7, range=0.5 to 35). At the end of the PD program, 46 teachers who participated in the last session of the PD, filled in the post evaluation. However, ten of the teachers did not attend the first PD meeting, leading to an overlap between the two measurements of 36 teachers.
Instrument
Mathematical tasks, matching the content of the PD, with three student solutions, and a conversation between the three students about their solutions were provided to the teachers. The teachers were asked to choose one of three continuations of the conversations, which, to different extents, provided a supportive learning environment by taking implicitly into account the supportive conditions named above. The teachers were further asked to justify their choice.
Nine experts in the field confirmed that the tasks, the students’ solutions, and the conversations are well suited to examine teachers’ abilities to foster students’ understanding and that the presented continuations of conversations represent the intended levels of supportive learning environments.
Data analyses
Research question 1a was answered by relative frequencies of teachers who chose the most supportive learning environment. The open-ended teachers’ justifications of their choice were coded collectively by a team of three researchers resulting in a consensual intercoder agreement to examine 1b. The supportive conditions mentioned above served as deductively derived categories. According to the extent to which the categories were mentioned in teachers’ justifications they were assigned to three different levels of quality. Level 0 comprised justifications that did not mention any of the supportive conditions, and level 1 contained justifications that mentioned at least one of the conditions generally, but without reference to an action of the teacher. Level 2 represents justifications that mention at least one of the supportive conditions with reference to a teacher's action and explain why it is supportive for a student to gain conceptual understanding.
Research questions 2a and b were examined by applying Wilcoxon-Tests for related samples comparing the accuracy of choosing the supportive learning environment and the level of justifications between the two measurement instances.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results
Out of the 62 teachers participating in the first measurement, 58% chose the most supportive environment for fostering students’ understanding. In their justifications, 36% of the teachers mentioned supportive conditions with explanation (e.g. “By having student x explain exactly why he used (…), the teacher puts a lot of emphasis on explaining ideas and formulating a justification”). The remaining teachers just mentioned one of the conditions (30%, e.g. Thanks to the material, student y understands.”) or none of them (24%, e.g. “It depends on the child.”).
The accuracy of choosing a supportive learning environment increased significantly during the PD (z=-2.32, p<.020) with an almost large effect size (r=.39). While 58% of the teachers in the first measurement chose the most supportive environment, in the second measurement 83% did so. Also, the level of justifications significantly increased between the two measurements (z=-2.91, p<.004) with a large effect size (r=.41). After the PD, a lower number of teachers’ justifications was at level 0 or 1, and a higher number at level 2 (63% after, 36% at the beginning of the PD).
Contribution to research and practice
Using an approximation of practice approach, firstly, we gained insights into how teachers would foster students’ understanding of mathematics. Secondly, we obtained indications of the improvement of teachers’ expertise in choosing and justifying supportive learning environments during the PD. We thereby enriched the extensive research on how teachers diagnose students’ understanding and narrowed the research gap on how teachers foster students’ understanding. Moreover, we developed an ecologically valid instrument, which sensitively measures teachers’ improvement of expertise to foster students’ understanding, that can be adapted to different mathematical content. Particularly, teachers’ justifications for their choice of learning environments allowed for deeper insights into the improvement of expertise during the PD.

References
Booth, J. L., Oyer, M. H., Paré-Blagoev, E. J., Elliot, A. J., Barbieri, C., Augustine, A., & Koedinger, K. R. (2015). Learning algebra by example in real-world classrooms. Journal of Research on Educational Effectiveness, 8(4), 530–551.
Chernikova, O., Heitzmann, N., Fink, M.C. et al. Facilitating Diagnostic Competences in Higher Education—a Meta-Analysis in Medical and Teacher Education. Educ Psychol Rev 32, 157–196 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10648-019-09492-2
Erath, K., Ingram, J., Moschkovich, J. et al. Designing and enacting instruction that enhances language for mathematics learning: a review of the state of development and research. ZDM Mathematics Education 53, 245–262 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-020-01213-2
European Commission / EACEA / Eurydice, 2021. Teachers in Europe: Careers, Development and Well-being. Eurydice report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.
Hunt, J. H., & Little, M. E. (2014). Intensifying Interventions for Students by Identifying and Remediating Conceptual Understandings in Mathematics. TEACHING Exceptional Children, 46(6), 187-196. https://doi.org/10.1177/0040059914534617
Jansen, A., Berk, D., & Meikle, E. (2017). Investigating alignment between elementary mathematics teacher education and graduates’ teaching of mathematics for conceptual understanding. Harvard Educational Review, 87(2), 225-250.
Krolak-Schwerdt, S., Hörstermann, T., Glock, S., & Böhmer, I. (2018). Teachers' assessments of students' achievements: The ecological validity of studies using case vignettes. Journal of Experimental Education, 86(4), 515–529. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220973.2017.1370686
Mullis, I. V. S., Martin, M. O., Foy, P., Kelly, D. & Fishbein, B. (2020). TIMSS 2019 international results in mathematics and science. Chestnut Hill, MA: TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. Boston College.
O’Dwyer, L.M., Wang, Y. & Shields, K.A. Teaching for conceptual understanding: A cross-national comparison of the relationship between teachers’ instructional practices and student achievement in mathematics. Large-scale Assess Educ 3, 1 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1186/s40536-014-0011-6
Prediger, S., Dröse, J., Stahnke, R. et al. Teacher expertise for fostering at-risk students’ understanding of basic concepts: conceptual model and evidence for growth. J Math Teacher Educ 26, 481–508 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-022-09538-3
Rittle-Johnson, B., Loehr, A. M., & Durkin, K. (2017). Promoting self-explanation to improve mathematics learning: A meta-analysis and instructional design principles. ZDM, 49(4), 599–611.
Siegler, R.S. & Chen, Z. (2008). Differentiation and integration: guiding principles for analyzing cognitive change. Developmental Science, 11(4), 433–453.
Tzur, R., Johnson, H. L., Hodkowski, N. M., Nathenson-Mejia, S., Davis, A., & Gardner, A. (2020). Beyond getting answers: Promoting conceptual understanding of multiplication. Australian Primary Mathematics Classroom, 25(4), 35–40.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster

Teachers' Teaching Practices and Motivation to Implement Professional Development in Self-Regulated Learning

Joosep Norma

Tallinn University, Estonia

Presenting Author: Norma, Joosep

Topic:
Self-regulated learning (SRL) has been an important area of educational research (Panadero, 2017) and the development of self-regulating learners is one of the priorities in the global field of education (e.g., Sala et al., 2020). Although there have been successful interventions to foster self-regulated learning among students, it has been found that the interventions conducted by researchers have had on average a higher effect size on student outcomes and their use of strategies than the ones implemented by teachers (Dignath et al., 2008).

Therefore, there is a need to design and study professional development programs that effectively support teachers in helping students become self-regulating learners. In this study, we draw on Expectancy-Value Theory (EVT) (Eccles & Wigfield, 2020) to explore teachers' motivation for implementing professional development activities aimed at supporting self-regulated learning and its relation to their self-reported teaching practices in this domain.

The main aim of the study is to explore how teachers' motivation (expectancy for success, perceived value and cost) to implement professional development relates to their self-reported teaching practices in the domain of self-regulated learning.

Theoretical framework:
The three main pillars of the study are teacher professional development, self-regulated learning and teacher motivation.

Teacher professional development is a process of teacher learning and “transforming their knowledge into practice for the benefit of their students’ growth” (Avalos, 2011). To design the professional development programme the basic theory of action proposed by Desimone (2009) and the IMTP (insight, motivate, techniques, practice) framework proposed by Sims et al. (2023) were used.

Pintrich's (2000) model of Self-Regulated learning was used to conceptualize and define SRL as: "an active, constructive process whereby learners set goals for their learning and then attempt to monitor, regulate, and control their cognition, motivation, and behaviour, guided and constrained by their goals and the contextual features in the environment”. The content of professional development sessions was based on this model.

An important aspect of teacher professional development is their motivation to learn, apply knowledge to practice and reflect on the results. One of the leading theories on motivation has been Expectancy-Value Theory (EVT) (Wigfield & Eccles, 2000; Eccles & Wigfield, 2020). It has been found that EVT can be used to explain changes in teachers’ practice in the context of professional development programmes (Boström & Palm, 2020). Karlen et al. (2023) have found that teachers’ self-efficacy and intrinsic value regarding the promotion of students’ SRL were both significantly correlated to teachers’ self-reported promotion of metacognition and students’ perceived promotion of metacognition.

Based on Expectancy-Value Theory, Osman and Warner (2020) developed a scale that can be used to measure teachers' motivation to implement professional development. In accordance with their findings, expectancy for success, values, and cost were treated as distinct constructs of teacher motivation.

The following research questions guide the study:

  1. What is the relationship between teachers' expectancy for success, perceived task value and perceived cost of implementing professional development in self-regulated learning?

  2. How are expectancy, value and cost related to teachers' self-reported teaching practices in self-regulated learning?

  3. How does teachers' written feedback on their motivation to participate in professional development relate to the quantitative findings about expectancy, value and cost of implementing professional development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research design:
The study was conducted in Estonia where 67 teachers from 5 schools participated in a 11-month professional development programme on the topic of self-regulated learning.
At the beginning and the end of the programme, teachers evaluated their teaching practice regarding their support of self-regulated learning. Twice during the process they also reported their motivation to implement professional development. In the middle of the process, teachers gave written feedback on what has affected their motivation.

Research instruments:
The scale of teachers' expectancy, values and cost of implementing professional development (Osman and Warner, 2020) was adapted and used to measure teacher motivation.
A self-evaluation questionnaire was used to assess teachers' self reported teaching practices.
An open-ended questionnaire was used to collect written feedback on teacher motivation.

Data analysis:
Exploratory factor analysis was used to reveal five factors of teaching practices: promoting metacognition, providing emotional support, teaching cognitive strategies, scaffolding, providing concrete examples.
Confirmatory factor analysis was used to confirm a three-factor model of teacher motivation.
Correlation analysis and k-means cluster analysis was used to explore the relationships between motivational constructs and teaching practices.
Qualitative analysis was used to code teachers' written responses based on the Expectancy-Value Theory.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Teachers' expectancy for success and perceived task value in implementing professional development were significantly associated with their self-reported teaching practices.

While there were no significant correlations between teachers' perceived costs of implementing professional development and their teaching practices, cost was still negatively related to both expectancy and value.

At the start of the professional development program, the teachers reporting the highest costs were not necessarily those reporting the least engagement in related teaching practices. By the end of the program, those who reported the lowest costs did not necessarily report the most extensive engagement in teaching practices.

Qualitative results indicate that outside effort cost should be taken into account when examining teacher motivation to implement professional development.

References
Avalos, B. (2011). Teacher professional development in Teaching and Teacher Education over ten years. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(1), 10-20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.007

Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving impact studies of teachers’ professional development: Toward better conceptualizations and measures. Educational researcher, 38(3), 181-199.

Dignath, C., Buettner, G. & Langfeldt, H.-P. (2008) How can primary school students learn self-regulated learning strategies most effectively?: A meta-analysis on self-regulation training programmes. Educational Research Review, 3(2), 101-129. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2008.02.003

Eccles, J. S., & Wigfield, A. (2020). From expectancy-value theory to situated expectancy-value theory: A developmental, social cognitive, and sociocultural perspective on motivation. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 61, 101859. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2020.101859

Karlen, Y., Hirt, C. N., Jud, J., Rosenthal, A., & Eberli, T. D. (2023). Teachers as learners and agents of self-regulated learning: The importance of different teachers competence aspects for promoting metacognition. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, 104055.

Osman, D. J., & Warner, J. R. (2020). Measuring teacher motivation: The missing link between professional development and practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 92, 103064. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103064

Panadero, E. (2017). A Review of Self-regulated Learning: Six Models and Four Directions for Research. Frontiers in psychology, 422. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00422

Pintrich, P. R. (2000). The Role of Goal Orientation in Self-Regulated Learning. In Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 451-502). Academic Press.

Sala, A., Punie, Y., Garkov, V. & Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2020). LifeComp: The European Framework for Personal, Social and Learning to Learn Key Competence. (No. JRC120911). Joint Research Centre (Seville site). http://dx.doi.org/10.2760/302967

Sims, S., Fletcher-Wood, H., O’Mara-Eves, A., Cottingham, S., Stansfield, C., Goodrich, J., Van Herwegen, J., & Anders, J. (2023). Effective Teacher Professional Development: New Theory and a Meta-Analytic Test. Review of Educational Research, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543231217480

Wigfield, A. & Eccles, J. S. (2000). Expectancy–Value Theory of Achievement Motivation. Contemporary educational psychology, 25(1), 68-81. https://doi.org/10.1006/ceps.1999.1015


01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster

Promoting Cooperation with Parents and Inclusive, Digital and Green Environments in ECEC: Professionals’ Practices and Needs in Four European Countries

Catarina Leitão1, Maria João Seabra-Santos1, Maria Filomena Gaspar1, Team of the Pathways Project2

1University of Coimbra, Portugal; 2SEM Societa Cooperativa Sociale, Italy; Forma.Azione SRL, Italy; Gradinita cu Program Prelungit Scufita Rosie, Romania; Lietuvos Svietimo ir Mokslo Profesine Sajunga, Lithuania; Pomoc Deci Udruzenje Gradjana, Serbia

Presenting Author: Leitão, Catarina

Cooperation between ECEC professionals and parents to support children’s learning, development and wellbeing is recognised as a key dimension of pedagogical quality (Council of the European Union, 2019). It can enhance the continuity of children’s learning experiences across the ECEC service and home, and positively impact their development (OECD, 2020). ECEC staff’s competences for working with families can encompass exchanging information, involving parents in the ECEC service and their children’s activities, and supporting parenting skills (European Commission, 2021). In working with families, approaching parents as valued partners in two-way communication, building a trusting relationship, and sharing goals have been recognised to improve cooperation (Aguiar & Pastori, 2019).

Current European policy asserts the need to potentiate competences in the education profession, including for promoting cooperation with families, and inclusive, digital and green environments (Council of the European Union, 2021). The European Quality Framework for ECEC highlights the relevance of providing time for staff to engage with parents (European Commission, 2014). The European Framework for personal, social and learning to learn key competence - LifeComp - reinforces the need to support educational staff in implementing competence-based teaching in diverse contexts. The European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators - DigCompEdu - describes what it means for educators to be digitally competent, and includes a focus on working with parents. The European Sustainability Competence Framework - GreenComp - highlights the need to develop the sustainability competences of all learners, and guidelines for educators.

Cooperation between ECEC professionals and parents can promote inclusive, digital and green environments in educational contexts through the development of a shared vision. However, ECEC professionals can experience uncertainty about how to promote this cooperation (Murphy et al., 2021). Despite widespread recognition of the importance of cooperating with parents, the inclusion of parents and cooperation modalities can vary between and within education systems (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2019). As highlighted by Epstein's model of parent involvement, diverse practices and strategies can be used to involve parents in schools (parenting support, communicating, volunteering, learning at home, decision-making, and collaborating with the community), which can be associated with specific challenges (Epstein, 2001).

Further research on professionals’s views and approaches regarding cooperation with parents and inclusive, digital, and green environments in ECEC has been identified as necessary (Leitão et al., 2023; Norheim & Moser, 2020; Slot et al., 2018). The current study aimed to explore ECEC professionals’ practices and needs to promote cooperation with parents, and inclusive, digital, and green environments. It was conducted in Italy, Lithuania, Romania, and Serbia, as part of the PATHWAYS project (ERASMUS+; 2022-1-IT02-KA220-SCH-000087139), which aims to enhance and strengthen ECEC professionals’ strategic competences and skills.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Convenience sampling was used to recruit participants. The project team invited ECEC professionals in their network to complete an online questionnaire during March 2023. A total of 189 ECEC professionals participated. They were from Italy (n=34), Lithuania (n=36), Romania (n=62), and Serbia (n=57). Around 75% were educators/preschool teachers, 5% were ECEC setting managers, 1% were auxiliary staff, and 19% were other professionals. All identified themselves as female.
The PATHWAYS team developed the questionnaire, and translated it into each country’s language. A set of questions asked participants to indicate the extent to which they were familiar (from 1=not at all to 5=very familiar) with the following European frameworks: Quality for ECEC, LifeComp, DigComp, GreenComp. Regarding inclusive environments, participants were asked to select which conditions were linked to challenges in their daily practice, among the following: additional/special needs, socio-economic difficulties, diverse cultural backgrounds, gender stereotypes, none, or other. Regarding digital environments, participants were requested to indicate the frequency of use of digital tools in their practice (at least once a week, at least once a month, never), if they used them with parents (yes, no), and which they used in general and with parents (open-ended questions). Concerning green environments, participants were asked if they organised activities to promote awareness about the importance of natural environments and sustainability (only with children, with parents and children, only with parents, or no/not organising). In terms of cooperation with parents, participants were requested to select which learning aspects they would like to improve, among the following: meaningful engagement and communication, cooperation or co-construction of the implementation, building parent's capacity/supporting parenthood, informing parents, advocacy, none of the previous, or other. They were also requested to indicate the most challenging aspect of approaching or involving parents (open-ended question).
Quantitative data were analysed in terms of descriptive statistics using Microsoft Excel. The qualitative data were analysed using deductive content analysis, with a researcher coding the data in Microsoft Word.
Regarding ethical considerations, completing the questionnaire was voluntary and did not involve direct benefits or consequences to the participants. Other than gender and profession (teacher, manager, teacher’s aide, or other), no participant personal details or special category data were collected.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding the Quality Framework for ECEC, considering all countries, 46% of participants indicated low familiarity (ratings of 1 or 2), 32% medium familiarity (rating of 3), and 22% high familiarity (ratings of 4 and 5). Most participants indicated low familiarity with the frameworks LifeComp (58%), DigComp (61%) and GreenComp (63%). Considering the potential of these policies in shaping educational contexts, their further dissemination might be relevant among ECEC professionals.
In terms of challenges faced in daily practice related to inclusiveness, most participants indicated additional/specific needs (74%). Concerning digital tools, 77% of participants reported using them at least once a week, with YouTube being the most frequent (46%). The use of digital tools with parents was reported by 65% of participants, with the computer being the most frequent (19%). Regarding activities related to natural environments and sustainability, 45% of participants reported organising them only with children, and 47% with children and parents.
In terms of cooperation with parents, most participants indicated they would like to learn about meaningful engagement and communication (67%), cooperation or co-construction of the implementation (54%), and building parent's capacity/supporting parenthood (51%). The most frequently mentioned challenge in approaching/involving parents was related to engagement and communication (34%). These findings reinforce the relevance of supporting ECEC professionals in promoting cooperation with parents, which can be potentiated through programmatic and preventive policies, including peer-to-peer learning (Alieva, 2021).
The results reported should not be seen as automatically generalisable to other countries. On the contrary, the diversity of contexts in which ECEC professionals work needs to be considered in policy and practice development.

References
Aguiar, C., & Pastori, G. (2019). Inclusive curricula, pedagogies, and social climate interventions - Integrative report. ISOTIS. https://www.isotis.org/en/publications/inclusive-curricula-pedagogies-and-social-climate-interventions-integrative-report/
Alieva, A. (2021). Parental involvement in formal education. NESET Ad hoc report no. 1/2021. https://nesetweb.eu/wp-content/uploads/2021/08/NESET_AHQ_Parental_involvement-2.pdf
Council of the European Union. (2019). Council recommendation of 22 May 2019 on high-quality Early Childhood Education and Care systems. Official Journal. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32019H0605(01)
Council of the European Union. (2021). Council resolution on a strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training towards the European education area and beyond (2021-2030) 2021/C 66/01. Official Journal, 1–21. https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:32021G0226(01)
Epstein, J. L. (2001). School, family and community partnerships: Preparing educators and improving schools. Westview Press.
European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2019). Key data on Early Childhood Education and Care in Europe 2019. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/894279
European Commission. (2014). Proposal for key principles of a quality framework for Early Childhood Education and Care. Report of the working group on Early Childhood Education and Care under the auspices of the European Commission. European Commission. https://www.value-ecec.eu/wp-content/uploads/2019/11/ecec-quality-framework_en.pdf
European Commission. (2021). Toolkit for inclusive early childhood education and care. Providing high quality education and care to all young children. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/399018
Leitão, C., Gaspar, M. F., Seabra-Santos, M. J., (with, in alphabetical order) Bîzu, E. G., Coman, M., Coman, M. F., Curta, A., Emanueli, A., Farnesi, R., Marchetti, S., Matulyte, A., Palazzetti, C., Pleșa, C., Puiša, I., Seician, M., Smudja, G., & Vasic, L. (2023). Cooperation with parents in inclusive, digital and green environments in ECEC: Policies and practices in four European countries. Pathways. https://www.pathways-ecec-project.com/_files/ugd/a702ad_1e53a4b6da904218bd86debd5e075c5f.pdf
Murphy, C., Matthews, J., Clayton, O., & Cann, W. (2021). Partnership with families in early childhood education: Exploratory study. Australasian Journal of Early Childhood, 46(1), 93–106. https://doi.org/10.1177/1836939120979067
Norheim, H., & Moser, T. (2020). Barriers and facilitators for partnerships between parents with immigrant backgrounds and professionals in ECEC: A review based on empirical research. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(6), 789–805. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2020.1836582
OECD. (2020). Building a high-quality Early Childhood Education and Care workforce. TALIS, OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1787/b90bba3d-en
Slot, P., Romijn, B., Cadima, J., Nata, G., & Wysłowska, O. (2018). Internet survey among staff working in formal and informal (education) sectors in ten European countries. ISOTIS. https://www.isotis.org/en/publications/internet-survey-among-staff-working-in-formal-and-informal-education-sectors-in-ten-european-countries/


01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster

Teaching Self-efficacy of Ethnic Minority Teaching Assistants

Kevin Kien Hoa Chung, Shiang Yi Lin, Chun Bun Lam

The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China)

Presenting Author: Chung, Kevin Kien Hoa

The present study examined the multicultural teaching assistants’ profiles of culturally responsive teaching self-efficacy (CRTSE). It also investigated whether the profile membership predicted their practices to facilitate social integration and family-school collaboration. Pre- and post-tests were conducted to assess their CRTSE. Latent profile transition analysis indicated three distinct profiles: high, medium, and low. Multiple regression analyses found that participants with a high (vs. low or medium) CRTSE profile at Time 1 reported more willingness to facilitate family-school collaboration at Time 2.

Teachers play a critical role in student learning and academic development (e.g., Rubie-Davies et al., 2006).Although the number of ethnic minorities (EM), particularly those with South/Southeast Asian origin, continues growing in Hong Kong, kindergarten teachers are lack of understanding of EM cultures and inadequately prepared to teach EM students within a bilingual framework (Ng et al., 2020; Shum et al., 2011; Yuen, 2016). The linguistic and cultural discontinuities in school and home environments lead EM students to experience learning difficulties and show low academic competence (Yuen, 2016). The ethnic achievement gap has prompted educators to emphasize culturally responsive teaching (CRT; Gay, 2010) in teacher preparation programs. CRT underscores bridging course content with students' cultural knowledge to make learning relevant and more effective (Gay, 2010; Ladson-Billings, 2014).

Research also suggests that minority teachers would benefit student learning by, for instance, serving as role models, holding higher expectations for EM students, and helping better examine sociocultural factors that affect student learning (Vilegas & Irvine, 2010). Although diversifying the teacher workforce sounds promising, minority youth seeking teacher certification face many barriers in Hong Kong, especially in meeting the requirement of Chinese proficiency. In recent years, educational initiatives to recruit EM paraprofessionals who can work as assistants to teachers (i.e., “bilingual or multicultural teaching assistants”) have gained recognition (Gao & Shum, 2010).

As part of these initiatives, the Diploma Program in Early Childhood Education program (supporting learning and teaching for non-Chinese speaking children) or the D(ECE) program aimed to develop EM youth's professional capacityto work as teaching assistants at local kindergartens. This program intends to nurture multicultural teaching assistants who possess the language proficiency, pedagogical knowledge, and positive attitudes required to support preschool teachers, education, and community service workers in catering for EM children, build a solid base for learning, and create a social inclusion environment in the early childhood education and care sector. The D(ECE) consists of ten courses stronglyfocusing on CRT (Gay, 2010; Ladson-Billings, 2014), socio-emotional and language development of EM children, and L2Chinese learning. CRT self-efficacy (CRTSE; Siwatu, 2007) refers to how capable one feels of, for instance, preparing culturally responsive teaching or creating a supportive classroom climate. This study aimed to evaluate the effectiveness of the program by examining participants’ CRTSE profiles and their transitions throughout the D(ECE).

The present study

This study had three objectives—(a) to identify multicultural teaching assistants’ CRTSE profiles and replicate theseprofiles over time, (b) to assess the transitions in profile membership from the beginning to the end of the D(ECE) program, and (c) to investigate whether the identified profiles would predict participants’ multicultural practices (i.e., family-school collaboration and social integration) by the end of the program. We expected that participants classified as high or medium CRTSE would report higher engagement in practices for facilitating family-school collaboration and social integration than those classified as low CRTSE.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This sample comprised six cohorts of ethnic minority youth (N = 130) enrolled in the D(ECE) at a public university in Hong Kong. At Time 1, participants were 18.9 years of age (SD = 1.8; Min = 17, Max = 28). Nearly all participants were South Asian ethnic minorities (97.1%). About 73% of participants were born in Hong Kong, and 27% of them were born in the country of origin.

The D(ECE) program was launched in 2016 and continues its efforts to prepare EM youth as future teacher workforce. The coursework was geared toward facilitating participants’ development of knowledge and skills related to CRT, emphasizing teaching L2 Chinese. It involves ten courses (i.e., 30 credits) and a one-year practicum. The courses included building culturally responsive classrooms in a local context, understanding child development from an ecological perspective, and supporting the language development of ethnic minority children—the practicum aimed to translate their knowledge into practices in classrooms (Richardson 1990). The pre-tests were conducted at the beginning of the program (e.g., September 2022), whereas the post-test was conducted during the last course of the program (e.g., June 2022).

Measures

Culturally Responsive Teaching Self-Efficacy (CRTSE) (Siwatu, 2007) included items like “I am able to identify the diverse needs of my students.”

Practices of Social Integration included items such as “I can organize learning activities to facilitate the mutual understanding of ethnic minority children and local students.”

Practices of Family-School Collaboration included items like “I can make ethnic minority parents understand their children’s learning better through explanations.”

Results

To identify participants’ profiles, latent profile analyses (LPA) were conducted for Time 1 and Time 2. Examination of the profile indicator revealed that the three profiles are characterized by low (M = -1.01), medium (M = -.08), and high levels (M = .84) of CRTSE mean scores. ANOVA indicated significant mean differences between the three profiles for all the CRTSE items, Fs(2, 132) > 36.3 p < .001. The low, medium, and high profiles correspond to 25%, 41%, and 34% of the sample. To address the second research question, latent transition analysis indicated that 68 participants (50%) remained in the same profile, 46 participants (34%) moved upward to a better profile, whereas 21 participants (16%) transitioned downward to a worse profile by the end of the program. Multiple regression analyses showed that participants in the high (vs. low) profile engaged in more practices about family-school collaboration one year later.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings revealed different transition paths of EM youth in the three CRTSE profiles (low, medium, and high). High and medium profiles were relatively more stable over time than the low profile: More than half of the participants in the low profile moved upward to the medium profile by the end of the program. Likewise, one-third of participants in the medium profile moved upward to the high profile.
 
Consistent with past research on CRTSE, notice teachers often showed a decline in efficacy during the first year of teaching (Hoy & Spero, 2005). Participants in the high profile may initially underestimate the complexity of teaching tasks and their ability to handle multiple tasks in multicultural classrooms. The practicum may have made them recognize the gap between their expectations and actual performance and readjust their perception of self-efficacy. Despite the decline in self-efficacy, results found that participants in the high (vs. low) profile engaged in more practices to facilitate school-family collaboration by the end of the program.

This study extends the literature on CRT by examining the transition paths of CRTSE profiles among EM youth who aspired to teach at Hong Kong kindergartens. Participants in the high profile appear knowledgeable, but teaching challenges may dampen their passion. For participants in the low or medium profile, efforts would do well to focus on boosting their knowledge related to CRT practices. These findings serve as important information to policymakers, practitioners, and other stakeholders in understanding how to equip EM youth with professional capacity to support EM students and, more broadly, address cultural diversity in Hong Kong.

References
Census and Statistics Department Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (2018). Hong Kong poverty situation report on ethnic minorities 2016. Retrieved from https://www.povertyrelief.gov.hk/pdf/Hong%20Kong%20Poverty%20Situation%2 0Report%20on%20Ethnic%20Minorities%202016.pdf. Accessed February 10, 2023.

Gao, F., & Shum, M. S. K (2010). Investigating the role of bilingual teaching assistants in Hong Kong: an exploratory study. Educational Research, 52(4), 445-456. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2010.524753

Gay, G. (2010). Culturally responsive teaching: theory, research, and practice (2nd ed.). Teachers College Press.

Hoy, A. W., & Spero, R. B. (2005). Changes in teacher efficacy during the early years of teaching: A comparison of four measures. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(4), 343–356. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.01.007.

Ladson-Billings, G. (2014). Culturally relevant pedagogy 2.0: Aka the remix. Harvard Educational Review, 84(1), 74–84. https://doi.org/10.17763/haer.84.1.p2rj131485484751

Ng, C. S. M., Chai, W., Fok, H. K., Chan, S. P., Lam, H. C., & Chung, K. K. H. (2020). Building preschool teachers’ capacity for teaching Chinese to ethnic minority children in Hong Kong: A qualitative study. Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education, 41(3), 284-305. https://10.1080/10901027.2019.1638852
 
Richardson, V. (1990). Significant and worthwhile change in teaching practice.
Educational Researcher, 19(7), 10-18. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X019007010

Rubie-Davies, C., Hattie, J., & Hamilton, R. (2006). Expecting the best for students: Teacher expectations and academic outcomes. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 76, 429-444. https://doi.org/10.1348/000709905X53589

Shum, M. S. K., Gao, F., Tsung, L., & Ki, W.-W. (2011). South Asian students’ Chinese language learning in Hong Kong: Motivations and strategies. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 32(3), 285–297.
https://doi.org/10.1080/01434 632.2010.539693

Siwatu, K. O. (2007). Preservice teachers’ culturally responsive teaching self-efficacy and outcome expectancy beliefs. Teaching and Teacher Education, 23(7), 1086- 1101. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.07.011

Villegas, A. M., & Irvine, J. J. (2010). Diversifying the teaching force: An examination of major arguments. Urban Review, 42(3), 175–192. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11256-010-0150-1

Yuen, C. Y. M. (2016). Enhancing early childhood schooling of South Asian children in Hong Kong: beliefs and perceptions of kindergarten teachers and principals. Early Child Development and Care, 186(3), 403-418. https://doi.org/10.1080/03004430.2015.1036420


01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster

The Relationship between Initial Teachers’ Personality Traits and Application of Critical Thinking on Social Media

Aušra Kazlauskienė, Remigijus Bubnys, Odeta Šapelytė

Vilnius University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Šapelytė, Odeta

Theoretical framework. Social media (SM) is an integral part of our lives, affecting us as individuals, changing and influencing our behaviour and actions. The internet is full of different interpretations of past and present events, propaganda and deceptive information. The spread of fake news is particularly favourable under uncertainty. Due to the high pace of our life, constant change we do not know how to choose, to distinguish unbiased facts from opinions and emotions. Social media has affected people’s behaviour by making them more broad-minded and by developing mutual respect. However, this also led to negative changes in the personality: people became more self-obsessed, lazy and violent; their behaviour was determined by low self-esteem, mental health problems, and trust issues (Xanidis & Brignell, 2016; Primack and etc., 2017; Hussain & Griffiths, 2021; Bowden-Green, Hinds, & Joinson, 2021; Kotsonis, 2022). Only reflecting on ourselves as personalities and knowing our ways of thinking in social media we can better evaluate both ourselves and the information presented in it. It is important to understand how people interact on social networks and what influences their decisions to share content or follow different accounts. Research shows that knowing one’s personality helps predict such aspects of life as academic success, work performance, health, success in relationships, and behaviour in social media (Koçak & Kabadayı, 2016; Lampropoulos and etc., 2022). It has been proven that there is a direct connection between behaviour in SM and the personality’s individual traits, especially our critical thinking.

Some researches show that many people do not have any experience or willingness to critically evaluate information or look for reasons, or do not have any demand to reflect on possible consequences (Wineburg and etc., 2016). Critical thinking in this context is defined as the ability to critically analyze, purposefully choose, reflectively evaluate and to make a responsible decision who/what to trust and how to act. Our thinking depends on the characteristics of our personality and can be inflexible, inert, so it requires constant human effort to know and change it. As already mentioned, critical thinking can be understood as thinking about one's own thinking in order to improve it. Only by getting to know one's personality traits and peculiarities of thinking will it be possible to purposefully educate and guide the representatives of the younger generation in the future. It will be possible to educate purposefully and guide the representatives of the youth by recognizing personality traits and peculiarities of thinking. According to trait theorists, personality traits and critical thinking are key determinants of people’s behaviour in a given situation and also in social media (Nakayama, Kikuchi, & Yamamoto, 2021; Acevedo & Hess, 2022; Cheng and etc., 2022; Steinert and etc., 2022; Cheng and etc., 2022). They are important in predicting various behavioural outcomes, including the way of using social media and the type of behaviour in social media as well as the impact of media itself on the personality.

Research questions: What critical thinking skills are identified as essential by initial teachers in evaluating information on social media? Are there significant differences between initial teachers‘ involved on the project activities of critical thinking and media literacy and other initial teachers, who didn‘t participated in the project? What is the relationship between initial teachers' personality and critical thinking traits?

The purpose of the study is to reveal the relationship between the initial teachers' personality dimensions and the characteristics of application of critical thinking skills on social media.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Quantitative research methodology was applied by using online questionnaire with closed type questions. Purposive sampling was used to form the research sample. 218 initial teachers of one teacher training center completed an online questionnaire.
The research is conducted together with the partners from Poland, Bulgaria, Greece, and Romania in the context of Erasmus+ KA220-HED Cooperation partnerships in higher education project „Critical Thinking in the Information Society“(CTIS) (https://ctis-erasmus.info/). 41 out of 218 initial teachers participated in developing critical thinking and media literacy skills in higher education via flipped classrooms.
Methods of data collection. The Big Five personality dimensions scale (Goldberg, 1999) was applied to identify personality traits. The scale consists of 25 pairs of adjectives in 5 subscales: extraversion, conscientiousness, agreeableness, neuroticism, openness to innovation. For each pair of adjectives, the respondent must circle the number that suits them best on a scale from "1" to "7" (eg Honest 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Careless). The scale was translated into Lithuanian and validated using the double translation standard, giving scientists the opportunity to use it for free in scientific research work (Bunevičius, 2005).
Critical Thinking Skills Assessment scale has been designed to help to assess their performance as critical thinkers on social media as well and the importance of these skills. The scale presents 13 key critical thinking skills. Each of the skill was assessed on two scales: the first one assesses the importance of critically thinking skills performed on social media and the second scale helps to identify how initial teachers assess their performance as critical thinkers.
Data analysis methods. Descriptive statistics, non-parametric tests, factor and correlation analyses, and analysis of variance (ANOVA) were applied. Cronbach's alpha coefficient (α) was used to assess the internal consistency of the questionnaire scale, which is based on the correlation of the individual questions that make up the questionnaire and evaluates whether all the questions of the scale sufficiently reflect the researched size and enables specifying the number of required questions on the scale.

The empirical study was conducted in order not to violate the principles of research ethics and respondents’ rights. The objectives of the research were clearly explained to the research participants, emphasizing the principles of voluntary participation, anonymity, and the respondents' free decision to participate in the research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the study revealed the predominant personality dimensions of initial teachers and the manifestation of subjective self-evaluation and importance of application of critical thinking skills on social media. The personal critical thinking abilities to identify the inconsistency of other persons' thinking, to ask important questions that help to raise doubts about certain assumptions and to assess whether other persons have correctly understood the information (facts) had the lowest scores. It can be stated that in order to improve these abilities, it is important to pay attention to the Evaluating Ideas and Arguments group of skills, in order for initial teachers to learn as critically as possible in social media to evaluate the information and arguments presented by other persons.
The initial teachers who are characterized by extroversion and neuroticism may tend to more spontaneously accept and evaluate information presented in social media, i.e., they have less abilities of critical evaluation and acceptance of information. Individuals with a higher awareness score can be characterized as more capable for effective problem-solving and informed decision-making, also to draw conclusions based on evidence, evaluating the limitations and mistakes of their own reasoning. The presented assumptions should be verified by conducting further research, choosing different research methodological approaches and expanding the boundaries of the research sample.

References
Acevedo, E.C., & Hess, C. (2022). The link between critical thinking and personality: individual differences in a concern for truth. Modern Psychological Studies, 27(1), 9. https://scholar.utc.edu/mps/vol27/iss1/9
Bowden-Green, T., Hinds, J., & Joinson, A. (2021). Understanding neuroticism and social media: A systematic review. Personality and Individual Differences, 168, 110344,  https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2020.110344
Bunevičius, A. (2015). Didžiojo penketo asmenybės dimensijos (DPAD) [The Big Five Personality Dimensions]. http://biological-psychiatry.eu/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/2005_6-7_A.-Bunevicius.pdf
Cheng, L., Fang, G., Zhang, X., Lv, Y., & Liu, L. (2022). Impact of social media use on critical thinking ability of university students. Library Hi Tech, Vol. ahead-of-print No. ahead-of-print.  https://doi.org/10.1108/LHT-11-2021-0393
Goldberg, L. R. (1999). A Broad-Bandwidth, Public Domain Personality Inventory Measuring the Lower-Level Facets of Several Five-Factor Models. In I. Mervielde, I. Deary, F. De Fruyt, & F. Ostendorf (Eds.), Personality Psychology in Europe, 7 (pp. 7-28). Tilburg, The Netherlands: Tilburg University Press.
Hussain, Z., & Griffiths, M. D. (2021). The associations between problematic social networking site use and sleep quality, attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder, depression, anxiety and stress. International Journal of Mental Health and Addiction, 19, 686-700.
James, A. E. (2017). Use of multiple social media platforms and symptoms of depression and anxiety: A nationally-representative study among U.S. Young adults. Computers in Human Behavior, 69, 1–9.
Koçak A.A., & Kabadayı, E.T., (2016). The Effect of Personal Factors on Social Media Usage of Young Consumers. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, 235, 595-602.
Kotsonis, A.  (2022) Social media as inadvertent educators. Journal of Moral Education, 51(2), 155-168.
Lampropoulos, G., Anastasiadis, T., Siakas, K., & Siakas, E. (2022). The impact of personality traits on social media use and engagement: An overview. International Journal on Social and Education Sciences (IJonSES), 4(1), 34-51.
Nakayama, M., Kikuchi, S., & Yamamoto, H. (2021). Development of critical thinking skills during online learning. In 2021 25th International Conference Information Visualisation (IV), (pp. 243-247). Sydney, Australia.  https://doi.org/10.1109/IV53921.2021.00046
Primack, B. A., Shensa, A., Escobar-Viera, C. G., Barrett, E. L., Sidani, J. E., Colditz, J. B., & Steinert, S., Marin. L., & Roeser, S. (2022). Feeling and thinking on social media: emotions, affective scaffolding, and critical thinking. Inquiry,  https://doi.org/10.1080/0020174x.2022.2126148  
Wineburg, S. McGrew, S. Breakstone, J. & Ortega, T. (2016). Evaluating information: the cornerstone of civic online reasoning. Stanford digital repository. http://purl.stanford.edu/fv751yt5934
Xanidis, N., & Brignell, C. M. (2016). The association between the use of social network sites, sleep quality and cognitive function during the day. Computers in Human Behavior, 55, 121-126.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster

Charting the Course: Teacher Agency and Institutional Change in the Digital Transformation of Education

Olivia Wohlfart1, Ingo Wagner2

1KIT, Germany; 2University of Freiburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Wagner, Ingo

The ongoing digital transformation poses a substantial challenge to the education system, requiring sustained adjustments across all levels, including instruction and school administration (European Commission, 2020; Eickelmann & Gerick, 2017). In the realm of such transformative processes, educational stakeholders assume diverse roles with varying degrees of influence (Stoll & Seashore, 2007). Extensive research underscores the pivotal role of teachers in general transformation processes (Leander & Osborne, 2008; Sebastian et al., 2016), particularly in the realm of digitalizing education (Wohlfart & Wagner, 2023). In our study, we understand teachers (as employees of governmental educational institutions) to be institutional agents for education due to their influence on educational practices, curriculum development, classroom culture, and student development. Fundamentally, teachers, as agents, wield substantial influence over whether and how institutionalized practices evolve over time or persist unchanged (Bridwell-Mitchell, 2015).

The aim of this study was to gain a deeper understanding of the dynamic relationships between teacher agency and institutional and infrastructural changes in the context of the rapid digital transformation initiated by the COVID-19 pandemic and the subsequent two-year period by answering the following research questions (RQ):

RQ1: Which institutional and instructional changes toward digital transformation were induced by the COVID-19 pandemic?

RQ2: How is teacher agency associated with institutional and instructional changes?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer our research questions, we conducted a longitudinal interview study over two years in the federal state of Baden-Wuerttemberg, Germany, conducting three rounds of interviews with the same teachers at secondary schools in 2020, 2021 and 2022. For this purpose, we developed three interview guidelines with a small variation in focus over the years. The interview guidelines consisted of five to eight main questions focusing on adaptation to distance teaching, technology acceptance and implementation, transformation processes of the role of teachers, and digital transformation on instructional and institutional changes. In addition, we used a short questionnaire to obtain the sociodemographic information of the participants. The interviews lasted between 34 and 71 minutes each and were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim according to specific transcription guidelines which resulted in 396 pages of single-spaced transcribed text.
We performed an iterative qualitative content analysis on the 30 transcripts according to Mayring (2022) with deductive categories based on how structure, culture, and agency influenced the digital transformation process of their school setting (e.g., leadership), as well as the inductive categories that emerged from the transcribed interview material and described specific changes in instruction and institutions (e.g., modification of instructional formats).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis reveals significant changes in teaching and organization during the Covid-19 pandemic. Overall, the interviewed teachers, as captives of digitalization in times of the COVID-19 pandemic, made use of their agency and “stepped up” to pandemic-induced changes (Buchanan, 2015, p. 710). According to the interviewees, adjustments to formats, the development of teaching materials, changes in assessment practices, and a transformation of the role of teachers were identified in teaching. Regarding organization, infrastructure was improved, workspace design was adjusted, leadership and media concepts were developed or revised, and collaboration was strengthened. The findings highlight the importance of both individual and collective transformative agency in initiating and sustaining instructional changes. However, the success of the transformation process depends on the presence of supportive structural and contextual conditions. In addition, the analysis emphasizes the challenges and complexities associated with system-wide changes in teaching and learning. Instructional and institutional changes driven by teacher agency during the pandemic demonstrate the need for extensive infrastructure, coordinated materials, teacher training, and professional development. We present these findings as a heuristic model of interconnected dynamics of teacher agency in digital transformation and its impact on institutional and instructional changes.
References
Bridwell-Mitchell, E. N. (2015). Theorizing Teacher Agency and Reform. Sociology of Education, 88(2), 140–159. https://doi.org/10.1177/0038040715575559
Buchanan, R. (2015). Teacher identity and agency in an era of accountability. Teachers and Teaching, 21(6), 700–719. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044329
Eickelmann, B., & Gerick, J. (2017). Lehren und Lernen mit digitalen Medien - Zielsetzungen, Rahmenbedingungen und Implikationen für die Schulentwicklung [Teaching and Learning with Digital Media - Objectives, Frameworks, and Implications for School Development]. Schulmanagement Handbuch, 164(4), 54–81.
European Commission. (2020). Digital education action plan (2021–2027): Resetting education and training for the digital age. Website. European Union. https://bit.ly/3GsJAcH
Hargreaves, A. (2005). Educational change takes ages: Life, career and generational factors in teachers’ emotional responses to educational change. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(8), 967–983. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2005.06.007
Leander, K. M., & Osborne, M. D. (2008). Complex positioning: Teachers as agents of curricular and pedagogical reform. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 40(1), 23–46. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220270601089199
Lockton, M., & Fargason, S. (2019). Disrupting the status quo: How teachers grapple with reforms that compete with long-standing educational views. Journal of Educational Change, 20(4), 469–494. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-019-09351-5
Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken [Qualitative Content Analysis: Foundations and Techniques] (13th ed.). Beltz.
Sebastian, J., Allensworth, E., & Huang, H. (2016). The role of teacher leadership in how principals influence classroom instruction and student learning. American Journal of Education, 123(1), 69–108. https://doi.org/10.1086/688169
Stoll, L., & Seashore, K. L. (Eds.). (2007). Professional learning. Professional learning communities: Divergence, depth and dilemmas. McGraw-Hill/Open University Press. http://site.ebrary.com/lib/academiccompletetitles/home.action
Wohlfart, O. & Wagner, I. (2023). Teachers’ role in digitalizing education: An umbrella review. Educational Technology Research and Development, 71(2), 339–365. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-022-10166-0


01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster

The Effects of Constructive Teaching Methodology on the Development of High School Students’ Ability to Write Laboratory Report Works

Yerbol Sandybayev, Nurgul Bokhanova, Gulzhazira Akhmetova

Nazarbayev Intellectual School of chemistry and biology in Almaty, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Akhmetova, Gulzhazira

This research was conducted in response to the changes made to the external summary assessment of the 12th-grade students in physics for the 2023-2024 academic year. This decision was implemented by the Center for Pedagogical Measurements AEO Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools. Considering this modification, the study proposes the preparation of Paper 3, the third component of the high school external summative assessment in physics, based on the Paper 5 of AS & A Level Physics 9702. The objective of this research is to investigate the effect of constructive teaching approach on the development of high school students' ability to produce a laboratory activity report. The researchers employed the Plan-Do-Study-Act PDSA Model of Action Research and utilized a pretest-posttest quasi-experimental design using quantitative approaches performed. The respondents of the research were the 11th grade students, with 34 students participating in the study. The preparedness for Paper 5 was assessed through a survey and control test administered to the 11th-grade students. Results indicated that a majority of students were able to distinguish dependent, independent, and control variables in the task based on Paper 3. They could construct a graph according to the given table and calculate the gradient. However, when it came to the tasks based on the Paper 5 laboratory work, students struggled with designing a laboratory work, defining variables, and explaining the physical meaning of a gradient. The rate of success in tasks based on Paper 5 laboratory was only 26%, as confirmed by both the survey and control test results. In response to these findings, an active learning model based on constructive teaching methodology, selected based on the PDSA model of action research, was implemented. The difference between the scores of the input and output diagnostic tests from the implementation of the learning strategy was significant, with a high Hake's index of 0.74 (<g> = 0.74). Thus, the active learning model, based on the constructive learning methodology of tasks prepared based on Paper 5, significantly improved students’ skills. Based on these results, the researchers recommend the promotion and use of this teaching methodology in the physics department, in the entire NIS ChB Almaty and NIS schools across country.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The researchers employed Plan-Do-Study-Act PDSA Model of Action Research in this study. The study also involved a pretest-posttest quasi-experimental design using quantitative approaches.
This study was conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology in Almaty. Students of the 11th grade who studied physics in English took part in the research. The number of participants is 34.
This process included curriculum development through collaborative planning, survey administration, and development of an input diagnostic task. A survey "Determining the skills to perform laboratory work" was conducted among the students. In addition, "Data Analysis" diagnostics prepared based on Paper 3 was carried out. The analysis of the received data showed that the students can determine the dependent and independent variables based on the prepared data, can choose the right scale, and can work with the table.
However, students indicated in the survey that they had difficulty constructing and analyzing graphs.
Based on the survey, the researchers addressed the first question that constitutes Paper 5. Co-developed a lesson plan that opens up the first question that makes up Paper 5. The result of the first lesson showed the average value of normalized gain of Hake. The research team decided to plan the second phase of the lesson based on the theory of constructive teaching.
Before the lesson, input diagnostics prepared on the basis of Paper 5 was conducted. The process was completed in two double periods of physics lessons of 320 minutes each. During the lesson, the class was divided into groups and did laboratory work prepared on the basis of Paper 5. After the lesson, the students completed the task of output diagnosis. Pre-test and post-test transitions were analyzed using Hake's normalized gain. After completing the output Diagnostics task, the researcher provided feedback to the participants using structured questions to test their understanding and experience.
In the second study lesson, students were divided into groups and discussed the questions prepared on the basis of Paper 5. They developed evaluation criteria and conducted evaluation work one by one. The head of the physics department observed the classes during the research. The situation in the classroom, the active participation of students, and the course of the lesson were evaluated.
To determine the effect of the learning strategy, changes in the input and output diagnostic tasks developed on the basis of Paper 5 were analyzed using Hake's normalized gain formula.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The active learning model of constructive learning theory effectively improved students' conceptual understanding and Paper 5 skills in planning and designing experiments, identifying variables, and writing reports on controlled experiments. After the implementation of the intervention, the students demonstrated a high Hake gain (<g> = 0.74). Constructive learning theory's active learning model involves students articulating their ideas through participation in group projects and frequently formulating assessment questions and assignments. Students have developed the ability to convey knowledge in diverse ways.
In summary, the active learning model of the constructive learning theory, focusing students on thinking and understanding rather than mechanically memorizing knowledge, has notably contributed to the effective performance of the task created based on Paper 5.
The researchers recommend extending the data collection and analysis over a longer period to obtain more complete data. Another suggestion is that constructs such as motivation and scientific process skills can be included in the investigation. Qualitative methods can also be used for a deeper analysis of the impact of the active learning model of constructive learning theory on student learning. Propagation and application of this teaching pedagogy is offered at the Department of Physics NIS ChB in Almaty. An international teacher will initiate a series of professional development programs based on this teaching pedagogy for the training of teachers of the NIS in Almaty.

References
1. Trumper, R. (2003). The physics laboratory – A historical overview and future perspectives. Science & Education 12: 645–670.
2. Abaniel, Arra. Q. “Enhanced Conceptual Understanding, 21st Century Skills And Learning Attitudes Through An Open Inquiry Learning Model In Physics.” Journal of technology and science education 11.1 (2021): 30–43. Web.
3. Lombardi, S.M. (2011). Internet Activities for a Preschool Technology Education Program Guided by Caregivers. Doctoral dissertation, North Carolina State University. pp. 139–40.
4. Devries, B.; Zan, B. (2003). "When children make rules". Educational Leadership. 61 (1): 64–7.
5. Books, Jacqueline G.; Brooks, Martin G. (1999). In search of understanding: The case for constructivist classrooms, revised edition. Alexandria, VA: The association for supervision and curriculum development.
6. Pelech, James (2010). The Comprehensive Handbook of Constructivist Teaching: From Theory to Practice. Charlotte, NC: IAP. p. 19. ISBN 978-1-60752-375-8.
7. Constructivism as a Paradigm for Teaching and Learning http://www.thirteen.org/edonline/concept2class/constructivism/index_sub5.html
8. https://deming.org/explore/pdsa/
9. Coletta, Vincent P., and Jeffrey J. Steinert. “Why Normalized Gain Should Continue to Be Used in Analyzing Preinstruction and Postinstruction Scores on Concept Inventories.” Physical review. Physics education research 16.1 (2020): 010108. Web.
10. Hake, Richard R. “Analyzing Change/Gain Scores* Dept. of Physics, Indiana University.” Https://Web.physics.indiana.edu/Sdi/AnalyzingChange-Gain.pdf, web.physics.indiana.edu/sdi/AnalyzingChange-Gain.pdf.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster

Teachers' Personal and Professional Growth Experiences in Contextual Learning Processes at School

Remigijus Bubnys1, Natalija Kaunickienė1,2

1Vilnius University, Lithuania; 2Šiauliai Salduvė pro-gymnasium

Presenting Author: Bubnys, Remigijus

The rapid changes in life open up the situations of ambiguity and uncertainty, which not only triggers various challenges but also presents unlimited opportunities, encourages the society to change its customary procedures and behaviour, while simultaneously changing people’s thinking and beliefs. The information flow replaces previous knowledge with new discoveries and insights which require that we learn to live and work differently. Thus, in this context, a special role falls on the school and the teacher: to be a teacher preparing children for the future and, at the same time, to become a constant learner who is open to change, the search for new truths, and self-discoveries. Therefore, issues of effective professional development (Porter et al., 2000; Garet et al., 2001; Desimone et al., 2002; Darling-Hammond et al., 2017; Caena, 2011) that would respond to the societal needs, promote not only the student’s but also the teacher’s progress, and motivate them to grow when pursuing better personal results (Guskey, 2000; Evans, 2008; 2014) have become increasingly relevant.

The phenomenon of the professional growth of teachers and their personal professional growth experiences are not widely analysed in the field of educational research. More attention is being paid to professional development which can be characterised by specific professional development activities, such as seminars, courses, conferences, and the like. Professional growth is a process changing the individual’s personal world (value approaches, self-esteem, thinking, behaviour) related to the teacher’s constant improvement in the context of integrating the teaching of children and the teacher’s own learning in order to achieve a higher quality of his/her activities. This process is related to the very teacher’s activity and the personal changes which the teacher is bound to experience by consciously and responsibly using the development opportunities provided by the school. Thus, the problem of this research is outlined as the coherence of the interaction between professional growth experiences and professional development opportunities provided by the school. Therefore, this research is aimed to answer the following question: How does the personal professional development framework which is applied at school promote the professional growth of teachers?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research implemented a phenomenographic research strategy. The application of phenomenography as a research strategy focuses on people’s experiences of reality, on the diversity of ways of knowing the world, thereby giving the researcher a rich, holistic understanding of how people conceptualise a phenomenon (Marton, 1981, 1986, 1992; Säljö, 1997; Åkerlind, 2012). The main focus is on how things appear to people in their world and how people explain to themselves and others what is happening around them (Barnard et al., 1999). The phenomenological direction of the phenomenographic research was chosen thus focusing on the analysis of the learning experience while not including the learning results. The focus on the teachers’ professional growth experiences aims to distinguish and highlight similar or different trends (Hasselgren & Beach, 1997).

The research was conducted in a general education school (progymnasium) in Lithuania, where a peculiar framework of the teacher personal professional development (PPD) has been applied in response to the essential principles of teacher professional development. The research was started by conducting individual semi-structured phenomenographic interviews with 16 teachers of the school. The research data was analysed by using the phenomenographic methodology going deep into various individual experiences in search of similarities. Each interview text was read through several times in order to define the categories and the subcategories revealing them.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the phenomenographic research revealed that the experiences of the professional growth of teachers through participation in the school’s personal professional development (PPD) framework encompass three categories: 1) changes determined by the teacher’s reflection as an experience of professional growth; 2) collegial collaboration while seeking coherence between personal and institutional goals; 3) personal professional development enabled by the organisational framework.

The experiences of professional growth, as revealed by the involved teachers, which illustrate the features characteristic of each level (individual, group, institutional), were discovered by juxtaposing different opinions and looking for similarities between them. At every level (individual, collegial, institutional), educational elements emerge which can be developed in order to improve the PPD framework and create more favourable conditions for the professional growth of teachers. The adjustment of elements of each level depends on different factors which are largely influenced by the teachers themselves, their subjective attitude, experiences, and personality traits. The outcomes of efficient activities are determined by a clearly structured model which facilitates communication, encourages teachers and leaders to plan activities in advance, discuss and collaborate. The existence of the structure helps to rationally use resources, especially the resources of time and intelligence, to distribute responsibilities, allows transparent monitoring and self-evaluation, during which the collected data are used to plan and improve further activities. Practices created over a long period of time are also efficient in the sense that they enhance the organisation’s microclimate, promote open sharing of both successes and concerns.


References
Åkerlind, G. S. (2012). Variation and commonality in phenomenographic research methods. Higher Education Research & Development, 31(1), 115–127.
Barnard, A., McCosker, H., & Gerber, R. (1999). Phenomenography: a qualitative research approach for exploring understanding in health care. Qualitative Health Research, 9(2), 212–226.
Caena, F. (2011). Literature review Quality in Teachers’ continuing professional development. European Commission, 2–20. Available at: https://policytoolbox.iiep.unesco.org/library/W9JQKBHL
Darling-Hammond, L., Hyler, M. E., Gardner, M. (2017). Effective Teacher Professional Development. Palo Alto, CA: Learning Policy Institute.
Desimone, L. M., Porter, A. C., Garet, M. S., Yoon, K. S., & Birman, B. F. (2002). Effects of professional development on teachers’ instruction: Results from a three-year longitudinal study. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 24(2), 81–112.
Evans, L. (2008). Professionalism, professionality and the development of education professionals. British Journal of Educational Studies, 56(1), 20–38.
Evans, L. (2014). Leadership for professional development and learning: Enhancing our understanding of how teachers develop. Cambridge Journal of Education, 44(2), 179–198.
Garet, M. S., Porter, A. C., Desimone, L., Birman, B. F., & Yoon, K. S. (2001). What makes professional development effective? Results from a national sample of teachers. American Educational Research Journal, 38(4), 915–945.
Hasselgren, B., & Beach, D. (1997). Phenomenography—a “good‐for‐nothing brother” of phenomenology? Outline of an analysis. Higher Education Research & Development, 16(2), 191–202.
Marton, F. (1981). Phenomenography – describing conceptions of the world around us. Instructional Science, 10(2), 177–200.
Marton, F. (1986). Phenomenography – a research approach to investigating different understandings of reality. Journal of Thought, 21(3), 28–49.
Marton, F. (1992). Phenomenography and “the art of teaching all things to all men’’. Qualitative Studies in Education, 5(3), 253–267.
Porter, A. C., Garet, M. S., Desimone, L., Yoon, K. S., & Birman, B. F. (2000). Does professional development change teaching practice? Results from a three-year study. Available at: https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED455227.pdf
Säljö, R. (1997). Talk as data and practice—a critical look at phenomenographic inquiry and the appeal to experience. Higher Education Research & Development, 16(2), 173–190.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster

Teachers' Professional Development as an Opportunity for Professional Growth: "I Know Who I am and Why I‘m Doing This"

Remigijus Bubnys, Odeta Šapelytė

Vilnius University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Šapelytė, Odeta

The importance of improving schools, improving the quality of teachers' performance and improving student learning results encourages researchers to focus on teachers' professional development as one of the most important factors determining the ways of implementing these goals. The latter issues have been analyzed and researched for several decades, but they do not lose their relevance recently focusing on the possibilities, forms and conditions of teachers' empowerment for professional learning and professionalism, etc. (Krille, 2020; Desimone, 2023). Traditional systems considered ineffective, due to insufficient coherence with the specific context of the school community or classroom activities, too little attention to individual planning, specific needs of the teacher and the school itself, practical analysis of the teachers' experience and cooperation (Guskey, 2002; 2009; Cohen & Hill, 2000; Porter et al., 2001). Studies revealed that often short-term professional development seminars and trainings organized according to the priority directions of educational policies poorly meet their needs and help them adapt to changing educational circumstances (Clarke & Hollingsworth, 2002). Concepts of professional development are shifting from gap-filling workshops or instructional models to professional growth models in which teachers actively collaborate in exploring their practice to improve their knowledge of content, pedagogy, and students (Darling-Hammond & Richardson, 2009). Learning in the context of professional development is always more successful if it takes place as close as possible to the teacher's work environment, provides opportunities for reflection and feedback, involves the teacher's conscious commitment and uses external knowledge, e.g. consultant and/or critical friend, to increase the capacity of the service (Fullan, 2020). Structures that promote teacher development are necessary, but the most effective are those that are formed by the school community itself, based on its culture, context, teachers' experience and create opportunities for collaboration (Leu, 2004; Geijsel et al., 2009; Caena, 2011).

The research question: what happens and what changes does the teacher experience on the path of his personal and professional growth?

The purpose of the research: to reveal the experience of the teacher's professional growth in the context of the school's personal professional development system.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research was carried out in a school where the teachers' reflective personal professional development (PPD) system has been implemented and continuously improved for more than five years. Personal professional development activities in the school, integrating the teacher's work (practical activities) and learning in the PPD model unfold through three levels: individual, group and institutional. The reflective PPD process is based on 10 provisions focused on improving student achievement, reflecting on the teacher's personal experience, creating opportunities for the teacher to improve competencies at individual, group and institutional levels, providing support and cooperation and ensuring feedback. These are ongoing, constant activities, manifested at each level as cycles, the structure of which can change depending on the specific situation
The research methodology is also based on the paradigm of social constructionism (Berger, Luckmann, 1999), according to the view that reality is not self-evident and stable, it is the result of human activity. Assumptions that there is an external, objective world that does not depend on human perception and interpretations are rejected, therefore it is relevant to study knowledge and experiences that are constructed, reshaped and supported due to social interactions and human actions.
12 teachers (all women) of lower secondary education school (pro-gymnasium) in Lithuania participated in the study.  Targeted criterion sampling method was applied in this study. The duration of the professional experience of the research participants and the criteria of the qualification category were taken into account, hoping that in this way the greatest possible variety of experiences and approaches to the phenomenon under consideration will be ensured.
The qualitative research approach was applied in this study and focus group was chosen for data collection (Krueger & Casey, 2000; Braun, Clarke, Hayfield, & Terry, 2019). The discussion between the research participants, moderated by two researchers, arising from mutual interaction took place according to a pre-made open scenario of the main thematic questions. An inductive approach of reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006; 2023; Clark & Brown, 2013) was used to analyze the obtained results, which made it possible to identify and organize relevant themes and sub-themes, which are later used as units of analysis sequentially implementing the stages of the structured data analysis technique.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
After analyzing the experience of pedagogues' professional growth at school, 4 essential latent themes were revealed, which determine the path of pedagogue's professional development and growth. Constant monitoring of their activities and self-reflection encourage teachers' personal growth by looking at their past, present and future, analyzing how their personal experiences, values and goals have changed or improved over time. This process helps teachers to better understand themselves as a person, individual traits, working style and what is important in professional activities. By accepting challenges and becoming aware of their emotional experiences, comparing what they were and what they are now, teachers identify their strengths. The change of teachers' self-image through the activities carried out by the PPD system includes their intellectual, emotional and social development.
Identified latent themes are seen as interacting with each other rather than hierarchically arranged. In this research context, the professional path of a teacher is not a lonely path. The latter path is based on continuous reflection. Both actions in the personal/individual field (I THINK - REFLECT) and in practical activities (I GROW), as well as certain achievements and results (I BECOME), are obviously related to the context of the whole school, in which the pedagogue is involved. Here, from the external PPD system as a stimulus, by constantly reflecting, rethinking our activities, we travel together with others (colleagues, parents, students, administration) and thus change the SELF, also others are changing and we are changing together the same external context (organization) and the stimulus itself (PPT).

References
Berger, P., & Luckmann, T. (1999). Socialinis tikrovės konstravimas. Žinojimo sociologijos traktatas [The Social Construction of Reality: a Treatise in the Sociology of Knowledge]. Vilnius.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa  
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2023). Toward good practice in thematic analysis: Avoiding common problems and be(com)ing a knowing researcher. International Journal of Transgender Health, 24(1), 1-6. https://doi.org/10.1080/26895269.2022.2129597
Braun, V., Clarke, V., Terry, G., & Hayfield, N. (2019). “Thematic Analysis”. In P. Liamputtong (Ed), Handbook of Research Methods in Health and Social Sciences (pp. 843-860). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-5251-4_103
Caena, F. (2011). Literature review Quality in Teachers’ continuing professional development. European Commission, 2–20. https://policytoolbox.iiep.unesco.org/library/W9JQKBHL
Clarke, D., & Hollingsworth, H. (2002). Elaborating a model of teacher professional growth. Teaching and Teacher Education, 18(8), 947–967. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(02)00053-7
Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2013). Teaching Thematic Analysis: Overcoming Challenges and Developing Strategies for Effective Learning. The Psychologist, 26, 120-123.
Cohen, D. K., & Hill, H. C. (2000). Instructional policy and classroom performance: The mathematics reform in California. Teachers College Record, 102(2), 294–343. http://dx.doi.org/10.1111/0161-4681.00057
Darling-Hammond, L., & Richardson, N. (2009). Research review/teacher learning: What matters. Educational Leadership, 66(5), 46–53.
Fullan, M. (2020). The nature of leadership is changing. European Journal of Education, 55(2), 139–142. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12388
Desimone, L.M. (2023) Rethinking teacher PD: a focus on how to improve student learning. Professional Development in Education, 49(1), 1-3. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2023.2162746
Geijsel, F.P., Sleegers, P.J., Stoel, R.D., & Krüger, M.L. (2009). The effect of teacher psychological and school organizational and leadership factors on teachers' professional learning in Dutch schools. The Elementary School Journal, 109(4), 406–427. https://doi.org/10.1086/593940
Guskey, T.R. (2002). Professional development and teacher change. Teachers and Teaching, 8(3), 381–391. https://doi.org/10.1080/135406002100000512
Guskey, T.R. (2009). Closing the knowledge gap on effective professional development. Educational horizons, 87(4), 224–233. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ849021.pdf
Krille, K. (2020). Teachers’ participation in professional development: A systematic review. Switzerland: Springer Cham.
Krueger., R.A., & Casey, M.A. (2000). Focus Groups. A Practical Guide for Applied Research (3rd Edition). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications.
Leu, E. (2004). The patterns and purposes of school-based and cluster teacher professional development programs. U.S. Agency for International Development Cooperative Agreement No. GDG-A-00-03-00006-00. https://pdf.usaid.gov/pdf_docs/pnadd973.pdf
Porter, A. C., Garet, M. S., Desimone, L., Yoon, K. S., & Birman, B. F. (2000). Does professional development change teaching practice? Results from a three-year study. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED455227.pdf


01. Professional Learning and Development
Poster

How To Influence The Professional Development Of Dormitory Educators Through An Intra-school Course?

Saniya Dautaliyeva1, Zhannur Mauytova2

1Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Dautaliyeva, Saniya; Mauytova, Zhannur

The advancement of the scientific and technological landscape necessitates a paradigm shift in education. Given the incessant influx of scientific discoveries and evolving information, the need to integrate these insights into educational content is escalating. Teachers, therefore, must perpetually elevate their professional competencies to align with these burgeoning educational demands (Milan Komnenovic, 2020).

In Kazakhstan, substantial emphasis is placed on the professional growth of educators. To effectively cater to the demands of the modern school and today's students, educators must continually engage in professional growth. Varied perspectives among scholars exist regarding teachers' competence. The proficiency and efforts of a teacher constitute a pivotal component of a student's knowledge and academic accomplishments (Darling-Hammond, Rockover, Hattie, as per Stankovici, Deric, and Milin 2013). At the same time, teachers' ongoing professional development enables them to enhance their pedagogical expertise (Borco, 2004, and Desimone, 2002). It is indisputable that the primary aim of a teacher's professional growth should center on facilitating students' acquisition of knowledge and accomplishments. (Avalos, 2020).

Nevertheless, the research underscores that numerous teachers need robust management and support to implement innovative teaching principles (Borco, 2004). To address this, the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology in Aktau conducts Intra-School Course (ISC )every six months, tailored to the specific needs of teachers. These courses are designed to foster professional development and provide comprehensive methodological support for subject teachers, teacher-curators, and dormitory educators.

Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools operate 22 dormitories, accommodating a total of 3168 beds. These dormitories function as integral structural units within the school, ensuring the safety and comfort of students in grades 7-12. Their role extends beyond providing a secure environment; they actively contribute to developing students' knowledge, intellectual and creative capacities, and spiritual and physical abilities. The dormitory also plays a crucial role in instilling moral values, promoting a healthy lifestyle, and fostering effective communication with parents to facilitate the holistic development of students.

The functional responsibilities of educators in the NIS dormitory system encompass a range of tasks: planning and organizing social life of students residing in dormitory, engaging in educational activities beyond regular school lessons, coordinating cultural and educational events within the dormitory, providing assistance to students in their learning, leisure, and additional educational pursuits, organizing and conducting intra-school and inter-network activities between NIS schools, and engaging in ongoing professional advancement, certification, medical examinations, among other responsibilities (as stipulated in the regulation "Qualification requirements of NIS employees," approved under Protocol No. 9 on April 5, 2018, consisting of 20 points).

Studies conducted by Andrew Martin and others highlight the positive impact of additional extracurricular support on enhancing academic performance and motivation among students in dormitories (Martin et al., 2014). This underscores the crucial role of dormitory teachers and the significance of their professional expertise in the educational and developmental processes. Consequently, the professional growth of dormitory teachers should be continuous.

Responding to request from dormitory head, a professional development course for educators was conducted in first half of 2023-2024 academic year. Dormitory educators pursuing professional growth engaged in various activities at the ISC. These activities included setting professional development goals in alignment with SMART criteria, formulating short-term plans for club lessons, and acquiring innovative methods to conduct engaging club that enhance student interest.

The overarching goal of this research is to identify barriers in the practices of dormitory teachers and facilitate their professional development through the HSE.

  • What barriers exist in the practice of dormitory teachers?
  • How can the Intra-school Courses (ISC) contribute to eliminating identified obstacles?

This research holds significance due to the need for more studies in Kazakhstan addressing enhancing professional qualifications among dormitory educators.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The outcomes of research are expected to offer insights into practical organization of the educational process within dormitories.and are expected to improve their proffessional development according to  course plans.

To address these questions, three dormitory educators participated in the study. Their experiences within the NIS system varied: one had been involved in education for seven years, another for five years, the third for a year. The diversity in their experiences adds depth to  the research findings, providing  nuanced understanding of the challenges and opportunities in the professional development of dormitory teachers.

The methodology employed a triangulation approach, incorporating three distinct research methods: interviews with educators, a reflective report, and an analysis of questionnaires completed by educators during the course. Three dormitory educators participated in the interviews, which were aimed at garnering insights into educational challenges. The discussions highlighted difficulties, such as incongruent goals for professional development, inefficiencies arising from unsystematic plans for school clubs/educational lessons, limited student engagement due to a lack of connection with the educational process, and students' disinterest in circle work due to the absence of active methods and techniques. Educators emphasized the necessity of interconnecting educational and pedagogical orientations in their activities.

To address identified barriers and foster the professional development of dormitory teachers, weekly 40-minute classes were conducted every Wednesday. The course topics were derived from insights obtained through interviews with educators, resulting in a three-module course with 12 topics. Despite educators formulating professional development goals in Module 1 using SMART criteria, challenges persisted, possibly due to a tendency to change goals annually without tangible progress. Module 2 emphasized the need to specify class stages and time limits, recognizing the ineffectiveness of educational circles.

Progress was observed in Module 3, where educators applied Modules 1-2 knowledge to school clubs/educational lessons. However, challenges persisted in effectively utilizing methods following lesson stages, regulating time management, and planning club materials within a single lesson framework. Reflective feedback from course coaches emphasized the importance of considering students' interests in educators' practices. The study revealed that monotony, an unsystematic lesson plan, and the absence of constructive feedback impeded the professional development of educators.
A survey assessed the course's impact on teachers, with two educators acknowledging its assistance in overcoming obstacles, while one educator faced challenges assimilating course materials due to health interruptions. These findings underscore the nuanced nature of the challenges and successes in the professional development of dormitory teachers.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The educators highlighted the utility of materials from Modules 1 and 2 in facilitating effective planning and execution of educational lessons. Additionally, the reflective exercises conducted during Module 3 allowed educators to discern the trajectory of their professional development successfully.

This underscores the significance of continuous self-reflection in contributing to professional growth. However, recognizing persisting challenges that were not fully addressed by the course, plans were made to expand the course modules and organize a methodological seminar specifically focused on the precise planning of circles aligned with time management principles. This proactive approach aims to refine educators' skills and address any remaining difficulties.

Conclusiono

The positive impact of the ISC on the professional development of educators can be attributed to several factors. Dormitory teachers participated in meaningful events, classes, and clubs, achieving commendable results in intra-school evaluations. Recognition was further reinforced through the receipt of author's certificates for their clubs and projects. Throughout the course, dormitory teachers expressed satisfaction with their professional development, contribution to the educational process, and acquiring innovative teaching methods. Participants received certificates indicating the number of hours completed upon concluding the course.

ISC plays a crucial role in professional development, fostering a robust professional community through continuous education, experience exchange, and mutual support. Considering the study's results, recommendations were formulated to enhance the professional development of dormitory teachers:

1. Promote professional development through integrated classes/clubs/educational lessons in collaboration with subject teachers and dormitory educators, facilitating and monitoring students' activities during these sessions.
2. Provide professional support to subject and dormitory educators by integrating mentoring into the professional development process.

These recommendations are anticipated to yield positive outcomes, given the influential role that dormitory teachers play in the educational process. The emphasis on collaboration and support is poised to contribute to dormitory educators' ongoing growth and effectiveness.

References
1.Komnevovic, M. (2020) Professional Development of Boarding School Teachers After Initial Education. Uzadanica, XVII/1, 289–305.
2.Stankovic, D., Deric, I., Milin, V. (2013). Directions for improving the professional development of teachers in Serbia: the perspective of primary school teachers. Proceedings of the Institute for Pedagogical Research, 45 (1), 86–107.
3.Borko,  H.  (2004).  Professional development and teacher learning:  Mapping the terrain. Educational Researcher, 33(8), 3-15.
4.Desimone, L. M., Porter, A. C., Garet, M.S., Yoon, K. S., & Birman, B.F. (2002). Effects of professional development on teachers’ instruction: Results from a three-year longitudinal study. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 24(2), 81-112.
5.Avalos, B.(2011). Teacher professional development in teaching and teacher education over ten years. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27 (1), 10-20.
6.The Regulation entitled “Qualification requirements of NIS employees” approved according to protocol No. 9 dated April 5, 2018.
7.Martin, A. J., & Marsh, H. W. (2008). Academic buoyancy: Towards an understanding of students’ everyday academic resilience. Journal of School Psychology, 46(1), 53–83.
8.Bautista, A., Ortega-Ruiz, R., Teacher Professional Development: International Perspectives and Approaches. Psychology, Society, & Education 7 (3): 343-355.
9. The teaching Profession in Europe: the profile, trends, and concerns. Key topics in education in Europe, Vol. 3, Eurydice- The information network on education in Europe (204), European Commission, Brussels.
10.Sykes, G. (1996). Reform of and as professional development. Phi Delta Kappan, 77, 465-467. The Teaching Commission (2004). Teaching at risk: a call to action. New York: The Teaching Commission, The CUNY Graduate Center.
11. Thomas, G., Wineburg, S., Grossman, P., Myhre, O., & Woolworth, S. (1998). In the company of colleagues: An interim report on the development of a community of teacher learners. Teaching and Teacher Education, 14, 21-32
12. Stein, M.K., Smith, M.S., & Silver, E.A. (1999). The development of professional developers: Learning to assist teachers in new settings in new ways. Harvard Educational Review, 69, 237-269.
13. Smith, M.S. (1997, April). Riverside Middle School: School reform supported by an innovative curriculum. Paper presented at the annual meeting of the American Educational Research Association, Chicago.
14. Powell, D. R., Diamond, K. E., Burchinal, M. R., & Koehler, M. J. (2010). Effects of an early literacy professional development intervention on Head Start teachers and children. Journal of Educational Psychology, 102(2), 299–312.
15. Tooley, M. & Connally, K. (2016). No panacea: Diagnosing what ails teacher professional development before reaching for remedies. New America.
 
12:45 - 13:3003 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster

Teachers’ Diverse Sense-making of the Decentralizing Curriculum Reform Policy

Kyunghee So

Seoul National University, Korea, Republic of (South Korea)

Presenting Author: So, Kyunghee

In the global educational landscape, teachers have encountered challenges to their autonomy, due to the increasing standardization and regulation within national education systems (Burkhauser & Lesaux, 2017; Haugen, 2019; Hodge, 2018). However, South Korea, in contrast to this trend, has recently implemented a unique curriculum reform policy, deviating from its historically centralized education system. The Korean education system, traditionally guided by a national curriculum system specifying subjects and lesson hours (Gim, 2012; Park & Kim, 2014), has been heavily focused on preparing students for college entrance exams, thereby limiting both teachers’ autonomy and students’ learning opportunities (Kim, 2021).

To address these concerns, Korea introduced 'the exam-free semester system' in 2016 for middle schools (grades 7 to 9) (Kim & Joo, 2022). This policy aims to counteract the prevailing test-oriented school culture by providing teachers with greater autonomy in curriculum operation. During one semester of the three-year middle school program, there are no formal examinations, and schools are encouraged to offer diverse classes to allow students to explore their interests and talents, relieving them from exam-related stress.

In this decentralized curriculum structure, teachers encounter both opportunities and challenges. While they appreciate the newfound autonomy in planning and implementing the curriculum, they also face difficulties in designing exam-free semester activities and employing unfamiliar teaching methods.

The study operates under the assumption that new curriculum policies at the national level do not directly translate into implementation at the school level; rather, they involve an active process of interpretation by teachers. Teachers engage in sense-making when encountering a new policy, organizing it within their cognitive framework (Coburn, 2006; Spillane et al., 2002). Sense-making, described by Weick (1995), is an ongoing organizing process that occurs when unexpected events happen, influenced by existing knowledge, beliefs, and contextual conditions.

Teachers’ interpretation of reform messages during policy implementation is not a simple technical process but an active sense-making influenced by their interests, beliefs, and contextual factors (Alvunger, 2018; Leijen et al., 2020; Luttenberg et al., 2013). Teachers’ engagement in curriculum reform is shaped by this sense-making process (Pietarinen et al., 2019), leading to responses such as distantiation, toleration, assimilation, and accommodation (Luttenberg et al., 2013).

Complete curriculum reform, according to Fullan (2015), occurs when the intended reality is created and shared among implementing agents. Therefore, it is crucial to understand how teachers construct and execute the meaning of reform messages, considering differences among teachers and the dynamics in their interpretive practices. Drawing on sense-making theory, this study investigates how Korean teachers make sense of messages and mandates from the state-driven curriculum decentralization policy, specifically focusing on the exam-free semester system and how these meanings shape teachers’ teaching practices for curriculum reforms.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A case study was conducted to explore teachers’ sense-making in response to the new national curriculum policy, known as the exam-free semester system, in two middle schools within the same Korean school district. The selection of these schools considered variations in size, structure, and culture to examine how the reform policy unfolds in diverse school contexts and identify influencing factors.

School A, a public middle school, features three classes per grade. Due to its smaller size, teachers instruct the same subject across different grades, managing multiple administrative tasks. Despite the existence of a professional learning community, its functionality is limited. On the other hand, School B, another public middle school, has five to six classes per grade and has developed a democratic school culture, supported by administrative staff, thereby reducing teachers’ non-teaching responsibilities. This school exhibits various professional learning communities that have been in operation for over a decade through teachers’ voluntary participation. Six teachers, three from each school (Kim, Yun, Park from School A, and Lim, Lee, Kang from School B), participated in the study.

Data were collected through in-depth, semi-structured interviews, conducted twice with each teacher at intervals, lasting approximately two hours each. Open-ended questions covered teachers’ educational knowledge, beliefs, perceptions of the exam-free semester system, agreement with its demands, and factors influencing understanding. Additional inquiries focused on teaching practices before and after policy implementation, challenges faced, and school support.

To illustrate the diverse implementation of the exam-free semester system, the analysis began with interviews from School A and then moved to those from School B. The aim was to identify each teacher’s sense-making characteristics, similarities, and differences within School A, while understanding these in relation to the school’s unique features. A similar process was repeated for School B interviews, resulting in emergent coding themes (Saldaña, 2021). These themes guided the reexamination and recategorizations of teacher interviews, enabling a cross-comparison between School A and School B to reveal the multiple dimensions influencing teachers’ sense-making of new national curriculum reforms.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The comparative analysis of six teachers’ sense-making revealed both similarities and differences between the two schools and within each school regarding the exam-free semester system. Teachers at School A, when contrasted with School B, commonly perceived the new policy as burdensome. Specifically, Kim and Yun at School A made sense of the policy through toleration, while Park at the same school constructed meaning through distantiation. In School B, Kang and Lee interpreted the policy through assimilation, while Lim did so through accommodation.

The divergent interpretations within the same school could be attributed to each teacher’s unique past experiences and philosophies. However, it’s crucial to recognize that individual lived histories are not the sole factors influencing teachers’ sense-making of curriculum reforms. The school’s structure and culture, influenced by collaborative learning, spatial organization, teacher workload, and a democratic school culture, also played a significant role.

Despite the structural extension of teacher autonomy for decentralized curriculum and teaching at the national level, teachers’ sense-making of curriculum policy reform was shaped by the relational effects of their professional experiences, bounded autonomy for teaching and administrative duties, and opportunities for growth and interaction within the school. Emphasizing the importance of considering the relational aspects in education practices, this study argues that understanding teachers’ varied interpretations and practices necessitates looking beyond the isolated element of extended freedom for curriculum and teaching.

This study suggests moving beyond authoritative and state-centered perspectives on educational changes. Future research should delve deeper into how curriculum policy relates to factors such as teachers’ lived history and the structural and cultural conditions of the school in practice. By exploring the intricate relationships within these dimensions during policy implementation, a more comprehensive understanding of how teachers interpret and enact externally driven curriculum reforms can be achieved.

References
Alvunger, D. (2018). Teachers’ curriculum agency in teaching a standards-based curriculum. The Curriculum Journal, 29(4), 479-498.
Burkhauser, M. A., & Lesaux, N. K. (2017). Exercising a bounded autonomy: Novice and experienced teachers’ adaptations to curriculum materials in an age of accountability. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 49(3), 291–312.
Coburn, C. E. (2006). Framing the problem of reading instruction: Using frame analysis to uncover the microprocesses of policy implementation. American Educational Research Journal, 43(3), 343-379.
Fullan, M. (2015). The new meaning of educational change. Teachers College Press.
Gim, C. C. (2012). A study on the improvement of setting annual instructional time for the five-schoolday-a-week system in Korea. The Journal of Curriculum Studies, 30(2), 27-49.
Haugen, C. R. (2019). A fragile autonomy in a performativity culture? Exploring positions in the recontextualizing field in a Norwegian rural municipality. Journal of Education Policy, 34(1), 133-152.
Hodge, S. (2018). Standardised curriculum and hermeneutics: The case of Australian vocational educators. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(1), 38-55.
Kim, D. (2021). What did the national curriculum system leave us for the past 75 years since the liberation? Journal of Educational Innovation Research, 31(2), 115-141.
Kim, H. & Joo, Y. (2022). An analysis of the operational condition and improvement plan for exam-free semester system in Korean middle schools. The Journal of Korean Teacher Education, 39(2), 117-142.
Leijen, Ä., Pedaste, M., & Lepp, L. (2020). Teacher agency following the ecological model: How it is achieved and how it could be strengthened by different types of reflection. British Journal of Educational Studies, 68(3), 295-310.
Luttenberg, J., Imants, J., & Van Veen, K. (2013). Looking for cohesion: The role of search for meaning in the interaction between teacher and reform. Research Papers in Education, 28(3), 289-308.
Park, C., & Kim, K. J. (2014). Cross-curricular themes and lesson hours outlined by legislation and government policy to be implemented at schools. The Journal of Curriculum Studies, 32(3), 71-93.
Pietarinen, J., Pyhältö, K., & Soini, T. (2019). Shared sense-making in curriculum reform: Orchestrating the local curriculum work. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 63(4), 491-505.
Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. Sage.
Spillane, J., Reiser, B., & Reimer, T. (2002). Policy implementation and cognition: Reframing and refocusing implementation research. Review of Educational Research, 72(3), 387-431.
Weick, K. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations. Sage.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster

STEM Education Based On Agricultural Civilization: Overall Framework and Design Principles

Haoxuan Yang1, Xiaowei Tang2

1Institute of Curriculum and Instruction, East China Normal University, Shanghai, 200062, China; 2Faculty of Education,University of Macau,Macau,999078,China

Presenting Author: Yang, Haoxuan

In November 2023,UNESCO adopted a resolution to establish an International STEM Education Research Institute in China. The goal is to achieve inclusive, equitable, context-relevant, Sustainable, and high-quality STEM education accessible to all. While flourishing in China, STEM education is problematic in its "elitism" and "urbanization" orientation(inequity in urban and rural education), utilitarian origins and practical tendencies , and insufficient integration in curriculum development.

From the theoretical perspective of connecting scientific learning with everyday life experiences and concepts such as “funds of knowledge”, we argue that agricultural civilization, as the "ethnic and cultural gene" of China, with its core concept of "harmonious coexistence between humans and nature," can counteract the utilitarian tendencies of STEM education. And the incorporation of themes and content that culture and context responsive may enhance the inclusiveness of STEM education and address urban-rural integration issues. Simultaneously, derived from real agricultural production and life practices, agricultural culture in the context of the history of science and technology provides abundant authentic problem scenarios that are rich in interdisciplinary and hands-on learning resources.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The team including reserachers and teachers developed a STEM curriculum module of the "Hand-cranked Grain Winnowing Fan" (a classic traditional agricultural tool in China). It was implemented in two parallel classes of the fourth grade in an ordinary urban primary school and a rural primary school in District B of City C. The experimental class underwent a six-week STEM course with the entire process recorded on video, while the control class received conventional science instruction. Procedural data were collected through methods such as pre-and-post paper-and-pencil tests, thinking-aloud sessions, and focus groups. The results demonstrate significant progress among students in dimensions such as conceptual understanding and application, design thinking, and values.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Finally, based on the curriculum development case, three key curriculum design principles are distilled: firstly, "value-guided differentiated design for rural and urban area". Specifically, for rural students, the guidance should be on promoting principled thinking about relevant experiences. For instance, even though some rural students may immediately associate grain sieving with the agricultural tool, the windmill, it is still essential to engage the entire class in debating the "optimal solution for grain sieving: wind sieving or water sieving." This encourages students to transition from knowing the outcome to understanding the underlying principles. Similarly, by exploring mechanistic questions such as "How is wind generated?" the aim is to guide students to pay attention to the design intentions and operational principles. This mode of thinking has a powerful impact on rural students, as reflected in post-tests where students mentioned, "I used to think my sister wasn't serious, but now I realize that my grandma have more experienced techniques when sieving grains, and this technique involves the scientific knowledge we learned in this class." Some students also expressed their intention to "further contemplate and investigate the scientific principles inherent in everyday life". Other principles include "integration of two-path("engineer design and practice" and “Value-Led“)and " science and technology history as scaffolding of curriculum design and learning".
References
Aikenhead, G. S. (2001). Students’ ease in crossing cultural borders into school science. Science Education,85, 180–188. https ://doi.org/10.1002/1098-237x(20010 3)85:2<180::aid-sce50 >3.0.co;2-1.
Avery, L.M., & Kassam, K.S. (2011). Phronesis: Children's Local Rural Knowledge of Science and Engineering. Journal of Research in Rural Education, 26, 1. Barton, A. C. 2003. Teaching science for social justice. New York, NY: Teachers College Press..
Costa, V.B. (1995), When science is “another world”: Relationships between worlds of family, friends, school, and science. Sci. Ed., 79: 313-333. https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.3730790306
Fleer, M. (2009). Understanding the dialectical relations between everyday concepts and scientific concepts within play-based programs. Research in Science Education, 39, 281–306. https ://doi.org/10.1007/s1116 5-008-9085-x.
KASSAM, K.-A. S. (2009). Biocultural Diversity and Indigenous Ways of Knowing: Human Ecology in the Arctic (NED-New edition, 1). University of Calgary Press. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctv6gqsbf
Kervinen, A., Roth, W. M., Juuti, K., & Uitto, A. (2020). The resurgence of everyday experiences in school science learning activities.Cultural Studies of Science Education, 1-27.
Leanne M. Avery (2013) Rural Science Education: Valuing Local Knowledge, Theory Into Practice, 52:1, 28-35, DOI: 10.1080/07351690.2013.743769
Moje, E. B., Ciechanowski, K. M., Kramer, K., Ellis, L., Carrillo, R., & Collazo, T. (2004). Working toward third space in content area literacy: An examination of everyday funds of knowledge and discourse. Reading Research Quarterly, 39, 38–70. https://doi.org/10.1598/rrq.39.1.4.
Moll, L. C., Amanti, C., Neff, D., & Gonzalez, N. (1992). Funds of Knowledge for Teaching: Using a Qualitative Approach to Connect Homes and Classrooms. Theory Into Practice, 31(2), 132–141. http://www.jstor.org/stable/1476399
Roth, W.-M. (2015). Enracinement or the earth, the originary ark, does not move: On the phenomeno-logical (historical and ontogenetic) origin of common and scientific sense and the genetic method of teaching (for) understanding. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 10, 469–494. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11422-014-9606-z.
Sarah R. Stapleton & Khahlela Reif (2022) Teaching outside as third space: toward school science that acknowledges student ecological expertise, Environmental Education Research, 28:9, 1373-1390, DOI: 10.1080/13504622.2022.2087862


03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster

Promoting a Research Engaged School Culture in Secondary Education: Inquiry-Based Working on School Development

Christa Krijgsman1, Gonny Schellings1, Marieke Thurlings1, Femke Geijsel2

1Eindhoven University of Technology, The Netherlands; 2TIAS, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: Krijgsman, Christa

In changing educational environments, curriculum development is not always evidence-informed. Inquiry-based working could contribute positively when secondary schools deal with redesigning the curriculum. However, inquiry-based working is not yet commonly embedded in school cultures (Geijsel et al., 2020). This study aims to promote a sustainable research engaged school culture in nine secondary schools in support of reaching their school development goals. A research culture in schools (or a Research Engaged School; RES; Godfrey, 2016) requires leadership that stimulates colleagues to learn how to use knowledge, for instance, via effective professional learning communities (PLC’s). In such PLC’s, teachers collectively learn with colleagues or experts from inside or outside the schools. Moreover, a research culture in schools requires conditions for teachers to learn through inquiry-based working. Examples of such conditions are time to meet and collectively learn, and access to resources such as literature or podcasts. Research Engaged Schools are characterised by the way research informs curriculum decisions, policies, and practices.

The RES model identifies the following four areas (Godfrey, 2016). Inquiry-based working refers to developing knowledge by combining practical experiences with knowledge from scientific and/or teacher research (Baan, 2020). Multilevel distributed leadership concerns leadership that is provided by various colleagues in the school; formal and informal leaders (e.g., school leaders and teacher leaders) work together based on their position or role, and on affinity and expertise (Al-Fadala et al., 2022). The school as a learning organisation refers to an organisation in which teachers, teacher leaders, and formal leaders together learn how to work inquiry-based (Kools et al., 2020). A systemic perspective concerns the coherence between what happens in the classroom, school, and national context (Cohen et al., 2018).

In order to stimulate the research cultures of secondary schools, this study inventories the research culture level of nine schools. Informed by this inventory, teachers, teacher leaders, formal leaders, and researchers together design interventions aimed at promoting the areas of the RES model.

This poster focuses on the research question “How do schools perceive the Research Engaged School culture in their school?”. This questions concerns the inventory stage of the larger project.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The total population of employees in the nine secondary schools ranged between n = 40-176. All teachers and leaders in these schools were asked to participate in this study. Moreover, from the nine schools, three PLC’s were formed. Within each PLC, a teacher, a teacher leader, and a formal leader from three schools participated (nine persons per PLC). Each PLC was guided by a researcher. Of the nine secondary schools, two smaller schools offered pre-vocational education, and seven larger schools offered pre-vocational, senior general, and pre-university education.
We collected quantitative and qualitative data. First, respondents filled-out a questionnaire that measured the four RES areas (4 scales, 10 subscales, 48 items; N=430; response rate 43%), that was constructed together with the PLC members. Example items are: inquiry-based working; “To improve teaching at my school, I gain knowledge from sources such as books, magazines, and podcasts”, multilevel distributed leadership; “to improve inquiry-based working at my school, teacher leaders ask to consult relevant sources in preparation for meetings”, learning organisation; “At my school, colleagues and leaders jointly reflect on how to improve inquiry-based working”, and systemic perspective; “At my school, the school vision focuses on inquiry-based working”. All statements were rated on a five-point Likert scale (disagree-agree). Scales were internally consistent with Cronbach’s α ranging between α=.77 for inquiry-based working and α=.94 for multilevel distributed leadership. Second, we interviewed a subsample of respondents during a focus group interview per school (n=5-10; N=73). Preceding the focus group interviews, respondents completed a Scan Research Culture (newly developed, yet inspired upon Ros & Keuvelaar-van den Bergh, 2017): a rubric with the four RES areas and the description of five research culture phases. We used an overview (heatmap) of the completed Scans within the group as the starting point of each interview. We interviewed respondents about the present (e.g., “If you look at this overview, what do you see?”), past (e.g., “Can you recall specific events that happened in the past in your school, which possibly led to the current status of the research culture?”), and future (e.g., “Is there a specific area that you would like to improve?”).
The PLC members organised the data collection. A researcher, with help of a PLC member, conducted the interviews. Data were collected between November 2023 and January 2024. Data were discussed and interpreted within the PLC: do PLC members recognise or understand the data yielded by the questionnaire and interviews?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results. Preliminary questionnaire analyses indicated relatively low to neutral scores (“I mostly disagree” to “sometimes, sometimes not”) on multilevel distributed leadership (M=2.42, SD=0.72), systemic perspective (M=2.69, SD=.83), inquiry-based working (M=2.93, SD=0.64), and learning organisation (M=3.05, SD=0.57). The item and scale scores showed variance within and between schools. The response per school varied and many respondents stopped completing the questionnaire prematurely. Communication in the PLC’s and personal communication pointed towards experienced difficulty with the terminology used. Moreover, a possible connection seemed to exist between the relevance explained by the PLC members regarding school development and a research culture, and the response rate. A positive mindset towards inquiry-based working in the school, also, seemed connected to the response rate.
Preliminary focus group interview analyses indicated that it is not common practice for (teacher) leaders to stimulate inquiry-based working. Also, if inquiry-based working does happen, there is little exchange between colleagues. Interviewees indicated that they do not exactly know in what work their colleagues are involved: “We work in islands”. Moreover, if  inquiry-based working does happen, it happens more occasionally instead of systematically, according to the focus groups.
Preliminary conclusions. The nine secondary schools face challenges in their development towards a research culture. To provide stimulation, it is important to develop interventions that continuously link curriculum and school development with inquiry-based working (Earl & Timperley, 2015; van den Akker et al., 2012).
Overall, the questionnaire response expressed the perceived relevance of inquiry-based working in schools (cf. Godfrey, 2016). The questionnaire response was higher when PLC members explained the relevance for their school’s development to the school team respondents and created time to jointly complete the questionnaire. By jointly completing the questionnaire and during the interviews, a start was made to share language and develop understanding about inquiry-based working among teachers and leaders.

References
Al-Fadala, A., Morel, R., & Spillane, J. (2022). Multilevel distributed leadership. In D. Netolicky (Ed.), Future alternatives for educational leadership (pp. 79-92). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003131496
Baan. (2020). The contribution of academic teachers to inquiry-based working in primary schools [Doctoral Dissertation, University of Amsterdam].
Cohen, D. K., Spillane, J. P., & Peurach, D. J. (2018). The dilemmas of educational reform. Educational Researcher, 47(3), 204-212. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189x17743488
Earl, L., & Timperley, H. (2015). Evaluative thinking for successful educational innovation. OECD Working Papers, No 122. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/5jrxtk1jtdwf-en
Geijsel, F., Schenke, W., van Driel, J., & Volman, M. (2020). Embedding inquiry‐based practices in schools: The strategic role of school leaders. European Journal of Education, 55(2), 233-247. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12395
Godfrey, D. (2016). Leadership of schools as research-led organisations in the English educational environment: Cultivating a research-engaged school culture. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(2), 301-321. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213508294
Kools, M., Stoll, L., George, B., Steijn, B., Bekkers, V., & Gouëdard, P. (2020). The school as a learning organisation: The concept and its measurement. European Journal of Education, 55(1), 24-42. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12383
Ros, A., & Keuvelaar-van den Bergh, L. (2017). Scan onderzoekscultuur in de school en interventiekaarten [Scan research culture in the school and interventioncards]. Steunpunt Opleidingsscholen PO-Raad en VO-Raad. https://www.platformsamenopleiden.nl/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/180226-ScanOnderzoekscultuur_POVO_Webversie_LR-1.pdf
van den Akker, J., Kuiper, W., & Nieveen, N. (2012). Bruggen slaan tussen beleid, praktijk en wetenschap in curriculumontwikkeling en -onderzoek [Building bridges between policy, practice, and science in curriculumdevelopment and -research]. Pedagogische Studiën, 89(6), 399-410.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster

Program "COOLektura" as a Pedagogical Innovation

Renata Gardian-Miałkowska

University of Warsaw, Poland

Presenting Author: Gardian-Miałkowska, Renata

The author will present an educational, upbringing and social program for young people at risk of social maladjustment, implemented in 2020-2021, titled "COOLektura".Twenty-three 7th grade students from Primary School No. 141 in Warsaw took part in the program.They were observed to have symptoms of risk of social maladjustment resulting from numerous school failures, growing up in a family/peer environment stimulating the use of violence, fearfulness, aggressiveness, risky behavior, as well as lack of motivation to put in effort, low self-esteem, vulgarity, school laziness, and breaking internal regulations, school orders and regulations, lack of sense of responsibility for one's actions, inability to overcome difficult situations, conflicts with teachers or peers, attention disorders.The main goals of the program were: consolidating the reading in an attractive form (poem, epigram, etc.) immortalized in the form of a short film, improving the skills of cooperation and sense of co-responsibility and overcoming one's own limitations, developing the habit of systematicity and planning activities, and the specific goals: learning the ability to write a film script; using students' hidden talents and potentials; discovering and strengthening students' strengths; developing a sense of agency and independence; learning through play.The program was low-budget and was implemented in cooperation with the Academy of Change Advocates and the Local Activity Center.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The program was based mainly on the project method, as well as drama, personal influence and mentoring.As part of the program, students also took part in classes in art therapy, acting, and the basics of editing and directing. As a final result, modernized interpretations of 4 selected fairy tales by Ignacy Krasicki were prepared (mandatory reading). The fairy tales of the 18th-century poet became the starting point for uncensored observations about 21st-century society and the problems and threats faced by teenagers. Currently, films constitute material for analysis not only for Polish language classes, but also for homeroom hours. Thanks to this program, students showed what they learn and experience both at school and outside the school through learning while making a film.The students paid special attention to changing their attitude and behavior, they became more open to each other, committed and willing to cooperate. And they had fun doing it too.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The students themselves pointed out in their statements that thanks to the program they not only learned the practical use of technology and acquired knowledge of the Polish language, but above all, they did a lot of individual and group work on dealing with their own emotions, recognizing them, strengthened their sense of agency and co-responsibility for the final result. They opened up to new experiences, overcame their own limitations, improved their communication skills, and their motivation to work in the classroom and submit creative ideas increased. The formula of the classes fulfilled teenagers' natural need to express themselves and helped them break out of negative student roles. Teenagers could express what they witness and what they encounter on a daily basis.
It is worth adding that this program can also be implemented in a modified form, which does not require so much time. It is then based on the method of theater improvisation, in which student-actors play without a script, creatively using everyday space. The formula of theater improvisation is favorable because it happens here and now, so it allows you to work on current problems, and its main assumptions are attentiveness to others and absolute, creative approval of their actions. It removes the burden of perfection and faultlessness, thanks to which it quickly builds a safe space for an authentic process of creative resocialization.

References
Mead G. H, Social Psychology as Counterpart to Physiological Psychology, In: Psychological Bulletin, 1909, 6: 401- 40
Gaś Z. Pomoc psychologiczna młodzieży. Warszawa: Wydawnictwa Szkolne i Pedagogiczne, Warsaw, 1995: 34.
Rogers C. R. Client-focused therapy. Meeting groups. Thesaurss, 1991:8.
Tuckman B.W. (1965). Developmental sequence in small groups. Psychological Bulletin; 63 (6): 384–399.
Konopczyński M. (2014). Creative Resocialization. Outline of the concept of developing potentials. In: Polish Journal of Social Rehabilitation, 2014, 7: 21-22.
Kuśpit M. Psychodrama as a method of therapy and individual development, Wydawnictwo Annales  Universitatis Mariae Curie-Skłodowska Lublin – Polonia, Vol. XVII, Sectio j, 2004, 76.
Muszyński H. Theoretical problems of moral education. State School Publishing Company, Warsaw, 1965: 229-233;
Czapów Cz. Resocializing education. Elements of methodology and diagnostics. National Scientific Publishing House, Warsaw, 1978.
Grzegorzewska M. Special education. Script of lectures at the State Institute of Special Pedagogy, State Institute of Special Pedagogy, Warsaw, 1960.
Foster C. Male Youth Prostitution. Perspectives, Policy and Practice. Social Work Monographs, University of East Anglia, Norwich, 1993.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster

Interdisciplinary Collaboration in Vocational Education and Training (VET): Opportunities and Challenges for Business and Technical Teachers

Sebastian Koppius

Paderborn University, Germany

Presenting Author: Koppius, Sebastian

Sustainability efforts, such as environmentally friendly and resource-saving production, the efficient use of an energy management system, or the trade-off between renewable and fossil fuels, are becoming increasingly important for companies (cf. Cooremans & Schönenberger, 2019, p. 264f.). To address these efforts, different occupational disciplines, such as technical and management disciplines, need to combine their knowledge and expertise. For this, interdisciplinary skills are becoming increasingly important, as different occupations with different areas of expertise need to communicate with each other. One solution to foster interdisciplinary skills early on is to establish these skills during vocational education and training.

In Germany, a dual system of vocational education and training systems offers students the possibility of an apprenticeship. During this apprenticeship, students acquire job relevant skills based on occupation specific curricula. However, these curricula currently lack the promotion of interdisciplinary skills (cf. Sloane et al., 2018, p. 13). While business managers and technicians have to work together on a daily basis in most companies, German schools within the dual system of vocational education and training currently do not prepare their students for this task.

This study looks at the educational programme work of an interdisciplinary educational team of teachers from both business and technical vocational schools. An interdisciplinary team of teachers was formed to propose learning scenarios that are anchored in a curriculum to promote the interdisciplinary skills of students from business and technical vocational schools.

Following the design-based research method, a research portfolio on the interactions between teachers from the interdisciplinary educational team offers insights on interdisciplinary skills at the teacher level. First, the teachers themselves benefited from the interdisciplinary collaboration. Pedagogical experiences were exchanged, new learning and working strategies were developed, and the repertoire of teaching materials expanded. Second, challenges were identified regarding the coordination of course content within the apprenticeship. This includes course contents that are relevant for both business and technical occupations. Teachers had to identify common curricular links and consider their inclusion in the schools methodological and annual didactic planning as well as the concrete design of learning scenarios and the development of teaching-learning arrangements (cf. Sloane, 2021, p. 230). Another challenge that was identified relates to the different experiences, attitudes, and assumptions of teachers, partly due to their occupational discipline (cf. Krainer & Smetschka, 2014, p. 72). This creates barriers that make collaboration more difficult (cf. Claus & Wiese, 2021, p. 280). However, these barriers can be addressed systematically.

Following the framework of Claus & Wiese (cf. 2021, p. 282), the teachers showed "initiative for exchange" as they willingly and actively participated in the interdisciplinary exchange within the teamwork. They also intuitively used "target group-specific communication" to foster the interdisciplinary teamwork. Both mechanisms helped in reducing barriers. Regarding “integration of knowledge” and "reflection on one's own discipline" the teachers showed more difficulties. Here, the teachers appear to need additional support in understanding the other occupational discipline as well as acknowledging more strongly their own discipline.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Applying a design-based research approach, a research portfolio was produced following five teachers over a six-month period. Three business and two technical teachers continuous-ly took part in the coordination meetings to jointly plan the lessons. In total, twelve coordi-nation meetings between business and technical teachers were followed during the meetings. Of the twelve meetings, nine took place online and three in person.
Design-based research in general is characterised by an interaction between science and practice with iterative development cycles (cf. Euler, 2014, p. 15ff.; cf. Jenert, 2023, p. 11f.). On the practical side, this type of field research aims to design a prototype, which in this case is expressed in concrete implementation ideas to promote interdisciplinary understand-ing between business and technical teachers. Accordingly, the aim of design-based research in the context of science-practice interaction is to mutually develop an understanding of the problem and the solution-related ideas of the other party (cf. Jenert, 2023, p. 14). The starting point is an empathetic attitude of science and practice with the aim of adopting each other's perspectives (cf. Jenert, 2023, p. 16). Sloane becomes clearer here and presents three concrete forms of mutual perspective-taking between academia and practice: "Three responses are possible referring to inter-subjectivity: empathy, textual reality and the second-person perspective" (Sloane, 2017, p. 11).
Based on design-based research, a research portfolio was used to observe the exchange processes between the business and technical teachers. The research portfolio is characterised by mutual documentation and self-reflection. A research portfolio has already been used by several authors in the context of design-based research (cf. Frehe-Halliwell, 2015; cf. Volgmann, 2023). The documentation serves to present the knowledge gained (cf. Gerholz, 2010, p. 72) and thus creates transparency and traceability. In addition, the documentation goes far beyond the understanding of a progress report. Rather, the aim is to document or analyse the overall process (cf. Breuer, 2003). The goal-orientated reflection of the overall process goes hand in hand with documentation and observation as self-reflection is about analysing the observation (cf. Dörner, 1994, p. 202). Self-reflection therefore means, for example, making perception and thought processes the object of observation (cf. Dörner, 1994, p. 202). Since subjective impressions are often documented in the research portfolio, it is important to mirror the self-reflection and documentation to the technical and business teachers at each meeting. This should legitimise and confirm the impressions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Topics such as energy management, which are becoming increasingly relevant in everyday working life from a business and technical perspective, need to be considered early on in vocational education.
This study shows the opportunities and challenges of collaboration between business and technical teachers to realise joint teaching units for business and technical students which so far is missing in curricula of vocational schools.
As a result of the joint work on the educational programme, it became clear that before teaching could be initiated with the aim of promoting interdisciplinary skills, the teachers themselves first had to deepen these skills. According to Claus & Wiese (2021), the following areas are required: "initiative for exchange", "target group-specific communication", "knowledge integration" and "reflection on one's own specialist discipline". However, it is not only the interdisciplinary skills of teachers that are improved in this respect. This partnership can also generate innovative ideas for lesson design, new methods, and authentic teaching units.
The aim of this study is to establish a long-term partnership of teachers to promote out-of-the-box-thinking. But also, to gain insights into the conditions under which teams with different occupations can work together. After all, there is no one right answer to many challenges and crises; it is always a matter of weighing up many perspectives and options. And this is best done during training.

References
Breuer, F. (2003) „Subjectivity and Reflexivity in the Social Sciences: Epistemic Windows and Methodical Consequences“.

Claus, A. M. & Wiese, B. S. (2021) „Interdisziplinäre Kompetenzen: Modellentwicklung und diagnostische Zugänge“, Gruppe. Interaktion. Organisation. Zeitschrift für Ange-wandte Organisationspsychologie (GIO), Vol. 52, No. 2, S. 279–288.

Cooremans, C. & Schönenberger, A. (2019) „Energy management: A key driver of energy-efficiency investment?“, Journal of Cleaner Production, Vol. 230, S. 264–275 [Online]. DOI: 10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.04.333.

Dörner, D. (1994) „Selbstreflexion und Handlungsregulation: Die psychologischen Mechanismen und ihre Bedingungen“, in Lübbe, W. (Hg.) Kausalität und Zurechnung, De Gruy-ter, S. 199–222.

Euler, D. (2014) „Design-Research - a paradigm under development“, in Euler, D. & Sloane, P. F. E. (Hg.) Design-based research, Stuttgart, Franz Steiner Verlag, S. 15–44.

Gerholz, K.-H. (2010) Innovative Entwicklung von Bildungsorganisationen: Eine Rekonstruktionsstudie zum Interventionshandeln in universitären Veränderungsprozessen (Zugl.: Paderborn, Univ., 2010), Paderborn, Eusl-Verl.-Ges.

Jenert, T. (2023) „Design-Based Research als Erforschung und Gestaltung von Interaktionsprozessen zwischen Wissenschaft und Bildungspraxis“, in Kremer, H.-H., Ertl, H. & Sloane, P. F.E. (Hg.) Wissenschaft trifft Praxis - Designbasierte Forschung in der beruflichen Bildung [Online], Bonn, Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung, S. 11–24. Verfügbar unter https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:0035-1030-1.

Krainer, L. & Smetschka, B. (2014) „3. Ein Forschungsteam finden“, in Dressel, G., Berger, W., Heimerl, K. & Winiwarter, V. (Hg.) Interdisziplinär und transdisziplinär forschen, transcript Verlag, S. 65–78.

Sloane, P. F. E.(2017) „‘Where no man has gone before!’ – Exploring new knowledge in de-sign-based research projects: A treatise on phenomenology in design studies“, EDeR. Educational Design Research, Vol. 1, No. 1, S. 1–31 [Online]. DOI: 10.15460/eder.1.1.1026.

Sloane, P. F. E. (2021) „Unterrichtsplanung im Kontext bildungspolitischer und curricularar Rahmenbedingungen“, in Klusmeyer, J. & Söll, M. (Hg.) Unterrichtsplanung in der Wirtschaftsdidaktik, Wiesbaden, Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden, S. 225–252.

Sloane, P. F. E., Emmler, T., Gössling, B. & Hagemeier, D. (2018) Berufsbildung 4.0: Qualifizierung des pädagogischen Personals als Erfolgsfaktor beruflicher Bildung in der digitalisierten Arbeitswelt [Online], Detmold, Eusl-Verlagsgesellschaft mbH. Verfügbar unter https://elibrary.utb.de/doi/book/10.3278/9783763967339.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster

Improving 14-15 Year-old Students’ Speaking Skills and Autonomy Through Creating Podcast

Madina Yeskeldi

Nazarbayev intellectual school, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Yeskeldi, Madina

The aim of this study is to explore what impact creating podcasts have in improving speaking skills and metacognition skills of students in the EFL classroom. Students face difficulty in expressing their ideas clearly and fluently while speaking due to anxiety, lack of enough grammatical and lexical knowledge and long processing time in face to face conversation . Moreover, the only place where students have the opportunity to speak in English is in the EFL classroom. This means that they may not have enough practice to develop their language skill and specifically, speaking skill. By development of technology, Computer-Assisted Language Learning (CALL) and its subdivision Mobile Assisted Language Learning (MALL) students will be able to take language learning beyond the classroom walls. Moreover, Podcast is a digital tool that is accessible without limiting itself to the place and time. Fluency is one of the aspects of speaking that can hinder communication. Scott Thornbury in his book “how to teach speaking” suggests that some conditions have an important role in the degree of fluency of speakers. These conditions are divided into three different categories such as cognitive, affective and performance factors. Cognitive factors include: Familiarity with the topic, familiarity with the interlocutor and processing demands. In this experiment students make podcasts about topics based on school curriculum, after receiving adequate knowledge in the classroom. Students create and share podcasts in the comfort of their home using smartphones in a group of three people. This enables them to prepare their speech in advance and practice it several times before making a podcast. Which consequently reduces the processing time and when they internalize required grammar and vocabulary. Affective factors include self consciousness, that is to say when students are under spotlight they may feel anxious and stressed which will lead them to make mistakes while speaking. Since students record their voice alone or along with their teammates, they will feel more comfortable and relaxed. Performance factors include: planning and rehearsal time, discourse control and mode. Real time speaking demands a great deal of processing time for speakers who are new to the language, so students lose their fluency during speaking. On the other hand, if they intend to compensate for fluency, they might lose accuracy. When students conduct research on the topic, write a script, plan the procedure of their podcast, practice it several times, and recreate the podcast many times, their performance will improve. In addition to that, to make a podcast students have to analyze, and evaluate their written text, and design a plan for the podcast. This will raise awareness of students' incompetencies. In contrast to the traditional methods of teaching and learning, when all students are dependant on a teacher to acquire knowledge, podcast making is a learner-centered method. In other words, creating a desirable podcast in the team depends on the individual works of teammates. Thus it will enhance students’ critical thinking since they have to evaluate their own work to make a better-quality podcast. This method improves students’ self-regulation and autonomy because podcasting enables students to notice and understand their own language inefficiencies and so try to overcome them on their own.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This action research adopted a mixed method approach by deploying tools such as pre/post tests, an online survey, informal interviews, experimental and control groups. The topics were based on school curriculum and included stereotypes, sport, hobbies, natural disasters and charity. Each student's pretest and posttest were audio recorded and a score was given on the scales of 1 to 6 according to a criteria card  including factors such as development and coherence, pronunciation and fluency, grammar and vocabulary. Pretest/post test questions were chosen based on school curriculum topics. Overall 24 students were involved in this study, 12 of which were in the experimental group and the other 12 belonged to the control group. The research lasted 10 weeks. Each two weeks a topic was given to students, they had to include a certain grammatical structure such as present perfect, second conditional, gerund/infinitive in their speech when making the podcast and use 10 new words about the topic. They also had to use one idiom. A telegram channel was created where students uploaded their podcasts. To create the podcast a rubric was given to students which included categories such as delivery, format, main content and technical production. At the end of the experiment, students took an online survey . They had to choose from a scale of 1 to 5, with 5 being the highest and 1 the lowest score This included questions such as “how effective was making podcasts in improving grammar?” “how effective was podcasting in using passive voice in speech?”, “how efficiently did podcasting help you to learn the present perfect/conditionals/gerund & infinitive?” How effective was making podcasts in learning new vocabulary? “how did it improve pronunciation?” “how effective was it in improving critical thinking” “how effective podcasting was to notice your grammatical problems”. Open ended and Yes/no questions were in the questionnaire as well:  “give one example of one grammatical structure you’ve learned to use correctly through podcasting” “did making podcasts have an effect on summative assessment marks?” “How did it improve your motivation to learn the language?” “What is your overall opinion about this experience”. At the end of the experiment a post speaking test was taken with the same questions and criteria as in the pretest to re-evaluate the students speaking skills. Both pre/post tests were audio recorded.  Students were informally interviewed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
When recording audio of pre-test and post-test  were compared it was noticeable that students used  more complex vocabulary and grammatical structure while speaking in the posttest. Additionally, Students were more confident in expressing their ideas  clearly and without long pauses. Improvement in speaking overall was especially visible among students who had previously  performed poorly; During pretest they gave only simple utterances with long pauses, not being able to deliver their ideas. However, in the posttest they were more fluent, confident and could express their ideas using complex grammar such as conditionals, present perfect and with enough vocabulary to deliver meaning. For example, while two of them had scored 2 out of 6 in the pretest, they scored 4 and 5  out of 6 in the post test. However, in the control group students who performed poorly in speaking  did not show any noticeable improvement. Moreover, on average all students in the experimental group received 1- 1.5 higher in the post test.
36.4% told that their speaking accuracy has improved, and 36.4% said that their fluency has enhanced. 27.3% of students stated that their vocabulary knowledge has increased. According to  the survey, students believed that making podcasts improved their grammatical knowledge. They learned structures such as conditionals, perfect tense, infinitive/ gerund. Nevertheless, They stated that podcasting had a greater effect in learning new vocabulary; on average about 30 new words. They also acknowledged that their fluency and motivation have improved. All of the students mentioned that podcasting had the biggest impact on enhancing their critical thinking skills, for example noticing their own grammatical mistakes and correcting them,  trying to create more interesting content about their next topic. In the interview students mentioned that they learned new idioms, and they had better fluency.

References
Mohamad Reza Farangi. et al., The Effects of Podcasting on EFL Upper-Intermediate Learners’ Speaking Skills. CALL-EJ, 16(2), 1-18
Abdous, M., Camarena, M.M., & Facer, B.R. (2009). MALL technology: Use of academic
podcasting in the foreign language classroom. ReCALL, 21(1), 76–95
Maggie Brennan Juana and Deniz Palak. (2011)  Podcasting as a Means of Improving Spanish Speaking Skills in the Foreign Language Classroom: An Action Research Study.  Networks: An Online Journal for Teacher research. 13[1], 1- 18
Thornbury. S. (2005) How to teach speaking. Pearson Education ESL


03. Curriculum Innovation
Poster

Bildung and Philosophy Teaching: Perspectives From Primary and Secondary Teachers in Norway

Pedro Vincent Dias Bergheim, Gunn Elisabeth Søreide

University of Bergen, Norway

Presenting Author: Bergheim, Pedro Vincent Dias

During the last two decades, the National Curriculum for Norway has experienced a shift from content-oriented to competence-oriented curriculum that has altered the understanding of how teaching can promote Bildung (Hilt & Riese, 2021). The culmination of this process took place in 2020, with a comprehensive reform of the national curriculum (Læreplanverket). It was said that one of the intents with the reform was to clarify how classroom teaching can reinforce Bildung (danning) among students (Meld. St. 28 (2015-2016)). As a part of this process, policy makers argued that philosophy teaching facilitates Bildung and that it deserved more space in the national curriculum (St.meld. nr. 30 (2003-2004); Meld.St. nr. 25 (2016-2017)).

This poster presentation is about philosophy teachers’ understanding of what the teaching of philosophy consists of and how it relates to the Bildung-promoting task of Norwegian public education. How do philosophy teachers in primary and secondary school in Norway represent the relation between Bildung and philosophy in their classroom teaching?

Curriculum work can be divided into a political, programmatic and practical level (Hopmann, 1999). The political level sets up the framework for the curriculum, the programmatic level is where the actual curriculum is written and formalised as a policy document, and the practical level is where the curriculum is locally interpreted and taught. In the context of curriculum work, effective implementation of Bildung-promoting teaching depends on a use of signifiers of Bildung on the programmatic level that opens for teachers’ interpretive freedom of the concept (Bergheim, 2023). Discourses on Bildung in the Norwegian national curriculum appear to greatly emphasise ‘method-based’ approaches to philosophy teaching at the expense of ‘content-based’ approaches (Bergheim, 2024). Method-based approaches encourage a comprehension of philosophy as a way of reasoning and tend to focus on philosophy as a transdisciplinary fostering of critical thinking and analytical skills (e.g., Vansieleghem, 2013; Kienstra, Karskens & Imants, 2014). Meanwhile, content-based approaches are built on the conception of philosophy as a field of knowledge, with its historical content (e.g., antiquity, renaissance and modernity) and themes (e.g., ontology, epistemology, and ethics) that must be taught to be able to philosophise. Because Bildung-promoting teaching is intimately connected to the autonomy of teaching and learning processes (Hopmann, 2007), for a curriculum to heavily rely on particular teaching methods at the expense of others may be counterproductive. The reason is that it reduces the possibilities for students to experience Bildung-promoting teaching as an integrate part of teachers’ adaptation of the curriculum. However, considered the limited impact of the written curriculum on teaching practices (Hopmann, 1999; Priestley et al., 2021), it is of interest to investigate how philosophy teachers in Norway themselves perceive the relation between their teaching practices and Bildung on a practical level.

The objective of shedding light over philosophy teachers’ representations of the relation between their teaching practices and Bildung is threefold. First, it offers insight into what philosophy teachers themselves perceive as Bildung-promoting in philosophy. Second, it serves as a contribution to studies on the interplay between the programmatic and practical level of curriculum work. Third, it serves as a case-study of how global educational policy ideas, such as competencies-based education, influence the Scandinavian Didaktik-tradition and Bildung-centred teaching.

The study’s theoretical framework is based on discourse theory. Discourses are forms of knowledge that are socially produced and set limits to how social objects and practices can be thought of and expressed (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016). The concept of ‘discourse’ denotes that language itself is structured according to social patterns that influence our use of language and which can be identified through discourse analysis (Jørgensen & Phillips, 2002).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For this paper, we will conduct and analyse semi-structured qualitative interviews with philosophy teachers in primary and secondary schools in Norway.

The criteria for the recruitment of interviewees are that they have formal training in teaching of philosophy (filosofididaktikk) and that they have or are teaching philosophy in either Norwegian primary or secondary school in a minimum of one of the following three school subjects: (1) “Knowledge of Christianity, Religion, Philosophies of life and Ethics” (primary and lower-secondary school); (2) “History and Philosophy” (upper-secondary school), or (3) “Religion and Ethics” (upper-secondary school) (UDIR, 2019a; UDIR, 2019b; UDIR 2020). Common for the three school subjects is that philosophy teaching is explicitly mentioned as component in their respective subject curricula (Bergheim, 2024).
The study aims at recruiting 6 to 10 interviewees and consists of semi-structured individual interviews in Norwegian. The duration of the interviews will be of 45 to 60 minutes. The interview guide is divided into three sections: (1) the interviewees’ everyday practices in philosophy teaching, (2) the interviewees’ representations of Bildung-promoting teaching, and (3) the interviewees’ representations of Bildung-promoting teaching in philosophy.

For the analysis of the collected data, we will manually transcribe audio recordings of the interviews to written text and insert them into the qualitative data analysis software NVivo 12. To identify discursive articulations of the concepts of Bildung, we will analyse the interview transcripts through the lens of the discursive categories “individual” and “society”. The two categories are justified with reference to Horlacher’s (2017) historical comparative study of the concept of Bildung and her thesis that discourses on Bildung presume a link between the inner cultivation of the individual and the development of a better society.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The interviews will be conducted during the spring semester of 2024 and the poster will therefore present preliminary findings. However, previous studies have shown that the written curriculum has a limited impact on teaching practices on a practical level of curriculum work (Hopmann, 1999; Priestley et al., 2021). Additionally, teaching experience (Priestley et al., 2016) and formal education in philosophy (Bialystok et al., 2019) may offer more leeway for philosophy teachers to adapt themes and approaches in the written curriculum to their own students. What remains to be seen is how the interviewed teachers perceive the relation between Bildung and philosophy, both in theory and in their own teaching practices, and how they justify it.
References
Bacchi, C. L., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Poststructural policy analysis: A guide to practice. Palgrave Macmillan.

Bergheim, P. (2024). Competence-Oriented Curricula and the Promotion of Bildung: The Case of Philosophy Teaching in Norway [Manuscript in preparation]. Department of Education, University of Bergen.

Bergheim, P. V. D. (2023). Signifiers of Bildung, the Curriculum and the Democratisation of Public Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 43(1), 91–106. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-023-09911-6

Bialystok, L. (2017). Philosophy across the Curriculum and the Question of Teacher Capacity; Or, What Is Philosophy and Who Can Teach It?: What Is Philosophy and Who Can Teach It? Journal of Philosophy of Education, 51(4), 817–836. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12258

Bialystok, L., Norris, T., & Pinto, L. E. (2019). Teaching and learning philosophy in Ontario high schools. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 51(5), 678–697. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2018.1563632

Hilt, L., & Riese, H. (2021). Hybrid forms of education in Norway: A systems theoretical approach to understanding curriculum change. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 1–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2021.1956596

Hopmann, S. (1999). The Curricullum as a Standard of Public Education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 18(1), 89–105. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1005139405296

Hopmann, S. (2007). Restrained Teaching: The Common Core of Didaktik. 6(2), 109–124.

Horlacher, R. (2017). The educated subject and the German concept of Bildung: A comparative cultural history. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group.

Jørgensen, M., & Phillips, L. (2002). Discourse analysis: As theory and method. SAGE.
Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2003). St.meld. Nr. 30 (2003–2004): Kultur for læring [White paper].

Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2015). Meld. St. 28 (2015–2016): Fag – Fordypning – Forståelse En fornyelse av Kunnskapsløftet [White paper].

Kunnskapsdepartementet. (2016). Meld. St. 25 (2016–2017) — Humaniora i Norge [White paper].

Priestley, M., Biesta, G., Philippou, S., & Robinson, S. (2016). The teacher and the curriculum: exploring teacher agency. In The SAGE Handbook of Curriculum, Pedagogy and Assessment: Two Volume Set (Vol. 2, pp. 187-201). SAGE Publications Ltd, https://doi.org/10.4135/9781473921405

Priestley, M., Philippou, S., Alvunger, D., & Soini, T. 2021. Curriculum Making: A Conceptual Framing. In Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts, eds. Mark Priestley, Stavroula Philippou, Daniel Alvunger, and Tiina Soini, 1–28. Bingley: Emerald.

UDIR. (2019a) Læreplan i kristendom, religion, livssyn og etikk (KRLE). https://data.udir.no/kl06/v201906/laereplaner-lk20/RLE01-03.pdf?lang=nob

UDIR. (2019b). Læreplan i religion og etikk – fellesfag I studieforberedende utdanningsprogram (REL1-01). https://data.udir.no/kl06/v201906/laereplaner-lk20/REL01-02.pdf?lang=nob

UDIR. (2021). Læreplan i historie og filosofi – programfag (HIF1-02).
https://data.udir.no/kl06/v201906/laereplaner-lk20/HIF01-03.pdf?lang=nob
 
12:45 - 13:3004 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Poster

Czech and Finnish Teacher in the Background of Inclusive Education

Veronika Bačová

Technical University of L, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Bačová, Veronika

The aim of the dissertation is to describe and compare the views and experiences of teachers working with pupils in the complex current conditions of inclusive education in the Czech Republic and Finland. On the basis of the summary of the results of the research part of the thesis, real teacher profiles in the Czech Republic and Finland will be created and compared and these profiles will be interpreted against the background of the complex conditions of education in the Czech Republic and Finland. The final output will be the creation of an empirically based competent primary school teacher in inclusive education conditions. The thesis will also offer recommendations for teacher professionalisation in the Czech environment.
Research questions:
VO1 What professional competencies do teachers in mainstream classrooms consider crucial in ensuring quality teaching in inclusive education?
VO2 How do teachers assess their mastery of professional competencies in the context of inclusive education?
VO3 What teaching concepts/activities in teaching do teachers choose to ensure quality inclusive education?
VO4 What are the real conditions to practice the teaching profession , what other factors influence the teacher's work and what conditions do teachers need for their work?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To achieve the objectives of the thesis, a case study design was chosen because, according to Handel (2008, p. 104), a case study allows "a detailed study of one or a few cases." The case chosen was a primary school teacher in a diverse inclusive education setting. The research sample of participants consisted of a total of 20 participants (10 Czech primary school teachers and 10 Finnish primary school teachers). When selecting the participants themselves, a purposive and purposeful sampling was chosen, following predefined criteria, so that participants with high variability were selected, i.e. with a high telling value that will yield rich data on the phenomenon under study (Novotná, Špaček & Jantulová, 2019): (1) two teachers teaching in a capital city; (2) two teachers teaching in an urban school; (3) two teachers teaching in a faculty school; (4) two teachers teaching in a school with an increased number of pupils with a different mother tongue; (5) two teachers teaching in a school with an increased number of socially excluded pupils. Three main methods of case study were chosen for data collection according to Stake (1995): literature study, observation and interview, due to data triangulation. The final method was comparison in line with the research as a collective case study defined above, which is used in comparative studies. For the initial data analysis, case studies of each case under study were created. Subsequently, the interviews were transcribed. The coded categories were subsequently integrated to produce a description of the phenomena under study. This data complemented the original individual case histories and an ideal profile of the primary school teacher was created, which provided answers to the research questions. The interpretation of the data was based on an emic perspective and is ordered by describing the case one part at a time (Stake, 1995). The final step was the comparison of these profiles between the Czech Republic and Finland with further elaboration - identifying suggestions for improving the work of the Czech teacher and creating an empirically based profile of the primary school teacher in the conditions of inclusive education.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As part of the research outputs, an empirically based profile of a competent teacher in the conditions of inclusive education was designed from below, based on the experiences and opinions of the interviewed teachers. This profile corresponds to the European Profile of the Inclusive Teacher. Both build on the importance of values and attitudes, collaboration and professional development of the teacher. In our opinion, the competency framework for student teachers, which is currently being developed at the Ministry of Education in the Czech Republic, should also include requirements related to the expected work of graduates in an inclusive classroom and school environment. However, the emphasis on values and attitudes such as respect, diversity and tolerance in the work of the graduate teacher is absent from the current draft, the importance of the personal component and the development of soft skills is neglected and the emphasis remains on knowledge. In our view, the emerging framework does not yet reflect the results of international research or the recommendations contained in existing professional frameworks or standards, where the emphasis on the development of attitudes and skills associated with teaching in a heterogeneous classroom is already expressed in various ways.
References
Hendl, J. (2008). Kvalitativní výzkum: Základy teorie, metody a aplikace. Portál
Novotná, N., Špaček, O., Jantulová, M (Eds.). (2019). Metody výzkumu ve společenských vědách. FHS UK.
Stake R., (1995). Art of Case Study Research. Sage Publications.


04. Inclusive Education
Poster

Predictors of Czech Primary School Teachers’ Attitudes Towards Inclusive Education: a Multilevel Model

Jakub Pivarč

J. E. Purkyně University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Pivarč, Jakub

One of the most frequent issues in relation to inclusive education (IE) in the research field is the topic of teachers’ attitudes, concerns, self-efficacy, intentions, etc., which reflects the international debate on inclusion. These 'constructs' rightly belong to the focus of researchers’ analytical attention. In particular, teachers’ attitudes have been empirically demonstrated many times to be crucial for the successful implementation of inclusive practices in the context of collaborative learning for diverse learners, as well as in the approach to individualization and differentiation of instruction (e.g., Hellmich et al., 2019; Schwab & Alnahdi, 2023).

The Czech Republic has adopted many measures in the past two decades based on international recommendations and legal judicial decisions (ECtHR, 2007 – the case of D. H. and Others v. the Czech Republic). Czech educators have been inspired by more advanced education systems in other countries that have successfully implemented IE (Norway, Finland, etc.). The idea of IE in the Czech Republic, however, comes into strong confrontation with the domestic tradition of special education. Like other former post-communist countries in Europe, the Czech Republic is still coping with the consequences of the long-term process of fragmentation and institutionalization of pupils with special educational needs (SEN), e.g. early selection and other inequalities in education. Probably the most extensive research to date in the Czech Republic (Pivarč, 2020) which has mapped the perception of IE by teachers and principals of primary schools shows that teachers from Czech primary schools did not declare clearly positive attitudes towards IE.

A number of research studies have shown that teachers’ negative attitudes towards IE can be perceived as an undesirable phenomenon and may represent a significant barrier to the systemic changes in education. Studies show that teachers’ attitudes towards IE are associated with the implementation of inclusive practices in practice, are relatively stable, and may be difficult to change. Some studies point to a significant association between teachers’ self-efficacy, intentions, concerns, readiness, perceived support, or experience with IE, and teachers’ attitudes toward IE (Yada et al., 2022). In particular, behaviour/intent (the conative component) has been cited as a key factor, as well as high level of self-efficacy, which generally predict more positive teacher attitudes towards IE – however, a significant effect of the relationship between these factors has not always been clearly confirmed (Savolainen et al., 2020). Attitudes also tend to be associated with sociocultural and demographic factors. Demographic variables such as gender or age, however, appear to be particularly significant with respect to the type and severity of disabilities of the students that teachers encounter in their practice.

In the Czech research context, there have not been many studies analysing predictors of primary school teachers’ attitudes towards IE using a hierarchical multilevel structural model. The aim of this research was to analyse selected predictors at the individual and school (contextual) level and to find out which have a more significant effect on the attitudes of primary school teachers in relation to IE. Main research question: Do the variables predicting primary school teachers’ attitudes towards IE take into account teachers perceived self-efficacy and intention towards IE, gender and number of years of experience in education (individual level) and the average level of school teachers’ self-efficacy and intention towards IE, the tenure of the school inclusion coordinator and the schools’ experience with IE (school level)?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A total of 1,434 teachers (Nwomen=1,256; 88%) from a total of 140 regular public primary schools from all 14 regions of the Czech Republic chose to participate in the study (a two-step quota sampling was used). In terms of age structure, teachers in the age category 41–50 years were the most represented in the study (525; 37%). The average declared length of experience of the teachers in education was 21.6 years. The research sample included only public primary schools (special schools were not included) but with different socio-demographic characteristics (e.g. schools with extended foreign language teaching, specialised in sports etc.). Each primary school had a particular number of teachers selected (there were always 5 teachers of a lower primary and 5 teachers of an upper primary school). This research was reviewed and approved by the Ethics Committee of the J. E. Purkyně University (Faculty of Education) (no. pf_ujep_11/2023/02).
 
In this study, the Czech version (Pivarč, 2023) of the 8-item Attitudes Towards Inclusion (ωAIS=0.90), the 7-item Intention to Teach in Inclusive Classroom (ωITICS=0.75) scale (Sharma & Jacobs, 2016), the 18-item Teacher Efficacy for Inclusive Practices (ωTEIP=0.92) questionnaire (Sharma et al., 2012) along with a questionnaire that measures demographic variables of the teachers (age, gender, number of years of experience in education) were used. These instruments achieved high reliability (McDonald’s ω ≥ 0.75). The questionnaires were given to primary school participants in-person via trained interviewers.
 
Given the characteristics of the data and the research objectives, the analyses were based on two-level structural modelling with fixed and random effects. Multilevel modelling allows separating teacher-level characteristics that differ between teachers and school-level characteristics (which are common to all teachers in a given school). The total raw score of the AIS scale is the dependent cardinal variable that is explained by the first- and second-level predictors.
 
First, a Null model with no variables is estimated. It is determined whether there are significant differences in attitudes between teachers and schools. The variance at the individual and group level is evaluated by the values of the intra-class correlation coefficient (ICC). Then, Model 1 with individual variables is estimated. At the second level, Model 2 is also extended with school variables (without interactions). Parameter estimation was performed using the maximum likelihood method. The estimated models are compared using the Akaike (AIC) and Bayesian information criterion (BIC). The data analysis was conducted using SPSS v26.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The null model included only intercept and random effects for teachers and schools (AIC=4525; BIC=4541). Test results showed that it was not possible to ignore the higher-level hierarchy. ICC values showed that 14% of the total variance was accounted for at the school level (p<0.001). Differences in attitudes towards IE were 86% attributed to individual-level (i.e. teacher-level) predictors.
 
Model 1 (AIC=4221; BIC=4258) was then tested with individual-level variables (self-efficacy, intention, gender, and number of years of experience in education). Results showed that higher levels of self-efficacy (b=0.146, p=0.03) and intention (b=0.722, p<0.001) positively predicted teachers’ attitudes toward IE. In contrast, females (b=−0.194, p=0.02) had more negative attitudes towards IE compared to males. Number of years of experience in education was not related to attitudes (p>0.05).
 
Individual and school-level predictors were controlled for in Model 3 (AIC=4197; BIC=4255; ICC=7%). There appeared to be differences between schools. Attitudes towards IE were positively predicted by higher mean scores of schools on the ITICS scale (bintention=0.871, p<0.001). The same was true for schools that had experience of implementing IE (b=0.170, p<0.01). Teacher self-efficacy (b=0.150, p=0.03), intention (b=0.651, p<0.001) and gender (b=-0.187, p=0.03) remained significant predictors.
 
Overall, the results in this research show that teachers from Czech primary schools declared more neutral (reserved) attitudes on the AIS scale (M=3,72, SD=1,20). There were differences in teachers’ attitudes depending on whether the school where they teach has experience and declares its intention to implement IE. Declared intention to implement IE among individual teachers also emerged as a significant predictor of attitudes towards IE, as did self-efficacy and gender (however, in line with some studies -Yada et al., 2022- the effects of these predictors were rather weaker). A limitation of the research is that even after controlling for predictors, significant differences remained that need to be further analysed.

References
European court of human rights. (2007). Case of D. H. and others v. The Czech Republic (no. 57325/00). Strasbourg. Available from: https://hudoc.echr.coe.int/eng#{%22appno%22:[%2257325/00%22],%22itemid%22:[%22001-83256%22]}
 
Hellmich, F., Löper, M., & Görel, G. (2019). The role of primary school teachers’ attitudes and self-efficacy beliefs for everyday practices in inclusive classrooms – a study on the verification of the ‘Theory of Planned Behaviour’. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 19(1), 36–48. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12476
 
Pivarč, J. (2020). Na cestě k inkluzi: proměny pedagogických procesů ve vzdělávání a jejich pojetí učiteli a zástupci vedení ZŠ [On the path to inclusion: changes in the conception of pedagogical processes in education by primary school teachers and school management]. Praha: Univerzita Karlova, Pedagogická fakulta.
 
Pivarč, J. (2023). Psychometric analysis of the AIS, ITICS and TEIP questionnaires among teachers in Czech primary schools. The European Conference on Educational Research: The Value of Diversity in Education and Educational Research, Glasgow, Scotland. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.8014768
 
Saloviita, T. (2020). Attitudes of Teachers Towards Inclusive Education in Finland. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 64(2), 270–282. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1541819
 
Savolainen, H., Malinen, O., P., & Schwab, S. (2020). Teacher efficacy predicts teachers’ attitudes towards inclusion – a longitudinal cross-lagged analysis. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(9), 958–972. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2020.1752826
 
Sharma, U., & Jacobs, K. (2016). Predicting in-service educators’ intentions to teach in inclusive classrooms in India and Australia. Teaching and Teacher Education, 55(3), 13–23. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.12.004
 
Sharma, U., Loreman, T., & Forlin, Ch. (2012). Measuring Teacher Efficacy to Implement Inclusive Practices. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 12(1), 12–21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-3802.2011.01200.x
 
Schwab, S. & Alnahdi, G., H. (2023). Does the same teacher’s attitude fit all students? Uncovering student-specific variance of teachers’ attitudes towards all of their students. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2023.2221235
 
Yada, A., Leskinen, M., Savolainen, H., & Schwab, S. (2022). Meta-analysis of the relationship between teachers’ self-efficacy and attitudes toward inclusive education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 109, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103521


04. Inclusive Education
Poster

Noise- Cancelling Technology and Autistic Students with Auditory Sensory Difficulties in School; A Scoping Review.

Marte Karoline Herrebrøden, Georgios Marentakis, Anders Dechsling, Anders Johan Nordahl- Hansen

Østfold University College, Norway

Presenting Author: Herrebrøden, Marte Karoline

The main objective of this study is to provide an appropriate theoretical framework for the integration of noise-cancelling technology into everyday school life for autistic students with auditory sensory difficulties. Research in this area is sporadic and lacks integration of research from the traditionally distinct fields of special needs education and noise- cancelling technology (Kulawiak, 2021). This study aims to address this research gap and answer the research question:

‘What is an appropriate theoretical framework for the integration of noise- cancelling technology in the everyday school life of autistic students with auditory sensory difficulties?’

There is a broad international consensus that inclusion in education should be both a guiding principle and an aspirational goal for all students (UNESCO, 1994, 2005). The UN-aligned 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development emphasises the need for a continued global commitment to ensure inclusive and equitable education for all (United Nations, 2023). In addition, the Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities is important to ensure that children with disabilities are not excluded from education because of their disability, that they receive the necessary support within the mainstream education system and that reasonable accommodation is provided (United Nations, 2007). An important contribution to promoting inclusive education is the design of technology-rich learning environments that are flexible and meet the needs of diverse learners, often defined as digital inclusive education (European Commission et al., 2021). Digital inclusive education should consider how digital tools, such as noise- cancelling technology, can benefit marginalised groups from the outset, rather than as an afterthought. (UNESCO, 2021).

Autism is a heterogeneous, lifelong neurodevelopmental condition. Sensory difficulties have recently been added to the diagnostic criteria and are now considered a core feature of the condition (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Atypical sensory experiences can manifest in all modalities, with auditory sensory difficulties reported to be the most common in autistic individuals (Neave- DiToro et al., 2020; O’Connor, 2012; Williams et al., 2021).

As a result, everyday sounds are often perceived as overwhelming, intense, and frightening and can become a source of distress that affects school participation for autistic students (Tyler et al., 2014). Such strong physiological responses lead to reduced concentration, distractibility and increased off-task behaviour, which affects cognition and learning in school (Howe and Stagg, 2016). Studies have shown that autistic students with auditory difficulties are at higher risk of experiencing challenges in school, such as increased stress and anxiety, decreased concentration, learning difficulties, social challenges and general distress (Hall et al., 2016; Howe & Stagg, 2016; Neave- DiToro et al., 2020).

Given these significant challenges and the risk of being excluded or denied equal learning opportunities because of their disability, it is important to focus on how the school environment can be adapted to compensate for the potential challenges that autistic students with auditory difficulties may experience in school. Noise- cancelling technology holds great promise in this context. To reduce potential negative experiences with auditory stimuli, studies (Neave- DiToro, 2020; Pfeiffer et al., 2019) show that the use of noise-cancelling technology is beneficial for autistic students with auditory difficulties in school, helping to reduce auditory distraction and distress and improve their learning potential. Noise-cancelling headphones are often used for this purpose and can be divided into two main categories, passive and active. Both provide basic sound insulation, but in addition active noise- cancelling headphones can often reproduce sound and fade in ambient noise. Both active and passive noise- cancellation do not provide complete noise isolation, but they do attenuate the intensity of sound to some degree (Kulawiak, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a scoping review study that aims to provide an appropriate theoretical framework for the integration of noise-cancelling technology in the everyday school life of autistic students with auditory sensory difficulties. There is a paucity of research in this area, especially research that integrates both special need education and noise- cancelling technology research on autistic students. It is therefore crucial to gain an overview of the research field and to synthesise research from traditionally different fields. This is considered important in its own right, but also to provide a solid basis for ensuring high quality in the crucial decision of designing future studies, and to ground them in well-documented research gaps. In the longer term, gaining knowledge in this field is particularly important as it can contribute to increased awareness and discussion on how to best facilitate for autistic students with auditory difficulties in school, and potentially to more inclusive education in practice.

In this scoping review, the focus will be on five overarching aspects relevant to the research question: (1) autism, (2) noise- cancelling technology, (3) auditory sensory difficulties, (4) school settings, and (5) effects of interventions. A range of databases both general and across different fields, including grey literature will be searched and will be included or excluded on the grounds of set criteria. Both qualitative and quantitative (mainly descriptive statistics) will make up the basis for the analyses. This review will be conducted in accordance with the PRISMA framework (Tricco et al., 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcome of this study is a review of relevant empirical research and the state of the art in integrating the two traditionally disparate research fields of special education and audio technology.
It is expected that this review will provide evidence on a range of conditions that may be relevant to the appropriateness of using noise cancelling technology in schools for autistic students with auditory difficulties. The conditions that are expected to be important include, but may not be limited to, different noise conditions, the type of academic task, individual differences between students and different types of noise-cancelling technology.
In addition, the results are expected to provide evidence about the impact of the use of noise cancelling technology on students in the school, both in terms of academic, social and emotional aspects. In this context, it is important to focus on both possible advantages and disadvantages.
It is also expected that this research will help to identify potential research gaps in the existing research on the integration of noise cancelling technology into the everyday school life of autistic students with auditory difficulties. It will also provide a sound basis for where further research in this area should focus.
The outcome of this research is expected to contribute to increased awareness of the standards of evidence-based practice for good adaptations in the use of noise- cancelling technology in schools for autistic students with auditory difficulties. And what further implications this may have for educational practice and further research.

References
American Psychiatric Association (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (5th edition) (DSM-5). Washington, DC: APA.
Hall, A. J., Humphriss, R., Baguley, D. M., Parker, M., & Steer, C. D. (2016). Prevalence and risk factors for reduced sound tolerance (hyperacusis) in children. International Journal of Audiology, 55(3), 135–141. https://doi.org/10.3109/14992027. 2015.1092055  
Howe, F.E.J. and Stagg, S.D. (2016). How Sensory Experiences Affect Adolescents with an Autistic Spectrum Condition within the Classroom. J Autism Dev Disord 46, 1656–1668. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10803-015-2693-1
Kulawiak, P. R. (2021). Academic benefits of wearing noise-cancelling headphones during class for typically developing students and students with special needs: A scoping review, Cogent Education, 8: 1957530.  https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2021.1957530
Neave-DiToro, D., Fuse, A., & Bergen, M. (2021). Knowledge and awareness of ear protection devices for sound sensitivity by individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders. Language, Speech, and Hearing Services in Schools, 52(1), 409-425.https://doi.org/10.1044/2020_LSHSS-19-00119
O'Connor, K. (2012). Auditory processing in autism spectrum disorder: A review. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 36(2), 836–854. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neubiorev.2011.11.008
Pfeiffer, B., Raee, S. E. & Slugg, L. (2019) Impact of Noise-Attenuating Headphones on Participation in the Home, Community, and School for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder, Physical & Occupational Therapy In Pediatrics, 39:1, 60-76. https://doi.org/10.1080/01942638.2018.1496963
Tyler, R.S., Pienkowski, M., Roncancio, E.R., Jun, H.J., Brozoski, T., Dauman, N., Coelho, C.B., Andersson, G., Keiner, A.J., Cacace, A.T., Martin, N., Moore, B.C.J., (2014. A review of hyperacusis and future directions: part I. Definitions and manifestations. Am. J. Audiol. 23 (4), 402–419. https://doi.org/10.1044/2014_AJA14-0010.
Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O'Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D., … Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA Extension for Scoping Reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and Explanation. https://doi.org/10.7326/M18-0850
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). (1994). The Salamanca Statement and framework for action on special needs education. Paris (France): UNESCO.
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO). (2005). Guidelines for Inclusion: Ensuring Access to Education for All. Paris (France): UNESCO.
United Nations (UN). Sustainable development goals. [cited 2024 Jan. 26]. Available from: https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/sustainable-development-goals/
United Nations (UN). Convention on the rights of persons with disabilities. UN; 2007 [cited 2024 Jan. 26]. Available from: https://social.desa.un.org/issues/disability/crpd/convention-on-the-rights-of-persons-with-disabilities-crpd
Williams, Z. J., Suzman, E., & Woynaroski, T. G. (2021). Prevalence of decreased sound tolerance (hyperacusis) in individuals with autism spectrum disorder: A meta-analysis. Ear and Hearing, 42(5), 1137-1150. DOI: 10.1097/AUD.0000000000001005


04. Inclusive Education
Poster

Co-Creating inclusive school communities

Raisa Ahtiainen1,2, Mihaela Stîngu3, Elena Marin3, Frank Brückel4, Tiina Lindfors1

1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2Tallinn University, Estonia; 3University of Bucharest, Romania; 4Zurich University of Teacher Education, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Ahtiainen, Raisa

Inclusion constitutes both a guiding principle and a practical approach dedicated to ensuring the participation in education for all individuals, irrespective of their backgrounds or individual characteristics (e.g., culture, religion, gender, ability, SES; Grace & Gravestock, 2008; Göransson & Nilholm, 2014). This as a goal involves active cultivation of an environment that not only embraces but also celebrates diversity, fostering a sense of belonging and equal opportunities for all. Inclusion involves valuing and facilitating the full participation and belonging of everyone in all aspects of the school communities (Cologon, 2019). These kinds of school communities respect their members and provide a safe learning environment for everyone, including the adults working in the school. Further, in these communities everyone can learn and is allowed to express their opinions, raise awareness, and develop their skills.

In a school community, there are not only shared tasks, there are also common goods. When teachers and students are together engaged in an educational community, they can see themselves as members of a collective in a pursuit of educational goods (Westheimer, 2008; Bielaczyc, & Collins, 2013). These goods define the nature of education, and may help to build the identity of the members of the school community. To develop inclusive school communities, teachers and school leaders should persevere with the continuing professional development in order to be able to respond to the needs of all learners (Marin, 2014); their beliefs and practices have to meet the needs of diverse learners in an inclusive school culture. In addition, school communities that value and respect their members and provide a safe learning environment are more likely to be inclusive (Bielaczyc & Collins, 2013).

All the above lays the grounds for an initiative carried out through an Erasmus+ project: Co-Creating Inclusive School Communities (2021-2024). The primary objective of the project is to provide support to educational institutions in fortifying inclusive school communities characterised by the warm reception, respect, valuation, and empowerment of every participant, thereby fostering an environment that embraces and celebrates diversity across cultural, religious, gender, ability, and socio-economic spectrums. Several schools in Europe struggle with establishing equitable opportunities for all learners (Ainscow, et al., 2013). Addressing this issue necessitates the cultivation of an inclusive community where each stakeholder (including teachers, students, parents, school leaders) actively participates and feels responsible for the development of inclusive school cultures, while also receiving support in both individual and collective learning processes. The nexus between the learning environment and social milieu is paramount within such inclusive school communities. Specifically, this project concentrates on the social environment. Through the establishment of inclusive school communities, educational institutions can enhance engagement with internal and external stakeholders, thereby increasing the likelihood of achieving sustainable advancements toward optimal and egalitarian opportunities for all learners.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To support schools in their development towards inclusive school communities the project has developed a Toolbox that helps schools to evaluate their inclusiveness and develop their practices. Through the use of the toolbox, schools are guided to address four fundamental questions:  What are the characteristics of inclusive school communities; What are inspiring examples of inclusive school communities? What does it look like in practice?; How inclusive is our school community?; What can we do to strengthen the inclusiveness of our school community?
The project has delivered a comprehensive Toolbox consisting of different elements. The first element is a Conceptual Tool (two conceptual frameworks) whose aim is to outline and discuss the various ways of defining inclusiveness as a key factor of school communities. This tool translates academic insights into conceptualisations that are more approachable for teachers and principals. Further, the Conceptual Tool discusses inclusive school communities from the perspective of a change process and the main phases related to it. The second element is an Inspirational Tool consisting of vignettes capturing a variety of features related to inclusive school communities. The vignettes focus on engagement of all school community members (students, teachers, parents) and collaboration between teachers. The vignettes cover empowering stories regarding the process of inclusion and on how to deal with questions around belonging and social inclusion.
The third element is the Analytical Tool aimed at helping professionals working in schools to evaluate the degree of inclusiveness of their school community and identify needs for development. The tool is based on the concept of inclusive school communities and the means for school development described in the conceptual framework. The analytical tool has been built on the idea of schools as learning communities where collaborative learning processes foster change towards inclusiveness. The tool provides means for evaluating and reflecting key elements of inclusive school communities. Through the evaluation the tool can help teachers and leaders to identify areas for improvement and find next steps
The fourth element consists of creating a Guide to implement the above-mentioned pieces of the toolbox. All the parts of the toolbox presented above have developed by project members from 7
countries (Canada, Estonia, Finland, Liechtenstein, the Netherlands, Romania, Switzerland) and further analysed and revised during co-creation sessions with pilot schools. All tools are tested for practicality and revised in an iterative process.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim with the Toolbox is to strengthen awareness, foster deeper understanding, and create a common conceptual basis for schools to work with. Trying to respond to the needs of the teachers a variety of means (tools) were produced to spread the information regarding a school community based on the principle of inclusion: conceptual frameworks, videos and inspirational examples (vignettes) for teachers and school leaders as examples of what an inclusive school community can look like and how it may function. Moreover, the analytical tool provides means for evaluating and reflecting key elements of inclusive school communities. The analytical tool will help schools to identify areas for improvement and possible next steps for developing towards practices that are (more) inclusive.
Taking into consideration that the project is ongoing, the project’s partners now focus on an overall review and assessment of the relevancy and effectiveness of the toolbox accompanied by an overall user guide. All the different tools will be reviewed and assessed, so schools will find guidance and clarity in the manual on how the different tools together can support implementation and development of inclusive school communities by providing feedback, inspiration and ideas for the next steps.

References
Ainscow, M., Dyson, A., Goldrick, S., & West, M. (2013). Developing equitable education systems. Routledge.
Bielaczyc, K., & Collins, A. (2013). Learning communities in classrooms: A reconceptualization of educational practice. In Instructional-design theories and models (pp. 269-292). Routledge.
Cologon, K. (2019). Towards inclusive education: A necessary process of transformation.
Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings–a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. European journal of special needs education, 29(3), 265-280.).
Grace, S., & Gravestock, P. (2008). Inclusion and diversity: Meeting the needs of all students. Routledge.
Marin, E. (2016). Teacher education for inclusion-the premises for implementing a new initial teacher training programme. Specialusis ugdymas, 2(35), 9-37.
Strike KA.(1999). Can Schools be Communities? The Tension between Shared Values and Inclusion. Educational Administration Quarterly. 35(1):46-70. doi:10.1177/00131619921968464
Swanson, J. W. (2004). Diversity: creating an environment of inclusiveness. Nursing Administration Quarterly, 28(3), 207-211.
Westheimer, J. (2008). Learning among colleagues: Teacher community and the shared enterprise of education 1. Handbook of research on teacher education, 756-783.
 
12:45 - 13:3005 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Poster

Unveiling Insights on Happiness, Joy, Mental Health, Resilience, and Gratitude through Voices of Adolescents in Slovenia and Austria

Igor Peras1, Manja Veldin1, Masa Vidmar1, Michaela Wright2, Franziska Reitegger2,3, Lea Hochgatterer3

1Educational Research Institute; 2Research Center for Inclusive Education, University of Graz; 3Institute of Education Research and Teacher Education, Inclusive Education Unit, University of Graz

Presenting Author: Peras, Igor

Mental health is an important aspect to consider in the overall wellbeing of an individual. Many mental health related concerns and illnesses (such as anxiety and depression) have their onset in adolescence with studies showing that having mental health problems before age 14 leads to increased risk of developing mental disorders in adulthood (Mulraney et al., 2021). Moreover, recent evidence points towards a mental health paradigm that focuses on fully established mental health disorders in adulthood while relatively neglecting prevention and early intervention efforts in youth (Uhlhaas et al., 2023). As adolescence can be a challenging time in human development with individuals beginning to attain the skills and competencies necessary for becoming productive adults (Barker, 2007), as well as it is a development period being of utmost importance for social and occupational adjustment (Thompson et al., 2020), it is essential to take care of mental health and mental health literacy (Nobre et al., 2021) of this population. Moreover, the affiliation adolescents currently have towards using digital devices and social media might put their mental health at risk even further but there is limited evidence (Girela-Serrano et al., 2022). Taking the above into consideration, with changes in adolescent mental health also reported during the COVID-19 pandemic (Panchal et al., 2023), there is a clear need for developing evidence-based digital interventions that are aimed at youth with the goal of preventing mental health concerns and equipping youth with the knowledge and skills necessary to provide help for themselves and/or their peers when encountering mental health challenges.

The above is outlined in the purpose of creating a digital program being developed and aimed at fostering the mental health and resilience of students aged 12 to 15 years old (within a project called me_HeLi-D). Even though there are some established digital programs for mental health of youth (e.g. Manicavasagar et al., 2014), more has to be done to provide universal prevention programs to youth. The involvement of the youth in the process of developing the program is one such example and the me_HeLi-D program aims to fill this gap.

The me_HeLi-D program is being designed as part of a participatory approach (Orlowski et al., 2015) in which students are seen as experts of their experience and help researchers with their feedback and preference in the development of the digital program. Using a participatory approach in development can increase the chances of acceptability and usability as students are included in the design process. This means that researchers do not just come up with ideas on what is best for students, but students take on the role of active participants in the design process, which increases the likelihood that the program will be used.

As part of the participatory approach in me_HeLi-D, participatory workshops were conducted in project partner schools. The workshops focused on the design and content elements of the digital program. In the following paper, we focus on student’s voices and perspectives on mental health. As mental health is not just the absence of mental illness, but also encourages aspects of mental wellbeing (i.e. the positive aspects of mental health, Tennant et al., 2007), such as happiness and joy, our aim is to incorporate these constructs within the digital program. Previous research has shown that mental health is related to happiness, joy, resilience, and gratitude (Bono et al., 2023; Schultze-Lutter et al., 2016).

In the present presentation we aim to answer the following research questions:

1) What are the students’ voices on happiness, joy, mental health, resilience, and gratitude? 2) How can these voices be incorporated into the me_HeLi-D program?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participatory workshops were conducted with students in order to directly include them in the developmental process of the me_HeLi-D program. The workshops were conducted with students from Slovenia, Austria, and Poland and led by researchers with the help of teachers at each country’s participating partner school. In the present paper, we focus on the second set of participatory workshops conducted in December of 2023 in Slovenian and Austrian partner schools. These workshops focused on the aspects of the tool related to content in which students gave their opinions, views, ideas and suggestions on examples of activities that will be in the final version of the digital program. The workshops included 30 students from Slovenia and 33 from Austria aged between 12 and 15 years.
This presentation focuses on the “Recoding Lab” activity in which students were asked to give their view on concepts such as happiness, joy, gratitude, resilience, and on what mental health means to them. Students recorded their answers in pairs on portable audio recording devices in an interview style setting. This enabled students to use their words to describe important concepts related to their perceptions of mental health and wellbeing.  
Concerning happiness, joy, and mental health. Students were asked to record their answers to the following items: “What makes you happy?”, “What brings you joy?”, and “What does mental health mean to you?”. Concerning, resilience and gratefulness, students were asked: “What is/are your source(s) of resilience?” and “What are you grateful for?”. For these two questions students then described photos they took in a past activity in which they had to take a picture of something that they are grateful for or is a source of resilience.
Audio transcripts of students’ answers were prepared in a spreadsheet. Data was analyzed using the thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006). For each question themes were developed to best describe the student responses. Data was analyzed by country (Slovenia, Austria) as well as pooled together. Spreadsheets were used to perform the thematic analysis.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results provide students’ views on happiness, joy, mental health, resilience and gratitude in Austria and Slovenia. Students explained the meaning of these concepts to them and application in their daily lives. This gives important insight on students' understanding of mental health and wellbeing as they were not provided with any definitions.  
Not every student responded to each mental health related concept, however at least one concept was answered by all the students included in the results. Concerning joy, students gave answers such as: hanging out, getting good grades in school, listening to music, playing with the family dog etc. Concerning happiness, students gave answers such as: family and friends, playing football, playing games, music. Concerning mental health, students gave answers such as: when someone feels alright, being happy, inner wellbeing, feeling good, having a good time, learning to love and accept yourself. Concerning resilience, answers were: family, friends, playing sport, listening to music with headphones. Concerning gratitude, answers were focused around family, friends, living in a certain place. Results show that students gave similar answers to most questions showing the interplay of these concepts in their view of mental health. Frequency analysis as well as comparison between the two countries (similarities and differences) will also be discussed in order to put results in a European perspective.
Based on these results the me_HeLi-D program will be tailored to meet the needs of European students as the program is jointly prepared by partners in Slovenia, Austria, Poland, and Bulgaria. Careful consideration will be applied in terms of the language used in the program and in the case of examples that students can relate to based on their country context (i.e. what mental health means to students). Considerations for the me_HeLi-D program and practical applications from the students’ voices will be presented.

References
Bono, G., Duffy, T., & Merz, E. L. (2023). Gratitude and Adolescents’ Mental Health and Well-Being: Effects and Gender Differences for a Positive Social Media Intervention in High Schools. Education Sciences, 13(3), 320.
Girela-Serrano, B. M., Spiers, A. D. V., Ruotong, L., Gangadia, S., Toledano, M. B., & Di Simplicio, M. (2022). Impact of mobile phones and wireless devices use on children and adolescents’ mental health: A systematic review. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry.
Mulraney, M., Coghill, D., Bishop, C., Mehmed, Y., Sciberras, E., Sawyer, M., Efron, D., & Hiscock, H. (2021). A systematic review of the persistence of childhood mental health problems into adulthood. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 129, 182–205.
Nobre, J., Oliveira, A. P., Monteiro, F., Sequeira, C., & Ferré-Grau, C. (2021). Promotion of Mental Health Literacy in Adolescents: A Scoping Review. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 18(18), 9500.
Orlowski, S. K., Lawn, S., Venning, A., Winsall, M., Jones, G. M., Wyld, K., Damarell, R. A., Antezana, G., Schrader, G., Smith, D., Collin, P., & Bidargaddi, N. (2015). Participatory Research as One Piece of the Puzzle: A Systematic Review of Consumer Involvement in Design of Technology-Based Youth Mental Health and Well-Being Interventions. JMIR Human Factors, 2(2), e12.
Panchal, U., Salazar De Pablo, G., Franco, M., Moreno, C., Parellada, M., Arango, C., & Fusar-Poli, P. (2023). The impact of COVID-19 lockdown on child and adolescent mental health: Systematic review. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 32(7), 1151–1177.
Schultze-Lutter, F., Schimmelmann, B. G., & Schmidt, S. J. (2016). Resilience, risk, mental health and well-being: Associations and conceptual differences. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 25(5), 459–466.
Thompson, E. J., Richards, M., Ploubidis, G. B., Fonagy, P., & Patalay, P. (2020). Changes in the adult consequences of adolescent mental health: Findings from the 1958 and 1970 British birth cohorts [Preprint]. Epidemiology.
Uhlhaas, P. J., Davey, C. G., Mehta, U. M., Shah, J., Torous, J., Allen, N. B., Avenevoli, S., Bella-Awusah, T., Chanen, A., Chen, E. Y. H., Correll, C. U., Do, K. Q., Fisher, H. L., Frangou, S., Hickie, I. B., Keshavan, M. S., Konrad, K., Lee, F. S., Liu, C. H., … Wood, S. J. (2023). Towards a youth mental health paradigm: A perspective and roadmap. Molecular Psychiatry, 28(8), 3171–3181.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Poster

Well-being Indicators and PISA 2022 Mathematic Achievements Among Students with Migrant Background: the Cases of Slovenia, Estonia and Finland

Ana Mlekuž

Educational Research Institute, Slovenia

Presenting Author: Mlekuž, Ana

The way students adapt to the educational system becomes apparent by their performance, evaluated through both self-perception and grades (Goñi, Ros & Fernández-Lasarte, 2018). Several research (Jung & Zhang, 2016; Lauderdale & Heckman, 2017; Motti-Stefanidi et al., 2015) consistently indicate higher dropout risks for young immigrant students compared to native students (Motti-Stefanidi et al., 2015). Moreover, several PISA cycles reveal a significant academic performance gap between native and immigrant students in European countries (OECD, 2019 & 2023). Different factors such as early educational tracking, migrant students’ origin, destination country, and migrant group contribute to this inequality (Sporlein & Schlueter, 2018). Notably, disparities persist among first- and second-generation immigrant students, even when excluding socioeconomic variables (OECD, 2019 & 2023). School environments, practices, and resources which promote students’ well-being can help migrant students overcome achievement gaps (Agasisti et al., 2021). Relevant aspects include high-quality physical and technical resources, positive school and classroom climates, and extracurricular activities (Borman and Overman, 2004; Cheema and Kitsantas, 2014; Lavoven and Laaksonen, 2009; Blomfield and Barber, 2011).

This poster primarily focuses on exploring differences in mathematical achievement among native and migrant students and the predicting factors across five well-being domains, as defined by Kaya and Erdem (2021). Based on extensive literature review they defined five domains of well-being as:

  • subjective well-being, associated with the hedonic perspective, evaluates individuals' overall assessments of life, including positive emotions, life satisfaction, and minimal negative feelings
  • psychological well-being, based on Ryff's (Ryff & Keyes, 1995) model, includes sense of autonomy, growth, mastery, purpose, positive relations with others, and self-acceptance
  • social well-being includes feelings of connection to a community and functioning in it and involves five dimensions: social integration, social acceptance, social contribution, social actualization, and social coherence
  • cognitive well-being, a subjective component, involves life appraisals, including academic proficiency, collaboration, and problem-solving
  • physical well-being considers health, exercise, and diet, often measured subjectively or objectively

This study specifically investigates these aspects among students with a migrant background and native students in Slovenia who are part of the PISA 2022 sample. Additionally, the poster conducts a comparative analysis between Slovenian data and data from two other EU countries, namely Finland and Estonia. The choice of these two countries stems from their performance in first-generation mathematics achievement in PISA, with Estonian first-generation migrant students demonstrating high achievements and Finnish first-generation migrant students exhibiting low achievements. Furthermore, the selection is also based on the Migrant Integration Policy Index assessment, indicating the responsiveness of the educational systems in these countries to the needs of immigrant children, with both Estonia and Finland representing highly responsive systems.

Using the PISA 2022 data, the poster initially examines differences in mathematical achievement as one of the indicators of the successful adaptation of immigrant students (both first- and second-generation). Subsequently, based on the premise that well-being is demonstrated to be linked to achievement (Berger et al., 2011; Gutman & Vorhaus, 2012; Novello et al., 1992) it analyses and compares factors across well-being domains, namely subjective, psychological, social, cognitive, and physical.

The overarching goal of the poster is to determine which well-being domains can predict the mathematical achievement of migrant students, providing guidelines to schools and policymakers. Additionally, the study's findings address issues of equal opportunities, academic performance of migrant students, and could contribute to overall well-being in the educational setting. This research has the potential to pinpoint more suitable interventions tailored to the needs of immigrant students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants:
This study examines three representative samples of native and migrant students from Slovenia (Nfirst-generation = 378; Nsecond-generation = 252; Nnative = 5.866), Estonia (Nfirst-generation = 72; Nsecond-generation = 456; Nnative = 5.613) and Finland (Nfirst-generation = 1018; Nsecond-generation = 790; Nnative = 8.066) participating in the 2022 PISA. The study specifically focuses on a sample of 15-year-old students.
Instruments and included variables:
Every surveyed student completed a background questionnaire from which scales were derived.
The students were categorized based on their immigrant background, with first-generation immigrant students defined as foreign-born students with foreign-born parents, and second-generation immigrant students as those born in the destination country with foreign-born parents.
In order to calculate mathematics achievement PISA employed the plausible values (PVs) imputation technique, incorporating ten PVs per student in the international database.
The scales for individual domains of well-being according to Kaya and Erdem (2021) were attributed based on definitions as follows:
• subjective well-being: overall satisfaction with students’ life,
• psychological well-being: quality of student-teacher relationships,
• social well-being: sense for belonging to school,
• cognitive well-being: mathematics self-efficacy: Formal and applied mathematics,
• physical well-being: exercising or practising a sport before or after school.
Sampling and procedure:
A two-stage stratified sampling design was employed for this study. In the initial stage, schools were selected from the overall pool of institutions enrolling 15-year-olds. Subsequently, 42 students (or fewer) were sampled from each selected school in the second stage. These sampling methods were implemented to guarantee the representativeness of the test population. The students spent approximately 35 minutes responding to the student background questionnaire and approximately 2 hours (2 times 60 minutes) responding to the achievement tests.
Statistical analyses:
Firstly, descriptive statistics, specifically correlations, were employed to examine multicollinearity. Secondly, differences in mathematic achievements and well-being indicators among student groups in each country were computed. Finally, linear regression was utilized to identify the factors predicting the mathematic achievement within each student group in each country. The data were analysed using the IEA IDB Analyzer (Version 5.0) statistical program, chosen because of the two-stage sampling in the study, which incorporates IRT, individual student and sample weights.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results indicate significant differences in mathematical achievement among all three groups of students in Slovenia and Finland. In both countries, first-generation migrant students achieve the lowest scores, while native students achieve the highest. In Estonia, there is no statistically significant difference in mathematical achievement between first- and second-generation students; however, Estonian native students achieve significantly higher scores than both groups of migrant students.
Across all analysed countries and student groups, mathematics self-efficacy in formal and applied mathematics emerges as the strongest positive predictor of students' mathematical achievement. On the contrary, engaging in sports before or after school proves to be a negative predictor of mathematical achievement across selected countries for the majority of student groups, except for first-generation students from Slovenia and Estonia. The quality of student-teacher relationships serves as a positive and significant predictor of mathematical achievement solely for native students in all three selected countries. In cases where overall satisfaction with students' life was a significant predictor of mathematical achievement (native and first-generation students in Finland, native students in Slovenia), it was a negative one.
In conclusion, this study underscores the crucial role of mathematics self-efficacy in predicting the mathematical achievement of migrant students across various countries. Notably, positive and significant correlations exist between the quality of student-teacher relationships and the mathematical achievement of native students in the selected countries. These results have significant implications for education policy and practice. Policymakers should prioritize initiatives aimed at enhancing mathematics self-efficacy and fostering positive student-teacher relationships, particularly for migrant students. Tailored interventions should be developed to address the unique needs of this demographic, ensuring equal opportunities and improved academic outcomes.

References
•Spörlein, C., & Schlueter, E. (2018). How education systems shape cross-national ethnic inequality in math competence scores: Moving beyond mean differences. PLoSOne, 13(3), Article e0193738. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0193738.
•Borman, G. D., and L. T. Overman. 2004. “Academic Resilience in Mathematics among Poor and Minority Students.” The Elementary School Journal 104: 177–195.
•Cheema, Jehanzeb R., and Anastasia Kitsantas. 2014. “Influences of Disciplinary Classroom Climate on High School Student Self-efficacy and Mathematics: A Look at Gender and Racial-ethnic Differences.” International Journal of Science and Mathematics Education 12: 1261–1279.
•Blomfield, C. J., and B. L. Barber. 2011. “Developmental Experiences During Extracurricular Activities and Australian Adolescents’ Self-concept: Particularly Important for Youth from Disadvantaged Schools.” Journal of Youth and Adolescence 40 (5): 582–594.Lauderdale, M. K., & Heckman, S. J. (2017). Family background and higher education attainment among children of immigrants. Journal of Family and Economic Issues, 38(3), 327–337. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10834-017-9537-4.
•Motti-Stefanidi, F., Masten, A., & Asendorpf, J. B. (2015). School engagement trajectories of immigrant youth: Risks and longitudinal interplay with academic success. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 39(1), 32–42. https://doi.org/10.1177/0165025414533428.Goñi, E., Ros, I., & Fernández-Lasarte, O. (2018). Academic performance and school engagement among secondary school students in accordance with place of birth, gender and age. European Journal of Education and Psychology, 11(2), 93–105. https://doi.org/10.30552/ejep.v11i2.224.
•Jung, E., & Zhang, Y. (2016). Parental involvement, children’s aspirations, and achievement in new immigrant families. The Journal of Educational Research, 109(4), 333–350. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220671.2014.959112.
•Berger, C., Alcalay, L., Torretti, A., and Milicic, N. (2011). Socio-emotional wellbeing and academic achievement: evidence from a multilevel approach. Psicol. Reflex. Crít. 24, 344–351. doi: 10.1590/s0102-79722011000200016
•Gutman, L. M., and Vorhaus, J. (2012). The Impact of Pupil Behaviour and Wellbeing on Educational Outcomes. Research report No. DFE-RR253. London: Department for Education.
•Kaya, M., & Erdem, C. (2021). Students’ well-being and academic achievement: A meta-analysis study. Child Indicators Research, 14(5), 1743-1767.
•MIPEX. (2019). Migrant Integration Policy Index 2020 – Education. Accessed at https://www.mipex.eu/education
•Novello, A. C., Degraw, C., and Kleinman, D. V. (1992). Healthy children ready to learn: an essential collaboration between health and education. Public Health Rep. 107, 3–15.
•OECD. (2021). Student questionnaire for PISA 2022 - Main survey version. Accessed at https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/2022database/CY8_202111_QST_MS_STQ_CBA_NoNotes.pdf
•OECD. (forthcoming-a). Scaling procedures and construct validation of context questionnaire data. In OECD, PISA 2022 Technical Report. OECD Publishing. Accessed at https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/pisa2022technicalreport/PISA-2022-Technical-Report-Ch-19-PISA-Scaling-Procedures-Construct-Validation-Context-Questionnaire-Data.pdf
•OECD. (forthcoming-b). Sample design. In OECD, PISA 2022 Technical Report. OECD Publishing. Accessed at https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/pisa2022technicalreport/PISA-2022-Technical-Report-Ch-6-PISA-Sample-Design.pdf
 
12:45 - 13:3006 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
12:45 - 13:3007 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster

The Psychosocial Costs of Racism to White Staff Members in a Post-92 University

Denise Miller, Charmaine Brown, Ryan Essex

University of Greenwich, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Miller, Denise; Brown, Charmaine

The aftermath of the unlawful killing of George Floyd and the disproportionate impact of COVID-19 on Black, Asian, and Minority Ethnic (BAME) people have prompted educational leaders to make commitments to decolonize curricula, address attainment and remuneration gaps, and prioritize Equality, Diversity, and Inclusion (EDI) in higher education. However, despite the increasing ethnic diversity in UK Higher Education Institutions (HEIs), recent data from the Higher Education Statistics Agency reveals persistent disparities for BAME staff in terms of permanent contracts, senior leadership positions, and higher renumeration bands (AdvanceHE, 2021).

In this study, the researchers explored institutional racism in HEIs, focusing exclusively on the perspectives of White university staff. The study aimed to shed light on the Psychosocial Costs of Racism to White (PCRW) university staff, an area that is relatively unexplored in UK-based HEIs.

The concept of White people experiencing psychosocial costs of racism (PCRW) was introduced by Kivel (1996), who suggested that awareness of institutional racism could lead to feelings of guilt and shame among White people, particularly if they benefit from unfair privileges. This emotional turmoil may result in isolation and decreased social interactions. Additionally, PCRW can have economic consequences, as some White people may feel compelled to maintain their standing within hierarchical organizations, and as such, they may perpetuate historical inequalities. This can lead to White people’s lack of interest in the welfare of disadvantaged communities and cognitive dissonance, characterized by mental discomfort from conflicting beliefs.

Goodman (2001) expanded on this idea, by presenting a comprehensive framework addressing personal and systemic consequences of racism. Her study with White students revealed that racism disproportionately benefits them by providing access to resources denied to non-White students. The negative consequences for White students included reduced empathy, guilt, and feelings of internalized oppression. Indeed, McGhee (2021) argued that racism's harms extend beyond direct targets (i.e., racially minoritized people) and affects society as a whole.

When Spanierman et al. (2009) examined PCRW behaviours in White university freshmen, they found that empathic guilt evolved over time. Some students became anti-racist, while others grew more insensitive, possibly due to cognitive dissonance and the adoption of a White superiority perspective. Then, in a more recent exploration, Exum (2022) used mixed methods to explore the perceived costs of being a Black person. White students envisaged negative consequences, such as mental distress and loss of respect, in a hypothetical situation where they appeared non-White. Furthermore, White participants anticipated economic losses without White privilege.

Despite these insights, a gap in research exists concerning the psychosocial costs of racism to White university staff, particularly in the UK. The current study addressed this gap by contributing to the understanding of racism's effects on university staff. This is significant because historically, White university staff members have benefited from their positions of power, privilege, and influence. The researchers supposed that, given the persistent and widespread nature of institutionalized racism in HE, White university staff members may be better placed (compared to BAME people) to bring about tangible change.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, the researchers examined the concept of institutional racism and its psychosocial impact on White university staff. After obtaining ethical clearance from the University Research Ethics Committee (UREC), email invitations were sent to all Higher Education (HE) staff members in a post-92 Higher Education Institution (HEI), and details about the research and a link to an online Qualtrics survey were provided. At the end of the survey, those willing to participate in Phase 2 of the study, were invited for in-depth semi-structured interviews. The focus of this poster presentation is on the findings derived from the interview data.
The sample comprised of 12 participants who identified as White. Participants were diverse in terms of their gender, employment characteristics, including length of service, faculty, and campus location. Additional demographic details were excluded to protect participants’ anonymity.
Semi-structured interviews, conducted online via Microsoft Teams, lasted up to 60 minutes each. The interviews were designed to explore participants' perceptions and experiences of racism in higher education. A team of three researchers conducted the interviews, with one leading and the another ensuring accuracy through recording and note-taking. The interview guide included open-ended questions addressing various aspects of racism in higher education. Participants were encouraged to share anything they felt might contribute to the study, and they were assured of anonymity. After the interview they were provided with information about support services. Each participant was interviewed once, and their responses were transcribed for analysis. To maintain anonymity, individualized codes were assigned to each participant.
In the analysis phase, the research team (comprising two Black women and one White man) provided varied perspectives. The trustworthiness and validity of the study were addressed through Reflexive Thematic Analysis guidelines. The research team grappled with balancing the focus on their experiences of White university staff, while acknowledging the more pernicious impact of racism on racially minoritized colleagues. They continually reflected on their assumptions and biases during data analysis. As well, critical friends were engaged to provide additional perspectives, and verbatim quotations from participants were included to validate the richness of the data. Member checking, involving sharing synthesized findings with participants, was also undertaken to ensure the trustworthiness of the qualitative analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study found four key themes. In Theme 1, participants expressed an interest in contributing to the expansion of knowledge and understanding of racism, despite lacking personal resonance. Their motivations included a commitment to EDI efforts, observations of disparities and a belief in collective responsibility to address systemic discrimination.
Theme 2 revealed White university staff's definitions of racism. The participants acknowledged the prevalence of racism within their institutions, pointing to hierarchical structures hindering diversity and exploiting vulnerabilities, particularly for historically discriminated racially minoritized colleagues.
Theme 3 highlighted the impact of racism on White university staff. Witnessing discriminatory incidents caused feelings of anger, guilt, and moral discomfort. The concept of vicarious racism (Segundo, 2017) emerged, leading to psychological distress and self-preservatory behaviours, such as withdrawal from discussions and avoidance of contentious situations. Perceived toxicity in the workplace, fuelled by discriminatory attitudes, and distrust, contributed to an alienating workplace.
In Theme 4, participants expressed concerns about the consequences of institutional racism. Some maintained optimism for the future, while others believed fundamental and systemic changes were necessary, akin to metaphorically "blowing up" or rebuilding the university.
The findings of this study are significant. First, without minimizing racially minoritized people’s experiences, it is the first study that solely focuses on the impact of racism on White university staff members in the UK. Second, the study focuses on White university staff members, who historically have held positions of power, privilege, and influence within HE settings. Hence, the researchers concluded, “BAME staff and students alone cannot be expected to put right the problem of institutional racism in HE. Addressing systemic discrimination requires a sustained and collective effort, and given the results of our study, it is important that all members of HEIs actively engage in this work” (Miller et al., 2023).

References
AdvanceHE.  (2021). Equality in Higher Education: Statistical report. https://www.advance-he.ac.uk/knowledge-hub/equality-higher-education-statistical-report-2021 [Accessed 18 November 2023]
Exum M.L. (2022) ‘White students’ perceptions of the costs and consequences of being black’. Race and Social Problems. 1–17.
Goodman D.J. (2021) Promoting Diversity and Social Justice: Educating people from privileged groups. Sage. Thousand Oaks, CA
Kivel P. (1996) Uprooting Racism: How white people can work for racial justice. New Society Publisher. Philadelphia
McGhee H. (2021) The Sum of Us: What racism costs everyone and how we can prosper together. Profile Books. London
Miller, D.A., Brown, C. and Essex, R. (2023) ‘The psychosocial costs of racism to White staff members of an ethnically diverse, post-92 university’. London Review of Education, 21 (1), 39. https://uclpress.scienceopen.com/hosted-document?doi=10.14324/LRE.21.1.39
Segundo, D. (2017). "An exploration of the relationship between vicarious racism, police videos, and their impact on the Facebook consumer". Masters Thesis, Smith College, Northampton, MA. https://scholarworks.smith.edu/theses/1919
Spanierman L.B, Todd N.R, Anderson C.J. (2009) ‘Psychosocial costs of racism to Whites: Understanding patterns among university students’. Journal of Counseling Psychology.Vol. 56(2):239–52.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster

Reactions of Pedagogical Staff Towards Students’ Deportation (Threat)

Carolina Colmenares Díaz

Universität Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Colmenares Díaz, Carolina

Between 2016 and autumn 2023 more than 850 schoolchildren have been forcingly or “voluntarily” deported from Hamburg (Hamburgische Bürgerschaft, Parlament of the City of Hamburg). The number of schoolchildren threatened by deportation is far above that figure. How do pedagogues handle the deportation (threat) of their students? To answer this question, in context of a PhD thesis, I research the actions pedagogues take in relation to the deportation and deportation threat of their students enrolled in five Hamburg schools.

Uncertainty about if, how, when and where a threatening deportation is going to take place influences every aspect of a schoolchild’s life, including his or her access to formal education. An example of how formal education is affected by the threat of deportation is the fact that Vocational Education and Training secures a specific kind of temporary suspension of deportation, in German called Ausbildungsduldung (§60 of the Aufenthaltsgesetz, Act on Residence), while the schooling path pursuing access to a university degree does not offer a formal protection per se (Weiser 2017).

The position of teachers in this situation can be regarded as a dilemma (Meyer, 2003). On the one hand, teachers are responsible for the inclusion, well-being and education of children and teenagers in schools, while on the other hand, being part of the public system that excludes these students by limiting their chances in formal education (Neumann et al., 2003, p. 23) and enforcing their deportations. Theory on the antinomies of pedagogical professionalism (Helsper 2021) serve as a frame to analyze the way teachers navigate the deportation (threat) of their students. From that frame, the borders between teacher’s interpretation of their role as a pedagogue, their own self-reflection as a person and possible arising antinomies are explored.

Research on how pedagogues react to deportation or deportation threat of students is scarce in the German speaking countries (Meyer, 2003; Stern, 2017). Some studies in the US show how school staff focus on the needs of the students and their families affected by migration policies: organizing professionalized psychological counselling (Gallo & Link, 2016; Macías & Collet, 2016, p. 180;), organizing social support through peer groups (Gallo & Link, 2016, p. 191), helping find legal counselling, looking for financial support, or helping in finding a safe place to stay when the family goes underground (Macías & Collet, 2016). A common ground with the German publications is the importance of building trusting student-teacher relationships (Crawford et al., 2019, p. 120; Gallo & Link, 2016; Meyer, 2003).

A few studies show how teachers act within the school level and allow their students to draw on their experiences “for academic purposes, such as personal narrative and descriptive writing” (Gallo & Link, 2016, p. 193). However, many teachers explicitly decide not to include topics on immigration in their classes (ibid.). When deportation is unavoidable, some authors recommend enabling a space to say goodbye. An example of this would be throwing a farewell party (Foitzik et al., 2019, p. 90).

Finally, some publications point to the pedagogues´ actions directed to the public opinion and political actors, mostly when supporting the initiatives of the classmates of the affected student (Stern, 2017). They take different forms, such as online petitions, applications to the commission for cases of hardship (Härtefallkommission) or press releases (Foitzik et al., 2019). At times, school projects have been involved, such as composing a song and sending it to a political song contest (Stern, 2017), or putting political knowledge into practice through legal, political, and civil disobedience measures (Stein, 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
How do pedagogues handle the deportation (threat) of their students? To answer this question a qualitative study based on interviews was designed. Qualitative research was chosen to explore the complexity of the problem and reconstruct the actions of the pedagogues and the meaning they give to them.
The pedagogues were chosen by purposeful sampling: experience with the deportation or deportation threat of a student was the characteristic they had to fulfill for being interviewed. Semi-structured interviews were made with 10 pedagogues in Hamburg: nine teachers and one expert in intercultural education. At the time of the interviews (2020-2022) the pedagogues worked in 5 district schools ("Stadtteilschulen") and one institute for teacher further education. All of the teachers had experience with the so-called "Internationale Vorbereitungsklassen" (welcome classes for newly arrived students, normally parallel to regular classes and focused on German as a Second/Foreign language). Each teacher mentioned by name at least one and up to six students that had been deported or under threat of deportation.
The interviews were transcribed with help of the software xf4 and anonymized. The method of analysis was based on the Reflective Grounded Theory (Breuer et al., 2019). The analysis of the data was structured through the iterative and inductive building of codes and categories with a theoretical sensibility. For building codes and categories I used the software MAXQDA and print copies of the interviews.
The preliminary results show a model of actions based on relationships. The actions are classified by their recipients: the affected student and her or his family, the classmates and school community, and the public opinion and political actors. To which extent these actions are taken "because" of being a pedagogue or "despite" of being a pedagogue is a dimension that the poster will explore.
Another preliminary result is common to the dealing with uncertainty in other dimensions: all the pedagogues underline there is no recipe for acting in these situations, actions have to be well-reflected and adapt to the needs of the affected persons. Finally, some results coincide with characteristics of pedagogical professionality in critical theories of intercultural education: awareness of the own positionality, use of own privileges to support minorities even assuming risks for themselves, non-paternalizing support, and justice, empathy and sympathy as open motives for action.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Uncertainty has been addressed in educational sciences as a challenge in teaching, school development and teacher education (Paseka et.al. 2018). In this study, uncertainty is understood as a component that diversity drags into the educational field through migration and migration policies. It is the lives of schoolchildren under deportation threat that bring this kind of uncertainty into school, a component which influences strongly their access to education and the actions of pedagogues working with them.
In this poster I will present how pedagogues build and draw on professional, pedagogical and personal relationships to actively navigate this uncertain situation. Pedagogical professionalism, antinomies and critical theories on intercultural education will build the theoretical frame.
Research on this problem will bring light to a complex, sensitive, and controversial topic (Foitzik et al., 2019). Investigating the position of active pedagogues is fundamental to understand how their role can be understood as a dilemma within the inclusive school and the exclusive Nation State. Shedding light into this dilemma will help understand constructive ways of dealing with uncertainty, identify possible gaps in the information and support structures for professionals of pedagogy and for the affected students (Gallo & Link, 2016). The results of this qualitative research invite to discuss the need of a safe residence status for all schoolchildren and their families.

References
Breuer, F., Muckel, P., Dieris, B., & Allmers, A. (2019). Reflexive Grounded Theory: Eine Einführung für die Forschungspraxis (4., durchgesehene und aktualisierte Auflage). Lehrbuch. Springer VS.
Crawford, E. R., Aguayo, D., & Valle, F. (2019). Counselors as Leaders Who Advocate for Undocumented Students’ Education. Journal of Research on Leadership Education, 14(2), 119–150. https://doi.org/10.1177/1942775117739301
Dabach, D. B. (2015). "My Student Was Apprehended by Immigration”: A Civics Teacher’s Breach of Silence in a Mixed-Citizenship Classroom.
Foitzik, A., Holland-Cunz, M., & Riecke, C. (2019). Praxisbuch Diskriminierungskritische Schule (1. Auflage). Beltz.
Gallo, S., & Link, H. (2016). Exploring the borderlands: Elementary school teachers’ navigation of immigration practices in a new latino diaspora community. Journal of Latinos and Education, 15(3), 180–196.
Hamburgische Bürgerschaft. Printed Matter: 21/3954, 21/5284, 21/6556, 21/8805, 21/11644, 21/8683, 21/10203, 21/10644, 21/12540, 21/14065, 21/14623, 21/15667, 21/16754, 21/17745, 21/18728, 21/19561, 22/889, 22/890, 22/2077, 22/3040, 22/3830, 22/5368, 22/6130, 22/6909, 22/7865, 22/9037, 22/9798, 22/10646, 22/11627, 22/12708, 22/13654.
Helsper, W. (2021). Professionalität und Professionalisierung pädagogischen Handelns: Eine Einführung (1. Aufl.). utb GmbH. https://doi.org/10.36198/9783838554600
Macías, L. F., & Collet, B. A. (2016). Separated by Removal: The Impact of Parental Deportation on Latina/o Children’s Postsecondary Educational Goals. Diaspora, Indigenous, and Minority Education, 10(3), 169–181. https://doi.org/10.1080/15595692.2016.1174110
Meyer, F. (2003). Unterrichten im Dilemma zwischen "Perspektivlosigkeit" und "Berufsorientierung". In U. Neumann, H. Niedrig, J. Schroeder, & L. H. Seukwa (Eds.), Bildung in Umbruchsgesellschaften: Bd. 3. Lernen am Rande der Gesellschaft: Bildungsinstitutionen im Spiegel von Flüchtlingsbiografien (1. Aufl.). Waxmann.
Neumann, U., Niedrig, H., Schroeder, J., & Seukwa, L. H. (Eds.). (2003). Bildung in Umbruchsgesellschaften: Bd. 3. Lernen am Rande der Gesellschaft: Bildungsinstitutionen im Spiegel von Flüchtlingsbiografien (1. Aufl.). Waxmann.
Paseka, A., Keller-Schneider, M., & Combe, A. (Hrsg.). (2018). Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-17102-5
Scherr, A. (2015). Wer soll deportiert werden? Wie die folgenreiche Unterscheidung zwischen den „wirklichen“ Flüchtlingen, den zu Duldenden und den Abzuschiebenden hergestellt wird. Soziale Probleme, 26(2), 151–170. https://doi.org/10.1007/s41059-015-0010-z
Stein, H.‑W. (2016). Demokratisch handeln im Politikunterricht: Projekte zur „Demokratie als Herrschaftsform“. Wochenschau Politik. Wochenschau Verlag.
Stern, V. (2017). Let them stay! proteste gegen abschiebungen in schulen. Informationen Zur Deutschdidaktik Zeitschrift Für Den Deutschunterricht in Wissenschaft Und Schule, 1(41), 38–44.
Weiser, B. (2017). Aufenthalt und Schulbesuch: Basisinformationen zu rechtlichen Fragen. In Claudia Seibold & Gisela Würfel (Eds.), Soziale Arbeit mit jungen Geflüchteten in der Schule (pp. 62–70). BeltzJuventa.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Poster

Diversity, Equality and Social Justice: Social-Emotional Skills as Reflected in Israeli Children's Literature

Athar Haj Yahya

Beit Berl College, Israel

Presenting Author: Haj Yahya, Athar

Social-emotional learning (SEL) is particularly important in early childhood, as it serves as a basis for the learners’ development, helping them function effectively at school and in life in general (Cline, 2019). This is all the more so in a diverse and segregated society where the need for developing awareness of others and enhancing skills for their acceptance is acute (Weissberg & Cascarino, 2013).

While designing SEL programs, the learners’ sociocultural background is important (Kopelman-Rubin, 2020). Israel is a highly diverse and segregated society. The relations between its various cultural communities are characterized by inequality, a lack of dialogue, and mutual denial. This is particularly so regarding the Jewish majority and Palestinian-Arab minority (Smooha, 2010). Recent recommendations from an expert committee called for the Israeli educational system to foster SEL to address these cultural tensions (Benbenishty & Friedman, 2020).

Given the dearth of studies in this area, it is important to examine the effectiveness of programs based on children’s literature in establishing socioemotional skills in the Israeli education system, as well as compare Arabic and Hebrew books in this regard. Examining children’s books included in government programs is particularly important, as they serve as major socialization agents and are accessible to large populations (Haj Yahya, 2021). Accordingly, the present study examines the following question: How are social-emotional skills reflected in Arabic and Hebrew children’s books included in two government programs for Jewish and Arab schools, respectively?

The current study focuses on Hebrew children’s books included in the educational program “March of Books," intended for Jewish schools, and its sister program for Arab schools. From the different age groups participating in this program (1st–3rd, 4th–6th, 7th–9th, and 10th–12th), this study will focus on the 50 books intended for the 1st–3rd age group for the 2020–21 school year (25 each from the Arabic and Hebrew programs).

The findings indicate that world literature works translated into either Hebrew or Arabic have established socioemotional skills more than the original works in either language. Moreover, Hebrew works have established such skills more than Arab ones. Finally, whereas the Hebrew works have established individual skills such as self-management, in addition to social awareness skills designed to strengthen individuals’ attachment to their country, the Arab works have established interpersonal skills designed to strengthen individuals’ attachment to their immediate social environment. These differences suggest that the determination of skills to be provided by children’s books is affected by external, sociopolitical factors and by divergent cultural perceptions of childhood.

According to Desai et al. (2014), SEL should contribute to equality and social justice. While not applied to the most crucial area of the Jewish-Arab conflict in Israel, this is applied in the Hebrew program in the context of equality between different Jewish ethnic groups (two titles), between the genders (15), and across ages (20). This is done by granting space and power to characters identified with marginalized population. Thus, the Hebrew program attempts to establish a pluralist and multicultural approach within Jewish society, but not beyond. Similarly, the Arabic program tries to establish equality and social justice using different strategies, including protesting against injustice or resisting threatening external elements (7). This finding supports Agbaria’s (2020) conclusion that indigenous minorities often experience racism and discrimination, which become integral to their collective identity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a qualitative study that combines two methods or approaches: content analysis and semiotic analysis (Bauer & Gaskell, 2000). The content analysis method was used for the analysis of the written texts in the children's books participating in the study, and the semiology method for the analysis of the visual images in these books. The analysis of the books was done in two stages: First, texts and images that contribute to developing the skills in CASEL’s (2020) SEL model were identified. Next, they were classified into themes and subthemes: every theme related to one socioemotional skill (self-awareness, self-management, responsible decision-making, relationship skills, or social awareness), and the subthemes referred to the subskills included in each skill.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Children’s literature may be used to promote SEL when integrated into government educational programs that strike a balance between local and world literature, represent the sociocultural diversity in the learner’s immediate environment, and promote multicultural values.
The current findings can help decision-makers determine the contents and select the titles most appropriate for SEL. Finally, they may provide a practical guide, helping authors of children’s books integrate socioemotional skills into their works.

References
Agbaria, A. (2020). Annex 4: Socioemotional education: On the need to cultivate intercultural and civic skills. In R. Benbenishty and T. Friedman (Eds.), Social and emotional skills cultivation in the education system: A summary of the proceedings of the expert committee, status report and recommendations. Yozma.

Bauer, M., & Gaskell, G. (2000). Qualitative researching with text, image and sound: A practical handbook. Sage.
Benbenishty, R., & Friedman, T. (Eds.) (2020). Social and emotional skills cultivation in the education system: A summary of the proceedings of the expert committee, status report and recommendations. Yozma.
CASEL (2020). CASEL'S SEL FRAMEWORK: What Are the Core Competence Areas and Where Are They Promoted?
Cline, K. (2019). Social emotional learning and literacy in the primary grades: An integrated approach (Unpublished MA thesis). Hamline University, Saint Paul, MN.
Desai, D. (2000). Imaging difference: The politics of representation in multicultural art education. Studies in Art Education, 41(2), 114-129.
Haj Yahya, A. (2021). Between particularism and pluralism: Children’s literature as a multicultural agent. Social Identities, 27(6), 660-681.
Kopelman-Rubin, D. (2020). Developmental aspects in socioemotional learning. In R. Benbenishty and T. Friedman (Eds.), Social and emotional skills cultivation in the education system: A summary of the proceedings of the expert committee, status report and recommendations. Yozma.
Smooha, S. (2010). Israeli society: Like other societies or an exceptional case? Israeli Sociology 11(2), 297-302.
Weissberg, R., & Cascarino, J. (2013). Academic learning + social-emotional learning = national priority. Phi Delta Kappan, 95(2), 8-13.
 
12:45 - 13:3008 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Poster

Social Media Threats and Health Among Adolescents – Evidence from the Health Behaviour in School-aged Children Study

Henri Lahti1, Marja Kokkonen2, Lauri Hietajärvi3, Nelli Lyyra4, Leena Paakkari5

1University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 2University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 3University of Helsinki, Finland; 4University of Jyväskylä, Finland; 5University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Lahti, Henri

Adolescents around the world are part of a distinct generation. They are maturing in a society where social media is not only intensive and widespread but also increasingly incorporated into their everyday lives (Valkenburg & Piotrowski, 2017). The swift uptake of these technologies, particularly among the youth, has sparked concerns among scholars, policymakers, educators and the general public globally about the potential negative effects social media may have on adolescent health and well-being (Valkenburg et al., 2022). These worries are primarily driven by two notable trends: a marked rise in the amount of time teenagers spend online and an increase in symptoms of depression and anxiety among adolescents (Twenge et al., 2022). Simultaneously, substantial evidence indicates that adolescents' experiences with social media engagement, social media risks, and associated health outcomes vary significantly, underscoring the issue of equity in young people's opportunities to safe and secure social media use (Kickbusch et al., 2021).

The evidence on the role of social media in explaining adolescent health has thus far been conflicting. On the one hand, numerous reviews have established a connection between social media use and negative health outcomes among adolescents (Ivie et al., 2020). On the other hand, a recent umbrella review concluded that the association between social media use and adolescent health is 'weak' and 'inconsistent' (Valkenburg et al., 2022). Calls have been made for research to shed light on these conflicting findings, focusing on the mechanisms that could make social media harmful to adolescents' health (Beyens et al., 2020; Twenge et al., 2022; Valkenburg et al., 2022). Encounters with social media threats have been proposed as one such mechanism (Smahel et al., 2020). Social media threats are defined as harmful, provocative or dangerous situations arising from the use of social media (Ognibene et al., 2022) and include, but are not limited to, cyberbullying, sexual harassment, racism, and misinformation (Smahel et al., 2020).

Realizing that the use of social media is a multifaceted and complex phenomenon, one of the limitations of earlier scholarly has been the insufficient attention given to the user's individual characteristics and social contexts (Beyens et al., 2020; Twenge et al., 2022; Valkenburg et al., 2022). This is particularly relevant when considering disparities, vulnerabilities, inequities, and opportunities, such as skills (e.g., emotional intelligence) (Davies et al., 2010) and resources (e.g., social support) (Smahel et al., 2020) for safe and secure social media use.

Therefore, in order to shed light on the conflicting findings of the previous research on adolescent social media use and health, this study investigated the prevalence of the nine social media threats: 1) cyberbullying, 2) sexual harassment, 3) racism, 4) unauthorized distribution of sensitive material, 5) phishing attempts, 6) misinformation, 7) the sale or distribution of drugs, 8) harmful or dangerous social media challenges, 9) content causing appearance pressures and their association with self-rated health, depressive feelings, and anxiety symptoms. Bearing in mind inequities (i.e., social media use differs from adolescent to adolescent) (Beyens et al., 2020), the study also investigated how individual (e.g., gender, age, emotional intelligence) and social factors (e.g., family affluence, family support, friend support) are associated with social media threats. Furthermore, to investigate whether vulnerabilities begets vulnerabilities in the digital world, the associations between adolescent problematic social media use (indicated by addiction-like symptoms such as preoccupation and tolerance) (Boer et al., 2022) and online communication with strangers were considered. Theoretical support was derived from The Differential Susceptibility to Media Effects Model (DSMM) (Valkenburg & Peter, 2013).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Internationally comparative (collected in 51 countries) and nationally representative Health Behaviour in School-aged Children (HBSC) data from Finland encompassed 2288 respondents aged 11, 13, and 15 years (M = 2.13, SD = 0.81). Data was gathered using standardized questionnaires voluntarily completed by adolescents as part of a school-based survey. Data collection adhered to the guidelines set out by the HBSC research protocol and utilized a stratified random cluster sampling methodology. The University of Jyväskylä’s institutional ethics committee granted ethical clearance for the study’s procedures.

Measures. (1) Social media threats: Encounters with cyberbullying, sexual harassment, racism, unauthorized distribution of sensitive material, phishing attempts, misinformation, the sale or distribution of drugs, harmful or dangerous social media challenges, and content causing appearance pressures were examined. The response options ranged from 1 (daily) to 5 (never). Response options 2 (more than once a week) and 3 (at least once a week) were combined to represent weekly exposure. 2) Individual factors: Gender (boy, girl) and age (11, 13, 15) were studied by asking respondents to choose the correct alternative. Emotional intelligence was measured using a 10-item Brief Emotional Intelligence Scale (Davies et al., 2010). 3) Social factors: The Family Affluence Scale III (FAS) was used to measure the family’s socioeconomic position (Torsheim et al., 2016). Family and friend support were measured via Zimet et al.’s (1988) Multidimensional Scale of Perceived Social Support. 4) PSMU was measured via nine items of the Social Media Disorder Scale (Boer et al., 2022). 5) Online communication with strangers was assessed using an adapted item from the EU Kids Online Survey (Mascheroni et al., 2014). 6) Health outcomes: Self-rated health (SRH) was measured via a single question on the individual’s evaluation of their health (Kaplan & Camacho, 1983). Depressive feelings and anxiety were measured as part of the HBSC symptoms checklist (Ravens-Sieberer et al., 2008).

Multiple imputation was used to deal with the missing data. The associations between individual and social factors, PSMU online communication with strangers and social media threats were examined using fixed effects multinomial logistic regression analyses and reported as odds ratios (ORs). Fixed effects binary logistic regression analyses were conducted to investigate the association between social media threats and health outcomes, adjusted for age, gender and family affluence. The analyses were performed via IBM SPSS Statistics 28.0 (IBM Corp, 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At a daily level, the most prevalent social media threats were misinformation (12.9%) and content causing appearance pressures (9.1%). At a weekly level, misinformation (44.2%) and harmful social media challenges (22.3%).

The study found a systematic link between daily and weekly exposure to social media threats and poor self-rated health (Daily OR range 2.02-5.12; Weekly OR range 1.65-3.37), as well as frequent depressive feelings (Daily OR range 3.15-8.89; Weekly OR range 1.86-3.32) and anxiety symptoms (Daily OR range 2.99-6.69; Weekly OR range 2.72-4.94). Furthermore, exposure to any of the nine social media threats, even as infrequently as once a month, heightened the probability of experiencing at least one negative health outcome. Generally, the odds ratios for negative health experiences rose with the frequency of exposure to social media threats.

Individual and social factors are differently associated with social media threats. Girls were more likely to report content causing appearance pressures daily, weekly and monthly. In contrast, seven out of the nine threats (e.g., cyberbullying, racism) were more likely reported by boys at a daily level. Adolescents aged 15 were more likely to report social media threats than 11-year-olds. Higher levels of emotional intelligence and family support appeared to protect adolescents from social media threats, for example, daily cyberbullying and sexual harassment.

In conclusion, our study highlights the need for education, as well as intervention and health promotion efforts to mitigate adolescent exposure to social media threats and ensuing negative health consequences. Such efforts should consider adolescents in vulnerable situations in order to reduce digital inequity. Our study provides support for the key objectives of the European Strategy for a Better Internet for Kids (Niestadt et al., 2022) and the EU Strategy on the Rights of the Child (European Commission, 2021) to ensure safe and secure social media for adolescents across Europe.

References
Beyens, I. et al. (2020). The effect of social media on well-being differs from adolescent to adolescent. Scientific Reports, 10(1), 10763.

Boer, M., et al. (2022). Validation of the social media disorder scale in adolescents: findings from a large-scale nationally representative sample. Assessment, 29(8), 1658-1675.

Davies, K. A., et al. (2010). Validity and reliability of a brief emotional intelligence scale (BEIS-10). Journal of Individual Differences.

European Commission (2021). EU Strategy on the Rights of the Child.

IBM Corp. Released 2021. IBM SPSS Statistics for Windows, Version 28.0. Armonk, NY: IBM Corp.

Ivie, E., et al. (2020). A meta-analysis of the association between adolescent social media use and depressive symptoms. Journal of affective disorders, 275, 165-174.

Kaplan, G. A., & Camacho, T. (1983). Perceived health and mortality: a nine-year follow-up of the human population laboratory cohort. American Journal of Epidemiology, 117(3), 292-304.

Kickbusch, I., et al. (2021). The Lancet and Financial Times Commission on governing health futures 2030: growing up in a digital world. The Lancet, 398(10312), 1727-1776.

Mascheroni, G., & Ólafsson, K. (2014). Net children go mobile: Risks and opportunities. 2nd ed. Milano: Educatt.

Niestadt, M. (2022). The new European strategy for a better internet for kids (BIK+). European Parliament.

Ognibene, D., et al. (2023). Challenging social media threats using collective well-being-aware recommendation algorithms and an educational virtual companion. Frontiers in Artificial Intelligence, 5, 654930.

Ravens-Sieberer, U., et al. (2008). An international scoring system for self-reported health complaints in adolescents. European Journal of Public Health, 18(3), 294-299.

Smahel, D., et al. (2020). EU Kids Online 2020: Survey results from 19 countries.

Torsheim, T., et al. (2016). Psychometric validation of the revised family affluence scale: a latent variable approach. Child Indicators Research, 9, 771-784.

Twenge, J., et al. (2022). Specification curve analysis shows that social media use is linked to poor mental health, especially among girls. Acta Psychologica, 224, 103512.
 
Valkenburg, P. M., et al. (2022). Social media use and its impact on adolescent mental health: An umbrella review of the evidence. Current Opinion in Psychology, 44, 58-68.

Valkenburg, P. M., & Peter, J. (2013). The differential susceptibility to media effects model. Journal of Communication, 63(2), 221-243.

Valkenburg, P. M., & Piotrowski, J. T. (2017). Plugged in: How media attract and affect youth. Yale University Press.

Zimet, G. D., et al. (1988). The multidimensional scale of perceived social support. Journal of Personality Assessment, 52(1), 30-41.


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Poster

Bullies, Victims, Bully-victims, and Uninvolved Students: Differences in Social Goals and Moral Disengagement

Tina Pivec, Igor Peras, Ana Kozina

Educational Research Institute, Slovenia

Presenting Author: Pivec, Tina; Peras, Igor

Bullying is a persistent issue in the school environment and can have significant impact on the mental health of adolescents involved. The challenge in preventing and responding to bullying is in its nature, as traditional forms (verbal, physical, social) are typically limited to the school setting, while cyberbullying can extend itself into the personal space of students outside of school (Kowalski et al., 2014). Thus, a complex phenomenon that is already difficult to detect in its traditional form becomes even harder to assess in cyberspace. Identifying students involved in bullying (i.e. victims, bullies, bully-victims) may become increasingly challenging for teachers and school staff. From a research perspective, person-centred approaches, such as Latent Profile Analysis (LPA) can offer detailed insights into the complex interplay of the bullying roles and associated factors (Antoniadou et al., 2019). This is because students are not grouped in bullying roles based on predetermined criteria, but the data itself leads the creation of the latent profiles based on statistical analyses.

Over the course of development of bullying research, perspectives on why students bully have changed. Early explanations focused on the bullies’ aggressive personalities, but with further research it has become evident that bullying is associated with the bully’s position in the peer group (Salmivalli, 2010). Therefore, bullies bully to achieve the goal of reaching a certain position in the peer group. As social status becomes more important in adolescence, students’ beliefs and motives related to social status become important for understanding bullying. Thus, constructs, such as social status goals and social status insecurity, are relevant in explaining bullying behaviour (Li & Wright, 2014).

Socials goals can be defined as mental representations of what students want to achieve in peer groups and can be further distinguished into popularity goals and social preference goals (Li & Wright, 2014). In previous bullying research, social status goals were operationalized as perceived popularity obtained by peer nominations. Košir et al. (2022) found that higher levels of bullying were reported by students with high popularity goals or high social status insecurity showing that social status is a motive for bullying behaviour. Research on the relationship between social goals and victimization is scarce. However, relational victimization was positively associated with social insecurity goals, but only for the group of less popular students (Long et al., 2020).

Another significant factor contributing to the relationship between social status and bullying is moral disengagement which is defined as having the ability to disengage from moral self-sanction (Hymel & Bonanno, 2014). According to a recent review by Thornberg (2023), moral disengagement is a predictor of subsequent bullying behaviour, while victims and bully-victims reported lower moral disengagement compared to bullies (Menesini et al., 2003; Runions et al., 2019).

The purpose of the present research is to assess what are the differences between (traditional and cyber) bullying roles according to social status goals, social status insecurity and moral disengagement. We have devised two research questions:

  1. Which (traditional and cyber) bullying roles can be defined using LPA?
  2. How do the identified profiles differ according to social status goals, social status insecurity goals, and moral disengagement?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The sample comprises 6336 students (50% girls, 49.9% boys, 0.01% non-binary; Mage = 13.43 years) from 119 Slovenian lower-secondary schools. The majority of students (92.1 %) replied that they are Slovenes, while others stated that they belong to various ethnic groups: Roma ethnic group, Croatian ethnic group, Russian ethnic group, Italian ethnic group, Albanian ethnic group, Serbian ethnic group, Ukrainian ethnic group, Hungarian ethnic group, Macedonian ethnic group, Bosnian ethnic group, Arabian ethnic group and other ethnic groups.
Regarding measurements, several questionnaires were used. We applied Adolescent Peer Report Instrument - Bully/Target (APRI-BT, Marsh et al., 2011) to measure three subdomains (physical, verbal, and social) of traditional bullying and victimization. For assessing cyberbullying and cybervictimization, we used the shortened version of Revised Adolescent Peer Report Instrument (Griezel et al., 2012). For measuring moral disengagement, the Moral Disengagement in Peer Victimization Scale (Thornberg et al., 2019) was employed. For assessing social status goals and social status insecurity, The Social status goals and social status insecurity scale (Li & Wright, 2014) was applied.
Firstly, the descriptive statistics and correlations were examined in IBM SPSS Statistics. Further analyses were performed using Mplus. Latent profile analysis (LPA) was applied to identify unobserved subgroups of participants according to their degree of bullying and/or victimization. LPA is a statistical method that can be used to classify and describe latent profiles within a population. After deciding upon the number of profiles, the multinomial logistic regression will be used to test the differences in age and gender and the Bolck-Croon-Hagenaars approach (BCH) will be used to examine the differences in social status goals (i.e., popularity goals and social insecurity goals) and moral disengagement.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the latent profile analysis showed that different sources of reporting (i.e., self-reported bullying or victimization; peer-reported bullying or victimization) are consistent since four profiles were identified: bullies, victims, bully-victims, and uninvolved students. Out of all students, 542 (8.5 %) students belonged to a bully profile, 446 (7.0 %) students to a victim profile, 143 (2.3 %) students to a bully-victim profile, and the great majority of students (5228; 82.2 %) belonged to an uninvolved students profile. Students in the bully-victim profile reported the highest levels of self-reported victimization and cybervictimization, while they were not perceived by their peers as being as involved in bullying and victimizations as bullies or victims. Interestingly, bullies reported lower levels of bullying, while their classmates stated they are bullying perpetrators. The same applies for victims of bullying. Further on, the identified profiles will be compared in moral disengagement and social status goals. It is expected that bullies will have the highest levels of popularity goals and moral disengagement compared to other identified groups of students. Further, we expect that victims will have higher social status insecurity goals while having lower moral disengagement. As for bully-victims, it is expected that they will have higher levels of popularity goals and also higher levels of social insecurity goals due to their experience of victimization. Based on the findings, implications for future research and practice will be provided.
References
Antoniadou, N., Kokkinos, C. M., & Fanti, K. A. (2019). Traditional and Cyber Bullying/Victimization Among Adolescents: Examining Their Psychosocial Profile Through Latent Profile Analysis. International Journal of Bullying Prevention, 1(2), 85–98.
Griezel, L., Finger, L. R., Bodkin-Andrews, G. H., Craven, R. G., & Yeung, A. S. (2012). Uncovering the structure of and gender and developmental differences in cyber bullying. The Journal of Educational Research, 105(6), 442–455.
Hymel, S., & Bonanno, R. A. (2014). Moral Disengagement Processes in Bullying. Theory Into Practice, 53(4), 278–285.
Košir, K., Zorjan, S., Mikl, A., & Horvat, M. (2022). Social goals and bullying: Examining the moderating role of self‐perceived popularity, social status insecurity and classroom variability in popularity. Social Development, 31(2), 438–454.
Kowalski, R. M., Giumetti, G. W., Schroeder, A. N., & Lattanner, M. R. (2014). Bullying in the digital age: A critical review and meta-analysis of cyberbullying research among youth. Psychological Bulletin, 140(4), 1073–1137.
Li, Y., & Wright, M. F. (2014). Adolescents’ Social Status Goals: Relationships to Social Status Insecurity, Aggression, and Prosocial Behavior. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 43(1), 146–160.
Long, Y., Zhou, H., & Li, Y. (2020). Relational victimization and internalizing problems: Moderation of popularity and mediation of popularity status insecurity. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 49, 724–734.
Marsh, H. W., Nagengast, B., Morin, A. J., Parada, R. H., Craven, R. G., & Hamilton, L. R. (2011). Construct validity of the multidimensional structure of bullying and victimization: An application of exploratory structural equation modeling. Journal of Educational Psychology, 103(3), 701.
Menesini, E., Sanchez, V., Fonzi, A., Ortega, R., Costabile, A., & Lo Feudo, G. (2003). Moral emotions and bullying: A cross‐national comparison of differences between bullies, victims and outsiders. Aggressive Behavior, 29(6), 515–530.
Runions, K. C., Shaw, T., Bussey, K., Thornberg, R., Salmivalli, C., & Cross, D. S. (2019). Moral disengagement of pure bullies and bully/victims: Shared and distinct mechanisms. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 48, 1835–1848.
Salmivalli, C. (2010). Bullying and the peer group: A review. Aggression and Violent Behavior, 15(2), 112–120.
Thornberg, R. (2023). Longitudinal link between moral disengagement and bullying among children and adolescents: A systematic review. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 20(6), 1099–1129.
Thornberg, R., Wänström, L., Pozzoli, T., & Hong, J. S. (2019). Moral disengagement and school bullying perpetration in middle childhood: A short-term longitudinal study in Sweden. Journal of School Violence, 18(4), 585–596.


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Poster

Preschool Children´s Experience of Well-being in Early Childhood Settings

Anna K Jacobsson

Nord Universitet, Norway

Presenting Author: Jacobsson, Anna K

Early childhood education and Care (ECEC) are current interests in many countries following international studies that show the importance of children starting their early years within a high-quality education and caring environment (Karila, 2012; Lenaerts et al, 2017). ECEC is of great value for their development and learning, which include health and well-being (Shonkoff, el al.,2000). During childhood the trajectories of well-being and health are established for life, which could impact adult life. Studies have shown that a high degree of well-being has positive consequences; such as good health and effective learning (Huppert,2013).

Children´s rest, recovery and well-being are essential and decisions should be based on what is considered best for the individual child (United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, 2016). The Swedish ECEC institutions is divided into preschools for children aged on to five years and preschool classes for six-year-olds before formal schooling starts at seven years. All Swedish children from one year have the right to be educated and cared for in ECEC institutions. The School Act (SFS 2010:800) establishes that the education within the school system, with includes preschool, aims to promote the development of all children and a lifelong desire to learn. The Swedish preschool curriculum (2018) emphasis that the preschool must offer a good environment and a well balanced daily rhythm adapted to children’s need , meaning that activities are a part of the preschools learning environment. It states that preschool education should be planned and implemented to promote the children´s development , health and well-being. Research on children´s own subjective opinions about their well-being has mainly been conducted among children over those from preschool age ( Sandseter & Seland, 2015). Mashford-Scott et al. (2012) point out that research-based knowledge on what promotes and impedes the perception that the youngest children have of subjective well-being in ECEC settings is lacking. Studies using preschool children-based data are relevant and therefore the aim of this study is to explore 4-6-year-old children´s subjective experience of well-being at preschool and how the learning environment can support the early childhood settings. The study is based on an understanding of preschool children as active participants and focus on children´s lived experience of the artefacts, activities and environment that are available at the preschool, both outside and inside the buildings. The intention is to improve more knowledge about what promotes and constrains children´s subjective well-being.

The research question is: How do children experience their subjective well-being in their daily life in the ECEC settings, related to activities, environment and artefacts at the preschool?

Mashford-scott et al (2012) shows that the definition of well-being can differ; is an abstract, multidimensional, social and culturally constructed phenomenom, and different forms for understanding and researching it can be identified. Barblett and Maloney (2010) means that the term well-being is abstract, multi-dimensional and socially and culturally constracted, and that the term is often used in different ways across different fields and contexts. In this study, the perspective of holistic well-being that involves positive emotions/affect and fulfilling way of being (Thoilliez, 2011) with a connection to the development of a positive and healthy sense of self and one´s relation to others (Deci & Ryan, 2008).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data was collected by semi-structured interviews with the possibility to flexibility-
  with a total of seventeen 4-6-year old children, from four preschool. A system with pictures, with responses represented scale with five faces with different emotional states, ranging from very unhappy to very happy with an neutral face included was used. This tool is improved and inspired by computer pictures during interviews with children (Fängström, et al, 2017).  Data was also collected by four  observations at  each of the four preschools with fields documentation. The observations was conducted during different activities at the four preschools. The data will be analysed using a thematic analysis following Braun and Clarke (2006) description; familiary with data, generating intitial codes, searching for themes, reviewing themes , definding and naming themes, produceing the repost,

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis process is not completed but preliminary results shows that children´s perspective of well-being contains both calm activities and more physical activities and the perspectives was mentioned both in relation to indoor activities and outdoor. To be able to control their body in physical activities was mentioned as a important factor for the children. More work with the analysis have to be done but it is clear that young children can express, both with words and by pictures about their subjective experience of wellbeing. Preliminary results also shows that children´s input regarding their subjective opinion can give insights to preschool environment and activities, both outside and inside the preschools, could be arranged to promote children´s wellbeing more consciously.


References
Braun, V., Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa

Coverdale, GE, Long AF. Emotional well-being and mental health, an exploration into health promotion in young people and families. Perspect Public Health.2015. Jan.135 (1):27-36. Doi: 10.117/1757913914558080.

Cross, MP, Hofschneider, L, Grimm, M, Pressman SD. Subjective well-being and physical health. In: Diener E. Oishi, S, Tay, L. (eds). Handbook of Well-being. IL. DEF Publications (2018).
Deci , E.L.,& Ryan, R.M.(2008). Hedonia, eudaimonia, and well-being : an introduction.Journal of Happiness Studies, 9, 1-11.
Daelmans B, Darmstadt GL, Lombardi J, Black MM, Britto PR, Lye S, et al. Early childhood development: the foundation of sustainable development. Lancet. (2017) 389:9–11. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(16)31659-2

Huppert, F., So, TT. Flourishing across Europe: Application of a new conceptual framework for defining well-being. Social indicators research. 2013; 110: 837-861.

Fängström, K., Salari, R., Eriksson, M., & Sarkadi, A. (2017). The computer-assisted interview In My Shoes can benefit shy preschool children’s communication.
Karila,K. A Nordic Perspective on Early Childhood Education and Care Policy. European Journal of Education. 2012;47(4):584–95. DOI: 10.1111/ejed.12007/
Kalicki, B, Koening, B. Early Childhood Education. De la Rosa, Villar Angulo, Giambrone, editors. Education in Childhood. 2021.DOI:10.5772/intechopen.87330

Mashford-Scott , A., Church, A.,Taylor, C. Seeking childrens perspective on their well-being in early childhood settings. International Journal of Early Childhood. 2012; 231.247.
Curriculum for the Preschool (2018).

 Daelmans B, Darmstadt GL, Lombardi J, Black MM, Britto PR, Lye S, et al. Early childhood development: the foundation of sustainable development. Lancet. (2017) 389:9–11. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(16)31659-2

Lenaerts, F., Braeye, S., Nguyen, T. L. H., Dang, T. A., & Vromant, N. (2017). Supporting Teachers in Vietnam to Monitor Preschool Children’s Wellbeing and Involvement in Preschool Classrooms. International Journal of Early Childhood, 49(2), 245–262. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13158-017-0188-2

United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, 20 November, 1989, https://www.ohchr.org/en/professionalinterest/pages/crc.aspx


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Poster

Teachers’ Occupational Well-Being in Relation to Teacher–Student Interactions in Primary School

Sze Wah Chan1, Sanni Pöysä1, Marja-Kristiina Lerkkanen1,2, Eija Pakarinen1,2

1Department of Teacher Education, PO Box 35, 40014, University of Jyväskylä, Jyväskylä, Finland; 2Norwegian Centre for Learning Environment and Behavioural Research in Education, University of Stavanger, Stavanger, Norway

Presenting Author: Chan, Sze Wah

Teachers experience various demands in their job, and teachers’ well-being has become a common concern. However, we know less about how teachers’ both positive and negative aspects of teachers’ occupational well-being are related to their quality of interactions with students, at the lower primary school classrooms.
This study investigated the psychological aspects, specifically the occupational well-being of teachers, in diverse primary school classrooms in Finland. Methodological approach that included both self-rated teacher perspectives and third-party observations (Classroom Assessment Scoring System, a systematic observation system developed in the US) was employed.

The aim of the study was to explore the relation between teachers’ occupational well-being and teacher–student interactions in primary school classrooms in Finland, by answering the following research questions (RQs):

RQ1. To what degree does teacher’s experience of work engagement (i.e., vigor, dedication, absorption) relate to the quality of teacher–student interactions?

RQ2. To what degree does teacher’s experience of work-related burnout (i.e., emotional exhaustion, cynicism, inadequacy) relate to the quality of teacher–student interactions?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
50 Grade 2 teachers rated their work engagement and burnout, and quality of teacher–student interactions was rated by trained coders using Classroom Assessment Scoring System (CLASS K-3) based on video-recorded lessons.
Structural equational modelling (SEM) with Mplus 8.8 (Muthén & Muthén, 1998) was used to investigate the extent to which the aspects of occupational well-being (work engagement and burnout) were related to the different domains of interaction quality (emotional support, classroom organization and instructional support).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results of structural equational modelling showed that teachers with higher levels of work engagement showed higher-quality emotional support and instructional support, while teachers with higher levels of burnout evidenced lower-quality instructional support. By highlighting the significance of the positive influence of teachers’ occupational well-being on instructional practice, this study underlines the need for more targeted interventions to promote the positive aspects of occupational well-being. More attention should be paid to teachers’ occupational well-being in teacher education programs and schools to support teachers’ well-being at work.  
References
Muthén, L. K., & Muthén, B. O. (1998-2012). Mplus User’s Guide (7th ed.). Los Angeles, CA: Muthén & Muthén. www.StatModel.coM

Lerkkanen, M.-K., & Pakarinen, E. (2016–2022). Teacher and Student Stress and Interaction in Classroom (TESSI). https://doi.org/10.17011/jyx/dataset/77741.

Pakarinen, E., Lerkkanen, M. K., Poikkeus, A. M., Kiuru, N., Siekkinen, M., Rasku-Puttonen, H., & Nurmi, J. E. (2010). A validation of the classroom assessment scoring system in finnish kindergartens. Early Education and Development, 21(1), 95–124. https://doi.org/10.1080/10409280902858764

Pakarinen, E., Lerkkanen, M. K., Poikkeus, A. M., Salminen, J., Silinskas, G., Siekkinen, M., & Nurmi, J. E. (2017). Longitudinal associations between teacher-child interactions and academic skills in elementary school. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 52, 191–202. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.appdev.2017.08.002

Pianta, R. C., La Paro, K. M., & Hamre, B. K. (2008). Classroom assessment scoring system (CLASS) Manual—K-3. Teachstone Training LLC.

Salmela-Aro, K., Rantanen, J., Hyvönen, K., Tilleman, K., & Feldt, T. (2011). Bergen Burnout Inventory: Reliability and validity among Finnish and Estonian managers. International Archives of Occupational and Environmental Health, 84, 635–645. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00420-010-0594-3

Schaufeli, W., Salanova, M., González-Romá, V., & Bakker, A. (2002). The measurement of engagement and burnout: a two sample confirmatory factor analytic approach. Journal of Happiness Studies, 3, 71–92. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1015630930326

Seppälä, P., Mauno, S., Feldt, T., Hakanen, J., Kinnunen, U., Tolvanen, A., & Schaufeli, W. (2009). The construct validity of the Utrecht Work Engagement Scale: Multisample and longitudinal evidence. Journal of Happiness Studies, 10, 459–481. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10902-008-9100-y
 
12:45 - 13:3009 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Poster

Science Anxiety in Times of a Pandemic: Can Mindfulness Training Ease the School Transition Experience?

Michael Hast

IU International University of Applied Sciences, Germany

Presenting Author: Hast, Michael

Although the severity of the COVID-19 pandemic has somewhat subsided, its aftermath remains evident. While schools adapted quickly to changes, the progress of learning has also slowed down. Reading skills of German primary school students now show a deficit of up to one-third of a school year, which has been directly attributed to the pandemic experiences (Ludewig et al., 2022). Similar declines have been observed in other areas such as mathematics (Schult et al., 2022). These delays are critical, as children need to catch up on existing skills as well as continue acquiring new skills and knowledge.

The transition to a new school is often associated with anxiety due to new teachers, requirements, and social contacts (Tay & Hast, 2022). Following the transition, German students first become familiar with science as a distinct school subject, which builds on skills that have been critically delayed due to the pandemic, such as reading or numerical proficiency. Science anxiety, defined as “a debilitating combination of fearful negative emotion and cognition in the context of science learning” (Bryant et al., 2013, p. 432) hampers general participation in science lessons but also directly affects performance, success (Ucak & Say, 2019), and knowledge acquisition (Theobald et al., 2022). Preventing a domino effect starting with insufficient preparation thus gains importance. Science anxiety is comparatively underexplored but is distinct from test and generalised anxiety (Megreya et al., 2021).

To address the challenge of these three elements meeting – pandemic, transition and science anxiety – the current project aims to investigate science anxiety among German fifth-graders. The project’s goals include adapting an existing science anxiety rating scale (Megreya et al., 2021) for use with German students, In addition, training sessions using mindfulness have shown to alleviate test anxiety and positively impact knowledge acquisition (Theobald et al., 2022), reducing stress by improving attention and emotion regulation (Lam & Seiden, 2020). The project aims to additionally examine whether the implementation of a mindfulness program can successfully reduce science anxiety among German fifth-graders.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study employed a case study approach involving one public regular school in the north of Germany who transitioned from primary to secondary school in the summer of 2023. The sample consisted of three classes of fifth-graders (N = 67). A quasi-experimental intervention format with a pretest-intervention-posttest design was implemented. Children in all three groups completed a translated form of the abbreviated science anxiety rating scale at the start of the school year. The results of this form the baseline measure. Each of the three participating classes was then allocated a different sequence of tasks. Groups 1 and 2 received six weeks of mindfulness activity at the start of each science lesson. Each lesson began with the Silent 60 exercise, which was then followed by a different mindfulness exercise lasting for around 3 to 4 minutes. Group 3, acting as control group, continued their lessons in the usual approach. After six weeks, all students again completed the science anxiety rating scale. Following, to assess potential delayed effects of improvement, Group 1 continued with the mindfulness activities for another six weeks, but not Group 2. At the end of the second six weeks, all three groups again completed the rating scale.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At the pre-test level, the three groups did not differ significantly in their mean anxiety rating scores, and they suggest moderate science anxiety levels are present in German fifth graders immediately after the transition to secondary school. At the post-test level, Groups 1 and 2 both showed significantly reduced rating scores, indicating reduced anxiety levels, but the control group’s scores were not significantly different. Science anxiety can thus be successfully reduced within six weeks through the implementation of a mindfulness program. Analysis of the final set of ratings is currently outstanding, but continued improvement in Group 1 compared to Group 2 could indicate a longer-term need for the mindfulness program. Improvement in Group 2 on the other hand may suggest an incubator effect. Improvements in the control group could indicate generally delayed improvements, such as increased familiarity with science lessons.
References
Bryant, F. B., Kastrup, H., Udo, M., Hislop, N., Shefner, R., & Mallow, J. (2013). Science anxiety, science attitudes, and constructivism: A binational study. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 22, 432-448.
Lam, K., & Seiden, D. (2020). Effects of a brief mindfulness curriculum on self-reported executive functioning and emotion regulation in Hong Kong adolescents. Mindfulness, 11(3), 627-642.
Ludewig, U., Kleinkorres, R., Schaufelberger, R., Schlitter, T., Lorenz, R., König, C., ... & McElvany, N. (2022). COVID-19 pandemic and student reading achievement: Findings from a school panel study. Frontiers in Psychology, 13, 876485.
Megreya, A. M., Szűcs, D., & Moustafa, A. A. (2021). The Abbreviated Science Anxiety Scale: Psychometric properties, gender differences and associations with test anxiety, general anxiety and science achievement. PLoS ONE, 16(2), e0245200.
Schult, J., Mahler, N., Fauth, B., & Lindner, M. A. (2022). Did students learn less during the COVID-19 pandemic? Reading and mathematics competencies before and after the first pandemic wave. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 33(4), 544-563.
Tay, V., & Hast, M. (2022). Standing on your own two feet: An examination of Singaporean trainee teachers’ perceptions of the primary-to-secondary school transition. Asia Pacific Journal of Educational Research, 5(2), 1-22.
Theobald, M., Breitwieser, J., & Brod, G. (2022). Test anxiety does not predict exam performance when knowledge is controlled for: Strong evidence against the interference hypothesis of test anxiety. Psychological Science, 33(12) 2073-2083.
Ucak, E., & Say, S. (2019). Analyzing the secondary school students’ anxiety towards science course in terms of a number of variables. European Journal of Educational Research, 8(1), 63-71.


09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Poster

Understanding Response Rates in International Large-Scale Assessments

Sylvia Denner, Brenda Donohue

Educational Research Centre, Ireland

Presenting Author: Denner, Sylvia

Survey data from International Large-Scale Assessments (ILSA) provide valuable information for governments, institutions, and the general public. High response rates are an important indicator of the reliability and quality of the survey, conversely low response rates in ILSAs can threaten the inferential value of the survey method. ILSA data are highly valued by the Ministries of Education of participating countries as a guide to inform policy-making.

An important ILSA is the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) which assesses the performance of 15-year-old students in reading, mathematics, and science. First administered in 2000, PISA has been implemented every three years since. Meeting the response rate thresholds specified by a low-stakes test such as PISA has often proven to be a challenge for many PISA participating countries (Ferrera et al. 2010). In the PISA 2022 cycle, an elevated number of countries were required to undertake Non-Response Bias Analysis (NRBA) due to low response rates (OECD, 2023). Ireland has participated in PISA since the first cycle in 2000 and had consistently met the response rate standards at both student and school level until 2022, when it failed to meet the student response rate. This leads us to the main research question ‘Why was there a change in the student response rate between PISA 2018 and 2022 in Ireland?’.

Two major differences were observed between 2018 and 2022, a move from spring to autumn testing and the COVID-19 pandemic. For Ireland, the PISA Main Study took place in the spring (March/April), this was followed by a Feasibility Study in the autumn (October/November). The purpose of the Feasibility Study was to evaluate the possibility of moving testing in Ireland to autumn and for the first time in PISA, testing took place in the autumn 2022. Secondly, while school restrictions were no longer in place in Ireland during testing in 2022, there was still a level of disruption associated with the COVID-pandemic in the school environment.

Various theories have been proposed to understand response rates and why some people participate in surveys and others do not. For example, the theory of cognitive dissonance which according to Festinger (cited in Miller, Clark, & Alayna, 2015) suggests that reducing the lack of agreement between people is an important factor in whether a person will respond or not to a survey. Alternatively, the theory of commitment or involvement suggests that the nature of the first request in the ‘foot in the door’ technique may have a significant effect upon participation (Freedman & Fraser, 1966). However, Self-Determination Theory (SDT) may provide a theoretical framework to facilitate the examination of the role motivation (extrinsic/intrinsic) may play in determining response rates. In SDT, three factors that assist motivation are competence, autonomy and relatedness, according to Deci and Ryan (1985). These three factors are seen as essential psychological needs that guide behaviour. Wenemark et. al. (2011) used SDT to redesign a health-related survey in an effort to improve response rates. In a similar vein, this study will use it to examine the change in the student response rate between PISA 2018 and 2022 in Ireland.

While the focus of this poster is on the changing response rates in PISA in Ireland, the implications of the findings will assist other countries participating in similar ILSAs. With the number of countries experiencing lower response rates in PISA 2022 at an unprecedented level, it is of urgent importance that countries begin to understand and address the complex reasons behind falling response rates in order to maintain the reliability and quality of these kinds of studies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A case study of Ireland’s procedures in administering ILSAs such as PISA will be undertaken to examine the research question ‘Why was there a change in the student response rate between PISA 2018 and 2022 in Ireland?’ The research will use Ireland’s participation in four separate administrations of ILSA studies, spring and autumn 2018 PISA, PISA 2022 (autumn), with reference to Trends in Mathematics and Science Study 2023 (TIMSS). The inclusion of TIMSS 2023 allows us to consider a second post-COVID reference point.
The adoption of a case study as a research strategy allows for several techniques of data collection such as the study of documents used (e.g. letters/ manuals/webinars), logs of procedures and communications from the initial contact with schools to the day of testing, as well as conversations with ILSA project managers. The case study will be descriptive (in describing the processes employed) and explanatory in an attempt to explain why there was a change in response rates.
The analysis will be two-fold. The first step of analysis will consider operational issues such as the changed circumstances brought about by the COVID-19 school closures, the introduction of data protection legislation, and the switch to autumn testing. Changes in procedures and processes between the four ILSA administrations will be recorded, categorised, and then evaluated.
In the second step, the recorded and categorised processes will be analysed in relation to motivational theory. The various constructs of motivational theory such as extrinsic/intrinsic motivation will be applied, and the factors that influence motivation (competence, autonomy and relatedness) will also be considered. This two-fold process will give rise to insights not only on important operational changes (in the first instance), but will also shed light on the motivations of students, school staff and test administrators in the second step of the analysis.
Ultimately, conducting the analysis in this manner will assist in an understanding of possible links between motivation and participation. Furthermore, this methodology may allow for the development of useful strategies that could assist future administrations of ILSAs in meeting the specified response rates.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The initial results highlight a number of differences between the administrations of the four implementations of ILSAs at the empirical level. In PISA 2022, a higher rate of absence was recorded amongst students, more test dates needed to be rescheduled due to scheduling conflicts within the school, and a higher rate of parental refusal was observed. These observations will be furthered examined using motivational theory.
Examining processes and procedures using motivation theory, has already gone some way in understanding the change in response rates between 2018 and 2022. For example, a theme identified in a thematic analysis of semi-structured interview with principals in the PISA 2018 autumn study indicated that if there was more ‘buy in’ from teachers, students and parents there would not be an issue with response rates. The ‘buy in’ is an indication of a person being motivated to take on a task, in this case participating in a ILSAs.
On foot of this initial analysis, we consider the change in response rates to be attributable to a combination of logistic and motivational factors. We consider motivation theory to be a valuable tool in the analysis of participation, given that ILSA’s are low-stakes tests at the student level (though the stakes are higher at a system-level). In an effort to maintain response rates at the required levels, project managers could consider employing strategies that not only address logistical factors, but that also give due consideration to the part that motivation factors may play in response rates. These strategies may ultimately provide a useful tool for project managers in administering ILSAs.

References
Deci, E.L., & Ryan, R.M. (1985). Intrinsic motivation and self-determination in human behavior. Springer, New York.
Ferraro, D., Kali, J., & Williams, T. (2009). Program for International Student Assessment (PISA) 2003: U.S. Nonresponse bias analysis (NCES 2009-088). National Centre for Education Statistics, Institute of Education Sciences, U.S. Department of Education. Washington, DC. Retrieved at: https://nces.ed.gov/pubs2009/2009088.pdf
Freedman, J.L. & Fraser, S.C. (1966). Compliance without pressure: The Foot-In-The-Door technique. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology. 4(2). 195-202.
Miller, M. K., Clark, J. D., & Jehle, A. (2015). Cognitive dissonance theory (Festinger). The Blackwell encyclopedia of sociology, 1, 543-549.
OECD (2023). PISA 2022 technical report. Paris: OECD Publishing. https://www.oecd.org/pisa/data/pisa2022technicalreport/
Wenemark, M., Persson, A., Brage H. N., Svensson, T., & Kristenson, M. (2011). Applying Motivation Theory to Achieve Increased Response Rates, Respondent Satisfaction and Data Quality. Journal of Official Statistics, Vol. 27, No. 2, 2011, pp. 393–414
 
12:45 - 13:3010 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

A Phenomenological Interpretive Analysis of the Experience of Becoming a Teacher: The Case of Lithuania

Remigijus Bubnys1, Lina Pečiulienė1,2

1Vilnius University, Lithuania; 2Vilniaus kolegija / Higher Education Institution

Presenting Author: Bubnys, Remigijus

Theoretical literature (Beauchamp, & Thomas, (2010), Pelini (2017), Danielewicz, (2001), Vermunt et al (2017), Schultz, & Ravitch, (2013), Maaranen, & Stenberg, (2017), Beijaard et al (2000), Beijaard et al (2004), Curry et al., (2016), Crosswell & Beutel (2017), Cuadra, & Castro-Carrasco, & Oyanadel, & González, & Živković, & Sandoval-Díaz, & Perez-Zapata, (2023), Beijard (2019) reveals that there are various concepts of identity and professional identity, but it is evident that teachers with a stronger teacher identity are more successful in the education system and less likely to drop out of the system, it is also evident that the most intensive professional identity formation occurs during the years of study, which can be called the most intensive years of becoming a teacher.

The Lithuanian education system faces various issues, such as the shortage of teaching staff and low teacher status in society, the attraction of the best candidates to the teaching profession, etc. Despite this, young people still choose to become teachers. This research explores the experiences of pre-service Lithuanian teachers. The research sought to answer the question 'What is the lived experience of becoming a teacher?’. Since the problem question highlights a concern with the experience of becoming a teacher and the focus is on the personal experience and seeking meaning in this experience, the study adopts the method of Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (hereafter abbreviated as IPA), which is considered to be one of the most appropriate methods for this type of research question, thus allowing to go in more depth on the experience of the participant. The research aims to shed light on the experience of becoming a teacher and its characteristic features as they appear in the minds of the research participants. The analysis seeks to describe the results in a way that makes them understandable to the reader as a meaningful named reality. Although IPA belongs to a type of phenomenological research, it has some distinctive features that distinguish it from other phenomenological approaches (Peoples, 2021; Smith, Flowers, & Larkin, 2009, 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Achieving a deep understanding of a phenomenon requires purposive sampling by selecting participants who can share insights about the phenomenon they are experiencing which is identity formation during the years of study; achieving depth and insight requires an idiographic approach, whereby the experience of each participant is scrutinized in great depth and detail, and the aim of studying a particular experience requires the group of participants to be homogeneous. For this study, 11 students of full-time concurrent initial teacher training programmes were selected for in-depth interviews. The study follows the general steps, principles, and strategies of the IPA process offered by (Smith, Flowers, & Larkin, 2009, 2022).

The process of analyzing one interview follows certain steps: multiple readings of the transcripts, making descriptive and conceptual comments, developing emergent themes, searching connections across emergent themes through the application of certain strategies and building the structure of each participant's superordinate themes. The process is hermeneutic, ongoing and dynamic. After analyzing each case individually, the results of separate cases were analysed and a general meta-theme structure of the entire cohort was developed and validated by repeated analysis of each case to see if the meta-theme was well represented at least in six participants' interviews in an attempt to reveal the authentic but similarly lived experience of the participants' professional teacher identity formation and meaning-making. The findings are discussed with a literature. This poster presentation represents part of the results – and discloses one of the meta-themes which is “The significant others”. It reveals what people occurred in the lived experience of the research participants and what meaning they had to them within the process of becoming a teacher. The findings are compared with other studies that focus on the social aspect of teacher identity formation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the narratives of all the participants in the study, the most significant actors in the process of becoming a teacher are, first of all, the children, and the students.  Being able to participate in a teaching internship during the formal studies process or get their first jobs related to a future profession (teacher assistant, babysitter, teacher) allows pre-service teachers to try teaching or related to teaching activities themselves.
For the majority of the participants in the study, the parents of the children or pupils were also significant others, especially for the participants studying preschool pedagogy. The study participants were quite often worried about their preparedness and competencies to work with parents, who in their stories were often unreasonably abusive, pretentious, demanding, confrontational and even aggressive, while others were indifferent to their children, withdrawn, alcoholics and lacking social skills.
The parent's scepticism about young inexperienced pre-service teachers and even young in-service teachers, who don’t have children is evident. But the tension between generations of teachers is evident too. Many of the participants presented an infinite variety of positive and negative images of the teachers, mentors and potential employers they met in the past and within the study contexts. Some of those reinforced their choice to be a teacher, inspired, encouraged, strengthened, advised and trusted. The other group of teachers encountered were disturbing to the participants, causing contradictory and negative feelings, such as anger, intimidation, sadness, etc. - they were the kind of teachers that the participants did not want to be like in any way. These were disturbers of choice and of becoming a teacher - acting as antagonistic figures. Mentors emerge as particularly significant others for the development of identity and can have both positive and negative impacts.

References
Beauchamp, C., & Thomas, L. (2010). Reflecting on an ideal: Student teachers envision a future identity. Reflective Practice, 11(5), 631-643.
Beijaard, D. (2019). Teacher learning as identity learning: models, practices, and topics. Teachers and Teaching. 25. 1-6. 10.1080/13540602.2019.1542871.
Beijaard, D., Meijer, P. C., & Verloop, N. (2004). Reconsidering research on teachers’ professional identity. Teaching and teacher education, 20(2), 107-128.
Beijaard, D., Verloop, N., & Vermunt, J. D. (2000). Teachers’ perceptions of professional identity: An exploratory study from a personal knowledge perspective. Teaching and teacher education, 16(7), 749-764.
Burke, P. J., & Stets, J. E. (2009). Identity Theory. Oxford University Press.
Cuadra, D. & Castro-Carrasco, P. & Oyanadel, C. & González, I. & Živković, P. & Sandoval-Díaz, J. & Perez-Zapata, D. (2023). Preservice Teacher Professional Identity: Influence of the Teacher Educator and the Teacher Education Model. Education Policy Analysis Archives. 10.14507/epaa.31.7631.
Danielewicz, J. (2001). Teaching selves: Identity, pedagogy, and teacher education. Suny Press.
Flores, M. & Day, Ch. (2006). Contexts which shape and reshape new teachers’ identities: A multi-perspective study. Teaching and Teacher Education. 22. 219-232. 10.1016/j.tate.2005.09.002.
Kroger, J., & Marcia, J. E. (2011). The identity statuses: Origins, meanings, and interpretations. In Handbook of identity theory and research (pp. 31-53). New York, NY: Springer New York.
Mifsud, D. (2018). Professional Identities in Initial Teacher Education. 10.1007/978-3-319-76174-9.
Nias, J. (1989), Primary Teachers Talking: A Study of Teaching as Work, London: Routledge.
Pelini, E., S. (2017) Analysing the socio-psychological construction of identity among pre-service teachers, Journal of Education for Teaching, 43:1, 61-70, DOI: 10.1080/02607476.2017.1251095
Ruohotie-Lyhty, Maria & Moate, Josephine. (2016). Who and how? Preservice teachers as active agents developing professional identities. Teaching and Teacher Education. 55. 318-327. 10.1016/j.tate.2016.01.022.
Smith, J.A. & Nizza, I.E. (2022). Essentials of interpretative phenomenological analysis. American Psychological Association.
Smith, J.A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2009). Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis: Theory, Method and Research.
Smith, J.A., Flowers, P., & Larkin, M. (2022). Interpretative phenomenological analysis: Theory, method and research (2nd ed.). Sage.
Waber, J. & Hagenauer, G. & Hascher, T. & de Zordo, L.. (2021). Emotions in social interactions in pre-service teachers’ team practica. Teachers and Teaching. 27. 1-22. 10.1080/13540602.2021.1977271.


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

The Emotional Intelligence and Wellbeing of Students of Education Sciences. Challenges and Possibilities

Laura García-Docampo, Ana Vázquez-Rodríguez, Patricia Alonso-Ruido

University of Santiago de Compostela, Spain

Presenting Author: Vázquez-Rodríguez, Ana

Over the last few decades, the term intelligence has broadened in meaning. It has shifted from a more traditional perspective to one that also takes emotions into account. In this regard, some studies focus precisely on individual differences in how people process, analyse and show their emotions (Salguero et al., 2010).

Thus, there is a growing concern for emotional intelligence in different contexts. As Santos Rego and Lorenzo (2000, p. 227) point out "emotional intelligence is a different way of being intelligent". Nelis et al. (2009) also suggest that it can influence the level of success that a person can achieve in life.

People with emotional intelligence are able to respond to stressful situations in a more flexible way, preventing the associated negative emotions or, if they are present, focusing them from a positive perspective (Ortega , 2010). In this sense, the development of emotional intelligence will make it possible to promote people's well-being by being able to optimise their lives and vital circumstances and events (Cruz et al., 2017).

Therefore, these emotional competencies, that allow us to recognise and manage our own and other people's emotions, are a key element in higher education, especially in Education Sciences degrees. According to Extremera and Fernández-Berrocal (2004) and Cabello et al. (2010), the development of these competencies will enable students to cope with work-related stress in the future and to learn to recognise and respond more appropriately to the emotional needs of the population they work with.

Furthermore, the role of these professionals will be fundamental in the development of socioemotional competences of the group they will attend. In this sense, it should not be forgotten that they can function as facilitators of learning motivation and contribute to students' academic performance and educational success (Durlak et al., 2011; García-Martínez et al., 2023).

Knowing the emotional competences of Education Sciences students allows us to analyse their training needs and offer perspectives for improvement for this group and others with similar characteristics. Therefore, the main objective of this work is to analyse the type of emotional intelligence of Education Sciences students in a Spanish university. This information will allow us to draw up competence profiles in relation to the students' ability to attend to, understand and regulate emotions. In this way, it will be possible to offer training proposals in order to respond to the perceived deficiencies or to strengthen those competencies that are less developed and that are also considered essential for the professional career of these students.

This work is part of a doctoral thesis which has been supported by the Government of Spain through a pre-doctoral contract for “University Professor Training (FPU18/01858)”.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodological approach used has been quantitative. For this study, it has been applied the Spanish version of the "Trait Meta-Mood Scale" (Fernandez-Berrocal, 2004), which has already been validated with similar groups in several studies. This scale provides information about the level of emotional intelligence based on three factors: attention (awareness of one's own emotions), understanding (ability to identify and recognise emotions) and regulation of one's own emotions (ability to control emotions).
The response is Likert-type (1= strongly disagree / 5= strongly agree). The total number of items to be answered is 24. The first 8 items are related to the first factor (emotional attention), the 8 intermediate items correspond to the second factor (emotional understanding) and the last 8 are related to the capacity for "emotional regulation". The sum of the scores obtained for each factor is compared with the corresponding scale and this allows the scores to be distributed as "low", "adequate" or "excellent" for each dimension.
The participating sample is of 351 students aged between 20 and 38. Specifically, 124 from the Bachelor's degree in Primary Education (28 men and 96 women), 93 from the Bachelor's degree in Pedagogy (14 men and 79 women), 79 are students from the Bachelor's degree in Early Childhood Education (6 men and 73 women) and 54 from the Bachelor's degree in Social Education (7 men and 47 women). The reason for choosing this group was conditioned by the possibility of access to the sample, and because it is a fairly representative group, at regional level, in terms of the training received by some of the future education professionals.
The data collection process was carried out between March and April 2022. For this purpose, after agreement with the responsible teaching staff, the first 10 minutes of class were used to let students fill in the questionnaire. The whole process was accompanied by the corresponding ethical considerations and has the favourable report of the Bioethics Committee. The IBM SPSS Statistics version 25 software was used for data analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In general terms, attention to emotions (M=30.68) is a much more developed dimension among future professionals if we compare it with understanding (M=25.88) and emotional regulation (M=25.89). It is also these dimensions that obtain the highest number of scores at the "low" level, with 36.76% and 38.91% respectively. It could be said, then, that although awareness of emotions has increased, understanding and regulation have not, which could be influenced by the discourse on mental health and concern for emotions in recent years. This confirms the need to improve the levels for a large proportion of the sample, as the literature suggests that those with low scores in emotional understanding and regulation show excessive levels of stress, more social anxiety and greater depression.
Specifically, the different analyses applied show that there are no significant differences between degrees. However, there are significant differences between men and women. Women pay greater attention to their emotions [p=.033. M(men)=29.25; M(women)=30.95], while men show greater emotional regulation and predisposition to impulse control [p=.001; M(men)=28.13; M(women)=25.48], as supported by similar studies. For this reason, it is relevant to take into account the gender perspective in order to better adapt training proposals, given that, in addition, degrees related to Education Sciences tend to be quite feminised.
In short, being aware of these realities allows us to be in a position to offer training proposals and educational improvements for students of Education Sciences. As we have said at the beginning, if these professionals develop their emotional intelligence, this will have a positive impact on their academic performance. At the same time, it will also improve their personal wellbeing and influence their job satisfaction and future career development.

References
Cabello, R., Ruíz-Aranda, D., & Fernández-Berrocal, P. (2010). Docentes emocionalmente inteligentes. Revista electrónica interuniversitaria de formación del profesorado, 13(1), 41-49. https://emotional.intelligence.uma.es/documentos/Docentes_emocionalmente_inteligentes_2010.pdf
Cruz, O., Hernández, D. E., & Pérez, M. (2017). Bienestar en niños enfermos hospitalizados. Humanidades Médicas, 17(2), 396-414. http://scielo.sld.cu/pdf/hmc/v17n2/hmc11217.pdf
Durlak, J. A., Weissberg, R. P., Dymnicki, A. B., Taylor, R. D., & Schellinger, K. B. (2011). The impact of enhancing students' social and emotional learning: a meta-analysis of school-based universal interventions. Child development, 82(1), 405–432. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8624.2010.01564.x
Extremera, N., & Fernández-Berrocal, P. (2004). La importancia de desarrollar la inteligencia emocional en el profesorado. Revista iberoamericana de educación, 34(3), 1-9. https://doi.org/10.35362/rie3334005
Fernandez-Berrocal, P., Extremera, N., & Ramos, N. (2004). Validity and Reliability of the Spanish Modified Version of the Trait Meta-Mood Scale. Psychological Reports, 94(3), 751–755. https://doi.org/10.2466/pr0.94.3.751-755
García-Martínez, I., Augusto-Landa, J. M., León, S. P., & Quijano-López, R. (2023). Pathways between self-concept and academic stress: the role of emotional intelligence and personality among university students. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 47(2), 182-196. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2022.2102413
Nelis, D., Quoidbach, J., Mikolajczak, M., & Hansenne, M. (2009). Increasing emotional intelligence: (How) is it possible? Personality and individual differences, 47(1), 36-41. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2009.01.046
Ortega, M. C. (2010). La educación emocional y sus implicaciones en la salud. Revista Española de Orientación y Psicopedagogía, 21(2), 462-470. https://doi.org/10.5944/reop.vol.21.num.2.2010.11559
Salguero, J. M., Fernandez-Berrocal, P., Balluerka, N., & Aritzeta, A. (2010). Measuring perceived emotional intelligence in the adolescent population: Psychometric properties of the Trait Meta-Mood Scale. Social Behavior and Personality: An international journal, 38(9), 1197-1210. https://doi.org/10.2224/sbp.2010.38.9.1197  
Santos Rego, M. A., & Lorenzo, M. M. (2000). La inteligencia emocional en perspectiva pedagógica. En Miguel A. Santos Rego (Ed.), A educación en perspectiva: homenaxe ó profesor Lisardo Doval Salgado (pp. 227-240). Servicio de Publicaciones e Intercambio Científico da Universidade de Santiago de Compostela.


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

The Professional Development of University Teachers: Prior Knowledge

Virginia Larrea, Laura Osete, Eloina Garcia Félix

Universitat Politècnica de Valencia, Spain

Presenting Author: Larrea, Virginia; Osete, Laura

The professional development of university faculty is a critical aspect of ensuring the quality of teaching, research, and contribution to the academic community (Biggs, 2005). Most universities offer pedagogical training programs to ensure that higher education responds effectively to the needs of students and society, as well as to improve the quality of teaching and contribute to the formation of individuals capable of facing learning challenges in an autonomous and reflective manner (Boud & Hager, 2012).

In this context, the Institute of Educational Sciences (ICE) of the Universitat Politècnica de València (UPV) has been developing the Expert Diploma in University Pedagogy (DEXPU) for more than two decades, in which more than 600 teachers from different areas of knowledge have participated throughout its editions. Its aim is to develop the necessary competencies to implement quality teaching, where the students and their education are at the center, using various strategies and training tools to face contemporary educational challenges(Paricio, J.; Fernández A.; Fernández I.; 2019).

The program focuses its attention on the professional experience of each teacher, on their analysis and evaluation, in order to later confront them with others and thus obtain ideas and sensations that can serve as a model for the general public (Paricio, J.; Fernández A.; Fernández I.; 2019). This approach highlights the uniqueness of each participant's experience, resulting in personalized learning objectives, where support from peers, tutors, and trainers is crucial (Zeichner & Liston, 2013).

The importance of this training is undeniable in the current educational context. As universities face changing challenges and diversity in their communities, the faculty's ability to provide quality education has become more critical than ever. Constant technological evolution, the demands of a diverse student group, and varying expectations for higher education quality underscore the importance of faculty acquiring and refining solid pedagogical skills.

Facilitating professional development not only benefits the teacher, but also has a direct impact on the student learning experience (Pintrich, 2004). Pedagogically well-prepared teachers are better able to adapt to different learning styles, encourage active participation in the learning process, and develop the ability to adapt to the needs of students (Pintrich, 2004). Teachers who are better prepared pedagogically are better able to adapt to diverse learning styles, encourage active participation and provide meaningful feedback.

Furthermore, the competence of "learning to learn" becomes central in this context, referring to a person's ability to acquire, process, organise and apply knowledge effectively and autonomously (Yániz; Villardón-Gallego, 2015). This competence is essential in an ever-changing educational and professional environment. Thus, faculty, by developing pedagogical skills, empower students to become independent and adaptable learners (Deakin; Stringher; and Ren, 2014), preparing them to face changing challenges in their future careers (Panadero, 2017).

Therefore, our research question focuses on how the professional development of university faculty influences their ability to effectively promote the acquisition of the "Learning to Learn" Competence (AaA) among their students.

In this paper, we present the results of the self-assessment guide, developed by our research team and carried out by the participants of the last edition of the DEXPU. The self-assessment guide focuses on the analysis of their teaching task, evaluating key aspects influencing their professional work. It is a personal tool that facilitates faculty reflection on their teaching performance and encourages self-management of adjustments and/or changes they deem appropriate. The guide consists of eight dimensions defining a good teacher according to research standards (Paricio, J.; Fernández A.; Fernández I.; 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology used is a quantitative analysis of the self-assessment guide. The guide consists of 72 statements (descriptors for each of the dimensions) using a 5-point Likert scale: 11. Not necessary; 2. I do it poorly; 3. I do it moderately; 4. I do it well; 5. I do it very well.
The eight dimensions refer to course planning (dim.1); class preparation (dim.2); performance during the course (dim.3); performance in expository-participative classes (dim.4); performance in group activities (dim.5); teacher-student relationship (dim.6); mastery of the subject (dim.7) and evaluation (dim.8).
Personal and overall averages have been calculated to provide both a group diagnosis, identifying common needs, and individual analyses, resembling a report where each participant can compare their assessment with the group average.
Additionally, a qualitative analysis was conducted based on reflections solicited from the participants for each dimension after the presentation of the overall results.
This qualitative aspect adds depth to the understanding of the participants' perspectives and allows for a more nuanced interpretation of the quantitative results.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Several conclusions can be drawn from the results. Overall, the group shows similar scores across all dimensions, averaging over 7 points (scale from 0 to 10), which indicates a fairly good perception of their teaching performance.
For the dimensions with the best results, the performance in the course (dim.3) and the teacher-student relationship (dim.6), the faculty's attitude towards students is evaluated, suggesting a faculty that is genuinely concerned about students’ welfare and the need for close interaction.
On the other hand, the dimensions requiring improvement are course planning (dim.1) and performance in group activities in class (dim. 5), and specific actions will be proposed to provide teachers with strategies for group work methodology, focusing on developing students' "learning to learn" competence.
Finally, we highlight four aspects that were considered relevant to develop during the training. The first refers to tutorials, primarily focusing on individual tutoring on-demand, and therefore need to be strengthened, as it is an effective pedagogical tool. The next two are linked to evaluation. On the one hand, there is no evaluation of what the student learns per session, nor are initial evaluations of the content carried out. Initial evaluations allow us to know where the students are starting from and, therefore, to start from what they know, generating a more effective learning process thanks to the relationship established with what has already been understood previously. And, the last aspect to work on is related to the student's workload, the need to know how to estimate the time that students need to assimilate certain content, taking into account the workload involved.
Undoubtedly, these results provide visibility and reinforcement for the ongoing training program, addressing both group-wide needs and the specificities of each participant.

References
•Biggs, J. (2005). Calidad del aprendizaje universitario. Madrid: Narcea.
•Boud, D., & Hager, P. (2012). "Re-thinking continuing professional development through changing metaphors and location in professional practices." Studies in Continuing Education, 34(1), 17-30
•Caena, F. (2019). Developing a European Framework for the Personal, Social & Learning lo Learn Key Competence. Luxemboug: Publicatons Office of the European Union. Recuperado de https://bit.ly/2vBzK8A
•Deakin, R., Stringher, C. y Ren. K. (2014). Learning to learn. Londres y Nueva York: Routledge.
•Panadero, E. (2017). A Review of Self-regulated Learning: Six Models and Four Directions for Research. Frontiers in Psychology, 8, 422. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00422
•Paricio, J., Fernández, A. y Fernández, I. (Eds.) (2019). Cartografía de la buena docencia universitaria. Un marco para el desarrollo del profesorado basado en la investigación. Madrid: Narcea.
•Pintrich, P. R. (2004). A conceptual framework for assessing motivation and self-regulated learning in college students. Educational Psychology Review, 16 (4), 385-407.
•Yániz, C. y Villardón-Gallego, L. (2015). Competencia para aprender. En L. Villardón-Gallego (Coord.), Competencias genéricas en educación superior (pp. 25-53). Madrid: Narcea.
•Zeichner, K., & Liston, D. (2013). "Reflective teaching: An introduction." Routledge


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

Newly Qualified Teachers as Resources in the Professional Community: How Tools for Mentoring can Contribute

Eli Lejonberg, Hilde Madso Jacobsen, Katrine Nesje

University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Lejonberg, Eli

Newly qualified teachers (NQTs) face challenges and need support in their first years in the profession (Caspersen & Raaen, 2014). However, the quality of support they receive in schools varies greatly (Jacobsen & Gunnulfsen, 2023), and they may be unsure of the relevance of their teacher education in practice (Jakhelln, Eklund, Aspfors, Bjørndal, & Stølen, 2019). Although NQTs need support, they also bring updated knowledge to schools and can contribute to colleagues' exploratory dialogues and innovative thinking, as resources in their professional communities (Jakhelln, 2011; Kvam, Roness, Ulvik, & Helleve, 2023).

Mentoring programs for NQTs can provide support for individuals and contribute to professional development in the school's professional community (Jakhelln, 2011). Governing documents emphasize that support for NQTs should be integrated with other professional community activities and school-based development work (Jacobsen, Jensen, & Lejonberg, 2023). A review study suggests that learning and professional development for teachers should be seen as a continuous process involving formal and informal structures (Tynjälä & Heikkinen, 2011). Therefore, it is important to examine how structures for mentoring NQTs can promote the resources developed in teacher education. This study investigates the use of tools to promote mentoring that recognizes NQTs as resources in the professional community. The tools are understood based on three dimensions: discursive, material, and relational (Kemmis et al., 2014).The research question is: How can mentoring be shaped by tools developed to promote NQTs as resources in the professional community? To answer this question, we consider the competence of NQTs in the teaching and mentoring arenas, and how mentoring can contribute to the professional community. Primary data includes videos of one-on-one mentoring and group mentoring, with follow-up interviews and group discussions with mentors as secondary data.

Theory

In this contribution, mentoring using tools is understood based on the Theory of Practice Architecture (TPA) (Kemmis et al., 2014). The practices examined in this contribution are understood as social phenomena where the dicursive, the material, and the relational aspects constitute three dimensions in which practice unfolds. The tools investigated here are understood as architectures that surround and have the potential to hinder and promote practice. What we examine is what characterizes the discourse, actions, and how the actors relate to each other, when they interact in mentoring using tools. In the discursive dimension, the focus is on the participants' language and thinking, as hindered and promoted by the tools. In the material dimension, the focus is on what participants do, as hindered and promoted by the tools. In the relational dimension, the focus is on how relations are hindered and promoted by the tools.

The tools

The tools, understood in light of presented theoretical framework, can inhibit and promote practices related to discourse, action, and relationships. As discursive arrangements, the tools suggest questions and formulations for mentoring, shaping speaking and thinking. Previous research shows that the tools' theoretical concepts and proposed formulations are utilized in mentoring (Hunskaar & Gudmundsdottir, 2023; Nesje & Lejonberg, 2022). The tools include guides with relevant questions to promote reflection on the mentee's competence and its application in the professional community. For example, "What was your master's thesis about?" and "How can the school benefit from your expertise in this field?” The tools also encourage appropriate actions, providing structures for interaction and mentoring sequences. As relational arrangements, the tools offer equal access to mentors and mentees, empowering mentees to take ownership and initiative in mentoring.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study utilized video recordings from one group mentoring conversation and one one-to-one mentoring conversation as primary data for thematic analysis, with the use of Interact (Mangold-international.com, 2024). Additionally, video recordings from a mentor group conversation and two follow-up interviews were used as secondary data. Three NQTs participated in the group mentoring, taking turns as the focus person, while a fourth person observed digitally. Later, a one-on-one mentoring session was conducted with the observer. Both mentoring sessions was followed by interviews with the mentor.
The analysis began with a review of video recordings and observation notes to examine how the tools were used in the two mentoring settings. This initial review revealed how the tool influenced both the form and content of the conversation. A second review was then conducted, focusing on how the tool structured the conversation and how it contributed to discussions about the resources NQTs in the professional community. This review highlighted the adaptability of the tool to the specific context of the mentoring sessions.

Further examination focused on how the participants discussed the resources of NQTs and possible contributions to the professional community. The analysis then considered how the tool influenced the mentoring practices, with attention to discourse (sayings), actions (doings), and relationships (relations) (Kemmis et al., 2014). The examination of the empirical material led to the development of theoretically and empirically grounded codes based on the theoretical concepts of sayings, doings and relatings. This proses resulted in three sub-codes for sayings, two for doings and two for relatings being developed, tested on the data and adjusted as needed.

The analysis visualized that the mentoring conversations were characterized by a focus on competence, the professional community, and the contributions of NQTs. The study highlighted how the tools used in the mentoring sessions structured the conversations while also being adaptable to the specific context. Moreover, the analysis emphasized the importance of symmetry and support in the mentoring process.

Overall, the thematic analysis contribute to our knowledge about how tool can shape mentoring conversations and how such conversations can addressed the resources and contributions of NQTs in the professional community. The findings shed light on the dynamics and practices of the mentoring process and provide valuable insights for future mentoring and tool research, as well as for professional development in the field.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This work explores how mentoring using tools can promote practices that enhance awareness of NQTs as resources in professional communities. We focus on competence expressed in teaching and mentoring arenas, with relevance for the professional community. The findings indicate that the tools help promote the mentees as resources by focusing on their competence and its relevance for the professional community. Grounding analysis in TPA, has helped us highlighting how tools as discursive arrangements promote ways of thinking and talking about NQTs as potential resources in the professional community. Despite the mentor describing relevant terms as unfamiliar for NQTs, the tools promote the use of the terms "resource" and "professional community" in mentoring. The findings suggest that awareness of NQTs as resources develops in mentoring, making competence from both the teaching arena and the mentoring arena accessible to the professional community. Understanding the tools as material arrangements reveals how they can promote actions that make NQTs' competence relevant for the professional community. By contributing with structure and content to mentoring, the tools promote interaction that develops competence and increases awareness of NQTs as resources. Investigation of relating visualize how tools can promote symmetry in the mentoring relationship, challenging but also developing the mentees. As illustrated in the introduced model, integrating the different arenas—teaching, mentoring, and professional community—can strengthen the development of NQTs' competence and the school's professional community. Tools, seen as architectures for practice, can help create coherence between these arenas.

(Figure 1: illustrating how tools can enhance competence developed in different arenas to influence each other)
 

References
Caspersen, J., & Raaen, F. D. (2014). Novice teachers and how they cope. Teachers and Teaching, 20(2), 189-211.
Hunskaar, T. S., & Gudmundsdottir, G. B. (2023). Tool-based mentoring conversations in teacher education: new structures, opportunities and the role of adaptive expertise. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 12(4), 424-439.
Jacobsen, H. M., & Gunnulfsen, A. E. (2023). Dealing with policy expectations of mentoring newly qualified teachers–a Norwegian example. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1-15.
Jacobsen, H. M., Jensen, R., & Lejonberg, E. (2023). Tracing ideas about mentoring newly qualified teachers and the expectations of school leadership in policy documents. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1-23.  
Jakhelln, R. E., Eklund, G. B. M., Aspfors, J., Bjørndal, K. E. W., & Stølen, G. (2019). Newly qualified teachers’ understandings of research-based teacher education practices in Finland and Norway. doi:https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2019.1659402
Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer
Kvam, E. K., Roness, D., Ulvik, M., & Helleve, I. (2023). Newly qualified teachers: Tensions between needing support and being a resource. A qualitative study of newly qualified teachers in Norwegian upper secondary schools. Teaching and Teacher Education, 127, 104090.
Mangold-international.com. (2024). Qualitative and Quantitative Video Coding Software.
Nesje, K., & Lejonberg, E. (2022). Tools for the school-based mentoring of pre-service teachers: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 111, 103609.
Tynjälä, P., & Heikkinen, H. L. (2011). Beginning teachers’ transition from pre-service education to working life. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 14(1), 11-33.


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

Not Simply Hoping – Strengthening the Foundation for Quality Teaching in Albania

Julie Cowan

University of Newcastle, Australia

Presenting Author: Cowan, Julie

Subject to global pressures since the fall of communism in December 1990, efforts to modernise and improve Albania’s education system through policy initiatives have produced little, if any, change (Maghnouj et al., 2020; UNESCO, 2017). Attempts to address the conspicuous gap between policy and practice have focused on reforming initial teacher education (ITE) (European Commission, 2015; European Union, 2007, Mita et al. 2023) but the effects are yet to filter through to in-school classroom practice. Extant studies demonstrate that, Albanian pre-certified teachers (who have completed a two-year Professional Master of Teaching program) fail to demonstrate government-mandated learner-centred practices during their three-month internships. Instead, they tend to replicate what they experienced in their own schooling and much of their teacher training; namely, direct textbook instruction (Zaçellari, 2019). What is clear, after decades of Albanian educational reform, is that applying policy without adequate support and training hampers teachers’ capacities to develop and flourish in the classroom.

If improvements to quality are to be addressed and achieved, quality needs to be understood and operationalised. Taking such reform to scale requires a solid conceptualisation of what constitutes quality teaching, without which teachers will not have the capacity to understand when they have indeed achieved it (City et al., 2009). This is where the Quality Teaching (QT) Model, developed in Australia, has potential value (State of NSW, Department of Education, 2020). As a longstanding framework on quality teaching, backed by rigorous research showing positive effects on teachers and students when used as an instrument for coding lessons, the QT Model provides a solid foundation for building quality practice in Albania, based on clear concepts and a common language with which to talk about quality teaching.

This poster outlines a first of its kind analysis of Albanian teacher education carried out as part of a larger PhD project whereby Albanian pre-service teachers were introduced to the QT Model and coding process in an attempt to build their capacity for quality teaching.

Taking an existing model from one educational context and simply implementing it in a vastly different setting is not recommended. Indeed, doing so with little regard to context is unwise and potentially damaging. Therefore, as a first step in determining the potential suitability and likely benefit of utilising the QT Model in future Albanian teacher education, I investigated the alignment between the Albanian ITE curriculum of three universities and the QT Model. My contention was that demonstrated alignment would increase the Albanian Ministry of Education’s confidence in the value of the Model for improving quality teaching and would identify where the greatest improvements to teaching might be anticipated as newly trained teachers engage with the Model.

To investigate how Albanian ITE potentially relates to the QT Model, the following two research questions were employed in undertaking a curriculum analysis:

1. Which QT elements, if any, are evident within the written curricula for the pedagogical subjects taught at three Albanian ITE institutions?

2. How does the enacted ITE curriculum align with the written curriculum and with the QT Model?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Pedagogically focused subject syllabi were requested from three Albanian ITE institutions offering the Professional Master of Teaching program. The institutions supplied 31 syllabi, of which 23 were relevant to this analysis.  Alongside analysis of the written curriculum, and informed by Dewey’s transactional realism (Biesta, 2010; Biesta & Burbules, 2003), the experiences of 26 preservice teachers (20 pre-licensed teacher-interns and 6 master of teaching students) were also investigated to address how the curriculum was enacted.
The QT Model’s 18 elements were used as a deductive framework to guide analysis of the written curriculum. ‘Alignment’ was considered to occur when it was evident that there was clear potential for the QT Model’s elements to be covered to varying degrees by the subject syllabuses. When analysing the interview transcripts, the Model was again used deductively to identify alignment between the Model’s 18 elements and the participants’ experiences of the enacted curriculum. Identified alignments were then also analysed in relation to the written curriculum map to identify patterns and parallels.
As part of the larger study, participants were introduced to the QT Model during a one-day professional development workshop (for teacher-interns), or a university-based, two-and-a-half-hour workshop (for master’s students). Post workshops, participants were asked if they could identify any elements that may have been addressed or clearly absent in their master’s training, as a means of corroborating findings from analysis of the written and enacted curricula – the results of which were analysed against the two curriculum maps.
Additionally, to address the potential tension between what is taught and what is intended, participants were asked to comment on how adequately their institution’s programs had prepared them for classroom practice and any future learning needs they required. These transcripts were inductively coded using a transactional realist lens to also identify potential influences of the hidden curricula.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
While similarities were identified between the ITE curricula and the QT Model, the analysis demonstrates uneven inclusion of the QT elements across both the written and enacted curricula. These results suggest that ITE students are likely to have gained some exposure to some QT elements during their teacher training and that more systematically introducing the QT Model would not be at odds with the Albanian government’s mandate on modernising teaching practices.  
However, in the interviews, while participants mentioned the concept of “learner-centred teaching”, they contrasted these ostensibly modern practices with their own experiences of traditional classrooms. Moreover, they could not adequately explain what quality might look like in a modern, learner-centred classroom, likely due to repeated exposure to direct textbook instruction during their training which they revealed as they voiced frustration at lecturers’ attempts to broach new methods with old tricks.  
This study demonstrates that Albanian ITE is some distance from having a clearly articulated, solid conceptual foundation for what constitutes quality teaching. Yet, with some discernible alignment between existing curricula and the QT Model, albeit inconsistently applied, engagement with the QT Model may, perhaps, not be too foreign a concept for Albanian teacher education. My study demonstrates that while existing ITE curriculum addresses some aspects of quality teaching practice, there is room for strengthening their pedagogical foundations. To do so, all trainee teachers should be provided with a solid conceptualisation of, and the language with which to talk about, what constitutes quality teaching. Furthermore, the incongruency between the intended curriculum and how it is taught must be addressed.  

References
Biesta, G. (2010). Pragmatism and the Philosophical Foundations of Mixed Methods Research. In A. Tashakkori & C. Teddlie, SAGE Handbook of Mixed Methods in Social & Behavioral Research (pp. 95–118). SAGE Publications, Inc. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781506335193.n4
Biesta, G., J. J., & Burbules, N., C. (2003). Pragmatism and educational research. Rowman and Littlefield Publishers.
City, E. A., Elmore, R. F., Fiarman, S. E., & Teitel, L. (2009). Instructional rounds in education: A network approach to improving teaching and learning. Harvard Education Press.
European Commission. (2015). Shaping career-long perspectives on teaching: A guide on policies to improve Initial Teacher Education. European Commission. https://www.schooleducationgateway.eu/downloads/files/Shaping%20career-long%20perspectives%20on%20teaching.pdf
European Union. (2007). Conclusions of the Council and of the Representatives of the Governments of the member States, meeting within the Council of 15 November 2007, on improving the quality of teacher education. Official Journal of the European Union, 12.12.2007, C300/6. https://www.eumonitor.eu/9353000/1/j4nvhdfcs8bljza_j9vvik7m1c3gyxp/vikqhloqf8yb
Gore, J., Miller, A., Fray, L., & Patfield, S. (2023). Building capacity for quality teaching in Australian schools 2018-2023. University of Newcastle. https://nova.newcastle.edu.au/vital/access/services/Download/uon:53549/ATTACHMENT02?view=true
Maghnouj, S., Fordham, E., Guthrie, C., Henderson, K., & Trujillo, D. (2020). OECD reviews of evaluation and assessment in education: Albania. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/d267dc93-en
Mita, N., & Nano, L. (2023). Teacher Education in Albania: Reforms and Future Developments. In M. Kowalczuk-Walędziak, R. A. Valeeva, M. Sablić, & I. Menter (Eds.), The Palgrave Handbook of Teacher Education in Central and Eastern Europe (pp. 137–158). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-09515-3_6
State of NSW, Department of Education. (2020). Quality Teaching Classroom Practice Guide (3rd ed.).
UNESCO. (2017). Albania: Education policy review; issues and recommendations, extended report (p. 220). http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0025/002592/259245e.pdf
Zaçellari, M. (2019). Teaching practice in the Albanian context: Student-teachers’ perceptions regarding their experience in teaching. In M. Kowalczuk-Walêdziak, A. Korzeniecka-Bondar, W. Danilewicz, & G. Lauwers (Eds.), Rethinking teacher education for the 21st century (1st ed., pp. 168–183). Verlag Barbara Budrich. https://doi.org/10.2307/j.ctvpb3xhh.15


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

A Global Perspective on SDG4 in Teacher Education: Transformative Insights from an SDG4 Webinar

Sunet Grobler, Ann-Kathrin Dittrich

University of Innsbruck, Austria

Presenting Author: Grobler, Sunet; Dittrich, Ann-Kathrin

The international dialogue on sustainability and Agenda2030 has grown globally in response to societal changes. Humanity is responsible for protecting the planet while creating equitable societies for prosperity. The United Nations published the 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) to be reached by 2030 for transformation (United Nations, 2015) and Sustainable Development Goal 4 (SDG4) on quality education is critical to achieving sustainability transformation (UNESCO, 2021). The Teach4Reach international project (OeAD-funded from 2021 until 2023) hosted four online webinars based on SDGs 3 (good health and well-being), 4 (quality education), 5 (gender equality) and 10 (reduced inequalities). During these webinars, presentations and panel discussions took place based on teacher education and the role thereof in supporting Agenda2030. The webinars included stakeholders worldwide, including pre-and in-service teachers, experts, and policy-makers familiar with Agenda2030 since they can support change (OECD, 2019; United Nations, 2022). During the SDG4 webinar, discussions took place in breakout rooms regarding teacher education and SDG4, from which the study aimed to identify stakeholders' perspectives on the fourth SDG, quality education. This SDG, which focuses on reaching quality education worldwide, is essential since it can transform unsustainable tendencies (De la Sienra, 2020). Focusing on quality education can support us in developing societies with citizens who are more aware and responsible, which can support transformation for society’s betterment (Kumar, 2020). Therefore, this study was based on SDG4 targets 4c and 4.7, supporting the increase of qualified teachers through teacher education and the required knowledge and skills for sustainable societies (United Nations, 2015). Investigating the quality education concept was essential since it involves a holistic approach to learning that focuses on skills and competency development (including critical thinking, problem-solving, communication, collaboration, and creativity) and not only academic achievement (Adams, 1993; UNICEF, 2000). Livingston (2023) believes that international comparisons of educational systems and the resulting measurability and standardisation often reduce the concept. When directly analysing SDG4 and its targets as they appear in Agenda2030, it is found that quality education should be globally accessible and inclusive, providing students with the necessary knowledge, skills, and attitudes essential for building a sustainable future (United Nations, 2015). Madalińska-Michalak et al. (2023) argue that education's purpose and significance in one´s context should inform one's view of quality education in our rapidly changing world. This idea of not having one definition for this concept and instead gaining different perspectives on the concept of quality education led us to ask the following questions that guided the analysis: (1) What are educational stakeholders’ perspectives on SDG4 (quality education), and (2) How can we imagine education that promotes transformation towards a sustainable future? Education is crucial for achieving sustainability (UNESCO, 2017; United Nations, 2018; Ferrer-Estévez and Chalmeta, 2021), and a diverse discussion on quality education was therefore needed (Livingston, 2023).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
During the webinar on SDG4, 107 educational stakeholders from Austria, Canada, Germany, Italy, South Africa, and the United States participated, 23 of whom participated in the 45-minute group interviews (breakout rooms) to gain insights into their perspectives on SDG4 and how it is and can be supported in teacher education. The semi-constructed group interviews consisted of the following main topics based on teacher education: (1) How teacher education programs can be leveraged in the future to support Agenda2030 and the SDGs (7 participants), (2) In what ways the SDGs currently feature in teacher education programs from the Global South and the Global North (4 participants), (3) How SDG4 (quality education) can be supported and improved through teacher education programs (5 participants), (4) what a university didactic setting that realises the SDG goals look like in reality, within the framework of teacher education programs (7 participants). The data was collected with prior ethical approval from all participants, who agreed to the recording and publication of the data for analysis. This inductive study utilised Kuckartz’s data-driven approach to building categories (Kuckartz and Rädiker, 2019) on which themes were constructed. The process included the following phases: in the first phase, based on the research questions, we determined the objective of the category-building. Secondly, we decided on the type of categories and the level of abstraction; then, we familiarised ourselves with the data and determined the kind of coding unit. In the fourth phase, we processed the transcripts sequentially, assigning new or existing codes and categories. After that, we grouped the codes in a systemic and organised way, and lastly, we fixed the categories and presented them as themes (Kuckartz and Rädiker, 2019, p. 100).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It has been discovered that reaching the fourth SDG, which focuses on providing quality education, is vital in supporting the Agenda2030, which serves as the overarching theme. This led to education as a hub for transformation as a foundational framework for this study (UNESCO, 2021). Furthermore, three main themes have emerged and were further constructed regarding how sustainability transformation can be envisioned. It can take place through (1) collaboration, (2) rethinking individual well-being and context, and (3) implementing appropriate strategies for skills development. Encouraging stakeholder dialogue is crucial for collaborating and participating in transformative efforts in an ever-changing world. The findings were based on the theory of collaboration and dialogue since transformative efforts require ongoing dialogue among stakeholders in an ever-changing world transformation (United Nations, 2022; ICFE, 2021; Boeren, 2019). This paper seeks to raise awareness and increase knowledge through an international webinar series of Teach4Reach. The study supports the call to action, conveying education stakeholders´ perspectives on quality education and how education transformation can be envisioned for a sustainable future. These findings should be considered when planning teacher education programs to develop platforms for educational stakeholders to discuss well-being, context, and skill-development strategies. Having an international dialogue to reflect on experiences, discuss challenges, and find solutions can support stakeholders in driving transformation and improving the broader society. Not only should dialogue be encouraged, but teacher education programs should be transformed to focus on various views on quality education in different contexts, future teachers' well-being, and appropriate strategies that can be implemented for skill development. This could promote the teaching profession to increase the supply of qualified teachers and values grounded in Agenda2030 for societal betterment.
References
Adams, D. (1993), "Defining educational quality", Improving Educational Quality Project Publication #1. Institute for International Research, Arlington, VA, pp.1–24.
Boeren, E. (2019), "Understanding Sustainable Development Goal (SDG) 4 on 'quality education' from micro, meso and macro perspectives", International Review of Education, Vol 65 No 3, pp.277–294, available at https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11159-019-09772-7 (accessed 6 March; 12 December 2023)
De la Sienra, E. (2020), "Holistic thinking in the worldviews-based learning framework", Leal Filho, W., Azul, A.M., Brandli, L., Özuyar, P.G. and Wall, T. (Eds.), Quality Education: Encyclopedia of the UN Sustainable Development Goals, Springer, Cham., pp.407–419.
Ferrer-Estévez, M. and Chalmeta, R. (2021), "Integrating sustainable development goals in educational institutions", The International Journal of Management Education, Vol 19 No 2, pp.1–19, available at: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijme.2021.100494 (accessed 20 February; 12 December 2023)
ICFE see International Commission on the Futures of Education
International Commission on the Futures of Education. (2021), “Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education”. Paris, France: UNESCO.
Kuckartz, U. and Rädiker, S. (2019). Analyzing Qualitative Data with MAXQDA, Springer, Cham, available at: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-15671-8 (accessed 2 February; 12 December 2023)
Kumar, C. (2020), "Scope of education for sustainable development", Leal Filho, W., Azul, A.M., Brandli, L., Özuyar, P.G. and Wall, T. (Ed.s), Quality Education, Springer, Cham, pp.741–752.
Livingston, K. (2023), “What does quality teacher education mean and how can the preparation of future teachers be quality assured?”, J. Madalinska-Michalak (Ed.), Quality in Teaching and Teacher Education: International Perspectives from a Changing World, Brill, Schöningh, pp.11-31, available at: https://brill.com/display/book/9789004536609/BP000029.xml (accessed 24 February; 12 December 2023)
Madalińska-Michalak, J., Åstrand, B. and Snoek, M. (2023), “Quality in teaching and teacher education: Key dilemmas and implications for research, policy and practice”, J. Madalińska-Michalak (Ed.), Quality in teaching and teacher education, Brill, Schöningh, pp.352-376, available at: https://brill.com/display/book/9789004536609/BP000029.xml (accessed 24 February; 12 December 2023)
OECD see Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development
Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development. (2019), OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030 Project Background, OECD, Paris, France, available at: https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/about/E2030%20Introduction_FINAL_rev.pdf (accessed 5 May; 11 December 2023)
UNICEF see United Nations Children's Fund
United Nations Children's Fund. (2000), "Defining quality in education", working paper UNICEF/PD/ED/00/02, UNICEF, New York, NY, June.
United Nations. (2015), Transforming our World: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. United Nations General Assembly, Department of Economic and Social Affairs, available at: https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda (accessed 14 March 2023; 8 December 2023)


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

Flipped Classroom: Pre-service Teachers’ Learning Experiencies in Social Media Literacy Context

Remigijus Bubnys, Odeta Šapelytė, Aušra Kazlauskienė

Vilnius University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Bubnys, Remigijus

With rapid technological development, learning improvement is one of the concerns in the field of education. Looking for appropriate teaching and learning approaches, methods that are effective for different types of learners, as it is impossible to find one unique method that is best for everyone (Han & Rokenes, 2020). Safapour, Kermanshachi, & Taneja (2019) studied various teaching methods and concluded that, alongside methods such as gamification, case studies, etc., the flipped classroom method is one of the most commonly studied.

The authors (Anderson et al., 2017; Koo et al., 2016) mention that learners who were taught using the flipped classroom teaching method showed a significant improvement in performance. This approach provides flexibility for both learners and teachers (Bergmann & Sams, 2012), increases motivation (Bhagat, Chang, & Chang, 2016; Sengel, 2016), engagement and active learning" (Steen-Utheim & Foldnes, 2018), creates time flexibility (Fraga & Harmon, 2014), satisfaction with one's own creative ability (García-Sánchez & Santos-Espino, 2017), and a greater understanding of one's learning (Kurt, 2017; Jeong et al, 2018), fostering independent learning, innovation, flexibility, critical thinking (Ng, 2018; Ma, 2023), and positive emotions (Jeong, et al., 2019). However, research also highlights barriers to such learning, such as time management and confusion issues (Fraga & Harmon, 2014), negative emotions (worry, nervousness) (Jeong et al., 2018).

The flipped classroom is a fairly widely used method in the higher education environment, and for these reasons it is essential that pre-service teachers receive theoretical and practical training in this methodology, i.e. experience the strengths and issues of this approach for themselves.

Particularly relevant in the digital age is the context of social media being integrated into teaching and learning processes (Burbules, 2016) (where teaching is based on or enriched by social media). Learning that takes place in such contexts can provide multiple learning contexts for learners and teachers, develop independent learning and facilitate collaboration between learners and teachers (Xie and Derakhshan, 2021), which can be facilitated by using flipped classroom.

As Han and Rokenes (2020) argue, research on the flipped classroom approach is rarely related to the training of pre-service teachers.

Research questions: What are the main d benefits of using flipped classroom approach? What are the differences between a flipped classroom and a traditional lecture?

The purpose of the study is to reveal the learning experiences of preschool teachers using the flipped classroom method in the context of social media literacy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research methodology and the context. Qualitative research methodology was applied in order to reveal pre-service teachers’ learning experiences and perceptions toward flipped learning. Pre-service teachers were surveyed at the end of the course, where flipped classroom approach was implemented. One of the focus during the course was to enhance pre-service teachers’ knowledge and skills in critical thinking and media literacy. These topics, concerning media literacy and critical thinking were incorporated in general pedagogy and psychology course and taught by using flipped classroom approach.  
The research is conducted together with the partners from Poland, Bulgaria, Greece, and Romania in the context of Erasmus+ KA220-HED Cooperation partnerships in higher education project „Critical Thinking in the Information Society“ (CTIS), seeking to stimulate innovative learning and teaching practices by elaborating digital educational materials intended to develop advanced transversal skills of critical thinking and media literacy in higher education students (https://ctis-erasmus.info/).
Participants. Methods of data collection. Purposive sampling was used in this study. All 41 students – pre-service teachers, who participated in the project activities and experienced flipped classroom approach were surveyed. But only 31 completed the survey, which was distributed to collect qualitative data in order to help understand pre-service teachers’ learning experiences and thus to improve the course.
Data analysis methods. The analysis of the obtained data employed the inductive content analysis. It was aimed at explaining and interpreting pre-service teachers' learning experiences and perceptions of the flipped classroom in the context of social media literacy, while pointing out key meaning units. Texts of answers to specific questions are treated as the data analysis unit; they are analysed in compliance with main stages (Bengtsson, 2016): 1) repeated consistent reading of answers; 2) pointing out of meaning codes; 3) open coding; 4) categorisation and abstracting: attribution of subcategories and singling out of categories; 5) interpretation. In the initial stage, seeking data validity, two researchers carried out a primary data analysis. Later, the obtained results were reflected jointly with two other researchers, making additions and corrections based on joint consent.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the study revealed that lectures enriched by the flipped classroom approach were engaging, very informative, and more beneficial than regular ones. It is a kind of space, where you have the opportunity to work on an equal basis, to discuss, to see the perspectives of others.  
Pre-service teachers’ general experience regarding learning with flipped classroom embrace such factors as: greater involvement and self-motivation actively participate; encouraging independence (enhancement of independent learning abilities); a higher degree of preparation for the lecture (possibility to prepare in advance); involvement in group work activities; practical applicability of theoretical knowledge (understood as better assimilation of the study material); "dating" the profession (with an ability to test the role of the teacher); flexibility/ability to individualize and personalize learning.  

References
Anderson, H., Frazier, L., Anderson, S., Stanton, R., Gillette, C., & Kim, B. (2017). Comparison of Pharmaceutical Calculations Learning Outcomes Achieved Within a Traditional Lecture or Flipped Classroom Andragogy. Am. J. Pharm. Educ., 81(4), 70.  
Bengtsson, M. (2016). How to plan and perform a qualitative study using content analysis. Nursing Plus Open, 2, 8–14.  
Burbules, N. (2016). How we use and are used by social media in education. Educational Theory, 66(4), 551-565.
Fraga, L., & Harmon, J. (2014). The flipped classroom model of learning in higher education: an investigation of preservice teachers' perspectives and achievement. J. Dig. Learn. Teach. Educ., 31, 18–27.  
García-Sánchez, S., & Santos-Espino, J. (2017). Empowering pre-service teachers to produce ubiquitous flipped classes. Profile Issues in Teachers Prof. Dev., 19, 169–185.  
Han, H., & Rokenes, F. (2020). Flipped Classroom in Teacher Education: A Scoping Review. Frontiers in Education, 5, 601593.  
Jeong, J. S., Cañada-Cañada, F., & González-Gómez, D. (2018). The study of flipped-classroom for pre-service science teachers. Education Science, 8(4), 163.  
Jeong, J. S., González-Gómez, D., Cañada-Cañada, F., Gallego-Picó, A., & Bravo, J. (2019). Effects of active learning methodologies on the students' emotions, self-efficacy beliefs and learning outcomes in a science distance learning course. Journal of Technology and Science Education, 9(2), 217–227.  
Koo, C.; Farris, C.; Bowman, J.; Panahi, L.; & Boyle, P. (2016). Impact of flipped classroom design on student performance and perceptions in pharmacotherapy. Am. J. Pharm. Educ., 80(2), 33.    
Kurt, G. (2017). Implementing the flipped classroom in teacher education: evidence from Turkey. Educational Technology& Society, 20(1), 211–221.
Ma, Y. (2023). Exploration of flipped classroom approach to enhance critical thinking skills. Heliyon, 9(11), e20895.  
Ng, E. (2018). Integrating self-regulation principles with flipped classroom pedagogy for first year university students. Comput. Educ. 126, 65–74.  
Safapour, E., Kermanshachi, S., & Taneja, P. (2019). A Review of Nontraditional Teaching Methods: Flipped Classroom, Gamification, Case Study, Self-Learning, and Social Media. Education Sciences, 9(4), 273.  
Sengel, E. (2016). Using the 'flipped classroom' to enhance physics achievement of the prospective teacher impact of flipped classroom model on physics course. Comput. Assist. Lang. Learn. 30, 1–21.  
Steen-Utheim, A., & Foldnes, N. (2018). A qualitative investigation of student engagement in a flipped classroom. Teach. Higher Educ., 23, 307–324.  
Xie, F., & Derakhshan, A. (2021). A conceptual review of positive teacher interpersonal communication behaviors in the instructional context. Front. Psychol., 12, 708490.


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

Personalized Assessment: Exploring Contract Grading in Service-Learning Courses

Julia Raberger1, Konstantinos Gkaravelas2, Elena Stamouli3, Carla Quesada Pallarès4, Ulrich Hobusch5, Dominik E. Froehlich1

1University of Vienna, Austria; 2University of Ioannina, Greece; 3University of Regensburg, Germany; 4Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain; 5University College for Agricultural and Environmentral Education, Austria

Presenting Author: Raberger, Julia

Contemporary educational paradigms emphasise the importance of student-centred learning experiences, especially in higher education. The debate surrounding grading and its impact on learning outcomes has been fuelled by the limitations of traditional grading methods (see Cain et al., 2022 for a recent review) and the emergence of various alternative grading systems, such as ungrading (Spurlock, 2023), student-created rubrics (Kilgour et al., 2020), portfolios (Froehlich et al., 2022) and other approaches (Newton et al., 2020; Reck, 2022).

In modern educational paradigms, such as digitally-enhanced service-learning experiences (Froehlich, 2018; Froehlich et al., 2023) or challenge-based learning (Van Den Beemt et al., 2023), traditional grading metrics often do not align with the experiential nature of these approaches, as they rely on quantifiable assessments rather than qualitative growth and community impact.

As service-learning and challenge-based learning are widely used approaches in higher education (Gallagher & Savage, 2023; Salam et al., 2019; Sotelino-Losada et al., 2021), it is necessary to consider appropriate grading systems for these approaches. This poster presentation introduces contract grading as a solution to capture the progress and unique contributions of each student in this dynamic learning environment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This poster presents a case study on the use of contract grading in a service-learning framework for teacher education. The study highlights the benefits of this approach and provides insights into its implementation. Furthermore, it also discusses the international adoption of this described service-learning experience and the resulting need for a standardized grading approach.

In addition to the authors’ reflections, a mixed methods data collection with open and closed questions was conducted as part of the course evaluation. Based on the results, suggestions for further research are presented to better position and evaluate contract grading within service-learning courses.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
When looking at the impact of contract grading from the students' perspective, aspects such as transparency and clarity, self-determination and perceived fairness and workload are highlighted.
It is noteworthy that there is a tension between the initial stress and confusion at the beginning of the course and the transparency and clarity that students experience once they have grasped the concept. Future research could investigate ways to understand and alleviate the initial stress and overwhelm associated with contract grading, in order to enhance the student experience.

Although experimental teaching methods often entail group tasks that may cause individual students to feel a loss of control, students reported a different experience with contract grading. It also mentions individual tasks that indirectly support the project and how they can lead to more self-determination and perceived freedom for students seeking a better grade.

This poster presentation analyses the correlation between contract grading and the effectiveness of combining service and learning components in service-learning to create a conducive learning environment. The presentation will conclude with recommendations for educators and areas for future research to optimise the use of contract grading in service-learning and other innovative educational paradigms.

References
Cain, J., Medina, M., Romanelli, F., & Persky, A. (2022). Deficiencies of Traditional Grading Systems and Recommendations for the Future. American Journal of Pharmaceutical Education, 86(7), 8850. https://doi.org/10.5688/ajpe8850

Froehlich, D. E. (2018). Non-Technological Learning Environments in a Technological World: Flipping Comes To The Aid. Journal of New Approaches in Educational Research, 7(2), 88–92. https://doi.org/10.7821/naer.2018.7.304

Froehlich, D. E., Hobusch, U., & Moeslinger, K. (2021). Research Methods in Teacher Education: Meaningful Engagement Through Service-Learning. Frontiers in Education, 6, 680404. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.680404

Froehlich, D. E., Martin, A., Holzmayer, M., & Reitinger, J. (2022). Informelles Lernen online: Ein Sprungbrett vom Studium in den Beruf. Fnma Magazin, 2022(3), 15–17.

Froehlich, D. E., Wührl, S., & Hobusch, U. (2023). Massive Open Online Courses as enablers of service-learningMassive Open Online Courses as enablers of service learning. https://doi.org/10.3217/ZFHE-18-01/06

Gallagher, S. E., & Savage, T. (2023). Challenge-based learning in higher education: An exploratory literature review. Teaching in Higher Education, 28(6), 1135–1157. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2020.1863354

Kilgour, P., Northcote, M., Williams, A., & Kilgour, A. (2020). A plan for the co-construction and collaborative use of rubrics for student learning. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 45(1), 140–153. https://doi.org/10.1080/02602938.2019.1614523

Newton, J. R., Williams, M. C., & Feeney, D. M. (2020). Implementing non-traditional assessment strategies in teacher preparation: Opportunities and challenges. Journal of Culture and Values in Education, 3(1), 39–51. https://doi.org/10.46303/jcve.03.01.3

Reck, R. M. (2022). Adopting Alternative Grading in an Upper-Level Laboratory Course in Bioengineering. 2022 IEEE Frontiers in Education Conference (FIE), 1–5. https://doi.org/10.1109/FIE56618.2022.9962684

Salam, M., Awang Iskandar, D. N., Ibrahim, D. H. A., & Farooq, M. S. (2019). Service learning in higher education: A systematic literature review. Asia Pacific Education Review, 20(4), 573–593. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-019-09580-6

Sotelino-Losada, A., Arbués-Radigales, E., García-Docampo, L., & González-Geraldo, J. L. (2021). Service-Learning in Europe. Dimensions and Understanding From Academic Publication. Frontiers in Education, 6, 604825. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.604825

Spurlock, S. (2023). Improving Student Motivation by Ungrading. Proceedings of the 54th ACM Technical Symposium on Computer Science Education V. 1, 631–637. https://doi.org/10.1145/3545945.3569747

Van Den Beemt, A., Van De Watering, G., & Bots, M. (2023). Conceptualising variety in challenge-based learning in higher education: The CBL-compass. European Journal of Engineering Education, 48(1), 24–41. https://doi.org/10.1080/03043797.2022.2078181


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

Preschool Teachers’ Self-Evaluation of their Competencies in Educating Children with Attention, Emotional, or Developmental Disorders

Liudmila Dulksniene, Dalia Antinienė, Giedre Širvinskienė, Irmantas Ramanauskas, Aušra Griciūtė

LSMU, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Dulksniene, Liudmila

One of the priorities of the education policy is the psychosocial well-being of pre-primary and primary school-age children. Preschool teachers have a special role to play in ensuring children’s psychosocial well-being. Research conducted in Lithuania (Teachers’ Professional Development: Analysis of Progress Data for Lithuanian General Education Schools, 2021, Report on the Study of General and Didactic Competences of Lithuanian General Education School Teachers, 2017) and abroad (Ibda, et al., 2023; Carmen, et al., 2022) shows that teachers are mostly developing their subject-specific competencies, yet they emphasize the importance of psychosocial competencies. According to Sabaliauskas (2018), subject-specific and general competencies have synergies and must go together, as it is not only about what to teach, but also how to teach. Strengthening teachers’ empowerment and social and emotional competencies is essential and, together with teachers’ subject-specific competencies, can help ensure high-quality education.

Preschool teachers in Lithuania and around the world face many challenges in their work. They are at a high risk of professional burnout, which is particularly relevant in today’s context. High levels of occupational stress arise from the demands of the working environment on teachers, such as dealing with the effects of the Covid-19 pandemic in the areas of children’s academic achievements and social and emotional difficulties, the expansion of teachers’ responsibilities and the areas of required competencies, etc. A meta-analysis of many longitudinal studies on the determinants of professional burnout among preschool teachers (Mijakoski et al., 2022) has shown that disruptions to lessons due to schoolchildren’s behavior and social-emotional difficulties are among the main factors that increase teachers’ risk of professional burnout. The data obtained in Lithuania are in line with global trends: even among preschool teachers, professional burnout is linked to emotional and psychological difficulties expressed by children (Murauskienė, 2023). Unfortunately, research on the needs of preschool teachers at work and the enhancement of their psychological well-being has not yet received sufficient attention.

The changed roles of pre-school educators require ever higher qualifications and new competencies. In Lithuania, there is a lack of research that would reveal what competencies of a pre-school educator are important in order to ensure the successful education of children with emotional and behavioral disorders.

The aim of the research was to reveal pre-school teachers’ attitude towards competencies needed to ensure the successful education of children with emotional and behavioral disorders.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to define the knowledge, abilities, and skills required for the profession of preschool teachers who work with children with behavioral, emotional, or developmental difficulties, a study of the profession of a preschool teacher was conducted.
The study of the structure of preschool teachers’ activity and competencies conducted in this work is one of the areas of research on professions, but it is important as it is directly related to professional training, as the qualifications required in the activity system become the goals of the content of professional training, thus determining the quality of the renewal and improvement of the content in professional training.
The study on the professional education and training of preschool teachers was performed during 2021-2023. For this study, we prepared a 27-item self-designed questionnaire consisting of instructions and structured questions, questions with a nominal scale format, and open-ended questions.
The studied sample consisted of 159 preschool teachers working in Lithuania.
The study data obtained from close-ended questions were processed by applying statistical data analysis and using the SPSS 22.0 for Windows (Statistical Package for the Social Sciences) software. The content of the open-ended questions was processed by applying content analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the questionnaire survey showed that pre-school teachers regarded pedagogical, communicative, and socio-psychological competencies as important for in their professional work, while managerial and research competencies were attributed less importance.
The results of the study also showed a lack of knowledge and skills required for work with children with emotional and behavioral disorders among the teachers. Nevertheless, some of the teachers did not feel motivated to acquire new knowledge and skills related to the education of such children.
The qualitative and quantitative research will be summarized with insights and recommendations.

References
1. Carmen, R. G., Olga, B. G., & Beatriz, M. (2022). Socio-emotional competence and self-efficacy of future secondary school teachers. Education Sciences, 12(3), 161. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12030161

2. Ibda, H., Syamsi, I., & Rukiyati, R. (2023). Professional elementary teachers in the digital era: A systematic. Int J Eval & Res Educ, 12(1), 459-467. DOI: 10.11591/ijere.v12i1.23565

3. Mijakoski, D., Cheptea, D., Marca, S. C., Shoman, Y., Caglayan, C., Bugge, M. D., Gnesi, M., Godderis, L., Kiran, S., McElvenny, D. M., Mediouni, Z., Mesot, O., Minov, J., Nena, E., Otelea, M., Pranjic, N., Mehlum, I. S., van der Molen, H. F., & Canu, I. G. (2022). Determinants of Burnout among Teachers: A Systematic Review of Longitudinal Studies. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(9). https://doi-org.ezproxy.dbazes.lsmuni.lt/10.3390/ijerph19095776.

4. Murauskienė, D. (2023). Mokytojų profesinio perdegimo ir makiavelizmo sąsajos ikimokyklinio ugdymo institucijose (Doctoral dissertation, Kauno technologijos universitetas).

5. Report on the Study of General and Didactic Competences of Lithuanian General Education School Teachers, 2017. chrome-extension://efaidnbmnnnibpcajpcglclefindmkaj/https://svjc.lt/media/files/2017-05-05_Mokytoju_kompetencijos_tyrimo_galutine_ataskaita.pdf

6. Sabaliauskas S., Poteliūnienė S., Česnavičienė J., Juškevičienė A. Dalykinių kompetencijų tobulinimo ir poreikio ir turinio analizė. Tyrimas atliktas Ugdymo plėtotės centrui įgyvendinant Europos Sąjungos struktūrinių fondų finansuojamą projektą „Bendrojo ugdymo mokytojų bendrųjų ir dalykinių kompetencijų tobulinimas“ (Nr. 09.4.2-ESFA-V-715-02-0001). UPC, 2018. Prieiga internete: https://sites.google.com/itc.smm.lt/but/rezultatai?authuser=0 .

7. Teachers’ Professional Development: Analysis of Progress Data for Lithuanian General Education Schools, 202. Chrome extension://efaidnbmnnnibpcajpcglclefindmkaj/https://www.nsa.smm.lt/projektai/wp-content/uploads/2022/09/2022-09-21-Mokytoju-profesinis-tobulejimas-1.pdf


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

How does the Internet Work? Preconceptions, Attitudes, and Preparation of Novice Primary School Teachers of the Computing Curriculum

Anna Drobná1,2, Anna Yaghobová2, David Šosvald2, Cyril Brom2

1Faculty of Education, Charles University, Czech Republic; 2Faculty of Mathematics and Physics, Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Drobná, Anna

Introduction

The educational content in primary schools is constantly evolving in an effort to respond to the current needs of the modern world. Changes are now taking place in many countries as the curricula are being revamped to be closer to the technological developments. In the Czech Republic, computer science is newly implemented as a compulsory subject from the 4th year of primary school (ISCED 1). The new curriculum includes, among other things, the principles of the Internet’s functioning. The topic of the principles of the functioning of the Internet is very important, because the knowledge of it might facilitate the teaching of Internet safety. Little is known about how prepared primary school teachers are for the new curriculum content , nor what teachers' attitudes towards the new curriculum content are. Teachers are trained for the new curriculum through development courses. In order to prepare a quality course, it is important to first identify the preconceptions of the teachers and ideally their attitudes towards the new educational content.

Project aims and research questions

Our research project has two parts. The first part aims to answer the following research questions:

  1. What preconceptions novice primary school teachers have about the functioning of the Internet?
  2. What attitudes towards this topic novice primary school teachers possess?

In the second part of the project, the aim is to design and realise a university course for primary school pre-service teachers on teaching the principles of the Internet. The course will be developed based on the results of the first phase and conducted using the Learning Study method. It will be transferable and scalable to non-Czech contexts. The results of the first part and the preliminary results of the second part will be available at the ECER conference.

Conceptual and theoretical framework

It is widely accepted that people build new knowledge in the context of an old one [e.g. 5]. Children have a priori knowledge acquired out of school before formal learning begins. This knowledge is often called preconception, as we will term it in our work. This project stems from the work of A. diSessa, who posits that preconceptions are fragmented and often mutually contradictory mental representations („Knowledge in pieces”), not coherent mental models. This idea is supported by the findings of many research studies, often for example in mathematics and science [5] .

Since the principles of the Internet in Czech primary schools (and also in other countries around the world) are a new topic, we decided to investigate not only the preconceptions but also teachers' attitudes towards teaching this topic. In this project, attitude is understood as an individual's evaluative relationship to a specific reality, and also as one of the factors that can affect the quality of teaching or the quality of implementation of new topics into education [8].

The findings on preconceptions and attitudes will be followed up by the development of a course for of primary school pre-service teachers. It is especially important to know the preconceptions, because they may complicate formal learning [6] . The course uses the Learning Study method, which is based on the teachers' collaboration (with the facilitation of a teacher-researcher) in planning their own teaching lessons. Their lessons are realized in the course and then reflected upon, identifying the main problems and areas of risk, improving them and thereby increasing the teachers' competences.

The project focuses on novice teachers (pre-service teachers and in-service teachers with less than 3 years of practice). We focus on preconceptions of more experienced in-service teachers in a different project (not yet published).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the first part of the project (the research on attitudes and preconceptions) semi-structured interviews were used, as is typical especially in preconception research (e.g. Babari; Brom). Participants (N = 60; 95 % female, average age 24 years)  were pre-service and novice in-service primary school teachers from all over the Czech Republic and from different types of primary schools. Data were collected online (Zoom, ∼50 min). Based on our prior research and the literature [e.g. 7] , we included a number of questions in the interview, for instance, the following ones:
• If we could see the whole Internet from a bird’s-eye view, how do you think it would look like? Does it have any parts?
• We're talking on the Internet right now. What do you think connects our devices so that they  can communicate with each other over the Internet?
• Can some company find out from your online behaviour, how many pets you have at home?

Interviewing was supplemented by drawing, which helped participants to express some conceptions more clearly. The interview also included questions about the participants' attitudes towards teaching the principles of the functioning of the Internet in primary school. The interviews were transcribed and analysed using a thematic [1]  and frequency analyses (Atlas.ti 23.3 software). Participants signed up to participate in the research via social networks and face-to-face recruitment at the university. Participants received a reward worth of ~20 EUR for their participation. Data were collected in the spring of 2023.

For the second part of the project (the Learning Study course for pre-service teachers), a combination of action research and design-based research was used. The course leader (who is also the first author of this paper) leads the course for teacher education students for six 90-min-long sessions per semester. The course will be repeated twice  and improved after each realization (the first course was completed; the second course will be organized in the spring 2024). The participants of the course are pre-service primary school teachers – students of the Faculty of Education of Charles University (N=~40; 20 for each course run), who have chosen the course as elective. During the course, a combination of methods is used to identify the preconceptions, attitudes of individual participants and their progress during the course (pretest, posttest, observation, focus group).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
For the first part of the project, research on preconceptions and attitudes, preliminary results are now available. Many preconceptions of novice primary school teachers have been found to be scientifically incorrect and often resemble previously identified preconceptions of children [3]  and young adults [2] . A very common preconception is, for example, the necessity of satellites for data transmission. The other very common preconception is the idea of a "non-material" repository where all the content of the Internet is stored. Some teachers completely lack any conception and say that they have never thought of anything similar before.

Teachers' attitudes towards teaching the principles of the Internet are rather negative. The majority of participants indicate that they consider these principles to be too complex and complicated content for primary school children. All respondents emphasize the importance of teaching internet safety, but most do not associate it with the teaching of internet principles.

For the second part of the project, a course for pre-service teachers, was part of the data collected, part will be collected and analysed in spring 2024. Our working hypothesis is that it will be possible to change some incorrect preconceptions of pre-service teachers. The limitation of this part of the research is that participants attended this course by choice, so we assume that they are already at least a little interested in the topic of the Internet and computer science.

More detailed results will be available and presented at the time of the ECER conference.

References
[1]  Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology 3, 2 (2006), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa

2]  Brodsky, J. E., Lodhi, A. K., Powers, K. L., Blumberg, F. C., & Brooks, P. J. (2021). “It's just everywhere now”: Middle‐school and college students' mental models of the Internet. Human Behavior and Emerging Technologies, 3(4), 495–511. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbe2.281

[3]  Brom, C., Yaghobová, A., Drobná, A., & Urban, M. (2023). ‘The internet is in the satellites!’: A systematic review of 3–15-year-olds’ conceptions about the internet. Education and Information Technologies, 1–30.

[4]  Cheng, E. C., & Ling, L. M. (2013). The approach of learning study: Its origin and implications. OECD education working papers No. 9.

[5]  diSessa, A. (2014). A history of conceptual change research: Threads and fault lines. The Cambridge Handbook of the Learning Sciences (2nd. ed.). Cambridge University Press, 88–108.

[6]  Duit, R., Gropengiesser, H., Kattmann, U., Komorek, M., & Parchmann, I. (2012). The model of educational reconstruction–A framework for improving teaching and learning science. In Science education research and practice in Europe. Sense Publishers, 13–37.

[7]  Mertala, P. (2019). Young children’s conceptions of computers, code, and the Internet. International journal of child-computer interaction, 19, 56–66.

[8]  Reynolds, D., Sammons, P., De Fraine, B., Van Damme, J., Townsend, T., Teddlie, C. & Stringfield, S. (2014). Educational effectiveness research (EER): a state-of-the-art review, School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 25(2), s. 197–230


10. Teacher Education Research
Poster

Self-regulation Skills in Students through the Application of “Choice Boards

Zhanar Baiguzhina, Tolkyn Abilmazhinova, Indira Melnikova, Siita Puobi

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Baiguzhina, Zhanar; Abilmazhinova, Tolkyn

Abstract:

This research aims to investigate the impact of incorporating "Choice Boards" in the study of biological and chemical processes on students' learning activity self-regulation skills. The study seeks to explore diverse ways in which the implementation of Choice Boards influences students' ability to regulate their learning activities and engagement in the context of complex scientific subjects. Through a comprehensive examination of student outcomes and perceptions, the research aims to provide insights into effective pedagogical strategies for fostering self-regulated learning in the fields of biology and chemistry. The findings from this study could contribute valuable information for educators seeking to optimize instructional methods and enhance students' autonomy in the learning process.

Introduction

The Institute for the Future (IFTF) [1], a California-based social forecasting organisation, has released a list of 10 professional skills that are scientifically grounded and appropriate for a 21st-century individual. The capacity for projective thinking, which includes setting objectives and organising the steps necessary to reach them while considering the unique circumstances of each situation, ranks first on this list. It also includes selecting the best way to accomplish each task and allocating all available resources, including efficient time management. Stated differently, a young person in the present era needs to learn how to autonomously plan and manage his own activities. It is the responsibility of the school to help students acquire the capacity to self-regulate learning activities based on the content of all disciplines, including biology and chemistry. Thus, it appears that a pertinent and significant issue is the development of students' self-regulation of educational activity during the teaching of chemistry and biology, based on their psychological features and the creation of an appropriate technique.

Adolescence, which spans from 14 to 17 years old and corresponds with the time spent studying biology and chemistry in school, is a critical stage for the development of self-control. Students acquire ideals and views throughout this period, as well as attitudes towards others, themselves, and society at large. Adolescence also brings with it the demand for independence, which entails taking personal responsibility, creating one's own standards and evaluations, or accepting others as best in particular circumstances. During adolescence, the development of self-regulation of activities facilitates increased independence. Adolescents acquire motivation for accomplishment, goal-setting, and teamwork; they are more prepared for a wider range of collaborative tasks. American social psychologists reached an intriguing conclusion [2]: they believed that contemporary teens are acquiring the following self-regulation skills: perseverance in finishing difficult, extended projects; problem-solving skills to reach a particular goal; self-monitoring while pursuing the goal; and behavior management based on future objectives.

Researchers from all around the world have been very interested in the issue of schoolchildren's and students' self-regulation of their educational activities over the past 25 years. The ability to effectively monitor and regulate one's own learning through the use of a variety of cognitive, metacognitive, and behavioural strategies, such as maintaining volitional effort, managing resources, organising and processing information, and self-testing, is accepted in foreign psychological and pedagogical practice [3]. In Western pedagogy, the terms "self-regulation of educational activity" and "self-regulated learning" first surfaced in the 1980s. The primary expert in the field of study on schoolchildren's self-regulation of their educational activities abroad is B. J. Zimmerman [3] of New York University (USA). This researcher has been publishing psychological and pedagogical resources since 1989 that focus on how students regulate their own learning, how to assess and develop it, and how it relates to learning achievement. P.H. Winn [4], S.G. Paris [5] examined the nature, composition, and aspects of self-regulation as well as its function in learning processes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A group of educators, including teachers from the Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) of Astana Abilmazhinova T. (chemistry teacher), Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) of Kokshetau Baiguzhina Zh., Melnikova I., and an international teacher, Siita Puobi (from Ghana), collaborated on the research project.
Students from Kokshetau and Astana NIS  were the study's participants. An examination of their own work as well as the experiences of other colleagues showed that most students lack the autonomy and self-control necessary for effective learning, which lowers the effectiveness of the lesson. It was decided to apply the "Choice Board," one of the student-centred learning tools, to address this issue. Through the development of activity, independence, initiative, and self-confidence, this technique ultimately empowers the student to make independent decisions about the scope of their work. The teacher's job is to set up group areas and zone them according to the needs of the students, not to force his or her opinions on them. "Choice board" incorporates differentiated instruction at the same time.
The ensuing research concerns duly addressed included:
1. In what ways does using the Choice Board support students' growth in learning autonomy?
2. How much have the pupils' analytical abilities grown?
3. In what ways does the choice board's use encourage students' motivation to learn?
The writers' collective focus was on enhancing self-regulation abilities through the utilisation of "Choice Board" technology. In order to ascertain the students' interests, preferences, and learning styles, the study was initially carried out using questionnaires. Throughout the research, multi-level activities with all the required instructions and evaluation criteria were created for every lesson. The assignments were completed either alone or in teams. Students were given the freedom to plan and carry out activities of their choosing by leaving one square marked "Free Choice" on some tasks.
Teachers used a variety of "Choice Boards" to teach numerous lessons. Resources for this tactic were gathered, lesson plans were written, several kinds of "choice boards" were made, and interviews with research participants were conducted to gather data. Instructors created guidelines for using selection boards in differentiated instruction.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study's findings led to the formulation of the following initial recommendations:
1. It is critical that teachers strategically prepare the implementation before introducing board choices. Establish the learning objective or the main topic of study.
2. Choose the kind of board that you want to use. Some choices include 3x3, bingo, cross-pins, combined (pen and paper, digital activity), digital, etc.
However, throughout the study's execution, some drawbacks of the technology were noted:  
• The possibility of an uneven student distribution within the group based on the activities selected
• Due to varying student speeds, not all students are able to complete assignments at the same time.
• It takes the teacher longer to prepare a lesson like this.


3. Ascertain what adjustments pupils might require in order to collaborate with the selection board.
4. “Choice boards” can be used for long-term assignments across the block, homework, or the classroom. Choices actually give students autonomy and choice in their education, as primary results processing has demonstrated, and they also enable teachers to differentiate, monitor, and assess in real time. All subject areas and classes can readily adopt this tactic. Shoe boards increase student accountability and give teachers the ability to support and modify instruction for each student based on their unique learning style.

References
1. Davies A., Filder D., Gorbis M. Future Work Skills 2020. Palo Alta, CA: Institute for the Future for the University of Phoenix Research Institute, 2011. 12 p.
2. Murray D. W., Rosanbalm K. Promoting Self-Regulation in Adolescents and Young Adults: A Practice Brief. OPRE Report #2015-82. Washington, DC: Office of Planning, Research, and Evaluation, Administration for Children and Families, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2017. 6 p.
3. Zimmerman B. J. Attaining self-regulation: A social cognitive perspective // Handbook of self-regulation. Orlando, FL: Academic Press., 2000. Pp. 13–39.
4. Winne P. H. Self-regulated learning viewed from models of information processing // Self-Regulated Learning and Academic Achievement: Theoretical Perspectives / B. Zimmerman, D. Schunk (Eds.). Erlbaum, Mahwah, NJ, USA, 2001. Pp. 153–189.
5. Paris S. G., Paris A. H. Classroom applications of research on self-regulated learning // Educational psychologist. 2001. No. 36 (2). Pp. 89–101.
 
12:45 - 13:3011 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster

Enhancing Reading Literacy among 8th Graders through Interactive Approaches

Moldir Yerdaliyeva, Makbal Seitkassymkyzy, Ainur Kurmanaliyeva, Raikhan Tanibekova

Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Taraz, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Yerdaliyeva, Moldir; Seitkassymkyzy, Makbal

This action research focused on the effectiveness of interactive strategies designed to foster reading literacy within 8th graders at an intellectual school in Kazakhstan.
In this action research proposal, the issue of interactive approaches of which Jigsaw reading is an example was carefully studied and analyzed in terms of 8 th-grade students’ development of reading skills. It has to be because it gives an incentive the rationale of this action research came from the need for knowledge on new innovative, and effective teaching strategies that were focused in active involvement of students while reading texts.
The main quest being pursued by this study is: “What are the outcomes of Jigsaw reading implementation, as a feature of an interactive method within 8 th-grade students' growth of reading skills?”
Its main challenge was centered on the analysis of how potent solving jigsaw problems reading as a medium through the interactive method effectively improved reading capabilities among 8th graders.In detail, the findings investigated participants’ understanding, critical thinking, and group-learning results.

This study’s theoretical foundation is formulated from the constructivist learning theories, sociocultural perspectives and interactive approach to teaching. Based on constructivism, this research is actual concepts that imply meanings as a result of interaction with fellowmen and texts. The sociocultural theories imply that learning requires collaboration and social interaction between learners, which characterises the nature of the Jigsaw reading practice. Moreover, the adherents to the interactive approach hold that involvement, activity, and meaningful interactions are necessary parts of well-designed or potentially useful learning. Both theories are the theoretical foundation of this research used to investigate the interactive and collaborative nature of Jigsaw reading that can promote 8 th-grade students’ developing auditory reading competence. Not only does this study focus on the different approaches to teaching that are interactive but it also evaluates their effects on the students’ reading ability. The research is based on the idea that traditional approaches do not completely meet the specific needs of all students, whereas interactive methods offer interactive learning and help personalisation. This investigation includes both structural analysis of each topic by reviewing relevant literature, active pedagogical practices that allow electrical machinery subjects to be taught in the way more interactive than traditional lectures and practical results among 8th graders.

Invoking the interactive approach in reading denotes referring to a strategy which aims at developing active problem-solving, communicating with other learners or querying a resource and associating it with particular issues. An active reading thus recognizes that instead of merely consuming information, the reader rather contributes and constructs meaning actively through interactions with both the text and other social actors. The multifaceted nature of reading has given people the need to interact more in such a way that it is an interactive approach that is always driven with the understanding that reading as there are so complex and constructive and social activity. Through the use of interactive technologies in reading educational practice, educators attempt to make the process more learner-centered and enjoyable while creating a student meaningful relationship to the literature and helping them comprehend this very central literary theme.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study used a mixed-methods approach for the holistic discussion of Jigsaw reading as part of an action research design to educate 8 th grade readers. The research covered a semester and included processes that collected both quantitative and qualitative data.
Pre- and post-assessment tests were conducted to measure the aftereffects of gains in student reading skills. Inspecting was based on reading comprehension, critical thinking and short – term memory. The pre and post-evaluations, which corresponded to the procedure of the curriculum, allowed for measurement of changes in reading skills under Jigsaw reading during this period.
In addition, the achievements of cooperative works were evaluated qualitatively—through group discussions and Jigsaw reading sessions. Measures consisted of how often and well contributions were made, students’ level of engagement as well as the ability to combine information in the group properly.
Data collection was done using qualitative methods wherein observations, conversations as well as reflective journals of classroom experiences contributed information. In total, forty- eight grade 8 students were given assistance, and they contributed in a survey. The process of observations enabled to gain knowledge about the interactions among students; the level of engagement and collaborative reading within Jigsaw reading sessions. Participant were interviewed to provide their opinion over the efficiency of Jigsaw reading strategy increase in reading skills as well as Canadian collaborative approach.
Reflective journals were written by the students for the duration of their research study and these offered insights into their experiences as well as thoughts about how they processed Jigsaw reading. These journals offered qualitative insights into the students’ perceptions, challenges that they confronted and how they perceived Changes with Jigsaw reading of their reading skills.
The quantitative information was analyzed through various statistical calculations such as descriptive statistics and paired-sample tests to indicate which reading skills lied important change.Qualitative data went through thematic analysis which made it possible to indicate stable themes reflecting student’s perceptions of the approach, obstacles faced and processes experienced.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings revealed to the authors important observations regarding to efficacy of Jigsaw reading as part of interactive method for development 8th  grade students’ reading skills. The blending of quantitative methods with a qualitative approach to data analysis was able to offer an all-inclusive explanation on the outcomes brought forth by this instructional style in relation to student’s reading abilities.

The quantitative analysis revealed positive findings with regards to the changes observable in the assessed reading skills after their application of jigsaw. The activity metrics for collaborative activity were also higher in Jigsaw reading sessions, which directionalizes the relationship between sense of prevention and these activities as a result.
First, quantatively speaking derived from classroom observations, one can argue that Jigsaw reading was such a dynamic exercise that facilitated member interactive groups and fostered a cooperative learning environment. Through the student interviews, revealed positive views of the interactive approach, with participants showing increased contribution to their learning and understanding as a shared reading task.
The results can be interpreted as follows: Jigsaw reading implemented within the framework of interactive approach is an efficient method to improve 8th-graders’ reading competence. Collaborative strategies like Jigsaw reading not only help our children improve their reading competencies but also engage them with an open mindset and a fascination for the subject of study. This research has important implications for educators who choose to implement interactive teaching approaches in middle school classrooms because the findings relate not only to quantitative aspects of reading skill, but also emphasize qualitative factors used as indicators of how students remember their learning experience.

References
1.Arafeh, S. (2018). The impact of using Jigsaw technique on developing eighth graders' reading comprehension and attitudes toward reading. Journal of Educational Sciences, 30(1), 1-22.  
2.Arends, R. I. (2012). Learning to teach (9th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.
3.Noordan, M. N. H., & Yunus, M. Md. (2022). The Inte- gration of ICT in Improving Reading Com- prehension Skills: A Systematic Literature Review. Creative Education, 13, 2051-2069. https://doi.org/10.4236/ce.2022.136127
4.Anderson,N.(2003).Reading.InNunan,D.(Ed.) Practical English Language Teaching.2nd ed.(pp.67- 86), New York: McGraw Hill
5.Daniels,H.(1994) Literature Circles-Voice and choice in the student centered classroom.
6.Farrell,T.(2006). Succeeding with English language learners.Corwin Press.
7.Grabe,W.&Stoller,F.L.(2001). Readingforacademicpurposes:Guidelines for the ESL/EFL teacher. In Celce-Murcia, M. (Ed.) Teaching English as a second or foreign language. Heinle.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster

Greenhouse as Educational Resource in Acquisition of Natural Sciences in Inclusive Education Context

Tamara Pigozne1, Arturs Medveckis2

1University of Latvia, Latvia; 2Liepaja University, Latvia

Presenting Author: Pigozne, Tamara; Medveckis, Arturs

The study presents the results of the ERASMUS+ project “Sciencing Europe” (2020-I-ES01-KA201-082876) in Latvia. Strengthening the approach of inclusive education in compliance with the country's external regulatory enactments (Latvian Educational Development Guidelines for 2021-2027, 2021), the objective of the study is to analyze the effectiveness of the greenhouse, as a teaching and learning resource in education, in natural sciences in the context of inclusive education.

School gardens and greenhouses are part of lots of schools. Especially in elementary schools, they are applied as a learning and experience space for students. Their importance in the development of students' cognitive and emotional affective abilities and their positive impact on the prosocial behavior of children and adults, as well as on nature, has been empirically proven (Pollin & Retziaff-Fürst, 2021) - social and emotional skills related to cooperation with others and interpersonal conflict resolution among students increase when students are involved in gardening and horticulture experience; which is especially true for students with special needs (Markham-Petro, 2019).

Socio-emotional factors such as attitude, identity, and interest are more important long-term outcomes than achievement scores or grades (Fortus & Touitou, 2021; Nguyen & Riegle-Crumb, 2021).

One of the most well-known approaches to natural science teaching is Science, Technology, Society, and Environment (STSE), which embodies the idea of inclusive science (Bennássar et al., 2010) and includes teaching strategies based on science contextualization , emphasizing the relevance of appropriate contexts to students' personal, social and everyday aspects of life, as well as opportunities to form the principal scientific ideas, relationships among them and theoretical models (Blanco et al., 2015).

Thus, gardens, greenhouses and other contexts are important contexts in the natural science learning process, causing interest and learning motivation (Eugenio-Gozalbo et al., 2019) which helps connect abstract learning with individual and collective experiential learning, and integrate daily life activities with the learning content (Tello & Diaz, 2017).

Gardens, greenhouses are a suitable real-life context for teaching natural sciences at all stages of education, where students experience space and develop their observation skills. In primary education, gardens “provide a climate of affectivity and motivation, promote the establishment and consolidation of simple cause-effect relationships” (Eugenio-Gozalbo et al., 2020, 12).

Garden and greenhouse resources are used to engage students in food production and to experiment with production and consumption patterns (Pineda Encalada & EstradaMartínez, 2019), as well as to promote healthy eating habits (Ohly et al., 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to answer the research question - whether there are statistically significant differences between the first and second measurements, taking as a reference point the application of the greenhouse as a learning strategy at the beginning and end of the school year, a set of research instruments has been developed - a questionnaire, which includes the following criteria identified as a result of the theoretical analysis:
• Family member or friend with special needs;
• Classmate with special needs;
• Classes at school in the open air/garden/greenhouse;
• Participation of students with special needs in the open air/garden/greenhouse;
• Willingness to study together with a student with special needs;
• Promotion of the teacher’s active participation for students with special needs;
• Selection of a student with special needs as a partner in project work;
• Decision to help a student with special needs in or out of class;
• Teacher support for students with special needs;
• Classes in the open air/garden/greenhouse as motivational for learning;
• Environmental benefits of buying and growing local vegetables;
• Caring for the environment;
• Positive attitude towards natural sciences;
• Students helping the teacher to organize classes in nature/garden/greenhouse;
• Attitude towards learning through doing.
During the period from 2021 to 2022, 107 general education school students aged between 11 and 14 from various regions throughout Latvia participated in the in a longitudinal study, who were offered the opportunity to experiment and carry out scientific research in a greenhouse during the learning process of natural sciences. Questionnaires as a data collection method containing a 4-point Likert scale (1=no, 2= rather no, 3=rather yes, 4-yes) and non-parametric data processing methods for quantitative data processing in the SPSS environment - Wilcoxon Two Related Samples Test for statistically significant difference determination between two dependent samples have been used in the longitudinal study which has been determined by the non-compliance of the empirical distribution with normality (p≤0.001).
The Cronbach's alpha coefficient for the test reliability examination indicates good internal consistency (α=.81).
The results of the Kolmogorov-Smirnov Test on the non-compliance of the empirical distribution with the normal one (p=.000) have determined the application of non-parametric for the secondary data acquisition.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of the research show that the greenhouse is an effective learning resource - positive dynamics can be observed in the assessment of several components of the learning process identified as a result of the analysis of scientific literature: mutual cooperation and support improves, including students with special needs (p=.012); the proportion of methods to be applied such as learning by doing (p=.000), group work and projects increases (p=.000) , as well as the learning motivation improves (p=.000), a positive attitude towards natural sciences develops (p=.007), the care for the environment is practiced and the understanding of the need and possibilities of local produce production (p=.000), application and promotion has been formed (p=.049).
Findings of the research do not contradict findings of other studies. When young children are participating in garden and greenhouse activities they are: communicating their knowledge about the world to others, conveying (and learning to process and manage) emotions, and developing important skills (e.g., initiative, self-confidence, literacy, math, science skills) that will help them be more successful in school and better navigate the world (Miller, 2007).
Business model demonstration, participatory education and co-learning are more efficient pedagogical methods in the provision of sustainability of education. Virtual education and classroom education should be less dominant in training activities. Virtual education is a good additional method, nevertheless it ultimately does not provide the hands-on experience and social interaction that, for instance, a demonstration of a business model in a specific context provides (De Witte et al., 2023).
The challenge of the future in education is to model a smart interdisciplinary greenhouse, where not only natural sciences would be combined, but also art, technology, etc., which would allow students to improve their interest, involvement and self-efficacy, as well as implement the principle of the unity of theory and practice (Jackson et al., 2022).

References
Bennássar, A., Vázquez-Alonso, Á, Manassero Mas, M. A., & García-Carmona,
A. (2010). Ciencia, Tecnología y Sociedad en Iberoamérica: Una evaluación de la
comprensión de la Naturaleza de Ciencia y Tecnología. Madrid: Centro de Altos
Estudios Universitarios de la OEI.
Blanco, Á, Franco-Mariscal, J., and España, E. (2015). Enseñar química en el
contexto de problemas y situaciones de la vida diaria relacionadas con la salud.Educación Química, 20,40-47. https://doi: 10.2436/20.2003.02.150.
De Witte, R., Janssen, D., Sayadi Gmada, S. & García-García, K. (2023). Best Practices for Training in Sustainable Greenhouse Horticulture. Sustainability 2023, 15(7), 5816; https://doi.org/10.3390/su15075816.
Eugenio-Gozalbo, M., Ramos Truchero, G., & Vallès Rapp, C. (2019). Huertos
universitarios: dimensiones de aprendizaje percibidas por los futuros maestros.
Enseñanza de las Ciencias, 37, 111–127. https://doi: 10.5565/rev/ensciencias.2657
Eugenio-Gozalbo, M., Aragón, L., & Ortega-Cubero, I. (2020). Gardens as Science Learning Contexts Across Educational Stages: Learning Assessment Based on Students’ Graphic Representations. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 2226. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.02226.
Fortus, D., & Touitou, I. (2021). Changes to Students’ Motivation to Learn Science. Disciplinary and Interdisciplinary Science Education Research, 3(1), 1. https://doi.org/10.1186/s43031-020-00029-0.
Jackson, D.W., Cheng, Y., Meng, Q., & Xu, Y. (2022). “Smart” greenhouses and pluridisciplinary spaces: supporting adolescents’ engagement and self-efficacy in
computation across disciplines. Disciplinary and Interdisciplinary Science Education Research, 4(6), 1-15. https://doi.org/10.1186/s43031-022-00046-1.
Latvian Educational Development Guidelines for 2021-2027. (2021). Retrieved Jan. 30, 2023, from https://digital-skills-jobs.europa.eu/en/actions/national-initiatives/national-strategies/latvian-education-development-guidelines-2021-2027
Markham-Petro, Kathryn, 2019). Growing Citizens: Students’ Social Emotional Learning via School Gardens. Electronic Thesis and Dissertation Repository. 6049. https://ir.lib.uwo.ca/etd/6049.
Miller, D.L (2007). The Seeds of Learning: Young Children Develop Important Skills Through Their Gardening Activities at a Midwestern Early Education Program. Applied Environmental Education and Communication, 6(1), 49-66.
Nguyen, U., & Riegle-Crumb, C. (2021). Who is a scientist? The relationship between counter-stereotypical beliefs about scientists and the STEM major intentions of black and Latinx male and female students. International Journal of STEM Education, 8(1), 28. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40594-021-00288-x.
Ohly, H., Gentry, S.,Wigglesworth, R., Bethel, A., Lovell, R., & Garside, R. (2016).
A systematic review of the health and well-being impacts of school gardening:
synthesis of quantitative and qualitative evidence. BMC Public Health 16, 286.
doi: 10.1186/s12889-016-2941-0.
Pineda Encalada, A., & EstradaMartínez, M. (2019). El Huerto como recursos de
enseñanza-aprendizaje sobre cultura alimentaria. GIS 3, 37–45. https://doi: 10.12795/revistafuentes.2018.v20.i2.03.
Pollin, S., Retziaff-Fürst, C. (2021). The School Garden: A Social and Emotional Place. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 567720. https://doi:010.3389/fpsyg.2021.567720.
Tello, E., & Díaz, S. (2017). El huerto escolar como estrategia de aprendizaje en
la educación formal. Decisio 46, 17–20.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster

Using the 3C3R PBL Model to Develop Students' Functional Literacy in Programming by Integrating Science Subjects

Meruyert Koshkinbayeva1, Kamila Sakhova1, Gulzhamila Suleimenova1, Aizhan Sarsenbayeva1, Assiya Kupeshova2, Saule Matayeva2

1Nazarbayev Intellectual School of physics and mathematics in Shymkent; 2Center of Excellence of "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools"

Presenting Author: Koshkinbayeva, Meruyert; Sakhova, Kamila

Using the 3C3R PBL model to develop students' functional literacy in programming by integrating science subjects

Research Question

What is the impact of using the 3C3R PBL model to develop students' functional programming literacy through science integration?

The purpose of this study was to examine the impact of problem-based learning strategies on improving students' functional literacy in programming/coding through problem solving in science subjects. By adopting the 3C3R model, there was a notable improvement in students' critical thinking, planning, collaboration, and communication skills in programming subject.

Objective

The purpose of the lesson study is to use the 3C3R PBL model to develop students' functional literacy in programming through the integration of science subjects

Problem statement

-The research was motivated by an observation that students taking programming classes had insufficient research and problem-solving skills. This hindered them from fully expressing their programming ideas. From observing student tasks and through classroom engagement, it was evident that their task interpretation was superficial, with problem decomposition being a serious challenge. -Similarly, based on the results of the external summative assessment of the 10th grade in the 2022-23 school year, only 54.5% of the students were able to fully answer the problem-solving tasks given. This motivated the researchers to seek interventions for the problem. Hung (2009) alludes that ineffective PBL problems affect students' acquisition of sufficient domain knowledge, as well as properly directing their learning. Hung proposed a 3C3R PBL model which has been widely embraced by schools across the world adopting PBL pedagogical approach. 3C3R is a conceptual framework that provides a blueprint for designing effective and reliable problems for PBL.

The model is made up of two components; the core and the processing components. The former comprises context, content, and connection, and the latter Research, reasoning, and reflection.

The core component “relates to the content or concept of learning that will be processed by the 3R processing component that supports the cognitive process of problem-solving and thinking skills possessed by students” (Malik, et al. 2020).

The core components are primarily concerned with issues of appropriateness and sufficiency of content knowledge, content contextualization, and knowledge integration. Content provides a clear definition of the problem statement. It gives breadth and knowledge. Context on the other hand is responsible for the authenticity of the identified problem hence it should be made valid for instructional goals and should seek to evaluate context based on the future setting. For learners to fully embrace it, context should be made as relevant as possible. Connection fosters learners in creating links between sources and knowledge and being able to cross-reference topics.

The processing components are designed to facilitate mindful and meaningful engagement in the PBL process. They address the learners’ cognitive processes and problem-solving skills. Processing components guide the learner to the core components. Researching helps the learner to understand the problem and ensure that the learner is researching the necessary information for a given domain by using the goal and context to ensure the research is backed by content and connection. Reasoning entails analyzing the aspects and nature of all variables and underlying systems of the problem along with the relationships between them. Learners process and integrate new knowledge into meaningful knowledge. HOT skills are used during researching and reasoning stages which are not naturally part of their cognitive base hence practice and training help the learners to master these skills throughout their academic life and beyond. Reflection allows learners to organize and integrate their knowledge into a more conceptual framework.

The study has shown that adopting the 3C3R model has the potential to boost students’ critical thinking and problem-solving skills.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
Scope
The research was conducted among year 11 students. A representative sample of 26 students was used for the study.
The study was conducted in term 3 (between the months of January and March 2023) for a period of five 80-minute lessons. The topics involved were Data Structures and functions in Python programming language for the 11 grade Programming subject program.
 Pre-test (programming task from previous unit and baseline survey) and post–test (programming tasks from the above-mentioned topics) were used.
In each lesson, students were presented with the Creative Problem Solving (CPS) template to follow in each task.

Baseline assessment
Prior to commencing the research, the participants were subjected to a baseline survey to gauge their levels in programming in general and Python programming specifically.

Design
The 3C3R model was adopted in all lessons.
Content provides a clear definition of the problem statement. It gives breadth and knowledge.
Context is responsible for the authenticity of the identified problem.
Connection fosters learners in creating links between sources and knowledge and being able to cross-reference topics

The researchers collaboratively participated in the planning session
(Designing tasks of varying ability levels, collecting learning resources to reinforce PBL in the lesson, and creating a lesson plan).
In this study, the tasks used by the students were designed in order of complexity and addressed real-life problems. Students were required to:
Define the problem
Generate a set of ideas to solve the problem and later on to
Choose an elaborate/refine the best idea for solving the identified problem.
In each lesson, students were presented with the Creative Problem Solving (CPS) template to follow in each task.
Creative Problem Solving (CPS) and Means-End analysis (MEA) are key PBL strategies that have received a lot of spotlight from different authors in this field.  CPS strategy was adopted in most cases due to its straightforwardness and ease of interpretation.
CPS thinking-frame
i. Define the problem
ii. Generate as many solutions as possible
iii. Choose a solution that seems the best
iv. Elaborate and refine

By approaching each task according to the CPS framework, the students engaged with the steps to a Problem-Based Learning Approach.

The researchers collaboratively participated in the planning session (Designing tasks of varying ability levels, collecting learning resources to reinforce PBL in the lesson, and creating a lesson plan).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study unmasked the existing potential for the acquisition of programming skills by learners as they build on the key skills of critical and innovative thinking. The use of PBL’s 3C3R model has proved to be an effective tool in improving their research and thinking skills. By engaging with the model, the learners exhibited problem-decomposition skills and analytical and problem-solving skills. This helped students to gradually apply the knowledge acquired, stretch their ability by learning the next level of knowledge and thus move into and across their Zone of Proximal Development (ZPD) to advance their skills.
The effectiveness of the model is attributed to the careful planning of learning activities. The facilitator must ensure that the tasks are designed to challenge and stretch the learners thinking and that the tasks allow the learner to create connections between the problem and real life.  Finally, the facilitator must ensure adherence to the model, especially at the onset.

Result
The t-test analysis of the pre-test and post-test produced a p-value of 0.001662, which is < 0.005 hence Problem Based Learning’s 3C3R strategy has a statistical significance in improving students’ research skills in programming.
Improvements in learners’ critical thinking and planning skills
By practicing with tasks of varied complexity and adhering to the CPS thinking frame, lea Learners' critical thinking was cultivated. After engaging in the 3C3R model, it was observed that learners demonstrated improved thought organization around a given challenge.
3)    Improvements in learners’ Collaboration and communication skills
Although the task descriptor was silent on whether the task was an individual or group task, learners were given the flexibility to consult their peers in the lesson. This allowed them to collaborate, comparing their approaches and trying to find the most optimal approach to solving the task.

References
1.Abesadze, S., & Nozadze, D. (2020). Make 21st century education: The importance of teaching programming in schools. International Journal of Learning and Teaching, 6(3), 6.
2.Campbell, S. et al. (2020) ‘Purposive sampling: complex or simple? Research case examples’, Journal of research in nursing, 25(8), pp. 652–661. doi:10.1177/1744987120927206.
3.C, M. & T, B. J. (1993). Promoting active learning: Strategies for the college classroom. Biochemical Education, p. 192.
4.Curtis, S., Gesler, W., Smith, G. and Washburn, S., 2000. Approaches to sampling and case selection in qualitative research: examples in the geography of health. Social science & medicine, 50(7-8), pp.1001-1014.
5.Fielder, R. D., Woods, J. S. & A, R. (2000). The future of Engineering Education: II. Teaching Methods that Work. Chemical Engineering Education, 34(1), pp. 26-39.
6.Gallagher, S. A., Stepien, W. J., & Rosenthal, H. (1992). The effects of problem-based learning on problem solving. Gifted Child Quarterly, 36(4), 195-200.
7.Hung, W. (2006). The 3C3R model: A conceptual framework for designing problems in PBL. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-based Learning, 1(1), 6.
8.Hung, W. (2016). All PBL starts here: The problem. Interdisciplinary Journal of problem-based learning, 10(2), 2.
9.Hung, W. (2009). The 9-step problem design process for problem-based learning: Application of the 3C3R model. Educational Research Review, 4(2), 118-141.
10.Lewis, A., 1992. Group child interviews as a research tool. British Educational Research Journal, 18(4), pp.413-421. Available at https://www-jstor-org.ezproxy.nottingham.ac.uk/stable/1501300?seq=1#metadata_info_tab_contents [Accessed on 23rd February 2023]
11.Malik, A., Yuliani, Y., Rochman, C., Zakwandi, R., Ismail, A., & Ubaidillah, M. (2020, April). Optimizing students critical thinking skills related to heat topics through the model of content, context, connection, researching, reasoning, reflecting (3C3R). In Journal of Physics: Conference Series (Vol. 1521, No. 2, p. 022001). IOP Publishing.
12.Strobel, J., & Van Barneveld, A. (2009). When is PBL more effective? A meta-synthesis of meta-analyses comparing PBL to conventional classrooms. Interdisciplinary journal of problem-based learning, 3(1), 44-58.
13.Savery, J. R. (2015). Overview of problem-based learning: Definitions and distinctions. Essential readings in problem-based learning: Exploring and extending the legacy of Howard S. Barrows, 9(2), 5-15.
14.Wood, D. F. (2003). Problem based learning. Bmj, 326(7384), 328-330.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster

Evidence-based Solutions for Effective Professional Development and Assessment of the Transfer of its Results into Practice: Research Project’s Conceptualisation

Sanita Baranova, Svetlana Surikova, Dita Nimante, Maija Kokare

University of Latvia, Latvia

Presenting Author: Baranova, Sanita

Professional development as employment capital is increasingly seen from a lifelong learning perspective, providing a means for improving the quality of the workforce and retaining competent and effective staff. Such an approach can sustain individual growth and optimism and empower individuals to fulfil their potential while also contributing to society (Mackay, 2017). To achieve this goal, flexibility and accessibility are among the priorities in organising adult education, with a strong focus on facilitating employability and inclusion through adult learning (Kersh & Laczik, 2021). The transfer of professional development results of adults to practice is described in theory as a complex and multi-layered process of taking what was learned in one context and applying it effectively and continuously to new job-related contexts (Kubsch et al., 2020).

A range of theories have been developed so far that conceptualise transfer of learning results into practice. The findings of the previous theoretical and empirical studies revealed that solutions for effective professional development of adults and transfer of adult learning results depend on many different factors, including contextual factors such as local culture, which affects how adults learn and whether they apply the new knowledge in their workplaces (Brion, 2023). One of the offered solutions is the Integrative Transfer of Learning model (Galoyan & Betts, 2021) with 4 dimensions identified: (a) task dimension, (b) personal dimension, (c) context dimension, and (d) pedagogical dimension. In this model, social and cultural contexts are defined as factors that explain how intercultural norms and different cultural ways of thinking may interfere with the process of communication, learning, and transfer into practice.

Besides, a thorough understanding of adult perceptions and choices related to their professional development can assist service providers in developing the opportunities that adults are likely to uptake (Heckathorn & Dotger, 2023; Korsager et al., 2022). As identified by a seven-country study (Brown & Bimrose, 2018), the main drivers for learning of low-skilled adults are as follows: enhancing self-efficacy, working on self-improvement, raising the capacity to meet labour market needs, being motivated by a significant other, and advancing work-related practical skills(learning by doing). Contrary to this, an effective professional development, and hence an effective adult learning, of high-skilled professionals (e.g., teachers, managers), according to previous studies (Goldhawk & Waller, 2023; Wakefield, 2022), should meet the following criteria: it should be sustainable, active and collaborative, it should include modelling of effective practices, coaching and expert support, and feedback and reflection. High quality, easily accessible and effective professional development of teachers showed a positive and significant effect not only on teacher self-efficacy and teaching practices, but also on student learning processes and outcomes (Didion et al., 2020; Jensen & Würtz Rasmussen, 2019; Korsager et al., 2022; Murphy et al., 2020).

The goal of the current research (December 22, 2023 - December 21, 2026) is to develop an evidence-based framework and propose practical solutions for effective professional development of adults and the transfer of its results into practice, offering tools for assessing the impact of professional development on practice at organisational and system levels in Latvia. The research questions leading the inquiry are as follows: What does effective professional development for adults mean and how is it implemented in Latvia? What is the most appropriate framework for ensuring effective professional development of adults at organisational and system levels in the private and public sectors in Latvia? How to evaluate or measure the process efficiency and effectiveness of transferring the results of professional development of adults to practice at an organisational and system level in Latvia?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is planned to be organised as a mixed-method design-based research including four steps. First, the preliminary or preparatory web-based qualitative research will be conducted to reveal the current situation and to acquire a more comprehensive understanding of the field in Europe and worldwide. This will include a systematic review and meta-analysis based on the protocol designed in PRISMA (Page at al., 2021) and use of the e-resources subscribed by the project applicants(e.g., databases, search tools) to explore the characteristics and universal and/or context-sensitive solutions for effective professional development of adults.  It will also look into effective ways transferring training results into professional practice to identify  good practice examples worldwide (case studies), transferable into the socio-cultural and legislative context of Latvia.
Second, a desk research (analysis of normative documents of Latvia) followed by focus-group discussions with three different groups as follows: (a) representatives of the main adult education and professional development service providers (e.g., HEI, VET centres, high-performance institutions/enterprises as learning organisations, etc.); (b) adult learners (e.g., from the sectors enjoying the highest employment rates in Latvia (7-16%): education, trade, manufacturing, health and social care, transport and storage, etc.), and (c) representatives of NGOs, enterprises and institutions developing education policies at national and local level. Besides, a representative survey of adult learners will be conducted to identify the current situation in the field in Latvia from the perspective of practice and governmental policies.
Third, after evaluating the existing experience and solutions, and analysing the existing policy priorities and ongoing reforms, the improvements or new solutions will be proposed, applying multilevel modelling and re-modelling with a design thinking approach. This will enable  sketching of the first prototypes for the effective professional development of adults and assessing the transfer of its results into practice in Latvia, The expected additional outcome is a specific solution for teachers as a priority target group of the Ministry of Education and Science as well as a possible specific solution for low-skilled adults (employees) as one of the priority target groups of the Ministry of Economics.
Fourth, the first prototypes will be tested, validated and updated and the final technical (digitalised) solutions will be elaborated, tested and validated using iterative, agile working methods involving design thinking and hands-on workshops. Finally, recommendations for the successful implementation of the developed practical solutions will be proposed at organisational and system levels.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcomes are many-sided. To begin with, implementation of a design-based research approach intends to comprise a systematic study into ways how adult professional development results are transferred into practice, what impedes this process  and how the effectiveness of this process is measured.  The analysis will be done against the theoretical background, relevant international experience, and the contexts and needs this sector has in Latvia.
The impact of the results of current adult professional development on practices in Latvia will be analysed, considering the existing policy priorities and ongoing reforms. Then an evidence-based framework for effective professional competence development of adults and for the transfer of its results into practice will be developed, offering validated practical solutions for assessing the effectiveness of the professional development on organisational and system levels in accordance with the Latvian context and current educational policy goals. Besides, the research results will be presented in at least five international scientific conferences. It is envisaged that within the project, four articles will be submitted or accepted for publication and three articles will be published in Web of Science and/or Scopus indexed journals and proceedings. Another projected outcome, by the end of the project, is two defended Master's theses defended and one PhD thesis submitted for defence. This way the research results are expected to contribute to enhancing evidence-based decision-making on how to make professional development of adults more effective and more efficient and how to better achieve strategic education development objectives. The study is also expected to create new knowledge and practical solutions at organisational, local, and national levels.
This research is funded by the Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Latvia, project “Elaboration of evidence-based solutions for effective professional competence development of adults and assessment of the transfer of its results into practice in Latvia”, project No. VPP-IZM-Izglītība-2023/4-0001.

References
Brion, C. (2023). The impact of local culture on adult learning transfer: Implications for human resources professionals. Human Resource Development International, 26(3), 331-340. https://doi.org/10.1080/13678868.2022.2065444
Brown, A., & Bimrose, J. (2018). Drivers of learning for the low skilled. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 37(2), 151-167. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2017.1378934
Didion, L., Toste, J. R., & Filderman, M. J. (2020). Teacher professional development and student reading achievement: A meta-analytic review of the effects. Journal of Research on Educational Effectiveness, 13(1), 29-66. https://doi.org/10.1080/19345747.2019.1670884
Galoyan, T., & Betts, K. (2021). Integrative transfer of learning model and implications for higher education. The Journal of Continuing Higher Education, 69(3), 169-191. https://doi.org/10.1080/07377363.2020.1847970
Goldhawk, A., & Waller, R. (2023). Voices from the deck: Lecturers’ and middle managers’ perceptions of effective FE sector professional development. Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 28(3), 485-504. https://doi.org/10.1080/13596748.2023.2221121
Heckathorn, J., & Dotger, S. (2023). Snacks, shoulders, and sleep: Factors that influence teachers’ professional development decision-making. Professional Development in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2023.2212680
Jensen, P., & Würtz Rasmussen, A. (2019). Professional development and its impact on children in early childhood education and care: A meta-analysis based on European studies. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 63(6), 935-950. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1466359
Kersh, N., & Laczik, A. (2021). Towards understanding of policy transfer and policy learning in adult education in the context of United Kingdom. Research in Comparative and International Education, 16(4), 384-404. https://doi.org/10.1177/17454999211061236
Korsager, M., Reitan, B., Dahl, M. G., Skår, A. R., & Frøyland, M. (2022). The art of designing a professional development programme for teachers. Professional Development in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2022.2038234
Kubsch, M., Touitou, I., Nordine, J., Fortus, D., Neumann, K.,  & Krajcik, J. (2020). Transferring knowledge in a knowledge-in-use task—Investigating the role of knowledge organization. Education Sciences, 10, 20. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci10010020
Mackay, M. (2017). Professional development seen as employment capital. Professional Development in Education, 43(1), 140-155. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2015.1010015
Murphy, C., Smith, G., Mallon, B., & Redman, E. (2020). Teaching about sustainability through inquiry-based science in Irish primary classrooms: The impact of a professional development programme on teacher self-efficacy, competence and pedagogy. Environmental Education Research, 26(8), 1112-1136. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2020.1776843
Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D. et al. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: An updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ, 372(71). https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71
Wakefield, W. (2022). Designing a research experience for teachers: Applying features of effective professional development to a hybrid setting. Teacher Development, 26(4), 514-530. https://doi.org/10.1080/13664530.2022.2095007


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster

Intensive Practical Lessons (Advanced Level) and Its Impact on Improving the Research Skills of Students

Zhanat Shalanova, Lizaveta Hamitova

NIS Astana, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Shalanova, Zhanat

The results of summative assessment and practical work testify to the insufficient level of formation of research skills among 12th grade students. A low percentage of completion was observed in those tasks where it was necessary to provide reasonable conclusions and alternative solutions based on the interpretation and evaluation of the data. This problem determined the purpose of this experimental study is to evaluate the effect of intensive practical lessons on students’ educational achievements in exams in physics and biology.This study was conducted among 12th grade students in the intellectual schools of Mangystau region, Kazakhstan. The study involved 27 students . The students were taught using the system,consisting of three types of practical lessons: a laboratory workshop, a workshop on the study of physical processes based on computer simulation, and a workshop on problem solving.All three types of practical lessons are built on the basis of the scientific method of understanding nature. Lessons-workshops are united by a single structure, scheme, scientific method of cognition, educational and research activities.

Research in education has shown that integrating theory with experiment has many benefits, including developing research skills and understanding of scientific concepts and theories (Fadzil & Saat, 2013; Schwichow, Zimmerman, Croker & Härtig, 2016).

The following research questions were selected for the study:

  • How the application of practical lessons affected the student's ability to provide scientific explanations for phenomena, systems and relationship?
  • Is there a significant difference between the academic achievements of students who taught through practical lessons before and after the implementation

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study used a quasi-experimental design before and after testing using quantitative approaches and the plan-do-learn-act PDSA action research model.
 For a period of seven weeks, the control group students (27students) were taught using the intensive practical method in the laboratory.
In this experimental study, the independent variable was the practical work undertaken by students in the school’s laboratory, and the dependent variable was the academic attainment of the participants. To measure the dependent variable, a test was administered prior to participating in the scientific practical activities (pre-test), and after the completion of the activities (post-test). Then a comparison between the pre-test and post-test scores was done to assess the effectiveness of the intervention (practical activities).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

The results of students' work showed a significant difference between the academic performance of students who taught science using practical activities. So 98% of students received a high mark on the test results. This indicates an increase in numerical indicators by 43%.
The results of our study shows that the integration of science through experiment has a positive effect on students academic achievement.

References
Abdi, A. (2014). The Effect of Inquiry-based Learning Method on Students’ Academic Achievement in
Science Course. Universal Journal of Educational Research, [Online] 2(1), 37-41. Available from:
https://doi.org/10.13189/ujer.2014.020104 (Accessed: 15 March 2019).
Abrahams, I., & Millar, R. (2008). Does practical work really work? A study of the effectiveness of
practical work as a teaching and learning method in school science. International Journal of Science
Education, 30(14), 1945-1969. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500690701749305
-212-
Journal of Technology and Science Education – https://doi.org/10.3926/jotse.888
Anderson, H.M (n.d). Dale’s Cone of Experience [Online]. Available from:
http://www.queensu.ca/teachingandlearning/modules/active/documents/Dales_Cone_of_Experience_summary.
pdf (Accessed: 15th March 2019).
Aydogdu, C. (2015). Science and technology teachers’ views about the causes of laboratory accidents.
International Journal of Progressive Education, 11(3), 106-120.
Birk, J.P., & Foster, J. (1993). The importance of lecture in general chemistry course performance. Journal
of Chemical Education, 70, 180-182. https://doi.org/10.1021/ed070p180
Boyuk, U., Demir, S., & Erol, M. (2010). Analyzing the proficiency views of science and Technology
teachers on laboratory studies in terms of different variables. TUBAV Bilim Dergisi, 3(4),. 342-349.
Brooks, J.G., & Brooks, M. (1999). In Search of Understanding: The Case for Constructivist.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster

Developing Students' Reading Skills in Concept-Based Inquiry Activities

Nazgul Khadzhimukhan, Laura Mandibayeva

NIS Kazakhstan, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Khadzhimukhan, Nazgul; Mandibayeva, Laura

In this study, a comparison of students' levels of academic activity was conducted based on a concept that explores the development of educational skills. According to the results of the international PISA test (2022), it was revealed that the level of students' academic activity in the areas of mathematics and creativity turned out to be low. This indicates that the level of educational skills is at a low level, particularly in terms of analysis, synthesis, and evaluation, according to Bloom's taxonomy. As a solution to the problem, research was conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktobe for a year. The main reason for choosing this topic was to enhance students' educational skills by employing advanced methods in the subjects of history and geography, as well as establishing connections with humanitarian subjects to expand their knowledge.

The goal of the study was to develop students' educational skills and promote the application of knowledge in life through the use of advanced methods in the subjects of history and geography. Empirical research methods were utilized in the study. By interviewing and monitoring the lesson, quantitative data were collected, as well as qualitative indicators from students were obtained.

First and foremost, the results of the international PISA test (2015, 2018, 2022) were examined. The survey was conducted through the Microsoft Forms platform, with the participation of 123 students. Project-based learning, problem-based learning (PBL) and Formative.com were utilized as platforms. The research findings were presented at the school's methodological council.

The research topic is the development of reading skills in high school students based on data analysis through a conceptual framework.

Reading literacy is a technology of intellectual development, a way of assimilation of culture, an intermediary in communication, a means of solving life problems.

Initially, the results of the international PISA test conducted in 2022 in Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools were analyzed. According to the results of the exam in mathematics, reading, and natural sciences, a low level of reading skills was observed in schools in Kazakhstan, the OECD, and NIS. The study involved 35 schools from 20 countries, including 16 students from NIS. It can be seen from the data that Aktobe NIS occupies the 19th place. Compared to 2015, where NIS ranked 492, and 511 in 2018, there is growth, and in 2022, it reached an average score of 490.

In 2018, the students' results were high. Among the 20 NIS schools participating in the study, it is evident that reading skills, compared to all NIS, decreased by 508, and in 2022, by 483, indicating a gap of -25.

In NIS schools, it is noticeable that PISA increased by 39 points compared to PISA - 2015 and PISA - 2022. In terms of reading, PISA - 2015 and PISA - 2018 increased by 19 points, while PISA - 2022 decreased by 21 points, and natural sciences decreased by 19 points.

Therefore, based on the results of the international PISA test from 2015 to 2022, NIS students exhibit a low level of reading skills. This, of course, should be aimed primarily at developing reading skills through working with texts when acquiring subject knowledge beyond students' classroom activities. To initiate our research, we decided to attend classes and interview students in order to determine the level of reading skills in the research activities of 10th grade students. Access to the lesson was provided at various stages of the class.

In order to address the issue, 10th-grade students at Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktobe were tasked with developing reading skills through data analysis based on conceptual learning in geography and the history of Kazakhstan lessons.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Based on Bloom's taxonomy, we directed the analysis of data using students' reading skills to develop higher-order thinking skills in their research activities. One of the teaching methods employed was project-based research work. During the lessons, we assigned tasks in the same direction to develop high-level thinking skills, such as analysis, differentiation, and evaluation. We know that through this method, our students were able to share their projects with classmates, work on texts to develop reading skills. Using this method, our students learned to reference authors, compare and process data from the internet, encyclopedias, newspapers and magazines, textbooks, using them as evidence. Surveys were conducted among the students using this method.
"Has the method of project-based learning contributed to the formation of high-level thinking skills in research activities?"  In response to question 38,3 % of students, indeed, stated that they learned to work with data, analyze them, and express their opinions using this method, while 25.2 % claimed that the cognitive significance of initiating the research search had a greater impact on the defense and analysis of the project. The second selected method is PBL, is an approach to education based on knowledge discovery that can be applied in real-life situations. This method stimulates students to learn and contributes to the development of research skills. Cites that problem-based learning fosters students' ability to work in groups, critical thinking, independent research, and the formation of communicative and reading skills. The innovative method, which directs the student to independent work, increases the activity of students in solving given tasks, adapts to the conclusions from the textbook and teacher training.
The next method, based on the development of reading skills, is called the "Three Phases of Reading." In the first phase, "understanding the text, determining meaning, and content," students were given a text and tasked with identifying keywords, matching, finding facts, and summarizing the text. The second phase is "differentiating meaning, interpreting the text," involving regulation, comparison, and analysis, summarizing in the general context. The third phase is "internalizing acquired knowledge and conveying individual content." Students make predictions about the text, draw conclusions, model, and suggest ways to apply the information in life. This method was observed to systematically develop students' reading skills: working with texts.
As a result, the skills of data analysis, analysis and evaluation have been formed, which has a positive effect on research work.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At the last stage of Action Research, a test was obtained to determine how well students developed reading skills based on the study. The test tasks were offered closed, open, identification, with a sequence of correct answers. As a result, the lower one is 11%, the middle one is 43%, and the high one is 46%.
"How do you want the teacher to suggest reading assignments during the lesson? “continuous text” - 45%, “non-continuous text” - 55%.
"To what extent did the reader's tasks proposed on the basis of the study contribute to the formation of your skills of differentiation, analysis, and evaluation?" low - 15%, medium-33%, high-52%.
The results of the conducted research contributed to achieving the research goal. In the future, we will consider research activities based on the PISA results, consulting with colleagues teaching linguistics, and exploring new strategies and methods to foster the development of reading skills in students. Now we consider it advisable to use the "cluster" method. This is a way of organizing textual information graphically. The methodology allows for refining the cognitive processes that arise when working with the text and develops non-standard forms of thinking – spontaneous reflexive, associative thinking. We believe that the method contributes to students' ability to search for important information in the text, identify images associated with the idea, fact, or theme along with the keyword, comprehensively develop students related to the topic in a graphical sense, critical thinking, and application of theoretical knowledge in real life.  The improvement in students' performance was tracked through assignments for working with texts in the 10th-grade internal summative assessment. It was found that in reading skills assignments, students, using text processing strategies, received high grades. The learning quality of students participating in the research ranged from 80% to 100% compared to the previous year.

References
1.PISA-2022, Results of PISA-2022, Intellectual Schools, (2022), Astana
2.Vygotsky L.S. The Problem of Cultural Development of the Child // Moscow University Psychology Bulletin. Issue number 14. -1991. -№ 4. -P. 5-19.
3.Nilson L.B. (2010). Teaching at Its Best: A Research-Based Resource for College Instructors (2nd ed.). San Francisco, California: Jossey-Bass.
4.L.V. Rozhdestvenskaya, I.A. Logvina. Formation of Functional Reading Skills. Teacher's Guide.
5.Shulman L.S. (2007) Good teaching. Box content in S.Loeb, C.Rouse &A.Shorris (Eds), Introducing the Issue, in the future of children,17(1), 6-7.
6.Based on the book by Povarnin S. B. How to Read Books (1970). http://www.reader.boom.ru/povarnin/read.htm
7.Gardner H. (2006) Multiple intelligences: New horizons. New York , NY: Basic Books.
8.Logvina I.A., Maltseva-Zamkovaya N.V. From Text to Text. Methodical Tips for Teachers and Parents. – Tln.: Argo, 2010
9.Mercer N. and Littleton K. (2007) Dialogue and the Development of Children's Thinking (a sociocultural approach) NY: Routedge.
10.Mushtavinskaya I. V. Technology for Developing Critical Thinking in the Lesson and Teacher Training System. "KARO" Publishing house, 2018.
11.Okon V. Fundamentals of Problem-Based Learning. -M: Prosveshchenie, 1968.
12.Vorontsov A.B. The practice of developmental learning according to the system of D.B.Elkonin-V.V. Davydova.-M.: CPRO "Personality development", 1998.
13.Davydov V.V. Activity theory of thinking. -M.: ”Scientific world” publishing house, 2005.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster

Enhancing Students’ Academic Attainment Using The “Flipped Classroom” Method.

Salavat Yerbolat1, Toybibi Shadkam2, Anzhella Galustyan3, Sayazhan Tilegenova4, Mohamed Elshikh5

1Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan; 3Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan; 4Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan; 5Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Yerbolat, Salavat; Galustyan, Anzhella

This research work aims to investigate the capacity of the Flipped classroom method to enhance the academic performance of student groups (grade 11) at Nazarbayev Intellectual School (NIS) – Aktau. NIS is a trilingual school where subjects in the primary stages are taught in Kazakh and Russian and where English is the teaching medium in grades 11 and 12. It was noticed that the students in grade 11 had difficulties formulating clear answers, in English, to educational and structural questions. The quality of students ' knowledge and their ability to communicate their understanding is considered one of the most important factors for their admission to an educational institution. To find solutions to enhance the learning quality and to motivate students, it was planned to use the "Flipped classroom" method. This allowed students to complete written tasks during the lesson, analyse difficulties more independently, and eliminate difficulties by comparing answers with other students. To carry out this method, subject teachers created video lessons, uploaded them to the Teams Microsoft platform and presented them to students in advance. The students were taught this method for the next three weeks. It has been observed that student’s participation in the class is acceptable to a certain extent as compared with classes run through conventional teaching methods. It was also noticed that students use more independent learning techniques such as using scientific dictionaries, Also, it was observed that overall tested classes showed slightly lower results in students who had difficulty self-learning and did not complete the video lessons.

In today's rapidly changing age, the influence of technology on human life, including in the field of education, plays a very high role. The versatility of independent search and development of a person can be evidenced by the fact that people achieve success, in particular, because of technology-oriented methods. American Scientists Maureen Lage, Glenn Platt and Michael Treglia introduced their very extensive experience in the field of education in 2000. The concept introduced by the scientists was that "a flipped classroom was what had traditionally determined that events that took place inside the class could now also take place outside it, and its effectiveness."[1]. In our case study, due to studying in different languages, and high expectations of performance, the desire to equip the students with tools for self-learning, we anticipated that The "Flipped classroom" method was a good candidate to address these needs. An important feature of the chosen method is the combined learning model, which is integrated with tasks based on the consolidation of the knowledge gained by the teacher, presenting educational materials for training to students in advance. Scientists theoretically put forward this method. As an applicable concept, in 2007, two chemistry teachers named Aaron Sams and Jonathan Bergmann began recording their presentations using a video program. They uploaded videos online to help those who missed classes. It was observed that these videos helped students overcome difficulties and aided students who had difficulties in experiments. With the development of the internet, the flipped classroom began to gain popularity in North America. [2]


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The method used was method reported by to Brian Goodwin and Kirsten Miller, the flipped classroom helps students to identify challenging issues in the subject while familiarizing themselves with the curriculum in advance. All tasks assigned to students are carried out in three interrelated stages: first, before starting a new lesson topic, students familiarize themselves with the video lesson shown by the teacher's guide. In the second stage, when the students come to the classroom, the teacher gives them tasks for the new lesson, and the students try to complete those tasks without the help of the teacher. In the third stage, students discuss the completed tasks among themselves and with the teacher through a question-and-answer column and determine the easy and difficult tasks. As a result of this activity, students can find answers to questions from simple to complex levels while increasing their activity. [3] Students were surveyed for their opinions and satisfaction and the results of the term studied through “Flipped class mode, were compared with the previous term results that were studied through the traditional teaching method.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the research work, 40% of the students encountered the most difficulties while completing the task. 20% of the students said that they did not understand the topic. At the end of the study, 90% of the students said that they watched the video lessons, and before the study, 73% of the students demanded the teacher's explanation, now only 40% indicated that the teacher's explanation is necessary. According to the results of the interview, students believe that it is effective to perform complex structural tasks during the lesson. The method of "flipped class" had a positive effect on the student's complete mastery of a particular topic through independent search. However, due to the students ' dissipation, it was observed that some students faced difficulties in completing the tasks proposed during the lesson. Thanks to this method, we were able to improve the functional literacy of students. At the same time, it was noted that students use academic dictionaries more widely during the lesson and when writing formative assessments compared to previous quarter lessons. Traditionally, the "flipped class" method of Education has played a great role in assessing students, not only saving the teacher's time but also increasing the number of built-in methods during the lesson. Modern people believe that instead of video explanations, which take a long time to obtain certain information, it is better to look at video materials containing short and accurate information. Therefore, to improve this research work, we plan to determine how much students learn educational materials by changing video explanations to a shorter format. We also pay attention to the fact that before sending the video material on a new topic to students, they are asked questions that require a search on the topic.
References
1.MaureenLage, Glenn Platt, Michael Treglia. (2000). Inverting the classroom: A gateway to creating an inclusive learning environment. Journal of Economic Education, 31, 30-43.
2.Aaron Sams, Jonathan Bergmann. (2014). Flip Your Classroom: Reach Every Student in Every Class Every Day. Beijing: China Youth Press
3.Bryan Goodwin, Kirsten Miller. (2013). Evidence on Flipped Classroom is Still Coming in. Educational Leadership, 6, 78- 80
4.Dr. K. Plunkett Jacob Beckerman. (2014). The Flipped Classroom - A Teacher's Complete Guide: Theory Implementation and Advice. Washington State: Amazon Digital Services LLC.
5.Milman, Natalie B. (2012). The flipped classroom strategy: What is it and how can it best be used? Greenwich: Distance Learning
6.Zhang Renxian. (2014). Flipping Classroom Model and Teaching Transition. Beijing: World Knowledge Press
7.Zhang Jinlei. (2013). An Analysis on the Key Factors of Flipped Classroom Teaching Model. Distance Education in China, 10, 59-64.
8.Matthew Ogles, Brent Bogan. (2014). Flipping the Classroom-Unconventional Classroom: A Comprehensive Guide to Constructing the Classroom of the future. New York: U.C. Publishing.
9.Jacob Lowell Bishop. (2013). The Flipped Classroom: A Survey of the Research. 120th ASEE Annual Conference & Exposition.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster

Developing of Academic Speaking Skills in the Physics subject of 11th Grade Students.

Zhanat Shalanova, Assylay Tuleuova

AEO NIS, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Shalanova, Zhanat

Nowadays any field of enterprise demands innovative and informative specialists with a comprehensive knowledge of the international languages. The future specialists are founded for the knowledge acquisition at school. The main purposeful mission of the educational policy of Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools is to bring up future Kazakhstan citizens with deep knowledge, educate speaking skills of three languages, appreciate the culture of their country and respect the other countries culture of global vision. The NIS's trilingual training policy is said: “Studying subjects in Kazakh, Russian and English contributes to expanding access to supplementary information, new development prospects and a deeper understanding of other cultures. Grateful of the created trilingual sphere is increased students' potential, flexibility, critical and creative thinking, intercultural relationship, the ability of respect themselves and others also desire learning language skills”. In Russian and one Kazakh groups of 11th grades studying Physics in English is mastered in the content of Physics is going to propose research work carried out in the 2019-2020 academic year to determine the effectiveness of the CLIL technology in the developing of scientific and students’ language skills. Due to the fact the need of researching is firstly, students in the 11th grade have difficulties in expressing their thoughts using keywords in the implementation of Physics tasks and speaking the academic language, secondly, in previous years, when analyzing of the 12th grade students’ results of the external summative assessment exam, we noticed that the indicators for the 2nd component were lower. In accordance to the course of the studying a wide range of CLIL methods were selected according to the content of the lesson developed skills were identified by a series of sequential lessons were taught with the purpose of training. The 11th grade students who participated in the studying showed 100 percent quality in the external quantity assessment as a result of the 2020-2021 academic year.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to establish a meaningful dialogue in English, various interactive methods have been introduced into our practice. To discuss the theory and test the readiness of students for homework, the method of "mixed" (Mingle) activated learning was used. According to the rules, each student was given a sheet with questions on the topic. The student asks the written questions to other students and identifies the students who know the answer. In order to support students in asking questions, they were given the necessary phrases for compiling sentences. For example: “Find someone who know/ answer/ explain.”, etc.
    As a result of the dialogue, students are developed the ability to ask oral questions in English, the content was discussed during the dialogue between two students. When applying this method, it was advantageous for the teacher to intervene and participate in a group of students, since it was possible for us to obtain more information when we participate as part of it, as opposed to observing the process from the outside. This was a very effective method, since it was necessary to raise the level of our own in English. Its effectiveness is due not only to the consolidation of the student's theoretical knowledge, but also to the fact that through their interaction with each other, the skills of oral speech, through the use of high-level questions, the cognitive skills of the student were developed. In addition, students’ assessment of each other was carried out and the effectiveness of the method increased. Another example is the following task, which was used when describing graphs in the “Kinematics” section.
 One of the methods used in kinematics to develop the skill of describing graphs is “Pictionary”, when one of the two students in a pair tells the characteristics of the graph and the other draws the graph according to their listening. Using this method, the student's listening skills are developed and subject knowledge is improved through language.
   The use of academic vocabulary in lessons has played an important role in understanding the concepts taught in the subject. In order for students to understand the culture of the subject and prepare a comparative analysis of the practical application of theory on the topic in life situations, the task was given to lead a small study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To sum up, we would like to draw the following concept: the use of CLIL technology in English classes, first of all, a subject studied in a second language, increases the competence of teachers’ speaking English. As a result of it students also academic language skills are developed. Research has shown that deliberate, precise keyword learning strategies can replenish students ' vocabulary and improve their understanding of reading texts containing the same words. In the course of using the above methods, it was possible for students to learn content, exchange information and establish relationships with others during differentiation. And linking theory with life and analyzing the directions of its application in practice contributed to the development of students ' research culture.
References
1.The NIS's trilingual training policy
2.Do Coyle, 2007. “Content and Language Integrated Learning: Towards a Connected Research Agenda for CLIL Pedagogies”. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 10:5, 543-562, DOI: 10.2167/beb459.0
3.De Graaff, R. et al. 2007. “An Observation Tool for Effective L2 Pedagogy in Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL)”. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 10/5, 603-624.
4.The main results of research on the CLIL project in Taraz State Pedagogical University, Kozhamzharova D.P., Issabekova G.B. , Duisenova N.T., Akhmetova A., Eskermesova G/ Practical Languages department, Philology


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Poster

Developing Students' Skills of Analysis and Synthesis using the "Algorithmization" Method

Nurgul Kulshymbayeva, Saltanat Kuzhakova

Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Aktobe

Presenting Author: Kulshymbayeva, Nurgul; Kuzhakova, Saltanat

Among the research skills of students, analysis and synthesis, and the weakness of the justification of the method or the answer used in the performance of the assignment when writing papers in natural subjects, are the most common problems. This, in turn, indicates that students experience difficulties in solving problems assigned to high-order thinking skills. In this regard, after considering the theoretical materials on pedagogical methods and tools that develop analysis and synthesis skills, it was planned to study the effectiveness of the "algorithmization" method among high school students according to age characteristics.The problem of this study is based on "The development of analysis and synthesis among students by the method of "algorithmization". The study aims to conduct experimental classes to complete tasks using the "algorithmization" method in mathematics lessons for high school students and to determine how this method influences the development of their analysis and synthesis skills. The study concludes that the method of "algorithmization" affects the systematization of students' thoughts and the development of analysis and synthesis skills. In order to use the "algorithm" method in the classroom, students learn new material in advance, study various methods related to the mathematical model of the task or problems, take into account all variables, quantities, and parameters, link the stages of solving the problem in a logical sequence. Shaikina and Sapozhnikova (2016) writes that "the involvement of students in the creation of an algorithm is, in turn, a variant of heuristic learning". Shaikina and Sapozhnikova (2016) writes that "the involvement of students in the creation of an algorithm is, in turn, a variant of heuristic learning". Temerbekova (2019) shows a connection between the "algorithm method" and analysis and synthesis (p.214). Blinova and Vasilyeva (2014) state that this method affects the individualization and strengthening of the learning process in accordance with the modern education system.. Pushkareva et al. (2017) reveal the need for the "algorithm" method of high school students for their future professions since "A modern engineer needs to have high potential cognitive abilities, including algorithmic thinking, to solve complex technological and professional problems". In traditional classes, the teacher shows the steps for solving an algorithm or problem and pays attention to the student's correct execution of these algorithm steps. This is called algorithmic learning. A peculiar feature of the method in this study is that the student creates an algorithm for the general situation while performing various tasks. The difference between algorithmic learning and algorithm creation is that the first method encourages students to perform a particular method step by step like a "robot" without thinking. In contrast, the second method aims at the student's creativity. This study, in the form of action research, allowed us to get answers to questions such as "What is the effectiveness of using the "algorithmization" method, which develops the skills of analysis and synthesis, influencing the development of student's skills and abilities, and what are its effective and ineffective sides?" The research hypothesis was that the algorithmic method positively impacted the development of students' analytical and synthesis skills.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The object of the study is the 12th-grade students who studied in the school in the years 2020 and 2023. The research project employed the study of a series of mathematics lessons within the framework of a qualitative paradigm as a methodology. In a series of lessons, students were offered tasks as experiments: creating algorithms, supplementing algorithms by filling in the missing parts, analyzing created algorithms, and determining an effective template algorithm from them. The results of previous classes and student achievements were considered when planning a series of lessons. This, in turn, has made it possible to adapt the use of the "algorithmization" method to the students' individual abilities. The series of classes included the topics of "the argument and the module of a complex number," "the differential equations," "the geometric interpretation of complex numbers," and "the modeling processes using differential equations." For example, when finding the argument of a complex number, students were tasked with finding different algorithms for different cases, depending on the location of complex numbers in different quarters. The data collection required for the study included systematic observations, interviews, videos, and student test scores. These methods have made it possible to collect a wide range of data for analysis and evaluation. Written tests were taken to determine the levels of analytic and synthetic activity skills of students before and after the experiment. These works were evaluated using criteria and indicators that determine the levels of analytic and synthetic skills [taken from 6th literature source], which made it possible to determine and compare the levels of students' skills. The tasks were designed with a focus on indicators of analytic and synthetic activity skills, i.e., "breaks the whole into parts, creates a connection between the parts of the whole, builds a whole from parts, finds an error and explains its cause."
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first research question is "How effective is "algorithmization" in developing students' analytic and synthetic activity skills? The answer to the question: "Algorithmization" tasks have contributed to developing students' analytic and synthetic activity skills. The results of the control work obtained before and after the experiment show that there was an increase in the indicators of "breaks the whole into parts, creates a connection between the parts of the whole, finds an error and explains its cause," but not the "builds a whole from parts."  
The student interviews conducted at the end of the learning experience cycle, their written work, and an analysis of lessons in each cycle allowed us to answer the second research question.
The benefits of "algorithmization" methods are:
- The increase of interest for students who love computer science or programming;
- effectively organizes the tasks for "algorithmization" at the stages of generalization and conclusion;
- effectively transforms "algorithmization" tasks and differentiates them depending on the abilities and interests of students.
Ineffective points:
- not all students are interested in the method;
- it is impossible to use for any topic and learning objectives;
- there are almost no tasks for the "algorithmization" method in mathematical didactic tools;
- it takes substantial time in class.
The "algorithmization" method affects the systematization of students' thoughts and the development of analytic and synthetic activity skills. Due to the time the "algorithmization" method takes, creative tasks can be provided to the students as a supplement. These findings result from an experiment on 12th-grade NIS students drawn from two classes. The teachers who researched the "algorithmization" method said, "This method has a positive impact on the development of analytic and synthetic activity skills."

References
[1] Blinova, T., & Vasilyeva, O. (2014). ALGORITHMS OF THE SOLUTION OF EXPONENTIAL AND LOGARITHMIC INEQUALITIES AS THE BASIS OF SYSTEM APPROACH TO THE STATEMENT OF THE MATHEMATICS COURSE AT PREPARATORY FACULTY. Vestnik of the Tula State University: Modern Educational Technologies, 13, 19-21.
[1] Pushkaryeva, T. P., Stepanova, T. A., & Kalitina, V. V. (2017). DIDADTIC TOOLS FOR THE STUDENTS’ ALGORITHMIC THINKING DEVELOPMENT. The Education and Science Journal, 19(9), 126–143. https://doi.org/10.17853/1994-5639-2017-9-126-143  
[3] Shaikina, V., & Sapozhnikova, N. (Eds.). (2016). Algorithmization of learning in mathematics as a key to developing metakognitive competences. Science Symbol: An International Scientific Journal, 6-2(18), 216-19
[4] Temerbekova, A. A. (2019). The adaptive system of teaching students mathematics using algorithmic schemes. Vestnik of the Mari State University, 13(2), 214–219. https://doi.org/10.30914/2072-6783-2019-13-2-214-219
[5] Temerbekova, A., Leushina, I., & Baikunakova, G. (Eds.). (2018). ALGORITHMIC APPROACH TO THE USE OF THE PROJECT METHOD IN VARIOUS EDUCATIONAL SYSTEMS. Distance Learning Technologies Conference, 117-123
[6] Bezunova T, Richter T, Sugrobova N, Chugainova L, Shestakova L. 2017. Types of working in forming analytic and synthetic activity skills in teaching the algebra course. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics, Sciences, and Technology Education 13(11):72577267
 
12:45 - 13:3012 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
12:45 - 13:3014 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster

P2T Community: Erasmus+ Project To Close The Gap Between Migrant Parents And Schools

Jana Verguchten, Miranda Poeze

University of Applied Sciences VIVES, Belgium

Presenting Author: Verguchten, Jana; Poeze, Miranda

Literature shows that parent involvement is associated with the cognitive development, academic achievements and well-being of children (Turney & Kao, 200; Okeke, 2014). When parents are involved in school, a partnership can develop between teachers and parents, allowing the child to be monitored by both parties (Crosnoe, 2010; El-Hilali & Al-Rashidi, 2015; Turney & Kao, 2009).

However, the engagement of parents is frequently assessed through a predominantly one-dimensional lens, which centres on the school’s perspective (De Mets et al., 2018). In other words, schools prescribe what parents should and can do in order to be considered as 'involved parents', including expectations about presence during formal school meetings, checking the child's agenda, etc. Parents who do not meet these expectations are often considered as 'not involved enough' or as 'difficult to reach parents'.

Yet, research consistently demonstrates that parents want to be involved in their child’s education, but not all parents have the tools to do so or there may experience barriers. This is particularly the case for newcomers who have limited or no knowledge of the education system in the host country. They may encounter financial, practical, cultural and social barriers that prevent them to fully engage in their children’s education (Schneider & Arnot, 2018). Common barriers include difficult working hours, the care of siblings, difficulties to support their child’s schoolwork, insufficient resources and knowledge and language barriers in overall communication.

To address the barriers that prevent migrant parents from being involved in school, this Erasmus+ project aims at bridging the gap between newcomer parents and elementary schools. This European consortium consists of seven partners from Belgium, Italy, Greece, Austria and Slovenia. The question underlying this project reads as follows: Can co-creative and interactive workshops in primary education, targeting newcomer parents bridge the gap between elementary schools and parents?

The project aims to provide non-formal education to migrant parents who are most often unfamiliar with the education systems of their new host countries. It strives to empower migrant parents by identifying, creating and applying tailored methods that help improve these parents’ host country language, digital skills and knowledge of the educational system, thereby enabling them to better

support their children’s learning, to effectively collaborate with school and to integrate in the local community.

The project also seeks to improve the professional knowledge of school staff concerning the challenges

of those parents and enhancing their culturally sensitive competencies in order to better support them. It does so by organizing dialogue with migrant parents, and by providing them with tools and training on

how to engage with and communicate with this target group. In this way the project makes a cross fertilization between elementary education

education and adult education. Moreover, via mobilities and international events, teachers get the chance to exchange with

and learn from colleagues in other countries.

Children are a secondary target group via cross-generational impact,

meaning that the improved knowledge and skills of parents will have an indirect impact on the children’s learning.

The customized workshops for parents departs from a non-traditional perspective on parental involvement, meaning that we move beyond deficit thinking and aim at mutual understanding between school and migrant families whereby existing knowledge and skills of the parents are recognized and valued. This creates opportunities for parents to explore similarities and differences between their new and origin countries and to build bridges between the two experiences. Methodologically, it adopts a co-creation approach to engage migrant parents in both the understanding of their real needs and the development of new models for the participatory empowerment of the migrant family unit.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the first phase of the study, a literature study was carried out for each country, which included the latest figures and literature on the topic of parental involvement. Desk research was also conducted to collect best practices. At the same time, semi-structured interviews were conducted with migrant parents (n=75) to capture their needs in relation to their children’s education and their own involvement. In addition, elementary education teachers completed a survey about their experience with parent involvement of non-native or migrant parents at school (n=75). The results were compiled in a transnational report and served as the basis for developing the interactive workshops.

As this project also wants to focus on sharpening teachers' cultural sensitivity, a training event was organized. In this training, teachers  were trained how to communicate and set up interactive workshops with parents based on the principles of a learning community where all participants are equal.

After the training program, a series of eight workshops were organized with migrant parents in five elementary schools (n=75). In the workshops, the joint methodology was used to increase empowerment of migrant parents and improve their language and digital skills, and knowledge of the educational system.Thereby enabling parents to better support their children’s learning.

The interactive workshops were evaluated by implementing a short survey after each workshop both for parents and teachers. Facilitators were asked to keep an evaluation log where they could fill in the results of this survey, but also write down their own findings. Besides the logs, there was a midterm evaluation meeting and end-evaluation meeting organized.

Based on the analysis of the logs, the mid-term evaluation and the end evaluation an evaluation report was made up. This report evaluated how the workshops have contributed to knowledge increase, language improvement and sense of wellbeing among migrant parents. To disseminate the lessons learnt, these will be captured in a handbook that will be widely distributed amongst a broader group of parents, teaching and social professionals.

To enhance the impact and foster the sustainability, an online cross-border Community of Practice (CoP) was developed for elementary education professionals and facilitators of the workshops about engaging with migrant parents. This CoP helps improve the professional knowledge of school staff concerning the challenges of migrant families, enhances their culturally sensitive competencies, and strengthens the interactive pilots in the CoP, participants will exchange good practices, are able to post questions and share ideas.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Within this project, we reached more than 75 unique parents, across five different elementary school, by conducting the workshops. The workshops given addressed the following themes:  Rapport building - teachers and parents; School system & School life; Communication with teachers & schools; Learning material for home & digital skills; Grants; Subsidies & digital skills; Parents' rights and obligations and Other. This project expects to empower migrant parents by offering the workshops grafted on the parents' needs. In addition, this project expects to see an improvement in digital skills, language skills and knowledge about the educational system in the migrant parents.
Moreover, this project also indirectly hopes to benefit the children of parents with a migrant background by supporting their parents in guiding their learning process.
We also expect to strengthen the culturally sensitive skills of the educators and other school staff.

By disseminating all our lessons learned and materials on the CoP, the project seeks to inspire teachers to implement these techniques at their schools. We have created an online community within the CoP in which teachers, but also social workers and others interested can share experiences, consult best practices, comment on each other’s practices, etc. 40 teaching and social organizations participated in the CoP with more than 100 participants for the five partner countries.

References
Crosnoe, R., Ansari, A., Purtell, K. M., & Wu, N. (2016). Latin American Immigration, Maternal Education, and Approaches to Managing Children’s Schooling in the United States. Journal of Marriage and Family, 78(1), 60–74. https://doi.org/10.1111/jomf.12250

De Mets, J., Peleman, B., Seghers, M., Vervaet, V. & Van Laere, K. (2018) Warm, welkom en wederkerig. Naar een goede ouder-schoolsamenwerking. Inspiratieboek voor kleuteronderwijs. Gent: VBJK / SDL / UGent.

Schneider, C., & Arnot, M. (2018). Transactional school-home-school communication: Addressing the mismatches between migrant parents’ and teachers’ views of parental knowledge, engagement and the barriers to engagement. Teaching and Teacher Education, 75, 10–20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2018.05.005

Turney, K., & Kao, G. (2009). Barriers to School Involvement: Are Immigrant Parents Disadvantaged? The Journal of Educational Research (Washington, D.C.), 102(4), 257–271. https://doi.org/10.3200/JOER.102.4.257-271


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster

Newcomer Parents' Perspectives in Family-school Partnerships

Ria Goedhart1, Eddie Denessen2, Maaike Hajer1, Cok Bakker1

1Utrecht University of Applied Sciences/Utrecht University, The Netherlands; 2Radboud University, Nijmegen, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: Goedhart, Ria

For children’s academic and socio-emotional development, cooperation between teachers and parents is supportive (Bakker et al., 2013; Epstein, 2020). Governments therefore encourage teachers to invest in Family-School Partnerships (Thompson et al., 2018). Family-School Partnerships (FSP) are defined as "child-focused approaches, wherein families and professionals cooperate, coordinate, and collaborate to enhance opportunities and success for children and adolescents across social, emotional, behavioral, and academic domains" (Sheridan & Kim, 2015, p.5).

Building Family-School Partnerships requires specific teacher competencies (Bakker et al., 2013; Epstein, 2020; Willemse et al., 2017), especially in the education of newcomers. When working together with newcomer parents, teachers experience specific challenges, such as different language practices, cultural identities, and expectations regarding mutual responsibilities (Antony-Newman, 2017; Bakker et al., 2013; McWayne et al., 2019). These experiences stress the need for further professional development.

Research on the difficulties teachers experience in establishing FSP in multilingual contexts reveal that they attribute the difficulties to linguistic, cultural, attitudinal, practical, socio-economic and political factors (Antony-Newman, 2019; Bakker et al., 2013; Goedhart et al., 2024). Researchers call for more research into successful practices to move beyond deficit discourses (Gouwens & Hendrikson, 2021) and to support teachers and teacher professionalization (Epstein, 2020; Antony-Newman, 2019).

For building FSP it is considered necessary to know the cultural and family sources (Moll et al., 2005), otherwise there is a risk of missing "powerful information about home-based practices and routines, families' funds of knowledge and other aspects of children's out-of-school lives that can form a basis of engaging" (McWayne, 2021, 16:54). It is important to evaluate the perspectives of members of ethnocultural communities as "a matter of scholarly rigor and responsibility" (Hall et al., 2016, p. 41), particularly in research and practice in ethnocultural communities, which are underrepresented in conceptual frameworks and research studies (Antony-Newman, 2019; Hall et al., 2016; Wayne et al., 2019).

The challenges teachers experience in building FSP in a multilingual context require responsiveness of teacher attitudes and communication (Bakker et al., 2013). In a previous study, we have asked experienced primary teachers in newcomer education to share successful experiences in establishing FSP and to elaborate on what these experiences meant to their attitude and communication (Goedhart et al., 2024). Participating teachers considered learning processes resulting in trust, understanding and agreement particularly as positive experiences in building FSP. They used different approaches depending on the needs of parents and their own motives, role perception and available time. Their attitude was characterized by being inviting, understanding, diligent, willing to learn, responsible and cooperative and in their communication, they made choices about which languages to use, the purpose, the channel, the setting, the conversation techniques, and their non-verbal communication.

This input from teachers is valuable to design a relevant teacher professionalization program, but it lacks parents’ perspective and their experiences with FSP. Knowledge about parents' perspectives may provide additional insights for teacher education.

Parents can give us valuable information from their experiences about the role of teachers in building FSP in a multilingual context, more specifically regarding teachers’ attitude and communication. This information can be used to prepare teachers to build partnerships with parents and address the specific challenges they experience in building FSP in a multilingual context. In this study we focused on newcomer parents’ experiences in their interactions with teachers, in search of answers to the following research questions:

  1. How do newcomer parents experience their interaction with primary school teachers for building FSP in a multilingual context?
  2. What do parents share as relevant in their interactions with teachers, particularly regarding teachers’ attitudes and communication?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In 2023/2024, an interpretive study was conducted with narrative interviews with twelve parents from five different primary schools for newcomer education.  All schools had FSP as a focus. They paid extra attention to professionalization, facilities and activities aimed at FSP.
The parents came from Syria, Eritrea, and Ukraine, which represent the largest newcomer groups in the Netherlands (Bisschop et al., 2020). The parents had about one year of experience with Dutch education. Parents were invited to participate in this study by a letter in their home language and personal contact with teachers and interpreters of the schools.
The narrative interviews consisted of three parts. First, parents were asked which schools their children attended in their home country and in the Netherlands, whether they had contact with the teachers at these schools, what language they used during these contacts and what the contacts were about. During the second part, four photos of contacts between teachers and parents were shown, each photo representing a different type of FSP, for example an information meeting with all parents about the school’s working methods or a conversation between parents and the teacher about the child’s progress. The parents were asked which type of FSP they recognized and were invited to share their experiences. During the third part, two photos of children are shown, one needs support with reading development, the other with well-being. The parents were asked what they would expect from the teacher in those situations and how they could work together.
The narrative interviews were conducted at school in the presence of an interpreter. The Syrian,  Eritrean and Ukrainian interpreter each interpreted four interviews. All three were experienced in interpreting during parent conversations.
Data analysis was conducted in two phases. First, fragments were linked to the concepts ‘experiences’, ‘expectations, ‘attitude’ and ‘communication’. Summaries have been made of experiences and expectations and discussed with the parents for a member check (Creswell, 2009). Second, all fragments linked to the concepts of ‘attitude’ and ‘communication’ have been coded and thematized (Verhoeven, 2020) and compared with the results of previous research with teachers (Goedhart et al., 2024).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The parents mainly shared experiences considering conversations with teachers about their children’s progress at school. The need of a good translation was mentioned in every narrative. In most cases, school invitations were translated by the children or a translation app. Conversations with teachers were sometimes conducted in English, but all parents preferred the presence of an interpreter who speaks their language.
Most parents experienced the conversations very positive. They appreciated the frequency and detailed information about their child’s development. Parents stressed their need for teachers to be available and to solve problems. Most parents expect advice of the teachers because of their professional knowledge. All parents expressed their willingness to cooperate with the teacher for their children’s support, although some parents were not used to cooperate with school. Some doubted the teacher’s advice and were afraid, because of a language barrier, their children were underestimated.
From the interviews, five themes regarding teachers 'attitude were found to be important for parents. A teacher should be:
• available
• inviting
• understanding
• decisive
• consulting
Also, five themes were identified with respect to the communication of teachers that parents considered important. Teachers should use:
• responsive language
• accessible communication channels
• a personal approach
• positive expressions
• detailed information
Parents and teachers (see Goedhart, et al., 2024) agree on the importance of responsive language and accessible communication channels, as well as being inviting and understanding. Differences between parents’ perceptions of cooperative teachers and teachers’ own perceptions of their role, might be explained by culture differences (especially power distance) between newcomer-parents and teachers.

This study revealed parents' needs and preferences regarding teachers' attitudes and communication practices. These needs can be considered important ingredients for the development of a professionalization program for teachers regarding their collaboration with newcomer parents.

References
Antony-Newman, M. (2019). Parental involvement of immigrant parents: a meta-synthesis. Educational Review, 71(3), 362-381.
Bakker, J., Denessen, E., Dennissen, M. & Oolbekking-Marchand, H. (2013). Leraren en  ouderbetrokkenheid. Een reviewstudie naar de effectiviteit van ouderbetrokkenheid en de rol die leraren daarbij kunnen vervullen. Nijmegen: Radboud Universiteit.
Bisschop, P., Van der Ven, K., Doeve, T., Petit, R., Elshof, D., Krijnen, E., Van Stigt, A. (2022). Nieuwkomers in het primair en voortgezet onderwijs. Doelgroepenonderzoek. Amsterdam: SEO Economisch Onderzoek/Kohnstamm Instituut.
Creswell, J.W. (2009). Research Design. Los Angeles: Sage.
Epstein., J.B. [EERA, edu]. (2020, August 21). Imperative Connections: Using Research to Develop Programs of School, Familiy and Community Partnerships for Student Success in School [Video]. YouTube. Retrieved January 30 2024, from https://youtu.be/Z050jwYrVXQ.
Goedhart, R., Denessen, E., Hajer, M., & Bakker, C. (2024). Primary Teachers Learning from Experiences Building Family-School Partnerships in a Multilingual Context. Article in preparation.
Gouwens, J. A., & Henderson, R. (2021). Rethinking deficit discourses in education through rural education research and the concept of querencia. Australian and International Journal of Rural Education, 31(3), 1–14.
Hall, G. C. N., Yip, T., & Zárate, M. A. (2016). On becoming multicultural in a monocultural research world: A conceptual approach to studying ethnocultural diversity. American Psychologist, 71(1), 40–51.
McWayne, C.M. [Center for CHILD & FAMILY Policy]. (2021, April 30). Connecting Parents and Teachers through Cultural Inclusion [Video]. YouTube. Retrieved January 30 2024, from https://youtu.be/J5FVXTxnRns?si=PjbiYevkhCIDGCdP.
McWayne, C.M., Doucet, F., & Sheridan, S.M. (Eds.). (2019). Ethnocultural Diversity and the Home-to-School Link. Switzerland: Springer.
Moll, L. C., Amanti, C., Neff, D., & González, N. (2005). Funds of knowledge for teaching: Using a qualitative approach to connect homes and classrooms. In: N. Gozáles, L. C. Moll, & C. Amanti (Eds.), Funds of knowledge: Theorizing practices in households, communities, and classrooms (pp. 71-87). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers.
Sheridan, S.M. and Kim, E.M. (Eds.). (2015). Foundational Aspects of Family-School Partnership research. Switzerland: Springer.
Thompson, I., Willemse, T.M., Mutton,T.,Burn, K., and De Bruïne, E. (2018). Teacher Education and Family–school Partnerships in Different Contexts: A Cross Country Analysis of National Teacher Education Frameworks Across a Range of European Countries. Journal of Education for Teaching 44 (3): 258-277.
Willemse, T. M., De Bruïne,E.J., Griswold, P.,  D´Haem, J., Vloeberghs, L., & Van Eynde, S. (2017). Teacher Candidates' Opinions and Experiences as Input for Teacher Education Curriculum Development. Journal of Curriculum Studies 49 (6): 782-801.
Verhoeven, N. (2020). Thematische analyse. Amsterdam: Boom.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster

Potentialities of the Funds of Knowledge Approach: the Perspective of Associations and Schools

Gabriela Míguez, Anaïs Quiroga-Carrillo, Alexandra Rodríguez Gil

Universidad de Santiago de Compostela, Spain

Presenting Author: Míguez, Gabriela

Much has been written about the need to work towards the development of relationships of mutual trust between family, school, and community (Bolívar Botía, 2006; Bryan et al., 2020). In this regard, it is well known that the Funds of Knowledge (FoK) approach has been established as an effective tool for developing dialogue between these three actors (Santos Rego et al., 2022).

Such effectiveness lies in understanding that families, especially working-class ones, can be characterized by the practices they have developed and the knowledge they have produced and acquired during their lives (Gonzalez et al., 2005). The social and economic history of households are particularly relevant because they reveal experiences that generate much of the knowledge that household members may possess, display, elaborate or share with others (Moll, 2019). It also can be said that household livelihoods may involve establishing and participating in social networks, through which such knowledge can be exchanged to address some of the necessities of life.

Therefore, research, especially when conducted in close collaboration with teachers and other members of the community, can provide an opportunity to document the lived experiences and knowledge of families that can be useful in defining households as resources or sample assets, which can also be valuable for teaching. Additionally, it can help to set up discussion sessions with teachers to prepare them theoretically and methodologically to conduct the research and assess the usefulness of the results for classroom practice (Moll, 2014; Santos Rego et al., 2022).

In our context, in collaboration with the Fundación Secretariado Gitano (https://www.gitanos.org/) of Pontevedra (Galicia, Spain), we designed, developed, and assessed the socio-educational program "Funds-Knowledge-Families" with Roma mothers and their children (Santos Rego et al., 2021).

The program consisted of two phases: the first took place during the first quarter of the school year in three primary schools in the city of Pontevedra, where the children participating in the program studied; and the second phase took place during the second quarter at the main site of the Fundación Secretariado Gitano (Santos Rego et al., 2021).

For the development of the second phase, we counted on the advice and direct collaboration of two technicians from the Fundación, who acted as intermediaries between our working group within the Esculca Research Group (https://www.usc.es/esculca/) of the Faculty of Education of the University of Santiago de Compostela, the schools where we developed the first phase, and the participating families.

Parallel work was carried out with the mothers and their children. With the former, we addressed issues related to culture and the functioning of the educational system, highlighting the role of the school and the importance of family involvement in the school environment. With the students, we focused on study methods, the organisation of time for homework, as well as issues related to their own cultural practices at home and in the community (Santos Rego et al., 2021).

The aim of this proposal is, on the one hand, to illustrate the perspectives of these two specialists in the field of education regarding the FoK approach and its potential for working with families at risk of exclusion, specifically Roma families (Abajo Alcalde, 2021). And on the other hand, to collect the points of view on the development of the first phase of the Funds-Knowledge-Families program from 3 teachers, representatives of each of the participating schools. Finally, we present a didactic guide resulting from the results of the program and the contributions of both groups of educational agents. It is our intention that this guide will serve as a model for the introduction of the Funds of Knowledge approach in schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this proposal we focus on analyzing the views of the two Fundación Secretariado Gitano professionals who worked with our team and three teachers from the schools involved in the first phase of the program. We used semi-structured interviews to assess the development of the program, its strengths and weaknesses, the level of participation and involvement achieved, and the potential of the FoK approach as an alternative strategy for both institutions to work with.
In terms of the profile of the participants, one is the Fundación educational counsellor, who is responsible for coordinating activities with schools, families, and students to achieve educational inclusion objectives, and the other is a teacher from the Fundación educational programs, whose experience and close relationship with families and children made her a very important figure in the development of the program.
Regarding the teaching staff, there were three teachers from different levels of primary education, with diverse profiles, both in terms of age and experience of working with Roma students.
The interviews were conducted at the end of the second phase of the program and lasted approximately 45 minutes. In order to facilitate the organization and development of the interviews, a script was drawn up that allowed them to be structured in detail by presenting the elements that define our instrument. Thus, the interviews consisted of a total of 10 questions, all related to the object of study, and varying in content depending on whether they were addressed to the Fundación technical staff or to the participating teachers.
During the interviews, the researcher's role was limited to facilitation and guidance, without judgement or evaluation. The information generated has allowed us to broaden the data collected, offering new perspectives on the experiences of those responsible for its development.
Data analysis was carried out using discourse analysis (Khan & MacEachen, 2021), and the qualitative software NVivo was used to construct a set of key categories to analyze their views on their participation and the potential for further development of the program in the future.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
During the interviews, the Fundación technicians expressed their satisfaction based on the mothers’ attendance and commitment to the program:
“It was an activity in which they felt comfortable, and the children demanded to continue…” (T1)
“I think the assessment is very positive. It was worthwhile going there as a meeting where they could reflect…” (T2)
As for the teachers, they were positive about the development of the program and considered it a useful activity. We also highlighted their interest in improving the situation of Roma students at school, recognizing the lack of references for educational success:
“I think that one thing we have to do is to get someone who has achieved something important to have an interview or contact with them, I think that would be a huge breakthrough” (Teacher 1)
In short, from the perspective of these professionals, the program had many strong elements, such as the high level of involvement of the participants, and others that could be improved, such as the lack of time to carry out all the activities in a coordinated way in the schools.
The results of these interviews, together with the products of the Funds-Knowledge-Families program, served as the basis for the preparation of a didactic guide "Stories of Family and Community Life". (https://www.usc.gal/libros/index.php?id_product=1201&controller=product).
This resource is twofold: on the one hand, to work on learning, in all contexts, and to focus on that which emerges from family cultural practices, but also from the environment itself. On the other hand, following the inclusive perspective of the FoK approach, we seek the curricular inclusion of the accumulated ways of life and knowledge of the learners' families and communities as assets in their learning processes. The target groups of this proposal are pupils in primary education, from 8 to 10 years old.

References
Abajo Alcalde, J.  (2021). Situación escolar de la infancia gitana: nuestra mirada (re) crea la realidad. Etnografías Contemporáneas, 7(12), 232-256.
Bolívar Botía, A. (2006). Familia y escuela: dos mundos llamados a trabajar en común. Revista de Educación, 339, 119-146.
Bryan, J., Williams, J. M., & Griffin, D. (2020). Fostering educational resilience and opportunities in urban schools through equity-focused school–family–community partnerships. Professional School Counseling, 23(1), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1177/2156759X19899179
González, N., Moll, L., & Amanti, C. (2005). (eds). Funds of Knowledge: Theorizing Practices in Households, Communities, and Classrooms. Routledge.
Khan, T., & MacEachen, E. (2021). Foucauldian discourse analysis: Moving beyond a social constructionist analytic. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 20, 1-9. https://doi.org/10.1177/16094069211018009
Moll, L. C. (2014). Vygotsky and education. Routledge.
Moll, L. C. (2019). Elaborating funds of knowledge: Community-oriented practices in international contexts. Literacy Research: Theory, Method, and Practice, 68(1), 130-138. https://doi.org/10.1177/2381336919870805
Santos Rego, M. A., Lorenzo, M., & Míguez Salina, G. (2022). Fondos de Conocimiento familiar e intervención educativa. Narcea.
Santos Rego, M. A., Lorenzo, M., & Míguez Salina, G.  (2021). Repensando las Prácticas Culturales de la Infancia Gitana a través de la Exploración de sus Fondos de Conocimiento e Identidad. Revista Internacional de Educación para la Justicia Social, 10(1), 69–82. https://doi.org/10.15366/riejs2021.10.1.005


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster

Home Literacy Environment: a gender and educational level comparison in Spanish preschoolers

Helena González-Pulido, Beatriz Rodriguez-Ruiz

Universidad de Oviedo, Spain

Presenting Author: Rodriguez-Ruiz, Beatriz

The home literacy environment plays a crucial role in the language and literacy development of children during early childhood (Gutiérrez-Fresneda, 2019; Inoue et al., 2020; Torppa et al., 2022). Through interaction and meaningful experiences at home and in the community (Zuilkowsli et al. 2019), children acquire the foundational skills necessary for literacy (Neuman, 2014). Therefore, a literate family environment fosters pre-literacy skills in children, which are correlated with later reading success and attitudes developed in childhood, where family environment seems to be essential (Mora-Figueroa et al., 2016).

The emergent literacy skills acquired by children in the home environment differ according to the typology of activities undertaken, with formal practices associated with written skills and informal practices with oral skills (Sénéchal and LeFevre, 2014). In this sense, age seems to be an aspect that influences in the skills promoted by parents at home (Jáñez et al., 2023). Inoue et al. (2018) found that parental teaching and shared book reading contribute to the reading fluency and accuracy in early childhood, with a literate home environment positively affecting reading comprehension in later ages.

Moreover, there is evidence that Family Literacy is influenced by family and socio-economic factors (Friedlander, 2020; Zhang et al. 2023). Moreno et al. (2018) demonstrated that literacy practices among children from high socio-economic households align more closely with institutional practices, while those from low socio-economic households lean towards traditional practices. McGinnity et al. (2022) investigated differences in reading ability based on gender and social background, noting that both factors influenced reading scores between ages from three to nine. Despite social class, girls tended to have higher reading scores than boys, but boys benefited more from parental involvement at home (Jeong and Hofferth, 2016).

According to these ideas, the present study explores current inequalities in emergent literacy and home literacy within a sample of Spanish families with 4–6-year-old children. The objective is to identify differences in parents’ literacy involvement, parents’ literacy habits, and children’s literacy. The research questions are: What are the family practices of emergent literacy? And are there differences in family literate environments according to the gender and school grade of the children?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Exploratory research was carried out with a sample of 306 families, comprising 167 mothers (54.6%) and 139 fathers (45.4%) with children between 4 to 6 years old, primarily from the same family units, residing in Asturias (North coast of the Spanish peninsula). Parents’ literacy standards were categorized into compulsory, high school and higher education levels. The distribution of these categories among parents are: 60.6% with higher education, 32.1% with high school and 7.7% with compulsory education. Regarding employment status, the majority were employed (82.2%) with only 2% receiving social benefits. Among the children sampled, 155 were males (50.7%) and 151 females (49.3%). 51.3% of the children were enrolled in 2nd grade and 48.7% in  3rd grade in preschool. All children were typically developing and spoke Spanish as their primary language at home, as indicated by a parent questionnaire. Children with developmental problems (vision, speech, or hearing) were excluded.
To collect data, the Home Literacy Environment Questionnaire (HLE) (Farver et al., 2006) with an ad hoc Spanish version developed through a double translation procedure). The questionnaire including 13 items presented on a 12-point Likert Scale (1-2-3, Never; 4-5-6, Sometimes; 7-8-9, Quite often; 10-11-12, Always) aimed to assess from the perspective of families the literacy environment in the family home based on the conceptualizations validated by Burgess et al. (2002). The HLE provides three subscales: Parents’ literacy involvement, Parents’ literacy habits and Childrens’ literacy.
Skewness and kurtosis [−1; +1] were calculated to check for normality (DeCarlo, 1997), while descriptive statistics (mean and standard deviation) were used for continuous variables. Socio-demographic variables, including children's gender and educational level were considered to identify potential statistical differences in the three factors of the scale. Significant differences were assessed using Students' t (p<.05). All the analyses were performed using SPSS 27.0.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The present study explored emergent literacy and home literacy differences according to gender and education level in Spanish preschoolers. Results indicated a medium-high level of parents’ literacy involvement and children´s literacy while parents’ perceptions about literacy habits were low. No significant differences were observed in factor scores based on children’s educational level. However, significant differences were noted in parents’ literacy involvement and children´s literacy based on gender, with boys exhibiting higher levels in both cases.
Considering these results, it is imperative to foster family literacy and identify effective strategies for promoting family-school partnerships. Such efforts can help parents feel more assertive in their role and more engaged in their children’s education, particularly in promoting Home Literacy Environment to enhance emergent literacy skills in children.

References
Friedlander, E. (2020). The home literacy ecology in rural Rwanda and its relationships to early grade reading. Scientific Studies of Reading, 24(2), 123-140. https://doi.org/10.1080/10888438.2019.1642894

Gutiérrez-Fresneda, R. (2019). Efecto de los grupos interactivos en el aprendizaje de la lectura mediante la colaboración familiar. Revista de Psicodidáctica, 24(2), 138-144. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.psicod.2019.02.001

Inoue, T., Manolitsis, G., de Jong, P. F., Landerl, K., Parrila, R., & Georgiou, G. K. (2020). Home literacy environment and early literacy development across languages varying in orthographic consistency. Frontiers in Psychology, 11, 1923. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.01923.  


Jáñez, A., Rosales, J., De Sixte, AR., & Ramos, M. (2013). Is the home literacy environment different depending on the media? Paper vs. tablet-based practices. Reading and Writing. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-023-10467-7

Jeong, U. y Hofferth, S. (2016). Parental involvement, child effort, and the development of immigrant boys ‘and girls ‘reading and mathematics skills: A latent difference score growth model. Learning and Individual Differences, 47, 136-144. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2016.01.001

McGinnity, F., McMullin, P., Murray, A., Russell, H., & Smyth, E. (2022). Understanding differences in children´s reading ability by social origin and gender: The role of parental reading and pre-and primary school exposure in Ireland. Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, 81, 100729. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rssm.2022.100729

Mora-Figueroa, J., Galán, A., & López-Jurado, M. (2016). Eficacia de un programa de implicación familiar en la lectura de alumnado de 1º de Educación Primaria. Revista de Psicodidáctica, 21(2), 375-391. http://dx.doi.org/10.1387/RevPsicodidact.14889

Neuman, S. (2014). Explaining and Understanding Early Literacy. Investigaciones sobre Lectura, 2, 7-14. http://dx.doi.org/10.37132/isl.v0i2.1

Sénéchal, M. & LeFevre, J.A. (2014). Continuitu and Change in the Home Literacy Environment as Predictors of Growth in Vocabulary and Reading. Child Development, 85(4), 1552-1568. https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.12222

Torppa, M., Vasalmpi, K., Eklund, K., & Niemi, P. (2022). Long-term effects of the home literacy environment on reading development: Familial risk for dyslexi as a moderator. Journal of Ecperimental Child Psychology, 215, 105314. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jecp.2021.105314

Zhang, S., Inoue, T., & Georgiou, G. (2023). Examining the relations between mothers’ reading skills, home literacy environment, and Chinese children’s word reading across contexts. Reading and Writing. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-023-10475-7

Zuilkowski, S., McCoy, D., Jonason, C., & Dowd, A. (2019). Relationships among home literacy behaviors, materials, socioeconomic status, and early literacy outcomes across 14 low-and middle-income countries. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 50(4), 539-555. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022022119837363


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Poster

How to design the evaluation of a social programme to have evidence. The Family Preservation Spaces Programme in Galicia

Mar Lorenzo Moledo1, Tania Ramos Garcia1, Ana Ferreiro Rodríguez2

1University of Santiago de Comp, Spain; 2Family Preservation Spaces Programme, Spain

Presenting Author: Lorenzo Moledo, Mar

In this proposal, we present the design of the evaluation of the Family Preservation Spaces Programme that the Meniños Foundation (https://meninos.org/) and the ARELA Association (https://arela.org/), with funding from the Department of Social Policy of the Galician Regional Government, have been implementing on an experimental basis since 2022 in two of the Galician counties with a significant number of open cases in the child protection system. Our aim is to present the evaluation design that will allow us to establish this initiative as an evidence-based programme.

This programme offers a comprehensive service of psychological, social, and educational support to children and adolescents in a situation of low risk and their families, from a systemic approach to intervention that allows the strengthening of the family unit. The aim is to prevent children and young people from entering the child protection system and to demonstrate the effectiveness of the family preservation model through evaluation.

Family education programmes in Spain, based on the positive parenting approach, have increased significantly in recent decades (Álvarez et al., 2016). As a result, there are multiple programmes aimed at preventing maltreatment and promoting good treatment to ensure the well-being of families (Orte et al., 2022).

However, only some of these initiatives can be considered evidence-based programmes because they meet certain quality standards, including "a scientific theory base, a rigorous research design, a high quality of programme implementation, and control of factors related to the intervention that can contribute to the replication of results" (Máiquez et al., 2015, p. 79).

Although evidence-based programmes were initially applied in the field of health sciences, their presence has been increasing, particularly in the social sciences. This is precisely due to initiatives such as the European Family Support Framework (EurofamNet), which identifies those programmes that meet high quality criteria and can be replicated with maximum guarantee of success (Rodrigo et al., 2023).

Specifically, this approach argues that professional practice with families should be based on evidence, and therefore it is essential to have empirically validated programmes to improve the quality of the interventions carried out and thus obtain better results (Álvarez et al., 2016). It is necessary to introduce a culture of scientific evaluation of the social programmes they develop in social organisations and to be able to rely on evidence that supports their effectiveness. Evaluation remains one of the unresolved issues in social interventions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In designing the evaluation, we aim to answer the following questions: What is the impact of the programme on families and their children? Which families benefit most from the programme? What elements define the effectiveness of an intervention programme with families at low or moderate risk? Can we rely on valid and reliable assessment tools for families and children at social risk? Is it possible to reduce the number of children entering the protection system?
The purpose of evaluation is not the production of knowledge, but the use of knowledge for action, change and improvement. We start from a participatory evaluation model based on two assumptions. Firstly, the involvement of decision-makers and stakeholders in the evaluation process, and secondly, the use of evaluation results to change, modify or close the programme. This involvement will contribute to the acceptance of the results and improve decision-making, leading to greater support for the programme and its extension to other populations as good practice in family intervention.
Specifically, in line with Alvira-Martín (2002), the evaluation has several levels in which we have had different qualitative and quantitative instruments:
1. Evaluation of the design. Our aim is to check that the programme is evaluable, i.e. that its design meets the required quality standards, and to verify its feasibility before implementation.
2. Initial assessment. Focuses on analysing the needs of families and their expectations of the programme.
3. Evaluation of implementation. The conditions under which a programme is implemented are a key element in its effectiveness and development.
4. Coverage assessment. The aim is to analyse the extent to which the programme reaches the target population. It analyses the coverage rate of the programme and whether there is a coverage bias.
5. Evaluation of the results. For this evaluation we opted for a quasi-experimental design of two non-equivalent groups with pre-test and post-test.
6. Follow-up evaluation. After the end of the programme, the families will be monitored according to the defined social indicators.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The evaluation of the programme is estimated to take two years, but we can already point to some evidence of its effectiveness: the low dropout rate of families from the intervention; the loyalty of families to the programme, as evidenced by the high attendance (father, mother and children) at the scheduled sessions; the request by social services professionals to refer families to the programme or even from other community services (educational or health centres); and the change of address in the referral request.
Although at the start of the programme (spring 2022) the referral of families to the programme was very slow, there are currently families on the waiting list to start the intervention process, which indicates the need for a community programme of this nature.
In short, we must continue to make progress in the evaluation of this programme, a complex research process that must be adapted to the pace of intervention with families, involving different agents, with different profiles, using different techniques and tools, and seeking evidence of its effectiveness.

References
Álvarez, M., Rodrigo, M. J., & Byrne, S. (2016). What implementation components predict positive outcomes in a parenting program? Research on Social Work Practice, 28(2), 173–187. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049731516640903
Alvira-Martín, F. (2002). Metodología de la evaluación de programas (3rd ed., Colección Cuadernos Metodológicos, no. 2). Centro de Investigaciones Sociológicas.
Máiquez, M. L., Rodrigo, M. J., & Byrne, S. (2015). El proceso de apoyo en la promoción de la parentalidad positiva. In M. J. Rodrigo (Coord.), Manual práctico de parentalidad positiva (pp. 67-86). Editorial Síntesis.
Orte, C., Amer, J., & Quesada, V. (2022). La importancia de los programas familiares basados en la evidencia. In C. Orte, J. Amer & V. Quesada (Coords.), Avances y desafíos en la educación familiar. Programas basados en la evidencia científica (pp. 11-18). Tirant Humanidades.
Rodrigo, M. J., Hidalgo, V., Byrne, S., Bernedo, I. M., Byrne, S., Orte, C., & Jiménez, L. (2023). Programas de apoyo familiar basados en evidencias desde el enfoque de la Parentalidad Positiva en España. In C. Orte, J. Amer & V. Quesada (Coords.), Avances y desafíos en la educación familiar. Programas basados en la evidencia científica (pp. 73-89). Tirant Humanidades.
 
12:45 - 13:3015 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
12:45 - 13:3016 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster

Improving Ability to Understand and Prove Concepts in Nerve Impulse Transmission in StudentsNTS USING PEAR DECK LEARNING APPOACH.

Martina Khontay, Bakhytzhan Isina, Jackline Mumbi Matu, Sayagul Nurzhigitova, Nurzhan Bakenov, Albina Ishmukhametova

NIS school in Karaganda, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Nurzhigitova, Sayagul

The purpose of this research study was to improve the ability of students to prove concepts in nerve impulse generation and transmission topics using the Pear Deck learning approach. The objectives of this research study were to use the Pear Deck learning approach to explain the neuron's shape and position in relation to its activities and describe how mechanoreceptors react to stimulus pressure and how nerve impulses are transmitted via the PNS and CNS.

Pear Deck Learning is a technique of active participation strategy that involves students in different ways. Pear deck is straightforward and fosters a collaborative environment between the teacher and the students. In today’s education world, students require more engaging, interactive, and thought-provoking learning interactions, especially in today’s technological world.

Pear Deck Learning is a powerful ecosystem of education tools that monitors progress, offers real-time feedback, and provides differentiated instruction and gamified practice that keeps students engaged and excelling. Pear Deck Learning allows the students to interact with the presentation by answering questions, sharing their thinking, giving short structured questions, drawing, and following along during the teacher’s presentation so it makes engagement a lot and it is more fun for students to have this interactive experience.

As a teacher, one can add questions on the PowerPoint slides while teaching and lock students’ screens so they can focus on what you are teaching. One can incorporate a student-paced option which is beneficial for small group instructions that students can complete independently. The audio option is beneficial for students who are slower in reading and pronunciation of terminologies. The teacher dashboard allows one to view students’ responses and provide feedback on their progress in real-time. Multiple choice questions can be used in all kinds of ways like checking for understanding, determining what students already know, or providing them with a choice about where they want to go next.

For the group that went through the Pear Deck Learning lessons, the results showed that fifteen students out of twenty (75 %) achieved 70 % or higher scores on their work on the formative assessment questions. For the group that did not study through Pear Deck Learning the results showed that seven students out of twenty (35 %) achieved 70 % or higher scores on their work on the formative assessment questions. This was an indication that this group of students could not answer questions that required them to prove the concepts of the neuron’s structures, functions, location; and nerve impulse transmission between the PNS and CNS.

According to the research study, the majority of the student’s ability to prove concepts of the human nervous system was in a good category and above. Therefore, if the concept taught has a higher complexity than the lower complexity concept the Pear Dear learning approach can allow a strong association between thinking level and the capacity to verify concepts.

Some recommendations for Biology teachers include being innovative and creative to diversify instructional aids based on current scientific research, technology, and psychosocial factors. For example, by using animation, videos, and research articles in Pear Deck Learning to explain abstract and microscopic concepts. Stand-alone learning utilities allow students to study at their own pace either in or out of school hours and gain knowledge beyond the textbook content. This pedagogical technique should begin in preschool or elementary school. If necessary, the Pear Deck learning technique can be repeated in the following classes with minimal customization.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a descriptive research study that used random sampling of two groups of a total of sixty A-level Biology students in grade 11, in Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Karaganda, who are studying about human nervous system as part of their Biology curriculum requirement. This study involved students to interactively learning and answer questions on the level of understanding of the topic of Nerve impulse generation and transmission and a formative test of the topic which contains eight structured questions following Bloom’s taxonomy higher order thinking levels. The two grade 11 class groups are randomly sampled from four grade 11 class groups to complete both research instruments.
For Pear Deck interactive questions, students were offered rubrics with criteria for evaluation. With rubrics, students could evaluate not only themselves but also the work of other students and give 2 suggestions for improvement and 1 good point. This allowed students to properly organize their work and simulate the mechanism of formation and transmission of a nerve impulse successfully, linking everything into a cohesive whole. Rubrics are used for both formative assessment (in-process feedback to be used for improvement) and summative assessment (evaluation of student learning after an assignment or project). Essentially, a rubric is a tool for communication between instructor and student. Students assess their work using the rubric more effectively and submit the rubric with their assignment. This is a great basis for deep discussion about which aspects they can improve or change.
The learning process was done with the Pear Deck learning approach for 6 lessons. During the first lesson, students learned the concepts about neuron structures, functions, and locations in the human body by logging on to their laptops and joining the interactive Pear Deck PowerPoint slides presented by the teacher. They learned of the mechanoreceptors (Pacinian corpuscles) and their reaction to changing stimulus, and pressure. In the second lesson, they learned the initiation and transmission of the action potential in myelinated neurons and the connection between the structure and function of the cholinergic synapse. In the next three lessons, using the Pear Deck guidelines of the rubric, they worked in groups, discussed, prepared, and presented their understanding and analysis of the transmission of nerve impulses in the human nervous system. In the last lesson, they answered the formative assessment questions and filled in the questionnaire. Another group was taught without the Peak Deck learning approach and formative assessment given.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A higher percentage of students that were under the Very Poor category were taught without the Pear Deck Learning strategy (B) at 6.67% compared to those taught with the Pear Deck Learning strategy (A) at 3.33%. The average score achieved for the Fair category was higher in group A than in B at 46.67% and 26.67% respectively. In the Very Good category, the percentage of students was higher with those taught with the Pear Deck Learning strategy (A) at 10.00% compared to those taught without the Pear Deck Learning strategy at 0.00%. For the group that went through the Pear Deck lessons, the formative assessment results show that fifteen students out of twenty (75 %) got 70 % or above marks on their work on the worksheet.
For the group that did not study by Pear Deck Learning, the results show that seven students out of twenty (35 %) got 70 % or above marks on their work on the formative assessment worksheet. This is an indication that this group of students could not answer questions that required them to prove the concepts of the neuron’s structures, functions, location; and nerve impulse transmission along the PNS and CNS.
In the control group, students were not offered the use of Pear Deck guidelines rubrics and they went through the whole mechanism in parts and did not do the Pear Deck presentation at the end, which would help to visualize and see the relationship between the work of the parts of the neuron. They could not answer questions where it was asked to provide evidence.
We recommend using the Pear Deck guidelines rubric presentation to improve students' understanding of different concepts as a whole so that they can bring evidence to their answers through analysis and evaluation.

References
[1] Owens M.T., Tanner K.D. Teaching as Brain changing: Exploring Connections between Neuroscience and Innovative Teaching. CBE Life Sci Educ. 2017 Summer; 16(2).
[2] Marzano R. J. and Heflebower T. Grades that show what know. 2011 69 34-9
[3] Goff E, Reindl  K, Johnson C, McClean P, Offerdahl J, Schroeder N, and White A  2017
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Education 45 226 – 34
[4 Lazarowitz R and Penso S 1992 J. Of Biological Education, 26 215–23
[5] Lestari D, Mulyani S E S, and Susanti R 2016 J. of Innovative Science Education 5 83–93
[6] Cavalho J C Q, Beltramini L M, and Bossolan N R S 2018 J. of Biological Education 53 205-16
[7] Louca L T, and Zacharia Z C 2012 Educational Review 64 471-92
[8] Fretz E B, Wu H K, Zhang B, Davis E A, Krajcik J S, and Soloway E 2002 Res. in Sci.
[9] Larson-Green J. (2024, January) Engaging instruction and powerful practice. https://www.peardeck.com/products/pear-deck-and-pear-practice


16. ICT in Education and Training
Poster

Pupils' Opinions on Sharing Privacy and Personal Data on the Internet, Social Networks and Other Online Services

Helena Mičková, Jana Miková

Palacký University Olomouc, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Mičková, Helena; Miková, Jana

With the increasing use of information and communication technologies, cybercrimes against children have also increased. Online risky behavior can take many forms: making personal data available to other subjects, sharing visual material with the general public, engaging in online discussions with sexual undertones and vulgar comments, and establishing new friendships with unknown people (Ybarra et al., 2007; Kopecký et al., 2021).

Wylęgły (2021) mentions anonymity as a possible risky aspect of leading potentially to the development of cybercrime, an unlimited range of users, and the universality of Internet access. Kopecký et al. (2020) also consider, among other things, the use of fictitious identities, so-called equality of status, synchronous and asynchronous online communication, and social multiplicity in communication with an undetermined number of users to be risky. The very issue of sharing has thus gained attention in recent years not only in the field of law (Lavorgna et al., 2023; Bezáková et al., 2021) but also in the field of pedagogical sciences (Brosch, 2018; Kopecký et al., 2020; Kopecký et al., 2023). This contribution focuses on the experiences and possible risks of sharing among lower secondary school pupils in the Czech Republic.

Sharing adolescents' data on social networks can bring, in addition to positive benefits, specific threats, such as threats to privacy, integrity, the right to one's own identity, and personality development. It can negatively affect not only privacy but also a good name, the very development of personality and image (Ordóñez Pineda & Calva Jiménez, 2020). Sharing, which can be defined as the publication of much detailed information about adolescents in the form of photos, videos, and posts through social media, can violate children's privacy (Brosh, 2018) and lead to several other negative phenomena, such as frustration (Ouvrein & Verswijvel, 2019) or child abuse as a tool for creating extremist and hateful content (Kopecký et al., 2020).

In the field of pedagogical research, children's privacy is associated with the protection of personal data and is often linked to the issue of sharing, which violates children's privacy (Brosh, 2018; Kopecký et al., 2020; Kopecký et al., 2023), but also another possible risks such as exclusion from the collective due to the inability to use the Internet, the risk of increasing aggression, sexual coercion, threats to privacy, identity theft, and new forms of surveillance and exploitation are mentioned.

General description on research questions, objectives and theoretical framework (up to 600 words)

Research questions and problems:

• What do students think about sharing information and other content (photos, videos, etc.) about their privacy and personal data on the Internet, social networks, and other online services?

• What is the students' opinion about the possible risks of sharing information and other content about their privacy and personal data on the Internet, social networks, and other online services?

• What experience do students have with sharing information and other content about their privacy and personal data on the Internet, social networks, and other online services?

The main goal of the contribution is to find out and describe the basic aspects, topics and experiences of elementary school students connected with sharing privacy and personal data on the Internet, social networks and other on-line services.

Sub-research objectives:

• To find out the opinions of pupils in terms of how they constitute and shape opinions on sharing privacy and personal data in cyberspace

• Analyze the students' opinions


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research design: Qualitative research design
Research method:  Interpretative phenomenological analysis   - IPA
Data collection method: Semi-structured interview - through open-ended questions with the aim to leave room for respondents' self-expression.
IPA method: (Šuráňová In: Gulová, Šíp, 2013, pp. 109-111)
1. Transcription of interviews and their repeated reading.
2. Taking notes and writing down observations on interviews (descriptive, linguistic, conceptual).
3. Development of identified themes.
4. Searching for relationships between discovered topics.
5. Moving on to the next case – new terminology and the language of the next respondent.
6. Finding themes (patterns) across cases.
Analysis phases: (Šuráňová In: Gulová, Šíp, 2013, pp. 109-111)
1. Transcription and reading of respondents' statements - analysis of statements and statements from individual respondents.
2. Recognizing and identifying themes and patterns emerging from the conversation, focusing on similarities, differences, standard features, etc.
3. Developing a dialogue between the researcher and the coded data about the respondents' connotations.
4. Developing structure, patterns, and relationships between individual topics.
5. The use of supervision, collaboration with the respondent, or audit to verify and develop the coherence and acceptability of interpretations.
6. Transcription and documentation of source citations – list of individual topics (graphically, in a simple structure or table).
7. Reflection of perceptions, concepts, and processes that influenced the interpretation of data analysis.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected outputs – goals oriented towards practical application
On an intellectual level, the aim is to point out the relevance and importance of the topic of sharing private and personal data in cyberspace among pupils and, above all, their opinions on sharing not only by themselves but also by those around them (parents, teachers, classmates, friends, and other persons), which can result in the emergence and development of risky phenomena such as cyber bullying, cyber grooming, etc.
The information obtained from the semi-structured interviews and their subsequent analysis can be used to prevent risky phenomena in cyberspace, develop pupils' critical thinking, and develop digital literacy. The knowledge gained through this research will contribute to researchers' understanding of sharing privacy and personal data and possible risky phenomena.

References
Bezáková, Z., Madleňák, A., & Švec, M. (2021). Security risks of sharing content based on minors by their family members on social media in times of technology interference. Media Literacy and Academic Research: scientific journal, 4(1), 53-69.
Brosch, A. (2018). Sharenting – Why Do Parents Violate Their Children’s Privacy? The New Educational Review, 54(4), 75-85. https://doi.org/10.15804/tner.2018.54.4.06
Gulová, L., & Šíp, R. (Eds.). (2013). Výzkumné metody v pedagogické praxi. Grada.
Kopecky, K., Szotkowski, R., Aznar-Díaz, I., & Romero-Rodríguez, J. -M. (2020). The phenomenon of sharenting and its risks in the online environment. Experiences from Czech Republic and Spain. Children and Youth Services Review, 110. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.104812
Kopecký, K., Szotkowski, R., & Dobešová, P. (2021). Riziková komunikace a seznamování českých dětí v kyberprostoru. Univerzita Palackého v Olomouci.
Kopecký, K., Szotkowski, R., Mičková, H., & Nováková, A. (2022). Sharenting u českých rodičů: výzkumná zpráva. Centrum prevence rizikové virtuální komunikace, Pedagogická fakulta Univerzity Palackého v Olomouci. https://e-bezpeci.cz/index.php/ke-stazeni/vyzkumne-zpravy/158-sharenting-u-ceskych-rodicu-2022/file
Kopecký, K., Szotkowski, R., Mičková, H., & Krejčí, V. (2023). Sharenting among Czech parents and its risks. Pediatrie pro praxi, 24(1), 8-12. https://doi.org/10.36290/ped.2023.011
Lavorgna, A., Ugwudike, P., & Tartari, M. (2023). Online sharenting: Identifying existing vulnerabilities and demystifying media reported crime risks. Sage Journals, 19(4). https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1177/17416590221148448
Ordóñez Pineda, L., & Calva Jiménez, S. (2020). Amenazas a la privacidad de los menores de edad a partir del Sharenting. Revista Chilena de Derecho y Tecnología, 9(2), 105-130. https://doi.org/10.5354/0719-2584.2020.55333
Ouvrein, G., & Verswijvel, K. (2019). Sharenting: Parental adoration or public humiliation? A focus group study on adolescents' experiences with sharenting against the background of their own impression management. Children and Youth Services Review, 99, 319-327. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2019.02.011
Wylęgły, K. (2021). The Internet - a risk-taking space for university students. Journal of Education Culture and Society, 12(1), 413-425. https://doi.org/10.15503/jecs2021.1.413.425
Ybarra, M. L., Mitchell, K. J., Finkelhor, D., & Wolak, J. (2007). Internet Prevention Messages. Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine, 161(2). https://doi.org/10.1001/archpedi.161.2.138D
 
12:45 - 13:3017 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
12:45 - 13:3018 SES 5.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
12:45 - 13:3019 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
12:45 - 13:3020 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Poster

Intercultural Learning Environnement: otherness and oneself's parts

Anne-Marie Lo Presti

HEPL, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Lo Presti, Anne-Marie

Introduction: research questions
This paper presents a teacher training program centered on travel (PEERS project) as a space for training and experiential learning, with the aim of opening up to otherness. In this contribution, I wish to highlight how the narrative of experience specific to this training device enables us to "produce and produce ourselves in the world". I will attempt to demonstrate how identity is constructed for the subject, through and in his or her actions and interactions with the world. Using a qualitative method, my research will analyze the reworking of identity inherent in this training system, which has an impact on the professional practice of future teachers. I will examine which parts of the self and which parts of the other are mobilized in the construction of the subject in the face of the experience of otherness as proposed in the PEERS projects.

Field
I will begin by presenting the field in which my research materials were produced. It takes place in the context of the initial training of primary school teachers at the Haute école pédagogique du canton de Vaud in Switzerland, and more specifically in the context of an intercultural exchange module (PEERS) between Switzerland and Italy (University of Bologna) that I have been organizing every year for the past seven years. Through the apprehension of comparative educational systems and the discovery of otherness, these PEERS projects, which involve around ten Swiss and Italian students each year, aim to develop the mobility capital of future teachers in training, in order to make it operational in the classroom. The main educational theme is welcoming and integrating students' cultural plurality.
I'll now turn to the materials analyzed in this research. The students involved in these projects are encouraged to take a meta-posture on their experience of decentering through reflective writing in a travel diary, where they record their experience of otherness and then transpose it into their professional gestures and identity construction as future teachers. This experience of mobility, recounted through biographical writing, is then reworked in a final report on their return from the trip. This report gives an account of the transformations in their professional posture.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
I will now turn to the methodological issues inherent in this qualitative research. In this paper, I wish to highlight how the experience of the other becomes a source of learning for oneself. This research, of the action-research type, will consist in analyzing, using a qualitative method, the contributions of the travel journal writing process inserted into final reports written by students, at the end of their mobility experience. My aim is to understand and mobilize the formative and transformative effects of the experience of otherness in the construction of the subject.

These texts are acts of subjectivation in which the students give themselves over to self-talk. In the discursive plurality (descriptive, argumentative and evaluative discourse) that these subjects hold about themselves and in the interweaving of these discourses, I wish to highlight the valorization of experience implemented by the narrators. I will therefore rely on an analysis of the discourse expressing a certain appropriation of the power to act. The indicators selected for textual identification are those testifying to a process of transformation and self-formation. My approach is to draw out typical identity-building processes from these narratives. Various extracts from the writings of my students will be proposed in this communication in order to give them a voice.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conclusion:
Through this experience of cultural mobility and the various extracts reported in my students' reports, I have been able to demonstrate the emancipating openness of the experience of otherness. The subject forms his or her self with and against things, through direct contact but also reflexively by seeking to formulate and formalize it. As P. Galvani (2020) describes, training involves a deformation and transformation of the "I" in contact with its environment. The use of spaces and interfaces, of places that transform us through a narrative approach to eco-training. While it's true that I've been able to demonstrate that narrative develops the power to act of the subject who engages in it, it also has a powerful power to act on the subject, through the operations of configuration and metabolization that it implements. Indeed, the valorization of action brought about by narrative reconfigures action. It has a performative dimension, in the words of Ricoeur (1983). It enables the individual to appropriate the environment.

We have highlighted how the action of student mobility and the creation of a narrative about it offer the subject who engages in it the opportunity for a "reconfiguration of the self". Contact with otherness is a rich learning experience in terms of one's relationship to oneself, to others and to the world. The interactions with the world and the dialogue with oneself that these PEERS projects engender enable students to construct meaning around their life stories, in which the part of self and the part of others are woven together. This experience of otherness offers them the opportunity both to produce and to produce themselves in the world differently once the process has been integrated and made conscious.

References
- Berton, J., Millet, D. (2014). Writing your professional practice. Secteur sanitaire, social et éducatif. De l'activité au rendre compte. Paris : Seli Arslan.
- Boutinet, J.-P. (2006). L'adulte et son autoformation: un sujet, un individu et une personne ?Éducation Permanente : L'autoformation: actualité et perspectives, 168, 89-99.
- Breton, H. (2017). Se former par l'expérience de l'ailleurs: situation d'indétermination et acquis du voyage. Education Permanente: voyage, mobilité et formation de soi, 211, 27-38.
- Carré, P. (1997). L'autoformation. Paris: PUF.
- Cifali, M. and André, A. (2007). Ecrire l'expérience. Vers la reconnaissance des pratiques professionnelles. Paris: PUF.
- Cros, F. (dir.), (2006). Ecrire sur sa pratique pour développer des compétences professionnelles. Paris : L'Harmattan.
- Delory-Momberger, C. (2009). La condition biographique. Essai sur le récit de soi dans la modernité avancée. Paris : Téraèdre.
- Delory-Momberger, C. and Bourguigon, J.-C. (2020). Médialités biographiques, pratiques de soi et du monde. Le Sujet dans la cité, Actuels 9 (1), 17-26.
- Dominicé, P. (2002). L'Histoire de vie comme processus de formation. Paris : L'Harmattan.
- Dubar, C. (2000). La crise des identités: l'interprétation d'une mutation. Paris: PUF.
- Eneau, J. (2017). Self-training as a journey between Bildung and self-transformation. Education Permanente: voyage, mobilité et formation de soi, 211, 149-160.
- Fabre, M. (2004). Le problème et l'épreuve. Paris : L'Harmattan.
- Freire, P. (1983). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Paris: Maspéro.
- Foucault, M. (2001). Les techniques de soi. In M. Foucault. Dits et écrits II, 1602-1632. Paris : Gallimard.
- Galvani, P. (2020). Autoformation et connaissance de soi, une méthode de recherche-formation expérientielle. Lyon: Chronique sociale.
- Gaulejac, V. (de) (2009). Who is "I"? Clinical sociology of the subject. Paris: Seuil.
- Lo Presti, A.-M. and Oppliger S. (2019). Biographical touches and teacher training. In M.-C. Bernard, G. Tschopp and A. Slowik (eds.). Les voies du récit. Pratiques biographiques en formation, intervention et recherche (p.47-61). Quebec: Edition science et bien commun and LEL du CRIRES.
- Molinié, M. (2015). Biographical research in a plurilingual context. Cartographie d'un processus de didacticienne. Paris : Riveneuve éditions.
- Onfray, M. (2007). Théorie du voyage. Poetics of geography. Paris: Livre de Poche.
- Pineau, G. (1998). Accompagnements et histoire de vie. Paris: L'Harmattan.
- Pineau, G. (2019). Travel, retreat and self-training mondialogante. Paris : L'Harmattan.
- Ricoeur, P. (1983-1985). Time and narrative. Tome III. Le temps raconté. Paris : Seuil.
- Ricoeur, P. (1990). Soi-même comme un autre. Paris: Seuil.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Poster

University and Community in the Inclusion of Migrants/Refugees through Service-Learning: The SL(M) Project

Miguel A. Santos Rego, Jesica Núñez-García, Javier Rico Díaz

ESCULCA Research Group - RIES Network, University of Santiago de Compostela

Presenting Author: Santos Rego, Miguel A.

The society is undergoing rapid changes in aspects such as increased mobility of individuals, the necessity for lifelong learning, cultural diversity resulting from heightened migration movements, particularly forced displacements, advancements in Information and Communication Technologies (ICT), exponential growth of knowledge, and the emergence of new scenarios for social relations. More specifically, according to European Commission statistics as of October 2023, 446.7 million people were residing in the EU, with 8.5% born outside its borders. Additionally, the Union hosts 20% of the world's refugees, with Spain ranking as the third country with the highest asylum applications (UNHCR, 2024).

It is not unexpected, therefore, that there is an increased focus from Higher Education on the reality of migrants/refugees in host communities, contributing to a more inclusive society (Cowling et al., 2019; Gonçalves et al., 2023; Prentice, 2023). Universities must not diminish their role in conventional tasks such as coordinating academic programs and research lines; rather, they have an obligation to reflect on their civic mission. This reflection prompts the promotion of methodologies such as service-learning (SL), fostering the social mission of the university and a more comprehensive education of students as responsible citizens within a strong democracy, creating exchange situations where diversity is a central element (Santos Rego, 2013; Santos Rego et al., 2021).

The impact of this methodology on students' perspectives regarding diversity is well-documented, enabling them to confront personal or social stereotypes, acquire knowledge about the served population, believe in the value of an intercultural society, feel more comfortable interacting in diverse contexts, and recognize universality and common traits (Santos Rego et al., 2016; Van Rensburg et al., 2019).

Therefore, it is pertinent to study the impact of service-learning on university students and migrants/refugees, collaborating to identify needs, propose actions, and engage in a reciprocal educational and social innovation process. As Nussbaum (1997) emphasizes, universities must be committed to developing critical thinking among students and constructing a community capable of debating social issues, progressing towards a true 'community of reason' and fostering the construction of a democratic community.

In this work, we present the design of a comprehensive project, with a strong investigative and formative character, involving researchers from three European universities and two social entities. The main objectives are:

- Analyze the role of universities in the European social and intercultural project.

- Examine the reality of migrants/refugees in the European Union.

- Contribute to the enhancement of social and cultural capital for university students and migrants/refugees through collaborative work networks, reciprocity, and social support.

- Promote democratic and civic participation of university students by encouraging opportunities for social engagement and intercultural development.

Therefore, one of the primary aspirations of the project is to progress, through service-learning, towards a reciprocal relationship between the university and the community (social entities), considering the latter as an active participant in the educational process (Asghar and Rowe, 2017; Jacoby, 2015). The goal is to foster, using SL as a pedagogical strategy, relationships of exchange and mutual benefit between the Academy and social actors, endeavoring to turn individuals into agents of social change.

This paper stems from the project "Mobilizing university-community resources through SL(M) for the inclusion of migrants/refugees," funded by the Erasmus+ Program (2022-1-ES01-KA220-HED-000087650).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research is structured around five phases (Work Packages). The first phase focuses on project execution management, defining quantitative and qualitative indicators to identify strengths and weaknesses in the development of actions, ensuring a greater social and educational impact. It also aims to establish and maintain a transnational and interinstitutional network among the five participating European institutions.
The second phase involves the design, implementation, and evaluation of a training course on service-learning and the context of migrants/refugees in Europe. Consequently, the satisfaction of teachers and university students with the received training will be analyzed. Additionally, a diagnostic seminar will identify needs in the inclusion of migrants/refugees. Instruments used in this phase are:
- Osgood Scale directed at teachers and students to gather information on satisfaction with the training.
- Focus group with teachers and students to identify strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and risks of service-learning as an educational strategy in intervention with migrants.
In the third phase, the focus is on designing service-learning projects based on collaboration networks among teachers, students, social entities, and migrants/refugees to address detected needs. Instruments used are:
- Data sheets of SL(M) experiences conducted by project coordinating teachers.
- Rubric for evaluating the design of SL(M) projects (Butin, 2003).
- Follow-up protocol for each SL(M) project.
- Service-learning portfolio to promote student reflection.
The fourth phase involves evaluating the development of SL(M) project. From a qualitative point of view, we decided to use participatory action research. The following instruments will be used:
- Group interview with teachers, students, and professionals from social entities participating in the project, regarding service-learning and the development of civic and social competencies.
- In-depth interview with migrant/refugee recipients of the service from SL(M) projects to analyze the extent to which their social needs have been addressed.
In the fifth and final phase, the focus is on analyzing the impact of SL(M) projects on the community. A quasi-experimental design with two non-equivalent groups, pretest and posttest, will be used. Project satisfaction will also be evaluated using the following instruments:
- Questionnaire addressed to university students (pretest and posttest) to gather attitudes towards migrants/refugees.
- Osgood Scale for teachers, students, partners, and migrants/refugees regarding satisfaction with the project.
- Focus group with partners and migrants/refugees.
- Focus group at the university, involving teachers, students, and institutional management.
- Group interview with the partners of each SL(M) project regarding their contribution to the SDGs.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study significantly contributes to the knowledge within its defined scope, addressing a conspicuous gap in European research, particularly in terms of experimental methodologies supported by qualitative techniques and focusing on the migrant/refugee population as the target demographic. The developed instruments not only promise to provide a framework for assessing the quality of future projects but also represent a catalyst for university innovation processes.
Society has long demanded a university committed to the community, one tasked with cultivating a critical and responsible citizenship that strives to overcome existing injustices and inequalities for the common good. Hence, one of the anticipated impacts that warrants special mention is the project's potential contribution to enhancing the learning outcomes derived from such educational experiences in higher education. Exploring the advantages of Service-Learning (SL) in university classrooms with a specific focus on migrants/refugees has the potential to contribute to an improvement in the immediate environment and foster a more inclusive society.
Thus, universities and social entities emerge as central actors in the broader societal effort to combat extremism and xenophobia, thereby strengthening the European identity based on a common and cohesive citizenship. This necessitates continuous dialogue and communication between the university community and civil society, aiming to collaboratively identify needs and explore ways of collaboration for their resolution.
Additionally, the collaboration of researchers from various universities and social entities, both Spanish and foreign, with diverse trajectories, is poised to promote networking and synergy in multiple directions. The participation of experts from countries with a well-established tradition in Service-Learning (SL), such as Ireland, offers an opportunity to learn from their experiences and effectively adapt them to the Spanish and Italian university contexts. This collaborative approach seeks not only to bolster research but also to expand cooperation with both national and international teams.

References
ACNUR. (2024). Refugee Data Finder. https://www.unhcr.org/refugee-statistics/
Asghar, M., & Rowe, N. (2017). Reciprocity and critical reflection as the key to social justice in service learning: A case study. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 54(2), 117-125. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2016.1273788
Butin, D. W. (2003). Of what use is it? Multiple conceptualizations of service learning within education. Teachers College Record, 105(9), 1674-1692.
Cowling, M. M., Anderson, J. R., & Ferguson, R. (2019). Prejudice-relevant Correlates of Attitudes towards Refugees: A Meta-analysis. Journal of Refugee Studies, 32(3), 502-524. https://doi.org/10.1093/jrs/fey062
Gonçalves, G., Sousa, C., & Arasaratnam-Smith, L. A. (2023). The Effect of Multicultural Attitudes and Perceived Intergroup Threat on Attitudes Towards Immigrants in Portugal: A Polynomial Regression with Response Surface Analysis. Psychological Reports, 0(0), 1-25. https://doi.org/10.1177/00332941221149182
Jacoby, B. (2015). Service-learning essentials. Jossey-Bass.
Nussbaum, M. (1997). Cultivating Humanity. Harvard University Press.
Prentice, C. M. (2023). Educators’ attitudes towards refugee pupils: intergroup contact and virtuous circles. Intercultural Education, 34(6), 590-611. https://doi.org/10.1080/14675986.2023.2265305
Santos Rego, M. A. (2013). ¿Para cuándo las universidades en la agenda de una democracia fuerte? Educación, aprendizaje y compromiso cívico en Norteamérica. Revista de Educación, 361, 565-590.
Santos Rego, M. A., Lorenzo, M., & Mella, I. (2016). Aprendizaje-servicio y desempeño académico de los estudiantes universitarios. En M. A. Santos Rego (Ed.), Sociedad del conocimiento. Aprendizaje e innovación en la universidad (pp. 197-218). Biblioteca Nueva.
Van Rensburg, E., Van der Merwe, T., and Erasmus, M. (2019). Community outcomes of occupational therapy service-learning engagements: perceptions of community representatives. South African Journal of Occupational Therapy, 49(1), 12-18. https://doi.org/10.17159/2310-3833/2019/vol49n1a3
 
12:45 - 13:3021 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
12:45 - 13:3022 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
12:45 - 13:3023 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Poster

Family And State Intervention In Young People’s Gaming Behaviours And Its Effect On Family Relationship

Dajun Wang

university of glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Wang, Dajun

Starting from September 2021, the Chinese government has introduced an anti-addiction game policy for teenagers in mobile games, aiming to prevent youth from spending more time and money in mobile games, and expect youth to invest more energy to study and extracurricular activities, and strictly restrict youth to only play mobile games from 8 to 9 pm every Friday, Saturday and Sunday. The policy also states that relevant schools and parents should cooperate with the government’s policies Assist. However, there has not yet been a clear study to explore the understanding of the policy by youth and parents during the implementation of the policy, as well as their views and opinions on the policy. Based on the above situation, I raised several research questions:

(i) The current state of online gaming among young people, along with parental and state interventions in China.

(ii) Identification of problems and their impact on family relationships.

(iii) Exploration of potential solutions to enhance family relationships and establish an appropriate level of intervention in young people's gaming.

Also, according to Foucault's (1975) understanding of Panopticon, such surveillance makes children pay more attention to self-restraint because such surveillance is not full-time surveillance like Panopticon (1995) by Jeremy Bentham, which refers to the fragmental surveillance and this surveillance mode makes young people to be vigilant at all times to avoid intentional or unintentional surveillance or monitoring coming at any time.

When teenagers want to play mobile games, they need to consider whether their parents will see them playing games without permission, and whether these situations are allowed in the eyes of their parents. This kind of self-restraint enhanced by fragmented monitoring will gradually become automated and even become self-monitoring. And when young people know that their parents are opposed to mobile games.

However, being constantly vigilant will make the youth feel bored to a certain extent, which will also lead to the deterioration of family relationships. The anti-addiction policy was promulgated later. Although it was freed from the management of the parents, due to the parents' lack of understanding of the policy, the implementation of the policy has relatively become a decoration, and the conflicts between parents and youth regarding mobile games have gradually intensified.

In this thesis, I used this theory to find out how Chinese youth currently navigate the surveillance of parents and government policies, and what actions they take after learning about these things and how they modify or self-regulate their behaviours.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Questionnaire and semi-structured interview were used as the mixed method in this research to obtain data and results when discussing with young teenagers and their parents how the intervention of video games impacts the family relationship.

The questionnaire is used as the primary research method to understand the different opinions of young people and their parents.  The difference in opinions inform the design of the semi-structured interview for in-depth research.

I recruited 1800 participants (900 parents+900 youths from 4th to 6th grades students)from three elementary schools in Dalian, Liaoning province, in the group of parents, there are 547 female particpants, 353 male participants; in the youth questionnaire, the number of men and women is the same.  

In China, the students of these three grades are roughly 9-12 years old, which is a gap from current literature research group (Dongdong et al., 2011; van Rooij et al., 2011; Kwon et al., 2011).

I also specifically recruited children and teenagers (N = 20)who have experience in video games and balance students of different genders.  By recruiting children in this research, I also interviewed their parents to understand the impact of parental control in video games.

The research had been approved by College of Social Science Ethics Committee, University of Glasgow.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
1. Limited understanding of the country's anti-addiction system, leading families to provide personal information for youth to play mobile games; despite this, most parents do not endorse youth gaming.

2. Parents resort to reasons like protecting eyesight or being busy with schoolwork to encourage youth gaming, resulting in conflicts with their children.

3. Parents often use short single-player game durations (10 minutes) to control their children’s gaming, displaying a lack of in-depth knowledge about mobile games and insufficient communication with youth.

4. The school did a poor job of promoting the Government’s anti-addiction system. Some parents do not know about the anti-addiction system (n=67) and have not even heard of it, and some youth groups do not know about the anti-addiction system(n=177), and 134 participants have not even heard of it. 

Furthermore, most youths use their parents' identity to set up accounts to play mobile games, thus evading the system's identity authentication for youth groups. 

Based on the results of the discussion, the suggestions that the author gives are as follows:

1. The country has relaxed specific time restrictions on mobile games.

2. The school strengthens contact with parents, builds wireless network base stations within the school, and emphasizes the issue of mobile games to parents before the holidays.

3. Parents should take the initiative to understand the content of policies for youth, and at the same time actively communicate with youth on mobile phones, computers and other electronic devices, and encourage youth to use parents’ identity information for game authentication, which will relatively increase children’s extracurricular activities. time; when problems arise, choose communication over coercive measures

4. Children should take the initiative to communicate with parents, actively share and explain their views on electronic devices, games, etc., and build a good communication environment and family atmosphere.

References
Anderson, C.A. and Bushman, B.J., 2001. Effects of violent video games on aggressive behavior, aggressive cognition, aggressive affect, physiological arousal, and prosocial behavior: A meta-analytic review of the scientific literature.Psychological science,12(5), pp.353-359.

Ha, J.H., Yoo, H.J., Cho, I.H., Chin, B., Shin, D. and Kim, J.H., 2006. Psychiatric comorbidity assessed in Korean children and adolescents who screen positive for Internet addiction.The Journal of clinical psychiatry.

Han, D.H., Bolo, N., Daniels, M.A., Arenella, L., Lyoo, I.K. and Renshaw, P.F., 2011. Brain activity and desire for Internet video game play.Comprehensive psychiatry,52(1), pp.88-95.

Jung, J.Y., Kim, Y.C., Lin, W.Y. and Cheong, P.H., 2005. The influence of social environment on internet connectedness of adolescents in Seoul, Singapore and Taipei.New Media & Society,7(1), pp.64-88.

Kim, J. and Haridakis, P.M., 2009. The role of Internet user characteristics and motives in explaining three dimensions of Internet addiction.Journal of Computer-Mediated Communication,14(4), pp.988-1015.

Kim, M.G. and Kim, J., 2010. Cross-validation of reliability, convergent and discriminant validity for the problematic online game use scale.Computers in Human Behavior,26(3), pp.389-398.

Lachance, J., 2020. Parental surveillance of teens in the digital era: the “ritual of confession” to the “ritual of repentance”.International Journal of Adolescence and Youth,25(1), pp.355-363.

Olson, C.K., Kutner, L.A., Warner, D.E., Almerigi, J.B., Baer, L., Nicholi II, A.M. and Beresin, E.V., 2007. Factors correlated with violent video game use by adolescent boys and girls.Journal of adolescent health,41(1), pp.77-83.

Wang, J., Zhong, J. and Shu, Q., Huawei Technologies Co Ltd, 2009.Method and system for limiting time for online game users, ppp server, and online game server. U.S. Patent Application 12/207,368.

Yee, N., 2006. The psychology of massively multi-user online role-playing games: Motivations, emotional investment, relationships and problematic usage. InAvatars at work and play(pp. 187-207). Springer, Dordrecht.

Young, K.S., 1999. Internet addiction: symptoms, evaluation and treatment.Innovations in clinical practice: A source book,17(17), pp.351-352.

Young, K., 2009. Understanding online gaming addiction and treatment issues for adolescents.The American journal of family therapy,37(5), pp.355-372.

Zhan, J.D. and Chan, H.C., 2012. Government regulation of online game addiction.Communications of the Association for Information Systems,30(1), p.13.
 
12:45 - 13:3024 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
12:45 - 13:3026 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Poster

Untangling Leadership Webs between Principals, Teachers and Board Members: An Exploration of Distributed Leadership in Swiss Schools

Ella Grigoleit

FHNW, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Grigoleit, Ella

The formal establishment of school leadership in Switzerland, initiated around three decades ago with the introduction of the principal's role, significantly transformed traditional structures. Currently, leadership and management responsibilities are characterized by a shared mandate, subject to negotiation among school boards, principals, and teachers. Despite its acknowledged importance, empirical findings on the practice of distributed leadership in German-speaking Swiss schools remain limited. This study aims to address this gap by exploring leadership beyond formal positions, focusing on its manifestation through the practices of individuals, interactions, and mediating artefacts (Spillane et al., 2004). Guided by a distributed leadership perspective, the study seeks to uncover the intricate dynamics of leadership as an interaction (Diamond & Spillane, 2016).

Acknowledging the suggestion for leadership to be understood and studied as „a process that comprises both organizational and individual scopes“ (Tian et al., 2016, p. 156), a comprehensive research design is being used; aiming to capture both the "official" distribution of tasks based on legal regulations and school-specific policies, as well as lived experiences in public schools. Therefore, triangulation serves as an exploration into both the formalized structures and the realities of practices, contributing insights to the discourse on distributed leadership.

The research questions guiding this study are:

  1. What is the legal and institutional context for cooperation?

The first dimension explores how responsibilities and competencies are officially regulated among board members, principals, and teachers. Emphasis is placed on investigating the official channels through which responsibilities and competencies are allocated within the school structure, including cantonal legal texts and location-specific regulations. The aim is to extract insights into the formalized structures guiding responsibilities.

  1. How is the practical assumption of responsibilities and competencies shaped within the school setting?

The second dimension delves into the practical aspects of how responsibilities and competencies are assumed and negotiated within the dynamic school environment. This involves extensive shadowing-type observations of principals and teachers, as well as interviews with key stakeholders, including principals, teachers, and board members. These qualitative explorations aim to capture the nuanced arrangements and perceptions of leadership practices, decision-making processes, and the lived experiences of assuming leadership responsibilities. Through these interactions, the intricacies of how stakeholders navigate and interpret their roles within the established leadership framework are sought to be uncovered.

  1. Why do actors or groups engage in leadership-related collaborative efforts or refrain from doing so?

This dimension sheds light on the expectations, motivations, and barriers that influence actors or groups to assume or relinquish responsibility, collaborate, participate in, or withdraw from distributed leadership practices. Understanding the underlying factors, such as organizational culture, power relations, and perceived benefits, will provide insights into the complex dynamics shaping collaborative endeavours or the lack thereof.

The data collection includes:

  1. Examination of official documents detailing the distribution of responsibilities and accountability: This process involves a meticulous review of policies governing leadership roles to extract insights into the formalized structures guiding responsibilities and accountability.
  2. Approximately 25 interviews: Conducted with key stakeholders, including school leaders, teachers, and board members, these interviews delve into the nuanced perceptions of leadership practices, decision-making processes, and the lived experiences of assuming leadership responsibilities in the dynamic context of education. The aim of conducting such semi-structured interviews is to gather in-depth insights from participants while allowing flexibility to explore emerging themes and clarify ambiguities during the interview process.
  3. Observational data from about 20 weeks of shadowing: Documenting day-to-day school activities of principals, teachers, and other stakeholders to provide contextual insights. This observational component aims to capture the practical execution of leadership, offering a real-time portrayal of how responsibilities and competencies are assumed and negotiated in fast-paced school environments.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To gain a better understanding of the complex leadership dynamics within and across educational institutions and units, a multifaceted, explorative approach is being used. In line with Grounded Theory Methodology (Corbin & Strauss, 2015), the research process unfolds iteratively, allowing themes and phenomena to emerge successively and guide the ongoing inquiry. As formative elements of the nature, perception and manifestation of leadership-related cooperation can vary between settings and individuals, flexibility and the possibility of adaption play a pivotal role in the research process. Throughout this iterative journey, data is collected using semi-structured guides, facilitating the inductive derivation and refinement of preliminary categories from the data. This systematic refinement of preliminary categories is instrumental in approaching the explanation of phenomena methodically and comprehensively. Memos that are regularly written on practical and theoretical considerations, serve as vital tools to record reflections on preconceptions, insights, and analytic notes throughout the data collection and analysis process.
Following Strauss and Corbin's framework, three distinct coding stages for the systematic analysis of qualitative data are involved. Importantly, these stages are not rigidly sequential; instead, they often occur alternately or simultaneously, reflecting the iterative and flexible nature of the research process.

In the initial phase of Open Coding, a meticulous examination of the data occurs line by line and serves to “break apart” units, carrying meaning. This process involves the identification of concepts and the assignment of descriptive or interpretive codes without predefined categories. The aim is to allow a broad spectrum of phenomena to surface, permitting the emergence of patterns and relationships organically.

Moving into the Axial Coding stage, the focus shifts to establishing connections between the identified categories and phenomena. Ties between categories are explored, and a coding paradigm is developed to understand how these categories relate to central phenomena. Axial coding aims to provide a more structured and interconnected perspective.

The final stage, Selective Coding, involves selecting a core phenomenon or category, often identified through axial coding, that encapsulates the central theme or storyline of the research. Other categories are then integrated around this core, creating a cohesive and integrated narrative. Selective coding refines the theory further, concentrating on the most significant phenomena and their interconnections.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The landscape of Swiss education sees principals as a relatively recent professional group. Concurrently, school faculties comprise diverse educators with varying experiences of professional autonomy throughout their careers. The involvement of teachers in shaping and developing schools is now explicitly embedded in the professional responsibilities of educators in some cantons. However, empirical insights into the nature of this collaboration remain limited. This study aims to deepen our understanding of the distribution of responsibilities in the ongoing development of schools.

Preliminary findings suggest that the configuration of leadership is influenced not only by factors such as organizational structure and resource availability but also significantly by existing interpersonal relationships, change processes and previous professional experiences. Within the school environment, where taking on additional responsibilities is not incentivized to the same degree as in other professional domains, elements like mutual trust, shared beliefs, and entrenched behavioural norms appear to be accentuated.
Ambiguities, such as relationships between proximity and distance, freedom and obligation, collective responsibility based on shared values and individual professional self-conception as well as varying expectations, reveal themselves as intricate aspects in navigating and understanding distributed leadership practices, not as an end in itself, but as a result of continuous mutual influence. This complex interplay underscores the need for a nuanced understanding of how responsibilities are distributed and collaboration is fostered within the evolving landscape of school and leadership development.

These insights illuminate a nuanced interplay between different stakeholders, demonstrating relevance not only within the Swiss educational landscape but also in comparable settings such as Germany, Scandinavian countries, and the Netherlands (Ärlestig et al., 2016), where the teaching profession is characterized by a relatively high degree of autonomy. The elucidation of this intricate dynamic prompts significant questions concerning the forthcoming leadership competencies among stakeholders, facilitating successful collaborative shaping and development of schools.

References
Ärlestig, H., Day, C., & Johansson, O. (Eds.). (2016). A Decade of Research on School Principals. Springer International Publishing.
Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of qualitative research. Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (4th ed.). Sage.
Diamond, J. B., & Spillane, J. P. (2016). School leadership and management from a distributed perspective: A 2016 retrospective and prospective. Management in Education, 30(4), 147–154. https://doi.org/10.1177/0892020616665938
Spillane, J. P., Halverson, R., & Diamond, J. B. (2004). Towards a theory of leadership practice: A distributed perspective. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36(1), 3. https://doi.org/10.1080/0022027032000106726
Tian, M., Risku, M., & Collin, K. (2016). A meta-analysis of distributed leadership from 2002 to 2013: Theory development, empirical evidence and future research focus. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 44(1), 146–164. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143214558576


26. Educational Leadership
Poster

The Relationship Between the Career Model of School Directors and Student Learning Achievement in General Education

Daiva Bubeliene1, Gediminas Merkys2, Sigitas Vaitkevicius3, Vaino Brazdeikis4

1Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania; 2Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania; 3Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania; 4Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Bubeliene, Daiva

The quality of schools is not only determined by educational achievement. Non-cognitive characteristics, children's health, well-being, moral education are important. However, learning success is an essential component of school quality. The greatest successes here are the TIMSS and PISA projects, which are carried out in the format of a large study. Large-scale studies have made progress in discovering predictors that impact learning success. These are social and economic factors: urban-rural differences, gender differences, school type differences, family characteristics, etc. These are also educational factors - learning environment, educational curriculum, learning methods, etc. Psychological factors should also be mentioned: motivation, school self-concept. Unfortunately, the question of what role the school principal plays in ensuring good learning outcomes is still relatively poorly addressed. More has been done in areas such as evaluation research and school improvement studies. The limitation is that these are mostly local, sampling-based studies. Questionnaire methods based on subjective self-assessments are mostly used. Social desirability and confounding effects inevitably occur. There is a need to examine the impact of school leadership and principal's potential on students' learning achievements. This is about the total census data from state statistics. Learning outcomes are multi-causal in nature, so it is not worth hypothetically expecting that the principal's factor will be crucial. It's probably relatively small, but it's still there. How does the phenomenon occur? What statistical regularities occur here? There is currently no information on this. This research and report is dedicated to partially clarifying this question. School leadership can be conceptualized in different ways: through the career model, personality traits and leadership style, etc. The big data from state statistics handed over to the research team was characterized by a limited number of variables describing the position of the director. The study is limited a few aspects. 1. Can older school leaders of pre-retirement and retirement age ensure good student learning outcomes and be as effective as younger school leaders? The issue is particularly relevant in the major debate over raising the retirement age for workers in the EU. Is it appropriate to introduce a limit of two consecutive terms of office for school principals, as happened in Lithuania? 2. Is it appropriate to give official ranks to public school principals? Does a degree guarantee better educational achievement of students whose schools are led by such respected “elite” principals with higher prestige, symbolic capital and higher salary? Should such categories and ranks be seen only as a relic of the Prussian government system of the 18th-19th centuries? Should the director's performance be evaluated without regard to professional history and only based on actual results based on external audit? 3. Should an applicant who has previously been a good teacher representative and has experience in education become a principal? Is it appropriate to appoint a person with management experience in business or public sector as a director? The question is not only relevant to education and can hypothetically be transferred to other sectors. Who can be a good director of a museum, library, hospital: a specialist or a general manager? In Lithuania there has always been a rule that only a former educator with experience in education can lead a school. At the moment anyone with management experience and a university education can participate in the selection process to become a school director. The peculiarity of the study is that the answers to the questions were examined not on the basis of sampling studies, but on the basis of total census data, which ensures the objectivity, validity and universal generalizability of the discovered statistical regularities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on total census data. This is data on the learning achievements of Lithuanian students, measured by standardised tests. Such centralised tests at national level are conducted in Lithuania by the National Agency for Education. The researchers received all anonymised data from the agency for the years 2015-2021. The total number of students tested is 248,000. The national tests are based on the example of TIMSS and PISA. In long tests, there are tasks on different topics and with different levels of difficulty. In terms of content, the tests covered the main subjects of maths, reading and writing in the lower grades, maths, state language (Lithuanian) and the main foreign language (English) in the upper grades.
The mathematics test in 4th, 6th and 8th grade lasts up to 1 hour and includes 30-40 primary tasks. In the 10th grade, the test lasts up to 2 hours and comprises 30-40 tasks and in grade 12 lasts up to 3 hours and includes up to 25 tasks.
The data originally collected for school administration is valid and also suitable for use in science. In the conclusion of the secondary and tertiary factorization, it became clear that the overall index of educational success can be derived from the estimates of various school subjects and defined as a dependent variable.
The independent variable captures a specific career model of school headmasters. It comprises three primary main variables: 1) The age of the headmaster, 2) Was the supervisor a teacher before becoming a headteacher? What was the highest qualification category as a teacher at that time? In Lithuania, these are "teacher", "teacher-methodologist" and "teacher-expert". 3. Does the headmaster have a leadership category (official rank) or not? There are four possibilities in Lithuania: the director has / hasn’t categories I, II and III. The relative restriction of the hypothetical created career model was determined objectively and did not depend on the will of the researchers. The state Data provided to the researchers contained exactly this amount of information about the headmasters.
When working with total census data, statistical tests and inferential statistics lose their usual significance, which are very characteristic of sampling studies. There is no sampling error and bias effects are unlikely. Cohen's effect of size was used to appropriately assess differences between compared group means. Differences of less than 0.20 standard deviation points were ignored and not interpreted.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of data revealed specific statistical regularities.
1. the older the headteachers, the more favourable the academic achievement of the pupils in these schools.  
2. the higher the headteacher's leadership category, the more favourable the learning achievement of pupils.
3. the higher the teacher's career category before the headmaster held the position, the more favourable the learning achievement of the pupils in these schools.
4. the career model of head teachers, operationalised by the three variables mentioned above, has a systematic effect on the learning achievement of pupils.

The sometimes-widespread expert opinion that the rotation of headmasters is necessary and the term limit (up to two consecutive terms of office) is controversial. The opinion that headteachers remain in their position for too long, the effectiveness of leadership decreases and the school begins to stagnate is controversial.
Teachers who are established in the profession and have a good work record represent a good resource from which headteachers can be recruited.
At least in public schools, it is appropriate to have a system of leadership categories. Such a system of symbolic and material promotion of leaders motivates the leaders and has a positive effect on the functionality of the school.
The statistical regularities found give rise to discussions about the importance of raising the retirement age for employees, including public sector managers. Although statistical regularities were only found in the population of school headmasters, these can be hypothetically transferred to museums, libraries, etc. in relation to the population of managers. The position of head teacher should not be compared to the tenure of a politician or civil servant who is elected for two terms. It is a creative mission whose personal suitability should be confirmed on the basis of actual achievement, as determined by external audits, certification, with no time limit.

References
Bubelienė, D., Merkys, G. (2019). „School's Cultural Diversity: What Is the Difference Between "School of Happiness" and "School Prison"?”//International Scientific conference ‘’SOCIETY, INTEGRATION, EDUCATION - SIE2019’’ (ISSN 1691-5887, eISSN 2256-0629) Volume II, May 24-25, pg. 53-69.
Cox, J. S., & Mullen, C. A. (2023). Impacting student achievement: Principals’ instructional leadership practice in two Title I rural schools. Journal of School Leadership, 33(1), 3-25. https://doi.org/10.1177/10526846221133996
Earley, P., & Weindling, D. (2007). Do school leaders have a shelf life? Career stages and headteacher performance. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 35(1), 73-88. DOI: 10.1177/1741143207071386
Grissom, J. A., Egalite, A. J., & Lindsay, C. A. (2021). How principals affect students and schools. Wallace Foundation, 2(1), 30-41.
Karadag, E. (2020). The effect of educational leadership on students’ achievement: A cross-cultural meta-analysis research on studies between 2008 and 2018. Asia Pacific Education Review, 21(1), 49-64. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-019-09612-
Karadağ, E., Bektaş, F., Çoğaltay, N., & Yalçın, M. (2015). The effect of educational leadership on students’ achievement: A meta-analysis study. Asia Pacific Education Review, 16(1), 79-93. DOI 10.1007/s12564-015-9357-x
Landahl, J. (2020). The PISA calendar: Temporal governance and international large-scale assessments. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 625-639.
Levin, S., Scott, C., Yang, M., Leung, M., & Bradley, K. (2020). Supporting a Strong, Stable Principal Workforce: What Matters and What Can Be Done. Research Report. Learning Policy Institute.
Mahmut, Ö. Z. E. R. (2020). What does PISA tell us about performance of education systems?. Bartın University Journal of Faculty of Education, 9(2), 217-228.
Merkys, G., Čiučiulkienė, N., Bubelienė, D. Kvieskienė, G. (2021). Cognitive Reductionism as a Challenge for Teacher Training and Socialization.  „Pädagogische Visionen im 21. Jahrhundert“, Peter Lang , p. 317-369.
Nilsen, T., & Teig, N. (2022). A systematic review of studies investigating the relationships between school climate and student outcomes in TIMSS, PISA, and PIRLS. International Handbook of Comparative Large-Scale Studies in Education: Perspectives, Methods and Findings, 1-34.
Schwippert, Knut, Daniel Kasper, Olaf Köller, Nele McElvany, Christoph Selter, Mirjam Steffensky, and Heike Wendt. TIMSS 2019: Mathematische und naturwissenschaftliche Kompetenzen von Grundschulkindern in Deutschland im internationalen Vergleich. Waxmann Verlag, 2020.
Van der Heijden, B., De Vos, A., Akkermans, J., Spurk, D., Semeijn, J., Van der Velde, M., & Fugate, M. (2020). Sustainable careers across the lifespan: Moving the field forward. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 117, 103344.
Yalçın, M. T., & Çoban, Ö. (2023). Effect of school leadership on student academic achievement: school level path variables. Current Psychology, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-023-04886-6


26. Educational Leadership
Poster

Accountability and Transparency: Analyzing Mutual Perceptions Between Schools and Their Support Systems

Christian Scherner

RPTU Kaiserslautern-Landau, Germany

Presenting Author: Scherner, Christian

Ensuring the effectiveness and quality of educational institutions is not just the responsibility of individual school stakeholders. Rather, the school as an educational organization is embedded in a complex system of interdependencies. If we want to understand how transformation processes (e.g. digitalization) are implemented in schools, we must also consider the role of regional school supervisory authorities, municipal school boards, institutions linked to the regional department of education, and other supporting structures., However, there is a lack of research on these supporting structures of schools and the associated educational administration (Berkmeyer, 2020). Attempts to close this gap usually focus on the interaction and task profiles of school leadership and school supervision (Dobbelstein et al., 2020).

In practice, the school boards of the municipality and the support institutions linked to the regional ministries of education present themselves as important contributors who create the necessary framework conditions and control resources, especially for the promotion of digitalization (Bockhorst & Kreutzmann, 2021). This is where the article becomes relevant. Using the example of the German federal state of Rhineland-Palatinate, the perspective of the school leaders and the teachers responsible for digitalization in schools - in this state, individual teachers are selected by the school leader and designated as ‘coordinators for education in the digital world’ (KoBiddW) - is included in addition to employees of the municipal school boards and employees of the regional school supervisory authorities. Since the survey examined on our poster was conducted in the context of the evaluation of a digital competence center in Rhineland-Palatinate and because the digitalization of schools can be internationally regarded as one of the central challenges for the development and success of education in general, the poster places a special focus on this topic.

The theoretical foundation for this examination is provided by Educational Governance research, focusing on the alignment, communication, and coordination within the multi-level system of the institutional environment of schools as a central research topic (Hafner, 2022). Based on the cross-cutting theme of digitalization, this contribution can provide implications and insights for analysis beyond the German borders, thus making a valuable contribution to the pan-European discourse on the challenges and opportunities of digitalization in the education sector and interinstitutional cooperation. This highlights the potential to develop common strategies and share best practices within Europe to strengthen and advance educational systems across the continent.

To approach this complex structure, the poster addresses the following questions:

  • How do school leaders, teachers in the KoBiddW function, employees of the municipal school boards, and employees of the regional school supervisory authorities assess their cooperation and their mutual relationship?
  • What conditions for success and obstacles can be identified for cooperation between the actors?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer these questions, an online survey was conducted with school leaders, teachers in the KoBiddW function, employees of the municipal school boards, and the employees of the regional school supervisory authorities between May and June 2023. The associated questionnaire was conducted as part of the accompanying scientific research for the establishment of a digital competence center. This digital competence center was officially opened in September 2022 and is institutionally linked to the Ministry of Education in Rhineland-Palatinate as an executive department of the Pädagogisches Landesinstitut (pedagogical state institute). This institute, in turn, is a support institution set up by the Ministry of Education, which offers further education and training, networking, advice as well as didactic and technical support for schools, among other things. Since September, the digital competence center has expanded this offer by bundling the areas of responsibility for the digital sector. A total of N=1179 people completed a full questionnaire (N=717 school leaders, N=346 teachers in the KoBiddW function, N=101 employees of the municipal school boards, and N=15 employees of the regional school supervisory authorities).
Established scales were used for the research question, expanded to include the perspective of the municipal school boards, and adapted for use in Rhineland-Palatinate (Feldhoff et al. 2019). In the context of this poster contribution, three scales are introduced: The allocation of responsibility (4 items), cooperation between schools and the support systems in the state (5 items), and the question of whether advancing digitalization topics fall within the respondent's area of responsibility. For the analysis of the collected data, mainly descriptive measures such as mean value, standard deviation, and percentage frequencies are considered. In addition to the overall sample, the group of school leaders and teachers in the function of KoBiddW are also analyzed by school type, and for the entire sample, a division into urban and rural areas will be tested for significance.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial results of the survey show that the teachers in the function of KoBiddW in particular rate the cooperation negatively in contrast to the assessments of the employees of the municipal school boards and the employees of the regional school supervisory authorities. We see a connection here between the fewer resources and opportunities for communication and networking with the municipal school boards and the employees of the regional school supervisory authorities these teachers have and their more critical view on cooperation. However, there are hardly any differences between the assessment of teachers in the function of KoBiddW and the school leaders, both in the overall sample and when divided into rural and urban regions. Furthermore, transparency in terms of the allocation of responsibilities is assessed as neutral to negative, except for the employees of the regional school supervisory authorities, who responded with significantly more positive perceptions on average for all questions. For the employees of the municipal school boards, the allocation of responsibilities and the cooperation between schools and the support systems in the state are rated more positively in rural regions, while the perception of having responsibility for digitalization issues is more pronounced in urban regions.
References
Berkmeyer, N. (2020). Schulleitung und Schulaufsicht – Symptome einer fehlenden Idee der Gesamtsystemsteuerung. In E. D. Klein & N. Bremm (Ed.), Educational Governance. Unterstützung – Kooperation – Kontrolle: Zum Verhältnis von Schulaufsicht und Schulleitung in der Schulentwicklung (p. 375–388). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.

Bockhorst, R. & Kreutzmann, N. Unterstützungen von Schulträgern vor und während der Corona Pandemie: Einblicke in das Kooperationsprojekt Schule und digitale Bildung der Bildungsregion Kreis Gütersloh. Schulverwaltung, Nordrhein-Westfalen: Zeitschrift für Schulentwicklung und Schulmanagement, 2021, 116–118.

Dobbelstein, P., Manitius, V., Röder, M. & Völker, J. (2020). Schulaufsicht im Diskurs – zur Notwendigkeit einer intensiveren Betrachtung der schulaufsichtlichen Schnittstellenfunktion. In E. D. Klein & N. Bremm (Hrsg.), Educational Governance. Unterstützung – Kooperation – Kontrolle: Zum Verhältnis von Schulaufsicht und Schulleitung in der Schulentwicklung (p. 389–397). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden.

Hafner, S. (2022). Koordination und Kompromiss in föderalen Bildungssystemen. Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-36193-8

Feldhoff, T., Wurster, S., Rettinger, T., Hausen, J., & Neumann, M. (2019). Steuerung und Qualitätsentwicklung im Bremer Schulsystem. In K. Maaz, M. Hasselhorn, T.-S. Idel, E. Klieme, B. Lütje-Klose, P. Stanat, M. Neumann, A. Bachsleitner, J. Lühe, & S. Schipolowski (Ed.), Zweigliedrigkeit und Inklusion im empirischen Fokus. Ergebnisse der Evaluation der Bremer Schulreform (p. 177–215). Waxmann Münster.


26. Educational Leadership
Poster

Pupils’ Experience of School and their Views of the Headteacher’s Role: A Study Conducted in Portugal

Eva Fernandes, Maria Assunção Flores

CIEC-UM, Portugal

Presenting Author: Fernandes, Eva; Flores, Maria Assunção

Drawing on the work by Leithwood et al., (2006) and Day, Gu & Sammons (2016), this paper reports on findings from a 3-year research project aimed at investigating the impact of school leadership on teachers’ work and pupils’ outcomes. The project draws on existing literature that points to the pivotal role of school leaders in school improvement. While much attention has been devoted to investigating the impact of classroom and school conditions on student learning, there has been a scarcity of studies focusing on how leadership, particularly headteachers, can positively shape these conditions (Leithwood & Day, 2007; Cruickshank, 2017). The headteachers have the potential to employ a combination of transformational and instructional leadership strategies to advance school improvement (Day, Gu, & Sammons, 2016; Cruickshank, 2017). The efficacy of this integration is intricately linked to teacher commitment and school culture, contributing to enhance student outcomes (Cruickshank, 2017). In this context, school headteachers play a pivotal role in schools. Research recognises pupils as key informants in understanding school dynamics (Day, 2004, Horgan, 2016, Ansell et al., 2012) as well as teaching and learning improvement (Mitra, 2004, Flutter & Rudduck, 2004, Roberts & Nash, 2009). Moreover, pupils are very proficient at understanding the attitudes, intentions and behaviour of teachers and other educational actors (Day, 2004). Listening to pupils is key to improving teaching and learning (Flutter & Ruduck, 2004). This paper explores pupils’ views and their experience of schooling as well as their perception in relation to the work of the school leaders, particularly, their school headteacher.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on a three-year research project, funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology entitled ‘IMPACT - Investigating the Impact of School leadership on Pupil Outcomes’ (PTDC/CED-EDG/28570/2017). It is based on work by Leithwood et al., (2006) and Day, Gu and Sammons (2016) and it aimed to examine leadership practices and their impact on pupils' outcomes.
Data were collected according to three phases: i) exploratory interviews with 25 headteachers: ii) a national survey of headteachers (n=379) and key staff (n=875); iii) case studies (20 schools). This paper reports on findings arising from the case studies (Phase III), through 13 focus groups (n=74) in different school contexts with pupils (year 4 to year 12). Participants’ age ranged from 9 to 17 years old, 43 were female and 31 were male.  
Content analysis was performed to analyse qualitative data and to look at emerging categories based on the semantic criterion (Esteves, 2006).  Verification strategies (Creswell, 1998) were used to ensure accuracy: the research team members engaged in a process of systematic analysis of the categories and sub-categories in order to reduce and make sense of the data (Miles & Huberman, 1994).
The research project was approved by the Committee of Ethics for Research in Social and Human Sciences at the University of Minho (CEICSH 009/2020) and by the DGE/Ministry of Education (Ref.ª 0555900002). Best practice in the field of social research was taken into account regarding research with children in educational settings (Alderson, 1995; Alderson & Morrow, 2011).  Informed consent was appropriate to both the research topic and purpose and to the participants' characteristics, prioritising succinct and relevant information to promote participants' autonomy and involvement in the research process (O'Farrelly & Tatlow-Golden, 2022).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper examines pupils’ views and their experience of schooling as well as their perception in relation to the work of the school leaders, particularly, the school headteacher. Data were explored in light of pupils’ perceptions about the headteachers and about their schooling experience regarding school climate, organisational matters and school as a learning place.
Pupils often highlight the personal characteristics of the headteacher, such as good listening skills, understanding, friendliness, organisational proficiency, and availability. Furthermore, students have different opinions with regard to the visibility of the headteacher. Some refer to a constant presence and an open-door policy, while others identify distance and physical absence. However, students also recognise the authoritative figure of the headteacher although with different meanings.
As for their views on learning and academic achievement, the participants spoke of both intrinsic and extrinsic factors and highlighted issues of support and pedagogical interaction with their teachers but also the role of the headteacher.  As for pupils’ views on their school experience, the participants highlighted the school climate, organisational matters (i.e. curriculum management, school organisation, timetable, school conditions or pupil participation at school), but also the role of the school as a socialisation place (i.e. the relationship with their peers and friendship) and as learning place (i.e. projects and activities and improving learning efforts).
These and other issues will be discussed further in the paper.

References
Alderson, P. & Morrow, V. (2011). The ethics of Research with Children and Young People.  Sage.
Alderson, P. (1995).  Listening to children: children, ethics and social research.  Barnardos.
Ansell, N., Robson, E., Hajdu, F., et al. (2012). Learning from young people about their lives: Using participatory methods to research the impacts of AIDS in southern Africa. Children’s Geographies, 10(2), 169–186.
Creswell et al. (2007). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Day, C. (2004). A Paixão pelo Ensino. Porto Editora.
Day, C., Gu, Q. & Sammons, P. (2016). The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes: How Successful School Leaders Use Transformational and Instructional Strategies to Make a Difference. Educational Administration Quarterly, 52, 221-258.
Esteves, M. (2006). Análise de conteúdo. In J. Lima, J. Pacheco (Eds.), Fazer investigação. Contributos para a elaboração de dissertações e teses (pp. 105-126). Porto: Porto Editora.
Flutter, J. & Rudduck, J. (2004). Consulting Pupils. What´s in it for schools?. Routledge Falmer.
Horgan, D. (2017). Child participatory research methods: Attempts to go ‘deeper.’ Childhood, 24(2), 245–259.  
Leithwood, K., Day, C., Sammons, P., Harris, A. & Hopkins, D. (2006). Seven Strong Claims about Successful School Leadership. London: DfES.
Miles, M. B., & Huberman, A. M. (1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook (2nd ed.). Sage Publications.
Mitra, D. (2004). The Significance of Students: Can Increasing ‘‘Student Voice’’ in Schools Lead to Gains in Youth Development? Teachers College Record, 106 (4), 651-688.
O’Farrelly, C. & Tatlow-Golden, M. (2022). It’s up to you if you want to take part. Supporting young children’s informed choice about research participation with simple visual booklets. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30(1), 63-80.
Roberts, A., & Nash, J. (2009). Enabling students to participate in school improvement through a Students as Researchers programme. Improving Schools, 12(2), 174–187.


26. Educational Leadership
Poster

Challenges and Possibilities in Leading Teacher Education Program in Matrix Organization

Margareth Eilifsen, Bodil Risøy

Western Norway University of Applied Sciences

Presenting Author: Eilifsen, Margareth; Risøy, Bodil

In Norway, Teacher Education is strictly regulated by the Ministry of Education and Research, and it is up to each higher education institution to ensure the management of the quality of programs. Report no. 16 to the Parliament, “Culture for quality in higher education” (Meld. St. (2016-2017) says that program management is expected to ensure that the entire academic environment is engaged in the study programs and that there is academic coherence and coherence in the curricula. This is in line with what the European Commission (2017) describes as an important task in renewing the EU agenda for higher education: “Good institutional leadership and effective internal cooperation and resource management become even more important when the institutions’ range of tasks increases and more emphasis is placed on measuring and demonstrating performance”.

The program management is responsible for creating good arenas for discussing the program's development so that the entire academic community is engaged and feels ownership of the study program. The objective of these regulations is to ensure that teacher education institutions offer integrated, profession-orientated teacher education rooted in research and experience-based knowledge (Ministry of Education and Research, 2016, p. 1). The education shall be characterized by high academic quality, by coherence and coherence between subjects, subject didactics, pedagogy, and practical training, and by close interaction with the professional field.

This project will especially look at how program leaders (head) of Teacher Education across disciplines in a matrix organization work with external and structural framework conditions, how to engage the academic community in the strategies, and how to build professional-orientated teacher education that is both research- and practice-based. We present a project and discuss some issues related to the study program’s role in a university in Norway where different departments of discipline deliver their service (knowledge) to the Teacher Education Program across institutes. The expectations are that the head of the program should work collaboratively in a matrix organization where institutes are organized according to subject discipline and must deliver to the various programs.

Leading and managing study programs has been pointed to as one of the most complex and challenging aspects of higher education, partly because program management often appears more as an important piece in coordination than as a strategic actor (Aamodt et al., 2016; Johansen, 2020). There is also a change in higher education institutions, for example, new strategic policy documents, whitepapers, new financing arrangements, lower recruitment, and changes in institutional structure that have a great influence on the role of leading and managing study programs.

Previous research nationally, and especially internationally (Evans, 2022; Irving, 2015; Johansen, 2020; Jones et al., 2014) points to the challenge it is for heads of study programs to see themselves as leaders in an educational institution. Therefore, we ask: what opportunities and challenges to strengthen quality lies in leading a Teacher Education Program in a matrix organization?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our methodology approach springs from ethnography (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2019), where one tries to understand human behavior through what they do (the practices) in a social and cultural community. Data is collected from a workshop with a group of leaders at middle-level management in an institution in Norway, strategical policy documents, and the researcher's own experiences. The researchers use data from their practices and are both researchers and participants in this study where we analyze strategic government documents and compare them to lived experience and experiences from workshop methodology. The workshop has been a discussion of hypotheses and claims, related to leadership roles at the middle level, to explore the experience of leading a study program in a matrix organization. The policy documents are Report No. 16 to the Parliament, “Culture for quality in higher education” (Meld. St. (2016-2017), The Norwegian qualifications framework for lifelong learning (NQF), and Evaluations of quality in education. These two latest documents are from the Norwegian Agency for Quality Assurance in Education (NOKUT).
It is important to us that the project should be a contribution to research on study leadership in higher education, which response to the need for more research on the management of study programs, and in this context research on the challenges experienced by the leader responsible for the programs (Solbrekke and Stensaker, 2016, p. 145). Material is organized and analyzed based on Engström's model (1999), to identify conditions that can be challenged to increase the quality of the Teacher Education Program.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The hypotheses we discussed were about different issues we face, but we always ended up discussing cooperation/interaction in different ways. Management of large study programs that go across several institutes with many different stakeholders has loyalty challenges with the matrix organization, which in turn creates challenges in strengthening the quality of the study programs through collaborative management teams.
Data showed that the lines of cooperation are of great importance for the implementation of quality in the program, but also that failing collaboration (dotted lines) weakens quality through weakened ownership and weakened communication.
One of the major challenges seems to be engaging the whole academic community for a common goal, and leaders lack management tools. We will further discuss this through the poster presentation.  

References
Aamodt, P.O., Hovdhaugen, E., Stensaker, B., Frølich, N., Maassen, P. & Dalseng, C.F.
 2016): Utdanningsledelse. En analyse av ledere av studieprogrammer i høyere utdanning (Arbeidsnotat 2016:10). Nordisk institutt for studier av innovasjon, forskning og utdanning. https://nifu.brage.unit.no/nifu-xmlui/bitstream/handle/11250/2402016/NIFUarbeidsnotat2016-10%20.pdf?sequence=1&isAllowed=y
Bjaalid, G., Husebø, D. & Moen, V. (2020). Studieprogramledelse i høyere utdanning – aksjonsforskning som grunnlag for involvering, læring og organisatoriske grenseoppganger. I S. Gjøtterud, H. Hiim, D. Husebø & L. H. Jensen (Red.), Aksjonsforskning i Norge, volum 2: Grunnlagstenkning, forskerroller og bidrag til endring i ulike kontekster (s. 361–389). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.121.ch13
Engström, Y. (1999). Activity theory and individual and social transformation. In: Engeström Y., Miettinen R. & Punamäki R-L. (eds.). Perspectives on Activity Theory. Learning in Doing: Social, Cognitive and Computational Perspectives. Cambridge University Press; 1999:19-38.
European Commission (Brussels, 30.5.2017). COMMUNICATION FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMITTEE, AND THE COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS - on a renewed EU agenda for higher education. Downloaded: EUR-Lex - 52017DC0247 - EN - EUR-Lex (europa.eu)
Evans, L. (2022). Is leadership a myth? A ‘new wave’ critical leadership-focused research agenda for recontouring the landscape of educational leadership. Educational management, administration & leadership, 2022, Vol. 50 (3), p. 413-435 evans-2021-is-leadership-a-myth-a-new-wave-critical-leadership-focused-research-agenda-for-recontouring-the-landscape.pdf
Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2019). Ethnography: principles in practice (Fourth edition.). Routledge.
Irving, K. (2015). Leading learning and teaching: an exploration of "local" leadership in academis departments in the UK. Tertiary Education and Management, Vol. 21, No. 3, s. 186-199.
Johansen, M. B. (2020). Studieprogramledelse i høyere utdanning - i spenningsfelt mellom struktur og handlingsrom (Doktoravhandling). Norges teknisk-naturvitenskapelige universitet, Trondheim. https://ntnuopen.ntnu.no/ntnu-xmlui/bitstream/handle/11250/2642522/Marte%20Bratseth%20Johansen_PhD.pdf?sequence=1
Jones, S., Harvey, M., Lefoe, G., & Ryland, K. (2014). Synthesising theory and practice: Distributed leadership in higher education. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 42(5), 603-619. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143213510506
Meld. St. 16 (2016–2017). Kultur for kvalitet i høyere utdanning. Kunnskapsdepartementet. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-16-20162017/id2536007/  
Ministry of Education and Research (2016). Forskrifter om rammeplaner for femårige  grunnskolelærerutdanninger for trinn 1–7 og trinn 5–10 – rundskriv med merknader
 (Rundskriv F-06-16). Hentet fra  https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/f-06-16/id2507752/ (In English: forskrift-om-rammeplan-for-grunnskolelarerutdanning-for-trinn-1-7---engelsk-oversettelse-l1064431.pdf (regjeringen.no)
Pinheiro, R., Stensaker, B. (2013). Designing the Entrepreneurial University: The Interpretation of a Global Idea. Public Organiz Rev 14, 497–516 (2014). https://doi-org.galanga.hvl.no/10.1007/s11115-013-0241-z
Solbrekke, T. D. og Stensaker, B. (2016). Utdanningsledelse. Stimulering av et felles engasjement for studieprogrammene? Uniped, volum 39, no. 2, s. 144-157


26. Educational Leadership
Poster

Interrelationships between English Language Skills and Professional Capital in the Context of the Professionalism of Managers of Educational Institutions

Inga Zeide

Liepaja University, Latvia

Presenting Author: Zeide, Inga

The research problem is characterized by the contradiction between formal requirements regarding the skills of the head of an educational institution in Latvia and the respondents' stories of experience in using English as a foreign language in daily work.

The research problem emphasizes the need to see the interrelationships in the understanding of the managers of educational institutions about professional capital and the resources necessary for its provision. This study investigates the understanding of educational institution managers about English language skills as an element of professional capital.

The management of an educational institution in the 21st century must be able to demonstrate leadership skills in at least four different areas: teaching management, organizational management, public management and evidence-based management (Jellig, 2018).

However, what the leaders of educational institutions are forced to manage in the first place are the constant and rapid changes - both dictated by the digital revolution and curriculum reform, as well as the forms of learning caused by the Covid-19 pandemic and the explosion of artificial intelligence in the field of education.
Therefore, the head of an educational institution should be both "professional" and "professional" at the same time (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012).
One must be able to understand and make informed decisions about both what programs to offer and how to spend the institution's budget most effectively. Achieving the desired result requires new skills - from ensuring the modern functionality of school premises to foreign language skills.

For additional formal compliance with the requirements of the law, the head of the educational institution is expected to have a series of skills that are constructed and determined by the relevant era, for example, foreign language skills.
During the period when Latvia was part of the USSR, a person who did not know the Russian language could practically not work as a head of an educational institution.

On the other hand, since the regaining of independence, Russian language skills are no longer important in the work and career opportunities of the head of an educational institution.
Instead, English language skills are assessed in some cases. Skills in other European languages can also become decisive.
This is also confirmed by the data obtained in the course of this research from the interviews of the respondents, which lead to the conclusion that foreign language skills affect the career ceiling or direction.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative research, phenomenological reduction was chosen as the basic research strategy. A semi-structured, individual, remote interview was used for data collection. The data were analyzed using the method of interpretative (hermeneutic) phenomenological analysis.
The research sample is the managers and their deputies of general, professional and higher education institutions in Latvia. A purposive sampling strategy was chosen for the interview, that is, participants with intensive experience, as well as interview participants, were selected in such a way that each type of education was represented in equal proportion. Interview sample size n=6 participants, of which 2 respondents were heads of general secondary education institutions, 2 respondents were heads of vocational education institutions, 2 respondents were deputy heads (deans) of higher education institutions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The state should more precisely define the skills that are set for potential and already working heads of educational institutions.

An accurate listing of skills or skill groups by the state would serve as a basis for a more homogeneous quality of the professional capital of educational institution managers and to reduce the risk of unequal treatment
The analysis of the interview data shows that the respondents are aware of English language skills as a necessary element of professional capital
If professional capital is resources, investments and assets that create, define and develop a profession and its practice (Hargreaves, Fullan, 2012), then English language skills are considered an element of the professional capital of educational institution managers.

References
1.Goldin, C. (2014). Human Capital. In C. Diebolt, & M. Haupert, Handbook of Cliometrics. Springer-Verlag
2.Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional Capital: Transforming Teaching in Every School. New York/Toronto: Teachers College Press
3. Jellig, G. M. (2018). School leadership. In The SAGE Encyclopedia of Educational Research, Measurement, and Evaluation. Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publications, Inc
4. National Research Council. (2012). Education for Life and Work: Developing Transferable Knowledge and Skills in the 21st Century. Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. doi:https://doi.org/10.17226/13398
 
12:45 - 13:3027 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster

“Let’s Teach about the Internet!”: Model Lessons about Concepts of the Internet for Grades 6-9

Michaela Mazná, Anna Yaghobová, Anna Drobná, Cyril Brom

Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Yaghobová, Anna

The Czech national curriculum was revised in 2021 to include the basic principles of the Internet in teaching computer science at ISCED level 2. This topic was introduced into curricula in other countries in Europe and beyond (e.g. CSTA, 2017; Eurydice, 2019). However, support for teachers is lacking. Some textbooks addressed this topic (e.g. Page & Levine, 2019), but as far as we know, no evidence-based materials concerning principles of the Internet at ISCED 2 level are available.

Our goal is to fill this gap by creating and evaluating four 45-minute model lessons at two difficulty levels (Grades 6-7 and Grades 8-9) on the following topics:

  • What does the Internet look like?
  • How do we connect to the Internet?
  • Packets, IP address, and what does the Internet companies know about me?

On a theoretical level, this work stems from a constructivist tradition and capitalizes on the Evocation – Realisation of meaning - Reflection educational model (ERR) (Meredith & Steele, 2010). Constructivist theories and models (e.g., Vygotsky, 1987) describe the acquisition of new, scientifically correct knowledge as an intensive process of creating new mental entities in students’ working memory and integrating them into long-term memory. In the process of integration, new knowledge is formed from, and on top of, prior knowledge. Prior knowledge cannot be erased, rather it is suppressed, altered or reused in new knowledge representations.

Prior knowledge, typically acquired during everyday tasks, is often called preconception. Knowing students' preconceptions about a topic is crucial for creating lessons that target parts of the topic that are difficult for students to understand. In this respect, our starting point presents preconceptions about the Internet studied previously (see Brom, 2023; Babari, 2023).

The ERR educational model follows this theoretical thread. The first phase, the evocation, activates pupils’ prior knowledge, rendering it apparent to both fellow learners and the instructor. The second phase, realization of meaning, brings new information in order to augment prior knowledge into knowledge closer to normative understanding. This could involve showcasing and discussing multimedia material, providing direct demonstrations, using analogies, or engaging in activities. The concluding phase, the reflection, involves solidifying the newfound knowledge alongside prior knowledge. Our model lessons are organized around these three phases.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We created and tested four 45-minute-long lessons through a combination of action and design-based research.  The research took place in 2023 across Czechia. The testing featured three phases. In the first phase, we reviewed the lessons and activities with individual pupils (N=4) to see if they found them relevant and informative. In the second phase, we visited 13 classrooms in six schools (N ~ 260) with working versions of the materials (step-by-step instructions for teachers, presentations, worksheets). We iteratively refined the lessons after each lesson was taught, up to six times. As a lecturer, four members of the research team took turns. We used independent observers who observed the course of each lesson and took notes. In the third phase, we tested the versatility and scalability of the model lessons, i.e. whether they can be taught by different teachers, and the final graphic design of the materials. We visited three other schools and taught the lessons again in six classes (N ~ 120 children).
Importantly, in the second phase, we also measured the effectiveness of the lessons using pre-, post-, and delayed tests we developed.  The test included 30 closed questions. For each question, the children were to express their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with one statement on the scale “agree” - “not sure” - “disagree”. An example of a question is: “Servers are programs inside which we can search for information.”. The pre-test was completed by the children before the first lesson. The immediate post-test was completed by the children immediately after the end of the fourth lesson. The delayed post-test (n = 61) was completed approx. half a year later (the three tests included the same questions).  For each question, we calculated the score achieved (correct = 2 pts, incorrect = 0 pts, not sure = 1 pts; theoretical scale 0 – 60). Scores were statistically evaluated using a paired t-test and a Cohen's d calculation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The lessons had a very large impact on children's knowledge, which persisted even after several months (pre-post: d = 1.76, p < 0.001, n = 207; pre-delayed: d = 1.06, p < 0.001, n = 61). As far as we know, this is for the first-time effectiveness of lessons on the topic of Internet principles have been assessed. Informally, children and teachers have described our lessons as enjoyable and on an interesting topic. Hence, our key contribution is a unique set of lessons with measured effectiveness. At the same time, we created a set of questions for assessing child knowledge. After a slight modification of the format, they can serve as an assessment tool for teachers.
No work is without limitations. Most importantly, the present study lacks a no-intervention control group, so we cannot exclude the possibility that children acquired knowledge not from our lesson, but by other means (although this seems improbable given very large effect sizes). Also, we were unable to administer delayed tests on more than approx. 1/4 of the original sample.
All in all, despite limitations, we believe our lessons can be a useful addition to the shelf of evidence-based computing education interventions.
The lessons were made available to the teaching community in the Czech Republic. We plan to translate them into English and German so that they can be used in other countries as well.

References
Babari, P., Hielscher, M., Edelsbrunner, P. A., Conti, M., Honegger, B. D., & Marinus, E. (2023). A literature review of children’s and youth’s conceptions of the internet. International Journal of Child-Computer Interaction, 37, 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijcci.2023.100595
Brom, C., Yaghobová, A., Drobná, A., & Urban, M. (2023). ‘The internet is in the satellites!’: A systematic review of 3–15-year-olds’ conceptions about the internet. Education and Information Technologies, 28(11), 14639–14668. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-023-11775-9
Computer Science Teachers Association (2017). CSTA K-12 Computer Science Standards, Revised 2017. Retrieved from https://csteachers.org/k12standards/.
European Education and Culture Executive Agency, Eurydice (2019). Digital education at school in Europe, Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/763
Meredith, K. S., & Steele, J. L. (2010). Classrooms of Wonder and Wisdom. Corwin Press.
Page, A. a Levine, D. (2019). Oxford International Primary Computing Student Book 1. Oxford, Oxford. ISBN 978-0-19-849779-0.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1987). Problems of general psychology. In The collected works of L. S. Vygotsky(vol. 1). Plenum Press.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster

A Systematic Review of Science Outreach: Characteristics, Definitions, and Impacts

Cristina Guarrella, Julia Hill, Victoria Millar, Maurizio Toscano, Jan van Driel, Deya Chakraborty

The University of Melbourne, Australia

Presenting Author: Guarrella, Cristina

Low participation in science has been an ongoing concern amongst science educators, policy makers and industry groups for several decades (Hoyle & ACER 2016). In Australia, this is particularly the case for Indigenous students, girls, and students from low Socio Economic Status (SES) backgrounds and rural areas. Science outreach is one approach that has arisen over recent decades that attempts to address this concern. Science outreach involves programs developed by university and non-university providers that aims to promote science to children, schools, families and the general public and often have a focus on creating opportunities for underrepresented groups to engage with science learning from a young age.

Recently, science outreach has become an industry in and of itself. Driven by research funding that requires evidence of research impacts for the community, many outreach programs are developed in fulfilment of research expectations. This has led to an increase in the number of science outreach programs offered to the general public and in turn, the research conducted on them. While the aims of many science outreach programs are to promote science to young people and the broader public, and to enhance science literacy, attitudes, engagement, and retention (Clark et al., 2016; Rennie, 2014) this body of research has been predominantly focused on single case studies. Further, rather than building on findings of previous science outreach programs the research tends to focus on individual outreach programs in isolation.

Although it is well understood that early experiences of science and the role of parents and carers are influential on science engagement, what research has been undertaken on the influences of science outreach itself has tended to be evaluative in nature, published across a diverse range of fields and publication types and rarely brings together and builds on previous work. Given the scale and investment in science outreach, understanding the nature of outreach’s influence is critical.

We now find ourselves in a position to review over 30 years of academic literature to gain a detailed picture of the type of research conducted on science outreach. This systematic literature review is a first attempt to bring together the existing science outreach research into a more coherent whole to understand the influences of science outreach, what science outreach does, and what it looks like.

Adopting a mixed-methods systematic review approach (Stern et al, 2021), this research aims to understand the common characteristics of outreach programs, the nature of science outreach research and the impacts and recommendations of this body of literature. The specific research questions address include:

  1. What are the common characteristics of science outreach programs reported in academic literature?
  2. How is science outreach defined across the academic literature, and what are the underlying reasons for initiating outreach?
  3. What are the impacts and recommendations of science outreach across the academic literature?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We conducted a mixed-methods systematic review to identify relevant literature examining scientific outreach programs across the early years, primary and secondary school contexts.  Mixed-methods systematic reviews combine quantitative and qualitative studies to create a greater breadth of understanding compared to single method reviews (Stern et al, 2021). The review was guided by the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematics Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) statement (Page et al., 2021).  This PRISMA statement consists of a 27 item checklist to guide the planning, conducting, and reporting of systematic reviews ensuring that all recommended information is captured. As recommended by Page et al. we referred to this PRISMA statement early in the writing process ensuring all applicable items were addressed.

Five databases were searched in May 2023, including Web of Science, Scopus, and three from EbscoHost (Academic Search Complete, Education Source, and ERIC). The search terms were developed by the research term and an academic librarian.  We limited our search to publications focusing on science education including STEM (science, technology, engineering and mathematics).

In total 3773 publications were imported into Covidence (www.covidence.org;Veritas Health Innovation, 2022) a web-based collaboration software platform that streamlines the production of systematic reviews.  Covidence automatically removed 1758 duplicates whilst a further 89 were manually removed. The 1926 remaining publications were then screened by two authors at the title and abstract level with 1650 references excluded based on pre-determined criteria. Science outreach that was a formal, informal, school base or external program, provided access to a scientist or tertiary scientist and focused on students aged 0-18 years/final year of school were included. This left 276 to progress to the next stage where full texts for each publications were read independently by all the authors. Ultimately a further 188 publications were excluded. The final systematic review included 88 science outreach publications.

Next, the 88 publications were distributed amongst the research team.  Using the Covidence software, the team extracted the relevant data using a checklist which was guided by the research questions.  Extracted data included study characteristics (e.g., age of and quantity of student participants, country of origin, year of data collection, area of science, who delivered the outreach) and major findings (e.g., impact description, outreach recommendations). The final step involved two researchers verifying the extracted data to ensure accuracy and consistency before the data was analysed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our first research question sought to identify common characteristics of science outreach programs reported in the academic literature. Most frequently, the provider of an outreach program is one or more universities. This research has been conducted predominantly in the United States of America, but also from Australia, Germany, the United Kingdom, Canada, Israel, Italy, Brazil and Portugal. Most outreach programs included participants of mixed genders, and focused on secondary students. Outreach programs were mostly focused on biology, followed by chemistry, STEM, physics, astronomy, general science, earth science and environmental sciences. A range of methodologies were applied across the publications, including quantitative, mixed-methods and qualitative. In addition, multiple publications provided a descriptive overview of an outreach program, without adopting an empirical research methodology.  

Second, we looked at explicit and implicit definitions of science outreach within the literature. Connections between schools, universities, industries, and scientists were a recurring feature of explicit definitions of science outreach. In addition, these connections were often linked to the need to increase scientific literacy and understanding of science content or gaining access to specialised scientific equipment not available in schools. In turn, it was often proposed that this understanding and access needed to occur to increase engagement in, and attitudes towards, science to ultimately increase the number of students pursuing a career in science.

Finally, the impacts of science outreach were reported positively across all publications reviewed. These positive impacts fall into two broad categories. The first relates to opportunities afforded to students both through the acquisition of knowledge and skills, and access to human expertise and material resources. The second category concerns secondary effects and affect in terms of outreach fostering positive student experiences, perspectives, and science identities.

References
Clark, G., Russell, J., Enyeart, P., Gracia, B., Wessel, A., Jarmoskaite, I., ... Roux, S. (2016). Science educational outreach programs that benefit students and scientists. PLoS Biology, 14(2), e1002368. doi:10.1371/journal.pbio.1002368

Hoyle, P. & ACER. (2016). Must try harder: An evaluation of the UK government’s policy directions in STEM education.

Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., ... & Moher, D. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. International journal of surgery, 88, 105906.

Rennie, L. J. (2014). Learning science outside of school. In Handbook of research on science education, Volume II (pp. 134-158). Routledge.

Stern, C., Lizarondo, L., Carrier, J., Godfrey, C., Rieger, K., Salmond, S., ... & Loveday, H. (2020). Methodological guidance for the conduct of mixed methods systematic reviews. JBI evidence synthesis, 18(10), 2108-2118.

Veritas Health Innovation. (2023). Covidence systematic review software. Melbourne, Australia


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster

Already Adaptive or Just Explained Differently? - Identification of Adaptive Teaching Through Videography in Elementary School Mathematics Lessons

Anne-Kathrin Buttchereyt, Claudia Pereira Kastens

IFB, Bergische Universität Wuppertal, Germany

Presenting Author: Buttchereyt, Anne-Kathrin

Recent comparative analyses indicate a continuous rise in the number of students who fail to meet basic educational standards. This highlights the necessity for personalized and focused support to address the diverse needs of students (OECD 2023, p. 141).

Adaptive teaching is often considered crucial in dealing with heterogeneity in primary education. Recognized for its responsiveness to individual student needs, adaptive teaching is currently seen as a central approach to designing instruction to meet these challenges and is receiving increasing attention (Bernard et al., 2019).The concept is defined as a key competence for addressing the diverse social, linguistic, motivational, didactic and cultural teaching needs of students and their learning processes and it refers to a reservoir of specific interactions and measures that occur at the procedural micro level (Beck et al., 2008; Parsons et al., 2018).

Adaptive teaching is the ability to meet the varying social, linguistic, motivational, didactic, and cultural instructional needs of students and their individual learning processes (Helmke & Weinert, 1997; Vaughn & Parsons, 2013). Parsons' (2018) meta-analysis identifies adaptive teaching as a source of specific instructional actions and interactions, such as questioning, assessing, encouraging, modeling, managing, explaining, providing feedback, challenging, or making connections (Parsons et al., 2018). Teachers adapt to students' needs when planning and teaching, resulting in an interplay between intended and situational execution at the interactional level (Corno, 2008; Cronbach & Snow, 1981; Hardy et al., 2019). During the teaching and learning process, educators engage in metacognitive observation and reflection as they develop and communicate instructional adaptations. These processes, known as 'moment-to-moment' (Hardy et al., 2019, p. 175), rely on finely structured diagnostic strategies (Tetzlaff et al., 2021).

This understanding is fundamental not only to the interaction itself but also to instructional concepts such as scaffolding and formative assessment, which are central to our research perspective (de Boer et al., 2020). Research has identified various forms of scaffolding, including feedback, explanation, modeling, and questioning. However, maintaining a nuanced balance between supporting and activating learners presupposes the use of formative assessment (van de Pol et al., 2023). Educators can assess students' current understanding and encourage cognitive engagement through well-crafted feedback using diagnostic strategies. This approach goes beyond mere assessment, as it encourages students to reflect on and refine flawed strategies (Buttlar, 2019).

In empirical research, teaching and learning take place in the dynamic and multidimensional environment of the classroom. It is imperative to identify adaptive teaching and learning within a specific instructional context, observed authentically in a classroom setting. However, the scarcity of tools for operationalizing and validating adaptive teaching has led to limited empirical models, underscoring the need for further investigation (Hardy et al., 2019).

This study aims to address this gap by employing a deductive-inductive approach to develop a category system. The research analyzes teacher-pupil interactions in eight primary mathematics classes through video recordings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data focuses on instructional sequences and was collected in math classes across five primary schools in Germany, spanning grades 1-4.
To create the content framework, each surveyed lesson is part of a symmetry sequence. The participating teachers are provided with a box of materials created by the project team, which they can use flexibly. The survey's authentic setting allows for a comparable instructional approach while still providing a range of didactic and methodological implementation options within the subject-specific topic.
Our analysis focuses on the teacher's interactions with the students, which will be recorded using Go-Pro cameras attached to the teacher to capture events from their perspective. This approach enables a more in-depth analysis and exploration of additional nuances.
In addition to the Go-Pro, the recording setup will include two other cameras - a still camera and a handheld camera - and three microphones to capture both video and audio tracks. Immediately after the recorded lessons, teachers will be interviewed to reconstruct their observation, reflection, and decision-making processes. This multi-perspective approach is intended to capture the complexity of what happens in the classroom during the work phase.
Personal information, grades, gender, immigration status and specific details such as special needs are collected through class lists and a student questionnaire.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
After conducting an extensive literature review, the initial step was to create a schema that encompasses the cyclical nature of adaptive teaching and identifies observable characteristics for description on three levels. A) Students differ in various dimensions with respect to their initial learning situations, from which individual needs are derived. Teachers perceive these needs through various measures of B) observation and assess them, leading to C) adjustments of instructional offerings on various dimensions. All three levels imply teacher-student interactions which, depending on the social form, may occur for the whole class, in work phases for small groups or individually for a child. All characteristics can refer purely content-related and organizational aspects.
A category system was developed based on a fully transcribed initial video. Basic categories were identified using content analysis and conversation analysis approaches (Mayring, 2016). Teacher-student interactions take place during observed work phases with individual children or small groups. They are initiated by a child's question or in response to the teacher's observation. Nonverbal interactions, such as gestural explanations with materials, occur between the teacher and individual children or subgroups. Initiations are nearly equal from both children and the teacher. The identified adaptations relate to language, learning objectives, explanations, materials, or instructional structure and align with the three levels of organization, content, or both.
In the coming months, we anticipate gaining further insights into adaptive instruction through comparative analysis. Adaptive teaching involves various fundamental instructional factors, including student prerequisites, in different learning environments. To facilitate the identification and comparison of adaptive teaching across significantly diverse classes, the study's categorization system captures and dissects recurring patterns. This approach facilitates the practical development of the construct and its impact on instructional processes in educational research.

References
Beck, E., Baer, M., Guldimann, T., Bischoff, S., Brühwiler, C., Müller, P., Niedermann, R., Rogalla, M., & Vogt, F. (2008). Adaptive Lehrkompetenz. Analyse und Struktur, Veränderung und Wirkung handlungssteuernden Lehrerwissens. Waxmann.

Bernard, R. M., Borokhovski, E., Schmid, R. F., Waddington, D. I., & Pickup, D. I. (2019). Twenty-first century adaptive teaching and individualized learning operationalized as specific blends of student-centered instructional events: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Campbell Systematic Reviews, 15(1–2), e1017.

Buttlar, A.-C. (2019). Sequenzielle Analysen interaktiver Verfahren des lehrerseitigen Umgangs mit Schüleräußerungen. Interaktion im Klassenzimmer: Forschungsgeleitete Einblicke in das Geschehen im Unterricht, 97–117.

Corno, L. (2008). On Teaching Adaptively. Educational Psychologist, 43(3), 161–173.

Cronbach, L. J., & Snow, R. E. (1981). Aptitudes and instructional methods: A handbook for research on interactions. Ardent Media.

de Boer, H., Bonanati, M., Breuning, M., Jähn, D., Last, S., & Wagener, M. (2020). Schüler*innen mit unterschiedlichen (Lern-)Voraussetzungen im ‚Fachgespräch‘ – Mikroperspektiven auf videografierte Unterrichtsszenen. In N. Skorsetz, M. Bonanati, & D. Kucharz (Hrsg.), Diversität und soziale Ungleichheit: Herausforderungen an die Integrationsleistung der Grundschule (S. 222–233). Springer Fachmedien.

Hardy, I., Decristan, J., & Klieme, E. (2019). Adaptive teaching in research on learning and instruction. Journal for educational research online, 11(2), 169–191.

Helmke, A., & Weinert, F. E. (1997). Bedingungsfaktoren schulischer Leistungen. Psychologie des Unterrichts und der Schule, 71–176.

Mayring, P. (2016). Einführung in die qualitative Sozialforschung. Beltz.

OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Ergebnisse (Band I): Lernstände und Bildungsgerechtigkeit, PISA, wbv Media, Bielefeld.

Parsons, S. A., Vaughn, M., Scales, R. Q., Gallagher, M. A., Parsons, A. W., Davis, S. G., Pierczynski, M., & Allen, M. (2018). Teachers’ Instructional Adaptations: A Research Synthesis. Review of Educational Research, 88(2), 205–242.

Tetzlaff, L., Schmiedek, F., & Brod, G. (2021). Developing personalized education: A dynamic framework. Educational Psychology Review, 33, 863–882.

van de Pol, J., van Braak, M., Pennings, H. J., van Vondel, S., Steenbeek, H., & Akkerman, S. (2023). Towards a conceptual framework of adaptivity in face-to-face-interaction: An interdisciplinary review of adaptivity concepts. Annals of the International Communication Association, 47(1), 1–19.

Vaughn, M., & Parsons, S. A. (2013). Adaptive teachers as innovators: Instructional adaptations opening spaces for enhanced literacy learning. Language Arts, 91(2), 81–93.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster

Developing Analysis and Synthesis Skills through the Use of Problem-based Learning

Zakira Seidualiyeva, Damira Ashirova, Nassibakhan Iskakova, Balnura Kydyrbayeva, Galina Stanishevskaya

NIS Kazakhstan, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Ashirova, Damira; Kydyrbayeva, Balnura

The modern world places high demands on the education, it must provide students with high-quality education. The Republic of Kazakhstan is modernizing the education to meet international standards. The quality of education becomes a top priority in educational institutions. The key criterion for the quality of education is the necessary skills for students in the 21st century: the ability to express their point of view, listen to other people, analyze and evaluate various life situations, draw conclusions. According to a modern scientist and teacher Mark Potashnik: “The quality of education is the ratio of goal and result, a measure of achieving goals (results), while the goals are set only promptly, predicted in student’s potential development zone”.

The basis for this study was the results of the PISA International Study, which was conducted among students aged 14-15 years. Analysis of the PISA results showed that most students have difficulty analyzing information and drawing conclusions. Therefore, it was decided to conduct research in Chemistry, History, and English on topic “Developing analysis and synthesis skills through the use of problem-based learning (PBL)”. The research question: How will problem-based learning (PBL) contribute to the development of analysis and synthesis skills? The choice of the tool is justified by the fact that PBL provides a deeper and better understanding of the topic, “it meets the requirements of modernity: to teach by exploring, to explore by teaching” [1]. PBL is an educational approach based on the search for solutions to real problems. In 1969, Howard Burrows, a professor at McMaster University in Canada, and his colleague Robin Tamblyn decided to introduce a new approach to teach students to solve real problems. According to Borrow “PBL is learning that is the result of the process of working on understanding the solution to a problem. The problem is the first element of the learning process”. PBL refers to active learning technologies that promote the development of high-level skills and students’ creative abilities. Students receive a practical assignment before they acquire knowledge about the object being studied. The challenge that students receive in the process of working on a task pushes them to independently search for the necessary knowledge and tools, stimulates creativity and critical thinking. Working in pairs or groups, participants analyze the problem, divide it into mini problems; discuss ideas, identifying their strengths and weaknesses, that is, again, develop the skill of analysis. Students form hypotheses, study additional information, and choose optimal solutions, constantly analyzing and making choices (developing synthesis skills). “The student must be well aware of the problem and the meaning of his own activity, otherwise the whole course of the search for the unknown will not be mastered by him, even if it is shown correctly by the teacher”. [2]. One of the important advantages of PBL is that students must find not only the right solution, but also determine the area of their ignorance. That is, they needed to understand what knowledge or skills were missing in the process and cover those gaps.

The use of PBL in the learning process leads to a change in the teacher’s professional role. He turns from a standard teacher into a facilitator and expert. Candidate of Psychological Sciences Valeria Petrova, notes in the article “The possibilities of using PBL technology in higher education practice” the objectives of a teacher are:

• formation of a bank of problem-based cases,

• feedback on students' work,

• maintaining a positive classroom atmosphere,

• evaluate the results together.

Thus, there is a “horizontal” interaction between teachers and students, in which responsibility for learning, control, and evaluation falls equally on both participants.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research was conducted over two years: from 2021-2022 to 2022-2023 academic years. It includes 2 stages:
- problem identification and methodology selection.
- approbation and determination of its effectiveness.
At the beginning of the research, a group of 12 students aged 14-15 years was selected. Before the survey, an observation was carried out, based on which the survey was compiled. The survey process contained 2 tasks. Firstly, to identify the causes of low analytical skills among students and secondly, the expectations regarding the learning process. The survey contained 2 blocks of questions, 12 in total:
- what students pay attention to when they complete a task: input data, the form of information, the style of presentation of information, etc.;
- whether students have a systematic approach to studying the material.
- whether form of the receiving information affect their understanding.
- what information is better perceived (visually, audibly, or kinesthetically?).
- what form of work contributes to a deeper analysis of information (group, individual, pair).
Based on the survey results, PBL technology was selected and a series of lessons in Chemistry, History and English were developed. After the lessons, during the second survey, students were asked to evaluate their success in completing tasks. It was important to determine how the PBL method contributed to the development of data analysis skills and independent formulation of conclusions. To do this, students had to specify:
- the degree of their confidence and comfort in completing tasks:
- to what extent does the proposed format of the material contribute to the understanding.
- how does self-search for information affect the understanding of content.
Data on students’ success were analyzed in parallel. The analysis showed that independently finding a solution to the problem leads to the fact that students can analyze all the information, conduct a ranking, and formulate a conclusion. During the second stage, 4 groups of 12-13 students were included. Totally 49 students were enrolled. In two groups, lessons were conducted in a traditional format, where the teacher is the main source of information. Other 2 groups used PBL technology. The main goal was to identify the effectiveness of the PBL method for developing analytical skills and independently formulating a conclusion. Termly, a survey was conducted focused on the students’ expected results. All the data were used in further planning and teaching. At the end of semester, students were tested to determine the level of analysis skills development and independent formulation of conclusions.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the results of the survey and the quality of knowledge at the first stage showed that the use of PBL contributes to the development of the studied skills and improves the quality of students' knowledge. In groups where lessons were based on independent problem solving, students were more interested in the learning process. The students showed more initiative, more active and motivated to achieve high results. At the first stage, it was found that the problem-based learning technology contributes to more successful learning using high-order skills, such as text analysis, information, or experimental data. The skill of identifying the main ideas and formulating a conclusion has also improved. On average, the quality of knowledge in the tested group increased by 6.6%, including 5.4% in Chemistry, 7.2% in History and 7.2% in English. All these data were considered when planning lessons at the second stage. At the second stage, the following data was found: 82% of students believe that this form of work is interesting and contributes to a deeper understanding, 78% concluded that they can independently analyze and interpret data, 68% indicated they have improved their skill in formulating a conclusion. And almost all the students, 92.8%, indicated their emotional state in the lesson had improved. Students explain it that the teacher enables them to learn independently while solving certain problems. The second indicator was the analysis of termly summative assessments. In groups using PBL, the quality of knowledge increased by 9.2% in Chemistry, 13.4% in History and 12.3% in English compared to the previous term. The groups with traditional lessons, the quality of knowledge over the same period shows Chemistry by 3.4%, History by 5.2% and English by 6.2%. It was also found to improve the quality of knowledge when performing tasks focused on high-order skills, namely the ability to analyze information and formulate a conclusion.
References
Sitarov V.A. Problem-based learning as one of the directions of modern learning technologies // Problems of Pedagogy and Psychology, 2009. No. 1. p. 157.
Obukhov A.S. Research position and research activity: what and how to develop? // Development of students' research activities, 2003. No. 4, p. 31
Kwietniewski, Katelyn, "Literature Review of Project Based Learning" (2017). Career & Technical Education Theses. 1.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster

Developing Research Skills of Introverted Students through Collaboration

Aigul Suleimenova, Zhanar Baimetova

NIS Karaganda, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Baimetova, Zhanar

Education is the right of every citizen as it helps people, if done effectively, develop a positive perspective on internal and external factors of their life, which in turn, can guarantee success on education and career (Outlaw, 2016). Starting from primary school students encounter challenges which they need to be taught how to overcome without losing own identity and contributing to the betterment of the world. However, every decade educationalists have to rethink their approaches and adapt to the new realities. Currently they are faced with the urge to teach the first generation of learners, generation Alpha (Perano, 2019). One of the most striking features about that generation is that they are known as introverted population (Das, 2023). Thus, educational system is required to adjust to the needs of such students.

It is crucial to consider the educational needs of the introverted personality type seriously since the world’s population, 30–75% are introverts (Laney, 2002; Helgoe, 2008; Cain, 2013). Moreover, according to Koceva (2021) the presence of introverted learners in every classroom is undisputable. It is advisable not to try to help introverts be more extraverted but work with their strengths and honor their personality type (Friedlund, 2016; Stewart, 2019). Thus, there is an overwhelming majority of research conducted within classroom settings since students spend most their school time there (Chamorro-Premuzic, Furnham, & Lewis, 2007; Pawlowska, Westerman, Bergman, & Huelsman, 2014 and other). However, education takes place not only at the lesson. Time after class hours is valuable as well. This is when teachers’ guidance can be of a paramount importance as they are helping to adapt their behaviors to fit different contexts (Jacobs, 2014). Educators should be equipped to help students discover their own strengths, identify and improve their weaknesses, and offer opportunities to practice their skills (Hakim 2018).

The purpose of this study is to identify how collaborative learning develops research skills of introverted students in a non-classroom environment. The idea that learning is a social process in which children gain knowledge through social interaction and exchanging ideas with their classmates (Vygotsky, 1978) was utilized to conduct a Science school club. As a result of this study, a new Geology school club was created where mainly students who self-identified as being introverted participated.

The following research questions were shaping this study:

How can schools organize extracurricular activities for introverted students to enhance their research skills?

What is the attitude of introverted students to collaborative form of learning and its influence on their research achievements?

What do teachers think about introverted students and their preferences in learning?

To understand the educational needs of introverted students and organize extracurricular activities more effectively, thorough analysis of literature was organized. The main topics that were selected are as follows: the modern characteristics of introverted students, the most effective learning conditions for introverts and collaborative work among students. These findings may help teachers to guide when to incorporating changes into educational process for enhancing students’ research skills.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research adopts an intricate descriptive methodology and a mixed-methods approach to identify the effect of collaborative learning on research skills in a group where the prevailing number of students had been self-identified as introverts. Employing a survey questionnaire of students, one-to-one interviews with subject teachers, and school psychologist’s personality test mainly based on Myers–Briggs Type Indicator, the efficiency of the school science club can be detected, and the most striking findings can inform future studies.
While conducting this study a duet of teachers worked together and applied action research to answer the research questions. This type of work can serve as a method aimed at improving the professional activity at the time of conducting the study. Action research is based on observation, experimentation, and reflection. It is the most suitable approach for teachers as it allows to comprehend students ‟preferred learning strategies which is paramount for efficacious language instruction and accommodating diverse needs” (Lestari &Wahyudin, 2020). It can enable educators to tailor instruction, changing teaching approaches, by devising engaging sessions, improving the quality of targeted feedback, and providing productive strategies (Nisbet & Shucksmith, 2017).
Initial psychological diagnostics of students will be carried out based on the use of an individual typological questionnaire (L.N. Sobchik, 1970) and the Myers-Briggs typological questionnaire (1940). These questionnaires are psychological diagnostic tools for identifying extraversion - introversion of a personality and assessing the individual typological characteristics of students' personality.
The next stage of the action research is to conduct semi-structured interviews with subject teachers. Questions will be focused on characterizing what methods, approaches and forms of organization of educational detail are used by subject teachers to develop research skills for students to be later employed for club engagement. A semi-structured interview will allow to obtain comparable data from subject teachers for analysis and processing of information.
To complete the action research, we plan to conduct a semi-structured survey of students which will consist of open questions to which students in the club must give detailed answers. The survey is aimed at obtaining information about the role and the educational activities used in the club, and the most comfortable conditions for effective work.
The result of the study will be a review of students’ achievements in the geological Olympiad, which will demonstrate how the use of educational activities and the choice of teaching methods contribute to the development of students’ research skills.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Teacher’s teaching methods and techniques are the most important factor in the educational process. They directly influence students’ learning process and determine students’ future advancement in a particular subject. The results of this study revealed that success can be guaranteed even if students are not good at a particular area, but with careful guidance and support the results might be promising. For this study the participants of the newly formed Geology club, which is an only working scientific club in our school, have been working collaboratively for more than two years. They consistently devoted their time after lessons and won more than 10 prizes on State and International competitions as a part of Geology Olympiad.
Consequently, the conducted research shows that in order to develop students’ research skills, it is important to conduct personality test. It is required to take into account the characteristics of students’ personality, which is an important basis when choosing methods of teaching both introverts and extroverts. Considering the characteristics of an introvert’s character, the teacher needs to create a collaborative, favorable environment for them, taking into account their needs, think through the form of organizing educational activities and developing various types of tasks, which all together contribute to the growth and development of research skills and the socialization of introverts. Another important factor is working collaboratively reduces the amount of stress as the students’ responses potentially represent not their own ideas but the joint products of their discussions with their partner. As a major side-effect of this action research students developed their soft skills and could communicate easily with their peers nside and putside the classroom. They became more flexible and valued the power of a critical feedback.


References
Cain, S. (2012). Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World That Can’t Stop Talking. New York, NY: Crown Publishers.
Das, R. (2023). Gen Alpha. The Chant. https://nchschant.com/24491/opinions/gen-alpha/#:~:text=Heavily%20affected%20by%20the%20consumption,technology%20can%20destroy%20their%20development
Dow, S. E. (2013). The Invisible Students in the classroom: How to include the introverts without excluding the extroverts.
Eysenck, H. J. (1967). The biological basis of personality. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas.
Flanagan, K., & Addy, H. D. (2019). Introverts are not disadvantaged in Group-Based active learning classrooms. Bioscene: The Journal of College Biology Teaching, 45(1), 33–41. http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1223951.pdf
Friedlund A. (2016). Introverts and extroverts require different learning environments
Hakim, M. (2018). A research and development study to EFL learners: Designing a speaking module  for introvert students based on cooperative learning. International Journal of English and Education, 7(2).
Jacobs, G. M. (2014). Introverts can succeed with cooperative learning. Parole, 4(1), 83-93.
Jung, C. G. (1933). Modern Man in Search of a Soul. San Diego, CA: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich Publishers.
Koceva, A. (2021). TEACHING FORMS, METHODS AND TECHNIQUES USED BY EFL TEACHERS AND THEIR INFLUENCE ON INTROVERTED STUDENTS. Vospitanie, 16(1), 79–85. https://doi.org/10.46763/jestp211610079k
Lambregts, M. (2020). Introverts and Extraverts Collaborating: The Influence on Participation, Transactivity and Group Work Perceptions during an Online Discussion. https://essay.utwente.nl/85145/
Nussbaum, E. M. (2002). How Introverts versus Extroverts Approach Small-Group Argumentative Discussions. Elementary School Journal, 102(3), 183–197.  
Paige, A. (2013). “Team-Building Empathy Exercises”. Houston Chronicle. Retrieved from: http://smallbusiness.chron.com/teambuilding-empathy-exercises- 22622.html.
Rauch, J. (2003, March). “Introverts of the World, Unite!” The Atlantic. Retrieved from: http://www.theatlantic.com/magazine/archive/2003/03/caring-for-your- introvert/302696/.
Rogers, K., & Wood, D. (2010). Accuracy of United States regional personality stereotypes. Journal of Research in Personality, 44, 704–713.
Schmeck, R. & Lockhart, D. (2002). TEACHING SCIENCE TO LEARNER.S OF AN INTROVERTED TYPE
Stewart, J. (2019). Supporting introverted students. BU Journal of Graduate Studies in Education, 11(1), 47–50.  
Tuovinen, S., Tang, X., & Salmela‐Aro, K. (2020). Introversion and Social Engagement: Scale Validation, Their Interaction, and Positive Association With Self-Esteem. Frontiers in Psychology, 11. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.590748
Wier, M. (2006). Confessions of an Introvert: The Shy Girl’s Guide to Career, Networking and Getting the Most Out of Life. New York, NY: iUniverse.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Poster

Exploring Perspectives on Linguistically Responsive Teaching among Language and Mainstream Teachers in schools for gifted children

Gulmira Yestepbergenova, Gulzhikhan Arystanova, Gulzhazira Nakipbekova, Sairangul Sembayeva

Kazakhstan, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Yestepbergenova, Gulmira; Nakipbekova, Gulzhazira

Linguistically responsive teaching (LRT) involves recognizing the significance of language in creating meaningful learning environments. This study explores the perceptions of linguistically responsive teaching among language specialist teachers and mainstream teachers at Nazarbayev intellectual school in 7th and 8th grades. The aim is to gain insights into how these professionals perceive and implement strategies that support language development in linguistically diverse classrooms. The research utilizes a mixed-methods approach, combining surveys and interviews to gather comprehensive data. Findings highlight differences in teachers' perceptions, with language teachers demonstrating more comprehensive insights into the LRT framework compared to their mainstream counterparts. The study contributes valuable information to educational practices, emphasizing the importance of tailored approaches to support diverse language needs in both specialized and mainstream educational settings.

The study concludes that, although teachers acknowledge various elements of the LRT framework, further emphasis on skills and knowledge related to second language acquisition is crucial for better preparation of linguistically responsive educators.

Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools implement education in Kazakh, Russian and English languages. Kazakh is the state language and is the duty of every member of the school community, Russian is the language of international communication, and English is important for integration into the global community. [1] Consequently, in 2007, the government announced adoption of a new policy, “Trinity of languages”, which aimed to develop multilingualism in Kazakhstan. In 2015 the Ministry of Education and Culture introduced “the Strategy of Multilingual Education in Kazakhstan”. The program targets to facilitate joint trilingual education throughout the whole education system, relying on international teaching standards and practices in all contexts of education. This implies that high schools are expected to carry out the progression towards teaching natural science courses in English, History of Kazakhstan and Geography courses in Kazakh and World History in Russian. [9] In NIS, teachers are expected to use all three languages in balance, and if they are not proficient, then they are expected to learn these languages. Apart from that, teachers have access to training programs where the schools welcome cross-curricular and cross-linguistic integration (AEO NIS, 2013b, as cited in Bakytzhanova.[7]


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants:
This study examines how LRT, seen as a manifestation of intercultural education, is perceived by 12 NIS language specialist and mainstream teachers instructing Science and Humanitarian subjects. The study involved a diverse sample of language specialist teachers and mainstream teachers from various educational settings. Language specialist teachers were selected based on their specialized training and certification in language instruction, while mainstream teachers were chosen to represent a cross-section of educators in different disciplines.

Limitations
This study centered on investigating the perceptions of linguistically responsive teaching among language and other subject teachers at the secondary level, specifically within the context of Nazarbayev Intellectual School for Gifted Children in Almaty. Despite intentional efforts to ensure diversity and representation in the sample, it is essential to acknowledge certain inherent limitations. These potential constraints encompass regional variations and the influence of individual teaching contexts unique to the specified educational setting. Consequently, the applicability of the study's findings may be restricted to educational settings and populations that closely refletc the distinctive context of Nazarbayev Intellectual School for Gifted Children in Almaty.
Data Collection:

Surveys: Participants, NIS teachers, completed a survey designed to assess their beliefs, knowledge, and practices related to linguistically responsive teaching. The survey included both closed-ended questions for quantitative analysis and open-ended questions to gather qualitative insights.
Interviews: A subset of participants was selected for in-depth interviews to explore their experiences, challenges, and successes in implementing linguistically responsive teaching strategies. Semi-structured interviews allowed for a deeper understanding of participants' perspectives.
The interviews started with general introductory questions about the presence of new admitted students in their classrooms, their past experiences with linguistic diversity and their training, then, guiding questions were as follows:
1. how do you value linguistic diversity in the classroom?
2. how important is for you learning about newt students ‘language backgrounds
and experiences?
3. how do you scaffold instruction to promote new  students’ learning? please,
describe some of the strategies you use.
Data Analysis:

Quantitative data from surveys were analyzed using statistical software to identify patterns and trends in participants' responses. Qualitative data from interviews underwent thematic analysis to identify recurring themes and generate rich descriptions of participants' experiences.

Ethical Considerations:

Ethical guidelines were followed throughout the research process. Informed consent was obtained from all participants, and confidentiality and anonymity were ensured. The study received approval from the relevant ethics committee to guarantee the ethical treatment of participants.



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study provides valuable insights into the perceptions of linguistically responsive teaching among language specialist teachers and mainstream teachers. Findings reveal a spectrum of beliefs, knowledge, and practices within both groups, emphasizing the need for targeted professional development to enhance educators' capacity to address linguistic diversity.

Language specialist teachers, with their specialized training, demonstrated a strong awareness of linguistically responsive teaching strategies. However, challenges in collaboration with mainstream teachers were identified, pointing to the importance of fostering interdisciplinary communication and collaboration to create a cohesive educational environment.[10]

Mainstream teachers, while expressing a commitment to inclusivity, varied in their understanding and implementation of linguistically responsive practices.[6] This highlights the necessity for professional development opportunities that address the unique linguistic needs of diverse student populations within mainstream classrooms.

The integration of both quantitative and qualitative data allowed for a comprehensive understanding of the complexities surrounding linguistically responsive teaching. The study's findings underscore the importance of acknowledging and addressing diverse language needs to create inclusive learning environments.

In conclusion, this research contributes to the ongoing discourse on linguistically responsive teaching by providing evidence-based insights into the perceptions and practices of language specialist teachers and mainstream teachers. The implications of the study extend to teacher training programs, school policies, and educational leadership, urging stakeholders to prioritize and invest in strategies that support linguistic diversity in the classroom.

References
1) Bakytzhanova, G. (2018). Language Policy in Kazakhstan: Current Trends and Challenges. In Current Perspectives on the TESOL Practicum: Practicum in TESOL (pp. 43-54). Springer.

2) Canagarajah, S. (2011). Translanguaging in the classroom: Emerging issues for research and pedagogy. Applied Linguistics Review, 2, 1-28. Doi: 10.1515/9783110239331.1

3) Dooly, M. (2005). How aware are they? Research into teachers’ attitudes about linguistic diversity. Language Awareness, 14(2-3), 97–111. Doi: 10.1080/09658410508668827

4) García, O., & Hesson, S. (2015). Translanguaging frameworks for teachers: Macro and micro perspectives, in A. Yiacoumetti (Ed.) Multilingualism and language in education: Current sociolinguistic and pedagogical perspectives from commonwealth countries (pp. 221-242). Cambridge University Press.

5) García, O., & Wei, L. (2014). Translanguaging: Language, bilingualism and education. New York: Palgrave MacMillan.

6) Gay, G. (2010). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice (2nd ed.). Teachers College Press.

7) Kubieva, A., Sadykova, G., Tazhigaliyeva, N., & Zhazbayeva, A. (2021). Enhancing Multilingualism in Kazakhstan: Challenges and Strategies. In Bilingualism and Multilingualism in the 21st Century (pp. 209-224). Springer.

8) Menken, K., & Kleyn, T. (2010). The long-term impact of subtractive schooling in educational experiences of secondary English language learners. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 13(4), 399-417. Doi: 10.1080/13670050903370143.

9) Moldagazinova, G. A. (2019). The Role of Language Education in Implementing the Concept of Trilingual Education in Kazakhstan. International Journal of Emerging Technologies in Learning (iJET), 14(02), 172-180.

10) Pettit, S. K. (2011). Teachers’ beliefs about English language learners in the mainstream classroom: A review of the literature. International Multilingual Research Journal, 5(2), 123-147.
 
12:45 - 13:3029 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
12:45 - 13:3030 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster

Social Entrepreneurship Education in an International Programme for Student Teachers

Tamara Katschnig1, Elisabeth Fernbach1, Andrea Bisanz1, Eva Kuijpers2, Stella van der Wal2, Sari Harmoinen3

1University Teacher College KPH Wien/Krems, Austria; 2Marnix Academy, Utrecht, The Netherlands; 3University of Oulo, Finland

Presenting Author: Katschnig, Tamara; Fernbach, Elisabeth

The importance of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) is increasingly recognised. It is becoming increasingly important to address the challenges of sustainable development in education (e.g. O'Donoghue et al., 2018; UNESCO, 2020). One way to do this is through social entrepreneurship education (SEE), where students learn how to make an entrepreneurial contribution to sustainable development. At its core, SEE is about developing new ideas and creating value in the field of sustainable development. SEE is positioned at the intersection of education for sustainable development (ESD) and entrepreneurship education (EE) (Lindner, 2018; Van der Wal-Maris, 2022). SEE can be understood as education aimed at a) compassion, empathy and caring - as a stimulus for entrepreneurial activity in the field of sustainable development; b) entrepreneurship - the process of recognising opportunities, generating ideas, developing initiatives and creating value; and c) the interaction between the two (Van der Wal-Maris, 2019).
In teacher education, SEE is adressed at the level of student teachers and at the level of students (cf. Vare et al., 2019). Five Universities of Applied Sciences from the Netherlands, Finland, Austria, the Czech Republic and Belgium developed the blended intensive programme 'SEE-ing a Better World'. It aims to familiarise student teachers with the characteristics of SEE and its practical implementation in their teaching practice. Currently, little is known about the design of an international programme for student teachers to develop their SEE competences. This research addressed this knowledge gap.
Accompanying research was conducted to answer the following question: "What are the key factors, according to the students, for an international learning programme in which student teachers develop SEE competences? Online surveys were conducted before and after the programme. The students kept diaries during the programme. Survey data were analysed using SPSS; qualitative content analysis was used to analyse the diaries.

Preliminary results show that students develop new insights and competences related to SEE through learning in an international context and that communication, collaboration, critical thinking and creativity can be identified as key factors.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
An accompanying study (Vermunt, 2021) was conducted to answer the research question and to achieve research-based educational innovation. Both quantitative and qualitative data were collected from the 24 students enrolled in the programme (March 2023 to June 2023). Most of them are in their second or third year of teacher education. Half of them already have international experience. Perceptions were measured by two questionnaires, before and after the programme, with Likert scale items and open questions. Students' perceptions of their development process and the evolution of their ideas and insights were collected by students' individual use of a reflection diary, according to the method described by Altrichter et al. (2018).  Students wrote in their journals continuously. The diaries inevitably reveal gaps in the programme and enable the development of a subsequent BIP (Holy & Altricher 2011, in: Altrichter et al., 2018). To deepen the understanding of the questionnaire data, the diaries were compared with the results of the questionnaires.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the first questionnaire shows that the participating students are motivated to participate in the programme. In response to the open-ended question 'Why did you join the programme?', 21 students answered that they wanted to study with international peers; 19 students expected an international orientation, dialogue and exchange in an international student group. Most students hoped to gain a better insight into SEE (n=19) and personal enrichment and growth (n=17). The first questionnaire also provides information about the students' expectations of the programme. Three categories can be distinguished: personal interest (e.g. to gain experience in the field of SEE), professional interest (e.g. to be inspired for my teaching career in SEE) and interest in sustainability (e.g. to become more sensitive in dealing with current social challenges). The analysis of the submitted diaries shows that students develop new insights and competences regarding SEE by learning in an international context.
The diaries also reveal that communication, collaboration, critical thinking and creativity (also referred to as the 4Cs) can be identified as key factors in an international learning programme in which student teachers develop SEE competences. These 4Cs are mentioned more or less frequently; communication and collaboration are mentioned very often, whereas critical thinking is mostly missing. Creativity is often mentioned in the diaries. The second questionnaire shows interesting aspects for the improvement of the programme.
By identifying key factors for an international learning programme in which student teachers develop SEE competences, this research contributes to the improvement of teacher education in SEE. Moreover, the international nature of this programme also enhances the understanding of different perspectives and practices of SEE in general and the development of new ideas and value creation in the field of sustainable development in particular.

References
Altrichter, Herbert, Posch, Peter, & Spann, Harald (2018). Lehrerinnen und Lehrer erforschen ihren Unterricht [Teachers Research their lessons]. Stuttgart: UTB.  
 
Lindner, J. (2018). Entrepreneurship education for a sustainable future. Discourse and Communication for Sustainable Education, 9(1), 115-127. doi:10.2478/dcse-2018-0009   
 
O’Donoghue, R., Taylor, J., & Venter, V. (2018). How are Learning and Training Environments  
Transforming with ESD? In A. Leicht, J. Heiss, & W. J.Buyn, Issues and Trends in Education for Sustainable Development (pp. 111-131). Parijs: UNESCO Publishing.  
 
UNESCO (2020). Education for Sustainable Development: A roadmap. Education for sustainable development: a roadmap - UNESCO Digital Library.  
 
Van der Wal-Maris, S. J. (2019). In verbinding: Onderwijs met het oog op de toekomst. [Engaged. Future oriented education.] (Lectorale rede). Marnix Academie. 
 
Van der Wal-Maris, S. J. (2022). First Step in Design Based Research on Social Entrepreneurship Education in Primary Education. Presentation held at EAPRIL Conference 2022, 23-25 November, Nijmegen. 
 
Vare, P., Arro, G., de Hamer, A., Del Gobbo, G., de Vries, G., Farioli, F., ... & Zachariou, A. (2019). Devising a competence-based training program for educators of sustainable development: Lessons learned. Sustainability, 11(7), 1890.
 
Vermunt, J. D. H. M. (2021). De rol van flankerend onderzoek bij de realisering van duurzame innovaties in het hoger onderwijs. [The role of supporting research in the realization of sustainable innovations in higher education.] Presentation held at ORD 2021, 7 July, Amsterdam. 


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster

Exploring the Implementation of Challenge-based Learning for Sustainability Education in Secondary Education: Teachers Experiences

Bart Schutte, Dury Bayram, Annemieke Vennix, Jan van der Veen

Eindhoven University of Technology, The Netherlands

Presenting Author: Schutte, Bart

Focus of the Study

Education that empowers students to address significant global challenges and guides them in understanding how to contribute to solving these issues should have a permanent place in the curriculum. Unfortunately, students in secondary education currently have limited exposure to this in their educational programs. It is crucial for students to comprehend the complexities of scientific issues and recognize their role in promoting a sustainable future, leading to more informed and responsible citizens (Bayram-Jacobs et al., 2019). In response to these global challenges, often framed as sustainability issues, such as biodiversity and climate change, the educational concept of challenge-based learning (CBL) emerges as a potential solution for addressing these complex, open-ended, and interdisciplinary challenges. This learner-centered educational approach has been gaining prominence in higher education, positioned as a method for students to integrate disciplinary knowledge with the development of transversal competencies while addressing authentic sociotechnical societal problems. However, despite the extensive literature on CBL in higher education, less is known about this approach in secondary education. Therefore, our objective is to explore the dimensions of CBL evident in secondary education, how these are implemented, and to identify challenges and successes in the design and implementation of CBL.

Theoretical Background

Education for sustainable development (ESD) aims to educate students in learning the appropriate knowledge and skills to find solutions to environmental, economic and social problems (UNESCO, 2020). The goal of sustainable education is for innovative pedagogies to bring students closer to the main conflicts of social reality (Castro & Zermeno, 2020). Competencies for ESD include communication, critical thinking, collaborative skills, reflection, creative thinking, innovation and a holistic understanding. One way to address the development of these competences and to prepare students to become informed citizens is by means of CBL, an innovative pedagogy wherein students are actively engaged in pressing real-world problems (Castro & Zermeno, 2020). Extensive research has shown the benefits of this approach for ESD (e.g., Castro & Zermeno, 2020; Malmqvist et al., 2015), given that this approach immerses students in authentic, complex challenges, reflecting the complex nature of sustainability issues. By integrating sustainability issues into the educational curriculum, CBL prepares students to actively contribute to sustainable solutions, aligning with the overarching goal ESD.

However, despite the extensive literature on CBL, the wide variety of implementations and conceptualizations presents challenges for practitioners in designing their educational strategies. Publications on CBL span from standardized frameworks to hybrid-like approaches and more generalized models where only the challenge is introduced in the design (Gallagher & Savage, 2020). Moreover, literature on CBL is mostly grounded in the higher education context, leaving uncertainty whether the same dimensions of CBL are involved in secondary education, how teachers implement them, and what their experiences include.

Therefore, drawing upon the higher-level conceptual framework for CBL (van den Beemt et al., 2023) as a guiding tool, this study set out to explore the dimensions of CBL and teachers’ associated experiences with CBL implementations in secondary education. This guiding tool adopts the why-how-what approach, identifying educational processes of CBL at the levels of vision, teaching and learning, and support (Van den Akker, 2003; Van den Beemt et al., 2023).

Research Question

What challenges and opportunities do secondary school teachers experience with the implementation of challenge-based learning in the context of sustainability education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method

This study employed the Educational Design Research (EDR) approach, a systematic method involving the development of a guiding tool aimed at capturing the dimensions of CBL in secondary education on the levels of vision, teaching and learning, and support. EDR, defined as "the systematic study of designing, developing, and evaluating educational programs, processes, and products" (Van den Akker et al., 2006), is chosen for its emphasis on shaping theoretical concepts, making research more relevant for practical education (McKenney & Reeves, 2018).

Following McKenny and Reeves’ (2018) generic model for EDR, the development of the tool underwent 2 core iterative phases: (1) theoretical adaptations based on CBL in secondary education, and an expert review with 5 experts having expertise in CBL and project-based STEM education for quality reassurance.

Context

In 2022, a four-year partnership between an NGO and a university's teacher education department in the Netherlands focused on developing sustainability education through CBL. Emphasis was on STEM education, citizenship, and their interconnectedness. Throughout 2022-2023, a professional learning community (PLC) was formed, consisting of six teachers from various secondary schools in the region. During this period, teachers worked together with pre-service teachers, laying the groundwork for this educational innovation.

Participants

This study’s participants involved six secondary school teachers from different educational backgrounds and schools. These teachers are part of the PLC, and participated in the first year of the project, meaning that they have had more experience and expertise in the design, implementation, and evaluation of CBL projects. Therefore, a purposeful sampling strategy was employed (Cresswell, 2003).

Data Collection

Data were collected from five monthly PLC meetings and six semi-structured interviews, each lasting approximately three hours and one hour, respectively. The data included field notes from participatory observations during the PLCs and transcripts of the interviews. The developed CBL tool was used to guide the interview and served as a framework for observing the PLC meetings. The first author created the field notes. Interviews, recorded and transcribed verbatim, explored teachers’ successes and challenges.

Data Analysis

ATLAS.ti qualitative analysis software was utilized for data analyses. The data analysis process adhered to Boeije’s (2009) qualitative data analysis spiral. The dimensions and indicators of the developed tool served as the foundation for both deductive and inductive analysis. This involved determining how teachers implemented various dimensions in their CBL projects for ESD, the approaches they employed, and the successes and challenges encountered in the process.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Overall, many dimensions of CBL evident in higher education are reflected in secondary education, such as the real-life and open-ended nature of challenges, as well as the student-centered aspects of learning activities. Teachers indicate that CBL is a valuable approach for ESD. Teachers find that engaging with students’ interests and environment, and incorporating sustainability issues in this manner, sparks enthusiasm and curiosity. Moreover, it has the potential to influence students’ behavior and attitudes with regard to sustainability.

However, while acknowledging the benefits of CBL for ESD, teachers struggle with the amount of teacher regulation, questioning the fine line between direct instruction or guidance and letting students independently navigate subject complexities. While some teachers perceive this as a challenging aspect, others express reservations about the complex and open-ended nature of challenges, suggesting that these may be too demanding for secondary school students to effectively engage with and gain meaningful learning experiences.

Furthermore, concerning collaboration across disciplines, teachers acknowledge the value of collaborating with different subjects to address the complex nature of sustainability issues.  However, organizational and logistical aspects of secondary education often hinder such collaboration. For example, some teachers struggle in working together with other teachers due to scheduling problems. Additionally, challenges arise due to colleagues’ limited support and apprehensiveness in teaching interdisciplinary subjects, stemming from their expertise confined to single discipline.

In summary, while preliminary findings suggest that many dimensions of CBL applicable to higher education are reflected in secondary education, challenges emerge in implementing certain aspects. These challenges include scaffolding and concretizing complex, open-ended, and uncertain sustainability issues, navigating teacher-student regulation, and overcoming limitations imposed by facilities and organizational aspects of secondary education.

References
Bayram-Jacobs, D., Evagorou, M., Akaygun, S., & Shwartz, Y. (2022). Science education for
citizenship through socioscientific issues. Frontiers in Education, 7. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.1011576

Beemt, A. van den, Watering, G. van de & Bots, M. (2022). Conceptualising variety in challenge-
based learning in higher education: The CBL-compass. European Journal of Engineering
Education, 48(1), 24-41. https://doi.org/10.1080/03043797.2022.2078181

Boeije, H. (2009). Analysis in Qualitative Research; SAGE: London, UK.

Castro, M. P., & Gómez, M. G. (2020). Challenge based learning: Innovative pedagogy for
sustainability through e-learning in higher education. Sustainability, 12(10), 4063. https://doi.org/10.3390/su12104063.

Creswell, J. W. (2003). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches (2nd ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Gallagher, S. E., & Savage, T. (2020). Challenge-based learning in higher education: An exploratory literature review. Teaching in Higher Education, 28(6), 1135-1157.  https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2020.1863354

Jucker, R. (2011). ESD between systemic change and bureaucratic obfuscation: Some reflections on environmental education and education for sustainable development in Switzerland. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 5(1), 39-60. https://doi.org/10.1177/097340821000500109

Leijon, M., Gudmundsson, P., Staaf, P., & Christersson, C. (2021). Challenge based learning in higher education– A systematic literature review. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 59(5), 609-618. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2021.1892503

Malmqvist, J., Kohn Rådberg, K., & Lundqvist, U., (2015). Comparative analysis of challenge-based learning experiences. In Proceedings of the 11th International CDIO Conference, edited by CDIO. Chengdu, Sichuan, P.R. China: Chengdu University of Information Technology.

McKenney, S., & Reeves, T. C. (2018). Conducting educational design research. (2nd ed.)
Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315105642

Takala, A. & Korhonen-Yrjänheikki, K. (2019). A decade of Finnish engineering education for sustainable development. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 20(1), 170–186. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-07-2018-0132

Taylor, N., Quinn, F., Jenkins, K., Miller-Brown, H., Rizk, N., Prodromou, T., Serow, P., & Taylor, S.
(2019). Education for sustainability in the secondary sector-A review. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development, 13(1), 102-122. https://doi.org/10.1177/0973408219846675

UNESCO. (2020). Education for Sustainable Development: A roadmap.
https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802?posInSet=2&queryId=3779a679-30bd-4f04-b0fa-20904abec4c5

Van den Akker, J. 2003. Curriculum Perspectives: An Introduction. In Curriculum Landscapes and
Trends, edited by J. Van den Akker, W. Kuiper, and U. Hameyer, 1–10. Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Poster

Bridging the Gap: Exploring the University-Rural Community Nexus

Jesús García-Álvarez, David García-Romero, Kateline de Jesús Brito Tavares

University of Santiago de, Spain

Presenting Author: García-Álvarez, Jesús

University-society cooperation has important implications at the level of knowledge development and research, enabling the transfer of innovative practices and methods that address concrete problems for the advancement of society (Shek & Hollister, 2017; Watson et al., 2011). Under this premise, it is possible to consider that many of the challenges facing civil society can be addressed through academic expertise and research, through collaboration between the university and its immediate environment, thereby improving the quality of life of the community itself (Labhrainn & McIlrath, 2007).

In this regard, the links established between the university sphere and society also strengthen community participation in decision-making and project implementation from a more inclusive perspective, responding to real needs and problems from a more democratic approach (McMillan et al., 2016). From a reciprocal perspective, civil society benefits from access to scientific knowledge and highly qualified professionals, while the university gains practical learning opportunities that allow it to get closer to the real world (Asghar & Rowe, 2017). Undoubtedly, such collaboration fosters the development of social capital that strengthens the relationship between academia and socio-community organisations and actors, as they work through mutual commitment to solve social problems and contribute to the sustainable development of the community itself.

The projects resulting from this collaboration facilitate the integration of the university into its community. In this way, the knowledge generated is transferred and the university is promoted as an agent of social change. In this way, through active participation in projects that benefit the community, there is an alignment of values and goals that strengthens the identity and projection of the university as an institution, addressing contemporary challenges and generating a positive long-term impact (McNall et al., 2009).

In particular, joint work between universities and civil society has led to significant advances in rural development. Firstly, there is applied research on specific challenges related to environmentally sustainable practices, natural resource management, technologies in the rural environment, etc. (Taibo, 2020; Turiel, 2020). There is also the transfer of specialised knowledge to civil society through technical training, the implementation of different sustainable practices or the development of rural entrepreneurship, thus boosting the economy of different areas (Bisquert & Cartea, 2020; Porto et al., 2022).

Similarly, work to strengthen community participation in decision-making and project design in response to social problems has contributed to a more inclusive and responsive approach to local needs and aspirations (e.g. through the creation of networks and partnerships that have broadened the impact of such initiatives).

With this last issue in mind, we present a participatory action research project, funded by the Galician Agency for Rural Development (2023-CP028), which has developed from various collaborative teaching and research activities between the University and socio-educational agents in rural areas, with the aim of contributing to a greater democratization of knowledge in the Autonomous Community of Galicia (Spain). All this has been done through the design of joint publications, training activities for teachers and professionals working in rural areas, the application of innovative methodologies such as service learning, as well as the planning of different institutional meetings involving teachers, students, socio-community organisations and professionals from the public administration.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a qualitative study based on a participatory action research approach carried out in the Autonomous Community of Galicia (Spain) in 2023. It involved active collaboration between the university, the community, and the public administration with the aim of creating a space for dialogue that would promote the democratization of knowledge about socio-educational development in rural areas.
As a starting point, a joint analysis was carried out between the university and the community, with the participation of various lecturers from the University of Santiago de Compostela and professionals from different socio-community organisations in the area. All of them are members of the Community of Action and Knowledge of the Rural Environment (ComAK).
Following a participatory needs assessment, ComAK proposed various intervention strategies and activities with the aim of creating a space for dialogue that would allow reflection on the problems identified to define different courses of action for the sustainable development of the rural environment:
• Service-learning projects involving teachers, students and social organisations, combining academic content with community service. It has been a useful practice in that it represents a way of organising formal education together with community participation, helping to transform the immediate environment while breaking down the walls of the classroom. In this collaboration, the people who make up the organisations working in the area, together with those from the academic system, have had the opportunity to discuss the future of education and social participation in terms of sustainable development.
• Meeting of the ComAK in which students, teachers, rural groups and professionals from the public administration participated, with the objectives of linking formal learning with different projects for the revitalization of the environment, putting into value and practice the knowledge of the community to improve the rural context, establishing synergies and channels of collaboration between different agents, and exploring future lines of intervention around the sustainable development of the rural environment.
• Publication of a study collecting different experiences and good practices carried out by university teachers and students in the form of service learning, as well as community development projects resulting from the activities of socio-educational organisations.
The participatory action-research carried out between the university and the social sector, whose axis of action was a greater promotion of the rural environment, has meant a dynamic process that has made it possible to propose more effective and sustainable solutions to the needs and problems of rural communities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main conclusions to be drawn from the activities carried out include, firstly, the strengthening of the network between teachers, students and rural agents, i.e. between academia and society. This clearly implies a change in the current idea of cooperation for development, defining precisely what kind of development is desirable for rural communities, as well as the most operational way to create alliances between the university, public administration and socio-community organisations.
In this line, work has been carried out on the causes that have historically led to the impoverishment of the rural environment and the identification of possible solutions, such as the need for an economy based on knowledge of the environment, the promotion of innovation in the rural environment (for example, through greater technological development), the promotion of greater university involvement in the implementation of social projects, changing the perception of the rural context as an area lacking in opportunities, making visible the actions of the organisations and associations working in these communities, involving the public administration in the implementation of specific funding lines, revitalizing the district organisations as centers of social and cultural development, promoting the repopulation of rural areas from a responsible point of view, and proposing eco-feminist proposals that critically analyze rural lifestyles, valorization of the initiatives carried out in the territory by mapping them, appropriate prioritization of the needs specifically related to the environment, identification of integrated actors in each context to create inter-territorial networks, design of a specific approach to promote the productive sector of each region or the union of professionals fighting for a better education system, more committed to the opportunities and problems of the rural environment.

References
Asghar, M., & Rowe, N. (2017). Reciprocity and critical reflection as the key to social justice in service learning: A case study. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 54(2), 117-125. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2016.1273788
Bisquert i Pérez, K. M., y Cartea, P. Á. M. (2020). Iniciativas colectivas de consumo ecolóxico en Galicia: panorama actual, modelos e acción socioeducativa. Brazilian Journal of Agroecology and Sustainability, 2(1), 1-21. https://doi.org/10.52719/bjas.v2i2.3709
Coelho, M., & Menezes, I. (2021). University Social Responsibility, Service Learning, and Students' Personal, Professional, and Civic Education. Frontiers in Psychology, 12(617300), 1-16. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.617300
Labhrainn, I. M., & McIlrath, L. (2007). Higher Education and Civic Engagement: International Perspectives. Routledge.
McMillan, J., Goodman, S., & Schmid, B. (2016). Illuminating “transaction spaces” in higher education: University–community partnerships and brokering as “boundary work”. Journal of Higher Education Outreach and Engagement, 20(3), 8-31.
McNall, M., Sturdevant, C., Brown, R., & Allen, A. (2009). Brokering Community–University Engagement. Innovative Higher Education, 33, 317-331. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10755-008-9086-8  
Porto, A. M., Mosteiro M. J., Baylina, M., & Villarino, M. (2022). Género y emprendimiento rural. claves para la orientación profesional. Revista Española de Orientación y Psicopedagogía, 33(3), 7-21.
Shek, D. T. L., & Hollister, R. M. (2017). University Social Responsibility and Quality of Life. A Global Survey of Concepts and Experiences. Springer.
Taibo, C. (2020). Colapso: capitalismo terminal, transición ecosocial, ecofascismo. Los libros de la Catarata.
Turiel, A. (2020). El debate renovable. Soberanía Alimentaria, Biodiversidad y Culturas, 41, 6-10.
Watson, D., Hollister, R., Stroud, S. E., & Babcock, E. (2011). The Engaged University. International Perspectives on Civic Engagement. Routledge.
 
12:45 - 13:3031 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Poster

Developing Reading Skills of High School Students in Biology Lessons Through the Analysis of Scientific Articles

Kural Karazhanova1, Gulzhan Nussipzhanova2, Ainur Auyesbayeva3, William Kayode Olaifa4, Salavat Yerbolat5

1Nazarbayev School, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev School, Kazakhstan; 3Nazarbayev School, Kazakhstan; 4Nazarbayev School, Kazakhstan; 5Nazarbayev School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Karazhanova, Kural; Yerbolat, Salavat

This study examines the effectiveness of a literacy development program in improving the ability of 12th grade students to critique and analyze biology-based research articles. The experimental methodology involved use of targeted instructional strategies, specifically scientific articles published in the last five years in the domain of biology, and activities aimed at improving comprehension, critical thinking, and the ability to synthesize information from scientific texts. A quasi-experimental design with pre- and post-assessments to measure the impact of the intervention was employed. The results show a significant improvement in reading and pronunciation skills in the context of biology literacy, indicating the potential of such programs to promote scientific literacy. The results contribute to the ongoing discourse on improving reading skills and science education in Kazakhstan and have implications for curriculum design and instructional practice in high school biology classes.

In today's digital age, the ability to read and comprehend scientific articles is becoming increasingly important for students, especially in subjects like biology. As 12th grade students prepare for higher education and scientific careers, it is crucial to develop their reading skills in order to navigate and understand complex scientific literature. This is particularly important for developing countries like Kazakhstan where science literacy is relatively low. For context, a report titled “Education Policy Outlook Kazakhstan” published in 2018 emphasized the need for improvement of reading skills among Kazakhstani students as performance indicators adjudged through the PISA (Program for International Student Assessment) showed that students’ performance in reading tasks remain low and unchanged despite improvement in other metrics including mathematics (https://www.oecd.org/education/Education-Policy-Outlook-Country-Profile-Kazakhstan-2018.pdf). The report also hinted that this has contributed to a decline in the number of students entering higher education. This research study therefore aims to explore effective strategies for developing reading skills in 12th grade students during biology lessons with a focus on the analysis of scientific articles.

Reading skills are fundamental for acquiring knowledge in any subject and biology is no exception. The ability of high school pupils to understand and critically assess scientific papers becomes even more important as they proceed to more advanced educational levels. Scientific articles serve as valuable resources that provide the latest research findings, methodologies, techniques and technologies, and theories in the field of biology and other STEM subjects. By developing strong reading skills, 12th grade students can enhance their understanding of the subject matter, critically evaluate scientific facts, and apply acquired knowledge in practical situations.

In general, the commonly adopted strategy for developing reading skills is to introduce scientific articles early to students in their biology education. By gradually increasing the complexity and length of the articles, students can develop their reading skills over time. Pre-reading activities such as predicting the content based on the title and abstract, identifying key vocabulary, subject-based terminology, and setting reading goals. During reading, students can highlight important information, annotate the text, analyze using SWOT approach, debate, and summarize each section. Post-reading activities may also involve group discussions, concept mapping, and reflection on the main ideas and practical implication of the article.

Our study looks into the efficacy of a focused reading skills development program with an emphasis on biology classes for 12th graders. The study fills a vacuum in the literature by focusing on interventions specifically designed to address the special difficulties associated with reading and understanding scientific texts in biology classes at high schools. By enhancing reading skills, students can engage more meaningfully with scientific content, fostering science literacy as well as preparing them for future academic and professional pursuits.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A combination of surveys, interviews, lesson observation, document analysis through independent and group discussions and demonstrations were used. A total of twenty-four (24) from both grades 11 and 12 of Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Biology and Chemistry, Aktau, participated in the study. They were divided into experimental and control groups at random. The reading skills improvement program included interactive exercises, guided readings, and group discussions based on articles from biology-based scientific journals. Pre- and post-assessments tested students' reading skills, including comprehension, critical analysis, and synthesis of information. The initial survey was used to assess students' perception on scientific articles in the field of biology, their experience, difficulties, and outlook on probable solutions. Most students (85%) have challenges understanding scientific articles pre-intervention. Students (85%) find it difficult to work with tasks that require the use of complex scientific terms, as well as difficulties in synthesizing information from scientific texts. Students (100%) believe that their reading skills could be developed in biology class through tasks such as working with scientific texts and creating posters. Our choice of articles was informed by the age and predetermined science literacy of the students. Students were provided with supportive environment. Consequently, participants were actively encouraged to work in pairs or groups.  The effect of the intervention on students' reading skill was evaluated through reflection to determine the efficiency, pros, cons, and possible areas of improvement for further research. Post-assessment results showed a notable improvement in the experimental group's understanding, synthesis, and critical interpretation of scientific information.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results indicate that the reading ability of the experimental group significantly outperformed those of the control group. According to pre-assessment results, both groups' baseline reading proficiency levels were comparable. Post-assessment results, however, showed a notable improvement in the experimental group's understanding, synthesis, and critical interpretation of scientific information. The findings of earlier research highlighting the significance of focused interventions in science education are consistent with the observed improvement in students' reading abilities.
The incorporation of interactive activities and focused lessons using scientific articles within the biology curriculum appears to be a promising approach to enhance science literacy. The small sample size and relatively short experimental period, among other drawbacks, point to potential areas for future study. The findings highlight the potential for incorporating reading skills development programs into biology classes in high school, furthering the larger objective of developing scientifically literate people. In summary, this study offers empirical evidence in favor of the efficacy of a reading skills development program in biology classes for students in the twelfth grade. The findings have consequences for teachers, curriculum developers, and policymakers who want to improve high school students' scientific literacy. This intervention supports the larger endeavor of preparing students for academic success as well as providing them with the skills for lifetime learning and scientific inquiry by addressing the particular difficulties related to reading and interpreting scientific articles.

References
Adams, K., & Kameenui, E. (1994). Theoretical foundations of learning to read. In R. Barr, M. L. Kamil, P. B. Mosenthal, & P. D. Pearson (Eds.), Handbook of Reading Research (pp. 173–206). Routledge.
Duke, N. K., & Pearson, P. D. (2002). Effective practices for developing reading comprehension. In A. E. Farstrup & S. J. Samuels (Eds.), What research has to say about reading instruction (pp. 205–242). International Reading Association.
Shanahan, T., & Shanahan, C. (2008). Teaching disciplinary literacy to adolescents: Rethinking content-area literacy. Harvard Educational Review, 78(1), 40–59.
Krauja I, Birzina R. Meaningful Reading Skills for Improvement of Biological Literacy in Primary School. Rural environment Education Personality (REEP) : proceedings of the 11th International scientific conference. 2018;11(June):185–93.
Winslow E. The influence of improved literacy on understanding in high school biology Using specific strategies to improve literacy and science comprehension. Education Masters. 2010;102.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Poster

Improvement of Academic Writing of ESL Students in Science Subjects: How Systematically “Dictation” Helps Students to Improve Academic Writing

Asif Abbas Syed2, Nadeem Jafri1, Nurtas Adaikhan1, Rakhymzhan Kossanov2, Moldir Duisengalieva2, Aisaule Tleulessova2

1Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics Astana Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology Atyrau Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Tleulessova, Aisaule

Abstract:

Significant strides have been made to establish the distinctions between academic and informal writing, emphasizing that academic language demands conciseness, formality, precision, and careful structure (Smith, 2019). Further research was needed to apply new strategies in an active learning time in the classrooms to bring an advancement in academic writing. Depth of the issue was investigated with surveys, observing students work in class, conducting assessment, students interviews and consulting with teachers of all subjects and concluded that weak academic writing is also a reason of students’ poor academic performance and lower grades in subjects which eventually leads to the loss of students’ confidence. The art of writing is the art of discovering what you believe (Gustave Flaubert). Team composed fresh intervention tactics after students’ workshops, interviews, and meetings. Implemented strategies for decided period and closely monitored the students’ performance. Deployed vocabulary-expansion activities, systematic writing workshops. Subject teachers incorporated specific grammar and syntax activities to help students with typical language difficulties. Endorsed dictation in lessons so students can encounter shortcomings. Created writing assignments and workshops that are pertinent to science subjects so that students may use their language abilities in a useful context. Kaizen principal was used to promote and strengthen virtuous writing habits, gave students regular, constructive comments on their work to make them consistent. Surveys were done on a regular basis, and the findings showed that many teachers were improving their pupils' performance using these tactics. Teachers were taken aback by the outcomes both before and after, numerous pupils began raising their scores and started taking science projects. This research promises an overall academic improvement of students in science subjects.

Introduction:

Upon thorough examination of the principal examiner reports spanning the past three years, which meticulously detail the outcomes of external assessments for all NIS schools under the aegis of the Cambridge International Exam Board (CIE), a discernible pattern has emerged. It has come to our attention that a substantial portion of students, exceeding 70%, encountered challenges in tackling high order thinking questions, necessitating a heightened proficiency in academic writing. Furthermore, an alarming statistic reveals that more than 80% of questions requiring written responses elicited answers that were below the established average competency level. This analysis underscores the pressing need for targeted interventions to enhance students' capabilities in handling advanced cognitive tasks and written assessments.

The teachers also had the audacity to interview students, as if their subjective opinions could shed any light on the matter. And to top it all off, they consulted teachers from various subjects, as if their biased perspectives would offer any valuable insights. The results of this endeavor revealed that weak academic writing contributes to students' poor academic performance and lower grades.

The implementation of inventive tactics brought about a sense of excitement and anticipation, as they promised to improve students’ academic writing and performance. As an outcome, educators realized the importance of this research and developed a team of 12 science teachers with 250 students from two schools.

Team decided to lounge an action research about the improvement of students’ academic writing by implementing fresh and innovative intervention strategy “dictation” under the umbrella of following research question:

“How systematically “dictation” helps students to improve academic writing?”


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, we use a mix of methods to understand and improve students' academic writing skills. We start with surveys to learn about students' preferences and challenges in writing. Teachers also share their thoughts on students' writing throughout the research. We analyze students' exam scores from the past, present, and future terms to see how their writing skills change over time. One important part of our approach is using "dictation". We dedicate 20 minutes for “dictation” activity in each 80-minute lesson. This means students listen to a passage and then write it down. This helps improve listening skills, spelling, and overall language accuracy. We do this regularly to encourage continuous improvement, following the Kaizen principle (Masaaki Imai, 1980). At the end of the research, we do another round of surveys and get more feedback from teachers to see how effective our methods have been in improving students' academic writing skills over time. This approach, combining surveys, teacher feedback, and a focus on dictation, gives us a complete picture of students' writing skills and the impact of our interventions.
These activities were meticulously designed to offer students a valuable opportunity to apply their language abilities in a meaningful way, enhancing their understanding of scientific concepts and fostering effective communication. By engaging in these assignments and workshops, students were able to develop their language proficiency and scientific knowledge. The implementation of the Kaizen principle (small incremental changes create an impact over time) played a pivotal role in cultivating and reinforcing exemplary writing practices. To ensure a consistent and continuous improvement, students were consistently provided with valuable and constructive feedback on their work. Additionally, periodic surveys were conducted to gather valuable insights.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The survey's findings shed important light on students' preferences and difficulties with academic writing, especially when it comes to chemistry, biology, and physics. When asked which type of question they preferred for assignments or tests, most (40%) said they felt most comfortable with calculation-based questions, while 20% said they preferred clearly defined descriptive questions. Remarkably, 20% of respondents thought that questions combining computation and descriptive aspects were appropriate. The poll did, however, also draw attention to certain important difficulties that students have when writing academically about these topics. A significant 48% of participants cited a restricted comprehension of concepts as the main obstacle, highlighting a possible deficiency in fundamental knowledge. Furthermore, 31% of respondents said they had trouble putting ideas into words, pointing to a larger problem with effectively communicating scientific topics in writing. This research indicates that there is a definite need for treatments targeted at strengthening students' textual expression of scientific concepts and their conceptual understanding.
At the end of the intervention, we expect:
o Several teachers improved their students' academic achievement by implementing novel strategies.
o It is discovered that the techniques employed in this study can be applied to enhance academic writing in a variety of departments and subject areas, not just science.
o The study's main objective was to determine the students' status, which made it possible to better understand why they struggled with writing on tests.
o The study looked at strategies for enhancing academic writing skills.
o Several favorable results are seen based on observations made in the classroom. Teachers gained new strategies for applying subject-specific words and phrases.
o It is worth mentioning that a significant positive shift was observed in the term final exam scores of students, with a particular emphasis on those who have historically struggled academically.

References
1.Smith, A. (2019). Academic Writing Distinctions, Journal of Writing Studies, 14(3), 123-145.
2.Principal examiners’ report on external exam result, NIS, 2022,2023
3.https://kaizen.com/insights/kaizen-methodology-education/
4.https://www.bartleby.com/essay/Writing-Is-The-Art-Of-Discovering-What-P34XZSKVGXYW#:~:text=According%20to%20Gustave%20Flaubert%2C%20a,form%20of%20writing%20or%20typing
5.Tang, Q. (2012). The Effectiveness of Dictation Method in College English Vocabulary Teaching. Theory and Practice in Language Studies, 2(7). doi:10.4304/tpls.2.7.1472-1476


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Poster

Lessons Learnt from Post Pandemic Period on Effective Student Collaboration

Makpal Suleimanova, Aigul Suleimenova, Assel Akhmedina

Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology in Karaganda, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Suleimanova, Makpal

The pandemic period created new challenges for students in terms of academic achievement as well as social interaction which interferes with students’ well-being at school. It is known that engagement and interaction, communication and self-efficacy are key points for every EFL (English as a Foreign Language) learner. However, during distance learning, students lacked proper peer interaction, which negatively influenced productive skills development (speaking and writing). For new-coming students, who spent their first year at a new secondary school remotely, it was a double challenge as they experienced online communication with peers who they had never seen face-to-face before. Thus, in the post-pandemic period, teachers had to deal with an increased number of students who felt reluctant to communicate with each other.

Research purpose

The following research questions were shaping the study:

• To what extent have online lessons affected students’ collaboration skills?

• What are the ways of improving newcoming students’ deteriorated collaboration skills?

The analysis of pre-pandemic era literature have showed that most of the studies presented distance learning as a tool of self-paced autonomous learning (Jones and Chen, 2008; Abraham, 2007), however the remote learning experience during the pandemic period unveiled many drawbacks in terms of collaboration and engagement. Students experienced lack of face-to-face interaction, misunderstanding in social or educational networks, failure in group works, etc (Dragomir & Simon, 2021). Thus, “back to the classroom” period meant shift from autonomous learning to collaborative learning for students.

In addition, previous research shows that pair work is the main interaction type which is used in English lessons for developing students’ communicative skills. This method is found to be one of the most effective as it requires every student to participate in class discussions in comparison to group work, where some students might be less involved. Additionally, pair work enables silent students in a class to be enrolled in the discussion, and introverted students who are hesitant to talk in front of the class get a chance to express their viewpoints. Moreover, earlier studies show that engaging audible conversation takes place mainly during face-to-face interaction between students (Achmad, 2014). Besides improving language skills by correcting grammar mistakes or helping to choose appropriate words during the conversation, learners develop social skills like politeness, turn-taking, respect for each other, attentive listening, etc. (Phipps, 1999). Harmer (2014) and Storch (2013) mentioned the importance of effective organisation of pair work in the ESL classroom. According to Harmer (2014), the decision on putting students into pairs or groups could be based on principles like friendship, streaming, chance, task, changing groups, gender and status. Thus, it is clearly seen that the process of pair work in class should be held in accordance with the above-mentioned factors.

Therefore, the current study focuses on the importance of organising effective pair work in English lessons during the post-pandemic period.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative study is classroom action research focusing on the development of teacher practice knowledge and the improvement of learners’ academic performance (Dudley, 2011). The collaboration of teachers was required to understand the challenges of putting students into pairs and organizing effective work in the lesson.
The cycle in the lesson study consisted of stages: joint planning, teaching and observing the lesson, interviewing students and post-discussion (Dudley, 2011, p.5). During the joint planning, teachers defined four main ways of putting students into new pairs: by level, by random choice, by personality traits (introverts and extroverts) and by students’ own choice. The given approach showed the influence of pair work organization on the effectiveness of the activity and students’ involvement in the lesson. The study was focused on observing the interaction of students with different language levels and personality traits while working in pairs. Thus, the lesson observation form designed by Dudley (2011, p.11) was applied. Participants of the study were grade 8 students who entered the new secondary school on the competitive basis. Participants were new to each other and to school community. There were 50 participants from four groups who took part in the study and four teachers of English who implemented the collaboratively planned strategies and techniques in the lesson.
Moreover, interviews with students were conducted to get a deeper understanding of students’ interaction. Two students were interviewed from each group, semi-structured interview questions were prepared for each type of pair work division. The collected data was used to adjust teaching in the further cycles of lesson study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Having analyzed and discussed the data collected during lesson observations and student interviews it was seen that pair work and real collaboration in class were rather difficult for students after online lessons. Student 1: “During the online lessons, I used to retell the stories to myself”. Student 2: “Some of my classmates turned out to be different from what I had expected, so it was difficult to work in pairs with some of them in September”. The effectiveness of students’ collaboration depends on the way the division on groups and pairs is organized. One of the main factors that should be considered at the stage of planning pair work is the type of activity or in other words its main purpose (lead-in, reflection, grammar or vocabulary practice).  

Pair work “by language level” seemed to be more effective for activities aimed at completing specific tasks and achieving specific learning objectives in the lesson.  

Pair work “by random choice”  is recommended for activities with less significance in the lesson, such as the reflection part, etc.  

Pair work  “by personality traits” showed its effectiveness when students were supposed to speak and share their thoughts in the lesson. This approach allowed to avoid the dominance of particular students in pairs while speaking activities.  

Pair work “by students’ choice” worked well in conducting discussions in class, as most students chose a partner with the same interests or ideas. However, some tasks were challenging for students to complete together as they had different subject levels.  

Thus, there were four main ways that teachers can use in order to divide students into pairs. One of the main conditions for quick recovery of teaching and learning in post pandemic time is teachers’ dense collaboration in identifying challenges and finding on the-spot solutions to them.  

References
1. Abraham, A. (2007). Student-centred teaching of accounting to engineering students: Comparing blended learning and traditional approaches. Faculty of Commerce-Papers, University of Wollongong, 1–20. Accessed 1 October 2020. Available at: https://ro.uow.edu.au/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1463&context=commpapers  
2. Achmad D., Yusuf Y. Q. (2014). Observing pair-work task in an English speaking class. International Journal of Instruction, № 7 (1), p. 151–164.  
3. Dragomir, G. M., Fărcașiu, M. A., & Șimon, S. (2021). Students’ perceptions of verbal and non-verbal communication behaviors during and after the covid-19 pandemic. Applied Sciences, 11(18), 8282. https://www.mdpi.com/2076-3417/11/18/8282  
4. Dudley P. (2011). Lesson study: A handbook. https://lessonstudy.co.uk/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/new-handbook-revisedMay14.pdf  
5. Harmer J.(2014).The Practice of Modern English Teacher, № 21, 2.  
6. Jones, K. T., & Chen, C. C. (2008). Blended-learning in a graduate accounting course: Student satisfaction and course design issues. The Accounting Educators’ Journal, 18, 15–28. https://www.aejournal.com/ojs/index.php/aej/article/view/60
7. Phipps W. (1999). Pairwork: Interaction in the Modern Languages Classroom. London: Centre for Information on Language Teaching and Research.  
8. Storch N., Aldosari, A. (2013). Pairing learners in pair work activity. Language teaching research, № 17 (1), p. 31–48.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Poster

The Development of Reading Comprehension of Academic Texts in Russian(L2) and English (L3) Languages for Multilingual NIS Students in Kazakhstan

Dana Altynbekova, Zhanna Baitenova

Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemistry and Biology

Presenting Author: Altynbekova, Dana

It has been more than a decade since the trilingual policy was established in Kazakhstan for the nation's future prosperity and economic development. Russian and English languages for many students have become their second (L2) and third foreign (L3) languages along with the state Kazakh language taught in secondary schools. In adherence to legal requirements students are obliged to certify their level of language proficiency. The research on difficulties encountered by Russian and English language students in compulsory school settings, particularly in relation to reading, is limited and requires further exploration. Reading is a fundamental in four language skills in developing foreign language that helps to enhance vocabulary and grammar, ultimately playing a significant role in achieving language proficiency (Renandya et.al, 2009). According to recent PISA 2022 results by OECD (2023) Kazakhstani students demonstrated a minimum level of reading proficiency slightly similar to the previous results which is below the OECD average. Moreover, it widened the gap between the weakest and highest scoring students in comparison with 2018. It means that students mainly can define the main idea, purpose and form of the texts, but it is generally challenging for them to meet more complex criteria. Previous research has found that there are constructs that predict academic reading comprehension in various language learning settings (Uccelli, P. et.al., 2015, Wenjuan, Q., 2023). Moreover, there is a study on how L1 constructs have relation to L2 (Jarvis, S., & Pavlenko, A., 2008), however there has been limited exploration into the academic reading comprehension of students across two distinct language groups. Consequently, we employ Core Academic Language Skills (CALS) which are operational constructs designed to facilitate reading in context of language learning and teaching. Using adapted CALS as a study framework we decided to examine students' 1) understanding of complex words, 2) comprehension of complex sentences, and 3) organizing argumentative text. It attempts to identify their reading difficulties and assess academic reading skills related constructs in both L2 and L3 aiming to uncover factors that contribute to overall reading comprehension. This study seeks to understand the interrelationship between L2 and L3 and its constituent skills, particularly for multilingual students.

In this paper, the following research questions are addressed:

Do 11 grade students’ reading skills of academic texts vary by their second and third languages?

What language constructs predict reading comprehension of students in L2 and L3?

To what extent is there a correlation between L2 and L3 languages in the development of reading comprehension?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A total of 64 students of high school aged from 15-17 participated in the study. The sample consisted of participants from four control groups of 11th grade selected based on the language instruction in the classroom. Specifically, students for those Russian served as the second and English was the third language taught as a compulsory subjects in the school with a requirement for language proficiency exam at the end of the school year. Moreover, these students are those who are admitted to school mainly by their mathematical skills rather than language skills. According to unpublished school material the majority of these students demonstrated lower language level relative to their younger age at the time of admission to specialized school due to the lack of language environment and school program difference. Considering the students’ learning background, the reading materials for testing were selected based on the school's current educational program and learning objectives of the reading tasks. Academic reading texts with argumentative nature were chosen to explore students' ability in identifying elements of arguments expecting it influences their comprehension of the texts. It contained paragraphs of 5 to 6. After reading the participants completed a test related to the complex words, sentences and to aspects of arguments with 12 items each based on the paragraphs they read.  Each students’ results were monitored and analyzed by the Read Monitor tool assembled in the school to track their progress in the longitude period of two academic terms, so students also can be aware of their achievements till the next test. Each group was tested twice during the two academic terms at the beginning of grade 11 from September to December. Russian and English language reading tests were administered consecutively with a one day interval between them. Mean scores of understanding complex words and sentence structure, and arguments within the text were computed for each language (L2 and L3) group. A statistical analysis has been done to examine the relationship of academic reading comprehension in two languages.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of this study revealed overall reading comprehension ability is significantly related to language constructs  in both Russian and English languages. The majority of students’ difficulties in reading comprehension are mainly associated with the elements of argumentation (facts and opinion, reasoning, conclusion) of the academic texts. However, understanding the structure of complex sentences and defining words is more challenging to comprehend texts in Russian rather than in English. The analysis showed that the L2 reading comprehension was consistently correlated with L3 reading tasks. It can be explained by the transferable cross linguistic nature of language knowledge (Cummins, 2000). This study advances our understanding of interrelated operational constructs of languages that operate in students reading academic texts for developing their reading proficiency. This shed a light to consider the reading strategies and assessment practices of high school students with multilingual language.    
References
Jarvis, S., & Pavlenko, A. (2008). Crosslinguistic influence in language and cognition. New York: Routledge
OECD, (2023, December 5). PISA 2022 Results: Factsheets, OECD. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/publication/pisa-2022-results/country-notes/kazakhstan-8c403c04/
Renandya, W.A., Rajan, B.R.S., & Jacobs, G.M. (2009). Extensive Reading With Adult Learners of English as a Second Language. In T. Hedge, N. Andon, M. Dewey (Eds), English Language Teaching: Major Themes in Education, Vol IV, (pp. 182-1970). London: Routledge.  
Uccelli, P., Galloway, E.P., Kim, H.Y., and Barr, Christopher D. (2015). Core Academic Language Skills: Moving beyond Vocabulary Knowledge to Predict Reading Comprehension, Spring 2015 conference; Learning Curves: Creating and Sustaining Gains from Early Childhood through Adulthood, Washington.
Wenjuan, Q. (2023). Chinese Core Analytic Language Skills (CH-CALS): An Innovative Construct and Assessment associated with Chinese Non-fiction Reading Comprehension, ECER 2023 Symposium paper. Glasgow.
 
12:45 - 13:3032 SES 05.5 A: Organizational Education Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
32. Organizational Education
Poster

About a Research Project on Alternative Education Schools’ Cultures in Response to Ages of Uncertainty

Aleksandra Tlusciak-Deliowska, Urszula Dernowska

The Maria Grzegorzewska University, Poland

Presenting Author: Tlusciak-Deliowska, Aleksandra

The effective functioning of a modern school in an Age of Uncertainty requires conscious creation of its culture, which, when shaped, ensures the school's implementation of its mission in a dynamically changing social, economic and cultural reality. Recognizing the possibility of influencing culture and shaping it in accordance with a given direction means focusing on identifying its elements subject to modification, learning about the factors conducive to cultural change and the possibilities and ways of carrying it out. School culture highlights specific aspects of school life and brings out the importance of "who we are" and " the way we do things around here" (Deal & Peterson, 2010). Research on school culture is one of the most interesting directions in the search for factors in the development and improvement of school organization (Hoy, 1990).

Many researchers agree that school culture is a crucial variable in school improvement (Deal & Peterson, 1999; Stoll & Fink, 1996).

Scientific analyzes regarding intra-school processes, referred to as "school culture", come from various disciplines and were initially associated with the concept of school life by Waller (1932), who noted that schools have an identity of their own, with complex rituals of personal relationships, a set of folkways, mores, irrational sanctions, and moral codes (see also: Maslowski, 2006; Schoen & Teddlie, 2008). The concept of organizational culture began to receive attention in the research communities (e.g., Deal & Kennedy, 1982; Ouchi, 1981) as a factor associated with organizational performance in the 1980s. Lack of early attention by researchers may be because culture is associated with taken-for-granted values, underlying assumptions, expectations, collective memories, and definitions in an organization (Cameron & Quinn, 1999, p. 14). Over the last few decades, the discussion on the concept of school culture has become an integral part of both the educational discourse ongoing in various circles and empirical studies devoted to school. Despite different interpretations of the category of school culture itself (see e.g. Deal & Peterson, 1999; Schoen & Teddlie, 2008; ), there is consensus among researchers that its cognitive value results from a comprehensive understanding of various aspects of everyday school life and is therefore helpful in learning and understanding the nature of school life and institutionalized education.

The aim of the poster presentation will be to present a research project on the cultures of alternative education schools, to discuss its conceptual assumptions and planned methodological solutions. The project is a team effort, prepared with the intention of identifying the cultures of selected institutions, defining their specificity and analyzing the interactions between individual dimensions and cultural elements. An equally important goal of research activities will be to compare the cultures of the studied institutions - to determine whether the teaching-learning environments, which are unique examples of innovative educational ventures, are clearly different and how this is expressed.

Learning about different educational proposals is cognitively fascinating, but also in the social interest. Typical human characteristics are activity, searching for new solutions, improving the existing reality, and this, in relation to the school reality, becomes particularly important due to the need to provide high-quality modern educational services. The planned research will primarily provide new knowledge and is therefore significant for building and developing school culture theory.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A comprehensive and accurate description and analysis of the selected schools’ cultures will be possible thanks to the case study research procedure, more precisely, multiple case study. The research will be carried out in deliberately selected schools exemplifying alternative educational proposals in Poland. The researchers want to select general education schools that represent differences in organizing educational processes and everyday practices related to teaching, including original curricula.
In the designed study, Schoen and Teddlie’s (2008) school culture model will be used to structure the analyses. This model describes school culture as being comprised of four different dimensions: (I) Professional Orientation, (II) Organizational Structure, (III) Quality of the Learning Environment, and (IV) Student-Centered Focus that exist at three different levels of abstraction: artifacts, espoused beliefs, and basic assumptions (Schein, 1985). Therefore, the model offers a framework for describing, discussing, and comparing school functions across four dimensions of school culture and also allows culture to be examined across three levels at which culture is manifested (Schein, 1985).
The above-mentioned model of school culture entails the need to design research that takes into account various data sources and methods, taking into account data on all dimensions and levels of culture, therefore various quantitative and qualitative data collection techniques and tools will be used in the own research. Maslowski (2006) also suggests triangulating a variety of qualitative and quantitative data sources to study culture, because the weaknesses of one method are compensated by similar findings with other methods. Moreover, all members of a given school community will participate in the study, i.e. students, teachers, principals, administration, and parents. A separate research strategy will be developed for each educational institution, established in consultation with the management and after becoming familiar with the organization of the school year in a given institution. Research activities in each educational institution will be carried out concurrently. The adopted solutions are intended to ensure mutual complementation of the results obtained at individual stages of the research process and to eliminate possible errors in the methods used. Moreover, the examined reality is complex and multi-aspect, therefore the use of different methods ensures obtaining different types of data. The approach used is an exemplification of the plural heterogeneous approach to the research process.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The researchers’ intention is to provide a comprehensive, coherent picture of the cultures of institutions that constitute alternative educational proposals. The aim is, first of all, to conduct an in-depth examination of the cultures of selected institutions, present their specificity, recognize dimensions and analyze the interactions between individual cultural elements. Secondly, a comparison of the cultures of the surveyed institutions will be made. It is cognitively interesting to determine whether the teaching-learning environments in various and unique examples of innovative educational projects are clearly different. The use of a wide range of methods and the data collected thanks to them, which will then be triangulated, is intended to provide a multidimensional picture of schools. In our opinion, this procedure will not only enable the search for universality, indicating the repeatability of specific elements (phenomena, behavior, situations), documenting the relationships between the overall life and functioning of the school and its effects, but will also result in rich, "dense" descriptions of everyday life in schools, understanding of individual elements or aspects of this life by people immersed in it. Research based on the school culture model used may be useful in obtaining a more complete understanding of the socio-cultural and organizational factors at the school level that facilitate school improvement, a school that functions effectively in such a difficult contemporary reality. This knowledge is a logical precursor to the reculturation of schools in order to achieve and sustain the changes currently desired.
References
Cameron, K.S., & Quinn, R.E. (1999). Diagnosing and changing organizational culture based on the competing values framework. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Deal, T.E., & Kennedy, A. (1982). Corporate cultures: The rites and rituals of corporate life. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.
Deal, T.E., & Peterson, K. (1999). Shaping school culture: The heart of leadership. San Francisco:
Jossey-Bass.
Deal, T. E., & Peterson, K. D. (2010). Shaping school culture: Pitfalls, paradoxes, and promises. John Wiley & Sons.
Hoy, W. K. (1990). Organizational climate and culture: A conceptual analysis of the school workplace. Journal of Educational and Psychological Consultation, 1(2), 149–168.
Maslowski, R. (2006). A review of inventories diagnosing school culture. Journal of Educational Administration, 44(1), 6–35.
Ouchi, W.G. (1981). Theory Z: How American business can meet the Japanese challenge. Reading,
MA: Addison-Wesley.
Schein E. (1985). Organizational Culture and Leadership. San Francisco, Jossey-Bass.
Schoen L.T., Teddlie, Ch. (2008). A new model of school culture. A response to a call for conceptual clarity. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 19(2), 129-153.
Stoll, L., & Fink, D. (1996). Changing our schools. Buckingham, UK: Open University Press.
Waller W. (1932). The sociology of teaching. New York: Russell & Russell.


32. Organizational Education
Poster

Metaphor as a Way to Explore Subtle Elements of School Culture: “A School Unlike Any Other” in Students’ Metaphors

Urszula Dernowska, Aleksandra Tlusciak-Deliowska

The Maria Grzegorzewska University, Poland

Presenting Author: Dernowska, Urszula

The concept of culture as applied to schools is difficult to define as well as to operationalize in research terms. That is why there are attempts to create different models of school culture with a promise of more comprehensive and coherent approach to school culture research (e.g. Kent, 2006; Brady, 2008; Schoen & Teddlie, 2008; Torres, 2022). Undoubtedly, the study of school culture is quite a challenge, not only because of the difficulty in operationalizing the object of analysis itself, or even because of the need for interdisciplinary profiling. The study of school culture requires reaching the subtle elements of the phenomenon being explored. Elements such as values, perceptions, experiences, feelings can be difficult to accurately capture quantitatively. However, taking them into account is necessary to build a coherent, complementary picture of the school environment.

Given these difficulties, researchers turn to metaphor as a tool of knowing the culture of the school. Metaphors can play a vital role in conceptualizing and reflecting the nature of learning and are used in establishing a connection between educational theories and personal beliefs (Leavy et al., 2007). From this point of view, metaphor is a beneficial tool in close examining teachers’ and students’ thoughts on their learning and teaching environment (Martinez et al., 2001; Saban, 2013). It is also a tool in the process of organizational assessment and change (Cleary & Packard, 1992).

Lakoff and Johnson (1980, p. 5) state that person’s perceptions of concepts are based on metaphors. They argue that the essence of metaphor is understanding and experiencing one kind of thing in terms of another. Educators use metaphors as a way to attract the students’ attention through comparing objects, reflecting on them in their mind and teaching them. Although the context for the development of values by young people has grown more complex and the possibilities for choice have expanded as a result of sociocultural development and globalization, schools still operate as major social environments where pupils share their beliefs, norms, values, and fears for a substantial part of their lives (Demir, 2007).

According to the social, cultural and economic conditions of the society, different metaphors emerged in the field of education, such as the school as a figurative factory, a plant, a social center, a welfare agency etc. (Bishop, 2019; Eshenkulova & Boobekova, 2022). Metaphors not only structure the way of thinking about schools but also help create a world of the school. Some researchers (e.g. Jordan, 1996) identified several powerful metaphors for schooling and school improvement that dominate the thinking of policy-makers, scholars and practitioners (Demir, 2007).

Transferring ideas about the school to other objects allows researchers to reach subtle elements of school culture which resist quantitative approaches. The aim of the poster presentation is to show a fragment of research material collected as part of a team project. The methods and tools used in this project provides an insight into the cultures of selected institutions: their specificity and the interactions between individual dimensions and cultural elements. This, in turn, allows to compare the cultures of selected non-public primary schools – schools "other than all".

The purpose of this study is to analyze the perceptions of two primary school students of school and schooling by examining the metaphors they produce. The process of verbalizing school experiences through a metaphorical description of them is a component of communication processes, but it can also be used for consensus, decision-making or persuasion. It makes it possible to discover existing beliefs that subjectively describe the functioning of the school, and which can be used as one of the sources of knowledge about it.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Inspired by Gareth Morgan's (1986) theoretical model of reading and understanding organizations on the basis of metaphorical analysis, we attempted to reach the perception and understanding of school reality expressed through metaphor by primary school students, while maintaining the awareness that the image of school built in this way remains, after all, partial.
Using metaphor as a textual tool to study empirically elusive elements of school culture, an attempt was made to get closer to students' ways of reading and understanding school reality. The study was conducted in two non-public primary schools, implementing an alternative education model in practice. This means that the study involved students who had been learning in the so-called open didactic environment for several years – an environment free of transmission-behavioral solutions dominant in the Polish mainstream school system.
The source of the data was a task carried out by the eighth grade students. It consisted of a text and a drawing part. The students were asked to complete the sentence: My school is like... Then to illustrate the metaphor and explain why the school was presented the way it did. The examined material (N = 22) provided data in the form of texts and drawings. The main analysis was focused on students' texts, while drawings were treated as an important support in the process of reaching the meanings attributed by young people to the school reality – its various dimensions and elements. Analytical work included the initial ordering of data (line-by-line coding), their supplementation with interpretations and suggestions for ordering metaphors. This work was carried out individually and in parallel by two researchers. Then, during the discussion, the effects of these activities were confronted and the final categorization of student metaphors was made. As a result, five categories were selected. In a separate group were placed those texts in which the school was not presented in a metaphorical way, but in a factual way (n = 2).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the collected material analysis, five groups of metaphors were identified: (1) culture/climate: among the analyzed metaphors, the largest number are those whose authors in their perception of the school focus on the atmosphere of the place, interpersonal relations, but also the adopted philosophy of education and the norms regulating the life of their school; (2) hybrid (collage): this group brings together metaphors that carry a wide variety of cognitive content, reflecting the complex nature of school life that can be perceived in many ways and interpreted differently, taking into account its physical, axiological or socio-didactic dimensions; (3) catastrophic: this category includes the metaphor of the Titanic or an airplane whose engine has suffered a major failure – this means a subjectively perceived difficulty, a complication of everyday school life: the daily routine is stressful, full of aggravating problem situations and, as such, often requires quick decisions and efficient actions from the student; (4) chaos: this category includes metaphors such as the museum of modern art and “random chance” and emphasizes chaos, randomness, unpredictability, and creativity in the school environment; (5) prison: this category includes metaphors exposing external coercion at school, different types of constraints and coercion.
The analysis of the data revealed a diversity of perception and inter¬pretation of school reality. It is worth adding, however, that the image of the school obtained by means of a metaphor should be approached with the criticism typical of scientific activities. In the context of this study, it is worth considering to what extent the students' metaphors accurately reflect the key features of their school's life, as well as the relationships between the various elements of the complex, multi-level structure of school organization.

References
Bishop, B.F. (2019). Gardens, prisons, and asylums: Metaphors for school. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Kent State University College of Education, Health, and Human Services.
Brady, P. (2008). Working Towards a Model of Secondary School Culture. Canadian Journal of Educational Administration and Policy, 73, 1-26.
Cleary, C., Packard, T. (1992). The use of metaphors in organizational assessment and change. Group & Organization Management,17(3), 229-241.
Demir, C.E. (2007). Metaphors as a reflection of middle school students’ perceptions of school: A cross-cultural analysis. Educational Research and Evaluation, 13(2), 89–107.
Eshenkulova, K., Boobekova, K. (2022). Educational Metaphors: High School Students’ Perceptions of Schools in Kyrgyzstan, Journal of Contemporary Educational Studies, 73(3), 98-116.
Jordan, W. A. (1996). Crossfire education: Metaphor cultural evolution and chaos in the schools. Janham: University Press of America.
Kent, P. (2006). Finding the Missing Jigsaw Pieces: a new model for analyzing school culture. Management in Education, 20(3), 24-30.
Lakoff, G., Johnson, M. (1980). Metaphors we live by. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Leavy, A.M., McSorley F.A., Bote, L.A. (2007). An examination of what metaphor
construction reveals about the evolution of preservice teachers’ beliefs about teaching and learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 23(2007), 1217-1233.
Martinez, M.A., Saudela, N., Huber, G.L. (2001). Metaphors as Blueprints of Thinking About Teaching and Learning. Teaching and Teacher Education, 17, 965-977.
Morgan, G. (1986). Images of Organization. Sage Publications.
Saban, A. (2013). Prospective primary teachers’ metaphorical images of learning. Journal of Teaching and Education, 2(1), 195–202.
Schoen, L.T., Teddlie, Ch. (2008). A New Model of School Culture: A Response to a Call for Conceptual Clarity. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 19(2), 129-153.
Torres, L.L. (2022). School organizational culture and leadership: Theoretical trends and new analytical proposals. Education Sciences, 12, 254.
 
12:45 - 13:3033 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Poster

A Gender Manifesto For Schools Created by Transgender Youth, Cisgender Peers and School Staff.

Charlotte Demeyer, Jana Verguchten, Indra Vanoverbeke

VIVES University, Belgium

Presenting Author: Verguchten, Jana

Because every European citizen should feel safe and be able to be themselves, recent legislative developments, case law and policy initiatives have been evoked to improve people’s lives and to build equal and welcoming societies, including for LGBTQIA+ people. Nevertheless, this has not always been translated into clear improvements in their lives. Discrimination against LGBTQIA+ people persists throughout the EU and they are still unable to be themselves without the risk of social exclusion and the feeling to be threatened. The European Union Fundamental Rights Agency’s (FRA) LGBT survey identified transgender persons as particularly vulnerable to hate crimes and unlikely to report them (EU-LGBTI II, 2020). Despite that, anti-trans violence has become the focus of attention in European and international policy discussions and research in recent years (e.g. the LGBTIQ Equality Strategy 2020-2025), there is still a need for more research focusing on the strengths and opportunities from the transgender persons' perspective. As many are still vulnerable to being bullied at school, experience gender-related violence in society and at home and are not being accepted by significant others. Parents of transgender persons report high levels of bullying, lack of attention for transgender persons in the anti-bullying policy at school, lack of understanding and exclusion from staff and inconvenient rules regarding bathroom use, school uniforms and sports participation (Johnson et al., 2014). This also has an impact on student learning. Therefore, efforts should be made to make secondary schools more transgender inclusive and supportive (Beemyn, 2012).

In this project, we aimed 1) to increase resilience of transgender youth within the school context and 2) to guide educational professionals on how they can combat and prevent violence and bullying against transgender youth. Both by developing a gender manifesto. We want to raise awareness and improve skills of educational professionals to counter stereotyping, stigmatization, pathologizing, discrimination, harassment and bullying affecting trans people. The research question of this project is: How can we enhance the resilience of transgender youth and develop a trans-sensitive environment in secondary schools through the use of a gender manifesto?

As such, we hope to facilitate community building at school. Community building consists of creating an inclusive school culture in which every individual feels at comfort. For this, a shared vision between teacher, (transgender) student and parents is essential and was captured in the manifesto. Research shows that there is a need for this type of approaches to make school-wide changes, rather than just focusing on the safety of the transgender community (Sergiovanni, 2022).

What makes this project innovative, is that it aims to strengthen the resilience of transgender youth (16-25 years old) in a bottom up manner, using a co-creative research approach, instead of victimizing transgender people (van Dijk-de Vries et al., 2020). Inspired by the Lundy Model of child participation, transgender youth received a voice, platform and safe space to influence society (Kennan et al., 2019). This can help to reduce the impact of victimization on the mental health of trans youth, helping them to speak openly about violence, feel more confident in coping with violence, to find social support and to report experiences of violence.

In this European CERV project educational professionals (n=6), transgender youth (n=5) and cis gender peers (n=4) were involved to create the manifesto. This gender manifesto describes how school teachers can broaden their view on gender education and how schools can make (minor) adjustments to meet the needs of transgender individuals.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this project we worked together with psychologists  of the UZ Ghent Centre for Sexology and Gender. We first conducted a literature review about community building in education and resilience, specifically focussing on LGBTQIA+.

During a co-creation session, transgender youth (16-25y) (n=10) brainstormed about the content, set up and conditions of the module. Based on these findings and the literature study , the content of the module was developed and a manual was created.
Participants for the module were recruited by UZ Ghent as all selected participants  were undergoing treatment at the UZ Ghent or were on the waiting list. The module took place in the UZ Ghent, in order to ensure a safe and familiar environment for the participants. All researchers, involved in the module, received a training about trans-sensitive approaches before the  module started. If necessary, psychologists were available for the participants.

The module consisted of five sessions of half a day. During the first session, transgender youth brainstormed about the concept “’gender manifesto”.  On the  second session, the participants brought a cis peer to discuss the concept again.  They reflected on the main topics that should be in a gender manifesto and started the writing process. At the end of this session the participants were encouraged to contact an educational professional and the researchers also contacted some educational professionals. In the third session, the transgender youth presented the main topics of the gender manifesto to the educational professionals. Together they discussed the format of the output. During the fourth workshop transgender youth finalized the manifesto. At the final session, transgender youth presented their poster (the gender manifesto) to a broader public of educational professionals and a panel discussion took place.

Before the start and at the end of the module, pre- and post-tests were administered to the participants. These pre- and post-tests were used to measure self-esteem and their overall quality of life and were set up based on existing questionnaires such as the Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale (RSES) and the WHOQoL-BREF. Besides the pre-and post-tests, a focus group, supervised by the psychologists and co-design specialized researchers, was held to gather qualitative data as well. This way, we collected both qualitative and quantitative data from the participants that gave us insight into how they experience the module and how following the module influences their resilience.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We can conclude that the creation of the gender manifesto increased the resilience of the trans youth as well. Different participants spoke about an increase in the dare to speak out. The educational professionals involved in this study moreover mentioned that they learned new knowledge about transgender youth and that they recognize the need for being more sensitive towards transgender youth at school. They also indicate that sometimes little things can provide big changes (e.g. let transgender youth express their pronoun, provide gender neutral mails,…).

From various items in the surveys, we can deduce that transgender young people also see a role for teachers to strengthen their resilience at school. As such, the main message is that it is important to enhance and reinforce the role of educational professionals in making transgender youth more resilience by taking action in the educational practice.

The poster of the gender manifesto is now used as didactic tool by transgender health professionals in trainings. This gender manifesto is also integrated as didactic material in different courses of the VIVES university of applied sciences. As such, we hope to increase the trans-sensitivity of (future) professionals in order to increase the resilience of transgender youth.
Developing this manifesto helped to strengthen the resilience of the participants and contributed to the community building objective, but also helped to raise awareness and brought this topic to the attention of schools. The gender manifesto can be found on our project website and has been shared with our national and European stakeholders to ensure a widespread implementation.


References
Beemyn, G. (2012). The experiences and needs of transgender community college students. Community College Journal of Research and Practice, 36(7), 504-510.

FRA, EU-LGBTI II - A long way to go for LGBTI equality (14 May 2020) (FRA, second LGBTI survey)  

Johnson D., Silkorski, J;, Savage, TA & Woitaswksi, SA (2014). ouders van jongeren die zich identificeren als transgender: een verkennend onderzoek. Forum voor schoolpsychologie, 8(1), 56–74.

Kennan, D., Brady, B., & Forkan, C. (2019). Space, voice, audience and influence: the Lundy model of participation (2007) in child welfare practice. Practice, 31(3), 205-218. 

van Dijk-de Vries, A., Stevens, A., van der Weijden, T., & Beurskens, A. J. (2020). How to support a co-creative research approach in order to foster impact. The development of a Co-creation Impact Compass for healthcare researchers. PLoS One, 15(10), e0240543. 

Sergiovanni, T. J. (2022). Building community in schools. San Francisco: JosseyBass


33. Gender and Education
Poster

Gender in national curricular documents. A multiple case comparative study of Sweden, Ireland, Estonia and Czechia

Anna Donovalová

Charles University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Donovalová, Anna

Equality is currently one of the most debated aspects of the curriculum and the revisions of curricular documents and the educational strategies of all four analysed countries formulates gender and gender equality as an important issue to address (Ministerstvo školství, mládeže a tělovýchovy, 2020; Higher education authority, 2017; Ministry of Education and Research, 2021; Swedish government, 2018). It is also one of the key issue within strategies and policies produces by the European union concerning education and gender equality.

This study focuses on the topic of gender and gender equality in the curriculum of four countries whose curricular documents have recently been revised, or are in the process of revision, and which are characterized by diametrically different social discourse and level of gender equality (as indicated in Gender Equality Index conducted by the European Institute of Gender Equality) - Sweden, Ireland, Estonia and the Czech Republic (European Institute for Gender Equality, 2023). The study analyses and then compares the national curricular documents of all four countries, maps how and where the topic of gender and gender equality, as well as gender principles, are present and how they are thematized.

The aim of this study is to analyse various curricular documents from countries that score across the Gender equality index (both in overall results an withing the area of knowledge) from best to worst, to map if and how each curricular document integrate, thematize and conceptualize the topic of gender and gender equality. By studying national curricular documents and the ways in which gender and the principles of gender equality are integrated into these documents we can identify the examples of good practices, which can be inspiring during the process of curriculum revisions. Combining the results from various curricular documents will help create an analytical scheme, a categorical system that will be used as a tool to analyse curricular documents and to integrate different aspects of gender into curriculum.

Science provides reliable knowledge about the empirical world that is reproduced (also) in the school environment. It is therefore absolutely crucial that it includes the gender dimension and perspective (Harding, 2016) and the principles of gender equality.

Curricular documents are created different levels, this study analyses curriculum documents at the state (national) level (Dvořák, 2012).Gender and gender equality topics can be presented in the school environment within the intended curriculum as expressed in the official state curriculum documents (Dvořák, 2012). The study follows the aspects of feminist pedagogy and the notion that knowledge is a social construct. According to Lawton (1975), curriculum is a selection from culture and society and it is not possible for everything to appear here. Whether the issue of gender will be included in this selection depends on the approach of a particular society or culture to this topic (Elwood, 2016).

Mainstreaming gender equality into education within the European Union is one of the focuses of EU policies as we see that inequalities (in this case gender inequalities) are persistent in education in EU countries, although to a different level in each country (Driel, Donlevy & Melstveit Roseme, 2023). The focus of many studies dealing with the issue of gender (in)equalities in the education content is on textbooks and teaching materials with only few of them analysing the curricular documents.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study employs a qualitative research design, specifically a multiple case study approach (Hunziker & Blankenagel, 2021), to analyse and compare national curricular documents for primary and lower secondary schools in Sweden, Ireland, Estonia, and Czechia.

The data were chosen based on the criteria of availability, language (the curricular documents had to be available in an official English translation) and most importantly based on the results of Gender Equality Index (countries scoring across the index from best to worst scores). The analysed data are the official curriculum documents from each of the four countries – the Czech Framework Educational Program for Primary Education, Irish The Primary School Curriculum, Framework for Junior Cycle, Swedish Curriculum for the Compulsory School, Preschool Class and School-age Educare, and Estonian National Curricula for Basic Schools.

The analysis methods used in this study are content analysis and critical discourse analysis. Content analysis allows for the systematic examination of the content of the curriculum documents (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005), while critical discourse analysis provides a deeper understanding of the social and cultural contexts that shape the representation of gender in these documents (Rogers, 2008).

To facilitate the analysis, the documents were coded in the programme atlas.ti. Coding involves assigning labels to sections of the text to identify themes and patterns (Belotto, 2018). This process enables the systematic and objective analysis of the curriculum documents and aids in the comparison across different national contexts (Elliott, 2018).

The methodology involves two main stages of analysis. First, each set of curriculum documents is analysed separately from the perspective of the conceptualization of gender equality. This involves examining the processing of the topics of gender and gender equality, the explicit naming of this topic, and the principles of gender equality.
The aim is to identify where these criteria appear in the curriculum documents, where they are absent, and where they are not explicitly named but are implicitly present.
Following the individual analysis, the curriculum documents are then compared with each other. This comparative analysis allows for a broader understanding of how gender equality is conceptualized and represented in different national contexts.

This methodology provides a robust framework for examining and comparing the representation of gender equality in national curricular documents. It offers valuable insights into the similarities and differences in how gender equality is conceptualized and represented in different national educational contexts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the document comparison show a different concept of gender equality as well as a different direction of educational goals, which in all three countries is in line with the social discourse. The comparison offers the opportunity to describe the processing of gender equality topics, to identify places where there is room for the inclusion of gender equality and principles that can be incorporated into curriculum documents. The open approach of the Swedish curriculum is different from the Czech and Irish approaches. By comparing the three curriculum documents, we can analyse each curriculum again and outline the possibilities of conceptualizing gender equality.

The level of integration and conceptualization of the topics of gender and gender equality is vastly different across the four documents. While Sweden has incorporated gender equality into curricular documents not only as a topic but also within the goals of education and the school environment, the Czech and Irish curriculum documents focus more generally on equality and it´s various aspects. Even the goals in these curricular documents relate primarily to equality in general. The Estonian curriculum contains less mentions of gender or gender equality than the Irish documents, but covers many aspects of gender dimension.

The comparison of the documents offers an optics through which a country can view their national curricular documents, identify room for integration of gender and gender equality and possibly even get inspired during the process of revision of the curricular documents.

References
Belotto, M. (2018). Data Analysis Methods for Qualitative Research: Managing the Challenges of Coding, Interrater Reliability, and Thematic Analysis. The Qualitative Report. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2018.3492
Driel, B. V., Donlevy, V., & Melstveit Roseme, M. (2023). Issue paper on gender equality in and through education. Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture (European Commission).
Dvořák, D. (2012). Od osnov ke standardům: Proměny kurikulární teorie a praxe. Univerzita Karlova v Praze, Pedagogická fakulta.
Elliott, V. (2018). Thinking about the Coding Process in Qualitative Data Analysis. The Qualitative Report. https://doi.org/10.46743/2160-3715/2018.3560
Elwood, J. (2016). Gender and the Curriculum. In D. Wyse, L. Hayward, & J. Pandya (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Curriculum, Pedagogy and Assessment (pp. 247-262).
European Institute for Gender Equality. (2023). Gender Equality Index 2023: Towards a green transition in transport and energy. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2839/64810
Government Offices of Sweden. (2018). Strategy for Sweden's Development Cooperation for Global Gender Equality and Women's and Girls' Rights 2018–2022. Government Offices of Sweden. https://www.government.se/contentassets/3e6be18734b94807b98a7b4d4c970d81/strategygenderequalityandwomensrights-002.pdf.
Harding, S. G. (1991). Whose science? Whose knowledge? thinking from women’s lives. Cornell University Press.
Hsieh, H.-F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis. Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277–1288. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732305276687
Hunziker, S., & Blankenagel, M. (2021). Multiple Case Research Design. In S. Hunziker & M. Blankenagel, Research Design in Business and Management (s. 171–186). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-34357-6_9.
Mareš, J. (2015). Tvorba případových studií pro výzkumné účely. Pedagogika. 65(2). 113-142.
Ministry of Education and Research. (2021). Estonian Education Strategy 2021-2035. Ministry of Education and Research.
Rogers, R. (2008). Critical Discourse Analysis in Education. In N. H. Hornberger (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Language and Education (s. 810–825). Springer US.


33. Gender and Education
Poster

Elevating Educational Awareness: Exploring Modern Rape Myths in European Discourse

Marlena Mitka, Pamela Hyży

University of Silesia in Katowice, Poland

Presenting Author: Mitka, Marlena; Hyży, Pamela

The concept of "rape myths" emerged in the 1970s, from feminist and sociological theories (Schwendinger, Schwendinger, 1974; Brownmiller, 1975). The term was created to explain a set of cultural beliefs, rooted in sexual aggression against girls and women (Payne et al. 1999). The researcher, who developed one of the first diagnostic tools to study the phenomenon, defined rape myths as "prejudices, stereotypes or false beliefs about rape, rape victims or rapists" (Burt, 1980, p. 129). A similar definition, but broader, was proposed by Lonsway and Fitzgerald (1994), who described rape myths as ‘attitudes and beliefs that are generally false but widely and persistently held, and that serve to deny and justify male sexual aggression against women’ (p. 134). Furthermore, rape myths are designed to perpetuate sexual violence by blaming the victim, absolving the perpetrator, and rationalizing acts of sexual aggression. In addition, they serve to blame the victim, acquit the perpetrator, and downplay the seriousness of sexual violence.

Research on the existence and impact of rape myths today is extensive, making it clear that the widespread acceptance of rape myths spans diverse societies, cultures, and diverse social groups. Rape myths are dynamic risk factors that contribute to violent behavior and influence people's perceptions of acts of sexual assault, victims as well as rapists. They also play a role in maintaining false beliefs about sexual violence. Rape myths influence the widespread tendency to trivialize and naturalize the problem of sexual violence, to despise victims, and to devalue them.

The primary aim of the systematic research review is to precisely identify, analyze, and comprehend prevailing rape myths in Europe. Furthermore, its aim is to delineate the functioning of myths concerning sexual assault and identify factors influencing their prevalence. Our goal is to gain a deeper understanding of the cultural and social aspects associated with this phenomenon.

We have identified the main research questions as the subject of our study:

  1. What factors contribute to the perpetuation of myths about rape in Europe?
  2. What are the mechanisms related to the functioning of rape myths in European societies?
  3. What are the most common contemporary rape myths in Europe?
  4. What educational and pedagogical solutions do researchers propose in this area?

Understanding and debunking these myths is crucial for fostering a safer and more informed society. By unraveling the deeply ingrained cultural beliefs associated with sexual aggression, educational efforts can address and challenge these misconceptions. In essence, these research endeavors not only contribute to academic knowledge but also hold immense potential for shaping educational practices, fostering a society that rejects harmful beliefs, and creating safer environments for all.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study conducted a systematic review of rape myths. A comprehensive search was performed using three multidisciplinary research databases: ProQuest, Scopus and ERIH Plus. The choice of these databases was motivated by their global recognition and the wide range of scientific literature, which provided an in-depth exploration of the available research on the topic. The study focused on peer-reviewed articles from English-language journals published between 2013 and 2023, particularly material from the European context.
Strict criteria were applied in the selection process, excluding non-peer-reviewed material and considering only research conducted in Europe or affiliated with European research departments. The selected timeframe (2013-2023) aimed to capture recent developments in conceptions of rape myth, aligning with significant social changes and events such as the #MeToo campaign.
The search yielded a total of 2,507 results from selected databases. After eliminating irrelevant studies by analyzing titles and abstracts and removing duplicates, 116 articles were subjected to full-text analysis. After a thorough review, 24 articles were excluded based on eligibility criteria, resulting in the inclusion of 92 articles in the systematic review.
The two-step process included individual checking by two reviewers, resolving discrepancies through discussion. Selected articles were reviewed in detail to gain insight into proposed solutions to change harmful beliefs about rape myths. This systematic approach ensured the inclusion of relevant and recent literature, contributing to a comprehensive understanding of efforts to address and change perceptions of rape myths in European societies.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analyses conducted as part of the research project provide evidence of a number of factors determining the perpetuation and spread of these myths. Among the most important are sociodemographic factors, such as gender, age and educational level, as well as the influence of cultural and media messages, political ideology and legal norms. In addition, the phenomenon under discussion is so complex that the scientific literature describes numerous mechanisms and theories related to the functioning of rape myths. One of the most popular of these is to blame the victim, while excusing and minimizing the role of the perpetrator. Moreover, the Cognitive Schemas/Scipts Theory provides a framework for understanding the functioning of rape myths in society. Also noteworthy are the Defense Mechanism, Compassion Fatigue, Anticipatory Bias, and the Story Model or Sexual Economy Theory. The survey shows that there is a noticeable convergence in the prevailing contemporary beliefs about rape myths in European communities. Among these, two significant issues stand out: (a) the belief that perpetrators are more likely to be people unknown to the victim, and (b) the widespread blaming of the victim for the rape, especially when the victim was under the influence of intoxicating substances such as alcohol or drugs.
Few researchers have addressed the educational aspect in their research. Unfortunately, most of these publications provided only suggestions and guidelines. The authors only emphasized the need for long-term and carefully thought-out public campaigns, as well as the introduction of topics related to rape myths into sex education programs. There were proposals for educating employees, but there was a lack of implied suggestions. In the next phase of our research project, we plan to identify and analyze current educational solutions to sexual violence myths.

References
Adolfsson, K., & Strömwall, L. A. (2017). Situational variables or beliefs? A multifaceted approach to understanding blame attributions. Psychology, Crime & Law, 23(6), 527–552.
Bevens, C. L., Brown, A. L., & Loughnan, S. (2018). The role of self-objectification and women’s blame, sympathy, and support for a rape victim. PLOS ONE, 13(6).
Brooker, P., & Butler, C. (2021). Rape myths in practice: The everyday work of accounting for rape survivors. Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 8(1).
Brownmiller, S. (1975). Against our will: Men, women, and rape. New York: Penguin Books.
van der Bruggen, M., & Grubb, A. R. (2014). A review of the literature relating to rape victim blaming: An analysis of the impact of observer and victim characteristics on attribution of blame in rape cases. Aggression and Violent Behavior, 19, 523–531.
Burt, M. (1980). Rape myths. [In] M. E. Odem i J. Clay-Warner (red.), Confronting rape and sexual assault. Wilmington, Del.: Scholarly Resources.
Davies, M., Gilston, J., & Rogers, P. (2012). Examining the relationship between male rape myth acceptance, female rape myth acceptance, victim blame, homophobia, gender roles, and ambivalent sexism. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 27(14), 2807–2823.
Dawtry, R. J., Cozzolino, P. J., & Callan, M. J. (2019). I blame therefore it was: Rape myth acceptance, victim blaming, and memory reconstruction. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 45(8), 1269–1282.
Lilley, C., Willmott, D., Mojtahedi, D., & Labhardt, D. (2023). Intimate partner rape: A review of six core myths surrounding women’s conduct and the consequences of intimate partner rape. Social Sciences, 12(1), 34.
Lonsway, K. A., & Fitzgerald, L. F. (1994). Rape myths in review. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 18, 133-164.
Payne, D. L., Lonsway, K. A., & Fitzgerald, L. F. (1999). Rape myth acceptance: Exploration of its structure and its measurement using Illinois Rape Myth Acceptance Scale. Journal of Research in Personality, 33, 27–68.
Samji, K., & Vasquez, E. A. (2019). The link between myths about sexual aggression and sexual objectification via hostile attitudes toward women. Journal of Sexual Aggression, 26(3), 385–393.
Schwendinger, J. R., & Schwendinger, H. (1974). Rape myths: In legal, theoretical, and everyday practice. Crime and Social Justice, 1, 18–26.
Sirvent Garcia del Valle, E. (2019). Acceptability of sexual violence against women in Spain: Demographic, behavioral, and attitudinal correlates. Violence Against Women, 26(10).


33. Gender and Education
Poster

Gender Equality in STEM Education, How Can Teachers Reflect on Their Lessons?

Jan Ardies, Kato Luyckx, Eva Dierickx

AP University of Applied Sciences and Arts, Antwerpen, Belgium

Presenting Author: Luyckx, Kato

Despite the equal talent of girls in STEM, they are less likely to choose STEM-related fields, a trend reflected in the labour market. To address this societal challenge in education, we developed the Gender Sensitive Education Checklist (GSEC) and corresponding workshop. This reflection tool for teachers focuses on 4 pillars on which teachers can focus. The GESC helps them make timely adjustments to their lessons, supporting all children, regardless of their gender, more effectively in their STEM careers.

The four pillars of the checklist

Awareness of gender biases is crucial for gender equity. Teachers should avoid a so called “gender blind” attitude (Garrahy, 2001) that overlooks gender differences and historical disparities. Recognizing how our thoughts and actions are changing, depending on the gender of the pupil that we’re interacting with, is the first step in creating gender-sensitive STEM lessons (Consuegra et al., 2013). Therefore, ‘awareness’ forms the first pillar of the Gender Sensitive Education Checklist (GSEC), which includes reflective questions for teachers.

The second pillar focuses on girls’ representation in technology. Early imaging and framing in STEM are often formed by stereotypes about boys’ superiority in STEM, which can deter girls (Brown, 2021). Therefor, critically examining study materials for these stereotypes and implementing positive female role models can influence attitudes of all students (Cheryan et al., 2011; Smeding 2012).

Classroom interactions, the third pillar, are influenced by gender biases (Consuegra et al., 2016). Stereotypical language (example: “I need 2 strong boys”) can reinforce existing stereotypes (Rhodes et al., 2019). Implementing small changes can boost girls’ interest in STEM, such as explicitly addressing the female word for a profession instead of the regular ‘male’ form (in Dutch: there is a female and male word for most professions).

The fourth pillar pertains to pedagogical methodologies. The integration of students’ personal experiences into the curriculum can enhance engagement and performance, particularly for those with diminished expectations of success (Hulleman & Harackiewicz, 2009). A STEM curriculum contextualized within societal and experiential frameworks appears to be favored by female students as it strengthens the idea of being able to make a significant societal contribution. Previous research suggests that female students exhibit heightened motivation when provided with opportunities to design and conduct their own investigations (Ardies et al, 2015).

The workshops

We organised workshops to foster gender sensitivity in STEM education, introducing the checklist. This two-hour workshop systematically overviewed all pillars: general gender awareness, imaging girls, classroom interactions, and teaching methods. Theoretical underpinnings and relevance were elucidated, punctuated with practical examples and participant interaction. The workshop’s design ensured effective elements like context-specific approaches and reflective practice. Utilizing appreciative inquiry we facilitated the transition from current reality to a gender-sensitive STEM future, resulting in tangible plans and growth areas.

Summarizing the results

This study, conducted with 58 participants who participated in the workshop using the GESC, aimed to support gender-sensitive teaching in STEM through a checklist and workshop. The checklist was found useful for organizing gender-sensitive lessons, and suggestions for wider dissemination were made. Most teachers found the workshop valuable and reported changes in their behaviour. However, these changes were self-reported and not measured directly. More professional development options are recommended, as one workshop may not lead to sustainable changes in attitudes and behaviour. Longer, more in-depth professional development courses could provide more support (Merchie et al., 2016). Despite some teachers expressing doubts about reusing the checklist, most participants gained new insights and intended to make behavioural changes for a more inclusive classroom. Thus, the checklist and workshop show promise in promoting gender sensitivity in STEM education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We developed a checklist and accompanying workshop consisting of the four pillars, described previously in the abstract, that were the result of a literature review and. Both the workshop and the GESC were developed to support teachers in critically looking at their own practices and promoting more gender-sensitive teaching activities where possible. This led us to the following two research questions:  
• How do teachers and education professionals experience the checklist and the accompanying workshop?  
• What are teachers’ perceptions about their gender-sensitive teaching, and do they experience a difference after using the checklist and participating in a workshop?
In the first phase, we designed the checklist and workshop, based on literature review. Next, the instrument was reviewed and re-designed through multiple feedback-loops. The study was conducted on a representative but relatively small group of 58 participants, including teachers and STEM expert-trainers of which 42 evaluated the workshop and checklist, who each evaluated the GESC and accompanying workshop by filling out questionnaires.
In the first feedback loop, STEM expert-trainers reviewed the instrument and workshop. Based on their feedback, the instrument was revised and tested in a second feedback loop by teachers. A third version of the instrument was evaluated by student-teachers. Afterwards, a fourth and final version of the Gender Sensitive Education Scale was redesigned.  
After the workshop, we asked the participants to complete a questionnaire about the checklist and the workshop.  
In general, we surveyed teachers' perceived self-esteem about gender-sensitive teaching with two questions. For this, the respondents could indicate to what extent they agreed with questions about their gender-sensitive teaching. Next to open ended questions, participants indicated on a 5-point Likert scale about the usefulness and general clarity of the checklist. Finally, participants answered three open questions about their perceptions of the checklist.
Moreover, the workshop was evaluated with a Likert scale questionnaire and open questions over the participants experiences.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data was analysed about both the GESC and  the accompanying workshop. A first conclusion points out that the checklist was found to be a useful and a practical tool to help organise teaching activities in a more gender-sensitive way. Post-workshop, most teachers felt they were already somewhat engaged in gender-sensitive teaching. The checklist was deemed easy to use and interpret by most participants, with 32 finding it helpful for organizing more gender-sensitive lessons. However, 13 doubted they would reuse it, citing reasons such as it being cumbersome or confusing. Despite this, they indicated they would still strive for more gender-sensitive lessons.
Second, the workshop was found informative by almost all participants, providing new insights, and influencing future teaching practices. Mentioned changes included paying more attention to language and the representation of women in course materials. More complex adjustments in didactics or pedagogical approaches were less discussed, possibly due to their less immediate visibility or existing familiarity among teachers.
A sidenote to these results is we didn’t measure teachers’ factual change in behaviour, nor their capabilities. We only examined their ambitions and self-indicated sense of growth in this subject. Nevertheless, multiple studies showed that teachers’ perceptions, self-efficacy, and ambitions to change their lessons can be seen as an indicator for actual change in teaching behaviour (Chen et al, 2021).
In conclusion, most of the participants indicated that they had gained new insights during the workshop and by using the checklist, and showed intentions for behavioural changes in the classroom, to make this a more inclusive and ambitious place for all students. The checklist and workshop therefore seem promising in promoting more gender sensitivity in (STEM-)education.

References
Ardies,J., De Maeyer,S., & Gijbels,D. (2015). A longitudinal study on boys’ and girls’ career aspirations and interest in technology. Research in Science & Technological Education, 33(3),366–386. https://doi.org/10.1080/02635143.2015.1060412  
Brown,S.C. (2021). Unraveling bias: How prejudice has shaped children for generations and why it's time to break the cycle. BenBella Books.
Chen,Y.L., Huang,LF., & Wu,P.C. (2021). Preservice preschool teachers’ self-efficacy in and need for STEM education professional development: STEM pedagogical belief as a mediator. Early Childhood Education Journal, 49, 137–147. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-020-01055-3  
Cheryan,S., Siy,J.O., Vichayapai,M., Drury,B.J., & Kim,S. (2011). Do female and male role models who embody STEM stereotypes hinder women’s anticipated success in STEM? Social Psychological and Personality Science, 2(6),656–664. https://doi.org/10.1177/1948550611405218  
Consuegra,E., Engels,N., & Struyven,K. (2013). Gender differentiated classroom interaction: A systematic review and theoretical perspectives from appreciative learning approaches. Procedia – Social and Behavioral Sciences, 228,293–298. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2016.07.043  
Consuegra,E., Engels,N., & Willegems,V. (2016). Using video-stimulated recall to investigate teacher awareness of explicit and implicit gendered thoughts on classroom interactions. Teachers and Teaching, 22(6),683-699.
Garrahy,D.A. (2001). Three third-grade teachers' gender-related beliefs and behavior. The Elementary School Journal, 102,81–94. https://doi.org/10.1086/499694  
Hulleman,C.S., & Harackiewicz,J.M. (2009). Promoting interest and performance in high school science classes. Science, 326(5958),1410–1412. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.11770  
McGuire,L., Mulvey,K.L., Goff,E., Irvin,M.J., Winterbottom,M., Fields,G., ... & Rutland,A. (2020). STEM gender stereotypes from early childhood through adolescence at informal science centers. Journal of applied developmental psychology, 67,101-109.
Merchie, E., Tuytens, M., Devos, G., & Vanderlinde, R. (2016). Hoe kan je de impact van professionalisering voor leraren in kaart brengen?. Departement Onderwijs en Vorming.
Rhodes,M., Leslie,S.J., Yee,K.M., & Saunders,K. (2019). Subtle linguistic cues increase girls’ engagement in science. Psychological Science, 30(3),455–466. https://doi.org/10.1177/0956797618823670
 
12:45 - 13:3034 SES 05.5 A: General Poster Session
Location: Anastasios G. Leventis Building Ground Floor / Outside Area and Basement Level / Open Area
General Poster Session
 
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Poster

Fostering Equality in Citizenship Learning Practices: A Systematic Review of Inequalities in Students’ Citizenship Education and the Role of Schools

Margaux Pyls, Free De Backer, Jerich Faddar, Koen Lombaerts

Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium

Presenting Author: Pyls, Margaux

A healthy and thriving democratic society needs active, informed, and responsible citizens (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2017), in which Citizenship Education (CE) plays an important role. CE prepares students for active engagement in social and political life, while fostering respect for the participation of others (Geijsel et al., 2012). Schools, functioning as miniature societies, provide opportunities for students to reflect on and engage with issues related to citizenship and democracy (Joris, 2022) and facilitate the development of students’ participatory and decision-making skills (Godfrey & Grayman, 2014). In this setting, schools cultivate real-world citizenship practices that enable students to apply theoretical knowledge in practical situations. Lawy and Biesta (2006) make a clear distinction within CE, highlighting the difference between ‘citizenship-as-achievement' and ‘citizenship-as-practice'. Citizenship-as-achievement represents a narrow interpretation of citizenship, suggesting that young people should act and behave in a certain way to achieve their citizenship status. This study approaches CE as an ongoing developmental practice, where citizenship-as-practice encompasses various aspects, including daily activities, behaviours, and engagements that collectively contribute to one’s sense of being a citizen. Citizenship-as-practice provides a more robust and inclusive framework for understanding and supporting young people’s citizenship learning, removing the distinction between citizens and not-yet-citizens (Lawy & Biesta, 2006).

In this perspective, all citizens should have the opportunity to develop citizenship competences, such as civic knowledge, political behaviour, societal involvement, and democratic attitudes. However, research has shown that these competences are unequally distributed among student groups based on cognitive level, gender, family socio-economic status, and ethnic background (Geijsel et al., 2012; Nieuwelink et al., 2019; Thijs et al., 2019). In other words, opportunities to practice and develop citizenship are not equally accessible to all students, and thus the way CE is enacted in schools often reproduces social inequalities (Rinnooy Kan et al., 2021). For example, research indicates that objectives and practices within CE can differ between different educational tracks, with pre-vocational students having fewer opportunities to engage in discussions or debates about everyday activities and socio-political issues compared to those in the pre-academic track (Nieuwelink et al., 2019). In addition, Campbell's (2008) study shows that school exacerbates existing differences in political knowledge, which is detrimental to the development of democratic and political attitudes. Furthermore, a global trend of increasing diversity in student populations, both academically and socio-culturally, challenges educational institutions to create inclusive and equitable environments within CE (Rinnooy Kan et al., 2021).

These developments call for a close examination of how a citizenship-as-practice approach can address social inequalities in citizenship learning practices and thus contribute to the citizenship competences of all students. Previous review studies (Campbell, 2019; Donbavand & Hoskins, 2021; Geboers et al., 2013) have enhanced our understanding of the effects of CE on different competences. However, as CE is not available to all students in the same way or to the same extent, there is a need for a systematic review that addresses inequalities in students’ CE and how schools can address them. The aim of this systematic review is to address this knowledge gap and to deepen our understanding of the following two questions: (1) What are the inequalities in students’ CE?, and (2) How can schools contribute to enhancing equality in students’ CE? The findings of this study have the potential to inform educational policy and practice and promote more equitable opportunities for all students to develop citizenship competences. In summary, this review contributes to the ongoing educational discourse on creating inclusive and participatory democratic societies through citizenship learning practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer our research questions, a systematic literature review will be conducted to examine existing knowledge and identify gaps about inequalities in students’ citizenship education and the potential role of schools in fostering equality in this domain. Practical recommendations and avenues for future research will also be formulated. The advantage of a systematic review is that it overcomes the methodological limitations of individual studies, thereby providing more robust evidence for future research, policy, and practice (Newman & Gough, 2020). We conducted the systematic review according to the following guidelines from Xiao and Watson (2019): (1) formulation of the research problem, (2) development and validation of the review protocol, (3) literature search, (4) screening for inclusion, (5) quality assessment, (6) data extraction, (7) data analysis and synthesis, and (8) reporting of findings (p.102).
 
The search syntax, constructed to explore the study population (i.e. students and compulsory education), the phenomena of interest (i.e. (in)equality), and the context (i.e. citizenship education), consists of three components combined with the Boolean operator “AND”. The first component includes terms related to CE, e.g. civic education, citizenship competences, - outcomes, - skills, and – practices. The second focuses on (in)equality and includes terms such as equal, unequal, equity, inclusion, difference, (in)justice, (un)fairness, discrimination, and diversity. The third includes search terms related to students. The search was conducted across relevant educational platforms, namely Web of Science, EBSCO, and Scopus, and targeted journal articles, research or evaluation reports, book chapters, conference papers, and dissertations. In order to obtain a comprehensive list of literature, we intend to conduct a backward search to identify relevant studies cited in the articles.

Two researchers will independently assess the identified studies against the inclusion and exclusion criteria using the Rayyan web application. The inclusion criteria are: (i) published in English, (ii) involving primary and secondary students, (iii) (in)equality in citizenship education, and (iv) published between 2000 and 2023. The exclusion criteria are: (i) outside English language areas, (ii) those not related to the target group, such as early childhood and kindergarten, higher education, (pre-, and in-service) teachers, and (iii) (in)equality in other teaching subjects. The screening process starts with an initial assessment based on the title and the abstract, followed by an eligibility assessment of the full text. A PRISMA flow diagram, as described by Xiao & Watson (2019), will be used to visually illustrate the findings of the literature search, screening, and quality assessment.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Research shows that schools can contribute to social equality (Campbell, 2008), but the impact of this study lies in examining inequalities in students’ CE and how schools can play a key role in promoting equality in this particular area. The expected outcomes of this systematic review include a comprehensive understanding of existing inequalities in citizenship learning practices between different student groups. Research has shown that citizenship competences are unequally distributed on the basis of educational tracks, gender, family socio-economic status, and ethnic background (Geijsel et al., 2012; Nieuwelink et al., 2019; Thijs et al., 2019). In addition, the global trend of increasing diversity in student populations also contributes to the challenge for schools to create inclusive and equitable environments within CE (Rinnooy Kan et al., 2021). Other factors that may lead to inequalities in students’ CE include parental involvement, differences in civic self-efficacy beliefs, language proficiency, disability, curriculum, student-teacher relationship, and students’ school belonging.
 
In addition, this study will also seek to answer the question of how schools can enhance equality in students' CE. For example, it has been repeatedly reported that an Open Classroom Climate (OCC) is positively associated with the development of students' citizenship competences (Campbell, 2008; Geboers et al., 2013; Godfrey & Grayman, 2014). Moreover, schools can contribute to students’ democratic attitudes by using a formal curriculum that includes specific citizenship courses and extracurricular activities (Nieuwelink et al., 2019). Furthermore, multicultural teaching emphasises the value of diverse cultures and the importance of equality (Thijs et al., 2019), and diversifying the teacher population has multiple benefits for students (Rinnooy Kan et al., 2021). Finally, this review will provide insights for improving opportunities for the practice and development of CE that are accessible to all students.

References
Campbell, D. E. (2008). Voice in the Classroom: How an Open Classroom Climate Fosters Political Engagement Among Adolescents. Political Behavior 30(4), 437–454. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11109-008-9063-z.

Campbell, D. E. (2019). What social scientists have learned about civic education: A review of the literature. Peabody Journal of Education, 94(1), 32–47. https://doi.org/10.1080/0161956X.2019.1553601.

Donbavand, S., & Hoskins, B. (2021). Citizenship education for political engagement; A systematic review of controlled trials. The Social Sciences, 10(5), 151. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci10050151.

European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2017). Citizenship Education at School in Europe – 2017. Eurydice Report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6b50c5b0-d651-11e7-a506-01aa75ed71a1/language-en.

Geboers, E., Geijsel, F., Admiraal, W., & Ten Dam, G. (2013). Review of the effects of citizenship education. Educational Research Review, 9, 158–173. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2012.02.001.

Geijsel, F., Ledoux, G., Reumerman, R., & ten Dam, G. (2012). Citizenship in young people’s daily lives: Differences in citizenship competences of adolescents in the Netherlands. Journal of Youth Studies, 15(6), 711-729. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2012.671932.

Godfrey, E. B., & Grayman, J. K. (2014). Teaching Citizens: The Role of Open Classroom Climate in Fostering Critical Consciousness Among Youth. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 43(11), 1801–1817. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-013-0084-5.

Joris, M. (2022). Citizenship: a matter of schooling? An educational inquiry into the normativity of citizenship education. [Doctoral dissertation, K.U. Leuven].

Lawy, R., & Biesta, G. (2006). Citizenship-as-practice: The educational implications of an inclusive and relationalunderstanding of citizenship. British Journal of Educational Studies, 54(1), 34–50. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8527.2006.00335.x.

Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2020). Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application. In O. Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerres, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond, & K. Buntins (Eds.), Systematic Reviews in Educational Research: Methodology, Perspectives and Application (pp. 3–33). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7_1.

Nieuwelink, H., Dekker, P., & Ten Dam, G. (2019). Compensating or reproducing? Students from different educational tracks and the role of school in experiencing democratic citizenship. Cambridge Journal of Education, 49(3), 275-292. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2018.1529738.

Rinnooy Kan, W. F., März, V., Volman, M., & Dijkstra, A. B. (2021). Learning from, through and about differences: A multiple case study on schools as practice grounds for citizenship. Social Sciences, 10(6), 200.https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci10060200.

Thijs, J., Keim, A. C., & Geerlings, J. (2019). Classroom identification in ethnic minority and majority students: Effects of relationships and ethnic composition. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 89(4), 707–725. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjep.12253.

Xiao, Y., & Watson, M. (2019). Guidance on Conducting a Systematic Literature Review. Journal of Planning Education and Research, 39(1), 93-112. https://doi.org/10.1177/0739456X17723971.
 
13:45 - 15:1500 SES 06 A: Research on Education in Uncertainty: Navigating Education through War and Conflict
Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Anna Aleksanyan
Panel Discussion
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion

Research on Education in Uncertainty: Navigating Education through War and Conflict

Anna Aleksanyan1, Heike Wendt1, Yuliana Melkumyan2, Oksana Zabolotna3, Zahra Hashimi4, Joanna Madalinska-Michalak5

1University of Graz, Austria; 2Yerevan State Univerity, Armenia; 3Pavlo Tychyna Uman State Pedagogical University, Ukraine; 4Omid Online School, Afghanistan; 5University of Warsaw, Poland

Presenting Author: Aleksanyan, Anna; Wendt, Heike; Melkumyan, Yuliana; Zabolotna, Oksana; Hashimi, Zahra; Madalinska-Michalak, Joanna

In the current education discourse there are no any models of education that can navigate pedagogical challenges in uncertain situations. War and conflict creates unique levels of uncertainty. How these shape educational settings and pedagogical situations is not well understood yet.

Education research should be ready to bring into the discussions unexpected uncertainties and try to find out comparative contextual elements and navigating indicators among specific cases[1]. When we try to discuss education in armed or hidden conflicts, we have to remember about the shock and stress under which education should be organised. Education must continue, no one knows how long uncertainty will take.

As of November 2023, according to UNICEF “400 million children – or about 1 child in every 5 – are living in or fleeing from conflict zones. They are losing family members and friends. And some are being recruited and used by armed forces or groups. Many of them have been displaced multiple times, risking separation from their families, losing critical years of education, and fraying ties to their communities” [2]. Even children grow up and become adults in this insecure reality, and it is not possible to know how long the insecurity will last and what the conditions and capacities for education will be.

When we look at the range of cases from different conflict countries [3], [4], [5], [6], we see how non-specifically organised educational spaces are in an intermediate state of uncertainty. These cases are sometimes unique and unexpected, but they are important for overcoming the challenges of educational processes in uncertainty. There is no country and no educational system that is safe from risky situations and long-term uncertainties. "We have to learn to deal with uncertainty... to calculate with uncertainty...” [7].

These facts confirm that there are no standard solutions for extraordinary educational situations. In an explosive war situation, conflicting countries try to find out ways to continue education processes facing different phenomena which are happening in parallel.

The unique cases should be discovered and presented with the case studies within this Special Discussion, spreading out important experiences of uncertain schooling and trying to highlight the models of navigation on pedagogical challenges. There is no country and any educational system that is ensured from risky situations. The countries, which are in the similar situations, don’t have the possibility to be informed about the important experiences and about the results of researches on the education under attack. This discussion is going to deliver and exchange important messages from the frontline, because education has to be continued even in the UNCERTAINTY. This discussion could provide valuable lessons applicable to building and sustaining academic, social, and individual learning and achievements for teachers and students, emphasizing resilience and adaptability in the face of complex challenges coming from different conflicting countries.

During this Special Session we are going to explore different case studies from schooling in uncertainty, discovering navigation of education through war and conflicts.

There will be discussion on the Case Studies on Schooling in Uncertainty from Afghanistan, Armenia, Ukraine, Iraq, as well as post-migration situation in Poland.

The following Case Studies will be presented:

  1. Schooling in Uncertainties: Education under the Atack
  2. War as a New Real for Helping Professions: Education Trends in the Context of Continuous Crisis
  3. Resilient Education: Sustaining the Future in the Shadows of War in Ukraine
  4. Omid Online School: A Solution for Girls' Education in Afghanistan
  5. Navigating Complexity: Successful School Principalship in in the Midst of War in Ukraine
  6. Barrier to access in higher education for displaced yazidi minorities in Iraq

References
[1] Gleick, J. (1988). Chaos: Making a New Science. London: Penguin Books.
[2] “Children live in a world that is increasingly hostile to their rights” by UNICEF Executive Director Catherin Russell. 20 November 2023. https://www.unicef.org/lac/en/press-releases/children-live-world-increasingly-hostile-their-rights#:~:text=%E2%80%9CWe%20estimate%20that%20today%2C%20400,by%20armed%20forces%20or%20groups.
[3] Werner, W. (2012). Children and war: Risk, resilience, and recovery. Development and Psychopathology, 24, P. 553-558. Cambridge University Press.
[4] The Hidden crisis: armed conflict and education; EFA global monitoring report, 2011. The hidden crisis: armed conflict and education | Global Education Monitoring Report (unesco.org)
[5] Education under attack: Attacks on schools, students and educators are attacks on children’s right to an education – and on their futures. UNICEF. https://www.unicef.org/education-under-attack
[6] War and Education. How a Year of the Full-scale Invasion Influenced Ukrainian Schools | Cedos. https://cedos.org.ua/en/researches/war-and-education-how-a-year-of-the-full-scale-invasion-influenced-ukrainian-schools/
[7] Lindley D., (2014). Understanding Uncertainty. Revised edition. WILEY press. P. 17.

Chair
Dr. Anna Aleksanyan,
 
13:45 - 15:1500 SES 06 B: Panel Discussion: Aligning Open Science to Educational Research -Potentials and Boundaries
Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid
Panel Discussion
 
00. Central & EERA Sessions
Panel Discussion

Panel Discussion: Aligning Open Science to Educational Research -Potentials and Boundaries

Christoph Schindler1, Klaus Rummler2, Marit Honerød Hoveid3, Maria Pacheco Figueiredo4, Paulina Korsnakova5

1DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education; 2Zurich University of Teacher Education; 3Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU); 4Polytechnic of Viseu; 5IEA Amsterdam

Presenting Author: Schindler, Christoph; Rummler, Klaus; Honerød Hoveid, Marit; Figueiredo, Maria Pacheco; Korsnakova, Paulina

This EERA session picks up on current developments under the name Open Science. The open movement and digitalization in scholarship are promoting a cultural shift in research towards accessibility, reusability and participation (UNESCO 2021). Open science has become an umbrella term for these developments. Open access, open data and open metrics are just some of the terms used.

While for decades scholarship did not need to review its basic infrastructures that supported and stabilised its research and scholarly communication some fundamental shifts are taking place. It is time to discuss, reflect and articulate our views and ideas about our scientific practice. Open Science offers this, but it encounters heterogeneous epistemic cultures and different national and institutional manifestations. Thus, Open Access and its changing funding model in educational research meets a bibliodiverse publication landscape, and open data meets heterogeneous epistemological practices (Rummler/Schindler 2018, Zee 2018, Dijk et al. 2021, Schindler et al. 2020, Krammer/Svecnik 2020). Therefore, open science needs to be adapted to the cultures and practices of educational research and its privileges and inequalities need to be balanced.

EERA has initiated a process to discuss and adjust open science to our heterogeneous practices and needs. At the EERA Council meeting and the Link Convenors networking seminar, we discussed Open Science and the specificities of different countries and research fields. The panel discussion aims to open up this process and invites you to participate and discuss initial ideas for an open research agenda at EERA. The panel discussion will start with a short introduction to the Open Science discourse (10 minutes), followed by a presentation of the draft Open Research Agenda at EERA (10 minutes). Marit Honerød Hoveid will then moderate the panel discussion, outlining various aspects of Open Science: Klaus Rummler addresses the topic of Open Access, Paulína Koršňáková addresses (open) research data, Christoph Schindler addresses open scientific information and Maria Figueiredo addresses the role that EERA can play. After short opening statements on each open science aspect, some questions will guide the panel discussion. To open the discussion, 30 minutes will be reserved for audience participation. The panel discussion will end with a short summary.

Please feel free to add your thoughts, ideas and questions before and during the session to this etherpad at:

https://yopad.eu/p/EERA-Open-Science-Session


References
Dijk, W. van, C. Schatschneider, and S. A. Hart. 2021. ‘Open Science in Education Sciences’. Journal of Learning Disabilities 54 (2): 139–52.
https://doi.org/10.1177/0022219420945267    
Krammer, G., and E. Svecnik. 2020. ‘Open Science als Beitrag zur Qualität in der Bildungsforschung’. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung. 10 (3): 263–78. https://doi.org/10.1007/s35834-020-00286-z  
Rummler, K. Schindler, C. (2018): Transforming the Publication Landscape in Educational Research through Open Access.
ECER 2018. https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/conference/23/contribution/45216/
UNESCO (2021): UNESCO Recommendation on Open Science. https://doi.org/10.54677/MNMH8546
Schindler, C. Veja, C., Hocker, J. , H. Kminek, and M. Meier. 2020. ‘Collaborative Open Analysis in a Qualitative Research Environment’. Education for Information 36 (3): 247–61. https://doi.org/10.3233/EFI-190261
Zee, T. van der, and J. Reich. 2018. ‘Open Education Science’. AERA Open 4 (3): 233285841878746. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858418787466

Chair
Marit Honerød Hoveid
 
13:45 - 15:1501 SES 06 A: Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (Part 2): Training of Mentors in the Diverse Educational Ecosystems
Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Hannu Heikkinen
Session Chair: Michelle Helms-Lorenz
Symposium Part 2/3, continued from 01 SES 04 A, to be continued in 01 SES 07 A
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium

Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (PART 2): Training of Mentors in the Diverse Educational Ecosystems

Chair: Hannu Heikkinen (University of Jyväskylä)

Discussant: Michelle Helms-Lorenz (Univeristy of Groningen)

This symposium series, consisting of three consecutive symposia, is organised by the European network Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (TIME) which has been organised as a network project of the Network 1 “Professional Learning and Development” of EERA since 2021. The aim of the network is to bring together researchers interested in supporting and mentoring new teachers during the induction phase. The network has organised various meetings of researchers to promote cooperation between researchers working on mentoring and induction practices, not only at the ECER conference, but also, for example, at the NERA conference. The network is also in the process of editing a European anthology of this research.

A variety of research and development work on induction and mentoring is explored as a part of teachers’ continuing professional learning and development within a broader ecosystem of educational practices. The research is based on the assumption that induction and mentoring are seen as part of teachers' ongoing professional learning and development and as part of a wider set of practices that can be called an ecosystem of professional development.

The Part 2 of this three-part symposium presents three studies on innovative mentoring programs and their impact on mentors, mentees, and the educational community at large, with a special focus on education of mentors as a common unifying element.

The first study, part of the NEST project, investigates a mentoring program across seven European education systems, specifically targeting teachers in disadvantaged schools. The adaptive mentor training was designed to address the unique needs of mentored teachers. The study, involving 229 mentors and 1,603 beginning teachers, assesses changes in mentor practices and the perceived fit between mentoring practices and mentee needs. Results show a positive shift in mentor practices over time, with the intervention group reporting higher satisfaction in the alignment between practices and needs.

The second paper explores the experiences of teachers participating in a school-based mentor education program within a University-School partnership project. Employing a mixed-methods approach, the study reveals insights into professional learning (PL) and the application of mentoring competence in practice. The findings highlight the positive influence of school-based and collective mentor education on individual and collective professional learning, emphasizing the integration of mentor education into schools and its potential as a form of continuing professional learning for teachers.

The third study delves into context-based mentoring training through nine case studies from the Promentors EU Erasmus+ project, involving collaboration between Israeli colleges and European universities. Drawing on Social Emotional Competence (SEC) and Bronfenbrenner's ecological model, the study explores the unique characteristics and objectives of mentor courses developed in the program. The findings underscore the crucial role of sociocultural context in creating effective and sustainable mentor training programs, emphasizing the need for context-sensitive interventions tailored to diverse cultures and contexts.


References
Aspfors, J., & Fransson, G. (2015). Research on mentor education for mentors of newly qualified teachers: A qualitative meta-synthesis. Teaching and Teacher Education, 48, 75–86. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.02.004
Crasborn, F., Hennissen, P., Brouwer, N., Korthagen, F., & Bergen, T. (2011): Exploring a two-dimensional model of mentor teacher roles in mentoring dialogues. Teaching and Teacher Education 27 (2), S. 320–331. DOI: 10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.014.
Fredriksen, L. L., & Halse, E. (2022). Uddannelse til kompetente mentorer for nyuddannede lærere. Studier i læreruddannelse og -profession, 7(2), 53–76. https://doi.org/10.7146/lup.v7i2.132894
Ingersoll, R. M., and T. M. Smith. (2004). “Do Teacher Induction and Mentoring Matter?” NASSP Bulletin88: 28 40.10.1177/019263650408863803
Kraft, M. A., Blazar, D. & Hogan, D. (2018). The effect of teacher coaching on instruction and achievement: A meta-analysis of the causal evidence. Review of Educational Research, 88 (4), 547-588.
Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E., & Heikkinen, H.(Eds.).  (2020). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring Cappelen. Damm Akademisk.
Pennanen, M., Bristol, L., Wilkinson, J., and Heikkinen, H.L.T (2015). What is ‘good’ mentoring? Understanding mentoring practices of teacher induction through case studies of Finland and Australia. Pedagogy, Culture & Society,  
Tonna, M.A., Bjerkholt, E. and Holland, E., (2017), Teacher mentoring and the reflective practitioner approach. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 6(3), 210-227.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Effects of an Adaptive Mentoring Program on Mentors’ Mentoring Practices and Novice Teachers’ Perception of Mentoring

Eva Anderson-Park (University of Duisburg-Essen), Marcus Kindlinger (University of Duisburg-Essen), Myrte van Veldhuizen (University of Duisburg-Essen), Hermann J. Abs (University of Duisburg-Essen)

Numerous studies show positive effects of mentoring on the mentored teachers (e.g. Ingersoll & Strong, 2011; Kraft et al., 2018). The quality of the mentoring offered is important here. Crasborn et al. (2011) and Richter et al. (2013) point out that the selection of a suitable mentoring approach is a prerequisite for positive effects on the prospective teachers. The fit between mentoring practices and the needs of the mentored teachers is therefore a quality indicator for the offered mentoring. In disadvantaged schools, it is particularly crucial to promote the professional development of teachers (Hall et al., 2020). A mentoring approach that addresses the specific needs of trainee teachers could potentially reduce teacher shortages and improve teaching quality. The research project NEST (Novice Educator Support and Training) implements a mentoring program in seven European education systems (e.g. Catalonia, Bulgaria, Romania) aimed at teachers in disadvantaged schools and tries to ensure better support for the needs of mentored teachers through adaptive mentor training. The paper examines the following research questions: 1. Do the mentors' practices change after the first training period (and during the second school year)? 2. Is there a better fit between mentoring practices and mentee needs in the novice teacher intervention group compared to the control group? A total of 229 mentors took part in the surveys on the overall project (179 of them in the intervention group, who received mentor training). The mentors in the intervention group were surveyed three times (before the training, after the first and second project year) using online questionnaires. Furthermore, a total of 1,603 beginning teachers (957 were in control groups with and without mentors) were surveyed twice (at the beginning and end of the 2021/22 and 2022/23 school years). Among other things, all groups were asked about mentoring practices. The items on mentoring styles used were based on Crasborn et al. (2008; 2011). To investigate whether the mentors' practices change over time and how well the beginning teachers assess the fit between the practices used by their mentors and their own needs, t tests were calculated. For mentors, we found an overall tendency towards a decrease in directive practices and an increase in facilitative practices. Furthermore, the intervention group is more satisfied with the fit of the practices than the respective control cohort if a significant change in the practices of the mentors was also visible during the time period.

References:

Crasborn, F., Hennissen, P., Brouwer, N., Korthagen, F., & Bergen, T. (2008): Promoting versatility in mentor teachers’ use of supervisory skills. Teaching and Teacher Education 24 (3), S. 499–514. DOI: 10.1016/j.tate.2007.05.001. Crasborn, F., Hennissen, P., Brouwer, N., Korthagen, F., & Bergen, T. (2011): Exploring a two-dimensional model of mentor teacher roles in mentoring dialogues. Teaching and Teacher Education 27 (2), S. 320–331. DOI: 10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.014. Hall, C., Lundin, M., & Sibbmark, K. (2022). Strengthening Teachers in Disadvantaged Schools: Evidence from an Intervention in Sweden's Poorest City Districts. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 66(2), 208–224. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2020.1788154 Ingersoll, R. M. & Strong, M. (2011). The impact of induction and mentoring programs for beginning teachers. Review of Educational Research, 81 (2), 201-233. Kraft, M. A., Blazar, D. & Hogan, D. (2018). The effect of teacher coaching on instruction and achievement: A meta-analysis of the causal evidence. Review of Educational Research, 88 (4), 547-588. Richter, D.; Kunter, M.; Lüdtke, O.; Klusmann, U.; Anders, Y.; Baumert, J. (2013). How different mentoring approaches affect beginning teachers' development in the first years of practice. In Teaching and Teacher Education 36, pp. 166–177. DOI: 10.1016/j.tate.2013.07.012.
 

Teachers’ Professional Learning Through a School-Based Mentor Education: A Mixed Methods Study

Elise Sivertsen Arnsby (Nord University)

Mentoring has been described as a key strategy for supporting teachers who are beginning their career (Jones, 2009), and the focus of research has often been the mentee receiving mentoring and the mentoring process itself (Walters et al., 2020). Internationally, concerns have been raised about the need to place greater attention on mentors, how they are prepared for their role, and mentor education (Hobson et al., 2009; Ulvik & Sunde, 2013). Studies that explore the ways in which mentoring can benefit mentors and emphasize the professional needs and knowledge of mentors have been called for (Aspfors & Fransson, 2015; Fredriksen & Halse, 2022; Walters et al., 2020). In response, this paper focuses on the teachers taking mentor education and explores their experience of professional learning (PL) and the use of mentoring competence in practice. Moreover, it provides knowledge about organizing mentor education collectively and in a school-based manner, as well as the value of creating professional learning communities (PLCs) of mentors in schools. The context of this presentation is a University-School partnership project in which four schools completed a mentor-education program that was school-based and involved collective participation. The study is based on a mixed methods research design with quantitative and qualitative data collected at the four University-Schools. Data have been obtained through a quantitative survey (N = 83) and qualitative focus group interviews (N = 9) in the final semester of mentor education. In addition, a qualitative open-ended survey (N = 17) was distributed 2 years after the mentor education was completed. The analysis of the results revealed that teachers’ experiences of individual and collective PL through a school-based mentor-education program are characterized by the following: 1) new knowledge about mentoring and communication, 2) the use and application of mentor education in practice, 3) school-based and collective collaboration, and 4) the extended use of mentoring competence. Taking mentor education in a school-based and collective manner has resulted in mentor education being integrated into schools, and teachers’ PL is positively influenced by having to interact and collaborate with colleagues persistently over time. This thesis offers empirical contributions to research on mentor education, mentors, and the role of mentoring competence for teachers and schools. Overall, it provides evidence showing the potential of professional learning through mentor education and the use of mentoring in practice, thus showing that mentor education should be prioritized as a form of continuing professional learning for teachers.

References:

Aspfors, J., & Fransson, G. (2015). Research on mentor education for mentors of newly qualified teachers: A qualitative meta-synthesis. Teaching and Teacher Education, 48, 75–86. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.02.004 Fredriksen, L. L., & Halse, E. (2022). Uddannelse til kompetente mentorer for nyuddannede lærere. Studier i læreruddannelse og -profession, 7(2), 53–76. https://doi.org/10.7146/lup.v7i2.132894 Hobson, A. J., Ashby, P., Malderez, A., & Tomlinson, P. D. (2009). Mentoring beginning teachers: What we know and what we don’t. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(1), 207–216. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2008.09.001 Jones, M. (2009). Supporting the supporters of novice teachers: An analysis of mentors’ needs from twelve European countries presented from an English perspective. Research in Comparative and International Education, 4(1), 4-21. http://dx.doi.org/10.2304/rcie.2009.4.1.4 Ulvik, M., & Sunde, E. (2013). The impact of mentor education: Does mentor education matter? Professional Development in Education, 39(5), 754–770. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2012.754783
 

Context-Based Mentoring Training: Case Studies from PROMENTORS Project

Rivi Carmel (Kibbutzim college of Education), Rinat Arviv Elyashiv (Kibbutzim college of Education)

The value of mentoring for new teachers has been a topic of interest worldwide (Olsen et al. 2020). Effective mentoring promotes positive outcomes for all stakeholders: the new teachers, the school and the mentors themselves resulting in job satisfaction and retention in the workplace (Richmond et al., 2020). Thus, developing good, sustainable training programs for mentors has become a desired goal in many educational settings (Parker et al, 2021). The literature on mentoring point at the existence of multiple training models, using additional terms such as coaching, guiding, advising, supervising, supporting and more, all seeking to improve mentoring systems in the educational framework (Betlem et al. 2018). Mentor training programs are difficult to compare or evaluate due to differences in content, settings and cultures. Studies have shown that professionalization of mentoring training and creating partnerships promote co-construction of knowledge and provide optimal support for both mentors and mentees (Tonna et al. 2017; Wexler, 2019). There is need for context-sensitive mentor training, intervention training programs tailored for culture and context. This presentation will report on nine case studies from Promentors EU Erasmus project, which aimed to develop unique mentors training models for teachers. Nine colleges from Israel and four European universities participated in this project. Based on theories within Social Emotional Competence (SEC) (e.g., Collie, 2020), and on Bronfenbrenner's (1979) ecological model, and using qualitative case study methods of analysis (Hamilton & Cobett-Whittier, 2013) this study details objectives, curriculum and unique characteristics of mentor courses developed in the program. We investigated individual, organizational, and environmental factors related to the programs each college developed highlighting what specializes them from other more ‘traditional’ mentors’ courses. Findings show that the role of sociocultural context is crucial in creating effective sustainable mentor training programs that operate as a continuum between the academia (teacher preparation), teachers’ knowledge base, sense of preparedness and assimilation of new teachers in the workplace. It similarly contributes to the professional development of the mentors themselves. Ecological school culture and the surrounding socio-cultural context express the environments within which effective mentoring training and practices take place. We discuss the ways in which knowledge of mentoring training is distributed across different resources, places, organizations and in the culture of teaching. Implications highlight the value of context-sensitive mentor training, or intervention training programs tailored for cultures and contexts.

References:

Betlem, E., Clary, D. & Jones, M., (2018) Mentoring the Mentor: Professional development through a school-university partnership. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 47(4), 327-346. Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Collie, R.J. (2020). Social and emotional competence: advancing understanding of what, for whom, and when. Educational Psychology, 40, 663-665. Hamilton, L. & Cobett-Whittier, C. (2013). Using case Study in Education Research. London: Sage. Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E.M. & Heikkinen, H.L.T., (2020), New teachers in Nordic countries: Ecologies of mentoring and induction, Cappellen Damm Akademisk. Parker, A.K., Zenkov, K., & Glaser, H. (2021). Preparing school-based teacher educators: mentor teachers’ perceptions of mentoring and mentor. Peabody Journal of Education, 96(1), 65–75. Richmond, G., Bartell, T.G., Floden, R.E., & Jones, N. D. (2020). How research sheds light on the pivotal role of mentors in teacher preparation. Journal of Teacher Education, 71(1), 6–8. Tonna, M.A., Bjerkholt, E. and Holland, E., (2017), Teacher mentoring and the reflective practitioner approach. International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 6(3), 210-227. Wexler, L.J. (2019). Working together within a system: educative mentoring and novice teacher learning. Mentoring & Tutoring: Partnership in Learning, 27, 44-67.
 
13:45 - 15:1501 SES 06 B: Partnership (Part 1)
Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Tonje Harbek Brokke
Paper Session Part 1/2, to be continued in 01 SES 07 B
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

How the Collaboration Between a Local Municipality and a University Enables Principals’ Professional Learning in a Master Course

Ingela Portfelt1, Anette Forssten Seiser2

1Karlstad University, Sweden; 2Karlstad University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Portfelt, Ingela; Forssten Seiser, Anette

Principals’ professional learning is an essential practice within the educational complex (Kemmis, 2022). The aims vary depending on situation, time, and context, which also affects how schools’ owners make arrangements for principals’ professional learning. The professional learning we discuss in this presentation is a Master course designed as action research and planned in collaboration between a school superintendent in a Swedish municipality and two researchers (also authors of this text) in a Swedish university.

The school superintendent was the one who took the initiative and contacted the university with a request to arrange a Master course for interested principals in compulsory schools in the municipality. Initially, the superintendent contacted the person who was responsible for the regular Master programme, but for various reasons it turned out to be difficult to find a solution that fitted the needs in the municipality and the superintendent’s expectations. Therefore, the school superintendent took the question further, which finally resulted in contact with two action researchers who are also engaged within the national school leader training programs. In the continuing process, a specific professional learning course is organised especially designed to suit the school superintendent’s ideas and thoughts, and based on the researchers’ knowledge about action research and findings from a previous study on collaboration between school leaders and researchers (Forssten Seiser & Portfelt, 2022). In that previous study, the results reveal the crucial role of the initiation of this kind of collaboration, the prerequisite of co-ownership, and the importance of relations built on trust and respect for each other’s professions, knowledge, and expertise. The study also stresses the importance of setting the arrangements for the collaboration in good time before proceeding to the work.

The present study aims to explore the initiation process of the collaboration between the municipality and the university in the design of the first part of the course, and its influence on the principals’ professional learning in terms of their pedagogical leadership. The research questions are;

  • What was the purpose of the course and the collaboration between the partners, and how was it developed in the collaboration practice?
  • How was the initiation part of the course developed in collaboration practice throughout the first semester?
  • How has the design of the first part of the course influenced principals’ professional learning about their pedagogical leadership and local school improvement so far?

These questions will be considered through the lens of the theory of practices architecture (Kemmis et al. 2014). The theory stresses that practices are human-made and socially established; therefore, it highlights the role of the participant in the practice and in the shaping of the practice (Kaukko & Wilkinson, 2020). According to Kemmis et al. (2014), a practice is constituted by the sayings, doings, and relatings that hang together in the project of a specific practice. These sayings, doings, and relatings are prefigured, but not predetermined, by practice architectures present in or brought into the site. Sayings are prefigured by the cultural-discursive arrangements in a site, doings are prefigured by the material-economic arrangements in a site; and relatings are prefigured by the social-political arrangements in a site.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study has an action research approach, and is based on qualitative data such as notes carried out by one of the researchers who was the educator in the initiation stage of the course, an audio recording from an individual semistructured interview with the school superintendent (60 min), and individually written assignments produced by 16 participating principals in the course. The participants were fully informed about the research project and their rights in accordance with research ethics, and have given their consent to participate in recordings, analyses, and reports of the findings. The study has been approved by the local university’s ethical committee. The interviews have been transcribed.

Data have been transferred into the qualitative software programme NVivo. First, data were sorted out of relevance for this particular study. Second, data were coded into sayings, doings, and relatings in accordance with the theoretical framework. Third, coded sayings, doings, and relatings were analysed to identify its surrounding arrangements; the cultural-discursive, the material-economic, and the social-political arrangements. In the fourth phase, the interrelations between the arrangements were analysed to reveal the practice architecture of the collaboration practice, how it shaped the principals’ professional learning, and its constraining and enabling traits (Kemmis et al., 2014).

The outcomes are reliable for this specific practice and context only, and are not generalizable.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The purpose of the course and collaboration
At an early stage of the collaboration, a shared vision of the purpose of the course was formulated; to create an advanced professional training course for principals that corresponds with their needs of developing their pedagogical leadership to meet the challenges on their local schools, and integrate the course with the already existing meeting structures on the local municipality level. The traditional Master course at the university would not have enabled such integration. By setting up the entire course as an action research study, the principals could use the course to explore their practice when attempting to improve their local schools, and to improve their skills to use scientific approaches. The purpose of the collaboration became to enable principals’ professional learning on the Master level, integrated in everyday practice.

The development of the first part of the course
The first part of the course was negotiated by the partners to focus on interview methods and qualitative analysis, to enable the principals to explore the challenges in their local schools, and how they are related to their pedagogical leadership. An overall frame of the course was set in terms of content and scheduled. Time, space, and resources were distributed. Content and time were renegotiated as each step of the course was evaluated, and adjusted along the course to meet the principals on the right level, at the right time. As both partners had experience as school leaders as well as researchers, there was a mutual understanding and respect for each other’s roles and competencies.

The influence on principals’ professional learning
So far, the design of the course seems to have influenced principals’ understanding of the importance of using scientific approaches to address local school challenges, and how their pedagogical leadership is related to other local practices.

References
Forssten Seiser, A., & Portfelt, I. (2022). Critical aspects to consider when establishing collaboration between school leaders and researchers: two cases from Sweden. Educational action research, 1-16.
Kaukko, M., & Wilkinson, J. (2020). “Learning how to go on”: Refugee students and informal learning practices. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24(11), 1175–1193. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2018.1514080
Kemmis, S., J. Wilkinson, C. Edwards-Groves, I. Hardy, P. Grootenboer, and L. Bristol. (2014). Changing practices, changing education. Singapore: Springer.

Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming Practices: Changing the World with the Theory of Practice Architectures. Springer Singapore.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Process Guides From OsloMet Working In Partnership With Schools - Exploring Collective Models Of Guidance and Competence to Guide

Lene Kristine Marsby Ramberg

Oslo Metropolitan Univ, Norway

Presenting Author: Ramberg, Lene Kristine Marsby

This paper explores and discusses how process guides from OsloMet and teachers at partnerships schools can collaborate strengthening teachers’ competence to guide and develop collective models of guidance. Exploring collective models of guidance opens a space for teachers and guides from OsloMet to develop new knowledge and new forms of acknowledgements. Understanding how to develop guiding competence demands for teachers to reflect within different forms of knowledge, including knowledge not yet communicated (Grimen, 2008). Connecting theory and practice where subject-didactics, pedagogy, and theoretical understandings of didactics is seen in relation, is also a central goal for teacher training in Norway (Meld.st. 11 2008-2009). Learning more about the tacit knowledge of teachers (Argyris og Schôn, 1978) and by that making it possible to explore more about the competence to guide is thereby central. We seek understanding about how systematic participation in collective arenas of collaboration can contribute also for teachers to develop competence to guide student teachers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Studying how to work in partnerships exploring teachers’ competence to guide, action research is central (PAR) (Tiller, 1999). A pragmatic oriented approach (Starrin, 1993) with pedagogic action research is used based on the premise to change practice (Hiim, 2010; McNiff, 2014; Stenhouse, 1975). Recognizing the knowledge and experiences of teachers, as well as for teachers to experience ownership within the process of change are highly valued within this study (Carr & Kemmis, (1986). Wide range of empirical data are used with agendas and notes from meetings, content and reflections from workshops, reflection notes and logs from school leaders, teachers, and process guides from OsloMet.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings show three areas central for teachers and guides from OsloMet working in partnerships developing an arena for practice collaboration as well as competence to guide. One area is making time and room for collaboration. This includes school leader recognition of teachers’ time to work on areas of development. Another area is building relationships becoming a safe space (third space) for teachers and guides from OsloMet to explore what capacities are needed for guidance. This involves theoretical knowledge as well as competence to guide. Last is working on the emotional dimension overcoming boundaries within oneself in the process of development and change. The tacit knowledge of teachers and teacher’s reflection is overarching all three areas. Notes from the first meeting developing an arena for practice collaboration shows how the relational aspect becomes filtered within all areas of guidance. One teacher reflects specifically about the relationship when guiding student teachers as an endless process of development and change (Meeting 24.10.23).
References
Argyris, C. & Schôn, D. (1978). Organizational Learning: A theory of Action Perspective. Addison-Wesley.
Carr, W & Kemmis, S. (1986). Becoming critical: Education, knowledge, and action research
Grimen, H. (2004). Samfunnsvitenskapelige tenkemåter. Universitetsforlaget.
Hiim, H. (2010) Pedagogisk aksjonsforskning. Gyldendal akademisk.
Kunnskapsdepartementet (2008-2009) Meld.st. 11 (2008-2009) læreren: rollen og utdanningen. St.meld. nr. 11 (2008-2009) - regjeringen.no
McNiff, J. (2014). Writing and doing action research. Sage Publications.
Starrin, B. (1993), Participatory research – att skapa kunnskap tilsammans. I J. Holmer, & Starring, B. (red). Deltagarorienterad forskning. Studentlitteratur.  
Stenhouse, L. (1975). An introduction to curriculum research and development. Heinemann
Tiller, T. (1999). Aksjonslæring, Forskende partnerskap i skolen. Høyskoleforlaget.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Leadership for Learning and Professional Development: Identifying Challenges and Opportunities in the Cypriot context

Myria Pieridou

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Pieridou, Myria

The purpose of this paper is to investigate the links between leadership for learning and professional development, through the recognition of the importance of context and the ideas of inter-school collaboration, solidarity, trust and support (Swaffield & Major, 2019). The paper acknowledges the complexities and idiosyncrasies of educational contexts, both in terms of policies and practice, as well as in the ways they enable or hinder leadership for learning within inclusive learning environments. The study is qualitative in nature, and follows the development, implementation, and evaluation of an action plan on professional development at a primary school in Cyprus. Data collection takes place via policy analysis, semi-structured interviews to document the in-depth understanding of participants with the use of case study design, and the researcher’s reflective journal.

The research questions are designed to uncover the challenges and opportunities that teachers encounter, their perceptions of leadership impact, their preferences for professional development, and the potential benefits of engaging in collaborative practice. More particularly, the project aims to: a) identify challenges faced by teachers in relation to leadership and professional development within the current educational context in Cyprus, b) investigate how teachers view the impact of inclusive leadership on their professional development, b) the types of professional development that teachers find most beneficial, and d) the use and effectiveness of collaborative approaches to leadership, learning, and professional development.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The epistemological principles of this project lie to the interpretivist paradigm, which is aligned with the exploration and understandings of individuals’ experiences and meanings (Guba & Lincoln, 1994); and to the post-modern paradigm, due to the importance of language and the acknowledgement of its enormous power to transmit ideologies, include or exclude (Ballard, 2004). The qualitative nature of the project allows for an in-depth exploration, analysis and understanding of teachers’ experiences and perspectives regarding leadership and professional development in the Cypriot educational context.
To meaningfully address the research questions, this project is realized through a qualitative research design, using data collection from semi-structured interviews, policy analysis, and the researcher’s reflective journal, while analysis is completed through thematic analysis. This method allows for an exploration of patterns in participants’ responses, and a detailed understanding of the challenges and opportunities related to leadership and professional development (Braun & Clarke, 2006).  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial findings indicate that participants collaborate and mutually engage in learning activities and professional development, especially when these are linked with tangible learning outcomes for themselves and for children. Findings also indicate some challenges faced by participants, such as resistance to change at a personal, school, or regional level, insufficient training and resources, inadequate communication, and accessibility barriers. The study suggests that a holistic approach that includes leadership commitment, inclusive school ethos, and a clear focus on professional development can foster a sense of belonging and meaningful engagement for practitioners.
References
Ballard, K. (2004). Children and disability: Special or included? Waikato Journal of Education, 10 (1) 315–326.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Swaffield, S. & Major, L. (2019): Inclusive educational leadership to establish a co-operative school cluster trust? Exploring perspectives and making links with leadership for learning, International Journal of Inclusive Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2019.1629164
Guba, E. G., & Lincoln, Y. S. (1994). Competing paradigms in qualitative research. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of Qualitative Research (pp. 105-117). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
 
13:45 - 15:1501 SES 06 C: Culture
Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Stamatina Kioussi
Paper Session
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Locally Grounded School Development Projects on a Large-Scale – Mission Impossible?

Elin Bø Morud, Trygve Kvithyld, Anne Holten Kvistad

NTNU, Norway

Presenting Author: Morud, Elin Bø; Kvithyld, Trygve

In what ways can «School-based professional development» (SBPF) be structured to ensure that the participants feel relevance, ownership, and opportunities to influence the content and design of the initiatives?

In a metropolitan network with 75 schools, this became a relevant question. A model for school development was needed, where the schools who needed professional development (PD) could participate within a reasonable time horizon. A group with partners from the university and the schools was established. Based on theories about school development (Robinson et al., 2009; Starkey et al., 2009; Timperley et al., 2007; Goodlad, 1988) they designed a model, “the resource group model”, to meet the network's goals. The aim of this study is to identify success factors in this model in a large-scale SBPD-project.

PD is a central part of the school's daily work, but there is disagreement about what the best means to achieve this are (Mausethagen & Helstad, 2023). While previous PD-schemes in Norway have been based on a model where a form of "competence transfer" was to take place from knowledge providers (universities) to knowledge receivers (teachers), the new model was based on co-creation in established partnerships between schools and universities (Meld.St. 21(2016-17)). SBPD should take place in schools where teachers and leaders develop knowledge about teaching and learning in the local school context (Postholm, 2018). An important aspect of this new thinking on school development is to meet the needs experienced by those who are closest to the students in the classroom.

Internationally, there has been a lot of research into factors that contribute to successful PD in schools. Several studies show that the leaders’ involvement is crucial for the success of collective PD (e.g. Stoll & Louis, 2017; Robinson, 2014). While it's important that the school leadership is involved in development projects, it is challenging if the leader must run the processes alone. This concerns that the initiative and chosen theme for the PD can be experienced as ”coming from above"; it is recommended to involve teachers (Postholm et al., 2018). Spillane (2006) uses the term "distributed leadership" for processes where the principal involves more than the formal leader group at the school, both in the design, implementation and leadership of development projects.

The schools that wanted to participate could choose between five different themes, maximum 5 schools per theme, and these were selected based on reported needs of the schools in the metropolitan network. The model is designed based on theories and evaluations of previous PD-projects.

The model presumes that each school participating in PD must establish a resource group (RG), consisting of teachers with a special interest in the topic they have chosen, and at least one person from the school management. The groups should be local promoters of the development work at their schools, and should work as a link between colleagues at the schools and professionals from the university.

A key aspect of the resource group model is that participation takes place over time. The 1st semester has common content and organization for all schools, and its main purpose is to prepare the RG to lead PD at their own school (Spillane, 2006). The 2nd to 4th semesters are devoted to topic-specific gatherings for the competence packages, with mandatory intermediate work at the schools.

The aim of this study is to respond to the following reseach question:

What experiences do the RG and the university employees in the metropolitan network have with the various elements in the resource group model, and what can these experiences tell us about which factors are important for success in a large-scale school development process?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research questions, we have collected both qualitative and quantitative data through two surveys and three focus group interviews. One survey is aimed at university staffs who have worked on developing and implementing the competence packages and the other survey has been aimed at the RG in the schools that have participated in the SBPD. Both surveys have a response rate of over 80.
The surveys consisted of questions which were to map the previous experience the participants had with school development, and questions where the participants were asked to evaluate the model by taking stances on various claims. The participants were asked to grade the claims on a five-point scale, ranging from "to a very small extent" to "to a very large extent". The surveys also had text boxes where the participants could write free-text answers with their own reflections.
The analyses of the two surveys were used as a basis for developing relevant questions for qualitative interviews with selected resource groups, teachers and university staff. The interview guides were designed based on the results of the surveys and the researchers' knowledge of the field. According to Cohen (2018), this form of data collection can be described as method triangulation.
The focus group (FG) interviews were conducted as qualitative, semi-structured interviews with a phenomenological approach. By choosing a FG interview, you facilitate follow-up questions, exchange of opinions and analysis along the way (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015). The FG's consisted of members of the resource group, teachers and school leaders. In the first FG there were six participants and in the second there was five. In the interview with university staff, two participants had contributed to both the development and implementation of the competence package. Audio recordings were made of the interviews, and notes were written during the conversations. The interviews were analyzed by the researchers together as a collective analysis (Eggebø, 2020), through a deductive analysis process based on the elements of the resource group model.

Overview data:

Survey University staff: 17 respondents/ 20 (85% of the population); Primary data
Survey Resource Group: 14 respondents (by groups) /17 (82% of the RG-population); Primary data
Interviews: 13 people / 3 interviews; Primary data
Background documents: Secondary data

Privacy in data handling has been approved by SIKT, and the guidelines of the National Committee for Research Ethics in the Social Sciences and Humanities (NESH, 2021) are followed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
An overarching finding, which also appears in many evaluations of school development projects, is that the role of the leadership is crucial. Important factors here are presence and stability in the leadership throughout the project.
An interesting finding is that the RG’s report that they have changed their teaching practice. A challenge, however, is that some RG’s did not meet the same enthusiasm and willingness to change when they tried to engage their colleagues. Based on the surveys, we find the ability to engage their colleagues appears to be a critical factor in succeeding.
Empowering the RG to be able to lead the school development at their schools has been central. The start-up semester only partially met their needs. The findings shows that the theme-specific gatherings in semesters 2–4 were more important for the experience of empowerment. The RG highlight the co-creation between university and the schools, and the valuing of their experiences from intermediate work, as important for becoming confident in their role as leaders of the development work vis-à-vis their own colleagues.
We also find that it is valuable when universities add new academic perspectives. In the literature, it is emphasized that external people can be a good support in the professional development of teachers. University staff expressed that their role required them to both bring something professionally new to the gatherings, while at the same time they reflect on the experiences of the RG’s. Put bluntly, we can say that even if the network work is largely based on co-creation and exchange of experience, exchange of experience is not sufficient. Our data supports the metropolitan network's intention that there should be a balance between co-creation, exchange of experience and new professional perspectives on the themes that each school will work on.

References
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education (8.utg). Routledge.  
Eggebø, H. (2020). Kollektiv kvalitativ analyse. Norsk Sosiologisk Tidsskrift, 4(2), 106–122. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn.2535-2512-2020-02-03
Goodlad, J. (1988). School-university partnerships for educational renewal: rationale and concepts. In Kenneth Sirotnik & John Goodlad (Eds.), School-university partnerships in action (p. 3–31). Teacher College Press.
Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2015). Det kvalitative forskningsintervju. Gyldendal akademisk.
Mausethagen, S. & Helstad, K. (2023). Skoleutvikling – i forskning, politikk og praksis. In K. Helstad & S. Mausethagen (Eds.), Skoleutvikling i forskning, politikk og praksis (p. 15–34). Cappelen Damm akademisk.
Meld. St. 21 (2016-2017). Lærelyst – tidlig innsats og kvalitet i skolen. Kunnskapsdepartementet. https://www.regjeringen.no/no/dokumenter/meld.-st.-21-20162017/id2544344/
NESH (2021) Forskningsetiske retningslinjer for samfunnsvitenskap og humaniora. https://www.forskningsetikk.no/retningslinjer/hum-sam/forskningsetiske-retningslinjer-for samfunnsvitenskap-og-humaniora/
Postholm, M. B., Normann, A. Dahl, T., Dehlin, E. & Irgens, E. J. (2018). Lærerutdanning, nasjonale sentre og ungdomstrinn i utvikling. Læring og implikasjoner for rammer for og organisering av fremtidig utviklingsarbeid. In M.B. Postholm, A. Normann, T. Dahl, E. Dehlin, G. Engvik, & E. J. Irgens (Eds.), Skole og utdanningssektoren i utvikling (p. 299–319). Fagbokforlaget.
Robinson, V. M., Hohepa, M., & Lloyd, C. (2009). School Leadership and Student Outcomes: Identifying What Works and Why (BES). New Zealand Ministry og Education.
Sales, A., Traver, J. A. & García, R. (2011). Action research as a school-based strategy in intercultural professional development for teachers. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(5), 911–919.
Starkey, L., Yates, A., Meyer, L. H., Hall, C., Taylor, M., Stevens, S., & Toia, R. (2009). Professional development design: Embedding educational reform in New Zealand. Teaching and Teacher Education, 25(1), 181–189.
Spillane, J. P. (2006). Distributed leadership. Jossey-Bass.
Stoll, L. & Louis, K. S. (2007). Professional Learning Communities: Divergence, Depth and Dilemmas. Open University Press.  
Timperley, H., Wilson, A., Barrar, H., & Fung I. (2007). Teacher Professional Learning and Development: Best Evidence Synthesis Iteration (BES). New Zealand Ministry of Education.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Cross-lagged Panel and Multilevel Analysis for the Relationships Between Teacher Self-efficacy and Collective Teacher Efficacy

Takumi Yada1, Akie Yada2, Pirjo Savolainen3, Hannu Savolainen3

1Finnish Institute for Educational Research, University of Jyväskylä; 2Department of Psychology, University of Jyväskylä, Jyväskylä, Finland; 3School of Educational Sciences and Psychology, University of Eastern Finland

Presenting Author: Yada, Takumi

The aim of this study is to examine the relationship between collective teacher efficacy (CTE) and teacher self-efficacy (TSE) by a longitudinal and multilevel analysis.

To respond current complex educational circumstances, CTE is one of the most reliable factors of a school’s effectiveness in achieving its objectives as a group by leveraging each other’s strengths and compensating for one another’s limitations (Klassen et al., 2010; Tschannen-Moran & Barr, 2004). CTE is defined as “the collective self-perception that teachers in a given school make an educational difference to their students over and above the educational impact of their homes and communities” (Tschannen-Moran & Barr, 2004, p. 190). Because of the nature of teacher efficacy, previous studies have indicated that CTE is closely related to TSE (Cansoy & Parlar, 2018; Ninković & Knežević Florić, 2018). As many researchers suggest that CTE and TSE are mutually reinforcing, educational organisation research highlights that CTE arises when teachers cooperate to solve problems and act towards the same goals (Goddard, 2001). However, in practice, school leaders and policy makers could be indecisive about whether they should focus on development of individual teachers first or school as an organisation first. This is because the causal relationship between CTE and TSE has not been clearly revealed.

It is easy to assume the path from TSE to CTE. An organisation or a group of individuals with high abilities can create a strong organisation and have confidence in the organisation (Caprara et al., 2003). When members of an organisation act with individual confidence and achieve success, the motivation of the entire organisation can increase, thereby enhancing collective efficacy as well. Therefore, teachers with high TSE may have the potential to form collaborative school organisations, thereby leading to enhancing CTE.

On the other hand, some researchers argue the path from CTE to TSE (Goddard et al., 2001; Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2007). Meyer et al. (2020) note that CTE is likely related to teachers' collaborative behaviour. When educational organisations succeed in working together, teachers gain confidence, higher motivation, and engage more effectively in their work (Yada et al., 2022). In addition, it is known that CTE affects individual performance when task interdependency is high in organisational research (Katz-Navon & Erez, 2005), and schools can be considered high interdependency organisations (Moolenaar et al., 2012). TSE is enhanced through the strong belief in the ability of the organisation to accomplish high interdependent tasks that individuals cannot achieve alone. Being part of a collective efficacious school could provide more opportunities to experience professional collective action, which can enhance individual performance and improve TSE.

However, there some issues have been identified in prior studies on CTE. First, there is a discrepancy regarding whether TSE or CTE predicts the other. Second, there is a paucity of longitudinal and multilevel examinations between CTE and TSE, which enables more precise predictive relationship analyses. Sample design, size and methodological limitations hinder the longitudinal and multilevel examinations although studies have assumed a path from TSE to CTE in previous studies (Cansoy & Parlar, 2018; Ninković & Florić, 2018). Therefore, we set the research questions as follows:

RQ1: How is CTE related to TSE at individual level?

RQ2: How is CTE related to TSE at school level?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A total of 69 schools with 1081 teachers were included in the analyses. The size of schools ranged from 2 to 88 (M = 20.74, SD = 15.81). Due to the limited number of schools at school level (i.e., 69 schools), we used the mean scores of each variable for subsequent multilevel analysis instead of employing latent factors. The intraclass correlations, representing within-school homogeneity (i.e., between variances), of CTE are 21.4% at T1 and 20.0% at T2 of the variability, while 5.5% at T1 and 7.4% at T2 of variances in TSE. Although school level variation was not large in TSE, statistically significant school level variation in all the observed variables was confirmed, and, thus, multilevel analysis was considered as applicable.
CTE was assessed using the student discipline subscale (6 items, 9-point Likert-type scales; e.g., To what extent can teachers in your school make expectations clear about appropriate student behavior?) of the Collective Teacher Beliefs Scale (CTBS) (Tschannen-Moran & Barr, 2004). This study had high reliability for the scale at the first (α = .87) and the second time point (α = .89). TSE was measured using one subscale (6 items, 6-point Likert-type scale; e.g., I am able to calm a student who is disruptive or noisy) of the Teacher Efficacy for Inclusive Practices Scale (TEIP) to measure teacher’s self-efficacy in managing behaviour (Sharma et al., 2012). This study had high reliability for the scale at the fist (α = .82) and the second time point (α = .83).
The analyses followed the steps. First, longitudinal measurement invariance was tested to examine whether the same constructs were measured across different timepoints. The scalar invariance models, where factor loadings and intercepts were set to be equal across timepoints, achieved acceptable fit, and there were not large differences in the fit indices when compared to the other models. Achieving scalar invariance implies that variations in the latent construct's means account for all variations in the common variance among the items (Putnick & Bornstein, 2016), thus, we could conclude that mean differences across timpoints were comparable in our data.
Next, a cross-lagged panel model analysis with a multilevel approach was performed to answer the research questions. The estimated models were examined using three indicators: RMSEA (<.060), standardised root mean square residual (SRMR, <.080), and CFI (>.950) (Hu & Bentler, 1999). The Mplus statistical software was used for all the analyses.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A two-level path model was analysed. The estimated model fit the data well, χ2(7) = 2.711, p = .258, CFI = .999, RMSEA = .018, SRMRwithin = .001, SRMRbetween = .040. The results for individual and school levels indicated that there were statistically significant auto-regressive paths from T1 to T2 between CTE and TSE. In the light of cross-lagged paths at individual level, a statistically significant path was found from CTE at T1 to TSE at T2 (T1–T2: β = .127, p < .01). Regarding school level, the cross-lagged paths worked differently, where only the path from TSE at T1 to CTE at T2 was statistically significant (T1–T2: β = .621, p < .01).
The results showed that the relationships between CTE and TSE differed at individual and school levels. First, as many previous studies have shown (e.g., Skaalvik & Skaalvik, 2007), the results supported that CTE predicts TSE at individual level, which answered RQ1. In other words, when a teacher experiences collective action and perceives that colleagues and staff in the school have high collective capability beliefs, the teacher will be influenced by this and increase their own TSE. This motivational extension could be explained by motivational sources and school atmosphere that are created by highly motivated colleagues, which are sources of efficacy (Bandura, 1997).
At school level, the relationship between CTE and TSE showed an inverse direction, which is regarding RQ2. The higher the TSE of a teacher, the higher the CTE of the school, rather than supporting previous’ results (Goddard & Goddard, 2001). This suggests that a group of teachers with high TSE could generate CTE when the individual teachers are aware of collective action, in which they have opportunities to use their expertise. The results enhance current debates and theories on teacher efficacy.

References
Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. Freeman.
Cansoy, R., & Parlar, H. (2018). Examining the relationship between school principals’ instructional leadership behaviors, teacher self-efficacy, and collective teacher efficacy. International Journal of Educational Management, 32(4), 550–567.
Caprara, G. V., Barbaranelli, C., Borgogni, L., & Steca, P. (2003). Efficacy Beliefs as Determinants of Teachers ’ Job Satisfaction. 95(4), 821–832.
Goddard, R. D. (2001). Collective efficacy: A neglected construct in the study of schools and student achievement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 93(3), 467–476.
Goddard, R. D., Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, W. K. (2001). A Multilevel Examination of the Distribution and Effects of Teacher Trust in Students and Parents in Urban Elementary Schools. The Elementary School Journal, 102(1), 3–17.
Katz-Navon, T. Y., & Erez, M. (2005). When collective- And self-efficacy affect team performance the role of task interdependence. Small Group Research, 36(4), 437–465.
Klassen, R. M., Usher, E. L., Bong, M., Klassen, R. M., & Usher, E. L. (2010). Teachers ’ Collective Efficacy , Job Satisfaction , and Job Stress in Cross-Cultural Context Teachers ’ Collective Efficacy , Job Satisfaction , and Job Stress in Cross-Cultural Context. 0973.
Meyer, A., Richter, D., & Hartung-Beck, V. (2020). The relationship between principal leadership and teacher collaboration: Investigating the mediating effect of teachers’ collective efficacy. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 50(4), 593–612.
Moolenaar, N. M., Sleegers, P. J. C., & Daly, A. J. (2012). Teaming up: Linking collaboration networks, collective efficacy, and student achievement. Teaching and Teacher Education, 28(2), 251–262.
Ninković, S. R., & Knežević Florić, O. (2018). Transformational school leadership and teacher self-efficacy as predictors of perceived collective teacher efficacy. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, 46(1), 49–64.
Putnick, D. L., & Bornstein, M. H. (2016). Measurement invariance conventions and reporting: The state of the art and future directions for psychological research. Developmental review, 41, 71-90.
Skaalvik, E. M., & Skaalvik, S. (2007). Dimensions of teacher self-efficacy and relations with strain factors, perceived collective teacher efficacy, and teacher burnout. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(3), 611–625.
Tschannen-Moran, M., & Barr, M. (2004). Fostering student learning: The relationship of collective teacher efficacy and student achievement. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 3(3), 189–209.
Yada, T., Yada, A., Choshi, D., Sakata, T., Wakimoto, T., & Nakada, M. (2022). Examining the relationships between teacher self-efficacy, professional learning community, and experiential learning in Japan. School Effectiveness and School Improvement.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Teachers' Perceptions of Teacher Assessment and School Assessment Culture

Irit Levy-Feldman1, Barbara Fresko2

1kibbutzim college of education, Technology and the Arts; 2Beit Berl college of education

Presenting Author: Levy-Feldman, Irit; Fresko, Barbara

Organizational culture consists of the values, beliefs, and worldview that shape individuals’ behavioral patterns within an organization and is expressed through shared language, symbols, norms, and established guidelines (Teasley, 2017). Schools are organizations that share educational goals defined externally by the community or government authorities (Berman et al., 2019). However, each school has its own organizational culture which defines how members go about achieving these goals. The school’s assessment culture is part of its general organizational culture, reflecting attitudes and beliefs concerning autonomy, transparency, and partnership. It includes the reasons and the goals for doing assessments and the climate in which these assessments are carried out, which in turn will influence how assessment is perceived.

School organizational assessment culture may be seen as a continuum ranging between a summative-measurement culture on one end, and a formative-assessment culture on the other end. Summative-measurement culture is referred to as “assessment of learning” (Earl & Katz, 2006), focusing on decision-making, accountability, and demonstration of authority. Quantitative methodologies and external measures are generally employed to collect information. In contrast, formative-assessment culture emphasizes growth, development, and improvement (“assessment for learning”) (Earl & Katz, 2006). It is anchored in an interpretive, critical perspective and espouses a pluralistic and individualistic concept of reality requiring information reflecting multiple perspectives that is interpreted through dialogue and collaboration (e.g., Shepard, 2000). Assessment is incorporated into school life as a crucial mechanism for promoting organizational learning for the advancement of educational goals (Torres & Preskill, 2001; Wendy & Wenyan, 2013).

The study focuses on teacher assessment in relation to school organizational assessment culture. One aim was to investigate whether teachers’ perceptions of their school’s organizational assessment culture is congruent with their perceptions of teacher assessment at their school. A second aim was to examine the degree to which exposure to different school organizational assessment cultures is related to teachers’ ideas concerning the components of an ideal formative teacher assessment model in line with views that professional development of teachers should be the primary aim of teacher assessment (e.g., Flores & Derrington, 2017). Understanding how the school’s organizational assessment culture is related to teachers’ perceptions and opinions regarding teacher assessment, can be useful to both school administrators and educational authorities interested in strengthening the use of teacher assessment for the purpose of achieving educational goals.

The study was conducted in Israel where formal teacher assessment was mandated beginning in 2010 as part of a wage agreement between the Ministry of Education and the elementary school teachers’ union. The agreement transferred teacher assessment for administrative decisions from external inspectors to school principals and strongly promoted the implementation of routine formative teacher assessment. The intention was to improve the quality of instruction in schools and to foster teachers’ professional identity. Principals participated in in-service training to prepare them for their task and acquaint them with procedures and rubrics which had been developed to define criteria and levels of expected performance.

Only teacher assessment results for administrative decisions are reported to the Ministry of Education, which is the final authority for awarding licensure and approving salary advancement, meaning that only summative teacher assessment is monitored. Thus, it is not surprising to learn that research in Israel has shown that schools greatly differ in the manner and extent to which formative teacher assessment is conducted, and that principals’ leadership styles (Nashef, 2023), their assessment training, experience, and perceptions of the benefits of teacher evaluation (Fresko & Levy-Feldman, 2023) are all related to this variation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data were collected from 1,029 elementary school teachers by a questionnaire that addressed the following variables:
1) Background information regarding both the respondents and the schools where they teach.
2) Teachers' perceptions of their schools’ organizational assessment culture. A scale was prepared that focuses on the organizational assessment culture from the viewpoint of formative assessment, i.e., an organizational learning culture that stresses the use of assessment information, feedback, and dialogue to advance educational processes.
3) Teachers' perceptions of four aspects of teacher assessment at their schools. Two variables related to the assessment process: the extent to which it is conducted for formative purposes and the climate in which it is done. Another two variables addressed perceptions of the impact of the assessment process: its contribution to school functioning and its negative impact.
4) Teachers' views regarding an ideal formative teacher assessment model. Three general components were addressed in assessing teachers’ vision of an effective formative teacher assessment model: criteria to be used, sources of information or testimony for the assessment, and participants to be involved in the process. The content of the items for each area were selected based on existing options relevant to the Israeli context.
Administration of the questionnaire began after receiving approval by the ethics committee of the Office of the Chief Scientist at the Ministry of Education. Initially, the research questionnaire was distributed to teachers with the assistance of the supervisor responsible for teaching and administrative personnel at the Ministry of Education and was administered electronically using Google Forms. Questionnaires were received anonymously from 831 elementary school teachers. In addition, the questionnaire was administered by the researchers in printed form to teachers studying for M.Ed. degrees at two teacher education colleges. An additional 198 questionnaires were added to the sample in this way (105 from one college and 93 from the other).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings revealed that teachers who reported a strong formative assessment culture in their schools more often indicated that teacher assessment is conducted to promote teacher development, that the climate surrounding teacher assessment is open and transparent, that it contributes to improved school functioning, and that its negative influences are relatively few, compared to teachers in weak formative assessment culture schools. Differences were consistently large regarding assessment climate, contribution, and use of teacher assessment for professional development, while quite small regarding negative effects, suggesting that other factors (i.e., school size) may be relevant.
When relating to their views of an ideal formative teacher assessment model, teachers in strong formative assessment culture schools attributed greater importance to the inclusion of all types of assessment criteria, the use of observations, recommendations, and teaching products as testimony, and the required participation of the school principal in the process, as compared to teachers in schools with weak formative assessment cultures.
Despite the differences between groups, all teachers appeared to share a general view with respect to the important components of an ideal formative teacher assessment model. Both groups attributed greatest importance to what should be assessed (criteria), attributing secondary importance to how assessment should be conducted. Both groups rated the use of observations and recommendations higher than the use of teaching products, and both valued the participation of the school principal. The differences in the strength of their responses may be interpreted as an expression of the confidence they have in their opinions. Exposure of teachers to a strong formative assessment culture appears to result in a stronger and more confident vision of an ideal formative teacher assessment model.
School principals are responsible for defining school organizational culture and need to be made aware of its implications for school improvement through teacher assessment.

References
Berman, A. I., Feuer, M. J., & Pellegrino, J. W. (2019). What use is educational assessment? The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 683, 8–21.
Earl, L., & Katz, S. (2006). Rethinking classroom assessment with purpose in mind: Assessment for learning, assessment as learning and assessment of learning. Western Northern Canadian Protocol Assessment Document. 4.3 Rethinking assessment with purpose in mind Full Document.doc (education.sa.gov.au)  
Flores, M. A., & Derrington, M.L. (2017). School principals’ views of teacher evaluation policy: lessons learned from two empirical studies. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20(4), 416-431.
Fresko, B. & Levy-Feldman, I. (2023). Principals’ implementation of teacher evaluation and its relationship to intended purpose, perceived benefits, training, and background variables. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 30(1), 18-32.
Nashef, M. (2023). The relationship between teachers’ perceptions of the principal’s leadership style and their perceptions of the teacher evaluation process and its influence on the educational work at school. Unpublished M.A. thesis, Beit Berl Academic College, Israel [Hebrew]  
Shepard, L.A. (2000). The role of classroom assessment in teaching and learning. In V. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook of research on teaching (pp.1066-1101). American Education Research Association. TECH517.pdf (cresst.org)
Teasley, M.L. (2017). Organizational culture and schools: A call for leadership and collaboration.  Children & Schools, 39(1), 3-6.
Torres, R. T., & Preskill, H. (2001). Evaluation and organizational learning: Past, present, and future. The American Journal of Evaluation, 22(3), 387-395.
Wendy, P. H., & Wenyan, C. (2013). Teacher evaluation as an approach to organizational learning: A case study of Taiwan. In E Hau-Fai Law & C. Li (eds.), Curriculum innovations in changing societies: Chinese perspectives from Hong Kong Taiwan and Mainland China (pp. 431-447). Sense.
 
13:45 - 15:1502 SES 06 A: Dual Vocational Education and Training
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Gabriela Höhns
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Transfer of Learning in the Dual System of Vocational Education. A Pilot Study on student's perceptions

Volker Bank

Chemnitz University of Technology, Germany

Presenting Author: Bank, Volker

In vocationomics, the learning process is considered as an integral one that happens at different locations, or, institutions such as schools and companies. Other, more common interpretations consider this kind of learning as a learning of theoretical content (at school) that gets applied at the workplace (in the companies) later on.

Besides the idea of implementing, if not to say of enforcing ‘cooperation’ between the organisations mentioned, we have seen in the last two decades two different theoretical approaches of explaining of what is going on and of how it can be made even more fruitful. These two new theories are the theory of connectivity (Guile/ Griffiths) and the theory of complementarity (Jongebloed) between school and workplace learning. Whereas connectivity theory postulates the necessity of building bridges, complementarity theory in its original form (strong hypothesis) denies exactly the possibility to do so. We will follow the theory of complementarity, but in a newly interpreted way (weak hypothesis): there is a gap, and the student-apprentices inevitably have to go the last part of the road all by their own.

This does not automatically mean, that teaching at school or instruction at the workplace cant help on the way at all: An understanding of vocational learning as two distinct processes, however, would discriminate two different processes of learning, one by systematic insight, the other by holistic experience. This said, an analytic view and can substantially contribute to the enlightenment of the nature of vocational education. It also would demand for a better understanding of learning transfer, because there would be two processes of learning, on easing the other.

Learning at vocational school and learning at the workplace each might enhance one another in both directions. We are though, not too well informed on this double phenomenon. And who could tell us better than the apprentices, who are at the centre of the duality of vocational education.

Notwithstanding the transfer gap and a whole set of organisational prerogatives, we have put a series of interviews into practice, asking apprentices on their perception of learning at vocational schools and learning at work in their enterprises. This simplified institutional approach (school/ company) may be considered as justified as we are at the point of departure only. We need to point out, that this study does not turn to the fact that students do make some experiences at school (as we know by the debates on the 'hidden curriculum'). And, of course, in enterprises, there is learning of systematic knowledge, too, whenever apprentices get instructed on a new job.

We were interested to find out, whether student-apprentices have the impression of a certain connectedness of the two learning hemispheres, whether they can possibly give explanations to this, what their perceptions are about learning at school and learning at the workplace at their own
company. In this pilot study, we have tested three different interview guidelines in regard of later use in a broader context. The main goal, though was to sort out, whether there is any possibility at all of detecting and perhaps describing the awareness or the understanding of the transfer character of learning in two different didactical loci.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
39 guideline interviews with qualitative evaluation, executed in 2022 in different German states, mainly in the Freestate of Saxony. There was a minor group of 3 interviews with students from full-time-schools. Although full-time vocational schools expect 400 hours of working experience in two short intervals, this smaller sample was to serve as a control group.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings show already an surprisingly broad band of explanations on the fact and the directions of transfer. The results indicate that quite a number of our interview partners were able to express their observations: They apparently are quite aware of the impact of the learing process at school on the workplace side. More surprisingly, they have an idea on what the influence of workplace learning on their learning processes at school. The more, only a few but some students in our sample express some stunningly clear ideas on the role they have to play in connecting the didactical loci and the nature of this process.
Altogether, there are quite a number of details that hint at the existence of learing transfer as such and as a constructive concept of the learing in dual structures.

References
Bank, V. (2019). Connectivity or Complementarity in the Dual System. Implementation of an exploration study, in: Zeitschrift für Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik 115 (2019) 4, S. 605-623. https://doi.org/10.25162/ZBW-2019-0024   Gessler, M. (2012). Lerntransfer in der beruflichen Weiterbildung – empirische Prüfung eines integrierten Rahmenmodells mittels
Strukturgleichungsmodellierung. In: ZBW 108 (3), 362-393. Griffiths, T./ Guile, D. (2003). A Connective Model of Learning: the implications for work process knowledge. In: European Educational Research Journal 2 (2003) 1, http://eprints.ioe.ac.uk/3957/1Guile%26Griffiths2001Learning113.pdf. Guile, D. / Griffiths, T. (2001). Learning through work experience. In: Journal of Education and work 14 (2001) 1, 113-131.   Jongebloed, H.-C. (1998). Komplementarität als Verhältnis: Lernen in dualer Struktur. In: Jongebloed, H.-C. (ed.): Wirtschaftspädagogik als Wissenschaft und Praxis- oder: Auf dem Wege zur Komplementarität als Prinzip (S. 259-286). Kiel.   Judd, Charles H. (1908). The relation of special training to general intelligence, in: Educational Review 36, 28-42.   Katona, George (1940). Organizing and memorizing. Studies in the Psychology of Learning and Teaching, New York.   Klauer, K. J. (1989). Die Messung von Transferdistanzen. Ein Verfahren zur Bestimmung der Unähnlichkeit von Aufgabenanforderungen. Zeitschrift für Entwicklungspsychologie und Pädagogische Psychologie 21 (2), 146-166.   Overing, Robert L.R. & Robert M. W. Travers (1966). Effect upon transfer of variations in training conditions, in: Journal of Educational Psychology 57, 179–188.    Stenström, M.-L. (2009). Connecting Work and Learning Through Demonstrations of Vocational Skills – Experiences from the Finnish VET. In: Stenström, M.-L. / Tynjälä, P. (Hg.): Towards Integration of Work and Learning. Strategies for Connectivity and Transformation (221-238).
Heidelberg.   Thorndike, Edward L. (1923). The Psychology of Learning. Educational Psychology Vol. II, New York: Columbia University.   Tynjälä, P. (2009). Connectivity and Transformation in Work-Related Learning – Theoretical Foundations. In Stenström, M.-L. / Tynjälä, P. (Hg.): Towards Integration of Work and Learning. Strategies for Connectivity and Transformation (11-37). Heidelberg.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Implementation of the Dual Vocational Education and Training System in Early Childhood Educators in Andalusia (Spain)

Rosa María Rodríguez Izquierdo1, Magdalena Jiménez Ramírez2, Mónica Torres Sánchez3

1University Pablo de Olavide, Spain; 2Granada University; 3Málaga University

Presenting Author: Rodríguez Izquierdo, Rosa María

Over the last decade, the vocational education and training systems of southern European countries have initiated a reform process to introduce the dual vocational training (VET) following the German model (CES 2023; Martín Artiles et al., 2019). This process has been driven by international organisations such as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and the European Union, which have recommended that the member countries implement or reinforce policies based on the dual model because of their benefits to reduce high youth unemployment rates, improve professional skills or transitions from school to the labour market (OECD, 2013; European Commission, 2013).

In Spain, the dual model in VET was launched at the end of 2012 with the approval of the Royal Decree 1529 developing the contract for training and apprenticeship and the basis for this model within the existing system of VET. At that time, dual vocational training was defined as “training which combined employment and educational actions and initiatives, aiming at the vocational qualification of workers in a system of alternation of work activity with the training activity” (p. 2). However, it is not until 2022 that the Law 3/2022 on the organisation and integration of VET is adopted, this law foresees that “all vocational training will have a dual character, while it will be carried out in the educational centre and the company” (Preamble), although “with different intensities depending on the characteristics of the training period in the workplace” (idem).

During this decade, the evolution of the number of apprentices, companies and educational centres that have participated in dual VET system has been exponential. Thus, in 2013 there were 4.292 apprentices, 513 companies and 173 schools, while in 2020/2021 there were 4.2923 students enrolled and 1.147 schools (CES, 2023). Except for Asturias, Cantabria, and Castile-La Mancha, where there is a decrease in students, the trend is a clear increase, being especially significant in Andalusia, the Canary Islands, Galicia, and Navarre.

In the case of Andalusia, the experimental development of the dual VET system began in 2013/2014 with 12 projects, 11 developed by public schools with 207 students and 87 collaborating companies (Consejería de Educación y Deporte, 2021). After its start-up phase, the dual model in Andalusia has expanded an in 2020/2021, almost seven of every ten people enrolled in dual vocational training were in Andalusia (CES, 2023).

The aim of this communication is to describe, analyse and show the trends in the dual model in VET in the Degree in Early Childhood Education (belonging to the professional family of Socio-cultural Services and the Community) in the Andalusian Autonomous Community, especially its geographical distribution, the nature and ownership of the educational centres that provide this model, as well as the companies which collaborate in the process.

This research is part of a broader project entitled ‘Connecting Learning and Significant Work in Andalusia: comparative research of dual vocational training in the Degree in Early Childhood Education” (P21_00162) funded by the Andalusia regional government in which different universities participate. The aims are the following: a) analyse the experiences of the organisation participating in the dual model VET; b) carry out a mapping that allows to understand how the companies that collaborate in the training are distributed, c) analyse the connection between educational organisations and labour organisations and d) analyse the educational transitions that early childhood education students make towards higher education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of the first phase of the above-mentioned project that consists of a descriptive and diagnostic study on the dual VET model in the Degree of Early Childhood Education in Andalusia. To do this, first, a database was constructed from the information available both in the Ministry of Education and Vocational Training on the list of non-university educational establishments and in the Ministry of Educational Development and Vocational Training, with a total of 148 educational centres that offer the Early Childhood Education Degree.
From there, secondly, there has been a selection of those educational institutions that offer dual model. The selection has been made based on the documentary work of the normative resolutions that, on an annual basis, approve new projects based on dual VET, renew the existing ones or reject the renewal when the educational centres do not meet the requirements of the call. Thus, the initial sample has been reduced to a total of 46 centres that offer the degree in the dual modal system in the 2023/2024.
Finally, this information has been contrasted and supplemented with information published on the different websites of the educational centres themselves. The data collected for all centres is as follows: name, locality and province, ownership (public, private or charter schools), type of education (in-person, blended or virtual), and companies that collaborate in dual training.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data produced in this study from the construction of the database have allowed the description of the type of educational centres and the analysis according to the assessment of the educational offer in dual mode in the Degree of Early Childhood Education in Andalusia.
The conclusions of this study show the following trends: firstly, although the data speak of accelerated growth, in comparison to other European countries there is a limited extension of dual VET implementation. Nevertheless, in Andalusia dual VET has been gaining importance in the Degree of Early Childhood Education, where there are hardly any projects rejected. Secondly, the situation reflects a higher implementation of dual VET by charter educational schools and private owned centres compared to public institutions. This result indicates a privatisation of this model in dual training in the studied degree in Andalusia. Thirdly, and related to the privatisation of the training offered, the establishment of exclusively online and blended training provided by the aforementioned organizations. Finally, as regards the companies involved in dual VET, a) educational institutions that offer specific work programs for early childhood (0-6 years) depend on the educational administration, b) institutions that only offer the first cycle of early childhood education (0-3 years) mainly depend on companies that offer other care services, c) privately owned early childhood education institutions, which are mainly self-employed in the sector.

References
Consejería de Educación y Deporte (2021). La educación en Andalucía. Datos y cifras. Curso 2021/22. Consejería de Educación. https://www.observatoriodelainfancia.es/ficherosoia/documentos/7763_d_EducacionAndalucia21-22_compressed.pdf      
CES (2023). La Formación Dual en España: situación y perspectivas. Informe 1/2023. Consejo Económico y Social de España. https://www.ces.es/documents/10180/5232164/Inf0123.pdf/9212efd7-98cc-965e-ee69-7f64d0918065
European Commission (2013). Work-based learning in Europe: practices and policy pointers. European Commission.  
European Commission (2016). A new skills agenda for Europe. Working together to strengthen human capital, employability, and competitiveness. European Commission.
Ley Orgánica 3/2022, de 31 de marzo, de ordenación e integración de la Formación Profesional. Boletín Oficial del Estado, 78, de 1 de abril de 2022. https://www.boe.es/diario_boe/txt.php?id=BOE-A-2022-5139
Marhuenda-Fluixá, F., Chisvert-Tarazona, M.J., & Palomares-Montero, D., & Vila, J. (2017). Con d de dual: investigación sobre la implantación del sistema dual en la formación profesional en España. Educar, 53(2), 285-307.
Martín-Artiles, A., Barrientos, D., Kalt, B. M., & Peña, A. L. (2019). Política de formación dual: Discursos con Alemania en el imaginario. Política y Sociedad, 56(1), 145–167. http://dx.doi.org/10.5209/poso.60093
MEFP (Ministry of Education and Vocational Training) (2023). Estadísticas del alumnado de Formación Profesional. Curso 2020-2021. MEFP. https://www.educacionyfp.gob.es/dam/jcr:77bdbeb0-b5d4-432b-8d4a-cba6b16b61be/nota-2020-2021.pdf
OECD (2013). Better Skills, Better Jobs, Better Lives: Apprenticeships and workplace learning. OECD.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

The German dual system – Education into an occupation and citizenship

Gabriela Höhns

BIBB, Germany

Presenting Author: Höhns, Gabriela

Hinchliffe (2022) cast a strong highlight on the founding fathers of German vocational education, with Kerschensteiner stressing the importance of a focus on the nature of work for developing citizenship. From here, Hinchliffe coined the concept ‘occupational democracy’, as opposed to ‘action-based democracy’. ‘…an “occupational democracy” is premised on the idea that personal self-development best occurs through being part of an occupational pursuit and tradition’ (op.cit., 487). Against potential accusations as being illiberal, Hinchliffe (op.cit., 481) argued: ‘Perhaps it is possible for free individuals of an independent cast of mind to regard themselves as citizens in the service of something bigger than themselves, with responsibilities to match’. Hinchliffe (2022, 485) traced action democracies back to Machiavelli’s Discourses. An occupational democracy he found realised in post-war western Germany. Drawing expressly on Kerschensteiner (1908/2022), Hinchliffe (2022, 281) called the ‘joy of work’ a necessary condition for a persons’ formation, and related it to the ‘joy of belonging to an occupation’. Hinchliffe even used the German word Beruf for occupation and explained (ibid.) that a Beruf supplies persons ‘with that wider context of networks and connectedness that a mere job can never provide’. ‘It is this social connectedness that work can bring about and which gives the individual the feeling that he or she actually counts for something’.

To think of democracy at the workplace may appear somewhat counter-intuitive. Educational research usually regards workplaces as sites of hierarchy and of production and profit-making. Moreover, as Rosvall and Nylund (2022, 16) noted (and this certainly holds not only for Sweden) educationalists and educational researchers have few possibilities to influence what goes on during workplace learning: ‘D[d]ue to the organisation of work placements in Sweden, mentors in those settings cannot be compelled, and may have little motivation, to provide courses or arenas that would enable students to discuss democratic issues at the workplace in a meaningful way’. However, from a labour law perspective, Estlund (e.g.,2003, 13) unfolded the unique potential of the workplace as ‘an especially promising incubator of the bonds of social solidarity and empathy that link the individual citizen to the broader diverse citizenry’. She argued that this potential can be strengthened by corresponding legislative prescriptions, and by trade union activism. This presentation, consequently, investigates a case of workplace learning where, unlike in Sweden and most other countries, a strong legislative regulation exists and where unions play an active role – the German dual system of VET. The presentation attempts to uncover the social relatedness of Beruf learners in Germany, at training sites and beyond, to explore the unique possibilities for democratic education in this context – seeds for an occupational democracy.

To do so, the presentation draws on the conceptual language developed by the British educational sociologist Basil Bernstein. This language permits researchers ‘in one framework… to show the inter-relationships between organizational and knowledge properties, to move from macro- to micro-levels of analysis,[and] to relate the patterns internal to educational institutions to the external social antecedents of such patterns…’ (Bernstein 1977, 112). Like Kerschensteiner/Hinchliffe, Bernstein (2000, xx) claimed that ‘people must feel they have a stake in society’, and also in the school, meaning that ‘not only are people concerned to receive something but that they are also concerned to give something’. Since Hinchliffe (2022), in line with Kerschensteiner, suggests that vocational learners can achieve this feeling of ‘counting for something’ by the social connectedness that work can bring about, the presentation investigates the social connectedness, the learners’ sense of belonging in the dual system, both from the legislative side and from narrations of dual system graduates about their experiences during training.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To approach the relation between the dual system's legislative regulation and workplace learning regulated by such legislation, this presentation draws on Bernstein’s (2000) four-dimensional concept ‘pedagogic culture’, which Hoadley and Galant (2016) broke down for systematic analyses. The dimensions ‘stability’ and ‘shape’ refer to patterns internal to educational institutions (the classifications (boundaries, established as an outcome of power struggles) and framings (control over the pedagogic interaction)); ‘economy’ and ‘bias’ refer to external social antecedents. ‘Economy’ is about ‘the symbolic, human and material resources of the institution and its location’ (op.cit., 1190), ‘bias’ about ‘the external regulation (e. g., by the state) of the institution...’ (ibid.). This presentation, with its focus on legislative regulation and social connectedness, investigates the bias in Germany’s dual system and its relation to ‘stability’, more precisely, to one of three indicators for ‘stability’, learners’ identity (cf. op.cit., 1189).
In a documentary analysis of the Vocational Training Act and subsequent legislation, the presentation shows in what way legal prescriptions aim to influence ongoings in the training company, particularly in terms of curricula and evaluation (the system’s bias).
As for the learners’ identity, the empirical basis is 30 problem-centred interviews about experiences during training with dual system graduates, drawn from a 2%-sample of all employed persons in Germany with an oversampling of young people that also included unemployed persons. The respondents graduated approximately five years before the interviews were taken, and during that time, had developed a complicated labour-market entry.
In Bernstein-based research, categories such as identity are defined not by empirical descriptions, but with the conceptual tool ‘classification’ or ‘strength of boundary to other objects in the same set’.  Leaning on Hoadley and Galant (2016), this presentation proposes: Weak classification or weak boundary to the workplace or the training company means that learners have a more or less strong ‘job’-related identity; strong classification means an orientation towards ‘a wider context of networks and connectedness’, which ‘gives the individual the feeling that he or she actually counts for something’ (Hinchliffe 2022, 281) and thus opens the perspective towards an occupational democracy. With the help of a computer tool, interview narrations concerning colleagues, trainers and other learners, those concerning the training company as such and those narrations that mention external regulations (curriculum (the so-called training regulation) and evaluation) were identified and sorted by classification strength.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This presentation attempts to bring the idea of ‘occupational democracy’ as social connectedness that work and also workplace learning can bring about, closer to the empirical world of vocational education (VET) in Germany with the help of Bernstein’s conceptual language.
The documentary analysis reveals the dual system’s ‘bias’, the social partners aiming to influence ongoings in the company, in particular through the ‘training regulations’ with a ‘training Beruf profile’, (in German: Berufsbild; i.e., the ‘vocational skills, knowledge and abilities to at least be imparted in the course of initial training’), a framework curriculum for company transmission, and with examination requirements (s. 5, Vocational Training Act).
Interview narrations about examination preparation and those mentioning training regulations may indicate learners’ orientation beyond the local training company.
Narrations about relations to trainers, colleagues and other learners may illustrate what Estlund (2003) means when she writes of ‘bonds of social solidarity and empathy’ with people with whom one would not otherwise mix except at work and for the sake of ‘getting a thing done’. Together with narrations about the training company as such, they may indicate a learner’s relation to the workplace or the training company.
In sum, the findings will show an illustrative range of potential learners’ identities in Germany’s dual system. Some of them cannot be provided by merely learning to do a job and must, therefore, be termed Beruf-related. Others show democratic effects of working together, as Estlund predicts.
Learners’ connectedness to a social world outside the training company is not made explicit or even alluded to in all interviews. Yet the findings show ways of achieving occupational-democratic education through the principle of Beruf in Germany’s dual system.

References
Bernstein, Basil. 2000. Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity. Revised ed. Boston: Rowman & Littlefield.
Bernstein, Basil B. 1977. Class, codes and control. Vol 3, Towards a theory of educational transmissions. 2nd ed ed: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1977 1980.
Estlund, Cynthia. 2003. Working together: how workplace bonds strengthen a diverse democracy: Oxford University Press.
Hinchliffe, Geoffrey. 2022. "Citizenship and the Joy of Work."  Journal of Philosophy of Education 56 (3):479-89. doi: https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12675.
Hoadley, Ursula, and Jaamia Galant. 2016. "Specialization and School Organization: Investigating Pedagogic Culture."  British Journal of Sociology of Education 37 (8):1187-210.
Kerschensteiner, Georg. 2022. "The school workshop as the basis for the continuation school (1908)."  Journal of Philosophy of Education 56 (3):399-407. doi: https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9752.12670.
Rosvall, Per-Åke, and Mattias Nylund. 2022. "Civic education in VET: concepts for a professional language in VET teaching and VET teacher education."  Journal of Vocational Education & Training:1-20. doi: 10.1080/13636820.2022.2075436.
"Vocational Training Act from 23.03.2005." In.: Federal Law Gazette, Part I No. 20, 31.03.2005.
 
13:45 - 15:1502 SES 06 B: Further Training and Adult Education
Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Simon Broek
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Conditions for Successful Adult Learning Systems at Local Level: Creating a Conducive Socio-spatial Environment for Adults to Engage in Learning

Simon Broek1,2, Maria Anna Catharina Theresia Kuijpers1, Judith Hilde Semeijn1, Josje van der Linden3

1Open University (NL); 2Ockham-IPS (NL); 3University of Groningen

Presenting Author: Broek, Simon

The European policy landscape urges a commitment to lifelong learning for all adults, emphasizing its benefits at individual, societal, and economic levels (e.g. Council of the European Union, 2021; European Commission, 2017; Ministerie van Sociale Zaken en Werkgelegenheid & Ministerie van Onderwijs, Cultuur en Wetenschap, 2018). To achieve this, inclusive and attractive learning systems are essential, necessitating individual responsibility and agency towards learning. The central research question arises: What kind of socio-spatial environment is required to activate adults to learn? This literature review aims to conceptually explore the components of a conducive socio-spatial environment for adult learning, identifying success factors that can inform the development of inclusive learning systems.

The literature review focuses on vulnerable adults, those lacking resources to overcome difficulties independently. Adult learning, broadly encompassing formal, non-formal, and informal types, serves diverse purposes like personal development, leisure, and career support. Emphasizing lifelong development (Kuijpers et al., 2019; Kuijpers & Draaisma, 2020), the review draws on the capability approach to assess if individuals have the freedom to aspire to learning and if conversion factors facilitate turning this capability into actual learning.

The review adopts a three-level framework (micro, meso, macro) to analyse factors influencing adult learning participation (Boeren, 2017; von Hippel & Tippelt, 2010). At the micro-level, individual agency is crucial, where factors like aspirations, competence, and autonomy influence learning. Learning is seen as a socially embedded process, emphasizing the importance of the social context and communities in triggering change or supporting learning. The meso-level considers the socio-spatial learning infrastructure that activates adult learners, connecting macro-level policies to specific interventions at the local level.

At micro level, individual agency, comprising aspirations and competence, interacts with the social context in determining the willingness of adults to learn. A capability approach is employed to assess the freedom to aspire to learning and the presence of conversion factors for actual learning.

This meso-level looks at the whole socio-spatial learning infrastructure that activates a learner (Rutten & Boekema, 2012). This level examines the wider learning infrastructure beyond education providers, including material, discursive, social, and technological mechanisms. The meso-level is critical in operationalizing macro-level policies into interventions responding to specific adult learning needs in a socio-spatial context.

Given this multi-level framework, the central research question is: How can the socio-spatial environment activate a vulnerable person to learn, and what conditions constitute such an activating environment at meso-level? Three sub-questions support the investigation: 1) What conditions are needed to reach potential adult learners and engage with them? 2) What conditions are necessary in a socio-spatial environment to develop an effective infrastructure? 3) What should be prioritized in terms of policies to support the conditions for an effective infrastructure? The literature review navigates through micro and meso-level factors to answer the research question, aiming to identify conditions facilitating the creation of a conducive socio-spatial environment for adult learning. The analysis is expected to inform policy and practice, enhancing existing socio-spatial environments to activate adults to learn.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology employed for the literature review aimed to identify conditions contributing to a conducive socio-spatial environment for adult learning. The process involved a systematic search, screening, and analysis of relevant articles and reports.
The literature review initiated with a comprehensive search on Web of Science, utilizing combinations of keywords such as "learning cities," "region," "community," "success," "lifelong learning," "governance," "partnership," "lifelong," and "conducive." The objective was to cast a broad net and capture articles addressing adult learning, lifelong learning, and socio-spatial dimensions.
The initial search yielded a long-list of 107 articles. The screening process involved examining article titles and summaries to identify relevance. Additionally, bibliographies of the initially identified articles were explored to uncover further relevant sources. Reports from international organizations focusing on conditions for effective lifelong learning systems were also considered. This thorough screening resulted in a refined selection of 70 articles and reports for further examination.
Atlas TI was employed as the tool for analysing the 70 selected articles and reports. This software facilitates systematic coding and categorization of qualitative data, allowing for a comprehensive examination of the identified sources.
The 70 sources were categorised into three distinct strands aligning with the three sub-questions introduced earlier. The first strand focused on specific institutions, particularly local learning centres. Two articles and one report were identified within this strand, delving into the factors that contribute to the success of these organisations. The second strand concentrated on learning cities and communities, with a specific emphasis on the infrastructural dimension. Twelve articles and reports were analysed within this strand to comprehend the success factors of learning communities and cities. The third strand delved into the conditions of successful adult learning policies, scrutinising aspects pivotal for establishing effective policies and interventions. In total, eight articles and reports were considered in this strand.
The three strands exhibit a logical division in terms of scope. The first strand addresses institutional aspects, the second explores the interplay between institutions and socio-spatial environments, and the third focuses on policy and governance-related aspects. This division ensures a comprehensive and systematic examination of various dimensions influencing the creation of conducive socio-spatial environments for adult learning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The starting point of the review involved situating the individual learner within their social context at the micro-level and analysing the necessary systems and interventions at the meso-level to activate them. Drawing from earlier research at the micro-level (Broek et al., 2023), a set of factors influencing learning, including agency-factors, personal circumstances, and various social environments, was identified. The review concentrated on meso-level conditions, led to the identification of characteristics essential for conducive learning environments.
As system characteristics, building conducive learning environments necessitates governance, political will, and partnerships to address broader social challenges hindering adult aspirations to learn. Sustainable funding and flexible approaches are crucial. Partnerships between adult learning providers and supporting institutions, both within and outside social domains, are pivotal for creating a comprehensive infrastructure. Monitoring and evaluation systems need to go beyond measuring participation rates.
At the intervention level, a holistic approach requires sensitivity in reaching out to adults, addressing challenges in intake procedures, creating motivating learning environments, providing tailored guidance services, and ensuring progression. Professionals in the field, must exhibit a high level of professionalism to engage with diverse learner groups, build partnerships, and solve problems.
The synthesis of identified conditions at the system and intervention levels forms a socio-spatial infrastructure that stimulates adults to learn within their specific social context. Bringing together success factors from diverse perspectives enriches existing overviews, providing a holistic understanding.
The literature review establishes the groundwork for an empirical approach to study socio-spatial environments' ability to activate individuals and engage with their communities. The identified success factors can serve as a foundation for developing a framework to assess regional or local policies and measures in developing learning-conducive environments for all adults, including those not yet positioned to learn.

References
Belete, S., Duke, C., Hinzen, H., Owusu-Boampong, A., & Khau, H. P. (2022). Community Learning Centres (CLCs) for Adult Learning and Education (ALE): Development in and by communities. International Review of Education, 68(2), 259-290. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-022-09954-w
Biesta, G. (2006). Beyond learning: Democratic education for a human future. Paradigm Publishers.
Boeren, E. (2017). Understanding adult lifelong learning participation as a layered problem. Studies in Continuing Education, 39(2), 161-175. https://doi.org/10.1080/0158037X.2017.1310096
Borkowska, K., & Osborne, M. (2018). Locating the fourth helix: Rethinking the role of civil society in developing smart learning cities. International Review of Education, 64(3), 355-372. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11159-018-9723-0
Broek, S. D., Linden, J. V. D., Kuijpers, M. A. C. T., & Semeijn, J. H. (2023). What makes adults choose to learn: Factors that stimulate or prevent adults from learning. Journal of Adult and Continuing Education, 147797142311696. https://doi.org/10.1177/14779714231169684
Byun, J., & Ryu, K. (2012). Changes in Regional Communities: The Case of the Republic of Korea’s Lifelong Learning City Project. Advances in Developing Human Resources, 14(3), 279-290. https://doi.org/10.1177/1523422312446057
Downes, P. (2011). Community Based Lifelong Learning Centres: Developing a European Strategy Informed by International Evidence and Research. Research Paper for European Commission Network of Experts on the Social aspects of Education and Training (NESET) Cardiff University.
Duke, C. (2010). Learning Cities and Regions. In International Encyclopedia of Education (pp. 144-149). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-08-044894-7.00032-4
Facer, K., & Buchczyk, M. (2019b). Understanding Learning Cities as discursive, material and affective infrastructures. Oxford Review of Education, 45(2), 168-187. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2018.1552581
Field, J. (2006). Lifelong learning and the new educational order (2nd rev. ed). Trentham Books.
Kuijpers, M., & Draaisma, A. (2020). Loopbaangericht leven lang ontwikkelen: Economisch en zingevingsperspectief voor nu en de toekomst : onderzoeksrapport. Bijzondere Leerstoel Leeromgeving & -loopbanen. https://leerloopbanen.nl/media/57e00871-5afa-40f5-b592-c9aacd336003
Nussbaum, M. (2013). Creating capabilities: The human development approach (1. paperback ed). Belknap Press of Harvard Univ. Press.
Rutten, R., & Boekema, F. (2012). From Learning Region to Learning in a Socio-spatial Context. Regional Studies, 46(8), 981-992. https://doi.org/10.1080/00343404.2012.712679
Sen, A. (1999). Development as freedom (1. Anchor Books ed). Anchor Books.
van der Veen, R., & Wildemeersch, D. (2012). Diverse cities: Learning to live together. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 31(1), 5-12. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370.2012.636570
von Hippel, A., & Tippelt, R. (2010). The role of adult educators towards (potential) participants and their contribution to increasing participation in adult education—Insights into existing research. European Journal for Research on the Education and Learning of Adults, 1(1-2), 33-51. https://doi.org/10.3384/rela.2000-7426.rela0012


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Policymaking for Linguistic and Cultural Diversity in Vocational Education and Training in Ireland: a documentary analysis

Lorraine Downey

Trinity College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: Downey, Lorraine

In recent decades Ireland has become a much more culturally and linguistically diverse society, experiencing considerable inward migration driven by economic, political, social and cultural factors. Simultaneously, education systems have been experiencing significant reform with an increased focus on inclusive education and mitigating educational and social disadvantage. Data from the national funding agency for further education and training (FET) in Ireland shows that over 20% of learners enrolled in FET programmes are from migrant backgrounds (SOLAS, 2021). However, in stark contrast to the growing body of literature exploring cultural and linguistic diversity in the compulsory education system in Ireland (e.g., Smyth et al, 2009; Devine, 2011; Rodríguez-Izquierdo and Darmody, 2017), research related to multilingual learners in the further education and training sector is limited.

A review of the international literature exploring the participation of learners from linguistically and culturally diverse backgrounds in vocational and post compulsory education systems in Europe, North America and Australia identified several barriers or enablers to participation and success for multilingual learners; linguistic (e.g. Kanno & Varghese, 2010; Rusert &Stein, 2023), pedagogical (e.g. Choy &Warvik, 2019; Rosvall et al, 2018), sociocultural (Onsando &Billett, 2009), psychological (Ben-Moshe et al, 2008), informational (Atanasoska and Proyer, 2018; Morrice et al, 2020), financial (Chadderton and Edmonds, 2015; Jeon, 2019), and structural (Atanasoska and Proyer, 2018).

This paper seeks to establish (1) how multilingual learners are reflected in macro-level de jure education policy related to Further Education and Training in Ireland and (2) to what extent the policy literature addresses barriers to participation for this cohort. In total, 17 documents were selected based on a purposive sampling strategy. Analysis of the documents was conducted using a priori codes derived from the literature on barriers and bridges to participation in vocational education settings for multilingual learners from ethnoculturally diverse backgrounds. While linguistic concerns constitute the most frequently referenced policy recommendations, little consideration is given to the inter-related factors which contribute to success or distress for this cohort of learners.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative research was undertaken to address one research question in a broader doctoral study, namely:  

RQ: How are multilingual learners in Further Education and Training reflected in de jure policy at a macro level in Ireland?  

  

The study utilised a documentary analysis applied to de jure education policies and education-adjacent policy in the Republic of Ireland. Documentary analysis of policy documents as a qualitative research method has many advantages to the researcher (Bowen, 2009; Cardno, 2018) while also aiding triangulation of data and adding to methodological rigour.  

A purposive sampling strategy was applied based on several criteria. The policy documents selected for inclusion related to further and/or adult education in general or specifically addressed integration, literacy, or language. All documents were available publicly, were published since the establishment of the Education Act in 1998. The rationale for the final criterion was two-fold; the Education Act was the first policy instrument across the education system which specifically addresses educational disadvantage and set in motion the introduction and resourcing of numerous policy initiatives in the intervening decades to address underserved populations in the education system. Secondly, the late 1990s marked the beginning of the economic boom known as the Celtic Tiger and the first wave of significant immigration to Ireland. In the intervening 25 years, there has been considerable reform in education, not least in further education and training.  

In selecting the documents for inclusion in the sample, the definition of policy was considered. Cardno posits that policy “… in its simplest sense is a guideline for action that is underpinned by a belief system associated with a particular value set normally aligned with a political or ideological position” (Cardno, 2018:624). The documents selected for the study represented a range of official documents that include strategies, acts, white papers and working papers. All documents were designed to inform, shape and/or direct future policy development and practice, be it sectorally or nationally.  

In total 17 documents were selected for inclusion in the sample, based on the criteria set out previously. The documents were initially reviewed to aid familiarization and then coded using thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006; 2021) utilising à priori codes which were derived from the literature, allowing for emergent themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis of the nomenclature used to describe learners from diverse migration backgrounds in the policy literature demonstrates a recurring trend to describe learners from migrant backgrounds in deficit terms (e.g. non-English speakers, non-native non-English speaking, low-skilled etc) and suggests a conflict in the inclusive values espoused in policy.  

While recommendations addressing language barriers dominate the policy discourse, little consideration is given to the role in which the education system plays in addressing and removing the non-linguistic barriers experienced by migrant learners in FET.  

References
Atanasoska, T. and Proyer, M. (2018) On the brink of education: experiences of refugees beyond the age of compulsory education in Austria, European Educational Research Journal, 17 (2), 271-289

Ben-Moshe D, Bertone S and Grossman M (2008) Refugee access and participation in tertiary education and training. Institute for Community Ethnicity and Policy Alternatives (ICEPA) Victoria University. Melbourne.  

Cardno, C. (2018). Policy document analysis: A practical educational leadership tool and a qualitative research method. Kuram ve Uygulamada Eğitim Yönetimi, 24(4), 623-640. doi: 10.14527/kuey.2018.016

Chadderton, C. and Edmonds, C. (2015) ‘Refugees and access to vocational education and training across Europe: a case of protection of white privilege?’ Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 67 (2), 136-152  

Choy, S. and Wärvik, G.-B. (2019) Integration of learning for refugee and migrant students: VET teachers’ practices through practice theory lens, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 71(1), 87-107

Kanno, Y & Varghese, M.M. (2010) Immigrant and Refugee ESL Students’ Challenges to Accessing Four-Year College Education: From Language Policy to Educational Policy, Journal of Language, Identity & Education, 9:5, 310-328, DOI: 10.1080/15348458.2010.517693

Rodríguez-Izquierdo,R. and Darmody, M. (2017) Policy and Practice in Language Support for Newly Arrived Migrant Children in Ireland and Spain, British Journal of Educational Studies, 1-17 DOI: 10.1080/00071005.2017.1417973.

Rusert, K & Stein, M. (2023) Chances and discrimination in dual vocational training of refugees and immigrants in Germany, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 75:1, 109-129, DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2022.2148118


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Increasing the Attractiveness of Vocational-Education-Training Through Higher Vocational-Education-Training Qualification Offers in Germany? Perspectives of Young People with Higher-Education-Entrance-Qualification.

Kathrin Petzold-Rudolph, Dina Kuhlee, Madita Kunze

Otto-von-Guericke-Universität Magdeburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Petzold-Rudolph, Kathrin

Vocational education and training (VET) is of central importance in Germany concerning economic development and social integration. The demand for VET among young people, however, has systematically declined in recent decades, a trend that had even intensified in the pandemic context (BIBB 2023). One reason is the demographic trend in Germany reflected in declining numbers of school leavers. These days, young people increasingly aim for school-leaving certificates on a high level and show a high tendency to enter a HE study programme afterwards (BMBF 2023). If they decide for a VET qualification, they do so preferably in the commercial field rather than in the technical field or in STEM professions (BIBB 2023). This indicates that VET appears to lack appeal, particularly for high-achieving young people (Hoffmann & Henty-Huthmacher, 2015, p. 3; BIBB, 2023).

In view of the increasing requirement levels in STEM professions (Warning & Weber, 2017; Arntz et al., 2020), there is a decreasing motivation among young people to take up such a profession. In addition, from the companies’ perspective, they are often not up to the requested requirements (Kuhlee et al., 2022, p. 673). In particular, there is a lack of suitable high-achieving applicants holding an HE entrance qualification in demanding technical training occupations. Therefore, these young people are considered as an important target group for image campaigns and innovation approaches in VET in order to meet the demand for skilled workers with vocational qualifications (Kroll, 2018, p. 132; BIBB, 2023). Taking this into account, the 17 projects within the InnoVET initiative of the Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF) aim to design new higher VET qualifications focussing on industrial and technical fields in particular. The aim is to strengthen VET through further education and training courses – partly dovetailed with academic education - and thus to increase the attractiveness of VET.

But what makes VET attractive to young people? What makes a vocational career pathway attractive compared to an academic one? What do young people think about these newly designed vocational programmes? Can these programmes influence young peoples’ decision in favour of a vocational training and career pathway? These questions have neither been the focus of the InnoVET projects nor of empirical studies (Neu, 2021) and against this background are getting investigated more deeply in this paper. Based on empirical data from the research project GInnoVET, the paper discusses parameter of attractiveness of VET from the perspective of young people, presents the central design features of the newly designed qualification programmes and discusses the extent to which these programmes could influence the decision of young people for a VET pathway.

The theoretical background gets provided mainly through expectancy-value models (e. g. Eccles, 2011). The basic idea behind such models is that an educational pathway is favoured when it has a high subjective value and therefore also a high perceived benefit for the person and when at the same time the person expects to be able to achieve this option successfully. Personal, social and institutional factors are relevant for the respective assessment of the subjective value and the expectation of success (Schnitzler, 2019).

A distinction can also be made between influencing factors that arise from the training phase itself and those that arise from the future prospects associated with a successfully completed VET programme (Neu, 2021). According to Heublein et al. (2018), aspects of the training conditions and having the opportunity to shape the training conditions oneself can be subsumed under attractiveness during VET qualification. However, after completing the qualification, expectations of the labour market, aspects of professional self-realisation and skills acquisition become relevant for participants.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Against the background of the model approach outlined, one of the objectives of the conducted research is to identify relations between design features of the VET programmes, the perceived attractiveness of such training programmes and the possible choices made by young people. The collection of empirical data follows an exploratory research design, taking into account a mixed-method approach. In a first step, a total of 12 problem-centred interviews were conducted in spring 2023 with young people who had opted for VET or for a HE degree course in a technical subject area after gaining their HE entrance qualification in order to record the individual views of young people with regard to the essential features of attractiveness in terms of VET. The generated data corpus of 217 pages of transcript material was coded and analysed using a structuring content analysis (Mayring 2019) considering a deductive-inductive approach. A consensual procedure was used to ensure quality.

Based on the findings generated in the first step and the theoretical considerations presented, a questionnaire study of trainees and students in industrial-technical disciplines is currently being conceptualised and implemented in a second step focussing on the federal states of Bavaria, Baden-Wuerttemberg, Hesse, North Rhine-Westphalia, Hamburg, Saxony and Saxony-Anhalt. Against the background of the research objective outlined above, the analysis will draw on group comparisons between VET trainees and HE students with regard to their educational choices, their assessments of essential attractiveness parameters of vocational training and academic education and their assessment patterns for the innovation approaches mentioned in particular.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the interview data, factors among young people with a HE entrance qualification linked to the decision for VET were identified. It becomes apparent that next to influences from the social and regional environment, the vocational orientation process and the young people's assessment of costs, benefits and opportunities are relevant, too.

The young people surveyed – undertaking VET - rated a strong practical relevance, the physical nature of the work and the immediate usefulness of what they learn during the VET as particularly positive. They are also attracted by a certain degree of financial independence thanks to the received salary, a good work-life balance as well as the fact that they are able to remain in their regional and known social environment. The majority of interviewees believe that it is easier to finance an apprenticeship coming along with a salary rather than a degree programme.

With regard to the expectations of young people, only those interested in VET appear to have a high expectation of the benefits linked to a VET qualification. They rate their chances of success for a HE degree significantly lower than students interested in such programmes. Good grades and a high self-assessed probability of success with regard to HE degree programmes, on the other hand, reduce the probability of undertaking a VET pathway. After completing a VET, job security, an expected immediate integration into labour market and further training options appear to be important decision criteria for young people with a HE entrance qualification.

Against the background of the findings generated from the questionnaire survey, the qualitative findings are critically positioned and reflected upon in the paper. Conclusions on the attractiveness of VET in relation to academic education are drawn, and the possible increase in attractiveness on the basis of innovation approaches in VET are discussed.

References
Arntz, M., Gregory, T. & Zierahn, U. (2020). Digitalisierung und die Zukunft der Arbeit. Wirtschaftsdienst 100(13), 41–47.

Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung (BIBB) (2023). Datenreport zum Berufsbildungsbericht 2023. Informationen und Analysen zur Entwicklung der beruflichen Bildung.

Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (BMBF) (2023). Bildung in Deutschland 2022.

Eccles, J. S. (2011). Gendered educational and occupational choices: Applying the Eccles et al. model of achievement-related choices. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 35, 195–201.

Heublein, U., Hutzsch, C., König, R., Kracke, N. & Schneider, C. (2018). Die Attraktivität der beruflichen Bildung bei Studienabbrecherinnen und Studienabbrechern. Band 18 der Reihe Berufsbildungsforschung. Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (BMBF).

Hoffmann, E. & Henry-Huthmacher, C. (2015). Vorwort. In: C. Henry-Huthmacher & E. Hoffmann (Hrsg.), Duale Ausbildung 2020. 19 Fragen & 19 Antworten (p. 3–4). Konrad-Adenauer-Stiftung.

Kroll, S. (2018). Vorbildung der Auszubildenden mit Neuabschluss. In: BIBB – Bundesinstitut für Berufsbildung (Hrsg.), Datenreport zum Berufsbildungsbericht 2018. Informationen und Analysen zur Entwicklung der beruflichen Bildung (p. 131–140).

Kuhlee, D., Bünnung, F., Pohl, M. & Stobbe, L. (2022). Systematisch innovieren. InnoVET-Innovationsansätze als Ausgangspunkt für die Weiterentwicklung des Berufsbildungssystems Zeitschrift für Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik, 118(4), 670–683.

Mayring, P. (2019). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Abgrenzungen, Spielarten, Weiterentwicklungen. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung / Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 20(3).

Mischler, T. & Ulrich, J. G. (2018). Was eine Berufsausbildung im Handwerk attraktiv macht. BIBB Report 5. Bonn.

Neu, A. (2021). Höhere beruflich-betriebliche Bildung. Entwicklung, Durchführung und Attraktivität am Beispiel der Abiturientenprogramme. wbv.

Schnitzler, A. (2019). Abi und dann? Was Gymnasiastinnen und Gymnasiasten zur Aufnahme einer beruflichen Ausbildung bewegt. BWP, 48(1), 15–19.

Warning, A. & Weber, E. (2017). Wirtschaft 4.0. Digitalisierung verändert die betriebliche Personalpolitik. IAB-Kurzbericht 12/2017, 1–8.
 
13:45 - 15:1503 SES 06 A: Curriculum and Classroom Pedagogical Development
Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Mark Priestley
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Backstage Pedagogy and the Curriculum Dilemmas in Fostering Future Citizens to Collaborate and to Aim for Elevated Grades

Charlotta Rönn

Charlotta Rönn, Sweden

Presenting Author: Rönn, Charlotta

The context for this study is the last decades changes in formal education as well as in society. In Sweden, likewise in many other countries, there is an enhanced focus on assessment for learning as well as assessment of learning, on individual students’ results, grades, and national testing. Simultaneously, today’s students have grown up with the Internet and are used to share pictures with friends in informal networks on social media. In the latest two Swedish curricula (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2011, 2022) it is stated that students are to take a personal responsibility for their academic success, and to develop an eagerness for lifelong learning. However, the students are not only to take responsibility for their learning; they are expected to be wanting to take responsibility for their learning. This is to put the responsibility for learning on minors who cannot foresee the long-term consequences of how they deal with schoolwork in for example informal networks out of the teachers’ supervision. This study/presentation emphasizes the clash that appears between on the one hand New Public Management’s focus on efficiency and measurable results in formal education, and on the other hand the individual students’ achievements seen in the light of teenagers’ everyday life such as sharing pictures and information with peers through digital technology.

The aims of public education are, according to the curricula (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2011, 2022), that students, among other things, are to develop democratic values which will be needed as future citizens. When it comes to writing assignments, students are according to the curricula to learn to compose texts on their own in assignments given by the teachers. However, the curricula simultaneously stress that students should be given opportunities to co-write texts together with peers, give feedback to peers’ texts as well as to receive feedback from peers on their own texts. However, it is not stated in the curricula how these co-composed texts are to be assessed and/or graded.

Goffman’s (1990) concept of backstage and frontstage of public life is used as an analytical tool. It is “backstage”, out of the public eye, that people prepare the impression they intend to give of themselves to the “audience” frontstage. In this study, backstage is considered as the students’ interaction with peers out of the teachers’ awareness in order to ameliorate writing assignments for assessment. The writing assignments they hand in for assessing and/or grading is considered as a token of the impression they intend to give of their performances and ability to the assessing teachers. The concept “backstage pedagogy” (Rönn, 2023a) depicts a complex system of assistance between classmates who are loyal to their peers – but not to the formal educational system. Some examples of such assistance between peers were:

  • swapping computers between peers behind the teachers’ back so the more high achieving students could write original texts for classmates,
  • copying peers’ assignments (e.g. calculations in Mathematics),
  • sending text messages to more high achieving classmates and ask them to forward a picture of their completed writing assignment so the requiring student later on could reformulate the text “in own words”, and that
  • more high achieving peers logged into classmates Google classroom-accounts and wrote original texts and/or provided extensive revisions for their peers.

The aim was to explore and give an account for the clash between formal educations’ focus on measurable results and the students’ informal social strategies in assisting peers without the assessing teachers’ awareness.

The research question is:

What might the consequences be of the students’ backstage pedagogy, seen as a in the light of fostering future citizens with democratic values?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The ethnographic study on which this presentation is based, explored students’ informal interactions with peers regarding formal schoolwork (Rönn, 2023a). The method design created a means to get access to students’ (often) low-voiced informal conversations and interactions with classmates inside the classroom and beyond the teachers’ supervision. The qualitative method design comprised observations (4 months), an innovative and discreet staging of audio-visual recordings that rendered possible for the students to become “oblivious” of being recorded (2 weeks), as well as 18 semi-structured interviews (4 group interviews and 14 individual ones) with the students in one class with 25 students at a Swedish municipal lower secondary school. The scope of the interviews were: view of schoolwork, grades, assisting peers, and future plans. The data collection was carried out when the students were in grade 8 and 9 (14-15 years old), which is the two last years of compulsory school in Sweden. The school was selected through scrutinizing descriptive demographic statistics for lower secondary schools in a few Swedish regions and municipalities, in order to get access to a school where approximately 50 % of the students had a foreign background (but with few newly arrived students) in order to enhance generalizability (Larsson, 2005).
At school the teachers used Urkund (now Ouriginal) for plagiarism control of the student’ writing assignments. However, when the students write original texts for peers, and/or reformulate peers’ completed writing assignments in their “own words”, the texts tend to pass the plagiarism control.
The students and their guardians gave their informed consent and the Regional Ethical Review Board reviewed the research plan.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The backstage pedagogy mirrors the curriculum (Swedish National Agency for Education, 2022) and illustrates a clash between two co-existing and contrasting educational systems: the formal educational demands, the curriculum, and the students’ informal and non-transparent system of assisting peers which can be regarded as a soft resistance of submitting to formal educational demands and grading.
Some examples from the curriculum that the backstage pedagogy mirror are:
• That students did co-write texts, but also wrote original texts for peers for assessing without the teachers’ awareness.
• The assessment for learning’s aim to visualize the students’ learning in terms of scrutinizing where the individual student is, where (s)he is heading, and how (s)he is going to get there. The students responded by turning formal assignments into informal activities, dealt with individual assignments socially, and made the visual learning invisible for the teachers.
One of the curriculum’s aim is to foster democratic citizens, and this aim coexists with a focus on individualization, competing and formative and summative assessment. What future citizens might become of students who, without the teachers’ awareness, who
• rely on informal contacts to compose formal assignments for assessment, and
• recycle peers’ arguments within a text instead of making their own opinions/voices heard.
Who will be able to express their own opinions in writing? Who will be able to resist fake news?
According to the curricula, public education should foster future citizens. There appears to be a mismatch between the curricula and the students’ informal networking out or the teachers’ supervision. It seems problematic to let today’s youth, who have grown up with informal interactions through social media and digital technology, take responsibility for their own learning in a formal school context which is heavily focusing on the individual learners’ measurable performances and grades.

References
Goffman, E. (1959/1990). The Presentation of Self in Everyday Life. Penguin.
Larsson, S. (2005). Om kvalitet i kvalitativa studier. Nordisk Pedagogik, 25(1), 16-35.
Rönn, C. (2023a). Backstage pedagogy: Compulsory school pupils’ informal social strategies when dealing with formal individual writing assignments for assessment. Linnaeus University Press. Växjö.  https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:lnu:diva-125604
Rönn, C. (2023b). Students’ social strategies in responding to leaked National tests at a Swedish municipal compulsory school. Cogent Education, 10(2). Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/2331186X.2023.2253711
Rönn, C. (2022). Pupil’s informal social strategies in a Swedish compulsory school – What pupils do and say, out of sight of the teachers, while managing written individual assignments. Educational Review. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2022.2054955
Rönn, C., & Pettersson, D. (2023). Swedish students’ everyday school life and teachers’ assessment dilemmas: peer strategies for ameliorating schoolwork for assessment. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability. Advance online publication. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s11092-022-09400-3
Swedish National Agency for Education. (2011). Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet [Curriculum for the Compulsory School, Preschool Class and School-age Educare]. Skolverket.
Swedish National Agency for Education. (2022). Läroplan för grundskolan, förskoleklassen och fritidshemmet [Curriculum for the Compulsory School, Preschool Class and School-age Educare]. Skolverket.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Exploring Teachers' Perceptions on Introducing Sensitive and Controversial Issues in the Classroom

Christiana Karousiou, Maria Vrikki, Maria Evagorou

University of Nicosia

Presenting Author: Karousiou, Christiana

Teaching sensitive and controversial issues (SCIs) presents a critical challenge for educators in today's highly diverse societies. This research adopts the Council of Europe's definition, considering SCIs as issues that provoke strong feelings and divide communities and society (Kerr & Huddleston, 2015). These issues, whether political, social, or cultural, cover topics such as racism, religion, sexuality, politics, violence, abortion, immigration, climate change, among others. Teaching SCIs requires educators to elaborate on complex and sensitive issues while creating an inclusive environment where all students feel respected and valued. In an era marked by divisive opinions and polarizing debates, schools are urged to reassess their role and embrace their responsibility as educational institutions. Considering the rising incidents of hate crimes, terrorism, and extreme radicalization, schools can play a pivotal role in creating an environment that promotes freedom of speech, inclusion, tolerance, and human rights while preventing the use of hate speech by students. The European Commission (2015) highlights that addressing SCIs is imperative for the development of democratic cultures and the moral and civic development of learners, fostering peaceful coexistence. Specifically, the integration of SCIs into curricula offers students the opportunity to gain a deeper understanding of diverse perspectives, enhance analytical and interpersonal skills, and foster respectful dialogue and empathy. Rapanta, Vrikki, and Evagorou (2021) emphasize the cultivation of critical thinking and empathy through dialogue and argumentation and the importance of these skills in today’s interconnected world. They argue that these competencies, when effectively integrated into the educational process, can empower students to navigate complex societal issues, promote inclusivity, and contribute positively to their communities, emphasising the pivotal role of education in shaping future generations who are capable of addressing the challenges of the 21st century with empathy, and critical thought. Despite the importance of dealing with SCIs, several research studies reveal teachers' uncertainty and difficulty in addressing SCIs. Challenges include insufficient training, potential emotional reactions from students, external pressures from the school, local community, and state, as well as teachers feeling constrained by their values, beliefs, and identities (Chikoko, Gilmour, Harber & Serf, 2011; Tannebaum, 2020; Evagorou & Dillon, 2020). The demanding and overloaded curricula, reflecting various societal expectations, add to teachers' hesitation. Fear of being accused of promoting specific political agendas, lack of agreement on what constitutes controversial topics, students' developmental readiness and insufficient knowledge further contribute to the challenges teachers face (Zembylas and Kambani, 2012). Unlike most studies that concentrate on secondary school teachers, this research focuses on in-service teachers across three educational levels—pre-primary, primary, and secondary. The study explores teachers' perceptions of introducing SCIs in the classroom and identifies factors influencing their decisions across different curricula subjects. Specifically, we seek to address the following research questions:

1. What are the perceptions of teachers (pre-primary, primary, and secondary educational levels) regarding the introduction of SCIs in the classroom?

2. What factors influence teachers’ decision to incorporate SCIs across subjects?

This study is conducted in the Republic of Cyprus, where the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sport, and Youth holds authority over policy-making, administration, and enforcing educational laws. The national curriculum aims to establish a "democratic and humane school," promoting inclusivity and enhancing critical thinking and communication skills. However, externally imposed policies limit teacher autonomy, hindering initiatives and innovation. In the highly centralized Cypriot education system, adherence to prescribed guidelines makes teaching controversial issues challenging. This study aims to identify teachers’ perceptions towards dealing with sensitive and controversial issues and any efforts in breaking away from educational bureaucracy to contribute meaningfully to the development of critical thinking, questioning, analytical and communication skills, and democratic values of their students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our study employed a qualitative approach, conducting a focus group with 11 teachers from three educational levels in the Republic of Cyprus. The focus group was planned and conducted based on Morgan’s and Krueger’s (1998) guidebook. This method allowed for a range of perspectives to be explored, providing valuable insights into teachers’ perceptions in tackling Socioscientific Issues (SCIs) and facilitating a deeper understanding of the challenges they experienced. The interview schedule comprised twelve open-ended questions to elicit comprehensive responses. We delved into participants' perspectives and attitudes concerning the inclusion of controversial issues in their teaching practices. We aimed to gain a deeper understanding of the teachers' personal perceptions and professional approaches regarding the incorporation of SCIs in the curriculum. We also explored the strategies they employed to foster constructive discussions, the resources they utilise to engage their students effectively, and how they handled controversial topics in the classroom. The focus group discussion lasted approximately two hours allowing for in-depth exchanges between the participants. The focus group was conducted on a digital platform, aiming at collecting a wide range of perceptions that could reflect the most common standpoints of teachers across the country. The group was comprised of two pre-primary, three primary, and six secondary female teachers with different demographic characteristics. In terms of anonymity and confidentiality, the respondents were informed that the data retrieved would only be used for research purposes, their identities would be kept confidential and codes be utilised instead of their names. This methodology ensured a thorough exploration and capturing valuable insights for further analysis and research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study highlights the imperative need for schools to reassess their role in addressing Socioscientific Issues (SCIs) within the curriculum. The current global challenges necessitate a shift in educational focus towards fostering critical thinking and empathy among students. The study has identified challenges faced by teachers, strategies employed, and factors influencing their willingness to introduce discussions on SCIs. Addressing SCIs in the curriculum demands careful planning to create inclusive and intellectually stimulating environments. Clear guidelines for respectful discussions, evidence-based arguments, and creating safe spaces for diverse perspectives are crucial. Despite the growing international advocacy for teaching SCIs, limited scholarship exists on teachers' training, resulting in the avoidance of these topics beyond compulsory curricula. The study suggests scaffolding training as an effective approach, involving breaking down complex tasks and providing support progressively. Faded scaffolding can empower teachers to successfully implement SCIs in the curriculum. A reflective stance, involving self-exploration and critical examination of teaching practices, is essential for effective implementation. In essence, redefining teachers as facilitators of constructive conversations on SCIs equips students with essential skills to navigate our complex world. By embracing ongoing training, educators become adept at managing potential challenges, fostering constructive dialogue, and maintaining a supportive learning environment. Through this transformative approach, schools can contribute significantly to shaping responsible, engaged global citizens equipped to tackle the complexities of our times. This study underscores the importance of integrating controversial issues into the curriculum to foster critical thinking and empathy among students.
References
Chikoko, V., Gilmour, J. D., Harber, C., & Serf, J. (2011). Teaching controversial issues and teacher education in England and South Africa. Journal of Education for Teaching, 37(1), 5-19. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2011.538268

European Commission. (2015). Informal meeting of European Union Education Ministers, Paris, Tuesday 17 March 2015. Declaration on Promoting citizenship and the common values of freedom, tolerance and non-discrimination through education. https://ec.europa.eu/assets/eac/ education/news/2015/documents/citizenship-education-declaration_en.pdf

Evagorou M. & Dillon J. (2020) Introduction: Socio-scientific Issues as Promoting Responsible Citizenship and the Relevance of Science. In M. Evagorou, J.A. Nielsen, & J. Dillon (Eds.), Science Teacher Education for Responsible Citizenship. Contemporary Trends and Issues in Science Education (pp.1-11). Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-40229-7_1

Kerr, D., & Huddleston, T. (2015). Living with controversy: Teaching controversial issues through education for democratic citizenship and human rights (EDC/HRE). Council of Europe Publishing. https://edoc.coe.int/en/humanrights-democratic-citizenship-and-interculturalism/7738-teaching-controversial-issues.html.

Morgan, D. L., & Krueger, R. A. (1998). The focus group guidebook. Sage.

Oulton, C., Day, V., Dillon, J. & Grace, M. (2004). Controversial issues ‐ teachers' attitudes and practices in the context of citizenship education, Oxford Review of Education, 30(4), 489-507. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305498042000303973

Pace, J. L. (2019). Contained risk-taking: Preparing preservice teachers to teach controversial issues in three countries. Theory & Research in Social Education, 47(2), 228-260. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2019.1595240

Rapanta, C., Vrikki, M., & Evagorou, M. (2021). Preparing culturally literate citizens through dialogue and argumentation: rethinking citizenship education. The Curriculum Journal, 32(3), 475-494.

Sætra, E. (2021a). Discussing controversial issues in the classroom: Elements of good practice. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 65(2), 345-357. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2019.1705897

Tannebaum, R. P. (2020). Controversial public issues in the secondary classroom. Teacher Education Quarterly, 47(1), 7-26. https://www.jstor.org/stable/26876429

Wansink, B. G. J., Mol, H., Kortekaas, J., & Mainhard, T. (2023). Discussing controversial issues in the classroom: Exploring students' safety perceptions and their willingness to participate. Teaching and Teacher Education, 125, 104044. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104044

Woolley, R. (2020). Tackling controversial issues in primary education: perceptions and experiences of student teachers. Religions, 11 (4), 184. https://doi.org/10.3390/rel11040184

Zembylas, M., & Kambani, F. (2012). The teaching of controversial issues during elementary-level history instruction: Greek-Cypriot teachers' perceptions and emotions. Theory & Research in Social Education, 40(2), 107-133. https://doi.org/10.1080/00933104.2012.670591

Zimmerman, J., & Robertson, E. (2020). The case for contention: Teaching controversial issues in American schools. University of Chicago Press.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Teacher Agency in Curriculum and Pedagogical Development Through a Design Research Project About Self-regulated Learning in Secondary Schools

Artur Cunha Nogueira de Oliveira1, Daniela Pinto1, Thiago Freires1, Ana Mouraz2, Ana Cristina Torres1

1Centre for Research and Intervention in Education, Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences of the University of Porto (Portugal), Portugal; 2Laboratory of Distance Education and eLearning (LE@d), Open University (Portugal), Portugal

Presenting Author: Freires, Thiago; Mouraz, Ana

Transnational guidelines on skills and competencies for lifelong learning (OECD, 2018; EC, 2019) along with curriculum reforms to promote curriculum flexibility and autonomy in schools (Mouraz, & Cosme, 2021) are pressing teachers to be engaged in curriculum and pedagogical innovation focused on student-centred approaches favourable to the development of learner autonomy. In the Portuguese context, students struggle with the demand of increasing autonomy and workload, particularly at the entrance of upper secondary education (Torres & Mouraz, 2019), even tough they haven’t been trained on the socio-cognitive skills for learning autonomously due to persistent emphasis on content delivery and on preparing for high-stakes assessments. Changing this status quo requires teacher engagement with innovation. In turning engagement in isolated innovation actions into effective and sustained curriculum and pedagogical development, teacher agency (Priestley, Biesta, & Robinson, 2014) plays a key role. As such, working with teachers to promote curriculum innovation cannot be limited to engaging them with the reform guidelines, but includes working with them in addressing expectations, values and beliefs related to educational purposes and relationships, thus igniting their agency in turning innovation into sound and sustained pedagogical action. Design research has been defended for having the potential to support the development of more effective educational interventions while offering opportunities for the production of design principles, curricular programs or resources and professional development of the participants involved (McKenney, Nieveen, & van den Akker, 2006). As such, this paper introduces a project that lays on the assumption that design research applied in the development of a pedagogical innovation has the potential to promote teacher agency in engaging in sustained innovation. The WAY project involves researchers, teachers and secondary education students in the design, testing and validation of a pedagogical model of peer observation and feedback amongst students to promote the development of self-regulated learning competencies. The first cycle of the project design and implementation is on course in collaboration with four Portuguese public secondary schools. It started in the school year of 2023-2024 and involves a set of joint sessions of professional development and collaborative work between researchers and teachers to explore the theoretical framework underpinning the promotion of self-regulated learning in secondary education (Panadero, 2017; Zimmerman, & Moylan, 2009) through peer observation and peer feedback (Panadero, & Lipnevich, 2022). These sessions allow us to discuss and adjust the experiences in practice as well, namely from student feedback collected by the participant teachers and also feedback collected by the researchers through focus groups discussions with participant students. This communication is focused on the teachers’ experiences and presents and discusses a study aimed at identifying contributions to the development of teacher agency in curriculum and pedagogical innovation stemming from teachers’ engagement in design research about self-regulated learning. It draws upon a wide set of materials (collected notes through participant observation, experiences reported in Padlet virtual wall, questionnaires with open-ended questions and written reports) produced by participating teachers in this first cycle of the project. The specific objectives of the communication are to analyze how the participation of teachers in the implementation of a pedagogical model of peer observation and feedback among secondary school students contributed to pedagogical innovation and teacher agency and to identify features of the design-based research approach to professional development that are effective in developing pedagogical innovation and teacher agency. For that, we introduce the project, its theoretical and methodological background, objectives, participants and activities, and provide an analysis focused on the teachers’ perspectives about their experiences in the scope of the projects, considering effects on their professional development, namely in terms of curriculum and pedagogical actions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper results from the development of a research project entitled WAY– ‘Who sAw You then and who sees you now: Promoting student self-regulated learning in the classroom through peer observation’. It is a 36-month funded national project, involving researchers from four universities, teachers and secondary education students of four partner schools from different regions in Portugal, in the design, testing and validation of a pedagogical model of peer observation and feedback among students to promote the development of self-regulated learning competencies.
During the professional development sessions and joint work between researchers and teachers, which is taking place in the four partner Portuguese public secondary schools, the theoretical framework underlying the promotion of self-regulated learning in teaching practices was presented and discussed. Afterwards, discussions were promoted focusing deeper on the potential of peer observation and feedback among students for self-regulated learning and learner autonomy. Moreover, the designed model and supporting materials (e.g. phase and task flow of the model, observation guides) were co-constructed between researchers and participating teachers in the joint work sessions to encourage teacher engagement with the proposed innovation. The participant teachers initiated the intervention with a conversation with their students about how the model of peer observation and feedback would fit into the usual classroom practices and what would be expected of them. The model is being applied to all the group work activities in which one student takes on the role of participant observer of how his/her colleagues engage with the proposed learning task. At the end of the task, all the observer students give feedback to peers and class teacher and complete a brief observation guide anonymously. The teacher too completes a short questionnaire about the observed task. Moreover, the teachers are reporting their experiences on a Padlet virtual wall and in written reports.
As such, the empirical evidence used in the presented study comprises participant observation notes of the joint work sessions, experiences reported in the Padlet virtual wall, responses to open-ended questions of the teacher questionnaires, and written reports prepared by the 27 participating teachers at the end of the 2023-2024 intervention. All the collected data is being subjected to a qualitative cross-analysis (Ladany, Thompson, & Hill, 2012), to identify common themes that converge on the idea of the development of teacher agency in curriculum and pedagogical innovation stemming from teachers’ engagement in design research about self-regulated learning in secondary schools.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this paper, we present and discuss preliminary results of the project that relate to how teachers engaged themselves in the design research process, particularly in 3 axes: 1. Reflections about the design and implementation principles of the peer observation and feedback model. 2. Reflections about how peer observation and peer feedback promote self-regulated learning and learner autonomy 3. Reflections about introduced changes in their curriculum and pedagogical actions due to their experience in the project.
Concerning axis 1, the preliminary results indicate that there was an effective collaboration between the participating teachers and researchers, involving the analysis of the design and the observation and feedback model to be implemented, as well as the sharing of teaching strategies between teachers that incorporated moments observation and feedback among students.
Regarding axis 2, teachers highlight how students are actively enthusiastically participating in the proposed activities. By observing their colleagues, they become aware of their own difficulties, which motivates them to actively seek the knowledge necessary for their growth, thus promoting autonomy. In addition, the peer observation and feedback model not only boost individual learning but also strengthens social skills and teamwork capabilities.
Finally, responding to axis 3, we highlight the teachers' enthusiasm and motivation that clearly stood out during the joint work and monitoring sessions, evidencing a positive response to the project. This approach recognized the importance of fostering student autonomy and self-regulation, establishing it as a viable pedagogical strategy.
According to what teachers’ perspectives in all the presently collected material, it is possible to indicate that the project seems to be opening a favorable path for teacher agency regarding curriculum and pedagogical innovation. However, further analysis and discussions will be conducted in this ongoing project.

References
EC - European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, (2019). Key competences for lifelong learning, Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/569540
McKenney, S., Nieveen, N., & van den Akker, J. (2006). Design research from a curriculum perspective. In J. van den Akker, K. Gravemeijer, S. McKenney, & N. Nieveen (Eds.), Educational Design Research, Chap. 5, pp. 67-90. Routledge.
Mouraz, A. & Cosme, A. (2021). The ongoing curriculum Reform in Portugal - highlighting trends and gaps. in M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou & T. Soini (Orgs.) Curriculum making in Europe: policy and practice within and across contexts. West Yorkshire, England: Emerald Group publishing.
OECD (2018a). The Future We Want. The future of education and skills Education 2030 (position paper). https://www.oecd.org/education/2030/E2030%20Position%20Paper%20(05.04.2018).pdf
OECD (2018b). Curriculum Flexibility and Autonomy in Portugal - an OECD Review. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030/Curriculum-Flexibility-and-Autonomy-in-Portugal-an-OECD-Review.pdf
Ladany, N., Thompson, B. J., & Hill, C. E. (2012). Cross-analysis. In C. E. Hill (Ed.), Consensual qualitative research: A practical resource for investigating social science phenomena (pp. 117–134). American Psychological Association.
Panadero, E. (2017). A Review of Self-regulated Learning: Six Models and Four Directions for Research. Frontiers in Psychology, 8. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2017.00422
Panadero, E., Lipnevich, A. A. (2022). A review of feedback models and typologies: Towards an integrative model of feedback elements, Educational Research Review, 35, 100416. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2021.100416
Priestley, M. Biesta, G. & Robinson, S. (2014). Teachers as agents of change: teacher agency and emerging models of curriculum. In M. Priestley & G.Biesta (org) Reinventing curriculum: New trends in Curriculum policy and practice.(187-206). London: Bloomsbury.
Torres, A. C. & Mouraz, A. (2019). Transição para o ensino secundário em Portugal: vozes de estudantes sobre dificuldades académicas [Transition to upper secondary education in Portugal: students’ voices about academic difficulties], Educação & Sociedade, 40 (e0186268). https://doi.org/10.1590/ES0101-73302019186268
Zimmerman, B. J., and Moylan, A. R. (2009). “Self-regulation: where metacognition and motivation intersect,” in Handbook of Metacognition in Education, eds D. J. Hacker, J. Dunlosky, and A. C. Graesser (New York, NY: Routledge), 299–315.
 
13:45 - 15:1504 SES 06 A: Digital and picture books as resources for Inclusive Education
Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Lisa Paleczek
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Exploring the Effects of Digital Platforms on Inclusivity for Students and Parents in Secondary Schools: Opportunities and Challenges

Patricia Shaw

University of Hull, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Shaw, Patricia

In the last decade, there has been a significant focus on the platformisation of education, especially since the Covid-19 pandemic led educational institutions across the globe to utilise a variety of platform-based tools to enable remote learning. The use of virtual learning and other platforms has become a crucial aspect of contemporary education; recognising that digital access is no longer a luxury but a necessity if a student is to have equal opportunity to high-quality education, presents both new opportunities and challenges for schools,

The use of digital platforms, defined as ‘programmable digital architecture designed to organise interactions between users’ (Van Dijck & Poell, 2018, p. 4), has become central to supporting administrative, pedagogical, and communicative functions of schools worldwide (Williamson, 2017). Pandemic-related school closures played a critical role in facilitating remote education (Parkin et al., 2020) and enabling teacher-student and teacher-parent interactions (Cumbo et al., 2021). This led to increased educational inequalities, since pupils from better-off families not only had better digital access but their parents reported feeling more able to support them (Andrew et al., 2020). This highlights that the spectrum of digital inclusion (or exclusion) is neither binary nor static and different levels of inequalities are commonly recognised relating to differentiating degrees of digital access, literacy, and capacity to translate internet access into positive offline outcomes (van Deursen & Helsper, 2015).

Despite the increased use of digital platforms, research that critically explores how they are reshaping school practices and the implications this has for students and families is still surprisingly limited (Pluim & Gard, 2018; Williamson, 2016). This research aims to address the gap by adopting a critical platform gaze (Decuypere et al., 2021), an analytical stance that approaches platforms not as neutral ‘digital tools’ but as connective artefacts informed by the active interactions between individuals and the technology. It explores the opportunities as well as the challenges associated with school platformisation in recognition of UNICEF’s (2021) call for digital inclusion to be seen as the cornerstone to ensuring social justice and equitable life chances for every child. Thus, the research questions are:

  1. How have digital platforms become a primary ‘space’ for schools’ post-pandemic operations?

  1. What are the short and long-term opportunities and challenges platformisation can create for educators, students and parents/carers.

  1. What does digital exclusion look like and what can schools do to address it?

This project provides relevant insights into the complexity of school platformisation and contributes to the theoretical development of critical platforms studies as a research field. Understanding the impact of the recent platformisation of schools on post-pandemic practices and the implications this can have in exacerbating digital inequalities is crucial to informing policy aimed at supporting schools and families. It provides an initial step towards creating a more digitally equitable society, which exemplifies UNESCO’s (2017) mandate that every learner matters and matters equally.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study comprises in-depth qualitative case studies of three secondary schools in England to gain a deeper understanding of the situated experiences of headteachers, teachers, students, and parents concerning school platformisation. This paper focuses on the perceptions of students and parents/carers.

Data collection utilised participatory tools, which are considered flexible due to their verbal, non-verbal, spoken, and heard multi-sensory channels (Cohen et al., 2017). . An adaptation of an asset-mapping tool was used with the parents to determine what they understood by digital platforms, what was working well, if and where they received support to engage with the platforms, the challenges they faced to support the students to engage with the platforms, and what they considered needed to change to make these platforms more equitable and inclusive. The student focus groups involved the use of photo-voice – visual media photography where research participants have an active role in the generation and interpretation of images to reveal deeper understandings of values and beliefs (Beazley, 2008)  

Drawing on the conceptual tools of Barthes (1993), the study employed the ‘punctum’ and ‘studium’ to understand the relationship between the student taking the photograph and the image itself, resulting in an emotional response. Barthes defines the punctum as the detail in a photograph that ‘pricks’ the person who views it resulting in an emotional response, while the studium indicates the overall interest or context of the photograph, which shapes the viewer’s understanding of the image. These images were used in a follow-up diamond ranking exercise, a thinking skills tool (Rockett and Percival, 2002) designed to encourage people to make explicit, the rationale for how they rank the images from the most to least important through the process of discussion, reflection and negotiation with other group members (Clark, 2012).  

The project adopted purposeful sampling, which is widely used in qualitative research for the identification and selection of information-rich cases related to the phenomenon of interest (Creswell & Clark, 2011). Keeping with the tenet of inclusion, we invited students and parents from all year groups in each school. Students whose parents did not provide consent could still take part; however, no data relating to these individual children were used in the study. We conducted four focus groups with students, and four with parents at each participating school. Each focus group comprised three or four participants.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through analysis of our in-depth interviews in 2024, we expect to better understand whether and how digital platforms have become a primary ‘space’ for schools in post-pandemic operations. This will have tangible benefits for the students and families in our study as their lived experiences are brought to the fore, thus facilitating important conversations with the participating schools about potential changes to the use of digital platforms to reduce inequality and improve the educational experience for all children.

Furthermore, we anticipate being able to bring valuable additions to the limited research base on the impact that the use of digital platforms has on students and families. This will contribute to a better understanding of the opportunities associated with digital platform use but also to exploring whether, even with the same internet access, digital literacy, and content, children from different places and backgrounds can have unequal experiences and outcomes from using digital platforms. Without understanding the perspectives of diverse and potentially marginalised groups, there is a risk that technology will continue to deepen inequalities. We intend to present evidence-based data to highlight unaddressed injustices and inequities, identify the short and long-term opportunities and challenges platformisation can create for educators, students and parents, and establish a shared vision of what digital exclusion entails and how to address this. In so doing, we will contribute to developing holistic policies and approaches to digital inclusion that encompass the use of platforms.

References
Andrew, A., Cattan, S., Costa Dias, M., Farquharson, C., Kraftman, L., Krutikova, S., Phimister, A., & Sevilla, A. (2020) Inequalities in Children’s Experiences of Home Learning during the COVID-19 Lockdown in England*. Fiscal Studies, 41(3), 653–683. https://doi.org/10.1111/1475-5890.12240  

Barthes, R. (1993) Camera Lucida: Reflections on Photography (translated by Richard Howard). London: Vintage Classics  

Beazley, H. (2008). “The Geographies and Identities of Street Girls in Indonesia.” In Designing Modern Childhoods: History, Space and the Material Culture of Children, edited by Marta Gutman, and Ning De Coninck-Smith, 233–249. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.  

Clark, J. (2012) “Using Diamond Ranking as Visual Cues to Engage Young People in the Research Process.” Qualitative Research Journal 12 (2): 222–237. doi: 10.1108/14439881211248365

Cohen, L., Manion, L. and Morrison, K. (2017). Research Methods in Education (8th ed.) London: Routledge.

Creswell, J.W. & Clark, V.L. (2011) Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research. 2nd Edition, Sage Publications, Los Angeles.

Cumbo, B. J., Bartindale, T., & Richardson, D. (2021) Exploring the Opportunities for Online Learning Platforms to Support the Emergency Home School Context. Proceedings of the 2021 CHI Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems, 1–11. https://doi.org/10.1145/3411764.3445044.

Decuypere, M., Grimaldi, E., & Landri, P. (2021) “Introduction: Critical studies of digital education platforms”. Critical Studies in Education, 62(1), 1-16

Parkin, T., Caunite-Bluma, D., Ozolins, K., & Jenavs, E. (2020) Report 3: Technology Use in Schools During Covid-19. Findings from the Edurio Covid-19 Impact Review. Edurio. https://home.edurio.com/covid-19-impact-report1  

Perrotta, C., & Williamson, B. (2016) The social life of learning analytics: Cluster analysis and the ‘performance’ of algorithmic education. Learning, Media and Technology, 43(1), 1–14.

Rockett, M. and Percival, S. (2002) Thinking for Learning. Stafford: Network Educational Press.

UNESCO (2017) A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000248254  

UNICEF (2021) Closing the digital divide for good  

https://www.google.com/urlsa=t&rct=j&q=&esrc=s&source=web&cd=&cad=rja&uact=8&ved=2ahUKEwic0IeeuP2DAxWnVUEAHbuOBCYQFnoECBAQAw&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.unicef.org.uk%2Fwp-content%2Fuploads%2F2021%2F06%2FClosing-the-Digital-Divide-forGood_ExecSum.pdf&usg=AOvVaw2nnmDgLB150qYf1kffku9G&opi=89978449  

van Deursen, A. J. A. M., & Helsper, E. J. (2015) The Third-Level Digital Divide: Who Benefits Most from Being Online? In Communication and Information Technologies Annual (Vol. 10, pp. 29–52). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S2050-206020150000010002  

Van Dijck, J., Poell, T., & De Waal, M. (2018) The platform society: Public values in a connective world. Oxford University Press.

Williamson, B. (2016) Digital education governance: An introduction. European Educational Research Journal, 15(1), 3–13

Williamson, B. (2017) Learning in the ‘platform society’: Disassembling an educational data assemblage. Research in Education, 98(1), 59–82. https://doi.org/10.1177/0034523717723389


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Inclusive Reading Lessons - the Use of Differentiated (Digital) Materials in Austrian Classrooms

Fabian Feyertag1, Lisa Paleczek2, Elisabeth Stabler1, Elisabeth Herunter3, Susanne Seifert2

1PPH Private University College of Teacher Education Augustinum Graz; 2University of Graz; 3University College of Teacher Education Styria

Presenting Author: Feyertag, Fabian; Paleczek, Lisa

Primary school classrooms in Austrian – as across European and worldwide are characterized by a diverse student body (European Education and Culture Executive Agency (European Commission), 2023; Oberwimmer et al., 2021). As part of various diversity aspects to be taken into consideration in a classroom (Ainscow et al., 2010), studies show that pupils differ regarding their reading skills (Seifert et al., 2022). At the end of primary school 20% the of pupils in Austria leave the fourth grade as low-achieving readers (Schmich et al., 2023). Yet, reading competence is crucial, because it is the basis for acquiring knowledge and hence participation in society (Maitz et al., 2018).

On one hand, teachers have to deal with increasing diversity (Humphrey et al., 2006) and on the other hand, they have to teach fundamental reading skills, which are demanded by the national curriculum (Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung, 2023). Offering inclusive lessons, based on differentiation is one possible way of meeting this challenge. In differentiated approaches individual skills are recognized as basis for differentiation to foster students according to their needs and hence, expand their individual reading skills (Konrad, 2014). Within an inclusive classroom, differentiated material that allows students to work on the same topic, but on different reading levels is needed (Seifert et al., 2015).

In some cases, textbooks offer such differentiation (Wedenig, 2017). Otherwise, teachers need to use additional differentiated material or even differentiate materials themselves. Embedding differentiation in digital tools can significantly reduce the workload for teachers and also increase student motivation, as student-centered lessons as possible (Redecker & Punie, 2017). Besides, other well accepted elements for enhancing reading skills (e.g., vocabulary work (Schabmann et al., 2012), cooperative learning methods (Remache et al., 2019), reading strategies (Philipp, 2015), reading while listening (RWL) to audio files (Walter, 2018)) can also easily be implemented in digital tools. However, it is still unclear whether, to what extent and by what means (e.g. textbooks, digital tools) differentiation is currently being implanted in Austria classes and what gaps are being present.

The paper aims to close the gap and explores which elements are used and perceived as particularly beneficial in an inclusive setting to promote pupils reading skills and to facilitate knowledge acquisition. It also identifies success factors for reading didactics that focus more on the needs of individual pupils.

By employing a mixed methods approach (questionnaire, interviews and book analyses), this study aims to investigate (a) the extent to which Austria teachers utilize differentiated materials, (b) the factors causing teachers’ reliance on differentiated materials, (c) the methodologies employed by teachers in utilizing differentiated materials, (d) the presence of differentiation measures in the most common Austrian primary school textbooks, (e) the current utilization and purposes of digital tools and technologies in supporting reading didactics and (f) the elements that could facilitate differentiation for teachers, such as the use of digital tools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To learn more about teachers’ practice and needs in terms of differentiation in inclusive classrooms, we employed a mixed-methods approach. Currently, we use an online questionnaire to find out more about teacher practices and strategies (vocabulary work, reading strategies, audio support, cooperative learning elements, differentiation in terms of reading skills, digitalization) used in differentiated approaches in inclusive lessons with a focus on reading and knowledge acquisition through reading (N = approx. 200 teachers). The questionnaire contains the following nine foci: (1) you and your classroom (e.g. teaching experience, number of students with educational needs); (2) differentiation and individualization in your classroom (e.g. “How often do you differentiate/individualize in your regular lessons?” (7 frequency options ranging from every lesson to never); (3) fostering reading (e.g. “I teach the children the following reading strategies.”); (4)  differentiation through textbooks (e.g., “What else would you like to see in textbooks in terms of differentiation?”); (5) cooperative learning elements for differentiation (e.g., “Do you implement cooperative learning elements in your lessons?”); (6) digital tools for differentiation (e.g., “ Do you know/use the following functions of digital tools? For example: Read aloud function for difficult words/texts”); (7) chances and risks of digital media (e.g., “Digital media support the development of language skills “); (8) technical requirements of your school (e.g., “Digital media support the development of language skills.”); (9), training on the topic of digital tools in reading promotion (e.g., Which training courses on the topics of reading promotion or digital tools have you already attended?”)

Then, we will analyze the findings and – based on these – conduct about ten expert interviews to dig deeper and specify the practices and needs of teachers (i.e., needs for specific trainings) in this regard. Additionally, the three most frequently used Grade 3 content lesson textbooks will be analyzed by using a previously formulated criteria grid to determine whether textbooks allow differentiation in terms of reading performance and are useful in the planning and implementation of inclusive lessons.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of the study is to gain insight into current differentiation methods within inclusive classrooms and to identify which materials and strategies are used by teachers in Austrian primary schools. The results will reveal teachers' requirements for differentiated material and show whether they differentiate regarding the elements known to support reading skills (vocabulary work, reading strategies, audio support, cooperative learning elements, differentiation in terms of reading skills, digitalization).
The analysis of the content lesson textbooks allows an assessment of whether these frequently used teaching materials enable differentiation at all and if so, to what extent. These results provide information for the creation and development of inclusive differentiated materials, but once again emphasize the need for differentiated teaching materials for inclusive lessons, with which pupils can acquire knowledge according to their respective reading skills.
From the results of the questionnaire study and the interviews, it will also be possible to deduce what content is relevant for teachers in further training programs in order to better prepare them for teaching with consideration of individual reading skills in the future

References
Bundesministerium für Bildung, Wissenschaft und Forschung. (2023). DEUTSCH (Volksschule).
European Education and Culture Executive Agency (European Commission). (2023). Promoting diversity and inclusion in schools in Europe. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/443509
Humphrey, N., Bartolo, P., Ale, P., Calleja, C., Hofsaess, T., Janikova, V., Lous, A. M., Vilkiene, V., & Wetso, G. (2006). Understanding and responding to diversity in the primary classroom: An international study. European Journal of Teacher Education, 29(3), 305–318. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619760600795122
Konrad, K. (2014). Ausblick und Perspektiven: Lernen lernen im differenzierenden Unterricht. In K. Konrad (Hrsg.), Lernen lernen – allein und mit anderen: Konzepte, Lösungen, Beispiele (S. 259–271). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-04986-7_17
Maitz, K., Paleczek, L., Seifert, S., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2018). Zusammenhang der Leseverständnisleistungen mit sozialen Herkunftsfaktoren bei SchülerInnen der dritten Schulstufe. Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung, 11(1), 147–160. https://doi.org/10.1007/s42278-018-0012-6
Oberwimmer, K., Juen, I., & Vogtenhuber, S. (2021). Indikatoren A: Kontext des Schul- und Bildungswesens. In Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2021 (S. 158–193). http://doi.org/10.17888/nbb2021
Philipp, M. (2015). Lesestrategien: Bedeutung, Formen und Vermittlung. Beltz Juventa.
Redecker, C., & Punie, Y. (2017). European framework for the digital competence of educators: DigCompEdu. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2760/159770
Remache, N., Labre, M., & Valle, V. (2019). The effects of cooperative learning on reading comprehension. Explorador Digital, 3, 143–163. https://doi.org/10.33262/exploradordigital.v3i3.1.875
Schabmann, A., Landerl, K., Bruneforth, M., & Schmidt, B. (2012). Lesekompetenz, Leseunterricht und Leseförderung im österreichischen Schulsystem. Analysen zur pädagogischen Förderung der Lesekompetenz (S. 17–69).
Schmich, J., Illetschko, M., & Wallner-Paschon, C. (2023). PIRLS 2021—Die Lesekompetenz am Ende der Volksschule—Erste Ergebnisse (S. 154). Institut des Bundes für Qualitätssicherung im österreichischen Schulwesen. http://doi.org/10.17888/pirls2021-eb.2
Seifert, S., Paleczek, L., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2022). Diagnostik und Differenzierung im Leseunterricht: Bd. (4) (51; Nummer 51, S. 683–695). Universität Regensburg. https://doi.org/10.5283/epub.53383
Seifert, S., Schwab, S., & Gasteiger-Klicpera, B. (2015). Effects of a Whole-Class Reading Program Designed for Different Reading Levels and the Learning Needs of L1 and L2 Children. Reading and Writing Quarterly, 32. https://doi.org/10.1080/10573569.2015.1029176
Walter, J. (2018). Zur Effektivität der Förderung der Leseflüssigkeit auf der Basis von Hörbüchern in Kombination mit wiederholtem Lesen: Weitere Evidenz. In Empirische Sonderpädagogik (Bd. 10, Nummer 3, S. 248–272).
Wedenig, H. H. (2017). Und was „lernt“ das Schulbuch? Potenziale für innere Differenzierung durch adaptive Schulbücher: experimentelle Evaluation der Präferenzen Lehrender und Lernender. In B. Aamotsbakken, E. Matthes, & S. Schütze (Hrsg.), Heterogenität und Bildungsmedien (S. 198–211). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Tactile Literacy: the Role of Tactile Picture Books in Inclusive Education

Lily Stone

University of Cambridge, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Stone, Lily

In this paper, I examine tactile picture books designed for readers with vision impairments as a site for both developing and conceptualising tactile literacy. Tactile picture books designed for readers with vision impairments are far from new. Yvonne Eriksson takes 1784 as the starting point for her historical analysis - the year Valentin Haüy laid the foundations of what would go on to become the first institute for the education of blind children in Paris - yet she acknowledges that writing for blind readers existed as early as the 9th century, citing Japanese relief prints conserved in Bucharest (Eriksson, 1998). Tactile picture books remain a global phenomenon to this day, with practitioners coming together to share their work in the now-biennial international ‘Typhlo and Tactus’ competition for tactile picture books, an organisation that also published its own guide, sharing the practices of many international practitioners in the field (Claudet, 2009). Across history and geography, tactile picture books are explicitly made to be felt, touched, and manipulated, relying on their materiality to convey their pictures and illustrations. Rather than being ‘pretty’ to look at, they are first and foremost books to be read with the hands, which calls for an embodied, rather than visual, approach to illustration (Bara, 2018; Claudet, 2019). In present-day Britain, tactile picture books are often a homemade affair, with charities distributing volunteer-made books, and practitioners making their own, often specially for and with specific students. These books are often made with particular aims in mind, such as developing pre-braille skills or working against tactile selectiveness. They also supposedly bolster language and literacy skills, as well as understanding and memory (Bara, 2018), whilst also allowing certain students to develop the tactile diagram skills they will need in future examinations (Norman, 2004). Nevertheless, tactile picture books remain under-researched, with the research that exists often narrowly focused on the ‘correct’ decoding of tactile images, ignoring the fact that these books are also designed to be pleasurable and bring enjoyment to their readers. Students are invited to physically engage with these books as a key part of their learning, and their teachers’ understandings of tactile literacy extend beyond simply the acquisition of braille.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using multiple case studies, I draw on interview and observation data collected as part of my PhD research to explore how tactile picture books support the development of so-called tactile literacy, whilst also questioning how we can understand tactile literacy more expansively. Speaking with practitioners working in publishing, for charities, as storytellers, and as qualified teachers of children and young people with vision impairments, I map the perspectives of practitioners across settings, whilst also drawing on observation data from charity playgroups, storytelling sessions, and schools. This data analysis sits alongside analysis of the materiality of tactile picture books themselves, both commercial and homemade.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Notions of literacy permeate our educational sphere in many forms: visual literacy, health literacy, financial literacy, computer literacy, racial literacy, cultural literacy. It is time to pay greater attention to an expanded notion of tactile literacy, instead of relegating it to the bottom of a sensory hierarchy that privileges vision above all else. Tactile picture books provide the ideal site for such an exploration. In attending to more abstract forms of tactile literacy, I argue that the way we understand tactile picture books speaks to how we understand childhood and disability more broadly. When we start to question the fundamental assumptions that are the basis for the creation of tactile picture books and the tactile literacy they support, we must also start to question the fundamental assumptions surrounding what we mean by inclusive education.
References
Bara, F. (2018). The Effect of Tactile Illustrations on Comprehension of Storybooks by Three Children with Visual Impairments: An Exploratory Study. Journal of Visual Impairment & Blindness, 112(6), 759–765.
Claudet, P. (Ed.). (2009). The Typhlo & Tactus Guide to Children’s Books.
Claudet, P. (2019). Tactile Illustrated Books: Did You Say, ‘A Little Miracle?’ Bookbird, 57(2), 50–58.
Eriksson, Y. (1998). Tactile pictures: Pictorial representations for the blind, 1784-1940. Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis.
Norman, J. (2004). If I remember rightly – tactile illustrations enable greater access to books. British Journal of Visual Impairment, 22(2), 71–73.
 
13:45 - 15:1504 SES 06 B: Teacher Education for Inclusion: International Trends (Part 1)
Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ines Alves
Panel Discussion Part 1/2, to be continued in 04 SES 07 B
 
04. Inclusive Education
Panel Discussion

Teacher Education for Inclusion: International Trends (Part 1)

Ines Alves1, Michelle Proyer2, Sevinj Rustamova1, Constanza Herrera-Seda3, Simoni Symeonidou4, Ilektra Spandagou5

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Viena, Austria; 3Universidad de Santiago de Chile, Chile; 4University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 5University of Sydney, Australia

Presenting Author: Alves, Ines; Proyer, Michelle; Rustamova, Sevinj; Herrera-Seda, Constanza; Symeonidou, Simoni; Spandagou, Ilektra

This 2-part panel will bring together colleagues to reflect on teacher education for inclusion in 12 country contexts: Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Chile, Cyprus, Greece, Norway, Portugal, Scotland, Serbia, Switzerland, and USA.

Educating teachers that are prepared to teach diverse student populations is one of the big challenges of present times. This can be to some extent explained by the challenges experienced by teachers linked to student diversity and the international push to develop education systems that include all learners. According to Forlin (2010), TE for inclusion is a way of ensuring that teachers are prepared to teach in classrooms with diverse student populations. Livingston (2020) considers that the role and responsibility of TE ‘in developing inclusive education that enables every teacher to meet the needs of all our young people’, still needs to be explored.

TE can be divided into two main phases: initial teacher education (ITE) and Continuing professional Development (CPD). In trying to dissect TE across 12 different countries, we will consider its format (duration and location), purpose (transmissive-malleable-transformative) and contents. Symeonidou (2017) identified three key formats of ITE for inclusion: a) single-unit approaches: 1 lecture/seminar; b) content-infused approaches: embedded in the programme; c) approaches using school placement/experience. However, Symeonidou and Makopoulou (2019) suggest that the contents, quality and impact of TE for inclusion still need to be explored as existing research is fragmented and limited. The engagement of all teachers in CPD varies within a country and across countries, as different teacher groups are not equally involved in CPD (De Vroey et al., 2023).

Even considering that research on teacher education for inclusion has reported positive outcomes of programs with different approaches, more evidence is needed to understand in depth the content, characteristics, barriers, and facilitators related to the effectiveness of teacher education, as well as to explore the underlying mechanisms involve producing these outcomes (Tristani & Bassett-Gunter, 2019). The literature suggests that internationally TE institutions are exploring ways to actively involve teachers and their students in understanding and developing their own learning, and that those institutions must ensure that theory and research are better linked to teachers’ practice. The competent bodies of educational policy in different countries accept that teachers hold a key role within the economic, social and cultural development of their country, and in promoting the United Nations Sustainable Development Goal 4: Ensuring inclusive equitable quality education for all. TE still faces structural inadequacies as in many contexts elementary and secondary education are seen in a disintegrated way and not as sequentially complementary to each other, and not conceptualized in a unifying way that would enable the continuity between the initial teacher education and continuous professional development (Xochellis, 2002). Siuty (2019) notes that TE needs to support teachers in understanding and disrupting the dominant ideologies around normalcy that operate in educational systems, sustaining the exclusion and interrogating their identities and privileges in the systems of oppression and power imbricated with these ideologies to inform decision-making about practice and social interactions.

The panel will address the following questions:

- To what extent is inclusive education present in initial teacher education and teachers’ continuous professional development?

- What formats (duration and location), purposes (transmissive-malleable-transformative), and contents exist in ITE and CPD for inclusion of all students in education?

This is a timely discussion panel which will consider TE for inclusion cross-nationally to provide new insights to the format, purposes, content, quality and impact of Teacher Education for inclusion in diverse contexts.


References
C. Forlin, Teacher Education for Inclusion: Changing paradigms and innovative approaches. Oxon: Routledge, 2010. doi: 10.4324/9780203850879.
De Vroey, A., Lecheval, A., Symeonidou, S. (2023). Supporting All Educators to Take Part in Teacher Professional Learning for Inclusion. Trends in Higher Education, 2, 320–331. https://doi.org/10.3390/ higheredu2020018
E. M. Sosu, P. Mtika, and L. Colucci-Gray, “Does initial teacher education make a difference? the impact of teacher preparation on student teachers’ attitudes towards educational inclusion,” Journal of Education for Teaching, vol. 36, no. 4, pp. 389–405, 2010, doi: 10.1080/02607476.2010.513847.
I. Alves, A. Christodoulidis, J. Carpenter, V. Hogg (in press) Practitioner Enquiry as lifelong Teacher Education for Inclusion, Education Sciences
International Bureau of Education-UNESCO, Reaching out to all Learners: a Resource Pack for Supporting Inclusive Education. Geneva: IBE-UNESCO, 2016.
J. Essex, N. Alexiadou, and P. Zwozdiak-Myers, “Understanding inclusion in teacher education–a view from student teachers in England,” International Journal of Inclusive Education, vol. 0, no. 0, pp. 1–18, 2019, doi: 10.1080/13603116.2019.1614232.
K. Livingston, “Reflections on teacher education: developments and challenges,” European Journal of Teacher Education, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 1–3, 2020, doi: 10.1080/02619768.2020.1705653.
M. C. Beaton, S. Thomson, S. Cornelius, R. Lofthouse, Q. Kools, and S. Huber, “Conceptualising teacher education for inclusion: Lessons for the professional learning of educators from transnational and cross-sector perspectives,” Sustainability (Switzerland), vol. 13, no. 4, pp. 1–17, 2021, doi: 10.3390/su13042167.
Makopoulou, K., Penney, D., Neville, R., & Thomas, G. (2022). What sort of ‘inclusion’is continuing professional development promoting? An investigation of a national CPD programme for inclusive physical education. International journal of inclusive education, 26(3), 245-262.
Siuty, M. B. (2019). Teacher preparation as interruption or disruption? Understanding identity (re) constitution for critical inclusion. Teaching and Teacher Education, 81(1), 38-49. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.02.008
Symeonidou, S. (2017). Initial Teacher Education for Inclusion: A Review of the Literature. Disability & Society, 32 (3), 401–422. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2017.1298992
Tristani, L., & Bassett‐Gunter, R. (2020). Making the grade: Teacher training for inclusive education: A systematic review. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 20(3), 246-264. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12483
UNESCO, A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. Paris: UNESCO, 2017.
Xochellis P. (2002) The teachers’ training today: international necessity, Greek developments and experiences. Paper presented at 20th International Congress. Patras, Retrieved from http://www.elemedu.upatras.gr/eriande/synedria/

Chair
Ines Alves, ines.alves@glasgow.ac.uk, University of Glasgow
 
13:45 - 15:1504 SES 06 C: Engaging with Young Voices to develop Inclusive Education
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Katherine Gulliver
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Young Voices and Empowering Relationships: an answer to Increasing Completion at Vocational Education?

Inger Kjersti Lindvig, Alessandra Dieude, Mette Bunting

University of South-Eastern No, Norway

Presenting Author: Lindvig, Inger Kjersti; Bunting, Mette

Worldwide, there is a common-sense acceptance that young people should have equal access and voice to their educational needs. In Norway recent and alarming findings in the “Children and Young people strategy 21” (Norwegian Research Council 2021), concludes that young people contribute too little in the research decisions that concerns them. These findings are considered when the research council now focuses on new research centres and grants for more inclusive research, underlining the importance of interdisciplinary collaboration in education, research, and the field as well as listening to the voices of children and youth in vulnerable life situation to solve the challenges in the field. These changes are also implemented from the first of August in Norway through a new education Act, where students will have ensured the right to actively express their opinions and be listened in all matters that concern them, and schools accordingly will have the duty to facilitate students’ empowerment (Education Act, 2023, § 10-2). However, the OECD Programme for International Student Assessment found that empowering students through for instance teaching methods in class may be more effective for some students than for others, creating inequality (OECD, 2012). Nonetheless, its operationalisation can become a key aspect for professional development and improving students’ school experiences (Weinberger & Libman, 2018). The act of empowerment is defined as bringing into a state of belief one's capacity to act effectively, emphasising the critical importance of effective relationships between teachers and students; thus empowerment is the ability to influence one’s environment, but it is complex and multidimensional and can affect students differently according to their background (Broom, 2015; Duhon-Haynes, 1996; Freire, 1970). To enact policy demands of empowerment, more research should address its complex, multidimensional characteristics. Therefore, in our study we ask how vocational teachers empower young people in their school environment through “Equality Literacy Framework” (EQL).

In this study we draw on Stuart’s et al. (2021) EQL, a practice and research framework to study all the factors that contribute to empowering learning environments. The framework is rooted in a bio-ecological, systemic view and captures relationships between the individual student and the different contexts at micro and macro level. The EQL Framework considers the concept of equity in relation to equitable chance of success (Chapman and West-Burnham, 2010). This framework is used for both the young people and educators to understand what influences the students in their learning, and what can be done to improve the learning environment for the disadvantaged students. Some commentators point out that it is the education system itself that has quit children, pushed children out and not been fit for young people (Fine, 2018).

At the same time, schools and teachers can pull in young people through for instance relations that are empowering and liberating. With inspiration from Freire, and the Pedagogy of the oppressed, we explore how teachers empower young people in the school and through a critical and dialogue-based relationship. According to Freire (1970), liberating pedagogy aims at empowerment. Belief in and regard for the individual's worth and integrity stems from a humanistic vision of humankind, which values equality, love, hope, mutual respect, and the desire to improve (Freire, 1970). Empowerment is linked to the recognition of the two dimensions of dialogue: reflection and action, which are mutually dependent on each other. For Freire, increasing awareness is the process of engaging individuals in discussion to examine and analyse reality based on such life-like topics.This critical attitude will be able to free the individual and his inherent resources and powers (Lindvig & Mousavi, 2017).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The need for a methodological approach to understand the experiences put forward by marginalized young people is critical. The Indirect Approach (Moshuus & Eide, 2016) draws on an ethnographic biographical framework that evoke notions of methodological approaches like the unstructured interview (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2014). The Indirect Approach reflects that all social phenomena take place within contextual frames produced within a contested ground shaping both the lives of our participants and our inquiries. A key element in the approach is the researcher’s indirect way of approaching the life world of the participant, making sure not to introduce ideas, concepts or notions into the conversation that was not first presented by the participant. Reading something into the conservation or introducing the researchers own concepts would be polluting the conversation, making it too direct. This places the method within the qualitative approaches in the social sciences that are thought of as explorative; discovering something that we did not already know (Moshuus, 2018). The research situation should make the participant a storyteller, making whatever he/she emphasise guide the conversation. This opens the research to a wide variation of interpretative efforts. Often vulnerable students’ experiences are set within a limited normative framework dictated and predefined by our understanding. With the Indirect Approach the spontaneous ideas of the participant opens research up to a rich explorative field and true, empowering dialogue where student’s reality may be discovered, not being defined by normative views. A key element is the introduction of the happenstance. It is our claim that the indirect approach allows for and embraces the occurrence of unforeseen events. Happenstances distinguish themselves from these by revealing something we otherwise would not have discovered. The happenstance allows us to reposition from our initial open and often probing queries to a position of becoming an audience to a story unfolding in our presence. The storytelling is a rich interpretative ground for our explorative efforts into student’s experience. Parallel to this, we have made use of students’ drawings of their school history as another way of open up for their storytelling. To get closer to the student`s s own school stories, EQL sheds light on their educational trajectories, lived experiences, privileges, disadvantage and all the «ups» and «downs». All in all we look for the students’ own experience in education – without exactly asking for it, for use in co-research and working with vocational and vulnerable students.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings of our study show that through the use of EQL practices young students' increase everyday awareness about challenges regarding central life themes. The students' and teachers in the study take into consideration the fundamental socio-cultural mechanisms that impede people and groups from participating equally in education and social life. A teaching characterized by such a dialogue, with its reflection and action-oriented aspect, can precisely contribute to revealing and changing oppressive structures. Such awareness-raising effort requires that the participants in the learning process acknowledge and evaluate one another as equal conversational partners with the shared objective of altering oppressive structures. According to the young voices of our study teachers are changing their practices as students perceive to contribute more to the decision-making dialogue that occurs in the classroom. Interestingly, by adopting an EQL approach teachers experience increased confidence about the qualified choices on how to differentiate instruction and empower students.
References
Brinkman, S., & Kvale, S. (2015). Interviews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing. 24, 2017. Tanggaard, L. & Brinkmann S. (2010).
Broom, C. (2015). Empowering students: Pedagogy that benefits educators and learners. Citizenship, Social and Economics Education, 14(2), 79–86. https://doi.org/10.1177/2047173415597142
Chapman, L. and West Burnham, J. (2010). Education for Social Justice. Achieving Wellbeing for All. London: Continuum.
Duhon-Haynes, G. M. (1996). Student Empowerment: Definition, Implications, and Strategies for Implementation. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED396613
Education Act, 2023, § 10-2 “Act on primary school education and secondary education (Education Act)”
Fine, M. (2018). Just Research in Contentious Times. New York: Teachers College Press. Wilkinson, R. & Pickett, K. (2009). The Spirit Level. London: Penguin.
Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: Seabury Press.
Greenberg, M. A. (2018). Empowerment in a Controlling Place: Youth Program Facilitators and Resistance to School Discipline. Sociological Perspectives, 61(4), 610-625. https://doi.org/10.1177/0731121417742115
Lindvig, I. K. & Mousavi, S. (2017). Hva får minoritetsspråklige ungdommer til å fullføre videregående skole? I: Bunting, M & Moshuus, G. (Red.). (2017). Skolesamfunnet. Kompetansekrav og ungdomsfellesskap. Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
Lødding, B., Gjerustad, C., Rønsen, E., Bubikova-Moan, J., Jarness, V. & Røsdal,T. (2019). Sluttrapport fra evalueringen av virkemidlene i satsingen Ungdomstrinn i utvikling. NIFU-­rapport 2018:32. Nordisk institutt for studier av innovasjon, forskning og utdanning NIFU.
Moshuus, G. H & Eide, K. (2016). The Indirect Approach: How to Discover Context When Studying Marginal Youth. In: International journal of qualitative methods, vol.15, nr.1, p.1-10
Norges Forskningsråd (Norwegian Research cuoncil). Ut av blindsonene. Strategi for et samlet kompetanseløft for utsatte barn og unge. Oslo. FHI 2021.
OECD (2012), PISA 2012 Database, http://www.oecd.org/pisa/pisaproducts/pisa2012database-downloadabledata.htm.
Stuart, & Gravesen, D. T. (2021). Equalities Literacy Framework. I Gravesen, K. Stuart, M. Bunting, S. H. Mikkelsen, & P. H. Frostholm, Combatting Marginalisation by Co-Creating Education: Methods, Theories and Practices from the Perspectives of Young People (s. 47–60). Emerald Publishing Limited
Tveiten, S., & Boge, K.  (2014). Empowerment i helse, ledelse og pedagogikk- nye perspektiver. Gyldendal Akademisk
Weinberger, Y., & Libman, Z. (2018). Contemporary Pedagogies in Teacher Education and Development. BoD – Books on Demand.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

“Oh No! Where are my School Friends?”: Experiences of Inclusion in English Mainstream Primary Schools for Children with Developmental Disabilities

Katherine Gulliver

Plymouth University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Gulliver, Katherine

The following paper investigates the question “what are the experiences of four children with a rare developmental disability (DD) attending mainstream primary schools in the Southwest of England, UK?” A critical realist approach is adopted to help understand how the children navigate their experiences of having a disability within a school setting. Critical realism helps acknowledge the different levels of influence that includes physical, medical, social cultural and historical factors of influence (Bhaskar and Danermark, 2006). The research questions the concept of ‘inclusion’ whilst exploring how settings, staff and children negotiate support within the mainstream education system.

In the UK, school staff roles and responsibilities have shifted towards teaching assistants increasingly being used to work directly with children with disabilities (Ravalier et al., 2021). Literature indicates that working closely with a teaching assistant may prevent children from accessing direct teaching from a qualified teacher (Vincett, Cremin & Thomas, 2005). Furthermore, challenges exist in differences in status and training between teachers and teaching assistant roles.

Children attending mainstream primary education have a range of different needs and backgrounds. Therefore, there are various opportunities for children to develop supportive peer roles and helpful attitudes towards children with differences. When there is a child with disabilities in the class, children may develop empathy and patience (Anderson et al., 2011), be more tolerant of differences, to celebrate differences, and most importantly, learn that all children are different, and therefore learn at different paces. Typically developing peers notice that their friendships with children with disabilities are different. Children with disabilities may have difficulties finding similar interests or similar social competence levels; they require a lot of patience, understanding and trust (Woodgate et al., 2020).

Inclusion flourishes when there is a sense of belonging and participation, but social participation relies on relationships, interactions with others, staff and peer perceptions of children with special educational needs and/or disabilities (SEN/D) and acceptance from peers (Bossaert et al., 2013). The increasingly difficult and undefinable inclusion agenda has resulted in children with disabilities attending primary schools with varying levels of success. School staff continue to conflate inclusion with integration, by focussing on the placement of children being inside the classroom or outside the classroom. Hodkinson (2012) refers to the ‘symbiotically intertwined’ absence and presence of inclusion where teachers have the power to decide who could be included and when.

Research has examined the absence of friendships and peer interactions for children with SEN/D in mainstream education (Lyons et al., 2016) and children with differences report feeling lonely and excluded (Woodgate et al., 2020). Opportunities to interact with others can sometimes be inhibited by a constant adult support, and work outside of the classroom which physically takes place away from the rest of the children (Radford et al., 2015). On the other hand, staff can play a significant part in facilitating interactions between peers.

This study examines the experiences of children with DD through the exploration of social involvement as a primary school pupil, as well as relational participation through connections with peers, teaching assistants (TAs) and teachers in different spaces, both inside and outside of the classroom.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research uses a qualitative, interpretivist paradigm (Cohen et al, 2007). Limited research exists which includes the perspectives of children with developmental disabilities (DD) (Palikara, Ashworth & Van Herwegen, 2018). In this study, children with DD were the primary stakeholders, and so the Mosaic approach (Clark, 2017) was adapted to offer various opportunities for children with DD to share their own perceptions and experiences. The Mosaic approach was particularly appropriate for recognising that children with DD are ‘experts in their own lives’ (Clark, 2017, p.22) who hold different perspectives to others who perceive them.
Four children with DD were invited to guide the researcher on a tour of their school, using photography to capture spaces, objects and people during a visit lasting one week in each school. Other methods included videos of children working with their teaching assistant, a photo-based creative discussion with children, and semi-structured interviews with staff. Informed consent was obtained by gatekeepers including children’s parents, head teacher and school staff. Children were continually monitored for assent using a reflective, ethically conscious total communication approach.
Analysis took an active and iterative form throughout fieldwork, data immersion and reflecting. Photobooks were created to reiterate the research aims and enable children to share their research with others, using photographs they had taken. This helped children to make meaning from their experiences of school and the research process (Clarke, 2017). Seeing how the research was captured through photos, videos and words, the photobooks became part of the consent process of understanding how research can be shared with others. This output emphasised children’s ownership of the photographs and their participation in research about their own lives, which demonstrated their position as active citizens with a right to express their views and contribute to decisions made about them (DfE, 2014; Clark, 2017).  
Interviews with staff were transcribed through a transcription service, whilst all recordings of conversations with children were transcribed verbatim to help process the researcher’s reflections through note taking. Initial themes were generated before an analysis framework was created through a narration of each child’s experiences of being a primary school pupil. Reflexive thematic analysis emphasises the significance of the researcher in the process of telling stories (Braun and Clarke, 2019) and the researcher brought knowledge and experiences of having a sibling with a DD, and their deepening understanding of critical disability studies together to make sense of the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Contrary to previous research, findings show close relationships with practitioners were essential for supporting inclusion. Outside the classroom there was space for open and supportive practitioners to recognize, respect and respond to children's needs. Teaching assistants (TA) play a significant role in supporting children and staff, by developing knowledge of both the child and the disability through relational, responsive working with children. On the other hand, TAs have contrasting work conditions to classroom teachers including lower pay and status which can impact how they are viewed and valued in the school (Mackenzie, 2011). Knowledge from responsive, observant experiences with children often stayed with the TA due to limited time to share lesson planning, resourcing, and communication. Implications for practice show the need for strategic school inclusion to enable all staff to share their knowledge-from-experience with class teachers. Furthermore, TAs must be recognised as pivotal to the successful inclusion and support for children with DD.
Part of the children’s’ experiences of mainstream education involved managing the busy environment of the classroom, and the presence of peers. When peers in the class attempted to help children with disabilities, they noticed that support was needed but did not know how to provide that support. At times, this resulted in children doing things for their peers, which can prevent children with disabilities from practising problem-solving skills. In addition, these instances reflect a dilemma of difference from the child’s perspective, between requiring support from peers to complete a task, and wanting to be treated the same as their peers (Norwich, 2008). Using the experiences illuminated in this study, it is interesting to consider how staff and peers look to support and position children with DD, and the ways in which special needs education can be provided in mainstream settings.

References
Anderson, K., Balandin, S. & Clendon, S. (2011) '“He cares about me and I care about him.” Children's experiences of friendship with peers who use AAC'. Augmentative and Alternative Communication, 27 (2), pp. 77-90.

Bhaskar, R. & Danermark, B. (2006) 'Metatheory, interdisciplinarity and disability research: a critical realist perspective'. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 8 (4), pp. 278-297.

Bossaert, G., Colpin, H., Pijl, S. J. & Petry, K. (2013) 'Truly included? A literature study focusing on the social dimension of inclusion in education'. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 17 (1), pp. 60-79.

Clark, A. (2017) Listening to Young Children, Expanded Third Edition: A Guide to Understanding and Using the Mosaic approach. Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

Fisher, M. H., Josol, C. K. & Shivers, C. M. (2020) 'An Examination of Social Skills, Friendship Quality, and Loneliness for Adults with Williams Syndrome'. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 50 (10), pp. 3649-3660.


Hodkinson, A. (2012) 'Illusionary inclusion–what went wrong with New Labour's landmark educational policy?'. British Journal of Special Education, 39 (1), pp. 4-11

Lyons, G. L., Huber, H. B., Carter, E. W., Chen, R. & Asmus, J. M. (2016) 'Assessing the social skills and problem behaviors of adolescents with severe disabilities enrolled in general education classes'. American journal on intellectual and developmental disabilities, 121 (4), pp. 327-345.

Mackenzie, S. (2011) '‘Yes, but...’: rhetoric, reality and resistance in teaching assistants' experiences of inclusive education'. Support for Learning, 26 (2), pp. 64-71.

Woodgate, R. L., Gonzalez, M., Demczuk, L., Snow, W. M., Barriage, S. & Kirk, S. (2020) 'How do peers promote social inclusion of children with disabilities? A mixed-methods systematic review'. Disability and rehabilitation, 42 (18), pp. 2553-2579.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Lessons on Fostering Responsiveness to Negativism from "Porcupine Children" – A Participatory Action Research

Noam Lapidot-Lefler

Oranim academic college, Israel

Presenting Author: Lapidot-Lefler, Noam

For the past six years, I have led a partnership between a teacher education college and a school serving at-risk youth where student-teachers are trained. The current participatory action research focused on examining the pupils' expressions of negativism - a source of tension for teachers of at-risk adolescents – as well as on teacher responsiveness to negativism (Reed, 2017).

Grounding the study in Vygotskian theory (Vygotsky, 1987, p. 127), I adopted the perspective that the negativism of at-risk youth could be a sign of a gateway to learning and development. Instead of referring to it as hostile, anxious, isolating, and disruptive behavior and generally pessimistic outlook, it could be understood as a way of distinguishing their particular identities and finding their own kind of agency. In this theoretical perspective, responsiveness to negativism relates to the ability of teachers to appropriately recognize, understand, and address the needs of these pupils by fostering a supportive learning environment tailored to their unique needs. This presentation will describe and analyze three consecutive sessions that took place during my year-long action research study, in which student-teachers, cooperating teachers, and pupils were invited to engage with the phenomenon of negativism and recognize its positive developmental prospects. Through collaborative, participatory inquiry, I sought to unlock the transformative potential of negativism and promote developmental learning progress.

As an action researcher, I elicited and documented a “double stimulation” intervention. The construct of the double stimulation with the pedagogical goal of enhancing 1) Understanding the connection between negativism and responsiveness; 2) Presenting the concept of “porcupine children” as a psychological tool serving as the first stimulus for all research participants; 3) Inviting the pupils to participate in these sessions. Analysis revealed that the pupils responded by interpreting the metaphoric concept of porcupine children by providing examples of negativism from their lives. It became evident that these pupils identified with it and could link it to their expressions of negativity; 4) Additionally, teachers joined in, filling the neutral stimulus (“porcupine children”) with meaning, transforming it into a new mediating sign, Over the course of the discourse, behaviors characterizing negativism among pupils were located and explicated alongside a spectrum of effective responses by educators to learners at risk, according to the perceptions of student-teachers and the cooperating teachers. 5) I expanded my understanding of the relevance of responsiveness in teacher education. The pupils voiced the need for firm relational boundaries alongside empathic acceptance. In voicing lived experiences, the study facilitated the student-teachers and the teachers' listening and understanding. Bridging multiple voices alleviated tensions, promoting the internalization of context-sensitive practice. Ultimately, it spotlighted the zone of proximal development within this activity system as a collective meaning-making forwarded enhanced conception and application towards impactful and meaningful education.

In my study, the concept of responsiveness was based on data depicting the point of view of the pupils and student-teachers through an exchange maintaining horizontal relationships. Additionally, this study provided a glimpse into the practical meaning of responding to negativism, breaking it down into implementable components, which can be identified, described, comprehended, dialogued about, conceptualized, expanded, and adopted in a practical fashion.

Normally, teacher responses have a broad range. The span of responses can vary between violent and containing empowering, empathic, and encouraging reactions, and student-teachers and teachers need an in-depth examination of this range (Edwards, 2010). In this study, it seemed that the participating pupils seek certain responses within a specific spectrum – that, on the one hand, maintains clear boundaries and, on the other, accepts them as they are.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative, collaborative, and participatory action research integrates recurring cycles of action and reflection, theory and practice, to solve authentic problems and promote personal growth (Zellermayer, 2016). Participatory action research is a type of community-based research where researchers collaborate directly with community members or groups to understand and solve a practical issue they are facing. It engages those who are impacted by an issue to participate in the research process rather than just serving as passive subjects of study. In this study, the community participants included 8 student teachers and their 8 cooperating teachers, as well as 8 high-school pupils who contributed their insights and local knowledge while I, the researcher, provided technical expertise. The decisions were made jointly. The research goal was both to create new knowledge and drive change. Participatory research ethics mandated participant collaboration in determining goals, validating findings, and voicing perspectives.
Data collection aligned with qualitative methods, including (1) documentation of partnership school meetings; (2) reflective-dialogue journals by student-teachers and myself; and (3) my researcher's reflective journal portfolio on conceptualizing issues and identifying critical events and opportunities detected through the action research gatherings.
The double stimulus intervention was conducted in accordance with participatory action research, and my presentation will describe it as part of the action research methodology.
Data analysis followed a thematic approach, with strict adherence to ethical regulations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through scaffolded questioning and introduction of the theoretical concept of "porcupine children," the action research succeeded in promoting an expanded understanding and transformative agency in both student-teachers and cooperating teachers and maybe even in the pupils. By eliciting the pupils’ interpretations and examples of negativism from their own lives, the neutral stimulus of porcupine was imbued with personal meaning. This enabled the student-teachers to shape responsive pedagogical actions tailored to their pupils' needs. The double stimulation intervention revealed its potential to bridge the tension between adolescents' negativism and teachers' responsiveness. When thoughtfully implemented, such tension can provide a gateway to the learning and development of vulnerable youth and their educators. Moreover, the present study underscores the importance of facilitating dialogic interaction between student-teachers, cooperating teachers, and pupils in order to cultivate mutual understanding of their respective needs. Such interaction can also help bridge tensions, contradictions, and gaps in both conceptualization and practical processes. Through thoughtful dialogue, participants can collaboratively strive for higher levels of thinking, enhanced comprehension, and the development of partnership in the educational process.
References
Edwards, A. (2010). Being an expert professional practitioner: The relational turn in expertise (Vol. 3). Springer science & business media.‏
Engeström, Y., Nuttall, J., & Hopwood, N. (2022). Transformative agency by double stimulation: Advances in theory and methodology. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 30(1), 1-7.‏
Reed, M. (2017). Understanding and responding to negativism in schooling: the potential of the ‘double move’. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 12, 63-77.‏ https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lcsi.2016.10.001
Vygotsky, L. S. (1997). Self-controL. The collected works of L. S. Vygotsky: The history of the development of higher mental functions, Vol. 4, pp. 207–219. New York: Plenum.
  Zellermayer, M., & Tabak, E. (2006). Knowledge construction in a teachers' community of enquiry: a possible road map. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 12(1), 33-49.‏
 
13:45 - 15:1504 SES 06 D: Giftedness in Inclusive Education
Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Kari Kvandal
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Do Willingness to Communicate and Motivation Have An Impact on Students' Reading Performance? A Comparative Study of Four Economies

Mingcan Wu1, Wangqiong Ye2

1University of Melbourne, China, People's Republic of; 2University of Oslo

Presenting Author: Ye, Wangqiong

The concept of Willingness to Communicate (WTC) refers to the intention to speak or to remain silent given free choice (MacIntyre, 2007) . Originally, it was associated with speaking in one’s first language, but in the 1990s, it was applied to second language communication. And the concept was refined to denote a language learner’s willingness to use the target language to communicate with a certain person at a certain time (MacIntyre, Clément, Dörnyei, & Noels, 1998)
WTC in second language (L2) is conceptualized as a dynamic state of communicative readiness (Zarrinabadi & Tanbakooei, 2016). For example, MacIntyre et al., (1998) developed a pyramid WTC model that integrates various layers of variables, including communication behavior, behavioral intention, situated antecedents, motivational propensities, affective-cognitive context, and social and individual context.
The complex interrelationship of variables affecting WTC construction in L2 can be categorized into six different levels. The variables from the upper three layers, communication behavior, behavioral intention, and situated antecedents, have a temporary and changeable influence on students' willingness to communicate.
Motivation can be categorized into intrinsic motivation and extrinsic motivation (Deci & Ryan, 2000). Intrinsic motivation is characterized by a sense of enjoyment and satisfaction associated with an activity, for example, students enjoy the process of language learning and feel a sense of satisfaction in acquiring new skills. It is based on the belief that interpersonal interactions and social environments can fulfill fundamental psychological needs, allowing individuals to develop growth-oriented tendencies such as internalization and intrinsic motivation (Deci & Ryan, 2012; Noels, 2009).
Conversely, extrinsic motivation pertains to behaviors that are performed for reasons other than the inherent satisfaction they provide (Ryan & Deci, 2020). Within Self-Determination Theory, four primary subtypes of extrinsic motivation have been identified: external regulation, involving behaviors motivated by external rewards or punishments; introjected regulation, where behavior is governed by internal rewards like self-esteem for success; identified regulation, characterized by a person’s endorsement of an activity’s value, leading to a higher willingness to act; and integrated regulation, where an individual not only sees the value in the activity but also aligns it with their other values.

While willingness to communicate (WTC) is widely acknowledged as a significant contributor to language achievement, its potential in the context of reading performance among immigrant students remains underexplored. However, it is less explored in scenarios such as learning the language through immersion in a country where the language is spoken. Besides, research has traditionally focused on WTC’s impact in oral communication scenarios, leaving a gap in our understanding of how it influences reading achievement.
Motivation (MOT) is a well-established driver of academic success, acting as the fuel that powers students’ efforts to overcome challenges and achieve their educational goals. In the study of language learning, MOT’s role is particularly pronounced, influencing not only the desire to learn but also the persistence in overcoming barriers. The inclusion of MOT alongside WTC in this research acknowledges the complex interplay between a student’s desire to communicate and their underlying motivational drives. Understanding how WTC mediates the relationship between MOT and reading performance could unveil new pathways to enhancing immigrant students’ academic outcomes, spotlighting the need for educational strategies that nurture both motivation and communication willingness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data I used is from the 2018 administration of PISA. The OECD conducted PISA every three years, which is a global assessment of 15-year-olds’ educational performance. In the PISA, participants needs to take tests including reading, science, and mathematics, and a half-hour background questionnaire. I used data from 2018, as it is the most recent cyclefocusing on the subject of reading and the background questionnaire includes accurate interest in my research questions.The main focus of the key outcome in this research is student’s PISA reading scores. During the PISA test, students receive a booklet containing a selected subset of the total exam materials. By analysing student’s answer to the background questionnaires and PISA test results, student’s existing abilities shown in reading would be estimated by one-parameter item response model used by the survey organisers. Aiming at reflecting researchers’ uncertainty in students’ original proficiencies in each subject, 10 ‘plausible values’ are selected from every student. So, in this article, 10 plausible values are employed consistently as recommended practice. Each model is calculated 10 times, during which each credible value is used for once. Then, the parameter estimates and standard errors are combined and pooled according to ‘Rubin’s rules’ (Rubin, 1987).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As part of a broader project dedicated to examining long-term trends, the current investigation utilizes data collected from Australia, New Zealand, Hong Kong, and Singapore. These countries participated in the reading tests administered as part of the PISA 2018 assessment. The findings of the analysis reveal that the reading proficiency of immigrant students is influenced by both their willingness to communicate and motivation. Notably, New Zealand demonstrates the strongest correlation with willingness to communicate, while Singapore exhibits the strongest association with motivation. Furthermore, willingness to communicate is identified as mediating the relationship between motivation and reading proficiency across all economies. Despite variations in motivation and family socio-economic status, no distinct cultural trend is evident across these economies. This research can provide insights into how fostering immigrant student’s Willingness to Communicate support student’s reading proficiency and reading performance, thus helping them to better integrate into the society with different culture and linguistic background.
References
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2012). Motivation, personality, and development within embedded social contexts: An overview of self-determination theory. The Oxford handbook of human motivation, 18(6), 85-107.
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2020). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: Definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. Contemporary educational psychology, 61, 101860.MacIntyre, P. D. (2007). Willingness to communicate in the second language: Understanding the decision to speak as a volitional process. The modern language journal, 91(4), 564-576.
MacIntyre, P. D., Clément, R., Dörnyei, Z., & Noels, K. A. (1998). Conceptualizing willingness to communicate in a L2: A situational model of L2 confidence and affiliation. The modern language journal, 82(4), 545-562.
Rubin, D.B. (1987) Multiple Imputation for Nonresponse in Surveys. John Wiley & Sons Inc., New York. http://dx.doi.org/10.1002/9780470316696
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2000). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivations: Classic definitions and new directions. Contemporary educational psychology, 25(1), 54-67.
Zarrinabadi, N., & Tanbakooei, N. (2016). Willingness to communicate: Rise, development, and some future directions. Language and Linguistics Compass, 10(1), 30-45.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Beyond Borders: Comparative Perspectives on Inclusion and Adapted Education for Gifted Children within Norway and Denmark's Early Childhood Care

Kari Kvandal, Gila Hammer Furnes

NLA University College, Norway

Presenting Author: Kvandal, Kari

The Early Childhood Education Act (Barnehageloven, 2005) in Norway upholds the principle of inclusivity, emphasizing the provision of a high-quality educational experience tailored to every child's individual needs. The aim is to nurture the development of each child’s abilities and talents. However, when it comes to the education of gifted children, the responsibility seems to lie with individual early childhood care institutions and municipalities. This decentralized approach has led to notable variations in practices and methodologies among different institutions. Perceptions of giftedness, however, vary, and researchers across countries and cultures face challenges in defining and theorizing giftedness in children (Furnes & Jokstad, 2023; Idsøe, 2021; Sternberg, 2019). The Norwegian education system and early childhood care also have diverse opinions on children, shaping attitudes and pedagogical practices (Furnes & Jokstad, 2023). Early childhood care teachers play a pivotal role in identifying and addressing the needs of every child, as outlined in Norwegian regulations (Kunnskapsdepartementet, 2017; Barnehageloven, 2005). Inclusion is a key aspect of Norwegian education and laws (Barnehageloven, 2005).

In our comparative study, we aim to investigate the national policies and attitudes regarding gifted children within the context of early childhood care. Our focus extends to comparing the approaches taken in Norway and Denmark. In its early stages, the research adopts a documentary empiric approach, examining policy documents from both nations. The intersection between pedagogic and special pedagogic considerations in Norway is a significant aspect, with Befring and Næss (2019) emphasizing gifted children as a goal for special education. Our analysis delves into how policy documents utilize the term "gifted children" and its connection with inclusion and the rights of children with special needs, as outlined by UNESCO (1994).

Questions in the study arise about the alignment of these attitudes with Amartya Sen's research on capabilities (1993, 1999), The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Actions on Special Needs Education (UNESCO, 1994), and Norwegian laws (NOU 2009:18). Our research aims to reflect on these questions. This study is part of a larger research project that aims to contribute to the conversation concerning the education and treatment of gifted children in the future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the initial stages of our research, we primarily rely on a literature review (Creswell, 2014) and documentary analysis (Asdal & Reinertsen, 2021, Bowen, 2009), which will form the basis of this article. Our focus is on understanding how policy documents describe the rights of gifted children for inclusion and facilitation in early childhood care education. This study is part of a broader research project incorporating "mixed methods" (Creswell, 2014), where the importance of gifted children's rights is highlighted. The subsequent phases may involve a combination of quantitative and qualitative methods, including interviews (Kvale & Brinkman, 2015) with early childhood teachers, to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the subject.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings indicate that the term "gifted children" is gaining recognition in educational discourse, and our research seeks to provide reflections on its alignment with broader educational principles. As we embark on this new empirical journey, we emphasize the importance of contributing to ongoing discussions on the education and treatment of gifted children for the future.

 

References
Asdal, K. & Reinertsen, H. (2021): Hvordan gjøre dokumentanalyse. En praksisorientert metode. Cappelen Damm Akademisk.

Barnehageloven. (2005). Lov om barnehager (LOV-2005-06-17-64).  From :Lov om barnehager (barnehageloven) - Kapittel I. Barnehagens formål og innhold - Lovdata

Befring, E. & Næss, K-A. B. (2019). Innledning og sammenfatning. In: E. Befring, K-A. B. Næss & R.Tangen (red.) Spesialpedagogikk. Cappelen Damm Akademisk.  

Bowen,G.A.(2009). Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method. From: Document Analysis as a Qualitative Research Method | Emerald Insight

Creswell,J.W. (2014). Education research: Planning, Conducting and Evaluating Qunatitative and Qualitative Research. Fourth Edition. Mass.: Pearson

Idsøe, E.C., Campbell, J., Idsøe, T. & Størksen, I. (2021). Development and psychometric properties of nomination scales for high academic potential in early childhood education and care. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30(4), 624–637.

Furnes, G & Jokstad, G. (2023). “It May Be a Luxury, but Not a Problem”: A Mixed Methods Study of Teachers’ Attitudes towards the Educational Needs of Gifted Students in Norway. From : [PDF] “It May Be a Luxury, but Not a Problem”: A Mixed Methods Study of Teachers’ Attitudes towards the Educational Needs of Gifted Students in Norway | CiteDrive

Kunnskapsdepartementet (2017). Rammeplanen for barnehagens innhold og oppgaver. From: Forskrift om rammeplan for barnehagens innhold og oppgaver - 1 Barnehagens verdigrunnlag - Lovdata

NOU 2016:14. Official Norwegian Report “More to Gain: Better Learning for Students with Higher Learning Potential”; Kunnskapsdepartementet: Oslo, Norway, 2016; Available online: https://www.regjeringen.no/en/dokumenter/nou-2016-14/id2511246/?ch=1 (accessed on 1 June 2023).

Sen, A. (1993) Capabilities and well-being. In M. C. Nussbaum & A. Sen (red.), The quality of life (s.30-53) University of Utha Press.

Sen, A. (1999). Development as freedom. Oxford University Press.

Sternberg, R.J. (2019). Is Gifted Education on the Right Path? In: B. Wallance, D.A. Sisk & J. Senior. The SAGE Handbook of Gifted and Talented Education. British Library.

UNESCO (1994). The Salamanca statement and framework for action on special needs education. UNESCO.
 
13:45 - 15:1504 SES 06 E: Sustainability in Inclusive Education
Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Aoife Brennan
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

A New Hope? - Perspectives on Holistic Skills Development for a More Inclusive and Sustainable Society

Sebastian Ixmeier, Dieter Münk

University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany

Presenting Author: Ixmeier, Sebastian

"Leave no one behind" is one of the main principles of the United Nations Agenda for Sustainable Development (SDGs). This is linked to the goal of reducing existing inequalities and establishing a more inclusive society in which all people can participate equally (UNSDG 2024). In modern working societies in particular, a lack of professional participation represents a major risk of exclusion, which can have a negative impact on social, societal and economic areas of life for those affected (Wansing 2005, 193). In addition to this normative dimension, promoting the professional participation of as many people of working age as possible is of central importance to the welfare state, especially in times of increasing skills shortages (Ixmeier et al. 2023).

Long-term unemployed people with health impairments are particularly affected by social exclusion, as these two attributes can be seen as a double hurdle when it comes to returning to a gainful employment to cover needs (Beste et al. 2023, 127f.).This problem is all the more virulent as there is a connection between long-term unemployment and health impairments (Kaps et al., 2019). In addition, there are often other barriers to participation in the labor market, such as a lack of vocational or school qualifications, advanced age, language deficits or care responsibilities (Beste, et al. 2023, 127f.).Against this backdrop, a fairly constant proportion of long-term unemployment can be observed in the Federal Republic of Germany: in December 2023, this figure was around 930,000 people (BA 2024). According to estimates by the Federal Institute for Employment Research, up to a quarter of a million of these people have such serious barriers, that their reintegration into work is unlikely under the current support instruments (Trappmann et al. 2019).

Previous attempts by the welfare state to intervene in order to sustainably reduce intersectional barriers to participation for long-term unemployed people with health impairments have often come to nothing. However, increasing access to vocational training could be a decisive opportunity to promote participation (Umkehrer 2020). Against the backdrop of entrenched long-term unemployment, the German legislator created a new standard instrument for promoting participation in basic social security for the long-term unemployed in 2023 - the holistic support in accordance with §16k SGBII. This is understood to mean "methods that include the assessment and development of personal skills and prospects"(BA 2023, 5), whereby employability is to be consolidated by overcoming individual problems with regard to the "life situation as a whole (...) [and] not just labor market-relevant content" (ibid.).

The rehapro model project Essen.Pro.Teilhabe (EPT) has been testing such a holistic support strategy since the beginning of 2020 in order to improve the support situation of long-term unemployed people with health impairments. Innovative elements of EPT include, in particular, interdisciplinary cooperation between different providers and the long-term, holistic support approach in an adaptive, sanction-free setting. The project is being scientifically monitored and evaluated by the University of Duisburg-Essen.

Based on current empirical data from the model project, the article outlines complex needs and conditions for the success of holistic skills development as a new educational practice and thus provides indications for a more inclusive and sustainable system of social participation support.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodological basis is a mixed-method study design. The analysis results to be presented here are based on EPT participant surveys at the beginning of their participation in the project (n=145) and after at least 9 months of the project (n=60). The data was collected between August 2020 and November 2023 and analyzed using statistical methods. The findings were supplemented by the analysis of project progress data (n=252) and a content analysis of interviews (n=42) with project participants and observation protocols (n=44).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By November 2023, 252 participants had joined the pilot project. Of these, over 90% had at least two health impairments - around 75% had both physical and mental health problems. Accordingly, at the start of participation in the project, health stabilization takes precedence over direct occupational participation support. In addition, work on overarching skills (especially self-confidence) and professional orientation as well as the reduction of social problems (e.g. debt counselling/organization of care activities) are important support levers. Against the backdrop of these diverse problem situations, in addition to the voluntary nature of participation, a long period of support and the individual, close-meshed and holistic structure of the offer in line with the complex needs of the participants is a decisive condition for success. With a view to the individual, a holistic, skills-oriented educational approach comes into play in pedagogical practice, in which the teaching of self-competence and social skills is on an equal footing with professional expertise (Euler 2020). In addition, external barriers to participation need to be removed and access to support networks facilitated. The holistic support strategy is correspondingly resource-intensive, but it creates new perspectives for professional participation. So far, 81 people have successfully completed the pilot project, of which around 70% have been able to gain direct access to the labor market. However, due to the complex problems faced by many participants, professional reintegration often requires more time. A far-reaching perspective of participation support appears to be urgently required. However, the holistic support strategy has reached its limits, particularly in view of the voluntary nature of the project: almost 40% of all participants dropped out of the pilot project prematurely. The main reasons for this were a lack of ability to participate due to serious health problems and especially a lack of acceptance of the holistic support strategy.
References
BA (Bundesagentur für Arbeit) (2024). Langzeitarbeitslosigkeit. Einzelausgabe – Dezember 2023. URL: https://statistik.arbeitsagentur.de/SiteGlobals/Forms/Suche/Einzelheftsuche_Formular.html?nn=1610096&topic_f=langzeitarbeitslosigkeit [31.01.2024].

BA (Bundesagentur für Arbeit) (2023). Fachliche Weisung. Ganzheitliche Betreuung nach § 16k SGB II.  Stand 25.05.2023. URL: https://www.arbeitsagentur.de/datei/fachliche-weisung-zu-p-16k-sgb-ii_ba044156.pdf [31.01.2024].

Beste, J., Mustafa C. & Trappmann, M. (2023). Zahlreiche Faktoren verringern die Erfolgsaussichten von Grundsicherungsbeziehenden. In: Wirtschaftsdienst, Jg. 103, H. 2, pp. 123-129.

Euler, D. (2020). Kompetenzorientierung in der beruflichen Bildung. In: Arnold, R., Lipsmeier, A., Rohs, M. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Berufsbildung. Wiesbaden, pp. 205-218.

Ixmeier, S., Muenk, D. & Muscati, N. (2023). "Making a virtue of necessity": Substitution potentials in the face of the shortage of skilled workers - ways to a sustainable future using the example of the German vocational training system. In V. Tūtlys, L. Vaitkutė & C. Nägele (Eds.), Vocational Education and Training Transformations for Digital, Sustainable and Socially Fair Future. Proceedings of the 5th Crossing Boundaries Conference in Vocational Education and Training, Kaunas, 25. – 26. May (pp. 222–228). European Research Network on Vocational Education and Training, VETNET, Vytautas Magnus University Education Academy, Institute of Educational Science. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.7821811

Kaps, P., Oschmiansky, F., Ebach, M., Popp, S., Berthold, J. (2019). Was benötigen und wie gelingen Wiedereinstiege von exkludierten Personen in soziale und arbeitsmarktliche Zusammenhänge?. Abschlussbericht. Berlin.

Trappmann, M., Ramos Lobato, P., Unger, S., Lietzmann, T. (2019). Leistungsberechtigte mit gesundheitlichen Einschränkungen: Nicht jeder ist erwerbsfähig. In: IAB Forum. URL: https://www.iab-forum.de/leistungsberechtigte-mit-gesundheitlichen-einschraenkungen-nicht-jeder-ist-erwerbsfaehig/ [31.01.2024].

Umkehrer, M. (2020). Wiedereinstieg nach Langzeitarbeitslosigkeit: Welche Arbeitsverhältnisse sind stabil, welche nicht? IAB-Kurzbericht Nr. 15/ 2020, pp. 1-12.
UNSDG (United Nations Sustainable Development Group) (2024). Universal Values. Principle Two. Leave No One Behind. URL: https://unsdg.un.org/2030-agenda/universal-values/leave-no-one-behind [31.01.2024].

Wansing, G. (2005). Teilhabe an der Gesellschaft. Menschen mit Behinderung zwischen Inklusion und Exklusion. Wiesbaden.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Supporting Teachers to Enact Inclusive Pedagogy in an Age of Uncertainty: the Future of Sustainable Professional Learning for Inclusive Education

Aoife Brennan

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Brennan, Aoife

The development of inclusive education has become a policy priority across the world, reflected in the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goal 4 which places a focus on quality education for all (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation, 2015). Yet, the reality of enacting inclusive education remains inconsistent due to a range of barriers. Teachers are tasked with the responsibility of enacting policy and ensuring equity and inclusion, however they report feeling underprepared for this task in the Republic of Ireland (RoI) and internationally (Florian and Camedda, 2020; Rose et al., 2015). The reported lack of teacher confidence and competence in meeting the needs of all learners signals shortcomings in teacher education and professional learning for inclusion (European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education, 2022). In this context, the perception of learner differences as deficits that need remediation remains a pervasive influence which can lead to individualising failure within learners (Florian, 2014). Notwithstanding the complexities associated with developing teachers’ beliefs, knowledge and skills for inclusive education, teacher education must support teachers to challenge hegemonic assumptions regarding ability, and to develop a sense of responsibility for including all learners. In addition, teachers need to have a shared understanding of inclusive education in order to support its enactment (Ainscow, 2020, Brennan & Gorman, 2023). The Inclusive Pedagogical Approach in Action (IPAA) framework offers a way forward for supporting teacher to narrow the persistent knowledge – practice gap for inclusion. It emphasises a shift away from ‘most’ and ‘some’ learners to meeting the needs of all learners in a way that does not marginalise difference (Florian, 2014). Teachers who enact inclusive pedagogy reject deterministic beliefs about ability and view diverse learning needs as teaching dilemmas to solve, rather than within learner problems. The challenge lies in the complex process of teacher change which requires changing teachers’ knowledge, beliefs, practice and student outcomes. However, transmissive professional development models, that do not significantly impact learning, tend to prevail in education. In contrast, models of collaborative professional learning, such as professional learning communities (PLCs) have shown to bring about and sustain teacher change (Brennan & King, 2022; Dogen, & Yurtseven, 2018). While the definition of PLCs lacks universal consensus, there is general agreement that an effective PLC involves regular reflective collaboration among a group of educators with the purpose of improving teaching and learning (Dogen, & Yurtseven, 2018). This paper demonstrates how PLCs that are characterised by enquiry and embedded in contexts of teachers’ work can be an effective model of professional learning for inclusion. Previous research in the RoI demonstrated that an externally facilitated PLC in a primary school resulted in sustained teacher learning for inclusion two years after facilitation ended (Brennan & King, 2022). Drawing on these findings, this research project scaled up PLCs as a model of PL for inclusive practice through a university-school partnership to support relational trust and authentic collaboration (Chapman, 2019). One academic supported four teachers to lead the development of PLCs in 4 schools over a period of 8 months. Focus group interviews with the PLC participants (n=33) and observation of practice in two schools, validated previous findings that showed improved attitudes, efficacy and practise for inclusion arising from engagement in a PLC. The PLCs provided safe and supportive spaces for collaborative problem solving among participants. This was fundamental to supporting teacher change and resulted in enhanced well-being among participants.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research study explored how the development of PLCs in 4 schools, underpinned by the IPAA, supported teachers to enact inclusive pedagogy. The research approach adopted was a qualitative, multiple case study design. The value of a multiple case study design is that it broadens the scope of the study and proves its relevance beyond that of a single case study while allowing for comparison across cases (Yin, 2006). The study included 33 participants who engaged in PLCs in their own school contexts. Each PLC was led by a teacher leader who had a postgraduate qualification in inclusive and/or special education. PLC meetings were led by the teacher leaders approximately every four to six weeks in each school over 6-7 months and lasted for 60-90 minutes.  Ethical approval was granted by Dublin City University and permission to conduct the study was sought from the principal of each school. Participation in the PLCs was voluntary and open to every professional member of the school community. Informed consent was obtained prior to the commencement of the study.
Data collection methods administered by the university academic included focus group interviews in each school and observations of practice. The purpose of the focus group interviews was to understand the experience of PLC participants and the impact of the PLC on teaching and learning. For the observation of practice, three teachers opted to participate across two schools. The transcripts of the focus groups were analysed using a thematic approach (Braun & Clarke, 2006) to coding data, supported using NVivo software. Data was coded using both a deductive and inductive approach (Dawadi, 2020): A deductive approach to qualitative coding involved assigning a descriptive label to pertinent features of the data. In this approach, initial codes are informed by the findings in the literature review and the research questions guiding this study. Following this, an inductive approach to analysis was utilised to capture themes emerging from the data. The formation of themes then involved organising similar codes into categories. Categories were reviewed and themes were formed, namely: changes to individual practice, student learning, increased confidence and changes in beliefs and attitudes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Teachers work within a system in which difference can be viewed as a deficit and therefore  teacher education and professional learning needs to support teachers to acknowledge, problematise, question, and rethink differences in a way that becomes embedded in practice at classroom level. The research findings of this study show that teachers were supported to successfully enact inclusive pedagogy arising from their engagement in critical dialogue, public sharing of work in a professional learning community (Brennan & Gorman 2023, Parker et al., 2016). This was made possible through the university-school partnership  which supported the development of relational trust that supported collaborative inquiry for inclusive pedagogy (Chapment, 2019). The key implication for sustainable teacher professional learning for inclusive education in an age of uncertainty  is simple and cost effective:  when supported by a more knowledgeable other, teachers can effectively lead PLCs in their own schools to positively impact teacher professional learning for inclusion and consequently student learning. This research offers a framework for policy makers and practitioners to support the goal of ensuring equitable and inclusive education for all.

References
Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences, Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6:1, 7-16, DOI: 10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587
Brennan, A., & Gorman, A. (2023). Leading transformative professional learning for inclusion across the teacher education continuum: Lessons from online and on-site learning communities. Professional Development in Education. DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2023.2238717
Brennan, A., & King, F. (2022). Teachers’ experiences of transformative professional learning to narrow the values practice gap related to inclusive practice. Cambridge Journal of Education, 52(2), 175-193. DOI: 10.1080/0305764X.2021.1965092
Chapman, C (2019) Making sense of education reform: Where next for Scottish education? Manchester, UK: Association of Directors of Education in Scotland/The Staff College
Dawadi, S. (2020). Thematic analysis approach: A step by step guide for ELT research practitioners. Journal of NELTA, 25(1-2), 62-71.
Dogen, S. and Yurtseven, N. (2018). Professional learning as a predictor for instructional quality: a secondary analysis of TALIS. School effectiveness and school improvement, 29 (1), 1744–5124. doi: 10.1080/09243453.2017.1383274.
Florian, L. 2014. Reimagining special education: why new approaches are needed. In: L. Florian, ed. The sage handbook of special education. London: Sage 9–22. doi: 10.4135/9781446282236.n3.
Florian, F.  & Camedda, D. (2020). Enhancing teacher education for inclusion, European Journal of Teacher Education, 43(1), 4-8, DOI: 10.1080/02619768.2020.1707579
European Agency for Special Needs and Inclusive Education [EASNIE] (2022). Profile for Inclusive Teacher Professional Learning: Including all education professionals in teacher professional learning for inclusion. Odense, Denmark.

Parker, M., Patton., K., & O’Sullivan., M. (2016). Signature pedagogies in support of teachers’ professional learning. Irish Educational Studies, 35(2), 1–17.
Rose, R., et al., 2015. Project iris–inclusive research in Irish schools: a longitudinal study of the experiences of and outcomes for pupils with special educational needs (SEN) in Irish schools. Trim: National Council for Special Education (NCSE).
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation (UNESCO). (2015). Education 2030 Incheon declaration and framework for action for the sustainable development goal 4. Paris: UNESCO.
Yin, R.K. (2006). Case study methods. In J.L. Green, G. Camilli, & P.B. Elmore (Eds.), Handbook of complementary methods in education research (pp. 111-122). Taylor & Francis Group.
 
13:45 - 15:1505 SES 06 A: Counterspaces, Stigmatisation and (post)digital Disadvantage
Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Michael Jopling
Paper Session
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Counterstories Of Educational Pathways: Life Course Narratives Of Minoritized Young Adults On Counterspaces In Their Communities And Neighborhoods.

Julia Steenwegen, Donna de Maat, Joyce Weeland

Erasmus University, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Steenwegen, Julia; de Maat, Donna

Minoritized youth encounter a myriad of challenges within the realm of urban education. These challenges can manifest as microaggressions and implicit/explicit prejudices from educators as well as structural impediments to their educational trajectories. Additionally, the wealth of knowledge these youth bring to their educational journey is often overlooked, portraying them as lacking in functional resources or capital (Kolluri, 2020; Rios-Aguilar & Neri, 2023). Despite these obstacles, many minoritized students adeptly navigate through these structural challenges to pursue postsecondary education.

Research on the experiences of students from minoritized backgrounds underscores the significant role played by their communities. Community cultural wealth emerges as a crucial support system, aiding these students in overcoming barriers and successfully transitioning to secondary education (Gao & Adamson, 2022; James-Gallaway, 2021; Margherio et al., 2020). Departing from the prevalent deficit approach that often frames minoritized and their communities as mere victims of achievement gaps, this study delves into the diverse resources or funds of knowledge available to these students within their communities and urban neighborhoods (Solórzano & Yosso, 2002: Steenwegen & Clycq, 2023).

To unravel the factors contributing to the resilience of minoritized youth and their ability to overcome obstacles (Ungar & Theron, 2020), we further draw on psychological research that highlights the pivotal role of children's communities and neighborhoods as potential support networks (Beese et al., 2023). This research strand views the ways in which children cope with negative experiences and surmount challenges as complex systems influenced by personal, familial, and contextual factors (Masten, 2018). Contributing elements within these systems are schools, after-hour clubs, sport centers and community members as role models.

Building on prior studies that explored the impact of community cultural wealth on the experiences of college students (Margherio et al., 2020; Ong et al., 2018), we lean in critical race theory and use the concept of "counterspaces" to unravel how community resources shape the ways in which young people counter inequality. Counterspaces represent environments, either as factual places in the neighborhood or symbolic spaces, where prevailing narratives of inequality are displaced, providing support and identity affirmation to minoritized and at-risk youth by connecting them to community cultural capital (Shirazi, 2019).

The primary research question guiding our investigation is: "Which spaces within the neighborhoods of minoritized children prove instrumental in overcoming experiences of inequality?" Within this research project we seek to unravel which spaces, both symbolically understood and effectively, contribute to the ability minoritized youth to overcome challenges and positively impact their educational pathways. This project explicitly focuses on the resources available in the communities and centers the experience of young adults who grew up in disadvantaged urban environments.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To unravel which spaces in the urban neighborhoods of youth at risk contribute to the ways in which they overcome obstacles we use an approach of counterstories which have the power to challenge belief systems, build community, and open new opportunities (Magnan et al., 2021; Solórzano & Yosso, 2002). We use a life course qualitative approach or life story method (Bertaux & Thompson, 2017; Scutaru, 2021) . Concretely, we conduct interviews with young adults of minoritized background who grew up in disadvantaged neighborhoods in urban areas of a diverse city in the Netherlands. In these interviews we investigate five themes: (1) their experience in school, (3) experiences of adversary they perceived as hindering their educational pathways (2) the role of their neighborhoods and communities in their educational pathways, (4) their current experience in education or in the workplace, and (5) their aspirations for the future. We focus on how these respondents managed to overcome the structural barriers and hurdles they were confronted with. Their narratives on how they confronted such challenges are interesting in researching the role of counterspaces as well as in in the displacement of common spread deficit approaches.

We understand the interviewees as active co-constructors of the research projects and therefore they are invited to be part of the research process throughout (Bourabain, 2021). The researchers guarantee that the respondents can contact them for any questions, worries and concerns. In addition, the respondents are invited to read their transcripts, change, and erase anything that they discussed during the interview. Ethical approval has been granted by the ethical committee of the humanities and social sciences of the university to which the authors are affiliated.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research brings critical insights into urban education by unraveling the complex dynamics shaping the educational pathways of minoritized youth.  Firstly, the study identifies specific spaces within urban neighborhoods that serve as instrumental components in the resilience and educational success of minoritized youth. By pinpointing these crucial spaces, ranging from educational institutions to community-driven initiatives like after-hour clubs and sports centers, the research seeks to provide a nuanced understanding of the environments that contribute significantly to overcoming structural barriers. Secondly, the exploration of community resources, often underestimated or overlooked, is expected to shed light on the richness of assets within urban communities. A variety of resources will be examined, offering a comprehensive view of the diverse elements that positively impact the educational trajectories of at-risk youth. This aspect of the research holds the potential to challenge prevailing deficit approaches by highlighting the strengths present in minoritized and at-risk populations. The examination of counterspaces within urban settings represents a pivotal aspect of the study. Understanding how such spaces challenge prevailing narratives of inequality and provide crucial support is crucial. This exploration seeks to underscore the importance of counterspaces in connecting minoritized youth to community cultural capital, fostering resilience and a sense of belonging.
By centering the voices and experiences of youth at risk, this research contributes to a broader understanding of urban education, emphasizing the strengths and resources within communities and challenging deficit-oriented perspectives.

References
Beese, S., Drumm, K., Wells-Yoakum, K., Postma, J., & Graves, J. M. (2023). Flexible Resources Key to Neighborhood Resilience for Children: A Scoping Review. In Children (Vol. 10, Issue 11). Multidisciplinary Digital Publishing Institute (MDPI). https://doi.org/10.3390/children10111791
Bertaux, D. , & Thompson, P. (2017). Pathways to social class: A qualitative approach to social mobility. Routledge.
Bourabain, D. (2021). Everyday sexism and racism in the ivory tower: The experiences of early career researchers on the intersection of gender and ethnicity in the academic workplace. Gender, Work and Organization, 28(1), 248–267. https://doi.org/10.1111/gwao.12549
Gao, F., & Adamson, B. (2022). Exploring the role of community cultural wealth in university access for minority students. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 43(6), 916-92
James-Gallaway, A. C. D. (2021). What got them through: community cultural wealth, Black students, and Texas school desegregation. Race Ethnicity and Education, 00(00), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2021.1924132
Kolluri, S. (2020). Patchwork capital and postsecondary success Latinx students from high school to college. Race Ethnicity and Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2020.1798389
Margherio, C., Horner-Devine, M. C., Mizumori, S. J. Y., & Yen, J. W. (2020). Connecting counterspaces and community cultural wealth in a professional development program. Race Ethnicity and Education, 00(00), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2020.1798378
Masten, A. S. (2021). Resilience in developmental systems: Principles, pathways, and protective processes in research and practice. In Multisystemic Resilience: Adaptation and Transformation in Contexts of Change (pp. 113–134). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780190095888.003.0007
Rios-Aguilar, C., & Neri, R. C. (2023). Funds of knowledge, community cultural wealth, and the forms of capital: Strengths, tensions, and practical considerations. Urban Education, 58(7), 1443-1448.
Shirazi, R. (2019). “ Somewhere We Can Breathe ” : Diasporic Counterspaces of Education as Sites of Epistemological Possibility. Comparative Education Review, 63(4).
Solórzano, D. G., & Yosso, T. J. (2002). A critical race counterstory of race, racism, and affirmative action. Equity and Excellence in Education, 35(2), 155–168. https://doi.org/10.1080/713845284
Steenwegen, J., & Clycq, N. (2023). Supplementary schools as sites of access to community cultural wealth and funds of knowledge in Flanders, Belgium. Critical Studies in Education, 1-20.
Ungar, M., & Theron, L. (2020). Resilience and mental health: How multisystemic processes contribute to positive outcomes. The Lancet Psychiatry, 7(5), 441-448.
Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth. Race Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 69–91. https://doi.org/10.1080/1361332052000341006



05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Young People at Risk and (post)digital Disadvantage

Michael Jopling

University of Brighton, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Jopling, Michael

In 2022, 24.7% of children aged less than 18 in the EU were at risk of poverty or social exclusion (Eurostat, 2023). This compared with 20.9% of adults (aged 18 or more). At the same time, the increasing datafication of societies and education systems (Erstad et al, 2023) means that emphasis, familiar for decades, on a ‘digital divide’ relating to variations in individuals’ digital access, caused by differences in their motivation, physical access, skills and usage opportunities (van Dijk 2006), has now extended to a ‘data divide’ (Andrejevic 2014), where data-driven technologies are not experienced equally. In turn, these have exacerbated existing levels of disadvantage. While only 5.4% of school-aged children in Europe are digitally deprived, the differences across countries are considerable, ranging from 0.7% in Estonia to 23.1% in Romania (Ayllon, Holmarsdottir & Lado, 2023). These forms of disadvantage are interdependent and have been magnified and highlighted by the Covid-19 pandemic and the subsequent cost of living crisis (Hayes et al, 2023).

This paper aims to explore the interactions between social and digital deprivation by examining the experiences of both disadvantaged young people and those who support them. To do this it brings together two theoretical perspectives. The first situates constructions of vulnerability, risk and disadvantage and their effects in a range of social, economic and political contexts, seeing them as constituent elements of being human rather than deficits located in the individual (Beckett, 2006; McLeod, 2012; Jopling & Zimmermann, 2023). The second is postdigital theory, a critical perspective which takes as a starting point the increasing ubiquity and indivisibility of digital technologies in our lives (Jandrić, MacKenzie & Knox, 2022). As such, it is deliberately hybrid, hard to define and unpredictable, representing “both a rupture in our existing theories and their continuation (Jandrić et al, 2018: 894). It is hoped that bringing these perspectives will offer new perspectives on how disadvantage is constructed and understood. The research questions for this study are:

  • To what extent has digital disadvantage affected disadvantaged young people?
  • How can disadvantaged young people be supported more effectively to develop the skills and capacities they need to overcome disadvantage and flourish in the future?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper brings together data and findings from two overlapping projects. The first brought together cross-sector stakeholders from agencies, companies and consortia who worked with disadvantaged young people, as well as academic researchers in four collaborative dialogues held online during 2021 and 2022.  Most participants were based in the West Midlands of England but the online location allowed their reach to extend nationally. The workshops were designed to facilitate debate on human data interaction (Mortier et al, 2014) and inclusive approaches to training and support for disadvantaged young people, especially in relation to areas such as developing skills in digital technologies and improving how young people understand data. Summaries of the workshops were shared with participants, but rather than using these as the basis for reporting on the study, participants were invited to contribute to an edited book (reference withheld) which allowed academic and non-academic contributors to extend the dialogue begun online. Chapters from the book have been used as data to be further analysed for this paper.  

The second project is ongoing at the time of submission and also uses a postdigital perspective to explore digital policy and practice in four schools (three secondary and one primary) in two highly deprived areas in the South-East of England.  It explores issues such as the extent to which schools take into account children and young people’s digital lives and levels of access outside of school; how they are helping children and young people prepare for the (post)digital future in areas such as skills development; and the ways in which schools attempt to compensate for and overcome digital and data disadvantage among young people. The research is based on semi-structured individual and group interviews, held both online and in school, with school leaders, teachers, and technology leads in the schools. Data analysis is thematic (Braun & Clarke, 2021), informed by the theoretical frameworks already outlined.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conclusions and expected outcomes are likely to focus on identifying the extent and effects of digital and data disadvantage among young people. They will also address the challenges schools, social services and other agencies face in attempting to support them and how they overcome these challenges.  Indications for the first project were that disadvantage is both more various and deeper than stakeholders had anticipated, findings which will be explored in more detail in the presentation.  Although the research is located in England, some of the dialogue participants drew on research undertaken in other countries and the presentation of conclusions will be careful to draw out the implications for other European contexts.
References
Andrejevic, M. (2014) Big data, big questions| the big data divide, International Journal of Communication, 8(17).
Ayllón, S. Holmarsdottir, H. and Lado, S. (2023) Digitally Deprived Children in Europe. Child Indicators Research, 16, 1315-1339.
Beckett, A. E. (2006) Citizenship and Vulnerability: Disability and Issues of Social Engagement. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.  
Virginia Braun & Victoria Clarke (2020): One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328–352
Erstad, O. et al (2023) Datafication in and of Education – a literature review. http://agile-edu.eun.org/documents/9709807/9862864/Updated+D2.1+Datafication+in+and+of+Education_090623.pdf
Eurostat (2023) Children at risk of poverty or social exclusion. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Children_at_risk_of_poverty_or_social_exclusion
Jandrić, P., Knox, J., Besley, T., Ryberg, T., Suoranta, J., & Hayes, S. (2018). Postdigital Science and Education, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 50(10), 893-899.
Hayes, S., Jopling, M., Connor, S. and Johnson, M. (2023) Human Data Interaction, Disadvantage and Skills in the Community: Enabling Cross-Sector Environments for Postdigital Inclusion. Cham: Springer.
Jandrić, P., MacKenzie, A. & Knox, J. (2022) Postdigital Research: Genealogies, Challenges, and Future Perspectives. Cham: Springer.
Jopling, M. and Zimmermann, D. (2023) Exploring vulnerability from teachers’ and young people’s perspectives in school contexts in England and Germany, Research Papers in Education, 38(5), 828-845.
McLeod, J. (2012) Vulnerability and the neo-liberal Youth Citizen: A view from Australia, Comparative Education, 4(11): 11-26.  
Mortier, R., Haddadi, H., Henderson, T., McAuley, D., & Crowcroft, J. (2014) Human Data Interaction: The Human Face of the Data-Driven Society. SSRN Electronic Journal.
Van Dijk, J. (2020) The Digital Divide. London: John Wiley & Sons.


05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

Inequalities in Pupils’ Reactions to Territorial Stigmatization in Finnish Schools

Riikka Oittinen1, Tiina Luoma1, Heidi Huilla2, Sonja Kosunen2

1University of Helsinki, Finland; 2University of Eastern Finland

Presenting Author: Oittinen, Riikka

This study focuses on comprehensive schools that are located in Finnish post-war high-rise suburban housing estates, known in Finland as lähiö. Since the 1990s, many lähiös have become socio-economically disadvantaged neighbourhoods, where ethnic minorities have also begun to cluster. Finnish lähiös are often seen in a negative light in the public debate and in the eyes of outsiders even though residents do often not share this view. However, little research has so far been done in Finland on neighbourhood stigma, especially in the everyday school lives of pupils.

In this ethnographic study, we examine the everyday reactions of pupils from socio-economically different neighbourhoods to lähiö stigmatization. Pupils lived both inside and outside the stigmatized lähiös, but attended the same lähiö schools. We focus on the spatial and social hierarchies and inequalities that responding to lähiö stigma creates among pupils in schools. In this study, we ask:

1) How is lähiö stigma reflected in the everyday lives of pupils from different backgrounds and neighbourhoods, and how do they react to lähiö stigma at schools?
2) What kind of spatial and social hierarchies and inequalities are created among pupils as they react to lähiö stigma?

Theoretically, we draw on Wacquant’s (2007, 2008) concept of territorial stigmatization and Pryor and Reeder’s (2011) taxonomy of four types of stigma: public stigma, self-stigma, stigma by association and structural stigma (see also Bos et al. 2013). We are not only interested in how pupils from different backgrounds internalize stigma and what it entails, as Wacquant's stigmatization framework (2007; 2008) would suggest, but also in how they are able to resist and challenge it (e.g. Kirkness 2014; Palmer et al. 2004) at the level of different types of stigma.

Studies on territorial stigma have often focused either on the perceptions of residents of stigmatized neighborhoods or housing (e.g. Kirkness 2014; McKenzie 2012; Palmer et al. 2004), including young people (e.g. Sernhede 2011; Visser, Bolt and Kempen 2015), or on how residents from middle-class backgrounds seek to disengage from notorious neighborhoods (e.g. Pinkster, 2014; Watt 2009). However, the role of the school in territorial stigmatization and the perspectives of pupils from different backgrounds have received less attention.

The novelty of our research for European research on urban education and educational inequalities among young people is that 1) we analyse and compare the perspectives of pupils from different socio-economic backgrounds who live both inside and outside stigmatized lähiös, 2) we have a research design in which the structural factor that connects pupils is school and 3) we examine territorial stigmatization as a mechanism of inequality in pupils' school life.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The ethnographic data of this study was produced as part of a research project Local Educational Ethos, examining educational inequalities and the response of schools to the challenges of urban segregation. In this study, we use interview and observation data from two case schools that are comprehensive schools located in the metropolitan area of Helsinki. The schools were selected for the research project based on their neighborhoods’ socio-economic context and location in statistically disadvantaged areas – in low SES and ethnically diverse neighborhoods compared to the city average. The majority of the pupils lived close to the schools, in low SES and ethnically diverse high-rise suburban housing estates. However, the schools also had pupils from surrounding relatively higher SES areas of mostly detached and terraced housing.

Our ethnographic data comprise pupils’ (aged 13–15) interviews (n=46) and daily observations (88 school days) from two lähiö schools. The ethnographic fieldwork was conducted in both schools during the 2019–2020 school year. We observed everyday school life during lessons, breaks, events, excursions and other school activities. The interviews were semi-structured and conducted either individually or in small groups of two or three. The questions in the interviews centered around the school (What is this school like?) and neighborhood (What is it like to live in your neighborhood?). Parental consent was required from the guardians of the pupils who participated in the study, and all ethical procedures were conducted accordingly.

We analysed the data using thematic content analysis (e.g., Braun and Clarke 2019). In the first stage of the analysis, we discussed what themes concerned territorial stigma and inequalities among pupils and their reactions to it. We then coded the interview and observation data from the two schools with Atlas.ti software. First, we coded the data with two codes: neighborhood and neighborhood comparison. Finally, we coded these sections with even more specific codes: public stigma, self-stigma, stigma by association, structural stigma, spatial hierarchies, challenging stigma and internalizing stigma.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings demonstrate that a public stigma of living in a disadvantaged lähiö, or being associated with it through school, affected pupils’ lives and they used several strategies to avoid, alleviate and challenge the lähiö stigma. However, pupils from socio-economically diverse neighbourhoods and circumstances had different opportunities to react to lähiö stigma, leading to inequalities between them.

Among pupils living in disadvantaged lähiös, the stigma caused ambivalent and negative feelings and a sense of shame towards their living environment. This may indicate the internalization of the lähiö stigma into a self-stigma. Pupils living outside stigmatised lähiös feared that the stigmatisation of school neighbourhoods would also affect them. This phenomenon could be called stigma by association (Boss et al. 2013; Pryor & Reeder 2011). Among pupils from relatively higher SES neighbourhoods, lähiö stigma was associated with the stigma of social problems and poverty in the neighbourhood and they used stigmatising language towards the school neighbourhood. Thus, reactions to lähiö stigma created spatial and social hierarchies among pupils. This contributed to the divisions and boundaries among pupils living in socio-economically different neighborhoods but attending the same school. Territorial stigmatization is thus one of the mechanisms that feed inequalities among young people at school.

It is therefore important to reflect on school from the perspective of structural stigma, meaning the role of the school as an institution in alleviating spatial and social hierarchies and the use of stigmatized language among pupils from socio-economically different neighborhoods. Thus, active efforts are needed from school staff to raise awareness of the spatial hierarchies and neighbourhood stigma in pupils’ lives, to promote the grouping and encounters of pupils from different backgrounds and to support respectful interaction among them.

References
Bos, Arjan, John Pryor, Glenn Reeder and Sarah Stutterheim. 2013. “Stigma: Advances in Theory and Research.” Basic and Applied Social Psychology 35 (1): 1-9.

Braun, Virginia and Victoria Clarke. 2019. “Reflecting on Reflexive Thematic Analysis.” Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise and Health 11 (4), 589–597.

Kirkness, Paul. 2014. “The Cités Strike Back: Restive Responses to Territorial Taint in the French Banlieues”. Environment and Planning A: Economy and Space 46 (6): 1281–1296.

McKenzie, Lisa. 2012. “A Narrative from the Inside, Studying St Anns in Nottingham: Belonging, Continuity and Change.” The Sociological Review 60 (3): 457–475.

Palmer, Catherine, Anna Ziersch, Kathy Arthurson and Fran Baum. 2004. “Challenging the Stigma of Public Housing: Preliminary Findings from a Qualitative Study in South Australia.” Urban Policy and Research 22 (4): 411–426.

Pinkster, Fenne. 2014. “’I Just Live Here’: Everyday Practices of Disaffiliation of Middle-class Households in Disadvantaged Neighbourhoods.” Urban Studies, 51 (4): 810–826.

Pryor, John and Glenn Reeder. 2011. “HIV-related stigma.” In HIV/AIDS in the Post-HAART Era: Manifestations, Treatment and Epidemiology, edited by Brian Hall, John Hall and Clay Cockerell, 790–806. Shelton, Connecticut: PMPH-USA, Ltd.

Sernhede, Ove. 2011. “School, Youth Culture and Territorial Stigmatization in Swedish Metropolitan Districts.” Young, 19 (2): 159–180.

Visser, Kirsten, Gideon Bolt & Ronald van Kempen. 2015. “‘Come and live here and you'll experience it’: youths talk about their deprived neighbourhood.” Journal of Youth Studies 18 (1): 36–52.

Wacquant, Loic. 2007. “Territorial stigmatization in the age of advantaged marginality.” Thesis Eleven 91 (1): 66–77.

Wacquant, Loic. 2008. Urban outcasts: A comparative sociology of advanced marginality. Cambridge: Polity.

Watt, Paul. 2009. “Living in an oasis: middle-class disaffiliation and selective belonging in an English suburb.” Environment and Planning A 41 (12): 2874–2892.
 
13:45 - 15:1506 SES 06 A: Discussing and Producing Multimodal Representations in Open Learning
Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Yvonne Fritze
Paper Session
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

The Depiction of the Enemy in the Video Game Heimat Defender: Rebellion Reflected in the Ideology of the Identitarian Movement

Benjamin Möbus

University of Vechta, Germany

Presenting Author: Möbus, Benjamin

It is well-documented that approximately half of the German population regularly engages in digital gaming across platforms such as computers, consoles, and mobile devices, including smartphones and tablets (bitkom 2021). The widespread appeal of video games, both nationally and internationally, inevitably attracts attention from various groups, including those with extremist ideologies seeking to exploit the medium for their own agendas (Möbus 2023; Schlegel 2023; Huberts 2022). A particularly striking instance of this phenomenon is the video game "Heimat Defender: Rebellion" (2020), developed and released by "Ein Prozent" and "Kvltgames," both entities identified by The German domestic intelligence services as part of the far-right spectrum and closely linked to the Identitarian Movement, a group firmly placed within the far-right domain by the same federal authority (BMI 2021). According to the game's developers, Heimat Defender: Rebellion was purposefully designed to serve the propaganda efforts of the Identitarian Movement (Moritz 2020).

The trend of instrumentalizing video games as vehicles for explicit propagandistic messages within the context of German far-right extremism isn't particularly new. Earlier instances, such as the simplistic games "KZ-Manager" and "Antitürkentest" from the 1980s, gained traction within extremist circles. However, Heimat Defender: Rebellion marks a notable departure in this lineage. While it communicates a far-right ideology, it does not present itself as overtly extremist on the surface, particularly when contrasted with games like "KZ-Manager" (Möbus 2023). Furthermore, Heimat Defender: Rebellion was produced by a semi-professional developer and marketed within Germany (and Austria) until its prohibition, thus endowing it with a unique potential to propagate the Identitarian Movement's narratives and ideology. The game's contemporary relevance in terms of narrative, gameplay, and aesthetics suggests a capacity to engage players beyond mere provocation, possibly mainstreaming far-right ideologies through intrinsic player motivation (Möbus 2023).

Plenty of interdisciplinary publications exist which clearly state that "Heimat Defender: Rebellion" propagates dehumanizing, racist, antisemitic, and anti-democratic world views (Möbus 2023; BpjM 2020). Nonetheless, the game remains freely downloadable, thus maintaining easy accessibility for children, adolescents and young adults (BpjM 2020, 33). This is particularly alarming given the game's explicit targeting of younger demographics. Yet, comprehensive academic engagement with Heimat Defender: Rebellion, especially within the framework of digital propaganda and disinformation strategies of the Identitarian Movement, has been limited (Möbus 2023; Schlegel 2023; Huberts 2022).

A well-known strategy within the digital propaganda and disinformation arsenal of the German far-right is establishing and repeating antagonizing images of individuals and groups, which are considered as the enemy. These depictions play a significant role in spreading far-right ideologies and fostering individual radicalization processes (Jesse 2011; Auer 2002). Recent academic efforts have focused on dissecting these depictions, considering the unique propagandistic potentials of various media forms, such as right-wing music, memes, and social media posts (Hajok and Leonhardt 2020; Zeyer 2017). However, explorations into depictions of the enemy within video games, particularly from the perspective of the Identitarian Movement, remain sparse (Schlegel 2023; Huberts 2022).

The aim of this contribution is to deconstruct the depiction of the enemy conveyed by the Identitarian Movement within the video game Heimat Defender: Rebellion, specifically to identify the characters represented as antagonists, thereby enabling further insights into the Identitarian Movement's ideology. The contribution will therefore address the following research questions:

  • How are the enemies depicted in the video game Heimat Defender: Rebellion?
  • What insights can the deconstruction of the enemy provide regarding the ideology of the Identitarian Movement?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodologically, in alignment with the presentation's objectives and considering the peculiarities of Heimat Defender: Rebellion, a pragmatic approach to analyze and deconstruct the depiction of the enemy through ‘video game analysis’ (Eichner 2017, 526f) is proposed. This approach blends literary analysis—understood as texts that "require physical effort to engage with" (Eichner 2017, 525)—with film and television analysis techniques, and organizes video game analysis into various heuristic steps: 1) Description, i.e., making specific phenomena visible through descriptive explication; 2) Analysis, i.e., systematically extracting relevant insights; 3) Interpretation, i.e., contextualizing analytical findings within the theoretical framework (Eichner 2017, 526; Mikos 2017). To specify the focus of the analysis, namely the deconstruction of the depiction of the enemy, an analytical approach inspired by the generic model of ‘general game analysis’ (Fernández-Vara 2019) and in line with Preisinger (2022, 48), who emphasizes the importance of "interaction rules and forms within the game world and between player characters and non-player characters," is suggested. This approach focuses on the analysis of intradiegetic boss enemies, understood in reference to Genette's (1994) narrative theory as the narrative level within the digital game world, specifically characters and their actions occurring within the Heimat Defender: Rebellion game world.
Boss enemies, known by various synonyms and associated concepts such as end bosses, level bosses, etc., and programmed by the game's AI, play a significant role in video games, often posing existential threats: "[they] are usually significantly stronger than other enemies, often having some significance to the plot of the game’s story" (Wood and Summerville 2019, 1). Boss enemies typically emerge at the end of certain game sections, associated with key narrative progressions (Segschneider 2022, 13f; Rato and Prada 2021, 41): "[they] provide a moral compass – they show behaviours that are threatening to society, because they cause others physical harm, deny the rights and freedom of others, create chaos, would betray others, or perform actions that are disgusting" (Pradantyo, Birk, and Bateman 2021, 2).
Therefore, to answer the research questions, the depiction of the enemy in Heimat Defender: Rebellion is analyzed with blending ‘video game analysis’ and ‘general game analysis’ to approach the depiction of boss enemies.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding the central findings of the contribution, it can be summarized on one hand that Heimat Defender: Rebellion sardonically distorts the characteristic of the perceived enemies of the Identitarian Movement/New Right, namely politicians such as Heiko Maas and Angela Merkel, who are perceived from the Identitarian perspective as disregarding the (allegedly) homogeneous interests of the German pipulation, as well as artists/activists engaging critically with the phenomenon of right-wing extremism, such as Jan Böhmermann and Philipp Ruch, and the Jewish investor George Soros, who is depicted as a personalized projection surface for numerous anti-Semitic conspiracy theories and is staged in Heimat Defender: Rebellion as an influential background actor. On the other hand, the analysis of depiction of the enemy offers intriguing insights into the Identitarian ideology by conveying the narrative in Heimat Defender: Rebellion that the elites represented by the aforementioned real-world figures are deliberately acting against the citizens in a concerted effort to enforce population homogenization.
Particularly, the narrative of cooperative elites consciously and strategically working together against the population for their own interests, such as power retention and economic enrichment, along with the portrayal of political actors like ‘George Soros’, who wield particularly extensive political influence from behind the scenes, is deeply anti-democratic. It is evident that these narratives are intended to discredit not only the current elites but also the intermediary institutions they represent, thereby undermining their significance within the framework of a liberal democratic society and its foundational order.

References
Auer, Kathrin. 2002. «‚Political Correctness‘ - ideologischer Code, Feindbild und Stigmawort der Rechten». Österreichische Zeitschrift für Politikwissenschaft 31(3), 291−303. https://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:0168-ssoar-60024.
Bitcom. 2021. Halb Deutschland spielt Video- oder Computerspiele. Bitkom 23.08.2021. Zugriff: 03.12.2022. https://www.bitkom.org/Presse/Presseinformation/Halb-Deutschland-spielt-Video-oder-Computerspiele.
Bundesministerium des Innern und für Heimat (BMI). 2021. Verfassungsschutzbericht 2020. BMI 15.06.2021. Zugriff: 05.07.2023. https://www.bmi.bund.de/SharedDocs/downloads/DE/publikationen/themen/sicherheit/vsb-2020-gesamt.pdf?__blob=publicationFile&v=2.
Bundesprüfstelle für jugendgefährdende Medien (BpjM). 2020. «Entscheidung Nr. 6322 vom 07.12.2020.» Frag den Staat 18.03.2021. Zugriff: 01.06.2023. https://fragdenstaat.de/files/foi/581665/heimat-defender.dePr.677-2020Anonym._geschwrzt.pdf?download.
Eichner, Susanne. 2017. «Videospielanalyse». In Qualitative Medienforschung. Ein Handbuch, eds. v. Lothar Mikos und Claudia Wegener, 524−533. Konstanz: UVK.
Fernández-Vara, Clara. 2019. Introduction to Game Analysis (2nd edition). New York, NY u. a.: Routledge.
Genette, Gérard. 1994. Die Erzählung. München: Wilhelm Fink.
Hajok, Daniel, und Ricardo Leonhardt. 2020. «Extremismus im Hip-Hop? Eine vergleichende Analyse von linken und rechten Raptexten.» JMS Jugend Medien Schutz-Report 43/2020 Heft 1, 7−8. doi.org/10.5771/0170-5067-2020-1
Huberts, Christian. 2022. Rechte Falschspieler:innen in Gaming. Belltower News 27.06.2022. Zugriff: 01.06.2023. https://www.belltower.news/good-gaming-well-played-democracy-rechte-falschspielerinnen-in-gaming-129289/.
Jesse, Eckhard. 2011. «Feindbilder im Extremismus», in Jahrbuch Extremismus & Demokratie, Bd. 23, eds. v. Uwe Backes, Alexander Gallus, und Eckhard Jesse, 13−36. Baden-Baden: Nomos.
Mikos, Lothar. 2017. «Film- und Fernsehanalyse» In Qualitative Medienforschung. Ein Handbuch, eds. v. Lothar Mikos und Claudia Wegener, 516−523. Konstanz: UVK.
Möbus, Benjamin. 2023. «Würden wir die Rolle von Computerspielen nicht für wichtig erachten, würden wir nicht tun, was wir tun“ – Die Identitäre Bewegung und das propagandistische Potential von Computerspielen am Beispiel von ‚Heimat Defender: Rebellion‘» Zeitschrift für praxisorientierte Radikalisierungsforschung zepRa, 2, 1, 4−35.
Pradantyo, Reyhan, Max V. Birk, und Scott Bateman. 2021. How the Visual Design of Video Game Antagonists Affects Perception of Morality. Frontiers in Computer Science, 3, Article 531713. https://doi.org/10.3389/fcomp.2021.531713.
Rato, Diago, und Prada, Rui. 2021. «A Taxonomy of Social Roles for Agents in Games». In Entertainment Computing – ICEC 2021, eds. v. Jannicke Baalsrud Hauge, Jorge C. S. Cardoso, Licínio Roque und Pedro A. Gonzalez-Calero, 75–87. Cham: Springer.
Schlegel, Linda. 2023. Super Mario Brothers Extreme? Wie Extremist:innen Videospiele und Gaming-Kultur für sich nutzen. Violence Prevention Network 12.04.2023. Zugriff: 13.05.2023. https://gaming-rechtsextremismus.de/themen/super-mario-brothers-extreme/.
Segschneider, Anja. 2022. Empathie und Parteilichkeit gegenüber fiktionalen Figuren in Videospielen. Eine Analyse von narrativen Strategien am Beispiel von ‚The Last of Us Part II‘. Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Wood, Andrew, und Adam Summerville. 2019. Understanding Boss Battles: A Case Study of Cuphead. Zugriff 28.10.2023. https://exag.org/archive/wood2019battles.pdf.
Zeyer, Jens. 2017. Feindbilder – Mythen – Helden. Rechtsextreme Liedtexte und ihre weltanschaulichen Hintergründe. Würzburg: Verlag Königshausen und Neumann.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Development of Digital Multimodal Composing skills in secondary school students. A systematic literature review (in progress)

Katy Asem

Pontificia Universidad Católica, Chile

Presenting Author: Asem, Katy

In recent decades, technology has substantially modified how adolescents generate content and interact socially through various digital platforms (OECD, 2021). The digital era has transformed the traditional notion of textual composition (Danielsson & Selander, 2021) since, in digital environments, messages are produced by non-linear and interactive elements composed of various semiotic modes, such as images, sounds, and verbal text (Flewitt, 2011). Therefore, the digital content composition must be conceived from a multimodal perspective (Jewitt, 2003) to understand how different semiotic modes contribute to meaning-making according to communicative purposes (Bezemer & Jewitt, 2018). Multimodal composition in digital environments has been studied as Digital Multimodal Composing (DMC), defined as the production of digital content through various semiotic modes to negotiate meanings with a real or imaginary audience (Smith et al., 2021). DMC has been studied from Social Semiotic theory (Kress, 2009), which states that individuals select specific semiotic resources depending on modes’ potential—or affordance—to communicate meanings (Kress, 2009) according to sociocultural factors, discursive genre, and the relationship with the audience (Smith, 2017). DMC has also been studied under the theories of multiliteracies (Cope & Kalantzis, 2009) since multimodal composition processes respond to new pedagogical practices related to the digital age, design thinking skills and students' authentic contexts (Cope & Kalantzis, 2009; Miller, 2013). Empirical studies in secondary school contexts have shown that DMC processes positively affect the development of higher-order skills (Knobel, 2017), such as creation, creativity, critical thinking, collaborative work, and problem-solving. Likewise, DMC promotes the development of linguistic skills (Vandommele et al., 2017), social skills (Mills, 2009), metacognitive strategies (Hung, 2019), digital empathy (Jiang & Gao, 2020), and metalanguage to consciously use semiotic resources in multimodal texts production (Unsworth & Mills, 2020). Although DMC practices positively impact the development of learning and skills, some studies have shown that young people do not always have the skills needed to generate content in digital environments (Bennett et al., 2008; Dalton, 2012) due to the scarcity of teaching strategies to evaluate and guide DMC tasks (Purcell et al., 2013). Consequently, it is relevant to conceive DMC processes not only as a means to achieve learning purposes but as a skill that requires the development of pedagogical strategies to help students create digital content through new ways of representation (Jocius, 2013).

Recent literature reviews on DMC tasks with secondary school students have examined students' processes and perceptions in DMC contexts (Li & Akoto, 2021), the relationship between DMC and translanguage with bilingual and multilingual students (Pacheco et al., 2022), and teaching strategies to work on DMC in the classroom (Smith et al., 2021). These literature reviews allow to know how the implementation of DMC in secondary education has been empirically analyzed; however, these studies focus mainly on language learning (L1-L2), and lees on other disciplines, such as scientific areas, in which the use of multimodality is essential to represent phenomena and elements that can hardly be explained only by verbal language (Bergey et al., 2015). This literature review aims to expand understanding of DMC processes, incorporating different school disciplinary areas. Therefore, this literature review seeks to answer the question: What do empirical studies report on DMC implementation in secondary education from diverse disciplinary areas? Knowing the practices teachers and students carry out during DMC processes will contribute to understanding the pedagogical strategies for developing multimodal language and its impact on digital literacies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A literature review was conducted using the Web Of Science (WOS) database, in which the following codes were used: TS=(“digital multimodal compos*”  OR “multimodal writing” OR “multimodal compos*” OR “digital compos*” OR “digital multimodal” OR “multimodal codemeshing” OR multimodality) AND TS=(“middle school” OR “junior high” OR “high school” OR “secondary”). Combining these search codes resulted in 107 articles published between 2018 and 2023 (the search ended on September 6th, 2023). This review aimed to determine what the empirical evidence reports on DMC implementation from diverse disciplinary areas in secondary school education. A first screening was performed by analyzing the titles and abstracts  (N=107). At this stage, theoretical studies, literature reviews, and studies focused only on teachers were rejected. Then, a second screening focused on full-text articles (N=77) dismissed studies according to the analysis object: multimodal artifacts,  classroom interactions, and digital educational platforms. The final sample of documents for subsequent analysis consisted of 30 articles. Subsequently, the articles were described according to the research design, the country where studies were implemented, and the disciplines or themes related to DMC tasks. Open coding (Corbin & Strauss, 2002)  was used to identify emerging elements. Next, axial coding (Corbin & Strauss, 2002) was used to gather the elements into thematic categories. The categories were divided into two phases: the first focused on the students' practices during the DMC processes, and the second focused on the teachers' practices during the DMC processes.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The articles examined correspond mainly to qualitative studies, such as case studies, ethnographic studies, design-based research, and critical discourse analysis. Only three investigations used a mixed approach. The studies were mainly implemented in the United States, followed by China, South Korea, Singapore, Denmark, Finland, Canada, New Zealand, and Norway. Concerning the disciplines or themes, most of the DMC tasks were related to social topics, second language teaching, and, to a lesser extent, science-related areas. The analysis was divided into two parts. The first is related to DMC processes from the students' perspective, and the second is related to DMC processes from the teachers' perspective. In the first section, which focused on students, two categories emerged: (1) the factors influencing the selection of semiotic modes—emotions and identities, the type of content, and the relationship with the audience— 2) perceptions about DMC practices—DMC benefits and tensions. Two categories emerged in the second section, which focused on teachers: (1) strategies for teaching DMC—emphasis on technical aspects and metalanguage teaching—(2) perceptions about DMC processes—benefits and challenges of DMC in teachers' educational contexts.  
References
Bennett, S., Maton, K., & Kervin, L. (2008a). The “digital natives” debate: A critical review of the evidence. British Journal of Educational Technology, 39(5), 775–786. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-8535.2007.00793.x

Bezemer, J., & Jewitt, C. (2018). Multimodality: A guide for linguists. In L. Litosseliti (Ed.), Research Methods in Linguistics (Bloomsbury)

Cope, B., & Kalantzis, M. (2009). “Multiliteracies”: New Literacies, New Learning. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 4(3), 164–195. https://doi.org/10.1080/15544800903076044

Dalton, B. (2012). Multimodal composition and the common core state standards. Reading Teacher, 66(4), 333–339. https://doi.org/10.1002/TRTR.01129

Danielsson, K., & Selander, S. (2021). Multimodal Texts in Disciplinary Education: A Comprehensive Framework. (Springer)

Flewitt, R. (2011). Bringing ethnography to a multimodal investigation of early literacy in a digital age. Qualitative Research, 11(3), 293–310. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794111399838

Jewitt, C. (2003). Reshaping Learning. New Technologies and Multimodality. International Journal of Learning, 10.

Jiang, L., & Gao, J. (2020a). Fostering EFL Learners’ Digital Empathy through Multimodal Composing. RELC Journal, 51(1), 70–85. https://doi.org/10.1177/0033688219898565

Li, M., & Akoto, M. (2021). Review of Recent Research on L2 Digital Multimodal Composing. International Journal of Computer, 11, 1–16. http://www.igi-global.com/authorseditors/titlesubmission/newproject.aspx

Hung, S. (2019). Creating Digital Stories: EFL Learners’ Engagement, Cognitive and Metacognitive Skills.

Kress, G. (2009). A social-semiotic theory of multimodality. In Multimodality. A Social Semiotic Approach to Contemporary Communication (pp. 54–78)

Miller, S. M. (2013). A research metasynthesis on digital video composing in classrooms: An evidence-based framework toward a pedagogy for embodied learning. Journal of Literacy Research, 45(4), 386–430. https://doi.org/10.1177/1086296X13504867

Mills, K. A. (2009). Multiliteracies: Interrogating competing discourses. Language and Education, 23(2), 103–116. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500780802152762

Pacheco, M. B., Smith, B. E., Combs, E., & Amgott, N. A. (2022). Translanguaging within multimodal composition products and processes: A systematic review. Pedagogies, 17(4), 389–407. https://doi.org/10.1080/1554480X.2022.2139256

Purcell, K., Buchanan, J., & Friedrich, L. (2013). The Impact of Digital Tools on Student Writing and How Writing is Taught in Schools/Teachers-technology-and-writing. In JULY (Vol. 16). http://pewinternet.org/Reports/2013/Teachers-technology-and-writing

Smith, B. E. (2017). Composing across modes: a comparative analysis of adolescents’ multimodal composing processes. Learning, Media and Technology, 42(3), 259–278. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2016.1182924

Smith, B. E., Pacheco, M. B., & Khorosheva, M. (2021). Emergent Bilingual Students and Digital Multimodal Composition: A Systematic Review of Research in Secondary Classrooms. Reading Research Quarterly, 56(1), 33–52. https://doi.org/10.1002/rrq.298

Unsworth, L., & Mills, K. A. (2020). English language teaching of attitude and emotion in digital multimodal composition. Journal of Second Language Writing, 47. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jslw.2020.100712


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Promoting Students' Media Literacy by Producing Animated Films in Educational Institutions

Herrad Schönborn, Katrin Alt

Hochschule für Angewandte Wissenschaften (HAW) Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Schönborn, Herrad; Alt, Katrin

Digitalization has made increasing progress over the last two decades. The term digitalization implies a growing presence and importance of digital media in our lives and thus a whole process of change in society (Krotz, 2018; Schrape, 2021). With regard to children, the growing presence of digital media is reflected in current studies, such as the KIM and JIM studies: smartphones, computers/laptops, televisions and internet access are available in almost all households in which 6-13-year-olds and 12-19-year-olds live. In addition, almost 50% of 6-13-year-olds and 100% of 12-19-year-olds have their own smartphone (KIM study, 2022; JIM study, 2023).

The increased use of digital media leads to a different communication and social interaction. In the future, children and young people will need special skills, that help them to find their way in the digitalized world and to participate in it. They need what is often described as media literacy to deal with it in a reflective manner. Baacke divides media literacy into the four dimensions of media knowledge, media use, media design and media criticism. Consequently, according to Baacke, it is not only important to know more about the various media, to be able to use them and to master the design of or with media, but also to deal with them critically (Baacke, 2007). In the context of the use of digital media in preschools, there are controversial discussions (Fröhlich-Gildhoff & Fröhlich-Gildhoff, 2017; Knauf, 2018) about the question of from what age children should use (which) digital media (and how) and from what age media literacy can and should be promoted.

Today, it is no longer a question of whether digital media can or should be used in preschools, but rather how they are used (Reichert-Garschhammer, 2020; Roboom, 2020). The discussion about the advantages and disadvantages of using them must therefore continue in the educational context. Recently, it has been observed that the discourse is shifting towards focusing more on the risks. For example, when using digital media, there should be paid more attention to the quality of the use and also good supervision by professionals must be guaranteed (Knauf, 2024; Kontovourki & Tafa, 2020; Karolinska Institutet, 2023). The educational framework needed to promote media literacy is still relatively unclear.

In addition to good framework conditions, such as time resources and good technical equipment and infrastructure (Cohen & Hemmerich, 2019), another important prerequisite is the media and media didactic skills of the educators themselves. Study results show, that many educational professionals are still insufficiently trained in this regard (Corona-KiTa-Studie, 2021; DKLK-Studie, 2020). Although it has already been shown that educational professionals are more likely to use digital media in their work and also directly with children and young people if they consider themselves to be media literate (Tappe, 2017, 2019). It is therefore of great importance if and to what extent prospective educational professionals acquire media literacy and media education skills as part of their education or studies.

Studies carried out, that these skills are still rarely addressed in pedagogical training and student courses (Friedrichs-Liesenkötter, 2019; Kammerl & Thumel, 2016). As a university, this should be covered in future via the study modules. It is necessary to take a closer look at the basic skills that prospective educational professionals should have.

This leads to the following research questions:

1. Are there any approaches to media-didactic training of childhood education students at "Hochschule für Angewandte Wissenschaften" (HAW) Hamburg? If so, how many and what kind of?

2. What kind of seminars do students ask for?

3. How is a specific media education seminar (animated film work) accepted by childhood education students?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the first step, we analysed the module handbook and the course schedules from the summer semester 2023 and winter semester 2023/2024 of the degree programme "Education in Childhood" at HAW Hamburg with regard to the keywords: media education, media literacy. A ranking in terms of frequency was carried out and related keywords were inductively analysed.
At the same time, we developed two seminar concepts which, from our perspective, can promote the acquisition of media literacy as well as the development of media didactic skills. These seminars were implemented in the summer semester 2023 and winter semester 2023/2024. The students evaluated the seminars with Questionnaires and reflection forms. These were analysed using qualitative content analysis according to Kuckartz and Rädiker (Kuckartz & Rädiker 2022). The aim of these surveys was to identify students' wishes, evaluate their satisfaction with the developed seminar concepts and consider implications for the training of childhood education students (media education and media didactics as a transdisciplinary topic) for the further development of the degree programme.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysing the module handbooks and course schedules revealed that there are hardly any media education seminars at the degree programme "Education in Childhood" at HAW Hamburg. The promotion of media literacy plays virtually no role in the training of childhood educators at this university. The exact quantitative analyses will be presented at the conference. The two media education seminars were well received by the students, so it can be concluded that the students themselves are interested in this programme and consider it relevant for their future pedagogical work. Both seminars were included in an elective area, so there was no obligation to choose them, but a quarter of the year group chose one of these courses.
The reflection on the seminar programme and the evaluation of the question and reflection sheets showed that the students:
- received new ideas for media education work with children and young people
- they appreciate the opportunity to engage in their own creative work supported by digital tools
-they can well imagine realising this together with children.
A differentiated evaluation will be available by the time of the conference and will then be presented in detail. The results will be compared with other international research findings in an attempt to answer the question of which media literacy students should acquire during their studies and how these can later be used in educational practice.

References
Baacke, D. (2007). Medienpädagogik. [Nachdruck]. Tübingen: Niemeyer.
Cohen, F. & Hemmerich, F. (2019). Nutzung digitaler Medien für die pädagogische Arbeit in der Kindertagesbetreuung. Kurzexpertise im Auftrag des Bundesministeriums für Familie, Senioren, Frauen und Jugend. Bundesministerium für Familie, Senioren, Frauen und Jugend.
Corona-KiTa-Studie (2021).  4. Quartalsbericht der Corona-KiTa-Studie (II/2021). DJI. München.
DKLK. (2020). DKLK-Studie 2020. KiTa-Leitung zwischen Digitalisierung und Personalmangel. Köln: Wolters Kluwer.
Friedrichs-Liesenkötter, H. (2019). Medienerziehung und Medienbildung als Aufgaben der frühkindlichen Bildung: Aktuelle Situation und Implikationen für eine stärkere Verankerung. In K. Götz, J. Heider-Lang & A. Merkert (Hrsg.), Digitale Transformation in der Bildungslandschaft – den analogen Stecker ziehen? Schriftenreihe „Managementkonzepte“ (S. 52-69). München/Mehring: Rainer Hampp.
Fröhlich-Gildhoff, K., & Fröhlich-Gildhoff, M. (2017). Digitale Medien in der KiTa – die Risiken werden unterschätzt! Frühe Bildung, 6(4), 225–228.
JIM-Studie 2023 (2023). Jugend, Information, Medien. Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang 12- bis 19-jähriger. Stuttgart: Medienpädagogischer Forschungsverbund Südwest.
Karolinska-Insitutet (2023). Stellungnahme zum Vorschlag der schwedischen Bildungsbehörde für eine nationale Digitalisierungsstrategie für das Schulsystem 2023-2027.
KIM-Studie 2022 (2022). Kindheit, Internet, Medien. Basisuntersuchung zum Medienumgang 6- bis 13-jähriger. Stuttgart: Medienpädagogischer Forschungsverbund Südwest.
Knauf, H. (2018). Die Nutzung digitaler Medien in der KiTa entdramatisieren. Frühe Bildung, 7(2), 114–116.
Knauf, H. (2024). Pädagogik first, Digitalisierung second. Es ist Zeit, die unterschätzten Risiken digitaler Medien in der Kita in den Blick zu nehmen. Frühe Bildung, 13 (1), S. 48-50.
Kontovourki, S., & Tafa, E. (2020). Pedagogical approaches to digital literacy in early years education. In: Erstad, O., Flewitt, R.,Kümmerling-Meibauer, B. & Reira, I.S.P. (Hrsg.), The Routledge Handbook of Digital Literacies in Early Childhood. Oxon: Routledge.
Krotz, F. (2018). Medienwandel und Mediatisierung. Ein Einstieg und Überblick. In A. Kalina, F. Krotz, M. Rath & C. Roth-Ebner (Hrsg.), Tutzinger Studien zur Politik: Bd. 12. Mediatisierte Gesellschaften: Medienkommunikation und Sozialwelten im Wandel (S. 27–52). Nomos Verlagsgesellschaft mbH & Co. KG.
Reichert-Garschhammer, E. (2020). Nutzung digitaler Medien für die pädago¬gische Arbeit in der Kindertagesbetreuung. Expertise des IFP im Auftrag des BMFSFJ.
Roboom, S. (2020). Institutionen der Medienpädagogik: KiTa. In: Sander, U., Gross, von F. &Hugger, K.-U. (Hrsg.), Handbuch Medienpädagogik (S. 1–9). Wiesbaden: Springer Fachmedien. doi: 10.1007/978-3-658-25090-4_94-1
Schrape, J.-F. (2021). Digitale Transformation. Bielefeld: UTB GmbH.
Tappe, E.‑H. (2019). Prädiktoren der Intention zum didaktischen Einsatz von digitalen Medien im Unterricht – Überführung der Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology (UTAUT) in ein schulisches Untersuchungssetting. In T. Knaus (Hrsg.), Forschungswerkstatt Medienpädagogik: Bd. 3. Projekt - Theorie - Methode: Spektrum medienpädagogischer Forschung (S. 999–1027). kopaed. https://doi.org/10.25526/fw-mp.35
 
13:45 - 15:1507 SES 06 A: Social Justice and Critical Race Theory in Higher Education I
Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Eunice Macedo
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Sense and sensibility: the Intercultural Journeys of Chinese Students Undertaking Chinese Studies Abroad

Linghua CAI

Durham University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: CAI, Linghua

Chinese Studies, formerly known as Sinology, generally refers to scholarly research on China conducted by non-Chinese scholars, especially those from Western backgrounds (Hargrave, 2016). Consequently, it normally adopts an outsider’s perspective and tends to be inevitably Western-centred (Gu, 2013; Hou, 2021; Yu, 2019). In the past two decades, however, there has been a notable influx of Chinese international students into Chinese Studies programmes in UK universities, especially at the postgraduate level (BACS, 2021; Universitas, 2005). For these students, undertaking Chinese Studies courses abroad offers not only exposure to the host culture but also a unique external standpoint for introspection on their ‘own’ culture and ‘self’. This presents a valuable opportunity for them to develop the critical cultural awareness that is essential to their intercultural competence. This study aims to explore the intercultural experience of these Chinese students and understand how they make sense of it and how it relates to their identities. The following three research questions guide this research:

Q1: Why do Chinese students choose to undertake Chinese Studies abroad?

Q2: If, and how does their engagement with Chinese Studies influence their understanding of their ‘own’ culture?

Q3: How does their experience influence their perception of ‘self’ as being Chinese?

Existing studies in the field of intercultural communication and education have not linked research with programmes students undertake which aim to understand their ‘own’ culture – a gap this study seeks to address by focusing on Chinese Studies for Chinese international students. Unlike previous research in this field, which predominantly centred on acculturation or intercultural competence, this study adopts an interculturality perspective and focuses on their identity. Therefore, interculturality and identity, together with another closely related concept – culture, constitute the theoretical underpinning of this study, all understood through the lens of social constructionism (Berger & Luckmann, 1967; Gergen, 2015), which guides this study as the overarching paradigm.

By interculturality, this study follows Dervin’s (2016) approach and believes it is ‘co-constructed, influenced, and somewhat determined by the presence of an Other (p.76), so it means a ‘ dynamic and critical process of making sense of intercultural experience in relation to people’s own backgrounds (Jin, 2021, p. 573)’. In other words, it is viewed as a liquid process of becoming intercultural, of acquiring intercultural awareness and sensibilities, sometimes with failures, exceptions, and instabilities. The term culture is comprehended within the field of intercultural communication, embracing a postmodern paradigm that recognises culture as fluid and socially constructed (Holliday, 2016). Likewise, the concept of Identity is approached from a social constructionist perspective, acknowledging its multiplicity, dynamism, and social construction (Risager & Dervin, 2015). Concerning the identity of ‘being Chinese’, this study does not confine it to national identity, although it focuses on Chinese students from mainland China. What is involved in interculturality is cultural identity, which means a collection of multiple identities (Zhu, 2016), though a nation as an external cultural reality usually provides a framing for identities(Holliday, 2010).

This study represents an initial exploration into the motivations and self-formations of Chinese international students engaged in Chinese Studies from an intercultural communication and education perspective. Beyond filling a research gap and contributing to existing literature and theory, this research offers practical implications for course designers, educators, and universities to review their policies, pedagogy, or services, thereby improving Chinese students’ overseas study experiences and satisfaction.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Aiming to understand how Chinese international students make sense of their intercultural experience and how it relates to their identities when they undertake Chinese Studies in UK universities, the study adopts social constructionism as its philosophical underpinning, which is mainly concerned with human experiences and how people make sense of them(Berger & Luckmann, 1967; Gergen, 2015). Accordingly, a qualitative interpretive approach is adopted, with an ethnographically inspired research design. This approach allows the researcher to study Chinese students in their natural setting and examine how they engaged in learning activities and how they interacted with peer groups or teaching staff from diverse cultural backgrounds in a way that value their own perspectives.

To obtain a rich and in-depth understanding, the study opted for a relatively small sample size, focusing on 21 Chinese international students. Data was collected from a range of sources, including participant observation, unstructured or semi-structured qualitative interviews, and document analysis (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007; Jackson, 2016). Several teaching staff and non-Chinese students were also interviewed to triangulate and add richness to the data from the main sources.  Data collection spans one year, comprising six months of intensive fieldwork and an additional six months of follow-up contacts and interviews. The collected data was subjected to thematical analysis, following Braun and Clarke’s (2021) framework and supported by NVivo for the coding process.

The research was conducted multilingually, i.e. in English and Chinese (Mandarin), to capture nuanced and comprehensive data (Holmes et al., 2013). As a Chinese international student, my background facilitates rapport-building with the participants, which is essential for the data collection in ethnographic research (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007). It also enabled me to undergo a transition from an outsider before entering the field to an insider afterwards, so I could approach the project from a fresh viewpoint as an outsider, and also understand my participants’ experience better and easier as an insider, thereby enhancing the construction and theoretical conceptualization of the narratives from them.

The research adheres to the ethical guidelines of the British Educational Research Association(BERA, 2018), and ethical approval has been secured from the School of Education’s Ethics Committee before commencing data collection.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings highlight that Chinese international students tended to identify themselves more as ‘students’ rather than ‘Chinese’ when they engaged in China-related courses. Notably, they exhibited a remarkable level of tolerance to the course content, whether the speech delivered by the lecturer, opinions expressed in class, or assigned reading materials and videos. It appeared that they were able to, and willing to, accept a wide range of comments on China or Chinese issues, even including some critical voices, with a positive attitude of ‘good to know’ and very few students would bother to argue with others, whether in or out of class, even when they disagreed with the presented viewpoints. This inclination could be attributed to various factors, encompassing their motivations, language barriers, language sensitivities, cultural habitus, and self-censorship.

Simultaneously, these students attached great importance to the development of critical thinking skills, whether in terms of the Western discourse or the Chinese discourse, with some asserting that their most significant achievement from their experience of undertaking Chinese Studies abroad was the enhancement of their criticality.  

Furthermore, the research unveils the intricate and conflicting dynamics of the Chinese international students' self-perception as sojourners. While consistently emphasizing their patriotism, they simultaneously exhibited a nuanced reflection on nationalism. In the UK, they experienced a sense of liberated self, yet demonstrated varying degrees of self-censorship, particularly concerning political matters. This dual perspective underscores the complexity of their identity, caught between bound and unbound expressions of their Chinese self.

References
BACS. (2021). Report on the present state of China related studies in the UK.
BERA. (2018). Ethical guidelines for educational research (4th ed.). https://www.bera.ac.uk/publication/ethical-guidelines-for-educational-research-2018-online
Berger, P., & Luckmann, T. (1967). The social construction of reality : a treatise in the sociology of knowledge. Harmondsworth: Penguin.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: a practical guide to understanding and doing. Los Angeles: SAGE.
Dervin, F. (2016). Interculturality in education: a theoretical and methodological toolbox. London: Palgrave Pivot.
Gergen, K. J. (2015). An Invitation to Social Construction (Third ed.). SAGE Publications Ltd. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781473921276
Gu, M. D. (2013). Sinologism, the Western World View, and the Chinese Perspective. CLCWeb: Comparative Literature and Culture, 15(2). https://doi.org/10.7771/1481-4374.2213
Hammersley, M., & Atkinson, P. (2007). Ethnography : principles in practice (3rd ed.). Routledge.
Hargrave, J. L. (2016). Marco Polo and the Emergence of British Sinology. SEL Studies in English Literature 1500-1900, 56ch(3), 515-537. https://doi.org/10.1353/sel.2016.0029
Holliday, A. (2010). Complexity in cultural identity. Language and Intercultural Communication, 10(2), 165-177. https://doi.org/10.1080/14708470903267384
Holliday, A. (2016). Studying culture. In H. Zhu (Ed.), Research methods in intercultural communication: A practice guide (pp. 23-26). Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell.
Holmes, P., Fay, R., Andrews, J., & Attia, M. (2013). Researching multilingually: New theoretical and methodological directions. International journal of applied linguistics, 23(3), 285-299. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijal.12038
Hou, Q. (2021). Reflections on the Research History of American Sinology. International Sinology, 3. https://doi.org/10.19326/j.cnki.2095-9257.2021.03.016
Jackson, J. (2016). Ethnography. In H. Zhu (Ed.), Research Methods in Intercultural Communication: A practical guide (pp. 239-254). Malden, MA: Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119166283.ch16
Jin, T. (2021). Interculturality in learning Mandarin Chinese in British universities. Routledge.
Risager, K., & Dervin, F. (2015). Introduction. In F. Dervin & K. Risager (Eds.), Researching identity and interculturality (pp. 1-25). New York: Routledge.
Universitas. (2005). An evaluation of HEFCE’s Chinese studies initiative.
Yu, X. (2019). Haiwai Zhongguo Yanjiu Ruogan Cihui de Shuli ji Qifa (Inspiration from sorting out some terms in Foreign Chinese Studies). Foreign Theoretical Trends, 12, 112-117.
Zhu, H. (2016). ‘Where Are You From?’: Interculturality and Interactional Practices. In A. Komisarof & H. Zhu (Eds.), Crossing Boundaries and Weaving Intercultural Work, Life, and Scholarship in Globalizing Universities (pp. 147-159). London: Routledge.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Inclusion and Exclusion - a Case-Study in Academia

Kerstin von Brömssen1, Tobias Arvemo2, Anita Beckman3

1202100-4052; 2202100-4052; 3202100-4052

Presenting Author: von Brömssen, Kerstin

The aim of this study was to investigate the experiences of inclusion and exclusion in academia, with a primary focus on ethnicization/racialization within a local University in Sweden. The discussion about structural discrimination in the Swedish labour market has been going on in the public discourse for several decades. The main focus has been on the inequality between women and men in working life (see, for example, SOU 1993:7; SOU, 1998:6; SOU, 2014:81, but discrimination against non-Swedes and/or non-whites has also been noted, albeit to a somewhat lesser degree (see e.g. Mählck, 2013; Osman, 2021; de los Reyes, 2008; SOU 2005:56; SOU 2006:59). The question of how gender interacts with other categorisations, such as ethnicity and/or ‘race’ have been shown even less interest. Nor has discrimination in higher education attracted much attention, and Swedish as well as European academia is relatively little researched from critical perspectives on power, inclusion, and exclusion. However, the fact that academia, like other educational institutions, always includes aspects of power is nothing new (Ahmed, 2012; Bethoui & Leivestad, 2019; Hübinette & Mählck, 2016). To investigate these issues, the following four questions were in focus:

1) To what extent do employees perceive themselves included or excluded in relation to ethnicity/’race, class, gender/gender identity, religion, age, sexuality and disability.

2) What experiences and understandings of inclusion and exclusion processes do employees express?

3) In what contexts do employees perceive that inclusion/exclusion occurs?

4) How is ethnification/racialization perceived to interact with other social categorizations in relation to inclusion/exclusion?

Although ethnicity/’race’ has been the focus of the study, we also asked how these categorizations were perceived to interact with gender, age, class, religion and to some extent sexuality and disability. The employees we interviewed have also spontaneously highlighted the importance of how gender, age and class are perceived to affect such things as collegial treatment and career conditions.

As research has pointed out, these are complex processes of demarcation and exclusion that rarely allow themselves to be understood with the help of a social category belonging alone (see, for example, de los Reyes, 2007). Although there are experiences of exclusion that are perceived to have a clear basis in the person's ethnic origin or skin color, such orders cannot be said to be stable and unambiguous (cf. Lundström, 2017).Since norms and notions of ethnicity/'race' are mutually constituted by other power relations, and since social positioning is always context-dependent, we saw it as an analytical necessity to apply an intersectional perspective on the processes of ethnicization and racialization that we investigated. (cf. Mählck, 2012 p. 31). The concept of intersectionality can be traced to the work by black feminist researchers concerned with how oppressive power is embedded in societal structures and systems The intersectional theory concerns primarily how the exercise of power, through intersecting domination and oppression, affects individuals who face multiple social inequities, with consequent multiple marginalisations (Collins, 2019). This criticl social theory gave a lens to analyse understand inclusion and exclusion within a local university context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the study, we chose to use both qualitative and quantitative methods, i.e. a "mixed method" approach. However, in this presentation we are only going to report from the interviews.  Thirteen interviews were conducted with employees from all the university's departments (except for the administrative offices) with the aim of capturing as much variation as possible based on departmental affiliation, position and, where applicable, academic subject. The interviews have in most cases taken place on campus, but for some interviews, Zoom has been used. A large part of the interviews has been recorded with the permission of the interviewees, while a few informants chose not to allow it. During the interviews in which there were no recordings, notes were taken which were then summarised in writing. Interviews and analyses have, as we researchers perceive it, been conducted with sensitivity and respect (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2009). Analyses have been carried out using a thematic analysis (Gibbs, 2007). We were interested not only in the "what" (themes and content), but also in the "who", "when" and "why" (Riessman 2008, 53–76), and the process of analysis opens for questions about power, relationships, context, and diversity (Merrill & West, 2009).  In the interview material, we drew attention to conditions, events and incidents of exclusion and inclusion as well as the interactions and consequences of such actions (Gibbs, 2007, 86–88). Ethical considerations according to the Declaration of Helsinki (2017) have been followed. In the project, the risks were judged to be primarily related to invasion of privacy. It can be sensitive to talk about experiences of inclusion and exclusion in working life, both if you yourself have been affected by such events and feel exposed, or if you have been/are a "bystander". It also poses challenges to study one's own organisation. Methodologically, this can be advantageous because there is already a pre-understanding of processes and structures in the context, but it requires a greater sensitivity than usual to know what can be possible to ask and discuss (Etherington, 2004). This meant that there had to be a great deal of information about confidentiality for the participants, as well as how participants, who experienced discomfort after talking about difficult events, could be taken care of (cf. Finlay & Gough, 2003; Israel & Hay, 2006). Occupational health services were contacted for support after the interview if needed.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a conclusion we note how the academia is characterised by both formal governance – through explicit policy documents and policies, and informal governance – through implicit social relations. This means that invisible sorting mechanism helps to subsume and place certain groups and individuals in certain positions in the hierarchy, resulting in privilege structures based on social ideas of appropriateness. Nevertheless, in the interviews it was confirmed by employees that they liked to be part of this university, that they felt included and experienced a strong sense of belonging. This is, however, not the case for all. Firstly, informants talked about the importance of allying with the ‘right’ people, with people with influence over contexts that affect working conditions and career paths. Groupings of such people mainly supported those who were the same as oneself, thus constituting homosocial groupings. Such homosocial reproduction in academia applies to the category of class, but also to gender and ethnicity/’race’ (Bethoui & Leivestad, 2019). Bethoui and Leivestad talk about homosocial reproductive patterns in the Swedish academia which is confirmed in our study.
Secondly, we see how the Swedish language serves as an additional marker of discernment in academia (Lundström, 2017; Bethoui & Leiverstad, 2019). Language, and notions of the importance of language, are important components in a complicated demarcation where disadvantage is constantly marked. The demarcation takes place in many ways, and one example is that incorrect Swedish is corrected, often in public contexts, while good language skills are praised.  
Thirdly, we see how ethnicity/’race’ becomes important in different situations. Also, ethnicity/’race’ in intersections with other social categorisations like color, gender and religion positions people as not Swedish, creating feelings of non-belonging and of being ‘the Other’. As a conclusion, we claim that this university still reproduce a Swedish monocultural view as the norm.

References
Ahmed, S. (2012). On Being Included: Racism and Diversity in Institutional Life. Durham, NC: Duke University Press.
Bethoui, A. & Leivestad, H (2019). The “stranger” among Swedish “homo academicus”. High Education,  77:213-228.
Collins, P. H. (2019). Intersectionality as Critical Social Theory. Duke University Press.
Declaration of Helsinki (2017). https://www.wma.net/what-we-do/medical-ethics/declaration-of-helsinki/
Etherington, K. (2004). Becoming a Reflexive Researcher. Using Our Selves in Research. Jessica Kingsley Publishers.
Gibbs, G. R. (2007). Thematic Coding and Categorizing. In: Analyzing Qualitative Data, https://methods.sagepub.com/book/analyzing-qualitative-data.
Hübinette, T. & Mählck, P. (206). The Racial Grammar of Swedish Higher Education and Research Policy. The Limits and Conditions of Researching Race in a Colour-Blind Context. Routledge.
Kvale, S. & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Inteviews. Learning the Craft of Qualitative Research Interviewing. Sage Pblications.
Lundström, C. (2017). The white side of migration: Reflections on race, citizenship and belonging in Sweden. Nordic Journal of Migration Research, 7(2),  (2017),79-87.
Mählck, P. (2013) Academic women with migrant background in the global knowledge economy: Bodies, hierarchies and resistance. Womens’  Studies International Forum, 36 (2013), 65-74.
Osman, A. (2021). What is the elephant in the room? The experience of a black academic in Sweden. International Journal of Contemporary Sociology, 58(1), 63-85.
de los Reyes, P. (2008). Etnisk diskriminering i arbetslivet – kunskapsläge och kunskapsbehov. Landsorganisationen i Sverige. Tillgänglig: https://lo.se/home/lo/res.nsf/vres/lo_fakta_1366027492914_etnisk_diskriminering_i_arbetslivet_pdf/$file/Etnisk_diskriminering_i_arbetslivet.pdf.
Riessmann, C. K. (2008). Narrative Methods for the Human Sciences, 53-76. Sage.
SOU 1993:7. Löneskillnader och lönediskriminering. Om kvinnor och män på arbetsmarknaden. Betänkande av Löneskillnadsutredningen. Kulturdepartementet. https://lagen.nu/sou/1993:7?attachment=index.pdf&repo=soukb&dir=downloaded 1993:7.
SOU 1998:6. Ty makten är din…Myten om det rationella arbetslivet och det jämställda Sverige. Betänkande från Kvinnomaktutredningen. Utredning om fördelning av ekonomisk makt och ekonomiska resurser mellan kvinnor och män.  https://www.regeringen.se/rattsliga-dokument/statens-offentliga-utredningar/1997/12/sou-19986-/
SOU 2000:47. Mångfald i högskolan. Betänkande från utbildningsdepartementet. https://www.regeringen.se/rattsliga-dokument/statens-offentliga-utredningar/2000/05/sou-200047-/
SOU 2005:56. Det blågula glashuset-strukturell diskriminering i Sverige. Betänkande från utredningen om strukturell diskriminering av etnisk eller religiös tillhörighet. https://www.regeringen.se/rattsliga-dokument/statens-offentliga-utredningar/2005/06/sou-200556/
SOU 2006:59. Arbetslivets (o)synliga murar. Rapport av Utredningen makt, integration och strukturell diskriminering. https://www.regeringen.se/rattsliga-dokument/statens-offentliga-utredningar/2006/06/sou-200659/
Vesterberg, V. (2015). Learning to be Swedish: governing migrants in labour-market projects,  Studies in Continuing Education 37(3): 302–316.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

A Study of Macro Distributive Justice in University Scholarships: Based on Survey Data from Chinese Universities

Tong Xiao

Xiamen University, China; École normale supérieure de Paris, France

Presenting Author: Xiao, Tong

Research Background

In the concept of resource distribution in higher education, elitism and egalitarianism compete with each other and promote the development of higher education. In addition, as the popularization of higher education in chinese society continues to deepen, whether the distribution within universities should be included in more diverse standards, and whether to pursue simple equality or complex equality, has also become an important topic of discussion. The distribution of university scholarships is a core issue in the distribution of resources in higher education institutions, which not only reflects the university's concept of distributive justice, but also characterizes the university's educational philosophy.

Folger Brickman distinguished between micro distributive justice and macro distributive justice. Micro distributive justice refers to the fairness of resources obtained by individuals, while macro distributive justice aims to explore the fairness of resource distribution at the group level, ensuring the overall needs and development needs of the community.

The study sorted out policy documents from fifteen universities in China. Research has found that the text for scholarship distribution emphasizes the value orientation of "procedural fairness" and focuses on the implementation of the "deserve" principle, but does not effectively explain the macro distribution status of scholarships. Therefore, this study aims to explore the issue of justice in the distribution of university scholarships from a macro perspective.

Research Questions

The three questions of this study are explored from the perspectives of "reality", "concept", and "necessity".

1.Distributive justice in reality: What is the current situation and characteristics of the distribution practice of university scholarships?

2.Distributive justice in concept: What are the views of students on the distribution justice of university scholarships? Does this conflict with the real situation?

3.Distributive justice in necessity: What distribution philosophy should universities be based on? What macro distribution principles should be adopted? In addition, what social issues and cultural logic do these distributive justice views reflect?

Theoretical Framework

The research refers to the higher education stratification system constructed by Martin Trow and the higher education diversity classification model constructed by Teichler Ulcer. The study proposes a macro distribution classification model for university scholarships, which mainly includes two dimensions:

Firstly, the "evaluation types" of scholarships: "Unity" and "Diversity". “Unity”, only covering academic performance. “Diversity”, in addition to academic performance, also includes types such as comprehensive qualities and social practice. Drawing on Walzer's theory of complex equality, it is believed that the distribution of educational resources should not rely solely on a single distribution standard, but should achieve equality in different fields and contexts while respecting individual differences.

Secondly, the “coverage areas” of scholarships: "elitism" and "egalitarianism". Scholarships are concentrated on a small number of high-performing students or spread over a larger group of qualified performers. The study draws inspiration from Cohen's principle of community theory, which suggests that focusing solely on the "deserve" principle will tacitly tolerate significant differences in outcomes, even if such inequality undermines the community. Therefore, based on Rawls' viewpoint, it is emphasized that "inequalities that cannot be weakened in the name of equal opportunities should be appropriately restricted in the name of the community".

Based on this, the macro distribution for university scholarships is divided into four types: "Unity-Elitism", "Diversity-Elitism", "Unity-Egalitarianism", and "Diversity-Egalitarianism".


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study used a mixed research method and selected 15 universities in China with different rankings for research. The samples were selected from 5 Type A universities (QS World University Rankings Top 200), 5 Type B universities (QS World University Rankings 500-800), and 5 Type C universities (QS World University Rankings 1500-2000).
In response to the question "Ⅰ Distributive justice in reality", the study analyzes the institutional texts and school data of the 15 universities, and examines the "evaluation types" and "coverage areas". The study also examines the distribution types generally adopted by different types of universities.
In response to the question "II Distributive justice in concept", the study used questionnaires, in-depth interviews, and focus group interviews. A questionnaire with three sub-dimensions and 16 questions was developed and administered to 1,105 students from the 15 universities to examine their views on distributive justice. At the same time, the study conducted semi-structured in-depth interviews and 12 focus group interviews with 55 university students and 22 faculty members.
To address the issue of "III Distributive justice in necessity", the study used the theoretical research method, focusing on the simple equality theories of Rawls, Nozick, and Dworkin, and the complex equality theories of MacIntyre, Miller, and Walzer to carry out an in-depth discussion.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First, Distributive justice in concept. Students have the lowest support for the distributional options of "Unity-Egalitarianism" and "Unity-Elitism", accounting for 8% and 16% of the overall proportion. The two programs with the highest support rate among students are "Diversity-Elitism" and "Diversity-Egalitarianism", with 27% and 49% respectively.
Thus, Students are more supportive of diversity in scholarships, encouraging a variety of pathways for students. However, there is still controversy over whether these scholarships should be concentrated among a few elites or distributed equally to more students.
Second, Distributive justice in reality. It is worth noting that there are significant differences in students' sense of belonging, sense of fairness and attribution of achievement among universities with different distribution types.
Students in universities with "Diversity-Elitism" distribution type have lower sense of belonging and fairness, and are more likely to attribute their achievements internally, i.e., their achievements are only due to their own efforts. In contrast, universities with a "Diversity-Egalitarianism" distribution type have a significantly higher sense of belonging and fairness, and students place a higher value on the help of their classmates and faculty. Thus, different distribution types may lead to a compromised sense of solidarity within the community.
Finally, Distributive justice in necessity. The study proposes that the distribution of scholarships should take into account the "community principle" in order to balance the tension between elitism and egalitarianism, talent selection and talent development. Equality should also be moderately balanced, so that the gap in the distribution of scholarships is kept within certain limits, and all students, at all stages and levels of development, have the opportunity to be recognized, while creating more "Moment of equal opportunity".

References
Ainscow M, Dyson A , Goldrick S, et al. Using collaborative inquiry to foster equity within school systems: opportunities and barriers1[J]. School Effectiveness & School Improvement,2016,27(1):7-23.
Alves W M, Rossi P H. Who Should Get What? Fairness Judgments of the Distribution of Earnings[J].American Journal of Sociology, 1978, 84(3):541-564.
Alwin S D F. Beliefs about Inequality and Perceptions of Distributive Justice[J].American Sociological Review, 1986, 51(1):30-46.
Apple M W, Ball S J, Gandin L A. The Routledge International Handbook of the Sociology of Education[J].Recueil des Travaux Chimiques des Pays-Bas, 2010, 103(7-8):243–244.
Arneson R J. Luck And Equality: Richard J. Arneson[J].Aristotelian Society Supplementary Volume, 2015, 75(1):73-90.
Bamfield L, Horton T. What’s Fair? Applying the Fairness Test to Education. [M].London: Fabian Society.2010.
Bathmaker A M, Ingram N, Abrahams J, et al. Higher Education, Social Class and Social Mobility[M].Palgrave Macmillan UK,2016.
Brickman P, Folger R, Goode E, Schul Y. "Microjustice and Macrojustice." In Melvin J.Lerner & Sally C.Lerne (eds.),The Justice Motive in Social Behavior[M].New York:Plenum Press.1981:178.
Daniel B. On Meritocracy and Equality[M]. Public Interest.1972(29):29-68.
Deutsch M. Education and distributive justice. Some reflflections on grading systems[J]. American Psychologist, 1979,34(5):301–401.
Jackson M. Negotiating Opportunities: How the Middle Class Secures Advantages in School. By Jessica McCrory Calarco. New York: Oxford University Press[J]. American Journal of Sociology,2019,125(1):274-276.
Jasso G, Trnblom K Y, Sabbagh C. Distributive Justice[J].Springer New York, 2016.
Liebig S, Sauer C. Sociology of Justice[J].Springer New York, 2016.
Sabbagh C, Schmitt M. Past, Present, and Future of Social Justice Theory and Research[J].Springer New York, 2016.
Sabbagh D, Mountford-Zimdars A, Post D. Fair Access to Higher Education. Global Perspectives[J].University of Chicago Press, 2015.
Skitka L J, Wisneski D C. Justice Theory and Research: A Social Functionalist Perspective[M]Handbook of Psychology. 2012.
Williams A P. Equity in groupwork: the social process of creating justice in a science classroom[J]. Cultural Studies of Science Education,2019,14(2):361-381.
 
13:45 - 15:1507 SES 06 B: Teacher Education Studies in Social Justice and Intercultural Education III
Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Barbara Gross
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Teachers’ Perceptions and Experiences with Immigrant and Refugee Students: A National Survey in Portugal

Joana Manarte, Sara Faria, Pedro Ferreira

CIIE/ FPCEUP, Portugal

Presenting Author: Manarte, Joana

The intensification of migratory flows around the world, largely associated with the humanitarian crisis that has been victimizing migrants and refugees more visibly since 2015, has motivated fracturing positions in civil society and in the political sphere, expressed in welcoming movements, on the one hand, and in xenophobic and segregationist movements, on the other hand, a stance that has been conquering territory in contemporary societies (Huber & Reynolds, 2014; Silva et al., 2018).

The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, guided by the commitment to “leave no one behind”, has had the migratory phenomenon as one of the major challenges to be considered, namely regarding SDG 4, devoted to Education. UNESCO underlines the need to protect the right to education of displaced persons, considering the principle of non-discrimination, which comprises the inclusion of migrants and refugees in national education systems. The increase in the migratory flow to Europe leaves many migrant and refugee students helpless in the education systems, and European countries are faced with the growing need to adapt the institutional, social, and educational response to the reception of a considerable number of children and young people with diverse cultural and linguistic backgrounds (de Wal Pastoor, 2016).

The migration crisis added urgency to the demand of an inclusive school (de Wal Pastoor, 2016). Despite the efforts to ensure access to education for all, there are shortcomings in the quality of educational integration that compromise the academic, emotional, and social well-being of young migrants, intensifying the marginalization and stigmatization of these groups in society (Cerna, 2019; de Wal Pastoor, 2016; European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2019; PPMI, 2017; Silva et al., 2018).

According to the holistic model for the educational integration of refugees (Cerna, 2019), teachers’ training to deal with diversity is one of the main factors to improve the response of education systems to meet the learning, social and emotional needs of this population (de Wal Pastoor, 2016; Szelei et al., 2020; European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2019; PPMI, 2017).

From this panorama, the following research questions emerged: What are the teachers' perceptions and beliefs about migrants and refugees, about welcoming other cultures and about cultural diversity in schools? What training needs, opportunities, challenges, and good experiences can be identified in this area?

Professional development of teachers in interculturality is also an insufficiently studied field (Szelei et al., 2020). Research shows that teachers feel unprepared to work with students from different cultural backgrounds (de Wal Pastoor, 2016; PPMI, 2017; Szelei et al., 2020). Indeed, the increase in cultural and social diversity raises challenges and opportunities for education. For teachers to be(come) agents of positive change in this process, it is essential to promote a culture of support for teachers.

Ecologically informed research on education of migrants and refugees, that considers the educational and historical realities of specific countries (in terms of receiving and integrating migrant populations and national cultural minorities) is still scarce and this is especially true for Portugal (de Wal Pastoor, 2016). Professional development of teachers in interculturality is also an insufficiently studied field (Szelei et al, 2020).

This study intends to contribute to improve the quality of the educational integration of migrant, refugee and ethnic minority children and young people, as well as the professional development and well-being of teachers when working with a multicultural public. For this purpose, the research aims to study the perceptions of primary, secondary and vocational school teachers about the welcoming of other cultures in Portugal and in the Portuguese education system, particularly migrants, refugees and ethnic minorities. Furthermore, it also proposes to know teachers’ preparation and training to deal with cultural diversity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The sample is composed of teachers from schools throughout the national territory. An online questionnaire was developed and administered to teachers in Portuguese primary, secondary and vocational schools. Considering the approximate number of 150,000 teachers in Portugal (INE, 2024), and to ensure that the sample was representative, it was expected to inquiry approximately 400 teachers. The survey was disseminated nationwide and open for participation from February to May 2023. The number of valid responses was higher than expected, resulting in a total of 643 participants. The questionnaire is divided into four groups, most of which are closed questions, with only two open and optional questions. Group I involves sociodemographic questions and characterizes the professional profile, consisting of a total of 13 items. Group II contains 6 items related to the work context. Group III addresses questions specifically related to the experience of working with immigrants and refugees, totalling 11 items. Group IV consists of 10 questions about perceptions of hosting other cultures in Portugal.
The data collected is subject to statistical analysis (closed questions) and content analysis (open questions). Exploratory, descriptive, and inferential statistical procedures are being undertaken, using IBM SPSS (version 29) software.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main aim of the online survey was to gather information about teachers' perceptions on the welcoming of other cultures to Portugal and to explore some aspects of their experience working with immigrant and refugee students. Hopefully, this data will help to identify teachers’ high or low prevalence of positive or negative stereotypes concerning immigrant and refugee population, and also to characterise the preparation and training of teachers to deal with cultural diversity.
So far, the preliminary analysis suggests a low prevalence of conscious prejudice towards welcoming other cultures in Portugal. On the other hand, there is data pointing to the existence of a negative stereotype regarding the perception of certain ethnic groups as less hard-working than others. In the context of initial and ongoing teacher training, teachers report gaps in certain dimensions of intercultural education, such as communicating with a multilingual and multicultural audience or relating to the families of immigrant or refugee students. The data also suggests that the majority of teachers surveyed consider themselves poorly or fairly prepared to deal with these areas in their professional practice. However, a more thoughtful and informed analysis of these issues is needed.
The open questions include the voluntary sharing of teachers’ reflections, recommendations, and experiences of professional practice with students from minority cultures. It is hoped that the content analysis will reveal interesting praxeological aspects that can inform inclusive and integrative educational practice towards cultural diversity.
The information gathered on perceptions and beliefs, on the one hand, and on the positive experiences shared, on the other hand, may inspire important insights on the improvement of teachers’ education and well-being, and on the healthy fostering and integration of students from different cultures in school, thus contributing to fairer, more inclusive, democratic and wealthier societies.

References
Cerna, L. (2019). Refugee Education: Integration Models and Practices in OECD Countries. Em OECD Publishing. OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1787/a3251a00-en
de Wal Pastoor, L. (2016). Rethinking Refugee Education: Principles, Policies and Practice from a European Perspective. Em Annual Review of Comparative and International Education 2016 (Vol. 30, pp. 107–116). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-367920160000030009
European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2019). Integrating students from migrant backgrounds into schools in Europe: National policies and measures : Eurydice report. Publications Office of the European Union.
Huber, J., & Reynolds, C. (Eds.). (2014). Developing intercultural competence through education. Council of Europe Publishing.
INE, Statistics Portugal (January, 2024). Docentes do ensino não superior (N.º) por Localização geográfica (NUTS - 2013). https://www.ine.pt/xportal/xmain?xpid=INE&xpgid=ine_indicadores&indOcorrCod=0009573&contexto=bd&selTab=tab2&xlang=pt
PPMI. (2017). Preparing teachers for diversity: The role of initial teacher education. Final Report to Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/637002
Silva, R. L., Oliveira, J., Dias, C., Pinto, I. R., & Marques, J. M. (2018). How inclusive policies shape prejudice versus acceptance of refugees: A Portuguese study. Peace and Conflict: Journal of Peace Psychology, 24(3), 296–305. https://doi.org/10.1037/pac0000314
Szelei, N., Tinoca, L., & Pinho, A. S. (2020). Professional development for cultural diversity: The challenges of teacher learning in context. Professional Development in Education, 46(5), 780–796. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1642233


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Reading Climate: Sustainability and Justice Education in School English

Larissa McLean Davies, Sarah Truman

MGSE, Australia

Presenting Author: McLean Davies, Larissa

The pilot project reported on in this paper is part of a larger aim: to transform English literary education insettler collonial contexts to foreground climate and racial justice as part of its core curriculum. Climate change has been identified as the major crisis facing the world, and a foremost issue for young people. Addressing the climate crisis in education requires new approaches that reflect the urgency and scope and scale of the situation and prepares young people to lead decisions regarding justice-focused, sustainable futures. The Reading Climate Pilot Project explored the way that Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander literary narratives provide new perspectives on interactions with Country, climate change, allowing readers engagement with Indigenous knowledges and perspectives for the justice-oriented citizenry of the future. There is an urgent need for this research: while Indigenous writers’ contribution to understandings of climate are well documented and awarded, and the power of story to impact on understandings of significant environmental, social and cultural issues is well established, Aboriginal writing remains significantly underrepresented in Australia’s curricula, particularly in

subject English.

This project prioritizes Indigenous stories and interdisciplinary collaboration in

English, cross-curricular knowledge sharing, developing teaching resources in English secondary

settings, and interdisciplinary and international collaboration. The project was undertaken as a collaboration between the Literary Education Lab (members: Sandra Phillips; Sarah E. Truman, Clare Archer Lean, Melitta Hogarth and Larissa McLean Davies) with the Stella Prize for the literature or women and non-binary writers, and Indigenous authors and scholars.

Research questions were:

1. How do English teachers engage with Indigenous ways of knowing and understanding Country to imagine sustainable climate futures?

2. What new knowledge about climate justice in English education can be developed

through interdisciplinary collaboration between Indigenous writers and texts, and the

environmental humanities and climate science?

3. What real-world applications of new knowledge about the intersections of climate fiction, Indigenous knowledges, racial justice and climate science have for the field of sustainability education?

Theoretical framework: The project’s conceptual approach draws on three key ideas: Indigenous relationality, literary sociability, and literary linking. First, Indigenous relationality enables thought that connects all living things (Graham 2014; Harrison et al 2017). We are not only shaped by biology but also through our story-telling activities: the stories we tell ourselves have material effects on who we become (Heiss 2015; Clarke 2016). A climate justice citizenry requires the capacity to comprehend the complex relations between human and nonhuman species and Country. Indigenous fiction establishes a corpus of narrative ready for critical classroom engagement to develop this capacity. This argument resonates with English curricula accounts of the promise of literature for building good moral character and citizenship (Atherton 2005), but also prioritises feminist concerns over whose stories are prioritised, whose stories are listened to (Hogarth 2019; Truman 2019). By changing the repertoire of stories and reading practices we can change cultural understandings and futures: this is a pressing concern in an era of ongoing resource inequalities, environmental racism, and climate disasters (Yusoff 2018). Second, the study also draws on an understanding that pedagogical literary study is sociable and relational (Phillips & Archer-Lean 2019). Third, this project activates a new transdisciplinary method called literary linking (McLean Davies et al 2021). Literary linking is informed by principles of relationality and co-design, where research participants and researchers work together to develop shared understandings. It is underpinned by a commitment to interdisciplinary collaboration as a necessary component for making sense of pressing social, environmental, and cultural concerns, including climate change.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In conversation with English’s said aims, the project’s purpose was to advance the decolonisation of English through cross-country book clubs focused on Indigenous climate fiction, a collaborative symposium with Indigenous authors, interdisciplinary experts, and secondary English teachers enabling the development of new disciplinary collaboration, and teaching resources and knowledge mobilisation across English and humanities education.

Participants were selected through the Stella Prize networks, and existing researcher networks.  Cohort diversity in teaching experience and contexts was considered a priority in participant selection. After assessing the expressions of interest, a total of 120 teachers from across Australia were invited to participate. Each email invitation included information about the Reading Climate project and what we were inviting participants to do: read Australian Aboriginal literary texts and participate in a book group online for 2 sessions (one hour each; and complete a survey following the book groups.
Teachers submitted a confirmation of their intention to be involved with the project along with a signed consent form. We received 44 signed consent forms from teachers and established three reading groups that each me twice. Reading group sessions were held in November 2022 (1 hour each session x 6 sessions). All teachers received ebooks and reading information for each session. Reading Groups were audio recorded and transcribed for later thematic analysis.

Data sources, evidence, objects or materials

This is an interdisciplinary project, with the research team spanning English education, literary studies and publishing studies. As such the data is perceived as the literary works themselves; the initial EOI from participants, outlining their motivation for wanting to join the book club; recordings of the sessions, which were audio recorded and transcribed for later thematic analysis, and the post book club questionnaire undertaken by participants.  All data sources will be utilised in the paper presentation

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Some data analysis from the Reading Climate Pilot Project showed differences in teachers’ motivation for joining the seminars, for some it was to remediate a lack of understanding and engagement with Indigenous texts. Even through Australian writing more broadly, and Indigenous Australian writing have been prioritised in curriculum terms since 2007, several settler teachers expressed their own personal appreciation of Indigenous writing, yet they also articulated a fear of including Indigenous texts in their classrooms and ‘getting it wrong’ or ‘causing offence’. There are many resources for the teaching of Indigenous texts in English in Australia, however some teachers’ concerns could not be addressed by these, as they were more at the levels of ontology and epistemology rather than materials. This finding was in concert with other research (McLean Davies et al, 2023), which showed that English teachers own knowledge and perspectives profoundly shaped students’ experiences of and approach to set texts.
A reluctance and fear of making a cultural mistake, evident in the feedback from some participants, was countered by others, who, working schools with high Aboriginal populations were interested in ‘decentring’ English through Indigenous texts, and had begun this political work. Accordingly the project team discerned to different pedagogical models for understanding the ‘logic of Indigenous texts in English’, one traditionally extractionist, and the other moving toward ‘disciplining and regenerating English in the context of climate justice and sustainability.

References
Atherton, C. (2005). Defining literary criticism. Scholarship, Authority and the possession of literary knowledge 1880-2002. Palgrave Macmillan London
Clarke, M. B. (2016). Interview with Maxine Beneba Clarke. Metaphor, (2) 25-27. Coleman, C. (2017). Terra nullius. Hachette UK
Graham, M. (2014). Aboriginal notions of relationality and positionalism: A reply to Weber. Global Discourse: An Interdisciplinary Journal of Current Affairs and Applied Contemporary Thought, 4(1), 17-22.
Harrison, N., Bodkin, F., Bodkin-Andrews, G., & Mackinlay, E. (2017). Sensational pedagogies: Learning to be affected by Country. Curriculum Inquiry, 47(5) 504– 519.
Heiss, A. (2015) Celebrating the New Australian Literature. In Heiss, A. The Black Words Essays. St Lucia, Qld: AustLit.
Hogarth, M. (2019). Y is standard oostralin english da onlii meens of kommunikashun: Kountaring White man privileg in da kurrikulum. English in Australia, 54(1): 5-11
Janke, T., Cumpston, Z., Hill, R., Woodward, E... (2021). Australian State of the Environment, Australian Government Department of Agriculture, Water and the Environment, Canberra
McLean Davies, L., Doecke, B., Mead, P., Sawyer, W., & Yates, L. (2023). Literary Knowing and the Making of English Teachers: The Role of Literature in Shaping English Teachers’ Professional Knowledge and Identities. Taylor & Francis.
McLean Davies, L., Truman, S. E., & Buzacott, L. (2021). Teacher-researchers: A pilot project for unsettling the secondary Australian literary canon. Gender and Education, 33(7), 814-829
Phillips, S. R., & Archer-Lean, C. (2019). Decolonising the reading of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander writing: reflection as transformative practice. Higher Education Research & Development 38(1): 24-37.
Phillips, S. R., & Archer- Lean, C. (2019). Decolonising the reading of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander writing: reflection as transformative practice. Higher Education Research & Development 38(1): 24-37. Phillips, S., McLean Davies, L., & Truman, S. (2022). Power of country: Indigenous relationality and reading Indigenous climate fiction in Australia. Curriculum Inquiry, 52(2), 171-186.
Truman, S. E. (2022). Feminist speculations and the practice of research-creation: Writing pedagogies and intertextual affects. Routledge.
Truman, S. E. (2019). White deja vu: Troubling the certainty of the English canon in literary education. English in Australia, 54(3), 53-59.
Yusoff, K. (2018). A billion black Anthropocenes or none. University of Minnesota Press.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Early Childhood Education Teachers’ Awareness of Social Classes

Dorota Duda

University of Lower Silesia, Poland

Presenting Author: Duda, Dorota

The objective of this presentation is to show the results of research in which I explored the ECE teachers' awareness of social classes. As a teacher-student, I often observed a lot of reluctance towards some of the pupils from their teachers. Very often those children were from underprivileged families. I also observed and read a lot about inequalities in education, which led me to think about whether teachers, especially those from early childhood education have knowledge and awareness about social division and how this affects the pupils they work with.

According to Bourdieu's theory of socio-cultural reproduction, children start their schooling with different inherited capitals, but the school treats pupils as if they all have the same starting position while assuming that all children are expected to acquire the same skills, knowledge and level of 'cultural familiarity'. This situation allows middle- and upper-class children to benefit from the resources brought from home and early schooling (Grochalska, 2009: 63). Pupils for whom the values of the dominant culture are distant may consequently drop out of further education at a certain stage of their education or consciously choose ‘an educational profile that reproduces the life path of their parents’ (Szkudlarek, 2007: 35). However, the idea is not that students with low-class backgrounds should be deprived of the chance to change their social position, but that those working with the pupils should understand that school is part of a system that reproduces the social structure.

There are divergences in the literature in defining social class. Some authors speak of the 'death of classes' in most developed societies (Pakulski, Waters, 1996, in Lareau, 2008: 4) or the 'obsolescence of the term', including in relation to education, without denying the existence of social inequalities (Harris, 2018: i-ii). Anette Lareau notes that social classes are often written about in a non-explicit way, using terms such as 'inequality’, ‘stratification’, ‘origin’ or analysing specific indicators such as education, wealth, income, and occupation (Lareau, 2008: 3). Also in common parlance, the term appears to be ambiguous (Wright, 2005: 1) or attempts are made to strip it of its political character, as is the case, for example, in Palska's research (Gdula, Sadura, 2012: 18). In Poland, the issue of social classes seems to be perceived rather as a historical relic. The vocabulary used to describe the social structure, i.e. terms like: 'working class’, ‘social classes’, ‘exploitation’, ‘capital’, ‘class conflict’, ‘class struggle’ (Zuk, 2010: 9), is associated with the past social system and tends to be no longer used. On the other hand, some researchers stress that we are intuitively aware of the existence of social classes (Sadura, 2012). Despite the colloquial social perception of social classes, Polish researchers undertake class analyses, including those devoted to Bourdieu's concept, which I also adopted as the basis for my exploration on social classes and educational inequality (Gdula, Sadura, 2012).

Adopting Sadura’s approach to Polish social structure, we can distinguish three main social classes in Poland: higher, middle and lower (Gdula, Sadura, 2012). All three of them have different ways of life as well as different ways of learning which is a part of the way of living and living necessities (Sadura, 2017). Understanding this is crucial to creating inclusive school environments and developing the idea of equal chances.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical material that this presentation draws on comes from a research project in which I explored whether ECE teachers are aware of the existence of class divisions and whether this (un)awareness is visible in their work with pupils. 14 ECE teachers of varying seniority working in the Polish education system took part in the study. The teachers differed in terms of the geographical location of their schools (eight of them worked in large cities, two – in small towns, and four – in rural areas) and their experience with working in a class-diverse environment. Interviewed teachers worked in a school in a neighbourhood with a bad reputation; perceived to be affluent; in a socially diverse environment; in areas with high economic deprivation, in a place that formed an enclave by being a private institution for parents with high economic capital and in places that were so-called urban bedroom communities.
I used the grounded theory methodology (Charmaz, 2009) and a bricolage of interpretive approaches in the research project (Kvale, 2012).  The narrative and semi-structured interviews were used to collect data. The opening question during the narrative interview was about family relationships, especially from childhood and educational experiences up to the time the interviewee entered university. The semi-structured interview questions focused on four areas: the teacher's workplace, the teacher's vision of the child, the perception of pupils' educational opportunities, and social inequalities. Most of the interviews were conducted in two sessions, one for the narrative part, and the other for semi-structured. They lasted from 45 minutes to 2 hours. All interviews were recorded and transcribed. The responses were coded inductively; the analysis itself was divided into two stages: the identification of teachers' awareness of social class and the analysis of teachers' private pedagogical theories, resulting in a middle-range theory of a preliminary typology of teachers' private pedagogical theories of the possibilities for pupils to change their social trajectories.
To identify the social class awareness of teachers, I analysed their explicit statements about what class they belonged to, whether their position had changed during their lifetime, as well as the non-explicit statements I was able to generate from other parts of the interviews. The research was carried out in line with the principles of ethical research conduct, with consent obtained from all participants.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis followed three steps: exploring the class self-identification of the teachers participating in the research; analysing the language used by the teachers concerning social class; identifying the areas of the teachers' awareness of social class.
Twelve teachers answered the question about their class affiliation, six of whom explicitly defined their class affiliation using terms such as middle class, intelligence, economically average, so in the middle, borderline average, and lower borderline average. Five teachers answered the question by comparing their current social class with their class of origin. One teacher said that her current social class was higher than that of her childhood, and one identified ‘social class’ with ‘classroom’.
After self-identification of the teacher’s social position, I explored the language teachers were using and was able to distinguish explicit and non-explicit statements related to social class.
In the third step, I explored areas of the teachers’ class awareness determined on the basis of their non-explicit statements concerned issues such as economic, cultural capital, dichotomous perception of reality, the neighbourhood in which the educational institution is located, social position, reproduction of family lifestyles and ‘indirect differentiation’.  
Based on the data collected, I distinguished four groups of teachers' class (un)awareness: a group of teachers who valorise social differentiation (6), those who observe social differentiation (4), those who do not perceive social differentiation (3), and a group of teachers who have no class awareness (1).
The first conclusion after analysing the empirical material leads one to conclude that social class content appears in the narratives of the teachers. It occurs independently of the question of the teacher's class identification. The second conclusion, however, is that, overall, there is little content related to class awareness in their narratives as well as addressing the issue of changing the social order.

References
Charmaz, K. (2009). Teoria ugruntowana. Praktyczny przewodnik po analizie jakościowej. Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN.
Gdula, M., Sadura, P. (2012). Style życia jako rywalizujące uniwersalności. In: M. Gdula, P. Sadura (ed.), Style życia i porządek klasowy w Polsce (p. 15–70). Wydawnictwo Naukowe SCHOLAR
Grochalska, M. (2009). Między pożądaną równością a nieuniknioną różnicą. In: A. Męczkowska-Christiansen, P. Mikiewicz (ed.), Idee—Diagnozy—Nadzieje. Szkoła polska a idee równości (p. 61–80). Wydawnictwo Naukowe Dolnośląskiej Szkoły Wyższej.
Harris, D. (2018). Foreword. In: I. Gilbert (ed.), The working class. Poverty, education and alternatives voices (p. i–ii). Independent Thinking Press.
Kvale, S. (2012). Prowadzenie wywiadów. Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN.
Lareau, A. (2008). Introduction: Taking Stock of Class. In: A. Lareau, D. Conley (ed.), Social Class: How Does It Work? Russell Sage Foundation.
Sadura, P. (2012). Wielość w jedności: Klasa średnia i jej zróżnicowania. In: M. Gdula, P. Sadura (ed.), Style życia i porządek klasowy w Polsce (p. 163–193). Wydawnictwo Naukowe SCHOLAR.
Sadura, P. (2017). Państwo, szkoła, klasy. Wydawnictwo Krytyki Politycznej.
Szkudlarek, T. (2007). Edukacja i konstruowanie społecznych nierówności. In: J. Klebaniuk (ed.), Fenomen nierówności społecznych. Nierówności społeczne w refleksji humanistycznej (p. 31–52). ENETEIA Wydawnictwo Psychologii i Kultury.
Wright, E. O. (2005). Approaches to Class Analysis. Cambridge University Press.
Żuk, P. (2010). Wstęp. Przemilczana rzeczywistość—O problemach z dostrzeganiem nierówności społecznych w czasach realnego kapitalizmu. In: P. Żuk (ed.). Podziały klasowe i nierówności społeczne: Refleksje socjologiczne po dwóch dekadach realnego kapitalizmu w Polsce (p. 9–14). Oficyna Naukowa.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Boundary-crossing teachers in war: Israeli-Palestinian Educators in Jewish Schools Amidst Unprecedented Turmoil

Shahar Gindi1, Michal Hisherik1,3, Nehaya Awida Haj Yehya1,3, Iris Yaniv2, Gahl Silverman4, Taly Ben Yehuda1

1Beit Berl College, Israel; 2Oranim College of Education; 3The Open university; 4Tel Aviv University

Presenting Author: Gindi, Shahar; Yaniv, Iris

We examine how Palestinian teachers in Jewish schools, who are Israeli citizens, coped during the intense conflict that unfolded after the events of October 7, 2023. This period was marked by a series of coordinated attacks initiated by Palestinian militant groups led by Hamas. The attacks included a relentless barrage of some 3,000 rockets targeting Israel and the breach of the Gaza–Israel barrier by around 3,000 militants who launched assaults on Israeli military bases and civilian communities, resulting in approximately 1,200 casualties and the abduction of about 240 civilians (Dostri, 2023).

The onslaught triggered recollections of European pogroms and the Holocaust among many of the Jewish citizens in Israel and elicited a national trauma (Tal, 2023). This shifted their perception from enjoying a comfortable, modern life in a quasi-European nation to an overarching sense of survival. This sentiment manifested as heightened suspicion toward Arab citizens of Israel (Asad, 2023), accompanied by widespread conspiracy theories alleging collusion with Hamas. There was also a notable persecution of Palestinian citizens of Israel expressing support for Palestinians on social media during this period.

Amidst the escalated tension and violence, Palestinian citizens of Israel working as teachers in Jewish schools were placed on the educational frontlines (Gindi et al., 2023). They encountered unprecedented challenges in managing interactions with students, students’ parents, co-teachers, and even their daily commutes to the schools where they taught. Our exploration delves into the experiences, resilience, and strategies employed by Israeli-Palestinian educators as they navigated the complexities of teaching in an environment overshadowed by the Gaza–Israel conflict.

Throughout November 2023, semi-structured interviews were conducted with 12 teachers and five supporting personnel 16 of which are Palestinian citizens of Israel and one Jewish Israeli citizen. The interviewees expressed their astonishment at the events of October 7th, elaborating on their personal concerns regarding safety, security, and the prospect of resuming teaching duties in Jewish schools. They also discussed the transformations they observed both in Israeli society at large and within their immediate school environments. By exploring the role of Palestinian citizens of Israel as teachers in Jewish schools during this tumultuous period, the lecture aims to offer insights into the transformative power of education and the mediating role of teachers’ workplace relationships in fostering resilience, tolerance, and the potential for unity even in the most challenging circumstances of external war which intensify an internal national identity conflict.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative study is based on data collected In November 2023. The information collected included 12 interviews with Palestinian citizens of Israel who are teachers in Jewish schools and five interviews with supporting staff from a non-governmental agency that provides support for Palestinian teachers in Jewish schools. Three of the supporting staff were Palestinians working in Jewish schools themselves which allowed them to both report on their own experiences at the school and their experiences in supporting other teachers.
The interviews utilized a semi-structured guide constructed in alignment with the research question. Four Ph.D. holders, each specializing in distinct fields (psychology, sociology, education, and religion), and one Master’s level psychologist served as interviewers. One of the interviewers was a native Arabic speaker, and the others were native Hebrew speakers. Consequently, some interviews were conducted in Arabic, with subsequent translation into Hebrew following transcription.
The interviews, ranging from one to one and a half hours, were transcribed and then uploaded to a software-assisted qualitative data analysis  NVIVO14  program (Bazeley, 2022) that was employed to facilitate the storage, coding, and systematic retrieval of the qualitative data (Wood & Bloor, 2006). This method enhances the accuracy, reliability, and transparency of qualitative investigations (Liamputtong, 2020). The coder, a Ph.D. holder specializing in conflict analysis, experienced in software-assisted qualitative data analysis, utilized a qualitative content analysis approach to identify recurring themes and patterns through data reduction, text interpretation, and an effort to identify consistency and core meanings within the data (Bernard et al., 2016). In the classification process, data were extracted into segments, inductively coded into categories, and grouped and compared with similar segments from other observations. This flexible method typically combines concept-driven and data-driven categories, ensuring that the overall coding framework aligns with the data (Schreier, 2014).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following the October 7th, 2023 events, Israeli-Palestinian teachers in Jewish schools faced complex challenges due to the change in Jewish Israeli society. After the Oct 7th attack, many Jews began suspecting the Palestinian Arabs of allegiance with Hamas, asked them continuously to prove their loyalty and scrutinized their social media involvement. These educators, who had previously aimed for shared living with their Jewish counterparts, found their coexistence efforts seemingly futile amid the war. Initial findings highlight their astonishment and concerns about safety, affecting their personal well-being, including travel to and from school.

In response to the precarious situation, these teachers adopted strategic communication approaches to foster unity and understanding during heightened tensions. Utilizing first-person terms, they emphasized the shared experiences of fear and anger among both Jews and Arabs affected by indiscriminate missiles. Acknowledging the difficulty of empathizing during escalations, Israeli-Palestinian teachers emphasized the paramount importance of maintaining mutual respect. Despite challenges in understanding the other side's perspective, they stressed the need for concerted efforts to ensure the safety and well-being of all teachers and students.
Some teachers took a proactive stance against the war, expressing clear and decisive opposition to violence. They articulated a general stance against harm to both innocent Jews and Palestinians, some even exhibiting opposition to Hamas. Steering clear of complex political debates, they prioritized unity over ideological disagreements, reflecting a commitment to a cohesive educational environment and peace principles during a period of heightened emotions and challenges.
Finally, initial findings point to an interrelation between the concerns of management for the personal condition of Israeli-Palestinian teachers during the chaotic first days of the war, especially principals’ interventions, and teachers sense of belonging and willingness to teach in a Jewish school.

References
Asad, A. (2023). Challenges and threats: Arab society in Israel during the war in Gaza. The Israel Democracy Institute, https://en.idi.org.il/articles/51567
Bazeley, P. (2022). Designing for Multimodal Data and Mixed Methods within a Qualitative Framework. The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research Design (pp.604-617). Sage.
Bernard, H. R., Wutich, A., & Ryan, G. W. (2016). Analyzing qualitative data: Systematic approaches. SAGE Publications.
Dostri, O. (2023). Hamas’s October 2023 attack on Israel: The end of the deterrence strategy in Gaza. Military Review, 1, 1-13 .
Gindi, S., Gilat, Y. & Sagee, R. (2022). Short communication – Students’ attitudes toward boundary-crossing teachers before and after the May 2021 violence between Israelis and Palestinians: A ripple effect? International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 91, 38-43
Liamputtong, P. (2020). Qualitative Research Methods (5th ed.). Oxford University Press.
Schreier, M. (2012). Qualitative content analysis in practice. Sage.
Tal, R, (2023). The October 7 Massacre Brings Back Horrific Memories for This Iraqi-Jewish Author, Haaretz (Dec 13, 2023), https://www.haaretz.com
Wood, F., & Bloor, M. (2006). Keywords in qualitative methods: A vocabulary of research concepts. Keywords in Qualitative Methods, 1-208.
 
13:45 - 15:1507 SES 06 C: Social Justice in Education for Children and Youth at Risk
Location: Room 119 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Lisa Rosen
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Fostering Integration of Young People with Migration Background through VaKE (Values and Knowledge Education): A Qualitative Study

Jean-Luc Patry1,2, Nimet Özbicerler1, Sieglinde Weyringer2

1Paris-Lodron University Salzbu, Austria; 2Association of Values and Knowledge Education AVaKE

Presenting Author: Patry, Jean-Luc

People with migration background tend to be marginalized and disadvantaged. Societal mainstream and politicians promote adaption (assimilation), which furthers these people’s problems as they are deprived of their roots. In the paper, first, a normative concept of integration is presented that permits people with migration background to participate actively in the society without denying their origin. Secondly, a teaching-learning approach is presented that permits to promote the necessary competences and attitudes for them to do so: Values and Knowledge Acquisition (VaKE). A pilot study with 8 young people with Turkish background is presented.

One’s roots, traditions, beliefs and language are key elements for one’s identity and well-being. From the perspective of the dominant society, however, integration means mostly assimilation to the detriment of the original culture. Here, a concept is proposed, based on the different spheres people live in, like the community of people with the same origin, the public sphere of the dominant society or institutions like school or public administration (Berry, 2005). Integration, then, can be based on principles on three levels:

(1) The first level is normative and imperative under all conditions and in all spheres: The human rights, for instance as stipulated by the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (United Nations, 1948) and subsequent resolutions. Expression of respect may differ between spheres, but the underlying principle remains the same for all.

(2) The second level is normative as well but can be applied differently in different spheres. Provided that (1) is fulfilled, the effective laws must be respected, and they have priority over, for instance, religion and tradition. This means, for instance, that within the community of people of the same origin or religion, one can practice one’s traditions and religions if the law is not broken.

(3) In different spheres, different practices are acceptable. Practicing one’s original culture within the sphere of like-minded people, but practicing the principles of the dominant culture in public spheres would then be the appropriate way of integration.

The concept of different practices in different spheres can be realized only if specific psychological conditions are satisfied. Behavior must be situation specific, as addressed in Patry (2019); cultural integration competence is necessary (Dai & Chen, 2020); authenticity requires particular attention (Molinsky, 2013); etc.

These psychological conditions are complex and difficult to reach through education. In particular, it should include both values education (e.g., the normative requirements mentioned above) and acquiring the necessary cultural integration competences. VaKE (Values and Knowledge Education; Weyringer et al., 2022a) is a teaching-learning concept that permits just this. It is based on the constructivist framework and combines values education according to a post-Kohlbergian framework (Patry & Weyringer, in press) with competence acquisition according to inquiry-based learning (Dobber et al., 2017); it has an impact on other dispositions such as the ones addressed in Dai and Chen (2020), as discussed in Weyringer et al. (2022a). The participants are confronted with a story in which the protagonist has a values conflict; they must collaboratively decide what the protagonist should do (Blatt & Kohlberg, 1975), but for a competent discussion, they need some knowledge, which they then search, for instance, on the internet. The collaborative learning process leads to a shared conceptual framework, critical thinking, creativity, tolerance, perspective taking, etc. (e.g., Weyringer & Pnevmatikos, 2022). This concept has been successfully used to train unaccompanied minor Muslim boys (Patry et al., 2016) and Muslim female asylum seekers (Weyringer et al., 2022b). In the present study, a small group of second generation young people is trained with VaKE.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical study was done by Özbicerler (2023) in Austria. The study sample was a group of eight second-generation young people with at least one parent born in Turkey (8 males, 3 females), aged between 18 and 24 years. All were competent both in German and in Turkish languages. Assessment instruments were (1) a transcribed recording of the sessions, which was content analyzed; and (2) the Moral Competence Test (Lind, 2021) for the assessment of moral judgment competence in the sense of Kohlberg (1984). The procedure started with a short information of the participants and a session of 7 hours. The participants had their notebooks, and WLAN was available. The following steps were done: (1) The participants agreed that it should be a socially safe situation (free expression without sanctions) and about discussion rules (the arguments count, not the person who utters it; etc.). (2) The Moral Competence Test was given. (3) The VaKE conflict story was presented: Leyla, from Salzburg and with Turkish background, studies in Vienna; she has an Austrian boyfriend; her parents oppose to that. Leyla must decide whether to leave her boyfriend or to remain with him and then break with her family. (4) Key values at stake were addressed and discussed. (5) A first voting yielded five votes pro boyfriend and three votes pro family. (6) Two sub-groups were formed, and each formulated arguments in favor and against Leyla’s possible actions. (7) In the full group, the sub-groups presented their results, and they discussed what knowledge they would need for further discussion and formulated research questions. (8) Two working groups of three and one working group of two looked for answers on the internet. (9) Meeting again, the results were shared. (10) Back in the sub-groups, the participants discussed again what the Leyla should do, now considering the newly acquired knowledge. (11) The full group shared the results, and the sub-groups rated the arguments of the respective other sub-group for appropriateness of justification. (12) In a brain storming, the full group imagined how the story could continue. (13) The participants were encouraged to discuss related topics. (14) The Moral Competence Test was given again.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results focus on the process of VaKE, while the summative results are reported elsewhere. For each of the VaKE discussion steps (4) to (13), key statements are presented and analyzed with respect to the issues presented in the theory part: the normative bases and the psychological conditions. The focus of the analysis is not on the decision what Leyla should do (stay with the family or leave it), but on the justification of the arguments and on the process of VaKE itself. In step (4), the first discussion step, the first statement was: “Logically, Leyla’s only option is to leave the family, because if she accepts the decision of the parents, she will be even more limited, even if she doesn’t live with her boyfriend in the future. Her life would be drastically restricted and controlled.” The idea here is not to actively leave the family, but to aim for different spheres with different rules, and require the parents to do the same; since the parents seem not able or willing to do so, Leyla must leave. Would the parents accept the concept of different spheres, there would be no problem. Maybe Leyla could convince the parents through logical arguments, as promoted by VaKE.
This example shows that training only some stakeholders (here: the young people) will not suffice to lead to an integration in the sense described above. However, it is a first step. Further, experience shows that participants in VaKE processes transfer the discussions in their families and hence can have an impact within this sphere. On the other hand, in order to achieve such integration, a similar education needs to be done with the members of the dominant society. This is currently being done in other studies using VaKE.

References
Berry, J. W. (2005). Acculturation: Living successfully in two cultures. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 29(6), 697-712.
Blatt, M. M., & Kohlberg, L. (1975). The effects of classroom moral discussion upon children's level of moral judgment. Journal of Moral Education, 4(2), 129-161.
Dai, X.-D., & Chen, G.-M. (2020). Conceptualizing cultural integration competence. China Media Research, 16(2), 13-24.
Dobber, M., Zwart, R., Tanis, M., & van Oers, B. (2017). Literature review: The role of the teacher in inquiry-based education. Educational Research Review, 22, 194-214.
Kohlberg, L. (1984). Essays on moral development. Vol. 2: The psychology of moral development. The nature and validity of moral stages. San Francisco: Harper & Row.
Lind, G. (2021). Moral Competence Test (MCT). moralcompetence.net/mut/mjt-engl.htm
Molinsky, A. (2013). Global dexterity: How to adapt your behavior across cultures without losing yourself in the process. Harvard Business School Press Books.
Özbicerler, N. (2023). VaKE – Values and Knowledge Education als Konzept zur Förderung von jungen Menschen mit Migrationshintergrund. Unpublished Master’s Thesis, Paris-Lodron University Salzburg.
Patry, J.-L. (2019). Situation specificity of behavior: The triple relevance in research and practice of education. In R. V. Nata (Ed.), Progress in education, Volume 58 (pp. 29-144). Nova.
Patry, J.-L., & Weyringer, S. (in press). Combining values and knowledge education. In B. J. Irby, R. Lara-Alecio, N. Abdelrahman & M. J. Etchells (Eds.), Moral development theory and social-emotional learning. Information Age Publishing Inc (IAP).
Patry, J.-L., Weyringer, S., Aichinger, K., & Weinberger, A. (2016). Integrationsarbeit mit ein¬gewanderten Jugendlichen mit VaKE (Values and Knowledge Education). International Dia¬logues on Education: Past and Present. IDE Online Journal, 3(3), 123-139. http://www.ide-journal.org/article/2016-volume-3-number-3-integrationsarbeit-mit-eingewanderten-jugendlichen-mit-vake-values-and-knowledge-education/.
United Nations (1948). The Universal Declaration of Human Rights. https://www.ohchr.org/EN/UDHR/Pages/UDHRIndex.aspx
Weyringer, S., Patry, J.-L., Pnevmatikos, D., & Brossard Børhaug, F. (Eds.). (2022a). The VaKE handbook: Theory and practice of Values and Knowledge Education. Brill.
Weyringer, S., & Pnevmatikos, D. (2022). RAC3 thinking: Selected thinking styles nurtured with VaKE. In S. Weyringer, J.-L. Patry, D. Pnevmatikos, & F. Brossard Børhaug (eds.), The VaKE handbook: Theory and practice of Values and Knowledge Education (pp. 331-343). Brill.
Weyringer, S., Patry, J.-L., Diekmann, N., & Linortner, L. (2022b). Education for democratic citizenship through Values and Knowledge Education (VaKE) in communities with cultural diversity. Fostering migrants’ competences for integration in Austria. In E. Gutzwiller-Helfenfinger, H. J. Abs & K. Göbel (Eds.), The challenge of radicalization and extremism. Integrating research on education and citizenship in the context of migration (pp. 246-270). Brill. https://brill.com/downloadpdf/title/63442.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Exploring Future Paths of Young People in Portugal's Border Regions: Challenges and Prospects

Marta Sampaio, Sofia Marques da Silva, Faria Sara

CIIE/FPCE Univeristy of Porto, Portugal

Presenting Author: Sampaio, Marta

The educational and career aspirations of young people living in remote and rural areas have gathered increasing attention in academic research (Kilpatrick & Abbott-Chapman, 2002; Yndigegn, 2003; Corbett, 2016; Bernard et al., 2023; Sampaio & Silva, 2023). While social justice encompasses inclusive education and embodies principles of equity, opportunity, and democracy (Fraser, 2008; Ball, 2021; Estêvão, 2018), it is also accurate that an individual's birthplace significantly shapes their health, education, and life expectancy (Smith, 1994). In the Portuguese context, of the 278 municipalities in continental Portugal, 38 are situated along the border regions with Spain. These areas exhibit many distinctive features that extend beyond geography to encompass educational, socioeconomic, and cultural dimensions (National Programme for Territorial Cohesion's Agenda for Inland Regions 2018). Indeed, these regions face challenges, including an aging population, low-income levels, and geographical dispersion of the population and educational opportunities (Collins & Cunningham, 2017), characterized as peripheral, remote, and primarily rural or semi-urban (Silva, 2014). In Portugal, ten border regions lack secondary education, causing young people to leave their regions to continue their studies. Additionally, over 60% of higher education institutions (HEIs) are located in the coastal areas, posing challenges for those in border regions (Saloniemi et al., 2020). Consequently, young individuals from these regions face difficulties planning their educational and career paths, often considering leaving their hometowns (Serracant, 2015; Silva et al., 2021; Sampaio, Silva & Faria, 2023). A case study in a Portuguese borderland school (Silva, 2014) illustrates how the geographic dimension not only influences mobility but also shapes a sense of belonging, profoundly impacting educational aspirations. Disadvantages stem from economic constraints and social and cultural devaluation, as environmental capital resources dictate life chances, influencing spatial equality of opportunity, i.e., social justice (Israel & Frenkel, 2018).

In this sense, our research aims to comprehensively understand the socio-educational dynamics experienced by young people in these regions, focusing on their future expectations after compulsory education. Specifically, we explore their intentions regarding higher education, employment, and the combination of work and study. Based on Fraser’s (2001, 2008) social justice framework, within the context of Portuguese border regions, it is possible to recognize that social justice operates through a dualistic interplay between recognition and redistribution, disrupted by multifaceted inequalities demanding redistributive measures to address lower incomes, restricted employment opportunities, and identity disparities rooted in geography, history, and culture (Collins & Cunningham, 2017). In summary, our research sheds light on youth's complex challenges and aspirations in Portuguese border regions, aiming to inform policy and practice to enhance opportunities and social justice for young people in these regions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data analyzed in this paper is grounded in a large-scale study on resilience, engagement, and sense of belonging among young people growing up in border regions of Portugal (GROW.UP - Grow up in border regions in Portugal: young people, educational pathways, and agendas – PTDC/CED-EDG/29943/2017), conducted across 38 schools situated in the Portuguese-Spanish border regions. Our objective is to comprehend the future expectations of young individuals in these border regions after completing compulsory education. We administered an on-site questionnaire to school students within these regions to achieve this goal and capture diverse perspectives. The data presented and discussed in this paper originates from 28 border region schools that offer secondary education, as the remaining 10 provide education only up to the 9th grade. We contacted these 28 schools via email and telephone, explaining the study's objectives and requesting student participation in the questionnaire. The selected schools represent various regions across the country, from the north to the south. Our sample comprises 3653 young people attending 10th, 11th, and 12th grades, with 55.4% female and 44.4% male.

For this paper, we focused on items designed to measure secondary school students’ perceptions regarding their career or educational paths after 12th grade, particularly their choices post-compulsory education and their intentions to remain or leave their regions. These items were developed based on theoretical frameworks and empirical evidence, ensuring content validity through evaluation by two experts and face validity through a group interview with young individuals. Additionally, a pre-test involving a pilot study (n = 45) was conducted to refine the items for language clarity, format, and chosen response scale, which ranged from 1 – totally disagree to 5 – totally agree.

Data analysis was conducted using IBM SPSS Statistics 28, and the questionnaire underwent approval and data protection procedures by the General Education Board of the Portuguese Ministry of Education.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research aims to enhance a deeper understanding of the educational and career pathways of young individuals in remote and rural regions of Portugal, focusing on informing educational policies and support systems tailored to these areas. Our findings reveal that most young people in border regions aspire to pursue higher education (HE) upon completing 12th grade. At the same time, only a minority expect immediate entry into the labor market without further studies. Notably, many students interested in post-compulsory employment often perceive HE as less pivotal in augmenting their prospects. These findings underscore the intricate interplay of youth aspirations, regional identities, and educational trajectories. Educational and career decisions, as evidenced, are multifaceted phenomena shaped by personal experiences, cultural contexts, and the availability of opportunities (Ball, 2021). Despite the complexities, schools emerge as pivotal institutions capable of attenuating marginalization among youth in remote areas (Amiguinho, 2008), offering avenues for social integration, civic engagement, and identity formation (Bendit & Miranda, 2017). An exciting remark emerges regarding the predisposition of a small but noteworthy percentage of students to pursue HE within their region, citing peer influence as a contributing factor. At the same time, a larger cohort contemplates studying elsewhere. Geographically, students from the Center display relatively lower propensities to leave their locales, whereas those from Alentejo-Algarve regions exhibit greater openness to relocation. Gender disparities are also evident, with females demonstrating heightened academic aspirations and a more pronounced readiness to relocate compared to their male counterparts, who tend to prioritize immediate employment to support familial obligations. Noteworthy is the nuanced stance of students with parents possessing lower educational attainment levels, who evince a dual inclination: to contribute to their families' welfare through employment while harboring aspirations for HE attainment to secure brighter futures.
References
Amiguinho, A. (2008). A escola e o futuro do mundo rural [School and the future of the rural world]. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian.
Ball, S. (2021). The education debate (4th ed.). Bristol University Press.
Bendit, R., & Miranda, A. (2017). La gramática de la juventud: Un nuevo concepto en construcción. Última Década, 46, 4-43. http://dx.doi.org/10.4067/S0718-22362017000100004
Collins, P., & Cunningham, J. (2017). Creative economies in peripheral regions. Palgrave Macmillan.
Estêvão, C. (2018). Educação para direitos humanos: Uma proposta crítica. Studia Historica. Historia Contemporánea, 36, 161–170. https://doi.org/10.14201/shhc201836161170
Fraser, N. (2001). Da redistribuição ao reconhecimento? Dilemas da justiça na era pós- -socialista. In J. Souza (Ed.), Democracia hoje: Novos desafios para a teoria democrática contemporânea (pp. 245-282). UnB.
Fraser, N. (2008). Escalas de justicia. Herder
Israel, E., & Frenkel A. (2018). Social justice and spatial inequality: Toward a conceptual framework. Progress in Human Geography, 42(5), 647-665. https://doi. org/10.1177/0309132517702969
Saloniemi, A., Salonen, J., Nummi, T., & Virtanen, P. (2020). The diversity of transitions during early adulthood in the Finnish labour market. Journal of Youth Studies, 24(7), 851-870. https://doi.org/10.1080/13676261.2020.1776229
Sampaio, M., Faria, S., & Silva, S. M. da (2023). Aspirations and transitions to higher education: Portraits of young people living in Portuguese border regions. Revista de Investigación Educativa, 41(1), 223-242. DOI: https://doi.org/10.6018/rie.520181
Sampaio, Marta & Silva, Sofia Marques (2023). Mapping youth policies priorities at European and National level: Contribution to identify regional sensitive topics in Portugal border regions. Revista de Estudios Regionales, 187-211, I.S.S.N.: 0213-7585
Serracant, P. (2015). The impact of the economic crisis on youth trajectories: A case study from southern Europe. Young, 23(1), 39-58. https://doi.org/10.1177/1103308814557398
Yndigegn, C. (2003). Life planning in the periphery: Life chances and life perspectives for young people in the Danish-German border region. Young, Nordic Journal of Youth Research, 11(3), 235-251. https://doi.org/10.1177/11033088030113003


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Invisible and Unheard?: Exploring Education and Residential Care with Care-Experienced Children

Tara Ciric, Catriona O'Toole, Aislinn O'Donnell

Maynooth University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Ciric, Tara

Research Topic and Objectives:

Children and young people who live in state care typically experience considerable challenges as they progress through the education system (Townsend, Berger & Reupert, 2020). This disparity is evident in literacy (Brownwell et al., 2015), numeracy (Laurens et. al., 2020), graduation rates (Lund & Stokes, 2020), as well as in emotional wellbeing indicators (Romano et.al., 2015). This has implications for their future adult lives including economic instability (Jaffey et al., 2018). In a scoping review, Townsend et.al. (2020) identified the importance of a safe and stable school environment, positive relationships, and teacher expectations on children in care. This suggests that despite difficulties academically and emotionally, schooling can have a positive impact on care-experienced young people.

Although research concerning children and young people in care in Ireland is growing, it remains an underdeveloped field in terms of both data and methodology (Gilligan, Brady & Cullen 2022; National Children in Care of the State and the Education System Working Group, 2020). This research aims to explore what it is like for young people (age 13-17) in residential care to go through post-primary education in Ireland. In doing so, it aims to develop a holistic view of the intersection between state care and education from young people’s perspective, as well as that of professionals, educators and policy makers to impact policy and practice in the intersection of care and education. This will be done by inverting the typical direction of communication, that is, we adopt a bottom-up process, whereby those with lived experience (young people in residential care) have a say in the policy and practice changes that affect them.

Research Questions:

  1. What are the important questions that need to be asked when exploring the educational experiences of children in residential care?
  2. What stories needs to be told?
  3. Who needs to hear these stories?
  4. How can young people’s participation in research impact the practice and policy work of the adults who assume responsibility for their care and education?

Theoretical Frameworks:

Fundamentally, this research works as an acknowledgement of the epistemic responsibility of researchers to acknowledge young people as knowers (Medina, 2013) and take seriously their testimonials concerning their lived experiences (Fricker, 2011). In doing so, young people are treated as experts of state care and education through experience, just as social workers, psychologists, and other professionals are treated as experts through education. Informed by theories of emancipatory education (Freire, 1972), socially-just youth work (Tilsen, 2018), horizontality and democratic relationality (Whelan, 2014; Spade, 2020) it uses a participatory framework to equalize the inputs of young people and professionals.

In line with this, the research is informed by a rights-based approach. Participation in decision-making is of key importance for young people is a protected right under Articles 12 and 13 of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC, 1989). Within the Irish context it is acknowledged that youth participation in care and treatment plans improve quality of care and practice (Kelleher, Seymour & Halpenny, 2014). Though it lacks statutory implementation, Ireland has recently launched a National Framework for Children and Young People’s Participation in Decision-Making (2021). However, there have been ongoing difficulties in engaging ‘seldom-heard’ populations, including young people in care (Kennen et al., 2021). This research aims to intervene at this junction, using research as an avenue for young people to participate in their care as experts through experience.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Considering the death of information regarding the intersection between state care and education in the Irish context, specifically with young people in residential care, an exploratory approach is appropriate. Using youth participatory methodology and socially-engaged arts practices allows for young people to be acknowledged as experts through experience, while using arts-based methods to ease communication. Socially-engaged and community-based artists such as Fiona Whelan (2007-2011; 2018-2023) have worked with young people in collaborative and democratic ways to engage in social commentary and be a part of practice and policy changes within their communities.  

Working as a collective, the researcher and young people in residential care will work to develop a central research theme concerning their education, develop data to explore this theme and decide on a dissemination plan as a collective. Additionally, professionals and educators will be interviewed to discuss what, in their views, are the most pressing issues concerning young people in residential care and their education, as well as what it is like for them to work in these spaces. Policy makers will also be interviews to discuss the policy making space and to develop an understanding about how policy decisions concerning this population’s care are made, and the values/principles underpinning them. 

Finally, it is envisioned that the dissemination plan co-developed with the young people may include a private viewing or showing of the research outputs to professionals and policy makers of the groups’ choosing (such as teachers, social workers etc.). Additionally, in line with the National Framework, follow-up and feedback from professionals and policy makers concerning this research will be communicated back to the young people.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data is currently being gathered and preliminary analyses will be shared. This study is exploratory in nature, from its methodology to its analysis, due to the lack of research concerning post-primary education for children in care in Ireland, and specifically children living in residential care. This aligns the research with wider Government priorities; specifically, in response to the Ryan Report (2009), the state Department for Children announced a renewed interest in exploring the lived experiences of children and young people in care (O’Gorman, 2022).  

By working with young people and adults living and working in this space, this research hopes to create a broader understanding of the complex and nuanced experiences of young people in residential care in post-primary education in Ireland. Additionally, it intends to outline the challenges and particularities of interagency and inter-department cooperation between state Departments, including the Child and Family Services and the Department of Education at national level, and social workers and educators on a local level. This will add to the small but growing research base concerning the education of children and young people in care, as well as offering new methodological insights on creative and participatory methods for working with care-experienced adults in Ireland.  

References
Department of Children, Equality, Disability, Integration and Youth (2021). Participation  Framework National Framework for Children and Young People’s Participation in Decision-making.

Freire, P. (1972). Pedagogy of the oppressed. Harmondsworth, Middlesex: Penguin Education.  

Fricker, M. (2011). Epistemic injustice: Power and the ethics of knowing. Oxford: Oxford University Press.  

Gilligan, R, Brady, E, Cullen, L. (2022) One More Adversity: The lived experience of care leavers in Ireland during the Covid-19 Pandemic. School of Social Work and Social Policy, TCD.

Kelleher, C., Seymour, M. and Halpenny, A. M. (2014) Promoting the Participation of Seldom  

Heard Young People: A Review of the Literature on Best Practice Principles. Research funded under the Research Development Initiative Scheme of the Irish Research Council in partnership with the Department of Children and Youth Affairs.  

Kennan, D., Brady, B., Forkan, C., & Tierney, E. (2021). Developing, implementing and critiquing an evaluation framework to assess the extent to which a Child’s right to be heard is embedded at an organisational level. Child Indicators Research, 14(5), 1931-1948. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12187-021-09842-z

Lund, S., & Stokes, C. (2020). The educational outcomes of children in care – a scoping review. Children Australia, 45(4), 249-257. doi:10.1017/cha.2020.55

Medina, J. (2013). The epistemology of resistance: Gender and racial oppression, epistemic injustice, and resistant imaginations. Oxford University Press.  

National Children in Care of the State and the Education System Working Group. (2020) Letter to the Irish Times from the Children in Care Working Group, September 2020.

Romano, E., Babchishin, L., Marquis, R., & Fréchette, S. (2015). Childhood Maltreatment and Educational Outcomes. Trauma, violence & abuse, 16(4), 418–437. https://doi.org/10.1177/1524838014537908

Ryan Report Commission (2009) The Commission to Inquiry into Child Abuse.

Spade, D. (2020). Mutual aid: Building Solidarity during this crisis (and the next). Verso.
 
Townsend, I. M., Berger, E. P., & Reupert, A. E. (2020). Systematic review of the educational experiences of children in care: Children’s perspectives. Children and Youth Services Review, 111, 104835. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.104835

Tilsen, J. (2018). Narrative approaches to youth work: Conversational skills for a critical practice. London: Taylor and Francis.  

Whelan, F. (2014). Ten: Territory, encounter & negotiation. Fiona Whelan.

Whelan, F. (2018) What Does He Need? [Multi-Medium].  https://www.fionawhelan.com/projects/what-does-he-need/  

United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), November 20, 1989, https://www/ohchr.org/en
 
13:45 - 15:1508 SES 06 A: Enhancing Student Attendance and Wellbeing: Innovations and Advances
Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Venka Simovska
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Breaking Barriers to School Attendance: A Trauma-informed Approach

Catriona O'Toole1, Tara Ciric2

1Maynooth University; 2Maynooth University

Presenting Author: O'Toole, Catriona

An increasing number of young people are experiencing School Attendance Problems (Määttä et al., 2020). The term School Attendance Problems (SAPs) is used internationally to refer to difficulties labelled as school refusal, and more recently termed school avoidance or emotionally-based school avoidance; as well as other types of school absenteeism, such as truancy, school withdrawal or school exclusion (Heyne, Gren-Landell, Melvin & Gentle-Genitty, 2019). The reasons for SAPs are complex and multifaceted and they have been made more challenging by the Covid-19 pandemic.

To help address these challenges many governments have launched national school attendance campaigns. However, some attendance campaigns have been heavily criticised by parents and disability/social justice advocates. For instance, the campaign in the United Kingdom has been slated as being ‘tone deaf’, essentially blaming families and children for their problems (BBC News, 2024), rather than addressing root causes of SAPs, which are centred around systemic issues of disability, illness, neurodiversity, poverty, current and intergenerational adversity, mental distress, bullying, and discrimination (Devenney & O’Toole, 2021). There is also concern regarding how students’ school experiences may be trauma-inducing (O’Toole, 2021) and negatively impacting their wellbeing (Lombardi, et al., 2019)

Within the field of school attendance, there is recognition that the world is changing, schooling is different, students’ needs are more diverse, and our approach to school attendance and each student’s relationship with education must be different too (Heyne, et al., 2024). Consequently, there is a need to take seriously the lived experience of students who experience SAPs (and their families) and respond in compassionate and trauma informed ways.

The purpose of this study was firstly to explore the views and experiences of SAPs from multiple perspectives, including those of students, parents, school staff and other professionals from health, social care, and justice sectors; and secondly, to harness the insights from these groups to develop guidance to help address SAPs. The project was funded by the Children and Young Peoples Services Committee in County Limerick, Ireland.

The study was informed by trauma-informed values and principles (i.e., collaboration, empowerment, trustworthiness, safety, respect for diversity; Fallot & Harris, 2001) and was concerned with people’s lived experience, including their experience of themselves, of their interactions and relationships, and of the complex patterns that co-arise between individuals and the larger systemic context (Goleman and Senge, 2014). We were interested in understanding ‘what it is like to be’ a professional, parent, or young person impacted by SAPs. Thus, the methodology was designed to inquire into the affective, cognitive, and bodily/somatic experiences of key actors within the education and social system (Fuchs, 2017; Herrman, Nielsen & Aguilar-Raab, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Four cohorts of participants were purposively sampled:  1) school staff (n=16, including principals, guidance counsellors, teachers, alternative education teachers), 2) allied professionals (n=13 including psychologists, social workers, community and family support workers), 3) parents (n=2, both mothers), and 4) young people (n=11, aged 14-18 years).  Online focus groups were conducted with the professional groups. In-person interviews were carried out with parents. The young people participated in either individual interviews or focus group interviews; and arts-based methods, including self-portraiture and body mapping were used to facilitate thoughtful, embodied communication in a safe and supportive space (Bagnoli, 2009; Orchard, 2017). Ethical approval was obtained from Maynooth University Social Research Ethics Subcommittee. All data was recorded and transcribed. Transcripts were anonymized and then analysed using Braun and Clarke’s (2021) reflective thematic analysis (RTA) approach. Data from the professionals was analysed separately to the data from parents and young people.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Five themes were identified from the professionals’ data.  These were 1) A perfect storm: the conditions impacting school attendance problems, 2) The rigidity of the education system, 3) Over-worked and under-resourced, 4) Lessons learned around what works, and 5) Looking to the future: what’s needed next?
Four themes were identified following analysis of focus groups and interviews with young people and parents; as follows 1) You’re not welcome here, but you’re also not allowed leave, 2) Fighting for your life – disability and mental health difficulty, 3) Nothing left in my arsenal: The stress of parenting a young person with school attendance difficulties, 4) Envisaging a better education system - blue sky thinking.
Overall the findings point to the need to embrace change, reconceptualise school attendance, and consider new ways of working that are relationship-centred and grounded in a strong sense of purpose. By working together in partnership it is possible to transform educational practices, shaping a future where all students feel a sense of belonging in school and are enabled to thrive in harmony with our evolving world.

References
Bagnoli, A. (2009). Beyond the standard interview: The use of graphic elicitation and arts-based methods. Qualitative research, 9(5), 547-570.
BBC News 2024 (January 18th). Government school attendance campaign criticised by parents. Available at: Government school attendance campaign criticised by parents (yahoo.com)
Braun, V & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: A practical guide. Sage.
Devenney, R., & O'Toole, C. (2021). 'What kind of education system are we offering’: The views of education professionals on school refusal. International Journal of Educational Psychology: IJEP, 10(1), 27-47.
Harris, M. E., & Fallot, R. D. (2001). Using trauma theory to design service systems. Jossey-Bass/Wiley.
Heyne, D., Gren-Landell, M., Melvin, G., & Gentle-Genitty, C. (2019). Differentiation between school attendance problems: Why and how?. Cognitive and behavioral practice, 26(1), 8-34.
Heyne D, Gentle-Genitty C, Melvin GA, Keppens G, O’Toole C and McKay-Brown L (2024) Embracing change: from recalibration to radical overhaul for the field of school attendance. Front. Educ. 8:1251223. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2023.1251223
Lombardi E, Traficante D, Bettoni R, Offredi I, Giorgetti M and Vernice M (2019) The Impact of School Climate on Well-Being Experience and School Engagement: A Study With High-School Students. Front. Psychol. 10:2482. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2019.02482
Orchard, T. (2017). Remembering the body: Ethical issues in body mapping research. New York, NY: Springer International Publishing.
O'Toole, C. (2022). When trauma comes to school: Toward a socially just trauma-informed praxis. International Journal of School Social Work, 6(2), 4.


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Branching Out: Mobilising Community Assets to Support the Mental Health and Wellbeing of Children in Schools

Nicola Walshe1, Hilary Bungay2, Anna Dadswell2, Faye Acton2

1UCL; 2Anglia Ruskin University

Presenting Author: Walshe, Nicola

Children's mental health is a pressing public health concern that has only been exacerbated in recent years by the COVID-19 pandemic, the rising cost of living, and the impact of global events. In England in 2022, 18% of children aged 7-16 years had a probable mental health disorder (Newlove-Delgado et al., 2022). Furthermore, research has shown persistent inequalities in children’s mental health, and it has been suggested that the mental health gap between advantaged and disadvantaged children is growing (Collishaw et al., 2019). Poor mental health has long-term impacts on academic performance, social relationships, and overall quality of life, yet fewer than two-thirds of young people with mental health problems and their families access any professional help (NHS Digital, 2022) with high demand, limited provision, and long waiting lists for specialist mental health services (Moore and Gammie, 2018).

One approach to supporting children’s mental health and wellbeing in community and school settings is through arts-in-nature practice (Moula et al., 2022). The Creative Health Review (APPG on Arts, Health and Wellbeing and the National Centre for Creative Health, 2023) outlined how creativity, including creative activities in nature, is fundamental to supporting healthier, happier, and economically flourishing communities and creative health should be integrated into a whole-system approach to health and social care.

Mobilising existing creative, cultural and community assets is central to asset-based approaches that are gaining credence in UK public health policy making, and schools have been identified as key institutional community assets that can promote wellbeing (Forrester et al., 2020). The importance of schools is also recognised in the Healthy Child Programme (HCP, DoH/DSCF, 2009), the national prevention and early intervention public health framework for children, young people, and their families in the UK. Such policies position schools as a community asset for children’s mental health and wellbeing; however, it is the individuals within the school community that are often the driving force, and schools with strong social links and support from parents/carers are more likely to be motivated to develop and maintain such interventions (Herlitz et al., 2020). As such, one way of building capacity for schools to implement and sustain public health interventions including arts-in-nature practice would be to mobilise community assets such as parents/carers and other community members as local volunteers. Despite the nature of volunteering changing in recent times due to factors such as increased use of technology, austerity, and the COVID-19 pandemic (e.g. Mak et al., 2022), volunteers are an essential human resource, supporting local cultural and community arts projects and sustaining the wider cultural sector.

Within this context, the ‘Branching Out’ project set out to investigate how an established arts-in-nature programme ‘Eco-Capabilities’ could be scaled up from time-limited projects involving small numbers of children, to a sustainable public health intervention involving whole-school communities. The Eco-Capabilities programme was originally developed to explore the impact of the arts-in-nature practice called ‘Artscaping’ on children’s mental health and wellbeing. Eco-Capabilities found that Artscaping contributed to enhancing the mental and emotional wellbeing of children (Walshe et al., 2022). However, extending its reach to more children and ensuring its sustainability beyond projects that are restricted by funding, time, and resources remains a challenge. Accordingly, the Branching Out model was developed with the intention of extending the reach of Artscaping by mobilising community assets, including school staff and volunteers, as ‘Community Artscapers’ to support its delivery and promote the mental health and wellbeing of children in primary schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Branching Out research methodology drew on Creswell and Plano Clark’s (2011) exploratory multi-level mixed methods approach to investigate how partners could adapt their Artscaping practice for a model using Community Artscapers to reach more. The first phase of the research was concerned with developing the Branching Out model, involving interviews with artists and school staff involved in the Eco-Capabilities programme; a national online survey of arts organisations delivering arts and nature activities in schools; an e-Delphi Study with primary school staff with responsibility for children’s mental health and wellbeing; and stakeholder workshops including representatives from the health sector, local authority, education, and voluntary organisations (Bungay et al., 2023). The second phase of the research reported in this paper focused on the implementation of the Branching Out model across six pilot sites. Ethical approval for the research was granted by the UCL Research Ethics Panel. All participants were fully informed about the research using the appropriate participant information sheet and signed a consent form before data collection.
The Branching Out model was piloted in six primary schools geographically dispersed across Cambridgeshire in areas of high disadvantage and ensuring a mix of both rural and urban settings. Delivery was led by project partners CCI and CAP with support from Fullscope. The initial intention was for all schools to recruit local volunteers to be Community Artscapers supported by school staff, but some schools found volunteer recruitment challenging and/or felt that including staff would lead to greater sustainability. All adults involved in facilitating Artscaping were considered Community Artscapers. The process of selecting children to participate was different in each school, but usually involved consultation between the senior leadership and teachers through pupil progress meetings and discussions with SENCOs and pastoral leads. Artscaping was seen as an opportunity to support those on the cusp of requiring external mental health support. In the Branching Out pilot, Community Artscapers delivered 1.5 hour Artscaping sessions with children outdoors for eight weeks in Autumn 2022.
Researchers attended one session in each of the schools to inform subsequent online semi-structured interviews at the end of the pilots. A total number of 12 participants were interviewed including school staff (head teachers or inclusion leads, teachers, and teaching assistants involved in delivering Artscaping) and community volunteers to reflect on the experience of implementing the Branching Out model and facilitating Artscaping. Interviews were audio recorded and professionally transcribed. Transcriptions were subject to thematic analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings were explored in relation to mobilising community assets, the impact of the pilot on the children, and the impact on Community Artscapers.
One of the first steps in mobilising community assets as Community Artscapers was to develop the opportunity in a way that would engage individuals; the Community Artscaper role was framed as an opportunity for school staff and volunteers to engage with children in a novel way, outside of the classroom, fostering a connection with nature using the arts. Schools recruited volunteers through newsletters, emails, social media, noticeboards, and word-of-mouth communication. A pivotal component of the pilot was the training day which offered the opportunity for Community Artscapers to experience the activities for themselves, enabling a better sense of the potential impact on children's mental health and wellbeing.
Impacts for children included: improved mental health; freedom in creativity and being outside; personal development, particularly increased confidence in terms of participating, speaking and taking ownership of what they were doing; emotional impacts as the sessions instilled a sense of calm; and social connection as children had new opportunities to connect with adults. The impact on children meant that Artscaping delivered by Community Artscapers could serve as another “wave” of support for emerging mental health concerns before the point of being eligible for other provisions.
Impacts for Community Artscapers included sub-themes of: developing confidence in Artscaping as practice which makes a difference to children; supporting their own emotional wellbeing; providing personal and professional development for both volunteers and school staff; and providing opportunities for intergenerational connection and community.
In summary, the Branching Out model represents an innovative way of extending the reach of Artscaping by mobilising community assets and thus demonstrates potential as a public health intervention to support the mental health and wellbeing of children in primary schools.

References
Bungay, H., Walshe, N. & Dadswell, A. (2023) Mobilising volunteers to deliver a school-based arts-in-nature practice to support children’s mental health and wellbeing: A modified e-Delphi study with primary school staff. Cogent Education.
Collishaw, S., Furzer, E., Thapar, A.K. and Sellers, R. (2019). Brief report: a comparison of child mental health inequalities in three UK population cohorts. European Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 28, pp.1547-1549.
Creswell, J.W. and Plano-Clark, V.P. (2011) Designing and Constructing Mixed Methods Research. Sage: London, UK.
Forrester, G., Kurth, J., Vincent, P. and Oliver, M., (2020). Schools as community assets: an exploration of the merits of an Asset-Based Community Development (ABCD) approach. Educational Review, 72(4), pp.443-458.
Newlove-Delgado T, Marcheselli F, Williams T, Mandalia D, Davis J, McManus S, Savic M, Treloar W, Ford T. (2022) Mental Health of Children and Young People in England, 2022. NHS Digital, Leeds.
Mak, H.W., Coulter, R. and Fancourt, D. (2022). Relationships between Volunteering, Neighbourhood Deprivation and Mental Wellbeing across Four British Birth Cohorts: Evidence from 10 Years of the UK Household Longitudinal Study. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 19(3), p.1531.
Moore, A. and Gammie, J. (2018). Revealed: hundreds of children wait more than a year for specialist help. Available at: https://www.hsj.co.uk/quality-and-performance/revealed-hundreds-of-children-wait-more-than-a-year-for-specialist-help/7023232.article. (Accessed: 31 March 2023)
Moula, Z., Palmer, K. & Walshe, N. (2022) A Systematic Review of Arts-Based Interventions Delivered to Children and Young People in Nature or Outdoor Spaces: Impact on Nature Connectedness, Health and Wellbeing. Frontiers in Psychology – Health Psychology. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2022.858781
National Health Service Digital. (2022) Mental Health of Children and Young People in England 2022—Wave 3 Follow Up to the 2017 Survey. Available at: Mental Health of Children and Young People in England 2022 - wave 3 follow up to the 2017 survey - NDRS (digital.nhs.uk) (Accessed: 31 March 2023).
Walshe, N., Moula, Z. & Lee, E. (2022) Eco-Capabilities as a Pathway to Wellbeing and Sustainability. Sustainability, 14(6), 3582. https://www.mdpi.com/2071-1050/14/6/3582


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Exploring Adolescent Resilience and Mental Health: Methodologies and Outcomes of the me_HeLi-D Project's Participatory Workshops in Poland

Katarzyna Borzucka-Sitkiewicz, Marcin Gierczyk, Katarzyna Kowalczewska-Grabowska

University of Silesia, Poland

Presenting Author: Borzucka-Sitkiewicz, Katarzyna; Kowalczewska-Grabowska, Katarzyna

Recent research indicates that the mental health of adolescents is alarming and requires urgent remedial action. WHO data shows that worldwide, 1 in 7 (14%) people aged 10-19 experience disorders in psychosocial functioning. Attention is drawn to the significant underestimation of the problem - many cases remain undiagnosed and untreated (WHO, 2021). The international HBSC study (Cosma et al., 2023), conducted in the 11-15 age group, showed, based on the analysis of many indicators, that the mental health of adolescents deteriorates with age, with 15-year-olds generally having the worst mental condition. This was reflected primarily in the deterioration of mental well-being and the severity of problems related to their cognitive/psychosocial functioning. The difficulties mentioned above were deepened by the COVID-19 pandemic, during which interpersonal contacts and opportunities to engage in attractive activities were significantly limited.

Consequently, as research has shown, over two-thirds of adolescents' parents stated that due to social isolation and lack of contact with peers, they witnessed a deterioration in the emotional well-being (72%) and behavior (68%) of their children (Martinelli et al., 2020). For the above reasons, promoting mental health and resilience among young people is crucial. To create the right tools to help adolescents and support their mental health, it is essential to listen to their voices in this critical issue, and a participatory approach is used for this purpose (Martin, Buckley, 2020). Adopting participatory research methods transforms the traditional view of young people merely as research subjects to recognizing them as active contributors who can significantly influence various stages of research, including its development, design, execution, analysis, and dissemination. This approach, as Clavering and McLaughlin (2010) suggest, acknowledges adolescents as capable agents playing a pivotal role in the research process. In response to this need, the "Mental Health Literacy and Diversity. Enhancing Mental Health and Resilience through Digital Resources for Youth" (me_HeLi-D) project was created and implemented under the Erasmus+ program. Partners from Austria, Slovenia, Poland, and Bulgaria participate in the project. The me_HeLi-D project focuses on directly improving mental health, building the necessary skills in this area, and promoting diversity awareness among students. Its primary goal is to develop a research-based, publicly available digital tool for a specific target group of students (aged 12 to 15). The tool is intended to be used by students to support their resources and strengthen and spread knowledge about mental health. The main objective of the paper is to present some of the activities carried out in the project. To do this, the following research questions were formulated:

  • How do adolescents aged 13-15 perceive and articulate their sources of well-being, resilience, and gratitude when engaged in participatory workshop activities?
  • What are the methodological challenges and benefits of using photovoice and workshop methods with adolescents aged 13-15 to explore mental health and resources in a classroom setting?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A participatory approach was used in the research and implementation activities undertaken. Participation was understood as the interactivity of strategies used to strengthen the motivation of young people to engage in various types of social and educational activities and also meant sharing with them the responsibility for making decisions (Bruselius-Jensen & Nielsen, 2021). In contrast to more traditional research design strategies, researchers utilizing a participatory approach often choose research methods and tools that can be conducted democratically. The foundational premise of participatory research methods is the value placed on genuine and meaningful participation – methods that offer "the ability to speak up, to participate, to experience oneself and be experienced as a person with the right to express yourself and to have the expression valued by others" (Abma et al., 2019). The advantages of the participatory approach include: 1) supporting the development of young people's identity and competencies, 2) supporting the development of self-efficacy, agency, and empowerment, 3) contributing to achieving better educational results, 4) promoting better health. It was assumed that this approach would help build a program tailored to the needs of adolescents and thus make them more willing to engage in its implementation, increasing its effectiveness. When creating preventive programs for young people, they should be adapted to their needs to reach them. Therefore, to ensure that the realities of life of as many children and young people as possible are considered, researchers are looking for and creating opportunities for their participation in developing such programs (Wickenden et al., 2022). This participation is crucial because young people are the experts and have the best knowledge about their lives (Johnson &West, 2022).
Using a participatory approach, two workshops (PW) were organized for students aged 13-15, during which they had the opportunity to co-design the content and structure of the prepared digital program.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper provides a detailed exposition of the methodology and outcomes of participatory workshops (PWs) conducted in Poland as part of the me_HeLi-D project. The workshops, held in December 2023, explored and identified the sources of resilience, gratitude, and well-being among students, utilizing innovative and interactive methods such as Photovoice (Wang, Burris, 1997; Stephens et al., 2023). and Creation Labs. The significance of these workshops lies in their capacity to encourage self-expression and critical reflection among adolescents, enabling a deeper understanding of their mental health needs and perspectives (Maddy et al., 2020; Mooney et al., 2023). The methodology section of the paper is into the specifics of how the workshops were designed and implemented. Also, it discusses the rationale behind choosing these methods, emphasizing their suitability for engaging young people in conversations about mental health and well-being. PWs were organized in the project's partner schools in Austria, Slovenia, and Poland; however, the paper will present only the Polish findings. In the Polish context, 28 students aged 13-15 participated in these workshops. The paper presents the analysis of the data gathered from this workshop, highlighting the insights and perspectives shared by the participants. This analysis covered themes of resilience, how students articulate their sense of gratitude, and the various factors contributing to their well-being. The outcomes will be contextualized within the broader goals of the me_HeLi-D project, illustrating how these findings can inform the development of digital programs tailored to youth mental health. In summary, the paper will document not only the methodological framework and implementation of the participatory workshops in Poland but also offer a nuanced understanding of the mental health narratives of adolescents.
References
Abma, T., Banks, S., Cook, T., Dias, S., Madsen, W., Springett, J., & Wright, M. T. (2019). Participatory research for health and social well-being. Springer.
Bruselius-Jensen, M., & Nielsen, A. M. W. (2021). The participation project: how projects shape young people’s participation. In M. Bruselius-Jensen, I. Pitti, & E. K. M. Tisdall (Eds.), Young People’s Participation: Revisiting Youth and Inequalities in Europe (1st ed., pp. 119–136). Bristol University Press.
Cosma A, Abdrakhmanova S, Taut D, Schrijvers K, Catunda C, Schnohr C. (2023). A focus on adolescent mental health and wellbeing in Europe, central Asia and Canada. Health Behaviour in School-aged Children international report from the 2021/2022 survey. Volume 1. Copenhagen: WHO Regional Office for Europe.
Johnson, V., West, A. (2022). Approaches and Creative Research Methods with Children and Youth. In D. Burns, J. Howard, S. M. Ospina (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of participatory research and inquiry. (Vols. 1-2), SAGE Publications.
Maconochie, H., & McNeill, F. (2010). User involvement: Children’s participation in a parent-baby group. Community Practitioner, 83(8), 17–20.
Madison Stephens, Eleanor Keiller, Maev Conneely, Paul Heritage, Mariana Steffen & Victoria Jane Bird (2023) A systematic scoping review of Photovoice within mental health research involving adolescents, Internation
Martin, S., & Buckley, L. (2020). Including children’s voices in a multiple stakeholder study on a com- munity-wide approach to improving quality in early years setting. Early Child Development and Care, 190(9), 1411–1424.
Martinelli, K., Cohen, Y., Kimball, H., & Sheldon-Dean, H. (2020). Children’s Mental Health Report: Telehealth in an increasingly virtual world. Child Mind Institute.
Mooney R, Dempsey C, Brown BJ, Keating F, Joseph D and Bhui K (2023) Using participatory action research methods to address epistemic injustice within mental health research and the mental health system. Front. Public Health 11:1075363.
Slattery, Maddy et al. “Participation in creative workshops supports mental health consumers to share their stories of recovery: A one-year qualitative follow-up study.” PloS one.
Wang, C., & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, methodology, and use for participatory needs assessment. Health Education & Behavior: The Official Publication of the Society for Public Health Education, 24(3), 369–387
WHO, (2021). Mental health of adolescents. https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/adolescent-mental-health
Wickenden, M, Lopez Franco, E.(2022). Don’t Leave Us Out: Disability Inclusive Participatory Research – Why and How? In D. Burns, J. Howard, S. M. Ospina (Eds.), The SAGE handbook of participatory research and inquiry, 1-2, SAGE Publications Ltd. 321-338.
 
13:45 - 15:1509 SES 06 A: ICT and Education: Perspectives from ICILS and PIRLS
Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Mojca Rozman
Session Chair: Wolfram Schulz
Symposium
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium

ICT and Education: Perspectives from ICILS and PIRLS

Chair: Mojca Rozman (IEA)

Discussant: Wolfram Schulz (ACER)

The role of information and communication technology (ICT) has become increasingly integral in shaping how we work, learn, and connect with others. This is especially recognized by UNESCO, who describes ICT as a “social necessity” for ensuring education as a basic human right, particularly in times of crises (UNESCO, 2023).

International large-scale assessments (ILSAs) such as those conducted by the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA), provide a lens to monitor the evolving role of ICT in education and its connections to student outcomes. Furthermore, ILSAs provide extensive contextual data, enabling comprehensive analyses of various aspects of ICT, such as access to ICT resources, students’ attitudes towards ICT, or teacher preparedness for the use of ICT in the classroom.

The goal of this symposium is to demonstrate how different ILSAs can be used to address a wide range of research questions related to ICT in education and to inform research, policy and practice. We focus on two IEA studies: the International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS) and the Progress in International Reading Literacy Study (PIRLS).

ICILS aims to respond to the question: how well are students prepared for study, work, and life in a digital world? (Fraillon & Rožman, 2023). It examines eighth-grade students’ computer and information literacy and, as an optional module, students’ computational thinking. The 2023 cycle of ICILS marked 10 years of the study. PIRLS measures fourth-grade students’ reading achievement. Its latest cycle, conducted in 2021, is the only ILSA that successfully collected data during the COVID-19 pandemic, providing a rich data source to inform about the impact of the pandemic on reading achievement (Mullis et al., 2023). Despite these two studies having different research questions and focusing on different content domains, both ICILS and PIRLS provide valuable information on the topic of ICT in education across a diverse range of educational systems.

Four symposium papers provide different perspectives on how ICILS and PIRLS can be used to study the role of ICT in education. The first paper gives an overview of IEA studies on ICT in education, to then look at their representation in the academic literature. The main goal is to map the evolution of publications and to describe the type of research that has been conducted.

The second paper uses ICILS 2018 data to explore digital applications usage among foreign language teachers. Specifically, it aims to identify different classes of digital application usage as well as factors related to the identified classes.

Using PIRLS 2021 data, the third paper examines the implementation of remote learning during the COVID-19 pandemic in the Dinaric region. In particularly, it examines the different response measures implemented as well as the preparedness for digital remote learning.

The fourth paper evaluates two question formats used to assess teaching beliefs in the field trial of ICILS 2023. The two formats are compared on multiple criteria of data quality, providing insights into the use of alternative question formats in digital context questionnaires.

The presenting authors will focus on the main findings of their studies, highlighting the different ways in which ICILS and PIRLS data can be used. The discussant of the symposium will offer remarks about the presentations, reflecting on the evolving role of ICT in education and how ILSAs can help us study this topic from different thematic and methodological perspectives.


References
Fraillon, J. & Rožman, M. (2023). International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2023. Assessment Framework. Amsterdam:  International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). https://www.iea.nl/sites/default/files/2023-12/20231221%20ICILS2023_Assessment_Framework__Final_0.pdf

Mullis, I. V. S., von Davier, M., Foy, P., Fishbein, B., Reynolds, K. A., & Wry, E. (2023). PIRLS 2021 International Results in Reading. Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center. https://doi.org/10.6017/lse.tpisc.tr2103.kb5342

UNESCO. (2023). Digital Education: What You Need to Know. https://www.unesco.org/en/digital-education/need-know

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The Use of IEA Studies in Research: A Systematic Review of Comped, SITES, and ICILS Related Research

Ana María Mejía-Rodríguez (IEA), Mojca Rozman (IEA), Rolf Strietholt (IEA)

Over the last decades, information and communication technology (ICT) has become an important part of our lives, including education. Already in 1989, the International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA) was interested in this topic, when it launched its first study about the introduction and use of computers in education (Pelgrum & Plomp, 1993). With over 30 years of different studies about ICT in education, the IEA continues its investigations of how technologies are used in schools and in classrooms and how prepared are students for a digital world through the International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS). While the international reports of ICILS and its predecessors offer a broad range of information, they only scratch the surface of what can be done with the available data. Additional, and highly relevant, insights come from external publications. Following the reviews of Hopfenbeck et al. (2018) and Lenkeit et al. (2015), the present study is a systematic review of English-language peer-reviewed articles related to three IEA studies about ICT in education: Computers in Education (Comped), the Second Information Technology in Education Study (SITES) and ICILS. The main goal of this review is to map the evolution of publications based on these studies and to describe the type of research that has been conducted, both in terms of research topics and methodological approaches. Through this, we aim not only to identify crucial literature to be used by any established or newcomer researcher in the field but also to provide guidance on topics for future research. An additional goal is to encourage the use of ICILS in secondary research. The studies that are included in the review were identified through an electronic search was conducted across five different channels including, for example, multiple electronic databases and target searches in journals focused on international large-scale assessments or on ICT in education. After screening procedures, a total of 91 publications were deemed as relevant for the review. Results map the frequency of publications through years, journals and countries. Further results summarize the major topics studied across within four types of publications identified: descriptive studies, effectiveness studies, critiques or scale evaluations, and case studies.

References:

Hopfenbeck, T. N., Lenkeit, J., Masri, Y. E., Cantrell, K., Ryan, J., & Baird, J.-A. (2018). Lessons Learned from PISA: A Systematic Review of Peer-Reviewed Articles on the Programme for International Student Assessment. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 62(3), 333–353. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2016.1258726 Lenkeit, J., Chan, J., Hopfenbeck, T. N., & Baird, J.-A. (2015). A review of the representation of PIRLS related research in scientific journals. Educational Research Review, 16, 102–115. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.10.002 Pelgrum, W. J., & Plomp, T. (1993). The IEA study of computers in education: Implementation of an innovation in 21 education systems. Pergamon.
 

Latent Classes of Digital Application Usage in Foreign Language Teaching in Germany and Related Determinants – Secondary Analyses Based on ICILS

Jan Niemann (Paderborn University), Birgit Eickelmann (Paderborn University), Kerstin Drossel (Paderborn University)

International comparative school performance studies, such as the IEA-Study ICILS (Fraillon & Rožman, 2023), offer insights into educational practices across Europe and the world. The methodological design of the ICILS-Study enables sub-samples to be formed, allowing for the examination of specific groups and the generation of knowledge that could be used to improve school systems. This methodological possibility is used in this contribution to identify classes of digital applications usage by foreign language teachers and related determinants. Previous non-subject-specific studies like Graves and Bowers (2018) were able to identify four media patterns (evaders, assessors, presenters, dexterous). Additionally, factors influencing ICT use, such as teachers' self-efficacy are well studied across subjects (Gerick, Eickelmann & Bos, 2017). However, specific digital application usage classes and their determinants in foreign language teaching remain unexplored, despite possible subject-subcultural influences. This contribution aims to answer two research questions: 1. To what extent can different digital application usage classes be identified for foreign language teachers compared to non-foreign language teachers in Germany? 2. To what extent is there a connection between identified digital application usage classes and determinants of ICT use for both groups? The study employs ICILS 2018 teacher data from Germany (n=2328; Eickelmann et al., 2019), taking into account data weighting (Tieck & Meinck, 2020). To answer the first RQ, a latent class analysis is conducted using MPlus8. The class solution is based on statistical information criteria (e.g. smallest BIC; Eshima, 2022). The analysis identifies three usage classes for foreign language (a) and non-foreign language (b) teacher groups: avoiders (a: 80.4%; b: 78.1%), selective users (a: 17.4%; b: 19.7%), and multiple users (a: 2.2%; b: 2.2%) of digital applications. For the second RQ, a hierarchical regression analysis was conducted using the IDB Analyzer to explore the connections between usage classes and determinants. The analysis, grounded in theoretical considerations, employs five regression models. Results highlight significant correlations, including foreign language teachers' affiliation with multiple users being linked to positive attitudes towards ICT (Model V; ß=.27, adjusted R²=.15). Correlations vary across usage classes and teacher groups. The findings contribute to the understanding of the integration of digital applications in language teaching. This provides valuable insights for researchers and policymakers, particularly in Europe. Potential explanations, such as subject-subcultural influence on digital application usage, related determinants and alternative methodological approaches are discussed.

References:

Eickelmann, B., Bos, W., Gerick, J., Goldhammer, F., Schaumburg, H., Schwippert, K. et al. (Hrsg.). (2019). ICILS 2018 #Deutschland. Computer- und informationsbezogene Kompetenzen von Schülerinnen und Schülern im zweiten internationalen Vergleich und Kompetenzen im Bereich Computational Thinking. Münster: Waxmann. Eshima, N. (2022). An Introduction to Latent Class Analysis. Singapore: Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-0972-6 Fraillon, J. & Rožman, M. (2023). International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2023. Assessment Framework. Amsterdam: International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA). https://www.iea.nl/sites/default/files/2023-12/20231221%20ICILS2023_Assessment_Framework__Final_0.pdf Gerick, J., Eickelmann, B. & Bos, W. (2017). School-level predictors for the use of ICT in schools and students’ CIL in international comparison. Large-scale Assessments in Education, 5(1), 1–13. DOI: 10.1186/s40536-017-0037-7 Graves, K. E. & Bowers, A. J. (2018). Toward a Typology of Technology-Using Teachers in the ”New Digital Divide”: A Latent Class Analysis of the NCES Fast Response Survey System Teachers’ Use of Educational Technology in U.S. Public Schools, 2009 (FRSS 95). Teachers College Record, (8), 1-42. http://www.tcrecord.org/Content.asp?contentid=22277 Tieck, S. & Meinck, S. (2020). Weights and variance estimation for ICILS 2018. In Mikheeva, E., Meyer, S. (Eds.). IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2018 - User Guide for the International Database. Amsterdam: International Association for Educational Achievement (IEA).
 

Dinaric Region During the COVID-19 Disruption: Schools’ Response Measures and Digital Preparedness

Marina Radović (Examination Centre of Montenegro), Dijana Vučković (University of Montenegro), Jelena Radišić (University of Oslo)

The COVID-19 pandemic caused severe global challenges for education systems and schooling worldwide, with the Dinaric region being no exception. Although the demand for digital competence among teachers and using digital tools and devices in teaching and learning has been present in the region for over a decade, the existing practices could not fully meet the difficulties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic disruption. Centering on the Dinaric area (i.e., Albania, Croatia, Kosovo, Montenegro, North Macedonia, Serbia and Slovenia) concerning the COVID-19 disruption, the paper sheds light on the disruption and response measures in the region against the demand for remote instruction during COVID-19. It examines the diverse response measures and how they were conveyed to different stakeholders, coupled with prior established practices and ease of access to digital devices and their use in teaching and learning. Data collected during the PIRLS 2021 cycle from students, teachers, school principals and parents and analyses of the PIRLS 2021 Encyclopedia (Reynolds et al., 2022) are used as primary sources in the analyses. Both national reports and responses from school principals indicate that the level of disruption varied at different times of school operation, prompting different types of responses from the schools, often dependent on school location and overall country response to the pandemic. Results also show certain common patterns across the Dinaric region concerning the systems’ wide range of activities to answer the challenge. National Ministries of Education coordinated technical and overall resource support across the most Dinaric countries. Access to different digital resources and access provided to students and teachers somewhat varied. Internet-based resources dominated distant learning resources. Sharing devices within the class was the leading established practice. In some cases, the availability of smartphones outpowered the presence of one’s own or shared computer (tablet), according to the student reports. Teachers’ professional development across the board was focused more on instruction related to digital literacies than integrating technologies into reading instruction. Parents’ perceptions of whether their child’s learning progress has been adversely affected during the COVID-19 disruption varied between and within countries.

References:

Reynolds, K.A., Wry, E., Mullis, I.V.S., & von Davier, M. (2022). PIRLS 2021 Encyclopedia: Education Policy and Curriculum in Reading. Retrieved from Boston College, TIMSS & PIRLS International Study Center website: https://pirls2021.org/encyclopedia
 

Rating or Ranking: Assessing Teaching Beliefs in an International Online Survey Experiment

Mojca Rozman (IEA), Andrés Christiansen (IEA), Rolf Strietholt (IEA)

International large-scale assessments (ILSA) administer context questionnaires to students, teachers, and principals to collect information about school, classroom and learning conditions. These questionnaires usually consist of a series of rating type items which often face issues such as social desirability, self-presentation, and acquiescence bias (e.g., Lelkes and Weiss, 2015; Schaeffer and Dykema, 2020). There are alternatives to rating scales, such as forced choice items, rankings, anchoring vignettes or situational judgement tasks. Alternative item types can address some issues found with rating item types. It was found that ranking reduces the response style, and it improves data quality (Krosnick & Alwin, 1988). Furthermore, computer-based surveys enable administering items or response scales that are difficult to implement on paper. They provide an opportunity to use functions such as sliders, drag-and-drop, or drop-down menus. In the field trial of the International Computer and Information Literacy Study (ICILS) 2023, Q-sort was introduced as an alternative question type to assess teaching beliefs of secondary school teachers. Q-sort is a technique that was initially developed for clinical interviews, requiring respondents to arrange and rank a series of cards according to their preference. In this paper, we investigate the feasibility of using the Q-sort (ranking) format when collecting data about teaching beliefs in an international survey and explore and compare the quality and usefulness of the data gathered by two question types, ranking and rating. We use teacher data from 28 countries participating in ICILS 2023 field trial to investigate the effect of the question format using multiple criteria of data quality. The two question types were randomly distributed across the participating teachers within countries. We compare the two versions by the amount of missing data, distribution of responses, item and scale means, and the correlations between the scale scores and teacher characteristics. For ranking higher proportion of missing values were observed because the cognitive load is higher for the parallel sorting of a total of 18 items than for the rating items that are answered individually. In addition, we observed more variance in the responses from the ranking than in the rating version. The ranking removes the possibility that respondents can agree equally with all statements and can thus reduce acquiescence bias. Although some advantages were found for the ranking format, we could not suggest the implementation of the current version for further data collection because of the high amount of missing data observed.

References:

Krosnick, J. A., & Alwin, D. F. (1988). A test of the form-resistant correlation hypothesis: Ratings, rankings, and the measurement of values. Public Opinion Quarterly, 52 (4), 526–538. Lelkes, Y., & Weiss, R. (2015). Much ado about acquiescence: The relative validity and reliability of construct-specific and agree–disagree questions. Research & Politics, 2 (3), 053168015604173. Schaeffer, N. C., & Dykema, J. (2020). Advances in the science of asking questions. Annual Review of Sociology, 46 , 37–60.
 
13:45 - 15:1510 SES 06 A: Research on Professional Knowledge & Identity in Teacher Education
Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Marita Cronqvist
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Teacher Education Between Academy and Profession: A Review of Research on Relations Between Teacher Education and Doctoral Education

Sverker Lindblad, Gun-Britt Wärvik

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Lindblad, Sverker; Wärvik, Gun-Britt

The purpose of this paper is to analyze research on doctoral education as a way to capture the intellectual and social organizing of educational disciplines in interaction with teacher education and teacher professionalization.

Doctoral education is regarded as a nexus in the formation and evolution of scientific disciplines (Kuhn, 1962) and professionalization. It joins together tradition and renewal of epistemic foundations with the development of competences and capacities to act within academic contexts as well as within a wider range of professional practices (Elmgren et al., 2016). In short, doctoral education can be seen as a mirror of the social and intellectual organization of a discipline (Whitley, 2000).

Previous international research has pointed to ongoing systemic transformations within doctoral education in general based on globalized political and societal demands, including expansion, effectivization, and internationalization (e.g., Shin et al, 2018; Yudkewitz, Altbach & de Wit, 2020). Research on disciplinary formation in general point to historically and contextually shaped variations in intellectual fields between countries (Whitley, 2000). Similar patterns have been identified within educational sciences (Hofstetter & Schneuwly, 2002; Whitty & Furlong, 2017), With reference to Kuhn (1962), Keiner (2019) argued that ‘rigor’, ‘discipline’ and the ‘systematic’ could be seen as standardizing and homogenizing forces as well as forces of diversification and fragmentation. Thus, ‘education science’ can hide a range of national differences when translated into English (Gross, Hofbauer & Keiner (2022). However, research on the role of doctoral education as a paradigmatic nexus, central in disciplinary formation seems to be more limited.

Furthermore, teacher educations and their connections with higher education institutions differ across the European countries (Whitty & Furlong, 2017).

Thus, doctoral educations are also differently constructed. For instance, it can be a research doctorate, it can be professional doctorate specifically aimed to satisfy the needs of teachers and professional groups outside the higher education institutions, and it can be a so-called joint doctorate (e.g., within the Erasmus Mundus Programme) (Kehm, 2020).

Given this, doctoral education in the formation of educational sciences and how this is interplaying with the professional education of teachers is the object of study in this research review. In order to deal with this we turn to bibliometric resources and analyses (Garfield, 1979) in order to identify research fronts and intellectual traditions at work in this field of research.

We put forwards the following questions:

- How is teacher education dealt with in research on doctoral education in educational science(s) and research?

- What research interests and intellectual traditions are at work in research om doctoral education and teacher education?

- Are there different ways to position educational research to teacher education over time and place?

To answer these questions, we turn to the resources of Web of Science with its possibilities and limits. As an analytical tool to identify networks and nodes of research we use VOSviewer (van Eck & Waltman, 2012),

We identified more than two thousand publications dealing with research on doctoral education where relation to different professionalization matters were identified. However, matters of paradigmatic aspects were infrequent. Our search identified a small number (n=56) that were combining doctoral education and teacher education. A closer analysis of these articles showed different research interests and intellectual traditions. These preliminary findings is presented and discussed in terms of an interplay between the Academy, the Teaching Profession, and Policymaking.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on bibliometric resources and different ways of relating publications to each other (Garfield, 1979). Data sources were obtained by Web of Science. At the WoS there were (Jan 15, 2024) identified 278 703 publications categorised as educational research presented in 946 sources such as scientific journals. Research on doctoral education was identified by the search string "doctoral educ*" OR "doctoral train*" and resulted in 2059 hits. Out of these 502 had “profession*” as a topic and “paradigm*” in 17 cases. Research on doctoral education combined with teacher education as topics were identified by the search "doctoral educ*" OR "doctoral train*" (Topic) AND “teach* educ*”. This  resulted in 56 publications.

Data from WoS were transformed into text-files and further analysed in VOSViewer where links between publications are in focus for cluster analysis to explore how the publications are organized by and organising educational research in nets and nodes.

Intellectual traditions are identified by co-citation of different references and research fronts by bibliographic coupling between publications. How the research is organized over space is analysed by clustering intellectual traditions and research fronts over countries and regions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We identified a set of 2009 research publications, mostly recent and mostly Anglo-Saxon, having doctoral education as a topic. Out of these a limited number (N=181) were combined with an interest in profession as a topic and rather few in matters of scientific paradigms (n=17).

Preliminary analyses presented a research field where matters of supervision, academic writing, and student identity and stress were frequent research foci. The studies were related to ongoing transformations such as higher academic demands, or to curricular content, or to changes in doctoral education programmes. A theme identified in this research is the tension between academic and practice-based research. These studies did not address paradigmatic aspects, but tensions identified can be seen as a trace of ‘academic drift’ away from “normal science”.

Different research networks were identified – organizing and organized by research links. Here we could note networks with an interest in teacher professionalization – mostly based on an interest in improving teacher education. There seems to be – so far – little of research based on an interest in disciplinary formation and teacher professionalization.

References
B-M., Lindblad, S. & Wärvik, G-B. (2022). Restructuring doctoral education in Sweden. In M-L. Österlind, P. Denicolo, & B-M. Apelgren (Eds.). Doctoral education as if people matter - critical issues for the future. Brill Publishers.
Elmgren, M., Forsberg, E., Lindberg-Sand, Å., & Sonesson, A. (2016). The formation of doctoral education. Report. Lund University, Uppsala University.
Keiner, E. (2019). ’Rigour’, ’discipline’ and the ’systemic’: The cultural construction of educational identities? European Educational Research Journal. https://doi-org.ezproxy.ub.gu.se/10.1177/1474904118824935 .
Kuhn, T. S. (1962). The structure of scientific revolutions. Princeton University Press: Chicago and London.
Garfield, Eugene (1979). Citation indexing. Wiley
Gross, B., Hofbauer, S., & Keiner, E. (2022). The “Science of Education”–Different Terms, Concepts, Cultures and Epistemologies? A Contribution to a Social Epistemology. SPES: Rivista di Politica, Educazione e Storia, 15(16), 19-37.
Hofstetter, R., & Schneuwly, B. (2002). Institutionalisation of educational sciences and the dynamics of their development. European Educational Research Journal, 1(1), 3-26.
Nerad, M. (2014). Developing “fit for purpose” research doctoral graduates. In M. Nerad & B Evans. (Eds.). Globalization and Its Impacts on the Quality of PhD Education. Forces and Forms in Doctoral Education Worldwide. Springer. pp. 111-127.
Shin, J.C., Kehm,B.M. and Jones, G.A. (Eds.). ( 2018). Doctoral Education for the Knowledge Society. Convergence or Divergence in National Approaches. Cham: Springer International Publishing
Teichler, U. (2014). Doctoral education and training. A view across countries and disciplines. In. M. de Ibarrola & L.W. Anderson (Eds.). The nurturing of new educational researchers. Sense Publishers.
Trowler, P. (2014). Depicting and researching disciplines, Strong and moderate essentialist approaches, Studies in Higher Education, 39 (10), pp. 1720-1731.
van Eck, Nees Jan, & Waltman, Ludo (2010). Software survey: VOSviewer, a computer program for bibliometric mapping. Scientometrics, 84(2), 523-538
Wittrock, B., Wagner,P. and Whitley, R. (1991). Discourses on society the shaping of the social science disciplines. New York: Springer.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Expanding Knowledge About Parental Involvement Through Board Game

Zsófia Kocsis1,2, Gabriella Pusztai1,2

1University of Debrecen, Hungary; 2MTA-DE-PARTNERS Research Group

Presenting Author: Kocsis, Zsófia

The definition of parental involvement has been frequently researched with many different methods (Epstein 2010). In most cases the studies found positive consequences: besides the improvement of the students’ grades there are also many other advantages (Boonk et al. 2018). According to international programs supporting parental involvement, beneficial changes happen not only in schools but in the students’ homes. Participating families reported on the betterment of parent-child relationships and the development in parents’ upbringing techniques (Goodall & Vorhaus 2011). OECD report (2019) highlights the positive effect on the teacher and the school culture. Parental involvement also benefits the school's reputation, its local relations with other institutions and its recognition (Goodall & Vorhaus 2011). Previous research has shown that the intensity of parent-teacher communication is below the expected leveli in Hungary (Bacskai 2020, Pusztai 2020). It is becoming increasingly important that the topic of maintaining contact with parents is also given a higher priority in teacher education. It is also particularly important how lecturers integrate good practice in relation to parental involvement into teacher education, helping to ensure that future teachers have appropriate and comprehensive knowledge. The relevance of the research is underpinned by the fact that parental involvement in schools is widely discussed internationally, but few studies have addressed the issue in Central and Eastern Europe. Our research goal is to examine the mechanisms of successful school practices and to form new processes that can be integrated into teacher training and postgraduate training, enhancing teacher–parent cooperation and strengthening parental upbringing competences. The aim of the research and development work is to improve the activities of teachers and the knowledge of student in teacher education about parental involvement through various workshops and trainings. During our development work, we focus on the use of board games in research. As higher education continues to evolve, incorporating innovative teaching methods such as board games ensures that lecturers are well-equipped to address the multifaceted challenges in the field of education. By merging the exploration of parental participation with interactive and engaging board games, teacher education programs can create a more comprehensive and impactful learning experience, better preparing future educators for the diverse and dynamic realities of the modern educational landscape (Perini et al., 2018). The aim of this paper is to present the theoretical background of the board game we planned, the development and creation process and the opinions of the teachers and students in teacher education who tested the game. Our board game is a serious games, because it is not intended for entertainment. These types of games can change students' behavior and attitudes for educational purposes and promote learning (Abt 1970). Cosimini & Collins (2023) point out that educators and researchers need to investigate the accuracy and methods and the content of educational games. To this end, all elements and mechanisms of the board game we developed are based on theoretical models and national and international research findings. Our board game is a typical cooperative game in which the players either win or lose together. It can be characterized by an advanced level of difficulty, as it requires more game mechanisms and a more serious mental investment. The character cards and scenarios make it a game that can be played multiple times. It can also be considered a symmetrical and thematic game, as the players have a common goal whose linked to strengthen parental involvement. The aim of the board game is for the players to cooperate with each other and solve the challenges in order to maintain contact between family and school during ten rounds, which symbolize a school year.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Each player receives a character card symbolizing school professionals. The characters have four skills (communication, contact, expertise and innovation) that play a role in solving challenges. In addition to their own permanent character, players also receive parent character cards with which they must work together to solve challenges. The theoretical starting point for the parent cards was the typology of Smit et al. (2007), who identified six parent types (the supporter, the absentee, the politician, the career-maker, the tormentor, the super parent). Epstein (2010) specifies parents’ activities at home as assistance in preparing homework and discussing school life and achievements. She highlights six different types of involvement that have a favorable impact on students’ school careers. The game's challenges and possible solutions were developed on the basis of Epstein's six-dimensional model. In addition to the challenges, players must also pay attention to three characteristics of the school in order to achieve the highest possible score on a scale of 1 to 10. The scales are: parental involvement, school performance and prestige. The players have to pay attention to these three characteristics during the game and try to achieve the highest possible score by the end of the tenth round. These three characteristics have also been based on the literature (OECD 2019, Goodall & Vorhaus 2011). The scale values are always marked on the game board. The selected difficulty level determines the starting value of the scales. The starting value of the difficulty level was created on the basis of the Hungarian National Competence Assessment 2019, based on the parental activity and effectiveness indicator: (1) active parental involvement - successful school, (2) active parental involvement - ineffective school, (3) inactive parental involvement - effective school, (4) inactive parental involvement - ineffective school.
For solving the challenges, the players get points, which influence the three characteristics of the school. They can also draw quiz cards in each game round. With this type of cards, we wanted to make sure that players get to know the main findings related to parental engagement, which relate to the following topics: parental engagement for students with special educational needs, Roma families, parental volunteering, digital education, sports and arts education.
Questionnaire completed by players who participated in the board game test in January 2024 (n=33, 10 teachers, 15 teachers, 8 psychologists). We used 4-point Likert scales, closed-ended and open-ended questions. The game is currently being tested.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Most of the players who took part in the playtest consider the game to be imaginative and effective. 70% of respondents also mentioned concepts and best practices in the questionnaire that they had never heard of before. Some respondents felt the game was too long or too complicated. According to the players, the character cards, the real-life problems and the cooperation are the biggest advantages of the game. The board game is highly recommended for students in teacher educatiom, teachers, and school support staff. The game provides a detailed view on parental involvement, emphasizing its questions and importance, while letting the players widen their knowledge in the topic and about Hungarian and international good practices, too. Using board games as a method for learning about a research topic offers a range of benefits for university students. There are several reasons why incorporating board games into university education can be advantageous. Board games make learning enjoyable and provide a break from traditional lecture-based methods, keeping students actively involved in the learning process. Students actively participate in decision-making, problem-solving, and critical thinking, promoting a deeper understanding of the research topic. This board game simulates real-world scenarios. This allows students to apply theoretical knowledge in a practical context. The board game often require teamwork and communication. Students work together, discuss strategies, and articulate their thoughts, enhancing their collaborative and communicative skills. The board game may requires students to conduct research within the game context. This can strengthen their research skills and encourage a practical application of academic methodologies. In summary, incorporating board games into university education creates a dynamic and effective learning environment that promotes engagement, critical thinking, collaboration, and practical application of knowledge. It transforms the learning experience into an interactive and enjoyable process, contributing to a more well-rounded education for students.
References
Abt, C.C. (1970). Serious games. The Viking Press.
Bacskai, K. (2020). Az iskola és a család kapcsolata. Kapocs, 3(2), 11-20
Cosimini, MJ. & Collins, J. (2023). Card and board game design for medical education: length and complexity considerations. Korean journal of medical education, 35(3), 291-296.   https://doi.org/10.3946/kjme.2023.267

Boonk, L., Gijselaers, H. J., Ritzen, H. & Brand-Gruwel, S. (2018). A review of the relationship between parental involvement indicators and academic achievement. Educational Research Review, 24, 10-30. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2018.02.001

Epstein, J. L. (2010). School/Family/Community Partnerships: Caring for the Children We Share. Phi Delta Kappan, 92(3), 81–96.
Goodall, J. & Vorhaus, J. (2011). Review of Best Practice in Parental Engagement. Department for Education.
OECD (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume III): What School Life Means for Student’s Lives. OECD Publishing.
Perini, S.; Luglietti, R.; Margoudi, M.; Oliveira, M.; Taisch, M. Learning and Motivational Effects of Digital Game-Based Learning (DGBL) for Manufacturing Education –The Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) Game. Comput. Ind. 2018, 102

Pusztai, G. (2020). A reziliens szülővé válást támogató tényezők nyomában. Kapocs, 3(2), 53-66.
Smit, F., Driessen, G., Sluiter, R. & Sleegers, P. (2007). Types of parents and school strategies
aimed at the creation of effective partnerships. International Journal of Parents in
Education, 1(0), 45–52.
Watson, G. L., Sanders-Lawson, E. R. & McNeal, L. (2012). Understanding parental involvement in American public education. International Journal of Humanities and Social Science, 2(19), 41-50.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Use of Self-regulated Study Strategies Among University Students with Dyslexia During the Corona Pandemic

Magne Skibsted Jensen, Anders Farholm

Østfold University College

Presenting Author: Skibsted Jensen, Magne; Farholm, Anders

Proposal information

Our aim is to investigate the use of self-regulated study strategies among university students with dyslexia during the corona pandemic 2020-2021. We focus on the student´s´use of self-regulated study strategies in two different study contexts in higher education; traditional campus learning and digital distance learning.

Our research question is: To what extent did university students with dyslexia use self-regulated study strategies during the corona pandemic?

Theoretical framework
Dyslexia is per definition a specific learning disability that is characterized by difficulties with word recognition, reading and spelling, that can persist into adulthood (Lyon, Shaywich & Shaywich, 2003). Self-regulated study strategies are goal-directed cognitive processes and behavioral actions characterizing successful studying in specific contexts (Zimmerman, 1989).

More students with dyslexia are enrolled in higher education (O´Byrne et al., 2019). To overcome the challenges, self-regulation and strategic learning are supposed to be required (Andreassen et al., 2017).

Research shows that students with dyslexia in higher education are a heterogeneous group in terms of how much they still struggle with basic reading and spelling skills (Andreassen et.al., 2017; Jensen & Andreassen, 2017; Pedersen et al., 2016; Fink, 1998).

Research also shows that these students often seem to rely on certain compensational key strategies of visual, auditory, and social kind (Andreassen et.al., 2017; Jensen & Andreassen, 2017). A small range og study strategies among students might indicate that study strategies are not well known, or that the students have had few opportunities to experience study strategies in different study contexts in higher education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
We use a mixed method approach (Creswell, 2014). A questionnaire, recording students’ strategy use in the two study environments, traditional campus learning and digital distance learning. In order to gain a deeper understanding of the strategy use, we conduct semi-structured interviews with four of the informants. Two informants with a low extent of study strategies and two informants with a large extent of study strategies.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings
Preliminary findings from the questionnaire data (n = 25) indicate that the university students apply less learning strategies in a digital environment compared with the traditional campus learning environment. Four participants were identified applying a small extent of study strategies while six were identified using a large extent of study strategies. Regarding the follow up interview, our hypothesis based on the qualitative data, are that use of self-regulated study strategies is a question of "less is more".
Meaning that a range of few key strategies seem to be more important and beneficial to use than employing a lot of different study strategies.
 

References
References
Andreassen, R., Jensen, M. S., & Bråten, I. (2017). Investigating self-regulated study     strategies among postsecondary students with and without dyslexia: A diary method study. Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 30(9), 1891-1916. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11145-017-9758-9
Fink, R. P. (1998). Literacy development in successful men and women with dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 48, 311–336. doi:10.1007/s11881-998-0014-5.
Jensen, M. S. & Andreassen, R. (2017). Studiestrategier hos første års bachelorstudenter med dysleksi. Norsk tidsskrift for logopedi 2017: Volum 63.(4) s.12-24.
Lyon, G. R., Shaywitz, S. E., & Shaywitz, B. A. (2003). Defining dyslexia, comorbidity, teachers’ knowledge of language and reading: A definition of dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 53, 1–14.
O’Byrne C., Jagoe C., Lawler M. (2019). Experiences of dyslexia and the transition to university: A casestudy of five students at different stages of study. High. Educ. Res. Dev. 2019;38:1035–1048. doi: 10.1080/07294360.2019.1602595.
Pedersen, H. F., Fusaroli, R., Lauridsen, L. L., & Parrila, P. (2016). Reading processes of university students with dyslexia: An examination of the relationship between oral reading and reading comprehension. Dyslexia, 22, 305–321. doi:10.1002/dys.1542
Zimmerman, B. J. (1989). A social cognitive view of self-regulated academic learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 81, 239–339.
 
13:45 - 15:1510 SES 06 B: Mathematics Teacher Education
Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Gal Ben-Yehudah
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Training Teachers to Teach Adaptively: Empirical Findings on Teacher Education in the Field of Adaptive Teaching in Mathematics Instruction

Svenja Lemmrich, Dominik Leiss, Timo Ehmke

Leuphana Universität Lüneburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Lemmrich, Svenja

Theoretical Framework and Research Question

Globalization and increased transnational mobility and at the same time worldwide challenges such as economic crises, climate change, global pandemics and war have increased during the last decades and have led to heterogeneity in school population (Wernicke et al., 2021). Given the continuous increase in heterogeneity, a consideration of individual student needs has reemerged as a major issue in theoretical, empirical, and practice-oriented work (Hardy et al., 2019). As Corno (2008) states: “Our modern society expects instruction to reach all students across a broad range of special needs, talents, linguistic backgrounds, and sociocultural conditions”. Teachers are challenged to meet the individual needs of all students and adjustments to students’ individual development are considered a core element of effective teaching (Hardy et al., 2019). Adaptive teaching (Corno, 2008) as a solution has been discussed for the last decades and is today more relevant than ever. Adaptive teaching is essential in instructional interaction: the teacher guides the learning process in dialogue with students, supporting independent learning, problem-solving, and cognitive self-experience (Brägger, Haug et al., 2021). Corno (2008) states that teaching adaptively means responding to learners as they work, diagnose their needs “on the fly” (Corno, 2008, p.1). The teachers’ intervention occurs slightly above the students' level and is gradually withdrawn, transferring responsibility for the learning and problem-solving process back to the students (Vygotsky, 1980; Van de Pol et al., 2010). Despite being considered a well-founded and pedagogically promising concept (Hardy et al., 2019), adaptive teaching remains limited in practice in the German school system (Schwippert et al., 2020).

A reason for this might be that it poses a significant challenge for teachers to simultaneously address a variety of students individually – both in lesson preparation and in situational teaching-learning interactions. To meet these needs, promoting adaptive teaching competence amongst pre-service teachers appears particularly significant. We follow the idea that teachers’ competence is based on learnable dispositions linked to teaching situations (König, 2020). The lack of opportunities to learn such competencies in university teacher training may be a cause of teachers’ difficulties in teaching adaptively (Praetorius et al., 2012). For the subject of mathematics, which primarily involves task-based teaching, there is a specific need to focus on problem-solving processes that teachers must adaptively support (Leiß, 2007).

We developed a model for adaptive teaching (Lemmrich et al., in press), addressing both the level of adaptive lesson planning and adaptive decision-making during ongoing lessons. The model provides a framework for differentiating generic facets of adaptive teaching in a subject-specific manner. We also developed an innovative seminar concept to impart competence in teaching adaptively in mathematical problem-solving processes, aiming to overcome traditional theory-practice barriers (Schilling & Leiss, 2022). Therefore, it incorporates multiperspective videos and trainings and a community of practice. The seminar has been continuously evaluated and modified (Leiss et al., submitted). The following presents initial results. The guiding research question was: To what extent can the ability of pre-service teachers to give adaptive instructions be promoted through university teaching?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
The study was conducted in an experimental pre-post-design. The experimental group (n = 26) and the control group (n = 77) completed a 90-minute online assessment at the beginning and end of the semester, with items covering (1) cognition (subject knowledge, subject-specific pedagogical knowledge) (2) beliefs (self-efficacy concerning ability of teaching adaptively) (3) situation-specific skills (stimuli followed by multiple-choice-questions on diagnosis and intervention). The sample of pre-service teachers were recruited in the summer semester of 2021 in the cohort of mathematics teacher training in their fourth semester at the Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany. The experimental group was trained in the developed innovative seminar, that promotes competence in teaching adaptively in mathematical problem-solving processes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings and conclusion
Results show that pre-service teachers’ competence in teaching mathematics adaptively could be improved through the seminar concept especially in declarative subject-specific pedagogical knowledge ((1) cognition). Also, we find a significant increase in the self-efficacy of the pre-service teachers ((2) beliefs). Regarding situation-specific skills (3) in the field of diagnosis and intervention, no measurable changes can be achieved, despite the constructive-reflexive engagement with various practical elements during the seminar. The seminar is capable of imparting adaptive teaching competence. However, this largely depends on how frequently students utilize the learning opportunities. These results illustrate the complexity of "good" adaptive teaching in subject instruction. The competence of adaptive teaching as merely one aspect of teachers’ professional competence, could not be conclusively achieved in all facets with the pre-service teachers in the seminar. To train future teachers in teaching adaptively, seems to pose challenges in university teacher education. Further investigations should explore the question of the influence of pre-service teachers’ beliefs in additional runs of the seminar, possibly using an instrument that goes beyond self-efficacy. Adaptive teaching must be tailored to the specific subject situation: An intertwining of subject didactics and educational science in teacher education is necessary to address adaptive teaching as both a general pedagogical and subject-specific concept. Research paper and attempts for European collaborations concerning adaptive teaching reveal the relevance not only for Germany, but for European teaching institutions (e.g. E-ADAPT )

References
Literatur
Brägger, G., Haug, R., Reusser, K. & Steiner, N. (2021). Adaptive Lernunterstützung und formatives Feedback in offenen Lernumgebungen. In G. Brägger & H.-G. Rolff (Hrsg.), Handbuch Lernen mit digitalen Medien (S. 700–754). Beltz.
Corno, L. Y. (2008). On teaching adaptively. Educational psychologist, 43(3), 161-173.
Hardy, I., Decristan, J. & Klieme, E. (2019). Adaptive teaching in research on learning and instruction. Journal for educational research online, 11(2), 169-191.
König, J. (2020). Kompetenzorientierter Ansatz in der Lehrerinnen-und Lehrerbildung. In C. Cramer, J. König, M. Rothland, & S. Blömeke (Eds.), Handbuch Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung (pp. 163-171). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt.
Leiss, D. (2007). Hilf mir es selbst zu tun“ – Lehrerinterventionen beim mathematischen Modellieren. Franzbecker Verlag.
Leiss, D., Schilling, L., Lemmrich, S. & Ehmke, T. (eingereicht). Adaptive Lernunterstützung in der Lehrkräfteausbildung fördern – Ein beispielhaftes Seminarkonzept mit Evaluation an der Leuphana Universität Lüneburg
Lemmrich, S., Ehmke, T., & Reusser, K. (in press). Adaptive Lernunterstützung durch fachliche Präzision und interaktionale Qualität PraxisForschungLehrer*innenBildung. Zeitschrift für Schul- und Professionsentwicklung.
Praetorius, A.-K., Lipowsky, F., & Karst, K. (2012). Diagnostische Kompetenz von Lehrkräften: Aktueller Forschungsstand, unterrichtspraktische Umsetzbarkeit und Bedeutung für den Unterricht. In R. Lazarides & A. Ittel (Eds.), Differenzierung im mathematisch-naturwissenschaftlichen Unterricht. Implikationen für Theorie und Praxis (pp. 115-146).
Schilling, L., Poschkamp, A.-K., Leiss, D., & Besser, M. (2022). Entwicklung eines schulischen Lehr-Lernsettings zur Implementation des Problemlösens im kompetenzorientierten Mathematikunterricht mit Einsatz eines Erklärvideos als didaktisches Tool. In T. Ehmke, S. Fischer-Schöneborn, K. Reusser, D. Leiss T. Schmidt & S. Weinhold (Hrsg.), Innovation in Theorie-Praxis-Netzwerken – Beiträge zur Weiterentwicklung der Lehrkräftebildung (S. 252-276). Weinheim Basel: Beltz Juventa.
Schwippert, K., Kasper, D., Köller, O., McElvany, N., Selter, C., Steffensky, M. & Wendt, H. (Hrsg.). (2020). TIMSS 2019: Mathematische und naturwissenschaftliche Kompetenzen von Grundschulkindern in Deutschland im internationalen Vergleich [1. Auflage, neue Ausgabe]. Waxmann. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830993193
Vygotsky, L. S. (1980). Mind in society: The development of higher psychological processes. Harvard university press.
Wernicke, M., Hammer, S., Hansen, A. & Schroedler, T. (Hrsg.). (2021). Preparing Teachers to Work with Multilingual Learners. Multilingual Matters.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Characterising Teacher Professional Learning through Lesson Study: Empirical Results from a Teacher Education Programme on Integrating Programming into Classroom Teaching

Yuhang Wu, Biyao Liang

University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China)

Presenting Author: Wu, Yuhang

The significance of teacher professional learning has been widely acknowledged in the field of teacher education, as it is often considered pivotal in bringing about changes in educational practices (Lieberman & Mace, 2008). Confronted with the need to address practical problems and encourage scientific inquiry, teacher-led research is employed in many teacher professional learning programmes (Choy & Dindyal, 2021). As an evolving research approach in education, lesson study (LS) has been increasingly popular within academia (Ding et al., 2024).

Previous research has explicated the ontology, epistemology and methodology of LS. Several studies have demonstrated its effectiveness in developing teachers’ knowledge, instructional skills and beliefs (Lewis et al., 2006; Coenders & Verhoef, 2019; Fox & Poultney, 2020). Existed empirical studies have mostly focused on cases carried out by teachers themselves. With the increasing emphasis on the cooperation between universities and primary and secondary schools, LS programmes usually involve the participation of teacher educators from universities. However, little research has investigated LS as a pathway to facilitate teacher professional learning through teacher-researcher partnership.

The objective of this empirical research is to characterise the impact of teachers’ participation in LS on the development of their professional knowledge and inquiry mindsets relevant to teaching and student learning. Specifically, this research aims to answer the following questions: (1) How do teachers’ participation in LS contribute to their professional knowledge of teaching and student learning? (2) How do teachers’ participation in LS contribute to their inquiry mindsets towards teaching and student learning? (3) What are the impacts of teacher-researcher partnership on teachers’ development in professional knowledge and inquiry mindsets?

In order to achieve the research objective, a conceptual framework is developed based on expansive learning theory, aiming to characterise participating teachers’ experiences. Expansive learning is a term raised on the basis of Vygotsky’s cultural-historical/ sociocultural theory and Engeström’s version of cultural-history activity theory, alongside many other theoretical and philosophical opinions. According to expansive learning theory, learning is interpreted as a complex activity system in which “learners are involved in constructing and implementing a radically new, wider and more complex object and concept” (Engeström & Sannino, 1999, 2017). Learners surpass the objective of directly acquiring new knowledge and skills, striving to implement what they have acquired in practice and produce something new. Such epistemology aligns with the connotation of teacher professional learning and the process of LS.

This framework interprets LS as a pathway to facilitate teacher professional learning. Teachers’ participation in LS is framed as an activity system comprising two interrelated sub-systems. The first sub-system involves a research activity system in which teachers collaborate with teacher educators to co-design classroom activities and reflect on their teaching practices. The second sub-system is a teaching activity system, which entails the application of the designed activities in actual classroom settings. Through the two sub-systems, teachers are able to generate new understandings of concepts and theories in teaching and learning, and simultaneously develop their inquiry mindsets as researchers. This framework serves as a guiding tool for data collection and facilitates the interpretation of research findings.

This ongoing study focuses on a teacher education programme involving six mathematics teachers from a secondary school in China. The programme centres around using LS to develop programming-enhanced mathematics classroom activities. Teacher professional learning is characterised through detailed analysis of multiple data sources, including conversations within the research community, observations of classrooms activities, one-on-one video-stimulated recall interviews and relevant documents. The expected findings include descriptions of the participating teachers’ development of professional knowledge and inquiry mindsets in LS, which will provide implications regarding how to effectively facilitate teacher professional learning through LS.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitive case study approach is employed to uncover teachers’ experience when conducting LS and to investigate its impact on their professional learning. The selected case of this study is a teacher education programme conducted in Shenzhen, China. All six teachers participating in this programme are considered as research participants. It is a half-year programme where teachers form a DBR group to collaboratively design, implement, and reflect on programming-enhanced activities to innovate mathematics classroom teaching and learning.

The research data has been collected through multiple sources before, during, and after the implementation of LS. All the programme sessions, including teachers’ research meetings and classroom teaching, have been video recorded for subsequent analysis. During planning and reflection sessions, a stationary camera has been used to capture the entire process of teachers’ conversations. During teaching sessions, a stationary camera has been used to record teachers’ teaching activities, while several hand-held cameras have been employed to record students’ learning activities.

One-on-one video-stimulated recall interviews will be conducted with participating teachers at the end of this programme. Several video segments that illustrate teachers’ development in professional knowledge and inquiry mindsets will be selected as the stimulus. Teachers will be requested to watch the selected video segments and reflect on their experience of implementing LS. This is aimed at obtaining a better understanding of teachers’ perspectives regarding their participation in LS, so as further to explore the impact of LS on their professional learning. The interviews will be video recorded for analysis. Besides, relevant documents used during LS have been collected as well, including teachers’ teaching plans, student work, and other related materials.

All the collected data will be systematically organised, cleaned, coded, analysed and interpreted. The video recordings will initially be verbatim transcribed and cleaned. Afterward, the data will be coded through open, focused, axial, and theoretical coding stages. This aims to integrate separated data segments into a coherent whole, which can be used to answer the research questions and reach theoretical explanations. An interpretative approach will be employed to make sense of teachers’ experience in LS. This involves the researcher making sense of teachers’ experiences, and the researcher making sense of how teachers make sense of their own experiences.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected findings are as follows.

(1) Teachers’ professional knowledge regarding teaching and learning is developed through their participation in LS. Firstly, teachers integrate innovative techniques into classroom teaching, thereby facilitating students’ meaningful learning. This occurs during their collaborative design and implementation of classroom activities, where innovative techniques serve as a significant tool of student learning. Secondly, teachers’ content knowledge is reconstructed through the design and reflection of classroom activities within the research team. Thirdly, teachers’ knowledge of student thinking is developed by reflecting on students’ learning activities, with specific attention to their language expressions and embodied movements. Accordingly, teachers generate new understandings of instructional strategies to foster student learning, including effective responses and funds of knowledge for teaching.

(2) Through LS, teachers actively engage as researchers and develop their inquiry mindsets. Their creativity and innovation are enhanced throughout this process. Teachers start by designing classroom activities based on the analysis of practical evidence and research findings, aiming to trigger innovation in teaching and learning. Subsequently, teachers collect and analyse practical data on the implementation of these activities, evaluating their feasibility and effectiveness. Based on such analysis, the activities are revised to enhance their future application. Teachers also develop a reflective stance by analysing both their teaching and research processes through several iterations.

(3) LS is an iterative and two-dimensional learning process for teachers. Teachers engage in multiple cycles of design, implementation, and reflection, actively participating in two sub-systems. The first is the research activity system involving collaboration between teachers and teacher educators, and the second is the teaching activity system where teachers interact with students. Throughout this process, various influencing factors are involved, including teachers’ interaction with different stakeholders, their understanding of their roles in LS, their purposes of their involvement in LS, and their prior perceptions and experiences.

References
(1) Choy, B. H., & Dindyal, J. (2021). Developing the competencies of mathematics teacher-researchers. Singapore Math and Science Education Innovation: Beyond PISA, 287-298.
(2) Coenders, F., & Verhoef, N. (2019). Lesson Study: professional development (PD) for beginning and experienced teachers. Professional development in education, 45(2), 217-230.
(3) Ding, M., Huang, R., Pressimone Beckowski, C., Li, X., & Li, Y. (2024). A review of lesson study in mathematics education from 2015 to 2022: implementation and impact. ZDM–Mathematics Education, 56(1), 87-99.
(4) Engeström, Y. (1999). Activity theory and individual and social transformation. Perspectives on Activity Theory, 19(38), 19-30.
(5) Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2017). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Introduction to Vygotsky, 5(1), 100-146.
(6) Fox, A., & Poultney, V. (2020). Teacher professional learning through lesson study: teachers' reflections. International Journal for Lesson & Learning Studies, 9(4), 397-412.
(7) Lewis, C., Perry, R., & Murata, A. (2006). How should research contribute to instructional improvement? The case of lesson study. Educational researcher, 35(3), 3-14.
(8) Lieberman, A., & Pointer Mace, D. H. (2008). Teacher learning: The key to educational reform. Journal of Teacher Education, 59(3), 226-234.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Sustainability in In-service Teacher Training - a multi-perspective Study on successful Transfer

Tamara Katschnig, Denise Hofer, Michaela Liebhart-Gundacker, Andrea Bisanz, Isabel Wanitschek, Wolfgang Ellmauer

KPH Wien/Krems, Austria

Presenting Author: Katschnig, Tamara; Hofer, Denise

This article focuses on researching the transfer of learned content from in-service teacher training to school practice. It includes the SDG goal 4c to expand the supply of qualified teachers which should be increasingly possible through modular training series.

The data in this regard is poor since evidence-based findings are largely lacking. There are some studies on the effectiveness of in-service teacher training but there are no findings in the German speaking world related to transfer (cf. Müller, Kemethofer, Andreitz, Nachbaur & Soukup-Altrichter 2019; Lipowsky & Rzejak 2021; Rzejak, Gröschner, Lipowsky, Richter & Calcagni 2023).

On the one hand in-service teacher training with a long-lasting impact demands a look at the conditions of the individual school (teaching, organizational and personnel development, see also Altrichter & Rolff 2000), whereby this project is particularly linked to the level of teaching development. On the other hand, however, it researches the conditions of the school system such as concept transfer. Furthermore the transfer of experience also plays an important role in sustainability, with teachers passing on their experiences to their colleagues. Ultimately the long-term goal should be the establishment of standards in schools for effective and sustainable in-service teacher training (cf. BMBWF 2021).

In-service teacher training primarily serves to professionalize teachers (cf. BMBWF 2019). One's own further training can be seen as a central request of every teacher. Numerous international studies show the positive effects of in-service teacher training on the teachers concerned (cf. Lipowsky 2014; Hattie 2015).

According to Zehetmeier (2017) a distinction between two types of effects can be mad: The effect immediately afterwards and the long-term effect. Fischer (2017) refers to this long-term effect as follow-up effectiveness, meaning a permanent, lasting success of measures. This concept of sustainable training is therefore included in the present study, with the sustainability of the modular training series being researched four to six months after the last input phase. The concept of sustainable in-service teacher training is understood as part of the concept of sustainable development (UNESCO 2014).

In-service teacher training measures can work on several levels. Lipowsky (2010) describes the following four levels of impact: (1) assessments and opinions of the participants, (2) knowledge of the participants, (3) concrete actions of the participants in the classroom and (4) performance of the students of the participating teachers. In the present study, the first two impact levels are recorded. In addition an attempt is made to record level three with the third measurement point.

Timperley et al. (2007) explored the impact of teacher training. Accordingly, training courses extending over a longer period of time and involving experts are particularly effective. In addition, the participants should be active during the learning process and given the opportunity to question their ideas about their own teaching.

It can be said that the following characteristics are consistently cited by several authors as conditions for the success of effective in-serve teacher training with a long lasting impact:

(1) the advanced training extends over a longer period of time, (2) experts are involved and feedback is provided, (3) a practical transfer is made possible, (4) the attitudes of the participating teachers are questioned or changed.

Based on these findings the research team developed a design that focuses precisely on these beneficial characteristics of sustainable in-service teacher training.

The aim of this project (2019-2024) is to research the effectiveness and sustainability and to develop modular in-service teacher training courses further. The following central research question is derived from this: How sustainable are the selected modular in-service teacher trainings at the University College of Teacher Education Vienna/Krems?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study can be described as a multi-perspective and mixed methods design, focusing on 15 modular in-service teacher trainings. At the first point of measurement (t0), the time shortly before the modular in-service teacher training starts, those responsible for the training series were asked about different areas using semi-structured, guided interviews (qualitative). At the same time an online survey of the participants was carried out in a quantitative setting. They were asked about their motivation for attending this series, their previous experiences regarding content, their expectations and the hoped-for effects on educational activities. The opinion of the in-service teacher trainers was also collected in online survey to clarify the content and aims of the in-service teacher trainings, the differences between modular training and individual events, the skills of trainers and the design options for sustainable training. At the second measurement point the end of the training series (t1), the focus is on the effectiveness of the training series on the participants (online questionnaire). At the third measurement point (t2), the focus is on sustainability. For this purpose the experiences of the participants are finally collected again, about four to six months after the modular trainings using an online questionnaire.
The survey instruments were based on empirical findings on research into the effectiveness and sustainability of teacher training (cf. Timperley et al. 2007; Nicodemus et al. 2010; Zehetmeier 2017; Lipowsky & Rzejak 2021) as well as through the expertise of the project members, who have been active in in-service teacher training for many years.
The evaluation of the quantitative data is carried out in a descriptive- and inferential-statistical manner using the statistics program SPSS. The focus is on both, the overall results of all 15 in-service teacher trainings and the results of the individual modular trainings. The qualitative data is analyzed according to Kuckartz (2018) with MAXQDA. Aligned with the research question, the material is assigned to a deductive and inductive category scheme. Finally quantitative and qualitative data are combined (Kuckartz 2014; Mertens 2023).
The responsibles (N=10) for the modular trainings have been interviewed and 31 in-service teacher trainers answered the questionnaire. The largest group of the sample are the participants (N t0 = 133, N t1 = 167, N t2 = 61) of the in-service teacher trainings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The majority of the trainers has practical experiences. They bring this knowledge to their training courses. The participants appreciate this practical approach. At t0 they show a high level of self-motivation and great interest in attending modular formats. Results at the end of the modular trainings (t1) show that more than 80 % are very satisfied with the support provided by those responsible, with the motivation of the trainers and the opportunity for collegial exchange. Over 90 % are satisfied with the opportunity to discuss their own school experiences; almost three quarters of those surveyed are very motivated to implement the content of the training; for 70 %, a new network opened up outside the modular trainings, and there was an increase in knowledge for over 90 %. In terms of personal added value in practice 92 % state that they have gained new approaches to implementing their ideas in the classroom as a result of the training series four to six months after the training (t2). 84 % reflect on their actions and 80 % reflect more on their attitude in the classroom. 92 % state that they have extended their skills. 67 % state that they have noticed a strengthening of self-confidence and self-efficiency and more commitment and joy among their pupils.
The assumption that a modular training format influences the sustainability of what has been learned in terms of lifelong learning is confirmed by these results. In any case, the responses of the in-service teacher trainers and participants seem to confirm the added value of the content learned through longer-term formats. These conclusions will be incorporated into the future development of further in-service teacher training formats. Thus a high-quality qualification of teachers can be ensured and sustainable education (see SDG 4) in the sense of lifelong learning can be achieved.

References
Altrichter, H. & Rolff, H.-G. (2000). Theorie und Forschung in der Schulentwicklung. Journal für Schulentwicklung 4, 4–99.
BMBWF (2019). Aus-, Fort- und Weiterbildung für LehrerInnen an berufsbildenden Schulen.  https://bit.ly/2UXuLWY
BMBWF (2021). Bundesqualitätsrahmen für Fort- und Weiterbildung & Schulentwicklungsberatung an den Pädagogischen Hochschulen. https://bit.ly/3sYMX4b
Farmer, J., Gerretson, H. & Lassak, M. (2003). What teachers take from professional development: cases and implications. Journal of Mathematics Teacher Education, 6, 331–360.
Fischer, A. (2006). Offenbar schöpfen wir Wasser mit einem Siebe. Paradigma, 1, 6–10.
Hattie, J. (2015). Lernen sichtbar machen. Schneider.
Hawley, W. D. & Valli, L. (1999). The Essentials of Effective Professional Development: A New Consensus. In L. Darling-Hammond & Gary Sykes (Hrsg.), Teaching as the Learning Profession (S. 127–150). Jossey-Bass.
Kuckartz, U. (2014). Mixed Methods. Methodologie, Forschungsdesigns und Analyseverfahren. Springer VS.
Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung. Beltz Juventa.
Lipowsky, F. (2010). Die Wirksamkeit von Lehrer/innenfortbildung. Berufliches Lernen von Lehrerinnen/Lehrern im Rahmen von Weiterbildungsangeboten. news & science. Begabtenförderung und Begabungsforschung, 25 (2), 5–8. https://bit.ly/39eIGyV
Lipowsky, F. (2014). Theoretische Perspektiven und empirische Befunde zur Wirksamkeit von Lehrerfort- und -weiterbildung. In E. Terhard, H. Bennewitz & M. Rothland (Hrsg.), Handbuch der Forschung zum Lehrerberuf (S. 511–541). Waxmann.
Lipowsky, F. & Rzejak, D. (2021). Fortbildungen für Lehrpersonen wirksam gestalten. Ein praxisorientierter und forschungsgestützter Leitfaden. Bertelsmann Stiftung. https://bit.ly/39ML6rs
Mertens, D. (2023). Mixed methods research: research methods. Bloomsbury Academic.
Müller, F. H., Kemethofer, D., Andreitz, I., Nachbaur, G. & Soukup-Altrichter, K. (2019). Lehrerfortbildung und Lehrerweiterbildung. In S. Breit, F. Eder, K. Krainer, C. Schreiner, A. Seel & C. Spiel (Hrsg.), Nationaler Bildungsbericht Österreich 2018. Fokussierte Analysen und Zukunftsperspektiven für das Bildungswesen (S. 99–142). Leykam-Verlag.  https://goo.gl/ghPqGJ
Nicodemus, D., Jäger, R. S. & Bodensohn, R. (2010). Effekte von Fort- und Weiterbildung in Mathematik: Dem Phänomen des Autobahnkreuzes auf der Spur! Lehrerbildung auf dem Prüfstand 3 (2), 217–233.
Rzejak, D., Gröschner, A., Lipowsky, F., Richter, D., Calcagni, E. (2023). Qualität von Lehrkräftefortbildungen einschätzen. Ein Arbeitsbuch aus dem Projekt IMPRESS. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:26502
Timperley, H., Wilson, A., Barrar, H.& Fung, I. (2007). Teacher Professional Learning and Development. Best Evidence Synthesis Iteration (BES). Ministry of Education.  http://www.oecd.org/education/school/48727127.pdf
UNESCO (2014). UNESCO Roadmap zur Umsetzung des Weltaktionsprogramms „Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung”. https://bit.ly/2YmGGoV
Zehetmeier, S. (2017). Theoretische und empirische Grundlagen für eine innovative und nachhaltige Lehrer/innenfortbildung. In I. Kreis & D. Unterköfler-Klatzer (Hrsg.), Fortbildung Kompakt. Wissenschaftstheoretische und praktische Modelle zur wirksamen Lehrer/innen-fortbildung (S. 80–102). Studien-Verlag.
 
13:45 - 15:1510 SES 06 C: Early Childhood Education
Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Andrea Bordas
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Pedagogical Approaches in International Montessori Guide Training - Ethnographic Research Results and Implications for Teacher Education

Jarosław Jendza

University of Gdańsk, Poland

Presenting Author: Jendza, Jarosław

Montessori pedagogy is said to be the largest and most widely spread non-traditional, alternative form of education. Some estimations show that there are at least 15,763 schools of this type located in 154 countries all around the world (Debs et al., 2022). Since 1909, when the first Montessori teacher training course took place (Cossentino, 2009), this community has been cultivating a unique form of “adult preparation” that is often referred to as transformation including inner spirituality as well intellectual, practical and physical dispositions (Jendza, 2023). At the same time, the empirical research reports oriented at displaying this approach to teacher education are sparse (Gerker, 2023; Macià-Gual & Domingo-Peñafiel, 2021). Thus, the main objective of this qualitative and ethnographic scholarship was to investigate the process of Montessori teacher training programme focusing on the experience of the aforementioned transformation in an international and multicultural group. In other words, the preliminary research question was formulated as follows: How do Montessori teacher trainees experience and thematise their adult preparation programme? In order to carry out this study, the author followed the strategy of participatory ethnography and took part in an international course affiliated to Association Montessori Internationale (AMI), lasting nine months, carried out between 2020 - 2022 and spread over three-summer period. The collected and later analysed research material allowed for the construction of a few main interpretive threads linking theories such as: (1) Thing-centred Pedagogy (Vlieghe & Zamojski, 2019), (2) the concept of school as free time (Masschelein & Simons, 2013), (3) the idea of teacher education as a space of working with difference (Szkudlarek, 2005), and (4) the analyses of study practices derived from the works of Tyson Lewis (Lewis, 2013).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study implemented the strategy of participatory, qualitative field ethnography (Emerson et al., 2011; Hockey & Forsey, 2020; Mannay & Morgan, 2015). The project was conducted within an international group of 55 Montessori teacher trainees coming from 19 countries between 2020 and 2022. The data gathering techniques include: field vignettes, jottings, in-depth interviews, auto-ethnographic notes, course correspondence & documents, photo and video documentation (Constantine, 2013; Pelto, 2016). This particular course has been chosen purposefully as the research “area” due to its community reputation since AMI affiliated international courses are praised for its “fidelity” to the original idea of this form of teacher training. The author took part in the course, lived in the same dormitory with most of the participants and finally completed it after circa 750 hours of lectures, supervised practices, numerous informal conversations and having conducted 18 individual, narrative interviews with both the trainees and trainers from 14 countries. The data gathered were later analysed in accordance with the guidelines formulated by (inter alia) Kvale, Denzin, Neuman (Denzin, 1997; Kvale, 1996; Neumann, 1997) and with the use of MAXQDA software as suggested by Jacques (Jacques, 2021) .  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the study refer to the three main aspects. The first one is directly linked to the research question posed before entering the field and regarding the dimensions of transformation or adult preparation. Having analysed the material it can be stated that it is through/due to this unique form of teacher training that the participants experience either radical transformation or shift in their biographies. Both modes of change relate to intellectual, personal and practical dispositions of Montessori guides. The second aspect is connected with the “elite community” identity building. It has turned out that the bonds that participants create, shared experiences of enormous amount of workload and effort put in album refinement as well as preparations for the final exams contribute to the creation of strong and shared identity of becoming “real Montessori guides”. The third aspect of research results relates to specific forms and technologies implemented in the course. The assemblage of (1)purposefully arranged cultural and ethnic diversity, (2) verbatim note-making, (3) participating in traditional lecture sessions, (4) suspension from the outside world, (5) free time and night-study practices, (6) manipulating, experimenting and working with material learning aids, (7) shifting roles throughout the process, (8) task based classroom observations and (9) carefully designed teacher internships make this experience unique and potentially inspiring for other teacher education initiatives. The conclusions derived from the study may serve as possible suggestions for the designers of university/college teacher training curricula.        
References
Blomberg, J., & Karasti, H. (2012). Ethnography: Positioning ethnography within participatory design. In Routledge international handbook of participatory design (pp. 86–116). Routledge.
Constantine, L. S. (2013). Strategies for data gathering and reporting voices from the field: A review of applied ethnography: Guidelines for field research. Strategies, 9, 23–2013.
Cossentino, J. (2009). Culture, craft, & coherence: The unexpected vitality of Montessori teacher training. Journal of Teacher Education, 60(5), 520–527.
Debs, M. C., de Brouwer, J., Murray, A. K., Lawrence, L., Tyne, M., & von der Wehl, C. (2022). Global Diffusion of Montessori Schools: A Report from the 2022 Global Montessori Census. Journal of Montessori Research, 8(2), 1–15.
Denzin, N. K. (1997). Interpretive ethnography: Ethnographic practices for the 21st century. Sage.
Emerson, R. M., Fretz, R. I., & Shaw, L. L. (2011). Writing ethnographic fieldnotes. University of Chicago press.
Gerker, H. E. (2023). Making Sense of Montessori Teacher Identity, Montessori Pedagogy, and Educational Policies in Public Schools. Journal of Montessori Research, 9(1).
Hockey, J., & Forsey, M. (2020). Ethnography is not participant observation: Reflections on the interview as participatory qualitative research. In The interview (pp. 69–87). Routledge.
Jacques, D. N. (2021). Using MAXQDA in ethnographic research: An example with coding, analyzing, and writing. In The practice of qualitative data analysis: Research examples using MAXQDA (pp. 17–33). MAXQDA Press.
Kvale, S. (1996). InterViews: An introduction to qualitive research interviewing. Sage.
Lewis, T. E. (2013). On study: Giorgio Agamben and educational potentiality. Routledge.
Macià-Gual, A., & Domingo-Peñafiel, L. (2021). Demands in Early Childhood Education: Montessori Pedagogy, Prepared Environment, and Teacher Training. International Journal of Research in Education and Science, 7(1), 144–162.
Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2013). In defence of the school. A public issue. TStorme.
Neumann, W. (1997). Social Research Methods: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches 3 H@. Ed. Allen & Bacon, United States of America.
Pelto, P. J. (2016). Applied ethnography: Guidelines for field research. Routledge.
Szkudlarek, T. (2005). On nations and children: Rousseau, Poland and European identity. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 24, 19–38.
Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2019). Towards an ontology of teaching. Springer.
Whitescarver, K., & Cossentino, J. (2007). Lessons from the periphery: The role of dispositions in Montessori teacher training. Journal of Educational Controversy, 2(2), 11.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

A Longitudinal Narrative Study of Early Childhood Education Teacher Education: Unravelling Student´s Motivation and Commitment Through Personal Accounts

Saija Volmari, Maarit Alasuutari

University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Volmari, Saija

Increasing teacher shortage has become a cause of a severe concern in most EU and OECD countries. In the last three decades, most countries have faced declining amounts of applicants to teacher education programs, a significant number of graduates are leaving the teaching career within the first five working years after graduation, and the ageing of population and high attrition rates are expected to create a further imbalance in the future where fewer new teachers are entering the field compared to the number of experienced teachers exiting. Hence, it has become a pressing issue in education policymaking and politics worldwide to find strategies for both student recruitment and teacher retention. (European Commission, 2023; OECD, 2023; UNESCO, 2023).
Addressing the teacher shortage is a multifaceted challenge, with various, interconnected factors influencing both the problem and its potential solutions. Previous research has for instance pointed out that in a booming economy, the availability of more attractive and financially lucrative careers increases the possibility of resignation of teachers and reduces the interest to teacher education (Sinclair et el., 2006), and the recruitment of students into the teaching profession is hampered by prevalent ideas, associating it for instance with low status and inadequate compensation (Richardson and Watt, 2005). In its recent report, UNESCO (2023) listed elements like motivation, recruitment, retention, training, working conditions, and social status as critical aspects that warrant attention.
This study focuses especially on the motivation and commitment to early childhood education teacher profession of students prior and during their studies and after graduation when entering the working life. Earlier research has indicated a dual relationship: firstly, the correlation between motivation and study engagement and secondly, the link between motivation, study engagement, and a sustained commitment to the teaching profession both immediately after graduation and over the long term (Rots and Aelterman, 2009; Struyven et al., 2013). The commitment seems particularly pronounced when students` motivation stems from internal and altruistic motives, such as a desire to make a positive contribution to society or contribute to children´s learning and development (Struyven et al., 2013; Watt and Richardson, 2007). The connection between motivation, and study and career engagement, is further strengthened by positive experiences during teacher education(Bruinsma and Jansen, 2010).
Previous studies have predominantly focused on primary and subject teacher education, but the field of early childhood education has been overseen. In addition, prior research has predominantly relied on quantitative data, frequently utilizing single-point survey questionnaires. What remains unclear in such studies is how the motivation of students evolves during their studies in teacher education and consequently, as they enter the field as recently graduated teachers. Furthermore, single-point studies seldom pay attention to previous life experiences behind students´ motivation for choosing teaching as career. For a richer picture on motivation driving teacher students in their studies and into career commitment in teacher profession, Struyven et al. (2013) have proposed the utilisation of longitudinal research designs that follow the motivation and commitment of students throughout their studies and after graduation.

This paper draws on longitudinal interview data of four early childhood education students in the context of Finland. It particularly focuses on previous life experiences behind the choice to teach and examines the development of students´ motivation during their studies in the three-year early childhood education teacher program. This paper is a sub-study of the research project Commitment to early childhood education teacher studies and profession (SIMO) and presents the first preliminary results of the longitudinal qualitative data of the project.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research methodology involved conducting longitudinal interviews with four early childhood education students to trace their motivation and experiences from the first year of study through graduation and entry into the workforce. Although not all students were available each study year, all were interviewed at least twice—once during their studies and once during their initial year as early childhood education teachers - resulting in a total of 13 interviews. Interviews, lasting 30 to 75 minutes, were transcribed. The study was guided by narrative and life historical approach. While the interviews had a thematic semi-structure, the main goal was to invite students´ personal narratives, to honour their ‘story’, their history and path as they chose to tell it. The analysis of the interview data is currently in progress. Following narrative research methodology, the focus of the analysis lies in maintaining the integrity of personal narratives, emphasizing what was said (Kohler Riessman, 2008).
  Thematic dialogisation, as proposed by Koski (2011), has been utilized in the initial analysis, where previous research serves as a basis for interpreting interview data. Three overarching themes identified by prior research, encapsulating students' motives for entering the teaching profession, will be used as a starting point in the first stage of the analysis: altruistic reasons, intrinsic reasons, and extrinsic reasons (Struivern et al., 2013; Watt and Richardson, 2007). Altruistic reasons involved perceiving teaching as an important societal contribution and aspiring to help children succeed. Intrinsic reasons include a passion and calling to teach, expressing a lifelong desire or a keen interest in applying expertise in a specific subject. Extrinsic reasons encompassed factors external to the job's inherent nature, such as extended holidays, salary, professional status, and working conditions. ((Struivern et al., 2013; Watt and Richardson, 2007).
  In the second phase of analysis, we delve into the longitudinal evolution of these motives within each student´s narrative and investigate how the students articulate their initial motivation to enter early childhood education teacher programme, and how their commitment unfolds during their studies and transition into professional life. This aligns with McLeod´s (2003) viewpoint, emphasising the significance of longitudinal interview data as means to grasp the ongoing process of identity in formation. Drawing on Kohler Riessman´s (2008) suggestion, we connect societal and biographical aspects in the narratives when applicable.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper adopts an overlooked qualitative and narrative approach to delve into students' motivation and commitment in early childhood teacher education and profession. Through longitudinal interviews, the study unveils the evolution of four students' motivation from their teacher education to their first year as in-service early childhood education teachers. Initial findings echo prior research, emphasizing intrinsic and altruistic motivations that resiliently guide students, countering prevalent portrayals of teaching as a burdensome choice.
  While motivations vary, common threads emerge among study and post-graduation commitments to teaching. Positive childhood experiences with children or prior work experience in early childhood education, even as a short-term intern, feature prominently. Acknowledging the societal importance of working with young children also plays a crucial role in the narratives of the students. Notably, mature students with early childhood education work experience express more critical attitudes during the studies, emphasizing the practical application of gained knowledge for sustained motivation. Younger students often cite an innate desire to teach, referencing early positive educational experiences.  Preliminary results highlight life historical events, such as significant childhood moments or life transitions, as influential factors shaping motivation.
  The findings provide fascinating insights into the intricate evolution of motivation from the initial decision to pursue early childhood education teacher education to the first year in the teaching profession, and with its qualitative approach, enhance the understanding of this subject beyond prior, quantitative studies. However, it is important to note that this study is limited by its focus on narratives of four students and the specific context of Finland. Additional research on an international scale, encompassing Europe and beyond, is essential to deepen the understanding of the broader implications of the findings of this study.

References
Bruinsma, M. & Jansen, E. (2010). Is the motivation to become a teacher related to pre‐service teachers’ intentions to remain in the profession? European Journal of Teacher Education, 33(2), 185-200.

European Commission. (2023).  Education and Training Monitor 2023. A comparative report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.

Kohler Riessman, C. (2008). Narrative Methods for the Human Sciences. London: Sage.

Koski, L. (2011). Teksteistä teemoiksi. In  A. Puusa & P. Juuti (Eds.) Menetelmäviidakon raivaajat. Perusteita laadullisen tutkimuslähestymistavan valintaan, (pp. 136–149). JTO.

McLeod, J. (2003). Why we interview now—reflexivity and perspective in a longitudinal study. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 6(3), pp. 201-211.
Richardson, P.W., & Watt, H.M.G. (2006). Profiling characteristics across three Australian universities. Asia-Pacific Teacher Education, 34(1), pp. 27-56.

Rots, I., & Aelterman, A. (2009). Teacher education graduates´ entrance into the teaching profession: development and test of model. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 24(4), pp. 453-471.

OECD. (2023). Education at Glance. Paris: OECD.

Sinclair, C., Dowson, M., & McInerney, D.M. (2006). Motivations to teach: Psychometric perspectives across the first semester of teacher education. Teachers College Record 108, 1132-1154.
Struyven, K., Jacobs, K., & Dochy, F. (2013). Why do they want to teach? The multiple reasons of different groups of students for undertaking teacher education. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 28, pp. 1007-1022.

UNESCO. (2023). Global report on teachers. Addressing teacher shortage. Paris: UNESCO.

Watt, H.M.G., & Richardson, P.W. (2007). Motivational Factors Influencing Teaching as a Career Choice: Development and Validation of the FIT-Choice Scale. The Journal of Experimental Education, 75(3), pp.167-202.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Factors Influencing Pre-service Primary and Preschool Teachers’ Attitudes Towards Arts and Arts Education

Andrea Bordas, Henrietta Kelemen

Partium Christian University, Romania

Presenting Author: Bordas, Andrea; Kelemen, Henrietta

The arts occupy a special place in human culture: they are an alternative way of understanding and interpreting the world to scientific inquiry. This is what Aristotle's notion of catharsis refers to, which in its original sense means "initiation into the highest laws of reality". Although art is often contrasted in the European tradition with science, the difference lies in the way of understanding: in contrast to the analytical, analytical understanding that is common and accepted in the sciences, in the arts we are dealing with a kind of holistic, deep understanding, a kind of insight. Nowadays, more and more educational researchers stress the importance of art education, but there are still many questions and doubts about the subject. Although there have been several studies on the equalizing and disadvantage compensating effects of arts education (Sz.Fodor, Kerekes, 2020; L. Ritók, 2010), often it is precisely those social groups who need it most that do not have access to the right quality and quantity of education (Katz-Buonincontro, 2018; Váradi, 2020). The cultural and economic capital of families is a major determinant of whether or not children participate in some kind of artistic activities outside school (Kis, Bartalis, Boros, 2020), i.e. whether they acquire cultural capital (e.g. through the arts) that, according to Bourdieu's (1998) theory, can be transformed into economic capital in adulthood. Most experts agree, however, that the role of the teacher is crucial in the experience and study of art. So, in teacher training, particular attention should be paid to training teachers who will in the future provide opportunities for children to encounter the arts.

The more positive a teacher's experience in arts, the more effective and successful he or she feels in different artistic fields, the more likely he or she is to use the arts in his or her everyday pedagogical practice (Orek, 2004; Garvis, Pendergast, 2011; Pinczésné-Palásthy et al,). On the other hand, teacher education (especially preschool and primary school teacher education) is characterised by a high proportion of students with low socio-economic status, who have had limited exposure to the arts as part of high culture during their family socialisation and school years (Bocsi, 2017). Nevertheless, there is hope that a well-constructed arts education programme in initial teacher education which provides authentic activities and many practical experiences can reframe students' perceived competences, self-eficacy and prior emotional experiences (Gatt and Karppinen, 2014).

In our research we investigated preschool and primary school teacher training participants' attitudes towards arts, perceived competences and self-efficacy in arts. We wanted to know how students perceived their own content knowledge and competencies in six different art areas (music, dance, drama, literature, crafts and visual arts, and media), how difficult they perceived the tasks to be, how important they considered proficiency in these different art areas as future teachers, and how this influenced their pedagogical views on teaching arts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The survey was carried out using an online questionnaire. The questionnaire was completed by 100 female students from two different higher education institutions in Romania, all of them enrolled in pre-service teacher training. From previous research, we know that the teacher education programmes of both institutions under study are characterised by regional recruitment, a high proportion of non-traditional students, coming from families with limited financial resources, lower social classes, and from families with different cultural backgrounds (Nyüsti and Ceglédi, 2012; Pusztai, et al., 2012).
In compiling the questionnaire, we drew on previous research (Pinczésné Palásthy et al., 2021). In addition to demographic questions, we also asked about the educational qualifications of parents and the students' previous school and extracurricular artistic experiences and cultural consumption habits. The central part of the questionnaire is made up of questions about different artistic activities. Here, we formulated tasks related to the respective artistic disciplines, in relation to which the respondents expressed their opinion about their importance, how often they meet these activities, how competent they feel in it, how difficult they find the task. For assessing perceived importance, perceived task difficulty, and perceived competency a 6-grade Likert scale was used. In the last block of questions, questions were asked about the teaching of the arts.
The statistical analysis of the data was realised with SPSS. In order to compare the standard deviation squares of different subsamples we used F-test and Anova, and to compare the mean of subsamples, we used T-test for Two-Sample Assuming Equal Variance or T-test for Two-Sample Assuming Unequal Variance. Searching for significant correlations between parents' educational level and students' extracurricular artistic experiences chi-square test was applied.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our results are in line with other research on the subject (Pinczésné Palásthy et al., 2021; Oreck, 2006; Váradi, 2020; Gatt and Karppinen, 2014; Garvis, Pendergast, 2011). Prior experiences of art in and out of school are related to feelings of competence and perceived difficulty of tasks. We found a difference in attitudes towards the six arts: the first results show that respondents are least satisfied with their musical skills, while as future pre-school teachers and teachers they consider the improvement of their knowledge and skills in music and visual arts as the most important. Demographic indicators (place of residence, subjective economic situation of the family) mainly affect cultural consumption patterns, as in the research of Bocsi (2017) and Váradi (2020), these results can be explained by the theory of cultural capital.
The secondary aim of our research was to rethink the arts education offer in our institutions according to the needs and demands of students. It is important that students in teacher education have a positive experience of the arts, gain the experiential knowledge and content knowledge that will provide them with the basis to move confidently in the field, feel competent and have the confidence to use the arts creatively in education. A sense of achievement and competence can increase their willingness and motivation to participate in teacher training (Sz.Fodor, Kerekes, 2020).

References
Bocsi Veronika (2017). A magaskultúra mint élettér. Hallgatók magaskulturális atti¬tűdjének vizsgálata az egyenlőtlenségek aspektusából = Kihívások és válaszok: tanulmányok a szociálpedagógia területéről. Szerk. RÁKÓ Erzsébet – SOÓS Zsolt, Debrecen, Debreceni Egyetemi Kiadó, 2017, 119–135
Bourdieu, P. (1998). Gazdasági tőke, kulturális tőke, társadalmi tőke. Lengyel György és Szántó Zoltán (szerk.): Tőkefajták: a társadalmi és kulturális erőforrások szociológiája. Aula Kiadó, Budapest, 155-176.
Gatt, Isabelle, Karppinen, Seija (2014). An Enquiry into Primary Student Teachers’ Confidence, Feelings and Attitudes towards Teaching Arts and Crafts in Finland and Malta during Initial Teacher Training. iJADE 33.1 (2014) pp. 75-87.
Katz-Buonincontro, Jennifer (2018). Creativity for Whom? Art Education in the Age of Creative Agency, Decreased Resources, and Unequal Art Achievement Outcomes. Art Education, Vol. 71, No. 6., pp. 34-37.
L. Ritók Nóra (2010). Művészeti nevelés és hátrányos helyzet. http://www.tani-tani.info/081_ritok
Nyüsti Szilvia, and Ceglédi Tímea (2012). Vándorló diplomások, diplomáért vándorlók – Elvándorlási mintázatok és azok magyarázata a felsőfokú tanulmányok és a végzés utáni letelepedés során.. In Frissdiplomások 2011, ed. O. Garai  and Z. Veroszta (Educatio Társadalmi Szolgáltató Nonprofit Kft. Felsőoktatási Osztály), pp. 173–207.
Oreck, Barry (2006). Artistic choices: A study of teachers who use the arts in the class¬room = International Journal of Education & the Arts, 2006, Vol.7. Nr.8.  http://www.ijea.org/v7n8/v7n8.pdf
Pinczésné Palásthy Ildikó, Joó Anikó, Molnár-Tamus Viktória és Sz. Fodor Adrienne (2021). A jövő tanítói és a művészetek. OxIPO – interdiszciplináris tudományos folyóirat, 2021/1, 25-44. doi: 10.35405/OXIPO.2021.2.25
Pusztai, Gabriella, Hatos AAdrian and Ceglédi Tímea (2012). Foreword: What Do We Mean by the „Third Mission of Higher Education”?  In: Third Mission of Higher Education in a Cross-Border Region, ed. G. Pusztai, A. Hatos, T. Ceglédi, (Debrecen: Center for Higher EducationResearch and Development – Hungary), pp. 4–14.
Sz. Fodor Adrienne, Kerekes Rita (2020). Művészeti tevékenység és önképzés. A művészetközvetítő pedagógus szakmai megújulásának lehetőségei. Váradi Judit (szerk): Művészeti körkép Kutatás a művészeti nevelés helyzetéről és lehetőségeiről,a tanórai és tanórán kívüli művészeti tevékenységről és rendezvényekről. Magyar Művészeti Akadémia Művészetelméleti és Módszertani Kutatóintézet pp. 37–54.
Váradi Judit (ed) (2020). Művészeti körkép Kutatás a művészeti nevelés helyzetéről és lehetőségeiről,a tanórai és tanórán kívüli művészeti tevékenységről és rendezvényekről. Magyar Művészeti Akadémia Művészetelméleti és Módszertani Kutatóintézet
 
13:45 - 15:1510 SES 06 D: Tools and Technology
Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Elsa Estrela
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Inclusive digital teacher training with Open Educational Resources (OER)

Lea Schröder

University of Bremen, Germany

Presenting Author: Schröder, Lea

Digital media can provide support in adapting lessons to heterogeneous students. For example, they can be used to show learning progress, provide individual support and suggest future learning steps (Fichtner et al., 2023, Schulz, 2018). However, new barriers can also arise that make it more difficult for everyone to participate in lessons. Higher education faces the challenge of preparing teacher trainees for the requirements of diclusive (digital-inclusive) school education and at the same time taking into account the prerequisites of the students in order to enable joint learning for all. It is therefore important to prepare teachers for diclusive eaching (Böttinger & Schulz, 2023). The neologism "diclusion" or "diclusive", which has arisen from the combination of "digital media" and "inclusion", emphasizes the importance of linking these two areas (Schulz & Reber, 2023). In particular, it points to the potential that arises when digital media is used in the context of inclusive teaching. In the context of the previously discussed need for heterogeneity-sensitive use of digital media in the (inclusive) educational environment, it is especially relevant to draw on a comprehensive understanding of inclusion. This understanding is not exclusively aimed at pupils with disabilities, but includes all pupils with their individual starting points, talents, backgrounds and needs (German Commission for UNESCO, 2021, p.1). The use of digital media proves to be an important resource for adequately addressing the different requirements of pupils in the classroom: digital applications can be used, for example, to visualize current learning progress, implement individualized support measures and suggest preventive steps for future learning (Fichtner et al., 2023, Schulz, 2018, Schaumburg, 2021). The five-level model for inclusive teaching (Schulz 2018) represents a methodologically structured approach to the use of digital media in inclusive teaching. The primary goal of this model is to promote inclusive education in order to ensure a comprehensive and equitable educational experience for all pupils so that they can realize their potential. Teachers need the diclusive knowledge for their future work with pupils. So the overarching question is: What skills do (prospective) teachers need to have and how can they be taught as individually as possible? The project "inklusiv.digital" develops OER (Open Educational Resources) materials for students and teachers of various subject didactics as well as central topics for learning and teaching with digital media in inclusive settings. In an interdisciplinary team, experts from the fields of subject didactics, special education, inclusion education and media education develop the modules didactically and prepare them for inclusive teaching settings. The aim is to support initial, further and continuing training in the context of qualifying teachers for inclusive teaching. The modular structure of the learning materials, combined with the flexibility of an open CC-BY license, enables them to be used in various learning formats, such as self-study courses and guided blended learning. The content of the modules provides specific knowledge for dynamic teaching, which is essential for prospective teachers. In addition, they are designed in a way that even people without specific knowledge can understand the content and implement it in their own lessons. The integration of these modules into a nationwide OER platform is planned in order to enable broad and easy access.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The module components developed in the project enable different access options to the digitally inclusive content and thus address the individuality and prior knowledge of the students. Attention was also paid to careful and varied implementation (e.g. audio, video, text, graphics, interactive presentations. using the tools from h5p) so that the learning process is also supported cognitively. In addition, the materials are designed to be largely barrier-free, with various access options for different needs (e.g. alternative texts, subtitles or texts for recorded audio files). Universal Design for Learning (UDL) has proven to be an effective approach in higher education didactics in order to address the heterogeneous conditions in teacher training (Bartz et al., 2021). UDL aims to design teaching and learning processes and the materials used in them in a way that they are free of barriers (Fisseler & Markmann, 2012), creating an inclusive learning environment that supports all students. This concept is based on the premise that diversity among pupils is the norm and not the exception.

In a test phase with student teachers, the modules are evaluated by making them available via the respective learning management systems of the universities. The evaluation is carried out by means of with an open questionnaire. A planned effectiveness study aims to determine the development and change in the digital-inclusive knowledge of student teachers and teachers after completion of the modules. In addition, the extent to which teachers use the content or module components in order to adapt them to the heterogeneity of their learning groups will be investigated.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The "inklusiv.digital" project provides an approach to make digital-inclusive education itself a topic in teacher training on the one hand and to address the heterogeneity of the seminars and students on the other: Student teachers are prepared for diclusive lessons with the help of teaching and learning content that focuses on inclusion and the opportunities of using digital media in the classroom. In order to respond to the heterogeneous requirements of the students, the modular structure of the project offers lecturers options for differentiation and individualization so that they can in order to design their seminars in a heterogeneity-sensitive learning environment. This is achieved through the flexible learning modules and supporting materials, which can also be used in subject didactics, pedagogy, seminars on inclusion and many other subject areas in teacher training using an example from media education.
The evaluation helps to ensure the quality of the OER modules in order to gain insights into the needs of student teachers (and also teachers). The evaluation also attempts to find out which design options are ideal in the digital space. Therefore, feedback is an important component in the creation and further development of the OER modules.
In the end the modular structure of the learning materials, combined with the flexibility of an open CC-BY license, enables them to be used in various learning formats, such as self-study courses and guided blended learning. The content of the modules provides specific knowledge for dynamic teaching, which is essential for prospective teachers. In addition, they are designed in a way that even people without specific knowledge can understand the content and implement it in their own lessons. The integration of these modules into a nationwide OER platform is planned to enable broad and easy access.

References
Bartz, J., Feldhues, K., Goll, T., Kanschik, D., Hüninghake, R. Krabbe, C., Lautenbach, F., Trapp, R. (2018). Das Universal Design for Learning (UDL) in der inklusionsorientierten Hochschullehre. Eine interdisziplinäre Bestandsaufnahme aus Sicht der Fachdidaktiken Chemie, Germanistik, Sachunterricht, Sport, Theologie und der Rehabilitationswissenschaft. (The Universal Design for Learning (UDL) in inclusion-oriented university teaching. An interdisciplinary review from the perspective of the subject didactics of chemistry, German studies, physical education, sport, theology and rehabilitation science.) In S. Hußmann & B. Welzel (Hrsg.), DoProfiL - das Dortmunder Profil für inklusionsorientierte Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung (S. 93-108).  Waxmann.

Böttinger, T. & Schulz, L. (2023). Professionalisierung in der Lehrer:innenbildung für einen digital-inklusiven Unterricht. (Professionalization in teacher training for digital inclusive teaching.) In T. Irion., T. Böttinger & R. Kammerl (Hrsg.), Professionalisierung für digitale Bildung im Grundschulalter. Ergebnisse des Forschungsprojekts P3DiG. Waxmann.

Fichtner, S., Bacia, E., Sandau, M., Hurrelmann, K. & Dohmen, D. (2023). „Schule stärken – Digitalisierung gestalten“ – Cornelsen Schulleistungsstudie 2023. ("Strengthening schools - shaping digitalization" - Cornelsen School Performance Study 2023.) Gesamtstudie, FiBS-Forschungsinstitut für Bildungs- und Sozialökonomie.

Fisseler, B., & Markmann, M. (2012). Universal Design als Umgang mit Heterogenität in der Hochschule. (Universal design as a way of dealing with heterogeneity in higher education.) Journal Hochschuldidaktik, 1–2(23), 13–16.

German UNSECO Commission (2021, 21.10.2022). Für eine chancengerechte Gestaltung der digitalen Transformation in der Bildung. Resolution der 81. Mitgliederversammlung. (For an equitable design of the digital transformation in education. Resolution of the 81st General Assembly.) www.internationaler-bund.de/fileadmin/user_upload/storage_ib_redaktion/resolution_unesco_digitalisierung-bildung.pdf  

Schaumburg, H. (2021). Personalisiertes Lernen mit digitalen Medien als Herausforderung für die Schulentwicklung: Ein systematischer Forschungsüberblick. (Personalized learning with digital media as a challenge for school development: A systematic research overview.) MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 41, 134–166.

Schulz, L. (2018). Digitale Medien im Bereich Inklusion. (Digital media in the field of inclusion.) In B. Lütje-Klose, T. Riecke-Baulecke, R. Werning (Hrsg.), Basiswissen Lehrerbildung: Inklusion in Schule und Unterricht: Grundlagen in der Sonderpädagogik (S. 344–367). Klett Kallmeyer.
 
Schulz, L. & Reber, K. (2023). „Diklusive Sprachbildung - Digitale Medien im Bereich Sprache“. ("Diclusive language education - digital media in the field of language".) In J. Betz und J.-R. Schluchter (Hrsg.), Schulische Medienbildung und Digitalisierung im Kontext von Behinderung und Benachteiligung (S. 43–65). Beltz juventa.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Mentoring with Research-Based Tools—A Holistic Approach

Tove Seiness Hunskaar, Eli Lejonberg

University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Hunskaar, Tove Seiness; Lejonberg, Eli

Mentoring with the aim of the professional development of preservice teachers in teacher education represents complex practices. The use of tools for mentoring has the potential to enhance mentoring practices; however, research on using tools in mentoring is often focused on applying a single tool or is conducted on a piecemeal basis in teacher education (Nesje & Lejonberg, 2022). By investigating mentors and preservice teachers using research-based tools in an eight-week practicum period, this study analyses structured and holistic mentoring. The applied tools were developed to elicit preservice teachers’ diverse needs at different times throughout the practicum; the three tool-packages build on a a) simulator-based tool, b) response-based tool, and c) video-based tool. Further, the theory of practice architecture (TPA) provided a frame to understand mentoring practices with the holistic use of tools as an interplay among cultural–discursive, material–economic, and social–political arrangements (Kemmis, 2022). This paper presents new insight on how tools can enhance quality in mentoring illuminating the following research question guided: What characterises mentoring practices with the use of tools in a holistic approach to mentoring in practicum in teacher education?

All data provided by the tools are in the PTs’ possession and PTs decide to whom, what, and how they want to share this data, and PTs complete a course in the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). In the decision simulator, based on Arvola, Samuelsson, Nordvall, and Ragnemalm (2018), the PT is presented with different challenging scenarios that are likely to occur in a classroom; the PTs are required to make choices whose alternative answers are connected to teacher role traits that correspond to authoritarian, authoritative, democratic, and compliant approaches, based on Baumrind (1971/1991). The choices made by the PT eventually generate an overview of the selected approaches to the teacher role that are to be elaborated upon in mentoring.

The response tool combines self-reports from the PTs and pupils’ responses through an electronic survey entered online on topics assumed to denote effective teaching. Based on Tripod’s 7Cs framework (Ferguson & Danielson, 2015; Kuhfeld, 2017; Wallace, Kelcey, & Ruzek, 2016), the PTs and pupils both report on teacher competencies: caring, conferring, captivating, clarifying, consolidating, challenging, and classroom management. Responses are aligned, visualised, and followed up on with guides for elaboration and reflection, and exploration of the tool’s outcome grounds PTs’ choice of the development goal in their teaching practice to be elaborated upon with the video tool.

The video tool consists of a video recording application that the PTs can download to ensure GDPR, as well as guides for preparing, conducting, and elaborating on practice videos individually, with peers, and with the mentor (Kang & van Es, 2019; UiO, 2020). The PTs are encouraged to use insights from the response tool to choose a development goal to enhance their teaching competencies. Guides assists PTs selection of a clip representative to their development goal to be elaborated on in mentoring.

The two investigated dyads are both characterised by the extensive use of tools. However, dyad 1 differed from dyad 2 in terms of the approach towards the usage being more in line with the suggested structure (elaborated on in the presentation of doings) and wording (elaborated on in the presentation of sayings) of the tools. In dyad 2, the suggested structure was approached more creatively and the tools appeared to inspire both structure and content; however, the components of the tools (guides for reflection and conversation) are generally adjusted and wordings rephrased. Findings is presented in accordance with the analytical categories, based on Kemmis (2022) to elaborate on the holistic approach to mentoring with tools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data investigated in this study was extracted from a larger corpus, consisting of 14 observed and video-recorded mentoring conversations with the use of tools and 12 follow-up interviews with 5 mentors and 7 PTs. Participants were purposefully sampled (Cohen et al., 2015). All participants were offered to try out three tool-packages. From this corpus, we selected the two dyads of mentors and PTs who used all three tool-packages consecutively during their practicum, with follow-up conversations that were observed and recorded. Thus, six mentoring conversations that followed-up on use of each of the three tools for each dyad in a total of 277 minutes of video-taped conversations became the primary data. The conversations took place in the autumn of 2021, during the PTs eight-week practicum. In addition, semi-structured interviews of 175 minutes with the two PTs and the two mentors constituted the secondary data and were integrated where pertinent in the discussion to elaborate on findings.

Analysis was done step wise, inspired by thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). In a first step, when familiaring ourselves with the material, we noticed how the tools appeared to influence the conversations throughout in terms of what was talked about, how it was talked about, and how actors related to each other and the artefacts in the conversations. Having gained this insight, a table of invention from the TPA was first used as a heuristic (Kemmis, 2022) to guide the analysis of the data material and second as inspiration for presenting the findings. In the next step, the categories/codes in the material were given by the TPA framework, coding the material with the notion of sayings, doings, and relatings (as presented by Kemmis, 2022) to identify the characteristics of practices in the empirical data.

Next, data that highlighted the three codes were further investigated in a process where we looked for characteristics of different aspects related to the sayings, doings, and relatings evident in the practices in the material. The characteristics were then divided into sub-categories. The sub-categories were applied and consequently adjusted in a process of trying them out on the empirical material and adjusting where necessary to ensure they were representative of the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We investigated what characterises mentoring practices with the use of tools in a holistic approach to mentoring. The findings indicate how due to their set up and content, tools prefigure the sayings, doings, and relating of PTs and mentors in mentoring. Moreover, in the conversations, the outcome provided by the tools structure the conversations. The participants use the outcomes from the tools as input and the conversation templates to elaborate upon and follow-up on the different aspects of the interconnected tools over time; thus, mentoring with tools appears to offer a holistic approach to mentoring. Moreover, by structuring mentoring and facilitating matching the PTs conception of their own teaching with both mentors’ and pupils’ conceptions, mentoring with tools potentially provides new perspectives in practicum mentoring. Further, applying research-based tools in mentoring presents a means for research and theory to have a bearing on mentors’ practice.

The tools appears to inspire going into depth—for example, by introducing theoretical concepts from the tools, encourage PTs’ reflection on different aspects of their teaching practice, and by challenging mentees on taking the pupils’ perspective. By providing such evidence, this study contributes to research on holistic approaches to mentoring with tools and what characterises such practices. Thus, tools can be a leverage to change and present new building blocks to a new architecture of mentoring practices. Furthermore, this study reveals that the use of mentoring tools can contribute to answering calls for teacher education institutions to contribute to mentor preparation and creating a stronger theoretical framework for mentoring. However, the presented evidence also indicates that using tools is time consuming. Therefore, further research could examine mentee and mentors’ experienced relevance of using tools, as well as how the different tools interplay with and build upon each other.

References
Arvola, M., Samuelsson, M., Nordvall, M., & Ragnemalm, E. L. (2018). Simulated provocations: A hypermedia radio theatre for reflection on classroom management. Simulation & Gaming, 49(2), 98-114.
Baumrind, D. (1971/1991). Current patterns of parental authority. Developmental Psychology, 4, 1-103.
Ferguson, R. F., & Danielson, C. (2015). How framework for teaching and tripod 7Cs evidence distinguish key components of effective teaching. Designing teacher evaluation systems: New guidance from the measures of effective teaching project, 98-143.
Kang, H., & van Es, E. A. (2019). Articulating Design Principles for Productive Use of Video in Preservice Education. Journal of teacher education, 70(3), 237-250. doi:10.1177/0022487118778549
Kemmis, S. (2022). Transforming practices: Springer Singapore.
Kuhfeld, M. (2017). When students grade their teachers: A validity analysis of the Tripod student survey. Educational Assessment, 22(4), 253-274.
Nesje, K., & Lejonberg, E. (2022). Tools for the school-based mentoring of pre-service teachers: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 111, 103609.
UiO. (2020). Visual Vocal Application (VIVA). Retrieved from https://www.uv.uio.no/ils/english/research/projects/viva/index.html
Wallace, T. L., Kelcey, B., & Ruzek, E. (2016). What can student perception surveys tell us about teaching? Empirically testing the underlying structure of the tripod student perception survey. American educational research journal, 53(6), 1834-1868.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Designing a Course for Preservice Teachers to Teach with Emerging Technologies

Shun Nakamura

Musashino University, Japan

Presenting Author: Nakamura, Shun

The use of technology in education has been seen as having great potential to change the process of teaching and learning. Today with the increase of computers and applications in schools, one of the issues worldwide is how to design the courses for preservice teachers to teach with technology. However, research evidence shows that even though teacher educators have developed the courses on the pedagogical use of technology, teachers still lack the skills to successfully teach with technology (Koehler, Mishra and Yahya 2007).

Previous studies have shown that the failure to prepare teachers to teach with technology can be attributed to the following factors. First, some courses were narrowly focused on the use of technology. According to Angeli and Valanides (2016), courses on teaching methods and content are usually taught in complete isolation from the teaching of technology courses, which promotes the development of a highly fragmented body of teacher knowledge. As Koehler and Mishra(2008) proposed the term technological pedagogical content knowledge(TPACK) as a "Total PACKage", teacher educators need to teach technology integration to preservice teachers in a thoughtful and deliberate way. Second, the technologies used in most courses were focused on technologies for teaching (e.g. video, PowerPoint, interactive whiteboard) that could be used as an extension of traditional teaching methods. Mouza (2016) identified four types of emerging technologies that support (a) learning to understand and create; (b)learning by collaborating; (c)anytime, anyplace learning; and (d)learning by gaming and suggested that these have potential to significantly impact teaching and learning processes and outcomes. Now that the focus of educational technology is shifting from tools for how we teach to how students learn, teacher educators need to design the course to help preservice teachers teach effectively with emerging technologies. Third, there is not enough time for preservice teachers to practice teaching with ICT. Most of teacher educators in Japan only engage preservice teachers in micro-teaching, team-teaching, or practice teaching by a team representative within a course due to the large number of enrolled preservice teachers. According to Terashima et al. (2016), preservice teachers who did the micro-teaching gained more confidence in using ICT and improved their lesson plan more than those who did not.

In this study, we design a course for preservice teachers to teach with emerging technologies, analyze how they learn, and get feedback on what supports are helpful for them.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The participants were 26 preservice teachers enrolled in a 14-week course called "Theories and Methods of ICT Practice". The course consisted of four phases, including (1) lectures, (2) learning by design and teaching simulation, (3) practice teaching and collaborative reflection, and (4) a final report.

In the first phase, based on the types of emerging technologies proposed by Mouza (2016), we introduced the following four applications in each lecture: (a) LoiloNote (an application for collaborative learning), (b) Momotarō Dentetsu education edition (an educational board game), (c) Minecraft education (a game-based platform for creative learning), and (d) MESH (a tool for learning the basics of programming). In each lecture, we introduced one application and illustrated how these tools can enhance student learning with examples from other teachers' classroom practice. After each lecture, the preservice teachers were given a writing assignment to think about how the application they had learned about today could be used in specific subjects. In a second phase, each preservice teacher then selected a tool to use, prepared a lesson plan and conducted a teaching simulation with their peers using the same tool. Thirdly, they carried out a practice lesson in small groups (4-8 preservice teachers), reflected together on the effectiveness of the use of ICT after the lesson and submitted a reflective writing on the lesson. Finally, the preservice teachers were given an assignment to reflect on their own lesson using the recorded video and what they had learned during the course.

Both qualitative and quantitative data were collected. For qualitative data, we collected (a) weekly writing assignments on technology integration, (b) lesson plans and video recordings of practice lessons, (c) reports. We analyzed them through thematic analysis using QDM software to examine how the preservice teachers learned through the course. For quantitative data, (d) a short questionnaire was administered at the end of the course. The questionnaire items consisted of the TPACK self-efficacy (four-point Likert type scale) with reference to Yurdakul et al. (2012) and Terashima et al.(2016), how helpful the content of each phase of the course was in learning technology integration, and how they viewed the video recordings. These data were used to examine how successful the course was and what needed to be improved.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Descriptive statistics revealed that the TPACK self-efficacy scores were generally positive after completion of the course. Items to which all the preservice teachers responded positively were identifying topics in which ICT counts (M=3.65, SD=0.49) and infusing TK, PK, CK to deliver an effective lesson (M=3.62, SD=0.50). Although generally positive, the items that received negative responses from a few preservice teachers were related to designing classroom activities to enrich the teaching and learning process(M=3.36, SD=0.63), implementing effective classroom management(M=3.31, SD=0.68), applying instructional approaches and methods appropriate to individual differences(M=3.27, SD=0.72), troubleshooting problems that may arise during instruction(M=3.04, SD=0.82). Most of the preservice teachers responded that every phase of the course was helpful in integrating and commented that it was especially helpful to receive feedback on their own teaching from peers, to participate as a student in others' classes, and to watch their own teaching video.

Analysis of the qualitative data revealed that preservice teachers learned to (a) carefully consider the appropriate combination of subject topics and learning activities with ICT to enhance student learning, (b) distinguish between activities in which ICT can and cannot enrich student learning, (c)consider how best to blend play and learning in educational games, (d) carefully structure the learning environment so that they can provide personalized instruction, and (e)prepare themselves for the inevitable malfunctions of the tools that will occur in the classroom. However, some preservice teachers in this study had difficulty adequately planning their instruction, suggesting the need to prepare supports such as the metacognitive self-questioning embedded in TPACK suggested by Kramarski and Michalsky(2010). In addition,  some of them commented on how we filmed the video, suggesting the need to focus on the students's PC screen for doing effective lesson reflection.

References
Angeli, C., & Valanides, N. (2009). Epistemological and methodological issues for the conceptualization, development, and assessment of ICT–TPCK: Advances in technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPCK). Computers & education, 52(1), 154-168.
Angeli, C., Valanides, N., & Christodoulou, A. (2016). Theoretical considerations of technological pedagogical content knowledge. In Handbook of technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK) for educators (pp. 11-32). Routledge.
Kramarski, B., & Michalsky, T. (2010). Preparing preservice teachers for self-regulated learning in the context of technological pedagogical content knowledge. Learning and instruction, 20(5), 434-447.
Koehler, M. J., Mishra, P., & Yahya, K. (2007). Tracing the development of teacher knowledge in a design seminar: Integrating content, pedagogy and technology. Computers & Education, 49(3), 740-762.
Mishra, P., & Koehler, M. J. (2008, March). Introducing technological pedagogical content knowledge. In annual meeting of the American Educational Research Association (Vol. 1, p. 16).
Mouza, C. (2016). Developing and assessing TPACK among pre-service teachers: A synthesis of research. In Handbook of technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK) for educators (pp. 169-190). Routledge.
Terashima, K., Koshimizu, K., & Fujiyama, A. (2015). An Analysis on the "the skills of ICT use in education" of Pre-service Teachers through the Micro-teaching in the Lectures Involving Subject Teaching Method. Japanese Journal of Educational Media Research,  22(2), 21-31
Yurdakul, I. K., Odabasi, H. F., Kilicer, K., Coklar, A. N., Birinci, G., & Kurt, A. A. (2012). The development, validity and reliability of TPACK-deep: A technological pedagogical content knowledge scale. Computers & Education, 58(3), 964-977.
 
13:45 - 15:15100 SES 06 B: Working Meeting Hasmik
Location: Room 012 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Hasmik Kyureghyan
Paper Session
13:45 - 15:1511 SES 06 A: Facilitating Teacher Professional Development
Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Buratin Khampirat
Paper Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Early Childhood Teachers' Perspectives Toward the Importance of Teacher Leadership: What Really Matters?

Raúl González-Fernández, Laura Guerrero-Puerta, María-Luz Cacheiro-González, Ernesto López-Gómez

UNED, Spain

Presenting Author: Guerrero-Puerta, Laura; López-Gómez, Ernesto

Over the last decades, pedagogical leadership has been consolidated as a key factor to promote the quality of educational institutions. It is a commonplace, but it is also highlighted in the results of educational indicators and in educational policy studies: leadership matters. Traditionally, leadership has been linked to the formal roles of management, especially to the head or principal (Fullan, 2014; González-Falcón et al., 2020), however the most recent research has highlighted on the relevant role of middle leaders (De Nobile, 2018; Gurr, 2023; Lipscombe et al., 2023) and teacher leadership (Muijs y Harris, 2003; Pan et al., 2023). It should also be noted that research has been contextualized more often in secondary education and to a lesser extent in the context of early childhood education (Heikka, et al., 2018; Fonsén et al., 2023; Cooper, 2023).

In this framework, this contribution aims to analyze the perspectives about pedagogical leadership of Early Childhood teachers. More specifically, the objective is to explore the perception of early childhood teachers about the importance of indicators of the teacher's pedagogical leadership to explore the possibilities to implement theoretical models in practice through initial and continuous training.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We present a survey study focus on gathered the perceptions of Early Childhood teachers regarding the importance of teacher pedagogical leadership. The participants in this research are 36 teachers of five schools located in Madrid Region. The 88.90% are women (n= 60) and the 66.7% teach in the second cycle (3-6 years) of early childhood education. Regarding teaching experience, it is very varied (while 52.8% have less than three years of experience, 27.8% have more than ten years).
The instrument was a questionnaire specifically designed for this purpose, considering the background of the literature and especially the proposals of Gento (2002) and González-Fernández et al. (2020, 2021). The questionnaire includes 26 items, which is filled by the teachers on a 6-point scale according to the importance they ascribed to each indicator of teacher pedagogical leadership. Also, the survey includes three open-ended questions about pedagogical leadership in early childhood education (advantages, competencies necessary for teacher leadership and the relationship between leadership-quality). The internal consistency coefficient showed that questionnaire is highly reliable (.913). The questionnaire of this study was distributed during September 2013. The results were analyzed with an exploratory and descriptive approach with SPSS v24 and we also conducted thematic analysis with coding to delve deeper into the arguments and teaching reflections on teacher leadership.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results showed interesting results that allow us to answer our research objectives. First, it should be noted that the set of indicators derived from Gento's (2002) theoretical model are globally valued as important by the participating teachers. However, the quantitative study highlights that the participating teachers perceive the indicators included in the professional, emotional, and charismatic dimensions as more important than those included in the administrative and training dimensions (Gento et al., 2022).
Although it is important to delve into the analysis by items, this result has implications for establishing policies that affect issues that really matter while reducing irrelevant ones (excessive bureaucratization of teaching, which reduces the capacity to innovate and improve).
In a complementary way, the qualitative analysis carried out allows us to interpret the quantitative scores and position the teacher's pedagogical leadership as an informal but very relevant role in the life of schools (Scallon et al., 2023). Its relevance is in the direct educational relationship with students, and the capacity to improve school coexistence, inclusion, and guidance/tutoring (Fernández y López, 2023; López-Gómez et al., 2020).
These results, which should be interpreted considering limitations of generalization, will be discussed to propose a teacher professional development program focused on specific teacher leadership in Early Childhood Education and related teaching competencies.

References
Cooper, M. (2023). Teachers grappling with a teacher-leader identity: Complexities and tensions in early childhood education. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 26(1), 54-74.
De Nobile, J. (2018). Towards a theoretical model of middle leadership in schools. School Leadership & Management, 38(4), 395-416.
Fernández, V., & López, J. (2023). The effect of teacher leadership on students’ purposeful learning. Cogent Social Sciences, 9(1), 2197282.
Fonsén, E., Szecsi, T., Kupila, P., Liinamaa, T., Halpern, C., & Repo, M. (2023). Teachers’ pedagogical leadership in early childhood education. Educational Research, 65(1), 1-23.
Fullan, M. (2014). The principal. Three keys to maximizing impact. Jossey-Bass.
Gento, S. (2002). Instituciones Educativas para la Calidad Total. La Muralla.
Gento, S., González-Fernández, R. y López-Gómez, E. (2022). Heads of educational institutions and expansion of autonomy with accountability. The mediating role of pedagogical leadership. Revista Española de Pedagogía, 80 (281), 193-209. https://doi.org/10.22550/REP80-1-2022-07
González-Falcón, I., García-Rodríguez, M. P., Gómez-Hurtado, I., & Carrasco-Macías, M. J. (2020). The importance of principal leadership and context for school success: Insights from ‘(in) visible school’. School Leadership & Management, 40(4), 248-265.
González-Fernández, R., Khampirat, B., López-Gómez, E., & Silfa-Sención, H. O. (2020). La evidencia del liderazgo pedagógico de directores, jefes de estudios y profesorado desde la perspectiva de las partes interesadas. Estudios sobre Educación, 39, 207-228.
González-Fernández, R., López-Gómez, E., Khampirat, B. y Gento, S. (2021). Measuring the importance of pedagogical leadership according to the stakeholders’ perception. Revista de Educación, 394, 39-65.  
Gurr, D. (2023). A review of research on middle leaders in schools. International encyclopedia of education. London, England: Elsevier.
Heikka, J., Halttunen, L., & Waniganayake, M. (2018). Perceptions of early childhood education professionals on teacher leadership in Finland. Early Child Development and Care, 188(2), 143-156.
Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. (2023). School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 270-288.
López-Gómez, E., González-Fernández, R., Medina-Rivilla, A. y Gento-Palacios, S. (2020). Proposal to Promote Quality of Education: A View from Spain. En H. Flavian (Ed.), From Pedagogy to Quality Assurance in Education: An International Perspective (pp. 29-44). Emerald.
Muijs, D., & Harris, A. (2003). Teacher leadership—Improvement through empowerment? An overview of the literature. Educational management & administration, 31(4), 437-448.
Pan, H. L. W., Wiens, P. D., & Moyal, A. (2023). A bibliometric analysis of the teacher leadership scholarship. Teaching and Teacher Education, 121, 103936.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

The Quest For a Quality of Career in Academia

Jana Poláchová Vašťatková, Dita Palaščáková

PalackyUniversity Olomouc, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Palaščáková, Dita

In the past few decades, public universities have undergone significant changes, which have reshaped academic work and workplaces (Bentley et al. 2013; Teichler et al. 2013). Technological advancements, globalization etc underline the changing role of universities in the society. The career development systems based on linear male models are no longer relevant to meet the needs of today’s society in diverse contexts. Although there has been an ongoing debate about the impacts of this global shift on the career development of academics (Bentley et al. 2013), in certain countries the linear model of an academic career persists.

When examining the careers of academics, particular attention is paid to factors influencing leaving the academia or the university. The findings underline the career age, career stage, tenure status and scientific field as the strongest predictors of intention to exit academia (White-Lewis, D.K., O’Meara, K. & Mathews, K., 2023). Nontenured academics and academics in early stages of the career report lower job satisfaction than senior academics. Focusing on the group of young academics in the beginning of their professional path in the Czech Republic brings also the focus on the position of women in the Czech republic. Women increase the number of graduates on the level of doctoral programmes in contrary to the representation of women in the number of professors and associate professors in the country in the last two decades (Cidlonská & Vohlídalová, 2015).
Quality or success in academic career from the neoliberal perspective can be linked to the H-index, number of published articles or solved grants or to the linear concept of career, i.e. the gradual acquisition of academic degrees or functions. However, the rather new theory called the Kaleidoscope Career Model (as it is rooted in social cognitive career theory) explains the phenomenon of women’s careers through three career parameters: authenticity, balance, and challenge.

To address the outlined issue, the following main research question has been set: How do the female academics in social sciences understand success in their career?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This  research focuses on successful careers, rather than on constraints and barriers, which is the feature of much previous research. Purposive sampling in terms of career stages, academic experience and life roles has been used.  More specifically to address the main research question, female academics were contacted based on the following criteria: a) Woman in academia - social sciences; b) R2 or R3 research career stage; c) Experience from several scientific workplaces; d) Experience from abroad; e) Permanent effort to contribute to the improvement of the quality of the field through research (a changemaker that has a demonstrable positive impact); f) Woman in more reflected life roles (academia, mother, wife/partner, daughter). The criteria were applied when searching in databases and public documents (CV´s). Out of six women contacted, four agreed to participate in research using the narrative design. Narrative interviews in a number of rounds have been carried out  and all transcribed interviews are analyzed being through three dimensions of KCM (still in process). When analysiong the narratives, the attention is paid to the sujet and fabula (what and how in the story), key milestones of the story (epizodes) and turning points of the story. Coding is preformed by two researchers as a support for the reflection of the emotions, attitudes, and opinions of the main researcher.



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The issue of career development in academia is connected to the promotion of diversity and inclusion. High sense of autonomy and professional identity as well as diverse perseption of quality work and job satisfaction frame the academic career and call for different possible trajectories.  
The prelliminary resuts show that KCM has brought new perspectives on career success eventhough as the research is still running. They bring impulses for revisiting conditions in Czech academia: influencing the organizations in terms of creating appropriate conditions for different career paths and patterns of women who often experience success and quality differently and who are generally perceived as successful. These bring along challenges for current conditions: Disparities in gender diversity (particulary in leadership roles), underrepresented minority groups (compared to their proportion in the general population), implicit bias, microaggressions, unequal access to resources and opportunities.

Findings of this research so far indicate that decision-makers in academia should pay more attention to understanding the unique ways in which authenticity in particular is understood by female academics in social sciences and how this is connected to their understanding success in their career.
This may from the longterm perspective encourage universities to look more closely and deeply at their organizational cultures to be more supportive to women and their career paths and patterns.

References
Cabrera, E. F. (2007). Opting out and opting in: understanding the complexities
of women’s career transitions. Career Development International, 12(3), 218–237.
https://doi.org/10.1108/13620430710745872
Cidlonská, K. Vohlídalová, M. (2015) To stay or to leave? On a disillusionment of (young) academics and researcher. Aula. 15 (3), p. 3-36. https://www.csvs.cz/wp-content/uploads/2019/02/Aula-01-2015.pdf
Dabbs, S. M., Graham, J. A., & Dixon, M. A. (2020). Extending the Kaleidoscope
Career Model: Understanding Career Needs of Midcareer Elite Head Coaches.
Journal of Sport Management, 34(6), 554–567.
Knowles, J., & Mainiero, L. (2021). Authentic talent development in women leaders
who opted out: Discovering authenticity, balance, and challenge through the
kaleidoscope career model. Administrative Sciences, 11(2). https://doi.org/10.3390/
admsci11020060
Mainiero, L. A., & Gibson, D. E. (2018). The Kaleidoscope Career Model Revisited:
How Midcareer Men and Women Diverge on Authenticity, Balance, and
Challenge. Journal of Career Development, 45(4), 361–377. https://doi.
org/10.1177/0894845317698223
Sullivan, S. E., & Mainiero, L. (2008). Using the Kaleidoscope Career Model to
Understand the Changing Patterns of Women’s Careers: Designing HRD
Programs That Attract and Retain Women. Advances in Developing Human
Resources, 10(1), 32–49. https://doi.org/10.1177/1523422307310110
Sullivan, S. E., & Carraher, S. M. (2018). Chapter 14: Using the kaleidoscope career
model to create cultures of gender equity. In Research Handbook of Diversity
and Careers. Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing. Retrieved May 22,
2023, from https://doi.org/10.4337/9781785365607.00024
White-Lewis, D.K., O’Meara, K., Mathews, K. et al. Leaving the Institution or Leaving the Academy? Analyzing the Factors that Faculty Weigh in Actual Departure Decisions. Research in Higher Education.64, 473–494 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-022-09712-9.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Facilitators of Teacher Professional Development: Underestimated and Under-Researched Part when Considering Innovations in the Education System?!

Lara-Idil Engec, Manuela Endberg

University Duisburg-Essen, Germany

Presenting Author: Engec, Lara-Idil; Endberg, Manuela

Against the background of the uncertainty and simultaneity of multiple challenges confronting the school system, such as the shortage of teachers, issues of educational inequality, and the dynamics of technological developments with constantly growing impulses for education and learning, the need for comprehensive, high-quality and thus effective further teacher training as well as support opportunities for all those involved in school development, increases. Especially regarding digitalisation, professional development plays an important role – in Germany and many other European countries as well (Butler et al., 2018; Engec et al., 2021; Fraillon et al., 2019).

In the context of digitalisation and for the quality of further teacher training and support services, professional development facilitators are considered to be highly relevant (Gräsel et al., 2020). Despite this assumption, research so far offers little knowledge about in-service trainers (Karsenty et al., 2021; Perry & Booth, 2024), although they necessarily influence the learning of teachers and thus occupy a central position in the professionalisation and support of schools (Lipowsky, 2019; Timperley et al., 2007). This may be due to the fact that defining the term ‘teacher professional development facilitators’ is rather complicated: Focusing the German context, different types of teacher professional development opportunities exist and are offered and deployed by various actors and institutions. These use different terms and understandings when describing teacher professional development facilitators; a standardised definition is non-existent. There also is the umbrella term ‘multipliers’ to describe people disseminating information and knowledge between institutions and levels of the education system, which is used in a wide variation of contexts and understandings, e.g. pupils using peer approaches, student teachers, teachers who pass on learning content from further training courses at their schools; further qualified teachers who train and advise other schools and teachers within the framework of state structures, or managers who are responsible for the conception of training and counselling.

In the paper at hand, we understand teacher professional development facilitators as persons who work within the structures of the German federal states and who educate practicing teachers as trainers and counsellors (Endberg & Engec, 2023). This definition comes close to the one issued by Perry and Booth (2024, S. 145): “Our focus is those practitioners who design, lead and deliver formal professional development activities for teachers, including workshops, courses, programmes and similar activities, whether online, face-to-face or blended”.

Considering the lack of standardized terminology, the federal and multi-level education structure in Germany, and the under-researched role of teacher professional development facilitators, our aim is to generate descriptive knowledge about the recruitment, qualification, and deployment of professional development facilitators in Germany. Moreover, we use a co-constructive approach by networking representatives of the state institutes/quality institutions of the federal states with responsibility for teacher professional development facilitators within a working group “Multipliers”, which has been initialized within the context of our ongoing research project (part of the joint project “Kompetenzverbund lernen:digital” funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research and by the European Union-NextGenerationEU). Here they contribute their expertise on how concepts for the selection, qualification, and deployment of teacher professional development facilitators are implemented in their state. Discussions concerning similarities and differences between the federal states, open questions and existing challenges are encouraged in order to generate a survey to gather the necessary descriptive knowledge about the group of facilitators as “multipliers” in permanently changing circumstances in schools, school systems, countries and the whole world.

The guiding research interest therefore revolves around the question:

To what extent are there cross-national approaches, strategies and quality criteria for recruitment, qualification, and deployment of teacher professional development facilitators in the context of digitalisation?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer this question, we draw on existing expert knowledge from the education system and systematise findings from established structures and processes. To this end, a semi-structured survey with leading questions will be conducted in state institutes/quality institutions, which will be answered by responsible persons with relevant expertise in the institutions mentioned. The methodological approach can be considered as an expert (group) interview in written form. One main advantage of expert interviews lies within their power to “add to experimental findings about micro processes and how decisions were made in practice” (von Soest, 2023, S. 277). Regarding the lack of research knowledge, while assuming a great variety in terminology, implementation standards, and qualifying programs for teacher professional development within the federal states, this approach allows for a look ‘behind the scenes’ and into the practices of the state institutes/quality institutions whose role and importance is only slowly gaining attention from the perspective of educational research.
The list of open questions will be discussed and modified in the "Multipliers" working group on the basis of preliminary scientific work so that both the existing research desideratum is addressed, and the needs of educational practice are taken into account. The approach and methodology of data collection are deliberately designed to be open: there are no prescribed answers; instead, the expertise should be noted down in the experts’ own words. The interviewees decide whether they answer in writing or provide audio files. The data will be analysed qualitatively by the research team using content analysis (Mayring, 2015) applying a category system following a deductive-inductive approach.
Exemplary, the following superordinate categories have been identified by applying the deductive approach:
• Group of people (qualifications/professional background, employment/institutional connection, number/quotas of multipliers in the federal states);
• Deployment (deployment strategies and areas of application, subject reference/school reference, job description);
• Recruitment (strategy/concept, process, criteria);
• Qualification (determined goal/s, structured qualification programs/modules, content/skills, needs, reference to competency models/quality criteria e.g. standards or quality frameworks);
• Intended and perceived effects for school development, school effectiveness, i.e. student learning (effect logic/chain, ways of evaluating effects/effectiveness);
• Possible conditions for success (specific objectives, emphasis and reported challenges of the federal states).

The survey is expected to take place in March 2024, so that initial insights into the data and first results can be provided during the conference.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
“[C]hallenges of school development, like integrating ICT, can best be tackled when working collaboratively” (Gageik et al., 2022, p.18). This does not only hold true for individual schools collaborating within a school network but is also highly relevant considering the multi-level school system in Germany with different levels of authority and responsibility. In this context, facilitators of professional development are seen as a central group of actors whose actions and impact on school development have not yet been sufficiently recognised.
As the role of facilitators of professional development in the implementation of innovations in the school system will become more important in the future since schools are key actors in realising the SDG4 (‘Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all’, (UNESCO, 2016) then more research is needed on the multipliers themselves, their qualifications, their application scenarios and strategies and, associated with this, their selection, support and underlying impact assumptions as well as impact measurements.
In this paper we aim to contribute to this rarely researched topic. We present preliminary findings from the nation-wide systematic inquiry of practices of recruitment, qualification, and deployment of facilitators of professional development in the German federal states. That offers also new perspectives on this crucial role of facilitators of professional development for spreading innovations into schools and into school systems in Germany and provides a foundation for an international comparison of structures and practices in teacher professional development.
This paper also presents the co-constructive, cross-state concept of the working group, which brings together representatives from academia and practice. Initial experiences of the discursive and solution-orientated approach are reported in addition to the jointly modified survey and its preliminary findings.

References
Butler, D., Leahy, M., Twining, P., Akoh, B., Chtouki, Y., Farshadnia, S., et al. (2018). Education Systems in the Digital Age: The Need for Alignment. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 23(3), 473–494. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10758-018-9388-6

Endberg, M., & Engec, L.-I. (2023). Unentdeckte Potenziale der Lehrkräftefortbildung im Kontext der Digitalisierung – Wandeln auf neuen Wegen in Fortbildungs- und Unterstützungssystemen. Sektionstagung empirische Bildungsforschung AEPF und KBBB, Universität Potsdam, 13.-15.09.2023.

Engec, L.-I., Endberg, M., & van Ackeren, I. (2021). Expertise zur Situation der Fortbildungs- und Unterstützungssysteme für Schulentwicklung im Kontext der Digitalisierung in Deutschland. Bundesweite Ergebnisse und grundlegende Einschätzungen aus dem Forschungsprojekt „ForUSE-digi“ im Rahmen des Metavorhabens „Digitalisierung im Bildungsbereich“. Universität Duisburg-Essen. https://doi.org/10.17185/duepublico/75251

Fraillon, J., Ainley, J., Schulz, W., Duckworth, D., & Friedman, T. (2019). IEA International Computer and Information Literacy Study 2018 Assessment Framework. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-19389-8

Gageik, L., Hasselkuß, M., & Endberg, M. (2022). School Development Within Networks in a Digital World: Risky Ride or Beneficial Blessing? In K. Ortel-Cass, K. J. C. Laing, & J. Wolf (Eds..), Partnerships in Education. Transdisciplinary Perspectives in Educational Research (5. Vol.). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-98453-3_2

Gräsel, C., Schledjewski, J., & Hartmann, U. (2020). Implementation digitaler Medien als Schulentwicklungsaufgabe. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 66, 208–224. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:23629

Karsenty, R., Pöhler, Birte, Schwarts, G., Prediger, S., & Arcavi, A. (2021). Processes of decision-making by mathematics PD facilitators: The role of resources, orientations, goals and identities. Journal for Mathematics Teacher Education, 26(1), 27–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10857-021-09518-z

Lipowsky, F. (2019). Wie kommen Befunde der Wissenschaft in die Klassenzimmer? – Impulse der Fortbildungsforschung. In C. Donie, F. Foerster, M. Obermayr, A. Deckwerth, G. Kammermeyer, G. Lesnke, M. Leuchter, & A. Wildemann (Eds.), Grundschulpädagogik zwischen Wissenschaft und Transfer (pp. 144–161). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken: Bd. 12., überarbeitete Auflage. Beltz Verlag.

Perry, E., & Booth, J. (2024). The practices of professional development facilitators. Professional Development in Education, 50(1), 144–156. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2021.1973073

Timperley, H., Wilson, A., Barrar, H., & Fung, I. (2007). Teacher Professional Learning and Development. Best Evidence Synthesis Iteration [BES]. Ministry of Education. http://educationcounts.edcentre.govt.nz/goto/BES

UNESCO. (2016). Education 2030. Incheon Declaration and Framework for Action for the implementation of Sustainable Development Goal 4. Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all. https://uis.unesco.org/sites/default/files/documents/education-2030-incheon-framework-for-action-implementation-of-sdg4-2016-en_2.pdf

von Soest, C. (2023). Why Do We Speak to Experts? Reviving the Strength of the Expert Interview Method. Perspectives on Politics, 21(1), 277–287. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1537592722001116
 
13:45 - 15:1512 SES 06 A: Systematisation and Openness in Research
Location: Room LRC 014 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Jens Röschlein
Session Chair: Alexander Christ
Paper Session
 
12. Open Research in Education
Paper

Systematic Approaches to Reviewing the Literature in Educational Research for a Better Understanding of Relevance Assessment Processes

Ingeborg Jäger-Dengler-Harles

DIPF, Germany

Presenting Author: Jäger-Dengler-Harles, Ingeborg

Research syntheses are a meanwhile important method to gather evidence on urgent questions and to support decision-making in policy and practice worldwide (Newman & Gough, 2020, p. 4). By aggregating or configurating what has been known so far, they help not only researchers in education science but also practicioners to find concise answers to a problem or to learn about promising interventions based on clearly calculated effect sizes or the careful interpretation of qualitative research results. Research syntheses have their place in today’s research landscape in education science as a scientific and trustworthy method for synthesising research results to foster evidence-based decision-making on a specific research question. Research syntheses or systematic reviews as a scientific method of their own have gained attention during the last decades (Gough et al., 2017) and are an essential part of knowledge building. Grant and Booth (2009) identified 14 types of reviews differing in scope and method, including the systematic review that combines amongst others the stages of a systematic literature search, an appraisal of the potentially relevant studies and the synthesis of the findings (Grant & Booth, 2009, p. 102). The classification of review types can be described as multidimensional (Booth et al., 2012, p. 20) and recently, Sutton et al. (2019) came up with 48 review types classified into seven groups based on common features and goals.

Irrespective of nomenclature, all research syntheses include a process, where researchers have to decide which literature they assess as basis for their syntheses or results (Boland et al., 2017, p. 25). Within the review’s context, researchers face challenges in making decisions on the literature search process, the inclusion and exclusion criteria applied to the literature retrieved and the concrete process of the synthesis to get their evidence-based results. However, how and why researchers decide on the relevance of research papers and how the steps during a systematic review process influence one another, is not fully understood. There is consent about the fact that a careful selection of relevant literature is one of the most important decisions that influence the synthesis and the concluding findings of a review (Lefebvre et al., 2021). How reviewers in educational research are influenced by their information behaviour and comprehension of relevance elucidates the process of understanding the insights behind decisions and the motivation for including relevant studies.

Relevance assessment processes are the higher-level principle when conducting research syntheses. Yet, the notion of relevance of information resources is complex and can be best described as a relation to an object or a context being expressed in a degree of appropriateness (Saracevic, 2017) or usefulness. Another way to understand the concept of relevance is introduced by Mizzaro (1997) who distinguishes four dimensions (research query or user problem, information resources, components like context, topic or task, and time). Bringing these four dimensions together, relevance can be compared to a “point in a four-dimensional space” (Mizzaro, 1997, p. 812). In systematic review processes, researchers have to deal with degrees of relevance in view of the literature they assess. This is expressed by determining criteria that can be attributed to the foresaid dimensions. In many cases criteria can be categorised as formal relating to searching and filtering literature or as content-applied regarding the research question to be answered. But there are additional factors (e.g. subjective or environmental) that influence the reviewers’ decisions on including studies. This talk introduces a study that investigated researchers’ processes of relevance rating in research syntheses in education science. It will contribute to a better understanding of relevance decisions by researchers and their challenges when conducting syntheses.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A multi-perspective approach was undertaken to describe and analyse relevance assessment behaviour during research synthesis processes and to gain insight into the reasons that inform the reviewers’ decisions to retain or discard documents. It is also of interest in which way reviewers describe the criteria applied, explain their reasons for deciding on the inclusion of studies and refer to international standards of documenting review processes  (Moher et al., 2009). Therefore, the first part of the data collection will be a qualitative text analysis (thematic analysis) of a review corpus that has been compiled via purposeful sampling out of a corpus of (systematic) reviews in educational research in Germany during 2014 until 2019 (Jäger-Dengler-Harles et al., 2021). The review texts are in English or German and cover a broad spectrum of findings in many sub-disciplines of educational research. The analysis will focus on the authors’ organisation and documentation of the review stages, especially the screening and relevance assessment processes, the type and quality of criteria for inclusion and exclusion and the rigor of application. Around 80 relevance criteria gathered from the existing literature (Schamber, 1994, p. 11) can be applied when coding the review material and identifying factors that influence decision processes. Therefore, the analysis of review documents gives a detailed insight into how reviewers describe what they find relevant. It informs about explicit as well as implicit criteria applied to rate study results for inclusion in a review.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data show that researchers in review processes consider a variety of factors to justify their decisions on studies being rated as relevant for inclusion in the final corpus. Inspection of review texts has shown that review authors do not carefully document every review phase as well as their experience and behaviour in the relevance assessment and decision-making processes. For instance, it is often not clear what reviewers intend when they speak about aggregating results from the “German- or English-speaking discussion” among experts in education science and within this context, apply criteria related to language and geographical area (e.g. language and/or place of publication, area of investigation). But careful analysis of the review data reveals also that reviewers are not always aware of what consequences selection procedures might have for the final number of studies being included. It happens quite often that review authors notice a small number of relevant documents in the final stages, which is unexpected for them and cannot be explained at once. This talk will discuss possible pitfalls that can occur during review processes and exemplify selected issues dealing with criteria which are in need of further clarification to be completely understood by the audience. In the realm of educational research, conducting research syntheses is accepted as a powerful scientific method to aggregate research evidence. But there is also the challenge of identifying as much as possible literature relevant to the research question and at the same time of defining the individual and case-specific notion of relevance by the application of formal, content-related and other criteria made explicit and understandable to the public.
References
Boland, A., Cherry, M. G., & Dickson, R. (2017). Doing a systematic review: A student's guide (2. ed.). Sage.
Booth, A., Papaioannou, D., & Sutton, A. (2012). Systematic approaches to a successful literature review. Sage.
Gough, D., Oliver, S., & Thomas, J. (Eds.). (2017). An introduction of systematic reviews (2nd. edition). Sage.
Grant, M. J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: An analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 26, 91–108. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x
Jäger-Dengler-Harles, I., Keller, C., Heck, T., & Rittberger, M. (2021). Methodenbericht zur Erhebung "Literaturrecherche für Dossier ForSynBiFo" aus der Studie "Forschungssynthesen zur Bildungsforschung 2014-2019 - ForSynBiFo". In Forschungsdatenzentrum Bildung am DIPF (Ed.), Forschungssynthesen zur Bildungsforschung 2014-2019 - Literaturrecherche für Dossier ForSynBiFo (ForSynBiFo) [Datenkollektion: Version 1.0]. Datenerhebung 2019-2021. (pp 1–16).  DIPF | Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education.
Lefebvre, C., Glanville, J., Briscoe, S., Littlewood, A., Marshall, C., Metzendorf, M.‑I., Noel-Storr, A., Rader, T., Shokraneh, F., Thomas, J., & Wieland, L. S. (2021). Chapter 4: Searching for and selecting studies. In Cochrane handbook for systematic reviews. The Cochrane Collaboration.
Mizzaro, S. (1997). Relevance: The whole history. Journal of the American Society for Information Science, 48(9), 810–832. https://idw-online.de/de/pdfnews749034
Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., & Altman, D. G. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: The PRISMA Statement. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 62, 1006–1012. https://journals.plos.org/plosmedicine/article/file?id=10.1371/journal.pmed.1000097&type=printable (Methods of systematic reviews and meta-analysis).
Newman, M., & Gough, D. (2020). Systematic reviews in educational research: Methodology, perspectives and application. In O. Zawacki-Richter, M. Kerres, S. Bedenlier, M. Bond, & K. Buntins (Eds.), Research. Systematic reviews in educational research: Methodology, perspectives and application (pp. 3–22). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-27602-7_1
Saracevic, T. (2017). The notion of relevance in information science: Everybody knows what relevance is. But, what is it really? Synthesis lectures on information concepts, retrieval, and services: Vol. 50. Morgan and Claypool. https://doi.org/10.2200/S00723ED1V01Y201607ICR050
Schamber, L. (1994). Relevance and information behavior. Annual Review of Information Science and Technology, 29, 3–48. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=EJ491620
Sutton, A., Clowes, M., Preston, L., & Booth, A. (2019). Meeting the review family: Exploring review types and associated information retrieval requirements. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 36, 202–222. https://doi.org/10.1111/hir.12276


12. Open Research in Education
Paper

Navigating Ethical Approval Paradoxes in Cross-national Comparative Social Science Research: Insights from a Six-Countries Project Case Study

Tanya Khavenson1, Vanessa Sperduti2, Miri Yemini1

1Faculty of Education, Technion, Israel; 2George Washington University

Presenting Author: Khavenson, Tanya; Sperduti, Vanessa

In recent decades, the landscape of social sciences research has undergone significant transformation, driven primarily by two key trends. Firstly, the internationalisation of higher education has spurred institutions and researchers to cultivate global collaborations and engage in comparative research across diverse national contexts (Kwiek, 2021; Williamson et al., 2019). Secondly, there has been a burgeoning research focus on comprehending the dynamics of digital spaces, with a particular emphasis on the broader impact of social media (Ball & Traxler, 2023; Black et al., 2022; Literat & Kligler-Vilenchik, 2018). These interconnected trends consistently shape various facets of social sciences research today, and into the future, including its research agenda, funding allocation, research evaluation processes, and institutional frameworks for research activities, including institutional review boards (IRB) and ethics clearance processes and procedures (Hillman, 2023; Peled-Raz et al., 2021).

Ethical approval is a crucial step in the research planning process serving both as a risk management tool (McAreavey & Muir, 2011) and, in some cases, as a significant potential obstacle in project implementation (Head, 2020; Merrill & Whitsel, 2017; Taylor et al., 2020). Research has documented that the Institutional Review Board (IRB) process, which involves obtaining ethical approval for projects, is shaped not only by the study’s subject matter, but also by context sensitive research settings, and data management and protection issues (Graffigna et al., 2010; Whiteman, 2018). Additionally, ethical considerations extend to the handling of sensitive topics (Dawson et al., 2017; Vaughan, 2023; Winter & Gundur, 2024) and potential impact on young individuals (van Woudenberg et al., 2023). All these issues form an intricacy of contemporary social science research, which flexible nature often contradicts the static form of research approval (Brown, 2023).

This study serves as a reflective exploration into the process of obtaining ethical approval through institutional IRBs for an international project funded by the European Research Council (ERC). The project itself focuses on the analysis of youth activism, employing retrospective analysis of social media accounts of young activists and prospective inquiry using a photovoice methodology with selected sample of those young activists. Additionally, secondary school aged students are invited in freely structured group discussions on global citizenship issues. The project includes data collection across six countries: Australia, Germany, Italy, Poland, the UK, and the US.

As shown above, existing scholarship has highlighted potential challenges in research involving minors, privacy concerns related to social media, and discussions on sensitive issues. This project, having encountered these challenges on multiple levels, further invites the discussion around ethical approval processes. To do this, our paper encompasses perspectives from both junior and senior scholars participating in the project, addresses the current state of affairs in IRB approvals, and discusses the practice of implementing a large-scale cross country comparative project. Our study is framed by three key research questions:

  1. To what extent do higher education institutions balance country-specific legal policies and the requirements of cross-cultural research projects?;
  2. What are the perspectives of junior and senior scholars regarding the goals and processes involved in obtaining ethical approvals?; and
  3. What are the primary concerns of ethical committees in the multinational projects that involve minors, sensitive issues, and the collection of data from social media?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Within the study, we scrutinise how the structural procedures within higher education institutions in each of the involved countries, along with the ERC, shape the ethical approval procedures of the project. This investigation involves a cross-sectional analysis of the submission protocols submitted to institutional ethics committees in each participating country, as well as thematic analysis of semi-structured interviews conducted with project partners. We adopted a single case study approach to examine the project within its real-world context (Yin, 2009). Our survey procedures included:
1) Analysing institutional regulations and protocols related to the project in each participating institution in six countries; and
2) Conducting semi-structured interviews with both junior and senior scholars actively involved in preparing documents, submitting applications, interacting with ethics committees, and, ultimately, obtaining approvals.
During the interview, participants were prompted to reflect on the various aspects of the IRB application process, encompassing their perspectives regarding communication with the boards, ethical committees’ areas of focus, and any additional requests made. Additionally, participants provided their personal opinions on the overall process.
The interview transcripts underwent coding using a thematic analysis approach (Braun & Clarke, 2021). The comparative framework for the document and procedure analysis, based on institutional regulations and protocols in each participating institution, included the analysis of the process, focal issues, anonymity, and submission difficulty.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research project’s findings illuminate three key paradoxes identified through inductive analysis of the collected data. These paradoxes significantly impact both the ethical approval processes and the overall research outcomes.
Firstly, despite the institution emphasising their commitment to fostering international research collaborations, IRBs predominantly evaluate the ethical aspects of the project from a national standpoint. This inadvertently hinders international research efforts, imposing constraints on the project's global collaborations. This is exemplified by institutions prioritising risk-aversion and protectionist values.
Secondly, despite the inherently global nature of activities on social networks, with predominant English-language communication and access to information worldwide, the approval processes and the perspectives of project partners tend to perceive social network activities as localised endeavours. These activities are subject to adherence to national rules and regulations, particularly concerning the protection of minors.
The final paradox pertains to the pan-European approach adopted by both the ERC and committees within EU institutions. While European partners view the world as a global entity, they simultaneously establish legal, normative, and empirical distinctions between activities within Europe and those conducted globally. This occurs despite the practical similarity in procedures between committees in institutions worldwide and European institutions themselves.
Collectively, these paradoxes highlight the intricate and often contradictory dynamics shaping the ethical landscape of international research projects. They call for a reassessment of prevailing frameworks and practices to better align with the globalised nature of contemporary collaborative research.

References
Ball, Traxler. (2023). #Academicchatter: Methodological and ethical considerations for conducting Twitter research in education. International Journal of Research & Method in Education.
Black, Walsh, Waite, Collin, Third, Idriss. (2022). In their own words: 41 stories of young people’s digital citizenship. Learning, Media and Technology.
Braun, & Clarke, (2021). Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. SAGE.
Brown. (2023). Research ethics in a changing social sciences landscape. Research Ethics.
Dawson, McDonnell, Scott. (2017). Note on recruitment as an ethical question: Lessons from a project on asexuality. International Journal of Social Research Methodology.
Graffigna, Bosio, Olson. (2010). How do ethics assessments frame results of comparative qualitative research? A theory of technique approach. International Journal of Social Research Methodology.
Head. (2020). Ethics in educational research: Review boards, ethical issues and researcher development. European Educational Research Journal.
Hillman. (2023). Bringing in the technological, ethical, educational and social-structural for a new education data governance. Learning, Media and Technology.
Kwiek. (2021). What large-scale publication and citation data tell us about international research collaboration in Europe: Changing national patterns in global contexts. Studies in Higher Education.
Literat, Kligler-Vilenchik. (2018). Youth online political expression in non-political spaces: Implications for civic education. Learning, Media and Technology.
McAreavey, Muir. (2011). Research ethics committees: Values and power in higher education. International Journal of Social Research Methodology.
Merrill, Whitsel. (2017). Institutional Review Boards and Intercultural Research Barriers. In I. Silova, N. W. Sobe, A. Korzh, & S. Kovalchuk (Eds.), Reimagining Utopias: Theory and Method for Educational Research in Post-Socialist Contexts.
Peled-Raz, Tzafrir, Enosh, Efron, Doron. (2021). Ethics Review Boards for Research with Human Participants: Past, Present, and Future. Qualitative Health Research
Taylor, Taylor-Neu, Butterwick. (2020). “Trying to square the circle”: Research ethics and Canadian higher education. European Educational Research Journal.
van Woudenberg, Rozendaal, Buijzen. (2023). Parents’ perceptions of parental consent procedures for social science research in the school context. International Journal of Social Research Methodology.
Vaughan. (2023). Principle versus practice: The Institutionalisation of ethics and research on the far right. International Journal of Social Research Methodology.
Whiteman. (2018). Accounting for ethics: Towards a de-humanised comparative approach. Qualitative Research.
Williamson, Potter, Eynon. (2019). New research problems and agendas in learning, media and technology: The editors’ wishlist. Learning, Media and Technology.
Winter, Gundur. (2024). Challenges in gaining ethical approval for sensitive digital social science studies. International Journal of Social Research Methodology.
Yin, R. K. (2009). Case Study Research: Design and Methods. SAGE.
 
13:45 - 15:1513 SES 06 A: Powerful knowledge, Childhood, and Negative Education
Location: Room 006 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Bianca Thoilliez
Paper Session
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Powerful Knowledge and Social Justice: What Is It and Is It Just?

Talin Saghdasaryan

Paradigma Ed Foundation, Armenia

Presenting Author: Saghdasaryan, Talin

Over the last 50-60 years, education theory and research have substantively engaged with the idea of knowledge: what is knowledge, how can it be understood, how important is it and what is its role in education. The 1960s and 1970s brought forward a chief concern of social justice and inequalities in the field of education; a concern which the new sociology of education movement in the 1970s translated into a focus “on the principles of organisation and selection which underlie curricula” (Bell, 1978, p. 13). Within this paradigm, knowledge was viewed as socially constructed as part of a system of control used by those with power. There was nothing inherent in any knowledge taught that made it worthy of being explored in a classroom: rather, any given knowledge belonged to a certain group or culture, and learning it served as an initiation into that group. The evolution of that line of thought led to the idea of the “knowledge of the powerful” that gives dominant groups power over others.

In the decades following, certain education theorists began opposing the idea of viewing knowledge in solely social or historical terms. They viewed that as an eradication of any sort of objectivity, leading to an issue of the curriculum being viewed as “entirely the result of power struggles between groups with competing claims for including and legitimizing their knowledge and excluding that of others” (Young, 2008, p. 28). To that end, Young began to argue that there is a need to “bring knowledge back in” (Young, 2008), and differentiated the idea of “powerful knowledge” from that of the “knowledge of the powerful”. Young’s concern remained with that of social inequality but believed that powerful knowledge itself was a tool that could help overcome inequalities and injustices.

Young theorized that powerful knowledge is specialized, systematic, and different from the everyday knowledge acquired outside of school (Young, 2014), even if the conditions of its creation are social and historical. Further, he held that powerful knowledge can give students cognitive and imaginative powers that they would not have otherwise. Therefore, he argued that students are entitled to get access to that knowledge and the aim of education should be to give students access to powerful knowledge. However, no epistemic grounds were theorized for the existence of such knowledge.

So, this research is structured around two main claims about powerful knowledge: 1) powerful knowledge exists, and 2) all students are entitled to that knowledge. The research is a philosophical engagement with a sociological concept, attempting to answer two main questions:

  • What epistemic basis supports the idea of powerful knowledge?

  • What implications does the existence of powerful knowledge have for the aims of education?

This research is relevant, as these conversations about knowledge and its role in the curriculum have pervaded both academic and non-academic discourse. For example, in the UK, changes to how knowledge is understood were seen both in academia (e.g. with Michael Young’s publication Bringing Knowledge Back in), and on a governmental level (e.g. with Michael Gove’s heralding of going back-to-basics and change in the National Curriculum in 2013) (Cuthbert and Standish, 2021). In Europe, a shift towards competence-based curricula has been dominant for the last 15-20 years (Leaton Gray et al., 2018), yet the role of knowledge in the curriculum is still a topic of crucial debate (Priestley et al., 2021). As such, a philosophical and epistemological engagement with the idea of powerful knowledge can help clarify the role of knowledge in the curriculum.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the presented research questions, this study undertakes an epistemological discussion of powerful knowledge. While Young and his colleagues do not present a full epistemic theorization of the concept of powerful knowledge, they argue that it is based on a social realist theory of knowledge. The research digs deeper into this idea by drawing on two main theories to attempt to give an epistemological basis for and philosophical account of powerful knowledge: social epistemology and critical realism. It draws on social epistemology, as that can help answer how it is possible to find objectivity in the sociality of knowledge, and it draws on critical realism, as that is considered the philosophical basis of the social realist sociological framework.

The research draws on Andrew Collier’s (1994) interpretation of critical realism and structures its exploration of such a reality around its main three tenets: ontological realism, epistemic fallibilism, and judgmental rationality. To give a holistic understanding of these three tenets and build a theory of knowledge that finds objectivity in the sociality of knowledge from there, the research further draws on two main theories. First, it draws on Searle’s (1995) approach to the construction of social reality, as a basis for understanding reality as socially mediated. Second, it draws on the idea of epistemic systems: a “social system that houses social practices, procedures, institutions, and/or patterns of interpersonal influence that affect the epistemic outcomes of its members” (Goldman, 2011, p. 18). Such an account leads to an epistemological answer to the question of whether powerful knowledge, as such, exists.

Based on that answer, the research then moves on to the second question: the educational implications of powerful knowledge regarding social justice. To answer this question, the research draws on Rawls’s understanding of justice as fairness and explores the role of powerful knowledge in this context. To ensure a comprehensive review of this, the research draws on critiques of distributive justice: this allows for a more fundamental understanding of the role of powerful knowledge in the context of social justice as an aim of education. In addition to the inclusion/exclusion of powerful knowledge on a curricular level, this exploration leads the research to question whether there is any particular pedagogy needed to achieve these aims and to teach powerful knowledge. To that end, the research also draws on Dewey’s conception of progressive education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research questions initially were what epistemological basis supports the idea of powerful knowledge, and what implications does the existence of powerful knowledge have for the aims of education.

Based on this research, social epistemology and critical realism can support the existence of powerful knowledge to an extent, depending on our understanding of judgmental rationality. If there is a universal rationality to underpin judgments about the processes of knowledge production, then powerful knowledge exists both in knowledge about the material world and the human world. If such universal rationality cannot be held, then we need to judge the processes of knowledge production about the material and the human worlds separately. In that case, this research finds that it is possible to locate powerful knowledge about the material world in the natural sciences. It is also possible to find powerful knowledge about the human world in a given social reality, given an understanding of universal rationality. However, it is not possible to find powerful knowledge about the human world in general, as there are different, incommensurable social realities.

The research explores the implications of these findings for the field of education from a social justice perspective, by drawing on the ideas of distributive justice in ideal and non-ideal theory. The research finds that the implications of these findings differ based on ideal and non-ideal theory: in ideal theory, the existence of powerful knowledge directly implies students’ entitlement to it and education’s role in teaching it in schools. In non-ideal theory, the research finds a concern of overcoming existing social inequalities and finds that students’ entitlement to powerful knowledge should be held in tandem with recognition of their cultures and knowledge. This led to a discussion of progressive education as a tool to attain social justice while teaching powerful knowledge.

References
Boghossian, P. (2011). ‘Epistemic Relativism Defended’, in Goldman, A. I. and Whitcomb, D. (eds) Social Epistemology: Essential Readings. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 38–53.
Brighouse, H. (2002). ‘Egalitarian Liberalism and Justice in Education’, The Political Quarterly, 73, pp. 181–190. doi: 10.1111/1467-923X.00455.
Brighouse, H. and Unterhalter, E. (2010). ‘Education for primary goods or for capabilities?’, in Brighouse, H. and Robeyns, I. (eds) Measuring Justice: primary goods and capabilities. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 193–214.
Collier, A. (1994). Critical Realism: An Introduction to Roy Bhaskar’s Philosophy. London and New York: Verso.
Dewey, J. (1997). Experience and Education. New York: Touchstone.
Goldman, A. I. (2011). ‘A Guide to Social Epistemology’, in Goldman, A. I. and Whitcomb, D. (eds) Social Epistemology: Essential Readings. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 11–37.
Kohn, A. (2015). ‘Progressive Education: Why it’s Hard to Beat, But Also Hard to Find’. Bank Street College of Education. Available at: https://educate.bankstreet.edu/progressive/2.
Leaton Gray, S., Scott, D., Mehisto, P. (2018). Curriculum Reform in the European Schools: Toward a 21st Century Vision. Palgrave Macmillan. https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/id/e34cead1-4ae8-408d-8ab1-17b52b18fe39/1002085.pdf
Moore, R. (2013). ‘Social Realism and the problem of the problem of knowledge in the sociology of education’, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 34(3), pp. 333–353. doi: 10.1080/01425692.2012.714251.
Nagel, T. (1973). ‘Rawls on Justice’, The Philosophical Review, 82(2), pp. 220–234. doi: 10.2307/2183770.
Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum Making in Europe: Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts. Emerald Publishing.
Schmitt, F. (1999). ‘Social Epistemology’, in Greco, J. and Sosa, E. (eds) The Blackwell Guide to Epistemology. Oxford: Blackwell Publishers (Blackwell Philosophy Guides, 1), pp. 354–382.
Searle, J. R. (1995). The Construction of Social Reality. USA: The Free Press.
Sehgal Cuthbert, A. and Standish, A. (eds.). (2021). What Should Schools Teach? Disciplines, subjects and the pursuit of truth. 2nd ed. London: UCL Press. https://doi.org/10.14324/111.9781787358744
Young, M. (2014). ‘Powerful Knowledge as a Curriculum Principle’, in Young, M. and Lambert, D., Knowledge and the Future School: Curriculum and Social Justice. London: Bloomsbury Academic, pp. 65–88.
Young, M. F. D. (2008). Bringing Knowledge Back In. London: Routledge.


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Education and/or equality: Images of childhood in Rancière's work

Elodie Guillemin

University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Guillemin, Elodie

Jacques Rancière’s work has been explored and used many times in philosophy of education in the past two decades. Many scholars take The Ignorant Schoolmaster (1991) as a point of departure for their educational philosophical thinking, while others also draw on his work on aesthetic and art (most notably on The Emancipated Spectator) and/or on his political philosophical interventions (see Dissensus and On the Shores of Politics) (Biesta, Bingham, 2010; McDonnell, 2022). His idea of radical equality and of acting under the presupposition of equality has been taken as revolutionary and emancipatory by many in the field of educational philosophy.

In this paper, I wish to explore the images of childhood in Rancière’s work. In doing so, I question the taken for granted idea that Rancière’s work is concerned with education – as an intergenerational matter with children as important subjects. Indeed, if Rancière’s fundamental commitment to equality requires that anyone could be anyone’s equal, there is nonetheless a tendency for children to appear as outside of those who are traditionally understood as equals. In The Ignorant Schoolmaster (1991), emancipatory figures are adults, never children. Even if children are among those who emancipate themselves, they are not represented as emancipating others. In Proletarian Nights (2011), proletarians contrast their identity as workers with theirs and others’ childhood. Education is mainly perceived as an instrument for the realization of utopian movements. In Dissensus (1995), children are only mentioned in relation to Plato’s ideal organization of the city, as those in formation and not as, and for themselves, in the present. In The Philosopher and his Poor (1983), children are also seen through schooling and through the prism of Bourdieu’s determinism. They are mentioned as those who are not yet determined.

Some scholars (Biesta, 2011; Snir, 2023) argue that children can be seen as dissensual subjects. I wish to question this claim by examining thoroughly the tensions and ambiguities within Rancière’s work when it comes to the capacity of children (real or desired) to participate in the emergence of political moments. From this examination, I will engage in a critical discussion on the figure of the child as a potential challenge for the Rancièrian idea of equality.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For this paper, my method consists in a close and systematic reading of Rancière’s selected works. On the one hand, I will examine how childhood is presented in selected texts and explore whether children are seen as equal political subjects. On the other hand, I will look at the potential absence of children in Rancière’s description of the prototypical emancipated subject (proletarians, women, immigrant). From then on, I will engage in a critical discussion on the figure of the child as potential challenge for the Rancièrian idea of equality.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Exploring images of childhood in Rancière’s work might allow for thinking differently about the potential and the limitations of Rancière’s aesthetic, literary and political interventions for education. Moreover, my expected outcomes are to engage with the complexity of the question about borrowing and using philosophical/historical/aesthetic works in educational philosophy. Are there specific questions that only educational philosophy addresses? What idea of education do educational philosophers operate with? Is the figure of the child – with the challenges it raises – relegated to the background in educational philosophy when the latter uncritically borrows from Rancière’s philosophy?
References
Biesta, G., & Bingham, C. (2010). Jacques Rancière: education, truth, emancipation. Continuum.

Biesta, G. (2011). The ignorant citizen: Mouffe, Rancière, and the subject of democratic education. Studies in Philosophy and education, 30, 141-153.

McDonnell, J. (2022). Reading Rancière for education. Palgrave Macmillan.

Rancière, J. (1981/2011). La Nuit des Prolétaires. Archives du rêve ouvrier. [Proletarian Nights. Archives of workers’ dream]. Pluriel.

Rancière, J. (1983). Le philosophe et ses pauvres [The Philosopher and his Poor]. Fayard.

Rancière, J. (1987/2004). Le Maître Ignorant : Cinq leçons sur l’émancipation intellectuelle. [The Ignorant Schoolmaster: Five Lessons in Intellectual Emancipation] 10/18.

Rancière, J. (1991). The Ignorant Schoolmaster: Five Lessons in Intellectual Emancipation. (K. Ross, Trans.). Stanford University Press. (Original work published 1987).

Rancière, J. (1995). La Mésentente : Politique et philosophique. [Dissensus : Political and Philosophical]. Galilée.

Rancière, J. (2016). The Method of Equality. In K. Genel, J-P., Deranty (red). Recognition or Disagreement: A critical encounter on the politics of freedom, equality and identity. (pp. 133-155) Columbia University Press New York.

Snir, I. (2023). The Children Who Have No Part: A Rancièrian Perspective on Child Politics, Critical Horizons.


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

The Power and Affordances of Negative Education

Ian Munday, Manuela Heinz

University of Galway, Ireland

Presenting Author: Munday, Ian; Heinz, Manuela

The aim of this paper is to develop and enrich our understanding of “negative education”, a concept which we coined in a recently published article (XXXX). Negative education refers to the ways in which being deprived of something can itself be educative. This concept emerged out of our experiences of trying to support Teacher Education students during the Covid pandemic when it was not possible to visit and observe students, thus necessitating an alternative approach to supervision involving online conversations between students and tutors. Whilst we originally drew in that article on philosophers such as Heidegger and Levinas to forge the discussion of negative education, one of the aims of this paper is to introduce another new sensibility, found in Ranciere’s The Ignorant Schoolmaster, to explore the value and usefulness of the concept.

Before turning to Ranciere it might be helpful to briefly indicate how our earlier study portrays negative education. We describe two dimensions of negative education. The first relates to the ways in which being unable to see students teach and meet with them deepened our appreciation of how classroom teaching is a thoroughly embodied activity, Drawing on Heidegger (1962) and Practice Theory (Reckwitz, 2002), we considered the variety of ways in which the embodied practice of teaching has yet to become ready-to-hand for our students and is still developing as a routinized bodily activity. Students are in the process (hopefully?) of developing the “regular, skilful performance” of teaching. Equipment has often, at this stage, not been absorbed into the teacher’s identity, into their being. On this account, not being able to see one’s students teach seems wholly problematic as one is unable to talk to these areas. However, we came to feel that this form of negative education may be troublingly nostalgic. Absence and deprivation can be maleducative—just as they might enrich or deepen our understanding of something they can also produce an unhealthy fetishization of how things “were” and will be again. As Reckwitz notes: “The conclusion: if practices are the site of the social, then routinized bodily performances are the site of the social and—so to speak—of “social order”. [2002]. Perhaps the deepening understanding helps conserve teaching “as it was” in its visible orderliness (ibid) without considering the ways in which certain embodied practices may have questionable aspects related to the exercise of power. This brings us to the second dimension of negative education. Here, we came to explore the affordances of absence and deprivation. One such affordance was that being unable to see our students teach meant that we had to urge them to describe what happened, leading us to see it, at least to some degree, as they saw it. This engendered trust and the necessary suspension of scepticism regarding the efficacy of what they said. Certain limitations imposed by technology seemed to serve a similar purpose. The difficulties of interrupting students whilst on zoom facilitated a greater exposure to how our students saw things. Moreover, techniques available in situations of close spatial proximity, which may do violence to the other (Levinas, 1961) were denied us. It is impossible in such meetings to look the other in the eye. The resulting shared vulnerability is perhaps one of the factors that made online professional conversations so rich and served to strengthen a sense of greater equality within relationships.

(As the piece is a work of philosophy of education, the next section will extend the abstract)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our thinking on the second dimension of negative education and its affordances led us in the direction of Ranciere.  The Ignorant Schoolmaster (1991) portrays a period in the life of Joseph Jacotot, a French professor who in 1818 was sent into exile and took a post at the University of Leuven. Jacotot’s teaching was much in demand from students who knew no French whilst Jacotot himself knew no Dutch. As a response to this seemingly intractable problem, Jacotot successfully taught his students to speak French using bilingual version of theTélémaque. In regard to the possibilities for equality which can be brought into being as the result of not being able to do something, Jacotot’s story could be read as a radical (or pure?) example of negative education in our second sense, one that results in “pedagogic subjectivation” (Masschelein and Simons 2010). Nuanced discussions of The Ignorant Schoolmaster (see Masschelein and Simons 2010, and Biesta 2017) involve the argument that, due to absence of explication (which partakes in inequality) on the teacher’s part, Jacotot’s situation involves equality between teacher and student at the level of intelligence. In these accounts, there is still an emphasis on the teacher teaching, where teaching is not explicating, but exercising the will to reveal “an intelligence to itself” (Ranciere, 1991, p. 28).  As Biesta (2017) notes, less nuanced accounts treat Ranciere’s text as an exemplary instance of constructivist facilitation (see, for example, Pelletier, 2012, Engels-Schwarzpaul, 2015.)
The reasons for discussing The Ignorant Schoolmaster in this paper are several. Firstly, we make the simple point that the story of Jacotot is an instance, perhaps a prime instance, of negative education against which to measure all others. However, we wonder if the context from which Jacotot’s teaching emerges is sometimes underplayed. The force of the teacher’s gesture is emphasised, but not the force of circumstance. It is not so much the case that Jacotot “is not explaining something to the students” (Masschelein and Simons, 2010, p.601) – he “cannot” because he cannot speak Dutch. Whilst this point might appear pedantic, it raises the issue of to what degree one can or should plan the sort of experience presented by Jacotot (which in its original form was a response to the limitations of circumstance). Jacotot was not, as we understand it, trying to achieve equality even if this might have been the outcome.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As Biesta notes, one of the historic problems for educators who seek to emancipate students is that there is: “an assumed inequality between the emancipator and the one being emancipated, an inequality that will only be resolved in the future” (Biesta, 2017, p. 55). However, if one “plans” pedagogic subjectification, with the deliberate extraction of explication, then isn’t one, in a sense, assuming an inequality that needs to be deliberately and actively addressed? Does the intention undermine the goal?
We wonder if emancipation, deliberately sought after, is an impossibility. That does not stop one from striving to make educational relationships more equal and learning the lessons from deprivation. It might be worth pointing out that we have no nostalgia for the limitations brought on during covid. However, we will continue with professional conversations as an addition to in-person observations due to the affordances that we could not have foreseen prior to the limitations we experienced. With that in mind, through thinking through the example of Jacotot alongside our own less radical experiences, we have come to wonder whether negative education is necessarily at its most powerful when it arises from circumstances beyond the educator's control.

References
Biesta, G. (2017). Don’t be fooled by ignorant schoolmasters: On the role of the teacher in emancipatory education. Policy Futures in Education, 15(1), 52-73.
Engels-Schwarzpaul A-C (2015) The ignorant supervisor: About common worlds, epistemological modest and distributed knowledge. Educational Philosophy and Theory 47(12): 1250–1264
Heidegger, M. Being and Time; Macquarrie, J., Robinson, E., Eds.; Harper Collins: New York, NY, USA, 1962
Levinas, E. Totality and Infinity; Duquesne: Pittsburgh, PA, USA, 1961.
Pelletier C (2012) Review of Charles Bingham and Gert Biesta, Jacques Rancie`re: Education, truth, emancipation, continuum 2010. Studies in Philosophy and Education 31(6): 613–619.
Ranciere, J. The Ignorant Schoolmaster; Stanford University Press, Stanford, USA, 1991
Reckwitz, A. Toward a theory of social practices: A development in culturalist theorizing. Eur. J. Soc. Theory 2002, 5, 243–263.
Maarten Simons & Jan Masschelein (2010) Governmental, Political and Pedagogic Subjectivation: Foucault with Rancière, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 42:5-6, 588-605
 
13:45 - 15:1514 SES 06 A: Social Work and Schooling.
Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Neil Harrison
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

The Role of Key Figures in Social Work, Communities and Family Networks in Mitigating Barriers to Educational Support Trajectories

Rebecca Thys, Miranda Poeze, Marie Seghers

VIVES Un. of Applied Sciences, Belgium

Presenting Author: Poeze, Miranda

Research shows that pupils with a low socio-economic status and/or migration background are less likely to receive extra support in Flanders when confronted with learning difficulties (Bodvin, Verschueren & Struyf, 2018; Struyf, Bodvin, Jacobs, 2016). This inequality concerns both the use of the available support at school as well as the use of out-of-school help (Bodvin, Verschueren & Struyf, 2019). Parents in socially vulnerable situations less often initiate care trajectories when their children are confronted with difficulties (Struyf, Bodvin, Jacobs, 2016). This can for example be due to a lack of familiarity with certain labels but also to inadequate informal support networks. Parents living in socially vulnerable conditions are not always taken seriously enough by educational professionals, for example when deviant behavior is explained as a problem of language, upbringing or culture. This mainly concerns non-Western parents who speak no or insufficient Dutch (El Boujaddayni & Berdai Chaouni, 2022). Research into cooperation between parents with a migrant background who have a child with autism and social workers indicates the prevalence of racism and discrimination in conversations with social workers, a superior attitude of social workers towards parents and a 'coercive, non-negotiable attitude' that makes parents feel that they are being put 'with their backs against the wall' (El Boujaddayni & Berdai Chaouni, 2022).

This research project aims to gain insight into the experiences and perceptions of three types of actors that are involved in the process of accessing care and support for children growing up in socially vulnerable situations: the parents, the educational professionals but also the formal key figures in social work as well as the informal key figures in communities and personal networks of the parents.

The innovative character of our research project concerns firstly the confrontation of the perspectives of both parents and teachers and other educational professionals. Research shows that parental testimonies can be of great added value in training for professionals (El Boujaddayni & Berdai Chaouni, 2022). Secondly, the innovation concerns additionally the inclusion of the perspective of the formal and informal key figures, which is the focus of the presentation at EREC24. Although our research is located in Flanders, we hope to inspire other researchers in Europe regarding the importance of this third type of actor.

In Flanders, professional social workers with an explicit assignment to strengthen the relationship between parents and the school, are increasingly present in school. These ‘bridging figures' can fulfill multiple roles, including being a confidential figure for parents, a hub in the guidance to well-being, a networker, a mediator or supporter (Seghers, Mertens, De Maegd, 2022). Research into ‘social care infrastructure in the shadow’ (Schrooten, Thys, Debruyne, 2019) shows that in addition to these official ‘bridging figures’, there are other more informal actors who take a similar role which are particularly important for groups that experience barriers to regular social work, such as ethnic minority populations. Migrant- or grass roots organizations are strongly concerned with the difficulties children and young people encounter in the educational system (Thys, 2017). The research by El Boujaddayne & Berdai Chanouni (2022) confirms the importance of support figures in the informal network of parents with a migration background. These play an important role to facilitate the contact with care providers.

By discussing the perspective of formal and informal key figures in social work, communities and family network, we aim at shedding light on resources that are often underexposed in the academic reflections on the inclusiveness of care and support for children growing up in socially vulnerable situations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our research project is practice oriented. The ultimate goal is to develop tools to strengthen parents in the access to care pathways and to sensitize and strengthen educational professionals in supporting parents from disadvantaged groups in getting access to the adequate care and support for their children.  
A first step in the development of these tool concerns collecting testimonies of parents, educational professionals and of formal and informal key figures in social work, communities and informal networks of families. We collect these testimonies by doing semi-structured qualitative interviews with parents, educational professionals and key figures. We also organize focus group interviews, not so much with parents, but with educational professionals and key figures.  
For at least part of the research, the innovative methodology of community researchers will be used, in which people will be trained to collect data within their own community. In this way, important barriers to access to the target groups can be bridged, due to shared language and culture and pre-existing relationships of trust. This also makes it possible to collect more in-depth data. In addition, the community researchers can help strengthening partnerships with organizations that work with the target group and with the informal key figures in communities and informal networks of the families (CLES, 2016).  
In this presentation we will focus on the analysis of our qualitative data that inform us on the role of formal and informal key figures in strengthening the relationship between parents and schools and in facilitating the access for parents to adequate support and care for their children. We will present the insights regarding two of our main research questions and their according sub-questions.
1. How do formal and informal key figures experience the educational support pathways inside and outside the school for children growing up in socially vulnerable situations? What obstacles and barriers do they see with regard to educational support pathways? How do they offer support to parents? Where/how do these actors see opportunities and barriers to establish (better) cooperation between parents from disadvantaged groups and the school environment?  
2. How do parents and educational professionals experience the role of the key figures? How can these experiences be taken into account to strengthen educational support in schools? To improve the collaboration between parents and professionals in the referral to care? And to improve the support for parents in the access to care pathways for their child(ren)?  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We have conducted various semi-structured interviews with key figures, educational professionals and parents. We dit two focus group interviews: one with formal key figures; one with informal key figures. In this stage we can only point to some subjects that emerged from coding the first interviews. We selected three. Firstly, the support of formal ‘bridging’ figures is differently organized across schools in Kortrijk. In some schools, social workers once or twice a week take place at the entry of the schools. In other schools, they are only consulted when a problem arises. We will further explore the relationship between this differential organizing process and the role bridging figures play in facilitating access to educational support trajectories. Secondly, problems raised by the school are discussed with close family members - also transnationally. Family networks play an important role in how the parents perceive the problem. For example, a parent who is told after one year in Belgium that her child must follow a special programm because her child would have a language delay, discusses this with her sister-in-law in the home country. She tells her to just give it some time.The mother adopts this opinion. We will further explore the role of these (transnational) family networks. Thirdly, key figures in communities often function as important gate keepers as for information circulating in communities and personal networks. An informal key figure in the Somalian community in Kortrijk tells us that the information is circulating in the community that Somalian children that attend school in Kortrijk have more difficulties as compared to those that go to school in a nearby village. We will further explore the role of informal key figures as gate keepers of information that can strengthen or weaken access to support pathways.  
References
-Bodvin, K., Verschueren, K., & Struyf, E. (2018). De rol van familiale achtergrond van leerlingen bij extra ondersteuning binnen en buiten de school, Welwijs, 29(4): 15-18.
-Bodvin, K., Verschueren, K., & Struyf, E. (2019). Buitenschoolse hulp naargelang familiale achtergrond: toegang en ervaringen van ouders in achtergestelde gezinnen, Tijdschrift voor orthopedagogiek, kinderpsychiatrie en klinische kinderpsychologie, 14(2): 63-76.
-Centre for Local Economic Strategies (2016). Working with community researchers. Geraadpleegd op 13 maart 2023 van CLES-Findings-5-Working-with-community-researchers.pdf
-Commissie Struyf. (2019). September, 21. Evaluatie van het nieuw ondersteuningsmodel (Report) https://onderwijs.vlaanderen.be/nl/evaluatie-van-het-ondersteuningsmodel-specifieke-onderwijsbehoeften
-El Boujaddayni, K., & Berdai Chaouni, S. (2022). Hulp aan kinderen met autisme: ‘Ouders met migratieroots moeten zich dubbel zo hard bewijzen’, Sociaal.net. Geraadpleegd op 10 maart 2023 van https://sociaal.net/achtergrond/kinderen-diverssensitieve-autismezorg/Communi-act-praten-over-ASS-in-een-superdiverse-hulpverleningscontext.pdf
-Schrooten, M., Thys, R., Debruyne, P. (2019), Sociaal schaduwwerk, over informele spelers in het welzijnslandschap, Brussel: Politeia
-Seghers, M., Mertens, C. & De Maegd, K. (2022). Welzijn zoekt onderwijs en vice versa. De brugfiguur als (hét) antwoord op de noden in en rond de scholen? Welwijs, 33(4), 4-7.
-Struyf, E., Bogaert, L., & Verschueren, K. (2020). Ondersteuning aan leerlingen met specifieke onderwijsbehoeften in het gewoon onderwijs: de tevredenheid van leerlingen, ouders, leraren en ondersteuners in kaart gebracht. Welwijs: Wisselwerking Onderwijs en Welzijnswerk, 31(3), 25-28.
-Struyf, E., Bodvin, K., & Jacobs, K. (2016). Toeleiding naar het zorgaanbod. Een onderzoek naar bestaande praktijken en verklarende factoren op kind-, gezins-en schoolniveau in het gewoon en buitengewoon onderwijs in Vlaanderen. Geraadpleegd op 4 maart 2020, van https://dataonderwijs.vlaanderen.be/onderwijsonderzoek/project/187.
-Thys, R. (2017), Opportunities, obstacles and resistances. The political participation of Brussels based Belgian Moroccan, Belgian Turkish and Belgian Congolese organisations. Brussels: Université Libre de Bruxelles.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

A Parenting Support Model in Irish ECEC Services: The Views of Parents and Practitioners

Catarina Leitão, Jefrey Shumba

Childhood Development Initiative, Ireland

Presenting Author: Leitão, Catarina

Supporting parents can promote positive outcomes for children’s and families’ wellbeing (European Commission, 2013). Combining parenting support with Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) services can positively impact children’s development (Sheridan et al., 2011; Turner et al., 2017). ECEC services have the potential to provide families with a sense of belonging and support (Garrity & Canavan, 2017). Quality ECEC responding to the needs of children and families can drive sustainable development through its multiplier effect on children and society (Bruckauf & Hayes, 2017).

Powerful Parenting is a parenting support model implemented within ECEC services. It aims to promote positive interactions between children and their environments, in line with Bronfenbrenner’s bio-ecological theory of human development (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006). The model involves placing one Parent-Carer Facilitator (PCF) in each ECEC service, working with parents to identify needs, offer tailored support, and coordinate with other services. The support is offered to all parents accessing the ECEC services. The activities organised by the PCFs can include one-to-one meetings and group work, with parents only or parents and children. Parents’ and families’ needs inform the implemented activities, which can vary across the ECEC services. For this reason, Powerful Parenting is considered a model instead of a standardised, curriculum-based programme. It was developed by the Childhood Development Initiative (CDI), a non-governmental organisation, and has been implemented in eight ECEC services in the Dublin area, Ireland.

Powerful Parenting can be considered an innovative approach since it locates specific responsibilities and skills to a new role embedded within the ECEC system, that of the PCF, to support parents. Additionally, it combines centre- and home-based support, while many parenting support interventions in Europe and Ireland only include one of these modalities. Powerful Parenting includes elements that have been considered effective in parenting support: a focus on more than one area of need, easy access to support, continuity between universal and targeted provision, tailored support, and coordination with other services for children and families (Cadima et al., 2017; Molinuevo, 2013; Moran et al., 2004).

However, further research on factors affecting parents’ participation in supports, including those provided through ECEC services, and related outcomes, has been identified as needed (Britto et al., 2022; Cadima et al., 2017; Grindal et al., 2016). Exploring the views of parents accessing parenting support in ECEC services and the views of practitioners delivering it can contribute to informing how to promote parents’ participation and related benefits. This study aimed to collect the views of parents, PCFs, and managers of ECEC services about Powerful Parenting.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the academic year in which the current study took place, the model was being implemented in eight ECEC services in the same Dublin area, reaching the parents of 213 children aged between three and six years old. The number of children from this age group ranged between 10 and 68 across the eight services.
Parents from all ECEC services with Powerful Parenting were invited to participate in this study with the support of PCFs (convenience sampling). The research team invited all the PCFs and managers of the same services. The participants of this study included 27 parents, eight PCFs, and seven managers (one manager coordinated two services). Regarding the participating parents, 24 were mothers and three were fathers, with children between three and six years old; at least one parent from each service with the model participated. The PCFs were female and had an average of almost six years of experience in their role, although the number of years varied widely across them (M=5.65; SD=7.19; Min= 0.75, Max=21.17). Among the managers, six were female and one was male, and they had almost 17 years of experience on average (M=16.50; SD=3.21; Min=13, Max=20).
The research team developed semi-structured interview protocols aimed at parents, PCFs, and managers. The questions focused on the organisation, utilisation, quality, satisfaction and perceived benefits regarding Powerful Parenting. All participants were interviewed by telephone or online since the study occurred during the COVID-19 pandemic. Parents were interviewed with the support of four peer researchers, who were parents living in the same area. The qualitative data were analysed by two researchers using an inductive approach, following the steps of the Thematic Analysis of Braun and Clarke (2006).
Ethics approval was obtained from the Irish Child and Family Agency’s Research and Ethics Committee. The participants' consent was collected. The data were anonymised.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding parents’ views, an emerging theme referred to what parents valued regarding the Facilitators’ work. Valued aspects included PCFs showing high interest in their work and being approachable. These findings reinforced the relevance of recruiting practitioners with good interpersonal skills and high motivation, which have been recognised to positively affect the implementation of parenting supports (Cohen et al., 2020; Moran et al., 2004). Another identified valued aspect concerned PCFs’ responsiveness to parents’ needs by listening, being available, and providing tailored support. Responsiveness to families’ needs, establishing trustful relationships through mutual listening and openness, and sharing relevant content can promote a high implementation quality of parenting supports (Cadima et al., 2017; Anders et al., 2019). Parents also valued the PCF role as a central point of contact, bridging the home and the classroom. Considering Bronfenbrenner’s model (Bronfenbrenner & Morris, 2006), the PCF role has the potential to promote the link between the microsystems of the family and the ECEC service.
Another identified theme emerging from parents’ views referred to perceived outcomes of the support received from the PCFs. Outcomes for parents included a better understanding of their children’s needs and how to address them, socio-emotional benefits (e.g., reduced parental stress), and facilitated access to other services.
A preliminary analysis of the PCFs' and managers’ views (the final findings will be presented at the conference) suggested that both groups of participants acknowledged the importance of listening to parents’ needs and preferences when planning activities, and considering parents’ pace. Both groups of participants highlighted the relevance of offering tailored support, including in regard to parenting, emotional wellbeing, and linking with other services for children or families.
These findings can contribute to informing the development and implementation of effective parenting supports, including through ECEC services.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/doi:10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Britto, P. R., Bradley, R. H., Yoshikawa, H., Ponguta, L. A., Richter, L., & Kotler, J. A. (2022). The Future of Parenting Programs: III Uptake and Scale. Parenting, 22(3), 258–275. https://doi.org/10.1080/15295192.2022.2086809
Bronfenbrenner, U., & Morris, P. A. (2006). The bioecological model of human development. In W. Lerner & R. M. Damon (Eds.), Handbook of child psychology, Vol. 1: Theoretical models of human development (6th ed., pp. 793 – 828). Wiley.
Bruckauf, Z., & Hayes, N. (2017). Quality of Childcare and Pre-Primary Education: How Do We Measure It? United Nations. https://doi.org/10.18356/2BE8313E-EN
Cadima, J., Nata, G., Evangelou, M., Anders, Y., & Parental Support ISOTIS Team. (2017). Inventory and analysis of promising and evidence-based parent- and family- focused support programs. http://www.isotis.org/resources/publications/isotis-publications
Cohen, F., Trauernicht, M., Francot, R., Broekhuizen, M., & Anders, Y. (2020). Professional competencies of practitioners in family and parenting support programmes. A German and Dutch case study. Children and Youth Services Review, 116, 105202. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2020.105202
European Commission. (2013). Parenting Support Policy Brief. https://ec.europa.eu/social/BlobServlet?docId=15978&langId=de
Garrity, S., & Canavan, J. (2017). Trust, responsiveness and communities of care: an ethnographic study of the significance and development of parent-caregiver relationships in Irish early years settings. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 25(5), 747–767. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2017.1356546
Grindal, T., Bowne, J. B., Yoshikawa, H., Schindler, H. S., Duncan, G. J., Magnuson, K., & Shonkoff, J. P. (2016). The added impact of parenting education in early childhood education programs: A meta-analysis. Children and Youth Services Review, 70, 238–249. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.childyouth.2016.09.018
Molinuevo, D. (2013). Parenting support in Europe. https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/en/publications/2013/parenting-support-europe
Moran, P., Ghate, D., Van Der Merwe, A., & Policy Research Bureau. (2004). What works in parenting support? A review of the international evidence.
Sheridan, S. M., Knoche, L. L., Kupzyk, K. A., Edwards, C. P., & Marvin, C. A. (2011). A randomized trial examining the effects of parent engagement on early language and literacy: The Getting Ready intervention. Journal of School Psychology, 49(3), 361–383. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2011.03.001
Turner, K. M. T., Dittman, C. K., Rusby, J. C., & Lee, S. (2017). Parenting Support in an Early Childhood Learning Context. In M. R. Sanders, T. G. Mazzucchelli, M. R. Sanders, & T. G. Mazzucchelli (Eds.), The Power of Positive Parenting: Transforming the Lives of Children, Parents, and Communities Using the Triple P System (p. 0). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/med-psych/9780190629069.003.0021


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Improving Educational Outcomes for Children in Care in England: Observations on National Policy and Local Practices

Neil Harrison

University of Exeter, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Harrison, Neil

Around 80,000 young people are ‘in care’ in England at any one time, usually due to neglect or maltreatment within the birth family (Department for Education, 2023a). This figure has been rising steadily in recent years, meaning that around 3 per cent of young people will spend some of their childhood within the care system, for example, with foster carers or in residential settings. Advances in the data available to researchers has demonstrated that educational outcomes for children in care are substantially lower than the average for the general population (Berridge et al., 2020; Sebba et al., 2015). The reasons for this are complex, but include frequent school moves, low expectations from professionals (e.g. teachers and social workers), societal stigma, trauma and associated mental ill health. Attempting to address this inequality has been a government policy objective in England for over 15 years (Department for Education and Skills, 2007). This study is focused on England, but has relevance for all European nations as the existence of care systems is universal, albeit that the configurations differ markedly between nations.

One important policy initiative has been the creation of ‘virtual schools’ for children in care – despite their name, these are not related to online learning. Rather, virtual schools are teams based within local authorities that have responsibility for the educational provision and outcomes for children in care in their area, spanning three main roles: (a) advocating on behalf of children with physical schools, local authority departments and other agencies engaged in their education and welfare, (b) administering the Pupil Premium Plus funding totalling around £154 million nationally, and (c) delivering educational enhancement services directly or indirectly to children (e.g. additional tutoring or equipment). Trialled in the late 2000s, the establishment of virtual schools effectively became a statutory responsibility from 2014 onwards (Berridge et al., 2009). They are generally led by an experienced headteacher and include a team of qualified teachers, but the exact configuration varies substantially between the 152 local authority areas in England.

There is good correlational evidence that virtual schools are collectively having a positive effect. Direct comparisons are difficult due to changing definitions and examination protocols, but there have been apparent improvements in outcomes for children in care at both age 11 and age 16 since their implementation (Department for Education, 2023a). There has also been a marked drop in permanent exclusions over this period. However, there are also marked disparities in outcomes for children in care between local authority areas that do not seem to correspond to wider deprivation or school attainment patterns (Department for Education, 2023b). Put another way, there are unexplained inequalities in the life chances of children in care living in different areas.

This paper will report findings from a study commissioned by the KPMG Foundation to determine why ostensibly similar young people can have very different patterns of educational outcomes and what steps can be taken to improve the effectiveness of virtual schools (Harrison et al., 2023a). The study was framed around the following research questions:

  • RQ1: How do virtual schools understand effectiveness within their work, including markers of success at the organisational and individual child level?
  • RQ2: How does the apparent effectiveness of virtual schools with respect to educational outcomes for children in care vary between local authorities?
  • RQ3: What relationships exist between the environmental and organisational contexts of a virtual school and its apparent effectiveness?
  • RQ4: What elements of effective practice in virtual schools can be identified?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was conceived and conducted as a mixed methods enquiry, combining statistical analysis of data about virtual schools and local authorities with group interviews with virtual school heads (VSHs) and other practitioners with expert knowledge of virtual schools.  In this paper, we will concentrate solely on the findings from the VSHs.  The study drew on the British Educational Research Association’s 2018 guidance for ethical practice and received ethical clearance from the relevant universities.

The study was delivered in partnership with the National Association of Virtual School Heads (NAVSH) who assisted with recruiting participants through their membership.  We sought participants to provide coverage across the English regions and spanning different types of local authority (e.g. urban vs. rural and large vs. small).  We secured the participation of 25 VSHs, thereby comprising around one-sixth of the total population.  While the participants were self-selecting, they were broadly representative of the profession as a whole.

We arranged six online focus groups using Microsoft Teams.  These were scheduled for one hour, although several lasted slightly longer in order to bring the discussions to conclusion.  The questions used were developed from the first phase of expert interviews and the initial stage of statistical analysis.  They primarily focused on concepts of effectiveness, the configuration of virtual schools and organisational relationships.  The discussions were framed to have a strong focus on practice and barriers to improving outcomes for children in care.

The automated transcription facility in Microsoft Teams was initially used, followed by manual checking.  Framework analysis (Kiernan and Hill, 2018) was used to analyse the transcripts, reflecting the close questioning about policy and practice used in the focus groups.  This is a primarily deductive approach to analysis where the main themes of interest are predetermined by the focus of the study, although there is an opportunity for novel themes to emerge inductively.  The findings were constructed through a process of indexing key extracts of data within these themes and developing interpretations with reference to the known practice and policy context.  These interpretations were then discussed with the NAVSH Board to ensure their accuracy and relevance to practice.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our principal conclusion was that the effectiveness of virtual schools – and thus outcomes for children in care – were subject to challenges and pressures that interact to create a form of unequal ‘postcode lottery’.  In other words, the localised educational ecosystem, largely outside of the direct control of the virtual school, had a strong influence on the ability of children in care to achieve to their potential.  These challenges were typically felt by all virtual schools, but to widely varying degrees.

One of the most profound challenges arose from relationships with local physical schools.  The rapid growth in academisation, whereby schools are largely outside of state control, now provides high levels of autonomy over admissions and exclusions.  VSHs described some schools as ‘no-go areas’ for children in care, despite national policy affording them priority.  Many schools were felt to actively resist admitting children who were viewed as likely to have mental health difficulties or to be low achieving, often leaving them without a school place for protracted periods.  Even once admitted, VSHs reported that some schools were overly quick to seek exclusions based on minor infractions.

Another challenge related to the complexity of national regulations around funding support for special educational needs.  With around 75 percent of children in care requiring such support to engage with education (Harrison et al., 2023b), this is a particularly pressing issue for virtual schools.  In particular, VSHs discussed how some young people were left without the support they needed for protracted periods due to lengthy negotiations around funding.

The paper will reflect on the tensions between national policy, which sees outcomes for children in care as a priority, and local practices, which often undermines or directly conflicts with the national aims.  Recommendations for national policy development to mitigate these tensions will be summarised.

References
Berridge, D., L. Henry, S. Jackson and D. Turney (2009) Looked after and learning: evaluation of the virtual school head pilot.  Bristol: University of Bristol.
Berridge, D., Luke, N., Sebba, J., Strand, S., Cartwright, M., Staples, E., Mc Grath-Lone. L., Ward, J. and O’Higgins, A. (2020) Children in need and children in care: educational attainment and progress. Bristol/Oxford: University of Bristol and Rees Centre.
Department for Education (2023a) Children looked after in England including adoption: 2022 to 2023, https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/children-looked-after-in-england-including-adoption-2022-to-2023.
Department for Education (2023b) Local authority interactive tool (LAIT), https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/local-authority-interactive-tool-lait.
Department for Education and Skills (2007) Care matters: time for change. London: Department for Education and Skills.
Harrison, N., J. Sebba, M. Wigley, R. Pryor and F. Blyth (2023a) Improving the effectiveness of virtual schools, Exeter: University of Exeter.
Harrison N., J. Dixon, D. Sanders-Ellis, J. Ward and P. Asker (2023b) Care leavers’ transition into the labour market in England. Oxford: Rees Centre.
Kiernan, M. and M. Hill (2018) Framework analysis: a whole paradigm approach, Qualitative Research Journal 18(3): 248-261.
Sebba, J., D. Berridge, N. Luke, J. Fletcher, K. Bell, S. Strand, S. Thomas, I. Sinclair and A. O’Higgins (2015) The educational progress of looked after children in England: linking care and educational data. Oxford/Bristol: Rees Centre and University of Bristol.
 
13:45 - 15:1514 SES 06 B JS: Technologies, Families and Schools.
Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Manuela Repetto
Joint Paper Session of NW 14 and NW 16
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Digitalization and its Impact on Family-school Partnerships and Parental Involvement

Limin Gu

Umeå University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Gu, Limin

Research acknowledges the positive outcomes of family-school partnership (FSP) and parental involvement in education, both in Sweden and internationally (Cottle & Alexander, 2014; Harju et al., 2013; Markström & Simonsson, 2017). However, the practice and process to achieve these positive outcomes are described as complex and sometime resistant by practitioners (Albaiz & Ernest, 2020; Eriksson, 2009; Hedlin, 2017). Potentials and obstacles for parental involvement are identified in line with changes in society, not least when Swedish society has become more multicultural and multilingual in various contexts (Bouakaz, 2007; Tallberg-Broman, 2009; Vuorinen & Gu, 2023), and the digitalization in the Swedish school (Gu, 2017, 2018). On the one hand, digital technologies provide the potentials for increased opportunities for communication and access to educational resources and cultural values. The term parental e-nvolvement is introduced to address parental involvement that is strengthened by technology (Şad et al., 2016). On the other hand, because parents are not a homogeneous group, their access to Web-based information and communication, and their ability to exploit resources online are affected by their socioeconomic and linguistic conditions, which can be a challenge for FSP.

Recent research has found that the digitalization of society has brought about a growing gap, a new form of differentiation, gradually separating those who can derive many benefits from the new information society and those who cannot. The concept of digital exclusion has been used to refer to the situation where people cannot participate in society duo to lack of access or ability to use digital technologies (Internet Foundation in Sweden, 2020; Park & Humphry, 2019). Digital exclusion and social exclusion are intrinsically intertwined that put disadvantaged families at higher risk for exclusion. Much of the discourse is around how existing social exclusion such as income, education, region, gender, age, and ethnics, is reinforced by digital exclusion. In the field of FSP, parents’ socioeconomic condition, their education and literacy level, and language are closely associated with material and information access, digital skills and usage diversity (Helsper, & Reisdorf, 2017; Van Deursen and van Dijk, 2015) that affect their possibilities to be involved in education. Earlier literature on digital divide focused mainly on the haves and have-nots of digital technology, e.g., the difference in rates of access to computers and the Internet (Sciades, 2002). More recently, attention has shifted to the multiple dimensions that create inequalities in the uses and benefits of technology (Park, & Humphry, 2019). Furthermore, the power relation between family and school is still uneven (Kingston, 2021). How digitalization plays a role in this power relationship is still unexplored.

This presentation thus aims to gain more knowledge about whether and in what way digitalization in schools may affect FSP and parental involvement in school. In particular, it will focus on challenges that may arise when digital media are introduced to the relations that have traditionally been characterized more as face-to-face encounters, such as the parent-teacher meetings. Whether digitalization in school serves as a tool of increased inclusion or the opposite in terms of parents’ interaction with school will be discussed. Bourdieu's concept of social field and different forms of capital will be applied as an overall theoretical framework (Bourdieu, 1986). Education as a social field where power dynamics play out between different actors within the field, and how such power dynamics may be affected by the introduction of digital technologies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to gain an insight into the area of FSP in relation to digitization in the Swedish school, this study will be based on a combination of policy analysis and a research review on selected studies made in the Swedish context. Policy analysis focuses on analyzing and discussing how the discourses on FSP and parental involvement has been constructed in Swedish education policy. The policy documents to be selected will be obtained from four main public sources: the national curricula for compulsory education, Education Act, Swedish Government Official Reports (SOU), and the Publications Series of the Ministry of Education. The curriculum and Education Act are a governing document for school’s work, which contains descriptions of goals, missions and rules that the school must follow. SOU often has a predetermined effect on the political decisions that are actually taken (Pettersson, 2013). The Ministry of Education has been responsible for the government’s education and research policy that is usually based on investigations presented in SOU. The purpose of research review is to gain an overview and understanding of the practice of FSP in relation to digitalization in schools.

The analysis model suggested by Wong et al. (2010, p. 44) will be relevant for identifying critical factors regarding digital inclusion/exclusion, which could be adapted and applied to analyze how the various variables such as digital skills, affordability, accessibility, usage, and social-cultural factors etc., and the interaction of these variables can be operationalized into relevant indicators for digital literacy necessary for technology use by the parents that influence the practice and outcomes of FSP.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Schools use various digital tools to inform and communicate with parents to create the relationship with parents (e.g. Gu, 2017, 2018). The main results of this study are expected to prove the transformations of FSP brought about by digitalization. Digital technologies also pose certain benifits and challenges for partnership when it comes to the issue of digital inclusion or exclusion of immigrants and socio-economically disadvantaged families.
References
Bouakaz, L. (2007). Parental involvement in school – What hinders and what Promotes parental involvement in an urban school. [Doctoral dissertation], Malmö Högskola, Lärarutbildningen.
Bourdieu, P. (1986). The forms of capital. In J. G. Richardson (Ed.), Handbook for the theory and research for the sociology of education (pp. 241-258). New York: Greenwood Press.
Eriksson, L. (2009). Lärares kontakter och samverkan med föräldrar. Rapporter i Pedagogik,
14. Örebro universitet.
Gu, L. (2017). Using school websites for home - School communication and parental
involvement? Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 3(2), 133–143.
Gu, L. (2018). Integrating Web-based Learning Management System in Home-school Communication. EDULEARN18 Proceedings, pp. 4255-4264.
Hedlin, M. (2017). ‘They only see their own child’: an interview study of preschool teachers’
perceptions about parents. Early Child Development and Care, 189(11), 1776-1785.
Helsper, E.J. & Reisdorf, B.C. (2017). The emergence of a “digital underclass” I Great Britain and Sweden: Challenging reasons for digital exclusion. New Media & Society. 19(8), 1253-1270.
Kingston, S. (2021). Parent involvement in education? A Foucauldian discourse analysis of
school newsletters. Power and Education, 13(2), 58-72.
Markström, A. M., & Simonsson, M. (2017). Introduction to preschool: Strategies for managing the gap between home and preschool. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 3(2), 179–188.
Park, S. & Humphry, J. (2019). Exclusion by design: intersection of social, digital and data exclusion. Information, Communication & Society. 22(7), 934-953.
Pettersson, O. (2013). Swedish politicians have had a worse decision making. Response, 5, 11–12.
Sciades, G. (2002). Unveiling the digital divide. Connectedness Series (Online). No. 7.
Şad, S. N., Konca, A. S., Özer, N., & Acar, F. (2016). Parental e-nvolvement: A phenomenological research on electronic parental involvement. International Journal of Pedagogies and Learning, 11(2), 163–186.
Tallberg-Broman, I. (2009). No parents left behind: Parental participation for inclusion and efficiency. Educare 2-3, 221-249. Malmö University.
Van Deursen, A., & van Dijk, J. (2015). Toward a multifaceted model of internet access for
Understanding digital divides: An empirical investigation. The Information Society, 31(5), 379-391.  
Vuorinen, T. & Gu, L. (2023). Swedish preschool students’ views on family-(pre)school partnerships. International Journal about parents in Education, 13.
Wong, Y.C., Law, C.K., Fung, J.Y.C, & Lee, V.W.P. (2010). Digital divide and social inclusion: policy challenge for social development in Hong Kong and South Korea. Journal of Asian Public policy, 3(1), 37-52.


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Digital and Inclusive Teaching and Learning: Developing Interdisciplinary Standards and a Reflective Tool for Teachers

Franco Rau1, Britta Baumert2, Martina Döhrmann1, Eileen Küthe3, Gerrit Loth1, Melanie Schaller4

1University of Vechta, Germany; 2Goethe University Frankfurt; 3Elementary School Damme; 4Bielefeld University

Presenting Author: Rau, Franco; Baumert, Britta

In the current discourse on school and educational development, inclusion and digitalization emerge as two focal topics. However, it can be observed that both topics have separate and largely independent discourses (Hartung et al., 2021). Educational policy guidelines for inclusion (eg. KMK & HRK, 2015, EU 2019) and for digital education (e.g. KMK 2021, EU 2023) each articulate demanding objectives for educational practice, which challenge educators as cross-cutting tasks. These requirements, particularly pertinent to teachers, are evident in both the domain of inclusive education (Forlin et al., 2008; Forlin & Chambers, 2011) and in the realm of digital (media) education (DeCoito & Richardson, 2018; Waffner, 2020). At the same time, there is a lack of scientifically grounded structuring aids to navigate the complex transformation processes and to address both focal topics adequately in the design of teaching. An initial approach to integrating both dimensions exists with the concept of inclusive media education (Zorn et al., 2019). However, this approach lacks an explicit focus on classroom teaching. Moreover, the need for interdisciplinary collaboration and transdisciplinary research is emphasized and explicitly advocated by Bosse et al. (2019) in order to make a substantial contribution to inclusive teaching in the context of digital transformation processes.

At the University of Vechta, the interdisciplinary research group BRIDGES works on integrating digital and inclusive education. This proposal, grounded in the work of BRIDGES, seeks to present a comprehensive framework merging these dimensions in educational research and practice. The core of our research revolves around the development and implementation of 14 quality criteria for inclusive teaching. These criteria, an outcome of rigorous interdisciplinary collaboration, serve as a foundational element for structuring inclusive education in the digital era (Baumert et al. 2022). Our research investigates how digital tools and pedagogical strategies can be synergized to enhance inclusion in educational settings. The primary research question guiding our inquiry for this presentation is: How can digital media be utilized in teacher education and classroom environments to create and support inclusive learning experiences?

Seeking to connect theoretical principles with practical implementation, this presentation outlines the process of developing and applying quality criteria in specific educational settings. It centers on two subject-didactic projects – one in the field of mathematics education and the other in religious education. These projects serve as practical illustrations of applying the established criteria to create digital-enhanced learning environments, thereby promoting inclusive teaching and learning methodologies. Additionally, the presentation introduces a concept and an initial prototype of a digital reflection tool for teacher training. Informed by our research findings, this tool is designed to foster a culture of reflection among educators, enabling them to effectively navigate the complex interplay between digital and inclusive teaching strategies. This is essential for addressing the varied needs of students in an increasingly digitalized educational landscape.

This research not only underscores the convergence of digitalization and inclusive education but also contemplates the wider implications of these trends for the future of education. By integrating theoretical frameworks, empirical findings, and practical applications, the University of Vechta's work strives to make a meaningful contribution to the evolving field of digital and inclusive education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology of the BRIDGES project at the University of Vechta is exploratory and interdisciplinary, focusing on integrating digitalization within inclusive educational contexts. Our approach includes:
(1) Development of Quality Features of Inclusive Education. The paper traces the initial redefinition of quality features of inclusive teaching of the Research Group "Inclusion" during the first phase of the BRIDGES project (Baumert et al., 2018). This phase involved an interdisciplinary discourse among educators and researchers from various fields to identify and define 14 quality features for successful inclusive education. These features, developed based on concepts by Meyer (2014) and Helmke (2015), encompassed aspects like classroom management, effective learning time, and individual support, among others.
(2) Enhancing Quality Features for Inclusive Teaching in a Digitally Shaped World: In the second phase, the focus shifted to revising and refining these quality features in the context of digitalization with the research group "Digitalization in Inclusive Settings” (Baumert et al. 2022). This phase involved discussions on the role of digital media in education, considering perspectives from Inclusive Education, Media Pedagogy, and various subject didactics. The group explored three core aspects of digital media in teaching: learning with, about, and through digital media (Ruge 2014). This phase aimed to adapt and reorient the established criteria to fit the evolving digital landscape.
(3) Subject-Specific Case Studies: In addition to the overarching framework, specific doctoral projects examined the integration of digital media in inclusive education within various subjects, guided by the developed quality features. Two exemplary projects, covering areas like religious education and mathematics, employed a Design-Based Research approach (Peters & Roviró, 2017) and focused on creating tailored digital learning environments. They emphasized individualized support and adapting the learning environment to meet diverse needs.
(4) Designing the Transfer to Educational Practice: The paper culminates by envisioning the prospects of a digital reflection tool for educators inspired by the established quality criteria. Therefore, we offer insights in the current design-process on conceptual level.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our project's outcomes include the practical application of quality criteria for inclusive teaching and the development of the Digital-Inclusive Reflection App (DIRA):

(1) Application of the Quality Criteria and Development of Case Studies: Within the scope of our project at the University of Vechta, quality criteria for inclusive teaching were initially developed (Baumert et al., 2018), based on an interdisciplinary definition of inclusion. These criteria served as the starting point for different case studies in schools. These exemplary projects demonstrate how the developed quality criteria serve as guidelines for designing digital and inclusive learning environments.

(2) Transfer of Results into Educational Practice: The second focus of our research is on making these results usable for educational practice. For this purpose, we currently work on the development of a "Digital-Inclusive Reflection App" (DIRA). This tool, based on the previously elaborated quality criteria and insights, is intended to assist teachers in reflecting on and implementing digital-inclusive teaching strategies.
DIRA's primary objective is twofold:
(a) Reflective Engagement: It encourages educators to engage in critical self-assessment of their digital-inclusive teaching strategies. This reflective process is rooted in the quality criteria described before. By posing targeted reflection questions, DIRA fosters a culture of introspection and continuous improvement among teachers.
(b) Actionable Guidance: Alongside reflective prompts, DIRA provides practical, actionable suggestions. These recommendations are informed by the insights gained in the second phase of our project.
The expected outcome is that DIRA will not only serve as a self-reflection tool but also as a guide for implementing effective digital-inclusive teaching strategies. This dual functionality aligns with our project's broader goal of advancing the integration of digital tools in inclusive education.

References
Baumert, B., Rau, F., Bauermeister, T., Döhrmann, M., Ewig, M., Friederich, Y., Haas, T., Küthe, E., Loth, G., Rusert, K., Schaller, M., Schröder, L., Schweer, M. K. W., Stein, M., & Vierbuchen, M.-C. (2022). Lost in Transformation? Chancen und Herausforderungen für inklusiven Unterricht im Angesicht der digitalen Transformation. In D. Ferencik-Lehmkuhl et al. (Eds.), Inklusion digital! Chancen und Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildung im Kontext von Digitalisierung (pp. 33–48). Julius Klinkhardt. https://elibrary.utb.de/doi/epdf/10.35468/9783781559905

Bosse, I., Haage, A., Kamin, A.-M., Schluchter, J.-R., & GMK-Vorstand. (2019). Medienbildung für alle: Medienbildung inklusiv gestalten. In M. Brüggemann, S. Eder, & A. Tillmann (Eds.), Medienbildung für alle. Digitalisierung. Teilhabe. Vielfalt. (pp. 207–219). kopaed. Retrieved February 7, 2022, from https://www.gmk-net.de/wp-content/uploads/2019/07/gmk55_bosse_etal.pdf

DeCoito, I., & Richardson, T. (2018). Teachers and technology: Present practice and future directions. Contemporary Issues in Technology and Teacher Education, 18(2). https://citejournal.org/volume-18/issue-2-18/science/teachers-and-technology-present-practice-and-future-directions

European Union, European Commission (2019). Access to quality education for children with special educational needs. Publications Office of the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/b2215e85-1ec6-11e9-8d04-01aa75ed71a1/language-en

European Commission, Directorate-General for Education, Youth, Sport and Culture. (2023). Digital education action plan 2021-2027 – Key enabling factors for successful digital education and training. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/548454

Forlin, C., & Chambers, D. (2011). Teacher preparation for inclusive education: Increasing knowledge but raising concerns. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 39(1), 17–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2010.540850

Forlin, C., Keen, M., & Barrett, E. (2008). The concerns of mainstream teachers: Coping with inclusivity in an Australian context. International Journal of Disability, Development & Education, 55(3), 251–264. https://doi.org/10.1080/10349120802268396

Hartung, J., Zschoch, E., & Wahl, M. (2021). Inklusion und Digitalisierung in der Schule: Gelingensbedingungen aus der Perspektive von Lehrerinnen und Lehrern sowie Schülerinnen und Schülern. MedienPädagogik: Zeitschrift für Theorie und Praxis der Medienbildung, 41 (Inklusiv-mediale Bildung), 55–76. https://doi.org/10.21240/mpaed/41/2021.02.04.X

Meyer, H. (2014). Was ist guter Unterricht? (10th ed.). Cornelsen Scriptor.

Peters, M., & Roviró, B. (2017). Fachdidaktischer Forschungsverbund FaBiT: Erforschung von Wandel im Fachunterricht mit dem Bremer Modell des Design-Based Research. In S. Doff & R. Komoss (Eds.), Making Change Happen: Wandel im Fachunterricht analysieren und gestalten (pp. 19–32). Springer.

Zorn, I., Schluchter, J.-R., & Bosse, I. (2019). Theoretische Grundlagen inklusiver Medienbildung. In I. Bosse, J.-R. Schluchter, & I. Zorn (Eds.), Handbuch Inklusion und Medienbildung (pp. 9–15). Beltz Juventa


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Primary School Students Creating Virtual Reality Games in Disadvantaged Urban Areas

Manuela Repetto, Barbara Bruschi, Melania Talarico, Fabiola Camandona

University of Turin, Italy

Presenting Author: Repetto, Manuela

A network comprising a research group and local community associations is carrying out an integrated educational intervention aimed at 4th grade children in a vulnerable neighborhood of an Italian city in northern Italy. The aim is to improve their socio-cognitive and digital skills while raising awareness of environmental issues. These topics are addressed at local level, but are also recognised by some European frameworks (DigComp 2.2 and GreenComp) and by the 2030 Agenda. These frameworks are used as reference points for the approach and activities of this intervention.

The combination of environmental education and the development of digital skills represents a key aspect of the research underlying this educational intervention, which is focused on the creation of virtual reality games and immersive teaching as emerging themes in the field of K-12 education. Experiences in virtual reality promote a sense of immersion and involvement, supporting attention processes and emotional engagement (Tilhou et al, 2020). Moreover, virtual reality, when supported by appropriate teaching methods, can influence learning processes and motivation to learn. The immersiveness and high interactivity inherent in some virtual reality games place the student in a situation, in an authentic context, fostering experiential learning through practical activities (Angel-Urdinola et al., 2021; Di Natale et al., 2020). For this reason, the theme of the environment and its preservation, if addressed through gaming in virtual reality, can be presented as a challenge to be tackled, or a problem to be solved through practical experience in a safe play space, where the consequences of the player's actions, although simulated, can stimulate reflection. The pedagogical strategy employed in this educational intervention adheres to a constructionist framework for game design (Harel & Papert, 1991; Kafai, 2006; Li et al., 2013), aimed at fostering students' engagement in the creation of VR games, thereby surpassing mere consumption of VR games. Students use a program development environment that enables them to construct applications on environmental issues by themselves.

Our research hypothesis is that the direct involvement of nine- and ten-year-old children from more disadvantaged urban contexts in the design of games should ensure that they not only learn more effectively, but are also more likely to change their habits and develop new attitudes, such as a better awareness of the environment. Furthermore, it is the children who, through their environmentally friendly behavior and active participation in an educational intervention led by the network of associations involved in this research, can positively influence their families and inspire change in the community to which they belong.

The methodological approach chosen for this study is Design-Based Research (DBR) (Anderson and Shattuck, 2012), that combines a theory-driven approach with empirical evaluation, encompassing two cycles. The former cycle was carried out last year, while the second cycle is currently still underway. The research results of the first iteration, in which a quasi-experimental study was conducted to investigate the extent to which students improve some socio-cognitive skills and develop pro-environmental attitudes, show that students in an at-risk neighborhood make a meaningful improvement when compared to students attending schools in more affluent areas of the city. For this reason, the second iteration of the educational intervention is targeted towards students experiencing disadvantaged circumstances on a broader scale.

The aim of the discussion is to present the prototype design approach that is emerging from this research, which other European researchers participating in the panel discussion could adopt and apply in their own specific contexts of urban schooling.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A Design-Based Research (DBR) has been conducted in this research, encompassing  two cycles (pilot phase and scaling up phase), in which the latter is still undergoing in order to progressively enhance the design approach obtained in the former. The specific DBR approach adopted envisages the four iterative phases recommended by Reeves (2006). The design approach that is emerging is aimed at guiding innovative educational interventions targeted at fourth graders of the vulnerable neighborhoods.

During the first cycle of DBR, the pilot phase, the development of collaborative and cognitive skills within experimental groups of students tasked with designing Virtual Reality (VR) games structured as escape rooms (Repetto et al., 2023) were compared with control groups engaged in the creation of physical escape rooms. A pretest-posttest design was deliberately selected, using two calibrated teachers’ and students’ scales as an instrumental metric for assessing the enhancement of collaborative skills. The results of this first cycle suggest that experimental groups of students engaging with immersive VR environments enhanced situated, experiential, and transformative learning processes. In contrast, the control group involved in constructing physical escape rooms showed minimal improvements in on teachers' and students' assessment scales. Moreover, the notable improvements observed in two classrooms comprising foreign students, many of whom experience learning difficulties, underscore the necessity of expanding the sample size of these students in the ongoing second cycle of Design-Based Research (DBR).

During this scaling up phase, it was imperative to establish a network of associations to provide support for this demographic and to provide training for primary school teachers in immersive teaching and learning. This involved adopting the same educational approach utilized during the first cycle - with a more active participation of teachers trained on this approach - and applying it to a larger sample of students in disadvantaged situations.

The three "Is" of DBR, as outlined by Hall (2020), were utilized in our research, that can be considered an interventional, innovative, and iterative one. Firstly, the research involved intervention to alter and enhance the learning experience and the relationship that students facing disadvantaged situations have with environmental issues. Secondly, the research, due to its advancement of environmental education through immersive and novel technology and methods, can be regarded as pioneering in the realm of learning and teaching. Thirdly, the two interconnected cycles, which encompass conceptualization, design, implementation, and evaluation, represent one of the most contemporary and adaptable approaches to learning design.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results garnered from the pilot phase of this research, in conjunction with the expected outcomes of the ongoing scaling-up phase, underscore the imperative nature of initiatives tailored for children experiencing disadvantaged situations, wherein access to diverse and innovative educational opportunities leveraging emerging technologies is limited.
One primary expected outcome involves the establishment and maintenance of a comprehensive network encompassing university entities and local cultural and environmental associations. This network aims to provide integrated socio-educational support to the most vulnerable neighborhood within a city in northwest Italy. Collaboration with existing entities operating within the designated territory is integral to this endeavor, fostering synergy with ongoing local initiatives.
Another anticipated outcome involves the enhancement of teaching methodologies among primary school teachers in the targeted neighborhood. Through innovative training programs, teachers will be equipped to revamp their approaches to teaching and learning. This initiative cascades to sensitize students and, subsequently, the broader community on topics related to prevention and environmental conservation. Leveraging novel immersive learning technology, this effort not only promotes active citizenship but also fosters an inclination towards advocacy and ecological transition.
Furthermore, an expected outcome is the dissemination and adoption of the design approach developed within this research. This integrated perspective not only encompasses environmental considerations but also permeates social, cultural, and educational dimensions. It is envisioned that this approach will serve as a model inspiring similar initiatives in other urban areas facing similar socio-cultural challenges across Europe.

References
Angel-Urdinola, D. F., Castillo-Castro, C., Hoyos, A.: Meta-analysis assessing the effects of virtual reality training on student learning and skills development. World Bank, Washington, DC (2021).
Di Natale, A. F., Repetto, C., Riva, G.; Villani, D. (2020). Immersive virtual reality in K‐12 and higher education: A 10‐year systematic review of empirical research. British Journal of Educational Technology, 51(6), 2006-2033.
Hall, T. (2020). Bridging practice and theory: The emerging potential of design-based research (DBR) for digital innovation in education. Education Research and Perspectives, 47, 157-173.
Harel, I. & Papert, S. (1991). Constructionism. Norwood, NY: Ablex Publishing Corporation.
Kafai, Y. (2006). Playing and making games for learning: instructionist and constructionist perspectives for game studies. Games and Culture, 1, 1, 36–40.
Li, Z. Z., Cheng, Y. B., & Liu, C. C. (2013). A constructionism framework for designing game‐like learning systems: Its effect on different learners. British Journal of Educational Technology, 44(2), 208-224.
Reeves, T. (2006). Design research from a technology perspective. In Educational design research (pp. 64-78). Routledge.
Repetto, M., Bruschi, B., & Talarico, M. (2023). Key issues and pedagogical implications in the design of Digital Educational Escape rooms. Journal of e-Learning and Knowledge Society, 19(1), 67-74.
Tilhou, R., Taylor, V., Crompton, H. 3D Virtual Reality in K-12 Education: A Thematic Systematic Review. In: Yu, S., Ally, M., Tsinakos, A. (eds): Emerging Technologies and Pedagogies in the Curriculum. Bridging Human and Machine: Future Education with Intelligence. Springer, Singapore (2020).
 
13:45 - 15:1515 SES 06 A: Research on partnerships in education
Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Anna Benning
Paper Session
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Research-Practice Partnership as Attachment: an Affective Exploration of "Partnership"

Blanca Gamez-Djokic

National Louis University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Gamez-Djokic, Blanca

Recent scholarship has examined the difficulties research-practice partnerships (RPPs) grapple with, such as their implication in sexist and racist projects (Tanksley & Estrada, 2022) and their potential to suppress onto-epistemological difference (Gamez-Djokic, 2024), pointing to an uncertain present and future for RPPs despite deep attachments to ideas of improvement, inclusion, and empowerment. In this paper, I extend this scholarship to think about the “partnership” in RPP as an assemblage of complex affective attachments, in excess of coordinated practices and interactions across organizational boundaries (Penuel et al., 2015.). I draw on Lauren Berlant’s notion of cruel optimism as a “relation of attachment to compromised conditions of possibility” (Berlant, 2011, p.24) that exists “when something you desire is actually an obstacle to your flourishing” (p.1). I use this framework to understand how actors might approach partnerships as a mode of “endurance” in an object of desire.

This paper asks: (1) what attachments do RPP actors bring to their work?, (2) how are these attachments mediated by RPP norms and practices, and (3) how do these attachments impact the work. Through an examination of three cases, I identify how the partnership was mobilized by attachments to ideas of improvement, (em)power(ment), and civic/civil inclusion, which ultimately served as obstacles to the actors’ and partnership’s “flourishing”.

In the first case, I examine how teacher participants’ metaphorical usage of workforce language, such as “employer” and “boss”, and “employee” and “worker” to describe their and their students’ roles in the partnership exemplify an attachment to an experience of power rooted in capitalistic notions of ownership and control. Although the partnership is organized around creating opportunities of civic inclusion and empowerment, the teachers approached this design as an approximation to a particular kind of dominative power that promised status and feelings of professionalism and (em)power(ment) they felt they lacked. This eroded the possibility of civic and civil inclusion for racial, economic, and gender minorities.

In the second case, I examine Dr. Angello’s[1] critiques of and rationalization of he and his students’ exploitative interactions with partnerships. Dr. Angello openly critiqued the tendency of partnerships like the RPP to exploit, or “pimp”, Black teachers and students as markers of their benevolence and as a successful funding tactic, though he rationalized this as a necessary exchange in order for his students to gain access to various forms of capital. Dr. Angello’s critical consciousness of fraught partnership politics at once attenuates wholesale participation in the “scene of fantasy” of empowerment and civic/civil inclusion at the same time that it “endures” in a form of civic participation that ultimately reifies he and his students’ civil abjection (Wilderson, 2010; Mills, 2014).

In the last case, I examine momentary breaks in the neoliberal “impasse” (Berlant, 2011) invoked by students’ remarks about the “ghostliness” and purpose of turning a former charter school, now-abandoned building, into a mixed-income housing community, and by their calls to “fuck shit up” during Black Lives Matter protests. I argue that these remarks demand an attention to lingering in the ruins of indeterminate urban and education reforms. Ruins and ruination (Navaro-Yashin, 2009) are antithetical to improvement and compel a disarticulation with contemporary modes and genres of living and interaction. In this particular instance, I argue that calls to “let it [the building] be” and “fuck shit up” reject attachments to normative modes of empowerment and civic/civil inclusion and pose a threat to the affective investments in improvement that are both the form and content of the partnership (in this case, a partnership between a university, a high school class, and a non-profit organization focused on affordable housing).

[1] All names are pseudonyms.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on interview and participant observation data from an ethnographic case study of a research-practice partnership called Community Change and Youth Empowerment. Conducted between 2019-2021, the study sought to better understand how teachers understand and enact their roles in the partnership, and whether and how this comes to bear on the partnership’s desired outcomes and impact. 15 teachers and 5 civic partners were interviewed at least three times, and observed multiple times a week for two or more hours while civic-action research projects were implemented, which was typically over the course of an academic semester. Drawing from this data, this paper constructs three “cases” through which to examine how individual actors’ affective attachments are mediated and shaped by RPPs.
Case study attends to both the particularistic characteristics of a case as well as to the broader social-cultural contexts that shape the case; this foregrounds the specific implications of the case while illuminating its empirical and conceptual relevance for other comparable cases (Yin, 2002). I borrow from case study analysis to construct “cases” from existing data in order to attend to the multiple levels of attachment as individual, collective and atmospheric (spatially and temporally configured). According to Merriam (1998), a case is “a thing, a single entity, a unit around which there are boundaries” (p. 27) which can be a person, a program, a group, a specific policy and so on. In this paper, each case is delimited by level (individual, group, relation between group and context) and by type of attachment, or object of desire.  
Finally, the case study approach offers a structural resonance wherein particular elements are read in relation to a broader social-ecological context, and likewise, where multiple cases are read in relation to each other. This analytical approach allowed me to examine how various levels and types of attachment are reflective of each other and are dialectically moored, which illuminates the ways in which various forms of attachment coagulate as “partnership,” or as a “cluster of promises magnetized by a thing that appears as an object but is really a scene in the psychoanalytic sense” (Berlant, 2011, p.16).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper conceives of “partnership” in RPP as a complex array of attachments. Through an examination of three levels and types of attachment, I demonstrate that “partnership as attachment” enables an analysis of both the form (the coordinated set of practices, objects and interactions – and importantly, the affective content (the site and relation of endurance and sustenance in the object of desire) of RPPs.  This analysis suggests that alongside serving as a collaborative and practical approach to investigating and intervening in enduring problems of practice, RPPs also function as a mode of endurance, a measure of approximation to clusters of promises of civic/civil inclusion, of access to power, of educational and urban improvement. These attachments both enable important research-practice advancements and collaborations at the same time that they contribute to a sense of attrition, articulated by young people’s desire for ruins and ruination.  My analysis also demonstrates that RPPs can catalyze disattachments, or momentary breaks with contemporary impasses. In order not to misrecognize or overlook these breaks, RPP actors must develop a reflexive awareness of how attachments are implicated in the work and when breaking with these might require dissolving or drastically reconfiguring what it means to “partner” across multiple levels and contexts. While the study this paper is based on occurred in the United States, it has important implications for RPPs internationally, particularly as concerns understanding “partnerships” as collaborations across organizational boundaries that surpass cultural and professional difference and attend to partnership as boundless affinities, or collective affects, such as “cruel optimism”. This builds on international work examining RPPs and the politics of boundaries in partnerships (Sjolund & Lindvall, 2023; Vedder-Weiss et al., 2020; Fischer-Schoneborn & Ehmke, 2023).
References
Berlant, L. (2020). Cruel optimism. Duke University Press.

Fischer-Schöneborn, S., & Ehmke, T. (2023). Evaluating boundary-crossing collaboration in research-practice partnerships in teacher education: Empirical insights on co-construction, motivation, satisfaction, trust, and competence enhancement. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 79, 101305.

Gamez-Djokic, B. (2024). Of boundaries and borders: A micro-interactional examination of consensus and knowledge construction in a research-practice partnership. Learning, Culture and Social Interaction, 45.

Merriam, S. B. (1998). Qualitative research and case study applications in education. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

Mills, C. W. (2014). The racial contract. Cornell University Press.
Navaro‐Yashin, Y. (2009). Affective spaces, melancholic objects: ruination and the production of anthropological knowledge. Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, 15(1), 1-18.

Penuel, W. R., Allen, A. R., Coburn, C. E., & Farrell, C. (2015). Conceptualizing research–practice partnerships as joint work at boundaries. Journal of Education for Students Placed at Risk (JESPAR), 20(1-2), 182-197.

Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2023). Mapping roles in research-practice partnerships–a systematic literature review. Educational Review, 75(7), 1490-1518.

Tanksley, T., & Estrada, C. (2022). Toward a critical race RPP: How race, power and positionality inform research practice partnerships. International journal of research & method in education, 45(4), 397-409.

Vedder-Weiss, D., Lefstein, A., Segal, A., & Pollak, I. (2020). Dilemmas of leadership and capacity building in a research–practice partnership. Teachers College Record, 122(9), 1-30.

Wilderson III, F. B. (2010). Red, white & black: Cinema and the structure of US antagonisms. Duke University Press.

Yin, R. K. (2002). Case study research: Design and methods. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications.


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

The Need for Shared Language: Implications from a Rapid Review to Strengthen Partnerships in School Embedded Initial Teacher Education Models

Rachel Perry, David Hastie

Alphacrucis University College, Australia

Presenting Author: Hastie, David

A teacher shortage is being experienced globally (Australian Government, 2022; European Commission, 2023; UNESCO, 2023) with resulting challenges for recruitment and retention of teachers. The ability of traditional models of initial teacher education (ITE) to produce classroom ready teachers who remain in the profession is being challenged (Green et al., 2019), with internships or extended placements seen as a way of continuing to forefront experiential learning and increase the quality of graduates (Ledger & Vidovich, 2018). This movement is resulting in a wide range of initiatives that not only continue to prioritise school-university partnerships but do so through the establishment of new forms of sustained, school embedded experiences. These initiatives build on a traditional perspective of teacher internship (Ledger & Vidovich, 2018) but use a range of terminology such as teaching schools in the United Kingdom (Chapman, 2013; Conroy, 2013), teacher training schools in Finland and South Africa (Gravett et al, 2014), and employment based pathways and teaching school hub programs in Australia (Alphacrucis University College, 2024; La Trobe University, 2024; University of Melbourne, 2024).

However, even though a focus on school embedded models is of vital importance to the future of teacher workforce supply, it is currently impossible to research effectively at scale making implementation of what is understood by school and university partners inherently problematic. There are two key reasons for this. First, there is a morass of disconnected terminologies used to explain school embedded models across primarily small-scale research. This inhibits broader understanding of these models and results in an inability to elevate or apply findings in different contexts with confidence. Second, there is no clear synthesis available regarding the key factors and conditions (core ingredients) within school embedded models that directly contribute to enhancing the readiness of initial teacher education students. Identifying these core ingredients and framing them within a shared definition can help to provide a common foundation for partners in new and existing initiatives, which in turn can lead to greater cohesiveness of understanding across future research.

This paper will share insights into these two areas, drawing on critical engagement with international literature explored as part of a rapid review (Cirkony et al, 2022, Garritty et al, 2021; Wollscheid & Tripney, 2021). The review forms the preliminary stage of research into the government funded National Embedded Cross Sector Teacher Education Program pilot (NECSTEP) in Australia, a joint project of Alphacrucis University College and The University of New South Wales (UNSW). The NECSTEP pilot brings together over 70 schools and 200 initial teacher education students, with the author the NECSTEP Research Director. The paper will highlight challenges and implications for school-university partnerships through layering a proposed definition and core ingredients emerging in the literature with an examination of school-based teacher education models across history from the French ‘ecoles normales’, to the spread of the ‘normal schools’, ‘model schools’, apprenticeship traditions and teaching schools (Aspland, 2006, Cornu, 2015; Loukomies et al, 2018; McNamara et al, 2014). In addition, it will critically engage with the recognition given in the literature regarding key epistemological and theoretical approaches for how they inform understanding of the conditions in ‘situated’ spaces that support initial teacher education readiness. This includes the role played by communities of practice (Lave & Wenger, 1991), Dewey’s experiential learning theory, the evolving concept of a third space (Beck, 2020; Daza et al., 2021; Zeichner, 2010), traditions of work-integrated or work-based learning (Dean, 2023; McNamara et al, 2014), and approaches borrowed from other industries such as the clinical model for teacher education (Darling-Hammond, 2009, McLean Davies et al, 2015).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Insights shared in this paper have emerged from a rapid review (RR) or rapid evidence synthesis, using an abbreviated systematic review approach (Cirkony et al, 2022, Garritty et al, 2021; Wollscheid & Tripney, 2021). The rapid review was conducted as the preliminary stage of research for the Australian National Embedded Cross Sector Teacher Education Program (NECSTEP) pilot, and to inform the exploratory sequential research design (Creswell and Plano Clark, 2018 p86). A rapid review is often used when timelines are limited (Garritty et al., 2021), which made the approach appropriate within the two-year timeline for the broader NECSTEP research. Rapid reviews of this kind generated specifically in education also informed the methodological approach adopted due to the lack of clear guidance available (Cirkony et al, 2022; Wollscheid & Tripney, 2021). Key rapid review stages were followed including development of a clear purpose, identification of eligibility criteria, initial searching, screening, data extraction and synthesis, along with engagement with information and field experts to ensure relevance.
The rapid review aimed to identify and synthesise the way different sustained, school embedded models are defined, and any factors or conditions directly attributed to them as enhancing readiness of initial teacher education students. A protocol was established to clarify inclusion and exclusion of literature including identification of the initial teacher education student as the focus population, school embedded models as the intervention and peer-reviewed literature bounded by the past decade (2013-2023). The search strategy yielded 943 articles across the three target databases which was reduced to 129 articles after duplicates were removed and title and abstract screening. This resulted in 62 articles identified for detailed data extraction.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
There is a need to strengthen pathways and approaches to initial teacher education to reverse the challenges facing the teaching profession and enable sustainability within the societal structures and complexities that have emerged over the past decade. To do so, high quality research regarding sustained, school embedded models of initial teacher education is required. However, for this research to be impactful at scale, it needs to be founded on shared language and conceptual understanding of what contributes to initial teacher education readiness in these experiences.
This paper offers a first step toward this goal. It will provide definitional clarity based on a synthesis of more than a dozen different school embedded models arising from the critical review of literature and align this with a further synthesis of evidence-based factors and conditions (core ingredients) relevant to school and university partners. These range from commonly considered areas such as the role of school and university mentors and the influence of cohorts or a community of practice, to the less frequently articulated such as the role of professional identity formation and differences between employment based, volunteer and service learning experiences.
Layered across the insights shared are suggested implications for research, and school and university partners, for the way they design and engage in these models. There is a need to move beyond the persistent view of theory and practice in education as located in separate spaces to reinforce partnerships that are mindful of the past but framed by an authentic understanding of third space in teacher education (Beck, 2020; Zeichner, 2010). This paper argues that it is definitional clarity and evidence of core ingredients that are needed to understand what success looks like and inform a modernisation of what historical models of school embedded initial teacher education sought to do.

References
Beck, J. S. (2020). Investigating the Third Space: A New Agenda for Teacher Education Research. Journal of Teacher Education, 71(4), 379–391. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487118787497
Chapman, C. (2013). Academy Federations, Chains, and Teaching Schools in England: Reflections on Leadership, Policy, and Practice. Journal of School Choice, 7(3), 334–352. ERIC. https://doi.org/10.1080/15582159.2013.808936
Conroy, J., Hulme, M., & Menter, I. (2013). Developing a ‘clinical’ model for teacher education. Journal of Education for Teaching, 39(5), 557–573. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2013.836339
Cornu, B. (2015). Teacher Education in France: Universitisation and professionalisation – from IUFMs to ESPEs. Education Inquiry, 6(3), 28649. https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.28649
Darling-Hammond, L. (2009, February). Teacher education and the American future. Charles W. Hunt Lecture. Presented at the annual meeting of the American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, Chicago.
Daza, V., Gudmundsdottir, G. B., & Lund, A. (2021). Partnerships as third spaces for professional practice in initial teacher education: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 102, 103338. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103338
Garritty, C., Gartlehner, G., Nussbaumer-Streit, B., King, V. J., Hamel, C., Kamel, C., Affengruber, L., & Stevens, A. (2021). Cochrane Rapid Reviews Methods Group offers evidence-informed guidance to conduct rapid reviews. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 130, 13–22. Biological Science Collection; ProQuest One Academic. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclinepi.2020.10.007
Gravett, S., Petersen, N., & Petker, G. (2014). Integrating foundation phase teacher education with a ‘teaching school’ at the University of Johannesburg. Education as Change, 18, S107–S119. https://doi.org/10.1080/16823206.2013.877357
Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511815355
Ledger, S., & Vidovich, L. (2021). Australian teacher education policy in action: The case of pre-service internships. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 43(7), 11–29. https://doi.org/10.3316/aeipt.221145
Loukomies, A., Petersen, N., & Lavonen, J. (2018). A Finnish Model of Teacher Education Informs a South African One: A Teaching School as a Pedagogical Laboratory. South African Journal of Childhood Education, 8(1). A593. https://doi.org/10.4102/sajce.v8i1.593
McLean Davies, L., Dickson, B., Rickards, F., Dinham, S., Conroy, J., & Davis, R. (2015). Teaching as a clinical profession: Translational practices in initial teacher education – an international perspective. Journal of Education for Teaching, 41(5), 514–528. https://doi.org/10.1080/02607476.2015.1105537
McNamara, O., Jones, M., & Murray, J. (2014). Framing Workplace Learning. In O. McNamara, J. Murray, & M. Jones (Eds.), Workplace Learning in Teacher Education: International Practice and Policy (pp. 1–27). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007-7826-9_1
Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the Connections Between Campus Courses and Field Experiences in College- and University-Based Teacher Education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1–2), 89–99. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487109347671


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Cooperations with Schools as a Central Part of Social Entrepreneurship Education in University-based Teacher Training

Anna Benning, Karl-Heinz Gerholz

University of Bamberg, Germany

Presenting Author: Benning, Anna; Gerholz, Karl-Heinz

Global and societal change requires the development of basic skills in order to be able to (re-)act proactively, sustainably and in a solution-oriented manner (Fernbach, 2020). In this context, social entrepreneurship is becoming increasingly important. It means recognizing social problems and solving these by using entrepreneurial approaches (Gerholz & Slepcevic-Zach, 2015). (Social) entrepreneurial spirit and personal skills such as initiative, self-confidence, constructive handling of failures, social responsibility and Empathy - which are important for both, a vibrant civil society and a functioning market economy (Lindner, 2016), should not only be addressed at Higher Education Institutions. According to a resolution of the EU Parliament, fostering the development of these skills already at a young age is crucial (EU Parlament, 2015). Therefore implementing corresponding learning environments in classwork is important, which calls for enabling and encouraging practicing teachers in school service as well as teacher trainees to act as multipliers for sustainable, (social) entrepreneurial acting.

This was the starting point of the project ‚Teachers as Changemakers‘, which is funded by the Bavarian State Ministry. As a part of this project we shaped – inspired by the changemaker program in Vienna and Graz (Schlömmer & Dömötör, 2022; Kamsker et al., 2023) – a learning environment for students in university-based primary and vocational teacher training (business education), which is carried out over the course of one term and encompasses partnerships with primary and (upper) secondary schools in the region of Bamberg, Germany. The teacher trainees are trained and support students in schools in finding and pursuing social entrepreneurship projects. The latter complete – accompanied by tandems of teacher trainees – the entire process of a social entrepreneurial challenge: from becoming aware of societal issues and sustainable development goals via coming up with ideas, using the social business model canvas, implementing the idea as well as marketing and pricing activities right through to offering the resulting products and service ideas on a market day and reflecting on the process subsequently. The cooperations with local schools are beneficial for all involved: For the teacher trainees they offer the chance to try out didactic-methological approaches of teaching social entrepreneurship as well as the relationization of theory and practice (Caruso et al., 2022). The schools and practicing teachers in school service get to know the mentionned approaches in a low-threshold way through simply accompanying the lessons conducted by the teacher trainees. And the students in school learn in an action-oriented way plus might develop self-efficacy and competences for taking innovative action and for collective problem-solving (Alden-Rivers et al., 2015; Kalemaki et al., 2019).

The first realization during summer term 2023 has been evaluated formatively and summatively. This contribution aims to i) point out organizational conditions for successful practical phases and to investigate ii) whether the teacher trainees perceive Social Entrepreneurship Education (SEE) differently after the course and which situations made them think about SEE.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The analyses are based on qualitative data collected via learning journals (with prompts), messages from participating teacher trainees (n=29) and accompanying teachers in school service (n=7) as well as didactic reports written by the teacher trainees at the end of the term. For the purpose of identifying organizational conditions for successful practical phases (i) we conducted structuring content analysis according to Mayring (2008) based on the messages (n=98) and learning journal entries (n=100). Categories for the analysis were derived deductively from requirements of planning practical phases, whereas subcategories were developed inductively from the material. Based on this category system, units of meaning from the messages and learning journal entries were coded. In order to answer research question ii we also conducted content analysis, but on the basis of didactic reports (n=29). With regard to the teacher trainees' perceptions of Social Entrepreneurship Education we proceeded inductively – but the key events were differentiated in situations that occured during classes at university or during conducting the workshops in school.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Analysis concerning the first aim indicates the necessity to take counteracting planning horizons into account and also prepare teacher trainees for those as well as mixed perceptions of being assigned to certain schools and the benefit of arranging and having arranged preliminary meetings with teacher trainees and accompanying teachers. Regarding the second research question, analyses show that most of the teacher trainees recognize the importance of Social Entrepreneurship Education afterwards and that situations, they stated made them think about it, predominantly occured while interacting with the students in school. This indicates the importance of cooperating with schools in this context.
References
Alden-Rivers, B., Armellini, A., Maxwell, R., Allen, S., & Durkin, C. (2015). Social innovation education: towards a framework for learning design. Higher Education, Skills and Work-Based Learning, 5(4), 383–400.

Caruso, C., Neuweg, G. H., Wagner, M. & Harteis, C. (2022). Theorie-Praxis-Relationierung im Praxissemester: Die Perspektive der Mentor*innen. Eine explorative Studie. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 25, 1481–1503.

EU-Parlament (2015). Förderung des Unternehmergeists junger Menschen durch Bildung und Ausbildung. Zugriff am 15.02.2022. Verfügbar unter https://www.europarl.europa.eu/doceo/document/TA-8-2015-0292_DE.pdf.

Fernbach, E. (2020). Social Entrepreneurship Education in Art Education of Future Primary School Teachers. Discourse and Communication for Sustainable Education, 11 (1), pp. 26-40.

Gerholz, K.-H. & Slepcevic-Zach, P. (2015). Social Entrepreneurship Education durch Service Learning – eine Untersuchung auf Basis zweier Pilotstudien in der wirtschaftswissenschaftlichen Hochschulbildung. Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung, Jg. 10/ Nr. 3, 91-111.

Kalemaki, I., Kantsiou, S., & Wall, J. C. (2019). Towards a learning framework for social innovation education. EMES Selected Conference Papers. https://emes.net/publications/conference-papers/7th-emes-conference-selected-papers/towards-a-learning-framework-for-social-innovation-education/

Kamsker, S., Lehner, J., Gutschelhofer, A. & Stock, M. (2023). Changemaker– Studierende als Multiplikator:innen zur Förderung von Entrepreneurship-Kompetenzen. Zeitschrift für Hochschulentwicklung, 18(2), 153–171. https://doi.org/10.3217/zfhe-18-02/08

 Lindner, J. (2016): Entrepreneurship Education. In: Faltin, G. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Entrepreneurship.https://link.springer.com/content/pdf/10.1007%2F978-3-658-05263-8_35-1.pdf

Mayring, P. (2008). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. In U. Flick, E. von Kardoff & I. Steinke (Hrsg.), Qualitative Forschung (S. 468–474). Reinbek: Rowohlt.

Schlömmer, M. & Dömötör, R. (2022). Changemaker Program – kids become entrepreneurs. Beitrag in Danube Cup Conference 2022, Ungarn.
 
13:45 - 15:1516 SES 06 A: Digital Games in Education
Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Irina Kliziene
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Immersion in Digital Games: The Experience of Immersion and the Social Contexts that Provoke It

Birute Vityte, Ona Monkeviciene

Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Vityte, Birute; Monkeviciene, Ona

Digital game-based learning (GBL) is being actively researched (Van Eck, 2006; Egenfeldt-Nielsen, Meyer, Sørensen, 2011; Adams, 2009; Plass, Homer, Kinzer, 2015; Kickmeier-Rust et al., 2011). One of the aspects studied is engagement, which one of the key reasons for the application and wide adoption of GBL because it encourages the players to learn and improve. The researchers analyse the immersion of players in the flow state as a positive phenomenon that has aspects worth discussing. According to the researchers, flow state may positively affect learning (Kiili, 2005), the players immersed in the flow are motivated to solve problems and overcome challenges (Egenfeldt-Nielsen, Meyer, Sørensen (2011)), they are highly focused and do not feel the passage of time or fatigue, they stay motivated and self-regulated for a long time, which facilitates learning (Graesser, Chipman, Leeming, Biedenbach, 2009). Meanwhile Marklund and Romin (2020) raise questions about the problematic aspects of flow or immersion: about the loss of self-identity and “wandering” while completing a task, which raises doubts whether reflective thinking is involved because at times the task is lost while playing; and about the influence of social context and personal qualities on learning that can be reduced in the flow state. The researchers (Sinagatullin, 2017; Jeong & Kim, 2011) who investigate addiction to gaming emphasise a similar immersion state that can have a number of negative consequences: players addicted to gaming fail to regulate and plan their time; for them, the use of video games often becomes more important than learning; they can play for hours without pausing; those immersed in games may suffer from back pain due to prolonged sitting in the same position; some develop sleep disorders or neglect personal hygiene; some can develop eating disorders; some children obsessed with gaming suffer from carpal tunnel syndrome; gaming addiction can also have social consequences and provoke unhealthy daily behaviour. Therefore, it is not entirely clear how players experience the immersion state as a complex systemic process and what conditions turn it into a negative cycle that completely absorbs the gamer.

There are multiple studies that analyse individual aspects of immersion and addiction. Brown and Cairns (2004) distinguished three levels of immersion based on the experiences of the players: engagement, engrossment and total immersion, and described several characteristics of immersion. Research by Atan (2024) revealed the negative impact of the gaming addiction on the psychological well-being and health of children. Akaroğlu (2022) studied the impact of parental behaviour on the socio-emotional well-being of players and the development of addiction in them and found that an authoritarian attitude of parents increased the tendency to become addicted; Changho & Ocktae (2017) revealed the influence of being satisfied with one’s relationships with parents, friends, and teachers on the gaming addiction; Morahan-Martin and Schumacher (2000) have shown that lonely gamers find online social interactions attractive and they replace the self-disclosure and intimacy of real-life interactions for them. Lai et al. (2016) identified the predictors of addiction to digital games, which include the frequency and duration of gaming.

The overview of literature shows that the researchers have highlighted certain levels and characteristics of immersion and aspects of the environment that facilitates the development of addiction but no systematic analysis of this phenomenon based on the perspective of the players themselves exists so far. Our study asked the following questions: how do the players experience the immersion state? What processes and contexts are relevant to immersion?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was based on the classical Glaser`s version of the Grounded Theory. The presentation will cover only a part of the data that emerged during the thesis process, rather than the whole emergent theory. The basis of the classical GT version is the emergence of theory from the data. It is an inductive reasoning method that creates a theory through the systematic collection, synthesis, analysis and conceptualisation of data. The researchers move in their study field without a predefined study problem; the study problem and its resolutions emerge from research data (Glaser, 2018, Glaser, Holton, 2004).
The following data were used: 21 interviews with gamers; 1 focus group with 8th grade students of gymnasium (all of them have played or play digital games); informal correspondence with interview participants.
The data of this study were analysed in the following stages: substantive coding that includes open coding and selective coding, and theoretical coding. Data analysis stages were accompanied by continuous memoing. All steps, i.e. data collection, open coding, theoretical sampling, memoing, conceptualisation, etc. were carried out simultaneously in a cyclic manner, with the author repeatedly returning to the first steps. The stages were repeated until data categories were saturated. The literature review had not been performed until processes that create preconditions for the exclusion of gamers in school emerged and were conceptualised; only then literature was used as one of data sources (Glaser, 1998).
Research ethics was followed: all participants were informed about the purpose for which their data were collected and their right to withdraw from the study at any stage. The parents of minors were informed in writing about the study purpose and their written consents allowing their children to participate were obtained. All identifying personal information of participants was changed. All participants took part voluntarily and gave their consents. The study complied with the Regulation on the Assessment of Conformity of Scientific Research to the Main Principles of Professional Research and Ethics approved by Vytautas Magnus University Senate (MTAPTPEPVN, 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study revealed gaming immersion experiences and contexts provoking and supporting it.
Gaming immersion experiences: Arousal manifests as excitement, thrill, satisfaction. It emerged as euphoric state described as satisfaction caused by drugs. Desperation manifests as an uncontrollable urge to seek the arousal again and again. It is accompanied by hiding, pretending, lying. Altered perception of time manifests as the acceleration/slowing down/loss of time. Ignoring one’s needs manifests as ignoring one’s bodily needs that could distract from gaming and repetition. Disconnection from reality manifests as disorientation/confusion, altered perception of space/sounds, and fear.
Repetition is the key process supporting the immersion experiences. Main characteristic: easily activated because it reflects human nature (providing security because you know what to expect and convenience because repetition requires less energy). Another characteristic of repetition is intensification: increasing intensity and frequency because of experiences and emotions triggered by repetition. Deepening is another characteristic: repeating the same actions makes the engagement in them easier and abandoning them harder (interruption of repetition feels like violence).
Several contexts affecting immersion emerged in the study. Compelling context. An external social context (home/school), where dominant behavioural patterns (rejection, disinterest, bullying, violence) push players into the repetition. It creates unfavourable emotional atmosphere resulting in intensive immersion cycle, triggering the deepening and intensification and the stability of the entire process. Hype-building context. It involves being intensely controlled by a phenomenon (digital games) and surrendering to what is currently popular and fashionable. It produces highly positive information about the phenomenon, making it even more attractive. Neutralising context is created through external behavioural regulation models (limitation, prohibition, diverting attention, moderation) influencing the intensification and deepening. Limitation and prohibition do not disrupt the immersion cycle but balance the repetition process. Diverting attention and moderation help see digital games as creative tools and change the nature of repetition.

References
Adams, E. (2009). Fundamentals of game design. New Riders.
Akaroğlu G. (2022) Parental Attitudes and Social Emotional Well-Being Predict Digital Game Addiction in Turkish Children, The American Journal of Family Therapy.
Atan A. (2024) The psychological well-being of children who play digital games during the COVID-19 pandemic, International Journal of Early Years Education.
Brown, E., & Cairns, P. (2004). A grounded investigation of game immersion. Iš CHI EA '04: CHI '04 Extended Abstracts on Human Factors in Computing Systems (p. 1297–1300). Association for Computing Machinery.
Changho L. & Ocktae K. (2017) Predictors of online game addiction among Korean adolescents, Addiction Research & Theory, 25:1, 58-66.
Egenfeldt-Nielsen, S., Meyer, B., & Sørensen, B. H. (Red.). (2011). Serious games in education: A global perspective. Aarhus University Press.
Glaser, B. G. (1998). Doing grounded theory: Issues and discussion. Sociology Press.
Glaser, B. G. (2018). Getting started. Grounded Theory Review, 17(1), 3–6. Sociology Press.
Glaser, B. G., & Holton, J. (2004). Remodeling grounded theory. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 5(2), 1–17.
Graesser, A., Chipman, P., Leeming, F., & Biedenbach, S. (2009). Deep Learning and Emotion in Serious Games. Iš U. Ritterfeld, M. Cody ir P. Vorderer (Red.), Serious Games: Mechanisms and Effects (p. 83–102). Routledge.
Kickmeier-Rust, M., Mattheiss, E., Steiner, C., &Albert, D. (2011). A psycho-pedagogical framework for multi-adaptive educational games. International Journal of Game-Based Learning, 1(1), 45–58.
Kiili, K. (2005). Digital game-based learning: Towards an experiential gaming model. The Internet and Higher Education, 8(1), 13–24.
Lai, I. H., Kim, D. J., & Jeong, E. J. (2016). Online digital game addiction: How does social relationship impact game addiction. AMCIS 2016: Surfing the IT Innovation Wave - 22nd Americas Conference on Information Systems (pp. 1–8). San Diego, CA.
Marklund, B. B., & Romin, R. (2020). Bad game, good learning: Examining the contradictions of digital game-based learning.
Morahan-Martin, J., & Schumacher, P. (2000). Incidence and correlates of pathological Internet use among college students. Computers in Human Behavior, 16(1), 13–29. doi:10.1016/S0747-5632(99)00049-7
Plass, J. L., Homer, B. D., & Kinzer, C. K. (2015). Foundations of Game-Based Learning. Educational Psychologist, 50, 258–283.
Sinagatullin, I. M. (2017). Shifting the classical paradigm: The impact of information technology on contemporary education. International Journal of Educational Reform, 26(1), 2–13.
Van Eck, R. (2006). Digital game-based learning: It's not just the digital natives who are restless. EDUCAUSE Review, 41(2), 16–30.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Digital Literacy through Games: A Participatory Assessment Study of the Impact of a Minecraft-Based Learning Resource for Computer Science lessons

Katarina Mićić1, Katarina Veljković2, Jolien van Uden3, Milan Stančić1

1University of Belgrade, Faculty of Philosophy; 2First Kragujevac Gymnasium, Serbia; 3European Training Foundation

Presenting Author: Mićić, Katarina

The European key competences framework distinguishes digital literacy among the eight key competences in education (EU, 2006), which is why policy makers and practitioners in Europe and beyond put a great effort in introducing changes that will support the development of these skills (Punie et al, 2017). Digital literacy consists of “knowledge, skills, values and awareness that are required when using ICT and digital media to perform tasks, solve problems, communicate, manage information, collaborate, create and share content, build knowledge effectively, efficiently, appropriately, critically, creatively, autonomously, flexibly, ethically, reflectively for work, leisure, participation, learning, socializing, consuming, and empowerment” (Ferrari, 2012). This competence is required for a full participation in the contemporary society, and it is getting more and more important as requests for using digital resources are expending rapidly in many jobs and other activities, which was especially notable during the pandemic (Kovács Cerović et al, 2021).
Recent Eurostat (2021) data show that about 50% of individuals in the European area have basic overall digital skills, ranging from 25% in Albania to 80% in Scandinavian countries. The latest IEA International Computer and Information Literacy report showed that 1 in 5 students worldwide did not have a functional working knowledge of computers at the end of lower secondary education, with wider differences observed within countries than between countries (Fraillon et al., 2021).
The urging need to ensure a stimulative learning environment for supporting the development of students’ digital literacy prompts teachers to come up with innovative teaching solutions. One such solution comes from a general upper secondary school in Serbia and was awarded with the European Training Foundation Innovative teaching and learning award in 2022 under the “Creating New learning” initiative. A Computer science teacher together with her students have created a game-based learning resource, called “The Escape room”, that corresponds to lower secondary Computer Science curriculum. The resource covers the seven topics of digital literacy: 1. Search the Internet; 2. Reliability of information on the internet and copyright, 3. Online identity; 4. Safety on the Internet; 5. Safe use of digital devices; 6. E-mail and working with shared documents; 7. Open data. The game is set on the Minecraft platform and uses the principles of the escape room game where a player goes through the room, explores a topic by reading information points, and has to answer questions to exit the room and move to the next one.
Previous studies dealing with game-based teaching resources haven’t provided conclusive evidence on whether they are beneficial to learning. A thorough review suggests that game-based resources support motivation for learning (Divjak & Tomić, 2011), however a recent meta-analysis revealed varying findings on their impacts on learning gains, with both positive and negative effects observed, and outcomes being influenced by factors like ease of use or cognitive workload (Zhonggen, 2021). In addition, a study investigating the impact of the experience of enjoyment while playing a game on learning gains found no connection between the two (Iten & Petko, 2016).
The current study was supported by the European Training Foundation initiative “Creating New Learning” and looked into the effects of the Escape room practice. The study took place in two elementary schools and involved three Computer science teachers – the one who developed the practice and two teachers who tried out the practices with their students, as well as researchers who led the study. Considering the ambiguity of previous findings, the study had two goals: 1. to assess whether the Escape room practice improves the motivation for learning, and 2. to assess whether the Escape room practice contributes to learning gains.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study used mix methods and was participatory (Bergold & Thomas, 2012), meaning that all decisions were made jointly by the teachers and the researchers, and that the teachers participated in interpretation of findings.
  The study relied on a quasi-experimental design (Todorović, 2008) which enabled a reliable assessment of the practice effects through comparison of experimental and control group results. The participating students were in grades 5 to 8. At the beginning of the study, all students undertook a digital literacy test. To make the experimental and control group similar in terms of their initial digital literacy, allocation of the classes was based on the classes’ average digital literacy scores. In each of the four grades, half of the (whole) classes were assigned to control group and other half to experimental group. Across the four grades, there were 18 classes in the experimental group with a total of 217 students, and 18 control group classes with a total of 201 students.
  Over the course of five weeks, the experimental group classes had their Computer science lessons conducted with the Escape room, while the control group classes had their lessons the usual way which included frontal teaching, discussions, students’ presentation, and problem-based learning - depending on the grade and a lesson.
  Data was collected from 360 students whose parents gave consent. To assess effects on motivation for learning, after each lesson students filled out a short questionnaire assessing their intrinsic motivation. The questionnaire had seven items (e.g., “I think this activity was quite enjoyable”) followed by a 10-point scale and was based on the Self-determination theory (Ryan & Deci, 2020). This data was analysed using paired-samples t-test. Group effects were estimated on both school level and the whole sample level, thus checking for the moderating effect of a teacher.
  To assess the effects of the practice on learning outcomes, after the five weeks all students undertook another digital literacy test. Data from this instrument were analysed by using repeated measures analysis of variance and inspecting time X group interactions. The moderating effect of the teacher was also investigated.
  To make interpretation of quantitative results more reliable and to gather additional insight, the study also included a qualitative method. Additional data were collected through interviews with the two teachers and two focus group discussions with students. These data were analysed on the basis of the thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2012).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results showed that the practices contributed to boosting motivation, while it didn’t have impact on learning. However, the practice’s effects on the intrinsic motivation measure were moderated by the grade and the teacher, indicating the importance of contextual factors in the implementation of the practice. In school A, students from the experimental group from grades 6 to 8 reported higher motivation than the control group students (p<.05), while grade 5 students from the control group were more motivated than their experimental group counterparts (p<.05). Being that five graders from this school had the lowest initial digital literacy scores, this finding suggest that a certain starting level of digital literacy is necessary for the practice to be effects. Contrary, the use of the practice by insufficiently skilled students could have negative effects, probably by affecting their perceived competence during the learning activity. School B, which had technical obstacles that caused interruptions and prevented an autonomous use of the game by students, had mixed results. The practice had impact on motivation in grades 5 and 8 (p<.05), while no difference was found in grades 6 and 7 (p>.05).
  The practice didn’t show effects on learning outcomes measured by the digital literacy test in school A (p between .159 and .922). However, in school B, where students experienced technical difficulties while using the game, the control group had better achievement on the posttest measure than their experimental group counterparts (p<.05). This finding stressed the importance of ensuring the proper technical conditions prior to implementing the practice.
Students’ and teachers’ insights revealed enablers and barriers to the practice implementation and supported fine nuancing of the quantitative findings, thus enlightening the mechanisms through which the practice impacted learning, which is applicable to other ICT based teaching resources as well.

References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2012). Thematic analysis. American Psychological Association.
Bergold, J., & Thomas, S. (2012). Participatory research methods: A methodological approach in motion. Historical Social Research/Historische Sozialforschung, 191-222.
European Parliament and the Council of the European Union (2006). Recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2006 on key competences for lifelong learning. Official Journal of the European Union, L394/10.
Eurostat (2021). Digital literacy in the EU: An overview. https://data.europa.eu/en/publications/datastories/digital-literacy-eu-overview
Fraillon, J., Ainley, J., Schulz, W., Friedman, T., & Duckworth, D. (2020). Preparing for life in a digital world: IEA international computer and information literacy study 2018 international report (p. 297). Springer Nature.
Ferrari, A. (2012). Digital Competence in Practice: An Analysis of Frameworks. Seville: JRC-IPTS.

Divjak, B., & Tomić, D. (2011). The impact of game-based learning on the achievement of learning goals and motivation for learning mathematics-literature review. Journal of information and organizational sciences, 35(1), 15-30.

Iten, N., & Petko, D. (2016). Learning with serious games: Is fun playing the game a predictor of learning success?. British Journal of Educational Technology, 47(1), 151-163.
Kovács Cerović, T., Mićić, K., & Vračar, S. (2022). A leap to the digital era—what are lower and upper secondary school students’ experiences of distance education during the COVID-19 pandemic in Serbia?. European journal of psychology of education, 37(3), 745-764.
Punie, Y., editor(s), Redecker, C., European Framework for the Digital Competence of Educators: DigCompEdu, EUR 28775 EN, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2017
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2020). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: Definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. Contemporary educational psychology, 61, 101860.
Todorović, D. (2008). Metodologija psiholoških istraživanja. Centar za primenjenu psihologiju, Beograd.
Zhonggen, Y. (2019). A meta-analysis of use of serious games in education over a decade. International Journal of Computer Games Technology, 2019.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Tailored Gamification in Education: A Systematic Literature Review

Yujia Hong1, Nadira Saab1, Wilfried Admiraal2

1Leiden University, Netherlands,; 2Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Hong, Yujia

Compared with the one-size-fits-all gamification, tailored gamification highlights the importance of individual differences for learning and motivates students by modifying game elements to match their personal user profiles. Yet, it is a challenge for teachers and curriculum designers to use it in practice, since a limited number of studies in this field currently discuss ‘how to tailor’ in the educational settings. The systematic review examined research on tailored gamification for learning based on 43 peer-reviewed articles published between 2013 and 2023. The study aims to investigate tailored gamification for learning by considering the types of student information for creating user profiles, approaches to tailor, and game elements used when tailoring. The details related to student information, tailored approaches and game elements are depicted in tables. According to the taxonomy of Missaoui and Maalel (2021), student information in gamified contexts were grouped as ‘learner information’ (e.g., learning goal and skill), personal information (e.g., demographic data and personality trait), and player information (e.g., player type and preference). The tailored approaches were categorized as personalization, adaption and recommendation by adopting the taxonomies of Klock, et al. (2020). Then we applied the ways of Toda et al. (2019) to categorize game elements for tailored gamification in education into five types, namely, personal, social, ecological, performance, and fictional game elements.

Apart from student learning, personal, and player information, we found that contextual information students in can also differentiate students and should be included into their user profiles when tailoring gamification. Additionally, tailored approaches in the studies that were reviewed included personalization, adaption, recommendation, with user modeling as their basis. Twenty-three game elements in five categories were employed in tailored gamification when using these types of tailored approaches. These results indicated that, students’ user profiles relied on their player information more often, than on their learning and personal information, one main reason for which was that there existed the most existing typologies to identify students’ player types. Second, only a few articles in this review study integrated different aspects of student information to build user profiles and most of them ignored the complexity of human characteristics and needs. Third, most studies modeled users by exploring the types of student information in their profiles, rather than conducting the tailored gamifying classes. In the real learning contexts, personalization and adaption were more commonly reported than recommendation. Moreover, a variety of game element categories reflect multiple aspects of a tailored gamifying system, and each tailored approach has their own preferred types of game elements, respectively.

Researchers should explore more student information and apply multiple types of them when building user profiles in tailored gamification systems and teachers should consider students’ learning contexts and give them instant scaffolding when using gamified systems. Second, to bridge the gap between preparation and implementation, we suggest future researchers conduct design-based studies to develop and evaluate tailored gamification as part of teachers’ instructional practice. Additionally, experimental designs with non-tailored gamification classes as comparisons might help to examine the student outcomes in a rigorous way. Since all game element clusters are important for enhancing student motivation during gamified classes, we would therefore encourage more empirical research on the impact of using all the game element clusters when tailoring gamification for learning.

These findings provide a holistic picture of how to tailor gamification for learning to motivate students. Teachers and curriculum designers can benefit from this study to consider appropriate student information used in user profiles, and tailored approaches during both the class design and implementation, and select appropriate game elements by understanding their game elements when adopting different tailored approaches.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology is the systematic literature review. The principles of the PRISMA statement (Moher et al., 2009) will be used as a guideline to conduct and report this review work. This literature research is conducted with electronic databases in a research university library in the Netherlands and uses the snowballing method to retrieve relevant literature as necessary supplements.

This study aims to examine tailored gamification with the consideration of individual differences in educational settings to expand the current body of knowledge in this area. Based on this research purpose, the keywords for searching consist of the synonyms of tailor (e.g., personalize) and variants for gamification (e.g., gamified) and education (e.g., school, learning, and teaching). Besides, the papers will be included from 2013 onwards because from then, tailored gamification began to be emphasized in educational settings (Klock et al., 2018).

The selected papers should be (a) focusing on tailored gamification (e.g., not the general gamified technique or not irrelevant with gamification) (b) written in English (c) records with full access (d) available in full text (e) primary studies (e.g., not surveys or systematic mappings or reviews) (f) peer-reviewed articles (g) in educational settings (h) published from 2013 to date. This period is chosen due to from 2013 onward, tailored gamification began to be studied (Klock et al., 2018) and the scope reaches the year 2023 to collect state-of-the-art research data on this topic.

The details related to student information, tailored approaches and game elements are depicted in tables. Based on the findings of the selected articles, each article has been coded by (1) instruments (2) student information types (3) typologies in Table 1. Table 2 displayed the tailored approaches categorized by adopting the taxonomies of Klock, et al. (2020) as user modeling (basis), personalization, adaption, and recommendation. To illustrate the different processes of these approaches, a four-step tailored framework employed by Shute et al. (2012) was used. Each article in Table 2 has been coded by (a) author/year, (b) country, (c) discipline, (d) educational level, (e) tailored approach, (f) capture, (g) analyze, (h) select, (i) present. Among them, the (h) select step related to the game elements was explained separately in Table 3. Then in order to illustrate different functions of game elements used in tailored gamification for learning, we categorized them into five types, namely, personal, social, ecological, performance, and fictional, according to Toda et al. (2019).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
For researchers, this study distinguished fifteen types of student information stored in user profiles and twelve data instruments for collecting these information. Students’ user-profile was mostly dependent on their player types, learning behavior and performance in class. Besides, this study categorized three approaches to tailor gamification in education and characterized game elements with various functions used in this area. This review extends the previous focus on the types of tailored approaches for gamified learning such as personalization in Aljabali and Ahmad (2018). Furthermore, what game elements existed and what functions they had in tailored gamification are illustrated in this study, which helps cover the research limitations of Hallifax et al. (2019) and Bennani et al. (2020). Future researchers are suggested to conduct more empirical studies to compare the motivating effect between tailored and non-tailored gamification, and also between personalization, adaption and recommendation approaches. More types of student information need to be considered, especially the contexts they are in, since humans have diverse characteristics.

Practical implications are given as well. Teachers should introduce tailored gamification comprehensively along with illustrative examples (e.g., videos of tailored gamification lessons) before their class, because tailored gamification is a new technology and has not been widely adopted for learning. Furthermore, the implementation of three tailored approaches relies heavily on user modeling to create individuals’ user profiles. Therefore, students’ acceptance of collecting their personal data is of great importance for teaching effectiveness. During the class, teachers should pay close attention to students’ behavior and performance and provide scaffolding to them when they encounter problems with the use of gamified systems, to facilitate the smooth running of the tailored process. Apart from students’ human aspects (e.g., player type, learning style), teachers should consider students’ learning contexts, especially for out-of-class learning.

References
Aljabali, R. N., & Ahmad, N. (2018). A review on adopting personalized gamified experience in the learning context. IEEE Conference on e-Learning, e-Management and e-Services, 61-66.

Bennani, S., Maalel, A., & Ghezala, H. B. (2020). AGE-Learn: Ontology-based representation of personalized gamification in E-learning. Procedia Computer Science, 176, 1005-1014.

Hallifax, S., Serna, A., Marty, J. C., & Lavoué, É. (2019). Adaptive gamification in education: A literature review of current trends and developments. European Conference on Technology Enhanced Learning, 294-307.

Klock, A. C. T., Pimenta, M. S., & Gasparini, I. (2018). A systematic mapping of the customization of game elements in gamified systems. Brazilian Symposium on Computer Games and Digital Entertainment, 11-18.

Klock, A. C. T., Gasparini, I., Pimenta, M. S., & Hamari, J. (2020). Tailored gamification: A review of literature. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 144.

Missaoui, S., & Maalel, A. (2021). Student’s profile modeling in an adaptive gamified learning environment. Education and Information Technologies, 26(5), 6367–6381.

Moher, D., Liberati, A., Tetzlaff, J., Altman, D. G., & PRISMA Group*. (2009). Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: The PRISMA statement. Annals of Internal Medicine, 151(4), 264-269.

Shute, V. J., & Zapata-Rivera, D. (2012). Adaptive educational systems. Adaptive technologies for training and education, 7(27), 1-35.

Toda, A. M., Klock, A. C., Oliveira, W., Palomino, P. T., Rodrigues, L., Shi, L., Bittencourt, lg., Gasparini, I., Isotani, S., & Cristea, A. I. (2019). Analysing gamification elements in educational environments using an existing Gamification taxonomy. Smart Learning Environments, 6(1), 1-14.
 
13:45 - 15:1516 SES 06 C JS: Technologies, Families and Schools.
Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Manuela Repetto
Joint Paper Session of NW 14 and NW 16
13:45 - 15:1517 SES 06 A: Forward to the (Common) Roots of Education – Reclaiming Pedagogical Terminology
Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Todd Alan Price
Session Chair: Rose Ylimaki
Symposium Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Symposium

Forward to the (Common) Roots of Education – Reclaiming Pedagogical Terminology

Chair: Todd Alan Price (National Louis)

Discussant: Rose Ylimaki (Northern Arizona University)

In times of increasing globalization of education, its politicization and its instrumentalization for social and economic goals are eye-catching. One of the signs is a remarkable upcoming of mechanistic wording in the area of education like input-output, cost and productivity, management, accountability. The conceptual frameworks and methodological approaches that are applicable in global research, access and democracy in education favorize the competitive, economic creature (homo economicus), characterized by perfect access to information and by the infinite ability to make rational decisions, maximizing utility in terms of monetary as well as non-monetary gains. However, pedagogical practice, students and teachers give us many other images of the human. So do the different subjects at school. It is more than obvious that learning, pedagogy, bildung cannot be reduced to mechanics.

In this symposium we will ask the question what is specific to pedagogy. We will look back to what we make out as specifically pedagogical terminologies in different languages and traditions. In seeking to return education to its human roots, we will take a stance in the Faure report (1972), as well as in the foremost Continental-European educational subdiscipline of pedagogical anthropology: According to the Faure report, education should enhance the full expression of being human. From the pedagogical anthropology point of view, all education begins with an implicit image or ideal of the human. Beside the homo economicus there are uncountable homo-epitheta. Most of them were coined in the mid 18th century in imitation of homo sapiens. The homo aestheticus refers to Alexander Baumgarten’s (1750) theory of ‘sensible knowledge’ and Immanuel Kant’s (1790) ‘judgment of taste’; Homo loquens is a serious suggestion by Johann G. von Herder, taking the human species as defined by the use of language. We will follow up the hypothesis that by making these images or ideals explicit as approaches to education, learning and content, a first step is taken towards an understanding education as a fundamentally humanizing process.


References
Carnevali, Barbara (2019). Two Baptisms and a Divorce: Homo Economicus Versus Homo Aestheticus. In: Social Appearances: A Philosophy of Display and Prestige, New York Chichester, West Sussex: Columbia University Press, pp. 111-128.
Faure, E.; Herrera, F. Kaddoura, A. R.; Lopes, H.; Petrovski, A. V. ; Rahnema, M.; Ward, F. C. (1972): Learning to be: The world of education today and tomorrow. Paris, London: UNESCO/Harrap. Retrieved 7 December 2023 fromhttps://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000001801.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Nation-Building in the Sense of Wilhelm von Humboldt and Thomas Jefferson - Consequences for Pedagogical Terminology

Todd Alan Price (National Louis)

A historical stance will be taken in the approaches of the brothers Humboldt to bildung and curricula, for which especially Wilhelm von Humboldt stands for. In 1804, his brother Alexander on his way back to Europa from Latin America and Mexico visited Thomas Jefferson, the 3rd North-American president from 1801 to 1809 and one of the most influential political theorists of the United States, the main author of the ‘Declaration of Independence’. This meeting led to a letter correspondence (cp. Jefferson 1817, online). While Jefferson in his well-known dictum “life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness” sums up his nation-idea that is based on individual freedom (calling slavery an “abominable crime,” however, without insisting to abolish it), Wilhelm von Humboldt (1792, online) sees freedom as the “grand and indispensable condition” for individual development, as well as the flourishing of State affairs. In a US-American context, the pursuit of happiness is mainly about rights and citizenship rooting in the fundamental idea that “all men are created equal and independent” (Boyd 1950). Von Humboldt connects liberty and freedom foremost to academic freedom. In this paper, it will be explained how Thomas Jefferson and Wilhelm von Humboldt laid the ground for later discourses on curriculum and bildung.

References:

Boyd, J. P. (ed.) (1950): The Papers of Thomas Jefferson. Vol. 1: 1760-1776. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Humboldt, Wilhelm. The Sphere and Duties of Government (1792, 1854). John Chapman, 1792. https://oll.libertyfund.org/title/coulthard-the-sphere-and-duties-of-government-1792-1854. [retrieved, January 11, 2024]
 

Understanding 'Lehrplan' and 'Curriculum': A Comparative Analysis

Daniel Castner (Indiana University), Agnes Pfrang (Erfurt University)

Discussions in German-speaking countries regarding school content, when to teach it, and how to teach it make use of the term ‘Lehrplan’, while English-speaking countries use the term ‘curriculum’ to address these matters. It is essential to note that Lehrplan carries specific meanings that are similar to but not synonymous with English terms curriculum, curriculum guideline, course instruction, or course study. Lehrplan refers to a theory of Bildung, and defines “[…] that which matters in teaching and instruction” (Künzli 2009, 134), and should, therefore, be understood as the “[…] specifications set by educational authorities concerning both lesson content and learning objectives” (ibid.). Curriculum, a fundamental concept in Anglo-American educational research that recognizes ideas about what is being taught or should be taught are neither self-evident or settled matters. Therefore, “[…] everything about curriculum, including its definition, is contested” (Walker, 2003, p. 11). As Horlacher (2018, p. 2) argues, “Lehrplan and curriculum are not merely two concepts indicating comparable subjects but imply also a whole belief system about schooling”. This paper seeks to explore the possibility of conducting comparative research in light of the close connection between language and concepts by focusing the Theory of Lehrplan by Georg Kerschensteiner (1854-1932) and his theory of Bildung, and Decker Walker’s (1942-) perspective on curriculum. For Walker (2003), curriculum is the organization of educational content and purposes, and curriculum theories “employ reason and evidence, but in the service of passion. Curriculum theories can be analytical as well as partisan. […] Curriculum theories make ideals explicit, clarify them, work out their consequences for curriculum practice, compare them to other ideals, and justify or criticize them” (p.60).

References:

Horlacher, R., & De Vincenti, A. (2014). From rationalist autonomy to scientific empiricism: A history of curriculum in Switzerland. In W. F. Pinar (Ed.), International handbook of curriculum research (pp. 476–492). New York, NY: Routledge. Horlacher, R. (2018). The same but different: the German Lehrplan and curriculum. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 50(1), 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2017.1307458 Kerschensteiner, G. (1899): Betrachtungen zur Theorie des Lehrplanes: mit eingehenden methodischen Bemerkungen und Erläuterungen zu dem beigefügten neuen Lehrplane der Weltkunde (Geographie, Geschichte, Naturkunde) für die siebenklassigen Volksschulen Münchens. Rohrbach: C. Gerber. Künzli, R. (2009). Curriculum und Lehrmittel. In: Andresen, S.; Casale, R.; Gabriel, T.; Horlacher, R.; Larcher Klee, S. & J. Oelkers (Eds.): Handwörterbuch Erziehungswissenschaft. Weinheim: Beltz, pp. 134-148. Walker, D. F. (2003). Fundamentals of curriculum: Passion and professionalism. Erlbaum Associates.
 

The Educational Journey of W.E.B Du Bois

Rose Ylimaki (Northern Arizona University), Michaela Vogt (Bielefeld University)

Culturally responsive education, including culturally relevant or culturally responsive instruction described in multicultural education literature, is not only about utilizing students’ culture as a vehicle for learning, but also about teaching them how to develop a broader sociopolitical consciousness that enables them to critique the cultural norms, values, mores, and institutions that produce and maintain social inequities (Ladson-Billings 1994, p. 162). Contemporary U.S. scholars (e.g., Gay, 2018; Ladson-Billings, 1994) who have proposed various approaches to culturally responsive or culturally relevant education often draw upon the writings of William Edward Burghardt Du Bois. William Edward Burghardt Du Bois (1868-1963), an US-American sociologist, historian, and civil rights activist, called for an education that prepares humankind to think more broadly, to eradicate social, economic, and political inequities (e.g., Du Bois, 1903/2008). This paper takes an historical perspective on DuBois’ (1903/2008) early work, including particularly Souls of Black Folks, in relation to his educational journey and studies in Germany. DuBois wrote about his educational journey in Germany in 1892, and the ways in which he felt he was treated as a human being (Du Bois, 1894/1954). The paper considers Du Bois’ (1903/2008) indirect references to Bildung and implications for the contemporary pedagogical approaches culturally responsive and culturally relevant education.

References:

Du Bois, W. E. B. (1903/2008). The souls of black folk. Oxford University Press. Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching: Theory, research, and practice. teachers college press. Hegel, G. W. F. (1807/2018). Hegel: The phenomenology of spirit. Oxford University Press. Ladson-Billings, G. (1994). Dream Keepers: Successful Teachers of African American Children. Hoboken, NJ: Jossey-Bass. W. E. B. Dubois: Remembrance of His Berlin Years (1892–94), published in: German History Intersections, [November 29, 2023].
 

Pedagogical Relationship and Professionality in Terms of Care

Anja Kraus (Stockholm University)

In bodily terms, pedagogical relationships and professionality, first of all, follow the signature of care. In this paper, educational care will be explained by relating to John Dewey, thus, through a historical approach. The US-American philosopher, psychologist, and educational reformer is a foothold in the common roots of the European continental and Anglo-American educational discourse (Kraus & Ylimaki in print), integrating continental philosophy with pragmatism, as well as with an enthusiasm for the actual challenges of a society. Dewey ([1916] 1966) models the ‘stimulation of the child’s powers’ in terms of a circuit of inquiry, i.e., as a directed transformation of an indeterminate situation into successful human action: “I believe that the only true education comes through the stimulation of the child’s powers by the demands of the social situations in which [s]he finds [her]himself” (ibid., 54). The pedagogue mediates between a child and his/her impulses of cultural self-reflection, facilitating learning experiences and social self-reflection. The circuit of inquiry involves care in terms of the ‘important role of the bond’ between pedagogue and student (Dewey 1897, 3). With the focus on experience, self-activity and inquiry, Dewey’s idea of the ‘growth’ of a child or young person indicates the impact of bodily dispositions and activities, physical well-being, and environment on the learning of an individual. In this paper, the referential frame of Dewey’s concept of care will be identified in more details and connections will be drawn on an actual Continental debate on educational care (Dietrich et al. 2020).

References:

Dewey, J. (1897). My Pedagogic Creed (No. 25). Place: EL Kellogg & Company. Dewey, J. ([1908] 1960): Theory of the Moral Life, New York: Irvington. Dewey, J. ([1916] 1966). Democracy and Education (ed. by J. A. Boydston). The Middle Works of John Dewey, vol.9, 1899-1924. Place: Publisher. Dewey, J. ([1922] 1976). Human Nature and Conduct. In: The Middle Works, 1899-1924, vol.14 (ed. by J.A. Boydston), Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press. Dietrich, C., Uhlendorf, N.; Beilder, F.; Sanders, O. (eds.) (2020): Anthropologien der Sorge im Pädagogischen. Weinheim Basel: Beltz. Kraus, Anja & Rose Ylimaki (in print): A Historical Introduction to Continental Pedagogics from a Northern American Perspective. In: Educational Philosophy and Theory.
 
13:45 - 15:1518 SES 06 A: Pre-Service Teachers' Learning in Physical Education
Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Corina van Doodewaard
Paper Session
 
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Preservice Classroom Teachers’ Planning and Content Development in Physical Education

Niki Tsangaridou, Mikaela Pieroua, Katerina Panteli, Charalambos Charalambous

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Tsangaridou, Niki; Charalambous, Charalambos

Planning is a critical skill of quality teaching. It represents how content evolves and ensures that a sequential and progressive lesson is implemented (Rink, 2020). Planning is a vital part of teaching providing that the teachers are well-prepared to facilitate quality learning experiences for their students (Fletcher & Beckey, 2023; Mitchell & Walton-Fisette, 2022; Rink, 2020).

In physical education (PE), content development is an indicator of good planning and reveals how the lesson is developed including the organization, selection, and sequence of the content through the learning activities (Capel et al., 2019; Fletcher & Beckey, 2023). Particularly, content development refers to the sequence of a lesson through learning-motor activities, that activities could be categorized as informing, extending, refining, and applying (Rink, 2020; Siedentop & Tannehill, 2000; Ward & Lehwald, 2018). Good planning requires curricular outcomes and objectives that are based on curriculum standards as well as the needs of the children (Capel et al., 2019; Rink, 2020; Siedentop & Tannehill, 2000). Furthermore, good planning includes connections between different concepts or skills, allowing teachers to build upon what students already know and make learning more meaningful and relevant (Coulter & Ní Chróinín, 2022; Mitchell & Walton-Fisette, 2022). Considering all of the above, developing an effective lesson plan is regarded as critical for implementing an effective lesson (Capel et al., 2019). However, research suggests that planning is a demanding and challenging task, particularly for pre-service teachers (Coulter & Ní Chróinín, 2022).

Research on planning investigates teachers’ skills such as knowledge and perceptions that affect planning (Karlströmand & Hamza, 2021; Mustafa et al., 2024). However, there is a lack of research describing the process of the planning itself, which is the scope of this study. In recent years, research investigating how pre-service teachers develop lesson plans, let alone sequence the lesson plan for planning the teaching of an entire unit, has been limited (Fletcher & Beckey, 2023). Therefore, the purpose of the study was to describe pre-service teachers’ content development. Particularly, this study aimed to explore how pre-service classroom teachers select, develop, and progress content during and between lessons for two entire instructional units during their student teaching practicum.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants were 42 preservice elementary classroom teachers, who were enrolled in the student practicum during the last year of their studies. Data collection included the participants’ lesson plans from two different instructional units designed to be taught during their teaching practicum (10 lesson plans per participant). The focus of the instructional units was based on the National curriculum in physical education in Cyprus. Policy in Cyprus divides its primary education into two cycles. Cycle A includes Grades 1-3 and is designed for children between the ages of six to eight. Cycle B, which includes Grades 4-6, is designed for children of ages nine to twelve. The six core standards that guide the structure of the PE curriculum in both Cycles emphasize the importance of improving children's overall development.
The data were analyzed quantitatively using descriptive statistics and qualitatively using inductive analysis techniques. Specifically, descriptive statistics were run for each type of instructional task (informing, refining, extending, applying). Qualitative data were analyzed based on the participants’ content development patterns as revealed in their instructional units and lesson plans. Specifically, the analysis was completed based on using a framework from Rink adapted for the purposes of this study (Rink, 2020). Particularly, in that framework, an informing task is the first task in the progression of skill. An extending task describes subsequent tasks where the complexity is increased or decreased relative to a previous task. A refining task refers to the task intended to improve the quality of performance. An applying task refers to the task focused on the application of skills in a particular context such as a game (Rink, 2010). Finally, each participant’s data was first analyzed individually and then compared across participants to facilitate a cross-case analysis (Patton, 2015).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings suggested that the participants were able to implement various content development patterns. The most dominant content development pattern included three types of tasks. In addition, findings showed that most of the participants’ content development patterns changed throughout the unit. Most of the participants tended to improve their content development patterns through the unit. Also, the descriptive statistics revealed that participants used more extending tasks than the other types of tasks (i.e., informing, refining, applying) in their lesson plans. An outcome that does not align with other research findings indicates that extending tasks was used in low percentages (Dervent et al., 2018). Interestingly and contrary to the existing literature that found high percentages of informing tasks (44%) (Iserbyt & Coolkens, 2020), this type of task appeared rather infrequently. Refining and applying tasks were used to an adequate extent. Research provided mixed results about the usage of these tasks, with some studies reporting low percentages (4-8%) and others reporting much high percentages (20-28%) (Dervent et al., 2018; Ward et al., 2017). These results could inform teacher education programs on supporting teachers’ content development. Specifically, given the limitations in pre-service teachers’ lesson planning reported above, teacher education programs ought to support pre-service teachers in learning how to better plan instructional tasks that provide quality experiences for the children.
References
Capel, S., Bassett, S., Lawrence, J., Newton, A., & Zwozdiak-Myers, P. (2019). How trainee physical education teachers in England write, use and evaluate lesson plans. European Physical Education Review, 25(4), 964-982.  https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X18785053
Cevikbas, M., König, J., & Rothland, M. (2024). Empirical research on teacher competence in mathematics lesson planning: Recent developments. ZDM – Mathematics Education, 56(1),101–113. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-023-01487-2
Coulter, M., & Ní Chróinín, D. (2022). The possibilities and challenges within primary physical education. In G. Griggs & V. Randall (Eds.), An introduction to primary physical education (2nd ed., pp. 25-52). Routledge.
Dervent, F., Ward, P., Devrilmez, E., & Tsuda, E. (2018). Transfer of content development across practice in physical education teacher education. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 37(4), 330–339. https://doi.org/10.1123/jtpe.2017-0150
Fletcher, T., & Beckey, A. (2023). Teaching about planning in pre-service physical education teacher education: A collaborative self-study. European Physical Education Review, 29(3), 389-404.  https://doi.org/10.1177/1356336X231156323
Iserbyt, P., & Coolkens, R. (2020). Content development as a function of content knowledge courses in preservice physical education teachers. International Journal of Kinesiology in Higher Education, 4(2), 41–54. https://doi.org/10.1080/24711616.2019.1666691
Karlströmand, M., & Hamza, K. (2021). How do we teach planning to pre-service teachers – A tentative model. Journal of Science Teacher Education, 32(6), 664–685. https://doi.org/10.1080/1046560X.2021.1875163
Mitchell, S., & Walton-Fisette, J. (2022). The essentials of teaching physical education: Curriculum, instruction, and assessment (2nd ed.). Human Kinetics.
Patton, M. Q. (2015). Qualitative evaluation and research methods (4th ed.). Sage.
Rink, J. E. (2020). Teaching Physical Education for Learning (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill.
Siedentop, D., & Tannehill, D. (2000). Developing teaching skills in physical education (4th ed.). Mayfield.
Ward, P., & Lehwald, H. (2018). Effective physical education content and instruction: An evidence-based and teacher-tested approach. Human Kinetics.
Ward, P., Dervent, F., Lee, Y.S., Ko, B., Kim, I., & Tao, W. (2017) Using content maps to measure content development in physical education: Validation and application. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 36(1), 20–31. https://doi.org/10.1123/jtpe.2016-0059


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

The Personal Learning Environment of Chinese Physical Education Pre-service Teachers

Hongyun Li1, Gareth Wiltshire1, Argyro Elisavet Manoli2, Ashley Casey1

1Loughborough University, United Kingdom; 2University of Bergamo, Bergamo

Presenting Author: Li, Hongyun

Compared to traditional professional development programmes, such as face-to-face workshops and seminars, teachers and pre-service teachers may prefer informal professional learning activities. These informal activities are not bound by structured and formal environments and are not limited by time, space, and travel costs (Yang & Liu, 2004). Historically, teachers’ access to those activities has been limited, but social media provide new opportunities for teachers to engage in shared learning, reflect about teaching practice and receive emotional support (Macià & García, 2016).

Using social media to support teachers’ informal learning has garnered increasing research support. This research, however, has predominantly explored Western platforms like Twitter and Facebook and reported Western perspectives. Conversely, China’s distinct social media environment, featuring platforms such as WeChat, Douyin, and Bilibili, remain underexplored, as do Eastern perspectives. Existing Chinese social media research has predominantly focused on WeChat, through online professional learning communities or communities of practice (Qi & Wang, 2018; Xue, Hu, Chi, & Zhang, 2021; Zhou, Nakatsubo, Wu, & Liu, 2022). This leaves a research gap related to the exploration of personal learning environments (PLEs) within the Chinese context and the use of alternative social media platforms.

Lim and Newby (2021, p. 3701) defined PLEs as “the artifacts created by individual learners through the use and integration of Web 2.0 tools for their personal learning experience.” Attwell (2007) suggested that PLEs can be perceived as individuals organizing their informal learning in multiple contexts across a variety of platforms or applications to support their formal learning. Each PLE is unique because its structure can be changed according to user’s needs and preferences (Lim & Newby, 2021). More importantly, the integration of social media based PLEs is a promising pedagogical approach for fostering lifelong learners, reshaping the educational landscape by bridging the gap between formal, non-formal, and informal learning (Dabbagh & Castaneda, 2020).

Furthermore, beginning and more experienced teachers often have different perspectives, attitudes, and experiences when it comes to the process of learning and teaching (Kyndt, Gijbels, & Donche, 2016). When using social media for professional learning, the complexity of the teacher’s work and the many different contexts and classes should all be considered (Carpenter & Harvey, 2020). In the field of Physical Education (PE), where working contexts and teaching practices differ significantly from other disciplines, there has been relatively little written about how PE pre-service teachers use their PLEs for professional learning, especially during their teaching practicum. Longitudinal studies are needed to track the professional learning of pre-service teachers as they transition from their final year of studies into early career teaching (Kyndt et al., 2016). Teaching practicum plays an important role in this transition process, as a part of teacher education training programmes.

Therefore, this paper aims to investigate the social media platforms employed by Chinese PE pre-service teachers for informal professional learning from a PLE perspective, particularly during their teaching practicum. The study aimed to (i) explore the platforms and features used for professional learning; (ii) examine participants' perceptions of using these platforms and (iii) provide recommendations for Chinese institutions and educators who seek to facilitate the development of PLEs which meet the needs and preferences of PE pre-service teachers. Recognizing the unique advantages and disadvantages of different social media platforms is crucial for enhancing pre-service teachers’ professional learning (Carpenter, Morrison, Rosenberg, & Hawthorne, 2023). The findings of this study will provide a deeper understanding of the Chinese PE pre-service teachers’ PLEs and create more learning opportunities aligning with their needs and preferences. Consequently, this study holds the potential to make significant contributions to the broader landscape of PE teacher education in China.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper reports data from a larger study that explored the professional learning of Chinese sports training students through social media. There were 26 third-year undergraduates (all males), and one university teacher participated in this study. Given the widespread use of WeChat for communication and resource delivery between students and teachers in China, the university teacher established a WeChat group with the participating students during the initial class session. Within the sports training programme, students had to choose one of three career directions: Elite Sports Coach, Sports Club Coach or Physical Education Teacher. Most students choose Physical Education Teacher direction as teaching is seen as an “iron rice bowl” in China (an expression for job security used by Chinese people). Therefore, these students considered themselves as PE student-teachers/pre-service teachers. During the fourth academic year (semester 7), these students engaged in a ten-week teaching practicum in schools.

Qualitative methods were used in this study as it could generate a rich and detailed understanding of each participant’s views (Gratton & Jones, 2010). A variety of data collection techniques were used, including non-participate online observation, focus group and individual interviews. Data were collected over 18 months in three phases. Firstly, the first author joined the WeChat group on 29th June 2020 and spent 18-month as a non-participant observer. During this time, she observed the students' online learning activities and interactions. These observations allowed her to study the students in their native environment and seek to understand “things” from their perspective (Baker, 2006). In the second phase, twenty-three students engaged in one of five online focus groups via Tencent Meeting. Each online focus group contained 4-5 students. Following this, seventeen participants from focus groups took semi-structured individual interviews in the third phase.

It is worth noting that focus group interviews were undertaken before the student had work placement/teaching practicum (15th July 2021-20th July 2021), while individual interviews were conducted during/after their work placement/teaching practicum (25th October 2021- 6th January 2022). Much of the data from the focus groups related to how students used the WeChat group, and the individual interviews provided an opportunity to explore the PLEs of different students. Data for this paper came from ten individual interviewees who took PE teaching practicum in schools. The data were analysed thematically. Braun and Clarke (2006) six phases of thematic analysis were utilised to identify and explore patterns.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of this study provided valuable insights into PLEs of Chinese PE pre-service teachers, focusing on the role of WeChat public accounts, Douyin, and Bilibili. Among the participants, WeChat public accounts emerged as the predominant platform for professional learning. Nine out of ten participants used it for professional learning because it is convenient and reliable. However, some participants became less critical on WeChat public accounts due to the perceived legitimacy of information, leading to vulnerability to misinformation.

Video contents were highlighted by most participants as the preferred format in this study. Despite concerns about content quality and the potential for overuse, Douyin was recognized by over half of the participants (n=7) as a valuable source of inspiration for teaching practices. The other video platform, Bilibili was highly valued by these participants for meeting their needs and enhancing their capabilities as potential PE teachers, despite its relatively lower user base (n=5). The content available on Bilibili was considered more trustworthy than content on Douyin.

This study demonstrated that there was no one-size-fits-all social media platform for fulfilling the diverse professional learning needs of Chinese PE pre-service teachers. Participants adopted a multi-platform approach. WeChat public accounts, Douyin, and Bilibili naturally become integral components of their PLEs, concurrently used to support their professional learning. However, the research highlighted that the students were not equipped to construct effective PLEs tailored to their needs and preferences. This study suggests that Chinese institutions and educators provide support for pre-service teachers in the development of PLEs and improve their essential skills, including searching and evaluating online resources, self-regulated learning skills, and effective resource management skills. Teacher education programmes can consider PLEs methods to address the needs of PE pre-service teachers for continuing professional development, contributing to more effective teacher education strategies in China.

References
Attwell, G. (2007). Personal Learning Environments-the future of eLearning. Elearning Papers, 10(0), 2(1), 1-8. https://doi.org/10.3363/prb1992.10.0_690
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Qualitative Research in Psychology Using thematic analysis in psychology Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. Retrieved from http://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalInformation?journalCode=uqrp20%5Cnhttp://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalInformation?journalCode=uqrp20
Carpenter, J. P., & Harvey, S. (2020). Chapter 8: Research ruminations and new frontiers for social media use for professional development and learning in physical education and sport pedagogy. Journal of Teaching in Physical Education, 39(4), 491–499. https://doi.org/10.1123/JTPE.2020-0006
Carpenter, J. P., Morrison, S. A., Rosenberg, J. M., & Hawthorne, K. A. (2023). Using Social Media in pre-service teacher education: The case of a program-wide twitter hashtag. Teaching and Teacher Education, 124, 104036. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2023.104036
Dabbagh, N., & Castaneda, L. (2020). The PLE as a framework for developing agency in lifelong learning. Educational Technology Research and Development, 68(6), 3041–3055. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-020-09831-z
Gratton, C., & Jones, I. (2010). Research Methods for Sports Studies. In Research Methods for Sports Studies. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315796222
Kyndt, E., Gijbels, D., & Donche, V. (2016). Teachers ’ Everyday Professional Development : Mapping Informal Learning Activities , Antecedents , and Learning Outcomes. 86(4), 1111–1150. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315627864
Lim, J., & Newby, T. J. (2021). Preservice teachers’ attitudes toward Web 2.0 personal learning environments (PLEs): Considering the impact of self-regulation and digital literacy. Education and Information Technologies, 26(4), 3699–3720. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-021-10432-3
Macià, M., & García, I. (2016). Informal online communities and networks as a source of teacher professional development: A review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 55, 291–307. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.01.021
Qi, G. Y., & Wang, Y. (2018). Investigating the building of a WeChat-based community of practice for language teachers’ professional development. Innovation in Language Learning and Teaching, 12(1), 72–88. https://doi.org/10.1080/17501229.2018.1418635
Xue, S., Hu, X., Chi, X., & Zhang, J. (2021). Building an online community of practice through WeChat for teacher professional learning. Professional Development in Education, 47(4), 613–637. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2019.1647273
Yang, S. C., & Liu, S. F. (2004). Case study of online workshop for the professional development of teachers. Computers in Human Behavior, 20(6), 733–761. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2004.02.005
Zhou, W., Nakatsubo, F., Wu, J., & Liu, K. (2022). Digital ethnography of an online professional learning community based on WeChat for Chinese early childhood teachers. Computers and Education, 191(December 2021), 104617. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2022.104617


18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

Student Perspectives: Evaluation of Graphic Gesture integrated in Body Expression within University Education

Lilyan Vega-Ramírez1, María Teresa Pascual-Galiano1, Paola Ruiz Moltó2, Andreea Vidaci1

1University of Alicante, Spain; 2University Jaume I

Presenting Author: Pascual-Galiano, María Teresa; Vidaci, Andreea

Body expression considered the oldest form of communication, was used by humans to create, express, and communicate feelings, emotions, and ideas deliberately and aesthetically (Aparicio et al., 2019). The human body, as articulated by Revilla (2019), has evolved into an instrument used to constantly and involuntarily understand our environment.

Within the educational context, body expression is part of the curriculum across all educational phases and constitutes a subject within the Physical Activity and Sports Sciences degree. It is recognized as a discipline that, through the body and movement, seeks to establish a creative language connecting with internal processes, it sets common elements for communication and creation among individuals (Shinca, 2010). This discipline embodies the artistic and expressive facet of physical activities, aimed at promoting innovative methodological approaches to foster autonomous learning and social skills (Redondo et al., 2019). However, challenges arise as Physical Education teachers struggle with the integration of this educational content into formal teaching, particularly in the context of evaluation.

The challenge intensifies due to the requirement that body expression content be founded on processes such as research, exploration, discovery, and awareness, contrasting with the prevalent use of automation, repetition, and perfection in educational evaluation (Sánchez and Ruano, 2007). This implies applying novel methodologies that lead students to express themselves freely both physically, cognitively, and emotionally (Antolin, 2013). To enrich this experience, teachers can make decisions based on their knowledge, selecting the most appropriate content for the learning context.

One such decision may involve the integration of interdisciplinary content, in this case, the introduction of graphic strategies. Ephemeral drawing, as a graphic element for recording movement and rhythmic pattern, can have various advantages and benefits in the educational field for both students and the overall teaching-learning process.

Integrated teaching has emerged as an innovative and effective pedagogical response in contemporary education. This approach departs from the traditional compartmentalization of disciplines and embraces the interconnection and synergy between different areas of knowledge. this approach embraces interconnection and synergy across different areas of knowledge. As highlighted by Hattie (2020), content integration provides students with a deeper understanding by connecting concepts from various disciplines, fostering more meaningful learning. Authors like Johnson and Johnson (2021) argue that integrated teaching not only promotes knowledge acquisition but also develops cognitive and socioemotional skills crucial for success in the 21st century. At the same time, Perkins (2018) emphasizes that the integrative approach allows students to apply knowledge practically, stimulating their ability to address real-world situations reflectively and adaptively. Current literature highlights the importance of integrated teaching for cultivating critical thinking and creativity (Robinson, 2022). This holistic perspective aligns with the current demand to educate students to face complex challenges and solve problems collaboratively (Gardner, 2019).

In this context, this study seeks to explore the key dimensions of integrated teaching, highlighting its relevance in the current educational landscape and its impact on the holistic development of students.

Therefore, the objective of this study was to understand the perceptions of students enrolled in the body expression subject of the Physical Activity and Sports Sciences degree about the experience of working on body movement by drawing its trajectory.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study employed a qualitative and exploratory approach, utilizing an emergent design based on the information gathered from participants. The research was conducted in a natural setting, without the intention of generalizing the results. The sample for this study is intentional and consisted of 36 students (28 males and 8 females) with a mean age of 22.4; SD = 3.421, enrolled in the subject of Body Expression Music and Movement, in the Physical Activity and Sports Sciences and Sports degree during the academic year 2023-2024.
The aim of this study was to determine students' perceptions of their learning practices through the integrated content of other artistic disciplines. This proposal emerged after integrating the subject´s content of Didactics of Plastic Expression from the Bachelor's degree in Education - Infant and Primary (Jaume I University) into Body Expression Music and Movement in the Physical Activity and Sports Sciences and Sports degree (University of Alicante).
Each student responded openly to a question through a written interview asking: How was your experience of drawing the traces left by your body movements? The educational experience took place over two weeks, with three hours allocated per week. Interviews were conducted at the end of the content, allowing a defined time for reflection on the question. The document was collected on the same day.
In the field of educational research, the narrative interview serves as a robust and highly effective instrument. The information extracted from narratives undergoes analysis using an inductive methodology, enabling the identification and semantic categorization of the obtained segments. The information was categorized and organized into codes and subcodes, and the main emerging theme of this study was extracted for subsequent conclusions. The central research query is articulated as follows: Has the integration of graphic gesture into body expression been beneficial, as perceived by students in the Physical Activity and Sports Sciences and Sports domain?

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings, expressed in percentages and absolute frequencies, reveal that 69.2% of the participants have favorable perceptions regarding this educational experience. This group highlights the novelty of the experience, improved understanding of movement, emotional and expressive release, as well as the fun associated with integrating body expression and graphic gesture. Student 5: "It has been a positive experience to be more aware of my own body. Moreover, movements are broader and more precise. At times, you let yourself go, and your mind goes blank, forgetting any concerns of the day."
On the other hand, 30.8% of students express unfavorable perceptions. Identified causes include personal limitations such as creativity and movement restrictions, as well as material limitations. Additionally, some participants indicate that they do not perceive a clear learning benefit and mention limited collaboration from their peers. Student 28: "It was a new experience for me; I had never had to do anything like it. So, at the beginning, I struggled a lot to come up with ideas for the work because I had no reference."
In conclusion the incorporation of graphic gesture into body expression within the university context, as perceived by students in Physical Activity and Sports Sciences, yields varied outcomes, with the majority being favorable. These findings indicate substantial variability in the reception of this content, underscoring the importance of taking into account individual and contextual differences when applying this educational approach in the university environment.
This study could enhance the understanding and promote innovative teaching methods by integrating subjects, strengthening valuable skills, and fostering interpersonal and group abilities. This endeavor is positioned as a fundamental pillar in shaping the education of upcoming professionals, citizens, and leaders.

References
1.Antolín, L. (2013). Expresión corporal: fundamentos motrices. Univesitat de Valencia.
2.Aparicio, M. L., Mayorga-Vega, D., & López-Fernández, I. (2019). Expresión corporal: Revisión bibliográfica sobre las características y orientaciones metodológicas en contextos educativos. Acción Motriz, 22, 23-34.
3.Gardner, H. (2009). Five Minds for the Future. Harvard Business Press.
4.Hattie, J. (2009). Visible Learning: A Synthesis of Over 800 Meta-Analyses Relating to Achievement. Routledge.
5.Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (2021). Cooperative Learning: A Research Perspective. Routledge.
6.Perkins, D. N. (2014). Future Wise: Educating Our Children for a Changing World. John Wiley & Sons.
7.Redondo, M. A., Gómez, C. C., Bastida, A., Mancha, D., & Gamonales, J. M. (2019). Are there differences in the emotions perceived by secondary education students as a result of sex and academic year in body expression sessions? Educ. Sport Health Phys. Act., 3, 15–28.
8.Rivilla I. (2019). Didáctica de la Educación Física. UNIR
9.Robinson, K. (2016). Creative Schools: The Grassroots Revolution That's Transforming Education. Penguin Books.
10.Ruano K. & Sánchez G. (2009). Expresión corporal y educación. Wanceulen.
11.Schinca, M. (2010). Expresión Corporal: técnica y expresión del movimiento. Navarra: Wolters Kluwer.
 
13:45 - 15:1519 SES 06 A: Ethnography of Inequalities in the Aftermath of PISA
Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: María Begoña Vigo-Arrazola
Paper Session
 
19. Ethnography
Paper

School Involvement in Non-Formal Digitalised Educational Arrangements. Comparing Practices and Ways of Participation of Marginalised Youth.

Amelie Wiese, Eva Maria Bosse, Nadia Kutscher

University of Cologne, Germany

Presenting Author: Wiese, Amelie; Bosse, Eva Maria

New PISA results show that educational inequality in Europe is prevalent as many countries score below average in socio economic fairness and/or inclusion in core subjects as compared to other OECD countries (OECD 2023). In striving for more educational equity, it is paramount to understand conditions within educational arrangements that enable or impede participation for marginalised youth.

In accordance with the German tradition of “Bildung”, education is understood as a transformation of self-world-relations (Jörissen/Marotzki 2009). Digital media have become essential for self-world-relations, as they have created new options for participation as well as new requirements and obstacles for orientation (ibid.). According to this understanding, although formal education is often prioritised within public and academic discourse, non-formal (as well as informal) education is increasingly essential in the acquisition of relevant skills in a digitalised society (Spanhel 2020).

The term “non-formal” is used to describe organised educational arrangements outside of formal education (e.g. afterschool activities, sports clubs, youth clubs or school holiday activities; Rohlfs 2011). In Germany, non-formal educational institutions often aim at targeting marginalised youth, for example by residing in ‘deprived’ urban areas, potentially creating opportunities to reduce educational inequalities among youth. In arrangements that recognise their disadvantaged target groups’ realities and enable participation, trust and respect are considered important factors in reducing inequality (Fujii et al. 2021; Streicher et al. 2014; Walther 2014).

Some non-formal educational arrangements deal with the usage of digital media, such as coding, robotics, 3D-printing or photography (henceforth referred to as “non-formal digitalised educational arrangements”) and claim to be relevant for ‘Bildung’ in a digitised society. On the one hand, this potentially decreases educational inequalities among youth by enabling transformations of self-world-relations through learning and the experience of self-efficacy in relation to digital media. On the other hand, inequalities may be reproduced within these arrangements, if e.g. specific media practices are delegitimised. In this case, structures of educational arrangements may (unintentionally) exclude marginalised youth (Fujii et al. 2021; Kutscher/Farrenberg 2017; Schäfer/Lojewski 2007). The question emerges, whether non-formal digitalised educational arrangements succeed at enabling educational participation. Moreover, it remains to be examined whether and under which conditions those institutions are actually successful in including marginalised youth (Dawson 2014).

The joint research project “DILABoration”, funded by the German Federal Ministry for Education and Research, aims at analysing conditions under which opportunities for participation and transformation of self-world-relations are enabled or impeded within non-formal educational arrangements, specifically regarding marginalised youth.

Most arrangements considered in this research are organised independently by non-formal institutions, offered free of charge, take place in the institutions’ premises and do not aim at any formal qualification. However, some arrangements are implemented as collaborations between schools and non-formal educational institutions (e.g. extracurricular activities). These arrangements challenge the distinction between “non-formal” and “formal” educational contexts (Gosse 2020).

This leads to the question how potentials of non-formal digitalised educational arrangements unfold in arrangements involving schools as opposed to arrangements not involving schools. This paper will therefore compare both kinds of arrangements with regard to participation of marginalised youth.

DILABoration” fits in with the ECER’s 2024 theme “Education in an Age of Uncertainty” as, on one hand, ‘Bildung’ in relation to digitality is characterised by contingencies while, on the other hand, it may enable subjects to confront and adapt to the new and unknown (Marotzki/Jörissen 2009). Consequently, the conditions of non-formal educational arrangements that enable youth to appropriate (media) practices apart from predefined skills and competences need to be researched.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The ethnographic field study is carried out in two different institutions in Germany and aims at reconstructing conditions of non-formal educational arrangements that enable or impede participation and processes of ‘Bildung’. The institutions provide a variety of non-formal digitalised educational arrangements that include activities such as coding, 3D-printing, gaming and streaming. Some of the arrangements involve schools while others do not. In order to empirically reconstruct educational practices and participation, the youth’s and employee’s daily practices within those arrangements are examined through focused ethnographies (Knoblauch 2001), including participatory observation and videography.

The data is analysed based on Grounded Theory Methodology (Corbin/Strauss 2015) as well as Artefact Analysis (Lueger/Froschauer 2018). Situational Analysis (Clarke et al. 2018) is applied in order to visualise constellations and relations between different human and non-human entities.

By applying a reconstructive approach and practice theory (Schatzki 2002) as a sensitising concept, practices and conditions of participation within educational arrangements can be identified. Additionally, by focusing on the dimension of materiality, structures and practices involving artefacts such as digital hardware and software as well as non-digital artefacts are considered, relating these to the facilitation of transformation of self-world-relations for youth.

So far, 19 different programmes have been examined in 43 participant observations. Schools are involved in 11 out of 19 programmes in different ways (e.g. extracurricular activities, projects, afternoon activities within schools, visits to the non-formal institution). 8 programmes (5 school collaborations) have additionally been videographed to be further analysed. This data allows for comparative analysis of specific conditions, elements and challenges regarding arrangements involving schools as opposed to arrangements not involving schools.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In an ethnographic field study, the research project “DILABoration” reconstructs (1) different conditions in non-formal educational arrangements, (2) learning and educational processes, specifically regarding digital media use as well as 3) the accessibility resp. forms of participation within those arrangements from a (marginalised) youths’ perspective in two non-formal institutions in Germany. It aims at identifying conditions under which these arrangements enable or impede meaningful participation, thus facilitating the transformation of self-world-relations.

This paper presents analytical stances on conditions in non-formal digitalised educational arrangements enabling or reinforcing educational participation of (marginalised) youth, therefore reducing social and digital inequalities. Frequent collaborative arrangements involving schools raise the question of how conditions as well as potentials of non-formal arrangements unfold in different constellations. We will therefore compare non-formal digitalised educational arrangements with similar arrangements involving schools. Different conditions, educational practices and modes of participation will be examined regarding their potential of enabling or impeding participation of (marginalised) youth on a subjective level.

After giving an insight into the research process and methodological approach, the comparison will be presented and discussed in relation to empirical material. Situational maps (Clarke et al. 2022) will be used to illustrate the different kinds of arrangements in which specific practices unfold.

References
Clarke, A. E./Washburn, R./Friese, C. (2022): Situational analysis in practice: Mapping relationalities across disciplines (London: Routledge).

Corbin, J. M./Strauss, A. L. (2015): Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (SAGE).

Dawson, E. (2014): Equity in informal science education: developing an access and equity framework for science museums and science centres. Studies in Science Education, 50, pp. 209–247.

Fujii, M. S./Kutscher, N./Niermann, K.-M. (2021): Grenzen pädagogischen Handelns: Medienbildung zwischen Anerkennung und Handlungsbefähigung. In Wahl, J./Schell-Kiehl, I./Damberger, T. (eds.) Pädagogik, Soziale Arbeit und Digitalität: Education, social work and digitality (Weinheim: Juventa Verlag).
 
Gosse, K. (2020). Pädagogisch betreut: Die offene Kinder‐ und Jugendarbeit und ihre Erziehungsverhältnisse im Kontext der (Ganztags‐)Schule (Bd. 8). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-29077-1

Jörissen, B./Marotzki, W. (2009): Medienbildung - eine Einführung: Theorie - Methoden - Analysen (Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt).

Knoblauch, H. (2001): Fokussierte Ethnographie: Soziologie, Ethnologie und die neue Welle der Ethnographie. Sozialer Sinn 2, pp. 123–141.

Kutscher, N./Farrenberg, D. (2017): Teilhabe und soziale Kompetenz durch die Nutzung von digitalen Medien: Herausforderungen für die Kinder- und Jugendpolitik. Expertise zum 10. Kinder- und Jugendbericht der Landesregierung NRW (Universtiät Vechta). Retrieved September 14, 2010 www.mkffi.nrw/sites/default/files/asset/document/10-kjbnrw-expertise-kutscher_farrenberg_u.a.pdf (04.09.2020).

Lueger, M./Froschauer, U. (2018): Artefaktanalyse: Grundlagen und Verfahren (Wiesbaden: Springer VS).

OECD (2023): PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en.

Rohlfs, C. (2011). Ein neuer Bildungsbegriff? Zur Unterscheidung formaler, non-formaler und informeller Bildung: Konturen des aktuellen Bildungsdiskurses. In C. Rohlfs, Bildungseinstellungen (S. 33–54). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-531-92811-1_3

Schäfer, M./Lojewski, J. (2007): Internet und Bildungschancen. (München: kopaed).

Schatzki, T. R. (2002): The site of the social: A philosophical account of the constitution of social life and change (Pennsylvania State Univ. Press).

Spanhel, D. (2020): Kinder, Jugendliche und junge Erwachsene in digitalisierten Lernwelten. In Kutscher, N./Ley, T./Seelmeyer U./Siller, F./Tillmann, A./ Zorn, I. (eds.), Handbuch Soziale Arbeit und Digitalisierung, pp. 101–114 (Beltz Juventa).

Streicher, B./Unterleitner, K./Schulze, H. (2014): Knowledgerooms - science communication in local, welcoming spaces to foster social inclusion, Journal of Science and Communication,13 (02).

Walther, A. (2014): Aneignung und Anerkennung. Subjektbezogene und soziale Dimensionen eines sozialpädagogischen Bildungsbegriffs. In Deinet, U./Reutlinger, C. (eds.), Tätigkeit-Aneignung-Bildung, pp. 97–112, (Wiesbaden: Springer VS).


19. Ethnography
Paper

Distinction. The Social Construction of Potentialities in Mathematics Education

Ingrid Kellermann, Katja Elena Timmerberg

Freie Universität Berlin, Germany

Presenting Author: Kellermann, Ingrid; Timmerberg, Katja Elena

This paper is part of the project "Discretionary spaces and practices of recontextualization of curriculum objectives across three cases", funded by the German Research Foundation (Jablonka & Gellert, 2022). The focus is on mathematics education in 3rd-5thgrade elementary and 8th-9th grade secondary school, located in both, deprived and affluent contexts. The project is underpinned by sociological theories, which attend to the discursive and non-discursive relations that constitute the social construction of school mathematics and its (pathological) side effects (Straehler-Pohl & Gellert, 2015). The paper refers to data from 9th grade of an affluent school in Berlin. Our ethnographic approach aims to uncover potentials for critique and transformational change (Beach & Vigo-Arrazola, 2021).

The choice of the school subject mathematics in the project is motivated by its core position in curricula worldwide. ‘Unsatisfactory’ results in the mathematics achievement tests of the OECD’s PISA in many countries have led to far-reaching reforms, such as standardization, performance measurement, and curriculum related programs (Budde, 2013; Jablonka, 2007). The shift to an evidence-based paradigm, in which output management becomes the dominant policy strategy, has had decisive impact on the respective education systems: the functional/technocratic focus on education prevails and (external) evaluation practices influence educational decision-making processes (teaching for the test), as instruction strategies need to be adapted (Brinkmann, 2016; Meyer & Zehadi, 2014; Gellert et al., 2013). Such curriculum adaptations might unintentionally mitigate or reinforce unequal access to mathematical knowledge: on the one hand, to the generative principles and styles of mathematical reasoning that underpin disciplinary knowledge, and on the other, to more skill-based reproducible forms (e.g. Dowling, 1996; Jablonka & Gellert, 2012). In this context, the overall goal of the project is to explore how curricular choices are made, which contingencies/variations of shared curriculum objectives are realized, and to what extent teachers perceive curricular freedom/restriction. In this paper, we approach these questions by means of an investigation of classroom practice and the teachers’ discursive reflections.

Theoretical Horizon

Habitus and Subjectification: Bourdieu’s notion of ‘habitus’ (1977) is useful to comprehend the interrelations of schooling, power, and positionings in the social field. Especially the concept of ‘disposition’, which involves both, structure and agency, plays an eminent role in terms of accumulated/accumulating symbolic capital. Dispositions influence the perception of oneself and others as well as practices of distinction.

Foucault’s ‘dispositive’ (1979) provides an elucidating conception to discover the relationality between discourses and non-discursive practices, contributing to an understanding of organizational/institutional dynamics, power and their spatial-temporal changes. It also discloses contradictions, disruptions, and interferences in the process of subjectification, which potentially unfold transformative power.

Curriculum Recontextualization: State-mandated curricula are intended to control the recontextualization of curriculum objectives by schools and teachers for the transfer of ‘valuable’ knowledge and skills (Bernstein, 2000; Dowling, 1996, 2014). Whereas Bernstein’s approach focuses on rules by which recontextualization is regulated, such as classification (between contexts), framing (within contexts), and pedagogical device (transmission rules), among others, Dowling provides a scheme of discourse domains (esoteric, public, descriptive, expressive) by which mathematical texts and settings can be described in relation to knowledge distribution. He reveals significant distinctions regarding these domains of different mathematical discourses and practices, realized in institutionalized pedagogic settings with reference to assumed (future) social positions of students.

Based on these theoretical considerations, the analysis presented in this paper aims to shed light on curriculum realizations in classroom practice and the teachers’ discursive reflections through an analysis of data from a STEM and a non-STEM course, in order to unpack variations of shared curriculum objectives and related teachers’ perceptions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
An appropriate way to contribute to knowledge about the social construction of schooling (Hammersley, 2018) consists in an ethnographical approach. “Schools generally work […] by separating pupils in two types; of capable intellectual learners, on one hand; and those, defined as less intellectual and more practical, but the graduation is not a naturally quality, it is cultural, socially constructed, and interactively maintained” (Beach & Vigo-Arrazola, 2021, p. 680). Being in the field can help to understand how the participants construct their learning environment, by exploring on which conceptional basis curricular choices are made by the teachers and how contingencies in realization are generated – despite shared (mathematics) curriculum objectives. Thereby the focus cannot be limited to the social construction of discourses; practices encompass relations to spatial, material and immaterial aspects.
The data are from the aforementioned project hosted at Freie Universität Berlin taking place 2023-2025 with partner universities in Santiago de Chile and Izmir, Turkey. The international dimension allows to de-familiarize the researchers’ conceptions (Hammersley, 2018) and eventually coordinate emic and etic perspectives.
In each context the project includes reading curriculum documents, participant class observations, informal conversations with teachers and students, semi-structured interviews with the current math teachers of the observed classes, group discussions with interested teachers from the mathematics conference, as well as interviews with key stakeholders, such as experts of official education policy and experts of educational quality development.
The changes in the education system provoked by OECD’s PISA induce curriculum discourses motivated by human capital theory, in particular recruiting students into future STEM professions. In this paper we draw on data of four math-lessons from a STEM and a non-STEM course in the 9th grade of an affluent secondary school in Berlin, initial and reflective teacher interviews and group discussions with mathematics staff. Data generation included participant observation and video-recordings. Ethical issues have been approved by the regional school administration.
As to the approach of interpreting the data, based on the theoretical sensitivities outlined above, we loosely align ourselves with the recursive process of data and theory processing as conceived in grounded theory (Glaser & Strauss, 1967) to find out (in)coherences in mathematics education and concomitant distributive effects regarding forms of knowledge. Our approach is also inspired by studies in the context of critical ethnography (Beach & Vigo-Arrazola, 2021), which might help to explore potential for critical awareness and (future) change.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
School subjects are constituted by the (re)production of social/political — and therefore also subject-specific — discourses, non-discursive constituents, and (inter)action modes. In this sense, mathematics education can be seen as an evolving process of enculturation, which ought to enable subjects to accumulate present and future (symbolic) capital and cultural participation.
The analysis of the data of practices and discourses discloses, how in STEM as well as in non-STEM courses teachers base their (scope of) action on distinction practices regarding the ascribed performance of their students within and between the respective groups. Different forms of mathematical knowledge became visible in variations in lesson design within the same curriculum. Also, teachers’ attributions to their students’ mathematical dispositions dis-posed them differently, as surfaced in the lessons and interviews. However, distinctions are realized not only due to these attributions; rather, modes of distinction are also shaped by the respective teachers’ habitualized practices and their perceived discretionary spaces. Ambivalences and incoherencies were observed at all levels of the recontextualization of mathematical curriculum. For example, in the interviews teachers’ discretionary spaces were discussed and previously assumed restrictions became challenged.

Altogether, our preliminary findings point to spaces of possibilities that counteract the technocratization of mathematics education, which in the wake of OECD’s PISA indeed might have become attractive in an age of uncertainty.

References
Beach, D. & Vigo-Arrazolo, M. B. (2021). Critical Ethnographies of Education and for Social and Educational Transformation: A Meta-Ethnography. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(6), 677– 688. http://doi.org/10.1177/1077800420935916

Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, symbolic control and identity. Rowman & Littlefield.

Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge University Press.

Brinkmann, M. (2016). Datengesteuerte Leistungsmessung und evidenzbasierte Bildungsforschung – von den perversen Effekten Neuer Steuerung in Schule und Unterricht. http://doi.org/10.13140/RG.2.2.24587.87843

Budde, J. (Ed.) (2013). Unscharfe Einsätze: (Re-)Produktion von Heterogenität im schulischen Feld. Springer.

Dowling, P. (1996). A Sociological Analysis of School Mathematics Texts. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 31(4), 389-415.

Dowling, P. (2014). Recontextualizing in Mathematics Education. In S. Lerman (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Mathematics Education (pp. 525-529). Springer Science+Business Media.

Foucault, M. (1979). The history of sexuality. Volume 1: An Introduction. Allen Lane.

Gellert, U., Espinoza, L. & Barbé, J. (2013). Being a mathematics teacher in times of reform. ZDM – The International Journal on Mathematics Education, 45(4), 535-546.

Glaser, B. G. & Strauss, A. L. (1967). The Discovery of Grounded Theory. Aldine.

Hammersley, M. (2018). What is ethnography? Can it survive? Should it? Ethnography and Education, 13(1), 1-17.

Jablonka, E. (2007). Mathematical Literacy: die Verflüchtigung eines ambitionierten Testkonstrukts. In T. Jahnke & W. Meyerhöfer (Eds.), Pisa und Co. Kritik eines Programms (2nd ed., pp. 247-280). Franzbecker.

Jablonka, E. & Gellert, U. (2012). Potentials, pitfalls, and discriminations: Curriculum conceptions revisited. In O. Skovsmose & B. Greer (Eds.), Opening the cage: Critique and politics of mathematics education (pp. 287-308). Sense Publishers.

Jablonka E. & Gellert, U. (2022). Discretionary spaces and practices of recontextualization of curriculum objectives across three cases. Project no.
446370134. https://gepris.dfg.de/gepris/projekt/446370134?context=projekt&task=showDetail&id=446370134&

Meyer, H. D. & Zehadi, K. (2014). Open Letter to Andreas Schleicher. GDM Mitteilungen 97, 31-33.
https://ojs.didaktik-der-mathematik.de/index.php/mgdm/article/view/339/335

Straehler-Pohl, H. & Gellert, U. (2015). Pathologie oder Struktur? Selektive Einsichten zur Theorie und Empirie des Mathematikunterrichts. Springer VS.
 
13:45 - 15:1520 SES 06 A: Innovative Pedagogies: Addressing Discrimination and Enhancing Understanding
Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Dolly Eliyahu-Levi
Paper Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Transformative Pedagogies: facing Discrimination through Innovative Educational Initiatives

Carmen Carmona Rodriguez1, Tamar Shuali2, Assumpta Aneas3, Marta Simó Sánchez3, Victoria Tenreiro Rodríguez4

1University of Valencia, Spain; 2Catholic University of Valencia "San Vicente Martir"; 3University of Barcelona; 4European University of Madrid

Presenting Author: Carmona Rodriguez, Carmen; Shuali, Tamar

In the pursuit of cultivating an equitable and inclusive educational environment, it is imperative to explore innovative pedagogical approaches that address discrimination in classrooms (Banks, 2018; Carmona et al., 2023). Discrimination within educational settings hampers the holistic development of individuals and perpetuates social inequalities (Ladson-Billings, 2021). This research delves into the transformative power of innovative teaching methodologies to create a more inclusive and egalitarian educational landscape.

The main objective is to analyze two distinct educational case initiatives, “Facing History and Ourselves (FHAO)” and “Memory Walk”, both designed to address discrimination through innovative pedagogical approaches.

Empirical evidence has shown that incorporating diverse perspectives, histories, and narratives, educators can broaden students' understanding of different cultures, fostering empathy and breaking down stereotypes (Gay, 2018). This can be achieved through the inclusion of literature, case studies, and multimedia that showcase the richness of global perspectives.

In particular, FHAO is based on a pedagogical emotional engagement, and ethical reflection strengthen each other. At the centre is the students’ active, upstanding citizenship and their confidence that they can play a positive role in their classrooms, schools, communities, and the world beyond (Romer & Barr, 2018). This educational initiative engages adolescents during a critical time in their development integrating the study of history and literature with innovative teaching strategies. It encourages students to explore identity and human behavior, reflect on the choices they confront in their own lives today, and consider how they can make a positive difference. That is, this initiative supports teachers as they create learning environments where students know they belong and their voices matter.

The different contested nature of memorials and monuments, highlights their role in shaping collective memory and identity within communities (Cubitt, 2007). It emphasizes the influence of contextual and situational factors on identity and memory construction (Gillis, 1994; Halbwachs, 1980; Assmann, 2010). That is, we can explore how historical events are selectively remembered or forgotten, and the power dynamics within societies that shape commemorative practices (Young, 1993).

The Memory Walk concept represents an attempt to make the connection between the two fields in a very concrete way. It is through methods like this that young people learn to appreciate the fact that social reality is contested and that certain voices are heard while others are ignored or delegitimized. The fact that young people from diverse backgrounds can – in a very short time – jointly create a tool that can be used in classrooms demonstrates that limited resources can go a long way and especially in societies with competing perspectives can contribute to better understanding of each other’s past (Boerhout, & van Driel, 2013).

As example, “The Memory Walk” initiative aims to engage diverse groups of young people in researching and documenting contested monuments, fostering critical thinking and intercultural competence (Ashplant et al., 2004). The project involves creating short films about the monuments and incorporating them into educational settings to encourage multi-perspectivity and reflection on the political nature of commemoration.

Both initiatives emphasize project-based learning (PBL) with a focus on social issues encouraging students to explore real-world problems and develop solutions collaboratively (Jalinus et al., 2020; Thomas, 2019). This approach not only enhances critical thinking and problem-solving skills but also instills a sense of social responsibility. That is, student selecting and analyze projects that address discrimination, and students actively contribute to dismantling stereotypes and fostering positive change (Boss, 2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Memory Walk Initiative and Facing History and Ourselves represent two distinct but interconnected educational initiatives. The Memory Walk Initiative is a program designed to engage students in reflective and experiential learning, focusing on the exploration of personal and collective memories. Facing History and Ourselves, on the other hand, is an established educational organization dedicated to promoting historical understanding and ethical decision-making through the examination of historical events and their contemporary relevance.
The analysis begins by clearly defining the scope and objectives, aiming to understand how the Memory Walk Initiative and Facing History and Ourselves contribute to the educational landscape. Both initiatives share a commitment to fostering critical thinking, empathy, and ethical reasoning among students.
Regarding data collection, we used online sources, including official websites, program documentation, and research studies, serve as the primary data reservoir. In addition, we analyzed previous interviews conducted by both organizations with educators, students, and program administrators may provide valuable qualitative insights into the effectiveness and challenges of each initiative.
Moreover, awe conducted a SWOT analysis for both initiatives to examine internal strengths and weaknesses, as well as external opportunities and threats. This assessment aids in understanding how each initiative can leverage its strengths and address areas for improvement. Another aspect we considered were the ethical considerations given the nature of historical and memory-focused education, the analysis includes an exploration of ethical considerations. This involves scrutinizing how the initiatives address issues such as inclusivity, historical accuracy, and sensitivity to diverse perspectives.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings are synthesized to provide a holistic view of the Memory Walk Initiative and Facing History and Ourselves. Recommendations are formulated based on identified strengths, weaknesses, and opportunities, with a focus on enhancing the overall impact of both initiatives.
Main findings reveal that Memory Walk Initiative primarily centers on personal and collective memory exploration, encouraging students to reflect on their own experiences and connect with broader narratives, and Facing History and Ourselves Emphasizes the examination of historical events to prompt critical thinking about ethical decision-making in contemporary society.
Regarding pedagogical approach, Memory Walk Initiative utilizes experiential and reflective learning methods, encouraging students to engage emotionally with the subject matter, and Facing History and Ourselves leverages historical inquiry, case studies, and interactive teaching methodologies to promote critical analysis and dialogue. In relation to stakeholders, Memory Walk Initiative involves students, educators, and communities in shaping the learning experience, fostering a sense of ownership, and Facing History and Ourselves: engages a wide range of stakeholders, including educators, students, and community leaders, in dialogues that bridge historical understanding and contemporary issues. In addition, regarding technology Integration, Memory Walk Initiative may incorporate technology for storytelling, documentation, and virtual experiences to enhance the exploration of memories, and Facing History and Ourselves integrates technology to provide online resources, multimedia content, and interactive platforms for collaborative learning.
In conclusion, Memory Walk Initiative aims for a transformative impact on individuals' understanding of their own memories and the collective narrative, and Facing History and Ourselves strives for lasting impact by fostering critical thinking skills, empathy, and ethical decision-making in diverse global contexts.
Results encourage collaboration between initiatives to leverage each other's strengths. Sharing best practices in pedagogy, technology integration, and stakeholder engagement provide a foundation for informed decision-making and potential collaborative efforts in the field of educational initiatives.

References
Boerhout, L., & van Driel, B. (2013). Memory walk: An interaction-oriented project to interrogate contested histories. Intercultural Education, 24(3), 211-221.

Carmona, C., Donato, D., & de Fez, S. G. (2023). Changing Regulations and Practices in Spain. In International Perspectives on Exclusionary Pressures in Education: How Inclusion becomes Exclusion (pp. 327-343). Cham: Springer International Publishing.

Ernawati, M. D. W., Rusdi, M., Asrial, A., Muhaimin, M., Wulandari, M., & Maryani, S. (2022). Analysis of Problem Based Learning in the Scaffolding Design: Students’ Creative-Thinking Skills. Cypriot Journal of Educational Sciences, 17(7), 2333-2348.

Gallagher, S. A. (1997). Problem-based learning: Where did it come from, what does it do, and where is it going? Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 20(4), 332-362.

Jalinus, N., Syahril, S., Nabawi, R. A., & Arbi, Y. (2020). How project-based learning and direct teaching models affect teamwork and welding skills among students. International Journal of Innovation, Creativity and Change, 11(11), 85-111.

Ladson-Billings, G. (2021). Critical race theory in education: A scholar's journey. Teachers College Press.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Exploring the Understanding of Work with People with Disabilities through Collage Technique

Rūta Girdzijauskienė1, Liudmila Rupsiene1, Audra Skukauskaitė2

1University of Klaipėda, Lithuania; 2University of Central Florida, US

Presenting Author: Rupsiene, Liudmila; Skukauskaitė, Audra

According to the data of World Health Organisation (2015), there are over 1000 million people with disabilities – around 15 per cent (or one out of seven) people living in the world. UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (2006) emphasises that countries are obliged to ensure proper healthcare for people with disabilities, without discriminating them against their disability, while health workers must provide them with the services of the same quality as they do to other persons. However, according to the communication by the United Nations, people with disabilities who need to receive healthcare services still face quite a few serious challenges: difficult physical access to healthcare institutions, lack of proper transport, negative approach of healthcare service providers to them. In this case, it is noteworthy that the negative attitude of health workers, according to Santoroa et al. (2017), can be related to the fact that health workers are still not properly equipped to work with people with disabilities and their education in this area is still insufficient. According to World Health Organisation (2016), the entire world feels a clear need to increase the ability of health workers to provide human-oriented services, which requires socially accountable education that includes training on how to work in a team, ethical practice, ensuring communication which is sensitive to rights, gender and culture and patient empowerment. These challenges encourage a closer look at the education of health workers and raise a question how to strengthen it, so health workers who have graduated from the schools of higher education would be able to work more effectively with people with disabilities reflecting their needs. Finding the answer to this strategic question is multi-faceted and nuanced.

The focus in this presentation will fall on the exploration of how future health workers (students of schools of higher education) understand their professional work with people with disabilities. The research has been carried out adhering to the attitude of social constructivism claiming that a human being is an entity looking for and creating the meaning (Crotty, 1998). The collage technique was used as the main method to obtain, collect and interpret the data. In the most general sense, the collage is defined as a piece of art made by pasting together various different materials and images (Butler-Kisber & Poldma, 2010). Collage as an arts-based research method allows participants and researchers to link the “ideas in a non-linear way that brings a deeper understanding of a given phenomenon” (Kay, 2008, p. 147). Each image chosen for the collage evokes associations, memories and feelings, help to connect personal experience with the existing values and attitudes. Not only the choice of individual images, but their composition into one image too helps seeing multiple meanings of objects and phenomena and connections between them, generating the conceptual idea of the collage. Such study based on visual information eases verbal communication and helps to reveal meanings and experiences that are difficult to put into words. Therefore, such collage technique is seen as a valuable means to enter the inner world of a person (Kay, 2013).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Application of collage technique does not require a large scope of research sample, because the aim is not to reach the conclusion applicable to the greater part of the population (Butler-Kisber & Poldma, 2010; Plakoyiannaki & Stavraki, 2018). 5 students from Physiotherapy and Radiology study programmes in a Lithuanian university volunteered to participate in the project. Students were asked to create a collage that would answer the question: How do you understand the purpose of your future profession working with people with disabilities? They created two collages in two groups. Creation of the collage was based on five steps (Davis, 2008; Butler-Kisber & Poldma, 2010;  Plakoyiannaki & Stavraki, 2018). In our case, the research was conducted in the following order: 1) Formulation of the problem and introduction of a task; 2) Creation of the collage; 3) Introduction of the collage; 4) A conversation between the researcher and research participants; 5) The final discussion, during which we explained how the collage was created, what were the roles of group members, what were the processes of dialogue and communication and other experiences of this creative process. Content analysis was used to analyse the data, focusing on identification and interpretation of images used for the collage (Mannay, 2010; Butler-Kisber & Poldma, 2010). Data preparation for analysis involved two-stage strategy (Van Schalkwyk, 2010). First of all, all pictures in the collage were numbered, making their schematic picture. In stage two, the analysis of picture descriptions took place, looking for a way to understand the meanings ascribed to the images. There was a story grid created for each collage, thus revealing the unity of insights and explanations provided. To ensure trustworthiness, it is recommended employing other researchers and asking them to evaluate their collected data and interpretation thereof. In the context of this research, the primary data analysis was carried out by the first researcher. Other researchers have shared their insights and evaluation of the primary data analysis. Research results are introduced after all of the authors agree on the suitability of data interpretation. The primary data analysis was introduced to students participating in research, with the question whether data interpretation matches what they have expressed in the collage in regards to the notion of work with people with disabilities, asking to add if something was left unsaid or left not included into the research report. Research participants have not provided any additional arguments or comments.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In both groups that have participated in this study, geographical contextuality of a health worker’s work with people with disabilities has been brought up – research participants understand that in every corner of the world, there are people with disabilities and they have equal rights just like the rest of the people to receive high quality healthcare services. Collages and student commentary also helped reveal their understanding about the social context of working with people with disabilities. This context is perceived as intolerant to the disability, there is no equality between the healthy people and those with disability, the latter ones are feared, even evoking disgust, avoidance and feelings of failure to co-live. Another aspect made clear during research is that the way becoming disabled is interpreted reveals a multi-layered perception of students about the appearance of the disability. Study has revealed that students participating in it have a rather negative opinion about the political aspect of their work with people with disabilities and are angered by politicians, which, according to them, behave in an arrogant and non-professional manner. However, the data says nothing about perception of professional functions as well as forethought, self-reactiveness, self-reflectiveness, which, according to Bandura (2006), define personal agency. Students participating in research do not seem to have a vision about their professional activities with people with disabilities and tend to pass responsibility for a better position of people with disabilities in the healthcare system to other actors: politicians, representatives of other professions, and other institutions. Keeping in mind that professional identity affects the professional activities (Sutherland & Markauskaite, 2012; Caza & Creary, 2016), it is very important for education of health workers to shape the professional identity of health workers capable of working with people with disabilities.
References
Bandura, A. (2006). Toward a Psychology of Human Agency. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 1(2), 164–180.
Butler-Kisber, L., & Poldma, T. (2010). The Power of Visual Approaches in Qualitative Inquiry: The Use of Collage Making and Concept Mapping in Experiential Research. Journal of Research Practice (6)2, M18, 1-16.
Caza, B. B., & Creary, S. J. (2016). The Construction of Professional Identity. In A. Wilkinson, D. Hislop, & C. Coupland (Eds.), Perspectives on Contemporary Professional Work: Challenges and Experiences (pp.259-285). Cheltenham, UK: Edward Elgar Publishing.
Crotty, M. (1998). The foundations of social research. SAGE Publications.
Davis, D. (2008). Collage inquiry: Creative and particular applications. LEARNing Landscapes, 2(1), 245–65.
Kay, L. (2008). Art education pedagogy and practice with adolescent students at-risk in alternative high schools. (Unpublished doctoral dissertation). Northern Illinois University, Dekalb, IL.
Kay, l. (2013). Bead Collage: An Arts-based Research Method. IJEA, 14(3), 1-19.
Mannay, D. (2010). Making the familiar strange: Can visual research methods render the familiar setting more perceptible? Qualitative Research, 10(1), 91–111.
Plakoyiannaki, E., & Stavraki, G. (2018). Collage Visual Data: Pathways to Data Analysis. In C. Cassell, A.L. Cunliffe, & G. Grandy (Eds), The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Business and Management Research Methods, 2 (pp. 313-328). SAGE Publications.
Santoroa, J. D., Yedlab, M., Lazzareschic, D. V., & Whitgobd, E. E. (2017). Disability in US medical education: Disparities, programmes and future directions. Health Education Journal, 76(6), 753-759.
Sutherland, L., & Markauskaite, L. (2012). Examining the Role of Authenticity in Supporting the Development of Professional Identity: An Example from Teacher Education. Higher Education, 64(6), 747-766.
United Nations (2006). Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. Retrieved from
van Schalkwyk, G. J. (2010). Collage Life Story Elicitation Technique: A Representational Technique for Scaffolding Autobiographical Memories. The Qualitative Report, 15(3), 675-695.
World Health Organization (2015). WHO global disability action plan 2014-2021. Better health for all people with disability..
World Health Organization (2016). Working for health and growth: investing in the health workforce.
 
13:45 - 15:1521 SES 06 A: Research Workshop 1: Significance of Theory for Dealing with Uncertainties in Work Situations?
Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Wilfried Datler
Session Chair: Christin Reisenhofer
Research Workshop
 
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Research Workshop

Significance of Theory for Dealing with Uncertainties in Work Situations?

Bernadette Strobl

University of Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Strobl, Bernadette

Since work situations in the fields of education and psychoanalysis are characterised by complexity, uncertainty, instability, uniqueness and an urgency to make decisions (Schön, 1983; Buchholz, 2006), the question of how to deal professionally with related challenges arises both in reflections among psychosocial practitioners as well as in academic discourse. One particular aspect of this topic relates to the question of how the ability to refer to scientific theories and concepts in understanding, decision-making and further action can be helpful in dealing with uncertainties in psychosocial practice situations.

Even if the reference to scientific theories can sometimes grant professionals a certain degree of security, relevant publications from a psychoanalytical perspective (Zwiebel, 2013; Datler, 2016) and in accordance with literature on pedagogical professionalism (Helsper, Hörster & Kade, 2003; Rottländer & Roters, 2008) point to the conviction that it would be illusory to think that the orientation to theories or concepts could lead to the fundamental elimination of the moment of uncertainty in processes of psychosocial practice.

While an overly narrow theoretical orientation in the form of 'clinging' to scientific theories may serve the attempt to completely devote the specificity of individual situations to certain theories, as it were, this hardly enhances the quality of professional practice.

Rather, theories and concepts come into focus that take account of the complexity and instability or dynamics of psychosocial processes and help psychosocial professionals to understand that and why the experience of uncertainty in various psychosocial situations is unavoidable in different intensities and colors.

To explore this furthermore, we will analyse empirical interview material that was conducted within TheoPrax, a research project of the Research Unit Psychoanalysis and Education at the University of Vienna, in order to consider in what way certain theories and concepts gain significance in the course of a person’s biography for dealing with uncertainty in psychosocial work situations. In my planned workshop, the exemplary analysis of an interview with a teacher and a psychoanalytically oriented counselling teacher will show that the individual biographical context and certain experiences of engaging with theory have each led to a characteristic way of dealing with uncertainty.

The following research questions are addressed:

1. Which theories and concepts seem to have become important for Mr M. and Mrs D.? What experiences of engaging with these theories and concepts do they describe in a narrative interview?

2. In what way do these theories and concepts seem to have become helpful for working with their students/clients and dealing with uncertainties in psychosocial work situations?

3. Which biographically related experiences and which inner-psychic forms of processing these experiences seem to have had what influence on the theoretical orientation of Mr M. and Mrs D.?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
1. Within the first data collection, over 200 persons working in different psychosocial fields (teachers, psychoanalytic oriented counselling teachers, early childhood educators, social workers, psychoanalytic psychotherapists and others) were interviewed. Using a rating system (scaling structuring of content analysis), we determined with what precision the interviewed persons were able to explain the practice-guiding significance of a theory or concept, if they are asked (a) to name a theory or concept that helps them to understand, decide or take further action in some work situations, (b) to give an example of a specific work situation and (c) to explain in what way this theory or concept was helpful in this particular situation.
2. In addition, biographically related affinities and individual experiences that people have with certain theoretical contents in the course of their professionalisation appear to be decisive regarding the question of whether and in what way theories gain significance for everyday work. This aspect is explored in the second data collection. Therefore, in the second data collection phase, six narrative follow-up interviews were conducted with participants of the first data collection.
In these interviews, the interviewees are asked to tell their professional biography and subsequently to reflect on which theories have become significant for them and their work in the course of their lives, but also what experiences they have had in engaging with these theories.

Structure of the workshop:
After a short introduction into the topic and research project TheoPrax, the participants analyze interview material in two groups: One group works on excerpts from the narrative interview with a teacher Mr M. and the other group works on excerpts from the narrative interview with a counselling teacher Mrs D. These two interviewees both achieved high scores in the rating of the first interview, in other words, they explained at a high level of precision how a theory or concept was helpful for a specific work situation. In the context of the conference topic and in the methodological tradition of analyzing Work Discussion Papers (Datler et al., 2008; Rustin & Bradly, 2008), the participants are going to examine the material in a phase of free association and in a second phase to investigate in which way certain theories and concepts became attractive to this person to deal with uncertainties and/or threatening emotions. With reference to the research questions, the results of the workshop are summarized and enriched with previous considerations.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Within the workshop, it can be shown that by engaging with certain theories both interviewees, Mr. M. and Mrs. D., have gained more confidence in dealing with complex work situations – but in very different ways:
According to his accounts, Mr. M. is guided by a concept that provides him with a framework that he can hold on to, especially in situations that seem threatening and unsafe to him. Orientation towards this concept seems to provide him with a way of rejecting threatening emotions (such as aggression) and gaining a sense of security.
Mrs. D. is guided by a psychoanalytic framework that does not offer specific instructions, but rather opens up ways of dealing sensitively with uncertain situations. As a result, she seems to have gained more confidence in dealing with difficult situations and her own emotions such as aggression – she no longer experiences these as so threatening, but is able to integrate them into her professional identity.
These findings are linked to aspects of the respective biographies as well as their specific experiences in the context of training and further education. The empirical analysis can be used as an example to illustrate how the engagement with psychoanalytic theories can be helpful for a more mature level of dealing with uncertainties and that psychoanalytically inspired formats for reflecting on work situations are particularly helpful for integrating threatening emotions and related insecurities.

References
Buchholz, M. (2006). Profession and empirical research in psychoanalysis. Sovereignty and integration. Psyche 60(5), 426-454.

Datler, W., Steinhardt, K., Wininger, M., & Datler, M. (2008). The current unconscious dynamic in the interview situation and the psychoanalytical question of the biographical: Limits and possibilities of working with a modification of the "work discussion" method. Journal for Qualitative Research 9(1-2), 87-98.

Datler, W. (2016). Obvious and hidden entanglements. On the professional handling of unavoidable dynamic processes in situations of early intervention. Frühförderung Interdisziplinär 35, 76-84.

Helsper, W., Hörster, R. & Kade, J. (Eds.) (2003). Uncertainty. Educational fields in the modernisation process. Weilerswist: Velbrück.

Rustin, M./Bradley, J. (Eds.) (2008). Work Discussion: Learning from Reflective Practice in Work with Children and Families. London.

Rottländer, D. & Roters, B. (2008). Connections in uncertainty? Pragmatic comments to the teacher training debate. Bildungsforschung 5(2), 1-14.

Schön, D. A. (1983). The reflective practitioner: How professionals think in action. New York: Basic Books.

Zwiebel, R. (2013). What makes a good psychoanalyst? Basic elements of professional psychotherapy. Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta.
 
13:45 - 15:1522 SES 06 A: Interdisciplinarity and Service-Learning in HE
Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Patrick Baughan
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Qualifying the Debate on Interdisciplinarity in Higher Education – Human- and Social Scientific Perspectives on a University-wide STEM/SSH Interdisciplinarity Project

Kirsten Jæger, Casper Feilberg, Vibeke Andersson

Aalborg University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Jæger, Kirsten; Feilberg, Casper

When confronted with Uncertainty and crisis, higher education has historically turned to interdisciplinarity as a means of promoting innovation. This was the case in 1970 when OECD hosted the Interdisciplinarity. Problems of teaching and research in universities conference (Apostel, 1972). In current European higher education policy, interdisciplinarity is an integral part of the green transition, transnational higher education collaboration, and development of competences for an increasingly technologized labor market (Jæger, forthcoming). Many universities respond to such policies by encouraging interdisciplinary collaboration in research and education.

This paper will qualify the debate on interdisciplinarity in higher education by investigating a current case involving an interdisciplinarity project at a Danish PBL university. We ask: which general takeaways emerge from analyzing a current interdisciplinarity project initiated as a catalyst for higher education innovation and SSH/STEM-integration, from a social- and human science perspective?

The case project elements

Collaboration between STEM and SSH programs: As part of the 2022 to 2026 strategy to be a mission-oriented university, the university management encourages educational programs to increase collaboration across disciplinary and departmental boundaries, particularly in the form of collaboration across the SSH/STEM divide.

New skills in focus: The goal of the new interdisciplinarity project is to educate graduates with advanced collaboration skills, phrased as a “focus on holistic thinking”, “ability to work across disciplines” “affect and adapt to the development of society” and “enhance students’ ability to transcend their own disciplinary domain and engage in cross-boundary cooperation” (AAU Strategy 2022–2026).

Transdisciplinarity as the end goal: the university encourages collaboration projects that range from relatively limited interaction between disciplines and programs (but still ensuring that students become familiar with ‘foreign’ disciplines) to collaboration forms that require students to engage in joint problem-solving through integration of disciplinary perspectives and engagement of external partners. Later, cross-program get-to-know activities are likely to become mandatory. Study activities that require individual students to work in project groups composed of students from different disciplines will be arranged as elective modules.

Theoretical-Analytical approaches

Though interconnected, we distinguish between two dimensions of interdisciplinarity (Hultengren 1979) in our analysis:

A) The epistemological dimension relates to the processes of scientific work
The promotion of interdisciplinarity as an institution-wide innovation project may intentionally and unintentionally unsettle disciplinary self-conceptions and question established boundaries between research fields and programs. In order to investigate the implications of such disturbances, the proposed conceptual framework enables an analysis of differences between disciplines (with a particular focus on differences between SSH and STEM disciplines (Bernstein 1999; Abbott 2001)), different levels of interdisciplinarity (we propose a tripartite typology distinguishing between “borrowing” (Klein 2018), “trading zone interdisciplinarity” (Collins, Evans & Gorman 2019) and transdisciplinarity), and the translation of disciplinary knowledge and interdisciplinary integration in teaching and learning (Jensen, Ravn & Stentoft 2019; Brassler 2020).

B) The educational-organizational dimension relates to the formation of certain competences in students

When we preliminarily turn to the existing practices of interdisciplinarity within the case university, we identify shared characteristics by several programs within the SSH faculty. This leads us to inquire into the historical background of these programs. Mostly forgotten today it turns out they share a period in the 1970s where a specific pedagogical tradition, the problem-oriented project pedagogy tradition (Hultengren 1976, Illeris 1974), was very influential. According to this tradition the project work of students is student-directed and problem-oriented, and problem-orientation “entails interdisciplinarity”, because it is the identified authentic problem - and not the traditions of the discipline – that is guiding the choice of theory and methods (Illeris 1981:15,99). The emphasis on interdisciplinarity within the tradition is inspired by the OECD 1970 conference and social critique (Hultengren, 1979).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Case study
 Insights regarding implications of large-scale interdisciplinarity projects are reached through a case study approach. The data informing the case study consist of university policies (mission statements), concept papers produced during the project’s planning phase, records of seminars, workshops and meetings held during the project’s piloting phase, and finally presentations of initiated pilot projects at program level. The study aims for a nuanced understanding of the project’s underlying rationale and its implications as it unfolds in local contexts and seeks to realize the ideals of a descriptive case study (Flyvbjerg 2006, Gerring & Cojocaru 2016).  

Insider action research
As the involved researchers are members of the academic staff of the case organization, and as one or more of the researchers participated in several of the activities constituting the project’s planning and pilot phase, we take inspiration in the “insider action research” approach (Coghlan & Holian 2021). The insider action research (IAR) approach characterizes a type of research conducted by organizational members into organizational change processes that involve “real organizational issues” (Coghlan & Holian 2021, p 14), in other words not projects or experiments initiated for the purpose of research. IAR draws on collaborative relations to organizational members and units and deep contextual knowledge. As positioned in the university’s PBL research unit (Institute for Advanced Studies in PBL), a unit that is directly involved in managing the case project, the researchers are a position to both follow the project closely and, to some extent influence it within the boundaries set by the university leadership. Deep contextual knowledge also includes intimate understanding of an organization’s history and its intellectual and cultural roots. Thus, the study includes a literature and document study of interdisciplinarity’s role in the foundation of the case university as a Danish reform university (Andersen & Keldsen 2015) based on problem- and project-based learning.

Hermeneutical-phenomenological research paradigm
Following Blaikie’s (2009) work on research design we take a range of elements into consideration before commencing serious empirical research processes, to reflect major design decisions and their implications on other elements. Blaikie (2009) distinguishes between ontological assumptions, epistemological assumptions, research strategy (methodology), data methods, subject theories, ethics and analysis. Following the hermeneutical-phenomenological research paradigm we assume the lifeworld as our ontological foundation (Feilberg et_al,2018), the understanding knowledge-guiding interest as our epistemology (Habermas, 1971), and the hermeneutical circle as our research strategy with interplay between parts and whole, description and interpretation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The case study is expected to provide a detailed description of the multiple understandings of interdisciplinarity involved in a strategic change project promoting interdisciplinarity across programs and departments, of the varied realizations of interdisciplinary teaching and learning as a consequence of the project, and the different forms of institutional and pedagogic ‘frictions’ that project implementation entails.
Based on the case study, we expect to be able share findings and take-aways regarding the following themes:

Enriched understanding of the complexity of interdisciplinary encounters as they occur between disciplines and programs as a consequence of the project. Is it, for example, possible to reach forms of interdisciplinary integration that go beyond “borrowing” and develop common ontological, methodological and conceptual platforms across differing ontological and epistemological assumptions, in projects that combine SSH and STEM programs? And how does the disciplinary complexity of individual programs impact collaboration across program and department boundaries?

Sharpened ontological, epistemological and theoretical concepts helpful for the understanding of differences between disciplines involved in interdisciplinary collaboration, and for analyzing levels of interdisciplinary integration.

Development of context-sensitive pedagogic approaches to the facilitation of interdisciplinary encounters in higher education. Strategic promotion of interdisciplinarity will only result in the desired learning outcomes if interdisciplinary collaboration makes sense to the involved teachers and students and the questions and problems they purse.

References
Aalborg University Strategy 2022–2026. Downloaded 010124 from https://prod-aaudxp-cms-001-app.azurewebsites.net/media/odnnfqrx/aau-strategy-2022-26.pdf

Abbott, A. (2001). Chaos of disciplines. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Apostel, L., Berger, G., Briggs, A. & Michaud, G. (eds.) (1972). Interdisciplinarity. Problems of teaching and research in universities. Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development: Washington D.C.

Bernstein, B. (1999). Vertical and horizontal discourse: an essay. British Journal of Sociology of Education. 20(2): 157-173

Blaikie, N. (2009). Designing Social Research. The logic of anticipation. Polity.

Brassler, M. (2020). The role of interdisciplinarity in bringing PBL to traditional universities: opportunities and challenges on the organizational, team and individual level. The interdisciplinary journal of problem-based learning 14(2): 1-14.

Coghlan, D. & Holian, R. 2021. Insider action research as leadership-as-practice: a methodological reflection for OD scholar-practitioners. Organization Development Review 53(5): 13-17.

Collins, H. Evans, R, & Gorman, M. E. 2019. Trading zones revisited. In D. S. Caudill, S. N.  Conley, M. E. Gorman, & M. Weinel (eds.). The third wave in science and technology studies. Cham: Springer International Publishing.  

Feilberg, C., Norlyk, A., & Keller, K. D. (2018). Studying the Intentionality of Human Being: Through the Elementary Meaning of Lived Experience. Journal of Phenomenological Psychology, 49(2), 214-246.

Flyvbjerg, B. (2006). ‘Five Misunderstandings about Case-study Research’, Qualitative Inquiry 12(2): 219-245.

Habermas, J. (1971). Knowledge and human interests. Appendix: Knowledge and human interests: A general perspective (pp. 301–350). Trans. Shapiro. Boston: Beacon Press.  

Hultengren, E. (1976). Problemorientering, projektarbejde og rapport- skrivning. Aalborg: Institut for Uddannelse og Socialisering, Aalborg Universitetscenter.

Hultengren, E. (1979). Tværfaglighed som politisk undervisning. Aalborg: Institut for Uddannelse og Socialisering, Aalborg Universitetscenter.

Illeris, K. (1974). Problemorientering og deltagerstyring: Oplæg til en alternativ didaktik. København: Munksgaard

Illeris, K. (1981). Modkvalificeringens pædagogik. Problemorientering, deltagerstyring og eksemplarisk indlæring. København: Unge Pædagoger.

Jensen, A. A., Ravn, O. & Stentoft, D. (2019). Interdisciplinarity and Problem-Based Learning in Higher Education. Cham: Springer International Publishing.

Jæger, K. (forthcoming). Higher education interdisciplinarity – symmetry across policy levels? In K. Smed, A. M. Macias & K. Jæger (eds.) Working with interdisciplinarity in knowledge communities. Peter Lang.

Klein, J. T. 2018. A conceptual vocabulary of interdisciplinary science. In J. T. Klein, N. Stehr & P. Weingart (eds.) Practising interdisciplinarity. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 3-24.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

University-Community Reciprocity on Service-learning Projects. How Can it Affect Students?

Ígor Mella-Núñez, Daniel Sáez-Gambín, Jesús García-Álvarez

University of Santiago de, Spain

Presenting Author: García-Álvarez, Jesús

Currently, the conformation of the European Higher Education Area is the central feature defining universities in Europe. Both methodological innovation and social dimension are two of the key elements within the new university model (Santos Rego et al., 2020). This calls for the adoption of a new formative paradigm centred on the student and the strengthening of the social function, as outlined in the Berlin Communiqué (2005). More recently, the Rome Communiqué (2020) proposes that institutions of higher education commit, along with their communities, to engaging in joint activities that are mutually beneficial and socially responsible.

Therefore, there is an interest in shaping spaces of convergence between these propositions, as pedagogical innovation can and should place students in contact with society. This positioning leads us to discuss University Social Responsibility, an approach promoting social commitment in all spheres and activities of the Academy. Among other things, this requires that teaching seeks the involvement of students with the community, aiming not only to enhance the meaningfulness of learning but also to contribute to the development of groups and communities near the campuses (Coelho and Menezes, 2021).

In this context, service-learning (SL) emerges as a useful methodology to strengthen connections between universities and society. It is defined as "a course-based, credit-bearing educational experience in which students (a) participate in an organized service activity that meets identified community needs and (b) reflect on the service activity in such a way as to gain further understanding of course content, a broader appreciation of the discipline, and an enhanced sense of civic responsibility" (Bringle and Hatcher, 1995, p. 112). These experiences promote the university's engagement with the community and vice versa, ultimately leading to improve academic, social, and professional learning, as well as community growth.

In service-learning courses, the balance between universities and social entities or groups is crucial, moving away from positions in which communities are viewed as laboratories where students apply their knowledge (Baker-Boosamra, 2006). However, a significant portion of literature, especially in the European context, has focused on studying the effects of service-learning on student learning (Santos Rego et al., 2021), emphasizing the need to also consider the community in analyses of this methodology (Rodríguez-Izquierdo and Lorenzo, 2023).

Over the past two decades, various studies have confirmed the gains that the community obtains from such projects, with central focuses on knowledge exchange and satisfying the needs of entities and/or groups (Nduna, 2007; Schmidt and Robby, 2002; Van Rensburg et al., 2019). However, to strengthen the ties between the university and the community, with the goal of optimizing benefits for both parties, it is essential that the relationship is established on principles of genuine reciprocity.

Reciprocity is defined as the inclusion of principles such as respect, trust, genuine commitment, balance of power, shared resources, and clear communication between university institutions and community stakeholders (Jacoby, 2015). Using service-learning, the aim is to foster reciprocal relationships and mutual assistance between the university and social actors, exploring the impact on students as agents of social change (Asghar and Rowe, 2017; Martínez-Usarralde and Chiva-Bartoll, 2020).

Therefore, the objective of this study is to analyse whether the type of relationship established with the community in service-learning projects influences the development of transversal competencies in students.

This paper is framed in the Research Projects: “Service-Learning (SL) and employability of university graduates in Spain: competences for employment” (EDU2017-82629-R) and “The impact of the university in the community through service-learning projects. A study focused on reciprocity (SL)” (PID2021-122827OB-I00).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this research a quasi-experimental design of two non-equivalent groups was used, with pretest and post-test, and an independent variable, which is the SL project. Specifically, 18 service-learning courses were evaluated in two Spanish universities. The final sample consisted of 568 students: 381 involved in service-learning, forming the experimental group; and 187 peers from the same courses following conventional methodology, in the control group.
Most of the participants were enrolled in degrees or master's programs in Social and Legal Sciences (59.9%), followed by those in Health Sciences (25.5%). 17.8% had previously participated in a university-promoted project involving community service, and 17.5% claimed to have been involved in the past year with a youth organization or voluntary action entity. Mostly (69.1%), they had no prior work experience.
Two instruments were administered during the academic years 2020/2021, 2021/2022, and 2022/2023. The first is a Record Sheet for University Service-Learning Courses, directed at the responsible professors to gather information about project characteristics. For this study, we considered information related to:
- Type of service. It refers to the nature of the relationship established between the university and the community: direct (involving direct interaction with professionals and/or users of the entity/organization) or indirect (no direct contact with professionals and users).
- Project quality scale, utilizing a 5-point Likert scale factor related to the level of social entity’s participation (only for projects with direct service). It pertains to the involvement of entities in defining objectives, planning, and student supervision. It is coded as low quality if the score is less than or equal to 3.33 and high quality if it exceeds this value (a cutoff point was determined based on the median of the factor in 108 service-learning projects).
The second instrument is the Questionnaire on Generic Competences for University Students (COMGAU), administered in pretest and post-test. For analysis, a 5-point Likert scale measuring the perception of transversal competences was considered, grouped into five factors: entrepreneurial skills, interpersonal skills, intercultural skills, networking skills, and analytical and synthesis skills.
Statistical analysis was conducted using Student's t-tests for related samples, distinguishing between different groups, and calculating effect size using the Cohen's d coefficient.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Firstly, it is noteworthy that students participating in service-learning courses (experimental group) experience greater competence development compared to those who do not participate in such projects (control group). Moreover, within the experimental group, those engaging in direct service exhibit a larger effect size in the evolution of their perception.
Specifically, in these direct-service projects, students significantly enhance their perception of entrepreneurial skills (p<.001), interpersonal skills (p<.001), and analytical and synthesis skills (p<.001). On the other hand, students in projects with indirect service report gains in entrepreneurial skills (p<.047), networking skills (<.039), and analytical and synthesis skills (p<.014). Meanwhile, the control group only increases their perception in analytical and synthesis skills (p<.008).
Secondly, in the group involved in direct-service activities, those engaged in high-quality projects in terms of entity involvement experienced an increase in entrepreneurial skills (p<.001), interpersonal skills (p<.001), and intercultural skills (p=.016). This significance was not found in projects placing less emphasis on this dimension. In the analytical and synthesis skills and networking skills, there is significance in both groups, but with a larger effect size in the case of high participation.
In conclusion, this study confirms the role of communities in the training of university students, specifically manifested in service-learning courses. This opens up new educational possibilities that enhance the meaningfulness of learning, as social entities and collectives become contexts of experience and practice closely aligned with the future professional endeavours of students, thus promoting the development of transversal competencies.

References
Asghar, M., and Rowe, N. (2017). Reciprocity and critical reflection as the key to social justice in service learning: A case study. Innovations in Education and Teaching International, 54(2), 117-125. https://doi.org/10.1080/14703297.2016.1273788
Baker-Boosamra, M. (2006). From service to solidarity: evaluation and recommendations for international service learning. SPNA Review, 2(1), 1-21.
Bringle, R. G., and Hatcher, J. A. (1995). A service-learning curriculum for faculty. Michigan Journal of Community Service Learning, 2(1), 112-122.
Coelho, M., and Menezes, I. (2021) University Social Responsibility, Service Learning, and Students' Personal, Professional, and Civic Education. Frontiers in Psychology, 12(617300). https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.617300
Jacoby, B. (2015). Service-learning essentials. Jossey-Bass.
Martínez-Usarralde, M.J., and Chiva-Bartoll, O. (2020). Inclusivity and social justice through service-learning in the era of biopolitics. In UNESCO (Ed.), Humanistic futures of learning. Perspectives from UNESCO Chairs and UNITWIN Networks (pp. 117-121). UNESCO.
Nduna, N. (2007). The community voice on service-learning: A good practice guide for higher education. Education as Change, 11(3), 69-78. https://doi.org/10.1080/16823200709487180
Rodríguez-Izquierdo, R.M., and Lorenzo, M. (2023). El giro comunitario en el aprendizaje-servicio Universitario. Inclusión y sostenibilidad. Octaedro.
Santos Rego, M.A., Lorenzo, M., and Mella, I. (2020). El aprendizaje-servicio y la educación universitaria. Hacer personas competentes. Octaedro.
Santos Rego, M.A., Mella, I., Naval, C., and Vázquez, V. (2021). The evaluation of social and profesional life competences of university students through service-learning. Frontiers in Education, 6(606304). https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2021.606304
Schmidt, A., and Robby, M. (2002). What’s the value of service-learning to the community? Michigan Journal of Community Service Learning, 9(1), 27-33.
Van Rensburg, E., van der Merwe, T., and Erasmus, M. (2019). Community outcomes of occupational therapy service-learning engagements: perceptions of community representatives. South African Journal of Occupational Therapy, 49(1), 12-18. https://doi.org/10.17159/2310-3833/2019/vol49n1a3
 
13:45 - 15:1522 SES 06 B: Students Trajectories
Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Vesa Korhonen
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Professional Integration: A Blind Spot in Retention Theory

Johanne Grøndahl Glavind, Vibeke Røn Noer, Thomas Iskov

VIA University College

Presenting Author: Grøndahl Glavind, Johanne; Røn Noer, Vibeke

Dropout poses a significant challenge in higher education, straining institutions and incurring costs for society while potentially resulting in unnecessary setbacks for individual students. Research on dropout has been integral to higher education studies, with Vincent Tinto's seminal work on student retention forming a cornerstone upon which much of the current dropout research is built (Tinto, 1975, 1993).

Tinto's theory, rooted in the concept of "integration," suggest that successful student retention is closely tied to the extent to which students integrate into the academic and social domains of their institution. The theory underscores the importance of academic and social support systems, as well as the role of faculty and peers in fostering a sense of belonging and commitment among students (Tinto, 1993, 2017).

However, recent empirical research within professional education highlights a blind spot in Tinto's model. Academic and social integration alone cannot fully explain dropout in professional education; rather, students' integration into their chosen profession also plays a crucial role. Thus, the British researcher Deborah Roberts (2012) demonstrates the significance of professional integration for teacher students’ considerations of dropping out, while Glavind & Hansen's (2023) research on study groups shows that group work can have professional-integrative effects in addition to the academic and social integrative effects. In other words, studies of retention must also focus on students' sense of professional belonging. Students must be able to envision themselves in the profession they are training for. Otherwise, there is a risk that they will opt out of the program, even if they are performing well academically and socially.

This paper aims to theoretically develop the concept of professional integration and integrate it with Tinto's model. Specifically, the paper addresses the research question: How can Tinto’s model be revised to include student integration in the professional domain?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To elucidate and construct the concept of professional integration, this paper will explore the following themes and questions:

1. The professional domain of professional bachelor education: What characterizes the teaching and learning contexts in professional bachelor education programs (the interaction between academic and practical contexts)?
2. The professional development of students: What characterizes the processes of transitioning from acting to becoming and being a professional?
3. Professional integration: What is professional integration in an educational context, and how does it differ from and complement the concepts of academic and social integration?

To answer questions 1 and 2, the paper will draw on theories of professional education focusing on professional identity formation and professional development. The students' professional development is directed by the profession and the notion of professionalism, and it is characterized by constant evolution and emergence (Scanlon, 2011). It can be viewed as professional identity development (Heggen, 2008; Heggen & Terum, 2017; Terum & Heggen, 2016; Scanlon, 2011), which involves changes in an individual's understanding of themselves as professionals through continuous reflections on their roles within the practice and professionalism (Benner et al, 2010; Benner, 2011).

Answering question 3, the paper will bridge Tinto's concept of integration with theories of professional education. With this foundation, professional integration is thus about the students' experience of belonging to the profession they are training to enter. It is their perception and experience of the profession as it presents itself to them. Attachment to the profession is formed through interactions with practice, which can occur both before and during education (Benner et al, 2010, Heggen, 2008; Roberts 2012).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The primary aim of this study is to contribute to a deeper understanding of dropout in higher education, particularly within the context of professional education programs. Tinto's model provides a good starting point for understanding dropout, but it has a blind spot regarding the professional domain. Therefore, the intention is to develop a comprehensive model that can be applied across a wide range of professional education programs.

The insights gained from this study are expected to have practical implications for educational practice. By highlighting the importance of professional integration in student retention, educators can design curriculum and pedagogical approaches that foster students' sense of belonging and attachment to their chosen profession, ultimately enhancing student success and program completion rates. In summary, this study endeavors to provide insights into the multifaceted nature of dropout and its implications for individual students, educational institutions, and society as a whole.

References
Benner, P. (2011). Formation in professional education: An examination of the relationship between theories of meaning and theories of the self. Journal of Medicine and Philosophy, 36(4), 342–353. https://doi.org/10.1093/jmp/jhr030

Benner, P., Sutphen, M., Leonard, V., & Day, L. (2010). Educating nurses: a call for radical transformation (1st ed.). Jossey-Bass.

Glavind, J. G., & Hansen, D. G. (2023). Professionsintegration - Studiegrupper som professionelle arbejdsfællesskaber. Dansk Pædagogisk Tidsskrift, 4, 97–113.

Heggen, K. (2008). Profesjon og identitet. In K. Molander & L. I. Terum (Eds.), Profesjonsstudier. Universitetsforlaget.

Heggen, K., & Terum, L. I. (2017). The impact of education on professional identity. In B. Blom, L. Evertsson, & M. Perlinski (Eds.), Social and caring professions in European and welfare states. Policies, services and professional practices (pp. 21–35). Policy Press.

Roberts, D. (2012). Modelling withdrawal and persistence for initial teacher training: revising Tinto’s Longitudinal Model of Departure. Wiley Blackwell, 38(6), 953–975. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411926.2011.603035

Scalon, Lesley. (2012). ‘Becoming’ a professional. In L. Scalon (ed.), “Becoming” a professional: an interdisciplinary analysis of professional learning (13-32). Springer.

Terum, L. I., & Heggen, K. (2016). Identification with the Social Work Profession: The Impact of Education. British Journal of Social Work, 46(4), 839–854. https://doi.org/10.1093/bjsw/bcv026

Tinto, V. (1975). Dropout from Higher Education : A Theoretical Synthesis of Recent Research. Review of Educational Research, 45(1), 89–125.

Tinto, V. (1993). Leaving College: Rethinking the Causes and Cures of Student Attrition. University of Chicago Press.

Tinto, V. (2017). Through the Eyes of Students. Journal of College Student Retention: Research, Theory and Practice, 19(3), 254–269. https://doi.org/10.1177/1521025115621917


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

New Empirical Model for the Theory of Biographical Learning

Katarina Rozvadska, Petr Novotný

Masaryk University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Novotný, Petr

Biographical learning "places confidence in the competence of individual learners to handle biographical disruptions caused by late modernity "(Hallqvist, 2014). This type of learning was closely related to biographical research methods from the very start but is also connected to a particular educational practice of autobiographical storytelling. The broadest definition claims biographical learning deals with the relationships between biography and learning, biography as a way of learning and the influence of biography on learning (Tedder & Biesta, 2007). This definition opens up the theoretical view into biographical learning but does not help operationalise it to capture it precisely in the empirical data. Therefore, the research gap in biographical learning knowledge is a lack of clear understanding of the internal processes that occur when an individual engages in biographical learning. Alheit, the author of the biographical learning concept, also pointed out the lack of a systematic theory of biographical learning (Alheit & Dausien, 2002). According to Alheit, biographical learning is about understanding changes in personal and social identity, as well as bodily identity, as a potential for growth and ownership of one's life story and biographicity (Alheit et al. 1995). The paper aims to present biographical learning as a theoretical and empirical perspective on learning. The leading question for the theoretical analysis of this study was what the role of biography, narrative, and identity is within biographical learning. The empirical analysis of biographical learning was a concrete analysis of non-traditional students' narratives about their biographical experiences to understand their biographical learning in relation to what they learned and how they learned it.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study presupposes the process of making sense of biographical experiences can be evidenced through storytelling during the research interview.  Data was collected through 29 biographical narrative interviews with adult learners in Czech higher education and analysed through different means of narrative analysis. The narrators had at least 26 years old, had a break in their previous educational trajectory before entering university and were studying for education degrees in different Czech universities. The abductive synthesis of the results enabled the creation of graphic empirical models of the process of biographical learning.  This study applied abductive reasoning using biographical data (Bron & Thunborg, 2017) as "abduction is intended to help social research, or rather social researchers, to be able to make new discoveries in a logically and methodologically ordered way" (Reichertz, 2010, p. 4).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the narrative analysis showed biographical, narrative and identity categories, respectively. Biography and identity level correspond to what is learned, whereas narrative level corresponds to how it is learned.  It was also discovered that connections between experiences are created in three possible ways through storytelling: biographical learning by analogy, biographical learning by audit, and biographical learning by authority.  

Learning by analogy takes place when two different events from a biography, distinct in time, are connected by creating an analogy between them in the narration. The narrator was not aware of this link before and they are thus learning something new about their identity. The second type of biographical learning is when the narrators’ experiences are linked to the present day and the direction of link goes from the past experience to the present day.  The narrators become aware of the effect in their past and reflect upon it during storytelling. The third type of biographical learning found in the narratives can be observed when the narrator is analysing the past experiences with the current biographical knowledge containing all the experiences that came afterwards. Biographical learning was evidenced by creating meaningful connections between biographical experiences stored in the memory.  

Moreover, the empirical model determined that identity is the guiding element for the selection, transformation and integration of the experiences.  Identity is a condition and outcome of biographical learning.  The consequence of the process of biographical learning is the constant construction and reconstruction of one's biography and identity.  Understanding these processes more fully can help to shed light on the mechanisms behind biographical learning and how it can be effectively facilitated in various settings.

References
Alheit, P., & Dausien, B. (2002). The 'double face'of lifelong learning: Two analytical perspectives on a 'silent revolution'. Studies in the Education of Adults, 34(1), 3-22.
Alheit, P., Bron-Wojciechowska, A., Brugger, E., & Dominicé, P. (Eds.). (1995).  The biographical approach in European adult education. Vienna: Verband Wiener Volksbildung.
Bron, A., & Thunborg, C. (2017).  Theorising biographical work from non-traditional students' stories in higher education. International Journal of Contemporary Sociology, 54(2), 112-127.
Hallqvist, A. (2014). Biographical learning: two decades of research and discussion. Educational Review, 66(4), 497-513.
Reichertz, J. (2010). Abduction: The logic of discovery of grounded theory. The SAGE handbook of grounded theory, 214-228.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Information Capital and Resilience

Erna Nairz-Wirth, Maria Pöschl

Education Sciences Group, WU Vienna, Austria

Presenting Author: Nairz-Wirth, Erna

The European agenda for widening participation in Higher Education (HE) aims for a reflection of the diversity of the European population in the student body as well as equity of opportunity in education (European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice, 2015, 2020). This has led to an increase in so-called non-traditional students (NTS) entering universities throughout Europe (ibid.). The term “non-traditional student” includes but is not limited to students who, e.g., are first-generation students, are engaged in regular paid employment, belong to an ethnic or migrant minority or have care responsibilities (Gillen-O’Neel, 2021; Nairz-Wirth & Feldmann, 2018). NTS, however, are overrepresented among HE dropouts (Thaler & Unger, 2014; Tieben, 2020; Wolter et al., 2017), which contradicts the European Union’s above stated goals. This may be due to HE-institutions' predominant orientation toward “traditional” full-time students with tertiary-educated parents etc., which may cause NTS to experience additional difficulties in HE (Nairz-Wirth & Feldmann, 2018). The majority of HE dropouts happen during the transition to university (Aina et al., 2022), which can therefore be described as a particularly challenging time for students.

To deal with challenges, students need resilience, the ability to adapt to and grow during challenging times. As NTS may face additional difficulties in HE (see above), they would especially benefit from a high level of resilience. Previous empirical research established that resilient students are significantly less likely to drop out of HE than less resilient students (see e.g., Ayala & Manzano, 2018). An important dimension of resilience is the perceived self-efficacy (Jardim et al., 2021, p. 6). Bandura’s (1994) conception of self-efficacy is employed to define a university student’s study-related perceived self-efficacy: The study-related perceived self-efficacy therefore describes the belief/expectation of a student to achieve certain levels of performance in their studies through their own abilities and actions, e.g., during an exam, which in turn affect the student’s progress, e.g., through the result of this exam. Low-threshold access to study-related information capital strengthens the expectation of self-efficacy (Crozier & Reay, 2011), especially during the transition to university. Because students can make decisions on which skills to acquire and which actions to take to positively influence their study progress only based on appropriate information. Notably, access to informal high-quality information capital, so-called hot knowledge (Strecker & Feixa, 2020), e.g., information exchanged through informal chat with other students, is critical for a student’s perceived self-efficacy. Cold knowledge, e.g., the information displayed on the homepage of a study program, in contrast, embodies formal information capital, which often does not match the quality of hot knowledge (Strecker & Feixa, 2020). NTS, especially first-generation students, may be at a disadvantage in accessing hot knowledge, as they cannot access it through their families (Strecker & Feixa, 2020).

This contribution aims to identify study conditions, which facilitate student’s access to hot knowledge and are therefore, as conceptualized above, suitable for enhancing student’s resilience. For this purpose, Bourdieu’s relational theoretical framework with the concepts habitus, field and capital (Bourdieu, 1977, 1983) is applied and expanded by information capital as a combination of social and cultural capital (Lessky et al., 2021). As different fields of study vary greatly regarding the accessibility of hot knowledge due to differing field structures and conditions, three vastly different study programs are investigated with each being viewed as a specific social field. This leads to the central research questions of this contribution:

1. Which study conditions are suitable for facilitating student’s access to hot knowledge during the transition to university?

2. How do three different study programs compare regarding the student’s access to hot knowledge?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As our focus is on student’s experiences with and perceptions of study conditions regarding the accessibility of hot knowledge, we chose a qualitative research approach. 26 problem-centered interviews (Witzel, 2000) and eight group discussions provide the basis of the empirical study presented here*. The interviews and group discussions were conducted with non-traditional students from three different study programs at Austrian state universities (human medicine, engineering and an undergraduate program that combines business, economics and social sciences), which were chosen because of their greatly varying study conditions. The interviews took place between 2019 and 2023 and ranged in length from 18 to 135 minutes. At the time of the interviews, the interviewees were between 20 and 34 years old. To gain further in-depth insights into the topic (Kühn & Koschel, 2011, pp. 23–24), semi-structured group discussions with three to four participants each, took place in 2021, 2022 and 2023. Two group discussions were held with engineering students and three each with human medicine students and students of business, economics and social sciences. One out of the three group discussions with human medicine students and with students of business, economics and social sciences each also included a lecturer. The group-discussions ranged in length from 52 to 94 minutes.
The interviews and group discussions were audio-recorded with informed consent (Witzel 2000) and subsequently transcribed verbatim for coding and analysis. We used pseudonyms throughout to guarantee anonymity. The data was analyzed using the ATLAS.ti qualitative data analysis software program. In accordance with the principles of Constructivist Grounded Theory, open coding was initially used, whereby the codes were developed based on the statements of the interviewed students. In a further step, the resulting codes were divided into categories, which were then assigned to Bourdieu's theoretical concepts. The interpretation of the data was therefore primarily guided by Bourdieusian theory, but sufficient care was taken to ensure that the process was not only deductive but also inductive, thus avoiding any mono-theoretical reductionism.

*The empirical study presented in this article is based on the analysis of part of the qualitative data material collected as part of a research project (No. 18454), funded by the OeNB Anniversary Fund. The project is being carried out by the Education Sciences Group at the Vienna University of Economics and Business.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the three fields of study examined, students obtain information capital in the form of hot knowledge from peers, digital groups, student councils and the student union. However, the sources of hot knowledge vary in the three fields analyzed due to the different institutionalization of access to information capital.

In the study program of business, economics and social sciences, students mainly obtain hot knowledge from peers and digital groups, as well as from the student union. The digital groups are of particular relevance in this field regarding access to hot knowledge. This may be due to the low level of institutionalization of access to social capital, the peers. Engineering students also obtain hot knowledge from digital groups, but to a lesser extent, as access to information capital is more institutionalized in this field due to the student council’s services. These services include providing networking opportunities and spaces, and students obtain hot knowledge from the peers they get to know this way. In the field of human medicine, access to social capital is most strongly institutionalized due to the prevalence of a small group system; students obtain hot knowledge primarily from peers within the small group, but also from digital groups and the student union.

Peers are the most important source of hot knowledge for students in all three fields of study, as digital groups, student councils and the student union are also primarily maintained by students. Accordingly, the results highlight the connection between access to social capital, relationships with peers, and access to information capital in the form of hot knowledge. Relationships with peers as well as the associated access to hot knowledge, promote students’ resilience. In addition, digital groups can be clearly assigned to hot knowledge.

References
Aina, C., Baici, E., Casalone, G., & Pastore, F. (2022). The determinants of university dropout: A review of the socio-economic literature. Socio-Economic Planning Sciences, 79, Article 101102, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.seps.2021.101102
Ayala, J. C., & Manzano, G. (2018). Academic performance of first-year university students: The influence of resilience and engagement. Higher Education Research & Development, 37(7), 1321–1335. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2018.1502258
Bandura, A. (1994). Self-efficacy. V.S. Ramachaudran (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Human Behavior, 4, 1–65.
Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge studies in social anthropology: Vol. 16. Cambridge University Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1983). Ökonomisches Kapital, kulturelles Kapital, soziales Kapital. In R. Kreckel (Ed.), Soziale Ungleichheiten (pp. 183–198). Schwartz.
Crozier, G., & Reay, D. (2011). Capital accumulation: Working-class students learning how to learn in HE. Teaching in Higher Education, 16(2), 145–155. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2010.515021
European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2015). The European higher education area in 2015: Bologna process implementation report. Publications Office of the European Union. http://eacea.ec.europa.eu/education/eurydice/documents/thematic_reports/182EN.pdf https://doi.org/10.2797/998555
European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice. (2020). The European Higher Education Area in 2020: Bologna Process Implementation Report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/c90aaf32-4fce-11eb-b59f-01aa75ed71a1/language-en/format-PDF/source-183354043 https://doi.org/10.2797/756192
Gillen-O’Neel, C. (2021). Sense of Belonging and Student Engagement: A Daily Study of First- and Continuing-Generation College Students. Research in Higher Education, 62(1), 45–71. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-019-09570-y
Jardim, J., Pereira, A., & Bártolo, A. (2021). Development and Psychometric Properties of a Scale to Measure Resilience among Portuguese University Students: Resilience Scale-10. Education Sciences, 11(2), Article 61, 1–8. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11020061
Kühn, T., & Koschel, K.‑V. (2011). Gruppendiskussionen (2nd ed.). Springer VS.
Lessky, F., Nairz-Wirth, E., & Feldmann, K. (2021). Informational capital and the transition to university: First-in-family students' experiences in Austrian higher education. European Journal of Education, 56(1), 27–40. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12437
Nairz-Wirth, E., & Feldmann, K. (2018). Hochschulen relational betrachtet. In AQ Austria (Ed.), Durchlässigkeit in der Hochschulbildung. Beiträge zur 5. AQ Austria Jahrestagung 2017 (pp. 79–94). Facultas.
Strecker, T., & Feixa, C. (2020). Gender and social class in study choice: narratives of youth transitions in Spain. Gender and Education, 32(3), 429–445. https://doi.org/10.1080/09540253.2018.1495831
Thaler, & Unger (2014). IHS_Dropoutstudie2014.
Tieben, N. (2020). Non-completion, Transfer, and Dropout of Traditional and Non-traditional Students in Germany. Research in Higher Education, 61(1), 117–141. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11162-019-09553-z
Witzel, A. (2000). Das problemzentrierte Interview. Forum Qualitative Sozialforschung, 1(1), 1–7.
Wolter, A., Dahm, G., Kamm, C., Kerst, C., & Otto, A. (2017). Nicht-traditionelle Studierende: Studienverlauf, Studienerfolg und Lernumwelten. Bundesministerium für Bildung und Forschung (BMBF)
 
13:45 - 15:1522 SES 06 C: Diversity and Learning in HE
Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Helen Coker
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

A mapping review of UDL-based teacher training in Higher Education

Andrea Fiorucci2, Annalisa Morganti1, Silvia Dell'Anna3, Francesco Marsili1, Alessia Bevilacqua2

1Università di Perugia, Italy; 2University of Salento, Italy; 3Free University of Bozen, Italy

Presenting Author: Dell'Anna, Silvia; Bevilacqua, Alessia

Our research focuses on Universal Design for Learning (UDL), a comprehensive framework for designing and implementing teaching strategies across diverse educational settings, with a particular emphasis on higher education (CAST, 2018). Recognizing the positive impact of training teachers in UDL guidelines on both student skills and the overall quality of teaching (Rusconi & Squillaci, 2023), our study seeks to contribute to the existing body of knowledge.

While previous synthesis studies have explored UDL at the university level (Cumming & Rose, 2021; Roberts et al., 2011) and its application in teacher education (Rusconi & Squillaci, 2023), there is a notable gap in reviews that concurrently consider these two critical dimensions. To address this void, our proposed mapping review aims to answer the following key questions:

  • What types of studies have been conducted at the university level regarding teacher professional development with Universal Design for Learning?

  • What benefits emerge from these programs or training initiatives in terms of enhancing teaching skills and practices?

A mapping review is chosen as the research method to systematically identify, evaluate, and synthesize existing literature within this specific niche of interest. By adopting this approach, we aim to provide valuable insights into the predominant trends, methodological approaches, and thematic gaps in the literature related to UDL in higher education teacher professional development (Grant & Booth, 2009).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A list of eligibility criteria was adopted to select relevant studies for this mapping review:
Study Design: qualitative, quantitative, mixed-method or multi-method studies;
Language: studies carried out in any country, but published in English;
Publication time frame: 2014-2023;
Setting: studies need to present the results of a professional development programme or teacher training on UDL conducted in higher or tertiary education;
Outcomes: studies investigate the impact of training or interventions on teachers’ knowledge and skills to design and implement inclusive teaching strategies.
Relevant works were searched electronically through general and educational databases (SCOPUS, Web of Science, ERIC, PsycInfo) using a combination of keywords. Additional works were included through handsearching and citation chasing practices and databases of unpublished studies (ProQuest Dissertations and Theses Global). Handsearching and citation chasing are complementary methods employed in systematic reviews to retrieve potentially overlooked but pertinent records (Cooper et al., 2018). Handsearching entails two steps: 1) identifying key journals and conferences, and 2) reviewing the contents of each issue or program. Citation chasing, or snowball search, comprises backward and forward approaches. Backward citation chasing involves assessing records in the bibliography of articles, while forward citation chasing entails finding records that cite a particular article or set of articles.
The title and abstract screening phase will be conducted by two independent researchers using the ASReview software, enabling the utilization of machine learning to identify relevant studies and expedite the workflow.
The studies selected were coded independently by two researchers, referring to a shared table containing a list of aspects related to the setting (country, type of university context, faculty, teaching area), to the type of training intervention or programme implemented on the UDL (duration, intensity, content, etc.), to the participants in the study (university lecturers, administrative staff, etc.), to the beneficiaries of the interventions (students with disabilities, non-traditional students, all students), to the type of outcome measured or observed (e.g. improvement in teaching skills, strategies, motivation or learning outcomes) and to methodological aspects (research design, sample, information source, instruments, etc.).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the review highlight certain trends in the international literature, such as the bias towards specific research designs or the over-representation of some countries. They also indicate some perspectives for the expansion of future research in the field, particularly with regard to the types of intervention that can be carried out in a university context on the subject of UDL. Finally, issues that have already been raised by other synthesis studies (Rao et al., 2011) emerged, such as fidelity in the application of UDL principles to teaching practices.
References
CAST (2018). Universal Design for Learning Guidelines version 2.2. Retrieved from http://udlguidelines.cast.org
Cooper, C., Booth, A., Varley-Campbell, J., Britten, N., & Garside, R. (2018). Defining the process to literature searching in systematic reviews: A literature review of guidance and supporting studies. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 18(1), 85. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12874-018-0545-3
Cumming, T.M., & Rose, M.C. (2021). Exploring universal design for learning as an accessibility tool in higher education: a review of the current literature. The Australian Educational Researcher, 49, 1025-1043. https://doi.org/s13384-021-00471-7
Grant, M.J., & Booth, A. (2009). A typology of reviews: an analysis of 14 review types and associated methodologies. Health Information and Libraries Journal, 26, 91-108. Doi: 10.1111/j.1471-1842.2009.00848.x
Rao, K., Ok, M. W., & Bryant, B. R. (2014). A Review of Research on Universal Design Educational Models. Remedial and Special Education, 35(3), 153-166. https://doi.org/10.1177/0741932513518980
Roberts, K.D., Park, H.J., Brown, S., & Cook, B. (2011). Universal Design for Instruction in Postsecondary Education: a systematic review of empirically based articles. Journal of Postsecondary Education and Disability, 24(1), 5-15.
Rusconi, L., & Squillaci, M. (2023). Effects of a Universal Design for Learning (UDL) training course on the development of teachers' competences: a systematic review. Education Sciences, 13, 466. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci13050366


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Accessibility and Universal Design in University Programs of Study: Results of the ATHENA Project for the Case of Cyprus

Katerina Mavrou, Maria Mouka, Eleni Theodorou

European University Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Mavrou, Katerina; Theodorou, Eleni

Higher education as a sector is increasingly required to incorporate accessibility and universal design in its curricula to facilitate the development of ‘proactive approaches to accommodations’ (Nieminen 2022), but there is a long way to go in achieving this. The Erasmus+ ATHENA project consortium, led by the European Disability Forum and comprised of the Johannes Kepler Universität Linz, Masarykova Univerzi,ta (Muni Teiresias), European University Cyprus, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, and EURASHE, aims to develop a set of recommendations on how to broadly integrate Accessibility and Universal Design into higher education curricula. To do so, the project first sought to examine how and to what extent accessibility and universal design are incorporated into higher education curricula in four European countries: Spain, Austria, Cyprus, and Czechia. The study was conducted by applying two methodological approaches: corpus linguistics and thematic analysis of university curricula and syllabi. The main research questions guiding this were: (a) Is the Accessibility and Universal Design approach included in the sample of HE curricula in the selected domains? (b) How is the Accessibility and Universal Design approach applied in the sample of HE curricula in the selected domains, in terms of construction and conceptualisation and curricula aim? This paper presents the findings of this task for one of the four countries, Cyprus.

In the context of this study, accessibility is defined as a fundamental principle that ensures equal access for all individuals, particularly those with disabilities (UN, 2007). To attain full inclusion, communities need to tackle multiple barriers that prevent individuals with disabilities from accessing facilities, goods, and services. These challenges encompass physical barriers such as stairs, information presented in non-universal formats, and services that aren't easily understandable for those with disabilities. It embraces the core values of human diversity, social inclusion, and equality, fostering an environment where everyone, regardless of age, ability, or background, can engage with and benefit from the designed solutions. Although certain accessibility initiatives might come with high expenses, affordable, immediate remedies exist that can still have a considerable impact. Accessibility is about developing solutions to achieve universal design. Universal Design (UD) is conceptualized as a comprehensive approach to design that seeks to create products, environments, and systems that can be accessed, understood and used to the greatest extent possible by all people regardless of their age, size, ability or disability (Centre for Excellence in Universal Design, 2023). Universal Design for Learning is an inclusive and non-discriminatory approach aimed at introducing curricula, teaching and assessment methods that foster accessible and engaging learning environments to accommodate students’ diverse needs and modalities of learning. ( Dell et al. 2015). Even though this approach provides conceptual and pragmatic tools to implement educational differentiation of curricula and pedagogical interventions, the application of the latter is limited in Higher Education (Turner et al 2017).

Notwithstanding the importance of UD in creating accessible learning environments, a mono-dimensional focuson accessibility silences issues of difference and inequality to empower disenfranchised students. As pointed out by Knoll (2009: 124), ‘To apply only universal design or individual accommodation would either leave gaping holes in access to academia and courses by not seeing and addressing the intersecting dilemmas of privilege and oppression within the disability experience ‘. Hence, the necessity of developing universally designed curricula that problematize and destabilize power asymmetries and discourses of normality, such as eurocentric knowledge to create inclusive spaces in HE (Mole, 2012)

The main findings of this research endeavor revealed that accessibility and universal design do not appear frequently in university programs of study in Cyprus, and neither do they appear consistently in terms of frequency and conceptualization across domains.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A two-step methodological approach to data analysis was followed for the aims of this study across the 4 partner countries, including Cyprus. The first stage included the selection and analysis of the sample of texts (program curricula and syllabi for different university study programs) via a corpus linguistics analysis.  covering seven areas of knowledge from the ISCED fields of education and training 2013 (ISCED-F 2013): Education; Arts and Humanities; Social Sciences, Journalism and Information; Business, Administration and Law; Information and Communication Technologies; Engineering, Manufacturing and Construction; and Health and Welfare;.  Based on the criteria decided by the consortium, a sample of at least twenty-one (21) undergraduate (Bachelor) and postgraduate (Master) program study curricula and syllabi were selected in each participating country: Spain, Austria, Cyprus, and Czechia. For Cyprus in particular, which is a small country compared to the other three, the search covered the websites of all nine public and private universities yielding a total of 175 texts of which 21 were eventually selected through the corpus linguistics analysis. Hence, following the determination of the selection criteria, a set of keywords related to accessibility, design for all, disability and inclusion were retrieved and analysed in the corpus in terms of absolute frequency, relative frequency and dispersion. The selected study programs needed to include at least one of the keywords determined by the consortium.
The first stage of analysis, using corpus linguistics analysis with the help of a suitable software (Sketch engine), resulted into two final datasets (corpora) for Cyprus, in Greek and English. Each corpora was comprised of program curricula and syllabi for each study program selected. For seven of the study programs the official language of instruction is Greek and fourteen are offered in English (14).  The twenty-one study programs pertained to the seven domains selected by the consortium plus the Services domain which was deemed pertinent only to Cyprus.  The corpus linguistics analysis allowed for the empirical discerning of the curricula and syllabi that incorporate accessibility and universal design and the fields under which these occur in the learning outcomes, content, university policy, etc.
As a second step, thematic analysis using a qualitative analysis software (Atlas.ti) was applied onto the sample of texts identified through the corpus linguistics analysis. The aim of the thematic analysis was to look deeper into how accessibility was conceptualized in the texts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
frequently in university programs of study in Cyprus. And when they do appear, the thematic analysis has shown that accessibility appears with different frequency and conceptualizations across domains. These findings are relatively consistent across the consortium partners (Austria, Czechia, and Spain). In specific, out of the 175 curricula originally sampled in the case of Cyprus, we were able to locate through linguistics corpus analysis relevant keywords in only 23 study programs, of which 21 were eventually selected for thematic analysis. This constitutes a rather small fraction of them at only 12%. When zooming in on these program curricula and syllabi, our thematic analysis revealed differences in terms of how, where and how often accessibility and universal design manifested in the various programs of study across all domains.
In Cyprus, generally references to accessibility and universal design were more frequent in undergraduate study programs and in mandatory courses, across all domains. These issues were mostly identified in the course content description, in course titles, and in the objectives and outcomes of the courses. In terms of domains in which accessibility and universal design appeared most, pertinent discourse emerges primarily in the domain of Education, which contained almost half of the courses in which such references were found in their syllabi. Arts and Humanities came in second, with topics related to user-centred design appearing mostly in mandatory courses. Regarding the construction of accessibility and disability in relation to the main models of disability, this was mostly related to the human rights approach and the social model of disability. Few references to the medical model were also identified mainly in the health and medical studies programs.
Overall, results from Cyprus suggest that accessibility and universal design appear in programs of study rather indirectly, and usually under overarching topics like diversity and human rights.

References
Centre for Excellence in Universal Design. National Disability Authority. Ireland (2023). https://universaldesign.ie/what-is-universal-design/. Last accessed 15 Oct 2023
Dell, C. A., Dell, T. F. & Blackwell, T. L. (2015) ‘Applying universal design for learning in online courses: pedagogical and practical considerations’, Journal of Educators Online, 12 (2), 166–192


Knoll, K. (2009) ‘Feminist disability studies pedagogy’, Feminist Teacher, 19 (2), 122–133.
Mole, H. (2012) ‘A US model for inclusion of disabled students in higher education settings: the social model of disability and Universal Design’, Widening Participation and Lifelong Learning, 14 (3), 62–86.
Turner, W. D., Solis, O. J. & Kincade, D. H. (2017) ‘Differentiating instruction for large classes in higher education’, International Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 29 (3), 490–500.
United Nations: UN Enable - Accessibility (2007), https://www.un.org/esa/socdev/enable/disacc.htm. Last accessed 1 Nov 2023


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Learning Practices of university students: Before and After the Pandemic and the Introduction of ChatGPT

Michael Grothe-Hammer, Svenja Hammer

Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway

Presenting Author: Hammer, Svenja

The literature on learning practices and strategies is rich with insights about the effectiveness of specific interventions and strategy instructions (e.g., Chamot, 1993; Spencer & Maynard, 2014), student’s perceptions and experiences (e.g., Ginns & Ellis, 2007; Nijhuis, Segers, & Gijselaers, 2007; Virtanen & Tynjälä, 2019), and cognitive and psychometric views on learning strategies and approaches (e.g., Biggs, Kember, & Leung, 2001; Neroni, Meijs, Gijselaers, Kirschner, & de Groot, 2019; Pintrich, Smith, Garcia, & Mckeachie, 1993). Such existing research is often psychologically framed, focusing on highly abstract aspects of learning like rehearsal, summarization, information organizing skills, and time management. However, when it comes to looking at students at universities, little is known about what they actually do in their everyday lives in order to learn. Do they, for example, meet with friends for sharing ideas? Do they converse with ChatGPT? Do they print out learning materials and use text markers? Do they listen to audio recordings of lectures when riding the bus? And so on.

Against this backdrop, we take a more sociological approach looking at what students do in their everyday lives. Adopting a practice-based perspective (Giddens, 1984), we aim at mapping the learning practices of university students, i.e., the micro-practices of their everyday lives enacted to learn. Our first main research question is, hence, the following:

1) How does university students’ learning look like in practice?

Furthermore, recent years have seen substantial changes in the education sector, especially due to the pandemic and the advent of new digital technologies like ChatGPT. Consequentially, there is a myriad of studies focusing on the impact of the pandemic and/or of new digital technologies on learning experiences and effectiveness (Carrillo & Flores, 2020; Orozco, Giraldo-García, & Chang, 2023). One big issue as of now is the opportunities and challenges that artificial intelligence (AI) poses for education in general (Zhu et al., 2023) and for higher education in terms of academic integrity in particular (Perkins, 2023).

However, empirical research on how the impact on the actual learning practices of students looks like, is yet to be conducted. Existing works are more based on assumptions and possibilities. We therefore see a lack of research, which we aim to overcome with our study comparing student’s learning practices before and after the pandemic and the introduction of artificial intelligence tools like ChatGPT. Therefore, we have derived a second main question:

2) How have university students’ learning practices changed through the pandemic and the introduction of AI tools like ChatGPT?

In our study, we will answer these questions through a longitudinal interview study at a German university. Using our practice-based approach, we identify university students’ practices of learning and how these have changed through the pandemic and the advent of artificial intelligence technologies like ChatGPT.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer our research questions, we adopt an interpretative approach (Lincoln & Guba, 1985) and conduct an exploratory qualitative interview study. In particular, we conducted a series of 19 focus group interviews with 87 students involving 4 interviewers in 2019 and 2020, and will conduct another series of 12 focus group interviews between February and July 2024. All interviews are conducted with teacher education students in different social science study programs at the Ruhr-University of Bochum, Germany. The interviewers have not been involved in the teaching and/or examination of the interviewed students to ensure that students have been able to speak freely and without pressure. We have been using the method of the problem-centered interview (Witzel & Reiter, 2012), which combines elements of structured and unstructured interview techniques to achieve a process of discursive-dialogic knowledge production be-tween the interviewer and the interviewees. In doing so, we have been able to facilitate open and comprehensive discussions among the participating students about how they learn with whom and when.
To analyze the material, we are using a grounded theory-based approach, specifically the so-called “Gioia method” (Gioia, Corley, & Hamilton, 2013), which combines open (first order) coding with theory-centric (second order) coding. This analytical method is particularly suited for practice-based studies, be-cause it allows to inductively identify first order categories from the interviews which are then collapsed into distinctive practices on the second order level by cycling between the first order categories and practice theory. Employing this method allows us to identify the distinctive practices of learning enacted by the university students. Our longitudinal approach thereby enables us to map the learning practices of students as they develop over time. Specifically, we will be able to inquire into the impacts of the pandemic and the advent of artificial intelligence chatbots like ChatGPT on learning practices.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By using focus group interviews we have been able to effectively gather diverse perspectives and foster dynamic, interactive discussions that provide rich qualitative data around shared beliefs and learning practices. We will present the learning practices of students and how these have changed through the pandemic and the advent of artificial intelligence technologies such as ChatGPT. Thoroughly mapping and understanding the learning practices of university students, will be an important contribution to improving effective learning methods, detecting potential areas for improvement in higher education curricula, and understanding the unique needs of university students. University teaching personnel is confronted with diverse students that exhibit a large diversity of learning practices outside of the classroom. For diversity to result in substantial and equitable learning gains, it needs to be accompanied by intentional and wide-spread inclusion. Inclusive practices can be challenging for educators when working with students who are diverse on multiple and intersecting dimensions. Our results are of relevance for researchers in higher education in Europe and world-wide as they offer insights into how students enact learning in their everyday lives. Our results have moreover the potential to inform educators at universities about the students’ micro-practices of learning, which will enable them to take these into account when designing their courses and teaching concepts.
References
Biggs, J., Kember, D., & Leung, D. Y. P. (2001). The revised two-factor study process questionnaire: R-SPQ-2F. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 71, 133.

Carrillo, C., & Flores, M. A. (2020). COVID-19 and teacher education: A literature review of online teaching and learning practices. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43, 466–487.

Chamot, A. U. (1993). Student Responses to Learning Strategy Instruction in the Foreign Language Class-room. Foreign Language Annals, 26, 308–320.
Giddens, A. (1984). The Constitution of Society: Outline of the Theory of Structuration. University of California Press.

Ginns, P., & Ellis, R. (2007). Quality in blended learning: Exploring the relationships between on-line and face-to-face teaching and learning. The Internet and Higher Education, 10, 53–64.

Gioia, D. A., Corley, K. G., & Hamilton, A. L. (2013). Seeking Qualitative Rigor in Inductive Research: Notes on the Gioia Methodology.

Lincoln, Y. S., & Guba, E. G. (1985). Naturalistic Inquiry. SAGE.

Neroni, J., Meijs, C., Gijselaers, H. J. M., Kirschner, P. A., & de Groot, R. H. M. (2019). Learning strategies and academic performance in distance education. Learning and Individual Differences, 73, 1–7.

Nijhuis, J., Segers, M., & Gijselaers, W. (2007). The interplay of perceptions of the learning environment, personality and learning strategies: A study amongst International Business Studies students. Studies in Higher Education, 32, 59–77.

Orozco, L. E., Giraldo-García, R. J., & Chang, B. (2023). Best practices in online education during COVID-19: Instructors’ perspectives on teaching and learning in higher education. Psychology in the Schools, 60, 4210–4228.

Perkins, M. (2023). Academic Integrity considerations of AI Large Language Models in the post-pandemic era: ChatGPT and beyond. Journal of University Teaching & Learning Practice, 20. https://doi.org/10.53761/1.20.02.07

Pintrich, P. R., Smith, D. A. F., Garcia, T., & Mckeachie, W. J. (1993). Reliability and Predictive Validity of the Motivated Strategies for Learning Questionnaire (Mslq). Educational and Psychological Measurement, 53, 801–813.

Spencer, J., & Maynard, S. (2014). Teacher Education in Informal Settings. Journal of Museum Education, 39, 54–66.

Virtanen, A., & Tynjälä, P. (2019). Factors explaining the learning of generic skills: A study of university students’ experiences. Teaching in Higher Education, 24, 880–894.

Witzel, A., & Reiter, H. (2012). The Problem-Centred Interview. SAGE Publications.

Zhu, C., Sun, M., Luo, J., Li, T., Wang, M., & | |. (2023). How to harness the potential of ChatGPT in education? Knowledge Management & E-Learning, 15, 133–152.
 
13:45 - 15:1523 SES 06 A: Assessment
Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Hannele Pitkänen
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The Politics of Resilience - the Case of England's Qualification System

Michelle Meadows1, Jo-Anne Baird1, Neil Stringer2, Thomas Godfrey-Faussett1

1Oxford University, United Kingdom; 2Ofqual, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Baird, Jo-Anne

The UK Government has produced a ‘Resilience Framework’, which aims to ensure the country’s prosperity by having a national infrastructure that is better equipped to tackle adverse events such as, but not limited to, pandemics, weather events and cybersecurity attacks. The qualification system is now being seen as an essential part of government infrastructure. Delivering qualifications is a complex, high-volume, distributed activity involving multiple actors across organisations with a range of relationships. Over 26 million examination scripts and coursework tasks are dealt with in the system in England annually, for qualifications taken by 16- and 18-year-olds. There is a quasi-market of four examination boards who offer academic qualifications and there are hundreds of organisations offering vocational qualifications. In this paper, we report on a project that sought to investigate not only how resilient the qualification system in England is, but what such resilience might mean. Using publicly available documents, input from an expert advisory group (10 people) and elite interviews with 21 assessment insiders, we analysed the resilience of England’s qualification system. The recent exams crisis created by the pandemic was one focus, but we explored resilience more broadly. To define resilience, we drew upon definitions published in the literature for other complex, distributed systems (food, healthcare and utilities). Systematic reviews of the term in other fields pointed out that the term ‘resilience’ is fluid in its meaning. For the purposes of this research project, we defined resilience as, ‘The capacity of the qualification system and its units at multiple levels to actively engage with, manage and learn from periods of change and unforeseen disturbances to deliver timely and sufficiently accurate, trusted, and valid grades to fulfil their purpose(s) now and in the future.’ Interviewees included regulators (3), civil servants (2), academics (2), teacher leaders or union representatives (5), individuals with think tanks, communications or PR perspectives (4), and exam board or awarding organisation insiders (5). We explored how qualification system resilience might be defined, its characteristics, resilience of the qualification system during the pandemic, threats to resilience and what countermeasures might be taken to them. Our interview data showed no consensus on the definition of resilience amongst the industry insider participants. Nor was there agreement on whether the system is currently resilient. Various proposed countermeasures for perceived lack of resilience have been publicly debated (teacher assessment, modular examinations, digitalisation). Our analysis outlines the risks, as well as potential benefits of each of these proposals. We conclude that the term resilience must be defined in relation to specified aims. Many threats to resilience were identified, including political pressure - a key feature of the 2020 exam policies. Fundamentally redesigning the system for resilience to unlikely catastrophic events would be a mistake. The cause of the 2020 crisis is best described as poor policy rather than as system fragility. Prospects for managing policy mistakes through government agencies (‘quangos’) are not encouraging due to the relationship with government. This case demonstrates fundamental weaknesses for the UK in delivering resilience, in the qualifications system and beyond. The role of politics in educational assessment policy differs across nations. This case serves to illustrate how the management of political agendas and policy mistakes is integral to managing education systems. This nebulous concept is useful in political terms, as policymakers can point to a lack of system resilience, rather than identifying issues as policy failures. Pointing to resilience is a useful vehicle for shifting policy evaluation criteria and responsibility for those. Qualification systems may be at particular risk of political pressures because examination grades are symbolic and intangible; their value is socially constructed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Documentary analysis included journal publications, grey literature, parliamentary Select Committee transcripts and reports and statistical publications. This led to a working project definition of resilience; depiction of the qualifications system; understanding of previously documented qualification crises; and consideration of various potential countermeasures to the problems encountered during the pandemic.  
An advisory group comprising 10 experts was formed to advise on methodology, conceptual development of the project and interpretation of research findings. Members were selected for their knowledge of regulation, awarding body research, government policy, understanding of the school and college sector or for their academic expertise. An innovative use of this expert group was in collecting data through the advisory meetings.
Twenty-one interview participants were recruited. Participants were selected to give a range of political and ideological perspectives, including individuals openly supportive of the system, as well as those calling for reform. Interviewees included regulators (3), civil servants (2), academics (2), teacher leaders or union representatives (5), individuals with think tank, communications or PR perspectives (4), and exam board or awarding organisation insiders (5).
Interviews were conducted online and were transcribed. Whilst an interview schedule was used to guide the interviews, this was used flexibly. Perspectives of elites – particularly bureaucratic elites – were considered when reflecting on the positionality of the data and of us as insider-outsider researchers. At the end of each interview the main themes of the interview were summarised, giving the participant an opportunity to correct, clarify or extend ideas.  
Transcripts were coded deductively by three researchers using a codebook. In a training phase, the researchers independently coded the same three transcripts, randomly selected from the sample of 21. These were then compared for inter-rater agreement, and a coding meeting was held to reflect on the process and the clarity and comprehensiveness of the codebook. One code was revised for clarity. The remaining 18 transcripts were divided randomly between the researchers who again coded independently before a final analysis meeting to discuss the results. There was near-perfect agreement between the coders at each stage. Interrater agreement was calculated as between 95-100% for all but one code - “threats to resilience”. The interrater reliability for this code ranged from 80-88% and disagreements were straightforward to resolve in coding meetings. Data was synthesised across the datasets by code and research question.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our definition of qualification system resilience was broadly supported by the interviewees. They commented on threats related to unforeseen circumstances and periods of planned change, including qualification reform. These experts discussed the need to manage the timely delivery of sufficiently valid and reliable grades. Some experts also reflected on the need for public trust in – or at least societal acceptance of – grades. None of the interviewees questioned the very notion of resilience, but some recognised the political capital to be gained from claims about the weaknesses of the system. Having a clear definition of resilience is one step towards being able to debate what are realistic expectations of the system. Afterall, as some interviewees pointed out, there is a limit to the extent to which the delivery of qualifications can be resilient to all potential threats, and a system that functions well under extreme circumstances is unlikely to be suitable in normal times. Nonetheless, interviewees suggested changes to the system that would, in their view, improve resilience: teacher assessment, modular examinations and digitalisation. Political interference in the system was identified as a significant threat to resilience. Although government agencies have been established to manage activities where direct political control is undesirable, they are nonetheless still under political control. The concept of resilience meant different things to different stakeholders, which was a lever for creating change agendas aligned with interviewees’ values and ideologies. None of the suggested countermeasures for improving resilience come without their own risks to resilience. Selecting between these policies is therefore a matter of values and politics, rather than a neutral, technocratic procedure. As insider researchers ourselves, we conclude that who defines the term resilience is key to interpretation of the resilience of the system.
References
Baird, J.-A., & Coxell, A. (2009). Policy, Latent Error and Systemic Examination Failures. CADMO, XVII(2), 105–122.
Baird, J.-A., Isaacs, T., Opposs, D., & Gray, L. (2018). Examination Standards: How Measures and Meanings Differ Around the World. UCL, IOE Press.
Baird, J.-A., & Lee-Kelley, L. (2009). The dearth of managerialism in implementation of national examinations policy. Journal of Education Policy, 24(1), 55–81.
Bergström, J., van Winsen, R., & Henriqson, E. (2015). On the rationale of resilience in the domain of safety: A literature review. Reliability Engineering & System Safety, 141, 131–141. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ress.2015.03.008
Biddle, L., Wahedi, K., & Bozorgmehr, K. (2020). Health system resilience: A literature review of empirical research. Health Policy and Planning, 35(8), 1084–1109. https://doi.org/10.1093/heapol/czaa032
Birkmann, J., Dech, S., Hirzinger, G., Klein, R., Klüpfel, H., Lehmann, F., Mott, C., Nagel, K., Schlurmann, T., Setiadi, N. J., Siegert, F., & Strunz, G. (2006). Measuring vulnerability to promote disaster resilient societies: Conceptual frameworks and definitions. http://collections.unu.edu/view/UNU:2793
Bowe, R., Ball, S., J., & Gold, A. (1992). Reforming education and changing schools. Routledge.
Cabinet Office. (2022). The UK Government Resilience Framework. UK Government. https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/the-uk-government-resilience-framework/the-uk-government-resilience-framework-html
Hammerstein, S., König, C., Dreisöner, T., & Frey, A. (2021). Effects of COVID-19-related school closures on student achievement—A systematic review. Frontiers in Psychology, 12. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.746289
Hayward, L., Baird, J.-A., Allan, S., Godfrey-Faussett, T., Hutchinson, C., MacIntosh, E., Randhawa, A., Spencer, E., & Wiseman-Orr, M. L. (2023). National qualifications in Scotland: A lightning rod for public concern about equity during the pandemic. European Journal of Education, 58(1), 83–97. https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12543
Humbert, C., & Joseph, J. (2019). Introduction: The politics of resilience: problematising current approaches. Resilience, 7(3), 215–223. https://doi.org/10.1080/21693293.2019.1613738
Kelly, A. (2014). Monopolising the examining board system in England: A theoretical perspective in support of reform. Journal of Education Policy, 29(1), 44–57. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2013.790078
McCaig, C. (2003). School Exams: Leavers in Panic. Parliamentary Affairs, 56(3), 471–489. https://doi.org/10.1093/parlij/gsg101
Opposs, D., Baird, J.-A., Chankseliani, M., Stobart, G., Kaushik, A., McManus, H., & Johnson, D. (2020). Governance structure and standard setting in educational assessment. Assessment in Education: Principles, Policy & Practice, 27(2), 192–214. https://doi.org/10.1080/0969594X.2020.1730766
Ozga, J., Baird, J.-A., Saville, L., Arnott, M., & Hell, N. (2023). Knowledge, expertise and policy in the examinations crisis in England. Oxford Review of Education, 1–19. https://doi.org/10.1080/03054985.2022.2158071
Wisner, B., Blaikie, P., Cannon, T., & Davis, I. (2003). At Risk: Natural Hazards, People’s Vulnerability and Disasters. Routledge.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

The Politics of Assessment as Experienced and Enacted by Teachers and Guidance Counselors in the Finnish Comprehensive Education

Hannele Pitkänen

University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Pitkänen, Hannele

In recent years, Finnish basic education has undergone significant transformations in its policies and practices related to student assessment. For instance, reflecting the international trends (see e.g. Birembaum et al. 2015) the role of student self-assessment has been emphasized. This paper delves into the exploration of the current 'politics of assessment' and its historical evolution since the late 1990s, as perceived and experienced by Finnish basic education teachers and guidance counselors working with students in their final years of basic education.

The study employs the theoretical concept “the politics of assessment”. “The politics of assessment” draws on the poststructural stance on governance, characterized as the 'conduct of conduct' (Foucault, 1982, 1988; Fejes & Dahlstedt 2012; Rose, 1999/2009). The term encompasses the role of assessment policies, embedded in legislative and curricular documents, not only playing part in the governing of the practices of evaluation within educational settings but significantly, the part they play in shaping of subjectivities and future perspectives for students involved in assessment. Deriving from these theoretical starting points, 'the politics of assessment' captures the dynamic interplay of the governance of others, being governed, and self-governance within the realm of student assessment policies and practices (Pitkänen 2022).

Against the backdrop of the contemporary landscape of assessment policies, two parallel and globally impactful trends come into sharp focus. The first trend, referred to as 'the politics of self-evaluation,' emphasizes formative assessment and student self-assessment (Pitkänen 2022). In the transnational and European policy discourse and educational theory it has been widely discussed under theme of assessment-for-learning (e.g. Birenbaum et al 2014, OECD 2008). This trend found its way into the Finnish basic education landscape, particularly with the introduction of the 1994 curriculum. Subsequently, the idea of formative assessment and student self-evaluation has firmly taken root in both the curricula of basic education and educational legislation. More recently, a second trend, termed here as 'the politics of standardization,' has emerged within Finnish assessment policy and practice. This trend is deeply intertwined with the international movement toward educational standardization (e.g. Riese et al 2022) including the emphasis of the standard assessment-of-learning (e.g. Sahlberg 2016). In Finland, the prevailing trend towards standardization is deeply rooted in the increasing policy emphasis on ensuring fair and equitable assessment practices. Studies, for example, have indicated that students with similar proficiency levels could receive significantly different grades in different schools (e.g. Hildén ym. 2017; Ouakrim-Soivio 2013), undermining the fundamental premise of comprehensive education to provide students with equal opportunities for further education. As a solution to this problem the assessment criteria have been introduced. They were first presented in the late 1990’s as recommendation-type guidelines. Since 2004, the criterion-based assessment has become established in the Finnish basic education curricula. Currently, in assessments at the end of sixth and ninth grade, the criteria have been specified for grades 5, 7, 8, and 9.

This paper delves into the dual trajectory of assessment politics and its impact on everyday school life. The research analyses 1) teachers' and guidance counselors’ perspectives on the history and formation of the current assessment policy. The study is interested in how teachers and guidance counselors describe and perceive the change. Secondly, the research analyses 2) how the current assessment policy, as narrated by teachers and guidance counselors, has been enacted in the school, how it has been experienced, and how its role is perceived from the perspective of governing teachers' and guidance counsellors work, students' schoolwork, and the students' understanding of themselves.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research presented in this paper is part of an ongoing ethnographic project that explores the politics of assessment and its manifestation in the everyday practices of education and guidance counselling within the context of Finnish comprehensive education. This sub-study is conducted within a single comprehensive school. For this paper, a series of 10-15 thematic interviews will be conducted with teachers and guidance counselors during the spring term of 2024. Teachers and guidance counselors play a pivotal role in this context, actively participating in the enactment of the politics of assessment in the day-to-day reality of education. Additionally, they serve as interpreters or 'translators' of these 'politics' to the students, shaping the students' understanding and engagement with the assessment processes.To provide a historical perspective, emphasis will be placed on inviting participants with extensive experience in final assessment and/or guidance counselling within comprehensive education.

The analysis of the interview data will be twofold. Firstly, we will examine the narratively constructed histories of policy change. The focus in this phase of the analysis will be on understanding how these changes are rationalized by the informants and lived by the participants in the research. Secondly, the study investigates how recent assessment policies have been implemented within the school. This phase of the analysis is guided by the theory-based hypothesis that the policies are not mere implementations but active enactments by actors in the local school contexts (Ball et al 2011). They do not solely impact the actual assessment practices but also significantly contribute to shaping pupil identities, subjectivities, and their understanding of themselves.
The analysis of the enactment of the politics of assessment is approached through the lens of participants' experiences as narrated during the interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study will examines the recent transformations student assessment policies and practices in Finnish comprehensive education, by focusing on the historical narratives and lived experiences of the ones responsible for the implementation of these policies in the grassroot level. This paper will present the preliminary insights derived from interviews with teachers and guidance counselors regarding their experiences with the current politics of assessment and its implementation in the daily routines of education and guidance counseling.  he study will offer a rich and nuanced perspectives of those actively involved in policy enactment at the school level and offer intimate accounts on their daily interactions with their students, directly affected by central policies and politics of assessment and guidance. While the study is situated within the context of Finland, the parallel aspects underlying the contextual specificities are universal and global. With the example of Finland, this paper argues that the politics of students' self-evaluation and standardization are prevalent in the common European policy discourse and solutions at large, making the results of this study relevant to an international audience.
References
Ball, S. J., Maguire, M. & Braun, A. (2011) How Schools Do Policy. Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. London: Routledge.
Birenbaum, M., DeLuca, Christopher, Earl, Lorna, Heritage, Margaret, Klenowski, Val, Looney, Anne, Smith, Kari, Timberley, Helen, Volante, Louis & Wyatt-Smith, Claire. 2015. International trends in the implementation of assessment for learning: Implications for policy and practice. Policy Futures in Education 13 (1), 117–140. https://doi.org/10.1177/1478210314566733
Fejes, A. & Dahlstedt, M. (2012). The Confessing Society: Foucault, Confession and Practices of Lifelong Learning. Taylor and Francis Group.
Foucault, M. (1982). The Subject and Power. Critical Inquiry 8(4), 777–795.
Hildén, R., Rautopuro, J., & Huhta, A. (2017). Arvosanan ansaitsemme : asteikolla vai ilman?. In V. Britschgi, & J. Rautopuro (Eds.), Kriteerit puntarissa (pp. 63-80). Suomen Kasvatustieteellinen Seura, FERA. Kasvatusalan tutkimuksia
Pitkänen, H. (2022a). The Politics of Pupil Self-evaluation: A case of Finnish assessment policy discourse. Journal of Curriculum Studies. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2022.2040596
 Popkewitz, T. S. (1997). The production of reason and power: Curriculum history and intellectual traditions. Journal of Curriculum Studies 29(2), 131–164.
Popkewitz, T. S. (2004). Educational Standards: Mapping Who We Are and Are to Become, The Journal of the Learning Sciences, 13:2, 243-256, DOI: 10.1207/s15327809jls1302_7
Popkewitz, T. S (2017). Reform and making human kinds: the double gestures of inclusion and exclusion in the practice of schooling. In E. Hultqvist, S. Lindbland & T. S. Popkewitz (eds.) Critical analyses of educational reforms in an era of transnational governance. (pp. 133–150). Springer.
Riese, Hanne & Hilt, Line & Søreide, Gunn. (2022). Educational standardisation in a complex world.
Rose, N. (1999/2009). Powers of freedom: Reframing political thought (2nd ed.). The Press Syndicate of the University of
Cambridge.
Sahlberg, P. (2016). The global educational reform movement and its impact on schooling. In K. Mundy, A. Green, B.
Lingard, & A. Verger (Eds.), The handbook of global education policy (pp. 128–144). Wiley-Blackwell.
 
13:45 - 15:1523 SES 06 B: Education Policy
Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Session Chair: André Barros
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Navigating the Pathways of Privatisation: A Cultural Political Economy Analysis of General Education Sector Reform in Georgia

Nikoloz Maglaperidze

Maynooth University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Maglaperidze, Nikoloz

Research Question:

This is a work in progress. The research question probes the complex dynamics at the intersection of global economic trends and Georgia's distinct socio-political landscape. Specifically, it seeks to unravel how these factors collaborate and conflict to direct the course of pro-privatisation policies within Georgia's education system since the fall of the USSR. The query is poised to uncover the processes through which educational reforms are not only proposed and adopted but also sustained or discarded over time. It places particular emphasis on the Georgian response to global neoliberal influences in the wake of significant socio-political upheaval, thereby examining the country's educational evolution as a case study for broader post-socialist transformations in Eastern Europe. This question illuminates the nuances of policy adaptation and resistance within a national context, acknowledging the powerful sway of international agencies and financial institutions, while also highlighting local agency and the inextricable influence of cultural and historical factors.

Theoretical Framework:

The Cultural Political Economy (CPE) approach, as conceptualised by Jessop and further elaborated by Verger et al., serves as the theoretical backbone of this study. This framework is pivotal for its integrative analysis of both the semiotic (discursive, ideological) and the material (economic, institutional) dimensions of privatisation policies. By applying CPE, the study delineates how the narratives and rationalities of privatisation gain prominence, translating into concrete educational reforms that reflect a blend of global neoliberal doctrines and Georgia-specific socio-political conditions. The research critically examines established pathways to privatisation, such as those propelled by systemic shocks (‘privatisation through catastrophe’) and comprehensive state reforms ('privatisation as a state structural reform').

Moreover, this study contributes to the CPE discourse by proposing a new pathway: 'Educational Privatisation in Post-Soviet Eastern European States.' This pathway contextualises the privatisation process within the unique historical trajectory of post-Soviet nations as they transitioned from centralised economies to market-oriented systems. It accounts for the persistence of Soviet-era educational legacies and the influence of European integration aspirations, thereby offering a nuanced understanding of Georgia's educational privatisation journey.

This theoretical scaffolding allows for a multifaceted analysis that addresses the complex interdependencies between global policy prescriptions and local realities. The CPE perspective enables the study to move beyond the surface of policy adoption, delving into the strategic and discursive actions of varied actors—including governments, international organisations, and local stakeholders—engaged in the contestation and construction of educational policies. It also facilitates an understanding of how such policies are variably institutionalised, resisted, or reformed, providing a rich tapestry of the socio-political interplay that defines Georgia's educational landscape in a global context.

By intertwining the theoretical insights of CPE with empirical data from Georgia's education sector, this research aims to make a significant contribution to the discourse on policy analysis and education reform, with implications that reverberate far beyond the Georgian context. The resulting synthesis promises to deepen our comprehension of educational privatisation as a phenomenon occurring at the confluence of global ideological currents and entrenched local practices, offering valuable lessons for policymakers, educators, and researchers alike.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

A systematic literature review (SLR) will be employed to clarify the scope and characteristics of processes of privatisation in Georgia's general education sector. The SLR aims to identify, systematise, and synthesise existing knowledge on a chosen theme (Robertson & Dale, 2015). Within the context of this study, this approach will facilitate the organisation of available knowledge according to the three CPE pathways of privatisation outlined previously, thereby enabling us to present the information in a coherent and insightful manner. Guided by our research objectives and the characteristics of CPE, this systematic review adopts a configurative approach. Thus the emphasis here is on exploring, interpreting, and understanding information, which is then configured according to the specific CPE pathways previously discussed. As opposed to the aggregative approach, this study is not aimed at proving a hypothesis by adding up empirical data and drawing testable empirical conclusions. Instead it embarks on an exploratory quest to meaningfully analyse and interpret a complex issue (Gough et al., 2012).

To conduct this systematic literature review, a systematic research process that entailing several key steps is being followed. To begin with, the research question and the criteria for study inclusion and exclusion have been established. A comprehensive search of academic databases, journals, and other relevant sources are being conducted to identify studies that meet these criteria. After having undergone initial screening, selected studies go through a quality assessment to ensure their reliability and validity (Gough et al., 2017; Gough et al., 2012). The data extracted from these studies are being analysed and synthesised to determine which of the three CPE pathways of privatisation emerge as prominent or contextually pertinent. Throughout this process, we will iteratively adapt our methods as needed to better explore and understand the complexities of privatisation in Georgia's general education sector. This approach allows us to not only aggregate data but also to configure it in a way that provides new insights into the phenomenon under study.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The anticipated outcomes of this study on the privatisation of the general education sector in Georgia through the lens of Cultural Political Economy (CPE) are multifaceted. Firstly, it aims to deepen the theoretical understanding of educational privatisation within post-Soviet contexts, contributing valuable insights to academic debates on global influences and local socio-political dynamics in education policy-making. The research will provide a nuanced exploration of Georgia's specific pathways to privatisation, highlighting the interplay between external neoliberal pressures and internal cultural-historical forces.

In terms of policy implications, the study is expected to offer a critical perspective on the adoption of market-based reforms in education, serving as a guide for policymakers navigating similar transitions. By revealing the complex repercussions of such reforms and the significance of context, it advocates for more sensitive approaches to policy adoption and adaptation.

The research will also serve as a foundational reference for international organisations and local educational authorities, reflecting on the outcomes of neoliberal policy advice and its alignment with local realities. By tracing the evolution of educational policies in post-Soviet Georgia, the study underscores the critical role of historical legacies and cultural nuances in shaping education systems.

Ultimately, the outcomes are expected to stimulate a critical re-assessment of current practices, encouraging a dialogue that could lead to the formulation of more equitable and sustainable educational strategies. The study aspires to influence a broad spectrum of stakeholders, from local communities grappling with the practicalities of educational reforms to international bodies shaping global education policies.

References
Ball, S., & Youdell, D. (2008b). Hidden privatisation in public education.

Chankseliani, M. (2014). Georgia: Marketization and Education Post-1991 (pp. 277–302). https://doi.org/10.5040/9781472593474.ch-014


Dale, G., & Fabry, A. (2018). Neoliberalism in Eastern Europe and the former Soviet Union. In The SAGE Handbook of Neoliberalism (pp. 234–247).
Gough, D. (2017). An Introduction to Systematic Reviews. 1–352.

Gugushvili, D. (2017). Lessons from Georgia’s neoliberal experiment: A rising tide does not necessarily lift all boats. Communist and Post-Communist Studies, 50(1), 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.postcomstud.2016.11.001
Gunter, H. M., & Fitzgerald, T. (2013). New Public Management and the modernisation of education systems 1. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 45(3), 213–219. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2013.796914

Janashia, S. (2016). The introduction of per-capita education financing in former USSR countries [Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University]. https://www.proquest.com/docview/1803309285/abstract/FABBEBADA909471DPQ/1
Jessop, B. (2002). The future of the capitalist state. Polity. https://eprints.lancs.ac.uk/id/eprint/63371/
Jessop, B. (2010). Cultural political economy and critical policy studies. Critical Policy Studies, 3(3–4), 336–356. https://doi.org/10.1080/19460171003619741
Petticrew, M., & Roberts, H. (2008). Systematic Reviews in the Social Sciences: A Practical Guide. John Wiley & Sons.
Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2009). Globalizing Education Policy. Routledge.
Robertson, S. L., & Dale, R. (2015). Towards a ‘Critical Cultural Political Economy’ Account of the Globalising of Education. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 13(1), 149–170. https://doi.org/10.1080/14767724.2014.967502
Sayer, A. (2001). For a Critical Cultural Political Economy. Antipode, 33(4), 687–708. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-8330.00206

Skerritt, C., & Salokangas, M. (2020). Patterns and paths towards privatisation in Ireland. Journal of Educational Administration and History, 52(1), 84–99. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220620.2019.1689104
Verger, A., & Curran, M. (2014). New public management as a global education policy: Its adoption and re-contextualization in a Southern European setting. Critical Studies in Education, 55(3), 253–271. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2014.913531
Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Zancajo, A. (2016b). The Privatization of Education: A Political Economy of Global Education Reform. Teachers College Press.

Matiashvili, A. (2008) On Being First: The Meaning of Education Reform in Georgia. In Silova, I., & Steiner-Khamsi, Gita. (2008). How NGOs React: Globalization and education reform in the Caucasus, Central Asia, and Mongolia. Bloomfield, Conn.: Kumarian Press.

Tangiashvili, N., & Slade, G. (2014). Zero-tolerance schooling: education policy, crime, and democracy in post-Soviet Georgia. Post-Soviet Affairs, 30(5), 416-440.
Tabatadze, S., & Gorgadze, N. (2018). School voucher funding system of post-Soviet Georgia: From lack of funding to lack of deliverables. Journal of School Choice, 12(2), 271-302.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Exploring ‘Failing’ Schools and Turnaround Policy: Impacts on Urban Educators

Katie Kilian

University College London, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Kilian, Katie

This paper aims to explore how teachers and school-based staff experience policy and navigate instability in urban schools labeled as failing and placed into ‘turnaround’. Urban public schools in the United States have been impacted by perpetual uncertainty and precarity as cities transform and schools are subjected to frequent policy churn. These schools are sites of both stability and instability during times of change and upheaval such as the coronavirus pandemic and current cost-of-living crisis. Urban schools provide stability through social services for families (e.g.: food banks, Wi-Fi hotspots) and safe spaces for students in addition to schooling; however, many urban schools simultaneously experience increased surveillance, turbulence, and intervention through accountability policies that label them ‘failing’ and in need of ‘turnaround’ (school takeover or intervention), or closure. This instability is further compounded by local contextual factors (rising intakes of English learners and special education students amidst budget constraints, competition with charter schools, local school choice policies) as well as national and international trends (privatization of education, displacement of families due to gentrification, financial crises and widening inequalities). Schools are on the frontlines of navigating societal and local instabilities, but there is limited research exploring how school-based staff respond to these challenges while experiencing school accountability interventions.

Since the 2002 No Child Left Behind Act, a significant focus of American education policy centered on ‘corrective action’ designed to turnaround ‘underperforming’ schools, in common with other neoliberal systems. Turnaround policies vary by state and include options such as firing school staff, appointing private management, restructuring the school, or closure. The decision to intervene in ‘failing’ schools is determined by student performance on standardized tests and other metrics such as graduation rates. The goal of turnaround is rapid change and improvement in school performance. Similar policies exist internationally such as ‘special measures’ in England (Perryman, 2006), ‘turnaround’ in China (Tao, 2023) and Malaysia (Harris et al., 2017), and ‘failing schools’ interventions in some German states (Dedering, 2018). Turnaround policies connect to the governance turn (Ball, 2009) in neoliberal education policy and frequently involve public-private partnerships, consultants, and philanthropic actors in schools. In America, after two decades of turnaround policies, there are “very few examples of permanent school turnaround” (Meyers, 2020), but many students, teachers, and communities have been impacted as thousands of schools experienced turnaround- mostly in urban, low-income, Black and Latinx communities (Lipman, 2011).

Accountability systems often center ‘teacher-deficit’ views (Ingersoll, 2011) even as teachers are central to school improvement work. Furthermore, the experiences and perspectives of teachers are frequently underrepresented in research on turnaround policy. The limited scholarship on teachers in turnaround schools highlights the uncertainty and stress at the heart of their experiences. Cucchiara et al.’s (2015) study on working conditions under turnaround shows teachers experienced rigorous workloads, long hours, chronic instability, and frequent turnover of leadership and staff. Peck and Reitzug’s (2018) case study contributes portraitures of four primary teachers in turnaround schools and highlights the “dizzying nature of change” and high teacher attrition rates. The pandemic has exacerbated these conditions and Harbatkin et al. (2023) found that turnaround schools were disproportionately impacted by the pandemic and experience greater educational inequities.

In exploring teachers’ experiences, this study will pay particular attention to contextual factors, issues of equity, and teachers’ identities. Ultimately, this paper examines the relationship between accountability policies and teacher experiences in neoliberal systems and can act as a cautionary tale of the impacts of policy interventions and labels, especially when these interventions ignore context and substitute control for support.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study will address the questions:
1) How does ‘school failure’ impact on school communities?
2) How do school turnaround policies impact on teachers, school-based staff, and students?

Using a qualitative methodology, I explore how school staff experience turnaround interventions designed to drive improvement of ‘underperforming’ schools. To answer the research questions, I conducted 30 semi-structured interviews and a focus group of school-based staff and students in 8 secondary turnaround schools in a large urban district in the northeastern United States. This study uses the term ‘turnaround’ to describe schools subject to state interventions due to falling in the bottom 10% of accountability metrics in the state. The schools differed in their size, type, and length of time in turnaround status. The participants comprised a range of job titles (teachers, school leaders, social workers, instructional coaches) and represented diverse racial groups, gender identities, ages, and experience levels in the field of education.
The interviews and focus group were conducted between October 2023 and January 2024. The focus group and some interviews were conducted in person in the United States, while other interviews were conducted online. The interviews lasted approximately 40 to 155 minutes and explored how school-based staff experienced turnaround policy and how this manifested in their professional practices and identities. The interviews were audio recorded, verbatim transcribed, and coded using NVivo.
The theoretical framework for the study draws on policy sociology (Ozga, 2021) and Critical Race Theory (Gillborn, 2005) to situate turnaround policy within a wider context of global neoliberal education reform while analyzing localized impacts of policy on racially segregated and disadvantaged urban schools. This study draws on Bradbury’s (2020) framework using policy sociology and Critical Race Theory to analyze how regimes of truth surrounding policy problems are constructed and how policy can perpetuate inequities. This study also uses Perryman’s (2006) theories of ‘panoptic performativity’ to analyze how accountability discourses and technologies can become internalized by educators. In an era of policy borrowing and policy mobilities, drawing on research from European and international contexts can illuminate the flow of discourses and policies (high-stakes testing, inspection regimes, teacher deprofessionalization) across national contexts and expose how they play out in localized contexts such as hyper-segregated American urban schools.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings show that the day-to-day context of teaching, learning, and management in turnaround schools is increasingly complex, especially since the coronavirus pandemic. School-based staff are tasked with navigating the complex needs of students while responding to various stakeholder demands, accountability pressures, and local politics and policies (plans to merge and close schools, changing service models for English Learners, moving towards full inclusion models). Additionally, turnaround schools have disproportionate numbers of English learners and special education students but lack the necessary budgeting, staffing, and support to equitably serve those populations. Many families are living in increasingly precarious situations (homelessness, food insecurity, community violence, need for mental health services) and more pressures are placed on schools to meet students’ social-emotional, mental health, and physical health needs in addition to meeting academic benchmarks.
As schools are tasked with increasing demands, teachers are subjected to deficit models of accountability policies that blame them for ‘low performance’. Accountability policies do not take the impacts of segregation, poverty, and context into account when labeling and intervening in schools. Furthermore, turnaround policies often position English learners and special education students as policy ‘problems’, but do not provide specialized support or funding to address equity issues. Turnaround teachers expressed feeling ‘set up’ to fail, and highlighted the ‘vicious cycle’ of policy, practice, and their context. Turnaround policies had a significant impact on teacher identity and emotions. Teachers struggled with feelings of deprofessionalization through mandated curricula and pedagogical directives while being subjected to surveillance and performativity through inspections. Teachers expressed the paradox of performativity in having to choose between serving their students’ needs or meeting the increasing pressures of the turnaround accountability system.  This study aims to provide a nuanced picture of the complexity of policy enactment and the impacts of ‘failing schools’ policies on school communities.

References
Ball, S. J. (2009). Privatising education, privatising education policy, privatising educational research: Network governance and the ‘competition state.’ Journal of Education Policy, 24(1), 83–99. https://doi-org.libproxy.ucl.ac.uk/10.1080/02680930802419474

Bradbury, A. (2020). A critical race theory framework for education policy analysis: The case of bilingual learners and assessment policy in England. Race Ethnicity and Education, 23(2), 241–260. https://www.tandfonline.com/action/showCitFormats?doi=10.1080/13613324.2019.1599338

Cucchiara, M. B., Rooney, E., & Robertson-Kraft, C. (2015). “I’ve Never Seen People Work So Hard!” Teachers’ Working Conditions in the Early Stages of School Turnaround. Urban Education, 50(3), 259–287. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042085913501896

Dedering, K. (2018). Consultancy in ‘failing schools’: Emerging issues. Improving Schools, 21(2), 141–157. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480217753515

Gillborn, D. (2005). Education policy as an act of white supremacy: Whiteness, critical race theory and education reform. Journal of Education Policy, 20(4), 485–505. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930500132346

Harbatkin, E., Strunk, K. O., & McIlwain, A. (2023). School turnaround in a pandemic: An examination of the outsized implications of COVID-19 on low-performing turnaround schools, districts, and their communities. Economics of Education Review, 97, 102484. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.econedurev.2023.102484

Harris, A., Jones, M., Adams, D., Sumintono, B., & Ismail, N. (2017). Leading Turnaround and Improvement in Low Performing Schools in Malaysia and Indonesia. THF Working Paper, Working Paper Series No. 2. http://headfoundation.org/publications-papers/

Ingersoll, R. (2011). Power, Accountability, and the Teacher Quality Problem. 236. https://repository.upenn.edu/handle/20.500.14332/34990

Lipman, P. (2011). The New Political Economy of Urban Education: Neoliberalism, Race, and the Right to the City. Routledge.

Meyers, C.V. (2020). An Urban District’s Struggle to Preserve School Turnaround Change. Urban Education, 0(0), 1–30. https://doi-org.libproxy.ucl.ac.uk/10.1177/0042085920966031

Ozga, J. (2021). Problematising policy: The development of (critical) policy sociology. Critical Studies in Education, 62(3), 290–305. https://doi.org/10.1080/17508487.2019.1697718

Peck, C. M., & Reitzug, U. C. (2021). “My Progress Comes From the Kids”: Portraits of Four Teachers in an Urban Turnaround School. Urban Education, 56(10), 1836–1862. https://doi.org/10.1177/0042085918772623

Perryman, J. (2006). Panoptic performativity and school inspection regimes: Disciplinary mechanisms and life under special measures. Journal of Education Policy, 21(2), 147–161. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930500500138


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Transformations of the Romanian Strategies to Integrate the Roma People in Education from 2012 to 2027 and Their Persistent Disadvantages

André Barros, Maria do Carmo Gouveia, Sofia Pais, Pedro Ferreira

University of Porto, Portugal

Presenting Author: Barros, André

In Europe, the overwhelming majority of the Roma population lives at risk of poverty and suffers from intense discrimination and segregation. Historically, the Roma people endured five centuries of slavery, became victims of genocide during the Holocaust, and suffered from strategic governmental acculturation attempts. Consequently, the Roma population’s socioeconomic status and educational success are below the average for the non-Roma European population. The social inclusion of the Roma community is among the most important topics on the European Union’s agenda; therefore, in 2011, the European Commission adopted an EU framework for national Roma integration strategies, which was reviewed in 2020. The framework is followed by a guide on how each Member State of the European Union should develop their own strategies to promote the social inclusion of the Roma people. However, the lack of significant evolution in the Roma situation regarding socioeconomic exclusion, education, employment, health, and housing in the past decade led the 2020 EU framework for national Roma integration to consider the past integration Strategies as a failure. Romania faces the challenge of integrating the Roma people as well, with low improvement in the Roma minority’s educational and socioeconomic situation and with the maintenance of a strong gap between the Roma ethnic people and the non-Roma Romanian population. Not only do Roma students have lower levels of educational attendance, but they face a system where high levels of school segregation and discrimination against the Roma minority remained present in the last decade. The 2022-2027 Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian Citizens Belonging to the Roma Minority states that there was no progress in compulsory education and that access to upper secondary education for Roma students in Romania in the last decade has even worsened.

In this paper, we analysed the educational aspect of the Strategies of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of Romanian Citizens Belonging to the Roma Minority from 2012 to 2027. Looking at the transformations of the Strategies over time will contribute to a better understanding of the causes of the limits and failures they faced and the present situation of Roma educational exclusion in that country, drawing possible implications for understanding the persistent educational disadvantage that Roma people face in education at a European level.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is supported by a qualitative documental analysis performed between April 2023 and August 2023 in the context of SCIREARLY (grant nr: 101061288). SCIREARLY is an EU Horizon Europe-funded project looking into how to reduce underachievement and early school leaving in Europe (https://scirearly.eu/).
The analysis focused on policy documents from the Romanian Government that were considered relevant to understanding the educational inclusion of people belonging to Roma populations and used as primary data the following documents: The Romanian Government Decisions nº 1221/2011 and its Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian Citizen Belonging to Roma Minority for the period 2012-2020; the Government Decisions nº 18/2015 and its Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian Citizen Belonging to Roma Minority for  2015-2020; and the Government Decisions nº 560/2022 and its Strategy of the Romanian Government on Inclusion of Romanian Citizens Belonging to the Roma minority for the period of 2022 to 2027.
This paper also benefits from primary data from the European Agency for Fundamental Rights Roma Survey 2021 – Main Results and the OECD Review of Evaluation and Assessment in Education: Romania 2017 to access Roma educational data in Romania. Secondary information was derived from published literature that looked at the Roma educational reality.
The analysis of the documents first compared the structure and content of the educational aspects of the Strategies. Results were brought together with other published data and results in order to build a comprehensive perspective on the persistent educational exclusion of Roma populations in Romania and what may illuminate some of the challenges faced by the Strategies.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study shows that the structure of the Strategies has changed over time, becoming more precise, organized and better structured when presenting measures. This may facilitate a clearer understanding and the implementation of the proposed actions. The main obstacle, or at least a central one, hindering the effectiveness of the Strategies is that government institutions commonly do not seem to put the proposed Strategy actions in motion. It is important to highlight that this work found prejudiced and devaluated affirmations against the Roma people in the 2015 Strategy, suppressed in the following Strategy. However, a topic in the same Strategy focuses on including the Roma children through vocational education. This may quickly insert them into the job market. Nevertheless, it hampers their opportunity to achieve higher positions of power in Romanian society and expressive economic ascension. It increases the odds of maintaining the socioeconomic gap between the Roma community and the majority of the Romanian population. Another aspect preventing the development of Roma education in Romania is that all Strategies fail to acknowledge the diversity of the Roma people and their conditions and contexts of living, acting regardless of the specific characteristics of each Roma group and context. Furthermore, there is a lack of monitoring of implementation and results, with an evident lack of data collection on the vulnerabilities of Roma populations, on the contextual factors linked to it, and on how strategy measures were implemented and affected them. Without addressing some of these issues, the urgent need to transform the educational reality of the Roma minority in Romania is likely to be again delayed.
References
Annex of the Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian citizens belonging to the Roma minority for the period of 2012-2020, 35 1 (2011a).
Annex of the Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian citizens belonging to the Roma minority for the period of 2015-2020, 128 1 (2015a).
Approval of the Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian citizens belonging to the Roma minority for the period of 2015-2020, 4 1 (2015b).
Annex to the Government Decision nº 560/2022 for the Approval of The Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian Citizens Belonging to the Roma Minority for the period 2022 to 2027, 93 3 (2022a).
European Commission. (2020). Civil society monitoring report  on implementation  of the national Roma integration strategy in Romania: Identifying blind spots in Roma inclusion policy. Publications Office of the European Union.
Eurydice. (2023). Secondary and post-secondary non-tertiary education: Teaching and learning in general upper secondary education (Romania, Issue.
FRA. (2023). Roma Survey 2021 (P. O. o. t. E. Union, Ed.) [Technical report]. Publications Office of the European Union.
Habinyak, E. (2022). The impact of education reform in Romania between 1989-2020 on the regulation and decentralization of early childhood education. Journal of Childhood, Education & Society, 3(3), 322-332.
Kitchen, H., Fordham, E., Henderson, K., Looney, A., & Maghnouj, S. (2017). Romania 2017. OECD Publishing.
Lazar, T. A., & Baciu, E. L. (2014). Educational inclusion of Roma people: The Romanian policy approach, in an European context International Conference on Economics, Education and Humanities (ICEEH'14) Dec. 10-11, 2014 Bali (Indonesia),  
Patache, L., & Neguriță, O. (2020). An Overview on Romanian Strategies regarding Roma Minority Concerning Education and Employment. Journal of Economic Development, Environment and People, 9(2), 12.
Strategy of the Government of Romania for the Inclusion of the Romanian Citizens Belonging to the Roma Minority for the period 2022 to 2027, 41 4 (2022c).
Sava, S. L., CiprianFartusnic, & Nicoleta-AncuțaIacobescu. (2022). Continuity and innovation in the civic and social education curriculum for primary and secondary education in Romania [Country Report]. Journal of Social Science Education, 21(4), 19.
Serban, L.-V. (2022). Roma Community Legislative Elements and Actions by which the Romanian State Supports Their Integration and Non-Discrimination. Editura Universitatii din Oradea, 14, 20.
 
13:45 - 15:1523 SES 06 C: Understanding Teaching Shortages and Teacher Retention: Policies and Practices
Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Session Chair: Geert Kelchtermans
Session Chair: Geert Kelchtermans
Symposium
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium

Understanding Teaching Shortages and Teacher Retention: Policies and Practices

Chair: Geert Kelchtermans (KU Leuven, Belgium)

Discussant: Geert Kelchtermans (KU Leuven, Belgium)

Many Anglosphere nations are in the midst of a teacher shortage crisis. In all of these, the historically hardest-to-staff schools are struggling to find enough teachers to teach their students. While UNESCO has declared teaching shortages as a global crisis (Ovenden-Hope, 2022), and teaching workforce shortages are concerning across Europe as well as throughout the US (Federičová,2021) it is useful to examine this phenomenon of teaching shortages in ‘like’ Anglosphere nations with a shared language, geopolitics and social contexts (Legrand, 2021, p. 12). Fuelled by rising student numbers, difficult workplace demands and conditions, an ageing workforce and declining enrolments in initial teacher education programs, the current shortage is placing schools and teachers at breaking point, severely impacting the commitment to deliver a world class education. While the teacher shortage is a system wide issue, its effects are most strongly felt in geographically or socio-economically marginalised communities, those served by the hardest-to-staff schools, where the difficulty of finding qualified teachers is disproportionately impacting on the educational opportunities and student outcomes. Attracting and retaining quality teachers is therefore an urgent priority for all education systems, and solutions need to be found to address the high rates of attrition, particularly among pre-service and in-service early career teachers who are at the highest risk of leaving the profession. With insufficient numbers of new teachers to replenish the ageing workforce, the capacity of schools to support the educational engagement and attainment of students is, and will continue to be, profoundly impacted.

This symposium brings together four papers from research in England and Australia examining the issue of teacher retention. Each paper addresses the common research question: What are the factors impacting current and extreme teaching workforce issues and how can a better understanding of these issues influence educational policy to attract, prepare and retain teachers in these uncertain times? Two of these papers focus on particular cohorts of teachers who are at risk of leaving the profession, considering how current policy and practices are contributing towards the high rates of attrition among precariously employed early career teachers and career change teachers. The third explores the impact of Ofsted on teacher attrition as one example of the increasingly neoliberal education policy environment in England. The fourth paper in this symposium focuses on teacher retention to examine how teachers remaining in the hardest to staff schools are managing under conditions outside of their control. The symposium will generate insight into why teachers are choosing to leave the profession, how they manage their work when they stay and offer opportunities to identify potential solutions which can address this major educational crisis.


References
Federičová, M. (2021). Teacher turnover: What can we learn from Europe?. European Journal of Education, 56(1), 102-116.

Legrand, T. (2021). Political-Cultural Propinquity in the Anglosphere. In The Architecture of Policy Transfer (pp. 107–128). Springer International Publishing.

Ovenden-Hope, T. (2022). A status-based crisis of teacher shortages? Research in Teacher Education. Vol.12. No 1. Nov 2022.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

The Impact of Teacher Shortages on Teachers Remaining in Hard To Staff Schools

Jo Lampert (Monash University), Amy McPherson (Newcastle University, Australia), Bruce Burnett (Australian Catholic University), Alonso Casanueva Baptista (Monash University)

In Australia, teaching shortages post-Covid are a growing concern as is the case to varying degrees in many other Anglosphere nations. For instance, Ireland (Geoghegan, 2022), Scotland (Wang & Houston, 2023) and England (Ovenden-Hope, 2022; Perryman, 2022) are all experiencing teacher recruitment problems, as are schools in the US (Bryner, 2021). While workforce issues are most prevalent in certain subject areas and always impact disadvantaged schools most, in all cases, teacher shortages, including teacher attrition, are seen as related to such things as untenable workloads, loss of professionalism and the overall declining status of the teaching profession. This paper reports on some early findings of an Australian Research Council Discovery project that explores the work lives of teachers remaining in schools with very high teacher turnover. In contrast to previous research that has examined the attrition of teachers from hard-to-staff schools through focusing on those who have left teaching, this study aims to develop a broader understanding of the issues of retention by attending instead on its impact on those teachers who remain. In order to understand teachers’ work lives our research aims to disentangle the interplay of the technical, moral, political, and emotional dimensions connected to these teachers’ lives. Our work-storied approach places a high degree of importance on the ‘day in the life’ of teachers who remain in schools experiencing high teacher turnover (>10% attrition in a 12-month period). This involves sculpting interpretations out of verbal accounts and observations of teachers that elucidate how they are managing their work in circumstance outside of their control. In this paper we explain our ‘work-shadowing’ methodology and reflect on what we have learned about the daily, working lives of teachers in two of our high teacher turnover case study schools. By addressing the problem of retention in this way, we aim to advance a much deeper, nuanced understanding of how educational policies and systems, as well as individual schools, can support those teachers who remain in the profession, and thus facilitate greater teacher retention at a time when maintaining support for a declining teaching workforce is urgent.

References:

Bryner, L. (2021). The Teacher Shortage in the United States. Education and Society 39(1), 69-80. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.7459/es/39.1.05 Geoghegan, A. (2022). Should I Stay or Should I Go? An Exploration of the Experiences of Career Change Teachers in Ireland: Motivations for Changing Career and the Factors that Influence Their Attrition from the Teaching Profession. Ovenden-Hope, T. (2022). A status-based crisis of teacher shortages? Research in Teacher Education. Vol.12. No 1. Nov 2022. Perryman, J., Bradbury, A., Calvert, G., & Kilian, K. (2023). Beyond Ofsted Inquiry: Final Report. Wang, W., & Houston, M. (2023). Teaching as a career choice: the motivations and expectations of students at one Scottish University. Educational Studies, 49(6), 937-954.
 

Career Change Teachers: Addressing Teacher Shortages in Australia

Terri Bourke (Queensland University of Technology), Martin Mills (Queensland University of Technology), Simone White (RMIT), Reece Mills (Queensland University of technology)

Successive Australian policies including the Liberal government’s Next Steps: Report of the Quality Initial Teacher Education Review (2022) and the Labor government’s Teacher Education Expert Panel Discussion Paper (2023) have positioned midcareer Initial Teacher Education (ITE) entrants as ‘game changers’ to address teacher shortages and enhance diversity in the teaching profession. Indeed, research reveals that their status as game changers is often short lived as 25% are more likely to leave the profession within the first five years than those that enter via more traditional pathways. It is therefore timely to examine the retention of this cohort in ITE in more depth. How these so-called ‘career change teachers’ are defined, and how ITE programs cater to the needs of this unique cohort, are not fully understood. This paper brings together Stephen Ball’s policy enactment, and Margaret Archer’s theorisations on emergent properties to ascertain how 40 Australian teacher educators are responding to this policy direction. We describe how interpretive, material, and discursive lenses of policy enactment are infused with either enabling and/or constraining emergences of translation. In doing so, first we outline how teacher educators speak and think about career change teachers. Second, we analyse teacher educators’ deliberations on the personal, structural and/or cultural conditions that they weigh up to accommodate (or not) this specific group. Findings reveal that teacher educators define career change teachers in similar and divergent ways and institutions accommodate this group variously. Recommendations are made for how universities can better prepare and sustain this cohort to stay in the profession.

References:

Australian Government. (2023). Teacher education expert panel discussion paper. Retrieved from https://www.education.gov.au/quality-initial-teacher-education-review/resources/teacher-education-expert-panel-discussion-paper Australian Government. (2022) Next Steps: Report of the Quality Initial Teacher Education review> Retrieved from https://www.education.gov.au/quality-initial-teacher-education-review/resources/next-steps-report-quality-initial-teacher-education-review
 

Induction and the Teacher Workforce: Problems and Confusion

Anna Sullivan (University South Australia), Michele Simons (Western Sydney University), Neil Tippett (University South Australia), Andrea Ruepert (Monash University)

Internationally, support provided to teachers during their early career phase has long been referred to as ‘induction’. In Australia, induction is largely provided by schools because ‘school-based induction practices … [are the] … the most useful in enculturating beginning teachers to their school and to their career’ (Kearney, 2021, p.153). However, with 60% of new teachers employed casually or on short-term contracts (Preston, 2019), many work across multiple schools and education sectors. Such teachers might engage in multiple induction events at individual schools; however, it is unlikely they receive an ongoing, systematic induction that meets their individual needs across the first few years of their work. This paper reports a critical policy study that examined the ‘Graduate to Proficient: Australian guidelines for teacher induction into the profession’ (2016). It draws on critical human resources management theory, including concepts such as ‘onboarding’ with the aim of providing alternative insights into the induction process for early career teachers. Our analysis suggests that the guidelines are more concerned with onboarding practices delivered to teachers with job security, rather than an overall system of practices that develop all new teachers regardless of their employment mode. The limitation means that the guidelines are unlikely to support precariously employed early career teachers to maximise their development during the earliest months and years of their career. Finally, we argue that further research on the teaching workforce which draws on the human resource management research is needed to better understand the development of the teaching workforce.

References:

Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership. (2016). Graduate to proficient: Australian guidelines for teacher induction into the profession. Canberra, Australia: Education Services Australia. Kearney, S. (2021). The challenges of beginning teacher induction: a collective case study. Teaching Education, 32(2), 142-158. Preston, B. (2019). Reforming replacement teaching: A game changer for the development of early career teaching? In A. Sullivan, B. Johnson, & M. Simons (Eds.), Attracting and keeping the best teachers: Issues and opportunities (pp. 161-191). Springer Nature.
 

Teacher Retention in England: Is Ofsted Really to Blame?

Clare Brooks (University of Cambridge), Jane Perryman (University College, London)

Whilst hotly contested from within the organisation, Ofsted, the English school inspectorate, are often blamed for creating a toxic work-culture in English schools. But to what extent does Ofsted contribute to England’s worsening teacher retention crisis? This paper draws upon data from the ‘Beyond Ofsted’ research project, where a survey, focus groups and stakeholder consultations aimed to find out teachers’ opinions of Ofsted and what alternatives could be suggested. The finding of this report (Perryman et al 2023) suggested that many teachers thought of Ofsted as ‘toxic’ and ‘not fit for purpose’. In addition, survey results show how impactful inspection can be for teachers’ health, wellbeing and career plans. For example, 30% of the sample said that inspection made them want to leave teaching, and 76% thought that Ofsted had a negative effect on retention. But are Ofsted to blame? Teachers’ working lives increasingly affected by the rise in the neo-liberal performativity /accountability culture in schools as, internationally, schools are preoccupied with policies of achievement, particularly test results. The global rise in accountability mechanisms is increasingly accepted as a natural part of the neo-liberal education system, with any critics of the regime seen as being against progress. This has led many schools to adopt a plethora of strategies aimed at improving results, often referred to as ‘box-ticking’. Teachers’ work is directed towards assessment, exams, progress measures and preparation for review and inspection, and away from the more individualistic and creative aspects of the job. These strategies, and their constancy, impact negatively on teachers’ lives, and thus on retention. But such trends are found in many countries adopting a neoliberal education policy environment. The Beyond Ofsted data shows that, in England, the problem is exacerbated by the surveillance of these performative-accountability regimes. Previous research suggests that Ofsted impacts negatively on the health and well-being of staff and thus impacts teacher retention (Bousted, 2022; Perryman, 2022) and Ofsted’s own survey on the wellbeing of teachers (Ofsted, 2019), reported that the demands of inspection heavily influenced teachers’ working practices. Teachers worked a 50–57-hour week, over half of which was spent outside the classroom, on Ofsted preparation meetings, and data-focused tasks. Our paper poses the question as to whether Ofsted is to blame for these trends and increasing teacher attrition, or whether the blame lies in policy or school cultures that place value on judgement and competitive engagement over education and well-being.

References:

Bousted, M. (2022). Support Not Surveillance: How to solve the teacher retention crisis. Melton: John Catt. Ofsted. (2019). Teacher well-being at work in schools and further education providers. Retrieved from https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/teacher-well-being-at-work-in-schools- and-further-education-providers Perryman, J. (2022). Teacher retention in an age of Performative Accountability: Target Culture and the Discourse of Disappointment. London: Routledge. Perryman, J., Bradbury, A., Calvert, G., & Kilian, K. (2023). Beyond Ofsted Inquiry: Final Report.
 
13:45 - 15:1524 SES 06 B: Innovative Approaches in Mathematics Education
Location: Room LRC 019 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Aibhin Bray
Paper Session
 
24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

Improving the Process of Preparing 10th Grade Students for External Summative Assessment in Mathematics by Implementing Problem-based Learning Technologies.

Zhadyra Nurym, Gulzada Rakhimova, Aliya Sissaliyeva, Ingkar Sabyrova

NIS, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Nurym, Zhadyra; Rakhimova, Gulzada

Introduction:

In contemporary education, considerable emphasis is placed on the implementation of pedagogical techniques that promote effective teaching through active engagement of students with educational content. Among these approaches, problem-based learning (PBL) stands out as a method that fosters the development of creative thinking, autonomy, and problem-solving abilities among students, while also facilitating the application of acquired knowledge in practical contexts. This study aims to investigate the influence of employing problem-based learning methods in preparing 10th grade students for an external summative assessment in the domain of mathematics.

Theoretical Basis of the Study

Summative assessment serves as a means of evaluating the educational accomplishments of students upon completion of specific sections or cross-cutting topics within the curriculum. It also encompasses the assessment conducted over a designated educational period, such as a quarter, as well as external assessments. These assessments entail the allocation of points and grades, while providing valuable insights on student progress to teachers, parents, and students themselves.

External summative assessments are carried out upon the culmination of particular levels of education, encompassing primary, basic, and secondary education. The benchmarks utilized in these exams adhere to international standards, such as the Cambridge Primary (grade 5), IGCSE (grade 10), AS-level, and A-level (grades 11-12). External summative assessment exams feature multiple components, including closed and open-ended questions that require both concise and detailed responses.

Upon the completion of external summative assessments, students in 12th grade receive an NIS Grade 12 Certificate. This certificate holds recognition by esteemed universities in Kazakhstan, as well as by leading international organizations. [1]

The issue we encountered revolved around our school's performance in mathematics during external summative assessments, as we ranked last within the Nazarbayev Intellectual School network. Notably, there existed a disparity between internal assessments and external assessments. The aim of this action research was to enhance the quality of mathematics outcome measures among 10th grade students. The study pursued the following research question: How does the integration of problem-based learning impact students' effective preparation for external summative assessments in mathematics?

Problem-Based Learning (PBL) technology has been utilized in higher education since the mid-20th century, serving as an interactive learning method. Initially employed by universities in the United States and Canada during the 1950s, PBL later proliferated across European universities during the 1960s. The introduction of this technique initially occurred in the Faculty of Medicine at Case Western Reserve University. Recognizing the contemporary context characterized by an information and technological "explosion," which entails rapidly evolving requirements for future professionals, PBL emerged as the training model best aligned with this situation. [2]

The traditional approach to higher education emphasizes the passive transfer and rote memorization of existing knowledge. Students grapple with the monotonous task of memorizing vast amounts of information that, in their estimation, may not always directly pertain to their forthcoming professional endeavors. Consequently, apathy, detachment, and occasionally disillusionment arise. Frequently, students tend to forget a substantial portion of the material they have learned once an assessment has been completed. Moreover, the retained information often proves challenging to apply when attempting to solve problems across related subject areas, especially within the realm of real-world professional application. [3]

The foundation of PBL rests upon a constructivist approach, which has garnered opposition from critics of this teaching method. In line with the constructivist trend, which emphasizes student participation in the construction of new knowledge through the reevaluation of experiences, PBL brings about significant changes in the learning process itself. It assumes an active and socially-oriented character, thereby embracing a more interactive format.[4]


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study involved the participation of all 10th grade students at NIS in Aktau during the academic year 2022-2023. A purposive sampling technique was used to recruit 129 participants for the research sample.

To establish a control group, 88 participants were selected from the 10th grade students at NIS Aktau during the academic year 2021-2022.

The experimental class consisted of 10th grade students at NIS Aktau in 2022-2023, while the control class consisted of 10th grade students at NIS Aktau in 2021-2022. The experimental class received training using drill methods with PBL, whereas the control class received training using drill methods without PBL.

Data collection methods included tests to measure problem-solving skills and questionnaires to gather student responses during PBL training.

Within the framework of problem-based learning (PBL), practice-oriented case assignments served as the primary teaching tool, which students studied in practical classes.

The Vocational Education and Training (VET) was implemented through the following main stages:

1. Teachers provided students with descriptions of exam problems that required solving and evaluating their work against a mark scheme.

2. Students familiarized themselves with the case, analyzed it, and identified key problems requiring solutions.

3. Students worked independently or in groups to solve the problems. They conducted research, gathered information, performed analyses, and developed solutions [5].

4. In subsequent practical classes, students presented their work results, engaged in discussions, and collectively arrived at the most optimal solution.

5. Additional mathematics lessons were organized outside of regular school hours.

The questionnaire comprised 6 questions aimed at identifying factors including:

- Motivation to learn
- Perception of teaching methods
- Level of satisfaction with training

The data collection methods also included midterm mock exams to measure problem-solving skills.
A quantitative approach was employed to compare students' final scores and identify patterns and regularities.
1. Systematization and analysis of the obtained data:
• The collected data on students' regular exam preparation activities were processed and analyzed, taking into account their academic performance.
• Data on the use of various pedagogical methods and technologies were summarized and analyzed to identify their impact on students' success.
2. Cross-analysis of the data:
• Furthermore, the obtained results of data analysis for each factor (regular activities, method and technology usage, individualized approach, parental involvement) were cross-compared and analyzed together to identify common patterns and interrelationships between these factors.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Research findings
The examination of the questionnaires revealed that students in the experimental group exhibited a higher level of motivation towards their learning compared to students in the control group. Additionally, they demonstrated a greater acceptance of Problem-Based Learning (PBL) teaching methods and expressed higher satisfaction with their training.
In relation to the study on the preparation for external summative assessment, several factors influencing student achievement were identified:

1. Regular exam preparation sessions were found to positively impact student performance.
2. The utilization of diverse pedagogical methods and technologies proved to be effective in preparing students for exams.
3. Adopting an individualized approach that considers students' unique characteristics and needs also contributed to successful outcomes in external assessments.
4. Involving parents in the exam preparation process also yielded positive outcomes in terms of academic performance.
Based on the collected data, it can be concluded that the effective organization of student preparation for external summative assessment is a crucial component of academic success. It is recommended to further investigate and implement contemporary methods and technologies to enhance student performance in future endeavors.
The research results demonstrated that the experimental group, which received training using PBL methods, achieved higher outcomes compared to the control group that underwent drill-based instruction without the integration of PBL.
The average score for the experimental group was 52.2%, while the control group achieved an average of 41.97%. This difference was found to be statistically significant. Consequently, our school's ranking within the NIS network improved from 15th place to 10th place.
Furthermore, the results of the experimental group surpassed those of previous years. For instance, in 2019, the average was 49%, in 2021 it was 39.65%, and in 2022 it was 41.97%. These findings indicate that the implementation of PBL can enhance students' problem-solving skills.

References
References
1.Educational program AEO “Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools” – NIS-Programme URL:
https://www.nis.edu.kz/storage/app/media/NIS-Programme/NIS-Programme_RU.pdf
2. The Aalborg PBL-model – Progress, Diversity and Challenges. Aalborg : Aalborg Univer- sity Press, 2006. 13 p.

3. Newman M.J. Problem Based Learning: an Introduction and Overview of the Key Features of the Approach // Journal of Veterinary Medical Education. 2005. No 32 (1). Р. 12–20.

4. Dolmans D., Schmidt H. What directs self-directed learning in a problem based curriculum// Problem Based Learning: a Research Perspective on Learning Interactions.Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum, 2000. Р. 251–262.

5. Barrows H. Generic Problem-Based Learning Essentials. 2004. URL: http://www.pbli.org/pbl/generic_pbl.htm.

6. Savin-Baden M. Facilitating Problem Based Learning: Illuminating Perspectives.Buckingham : Society for Research in Higher Education / Open University Press, 2003.


24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

Levelling up Problem-solving Skills through Strategy Video Gaming and Reflection: An Intervention Study with Malaysian Form 4 Secondary School Students.

Siti Nadiah Binti Mohammad Johari

University of Cambridge, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Binti Mohammad Johari, Siti Nadiah

In its recent Education Blueprint, the Malaysian Ministry of Education has emphasised the imperative to enhance national critical thinking skills. This call-to-action stems from the alarming low rankings in the PISA Problem-Solving Test, and mathematics test and reports from employers highlighting pervasive skill gaps. This research aims to explore a potential tool for developing problem-solving skills: Strategy Video Games (SVGs).
The integration of play in education systems is a growing trend in various nations, including China, the USA, and Denmark, recognising its significance in pedagogy (Mardell, Solis & Bray, 2019). Play, as highlighted by Prince (2017), is instrumental in children's learning and the development of problem-solving skills and fluid reasoning. Given the acknowledged benefits of play and the recognition of video games as a manifestation of play, thus, proposing the use of SVGs is not an outrageous idea to improve cognition. Digital games, specifically SVGs, not only enrich the learning experience but also foster skill development, enhance memorisation, and deepen understanding in STEM fields (Ishak, Din & Hasran, 2021). This approach aligns with the current digital landscape where today's youth spend significant time in the digital world, and SVG skills inherently mirror those demanded by the problem-solving process. However, despite this potential, there is limited empirical evidence linking SVGs to problem-solving skill improvement.
Most research to date on gaming and PS focuses exclusively on self-reported measures. For example, Adachi and Willoughby's (2013) previous study sought to investigate the correlation between strategy video gameplay frequency and adolescents' self-reported problem-solving skills. Their findings suggested a positive relationship: a higher video gameplay frequency was associated with higher self-reported problem-solving skills. The only study that has searched for such links using non-self-reports struggled to find an effect. In this project, Emihovich (2017) explored the impact of two distinct types of video gameplay, namely strategy role-playing video games (World of WarCraft) and brain-training video games (CogniFit), on undergraduates' problem-solving skills. However, the study found no significant effects on problem-solving. Nonetheless, Emihovic, Rogue and Mason (2020) noted that results could be different by prompting participants to actively recognise the strategies during gaming sessions. Therefore, by adding reflection sessions as a medium to transfer learnt problem-solving skills from SVGs to real-life situations could yield different outcomes. Research on metacognition and mindset suggests that combining SVGs with student reflection could further enhance skill development.
The utilisation of reflection sessions in problem-solving proves to be a valuable tool in education. Reflection, as defined by Bjuland (2004), involves the conscious consideration of personal experiences, aligning with Dewey (1933), Inhelder and Piaget (1958), Hiebert (1992), and Wistedt (1994) in the context of forming interactions between ideas and action. In education, reflection is the process of thoughtful examination and evaluation of one's experiences, thoughts, and actions to gain insight and make informed decisions for future practice (Chang, 2019). It plays a pivotal role in transforming experiences into the development of new skills, attitudes, knowledge, and capabilities (Gribbin, Aftab, Young, & Park, 2016).
Thus, this study hypothesises that strategy video gaming may affect both (1) externally assessed and (2) self-reported problem-solving skills when reflection sessions are employed. In response, this study investigated the relationship between SVG and two dependent variables: (1) externally assessed problem-solving skills (2) self-reported problem-solving skills. To test the power of student reflection on problem-solving development, it further assessed whether changes in these variables differed with or without engagement in reflection sessions.
RQ 1: Does playing SVGs affect (1) externally-assessed problem-solving skill assessment scores?
RQ1a: Do these effects change with the inclusion of reflection sessions?
RQ 2: Does playing SVGs affect the (2) self-reported problem-solving skill assessment scores?
RQ2a: Do these effects change with the inclusion of reflection sessions?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participants of the study were about 404 Form 4 pupils (15- to 16-year-olds) from nine (9) participating Malaysian National secondary schools. Participants were split equally across one control and two treatment groups. Using a randomised controlled trial (RCT) approach, participants were stratified into two groups based on gender (male and female) before they were randomised equally into the 3 groups (in control or intervention conditions).
To test the power of reflection, this research compared pre- and post-test scores of 3 groups: a control group ("A") that received no treatment; a group ("B") that played SVGs; and a group ("C") that played SVGs and engaged in supplemental of reflection sessions. Through this experimental design, we were able to monitor the possible effect (if any) of both playing SVGs and reflection on the development of self-perception of problem-solving skills and examined actual problem-solving skills.
Two instruments were used to measure the 2 variables of interest during pre-intervention and post-intervention. The external assessment measure employed in this study is the publicly accessible isomorphic test designed by the OECD for the 2003 iteration of the PISA Problem-Solving Test. To adapt it for this research, the test was divided into two sets, resulting in two distinct PISA Problem-Solving Tests. To assess students' self-reported problem-solving skills, the study employed the Problem-Solving Inventory (PSI) created by Heppner and Petersen (2011). This inventory comprises 32 items and utilises a 6-point Likert scale to gauge an individual's self-evaluation of their problem-solving competence, focusing on their perceived competency rather than their demonstrated abilities.
The intervention protocol involved gaming phases and reflection sessions. A gaming phase includes three (3) weeks of gaming session aimed at yielding about 5 hours of gaming duration. Within the 3 weeks, there were three reflection sessions (before, during and after reflection sessions) conducted. Before-reflection sessions was done before gaming sessions starts (in the first week), and in the second week, during-reflection session was done as a group discussion. After-reflection sessions was done at the end of each gaming phases. Before- and after-reflection sessions were done online individually. There were 4 intervention phases all together, each using four different strategy video games.
The analysis of the data used a quantitative technique, multiple regression, to assess the relationships between SVGs, reflection sessions, and outcome variables of interest. Ultimately, it attempts to cover gaps from previous studies and provide a guide to utilise SVGs in a school context.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Due to COVID restriction policies, dosage, adherence, and participants' responsiveness, the quality of intervention delivery varied significantly. Nonetheless, the findings yielded interesting insight into the hypotheses.
There is some evidence that SVGs together with reflection sessions have the potential ability to affect actual Problem-solving skills.
RQ 1: Based on the statistical analysis, we can reject the null hypothesis and accept there is a significant difference in PISA Pre-post-test score difference means among the 3 groups, with a consideration that it is a positively weak model (R-squared =0.0248). Group C difference is significant at p=0.025. The post-hoc Tukey test revealed significant differences between Group C and Group B (p = 0.041), and near significant between Group C and Group A (p = 0.064).
All groups' mean score showed decline in PISA Problem-Solving score performance, but Group C performed slightly better by having the least amount of decline. Group B did not perform any differently than Group A .
RQ 2: Similarly, regression analysis showed that Group C is significantly different than the other groups, with a p value of = 0.018 with a weak model (R-squared =0.0271). Tukey's post hoc test revealed that Group C is significantly different than Group A (p = 0.054). However, Group B is not statistically significantly different from Group A and C.
Both findings in RQ 1 and 2 above may indicate that SVGs without the supplement of reflection session do not help in improving or developing Problem-Solving skills, as seen in PISA problem-solving scores.
In conclusion, these findings suggest that there is potential to utilise SVGs in developing competent problem-solvers, provided that SVGs are paired with reflection sessions to aid in transferring learnt problem-solving skills into real-life situations. However, there is a need to further delve into the findings, especially exploring the measurement of fidelity to ensure these results are not a result of positive placebo effect.

References
Adachi, P. J. C., & Willoughby, T. (2013). More Than Just Fun and Games: The Longitudinal Relationships Between Strategic Video Games, Self-Reported Problem-Solving Skills, and Academic Grades. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 42(7), 1041–1052. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-013-9913-9
Bjuland, R. (2004). Student teachers' reflections on their learning process through collaborative Problem-Solving in geometry. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 55 (1–3), 199–225. https://doi.org/10.1023/B:EDUC.0000017690.90763.c1
Chang, B. (2019). Reflection in Learning. Online Learning, 23(1). https://doi.org/10.24059/olj.v23i1.1447
Dewey, J. (1933). Why have progressive schools? Current History (1916-1940), 38(4), 441–448.
Emihovich, B. (2017). IMPROVING UNDERGRADUATES' PROBLEM-SOLVING SKILLS THROUGH VIDEO GAMEPLAY.
Emihovich, B., Roque, N., & Mason, J. (2020). Can Video Gameplay Improve Undergraduates' Problem-Solving Skills?. International Journal of Game-Based Learning (IJGBL), 10(2), 1-18.
Gribbin, J., Aftab, M., Young, R., & Park, S. (2016). Double-loop reflective Practise as an approach to understanding knowledge and experience. DRS 2016 International Conference: Future-Focused Thinking. 8, pp. 3181-3198. Design Research Society.
Heppner, P. P., & Petersen, C. H. (2011). Problem-Solving Inventory [Data set]. American Psychological Association. https://doi.org/10.1037/t04336-000
Hiebert, J. (1992). Reflection and communication: Cognitive considerations in school mathematics reform. International Journal of Educational Research, 17(5), 439–456.
Inhelder, B., & Piaget, J. (1958). The growth of logical thinking from childhood to adolescence: An essay on the construction of formal operational structures (Vol. 22). Psychology Press.
Ishak, S. A., Din, R., & Hasran, U. A. (2021). Defining digital game-based learning for science, technology, engineering, and mathematics: a new perspective on design and developmental research. Journal of medical Internet research, 23(2), e20537.
Mardell, B., Lynneth Solis, S., & Bray, O. (2019). The state of play in school: Defining and promoting playful learning in formal education settings. International Journal of Play, 8(3), 232-236.
Prince, P. (2017). From play to Problem-Solving to Common Core: The development of fluid reasoning. Applied Neuropsychology: Child, 6(3), 224-227.
Programme for International Student Assessment. (2004). PISA Problem Solving for Tomorrow's World: First Measures of Cross-Curricular Competencies from PISA 2003. OECD.
Wistedt, I. (1994). Reflection, communication, and learning mathematics: A case study. Learning and Instruction, 4(2), 123–138.


24. Mathematics Education Research
Paper

Effect of Flipped Classroom Learning Approach on Mathematics Achievement and Interest Among Secondary School Students

Bakyt Alzhanova

NIS, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Alzhanova, Bakyt

The flipped classroom is a teaching technique that has gained worldwide currency during recent years. In a flipped approach, the information-transmission element of students’ learning is moved out of the classroom; instead, students view recorded lectures in their own study time ahead of the live session. This frees the class time for activities (such as discussion and problem-solving) in which students can apply their knowledge and potentially gives the teacher a better opportunity to detect their misconceptions.

According to the State Education Policy (Republic of Kazakhstan), mathematics is one of the fundamental subjects that all students must study up to higher education. Mathematics receives a lot of attention in the school curriculum from primary to secondary school, reflecting the importance of the subject in modern society. It is particularly disappointing that students consistently perform poorly in mathematics in internal and external examinations, despite the relative importance of the subject.

The purpose of this study, which was conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics in the city of Aktobe, was to determine the effect of the “flipped classroom” approach on mathematics achievement and interest of students. Given this, a quasi-experimental design was used, specifically non-equivalent pretest-posttest control group design. The study’s participants were a sample of 56 learners selected from two classes purposively. Each two SS 1 classes, divided into experimental and control groups via balloting.

The following research questions guided the study.

1. What are the mean achievement scores of students who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach and their peers in the control group?

2. What are the mean achievement scores of male and female students who received flipped classroom approaches?

3. What are the mean interest scores of students who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach and their peers in the control group?

4. What are the mean interest scores of male and female students who received flipped classroom approach?

The following hypotheses guided the study.

1. Difference exists between the mean achievement scores of students who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach and their peers in the control group.

2. Difference exists between the mean achievement scores of male and female stu­dents who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach.

3. Difference exists between the mean interest scores of students who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach and their peers in the control group.

4. Difference exists between the mean interest scores of male and female students who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach.

Data were gathered through the instrumentality of the Mathematics Achievement Test (MAT) and Mathematics Interest Inventory (MII), which have reliability scores of 0.88 and 0.79, respectively. Prior to and following a six-week course of treatment, each group completed a pretest and posttest. SPSS, a statistical tool for social sciences, was applied to analyse the acquired data. The mean and standard deviation were utilised to report the study’s questions, and analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) was utilised to evaluate the hypotheses at a 0.05 significance level. Results established that learners taught mathematics utilising flipped classroom approach had higher mathematics achievement and interest scores than their peers taught using the conventional approach. Results also revealed that the achievement and interest scores of male and female learners who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach were the same. Considering the findings, recommendations were given, among others, that mathematics teachers should use the flipped classroom approach to assist learners in boosting their achievement and interest in mathematics, especially in geometry.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This quasi-experimental research study design used a non-equivalent control group for the pretest and posttests. The design was employed rather than randomly allo¬cating students to groups because it is impractical to do so in quasi-experimental research. A sample of 56 pupils (27 males and 29 females) was selected from two classes purposively.
The research instruments were Mathematics Achievement results.  Test (MAT) and Mathematics Interest Inventory (MII). The researchers created 20 multiple-choice questions on the MAT, which served as the study's primary instrument. The MAT items were created using a test design to ensure adequate coverage of the subject matter of interest and to maintain consistent distribution across different levels of the cognitive domain. However, the MII was adapted from the mathematical calculations of Snow (2011). interest reserve. The MII consists of 20 items and uses a 4-point Likert scale with the following response options: strongly agree (4), agree (3), disagree (2), and strongly disagree (1). I developed two lesson plans/notes for the experimental and control groups. Also checked MAT, MII and lesson plans/notes. Both MAT and MII have been pilot tested. The reliability coefficient for the MAT was determined to be 0.88 using the Kuder-Richardson formula 20. However, the internal consistency of the MII was calculated using Cronbach's alpha and the reliability coefficient was found to be 0.79.
The treatment ran for four weeks. The fifth week saw the administration of the posttest. The posttest items are the same as the pretest items; however, they were rearranged to give them a new look and avoid memory effects. The posttest results were noted and utilised to present information on learners’ mathematics achievement and interest by gender and treatment group. The SPSS software version 28 was used to analyse the collected data. The mean (−X) and standard deviation (SD) were used to answer the study’s research questions, and analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) was utilised to test the hypotheses at a significance level of 0.05. The reason for the choice of ANCOVA was to establish equality of baseline pre-test data before the commencement of the treatment. ANCOVA helped to establish the covariates between the pre-test and post-test.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings revealed that students who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach had their interest increased in the mathematics concept compared to their counterparts who received the same concept using the conventional method. Accordingly, a further test of hypothesis three established that learners in the experimental group held increased interest levels in the  mathematics concept than their peers in the control group. Thus, it concluded that the flipped classroom approach successfully enhanced learners’ interest in the mathematics concept taught. The increased interest could have been caused by the students’ interpersonal interaction with video resources and materials in the flipped classroom environment.
Moreover, the study’s findings indicated that male learners exhibited more interest in mathematics than females when the flipped classroom approach was utilised. Consequently, further analysis by testing hypothesis four divulged no significant difference between the interest scores of male and female learners who received mathematics instruction utilising the flipped classroom strategy. The outcome of the no significant difference could be that both male and female learners showed the same degrees of interest and engagement in learning the mathematics concept.
The flipped classroom approach significantly enhanced learners’ achievement and interest in the mathematics concept taught. This was seen in the mean achievement and interest scores of students in the experimental group, which were higher than their counterparts in the control group. Again, the achievement and interest scores of male and female learners who received mathematics instruction using flipped classroom approach were the same. This means that learners of both sexes that utilised the flipped classroom approach benefited equally from the treatment. The study also explains to mathematics education specialists how the flipped classroom approach can help learners enhance their achievement and interest levels in mathematics, particularly geometry.

References
Asiksoy, G., & Ozdamli, F. (2016). Flipped classroom adapted to the ARCS model of motivation and Applied to a physics course. Eurasia Journal of Mathematics Science & Technology Education, 12(6), 1589–1603.
Bergmann, J., & Sams, A. (2012). Flip your classroom: Reach every student in every class every day. International Society for Technology in Education.
Bergmann, J., & Sams, A. (2015). Flipped learning for math instruction. International Society for Technol¬ogy in Education. VA.
Bishop, J., & Verleger, M. (2013). The flipped classroom: A survey of the research. In ASEE National Conference Proceedings.
Chandra, V., & Fisher, D. L. (2009). Students’ perceptions of a blended web-based learning environment. Learning Environments Research, 12(1), 31–44. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10984-008-9051-6.
Chebotib, N., Too, J., & Ongeti, K. (2022). Effects of the flipped learning approach on students’ academic achievement in secondary schools in Kenya. Journal of Research & Method in Education, 12(6), 1–10. https://doi.org/10.9790/7388-1206030110.
Chen, L. L. (2016). Impacts of flipped classroom in high school health education. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 44(4), https://doi.org/10.1177/0047239515626371. 411 – 420.
Clark, K. (2015). The Effects of the flipped model of instruction on Student Engagement and Performance in the secondary Mathematics Classroom. The Journal of Educators Online, 12(1), 91–115. https:// doi.org/10.9743/jeo.2015.1.5.
Didem, A. S., & Özdemir, S. (2018). The Effect of a flipped Classroom Model on Academic Achievement, Self-Directed Learning Readiness, Motivation and Retention *. Malaysian Online Journal of Educa¬tional Technology, 6(1), 76–91. www.mojet.net.
Efiuvwere, R. A., & Fomsi, E. F. (2019). Flipping the mathematics classroom to enhance senior second¬ary students’ interest. International Journal of Mathematics Trends and Technology, 65(2), 95–101. https://doi.org/10.14445/22315373/ijmtt-v65i2p516.
Egara, F. O., Eseadi, C., & Nzeadibe, A. C. (2021). Effect of computer simulation on secondary school students’ interest in algebra. Education and Information Technologies, 27, 5457–5469.
Harmini, T., Sudibyo, N. A., & Suprihatiningsih, S. (2022). The Effect of the flipped Classroom Learning Model on Students’ Learning Outcome in Multivariable Calculus Course. AlphaMath: Journal of Mathematics Education, 8(1), 72. https://doi.org/10.30595/alphamath.v8i1.10854.
He, W., Holton, A., Farkas, G., & Warschauer, M. (2016). The effects of flipped instruction on out-of-class study time, exam performance, and student perceptions. Learning and Instruction, 45, 61–71. https:// doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2016.07.001.
Ikwuka, O. I., & Okoye, C. C. (2022). Differential effects of flipped classroom and gender on nigerian federal universities CEP students’ academic achievement in basic methodology. African Journal of Educational Management Teaching and Entrepreneurship Studies, 2, 106–118.
 
13:45 - 15:1525 SES 06 A: Special Call Session 1: Children’s rights in a time of instability and crisis – the role of education
Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Katarzyna Gawlicz
Special Call Session Part 1/2, to be continued in 25 SES 07 A
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

“The Leaves Are Bit Poorly” - a Participatory Exploration of Preschoolers’ Feelings and Actions Towards Nature

Kathrin Paal

University of Plymouth, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Paal, Kathrin

Environmental issues, resulting from global warming, have made care for the environment an increasingly urgent matter. The careless usage of limited and valuable resources such as water, fossil fuels and forests, as well as the pollution of air, water and soil, has led us to a situation where we are in need of an urgent change of behaviour towards the environment. Experiences in the early years form attitudes and behaviour in a child and can have a long-lasting effect into adulthood (Pramling Samuelsson et al., 2019). Through education and with the support of influential role models such as their teacher, children can become active and informed participants in shaping the environment they live in (Davis, 2015) and to care sustainably for it (Prince, 2010). There is a trend to advocate research with children about environmental topics (Green, 2015), yet a lack of studies using methods that recognise that young children articulate their thoughts and feelings about an environmental topic differently to older children and adults (Somerville and Williams, 2015).

This project explores how to do meaningful and age-appropriate research with young children about what they think, experience and learn about how to care for our planet. It also explores ways to empower children to make decisions on matters that affect them such as environmental issues.

Children have the right for suitable and supportive education, which is supported by SDG 4.7 (UN General Assembly, 2015). It is thoroughly desirable to respect their voices and stands as well as giving them hope for the future. In my research, I advocate for children to be seen as capable members of society and explore ways to enable their right to be informed, to be heard and their “views ... given due weight” (UN General Assembly, 1989, p. 5). Investing in children and adequate methodologies can impact future leaders and citizens’ environmental behaviours. This is turn, is important not only at local or European levels but also globally.

Children need opportunities to play in and with nature in their daily life in preschool and at home, in order to meaningfully and authentically connect to nature and care for it. While playing outside on their own terms following their imagination and motivation, activities initiated by teachers should be child-led and guided by children’s interests, understanding and explorations. Offering learning opportunities and chances to explore in and with nature were shown to be a foundation to agency and connection to nature (Rios and Menezes, 2017). Research has also shown that learning particular pro-environmental behaviour and actions would not help to develop children’s care for nature. However, positive feelings towards and meaningful interactions with nature, can result in a caring and protective attitude towards nature (Rios and Menezes, 2017). Additionally, “when educators promote children’s success in ‘making a difference’, foundations are built for future resilience, agency and social participation” (Davis, 2014, p. 34).

Education for Sustainability is promoted as lifelong learning and serves as a driver for transformative change for living sustainably on a national and worldwide scale. However, in the field of early childhood, the deliberate involvement in Education for Sustainability has been slow (Davis and Elliott, 2014). Education for Sustainability is currently “largely a matter for individual settings to decide upon thus depending on staff commitment” (Barratt et al., 2014, p. 231). It requires policy change, a widespread mind shift and “centre culture that embraces sustainability” (Elliott, 2010, p. 34). This project was conducted with children in England but contributes to the international discourse around young children’s agency in times of instability and crisis such as the climate emergency.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I worked with 19 children, aged 3 to 4, in two preschools in deprived rural and urban areas of the southwest of England. I also interviewed two teachers and received answers on a survey from two families.  

I drew from Clark and Moss' (2011) Mosaic approach, using a variety of qualitative methods to gain a holistic view on preschoolers’ feelings and actions towards nature. I observed children and teachers during outdoor activities. The naturalistic (narrative) observation and the children observation were underpinned by the Mosaic approach (Clark and Moss, 2011). As one opportunity for children to express their views, I asked the children to draw a picture of what they associate with the word ‘garden’. To complement the drawing about children’s ideas, I asked the children to describe what they have drawn. Additionally, I asked them what we can do to protect the plants, animals and insects in the garden, flexibly following the children’s understanding. I asked the children to take photos of their favourite places in the garden while they took me on a tour. I also engaged in naturally emerging conversations with the children during play and the child-led tours, moving away from the structure of an interview. Finally, I interviewed teachers and used a survey with families.

I additionally reflected on how to enhance the level of children’s participation in my project at every stage and push the boundaries to an active and meaningful role of children at preschool age within my research. I aimed to challenge my definitions of terms, such as garden, environmentally friendly, and instead explored them with the children. Additionally, I aimed to challenge my methods and assumptions about methods that might be suitable to capture children’s perceptions. Finally, I aimed to ask the children to interpret and analyse the data, and involve the children in the dissemination of the results.

In my presentation, I will be drawing on an analysis of the generated data in two ways – my data analysis as adult researcher and a data analysis by and with the children.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Children can be a significant catalyst in increasing environmental practices in their preschools and at home. Given the opportunity, children can impact teacher’s action and learning but also motivate their families for environmental actions. Enabling children to enact their right to be active and informed participants of society and to be heard, especially in matters that affect them, can increase children’s self-efficacy and agency not only now but also for the future. This can then lead to “children’s belief and confidence that they could advocate for changes in their early childhood centre and home” (Vaealiki and Mackey, 2008, p. 10).

Children are and must be seen as social actors (Prout and James, 2015). That means that they “are and must be seen as active in the construction and determination of their own social lives, the lives of those around them and of the societies in which they live” (Prout and James, 2015, p. 7), not only locally but on a global scale. My research has shown that this is challenging to bring into practice, especially in a meaningful and authentic way for children. It is also challenging in terms of ethical considerations and methodological execution.  

For researchers and practitioners that aim to work with young children in a more child-led way, it is about engaging critically and being reflexive about their approaches in terms of children’s voices and power relations as well as creating the culture of children confidently making decisions in matters that are relevant to them and affect them. With children, teachers and families working together, change for alternative, more sustainable practices will be a collective responsibility and effort and can influence the wider community.

References
Barratt, R., Barratt-Hacking, E. and Black, P. (2014). Innovative approaches to early childhood education for sustainability in England. In Research in early childhood education for sustainability. Routledge, pp. 225-247.  

Clark, A. and Moss, P. (2011). Listening to young children: The mosaic approach. Jessica Kingsley Publishers.

Davis, J. (2014). Examining early childhood education through the lens of education for sustainability: Revisioning rights. In Research in early childhood education for sustainability. Routledge, pp. 21-37.

Davis, J. (2015). What Is Early Childhood Education For Sustainability And Why Does It Matter?. In Young Children and the Environment: Early Education for Sustainability. 2nd edn. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 7–31.

Davis, J. and Elliott, S. (2014). An orientation to early childhood education for sustainability and research–framing the text. In Research in early childhood education for sustainability. Routledge, pp. 1-18.

Elliott, S. (2010). Essential not optional: Education for sustainability in early childhood centres. Exchange, 192, pp. 34-37.

Green, C. J. (2015). Toward young children as active researchers: A critical review of the methodologies and methods in early childhood environmental education. The Journal of Environmental Education, 46(4), pp. 207-229.

Pramling Samuelsson, I., Li, M. and Hu, A. (2019). Early childhood education for sustainability: A driver for quality. ECNU Review of Education, 2(4), pp. 369-373.

Prince, C. (2010). Sowing the seeds: Education for sustainability within the early years curriculum. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 18(3), pp. 423-434.  

Prout, A. and James, A. (2015). A new paradigm for the sociology of childhood?: Provenance, promise and problems. In Constructing and reconstructing childhood. 3rd edn. Routledge, pp. 6-28.

Rios, C. and Menezes, I. (2017). ‘I saw a magical garden with flowers that people could not damage!’: children’s visions of nature and of learning about nature in and out of school. Environmental Education Research, 23(10), pp. 1402-1413.

Somerville, M. and Williams, C. (2015). Sustainability education in early childhood: An updated review of research in the field. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 16(2), pp. 102-117.

UN General Assembly (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, A/RES/70/1. Available at: https://sdgs.un.org/2030agenda (Accessed: 25 January 2024)

UN General Assembly (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child, 20 November, United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 1577. Available at: https://downloads.unicef.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2010/05/UNCRC_united_nations_convention_on_the_rights_of_the_child.pdf (Accessed: 25 January 2024)

Vaealiki S. and Mackey G. (2008). Ripples of action: Strengthening environmental competency in an early childhood centre. Early Childhood Folio, 12, pp. 7–11.


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

In Search of Sustainable Rights in Education-an Intercultural Pedagogical Experiment as a Solidarity Policy Mechanism. Narratives of Students, Parents, Teachers

Urszula Markowska-Manista1, Joanna Dobkowska2

1Faculty of Education, University of Warsaw, Poland; 2Faculty of Education,University of Warsaw, Poland

Presenting Author: Markowska-Manista, Urszula; Dobkowska, Joanna

Since 24 February 2022, following Russia's aggression against Ukraine, Poland, whose eastern border is also the EU border, has experienced an unprecedented influx of war refugees, the majority of whom are children and women. Poland has become one of the most important countries on the front line in solidarity to provide refugees from Ukraine with shelter and access to services, including care and education, and thus human and child rights. As a result, the number of migrant students has increased significantly. They are from both economic and forced migrant families. Data from November 2023 shows that 286,000 refugee-children, mainly Ukrainian and Belarusian, attend Polish schools. The scale and changing nature of refugeeism and migration present new challenges and opportunities for Polish education and schools unprepared to accommodate such large numbers of foreign students (Markowska-Manista 2023). This has deconstructed the way hitherto mono-cultural schools operate and opened up the search for solutions directed at rights to and rights in education in a situation of intercultural diversity (Górak-Sosnowska, Markowska-Manista 2022). In order to provide access to education for Ukrainian children, a number of legislative changes have been introduced concerning their rights to and in education. Despite the efforts made, school principals and teachers are still struggling with the difficult problems that arise when integrating such a large group of children and adolescents into the existing educational system. The situation is not helped by the sense of temporariness with which some Ukrainian families treat their stay in Poland. Research indicates that more than 53% of school-age refugee children registered in Poland are still outside the Polish education system, including 112.8 thousand children of primary school age (Chrostowska 2023). Empowering the teaching staff involved in working with students with migration experience, improving teachers' competences, creating good teaching practices, as well as working with Polish students and their parents, who are often critical of diversity in the school and classroom environment, are the most important challenges in this area today. The presence of students with migration background in the Polish educational system is not a temporary situation, and schools are undoubtedly those social institutions that have a key impact on the integration and support of migrant children. In order to support the socio-educational integration processes of children with migration background and to strengthen their well-being and sense of belonging to the school community, it is necessary to identify the factors for these actions at individual and institutional levels and to analyse the strategies and methods for putting them into practice in educational situations.

In this presentation, we share the results of participatory-oriented research on the situation of children and their rights in education in school intercultural diversity resulting from refugeeism and migration. The context includes analyses of solidarity policies with refugees in Poland (Digidiki et al. 2024) and the legal basis of education and rights in education in a situation of cultural-national diversity in a frontline host country. We also explore an interculturally oriented, participatory, child-centred(Arun et al. 2023), child-potential centered(Gilliam, Gulløv 2022) experimental education programme for primary school students implemented since 2023 in collaboration with researchers and practitioners. Among the most important research questions in the study were:

- how do refugee-children experience the daily life of Polish schools based on respect for their rights to education and in education?

- what factors enhance their well-being, sense of belonging, the processes of social, educational integration (rights in education) in culturally diverse classrooms, how can these be supported at institutional and individual level?

- which solutions, methodologies are used to support students, teachers, parents in improving their intercultural and social knowledge and competences?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The point of reference for the study is a humanising methodology(Reyes et al. 2021), based on relationships and transformational approaches in education (Martens 2021). Transformation is possible when we reflect, draw conclusions and take action in relationships (Freire 1970). Accordingly, our aim is not only to present the research results, but also to provide theoretical input in the field of children's rights in education and in the field of intercultural education (CohenMiller, Boivin 2022).
The study was qualitative and incorporated participatory, transformative, dialogical and inclusive approaches by building students' affiliation to the classroom and school environment. In the research we use the terms 'participation' and empowerment of children's voices. The term participation is used to describe the diverse situations and processes concerning relationships in education in adult and child activities in a situation of increased refugeeism to Poland due to the war in Ukraine. Participation refers here to activities in which not only adults but also children express their opinions and share their experiences, and their participation and voices are important and taken into account. Participation is also understood as an approach that gradually involves children in systemic activities that affect them. These are activities in education in which children participate as co-researchers, experts or co-organisers of activities (Markowska-Manista 2021). The empowerment of voice results from the right to speak(CRC) and refers to activities developed on the basis of Lundy's(2011) model in which children participate and through which their voices are heard, made active and incorporated into the discourse of the classroom and school.
The research is a continuous process (2023-2025) and is implemented in the space of collaborative, interculturally oriented, participatory activities of students, their parents, teachers and researchers in an experimental intercultural classroom and the surrounding environment of a public primary school in Warsaw. Intercultural activities and research are carried out with art-based methods and counter-stories embedded in artistic activities. They are introduced gradually and accompany the experimental programme as a response to current challenges faced by Polish schools. The results we will present are from 2023/2024 participant observation, semi-structured interviews with parents and teachers, counter-narratives from Polish and Ukrainian students, parents and teachers, gathered using the project method based on Lundy's participatory model. Accompanying these findings, conclusions from the analysis of solidarity policies with refugees in Poland as well as the legislative basis for education were produced on the basis of interviews and desk research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results present the main aspects of students' and adults' understanding of participation and perspective on rights in education in an intercultural environment at school in the host country. The study also shows how important it is to include Polish children and children with refugee and migration background in activities and joint participation to build a safe space for verbal and non-verbal (through art) communication between children and children as well as children and adults.
The conducted research allowed the identification of factors that influence the experience of belonging of students with migration background. These include educational support in the language of the host country, students' relationships with teachers and all school staff, as well as selected programmes, activities and teaching methods that allow students to develop competences such as individual resilience, reflexivity or self-confidence (resilience, self-recognition, self-concept) and therefore reflect the practice of the solidarity policy mechanism.
It is important that these activities support not only students with migrant or refugee background rights, but also Polish students, serving the construction of a coherent cultural identity in the individual and community dimension. It is noteworthy that in the intercultural class studied, foreign students make up half of the group, while the other - equal - part is made up of Polish students with no previous intercultural experience. The activities implemented in cooperation with a large, non-public Ukrainian school in Warsaw, among other activities within the project, enable students with migration and refugee background to develop a sense of belonging also to the nation and language of origin, providing them with a doubly valuable tool and a strong foundation for further development. These are important activities for building social justice and strengthening rights through education.

References
Arun, S., Badwan, K., Taibi, H., and Batool, F.(eds.) (2023). Global Migration and Diversity of Educational Experiences in the Global South and North: A Child-Centred Approach. London: Routledge.
CohenMiller, A., Boivin, N. (2022). Questions in qualitative social justice research in multicultural contexts. London & New York: Routledge.
Chrostowska, P. (2023). Uczniowie uchodźczy z Ukrainy w polskim systemie edukacji. Warszawa: Centrum Edukacji Obywatelskiej.
Devine, D. (2013). ‘Value’ing children differently? Migrant children in education. Children & Society, 27(4): 282-294.
Digidiki, V., Bhabha, J., Markowska-Manista, U. & Dobkowska, J.(2024). Building Inclusion, Sustaining Solidarity towards migrants in frontline local communities: The case of Poland during the Ukrainian Refugee Crisis. Boston: Harvard FXB Center for Health and Human Rights.
Freire, P. (1970). Pedagogy of the oppressed (MB Ramos,Trans.). New York: Continuum, 2007.
Gilliam, L., Gulløv, E. (2022). Children as potential–a window to cultural ideals, anxieties and conflicts. Children’s Geographie. 20(3): 311–323.
Górak-Sosnowska, K., Markowska-Manista, U. (2022). Living up to the intercultural education in a monocultural school. The case of Poland. Edukacja Międzykulturowa. 4(19): 139–152.
Kościółek, J. (2020). Children with migration backgrounds in polish schools – problems and challenges. Ann. Istrian Mediterranean Stud. Ser. Historia et Sociologia. 30:4. DOI:10.19233/ASHS.2020.40
Lundy, L., McEvoy, L., Byrne, B. (2011). Working with young children as co-researchers: An approach informed by the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child. Early education & development. 22 (5), 714–736.
Markowska-Manista, U. (2023). Children’s Rights in a Situation of War in Ukraine. Korczak’s Pedagogy as ‘Difficult Knowledge’ for Adults. In: Maier-Höfer, C., Markowska-Manista, U., Stellakis, N.(eds),Theorien und Praktiken der Selbstbestimmung und Partizipation: Janusz Korczak im Diskurs. Springer https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-30764-6_13
Markowska-Manista, U. (2021). Research “about” and “with” children from diverse cultural backgrounds in Poland–dilemmas and ethical challenges. Edukacja Międzykulturowa,14(1): 233-244.
Martin, S., Horgan, D., O’Riordan, J., Maier, R. (2023). Refugee and migrant children’s views of integration and belonging in school in Ireland – and the role of micro- and meso-level interactions, International Journal of Inclusive Education,  DOI:10.1080/13603116.2023.2222304.
Mertens, D.M. (2021). Transformative Research Methods to Increase Social Impact for Vulnerable Groups and Cultural Minorities. International Journal of Qualitative Methods. 20, 16094069211051563.
Starnawski, M., Gawlicz, K., Duda, D. (2021). Children’s Educational Rights in Poland: Policy, School Realities and Ideological Tensions. Children’s Rights from International Educational Perspectives: Wicked Problems for Children’s Education Rights, 57-72.
Xanthaki, A., Luoma, C. (2022). Education and Integration of Migrant and Refugee. The international journal of children's rights, 30: 41-71.


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Activist Accompaniment as Pedagogy for the Full Implementation of the Right to Education

Amy Argenal

UC Santa Cruz, United States of America

Presenting Author: Argenal, Amy

Educational philosopher George Counts(1932) urged teachers in the early 1900s that they needed to be present in the community, and that there was a social responsibility for the students and families to see that presence. Years later, educator Miles Horton, founder of the Highlander School would make a similar call in deep dialogue with philosopher Paulo Freire (1990). More recently, the fields of social justice education, ethnic studies, human rights and peace education have continued this call for teachers and educators to be relevant in their lives of their students, whether that be through developing culturally relevant pedagogy (Ladson-Billings, 1995), culturally sustaining pedagogy (Paris and Alim, 2017), humanizing our schools (Bajaj et. al, 2023), making our schools more caring (Hantzopolous, 2016), and as Bree Picower (2012) calls “practicing what we teach”. I see this push articulated in the The Convention on the Rights of the Child (1989) in which Article 29 on the right to education pushes for:

(c) The development of respect for the child's parents, his or her own cultural identity, language and values, for the national values of the country in which the child is living, the country from which he or she may originate, and for civilizations different from his or her own;

(d) The preparation of the child for responsible life in a free society, in the spirit of understanding, peace, tolerance, equality of sexes, and friendship among all peoples, ethnic, national and religious groups and persons of indigenous origin.

This articulation of Article 29, has been the backbone of the call for a human rights education beginning with the decade of Human Rights Education starting in 1995 (Tibbits, 2017, Flowers, 2000, Hantzopolous & Bajaj 2021). In particular the recent work of Bajaj, Cislaghi and Mackie (2016) in which they introduce and define Transformative Human Rights Education (THRE). They define transformative human rights education

as community-based approach, intended for children, youth, and adults in formal or non-formal settings, and one that includes cognitive, affective, and action-oriented elements. Contextualized and relevant studies are paired with interactive learning to bring human rights to life and to foster in students and citizens an awareness of global citizenship and a respect for human rights (Bajaj, Cilaghi and Mackie, 2016, para 5-6).

This research expands on the definition of THRE as a tool for the full implementation of Article 29, and speaks to the how, in particular, the how of a “community based approach”. In this piece, the author expands on previous work naming activist accompaniment as research (Hernandez Arriaga & Argenal, 2022) to explore the impact of this scholarship on teaching, in particular, activist accompaniment as pedagogy and the use of this type of pedagogy as a praxis of THRE and a way to work towards the articulation of Article 29. Through a reflection of teaching practices, the author names activist accompaniment as pedagogy as a necessary pedagogical praxis to be relevant in students’ lives and communities, hold justice and movements for justice central in teaching, constantly interrogate power, even in one’s own classroom, and create spaces to practice many of the skills needed to live in a free society, and practice understanding and respect for difference.

Pulling from experiences teaching a high school “service learning” course on migration, the research shares key themes speaking to how a community engaged praxis, in particular, what the scholar names “activist accompaniment” (Hernandez Arriaga and Argenal, 2022), allows for students to connect to lived experiences, create intergenerational relationships that practice values of human rights, and create avenues for student action.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper pulls from a qualitative case study of the researcher’s high school experience in a private independent high school on the West Coast of California. For this case study, qualitative data was collected about students’ perceptions of the classes the researcher taught with a focus on human rights, migration and decoloniality. In-depth interviews incorporating the perspectives and reflections from the researcher are included in the data. The data collection took place in the Spring of 2021, once some California high schools began to re-open for in-person instruction after an abrupt transition to distance learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. The private independent high school, which is referred to as City High School, has about 390 students from grades 9–12. Around 35% of the students identify as students of color, and about 30% receive some portion of financial aid.  Institutional Review Board approval was received and the research team shared surveys with all students enrolled in two specific courses that were taught.  The courses were Making America, an early U.S. History class and Global Migration, an elective interdisciplinary course.  A small portion of students attending the City High School shared their experiences in the courses through in-depth interviews as well. Questions around the students’ experiences in the class, as well as their understanding of and connection to human rights were asked.  The researcher also kept detailed field notes over the course of teaching both courses, as new approaches to both pedagogy and curricula were incorporated.  The data will pull from both the qualitative case study and the researchers reflections and observations in particular to themes around the utilization of Transformative Human Rights Education.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Hernandez Arriaga and Argenal (2022) define “activist research as a form of accompaniment… we name our emotional, political, and investigative work we have been immersed in as activist accompaniment, grounding the relational importance of research as accompaniment “ (p. 159).  This research methodology speaks to the centering of relationships with research participants, not only in the collection of data but in long term relational work that grounds the participants political and economic desires.  To introduce this as a pedagogy, the author claims to situate the outside relationships with movements for justice and human rights as central to their teaching and pedagogy, allowing students to learn from and enter into those spaces.  The research will first offer a definition of activist accompaniment as pedagogy, and share key practices that students responded to in the two courses taught, and connect those key practices to articulations of Transformative HRE and Article 29 of the CRC.  Activist Accompaniment as pedagogy creates space for intergenerational relationships, allows for learning outside of the classroom, and creates connections between students and local movements for justice.  Examples of how students articulated their understanding of the pedagogy and the impact will be contextualized alongside the researcher’s field notes and reflections.  
References
Baja, M., Walsh, D., Bartlett, L. & Martinez, G. (2023).  Humanizing education for immigrant and refugee youth: 20 strategies for the classroom and beyond.  Teachers College Press.

Counts, G. (1932).  Dare the school build a new social order? The John Day Company.  
Fine, M. (2018).  Just research in contentious times: Widening the methodological imagination.  Teachers College Press.

Flowers, N. (2000).  The human rights education handbook: Effective practices for learning, action and change.  Human Rights Resource Center, University of Minnesota.  

Hantzopoulos, M. (2016).  Restoring dignity in public schools: Human rights education in action.  Teachers College Press.  

Hantzopoulos, M. & Bajaj, M. (2021).  Educating for peace and human rights: An introduction.  Bloomsbury Press.  

Hernandez-Arriaga, B. & Argenal, A. (2022).  “Todos Somos Humanos, Danos Una Oportunidad”: Amplifying Voices of Asylum Seekers through Activism Accompaniment.   In C. Magno, J. Lew, & S. Rodriguez (Eds), (Re) Mapping migration and education: Centering methods and methodologies, (pp 158-175).  Brill.

Horton, M. & Freire, P. (1990).  We make the road by walking: Conversations on education and social change.  Temple University Press.  

Paris, D, & Winn, M. (Eds.) (2014).  Humanizing research: Decolonizing qualitative inquiry with youth and communities.  SAGE Publications.

Paris, D. & Alim, H.S. (Eds.) (2017).  Culturally sustaining pedagogies: Teaching and learning for justice in a changing world.  Teachers College Press.

Picower, B.  (2012).  Practice what you teach: Social justice education in the classroom and the streets.  Routledge.

Tibbits, F. (2017).  Revisiting ‘emerging models of human rights education’.  International Journal of Human Rights Education 1(1), 1-24.  

United Nations. (1989).  Convention on the Rights of the Child.  https://www.ohchr.org/en/resources/educators/human-rights-education-training/united-nations-decade-human-rights-education-1995-2004#:~:text=UN%20Decade%20for%20Human%20Rights%20Education%20(1995%2D2004),-Human%20Rights%20Education&text=The%20Conference%20recommended%20that%20States,human%20rights%20and%20fundamental%20freedoms.
 
13:45 - 15:1526 SES 06 A: Future Focussed School Leadership Preparation and Development
Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: David Gurr
Session Chair: Lawrence Drysdale
Sumposium
 
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium

Future Focussed School Leadership Preparation and Development

Chair: David Gurr (Univeristy of Melbourne)

Discussant: Lawrie Drysdale (Univeristy of Melbourne)

This is a two-part symposium focussed on educational leadership preparation and development and draws upon research from members of the International School Leadership Development Network. The first part has four papers describing programs and ideas focussed on equity, inclusion and social justice, with the second part having four papers focussed on the future through discussion of exemplary existing programs and future trends. The papers in the symposium will eventually be published in an edited book along with other papers.

School leadership is a priority in education policy internationally, as it plays the essential role in improving school outcomes by motivating teachers, building teacher capacities, and developing good school climate and conditions (Leithwood, Sun, & Schumacker, 2020). A major finding has been that effective educational leadership is important in enhancing quality and equity in schools (Pont, Nusche & Moorman, 2008; Kemethofer, Helm, & Warwas, 2022).

Schools in recent times have faced many challenges and there are many challenges ahead such as: the impact of the COVID pandemic; the rise of AI in schools; teacher shortages in many countries; and massive migration driven through refugee crises in many parts of the world. Along with environmental and humanitarian issues, we know that there is major issues to do with school quality and equity (United Nations, 2015). Leadership preparation development is crucial to building qualified and capable leaders for schools who can take responsibility for fostering students who can deal with the challenges of the world in the long run (Harris & Jones, 2020; Lozano, Garcia, & Sandoval, 2023).

In the face of these challenges, we think it is timely to have a futures focused discussion on educational leadership preparation and development. To facilitate this, we have reached out to members of the International School Leadership Development Network (ISLDN), one of the largest and longest serving international school leadership research networks, and through an interactive development process identified four broad areas of focus that will be covered through 14 papers:

- Teacher and middle leader preparation and development.

- Preparation and development of leadership for equity, inclusion and social justice

- School, community and university partnerships for leadership preparation and development.

- Leadership Training Programs for Future Leadership Development

For the two-part symposium at ECER, we have eight groups reporting on their research and writing.

Part A: School leadership preparation and development for equity, inclusion and social justice

Part B: Future focussed educational leadership preparation and development

This symposium is Part B.

Current studies have identified that there has been insufficient research on effective professional development activities for school leaders (Daniëls, Hondeghem, & Dochy, 2019). In particular, the research on school leadership development is short of exploration of how school leaders can be educated to cope with the challenges raised by changing technology, environment and social dynamics in the next decades. Therefore, this symposium focusses on exploration of leadership training programs and literature that can provide guidance for future educational leadership preparation and development.

The symposium begins Jami Berry and Karen Bryant who describe a continuous learning leadership development program in the USA that signposts how to ensure these programs are always contemporary and future oriented. Gurr and colleagues then consider the future preparation and development needs to middle and teacher leaders and use some Australian examples to illustrate this. The next two papers focus on current programs that have much to offer in terms of development of future programs. Julie Harvie describes the Scottish headship preparation program, whilst Sylvia Robertson and Michele Morrison describe cases of principal preparation in New Zealand.


References
Daniëls, E.,  Hondeghem, A., & Dochy, F. (2019). A review on leadership and leadership development in educational settings. Educational Research Review, 27, 110–125.

Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2020). COVID 19 – school leadership in disruptive times, School Leadership & Management, 40(4), pp. 243-247

Kemethofer,D., Helm, C., & Warwas, J. (2022). Does educational leadership enhance instructional quality and student achievement? The case of Austrian primary school leaders. International Journal of Leadership in Education, ahead-of-print(ahead-of-print), 1–25.

Leithwood, K., Sun, J., & Schumacker, R. (2020). How School Leadership Influences Student Learning: A Test of “The Four Paths Model.” Educational Administration Quarterly, 56(4), 570–599.

Pont, B., Nusche, D., & Moorman, H. (2008). Improving school leadership: Vol. 1: Policy and practice. OECDParis

United Nations (2015). Transforming our World: The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, A/RES/70/1 (NY, NY: United Nations).

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Redesigning Principal Preparation Programs to Equip Leaders to Meet the Needs of the Future

Jami Berry (University of Georgia), Karen Bryant (University of Georgia)

Principal preparation programs have traditionally been designed to meet the needs of those who seek to lead schools or school districts. Departments of educational leadership sought to design and offer degree options that met students’ career and professional goals, as well as the needs of districts and departments of education. Post-pandemic, this challenge is increasingly more complex as education organizations continue to serve more diverse communities. This work highlights a university in the Southeastern United States that is engaging in a process of continuous improvement to redesign its principal preparation program in addressing current and future leadership challenges through action research. Leadership that views student success as essential to the mission and promotes a sense of belonging for all stakeholders is a major focus of the program with program faculty striving to further develop leaders who recognize the individualized needs of each student. With this mission in mind, the research highlighted in this session seeks to address the following questions: 1. How do university faculty members conceptualize the redesign and implementation of a leadership preparation program grounded in action research to meet the needs of school leaders? 2. How do school and district leaders describe the impact of an action research grounded dissertation process on their professional growth? The paper will begin with an overview of the current literature on leader preparation and the underpinnings of action research as a method through which educational organizations can strive toward improvement via collaborative processes. It continues by offering an overview of Transformative Learning Theory and how the components of critical reflection, communicative learning, and collective discourse have guided the continuous improvement process. It continues by describing the initial action research cycle whereby the process and components of the Doctorate of Education (Ed.D.) program were created and implemented. Next, it offers the findings from the second action research cycle in which three cohorts of candidates matriculated through the program during the refinement process. It closes with an overview of the forthcoming action research cycle, focused on gathering data from program graduates and current students via an inclusive leadership self-assessment and focus groups aimed at responding to the first research question, and document analysis and individual program faculty interviews designed to gather responsive data to the second question.

References:

Darling-Hammond, L., Meyerson, D., La Pointe, M. M., & Orr, M. T. (2010). Preparing principals for a changing world, San Francisco, CA, Jossey-Bass. Darling-Hammond, L., Wechsler, M. E., Levin, S., Leung-Gagné, M., & Tozer, S. (2022). Developing effective principals: What kind of learning matters? Learning Policy Institute. https://doi.org/10.54300/641.201. Updated September 14, 2023. Orr, M.T. (2023). Reflections on leadership preparation research and current directions. Frontiers in Education 8:1206880. Doi: 10.3389/feduc.2023.1206880.
 

A Future-Focused Approach for the Preparation and Development of Teacher and Middle Leaders

Berni Moreno (The University of Melbourne), Helen Goode (The University of Melbourne), David Gurr (The University of Melbourne), Lawrence Drysdale (The University of Melbourne)

Teacher and middle leadership, as concepts and practices, have gained growing interest and momentum in education globally (Harris & Jones, 2017). As a result of this increased attention, there are diverse views regarding definitions, characteristics, and associated practices (Gurr & Nicholas, 2023). However, there appears to be consensus on the positive effect of teacher and middle leaders in exerting influence (Campbell et al., 2015; Di Nobile, 2021; Gurr, 2023) that is used to enhance professional practice through collaboration, trust and a strong focus on teaching and learning and school improvement (Gurr, 2023; Nguyen et al., 2020). At a time when the teaching profession in the world is experiencing higher than ever levels of stress and an increase in work intensification resulting in teacher shortages, the role of teacher and middle leaders seems to be more important and will likely remain features of future schools. With this in mind, this paper explores and highlights the leadership preparation and development that will be required to equip teacher and middle leaders, irrespective of context, with the necessary skills and knowledge to lead their colleagues during an uncertain and fast-changing educational landscape. This paper begins with an overview of the literature on teacher and middle leadership and teacher and middle leadership preparation and development from a global perspective. Then preparation and development in one geographically large jurisdiction, Australia, is described. Using the case of Australia, the paper then considers how over the next two decades the role of teacher and middle leadership might change and what implications this will have for changes in leadership preparation and development. Implications for schools across the world are considered.

References:

Campbell, C., Lieberman, A., & Yashkina, A. (2015). Teachers leading educational improvements: Developing teachers’ leadership, improving practices, and collaborating to share knowledge. Leading and Managing, 21(2), 90–105. De Nobile, J. (2021). Researching middle leadership in schools: The state of the art, International Studies in Educational Administration, 49(2), 3-27. Gurr, D., & Nicholas, D. (2023). Teacher and middle leadership: Resolving conceptual confusion to advance the knowledge base of teacher leadership. Asia Pacific Journal of Educators and Education, 38(2), 5–22. https://doi. org/10.21315/apjee2023.38.2.2 Gurr, D. (2023). A review of Research on Middle Leaders in Schools. In Robert Tierney, Fazal Rizvi, Kadriye Ercikan and Graham Smith (Eds.) International Encyclopedia of Education (London, UK: Elsevier), pp. 115-122. Gurr, D., & Nicholas, D. (2023). Teacher and middle leadership: Resolving conceptual confusion to advance the knowledge base of teacher leadership. Asia Pacific Journal of Educators and Education, 38(2), 5–22. Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2017). Middle leaders matter: Reflections, recognition, and renaissance, School Leadership and Management 37(3), 213-216. Nguyen, D., Harris, A., & Ng, D. (2020). A review of the empirical research on teacher leadership (2003–2017). Evidence, patterns and implications. Journal of Educational Administration, 58(1), 60–80. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-02-2018-0023
 

School leadership preparation – A Scottish case study of the Into Headship programme.

Julie Harvie (University of Glasgow)

In recent years, leadership and professional learning and development have become part of an international lexicon associated with school improvement. Much is now known about the significance of leadership in raising expectations around pupil attainment and achievement and in fostering the conditions for effective learning for children and young people in school (Grissom et al. 2021). However, across the world there are difficulties in recruiting suitably qualified senior school leaders. Scotland provides a good case study of such a system because it has been grappling with issues of headteacher recruitment for over a decade and the current policy programme is focused on reforming the governance of school education. Reducing the ‘poverty related attainment gap’ for young people has become the mantra of the Scottish Government over the past few years and headteachers (school principles) have been focused on as key actors in realising educational policy ambitions. In Scotland headteacher preparation is now seen as an essential element in readying teachers for this role, reflected in the fact that since August 2020, there is a statutory requirement for aspiring headteachers to gain the Standard for Headship (General Teaching Council for Scotland, 2021), mainly through a masters level programme called Into Headship. This paper presents the findings of a research project which explores the lived experiences of a cohort of aspirant school leaders undertaking the Into Headship programme, to understand how engaging in this process impacted and influenced their leadership development, practices and their preparedness for the headteacher role. An ecological model of agency (Priestley et al. 2015) has been used to shape the research design and to analyse the data. Ways in which this sustained learning programme impacted the agency of the participants in developing their professional identity and leading school improvements were considered. This paper concludes with a futures-oriented stance considering what lessons can be drawn from this research to enhance the development of future principal preparation programmes. This is done by examining how the underpinning values, concepts, design processes and practices of the programme, impacted the agency of participants in terms of equipping them with strategies to navigate their way through political tensions, competing demands and expectations in leading school improvement and the effect this had on their knowledge and understanding of strategic leadership and their own professional identities.

References:

Grissom, J. A., Egalite, A. J., & Lindsay, C. A. (2021) How Principals Affect Students and Schools: A Systematic Synthesis of Two Decades of Research. Research Report. Wallace Foundation. GTCS. (2021). GTC Professional Standards for Teachers. [online] Available at: https://www.gtcs.org.uk/professional-standards/professional-standards-for-teachers/
 

Preparing for principalship: Case studies from Aotearoa New Zealand

Sylvia Robertson (University of Otago), Michele Morrison (University of Waikato)

Like other international jurisdictions, New Zealand is facing an escalating recruitment and retention crisis within the school principal workforce. However, unlike their international counterparts, New Zealand principals are not required to possess postgraduate qualifications nor are they compelled to complete formal leadership preparation programs prior to appointment. Over the past two decades, the influence of school leadership on student outcomes has become evident (Leithwood, et al., 2020). Yet in New Zealand, programs to prepare Aspiring and First Time Principals were stopped. Given prior experience in a school leadership role is often deemed the best pathway to principalship, attention is turning to those in middle leadership roles and their preparation for educational leadership. This paper explores leadership preparation in urban and semi-rural schools in New Zealand. Drawing on a multiple case study conducted during 2020-2022, the views of three aspiring leaders are considered with regard to their perceived level of preparedness for leadership in terms of key competencies as outlined by the Leadership Strategy (2018) and the additional challenges to preparation brought about by ongoing and new crises. The paper is framed by research and policy that addresses successful school leadership in New Zealand and research undertaken globally, and aims to contribute to a growing body of international literature about leadership of high-needs schools as evidenced in the work of the International Schools Leadership Development Network (Angelle, 2017; Murakami et al., 2019). The paper builds on other research that seeks to understand the influence of government policy and strategy on school leaders and the educational outcomes of students (Cranston, 2013; Gunter & Thomson, 2009). Insights into leadership preparation in New Zealand are heard in the voices of middle leader participants as they decide whether to step up or step away from school leadership. Thus, the barriers and opportunities faced by these leaders contribute to a discussion about the function of school leadership in the next decade and beyond. Given no current mandatory leadership preparation in New Zealand, this paper contains important recommendations for policy makers and school practitioners.

References:

Angelle, P. S. (Ed.) (2017). A global perspective of social justice leadership for school principals. Information Age Publishing, Inc. Cranston, J. (2013). School leaders leading: Professional responsibility not accountability as the key focus. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 41(2), 129-142. Gunter, H., & Thomson, P. (2009). The makeover: A new logic in leadership development in England. Educational Review, 61(4), 469-483. Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5-22. Murakami, E., Gurr, D., & Notman, R. (Eds.). (2019). Educational leadership, culture and success in high-needs schools. Information Age Publishing, Inc. Teaching Council of Aotearoa New Zealand (2018). The leadership strategy for the teaching profession of Aotearoa New Zealand: Enabling every teacher to develop their leadership capability. Retrieved from https://teachingcouncil.nz/professional-practice/rauhuia-leadership-space-home/rauhuia-leadership-space/leadership-strategy/ and development. Professional Development in Education, 47(1), 22-35.
 
13:45 - 15:1526 SES 06 B: Supportive School Leadership in Enhancing Teacher Workplace and Professional Support (Part 2)
Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Steph Ainsworth
Paper Session Part 2/3, continued from 26 SES 01 A, to be continued in 26 SES 11 A
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Portuguese Teachers’ Views of the Influence of Leadership on School and Classroom Conditions

Eva Fernandes, Maria Assunção Flores

CIEC-UM, Portugal

Presenting Author: Fernandes, Eva; Flores, Maria Assunção

Existing international literature points to the key role of headteachers in school development and improvement. Although the literature has focused on the extent to which classroom and school conditions influence student learning, less attention has been paid to how leadership can positively influence those conditions (Leithwood & Day, 2007; Cruickshank, 2017). Headteachers' may combine transformational and instructional leadership strategies to promote school improvement (Day, Gu, & Sammons, 2016; Cruickshank, 2017). An effective integration of these approaches is closely linked to teacher commitment and school culture, contributing to enhanced student outcomes (Cruickshank 2017). In this regard, school headteachers play a crucial role on school improvement and, on improving classroom conditions.

Drawing on the work by Leithwood et al., (2006) and Day, Gu and Sammons (2016), this paper reports on findings from a 3-year research project aimed at investigating the impact of school leadership on teachers’ work and on pupils’ outcomes. The goal of this paper is to look at Portuguese teachers’ views of the impact of leadership in school and classroom conditions. The 3-year research project included three phases of data collection and the participation of a range of stakeholders (e.g. headteachers, the senior leadership team, teachers, pupils, and parents. In this paper, we focus on teachers’ views of the influence of leadership in school and classroom conditions and its impact on students’ outcomes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of a wider research project funded by the Portuguese Foundation for Science and Technology entitled ‘IMPACT - Investigating the Impact of School leadership on Pupil Outcomes’ (PTDC/CED-EDG/28570/2017). Drawing on work by Leithwood et al., (2006) and Day, Gu and Sammons (2016), it aimed at examining leadership practices and their impact on teachers' work and on pupils’ academic outcomes. The research project was approved by the Committee of Ethics for Research in Social and Human Sciences at the University of Minho (CEICSH 009/2020) and by the DGE/Ministry of Education (Ref.ª 0555900002).
Data were collected according to three phases: i) exploratory interviews with 25 headteachers: ii) a national survey of headteachers (n=379) and key staff (n=875); iii) case studies (n=20). This paper reports on findings arising from the survey with teachers (n=841) and focus group with teachers (n=108).
The results are discussed based on the outcomes of the confirmatory factor analysis. The 'school conditions' dimension encompasses aspects such as the setting of high academic standards, teaching and learning, assessment for learning, fostering of a culture of teacher collaboration (internal collaboration), and external collaboration. The 'classroom conditions' dimension comprises considerations related to teacher workload and class size.
Content analysis was performed to analyse qualitative data and to look at emerging categories based on the semantic criterion (Esteves, 2006).  Verification strategies (Creswell, 1998) were used to ensure accuracy: the research team members engaged in a process of systematic analysis of the categories and sub-categories to reduce and make sense of the data (Miles & Huberman, 1994).
The survey participants were mainly females (72.2%), with 53.7% aged over 50, in line with TALIS 2018 data indicating an average age of 50 for Portuguese teachers, and 74% of female teachers. Educational qualifications included 76% with a licenciatura's degree and 15.5% with a master's degree. Most participants teach in the 3rd cycle of basic education (23.4%) (pupils aged 12-15) and secondary education (18.9%) (students aged 16-18). The age of the participants in the focus groups (19 focus groups in total) ranged from 37 to 66 years old; 77 were female and 31 were male.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Overall, teachers have a positive view of the impact of school leadership in enhancing both school and classroom environments. Teachers welcome the presence of leadership practices that foster high academic standards, influencing both student academic achievements and teachers' work. Additionally, teachers express agreement concerning the development of student-centred learning and assessment activities that empower students and enhance their participation in thelearning processes. There is a strong consensus on the existence of collaborative work among teachers and other professionals, both within and outside the school setting. Interestingly, quantitative data indicates a balanced view between teachers who agree and disagree on the adjustment of teachers' workload, tasks, and responsibilities. This trend is also visible in aspects related to the number of students and class size. However, these are seen as the most critical factors in teachers’ views of classroom conditions.  In general, while teachers’ views are in general positive, they raise questions about the opportunities for collaboration focusing on classroom practice and about the role of supervision and assessment for learning as catalysts to improve teachers’ work and students’ learning.
These and other issues will be discussed further in the paper.

References
Cruickshank, V. (2017). The Influence of School Leadership on Student Outcomes. Open Journal of Social Sciences 5, 115-23. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.4236/jss.2017.59009
Day, C., Q. Gu, & Sammons, P. (2016). ‘The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes: How Successful School Leaders Use Transformational and Instructional Strategies to Make a Difference’. Educational Administration Quarterly 52 (2), 221-258. doi: https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X15616863
Creswell, J. W. (1998). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five traditions. SAGE Publications.
Esteves, M. (2006). Análise de Conteúdo. In L. Lima & J. A. Pacheco (orgs.), Fazer Investigação. Contributos para a elaboração de dissertação e teses (pp. 105-126). Porto Editora.
Miles, M. B., & Huberman, M. (1994). Qualitative Data Analysis. An Expanded Source Book. SAGE Publications.
Leithwood, K. & Day. C. (2007). The Impact of Leadership on Student Outcomes. Sage.
Leithwood, K., Day, C. Sammons, P. Harris, A. & Hopkins, D. (2006). Seven Strong Claims about Successful School Leadership. London: DfES.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Teacher Leadership: A Review of Literature on the Conceptualization and Outcomes of Teacher Leadership

Jete Aliu, Blerim Saqipi, Fjolla Kacaniku

University of Prishtina, Kosovo

Presenting Author: Aliu, Jete

Teacher leadership, as a significant component of school change has become a topical issue in the last decades (Wenner and Campbell, 2017). In recent decades, teacher leadership has evolved from small-scale cooperation and instructional contexts to becoming a cornerstone of school reforms in the late 1980s and early 1990s, and eventually focusing on supporting accountability systems in the early 2000s. (Little, 2003). Current studies have made important contributions in the literature by identifying factors that precede teacher leadership, e.g., school structure, school climate, teacher personal characteristics, and they have also recognized the outcomes of teacher leadership, such as improved collegial relationships (e.g., Wenner and Campbell, 2017; York-Barr and Duke, 2004), enhanced teaching practices and increased student achievement (e.g., Martin and Coleman 2011). Despite such important contributions, the literature still lacks a common definition of teacher leadership which would support future research on the topic and development of teacher preparation programs. In order to develop responsibilities for teacher leadership, it is important to be clear on the definition of teacher leadership. The critique towards lacking a clear definition of teacher leader is supported by the York-Barr and Duke (2004) review which stated that the literature on teacher leadership is “largely atheoretical” (p. 291) and Wenner and Cambpell (2017) review which concluded that only 35% of articles published in the period 2004-2013 clearly state the definition they use for the term “teacher leadership” in their study. This gap in the understanding of teacher leadership necessitates additional empirical evidence to promote cohesive future research in this field. Considering the limitations in the literature, this review paper aims to add to the existing body of literature on the teacher leadership topic by understanding the current conceptualization of teacher leadership. More specifically, through the review of relevant articles, the authors will identify the definitions used for describing teacher leadership and while using the deductive method the authors will rely on the theoretical framework of Snoek et al. (2019) to understand the conceptualization of teacher leadership in the recent literature. Finally, considering the ubiquitous presence of the concept teacher leadership in the current literature, through the inductive method the authors will try to distinguish the most important outcomes of teacher leadership. Against this background, the study aims to answer the following research questions by reviewing the studies that examined teacher leadership as a central topic published in the period from 2018 to 2023:

  • How is teacher leadership defined and conceptualized in the literature?
  • What are the outcomes of teacher leadership as identified in the literature?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research questions, this study utilized a systematic review method that synthesized qualitative information while extracting and summarizing themes related to teacher leadership definition and outcomes of teacher leadership that are manifested in the existing literature. This qualitative information is combined with quantitative data, specifically descriptive data, to provide a comprehensive overview of the existing evidence related to the conceptualization of teacher leadership against the Snoek et al. (2019) theoretical framework.

To select studies for review, the authors adhered to the PRISMA approach developed by Moher et al. (2009) and applied specific inclusion and exclusion criteria. Three main themes guided the criteria, namely main focus, subject focus, and publication criteria. Firstly, studies had to primarily focus on teacher leadership to qualify for review; those only briefly mentioning teacher leadership were excluded. Secondly, eligible studies concentrated on teachers with teaching as their primary role, excluding those exploring teacher leadership from the perspective of principals or school administrators. The focus was also on K-12 teachers due to their strong classroom responsibilities. Thirdly, the studies considered for review needed to be either empirical or theoretical and peer reviewed. Policy analyses and non-peer-reviewed publications were excluded. Furthermore, eligible studies were required to have been published between 2018 and mid-2023 and be in English.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of this review demonstrate that there is still a lack of a common and consistent definition of teacher leadership in the literature. A clear understanding of the concept would help in better preparing prospective teachers for the new roles that the teaching profession demands for overcoming the daunting challenges that schools face nowadays. Most studies included in the review relied their work on the already existing definitions of the concept in literature. The definitions of York-Barr and Duke (2004) and Katzenmeyer and Moller (2001) were identified by the authors as the most used definitions in the studies published in the period 2018 –2023. Other studies either utilized definitions of other authors, developed their own working definitions based on the existing literature, or came up with definitions after analyzing first-hand data via qualitative or quantitative methodologies. Regardless, the studies reviewed revealed that teacher leadership is mostly conceptualized more as an informal and individual form of leadership. Whereas, the outcomes and impact teacher leadership causes can be at the school level e.g., school development, innovation and change, and transformation of school culture, at the teacher level e.g., professional development, collegial collaboration, improved instructional practice and self-efficacy, and at the student level e.g., student achievement and student motivation. This study points to the need to advance the debate on the occurrence and projection of teacher leadership within schools by combining the various variables of forms it occurs and the purposes it is meant to serve.
References
Harris, A. (2003). Teacher leadership as distributed leadership: Heresy, fantasy or possibility? School Leadership & Management, 23(3), 313–324.
Harris, A. & Jones, M. (2019). Teacher leadership and educational change. School leadership & Management, 39 (2), 123–126.
Hunzicker, J. (2012). Professional development and job-embedded collaboration: how teachers learn to exercise leadership. Professional Development in Education, 38(2),267-289.
Hunzicker, J. (2019). What Makes a Teacher a Leader?. Kappa Delta Pi Record, 55(3),130-136.
Katzenmeyer, M., & Moller, G. (2009). Awakening the sleeping giant: Helping teachers develop as leaders (3rd ed.). Corwin Press.
Little, J. W. (2003). Constructions of teacher leadership in three periods of policy and reform activism. School Leadership & Management, 23, 401–419.
Martin, K., & Coleman, P. (2011). Licensing teacher leaders: The Kansas model. The Delta Kappa Gamma Bulletin, 77(3), 6–9.
Snoek, M., Hulsbos, F., & Andersen, I. (2019). Teacher leadership: Hoe kan het leiderschap van leraren in scholen versterkt worden? [Teacher leadership: How can the leadership of teachers in schools be strengthened?]. Hogeschool van Amsterdam.
Wenner, J.A., & Campbell, T. (2017). The Theoretical and Empirical Basis of Teacher Leadership: A Review of the Literature. Review of Educational Research, 87(1), 134-171.
York-Barr, A. J., & Duke, K. (2004). What do we know about teacher leadership? Findings from two decades of scholarship. Review of Educational Research, 74, 255–316.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Role of Headteachers in Promoting Teachers' Work Ability

Klára Harvánková, Petr Hlaďo

Masaryk University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Harvánková, Klára

The work of teachers has a fundamental social value because education can ensure economic growth and technical and scientific development in any society (Vedovato & Monteiro, 2018). The teaching profession is characterized by high stress and physical complaints, a high workload, relatively high absenteeism, and early retirement (Grabara et al., 2018). The current age structure of teachers indicates several problems in higher secondary education that can occur in the future. The ageing of the teachers may be linked with higher absenteeism or a general shortage of teachers in schools. These problems may be caused not only by individual factors (reduced working ability) but also by factors related to the work performed (characteristics of the job performed, working conditions) (Hlaďo et al., 2020). Thus, the ageing of the teaching population raises the question of maintaining teachers' work ability. Work ability can be defined as a person's ability to meet the demands of his or her job (Cadiz et al., 2020). Work ability is based on the balance between the worker's resources and the job demands placed on him or her (Ilmarinen et al., 2005). This definition highlights an individual's capacity to fulfil required work tasks and effectively manage job demands (Ilmarinen et al., 1997). Work ability is a dynamic process influenced by various factors, including physical and mental health, functional abilities, qualifications, professional competencies, attitudes, motivation, working conditions, job demands, and environmental factors (Tuomi et al., 2001).

Several aspects go into the work ability, which can positively and negatively influence it. For management and support work ability, the concept of age management is mainly used, which offers the perspective to support work ability at three levels, depending on the interests of stakeholders expressed and implemented. These are the individual level, the organizational level and national/regional (Novotný et al., 2014). Managing work ability and wellbeing at schools requires, among others, leadership support and commitment, effective communication, employee health awareness and engagement (Shiri & Bergbom, 2023). Although the implementation of the measures of work ability support is not systematically addressed in the school environment, it is possible to identify measures that, within the organizational level, implementation of age management lead to the promotion of work ability. The first large group consists of benefits that can be positively reflected in the promotion of health and a healthy lifestyle. The second large group consists of workplace measures that lead to an increase in job resources. These include, for example, workplace ergonomics, the provision of support from a supervisor, work organization, feedback and opportunities for further training.

Schools can then be seen as essential actors that can contribute to the reduction of work demands and workload and, at the same time, are the ones who can, through individual measures, increase work resources and thus support teachers' work capacity. McGonagle et al. (2022) note that employers can prevent excessive work exhaustion and the associated deterioration in health and wellbeing by changing aspects of work that reduce staff workload or increase work resources.

This paper aims to reflect on the crucial role of headteachers in promoting teachers´ work ability and find an answer to the research question: What is the role of headteachers in promoting teachers´ work ability?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is part of a project focused on perceived work ability among lower secondary school teachers. Part of this project is aimed at the role of the headteachers and their leadership in promoting teachers' work ability. Considering the aim of the research and research questions, a qualitative approach has been chosen to bring participants' perspectives regarding how headteachers support teachers' work ability. This research design provides a rich understanding of how teachers' work ability is promoted and allows us to capture the complexity and nuances of this process.

The research sample consisted of lower secondary school headteachers in the South Moravian Region and the Vysočina Region of the Czech Republic. In the first step, 44 public lower secondary schools were randomly selected and contacted via email with a brief description of the project and the data collection procedure. Concurrently, headteachers were recruited for semi-structured interviews in the first sampling stage. In the second step, all teachers were invited to participate in the self-administered questionnaires at each school. The method of data collection was in-depth interviews. Before data collection, the interview protocol was created, containing 80 open-ended questions. The interview questions were about the characteristics of the school, school climate and relations at school, professional development of teachers, teachers' health and lifestyle, competence and job requirements, work environment and wellbeing. The interviews were conducted during October and December 2023 and lasted approximately 100 minutes. The interviews were recorded and then transcribed into text form. Interviews were analyzed using computer-assisted qualitative data analysis software ATLAS.ti. Data analysis is based on the grounded theory of Charmaz (2014) and Corbin and Strauss (2014). First, open coding was performed, focusing on data fragments. In the next step, all units were categorized, and we tried to find relationships between the categories.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the interviews, we focus on how headteachers perceived the concept work ability and how they deal with interventions which can promote or maintain teachers‘ work ability. The first analysis shows that headteachers are essential in promoting teachers' work ability. In our research, headteachers across different generations perceived challenges linked with the actual young generation and their needs. They admitted the importance of developing social competencies to adapt to the changing students. Headteachers also perceived that working with parents was more demanding for teachers than working with students. They reflected the importance of their role in supporting teachers in demanding communication with parents. Our data also confirmed the high demands of the teaching profession and the risk of burnout due to stress. Headmasters perceived that they should work on these problematic issues but are limited by bureaucracy and need more time for personal leadership. They also perceived the ageing population of teachers and the health issues which relate to it. They admitted that they should focus on interventions to improve teachers' health and healthy lifestyles. They thought about more education in this field or supporting more sports activities for teachers.
On the other hand, headteachers view teaching as an individual profession. It is essential to point out that responsibility for promoting work ability lies not only on headteachers but is also an individual responsibility of teachers. Headteachers play a crucial role in setting the school environment and climate, but only with cooperation with the teachers can they promote their work ability.

References
Cadiz, D. M., Brady, G. M., & Truxillo, D. (2020). Workability: A metric to inform policy for an aging workforce. Public Policy & Aging Report, 30(3), 89– 94, https://doi.org/10.1093/ppar/praa016
Grabara, M., Nawrocka, A., & Powerska-Didkowska, A. (2018). The relationship between physical activity and work ability: A cross-sectional study of teachers. International Journal of Occupational Medicine and Environmental Health, 31(1), 1–9. https://doi.org/10.13075/ijomeh.1896.01043
Hlaďo, P., Dosedlová, J., Harvánková, K., Novotný, P., Gottfried, J., Rečka, K., Petrovová, M., Pokorný, B., & Štorová, I. (2020). Work ability among uppersecondary school teachers: Examining the role of burnout, sense of coherence, and work-related and lifestyle factors. International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health, 17(24). https://doi.org/10.3390/ijerph17249185
Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing grounded theory. SAGE
Ilmarinen, J., Tuomi, K., & Klockars, M. (1997). Changes in the work ability of active employees over an 11-year period. Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment and Health, 23(1), 49–57.
Ilmarinen, J., Tuomi, K., & Seitsamo, J. (2005). New dimensions of work ability. International Congress Series, 1280, 3–7. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ics.2005.02.060
Novotný, P., Bosničová, N., Břenková, J., Fukan, J., Lazarová, B., Navrátilová, D., Palán, Z., Pokorný, B., & Rabušicová, M. (2014). Age Management. Jak rozumět stárnutí a jak na něj reagovat. Možnosti uplatnění Age Managementu v České republice. Asociace institucí vzdělávání dospělých.
Shiri, R., & Bergbom, B. (2023). Work Ability and Well-Being Management and Its Barriers and Facilitators in Multinational Organizations: A Scoping Review. Healthcare (Basel, Switzerland), 11(7), 978. https://doi.org/10.3390/healthcare11070978
Strauss, A. L., & Corbinová, J. (1999). Základy kvalitativního výzkumu. Albert
Vedovato, T. G. & Monteiro, I. (2014). Health conditions and factors related to the work ability of teachers. Industrial Health. (52), 121-128.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Decentring the ‘Resilient Teacher’: Exploring Interactions Between Individuals and Their Social Ecologies

Steph Ainsworth, Jez Oldfield, Carrie Adamson

MMU, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Ainsworth, Steph; Oldfield, Jez

Teacher attrition presents a growing concern for schools in the UK and internationally (Avalos & Valenzuela, 2016; Department for Education, 2019a). Within England, recent figures show that 59% of staff in schools considered leaving the profession in 2022 due to pressures on their mental wellbeing, and 55% of staff took concrete steps to change or leave their jobs (Savill-Smith and Scanlan, 2022). Alongside the problem of staff turnover, there are growing concerns over teacher wellbeing with a startling 81% of staff in schools reporting mental health symptoms related to their work in 2023, a 3% increase on the previous year’s figure (Education Support, 2023). Similar concerns around teacher recruitment, retention and found within Europe (e.g. European Commission, 2018). For example, in Sweden where teachers are subjected to similar pressures as those found in England due to competition and marketisation of the state school sector (Toropova et al 2021), there are major teacher shortages across age phases (European Commission, 2023) and rising teacher stress levels (Ramberg et al., 2019).

In response to these international concerns a discourse has emerged around the need to ‘build teachers’ resilience’ (Mansfield et al., 2016). Policy documents such as the Early Career Framework (Department for Education, 2019b) aim to tackle the teacher retention crisis by providing enhanced professional development to promote teacher competence and confidence. Implicit in such policies is the premise that if only we could make teachers better at their jobs, they would be ‘more resilient’ and stay within the profession. While teacher self-efficacy has indeed been shown to be an important predictor of resilience in teachers (Ainsworth & Oldfield, 2019), it is important to recognise that individual factors represent only one side of the teacher resilience problem. If teachers are to thrive (and stay) in their roles, action is needed to address levers for change within teachers’ professional environments as well as providing support to teachers at the individual level.

Within social-ecological framings of resilience, resilience is not a trait which resides within the individual, but rather is a process of interaction between factors operating at different ecological levels (e.g. the individual, the school, the broader policy landscape), which results in varying levels of positive adaptation (Kangas-Dick & O’Shaughnessy, 2020; Gu, 2018; Ungar et al, 2013). These factors influence teachers’ capacity for ‘positive adaptation’ – the extent to which they are able to adapt to the many demands of their professional role. Positive adaptation may be reflected by high levels of job satisfaction and wellbeing on the one hand, and low levels of stress, anxiety, burnout and depressive symptoms on the other. Our previous quantitative research found that contextual factors (e.g. support from leadership, workload and school culture) explained as much variance in measures of adaptation in teachers as individual factors (Ainsworth & Oldfield, 2019); however, this design was only able to explore the direct effects of predictors (like support from management and self-esteem) on resilience, and did not have sufficient statistical power to explore the interactions between them. Our recent qualitative research (Oldfield & Ainsworth, 2022) suggests that these interactions may be an important part of the resilience process, with teachers’ accounts of their professional experiences suggesting that individual factors (e.g. self-esteem) do not exist independently from the environment, and tend to be influenced by broader environmental factors (e.g. support from management and accountability frameworks).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The current paper will investigate these interactions, reporting data from a large-scale quantitative survey distributed to teachers across England by project partners, the National Education Union and charity, Education Support. This study is part of a broader three-year project, funded as part of the ESRC Education Research Programme.  The survey was designed to measure factors which previous research has suggested to be important to the resilience process in teachers at both the individual and contextual level as well as outcome measures of adaptation. 8 Individual level measures were included in the survey: self-esteem, emotional intelligence, personality, life orientation (a tendency towards optimism and pessimism), self-care, self-efficacy, independent problem solving and investment in relationships with pupils. At the contextual level 8 sub-scales were included which measured: support from management, workload, support from colleagues, school culture, perceived conflict between beliefs and practice, pupil behaviour, relationships with parents and support from family and friends. The survey also measured a number of resilience-related outcomes, including job satisfaction and burnout.
The survey set out to investigate the following research questions:
• RQ1: What is the relative contribution of individual versus contextual factors in predicting levels of adaptation (burnout, job satisfaction and wellbeing) in teachers?
• RQ2: How do individual and contextual factors interact with each other to predict levels of adaptation in teachers?
The survey results were analysed by adopting a ‘protective’ model of resilience, allowing investigation of the interactions between predictors. In this way, we moved beyond previous ‘compensatory’ models which only explored direct independent effects (Fergus & Zimmerman, 2005; Ainsworth & Oldfield, 2019). The first step of the analytic process involved relative weights analysis (Tonidandel & Le Breton, 2014), which allowed us to assess which factors explained the most variance in teacher wellbeing, job satisfaction and burnout (RQ1). This allowed us to then focus in on the a smaller subset of key predictors, which we then inputted into a series of regression models in order to investigate potential interactions between these factors in predicting the resilience-related outcomes (RQ2). Decisions around which interactions between predictors were entered into the model were informed by theoretical considerations, including insights from previous qualitative data which demonstrates potential interactions between predictors of resilience outcomes (Oldfield & Ainsworth, 2022). Mediation analyses (Hayes, 2018) were performed to investigate the indirect effects of the different individual and contextual factors on teacher resilience as well as the direct effects.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analyses suggest that the most important predictors of job satisfaction and burnout in teachers predominantly operate at the school level rather than the individual levelThese findings adds further weight to the argument that teacher resilience should not be conceived as something which resides solely within the individual and warns against hyper-individualised framings of, and interventions for, teacher resilience.
The mediation analyses provide evidence of indirect effects on resilience-related outcomes within and between ecological levels. The findings suggest that relational approaches to promoting teacher resilience might be especially promising given that support from management and support from colleagues appear to influence teacher resilience through multiple indirect routes. For example, the variance in teacher burnout levels explained by support from management was mediated by workload, school culture, self-esteem and conflict between beliefs and practice.  In other words, teachers were less likely to feel burnout in schools where there were supportive leadership practices, because these practices affected how manageable their workloads were, how positive the culture of the school felt, how good they felt about themselves and the extent to which they felt they could teach in line with their values.
The implications of the findings for developing data-driven ‘ecological’ interventions to promote teacher resilience will be discussed, including examples of how data can be used to identify possible levers for change within schools. The importance of addressing exosystemic factors (e.g. Ungar et al., 2013), e.g. policies and conditions, operating at the level of the education system as a whole (beyond the school), will also be highlighted, drawing upon evidence that these broader policy factors also drive mediating effects on teacher resilience acting through the more proximal ecological levels of the school and the individual teacher.

References
Ainsworth, S., & Oldfield, J. (2019). Quantifying teacher resilience: Context matters. Teaching and Teacher Education, 82, 117-128.
Avalos, B., & Valenzuela, J. P. (2016). Education for all and attrition/retention of new teachers: A trajectory study in Chile. International Journal of Educational Development, 49, 279- 290.
Department for Education (2019a). Teacher Recruitment and Retention Strategy. London: Department for Education.
Department for Education (2019b). Early Career Framework. London: Department for Education.
Education Support (2023) Teacher Wellbeing Index 2023. London: Education Support.
European Commission (2018). Teaching careers in Europe: Access, progression and support. Eurydice Report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.
Fergus, S., & Zimmerman, M. A. (2005). Adolescent resilience: A framework for understanding healthy development in the face of risk. Annual Review of Public Health, 26, 399-419.
Garcia, E., & Weiss, E. (2019). The teacher shortage is real, large and growing, and worse than we thought. Economic Policy Institute. Retrieved from: https://www.epi.org/publication/the-teacher-shortage-is-real-large-and-growingand-worse-than-we-thought-the-first-report-in-the-perfect-storm-in-theteacher-labour-market-series/  
Gu, Q. (2018). (Re) conceptualising teacher resilience: A social-ecological approach to understanding teachers’ professional worlds. In M. Wosnitza, F.Peixoto, S. Beltan and C.Mansfield (Ed.). Resilience in education (pp. 13-33). Springer, Cham.
Kangas-Dick, K., & O’Shaughnessy, E. (2020). Interventions that promote resilience among teachers: A systematic review of the literature. International Journal of School & Educational Psychology, 8(2), 131-146.
Mansfield, C. F., Beltman, S., Broadley, T., & Weatherby-Fell, N. (2016). Building resilience in teacher education: An evidenced informed framework. Teaching and Teacher Education, 54, 77-87.
Oldfield, J., & Ainsworth, S. (2021). Decentring the ‘resilient teacher’: exploring interactions between individuals and their social ecologies. Cambridge Journal of Education, 52(4), 409-430.
Ramberg, J., Låftman, S. B., Åkerstedt, T., & Modin, B. (2020). Teacher Stress and Students’ School Well-being: the Case of Upper Secondary Schools in Stockholm, Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 64(6), 816-830, DOI: 10.1080/00313831.2019.1623308
Savill-Smith, C., & Scanlan, D. (2022). Teacher Wellbeing Index 2022. London: Education Support.
Tonidandel, S. & LeBreton, J. M. (2014). RWA-Web -- A free, comprehensive, web-based, and user-friendly tool for relative weight analysis. Journal of Business and Psychology, 30(2), 207-216. doi: 10.1007/s10869-014-9351-z.
Toropova, A., Myrberg, E., & Johansson, S. (2021). Teacher job satisfaction: the importance of school working conditions and teacher characteristics, Educational Review, 73(1), 71-97, doi: 10.1080/00131911.2019.1705247.
Ungar, M., Ghazinour, M., & Richter, J. (2013). Annual Research Review: What is resilience within the social ecology of human development? Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 54(4), 348-366.
 
13:45 - 15:1526 SES 06 C: Advancing Educational Leaders: The Role of Values, Self-Efficacy, and Social Mobility
Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Antonios Kafa
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Educational Leadership as a Safeguard for democratic values and Practices

Ronni Laursen1, Anna Sarri Krantz2

1Aalborg University, Denmark; 2Uppsala universitet

Presenting Author: Laursen, Ronni; Sarri Krantz, Anna

The political landscapes in the Nordic countries are currently undergoing a transition, marked by the influence of far-right political parties that are reshaping human rights and fostering a discourse of 'us and them' concerning foreigners (Norocel et al., 2022). Additionally, equity within the welfare states is facing challenges from neoliberal economic ideologies, contributing to a growing wealth gap between the rich and the poor (Kvist, 2011). Given this evolving context, educational leaders are compelled to respond proactively. This changing landscape underscores the need for research to theorize on how educational leaders can re-establish and re-imagine leadership practices as safeguards for democratic values and practices within educational institutions.

Sweden and Denmark, renowned for their social democratic welfare states (Gøsta Esping-Andersen, 2017), prioritizing economic growth, equality, and citizens' rights. Initially, after 1945, Nordic policymakers focused on democratic values in education to counter Nazism. However, this democratic approach has come under pressure in the last 20-30 years as educational policies shifted focus towards performance indicators such as measurable learning outcomes and benchmarking (Moos, 2017).

In the 1980s, demographic changes accelerated, leading to more multicultural societies in Sweden and Denmark. New citizens, often migrant workers in low-paying service jobs or refugees from conflict regions, contributed to this shift. Alongside the move to neoliberal governance indicators, this combination likely contributed to growing inequality and the emergence of marginalized groups within society. These groups, as described by Bauman (2007), have "all the time in the world but nothing to do with it." Kalkan (2022) demonstrated that a marginalized group of immigrants in Denmark, rather than attending schools or jobs, spends their time on the streets, emphasizing anti-establishment values.

Indeed, the inclusion of marginalized groups in the societal landscape poses a risk, as it may lead to the emergence of anti-democratic values such as racism and hate speech. Evidence shows discriminative structures within the school system (Sarri Krantz, 2018, Katzin, 2021, Wagrell, 2022). From our perspective, educational institutions bear a significant responsibility as safeguards against these anti-democratic tendencies. However, this responsibility is complicated by the performance indicators, as they tend to favour outcome-based teaching approaches.

As mentioned, educational leadership has been profoundly influenced by performance indicators, often derived from sources such as the OECD and adapted to national contexts (Pettersson, 2016). Consequently, Swedish and Danish leaders, for the past two decades, have been tasked with guiding their institutions in alignment with these performance indicators (see e.g. Laursen, 2020, Englund, 2005, Ståhlkrantz, 2019). Yet, it is becoming increasingly apparent that these indicators contribute to inequality within societies, pushing them towards anti-democratic values (Kalkan, 2022). Nevertheless, we hold the belief that educational leadership can take a different approach by initiating changes in governance and teaching methods, it can play a crucial role in safeguarding the installation of democratic perspectives in students' understanding of their own situations and their place in both the national and global contexts (Nussbaum, 1997, 2010, Bogotch, Schoorman & Reyes-Guerra, 2017, Sarri Krantz, 2023).

Our study entails a comprehensive historical and comparative analysis of educational policies in Sweden and Denmark. In this context, we aim to analyze the selected educational policies and subsequently theorize the possibilities and responsibilities for principals in ensuring the promotion and practice of democratic values within educational settings. To guide our exploration, we pose the following research question: How do educational policies in Sweden and Denmark underpin democratic values while potentially posing threats to social justice? Furthermore, how can the possibilities and responsibilities of principals be theorized in relation to these policies?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research study employs a methodological framework based on two approaches. Firstly, it involves a comprehensive historical analysis of curriculum and educational policies, with a specific analytical focus on democratic values and opportunities for democratic participation in Swedish and Danish primary and lower secondary public schooling (Bryman, 2018). These analyses serve as the groundwork for the subsequent comparison between the Swedish and Danish cases. The comparison, in turn, serves as the foundation for discussing the possibilities for principals to promote democratic education and participation.
Table 1 provides an overview of the various policies under investigation, detailing their historical origins and outlining the approach used to interpret them. The analytical process involves a thorough examination of the documents, specifically focusing on identifying indications of democratic values or, conversely, recognizing values that may suggest discrimination.
Table 1: Overview of different documents and the analytical focus of the and their operationalizations into categorization criteria for social democracy and neoliberalism
Sweden
Year Name of document Analytical    focus
1969 Curriculum for the elementary school - Democratic values
- Human rights
1994 Curriculum for the elementary school - Equity/equality
- Democratic core values
2011 Curriculum for the elementary school - Discrimination
- Equal treatment
Denmark
Year Name of document Analytical focus
1975 School Act for primary and lower secondary elementary school - Democratic values
- Participation
2014 School Act for primary and lower secondary elementary school - Equity/equality
- Academic competences
2019 ‘Ghetto package’ concerning primary and lower secondary elementary school - Discrimination
- Equity/equality
- Academic competences

As depicted in the table within our analysis, our focus centres on democratic values. Equity and discrimination, with discussions arising if contrary instances are observed, particularly exploring the potential for principals to foster democratic schooling.
The intention behind adopting a comparative design (Bryman, 2016) is twofold. Firstly, this design enables the development of an understanding of the emerging 'us and them' dynamics in two similar countries characterized by extensive welfare programs and a longstanding emphasis on democratic values in education. Secondly, based on this understanding, the goal is to theorize the possibilities and responsibilities to maintain democratic approaches. Thus, the chosen cases for comparison study educational policies to theorize the possibilities for principals to serve as democratic safeguards, with the normative viewpoint that principals play a vital role in ensuring the integration of democratic values and promoting participation within educational institutions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our preliminary conclusion suggests that our comparative analysis of how educational policies shape principals' possibilities for democratic agency within their schools reveals that the policies support and emphasize democratic values for schools to educate students to become democratic citizens. However, it also highlights instances of discrimination against students based on their rural areas of living. The role of principals as safeguards for democratic values and practices appears both clear and, at the same time, blurry. This ambiguity arises from the implementation of policies in Sweden and Denmark that either contradict or, at the very least, complicate principals' efforts to support equal and democratic participation.
In Sweden principals' possibilities for practices are shaped and constituted by the national political agenda and realised and implemented through the Education  Act and soft law such as the curriculum. While, in Denmark, the School Act emphasizes the importance of schools introducing and preparing students to live and act as democratic citizens. However, policies such as the 'Ghetto-package' are discriminatory and shape the agency of principals in these schools to uphold values that contradict the essential democratic principle of equality, when they in fact need a totally different support system (Hirsh et al. 2023).
Our examination of Swedish and Danish educational policies exposes a conflict between their professed democratic ideals and the presence of contradictory measures, exerting undue pressure on school principals and challenging the implementation of democratic practices. Through the scrutiny of these two cases, our research illuminates the existing challenges and contributes valuable insights for future studies with an interest for educational leadership and democratic participation. We posit that this knowledge provides a crucial foundation for European policymakers, facilitating a deeper comprehension of the internal pressures faced by even robust democratic societies.

References
Bauman, Z. (2007). Work, Consumerism and the New Poor (2nd ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.
Bogotch, I. Schoorman, D. & Reyes-Guerra, D. (2017). Forging the Needed Dialogue Between Educational Leadership and Curriculum Inquiry: Placing Social Justice, Democracy, and Multicultural Perspectives into Practice. In (Eds). Uljens, M. & Ylimaki, R.M., (2017). Bridging Educational Leadership, Curriculum Theory and Didaktik. Non-affirmative Theory of Education. Springer.
Bryman, A. (2016). Social research methods (5. edition ed.). Oxford University Press.
Gøsta Esping-Andersen. (2017). Politics against Markets: The Social Democratic Road to Power (1st ed.). Princeton University Press. 10.1515/9781400886203
Gillander Gådin, K. & Stein, N. (2019). Do schools normalise sexual harassment? An analysis of a legal case regarding sexual harassment in a Swedish high school. Gender and Education. Vol. 31, nr 7, 920-937.
Gyberg et al. (2021). Discrimination and its relation to psychosocial well‐being among diverse youth in Sweden. Child & Adolescent Development. 1–19.
Hirsh, Å. et al. (2023). Far from the generalised norm: Recognising the interplay between contextual particularities and principals’ leadership in schools in low-socio-economic status communities. Educational Management Administration & Leadership. 1–18.
Kalkan, H. (2022). The American Ghetto, Gangster, and Respect on the Streets of Copenhagen: Media(tion)s between Structure and Street Culture. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography, 51(3), 407-434. 10.1177/08912416211056973
Kvist, J. (2011). Changing social inequality and the Nordic welfare model. (pp. 1-22). Bristol University Press. 10.46692/9781847426611.001
Laursen, R. (2020). Does the Combination of Professional Leadership and Learning Management Systems Signal the End of Democratic Schooling? Research in Educational Administration & Leadership, 5(2), 342. 10.30828/real/2020.2.2
Moos, L. (2017). Neo-liberal Governance Leads Education and Educational Leadership Astray. İn (Eds) Uljens, M. & Ylimaki, R.M., (2017). Bridging Educational Leadership, Curriculum Theory and Didaktik. Non-affirmative Theory of Education. Springer.
Norocel, O. C., Saresma, T., Lähdesmäki, T., & Ruotsalainen, M. (2022). Performing ‘us’ and ‘other’: Intersectional analyses of right-wing populist media. European Journal of Cultural Studies, 25(3), 897-915. 10.1177/1367549420980002
Nussbaum, M. C. (1997). Cultivating Humanity: A Classical Defense of Reform in Liberal Education. Harvard University Press.
Sarri Krantz, A. (2023). Kulturen i skolan och skolans kultur. In (Eds) Johansson, N. & Baltzer, C. (2023). Rektors praktik i vetenskaplig belysning: framgångsrikt, hållbart och närvarande ledarskap - är det möjligt? 108 - 124. Liber.
Uljens, M. & Ylimaki, R.M., (2017). Bridging Educational Leadership, Curriculum Theory and Didaktik. Non-affirmative Theory of Education. Springer


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Cross-national perspectives on school leadership: Evidence from Scotland and Cyprus

Michalis Constantinides1, Antonios Kafa2

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2Open University of Cyprus

Presenting Author: Constantinides, Michalis; Kafa, Antonios

Purpose

This paper provides a cross‐national perspective on school principalship in two countries derived from an analysis of case studies in Scotland and the Republic of Cyprus. Examples from the two education systems are selected to demonstrate cross-national similarities and differences related to the purpose of education, the structure, and the role of leadership in school improvement. We pay particular attention to the research context in order to understand and explain different findings across countries. We present a secondary analysis of case studies from the participating countries which embraced a cultural and context-relevant framework to consider how the values and norms of a society might influence the expectations, beliefs, and context-relevant practices of individuals within schools. This synthesis reveals the complexity of policy and structural pressures on the practices of school leaders and the ways in which they respond to their environments.

The comparative context

In our cross-national comparison, we provide two instructive cases from which scholars and practitioners can develop nuanced understandings about the social, cultural, and economic conditions that shape and are shaped by the school systems.

Case study schools differed both within and across the countries in terms of size, location, school development phase, leadership structure, staff capacity and professional disposition (commitment and resilience), student diversity and resource needs and culture. We began by determining whether the principals demonstrated a core set of leadership practices as conditions for school success (Leithwood et al., 2020; Pashiardis and Kafa, 2023), as well as having greater focus on moral purpose and values-based leadership views (Dimmock and Walker, 2000).

In Cyprus, the Ministry of Education, Culture, Youth, and Sports wields significant power in the education system. The Ministry oversees all schools and is in charge of enforcing existing rules and developing new ones (Pashiardis and Tsiakiros, 2015). It also oversees each school's education policy, including administering, monitoring, and assessing education quality and creating the curriculum. The state funds local school boards, who subsequently distribute monies to schools under their control. Cyprus has a restricted centralised education system that requires all school to meet specific rules. A large body of evidence shows that school leaders in Cyprus, both in primary and secondary education, appear to develop external relations as well as networking with all relevant actors; foster a collaborative and shared ownership feeling among their members and within their school organisation; and finally promote a clear vision based on a specific set of values (Kafa and Pashiardis, 2019; Pashiardis et al., 2018).

The Scottish education system has a unique and distinctive history and tradition within the member countries of the United Kingdom. The administration and strategic direction are the responsibility of the Scottish Government in Edinburgh, not the UK Government located in London. A series of reform programmes over the last decade or so, aim to promote overall improvement in schools and close the educational attainment gap (Campbell and Harris, 2023). This involved reforms to the curriculum and assessment, quality assurance and inspection, and teacher education with an emphasis on promoting professional development, leadership, and innovation towards a self-improving school system. This shift from a hierarchical to a much flatter-collaborative culture stresses the increasing complexity of schooling and requires attention to the local and cultural context when choosing leadership strategies.

Framework

We anchored our study in Hallinger’s (2018) context and culture framework for studying how leaders were able to engage with and utilise the multiple contexts (institutional, community, socio-cultural, political, economic, school improvement) to improve their schools. Specifically, this framework reflects leadership approaches that are influenced by multiple contexts and cannot be understood without aspects of school culture and the wider environment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods

Scotland and Cyprus are interesting cases to compare as they are similar in indicators of social progress via their respective education reform programmes (Social Progress Imperative, 2024). Both countries have, over the last few years, shown a growing commitment to improving equity in student outcomes and in strengthening collaborative approaches to promote schools with high social cohesion. In both countries, an emphasis exists on leaders improving conditions for teaching and learning. These overarching similarities enable a focus on the intricacies of how structures, social and policy contexts, might influence school leaders’ behaviours and practices.  
Multisite case study methods were chosen as the methodological approach for the study for both countries using semi-structured interviews with a variety of school stakeholders, such as the school principal, teachers, students, and parents (Yin, 2018). Each case study was summarised and coded under broad thematic headings, and then summarised within themes across studies with a brief citation of primary evidence. Analysis of data was both (a) deductive, with a focus on refining provisional conceptualisations of “values-driven leadership” and (b) inductive, with a focus on devising a framework for examining variation and adaptation in leadership practices between cases.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conclusions

While there are several differences in leadership context and strategies, there are also significant similarities across the two countries in both the values that principals hold and the practices and behaviours they use in order to build and sustain a strong values platform. This stability platform was intensified when they worked in uncertain crises situations, such as the global pandemic. It was their values and beliefs that guided what they did by using this platform to apply it into a set of rules and priorities.

References
References
Campbell, C., & Harris, A. (2023). All learners in Scotland matter: The national discussion on education final report. The Scottish Government.
Dimmock, C., & Walker, A. (2000). Cross-cultural values and leadership. Management in Education, 14(3), 21-24.
"Global Index: Results". Social Progress Imperative. Retrieved January 25, 2024.
Hallinger, P. (2018). Bringing context out of the shadows of leadership. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 46(1), 5-24.
Kafa, A., & Pashiardis, P. (2019). Exploring school principals’ personal identities in Cyprus from a values perspective. International Journal of Educational Management, 33(5), 886-902.
Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2008). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership. School leadership and management, 28(1), 27-42.
Pashiardis, P., Brauckmann, S., & Kafa, A. (2018). Let the context become your ally: School principalship in two cases from low performing schools in Cyprus. School Leadership & Management, 38(5), 478-495.
Pashiardis, P. & Kafa, A. (2022). Successful School Principals in Primary and Secondary Education: A Comprehensive Review of a Ten-Year Research in Cyprus. Journal of Educational Administration, 60 (1), 41-55.
Pashiardis, P., & Tsiakiros, A. (2015). Cyprus. In The Education Systems of Europe (pp. 173-186). Springer.
Yin R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications: Design and methods (6th ed.). Sage.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

A Comparison of General Self-efficacy and Specific Self-efficacy Among Flemish Primary Principals

Lore Bellemans, Geert Devos, Melissa Tuytens

University Ghent, Belgium

Presenting Author: Bellemans, Lore

Self-efficacy beliefs play a central role in human functioning. They influence whether individuals set ambitious goals, how much effort they invest and how long they persist when facing difficulties and failures (Bandura, 1997). Self-efficacy can be general or specific, and both aspects of self-efficacy may promote optimal functioning (Schutte & Malouff, 2016). General self-efficacy beliefs are conceptualized as “individuals' perception of their ability to perform across a variety of situations” (Judge, Erez, & Bono, 1998, p. 169). Specific self-efficacy describes an individual’s belief he or she can bring about good outcomes in a defined area of life, such as during work (Bandura, 2012). Most studies on self-efficacy have examined either general or specific self-efficacy as unique separate constructs. Only a small number of studies have simultaneously looked at the two facets of self-efficacy (Schutte & Malouff, 2016).

In the present study we focus on the concepts of general self-efficacy and specific self-efficacy among Flemish elementary principals and how these two concepts relate to each other.

The first goal of this study is to validate the multi-dimensional principal self-efficacy instrument of Federici and Skaalvik (2011). In developing this questionnaire, the authors (Federici & Skaalvik, 2011) performed a confirmatory factor analysis on the data, but no exploratory factor analysis. Also, their instrument was developed in a study with Norwegian principals. We believe it is important to validate their instrument again in a new study with a different population of principals (in Flanders, Belgium).

A second goal in this study is to examine the relation between principal self-efficacy and general self-efficacy. According to Schutte and Malouff (2016) both specific and general forms of self-efficacy have the potential to support optimal functioning. It is important to establish if the concepts refer to different phenomena and in what way there is overlap between the two concepts.

The third goal of this study is to analyze the relation between both principal self-efficacy and general self-efficacy with other variables. Exploring the similarities and differences between both forms of self-efficacy in relation to other variables can shed light on the way in which we must perceive both concepts, their mutual relationship, and their respective relevance. We have included demographic, career-related and work-related variables to study in relation to the self-efficacy forms. One of the most researched variables related to self-efficacy is the seniority of principals. Previous research has suggested that experience affects self-efficacy (Fisher, 2014; Özer, 2013). In addition, based on the research of Elias and colleagues (2013), we can hypothesize that work-related variables will be more correlated with principal self-efficacy than with general self-efficacy. Therefore, we selected two variables related to a more or less challenging work context, namely the school size and the location of the school. Schools with a large number of staff are more difficult to manage and urban schools have a more diverse population than rural schools. We expect these variables to make a greater difference for principal self-efficacy than for general self-efficacy. Finally, gender, tenure and principal training were also included. Gender is an important demographic variable, and it is interesting to explore if gender makes a difference for both forms of self-efficacy. Gaining tenure is an important step in the career of principals. We want to explore if this career step makes a difference. It can be expected that tenure enhances the self-efficacy of principals. Finally, the training of principals can be considered as an important potential influence on school leadership development. It is interesting to study if training is related to the self-efficacy of principals.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
981 principals in Flanders participated in an online questionnaire about their sense of self-efficacy. To assess general self-efficacy, we used the General Self-Efficacy scale of Chen, Gully, & Eden (2001). This self-report scale consists of 8 items about a person’s general self-efficacy. To determine the specific self-efficacy, the principal self-efficacy instrument of Federici and Skaalvik (2011, 2012) was used. The instrument of Federici and Skaalvik (2012) includes 8 scales, based on minimum 2 items each: economic management, instructional leadership, municipal authority, parental relations, local community, administrative management, teacher support, school environment.
To study the first research goal, exploratory graph analysis (EGA), exploratory factor analysis (EFA), confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) and reliability analysis were used to study the construct validity of the principal self-efficacy scale. First, an exploratory graph analysis (EGA) was conducted. EGA is a new technique to estimate the number of factors underlying multivariate data (Christensen & Golino, 2021; Golino et al., 2019). After the EGA, an EFA was performed to uncover the underlying structure of the factors. Further, a CFA was performed to confirm the data. Finally, Cronbach's alpha was calculated to indicate reliability. The EGA and the CFA were analyzed using R version 4.1.1 with the lavaan package (Rosseel, 2012). In contrast, the EFA and the reliability analysis were conducted in SPSS 29.0. We used maximum-likelihood extraction with promax rotation for the EFA.
In addition, we tested the extent to which general and specific self-efficacy are related. For research goal two, we compared general and specific self-efficacy by analyzing the correlation table. For research goal three, we studied the relationship with demographic variables, career variables and work-related variables, (M)ANCOVA was used.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
First, the results indicate that general and principal self-efficacy are two different concepts. Although there are significant correlations between general and principal self-efficacy subscales, only the subscale administrative management scores relatively high (.508), followed by de subscale people management (.366). The range of correlations between the other principal self-efficacy subscales and general self-efficacy is .173 and .287, which is rather low. Administrative management refers more to general tasks that principals perform. Therefore, the similarity with general self-efficacy is not surprising. Still, it only is correlated with a score of .508. The second factor ‘people management’ which refers more to general people management tasks. The other scales are all more specific tasks. These findings suggest that certain subscales of the principal self-efficacy are more strongly associated with general self-efficacy than others.
In addution, our analysis of both forms of self-efficacy in their relationship with other variables provides a complex and mixed picture. We expected that general self-efficacy is definitely an individual trait, not easy to influence, whereas principal self-efficacy, although also an individual trait, is more context related and therefore is more strongly related to specific work conditions. But we found that one of the two work-related variables we studied, size of the school, is significantly related to general self-efficacy and not to principal-self-efficacy. On the other hand, gender, a typical individual, demographic characteristic, was not related to general self-efficacy, but to specific subscales of principal self-efficacy. In these subscales, we found typical gender stereotypes. So, we can not conclude from our study that general self-efficacy is only a matter of individual trait characteristics and principal self-efficacy is more related to work context and can more easily be influenced.

References
Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. New York: W.H. Freeman & Company.
Bandura, A. (2012). On the functional properties of perceived self-efficacy revisited. Journal of Management, 38, 9–44.
Bellemans, L., Devos, G., Tuytens, M., & Vekeman, E. (2023). The role of self-efficacy on feelings of burnout among Flemish school principals during the COVID-19 pandemic. Journal of Educational Administration, ahead-of-p(ahead-of-print). https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-09-2022-0138
Chen, Gully, S. M., & Eden, D. (2001). Validation of a New General Self-Efficacy Scale. Organizational Research Methods, 4(1), 62–83. https://doi.org/10.1177/109442810141004
Christensen, A. P., & Golino, H. (2021). Estimating the Stability of Psychological Dimensions via Bootstrap Exploratory Graph Analysis: A Monte Carlo Simulation and Tutorial. Psych, 3(3), 479–500. https://doi.org/10.3390/psych3030032
Elias, S. M., Barney, C. E., & Bishop, J. W. (2013). The treatment of self-efficacy among psychology and management scholars. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 43(4), 811–822. https://doi.org/10.1111/jasp.12007
Federici, R. A., & Skaalvik, E. M. (2011). Principal self-efficacy and work engagement: assessing a Norwegian Principal Self-Efficacy Scale. Social Psychology of Education, 14(4), 575–600. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-011-9160-4
Golino, H., Shi, D., Christensen, A. P., Garrido, L. E., Nieto, M. D., Sadana, R., … Martínez-Molina, A. (2019). Investigating the performance of Exploratory Graph Analysis and traditional techniques to identify the number of latent factors: A simulation and tutorial. Psychological Methods, 25(3), 292–320. https://doi.org/10.1037/met0000255
Hannah, S. T., Avolio, B. J., Walumbwa, F. O., & Chan, A. (2012). Leader Self and Means Efficacy: A multi-component approach. Organizational Behavior and Human Decision Processes, 118(2), 143–161. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.obhdp.2012.03.007
Judge, T. A., Erez, A., & Bono, J. E. (1998). The Power of Being Positive: The Relation Between Positive Self-Concept and job Performance. Human Performance, 11(2–3), 167–187. https://doi.org/10.1080/08959285.1998.9668030
Luszczynska, A., Mohamed, N. E., & Schwarzer, R. (2005). Self-efficacy and social support predict benefit finding 12 months after cancer surgery: The mediating role of coping strategies. Psychology, Health and Medicine, 10(4), 365–375. https://doi.org/10.1080/13548500500093738
Luszczynska, A., Scholz, U., & Schwarzer, R. (2005). The General Self-Efficacy Scale: Multicultural Validation Studies. The Journal of Psychology, 139(5), 439–457.
Rosseel, Y. (2012). Lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling. Journal of Statistical Software, 48(2), 1–36.
Schutte, N. S., & Malouff, J. M. (2016). General and Realm-Specific Self-Efficacy: Connections to Life Functioning. Current Psychology, 35(3), 361–369. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-014-9301-y


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Social mobility leadership in Arab education in Israel: Multiple-case studies

Alaa Elmalak, Chen Schechter

Bar-Ilan University, Israel

Presenting Author: Elmalak, Alaa

Social mobility refers to “the ability to move between different levels in society or in employment, especially from a lower social position to a higher one” (Iversen et al., 2019: pp. 239–240). No consensus has been reached on the different components of social mobility, but there is a broad agreement that a just society should create equal opportunities for diverse citizens to succeed in society, regardless of the economic status of their families (Iversen et al., 2019).

Studies addressing the role of a school principal as an agent of social change employ key theories that explore the dynamic interplay between leadership and cultural contexts, such as culturally responsive leadership model (Khalifa et al., 2016) or culturally relevant leadership (Horsford et al., 2011). At the same time, researchers have also studied the role of the school principal in contexts such as ensuring social justice (Arar et al., 2017; Lai, 2015; Wang, 2018), empowering students (Kirk et al., 2017), and fostering achievements and abilities (Greaves et al., 2014). Each of these models and areas is based on different concepts and theoretical notions about how school leadership is related to social mobility; nevertheless, the broad agreement is that school principals are in a key position to influence students’ social mobility and integration (Bloomberg, 2023).

Based on these theoretical concepts, school principals implement various practices to promote social mobility among their students. For example, principals design and maintain respectful relationships, allow the expression of different voices around the school community, and demonstrate social justice within schools (Lai, 2015). Regarding students’ empowerment, principals can create positive traditions, support student leadership, accept cultural diversity, or encourage teachers to believe in their students (Kirk et al., 2017). Other important practices deal with the improvement in students’ grades, especially for science, technology, engineering, and mathematics subjects (Hoskins and Barker, 2020).

Nevertheless, most of the literature about educational school leadership and social mobility deals with schools that have ethnic and cultural diversity, where the role of the principal is to ensure social justice within the school borders (Arar et al., 2017). The role of the school principal in empowering students in the context of schools that are within a minority group and are not ethnically diverse has not been sufficiently explored. Moreover, previous studies on the role of the school principal in promoting social mobility have focused on principals in poverty-stricken areas and not on those in ethnic minority areas (Greaves et al., 2014; Mowat, 2019).

The purpose of the current study is to address this research gap by focusing on the perceptions and practices of principals regarding students’ social mobility within a minority group. Building on the social-ecological model (Bronfenbrenner, 1979), which emphasizes the interconnectedness among various subsystems within the educational landscape and the impact of contextual factors on students’ outcomes, the study aims to explore this topic through a holistic approach that examines how different members of the educational realm perceive the role of school principals regarding the social mobility of students from a minority group. For this purpose, two research questions were formulated:

  1. How do principals and other school/community members within a minority group perceive the role principals play in promoting social mobility among students?
  2. What practices do principals employ to promote social mobility among students?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research Design
This is a qualitative multiple-case study that addresses the phenomenon from a holistic point of view. The principals’ perceptions and practices are examined from multiple perspectives – of the principals themselves and other school/community members.
Participants
The study was conducted in four middle and secondary schools that operate under the Arab education system in Israel. Each school consists of 700–900 students in 24–31 classes, within various urban or rural settings and diverse socio-economic backgrounds. Fifteen interviewees from each school participated in the study, making for a total of 60 interviewees. The subjects from each school were the two principals of the school (middle school and secondary school), the regional supervisor of the Ministry of Education, four teachers, four parents, and four students.
Data collection
Two research methods were used in the study: interviews and observations. This combination facilitated a deeper understanding of the participants’ voices and the exposure to multiple perspectives. The interviews were conducted over five months, from February 2022 to June 2022. They were semi-structured, in-depth interviews and adapted to the participants, meaning that slightly different questions were formulated for the respective participants. For instance, the principals were asked: “What is the role of the school principal when it comes to students’ ability to advance in society as they mature?” The teachers, on the other hand, were asked: “What does your school do to promote the social mobility of students?”
Moreover, two full-day “semi-open” observations (Karniely, 2010) were conducted in the schools, focusing on the principals within their domain and their interactions with other members of the school and society, such as teachers, students, and parents.
Data analysis
The data were analyzed through a categorical content analysis perspective. The identification and analysis of the themes were made based on the content of the interviewees. The analysis was conducted in a three-stage process: condensing, coding, and categorizing. This process was carried out for each school separately, and then, a comparison was made between the cases (Krippendorff, 2018).
Trustworthiness
The researchers of this study come from different backgrounds: the first author has extensive teaching experience in the Arab education sector and is currently an educational leadership researcher, and the other has an extensive educational leadership research experience in the Jewish education sector. The researchers’ joint work has made them more aware of the conceptual and methodological issues pertaining to the current research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
When the four case studies and the themes that emerged from each case were compared, six shared categories were found regarding the principals’ perceptions and practices of promoting social mobility among their students: Grades and achievements – Academic achievements are important, but they should co-exist with the promotion of other aspects among students; Emotional and social aspects – Emotional and social support play a significant role in promoting students’ future social mobility; Social justice – Promoting social justice principles and perceptions is important for students’ motivation for social mobility; Leadership and empowerment – Empowerment and leadership processes among students are important for their future social mobility; Skills and abilities – Developing different and diverse skills among students is important; 21st century and technology skills – Students should be taught about technological and 21st-century skills.
Within each of these categories, the principals employed various practices to promote students’ social mobility and perceived these practices as efficient in achieving their intended goals, equipping students with future social mobility tools, and helping them integrate into the broader society.
The conclusions focus on the holistic approach the educational leadership employed in the entire educational process. It can be derived that the promotion of academic achievements and grades should be carried out within a broad framework of promoting students’ general abilities and skills. The findings emphasize the importance of a principal in leading students to activism and social involvement, which can also affect the students’ future, social mobility, and integration. The study highlights the instrumental leadership role as a means of promoting social mobility among students from minority groups.

References
Arar K, Beycioglu K and Oplatka I (2017) A cross-cultural analysis of educational leadership for social justice in Israel and Turkey: Meanings, actions and contexts. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education 47(2): 192–206.‏
Bronfenbrenner U (1979) The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press. Cambridge, London, UK.
Greaves E, Macmillan L and Sibieta L (2014) Lessons from London schools for attainment gaps and social mobility. Report, Social Mobility and Child Poverty Commission, London, UK.
Hoskins K and Barker B (2020). STEM, social mobility and equality: Avenues for widening access. Springer Nature.‏
Horsford S, Grosland T and Gunn K (2011) Pedagogy of the personal and professional: Toward a framework for culturally relevant leadership. Journal of School Leadership 21: 582–606.
Iversen V, Krishna A and Sen K (2019) Beyond poverty escapes – Social mobility in developing countries: A review article. The Word Bank Research Observer 34: 239–273.
Karniely M (2010) Curiosity and inquisitiveness are the cornerstones of teacher empowerment. Tel Aviv: Ramot.
Khalifa MA, Gooden MA and Davis JE (2016) Culturally responsive school leadership: A synthesis of the literature. Review of Educational Research 86(4): 1272–1311.
Kirk CM, Lewis RK, Brown K et al. (2017) The empowering schools project: Identifying the classroom and school characteristics that lead to student empowerment. Youth and Society 49(6): 827–847.‏
Krippendorff K (2018) Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Thousand Oaks: Sage publications.‏
Lai E (2015) Enacting principal leadership: Exploiting situated possibilities to build school capacity for change. Research Papers in Education 30(1): 70–94.‏
Mowat JG (2019) ‘Closing the gap’: systems leadership is no leadership at all without a moral compass–a Scottish perspective. School Leadership & Management 39(1): 48-75.‏
Wang F (2018) Social justice leadership—Theory and practice: A case of Ontario. Educational Administration Quarterly 54(3): 470–498.‏
 
13:45 - 15:1528 SES 06 A: Social Imaginaries of Education in Emergency and Crisis
Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Antigone Sarakinioti
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Social Imaginaries of Present and Future in Education Initiatives for Ukrainian Refugees

Eszter Neumann

HUN-REN Centre for Social Sciences, Hungary

Presenting Author: Neumann, Eszter

Depicting refugees as a threat to the nation, the Orbán government turned the 2015 refugee crisis into populist propaganda (Cantat&Rajaram, 2019). As part of a broader set of anti-refugee politics and policies, earlier intercultural education programs were dismantled, resources – including financial and symbolic support for local innovations and NGOs focusing on refugee education, for Hungarian language teaching, and the per capita financing for teaching non-Hungarian speakers – were withdrawn. Consequently, families entering Hungary after the breakout of Russia’s war on Ukraine faced an education system unprepared for welcoming displaced children (Ercse, 2023).

In the context of the Hungarian state’s ambiguous political communication and “organized non-responsibility” (Pries, 2019: 6), a handful of civil society and grassroots actors immediately started to provide education and childcare for Ukrainian families. My presentation focuses on interviews with representatives of “grassroots humanitarianism” (Vandevoordt & Fleischmann 2020) or “citizen aid” (Fechter and Schwittay 2019) as well as organized NGOs offering educational support and childcare for Ukrainian families. The discussion concentrates on how the problem of time and the social imaginaries of hope and uncertainty featured in the helpers’ narratives and shaped their actions. These initiatives are examples of experimental humanitarism (Thieme et al. 2020; Ramakrishnan and Thieme, 2022): solidarity work entailed constant problem-solving, yet it has not proved to be ephemeral, but so far has survived growing public disinterest.

Drawing on recent studies on the temporalities of humanitarian action (Brun 2016; Vandervoodt and Felischmann, 2020), I explore how solidarity education initiatives navigate different temporalities. Humanitarian actions responding to crises are often thought to be governed by the ‘imaginary of emergency’ and captured by the present. Critical voices argued that their preoccupation with alleviating suffering in the here and now tends to de-contextualise suffering from its long-term causes and solutions (Calhoun 2008) and depoliticize these initiatives (Braun, 2017). But equally influentially, similarly to social movements, volunteers’ imaginaries are inspired by an ideal vision of future society (Fournier 2002), and some of them deeply engage with the structural political causes of the events.

Regarding the here and now, most interlocutors conceptualized their educational services as a means of unmaking uncertainty through providing structure and safety that aims to counterweight the chaos of the war. They often emphasized that the primary objective – one related to the present – of their initiatives is to establish a safe space where the children can experience empathy and compassion.

Education is profoundly driven by the social imaginaries of the future (Facer, 2023). I will bring examples of grassroots education initiatives, typically organized by members of the host society, who understood their solidarity work as prefigurative politics (Swain, 2019), a means of modeling change for the host society. Our interlocutors viewed education as a vehicle for a transformative and ethopoietic pedagogy (Collet-Sabé&Ball), which can foster social change through the practice of the relational ethics of care. Zembylas (2020) suggests that in the context of populist politics and exclusive forms of nationalism, democratic education should be a practice of affective counter-politics, developed at the micro-level of pedagogical encounters. These solidarity initiatives can be understood as affective counter-politics driven by visions of enacting alternative modes of togetherness and “politics by other means” (Kirsch, 2016) in the context of exclusivist populist politics.

Another type of engaging with the future was primarily enacted by Ukrainian-led initiatives. Making alliances with international and non-state partners (donors and host schools providing their infrastructures), and positioning themselves in a transnational space of education, these interlocutors talked about universalistic educational objectives (sustainability, climate education) and aimed to educate transnational citizens.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our team has been researching the patterns of Hungarian solidarity mobilization in crisis situations since the 2015 refugee crisis. Between June 2022 and January 2023, we conducted 28 semi-structured interviews and ethnographic observations in local communities and observed in-person and online conferences to explore bottom-up solidarity mobilizations emerging in response to the influx of Ukrainian displaced people. The data collection was complemented by the ongoing analysis of the media representation and social media activity of the studied initiatives. The semi-structured interviews concentrated on the themes of (1) the organization of solidarity and community problem-solving; (2) discourses and relations of deservingness and responsibility regarding the helping actions and in the broader societal context; (3) the public impact of solidarity initiatives and the political aspects of community support; (4) the motivational narratives of the solidarians including the economic, emotional and ideological aspects of the work of solidarity.
This presentation is based on 12 semi-structured interviews conducted with representatives of solidarity initiatives offering education support, childcare services, and material support for children. The interviews were transcribed, thematically coded, and analyzed. The current analysis moves beyond the strictly understood thematic analysis of the empirical material and looks into how the interlocutors thematize the problem of temporality and how the social imaginaries of present and future unfold in the interviews in relation to education and solidarity.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The presentation aims to contribute to the conversation in the network about the Social imaginaries of the future: the making and unmaking of certainty in education. The heart of the talk is dedicated to conceptualizing informal education spaces as forms of affective counter-politics in the context of thriving political populism and nationalism. With a long-term populist authoritarian government, Hungary is a key scene to study the social impact of populist politics and the emergence of affective counter-politics. Nevertheless, the case has wider implications across Europe and European education given the growing strength, political and policy influence of populist movements and ideologies.
References
Brun, C. (2016). There is no future in humanitarianism: emergency, temporality and protracted displacement. History and anthropology, 27(4), 393–410.
Calhoun, C. (2008). The imperative to reduce suffering: charity, progress, and emergencies in the field of humanitarian action. Humanitarianism in Question: Politics, Power, Ethics, 73–97. Ithaca/London: Cornell University Press.
Cantat, C. and P. K Rajaram (2019). The Politics of the Refugee Crisis in Hungary: Bordering and Ordering the Nation and Its Others. In: Menjívar, Cecilia – Marie Ruiz – Immanuel Ness (eds.): The Oxford Handbook of Migration Crises. Oxford University Press, Oxford. 181–196.
Collet-Sabé J. and S. J. Ball (2023). Beyond School. The challenge of co-producing and commoning a different episteme for education, Journal of Education Policy, 38(6), 895-910, DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2022.2157890
Ercse, K. (2023). Providing education to Ukrainian refugee children in Hungary – Situation report and policy recommendation package. EDUA.
Facer, Keri (2023). Possibility and the temporal imagination. Possibility Studies & Society, 1(1-2), 60-66. https://doi.org/10.1177/27538699231171797
Fechter, A-M. and A. Schwittay (2019). Citizen Aid: Grassroots Interventions in Development and Humanitarianism. Third World Quarterly, 40(10), 1769-1780. doi:10.1080/01436597.2019.1656062
Fournier, F. (2002) Utopianism and the cultivation of possibilities: grassroots movements of hope. The Sociological Review 50(1): 189–216.
Kirsch, T. G. (2016). Undoing Apartheid Legacies? Volunteering as Repentance and Politics by Other Means. In: Volunteer Economies. The Politics and Ethics of Voluntary Labour in Africa, hg. von Brown, Ruth & Ruth J. Prince. Oxford: James Currey, 201-221.
Pries, L. (2019). Introduction: Civil Society and Volunteering in the So-Called Refugee Crisis of 2015—Ambiguities and Structural Tensions. In: Margit Feischmidt, Ludger Pries, and Céline Cantat, Refugee protection and civil society in Europe. Palgrave Macmillan. 1-23.
Ramakrishnan, K. and Thieme, T. A. (2022). Peripheral humanitarianism: Ephemerality, experimentation,  and effects of refugee provisioning in Paris. Environment and Planning D: Society and Space, 40(5), 763-785. https://doi.org/10.1177/02637758221124603
Swain, D. (2019). Not not but not yet: present and future in prefigurative politics. Political Studies 67(1): 47–62.
Thieme, T, E. K. Kovacs and K. Ramakrishnan (2020). Refugees as new Europeans, and the fragile line between crisis and solidarity. Journal of the British Academy, 8 (Supp 1), 19-25. 10.5871/jba/008s1.019
Vandevoordt, R. and L. Fleischmann (2021). Impossible Futures? The Ambivalent Temporalities of Grassroots Humanitarian Action. Critical Sociology, 47(2), 187-202. https://doi.org/10.1177/0896920520932655
Zembylas, M. (2020). The Affective Modes of Right-Wing Populism: Trump Pedagogy and Lessons for Democratic Education. Stud Philos Educ 39, 151–166. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-019-09691-y


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Educational-social Movements and the making and Unmaking of Educational Ethos in Emergency

Lauren Erdreich1, Yuval Becker2, Rinat Levi2

1Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel; 2Nir Educational Association

Presenting Author: Erdreich, Lauren

This paper is concerned with educational-social movements' making and unmaking of educational ethos during national emergency. Based on an ethnographic study of educational social action during a national emergency, the paper considers how educational-social movements deal with existing educational inequalities and the possibility that their actions during emergency can further social transformation. This paper brings together three temporal lenses – an anthropological understanding of emergency as a mode of eventfulness(Anderson, 2017), a topological perspective on education and (in)equality, and the conceptualization of vectors and events in the temporality of social movements. How do social imaginaries of past and present accomplishments and failings of educational-social movements shape their educational praxis within the time-space of emergency? In what ways can this praxis offer possibilities for hopeful transformation of past inequalities alongside a transformative pathway out of emergency? Alternatively, are these aspirations to transformation too much to hope for?

Our study focuses on the social-educational activism of the graduate-movements of Israeli youth movements following the events of October 7 and the internal displacement of over a hundred thousand civilians. The government was slow to provide basic educational services; civic organizations stepped up to fill the void, notably, the graduate-movements. These graduate-movements constitute educational-social movements formed by nonformal educators, former members of Zionist youth movements, who are attempting to revitalize the pioneering ethos of the early socialist-Zionist movements through educational projects that stimulate social change and advance democracy, equality, social justice, and Zionist values. At displacement centers, they organized and operated nonformal youth activities, early childhood centers, schools, and neighborhood leadership groups. Though these graduate-movements have a history of educational activism in emergency in the wake of war across Europe (Huss, Ben Asher, Shahar, et al., 2021; Huss, Ben Asher, Walden, et al., 2021), national emergency at home was complicated by internal issues of inequality particularly between kibbutzim and development towns, such as educational gaps, access to nonformal educational frameworks, distribution of resources and organizational capacities.

We adopt a conceptualization of emergency as a mode of eventfulness, organized around four temporalities – exceptionalness from ordinary life, a sense of urgency to action to forestall foreseen harm of an unknown but impending future, a time-limited interval in which action is imperative, and a hope that correct action can make a difference (Anderson, 2017). Emergency indicates threat to something considered socially or historically valuable and uncertainty concerning how and if action in the present can bring about a future that is improvement on the past (Brun, 2016; Samimian-Darash, 2022). Considering specifically the role of education in emergency, we focus topologically on the ways that educational activism in emergency morphs the shape of educational governance and practice (Decuypere et al., 2022). The topological perspective directs attention to how educational practice elicits continuity and change, reformation of relations between educators and communities, and specific space-time practices that link past, present, and future educational aims. To provide nuance of the multiple temporalities at work in making and remaking educational practice and governance (Lingard & Thompson, 2017), we focus on educational-social movements. We take up Gillian's view of social movements as actors in the creation of events and his suggestion to analyze vectors – the social behavior and discourse of movements over a particular timescape – as a means for understanding the socio-political conditions and trends at work in a larger context (Gillan, 2020). In other words, the focus on educational-social movements in emergency allows us to trace how their particular educational ethos, tied as it is to a larger national ethos, morphs and reforms in the context of emergency and to ponder its possible unfoldings into the unknown future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is based on an ethnographic case study of one displacement center in Israel. The displacement center is located geographically in a complex of resort hotels which are currently allocated as temporary housing for several communities –three kibbutzim and families from a major development town. Two major graduate-movements have been active in the center since immediately following October 7.
The study is an ethnographic-based interview study, which combines interviews with activists involved in a wide range of educational initiatives and observation of relevant activities. The study aims to apply the close attention of ethnography and the analysis of information in cultural context to data that is largely, but not exclusively narrative (Golden & Erdreich, 2017). Interviews are aimed to capture both generational distribution amongst activists and diversity of educational activism. To date, twenty-five interviews have been conducted with activists from age 17-50, working with kibbutzim and development towns or both, involved in establishing educational frameworks or daily maintenance, with early education to elderly populations. Observations included participation in youth activities, neighborhood leadership meetings, a group for the elderly, staff meetings, and an organizational strategic planning seminar. The study is ongoing.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper shows that educational-social movements can actively shape the event of emergency into a space-time for the playing out of vectors of educational change.
Our findings describe how the graduate-movements strived to create an equal distribution of educational frameworks despite inequalities in socio-economic status and organization of different communities. While displacement de-bordered the kibbutz/development town divide, educational interactions in the displacement center re-inscribed borders, forcing movement educators to reshape educational aims and methods, particularly: socialist-Zionist content and nonformal methods. The former was too specific for emergency time-space; the latter was ineffective with populations unfamiliar with these methods.
Analysis shows that emergency created a space-time that distilled educational praxis of the movements to what we identify as two basic forms: 'being there' and 'being together'. 'Being there' is an educational philosophy opposed to education as a temporary influence, achievement- or task-oriented, and encouraging individuation; rather it applauds consistent connection based in attention to basic needs, as a basis for encouragement of self-defined desires alongside sociability. 'Being together' is an educational practice of bringing together diverse populations to live in shared society. 'Being there' and 'being together' reflect an educational ethos based in the assumption that everyday relationships shape the fabric of social life and can potentially contribute to the reorganization of inequalities and the distribution of social resources (Hall, 2019). While these practices reflect movement ideology, they were made possible by the situation of war and displacement, which both brought together populations usually held separate geographically and posed common tasks of repair and common questions about the uncertain future. Within emergency, they offered an educational praxis that attended to larger socio-political vectors of educational ethos  - combatting inequality and increasing resilience – while proposing a radical alternative to the emphasis of neoliberal education on individual needs, risks, and achievements.

References
Anderson, B. (2017). Emergency futures: Exception, urgency, interval, hope. The Sociological Review, 65(3), 463–477. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-954X.12447
Brun, C. (2016). There is no Future in Humanitarianism: Emergency, Temporality and Protracted Displacement. History and Anthropology, 27(4), 393–410. https://doi.org/10.1080/02757206.2016.1207637
Decuypere, M., Hartong, S., & van de Oudeweetering, K. (2022). Introduction―Space-and time-making in education: Towards a topological lens. European Educational Research Journal, 21(6), 871–882. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041221076306
Gillan, K. (2020). Temporality in social movement theory: Vectors and events in the neoliberal timescape. Social Movement Studies, 19(5–6), 516–536. https://doi.org/10.1080/14742837.2018.1548965
Hall, S. M. (2019). Everyday Life in Austerity: Family, Friends and Intimate Relations. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17094-3
Huss, E., Ben Asher, S., Shahar, E., Walden, T., & Sagy, S. (2021). Creating places, relationships and education for refugee children in camps: Lessons learnt from the ‘The School of Peace’ educational model. Children & Society, 35(4), 481–502. https://doi.org/10.1111/chso.12412
Huss, E., Ben Asher, S., Walden, T., & Shahar, E. (2021). Towards a Model for Integrating Informal and Formal Learning for Children in Refugee Camps: The Example of the Lesbos School for Peace. Social Sciences, 10(3), Article 3. https://doi.org/10.3390/socsci10030111
Lingard, B., & Thompson, G. (2017). Doing time in the sociology of education. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(1), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1260854
Samimian-Darash, L. (2022). Scenarios in a Time of Urgency: Shifting Temporality and Technology. Social Anthropology/Anthropologie Sociale, 30(4), 90–109. https://doi.org/10.3167/saas.2022.300407


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Uncertain futures. The (Un-)Making of Certainty in German Schools in the Context of Refugee Migration from Ukraine

Ellen Kollender1, Dorothee Schwendowius2, Anja Franz2

1Leuphana University Lüneburg, Germany; 2Otto von Guericke University of Magdeburg, Gemany

Presenting Author: Kollender, Ellen; Schwendowius, Dorothee

In our paper, we focus on the constructions of refugee students’ futures and the associated notions of temporality and uncertainty in German schools with reference to newly arrived students who have fled to Germany in 2022 due to the war in Ukraine.

Our contribution is based on the observation that constructions of “future” in the context of (forced) migration biographies are often closely linked to notions of uncertainty. These biographies and educational paths are not only characterized by discontinuities in the (individual) past. They often also appear uncertain with regard to the future, e.g. due to unclear residence and/or return options that can hardly be planned in terms of time. Future uncertainty in this context can therefore be understood as a social construction of time, which arises through institutional regulations on migration and asylum with regard to the associated political and social discourses. However, the education system assigns additional significance to uncertain futures by translating them into individual life chances. It functions as a temporal structure for individual biographies and educational paths and, through its inherent linear temporal logic, shapes the future options for action of the subjects (Solga/Becker 2012; Scherger 2016). However, the individual temporal logic of educational processes as a lived experience can deviate from this “dominant timescape” (Facer 2023), which can be highly consequential for the future (educational) biographies of individuals (cf. Dausien/Rothe/Schwendowius 2016). For example, the (ascribed) uncertainty of students’ futures in the context of migration can be decisive for pedagogical diagnoses as well as for predicting future developments and deciding on students’ educational pathways (based on the institutional time regime). Moreover, uncertain futures are often associated with attributions and interpretations of vulnerabilities which can lead to educational practices that imply specific risks and opportunities for individuals and their educational trajectories.

In our paper, we examine how students’ uncertain futures are anticipated and constructed by educational professionals and what (temporal) expectations are associated with them. Furthermore, we ask how the educational pathways of refugee students are institutionally processed and how these practices are embedded in specific timescapes (Adam 1998). Empirically, our study is based on the analysis of documents and guided interviews with teachers, head teachers and social workers conducted at schools in Germany (in the federal states of Rhineland-Palatinate and Saxony-Anhalt). We show how dominant timescapes inform school and pedagogical practices with regard to refugee students from Ukraine, how they are entangled with constructions of uncertain futures, and how these open up or close off educational options and thus create (new) precarisation (or new opportunities for educational participation).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In our qualitative study, we combine analyses of school administrative structures with analyses of school practices and the (experiential and interpretative) knowledge of educational professionals. In order to analyse these practices and knowledge, we conducted 35 guided interviews in 19 public secondary schools. These schools, which were selected according to the principle of theoretical sampling (cf. Strauss/Corbin 1990), enrolled children and young people from Ukraine at the time of the interviews. In order to shed light on the educational inequalities that are rooted in the segmented school system in Germany, our sample includes both grammar schools, community schools and comprehensive schools. Taking into account that perspectives on forced migration can vary depending on professional position (Tom Diek/Rosen 2023), interviews were conducted with school headmasters, teachers, German-as-a-second-language teachers, teachers of ‘reception classes’ and social workers.

In order to gain insights into the political framework and legal requirements for the schooling of refugee children and young people, we also analysed selected political documents on the topic of migration and integration, including regulations issued by the education ministries and authorities of the federal states of Saxony-Anhalt and Rhineland-Palatinate. In addition, we conducted guided interviews with representatives of the local school authorities.

The data analysis was initially based on a multi-stage coding process for the transcribed interviews. This process was based on the coding paradigm of Grounded Theory (cf. ibid.) and aimed to identify dominant themes and relevant attitudes as well as organisational and pedagogical practices with regard to current refugee migrations. The coding process was followed by a detailed analysis of selected minimum and maximum contrasting text sequences. We understand the professionals’ experiential and interpretative knowledge as being generated by the shared experiential space of the respective school and characterised by the "conjunctive experiential space" (Mannheim 1980) of the professional milieu as well as by biographical experiences and current socio-political discourses. The analysis focused both on the organisational and pedagogical practices of the school in the narrated situation and on the actors' reflective engagement with these practices in the interview. As part of this analytical framework, the school practices and professionals’ perspectives were related to current policy changes throughout the analysis in order to capture the interplay of policy, pedagogical practice and professional knowledge in which inclusions and exclusions of refugee children and young people in schools takes place.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our analyses show that the ways in which teachers interpret uncertain futures in relation to current forced migration are intertwined with a specific time regime of the school. This invokes a morality in which time is a 'currency' (Thompson 1967), while notions of development, of progress and “of the correct order” are crucial to how school is “constructed, and (…) lived” (Lingard/Thompson 2017). Against this backdrop, teachers face the challenge of quickly integrating newly arrived students into the school's time regime (Thoma 2023). This seems to presuppose that their ‘uncertain futures’ are translated into ‘certain futures’, because ‘the temporary’, ‘the transitory’, ‘the uncertain’ is hardly foreseen in this concept of time.

Against this background, we describe various fields of tension that arise, firstly, with regard to the institutional (im)possibilities of ‘rapid integration’ of refugee students into the school system. For example, the (partly) separate schooling of newly arrived students in German-as-a-second-language classes and reception classes proves to be a practice of participation in the “not yet” (Khakpour 2022), which works with the promise of a future that should soon enable the student to participate in ‘regular classes’ – a future that remains uncertain, however. Secondly, we focus on the ambivalences of pedagogical practices that aim to address discontinuous educational biographies of students by temporarily suspending the dominant timescape and allowing students to extend their time at school. Third, we describe tensions that arise when students who do not (yet) seem to have internalised the institutional timescape and are perceived as unwilling (or unable) to fit in with it - attitudes that are often countered by practices of culturalisation, disciplining and partial exclusion from support measures.

References
Adam, B. (1998): Timescapes of modernity. London: Routledge.

Dausien, B./Rothe, D./Schwendowius, D. (2016): Teilhabe und Ausgrenzung als biographische Erfahrung. Einführung in eine biographiewissenschaftliche Analyseperspektive. In: Dausien, B./Rothe, D./Schwendowius, D. (eds.): Bildungswege. Biographien zwischen Teilhabe und Ausgrenzung. Frankfurt: Campus, pp. 25-67.

Facer, Kerri (2023): Possibility and the temporal imagination. Possibility Studies & Society, 1(1-2), pp. 60-66.

Khakpour, N.: Mit Kafka die dark side schulischer Verfahren verstehen: Deutsch-Können und neoliberale Ökonomisierung, ZDfm – Zeitschrift für Diversitätsforschung und -management, 2-2022, pp. 135-147.

Lingard, B./Thompson, G. (2017): Doing time in the sociology of education. In: British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38:1, pp. 1-12.

Mannheim, K. (1922/1980): Strukturen des Denkens. Frankfurt a.M.: Suhrkamp.

Scherger, S. (2016): Konzeptuelle Überlegungen zum Zusammenhang von Bildungsverläufen und -strukturen: Zeitliche (De-) Standardisierung in Bildungssystemen und soziale Ungleichheit. In: Makrinus, L./ Otremba, K./ Rennert, C./ Stoeck, J. (eds.): (De)Standardisierung von Bildungsverläufen und-strukturen: Neue Perspektiven auf bildungsbezogene Ungleichheit, pp. 39-58.

Solga, H., & Becker, R. (2012): Soziologische Bildungsforschung – eine kritische Bestandsaufnahme. In: Soziologische Bildungsforschung, Kölner Zeitschrift für Soziologie und Sozialpsychologie Sonderhefte, 52, pp. 7-43.

Strauss, A./Corbin, J. (1990): Basics of qualitative research: grounded theory procedures and techniques. Newbury: Sage.

Thoma, N. (2023): Pedagogy and Research Cooperations in the Neoliberal Politics of Speed: Reflections for Critical Pedagogical Professionalization in Migration Societies. In: Krause, S./Proyer, M./Kremsner, G. (eds.): The making of teachers in the age of migration. Critical perspectives on educational politic of education for refugees, immigrants and minorities. London: Bloomsbury, pp. 85-101.

Thompson, E. P. 1967. “Time, Work-Discipline, and Industrial Capitalism.” Past & Present 38: pp. 56–97.

Tom Dieck, F./Rosen, L. (2023): Before, in or after transition? On becoming a ‘mainstream student’ in Germany and Italy in the context of new migration. In: Subasi Singh, S./Jovanović, O./Proyer, M. (eds.): Perspectives on Transitions in Refugee Education. Ruptures, Passages, and Re-Orientations. Opladen, Berlin, Toronto: Budrich, pp. 161-174.
 
13:45 - 15:1528 SES 06 B: Critical Thinking and Educational Futures
Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Paolo Landri
Panel discussion
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Panel Discussion

Critical Thinking and Educational Futures

Paolo Landri1, Romuald Normand2, Sofia Viseu3, Toni Verger4, Radhika Gorur5

1CNR-IRPPS, Italy; 2University of Strasbourg; 3University of Lisboa; 4University of Barcelona; 5University of Deakin, Australia

Presenting Author: Landri, Paolo; Normand, Romuald; Viseu, Sofia; Verger, Toni; Gorur, Radhika

Is critical thinking in education studies running out of steam? Is critical thinking (un)helpful for reimagining educational futures? To give some answers to these questions, this panel discussion will introduce the recent book ‘Rethinking Sociological Critique in Contemporary Education. Reflexive Dialogue and Prospective Inquiry’ edited By Radhika Gorur, Paolo Landri, Romuald Normand.

This book explores a new repertoire for critique in the sociology of contemporary education, focusing on emerging social theories that respond to contemporary challenges in education, education policy and governance. Presenting a variety of approaches in the sociology of education, including pragmatist critical sociology, neo-Marxism, post-digital sociology, new materialisms, affirmative critique of education, and decolonial studies, the book engages in a novel, collective dialogue and reflection on the affordances, limitations, and challenges of emerging social theories in contemporary education. Relevant global and decolonial perspectives to study current transformations, drawing on innovations in theorising and empirical illustrations, are offered from different countries.

In sum, the book suggests that critique in the sociology of education is not exhausted. Rather, (1) it is developing in plural ways and engaging with emerging social theories; (2) a change in the direction of critical thought is becoming visible, which encourages us to reconsider the monopoly of the Western, European, and modern heritage; and (3) there is, increasingly, room for an earthly sociology. By commenting on the main threads or chapters of the book, panellists are invited to give their answers to the opening questions and to engage in a debate on the prospects of critique in contemporary education studies.


References
Michael W. Apple, Stephen J. Ball and Luis Armando Gandin (2011) (Eds) The Routledge International Handbook of the Sociology of Education. London: Routledge

Bhambra, G. K. (2014). Connected sociologies. London: Bloomsbury Academic.

Boltanski, L. (2011). On critique: A sociology of emancipation. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Foucault, M. (1997). What is Critique? In J. Schmidt (Ed.), What is Enlightenment?
Eighteenth-Century Questions and Twentieth-Century Answers (pp. 23-61). California:
University of California Press.

David James (2020) 40th anniversary special issue: the current and future shape of the sociology of education, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 41:6, 757-767, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2020.1801222

Latour, B. (2004). Why has critique run out of steam? From matters of fact to matters of concern. Critical Inquiry, 30(2), 225–248. https://doi.org/10.1086/421123

Bradley A. Levinson, Jacob P. K. Gross, Christopher Hanks, Julia Heimer Dadds, Kafi Kumasi, and Joseph Link (2016) Beyond Critique: Exploring Critical Social Theories and Education. London: Routledge

Morrow, R. and Torres, C. (1995) Social Theory and Education: A critique of theories of social and cultural reproduction (New York: SUNY).

Glenn C. Savage (2021) The evolving state of policy sociology, Critical Studies in Education, 62:3, 275-289, DOI: 10.1080/17508487.2021.1942108

Chair
Paolo Landri, p.landri@irpps.cnr.it, CNR-IRPPS
 
13:45 - 15:1529 SES 06 A: Materiality in museums. Affects, encounters and educational change
Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Carolyn Julie Swanson
Paper Session
 
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Pupils’ Experience with Historical Objects at a History Museum and How it Affects Pupils’ Historical Consciousness

Victoria Percy-Smith

DanishSchool of Education, Denmark

Presenting Author: Percy-Smith, Victoria

In this paper, I explore how pupils, aged 13-16, experience historical objects during an educational visit to a history museum, and how this experience affects their historical consciousness. Historical consciousness denotes the understanding of coherence between the past, present, and future – how humans are created by and creating history (Jensen, 2017).

As an applicable pedagogical term, historical consciousness has been widely discussed and criticised for its intangibility (Binderup et al., 2014). Historical consciousness is developed through learning processes affected by the culture one lives in, and therefore culture and history are understood as entwined (Jensen, 2017). Historical consciousness is therefore researched in this paper as a broad cultural process that happens ubiquitously, especially at a history museum.

This is why I choose to investigate how historical consciousness as an applicable pedagogical term and a cultural process, can become more tangible when pupils experience historical objects at a history museum. This stems from historical objects being a favourable way to be in bodily and tactile contact with the past, by providing a bodily presence (Dudley, 2012; Gumbrecht, 2004). Furthermore, museum education can be an advantageous pedagogical approach to create such an opportunity for pupils to be in contact with the past through historical objects. The question is how the connection to the past through objects, can encourage pupils to reflect on their cultural understanding concerning the past, present, and future?

To research how a historical object can affect pupils’ historical consciousness; it is essential to further investigate the relation between subject and object. This means that instead of understanding the physical world around us as a resource to fulfil one’s own needs, as many do in our Anthropocene world, I centralize the relation between subject and object (Chakrabarty, 2009). To do this the relation between subject and object needs to be realized as entangled. In other words, an interaction with one another. This entails a shift of focus to the entangled production of the pupil’s subjectivities as affected by and affecting its surroundings/world. Yet the pupil’s subjectivities and life are messy and complex and should be acknowledged and embraced, instead of attending to claims of the authentic pupil (Spyrou, 2018).

Within this study the focus on entangled production of pupil’s subjectivities, are the pupil’s experience with the historical objects and how that affects the pupil’s historical consciousness. Considering the entangled production of historical consciousness, I argue that a more material perspective on historical consciousness would entail that the pupils’ experiences with the historical objects – the material past – would support the development of their historical consciousness. This will lead to a more tangible applicable pedagogical understanding of historical consciousness, which the term has previously been criticized for not being (Haas, 2022). However, using the material past to understand the present and future, is not to establish history as magistrae vitae. Instead, it is an understanding of and openness towards a perspective on bildung with a temporal aspect which takes the relational encounters with the material world into account.

To research historical consciousness as a more tangible applicable pedagogical understanding, I find it essential that it is the pupil’s experience and voice which is the guidelines to this development. Even though I find an ethical obligation to represent the pupil’s voices, I do not consider this study as giving the pupils a voice. Instead, I understand that with the choice of methods in the study, it can give space to the pupils’ voices. I, therefore, acknowledge the limits of pupils’ voices and recognize the importance of the performative character it may hold (Spyrou, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper presents a study with pupils during an educational museum visit, based on qualitative cartographic observations and qualitative photo-elicited surveys. The actual study is part of a larger empirical study (Ph.D.-thesis), but this paper mainly focuses on the two methods to investigate the performative character of pupils’ voices and to give space to the pupils’ voices. Much empirical research is mediated through power, and acknowledging the pupils as experts and co-creators of the data is no exception (Spyrou, 2018). Therefore, it has been vital in my choice of methods and throughout the whole research process to be aware of the power differential.

The qualitative cartographic observation form where you draw to see, instead of drawing to represent (Causey, 2017). I.e. the observer draws the pupils’ interaction in space and place on a floor plan of a history museum – Rosenborg Castle. The purpose is to gain spatial insight of how the pupils interact in space and place, and balance between experience and enlightenment during the museum education. The cartographic observations are therefore understood as qualitative insights into the interaction between subject and object, instead of quantitative tracking data of the pupils’ movement. The observation is conducted with 16 different classes who visit Rosenborg Castle for educational purposes.

With the same pupils who are observed, I also use qualitative photo-elicited surveys, to get an insight into the pupils’ experience with the historical objects and how that experience affects the pupils’ historical consciousness. My method could arguably be within the continuum between participatory photography and photo-elicited interviews (Banks & Zeitlyn, 2015; Latz & Mulvihill, 2017), because the pupils are asked to take a photo of the object that they think has had the biggest influence on their visit to the museum and explain their experience with the object while standing in front of the object. Videlicet, when the pupils’ take the photo themselves and explain their experiences with the object, their visual narratives are incorporated into the data production and thereby positioned as authors of their own stories. After the pupils’ visit to the museum, the pupils will get a more extended qualitative photo-elicited survey, with open reflective questions about their experience with the specific object. The photo is in other words used as a steppingstone to get insights into the pupils’ experience with the objects.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcome of this study is broader insights into pupils’ experiences with historical objects at a history museum during an educational visit. Experiences and processes that are much affected by the presence effects of the material objects present at a history museum. These outcomes will be supported by findings of how the pupils’ historical consciousness is affected by their experiences with the historical objects. This will be a vital foundation for developing how museum educators can didactically create the opportunities for the pupils to experience the historical objects and support the development of historical consciousness. Such a development will contribute to the historical consciousness as a bildung and culturally orientated pedagogical term. These findings will also allow the term to be understood as a more material process and acknowledge the term within an entangled understanding. The openness towards the entangled production of historical consciousness will broaden the understandings of pedagogical use of historical objects – the material past – to understand our present, and to help navigate what the future might hold. This pedagogical approach will be further developed in my Ph.D. thesis.

It is also expected that that the study will conclude that a more creative methodological approach can support researchers in approaching the pupils’ messy and complex voices. This will lead to broad perspectives of why researchers should acknowledge that the pupils should be narrators of their own story, instead of caricaturing pupils. Most importantly this study will conclude that the pupils should be recognized as a person who has a past and past experiences, who contributes to the present, who is becoming of age, who is shaping the future, and a person who exists in their own right.

References
Banks, M., & Zeitlyn, D. (2015). Visual methods in social research (2. edition. ed.). SAGE.

Binderup, T., Troelsen, B., & Andersen, T. M. (2014). Historiepædagogik. Kvan.

Braun, V., Clarke, V., Boulton, E., Davey, L., & McEvoy, C. (2021). The online survey as a qualitative research tool. International journal of social research methodology, 24(6), 641-654. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2020.1805550

Causey, A. (2017). Drawn to see : drawing as an ethnographic method. University of Toronto Press.

Chakrabarty, D. (2009). The Climate of History: Four Theses. Critical inquiry, 35(2), 197-222. https://doi.org/10.1086/596640

Dudley, S. H. (2012). Museum objects : experiencing the properties of things. Routledge.

Gumbrecht, H. U. (2004). Production of presence : what meaning cannot convey. Stanford University Press.

Haas, C. (2022). Historieundervisning. Pædagogisk indblik, 16. https://dpu.au.dk/fileadmin/edu/Paedagogisk_Indblik/Historieundervisning/16_-_Historieundervisning_-_28-03-2022.pdf

Jensen, B. E. (2017). Historiebevidsthed/fortidsbrug : teori og empiri (1. udgave. ed.). Historia.

Koselleck, R. (2007). Begreber, tid og erfaring : en tekstsamling (1. udgave. ed.). Hans Reitzel.

Latz, A. O., & Mulvihill, T. M. (2017). Photovoice research in education and beyond : a practical guide from theory to exhibition. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315724089

Spyrou, S. (2018). Disclosing Childhoods: Research and Knowledge Production for a Critical Childhood Studies. Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-47904-4

Woodward, S. (2020). Material Methods: Researching and Thinking with Things. SAGE Publications Ltd.

Wyness, M. (2003). Children's Space and Interests: Constructing an Agenda for Student Voice. Children's geographies, 1(2), 223-239. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733280302193


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Re-dressed: Encounters with Materiality in Visitor/Researcher/Maker Practice in Foundling Museums.

Adele Nye1, Jennifer Clark2

1University of New England, Australia; 2University of Adelaide, Australia

Presenting Author: Nye, Adele; Clark, Jennifer

In our work we bring arts-based research and post qualitative history pedagogies to the museum space. In this presentation we will discuss the generative affective entanglements and the encounters of learning about and researching the vital matter of foundling home collections. We consider the ethico-onto-epistemological challenges (Barad, 2003, Geertz & Carsten, 2019) and the contestations of memory, positionality, responsibility, affect, and representation. Such contestations and entanglements offer an entry point into historical thinking, how historical knowledge can be constructed and can evolve, and how such engagement with material culture in a museum at the embodied level can produce a powerful educative experience for the museum visitor.

In particular, we work at two museums, the London Foundling Hospital Museum and the Museo Degli Innocenti in Florence. We look closely at their token and fabric swatch collections. We consider how connection over time casts a legacy of affective entanglements for researchers and visitors (Clark & Nye, 2023). We have developed a visitor/researcher/maker practice whereby we draw on the practices and methods of traditional histories, museology, and arts-based research to engage creatively with the archive.

This work relies on an openness to plugging in as a ‘production of the new: the assemblage in formation’ (Jackson & Mazzei, 2023, 2). Through art-based research and thinking with theoretical ideas we reconfigure the traces of the past, the stories, the colours, and material remains. The legacies of the foundling hospital have been visited and revisited in multiple disciplinary contexts by numerous scholars and artists. We have seen sculpture, paintings, videos, stories, and images produced through museum fellowships and curations. Our own visitations come through (and with) theory, textiles, and talk. This engagement allows us to navigate creative and experimental pathways to delve into the world of the surrendered child and we also, as Carol Taylor suggests, afford different approaches to knowledge-making which is open, affirmative, political and joyous (2021, 39)

In this paper we bring together an interdisciplinary story of love and loss that is revitalised and reanimated through creative responses (Taylor, 2003; Phillips-Hutton, 2018). We ask: how might we re-imagine child surrender using pencil, cloth and thread that takes our level of awareness and affective engagement with the archive to a new level? How might our initial encounters with foundling tokens be explored, understood and reconstituted through the experience of visitor/researcher/maker to take the story of child surrender to a new place of contemporary significance and consideration? Ultimately, how might our making of children’s garments that resonate with the material residue of the foundlings allow us to generate new knowledge and reveal the educative value of encounter and entanglement in museums? In this (re)-dressing of the children, how do we educate ourselves and others about the past in new ways?

In this paper we present an affective journey as experienced by the museum researcher/visitor/maker on encountering the token collections of two foundling museums, and then, referencing Phillips-Hutton and Pérez-Bustos, create a textile ‘repertoire’ in response to the archive that not only represents our processing of, and engagement with, that archive, but also, in the act of creation, produces new knowledge that can be shared with others.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this work we consider how the materiality of museums and the discipline of History develop when applying relational ontologically informed process methodologies (Mazzei, 2021). This generative, and often serendipitous, approach can produce rich outcomes and ideas for new directions. As Mazzei states  ‘It is not a method with a script, but is that which emerges as a process methodology’ (2021, p. 198).

Drawing on new materialism (Fox & Alldred, 2017) and post qualitative approaches (St Pierre, 2019) we previously explored the affective entanglements of the researcher /visitor museum experience.  It seemed a natural progression, given our interest in drawing, textiles and sewing, to develop another extension to this research practice by infusing arts-based research (Mreiwed, 2023, Ingham, 2022, Pillay et al, 2017). The researcher/visitor/maker practice is an assemblage that evolved through collaborative talk, imagining, and close noticing and walking with methodologies (Springgay &Truman, 2019). It is an embodied endeavour where we work with pencils, paint, digital images, printing, textiles and stitching. We create reconfigurations of our academic work with fabrics and art which speaks to the multiple ways of doing and thinking about matter and history.  We engage in an intentional ethico-onto-epistemological (Barad, 2003) dialogue to tease apart the temporal and affective layers of this work. We talk about colour casting a vitality across time, symbolic shapes and messages as signifiers of connection to kin.  As a process methodology, of being and becoming through careful noticing and art(ful) practices we are energised as researchers. We recognise the value in exploring the ways in which we, our writing and thinking are changed by these encounters. In this context such thresholding produces new and generative opportunities for extending historical thinking and practice.

Because we are specifically working with museum archives, collections and exhibitions, we have found resonance in the work of Phillips-Hutton and Diane Taylor particularly useful. Both explore the relationship between archive and creative practice, or ‘repertoire’, as ‘an embodied way of knowing that is enacted through performance’ (Phillips-Hutton, 2018, 189). The impermanence and performative nature of ‘repertoire’ becomes a key concept for our performative making, our interpretative artistic sewing, our ‘(re)dressing’ of surrendered children.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The intention of this paper is to promote an imaginative conversation about arts-based work, history and post-qualitative research methods. It builds on our earlier work of using these approaches as provocations for thinking about history education in universities (Nye & Clark, 2021), this time with fabrics, thread, inks and pencils. The researcher/visitor/maker assemblage infuses new possibilities for arts based, historical and archival research. Arts-based research offers an alternative form of access to the social and cultural memory of museums. The reconfigurations of the token images through a mixed arts-based practice allow us to think differently about the museum experience and represent our embodied knowledge in a highly visual and tactile way.  It highlights temporality, vital matter, and representations of corporeality of the foundlings, and their mothers who relinquished the babies but left a chosen token as an identity document.   This process represents a story of becoming for us as researchers.  Choosing to embrace ‘withness’ (Jackson & Mazzei, 2023); to listen, walk with, think, write and make differently has facilitated our sharing in an affective encounter amid the archives of the foundling homes. As an emergent research assemblage, (Re)dressing speaks to our own ongoing process of relational becoming as researchers who are perpetually transformed, as much as it speaks to the vitality of the matter of the tokens.
References
Barad, K. (2003). Posthuman performativity: Towards an understanding of how matter comes to matter.  Signs: Journal of Women in Culture and Society, 28(3), 801-831.

Clark, J. & Nye, A. (2023). Foundling museums: Exhibition design and the intersections of the vital materiality of foundling tokens and affective visitor experience.  Museum Management and Curatorship, 38(6), 662-678.

Geertz, E.  & Carstens, D. (2019).  Ethico-onto-epistemology. Philosophy Today, 63(4), 915-925.

Ingham, B. (2022). Artistic sensibility is inherent to research. International Journal of Qualitative Methods, 21, 1-11.

Jackson, A. & Mazzei, L. (2023). Thinking with theory in qualitative research, Routledge.
 
Mazzei, L. (2021). Postqualitative inquiry: Or the necessity of theory. Qualitative Inquiry, 27(2), 198-200.


Mreiwed, H. (2023). Storytelling through textiles: The rebirth of a Phoenix called Damascus, in H. Mreiwed, M. Carter, S Harshem, & C. Blake-Amarente (Eds.), Making Connections in and through arts-based educational research, Springer pp.153-166.

Nye, A. & Clark, J. (Eds.), (2021). Teaching history for the contemporary world: Tensions, challenges and classroom experiences in higher education, Springer.

Pérez-Bustos, T., & Bello-Tocancipá, A., (2023). Thinking methodologies with textiles, thinking textiles as methodologies in the context of transitional justice. Qualitative Research, DOI: 10.1177/14687941231216639, 1-21.
Phillips-Hutton, A. (2018). Performing the South African archive in REwind: A cantata for voice, tape, and testimony, Twentieth-Century Music 15(2), 187–209.
Pillay, D., Pithouse-Morgan, K. & Naicker I. (2017). Composing object medleys, in D. Pillay, K. Pithouse-Morgan, and I. Naicker (Eds.), Object medleys: Interpretive possibilities for educational research, Sense pp. 1-10.  

Springgay, S.  & Truman, S. (2019). Walking methodologies in a more than human world: Walking lab, Routledge.

Taylor, C. (2021). Knowledge matters, in K. Murris (Ed.), Navigating the postqualitative, new materialist and critical posthumanist terrain across disciplines: An introductory guide, Routledge pp. 22-42.

Taylor, D., (2003). The Archive and the repertoire: Performing cultural memory in the Americas, Duke University Press.


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

The Digital Museum Útil: Enacting Educational Change through Art and Museums.

Sara Pastore

Federico II, Italy

Presenting Author: Pastore, Sara

In the educational domain, digitization has been often conducted in a tension towards techno-solutionism, thus feeding commodification and financialization mechanisms (McLaren, Jandrić 2015, Grimaldi, Ball, Peruzzo 2023). This presentation moves from the assumption, shared by many scholars, that this is just one of the possible unfoldings of digital technologies in education. Here, in fact, they can as well provide numerous spaces for contradictory practices (Rose 2015); enable new ecologies of participation and meaning making (McLaren, Jandrić 2015); and set up a fertile ground to open many different routes for human learning (Hayes 2015).

This study tries then to walk through one of these: specifically, that which encounters art and museum education. If art education calls on us to embark on a path of unlearning (Baldacchino 2019), opposing the positivistic approach and the developmental narrative not seldomly attached to digitization, contemporary museum studies suggest to acknowledge the museum as a potential site for critical pedagogical practices (Mayo 2004, 2013). As research shows, digital technologies, by supporting more open and flexible museum experiences (Hein 1998, Hooper-Greenhill 2007, Tallon, Walker 2008), can help unlock this potentiality, thus triggering a virtuous circle in which the digital museum educational experience rises as an occasion for collaborative knowledge construction and co-production of difference.

Drawing upon such a position, this presentation gathers the initial results of a two-year study, which attempts to explore how art and museum education can be areas from which to envision and enact a different account of educational digitisation. Namely, one that evades from the common normative stance and technocentric approach, and instead centres and shapes around the pedagogies it cherishes. The study consists of three stages: a transdisciplinary literature review, aimed at reassembling a theoretical framework which combines the ideas of different scholarships, such as critical pedagogy and networked learning (McLaren 1995, Jandrić, Boras 2015) with critical museology and art education (Byrne et al. 2018, Irwin 2015); a context analysis, engaging with the selection and exploration of some existing case studies; and a participatory action research, addressed to design a digital museum educational project in collaboration with a group of higher education students. In this presentation I will discuss some findings from the second stage, i.e. context analysis: assuming the intertwining of action and reflection necessary for further transformation, which is inherent in the notion of praxis (Mayo 2004), my aim is to explore a set of case studies that shed further light on the theoretical insights voiced through the literature review.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The presentation will draw on the analysis of three existing projects proposed by European museums from 2020 to the present, as we recognize the Covid-19 pandemic as a decisive threshold for digital innovation in cultural and educational institutions. For the selection of the case studies, we coupled the use of digital technologies with the criteria traced by the Arte Útil movement, and above all with its shift from spectatorship to usership, conceived as a way to expand the notion of education through an act of emancipation (Saviotti 2022, Byrne, Saviotti, Estupiñán 2022).
Crafted in this way, the resulting sample comprises three case studies: The Uncertain Space virtual museum by the University of Bristol; the Deep Viewpoint web application by the IMMA of Dublin; the project Collections of Ghent developed by the Design Museum of Ghent in collaboration with other actors of the city. Though encompassing different digital technologies, all three projects use them as resources to replace spectators with users and advance new uses for art within society, thus re-establishing art as a system of transformation.
Adopting critique as a mode of analysis that interrogates texts, institutions, and social practices to reveal how they relate to the current hegemonic script, we investigate the case studies through document analysis and interviews with key informants. We then discuss them in reconnection with those dimensions that, according to our relevant literature, inevitably entangle with teaching and learning. First, the knowledge construction process they endorse, focusing on the degrees of decentralization, collaboration and horizontality, and as well on the epistemological values they embody (or refuse), for example regarding the notions commonly tied to technology, such as speed and objectivity. Second, the identities they allow to narrate, drawing upon the act of (self-) narration as a space of subjectivation, agency and empowerment, and likewise on the interplay between inclusion and exclusion at stake in every cultural representation. Last, as we uphold critical pedagogy’s refuse to separate culture from systemic relations of power or the production of knowledge and identities from politics, we must engage with the power relationships which are continually (re)negotiated through teaching and learning, looking at this latter as crucial nodes in the articulation of a wider democratic project (Giroux 2011).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Both digitization and art have been often misread for quick learning fixes. Rejecting such ideas, the field of museum and art education is a sensitive territory to harvest the recommendations of a more conscious and open education, less biased towards a developmental domestication of knowledge. Accordingly, we would like to unveil how it could become a worksite for a reappropriation of educational digitization, challenging the positivistic posture which in this process flattens education in a series of stimulus/response interactions and predetermined patterns.
The study here presented, then, through the selected cases, aims to demonstrate how from different methodological grounds it is possible to find alternative trajectories for digital educational practices. In other words, we argue that, when performed from a specific perspective – in our case that of art and museum education – technology can decentralize and democratize power relationships, promote access to knowledge and encourage symmetrical, horizontal peer learning relationships (Peters, Jandrić 2018). Moreover, the case studies, while rejecting the common appetite for growth, standardization and fastness often associated with digital innovation, will also come as an example of the possibility to evade from the disciplinary boundaries of traditional higher education, thus taking care of its civic dimension and restoring its connection with self-formation and collective life – also known as Bildung.
In this way digitalization, (un)learning from art and museum education, could be recoded as a process which facilitates the production of situated and antihegemonic knowledges, which arise from and foster traditionally marginalized theoretical viewpoints and methodological sensitivities.

References
Baldacchino, J. (2019). Art as Unlearning. Towards a Mannerist Pedagogy, Routledge: London & New York
Byrne, J., Morgan, E., Paynter, N., Sánchez de Serdio, A., Železnik, A. (eds.) (2018). The Constituent Museum. Constellations of Knowledge, Politics and Mediation: A Generator of Social change, Valiz: Amsterdam
Byrne J., Saviotti A. (2022). Hacking Education: Arte Útil as an educational methodology to foster change in curriculum planning, Art & the Public Sphere, 11 (1), pp. 99-114
Giroux, H.A. (2011). On Critical Pedagogy, Continuum Books: New York
Grimaldi, E., Ball, S., Perruzzo, F. (2023). Platformization and the enactment of multiple economic forms. In Còbo, C., Rivas, A. (eds), The new digital education policy landscape. From education systems to platforms, pp.122-146, Routledge: New York/London
Hayes, S. (2015). Counting on Use of Technology to Enhance Learning, in Jandrić, P., Boras, B., (eds.) (2015).  Critical Learning in Digital Networks. Springer: London and New York
Hein, G.E. (1998). Learning in the Museum, Routledge: New York
Hooper-Greenhill, E. (2007). Museums and Education. Purpose, pedagogy, performance. Routledge: London and New York
Irwin, L.R., (2015). Becoming A/r/tography, Studies in Art Education, 54:3
Jandrić, P., Peters, M.A. (2018). Digital University: a Dialogue and Manifesto, Peter Lang: Bristol
Jandrić, P., Boras, B., (eds.) (2015).  Critical Learning in Digital Networks. Springer: London and New York
Mayo, P. (2004). Liberating Praxis. Paulo Freire’s Legacy for Radical Education and Politics. Sense Publisher: Rotterdam and Taipei
Mayo, P. (2013). Museums as Sites of Critical Pedagogical Practice, Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 35:2, pp. 144-153
McLaren, P. (1995). Critical pedagogy and predatory culture: Oppositional politics in a postmodern era. Routledge: London and New York.
McLaren, P., Jandrić P. (2015), The Critical Challenge of Networked Learning: Using Information Technologies in the Service of Humanity, in Jandrić, P., Boras, B., (eds.) (2015).  Critical Learning in Digital Networks. Springer: London and New York
Peters M. A., Jandrić P. (2018). The Digital University. A Dialogue and Manifesto, Peter Lang Publishing: New York
Rose, L. (2015). Subversive Epistemologies in Constructing Time and Space in Networked Environments: The Project of a Virtual Emancipatory Pedagogy, in Jandrić, P., Boras, B., (eds.) (2015).  Critical Learning in Digital Networks. Springer: London and New York
Saviotti A., Estupiñán G.M. (2022). Usological Turn in Archiving, Curating and Educating: The Case of Arte Útil, Arts, 11, 22
Tallon L., Walker, K., (eds.) (2008). Digital Tecnhologies and The Museum Experience. Handheld Guides and Other Media. AltaMira Press: New York.
 
13:45 - 15:1530 SES 06 A (OFFSITE): (OFFSITE) Universities in Communities for the Future
Location: OFFSITE VENUE, details tbc
Session Chair: Konstantinos Korfiatis
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

University, Communities and Territory. Interinstitutional Community of Practice for Action-Research and University-Rural Dialogue

David García-Romero, Katheline Brito Tavares, Gabriela Míguez

Universidade de Santiago de C., Spain

Presenting Author: Míguez, Gabriela

The XXI century waked up with the acknowledgment that University institutions needed a major change both for loosing the monopoly on knowledge and the ability to guarantee of employability (Carnoy & Castells, 2001). It has been argued that this requires a review of meaning of University as an institution of creation and transmission of knowledge in our concrete socio-historical moment (Manzano-Arrondo, 2011).

The stress of the third decade of the XXI century falls into the ecosocial crisis. If we analyze the role that University has Historically played as an institution of science and specialist training, we can see a twofold part, which we should analyze to glimpse our following path.

From one side, it is obvious that our understanding of climate change, loss of biodiversity and other phenomena of ecosocial crisis is dependent of science. Aside, the technological, political and cultural strategies to deal with these problems are also reliant on science and the science-informed professionals.

Nevertheless, it has also been argued that science has generally agreed with a scope of progress that identifies it with continuous unlimited growth of wealth and material comfort, which is consensually identified as the root of ecological progress (Taibo, 2020). The historical framework in the ethics of productivity has entailed that western science has contributed to exceeding the natural limits of the planet, both by helping the effectiveness of technology that allows predator and (neo)colonial projects, and by releasing to the job market specialized workers with no reflection on sustainability (García-Romero and Salido-Herba 2022).

This has been amplified by the fact that University has contributed to de-legitimize any other epistemological paradigm different from positivist western science. Southern epistemologies, that usually focus more on sustainability in community-territory relation, have been silenced. Also, erasing the possibility of using the historically transmitted knowledge about the managing of territories of peripheral societies (Acciardi, 2020). Finally, the de-legitimization of knowledge of peripheral populations contribute to their de-humanization, allowing processes of colonization with the entailed damage to territory (Paraskeva, 2020).

In this scenario, it is urgent that University, with the responsibility that carries, tries to “make piece with territory” and enters in dialogue (avoiding idealization) with other epistemologies, from which might learn sustainability both in the way of thinking in the human-territory relation and concrete management of land (Herrero, 2014). These ways of relation are being put into practice through use of local and ancestral knowledge specially in the global south, but also in rural communities around the world.

If we are facing systemic changes, we need to create processes of expansive learning (Engeström & Sanino 2001), and therefore promote the hybridization between University and these rural communities practicing social innovation (Bisquert & Meira, 2020; Quiroga et al, 2018).

We therefore constitute the structure of a Community of Practice (Wenger, 1998) named Community of Actions and Knowledge About Rural Environments (ComAK from now on) where we try to articulate and research about this epistemological dialogue and the systemic changes it entails. The ComAK shares the educational practices of Service-Learning and Community Founds of Knowledge and Identity as dual spaces (McMillan et al, 2016) where professors, students and activist can dialogue. Following them several loops of action-research are articulated in a flexible way as the objectives emerge in the community.

Here we share the main work of the three first loops, that addressed the research objectives of:

  • Exploring the motives, opportunities and limitations that the collaboration between rural civil society and University.

  • Identifying the hegemonic social representation of rural environments in the educational system.

  • Analyzing the impact of the participation in hybrid educational practices in students´ identity path.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
ComAK is functions as the structure to organize action-research (Flick et al. 2004) with the following participants:
a) university teachers and researchers b) students that attend those teachers’ courses,c) professionals and/or activists from the rural civil society that lead social innovation projects for sustainability.
As for the practice of the ComAk, aside the meetings and structural coordination tools, that are not in the scope of this paper, the fundaments are the development of educational practices that function as boundary objects (McMillan et al, 2016) where two activity systems (rural environments and University) hybridize making possible expansive learning and students identity change (Lalueza & Macías-Gómez-Estern, 2020): Community Funds of Knowledge and Identity (CFK/I) and Service-Learning(S-L).
When participating in CFK/I, students contribute to the work of recovering and entering in dialogue with the knowledge of peripheral/silenced communities (Esteban-Guitart et al,2023). In the case of S-L, they participate together with others towards a common objective creating human and situated learning.
These shared practices where students, professors and rural civil society participate are also what allow for the different loops of action-research:
    • The first loop corresponds with the construction of the bases of the ComAK, the only one previous to S-L and CFK/I practices. Following the principles of Participatory Action Research(Caetano, 2019) it is understood as key that the objectives and problematization are constructed between participants. Hence, two discussion groups where organized to find the motives, opportunities and limitations that participants in rural civil society see to participate together with university. 19 People of 18 rural organizations have participated and the analysis was performed in a dialogic way (Matusov et al, 2018).
    • The results of the first loop indicated a discursive distance between the educational world and the rural environments, so the next step was addressing the social representations of rural environments in two studies performed by students in S-L courses supervised by their teachers. One of the studies analyzed a sample of textbooks of primary education trough content analysis. The other, developed a survey to access to students’ attitudes toward the countryside.
    • Taking the importance on students participation, the attention was directed towards the impact that their participation in hybrid educational practices was having on their identity paths. The information was generated through students journals of their participation in S-L and CFK/I educational courses, combined with discussion groups about their participation and learning. The analysis was performed through content analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The discussion groups indicated us that participants in rural civil society are motivated by the possibility of visibilizing the territory and their action and values on higher education, that they have perceived as an agent of the emptying of their villages. They find an opportunity of showing future professionals possibilities for social action and professional entrepreneurship in rural environments in a sustainable way. As for limitations, they find a stereotypical and stigmatized social representation of the rural environment and their inhabitants, including the dominant epistemological position that university performed in previous collaboration.
In the analysis of social representations of rural environments in educational system, the parallel studies show different results. From one part, we see that the representations in primary education text books are very stereotypical and show countryside as a place not for living, but for visiting or obtaining natural resources. In the analysis of students attitudes we see a criticism of that simplistic representation but also very little intention of living in a village. Students might have constructed a critic vision in their path in university, but maintain the main message that rural environment cannot fulfill their life.
The results of our third loop of research indicate that the common action have prompted the students awareness of ecosocial problems, the reconsideration of their professional identity in relation with them, and the sense of relevance of their action as they are not only individuals but collaborate with a community.
The action of ComAK may be of relevance for students, concerning the importance of the recovering of hope that Marina Garcés talks about (2017), nevertheless, we have no information to the systemic changes that are our main objective. Therefore, we orientate our next step to the analysis of changes in the discursive and material level of in research and teaching.

References
Acciardi, M. (2020). Femicidio y Epistemicidio: algunas consideraciones desde Abya-Yala. Iberoamérica Social: Revista-red de estudios sociales, 8(14), 68-93. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=7500047
Bisquert i Pérez, K.C., & Meira Cartea, P.A. (2020) “Iniciativas colectivas de consumo ecolóxico en Galicia: panorama actual, modelos e acción socioeducativa”. Brazilian Journal of Agroecology and Sustainability, 2(1), pp.1-20.
Caetano, A.P. (2019)“Ética na investigação-ação. Alguns apontamentos de reflexção. Entredialogos”. Revista da Rede Internacionail de Investigação-Ação Colaborativa. 2, pp.53-72.
Carnoy, M., & Castells, M. (2001). Globalization, the knowledge society, and the Network State: Poulantzas at the millennium.Global networks,1(1), 1-18.
Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2017). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges.Introduction to Vygotsky, 100-146.
Esteban‐Guitart, M., Iglesias, E., Serra, J. M., & Subero, D. (2023). Community funds of knowledge and identity: A mesogenetic approach to education. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 54(3), 307-317.
Flick,U., Kardoff, E., & Steinke, I. (2004). companion to qualitative research. Sage.
Garcés, M.(2017) Nueva ilustración radical. Anagrama
García-Romero, D. & Salido-Herba,D.(2022) “Diálogos pendentes na crise ecosocial”. Mazarelos: revista de Historia e cultura, 7, pp. 54-66.
Herrero,Y. (2014) “Economía ecológica y economía feminista: un diálogo necesario”. En Cristina Carrasco Begoa (Ed.), Con voz propia. La economía feminista como apuesta teórica y política, La oveja roja. pp. 219-237.
Lalueza, J.L. & Macías-Gómez-Estern, B. (2020) “Border crossing. A Service-Learning approach based on transformative learning and cultural-historical psychology”. Culture and Education, 32(3), pp. 556-582. 2020
Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1996). Communities of practice.
Manzano-Arrondo, V. (2011) La universidad comprometida. Hegoa
Matusov, E., Marjanovic-Shane, A., & Gradovski, M.(2019). Dialogic pedagogy and polyphonic research: Bakhtin by and for educators. Palgrave Macmillan.
McMillan, J., Goodman, S., & Schmid, B (2016) “Illuminating “Transaction Spaces” in Higher Education: University– Community Partnerships and Brokering as “Boundary Work””. Journal of Higher Education Outreach and Engagement, 20 (3), pp. 8-31.
Paraskeva, J. (2020) “Justicia contra el epistemicidio. Hacia una breve crítica de la razón occidental moderna”. Conciencia social: Segunda Época, 3, pp. 157-174.
Quiroga, F., Olmedo, A. y Dopazo, L. (2018). A través das marxes, entrelazando feminismos, ruralidades e comúns. Autoedición.
Taibo, C. (2020) “Colapso: capitalismo terminal, transición ecosocial, ecofascismo”. Los Libros de la Catarata.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Place-frame Learning in Sustainability Transitions

Alexander Deveux, Katrien Van Poeck

University of Ghent, Belgium

Presenting Author: Deveux, Alexander

The study of sustainability transitions (STs) has been a flourishing field for some years now in the wider realm of sustainability research. Here, 'learning' has been identified and posited as an important factor for a successful transitions (van Mierlo et al., 2020). However, this attention has also been critiqued for lacking conceptual clarity on what is meant with 'learning' and a lack of empirical studies to evidence "that, what and how people are learning in practices striving for STs" (Van Poeck et al., 2020, p.303). To open up this black-box of learning, methodologies based upon Dewey (1934)'s transactional pragmatist philosophy (Van Poeck & Östman, 2022) have been elaborated. In particular these transactional approaches allow for the in action study of how people create educational settings and learn in concrete sustainability practices (Plummer & Van Poeck, 2021; Van Poeck & Östman, 2021). Particularly, the transactional model of learning (Östman et al., 2019) describes how the disturbance of a habit may trigger an inquiry to re-establish, i.e. ‘learn’, a functional habit. In so doing, the model enables us not only to investigate what (habits) get learned, but also scrutinise how the process of disturbance and inquiry led to this particular outcome.

The most recent research agenda for transition studies (Köhler et al., 2019), mentions so-called 'place-specific factors' as another important aspect in the unfolding of STs. However, simply identifying that there exist place-specific differences doesn't tell us why and how places and their specificity come to matter in transitions (Hansen & Coenen, 2015). Furthermore, Köhler et al. suggest future research to explore urban transitions and transitions in developing countries. This has been criticised by Binz et al. (2020) who fear that this agenda reduces the geography of transitions into diversifying the locations of empirical settings without delving into the intricacies of how place-specificity is made to matter. To go beyond such a static conception of place, geographers have proposed to work with theories of 'place-making' (Murphy, 2015; Håkansson, 2018; Lai, 2023). Herein places are thought to be continually and relationally reproduced through 'place-frames', which are partial representations of what a place is, ought to or can be (ibid.). Most commonly, these place-frames are thought to be constructed around the place aspects found in Agnew's (1987) widely accepted definition of place as consisting of a location (i), a locale (ii) and a sense of place (iii). Places need to be located, in either an absolute (i.e. coordinates) or relative sense (e.g. near the border) (i). They are constituted by materially, bounded objects (e.g. trees, houses, a highway) (ii). And they are sensorily available through the meanings we have attached, either personally or mediately to them (iii) (Murphy, 2015).

Similarly as in the case of learning, many of these place-framing processes remain black-boxed and require further inquiry into "how place-frames initially come into being, how processes of place-making unfold over time, and how, for example, the changing materiality of places matter" (Håkansson, 2018, p.36). A transactional approach serves a purpose here as it enables the study of place-framing in action. By reconstructing and repurposing transactional methods and the model of learning (Östman et al., 2019), this paper investigates how place-frames get disturbed and how collective inquiries may lead to their reconstruction. In other words, a transactional methodology allows us to observe learning and change in action. We use it to address the following questions:

  • what types of place-frames exist in transitions?
  • how do these place-frames co-evolve with a transition’s unfolding?
  • how do collective learning patterns and place-framing mutually influence each other?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this paper we apply a ‘place-frame analysis’ (PFA), which is based on place’s definition as location, locale and sense of place, and the idea that place-frames get dynamically reconstructed through ‘privileging’ (Wertsch, 1998). Privileging points to how in processes of meaning-making, people either include certain elements (e.g. a comment from an interlocutor or a picture on the wall) as meaningful and relevant and exclude others. This principle has been elaborated into established (transactional) analytical methods and models to better understand the dynamics of collective meaning-making. For instance, the method Practical Epistemology Analysis (PEA, cf. Wickman & Östman, 2002) enables a first-person analysis of language in use which can be applied in combination with privileging to see how certain topics get picked-up or pushed out of a collective discussion. As such it is a useful tool that allows us to make a robust and consistent analysis of meaning-making in action. In this vein of thinking a ‘place-frame analysis’ will allow us to see how place-frames get reconstructed in action, by privileging only certain place aspects (e.g. some senses of place) as people construct meaning together.
A PFA will be used in combination with PEA to study 3 cases of sustainability transitions in-the-making. These cases were selected with the criterion of maximum variation and consist of (1) a government-led mobility transition in a small town, (2) a community-led energy transition in a residential neighbourhood in a city and (3) a transnational social movement that strives for a world without mining to curtail intensifying exploitation in Latin America due to the resource needs of the European energy transition. Within each of these cases we study the (informal) learning processes and the diverse settings in which collective meaning-making around their envisioned transition takes place. Data was collected in the form of in situ (audio or video) recordings of collective meaning-making sessions, which are complemented with interviews to understand the setting-up and experiences of these sessions. Transcripts hereof reveal moments where place-frames become mobilised by participants, and sometimes even get disturbed and opened up to reconstruction. In following these moments over time, analysing them with the mentioned methods and interpreting the outcomes with the transactional model of learning (Östman, Van Poeck & Öhman, 2019), we open the black box of 'place-frame learning' and reveal how place-framing is done in action.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected outcomes from this study are Threefold. First, we develop a typology of place-frames found in the observed transitions-in-the-making, thereby shedding light on the content of place-frame learning. Second, we identify patterns of how these place-frames get disturbed and potentially reconstructed as the transition progresses. Doing so allows us to gain insight into how the learning process takes shape. Third, we identify the mutual influence of collective learning settings and the place-framing processes that happen. This provides knowledge about how the design of a setting and the interventions of participants affect what people learn, how places are framed and ‘made’, and how this influences sustainability transitions in the making.
The results from this study serve a double purpose. On the one hand by embedding results within the wider 'Place-Based Education' (PBE) literature (Yemini et al., 2023), empirical contributions can be made for the advancement of current practices. On the other hand, this literature may clarify how place-frame learning processes can contribute to specific purposes in transitions such as environmental justice (Cachelin & Nicolosi, 2022; Trott et al., 2023) or decolonisation (Stahelin, 2017). Furthermore, this research addresses the ECER conference's main theme by showcasing how the uncertainty of what STs should look like makes actors mobilise meanings of what a place was or is and reconstruct them into a place-frame of the future world they wish to inhabit.


References
Agnew, J.A.(1987). Place and Politics: The Geographical Mediation of State and Society. Allen & Unwin Pub. Boston and London.
Binz, C. et al.(2020). Geographies of transition: From topical concerns to theoretical engagement: A commentary on the transitions research agenda. EIST.
Cachelin, A. & Nicolosi, E.(2022). Investigating critical community engaged pedagogies for transformative environmental justice education, EER, 491-507.
Dewey, J.(1934). Experience and Education. Illinois: Kappa Delta Pi
Håkansson, I.(2018). The socio-spatial politics of urban sustainability transitions: Grassroots initiatives in gentrifying Peckham. EIST, 29,34-46
Hansen, T., Coenen, L.(2015). The geography of sustainability transitions. Review, synthesis and reflections on an emergent research field. EIST.17, 92–109.
Köhler, J. et al.(2019). An agenda for sustainability transitions research: State of the art and future directions. EIST, 31, 1–32.
Lai, H.(2023). From protected spaces to hybrid spaces: Mobilizing A place-centered enabling approach for justice-sensitive grassroots innovation studies. EIST, 47, 1–16.
Murphy, J.T.(2015). Human geography and socio-technical transition studies: promising intersections. EIST, 17, 71–89.
Östman, L., Van Poeck, K. & Öhman, J.(2019). A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In: Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. & Öhman, J. Sustainable Development Teaching: Ethical and Political Challenges. New York: Routledge, 140-152
Plummer, P., & Van Poeck, K.(2021). Exploring the role of learning in sustainability transitions : a case study using a novel analytical approach. EER, 27(3), 418–437.
Stahelin, N.(2017). Spatializing environmental education: Critical territorial consciousness and radical place-making in public schooling, The Journal of Environmental Education, 48(4), 260-269.
Trott, C. D. et al.(2023). Justice in climate change education: a systematic review. EER, 29(11), 1535–1572.
Van Mierlo, B. et al.(2020). Learning about learning in sustainability transitions. EIST, 34, 251–254.
Van Poeck, K., & Östman, L.(2021). Learning to find a way out of non-sustainable systems. EIST, 39, 155–172.
Van Poeck, K., Östman, L.(2022). The Dramaturgy of Facilitating Learning Processes: A Transactional Theory and Analytical Approach. In: Garrison, J., Östman, L., Öhman, J. (Eds.) Deweyan Transactionalism in Education. Beyond Self-action and Inter-action. New York: Bloomsbury Publishing, 123-136.
Van Poeck, K., Östman, L. O. & Block, T.(2020). Opening up the black box of learning-by-doing in sustainability transitions. EIST, 34, 298–310.
Wertsch, J. V.(1998). Mind as action. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Wickman, P.O., & Östman, L.(2002). Learning as discourse change: A sociocultural mechanism. Science Education, 86(5), 601–623.
Yemini, M., Engel, L., & Simon, A. B.(2023). Place-based education – a systematic review of literature. Educational Review, 1–21.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

City Universities’ Charter of Social Responsibility to Ensure a Sustainable Future

Daria Milyaeva, Igor Remorenko, Roman Komarov, Ashot Dzhanumov

Moscow City University, Russian Federation

Presenting Author: Milyaeva, Daria

University is considered as a social institution, highlighting its role in promoting sustainable development, improving quality of life, and advancing human rights while reducing inequality. The full engagement of students, faculty, staff, local communities, and external partners is necessary to meet the expectations associated with university social responsibility (Vasilescua et al., 2010). Through collective efforts, universities can contribute effectively to building a sustainable future and ensuring the well-being and dignity of individuals. The concept of social responsibility has gained increasing significance globally, including within the United Nations, as it relates to discussions on competitiveness, sustainability, and the impact of globalisation.

In 2015, the United Nations Member States adopted the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, which includes 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), divided into three categories: social, environmental and economic sustainability. These goals encompass various aspects of sustainability, focusing on people well-being quality education, gender equality, work and economic growth, ecosystems, healthcare and others. This categorisation helps to address a wide range of challenges and promotes a holistic approach to sustainable development (Suryanto et al., 2021). Achieving the SDGs requires collaboration among governments, civil society, businesses, and academia to bring about meaningful and long-lasting change (Filho, 2023).

In achieving the SDGs, universities, being a part of the education sector, plays a crucial role. They partake in advancing the United Nations’ Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) by serving as hubs for knowledge creation, innovation, and critical thinking. Through integrating the SDGs into their teaching, research, and campus operations, universities inspire and equip students to be agents of change. They also contribute through partnerships and engagement with local communities and industries to drive sustainable development practices. Universities equip the next generation with skills and knowledge to address sustainability challenges and lead by example. Some researchers stick to the fact that, for effective contribution, universities should fully commit to the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (Junior et al., 2019) to maximize their impact on the SDGs. This means integrating the SDGs into their curriculum and research, as well as aligning their campus operations and policies with sustainable practices.

University’s charters of social responsibility are essential guidelines that shape the conduct and activities of educational institutions. These charters serve as a compass, directing universities to manage their operations sensitively and responsibly while considering the impact on the environment and society. They aim to strike a balance between growth and sustainability, ensuring that universities contribute positively to their communities and the broader world.

This study focuses on the significance of university charters of social responsibility and their implementation. By examining it, the research aims to understand how universities integrate and uphold the principles to promote ethical behaviour, support students and employees, engage with the community, protect the environment, and prioritise health and safety.

City universities emphasize social responsibility to a greater extent and implement the third mission through the interaction with local communities that is aimed at improving all spheres of life, solving current local and global challenges, and increasing the well-being of the region (Milyaeva et al., 2023).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research sample comprised 20 city universities from most regions of the globe, including Europe, North and South America, South-East Asia, and Africa. The study’s hypothesis suggests that city universities serve as institutions dedicated to social responsibility, actively contributing to the enhancement of the well-being of communities, solving current challenges, and promoting regional prosperity.
Various research methods were employed to collect relevant information and insights regarding the city universities’ charters of social responsibility. The first method was content analysis of media resources, such as news articles, reports, and publications. This analysis provided valuable information on how the charter was implemented and its impact on city universities’ initiatives and efforts toward sustainable development. By reviewing media coverage related to the charter, researchers of this study were able to identify key trends, challenges, and success stories in implementing its principles. Additionally, this analysis shed light on public perception, stakeholder engagement, and policy implications associated with the charter.
The second stage of the research focused on studying universities’ strategies by examining their policies, guidelines, and frameworks. This involved a comprehensive review of strategic plans, sustainability reports, and other relevant documents to understand the specific actions and targets set by universities in alignment with their charters. Through this analysis, researchers gained insights into the approaches taken by city universities to integrate the goals of sustainable development into their teaching, research, and operations.
Furthermore, case studies were conducted to identify best practices of how city universities have implemented the charter and contributed to a sustainable future. Specific universities that had demonstrated notable progress in fulfilling their social responsibility towards sustainability were selected for these case studies. By examining the strategies, initiatives, and outcomes of these universities in integrating the SDGs into their core activities, valuable insights were gained. The case studies allowed for a thorough analysis of the universities’ experiences, including curriculum changes, research projects, community partnerships, and sustainability practices. This approach provided rich data, enabling the identification of best practices, challenges faced, and lessons learned from the implementation of the charter.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the study have enabled us to confirm the hypothesis that city universities serve as social responsibility institutions aimed at improving various aspects of the local community’s well-being, addressing present-day local and global challenges, and fostering regional prosperity.
For instance, Birmingham City University in the United Kingdom has identified social responsibility as its commitment realized through transforming students’ lives and enhancing opportunity through education and advancement and supporting the economy and public sector of the city. It implemets a big amount of projects, e.g. Improving public health with till receipt research, Training Rwanda’s next generation of researchers, Developing best practice around anti-bullying and etc.
Furthermore, city universities are committed to providing social services for the community. For example, Moscow City University (MCU) implements a project aimed at achieving the goals of the metropolis sustainable development within the Institute of Natural Sciences
and Sports Technologies. In turn, London Metropolitan University holding several prestigious awards for corporate social responsibility (CSR) and environmental sustainability fulfils a Master Program “Corporate Social Responsibility and Sustainability” aimed to train sustainability managers of the future with a focus on employee engagement, environmental law, supply chain and environmental economics.
Further analysis involves expanding the research sample and including other types of universities, updating the understanding of the university’s social mission, and collecting a database of the best practices of sustainable development implementation.
The results of this study can be used by education policy-makers to develop social responsibility policies in higher education in different countries to build a sustainable future for all.

References
1.Vasilescua, R., Barnab, C., Epurec, M., Baicud, C. Developing University Social Responsibility: A Model for the Challenges of the New Civil Society. Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences 2 (2010), pp. 4177–4182. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2010.03.660.
2.Suryanto, H., Degeng, I.N.S., Djatmika, E.T., Kuswandi, D. (2021).The effect of creative problem solving with the intervention social skills on the performance of creative tasks. Creativity Studies, 14 (2), pp. 323–335. https://doi.org/10.3846/cs.2021.12364.
3.Filho, W.L., Salvia, A.L., Eustachio, J.H. An Overview of the Engagement of Higher Education Institutions in the Implementation of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (2023). Journal of Cleaner Production (Vol. 386). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2022.135694.
4.Junior, R.M., Fien, J., Horne, R. (2019). Implementing the UN SDGs in Universities: Challenges, Opportunities, and Lessons Learned, Sustainability: The Journal of Record (Vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 129–133). NY: Mary Ann Liebert. https://doi.org/10.1089/sus.2019.0004.
5.Milyaeva D.A., Ageeva N. S. Practices of Social Entrepreneurship of City Universities Aimed at Acceleration and Intensification of Technological and Socio-Cultural Development Of Urban Communities (2023). Bolshaya Conferenciya. Moscow  City University. Moscow. Vol.3. pp. 18-21.
 
13:45 - 15:1530 SES 06 B (OFFSITE): Learning with Plants in ESER
Location: OFFSITE VENUE, details tbc
Session Chair: Elsa Lee
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

The Impact of Plant-Based Online Cooking Workshops on Parents’ and Children’s Attitudes and Behaviours Concerning Meat Consumption and Plant-based Diet.

Attila Varga1, Lili Jakobovits2, László Jaczenkó3, Viktória Soós3, Ágoston Csilla1, Andrea Dúll1,4

1ELTE- Eötvös Loránd University, Institute of People-Environment Transaction, Budapest, Hungary; 2ELTE - Eötvös Loránd University, Doctoral School of Psychology Budapest, Hungary; 3Climate Smart Elephant, Mayavi 3.0 Ltd, Budapest, Hungary; 4Budapest University of Technology and Economics, Department of Sociology and Communication Budapest, Hungary

Presenting Author: Varga, Attila

Economic growth in most areas of the world has resulted in increased food availability. Our dietary patterns have changed toward increased intake of animal proteins and processed food bought in supermarkets, rich in sugars and saturated fat. Current food consumption patterns negatively affect people’s health and the environment.

Concerning health, studies found a correlation between eating home-cooked meals and better dietary quality(Tiwari et al., 2017). Per capita meat consumption is rising, and most meat is already processed before it reaches our shopping baskets (FAO, 2018). High meat consumption can increase the risk of certain chronic diseases (GBD, 2013). In Hungary, 25% of children are overweight or obese, and it is the highest rate in Europe 60% of adolescents reported not eating either fruits or vegetables every day (Inchley et al., 2020).

Concerning environmental issues, studies showed that greenhouse gas emissions from animal-based foods are two times bigger than from plant-based foods (Xu et al., 2021), so meat production is one of the most significant ways humanity damages the environment (Ramankutty & Foley, 1999).

Dietary habits formed and fixed in childhood are challenging to change later on (Ábrahám & Csatordai, 2006). Education could play a crucial role in addressing these issues. Knowledge itself is rarely enough to change behaviour (Christiano & Neimand, 2017). Many studies investigate the effectiveness of different interventions (Kwasny, Dobernig, & Riefler, 2022) to reduce meat consumption. Evidence shows that increasing the visibility of vegetarian alternatives can nudge people to choose them more likely than meat options (Kurz, 2018; Wansink & Love, 2014; Garnett et al., 2019). However, our previous research (Varga et al., 2024) revealed that reducing meat consumption is the least favourable choice for Hungarians from several green lifestyle options. That is why we assumed that an indirect attempt to make plant-based meals more attractive rather than meat consumption less attractive could effectively change people’s attitudes and behaviours concerning meat consumption, a culturally deeply rooted element of the Hungarian diet.

Our main assumption is that skill interventions focusing on plant-based foods delivered at an appropriate age could tackle more than one face of this complex problem. The presented research aimed to assess whether an experiment for children aged 10-12 and their parents based on the participants’ experiences gained during two online cooking workshops with plant-based foods without a direct argument for meat reduction could change attitudes and behaviours towards a plant-based diet and meat consumption.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
During the research, we examined the attitudes of students and their parents towards meat and the importance of meat in their meals, as well as towards plant-based diets before and after a two-session online intervention. A total of 15 groups, each consisting of approximately 15 participants, took part in the study, with 10 groups as experimental and 5 groups as control. Students in the latter did not participate in the intervention. In the experimental groups, students and their parents participated in two separate online cooking workshops, each lasting about two hours, working with a pre-supplied ingredient package. The workshops focused on preparing and tasting meals based on plant-based, meat-free recipes. During the experiment, the participants also received information and played quizzes regarding the impacts of plant-based food and meat on their health and environment.
Each group completed a pre-intervention online questionnaire. Parents and students filled out almost identical questionnaires, with some differences in item wording. Responses were paired with a code to link the responses of parents and their children while preserving participant anonymity. The time between the two online cooking workshops varied between 2-4 weeks, depending on the groups. After the second session, the control and experimental groups completed a post-workshop version of the online questionnaire used before the workshops. Two months after the intervention, participants completed the post-workshop questionnaire again, including a debriefing, which revealed that the research aimed to examine whether plant-based eating could be promoted through online cooking workshops.
To assess participants’ attitudes towards plant-based diets, we used self-developed items as well as some items adapted from a plant-based diet questionnaire of Faber et al. (2020) (α=.816). We also used the Meat Commitment Scale (α=0.93) of Piazza et al. (2015).  
The sample consisted of Hungarian primary school pupils and their parents. In total, 389 participants filled out the survey: 125 students and 136 parents in the experimental group and 64 students and 64 parents in the control group. The Research Ethics Committee of  ELTE Eötvös Loránd University Faculty of Pedagogy and Psychology provided ethical permission (2023/228) for the research. The data were collected using the Qualtrics questionnaire software and analysed using SPSS.28 statistical software.  The project was co-ordinated by Climate Smart Elephant (MAYAVI 3.0 KFT and supported by EIT -Food.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the experimental group, no significant differences were found between the pre- and post-workshop measurement of the importance of meat in meals, neither among children [F(1.915, 197.285)=1.259; p=0.286] nor among adults [F(1.975, 189.633)=1.723; p=0.182].
The analysis also showed no differences regarding meat commitment between the three measurement points in the experimental group. Neither children’s [F(1.886, 181.054)=1.324; p=0.268] nor their parents’ [F(1.852, 177.787)= 1.324; p=0.479] commitment to meat have changed across the three time points.
A repeated-measures ANOVA showed some changes in the perception of plant-based foods between measurements, e.g. scores regarding how enjoyable the participants find the plant-based diet differed significantly across the three time points among parents [F(1.996, 197.601)=7.768; p=0.001] but not among their children [F(1.984, 200.415)=2.529, p=0.083].
In the second output measurement, the experimental group, on a scale from 0 to 100, the parents’ average score was 65.32 (SD=35.1) regarding the question if they have cooked the same dishes as they did during the workshops or something similar. The students’ average score was 60 (SD=37.4). The parents also reported with an average score of 59 (SD=29) that they eat more vegetables than before the experiment. The children had an average score of 58.1 (SD=28.8) on the same question.

The results indicate that although the workshops did not cause changes in participants' overall attitude toward meat consumption, they made them more open to plant-based foods, which could be a significant first step toward accepting a diet with less meat.

References
Ábrahám, Á., & Csatordai, S. (2006). Óvodások, iskolások (6-12 évesek) táplálkozási szokásai. (Eating habits of kindergarten and primary school pupils (6-12year old)) Védőnő, 16(6), 35-39.
Christiano, A., & Neimand, A. (2017). Stop raising awareness already. Stanford Social Innovation Review, 15(2), 34-41.
FAO, FAOSTAT (2018); www.fao.org/faostat/en/?#data.

Garnett, E. E., Balmford, A., Sandbrook, C., Pilling, M. A., & Marteau, T. M. (2019).  Impact of increasing vegetarian availability on meal selection and sales in cafeterias. In Proceedings of the national academy of sciences of the United States of America, September. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1907207116

GBD 2013 Risk Factors Collaborators. (2015). Global, regional, and national comparative risk assessment of 79 behavioural, environmental and occupational, and metabolic risks or clusters of risks in 188 countries, 1990–2013: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2013. Lancet (London, England), 386(10010), 2287.

Inchley, J. C., Stevens, G. W., Samdal, O., & Currie, D. B. (2020). Enhancing understanding of adolescent health and well-being: The health behaviour in school-aged children study. Journal of Adolescent Health, 66(6), S3-S5.

Kurz, V. (2018). Nudging to reduce meat consumption: Immediate and persistent effects of an intervention at a university restaurant. Journal of Environmental Economics and Management, 90(November), pp. 317–341. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jeem.2018.06.005

Kwasny, T., Dobernig, K., & Riefler, P. (2022). Towards reduced meat consumption: A systematic literature review of intervention effectiveness, 2001–2019. Appetite, 168, 105739.

Wansink, B., & Love, K. (2014). Slim by design: Menu strategies for promoting highmargin, healthy foods. International Journal of Hospitality Management, pp. 42, 137–143. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijhm.2014.06.006

Ramankutty, N., & Foley, J. A. (1999). Estimating historical changes in global land cover: Croplands from 1700 to 1992. Global biogeochemical cycles, 13(4), 997-1027.
Tiwari, A., Aggarwal, A., Tang, W., & Drewnowski, A. (2017). Cooking at home: a strategy to comply with US dietary guidelines at no extra cost. American journal of preventive medicine, 52(5), 616-624.  
Xu, X., Sharma, P., Shu, S., Lin, T. S., Ciais, P., Tubiello, F. N., ... & Jain, A. K. (2021). Global greenhouse gas emissions from animal-based foods are twice those of plant-based foods. Nature Food, 2(9), 724–732.

Varga, A, Ágoston, Cs., Buvár Á., Szabó Á. Z., Dúll, A. Környezetvédő cselekedetek és ezek gátló tényezői a magyar felnőtt lakosság körében  (Pro-environmental behaviours and their inhibiting factor Hungarian adults)  Accepted manuscript for Észak-magyarországi stratégiai füzetek 2024/1.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

"Linking Local and Planetary Flourishing Through Collaborative Reflective Inquiry" the Case of a Sustainability Dialogue Game

Jie Gao

EPFL, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Gao, Jie

With the rapid digitalization of society, emotions are increasingly commodified, symbolized, and shared through digital practices. Furthermore, global climate change has led to the emergence of new psychological disorders and exacerbated pre-existing vulnerabilities in youth. Climate anxiety has been featured in a mental health crisis. The youth of today, especially those living in the global North, must grapple with the paradox of the societal demand for constant digital consumption and innovation, propelled by the market economy's unabated pursuit of growth, versus the moral imperative to foster planetary well-being, which requires transformative changes in energy and technology use. This paradox can exert a potent, sometimes paralyzing force. The affective toll is often obscured in the talks of cognitive load/dissonance and the popular well-being discourses in learning science such as grit and mindset. The disharmonies we may encounter when trying to integrate what we know and feel, what we think we should do, what we do, what we would want to do if we didn't have to worry about money, and what we would want to tell our kids or our future selves: how am I supposed to make sense of how to be in the world?

Against the backdrop of medicalizing or psychologizing climate emotions which can be understood as both an appropriate response to climate injustice and valuable for moral functioning, we argue for a greater educational emphasis on contemplative practices that nurture holistic human development, such as dialogue, improvisation, and deep listening. To this end, and informed by critical pedagogy and phenomenology, we repurposed an educational game designed for teaching critical thinking based on philosophy for children (P4C) pedagogy, incorporating role-play and adapting it to the needs and queries of adolescents and young adults. The broader goal of this learning activity is to foster a critical stance towards digital sustainability, and the intermediary goal is to let learners exercise their perspective-taking in an engaging and stimulating peer talk setting.

The design work is conducted as part of my doctoral thesis within the interdisciplinary learning sciences, with co-supervision in philosophy and affective science. The affective experiences that I investigate as part of my thesis are situated in the larger context of ecological, social, digital economic, and sustainable transitions across institutions in western Europe. By utilizing conceptual frameworks from disciplines that are relatively underrepresented in affective science, I propose to join two well-debated, non-essentialist theories of emotions — the constructed theory of emotions (Barrett, 2017) and the enactive, agency-based accounts (Varela et al, 1992, Colombetti, 2014) — in a framework of emotional capabilities development. We tentatively define having emotional capabilities as “being able and willing to maintain or improve relevant practices for one’s inner development in relationship with others and the world”.

During the design, I have either implicitly or explicitly borrowed from several frameworks, namely from Nussbaum’s capabilities approach for human development, critical pedagogy, contemplative practices, and recent attempts to integrate the goal of human flourishing in education and science (Nussbaum, 2009; Jordan et al., 2021; De Ruyter et al., 2020; Schumann et al., 2022). The practice framework is deliberately interventionist. It is derived from the design, observations, and reflections on a learning activity that embeds diverse values and reflective inquiry practices within an intricate mesh of character narratives that describe character actions, goals, and positions on (environmental, social, and economic) sustainability. In this presentation, I will report on the design, data analysis, and lessons learned from our first cycle of DBR, which raises questions regarding the content features and configurations that support the potential mediating processes involved in acquiring some of the transformative capacities, as described in Wamsler (2021)’s work.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology: I employed the signature meta-method of learning science, design-based research (DBR). According to Wang and Hannafin (2005), DBR is a "systematic but flexible methodology aimed to improve educational practices through iterative analysis, design, development, and implementation, based on collaboration among researchers and practitioners in real-world settings, and leading to contextually-sensitive design principles and theories".

Participants: Three gameplay sessions were attended by a total of 14 student volunteers (Group 1: n=6, Group 2: n=4, and Group 3: n=4),with each session lasting an average of 90 mins (range = 85 - 95). Participants are all young adults aged between 18 and 25 years. They were all EPFL undergraduate or master’s students. Each group represented a diverse array of cultural backgrounds. At least half of each group consists of individuals who were already acquainted with one another.

Procedure: We held three gameplay sessions. The session began with a guided discovery of game components and objectives. Each group played the game for three rounds, each lasting approximately 20 minutes. Each round contains a discovery phase, the dialogue phase, and a collective debrief. Instructions and roles were clearly defined at the outset, and the facilitator (myself) was present to guide the process.

Data Collection: Video and audio data were collected using HD camera and Zoom video
recording to capture the gameplay sessions. All recordings were manually transcribed and annotated, accounting for verbal interactions and non-verbal expressions. In total, the transcripts consisted of 26,436 words.

Data Analysis: I followed a systematic coding strategy informed by the reflexive thematic analysis (TA) method (Braun and Clarke, 2006).

Methodological considerations: Analyzing observational data for intermediate outcomes presents significant challenges. One important question we grapple with is: What are the tangible signs of successful perspective-taking in this context? As my interests lie in both the simulative "matching" of "an imagined other" and the improvised "performing" and "interacting with" aspects of perspective-taking, encompassing the dual aspects of semantic understanding and expressions of standpoint on a proposition, and the enacted experiences of performing and imagining oneself in an "as if" scenario. Participants were informed that successful role-play doesn’t require an exact match between the character’s narrative and the player’s enactment. This means that when analyzing the data for perspective-taking-related processes, I adopted a charitable interpretation, accounting for players’ flexible interpretations of their characters.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Rooted in an enactive approach to social cognition, we explored the breadth and depth of perspective-taking within a gameplay context. The qualitative analysis allowed us to examine the depth and breadth of perspective-taking as enacted in our game-based intervention. The results shed light on the complex nature of perspective-taking in dialogue board gameplay, highlighting the role of both individual and interactive factors in players’ experiences.

Moreover, we see how players are able to leap beyond their immediate circumstances and proactively seek out perspectives beyond those of their characters and of their dialogue partners through (1) Perspective-taking with people living in a different time (e.g. the pre-digital era); (2) Perspective-taking with people living in a different geographical location; (3) Perspective-taking with beings of different biological species.

In temporal perspective-taking, players considered both past and future epochs. This observation expands the range of strategies for developing ESD competencies, as current ESD literature mainly focuses on future-oriented thinking. Geographical perspective-taking may lead to an understanding of the experiences and viewpoints of individuals living in diverse cultural contexts, fostering an appreciation of cultural embodiment. Biological perspective-taking pushed the participants to advocate for the voiceless, challenging anthropocentric biases and fostering empathy towards non-human species. The occurrence of these forms of perspective-taking within the dialogue suggests that the game effectively exercises players’ narrative imagination and promotes critical reflection. This can lead to a greater understanding of the complex and diverse social dynamics that exist globally and across different species.

References
L. F. Barrett. How emotions are made: The secret life of the brain. Pan Macmillan, 2017.

V. Braun and V. Clarke. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2):77–101, 2006.

G. Colombetti. The feeling body: Affective science meets the enactive mind. MIT press, 2014.

D. De Ruyter, L. Oades, and Y. Waghid. Meaning (s) of human flourishing and education. Research brief by the International Science and Evidence based Education Assessment. An Initiative by UNESCO MGIEP, 2020.

T. Jordan, J. Reams, K. Stålne, S. Greca, J. A. Henriksson, T. Björkman, and T. Dawson. Inner Development Goals: Background, method and the IDG framework. Growth that matters, 61: 163, 2021.

M. C. Nussbaum. Creating capabilities: The human development approach and its implementation. Hypatia, 24(3):211–215, 2009.

Schumann, F., Smolka, M., Dienes, Z., Lübbert, A., Lukas, W., Rees, M. G., Fucci, E., & van Vugt, M. (2023). Beyond kindness: A proposal for the flourishing of science and scientists alike. Royal Society Open Science, 10(11), 230728. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsos.230728
F. J. Varela, E. Rosch, and E. Thompson. The embodied mind: Cognitive science and human experience. MIT Press, 1992.

F. Wang and M. J. Hannafin. Design-based research and technology-enhanced learning envi- ronments. Educational Technology Research and Development, 53(4):5–23, Dec. 2005. ISSN 1042-1629, 1556-6501. doi: 10.1007/BF02504682.
 
13:45 - 15:1531 SES 06 A: Translanguaging Pedagogies in Norway, Italy and Luxembourg: Ideologies, Practices and Interactions
Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Claudine Kirsch
Session Chair: Claudine Kirsch
Symposium
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Symposium

Translanguaging Pedagogies in Norway, Italy and Luxembourg: Ideologies, Practices and Interactions

Chair: Claudine Kirsch (University of Hildesheim)

Discussant: Elke Montanari (University of Hiildesheim)

The literature on Translanguaging has exploded in the last years, focusing on views of multilingualism, language ideologies, raciolinguistic hierarchies and pedagogical practices. Translanguaging is commonly understood as going beyond named languages, language as linguistic systems and additive bilingualism. It understands languages as social, political and cultural constructs and rejects the idea of languages as linguistic entities (Makoni & Pennycook, 2007). This perspective creates tensions for language-in-education policies and practices in many European contexts owing to curricular aims and the hierarchical position of the language(s) of instruction and home languages. For example, while policies in many European countries call for multilingualism, they simultaneously emphasize native-like competence in the dominant language(s) (Alstad & Sopanen, 2020). By contrast, translanguaging pedagogies call for inclusive, learner-centred and transglossic learning arrangements that leverage students’ entire semiotic repertoire for learning. Findings suggest that pedagogical translanguaging contributes to language learning and raises academic achievement (e.g., García & Sylvan, 2011; Lewis et al., 2012). These studies have mainly focused on school contexts and research on translanguaging in early childhood education and care (ECEC) remains rare.

The present symposium takes up the question of translanguaging as pedagogical practice in ECEC in Norway, Italy and Luxembourg and discusses ideologies, practices and interactions both theoretically and with empirical findings. While the countries differ in their linguistic landscapes and educational policies, teachers have nevertheless been found to draw on translanguaging to varying degrees and in so-called “second” and “foreign language” classes and in “multilingual education” (Kirsch & Bergeron, 2023; Pesch, 2021). In Norway, Norwegian is the main language in ECEC, while Sámi is the main language in Sámi ECEC, but all ECEC teachers are required to turn linguistic diversity into a resource for all children and encourage multilingual children to use their mother tongue. Preschool children in Italian kindergartens in the autonomous province of South Tyrol participate in L2 German and L3 English activities taught by foreign language teachers. Other home languages, however, are no taken into account. The situation differs in the officially trilingual country of Luxembourg where a program of multilingual education requires the professionals to familiarize children with Luxembourgish and French and value their home languages, for example through collaborating with parents. In sum, while different, the three countries strive to implement effective and inclusive multilingual practices. Given that all European countries need to find ways to address language diversity in education, this symposium addresses relevant questions that shape educational practices.

The first paper by Anja Maria Pesch and Gunhild Tomter Alstad from Norway explores the ongoing international discussion on translanguaging as appropriate for supporting multilingual children in their language development in ECEC in Norway. They discuss which important challenges translanguaging brings to ECEC, how translanguaging relates to central elements such as the view of the child, and how the concept needs to be contextualized when applied in the Norwegian ECEC. The second paper by Marjan Asgari and Renata Zanin examines children's multilingual language acquisition in Italian kindergartens. The findings show that the teachers' support for translanguaging between the L1 Italian and the target languages L2 German, L3 English varies, with very limited inclusion of heritage languages. Secondly, the authors found a disparity between teachers’ low complexity of output prompting and children’s high receptive competence during L2 and L3 activities. The final paper by Claudine Kirsch and Valérie Kemp explores children’s use of their linguistic repertoire and the roles they play when parents come to the ECEC setting to read in home languages. The findings show that translanguaging, which depends on the educators’ pedagogy, empowers children who act as mediators and encourage the participation of peers and adults.


References
Alstad, G. T., & Sopanen, P. (2020). Language orientations in early childhood education policy in Finland and Norway. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1862951  
García, O., & Kleifgen, J. A. (2019). Translanguaging and Literacies. Reading Research Quarterly, 55(4), 553–571.  
Kirsch, C. & Bergeron-Morin, L. (2023): Educators, parents and children engaging in literacy activities in multiple languages: an exploratory study. International Journal of Multilingualism, 20(4), 1386–1403. https://doi.org/10.1080/14790718.2023.2195658
Lewis, G., Jones, B., Baker, C. (2012). Translanguaging: developing its conceptualisation and contextualisation, Educational Research and Evaluation. International Journal on Theory and Practice, 18(7), 655–670.
Makoni, S. & Pennycook, A. (2007). Disinventing and Reconstituting Languages. Multilingual Matters.  
Pesch, A. M. (2021). "They call me anneanne!" Translanguaging as a theoretical and pedagogical challenge and opportunity in the kindergarten context of Norway. Acta Borealia. A Nordic Journal of Circumpolar Societies. 10.1080/08003831.2021.1911200

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Translanguaging in Early Childhood Education Context: a Language Ideology Discussion on Language Norms and Pedagogical Practices

Anja Pesch (Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences), Gunhild Tomter Alstad (Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences)

The starting point for our presentation is the ongoing international discussion concerning the significance of translanguaging, the underlying view on language(s) and the ontological stance this implies for research and teaching practice (Cummins, 2021; García & Li Wei, 2014; Makoni & Pennycook, 2007). The discussion involves the question of language ideology, views on multilingualism and, as a consequence, which teaching and pedagogical practices are appropriate for supporting multilingual children and students. Central elements concern the question of monoglossic and heteroglossic ideologies, the hegemonic positioning of languages and power relations. In Nordic ECEC contexts, translanguaging as phenomenon has been applied to varying degrees and in various ways in second and multilingual language research (Pesch, 2021). Studies show that educational and language policy guidelines on multilingualism in education seem to be vague and ambiguous and that multilingualism as a concept is promoted in Northern-European education politics, while simultaneously native-like language competence appears as the norm (Alstad & Sopanen, 2020; Giæver & Tkachenko, 2020; Palviainen & Curdt-Christiansen 2020). Steering documents for ECEC involve conflicting discourses with some being characterized by more monoglossic and others by more heteroglossic ideologies. Language ideologies, on which pedagogical translanguaging is based, may be significant for both research and pedagogical practice in ECEC. In our presentation, we discuss the relevance of translanguaging and the connected language ideological debate for Norwegian ECEC. We point out how central elements, as the transfer from translanguaging in specific bilingual classrooms to linguistically diverse ECECs, raciolinguistic hierarchies and the concept of the listening subject and whitness (Flores & Rosa, 2015), need to be contexutalized in the transition from a US-American to a Norwegian and European context. Based on studies applying the concept of translanguaging in the Norwegian ECEC context, we discuss both the potential and challenges that tranlanguaging may bring to pedagogical linguistic practice in superdiverse ECECs on the one hand and on ECECs in Indigenous Sámi contexts on the other hand. While translanguaging practices may be in line with central pedagogical and professional ethical perspectives in the Norwegian ECEC context and bring with them important challenges to the language policy in the Norwegian education system, we also argue for the importance of norm-critical perspectives on translanguaging as pedagogical linguistic practices in ECEC.

References:

Alstad, G. T., & Sopanen, P. (2020). Language orientations in early childhood education policy in Finland and Norway. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1862951 Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the Education of Multilingual Learners: A Critical Analysis of Theoretical Concepts. Multilingual Matters. Flores, N. & Rosa, J. (2015). Undoing Approprateness: Raciolinguistic ideologies and Language Diversity in Education. Harvard Educational Review, 85(2), 149-171. García, O. & Li Wei. (2014). Translanguaging. Language, Bilingualism and Education. Palgrave Macmillan. Giæver, K., & Tkachenko, E. (2020). Mot en ny satsing på flerspråklighet – en analyse av språkpolitiske føringer i barnehagens styringsdokumenter. Nordic Studies in Education, 40(3), 249–267. Makoni, S. & Pennycook, A. (2007). Disinventing and Reconstituting Languages. Multilingual Matters. Palviainen, Å. & Curdt-Christiansen, X. L. (2020). Language Education Policies and Early Childhood Education. I M. Schwartz (Red.), Handbook of Early Language Education. Springer International. https://doi.org/https://doi.org./10.1007/987-3-030-47073-9_7-1 Pesch, A. M. (2021). "They call me anneanne!" Translanguaging as a theoretical and pedagogical challenge and opportunity in the kindergarten context of Norway. Acta Borealia. A Nordic Journal of Circumpolar Societies. 10.1080/08003831.2021.1911200
 

Children’s Translanguaging and Interactional Moves during Activities in L2 German and L3 English in Italian Kindergartens

Marjan Asgari (University of Bozen-Bolzano), Renata Zanin (University of Bozen-Bolzano)

The language acquisition of multilingual children is synchronous and complementary (Panagiotopoulou 2019: 32), therefore, translanguaging as an inclusive pedagogical approach aims to recognize all languages (Becker 2023: 204). The reconceptualization of multilingualism has shaken the deeply rooted belief of the educational system that languages should be strictly separated (Creese 2017: 6). This descriptive field study investigates children's translanguaging and interactional moves during foreign language learning activities in Italian kindergartens. The study is based on the research project "Observation of L2 German and L3 English linguistic input quality" (Asgari & Zanin 2022). School administrators, teachers and parents were informed in advance about the aims of the field study and their consent was obtained. The names of the children and any references to the participating kindergartens were anonymized in the transcripts. During two recording sessions in 7 Italian-speaking kindergartens, 74 L2-German and 14 L3-English activities (approx. 10 minutes each) were observed, videotaped, and analyzed with regard to the children's use of their heritage language (RQ1). A total of 20 exemplary activities were then transcribed and analyzed in terms of the children's meaning making process mediating between their L1 Italian and their L2 German/L3 English (RQ2). The qualitative analysis based on the methods of conversation analysis (Sacks 1992; Deppermann 2020) yielded the following results: In relation to RQ1, we found that the children resort to bilingual practices – but only between the official kindergarten L1 Italian and the L2 German/L3 English, and not in their heritage languages. The kindergarten teachers support this translanguaging to varying degrees (Asgari & Zanin 2023), but do not include the children's various other heritage languages. Regarding RQ2, we found a discrepancy between the low complexity of the teachers' output prompts and the high receptive competence of the children during the meaning-making processes. During guided acquisition of L2 German and L3 English, the children repeated isolated words in a thematic context according to the teacher's instructions. Less structured foreign language activities and everyday language situations, on the other hand, showed a much higher level of children's receptive competence in the L2/L3. The current focus on lexis during L2 and L3 activities in Italian kindergartens is to be extended to more holistic approach to language teaching through action-based communication. This would at the same time call for translanguaging strategies (García & Otheguy 2021) of teachers and children to navigate through meaning making processes in foreign languages in ECEC contexts.

References:

Asgari, M. & Zanin, R. (2022). Language Input Observation Scheme I. Beobachtung sprachlicher Inputqualität mit dem Beobachtungsbogen LIOS I und verbalen Deskriptoren. Germanistische Mitteilungen 48, 141–168. Asgari, M. & Zanin, R. (2023). Korrektives Feedback während Kindergarten-Aktivitäten in Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Deutsch als Fremdsprache 3, 161–173. Becker, A. (2023). Identity, Power, and Prestige in Switzerland's Multilingual Education. Transcript. Creese, A. (2017). Translanguaging as an Everyday Practice. In B. A. Paulsrud, J. Rosén, B. Straszer & Å. Wedin (eds.), New Perspectives on Translanguaging and Education (pp. 1–9). Multilingual Matters. Deppermann, A. (2020). Konversationsanalyse und diskursive Psychologie. In: Mey, G. & Mruck, K. (eds.), Handbuch Qualitative Forschung in der Psychologie (pp. 1–24). Springer. García, O. & Otheguy, R. (2021). Conceptualizing Translanguaging Theory/Practice Juntos. In CUNY-New York State Initiative on Emergent Bilinguals, CUNY-NYSIEB Project (eds.), Translanguaging and Transformative Teaching for Emergent Bilingual Students: Lessons from the CUNY-NYSIEB Project. Routledge, 3–24. Panagiotopoulou, J. A (2019). Mehrsprachigkeit und Bildung in der KiTa. In E. Montanari & J. A. Panagiotopoulou (Hrsg.), Mehrsprachigkeit und Bildung in Kitas und Schulen. Eine Einführung (S. 25–79). Narr Francke Attempto. Sacks, H. (1992). Lectures on conversation. Blackwell.
 

Children as Mediators: Leveraging Translanguaging in joint Literacy Events

Claudine Kirsch (University of Luxembourg), Valérie Kemp (University of Luxembourg)

Children’s early literacy experiences at home and in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) positively influence their language development and early literacy skills (Skibbe et al., 2011). Nevertheless, literacy experiences in ECEC tend to be short and seldom include children’s home languages (Michel & Kuiken, 2014). Furthermore, practitioners rarely encourage translanguaging although it facilitates communication, meaning-making and learning (Garcia & Kleifgen, 2019). One way of supporting the use of home languages in ECEC is to collaborate with parents and organise “joint literacy events”. Such events have been documented in multilingual Luxembourg where two-thirds of the young children speak more than two languages at home. To address language diversity, the Education Ministry introduced in 2017 a multilingual programme in ECEC that requires practitioners in non-formal education sectors to familiarize children with Luxembourgish and French and value their linguistic and cultural resources, as well as collaborate with families and engage in networking activities. In the project “Collaboration with parents and multiliteracies in ECEC” we have analysed joint literacy activities and the actors’ use of one or multiple languages (Aleksić et al., 2024; Kirsch & Bergeron-Morin, 2023). This presentation zooms in on two private ECEC centres, one Luxembourgish, one French, with different pedagogical approaches. We investigate, firstly children’s use of their linguistic repertoire in joint literacy activities and, secondly, the roles of two- to three-year-olds when interacting with peers and adults during these special moments. Data stem from nine video-recorded joint events of two hours in which parents communicated in their home language(s). The data were subjected to a conversation analysis (Seedhouse, 2005). The findings show that the languages in these activities were either strictly separated or used dynamically. In the former events, the children whose parents were present behaved like guests. They showed strong emotions, closed in on their parents and participated less than in the daily ECEC activities where parents were absent. In the latter situations, the children translanguaged, thereby encouraging participation and mediating between peers and adults. We concluded that parental involvement in literacy activities can have different outcomes depending on the pedagogy of the educators. Furthermore, the findings confirm that translanguaging can be transformative and contribute to well-being (Kleyn & García, 2019) as well as stimulate children’s language-based agency (Kirsch & Mortini, 2021). We conclude with implications for professionals.

References:

Aleksić, G., Bebic-Crestany, D. & Kirsch (2024). Factors influencing communication between parents and early childhood educators in multilingual Luxembourg. International Journal of Educational Research. García, O., & Kleifgen, J. A. (2019). Translanguaging and Literacies. Reading Research Quarterly, 55(4), 553–571. Kleyn, T. & García, O. (2019). Translanguaging as an Act of Transformation. Restructuring Teaching and Learning for Emergent Bilingual Students. In L.C. de Oliveira (Ed.), The Handbook of TESOL in K-12. Wiley & Sons. Kirsch, C., & Bergeron-Morin, L. (2023). Educators, parents and children engaging in literacy activities in multiple languages: an exploratory study. International Journal of Multilingualism. Kirsch, C. & Mortini, S. (2021). Engaging in and creatively reproducing translanguaging practices with peers: a longitudinal study with three-year-olds in Luxembourg. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism. Michel, M. C., & Kuiken, F. (2014). Language at preschool in Europe: Early years professionals in the spotlight. European Journal of Applied Linguistics, 2(1), 1–26. Seedhouse, P. (2005). Conversation Analysis as Research Methodology. In K. Richards & P. Seedhouse (Eds.), Applying Conversation Analysis. Hampshire: Palgrave Macmillan. Skibbe, L., Connor, C, Morrison, F., & Jewkes, A. (2011). Schooling effects on preschoolers' self-regulation, early literacy, and language growth. Early Child Res Q, 26(1), 42–49.
 
13:45 - 15:1531 SES 06 B: Different Aspects of Language Learning
Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Marion Döll
Paper Session
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Fostering University Students’ Metalinguistic Awareness in Language Learning through Explicit Self-Regulation Skills

Merilyn Meristo

Tallinn University, Estonia

Presenting Author: Meristo, Merilyn

Metalinguistic knowledge is considered a prerequisite for metalinguistic activity, integral to metacognition—a person's reflective awareness of cognitive processes. Metalinguistic ability, encompassing cognition about language, involves analyzing, comparing, and extracting lexical and grammatical meaning (cf., J. N. Anderson 2008; Roehr-Brackin 2008). Bialystok’s (2001) framework elucidates the development of metalinguistic ability, perceived as conscious knowledge and sensitivity in language learning, teaching, and use (Verschik 2019), involving the analysis and extraction of information about language use (Jessner 2014). It is the awareness of how language functions in communication and making linguistic choices (Aruvee 2023). In second and foreign language learning, it aligns with plurilingual awareness, reflecting and comparing language knowledge during the learning process (Cook and Wei 2016).

Metalinguistic awareness serves as a cognitive foundation underlying the effective deployment of language learning strategies, providing learners with the capacity to analyze, compare, and extract meaningful information about language use. Oxford (1990, 2017) defines language learning strategies as specific actions or techniques that individuals employ to enhance their language learning experience, categorizing them into six major groups: cognitive, metacognitive, memory-related, affective, social, and compensation strategies. This comprehensive framework underscores the multifaceted nature of language learning, emphasizing the importance of both cognitive and affective dimensions in effective language acquisition.

Language learning strategies are intricately associated with self-regulation skills, as learners employ various cognitive and metacognitive processes to effectively manage their language learning experiences. The utilisation of strategies, such as goal-setting, planning, monitoring, and reflecting, aligns closely with the principles of self-regulation in learning (Zimmerman, 2000). The intentional selection and application of language learning strategies demonstrate learners' ability to regulate their cognitive processes and optimize their language acquisition efforts (Oxford, 1990). Actively engaging in strategic planning, learners exercise self-regulation, fostering a dynamic and adaptive approach to language learning (Cohen & Oxford, 2002).

This four-year-long study focuses on an innovative approach to supporting first-year university students' metalinguistic awareness through explicit and emphasized teaching of self-regulation skills in language learning. Previous contextual studies indicate that first-year students often exhibit deficiencies in language learning strategies, necessitating a targeted intervention (Meristo 2022). This research aims to address deficiencies in language learning strategies among first year students and evaluates the impact of this intervention on academic achievement, ethical conduct, and linguistic awareness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This Action Research framed study centers on explicit explanations and the use of language learning strategies encompassing both direct and indirect, and cognitive and affective strategies. Data were collected through triangulation: researcher field notes, individual and focus group interviews with students, and test scores.
Over a span of four years, 60 students were actively engaged in the iterative cycles of this action research. These participants were enrolled in the introductory French course tailored for students majoring in French. Their language background includes French as either their fourth (L4) or fifth (L5) language, with Estonian as their L1, English as the predominant L2 commonly taught in school, and Russian, Finnish, or German as their L3. Notably, half of the participants have attained only a foundational competence in L3 at the basic level (A1/A2 CEFR). The average age of the participants stood at 26 (ranging from 19 to 48 years).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings indicate an improvement in academic achievement among participants, coupled with a reduction in academic cheating. The results underscore the importance of explicit self-regulation skills in language learning, emphasizing the transformative impact on freshmen's linguistic awareness, academic performance, and ethical conduct. Additionally, the key to success lies in cultivating a culture of trust and respect in the classroom, towards and between students, fostering a friendly and supportive atmosphere.
References
Anderson, N. J. (2008). Metacognition and good language learners. In. C. Griffiths (Ed.) Lessons from Good Language Learners, 99-109.
Aruvee, M. (2023). Tekstikeskne aine- ja keeleõpetus: teoreetiline raamistik ja praktilised soovitused. [Genre pedagogy to promote disciplinary literacy: Pilot intervention]. Dissertations on Humanities. Tallinn University.
Bialystok, E. (2001). Bilingualism in development: Language, literacy, and cognition. Cambridge University Press.
Cohen, D., Oxford, R. L., & Chi, J. (2002). Language Strategy Use Survey. Centre for Advanced Research on Language Acquisition, University of Minnesota.
Cook, V., & Wei, L. (eds.). (2016). The Cambridge handbook of linguistic multi-competence. Cambridge University Press.
Jessner, U. (2014). On multilingual awareness or why the multilingual learner is a specific language learner. – Essential Topics in Applied Linguistics and Multilingualism. Studies in Honour of David Singleton. Eds Mirosław Pawlak, Larissa Aronin. Heidelberg: Springer, 175–184.
Meristo, M. (2022). University Students' Motivation to Study the French Language: A Time Trend Study. Journal for the Psychology of Language Learning, 4(1), e419222.
Oxford, R. L. (1990). Language learning strategies: What every teacher should know. Heinle & Heinle Publishers.
Oxford, R. L. (2017). Teaching and researching language learning strategies: Self-regulation in context. Taylor & Francis.
Roehr-Brackin, K. (2018). Metalinguistic awareness and second language acquisition. Routledge.
Verschik, A. (2019). Mitmekeelsus, keelekontaktid ja keeleline teadlikkus. [Multilingualism, Language Contacts and (Meta)linguistic Awareness]. Keel ja Kirjandus 62(1-2), 6–23.
Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory into practice, 41(2), 64-70.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Assessing Efficacy of Pronunciation Instructions: a Meta-analysis of Pronunciation Assessment to Develop an Evaluation Framework

Linghong Li

Ghent University, Belgium

Presenting Author: Li, Linghong

In the second language (L2) field, research on pronunciation instruction has gradually captured the attention of L2 researchers. Influenced by the dominance of communicative language teaching theory, the focus of pronunciation instruction has shifted towards the development of overall communication skills. Three assessment principles proposed by numerous L2 scholars for measuring L2 learners’ pronunciation are intelligibility, comprehensibility, and accentedness (Derwing & Munro, 2005; Levis, 2005, 2020). Review studies on L2 pronunciation instruction primarily employ measurements involving human listeners and acoustic measures. Due to their close relationship with all three directions, human listeners’ judgments have constituted the majority of assessment methods for measuring outcomes in L2 pronunciation instruction. The use of acoustic measures is limited, as L2 pronunciation scholars believe acoustic analyses may not predict intelligibility accurately (Kermad & Kang, 2018). In recent years, combining advanced acoustic measures with native speakers’ judgments of specific pronunciation features has proven productive in elucidating the relationship between pronunciation features and the three principles mentioned above (Kang, Rubin & Pickering, 2010; Trofimovich & Isaacs, 2012). There has been very limited research conducted on exploring the overall effectiveness of pronunciation instructions in the L2 field and very few studies have followed an evaluation framework to guide the assessment of pronunciation instructions. Chapelle, Enright, and Jamieson (2010) proposed an argument-based validation model, suggesting a network of inferences needed to be verified to support test score interpretation and use. Six inferences were included in this model to develop a validity argument for a language test, that are domain definition, evaluation, generalization, explanation, extrapolation, and utilization (Fan & Yan, 2020). Saito and Plonsky (2019) suggested a framework for measuring the effectiveness of L2 pronunciation teaching, including the constructs, the scoring method, and the type of knowledge elicited method. Based on these two frameworks, we will propose a new evaluation framework as a theoretical base to provide a standard for designing assessments. Three domains are presented in the new proposed evaluation framework, that are the pronunciation constructs of assessments, scoring methods and reliability, and gender difference.

Three questions are discussed:

1) Do the effects of assessments vary when focusing on different pronunciation constructs?

2) Do the effects of assessments vary with scoring methods performed by human raters and acoustic scoring?

3) Do the effects of assessments vary in terms of reliability between human raters and acoustic scoring?

4) Do pronunciation instructions employ gender differences in assessments?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A carefully screened selection of studies pertaining to pronunciation instruction within the L2 research field is conducted. This ensures that the included studies align with the research questions. By following the proposed evaluation framework, we analyzed a total of 35 published studies between 1980 and 2023 on pronunciation assessments in three domains: a) the pronunciation constructs of assessments (pronunciation aspects); b) scoring methods and reliability (human raters versus acoustic scoring); and c) gender differences (female versus male). Pronunciation instructions that are conducted in the CFL context are included. Studies are selected that have examined the effectiveness of pronunciation instructions with a pretest-posttest design and experimental-control group design. Key words are used to screen the databases (e.g., Chinese as a foreign language, CFL, pronunciation, instruction, second language, foreign language, tone, initial, final, intonation, stress). Kappa and Cronbach’s alpha results will be used to check the reliability among the human examiners’ scoring methods.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
L2 pronunciation instructions focusing on explicit pronunciation aspects (segmental/suprasegmental accuracy) are more dominant compared to global pronunciation instructions (intelligibility, perceived fluency, etc.), and expert ratings significantly dominate as compared to acoustic machines. Effect sizes between human examiners vs. acoustic machines show that both assessments are capable of comparing the within-group differences and between-groups differences. Gender differences are ignored in the selected pronunciation instructions, and no assessments has examined the differences.
References
Chapelle, C. A., Enright, M. K., & Jamieson, J. (2010). Does an argument‐based approach to validity make a difference?. Educational measurement: Issues and practice, 29(1), 3-13.
Derwing, T. M., & Munro, M. J. (2005). Second language accent and pronunciation teaching: A research‐based approach. TESOL quarterly, 39(3), 379-397.
Fan, J., & Yan, X. (2020). Assessing speaking proficiency: a narrative review of speaking assessment research within the argument-based validation framework. Frontiers in psychology, 11, 330.
Isaacs, T., & Trofimovich, P. (2012). Deconstructing comprehensibility: Identifying the linguistic influences on listeners’ L2 comprehensibility ratings. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 34(3), 475-505.
Kang, O., Rubin, D. O. N., & Pickering, L. (2010). Suprasegmental measures of accentedness and judgments of language learner proficiency in oral English. The Modern Language Journal, 94(4), 554-566.
Kermad, A., & Kang, O. (2019). Effect of classroom assessment stakes on English language learners’ oral performance. Tesol Journal, 10(2), e00392.
Levis, J. M. (2005). Changing contexts and shifting paradigms in pronunciation teaching. TESOL quarterly, 39(3), 369-377.
Levis, J. (2020). Revisiting the intelligibility and nativeness principles. Journal of Second Language Pronunciation, 6(3), 310-328.
Saito, K., & Plonsky, L. (2019). Effects of second language pronunciation teaching revisited: A proposed measurement framework and meta‐analysis. Language Learning, 69(3), 652-708.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

"Words and Letters Are Different, but There Are Not Many Differences Between the Languages": Writing Awareness of Multilinguals

Corinna Peschel1, Maria Sulimova1,2

1University of Wuppertal; 2University of Leipzig

Presenting Author: Sulimova, Maria

For some time now, multilingual children have been recognised as having an advantage over monolingual children in language awareness (cf. Bialystok 2001). For German-speaking countries, Oomen-Welke (2008) found that multilingual pupils produce more metalinguistic utterances and language-analytical actions than monolingual pupils. Wildemann, Bien-Miller and Akbulut (2016, 2018, 2020) also showed that multilingual primary school pupils produce more metalinguistic utterances, which suggests advantages in language awareness. The researchers were able to show that multilingual children produce expressions of language awareness at higher levels (see Wildemann et al. 2016 or 2020) and thus demonstrate more developed linguistic analytical skills. These correlate with overall language competence (see Akbuluth et al. 2018). Similar evidence comes from research on heritage speakers. Riehl et al 2018 postulate connections between language awareness and multilingual writing and text skills. Our project “SchreiBe Mehr” has two general goals: 1. We want to find out, which sorts of language awareness multilingual adolescents display throughout their writing processes and when being asked about their writing. 2. We try to integrate our findings and derive a model of writing awareness, which can be very useful in teaching writing.

To get a more specific notion of how language awareness is displayed and can be developed in writing, we focus on writing processes and texts by multilingual adolescents in Russian and German.

To specify a general concept of language awareness, in an initial project phase a heuristic concept of writing awareness was developed and differentiated into various sub-competences based on the data analysed in our pilot project, we identified criteria for studying writing awareness. From the literature, we adopted the division of signs of awareness into those directly related to writing and elicited aspects (cf. Wildemann et al. 2016). Observable aspects of writing awareness include visible aspects of the writing process, observable writing strategies, comments during writing, and others. Elicited aspects include comments on individual phases of the writing process, strategies and individual levels of the text, genre features, similarities and differences in the text when comparing languages. In addition, the presence of metalinguistic vocabulary is also a sign of writing awareness.

A special emphasis is laid on multilingual competences and resources in writing, e.g. the knowledge of writing schemata and genres in both languages. The genre selected for the study – a process description - is used not only in language subjects, but also in art, social and natural science subjects, which allows interdisciplinary didactic implications. We focus on the pupils´ reflection of their own writing processes and the visible or reported use of writing strategies by multilinguals in early secondary school. The texts and the interviews reveal the pupils´ knowledge of culture-specific text-schemata and how much writing such texts may be part of their (academic) lives - and in which languages. This offers many valuable insights on the interrelatedness of language, culture, and identity for linguistically responsive teachers. (Hufeisen 2008).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To reach the abovementioned goals, we use a qualitative approach to writing awareness in addition to a more quantitative perspective as can be seen in other studies. We do not focus on the question of possible advantages of certain groups of pupils, but to take a closer look at the specifics of the occurrence of language awareness in each individual case.
Our study has the following design. First, we conducted a semi structured interview with our informants (N=9, ages 11 to 14) about their language biography and writing experience. Then they wrote two instructions for installing a game on a smartphone for an older person in their L1 and L2 (Russian or Ukrainian and German). The writing process was recorded on camera. After this, the interviewer conducted a stimulated retrospective interview: together with the informants, she watched a recording of the writing process, the informants were asked to comment on how they completed tasks and explained individual decisions.
Our design combines the observation of visible aspects of the writing process (made visible by screen-capturing) and comments made by the informants while writing with stimulated retrospective interviews, whereby the recorded writing process is played as a stimulus during the interview (cf. Breuer 2017, Karsten 2017). The data are analysed using qualitative content analysis to create categories (Mayring 2010; Schreier 2014), so that the concept of writing awareness developed in the first project phase (cf. Peschel/Sulimova 2020) can be further specified. On this basis, the diversity of possible forms of writing awareness is to be recorded and described qualitatively.
 The informants were recruited through teachers teaching them Russian, Ukrainian and German. When recruiting informants, it was important to us that they could write in L1 and L2. Thus, the sample is not representative, but corresponds to the goals of our exploratory study. We investigate students’ subjective views toward their own multilingualism and writing skills. We also find students’ comments on the role their languages play at school. To examine the writing processes with the documented observation and to gain insights into reflective aspects of writing competence, a triangulation was carried out. The questionnaire also explores the informants’ awareness of the role that writing plays in school success, and whether they feel comfortable using different languages.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper provides insights into writing processes and reflections of individual informants and the components of writing awareness in both languages that can be derived from them. On this basis, the potential of multilingualism in writing is shown and didactic consequences for the promotion of writing are derived. The model can be used in teacher training programmes to illustrate the complexity of writing process. The findings can furthermore help to make future teachers aware of regarding their students’ first languages as learning resources and enable them to invoke students’ first languages intentionally (Burner & Carlsen, 2019). In addition, we intend to show future teachers the value of students’ languages, and strategies their use to deal with own linguistic diversity.The data obtained during the survey (recordings of the writing process, reflections of the test subjects) illustrate concrete strategies. As the chose text type is used across all subjects at school, starting points can be found for the promotion of school writing in all subjects in the sense of continuous language education. The model gives the knowledge needed to support linguistically diverse students when teaching writing in different subjects.
References
Bialystok, Ellen (2001): Bilingualism in Development: Language, Literacy, and Cognition. Cambridge: University Press.
Breuer, Esther (2017): „Qualitative Analyse von Schreibprozessen mithilfe von Screencapturing“. In: Brinkschulte, Melanie; Kreitz, David (Hrsg.): Qualitative Methoden in der angewandten Schreibforschung. Bielefeld: WBV Media, 41–61.Karsten 2017
Karsten, Andrea (2017): „Videokonfrontation als Methode für die angewandte Schreibforschung: Zwischen Investigation und Intervention“. In: Brinkschulte, Melanie; Kreitz, David (Hrsg.): Qualitative Methoden in der angewandten Schreibforschung. Bielefeld: WBV Media, 63–84.
Mayring, Philip (2010): Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. [11. Auflage.] Weinheim und Basel: Beltz.Oomen-Welke, Ingelore (2008): „Präkonzepte: Sprachvorstellungen ein- und mehrsprachiger SchülerInnen“. In: Ahrenholz, Bernt; Oomen-Welke, Ingelore (Hrsg.): Deutsch als Zweitsprache, 373–384.
Peschel, Corinna; Sulimova, Maria (2021). Schreibprozesse und Schreibstrategien mehrsprachiger Schüler*innen der Sekundarstufe I. Informationen Deutsch als Fremdsprache. 48. 632-647.
Wildemann, Anja; Akbulut, Muhammed; Bien-Miller, Lena (2016): „Mehrsprachige Sprachbewusstheit zum Ende der Grundschulzeit – Vorstellung und Diskussion eines Elizitationsverfahrens: Mehrsprachigkeit – Language Awareness – Sprachbewusstheit“. In: Zeitschrift für Interkulturellen Fremdsprachenunterricht 21 (2), 42–56.
Wildemann, Anja; Bien-Miller, Lena; Akbulut, Muhammed (2020): „Mehrsprachigkeit und Sprachbewusstheit – empirische Befunde und Unterrichtskonzepte“. In: Gogolin, Ingrid; Hansen, Antje; McMonagle, Sarah; Rauch, Dominique (Hrsg.): Handbuch Mehrsprachigkeit und Bildung. Berlin: Springer


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

School Radio as a Critical Literacy Laboratory to Promote Communicative Social Justice

Yaimara Batista Fernández, Mónica Salcedo, Raquel Brioa García, Yasna Patricia Pradena García, Eduardo Fernández Rodríguez, Rocío Anguita Martínez

Universidad de Valladolid, Spain

Presenting Author: Batista Fernández, Yaimara; Salcedo, Mónica

This outgoing study analyses the possibilities offered by school radio as an innovative ecosystem and literacy laboratory to promote communicative social justice and enhance the development of critical communicative competence in culturally diverse and low-academic performance pupils. In this sense, a case study was carried out in Secondary Education, specifically in the field of compensatory education and school language projects. During the development of the project, it was perceived that the use of school radio implies a space for knowledge exchange and citizen transformation, and a bridge between academic and social knowledge transmission, enabling students to acquire the necessary tools for the development of creative, experimental and critical thinking.

Critical literacy (CL) is considered a social practice through which a text is interpreted, considering its socio-cultural and socio-political context, it allows people to identify ideologies and intentions; and represents a way of life through which it is possible to know and understand the world, and uses texts and discourses by giving them new meanings within different contexts. Hence, CL is also understood as an agent for societal change (Canett Castro et al, 2021).

Within the school context, CL enables students to focus on understanding the purposes of the text and its function in different cultural and social settings, as well as, allows them to recognize different positions and ideologies (Cassany, 2013), analyse ideas, make judgements and assess the veracity of writings (Cassany, 2015). This link between CL and social justice offers pupils the opportunity to understand and actively participate in their social and political environment, as well as to understand and challenge social inequalities. It also implies reflecting critically on the reader's role in either reinforcing injustice through silence and doing nothing, or defying injustice through criticism and social action (Watkins, 2021).

In this way, it is essential to develop pupils' critical judgement during the educational process to acquire a socio-cognitive and socio-critical curricular conception during their education (Brito, 2017). Hence, social justice in the curricular sphere implies that people have access to the same opportunities and rights, to learn in conditions of equality, equity and mutual respect, especially those marginalised and excluded sectors.

The development of this exploratory study and the critical analysis of this emerging pedagogical experience and disruptive practice transforms this school scenario into an open space or laboratory for educational experimentation through the production of shared designs, prototypes of experiences and cultural products.

This pedagogical proposal opens up a disruptive space that redefines the classroom as a learning ecology. In this context, several elements determine the existence or not of a learning ecology (Barab & Roth, 2006), such as a plurality of learning contexts; an inter-contextual leap or between contexts; the existence of learning resources offered by all environments; and the generation of personal learning environments that determine individuality in the shaping of learning due to the diversity of possibilities that each person has at their disposal.

This addition of the ecological metaphor to the educational field contemplates research on the processes of knowledge construction and learning acquisition in a knowmadic society considering four dimensions: a) personal ecologies of lifelong learning in collective spaces of autonomous experimentation; b) learning ecologies and social mediations of formal and non-formal cultures and contexts; c) community ecologies: instituting participatory spaces and social transformation; and d) knowledge ecologies: projects generating spaces for creative work and experimentation with participatory methodologies. (Martínez & Fernández).

The study's research questions are as follows:

What are the potentialities of school radio as an innovative ecosystem to develop pupils’ communicative competence?

Can school radio function as a laboratory of critical literacy promote pupils’ communicative social justice?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study follows a qualitative methodology to explore the possibilities offered by school radio as an innovative ecosystem and literacy laboratory to promote pupils’ communicative social justice and enhance the development of pupils’ critical communicative competence. Two case studies (Stake, 2005) are used as a research approach to provide a more detailed description of the object of study.
To carry out the case study, triangulation by methods was used, comparing the information obtained through participant observation in the first semester of 2021/2022 academic year, interviews and documentary review. In more detail, the techniques used were as follows:
- Classroom observation: non-participant observation was carried out in 30 class sessions, 10 took place in the school classroom, 16 in the radio, 3 in the garden and 1 in the language laboratory. A journal was kept to systematise the experiences and then analyse the data.
- Interviews: an in-depth interview was conducted with the teacher who carried out the educational experience in order to find out about relevant aspects of her educational practice. In these interviews, attention was paid to the dimensions of her teaching practice, but also to her biographical and personal experience.
- Document analysis: Information was collected and analysed in different formats: Didactic programming of the subject (PDA), Educational project of the centre (PEC), General annual programming of the centre (PGAC), Project of Access to chairs formulated by the teacher (PAC).
- Podcast Analysis of 40 episodes of 5 radio programs broadcasted on IVOOX)
- Student and teacher anecdotal records, in which the perceptions and opinions about the innovation project in which they are involved are recorded.
- Audio and video recordings of the educational practice analysed.
The cases are framed within an innovative ecosystem taking as a reference the work carried out by the Telefónica Foundation (2014), in which we have identified eight main types of experiences: a) Authentic learning experience; b) Lifelong learning experience; c) Learning experience beyond the classroom; d) Challenge-based learning experience; e) Digital learning experience; f) Collaborative learning experience; g) C21 learning; and h) Active learning methodologies
Similarly, the disruptive educational process was analysed taking as a starting point the modes of learning proposed by Thieu Besselink in his article "Choreography of Learning (2013)" to analyse the different learning and its processes: Transfer, Experimentation, Reflection, and Searching.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The projects analysed highlight the need for language education and CL to train competent interpreters and creators in different media and cultural devices, broadening the frameworks of social justice and sensitivity to diversity. This is important in global contexts mediated by communication technologies, where there are inequalities in pupils' communicative competence and ability to integrate into society and the workplace. An educational and curricular approach to CL involves thinking about communicative competence beyond the literary canon and the thematic orthodoxy of official curricula to address cultural diversity and socio-economic inequalities in terms of linguistic justice.
School radio, as an innovative ecosystem, serves as a tool for the development of CL and communicative social justice. It also functions as an educational resource that brings pupils closer to their reality and context and becomes an instrument of social justice by allowing them to see the world from multiple perspectives.
In this sense, the use of school radio serves as a transversal vehicle for the development of CL as a promoter of communicative social justice in pupils through the cultural and diverse recognition of the environment to promote equality and equity; the re(distribution) of essential and democratic knowledge for the development of a fairer society; and social and active participation in decision-making to intervene critically in the solutions to social problems. In this way, it seeks to ensure that pupils can critically interpret their social environment and at the same time participate in the teaching-learning process.

References
Brito, F. J. (2017). Educación y cambio social: Aportes desde la pedagogía crítica. Revista Electrónica Diálogos Educativos, 16(31), 137-150.
Barab, S. & Roth, W. (2006) Curriculum-based ecosystems: supporting knowing from an ecological perspective. Educational Researcher, 35(5), 3-13.
Calvo, A. H. (2015). Los proyectos que revolucionan las escuelas. Así trabajan los colegios más innovadores del mundo. Fundación Telefónica. www.fundaciontelefonica.com
Canett Castro, K. M., Fierro López, L. E., & Martínez Lobatos, L. (2021). Hacia una literacidad crítica con enfoque de género en la enseñanza de literatura. Diálogos Sobre Educación, 23. https://doi.org/doi.org/10.32870/DSE.V0I23.965
Cassany, D. (2013). ¿Cómo se lee y escribe en línea? Revista Electrónica Leer, Escribir y Descubrir, 1(1), 1-24.
Cassany, D. (2015). Literacidad crítica: leer y escribir la ideología. ResearchGate: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/251839730_Literacidad_critica_leer_y_escribir_la_ideologia
Castellví Mata, J. (2021). Literacidad crítica para formar una ciudadanía democrática y comprometida. ResearchGate: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/348931062
Martínez, JB. & Fernández, E. (2018). Ecologías del Aprendizaje. Educación Expandida en Contextos Múltiples. Madrid. Ediciones Morata, S.L.
Montané, A. (2015). Justicia Social y Educación. RES, Revista de Educación Social(20), 92-113. https://eduso.net/res/revista/20/el-tema-colaboraciones/justicia-social-y-educacion
Murillo, J., & Hernández, R. (2011). Hacia un concepto de justicia social. Revista Iberoamericana sobre Calidad, Eficacia y Cambio en Educación, 9(4), 8-23.
Núñez Fernández, V., Aceituno-Aceituno, P., Lanza Escobedo, D., & Sánchez Fernández, A. (2022). La radio escolar como recurso para el desarrollo de la competencia mediática. Estudios Sobre El Mensaje Periodístico, 28(1), 621-632. https://doi.org/dx.doi.org/10.5209/esmp.77511
Simons, H. (2009). El estudio de caso: teoría y práctica. Morata.
Stake, R. (2005). Multiple Case Study Analysis. The Guilford Press.
Watkins, N. (2021). Critical literacy: Challenging dominant discourses. In Kavanagh, A. M., F. Waldron, & B. Mallon (Eds.), Teaching for social justice and sustainable development across the primary curriculum. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003003021-11
 
13:45 - 15:1532 SES 06 A: Looking back in Uncertainties: Historical Roots of Organizational Education. 10th anniversary workshop.
Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Susanne Maria Weber
Session Chair: Andreas Schröer
Research Workshop
 
32. Organizational Education
Research Workshop

Looking back in Uncertainties: Historical Roots of Organizational Education 10th anniversary Workshop of European Methodological Dimensions

Michael Göhlich1, Andreas Schröer2

1Friedrich-Alexander Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany; 2Universität Trier, Germany

Presenting Author: Göhlich, Michael; Schröer, Andreas

Organizational Education is interested in organizational learning in, by, and between organizations (Göhlich et al., 2018). It did not only emerge under conditions of uncertainty (Bennett et al., 2014) but relates in many different ways to this core term. With reference to Dewey's work (1929; 1969), uncertainty becomes a core term for organizational education, as educational organizing does not try to limit and exclude uncertainty but relates to it even in positive ways.

As the special call of organizational Education puts it, uncertainty-affinity may lead to conceptualizing alternative strategies of organizing. Creative approaches to uncertainty involve searching for and posing problems rather than jumping to the comfort of immediate solutions. Looking into historical positions, the special call of organizational Education connects to the works of Mary Parker Follett (1923; 1924). She suggested such an uncertainty-open practice, which in the particular call was discussed as a non-affirmative practice opposing "traditional, transmissive" and "reductive-progressive" (English, 2023) forms of organizational learning. In this approach to uncertainty, listening and relationality might be seen as qualities of a nonaffirmative Organizational Education (Moos, 2023).

Applying such a practice of listening, reflecting, asking, and searching for the 10th anniversary of organizational Education, especially listening into history, relating to the roots, and asking for the relevance of terms, the searching for European connections and methodological implications seems to be the right way to connect past, present and future of an academic association and its research networks, in this case, the research network organizational education.

Honoring the 10th anniversary of organizational Education at the European level, a "Looking Back and Diving Deep" research workshop intends to relate to the historical roots of European organization education research (Göhlich et al., 2018). The Network 32, by this, intends to reflect on its historical roots and the methodological implications of a European and historically grounded organizational education.

As an initializing agent of organizational Education thought, Michael Göhlich was a core academic who established organizational Education in the German educational research setting. In 2014, after a pre-phase of establishing organizational education symposia in ECER, a European research network on organizational Education was accepted within ECER, and Michael Göhlich took the position of convenor at the European level. The 10th anniversary, therefore, is an excellent opportunity for a "look back and dive deep" into the European traditions of organizational education thinking and the emergence and institutionalization of our trans-subdiscipline of organizational Education and ground this collective reflection on the works of Michael Göhlich.

As Michael Göhlich writes in the German Handbook of Organizational Education (Göhlich, 2018, 18), any academic subdiscipline does not emerge overnight but is rooted in history. Any new term, any new academic discourse, and any new academic subdiscipline have early and preliminary phases in the academic history - as a concept, as a discourse, and as an academic subdiscipline. It will always stand "on the shoulders" of concepts, focuses, and arguments, which were already expressed earlier in pedagogy and Education (Göhlich, 2018, 18).

Moreover, Göhlich (2018, 18) continues elaborating in his contribution to the history of organizational Education on the starting point – when to start telling the story of historicization? It even mentions that it would have been possible to begin the search at much earlier starting points, for, in antiquity, the Middle Ages or the Enlightenment. This "prehistory" of organizational Education in the narrower sense is of interest to understand better the emergence of the term' organizational education', which not only develops as in the uniform continuum but (also) can be discussed in phases, stages, steps, and variations (Göhlich, 2018).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Göhlich (2018, 18) suggests deep diving into the history of organizational Education around 1800. He explains that the concept of organization emerged as a specific and, in this sense, comparatively young term. Initially used in the 17th century in a medical and scientific context to refer to the physical and mental state of people, this term traveled into state institutions and economic and political entities. Citing (Pfeifer et al., 1989), this shift connects to the ideas of the French Revolution in the second half of the 18th century.
Highlighting core tapes of an organizational education "avant la lettre," he differentiates several tapes, which will be presented and collectively reflected regarding their European as well as historical and methodological relevance for the European organizational education network. By this, the research workshop will focus on the roots and traces of organizational Education. It looks back and dives deep into the development of organizational Education as an academic discourse and educational subdiscipline.
The research workshop outlined here describes and analyzes in the alternation of academic inputs and participatory reflection several etaps of the history of Organizational Education. This new subdiscipline was established in a German research context and widened its scope and institutionalization into European and global contexts. The research workshop will develop the topic in alteration and phases:
After presenting the prehistory of Organizational Education since 1800, the workshop reveals the historical shifts and streams. In a second etap, the research workshop focuses on the term Organizational Education, which was developed in the 1980s and again the given specific historical conditions. In a third etap, the institutionalization of Organizational Education in the mid-2000s is reflected as a subdiscipline of educational science.
This historizing tour of organizational Education connects in a reflexive and participatory way to collectively reflect on European dimensions, traditions, and histories of organizational Education and authors referring to organizing from an educational perspective early on. Referring to all the different etaps to European parallel trends and streams and US traditions and educationalists, the alternation of inputs and collective reflection will allow us to build knowledge collectively.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The research workshop will show that organizational Education has been a long-standing topic in Education, and it has to develop its "proprium" in its own right. It already becomes apparent when taking a closer look into Göhlich's (2018, 19) description of Humboldt's notion of organization: Apart from the academic staff (here: professors), according to Humboldt, "... what matters most are few and simple, but more profoundly intervening organizational laws ..." (ibid., p. 231) as well as aids, whereby he warns against "considering the accumulation of dead collections as the main thing, rather it should not be forgotten that they even easily contribute to dulling the mind..." (ibid., p. 231). As Göhlich (2018, 19), Humboldt's reflections point ahead to today's organizational Education; it is a view on organizational dynamics, the necessity of organizational laws providing for freedom, and the necessity of keeping organizational tools fluid point far ahead.
The research workshop will discuss the processes, uncertainties, and organizing stability in the process, which we still need to reflect on collectively today – which will happen within the 10th-anniversary research workshop of the network organizational education.

References
Bennett, N.; Lemoine, G. James (2014): What VUCA Means for You. Harvard Business Review. Nr. 92, 1/2
Boreham, N./ Reeves, J. (2008): Diagnosing and supporting organizational learning culture in Scottish schools. In: Zeitschrift für Pädagogik. 54, S. 637-649.
Boreham, N./Morgan, C. (2004): A socio-cultural analysis of organizational learning. In: Oxford Review of Education. 30, pp. 307-325
Dewey, J. (1929). The Quest for Certainty. A Study of the Relation of Knowledge and Action (Gifford Lectures 1929) New York. Putnam.
Dewey, J. (1901). The Educational Situation. In: Dewey. The Middle Works. Band 1.
Dewey, J. (1969). The ethics of democracy. In J. A. Boydston (Ed.), The early works, 1882-1898. Volume 1. 1882-1888 (pp. 227–249). Carbondale, IL: Southern Illinois University Press. (Original work published 1888).
English, A. (2023). Dewey, Existential Uncertainty and Non-affirmative Democratic Education. In: M. Uljens (ed.), Non-affirmative Theory of Education and Bildung, Educational Governance Research 20, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-30551-1_6
Elkjaer, B. (2018). Pragmatist Foundations for Organizational Education. In: Göhlich et al (ed.): Handbuch Organisationspädagogik. Wiesbaden. Springer. pp. 151-162
Elkjaer, B. (2022). Taking stock of "Organizational Learning": Looking back and moving forward. Management Learning, 53(3), 582–604. https://doi.org/10.1177/13505076211049599
Fenwick, T. (2007). Organizational learning in the knots. In: Journal of Education Administration. Vol. 45. No. 2, pp. 138-153.
Follett, M. P. (1924/2013). Creative experience. Longmans, Green, and Company.
Follett, M. P. (1925/2013). The Giving of Orders, in Metcalf, H. C., & Urwick, L. (2004). Dynamic Administration: The Collected Papers of Mary Parker Follett. Routledge, pp. 50-70.
Göhlich, M. et al. (2016). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205–215. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/330957539_Research_Memorandum_Organizational_Education
Göhlich, Michael (2018) Geschichte der Organisationspädagogik. In: Göhlich, M.; Schröer, A. & Weber, S. (ed.) Handbuch Organisationspädagogik. Springer VS. Wiesbaden. P. 17-28
Göhlich, Michael (2001): System, Handeln, Lernen unterstützen. Eine Theorie der Praxis pädagogischer Institutionen. Weinheim.
Marsick/Watkins 1994: The learning organization: An integrative vision for HRD. In: Human Resource Development Quarterly.
Marsick/Watkins 2003: Demonstrating the Value of an Organization's Learning Culture. In: Advances in Developing Human Resources.
Pfeifer, Wolfgang et al. (1989): Etymologisches Wörterbuch des Deutschen. Berlin. S. 1208).
Moos, L. (2023). Operating in an Outcomes-Based and a Democratic Bildung Discourse. In: M. Uljens (ed.), Non-affirmative Theory of Education and Bildung, Educational Governance Research 20, https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-30551-1_6
Weick, K. E., & Sutcliffe, K. M. (2001). Managing the unexpected: Assuring high performance in an age of complexity. Jossey-Bass.
 
13:45 - 15:1533 SES 06 A: *** CANCELLED*** Journal Meet and Greet
Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Journal Meet & Greet
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

Journal Meet & Greet

Andrea Abbas

University of Bath, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Abbas, Andrea

.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
13:45 - 15:1534 SES 06 A: Insights from IEA ICCS 2022 - Identity, Europe, and Views on the Future
Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Valeria Damiani
Paper Session
 
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Students' Sense of Belonging to Europe: Case of the European Union Countries in IEA ICCS 2022

Ireta Čekse1, Reinis Alksnis2

1University of Latvia, Latvia; 2University of Latvia, Latvia

Presenting Author: Čekse, Ireta; Alksnis, Reinis

The necessity for belonging constitutes a fundamental human drive and is essential for optimal human functioning (Baumeister & Leary, 1995). Belongingness represents a core human experience, integral to individual identity and emotional health, and is defined by the perception of acceptance and inclusion within a group or community. Recent research highlights the role of belonging in addressing inequity and injustice within the educational system (Parker, Marsh, Jerrim, Guo, & Dicke, 2021). This underscores the critical impact that a sense of belonging has on creating a fair and supportive educational environment for all students. For students, the sense of belonging often starts at home, within the family, and continues in school, where they feel part of the school community. Recent cycles of the IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) (Schulz, Ainley, et al., 2023; Schulz, Ainley, et al., 2018) emphasize the importance of students' sense of belonging in citizenship education. IEA ICCS ICCS results highlight factors such as an open classroom climate, participation in civic activities both inside and outside school, and understanding of diversity as an important for creating and improving sense of belonging and identity. During school time of their life students learn to act, behave, and create relationships aligned with their values and sense of belonging in a relatively safe environment together with their teachers and schoolmates. Another survey (OECD, 2017) mentions that students who have a sense of belonging perform better academically and are more motivated to learn. Academic achievements in school are a crucial factor for a successful future, offering more opportunities to pursue higher education, secure better jobs, choose a comfortable lifestyle, and attain a higher socioeconomic status (SES).

Nowadays, the sense of belonging plays a vital role in identity creation and sharing common values with others of similar thinking, contributing to building a communal space for coexistence in civic society. Several levels of identity can be identified - individual, national, international, and global. European integration has fostered a sense of collective European identity; this identity coexists and sometimes competes with the strong national identities of European Union member states (Wiener, Börzel, & Risse, 2019). The balance and interaction between these identities vary greatly among individuals and countries, influenced by historical, cultural, and political factors. Given the challenges of immigration, inclusion, and integration, there have been threats to collective identity in the European Union in recent decades. In this context, positive attitudes towards belonging might not be universally consistent and need to be examined to understand how to synergize the sense of belonging at both national and European levels while maintaining a unified European identity. Therefore, the aim of the study is to determine the factors influencing students' sense of belonging to Europe, first within the national context, and then to compare whether these factors differ among the European Union countries. The survey seeks what are the common factors influencing students' sense of belonging among the European Union countries?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this research, we utilized the dataset obtained from the IEA ICCS 2022 student survey, which provided information on students' levels of civic knowledge and their attitudes toward various social and political issues, including their beliefs about threats to democracy, views on various forms of equality, and their expected future activities as responsible members of society. To incorporate the school-related factors in the study, we also used a survey of school principals. This additional survey furnished information on school size, urbanity, the school's surrounding environment, and the principal's perspective on internal processes within the school.

The primary focus of our study is on students' attitudes toward Europe, for which we employed the European module survey. The core theme of our investigation revolves around students' sense of belonging and identification with Europe. Within the ICCS 2022 European module survey dataset, the variable E_EUIDENT, interpreted as a student's sense of European identity, was already included. To elucidate the variations in students' attitudes towards Europe and their perceived place within it, we considered various aspects related to Europe. These aspects encompassed students' positive or negative attitudes toward the European Union (E_EUATNOG and E_EUATPOS), their endorsement of freedom of movement within Europe (E_FREEMOVE), expectations for their individual futures (E_INDFUT), and other scales gauging their perspectives on various issues within Europe.

A comparative analysis was conducted among European Union countries participating in the ICCS 2022 cycle study. Initially, descriptive statistical analyses were performed to identify surface-level differences among the countries of interest. At first, in order to estimate the causal effects on the European identity the Bayesian additive regression tree (BART) algorithm (Cabras, Tena Horrillo, 2015) was used. Then by integrating these results with literature-based insights, we formulated a theoretical model, examining its consistency with the data through Structural Equation Modeling (SEM). Subsequently, model invariance was tested across the respective countries. All analyses were conducted using the R programming language (R Core Team, 2022, version 4.2.2), employing the lavaan (Rosseel, 2012) , survey (Lumley, 2023) packages, BayesTree (Chipman, McCulloch, 2024)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It is known (reference) that students' sense of belonging is a multidimensional construct, and one of its facets is to associate oneself as a European citizen. The results of this study will help identify what is associated with this dimension of belonging. The findings may provide suggestions on how to promote, for example, students' expected engagement in future European elections. It will also help understand to what extent the next generation of voters could be pro or anti-European, which could, to some extent, allow predicting scenarios like Brexit (in UK 2020) in Latvia or in other countries included in the study.
References
Baumeister, R. F., & Leary, M. R. (1995). The need to belong: Desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 117(3), 497–529.  

Cabras, S., & Tena Horrillo, J. D. D. (2015). A Bayesian model to estimate causality in PISA scores: a tutorial with applicationtoICT.

Chipman H, McCulloch R (2024). _BayesTree: Bayesian Additive Regression Trees_. R package version 0.3-1.5, <https://CRAN.R-project.org/package=BayesTree>.

Lumley, T. (2004). Analysis of Complex Survey Samples. Journal of Statistical Software, 9(8), 1–19. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v009.i08  

MEINHOF, Ulrike H., Cultural diversity in Europe: a story of mutual benefit, EUI RSCAS, 2013/71, Global Governance Programme-67, Cultural Pluralism - https://hdl.handle.net/1814/28120  

OECD (2017), PISA 2015 Results (Volume III): Students' Well-Being, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264273856-en.
 
Parker, P. D., Marsh, H. W., Jerrim, J., Guo, J., & Dicke, T. (2021). Inequity and Injustice in the Educational System: The Role of Sense of Belonging. Educational Psychology, 41(3), 323-339.

Risse, T. (2005). Constructing a European Identity: France, Germany, and the UK in the EU.  

Rosseel, Y. (2012). lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling. Journal of Statistical Software, 48(2), 1–36. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v048.i02  

Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2023). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Change: ICCS 2022 International Report. Amsterdam: IEA. https://www.iea.nl/publications/iccs-2022-international-report  

Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, Friedman, T. (2018). Becoming Citizens in a Changing World. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 International Report. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-73963-2  

 Wiener, A., Börzel, T. A., & Risse, T. (2019). European integration theory (3rd ed.). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264273856-en


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Complex Identities and Their Relevancy for Political Socialization. Results from ICCS 2022

Johanna F. Ziemes, Hermann J. Abs

University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany

Presenting Author: Ziemes, Johanna F.

Populism is one of the current challenges of democracies. Yet, relatively little is known how education in general and schools specifically can prepare students to withstand populistic strategies (Noack & Eckstein, 2023; Schäfer, 2022). This paper explores the relationship of schooling, complex identities and confidence in the political system. For political systems to persist, that is to change in accordance with the needs of its (emerging) citizens while retaining a stable core, it depends on the political support of its participants (Easton, 1975; Norris, 2011). The most diffuse and stable aspect of political support is the identification of people with their political system: Only when people feel like they are part of the system they will participate in the maintenance of it.

The relationship between identity, system support and populism is not clear-cut: While identity is important for the stability of nation, populism employs specific constructs of identity to destabilize the political order of a system. Populism employs ideas of identity as monothematic and oppositional (Kinnvall & Svensson, 2022). Populist strategies include the reduction of complexity by suggesting that the membership with an in-group implies the exclusion of the other (Kinnvall & Svensson, 2022; Rico et al., 2017). This idea is in tension with conceptions of complex identities from social psychology. Complex identities are characterized by a feeling of belonging to multiple different groups at the same time: People can feel part of the country they inhabit and a sports team and a religious community. Reporting a complex identity is positively related to measures of tolerance and decreased outgroup dehumanization (Prati et al., 2016). Within the context of migration, complex identities are referred to as hybrid identities. Students with families that migrated have a hybrid (and complex) identity when they identify with the country they are living in and the country of (parental) origin. Students’ hybrid identities are assumed to be connected to better psychosocial and academic outcomes (Berry, 2013).

The adolescence is a formative age of identity formation (Erikson, 1959/1994). According to Marcia (1966) the active engagement with information (identity exploration) and finding modes of belonging (commitment) are central mechanisms of identity formation. Schools have the opportunity to foster identity formation by giving students access to relevant information, to reflect and to interact with other students in a safe manner (Waterman, 1989). It was also shown, that positive social relationships at school are positively related to national as well as an European identities (Ziemes et al., 2019). Social support might enable students to explore different identities safely.

To date, relatively little is known concerning the schools ability to foster complex identities among students. As shown, complex identities are not only relevant for the psychosocial development of students, but also for the persistence of the political system and its resilience against populistic polarization. To engage with this research gap this paper will investigate the identity structure of students and what aspects of schooling might be used to foster complex identity.

To achieve this we use data from the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) 2022. In a first step, questions on belonging will be used in a latent class analysis to identify patterns of identity among students. In a second step, aspects of socialization at school will be explored that relate to these patterns. Finally, the classes will be related to measures of political trust and system satisfaction.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Sample:
We used a ICCS 2022 subsample (Schulz et al., 2023). ICCS explores how students around the world are prepared to become citizens. In the German federal state of North Rhine-Westphalia (NRW) additional information concerning students’ sense of belonging are available. In NRW 3.269 students participated in 152 schools (one class in each school). The sample was stratified to ensure that, given proper weighting, the results can be interpreted as representative. In NRW 33% of participating students were born outside of Germany or had two parents, which were born outside of Germany. About half of the sample was girls (45%) and a small minority reported to belong to a further gender (2%)
Measurement of identity:
To assess students belonging student were asked to answer on a four-point Likert scale (Not at all, Somewhat, Mostly, Completely) to what degree they identify with ten different communities: Their class, a group of friends, their school, the area they live in (e.g. neighbourhood), Germany, a country but Germany, Europe, the community of the world, a religious community, and the LGBTQ+ community.

Measurement of socialization at school:
Opportunities to learn about politics were assessed by asking students to which extend the hat the opportunity to learn about different aspects of the political system (e.g., “How to become a candidate in a local election”). Relationships to other students were measured with three and relationship to teacher with five statement to which students were asked to indicate their agreement (e.g., “Most of my teachers treat me fairly.”).

Measures of system support:
Trust in political institutions was measured with six items asking students how strongly they trust the government, the parliament, the police, and the courts of justice, political parties, and their local government. Satisfaction with the political system was assessed with four items asking students to indicate their agreement to four statements concerning their attitudes towards the political system (e.g., “The political system in Germany works well”).

Analysis:
Latent class analyses were conducted with Mplus 8.7 (Muthén & Muthén, 1998-2018). Next, the group memberships were be correlated with dimensions of schooling and political support using the IEA IBD Analyzer 5.023 (IEA, 2022)and RStudio 2023.12 (R Core Team, 2023). The latter analyses fully employed sample weights. For the measures of systems support and socialization, the dataset provides scale values, which are used in these analyses.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Identity items were dichotomized to indicate either a weak or strong sense of belonging to the respective communities. Next, the latent class analyses were conducted (Sinha et al., 2021). The fit criteria indicated the superiority of a four-class solution. The entropy was acceptable (.722) and the AIC, BIC, and aBIC improved minimally with the inclusion of further classes.
The first class (“Low”, 12% of students) includes students with a relatively low sense of belonging to most communities. The second class (“Global”, 18%) includes students with a low identification with their class, school, and neighbourhood, but who report a higher identification with the other aspects of belonging. The third class (“Local”, 23%) includes students with a strong sense of belonging with their class, friendship groups and school, but a weaker identification with Europe and the world. Members of the fourth class (“High”, 47%) report a strong sense of belonging to regional and superregional groups and entities.
Aspects of school socialization:
Class one membership probability (“Low”) was negatively correlated with opportunity to learn politics, student relationships and student teacher relationships. Class two (“Global”) showed a similar pattern for relationships at school, but not for learning opportunities). Class three (“Local”) related not meaningfully to relationships at school or learning opportunities Class 4 (“High”) related positively to learning opportunities and positive student-teacher relationships. Results support the idea that supported information gathering and support of teachers can foster a more complex identity in students.
Aspects of support:
Class one (“Low”) and two (“Global”) membership probabilities related to a decreased trust in political institutions and system satisfaction. Group four (“high”) membership probabilities related positively to both aspects. These results indicate that students with a more complex identity also created a stronger bond to the political institutions of the country.

References
Berry, J. W. (2013). Research on Multiculturalism in Canada. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 37(6), 663–675. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2013.09.005
Easton, D. (1975). A re-assessment of the concept of political support. British Journal of Political Science, 5(4), 435–457.
Erikson, E. H. (1959/1994). Identity and the life cycle. Norton.
IEA. (2022). Help Manual for the IEA IDB Analyzer (Version 5.0). IEA. www.iea.nl/data.html
Kinnvall, C. & Svensson, T. (2022). Exploring the populist `mind´: Anxiety, fantasy, and everyday populism. The British Journal of Politics and International Relations, 24(3), 526–542. https://doi.org/10.1177/13691481221075925
Marcia, J. E. (1966). Development and validation of ego-identity status. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3(5), 551–558. https://doi.org/10.1037/h0023281
Muthén, L. K. & Muthén, B. O. (1998-2018). Mplus user's guide (8. Aufl.). Muthén & Muthén.
Noack, P. & Eckstein, K. (2023). Populism in youth: Do experiences in school matter? Child Development Perspectives(00), 1–7.
Norris, P. (2011). Democratic deficit: Critical citizens revisited. Cambridge University Press.
Prati, F., Moscatelli, S., Pratto, F. & Rubini, M. (2016). Predicting support for Arabs' autonomy from social dominance: The role of identity complexity and dehumanization. Political Psychology, 37(2), 293–301. https://doi.org/10.1111/pops.12274
R Core Team. (2023). R: A Language and Environment for Statistical Computing [Computer software]. R Foundation for Statistical Computing.
Rico, G., Guinjoan, M. & Anduiza, E. (2017). The Emotional Underpinnings of Populism: How Anger and Fear Affect Populist Attitudes. Swiss Political Science Review, 23(4), 444–461. https://doi.org/10.1111/spsr.12261
Schäfer, A. (2022). Cultural Backlash? How (Not) to Explain the Rise of Authoritarian Populism. British Journal of Political Science, 52(4), 1977–1993. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0007123421000363
Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V. & Friedman, T. (2023). IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 assessment framework. Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-20113-4
Sinha, P., Calfee, C. S. & Delucchi, K. L. (2021). Practitioner's guide to latent class analysis: Methodological considerations and common pitfalls. Critical care medicine, 49(1), e63-e79. https://doi.org/10.1097/CCM.0000000000004710
Waterman, A. S. (1989). Curricula interventions for identity change: Substantive and ethical considerations. Journal of Adolescence, 12(4), 389–400. https://doi.org/10.1016/0140-1971(89)90062-6
Ziemes, J. F., Hahn-Laudenberg, K. & Abs, H. J. (2019). From connectedness and learning to European and national identity: Results from fourteen European countries. Journal of Social Science Education, 3(18), 5–28. https://doi.org/10.4119/JSSE-1144


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Adolescent Perspectives on Contested Futures: Threat Perception, Knowledge, and Intended Political Participation of 14-Year-Olds

Daniel Deimel, Hermann J. Abs

University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany

Presenting Author: Deimel, Daniel

Crises are characterised by an interweaving of external, real problem situations, their societal and individual perception, and a level of action (Bösch et al., 2020). Phenomena that present themselves in a crisis-like manner, such as climate change, social inequality, and global security risks, will significantly shape the future and also pose challenges for (civic) educational institutions (Abs, 2021). It seems inappropriate to view crises as isolated phenomena, as crisis phenomena can be interconnected: for instance, climate changes with political instability, migration, and conflict (Lawrence et al., 2024). Educational processes can contribute to developing an understanding of current and future challenges and support learners in developing the skills and knowledge needed to address these challenges.

In this context, according to Urry (2016), the future can be described as 'contested'. This description refers to the idea that different social groups have different visions and interests regarding the future, which often conflict with each other. Thus, it is recognized that the future is not simply an inevitable process, but a field where different social, political, economic, and cultural conceptions are in conflict. The extent to which adolescents have threatening expectations of the future, suggesting different social and political conceptions, is the subject of this contribution.

In adolescence, future perspectives are individually shaped under changing conditions. In the process of building a future orientation, future expectations interact with cognitive processes and emotions such as optimism, despair, fear, and anger (Nurmi, 2005). Against this background, willingness to participate politically also unfolds. In connection with the climate movement, hopeful optimism about a possible change in climate policy was observed (Cattell, 2021). A less optimistic view of the future was also described as a motivator for political participation: young people who felt that their concerns about climate change were not adequately addressed by national and international institutions participated, for example, in the international conferences of the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (Kolleck & Schuster, 2022). Emotions further play a major role in explaining populistic and right-winged mobilization (Gerbaudo et al., 2023). Consequently, reactions to crisis perception can vary greatly. Both the characteristics of the content of the focused crisis and the knowledge and emotions of the adolescents might influence the formation of the response.

The perception of future threats is one variable examined by the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS; Schulz et al., 2023). In ICCS 2016, adolescents in North Rhine-Westphalia (NRW) were particularly sensitive to climate change as a global threat, more so than students from other European countries (Deimel & Buhl, 2017). Environmental pollution and terrorism were issues that concerned a large part of the youth in both NRW and the European comparison group, while armed conflicts were perceived as less threatening in 2016 compared to environmental issues. Initial analyses of ICCS 2022 show an expected change over time in threat perception (Birindiba Batista et al., 2024): in the shadow of the Russian invasion of Ukraine, war or armed conflicts are the issues that most adolescents in NRW describe as a 'large threat'. However, climate change and environmental pollution continue to play an unchanged significant role for them. Terrorism, however, has significantly receded as a threat scenario. The prioritization of perceived crisis phenomena has shifted in the light of external events.

This paper takes these findings as an opportunity and pursues three overarching research questions against the theoretical background of Urry's (2016) concept of contested futures:

  1. What patterns of crisis perception do adolescents show?
  2. What relationship do these patterns show to civic knowledge?
  3. What relationship do they show to aspects of intended political participation?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer these questions, we analysed the representative subsample of North Rhine-Westphalia (NRW) from ICCS 2022 (Abs et al., 2024). ICCS is an international large scale assessment that asks how students in grade 8 are prepared to take on their role as active citizens in democratic societies. NRW, as the largest German federal state, represents an interesting case study due to its high economic and demographic variance. The sample includes 3,269 students in 145 schools, one class per school. We chose to analyse adolescents’ threat perception, the ICCS civic knowledge score and the scores of five scales related various dimensions of intended political participation.
A Latent Class Analysis (LCA; Collins & Lanza, 2010) was conducted to answer the first question regarding adolescents’ crisis perception. To capture their future perspectives on threat scenarios, the students were asked to rate in how far they think certain global issues are a threat to the world’s future. The question had ad four-level response format: 'To a large extent' (1), 'To a moderate extent' (2), 'To a small extent' (3), 'Not at all' (4). For the Latent Class Analysis (LCA), the evaluations of the following six terms were selected for the themes of climate and environment, security, and economy: 'Climate change', 'Environmental pollution', 'War / armed conflicts', 'Terrorism', 'Poverty', and 'Global financial crises'.
LCA offers a statistical model that estimates the probability of each individual belonging to a certain latent class. To answer the second and third questions, we correlated these assignment probabilities with the measures of civic knowledge and the five scaled scores related to intended political participation. The civic knowledge score depicts students’ conceptual civic knowledge. Higher scores indicate a higher probability of solving harder items correctly. To capture intended political participation, students were asked to evaluate how likely they would be to perform various acts of political participation in the future or as adults. Subsequently, five scale values were calculated for different dimensions intended political participation: electoral ('Participate in national elections'), institution-related ('Join a political party'), problem-oriented ('Participate in a peaceful demonstration'), environment-related ('Refuse to buy environmentally harmful products'), and civil disobedience ('Protest through a traffic blockade'). Higher scale values indicate a higher likelihood that the students on average have chosen a more agreeing response option.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that adolescents can be classified into one of five latent classes based on their perception of threats: (1) security-conscious (17%), who exhibit a high conditional probability to rate war / armed conflicts as 'large threat', and often rate pollution as a 'moderate threat'; (2) environment- and climate-aware (33%), who have relatively high probabilities to rate climate change and pollution as 'large threats', compared to other presented issues; (3) moderate sceptics (9%), which tend to rate none of the presented issues as 'large threat'; (4) alarmed (40%), which tend to rate every of the issues as 'large threat';  and (5) unconcerned (1%), which have high probabilities to rate every of the issues to be no threat at all.
Each of the five classes exhibits different patterns of correlation with political knowledge and intended political participation. The assignment probabilities of the security-conscious, moderate sceptics and unconcerned are negatively correlated (p < 0.05) with civic knowledge and the scales of intended electoral, problem-oriented and environment-related participation. The classification probability of the environment- and climate-aware, is positively correlated to civic knowledge and intended electoral participation. Lastly, students which were classified as alarmed had higher score on scales related to intended problem-oriented and environment-related participation, while showing no significant correlation to civic knowledge.
Based on this, various pedagogical implications can be formulated. Educational approaches for Security-Conscious and Moderate Skeptics could question why these groups are less politically active despite their perception of threats and promote understanding of complex security threats. The focus for Environment and Climate-Conscious is on leveraging their understanding of complex political interrelations to reflect on their preferred forms of political participation. For the Alarmed, the understanding of global interconnections could be enhanced to develop a nuanced perception of threats. Their high willingness for extra-institutional activity could be a resource.

References
Abs, H. J. (2021). Options for developing European strategies on citizenship education. European Educational Research Journal, 20(3), 329–347. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904121994418
Abs, H. J., Hahn-Laudenberg, K., Deimel, D., & Ziemes, J. F. (Eds.). (2024). ICCS 2022: Schulische Sozialisation und politische Bildung von 14-Jährigen im internationalen Vergleich (Advance Online Publication). Waxmann. https://www.waxmann.com/buch4822
Birindiba Batista, I., Deimel, D., Abs, H. J., & Hahn-Laudenberg, K. (2024). Nachhaltigkeit: Zukunftsbedrohungen, Einstellungen, nachhaltiges Verhalten und Schulkontexte. In H. J. Abs, K. Hahn-Laudenberg, D. Deimel, & J. F. Ziemes (Eds.), ICCS 2022: Schulische Sozialisation und politische Bildung von 14-Jährigen im internationalen Vergleich (Advance Online Publication). Waxmann. https://www.waxmann.com/buch4822
Bösch, F., Deitelhoff, N., Kroll, S., & Thiel, T. (2020). Für eine reflexive Krisenforschung – zur Einführung. In F. Bösch, N. Deitelhoff, & S. Kroll (Eds.), Handbuch Krisenforschung (pp. 3–16). Springer VS. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-28571-5_1
Cattell, J. (2021). "Change is Coming": Imagined Futures, Optimism and Pessimism Among Youth Climate Protesters. CJFY (Canadian Journal of Family and Youth), 13(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.29173/cjfy29598
Collins, L. M., & Lanza, S. T. (2010). Latent class and latent transition analysis: With applications in the social, behavioral, and health sciences. Wiley.
Deimel, D., & Buhl, M. (2017). Zukunftsperspektiven der 14-Jährigen. In H. J. Abs & K. Hahn-Laudenberg (Eds.), Das politische Mindset von 14‐Jährigen: Ergebnisse der International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 (pp. 233–254). Waxmann.
Gerbaudo, P., Falco, C. C. de, Giorgi, G., Keeling, S., Murolo, A., & Nunziata, F. (2023). Angry Posts Mobilize: Emotional Communication and Online Mobilization in the Facebook Pages of Western European Right-Wing Populist Leaders. Social Media + Society, 9(1), 205630512311633. https://doi.org/10.1177/20563051231163327
Kolleck, N., & Schuster, J. (2022). Youth participation in global policy networks on climate change. International Journal of Educational Research, 114, 102002. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2022.102002
Lawrence, M., Homer-Dixon, T., Janzwood, S., Rockstöm, J., Renn, O., & Donges, J. F. (2024). Global Polycrisis: The Causal Mechanisms of Crisis Entanglement. Global Sustainability, 1–36. https://doi.org/10.1017/sus.2024.1
Nurmi, J.‑E. (2005). Thinking About and Acting Upon the Future: Development of Future Orientation Across the Life Span. In A. Strathman & J. Joireman (Eds.), Understanding behavior in the context of time: Theory, research, and application (pp. 31–57). Routledge.
Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V., Ainley, J., & Friedman, T. (2023). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Challenge: IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 International Report. IEA.
Urry, J. (2016). What is the future? John Wiley & Sons.
 
13:45 - 15:1534 SES 06 B: Active Citizenship in the Community
Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Margaux Pyls
Paper Session
 
34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Citizen Involvement in Communities – Perception, Organisation, and Implementation

Gernot Herzer

IKPE, Germany

Presenting Author: Herzer, Gernot

Need for research

This study focuses on the topic citizen involvement (also known as „citizen participation“, “citizen engagement“ or as „civic involvement“). The topic civic engagement is linked to the topics deliberation, empowerment and democratic learning. In addition, it is currently a central and rapidly growing task of local authorities in decision-making processes. The author Georg Weisseno notes, „Society and educational policymakers expect political education to contribute to the development of democratic attitudes and the associated on willingness to participate. This should be achieved in all areas in order to prevent illiberal, autocratic and authoritarian behaviour.“ (See Weisseno, G. 2023, Learning through political participation. p. 317). The concept of civic engagement is defined as „working to make a difference in the civic life of our communities and developing the combination of knowledge, skills, values and motivation to make a difference. It means promoting the quality of life in a community, through both political and non-political processes.“ (Ehrlich, Preface, p. vi, In: Oxford handbook of political participation, p. 382) In the study, reference is mainly made to participatory and informal areas and forms of participation in the information, consultation and co-decision (cooperation and decision-making) stages. These areas are designated to in the literature as less formalized or unconventional forms of citizen participation. Three substantial areas of political participation in democracy are distinguished:

  • Participation in representative structures (e.g. elections),
  • co-determination on direct issues (e.g. referendum),
  • Participatory forms of participation (e.g. citizen dialogs).

The study focuses on the informal type of civic participation. Informal participation refers to dialog-oriented, consultative and freer procedures in which citizens come together to form opinions or make decisions. The concept of citizen participation is understood to mean both, a top-down as well as a Bottom-up strategy for political participation. The focus of the study lies on the practice of civic involvement and how municipalities deal with the challenges in this field.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research Plan and Methods

The data are obtained through an online-questionnaire study of municipalities throughout Germany (N=425). The data basis is a complete survey of the independent cities and municipalities as well as the districts in Germany. Target groups of the study are:
• Social planners in municipalities
• Administrative level in municipalities
The study takes place from January to April 2024.  The data collection takes place from January to February, data analysis from March to April. The responses of closed questions are scaled in four answer categories, from: strongly disagree to strongly agree). Open questions are designed with limited answer options of 1 to 3 words or word groups. Descriptive statistical methods and inductive methods in the form of factor analyses are used to analyse the quantitative data collected in the study. The results of the open questions are analysed using qualitative methods (qualitative and quantitative content analysis).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected findings

The following findings are expected, firstly, new insights into the processes how the municipalities deal with the issue “citizen engagement and citizen involvement” in the practice of municipal work and social planning, secondly, to generate more knowledge about the organization of citizen participation in communities, this means how the communities handle this topic and how they organize themselves to guarantee the possibility and the quality of citizen participation across the communal work. Other expected results are new knowledge about the stages of citizen participation as well as the status of the institutionalization of citizen participation in social planning processes as well as the used methods, formats and processes of citizen involvement in the municipalities surveyed.

References
Fischer, J., Huber, S. & Hilse-Carstensen, T. (Eds.). (2022). Handbuch Kommunale Planung und Steuerung. Planung, Gestaltung, Beteiligung. Mit E-Book inside (1st edition). Weinheim: Juventa Verlag. Source: http://nbn-resolving.org/urn:nbn:de:bsz:31-epflicht-2051871
Grassi, S. & Morisi, M. (Eds.). (2023). La cittadinanza tra giustizia e democrazia. Atti della giornata di Studi in memoria di Sergio Caruso (Studi e saggi). Florence: Firenze University Press. Source: https://directory.doabooks.org/handle/20.500.12854/112057
Harris, P. G. (Eds.). (2022). Routledge Handbook of Global Environmental Politics. Second Edition 2022. Taylor & Francis. Source: https://directory.doabooks.org/handle/20.500.12854/92564
Hauser, T. & Winkler, D. (Eds.). (2022). Gehört werden. Neue Wege der Bürgerbeteiligung (Perspektiven auf Gesellschaft und Politik, 1st edition). Stuttgart: Verlag W. Kohlhammer. https://doi.org/10.17433/978-3-17-041679-6
Milovanovic, D., Staiger, T. & Embacher, S. (Eds.). (2023). Digitaler Wandel und Zivilgesellschaft. Positionen und Perspektiven (Engagement und Partizipation in Theorie und Praxis). Frankfurt/M.: Wochenschau Verlag. Source: https://doi.org/10.46499/1933
Weisseno, G. (2023). Lernen durch politische Partizipation. In: M. Oberle & M.-M. Stamer (Eds.), Politische Bildung in der superdiversen Gesellschaft (Schriftenreihe der Gesellschaft für Politikdidaktik und Politische Jugend- und Erwachsenenbildung (GPJE), p. 216–224). Frankfurt am Main: Wochenschau Verl.


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Youth, Distress and Active Citizenship Education

Annalisa Quinto

Università di Bologna, Italy

Presenting Author: Quinto, Annalisa

The project focuses on the issue/problem of citizenship education as a tool to contribute to the promotion of youth well-being. The research hypothesis relates the phenomenon of youth existential distress to the lack or absence of life skills, and the construct of active citizenship and education for its exercise as educational key categories and tools to promote such skills and contribute to dealing with the phenomenon of youth existential distress.The research questions were the following: What is the role and influence of beliefs and efficacy in life skills on the development of positive thinking and subjective well-being of adolescents? What is the relationship between these two aspects and participatory processes, the propensity to assume forms of responsibility and civic engagement, and the development of active and proactive attitudes towards the future?

The research aimed to understand the relationship between the phenomenon of youth existential distress and the lack of life skills; to understand the relationship between the perception of one's own effectiveness in life skills, the perception of well-being and the lack of forms of positive thinking and the propensity to project oneself positively and responsibly into the future; to pedagogically re-signify the construct of active citizenship and its implementation through a bottom-up approach.

The research focuses on one of the educational emergencies facing pedagogy and education today: the challenge of the existential distress of adolescents, understood as the difficulty in performing "normal" evolutionary tasks. The data provided by ISTAT (2019), SIP (2022), UNICEF (2021) are alarming and show the increase, especially after the Covid-19 pandemic, in mental disorders between 10 and 19 years old and in suicides between 15 and 19 years old. The interpretation used was pedagogical, with the aim of formulating the issue from the point of view of the subject educability. For this reason, the research did not focus on pathological distress, but on those forms of socially compatible, often invisible distress that Sergio Tramma (2019) includes in what he calls the "grey zone". The epistemological framework of the research is that of complexity theory (Morin, 2000; Ceruti 1994, 2020, 2021), the capability approach (Sen, 1986, 1993, 1994; Nussbaum, 2011, 2012, 2013), ecological theory (Brofenbenner, 2002), the sustainability paradigm (ONU, 2015) and global citizenship education (UNESCO, 2017; 2023).

Attention to skills is at the heart of the research, and reference is made to the numerous national and international documents that stress the need to promote not only knowledge in the younger generations, but also the ability to be and the ability to do (WHO, 1993; OECD, 2021; UNICEF, 2021; European Commission, 2020). First of all, the Council Recommendation on key Competences for Lifelong Learning (2018), which questions the construct of citizenship and civic competences for the integral education of the subject. In this sense, the research identifies citizenship education as a way to counter existential distress, together with educational approaches based on the promotion of life skills. In this sense, citizenship education is seen as a practice of developing the future (Pignalberi, 2020), taking on a capacitive and educational meaning and using concepts such as empowerment, agency, participation, individual and collective well-being self-efficacy, fundamental protective factors against the emergence of forms of discomfort.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research used a mixed methods approach and included a quantitative phase using standard research and a qualitative phase using interpretative research. The research tools were the questionnaire and the focus group. The questionnaire was divided into three sections: the first aimed at measuring life skills and focused on the processes of transition to adulthood, on biographical paths, the dimensions of values, attitudes, perception of one's existential condition; the second aimed at measuring positive thinking and focused on the participants' perception of well-being, self-esteem, optimism and life satisfaction; the third aimed at exploring the themes of active citizenship, agency, social participation, public engagement and the relationship with the social context of belonging, with institutions, with the educational reality and with places of aggregation. Several reference models were used to construct the questionnaire. Specifically, the model proposed by the OECD (2021) and the "Four-Dimensional Learning Model" (Unicef, 2021) were used to identify the life skills to be studied. For each of the life skills included in the models, items were constructed to measure participants' perceptions. Each item was constructed using a psychometric scale (Likert 1932; Thurstone 1929). The items used in the questionnaire took the form of statements to which students were asked to indicate their level of agreement or disagreement using three different scales with five response intervals. The focus group consisted of a moderately rigid schedule consisting of seven questions aimed at gathering beliefs, knowledge, opinions, attitudes and desired behaviours around four specific themes: citizenship, citizenship education, future, school. The sample analysed was identified in a well-defined population: students in classes III, IV and V of secondary schools. The sampling strategy used to administer the questionnaire was non-probabilistic for convenience. However, for the focus group, a non-proportional stratified random sample was used for representative elements. The total number of students enrolled in the classes was 354. There were 164 respondents to the questionnaire and 18 participants in the focus groups.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data made it possible to argue that there is a positive relationship between low perceptions of life skills and low perceptions of well-being and positive thinking. It is therefore possible to argue that there is a relationship between the phenomena of existential distress in young people and the lack of life skills. Furthermore, the data shows a close relation between low levels of self-efficacy in life skills, self-esteem, agency, low perceptions of well-being and positive thinking and the adoption of a tone of renunciation-disengagement towards existential planning, civic responsibility as well as participation. Overall, the results encourage the use of educational models that focus on the promotion of life skills, i.e. non-cognitive, social and emotional skills that promote young people's agency. The analysis of the data shows that the promotion of participation and the education of citizenship skills, as well as the active exercise of these skills, especially in the developmental age, would allow us to increase the perception of having the possibility to influence future changes, to be able to modify events, to be able to solve individual and collective problems and, above all, to allow the development of protective factors.

The pedagogical impact materialises in the identification of the horizons of meaning towards which citizenship education practices must move, starting from an awareness of its constitutive complexity and multidimensionality, in order to hypothesise citizenship education paths that go beyond a purely disciplinary perspective and embrace the various components of the individual's educational process: the cognitive (knowledge, critical thinking, conceptualisation); the affective (experiences, attribution of meaning, positive evaluation values such as justice, fairness, freedom, solidarity, empathy); finally, the volitional (making choices and actions, implementing behaviours in these directions).

References
Bocchi G., Ceruti M. (1994). La sfida della complessità. Milano: Feltrinelli.
Ceruti M., Bellusci F. (2020). Abitare la complessità. La sfida di un destino comune. Sesto San Giovanni: Mimesis.
Ceruti M., Bellusci F. (2021). Il secolo della fraternità. Una scommessa per la cosmopolis. Roma: Castelvecchi.
Likert R. A. (1932). A Tecnique for the Measurement of Attitude. In “Archives of Psychology”, 140. Numero monografico.
Morin E. (2000). La testa ben fatta. Riforma dell’insegnamento e riforma del pensiero. Milano: Raffaello Cortina.
Nussbaum M. C. (2011). Non per profitto. Perché le democrazie hanno bisogno della cultura umanistica. Bologna: Il Mulino.
Nussbaum M. C. (2012). Creare capacità. Bologna: Il Mulino.
Nussbaum M. C. (2013). Giustizia sociale e dignità umana. Bologna: Il Mulino.
OECD (2021). Beyond Academic Learning: First Results from the Survey of Social and Emotional Skills. Paris: OECD Publishing.
ONU (2015). Trasformare il nostro mondo: l’Agenda 2030 per lo Sviluppo Sostenibile. Risoluzione dell’Assemblea Generale, 25 settembre 2015.
Pignalberi C. (2020). EduCARE alla partecipazione inclusiva e resiliente: il territorio come palestra di agency per lo sviluppo delle competenze di cittadinanza. Attualità pedagogiche, Vol. 2, n.1, 2020, 104-115.
Raccomandazione (2018/C 189/01) del Consiglio dell’Unione europea del 22 maggio 2018 relativa alle competenze chiave per l’apprendimento permanente. Consultato il 04/02/2022, da https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legalcontent/IT/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01)#:~:text=Contesto%20e%20obiettivi,Ogni%20persona%20ha%20diritto%20a%20un'istruzione%2C%20a%20una%20formazione,transizioni%20nel%20mercato%20del%20lavoro.
Sen A. K. (1986). Scelta, benessere, equità. Bologna: Il Mulino.
Sen A. K. (1993). Il tenore di vita. Tra benessere e libertà. Venezia: Marsilio.
Sen A. K. (1994). La diseguaglianza. Un riesame critico. Bologna: Il Mulino.
Thurstone L. L., Chave E. J. (1929). The Measurement of Attitude. Chicago: Chicago University Press (trad. it. Parziale in Arcuri, Flores D’Arcais, 1974, pp.91-178).
Tramma S. (2019) Pedagogia della contemporaneità. Educare al tempo della crisi. Roma: Carrocci.
UNESCO (2017). Educazione agli obiettivi per lo sviluppo sostenibile. Parigi: Unesco.
UNESCO (2023). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education. Parigi: Unesco
UNICEF (2021). Life Skills and Citizenship Education. UNICEF MENA. Amman: Regional Office.
World Health Organization (1993). Life Skills education for Children and Adolescents in Schools. Introcution and Guidelines to Facilitate the Development and Implementation of Life Skill Programmes. Programme on Mental Health. Geneva: World Health Organization.


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Stronger together? Forms and Functions of Transnational NGO Networks in Citizenship Education

Lasse Hansen, Nina Kolleck

University of Potsdam, Germany

Presenting Author: Hansen, Lasse

Citizenship Education (CE) has gained prominence in addressing democratic challenges arising from global inequality, climate change, migration, and pandemics. CE is widely considered an essential tool for equipping learners to meet these challenges (Kolleck 2022). It can be broadly defined as a concept that summarises all educational processes aimed at preparing individuals for their role as citizens, ensuring their access to rights and responsibilities, and promoting active participation in democratic societies (Osler & Starkey 2006). Although traditionally regarded as the domain of nation-states, the CE field has opened up to alternative actors, with non-governmental organisations (NGOs) emerging as significant contributors, leading to claims of an 'NGOisation' of CE (Ribeiro et al. 2016).

Education processes are no longer limited to national contexts but cross borders and involve diverse stakeholders, including practitioners, governments, intergovernmental organizations, businesses, and NGOs (DeMars 2005; Lubienski et al. 2022). NGOs are evolving as key players shaping educational content, practice, and governance. With their adaptability and flexibility, NGOs have become significant contributors to public education systems (Martens 2002). The ongoing globalization of education has led to the emergence of transnational NGO networks that transcend national boundaries by connecting diverse stakeholders (Menashy 2016). These networks are ascribed potential in addressing current challenges in education governance and implementation, particularly in areas such as CE. The increasing engagement of NGOs in transnational networks underscores their commitment to enhancing communication and collaboration, essential qualities for effective action in the globalized era. Transnational NGO networks in education serve various purposes, exhibiting different degrees of formality that range from unofficial partnerships to legally established coalitions (Goodwin 2009). As it has been argued that the form of a network should follow its functions, the structure of a network appears to be closely linked to specific functional needs (Hearn & Mendizabal 2011). However, despite the rising presence of transnational NGO networks as potentially impactful players in the CE field, there is a lack of understanding of their organisational structures as collective actors and a research gap on their roles and functions.

In order to address these gaps, this article conducts an analysis of a qualitative data set consisting of a series of semi-structured expert interviews with key NGO representatives from a selected group of five transnational NGO networks working on CE in Europe. It aims to answer the central questions: (1) What functions and roles do transnational NGO networks carry out in the field of CE in Europe?, (2) How are these functions and roles accomplished by networks through different organisational structures?, and (3) How do the structural characteristics of a network relate to its effective fulfilment of functions and roles?

The Network Functions Approach (NFA) serves as the study's analytical framework, focusing on the functions and roles of transnational NGO networks rather than just their organizational structures (Hearn & Mendizabal 2011). Through this lens, light can be shed on the dualistic nature between forms and functions as well as the networks’ potential to act as effective educational players or changemakers in the transnational sphere (Macpherson 2016). The NFA synthesizes five core functions: Knowledge management, amplification and advocacy, community building, convening, and resource mobilisation. These functions are essential for understanding the network's agency and support roles in effecting change and facilitating members' actions. The NFA offers a robust yet adaptable framework for the systematic analysis and comparison of these networks by providing categories to assess their formal shapes and actions. This article aims to contribute to the understanding of how transnational NGO networks operate, and the findings should inform future research, policy and strategic planning for transnational NGO networks working in CE.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To determine relevant transnational NGO networks, the research utilized purposeful sampling, wherein cases were chosen based on pre-established criteria until saturation was attained (Patton 2015). The selection criteria for the networks encompassed the following: (1) involvement in transnational activities across Europe and beyond national boundaries, (2) thematic alignment with CE initiatives, (3) active participation in CE discourse during the selection period, and (4) a predominantly NGO membership. The resultant sample consisted of five networks that boast a diverse membership comprising a range of organisations differing in size, degree of formalisation, geographical location, and funding across Europe and beyond. This diversity facilitated a nuanced evaluation of this relatively small yet heterogeneous cohort of NGO networks. The qualitative data set encompasses 23 problem-centred expert interviews that were conducted in the fall of 2021. This approach combines the insights derived from experts' network-specific knowledge and its internal structure, along with the personal opinions, conceptions, and experiences of the interviewees regarding CE as a transnational issue. The questions focused on the experts' perceptions of CE and the advantages and drawbacks of their respective networks’ actions for the member organisations.  The chosen experts, recruited through snowball sampling, were those in qualifying positions to possess specific procedural and interpretive knowledge of the research topic. Qualitative content analysis, as delineated by Mayring (2014), was the primary method used to identify patterns and regularities within the extensive corpus of document and interview data under scrutiny during the data analysis. This analytical approach entails the systematic reduction, classification, and structuring of the content while offering a clear and replicable process that allows for adaption to the research context. During the coding process, two sets of deductively built categories are applied to the texts. Five categories that encompass the functions outlined in the NFA (Hearn & Mendizabal 2011) are complemented by four categories that centre around main structural characteristics of the networks. The latter include organisational arrangements, membership, governance, and funding. This study takes on a comparative perspective by contrasting the networks based on their attributes and actions through structuring quantitative content analysis. This method enables the classification and description of data by identifying patterns, themes, and typical features. It allows for an in-depth exploration of meanings and interpretations embedded in the data, contributing to a richer understanding of the phenomena under investigation. The interpretation process is segmented and involves several researchers to ensure intersubjective validation of coding reliability.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings indicate that transnational NGO networks in CE perform multiple functions whilst possessing distinct organisational structures. Convening and amplification are identified as the most prominent functions across all networks, with a focus on interpersonal networking and event-based multi-stakeholder cooperation. The majority of networks has a support role, expressed through a variety of means to facilitate the collective endeavours of their members. The results also highlight notable differences in the structural characteristics of the networks, as well as recurring features. While there are clear variations in the degree of formality of organisational arrangements, membership and governance strategies, all networks face common challenges, including securing sustainable funding and addressing asymmetries between partners. Specific aspects such as the dominance of networks by a single organisation and the unclear boundaries of membership are identified as key areas of internal tension. The discussion of how to manage the hierarchy and power asymmetry inherent in networks, as well as the fluidity of membership, highlights the need for all organisations involved in such alliances to openly reflect on their own positions (Faul 2016, Kolleck 2019, Laumann et al. 1983, Provan & Kenis 2007). It is evident that there are many possible organisational structures and operational pathways for networks to fulfil their intended functions and provide a valuable option for NGO engagement. Although a number of structural characteristics appear to be more closely associated with specific functions and roles than others, it remains difficult to establish clear causal relationships between a network forms and functions. This may be attributed to the constantly changing external environment, which is reflected in the dynamic nature of networks themselves. It is argued that NGO networks thus need to maintain their core qualities of flexibility and adaptability while becoming aware of the advantages or drawbacks of evolving towards more or less formality.
References
DeMars, W. E. (2005) NGOs and transnational networks: Wild cards in world politics. Pluto Press, London, Ann Arbor, MI.
Faul, M. V. (2016) Networks and Power: Why Networks are Hierarchical Not Flat and What Can Be Done About It. Global Policy 7 (2), 185–197.
Kolleck, N. (2019) The power of third sector organizations in public education. Journal of Educational Administration 57 (4), 411–425.
Kolleck, N. (2022) Politische Bildung und Demokratie: Eine Einführung in Anwendungsfelder, Akteure und internationale Ansätze. Verlag Barbara Budrich, Leverkusen.
Goodwin, M. (2009) Which Networks Matter in Education Governance? A Reply to Ball's ‘New Philanthropy, New Networks and New Governance in Education’. Political Studies 57 (3), 680–687.
Hearn, S. & Mendizabal, E. (2011) Not everything that connects is a network. Overseas Development Institute, London.
Laumann, E. O., Mardsen, P. V. & Prensky, D. (1983) The boundary specification problem in network analysis. In: Burt, R. S. & Minor, M. J. (eds.) Applied Network Analysis: A Methodological Introduction, 1. print. SAGE, Beverly Hills, pp. 18–34
Lubienski, C., Yemini, M. & Maxwell, C. (eds.) (2022) The rise of external actors in education: Shifting boundaries globally and locally, 1st. Policy Press.
Macpherson, I. (2016) An Analysis of Power in Transnational Advocacy Networks in Education. In: Mundy, K., Green, A., Lingard, B. & Verger, A. (eds.) The Handbook of Global Education Policy. John Wiley & Sons, Ltd, Chichester, UK, pp. 401–418.
Martens, K. (2002) Mission Impossible? Defining Nongovernmental Organizations. VOLUNTAS: International Journal of Voluntary and Nonprofit Organizations 13 (3), 271–285.
Mayring, P. (2014) Qualitative content analysis: theoretical foundation, basic procedures and software solution, Klagenfurt.
Menashy, F. (2016) Understanding the roles of non-state actors in global governance: evidence from the Global Partnership for Education. Journal of Education Policy 31 (1), 98–118.
Osler, A. & Starkey, H. (2006) Education for democratic citizenship: a review of research, policy and practice 1995–2005 1. Research Papers in Education 21 (4), 433–466.
Patton, M. Q. (2015) Qualitative research & evaluation methods: Integrating theory and practice, Fourth edition. SAGE, Los Angeles, London, New Delhi, Singapore, Washington DC.
Provan, K. G. & Kenis, P. (2007) Modes of Network Governance: Structure, Management, and Effectiveness. Journal of Public Administration Research and Theory 18 (2), 229–252
Ribeiro, A. B., Caetano, A. & Menezes, I. (2016) Citizenship education, educational policies and NGOs. British Educational Research Journal 42 (4), 646–664.


34. Research on Citizenship Education
Paper

Democratic Education via Youth Participation

Katrin Peyerl, Ivo Zuechner

Philipps-Universität Marburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Peyerl, Katrin; Zuechner, Ivo

The social crises of the last few years have led to social uncertainty among the younger generation (Andresen et al., 2022). In Germany, this is also accompanied by doubts about the existing democracy, especially among young people from middle and low educational backgrounds (Habich & Remete, 2023; Open Society Foundation, 2023). In addition, young people hardly feel noticed by politics, which reduces satisfaction with democracy (Vodafone Stiftung, 2022).

In Germany, youth work, youth organizations and clubs are important places for leisure activities and important settings for non-formal education. These activities bring together young people and the support of youth workers or educators, so that young people can express and organize themselves for their interests and take responsibility (Düx et al., 2008; BMFSFJ, 2012).

In these contexts, young people's insecurities are addressed by them having access to democratic forms of action, creating and establishing norms and values in everyday interactions and being able to communicate their needs and interests. Democracy – at least in the intention – is the “goal, object and practice of education” also in German youth work (BMFSFJ, 2020, p. 125).

The focus of the paper is the promotion of civic participation as a special approach to democratic education. Especially in the non-formal educational context of youth work, which is based on maxims such as voluntariness or interest orientation (Sturzenhecker, 2021; BMFSFJ, 2020), there are special participation opportunities for young people: Here participation itself is a maxim, and can have a variety of forms, f.e. the adoption of responsibility in youth associations, the participation in youth committees (e.g. youth parliaments) or informal participation through interactional everyday processes (Züchner & Peyerl, 2015).

The article therefore aims to discuss the extent to which (the facilitation of) participation in youth work as a non-formal place of education can enable democratic education.
To determine the goal of democratic education, discourses around citizenship learning draw on the distinction learning about, for and through democracy (Bîrcéa et al., 2004; Sant, 2019), which together supposed “the meaning and functioning, the normative expectations and perspectives for action as well as open up the rules, behavior, conventions and creative scope of democratic communities" (Edelstein, 2009, p. 82). While learning about democracy is primarily aimed at imparting knowledge, learning for democracy is primarily about promoting democratic value orientations (Kołczyńska, 2020).

In particular, learning through democracy is closely linked to Dewey's idea of democracy as “a mode of associated living, of conjoint communicated experience” (Dewey, 1916/2023, p. 144). Dewey (1939/2021) assumes that democracy as a way of life is characterized by the ability to judge and act intelligently (Dewey, 1939/2021), which is achieved through experiential learning is acquired in one's own local area (Dewey, 1939/2021). Particularly in youth work, democratic education is strongly based on the idea of democracy as the idea of an “embryonic society” (Dewey, 1899/1980, p. 12) and fosters participation experiences.

Particularly for pedagogically initiated participation processes, the question arises, whether all forms of participation contribute to democratic education or whether democratic education as learning through democracy requires reflection processes that clarify the connection of everyday interactions and decision making to the concept of democracy. Drawing on the concept of democratic consciousness (Abdi & Carr, 2013), which includes one’s attention to social processes, an understanding and appreciation of democratic norms, sensitivity to different political power relations, and the recognition of rules and institutions for the creation of general obligations (Himmelmann, 2007), the article discusses the extent to which participation in youth work promotes democratic consciousness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Based on a theoretical framework and selected findings from the Shell Youth Study (Hurrelmann et al., 2019), a representative repeated youth survey in Germany, which examines, among other things, the orientations and activities of adolescents and young adults, the article draws on materials from the scientific support of the Youth Action Program 2022-2024 in Hesse, in which 19 participation projects in youth work are analyzed. The projects have varying degrees of relevance to promoting democracy, but all focus on fostering youth participation. The projects currently concern, among other things, the de-sire for or design of a pump track system, the support of a youth advisory board and also a state-wide youth congress in Hesse. The article takes this different starting point into account but focuses more on the perceptions and experiences of the young people in the projects. A total of 12 group interviews were conducted, each with three to six participants (aged 13-18). Depending on the project, the partici-pants have a broad variety of social-structural backgrounds.
The group interviews collected are evaluated using content analysis and, within the framework of the article, evaluated primarily on a category-based basis (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2022). The focus is on the analysis of the categories of the forms of participation experienced, the motivation to participate as well as implicit and explicitly expressed references to democracy from the perspective of the young people.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of the shell youth survey show a correlation between engagement for youth interest in youth organizations and democratic orientations, leading to the question, if and how democratic orien-tations are fostered through participation and engagement. The analyses of the interviews so far indi-cate that the young people take part in the participation projects for a variety of reasons, which in at least some projects arise from social or political perceptions and thus have their origin in a democratic consciousness. For some young people, participation arises from their current living environments and social spaces and the desire for changes for young people as a whole. Other young people were fun-damentally committed to strengthening young people's opportunities to participate in (local) politics – both groups expressing not being heard enough as a motive for engagement. And yet other participants primarily strive for social relationships in their groups. Concerning the idea of democratic education, the interviews with the youth groups show, that democratic values such as equality go without saying in the interactions with each other, with youth-workers and politicians. However, it seems as if they are often not aware of these as fundamental parts of democracy.
References
Abdi, A. A., & Carr, P. R. (Eds.) (2013). Educating for democratic consciousness. Peter Lang.
Andresen, S., Lips, A., Rusack, T., Schröer, W., Thomas, S., & Wilmes, J. (2022). Verpasst? Verschoben? Verunsichert? Junge Menschen gestalten ihre Jugend in der Pandemie. Universitätsverlag.
Bîrcéa, C., Kerr, D. & Mikkelsen, R., Froumin, I., Losito, B., Pol, M., & Sardoc, M. (2004). All-European Study on Education for Democratic Citizenship Policies. Council of Europe.
BMFSFJ (2020). 16. Kinder- und Jugendbericht. BMFSFJ.
BMFSFJ (2012). 12. Kinder- und Jugendbericht. BMFSFJ.
Dewey, J. (1939/2021). Creative Democracy— The Task Before Us. In E.T. Weber (ed.). J. Dewey,  America's Public Philosopher (p. 59-68). Columbia University Press.
Dewey, J. (1916/2023). Democracy and Education. wikisource.
Dewey, J. (1899/1980). The School and Society. Arcturus Books Edition.
Düx, W., Prein, G., Sass, E., & Tully, C. J. (2008). Kompetenzerwerb im freiwilligen Engagement. VS Ver-lag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Edelstein, W. (2009). Partizipation und Demokratielernen in der Ganztagsschule. In S. Appel, H. Ludwig, U. Rother & G. Rutz (Eds.), Leben – Lernen – Leisten (p. 80-93). Wochenschau-Verlag.
Himmelmann, G. (2007). Durch Demokratie-Lernen zum Demokratiebewusstsein. In D. Lange & G. Himmelmann (Eds.), Demokratiebewusstsein. Interdisziplinäre Annäherungen an ein zentrales Thema der politischen Bildung (p. 26-40). VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Hurrelmann, K., Quenzel, G., Schneekloth, U., Leven, I., Albert, M., Utzmann, H., & Wolfert, S. (2019). Jugend 2019 – 18. Shell Jugendstudie. Beltz.
Kołczyńska, M. (2020). Democratic values, education, and political trust. International Journal of Com-parative Sociology, 61(1), 3-26. https://doi.org/10.1177/0020715220909881
Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Beltz Juventa.
Habich, J., & Remete, P. (2023, January 30). Einstellungen und Sorgen der jungen Generation Deutschlands 2023. https://www.bertelsmann-stiftung.de/de/publikationen/publikation/did/einstellungen-und-sorgen-der-jungen-generation-deutschlands-2023
Open Society Foundation (2023, January 30). Open Society Barometer. Can Democracy deliver? https://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/publications/open-society-barometer-can-democracy-deliver#publications_download
Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A Theoretical Review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Rese-arch, 89(5), 655-696. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654319862493
Sturzenhecker, B. (2021). Förderung gesellschaftlich-demokratischen Engagements in der Offenen Kin-der- und Jugendarbeit. In U. Deinet, B. Sturzenhecker, L. von Schwanenflügel & M. Schwerthelm (Eds.), Handbuch Offene Kinder- und Jugendarbeit (p. 1001-1015). Springer VS.
Vodafone Stiftung Deutschland (2022, January 30). HÖRT UNS ZU! Wie junge Menschen die Politik in Deutschland und die Vertretung ihrer Interessen wahrnehmen. https://www.vodafone-stiftung.de/wp-content/uploads/2022/04/Jugendstudie-2022_Vodafone-Stiftung.pdf
Züchner, I., & Peyerl, K. (2016). Partizipation von Kindern und Jugendlichen – Annäherung an einen viel-fältigen Begriff. In Institut für Soziale Arbeit e.V. (Ed.), ISA-Jahrbuch 2015 zur sozialen Arbeit (Schwer-punkt Partizipation, p. 27-43). Waxmann.
 
15:45 - 17:1501 SES 07 A: Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (Part 3): Nordic Dimensions
Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Eva Merete Bjerkholt
Session Chair: Yngve Antonsen
Symposium Part 3/3, continued from 01 SES 06 A
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Symposium

Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (PART 3): Nordic Dimensions

Chair: Eva Merete Bjerkholt (University of South-Eastern Norway)

Discussant: Yngve Antonsen (UiT: The Arctic University)

This symposium series, consisting of three consecutive symposia, is organised by the European network Ecologies of Teacher Induction and Mentoring in Europe (TIME) which has been organised as a network project of the Network 1 “Professional Learning and Development” of EERA since 2021. The aim of the network is to bring together researchers interested in supporting and mentoring new teachers during the induction phase. The network has organised various meetings of researchers to promote cooperation between researchers working on mentoring and induction practices, not only at the ECER conference, but also, for example, at the NERA conference. The network is also in the process of editing a European anthology of this research.

A variety of research and development work on induction and mentoring is explored as a part of teachers’ continuing professional learning and development within a broader ecosystem of educational practices. The research is based on the assumption that induction and mentoring are seen as part of teachers' ongoing professional learning and development and as part of a wider set of practices that can be called an ecosystem of professional development.

The Part 3 of this three-part symposium introduces the results of the collaborative research in the Nordic countries on mentoring and induction. The first presentation of this symposium introduces the network Nordic Teacher Induction network (NTI), a collaboration network on induction and mentoring newly qualified teachers in Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden. The historical account starts from early 2000’s and move to today, towards the latest project “Promoting Professional Development” (NTI-PPD).

The second presentation explores the current state of mentoring and induction, comparing legislation and working conditions related to professional work in the Nordics. By emphasizing the perspectives of students and new teachers, the presentation examines the need for induction and its inclusion in a comprehensive system for continuous professional development. The collaborative efforts between teachers' trade unions, educators, and researchers play a pivotal role in shaping policy changes and garnering political attention in the educational landscape.

The third presentation builds upon the mapping work of the NTI network, delving into the evolving landscapes of mentor education in Nordic countries and Estonia. Exploring the unique practices, challenges, and opportunities, the study reflects on the changes observed in mentor education programs over nearly two decades of NTI collaboration. Key questions about the content and effectiveness of mentor education, its link to professional development cycles, and its significance in contexts grappling with teacher recruitment and retention issues are addressed. The presentation also investigates the research landscape surrounding mentor education and its impact on mentors and schools.

The fourth presentation employs the theory of practice architectures (TPA) to theorize teacher induction policies, mentoring practices, and the unique situations in the Nordic countries and Estonia. By examining the cultural-discursive, material-economic, and social-political arrangements influencing mentoring and induction practices, the TPA offers a theoretical lens to identify conditions of possibility in educational settings. The study uncovers the enabling and constraining factors that shape mentoring and induction practices for newly qualified teachers, contributing to a nuanced understanding of the intricate dynamics at play.


References
See invidual presentations
 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

1. Teacher Induction and Mentoring in the Nordics: Developing Practices through Cross Sectorial Collaboration

Hannu Heikkinen (University of Jyväskylä), Tonje Harbek Brokke (University of South-Eastern Norway), Birna M. Svanbjörnsdóttir (University of Akureyri), Lisbeth Lunde Frederiksen (VIA University)

This symposium studies experiences of cross-sectoral cooperation to develop mentoring in the Nordic countries. The network started as a joint project between universities and teacher educators but was expanded to include teacher unions. The network brings together researchers, teacher educators and teacher union representatives from the Nordics (Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden). We start with the historical perspective from early 2000’s and move to today, and our latest project Promoting Professional Development (PPD). The network roots back to 2004 when the Newly Qualified Teachers in Northern Europe network was established, consisting of researchers of mentoring from all these countries. In 2017, the network was joined by teacher union representatives from the aforementioned countries, thus becoming more cross-sectoral and deliberately taking a more visible role in policy making in terms of teachers’ professional development. Since 2017, the network has implemented three collaboration projects funded by Nordplus. The network has published a book applying the theory of ecologies of practices to the study of induction and mentoring (Bjerkholt, Olsen & Heikkinen 2020). The present collaborative project NTI-PPD aims at investigating how the practices of teacher induction and mentoring of new teachers are prefigured (enabled/constrained) in the Nordic countries and Estonia as part of continuous professional development. Through our collaboration, we wish to contribute developing practices of mentoring and induction through analyses of existing practices and research-based knowledge. The collaboration between different partners in the wider education community will create a deeper understanding and contribute to a greater diversity, which in turn provides new knowledge and approaches in the educational continuum. Another aim is to strengthen the Nordic and Baltic voice in international policymaking and public discourse related to induction and mentoring, and this collaboration between researchers and teacher unions will enable discussions that focus on research as well as experience-based knowledge on how to establish sustainable systems, highlighting diversity and tensions in our different practices and experiences. One of the goals is to share the experiences and research through different channels in our respective networks, and thus contribute to the public discussion on relevant topics such as professional development as a continuum from teacher education into the profession, sustainable comprehensive induction and mentoring for NQTs, and possibilities to stop the attrition rate of NQTs leaving the profession. The network has also taken an active role in developing a European dimension of mentoring and induction research.

References:

Fransson, G. & Gustafsson, K. (2008). Newly Qualified Teachers in Northern Europe. Gävle: University of Gävle. Kemmis, S. (2023). Education for Living Well in a World Worth Living in. In K. E. Reimer, M. Kaukko, S. Windsor, K. Mahon, & S. Kemmis (Eds.), Living Well in a World Worth Living in for All: Volume 1: Current Practices of Social Justice, Sustainability and Wellbeing (pp. 13-26). Springer Nature Singapore. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-7985-9_1 Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H., Aspfors, J., Fransson, G. & Edwards-Groves, C. (2014a). Mentoring as Contested Practice: Support, Supervision and Collaborative Self-development. Teaching and Teacher Education 43, 154-164. Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E., & Heikkinen, H.(Eds.). (2020). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring Cappelen. Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105 License: CC BY 4.0.
 

2. An Overview of Inductions Systems and how they are Related to Teacher Professional Development

Sissel Havre (Union of Education Norway), Sally Windsor (University of Gothenburg), Åse Bonde (Danish Union of Teachers), Per Båvner (Swedish Teachers’ Union)

The purpose of this presentation is to provide an overview of how induction and mentoring for new teachers in the Nordic countries and Estonia are seen as a part of teacher professional development. We will theorise upon some of the data collected by the teacher unions in the cross-sectoral project named Nordic Teacher Induction - Promoting Professional Development (NTI-PPD) This presentation will begin with some summary data of the current state of mentoring and induction from each of the partner countries. The summaries will include a comparison of legislation and working conditions related to professional work with induction. These data help us to identify and discuss what is unique and what, if anything, is significantly different in these contexts and importantly, what the implications for professional development of teachers in each of the contexts. The professional development of teachers begins in teacher education programs; thus, the first point of comparison is to look at how professional practice is undertaken in each country. We will draw attention to what students and new teachers think about the need for induction and compare obligations to and working conditions related to professional work with induction. We also discuss experience of including mentoring and induction in a comprehensive system for continuous professional development in the teaching career. The final part of this presentation will address longstanding collaboration between teachers' trade unions, teacher educators and researchers on mentoring and induction which includes partners from Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden and how this collabration provides impetus for change in policy and political attention in the educational landscape in relation to mentoring and induction in each of the countries.

References:

Aaltonen, Bäckström, Ernestam, Harsvik, Hauksson, Salmonsen, Salo, Wettendorff (2023). Teacher shortage in the Nordic countries. Comparing the current situation. NLS. DOI: teacher_shortage_nls-report_2023_final.pdf Fransson, G. & Gustafsson, K. (2008), Newly Qualified Teachers in Northern Europe. Gävle: University of Gävle. Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E., & Heikkinen, H.(Eds.). (2020). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring Cappelen. Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105 License: CC BY 4.0. Svanbjörnsdóttir, B., Hauksdóttir, H., & Steingrímsdóttir, M. (2020). Mentoring in Iceland: An integral part of professional development? In K.R. Olsen, H. Heikkinen & Bjerkholt, E.M. (Eds.). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring (Ch. 6, pp. 129–149). Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105 License: CC BY 4.0.
 

3. Landscapes of Mentor Education in the North

Katrin Poom-Valickis (Tallinn University), Mattias Börjesson (Gothenburg University), Eva Merete Bjerkholt (University of South-Eastern Norway), Sally Windsor (Gothenburg University)

Mentoring is often viewed as a key professional learning tool from initial teacher education to senior leadership development. Based on the research, mentor education is a crucial contributor to the success of mentoring programmes (e.g. Ulvik & Sunde, 2013), as mentor quality is essential to effectively support the development of a novice teacher (Ellis et al., 2020). Building on the mapping work of NTI-SEM in the previous presentation and emerging research, this presentation delves into the dynamic and evolving landscapes of mentor education in Nordic countries and Estonia. The presentation will shed light on the unique practices, challenges and opportunities that shape mentoring and interplay between mentors, mentees, and the diverse environments they navigate. As the Nordic Teacher Induction (NTI) network has collaborated for nearly 20 years, we will look backward to describe how the mentor education programs have changed during these years and what has influenced these changes. We will present the current state of play in each country regarding what mentoring education is offered, how mentoring education is supported by education agencies/departments in each country, and how mentor education is possibly changing in light of new EU (Bologna) guidelines. We are looking for answers to the following questions: What kind of content is provided in mentor education, and is it fit for purpose? Is mentoring intricately linked to professional development cycles (for both mentors and mentees), and is it important in contexts with issues recruiting and retaining teachers, as we suspect? We will end this part of the symposium where we have gathered these accounts of mentoring education, looking at what research is being done on mentoring education and how mentoring education professionally develops mentors and then, in turn, schools.

References:

Ellis, N. J., Alonzo, D., & Nguyen, H. T. M. (2020). Elements of a quality pre-service teacher mentor: A literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 92, 103072. Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E., & Heikkinen, H.(Eds.). (2020). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring Cappelen. Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105 License: CC BY 4.0. Ulvik, M., & Sunde, E. (2013). The impact of mentor education: does mentor education matter?. Professional development in education, 39(5), 754-770.
 

4. Practice Architectures of Mentoring and Induction in the Nordics

Sally Windsor (Gothenburg University, Sweden), Hannu Heikkinen (University of Jyväskylä, Finland), Jonina Hauksdottir (The Icelandic Teacher Union (IS), Kennarasamband Íslands, Iceland), Sissel Havre (The Union of Education (UF), Norway)

The purpose of this presentation is to provide a theorising of the teacher induction policies and practices, and the situation of mentoring for new teachers in the Nordic countries and Estonia that has been presented in the previous presentations. Using the theory of practice architectures, the presentation identifies what mentoring and induction practices are enabled and constrained in the Nordics. The theory of practice architectures (TPA) suggests that what an individual is able to, and can in actuality, do is shaped by a wide variety of things including specific discourses, social and political relationships, and the resources or materials available (Kemmis et al., 2014ab). In other words, the TPA is a theoretical resource that allows us to identify the conditions of possibility (Kemmis, 2023) in educational settings. The theory of practice architectures posits that the enactment of practices is prefigured but not predetermined by the varied arrangements in the intersubjective space in a particular site (Kemmis et al., 2014). As the NTI network has mapped and compared mentoring and induction practices for newly qualified teachers across the Nordic region, the cultural-discursive, material–economic and social–political arrangements (Kemmis et al., 2012; Kemmis et al., 2014ab) that hold practices of mentoring and induction in place and are revealed.

References:

Kemmis, S. & Heikkinen, H. (2012). Future perspectives: Peer-Group Mentoring and international practices for teacher development. In: H. Heikkinen, H. Jokinen & P. Tynjälä (Eds.) Peer-Group Mentoring for Teacher Development. Abingdon: Routledge, 144-170. Kemmis, S. (2023). Education for Living Well in a World Worth Living in. In K. E. Reimer, M. Kaukko, S. Windsor, K. Mahon, & S. Kemmis (Eds.), Living Well in a World Worth Living in for All: Volume 1: Current Practices of Social Justice, Sustainability and Wellbeing (pp. 13-26). Springer Nature Singapore. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-19-7985-9_1 Kemmis, S., Heikkinen, H., Aspfors, J., Fransson, G. & Edwards-Groves, C. (2014a). Mentoring as Contested Practice: Support, Supervision and Collaborative Self-development. Teaching and Teacher Education 43, 154-164. Kemmis, S., Wilkinson, J., Edwards-Groves, C., Hardy, I., Grootenboer, P., & Bristol, L. (2014b). Changing practices, changing education. Springer Science & Business Media. Olsen, K.R., Bjerkholt, E., & Heikkinen, H.(Eds.). (2020). New teachers in Nordic countries - Ecologies of induction and mentoring Cappelen. Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105 License: CC BY 4.0.
 
15:45 - 17:1501 SES 07 B: Partnership (Part 2)
Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Maurizio Gentile
Paper Session Part 2/2, continued from 01 SES 06 B
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Cultivating Self-Awareness in Teacher Education: A Community of Practice Approach

Joanne O'Flaherty1, Cassandra Iannucci2, Tracy Galvin3, Brighid Golden4, Dylan Scanlon2, Mary Fitzgerald5

1University of Limerick, Ireland; 2Deakin University; 3Ulster University; 4Mary Immaculate College; 5Consultant

Presenting Author: O'Flaherty, Joanne; Galvin, Tracy

If we cannot sit with the complexities within us, there is no chance we can hold space for the complexities around ourselves".

Vanessa Andreotti

Global citizenship education (GCE) has become a pivotal element of initial teacher education (ITE) in Ireland, urging educators to foster self-awareness and social responsibility among learners. Anchored in the recognition of teacher educators (TEs) as policy actors who are mandated by Irish national policy to integrate GCE as one of seven core elements that must underpin ITE programs (Teaching Council 2020, p.14), this longitudinal study investigates the development, process, and scaffolding of an international Community of Practice (CoP) focused on enhancing TEs' self-awareness for GCE.

The theoretical framework informing this study is critical GCE. Critical GCE highlights the importance of learners reflecting upon their own knowledge and assumptions, and “exploring the implications of their own ways of seeing and being in the world in relation to power, relationships, and the distribution of labour and resources (Blackmore, 2016, p.39). It is rooted in social justice (Giroux & Bosio, 2021), as it invites learners to examine preconceived values and perspectives in local and global settings and reflect upon their understanding of the world (Bosio, 2020, 2023). Critical GCE, therefore demands a learner-centred, autonomous approach, where learners reflect and build upon their own experiences and social contexts to develop their knowledge and understanding (Leicht et al., 2018). Embracing these approaches creates space for plurality of perspectives rather than a pre-determined formula for what learners should do or think. Developing these dispositions to learning, and the competences associated with critical GCE, therefore requires continued and critical self-reflection (Blackmore, 2016). The research question driving this inquiry is: How do TEs experience professional learning aimed at fostering self-awareness in the context of critical GCE and social justice education? This question underscores the need for TEs to engage in reflective practices that illuminate their capacities and challenges in integrating critical GCE into their pedagogical repertoire.

Central to this investigation is the operationalisation of the CoP, which serves as a reflective space and a crucible for innovation in pedagogical strategies. Lave and Wenger (1991) define CoPs as ”a system of relationships between people, activities and the world; developing with time, and in relation to other tangential and overlapping CoPs” (p.91). CoPs are viewed as a powerful way to examine TE learning (Patton & Parker, 2017). This collaborative approach leverages shared resources and a repository of activities to foster a deep engagement with the 'self' (personal and professional), employing pedagogies that push the boundaries of comfort to promote genuine reflection and growth. The CoP's collective expertise in teacher education, coupled with its commitment to critical GCE and social justice, provides a rich backdrop for exploration and experimentation with various pedagogical prompts designed to enhance self-awareness for GCE. The shared resources form the backbone of the CoP’s collaborative efforts. These resources encompass a conceptual framework for exploring TE identity (from the perspective of the professional and personal self), professional learning needs, and the nexus of GCE and self-awareness. The repository also includes a diverse array of activities and prompts shared to stimulate discussion, encourage self and co-regulation, and foster relationality in the learning space.

The contribution of this study lies in its potential to illuminate potential pathways through which TEs can deepen their understanding of self-awareness for GCE. By examining the lived experiences and reflective practices within the CoP, this research aims to offer insights into how educators can navigate the complexities of their internal landscapes to better engage with the external challenges of global citizenship and social justice education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology of this study is constructed to capture the dynamic and reflective nature of an international CoP (n=6) engaged in developing self-awareness and pedagogical strategies for critical GCE. The CoP comprises expertise from diverse fields: teacher education, GCE, social justice education, self-study, universal design for learning (UDL), equity, diversity, inclusion (EDI), and psychotherapy.

Data were collected from October 2023 onwards through cyclical CoP Meetings (n=7) and written reflections (n=16) all supported by a designated macro-critical friend who prompted and challenged the CoP to delve deeper into their reflections and thoughts. This role was crucial in developing a safe, nurturing, and non-evaluative space reflecting Carl Roger’s core conditions of empathy, congruence, and unconditional positive regard. This role also ensures that the group stays focused with appropriate boundaries and supports while monitoring for the safety and emotional regulation of participants. Each participant is encouraged to share openly and honestly. This process provides an opportunity for individuals to be seen and heard in the group as individuals, making the implicit explicit.

Each meeting within the CoP was recorded and transcribed to capture the rich dialogue and exchange of ideas. These meetings are the crux of data collection, providing insights into the pedagogical approaches and reflective questions aimed at exploring self-awareness for GCE and social justice matters. The CoP's schedule featured an alternating rhythm: hands-on pedagogical encounters focused on self-awareness prompts, individual written reflections and reflective dialogue meetings. Engaging with an individual reflection after each meeting was proposed by one member of the CoP and everyone agreed. This showcases the fluidity of the CoP and how it is developing and growing organically. Reflection is integral to our methodology. The individual reflections document CoP member observations, feelings, and engagements in response to the experiential activities. These reflections are then shared with all members via the CoP online platform. Each person’s approach is different, some like to write the reflection immediately, others like to ponder further and take a few days to write. The subsequent reflective group session allows for a consolidation process to occur reinforcing the cyclical process of what spontaneously emerged for participants, what they thought of it after and what now. CoP meeting transcriptions and member reflections were analysed using inductive thematic analysis to explore themes reflected in the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study anticipates several key outcomes that will contribute to the discourse on teacher education and critical GCE: (1) an in-depth understanding of the self-awareness development process among TEs as they engage with GCE principles, (2) the identification of effective pedagogical strategies that facilitate self-awareness and its integration into teaching practices, and (3) insights into the cyclical process of reflective practice. It is anticipated that taken together, the three key outcomes listed here will inform the development of a model of professional learning for cultivating self-awareness in the contexts of critical GCE and social justice education that can be replicated in other educational contexts.

The experiential learning cycle described in this paper supports the development of self-awareness and facilitates personal and professional growth. Participants become aware of personal unconscious bias, values, and belief systems within themselves along with insecurities (complexities) and begin to separate these personal aspects of self, from the values of critical GCE, and the professional self. Participants can also explore ways of integrating their personal self with their professional self in a healthy way. The process undertaken by the CoP highlights the value of reflective enquiry and the ethical responsibility of educators to engage with GCE and social justice matters. By providing a space for vulnerability, the CoP also addresses themes of safety, belonging, and imposter syndrome, which are vital considerations for TEs navigating the complexities of critical GCE. Through experiential practice, CoP participants will experience first-hand the universal difficulties and challenges learners experience when tasked with engaging in reflective practice in this way, thus enabling us to carve out paths that may make it a less daunting and scary task for others.

References
Andreotti, V. (2011). Actionable postcolonial theory in education. Palgrave Macmillan.

Blackmore, C. (2016). Towards a pedagogical framework for global citizenship education. International Journal of Development Education and Global Learning, 8(1), 39-56. Doi: 10.18546/IJDEGL.8.1.04

Bosio, E. (2023). Global citizenship education as a reflective dialogic pedagogy. Citizenship Teaching & Learning, 18, 177 – 194. https://doi.org/10.1386/ctl_00119_1

Bosio, E. (2020). Towards an ethical global citizenship education curriculum framework in the modern university. In D. Bourn (Ed.), Bloomsbury handbook for global education and learning (pp. 187–206). London: Bloomsbury. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350108769.0025  

Bourn, D. (2015). The Theory and Practice of Global Learning. London: Development Education Research Centre, UCL Institute of Education.

Brockbank, A., & McGill, I. (2007). Facilitating Reflective Learning in Higher Education. McGraw-Hill Education.

Gay, G. (2010). Culturally Responsive Teaching: Theory, Research, and Practice. New York: Teachers College Press.

Giroux, H. A., & Bosio, E. (2021). Critical pedagogy and global citizenship education. In E. Bosio (Ed.), Conversations on global citizenship education: Perspectives on research, teaching, and learning in higher education (pp. 3–12). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429346897-1

Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Leicht, A, Heiss, J and Byun, W. (2018). Issues and trends in education for sustainable development, education on the move. Paris: UNESCO Publishing. Retrieved from http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0026/002614/261445e.pdf [accessed 30 Aug 2023].

Mezirow, J. (1997). Transformative learning: Theory to practice. New Directions for Adult and Continuing Education, 74, 5-12.

Patton, K., & Parker, M. (2017). Teacher education communities of practice: More than a culture of collaboration. Teaching and Teacher Education, 67, 351-360.

Rizvi, F., & Lingard, B. (2010). Globalizing Education Policy. Routledge.

Shulman, L.S. (1987). Knowledge and teaching: Foundations of the new reform. Harvard Educational Review, 57(1), 1-22.

Teaching Council. (2020). Céim: Standards for Initial Teacher Education. Maynooth: Teaching Council.

Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of Practice: Learning, Meaning, and Identity. Cambridge University Press.

Zeichner, K. (1999). The new scholarship in teacher education. Educational Researcher, 28(9), 4-15.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

"If You Want to Go Far, Go Together." Cross-School Teacher Team (CSTT) in an In-service Teacher Training Programme in Norway

Cheng-Yu Peter Pan, Heidi Gudmundset

NLA University College, Norway

Presenting Author: Pan, Cheng-Yu Peter; Gudmundset, Heidi

The issue of professional learning community (PLC) has received considerable critical attention within the field of teacher continuing professional development (CPD). It is now well established from a variety of studies that PLC contributes greatly to teachers’ changes in practices, knowledge, beliefs, agency, and affective characteristics (Dogan, Pringle & Mesa, 2016; Long, Zhao, Yang, Zhao & Chen, 2021; Philpott & Oates, 2017; Tam, 2015).

In a narrow sense, PLC can be understood with the aim to facilitate school-wide improvement in teaching and learning and is usually linked to local school context where teachers work (Admiraal, Schenke, Jong, Emmelot & Sligte, 2021; Brennan & Gorman, 2023; Chen & Wang, 2015; Steyn, 2017). In a broader view, PLC is seen as a platform where a collective of individuals collaboratively examines and reflects on their practices in an ongoing, learning-focused, and inclusive manner, with the shared goal of promoting professional growth (Stoll et al. 2006).

The Special Education 1 programme (Spesialpedagogikk 1) represents a primary official in-service teacher training offer in Norway. This programme is assembly-based (samlingsbasert) with lectures and group activities addressing a variety of themes within special education. Teachers participating in the programme serve in either public or private schools (from first to tenth grade) across Norway. During the six assemblies they are grouped into several small learning teams (basisgrupper) for collaborative discussion and group tasks around cases. This CPD arrangement is similar to the concept and practice of CSTT (Cross-School Teacher Team) Cederlund (2018) introduced and examined in her seminal study in Sweden. The CSTT represents a form of PLC where teachers from different schools across Sweden but with shared pedagogical interests meet each other physically/digitally for CPD. This study concluded that CSTT can provide a professional space of diversity, interdependency, visibility, and transparency in which local practices are reflected on and transformed collectively.

In our previous investigation on teacher motivation for CPD in special education, we found out that one main reason for the teachers to participate in this in-service teacher training programme is the desire for professional socialisation, that is, the thirst for learning together with others (Pan, Østby & Gudmundset, 2023). Drawing upon both the broader understanding of PLC and teacher motivation for CPD in special education in Norway, this study attempts to explore how CSTT is experienced in the Special Education 1 programme.

The theoretical framework adopted in this study is practice architecture (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008). According to Kemmis and Grootenboer (2008), practice is complex and socially established. It is a cooperative human activity encompassing saying, doing, and relating. Saying refers to individuals’ expressions, allowing us to understand us, others, and the world. Doing means the actions and activities we take and undertake. Relating indicates identity and role shaped in relation to others.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data were collected from the teacher cohort (57) of the academic year 2022-2023. Forty-two and 46 teachers took part in the online survey (as a form of programme evaluation) in the autumn 2022 and in the spring 2023, respectively. Various aspects of question were designed to find out the possibilities, challenges, and limitations of this Special Education 1 programme. In total, five questions were included in the data analysis process of this investigation. They were specifically focused on experience in group work. These questions allowed the teachers to quantify their experience and elaborate their thoughts and feelings with own words. Thematic analysis (Guest, MacQueen & Namey, 2011) were carried out to examine the textual responses.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
in teacher CPD. The majority of teachers participating in the online survey highly appreciated working together with other teachers in the group. They experienced the cooperative learning process in terms of saying, doing, and relating according to the theory of practice architecture (Kemmis & Grootenboer, 2008). CSTT created a professional space for the teachers to reflect on and share their own possibilities and challenges at schools (saying). Discussion around cases also allowed the teachers to examine personal values and perspectives and form a collective solution to a specific problem (doing). Since each teacher was assigned into and stayed in the same group throughout the whole in-service training programme, the CSTT provided a secured environment where the teachers could build up social connections with each other and drew work-related inspirations from one another (relating). Nevertheless, a small number of teachers were particularly critical about the arrangement of cross-CSTT. In their views, it seems not necessary and less fruitful to work together with another CSTT in the programme.
Taken together, CSTT is recognised as a valuable and educative type of PLC for teacher CPD. It provides an ideal platform for teachers to engage in professional sosialisation. The programme’s learning outcomes are strengthened and enriched as teachers contribute their shared pedagogical interests and varied work experiences to the learning process.

References
Admiraal, W., Schenke, W., Jong, L. D., Emmelot, Y., & Sligte, H. (2021). Schools as professional learning communities: what can schools do to support professional development of their teachers? Professional Development in Education, 47(4), 684-698.
Brennan, A & Gorman, A. (2023). Leading transformative professional learning for inclusion across the teacher education continuum: Lesson from online and on-site learning communities. Professional Development in Education, 49(6), 1117-1130.
Cederlund, K. (2018). The cross-school teacher team as a site for learning. Education Inquiry, 9(2), 193-209.
Chen, P. & Wang, T. (2015). Exploring the evolution of a teacher professional learning community: a longitudinal case study at a Taiwanese high school. Teacher Development: An International Journal of Teachers' Professional Development, 19(4), 427-444.
Dogan, S., Pringle, R. & Mesa, J. (2016). The impacts of professional learning communities on science teachers' knowledge, practice and student learning: a review. Professional Development in Education, 42(4), 569-588.
Guest, G., MacQueen, K. M., & Namey, E. E. (2011). Applied Thematic Analysis. SAGE Publications.
Kemmis, S. & Grootenboer, P. (2008). Situating praxis in practice: Practice architectures and the cultural, social and material conditions for practice. In S. Kemmis & T. J. Smith (Eds.), Enabling praxis: Challenges for Education (pp. 37–64). Brill.
Long, T., Zhao, G., Yang, X., Zhao, R. & Chen, Q. (2021). Bridging the belief-action gap in a teachers' professional learning community on teaching of thinking. Professional Development in Education, 47(5), 729-744.
Pan, C.-Y., Østby, S. B. & Gudmundset, H. (2023, August 23-25). What motivates teachers in Norway to participate in continuing professional development in special education? [Conference presentation]. ECER 2023, Glasgow, Scotland. https://eera-ecer.de/ecer-programmes/conference/28/contribution/55512
Philpott, C. & Oates, C. (2017). Teacher agency and professional learning communities: what can Learning Rounds in Scotland teach us? Professional Development in Education, 43(3), 318-333.
Stoll, L., Bolam, R., McMahon, A., Wallace, M., & Thomas, S. (2006). Professional learning communities: A review of the literature. Journal of Educational Change, 7(4), 221–258.
Tam, A. C. F. (2015). The role of a professional learning community in teacher change: a perspective from beliefs and practices. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(1), 22-43.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

A South-South Teaching Collaboration To Develop The Capacity Of Educators

Monique Keevy

University of Johannesburg, South Africa

Presenting Author: Keevy, Monique

The World Bank calls for the capacity development of developing countries due to their inherent socio-economic and political challenges (Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), 2007). This has further resulted in calls to develop the capacity of higher education institutions (HEIs) in developing countries as this is a way to contribute to the economy and society by increasing human capital (Färnman et al., 2016; Pinheiro et al., 2016). Capacity development, via the educator, is the starting point of social change as educators have the propensity to concomitantly impact students, the HEI and society at large (Aragón & Macedo, 2010). Capacity development at HEIs has hitherto primarily been observed through cross-border offerings between HEIs in the North and the South (OECD, 2007; Sánchez-Chaparro et al., 2021). There is, however, a strong belief that the capacity development paradigm must be altered away from the dominant and unequal frameworks of North-South interaction (Pearson, 2011; Standing & Taylor, 2016). Therefore, it is not always necessary to import capacity from the North (Färnman et al., 2016) as developing countries can “tap into possible synergies” with other developing countries (Chaturvedi, 2016:3)

This study examined the viability of a South-South teaching collaboration between a partner HEI in South Africa and two recipient HEIs: one in South Africa and the other in Namibia. South Africa, as the partner HEI, was selected as the context of this study as it is a dichotomy; despite the presence of first-world convenience, significant levels of poverty prevail. Some South African universities are well-developed and encompass several distinguished research institutions, while others lack the facilities and Information Technology infrastructure required for relevant teaching. Data collection comprised questionnaires and interviews with recipient educators involved in the capacity development relationship to understand further their experiences and perceptions of the viability of a South-South teaching collaboration.

This study makes a twofold contribution. First, it responds to calls to examine South-South collaborations in building capacity in developing countries (Pearson, 2011). It does so by examining the capacity development relationship between educators at a well-developed HEI in South Africa and recipient educators at two less-developed HEIs in the region. This study gives voice to the Southern perspective, which is often not heard in the debate on North-South or South-South collaborations (Pearson, 2011; Adriansen & Madsen, 2019). Finally, the study contributes to the limited literature on teaching collaboration in capacity development relationships as prior studies have primarily focused on research collaborations (Brum & Knobel, 2018).

While this study examines the HEIs in Africa, this study will be of interest to an international readership. HEIs in South Africa and Namibia are uniquely positioned: some enjoy international recognition for their academic programmes, yet others face a variety of challenges typical of a developing context. Consequently, the findings of this study may resonate with HEIs located in other developing markets as more than 84% of the world’s population resides in the developing world (Bloom, 2020). As developing countries typically have a large number of universities, this study is of relevance for a large contingent of the world’s universities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study followed a constructivist qualitative research paradigm to explore a South-South teaching collaboration to develop the capacity of educators. Given the limited prior empirical investigation of this study’s research objective, an inductive case study approach was followed to explore the views of recipient educators at two HEIs. Educators are recipients of the capacity development intervention and were considered to have first-hand experience of the viability of a South-South teaching collaboration through their active involvement in the capacity development relationship. Recipients were, therefore, intrinsically bound to the case. The two HEIs (cases) were purposively selected, given their similarities, including in both cases
 the recipient educators were involved in teaching collaboration with the same partner HEI.
 the HEIs are located in a developing country in Africa.
 the HEIs are public.
 the recipient educators teach in an undergraduate academic programme.

A qualitative questionnaire was first used to gather information. This was followed by semi-structured interviews with fewer educators to obtain a deeper understanding of the viability of a South-South teaching collaboration. The questionnaire was distributed to 27 participants, 13 from Namibia and 14 from South Africa. In total, 25 respondents completed the questionnaire, 12 from Namibia and all participants from South Africa, giving a response rate of 93%.

The data from the demographic data of the questionnaires was used to identify participants to include in the interviews. Using this technique, the researcher purposively selected a mix of educators. In deciding on the selection of the participants, an equal split of participants from both Namibia and South Africa was considered satisfactory, as well as a wide range of characteristics (gender, academic qualifications and first language) to obtain a variety of perspectives.

Interviews were conducted with 10 educators, as saturation of data became evident. The interviews were recorded using the Microsoft Teams recording tool and were professionally transcribed, providing accurate accounts of the participants’ perspectives and experiences. All qualitative data sets were analysed in ATLAS.ti. The analysis of the questionnaire’s open-ended responses and the interview data involved thematic analysis of the responses following Braun and Clarke’s recommendations (2006). In line with ethical clearance, consent was obtained from participants during both stages, and participants were given the option to withdraw at any stage during the study.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study found that South-South collaborations were positively viewed by recipient educators as parties have a shared understanding of the situation on the ground. Recipient educators conveyed that South-South collaborations share “a common platform” as educators appear to “complain about similar things” (Interviewee 9). A Southern partner is suitably positioned to recognise student challenges, especially those associated with students from disadvantaged communities (Interviewees 2, 3). The partner institution “understands the calibre of students that we have” as “it’s different compared to a university” in the North (Interviewee 3, also Interviewee 10). Furthermore, Southern partners have insight into the type of political environment and frustrations experienced by recipient educators (Interviewee 3). Given this outlook, Southern partners understand the local realities and the local higher education environment better than their developed counterparts (Interviewees 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 9, 10), thereby leading to the creation of tighter synergies in the South-South collaboration.

As with all research, the current study is subject to limitations. This includes inherent subjectivity and potential response bias associated with interview data. Furthermore, the relatively small sample data (for both the questionnaires and the interviews) limits the generalisability of the results. However, this study was purposefully designed with a small number of participants to generate a rich and detailed understanding of South-South collaborations.

Finally, this study, argues that with a collaboration between two universities in the same country, partners display enhanced insight into the political environment of the prevailing demographic context and are well-positioned to address such complex contexts. Moreover, collaborations in the same region, enable an understanding of regional realities and the regional higher education environment, thereby creating synergies in the teaching collaboration. In both contexts, the partner HEI must be a well-developed internationally recognised institution.

References
Adriansen, H. K., & Madsen, L. M. (2019). Capacity-building projects in African higher education. Learning and Teaching, 12(2), 1–23.

Aragón, A. O., & Macedo, J. C. G. (2010). A systemic theories of change approach for purposeful capacity development. Institute of Development Studies (IDS) Bulletin, 41(3), 87–99.

Bloom, D. E. (2020). Population 2020. https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/fandd/2020/03/pdf/changing-demographics-and-economic-growth-bloom.pdf.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101.

Brum, J. A., & Knobel, M. (2018). The international dimension of the Brazilian higher education system through the prism of South-South cooperation. International Journal of African Higher Education, 4(2), 92–103.

Färnman, R., Diwan, V., Zwarenstein, M. & Atkins, S. (2016). Successes and challenges of north-south partnerships - key lessons from the African/Asian regional capacity development projects. Global Health Action, 9(1), 1–10.

Chaturvedi, S. (2016). The development compact: a theoretical construct for south–south cooperation. Research and Information System for Developing Countries, Discussion Paper No 203.

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2007). Executive summary. In Vincent-Lancrin, S. (Ed.), Cross-border tertiary education: a way towards capacity development, The World Bank and OECD Publishing: Paris, France, pp. 11–20.

Pearson, J. (2011). Training and beyond: Seeking better practices for capacity development. OECD Development Co-Operation Working Papers, No 1, OECD Publishing.

Pinheiro, R., Normann, R., & Johnsen, H. C. G. (2016). External engagement and the academic heartland: The case of a regionally-embedded university. Science and Public Policy, 43(6), 787–797.

Sánchez-Chaparro, T., Remaud, B., Gómez-Frías, V., Duykaerts, C., & Jolly, A. M. (2021). Benefits and challenges of cross-border quality assurance in higher education. A case study in engineering education in Europe. Quality in Higher Education, 1–18.

Standing, H., & Taylor, P. (2016). Engaged excellence. Institute of Development Studies (IDS) Bulletin, 47(6), 169–178.
 
15:45 - 17:1501 SES 07 C: Leadership (Part 1)
Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Lizana Oberholzer
Paper Session Part 1/2, to be continued 01 SES 08 C
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

School Leader Professional Development in a Changing Landscape of Professionalization

Johanna Ringarp, Niclas Rönnström

Stockholm University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Rönnström, Niclas

The professionalization of school leaders is frequently developed and debated all over the world. Almost all OECD countries and EU member states have invested massively in school leader professional development and training (Huber, 2010), and a recent research overview suggests that such investments have enormous potential for high quality education and student learning (Grissom et al, 2021). One important reason for these investments is the growing recognition of school leaders as essential for the quality of teaching and learning in schools (Bøje & Frederiksen 2019). School leaders are increasingly perceived as key agents for the quality of teaching and learning, teacher professional development but also for school improvement, school reform and capacity building (Rönnström, 2021).

However, the meaning of ‘professional’ and ‘professionalization’ vary between a plurality of contexts and connoisseurs, but there are some converging tendencies in recent developments and debates. Some use the term ‘professional’ mainly as an indicator of being successful or good at one’s job which is reflected in research explicating the meaning of successful or effective school leadership (See Drysdale & Gurr, 2017; Hallinger, 2011; Leithwood, 2021; Leithwood et al, 2004; Robinson et al, 2009). Others use the term to indicate membership a of group of professional practitioners or a learning community, or as being a co-creator of communities of practitioners within or linked to schools (See Zachrisson and Johansson, 2010; Chirichello, 2010). There are also researchers who reserve the term for membership in qualified and closed communities as depicted in the sociology of professions. The latter researchers commonly argue that school leaders run the risk of de-professionalization despite massive investments in professional development and training (Bøje & Frederiksen 2019).

However, the urgency of recent school leader professional development investments is not primarily linked to professionalization in the traditional sociological sense; rather, it´s linked to the increasing globalization, economization, rationalization and re-organization of the public sector in general and the education sector in particular (Pashiardis and Brauckman, 2019; Ringarp and Rönnström, 2021; Hood, 1995). In our hyper modern world, changing landscapes of professionalization and professions are emerging. They are growing in importance and they are important to questions about the meaning of school leader’s professional being and becoming. Consequently, we can no longer grasp recent professionalization and professional development investments by exclusively focusing on skills, capabilities, professional membership or criteria drawn from standard textbooks in the sociology of the professions. There is a need for new frameworks and alternative ways of understanding the professionalization of school leaders in order to understand the scope, character and urgency of school leader professional development and training in present time.

By discussing and analyzing the professionalization of school leaders in Sweden, this paper aims to contribute to the field of Continuing Professional Development (CPD). We will illuminate an ongoing global movement and converging strategies among many European nations with regard to the professionalization of school leaders, and we will discuss their scope, character and urgency. We will in depth discuss recent school leader professional development and training in Sweden and how these affects the professional identities of school leaders. Finally, we will argue that the school leader profession is steadily growing into an organizational profession in Sweden and elsewhere (Evetts, 2011; Ringarp and Rönnström, 2021). This is important but rarely recognized in recent investments, debates and research on school leader professional development. Organizational professionalization differs from occupational professionalization (as the latter is explicated within the sociology of the professions), and this development has consequences for the knowledge-base, training and autonomy of school leaders and how they are expected to relate to other professionals and their professional development in schools.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study departs from recent development in the sociology of professions and studies in organizational professionalization and professions (Evetts, 2011; Ringarp and Rönnström, 2021). In the paper, we critically examine political, economic, organizational and professional motives for school leaders continuing professional development in Sweden and in the OECD countries. We examine and analyse OECD documents describing and discussing school leader professional development strategies in different countries in the 21st century. We elaborate further on the Swedish case and analyse national policy for school leaders and school leader professional development. We examine the Swedish national school leadership training program (NSLP) which is mandatory for all principals in Swedish preschools and schools, and we will examine how school leader unions and associations respond to recent strategies for school leader professional development and learning in Sweden. We have collected, examined and analysed data and documents from different sources. First, we have analysed OECD documents 2000-2023 focusing on the work of school leaders, professional development and national policy. Second, we have studied policy documents, laws, regulations and commissions relevant the school leader profession in Sweden 2000-2023. Third, we have followed the National Agency of Education and their governance of the NSLP from 2009-2023 (Goal documents, yearbooks, annual reports, conference invitations, evaluations and other documents). Fourth, we also follow the institutionalization of the NSLP at different universities selected as providers of the NSLP. We base our research on data and documents from all selected universities with regard to their program design, annual reports, study guides and course material for the period 2009-2023. All data and documentation are analysed with an analytical framework drawn from recent work on the changing landscapes of professionalization within the sociology of professions and the emergence of organizational professions (Evetts, 2011).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The recent globalization, economization, rationalization and re-organization of the education sector have created new conditions for the professionalization of school leaders, but also for our social scientific and educational understanding of professionalization which we argue is a changing landscape. We argue that the school leader profession is growing into an organizational profession, and that recent and ongoing professionalization investments are largely designed and carried out as organizational professionalization from above and not from within as discussed in the sociology of professions. School leader professional development in Sweden (and in many OECD countries) are examples of new of organizational professionalization growing of importance in society (Jerdborg, 2022). We argue that the professionalization of school leaders is only to a vanishing degree an example of occupational professionalization, i.e, the traditional understanding of professionalization as it is described in the sociology of professions. The professionalization of school leaders can be conceptualized as a professionalization from above (Evetts 2011), and the consequences for the school leader profession are revealed when we compare processes of organizational professionalization and occupational professionalization. In the paper we analyse how and conclude that recent professionalization of school leaders in Sweden and elsewhere affect the knowledge base, training and autonomy of school leaders as professionals, and how they are expected to relate to other professional groups and their professional development in schools. In short, the professionalization of school leaders means emerging organizational professionalization that differs qualitatively from our traditional understanding of ‘professional’ and ‘professionalization’. We argue that we need to develop new frameworks and concepts in order to fully grasp this development, and in order to critically discuss and fully grasp the professional development of school leader professional development in times when school leadership is recognized as is vital for the quality of teaching and student learning.
References
Bøje, J. D. and Frederiksen, L. F. (2019). Leaders of the professional and professional leaders.
School leaders making sense of themselves and their jobs. In: International Journal of Leadership in Education.
Chirichello, M. (2010). The principal as educational leader: What makes the difference? In Huber, S. G. (Ed.), School leadership- International perspectives. London: Springer.
Drysdale, L. & Gurr, D. (2017). Leadership in Uncertain Times. In: International Studies in Educational Administration, 45(2).
Evetts, J. (2011). A new professionalism? Challenges and opportunities. In: Current Sociology 59(4).
Grissom, J. A., Egalite, A. J. & Lindsay, C. A. (2021) How Principals Affect Students and Schools. A Systematic Synthesis of Two Decades of Research. Wallace Foundation.
Hallinger, P. (2011). Leadership for learning: Lessons from 40 years of empirical research.
In. Journal of Educational Administration, 49(2).
Hood, C. (1995) The “new public management” in the 1980s: Variations on a theme. In;
Accounting, Organizations and Society, 20(2-3).
Huber, S. (2010). Preparing School Leaders – International Approaches in Leadership Development. In: Huber, S. (Ed.), School leadership- International perspectives. London: Springer.
Jerdborg, S. (2022). Learning Principalship: Becoming a Principal in a Swedish Contect. A study of Principals in Education and Practice. Göteborg: Göteborgs universitet.
Leithwood, K (2021). A Review of Evidence about Equitable School Leadership. In: Educ. Sci. 11(377).
Leithwood, K., Seashore Louis, K., Andersson, S. & Wahlstrom, K. (2004). How leadership influences student learning. New York, NY: The Wallace Foundation.
Parshiardis, P. and Bruckmann, S. (2019). New Public Management in Education: A coll for
the Eduprenieurial Leder? In: Ledership and Policy in Schools, 18(3).
Ringarp, J. and Rönnström, N. (2021). Är rektorsyrkets en yrkesprofession eller en organisationsprofession, och vad gör det för skillnad? In: Ahlström, B., Berg, G., Lindqvist Håkansson, M. and Sundh, F. (eds.), Att jobba som rektor. Om rektorer som professionella yrkesutövare (pp. 79-90). Lund: Studentlitteratur.
Robinson, V., Hohepa, M. and Lloyd, C. (2009). School Leadership and Student Outcomes: Identifying What Works and Why Best Evidence Synthesis Iteration [BES], New Zealand Ministry of Education.
Rönnström, N. (2021) Leadership Capacity for Change and Improvement. In: Peters, M. (Ed.) The Encyclopedia of Teacher Education. Springer Verlag.
Zachrisson, E., Johansson, O. (2010). Educational Leadership for Democracy and Social Justice. In: Huber, S. (eds) School Leadership - International Perspectives. Studies in Educational Leadership. Dordrecht: Springer


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

How the Identity Formation of Early-career Principals/Headteachers Can Provide Insights into Developing and Supporting Sustainable School Leadership

Alan Gorman, Aoife Brennan

Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Gorman, Alan; Brennan, Aoife

International agendas to reform education systems seeking to improve student outcomes has placed an increased attention on school improvement over the past four decades. The role of school leadership has been spotlighted as a crucial factor in driving such reforms and improvements within education systems (Leithwood, 2019). Furthermore, the evolving changes in education systems, policy, and curricula have placed increased and changing expectations on school leaders (Leithwood et al., 2019). Principal/head teachers are overburdened with responsibilities including financial and human resource management, alongside leadership for teaching and learning with the school (OECD, 2008, 2009, 2013). There has been a growing concern expressed by policy makers around high attrition and turnover rates in school leadership and a decline in applications to replace such turnover (IPPN, 2022; OECD, 2008; Tobin, 2023). Such hesitancy to apply for these roles is due to the increasingly demanding roles of the principal/head teacher that are observed by teachers in the system (Sugrue, 2015). In addition, it has also been found that reluctance to apply is also due to lack of support and insufficient preparation for the role (Burke et al., 2022; DeMatthews et al., 2019). In responding to the issues presented above, the past two decades have witnessed a policy turn to make leadership more sustainable, alongside an agenda to enhance the quality through supports such as professional learning and mentoring (De Matthews et al., 2021; Stynes & McNamara, 2019; Ummanel et al., 2016). A call by scholars and practitioners has flagged the need for principals/headteachers to be provided with time and capacity to focus on practices that are required to improve teaching and learning (IPPN, 2023; King et al., 2023). In addition, there has been a call for schools to be more autonomous through processes such as self-evaluation, coupled with distributed leadership alongside efforts to make the role of school leadership more attractive (Stynes & McNamara, 2019). Despite the above attempts to improve school leadership on the island of Ireland, the challenges of retaining and recruiting school leaders remains in both jurisdictions. While efforts have been made north and south to make schools more autonomous, evidenced in processes such as school self-evaluation and an increased attention towards distributed leadership within policy, a number of reports continue to raise concerns about the sustainability of principals/headteachers workload responsibilities (Murphy, 2023; Sugrue, 2015). In addition, the reports have also flagged that applications for principal/headteacher roles remain significantly low, and the heavy workload and demands have been attributed as one of the key factors.

Given the documented challenges internationally, alongside challenges to date on the island of Ireland, this research examines how early-career principal/headteachers are navigating the role. The voice of early-career leaders has gained wider attention in recent years, given that it can be a daunting transition from teacher to school leader, particularly where the expectations of their role significantly alter. Within this new occupation, they are tasked with driving leadership within the school setting. Yet, there is little research to date in both jurisdictions that has significantly unpacked their daily lived experiences as they navigate these roles and responsibilities (Murphy, 2023). Thus, our commissioned research delves directly into this. Our research is anchored further by exploring why they transitioned into the role, underpinned by a theoretical framework of occupational socialisation. Specifically, this framework draws on the research of Spillane and Lee (2014), which explores how “how novice principals become socialized into their new occupation in a particular school organization” (p. 434).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This exploratory research focused on the experiences of early career principals/head teachers as they transitioned into this role. A qualitative approach was adopted as the most appropriate means of generating data (Creswell, 2017, 2022). A purposive sample was employed in the data collection process involving 10 principal/headteachers, 6 of whom worked in the Republic of Ireland (RoI), while 4 worked  in Northern Ireland (NI). All principals/headteachers who engaged in the research were in the role for 5 years or less. This research was conducted within the ethical guidelines of the higher education institutes involved.  Written consent for participation in the research was sought and granted by all participants, and the right to withdraw at any stage during the data collection phase was clearly expressed. Participants did not provide feedback on the data analysis. Pseudonyms have been used in the thematic analysis to protect the identity of the participants.

Semi-structured open-ended interviews formed the basis of the data for analysis Within these semi-structured interviews, questions included experiences and influences which the principal/headteachers had prior to their promotion to principal/headteacher, their motivations to apply for the role of principal/headteacher, and their day-to-day experiences of enacting the role. Interviews were audio-taped and transcribed.  Thematic analysis was used as a systematic approach to identify, organise, and offer insights into patterns or themes across our semi-structured interview dataset (Braun & Clarke, 2021). Inductive coding was adopted as the predominant approach where data were coded to capture the meaning within the data. Deductive analysis was also employed to ensure that the process of coding was relevant to the overarching research question and the theoretical constructs examined in the literature review, namely the process of socialisation and the tensions and challenges that have been documented in the international literature in relation to transitioning into the role of principal/headteacher. Coding combined semantic and latent approaches (Braun & Clarke, 2021) where the semantic approach produced descriptive analysis of the data and the latent approach moved beyond description, identifying underlying or hidden meanings (Braun & Clarke, 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research study provides in-depth insights into the experiences of how early-career principal teachers have transitioned into the role on the island of Ireland. The research highlights that they have been presented with numerous challenges, and for some their prior middle leadership experience and observation supported them to an extent, but there was an overwhelming sense-making process as they met these new roles and responsibilities (Spillane & Lee, 2014). For many the sole motivation to apply for the role was to “climb the ladder” in order to avail of better remuneration and career opportunities. While this finding may be common in a range of jurisdictions, we argue that more immersion of leadership learning across the continuum of teacher education might further inspire prospective leaders to work in this role. Therefore, alongside extrinsic factors such as pay and career progression, there may also be intrinsic motivation arising through immersion in leadership learning (King et al., 2020). While this is a small-scale qualitative research involving ten participants across the island of Ireland, the research findings  reflect and corroborate a wide body of national and international research that has unpacked the role transition from teacher to principal/headteacher, and issues pertaining to the workload burden that is associated with the role of principal/head-teacher  (IPPN, 2022; Murphy, 2023; Spillane & Anderson, 2014; Spillane & Lee, 2014; Stynes & McNamara, 2019; Sugrue, 2015). Therefore, this research contributes to the base of existing literature around sustainable leadership and the professional learning needs of principals, particularly for those who are within the early-career phase.
References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology, 18(3), 328-352.

Creswell, J. (2017). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage Publications.
 
Creswell, J. W. (2022). Research design: Qualitative and mixed methods approaches. Sage Publications.

Irish Primary Principals Network [IPPN] (2022). Primary school leadership: The case for urgent action; A roadmap to sustainability. IPPN.

King, F., McMahon, M., Roulston, S., & Nguyen, D. (2020). Leadership learning in initial teacher education (LLITE): Project report. SCOTENS.

King, F., Brennan, A., & Gorman, A. (2023). Teacher professional learning: policy development to policy enactment. In: K.Jones, G. Ostinelli, & A. Crescentini (Eds.),  Innovation in teacher professional learning in Europe: Research, policy and practice. Routledge.
 
Leithwood, K. (2019. Leadership development on a large scale: Lessons for long term success. Corwin.
 
Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins D. (2019). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5-22.

Murphy, G. (2023). Leadership preparation, career pathways and the policy context: Irish novice principals’ perceptions of their experiences. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(1), 30-51.

Spillane, J.P., & Anderson, L. (2014). The architecture of anticipation and novices’ emerging understandings of the Principal position: occupational sense making at the intersection of individual, organization, and institution, Teachers College Record, 116(7), 1-42.
 
Spillane J.P., & Lee, L.C. (2014). Novice school principals’ sense of ultimate responsibility problems of practice in transitioning to the principal’s office, Educational Administration Quarterly 50(3), 431-465.

Stynes, M., & Gerry McNamara, G. (2019) The challenge of perpetual motion: the willingness and desire of Irish primary school principals to juggle everything, Irish Educational Studies, 38(1), 25-42.

Sugrue, C. (2015). Unmasking school leadership: A longitudinal life history of school leaders. Springer.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Exploring the Development of Non-positional Teacher Leadership in Schools in Kazakhstan

Gulmira Qanay1, Matthew Courtney2

1Kazakh National Women's Teacher Training University, Kazakhstan; 2Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Qanay, Gulmira; Courtney, Matthew

In light of Kazakhstan's aim to build its national identity and increase its global competitiveness, enabling teachers to actively participate in developing and implementing educational policies is pivotal to the success of the government’s initiatives (OECD, 2014a). This is because teachers can act as key mediators of social change (OECD, 2005). There is therefore a need to re-consider the system’s approach to educational reform. The current approach, with its focus on a centralized bureaucracy, has been criticized for being weakly coordinated and lacking communication with the periphery (Bridges et al., 2014, p. 276). As a result, there is little power or autonomy at the local school level where school directors still exist in the system whilst “all the important decisions are taken elsewhere” (Frost & Kambatyrova, 2019). In such conditions, there exists little space for local initiatives and creative practices leading to the teachers’ voicelessness and exclusion. In order to address this, It has been suggested that teachers in Kazakhstan should be provided the opportunity to lead initiatives and be supported in their endeavours (Yakavets et al., 2017a).

This calls for extending teachers’ leadership capacity through providing support for their ongoing professional learning and creating conditions for their agency and voice. This is particularly important as teachers in Kazakhstan have more recently been proactive in translating new policies into their classrooms, despite the bureaucracy, top-down reform, and the lack of communication with the center (Bridges et al., 2014). The critical question is how to mobilize teachers’ leadership capacity to facilitate educational reform in Kazakhstan.

Non-positional teacher leadership (NPTL)

Conceptualizing the notion of teacher leadership (TL) from the non-positional perspective led to the emergence of the Leadership for Learning (LfL) framework. The LfL framework considers leadership as a practice that can be exercised by every member of the school through ongoing learning, creating conditions for learning, engaging in dialogue, sharing leadership roles, and taking responsibility at the personal, school, and society level (MacBeath & Dempster, 2008). The LfL framework views TL as both an individual and a collective agency, which includes “influencing and serving others, taking the initiative and making decisions for the greater good, whilst modelling learning and being sensitive to context” (Swaffield & MacBeath, 2009, p. 38). This approach puts democratic values and moral purpose at the core of leadership. Leadership is perceived as a “right and responsibility rather than […] a gift or burden” and hence, can be exercised by all stakeholders including headteachers, teachers, students, and parents (p. 44). This definition allows leadership to be viewed as a practice that can be used as a tool for releasing teacher’s leadership potential (Dempster & MacBeath, 2009). This is particularly important in the context of Kazakhstan schools where the knowledge of leadership is often limited to the system of official roles and positions.

In contrast to the positional TL, the non-positional teacher leadership (NPTL) approach views leadership as an entitlement of all practitioners regardless of their roles or positions to become active participants of educational improvement at the classroom, school, and system level (Frost & Harris, 2003; Bangs & Frost, 2016). Central to NPTL is the idea that, when the right conditions are created, teachers can take strategic actions and initiate and lead change regardless of their positions or roles (MacBeath & Dempster, 2008; Durrant & Holden, 2006; Ramahi & Eltemamy, 2014; Bangs & Frost, 2016). Therefore, the focal point of the NPTL is the development and building of teacher capacity to exercise leadership. As such, it is not mere wishful thinking, but a strategy directed towards system-wide educational improvement.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The aim of this study was to explore NPTL development in schools in Kazakhstan and consisted of the following research question:

What effect does teachers’ professional learning and collaboration have on NPTL capacity and teacher-led initiatives?

How does the direct feedback from principals, facilitators, and teachers inform a general understanding of their NPTL experience?

Research design and data collection methods
The study employed the general embedded mixed-methods research design (Creswell et al., 2003) for the purpose of “obtaining different but complementary data on the same topic” (Morse, 1991, p. 122). For both studies, the second form of data, serving to address RQ2, augmented the primary quantitative data that served to inform RQ1. The main data collection methods included (1) a survey, (2) one-to-one interviews and focus groups, and (3) document analysis.  A description of the participants, phases of the studies, research methods, and analysis will now be provided. Study 1 was officially launched in 2019 and involved 16 school principals, 32 facilitators, and 150 teachers from four regions in Kazakhstan. Thereafter, Study 2 was carried out in 2021 and involved 15 principals, 32 facilitators, and 174 participating teachers.

The surveys were designed to measure the demographic characteristics of the participating teachers, the degree to which they were engaged in the programme, and the success of their projects. The quantitative component of both surveys included 41 questions for Study 1 and 45 Questions for Study 2. Informed from Study 1, Study 2 included additional questions pertaining to levels of teacher motivation, programme support, and early planning.

Qualitative data were gleaned via semi-structured face-to-face interviews and focus groups. After the regional school network events—where all participants, facilitators, and school principals joined to share their experiences—multiple interviews and focus groups were administered. In Study 1, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, some of the interviews in 2020 were conducted online, while for Study 2, all of the network events and interviews were conducted online. For Study 1, a total 49 participants contributed to interviews and focus groups including four principals, 32 facilitators, and 13 teachers with broad regional representation. For Study 2, a total 71 participants contributed to interviews and focus groups including five principals, 32 facilitators, and 34 teachers with broad regional representation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In general, the outcomes of our two-year-long successive studies indicate that TLK programme can have a positive impact on teachers’ personal and professional development, whereby teachers notice an increase in self-confidence as well as strategic professional activity. Moreover, participants exposure to the programme’s key elements, such as flexibility to identify their own professional concerns and collaboration with colleagues, seem to lead to a gradual transformation of their perceptions about leadership. Teachers’ leadership initiatives had an impact on classroom and school practices, and some influenced practices at the national level. As such, there is a need for systemic strategies to support teachers’ agency and voice. This may, in turn, may have implications on restoring the status and authority of the profession as a part of the recently introduced Law on Teachers Status (2018) in Kazakhstan. Moreover, schools in support of such projects should ensure that all stakeholders, including teachers, support staff, and parents, and, insofar as possible, trust, support, and encourage teachers as change agents in schools.

References
References
Cohen, J. (1992). A power primer. Psychological Bulletin, 112(1), 155-159. doi:10.1037/ 0033-2909.112.1.155

Cronbach, L. J. (1951). Coefficient alpha and the internal structure of tests. Psychometrika, 16(3), 297-334. doi:10.1007/BF02310555

Morse, J. M. (1991). Approaches to qualitative-quantitative methodological triangulation. Nursing Research, 40(2), 120–123. doi:10.1097/00006199-199103000-00014

Ramahi, H. & Eltemamy, A. (2014). Introducing teacher leadership to the Middle East: starting with Egypt and Palestine, a paper presented within the symposium Changing teacher professionality through support for teacher leadership in Europe and beyond at ECER 2014, Porto 1st-5th September 2014.

Bangs, J. & Frost, D. (2016).  Non-positional teacher leadership: distributed leadership and self-efficacy. In Evers, J. and Kneyber, R. (Eds.) Flip the System: Changing Education from the Ground Up, 91-107, London: Routledge.

Bridges, D., Kurakbayev, K. & Kambatyrova, A. (2014). Lost-and-found in translation? Interpreting the processes of the international and intranational translation of educational policy and practice in Kazakhstan. In Bridges, D. (Eds.), Educational Reform and Internationalisation: The Case of School Reform in Kazakhstan, 263-286. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Cochran-Smith, M., & Lytle, S. L. (1999). Relationships of knowledge and practice: Teacher learning in communities. Review of Research in Education, 24(1), 249-305. doi:1167272

Copland, M. A. (2003). Leadership of inquiry: Building and sustaining capacity for school improvement. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 25(4), 375-395. doi:10.3102/01623737025004375

Creswell, J. W., Plano Clark, V. L., Gutmann, M. L., & Hanson, W. E. (2003). Advanced mixed methods research designs. In A.Tashakkori & C.Teddlie (Eds.), Handbook of Mixed  Methods in Social and Behavioral Research (pp. 209–240). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.

Durrant, J., & Holden, G. (2006). Teachers Reading Change: Doing Research for School I mprovement. London: Paul Chapman Educational Publishing.

MacBeath, J. & Dempster, N. (2008). Connecting Leadership for Learning: Principles for Practice. Routledge: London.

Morse, J. M. (1991). Approaches to qualitative-quantitative methodological triangulation. Nursing Research, 40, 120–123. doi:10.1097/00006199-199103000-00014

Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) (2014a). Secondary Education in Kazakhstan: Reviews of National Policies for Education. OECD Publishing.

Ramahi, H. & Eltemamy, A. (2014). Introducing teacher leadership to the Middle East: starting with Egypt and Palestine, a paper presented within the symposium Changing teacher professionality through support for teacher leadership in Europe and beyond at ECER 2014, Porto 1st-5th September 2014.

Swaffield, S. & MacBeath, N. (2009). Leadership for learning. In MacBeath, J.& Dempster, N. Connecting Leadership and Learning: Principles for Practice, 32-52. London: Routledge.
 
15:45 - 17:1502 SES 07 A: Professionalism and Teacher Education in VET
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Hannes Hautz
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Changing of Vocational Teachers Collaboration in VET Schools in the Czech Republic

Stanislav Michek1, Lenka Hloušková2

1UHK, Faculty of Education, Czech Republic; 2CZU, Institute of Education and Communication, Czech republic

Presenting Author: Michek, Stanislav

The collaboration of teachers is a tool for their continuous professional development, and changes in initial vocational education and training (Cedefop, 2023) call for the need to research focus on how vocational teachers cope with new challenges and requirements for the quality of their pedagogical work. The collaboration of vocational teacher (teachers of vocational theoretical subjects and teacher of practical subjects) in IVET schools among themselves, within the school where they work, or the collaboration of vocational teachers with employers are possible ways in which teachers develop their skills and competences, they cope with some structural changes (Cedefop, 2022; Sirk, Liivik, & Loogma, 2026), change their pedagogical or instructional practices, their beliefs, attitudes and their students achieve better learning outcomes (Guskey, 2002).

Empirical researches quite well give proof of the degree and form of collaboration of vocational teachers changes over time (Bükki & Fehérvári, 2021; Sirk, Liivik, & Loogma, 2016). Empirically verified models of professional development of teachers (Haberman, 1989,1995; Lukas, 2011) and professional life phases (Day, 2012) led us to assumption, that the perception of vocational teacher collaboration to the improvement of the pedagogical process is different in the length of teaching practice. These assumptions directed us to the following research questions:

RQ1: How do vocational teachers evaluate the collaboration between themselves and with the school management to improve the quality of the educational process in 2016/2017 and in 2022/2023?

RQ2: How do vocational teachers evaluate the expression of disapproval of the steps taken by the management and fellow teachers in 2016/2017 and in 2022/2023?

RO3: How do vocational teachers perceive the suggestions from students to the improvement of the educational process in 2016/2017 and in 2022/2023?

RQ4: In which professional life phase (Day, 2012) do vocational teachers best evaluate the collaboration between themselves and with the school management to improve the quality of the pedagogical process?

RQ5. At what professional life phase (Day, 2012) do vocational teachers perceive positively the suggestions from the students to improve the quality of the pedagogical process?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As part of the research investigation, data from the Czech School Inspectorate (CSI) was used, which contains answers to questions posed to secondary school teachers (general and technical/vocational) through an electronic questionnaire during inspection activities in schools. Teachers' answers serve as additional information to the inspection findings obtained from visits, analysis of school documentation and other sources. From the two datasets obtained in the school year 2016/2017 and 2022/2023, the responses of teachers who indicated that they teach a vocational theoretical subject and/or practical subjects for ISCED 3 were selected. For the year 2016/2017, there were 1,418 teachers from 181 VET schools – 43.9% of respondents of the total set. In 2022/2023, there were 1,879 respondents from 200 VET schools - 38.5% of respondents of the total set. As a main tool for the secondary analysis, we used a free version of the JAMOVI software and IBM SPSS Statistics ver. 24. Firstly we created six categories of teachers (0-3; 4-7; 8-15; 16-23, 24-30, more 31 years) inspired by Day (2012) from open questions on length of teaching experience in all two data sets.
Secondly, in accordance with the research questions, attention was focused on 12 items related to the perception of cooperation of school management, teachers and students. Exploratory factor analysis was used for these items. Extraction (principal component analysis; Varimax with Kaiser normalization) found three factors that represent 61.5% of the total variance extracted. Based on them, we created indexes from several CSI questionnaire items. The number of items, Cronbach's alpha and polarity of index in the order 2016/2017, and 2022/2023 are given in parentheses: "Index of collaboration between teachers and management leading to the improvement of the educational process" (8, 0.87; 8, 0.86; 1:best – 4: worst); "Index expression of disapproval of the steps taken by the management and fellow teachers" (2, 0.63; 2, 0.63; 1: most disapproval – 4: least disapproval); "Index of perception of students' initiatives to improve the quality of the educational process" (2, 0.75; 2, 0.69; 1: most initiatives - 4: least initiatives).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The collaboration of vocational teachers changes over the years and during their professional career. Vocational teachers evaluate the collaboration with the school management and with each other to improve the quality of the educational process in the same way in 2016/2017 and in 2022/2023 (RQ1; mean 2016/2017: 1.70; mean 2022/2023: 1.69). Vocational teachers express differently in 2016/2017 and 2022/2023 their disapproval of the actions of the management and fellow teachers (RQ2) and they perceive suggestions from students to improve the quality of the educational process (RQ3). In 2022/2023, they express of disapproval of the steps taken by the management's actions more (means: 1.93 < 2.36) and better accept initiatives to improve the quality of educational process from the students (means: 2.05 < 2.57) than in 2016/2017.
The collaboration between teachers and management leading to improve the quality of the educational process is best evaluated by vocational teachers in the years 2016/2017 and 2022/2023 at the end of their career (31 or more years of experience; see Lazarová et al. 2011), when they are in the phase of maintaining/declining motivation, have the ability to cope with changes, retire and, based on their experiences, are reconciled to the reality of their work and interpersonal relationships (RQ4). In 2016/2017 and 2022/2023, vocational teachers positively perceive students' suggestions to improve the quality of the educational process when they are at the beginning of their career (0-3 years of experience), when they are engaged, close in age to their students and open to their suggestions (RQ5).

References
Bükki, E., & Fehérvári, A. (2021). How do teachers collaborate in Hungarian VET schools? A quantitative study of forms, perceptions of impact and related individual and organisational factors. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 13(2), https://doi.org/10.1186/s40461-020-00108-6
Cedefop. (2023). The future of vocational education and training in Europe: synthesis report. Luxembourg: Publications Office. Cedefop reference series; No 125. http://data.europa. eu/doi/10.2801/08824
Cedefop. (2022). Teachers and trainers in a changing world: building up competences for inclusive, green and digitalised vocational education and training (VET): synthesis report. Luxembourg: Publications Office. Cedefop research paper, No 86. http://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2801/53769
Day, C. (2012). The New Lives of Teachers. Teacher Education Quarterly, 39(1), 7–26. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ977354.pdf
Guskey, T. R. (2002). Professional Development and Teacher Change. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 8(3/4) 381–391. https://doi.org/10.1080/135406002100000512
Huberman, M. (1995). Networks that alter teaching. Teachers and Teaching: conceptualizations, exchanges and experiments. Theory and Practice, 1(2), 193–211. https://doi.org/10.1080/1354060950010204
Huberman, M. (1989). The Professional Life Cycle of Teachers. Teacher College Records, 91(1), 31–57. https://doi.org/10.1177/016146818909100107
Lazarová, B. et al. (2011). Pozdní sběr. O práci zkušených učitelů. [Late harvest. About the work of experienced teachers.] Paido.
Lukas, J. (2011). Vývoj a kariéra učitele. In B. Lazarová. Pozdní sběr. O práci zkušených učitelů. [Teacher development and career. In B. Lazarová. Late harvest. About the work of experienced teachers.] Paido.
Sirk, M., Liivik, R., & Loogma, K. (2016). Changes in the professionality of vocational teachers as viewed through the experiences of long-serving vocational teachers in Estronia. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 8(13), https://doi.org/10.1186/s40461-016-0039-7

The analysis was created as part of the activities of the ERASMUS-EDU-2021-EQAVET-IBA project, No. 101048408 entitled "Support for quality assurance in VET".


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

A Crisis of Trust? VET Teacher Professionalism in the Context of Standards-Based Reforms

Hannes Hautz1, Christina Donovan2

1University of Innsbruck, Austria; 2Edge Hill University, England

Presenting Author: Hautz, Hannes

In the field of educational research, it is widely accepted that trust constitutes one of the key drivers of policy reform, teacher professionalism and innovation in teaching (e.g., Van Maele & Houtte, 2014). In a recently published collective volume by Ehren and Baxter (2021a) on global perspectives in comparative education, trust is conceptualised as one of the three building blocks of education system reform, along with accountability and capacity. The authors argue that trust ‘underpins the nature of teachers’ work, while it also acts as a lubricant for effective collaboration and relations in a school context’ (Ehren & Baxter, 2021b, p. 11). In addition, they mention that the professionalisation of teachers and the consideration of the individual needs of the students require ‘a degree of trust in teachers’. This is also applicable to the vocational education and training (VET) sector. For example, Avis (2003, p. 320) emphasises that ‘high trust relations could set the context in which innovative practices develop’ in VET. In order to implement such trust relations, however, a ‘re-formed teacher professionalism’ would be necessary, which grants teachers more autonomy and freedom of action than in the prevailing ‘performative culture’. Likewise, O’Leary (2013, p. 711) calls for ‘a greater degree of autonomy and trust’ to VET teachers to enhance professional development.

This paper aims to show how dis/trust-building processes are shaped by ongoing standards-based education reforms, affecting VET teacher professionalism and subjectivity. Internationally, VET reforms often focus on producing ‘work-ready’ human capital and generating economic progress (Atkins, 2017). The dominance of neoliberal logics in policy-making has implications for the way in which the value and purpose of VET is conceptualised. Increased standardisation, control, and performance management create a rather instrumentalist and regulatory environment that arguably neglects conversations about what is educationally desirable (Biesta, 2009). This may affect the professional self-understanding of teachers, whose capacity to take pedagogical risks is constrained. It raises questions about the creation and maintenance of professional trust, where embracing vulnerability is central to coping with complexity and uncertainty.

So far, little is known about the ways to which current reforms (re)produce trust or distrust towards VET teachers and what impact these changes have on teachers’ professional self-understandings (Donovan, 2019). We therefore seek to explore VET teachers’ experiences of being trusted within educational policy frameworks by addressing the research questions of how current standards-based reforms create a culture of dis/trust in VET and what impact this has on teacher professionalism. Drawing on Niklas Luhmann’s (2017) seminal work on system trust, we propose a distinct perspective for examining teacher professionalism in VET. Luhmann (2017, p. 9) characterises trust and distrust as a process of ‘complexity reduction’ in an environment of uncertainty. Trust refers to the capacity to accept the vulnerability associated with placing confidence in others (Möllering, 2006), enabling freedom of action and tolerating ambiguity. Distrust, on the other hand, is based on ‘negative expectations’ (Skinner et al., 2014, p. 208) of others and aims to avoid uncertainty by setting strict boundaries for acceptable behaviour. The conditions for trust are situated at ‘symbolic thresholds’ (Kroeger, 2019, p. 119); if these are too narrowly defined, it can lead to the evolution of distrust and a ‘crisis of trust’ (Möllering, 2013, p. 299). In this paper, the theory of system trust is used as a fruitful conceptual tool for exploring how educational policy creates thresholds of trust and thus sets the conditions for professional recognition within VET. It allows for an analysis of the ways in which standards-based reforms promote a culture of dis/trust and thereby shape teachers’ self-conceptions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodologically, we conceptualise trust as a process of ‘becoming’ (Möllering, 2013, p. 293) and focus on the ways in which teachers’ subjectivities are influenced by policy mechanisms of dis/trust-building. We are therefore interested in teachers’ professional self-descriptions in the context of current educational reforms. In order to answer the research questions, a re-reading of qualitative data emerging from two projects which explored aspects of teacher professionalism in two European countries. Each of the two datasets consists of in-depth, narrative-based, semi-structured interviews with vocational teachers from full-time VET schools in Austria and further education colleges in England. By analysing teachers’ narratives from both countries, we sought to identify similarities and differences in the processes of being and becoming a teacher, to highlight tendencies that are not only unique to the respective national contexts, but also to other education systems facing neoliberal reforms.

The aim of the interviews was to elicit narratives about VET teachers’ perceptions of current standards-based reform mechanisms and their implications for processes of becoming (see in detail Donovan, 2019; Hautz, 2022). All interviews were structured by open-ended questions that allowed flexibility in the interview situation and space for teachers to share their personal experiences. Interviewees across the sample discussed their professional biographies, the changes they had experienced in professional demands, their professional self-conceptions, their personal views on school and teacher quality, their views on current reform measures, and their perceptions of professional trust. Each interview lasted between fifty and ninety minutes. The interviews were fully transcribed and anonymized.

The analysis of the interview data was guided by trust theory and was carried out in a systematic and interpretive process employing thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006). Through the teachers’ narratives, symbolic thresholds of trust were explored in order to gain an understanding of how teachers experience current reforms and how conditions of professional recognition are defined in VET. Three key thresholds for granting or withdrawing of professional trust emerged from the data: documentation, subordination and modes of legitimate self-expression. Based on the analysis, we hope to show how examining these issues from a trust perspective can reveal the emotional consequences of standards-based reforms in the lives of teachers who are subject to them.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial findings of the study show that, despite considerable differences between Austria and England in the organisation, structure and aims of their respective VET systems, there is a common trend towards standardisation of VET that is re-shaping the professional recognition of teachers. Recent centralised, standards-based VET policies in both countries have eroded trust in the professional autonomy of teachers, influencing their everyday practice and professional self-understanding in very similar ways. Increased accountability and control mechanisms, which symbolically replace trust, lead teachers to feel ‘restricted in their freedom’ (Hautz, 2022, p. 223) and limited in their individual creativity. By having to constantly document their activities and being subordinated to ongoing surveillance, teachers experience a growing climate of distrust based on ‘suspiciousness and anxiety’ (Sztompka, 2019, p. 32). This has the effect of shrinking the spaces in which teachers can feel vulnerable enough to take the pedagogical risks needed to innovate. Furthermore, the narrowly defined boundaries of legitimate self-expression imposed by current VET reforms make VET teachers feel insecure about their professional identity, leading to alienation and impacting on teachers’ wellbeing.

Overall, this paper illustrates that attempts to standardise VET strategy fuels the need to achieve existential security by deriving the simple from the over-complex, creating tensions in the cultivation of trust. We suggest that this constitutes a ‘crisis of trust’ in VET teacher professionalism, as what it means to be and become a professional in VET is called into question by emerging systems of meta-governance which threaten to undermine pedagogical integrity. Due to a high-stakes accountability environment, teachers are less willing to stand out, more reluctant to risk of making mistakes and more likely to do a standard duty, which implies the danger of de-professionalisation and hinders innovation and novelty in VET settings.

References
Atkins, L. (2017). The odyssey: school to work transitions, serendipity and position in the field. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(5), 641–655. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2015.1131146
 
Avis, J. (2003). Re-thinking trust in a performative culture: the case of education. Journal of Education Policy, 18(2), 315-332. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680930305577
 
Biesta, G. (2009). Good education in an age of measurement: on the need to reconnect with the question of purpose in education. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 21, 33–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-008-9064-9
 
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
 
Donovan, C. (2019b). Distrust by design? Conceptualising the role of trust and distrust in the development of Further Education policy and practice in England. Research in Post-Compulsory Education, 24(2-3), 185–207. https://doi.org/10.1080/13596748.2019.1596414

Ehren, M., & Baxter, J. (2021a). Trust, accountability and capacity in education system reform: global perspectives in comparative education. Routledge.

Ehren, M., & Baxter, J. (2021b). Trust, accountability and capacity: three building blocks in education system reform. In M. Ehren & J. Baxter (Eds.), Trust, accountability and capacity in education system reform: global perspectives in comparative education (pp. 1–29). Routledge.

Hautz, H. (2022). The ‘conduct of conduct’ of VET teachers: governmentality and teacher professionalism. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 74(2), 210–227. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2020.1754278
 
Kroeger, F. (2019). Unlocking the treasure trove: how can Luhmann’s theory of trust enrich trust research? Journal of Trust Research, 9(1), 110–124. https://doi.org/10.1080/21515581.2018.1552592
 
Luhmann, N. (2017). Trust and power. Edited by C. Morgner & M. King. Polity.
 
Möllering, G. (2006). Trust: reason, routine, reflexivity. Emerald.

Möllering, G. (2013). Process views of trusting and crisis. In R. Bachmann & A. Zaheer (Eds.), Handbook of Advances in Trust Research (pp. 285–305). Edward Elgar.

O’Leary, M. (2013). Surveillance, performativity and normalised practice: the use and impact of graded lesson observations in Further Education colleges. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 37(5), 694–714. https://doi.org/10.1080/0309877X.2012.684036

Skinner, D., Dietz, G., & Weibel, A. (2014). The dark side of trust: when trust becomes a ‘poisoned chalice’. Organization, 2(1), 206–224. https://doi.org/10.1177/1350508412473866

Sztompka, P. (2019). Trust in the moral space. In M. Sasaki, M. (Ed.), Trust in contemporary society (pp. 31–40). Brill.

van Maele, D., Forsyth, P., & van Houtte M. (2014). Trust and school Life: the role of trust for learning, teaching, leading and bridging. Springer.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Poster

Teachers' Implementation of the Theme Life Skills in Teaching through School-Based Vocational Pedagogical Development Work

Marie Syverstad, Aina Kristiansen, Kaija-Liisa Magnussen

Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway

Presenting Author: Syverstad, Marie; Kristiansen, Aina

Public health and life skills in schools can have multiple focuses. On one hand, public health and life skills may involve what students should learn about topics related to public health and life skills within academic subjects. On the other hand, it refers to the school's role in promoting students' health and their ability to navigate their own lives through inclusion, tailored education, conducive learning environments, and student-teacher relationships, among other factors (Uthus, M. 2020). This article addresses life skills from a broad perspective, where students have oriented their development projects towards academic subjects, personal plans, and the mastery of both school life and personal lives.

The article investigates the experiences students have with the theme of life skills in schools and how Vocational Education Development Work has contributed to changing practices in their own teaching. The overarching goal was to follow students in their projects with a focus on life skills in vocational education. In this context, the students are 17 teachers at a secondary school in Viken, instructing in three different program areas: health and social care, electrical and data technology, and technology and industrial studies.

The research question is: How do teachers implement the theme of life skills in vocational education through Vocational Pedagogical Development Work?

This is a subproject within the action research project; LUSY (LUSY: Teacher training schools and teacher education enterprises in Vocational Teacher Education). The theoretical foundation of LUSY adopts a pragmatic and critical perspective on learning, education, and research, as reflected in this article, supplemented with perspectives related to life skills. As authors, we conducted research with teachers on how teachers, as students in the Vocational Pedagogical Development Work program, have implemented the theme of life skills in their projects. The purpose of this project is to develop their own practices within the theme of life skills.

Action research is about a critical and self-critical process that can lead to changes individually and collectively within an organization. This involves a change in what we do, in how we think, how we express ourselves, and a change in how we relate to others and the circumstances around us (Kemmis, 2009).

The action research process consisted of various cycles with the goal of implementing life skills in education to develop individual practices. These cycles included gatherings at the teachers' own school. We conducted dialogue-based teaching and guidance tailored to the participants' needs with their various development projects. We implemented surveys to assess, two assignments were presented collectively in the group; contributing to shared reflections. As researchers, we kept logs of each session with our reflections on the process. Finally, there was a written and oral examination.

In all phases of planning, implementing, and reflecting on the development projects, action group participants have been involved through collaboration and dialogue (Kemmis, 2009).

Developing within a professional community involves collectively generating new thoughts and actualizing and experimenting with ideas in collaboration with others. This theory is referred to as the socio-cultural learning theory, where learning and development are seen as a dialectical process (Säljö, 2021, p.111).

In organizational learning, the theory of Peter M. Senge (1990) is often highlighted. This is a appreciative theory with a focus on how organizations can evolve over time. The attention to this theme and the practical challenges within organizational learning have earned this theory recognition in research in the field (Eikeland, 2022, p. 133).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, we have chosen a qualitative design with a phenomenological approach to illuminate teachers' experiences with and understanding of the interdisciplinary theme of Life Skills in schools and with Vocational Pedagogical Development Work (Johannessen et al., 2016, p.82).
The empirical basis is grounded in various qualitative methods aimed at providing a better and deeper understanding of the issue (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2015). This includes plans for the Vocational Pedagogical Development Work (YPU) study, researchers' meeting notes and logs, analysis of teachers' exam responses as students, as well as guidance and group discussions followed by a survey.
We have employed method triangulation, combining different data collection methods to enhance the validity and reliability of our findings, and to provide a more nuanced perspective. In this context, we initiated the process with reflection groups involving teachers. Through open discussions and sharing of experiences, we gathered qualitative insights into their perspectives and experiences. These reflection groups were supplemented with a qualitative survey. To further understand the context and validate our findings, the analysis of teachers' exam responses has been a crucial component of our analytical work.
The survey-data were analyzed using qualitative methods. We employed qualitative content analysis to identify thematic patterns and interpretations of participants' responses to open-ended questions (Tjora, 2021, p.217).
The analysis was conducted by carefully reviewing the exam responses. Initially, we utilized thematic analysis by coding and categorizing the content of the texts in connection with our research question.
We also analyzed our own logs from the gatherings related to the Vocational Pedagogical Development Work (YPU) study. Through analyzing the exam texts, our goal was to gain deeper insights into teachers' experiences with the theme of Life Skills and how they had conceptualized the term Life Skills, implementation, and their approach to incorporating the theme into their own teaching. Tjora (2021) suggests that a discourse analysis of texts is appropriate when one "particularly seeks to identify text/practice as reality-constructing."
Given that we actively participated in the gatherings, which limited our opportunity for real-time observation, we wrote logs after each session. The logs served as a summary of our discussions with the teachers and observations made during the sessions.
We analyzed these logs to comprehend and contextualize our role, perspective, and any potential influence on data collection and interpretation (Tjora, 2021, p. 204).


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings from the qualitative survey conducted before the submission of exam responses indicate that YPU in their own workplace has allowed teachers to focus more on the theme of life skills, bringing it to the forefront and integrating it into their daily routines. Throughout the process, students have worked independently on their projects, and the workplace has served as a meeting place for sharing experiences and competence development. The teamwork among the teaching staff and insights from others' projects are highlighted as valuable and contribute to professional enrichment. Guidance and research collaboration between us as researchers from OsloMet and the teachers as students provide motivation for YPU projects.
Furthermore, we will highlight how the students' YPU reports demonstrate their implementation of life skills into their own teaching. In conclusion, we discuss how the students plan to integrate their work from YPU into their ongoing practices.

The exam responses underscore the complexity of the life skills concept, and teachers' work through Vocational Pedagogical Development (YPU) has resulted in projects with variation in themes. We ended up with two main categories:
1. Content, what teachers associate with the theme of Life Skills
2. Methodical / didactic – how the theme of Life Skills is implemented
Through working with these main categories, we also discovered that some teachers focused more on an individual level, while others had a focus on the school level. However, we also found that work at an individual level can influence the class or school level, and that projects with a main focus on the school level also had implications at the individual level.


References
Bakken, A. (2022). Ungdata 2022. National Results. NOVA Report 5/22. Oslo: NOVA, OsloMet
Brevik, L. M., Gudmundsdottir, G. B., Barreng, R. L. S., Dodou, K., Doetjes, G., Evertsen, I., Goldschmidt-Gjerløw, B., Hatlevik, O. E., Hartvigsen, K. M., Isaksen, A., Magnusson, C., Mathe, N. E. H., Siljan, H., Stovner, R. B., & Suhr, M. L. (2023). Mastering life in 8th grade. Perspectives on life skills in the classroom in seven subjects. Report 2 from the research and evaluation project EDUCATE at the Institute for Teacher Education and School Research, University of Oslo. DOI: 10.5281/ZENODO.8012569
Bru, E., Idsøe, E. C. & Øverland, K. (2016). Mental Health in Schools (Ed.).
Universitetsforlaget AS
Danielsen, G. A. (2021). The Teacher's Work with Life Skills. Fagbokforlaget.
Eikeland, O. (2022). On the trail of a seventh constitution. New Deal Publishing.
Holmberg, B. J. & Engebretsen, B. C. (2022). Social Self-perception and Life Skills in School. Cappelen Damm Akademisk
Johannessen, A., Tufte, P. A., & Christoffersen, L. (2016). Introduction to Social Science Research Methods. Abstrakt forlag
Kemmis, S. (2009). Action Research as a Practice-Based Practice. Educational Action Research, 17(3), 463-474. doi: 10.1080/09650790903093284
Klomsten, A. T. & Uthus, M. (2020). A Slow Transformation. A qualitative study of students' experiences of learning about mental health in school. Nordic Journal for Education and Practice. 14(2), 122-139. https://doi.org/10.23865/up.v14.2210
Koritzinsky. (2021). Interdisciplinary Deep Learning: About and for Democracy and Citizenship - Sustainable Development - Public Health and Life Skills. Universitetsforlaget.
Kozulin, A. (Ed.). (2001). Thinking and Speaking. Gyldendal Akademisk Forlag.
Myskja, A. & Fikse, C. (2020). Perspectives on Life Skills in School. Cappelen Damm Akademisk
Nordentoft, M.H., Hvass, H., Anderson, M.K., Bengtsen, S.S., Smedegaars, A. & Warrer, D.S. (2019). Collective Academic Guidance - From Research to Practice. Aarhus: Aarhus University Press
Roland, P. (2015). What is implementation? Roland, P. & Westergård, E. (Ed.), Implementation: Translation of theories, ideas, activities, and structures into practice (pp.20-37). Universitetsforlaget.
Säljö, R. (2016). Learning; an introduction to perspectives and metaphors. Cappelen Damm Akademisk.
Senge, P. M. (1999). The Fifth Discipline: The Art of Developing the Learning Organization. Egmont Hjemmets Bokforlag.
Sylte, A.L. (2022). Professional Pedagogy - Relevant Learning in Practice (3rd ed.). Gyldendal
Thomsen, R., Skovhus, R. B. & Buhl, R. (2013). Guiding in Communities and Groups. Copenhagen: Schultz.
Tjora, A. (2021). Qualitative Research Methods in Practice. Gyldendal.
Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E. & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, (15), 17-40. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.04.002
 
15:45 - 17:1502 SES 07 B: Current Social Discourses
Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Lorraine Downey
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

‘Context Matters’ Revealed: Policy Transfer in Vocational Education to Serbia Caught Between Human Capital and Human Rights Perspectives

Margarita Langthaler1, Ana Pešikan2

1Austrian Foundation for Development Research; 2University of Belgrade, Faculty of Philosophy, Institute of Psychology

Presenting Author: Langthaler, Margarita; Pešikan, Ana

Globalisation has increased interest in educational policy transfer in the academic and policy debate. This includes vocational education and training (VET), whose role has been emphasised by policy makers all over the world after the global financial crisis of 2007/8. VET, so it seems, can be an efficient tool to combat unemployment and increase economic productivity.

Based on this assumption, the last decade has seen an exponential rise of transfer activities and accompanying research of the model of dual VET from the German-speaking to other countries. While success of transfer endeavours has been mixed, research tends to focus on issues of implementation rather than underlying social relations and actors’ interests in both sending and receiving countries.

In this paper, we will discuss the transfer process of dual VET to Serbia, where in 2017 a law introduced dual VET as a separate track in the traditional school-based VET system. This had been preceded by reform discussions, encouraged and supported by the EU and German speaking donor countries, of what was perceived as an outdated, theory-biased and not market-responsive VET system. The dual VET reform has been meant to decrease youth unemployment and skilled emigration. Yet, more visibly than in other countries, the introduction of dual VET in Serbia was met with resistance by academia, civil society and trade unions largely based on concerns that it could increase social and educational inequities. While the implementation process, started in 2019, is still young and valid monitoring data on the intended impact of dual VET is unavailable, the transfer process in itself offers promising terrain for an analysis focused on underlying social relations rather than on success or failure at the level of implementation.

Our research question is therefore what role political interests of the involved internal and external actors have played in and how (diverging) conceptions of education have framed societal debates on the transfer process.

In this paper, we will first challenge the predominantly pragmatic research approach to dual system transfer by unpacking the notion of context. Beyond an examination of actors’ roles, interests and their (conflictive) relations, this includes discourses, conceptions and imaginaries of education. Second, we will relate this to the discussion on the purpose of education. Indeed, the opposition to dual VET in Serbia, beyond immediate concerns over wage dumping and curricular narrowing, transmits conflicting imaginaries of education. While the presumed success story of dual VET is framed by economistic conceptions defining human capital formation as education’s main purpose, humanistic objectives, such as social equity, continue to underpin collective imaginaries of education in Serbia, basically as a heritage from socialist Yugoslavia.

Our conceptual framework refers to two interrelated strands of academic debate in comparative education. First, we will draw on policy transfer literature, in particular on the analytical approach that examines motivations of transfer and its impact on existing policies and power constellations (e.g. Steiner-Khamsi, 2014). Rappleye’s (2012) ‘political production model’ of educational policy transfer will serve as analytical guidelines. This model postulates that political objectives tend to determine transfer decisions to a greater extent than the technical suitability of particular education policies from other countries. Second, Rappleye’s model will be complemented by Crossley’s and Watson’s (2003) notion of context, which points to the significance of culture, including discourses as well as understandings and imaginaries of education that predominate in a given context.

Our objective is to contribute to an analytical rather than normative academic debate aimed at understanding social relations, actors’ roles and educational imaginaries that might underpin collective efforts to support or oppose the reforms in question.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper draws on two bodies of research by the authors: research on the Serbian dual VET reform (Langthaler, forthcoming; Langthaler & Top, 2023) and research on the reforms of the education system in Serbia and the social factors that accompanied and influenced them (Ivić & Pešikan, 2012; Pešikan & Ivić, 2021). It is based on the one hand on a literature review including academic publications from educational, political and economic disciplines, as well as grey literature and policy papers from Serbian, EU and bilateral (mainly German-speaking) donor sources.
On the other hand, the analysis draws on a body of 16 semi-structured expert interviews (as defined in Bogner et al., 2009), conducted between August and November 2021. Interviewees include Serbian academics, Serbian and non-Serbian representatives from institutions involved in the transfer and implementation process (including statal and para-statal bodies, research organisations, trade unions), as well as experts from European, bi- and multilateral donor agencies. Interviews were assessed using content analysis (Mayring, 2010).
The main categories for the assessment of the literature and the interviews were:
a) Perceived challenges and achievements of dual VET in Serbia;
b) Motivations and objectives of involved actors to introduce dual education in Serbia;
c) Motivations and criticism/concerns of those actors who opposed the introduction of dual education in Serbia;
d) Extent of involvement and role of different societal actors, in particular “social partners”, in the process of designing and implementing the reform.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings suggest that the dual VET transfer process to Serbia has followed political rationales rather than imperatives to improve Serbian VET. As for the donor countries, there are economic and political interests as major investors in Serbia. For the Serbian government, blaming an outdated VET system is an easy explanation for complex socio-economic problems such as youth unemployment and high poverty rates. As it is an easy solution to draw on a successful foreign example, regardless of its actual suitability to the Serbian context. This context is substantially different to that in German-speaking countries: Social relations are not corporatist, but strictly neo-liberal; social dialogue is absent; the economy is unstable and based on low level skills, and a substantial part of stakeholders hold collective visions of education that oppose the economistic framing of dual VET.
At the conceptual level, our analysis shows that besides political interest by the respective actors, collective imaginaries of education and VET play an important role in educational transfer processes. They substantially frame societal debates about the transfer and particularly underpin endeavours to oppose and resist the transfer processes and the educational reforms in question. In the case of Serbia, humanistic and human rights imaginaries of education and VET, inherited from socialist Yugoslavia and deeply rooted among academia, teaching staff and civil society, collide with economistic conceptions that view the primary purpose of education in workforce supply.

References
Bogner, A., Littig, B., & Menz, W. (Eds.). (2009). Interviewing Experts. Palgrave Macmillan UK. https://doi.org/10.1057/9780230244276
Crossley, M., & Watson, K. (2003). Comparative and international research in education: Globalisation, context and difference. Routledge Falmer.
Dull, L. J. (2012). Teaching for humanity in a neoliberal world: Visions of education in Serbia. Comparative Education Review, 56(3), 511–533.
Grujić, G. (2021). Dual Education in the Republic of Serbia. Chinese Business Review, 20(4), 140–147.
Ivić, I., & Pešikan, A. (2012). Education system reforms in an unstable political situation: The case of Serbia in the first decade of the 21st century. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:6726
Langthaler, M. (forthcoming). Lost during transfer? The role of social dialogue in the Serbian dual VET reform. In O. Valiente et al. (Eds.) International Policy Transfer of Dual Apprenticeships.
Langthaler, M., & Top, P. (2023). The role of social dialogue in the transfer of the dual system of vocational education and training. The case of Serbia. ÖFSE Working Paper. ÖFSE.
Mayring, P. (2010). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. [Qualitative Content Analysis]. Beltz.
McGregor, G. (2009). Educating for (whose) success? Schooling in an age of neo‐liberalism. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 30(3), 345–358. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425690902812620
Pešikan, A. (2020). Svrha obrazovanja u savremenom dobu - Obrazovanje za čiji uspeh. [The purpose of education in the modern age - Educating for whose success]. In A. Pešikan, Učenje u obrazovnom kontekstu [Learning in an educational context], (pp.439-450.)
Pešikan, A., & Ivić, I. (2021). The Impact of Specific Social Factors on Changes in Education in Serbia. Center for Educational Policy Studies Journal, 11(2), 59–76. https://doi.org/10.26529/cepsj.1152
Pilz, M. (2016). Policy Borrowing in Vocational Education and Training (VET)—VET System Typologies and the ‘6P Strategy’ for Transfer Analysis. In M. Pilz (Ed.), Vocational education and training in times of economic crisis: Lessons from around the world (pp. 473–490). Springer Berlin Heidelberg.
Rappleye, J. (2012). Reimagining Attraction and ‘Borrowing’ in Education. Introducing a Political Production Model. In G. Steiner-Khamsi & F. Waldow (Eds.), World yearbook of education 2012: Policy borrowing and lending in education (pp. 121–148).
Renold, U., Caves, K. M., & Oswald-Egg, M. E. (2021). Implementation of the Serbian Law on Dual Education: Fourth Report on Drivers and Barriers in the Implementation Phase. ETH Zurich. https://doi.org/10.3929/ETHZ-B-000476567
Steiner-Khamsi, G. (2014). Cross-national policy borrowing: Understanding reception and translation. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 34(2), 153–167. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2013.875649


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

A Typology of International VET Governance

Johannes Klassen1, Johannes Karl Schmees2

1Helmut Schmidt University; 2Norwegian University of Science and Technology

Presenting Author: Klassen, Johannes; Schmees, Johannes Karl

Vocational education and training (VET) is traditionally understood as a primarily national policy field that is particularly characterised by national traditions and path dependencies. However, numerous research studies in recent years demonstrate that VET is no longer only organised at national level. In addition to an already established strand of research on the Europeanisation of national VET policy (Busemeyer 2009; Trampusch 2008; Bohlinger / Fischer 2015; Münk / Scheiermann 2018) and an ongoing interest in the international policy transfer of vocational education and training (Li / Pilz 2023), there is now also work that addresses phenomena that have received fewer attention so far, such as the role of international organisations (Klassen submitted; Vanderhoven 2023; Maurer 2008, 2012) or cross-border cooperation between regions in different countries (Graf 2021). This work raises the fundamental question of the extent to which VET has developed into an international policy field in its own right.
In this paper, we propose to analyse those activities as different types of international VET governance. A governance perspective opens up a view of political design processes that do not emanate solely from a hierarchically conceived state. By international VET governance, we mean the organisation of structures, processes and/or content of VET that transcends national borders. This definition comprises several elements. Firstly, it refers to activities that transcend national borders and therefore cannot be understood exclusively as part of national VET policy. Secondly, these are formative activities that aim to address and shape vocational education and training, for example in material form (e.g. through project funding) or in non-material form (e.g. through standardisation). Thirdly, we focus international VET governance on the organisation of structures, processes and/or content of VET. In doing so, we draw on the classic distinction between polity, politics and policy, which was also used by Kutscha (2010), for example, to define national VET policy, but extend it to include policy beyond the nation state.
In order to differentiate different types of international VET governance, we derived four governance dimensions out of the governance literature: Firstly, as mentioned above, international governance is characterised by the specific diversity of actors involved. These include, in particular, states, international and supranational organisations, non-governmental organisations, transnational public-private partnerships, but also companies and trade unions, which are particularly relevant in the field of vocational education and training. Depending on the policy field, different actors are active in different weightings. Actors interact with each other in certain actor constellations. The identification of such actor constellations provides an entry point for describing international governance activities in more detail. Secondly, the governance activities within these actor constellations are based on certain institutional arrangements, i.e. rules, structures and processes that set the framework for the interaction between actors. These can be formally codified, for example in international treaties or co-operation agreements, or they can have an informal character and be based, for example, on shared interests or convictions. Institutional arrangements thus form the basis on which governance activities take place. Thirdly, governance takes place by means of specific instruments that are available and used by actors. The academic literature identifies a range of different governance instruments. For the area of education policy, Parreira do Amaral (2015) identified four governance instruments – norm setting, agenda setting, funding and coordination of activities (Parreira do Amaral 2015, 374). More generally, Braun and Giraud (2014, 182–188) differentiated between the instruments of ‘regulation’, ‘financing’, ‘structuring’ and ‘persuasion’. Given the dynamic nature of governance activities, it seems impossible to compile an exhaustive and fully comprehensive list of governance instruments.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The typology presents six types of international VET governance. It is based, on the one hand, on observations of political practice in international VET and the literature describing it and, on the other hand, on political science terminology used to describe different types of international policy. Methodologically speaking, it is therefore a combination of a deductive and inductive approach, which was created both from the observation of reality and derived from theoretical concepts (Lehnert 2007). The aim of this approach was to transfer the various phenomena of international vocational education and training policy into a typology that depicts the differences and similarities of individual phenomena at a medium level of abstraction (cf. Lehnert 2007) in order to develop an organisational system of distinct types (cf. Collier 2008). In this approximation process, we have conceptualised six types of international VET governance, which differ sufficiently in the characteristics of the four dimensions - actor constellation, institutional form, governance instruments and the role of the state. Overall, we have thus created a descriptive typology (Collier et al. 2012) that serves to identify and describe the phenomena to be analysed; in principle, typologies can also be used to highlight causal links (Elman 2005; Bennett and Elman 2006).
The six types include bilateral, multilateral, intergovernmental, supranational, interregional and transnational VET governance. While in the bilateral and multilateral form, only states cooperate with each other, intergovernmental and supranational VET governance describe the political relationship between states and supranational organisations. In contrast, the interregional form refers to cooperation between state regions, while transnational VET governance encompasses the relationships between private actors and between private and public actors. The six types are presented below. In doing so, we first define the respective form, drawing both on political science concepts and on the dimensions of international VET governance.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The six types of international Vocational Education and Training (VET) governance are distinguished by their actor constellations. Three horizontal types (bilateral, multilateral, interregional) involve states or regions with formal equality, yet imbalances persist, especially in donor-recipient dynamics. Multilateral governance, influenced by economic positions, may favor certain states. Vertical types (intergovernmental, supranational) have formally organized actors at different levels, but power imbalances can occur. Vertical constellations, like in the European Union (EU), may lack a clear balance of power, with states not always implementing international organization recommendations. Transnational VET governance exhibits mixed types, featuring horizontal relationships, like Unions4VET, and vertical public-private partnerships, as seen in the Global Apprenticeship Network.
Institutional arrangements underpinning international VET governance are usually formal but can be informal. Supranational governance, like in the EU, relies on formal international treaties, while bilateral cooperation relies on intergovernmental agreements. Multilateral cooperation in the G7 is informally rooted in shared scientific interests, and transnational governance, like the Global Apprenticeship Network, has informal aspects. Although having a constitution, the network allows flexible membership without elaborate formal processes.
Governance instruments vary from material (financing, technical cooperation) to non-material (knowledge production, discursive dissemination, standard-setting, persuasion). Bilateral and certain international organizations (e.g., the World Bank) emphasize material instruments, while non-material instruments are prevalent in intergovernmental governance (knowledge production) and supranational governance (standard-setting).
The state's role in international VET governance ranges from active (e.g., donor, negotiator) to passive (e.g., recipient) or enabling (e.g., framing cooperation). Unlike its extensive role in national VET policy, the state's international role has limited maneuverability, requiring nuanced strategies for influencing outcomes.

References
Bennett, A., & Elman, C. 2006. "Case Study Methods in the International Relations Subfield." *Comparative Political Studies* 40 (2): 170-195. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1177/0010414006296346.
Bohlinger, Sandra, and Andreas Fischer (Hrsg.). 2015. *Lehrbuch europäische Berufsbildungspolitik: Grundlagen, Herausforderungen und Perspektiven.* Bielefeld, 2015.
Braun, Dietmar, and Olivier Giraud. 2014. "Politikinstrumente im Kontext von Staat, Markt und Governance." In *Lehrbuch der Politikfeldanalyse,* 179-208. Berlin, München, Boston: De Gruyter Oldenbourg. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110408072.179.
Busemeyer, Marius R. 2009. *Die Europäisierung der deutschen Berufsbildungspolitik: Sachzwang oder Interessenpolitik?* Bonn, 2009. 16 S. + Literaturangaben. [Online] Available at: http://library.fes.de/pdf-files/id/ipa/06512.pdf.
Collier, David, Jody LaPorte, and Jason Seawright. 2012. "Putting Typologies to Work: Concept Formation, Measurement, and Analytic Rigor." *Political Research Quarterly* 65 (1): 217–32. [Online] Available at: http://www.jstor.org/stable/23209571.
Graf, L. 2021. "Leveraging Regional Differences and Cross‐border Collective Institutions: The Case of Skill Formation and Employment in the Border Region of France, Germany, and Switzerland." *Swiss Political Science Review* 27 (2): 369-389. DOI: 10.1111/spsr.12442.
Klassen, Johannes. submitted. "International organisations in vocational education and training: a literature review." *Journal of Vocational Education and Training.*
Kutscha, G. 2010. "Berufsbildungssystem und Berufsbildungspolitik." In *Handbuch Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik,* edited by R. Nickolaus, G. Pätzold, H. Reinisch & T. Tramm, 311–322. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt.
Lehnert, Matthias. 2007. "Sinn und Unsinn von Typologien." In *Forschungsdesign in der Politikwissenschaft. Probleme – Strategien – Anwendungen,* edited by Thomas Gschwend and Frank Schimmelfennig, 91-120. Frankfurt/New York: Campus Verlag.
Li, Junmin, & Matthias Pilz. 2023. "International transfer of vocational education and training: a literature review." *Journal of Vocational Education & Training* 75 (2): 185-218. DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2020.1847566.
Maurer, 2008. "Jenseits globaler Kräfte? Berufspraktische Fächer an allgemeinbildenden Sekundarschulen in Sri Lanka und Bangladesh." *Zeitschrift für Pädagogik* 53 (2): 200-214.
Maurer, 2012. "Structural elaboration of technical and vocational education and training systems in developing countries: the cases of Sri Lanka and Bangladesh." *Comparative Education* 48 (4): 487-503. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/03050068.2012.702011.
Parreira do Amaral, Marcelo. 2015. "Der Beitrag der Educational Governance zur Analyse der Internationalen Bildungspolitik." *Bildung und Erziehung* 69 (3): 367–384.
Trampusch, C. 2008. "Jenseits von Anpassungsdruck und Lernen: die Europäisierung der deutschen Berufsbildung." *Zeitschrift Für Staats- Und Europawissenschaften (ZSE) / Journal for Comparative Government and European Policy* 6 (4): 577–605. [Online] Available at: http://www.jstor.org/stable/261.
Vanderhoven, Ellen. 2023. "Unpacking the global apprenticeship agenda: a comparative synthesis of literature from international organizations in the education policy field." *Globalisation, Societies and Education.* DOI: 10.1080/14767724.2023.2252358.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Thinking About Vocational Education and Training (VET), Just Transitions and Neo-Liberalism.

Robert James Avis

University of Derby, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Avis, Robert James

This theoretical paper seeks to problematise conceptualisations of vocational education and training (VET) and its relationship with Just transitions and neo-liberalism.

It addresses 4 Key issues:

  1. It examines differing conceptualisations of VET and their ideological significance.
  2. It relates the Eurocentric conceptualisation of VET to constructions of policy science.
  3. It suggests doxic conceptualisations of VET have difficulty in accommodating wagelessness.
  4. It examines ‘just transitions’ concern with the marginalised alongside an expanded understanding of VET

Neo-liberalism provides a backdrop to the paper.

The paper calls for an expansive conceptualisation of vocational education and training (VET) that moves beyond a narrow instrumentalism lodged within a redundant neo-liberalism that stresses the needs of employers and the labour market. Monk et al (2023) draw our attention to the increasing presence of VET research and researchers from the global south in the leading VET journals. In much the same way as the salience of the global south has previously been played down in VET, so too have questions of race and ethnicity, and the climate emergency. These currents rest alongside a literature that addresses ‘just transitions’ (Spours & Grainger, 2023). It is only recently that such questions have come to the fore in VET journals located in the global north (Avis, 2023ab; Avis et al, 2017; Avis et al, 2023; Monk et al 2023; VET4 2023). Stomporowski (2023) calls for a revival of VET analyses and for the development of a critical-ecological theory of VET. This paper initially engages with VET and its social construction. There are two points to be made. Firstly, VET and its conceptualisation is a site of struggle. Secondly can VET be rid of its close association to the needs of employer and adopt an understanding that seeks to contribute to individual and social well-being. This is followed by a discussion of the capitalocene and its relationship to green agendas. This is accompanied by an analysis of leading supranational organisations such as the World Economic Forum (WEF), UNESCO, ILO and focuses on debates about education, sustainability and green agendas. The World Economic Forum is used as a key example. Somewhat counterintuitively, this section then leads into one that comments on the annual conference speeches in 2023 of leading British politicians. The importance of this is that these politician’s reprise many of the same themes as those of the supranational organisations. It is easy enough to criticise the narrow version of VET as being deeply conservative. The point is that we should be cautious about attributing an inherently progressive politics to expansive versions of ‘just transitions’ and VET. This is after all an empirical question that cannot be determined by theoretical fiat being a site of contestation and struggle shaped by the balance of power between capital and labour.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is rooted in policy scholarship with its methodology set in a critical engagement with the relevant literature adopting an approach derived from critical theory. It seeks to engage with and critique key constructions of VET and is a theoretically focused paper that aims to ‘deconstruct’ the discourses used in the field. To that end the paper examines conceptualisations of the capitalocene and anthropocene, VET, ‘just transitions’ as well as the discourses that emanate from supranational organisations such as the world economic forum and the UN, ILO, etc. These are set alongside the discourses used in current research in the field that address social justice. For example, The World Economic Forum draws our attention to the polycrises facing the world, highlighting a number of well-known risks that  include: the erosion of social cohesion, societal polarisation, rising inequality, the cost-of-living crisis, the climate emergency and so on. WEF argues these crises require societal intervention to ameliorate their impact. It calls for the development of a socially just society in which the excesses of neo-liberalism are addressed as well as an engagement with the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals. In a similar vein WEF envisages an inclusive society in which no one is left behind and all talents are mobilised. Yet WEF is irrecoverably linked to the status quo and existing capitalist relations. This engagement with various discourses and understandings represents the critical methodology that the paper mobilises.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It is important to recognise that VET is both a resource and site of struggle which is set within a specific socio-economic context which frames the terrain in which it is placed and the affordances it offers. This is an empirical question that cannot be determined by theoretical fiat being a site of contestation and struggle. The conclusion brings together the divergent strands of the argument and considers the four key issues examined by the paper:
1. Differing conceptualisations of VET and their ideological significance.
2. Eurocentric conceptualisation of VET to constructions of policy science.
3. Doxic conceptualisations of VET and wagelessness.
4. ‘Just transitions’ concern with the marginalised alongside an expanded
 understanding of VET.

Neo-liberalism has provided a backdrop to the paper..

References
Avis, J. (2023a): Reflections on bwp@ Special Issue 19. In: bwp@ Spezial 19: Retrieving and recontextualising VET theory. Edited by Esmond, B./Ketschau, T. J./Schmees, J. K./Steib, C./ Wedekind, V., 1-11. Online: https://www.bwpat.de/spezial19/avis_spezial19.pdf (30.08.2023).
Avis, J. (2023b) A critical review of debates surrounding race/ethnicity and TVET, Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 75 (1), 175-184.
Avis, J., Mirchandani, K. and Warmington, P. (2017) Editorial, Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 69 (3),287-291.
Avis, J., Orr, K., Papier, J. and Warmington, P. (2023) Editorial: special issue TVET race and ethnicity in the global south and north, Journal of Vocational Education and Training, 75 (1), 1-5.
Monk, D. Molebatsi, P. McGrath, S. Metelerkamp, L. Adrupio, S. Openjuru, G. Robbins, G.  and Tshabalala T. (2023): Beyond extractivism in vocational education and training research: Reflections on an international research project. In press Journal of vocational education and training.

Spours, K. Grainger, P. (2023) The mediating role of further and higher education in a Just Transition social ecosystem, Journal of vocational education and training online 1-15 https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/full/10.1080/13636820.2023.2258521

Stomporowski, S. (2023): Vocational training theory footprints in times of climate change – aspects of a critical ecological position. In: bwp@ Spezial 19: Retrieving and recontextualising VET theory. Edited by Esmond, B./Ketschau, T. J./Schmees, J. K./Steib, C./Wedekind, V., 1- 35. Online: https://www.bwpat.de/spezial19/stomporowski_en_spezial19.pdf (30.08.2023).
 
15:45 - 17:1503 SES 07 A: Curriculum making practices
Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Dominik Dvořák
Paper Session
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Mapping Micro Curriculum making Practices for an Inclusive Curriculum

Constanza Cardenas

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Cardenas, Constanza

This paper seeks to describes inclusive micro curriculum-making practices during a teacher collaborative inquiry project in the Chilean context.

Inclusive education is a cornerstone of European and international educational policy and the core of worldwide agreements for education for all (Ainscow, 2020). This study defines inclusive education as a political and societal project of transformation (Slee, 2011) which seeks to assure the presence, participation and progress of all students (Echeita, 2019), promoting collaborative values for living together (Booth, 2018) driven by the principles of social justice (Sandoval Mena & Waitoller, 2022). Also, it represents an acknowledgement of the unequal structural and social relationships that frame and produce education exclusion as a substantial curriculum issue (Slee, 2019). Accordingly, inclusive education would be a constituted piece of education and, hence, an embedded element in curriculum development indicated by Priestley and Philippou (2019) as "the heart of the schooling".

However, the concept of an inclusive curriculum has been vaguely developed, limiting inclusion mainly just as an adjustment for students who are labelled as "different" (Nind, 2005) or as an orientation (Opertti & Brady, 2011) to the curriculum. This may partly be explained by a bulk of research that continues positioning inclusive education as a technical issue centred on students' deficits (Artiles, 2020), restricting a broad and comprehensive perspective to theoretical aspects (Amor et al., 2019).

At the same time, these conceptions involve the comprehension of curriculum as a prescription, which needs to be implemented or delivered by teachers and, therefore, adapted for those who do not fit into it. Following this vein, Deng (2020) argues that the curriculum discussion should go back to the content not as part of the learning discourse and focus on the academic outcomes necessary but on the purposes of education. An inclusive curriculum, therefore, would imply an ideology compromised with transforming society (Schiro, 2013) that would start with the recognition that education could reproduce social inequalities (Apple, 1990). From there, a broader understanding of curriculum development is needed to develop an inclusive curriculum, as exclusion is not just taught from the explicit, but also from the hidden (Kashimiro, 2000). In this way, efforts to develop an inclusive curriculum should be put into the day-by-day generation of knowledge in the classrooms in which inclusion- but also exclusion- is embodied.

Priestley et al. (2021) conceptualise curriculum-making as a social practice involving different practices that occur across multiple layered "sites of activity" subjected to diverse forms of influence. This model considers curriculum-making as a systemic activity undertaken by many social actors involving the production of various artefacts and practices. From this framework, teachers are curriculum makers, considering that curriculum is always interpreted by teachers and influenced by their beliefs, experiences, and aspirations (Rosiek & Clandinin, 2016). In that regard, inclusive curriculum-making would need teachers' development that emphasises their knowledge framed for the social context in which education occurs, problematising exclusionary logic (Allan, 2003).

From the pioneering work of Stenhouse (1975) in Europe, the teacher as a researcher has been positioned as a vein to foster curriculum decision-making addressing the particular context where teachers work (Craig, 2009). In that regard, collaborative inquiry as cyclical and dialogical practice (DeLuca et al., 2015) through teachers' reflexivity provides a starting point to make an inclusive curriculum, understanding critical teaching as a dynamic dialectic between doing and thinking about the doing (Freire, 2012).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research takes a Participatory Action Research approach (Kemmis et al., 2014) that involves an active commitment of people involved, highlighting their experiences and knowledges (Lenette, 2022). For that, between 10-14 primary teachers from two public Chilean schools will be invited to participate in a Critical Collaborative Professional Enquiry project (CCPE) (Drew et al., 2016) called Curriculum Circles for an academic semester (March-June). These collaborative circles will be proposed to make an inclusive curriculum, considering three iterative phases of CCPE: 1) "focusing", where teachers will dialogue with their colleagues about educational exclusionary situations in the Chilean context, reflecting on them; 2) “interrupting”, acting within the classroom to transform their practices from an inclusive perspective; and 3) "making sense", reflecting and evaluate their actions in line with the focusing phase. The timing of these meetings will be adjusted to the needs and possibilities of each school, reaching different arrangements.

The researcher will mediate Curricular Circles and support teachers to interrupt their practices when needed. In that sense, she will have a participant role as part of the group to build a relationship of trust and reciprocity. Thus, diverse participatory activities will be designed as artefacts to support the reflection and action.

The data will be varied and rich, considering all the process stages. In that regard, the methods will be centred on the Curriculum Circles as a CCPE, which includes multiple participatory activities registered by fieldnotes to document the project's process and its impact within the classroom.
Teachers will also be invited to document the process through reflection in flexible diaries, which offer diverse opportunities to document their practices. Additionally, the researcher will conduct follow-up methods to delve into the data, such as semi-structured interviews and focus groups.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I expect to describe diverse social practices as an inclusive curriculum, focusing on the dimensions of curriculum-making framed by Priestley et al. (2021) as sites of activity. Mainly, the data analysis will be centred on micro curriculum-making practices related to the school level and teachers' work, characterised by Curriculum Circles as a space of Critical Collaborative Professional Enquiry.
As an exploratory stage, I propose a first "mapping" as an analytical tool (Martin & Kamberelis, 2013), showing different elements that were produced in Curriculum Circles as inclusive curriculum, highlighting their relationships and connections, teachers' voices, and reflections from the researcher as a facilitator.
I will analyse data produced from Curriculum Circles in one school of the study to situate the case, considering as an essential element the distinctive features of the context, such as location, institutional ethos, or socio-economic vulnerability index, that shape the inclusive curriculum-making process. Data produced by teachers in their diaries, my fieldnotes and interviews will be coded through thematic analysis from emergent codes. At the same time, the analysis will include the artefacts produced for and by the group, drawing a web among different elements that create the collaborative work as inclusive curriculum-making. In that regard, emphasis will be placed on what did happen, but also how did that happen, focusing on the relationship among teachers, artefacts, and the researcher. I will choose one substantial activity of each stage (focusing, interrupting, and making sense) to explore its articulation broadly, theorising about how inclusive curriculum-making is shaped in this context and discussing future implications for research and practice.
The discussion will be centred on the importance of the collective aspect of teachers' work for inclusive curriculum-making and its implications for international educational research.

References
Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic journal of studies in educational policy, 6(1), 7-16. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587

Apple, M. W. (1990). Ideology and curriculum (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203129753

Craig, C. J. (2009). Teacher Research and Teacher as Researcher. In L. J. Saha & A. G. Dworkin (Eds.), International Handbook of Research on Teachers and Teaching (pp. 61-70). Springer US. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-0-387-73317-3_4

DeLuca C., Shulha, J., Luhanga, U., Shulha, L.M, Christou, T.M & Klinger, D.A (2015). Collaborative inquiry as a professional learning structure of educators: a scoping review. Professional Development in Education, 41(4), 640-670. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2014.933120

Deng, Z. (2020). Knowledge, content, curriculum and Didaktik: beyond social realism. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351118941

Freire, P. (2002). Pedagogía de la autonomía. Siglo veintiuno.

Martin, A.D., Kamberelis, G. (2013). Mapping not tracing: qualitative educational reserach with political teeth. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 26 (6), 668-679. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2013.788756

Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriculum Making in Europe : Policy and Practice Within and Across Diverse Contexts. Emerald Publishing Limited.

Priestley, M., & Philippou, S. (2019, 2019/01/02). Curriculum is – or should be – at the heart of educational practice. The Curriculum Journal, 30(1), 1-7. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2019.1598611

Rosiek, J., & Clandinin, D. J. (2016). Curriculum and Teacher Development. In D. Wyse, L. Hayward, & J. Pandya (Eds.), The Sage Handbook of Curriculum, Pedagogy and Assesment (pp. 293-308). SAGE. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429273896-13

Sandoval Mena, M., & Waitoller, F. (2022). Broadening the notion of participation in inclusive education: A social justice approach. Revista española de discapacidad, 10, 21-34. https://doi.org/10.5569/2340-5104.10.02.02

Schiro, M. (2013). Curriculum theory: conflicting visions and enduring concerns (2 ed.). SAGE Publications, Inc.

Slee, R. (2011). The Irregular School : Exclusion, Schooling and Inclusive Education. Taylor & Francis Group.

Slee, R. (2019). Belonging in an age of exclusion. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 23(9), 909-922. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1602366

Stenhouse, L. (1975). An introduction to curriculum research and development. Heinemann Educational. https://go.exlibris.link/5GsqSYDy


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Vocational Colleges as Co-Creators of Local VET Curricula

Daniel Alvunger, Eva Klope

Linnaues University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Alvunger, Daniel

This paper explores how local vocational education and training (VET) curricula is ‘made’ within two different types of vocational colleges in Sweden: Technical College (TC) and Health and Social care College (HSC). We present preliminary results from an ongoing pilot study on local VET curriculum making focusing on what is considered necessary knowledge and aspects of how the educations are gender-coded. Upper secondary schools stand for the provision of VET according to the national curricula, and TC and HSC were introduced a couple of decades ago to increase young people’s interest for a vocational career and to strengthen the influence of labour market institutions on VET programmes (Fredriksson & Stier, 2014; Hermelin & Rusten, 2016; Olofsson & Panican, 2020). Today they have a central role for accrediting schools, consisting of a national organisation but with locally organised steering groups of representatives from schools, employer organisations, industry, unions, and regions. However, we have limited knowledge about how the required knowledge and competences for the labour market are defined and formulated in these local arenas and what implications it has for teaching (Alvunger, 2024).

In international research, scholars have identified both advantages and risks with local partnerships between industries and schools. When partners interests, commitments and views on curricula are aligned, local partnerships may thrive (Huddleston & Laczik, 2018), but the co-operations may be vulnerable due to incompatible interests or economic changes (Ehlen, van der Klink & Boshuizen, 2016), and conflicting ideas on curricula, leading to ‘dead ends’ for the students and difficulties for the students to be employed (Hodgson & Spours, 2015). In the Swedish context, we know that relationships between industry and schools in the local community effect students’ vocational learning (Persson Thunqvist & Gustavsson, 2021), but know the less about how local actors are makers of VET curricula. Vocational educations are positioned in a kind of borderland between school and working life (Broberg 2014; Mårtensson, 2021) where they on the one hand are supposed to provide relevant competence for the labour market (Panican & Paul, 2019) while they on the other hand, as all upper secondary education, shall contribute to young people’s possibilities to independently influence and shape their lives as members of society (Rosvall & Nylund, 2022). These separate logics of school education and working life are not easily reconciled (Johansson, 2019; Jørgensen, 2004) and creates tensions and conflicts of interests on local level (Köpsén, 2022; Nilsson, 2015).

The analysis is based on a theoretical framework of curriculum making as social practice, which means that curriculum is something that is ’made’ and created in interactions between ideas, actors, and contexts across different layers of the education system (Alvunger et al, 2021). The analytical focus is on what is referred to as the meso-, micro-, and nano-levels (Priestley et al, 2021), with the aim of analyzing how different actors assess and define knowledge in various contexts (local steering groups and classrooms). To analyse how necessary knowledge for the students are defined and valued in different regulatory documents and contexts where VET curricula and teaching is discussed and negotiated, Bernstein’s (2000) concept ’discursive gap’ is employed. This may involve how local steering groups respond to policy pressures related to skills supply and labor market needs. In turn, school principals and vocational teachers (micro-level) work with but also make concerning activities to achieve set goals – frameworks for organizing teaching, and selection of content and knowledge for instruction. In the classroom (nano-level), vocational teachers and vocational students create different ‘curriculum events’ (Doyle, 1992) through pedagogical interaction, actively shaping the curriculum in teaching (Priestley et al., 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper employs two research methods with the aim of collecting qualitative empirical data that complement each other and enable an analysis of discursive gaps and gender in local curriculum work from various perspectives (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2007; Spillman, 2014): document analysis of websites and material produced by the local steering groups (PR, minutes, reports, guidelines) and semi-structured interviews with representatives of TC and HSC and vocational teachers. In this presentation, preliminary results from a limited part of informants are included as the pilot phase still is running.

The results are analyzed and thematically coded based on the study's theoretical concepts of discursive gaps and gender. Methodologically, the project draws inspiration from ethnography (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007) to illuminate and make comparisons between TC and HSC and how vocational education curricula are translated, interpreted, and formulated locally based on students' knowledge needs and the gendered conditions of the vocations in question. The study captures statements about students' knowledge needs and perceptions of the conditions and characteristics of professions in both national and regional/local policy documents and actions related to local collaborations. The analysis of data is targeted towards questions such as: What is emphasized as legitimate and valuable knowledge in the documents? How are students' knowledge needs described? What arguments can be discerned for this? In what ways do assumptions about the conditions and characteristics of vocations emerge, and how are these associated with gender?

To inductively gather qualitative data on individuals' perceptions and beliefs, semi-structured interviews are conducted based on an interview guide with participants in local steering groups and vocational teachers. Focus is on questions such as: What do the informants value as important knowledge for the students? How are students' knowledge needs motivated? How do they perceive that it affects the content and design of teaching? How do the informants view their role and responsibility for teaching and students' knowledge needs? What perspectives do the informants have on the conditions and characteristics of professions, and how are these associated with gender?

The comparative dimension of similarities and differences between TC and HSC is addressed to a minor extent in this paper because it is too early to draw conclusions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results support earlier research indicating that collaboration between schools and representatives of the workforce is often characterized by tensions and goal- and interest conflicts, with the risk of lock-in effects. The local curriculum that emerges is characterized by an ambivalent approach to students' knowledge needs, influenced by perceptions of the conditions and characteristics of vocations: Traditionally masculine-coded production vocations are attributed higher material values for local growth and specialized knowledge, while feminine-coded care vocations are considered to encompass generic and general knowledge. On a general level the so-called Swedish model serves as an important explanatory model in historical perspective for TC and HSC. The concept of “college” is seen as something trendy, with speed and flair, and–something that will attract and appeal to young people. The certification, diplomas, and quality indicators for being accredited are seen as a guarantee for educations that lead to competent and attractive employees.

For representatives of the workforce, recruitment needs are central, but they prioritize students learning a variety of techniques to quickly adapt to different companies in the area. In this respect, the views of knowledge needs tend to lean towards vocationally specific aspects. On local level, both TC and HSC arrange activities that seeks to attract students, and specifically students that are underrepresented on certain programmes. For example, TC hosts events such as “Girls’ night” at companies or in the industry facilities at schools, or continuous professional development activities for teachers in local industries. School leadership appreciates the creativity of workforce representatives and values initiatives such as the creation of mentor companies. However, there is caution about giving too much space for external parties to condition learning objectives in the VET programmes (Alvunger & Klope, 2023).

References
Alvunger, D. (2024). Curriculum-Making Across Sites of Activity in Upper Secondary School Vocational Education and Training: A Review of the Research in Sweden. International Journal of Research in Vocational Education and Training, (accepted for publication)

Alvunger, D. & Klope, E. (2023), Lokalt yrkeskunnande för en global arbetsmarknad? Om Teknikcollege och Vård- och omsorgscollege som medskapare av yrkesutbildningars lokala läroplaner. Paper vid konferensen NordYrk 2023, Högskolan Bergen, Norge
Alvunger, D., Soini, T., Philippou, S., & Priestley, M. (2021). Conclusions: Patterns and trends in curriculum making in Europe. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (pp. 273–293). Emerald.
Bernstein, B. (2000). Pedagogy, Symbolic Control and Identity. Rowman and Littlefield.

Broberg, Å. (2014). Utbildning på gränsen mellan skola och arbete: Pedagogisk förändring i svensk yrkesutbildning 1918-1971 Doctoral dissertation, Institutionen för pedagogik och didaktik, Stockholms universitet.

Creswell, J.W., & Plano Clark, V. (2007). Designing and conducting mixed methods. SAGE.

Fredriksson, M. & Stier, J. (2014), Vård- och omsorgscollege Sörmland - en förstudie. Mälardalens högskola.

Hermelin, B. & Rusten, G. (2016). Lokal samverkan, tillväxt och omställning – studier från industriregioner i Sverige och Norge. Rapport från Centrum för kommunstrategiska studier 2016:4, Linköpings universitet.

Hodgson, A., & Spours, K. (2015). An ecological analysis of the dynamics of localities: a 14+ low opportunity progression equilibrium in action. Journal of Education and Work, 28(1), 24-43.

Huddleston, P. & Laczik, A. (2018). ‘In the driving seat’, or reluctant passengers? Employer engagement in qualifications development: some evidence from two recent 14–19 qualification reforms in England, Journal of Education and Work, 31:3, 262-276.

Köpsén, J. (2021). Knowledge in VET curricula and power in society and labour market Policy and practice: demands-based and employer-driven Swedish higher vocational education, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 73:4, 612-612.

Olofsson, J. (2015). Yrkesutbildning i förändring: från lärlingsutbildning till yrkescollege. Rapport nr 18, april 2015. Ratio och Malmö högskola.

Panican, A. (2020). Yrkesutbildning på undantag?: Att bryta den låga attraktionskraften. Studentlitteratur AB.
Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., & Soini, T. (2021). Curriuclum Making: A Conceptual Framing. In M. Priestley, D. Alvunger, S. Philippou, & T. Soini (Eds.), Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts (pp. 1–27). Emerald.
Spillman, L. (2014). Mixed Methods and the Logic of Qualitative Inference. Qualitative Sociology, 37(2), 189–205.


03. Curriculum Innovation
Paper

Teachers as Curriculum Makers: Ethnographic Study of Teacher Agency in the Context of Georgia

Nikoloz Maglaperidze

Maynooth University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Maglaperidze, Nikoloz

In recent years, as part of a global shift reflecting policy-borrowing, many countries have reimagined their national curricula, fostering 21st-century skills, student-centred learning, and innovative pedagogical approaches to improve student performance and enhance teacher agency. This study aligns with the ECER conference theme 'Education in an Age of Uncertainty: memory and hope for the future' by focusing on these widespread curriculum reforms' impact on teacher agency, particularly exploring how such changes shape teachers' roles in a landscape marked by past practices, present adaptations, and hopes for future educational resilience (Priestley & Biesta, 2013; Sinnema and Aitken, 2013; Lingard, 2021).

The most recent major iteration of curriculum reform within the state of Georgia has been structured and implemented with a specific emphasis on these particular areas, which is an unprecedented occurrence in the history of education in this country (Silagadze, 2019; Li et al., 2019; Djakeli, 2019; Erickson, 2017). Since Georgia is treading in uncharted waters with these changes, it remains uncertain as to the effects these structural shifts are having on the teaching profession and the extent to which they are fulfilling one of their stated objectives of enhancing teacher’s role in curriculum-making. This study aims to provide an in-depth evaluation of the ways in which the ongoing re-structurisation of the Georgian National Curriculum for Primary and Secondary schools enable or constrain teachers as curricular agents.

The central research question the thesis intends to answer is the following: Do the recent changes in the Georgian National Curriculum enable or constrain teacher agency?

The study also aims to answer the following subsidiary research questions:

- How does curriculum-making take place across different institutional sites in Georgia (from macro to nano)?

- How is teacher agency articulated in Georgia’s National Curriculum and associated texts?

- How do teachers perceive and exercise their agency in the classroom within the frames of the new National Curriculum?

- Overall, do the recent changes in the Georgian National Curriculum enable or constrain teacher agency?

The study will draw upon the conceptual lens developed by Priestley and Philippou (2018, p. 154) that regards curriculum-making as a complex series of processes taking place across multiple sites that intersect and interact with one another in ‘unpredictable and context-specific ways’, often leading to differential practices and realities ‘wherein power flows in non-linear ways, thus blurring boundaries between these multiple sites.’

This will enable a systemic understanding of curriculum-making as dynamic interactions ranging from individual pupils and teachers (nano) to the international layer (supra). Further, this conceptual framework will enable an in-depth examination of how different actors interact across multiple sites with a particular focus on teachers as curriculum makers and therefore as agentic practitioners within the context of the new National Curriculum. The study will rely on the ecological model of teacher agency consisting of three core dimensions: Iterational, projective and practical-evaluative (Biesta et al. 2015). The three-dimensional model will facilitate an understanding of how teacher agency is enabled and/or constrained by cultural, structural and material sources available in multiple sites of curriculum-making in Georgia. Further, the ecological approach to teacher agency will enable to explore how teachers interpret and execute the new curriculum in ways that may contradict policy goals, and if such actions result in a discrepancy between intended and actual outcomes, as well as unforeseen consequences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Phase I: involves an extensive analysis of secondary data, including official curriculum documents, political discourses, white papers, and policy statements. This phase employs retroduction to explore underlying structures and generative mechanisms implied in these documents. This will set the stage for a deeper exploration of curriculum reform and teacher agency in the next phase.

Phase II: shifts to ethnographic research, with the purposive selection of an all-through school based on critical case sampling. This approach aims to garner strategically important insights regarding the general effects of the new curriculum. Data collection will include a mix of methods such as observations, interviews, and analysis of educational artefacts, including lesson plans and student work.

Concurrent preliminary data analysis will be conducted alongside data collection, followed by a comprehensive qualitative analysis using Nvivo. This will involve coding data into overarching themes like 'structure', 'culture', and 'material' and ‘life histories’, informed by EATA. These will be further broken down into more detailed subcategories. This approach will illuminate the interplay of various emergent factors in shaping teacher responses and achievement of agency within the context of educational reforms.

At the time of the conference, I will present the foundational components of this research: the conceptual framework, methodological design, and the anticipated significance of the study within the contemporary climate of educational research. While empirical data collection and analysis will not yet have commenced, the presentation will focus on how this proposed research aims to contribute to a hopeful vision for education's future, drawing on our collective memory and the current state of educational resilience.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
For the first time in the context of Georgia, this study will lay the foundations for the process of understanding curriculum-making as a series of interlocking social practices that involve multiple actors across multiple sites from the supra to the nano. The ethnographic investigation will generate holistic social accounts and rich qualitative evidence with regard to how different actors make sense of and navigate the reformed curriculum and whether the degree of agency afforded to teachers by the official discourse is at the same time constrained by the availability of resources, structural and contextual factors. Further, the study will rely on these findings to provide evidence-informed recommendations towards streamlining the process of curriculum-making and supporting teacher agency to drive educational growth and development. The study will also draw on the rich experience of other countries and the unique contextual factors in Georgia to recommend possible ways forward to avoid the pitfalls elucidated by international experience.
This study will draw on and add to the growing research into teacher agency and curriculum-making. One of the notable contributions in this field include the recent work by Priestley et al. (2021) that provides a distillation of research about new forms of curriculum policy across a number of European countries. This study intends to add Georgia to the list of the countries where curriculum-making has been explored and the foundations for further research in the area have been established.
Qualitative evidence generated by the research will offer policymakers an understanding of the implications of the policies generated at supra, macro and meso layers for those who enact them at micro and nano layers (schools and classrooms). It is hoped that the study will also enable Georgian teachers to develop into more reflexive practitioners and become more conscious of their professional working practices.

References
Ball, S. J. and Goodson, I. (2002). Teachers' lives and careers. Routledge.
Biesta, G., Priestley, M., and Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency an ecological approach / by Gert Biesta, Mark Priestley, and Sarah Robinson. Bloomsbury: London
Connelly, F. M., & Clandinin, D. J. (1988). Teachers as curriculum planners. Narratives of experience. Teachers College Press: New York.
Creswell, J. W., & Poth, C. N. (2016). Qualitative inquiry and research design: Choosing among five approaches. Sage publications.
Djakeli, T. (2020). The Road to a Better Future. Education Management Information System. Available at: http://mastsavlebeli.ge/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/სკოლის-მართვა-1.pdf
Djakeli, T., & Silagadze, N. (2018). Curriculum – the way of improving pedagogical practice: Conceptual and Methodological Guideline for the third-Generation National Curriculum of Georgia. UNICEF.
Fairclough, N. (1992). Discourse and social change. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Kelly, A. V. (2009). The curriculum: Theory and practice. Sage.
Li, R. R., Kitchen, H., George, B., and Richardson, M. (2019). OECD reviews of evaluation and assessment in education: Georgia. OECD: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development.
Lopes, A. C., & de Lourdes Rangel Tura, M. (2018). Curriculum, Ethnography, and the Context of Practice in the Field of Curriculum Policies in Brazil. The Wiley Handbook of Ethnography of Education, 215-231.
Priestley, M., Alvunger, D., Philippou, S., & Soini, T. (Eds.). (2021). Curriculum making in Europe: Policy and practice within and across diverse contexts. Emerald Group Publishing.
Priestley, M., and Biesta, G. (Eds) (2013). Reinventing the curriculum: New trends in curriculum policy and practice. London: Bloomsbury Pub.
Priestley, M., & Philippou, S. (2018). Editorial: Curriculum making as social practice: Complex webs of enactment. The Curriculum Journal, 29, 151–158.
Rosiek, J., & Clandinin, D. J. (2019). Curriculum and teacher development. In Journeys in Narrative Inquiry (pp. 191-208). Routledge.
Sinnema, C., & Aitken, G. (2013). Emerging international trends in curriculum. Reinventing the curriculum: New trends in curriculum policy and practice, 141-163.
Silagadze, N (2020). School Curriculum. Education Management Information System. Available at:  http://mastsavlebeli.ge/wp-content/uploads/2021/01/სკოლის-მართვა-1.pdf

Sheety, A., Kapanadze, M., & Joubran, F. (2018). High School Teachers’ Perceptions Regarding Inquiry-Based Science Curriculum in the United States, Georgia, and Israel. In Intercultural Studies of Curriculum (pp. 59-83). Palgrave Macmillan.

Stenhouse, L. (1975). An introduction to curriculum research and development / Lawrence Stenhouse. London: Heinemann Educational.

Wermke, W., & Salokangas, M. (2021). The Autonomy Paradox: Teachers' Perceptions of Self-Governance Across Europe. Cham: Springer.

World Bank Group. (2019). Georgia - Innovation, Inclusion and Quality Project. Retrieved from http://documents.worldbank.org/curated/en/371071559440981431/Georgia-Innovation-Inclusion-and-Quality-Project
 
15:45 - 17:1504 SES 07 A: Complexity and Teacher Agency in Inclusive Education
Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Alexandra Jonasson
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Exploring Teacher Agency in Inclusive Education: A Qualitative Analysis of Justification Styles in Inclusive Education Projects

Nika Hendriksen1, Albert Logtenberg1, Hanna Westbroek2, Fred Janssen1

1Leiden University, Netherlands, The; 2Vrije Universiteit, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Hendriksen, Nika

European student populations are becoming increasingly socioculturally diverse due to globalizing processes (Forghani-Arani et al., 2019). These evolving classroom compositions call for the development of practices that cultivate a sense of belonging for all students (Louie et al., 2022). The notion that teachers play an important role in developing these practices caused an influx of policies calling for teachers to develop as ‘agents of change’ (Pantić & Florian, 2015). The question at hand is what is necessary for teachers to (further) develop their sense of agency over practices that intend to foster the sense of belonging of all students within the educational community.

We adopt an ecological perspective of teacher agency that hinges partly on teachers’ ability to intentionally choose a specific course of action within their environmental options and constraints, and partly on their personal belief system driving their actions (Priestley et al., 2015). Agency is thus a condition that is experienced over something that individuals do, and is “a result from the interplay of individual efforts, available resources, and contextual and structural factors as they come together in particular and, in a sense, always unique situations” (Biesta & Tedder, p. 137). However, how teacher beliefs and personal goals of action interact in relation to agency over inclusive practices is sparingly depicted. Therefore, this study aims to shed light on the following question:

How do teachers justify their inclusive educational practices, and how do these beliefs relate to their sense of agency in implementing these practices?

Teacher beliefs: teacher’s diversity models

Previous work stresses how teacher’s beliefs on education seem closely related to policy discourses and generation effects, and personal experiences have a significant role in shaping teachers’ views on education(Biesta et al., 2015). Thus, contexts play a crucial role in shaping teacher beliefs. It is important to get more insight into how teachers make sense of the concept of inclusive education and how they consolidate this with their personal notion of a just educational practice, as this is a crucial preliminary process for what happens into practice regarding inclusive education. From previous research we know that variations in teacher beliefs regarding educational equity exist among teacher education institutes (Hosseini, 2021; Jenks et al., 2001), between individual teachers (van Vijfeijken et al., 2021) and among evolving inclusive education policies (Kozleski et al., 2014).

Teacher Diversity Models (TDMs) offer a theoretical framework for examining teacher beliefs on inclusive education. TDM’s represent “implicit and explicit systems of ideas, meanings, and practices that suggests how groups should include and accommodate one another and how to best organize a diverse society” (p. 85, Plaut, 2010). This paper adopts the distinction between a conservative, liberal and critical model towards thinking about student diversity as theorized by Jenks et al. (2001). Conservative multiculturalism is characterized by the belief that cultural differences need not play a significant role in academic achievement within the way that schooling and curriculum is currently organized. The liberal multiculturalism model is characterized by the main idea that equal educational opportunities are attained when differences between learners are accepted and celebrated. Critical multiculturalism asserts that knowledge is culturally, historically, and linguistically shaped, taking a critical stance towards the curriculum and organizational aspects of education and seeks for the transformation of elements that impose standards on children that reinforce power relationships and social stratification.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To explore teacher beliefs on inclusive practices, we studied teachers’ justifications for their inclusive practices through the laddering method (Janssen et al., 2013). Seven Dutch secondary school teachers, recognized as experts in inclusive education, engaged in a laddering interview. Their students’ ages range between twelve to eighteen years old and the subjects they taught varied. All teachers were teaching at urban schools with a culturally diverse student population.

The laddering method is part of Teacher Agency Personal Project Analysis, an ecologically valid way of exploring teacher agency through the consideration of projects as the unit of analysis (Hendriksen et al., under review). TA PPA entailed a three-step procedure: 1) teachers describe three educational practices that they consider to be inclusive (inclusive projects), 2) complete a survey on their sense of agency over these projects using the subscales meaningfulness, manageability, and connectedness (Little & Coulombe, 2015), and 3) engage in a laddering interview. In the last step, teachers were asked why each project was crucial for inclusion. After formulating an answer, the teacher was repeatedly asked why this was important until the highest goal was formulated according to the responding teacher. Thus, the process of laddering enables the visualization of goal system representations (GSRs) (Janssen et al., 2023), elucidating the interconnectedness among inclusive projects and justifications in goals formulated by the teacher. During the interview, the primary researcher documented the GSR for each project.

The data collection involved three types of data: 21 project GSRs, seven surveys on the degree of agency experienced in these pojects, and audio recordings of the laddering interviews. The laddering interviews were transcribed, and the GSRs were digitized. Transcripts were coded deductively through Jenks’ framework of conservative, liberal, and critical multiculturalism. The GSRs were digitized, and the analysis categorized project goals as conservative, liberal, or critical justifications for inclusive practices based on the coded transcripts.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study provides new insights into the role of teachers’ justifications in their experienced agency in inclusive education. It does so in an ecologically valid way and reveals important mechanisms influencing teachers’ agency and considerations to be involved with inclusive practices.
Preliminary results show that in most projects, teachers use a mixture of both liberal and critical goals to justify their inclusive educational projects. For example, in Gerard’s (geography teacher) project 'Assignment on migration and culture' we identified liberal justifications, such as "compassion" and "mutual understanding: why do people do this? Understanding each other", but also critical justifications such as "making space for stories from the classroom that the book doesn't accommodate".
Moreover, goals that refer to more general didactical or pedagogical core practices of being a teacher were also frequently present. For example, in the same project, Gerard mentions his pedagogical goal "Identity development of students: allowing them to experience that there is space to confidently take their place in the world". These goals could not be coded as either conservative, liberal, or critical, yet they are important justifications for teachers’ inclusive practices. These expert teachers did not mention any goals that could be labeled as conservative multiculturalism. This implies that for this group of expert teachers, a sense of agency in inclusive practices is linked to either a liberal or critical stance towards multiculturalism.

The empirical analysis of this data allowed for the refinement of Jenks’ primarily theoretical framework of conservative, liberal and critical multiculturalism. Furthermore, and more importantly, these findings hold important implications for teacher development trajectories. Thinking in conservative, liberal, and critical approaches to diversity could help teachers
1) in developing a language to talk about inclusive practices;
2) making them aware of the different ways in which diversity could be addressed;
3) guiding them towards thinking about the possible implications of these approaching styles.

References
Biesta, G., Priestley, M., & Robinson, S. (2015). The role of beliefs in teacher agency. Teachers and Teaching: Theory and Practice, 21(6), 624–640. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2015.1044325
Biesta, G., & Tedder, M. (2006). How is agency possible? Towards an ecological understanding of agency as achievement. In Learning lives: Learning, identity, and agency in the life course. Working Paper Five, Exeter: Teaching and Learning Research Programme. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/228644383_How_is_agency_possible_Towards_an_ecological_understanding_of_agency-as-achievement
Forghani-Arani, N., Cerna, L., & Bannon, M. (2019). The Lives of Teachers in Diverse Classrooms. In OECD (Issue 198). https://dx.doi.org/10.1787/8c26fee5-en%0Ahttp://www.oecd.org/officialdocuments/publicdisplaydocumentpdf/?cote=EDU/WKP(2019)6&docLanguage=En
Hosseini, N. (2021). Beschouwend artikel Kansengelijkheid in het onderwijs: een social justice perspectief voor de leraren¬ opleiding. Tijdschrift Voor Lerarenopleiders, 42(4), 15–25.
Janssen, F., Westbroek, H., & Borko, H. (2023). The indispensable role of the goal construct in understanding and improving teaching practice. Professional Development in Education, 00(00), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2023.2217426
Janssen, F., Westbroek, H., Doyle, W., & Driel, J. Van. (2013). How To Make Innovations Practical. In Teachers College Record (Vol. 115).
Jenks, C., Lee, J. O., & Kanpol, B. (2001). Approaches to Multicultural Education in Preservice Teacher Education: Philosophical Frameworks and Models for Teaching. The Urban Review, 33(2).
Kozleski, E., Artiles, A., & Waitoller, F. (2014). Equity in Inclusive Education: A Cultural Historical Comparative Perspective (pp. 2–30).
Little, B. R., & Coulombe, S. (2015). Personal Projects. In International Encyclopedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences (2nd ed., pp. 757–765). International Encyclopedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-08-097086-8.26100-X
Louie, N., Berland, L., Roeker, L., Nichols, K., Pacheco, M., & Grant, C. (2022). Toward radical belonging: envisioning antiracist learning communities. Race Ethnicity and Education, 00(00), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/13613324.2022.2106879
Pantić, N., & Florian, L. (2015). Developing teachers as agents of inclusion and social justice. Education Inquiry, 6(3). https://doi.org/10.3402/edui.v6.27311
Plaut, V. C. (2010). Diversity science: Why and how difference makes a difference. Psychological Inquiry, 21(2), 77–99. https://doi.org/10.1080/10478401003676501
Priestley, M., Biesta, G., & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher Agency: An Ecological Approach. Bloomsbury Publishing Plc.
van Vijfeijken, M., Denessen, E., van Schilt-Mol, T., & Scholte, R. H. J. (2021). Equity, Equality, and Need: A Qualitative Study into Teachers’ Professional Trade-Offs in Justifying Their Differentiation Practice. Open Journal of Social Sciences, 9, 236–257. https://doi.org/10.4236/jss.2021.98017


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Uncovering the Complexity of Teachers’ Inclusive Practices: Dynamics of Addressing the Unique Learning Profile of Each Student in Heterogeneous Classrooms

Petr Svojanovský, Jana Obrovská

Department of Education, Faculty of Education, Masaryk University, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Svojanovský, Petr; Obrovská, Jana

With the growing heterogeneity of student populations in contemporary classrooms across diverse international contexts, inclusive education has emerged as one of the most visible concepts on both the policy and research agenda (Ainscow, 2020). Recently, a broader political framework has emerged promoting inclusion as providing for the educational needs of all learners (“all means all”; UNESCO, 2020). Some authors point out that although there is an increasing emphasis on meeting the individual educational needs of all students in global political discourse, in academic discussions, most attention is still devoted to the needs of only some groups of students, typically those with SEND and/or sociocultural disadvantage (cf. Messiou, 2017; Nilhom & Göransson, 2017). More specifically, even where the authors adhere to the “inclusion for all” approach within the theoretical sections of their studies, in the methodological and empirical parts, the idea of “inclusion for some” tends to predominate (Kielblock & Woodcock, 2023). Therefore, in line with current conceptual discussions, we adhere to a more “broad” definition of inclusive education (cf. Ainscow et al., 2006), specifically to the “C” category of definitions as identified by Göransson & Nilholm (2014), where inclusive education is understood as meeting the social/academic needs of all pupils. We believe that inclusive education can rely on approaches such as differentiated instruction or universal design for learning, which are increasingly recognized as effective pedagogical models in terms of addressing student diversity (Gritful-Freixenet et al., 2020). Such approaches are based on the assumption that diversity among students exists in every group of learners, and students can differ in terms of readiness, interest and/or learning profile ranging from individual learning preferences to diverse family backgrounds (Tomlinson, 2022). Teachers can respond to this complex student diversity by using inclusive practices, i.e. any strategies ensuring that all students who have different individual needs can effectively learn in heterogeneous classrooms (Finkelstein et al., 2019).

Our study is based on several research gaps in international literature. Firstly, emphasis is predominantly placed on teachers’ attitudes toward inclusion rather than their practices. Thus there is a lack of observational data (Finkelstein et al., 2019; Sharma et al., 2021). Secondly, although students are the primary beneficiaries of the (non-)inclusive practices of their teachers, research capturing students’ perspective on inclusion in a broader sense (cf., Subban et al., 2022) as well as students' views on teachers’ (non-)inclusive practices (Schwab et al., 2022) are lacking. Thirdly, research typically focuses on primary education, with fewer studies conducted at the lower-secondary level, where differentiation could be even more challenging for teachers (Stollman et al., 2019; Schwab et al., 2022). To address these research gaps, the aim of our ethnographic research is to explore how lower-secondary school teachers reflect on and implement inclusive practices to address student diversity and to investigate the perspectives of all students on their teachers' inclusive practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this paper we ask two research questions: 1) In what ways do teachers address and reflect on addressing the individual needs of each student in the classroom? 2) How do individual students perceive their needs being addressed by teachers’ inclusive practices? To answer the research questions, we used an ethnographic methodology, which is characterised by studying what people do and say in everyday contexts while combining various techniques of data collection and putting emphasis on long-term participant observation (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007).

Participants involved in this research are 6 teachers, 42 students, and 2 teaching assistants in two different lower-secondary schools in the Czech Republic pseudonymised as Sunflower School and Tulip School. More specifically, 18 students, 3 teachers, and 1 teaching assistant from 1 classroom at Sunflower School participate in this study, and 24 students, 3 teachers, and 1 teaching assistant from 1 classroom at Tulip School participate in this study.

Data collection spans one school year (September 2023 - June 2024), with weekly gatherings over 40 weeks. Our data corpus comprises: 1) Fieldnotes from 400 hours of school observations, including 240 lessons taught by the 6 teachers and 160 hours of other school activities (such as informal interviews and breaks); 2) 126 interviews with teachers, including 90 reflective interviews about observed lessons, 30 interviews focusing on individual student needs, and 6 semi-structured interviews; 3) 52 student interviews, consisting of 42 individual semi-structured interviews and 10 focus groups.

At the time of writing this conference abstract, we are analysing all the data collected from the first half of the school year, which constitutes approximately half of our data corpus. Analytical procedures are conducted in accordance with the ethnographic design (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007), involving 1) close reading, i.e., detailed and repeated examination of the data; 2) coding, i.e., systematic labeling of data snippets; and 3) theoretical memos, i.e., notes that review and develop the researchers' analytical ideas.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our preliminary research findings indicate that each student has a unique profile of learning needs, which manifest in different ways during the learning and teaching process. These student profiles are to some extent stable but also vary situationally depending on factors such as the type of educational activity, the topic under discussion, or the student's level of engagement. Teachers adapt their teaching to these unique student profiles by flexibly switching among various inclusive practices, such as offering choice or supporting peer learning. Based on the triangulation of various data sources, we will present a model that illustrates the relationships between each student's unique profile and the inclusive practices teachers use in response to these specific needs. A significant contribution of this model is that it portrays addressing learning needs through inclusive practices as a dynamic process, thereby revealing the complexity of inclusive teachers' work. Additionally, we uncover students' perspectives on the inclusive practices employed by their teachers.
References
Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: Lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1),7-16. DOI:10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587

Ainscow, M., Booth, T., & Dyson, A. (2006). Improving schools, developing inclusion. Routledge.

Finkelstein, S., Sharma, U., & Furlonger, B. (2019). The inclusive practices of classroom teachers: A scoping review and thematic analysis. International
Journal of Inclusive Education, 25(6), 735-762. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1572232

Göransson, K., & Nilholm, C. (2014). Conceptual diversities and empirical shortcomings – a critical analysis of research on inclusive education. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 29(3), 265-280. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2014.933545

Griful-Freixenet, J., Struyven, K., Vantieghem, W., & Gheyssens, E. (2020). Exploring the interrelationship between universal design for learning (UDL) and differentiated instruction (DI): A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 29, 100306. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.100306

Hammersley, M., and P. Atkinson. 2007. Ethnography. Principles in Practice (3rd ed.). London: Routledge.

Kielblock, S., & Woodcock, S. (2023). Who’s included and Who’s not? An analysis of instruments that measure teachers’ attitudes towards inclusive education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 122, 103922. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103922

Messiou, K. (2017). Research in the field of inclusive education: Time for a rethink? International Journal of Inclusive Education, 21(2), 146–159. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2016.1223184

Nilholm, C., & Göransson, K. (2017). What is meant by inclusion? An analysis of European and North American journal articles with high impact. European Journal of Special Needs Education, 32(3), 437-451. https://doi.org/10.1080/08856257.2017.1295638

Schwab, S., Sharma, U., & Hoffmann, L. (2022). How inclusive are the teaching practices of my German, Maths and English teachers? – psychometric properties of a newly developed scale to assess personalisation and differentiation in teaching practices. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 26(1), 61-76. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2019.1629121

Sharma, U., Sokal, L., Wang, M., & Loreman, T. (2021). Measuring the use of inclusive practices among pre-service educators: A multi-national study. Teaching and Teacher Education, 107, 103506. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103506

Stollman, S., Meirink, J., Westenberg, M., & van Driel, J. (2019). Teachers’ interactive cognitions of differentiated instruction in a context of student talent development. Teaching and Teacher Education, 77, 138-149. https://doi.org/10.1177/01623532211001440

Subban, P., Woodcock, S., Sharma, U., & May, F. (2022). Student experiences of inclusive education in secondary schools: A systematic review of the literature. Teaching and Teacher Education, 119, 103853. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2022.103853

Tomlinson, C. A. (2022). Everybody’s Classroom: Differentiating for the Shared and Unique Needs of Diverse Students. Washington: Teachers College Press.

UNESCO (2020). Global Education Monitoring Report 2020: Inclusion and education. (2020). UNESCO. https://doi.org/10.54676/J


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Teaching and learning opportunities in Compulsory school for Pupils with profound Intellectual Disabilities

Alexandra Jonasson, Maria Sjölin

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Jonasson, Alexandra

Students enrolled in the Swedish Compulsory School for Pupils with severe and multiple Intellectual Disabilities typically exhibit significant care needs stemming from their disabilities. Consequently, the educational approach is marked by a synergy of care and learning, fostering close collaboration among educators, guardians, and external experts, including rehabilitation services.

Historically, the content of education for the students has primarily focused on the development of functional skills and ability training. In recent years, with the implementation of the swedish curriculum in 2011, learning and knowledge development have assumed a central role. Internationally, a similar shift from a focus on care to knowledge is occurring, affecting students with intellectual disabilities among others. Nevertheless, there is insufficient research on this field.

The educational form has been criticized for being too care-oriented, as highlighted in a review by the Swedish Schools Inspectorate (2010), where knowledge orientation is presented as positive, while care is described as an indicator of low quality. Östlund (2013) argues that it is problematic to polarize care needs and learning, suggesting that these do not need to be opposing forces. Platine Ewe (2021) also points out the risk that educational relational competence may b,e overshadowed when the care relationship is allowed to dominate, consequently affecting students' learning.

The purpose of the research is to contribute to an enhanced approach towards the students where caregiving and learning are closely intertwined. The research inquiries are:

  • How are teaching and learning activities practically implemented for students with profound intellectual disabilities and physical impairments?
  • What factors influence instructional time for students?

The theoretical foundation of the study is based on a salutogenic approach, centering around the Sense of Coherence (SOC) theory (Antonovsky, 1991), as the theoretical framework to interpret the results regarding teaching and learning activities.

To identify and analyze external and internal factors influencing the instructional time, Berg's theory of school governance (2003), using the free space model as its foundation, is applied.

The study employs an ethnographic approach, as ethnographic methodology is particularly suitable when examining how something operates in its natural environment (Hammersley & Atkinson, 2007). Video observation and participant observation (Fange, 2017) has been used to collect the data. The study participants included school staff and students from grades 1 to 9, divided across five classes.

The analysis of video documentation and field notes involved a thorough examination of collected data. Patterns, behaviors, and themes were identified and thematized to extract meaningful insights.

The results indicate that there are several factors influencing students' instructional time. These factors can be categorized as external or internal influencing factors. The school bus consistently arriving late to school most mornings is an example of an external influencing factor documented in the study. Information exchange among school staff during ongoing lessons is an example of an internal influencing factor within the school's organization, documented on multiple occasions. By providing documentation of various factors that occur and illustrating how these factors reduce students' instructional time, the study aims to raise awareness of the current situation. The insights facilitated by the documentation can set the stage for school staff to enhance the practices. There are also numerous documented instances of teaching sessions characterized by both learning and care for the students. A common feature among these documented teaching sessions was that they were characterized by a high degree of a sense of coherence, where both content and execution were meaningful, comprehensible, and manageable for the students.These documented occurrences can serve as good examples of how caregiving and learning, according to the Sense of Coherence (SOC) theory, can be organized in practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participatory observation is a widely accepted method when the study applies an ethnographic approach. The method is described as one of the most central to social research and consists of two concurrent actions, namely interaction and observation. Combining interaction and observations in a balanced manner is necessary to collect credible data (Fange, 2017).  
Participatory observation can be described as a balancing act between participating and observing, where the balance shifts on different occasions. At times, there is a higher degree of participation, while at other times, there is a greater emphasis on observation. The situation determines what is suitable at any given moment (Alm, 2019).  
The purpose of participatory observation is to create a nuanced understanding of human actions and interactions in a specific context by participating in and observing a social setting over an extended period (Klingberg et al., 2021). In ethnographic research, it is essential to generate "thick descriptions," meaning not only describing concrete observations but also understanding the events in their specific context.
To enable the collection of rich data while minimizing the risk of errors, video observation was chosen as the method. Advantages of video observation include the ability to gather large amounts of data over time, with the added benefit of being able to review sequences from the material multiple times afterward. For video observations to function as a favorable data collection method, it is crucial to know in advance what should be observed (Jacobsson & Skansholm, 2022)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
External factors such as school transportation and the substitute pool lie outside the school's organizational structure but have a significant impact on its operations. In most observed morning lessons , students arrived late in the morning. affecting instructional time. In instances of staff shortages, the substitute pool didn't always have the capacity to provide substitutes, affecting the staff's ability to carry out planned activities during the school day.
Even though external circumstances in the study seem to be part of the school's daily routine, the extent of their impact on students' education becomes a matter of how they are managed.
Creating space for development, therefore, involves discovering and adopting strategies for how staff can effectively handle the aforementioned influencing factors.
 
There are numerous documented instances of teaching sessions that embody both student learning and care. A prevalent aspect among these documented sessions is the high level of coherence, where both content and delivery are meaningful, understandable, and manageable for the students. These instances serve as valuable examples of how, in accordance with the Sense of Coherence (SOC) theory, the integration of caregiving and learning can be effectively implemented in practice.

References
Antonovsky, A. (1991). Unraveling the mystery of health. Natur och kultur.  

Berg, G. (2003). Att förstå skolan. En teori om skolan som institution och skolor som organisationer. Lund: Studentlitteratur

Bryman, A. (2018). Samhällsvetenskapliga metoder upplaga 3. Liber AB. Stockholm.  

Fange, K. (2005). Deltagande observation. Liber AB. Stockholm

Hammersley & Atkinson (2007). Etnography: principles in practice. (3:e upplagan). New York: Routledge  

Jacobsson, K. & Skanssholm, A. (2022). Handbok i uppsatsskrivande - för utbildningsvetenskap. Studentlitteratur: Lund.

Mesibov, G. B., Shea, V. & Schopler, E. (2007). TEACCH vid autismspektrumstörning hos barn och vuxna. Studentlitteratur.

Plantin Ewe, L. (2021). Relationell pedagogik – vad är det och hur kan det förstås i praktiken? I: J. Wåger & D. Östlund (red.). Hållbart och meningsfullt lärande: Undervisning för elever med intellektuell funktionsnedsättning (37-51). Lund: Studentlitteratur

Widmark, C., Sandahl, C., Piuva, K. & Bergman, D. (2011). Barriers to collaboration between health care, social services and schools. International journal of integrated care, 11(3). DOI: http://doi.org/10.5334/ijic.653

Östlund, D. (2013). Omsorgsarbete i träningsskolan. IJ. Aspelin (red.), Relationell specialpedagogik i teori och praktik. Kristianstad University Press.
 
15:45 - 17:1504 SES 07 B: Teacher Education for Inclusion: International Trends (Part 2)
Location: Room 111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ines Alves
Panel Discussion Part 2/2, continued from 04 SES 06 B
 
04. Inclusive Education
Panel Discussion

Teacher Education for Inclusion: International Trends (Part 2)

Anastasia Vlachou1, Andrea Priestley2, Olja Jovanović Milanović3, Raphael Zahnd4, Shannon Babbie5, Elin Sæther6

1National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece; 2University of Stirling, UK; 3University of Belgrade, Serbia; 4Fachhochschule Nordwestschweiz, Switzerland; 5University of Aberdeen, UK; 6University of Oslo, Norway

Presenting Author: Vlachou, Anastasia; Priestley, Andrea; Jovanović Milanović, Olja; Zahnd, Raphael; Babbie, Shannon; Sæther, Elin

This 2-part panel will bring together colleagues to reflect on teacher education for inclusion in 12 country contexts: Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Chile, Cyprus, Greece, Norway, Portugal, Scotland, Serbia, Switzerland, and USA.

Educating teachers that are prepared to teach diverse student populations is one of the big challenges of present times. This can be to some extent explained by the challenges experienced by teachers linked to student diversity and the international push to develop education systems that include all learners. According to Forlin (2010), TE for inclusion is a way of ensuring that teachers are prepared to teach in classrooms with diverse student populations. Livingston (2020) considers that the role and responsibility of TE ‘in developing inclusive education that enables every teacher to meet the needs of all our young people’, still needs to be explored.

TE can be divided into two main phases: initial teacher education (ITE) and Continuing professional Development (CPD). In trying to dissect TE across 12 different countries, we will consider its format (duration and location), purpose (transmissive-malleable-transformative) and contents. Symeonidou (2017) identified three key formats of ITE for inclusion: a) single-unit approaches: 1 lecture/seminar; b) content-infused approaches: embedded in the programme; c) approaches using school placement/experience. However, Symeonidou and Makopoulou (2019) suggest that the contents, quality and impact of TE for inclusion still need to be explored as existing research is fragmented and limited. The engagement of all teachers in CPD varies within a country and across countries, as different teacher groups are not equally involved in CPD (De Vroey et al., 2023).

Even considering that research on teacher education for inclusion has reported positive outcomes of programs with different approaches, more evidence is needed to understand in depth the content, characteristics, barriers, and facilitators related to the effectiveness of teacher education, as well as to explore the underlying mechanisms involve producing these outcomes (Tristani & Bassett-Gunter, 2019). The literature suggests that internationally TE institutions are exploring ways to actively involve teachers and their students in understanding and developing their own learning, and that those institutions must ensure that theory and research are better linked to teachers’ practice. The competent bodies of educational policy in different countries accept that teachers hold a key role within the economic, social and cultural development of their country, and in promoting the United Nations Sustainable Development Goal 4: Ensuring inclusive equitable quality education for all. TE still faces structural inadequacies as in many contexts elementary and secondary education are seen in a disintegrated way and not as sequentially complementary to each other, and not conceptualized in a unifying way that would enable the continuity between the initial teacher education and continuous professional development (Xochellis, 2002). Siuty (2019) notes that TE needs to support teachers in understanding and disrupting the dominant ideologies around normalcy that operate in educational systems, sustaining the exclusion and interrogating their identities and privileges in the systems of oppression and power imbricated with these ideologies to inform decision-making about practice and social interactions.

The panel will address the following questions:

- To what extent is inclusive education present in initial teacher education and teachers’ continuous professional development?

- What formats (duration and location), purposes (transmissive-malleable-transformative), and contents exist in ITE and CPD for inclusion of all students in education?

This is a timely discussion panel which will consider TE for inclusion cross-nationally to provide new insights to the format, purposes, content, quality and impact of Teacher Education for inclusion in diverse contexts.


References
C. Forlin, Teacher Education for Inclusion: Changing paradigms and innovative approaches. Oxon: Routledge, 2010. doi: 10.4324/9780203850879.
De Vroey, A., Lecheval, A., Symeonidou, S. (2023). Supporting All Educators to Take Part in Teacher Professional Learning for Inclusion. Trends in Higher Education, 2, 320–331. https://doi.org/10.3390/ higheredu2020018
E. M. Sosu, P. Mtika, and L. Colucci-Gray, “Does initial teacher education make a difference? the impact of teacher preparation on student teachers’ attitudes towards educational inclusion,” Journal of Education for Teaching, vol. 36, no. 4, pp. 389–405, 2010, doi: 10.1080/02607476.2010.513847.
I. Alves, A. Christodoulidis, J. Carpenter, V. Hogg (in press) Practitioner Enquiry as lifelong Teacher Education for Inclusion, Education Sciences
International Bureau of Education-UNESCO, Reaching out to all Learners: a Resource Pack for Supporting Inclusive Education. Geneva: IBE-UNESCO, 2016.
J. Essex, N. Alexiadou, and P. Zwozdiak-Myers, “Understanding inclusion in teacher education–a view from student teachers in England,” International Journal of Inclusive Education, vol. 0, no. 0, pp. 1–18, 2019, doi: 10.1080/13603116.2019.1614232.
K. Livingston, “Reflections on teacher education: developments and challenges,” European Journal of Teacher Education, vol. 43, no. 1, pp. 1–3, 2020, doi: 10.1080/02619768.2020.1705653.
M. C. Beaton, S. Thomson, S. Cornelius, R. Lofthouse, Q. Kools, and S. Huber, “Conceptualising teacher education for inclusion: Lessons for the professional learning of educators from transnational and cross-sector perspectives,” Sustainability (Switzerland), vol. 13, no. 4, pp. 1–17, 2021, doi: 10.3390/su13042167.
Makopoulou, K., Penney, D., Neville, R., & Thomas, G. (2022). What sort of ‘inclusion’is continuing professional development promoting? An investigation of a national CPD programme for inclusive physical education. International journal of inclusive education, 26(3), 245-262.
Siuty, M. B. (2019). Teacher preparation as interruption or disruption? Understanding identity (re) constitution for critical inclusion. Teaching and Teacher Education, 81(1), 38-49. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.02.008
Symeonidou, S. (2017). Initial Teacher Education for Inclusion: A Review of the Literature. Disability & Society, 32 (3), 401–422. https://doi.org/10.1080/09687599.2017.1298992
Tristani, L., & Bassett‐Gunter, R. (2020). Making the grade: Teacher training for inclusive education: A systematic review. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 20(3), 246-264. https://doi.org/10.1111/1471-3802.12483
UNESCO, A guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education. Paris: UNESCO, 2017.
Xochellis P. (2002) The teachers’ training today: international necessity, Greek developments and experiences. Paper presented at 20th International Congress. Patras, Retrieved from http://www.elemedu.upatras.gr/eriande/synedria/

Chair
Ines Alves, ines.alves@glasgow.ac.uk, University of Glasgow
 
15:45 - 17:1504 SES 07 C: Special Educational Needs in Inclusive Contexts
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Cathryn Knight
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

School Inclusion and the Role of Special Educational Needs Teachers in Germany, Sweden, and Norway

Carolina Dahle1, Lisa Marie Wolf2, Heidi Wimmer3

1USN, Norway; 2TU Dortmund, Germany; 3Stockholm University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Dahle, Carolina

From an international perspective, national school systems have been significantly affected by several global trends since the end of the 20th century. One has been the powerful movement towards an inclusive school for all, represented by the Declaration of Salamanca in 1994, and accelerated by the UN-Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities in 2006. It is written that “all children should learn together, wherever possible, regardless of any difficulties or differences they may have. Inclusive schools must recognize and respond to the diverse needs of their students, accommodating both different styles and rates of learning and ensuring quality education to all through appropriate curricula, organizational arrangements, teaching strategies, resource use and partnerships with their communities” (UNESCO, 1994, p. 11).

With the ratification of the Salamanca-Declaration and the UN-CRPD, states and federal states (in Germany) are obliged to provide an inclusive school system in which pupils with and without impairments or disabilities are taught in joint schools and classes. Although educational contexts vary greatly from country to country, similar regulations must be implemented internationally. The “fuzzy concept of inclusion” (Artiles & Dyson, 2005) has to be included and transferred into practice in different historically developed education systems. In the chain of international guidelines, national and finally local implementation (Abrahamsen & Aas, 2019), national and regional educational stakeholders have to interpret regulations, which leads to many variations of inclusive education not just internationally, but also in a national and regional frame (Badstieber & Moldenhauer, 2016).

A central stakeholder, especially in the local implementation, are special educational needs teachers (SEN-teachers), who support pupils and teachers in mainstream schools with their specific expertise. However, due to different definitions of inclusion and the importance of national and local contexts, it is not determined how inclusive schooling, and the roles of SEN-teachers look like. Accordingly, it is hardly possible to clarify what these highly specialized teachers should be educated for in terms of inclusive schooling for all pupils. Due to their important role in the implementation of school inclusion, the study presented focuses on the training and role of special education teachers in particular.

In line with the purpose of the study our research questions are:

1. How do the (inclusive) school system contexts and histories of inclusion of the three countries differ from each other?

2. How is “special educational needs” defined and operationalized?

3. What role do SEN-teachers play in the implementation of school inclusion?

4. How are SEN-teachers educated for those roles and tasks?

From a national perspective, international comparisons give the opportunity to take a look at alternative regulations and implementations. Furthermore, comparative approaches enable important contextual factors to be identified and social and political constructions - such as "inclusive school" and "special needs" - to be scrutinized (Biermann & Powell, 2014). From a German perspective, Nordic countries in particular serve as "main sources of innovation" (ibid., p. 683). The comparison made in this article between Germany, Sweden and Norway is intended to provide an impetus to look beyond national borders and open our eyes to alternative approaches of implementation strategies as well as SEN-teachers´ roles and education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Germany, Sweden, and Norway are particularly interesting for a comparison, as the three countries have different historically developed educational traditions, but similarities in recent educational reforms (Wermke & Prøitz, 2021). The educational systems in these countries put high emphasis on learning outcomes and the personal growth of pupils (Grissom et al., 2018) but work with different approaches. While the two Scandinavian countries are focusing on a local school for all, Germany is a country with a historically anchored and highly sophisticated special school system combined with a teaching profession specifically designed for this pur-pose. Therefore, the respective country-specific school system contexts and different professionalization of SEN-teachers must also be taken into account.
According to the research questions, the country comparison is based on four dimensions. The study starts with (1) an analysis of the different school system contexts and the history of inclu-sion before it (2) focuses on definitions and operationalization of “need for support”. The analysis will furthermore examine (3) the tasks of SEN-teachers in Germany, Sweden, and Norway and at the end (4) compare the academic education and training of SEN-teachers. Statistical figures (about special educational needs support, inclusion, exclusion rates), legal regulations (school laws, ordinances), state and university-specific training regulations for special needs teachers and current findings on their tasks and roles in school inclusion serve as the basis. In addition, current research on the roles and tasks of special education teachers in inclusive schools was consulted in order to take a look at implementation in practice.

The analysis is conducted with qualitative content analysis (Mayring, 2022). This method for the analysis was chosen because it offers a rule-guided behavior, which makes the collabora-tion of several researchers easier. Furthermore, the QCAmap software make it possible to work simultaneously with the documents. The research group agreed on similar documents from the three countries, like legal documents and regulatory documents on inclusive education, statistical figures, provided by governmental institutions and regulations for academic education. Furthermore, the research group agreed on deductive categories, based on the research questions and dimensions and finally categorized the documents. Specifying categories are for example inclusion rates, the assessment of special educational needs, regulations of duties of SEN-teachers, requirements for the admission to the study program, study content and possible specializations. The results are summarized in a table to enable an easy-to-read comparison.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The school systems of the three countries are characterized by different inclusion histories and strategies. In Germany, the historically anchored separate schooling of pupils with impairments and disabilities is maintained even during the expansion of inclusive schooling options. Differentiation and allocation of special needs is constitutive and legitimizing. In Sweden and Nor-way, school systems are less oriented towards performance-based institutional segregation of pupils. Accordingly, significantly fewer pupils attend a special school (Nondal et al., 2018).

A differentiation of developmental areas to be supported - similar to the German “Förderschwerpunkte” (support priorities) - is also reflected in Norway and Sweden in possible specializations of special needs teachers, but there are no formal assessment procedures - in the sense of an official act - in which the pupils are assigned special needs and on the basis of which special support is granted. In Norway, for example, special educational support is pro-vided in six phases, which begins with the identification of unsatisfactory learning outcomes, includes an assessment by specialized professionals and the decision for or against special educational support, as well as the development of an individual learning plan by the school and its evaluation. It is therefore a basically similar process but based less on labeling and formal files.

The training of SEN-teachers differs, among other things, in the necessary prerequisites (un-dergraduate or postgraduate studies) and mandates granted. In Sweden, there are two special education professions (speciallärare and specialpädagoger) with specific functions within the school. The task of specialpädagoger (special educators) is primarily to provide systemic ad-vice to schools and teachers on inclusion and special educational support, while speciallärare (SEN-teachers in a narrow sense) work primarily directly with pupils (von Ahlefeld Nisser, 2014). A look at the current state of research in Germany shows that SEN-teachers fulfill both functions in inclusion.

References
Abrahamsen, H. N., & Aas, M. (2019). Mellomleder i skolen [Middle leaders in schools]. Fag-bokforlaget.

Artiles, A. J., & Dyson, A. (2005). Inclusive education in the globalization age: The promise of comparative cultural historical analysis. In D. Mitchell (Ed.), Contextualizing inclusive education (pp. 37-62). Routledge.

Badstieber, B. & Moldenhauer, A. (2016). Schulleitungshandeln in inklusionsorientierten Schulentwicklungsprozessen [School principalship actions in inclusion-oriented school development processes]. In U. Böing & A. Köpfer (Eds.), Be-Hinderung der Teilhabe. Soziale, politische und institutionelle Herausforderungen inklusiver Bildungsräume (pp. 209 - 219). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt.

Biermann, J. & Powell, J. J. W. (2014): Institutionelle Dimensionen inklusiver Schulbildung – Herausforderungen der UN-Behindertenrechtskonvention für Deutschland, Island und Schwe-den im Vergleich [Institutional dimensions of inclusive school education – challenges of the UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities for Germany, Iceland and Sweden in comparison]. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 17, 679 – 700. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-014-0588-0

Grissom, J. A.; Blissett, R. S. L. & Mitani, H. (2018). Evaluating School Principals: Supervisor Ratings of Principal Practice and Principal Job Performance. Educational Evaluation and Poli-cy Analysis, 40(03), 446 – 472. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373718783883

Mayring, P. (2022). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Grundlagen und Techniken [Qualitative content analysis: basics and techniques]. Beltz.

Nondal, T. J.; Cercel, R; Mearns, C. & Ahlström, M. (2018). Educational Systems for Inclusive Education in Norway, Romania, Scotland and Sweden. Learning Disability Practice Journal, 21 (5). https://doi.org/10.7748/ldp.2018.e1869

UNESCO (1994). The Salamanca Statement and Framework for Action on Special Needs Education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000110753?posInSet=4&queryId=N-EXPLORE-7799e6f7-5d6c-4d65-8b3c-21ce189688cd

von Ahlefeld Nisser, D. (2014). Specialpedagogers och speciallärares olika roller och uppdrag - Skilda föreställningar möts och möter en pedagogisk praktik [Special educators’ and special teachers’ different roles and functions – different ideas encounter the realities of pedagogical practices.]. Nordic Studies in Education, 34(04), 246 – 264. https://doi.org/10.18261/issn1891-5949-2014-04-03

Wermke, W. & Prøitz, T. S. (2021). Discussing the curriculum-Didaktik dichotomy and comparative conceptualisations of the teaching profession. Education Inquiry, 10(04), 300 – 327. https://doi.org/10.1080/20004508.2019.1618677


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Understanding the Impact of Special Educational Needs Identification on Academic Progression in Wales: A Comprehensive Analysis

Cathryn Knight1, Emily Lowthian2, Tom Crick2, Carys Jones2, Sarah Rees2, Anna Rawlings2

1University of Bristol, United Kingdom; 2Swansea University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Knight, Cathryn

A corpus of research considering the social impact of Special Educational Needs (SEN) identification on diagnosis and has shown mixed effects. Qualitative research highlights the benefits of SEN identification due to the alleviation of stigma, and access to support (Ingesson, 2007; Glazzard, 2010; Leitão et al., 2017), while quantitative research, shows a negative impact on academic self-concept (Polychroni, Koukoura, & Anagnostou, 2006; Knight, 2021). Scant research has been conducted which investigates the impact of SEN on academic outcomes, which also considers categories of SEN (i.e., ADHD) (Parsons & Platt, 2017). We aimed to understand i) what factors contribute to being identified with SEN, ii) the educational attainment of those with SEN (overall, and specific diagnoses, and iii) to explore the timing of SEN diagnosis on attainment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Utilising administrative population data from the SAIL Databank in Wales, we linked demographic, education and health data, resulting in a cohort of children born between 1 September 2002 and 31 August 2008 (n => 200,000 children). We use SEN identification as both an outcome, and an exposure in analysis, with any SEN, and specific diagnoses including ADHD, Autism, Dyslexia and Behaviour Emotional Social Difficulty. Educational attainment at age 7, 11, 14 and 16 was used as an outcome. Covariates included school-attendance, deprivation, birth characteristics, healthcare usage and individual characteristics. We employed longitudinal multi-level models using the glmmTMB package in R, the data consisted of unbalanced panel data over 16 years of life.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We found that female children were less likely to be diagnosed with SEN (-1.73, -1.78 - -1.69), as were those who were breastfed (-0.58, -0.63, -0.54). Children born with a low birthweight (0.80, 0.70 – 0.90) or pre-term (0.19, 0.09 – 0.29) or in the summer (1.09, 1.04 – 1.15) were more likely to be identified with SEN. Greater deprivation (Townsend) was linked to a higher chance of SEN (1.53, 1.02 – 1.18) as were Free School Meals (1.41, 1.36 – 1.46). For attainment, any diagnosis of SEN had a negative relationship on achieving the educational benchmark at age 7, 11, 14 and 16 (-3.92, -3.97 - -3.87), adjusted for individual, birth and school characteristics.

Despite supportive policies, SEN remains to be an important contributor towards educational attainment, of which is shaped by socio-cultural factors, such as deprivation. This research contributes to the ongoing discourse on SEN policies, providing valuable insights for shaping future national-level policies and practices in Wales.

References
Ingesson, S. G. (2007). Growing up with dyslexia: Interviews with teenagers and young adults. School Psychology International, 28(5), 574-591.

Glazzard, J. (2010). The impact of dyslexia on pupils' self‐esteem. Support for learning, 25(2), 63-69.

Knight, C. (2021). The impact of the dyslexia label on academic outlook and aspirations: an analysis using propensity score matching. British Journal of Educational Psychology. 91(4), 1110-1126.

Knight, C., & Crick, T. (2021). The assignment and distribution of the dyslexia label: Using the UK Millennium Cohort Study to investigate the socio-demographic predictors of the dyslexia label in England and Wales. PLOS ONE, 16(8), e0256114.

Leitão, S., Dzidic, P., Claessen, M., Gordon, J., Howard, K., Nayton, M., & Boyes, M. E. (2017). Exploring the impact of living with dyslexia: The perspectives of children and their parents. International journal of speech-language pathology, 19(3), 322-334.

Parsons, S., & Platt, L. (2013). Disability among young children: Prevalence, heterogeneity and socio-economic disadvantage. Available: https://cls.ucl.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/CLS-WP-2013-11-Disability-among-young-children-S-Parsons-L-Platt.pdf

Polychroni, F., Koukoura, K., & Anagnostou, I. (2006). Academic self‐concept, reading attitudes and approaches to learning of children with dyslexia: do they differ from their peers? European Journal of Special Needs Education, 21(4), 415-430.

StatsWales (2023). Education and Skills - Examinations and assessments. Available: https://statswales.gov.wales/Catalogue/Education-and-Skills/Schools-and-Teachers/Examinations-and-Assessments

UNESCO (2020). Inclusion and Education: All means all. Available: https://en.unesco.org/gem-report/report/2020/inclusion  

Welsh Government (2018). Additional Learning Needs and Education Tribunal (Wales) Act 2018. Available: https://www.legislation.gov.uk/anaw/2018/2/contents/enacted
 
15:45 - 17:1504 SES 07 D: Educational Discourse and Dialogue in Inclusive Education
Location: Room 113 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Øyvind Ibrahim Marøy Snipstad
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Autism between ‘Neurodiversity’, ‘Spectrum’ and ‘Disorder’ - A Scoping Review on Autism in the Recent Educational Discourse

Lukas Hümpfer-Gerhards

Humboldt University, Germany

Presenting Author: Hümpfer-Gerhards, Lukas

The term ‘Autism’ was first used in 1911 by Eugen Bleuler (1951) as a description of a form of schizophrenia. In the 1940s the first widely recognized descriptions auf autism were published by Leo Kanner (1968 [1943]) and Hans Asperger (1944) (Lord et al. 2020). Due to these publications languages a gap between German speaking and international/English discourse became evident and can still be observed in today’s educational discourse.
Kanner's description of the cold ‘schizophrenogenic’ mother as the cause of autism (Sterwald and Baker 2019) was particularly taken up in psychoanalytic considerations in the 1960s and 1970s. Bruno Bettelheim's (1973 [1967]) description of "refrigerator mothers" gained popularity subsequently but is now considered refuted (Zankl 2012). Concurrently, and in addition, the first neurological descriptions of autism emerged (Hermelin and O'CONNOR 1963; Rimland 1964). Especially Rimland shifted the perspective in the search for the origins away from parental misbehavior towards neurological causes. In 1979, Wing and Gould (1979) first used the term ‘Autism-Spectrum’. This term is still present in medical publications such as the ICD-11 (WHO, 2019) today. Autism was first named in a medical diagnostic manual in the DSM-III (1980). With this, research on autism almost exclusively adopted a medical/pathological perspective as evident in the frequent use of the term ‘disorder’ in reference to autism. Approaches such as Baron-Cohen and colleagues' Mind-Blindness Theory (1985; 1995) are exemplary of this perspective. Baron-Cohen himself underwent a paradigm shift in the following years of his career towards a perspective of neurodiversity (Baron-Cohen, 2017), representing the evolution of the scientific discourse.
Through this period autism as a phenomenon was always part of the practical and scientifical educational conversation, presumably highly influenced by the previously described developments in the medical perspectives. As it’s evident for example in the Berlin guidelines on special needs education (SenBJF 2023) where the description criteria for ‘autistic behavior’ matches the diagnostical criteria for ‘autism spectrum disorder’ in ICD-11 (WHO 2020). Similar perspectives can be found in other practical and theoretical publications. This leads to the questions: On what background is autism discussed in the current pedagogical discourse? And how does it correspond to inclusive perspectives?

To answer these questions, this presentation will focus on references to autism used in current pedagogical publications (comparing the German and English discourse) and analyze their implicit meanings and realted models of autism. By doing this, it’s possible to show the current state of pedagogical autism research. This presentation will be based on the results of a scoping review. By taking the underlying models into account it’s also possible to question whether the most commonly used models relate to inclusive models of disability.
This presentation will use the descriptions of inclusive perspectives by Mai-Anh Boger (e.g. 2017) and Adi Goldiner (2022) as a framework.
In the work on the ‘trilemma of inclusion’ Boger uses a philosophical-analytical approach to show the relation between the perspectives of ‘normalization’, ‘deconstruction’ and ‘empowerment’ (Boger 2017). In a nutshell she concludes the inclusive theories can always only engage a maximum of two of these perspectives, while necessarily opposing the last (Redlich and Gerhards 2023).
Meanwhile Goldiners ‘Cluster of Disability Models’ summarizes approaches towards disability models in a three-dimensional scheme. The Cluster concludes that every Model of diability can be assorted in three axis: medical vs. social model; tragedy vs. affirmative model & minority vs. universal model (Goldiner 2022).
These two approaches will be combined in a theoretical framework to assess models of autism from an inclusive perspective and examine their implications for theoretical and practical perspectives. Thus analyzing the implications of descriptions of autism between ‘neurodiversity’, ‘spectrum’ and ‘disorder’.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To identify the most common perspectives on autism in the current educational discourse a scoping review following the methodology by Elm, Schreiber and Haupt (2019) was conducted. In doing so the German discourse was approached via the educational repository ‘Pedocs’. This includes only open access publications from different fields of educational research. Only texts that were published between 2018 and 2023 and appeared through the search for ‘Autismus’ (n=137) and ‘autistisch’ (n=16) were included. 90 publications were excluded based on formal (duplicates and language) and content criteria (no clear perspective on autism), leaving 63 publications for further analysis. The English discourse is currently approached in a similar way through ‘ERIC (Educational Research Information Center)’. As this is used mainly to contrast the German discourse, only open access publications (via ERIC) from 2023 found through the search for the terms ‘Autism’ (n=48) and ‘Autistic’ (n=9) are included. The formal exclusion of publications is currently executed, based on the same criteria as for the German publications and will be finished in the time being.
The publications will be analyzed for their utilized model of autism, based on terminology and references in the text.
As a reflection the utilized models will be sorted according and in addition to Berdelmanns (2023) work on identification of models of autism.
Finally the models are analyzed for their perspectives on autism from an inclusive standpoint, by utilizing a framework based on Boger (e.g. 2017) and Goldiner (2022). The framework identifies four approaches towards (dis-)ability, three of which based in an inclusive understanding, one based in an exclusive understanding. By assorting the approaches towards autism in this framework, we will be able to show whether the most commonly used models of autism in the current educational discourse have an inclusive background and which perspectives are emphasized, between empowerment, normalization and deconstruction in accordance to Boger (2017).
In addition, the results will be compared quantitatively in their appearance and as a comparison between the German and English discourse.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the German educational discourse an overwhelming majority of publications use at least partly – in direct reference and/or their terminology – models of autism in reference to medical publications. Most of these are non-inclusive by nature, as their main purpose is to describe medical deviation between health and sickness. DSM-V (Falkai et al. 2018) and ICD-11 (WHO 2020) are the most common examples for this (n=44). This strong reliance on medical perspectives might be due to a lack of a common pedagogical and inclusive model of autism, as it is suggested for example in the neurodiversity-paradigm (e.g. Walker 2015; Singer 2022). Though approaches like this exist in English (e.g. Jaarsma and Welin 2012; Perrykkad and Hohwy 2020; Anderson-Chavarria 2021), they are so far not widely recognized in the German educational discourse.
The scoping review on the English discourse is currently executed but will be finished in time to be presented at ECER. Due to the different historical background of autism research (starting with Kanner and Asperger) the most common perspectives and models are expected to differ significantly from the German discourse. Another reason for this expectation is that the scientifical discourse on neurodiversity, which is an important inclusive perspective on autism as a phenomenon (Berdelmann 2023) is mostly in English and has so far only started to be recognized in the German educational discourse (Grummt 2023). Following this it’s expected to find more inclusive perspectives based on neurodiversity in the recent English educational discourse on autism, compared to the German.
Finally this presentation discusses the necessity for inclusive models in research on inclusion and the (unconscious) implications of exclusive models in theoretical, practical and intermediate fields like teacher training.

References
Anderson-Chavarria, Melissa (2021). The autism predicament: models of autism and their impact on autistic identity. Disability & Society, 1–21.

Asperger, Hans (1944). Die „Autistischen Psychopathen” im Kindesalter. Archiv für Psychiatrie und Nervenkrankheiten, 117, 76–136.

Berdelmann, Kathrin (2023). Neurodiversität und Wissen über Autismus im pädagogischen Fachdiskurs - eine historisch vergleichende Perspektive. In Christian Lindmeier, Marek Grummt and Mechthild Richter (eds.). Neurodiversität und Autismus, 29–45. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer Verlag.

Boger, Mai-Anh (2017). Theorien der Inklusion: eine Übersicht. Zeitschrift für Inklusion.

Elm, Erik von, Gerhard Schreiber, and Claudia C. Haupt (2019). Methodische Anleitung für Scoping Reviews (JBI-Methodologie). Zeitschrift fur Evidenz, Fortbildung und Qualitat im Gesundheitswesen, 143, 1–7.

Goldiner, Adi (2022). Understanding “Disability” as a Cluster of Disability Models. The Journal of Philosophy of Disability, 2, 28–54.

Grummt, Marek (2023). Einführung in das Paradigma der Neurodiversität. In Christian
Lindmeier, Marek Grummt and Mechthild Richter (eds.). Neurodiversität und Autismus, 11–28. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer Verlag.

Jaarsma, Pier, and Stellan Welin (2012). Autism as a natural human variation: reflections on the claims of the neurodiversity movement. Health care analysis HCA journal of health philosophy and policy, 20, 20–30.

Kanner, L. (1968). Autistic disturbances of affective contact. Acta paedopsychiatrica, 35, 100–36.

Lord, Catherine, Traolach S. Brugha, Tony Charman, James Cusack, Guillaume Dumas, Thomas Frazier, Emily J. H. Jones, Rebecca M. Jones, Andrew Pickles, Matthew W. State, Julie L. Taylor, and Jeremy Veenstra-VanderWeele (2020). Autism spectrum disorder. Nature reviews. Disease primers, 6, 5.

Perrykkad, Kelsey, and Jakob Hohwy (2020). Modelling Me, Modelling You: the Autistic Self. Review Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 7, 1–31.

Redlich, Hubertus, and Lukas Gerhards (2023). Differenz(ierung)en im Unterricht – Zu den Begriffen Individuum und Subjekt in Theorie und Praxis. In Julia Frohn, Angelika Bengel, Anne Piezunka, Toni Simon and Torsten Dietze (eds.). Inklusionsorientierte Schulentwicklung Interdisziplinäre Rückblicke, Einblicke und Ausblicke, 231–41: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt.

Rimland, Bernard (1964). Infantile autism: The syndrome and its implications for a neural theory of behavior. Appleton-Century-Crofts.

Singer, Judy (2022). What is Neurodiversity? 14.10.2022 https://neurodiversity2.blogspot.com/p/what.html.

Walker, Nick (2015). What is Autism? In Michelle Sutton (ed.). The real experts: Readings for parents of autistic children. Fort Worth, TX: Autonomous Press.

Wing, L., and J. Gould (1979). Severe impairments of social interaction and associated abnormalities in children: epidemiology and classification. Journal of autism and developmental disorders, 9, 11–29.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Discourse of Inclusion and exclusion in Youth Organisations Acting in Poland

Magdalena Cuprjak

Kazimierz Wielki University, Poland

Presenting Author: Cuprjak, Magdalena

The aim of my presentation is to present the results of research on the recognition of the discourse of inclusion/social exclusion in the documents of youth organizations operating in Poland.

The basic concepts are inclusion and social exclusion. Social inclusion is "the process of taking initiatives to open people up to diversity in such a way that they respect and accept their differences. These actions are intended to ensure equal rights and access to goods, services, capital and markets, enable the implementation of their plans, and facilitate participation in the life of the community" (Kołodziejczyk, 2018). Social exclusion, on the other hand, is defined as "a partial or total inability to use generally available public goods and institutions, limited participation in social, cultural and economic aspects of an individual's social life and acquiring financial resources necessary for a decent life, as well as hindered performance of social roles in a given community" (NSIS, 2003, p. 23, quoted in: Kołodziejczyk, 2018).

The concepts of inclusion and social exclusion are analyzed within the framework of Teun van Dijk's theory of discourse, in which the factors coupling language with social action are distinguished (Rypel, 2017, p.13). The notion of "discourse" allows us to read the message in the context of its use, and thus "shifts the focus from the finished product to the culturally conditioned strategies of its production" (Grochowski, 2001, p.7). This analysis will be carried out on the basis of two dimensions of discourse: the linguistic phenomenon and the communicative event (Biskupska, 2014, pp. 370-371).

The linguistic phenomenon is understood in terms of the formal features of language, which generally consist of lexis, stylistics and grammar. In my analyses, I focus primarily on the lexis of the language used by organizations, and in particular on the vocabulary that directly or indirectly indicates inclusion/exclusion. A communicative event is interpreted as a written or oral statement on a specific topic or categories and rules of discussion. In my analyses, I focus on statements with specific themes, i.e. those that concern activities and subjects subject to inclusion/exclusion.

On the one hand, the definitions indicate the actions and, on the other, the subjects of the actions. Therefore, two research questions were posed:

1. What lexical forms with an inclusive/exclusive meaning are used by youth organizations operating in Poland?

2. In what forms of communication are statements of inclusive/exclusive significance presented, and what activities and entities do they concern?

The first dimension of discourse, understood in terms of the formal features of language, was analysed in a two-stage procedure: the selection of words on the basis of synonyms and words synonymous with inclusion/exclusion, and the selection of utterances read on the basis of indicators derived from the definition of inclusion/exclusivity, placed in the context of utterances. I perceive the second dimension of discourse, i.e. the communicative event, perceived as a statement, a text, a message on a specific topic, as dependent on its cultural context. In these analyses, I have focused on the forms of expression and their subject matter, revealing the forms of undertaken actions and their subjects, i.e. the recipients of these actions.

The research is carried out as part of the broader project "Heterotopies of Citizenship - Educational Discourse and Pedagogies of Militarization in the Spaces of Youth Organizations. Analytical-critical and comparative approach", funded by a grant from the National Science Centre (no. 2019/35/B/HS6/01365). As part of the project, there were corresponding articles published by Helena Ostrowicka, & Klaudia Wolniewicz-Słomka (2023) and Celina Czech-Włodarczyk, & Magdalena Cuprjak, in the study.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research was essentially qualitative (N. K. Denzin & Y. S. Lincoln). Data collection involved a search of secondary data sources. All the available documents posted on the websites of the investigated organisations, including their statutes, rules and regulations, and reports and accounts covering activities and operations, as well as social media (FB) posts were analysed (362 documents and 332 FB posts). AtlasTi was used to facilitate the coding of the data.
A content analysis method (Katz, 2002; Rapley, 2007; Szczepaniak, 2012) was used to analyse (of) the data for the “participation” category, namely: the methods, historical context, pragmatic context and “values”, namely: norms, problematization, objectives of activities. Documents generated on the basis of the categories "participation" and "values" were encoded according to the occurrence of the categories "inclusion", which were then analyzed on the basis of the two dimensions of van Dijk's discourse mentioned above.
The first dimension of discourse – the formal features of language – has been operationalized by searching for such words as: inclusion, attachment, integration and exclusion, marginalization. On this basis, a frequency analysis was carried out. In addition, entries that fit the definition of social inclusion/exclusion and were read in the context of the statement were searched for, e.g. the slogan from the banner: "Poland for Poles".
The second dimension of the discourse – the communicative event – has been operationalised on the basis of forms of expression and their content – what activities and who they concern, e.g. workshops for young people from marginalised areas, including refugees.
The youth organisations we study are structured organisations that require membership and commitment. They were selected by us on the basis of two separately applied criteria: the criterion of status (membership in the PROM) and visibility (media presence, especially in the Internet space). Six organisations were selected. AIESEC Poland, ATD Fourth World, Horizons Centre for Youth Initiatives, UNESCO Centre for Initiatives, All-Polish Youth and National-Radical Camp. The first four organizations belong to PROM, the other two do not, but all of them are visible in the Internet space.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results of the analyses lead to several conclusions, which are preliminary and subject to deepening:
- social inclusion as a linguistic phenomenon and communicative event often appears in statements of a dialogue nature;
- the frequency analysis showed the use of words related to inclusion and exclusion; Importantly, words related to exclusion always appear in the context of counteracting exclusion;
- exclusive content can most often be extracted from the context of the statement, e.g. "Poland for Poles", "honour to the Catholic family";
- the dominant subjects of inclusive content are: poor people and migrants, but not people with disabilities;
- an interesting type of inclusion emerges, as the inclusion of broadly understood others into society through the activities undertaken by the organization and as the inclusion of the organization in the social environment.
In Poland, as a country with Christian roots, mainly Catholic, the celebration of Christmas, for example, is very important. The question may be asked how organizations deal with the celebration of tradition in a situation of interculturality, which is an undoubted fact. Is it an exclusionary space or, on the contrary, an inclusive one? For example, the ATD Fourth World Poland, founded by a Catholic father Józef Wrzesiński, can operate on the basis of the functioning of the Catholic Church and exclude people of other faiths. Is that the case? Preliminary analyses have shown that this organization, despite its Catholic origin, does not use exclusionary linguistic practices, but on the contrary, they show openness to every person, especially those who need support.

References
Biskupska, K. (2014). Analiza dyskursu i krytyczna analiza dyskursu. In: M. Szczepański, A. Śliz (eds.), Współczesne teorie społeczne: w kręgu ujęć paradygmatycznych (pp. 369-388). Opole: Wydawnictwo Uniwersytetu Opolskiego.
Denzin, E., & Lincoln, Y. (2005). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. California, London, New Dehli, Singapore: SAGE Publications, Inc.
Grochowski, G. (2001). Wstęp. W: T. A. van Dijk, G. Grochowski, T. Dobrzyńska (red.),  Dyskurs jako struktura i proces, praca zbiorowa (....). Warszawa: Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN.
Karpowicz, E. (2009). Aktywność społeczna młodzieży. In: G. Zielińska (Ed.), Polityka młodzieżowa (pp.  85-114) „Studia BAS” 2(18).
Katz, J. (2001). “Analytic Induction”. In: N.J., Smelser & P.B. Baltes (Eds.), International Encyclopedia of the Social and Behavioral Sciences (Vol. 1, pp. 480-484). Oxford, U.K.: Elsevier, 10.1016/B0-08-043076-7/00774-9.
Muras M., Ivanov I. (red.). (2006). Raport „Wykluczenie i integracja społeczna w Polsce. Ujęcie wskaźnikowe”. Warszawa: CeDeWu.
Narodowa Strategia Integracji Społecznej dla Polski, 2003, http://www.mpips.gov.pl/userfiles/ File/mps/NSIS.pdf [12.11.2017].
Ostrowicka, H., Wolniewicz-Slomka, K. (2023). Wokół problemów społecznych, czyli w poszukiwaniu pedagogii w dyskursach organizacji młodzieżowych działających w Polsce. Edukacja Międzykulturowa, 3(22), 176-191.
Rapley, T. (2007). Doing Conversation, Discourse and Document Analysis. Los Angeles, London, New Dehli, Singapore: SAGE Publications Ltd.
Rypel, A. (2017). Dyskurs edukacyjny w ujęciu procesualno-kognitywnym, Kultura, Społeczeństwo, Edukacja, 2(12), s. 9-35.
Szczepaniak, K. (2012). Zastosowanie analizy treści w badaniach artykułów prasowych. Refleksje Metodologiczne. Acta Universitatis Lodziensis. Folia Sociologica, 42, 83-112.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Dialogue in Special Education

Anne Lindblom, Øyvind Ibrahim Marøy Snipstad, Kristina Brodal Syversen

Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway

Presenting Author: Snipstad, Øyvind Ibrahim Marøy

Ever since special education emerged as a discipline, it has consisted of contradicting views on what constitutes good education for children with disabilities (Haustätter & Thuen, 2014). In Norway, the conflicting perspectives existing within special education culminated in the late 1980’s where a decision was made to close down all state governed special schools. Replacing the special school system was an ambition of integrating children with disabilities into their neighbourhood schools (Haug, 2014; Wendelborg & Tøssebro, 2011). However, integration gradually received criticism for becoming too focused on adapting the pupil with disabilities to fit within ordinary education rather than focusing on how the educational system itself could change in order to encompass a broader diversity within the context of an education for all (Haug, 2014). Inclusion later replaced integration as the principle to realise education for all. However, there is not one agreed upon definition of inclusion and the concept could both mean both participation in an ordinary fellowship and in a segregated setting (Haug, 2010).

Theoretical perspectives

The theoretical framework of this paper is based on critical theory (Skjervheim, 1996). Skjervheim argues that we have two alternatives when interacting with others who may have different perspectives on a certain topic from ourselves. On one hand, we can choose to take a participant position where the interaction will consist of at least three parts, the ego (the self), the alter (the other) and the topic for discussion. This position requires an equal distribution of power between the actors and is recognised by both parties (the ego and alter) being willing to engage in the topic the other puts forward. On the other hand, we can choose a spectator position. In this position the interaction is reduced to two parts, the ego and the alter. Instead of engaging in the topic that the alter puts forward, we instead direct our attention to the one stating it. A spectator position is recognised by an attempt interpret what the statement of the other can tell us about the one stating it. In the latter position we are, according to Skjervheim, Psychologising the other, similar to how a therapist tries to analyse what a statement of a patient can tell us about their condition.

However, the two mentioned position is not only restricted to interactions taking place between subjects, the same may also be the case between representatives of different perspectives sharing interest in the same area. The issue with a spectator position is that it inhibits dialogue and cooperation between disciplines or interests within special/inclusive education because one or more actor is reluctant to negotiate on one’s own position. Alternatively one could envision a discourse within special/inclusive education emerging from a participant position, where the focus is no longer on dominating the other perspective but instead on what kinds of original knowledge can emerge from engaging in discussion on certain topics from different positions. There are examples on how the reconciliation of two or more opposing perspectives may have beneficial outcomes, such as the relational perspective on disability. If actors within different branches of special education are able to avoid objectifying opposing perspective and engage with representatives of these perspectives as subjects holding views worthy of respect, contradicting perspective could become potential enrichments to field of special education going forward.

Research question

This paper has the following research question: What potential outcomes may emerge from taking a participant position in discussion between actors representing opposing views about the future of special education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology
This paper emerged based on an ongoing effort to develop a collective identity/profile for the research group in special education at Inland Norway University. Beyond sharing an interest in marginalised group, the research group consists of researchers with a diverse field of expertise and a diverse set of perspective but with a common interest in special education. Thus, we decided to do an autethnograpic study but with the research groups as a whole as the area of interest. Individual members were invited to submit a one page written reflection based on the question; where do you see special education in the future? We received in total 7 texts from the group.
The texts where analysed by the authors of this paper using a thematic analysis (Creswell, 2013) where a couple of core themes were identified that will be brought back to the group for further discussion through a focus group interview (Kvale & Brinkmann, 2009). From the thematic analysis of the submitted text we identified multiple opposing perspective related to the afore mentioned question. In the submitte text we identified the following themes: social rights discourses, neo-liberal perspectives, special/segregated teaching, inclusion for all, diagnostic descriptions, , normalisation, differentiation, special schools, teacher education and special pedagogical competences  
The initial analysis of the submitted text will later serve as a foundation for a focus group discussion about opposing perspectives on special education for the future.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected outcomes
We are at a point in history where multiple narratives are competing for the position to define the education of tomorrow. When facing perspectives that oppose our own views about special education we are according to Skjervheim faced with a choice; we can choose to ignore positions that does not coincide with our own views or we can engage in a discussion about the topic laid before us. Through the submitted text and the upcoming focus group interviews with the members of the research group in special education at Inland Norway University we attempt the latter. By inviting members, who are all experts in their field, to an open discussion aimed to share and debate conflicting or opposing perspectives, we wish to explore what potential fruitful outcomes this may lead to. There are many examples in history where the reconciliation of two or more opposing perspective have led to new concepts, new paradigms, new knowledge or new perspectives that have proved beneficial for future of the field in question. The future of special education depends on what we do today. In developing special education for the future we can either ignore perspectives or approaches that we disagree with or we can engage in discussion with the ambition to end up at a common ground.

References
Haustätter, R., & Thuen, H. (2014). Special Education Today in Norway. In A. F. Rotatori (Ed.), Special Education International Perspectives: Practices Across the Globe. Bingley: Emerald
Wendelborg, C., & Tøssebro, J. (2011). Educational arrangements and social participation with peers amongst children with disabilities in regular schools. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 15(5), 497-512. doi:10.1080/13603110903131739
Haug, P. (2014). Er inkludering i skulen gjennomførleg? . In S. Germeten (Ed.), De Utenfor: Forskning om Spesialpedagogikk og Spesialundervisning (pp. 15-38). Bergen Fagbokforlaget.
Skjervheim, H. (1996). Deltakar og Tilskodar og andre Essays Oslo: Aschehoug.
Haug, P. (2010). Approaches to empirical research on inclusive education. Scandinavian Journal of Disability Research, 12(3), 199-209. doi:10.1080/15017410903385052
Creswell, J. W. (2013). Qualitative Inquiry & Research Design: Choosing Among Five Approaches (3 ed.). Thousand Oaks: SAGE Publlications.
Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Det kvalitative forskningsintervju (2 ed.). Oslo: Gyldendal akademisk.
 
15:45 - 17:1504 SES 07 E: Refugee and Ethnic Minority Experiences in Inclusive Education
Location: Room 118 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Gry Paulgaard
Paper Session
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

School Socialisation and Linguistic Identity in Multigenerational Ethnic Minority/Ethnically Heterogeneous Deaf Families in Romania

Emese Belenyi

Partium Christian University, Oradea, Romania

Presenting Author: Belenyi, Emese

Deaf communities are generically defined as linguistic-cultural communities whose members use sign language as their primary means of communication (Marschark et al., 2017; Higgins & Liberman, 2016). On the other hand, even though in Deaf communities and families Deaf cultures and sign languages tend to act as a decisive unifying force that transcends ethno-cultural differentiation, Deaf cultures also include other cultural elements, such as ethno-national identities (Leigh & Crowe, 2015). Studies have shown that ethnic minority deaf individuals may face identity conflicts when their cultural and linguistic heritage is distinct from the dominant deaf culture or the majority culture of their country. Such conflicts can lead to feelings of marginalization, isolation, and reduced social integration within both their ethnic and Deaf communities (Leigh, 2009 ; Chapman, 2021).

Ethnic minority deaf individuals are in a special situation in this regard, as they need to navigate the intersections of their deaf identity and their ties to a specific ethnic or cultural group. In this context, the identity of the Deaf members of the ethnic minority may present specific characteristics compared to that of the deaf belonging to the majority ethnic community, but also to the ethnic identity of the hearing members of the ethnic minority community (Ahmad et al, 2000; Atkin, 2002). The notion of bilingualism, when referring to the linguistic-cultural needs of the ethnic-national minority Deaf learners, may be therefore misleading, as these learners are in fact in a situation of dual bilingualism (Ohna 2003).

On the other hand, it is important to emphasise that differences between national sign languages are to a much lesser extent an obstacle to the communication of Deaf people belonging to different ethno-national communities than in the world of hearing culture. Deaf people living in a sign culture have a great capacity and tendency to learn from each other in a short time, to adapt to each other's specific forms of sign language expression (Henner & Robinson, 2023). One of the very important roles, which needs to be assumed by the of the educational system in this regard, is to integrate multiculturalism and multilingualism in the curriculum and teaching methodology in accordance with the students identity development needs (Dammeyer & Marschark, 2016).

Previous research conducted by the author in the multicultural city of Oradea (western Romania), which involved ethnic Hungarian Deaf and their ethnic Romanian partners, has drawn attention to the potential importance of generational continuity in generating multicultural and multilingual family environment. Based on the results of this research, the hypothesis has been advanced that in multigenerational Deaf families a kind of specific linguistic and cultural enrichment and a striving for cultural-linguistic balance can manifest itself, which might stem from the natural openness and flexibility arising from the specific communication and cultural situation of these families.

The aim of the current research ha has been therefore to focus on multi-generational ethnic minority/ethnically heterogeneous Deaf families in order to obtain more nuanced information concerning the role of the family generational continuity of Deaf cultures in influencing linguistic communicational and cultural interactions and cross-generational transmission of identities within multigenerational Deaf families. In doing so, the following research questions have been addressed:

  1. What role does the interaction between childhood family socialization and school socialization play in the development of the linguistic and cultural identities of Deaf children raised in multi-generational Deaf families?
  2. What are the main intra-familiar linguistic communication methods and trends which characteristically occur in multi-generational Deaf families?
  3. What are the characteristics of cross-generational transmission of identities to deaf and hearing children in multi-generational Deaf families and how they influence the educational options of the parents of Deaf children?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is based on five multi-generational ethnic minority/ethnically heterogeneous Deaf family case studies. Our case studies focused on the particular subset of the Hungarian ethnic community members/ethnic Romanian spouses, who are members of multi-generational Deaf families identified in our research sample during the first phase of research. In the selection of the families included in the research sample within the database of the Deaf Association of Oradea, a total of 587 persons, we identified 89 signing deaf individuals of Hungarian ethnic belonging, 22 of who were married to a Romanian Deaf partner. Among them, there are five multigenerational Deaf families where at least one family member is of Hungarian ethnicity: these include two three-generation and three two-generation Deaf families.

Subordinated to the case study methodology, for the data collection process at family level, we conducted life-course interviews  with the selected Deaf individuals in order to reveal their deeper motives and personal ways of reaching life-shaping decisions, the subjective means of experiencing key events occurred in one's life, and their influence to education, language use and identity.  On the basis of these findings the following main life course stages have been identified:

a. Childhood socialization: language use and identity in early life; family socialization and early development; determinants of school choice; school culture, language and communication; school language and ethnic identity;

b. Setting up a family and language use within the family: starting of family, cultural determinants of marital choices; the influence of the language of education upon the choice of  marital partners; languages used between the spouses, between parents and children and between members of the larger family involving different generations;  

c. Cross-generational transmission of identity; ways and channels of identity transmission to Deaf and hearing children; linguistic educational options of parents for their children, family interactions involved in the process of passing identity to the next generation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In multi-generational Deaf families the preconditions for symbolically expressing ethnic-national identity through the use and cultivation of the respective national sign language in family and in school might become especially favourable. In this context, the national sign language knowledge gained by Deaf children of Deaf parents within the family and further developed in special school years can act as an important way of expressing ethno-national identity.

In the ethnically heterogeneous family units where Deaf culture has a primary role and components of Deaf culture interact with minority and majority ethno-national identities of hearing family members, complex identity patterns may develop and multifaceted linguistic communication models may prevail, including the use of both the national oral languages and the national sign languages of the parties involved; a kind of special linguistic and cultural enrichment, a striving for cultural-linguistic balance may also occur.

In multi-generational ethnic minority/ethnically heterogeneous Deaf families one can identify a particular kind of natural openness and flexibility resulting from the special linguistic communications situation of Deaf. Thanks to the complexity of their family and school socialisation, cultural and linguistic family contacts and attachments, members of ethnic minority/ethnically heterogeneous Deaf families are potentially more flexible in accepting other cultures (norms, values), and they can also more easily develop the ability to regulate flexibly their language use according to the given social situations.

The process of passing down identity can become particularly complicated in those multigenerational extended family interactions (including grandparents, parents and children), where Deaf and non-Deaf family members, with national majority and national minority identities are interacting. In these situations different ways and methods of passing on identity, with particular characteristics, can be realized. The educational options of parents, concerning the languages of school for their children are an important component of this process.

References
Ahmad, W., Darr, A. & Jones, L. (2000). 'I send my child to school and he comes back an Englishman': minority ethnic deaf people, identity politics and services. In W.Ahmad (Ed.), Ethnicity, disability, and chronic illness. Race, health and social care. Open University Press.

Atkin, K., Ahmad, W. & Jones L. (2002). South Asian deaf people and their families: negotiating relationships and identities. Sociology of Health & Illness 24 (1), 21-45. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9566.00002

Chapman, M. (2021). Representation and resistance: A qualitative study of narratives of Deaf cultural identity. Culture & Psychology, 27(3), 374-391. https://doi.org/10.1177/1354067X21993794

Dammeyer, J. & Marschark, M. (2016). Level of educational attainment among deaf adults who attended bilingual–bicultural programs. Journal of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education, enw036. https://doi.org/10.1093/deafed/enw036

Henner, J., & Robinson, O. (2023). Unsettling languages, unruly bodyminds: A crip linguistics manifesto. Journal of Critical Study of Communication & Disability, 1(1), 7-37. https://doi.org/10.48516/jcscd_2023vol1iss1.4

Higgins, M. & Lieberman, A. M.(2016). Deaf students as a linguistic and cultural minority: shifting perspectives and implications for teaching and learning. Journal of Education 196(1), 9 -18. https://doi.org/10.1177/002205741619600103

Leigh, I. (2009). A lens on Deaf identities. Perspectives on Deafness. Oxford University Press.

Leigh, G., & Crowe, K. (2015). Responding to cultural and linguistic diversity among Deaf and hard-of-hearing learners. In H. Knoors  & M. Marschark.(Eds.) Educating deaf learners: creating a global evidence base (pp. 68 – 91). Oxford University Press.

Marschark, M., Zettler, I., & Dammeyer, J. (2017). Social dominance orientation, language orientation, and Deaf identity. Journal of Deaf Studies and Deaf Education, 22(3), 269 - 277.  https://doi.org/10.1093/deafed/enx018

Ohna, S. E. (2003). Education of deaf children and the politics of recognition. Journal of deaf studies and deaf education, 8(1), 5-10.


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Young refugees' encounters with rural Denmark and nothern Norway

Gry Paulgaard1, Lise Herslund2

1UiT the Arctic University of N, Norway; 2University of Copenhagen

Presenting Author: Paulgaard, Gry; Herslund, Lise

The project explores into the lives and experiences of young people with refugee background living in rural municipalities in the north of Norway and in the west of Denmark. Research on young refugees has mainly focused on urban settings. This is in line with youth research in general, that has been criticised for an unacknowledged “metrocentricity”, by universalising a focus on metropolitan young people “as globally emblematic of young people as a whole” (Farrugia, 2014::4). There is a discursive distinction between rural and urban life defining urban life in the cities as the sophisticated being for young people, preventing young people in rural areas from taking up subjectivities as young people (Pless and Sørensen, 2015). A metrocentric approach also tends to overlook the importance of how place and geography can represent changeable and contingent conditions in young people’s lives (Farrugia 2014, Paulgaard, 2017). This paper will focus on the environmental impacts on young people as forced migrants settled in particular places in rural areas.

The number of international newcomers has increased in rural areas. In the Nordic countries, the rural populations are even more diverse than the EU average (Nørregaard, 2018). However, refugees who first settled in rural areas have moved to city areas after the first years of settlement to a larger degree than other migrant groups (Andersen, 2015; Ordemann, 2017). There is a debate both in literature and also among politicians in European countries on whether refugees should be settled in rural areas at all. Arguments (McAreavey and Argent, 2018) for settling refugees are that they can increase sustainability of population in dwindling communities (Nørregaard, 2018; Brandt, 2015). Others disagree with refugees being used to promote rural development, when peripheral areas are scarce in jobs as well as in services which can provide for refugees’ needs (McAreavey and Argent, 2018; Aure et al, 2018; Woods, 2018).

Both Denmark and Norway, have dispersal strategies to settle refugees across the country and in rural areas. In Norway, the initiative comes from the central government, asking municipalities across the country to accept refugees for settlement. Municipalities that settle refugees receive economic support for the first five years and must provide the first housing, an obligatory two-year introductory program and a work programme (Mathisen, 2020; IMDI, 2019). Denmark also disperses refugees to all municipalities. Like Norway, it is the municipality in which the refugees are settled, that cater for the refugees for a period of three years by offering language classes and later job training. It is also the responsibility of the municipality to find housing and to financially support the refugees during their schooling and introductory programme (Larsen, 2011).

In our quest to understand the role rural places of residence play for young refugees’ we find inspiration in Kinkaid’s (2020:180) term ‘contradictions of space’, referring to moments occurring within the experience of a subject, when the person struggles to practice space and feel disorientation. Based on the phenomenology of practice (Simonsen 2021) we investigate the lived practice of young refugees. Both Simonsen and Kinkaid have studied migrants’ experiences and belonging with a starting point in the situated body. We use this approach to investigate how our young informants navigate in and experience rural life; from housing, education, work, social life to the more ‘physical’ aspects of rural life and the material surroundings, including the natural environment, - to answer the research question: What role do the new rural place of residence play in the young refugees’ life and feeling of community and belonging, and what are the driving forces for them staying or leaving the rural areas?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is a compilation of two independent studies in Denmark and Norway focusing on the experiences of refugees settled in rural areas. We decided to combine forces to get a deeper understanding of young refugees settled in the Nordic rural experiences. Our empirical material consists of young refugees arriving on their own and young refugees arriving as part of a family.

The Danish case is part of a larger study on refugees re-settled in four rural municipalities. For this paper, the focus is on an abandoned nursing home (old folks home) where more than thirty single refugee men and two married couples were settled after they had been granted asylum.

In 2016, 2017 and 2020 focus group interviews were conducted with respectively ten and four young refugees from Syria and Eritrea, between 17-25 years of age. They were most male except one female married to one of the males. The interviews centred around their use and perceptions of the nursing home, the town they were settled in, their everyday life and social life, as well as their plans and wishes for the future.

The Norwegian case takes its starting point in the situation that occurred in the autumn of 2015 where over just a few months, more than 5500 migrants from 35 nations – mostly from Syria (40 %), Afghanistan, Iraq and Iran – crossed the Russian-Norwegian border into Eastern Finnmark, the northernmost county in Norway (Paulgaard & Soleim, 2023). In 2016 at a refugee camp near the Russian border, 12 families were interviewed at a refugee camp neat the Russian border.

Three of the families initially interviewed were settled in a coastal area after having been granted asylum. Through this families the researchers were introduced to five other families with from Somalia and Syria.. The families have from 3 to 9 children at ages from baby to 17 years old. The Norwegian study is based on fieldwork entailing both field conversations, participatory observation and interviews.



The analysis took place independently as part of each research study but also in collaboration. The empirical material were investigated again to identify important themes of how the young persons experienced their place of residence. The themes were compared and discussed, common topics as well as differences were identified across the two cases.

The term young people are used very broadly in this paper. It covers young people from 14 to 25 years.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Despite several differences between Norwegian and Danish rural areas, in relation to geography and distances, nature and climate, and population density, the experiences from within, by young refugees, show surprisingly many similarities and common experiences. The young people in our studies
encounter many of the same challenges to do with the rural environment; describing long distances, limited public transport, few meeting places, unfamiliar behavioural norms, darkness and harsh weather conditions. This shows, according to Kinkaid (2020:169) that “difference is not located to space itself”, but experienced and “formed through lived practice; sedimentation of experience.” Thus, being settled in Nordic rural areas has produced moments of contradictions and disorientation; situations of not knowing how to navigate, but also feelings of meaning and belonging, mainly spurred by socialising, especially with other peoples in the same situation as themselves.

Even though the young refugees have struggled to navigate and feel at ease in the rural towns during the first years after arrival, they have not all moved or wish to move to cities. A few have stayed in the towns where they were first settled mainly due to social relations to other refugees and family. More have moved closer to educational opportunities like most young Danish and Norwegian people also do. They are pushed to move by the same structural factors such as lack of rental accommodation and the limited transport and education possibilities. However, their experiences of disorientation and unfamiliarity and not being able to practice rural space and social life properly, seem to strengthen this push and their experience of being bored, embarrassed and feeling different.

References
Andersen, S. (2015) Indvandring, integration og etnisk segregation – udvikling i indvandrernes bosætning siden 1985. Statens Byggeforskningsinstitut SBI 2015:01 (2015)
Aure, M., A. Førde, T. Magnussen (2018) Will Migrant workers rescue rural regions? Challenges of creating stability through mobility. J. Rural Stud., 60 (2018), pp. 52-59
Brandt, T. (2015) Flygtninge arbejder for udkantsområderne. Internet article from 2nd of Juni, 2015 from DR Regioner. https://www.dr.dk/nyheder/regionale/sjaelland/flygtninge-arbejder-udkantsomraaderne.
Farrugia, D. (2014).  Towards a spatialized youth sociology: the rural and the urban in times of change. Journal of Youth Studies, 17 (3), 293–307.
Herslund, L. (2021) Everyday life as a refugee in a rural setting – What determines a sense of belonging and what role can the local community play in generating it? Journal of Rural Studies, Volume 82, February 2021, Pages 233-241
Kinkaid, E. (2020) Re-encountering Lefebvre: Toward a critical phenomenology of social space. Society and Space 38(1) 167–186.
McAreavey, R. and Argent, N. (2018) Migrant integration in rural New Immigration Destinations: an institutional and triangular perspective. J. Rural Stud., 64 (2018), pp. 267-275
Nørregaard, H. (2018). Hvorfor vælger indvandrere at bosætte sig på landet, hvordan oplever de at bo der, og bidrager de til udviklingen i en kommune med demografiske udfordringer? Et casestudie fra
Hjørring Kommune. G.L.H. Svendsen, J.F.L. Sørensen, E. Noe (Eds.), Vækst Og Vilkår På Landet: Viden, Visioner Og Virkemidler, University Press of Southern Denmark, Odense (2018)
Ordemann (2017) Monitor for Sekundærflytting. Sekundærflytting Blant Personer Med Flykningebakgrunn Bosatt I Norge 2005–2014. Oslo - Kongsvinger: Statistics Norway
Paulgaard, G. & Soleim, M. (2023). The arctic migration route: local consequences of global crises. Journal of Peace Education. Routledge. DOI: 10.1080/17400201.2022.2159794

Herslund, L. & Paulgaard, G. (2021), Refugees’ Encounters With Nordic Rural Areas – Darkness, Wind and “Hygge”. Frontiers in Sociology, Migration and Society, 6:623686 doi: 10.3389/fsoc2021.623686
Pless, M. & Sørensen, N.U.  (2015). “I don’t hate living here, but …” Paper presented at the “Contemporary Youth, Contemporary Risk”, Copenhagen, March 30-April 1.
Simonsen, K. (2012) In quest of a new humanism: Embodiment, experience and phenomenology as critical geography. Progress in Human Geography 37(1) 10-26.
Woods, M. (2018) Precarious rural cosmopolitanism: negotiating globalization, migration and diversity in Irish small towns. J. Rural Stud., 64 (2018), pp. 164-17664


04. Inclusive Education
Paper

Syrian Students in Need of Special Support in Norwegian Schools: A Qualitative Study with Students and Parents.

Dima Mohamad1, Anne Trine Kjørholt2, Henri Valtteri Pesonen1, Luca Tateo1

1University of Oslo, Norway.; 2Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway.

Presenting Author: Mohamad, Dima

Despite the over-representation of immigrant children assessed as requiring special needs education, research into their social and educational experiences in the Nordics is limited (Hanssen, Harju-Luukkainen, & Sundqvist, 2023). This study explored Syrian students ' in need of special support and their families' experiences about how their needs for special education services are accommodated, and how they experience being included.

To advance knowledge on this topic, qualitative data from 5 Syrian families (students and parents) were analyzed to address the following research questions:

(1) How do Syrian students in need of special support and their parents experience access to educational support?

(2) How do Syrian students in need of special support and their parents experience social inclusion?

This qualitative study used activity-based interviews with the group of children (Jenkin et al, 2015), and semi-structured interviews with parents. We conducted a thematic analysis (Braun et al, 2019) using intersectionality theory (Crenshaw, 1991), and the social constructionism perspective (James and Prout, 1990) as the analytical framework to identify the themes.

The social constructivist perspective views individuals' beliefs as shaped by their cultural and social contexts (James and Prout, 1990). Central to this perspective is the recognition of children's voices and agency, therefore we aimed to voice the students (Ogden, 2014). However, agency is dynamic, contextual, and relational. Hence, it is important to consider parents’ perspectives, given their pivotal roles in influencing their children's lives and enabling them to exercise their agency (Robson, Bell and Klocker, 2007). Furthermore, when examining the experiences of children with special needs, factors such as age, gender, and culture play crucial roles. A child with special needs may experience multiple challenges and being an immigrant can add a further dimension of vulnerability (Arfa et al., 2020; Czapka and Sagbakken 2020). An intersectional approach enriches qualitative analyses by capturing the multifaceted dimensions of individuals' experiences, moving beyond normative categorizations (Crenshaw 1991; Goethals, De Schauwer, and Van Hove 2015). This approach unveils the heterogeneity that would otherwise be overlooked by focusing solely on migrant status.

Exploring children’s perceptions and combining them with parents' perspectives can provide a deeper understanding of their experiences and generate suggestions for developing teaching and support services to improve inclusion of immigrant students. There are many important contributions of this study; it advances knowledge on a topic that is almost neglected, it can inform the development of inclusive education frameworks at the European level, it advocates for children’s participation in research by involving children as primary sources of data and combining children's and parents' views to get a thorough insight into children’s experiences. Moreover, it provides an understanding of how various institutional and cultural factors impact the lives of immigrant children and calls for open and transparent cross-cultural collaboration and dialogue among children, parents, and teachers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study followed a qualitative approach which provides a unique insight into one's thoughts and experiences (Creswell & Creswell, 2017). On the other hand, Children from a variety of backgrounds, interests, and capacities can be meaningfully included in research using different activities (Grant, 2017; Jenkin et al, 2015). The families were met several times by the first author who speaks Arabic. Having the opportunity to spend a long time with the participants allows researchers to have a deeper understanding of their experiences than one could get from a one-time interview (Punch,2002). Activity-based interviews (Jenkin et al, 2015) were used with the group of children in which different tools were used to encourage the communication: verbal (Hei) tool developed by Kristin Sommerseth Olsen and Guro Winsnes); visual (Photovoice) (Johnson,2011); written (diaries and lists) (Grant,2017), and semi-structured interviews were used with the group of adults. We do not see studies with children as being fundamentally different from research with adults, the goal with both groups was to build a friendly role (Punch, 2002), or what Mandell (1988) refers to as the least adult role. Problems with power imbalance and paternalism can be resolved by acting differently from other adults and acknowledging children’s agency (Abebe & Bessell, 2014; Ennew et al, 2009). The position of the researcher who met the participants was that of a facilitator, participating in all the activities as children did. Children’s preferences were prioritized, different activities were suggested and implemented to encourage the discussion.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main themes emerged from the data are cultural differences, social life, and educational experiences. Despite the diverse experiences , common patterns were identified, particularly regarding poor social relations and the significance of language. The absence of social capital and limited language proficiency seemed to have the greatest influence on children’s everyday lives, causing them to face significant social, emotional, and educational challenges. Parents highlighted that there were delays in giving assessments and assigning a special education teacher, and that they wish for more continuous updates on their child’s condition and progress. The data also revealed that language is a significant barrier and interpretation services are not always available and so parents are not fully aware of the available services and sometimes are afraid to seek help. Disparities in the construction of childhood and disability between Syria and Norway seemed to have both positive and negative sides. Negative in the sense that participants are not familiar with the construction of children as competent and equal to adults; and positive as it encouraged parents and children to be more open and positive about children’s need for special support. There are major differences in the educational system between Syria and Norway, but children who speak good Norwegian seem to generally enjoy school life. Offers such as activity and team-based learning, the introductory language class and having a contact person who speaks Arabic at school proved to be extremely helpful. Syrian children and their families in Norway have varied emotions of both gratitude for not having to hide the special need of their children, as well as uncertainty about how to seek help. The origins of these conflicting feelings seemed to be related to language barriers, contradictory cultural traditions, and a lack of understanding of the Norwegian child welfare system.
References
Arfa, S., Solvang, P. K., Berg, B., & Jahnsen, R. (2020). Disabled and immigrant, a double minority challenge: a qualitative study about the experiences of immigrant parents of children with disabilities navigating health and rehabilitation services in Norway. BMC health services research, 20(1), 1-16.

Abebe, T., & Bessell, S. (2014). Advancing ethical research with children: Critical reflections on ethical guidelines. Children's Geographies, 12(1), 126-133.

Braun, V., Clarke, V., Hayfield, N., and Terry, G. 2019. “Thematic analysis”. In P. Liamputtong (Ed.), Handbook of research methods in health social sciences (pp. 843-860). Springer Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-10-5251-4_10

Crenshaw, K. (1991). Race, gender, and sexual harassment. S. Cal. L. Rev., 65, 1467.

Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2017). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. Sage publications.

Czapka, E. A., & Sagbakken, M. (2020). “It is always me against the Norwegian system.” barriers and facilitators in accessing and using dementia care by minority ethnic groups in Norway: a qualitative study. BMC health services research, 20(1), 1-15.

Grant, T. (2017). Participatory research with children and young people: Using visual, creative, diagram, and written techniques. Methodological Approaches, 2, 261.

Hanssen, N. B., Harju-Luukkainen, H., & Sundqvist, C. (Eds.). (2023). Inclusion and Special Needs Education for Immigrant Students in the Nordic Countries. Taylor & Francis.

James, A., & Prout, A. (1990). Contemporary issues in the sociological study of childhood. Constructing and reconstructing childhood, 7-34.

Jenkin, E., Wilson, E., Murfitt, K., Clarke, M., Campain, R., & Stockman, L. (2015). Inclusive practice for research with children with disability: A guide. Melbourne: Deakin University

Johnson, G. A. (2011). A Child's Right to Participation: Photovoice as Methodology for Documenting the Experiences of Children Living in K enyan Orphanages. Visual Anthropology Review, 27(2), 141-161.

Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Interviews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing. sage.

Ogden, T. 2014. “Special needs education in Norway–the past, present, and future of the field.” In Special education past, present, and future: Perspectives from the field (Vol. 27, pp. 213-238). Emerald Group Publishing Limited.

Punch, S. (2002). Research with children: the same or different from research with adults?. Childhood, 9(3), 321-341.
 
15:45 - 17:1505 SES 07 A: Addressing Underachievement and Early School Leaving in Europe (Symposium)
Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Maria Pacheco Figueiredo
Session Chair: Maria Pacheco Figueiredo
Symposium
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Symposium

Addressing Underachievement and Early School Leaving in Europe - Exploring the Research, Policy and Practice implications of the SCIREARLY Horizon Project

Chair: Maria Pacheco Figueiredo (CI&DEI and ESEV, Polytechnic Institute of Viseu)

Discussant: Stephen McKinney (University of Glasgow/ SERA)

The ECER 2024 theme urges us to explore innovative ways to address longstanding educational challenges, recognising the work that has already been done while at the same time acknowledging the key role to be played by education and educational researchers in shaping a hopeful future.

This symposium seeks to respond to this theme by exploring ways in which to expand educational possibilities for at-risk students by addressing underachievement and early school leaving (ESL). This is at the core of European strategic priorities and is even more critical in a post-pandemic era where educational possibilities have been stalled for marginalized students (Tarabini, A., et al. 2019; CEDEFOP, 2023). Drawing on findings from the large-scale Horizon Europe project ‘SCIREARLY’, the session synthesises evidence from ten European countries – Spain, Portugal, Ireland, Finland, Denmark, England, Italy, Greece, Malta and Belgium- across three papers. Using a range of methodological approaches - systematic review, scoping review, meta-analysis, and policy analysis – the symposium seeks to offer insights into the social determinants of underachievement and ESL, the role of high-quality early childhood education in addressing these challenges, and the range of policy approaches that prove to be effective in helping at-risk young people remain and thrive in school.

The symposium aims to :

(1) analyse the social determinants and root causes of underachievement and school dropout at primary and secondary education levels,

(2) investigate the influence of ECEC actions and programmes on basic skills, and

(3) map successful and less successful policies targeting the achievement gap from a comparative perspective.

Research Framework

This multidisciplinary European session includes three contributions that combine different methodologies. The first paper will see a systematic review of scientific literature on the social determinants of underachievement presented. This is followed by a scoping review and a meta-analysis that lists ECEC actions and programmes that better respond to children’s basic skills. The last paper discusses a policy analysis conducted in various European countries, identifying policy approaches that have been effective in addressing underachievement and ESL in the last 10 years.

Scholarly significance

While reducing underachievement and ESL has been the focus of many educational, research, and policy efforts in recent years, important gaps remain to be addressed. (European Commission, 2011; Siegle et al., 2012, Gillies and Misfsud, 2016) Therefore, advancing scientific knowledge to disentangle the link between the identified social determinants and achievement at school is essential, as is identifying transformative elements and contexts that allow all students, and in particular those identified as being at risk, to succeed. There is also a compelling argument requiring us to identify those elements within early childhood education and care that better equip children with robust basic skills that will enable them to stay in school and thrive throughout the later academic stages (Gonzalez-Motos & Sauri Saula, 2022).

In addition, while a vast number of policies and resources have been put in place to combat ESL and underachievement, the SCIREARLY project is currently pioneering the mapping of the most successful policies in this arena across different European countries. The multi-level and cross-national policy analysis presented in the symposium will allow us to gain a better understanding of the specific features behind successful educational policies, which in turn could inform future policy efforts to foster the success and well-being of all students in Europe (Benjamin, 2022).

Ultimately this symposium, drawing as it does on the insights of 10 European countries, allows us to explore what we know as European researchers, systematising this knowledge and ultimately facilitating its translation into effective policies and practices that comprehensively address underachievement and ESL (Schmitsek, 2022).


References
Cedefop (2023). Stemming the tide: tackling early leaving from vocational education and training in times of crises: synthesis report of Cedefop/ReferNet survey. Luxembourg: Publications Office. Cedefop research paper.  

Gillies, D. & Mifsud, D. (2016) Policy in transition: the emergence of tackling early school leaving (ESL) as EU policy priority, Journal of Education Policy, 31:6, 819-832, DOI: 10.1080/02680939.2016.1196393

European Commission (2011). Tackling early school leaving: A key contribution to the Europe 2020 Agenda. Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions. COM(2011) 18 final, Brussels, 31.1.2011  

González-Motos, S., Saurí Saula, E. (2023). State Nurseries are Not for Us: The Limitations of Early Childhood Policies Beyond Price Barriers in Barcelona. IJEC 55, 295–312.

Schmitsek, S. (2022). ‘Who are you to know who I am?’ Comparing the experiences of youth at risk of dropping out in England, Denmark and Hungary. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 52(2), 173-191.

Scirearly Project https://scirearly.eu/

Tarabini, A., Curran, M., Montes, A., & Parcerisa, L. (2019). Can educational engagement prevent early school leaving?. Educational Studies, 45(2), 226–241.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

A Systematic Review of the Impact of the Key Social Determinants on School Underachievement

Suzanne Gatt (University of Malta), Auli Toom (University of Helsinki), André Barros (University of Porto), Joe O'Hara (Dublin City University)

Early School Leaving (ESL) has devastating consequences for all students impacting employment, poverty, health, and political, social, and cultural participation (von Wachter, 2020). This paper reports key takeaways from systematic reviews to the research question: What does research say about the following key social determinants -institutional, socio-economic (SES), cognitive, cultural, linguistic, gender, socio-emotional and well-being and early childhood education and care (ECEC)- and root causes of underachievement in relation to ESL? The Prisma protocol (Paige et al, 2021) was used in the review process to examine relevant literature published from 2003-20023. Undertaken by partners from Ireland, Spain, Portugal, Malta, England, and Finland the review ultimately engaged systematically with 854 articles across the identified 8 social determinants. With regards to individual social determinants, institutional aspects such as grade retention, streaming and dominant mainstream curriculum are all associated with disengagement. Accessible counseling and guidance, and high teacher expectations, on the other hand, reduce underachievement (Oomen & Plant, 2014). Cognitive aspects like intelligence and self-concept play a key role and cultural dissonance relating to differing expectations and language use between home and school contributed to underachievement (Wilkinson, 2014). There is also evidence of higher levels of underachievement and ESL among boys, particularly from lower SES and minority groups. Stereotypical gender roles and associated teacher expectations translate into differences in school engagement and the lack of male teachers is also significant (Bhana, D. et al, 2022) Socio-economic status is the key determinant of underachievement with associated issues of expectation, resources, capacity, and stereotyping (Behtoui, 2017). The key aspects influencing students’ well-being and retention included the totality of students’ relationships as well as school climate, curricula, attitudes, and resources (Greenwood, L. & Kelly, C. (2019). In ECEC, underachievement is mainly linked to a lack of quality in early intervention and expert advice in the early years. The need for targeted support for young children with behavioral health issues was highlighted as was the negative impact of early segregation. The systematic reviews highlighted importantly how social determinants rarely operate in isolation with 4 key integrative themes emerging: • Family involvement is key factor to prevent and reduce underachievement and ESL. • Segregation-based practices undermine achievement and well-being. • School engagement and motivation positively correlate with less underachievement and ESL. • Teachers’ expectations and curriculum design are influential in reducing or aggravating these issues.

References:

Behtoui, A. (2017). Social capital and the educational expectations of young people. European Educational Research Journal, 16(4), 487-503. Bhana, D., Moosa, S., Xu , Y. & Emilsen, K (2022). Men in early childhood education and care: on navigating a gendered terrain, European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 30:4, 543 -556, DOI: 10.1080/1350293X.2022.2074070 Greenwood, L. & Kelly, C. (2019). Systematic literature review to explore how staff in schools describe how a sense of belonging is created for their pupils. Emotional and Behavioural Difficulties. Oomen, A. & Plant, P. (2014). Early school leaving and lifelong guidance. ELGPN concept note, No 6. Jyväskylä: University of Jyväskylä. http://www.elgpn.eu/publications/browse-by-language/english/elgpnconcept-note-no.-6-early-school-leaving-and-lifelong-guidance/ Page, M.J., McKenzie, J.E., Bossuyt, P.M. et al (2021) The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. BMJ 372:n71. https://doi.org/10.1136/bmj.n71 - DOI - PubMed - PMC von Wachter, T. (2020). The Persistent Effects of Initial Labor Market Conditions for Young Adults and Their Sources. The Journal of Economic Perspectives, 34(4), 168–194. Wilkinson, M. L. N., & Wilkinson, M. (2014). Helping Muslim boys succeed the case for history education. Curriculum Journal, 2 (3), 396–431. https://doi.org/10.1080/09585176.2014.929527
 

Impact of Early Childhood Education in Students' Basic Skills: A Scoping- Review

Martin Brown (Dublin City University), Karen Laing (Newcastle University), Rocio García-Carrión (University of Deusto), Andrea Khalfaoui Larrañaga (University of Deusto)

Basic skills (literacy, maths, and science) are widely regarded as foundational to achieving personal fulfilment, employability, and social inclusion (European Commission, n.d.). They can be nurtured through high-quality early childhood education and care (ECEC) programmes to leverage young children’s educational possibilities and ameliorate some of the challenges facing those identified as being at risk(Shonkoff & Fisher, 2013). However, although quality in ECEC has been widely conceptualised (Ishimine et al. 2010), there is a scarcity of systematic research around the effects of specific features of ECEC programmes on basic skills. This paper aims at identifying and mapping effective ECEC programmes and interventions that foster students’ basic skills to inform educational policy and practice in Europe. A scoping review was carried out between April and July 2023 to map ECEC interventions that foster basic skills (Arksey & O'Malley, 2005). Following the PRISMA statement and the checklist (Higgins & Green, 2011), a total of 533 papers met the inclusion criteria (peer-reviewed publications in English from 2013 to 2023, involving educational interventions of more than 10 participants in school settings, and reflecting quantitative findings on basic skills among primary and secondary students). Only those that reported having a positive effect on basic skills and having employed a longitudinal, quasi-experimental, and/or RCT design, were selected for a subsequent meta- analysis. Four international databases were used for the scoping review: Web of Science, Scopus, Psycinfo, ERIC. Rayyan was used to collate and screen the papers for eligibility. Out of the 91 papers analysed, 3 proved to have a positive impact in Science, 61 in Literacy, 15 in Mathematics and 12 in more than one basic skill. Those interventions having a positive impact in science included play-based strategies and training for teachers to foster science knowledge. Literacy programmes saw the majority of positively correlated interventions. Out of the 61 papers dedicated to any literacy area, those based of dialogic or shared reading, along with programmes to boost or improve technology-mediated reading were particularly prominent. Programmes oriented to parents and teachers were also popular among the retrieved papers (12/61). Interventions that improved maths included number sense, play, storytelling and physical activity. Maths mediated by digital devices was the focus of 4/15 papers, and curriculum-based maths learning was at the core of 3/15 articles. This work aims to contribute to evidence-informed policy and practice by systematically identifying the features of successful ECEC interventions contributing to improve future learning outcomes.

References:

Arksey, H., & O'Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19-32. European Commission (n.d.). Why are key competences and basic skills important? https://education.ec.europa.eu/education-levels/school-education/key-competences-and- basic-skills Higgins, J. P., & Green, S. (2011). Cochrane handbook for systematic reviews of interventions 5.1.0. The Cochrane Collaboration. https://handbook-5-1.cochrane.org/ Ishimine, K., Tayler, C. & Bennett, J. (2010). Quality and early childhood education and care: A policy initiative for the 21st century. International Journal of Child Care and Education Policy, 4, 67–80. https://doi.org/10.1007/2288-6729-4-2-67 Shonkoff, J.P., & Fisher, P.A. (2013). Rethinking evidence-based practice and two-generation programs to create the future of early childhood policy. Dev Psychopathol, 25(4 Pt 2): 1635- 53. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579413000813
 

Policy Approaches based on Scientific Evidence and Research to Address Underachievement

Liz Todd (Newcastle University), Sarah Gardezi (Dublin City University), Aideen Cassidy (Dublin City University)

This paper reports on a comparative analysis of Europe wide policy provision designed to meet the EU's Early School Leaving (ESL) reduction target. In 2011 the European Commission (EC) made recommendations to hel countries to tackle ESL which serves as the theoretical framework as well as criteria for this policy analysis. It emphasises the need for comprehensive approaches, focusing on the root causes of ESL and sustaining efforts to reduce it. The policy analysis relied on key data sources including the OECD Library, EC reports, government websites, national and regional research agencies, and agencies involved in providing compensation programmes. The framework outlines three categories of measures: Prevention -targeting the root problems leading to ESL including quality early childhood education, relevant curricula, flexible educational pathways, and strong guidance systems. Intervention -combatting emerging difficulties and supporting at-risk students through personalised guidance, extra-curricular activities, and improved learning environments. Compensation- offering second chance schemes and alternative pathways. The importance of a 'whole school approach' is highlighted, emphasising multi-site stakeholder collaboration. This acknowledges the role played by various services, including social, youth, and outreach services. Utilising the Eurostat ESL data from 2012 - 2021, a comparative analysis of countries categories as follows was undertaken: High Performers - countries with consistent ESL rates below 6% throughout the entire time period. ( Poland, Switzerland, Croatia, and Slovenia) High Improvement - countries that have achieved a reduction of ESL rates by more than 6 % over the same period. (Spain, Portugal, Malta, Greece, and Ireland) Low Performers - countries with ESL rates continuing to exceed 10% (Italy, United Kingdom, Norway, Bulgaria, Hungary, Cyprus, and Germany). The key findings of the policy analysis indicate that: All countries under examination possess explicit policies or legislation aimed at addressing ESL, encompassing preventive, interventive, and compensatory measures. Preventive and compensatory measures demonstrate stronger policy measures than interventions. The main challenge lies not in the lack of policy or legislation but rather in their implementation. Inadequate interagency collaboration and relatively unsophisticated evaluation of ESL measures were areas of weakness. Specific policies such as quality ECEC, supports for low SES students, and initiatives to enhance access pathways into education and VET are important. These results have helped identify strengths and gaps in ESL policy which should allow policymakers to make informed decisions in developing and implementing effective strategies. By comparing policies and practices, the analysis offers insights into successful approaches facilitating meaningful international benchmarking.

References:

European Commission. (2013). Reducing early school leaving: Key messages and policy support Final Report of the Thematic Working Group on Early School Leaving November 2013. Accessed 21/05/2023 https://education.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/early-school-leaving- group2013-report_en.pdf European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice/Cedefop (2014). Tackling Early Leaving from Education and Training in Europe: Strategies, Policies and Measures. Eurydice and Cedefop Report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2797/33979 Donlevy, V., Day, L., Andriescu, M., & Downes, P. (2019). Assessment of the implementation of the 2011 council recommendation on policies to reduce early school leaving. European Commission. European Centre for the Development of Vocational Training (Cedefop). (2017). Leaving education early: putting vocational education and training in centre stage: Ireland. European Commission. (2015). Education & Training 2020. Schools Policy. A Whole School Approach to Tackling Early School Leaving. European Commission (2022a). Proposal for a COUNCIL RECOMMENDATION - Pathways to School Success. https://eur- lex.europa.eu/resource.html?uri=cellar:3605c49b-f881-11ec-b94a- 01aa75ed71a1.0001.02/DOC_1&format=PDF Eurostat. (2023a). Early Leavers from Education and Training. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics- explained/index.php?title=Early_leavers_from_education_and_training#Early_leavers_from_ education_and_training_.E2.80.93_today_and_a_historical_comparison. Accessed 15/06/ 2023 European Commission (2023b) European Education Area: Quality education and training for all. Early SchoolLeaving. https://education.ec.europa.eu/education-levels/school- education/early-school-leaving OECD (2017). Starting Strong IV Early Childhood Education and Care - Data Country Note: Ireland. OECD Publishing. Accessed 19/07/2023 https://www.oecd.org/education/school/ECECDCN- Ireland.pdf
 
15:45 - 17:1506 SES 07 A: Open Learning in Higher Education and Teacher Education
Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Anne Mette Bjørgen
Paper Session
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

The Mediating Role of Intrinsic Motivation on the Relationship Between Flexible Thinking and Learning Outcomes in MOOC vs Face-to-Face Environments

Abeer Watted1, Rima'a Da'as2

1Al-Qasemi college, Israel; 2The Hebrew university, Israel

Presenting Author: Watted, Abeer; Da'as, Rima'a

Rapid changes occurring in our global world pose a challenge for higher education to advance online courses, such as Massive open online courses (MOOCs). MOOCs provide people from all over the world the opportunity to expand their education for free without any commitment or prior requirements (Colleagues & Author, 2016). Most MOOCs include short segments of video lectures arranged according to the course topics and the assessment method is based basically on closed-ended assignments. In this regard, research has focused on various aspects of learning via MOOC environments, such as: attrition and dropout rates (Ho et al., 2015), social engagement (Ferguson & Clow, 2015) and motivational patterns of MOOC enrollees (Kizilcec & Schneider, 2015). Most of these studies focused mainly on MOOC enrollees; however, little is known about cognitive and intrapersonal characteristics of MOOC completers, especially those who are registered university students (Colleagues & Author, 2019) and how these characteristics affect their learning outcomes (e.g., Author & Colleague, 2021).

Using cognitive perspective (i.e. flexible thinking; Barak & Levenberg, 2016) and motivation theory (i.e. intrinsic motivation; Bandura, 2006), the current research sought to examine the effect of flexible thinking and intrinsic motivation on students' learning outcomes in a MOOC, taking into consideration a comparison with students who completed the course in a F2Fenvironment. More specifically, the current research examines relationships between flexible thinking and intrinsic motivation at the beginning of the course (Time1) and at the end of the course (Time 2) on learning outcomes after completing a MOOC and a F2Fcourse. Further, the study examines the mediating effect of intrinsic motivation between flexible thinking at Time 1 and learning outcomes at Time 2.

Barak and Levenberg (2016, p.74) defined flexible thinking in education as “open-mindedness to others’ ideas—the ability to learn from others, manage teamwork, listen to multiple perspectives, and handle conflicts; 2. adapting to changes in learning situations—the ability to find multiple solutions, solve unfamiliar problems, and transfer knowledge to new situations; 3. accepting new or changing learning technologies—the ability to adjust to advanced technologies and effectively use them for meaningful learning”

We argue that completers demonstrating flexible thinking at the beginning of the MOOC will have flexible thinking at the end of the MOOC (Hypothesis 1a) and F2F course (Hypothesis 1b).

Intrinsic motivation refers to the inherent satisfaction to be engaged in activity for its own sake. Intrinsic motivation involves an inherent gratification prompted by the feeling that learning is interesting and enjoyable (Glynn et al., 2011). We argue that completers demonstrating intrinsic motivation at the beginning of the course will have intrinsic motivation at the end of the MOOC (Hypothesis 2a) and the F2F course (Hypothesis 2b).

Flexible thinkers are open to new experiences, adapt to new situations, and easily generate new ideas (Barak & Levenberg, 2016a). They adjust to varying circumstances and work well in a climate of uncertainty (Bransford et al., 2000). Further, completing a MOOC is a great challenge as it involves the understanding of complex contents; MOOCs support diverse populations, as each population can contribute to the knowledge and experience of the others (Colleagues & Author, 2018). Thus, we argue that completers’ flexible thinking (Hypothesis 3a) and intrinsic motivation (Hypothesis 3b) at Time 2 will affect their learning outcomes at Time 2 more in MOOC environments than in F2F environments.

Learning outcomes relate to students' achievement in the final course assignments.

We argue that completers with flexible thinking at the beginning of the course may affect their learning outcomes at the end of the course through their intrinsic motivation (Time 2) only in MOOC environments (Hypothesis 4).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study included a sample of two groups of undergraduate students (N=204) taking the same course “Teaching Thinking,” a MOOC course (N=141) and a F2F classroom course (N=63). The MOOC and the F2F course were taught by the same lecturer and all learning materials and assignments were the same. The students were recruited by sending a message through an online mailing list at the beginning and at the end of the course, inviting them to participate in this study. Participation was voluntary with no extra credit or compensation.
Measures
Flexible thinking: We used a questionnaire developed by Barak and Levenberg (2016b) (19 items), ranked on a 6-point Likert type scale 1(strongly disagree) to 6(strongly agree)), with three dimensions: learning technology acceptance, open-mindedness in learning, and adapting to new learning situations. A sample item for learning technology acceptance: "I adjust quickly to new learning technologies."
Intrinsic motivation: We used a questionnaire developed by Glynn and colleagues (2011) 5 items; 1(strongly disagree) to 5(strongly agree). A sample item: "I enjoy learning ‘Teaching Thinking.”
Learning outcome: We analyzed students’ grades in the final exam at the end of the courses.
Control variables: Students' prior knowledge was controlled in the current research. Prior knowledge was examined by one question at the beginning of the course: "How familiar were you with the subject area of the course? a. I am mostly new to this subject area, b.  I am somewhat familiar with the subject area, c. I am very familiar with this subject area, d.  I am an expert in this subject area.”
All research measures received Reliability Cronbach Alpha more than 0.7, and fit indices more than 0.9 for construct validity. The proposed model was examined using AMOS program. To examine mediation, a bootstrap analysis was conducted, and confidence intervals were calculated as recommended by Preacher et al. (2010).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The MOOC environment model indicated a good fit between the model and the data (CFI = .99; NFI=.97; RMSEA = .049). A positive and significant relationship was found between flexible thinking in Time 1 and flexible thinking in Time 2 (β = .82; p <.001). The relationship between intrinsic motivation in Time 1 with intrinsic motivation in Time 2 was positive and significant (β = .21; p <.05), thus confirming hypotheses 1a, 2a.
Fit indices were more than .90 between the data and the model in the F2F environment; however, RMSEA = .10, which should be lower than .10. A positive and significant relationship was found between flexible thinking in Time 1 and flexible thinking in Time 2 (β = .66; p <.001), thus confirming hypothesis 1b. The relationship between intrinsic motivation in Time 1 with intrinsic motivation in Time 2 was positive and significant (β = .37; p <.001), thus confirming hypothesis 2b.
Regarding the MOOC model, intrinsic motivation was positively and significantly related to learning outcomes in Time 2 (β = .17; p <.05); however, flexible thinking was not related to learning outcomes in Time 2 (β = -.13). However, in F2F model, intrinsic motivation and flexible thinking were not significantly related to learning outcomes in Time 2 (β = .17; β = .06 respectively). Thus, hypothesis 3b was confirmed; hypothesis 3a was not confirmed.
Finally, the indirect effects between skill flexibility (Time 1) to learning outcomes (time 2) through intrinsic motivation (time 2) in MOOC environments was found to be .03 (p < .01), with a 99.5% confidence interval ranging between .04 and .19. Mediation was not examined in F2F model because of lack of relations between flexible thinking and intrinsic motivation in Time 2 and learning outcomes in Time 2, thus, confirming hypothesis 4.

References
Bandura, A. (2006). Going global with social cognitive theory: From prospect to paydirt. In S. I. Donaldson, D. E. Berger & K. Pezdek (Eds.). The rise of applied psychology: New frontiers and rewarding careers (pp. 53–70). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Barak, M. (2014). Closing the gap between attitudes and perceptions about ICT-enhanced learning among pre-service STEM teachers. Journal of Science Education and Technology, 23(1), 1–14.
Barak, M. (2018). Are digital natives open to change? Examining flexible thinking and resistance to change. Computers & Education, 121, 115-123.‏
Barak, M., & Levenberg, A. (2016). A model of flexible thinking in contemporary education. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 22, 74-85.
Bransford, J., Bransford, J.D., Brown, A.L. & Cocking, R.R., 1999. How people learn: Brain, mind, experience, and school. National Academies Press.
Byrne, B. M. (2013). Structural equation modeling with Mplus: Basic concepts, applications, and programming. routledge.
Cho, M.-H., & Heron, M. L. (2015). Self-regulated learning: the role of motivation, emotion, and use of learning strategies in students' learning experiences in a self-paced online mathematics course. Distance Education, 36(1), 80e99.
Ferguson, R., & Clow, D. (2015). Examining engagement: analysing learner subpopulations in massive open online courses (MOOCs). In The 5th International learning analytics and knowledge Conference (LAK15), 16e20 March 2015. Poughkeepsie, NY, USA: ACM
Glynn, S. M., Brickman, P., Armstrong, N., & Taasoobshirazi, G. (2011). Science motivation questionnaire II: validation with science majors and nonscience majors. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 48, 1159e1176.
Green, G. C. (2004). The impact of cognitive complexity on project leadership performance. Information and Software Technology, 46, 165-172.
Ho, A. D., Chuang, I., Reich, J., Coleman, C., Whitehill, J., Northcutt, C., et al. (2015). HarvardX and MITx: Two years of open online courses (HarvardX Working Paper No. 10). http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.2586847.
Kizilcec, R. F., & Schneider, E. (2015). Motivation as a lens to understand online learners: toward data-driven design with the OLEI scale. ACM Transactions on Computer-Human Interactions, 22(2). http://dx.doi.org./10.1145/2699735.
Moore, R. L., & Wang, C. (2021). Influence of learner motivational dispositions on MOOC completion. Journal of Computing in Higher Education, 33(1), 121-134.‏
Schunk, D. H., Pintrich, P. R., & Meece, J. L. (2008). Motivation in education (3rd ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson.
Shroff, R. H., Vogel, D. R., & Coombes, J. (2008). Assessing individual-level factors supporting student intrinsic motivation in online discussions: a qualitative study. Journal of Information Systems Education, 19(1), 111e125.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Why Are Online Learners Invisible? Self-presentation of International Students in Online learning

Junjun Huang1, Meiyi Li2

1Beijing Normal University, China, People's Republic of; 2Faculty of Psychology and Educational Science, Ludwig Maximilian University of Munich, Germany

Presenting Author: Huang, Junjun; Li, Meiyi

Why Are Online Learners Invisible? Self-presentation of International Students in Online learning—A Case Study of Asian Students at German Universities

Against the backdrop of international higher education, one characteristic of Asian students’ online learning is their invisibility. Culture is an important influence on this behaviour, and this study makes use of Goffman’s dramaturgical theory to analyse Asian students’ invisible online learning at German universities. A qualitative research method was applied to explore those students’ online learning experience. The manifestations of Asian students’ invisible online learning included the mystification of personal learning, weakened classroom interaction and dissociated classroom presence. The reasons that influence online learners’ invisibility include changes in the outside, interference from the back, the stage fright of actors, audience exit, and disbandment of the team. This study suggests that university teachers should improve their teaching abilities and help students build a diverse online learning community.

This study borrows Goffman’s dramaturgical theory to analyse Asian students’ online learning interactions at German universities. Goffman is interested in making sense of human interaction from a sociological perspective, and with this in mind, the special human interaction – students’ invisible interaction, including their learning behaviour, learning willingness, and learning recognition – during online learning is framed here from the perspective of Goffman’s theory.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The investigation was conducted at the University of Tübingen, Germany, which is a well-known international university with many international students. Purposive sampling was adopted for sample selection, and the inclusion criteria were: (a) participants were college students at that moment; (b) they came from Asian countries before entering the university; (c) they had online learning experience at a German university for at least one semester; (d) both female and male students were included; and (e) their majors were diverse, including the social sciences (sociology, policy science, education science, economics, linguistics), natural sciences (astronomy, geography, archaeology), and engineering. Sampling continued until the interview data were saturated. A total of 17 Asian students participated in the interviews; there were eight Chinese students, three Korean students, three Malaysia students, two Japanese students, and one Indian student.
Semi-structured interviews were used to collect data, and all interviews were conducted from February 2021 to February 2022. The main interview question asked participants to describe their perceptions and experience of online learning at a German university; each interview lasted around 90–120 minutes. This investigation occurred at the end of the COVID-19 period, so all interviews were conducted online with Zoom to ensure the health of all participants. To allow accurate and timely interactions that would be comparable to face-to-face interactions and to observe participants’ reactions, all students were asked to keep their cameras on throughout the online interview. Informed consent forms were sent to the participants in advance; these forms explained the research purpose and participants’ anonymity. All of the interviews were audio recorded; the recordings were sent to participants to confirm their meaning. All participant information has been kept confidential.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To understand the manifestations of and reasons for Asian students’ tendency to seek invisibility in online learning in higher education, this study provided a social-cultural perspective to explore the characteristics of that invisibility and why they chose to become invisible online learners. A qualitative methodology was used to explore Asian students’ online learning experience at a German university. The findings indicate that manifestations of Asian students’ invisible online learning include the mystification of personal learning, weakened classroom interaction, and dissociated classroom presence. Within Goffman’s dramaturgical theoretical framework, the reasons that influence online learners’ invisibility include external changes, interference from backstage, stage fright, audience exit, and disbandment of the team.
References
Castro, M. D. B., & Tumibay, G. M. (2021). A literature review: Efficacy of online learning courses for higher education institution using meta-analysis. Education and Information Technologies, 26, 1367–1385.
Ferri, F., Grifoni, P., & Guzzo, T. (2020). Online learning and emergency remote teaching: Opportunities and challenges in emergency situations. Societies, 10(4), 86.
Goffman, E. (1955). On face-work: An analysis of ritual elements in social interaction. Psychiatry, 18(3), 213–231.
Goffman, E. (2016). The presentation of self in everyday life. In W. Longhover & D. Winchester (Eds.), Social theory re-wired (pp. 482–493). Routledge.
Gray, L. M., Wong-Wylie, G., Rempel, G. R., & Cook, K. (2020). Expanding qualitative research interviewing strategies: Zoom video communications. The Qualitative Report, 25(5), 1292–1301.
Gilch, H., Beise, A. S., Krempkow, R., Müller, M., Stratmann, F., & Wannemacher, K. (2019). Digitalisierung der Hochschulen—Ergebnisse einer Schwerpunktstudie für die Expertenkommission Forschung und Innovation, Hanover, Germany. HIS-Institut für Hochschulentwicklung (HIS-HE).
Hanh, N. T. (2020). Silence is gold?: A study on students’ silence in EFL classrooms. International Journal of Higher Education, 9(4), 153–160.
Lemay, D. J., Bazelais, P., & Doleck, T. (2021). Transition to online learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. Computers in Human Behavior Reports, 4, 100130.
Ma, J., Han, X., Yang, J., & Cheng, J. (2015). Examining the necessary condition for engagement in an online learning environment based on learning analytics approach: The role of the instructor. The Internet and Higher Education, 24, 26–34.
Pan, W., Zhou, Y., & Zhang, Q. (2016). Does darker hide more knowledge? The relationship between Machiavellianism and knowledge hiding. International Journal of Security and Its Applications, 10(11), 281–292.
Schmidt-Hertha, B., & Bernhardt, M. (2022). Pedagogical relationships in digitised adult education. Andragoška spoznanja, 28(1), 11–24.
Singer, A. (2023). Exploring teachers’ public interactions and private conversations during the pandemic: A qualitative study using Goffman’s dramaturgical theory. [Master’s thesis, University of Manitoba].
Wut, T. M., & Xu, J. (2021). Person-to-person interactions in online classroom settings under the impact of COVID-19: A social presence theory perspective. Asia Pacific Education Review, 22(3), 371–383.
Yan, L., Whitelock‐Wainwright, A., Guan, Q., Wen, G., Gašević, D., & Chen, G. (2021). Students’ experience of online learning during the COVID‐19 pandemic: A province‐wide survey study. British Journal of Educational Technology, 52(5), 2038–2057.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Bridging Theory and Practice: A Case Study on the Implementation of Media Projects as an Integral Part of Teacher Education

Marion Susanne Visotschnig, Sandra Langer, Juliana Gras, Stefanie Schnebel

University of Education Weingarten, Germany

Presenting Author: Visotschnig, Marion Susanne; Langer, Sandra

The TEgoDi concept (Teacher Education goes Digital) emerged from the need to enhance the digital media skills of teacher students, contributing an innovative dimension to teacher education (Müller et al., 2021). The integration of digital media-related competencies becomes paramount as educators need to navigate the potentials and limitations of digital media in pedagogical practices (McGarr & McDonagh, 2019). TALIS (Teaching and Learning International Survey) findings underscore the urgency, with only 53 percent of teachers regularly incorporating technology into teaching, and fewer expressing a desire for further education (Schleicher, 2020). Post-graduation, many students feel inadequately prepared for effective digital media use in teaching, emphasizing the need to consider subject-specific teaching–learning processes (Koehler & Mishra, 2009).

Digital media-related competencies encompass a spectrum of knowledge, skills, and dispositions required by teachers to adeptly design teaching-learning processes (Falloon, 2020). In response to the need for a holistic and integrated approach, TEgoDi adopts a project-oriented strategy rooted in theories of situated learning (Lave & Wenger, 2008) and authentic learning (Herrington & Herrington, 2006). This approach is embedded within a teacher education programme, where prospective teachers engage in two projects: a media-based teaching project and a media development project (Müller et al., 2021). To facilitate students' competence development, various support structures are integrated, including regular feedback based on online learning analytics, self-assessments, and tutoring. A key factor of sustainability and success of the TEgoDi project is the curricular anchoring of the media projects. In this way, the media projects get the chance to be perceived not just as an add-on, but as integral part of teacher education. The TEgoDi approach has been implemented since 2023, and both media projects will be anchored in the study and examination regulations and new module handbooks across the curriculum from 2025.

Although it is not yet compulsory, the integration of media projects into the courses is encouraged. To this end, a transitional statute has encouraged the facilitation of media projects in existing courses for trialling. The TEgoDi's media project implementation is currently in a pilot phase and is being evaluated ongoing basis. The formative evaluation follows the iterative development procedure (Allen & Sites, 2012), which encompasses three major development loops. Each loop is evaluated using feedback from students and lecturers and tutors from the TEgoDi project. Our presentation focuses on the final phase of the evaluation, in which early adopters integrate the described media projects into their courses and assess both the process and the outcomes. As we evaluate the TEgoDi's media project implementation in its pilot phase, our presentation addresses the following key research question providing insights into the effectiveness of the TEgoDi concept in teacher education:

How do two pioneering media projects in teacher education influence the development of competencies among students, and to what extent do various supportive structures, including regular feedback based on online learning analytics, self-assessments, and tutoring, contribute to this process?

In our presentation, we will address this crucial aspect of teacher education going digital. Through the exemplary good-practice examples, the challenges and their handling are illustrated, and outlook address the necessity of media projects and lessons learned. Achieving comprehensive integration involves embedding the projects in all study disciplines, which was accomplished through the adaptation of module handbooks and study examination regulations. Interdisciplinary workshops were pivotal in developing common minimum standards, ensuring the acquisition of media pedagogical competencies by prospective teachers across all study programs. Further details on the evaluation methodology are outlined in the subsequent section.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In addressing the research question, an experiential evaluation is conducted by drawing on insights and feedback from early adopters representing various disciplines and teaching formats. These early adopters play a crucial role in testing the media projects on both quantitative and qualitative levels, providing valuable perspectives that contribute to the fine-tuning of the TEgoDi concept. The evaluation follows a methodological approach that encompasses both quantitative and qualitative dimensions in a mixed methods design (Carter, Bryant-Lukosius, DiCenso, Blythe & Neville, 2014; Flick, 2018).
In the context of the quantitative dimension, a questionnaire was distributed to students (N=69) participating in courses where the instructors, acting as early adopters, were testing the implementation of media projects. The questionnaire covered diverse aspects, such as attitudes toward digital media, attitudes regarding the integration of digital media in teaching, assessments of the usefulness of digital media in instruction, and self-evaluations of media pedagogical competencies. The questionnaires were descriptively analyzed using SPSS.
Additionally, the research employs qualitative methods to provide a deeper understanding of the effects and challenges associated with the integration of media projects. Problem-centred interviews (Witzel & Reiter, 2012) (n=31) and focus groups (Stewart & Shamdasani, 2015) (n=5) as well as student feedback (Mandouit, 2018) with a total of 92 students was done to serve as essential tools to capture nuanced insights into the experiences of students during the implementation of the media projects. The analysis of the data utilized qualitative content analysis, following the methodological framework presented by Kuckartz and Rädiker (2023), with support from the Maxqda software (Rädiker & Kuckartz, 2020; Loxton, 2021).
The qualitative dimensions complement the quantitative analysis, offering a comprehensive view of the multifaceted aspects influencing the successful implementation of media projects.
It is noteworthy that the mandatory integration into all study disciplines is slated to commence in the summer semester of 2025. Before this period, the current phase serves as a trial period, utilizing experiences and insights to refine the media projects. This deliberate approach allows for a gradual implementation, accommodating the diversity of study disciplines and the varying requirements of teaching formats.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The evaluation findings not only contribute to successfully integrating technological innovations in teacher education but also foster a pedagogical transformation crucial to meet evolving education sector demands. Continuous evaluation, particularly involving early adopters, enhances media project quality, ensuring a robust foundation for integration into all disciplines from 2025 onwards.
Addressing the research question, examining two pioneering media projects provides valuable insights into their impact on student competency development. Findings emphasize the crucial role of supportive structures, including regular feedback, analytics, self-assessments, and tutoring. Outcomes align with the goal of enhancing media literacy and pedagogical understanding in teacher education:
(1) Supportive structures in competency development:
- Lessons highlight clear communication's importance, particularly in conveying intended outcomes like promoting media literacy.
- Milestones and supportive structures offer crucial guidance, providing students orientation during their learning journey.
- Enhanced monitoring, feedback, and tutoring commitment elevate overall project quality.
- Balancing guidance and fostering independence is crucial, identified through lessons learned.
(2) Shaping the role of educators:
- Shifting educators' role to learning facilitators is pivotal for successful project implementation.
- Considering educators' role change aligns with balancing guidance and fostering student independence.
- Lessons emphasize challenges of prioritizing focus over breadth, with a recommendation to potentially reduce subject matter depth.
- Focusing more on application and transfer could enhance project effectiveness.
(3) Meeting the challenge of clear communication:
- Clear criteria and literature sources are crucial for depth and academic challenge.
- Lessons underscore the importance of explicit guidelines to avoid task over- or underestimation.
In this list, focusing on depicted students, it's crucial to recognize the vital role of educators in implementing media projects within teacher education. Effective support hinges on educators perceiving it as added value, and interdisciplinary projects necessitate universally applicable standards.

References
Allen M. & Sites R. (2012). Leaving ADDIE for SAM. An agile model for developing the best learning experiences. Danvers: ASTD Press.
Carter, N., Bryant-Lukosius, D., DiCenso, A., Blythe, J. & Neville, A. J. (2014). The use of triangulation in qualitative research. Oncol Nurs Forum. 2014 Sep;41(5), 545-547. https://doi.org/10.1188/14.ONF.545-547. PMID: 25158659.
Falloon G. (2020). From digital literacy to digital competence: the teacher digital competency (TDC) framework. Educ Technol Res Dev., 68, 2449-2472. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-020-09767-4.
Flick, U. (2018). Triangulation in data collection. The SAGE handbook of qualitative data collection, 527-544.
Herrington, A. & Herrington, J. (2006). What is an Authentic Learning Environment? In A. Herrington & J. Herrington (Eds.), Authentic learning environments in higher education (1-14). Hershey, PA: Information Science Pub. https://doi.org/10.4018/978-1-59140-594-8.ch001
Koehler M. & Mishra P. (2009). What is technological pedagogical content knowledge (TPACK)? Contemp Issues Technol Teach Educ., 9(1), 60–70.
Kuckartz, U. & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative Content Analysis: Methods, Practice and Software. SAGE.
Lave J. & Wenger, E. (2008). Situated learning. Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511815355.
Loxton, M. H. (2021). Analyzing focus groups with MAXQDA. MAXQDA Press.
McGarr O, McDonagh A. Digital competence in teacher education (Output 1 of the Erasmus+ funded Developing Student Teachers’ Digital Competence (DICTE) project). University of Limerick. 2019. https://dicte.oslomet.no/
Mandouit, L. (2018). Using student feedback to improve teaching, Educational Action Research, 26:5, 755-769. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2018.1426470.
Müller, W., Grassinger, R., Schnebel, S., Stratmann, J., Weitzel, H., Aumann, A. et al. (2021). Integration of Digital Competences into a Teacher Education Program: A Sensitive Approach. Proceedings of the 13th International Conference on Computer Supported Education - Volume 1: CSEDU, 232–242. https://doi.org/10.5220/0010527202320242
Rädiker, S. & Kuckartz, U. (2020). Focused analysis of qualitative interviews with MAXQDA: Step by step. https://www.maxqda-press.com/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/978-3-948768072.pdf.
Stewart, D. W. & Shamdasani, P. N. (2015). Focus groups: Theory and practice. Sage publications.
Schleicher A. (2020). The impact of covid-19 on education insights from education at a glance 2020. https://www.oecd.org/educa tion/the-impact-of-covid-19-on-education-insights-education-at-a-glance-2020.pdf.
Willis, G. B. (2020). Questionnaire design, development, evaluation, and testing: Where are we, and where are we headed? Advances in questionnaire design, development, evaluation and testing, 1-23. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119263685.ch1.
Witzel, A. & Reiter, H. (2012). The problem-centred interview. Sage.
 
15:45 - 17:1507 SES 07 A: Social Justice Professional Learning and Development
Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Eunice Macedo
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Co-interpreting and Expanding Research Findings on the Meanings and Learning of Professional Activism

Ana Costa, Henrique Vaz, Isabel Menezes

CIIE - Centre for Research and Intervention in Education, Faculty of Psychology and Education Sciences, University of Porto, Portugal

Presenting Author: Costa, Ana

Professional activism consists of the political mobilisation (e.g., advocacy, awareness raising, social activism) of professionals doing educational, social and community intervention in defence of rights, well-being, and social justice of the people in situations of vulnerability (e.g., migrants/refugees, people in poverty, LGBTQIA+) with whom they work (Costa, Vaz & Menezes, 2021a).

Despite the high relevance of this professional role for contemporary life in Europe and worldwide, reinforced by the growth of vulnerability and social injustice, and highlighted in the literature and in professional guidelines of various disciplines (e.g., education, psychology, social work, nursing, medicine), professional activism is still an understudied topic in Portugal and, mainly, through a multi-professional approach (APA, 2019; MacDonnell & Buck-McFadyen, 2016; NASW, 2022; Picower, 2012).

The topic gained theoretical substance through the intersection with critical understandings of educational, social and community intervention with people in vulnerable situations, especially in adult education and community psychology. These theoretical approaches highlight the ethical-professional, political, critical and pedagogical components of this broad area of intervention (Freire, 1979; hooks, 1994; Ledwith, 2011; Martín-Baró, 1986; Montero, 2004; Nelson & Evans, 2014; Prilleltensky & Fox, 1997), as well as the complexity and richness of the processes of conscientisation, politicisation, learning and knowledge production inherent in this professional praxis and identity (Choudry, 2015; Foley, 2001; Freire, 1975, 1979; hooks, 1994; Lane, 1981; Ledwith, 2011; Montero, 2004; Ollis, 2010).

Previous research revealed a vision of professional activism as a praxis that promotes and is guided by a sense of (in)justice, which, in turn, demands a positioning in defence of the people with whom professionals work, leading to interventions orientated by and towards social justice. Among other results, it also showed that opportunities to incite this political consciousness and positioning and reflect about activism as a relevant professional role are triggered mainly by personal and professional relationships throughout life and by concrete work experiences (Costa, Vaz & Menezes, 2021a, 2021b).

This paper reports the processes and findings of a qualitative study aimed at confronting, deepening and advancing knowledge about professional activism by discussing the previous research findings with a new group of experienced professional activists (Costa, 2023). To this end, we implemented a qualitative study using focus groups (Cohen, Manion & Morisson, 2018) to cross-validate our previous findings regarding the meanings and learning of professional activism. The goal was to explore diverse interpretations of our data to develop a denser, more participative and comprehensive representation of our previous findings (Costa, 2023; Creswell & Miller, 2000; Lietz & Zayas, 2010).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Focus groups create open, informal and supportive environments for sharing, encouraging interaction between participants and favouring the presentation of elaborate and detailed reports on the topic being studied while providing rich moments for discussion (Braun & Clarke, 2013). Holding these groups made it possible to expand and revise the knowledge acquired in the previous study with the collaboration of members of the target group.
Thirteen professional activists took part in this study. They are professionals who work with people in situations of vulnerability in educational, social and community contexts in Portugal and are recognised for orienting their work towards the political sphere. Nine self-identify as women, three as men, and one as non-binary; twelve are white, and one is a black woman, aged between 28 and 67. They primarily work in urban contexts and diverse professional areas and fields of intervention in NGOs, schools, government institutions, universities and health institutions.
Three focus discussion groups were held, two with 5 participants each and one with 3 participants, who were identified through personal/professional contacts and at the suggestion of other professionals in the field who were engaged in the previous research, following a snowball strategy (Braun & Clarke, 2013; Cohen, Manion & Morrison, 2018). The contact and invitation were made in person and via email or social media (Facebook). The focus groups were held online, at the participants' option, and to ensure higher geographical coverage, and were supported by a script providing for the prior signing of informed consent.
The discussion groups began with a brief presentation of the study theme and aims and the main results obtained in the previous study, which served as a basis for the group discussion. These groups aimed to encourage sharing opinions, reflections, and suggestions regarding what had been presented and, above all, the collective conversation of these results based on their experience of activist work and what they know about this professional role. Specific questions were asked to guide the discussion or clarify some specific aspects (Creswell and Miller, 2000; Lietz & Zayas, 2010).
The data was analysed using a deductive approach to compare, relate and integrate participants’ reflections, opinions and contributions regarding previous theoretical and empirical evidence and deepen knowledge of the topics.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The participants’ sharing and reflections corroborated most findings from the previous study, contributed to problematising some aspects and added relevant contributions and detail on the meanings and learning of professional activism, advancing and deepening knowledge on these phenomena and pointing out implications and suggestions for future research (Costa, 2023). This study also allowed us to see the research process as a promoter of professionals’ reflection about the practices they implement, actively involving them in their conceptualisation and definition.
This paper intends to share the results of this study, which advance the findings from previous research. Concerning the meanings of professional activism, we highlight participants’ reflection on the importance of seeing professionals also as people in situations of vulnerability (due to gender, sexual orientation, class, precariousness, migration, among others), which often correspond to those experienced by the people they work with. About professional activism learning and education, a vision of the education system as non-disruptive, encouraging neutrality and individualised vs. structural interventions stands out. In parallel, participants defend that higher education should promote criticism, political awareness and training for practice, although considering that professional activism learning inevitably results from experience.
As implications of the knowledge acquired, we would emphasise the importance of promoting the education and political participation of professionals and valuing learning from experience in adult education. Furthermore, this research reinforced the relevance of deepening knowledge about incentives and needs in formal, non-formal, and informal education regarding professional activism education of professionals who (will) work with people in situations of vulnerability. These aspects gave rise to a new in-depth study on the subject, ensuring the continuity of this research.


References
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2013). Successful qualitative research: A practical guide for beginners. Washington.
Choudry, A. (2015). Learning activism: The intellectual life of contemporary social movements. University of Toronto Press.
Cohen, L., Manion, L., & Morrison, K. (2018). Research Methods in Education (8th ed.). London: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315456539
Costa, A. L., Vaz, H., & Menezes, I. (2021a). Exploring the meanings of professional activism. Community Development, 52(2), 244-261, D.C., USA: Sage.
Costa, A. L., Vaz, H., & Menezes, I. (2021b). The activist craft: learning processes and outcomes of professional activism. Adult Education Quarterly, 71(3), 211-231.
Costa, A. L. (2023). O profissional é político: o ativismo profissional na intervenção educativa, social e comunitária (Tese de doutoramento) [The professional is political: professional activism in educational, social and community intervention (Doctoral thesis)]. FPCEUP, Porto, Portugal.
Creswell, J. W., & Miller, D. (2000) Determining Validity in Qualitative Inquiry. Theory Into Practice, 39(3), 124-130. https://doi.org/10.1207/s15430421tip3903_2
Foley, G. (2001). Radical adult education and learning. International Journal of Lifelong Education, 20(1–2), 71–88. https://doi.org/10.1080/02601370010008264
Freire, P. (1975). Pedagogia do Oprimido [Pedagogy of the Oppressed]. Porto: Afrontamento.
hooks, b. (1994). Teaching to transgress: Education as the practice of freedom. Abingdon, United Kingdom: Routledge.
Ledwith, M. (2011). Community development: A critical approach (2nd ed.). Bristol, UK: Policy Press. ISBN: 978-1-84742-646-8.
Lietz, C. A., & Zayas, L. E. (2010). Evaluating qualitative research for social work practitioners. Advances in Social work, 11(2), 188-202.
MacDonnell, J. A., & Buck-McFadyen, E. (2016). How Activism Features in the Career Lives of Four Generations of Canadian Nurses. Policy, Politics & Nursing Practice, 17(4), 218-230. doi:10.1177/1527154416688669
Martín-Baró, I. (1986). Hacia una psicología de la liberación. Boletín de Psicología, 22, 219-231. http://www.uca.edu.sv/deptos/psicolog/hacia.htm
Montero, M. (2004). Introducción a la Psicología Comunitaria: Desarrollo, conceptos y processos. Buenos Aires: Paidós.
NASW (National Association of Social Workers) (2022). Ethical Standard of the Month: 6.04 Social and Political Action. NASW. https://www.socialworkers.org/About/Ethics/Training-and-Education/Ethical-Standardof-the-Month/Social-and-Political-Action
Nelson, G., & Evans, S. D. (2014). Critical community psychology and qualitative research: A conversation. Qualitative Inquiry, 20(2), 158–166. https://doi.org/10.1177/1077800413510873
Ollis, T. (2010). The pedagogy of activism: Learning to change the world. International Journal of Learning, 17(8), 239–249. https://doi.org/10.18848/1447-9494/CGP/v17i08/47225
Picower, B. (2012). Teacher activism: Enacting a vision for social justice. Equity & Excellence in Education, 45(4), 561-574.
Prilleltensky, I., & Fox, D. (1997). Introducing critical psychology: Values, assumptions, and the status quo. In D. Fox & I. Prilleltensky (Eds.), Critical psychology: An introduction (pp. 3–20). Sage. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4039-1462-0


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Conceptualizing Success in Balance: A Case Study of Successful Principal Leadership on a Navajo Reservation

Joseph Martin, Rose Ylimaki, Robyn Hansen, Michael Schwanenberger, Mary Dereshiwsky

Northern Arizona University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Martin, Joseph; Ylimaki, Rose

When asked about school leadership, Hózhó or “walking in beauty” in Navajo as a holistic leadership framework (Secatero, 2018), may not be the first image that comes to mind amidst the contemporary pressures and influences of accountability policies, political debates about teaching race and history, digitalization, Covid 19 pandemic effects, etc. Yet Hózhó leadership is at the heart of a Navajo principal’s leadership in an elementary reservation-based public school.

Regardless of differences in contexts, successful Indian school leadership work is predicated upon educational purposes that entail but transcend the functional principles of social justice, equity, and inclusion imbedded in foundations of tribal-specific culturally responsive education practice (Martin, 2021). This Navajo principal’s leadership is part of a larger international study, first through a theoretical examination of Navajo philosophy of education in relation to ecological systems of influence and complexities and then through a study of the Navajo principal’s leadership practice.

The United States has a history of colonization of Native Americans, ongoing assimilation through, for example, boarding schools for indigenous children, has resulted in trauma over centuries. Reservation schools who serve indigenous children face pressures from tribal, state, and national policies for accountability purposes. Particularly, U.S. schools that serve indigenous students are historically situated within a complex interplay among federal and state policies, schools, districts, and, in this case, the tribal nation. Many educational scholars have articulated various theories of leadership aimed at transformative practices, e.g., (Martin, 2021), culturally responsive leadership; (Secatero, 2018), Navajo Holistic leadership; (Shields, 2015), socially just outcomes; (Furman, 2016) inclusive practices; and (Khalifa, et al., 2019) decolonizing leadership that are relevant to Indian-serving schools. Yet few of these theories and studies framed from these theories focus explicitly on indigenous school leaders serving reservation schools from an indigenous philosophical perspective.

Across this literature, there are studies of leadership grounded in various theories, and we see the need to enhance indigenous leadership theorizing and its relations to leadership. The intention of this presentation is to expand leadership theorizing, study, and practice in Navajo educational philosophy in relation to successful principal leadership amidst multiple layers of influence and complexities of the contemporary situation. This study is part of an International Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP), thus the purpose of the presentation is twofold: first, to further develop educational leadership theorizing with tribal forms of knowledge (specifically Navajo) amidst multiple layers of systems of influence and complexities and second, to present empirical findings from a case study of a Navajo principal in relation to Navajo educational philosophy as well as the broader theoretical grounding for successful principals from the international ISSPP study We conclude with implications of a balanced notion of success for leadership preparation and practice.

Research Questions:

RQ1: To what extent, and in what ways, do school principals contribute to the ‘success’ of their schools similarly or differently within a state? What are the key factors, including but not limited to: individual, structural, social, cultural, and systems-related district, tribal, national factors that influence, positively or negatively, how school principals’ impact on the ‘successes’ of their schools?

RQ2: What similarities and differences can be identified in the values, beliefs, and behaviors of successful school principals across different schools in the same state?

The ISSPP research examines school leadership through the lens of ecological systems theory (Bronfenbrenner, 1979) which theorizes individual practices and development within the context of various dynamically interacting layers of social and ecological systems to capture the processes and actions in which schools operate, develop, and thrive in an increasingly unpredictable, globalized world.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research methods featured comparative mixed methods case study (Cresswell & Tashakkori, 2007) as used by the International Study for the Successful School Principalship Project (ISSPP). The ISSPP has determined criteria for selecting cases, requirements for choosing the study participants, and the process for conducting the research. Sampling features principals who lead successful schools in their communities. Data sources within each case study include semi-structured qualitative interviews with the district/municipality, governors, principal, teachers, parents, and students, and a whole-school teacher survey. The comparative analysis of these data sources within and across different schools and countries enables trustworthiness and enhances rigor (Denzin, 2012). Data were analyzed using an inductive approach as well as a deductive approach from the ISSPP analytical framework. Two main research questions were of interest in this context; 1) To what extent, and in what ways, do school principals contribute to the ‘success’ of their schools similarly or differently within a state? What are the key factors, including but not limited to: individual, structural, social, cultural, and systems-related district, tribal, national factors that influence, positively or negatively, how school  principals’ impact on the ‘successes of their schools?; and 2) What similarities and differences can be identified in the values, beliefs, and behaviors of successful school principals across different schools in the same state?
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings indicate the principal’s support of the Navajo culture and academics through a balance of systems while incorporating Navajo educational philosophy with its forms of knowledge and culture. Tribal leaders appreciate Indigenous education leaders to value the leadership principles that they relied upon to make appropriate decisions. The indigenous leadership perspective of balance and sustainability amidst complexity is relevant for leadership practice and preparation worldwide as leaders need to balance new and perennial tensions and complexities. The principal was dealing with tremendous challenges on the cultural, political and educational scene. The tribal nation is experiencing extraordinary political, economic, cultural, and education transformation. For this community it is a significant step toward maintaining a “real” Navajo school. Similarly, the findings revealed that the principal is an inspirational leader grounded in tribal forms of knowledge, and that he: (1) understands and values what it means to maintain a strong relationship with students, parents and local communities; (2) thrives to have a capable and committed staff by organizing professional development opportunities targeted toward Indian student success; (3) supported the use of every possible lever to engage and support students to be successful, where failure is not an option; and (4) as the leader, modeled the commitment to perform as part of a team rather than as an individual. The principal established focus group meetings between teachers and students, based on the same principles of cultural congruence, led to improved student achievement and an interest from parents to be more involved. All these programs required extensive collaboration and time. Suggesting that congruency between the school environment and the culture of the community is critical to educational success. Implications: Additional research on leadership practice, preparation, and development for Indigenous schools as well as schools that serve other students from diverse cultures.
References
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard university press.

Creswell, J. W., & Tashakkori, A. (2007). Differing perspectives on mixed methods research. Journal of mixed methods research, 1(4), 303-308.

Denzin, N. K. (2012). Triangulation 2.0. Journal of mixed methods research, 6(2), 80-88.

Furman, G. (2012). Social justice leadership as praxis: Developing capacities through preparation programs. Educational administration quarterly, 48(2), 191-229.

Khalifa, M. A., Khalil, D., Marsh, T. E., & Halloran, C. (2019). Toward an indigenous, decolonizing school leadership: A literature review. Educational Administration Quarterly, 55(4), 571-614.

Martin, J. (2021). Culture and power in preparing leaders for American Indian/Alaska Native
schools. In J. W. Tippeconnic & M. J. Tippeconnic (Eds.), On Indian ground: Southwest
(pp. 247-264). Information Age.Martin, J. (2015a). Getting the right leadership: The
things we learned about being a first-year principal.  In D. B. Aguilera & J. Tippeconnic
(Eds.), Voices of resistance and renewal: Indigenous leadership in education (pp. 142-
160). University of Oklahoma.

Secatero, S. (2018). The Corn Pollen Model in Education and Leadership. University of New Mexico, College of Education, Albuquerque, NM.

Shields, C. M. (2015). Transformative leadership in education: Equitable and socially just change in an uncertain and complex world. Routledge.
 
15:45 - 17:1507 SES 07 C: Exploring the perspectives and voices of children and students in multicultural educational settings
Location: Room 119 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ábel Bereményi
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Skin Color Through Children's Eyes: Exploring Children's Conceptions Of Diversity And Otherness

Luca Agostinetto, Lisa Bugno

University of Padua, Italy

Presenting Author: Agostinetto, Luca; Bugno, Lisa

The European Union is founded on the principles of diversity, inclusion, and equality. Article 10 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (2007) explicitly acknowledges the Union's obligation to combat discrimination based on various grounds, including race, ethnicity, religion, disability, age, and sexual orientation. This commitment to diversity is reflected in the EU's policies and initiatives, which aim to foster a society that embraces pluralism, tolerance, and non-discrimination.
As stated in the EU anti-racism action plan (European Commission, 2020), promoting diversity goes beyond simply acknowledging differences. It is about understanding and appreciating the rich mosaic of cultures, experiences, and perspectives that characterize the European Union. By creating an inclusive environment that embraces diversity, the EU can achieve true unity in diversity, where everyone feels valued and respected.

Moreover, in a recent report adopted by the Committee on Culture and Education (2022), the European Parliament outlined a comprehensive strategy to combat racism and discrimination. The report emphasized the decisive role of education and training in dismantling structural racism, fostering inclusive societies, and promoting tolerance, understanding, and diversity. Indeed, racism needs to be addressed at all levels, from individual attitudes to societal structures. A holistic approach is essential, involving collaboration between various stakeholders, including governments, educators, civil society organizations, and individuals.

Literature tells us that, while racism remains a pervasive issue, colorism, a system of inequality that privileges lighter-skinned individuals, often operates alongside racism and deserves specific attention (Crutchfield et al., 2022; Hunter 2008). Colorism has a long history and permeates various aspects of life, including education, social services, and healthcare (Jablonski, 2020; Hannon, DeFina & Burch, 2013).

According to Peterson et al. (2016), despite the significant impact of colorism, much of the research has failed to adequately address this issue, focusing primarily on race, “and often what’s perceived as a racial gap is really a color gap, as studies indicate negligible difference in outcomes among very light African American and Latinx people, for example” (Crutchfield et al., 2022, p. 470). Even children are not immune to this phenomenon, as highlighted by numerous studies conducted in various contexts, both national and international. For example, research has shown that children as young as six months old can categorize people based on skin color (Katz & Kofkin, 1997). Additionally, the well-known study by Clark and Clark (1947) has demonstrated that children can express a preference for lighter skin. To effectively address stereotypes about skin color, a holistic approach is needed that addresses the underlying societal and psychological factors that perpetuate it.

In the context of Intercultural Education, it becomes imperative to examine these issues to equip teachers and prepare children to embrace cultural diversity. Indeed, the aim of this research is to explore children's conceptions of diversity and otherness as shaped by skin color perceptions. Our primary source of inspiration is the work of Italian anthropologist Paola Tabet (1997), who conducted a nationwide study by inviting children from various Italian regions to write short essays beginning with the prompt "If my parents were black…".


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Initially, the research team tested various prompt sentences to determine which approach was most effective. In accordance with Cardellini (2015), because there is a large diversity of familial structures in modern society, we opted to exclude parents from the stimulus, instead asking children to imagine "If your classmates were black...". As a result of the collaboration between six Italian schools, specifically in Padua and Vicenza, we were able to collect 494 essays written by children between the ages of eight and eleven in the northeast of the country. Specifically, 65 essays were collected from third-graders (age 8/9), 173 from fourth-graders (age 9/10), and 256 were written by fifth-graders (age 10/11). Furthermore, the data will be analysed based on gender, citizenship, eventual migration background, and skin color.
To streamline the research process, a comprehensive research protocol was developed which covered all stages of the investigation, including the initial outreach to schools and the data analysis.
Data analysis was conducted using Atlas.ti and involved a three-phase approach:

Thematic analysis: we started the analysis by thoroughly reviewing the essays and generating bottom-up codes. These codes were derived directly from the text and aimed to capture the overarching themes and patterns that emerged from the children's responses.
Coding based on stimulus responses: in the second phase, we applied a top-down approach to code the essays based on their responses to the stimulus prompt. This involved classifying the essays into categories such as positive, negative, neutral, ambiguous, essentializing, and not essentializing. The classification of essentializing responses was adapted from Srinivasan and Cruz (2015), who define essentializing as the tendency to attribute universal traits to individuals simply because they are considered members of a particular group.
Codes’ categorization: in the final step, the sentences selected and coded in phase one were grouped according to their emotional, social, or rational significance. This allowed us to further differentiate the children's responses and gain a deeper understanding of their underlying motivations and perceptions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data analysis for this study is still ongoing, but this paper will present some preliminary findings. The presentation will combine quantitative and qualitative data, including short quotes from children's essays that express their conceptions about diversity and otherness related to skin color.
These findings can be used to make educators and teachers more aware of the phenomenon and to inform them on how to promote intercultural education that encourages open-mindedness about cultural diversity through dialogue and activities that are based on children's own perspectives.

References
Cardellini M. (2017), Le parole per nominare i colori della pelle: conversazioni con alunni di scuola primaria tra 9 e 11 anni- The words to name skin colors: conversation with 9-10 years old primary school children. In «Educazione interculturale», vol 15 (1), pp. 1-9.
Clark, K. B., & Clark M. P. (1947). Racial identification and preference in negro children. In AA.VV. (Ed.), Readings in Social Psychology (pp. 169-178). New York: Henry Holt and Company.
Crutchfield, J., Sparks, D., Williams, M., & Findley, E. (2022). In My Feelings: Exploring Implicit Skin Tone Bias among Preservice Teachers. College Teaching, 70(4), 469–481.
Eugene, D. R., Crutchfield, J., Keyes, L., & Webb, S. (2023). Looking within: implicit skin tone bias among teachers of color. Intercultural Education, 34(1), 1-21.
European Commission (2022). Common guiding principles for national action plans against racism  and racial discrimination. Subgroup on the national implementation of the ‘eu anti-racism action plan 2020-2025’. https://commission.europa.eu/system/files/2022-05/common_guiding_principles_for_national_action_plans_against_racism_and_racial_discrimination.pdf
European Community (2007). Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union. Official Journal C 306, 13 December, pp 1 - 271.
Hannon, L., R. DeFina, and S. Burch (2013). The Relationship between Skin Tone and School Suspension for African Americans. Race and Social Problems 5 (4):281–95.
Hunter, M. L. (2008). The Cost of Color: What we Pay for Being Black and Brown. In Racism in the 21st Century: An Empirical Analysis of Skin Color, edited by R. E. Hall, 63–76. New York: Springer.
Katz, P. A., & Kofkin, J. A. (1997). Race, gender, and young children. In S. S. Luthar & J. A. Burack (Eds.), Developmental psychopathology: Perspectives on adjustment, risk, and disorder (pp. 51–74). New York, NY: Cambridge University Press.
Jablonski N. (2020), Colore vivo. Il significato biologico e sociale del colore della pelle, Torino, Bollati Boringhieri.
Peterson, E. R., C. Rubie-Davies, D. Osborne, and C. Sibley (2016). Teachers’ Explicit Expectations and Implicit Prejudiced Attitudes to Educational Achievement: Relations with Student Achievement and the Ethnic Achievement Gap. Learning and Instruction 42:123–40.
Tabet P. ( 1997), La pelle giusta, Torino, Giunti Einaudi.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

How Should We Deal with Ethnic-cultural Diversity? Bringing Pupils Own Perspectives Into the Debate

Roy Konings, Orhan Agirdag, Jozefien De Leersnyder

KU Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Konings, Roy

Even though every human being has the right to high-quality education (Assembly, U.G., 1948), there are signs that children from some ethnic groups may be receiving a lower quality education as compared to others. That is, in many European educational systems including Flanders (the context of the current study), minoritized students often achieve at lower levels as compared to ethnic majority youth (OECD, 2023), and such inequalities remain even after controlling variables like IQ, socio-economic status or generational status (Agirdag, 2020). Still, a recent line of empirical studies offers hope for a more equitable future, as they found that schools can reduce ethnic inequalities in education by means of how they approach ethnic-cultural diversity (e.g., Celeste et al., 2019). Specifically, while schools that choose to acknowledge and value ethnic-cultural diversity have reduced ethnic achievement gaps, schools which adopt more color-blind or assimilationist approaches to diversity tend to have exacerbated ethnic achievement gaps (Celeste et al., 2019; Schachner et al., 2021).

However, as there are still only a limited number of studies that have examined how diversity approaches are related inequities in education, there are still some important research gaps in this field that need to be addressed. First, although studies have shown that the general diversity approach, as expressed in the general vision statements of schools, is related to inequalities in education (e.g., Celeste et al., 2019), less attention has been paid to how these visions are translated into concrete diversity practices. Still, such focus on practices is likely to be important, because previous studies show that assimilationist, color-blind and pluralist visions can be translated into very different concrete practices depending on whether the vision is applied to dealing with linguistic, religious, curricular or identity-related diversity (e.g., Hagenaars et al., 2023). For instance, assimilation is likely translated into very different concrete practices when it comes to linguistic diversity (e.g., punishing speaking other languages) compared to diversity in religions (e.g., banning headscarves), the curriculum (e.g., focusing only on Flemish culture), or identities (e.g., hiring only teachers who identify as Flemish). In a recent study, it was even found that the same diversity ideology may have be differently related to outcome variables like achievement and school belonging depending on the concrete domain in which the diversity ideology is applied (MASKED). This highlights that considering on a more concrete level which specific diversity practices are most effective in reducing inequities is likely to be the most promising way forward.

Second, although an increasing number of studies have started to examine relations between school diversity approaches and several important outcome variables, such as achievement and school belonging (e.g. Celeste et al., 2019; Schachner et al., 2021), we are not aware of any qualitative studies that have examined how these diversity approaches are actually experienced by pupils. Therefore, in the current study we aim to integrate pupils’ own preferences for diversity practices into the scientific debate. By doing so, we not only aim to shed light on which considerations are important in pupils’ lived experiences of diversity practices, but we also hope to offer educational practitioners with important insights as to which considerations they should take into account in implementing specific diversity practices. The main research question in study is ‘Which concrete diversity practices do pupils in Flemish primary schools prefer and for which reasons?’.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of a  mixed methods project that investigates the relationship between SDMs and achievement in 3 Flemish cities (Antwerp, Ghent, Genk) by means of a large-scale survey and follow-up focus groups one year later. For the focus groups, we selected schools with the highest average scores on i) assimilationism, ii) color-blindness and iii) pluralism, as indicated by pupils in the survey. However, these schools had mostly majority student populations, which is why we also selected a fourth school with average scores on all SDMs, but with a more mixed ethnic composition (54% of students with migration background).
Within schools, we chose to select students within the last grade for the focus groups (pupils are +/- 12 years old) because children of this age are capable of providing insightful perspectives on issues related to ethnic-cultural diversity (e.g., Hajisoteriou et al., 2017; Kostet et al., 2021). Pupils only participated if their parents signed an active informed consent form.
We target 5 to 6 pupils per focus groups (Greig et al., 2007), and, in case more students had signed informed consent forms, we made a random selection. In line with Dekeyser (2020), we performed separate focus groups for boys (N = 18) and girls (N=15), given that pupils at this age usually play mostly with same-gender peers. In one school, none of the boys filled out the informed consent form, which is why the total number of focus groups was limited to 7.
The focus groups were framed as a gathering of the ‘board of directories’ of children and children were asked to imagine that they together constituted the principals of their school, and had to make some decisions for their ideal school. We then gave them four dilemmas that each time pertained to one of the diversity domains, namely i) allowing minoritize students to speak their mother tongues at school vs. not allowing this (language domain), ii) allowing religious symbols such as the Hijab or not (religions), iii) ensuring that examples and pictures in textbooks are culturally diverse or not (curriculum), and iv) making sure that the teaching force of their school is ethnic-culturally diverse or not (identities). Each time, after we made sure everybody understood the dilemma, pupils could hold up a sign with their choice, and we discussed their choices together, trying to reach agreement. All focus group discussions were transcribed and thematically analyzed in NVivo.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding the linguistic dilemma, most students (61%) supported allowing minoritized students to speak their mother tongues. They perceived it as unfair to punish non-Dutch languages like Turkish while praising others like English, and believed it could be helpful for students who are not yet proficient in Dutch to have peers helping them in their mother tongue. Yet, they also feared exclusion or bullying in such scenarios. Establishing clear rules on when mother tongues can be used is essential to harness linguistic diversity as a resource without causing exclusion.
Second, students almost unanimously (97%) agreed that religious attire should be allowed in schools, which is in strong contrast with schools current approaches (Celeste et al., 2019). Students emphasized the importance of expressing one's authentic self for feeling at home in school, as well as for opening dialogue about diverse religions, thereby learning new things. However, expressing one’s religion could also make one vulnerable for bullying, which is why schools should ensure a sufficiently safe climate in implementing pluralism.
Concerning the inclusion of ethnic-culturally diverse content in school books, 80% of students considered it worthwhile because it gives all students the feeling that they are understood, and it prepares majority students for an ethnic-culturally diverse society. Yet, others did not find it worthwhile.
In terms of hiring teachers with ethnic-culturally diverse backgrounds, a slim majority (55%) supported the idea. They believed it would enhance understanding, offer cultural insights, and contribute to countering racism. Those who disagreed prioritized teaching quality over teachers' ethnic-cultural backgrounds.
Hence, pluralist practices were preferred mostly because it may aid learning and feelings of safety, which is in line with pedagogical (Banks, 1993; Ladson-Billings, 1995) and psychological theories (Derks, et al., 2007) about why pluralism could be effective, and these findings thereby offer hope for a more equitable future.

References
Assembly, U. G. (1948). Universal declaration of human rights. UN General Assembly, 302(2), 14-25.
Banks, J. A. (1993). Multicultural Education: Historical Development, Dimensions, and Practice. Review of Research in Education, 19(1), 3–49. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732x019001003
Celeste, L., Baysu, G., Phalet, K., Meeussen, L., & Kende, J. (2019). Can School Diversity Policies Reduce Belonging and Achievement Gaps Between Minority and Majority Youth? Multiculturalism, Colorblindness, and Assimilationism Assessed. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 45(11), 1603–1618. https://doi.org/10.1177/0146167219838577
Dekeyser, G. (2020). Miss, that’s not special. Everybody speaks multiple languages. Children’s voices about being multilingual within and beyond their family. A multimethod study in Antwerp, Belgium.
Derks, B., Van Laar, C., & Ellemers, N. (2007). The Beneficial Effects of Social Identity Protection on the Performance Motivation of Members of Devalued Groups. Social Issues and Policy Review, 1(1), 217–256. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1751-2409.2007.00008.x
Greig, A. D., Taylor, M. J., & MacKay, T. (2007). Doing research with children. Sage.
Hagenaars, M., Maene, C., Stevens, P. A., Willems, S., Vantieghem, W., & D’Hondt, F. (2023). Diversity ideologies in Flemish education: explaining variation in teachers’ implementation of multiculturalism, assimilation and colourblindness. Journal of Education Policy, 1-22. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2023.2167236
Hajisoteriou, C., Karousiou, C., & Angelides, P. (2017). Mapping cultural diversity through children’s voices: From confusion to clear understandings. British Educational Research Journal, 43(2), 330–349. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3266
Kostet, I., Verschraegen, G., & Clycq, N. (2021). Repertoires on diversity among primary school children. Childhood, 28(1), 8–27. https://doi.org/10.1177/0907568220909430
Ladson-Billings, G. (1995). Toward a Theory of Culturally Relevant Pedagogy. American Educational Research Journal, 32(3), 465–491. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312032003465
OECD (2023), PISA 2022 Results (Volume I): The State of Learning and Equity in Education, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/53f23881-en.
Schachner, M. K., Schwarzenthal, M., Moffitt, U., Civitillo, S., & Juang, L. (2021). Capturing a nuanced picture of classroom cultural diversity climate: Multigroup and multilevel analyses among secondary school students in Germany. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 65, 101971. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych.2021.101971


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

The Role of Education for the Socio-Cultural Inclusion of Refugee Children and Youth in Iceland

Hrafnhildur Kvaran1, Hermína Gunnþórsdóttir2, Susan Rafik Hama1

1University of Iceland, Iceland; 2University of Akureyri, Iceland

Presenting Author: Kvaran, Hrafnhildur; Gunnþórsdóttir, Hermína

Research in many countries has revealed the marginalization of ethnic minority students in school systems. Educational policies and practices frequently exclude, devalue, or marginalize students from migrant, minority or non-dominant language backgrounds and position them within a deficit framework, rather than acknowledging and affirming their strengths and abilities (May & Sleeter, 2010; Race & Lander, 2014). Research in Iceland shows similar findings (see e.g. Gunnþórsdóttir et al., 2018; Gunnthórsdóttir & Ragnarsdóttir, 2020; Hama, 2020). In many cases, the majority language becomes the criteria by which student ability is measured, entailing that lack of majority language abilities is regarded as deficiency and results in labelling and categorization (Nieto 2010; Skutnabb-Kangas et al., 2009). Schools face various challenges when working with refugee children, including teachers’ limited understanding of the experiences of these children and the children’s lack of sense of belonging. Block et al. (2014) note that with the global increase of refugees, recognition of the importance of the school environment for promoting successful settlement outcomes and including young refugees is growing. However, schools may be poorly equipped to recognize and respond to the multiple challenges that refugee children and young people face.  

It is well established that education plays a critical role in assisting the social inclusion of refugee children into their new community. Furthermore, their social relationships and social positions often develop in schools and leisure activities. Findings of Archambault & Haugen’s (2017) research with refugee children in Norway indicate that their positive experiences included finding places of belonging in the everyday practices, such as after-school activities which helped feeling included in school. According to Beiser, Puente-Duran and Hou (2015), social competence – the ability to form friendships and to get along with others – is critical for the well-being of youth confronting changes in country, values, and cultures. Additionally, according to research, strong educational partnerships with parents are likely to assist the social inclusion of both children and their families into their local communities. Schools are in many cases the first and most important contact points with the new society for migrant and refugee children and their families (Ragnarsdóttir, 2016). While there exist many intractable internal inconsistencies within the research data, the overall data point to the significant challenges that migrant and refugee children face in social inclusion, participation as well as learning the language of their new country. These children are far more likely to drop out of school early and perform worse on standardized tests (OECD, 2010, 2015).  The racialization of refugee children and youth can further influence how they navigate everyday racism, their access to educational resources and processes of their identity formation in schools and society (Jaffe-Walter, 2016).  

As part of the qualitative research project A Part and Apart? Education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth in Iceland (ESRCI) this paper will draw on theoretical approaches related to the role of education and culture for the socio-cultural inclusion of refugee children aiming to explore the opportunities and challenges that refugee children and youth and their teachers and principals experience in Icelandic schools at different levels (pre-, compulsory, and upper secondary).  

Research question:  

1.1: What are the main opportunities and challenges which refugee children and youth experience in their schools, educationally and socially (including during unusual and difficult times such as Covid19)? 


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is part of the qualitative research project A Part and Apart? Education and social inclusion of refugee children and youth in Iceland (ESRCI). Participants are  Syrian and Iraqi refugee children and youth and their parents who have diverse educational and socio-economic backgrounds. Altogether our sample consists of 40 families with children in schools at one or more levels (pre-, compulsory and upper secondary) in eleven municipalities in Iceland, as well as the children’s teachers, principals and where relevant, school counsellors in the children’s schools, municipality persons, social services and NGOs.  
Multiple case studies will be conducted with quota refugee children and youth in the 40 families in urban and rural contexts in Iceland. Semi-structured in-depth and focus group interviews (Morgan, 1997) will be used for data collection, and emphasis will be put on exploring the children’s voices, including child friendly, emancipatory approaches. To ensure children’s participation and agency, data will also be collected through active instruments such as participatory place-based methods, child led tour “walk-along” interviews and short diaries and narratives (Dennis, et al, 2009). The analytical process will be informed by qualitative procedures and take place concurrently through the research period. The data gathered will be transcribed, categorized and coded with the use of Atlas.ti software and interpreted based on the results from the content analysis (Creswell, 2009).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data analysis is ongoing at the time of writing the abstract, but findings will focus on the experiences and challenges which refugee children and youth face in education in Iceland. The findings will shed light on good practices as well as obstacles and will provide important information for implementing policies and developing more suitable educational practices and support for diverse student populations in Iceland. These first findings from the ESRCI project will be an important contribution to municipal authorities and national educational policy development regarding formal education and social participation for refugee children, thus transferring new knowledge to a larger context in Iceland and elsewhere. Furthermore, the ESRCI project will contribute to reform in teaching and educational practices in municipalities in Iceland, and to reform in teacher education, thus benefitting all participants in our research as well as providing comparison for the international context.
References
Archambault, J. & Haugen, G. M. D. (2017). Belonging and identification: Challenges and negotiations in refugee children´s everyday life in Norway. In book: Movement, mobilities and journeys. DOI: 10.1007/978-981-287-029-2_19

Beiser, M., Puente-Duran, S. & Hou, F. (2015). Cultural distance and emotional problems among immigrant and refugee youth in Canada: Findings from the New Canadian Child and Youth Study (NCCYS). International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 49, 33-45. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijintrel.2015.06.005  

Block, K., Cross, S., Riggs, E. & Gibbs, L. (2014). Supporting schools to create an inclusive environment for refugee students. International Journal of Inclusive Education, 18(12), 1337–1355. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2014.899636.

Creswell, J. W. (2009). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches. London: Sage.

Dennis Jr. S. F., Gaulocher, S., Carpiano, R. M., & Brown, D. (2009). Participatory photo mapping (PPM): Exploring an integrated method for health and place research with young people. Health & place, 15(2), 466-473.

Gunnþórsdóttir, H., Barillé, S. & Meckl, M. (2018).The education of students with immigrant background in Iceland: parents’ and teachers’ voices. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research. DOI: 10.1080/00313831.2017.1415966

Gunnthórsdóttir, H. & Ragnarsdóttir, H. (2020). Challenges and opportunities in the education of students with immigrant background in Iceland. Education in the North, 27(2), 106-117. https://doi.org/10.26203/hc32-ab90

Hama, S. R. (2020). Experiences and expectations of successful immigrant and refugee students while in upper secondary schools in Iceland [Doctoral dissertation, University of Iceland]. Opin vísindi. https://hdl.handle.net/20.500.11815/2182  

Jaffe-Walter, R. (2016). Coercive concern: Nationalism, liberalism, and the schooling of Muslim youth. Palo Alto: Stanford University Press.

May, S. & Sleeter, C. E. (Eds.) (2010). Critical multiculturalism: Theory and praxis. New York: Routledge.
  
Morgan, D. (1997). Focus groups as qualitative research (2nd edition). Thousand Oaks: Sage.

Nieto, S. (2010). The light in their eyes. Creating multicultural learning communities. New York: Teachers College Press.

OECD. (2010). Closing the gap for immigrant students: Policies, practice, and performance. Paris: OECD.

OECD. (2015). Helping immigrant students to succeed at school – and beyond. Retrieved from https://www.oecd.org/education/Helping-immigrant-students-to-succeed-at-school-and-beyond.pdf

Ragnarsdóttir, H. (2016). Námsrými félagslegs réttlætis og menntunar án aðgreiningar. Niðurstöður norrænnar rannsóknar um velgengni nemenda af erlendum uppruna og skóla á fjórum Norðurlöndum [Learning Spaces for Inclusion and Social Justice: Success Stories from Immigrant Students and School Communities in Four Nordic Countries]. Netla – Veftímarit um uppeldi og menntun. Retrieved from http://netla.hi.is/serrit/2016/namsrymi_felagslegs_rettlaetis_og_menntunar_an_adgreiningar_learning_spaces_for_inclusion_and_social_justice/001.pdf

Skutnabb-Kangas, T., Phillipson, R., Mohanty, A. K., & Panda, M. (Eds). (2009). Social justice through multilingual education. Bristol: Multilingual matters.
 
15:45 - 17:1508 SES 07 A: Navigating the Complexities and Nuances of School-Based Wellbeing and Mental Health Promotion
Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Monica Carlsson
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Unpacking the Temporal Dimensions of School-based Wellbeing

Nis Langer Primdahl1, Ros McLellan2

1Aarhus University; 2University of Cambridge

Presenting Author: Primdahl, Nis Langer; McLellan, Ros

Recent discussions on young people’s wellbeing in school settings have raised concerns about student wellbeing within the current culture of performativity in schools (Clarke 2023; Jerrim 2022). Furthermore, school performance demands have been linked to the accelerated pace of everyday youth life, the shortening of attention spans, and an inability to be in the present moment stemming from the rise of digital technologies. These in turn have been linked with difficulties in coping with anxiety concerning an uncertain future (Buddeberg & Hornberg 2017; Gibbons 2016).

A number of explanatory models behind these developments highlight a radical transformation in the temporal conditions that govern and regulate students' everyday life, thereby linking a decline in young people’s wellbeing to specific pathologies associated with a change in temporal dynamics at societal level (George 2014; Jennings et al. 2019; Rosa 2013). However, while the temporal dimension is explicitly referenced in problematisations of the youth wellbeing crisis, its significance for theoretical approaches to school wellbeing remains unclear and largely unexplored.

With this lack in mind, the aim of this conceptual paper is to outline the framings of temporality and wellbeing, examine their intersection and expand our understanding of the explicit and implicit assumptions about time and temporality at play in school-based wellbeing discourses. With specific emphasis on performativity cultures in schools, we pose the question of how the temporal dimensions of this notion are understood and addressed conceptually by examining the tensions inherent to various conceptualizations of performance and wellbeing in school contexts.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Aiming to connect wider theoretical approaches revolving around temporality to existing conceptualisations within research on school wellbeing and performativity, we focus on connecting three central distinctions.

Firstly, we address an important analytical distinction, that of time as either a condition or an object of education. Timetables, periods and scheduling of the school day all represent instances where time functions as a condition or container of educational practices and activities: a class has a specified duration, the bell rings, recess has begun. This understanding treats time as a background or as a container inside of which educational practices take place (Compton-Lilly 2016). By contrast, Alhadeff-Jones (2017) highlights how educational science has generally not concerned itself with the experiential nature of time by arguing that time can also be understood as the object of what takes place in the classroom; i.e., that upon which a given educational practice is centered. This is linked to recent critiques and discussions within educational psychology on the ‘therapeutic turn’ in education (Ecclestone & Rawdin 2017) and on the need for cultivating spaces of deliberate slowdown and suspension in schools (Biesta 2020; Masschelein & Simons 2013; Vlieghe & Zamojski 2019).

Second, we unpack the significance of the distinction between externalised and internalised notions of time in education. External modes of time management refer to practices where time is conceptualized and administered as a quantifiable resource through which human actions can take place; e.g., learning to manage your schedule using a calendar or diary, calculating how long different tasks will take, or optimizing the time spent on school activities (Burrus et al. 2016). Within wellbeing promotion, a common goal is to decrease the risk of stress and burnout among students. Internal modes of time management refer to the ability to manage the self and one’s attitudes towards time, e.g. the promotion of specific methods of deliberate slowdown or deceleration of the pace of life.

Third, we link the two previous distinctions to the differentiation between hedonic and eudaimonic conceptions of wellbeing (Francesconi 2018). Hedonic conceptions of wellbeing can be characterised by being directed towards attainment of immediate, sensory wellbeing. Key factors are satisfaction, positive emotions and experiences as well as comfort. Eudaimonic conceptions, on the other hand, operate from the idea of personal growth or flourishing and can therefore be said to be less about momentary pleasurable experiences, and more about fulfillment of one’s capabilities and potential.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By illuminating the significance of temporality this paper will contribute with new understandings of wellbeing in school settings. This is significant as this theoretical enrichment can enable a more nuanced approach to wellbeing promotion in schools. For instance, this can form the basis of a framework for evaluating approaches schools already have in place to promote wellbeing and suggest avenues for further development. New light will also be shed on the role of temporality in education more broadly, which may have implications for school policies and practices more generally.
References
Alhadeff-Jones, M. (2017). Time and the rhythms of emancipatory education: Rethinking the temporal complexity of self and society. Routledge, Taylor & Francis Group.

Biesta, G. (2020). Risking Ourselves in Education: Qualification, Socialization, and Subjectification Revisited. Educational Theory, 70(1), 89–104. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12411

Buddeberg, M., & Hornberg, S. (2017). Schooling in times of acceleration. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38(1), 49–59. https://doi.org/10.1080/01425692.2016.1256760

Burrus, J., Jackson, T., Holtzman, S., & Roberts, R. D. (2017). Teaching high school students to manage time: The development of an intervention. Improving Schools, 20(2), 101–112. https://doi.org/10.1177/1365480216650309

Clarke, T. (2023). Do scores ‘define’ us? Adolescents’ experiences of wellbeing as ‘welldoing’ at school in England. Review of Education, 11(1), e3393. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3393

Compton-Lilly, C. (2016). Time in education: Intertwined dimensions and theoretical possibilities. Time & Society, 25(3), 575–593. https://doi.org/10.1177/0961463X15587837

Ecclestone, K., & Rawdin, C. (2016). Reinforcing the ‘diminished’ subject? The implications of the ‘vulnerability zeitgeist’ for well-being in educational settings. Cambridge Journal of Education, 46(3), 377–393. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2015.1120707

Francesconi, D. (2018). Eudaimonic Wellbeing and Education. In Routledge International Handbook of Wellbeing (pp. 317–323). Routledge.

George, L. K. (2014). Taking Time Seriously: A Call to Action in Mental Health Research. Journal of Health and Social Behavior, 55(3), 251–264. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022146514542434

Gibbons, A. (2016). Do ‘we’ really live in rapidly changing times? Questions concerning time, childhood, technology and education. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 17(4), 367–376. https://doi.org/10.1177/1463949116677921

Jennings, P. A., DeMauro, A. A., & Mischenko, P. P. (Eds.). (2019). The mindful school: Transforming school culture through mindfulness and compassion. The Guilford Press.
Jerrim, J. (2022). The mental health of adolescents in England: How does it vary during their time at school? British Educational Research Journal, 48(2), 330–353. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3769

Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2013). In defence of the school: A public issue. E-ducation, culture & Society Publishers. https://cygnus.cc.kuleuven.be/webapps/cmsmain/webui/_xy-11617872_3-t_8iZAq0nv

Rosa, H. (2013). Social Acceleration: A New Theory of Modernity (J. Trejo-Mathys, Trans.). Columbia University Press.

Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2019). Towards an Ontology of Teaching: Thing-centred Pedagogy, Affirmation and Love for the World (Vol. 11). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-16003-6


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Through the Educators’ Eye: Promotive and Risk Factors Impacting Learner Resilience During the 2020 COVID-19 School Closures in Kenya

Lucy Wakiaga1, Betty Merchant2

1APHRC, Kenya; 2University of Texas at San Antonio

Presenting Author: Wakiaga, Lucy

The onset and rapid spread of the Covid-19 pandemic resulted in school closures in many countries around the globe, affecting over 1.7 billion students according to UNESCO statistics (Zhao et al., 2022). Learners had varied experiences, depending on the socio-economic status of the home environments. The level of loss or sustenance of learning in the home environment depended on parental income and education level (Andrew et al., 2020; Zhang, Lu & Du (2022). Many parents experienced loss of jobs, psychological and physical health challenges and even loss of life, consequently impact financial resource levels of households. Learners in these households experienced more disruptions, including lack of access to learning resources, compared to their counterparts from more-resourced households (Andrew et al., 2020; Izci et al., 2022; Mathrani, Sarvesh & Umer, 2022). These varied levels of access to learning resources impacted the psycho-social wellbeing of the learners. Lack of basic needs, safety needs, uncertainty over return to school in order to experience learning normalcy all manifested as psychosocial stressors for learners in scarcity environments (Gittings, et al, 2021). Learners surrounded by supportive parents and friends adapted better to negative emotions and so had lesser psychological difficulties (Cui & Chi 2021). The converse was the case for learners who had inadequate social support, leading to feelings of loneliness and seeking of “safe, calm” environments in negative experiences such as use of drugs (Cui & Chi 2021), early marriages (ADEA & APHRC, 2023). Resilience, which is the process of overcoming the negative effects of risk exposure, coping successfully with traumatic experiences, and avoiding the negative trajectories associated with risks (Fergus & Zimmerman, 2005), is supported by both risk and promotive factors. Learners successfully navigate traumatizing events, such as the Covid-19 pandemic if promotive factors are present, such as the individual’s internal disposition including competence, coping skills and self-efficacy. Externally, presence of parental support, adult mentoring, or community organizations, promote resilience (Fergus & Zimmerman, 2005). This study sought to explore the promotive and risk factors that impacted the psycho-social wellbeing of learners in Kenya’s schools during the 2020 school closures with the onset and rapid spread of the COVID-19 pandemic.

This study was anchored on Richardson’s (2002) resiliency framework. He posits that when people experience planned disruptions or react to life events, they have the opportunity to consciously or unconsciously determine the outcomes of these disruptions. At the pre-disruption stage, people are at a state of biopsychospiritual homeostasis in which they are physically, mentally and spiritually in sync with themselves. This is what is known loosely as the “comfort zone” (Richardson, 2002). Disruptions to this biopsychospiritual homeostasis can be due to internal or external life prompts resulting in varied reactions across individuals. Resilient individuals are able to deal with these disruptions and revert back to their biopsychospiritual homeostasis. This is resilient integration and is characterized by a coping process that results in growth, knowledge, self-understanding and increased strength of resilient qualities (Richardson, 2002). For non-resilient individuals, disruptions result in negative outcomes since the individuals are in a state of helplessness, lacking hope, motivation or drive to effectively manage the demands from these life prompts (Richardson, 2002). Their reintegration is therefore characterized by dysfunction that is manifested in destructive behaviors in their attempts to deal with these disruptions. According to Richardson, the latter group require therapy to fill gaps they have in their introspective skills.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This was a cross-sectional qualitative study that was conducted between 2021 and 2022 across diverse schools in Kenya: primary, secondary, public, private, girls only, boys only, mixed day, mixed boarding, rural, and urban schools. Participants included 8 teacher Focus Group Discussions (FGDs) totalling 56 teachers across 8 schools. One FGD discussion consisting of 7 teachers, was conducted in each school for a total of 8 schools. 19 principals were interviewed across 19 schools. This consisted of principals from the 8 schools where the teacher FGDs were held and additional 11 principals from other schools. Being a qualitative study, sampling was purposive to ensure schools that participated in the study were a representation of the diversity nature of Kenya’s schools. The participants were a mix of gender: both female and male teachers and principals. Initial contacts were made with the school principals to break the ice and build rapport. Once this was established, the researcher set up a date and time for the FGDs and the principal interviews. Each FGD lasted slightly over one hour, while each interview lasted between 45 minutes to one hour. Given that movement continued to be limited in schools, especially in 2021, the FGDs and interviews were conducted virtually using Google Meet. The researcher provided internet bundles to the participants to enable them have internet connectivity.
The study was guided by the following research questions: When the students were home, how did the school know if learning was taking place? 2) Were there students who did particularly well during this period? If so, who were they and why? 3) Were there students who had a particularly difficult time during this period? If so, who were they and why? 4) How was the psychosocial and emotional being of your students during the school closure?
Data from the FGDs and interviews was analyzed using the thematic analysis approach. The data was transcribed, then uploaded in the NVivo qualitative analysis software and coded to determine prevalent patterns and themes in line with the research questions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results showed that some learning did take place. Resourced households were able to provide learning gadgets to their children including smartphones and tablets. Teachers indicated that these learners had discipline, were self-motivated, were happier, had parental supervision and support, and collaborated better with the school, thus seemed to perform better on assignments. The learners from the less-resourced households relied on national radio programmes and the EDU TV that offered some lessons to learners in an effort to provide learning continuity. Life events resulting from the pandemic such as increased levels of family poverty due to parental job loss, domestic violence and parental drinking reduced these families’ resource capacity to support their children’s learning while at home such as accessing reading spaces, technology, and network connectivity. The teachers indicated that being isolated from their friends and the school environment, learners felt afraid. These events had a huge psycho-social impact on the learners, creating in them a lot of anxiety and stress. This led some learners to disengage from learning, drop out of school, indulge in drug use, and engage in employment resulting in child labor. Girls were especially susceptible to teenage pregnancies. The findings agree with the literature that promotive factors-including self-motivation, home and school support- increase the learner’s capacity to effectively deal with disruptions (risks) and thrive. Learners who lack these supports on a personal, family, and/or community level slide into destructive behaviors due to their reduced resilience. It was recommended that sustained tripartite engagements-the learner, home, and school- are critical in strengthening the psycho-social wellbeing of learners. The capacity building programs and trainings should be accorded to parents, learners and educators on matters mental wellbeing. To ensure such programs succeed, they should be institutionalized in policy and included in the annual school, county and national education budgets.
References
ADEA & APHRC. (2023). Report of Case Studies on Responses to the COVID-19 Pandemic in Africa’s Educational Systems. Abidjan, Nairobi: Association for the Development of Education in Africa & African Population and Health Research Center.
Andrew, A., Cattan, S., Costa Dias, M., Farquharson, C., Kraftman, L., Krutikova, S., Phimister, A., & Sevilla, A. (2020). Inequalities in children's experiences of home learning during the COVID-19 lockdown in England. Fiscal Studies, 41, 653-683. https://doi.org/10.1111/1475-5890.12240
Cui, X., & Chi, X. (2021). The relationship between social support and internet addiction among Chinese adolescents during the COVID-19 Pandemic: A multiple mediation model of resilience and post-traumatic stress disorder symptoms. Psychology Research and Behavior Management, 14, 1665-1674. doi: 10.2147/PRBM.S305510
Fergus, S. & Zimmerman, M. A. (2005). Adolescent resilience: A framework for understanding healthy development in the face of risk. Annual Review of Public Health, 26, 399–419. doi: 10.1146/annurev.publhealth.26.021304.144357
Gittings, L., Toska, E., Medley, S., Cluver, L., Logie, C. H., Ralayo, N., Chen, J., & Mbithi-Dikgole, J. (2021). ‘Now my life is stuck!’: Experiences of adolescents and young people during COVID-19 lockdown in South Africa. Global Public Health, 16(6), 947-963, doi: 10.1080/17441692.2021.1899262
Mathrani, A., Sarvesh, T. & Umer, R. (2022). Digital divide framework: Online learning in developing countries during the COVID-19 lockdown. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 20(5), 625-640. doi: 10.1080/14767724.2021.1981253
Izci, B.,  Geesa, R. L., Chen, S., & Song, H. S. (2022): Home learning environments during the COVID-19 Pandemic: Caregivers’ and children’s perceptions. Journal of Research in Childhood Education. doi: 10.1080/02568543.2022.2143459
Richardson, G. E. (2002). The metatheory of resilience and resiliency. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 58(3), 307-21. doi: 10.1002/jclp.10020.
Zhao, L., Ao, Y., Wang, Y., & Wang, T. (2022). Impact of home-based learning experience during COVID-19 on future intentions to study online: A Chinese university perspective. Fronters in Psychology. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2022.862965
Zhang, R., Lu, Y., & Du, H. (2022). Vulnerability and resilience in the wake of COVID-19: Family resources and children’s well-being in China. Chinese Sociological Review, 54(1), 27-61. doi: 10.1080/21620555.2021.1913721
 
15:45 - 17:1509 SES 07 A JS: Civic and Citizenship Education in Times of Global Challenges
Location: Room 013 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Elena Papanastasiou
Session Chair: Monica Rosén
Joint Symposium
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Symposium

Civic and Citizenship Education in Times of Global Challenges

Chair: Elena Papanastasiou (University of Nicosia)

Discussant: Monica Rosén (University of Gothenburg)

The purpose of this symposium is to discuss the implications of results from the latest implementation of the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS), a comparative survey that was conducted in 2022 collecting data from students, teachers, and schools from 24 education systems (see Schulz, Ainley, Fraillon, Losito, Agrusti, Damiani, & Friedman, 2024). The purpose of ICCS is to investigate how young people are prepared to undertake their roles as citizens in a range of countries. ICCS 2022 is the fifth international IEA study in this area and the third cycle of ICCS. It is explicitly linked through common questions to the previous ICCS cycles undertaken in 2009 (Schulz, Ainley, Fraillon, Kerr & Losito, 2010) and 2016 (Schulz, Ainley, Fraillon, Losito, Agrusti, & Friedman, 2018). In addition to providing an opportunity for an evidence-based discussion of the variation in practices and outcomes of civic and citizenship education the symposium will also provide a forum for discussion of methodological issues related to the cross-cultural study of civic and citizenship education.

The symposium will primarily focus on the following aspects related to civic and citizenship education:

  • Student perceptions of political system and institutions
  • Student engagement with digital technologies
  • School and teacher perceptions of diversity at schools
  • The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on civic and citizenship education

Educational systems, school and teachers seek to prepare young people to understand the society they live in, to engage with its political and social issues and become actively involved as citizens in later adult life. There is a consensus that formal education influences the extent of adult engagement in society (Pancer, 2015). The third cycle of the IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study, ICCS 2022, provides an opportunity to study both the extent and variation of civic knowledge, attitudes, and engagement based on recent data, and it allows to review changes in civic learning outcomes compared to previous cycles. It also provides a basis for a systematic analysis of contextual factors, at different levels of educational systems that influence civic-related learning outcomes.

The symposium includes four papers. The first paper is concerned with an analysis of ICCS 2022 data reflecting lower-secondary students views of their political systems and institutions. The second paper focuses on data about how young people use or expected to use digital technologies for civic engagement. The third paper focuses on how schools and teachers deal with aspects of diversity as part of education. The fourth paper discusses the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on civic and citizenship education outcomes.


References
Pancer, S. M. (2015). The psychology of citizenship and civic engagement. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Kerr, D., & Losito, B. (2010). ICCS 2009 International Report. Civic knowledge, attitudes and engagement among lower secondary school students in thirty-eight countries. Amsterdam: IEA.
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., & Friedman, T. (2018). Becoming citizens in a changing world. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 International Report. Cham: Springer.
Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V. Friedman, T. (2024). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Change. ICCS 2022 International Report. Cham: Springer.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Lower-secondary Students’ Views of their Political Systems

Wolfram Schulz (ACER)

Over the past decade there have been growing concerns regarding a worldwide “democratic recession” (Diamond, 2015, 2021). These have arisen in response to an increases in authoritarian government practices in some countries as well as new political movements that have undermined support for traditional political parties, and, in some cases have challenged the stability of democratic systems (Boogards, 2017; Mair, 2002). These recent developments raise the question to what extent tendencies toward alienation and an understanding of and preference for populist solutions to government are shared by young people (Gidron & Hall, 2019; Henn & Weinstein, 2006), and whether education has the potential of promoting democratic principles to counteract prospects of growing alienation (Estellés & Catellví, 2020; Sant, 2019). ICCS results from 2009 and 2016 showed considerable support among lower-secondary students for democratic government and equal opportunities across countries (Schulz et al., 2010, 2018). ICCS 2022 addressed additional aspects related to attitudes toward government and the political system as well as perceptions of potential threats to democracy. ICCS data have also shown that students with higher levels of knowledge have lower levels of trust in institutions in countries where systems are generally perceived as more corrupt and less transparent, while in others there is a positive association (Lauglo, 2012; Schulz et al., 2018, 2024). Based on data from 19 European countries that participated in ICCS 2022, this paper focuses on how students perceive their political systems. The analyses consist of a descriptive review of student perceptions across different countries and include comparisons with results from adult surveys (Eurobarometer, 2023) and considering information about perceived corruption (Transparency International, 2022) as an important context to explain cross-national variation, as well as of multivariate models explaining variation in student perceptions of the political system with student background variables, trust in civic institutions, as well as school-related variables (such as civic knowledge, civic engagement at school). ICCS 2022 results show that while majorities of students across countries considered democracy as the best form of government, satisfaction with and critical views of the political system varied considerably. While trust in institutions had consistently positive associations with positive appraisals of the political system, positive associations with civic knowledge tended were only observed in some Northern European countries. More knowledgeable students were also more critical of democratic representation than those with lower levels of civic knowledge in countries, where the democratic systems are generally seen less functional.

References:

Boogards, M. (2017). Lessons from Brexit and Trump: populism is what happens when political parties lose control. Zeitschrift für Vergleichende Politikwissenschaft, 11(4), 513–518. Diamond, L. (2015). Facing up to democratic recession. Journal of Democracy, 26(1), 141–155. Diamond, L. (2021) Democratic regression in comparative perspective: scope, methods, and causes. Democratization, 28(1), 22-42. Estellés, M., & Castellví, J. (2020). The educational implications of populism, emotions and digital hate speech: A dialogue with scholars from Canada, Chile, Spain, the UK, and the US. Sustainability, 12(15), 6034. European Commission (2023). Democracy. Report – Eurobarometer 522. Retrieved at: file:///C:/Users/acerschulzw/Downloads/Democracy_fl_522_report_en.pdf Gidron N., & Hall, P. A. (2020). Populism as a Problem of Social Integration. Comparative Political Studies, 53(7), 1027-1059. Henn, M., & Weinstein, M. (2006). Young people and political (in)activism: Why don’t young people vote?. Policy & Politics, 34(3), 517-534. Lauglo, J. (2013). Do more knowledgeable adolescents have more rationally based civic attitudes? Analysis of 38 countries. Educational Psychology, 33(3), 262–282. Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V. Friedman, T. (2024). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Change. ICCS 2022 International Report. Cham: Springer. Transparency International (2023). Corruption Perceptions Index 2022. Retrieved at: https://www.transparency.org/en/cpi/2022
 

Students’ Engagement with Digital Technologies

Lauren Musu (IEA), Tim Friedman (ACER)

Digital technologies have redefined the ways in which young people can engage in society. Social media and virtual communities are instrumental in connecting individuals and amplifying arguments. This has led to a new era of civic engagement with digital participation as a form of engagement for students, demonstrated by activities such as organizing of climate protests and raising awareness of the plight of a minority group (de Moor et al., 2020; Cho, Byrne, & Pelter, 2020). There is a perception that developments with technology should usher in an era of greater civic engagement (Dubow, Devaux, & Manville, 2017). The release of the IEA’s International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS) 2022 (Schulz et al., 2024) provides new data on students’ knowledge of and engagement in civic and citizenship-related topics from 24, predominantly European based, educational systems. Students completed a test of civic knowledge, followed by a questionnaire that included questions about their current and anticipated future level of engagement with technologies for civic engagement. Previous cycles of the ICCS study reported increased use of digital technologies that did not necessarily lead to an increase in civic engagement (Schulz et al., 2018; Schulz et al., 2010). Preliminary analyses with ICCS 2022 data revealed only a small proportion of students who frequently engage in more active forms of participation. These students were most likely to be interested in civic issues, but also demonstrated lower levels of civic knowledge (see Schulz et al., 2024). Building on these earlier results, this paper will use data from ICCS 2022 and earlier cycles to explore changes over time in how students use social media to engage in civic activities, their intentions for doing so in the future, their level of trust in social media and their exposure to learning about the reliability of online information. The paper will also examine the characteristics of students who are currently and more likely to participate in future civic engagement activities using digital technologies. Our preliminary analysis reveals that while digital technologies open new avenues for civic engagement for young people, there is a notable gap in how they effectively harness these tools. This gap underscores the need for integrating digital literacy with civic education to nurture future citizens to become engaged and knowledgeable as technologies become increasingly ingrained in our everyday lives.

References:

Cho, A., Byrne, J., & Pelter, Z. (2020). Digital civic engagement by young people. UNICEF. https://www.unicef.org/globalinsight/media/706/file/UNICEF-Global-Insight-digital-civic-engagement-2020.pdf de Moor, J., Uba, K., Wahlström, M., Wennerhag, M., & De Vydt, M. (Eds.). (2020). Protest for a future II: Composition, mobilization and motives of the participants in Fridays For Future climate protests on 20-27 September, 2019, in 19 cities around the world. Södertörn University. https://urn.kb.se/resolve?urn=urn:nbn:se:sh:diva-40271 Dubow, T., Devaux, A., & Manville, C. (2017). Civic Engagement: How Can Digital Technology Encourage Greater Engagement in Civil Society? RAND Corporation. Retrieved from http://www.jstor.com/stable/resrep17637 Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Kerr, D., & Losito, B. (2010). ICCS 2009 International Report. Civic knowledge, attitudes and engagement among lower secondary school students in thirty-eight countries. Amsterdam: IEA. Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., & Friedman, T. (2018). Becoming citizens in a changing world. IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2016 International Report. Cham: Springer. Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V. Friedman, T. (2024). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Change. ICCS 2022 International Report. Cham: Springer.
 

Schools’ and Teachers’ Perceptions of Diversity at School

Valeria Damiani (LUMSA University), Gabriella Agrusti (LUMSA University), Bruno Losito (Tre University of Rome)

The growing diversity of student populations at the global level has increasingly prompted schools to develop institutional and instructional practices for building multicultural and inclusive learning contexts (Griffith et al., 2016; Banks, 2020), allowing students and school communities to foster positive attitudes toward diversity (Solhaug, 2018). The concept of diversity embraces a wide range of socially ascribed or perceived differences, such as by sex, age, ethnic/social origin, language, religion, nationality, economic condition, or special learning needs (Daniels & Garner, 1999; Council of Europe, 2008). In this scenario, civic and citizenship education plays a key role for the promotion of knowledge and respect for other cultures and the inclusion of diverse groups into society (Schachner et al., 2019). ICCS 2022 included diversity as one of its focus areas. The study assessed a wide range of issues related to diversity, that concern the affective-behavioural area (e.g. students’ attitudes toward gender equality and equal rights for immigrants) and the contexts of school and classrooms (Schulz et al., 2023). The paper will present ICCS 2022 results related to how learning environments acknowledge and deal with diversity. After a brief overview of the relevance of the topic of diversity and inclusion within learning objectives, it will analyse data from teacher and school questionnaires concerning teachers’ self-reported preparedness to teach diversity and inclusiveness, their participation in training programs, schools and classroom activities dealing with diversity, and teachers’ opinions regarding the influence of cultural and ethnic differences and of socioeconomic differences on teaching activities. Findings showed a positive picture of how schools and teacher deal with diversity, however, there were considerable variations across countries. At the school level, activities to promote teaching to young people from diverse backgrounds, to foster tolerance toward diversity, and to support students with special learning needs were reported widely in most ICCS 2022 countries. Majorities among teachers reported to have conducted activities to address diversity in their classrooms and considered diversity as an important resource for education. More than half of them also reported attendance of pre- or in-service training courses on diversity and inclusiveness (Schulz et al., 2024). Based on these results, the final section of this contribution considers the interplay between democracy and intercultural dialogue (intended in its broader sense, see Council of Europe, 2018) as well as the implications at the school and classroom level for the promoting a democratic and intercultural learning environment for civic and citizenship education.

References:

Banks, J. A. (2020). Diversity, transformative knowledge, and civic education. Routledge. https://www. routledge.com/Diversity-Transformative-Knowledge-and-Civic-Education-Selected-Essays/ Banks/p/book/9780367863197 Council of Europe (2018). Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture. Council of Europe. https://www.coe.int/en/web/campaign-free-to-speak-safe-to-learn/referenceframework-of-competences-for-democratic-culture Daniels, H. and Garner, P. (Eds) (1999). Inclusive Education, World Yearbook of Education. Routledge. Griffith, R. L., Wolfeld, L., Armon, B. K., Rios, J. & Liu, O. L. (2016). Assessing intercultural competence in higher education: Existing research and future directions. ETS Research Report Series, 2016(2), 16-25. https://doi.org/10.1002/ets2.12112 Schachner, M. K. (2019). From equality and inclusion to cultural pluralism – Evolution and effects of cultural diversity perspectives in schools. European Journal of Developmental Psychology, 16(1), 1–17. https://doi.org/ 10.1080/17405629.2017.1326378 Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V. Friedman, T. (2024). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Change. ICCS 2022 International Report. Cham: Springer. Schulz, W., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Ainley, J., Damiani, V., & Friedman, T. (2023). IEA International Civic and Citizenship Education Study 2022 Assessment Framework. Cham: Springer. Solhaug, T. (2018). Democratic Schools – Analytical Perspectives. JSSE, 17 (1), 2-12. DOI 10.4119/UNIBI/jsse-v17-i1-1791
 

COVID-19 Containment Policies and Grade 8 Student Civic Outcomes

Alec Kennedy (IEA), Ana María Mejía-Rodríguez (IEA), Rolf Strietholt (IEA)

This research examines the effects of COVID-19 containment policies, particularly school closures and lockdowns, on the civic outcomes of eighth-grade students. The effects of school closures on student performance have been studies in an increasing number of studies but to data few studies have studied the effects on the performance in other domains and on socio-economic outcomes (Betthäuser et al., 2023; Di Pietro, 2023). By analysing trend data from the International Civic and Citizenship Education Study (ICCS; Schulz et al., 2024) and the Oxford COVID-19 Government Response Tracker (OxCGRT), the study investigates how these educational disruptions during the pandemic influenced students' civic knowledge, attitudes, and engagement intentions. The study uses a longitudinal approach, analysing changes in civic outcomes from 2016 to 2022 using data from almost 100.000 students across 15 education systems worldwide. The ICCS data 2016 provides a baseline of students' civic knowledge and engagement intentions prior to the pandemic. In contrast, the OxCGRT data offers a detailed index of governmental responses to COVID-19, including metrics on school closure durations and lockdown strictness. Significant findings emerge from this analysis. There is a clear negative correlation between the length of school closures and students' civic knowledge scores. Extended periods of school closure correlate with notable declines in students' comprehension of civic concepts and trust in civic institutions. Furthermore, increased average lockdown stringency is associated with heightened intentions among students to participate in protest activities. These patterns indicate a shift in the landscape of civic engagement, potentially leading to more active forms of civic participation in the future. The research emphasizes the necessity of considering the wider impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on civic education. It suggests that while prolonged school closures and strict lockdown measures might be essential for public health, they can inadvertently affect the civic development of young people. This situation calls for a reassessment of civic education strategies during crises to ensure the sustainability of high-quality civic learning experiences. Conclusively, the study adds valuable insights to the discourse on the educational consequences of the pandemic. By providing empirical evidence of the direct connection between COVID-19 containment policies and students' civic outcomes, it underlines the importance of sustaining civic education amidst global challenges

References:

Betthäuser, B. A., Bach-Mortensen, A. M., & Engzell, P. (2023). A systematic review and meta-analysis of the evidence on learning during the COVID-19 pandemic. Nature Human Behaviour, 7(3), 375–385. Di Pietro, G. (2023). The impact of Covid-19 on student achievement: Evidence from a recent meta-analysis. Educational Research Review, 39, 100530. Schulz, W., Ainley, J., Fraillon, J., Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V. Friedman, T. (2024). Education for Citizenship in Times of Global Change. ICCS 2022 International Report. Cham: Springer
 
15:45 - 17:1510 SES 07 A: Ignite Talks in TER: Teacher Educators, Programmes and Pedagogical Approaches
Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Ainat Guberman
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Fostering Bildung for the Heroes of Tomorrow

Runar Eikhaug, Beate Gjesdal

NLA University College, Norway

Presenting Author: Eikhaug, Runar; Gjesdal, Beate

In this study, we present an interdisciplinary work in the form of the First Lego League (FLL) and how this way of working aligns with changes in the Norwegian Curriculum (LK20). Through our research question, "How can an FLL internship contribute to strengthening the student's programming skills and formation of their own teacher identity?” we investigate the experiences teacher-students have after their FLL internship.

First Lego Leauge

First Lego League (FLL) has been organized in Norway since 2002, and every year a new three-part mission is presented; an innovative project, a robot competition, and a technology section.In FIRST LEGO League, students engage in hands-on STEM experiences, building confidence, growing their knowledge and developing habits of learning. FIRST LEGO League’s three divisions inspire youth to experiment and grow their critical thinking, coding and design skills through hands-on STEM learning and robotics (First Lego Leauge, 2024)”. FLL practice aims to develop teacher-student identity by having students work on a project where students and teachers find their way together.

Programming in school

Norwegian and International governance documents highlight the population’s digital competence. In A New Skills Agenda for Europe, it is stated that almost half of Europe’s inhabitants lack basic digital skills, and both the business community and the individual citizen are encouraged to participate in a digital boost. Competence in programming is explicitly mentioned as one of the skills that both businesses and schools must invest in (European Commission, 2016). In a message to the Parliament of Norway, it says “There is a need to increase the competence of programming in schools” (Meld. St. 27 (2015–2016), 2016). LK20 is also the first curriculum with competence goals in programming and algorithmic thinking (Utdanningsdirektoratet (The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training), 2021).”

Teacher-identity

Since educators first and foremost should concentrate on interaction with students (Spurkeland, 2011, p. 293), the internships become important arenas for such meetings, when education is described as a lifelong process where we are shaped through dialogue and in a meeting with ‘the other’ (Hellesnes, 1992). Our perspectives on education are influenced by digital development, and the goal must be to function in the best possible way in the knowledge society and to be able to relate to the technology that is woven into our culture (Erstad, 2010, p. 111).

Children are playful! Playing stimulates children’s development of creativity, imagination, self-confidence, and mastery (UNICEF, 2013). Spurkeland highlights educators’ ability to facilitate and lead teaching situations filled with play and creative expression as an important competence. He states that “creative processes bring people together” because “what we build together brings us together” (Spurkeland, p. 115).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study aimed to understand how the First Lego League (FLL) practice equipped students for programming and developing their teacher identity. FLL practice is an eight-week program with students participating in 15 days of practice. The data for this study are online student evaluations from 2020-22.
The evaluation form aimed to extract students’ experiences around practice where the teacher's role is characterized as a facilitator.

We analyzed the student evaluations using qualitative content analysis (Hsieh & Shannon, 2005). All text with meaningful content from the open questions was analyzed. We used sentences as the analysis unit and included two Likert-scale questions in the results. The categories were developed before and during the analysis work (directed content analysis). We started with a deductive approach, with the category selection initially based on the Education Association’s overview of the most important changes in LK20 (Utdanningsforbundet (Union of Education Norway), 2022).

After coding the data material, we got an overview of the main categories and combined them into two main categories: Programming skills and Development of own teacher identity. The analysis units in the main categories were condensed to shorten the text but retain the meaning content (Graneheim & Lundman, 2004).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings from this study show that completed FLL practice expands teacher-student's knowledge of classroom management and programming. Although the practice was perceived as demanding, the teacher-student’s unanimous feedback is that FLL practice is something that teacher education must continue with. This gives us reason to believe that the teacher-students perceive that this practice in the third year of study gives them something different than what they have acquired through the practice periods of the previous two years. A value with
FLL practice appears to give a valuable experience of exploring together with the students. The teacher-students have also gained experience with entering a teaching sequence without having to have all the answers but daring to search for them together with the children. Furthermore, we see from the feedback that several of the teacher-students experience having gained valuable experience in leading large projects. Several express the joy of experiencing student participation in practice.

A weakness of FLL practice may be that the teacher-students to a certain extent have the opportunity to distribute responsibilities among themselves. This can lead to some consciously or unconsciously choosing away what they need most to practice. Although few teacher-students report that they have become very or quite well equipped to work with programming and algorithmic thinking in school, we still believe that FLL practice is a double-edged sword. The teacher-students get an educational journey with classroom management in a very technology-rich teaching sequence, they develop programming skills and they gain experience with how students can get to know and master the technology that surrounds them.

References
Erstad, O. (2010). Digital kompetanse i skolen (2. utg.). Universitetsforlaget.

First Lego Leauge. (2024). What is First Lego Leauge?
https://www.firstinspires.org/robotics/fll/what-is-first-lego-league

Graneheim, U. H., & Lundman, B. (2004). Qualitative content analysis in nursing research: concepts, procedures and measures to achieve trustworthiness. Nurse Educ Today, 24(2), 105–112. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nedt.2003.10.001

Hellesnes, J. (1992). Ein utdana mann og eit dana menneske. I E. L. Dale (Red.), Pedagogisk filosofi (s. 79–103). Ad Notam Gyldendal. (Opprinnelig utgitt 1969)

Hsieh, H.-F., & Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three Approaches to Qualitative Content Analysis. Qual Health Res, 15(9), 1277–1288. https://doi.org/10.1177/1049732305276687

Spurkeland, J. (2011). Relasjonspedagogikk: samhandling og resultater i skolen. Fagbokforlaget.

UNICEF. (2013). General comment No. 17 (2013) on the right of the child to rest, leisure, play, recreational activities, cultural life and the arts (art. 31). https://www.refworld.org/docid/51ef9bcc4.html

Utdanningsdirektoratet (The Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training). (2021). Hvorfor har vi fått nye læreplaner? https://www.udir.no/laring-og-trivsel/lareplanverket/stotte/hvorfor-nye-lareplaner/

Utdanningsforbundet. (2022). Spørsmål og svar om fagfornyelsen. https://www.utdanningsforbundet.no/larerhverdagen/fagfornyelsen/sporsmal-og-svar-om-fagfornyelsen/


10. Teacher Education Research
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Application Of The Heuristic Teaching Method In The Physics Lesson In The Case Of Problem-Based Learning

Abzal Iskendir1,2, Aidarbek Shayanbekov2, Zhanar Tuyakova2, Yerkin Zhomartov2

1Korkyt Ata University, Kyzylorda city; 2NIS (Nazarbayev Intellctual School)

Presenting Author: Iskendir, Abzal

Abstract

The use of modern, productive, and convenient technologies in pedagogical training is a modern requirement. Problem-Based Learning (PBL) strategy is an innovative physics–teaching model constructed to enhance students' creativity and critical thinking skills. This research aims to indicate the development of students' creative abilities such as experimental research skills and forming the ability to solve physics problems through a problem-based learning model with a heuristic approach to the physics lesson. The subject of this research is students of grade IX at the NIS school in Kyzylorda region in Kazakhstan. At the same time, this research was conducted as a "Lesson Study" in the teaching process at school. A mixed-method, namely qualitative and quantitative methods were used in this research. The results indicated that performance in the physics lesson was significantly improved concerning that of another previous term. PBL assessment via a heuristic approach to physics lesson results is reflected in those students' creative abilities increased after each LS activity. According to these results, it can be concluded that PBL through the heuristic method is effective in the teaching procedure in physics lessons in high school.

Principles of heuristic learning method:

  • Principle of action;
  • Principle of logical thinking;
  • The principle of determining the unknown from the known concept;
  • Principle of goal-oriented practice;
  • Principles of independent thinking and learning

The aim and importance of the study

The aim of this study was to investigate the effect of the consequence of a problem-based learning model with a heuristic approach to the physics lesson. In addition, this research was conducted via a "Lesson Study" in the teaching process at school. Especially this research focuses on investigating the next principles of heuristic learning, such as principles of logical thinking, determining the unknown from the known concept, and independent thinking and learning during lessons.

Problem of Research

This research expresses the development of students' creative abilities such as experimental research skills and forming the ability to solve physics problems in the physics lesson.

For the sake of enhancing this aim, the next research questions were created:

  1. What is the impact of heuristic learning on the quality of physics education in the classroom?
  2. Do students' self-composing tasks and self-assessments help them remember information well?

Research Focus

The heuristic method involves the following steps:

  • Solving problems - solve the problem, identify the problem, and come to a suitable solution;
  • Achieving a specific result that observed and accepted values and the observed result is real.
  • Summarize the conclusion hypothesis, identify, and come to a specific decision.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research Methodology

In this study, all of the above-mentioned principles of the heuristic method are included in our physics teaching process. Passing a new lesson, independent study of unknown quantities, expression of an unknown quantity by known quantities in practical lessons, mostly in research during indirect measurements, aspects of the above-mentioned principles were fulfilled.
Issues that led to the introduction of heuristic methods into the educational process:
• Inhibition of creativity, planning, problem-solving, synthesis, and analysis skills of highly capable students.
• Students study the subject only for a higher score in the exam, problems arise in combining the acquired academic knowledge with life.

The Sample

The practical-experimental period was held in the Nazarbaev Intellectual School (NIS) in the branch of chemistry and biology in the city of Kyzylorda during the 2023 – 2024 academic year. The study was carried out with n = 66 students in 9th grade. Because according to the results of the conducted monitoring, the quality of education in the class was low. 66 students from 9th-grade classes took part in the survey. Thirty – two 32 students were from the experimental class, and 34 students were from the control class.

Instrument and Procedures

The whole process of research according to the heuristic method consisted of four periods. In the beginning, the survey was created and taken by students, which is in the experimental group. The question in the survey is related to the research question and research objective and focuses on determining the formation of heuristic-learning skills carried out in order to accustom them to solve experimental, complex, non-standard problems. The next method for quantitative analysis, the observation of student’s actions carried out in a classroom condition. The third stage of procedures was making reports according to the heuristic method performed in class. Reports were made by other colleagues while conducting a lesson due to the heuristic method. The last period of procedures evaluation according to internal and summative assessment for terms during certain academic periods.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Result of Analysis (Graphs and Tables):

There was no attempt to improve by themselves of the students in the first experimental group conducted. During the research period, they are always paying attention to the teacher instead of learning the form by themselves.  Therefore, there was little confidence in itself among students. We started questions from the easiest level to the hardest. For the second and third time, we have added a game element to encourage the student’s interest. As a result, the learners are become open-minded to creating a list of problems in physics and can create its mark-scheme. Even though, some students have also accepted the creative-active approach. In the fourth and fourth lessons, the student came up with a highly complex problem, similar to the one he accepted, and felt a mood full of emotions.

Conclusions

According to the results of the study, it can be observed that by introducing heuristic methods into the educational process, the educational indicators of the students have increased, their interest in solving Olympiad problems has increased, and their ability to explain physical phenomena in academic language has developed. The result of the student's performance in the quarterly summative assessment for the three-level 1-2-3 quarter selected for the Lesson study was as follows.
According to the results, the progress of A and C-level students has increased somewhat, and the progress of B-level students has remained the same for 2-3 quarters. On the part of colleagues, suggestions were made to this student about the use of deepening methods of differentiated education in the future. It can also be observed that students' self-confidence has increased from a psychological point of view.

References
References:
1.Barrows, H (2000). Foreword. In D. Evenson & C. Hmelo (Eds.), Problem-based Learning: A Research perspective on learning interaction. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
2.Tarkan  PROBLEM BASED LEARNING IN ACIDS AND BASES: LEARNING ACHIEVEMENTS AND STUDENTS’ BELIEFS Journal of Baltic Science Education, Vol. 12, No. 5, 2013
3.Skrabankova, J., Popelka, S., & Beitlova, M. (2020). Students’ ability to work with graphs in physics studies related to three typical student groups. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 19(2), 298-316. https://doi.org/10.33225/jbse/20.19.298
4.Glazer, N. (2011). Challenges with graph interpretation: A review of the literature. Studies in Science Education, 47(2), 183-210. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2011.605307
5.Navickienė, V., Sederevičiūtė-Pačiauskienė, Živilė, Valantinaitė, I., & Žilinskaitė-Vytienė, V. (2019). The relationship between communication and education through the creative personality of the teacher. Creativity Studies, 12(1), 49-60. https://doi.org/10.3846/cs.2019.6472
6.Bussotti, P. (2023). A didactic unit on mathematics and science education: The principle of mathematical induction. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 22(1), 4-9. https://doi.org/10.33225/jbse/23.22.04
7.Geoff Rayner-Canham and Marelene Rayner-Canham. The Heuristic Method, Precursor of Guided Inquiry: Henry Armstrong and British Girls’ Schools, 1890–1920. Journal of Chemical Education 2015 92 (3), 463-466. DOI: 10.1021/ed500724d
8.Rock, T. C., & Wilson, C. (2005). Improving Teaching through Lesson Study. Teacher Education Quarterly, 32(1), 77–92. http://www.jstor.org/stable/23478690
9.Arianto, F., & Mustaji, B. S. (2021). Metacognitive Strategy and Science Problem-Solving Abilities in Elementary School Students. International Journal of Social Science and Human Research, 4(09), 2571-2574.
10.Pajares, F., & Schunk, D. (2005). Self-efficacy and self-concept beliefs. New Frontiers for Self-Research, March H. Craven R, McInerney D (eds.). Greenwich, CT: IAP.
11.Glaser, R., & Bassok, M. (1989). Learning theory and the study of instruction. Annual review of psychology, 40(1), 631-666.
12.Vaganova, O. I., Petrozitskaya, I. A., Snatovich, A. B., Odarich, I. N., & Kirillova, I. K. (2020). Heuristic technologies of training in professional education. Amazonia Investiga, 9(27), 509-517.
13.https://wordwall.net/
14.Ersoy, E. (2014). The effects of problem-based learning method in higher education on creative thinking. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 116, 3494-3498.


10. Teacher Education Research
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Teaching Motivations and Perceptions of Prospective Teachers in Individualistic and Collectivist Countries

Martina King

University of Passau, Germany; Private University of Education, Diocese of Linz, Austria

Presenting Author: King, Martina

Many countries have experienced difficulties in attracting and maintaining effective teachers, for instance, Australia and the United States as well as European and Latin American countries (e.g. Jugović et al., 2012; Lin et al., 2012; Richardson & Watt, 2006; Said-Hung et al., 2017; Watt et al., 2012). In order to improve teacher recruitment efforts, a better understanding of prospective teachers´ motivations and perceptions is needed. Watt and Richardson (2007; Richardson & Watt 2006) developed the FIT-Choice scale, an internationally acknowledged instrument that offers the opportunity to examine teaching motivations and perceptions about the teaching profession.

The scale was applied internationally, translated into several languages and adapted to various cultural contexts. The original English language FIT-Choice scale comprises 58 items that are rated on a 7-point Likert Scale. Measured motivation factors include “social influences”, “positive prior teaching and learning experiences”, “perceived teaching abilities”, “intrinsic career value”, “personal utility values” (“job security”, “time for family”, “job transferability”), “social utility values” (“shape future of children/adolescents”, “enhance social equity”, “make social contribution”, “work with children/adolescents”) and the negative motivation of having chosen teaching as a “fallback career”. Measured perceptions of the profession include perceived “task demand” (“expertise” and “difficulty”) and “task return” (“social status” and “salary”); also assessed are experiences of “social dissuasion” and “satisfaction” with the choice of teaching as a career (Watt & Richardson, 2012).

In cross-cultural studies, including samples from Australia, the United States, Norway, Germany, Austria and Switzerland (König et al., 2013; Watt et al., 2012), motivation factors were found to be more similar than different across countries. Perceptions about the teaching profession showed greater variety, as they tend to reflect objective country differences. However, variations in motivations appeared for individuals from countries with a more distinctive cultural context such as Turkey and Indonesia (Kılınç et al., 2012; Suryani et al., 2016). It is therefore assumed that cultural dimensions produce differences in teaching motivations and perceptions.

Hofstede (Hofstede et al., 2010) developed a model of national culture consisting of six dimensions (individualism, power distance, masculinity, uncertainty avoidance, long-term orientation, indulgence) that can be used to distinguish countries from each other. Each dimension is expressed on a scale that runs from 0 to 100 (Hofstede et al., 2010). The dimension individualism is described as the degree of interdependence a society maintains among its members. Individualism means that a person’s self-image is defined in terms of “I” and that individual choices and decisions are expected. In collectivist societies, life is socially determined and a person’s self-image is defined in terms of “we” (Hofstede, 2011). According to Hofstede Insights Associate Partners (2021), individualism is highest in the United States and Australia. Countries such as Spain, Austria and Iran lie around the middle, and the lowest scores on the individualism dimension are found in Latin American countries.

The present study aims to bring together FIT-Choice findings from around the world and to investigate motivations for teaching and perceptions about the teaching profession in terms of cultural dimensions. The principal question guiding this research is: Are there differences between individualistic and collectivist countries in regard to motivation and perception factors of prospective teachers? It is hypothesised that prospective teachers from collectivist cultures rate the altruistic-type “social utility value” more highly. Also, the motivation factor “social influences” is assumed to be more important for prospective teachers from collectivist than individualistic settings since those living in collectivist societies are more influenced by their fellow citizens (Hofstede, 2011). However, the motivation factor “intrinsic career value” is assumed to be more dominant in individualistic countries, in which individual aims and interests are superior (Kılınç et al., 2012).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The search for FIT-Choice studies began with browsing through the comparative studies of Watt and Richardson (2012), Watt et al. (2012) and Watt et al. (2017). A search in Google Scholar followed, using the search term “FIT-Choice”. Furthermore, the identified studies were screened for the citation of other FIT-Choice studies. The list of studies generated by this process was finally reduced to those studies that met four criteria: (a) The sample size was at least 100; (b) the sample was clearly defined as prospective teachers; (c) the study was not restricted to a subgroup of prospective teachers; (d) means and standard deviations for first-order motivation and perception factors were reported.
In all, 19 samples from 19 countries were located and analysed (individualistic scores in brackets): United States (91), Australia (90), the Netherlands (80), Ireland (70), Norway (69), Germany (67), Finland (63), Estonia (60), Austria (55), Spain (51), Iran (41), Turkey (37), Croatia (33), Dominican Republic (30), Serbia (25), China (20), Indonesia (14), Colombia (13) and Cuba. Although Cuba is not listed in the tool for country comparison, it can be categorised as collectivist. Cuba is a communist socialist republic, whose ideology opines that the individual works for the good of the country and not for personal benefit (Schlöglhofer, 2013),
The total sample size is 12,524 and the included studies date between 2006 and 2022. In Australia, the United States and Ireland, the original FIT-Choice scale was applied, while in the other countries, translated and culturally adapted scale versions were used. Participants´ characteristics show some variety in the samples. While some studies examined first-year students (e.g. Germany, Spain and Turkey), other studies included data from students of higher semesters (e.g. Norway, Croatia and Cuba). The mean age is 22.53, however, the sample mean age was not reported for Australia, the Netherlands, Iran and the Dominican Republic. In all studies, female prospective teachers dominated, except in the Iranian sample which included slightly more male students.
The present research combines FIT-Choice data and also includes a meta-analysis. The samples were divided into two subgroups according to the characteristics of the moderator variable (individualistic vs. collectivist). In order to investigate the influence of the moderator variable, a subgroup analysis was performed including calculations of mean values and Cohen's ds. Differences between the groups indicate the effect of the moderator variable (Döring & Bortz, 2016).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results obtained support the assumption that teaching motivations transcend cultures that show similarities. In the United States and Australia, which are categorised as highly individualistic, “perceived teaching abilities”, “social utility value” and “intrinsic career value” were the most important factors in deciding to become a teacher. In countries that are in the medium to high range on the individualistic scale (e.g. Spain, Austria, Finland, Norway), “intrinsic career value” consistently came first, followed by “perceived abilities” and “social utility value”. In highly collectivist societies, including China, Indonesia, Colombia and Cuba, the most dominant factor for choosing teaching was constantly “prior teaching and learning experiences”, followed by “social utility value” and “perceived abilities”.
Mean comparisons showed that the motivation factors “social utility value” and “social influences” were more important for choosing teaching in collectivist societies than in individualistic countries. While the effect size for “social utility value” was small (Cohen's d = -0.202), a medium effect size for “social influences” was achieved (d = -0.450). This result is in line with other research conducted in collectivist settings indicating that people tend to fulfil the goals and expectations of significant others (Suryani et al., 2016). As expected, “intrinsic career value” was valued higher in individualistic cultures, although the achieved effect size was small (d = 0.270). Interestingly, participants from individualistic societies were less likely to choose teaching as a “fallback career”. A medium effect was obtained for this factor (d = -0.676).
In view of the differences in motivations and perceptions between individualistic and collectivist countries, a differentiated approach to teacher recruitment in diverse cultural contexts is needed. Recruitment campaigns in individualistic societies should predominantly focus on students’ intrinsic motivations and perceived abilities, while in highly collectivist countries, positive teaching and learning experiences as well as altruistic motivations should be primarily emphasised.

References
Döring, N., & Bortz, J. (2016). Forschungsmethoden und Evaluation in den Human- und Sozialwissenschaften [Research methods and evaluation for humanities and social science] (5th ed.). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-41089-5
Hofstede, G. (2011). Dimensionalizing cultures: The Hofstede model in context. Online Readings in Psychology and Culture. http://scholarworks.gvsu.edu/orpc/vol2/iss1/8
Hofstede, G., Hofstede, G. J., & Minkov, M. (2010). Cultures and organizations: Software of the mind (3rd ed.). McGraw-Hill.
Hofstede Insights Associate Partners. (2021). Hofstede insights. https://www.hofstede-insights.com/
Jugović, I., Marušić, I., Ivanec, T. P., & Vidović, V. V. (2012). Motivation and personality of preservice teachers in Croatia. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 271–287. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2012.700044
Kılınç, A., Watt, H. M. G., & Richardson, P. W. (2012). Factors influencing teaching choice in Turkey. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 199–226. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2012.700048
König, J., Rothland, M., Darge, K., Lünnemann M., & Tachtsoglou, S. (2013). Erfassung und Struktur berufswahlrelevanter Faktoren für die Lehrerausbildung und den Lehrerberuf in Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz [Detection and structure of career choice factors for teacher training and the teaching profession in Germany, Austria and Switzerland]. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 16, 553–577. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-013-0373-5
Richardson, P. W., & Watt, H. M. G. (2006). Who chooses teaching and why? Profiling characteristics and motivations across three Australian universities. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 34(1), 27–56. https://doi.org/10.1080/13598660500480290
Schlöglhofer, M. E. (2013). Das Bildungssystem in Kuba: Rückblick, aktuelle Strukturen, Herausforderungen [The education system in Cuba: Review, current structures, challenges]. (Master's thesis, Karl-Franzens-Universität Graz, Austria). https://unipub.uni-graz.at/obvugrhs/download/pdf/226505?originalFilename=true
Suryani, A., Watt, H. M. G., & Richardson, P. W. (2016). Students’ motivations to become teachers: FIT-Choice findings from Indonesia. International Journal of Quantitative Research in Education, 3(3), 179–203. https://doi.org/10.1504/IJQRE.2016.077802
Watt, H. M. G., & Richardson, P. W. (2007). Motivational factors influencing teaching as a career choice: Development and validation of the FIT-Choice scale. Journal of Experimental Education, 75(3), 167–202. https://doi.org/10.3200/JEXE.75.3.167-202
Watt, H. M. G., & Richardson, P. W. (2012). An introduction to teaching motivations in different countries: Comparisons using the FIT-Choice scale. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 40(3), 185–197. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2012.700049
Watt, H. M. G., Richardson, P. W., Klusmann, U., Kunter, M., Beyer, B., Trautwein, U., & Baumert, J. (2012). Motivations for choosing teaching as a career: An international comparison using the FIT-Choice scale. Teaching and Teacher Education, 28, 791–805. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2012.03.003
 
15:45 - 17:1510 SES 07 B: STEM and STEAM in Teacher Education
Location: Room 003 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Michael Schlauch
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Developing Students' Research Skills Through the Integration of Subjects (stem)

Venera Manasheva, Gulmira Bessenbayeva, Makpal Mukanova, Zhalyn Mozhanov, Bibinur Sebepbaeva, Nazerke Zhumabayeva

Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemical and Biology in Almaty

Presenting Author: Manasheva, Venera; Mukanova, Makpal

To thrive in a dynamically changing world, it is necessary to develop research skills. Because research skills help people to think critically and evaluate the information they receive. The ability to conduct research and analyze data helps us distinguish true and reliable information from fake news and manipulation, independently search for new information, analyze it and apply it to our work or personal life.

Research skills promote innovation and the development of new ideas. Research allows us to discover new knowledge and discover new aspects in all areas. As a result, thanks to this, society can develop and improve its standard of living, can solve complex problems, and find innovative solutions to existing problems.

A quality science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) education is vital to students' future success. Integrated STEM education is one way to make learning more connected and relevant for students. There is a need for further research and discussion on the knowledge, experience, and training that teachers need to effectively teach integrated STEM education [1].

STEM education integrates various subjects - science, technology, engineering, and mathematics. This helps students understand how these subjects are interrelated and applied in practice.

STEM education is also designed to prepare students for current and future professions related to science, technology, engineering, and mathematics fields. This allows students to be competitive in the labor market and successfully adapt to rapidly changing technologies.

The goal of STEM education is to create scientifically literate people who can survive in the global economy [2].

Action research was conducted in middle and high schools over a 3-year period to improve teaching practice and develop students' research skills through the integration of science subjects [3]. The study was conducted at the Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Chemical and Biological Directions in Almaty by teachers of natural science subjects: chemistry, biology, physics, computer science, geography, and mathematics. Middle and high school students (150 students from grades 7 to 11) took part in the study.

The purpose of the study was to develop students' research skills in two ways:

1. Conducting integrated lessons (20) of chemistry, biology, physics, computer science, geography, and mathematics through “Problem based Learning” and “Project based Learning”.

2. Development of scientific STEM projects (18) through “Project based Learning”.

Students in most secondary schools struggle with learning math and science. [4]

A total of 150 middle and high school students and 6 subject teachers took part in the study. A survey of students was conducted to identify difficulties in extracurricular scientific design.

Based on the results of the survey, it was revealed that 92% of students experience difficulties in carrying out scientific project work. 85% of students indicated that they needed help from the teacher when planning and executing scientific design. Also, 73% of students noted that overload with academic subjects and lack of time make it difficult to successfully complete scientific design.

To the open question “What skills and knowledge are needed to successfully complete projects?” Students rated the following three research skills as the most important:

1. Determination of the topic (area) of research.

2. Planning and conducting scientific research.

3. Determining the novelty of the research.

In this connection, the authors decided to develop an algorithm for conducting scientific design by schoolchildren and developing students’ research skills in lessons and extracurricular activities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The teacher-authors planned integrated lessons in chemistry, biology, physics, computer science, mathematics and geography using elements of STEM education to develop the research skills of middle and high school students.
Laboratory and practical work was carried out according to the proposed algorithm.
The lessons were carried out based on the problematic question, then the students formulated a hypothesis for solving the problematic issue. During the lesson, students complete a series of tasks prepared by the teacher. Solutions to these problems lead students to solving the problematic question asked at the beginning of the lesson.
Design was implemented in class through the implementation of mini-project tasks with the creation of the final product, as well as through extracurricular work - scientific design.
In the 11th grade, a STEM chemistry lesson was held, integrated with biology and ICT on the topic “Alcohol production”. The purpose of the lesson was to study the fermentation process. Students in groups independently planned and carried out an experiment, observed the fermentation process under different conditions, recorded the results of the study and presented them in the form of a graph, EXCEL table using ICT skills. At the end of the lesson, students determined the optimal conditions for producing alcohol and compared them with the industrial method of ethylene hydration.
In the 9th grade, another STEM mathematics lesson was held, integrated with biology, geography, and ICT on the topic “Geometric progression”. Students were offered tasks related to life situations. So, for example, they looked at the example of the growth of bacteria, the spread of disease, and the growth of the population in each micro district in geometric progression.
In the 11th grade, a STEM biology lesson was held, integrated with chemistry, physics and geography and art on the topic “Occurrence of oncological neoplasms.” The purpose of the lesson was to identify factors that cause cancer development. Students in groups investigated the destruction of the ozone layer, the mechanism of destruction of ozone to oxygen under the influence of CFC and proposed an alternative solution to the problem. Another group of students researched the influence of bad habits that cause cancer and suggested ways to solve the problem. Students in the third group studied the process of the appearance of a cancer cell at the cellular level because of disruption of the cell cycle.



Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the research, the authors came to the following conclusions.
The lessons, based on problem-based learning, allowed students to develop problem-solving skills, which gives them the opportunity to confidently make decisions when faced with problematic everyday tasks.
Students prepared scientific projects under the guidance of subject teachers using the proposed algorithm for conducting scientific research. The result is the participation of students in scientific project competitions among schoolchildren.
A series of STEM lessons developed students' research skills. Carefully planned lessons together with colleagues created conditions for students to solve assigned tasks and problematic issues and achieve lesson goals, as well as create mini projects in class.
The algorithm proposed by the authors for conducting laboratory and practical work allowed students to successfully plan and conduct research on time.
Based on the lessons taught and the projects prepared, students demonstrated their research skills, because of which students can independently plan and conduct experiments, explore the mechanisms and patterns of natural phenomena and processes, and can use the acquired knowledge in solving situational problems and problematic issues.
We consider the results of the study successful, since the developed teaching method, correctly selected resources, and assessment tools correspond to the goals and expected results of the study of practice in action and are confirmed by the achievement of learning goals by all students.
As a result of processing the data obtained, practical recommendations were proposed - algorithms for teachers to develop students' research skills.

References
1.Considerations for Teaching Integrated STEM Education Micah Stohlmann, Tamara J. Moore, and Gillian H. Roehrig University of Minnesota, Twin Cities. Journal of Pre-College Engineering Education Research 2:1 (2012) 28–34. DOI: 10.5703/1288284314653
2.Karahan E., Canbazoglu Bilici S., Unal A. Integration of Media Design Processes in Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM) Education //Eurasian Journal of Educational Research. – 2015. – Т. 60. – С. 221-240.
3.Corey S. M. Action research to improve school practices. – 1953.
4.Kuenzi J. J. Science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) education: Background, federal policy, and legislative action. – 2008.
5.Avison D. E. et al. Action research //Communications of the ACM. – 1999. – Т. 42. – №. 1. – С. 94-97


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

"Steam Education Through Music. Science Teaching and Sonification in an Italian High School"

Valeria Rossini, Giacomo Eramo, Serafina Manuela Pastore, Mario De Tullio, Alessandro Monno, Ernesto Mesto

University of Bari "Aldo Moro", Italy

Presenting Author: Rossini, Valeria

In recent years, global society has faced important challenges that have severely undermined its fundamental values and principles: increased global competition, migration, climate change, environmental threats, economic crises, Covid-19 pandemic, and wars. In this scenario, the social value of science has been strengthened as an expression of an interconnected knowledge on which it is necessary to invest in the perspective of active citizenship and sustainable development.

People all over the world need to understand the changes caused by human activity on Earth, and to find a solution to guarantee the peaceful coexistence of human being and living things. Mathematical, technical, and scientific competences are fundamental to solve a range of problems in everyday situations and to explain the natural world by observation and experimentation.

Ever since Yakman first used the acronym of STEAM at the beginning of the 21st century, STEAM has become a buzzword in the field of education, despite it being a complex and controversial notion (Martín-Gordillo, 2019; Perignat & Katz-Buonincontro, 2019). The interest in this field can be traced back to the 1990s when the US National Science Foundation (NSF) formally included engineering and technology with science and mathematics in undergraduate and K-12 school education (National Science Foundation, 1998). It coined the acronym SMET (science, mathematics, engineering, and technology) that was subsequently replaced by STEM (Christenson, 2011). However, a consensus has not been reached on the disciplines included within STEM (Li et al., 2020).

Further ambiguities have emerged in the transition from STEM to STEAM. The difference between STEAM and STEM (Martín-Páez et al., 2019) lies in the inclusion of the A for arts, which encompasses various disciplines belonging to the humanities, social sciences, and fine arts (Bautista, 2021).

Despite STEAM education is considered a priority in the international educational policies, and upon of increased labour market demand for qualified scientific skills, there are still difficulties in teaching STEAM: low attractiveness from students, strong gender bias in the approach to these subjects and in the careers development, lack of inclusion of disadvantaged people.

So, the main purposes of STEAM education is:

  1. attracting more students and teachers to STEAM education through a global approach from primary to adult education;
  2. breaking down the barriers between subjects to integrate school curriculum and vocational guidance;
  3. developing teacher training activities to improve the quality of STEAM education;
  4. reducing the inequalities in the access of scientific studies and carriers for women, ethnic minorities, and people with disabilities.

STEAM Education is characterized by seeking meaningful learning, eliciting students’ convergent and divergent thinking (Yakman & Lee, 2012). STEAM is also characterized by granting students an active, constructive, and critical role in their learning and fostering collaborative work, while the teacher adopts the roles of advisor, counselor and/or guide (Thuneberg et al., 2018).

The paper describes a research project aimed to enhance the teaching of STEAM in the secondary education, focusing on the development of innovative pedagogical strategies using musical and artistic approaches, such as sonification.

Sonification is defined as the encoding of data into nonspeech sounds organized by an algorithm which ensures an objective, systematic, reproducible, and repeatable output (Hermann, 2008). In the last three decades, literature has presented a lot of examples of the relevance of the associations between sounds and science (Godwin, 1992). Several sonification strategies are documented in STEM education. Basically, all these strategies imply the use of digital sound and computer aided output (Supper, 2015), although the use of body percussion and instrumental performance of sonification is also attested (Eramo et al., 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research is included in the qualitative research paradigm firstly interested to the investigation of students’ and teachers’ conceptions of STEAM education. In May 2022, 4 sonification workshops were done in a Southern Italian’s high school.
Data were collected through 6 focus-groups interviews undertaken respectively with 2 classes composed by 41 students and 7 experts involved in the sonification workshops focused on learning minerology and biology through auditory software and body percussion.
The focus-group interview track for students comprised 6 questions divided in 3 main sections:
 student perceptions of science learning;
 practices of science teaching;
 results of the sonification workshops.
The focus groups interviews were arranged in person. The interviews were recorded as audio and data was then transcribed and analysed.
As a starting point, the results considered each of the above-mentioned sections.
Most of the interviewed students reported different definitions of science, ranging from a simplistic interpretation to a more sophisticated.
Students’ active involvement was the most frequently positive aspect of the sonification experience reported by our interviewees.
Referring to the relationship between music and science, students reported that music makes scientific learning more interesting and facilitates the understanding of complex concepts. However, some students reported that music is useful only as a memorization strategy.
When asked to reflect on the relationship about the gender gap and science achievements, participants had very different perceptions. While some students affirmed to not see this problem in their school, other students reported teachers’ stereotypes in the assessment. However, in both cases, music was not considered as an effective solution to reduce the gender gap.
For students, the weaknesses of the experience referred to two main aspects: the length of time of the proposed activities (realized in the afternoon), and the imbalance between theory and practice.
Reflecting on the implementation of the sonification model, the experts recognized the need to better align their activities with school’s curriculum design and teachers’ learning goals. Furthermore, the sonification strategies would be more responsive to students’ learning needs, especially in terms of classroom management. Another important aspect to consider is the musical competences of students. Having students with a different music literacy can be challenging for experts and discriminating for students. Thus, the activities must be carefully planned and developed, to design a rigorous teaching model of STEAM education that can be disseminated and implemented in the national and international school system.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research aimed to contribute to a deeper understanding of school factors that foster learning of scientific subjects, developing a “soundtrack” of natural phenomena and processes that can be used to create aural models for educational purposes.
The main findings we found concern the evidence that music make learning more motivating and fun. At the same time, research in this field must continue to explore the connection between students’ aspirations and scientific attitudes and achievements.
Moote et al. (2020) use the term aspiration to refer to the future-orientated hopes and ambitions, recognizing that the nature and content of aspirations can vary widely between individuals and across time and place. For instance, Mujtaba and Reiss (2016) found that school experiences shaped student aspirations to continue with physics and/or math.
Despite the growing corpus of STEAM research, the prevailing educational model in schools, especially in secondary education, continues to be the disciplinary model, where curriculum subjects are taught independently and in isolation (Bautista et al., 2018). In fact, one of the fundamental barriers towards STEAM is the low level of teachers’ preparation to design and deliver integrated curricula, within equipped school contexts.
In this perspective, STEAM education must be improved to enhance the value of scientific thought that, far from being a corpus of dogmatic information, constitutes a mental habitus that connects principles and rules to solve problems even in the professional life. Thus, teacher education is certainly fundamental to help teachers to reinforce the creative, flexible, critical, logical, and complex thinking that they should promote in their students. There is no doubt that, without a radical change in the way technological and scientific subjects are taught, it will always be difficult to encourage especially disadvantaged students to choose to work in science.

References
Bautista, A. (2021). STEAM education: contributing evidence of validity and effectiveness. Journal for the Study on Education and Development, 44(4), 755-768.
Bautista, A., et al. (2018). Student-centered pedagogies in the Singapore music classroom: A case study on collaborative composition. Australian Journal of Teacher Education, 43(11), 1-25.
Christenson, J. (2011). Ramaley coined STEM term now used nationwide. Winona Daily News. Available at http://www.winonadailynews.com/news/local/article_45
7afe3e-0db3-11e1-abe0-001cc4c03286.html.
Eramo, G. et al. (2022). The sound of science(s): a sound-based project for inclusive steam education and science communication. In EDULEARN22 Proceedings (pp. 7130-7134). IATED: Palma, Spain.
Godwin, J. (1992). The Harmony of the Spheres: The Pythagorean Tradition in Music. Inner: Rochester, Vermont.
Hermann, T. (2008). Taxonomy and definitions for Sonification and Auditory Display. Available at http://hdl.handle.net/1853/49960.
Li, Y. et al., (2020). Research and trends in STEM education: a systematic review of journal publications. International Journal of STEM Education, 7(1), https://doi.org/10.1186/s40594-020-00207-6.
Martín-Gordillo, M. (2019). STEAM(E). Escuela. Available at http://maculammg.blogspot.com/2019/10/steame.html.
Martín-Páez, et al., (2019). What are we talking about when we talk about STEM education? A review of literature. Science Education, 103(4), 799–822, https://doi.org/10.1002/sce.21522.
Moote, J. et al., (2020). Science capital or STEM capital? Exploring relationships between science capital and technology, engineering, and maths aspirations and attitudes among young people aged 17/18. J Res Sci Teach, 57(8), 1228-1249, https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21628.
Mujtaba, T., & Reiss, M.J. (2016). “I fall asleep in class … but physics is fascinating”: The use of large-scale longitudinal data to explore the educational experiences of aspiring girls in mathematics and physics. Can J Sci Math Techn, 16(4), 313–330, https://doi.org/10.1080/14926156.2016.1235743.
NSF (1998). Shaping the Future. Volume II: Perspectives on Undergraduate Education in Science, Mathematics, Engineering, and Technology. NSF: Arlington, VA.
Perignat, E., & Katz-Buonincontro, J. (2019). STEAM in practice and research: an integrative literature review. Thinking skills and creativity, 31, 31-43, https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1016/j.tsc.2018.10.002.
Supper, A. (2015). Sound Information: Sonification in the Age of Complex Data and Digital Audio. Information & Culture, 50(4), 441–464, http://dx.doi.org/10.1353/lac.2015.0021.
Thuneberg, H.M. et al., (2018). How creativity, autonomy and visual reasoning contribute to cognitive learning in a STEAM hands-on inquiry-based math module. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 29, 153-160, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tsc.2018.07.003.
Yakman, G., & Lee, H. (2012). Exploring the Exemplary STEAM Education in the U.S. as a Practical Educational Framework for Korea. Journal of the Korean Association for Research in Science Education, 32(6),1072-1082, http://dx.doi.org/10.14697/jkase.2012.32.6.1072.
Yakman, G. (2008). STΣ@M education: an overview of creating a model of integrative education. Available at http://www.steamedu.com/2088_PATT_Publication.pdf.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

A Study of the Impact of Integrating STEM Technology into Chemistry Teaching on 21st-Century Students' Skills

Nurbolat Toktamys1,2, Nadyra Abzhaliyeva1, Bibigul Shagrayeva2

1Nazarbayev Intellectual School in Turkestan, Kazakhstan; 2South Kazakhstan State Pedagogical University (PhD), Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Toktamys, Nurbolat; Abzhaliyeva, Nadyra

Abstract. Through the integrated, interdisciplinary learning approach known as STEM, academic scientific and technical concepts are explored in the context of real-world situations. The student gains the ability to solve several problems and design prototypes for new mechanisms, procedures, and programs within the scope of the installations of this method. The article describes a study designed to determine the efficacy of integrating the STEM approach into 10th-grade chemistry lessons as part of the updated curriculum based on student's progress in developing 21st-century skills as measured by the Cambridge Assessment. The findings demonstrated that the integration of STEM technology into chemistry classes had a positive impact on participants' 21st-century skills, such as research, critical thinking, and teamwork as well as academic performance. Simultaneously, it has been proven that the application of STEM teaching increases students' motivation to study science and conduct research in extracurricular activities. The implementation of the method will facilitate the establishment of strong connections between schools, society, and the global community, which will enhance STEM literacy and competitiveness in the world economy.

Because of their vital function in developing and sustaining the current labour market, the subjects of science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) enjoy a leading position in modern society. Indeed, according to research by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, growth in STEM occupations is expected to reach 8% by 2029, while global job growth is expected to reach 3.9% [1]. The increased reliance on technology and the requirement for individuals with 21st-century skills and knowledge in these areas to succeed in the contemporary labour market are the main drivers of the growth in demand for STEM occupations [2]. Consequently, STEM education is essential in preparing students for enduring changes in the world by equipping them with the necessary skills to comprehend technological advancements in the 21st century.

STEM education, according to Mobley (2015), is “an educational approach in which interdisciplinary applications are made to solve problems in real life and links to different disciplines are created” [3]. STEM education is emerging as an interdisciplinary concept that combines science, technology, engineering, and math into one course. Importantly, it is acknowledged that the best methods for integrating authentic STEM into the classroom are interdisciplinary and transdisciplinary approaches to STEM integration, which apply knowledge and skills from two or more STEM disciplines to real-world problems and deepen understanding [4]. Many industries now demand that candidates possess modern skills, such as problem-solving abilities in a short time, critical thinking skills, responsibility, teamwork, communication and collaboration, etc. [5]. Despite the existence of a variety of skills, there is no single widely accepted definition and type of ‘21st Century skills’. The works of methodological scientists are devoted to the study of 21st-century skills: Silva, E. [6], Binkley, M., Erstad, O., Herman, J. [7], Kaufman, J. C. [8], Dede, C. [9], etc. We identified the following skills as modern life skills in our study by reviewing many recent literature articles:

  • Problem-solving;
  • Critical thinking;
  • Creativity and collaboration;
  • Teamwork;
  • Research skills.

In this paper, the findings of a study on how STEM education affects individuals' so-called 21st-century skills are compiled and analyzed. The question of how the development of such skills in young people can best be supported is considered in depth. Techniques include STEM-integrated teaching; developing each subject plans that specifically address 21st-century skills in chemistry for the tenth grade; subject-based assessments; nurturing skills in extracurricular activities, and independent research projects in the workplace and research communities. The results of the summative assessment of 21st-century skills are also considered.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We selected focus groups in two identical circumstances to investigate the effects of integrating STEM technologies into the chemistry classroom on the development of 21st-century skills. The age characteristics and abilities of the children in this group were identical. The following research techniques were employed: survey, assessment of students' academic performance, degree of accomplishment, and involvement in extracurricular activities.
24 students from two focus groups participated in the survey. The questionnaires focused on the complexities and advantages of using STEM technology, as well as on getting recommendations on the optimization of work. As a result of the questionnaire, the following aspects were identified: the effectiveness and complexity of learning a new topic in the form of a mini-project in small groups and individually, the importance of the connection of the topic with interdisciplinarity, the preservation of systematic in the learning. The survey results confirm the effectiveness of the use of STEM technology in chemistry lessons.
However, not all students agree with this idea and find out its causes and influencing factors. Some students noted that the reason for this was a lack of interest in scientific research. In addition to STEM technology, STEAM technology is integrated into the lesson for this type of student.
To determine the impact of the use of STEM technology in the chemistry lesson on academic education, the outcome of Cambridge assessments (GCSE) by focus groups for the 1st and 2nd terms were analysed.
The analysis data is presented in the form of a graph and shows the academic effectiveness of classes when conducted using STEM technology for the 1st focus group and without STEM technology for the 2nd group under the same conditions. Academic performance in the first focus group was 29% greater than that in the second focus group after the experiment.

The work on the formation and development of skills of the 21st century through STEM technologies has also increased the level of research, critical thinking, communication and collaboration with society of the 1st focus group. This is evidenced by the extracurricular activities and achievements including, research projects and, the olympiads of 1st focus group’s students since September 2023 in the table.

According to students' feedback, integrating STEM technology into the curriculum not only helps students develop 21st-century skills but also increases their confidence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the study, it was observed that this integration of STEM technology into chemistry classes had a great contribution to the students’ 21st-century skills, including research, critical thinking, and teamwork as well as the participants’ academic performance. According to independent evaluations, students who learned a subject for one hour of theoretical instruction and three hours of hands-on experience with STEM technology scored higher on knowledge assessments than those who received only traditional instruction (approach). These results show that the integration of STEM technology into chemistry can be a potentially effective tool for developing modern real-life skills.
It is planned to introduce the following recommendations:
1. When it comes to the range of new objects, STEM technologies must be integrated as much as possible. Students gain modern skills from this that enable them to apply their knowledge to other subjects.
2. Examination of students' extracurricular involvement, academic performance, and social activities. This is due to the study's findings, which indicate that students who have little interest in social work typically perform badly.
3. Assemble an innovative research team made up of educators and learners to keep an eye on and encourage the volume of work being done to integrate STEM technologies. To incorporate strategies for enhancing students' academic knowledge, social issues, and social settings into the particular aims and objectives of the research team.


STEM is an interdisciplinary and project-based approach to learning that will enable students to strengthen their research scientific and technological capabilities and develop critical, and creative thinking, problem-solving, communication and teamwork skills. That is why this method can be applied to chemistry lessons to establish 21st-century skills within the framework of an updated curriculum of the content of education, as well as to improve the understanding of the learning material and student performance.

References
1. Alan Zilberman and Lindsey Ice, “Why computer occupations are behind strong STEM employment growth in the 2019–29 decade,” Beyond the Numbers: Employment & Unemployment, vol. 10, no. 1 (U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, January 2021), https://www.bls.gov/opub/btn/volume-10/why-computer-occupations-are-behind-strong-stem-employment-growth.htm

2. Hernandez, P. R., Bodin, R., Elliott, J. W., Ibrahim, B., RamboHernandez, K. E., Chen, T. W., & de Miranda, M. A. (2014). Connecting the STEM dots: measuring the effect of an integrated engineering design intervention. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 24(1), 107-120.
3. Mobley, Monica Clutch, "Development of the SETIS Instrument to Measure Teachers' Self-Efficacy to Teach Science in an Integrated STEM Framework. " PhD diss., University of Tennessee, 2015.https://trace.tennessee.edu/utk_graddiss/3354
4. STEM Task Force Report. (2014). Innovate: A blueprint for science, technology, engineering, and mathematics in California public education. Dublin, CA: Dedicated to Education Foundation.
5. Uluyol, Ç., & Eryılmaz, S. (2015). Evaluation of FATIH Project in the Consideration of 21st Century Skills. Gazi University Journal of Gazi Educational Faculty, 35(2), 210-229.
6. Silva, E. (2009) Measuring skills for 21st-century learning. Phi Delta Kappa, 90(9), 630- 634.

7. Binkley, M., Erstad, O., Herman, J., Raizen, S., Ripley, M. & Rumble, M. (2010) Defining 21st Century skills. Draft white paper. Part of a report to the Learning and Technology World Forum 2010, London.

8. Kaufman, J. C., & Sternberg, R. J. (Eds.). (2010). The Cambridge handbook of creativity. Cambridge University Press.

9. Dede, C. (2010). Comparing frameworks for 21st-century skills. In J. Bellanca & R. Brandt (Eds.), 21st-century skills: Rethinking how students learn (pp. 51–76). Bloomington, IN: Solution Tree Press.
 
15:45 - 17:1510 SES 07 C: Sustainability, Satisfaction and Agency
Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Dion Rüsselbaek Hansen
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

The Vicissitudes of Teacher Agency: A Psychosocial Reading

Aileen Kennedy1, Matthew Clarke2

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Aberdeen, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Kennedy, Aileen

Teacher agency has become an increasingly common focus for research across Europe in the past 10 years (Cong-Lem, 2021; Deschêne & Parent, 2022) where it is viewed as ‘an influential factor for teacher professional learning, school improvement and sustainable educational change’ (Cong-Lem, 2021, p. 718). It is considered as a desirable and potentially powerful means of teachers working to improve the educational experiences of typically underserved communities; such contexts can be extremely demanding, contributing to teacher stress, burnout and high staff turnover (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2020; Santoro, 2018).

Teacher agency is almost unilaterally positioned as a ‘good thing’, or a desirable state: something to be ‘achieved’ (Rushton & Bird, 2023). We contend that agency is not necessarily in and of itself a ‘good thing’, or at least, that this has not been sufficiently justified in the literature to-date. This paper therefore seeks to foreground a more nuanced and multifaceted view of agency than is typically found in the literature on teachers and teacher education with a view to more accurately encompassing the various ways in which teachers enact (rather than achieve) agency. We offer an alternative and more encompassing means of understanding how teacher agency might be exercised in the lives of teachers committed to working in underserved communities in this age of uncertainty. This conceptualisation offers the possibility of understanding all presentations of teacher agency rather than valorising only the agentic action that is seen to contribute directly and positively to educational change.

Teacher agency is most commonly viewed through an ‘ecological’ perspective (Priestley et al, 2015) which derives from sociocultural thinking. In contrast, and to counter this tendency towards a singular or monolithic view of teacher agency, we locate our paper within a psychosocial approach that draws on sociology, critical and poststructural theories and Freudian and Lacanian psychoanalytic theory (Frosh, 2010, Lacan, 2007, Verhaeghe, 1995). We are interested in the tension between discourses presenting teachers as heroic agents of individual emancipation and social transformation, such as those found in recruitment campaigns and Hollywood films, and the erosion of spaces for professional agency brought about by the dominance of discourses and practices of standards and accountability in schools. In order to explore these tensions, we draw on the conceptual resources of Lacanian discourse theory and particularly on recent work in this field articulating agency as something manifesting in multiple modalities (Bunn et al., 2022). Bunn, et al. (ibid.) present a study of students’ learning journeys in higher education, and drawing on Lacan’s (2007) four discourses (the master, the university, the hysteric and the analyst), they identify four modes of agency being exercised, namely subservient, subsistence, subliminal and sublime. The students in the study do not, however, only demonstrate one mode of agency, rather they demonstrate major and minor tendencies towards different modes, evident in different contexts at different points in their ‘journeys’.

This paper explicates this conceptualisation of agency with reference to the experiences of early career teachers who have committed explicitly to wanting to teach in typically underserved communities. We explore how this conceptualisation might help us to understand where and how these early career teachers exercise different modes of agency. In so doing, we seek to normalise a range of agentic behaviours rather than support a discourse which valorises the narrative of the heroic teacher, or ‘teacher as agent of change’ (Rushton & Bird, 2023, p. 3).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is conceptually driven in the first instance, although we then test our thinking out on interview data. We were driven by an initial research aim to investigate how early career teachers committed to working in underserved communities managed the emotional, practical and educational challenges associated with working in what are often described as ‘high needs’ contexts.
We engaged in dialogue as method. The argument presented here was developed over a series of dialogues between the authors, interspersed with reading and writing. These dialogues were intentionally aimed at knowledge creation rather than simply knowledge depositing or sharing. As Freire (1970) put it, ‘dialogue is the encounter between men [sic], mediated by the world, in order to name the world’ (p. 69). Dialogue, in Freirean terms, is an ethical practice; it requires mutual respect and humility. We worked with openness to different theoretical perspectives, constantly testing out our thinking on real world context, offering tentative explanations and prompting each other to share and interrogate our own thinking.

Our reading of Bunn et al. (2022) turned out to be a pivotal point and we began to explore their conceptualisation of modes of agency in relation to the existing literature on teacher agency. We developed a clear sense that their conceptualisation could be applicable to teacher agency, and more importantly, that it might offer a more expansive and authentic way of understanding the different ways in which early career teachers were able to exercise agency in what were often quite challenging and restrictive contexts. The capacity to use this conceptualisation in relation to teachers was attractive and we then sought to investigate how we could apply it to interview data with early career teachers.
Interview participants were early career teachers who had graduated from an initial teacher education programme explicitly designed to provide teachers for underserved communities. The programme was an innovative two-year Masters-level initial teacher education programme, underpinned by an explicit social justice philosophy, that acknowledges that ‘preparing teachers is a necessarily and thoroughly political and ideological [process]’ (Beyer & Zeichner, 1987, p. 299). Interview data from 11 graduates, then in their third or fourth year of teaching, were analysed deductively to identify examples of each of Bunn et al’s (2022) four modalities of agency.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through a review of existing literature on teacher agency, the paper reveals a tendency tin the existing literature to view teacher agency from a sociocultural perspective, positioning it as a wholly desirable phenomenon. While a majority of literature supports Priestley et al’s (2015) view of agency as ‘ecological’, i.e. as a phenomenon that is enacted within a particular context, rather than an innate capacity that teachers possess, there is confusion around whether this is something to be ‘achieved’ or whether it implies a constant state of emergence. The literature also reveals an almost wholly positive orientation towards teacher agency, positioning agentic teachers within a heroic narrative. Using Bunn et al’s (2022) four modes of agency as a deductive analytical construct for the graduate interviews reveals that while all 11 demonstrated examples of more than one mode of agency, they had different profiles in terms of the selection of modes of agency shared in the interview conversation. We contend that all four modes of teacher agency are important in understanding how teachers negotiate their professional lives, particularly in meeting the demands of working in high-needs contexts.
Our theorisation offers several advantages. First, it supports, through application to empirical data, the view of discourse as a form of social link and hence sees agency as a socially situated phenomenon, rather than as a personal attribute. Second, and perhaps more uniquely, it enables us to go beyond reading agency in dualistic terms and instead to see it as adopting multiple modalities within the affordances and constraints of particular discourses. This reading, we argue, provides a more complete understanding of the various ways in which teacher agency can be enacted.

References
Beyer, L. & Zeichner, K. (1987). Teacher education in cultural context: Beyond reproduction. In T. Pokewitz (Ed.), Critical studies in teacher education: Its folklore, theory, and practice (pp. 2980334). Falmer.
Bunn, G., Langer, S., & Fellows, N. K. (2022). Student subjectivity in the marketised university. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, 1-9.
Frosh, S. (2010) Psychoanalysis outside the Clinic: Interventions in Psychosocial Studies. London: Palgrave.
Hargreaves, A., & Fullan, M. (2020). Professional capital after the pandemic: Revisiting and revising classic understandings of teachers' work. Journal of Professional Capital and Community.
Lacan, J. (2007). The seminar of Jacques Lacan, Book XVII: The other side of psychoanalysis, 1969-1970 (R.Grigg, Trans.). New York.
Priestley, M., Biesta, G. & Robinson, S. (2015). Teacher agency: An ecological approach. Bloomsbury Publishing.
Rushton, E. A. C. & Bird, A. (2023). Space as a lens for teacher agency: A case study of three beginning teachers in England, UK. The Curriculum Journal, n/a(n/a). https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.224
Santoro, D. A. (2018). Demoralized: Why teachers leave the profession they love and how they can stay. Cambridge, MA: Harvard Education Press.
Verhaeghe, P. (1995). From impossibility to inability: Lacan’s theory on the four discourses. The Letter: Lacanian Perspectives on Psychoanalysis, 3, 76-99.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Sustainability and the role of Teacher Educators

Ann-Kathrin Dittrich1, Lucas Weinberg1, Evi Agostini2, Irma Eloff3, Kgadi Mathabathe3

1University Innsbruck, Austria; 2University Vienna, Austria; 3University Pretoria, South Africa

Presenting Author: Dittrich, Ann-Kathrin

The 21st century is characterised by uncertainty. The world is facing different social, political and economic crises such as inequality, instability, climate change, diseases and pandemics, which means that humanity has to face new global challenges that significantly affect our existence and development (Worldwatch Institute, 2016). Agenda 2030, developed by UN, serves as a guideline for responding to global developments and aims to leave no one behind. Within this framework, the UN agreed on 17 Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), which aim is to ensure prosperity and well-being for all, to strengthen peace and to protect our planet (UNESCO, 2017). To achieve these objectives, Education has immense significance in the context of Agenda 2030: on the one hand, it is defined as an explicit goal (SDG4), on the other education is seen as a key instrument and resource for a comprehensive implementation of Agenda 2030 (UNESCO, 2017; Ferrer-Estévez & Chalmeta, 2021).

Teacher Educators plays a crucial role in supporting the global agenda for sustainability. They can be described as key actors in formal education who can bring about a change in behaviour towards sustainability and must provide pre-service teachers with the tools and skills to achieve transformation process (Anderson, 2017). Also Cramer et al. (2020) or Darling- Hammond (2006) point out the influence of teachers’ knowledge of students learning outcomes.

Since the early 1990s, increasing attention has been paid to the crucial role of teacher educators in educational practice as well as their research and policy (Koster, Brekelmans, Korthagen & Wubbels, 2005). However, they are still described as a “hidden profession” (Murray, 2011). There is very little scientific evidence on teacher educator knowledge and how they act in teaching situations (Schratz, 2012). The impact of teacher educators on the professionalism of future teachers and therefor also on the curricular priorities will shape learning in classrooms for decades. Having the SDGs in mind, it is inevitable to promote teacher educators’ professional awareness and identity, it to strengthen their different competences (knowledge, abilities, values) and their teaching practices. A crucial factor for the implementation of the SDGs in teaching is the attitude and self-efficacy of individuals (Knoll et al., 2005). The educators own understanding of what they are doing influences the values they pass on to those they teach. Recent studies (García-Rico et al., 2021) have shown the potential for strengthening teachers’ knowledge, understanding, sensitivity and bias towards sustainability. The role of teachers therefore strongly influences the extent to which pupils are confronted with the transformation processes and development towards sustainability the SDGs are aiming for (UNESCO, 2017).

This paper discusses findings from an international project between South Africa and Austria, funded from OeAD (2023-2025) which aims to get a deeper theoretical understanding of teachers educators’ professionalism in relation to sustainability. Initial, emergent findings from the data collection will be presented. The focus of the paper will be on the following questions:

  • How do teacher educators define their professional role regarding Agenda 2030?
  • How do teacher educators consider the SDGs in their teaching?

The rationale of the project is the assumption that an expansion of the critical mass of teacher educators who contribute to knowledge development relating to the Sustainable Development Goals as part of global teacher education, can serve as a key strategy to accelerate the achievement of the global goals as presented in Agenda 2030.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study adopts a mixed-methods research methodology (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2017). It utilises a combination of qualitative with semi-structured interviews as well as quantitative data collection instruments such as questionnaires. The two data collection strategies complement each other in terms of achieving the research objective to get insights into teacher educators professional understanding towards the SDGs.

In order to collect data on perceptions, constructs, beliefs and practices on and in the context of the SDGs, 10 qualitative in-depth and semi-structured interviews with teacher educators in Austria and South Africa will be conducted (Aschermann et al., 1991). The focus is on the thoughts and concepts of the individually interviewed participants and their awareness as well as their actions in the classroom settings. The data collected is evaluated by using grounded theory. The qualitative-reconstructive research method and the grounded theory evaluation method ideally complement each other due to the common goal of the hypothesis-generating procedure of the research process (Glaser & Strauss, 1967).

With the quantitative method (Maree & Pietersen, 2019), a larger sample focus than the Austrian and South African population and a more international perspective can be achieved. Here around 200 teacher educators worldwide will be part of the research. The subsequent qualitative research method makes it possible to go in depth and examine individuals in terms of their knowledge, attitudes and behaviour. The questionnaire will be piloted with a group of teacher educators, and checked for validity and reliability (Maree & Pietersen, 2019). Snowball sampling (Naderifar, Goli & Ghaljaei, 2017) will be used by activating the existing network of teacher educators in the project. The quantitative data will be analysed by identifying trends, patterns and correlations through descriptive and inferential statistics (Maree & Pietersen, 2019).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The project commenced in October 2023. The quantitative and qualitative data for data collection will start in February 2024. The paper will therefore report on the first initial results and findings emanating from the data collection. It is assumed within the study that professional understanding depends on personal understanding. At the moment knowledge creation in this specific field is limited and the study seeks to contribute to understandings of common patterns and socio-demographic differences and similarities between teacher educators in diverse contexts.  Previous work within the research group have indicated teacher trainers have a wide range of knowledge about sustainability, but limited knowledge about the SDGs specifically. Concomitantly, the research group identified a certain degree of uncertainty about the role and tasks of teacher trainers in the area of sustainability.. Nevertheless, teacher educators have a substantive influence on students' knowledge and attitudes, so sustainability awareness and explicit knowledge in this field are crucial to promote students ability for life long learning. Prospective teachers wield power over the future of education and the transmission of key skills and competences. Therefore, studying teacher educators’ understanding of their individual professionalisation and behaviour is of paramount importance.
References
Anderson K. (2017). Starting pluralistic tradition of teaching? Effects of education for sustainable development (ESD) on pre-service teachers’ views on teaching about sustainable development. Environmental Education Research, 23 (3), 436-449.

Aschermann, E., Mantwill, M., & Köhnken, G. (1991). An independent replication of the effectiveness of the cognitive interview. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 5(6), 489-495. https://doi.org/10.1002/acp.2350050604

Cramer, C., König, J., Rothland, M., and Blömeke, S. (Eds.). (2020). Handbuch Lehrerinnen- und Lehrerbildung. Bad Heilbrunn/Stuttgart: Julius Klinkhardt/UTB.

Cresswell, J. W. & Plano Clark, V. L. (2017). Designing and conducting mixed methods research, (3rd Ed.), Los Angeles, LA: Sage Publications Inc.

Darling-Hammond, L. (2006). Constructing 21st-Century teacher education. Journal for Teacher Education, Vol. 57, pp. 300-314.

Ferer-Estévez, M. and Chalmeta, R. (2021). Integrating Sustainable Development Goals in educational institutions. The international Journal of Management Education, Vol. 19, pp. 1-19.

García-Rico, L., Martínez-Muñoz, L .F., Santos-Pastor, M. L., & Chiva- Bartoll, O. (2021). "Service-learning in physical education teacher education: a pedagogical model towards sustainable development goals", International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 22(4), 747-765. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-09-2020-0325

Glaser, B., and Strauss, A. (1967). The Discovery of Grounded Theory. Strategies for Qualitative Research, New York, Aldine.

Koster, Bob; Brekelmans, M. Korthagen, F. & Wubbels, F. (2005). Quality requirements for teacher educators. Teaching and Teacher Education, 21(2), 157-176.

Knoll, N., Scholz, U., & Rieckann, N. (2005). Einführung in die Gesundheitspsychologie. Reinhard: München.

Maree, K. (Ed) (2016). First Steps in Research (2nd ed). Braamfontein: Van Schaik Publishers.

Murray J. (2011). The Important Role of Higher Education in Teacher Education. Presentation at the Teacher Education Advancement Network (TEAN) Conference, Manchester, 20 May 2011.

Naderifar, M., Goli, H. & Ghaljaei, F. (2017). Snowball sampling: a purposeful method of sampling in qualitative research. Strides in Development of Medical Education, 14(3), DOI; 10.5812/sdme.67670

Schratz, M., J. F. Schwarz, and T. Westfall-Greiter (2012). Looking at two sides of the same coin: phenomenologically oriented vignette research and its implications for teaching and learning”. Studia paedagogica, Vol. 18 No. 4, pp. 57–73. http://dx.doi.org/10.5817/SP2013-4-4

UNESCO (2017). UNESCO moving toward the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. Paris: UNESCO.

Worldwatch Institute (2016). State of the world 2016. Island Press/Center for Resource Economics.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

How Does Collaboration Promote Teachers’ Basic Need Satisfaction: The Mediating Role of Job Crafting

Yvonne Xianhan Huang1, Shiyu Zhang2, Chan Wang3, Mingyao Sun2, Wen Shao2

1The Education University of Hong Kong; 2The University of Hong Kong; 3The Chinese University of Hong Kong

Presenting Author: Huang, Yvonne Xianhan; Zhang, Shiyu

Research has consistently demonstrated the critical role of teachers' basic need satisfaction (BNS) in both teaching and learning (for teaching, see Moè & Katz, 2021; for learning, see Poulou, 2020). Consequently, enhancing BNS has emerged as a key issue within teacher education (Slemp et al., 2020). Self-determination theory posits that social support, such as collaboration, can bolster BNS, a notion supported by empirical findings (Deci et al., 2017). However, the ways in which collaboration may differentially influence various types of teachers' BNS remains understudied, despite the potential to enrich our understanding of BNS and inform educational programme design.

To address this research gap, we draw upon job crafting theory and self-determination theory to explore the potential role of job crafting in the relationship between collaboration and teachers' BNS. Job crafting theory suggests that individuals can 'shape, mould, and redefine their jobs' (Wrzesniewski & Dutton, 2001, p. 180), thereby fulfilling their needs (Bakker et al., 2023). Considering that job crafting behaviour is heavily influenced by colleague interaction (Demerouti & Peeters, 2018;), we hypothesise that job crafting behaviour mediates the relationships between collaboration and different types of teachers' BNS.

In this study, we examine the relationships between collaboration and three types of teachers' BNS, before investigating how various forms of job crafting behaviour mediate these relationships.

Theoretical Framework

Self-determination theory proposes that individuals inherently strive to fulfil three fundamental psychological needs – autonomy, competence, and relatedness – when engaging in purposeful actions (Deci et al., 2017). Each of the three needs plays a unique role in shaping individuals' experiences and actions (Deci & Ryan, 2000, 2017). Currently, studies investigating the antecedent mechanisms of BNS typically combine the three types (Deci et al., 2017). However, a review of 99 studies by Van den Broeck and colleagues (2016) highlighted a gap in knowledge regarding the potentially distinct antecedent mechanisms of each basic need.

Job crafting is defined as individuals’ self-initiated behaviour of changing their job content and scope to match their needs or competence (Tims et al., 2012). There are five general types of teachers’ job crafting: increasing structural job resources, increasing social job resources, increasing challenging job demands, optimising job demands, and decreasing hindering job demands (Huang et al., 2022; Demerouti & Peeters, 2018; Tims et al., 2021). Job crafting theory posits that through different types of job crafting, individuals can establish a sense of control, meaningfulness, social connection, and positive self-image at work (Wrzeniewski & Dutton, 2001), suggesting a potential impact of job crafting on teachers’ BNS.

Job crafting theory argues that promotion-oriented job crafting, which involves increasing structural and social job resources and increasing challenging job demands, can boost individuals’ work volition, variety of skills, and collegial relationships (Lichtenthaler & Fischbach, 2019) and thereby contribute to their BNS (Wrzesniewski & Dutton, 2001). Teachers’ BNS can benefit from optimising job demands and work procedures, allowing them to save time and effort by exploring their preferred ways to perform tasks and thereby satisfy their BNS (for competence, see Poulsen & Poulsen, 2018; for autonomy, see Bruning & Campion, 2018; for relatedness, see Huang et al., 2022). Decreasing hindering job demands behaviour, which normally involves addressing negative emotions (Crawford et al., 2010) or insufficient work motivation (Lichtenthaler & Fischbach, 2016), might constrain teachers’ BNS (for competence, see Rudolph et al., 2017; for autonomy, see Toyama, 2022; for relatedness, see Vansteenkiste et al., 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study was conducted in southwest China. The third author sent an online weblink including a consent form and questionnaire to potential participants through WeChat. 1,954 teacher submitted their responses.
A 5-point Likert scale measured variables in the study. Six items from the revised School Level Environment Questionnaire (Johnson et al., 2007) were used to measure teacher collaboration. Subscales for the four types of job crafting – increasing structural job resources, increasing social job resources, increasing challenging job demands, and decreasing hindering job demands – were adapted from the job crafting scale (Tims et al., 2012). Optimising job demands behaviour was assessed using the five-item scale developed by Demerouti and Peeters (2018). The 23-item scale adapted by Klassen et al. (2012) was used to assess teachers’ BNS.
A confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) was conducted to test the factor construct validity of the variables. We adopted a latent variable model with a first-order factor containing all the measurements as indicators to detect common method variance CMV (Podsakoff et al., 2003). We used regression to examine the impact of teachers’ demographic features on job crafting and BNS and controlled the identified significant demographic variables in the subsequent analysis. Following that we built a measurement model encompassing all nine variables. Structural equation modelling (SEM) was carried out with the maximum likelihood (ML) estimation to test the hypothesised model. Bootstrapping with 2,000 samples was used to verify the mediation effect. The statistical analyses were conducted in SPSS 26.0 and Mplus 8.3.
The measurement model yielded a good model fit (χ2 = 6701.494, df = 950, CFI = .923, TLI = .916, RMSEA = .056, SRMR = .053). Based on the regression analysis results,  teachers’ gender and teaching experience were controlled in subsequent analyses. The SEM also showed acceptable results (χ2 = 6906.422, df = 1026, CFI = .921, TLI = .914, RMSEA = .054, SRMR = .052).
The bootstrapping analysis confirmed the proposed mediating role of job crafting in the influence of collaboration on the three types of teachers’ BNS. The mediating effects of the five types of job crafting varied, indicating different antecedent mechanisms of the three types of BNS. Increasing structural job resources was the only mediator of the link to relatedness need satisfaction, and the other four job crafting behaviours mediated the link to autonomy need satisfaction. Increasing structural job resources and the two demand-crafting behaviours were significant mediators for competence need satisfaction.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
1. Teacher collaboration had varying degrees of influence on teachers’ three types of BNS
This study shows that teacher collaboration has a direct effect on the need satisfaction of autonomy and relatedness but not on competence. This finding is interesting because the close link between teacher collaboration and professional competence has been taken for granted in previous studies (Vangrieken et al., 2017). Notably, this study reports that without arousing teachers’ proactive behaviour, such as job crafting, collaboration activities are unlikely to increase teachers’ satisfaction with their own professional competence.
2. The different antecedent mechanisms of the three types of BNS are revealed through the mediating roles of five types of teachers’ job crafting.
Regarding teachers’ autonomy need satisfaction, this study found that seeking comments from mentors and supervisors, namely increasing social structural resources, is a supportive factor. The three job-demand crafting behaviours were differently related to teachers’ autonomy need satisfaction. Increasing challenging job demands and optimising job demands can support teachers’ autonomy development by providing them with more opportunities to make decisions and saving them time and effort to focus more on educational topics of interest. In contrast, decreasing hindering job demands behaviour was confirmed as detrimental to teachers’ autonomy need satisfaction.
For the competence need satisfaction of teachers, teachers’ job crafting behaviour plays a full mediating role in the impact of teacher collaboration. Of the five types of job crafting, two demand-crafting behaviours, namely increasing challenges and optimising job demands, are especially important.
Only increasing structural job resources was closely connected with the satisfaction of relatedness. To increase job resources, teachers normally participate in formal or informal learning activities that provide a better understanding of their colleagues and students. This knowledge helps teachers to construct good relationships or networks.

References
References (abridged)
Bakker, A. B., Demerouti, E., & Sanz-Vergel, A. (2023). Job demands–resources theory: Ten years later. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 10(1), 25–53.
Bruning, P. F., & Campion, M. A. (2018). A role–resource approach–avoidance model of job crafting: A multimethod integration and extension of job crafting theory. Academy of Management Journal, 61(2), 499–522.
Deci, E. L., Olafsen, A. H., & Ryan, R. M. (2017). Self-determination theory in work organizations: The state of a science. Annual Review of Organizational Psychology and Organizational Behavior, 4(1), 19–43.
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268.
Demerouti, E., & Peeters, M. C. (2018). Transmission of reduction‐oriented crafting among colleagues: A diary study on the moderating role of working conditions. Journal of Occupational and Organizational Psychology, 91(2), 209–234.
Lichtenthaler, P. W., & Fischbach, A. (2019). A meta-analysis on promotion- and prevention-focused job crafting. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 28(1), 30–50.
Moè, A., & Katz, I. (2021). Emotion regulation and need satisfaction shape a motivating teaching style. Teachers and Teaching, 27(5), 370-387.
Poulou, M. S. (2020). Students’ adjustment at school: The role of teachers’ need satisfaction, teacher–student relationships and student well-being. School Psychology International, 41(6), 499–521.
Rudolph, C. W., Katz, I. M., Lavigne, K. N., & Zacher, H. (2017). Job crafting: A meta-analysis of relationships with individual differences, job characteristics, and work outcomes. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 102, 112–138.
Slemp, G. R., Field, J. G., & Cho, A. S. (2020). A meta-analysis of autonomous and controlled forms of teacher motivation. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 121, 103459.
Tims, M., Bakker, A. B., & Derks, D. (2012). Development and validation of the job crafting scale. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 80(1), 173–186.
Tims, M., Twemlow, M., & Man, F. C. Y. (2021). A state-of-the-art overview of job-crafting research: Current trends and future research directions. Career Development International, 27(1), 54–78.
Van den Broeck, A., Ferris, D. L., Chang, C.-H., & Rosen, C. C. (2016). A review of self-determination theory’s basic psychological needs at work. Journal of Management, 42(5), 1195–1229.
Wrzesniewski, A., & Dutton, J. E. (2001). Crafting a job: Revisioning employees as active crafters of their work. Academy of Management Review, 26(2), 179–201.
 
15:45 - 17:1510 SES 07 D: Professionalization, Quality and Expertise of Beginning Teachers
Location: Room 004 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Deborah Heck
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Exploring the Factors that can Influence the Development of Adaptive Expertise in Beginning Teachers: Opportunities and Challenges.

Anna Bryant1, Emmajane Milton2, Alex Morgan2, Trevor Mutton3

1Cardiff School of Education and Social Policy, Cardiff Metropolitan University; 2School of Social Sciences, Cardiff University; 3Department of Education, University of Oxford

Presenting Author: Bryant, Anna; Mutton, Trevor

Initial Teacher Education (ITE) in Wales has undergone substantial reform in recent years, reflecting a similar trend internationally (Menter, 2019). These reforms have been driven by concerns around the ranking of individual countries in international tests such as the OECD’s Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA) and the argument that any improvement is dependent on enhancing teacher quality. This in turn depends on improving the effectiveness of teacher education programmes and schools’ capacity to provide the learning environments new teachers need (Milton et al. 2020). The result has often been reform focussed on different interpretations of neoliberal policies and practices (Tatto, 2015), but in Wales there has been an attempt to address this somewhat differently (Mutton & Burn, 2020).

Whilst this might seem a relatively parochial piece of policy implementation it has much wider significance beyond Wales. First, because the reforms in Wales are part of a much wider international context in which teacher education reform is seen as being essential in delivering better quality teaching and, by implication, better quality outcomes for pupils in schools. Governments across the world often cite poor performance in international tests as providing the imperative for proposed teacher education reform and look to the solutions offered by intergovernmental organisations (Rautalin et al., 2019). What has happened in Wales needs to be contextualised within these wider global trends. Second, the reform in Wales is worthy of international attention because of the complexity of the ambition for research and enquiry informed teacher education alongside a backdrop of the attempt to implement extensive educational reform across all levels of the system.

The influential report Teaching Tomorrow’s Teachers (Furlong, 2015), focused extensively on the new Welsh model for ITE informed by this vision. It embodies not only consideration of the way in which beginning teachers are given the opportunity to draw on and interrogate different forms of professional knowledge, but also the aspiration for them to develop ‘research literacy’ that can inform and improve classroom practice (BERA-RSA, 2014).

The paper draws on a theoretical framework of how teachers learn informed particularly by the model of research-informed clinical practice in teacher education (Burn & Mutton, 2015) the development of teachers as adaptive expertise (Berliner, 2004). The Cardiff Partnership for ITE is used as a case study and explores the opportunities, experiences, complexities and challenges inherent in enacting this model, with a particular focus on the development of professional expertise and judgement. This is essential because so many key decisions in teaching are impossible to predict or make routine. We will examine the extent to which the model of research-informed clinical-practice adopted by the Partnership shapes the way in which the beginning teachers within the programme develop as professionals, and develop the habits of mind by which they become more ‘expert’ in terms of the clinical judgements that they are required to make (Kriewaldt & Turnidge, 2013). Drawing on empirical data, we will build a picture of the factors that are perceived to influence the development of this expertise. It will also explore the complex challenges of equipping beginning teachers to manage both the day-to-day routines of the classroom and simultaneously to think deeply and critically about their practice.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research question we address is ‘What are the perceptions of stakeholders in the Cardiff Partnership for ITE of the factors that influence the development of adaptive expertise in beginning teachers?’.

This paper draws on data collected from a pragmatic qualitative study. The data were gathered through one-day case-making workshops (Morgan & Milton, 2022) and online semi-structured interviews. Participants were recruited to the study through the Cardiff Partnership for ITE. Ethical approval was granted from the University in line with BERA guidance.

For the case-making workshops the participants comprised 24 beginning (student) teachers with experience of the Cardiff Partnership for ITE clinical practice model. All beginning teachers on the one-year Post Graduate Certificate of Education (PGCE) primary and secondary programmes were invited to an information briefing session and given the opportunity to participate in the case-making workshops. The case-making day was orchestrated to allow the students space to discuss their experiences of the programme honestly in a full and frank way. This way of working and the associated ethical considerations were made clear from the start and students were asked to share experiences, orally and in writing, that had provoked deep thinking. Participants spent time working in triads to consider key episodes from their experience iteratively and in greater depth and then these were documented as written narratives. For the students involved organising and interrogating their experiences and developing written narratives was intended to be a useful way to give meaning to their professional lives and learning (Cortazzi, 2001). These narratives were analysed to identify illustrative experiences and key themes.

Semi-structured interviews (n=68) were conducted with a purposive sample of key stakeholders (senior leaders in governance roles; school-based and university-based teacher educators and beginning teachers across a range of Cardiff Partnership for ITE programmes). The interview schedules contained both common questions and some specific to each stakeholder group. The development of these schedules was informed by understanding of the literature on teacher education and working roles and expertise from within the Cardiff Partnership for ITE in relation to how the roles had been developed and were expected to be enacted in practice. Interview data were transcribed and analysed abductively both taking account of the research questions and focus, and the unexpected insights that emerged through the process of analysis. This led to the identification and establishment of well-defined themes through an iterative process (Clarke & Braun, 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings indicate there is tremendous support for the Cardiff Partnership for ITE vision of this way of working and a genuine appreciation that it can support all teachers to develop their professional expertise and judgement. Opportunities are highlighted where this way of working has supported both beginning teachers and teacher educators to consider their practice both deep and critically, and how it has helped inform their contingent action with learners as they develop their adaptive expertise. However, our data also highlight the challenges of enacting this paradigm shift in terms of the conceptualisation of ITE programmes against a backdrop of the wider extensive and ambitious policy reform, implemented at pace across the wider education sector in Wales. It explores the lived reality of the day-to-day experiences of beginning teachers and those that support them. The data show that the national vision for ITE reform in Wales has yet to be fully understood and realised within the context of this backdrop. This has led to variability in beginning (student) teachers’ experiences of this approach and the efficacy of this to support the development of their professional judgement and expertise. This is largely due to different interpretations and understandings in practice of the research-informed clinical practice model. While there are examples of where shared and effective understandings have moved practice and learning forward positively, there remains fairly limited evidence of the extent to which the research-informed clinical practice model has been adopted as common practice for students and all stakeholders across the Partnership. We examine the effects that wider drivers and constraints may be having on the ambitions which the Partnership has for its student teachers and its associated stakeholders. We discuss the implications of these findings for teacher education programmes, the learning of beginning teachers and also for ITE policy reform.  

References
BERA-RSA (2014). Research and the Teaching Profession; building the capacity for a self-improving education system. Final report of the BERA-RSA Inquiry into the role of research in teacher education. London: BERA.

Berliner, D. C. (2004). Expert teachers: Their characteristics, development and accomplishments. Bulletin of Science, Technology and Society 24 (3): 200-212.

Burn, K., and Mutton, T. (2015). A review of ‘research-informed clinical practice’ in initial teacher education. Oxford Review of Education 41 (2): 217-233.

Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2017). Thematic analysis. The journal of Positive Psychology, 12(3), 297-298.

Cortazzi, M. (2001). “Narrative learning in clinical and other contexts”, paper presented at Brunel University Education Department Research Conference, London, 17-18 July.

Menter, I. (2019). The Interaction of Global and National Influences, in T. Tatto & I. Menter (eds) Knowledge, Policy and Practice in Learning to Teach: A Cross-National Study. London: Bloomsbury, 268–79.

Furlong, J. (2015). Teaching Tomorrow’s Teachers. Options for the future of initial teacher education in Wales. Report to Huw Lewis, AM, Minister for Education and Skills. Cardiff: Welsh Government.

Kriewaldt, J. and D. Turnidge. (2013). “Conceptualising an approach to clinical reasoning in the education profession.” Australian Journal of Teacher Education 38 (6): 103-115.

Milton, E., Daly, C., Langdon, F., Palmer, M., Jones, K. and Davies, A. J. (2020) Can schools really provide the learning environment that new teachers need? Complexities and implications for professional learning in Wales. Professional Development in Education. published online. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2020.1767177

Morgan, A. and Milton, E. (2022). Educative case-making: a learner centred approach to supporting the development of pedagogical expertise in HE. In King, H. (ed) Developing Expertise in Teaching in Higher Education: Practical Ideas for Supporting Educational Development. London: Routledge.

Mutton, T., & Burn, K. (2020). Doing things differently: responding to the ‘policy problem’ of teacher education in Wales. Cylchgrawn Addysg Cymru/Wales Journal of Education, 22(1), 82-109

Rautalin, M., Alasuutari, P., and Vento, E. (2019). Globalisation of education policies: does PISA have an effect? Journal of Education Policy, 34(4), 500-522.

Tatto, M. T. (2015). The role of research in the policy and practice of quality teacher education: An international review. Oxford Review of Education, 41(2), 171-201.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Teacher Professionalization as Legal Professionalization. Results of a Nationwide Review of the Legal Basis for Teacher Training in Germany

Julia Hugo

Friedrich-Alexander-University, Germany

Presenting Author: Hugo, Julia

In recent years, social change processes have exerted significant pressure on schools and education systems worldwide. Factors such as increasing digitalization, demands for inclusive education, and global challenges like inflation, the COVID-19 pandemic, migration, and global conflicts have created new challenges for educational institutions. These transformations are often accompanied by legal amendments at various levels, ranging from international law (e. g. UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities), constitutional regulations (e. g. constitutional right to education in the individual states), to internal administrative policies (e.g. reform of curricula). Teachers and schools must navigate this complex legal landscape, adapting to changes and ensuring compliance with evolving standards. The increasing relevance of legal considerations in education is acknowledged, emphasizing the need for professionalization in this domain (Avenarius, 2019a, 2019b).

With regard to teacher professionalization (Clandinin & Husu, 2017a, 2017b), legal education assumes a critical role: Teachers must not only be well-versed in pedagogical strategies but also possess a profound understanding of the legal frameworks governing education. The term “legal professionalization” encapsulates this imperative need for educators to continuously enhance their legal knowledge and skills. It involves the cultivation of a professional identity that recognizes the role of law in shaping educational practices and policies.

However, despite the growing importance of legal aspects in the teaching profession, law still represents a “blind spot” (Füssel, 2020) in university teacher training. There is also hardly any theoretical or empirical work on the legal professionalization of teachers. While there are some practical guides for school implementation (e.g., Stedrak & Mezzina, 2022), there is a lack of substantial empirical foundational research on teachers' legal literacy and its antecedent, legal professionalization.

Against this background, this paper aims to understand the extent to which legal topics are integrated into the curriculum of the university phase of teacher training and asks with focus on Germany: Which legal topics are covered by the intended and implemented curriculum of the university phase of teacher training in Germany?

By undertaking a comparative analysis, we seek to systematize the legal education provided and unravel how curriculum development responds to the prevailing social challenges mentioned earlier.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was conducted in four phases: Preliminary study – document analysis (A) – written survey (B) – content analysis (C). This paper focuses on phases A, B, and C.

Phase A aimed to survey the intended curriculum of university teacher training in Germany. For this purpose, a document analysis (Bowen, 2009) was carried out on the websites of all teacher training universities in the 16 federal states of Germany (n = 109). The process involved four steps: identification of teacher training universities and associated schools of education (step 1); identification of the educational science training offered at the respective universities (step 2); identification of the legal bases applicable to teacher training in the respective federal state (at constitutional, statutory, and legal ordinance levels) and at the respective universities (at statute level) (step 3). The resulting text corpus includes all legal bases of teacher training at constitutional, statutory, legal ordinance, and statute levels with a focus on the educational science study components, assuming legal training content (full survey; n = 611; valid for the winter semester 2020/21).

Phase B, the written survey, aimed to record the implemented curriculum at individual universities. To this end, all schools of education nationwide (n = 69; response rate 90%) were sent a written survey with questions about the extracurricular legal training on offer. The resulting evaluation corpus comprised 62 survey results.

The content analysis (Phase C) was based on content-structuring content analysis (Mayring, 2015). Firstly, all 611 documents from Phase A were manually searched for legal references. The 1,001 references to a total of 107 legal provisions identified in this way were then differentiated inductively according to legal topics as the main content dimension of the study (Kuckartz & Rädiker, 2023). The categories identified in this process are applied to the 62 results of the supplementary survey and validated. Based on the category system created in this way with the associated coding rules, the entire material is completely double-coded by a second scientific employee (agreement: 98.8%, Krippendorff's alpha: 0.988; limit values according to Krippendorff, 2019).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In 109 of 611 documents, legal themes were encoded (31.3%), resulting in 1,001 scrutinized passages (multiple passages per document) with 1,478 encoded instances (multiple legal themes per passage). Ten overarching legal themes with 30 sub-themes were inductively delineated. Beyond the central category of school law (n = 377) and a comprehensive category for miscellaneous legal aspects of subject teaching (n = 73), these themes can be categorized into three groups. The General-Law-group incorporates all educational content referencing legal sciences (n = 117) or law/legal system (n = 89) broadly. The Legal-Fields-group comprises public law (n = 204), international law (n = 104), and private law (n = 54). The Cross-Cutting-Topics-group encompasses religion (n = 226), inclusion (n = 133), and digitalization (n = 91).
Bivariate group comparisons for teaching type and study components used row-wise χ2 adaptation tests (df = 1; Alpha level 0.001). Non-significant deviations in the overall code distribution suggest a thematic focus independent of teaching types. For study components, significant group disparities are evident for legal sciences (χ2 = 37.37, p < 0.001), law/legal system (χ2 = 13.64, p < 0.001), private law (χ2 = 21.19, p < 0.001), and religion (χ2 = 70.26, p < 0.001), closely associated with subject-specific studies. Inclusion (χ2 = 140.58, p < 0.001) is predominantly identified in educational science studies.

Contrary to initial assumptions, law is a marginal yet focal point in university teacher education, primarily discussed in a subject-specific context. Instances feature generalized references, covering only a fraction of potential legal topics. Professional university teacher education faces the challenge of cultivating transferable legal methodological knowledge, incorporating service and administrative law, and creating opportunities for reflection to foster a professionally legal habitus. Consequently, there is no basis for claiming legal professionalization – and the potential of legal literacy in contemporary teacher education with regard to social challenges remains unrealized.

References
Avenarius, H. (2019a). The significance of school law for teacher education: Part 2. School Administration: Professional journal for school development and school management. Hessen, Rheinland Pfalz, 24(6), 183–185. https://doi.org/10.25656/01:17764
Avenarius, H. (2019b). The significance of school law for teacher education: Part 1. School Administration: Professional journal for school development and school management. Hessen, Rheinland Pfalz, 24(4), 108–111.
https://doi.org/10.25656/01:17608
Bowen, G. A. (2009). Document analysis as a qualitative research method. Qualitative Research Journal (SJR), 9(2), 27–40. https://doi.org/10.3316/QRJ0902027
Clandinin, D. J. & Husu, J. (Eds.). (2017a). The SAGE Handbook of Research on Teacher Education (vol. 1). Russell Sage Foundation. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526402042.n1
Clandinin, J. D. & Husu, J. (Eds.). (2017b). The SAGE handbook of resaerch on teacher education (vol. 2). Russell Sage Foundation. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781526402042
Füssel, H.-P. (2020). Law - A blind spot in teacher education. In C. Cramer, J. König, M. Rothland & S. Blömeke (Eds.), Handbook of Teacher Education (pp. 114–122). Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.35468/hblb2020-013
Kuckartz, U., & Rädiker, S. (2023). Qualitative content analysis: Methods, practice and using software (2nd ed.). SAGE.
Krippendorff, K. (2019). Content Analysis. An Introduction to its methodology (4th ed.). Russell Sage Foundation. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781071878781
Stedrak, L. & Mezzina, J. (2022). Legal Literacy for Public School Teachers. ELA.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Exploring The Hope Generated By Discourses Of Teacher Quality: An Empirical Analysis Of 'Teacher Quality’ In Australian Educational Research

Deborah Heck, Rachael Dwyer, Kairen Call, Renee Morrison

Uni Sunshine Coast, Australia

Presenting Author: Heck, Deborah

Public discourse surrounding the quality of teachers and teaching globally frequently draws distinctions between the modern era and memories of the ‘good old day’ when there was trust in teachers and teaching as a profession. Donelson (2000) contests our rosy memory of the past, suggesting that the ‘Golden Teaching Days of Yore’ are more of a remembered dream. In the context of English teachers, he suggests we dream of an era when teachers had the respect of both students and parents, and students wrote formal essays on the classics as the curriculum. But did such an era exist or are these mere fond memories of hope? We suggest our memory of then and now connects to changes in education that Wilkins et al., (2021) identify as systems and processes such as the global neoliberal reforms that have shifted school cultures towards governance led by entrepreneurial leadership with an equity agenda of ‘achievement for all’. These phenomena shift teaching to a paradoxical ‘responsiblised profession’, generating, neoperformative teachers and school leaders, who are given autonomy yet judged in multi-layered systems of surveillance with high-stakes consequences (Wilkins et al. 2021). Embedded in this shift was the message that teachers are both the problem and the solution (Mockler, 2018). Driven in part by the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) and their league tables of international student testing, the phenomenon of reporting on and claiming a disproportionate connection between student test outcomes and teacher quality (Bradford et al. 2021) resulted in significant policy fascination with this cause-and-effect scenario (Skourdoumbis, 2017). In the context of these global shifts, we are curious about how researchers are drawing on teacher quality so we can be reflexive about whether we are reinforcing the hopes and dreams of the past in our research work. What we want to avoid is the constraints of standardisation on professionalism that Mockler (2022) identified in the context of teacher professional learning and development documents in New South Wales, Australia.

We explore the dominant discourses of quality teaching using a systematic meta-synthesis of empirical research addressing the quality of teachers and teaching in Australia from 2011- 2021 and consider how the public discourses of teacher quality are reflected in the academic discourses of research. Providing an opportunity for reflexivity on our collective memory of this period so as not to recreate the past. The paper contributes to an understanding of why high-quality, contemporary research in teacher education so often does not live up to the expected impact on teacher education policy. The purpose of examining quality in teacher education is to contribute to reconfiguring the public sphere (Thomas, 2004). Our work explores the discursive constructions of “teacher quality” evident in education research about initial teacher education in Australia over the last decade. It presents findings of the systematic meta-synthesis using automated content analysis (ACA) and critical discourse analysis (CDA) of empirical research literature about teacher quality, from 2011 – 2021 to identify how the discourses activated by researchers represent quality teaching.

Our findings help to illuminate how certain discourses of quality help position initial teacher education as a convenient policy response by Ministers seeking to identify quality improvements. As teacher educators we need to ensure that the complexity of teaching is identified and highlight that determining ‘quality’ is highly contentious (Mockler, 2018; Hoyte et al., 2020; Rowe and Skourdoumbis, 2017). As Cochran Smith and colleagues (2014; Ell et al., 2017) put forward, the complexity of the education system means that the relationship between the quality of ITE and the teaching quality of beginning teachers is not entirely linear.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The purpose of examining quality in teacher education is to contribute to reconfiguring the public sphere (Thomas, 2004). Our approach draws on Norman Fairclough’s critical discourse analysis (CDA) (Fairclough, 1995; 2003; 2013) and meta-synthesis to analyse the corpus of research data generated. CDA was used to identify the concept of teacher quality as it is articulated at the micro level in research papers. Our substantive research questions are a) What are the discursive constructions of teacher quality evident in teacher education research 2011 – 2021? and b) How do these constructions support or constrain researcher influence on public policy?The research is focused on analysing public documents; hence, ethics approval is not required.

As we delved into the four phases of our research project, it was important for us to note that they were not static, linear processes. Instead, they were iterative in nature, constantly building and evolving upon each other. The first phase focused on identifying the social problem of teacher quality in Australia, utilising contemporary empirical research from 2011-2021. This was achieved using meta-synthesis, a systematic review of qualitative research findings with 95 research articles meeting the selection criteria. In the second phase, we drew on Fairclough’s meso level analysis of text, exploring the discursive practices (Fairclough, 1989) to identify the diverse ways researchers used teacher quality in their research and interpreting these discourses in relation to the larger teacher quality agenda. The third phase involved exploring the beneficiaries and obstacles to addressing this social problem and the implications for researcher practice hence, connecting the implications of the micro discourses identified within the context of teacher education. The final phase involved shifting our focus to the ongoing process of researcher reflexivity, acknowledging and examining the impact of our own presence and feelings as teacher educators engaged in this research. Throughout all phases, we maintained a clear audit trail and utilized multiple coding to ensure transparency and encourage conversations about reflexivity. By engaging deeply with these four phases, we were able to gain a deep understanding of the complex issue of teacher quality in Australian research and contribute new knowledge to the field of teacher education research. As a study of published work, this research project did not require ethical approval.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our research was conceived to explore the impact of high-quality research in initial teacher education shapes and drives national policy and political discourse. Using empirical evidence, we explored the difference between “teacher quality” and “teaching quality” and the way this difference is rarely articulated. We noted that the difference is an important consideration for teacher educators because teaching quality is an ongoing process rather than a destination to be arrived at. The challenge with focusing on “teacher quality” is that contemporary policy is focussed on questions of selecting the right candidates (Mockler, 2018), rather than focusing on what students learn in their ITE program and what they can do in their classroom. Conflating the two concepts of teacher quality and teaching quality has the potential to contribute to a view that ITE is responsible for more than its fair share of the impact on beginning teachers’ practice.

Our study identifies researchers draw on six different discourses in their research work with reference to quality teaching. We describe these discourses as either a Hook, Justifying, Championing, Ascribing, Problematising or Disrupting. We found that the Australian story on teacher quality and quality teachers goes back to 2003. Here the Australian Council for Educational Research conference set the scene for the quality agenda to play out. Hattie and Rowe provided the earlier narrative and subsequent federal governments have embraced their notions and run with them. Over time the story moved away from teacher quality to quality within ITE and since this time researchers have chosen to champion or build, ascribe or problematise, challenge or disrupt this national agenda. The messages in teacher education research, what is said, point to a diverse array of themes relating to teacher quality that provide different possibilities for influencing the policy landscape.

References
Bradford, K., Pendergast, D., & Grootenboer, P. (2021). What Is Meant By ‘Teacher Quality’ In Research and Policy: A Systematic, Quantitative Literature Review. Education Thinking, 1(1), 57-76.
Cochran-Smith, M., Ell, F., Ludlow, L., Grudnoff, L., & Aitken, G. (2014). The challenge and promise of complexity theory for teacher education research [Article]. Teachers College Record, 116(5). http://www.scopus.com/inward/record.url?eid=2-s2.0-84899756634&partnerID=40&md5=12a2d1043f212bb5ebc2bd44e0e43e33
Donelson, K. (2000). Oh, Those Golden Teaching Days of Yore. The English Journal, 89(3), 45-48. https://doi.org/10.2307/822096
Ell, F., Haigh, M., Cochran-Smith, M., Grudnoff, L., Ludlow, L., & Hill, M. F. (2017). Mapping a complex system: what influences teacher learning during initial teacher education? Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 45(4), 327-345. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2017.1309640
Fairclough, N. (1989). Language and Power. Longman.
Fairclough, N. (1995). Critical discourse analysis: the critical study of language. Longman. http://qut.summon.serialssolutions.com/link/0/eLvHCXMwQ4wAwMqDxPR0I8LFAbCeNtQ1NDFCHYpDKuvdRBlk3FxDnD10C0tL4qGDG_FJhsAWhYmpiaEh373pzaYzcz1MZrKecivIke4HAPhkKJM
Fairclough, N. (2003). Analysing discourse: Textual analysis for social research. Routledge.
Fairclough, N. (2013). Critical discourse analysis and critical policy studies. Critical Policy Studies, 7(2), 177-197. https://doi.org/10.1080/19460171.2013.798239
Hoyte, F., Singh, P., Heimans, S., & Exley, B. (2020). Discourses of Quality in Australian Teacher Education: Critical Policy Analysis of a Government Inquiry into the Status of the Profession. In J. Fox, C. Alexander, & T. Aspland (Eds.), Teacher Education in Globalised Times. Springer.
Mockler, N. (2018). Discourses of teacher quality in the Australian print media 2014–2017: a corpus-assisted analysis. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2018.1553849
Mockler, N. (2022). Teacher professional learning under audit: reconfiguring practice in an age of standards. Professional Development in Education, 48(1), 166-180. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2020.1720779
Rowe, E. E., & Skourdoumbis, A. (2017). Calling for ‘urgent national action to improve the quality of initial teacher education’: the reification of evidence and accountability in reform agendas [Article in Press]. Journal of Education Policy, 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1410577
Skourdoumbis, A. (2017). Assessing the productivity of schools through two “what works” inputs, teacher quality and teacher effectiveness. Educational Research for Policy and Practice, 16(3), 205-217. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10671-016-9210-y
Thomas, S. (2004). Reconfiguring the public sphere: implications for analyses of educational policy. British Journal of Educational Studies, 52(3), 228-248. http://www.jstor.org/stable/pdfplus/1556054.pdf
Wilkins, C., Gobby, B., & Keddie, A. (2021). The neo-performative teacher: teacher school reform, entrepreneurialism and the pursuit of educational equity. British Journal of Educational Studies, 69(1), 27-45. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2020.1739621
 
15:45 - 17:1511 SES 07 A: School Education: School Improvement Models
Location: Room B109 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Gulmira Yestepbergenova
Paper Session
 
11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

Crafting Excellence: A Case Study on Leadership Traits in Distinguished Schools

Asma Abdallah1, Rana Ramadan2, Ahmed Alkaabi2

1Sharjah Education Academy -SEA; 2UAEU

Presenting Author: Abdallah, Asma; Alkaabi, Ahmed

This study examined the common characteristics of the leadership team, the main practices followed by the leadership team, and the leadership styles that are mostly followed by leaders in an outstanding school. It is partly a systematic review of works related to school leadership and leadership practices. Besides, it includes a field investigation of leadership traits in the selected schools. The qualitative approach was used and semi-structured interviews were developed based on the study’s purpose and objectives and drawing on the literature review. The findings revealed that the most important characteristics of leadership in outstanding schools are represented in inspirational shared vision, commitment, dedication, loyalty, spirituality, and care. Besides, the most common practices followed by the leadership team are represented in developing people, focus on student achievement and well-being, and redesigning the organization. Significantly, the findings reflect that the leaders adopt a highly distributed leadership style that is mixed and supported by both instructional and transformational leadership styles.

Research Question: The study aims to explore the following key areas within an outstanding educational institution:

1- What are the common characteristics of the leadership team in an outstanding school?2- What are the main practices followed by the leadership team in an outstanding school?3- What leadership styles are mostly followed by leaders in an outstanding school

The study is grounded in the leadership literature, drawing from several theoretical perspectives: Leadership, School Leadership, and Leadership Styles.

The study focuses on three main leadership styles as outlined in the literature:

Transformational Leadership, Distributed Leadership, and Instructional Leadership

Draws on research and theories to identify common characteristics and practices of successful leaders


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study employs a qualitative approach, utilizing semi-structured interviews to gather data from school leaders. The theoretical framework is applied to analyze the data and interpret the findings in the context of outstanding school leadership.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the interviews conducted at the outstanding school in the current research reflected that the most common characteristics of the leadership in outstanding schools are represented in the inspirational shared vision. In this respect, all interviewed leaders had a very clear ambitious, and dynamic vision that is led by the founder of the school. Moreover, they adopted the principles of commitment, dedication, loyalty, spirituality, and care.
Significantly, the practices followed by the leadership team included developing people, as all interviewed school leaders talked about how they started their journey as junior teachers. They were trained, mentored closely, and grew professionally inside the campus until they were equipped with the skills and knowledge to hold the leadership positions they were at. They also focus on students’ achievement and wellbeing, and support teachers’ motivation and commitment, through building collaborative cultures and productive relationships with parents and the community. Apart from this, the leads practices and their views reflected that they adopt a highly distributed leadership style that is mixed and supported with both instructional and transformational leadership styles.
Being a case study, the sample size was limited. Therefore, it is recommended that future research should apply the mixed method to take the view of a larger sample. Besides, as the current study focused mainly on three aspects related to characteristics, practices, and leadership styles, future research could include other factors or tackle one of the factors in more depth.

References
1. Andrews, J. Murry, A. & Istvanffy, P. A Holistic Approach to On-Reserve School Transformation: Pursuing Pedagogy, Leadership, Cultural Knowledge, and Mental Health as Paths of Change. Canadian Journal of School Psychology, 38(1) (2023) 64–85, https://doi.org/10.1177/08295735221146354  
2.Anizah, A. & Maretta, W. Principal Effective Leadership in Developing Teacher Professionalism. Journal of Educational Management, Leadership, and Supervision, 2(1) (2017) 97-105.  https://doi.org/10.31851/jmksp.v2i1.1157
3.Arjanto, P. How is principal leadership related to effective school? International Research-Based Education Journal, 4(2) (2022) 163-174, https://journal2.um.ac.id/index.php/irbej/article/view/27883
4.Bass, B. & Riggio, R. Transformational Leaderhip. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates (2006).
5.Bolden, R. Distributed Leadership. Discussion Papers in Management. University of Exeter (2007). https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203099643
6.Burns, J.  Leadership, New York: Harper & Row, (1978).
7.Bush, T. & Glover, D. School Leadership: Concepts and Evidence, (2003), https://dera.ioe.ac.uk/5119/14/dok217-eng-School_Leadership_Concepts_and_Evidence_Redacted.pdf
8.Bush, T. Assessing successful school leadership: What do we know? Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 49(5) (2021) 687–689, https://doi.org/10.1177/17411432211034675
9.Cuban, L.  The managerial imperative and the practice of leadership in schools. Suny Press, (1988).
10.Day, C.  & Gurr, D. Leading schools successfully: Stories from the field. London, England: Routledge (2014).
11.Dhillon, J. Howard, C. & Holt, J. Outstanding Leadership in Primary Education: Perceptions of School Leaders in English Primary Schools. Management in Education, 34(2) (2020) 61-68, https://doi.org/10.1177/0892020619885942.
12.Guba, E. Criteria for assessing the trustworthiness of naturalistic inquiries. Educational Communication and Technology Journal (29) (1981) 75-91. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02766777
13.Gurr, D. Finding your leadership, Perspectives in Education, 2 (2015) 1-2. https://www.academia.edu/9067095/Gurr_D_2014_Finding_your_leadership_Perspectives_in_Education_2
14.Hallinger, P. A review of three decades of doctoral studies using the Principal Instructional Management Rating Scale: A lens on methodological progress in educational leadership. Educational Administration Quarterly, 47(2) (2011) 271-306, https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X10383412  
15.Harris, A. & Jones, M. Compassionate leadership, School Leadership & Management, 43(3) (2023) 185-188, https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2023.2235540
16.I. Berkovich & R. Bogler, The relationship between school leadership standards and school administration imperatives: an international perspective, School Leadership & Management, 40 (4) (2020) 321-334, https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1682538
17.Inegbedion, H. Adeyemi, S. Akintimehin, O. & Eluyela, D. Teachers’ time utilisation and students’ enrolment in School Certificate Examination: Implication for School Leadership. Heliyon, 6(9) (2020), https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heliyon.2020.e04892
18.K. Leithwood, D. Jantzi & R. Steinbach, Changing Leadership for Changing Times, Buckingham: Open University Press (1999).
19.Larsson, P.  & Löwstedt, J. Distributed school leadership: Making sense of the educational infrastructure. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(1) (2023) 138–156, https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143220973668


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

How Does Instilling the Value of School Education Influence Increasing the Level of Academic Achievement of Students of Transitional Age?

Salima Shalenova, Ainur Amanbayeva

Nazarbayev intellectual school, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Shalenova, Salima; Amanbayeva, Ainur

Values are central to both the theory of education and the practical activities of schools in two ways. First, schools and individual teachers within schools are a major influence, alongside the family, the media and the peer group, on the developing values of children and young people, and thus of society at large. Secondly, schools reflect and embody the values of society; indeed, they owe their existence to the fact that society values and seeks to exert influence on the pattern of its own future development through education. However, the values of society are not as uniform or unchanging as this suggests. Many groups within society have a legitimate claim to a stake in the educational process parents, employers, politicians, local communities, leaders of industry and taxpayers, as well as teachers and children themselves and within each of these groups there is a wide diversity of political, social, economic, religious. ideological and cultural values.

(J. Mark Halstead).

Instilling the value of school education is a key factor that positively affects the level of academic achievement of transition-age students. Ensuring that students perceive the value of the knowledge and skills they acquire helps them better adapt to the learning process, set goals, and strive to achieve success.

This diversity of values within society poses challenges for schools and educators. They must navigate the competing interests and perspectives of different stakeholders while also ensuring that the education provided is aligned with societal values and objectives.

Parents often have a strong influence on the values instilled in their children and may have particular expectations of what they want schools to prioritize in their education. Employers may emphasize the development of certain skills or knowledge that align with workforce needs. Politicians may have their own agendas and ideologies that they want to promote through the education system. Local communities may have specific cultural or religious values that they want schools to respect and uphold.

At the same time, teachers and students themselves bring their own values and beliefs into the educational environment. Students may come from diverse backgrounds and have different perspectives shaped by their family, culture, and experiences. Teachers also have their own values that influence their teaching approaches and decisions.

Managing these diverse values requires a delicate balance. Schools must strive to be inclusive and respectful of different perspectives, while also upholding certain core values that are essential for the functioning of a democratic and pluralistic society, such as respect for human rights, equality, and critical thinking.

Additionally, schools have a role in shaping values and promoting social cohesion. They can provide opportunities for students to engage in discussions and debates that foster understanding, empathy, and respect for different viewpoints. Schools can also promote values such as fairness, compassion, and social justice through their curriculum, policies, and the way they handle disciplinary issues and conflicts within the school community.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods for assessing the impact of instilling values in students on improving academic performance in adolescence
Adolescence is considered one of the most difficult periods in a person’s life, especially in the field of education. During this period, students face many changes and challenges, both physical and emotional. They begin to build their personality, form values and beliefs that contribute to their further development.

One of the key values that can be instilled in students to improve academic performance is the value of education. It is important to interest and motivate students so that they understand that education has not only academic value, but also allows them to achieve success in the future.

Assessing the impact of instilling the value of education on improving student achievement can be done using the following methods:

Questioning. Creating a questionnaire that allows students to express their views on the importance of education and its impact on their success. The survey questions should be aimed at identifying the extent to which students understand the importance of education and strive to achieve good results.

Observation. Observing students' behavior in and outside the classroom to determine their level of participation and interest in learning materials. Observations may include assessment of participation in the lesson, accuracy in completing tasks, and the exercise of initiative and self-discipline.

Interview. Conducting interviews with students to find out what values they associate with education and how they see the connection between these values and their success. Interviews can be conducted individually or in a group.

Performance analysis. Examining data on student achievement before and after teaching the value of education. This allows us to assess the extent to which the instilled value influences the improvement of academic performance and the achievement of important educational goals.

Qualitative and quantitative research. Conducting research using a variety of methods, including surveys, observations, and data analysis. This approach allows us to obtain comprehensive information about the impact of instilling values on improving the achievement of students in adolescence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Instilling the value of school education is a key factor that positively affects the level of academic achievement of transition-age students. .

One of the main goals of school education is to develop a positive attitude towards learning in students. When students realize that education gives them the opportunity to expand their horizons, achieve success and realize their potential, they become more motivated and interested in learning. This in turn helps improve their academic achievements.

It is also important to consider that instilling the values of schooling helps transition-age students develop critical thinking and analytical skills. The pursuit of knowledge and understanding stimulates their interest in academic subjects and promotes the development of analytical thinking, which helps improve their academic performance.

In addition, introducing the values of school education helps to develop self-regulation and responsibility skills in transition-age students.  They begin to understand that regularly completing homework, attending classes, and being involved in the learning process contributes to their success.

Introducing the value of school education also has a positive impact on the development of social skills of transition-age students. Schooling provides them with the opportunity to learn how to work in a group, develop communication and team skills, and learn how to resolve conflicts and communicate tolerantly with other people. All this contributes not only to their educational process, but also to their future career, where communication and socialization skills play an important role.

Thus, the introduction of the value of school education significantly influences the increase in the level of academic achievements of transition-age students. It promotes the development of a positive attitude towards learning, increased motivation and interest in learning, and the development of critical thinking and analytical skills.

References
1) Halstead, M. (2005). Values and values education in schools. In Values in education and education in values (pp. 3-14). Routledge.
2) Halstead, J. M. Values and Values Education in Schools. PUB TYPE, 11.
3) Postman, N. (2011). The end of education: Redefining the value of school. Vintage.
4) Behrendt, M., & Franklin, T. (2014). A review of research on school field trips and their value in education. International Journal of Environmental and Science Education, 9(3), 235-245.
5) Meyer, R. H. (1997). Value-added indicators of school performance: A primer. Economics of education Review, 16(3), 283-301.
6)  Taylor, M. J. (2005). Values education: Issues and challenges in policy and school practice. Institutional Issues, 231-254.
7) Meyer, R. H. (1996). Value-added indicators of school performance. Improving America’s schools: The role of incentives, 197-223.
8) Postman, N. (2011). The end of education: Redefining the value of school. Vintage.


11. Educational Improvement and Quality Assurance
Paper

The High Performing Schools Programme - impact of a school improvement programme in the Netherlands

Daniel Muijs1, Orhan Agirdag2

1Queen's University Belfas, United Kingdom; 2Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Muijs, Daniel

Many industrialized countries face an alarming decline in pupils' academic performances as reported by cross-national studies, such as PISA, PIRLS, and TIMSS. For instance, in the Netherlands—where this study was conducted—the trends of the PISA study from 2003 through 2018 show that the average levels of reading and math performance decreased by at least the equivalent of half a year of schooling (OECD, 2019).

Educational policymakers and schools in many countries are looking for ways to reverse this declining trend and improve achievement levels for all pupils. While the literature on school effectiveness and school improvement provides an impressive account of the factors that may contribute to students' academic achievement (see Hopkins & Reynolds, 2001; Muijs & Reynolds, 2003, 2017), validated evidence of the impact of specific school improvement programmes generally yields very mixed results (Coe, 2009). School improvement studies that focus on specific leadership development programs are rather scarce (see Greany & Earley, 2021).

In this study, we examined the effectiveness of the High Performing Schools (HPS) program, which focuses on improving school leadership and setting up professional learning communities (PLCs) informed by the educational, psychological, and sociological scientific literature.

The HPS improvement programme was developed by scholars and educators at the Academica University of Applied Sciences in the Netherlands, drawing upon the principles of high-performing organization theory, as informed by the studies of De Waal (2006), Senge (2006), and Hill et al. (2016). The programme has three key elements: whole-school CP{D, focussed on the development of knowledge and skills in teaching and learning, leadership development, based on the Zenger-Folkman model (Zener & Folkman, 2014), and the development of professional learning communities. The theory of change proposes that through the development of high quality professional learning at the school level (using professional learning communities and CPD for both teachers and leaders), we can improve teaching quality, which in turn will improve learning outcomes. In this way we combine insights from research on school improvement, teacher and school effectiveness and professional development.

The study is confirms within a Dutch context that internationally recognized factors can contribute to effective school improvement programmes here as well, although as mentioned above the primary focus on CPD in HPS makes it relatively straightforward to implement compared to some other approaches which require greater structural change.

However, what is noteworthy from the international evidence base is that while the core elements of effective school improvement are known, it is nonetheless common for school improvement initiatives to fail (Coe, 2009; Benoliel & Berkovich, 2020; Bryk, 2010). This study can help shed some light on this important question. The findings suggest that, firstly, there is a need to fully integrate all elements of effective school improvement, including teacher collaboration, and, secondly, support the importance of teacher participation and collaboration to make school improvement work. This suggestion, which joins a growing body of research on implementation of school improvement, implies that school improvement requires sustained and intensive focus to succeed (Kyriakides et al., 2021; Supovitz et al., 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study we used a quasi-experimental design in which we evaluated the effectiveness of the HPS intervention by comparison with other schools in the population.

The primary sample for this study comprises 47 primary schools that participated in the HPS programme between 2018 and 2021, which we compared with the population of other primary schools in the Netherlands (N = 6,110). For this purpose, we utilized publicly available data on the academic achievement of pupils in Dutch primary schools provided by the Department for the Implementation of Education at two time points. Specifically, we used national data on the results of the high-stakes final test (Eindtoets Basisonderwijs) that all pupils in the country must take at the end of primary school (grade 8), covering reading, writing and mathematics. We examined schools' academic achievement levels at T1 for the school year 2021-2022 while controlling for the achievement levels at T0 at school year 2017-2018.

Since participation in the HPS programme is voluntary, there is no random assignment between the intervention and control conditions. As such, it is crucial to ensure that there are no apparent selection effects that can bias the analyses. Therefore, before exploring the effects of the HPS programme, we examine whether there are differences at baseline between schools that participated in the HPS programme and the comparison group. The main analyses were conducted using ANCOVA models.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Overall, the analysis of public data on school achievement suggests that the HPS programme has had a positive impact on overall achievement in the 47 participating schools. Schools that participated in the HPS programme demonstrated greater progress on average than the comparison schools. Furthermore, while a decrease in achievement is evident in the comparison group of schools during the Covid-19 pandemic period, the achievement of schools that participated in the HPS programme did not decline; instead, it improved during the COVID-19 pandemic period.

However, the size of the effects varied among the subject areas (math, reading, and writing) and among the two types of HPS programme. We found significant effects for math and writing, while no significant effect was found for reading. There are two explanations for these differences.

Comparing different implementation models we found that full implementation of all elements was necessary for positive effects to occur.

References
Benoliel, P., & Berkovich, I. (2021). Learning from intelligent failure: an organizational resource for school improvement. Journal of Educational Administration, 59(4), 402-421.
Coe, R. (2009). School Improvement: Reality and Illusion. British Journal of Educational Studies, 57(4), 363-379.
De Waal, A. A. (2006). The Characteristics of High Performance Organization. SSRN. http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.931873
Hill, A., Mellon, L., Laker, B., & Goddard, J. (2016). The One Type of Leader Who Can Turn Around a Failing School. Harvard Business Review, 20. Available at: https://hbr.org/2016/10/the-one-type-of-leader-who-can-turn-around-a-failing-school
Hopkins, D., & Reynolds, D. (2001). The Past, Present and Future of School Improvement: Towards the Third Age. British Educational Research Journal, 27, 459-475.
Greany, T., & Earley, P. (Eds.). (2021). School leadership and education system reform. Bloomsbury Publishing.
Kyriakides, L., Panayiotis, A., & Dimosthenous, A. (2021). Does the duration of school interventions matter? The effectiveness and sustainability of using the dynamic approach to promote quality and equity. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 32(4), 607-630.
Muijs, D., & Reynolds, D. (2017). Effective Teaching: Evidence and Practice. London: Sage.
OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 Results (Volume I). What Students Know and Can Do. OECD.
Senge, P. M. (2006). The Fifth Discipline: The Art & Practice of the Learning Organisation. London: Random House.
Supovitz, J. A., D'Auria, J., & Spillane, J. P. (2019). Meaningful & sustainable school improvement with distributed leadership. CPRE Research Reports. Retrieved from https://repository.upenn.edu/cpre_researchreports/112
Zenger, J., & Folkman, J. (2014). The Skills Leaders Need at Every Level. Harvard Business Review, 7.
 
15:45 - 17:1513 SES 07 A: Reading Groups and Dead Languages
Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Ian Munday
Paper Session
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Reading Time. A Phenomenological Exploration of Reading Habits, Rhythms and Practices in Doctoral Education in the UK and Norway.

Fadia Dakka

Birmingham City University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Dakka, Fadia

In contemporary doctoral education, much less attention is devoted to understanding how students engage with higher-level readings, than it is to supporting the development of their academic writing skills. Reading is generally approached instrumentally for research and equated with an extractive process to retrieve, survey, or review the information needed for writing.

This paper examines the under-researched area of reading habits, rhythms, and practices among doctoral students in the UK and Norway, exploring how a diverse group of doctoral students relates to, makes sense of, and engages with reading as a research practice in its own right. Through the innovative use of a rhythmanalytical-phenomenological methodology centred on the students' lived experience, the project takes a closer look at the spatiotemporal, material, cognitive, and affective dimensions of reading and draws pedagogical and philosophical implications for doctoral education and supervision while foregrounding mutual learning from cultural difference.

Doctoral students in the modern accelerated academy experience mounting institutional pressures to complete their research projects within tight timeframes punctuated by developmental milestones. At the same time, they are increasingly encouraged to publish and participate in externally funded projects before completing their course of studies, to position themselves more favourably in a hyper-competitive, yet precarious job market.

In this climate, pressures to develop key academic skills such as academic writing abound. This is well reflected in the sustained cross-disciplinary attention enjoyed by the field of academic writing practice. A vast literature is available to both novice and seasoned researchers to help them improve the quality and quantity of writing through a variety of techniques, ‘survival kits’ and motivational mantras (e.g. Sword 2012, 2017, 2023; Murray 2016; Wyse 2017; Moran 2019; Thomson 2023; Sternad and Power 2023).

Comparatively, much less attention is devoted to reading as an autonomous practice in relation to educational research. Reading is generally approached instrumentally for research and mostly equated with a strategic, extractive process whereby academics retrieve, survey, or review the information needed for writing to maximise efficiency (Fulford and Hodgson eds. 2016; Walker 2017). We argue instead that reading should be approached as research, that is a philosophical orientation whose intimate relation with thinking and writing constitutes a conjuncture with transformative potential for both the reader and the text (Hoveid & Hoveid 2013; Dakka and Wade 2019).

Reporting on preliminary findings from a pilot project funded by the British Academy/Leverhulme foundation, the paper is guided by a primary research question and two interrelated sub-questions:

How do English and Norwegian doctoral students relate to, make sense of, and engage with reading as a practice, cognitively and emotionally?

  • What do different reading practices reveal about different cultural reading and schooling traditions?
  • How do different languages and socio-political contexts shape reading as a socio-cultural practice and what can be mutually learned from the Norwegian and English context?

Through such exploration we intend to examine pedagogical and philosophical implications for learning in doctoral education (educational engagement and intellectual flourishing), for the practice of doctoral supervision as teaching and mentoring, and, by extension, for higher education as the nurturing, enabling ground of teachers and learners.

Doctoral students are novice researchers whose academic identity is being formed through significant reading encounters during their studies (and beyond). Examining their relationship with reading is vital, then, to foster the development of the criticality and creativity that inform their thinking (and, ultimately, their writing), and to create better conditions for meaningful educational engagement.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper reports on early findings of a project that proposes an innovative methodological combination of Hermeneutic Phenomenology (Heidegger 2023; Gadamer 2004, 2008) and Rhythmanalysis (Lefebvre 2004) to gain insight into the lived experiences, the embodied and cognitive processes of meaning-making and the spatio-temporal (rhythmic) dimensions of reading among doctoral students.

Combined in a Facet Methodology approach (Mason 2011), they underpin rationale, research design and interpretation of findings offering different but related methodological planes of inquiry that cast and refract light on the overall research ‘gemstone’ (the research question).
The project will involve two groups of doctoral students based in the Education department of, respectively, a teaching-intensive university of the West Midlands of England (Birmingham), and a large, research-intensive university in Norway (Trondheim).
- Participants:
Case Study 1 - up to 10 Part-Time, mature doctoral students enrolled at different stages in an Education Doctorate programme (Ed.D), at a teaching intensive institution of the West Midlands in the UK.
Case Study 2  -  up to 10 Full-Time doctoral students enrolled at different stages in an Education Ph.D programme in a research-intensive institution in Norway.  

The research programme, for each case study, will be articulated in two consecutive phases:

1. The Rhythmanalytical Facet: doctoral students’ reading habits, rhythms and practices  

Research methods: Focus Group
                                Individual reflective diaries of one week’s reading practices

The first phase of the data collection focuses on the times, places and rhythms of reading, considering reading modalities and patterns of doctoral students in the context of institutional demands vis-à-vis personal and professional constraints. Rhythmanalysis is used both as a method (reflective diaries) and as an interpretive, diagnostic tool that allows to uncover and critically reflect on arrhythmias (ruptures) and/or eurythmic pockets in the reading patterns of doctoral students.

2. The Hermeneutic Phenomenological facet: reader-text encounters

Research Methods: Episodic Narrative Interviews
                                Slow Reading, Re-turn to reading Experiment

In a series of individual Episodic Narrative Interviews (Mueller 2019) held online, students will be guided to revisit and explore, phenomenologically, the experience of reading one text of their choice that held particular significance in their course of studies.  
The final stage of data collection will involve an experiment in collective slow reading and re-reading inspired by Boulous Walker’s philosophical reading and Felman’s description of the interpretative process as a never-ending ‘turn of the screw’ (1982) that generates a hermeneutical spiral of subsequent, ever richer, and different textual interpretations.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper will focus on the philosophical underpinnings and rationale of the project, reporting on preliminary findings (data collection will not be completed by the time the paper is presented), hoping to generate interest and discussion in the theoretical framework and methodological aspects of the research. No expected outcomes/findings can be inferred at this stage.
References
Aldridge, D. (2019) 'Reading, Engagement and Higher Education', Higher Education Research & Development 38 (1) 38-50.

Boulous-Walker, M. (2017). Slow Philosophy. Reading against the Institution. London:Bloomsbury publishing.

Dakka, F., Wade, A. (2019) 'Writing time: A rhythmic analysis of contemporary academic writing', Higher Education Research&Development, 38(1) 185-197.                                    

Felski, R. (2015) The Limits of Critique. Chicago: University of Chicago Press

Fulford, A., Hodgson, N. (2016) Philosophy and Theory in Educational Research. Writing in the margin. London: Routledge.

Gadamer, H.G. (2004) Truth and Method. London: Continuum [original German publication 1960]

Heidegger, M. (2010) Being and Time. A Revised Edition of the Stambaugh Translation. New York: SUNY Press. [original German publication 1962]  

Hoveid, H. & Hoveid, M. (2013) 'The place of reading in the training of teachers', Ethics and Education 8(1) 101-112.

Lefebvre, H. (2004 [1991]). Rhythmanalysis: Space, time and everyday life. London: Bloomsbury.

Lefebvre, H. (2014 [1947,1961, 1981]). Critique of Everyday Life. London: Verso.

Macé, M. (2013) ‘Ways of reading, modes of being’. New Literary History, 44(2), 213-229.


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Philosophical Reflections on the Reading Group

Alexander Pessers

KU Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Pessers, Alexander

The reading group (or study group) is a gathering regularly taking place in which a group of interested individuals come together to read a certain text. There is much variety between groups as to how, when and where this takes place. Whether the group comes together to just discuss and read one text (advance or aloud) or that they have a certain continuity and institutionalized practice of meeting and selecting texts. The point of this abstract is not to provide an exhaustive list of different formats of reading groups and their characteristics. Rather, what we want to do is to develop what characterizes the specific pedagogical form of all reading groups. Our engagement with various different sorts of reading groups has led us to deduce some processes that lie at the heart of how the reading group is experienced We will attempt to elaborate on those experiences and develop them through the use of established texts in the field of philosophy of education but also with the aid of authors who have not been given much attention in relation to educational research. Next to this we will try to briefly show how and why the reading group is a relevant phenomenon to study and how our reflections are pertinent for its further understanding.

To us the reading group has always felt as both a highly accelerated form of individual thinking -of producing ideas- and as a truly collective thinking in which the ideas generated are the property of no one and everyone. In regards to this first aspect, we have always had the experience of thinking through the sessions in a really intense manner, to take the time, during, say, two hours, to allow ourselves to really think through the text and understand it, producing new insights and ideas. Part of this also has to do with being in a position in which people can also drive themselves to articulate those ideas in a group, the point of the reading group is not just to read, it’s to think and to discuss. There is always a certain surplus that is generated in the reading group which could not have been produced in reading the text alone. This mode of reading and discussing has the effect that one is intrinsically pushed to articulate certain intuitions that arise in a very precise, coherent and consistent manner, once involved in this activity, activity takes over and we’re swept up into a dynamic interaction between having insights – articulating them- and them being generative of more ideas. One has in this way a very intimate contact with the processes of thinking as such and to the feeling of thinking.

For the other part, looking at it from the collective, thinking can be expanded beyond the individual and seen as a collective activity and we don’t mean this in a uniquely metaphorical sense. The collective dimension of genuine thinking has a rhizomatic structure: there is a certain history, a duration of what has and what has not already been said in the discussion, the insights articulated and points shared have a materiality to them which makes further discussion possible. If one manages to make a meaningful contribution to the discussion this can trigger the reaction of others in terms of further insights. No individual idea stays individual since each idea has its history in the thinking done by the group and finds it’s resonance in the future thinking of the group. In this way the thinking of the group is always expanding outwards and contracting inward nd in this way its drifting from itself.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In drifting the group by articulating itself and also distracts itself opening new paths. Now it is exactly this distinction between the individual and the collective thinking that we want to collapse, of which we want to show that we can talk of a dynamic process connecting both.  
 
 
These are some ideas intuited from our experiences at reading groups and which can be expanded upon and enriched by bringing in further ideas on the nature of thinking and of commoning. First of all to characterize the principal pedagogical form of the reading group it is relevant to draw upon for example Jacques Rancière to elaborate the social structure of the reading group and the effects this generates. It’s quite important to note, , that there is no preestablished outcome of the reading group. Rather knowledge and insights are produced by everyone involved in the moment itself. We ‘learn’ by thinking together and by participating in a process that transcends us, but there is no functionality involved, the insights are undetermined and will also have indeterminable further effects. Similarly, Masschelein and Simons describe such a view on the school in which social relations are suspended: in the school, as free time, there is a communization of experiences that serves as the basis for studying together, Scholé they say, is the time of being exposed together. Likewise, Ingold also puts forward an idea of education which is not so much based on an idea of learning as it is instrumentalized by neoliberalism. Rather study is transformational for everyone involved and democratic
’Through a range of philosophers such as Agamben, Dewey, Whitehead and Bergson we want to explore this interweaving of individual subjectivity and thinking and the collective thinking. Their philosophies tend to foreground the dynamic and processual dimensions of thought but also of the universe as a whole. With Whitehead we can not only think of educational undertaking such as the reading group as a collective adventure of thought (the reading of Stengers and Schildermans). But also with Bergson- as involved in a genuinely metaphysical process in which a whole is always creatively contracted and condensed in novel experiences. This might sound abstract and far from the concrete reality of the reading group, but on closer inspection it is clear how in discussion novel insights keep being produced out of what had already been said, although in a non-linear and indetermined manner.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Didier Debaise reading Whitehead pragmatically with C.S. Peirce shows us how truth ‘happens’ to ideas. The continuity of the reading group is in the way in which the statements resonate with the other ideas and allows the collective to construct further ideas upon it, giving a certain continuity to the collective so far as it corresponds to experience and produces effects. However, we do not intent to provide some sort of material support for the ‘existence’ of such metaphysical systems, but we do believe that their terms can be meaningfully applied to an analysis of the very concrete functioning of these reading groups.
 
 
’’To conclude and give some more urgency beyond a personal interest to the matter we would like to highlight for what reasons such seemingly abstract reflections on this subject are pertinent. First of all, we hope to have shown how the reading group resonates with many of the ideas put forward by recent philosophers of education who emphasize non-linearity, ‘encounters’ and (non-instrumental) creativity in (STEAM) education. Often times such ideas are made concrete in certain practices which refer to the arts or remain rather vague. Our preliminary analysis shows that the reading group may be a very concrete study practice in which these ideas come to the fore. More generally, the reading group as a pedagogical form can also be a vehicle to open up our ways of thinking pedagogically about alternative forms of the process of thought and study. Lastly, the specific social character of the reading group makes in into a very fruitful phenomenon to analyze further, in this short presentation we thus want to bring in into focus and provide just one of the many means by which it can be explicated.




References
Agamben, G. (2000). Means without end: notes on politics. (V. Binetti & C. Casarino, Trans.). University of Minnesota press.
Bergson, H. (2010). Matière et mémoire: essai sur la relation du corps à l’esprit. PUF.
Bergson, H. (2021). L’évolution créatrice. (A. François, Ed.). PUF.
Corrigan, K. (2005). A New View of Idea, Thought, and Education in Bergson and Whitehead? Interchange (Toronto. 1984), 36(1–2), 179–198. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10780-005-2353-z
Debaise, D. (2017). Nature as event : the lure of the possible. Duke University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9780822372424
Debaise, Didier. (2006). Un empirisme spéculatif: Lecture de Procès et réalité de Whitehead. Vrin.
Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2020). Profaning the University Apparatus: A Plea for Study Groups. In Post-Critical Perspectives on Higher Education (Vol. 3, pp. 133–143). Springer International Publishing AG. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-45019-9_10
Hyland, P., & Lewis, T. E. (2022). Studious drift : movements and protocols for a postdigital education. University of Minnesota Press.
Ingold, T. (2018). Anthropology and/as education. Routledge.
Lewis, T. E. (2013). On study: Giorgio Agamben and educational potentiality. Routledge.
Masschelein, J. (2011). Experimentum Scholae: The world once more ...But not (yet) finished. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 30 (5), 529-535. doi: 10.1007/s11217-011-9257-4
Rancière, J. (2014). De geëmancipeerde toeschouwer (Joost. Beerten & W. van der Star, Trans.). Octavo.
Rancière, Jacques. (2009). Le maître ignorant: cinq leçons sur l’émancipation intellectuelle. (nouveau tirage mai 2009). Fayard.
Schildermans, H., Masschelein, J. (sup.), Simons, M. (cosup.) (2019). Making a university. Introductory notes on an Ecology of Study Practices.
Schildermans, H., Simons, M., & Masschelein, J. (2019). The adventure of study: thinking with artifices in a Palestinian experimental university.
Stengers, Isabelle. (2011). Thinking with Whitehead: a free and wild creation of concepts. (Michael. Chase, Trans.). Harvard university press.
Vlieghe, J. (2022). In the Lap of Collective Impotentiality: Reexamining a Pragmatic Account of Thinking Through an Agambenian Lens. Educational Theory, 72(4), 473–490. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12542
Vlieghe, J. Experiencing (Im)potentiality: Bollnow and Agamben on the Educational Meaning of School Practices. Stud Philos Educ 32, 189–203 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-012-9319-2
Whitehead, A. N. (1968). Modes of thought. Free Press.


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Perinde ac Cadaver? On the Vivifying Potentiality of Studying Dead Languages in School

Wiebe Koopal, Rembert Dejans

KULeuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Koopal, Wiebe; Dejans, Rembert

In discussions about the presence of Latin and Greek in school curricula, two arguments against this presence constantly recur, often in tandem: (1) the classics are not useful (enough) in this day and age; (2) they are the residue and/or symptom of an elitist educational system. In a certain sense, and depending on context, both of these arguments of course hold true: studying the classics hardly qualifies one for better chances of employability or ‘good citizenship’, and in many countries their study is de facto the prerogative of the privileged few. In both cases, however, a deeper-lying, more fundamental argument also seems to be at stake, which revolves around the status of Latin and Greek as dead languages, no longer spoken in ‘real life’. True education, it is claimed, drawing on ideas of Deweyan and Freirian inspiration, is essentially “bio-philic”. It should deal with the living present of educands’ existence, and should try to foster life-enhancing experiences, which precisely emancipate educands from the oppessive, dead weight of pure tradition. Hence dead languages have little or no place in education: their lifeless, strictly intellectual knowledge, which does not afford the crucial dialogal possibilities of living languages, indeed merely serves as cultural capital, an imaginary badge of distinction to keep certain socio-cultural hierarchies in place. The old-fashioned ways in which Latin and Greek are often still taught at schools, moreover confirms their “necrophilia”. As acutely depicted in the ‘progressive-pedagogical’ film The Browning Version (1951), pupils are literally mortified by rote-learning, endless repetition, and the reading of (always the same) texts, far removed from their daily life-worlds.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In contrast to existing counter-discourses, which either draw on narrow conservatism (“the classics are part of our [Western] historical and cultural identity”), or problematically biophilic arguments (“Latin and Greek are still immediately useful to educands’ lives”), our paper wants to take radically serious the educational quality of the classics’ necrophilia, by approaching it from a different, “postcritical” angle, and casting it in a new and surprisingly vivifying light. First we discuss the case which Giorgio Agamben and Antonio Gramsci (separately) make for the study value of dead languages, whereby they both go as far as to claim that only dead languages can truly be studied (rather than “learnt”). Gramsci, who pleaded for the inclusion of the classics in all curricula, mainly sees the importance of Latin and Greek as democratic (!) repositories of forms of language and scholastic learning, thereby approximating Jan Masschelein and Maarten Simons’s more recent notion of schooling as “grammatization”. Alternatively, Agamben, echoing Derrida, stresses the “spectrality” of dead language: their capacity to speak to us in uniquely other, startling, and impersonal ways. While it makes little sense to speak Latin or Greek in personal dialogue, as if they were simply alive, we can make them speak to us, in texts and other artifacts, from another world ‘beyond the grave’.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To further articulate Agamben’s and Gramsci’s ideas of study, the paper then moves over to Michel Serres, who in his work on statues develops interesting thoughts on mummification, as the art of conserving (cadavers), c.q., the art of mediating between living and dead bodies, of “stabilizing the relation between subjects and objects”. With reference to (amongst others) the Ancient Egyptian death cult and its rituals, Serres shows that proper procedures of care and distinction—‘embalming’, ‘extraction of fluids’, ‘separation of organs’—need to be observed to deal with the inherent ambivalence of dead bodies. These have to make sure that the dead bodies let go of their soul (which remains dead), in such a way that it will assist and vivify the living rather than haunt and torment them (of which the rotting of the corpse counted as an omen). Also by considering some contemporary examples, such as the curious Schola Nova in Belgium, where Latin is actually used as lingua franca, we try to apply these thoughts to the scholastic practices of teaching and studying Latin and Greek today. What are their procedures of ‘mummification’, and in what ways do they allow for these dead languages to vivify, rather than (just) mortify, educands? Ultimately we venture the suggestion that education must deal with the classics—and with all dead languages—as powerful and rich “traces of world-making” (to paraphrase Nelson Goodman). Neither unequivocally leading back to a past world to be claimed, nor pointing forward to a future one, their “necropolises” accommodate ‘timeless’ exercises of studious orientation in the present, both in order to take care of the past, and in order to start caring for the future.
References
Agamben, G. (2010). Nudities. (D. Kishik & S. Pedatella, Trans.). Stanford University Press.
Bracke, E. (2023). Classics at Primary School: a Tool for Social Justice. Routledge.
Canfarotta, D., Tosto, C., & Casado-Muñoz, R. (2022). Development of Key Competences through Latin and Greek in Secondary School in Italy and Spain. The Journal of Classics Teaching, 23(45), 13–21. https://doi.org/10.1017/S2058631021000544
Pierce, S. (2021). A Theory of Spectral Rhetoric: The Word Between the Worlds. Springer.
Dewey, J. (2008 [1916]). Democracy and Education. Auckland: Floating Press.
Freire, P. (2018 [1968]). Pedagogy of the Oppressed (M. B. Ramos, Trans.). Bloomsbury Academic.
Gatley, J. (2023). Cultural Capital, Curriculum Policy and Teaching Latin. British Educational Research Journal, 49(1), 174–185. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3836
Goodman, N. (1978). Ways of Worldmaking. Hassocks: Harvester Press.
Hartog, F. (2009). The Double Fate of the Classics. Critical Inquiry, 35(4), 964–979. https://doi.org/10.1086/599583
Hodgkinson, D. (2021). Classics for the Future: A Time for Reflection. The Journal of Classics Teaching, 22(44), 106–108. https://doi.org/10.1017/S2058631021000234
Masschelein, J., & Simons, M. (2013). In Defence of the School. A Public Issue. Leuven: E-ducation, Culture & Society.
McGlazer, R. (2020). Old Schools : Modernism, Education, and the Critique of Progress. Fordham University Press.
Serres, M. (2015 [1987]). Statues: the Second Book of Foundations (R. Burks, Trans.). Bloomsbury Academic
Thoilliez, B. (2022). Conserve, Pass on, Desire: Edifying Teaching Practices to Restore the Publicness of Education. Revista de Educación, 395, 61–83. https://doi.org/10.4438/1988-592X-RE-2022-395-524
Vlieghe, J. (2013). Experiencing (Im)potentiality: Bollnow and Agamben on the Educational Meaning of School Practices. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 32(2), 189–203. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-012-9319-2
Vlieghe, J. (2018). Rethinking Emancipation with Freire and Rancière: A Plea for a Thing-centred Pedagogy. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 50(10), 917-927. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2016.1200002
 
15:45 - 17:1514 SES 07 A: Minorities and Schools.
Location: Room B207 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Kristin Jonsdottir
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

The Impact of Refugees on the Dynamics of a Diaspora's Schools

Olenka Bilash

University of Alberta, Canada

Presenting Author: Bilash, Olenka

Background: According to Canada’s 2016 census, approximately 1.36 million people, or about 4% of the population, report at least one of their ethnic origins as Ukrainian. About 112,000 Ukrainians have come to Canada between 1991, with the collapse of the Soviet Union, and 2016 (Stick and Hou, 2022). An additional 200,000 individuals, mostly women and children, have been approved to enter through the Canada-Ukraine Authorization for Emergency Travel (CUAET) program since Russia's unprovoked invasion of Ukraine in February 2022. Many find their way to Ukrainian heritage language community schools or ridni shkoly (RiSH) to maintain the academic levels of their children’s Ukrainian language competence. These diaspora institutions are symbols of community identity.

RiSh began with the first wave of Ukrainian immigration in the late 19th century, are located across the country and have been revitalized with new perspectives with each of the six waves of immigration to Canada. Unlike some immigrant groups and despite their prevalence in Canada for over 100 years, Ukrainians have produced very few articles about their language schools, instructors or learners (Bilash & Soroka, 2014; Bilash, 2015).

Research question/Objective: The sudden arrival of children to RiSH doubled or tripled the enrolment in these schools, calling for new instructors, many from among CUAET arrivees. The resulting changing dynamics is the focus of the qualitative investigation of this paper.

Theoretical Framework: Bourdieu’s notions of habitus, capital and field are useful here in helping to explain how individuals think about, and react and adjust to, the social world in which they find themselves. Bourdieu (1977) defines ‘habitus’ as “a system of lasting transposable dispositions which, integrating past experiences, functions at every moment as a matrix of perceptions, appreciations, and action and makes possible the achievement of infinitively diversified tasks.” (p. 78) It is an individual’s accumulation of cultural and historically specific knowledge of the social world within which they operate, including values and dispositions. As a sociological tool, habitus allows Bourdieu to “access internalized behaviors, perceptions, and beliefs that individuals carry with them,” and which are often reflected in practices and the social worlds they inhabit (Costa and Murphy, 3-4). Further, Bourdieu argues that habitus is not static. Rather, he “emphasizes the potential for habitus to be reconstructed or changed in the event of encounters with the unfamiliar, such as resettling in a new country” and “learned, acquired and transformed, both through new experiences in one’s social environment and the process of socialization” (Jung, Dalton and Willis, 2017, p. 6). Habitus is thus “a complex interplay between the past and the present” (Reay et al, 2009, 1104).

“Field” is understood by Bourdieu as “a series of institutions, rules, rituals, conventions, categories…which produce and authorize certain discourses and activities” (Webb, Schirato and Danaher, 2002, p. 21). Education can be considered a field as it is able to set rules for behaviour, thus creating a social system that has an internal structure (Özçürümez et al, 2023, p. 5). Within a field, Bourdieu argues that individuals maneuver, compete and negotiate for power, which he calls “capital”. Capital goes beyond economic resources to include social and cultural resources, including networks and connections and symbolic assets, like university degrees, as well as patterns of accent, dress, or “taste” (Kelly and Lusis, 2006, pp. 833-34). Thus, social and cultural capital are reflected in the ways of thinking teachers use in a classroom, and their classroom practices, their ideological beliefs, all of which have implications for their students and their education (Özçürümez et al, 2023).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
After receiving approval of the University of Alberta's Research Ethics Board, data were collected using an online survey and a semi-structured interview guide whose design emerged from a literature review about heritage/ethnic language schools and the education of refugee children. Participants could choose to complete the survey (n=38) and/or interview (n=12) in English or Ukrainian. Interviewees all chose to be interviewed in Ukrainian. Interviews were conducted in Ukrainian by native speakers, transcribed, translated, verified, member checked, coded and then translated.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the preliminary analysis, three themes have emerged and will be interpreted through Bourdieu’s habitus, field and capital. The themes are:
1. How instructors accomodate children who have experienced trauma
2. How instructors navigate classes with children who are Ukrainian speakers, Russian-speakers, and English speakers.
3. How local Ukrainian Canadian children and Ukrainian Canadian instructors are being “othered”:
"I feel that it is challenging for a Canadian born teacher to feel like they have the "right" to teach Ukrainian School. Even though I hold a MA from the University of X and my thesis was focused on heritage transfer in the Ukrainian Community there is a sense of otherness from the staff. As if I "couldn't know" what it means to "truly" be Ukrainian. There are very few Canadian born teachers in Ukrainian schools in this province. (I know of only 2.) Also, the parent body is very difficult to engage. The school requires a lot of help on a weekly basis that it cannot afford to pay staff for. There are also high academic expectations from the parent body for such a small yearly investment."

The results may be of interest to school leaders working with recent refugees from Ukraine, Ukrainian diaspora communities, and other diaspora communities.

References
Bilash, O., & Soroka, M. (2014). Ukrainian language educational system in Canada and abroad.  In Zakhidnokanads’kyi zbirnyk [Western Canada collection of essays]. Eds. Savaryn, P., Cipko, S., Soroka, M., Savaryn M. and Balan, J.  Shevchenko Scientific Society, Edmonton Branch publications, 7, 194-203.

Bilash, O. (2015). Kursy Ukrayinoznavstvo Report. Commissioned by the Parents Committee of Ukrainian Language High School. (45 pp)

Bourdieu, P. (1977). Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge University Press.
https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511812507

Bourdieu, P., And Wacquant, L. (1992). An invitation to reflective sociology. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago press.

Jung, K., Dalton, B. & Willis, J.  (2017). The Onward migration of North Korean refugees to Australia: In search of cosmopolitan habitus. The Australian Educational Researcher 9 (3) 555–570 DOI: https://doi.org/10.5130/ccs.v9i3.5506

Government of Canada (2023). Canada-Ukraine authorization for emergency travel: Key figures. https://www.canada.ca/en/immigration-refugees-citizenship/services/immigrate-canada/ukraine-measures/key-figures.html

Jung, K., Dalton, B. & Willis, J.  (2017). The Onward migration of North Korean refugees to Australia: In search of cosmopolitan habitus. The Australian Educational Researcher 9 (3) 555–570 DOI: https://doi.org/10.5130/ccs.v9i3.5506

Özçürümez,  S., Tursun, O. &  Tunç, A. (2023) Exploring the impact of teachers’ past migration experience on inclusive education for refugee children, International Journal of Inclusive Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603116.2023.2221255

Reay, D., Crozier, G., & Clayton, J. (2010). ‘Fitting in’ or ‘standing out’: Working-class students in UK higher education. British educational research journal 36 (1), 107-124

Stick and Hou, Statistics Canada. (2022). https://www150.statcan.gc.ca/n1/pub/36-28-0001/2022004/article/00003-eng.htm


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

The Invisible Support of Community-based Educational Initiatives

Blansefloer Coudenys1, Noel Clycq1, Orhan Agirdag2

1University of Antwerp, Belgium; 2Ku Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Coudenys, Blansefloer

Across Europe many education systems struggle with continuous and strong performance inequalities between students form a minoritized and majority background. (Hadjar and Gross, 2016). Despite many policy actions to tackle these inequalities the latter seem quite persistent. What remains particularly puzzling in this regard is that ethnic minority students are generally highly motivated to perform well in education, yet their educational outcomes remain, on average, low. This is also known as the achievement-motivation paradox (Hadjar & Scharf, 2019; Mickelson, 1990; Salikutluk, 2016). Much time and effort have been spent researching this paradox and the causes of these inequalities, focusing on theories around the reproduction of inequality, capital theory and deficit thinking theory (Agirdag, 2020; Dewitt & Van Petegem, 2001; Triventi et al., 2022). Yet, this research has mostly focused on mainstream education institutions. The role and the agency of the ethnic-cultural minoritized communities to mitigate themselves the inequalities they are most affected by has been mostly overlooked. In addition, research in education initiatives beyond the boundaries of the mainstream institutions which produce or reproduce these existing inequalities has been limited until now.

One of these alternative forms of education are the supplementary or complementary education various ethnic-cultural minoritized groups organise for their youth. These community-based educational initiatives (CBEI) are bottom-up learning environments offering not only support for minoritized youth in their mainstream academic studies, but also providing (positive) recognition of their ethno-cultural identity and familial and community heritage (Baldridge et al., 2017; Steenwegen et al., 2022). These initiatives (which range from homework support and mathematics instruction, to language classes (Hall, 2002)) have been documented in ethnographic studies and serve as important examples of minoritized communities organising their own education specifically to fill in gaps they experience in their children’s education. This is particularly important in contexts where mainstream education often caters to the cultural (religious and linguistic) needs of dominant ethnic majority groups but fail to be as sensitive to similar needs among minoritized communities (Clycq, 2017; Van Praag et al., 2016; Yosso 2005).

Current research in this field has documented both the organisational nature of these CBEI and the motivations of minoritized communities to organise these schools (Steenwegen et al., 2022). Yet, the processes within these initiatives, the resources they provide, and the potential impact on the educational trajectories of minoritized youth, all remain largely unknown. Through extensive qualitative observations and interviews conducted with students, teachers, and organisers, across various CBEI, this research offers new insight into the educational organising various communities are involved in. It also shows how these initiatives serve as important networks of support for minoritized youth. We present these CBEI through the lens of the community-cultural wealth framework (Yosso, 2005) and offer an expansion of this framework with resources that contain the transnational nature of many of the CBEI included in this research. We also showcase the importance and impact of these (third) spaces through centring the words and experiences of minoritized young people attending these schools.

The research took place in Flanders, a particularly interesting context to study educational initiatives as this Flemish speaking region of Belgium is notably marked by one of the largest, and quite tenacious, ethnic achievement gaps in education in Europe (Jacobs & Danhier, 2017).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To provide an answer to the research questions posed in this paper we spend a full academic year (9+ months) documenting the various educational processes present in 6 community-based educational initiatives in Flanders, all organised by various ethnic-cultural communities. This documentation process started with building strong and trusting relationships with the various organisers from the schools, aimed at creating a mutual understanding of the research purposes and methods which would be used later in the process, taking inspiration from the participatory research method and the importance of building relationships with the communities we research. Secondly, multiple observations took place of full schooldays with teachers, pupils, parents, and volunteers present. Attention was then turned towards the bulk of the research; capturing the social networks making up these CBEI and the resources present in or made available through these networks.
We designed a network-mapping method to fulfil the goal of both capturing the actors present in the CBEI, as well as the personal relationships and proximity between these actors, and the resources made available for all actors involved through the personal relationships (or ties) that made up the social networks. This method combined actor- and resource mapping via concentric circle (Crossley et al., 2015; Yousefi Nooraie et al., 2012; Froehlich et al., 2020)
In practice this means that we first asked actors present in the schools (teachers, organisers and pupils) to draw their personal network (egocentric mapping) using a concentric circle-technique which captures both the other actors in the school they are in regular communication with, and the proximity they feel towards these actors. This was then combined with resource-mapping; asking the same actors in the school to also name and list the various resources made available via the interpersonal relationships in the egocentric networks. This method was employed in interviews with teachers and volunteers, and in focus groups with pupils (ranging from 9 to 16 years old). More than 50 interviews took place using this method, resulting in a dataset with observational data and over 70 drawings of personal networks, detailing both the actors present in schools as well as the resources the actors have access to or can be made available to them. This data was coded and analysed in Nvivo, for which we based our deductive coding on the community-cultural wealth framework (Yosso, 2005).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary results from this study showcase that CBEI have expansive social networks, with resources that reach much further than simply the ones made available through the curriculum offered to the pupils. Additionally, not only pupils benefit from the resources present or made available; Parents, teachers and volunteers regularly rely on the social networks of these alternative educational spaces to access resources in or beyond the initiatives. In general, the resources present and available in the studied CBEI can be categorized using the community-cultural wealth framework (Yosso, 2005). We also offer an expansion of this framework with resources that contain the transnational nature of the CBEI included in this research.
Previous quantitative analysis of data on community-based educational initiatives within this larger research project already showcased that CBEI are widely attended by ethnic minority youth but that mainstream education actors (mainly teachers) are rarely aware of the role these CBEI play in the lives of their pupils. Combining these various results has several implications, specifically for social policy attempting to tackle the ethnic achievement gap in education; A first and important step to take is to create greater awareness of the existence of CBEI both in mainstream education institutions and beyond. This can help expand the idea of educational spaces which includes CBEI and values the education they offer. Additionally, we hope to showcase with further analysis of our data that these CBEI are important social networks for minoritized youth that offer several streams of impactful resources which could be highly useful to influence the ethnic achievement gap in education. These CBEI are thus important sites of educational innovation that should be valued by social policy makers, teachers, and researchers alike for the important role they play in the lives of minoritized youth and the larger ethnic-cultural communities they belong to.

References
Baldridge, B., Beck, N., Medina, J., & Reeves, M. (2017). Toward a New Understanding of Community-Based Education: The Role of Community-Based Educational Spaces in Disrupting Inequality for Minoritized Youth. Review of Research in Education, 41, 381-402. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X16688622

Clycq, N. (2017). ‘We value your food but not your language’: Education systems and nation-building processes in Flanders. European Educational Research Journal, 16(4), 407-424. https://doi.org/10.1177/1474904116668885

Crossley, N., Bellotti, E., Edwards, G., Everett, M. G., Koskinen, J., & Tranmer, M. (2015). Social network analysis for ego-nets. Sage.

Froehlich, D. E., Van Waes, S., & Schäfer, H. (2020). Linking quantitative and qualitative network approaches: A review of mixed methods social network analysis in education research. Review of Research in Education, 44(1), 244-268. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732x20903311

Hadjar, A., & Gross, C. (2016). Education systems and inequalities: International comparisons. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.

Hadjar, A., & Scharf, J. (2019). The value of education among immigrants and non-immigrants and how this translates into educational aspirations: a comparison of four European countries. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 45(5), 711-734.

Hall, K. A. O., K.: Zulfiqar, M.: Tan, J. E. C. (2002). 'This is our School': provision, purpose and pedagogy of supplementary schooling in Leeds and Oslo. British Educational Research Journal, 28(3), 399-418. https://doi.org/10.1080/01411920220137467

Jacobs, D., & Danhier, J. (2017). Segregatie in het onderwijs overstijgen. Analyse van de resultaten van het PISA2015-onderzoek in Vlaanderen en in de Federatie Wallonië-Brussel.

Mickelson, R. A. (1990). The Attitude-Achievement Paradox Among Black Adolescents. Sociology of Education, 63(1), 44-61.

Steenwegen, J., Clycq, N., & Vanhoof, J. (2022). How and why minoritised communities self-organise education: a review study. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 1-19. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057925.2021.2022458

Triventi, M., Vlach, E., & Pini, E. (2022). Understanding why immigrant children underperform: evidence from Italian compulsory education. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 48(10), 2324-2346. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2021.1935656

Van Praag, L., Stevens, P. A. J., & Van Houtte, M. (2016). ‘No more Turkish music!’ The acculturation strategies of teachers and ethnic minority students in Flemish schools. Journal of Ethnic and Migration Studies, 42(8), 1353-1370. https://doi.org/10.1080/1369183X.2015.1103171

Yosso, T. J. (2005). Whose culture has capital? A critical race theory discussion of community cultural wealth. Race, Ethnicity and Education, 8(1), 69-91. https://doi.org/10.1080/1361332052000341006

Yousefi Nooraie, R., Sale, J. E. M., Marin, A., & Ross, L. E. (2020). Social Network Analysis: An Example of Fusion Between Quantitative and Qualitative Methods. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 14(1), 110-124. https://doi.org/10.1177/1558689818804060


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Building Partnerships between Multilingual Families and Compulsory Schools

Kristin Jonsdottir, Hanna Ragnarsdóttir, Anna Katrin Eiriksdottir, Anh-Dao Tran

University of Iceland

Presenting Author: Jonsdottir, Kristin; Ragnarsdóttir, Hanna

Ideas in the western world are changing about home-school relationships, and on how parents and teachers of school children communicate, collaborate and even build partnerships. Some changes are mainly because of development in our societies, for example due to growth in migration often from east to west in the recent two decades. Other changes arise from policy changes fuelled by increased individualism and liberalistic ideas that has had its impact on education.

This paper derives from the research project Language policies and practices of diverse immigrant families in Iceland and their implications for education, shortened to the LPP project. The objectives of the project are to explore language policies and practices of diverse immigrant families (Curdt-Christiansen, 2013; Spolsky, 2004), how these affect their children’s education and the relationships and interactions between these families and the children‘s teachers.

The research questions posed in this paper are:
How do principals and teachers percieve their relationships with migrant families?
How do they envision the possibilities to develop these relationships?

The paper builds on Bronfenbrenner‘s ecological systems theory (1979, 2005) and a further development of this by Schwartz (in press). The theory of Bronfenbrenner is useful to understand the relations between students, families, teachers and schools and how they are interrelated. Schwartz has furthered this well known model by bringing forth how different systems affect multilingual children‘s language identities. That brings attention to both overt and subtle influences a migrant background has on home-school relationships.

The theoretical framework also includes a family-school-community partnership model that is often attributed to Joyce L. Epstein (2011), who along with her colleagues formulated it and has led its development in collaboration with a group of researchers and teachers at all school levels. It describes how the three fields, that the title refers to, relate, and how important it is that family, school and society work together as a whole and thus support children in their development and education (Coleman, 2013).

Findings on home-school relationships in Iceland, deriving from a big data gathering for 10-15 years ago, showed that participants valued parental involvement highly as „Overall, about 99% of parents and school staff believed that parental support for the student was rather or very important to promote good academic results“ (Jónsdóttir and Björnsdóttir, 2012). Even so, findings reflected as well that there parents had different access to school. For example single mothers were more likely than other parents to feel that their voices were not heard at school when they needed support for their children (Jónsdóttir, Björnsdóttir and Bæck, 2017). During last two decades student populations in schools have become increasingly diverse in terms of languages and cultures. Therefore, many teachers are well aware of that they are facing new challenges such as cultivating relationships with all parents, and including diversity into their toolbox (Reykjavíkurborg, 2017). On the other hand, it seems that teachers are often hesitating in building relationships with families, especially with those of foreign origin. Teachers in secondary schools in Norway are reluctant to open the doors for parental involvement, but well educated, middle class parents of Norwegian origin are more likely to be accepted than migrant parents are (Melnikova, 2023).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The LPP project involves 16 migrant families, who have diverse languages and educational and socio-economic backgrounds, their children, as well as the children’s teachers and principals at preschool and compulsory school levels and, where relevant, their heritage language teachers.

The families live in four different municipalities in Iceland. Families speaking heritage languages belonging to both small (such as Philippines) and large (Polish) language groups in Iceland were selected. The municipalities are located in four different parts of Iceland and there may be important differences between the municipalities where the children are located when it comes to educational opportunities and support.
 
Data for this paper was collected in semi-structured interviews with teachers and principals  in the four participating schools. Semi-structured interviews were chosen to elicit the views of the participants as clearly and accurately as possible (Kvale, 2007).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings show that many migrant parents trust the schools and the teachers, and state that they get a lot of information but maybe not so much of cooperation. The teachers are aware of this as a general situation, but reveal they lack diverse resources such as time, tools and competencies to develop their relations with these families. They focus on the students, how they manage in school, andd talk about relations with their families with regard to how the parents can or can´t support their own children.

Findings show that school leaders regard changes form a wider perspective, and talk about the challenges for schools. One principal spoke about the importance of personal relations, and that some migrant parents regarded it as strange, as they were not familiar with this approach „but maybe it is especially important because of cultural differences,“ he said. „And us and the parents, we have to be able to communicate frankly and openly. ... Maybe that's what we try to put a little effort into. And this maybe the human factor, that the school is a bit human“.

Comparing findings to Epstein's (2011) model, reveals that home-school partnership is rather a distant dream in Icelandic complusory schools for the migrant parents, and that discussions about contact and communication are prevailing. Furthermore, the findings indicate that the situation in Icelandic schools may be similar to Melnikova's (2023) conclusion regarding migrant parents scarce possibilities to get involved in their childs schooling.

References
Bronfenbrenner, U. (1979). The ecology of human development: Experiments by nature and design. Harvard University Press.

Bronfenbrenner, U. (2005). Making human beings human: Bioecological perspectives on human development. Sage.

Coleman, M. (2013). Empowering family-teacher partnerships. Building connections within diverse communities. Thousand Oaks, Ca.: Sage.

Epstein, J. L. (2011). School, family, and community partnerships: Preparing educators, and improving schools (2. útgáfa). Boulder, Colo.: Westview Press.

Jónsdóttir, K., Björnsdóttir, A. and Bæck, U. (2017). Influential factors behind parents’ general satisfaction with compulsory schools in Iceland. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 3(2), pp.155-164.

Jónsdóttir, K. and Björnsdóttir, A. (2012). Home-school relationships and cooperation between parents and supervisory teachers. Barn, 30(4), 109–128.

Kvale, S. (2007). Doing interviews. London: Sage.

Melnikova, J. (2022). Migrant parents at high school: Exploring new opportunities for
involvement. Frontiers in Education, 7, 979399. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2022.979399

Reykjavíkurborg. (2017). Nýliðun og bætt starfsumhverfi grunnskólakennara. Skýrsla starfshóps.
https://reykjavik.is/sites/default/files/sfs_starfsumhverfi_grunnskolakennara-skyrsla_starfshops_um_nylidun_og_baett_starfsumhverfi_grunnskolakennara_i_reykjavik_2017-lok121217.pdf
 
15:45 - 17:1514 SES 07 B: School-related Transitions.
Location: Room B208 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Pablo Rivera-Vargas
Paper Session
 
14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Secondary Schools Initiatives to foster Transformative Agency and Social Change. The SCU4change Project.

Mercedes Blanco-Navarro, Carles Lindin, Raquel Miño-Puigcercós, Judith Jacovkis, Diego Calderón, Pablo Rivera-vargas

Universidad de Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Blanco-Navarro, Mercedes; Lindin, Carles

Education systems are facing a constantly and rapidly changing environment. In addition to the conventional challenges that already put pressure on school institutions, new challenges are now being added, especially those linked to inclusion and diversity. These are inevitable phenomena in a globalised and multicultural world (Erstad et al., 2021; Rajala et al., 2023). To meet these challenges, it is necessary to develop innovative approaches to build new concepts and strengthen the notion of a transformative capacity. This ability empowers young people to see themselves as agents and citizens capable of influencing today's society and the one they wish to inhabit in the future, starting from a construction in the present (Jenkins & Ito, 2015). In this context, there is a general consensus that students must not only learn to live in the world, but also to critically analyse, conceive their own potential futures and change their trajectories (Lipman, 2011).

A fundamental concept in this context is transformative agency, which Stetsenko (2019) describes as "the connection between individuals who not only change the world, but are also transformed in the process" (p. 3). This perspective implies the development of skills and competencies to experience and promote social change. What is intriguing is how this idea can engage young people in creating possible futures aligned with their own destinies, considering agency as a simultaneously relational and transformative phenomenon.

The research conducted is aligned with the need for education to contribute to meeting the challenges of the future (UNESCO, 2021) and to provide key competences/skills for social change. At the same time, it is necessary to be attentive to global-local phenomena and perspectives, which promote the incorporation of "Southern perspectives" (Blommaert, 2005) and to observe the influence of different socio-historical environments on educational practices (Ávalos & Bellei, 2019).

In this context, the project 'SCU4Change- Educational Roadmap for Transformative Agency - Connecting School, Community and University for Social Change' (Erasmus+. 2022-1-NO01-KA2020-HED-000086487) has emerged. Its purpose is to foster transformative experiences for social change in secondary education through coordinated collaboration between schools, communities and universities. Its main objective is to design a collaborative and sustainable roadmap that highlights and promotes school practices aimed at addressing contemporary social problems from a social and educational change perspective, through the cooperation of all parties involved.

In each of the participating countries, the universities of Vienna (Austria), Andrés Bello (Chile), Barcelona (Spain) and Oslo (Norway) are collaborating with a secondary school that already implements transformative educational projects or practices aimed at social change. Together with key stakeholders from the school (students, teachers, management) and the surrounding community, common trends that stimulate the development of transformative agency are being explored.

Throughout the implementation of SCU4Change, the participating schools,communities, and universities will jointly design, implement, and evaluate projects addressing contemporary social issues in schools. Systematizing these experiences will create a collaborative 'roadmap' to highlight and encourage school practices focused on social issues, fostering change through school-community-university collaboration.

In this way, and from a bottom-up or bottom-up logic, the aim is to bring into dialogue the knowledge and transformative praxis already existing in schools in order to build, through collaborative and synergetic work between school/community/university.

The specific objectives of the project are: (1) Design, implement, and disseminate transformative education projects for social issues, (2) empower youth as societal influencers, (3) promote authentic learning on current social/environmental challenges, and (4) explore digital resources for collaborative learning among schools, universities, and communities.

In this context, the results of the process of observing transformative projects in a public school in Spain are presented.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A qualitative triangulation is developed based on classroom observation of the entire period in which the training experience is implemented (4 weeks). Together with the field notes resulting from the observation, informal interviews were conducted with teachers and students, as well as with representatives of the associations collaborating in the development of these educational projects.
The fieldwork took place between November (2023) and February (2024), accompanying the development of the following three projects:
● The project Desmontamos rumores y estereotipos a través de las redes sociales (07/11/2023-12/12/2023) consists of a collaboration between the school and a communication agency, which commissions and accompanies the students to produce short films about rumours and stereotypes that favour racism, from the perspectives of young people. These short films are published on social media.
● The Participemos project (09/01/2024 - 09/02/2024) invites students to participate and get involved in decision-making processes within their families, the school and the neighbourhood to which they belong. To this end, they collaborate with a youth club and experience processes of participation and involvement, as part of active citizenship.
● The Rap y Glosa project (09/01/2024 - 09/02/2024) is based on the idea that music is a tool for expressing discontent and disagreement with social injustices. Therefore, through this project, students learn to write and improvise rap songs, based on social issues that concern them, through the collaboration of a popular music school.
Observation and subsequent analysis are systematised through 5 framework categories:
1. Issues addressed and strategies: curricular content addressed, the role of the school in social change and the role of digital technologies.
2. Student engagement: student participation in the projects.
3. Teachers' perceptions: planning, evaluation, collaboration with the community, assessment of student participation.
4. School-community collaboration.
5. Capacity for transformative agency.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It can be seen that the projects are suitable for the generation of the ethical/reflective disposition necessary for the development of transformative agency. However, this does not transfer (at least not immediately) to the development of the practical disposition necessary for the implementation of the transformative agency of the projects.  

In other words, and more concretely, the projects observed show the construction of a public discourse consistent with the values and perspectives that the projects seek to work on, but this public discourse contradicts some of the daily practices of some of the students.

Although it is not easy to analyse the transformative agency that is promoted among students through each of the projects, the suitability of creating an ecosystem of training actions that, from different perspectives and strategies, incorporate the voice and action of the students is evident. It is in the proposal of alternative models that classroom actors become aware of the possibility of managing different roles to those usually assigned.  
However, certain tensions also arise. On the one hand, there is the need to make explicit the relationship between the projects and the school curriculum. For this reason, pupils could interpret their commitment as voluntary activism (depending on their interest in the subject in question), detached from the usual formal training. On the other hand, the action of the social entities that collaborate and the pedagogical capacity of their facilitators are fundamental both to increase pupils' involvement and to strengthen their transformative agency.    
It is hoped that the results of this observation process will contribute to the collaborative co-design phase between schools, communities and universities and allow for the proposal of a road-map to inspire and guide the development of transformative educational projects in other secondary schools.

References
Ávalos, B., & Bellei, C. (2019). Recent Education Reforms in Chile. How Much of a Departure from Market and New Public Management Systems? In C. Ornelas (Ed), Politics of Education in Latin America: Reforms, Resistance and Persistence, Sense-Brill Publishers.

Blommaert, J. (2005) Discourse: A Critical Introduction. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511610295

Erstad, O., Miño, R., & Rivera-Vargas, P. (2021). Educational practices to transform and connect schools and communities. [Educational practices to transform and connect schools and communities.] Comunicar, 29(66). 9-20. https://doi.org/10.3916/C66-2021-01

Jenkins, H., & Ito, M. (2015). Participatory culture in a networked era: A conversation on youth, learning, commerce, and politics. John Wiley & Sons.

Lipman, P. (2011). The new political economy of urban education: Neoliberalism, race, and the right to the city. Routledge.

Rajala, A., Cole, M. & Esteban-Guitart, M. (2023). Utopian methodology: Researching educational interventions to promote equity over multiple timescales, Journal of the Learning Sciences, 32(1), 110-136.

Stetsenko A. (2019). Radical-transformative agency: continuities and contrasts with relational agency and implications for education. Frontiers in education, 4, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2019.00148

UNESCO (2021). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379381


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

The School's Role in Graduates' Life Trajectories Planning through Building a Sense of Belonging with the Local Community

Konstantin Anchikov

HSE University, Russian Federation

Presenting Author: Anchikov, Konstantin

This panel discussion delves into the localized exploration of the intricate relationship between schools, community interactions, and the cultivation of a sense of belonging among students. Focused on three specific Russian territories characterized by specific natural and climatic conditions, this study aims to decipher how schools strategically engage with local communities to enhance students' connections and, in turn, influence their life plans. The analysis remains grounded in the unique challenges posed by the territorial context, providing a nuanced perspective on the role of schools in fostering a sense of belonging among youth. The theoretical framework guiding this exploration draws from concepts of local identity, stakeholder theory, social capital, and ecosystem thinking.

The phenomenon of youth migration is a pressing issue not only in Russia but also within specific regions, presenting challenges to both local communities and broader societal structures. The migration of youth is a complex phenomenon influenced by various factors, including the socio-economic development of regions, educational opportunities, and employment prospects. Research indicates a prevalent trend of youth gravitating toward more developed urban centers, exacerbating labor market erosion in smaller towns and rural areas. Understanding the nuances of youth migration is crucial, especially in regions with challenging natural-climatic contexts, where socio-economic deprivation combines with territorial barriers such as harsh climates, remoteness, and inaccessibility.

One often overlooked aspect is the impact of a sense of belonging to the local community on migration decisions. Studies suggest that a strong sense of attachment can act as a deterrent to migration, as individuals feel connected to social networks, institutions, and local cultural distinctiveness. Conversely, a weak sense of belonging may increase migration intentions, with individuals seeking acceptance elsewhere.

This discussion seeks to extend existing research by focusing on the role of schools in shaping youth's sense of belonging. Schools, as social institutions, can play a pivotal role in fostering community attachment through involving students in communal processes and projecting an image of openness to the external world. However, current research gaps exist, particularly at the level of local communities and individual schools as socio-cultural environments where migration attitudes may form.

Unlike conventional studies, our focus shifts from understanding the general link between life trajectories and a sense of belonging to a more context-specific examination of the deliberate efforts made by schools within challenging territorial environments. Using a localized logic, we explore the ways in which schools navigate socio-economic deprivation, territorial barriers, and the distinctive climatic challenges of each region.

Our hypothesis is tailored to the local nuances of the three Russian territories, proposing that schools actively contribute to the development of students' sense of belonging by tailoring their strategies to the specific actions within their locality. By examining the interplay between schools and the local environment through we aim to uncover region-specific insights into the peculiarities of school strategies.

The discussion remains rooted in the local context of the three Russian territories, emphasizing the importance of understanding how schools respond to the socio-economic and environmental challenges unique to each region. By focusing on this localized approach, the panel seeks to encourage a deeper understanding of the regional dynamics that shape the interplay between schools, community interactions, and youth aspirations. Ultimately, this exploration aims to inform tailored strategies for enhancing a sense of belonging among students in regions facing specific territorial conditions, contributing to the broader discourse on education and community engagement.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on the materials of the expedition to urban and rural schools in the territories with specific natural, climatic and socio-economic context: Elizovsky District of Kamchatka Krai, Nerchinsky District of Zabaikalsky Krai, Salekhard and Novy Urengoy of Yamalo-Nenets Autonomous Okrug. The study was implemented in a qualitative design based on the results of the expedition of the HSE University to these territories for the period from September 2022 to September 2023. The research explored the possibilities of building a positive socio-educational trajectory in the territories with specific geographical, natural, climatic and socio-economic conditions.
The expeditions included school visits to 15 schools in the Yelizovsky district of Kamchatka Krai, 11 schools in the Nerchinsky district of Zabaikalsky Krai, and 12 schools in Salekhard and Novy Urengoy. The main data source is semi-structured interviews with 1) school administrators and 2) high school students. On average, each interview lasts about 40-50 minutes. Interviews with students focused on their reflections on their future life plans, while interviews with school administrators and teachers were mainly aimed at capturing school practices and strategies of external interaction.
The materials obtained as a result of the interviews were prepared in the form of transcripts for further analysis. Transcripts are processed by coding method using Atlas.ti software. The coding is based on the developed structure of a codebook formed on the basis of the key concepts of this study. The codebook takes into account two main blocks of categories in accordance with the purpose of the study - graduates' trajectories and schools' external engagement strategy.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One pivotal determinant identified is the type of external engagement facilitated by schools, particularly through career guidance initiatives organized in collaboration with local institutions of higher vocational education and businesses. The linkage between students' choices for future trajectories and the accessibility of information about self-realization opportunities in their region underscores the efficacy of career guidance activities as a potent strategy in mitigating migration asymmetry.

Contrary to the initial hypothesis, our findings largely dismiss the notion that students' plans for continuing their education within their native territory are contingent on the cultivated sense of belonging by schools. Instead, pragmatic considerations, notably academic pursuits and employment prospects, emerge as paramount influencers in students' trajectory choices, overshadowing emotional factors.

This research contributes to the international discourse by offering a nuanced perspective on the intricate interplay between external collaborations, pragmatic considerations, and youth migration plans. The identification of effective strategies, such as targeted career guidance activities, holds significance for global discussions on reducing migration imbalances. By highlighting the dominance of pragmatic factors in shaping students' decisions, our findings offer valuable insights for international educators, policymakers, and researchers grappling with similar challenges, fostering cross-cultural discussions and potential collaborative solutions.

References
1.Габдрахманов, Н.К., Никифорова, Н.Ю., Лешуков, О.В. (2019). «От Волги до Енисея…»: образовательная миграция молодежи в России. М.: НИУ ВШЭ. (in Russian)
2.Карачурина, Л.Б., Флоринская, Ю.Ф. (2019). Миграционные намерения выпускников школ малых и средних городов России. Вестник Московского университета. Серия 5. География. с. 82-89. (in Russian)
3.Cooke, T.J., Boyle, P. (2011). The migration of high school graduates to college. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 33 (2), 202–213. DOI: 10.3102/0162373711399092
4.Geist, C., Mcmanus, P. A. (2008). Geographical Mobility over the Life Course: Motivations and Implications. Population, Space and Place, 14(4), 283–303. https://doi.org/10.1002/psp.508;
5.Мкртчян, Н.В. (2013). Миграция молодежи в региональные центры России в конце XX – начале XXI века // Известия РАН. Сер. Географическая. № 6. С. 19-30.]. (in Russian)
6.Кашницкий, И.С., Мкртчян, Н.В., Лешуков, О.В. (2016). Межрегиональная миграция молодежи в России: комплексный анализ демографической статистики. Вопросы образования. №3. (in Russian)
7.Зубаревич, Н. В. (2012). Социальная дифференциация регионов и городов. Pro et Contra. Т. 16, № 4-5. (in Russian)
8.Wetherell, M. (2009). The identity / action relation. In: Wetherell, M. Theorizing Identities and Social Action. Identity Studies in the Social Sciences. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 1–19.
9.Albert I., Barros, S. (2021). The Sense of Belonging in the Context of Migration: Meanings and Developmental Trajectories. In: Wagoner, B., Christensen, B.A., Demuth, C. (eds) Culture as Process. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-77892-7_19
10.Riethmuller, M. L., Dzidic, P. L., & Newnham, E. A. (2020). Going Rural: Qualitative perspectives on the role of place attachment in young people’s intentions to return to the country. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 101542. doi:10.1016/j.jenvp.2020.101542
11.Theodori, A., Theodori, G. (2015). The Influences of Community Attachment, Sense of Community, and Educational Aspirations Upon the Migration Intentions of Rural Youth in Texas. Community Development. 46. 10.1080/15575330.2015.1062035.
12.Цирульников, А. М. (2009). Социокультурные основания развития системы образования. Метод социокультурной ситуации. Вопросы образования, (2), 40-66. (in Russian)


14. Communities, Families and Schooling in Educational Research
Paper

Towards Transformative Education: Exploring School Projects for Social Change

Pablo Rivera-Vargas1, Lluís Parcerisa1, Pablo Neut2, Diego Calderon1, Raquel Miño-Puigcercós1, Mercedes Blanco-navarro1

1Universidad de Barcelona, Spain; 2Universidad Autónoma de Barcelona

Presenting Author: Rivera-Vargas, Pablo; Parcerisa, Lluís

Education systems are facing a world in constant and accelerated transformation. In addition to the traditional challenges that already strained school institutions, new challenges are now being added, most notably those related to inclusion and diversity. These are inevitable phenomena in a globalised and multicultural world (Erstad et al., 2021; Rajala et al., 2023). To address these challenges, innovative approaches need to be developed to build new imaginaries and reinforce the idea of a transformative capacity for action. Such a capacity empowers young people to see themselves as agents and citizens capable of influencing today's society and the one in which they wish to live in the future, based on a construction in the present (Jenkins & Ito, 2015; Fardella et al., 2023). In this sense, there is a general consensus that students must not only learn to live in the world, but also to think critically, imagine their own possible futures and transform their destinies (Lipman, 2011).

A key concept in this context is transformative agency, which Stetsenko (2019) defines as "the link between people who not only change the world, but are also transformed in this very process" (p. 3). This perspective entails the development of skills and competences to experience and bring about social change. What is interesting is how this notion can engage young people in the conception of possible futures aligned with their own destinies, understanding agency as both a relational and a transformative phenomenon.

Within this framework, the project 'Educational Roadmap for Transformative Agency - Connecting School, Community and University for Social Change' (Erasmus+. 2022-1-NO01-KA2020-HED-000086487) has emerged. This project aims to foster transformative experiences for social change in secondary education through coordinated action between schools, communities and universities. Its main objective is to design a collaborative and sustainable "roadmap" that makes visible and promotes school practices focused on addressing contemporary social issues from a perspective of social and educational change, through the collaboration of all the agents involved.

The project is implemented in four countries: Austria, Chile, Spain and Norway. In each country, the project will work with a secondary school that has implemented - or is implementing - projects or practices aimed at educational and social transformation.

In the first phase, the different actors involved (teachers, management teams, communities and students) have been contacted to assess the effects of these projects and the needs, potentials and difficulties associated with the deepening of these educational practices in different contexts. In order to deepen and understand how schools are contributing (or not) to fostering social change and multi-stakeholder collaboration, each participating university (University of Oslo - Norway, Universitat de Barcelona - Spain, University of Vienna - Austria and Universidad Andrés Bello - Chile) has conducted interviews, observations and surveys, involving principals, teachers and students of the secondary schools associated to the project.

This paper presents the results of the initial phase of the project in the context of Spain, specifically in a public secondary school pioneer in educational transformation. It integrates into its curriculum interdisciplinary projects (called "BRCS") in 3rd and 4th year of secondary education (students aged 15 and 16 in Spain), addressing issues such as sexuality, pollution, colonialism, human rights, racism, sexism and climate change. In these BRCS, collaboration with extracurricular communities is key, working with a variety of entities on projects involving social sciences, humanities and other areas, culminating in an annual exhibition of the projects to the local community.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to carry out a comprehensive analysis of the school's needs and students' concerns, three individual interviews were conducted with different teachers, complemented by a focus group in which the school's management team participated. In parallel, a detailed online questionnaire was designed and administered to a total of 286 students, both male and female, to obtain a broader and more representative perspective of the student community.
In the case of the questionnaire, in addition to the usual socio-demographic questions referring to the course and gender of the students, it had a series of questions referring to: 1) personal and collective concern about certain social problems; 2) knowledge about the conceptualisation of social change; 3) the problems to be worked on and the groups with whom to work on projects related to social change; 4) opinions and self-perceptions about project work; 5) the influence of project work in the immediate context; and 6) the usefulness of digital technologies in project work.
This mixed approach, combining qualitative and quantitative methods, provided a comprehensive and in-depth view of the needs and perceptions existing in the school (Chaves, 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this first phase of the project we observed that the school in question has adopted an innovative educational approach, moving away from the traditional structure to embrace personalisation and globalisation of learning. Despite their remarkable commitment to project-based education that addresses social issues, questions arise about the real effectiveness and reach of these initiatives. While managers and teachers are enthusiastic about integrating projects in the social sciences and humanities, addressing issues such as human rights and climate change, this approach often clashes with dimensions such as assessment, and youth engagement in higher grades (baccalaureate), where interest seems to wane.

The school enjoys a curricular autonomy that allows for the implementation of innovative methods and methodologies, such as the use of rap and social media. However, this also brings with it the challenge of measuring the educational impact of such approaches. Although there is institutional support and an aligned school culture, certain subjects, such as exact sciences, present difficulties in incorporating these projects, calling into question their cross-cutting nature.

Teachers focus on promoting coexistence and social awareness, but such efforts could be perceived as detached from broader academic and professional realities. Despite their aim to develop critical and caring students, the question of how to balance these ideals with traditional academic demands remains.

The use of projects to address social issues is commendable, but criticism also emerges about their practical effectiveness and perception among students and their families. While management and faculty focus on social justice and the reduction of inequalities, students may have more varied and concrete visions of social change, revealing a possible disconnect between educational intentions and student concerns. Ultimately, the school faces the challenge of balancing its aspirations for social change with the reality of its educational capacities and the expectations of its student community.


References
Chaves, A. (2018). The use of a mixed methodology in social research. In Delgado, K., Gadea, W., $ Vera, S. (Eds.), Breaking barriers in research (p. 164-184). Editorial UTMACH.

Erstad, O., Miño, R., & Rivera-Vargas, P. (2021). Educational practices to transform and connect schools and communities. [Educational practices to transform and connect schools and communities.] Comunicar, 29(66). 9-20. https://doi.org/10.3916/C66-2021-01

Fardella, C., Baleriola, E., Valdés, R., & Jiménez, F. (2023). Transformative initiatives in vulnerable schools: notes for new public management. Revista Colombiana de Educacion, 89, 126-147.

Jenkins, H., & Ito, M. (2015). Participatory culture in a networked era: A conversation on youth, learning, commerce, and politics. John Wiley & Sons.

Lipman, P. (2011). The new political economy of urban education: Neoliberalism, race, and the right to the city. Routledge.

Rajala, A., Cole, M. & Esteban-Guitart, M. (2023). Utopian methodology: Researching educational interventions to promote equity over multiple timescales, Journal of the Learning Sciences, 32(1), 110-136.

Stetsenko A. (2019). Radical-transformative agency: continuities and contrasts with relational agency and implications for education. Frontiers in education, 4, 1-13. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2019.00148
 
15:45 - 17:1515 SES 07 A: Partnership research in Erasmus+ projects
Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Conor Galvin
Paper Session
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Investigating Erasmus+ Partnerships as Third Spaces for Fostering Academic Sense of Belonging

Elena Ungureanu1, Maria Antonietta Impedovo2, Camelia Radulescu1, Brice Le Roux2, Simona Cotorobai1, Tania Maria Colniceanu1

1University of Bucharest, Romania; 2Aix-Marseille University, France

Presenting Author: Ungureanu, Elena; Cotorobai, Simona

Our study is situated within the context of the "eBelong Sense of Belonging in the Context of New Higher Education Alliances" Erasmus+ project. Our primary objective is to explore the transformative potential of Erasmus+ partnerships in fostering a strong sense of academic belonging. While the overarching goal of the project is to assess and enhance the operational culture of higher education alliances, such as CIVIS, with a focus on promoting inclusive culture development, our research capitalizes on this setting to investigate how strategic collaborations transcend traditional educational boundaries, creating unique and collaborative environments. The research helps us understand the evolving dynamics of higher education in the age of globalization, where educational policies and competencies are continually reshaped within national frameworks (Apple, 2001; 2011).

As articulated in the Erasmus+ Program Guide (2024), Cooperation Partnerships aim to empower organizations to enhance the quality and relevance of their activities, strengthen their networks of partners, bolster their capacity to operate at a transnational level, and promote internationalization through the exchange and development of new practices and ideas. Given the multifaceted nature of these objectives, which are taken into account during project planning and implementation, it becomes evident that traditional binaries between different levels and roles are breaking down. The distinctions between local and transnational levels, individual and institutional roles, and norms and rules become intricate challenges in collaborative efforts, particularly when combined with the overarching aim of fostering a sense of belonging among academics (Veles et al, 2019; Veles & Carter, 2016; Smith et al, 2021) .

Our research is guided by the concept of third spaces, as introduced by scholars like Bhabha (1994) and further developed in educational contexts by Soja (1996) and Gutiérrez (2008). This perspective acknowledges that our ideas and knowledge are shaped by the various cultures we encounter, placing us in a perpetual state of cultural hybridity. Bhabha's notion of the third space disrupts traditional binary distinctions, offering an alternative framework for understanding and expressing our identities. We apply this concept to analyze the tensions within Erasmus+ partnerships, both at the individual and institutional levels, as Zeichner (2010) has done in the context of professional practice.

By adopting the concept of the third space as a metaphor, we highlight how the merging point of local/transnational levels and individual/institutional roles creates a dynamic environment where new rules, norms, identities, and practices can emerge. Grounded in the theoretical frameworks of third spaces, our research explores how the interplay between diverse educational practices and cultures contributes to the development of a shared sense of identity and community among academics involved in Erasmus partnerships.

Our research questions are: How are Erasmus+ partnerships perceived by participants in terms of cultural and educational integration? In what ways do these collaborations blend local and transnational levels, roles, and norms? How does the concept of belonging evolve within these partnerships? To what extent do Erasmus+ partnerships foster shared identities among academics? Through these questions, we aim to highlight the innovative potential of Erasmus+ partnerships in nurturing a sense of belonging and shaping a new international academic identity in an increasingly interconnected educational world.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is conducted within the framework of the "eBelong: Sense of Belonging in the Context of New Higher Education Alliances" project, a collaborative effort involving representatives from five universities: the University of Bucharest, Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, Université d'Aix Marseille, Ethniko kai Kapodistriako Panepistimio Athinon, and Eberhard Karls Universität Tübingen. To investigate Erasmus+ partnerships as "third spaces," we employ a qualitative methodology designed to delve into the complex nature and dynamics of these collaborative environments. The qualitative research approach was chosen due to its focus on understanding complex social phenomena within the context of Erasmus+ partnerships (Denzin,& Lincoln, 2011).
Our methodological approach seeks to uncover how Erasmus+ partnerships function as third spaces, emphasizing their role in transcending and redefining traditional binaries such as local versus transnational levels, individual versus institutional roles, and norms versus rules, ultimately giving rise to innovative practices. To achieve this, we employ discourse analysis and conduct interviews and focus groups to capture both the conceptualization and the understandings of participants.
Discourse analysis (Fairclough, 1992) is used for understanding policy documents related to Erasmus+ partnerships, including program guides and project materials. We examine these documents through the lens of the third space, paying particular attention to instances that illuminate the negotiation of cultural and disciplinary boundaries, the evolution of shared practices, and the cultivation of a sense of belonging among participants. This process involves coding the materials for specific themes related to third spaces and the aforementioned binaries, while also remaining open to the emergence of other relevant themes.
Furthermore, we conduct interviews and focus groups (Morgan, 1997) with members of the project team from all five partner universities. To broaden our perspective, we plan to distribute open-ended surveys in English among academics from these universities who have been involved in other Erasmus projects. This comprehensive approach ensures a well-rounded understanding of the dynamics, perceptions, and experiences related to Erasmus+ partnerships as third spaces, contributing valuable insights to the field of higher education research. We explore how participation in these partnerships influences identity development, shapes the co-creation of knowledge, and impacts engagement with diverse educational practices.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcomes involve a comprehensive analysis of various data sources from five different European universities. The research will delve into policy and project documents, as well as transcripts of individual interviews, focus groups, and surveys conducted with participants from these universities.
The primary focus of the analysis will revolve around several key research questions. First, the study aims to explore how the participants involved in these partnerships understand the concept of partnerships itself. This examination will shed light on their perceptions, expectations, and interpretations of collaborative efforts within the Erasmus+ framework.
Additionally, the research will investigate the extent to which Erasmus+ partnerships facilitate the merging of local and transnational levels. It will also explore how these partnerships impact individual and institutional roles, as well as norms and rules within the academic setting. This analysis will provide valuable insights into the dynamics of cross-border collaboration and the influence of Erasmus+ on academic institutions and individuals.
Furthermore, the study aims to reconceptualize the notion of a "sense of belonging" within the context of Erasmus+ partnerships, viewing them as "third spaces." This perspective offers a unique lens through which to understand the evolving identities and relationships that emerge as a result of these partnerships.
Lastly, the research seeks to assess the extent to which Erasmus+ partnerships promote the creation of shared identities among academics. This exploration will provide valuable insights into the social and cultural impacts of international collaboration in the academic world.
Ultimately, after a collaborative process of data analysis using coding techniques, the project team plans to engage in member-checking to validate the credibility and plausibility of their findings. This rigorous approach ensures that the research outcomes are robust and reliable, contributing to a deeper understanding of Erasmus+ partnerships and their implications for academia and higher education in Europe.

References
Apple, M. W., 2011. Global crises, social justice, and teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 62(2), 222-234.
Bhabha, H. K. (1994). The Location of Culture. Routledge.
Daza, V., Gudmundsdottir, G. B., & Lund, A. (2021). Partnerships as third spaces for professional practice in initial teacher education: A scoping review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 102, 103338.
Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (2011). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. Sage.
Fairclough, N. (1992). Discourse and Social Change. Polity Press.
Greene, J. C. (2007). Mixed Methods in Social Inquiry. Jossey-Bass.
Gutiérrez, K. D. (2008). Developing a sociocritical literacy in the third space. Reading Research Quarterly, 43(2), 148-164.
Morgan, D. L. (1997). Focus Groups as Qualitative Research. Sage Publications.
Smith, C., Holden, M., Yu, E., & Hanlon, P. (2021). ‘So what do you do?’: Third space professionals navigating a Canadian university context. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 43(5), 505-519.
Soja, E. W. (1996). Thirdspace: Journeys to Los Angeles and other real-and-imagined places. Blackwell.
Veles, N., & Carter, M. A. (2016). Imagining a future: changing the landscape for third space professionals in Australian higher education institutions. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 38(5), 519-533.
Veles, N., Carter, M. A., & Boon, H. (2019). Complex collaboration champions: university third space professionals working together across borders. Perspectives: Policy and Practice in Higher Education, 23(2-3), 75-85.
Zeichner, K. (2010). Rethinking the connections between campus courses and field experiences in college- and university-based teacher education. Journal of Teacher Education, 61(1-2), 89-99.


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

A Sustainable Partnership: eBelong. Sense of Belonging in Online Learning Environments

Camelia Radulescu1, Elena Ungureanu1, Irini Apostolou2, Laura Ciolan1, Tania Colniceanu1, Simona Cotorobai1

1The University of Bucharest, Romania; 2National and Kapodistrian University of Athens

Presenting Author: Apostolou, Irini; Cotorobai, Simona

The present proposal is a critical reflection on the impact of a partnership, forged in the context of the Covid-19 pandemic, on individual practitioners, the partner institutions and the university communities, beyond the project lifetime.

The project eBelong. Sense of belonging in online learning environments (2020-1-RO01-KA226-HE-095475) is an Erasmus+ funded project during a special call in 2020 determined by particular conditions of the pandemic, which proposed building and supporting activities where partners could exchange ideas and build capacities in the field of HE at a time of great challenges. The “forced digitalization” of HE came with many provocations, the key being to ensure continuity of the teaching and learning process under the unexpected conditions imposed by social interaction restrictions.

The University of Bucharest took up the challenge and was coordinating a partnership of 7 European universities from CIVIS A European Civic University (AMU, NKUA, UB, AUM, UniRoma 1, SU and EKTU) which joined forces in this project aiming at a central dilemma that needed to be addressed at that time, namely ensuring social-emotional conditions of learning in HE, as successful learning was not just about the quality of knowledge and skills to be trained, but was very much related to quality of social interactions among key stakeholders in the process, as well as to the emotional engagement of academics and students with teaching and learning experiences.

The eBelong project aimed at:

- IDENTIFYING the best practices that could enhance teaching and learning when using digital tools and create conditions for social and emotional engagement of students in online learning.

- PROVIDING a framework for transforming and adapting learning support services, with a special focus on vulnerable groups.

- CREATING the tools to develop student’s sense of belonging in the context of virtual learning communities.

The target groups were the academics from partner universities, teaching online courses, with a focus on those with reduced digital literacy and limited capacity to transfer all teaching in online environment in an effective way, and the students studying at the partner universities and learning online, who need to develop a sense of belonging, with a focus on those from vulnerable groups.

Challenges were turned into opportunities as collaborative groups of academics from the seven partner universities collected and analysed data to co-create knowledge, support mechanisms and services to be offered across all universities. Activities in the project included:

  • Analytical selection of the vulnerabilities in the education system, with a specific attention for the emotional and social impact of the pandemic and the identification of new categories of vulnerable people,
  • Mapping of existing digital media used by partner universities for teaching and learning and evaluate their effect on sense of belonging,
  • Design thinking as a method to add knowledge about possibilities to enhance the sense of belonging among different categories of students in order to assist course design, support services and creation of digital tools.

The project proposed CoP (communities of practice) as an endless support resource, capable to respond to a diversity of needs, irrespective of the context, and at the same time it raised awareness on the efficiency of CoP in fostering social and emotional engagement with impact on learning productivity.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The last intellectual output of the project was a document summarizing the endeavors of the team, proposing a new mindset in HE which focuses on social and emotional aspects of the learning experiences universities offer to their students in order to reach academic success. It redefined teaching practices in the context of online education and development of new academic skills, in an effort to generate inclusion. Although based on all data obtained, it was also a critical reflection writing, which involved a structured and thoughtful analysis of the experience, in which all partners made reference to:

• The experience they had during the project, initial reactions and expectations.
• The main themes, issues and concepts that emerged from the experience.
• The challenges when working with an international team.
• Their perspective on the experiences in the project.
• Reflections on new insights, skills, or knowledge gained.
• Connecting the experience to relevant theories or concepts
• The overall outcome of the project experience.
• Actionable goals for future situations.
• The significance of the experience and its impact on personal or professional development.

For the purpose of this presentation we used the critical reflections on the project experience, taking into consideration their contributions on the following topics:

• A culture based on cooperation and support (UB)
• Early warning systems. Instruments for identification and needs monitoring (AMU and UniRoma)
• Online communication and support. Online teaching and learning platforms/instruments (NKUA and UAM)
• Forms of cooperation- Open Lab and Peer Learning (SU and EKUT)
• Support services – Couching, Counselling and Academic Writing (UB)

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
eBelong still represents one of CIVIS achievements in terms of collaboration that was made possible between leading HE partners across Europe, that shared a common vision on: inclusiveness, equity and co-creation of knowledge and skills, digital and technological transformation, innovative pedagogical tools and training methodologies, resource and knowledge sharing. eBelong offered knowledge based solutions to pandemic challenges for students and academics in HE.
Although in synergy with CIVIS objectives, eBelong project is standing out as a responding to present particular issues raised by unusual circumstances, but at the same time made use of the creative force that was made possible by the partnership cooperation of European educational specialists, building and supporting activities where individuals could exchange ideas and build capacities in the field of HE.
The project ended in May 2023, concluding that we need to consider the learning experiences of the students as part of a community that fosters a sense of belonging (identification of common values, needs, purposes, visions for career/life), as well as the experiences of the academics who contribute to the creation and the maintenance of these communities of learning. It continued in 2023 with eBelong 2: Sense of belonging in the context of new EU alliances, which built on the findings of the previous endeavor and continues exploring issues of diversity, equity and inclusion within academic communities, in particular in the context of the CIVIS alliance, as the partner universities in the project are part of it. What can say more about the nature and the impact of this partnership is not only the fact that the same partners wished to continue working together, but the project team members are with very small exceptions the same.

References
Akyol, Z., & Garrison, D. R. (2008). The development of a community of inquiry over time in an online course: Understanding the progression and integration of social, cognitive and ‬teaching presence. Journal of Asynchronous Learning Networks, 12(2-3), 3-23.‬‬
Fullan M., Quinn J., Drummy M., Gardner M., (2020), Education Reimagined. The Future of Learning, A collaborative position paper between New Pedagogies for Deep Learning and Microsoft Education. http://aka.ms/HybridLearningPaper
Johnston, E., Burleigh, C., & Wilson, A. (2020). Interdisciplinary collaborative research for professional academic development in higher education. Higher Learning Research Communication, 10(1), 62–77. DOI: 10.18870/hlrc.v10i1.1175
Lee, R., & Faulkner, M. (2011). The Roles of Extrinsic Factors in a Community of Inquiry Model of E-Learning. E-Learning and Digital Media, 8 (1), 58-67.
OECD (2019), TALIS 2018 Results (Volume I): Teachers and School Leaders as Lifelong Learners, TALIS, OECD Publishing, Paris.
Redmond, P., & Abawi, L.-A., Brown, A., Henderson, R., Heffernan, A. (2018). An Online Engagement Framework for Higher Education. Online Learning Journal. 22. 10.24059/olj.v22i1.1175
Strayhorn, T.L. (2018) College Students’ Sense of Belonging: A Key to Educational Success for All Students; Routledge: New York, NY, USA; Oxfordshire, UK.
Sung, E., and Meyer, R. E., (2012), Five facets of social presence in online distance education. Computers in Human Behavior, 28(5), 1738-1747.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.chb.2012.04.014
Thacker, I., Seyranian, V., Madva, A., Duong, N. T., & Beardsley, P. (2022). Social Connectedness in Physical Isolation: Online Teaching Practices That Support Under-Represented Undergraduate Students’ Feelings of Belonging and Engagement in STEM. Education Sciences, 12 (2), 61. MDPI AG. http://dx.doi.org/10.3390/educsci12020061
Trolian, T., Jach, E., Hanson, J., Pascarella, E. (2016). Influencing Academic Motivation: The Effects of Student-Faculty Interaction. Journal of College Student Development. 57. 810-826. 10.1353/csd.2016.0080.
Whiteside A.L., Garrett Dikkers A., and Swan K. eds (2017). Social Presence in Online Learning: Multiple Perspectives on Practice and Research (Online Learning and Distance Education), Sterling, Virginia : Stylus Publishing.


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

The Erasmus+ Teacher Academy Project on Teaching Sustainability (TAP-TS): a study in partnership, trust, and collective learning

Conor Galvin1, Elena Revyakina2, Joanna Madalińska-Michalak3, Tore Sorensen4, Ksenia Zavyalova5

1UCD, Dublin, Ireland, Ireland; 2PHW Vienna, Austria; 3University of Warsaw, Poland; 4University of Glasgow, Scotland; 5University of Canterbury, New Zealand

Presenting Author: Galvin, Conor

Our proposal emerges from critical reflection on the challenges and opportunities associated with the Erasmus+ TAP-TS project, and from ongoing work by a number of the co-authors into the need for research that tackles the challenges, opportunities, and potential issues raised by the Erasmus+ Teacher Academy initiative – including significant policy implications for future European teacher education (Galvin et al 2024; Sorensen and Graf, forthcoming).

The Erasmus+ Teacher Academy Project on Teaching Sustainability (TAP-TS) is one of 11 inaugural Erasmus+ Teacher Academies. TAP-TS aims to strengthen capacity for sustainability education among European primary and secondary teachers and teacher educators by facilitating participation in international teacher development courses based on project Learning & Teaching Packages (LTPs). These LTPs are sets of novel OERs which build towards critical and reflective learner-engagements that foster values, agency, and informed sustainable life-choices.

At the core of TAP-TS is the idea of enhancing teacher agency through critical & agentic reflection (c.f. Leijen et al 2020; Papenfuss et al 2019; Lunt 2020). In terms of underpinning principles, all TAP-TS partnership engagements (co-production, piloting and use of LTPs) rest on a vision of professional learning based in a model that is ‘deeply reflective’ (Cavadas et al 2023; Goodwin et al 2023) and ‘values-led’ (Purdy et al 2023). Mutual trust (Hora and Millar 2023) is central to this.

The TAP-TS consortium is diverse in nature and capacity. The partnership connects members from different stages within the European teacher education system (primary and secondary), a ministry agency specialising in supporting teacher continuing development, a leading media house in online education, two secondary schools (which are full and active partners), a civil society organisation specialising in eco-social education, and a quality and monitoring centre with expertise in both education and business spheres. We come from ten European countries, covering almost the full geographically span of the EU.

Assembling, aligning and maintaining this partnership has been an extraordinarily experience.

Within the limits of the presentation, we address:

  • The nature and scope of the TAP-TS partnership, its defining characteristics and the thinking behind the selection and recruitment of members. This includes the various continuities resulting from bringing in people who had previously worked together and dealing with the challenges of overlap and ‘gaps’ in our collective;
  • Deepening partnership unity and trust – including the formal role here of the TAP-TS Project Advisory Group (PAG) and our Futures Group (FG), as well as the less formal role played by an open & inclusive project ethic and always incorporating elements of sociability and relationship-building into our events and activities;
  • The modalities of TAP-TS engagement – including the very considerable efforts involved in making sure that we made good use of the in-partnership expertise in designing, developing, and testing project LTPs to ensure they provided quality OER experiences. Thus, we outline both the TAP-TS Roadmap – which provided the design architecture that informed and guided the LTP and event-specification work – and the TAP-TS MaRIA framework which we are currently developing to guide critically reflective, Follow-Up activity when using TAP-TS LTPs.

The theoretical framework we use to explore the core conditions and detail of our partnership practices is described in some detail below. This is rooted in understandings of social learning which recognise the complexity and particularities of our distinct organisational contexts (Wenger-Trayner et. al., 2023) and the characteristics of strong partnerships as socio-cultural exercises involving learning through boundary-crossing between social worlds (Greenhow et al 2023).The wider issue of Teacher Academy purposing as an exercise in neo-liberal public management practice is addressed through concepts in critical theory drawn from Lynch (2021) and Habermas (2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
TAP-TS is best understood as fundamentally a transdisciplinary and inter-sectoral partnership. This reflects in the constellation of project partners drawn from distinct institutional and national contexts; in the diverse educational themes addressed by the project (sustainability and digitality, critical media literacy, entrepreneurship, environment, decoloniality, inclusion etc.); and in our use of fully digital, hybrid and face to face educational event formats.
Theorising the nature and detail of this transdisciplinary and inter-sectoral partnership is, not surprisingly, challenging.
To do so, we have borrowed from insights provided by Greenhow et al (2023) on partnerships as socio-cultural exercises that require learning through boundary-crossing between social worlds; and on how this activity might be analysed (and better understood) by approaching it through learning context theory with an emphasis on agentic engagement drawing from Reeve and Shin (2020) and on the particularities of our distinct organisational contexts, the significance of which has been well described by Wenger-Trayner et al (2023).
This allowed us to start from the ideational phase of the Teacher Academy and consider the thinking behind the recruitment of project partners, and then discuss how we came to place the construction of social learning engagement and community of practice at the centre of our work. Within the presentation we offer several examples of partnership-enhancement such as how we successfully shared ideas across what might otherwise have been sectoral boundaries as the project partners grew in trust and mutual understanding of the tasks involved. For instance, our Roadmap – once agreed and in place – assisted considerably in the co-construct of TAP-TS pedagogical engagements, the co-creation of teaching and learning materials, and building innovation and engagement around our common interest in educating for sustainability. Similarly, the constant in-project presence of our Project Advisory Group – an unusual use of such a resource – catalysed timely and helpful discussions about project direction
In the presentation we propose to share other examples illustrating how the partnership evolved, sometimes unexpected, through trust and respectful inter-sectoral dialogue.
As regards the wider potential and possible implications of the ERASMUS+ Teacher Academy initiative, we propose to draw from Cairney (2021) to examine how the initiative  offers research opportunities to gain insight into policy for how European teachers can approach and develop their teaching in emerging areas such as technological empowerment, sustainable learning, entrepreneurship, playful learning. And on Lynch (2021) and Habermas (2021) to suggest some of the potential hazards that may arise.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We hope to contribute to a conversation among the European teacher education community around the potential and the problematics associated with the ERASMUS+ Teacher Academy initiative.
The proposed presentation emphasizes particularly the nature of partnership as experienced by one Academy - and will discuss both the affordances and challenges of this in an open and constructive manner.
Less evident but necessary to note here also are the deep connections of the action to the wider European Commission European Education Area (EEA) to 2025 agenda. The Academies are set firmly within this wider policy work and reflect particularly the five designated EEA focus topics: improving quality and equity in education and training; teachers, trainers, and school leaders; digital education; green education; and the EEA in the world. Noting this is important for a better understanding of the increasing level of EC actions and not-insignificant funding represented by the Academies.
As an action, the Teacher Academies can be seen as an unprecedented level of strategic, policy-led intervention into teacher education and training activities and practices across Europe, designed to foster greater collaboration among European Union Member States in building more resilient and inclusive national education and training systems.
As noted in the call for this sub-theme, the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies initiative has all the hallmarks of a ‘knowledge economy’ project:we propose it is possible to some degree at least  to hollow-out and subvert this in favour of a more professionalising agenda that reflects the will, interests, and professional values of those within the Academies, now and into the future.
All of the co-authors are involved in researching and/or implementing the EU Erasmus+ Teacher Academies initiative.    

References
Bianchi, G., Pisiotis, U., & Cabrera, M. (2022). GreenComp The European sustainability competence framework. EU Publications Office.
Cavadas, B., Branco, N., Colaço, S., & Linhares, E. (2023). Teaching sustainability for primary school. In ATEE-Annual Conference 2023 -TEACHER EDUCATION ON THE MOVE.
Fuchs, C. (2020). Communication and capitalism: A critical theory (p. 406). University of Westminster Press
Galvin, C., Madalinska-Michalak, J., & Revyakina, E. (2024). The European Union Erasmus+ Teacher Academies Action: Complementing and Supplementing European Teacher Education and Teacher Education Research?. In Enhancing the Value of Teacher Education Research (pp. 170-197). Brill.
Goodwin, A. L., Madalińska-Michalak, J., & Flores, M. (2023). Rethinking teacher education in/for challenging times: reconciling enduring tensions, imagining new possibilities. European Journal of Teacher Education, 46(5) 1-16
Gradinaru, C. (2016). The technological expansion of sociability: Virtual communities as imagined communities. Academicus International Scientific Journal, 7(14), 181-190.
Greenhow, C., Lewin, C., & Staudt Willet, K. B. (2023). Teachers without borders: professional learning spanning social media, place, and time. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(4), 1-19.
Habermas, J. (2021). The tasks of a critical theory of society. In Modern German Sociology (pp. 187-212). Routledge.
Hora, M. T., & Millar, S. B. (2023). A guide to building education partnerships: Navigating diverse cultural contexts to turn challenge into promise. Taylor & Francis.
Leijen, Ä., Pedaste, M., & Lepp, L. (2020). Teacher agency following the ecological model: How it is achieved and how it could be strengthened by different types of reflection. British Journal of Educational Studies, 68(3), 295-310.
Lunt, P. (2020). Practicing media—Mediating practice| beyond Bourdieu: The interactionist foundations of media practice theory. International Journal of Communication, 14, 18.
Lynch, K. (2021) Care and Capitalism. Cambridge: Polity Press
Papenfuss, J., Merritt, E., Manuel-Navarrete, D., Cloutier, S., & Eckard, B. (2019). Interacting pedagogies: A review and framework for sustainability education. Journal of Sustainability Education, 20(4), 1-19.
Purdy, N., Hall, K., Khanolainen, D., & Galvin, C. (2023). Reframing teacher education around inclusion, equity, and social justice: towards an authentically value-centred approach to teacher education in Europe. European Journal of Teacher Education, 46(5), 755-771.
Reeve, J., & Shin, S. H. (2020). How teachers can support students’ agentic engagement. Theory Into Practice, 59(2), 150-161.
Sorensen, T.B., & Graf, L. (Forthcoming). “A European Experiment in Governing Teacher Education and Training: The case of the Erasmus+ Teacher Academies”
Wenger-Trayner, E., Wenger-Trayner, B., Reid, P. & Bruderlein, C..(2023). 'Communities of practice within and across organizations. A guidebook'. Sesimbra: Portugal.
 
15:45 - 17:1516 SES 07 A: ICT, Language Learning and Media Literacy
Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Katarina Mićić
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Large Language Models in Educational Activities

Ruslan Suleimanov, Roman Kupriyanov, Igor Remorenko

Moscow City University, Russian Federation

Presenting Author: Suleimanov, Ruslan

In the near future, the presence of advanced generative technologies, including ChatGPT and other services that use large language models (LLM), has the potential to greatly impact the field of education and the role of teachers within it. In particular, chatbots can perform four roles: interlocutor, content provider, teaching assistant and evaluator [1].

A notable characteristic of large language models (LLM) is their capacity for further training, wherein the initial model can be adapted and refined to cater to a specific subject area. Specifically, large language models (LLM) can undergo additional training using the written works of specific authors, enabling the creation of a “digital counterpart” of real historical figures.

The application of LLM holds significant potential in assisting both students and teachers in their textual work. For students, LLM can serve as a reviewer when working on creative assignments, offering guidance by identifying obvious and serious mistakes. Likewise, teachers can use LLM to conduct preliminary assessments of students' work and identify areas that require further educational attention [2]. This may be particularly useful when evaluating creative essays, a genre of literature known for its concise format and flexible style of presentation. Although essays have a changeable structure, they generally include an introduction, thesis statement, argumentation, and conclusion.

This research aims to investigate the implementation of LLM as a personal assistant in this context. In order to train LLM on specific data and create a “digital counterpart,” several tasks need to be accomplished:

  • Gathering and preprocessing a dataset.
  • Establishing evaluation criteria and annotating the dataset accordingly.
  • Identifying educational shortcomings in LLM.
  • Collecting and constructing a training set based on the “question-answer” principle for further training of the large language model.

The primary research focuses include the criteria for annotation required for subsequent training and potential limitations of LLM for educational purposes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To evaluate LLM’s effectiveness, a dataset of text essays on two topics was prepared. The first topic involved explaining reasons for selecting a specific profile for master's degree admission and discussing research directions within that profile. The second topic focused on entrance tests in “Socio-psychological mechanisms of the influence of the additional education system on the child giftedness development”, “Mentoring as a method of developing outstanding abilities of students with signs of giftedness”, and “Modern domestic concepts of giftedness” and others. A total of 80 text essays were analysed for each topic.
Criteria were established and rated on a scale of 0 to 2 for evaluation, including:
• Expression of the author's position regarding the presented problem or topic.
• Concise presentation of key points and theses.
• Well-reasoned grounds for profile selection and research direction (only applicable to the first topic).
The work via LLM involves using the API via the http protocol for communication. Prompt instructions are used to interact with the LLM-powered chatbot and complete tasks. Through iterations, a final prompt is refined to resolve issues and ensure the desired response from the chatbot: “You are a text evaluation system. You have the text and the criteria by which you need to make an assessment. Evaluate the text based on the criteria, based solely on the criteria given. You should only use the attached criteria. Set the final number of points (‘BALLS’) and describe why you set exactly such an assessment (‘BALLS_DESCRIPTION’) using only the presence of criteria in the text. Don’t try to make up the answer”.
To evaluate the accuracy [3] of the chatbot’s results, the Mean Absolute Error (MAE) was used as the main metric, along with the 75th quantile of absolute error (AE_75P). Based on the data collected, it can be concluded that the model deviates by an average of one point for most criteria.
During grading, it was noticed that the chatbot often gives higher scores, deviating from the grade distribution. To investigate this, the “Pearson contingent coefficient” was calculated to analyse the correlation between nominal indicators X and Y. However, the analysis found no evidence of consistent overestimation.
To evaluate the level of agreement among experts, including the chatbot, the “Kendall concordance coefficient” was calculated. This coefficient, ranging from 0 to 1, quantifies the consistency among expert opinions. The analysis concluded that there is minimal agreement between the ratings of experts and the chatbot.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Pre-trained large language models in the form of chatbots can function as teaching assistants by conducting initial reviews of essays and providing feedback on how to correct and enhance the work. This type of solution can be particularly beneficial for teachers, as it allows them to efficiently evaluate students’ work and generate a set of basic comments to address common mistakes. This approach significantly reduces the teacher’s workload and saves valuable time.
As the experience of interacting with artificial intelligence systems shows, the effectiveness of the feedback received relies on the accuracy of the request. It is crucial to establish clear evaluation criteria and avoid ambiguous statements in grading scales, such as “clear author’s position” or “partially presented author’s position.” To evaluate the quality of feedback from the chatbot, it is important to have multiple experts assess the essay to ensure consistency in their opinions. In the future, this system has the potential to become a valuable tool for the initial analysis of students’ work. The chatbot can be beneficial for both students, allowing them to assess the quality of their work before submitting it to the teacher, and teachers, providing an objective perspective on the student’s work.

References
1. Jeon, J., Lee, S. Large language models in education: A focus on the complementary relationship between human teachers and ChatGPT. Educ Inf Technol 28, 15873–15892 (2023). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10639-023-11834-1
2. Elkins, S., Kochmar, E., Serban, I., Cheung, J.C.K. (2023). How Useful Are Educational Questions Generated by Large Language Models? In: Wang, N., Rebolledo-Mendez, G., Dimitrova, V., Matsuda, N., Santos, O.C. (eds) Artificial Intelligence in Education. Posters and Late Breaking Results, Workshops and Tutorials, Industry and Innovation Tracks, Practitioners, Doctoral Consortium and Blue Sky. AIED 2023. Communications in Computer and Information Science, vol 1831. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-36336-8_83


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Social Transmedia Storytelling. A University Media Literacy Project

Jose Miguel Gutiérrez, Mónica Salcedo, Yaimara Batista Fernández, Raquel Brioa, María del Carmen Herguedas, Laura de la Iglesia

University of Valladolid, Spain

Presenting Author: Gutiérrez, Jose Miguel; Salcedo, Mónica

Currently, the scenario of university media education seems to be constituted from an increasing awareness of the need to favor the development of participatory cultures where students not only interact with each other constituting learning communities in the classroom, but at the same time use a whole series of resources extracted from the media flow through which they confer meaning to their daily lives (Jenkins, Ito, Boyd, 2015), conforming then what has been called a culture of connectivity.

One of the phenomena emerging most strongly within this trend towards the shaping of participatory cultures and collective construction is that of transmedia storytelling (Scolari, 2016).

Transmedia storytelling refers to stories told across multiple media. The most important stories tend to flow across multiple platforms and media (Wängqvist, M. & Frisén, A. 2016). From the consumers' perspective, transmedia practices promote multi-literacy, that is, the ability to comprehensively interpret discourses coming from different media and languages. It is a matter of understanding how young people are acquiring transmedia skills and incorporating these processes into the educational sphere so that learning is a collateral effect of creative production and community collaboration, which is called connected learning (Ito, 2010).

The use of digital technologies has provided an opportunity for the exercise of new forms of social interaction that are currently transforming the functioning and role of formal learning institutions, especially schools and universities (Malone, T. W., Bernstein, M. S., 2015). One of the most important challenges we must face is that all these experiences in which new forms of production, communication and acquisition of knowledge, generated in areas of diverse nature and origin are developed, extended and disseminated, have a translation at the educational level, and are transformed into comprehensive learning processes (Ito, 2010). Digital media, then, opens the door to a new educational paradigm in which learning can take place "anytime, anywhere", a cultural dynamic that has been described in the literature as ubiquitous and that reminds us that everyday life becomes a space for new pedagogies and new learning practices.

This study focuses on the possibilities offered by transmedia narratives to initiate open, creative and participatory processes of content production and dissemination in university classrooms from a perspective oriented to social empowerment and community development.

The objective of the research is to deepen the analysis of the design and creation of transmedia narratives elaborated by young university students within the framework of participatory network cultures that combine the creation of multimedia content with educational proposals oriented to social and community development.

The research question of the study are: Do the modalities and strategies of participation, collaboration and propagability present in transmedia literacy processes allow young university students to empower themselves concerning the different spheres present in digital culture and communication?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research process was carried out during the 2022/23 academic year within the framework of the Social Communication Media course belonging to the Social Education Degree at the University of Valladolid (Castilla y León-Spain).

The study develops a narrative research focused on transmedia narrative productions with young university students through which they shape ways of acting and configure meanings in the hyperconnected environment.

The research instruments and data sources used to carry out the research were as follows
- Transmedia storytelling: refers to the transmedia productions chosen by different groups for analysis, both in the field of fiction (e.g. literature, cinema, music, video games, etc.) and in the field of social reality (e.g. journalism and social documentation).
- Classroom observations: in the two classrooms where the research was carried out, there was an external observer who made observations on the dynamics of classroom work.
- Comments and recommendations made in the group work: all the work done in group by the young people, collected in the form of comments and written texts to each of the narratives.
- Video recordings: all the processes of designing, creating, presenting and sharing in the classroom of students' work were recorded on video.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The design and creation of transmedia educational projects allow the configuration of a new educational ecology (Cobo and Moravec, 2011) in the university classroom. Agents with diverse roles throughout the process in the classroom initiate open and participatory processes of production and distribution of knowledge through the use and appropriation of technologies and digital artifacts involved in the creation of transmedia content (Bar, Weber and Pisani, 2016).

The educational design around narratives tries to explore how young university students involved in collaborative and participatory activities of design, creation, presentation and dissemination through the network of their own techno-media experiences, not only find a personal meaning to their participation in digital culture but also qualitatively and quantitatively modify their own informational capital by appropriating all these tools, knowledge and practical skills in the digital ecosystem of the augmented society.

Educational designs from a transmedia perspective such as the one we have studied allow us to help redefine the active role that social media and media culture can play as instruments of social and citizen empowerment (Buckingham and Kehily, 2014). At the same time, we believe that the processes associated with transmedia literacy can be a good opportunity to reintroduce issues related to citizenship into university classrooms.

References
Bar, F.; Weber, M. S.; Pisani, F. (2016). «Mobile technology appropriation in a distant mirror: Baroquization, creolization, and cannibalism». New Media & Society, 18 (4).
Buckingham, D.; Kehhily, M. J. (2014). «Introduction: Rethinking Youth Cultu- res in the Age of Global Media». En: S. Bragg, M. J. Kehily, D. Buckingham (ed.). Youth Cultures in the Age of Global Media. UK: Palgrave MacMillan, 1-18.
Cobo, C.; Moravec, J. W. (2011). Aprendizaje invisible. Hacia una nueva ecología de la educación. Barcelona: Col·lecció Transmedia XXI. Laboratori de Mitjans Interactius / Publicacions i Edicions de la Universitat de Barcelona.
Ito, M. (2010). Hanging Out, Messing Around, and Geeking Out. Massachusetts: MIT
Jenkins, H.; Ito, M.; Boyd, D. (2015). Participatory Culture in a Networked Era: A conversation on Youth, Learning, Commerce, and Politics. Cambridge, UK: Polity Press.
Malone, T. W.; Bernstein, M. S. (2015). Handbook of Collective Intelligence. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Scolari, C. (2016). «Alfabetismo transmedia. Estrategias de aprendizaje informal y competencias mediáticas en la nueva ecología de la comunicación». Telos, 103, 13-23.
Wängqvist, M.; Frisén, A. (2016). «Who am I OnLine? Understanding the mea- ning of OnLine Contexts for Identity Development». Adolescent Research Review, 1, 139-152.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Assessing Algorithmic Media Content Awareness Among Third-grade Students: First Insights from an Explorative Study

Teemu Leinonen1, Oleksandra Sushchenko1, Elisa Vilhunen1,2, Anttoni Kervinen2, Terhi Maskonen2

1Aalto University, Finland; 2University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Leinonen, Teemu

When our interaction with the world becomes more and more mediated by screens, digital and physical realities are intertwined. It is important to understand how the nature of this new reality affects us in our everyday lives. In this paper we explore third-grade school children’s level of understanding of the algorithmic nature of the digital platforms they use daily and influence on their behavior. The growing use of Artificial Intelligence (AI), algorithms and machine learning, in applications popular among children, are changing the ways they see the world and themselves. To understand how the applications are affecting their experience we wanted to study precisely children’s understanding of the role of algorithms in their use of digital media content. Therefore, we wanted to study one aspect of media and digital literacy, algorithmic literacy.

Understanding of digital literacy lies beyond mere use of digital application, simple ability to use them. To be literate, to read more than what is seen, one should be aware of the underlying algorithms affecting our experiences of interaction with the applications. Recent research, dedicated to the distinctions between multi-platform and single-platform users, has demonstrated how diverse platform engagement significantly enhances algorithmic understanding (Espinoza-Rojas et al., 2023; Shin et al., 2020; Andersen, 2020). These studies underline the factor of users’ adaptive behaviors in response to algorithmic outputs and highlight the importance of emotional and ethical considerations of digital interactions.

Algorithm literacy (AL) can be defined as having an understanding of the utilization of algorithms in online applications, platforms, and services. It involves knowledge of the functioning of algorithms, the ability to critically assess algorithmic decision-making, and possessing the skills necessary to navigate and potentially impact algorithmic operations (Andersen, 2020; Dogruel, 2021; Shin et al., 2022). Algorithmic literacy can be considered the informed ability to critically examine, interrogate, propose solutions for, contest and agree with digital services (Long & Magerko 2020). At the core of algorithmic literacy is explicability, which shapes individuals’ attitudes towards and views on algorithmic decision-making technologies (Hermann 2021).

To explore childrens as users of algorithmic media we conducted a study with a teaching experiment in a third-grade classroom (9 to 10 years old) in [nation]. In the beginning of the experiment the students (N=18) filled a questionnaire measuring the awareness of algorithmic media content. The same questionnaire was filled after the teaching experiment.

In the core of the teaching experiment was the student's own project work done in small teams (2-3 in each). During the classes the students designed advertisements consisting of two photos taken by them and two slogans invented by them and attached to the photos. The task was (1) to design a good advertisement of carrots and (2) a bad advertisement of carrots. To work on their photos each team got a bag of carrots.

In the second class the students voted for the best five advertisements. Then children were provided with a calculation of votes and selection of the top five advertisements with a number of votes each got. Based on the results, the students were asked to share media time for each advertisement. This way the children in teams were acting like a human-algorithm. For the task we didn’t give them any math examples for calculating the shares, but rather let them figure it out (or not) by themselves. The small team discussions were audio recorded during the design of the advertisements as well during making decisions on how long each advertisement should get media time. In the end of the second class we demonstrated how a computer-algorithm would share the media time, based on the votes given.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Children’s understanding of the algorithmic media content was studied with the Algorithmic Media Content Awareness scale (AMCA-scale) (Zarouali et al., 2021) and by collecting qualitative data, audio recordings from their work in small teams.

Through the AMCA questionnaire — localized for the purpose —  we assessed the dimensions of the children’s algorithmic awareness: ‘content filtering’, ‘automated decision-making’, ‘human-algorithm interplay’, and ‘ethical considerations’. In the questioner we used statements and a simple scale: “yes”, ”no”, “I don’t know”. The 13 questions were related to the role of  algorithms in media content recommendation, content tailoring, automated decision-making, and their ethical implications ((e.g. “YouTube makes independent decisions about which videos to show me”). Combining the results from the questionnaire and analysis of the audio recording we aimed to know how children perceive ethical considerations in algorithmic media by assessing their understanding of transparency, potential biases, and privacy concerns. With the teaching experiments we wanted to explore if working with the advertisement task and as a human-algorithm would have any effect on their understanding about algorithmic media and its logics. Therefore the questionnaire was done by the students twice, before starting the teaching experiment and after the teaching experiment.

The audio recordings from each teams’ two working sessions — during designing their  advertisements and when acting as a human-algorithm and making decisions on the media time — was conducted to analyze the children’s thinking process. In the analysis of the qualitative data we will apply Thematic Content Analysis (TCA) (Anderson, 2007; Smith, 1992. The results of the content analysis will be combined with the results from the questionnaire, although recognizing all the individual students from the audio recordings has been found impossible.

The Principal of the school approved the research plan and informed consent was addressed to the children’s guardians and the children. The nature of research was explained to children by their teacher and the researchers. The questionnaire data was stored in a secure server and the audio recordings were stored in a harddisk accessible only for the researchers. The research applied the guidelines and recommendations of the [nation] National Board on Research Integrity and followed their ethical principles of conducting research with children participants: participant consent, right to self determination, prevention of harm and privacy and data protection.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Students' initial understanding of how algorithms affect their media content and how data is collected and used was very limited. In the pre-questionnaire, almost 80% of the students answered “yes” to the statement “YouTube knows how to recommend videos for me”. On the other hand, 45% of the students answered “no” or “I don’t know” to the statement “YouTube can estimate how interested I am in any video”. The answers are possibly demonstrating mystification with their thinking. Same time students know that YouTube is able to “know” and recommend videos for them, but they do not understand how it happens.

With the questions related to ethics and privacy, the answers to the pre-questionnaire did not include many signs of concerns, but again, rather lack of understanding. To the statement “Videos YouTube shows for me, may be inaccurate or biased. They may increase prejudices” 30% answered “yes”, 50% “I don’t know”, and 20% “no”. The large number of not being sure, may demonstrate that the students have never thought about the issue.

The results from the post-questionnaire demonstrate a slight change in the students' understanding of algorithms. In their answers to the privacy issues students were a bit more concerned. When in the pre-questionnaire 50% of the students answered “I don’t know” 22% “no" and 28% “yes” to the statement “computer programs on YouTube use information collected about me in order to recommend certain types of videos to me. This affects my privacy”iIn the post-questionnaire 40% were still answering “I don’t know" and  20% “no”, but 40% answered “yes”. The similar patterns exist in the students' answers to other questions, too.

These first insights from the pre- and post-questionnaire will guide us in the qualitative data analysis to understand the students' thinking before, during and after the teaching experiment.

References
Andersen, J. (2020). Understanding and interpreting algorithms: Toward a hermeneutics of algorithms. Media, Culture & Society, 42(7–8), 1479–1494. https://doi.org/10.1177/0163443720919373.

Anderson, R. (2007). Thematic content analysis (TCA). Descriptive presentation of qualitative data, 3, 1-4.

Dogruel, L. (2021). What is algorithm literacy? A conceptualization and challenges regarding its empirical measurement. 75898, 9, 67-93.

Espinoza-Rojas, J., Siles, I., & Castelain, T. (2023). How using various platforms shapes awareness of algorithms. Behaviour & Information Technology, 42(9), 1422-1433. https://doi.org/10.1080/0144929X.2022.2078224.

Hermann, E. (2022). Artificial intelligence and mass personalization of communication content—An ethical and literacy perspective. New Media & Society, 24(5), 1258-1277.

Long, D., & Magerko, B. (2020, April). What is AI literacy? Competencies and design considerations. In Proceedings of the 2020 CHI conference on human factors in computing systems (pp. 1-16).

Shin, D., Rasul, A., & Fotiadis, A. (2022). Why am I seeing this? Deconstructing algorithm literacy through the lens of users. Internet Research, 32(4), 1214-1234.

Shin, D., Zhong, B., & Biocca, F. A. (2020). Beyond user experience: What constitutes algorithmic experiences?. International Journal of Information Management, 52, 102061.

Smith, C. P. (Ed.). (1992). Motivation and personality: Handbook of thematic content analysis. Cambridge University Press.

Zarouali, B., Boerman, S. C., & de Vreese, C. H. (2021). Is this recommended by an algorithm? The development and validation of the algorithmic media content awareness scale (AMCA-scale). Telematics and Informatics, 62, 101607.
 
15:45 - 17:1517 SES 07 A: Reconnecting Past, Present and Future in the Historiography of Education
Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Lajos Somogyvari
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

Untangling Past and Present in Oral History Interviews on Parenting with Three Dutch Generations

Mandy Oude Veldhuis-Talhout1,2, Hilda Amsing1

1University of Groningen; 2Windesheim, University of Applied Sciences

Presenting Author: Oude Veldhuis-Talhout, Mandy; Amsing, Hilda

In oral history we ask people to tell us about the past. By doing so, we get firsthand knowledge of their lives, particular events and their experiences. This gives us access to information that we not often find in documents (Janesick, 2023). Especially in education, oral history can provide an insight in ‘ordinary’ practices that were too mundane to be recorded in any other way, for instance day-to-day parenting practices. In the case of ‘the inner workings’ of the family, such as child rearing, oral history can often prove to be the only source of information; since the highly private nature of what happens inside the family home – in perhaps the most emotionally charged relationship conceivable – makes the collection of empirical data on parenting practices particularly difficult (Cuyvers & Van Praag, 1997).

However, oral history has been critiqued as being unreliable as a source, because it is based on human memory, which is susceptible to change due to mental deterioration, emotions such as nostalgia, personal selection by and bias from both the researcher(s) and the respondent, and the theoretical framework, design and context of the study in which the memories are collected and/or used. In addition, individual memories can be influenced by public narratives (Maynes et al., 2008; Peniston-Bird, 2009; Somers & Gibson, 1994). According to the Australian historian Patrick O’Farrell in 1979 oral history was moving into: “the world of image, selective memory, later overlays and utter subjectivity. […] And where will it lead us? Not into history, but into myth” (cited in Thomson, 2007, pp. 53-54).

Indeed, personal memories of past events or experiences that are collected for research purposes can be influenced by a large number of factors. However, when memory itself is seen as the object of study, oral history’s supposed weaknesses – such as its inherent subjectivity – become resources as opposed to problems (Portelli, 1979). The analysis of personal narratives on past events or experiences can produce valuable insights on the way: “…people make sense of their past, how they connect individual experience and its social context, how the past becomes part of the present, and how people use it to interpret their lives and the world around them” (Frisch, 1990, p.188).

In this paper, we will present findings resulting from the analysis of narratives from three successive Dutch generations (grandparents, parents and youngsters) on how they experienced the way they were brought up by their parents, focusing on perceived educational norms in particular. These narratives give insight in how these respondents experienced the way their parents gave them direction, the rules they imposed and how they enforced them, but they also describe the love, warmth and affection the respondents experienced from their parents. The narratives recount the memories of the respondents on the way they experienced their upbringing. We propose that in these memories both previous and current educational norms, such as that of ‘authoritative parenting’ (Maccoby & Martin, 1983), influenced the way respondents told their stories and evaluated their upbringing. However, the challenge remains: Can we untangle the past and the present in oral history narratives with respect to educational norms?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Between 2012 and 2016, 321 youth narratives were collected containing information about the way respondents were raised by their parents. These narratives were collected in a study concerned with the individualization of youth as a social phenomenon by students studying Pedagogical Sciences at the University of Groningen in the Netherlands. The students involved in this study interviewed a young person around 18 years old, one of their parents and one of their grandparents, which led to the formation of three generations of respondents based on their role (‘the grandparents’: born between 1920 and 1950, ‘the parents’: born between 1950 and 1975, and the ‘the young’: born between 1990 and 2000). Because the students recruited the respondents from their own social network the majority of these respondents came from, and grew up in, the three most Northern provinces of the Netherlands. In addition, most of the respondents in the three generations were female and respondents mainly grew up in religious (mostly Protestant) households. Differences across generations were in line with secularization and upwards social mobility. For this paper, we analyzed the way these three generations discussed their parents’ parenting behavior using grounded theory techniques, comparing experiences in and between generations (Charmaz, 2014; Corbin & Strauss, 2015). The analysis provided information about the way these respondents made sense of their past upbringing experiences, and how the present influenced their recollection and evaluation.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The oral history analysis of parenting experiences from these three generations indicated that the present day educational discourse, including the norm of authoritative parenting, likely influenced the way respondents recounted and evaluated their upbringing.  
The oldest generation overall described a fairly strict upbringing, with fixed rules, few opportunities for negotiation, and self-evident obedience, sometimes even referring to their upbringing as authoritarian. However, they were often quick to add descriptions of the love and care they received from their parents, their trust in their parents, contextual explanations of their parents’ behavior, and by referring to the educational norm at the time. Most of them viewed the authoritative norm to be a present day norm, although the norm as such can be found in parenting advice guides from the beginning of the twentieth century onwards (Bakker, 2009; Wubs, 2004). Their stories mostly seem to endorse a public narrative of a change in parenting across generations, from authoritarian to authoritative. Contrary to the mainly positive evaluation of the oldest generation, the middle generation was more often critical about their upbringing, suggesting that their parents violated norms that should have been honored; norms in line with authoritative parenting. The youngest generation in turn, mostly described an upbringing fitting the authoritative educational norm at the time of the interview; an upbringing in which they felt supported and loved, but also experienced a large degree of personal freedom and autonomy. These experiences grounded an overall positive evaluation of their upbringing.
These findings show the interrelatedness between present and past, since present day norms are used to evaluate parenting practices of the past. However, by taking the narratives as the object of study and by paying attention to how memories are framed at the time of recollection, the researcher can untangle past and present to some extent.

References
Bakker, P.C.M. (2009). The 'good' upbringing in the family: on changing standards of quality in the twentieth century [De ‘goede’ opvoeding in het gezin: over veranderende kwaliteitsnormen in de twintigste eeuw]. In A. Minnaert, K.L. Spelberg & H. Amsing (Eds.), The Pedagogical Quotient [Het pedagogisch quotiënt] (pp. 21-44). Bohn Stafleu van Loghum.

Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory: A practical guide through qualitative analysis (2nd ed.). Sage Publications.

Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (4th ed.). Sage Publications.

Cuyvers, P. & Praag, C.S. van (1997). Gezinsopvoeding [Family upbringing]. In C.S.van Praag & M. Niphuis-Nell (Eds.), Het gezinsrapport [The family report] (pp. 185-231). Sociaal en Cultureel Planbureau.

Frisch, M. (1990). A Shared Authority: Essays on the Craft and Meaning of Oral and Public History. State University of New York Press.

Janesick, V. (2013). Oral history, Life history, and Biography. In: A. A. Trainor & E.
Gaue (Eds.) Reviewing Qualitative Research in the Social Sciences (pp. 151-165). Routledge.

Maccoby, E. E., & Martin, J. A. (1983). Socialization in the context of the family: Parent-child interaction. In P. H. Mussen (Series Ed.) & E. M. Hetherington (Vol. Ed.), Handbook of Child Psychology: Vol. IV. Socialization, Personality and Social Development (pp. 1-101). Wiley.

Maynes, M. J., Pierce, J. L., & Laslett, B. (2008). Telling Stories: The Use of Personal Narratives in the Social Sciences and History. Cornell University Press.

Peniston-Bird, C. (2009). Oral History, The Sound of Memory. In S. Barber, & C. Peniston-Bird (Eds.), History Beyond the Text: A Student's guide to approaching alternative sources (pp. 105-121). Routledge.

Portelli, A. (1981). The Peculiarities of Oral History. History Workshop Journal, 12(1), 96-107.

Somers, M. & Gibson, G. (1994). Reclaiming the Epistomological “Other”: Narrative and the Social Construction of Identity. In C. Calhoun (Ed.), Social Theory and the Politics of Identity (pp. 37-99). Blackwell.

Thomson, A. (2007). Four Paradigm Transformations in Oral History. The Oral History Review, 34(1), 49-70.

Wubs, J. (2004). Listening to Experts. Parenting advice to Dutch parents 1945-1999 [Luisteren naar deskundigen. Opvoedingsadvies aan Nederlandse ouders]. Koninklijke van Gorcum.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Pedagogies of Hope: Reconnecting Educational Pasts, Presents, and Futures in the Works of Lea Dasberg and Philippe Meirieu

Pieter Verstraete

KULeuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Verstraete, Pieter

In this presentation, I aim to explore the role played by hope in educational historiography. To achieve this, I will introduce two influential historians of education whose writings continue to shape ongoing histories of education in the French and Dutch-speaking worlds. Despite their significant impact, these scholars are not widely known among historians of education, as only a few or none of their books and articles have been translated.

The first historian of education I would like to highlight is the late Dutch professor Lea Dasberg. While Dasberg is perhaps best known for her Dutch education bestseller, "Grootbrengen door kleinhouden" (Raising Children by Keeping Them Small), published in the 1970s, her work on 'hope' and 'pedagogies of hope' has recently regained attention from historians of education such as Micha De Winter and others. They specifically refer to Dasberg's 1980 inaugural lecture, "Pedagogie in de schaduw van het jaar 2000, of: Hulde aan de Hoop" (Pedagogy in the Shadow of the Year 2000, or: Homage to Hope). In this lecture, as well as in other writings throughout her academic career, Dasberg introduced hope as a crucial category for educators to reconnect educational pasts, presents, and futures. Inspired by her religious background, particularly her Jewish roots and her decision to move from the Netherlands to Israel, Dasberg presents a distinctive interpretation of what a pedagogy of hope can and should consist of.

The second historian of education I will discuss is the French scholar Philippe Meirieu. Meirieu is a well-known educational scientist in Francophone intellectual circles who consistently uses his research to engage in public debates. In his historical work, unfortunately available only in French, Meirieu has consistently demonstrated the value of historical reflection for contemporary educational discussions. Among the many historically inspired books he has published throughout his career are "Frankenstein pédagogue," "Korczak, pour que vivent les enfants," and "Pédagogie, le devoir de résister." Interestingly, Meirieu, like Dasberg, has occasionally touched upon the value of hope in thinking about the history of education. One of the articles in which Meirieu expresses his thoughts about hope is titled "Espoir, es-tu là."


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I will read closely the books, aricles and other documents produced by Lea Dasberg and Philippe Meirieu. This historical source corpus will be used in order to present their views on hope and pedagogies of hope.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This presentation will compare the pedagogy of hope constructed by Lea Dasberg based on her religious convictions with the secular interpretation of a pedagogy of hope offered by the French scholar Philippe Meirieu. The analysis will be grounded in a detailed examination of the publications written by these two internationally less well-known historians of education. The primary aims of the paper are twofold: first, to encourage historians of education to explore histories written not only in their mother tongue or English, and second, to contribute to ongoing historiographical debates about the value of history in shaping educational thinking and the role emotions can play in these discussions.
References
Burke, P. (2012). Does hope have a history?. estudos avançados, 26, 207-218.
Dasberg, L. (1975). Grootbrengen door kleinhouden als historisch verschijnsel. Boom.
Dasberg, L. (1980). Pedagogie in de schaduw van het jaar 200, of: Hulde aan de hoop. Boom.
Greene, M., & Boler, M. (2004). Feeling power: Emotions and education. Routledge.
Meirieu, P. (2008). Pédagogie: le devoir de résister. ESF.
Meirieu, P. (2013). Frankenstein pédagogue. ESF.
Rosenwein, B. H. (2002). Worrying about emotions in history. The American historical review, 107(3), 821-845.
Soares, C. (2023). Emotions, senses, experience and the history of education. History of Education, 52(2-3), 516-538.
Sobe, N. W. (2012). Researching emotion and affect in the history of education. History of education, 41(5), 689-695.
Toro-Blanco, P. (2020). History of Education and Emotions. In Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education.
Webb, D. (2010). Paulo Freire and ‘the need for a kind of education in hope’. Cambridge Journal of Education, 40(4), 327-339.
Wrigley, T., Lingard, B., & Thomson, P. (2012). Pedagogies of transformation: Keeping hope alive in troubled times. Critical Studies in Education, 53(1), 95-108.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Walter Benjamin’s Aesthetics of Existence: Ethics of Friendship, Communism of Writing and the Historian’s Craft

Tomás Vallera, Ana Luísa Paz

UIDEF, ULISBOA, Portugal

Presenting Author: Vallera, Tomás; Paz, Ana Luísa

In this paper we seek to examine the relationship between Walter Benjamin’s life and work as an aesthetics of existence (Foucault 1990, p.12) that materialises in three different domains where the writing process takes centre stage: an ethics of friendship, his quasi-messianic aspiration towards a communism of writing, and his considerations on the historian’s craft.

The German philosopher and essayist has often inspired historians of education “to develop new ways of seeing pupils and teachers” (Lawn & Grosvenor, 2001, p.125). His thought-provoking appeal to “brush history against the grain” (Benjamin, 1969, p. 257) has often been interpreted as a motto to challenge “crude reductionism”, provide “counter-histories” (Grosvenor, 2019, p.646) and open up new possibilities and methodological approaches in the field of history of education (HE). The montage or juxtaposition of different sources, in addition to the use of historiography and theory, as a means to disrupt gender (Goodman, 2003), is a good example of how the HE has appropriated Benjamin’s work.

The author of Illuminations has also been a continuous reference in the history of childhood education (Grosvenor, 2002), as well as in studies on deviancy (Grosvenor & Watts, 2002; Charles, 2016), urban experience (Lathey, 2016; Pozo, 2019) and school architecture (Hardcastle, 2013).

It was during the visual turn that Benjamin became more appealing to the HE, most notably because, “at this intersection of visual and material studies” (Dussel & Priem, 2017, p.643), he had turned into the perfect companion in guiding historians through the “’new’ technologies of display” (Herman & Plein, p.272) and the conceptualisation of “the mechanical reproduction of images and the subsequent loss of aura and privilege in the aesthetic experience” (Dussel, 2017, p.672).

Could Dussel's notion of aesthetic experience encompass or be applied to Benjamin’s processes as both a historian and a writer? And as a result, could the philosopher’s life and work – and the dialogue between them – be conceived as an aesthetics of existence, one that places the written word at its very core? In considering the HE’s narrative turn, Pozo (2023, p.1030) argues that “the historian's subsequent task is to transform him/herself into a storyteller, the type of artist that in Benjamin's opinion could not be further from the chronicler”. In fact "the historian has no choice but to adopt the skills and craftsmanship of the storyteller in order to build, from the fragments gathered in archives, an account compelling enough to find a permanent place in the memory of those who hear it".

Walter Benjamin developed the idea of the “operative writer” in his text The Author as Producer (1934/1999). Although he was not a fan of prescribing behaviours, he was certainly an advocate of messianic imagination. While witnessing the rapid development of technology and the massification of writing, Benjamin allowed himself to imagine a revolution that would put an end to the distinction between the author and the reader, the intellectual and the people, blurring and eventually putting an end to the lines that separate them. The writer would no longer be this venerated figure who dominates thought with his/her intellect, but a producer and an experimentalist like any other. He would declare the following: “an author who does not teach writers does not, in fact, teach anyone” (Benjamin 1934/1999, p.777).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Analysing Benjamin’s writing processes, and his considerations on the exercise of writing as one of the main driving forces behind an aesthetics of existence, is a task that requires an exploratory reading of his complete works in search of specific fragments where the author describes his methodological choices and his views on the writer’s social role. One can identify hundreds of references to his writing praxis scattered in multiple essays, diaries, letters and notes on a number of different conversations or dialogues. In this preliminary phase, we were able to gather an array of citations and images on Benjamin’s writing practice as a technique of the self that can be divided into three main topics:

(i) An ethics of friendship

Studying Benjamin’s yearning for “a free life for youth unsupervised by parents or other authorities of the bourgeois world” (Witte, 1991, p. 23), while portraying the social and intellectual spheres he frequented, including the friends he kept in touch with when travelling or in exile, will allow us to identify a particular kind of literary community circulating both within and on the margins of academia (Witte, 2017; Pinheiro, 2020).

(ii) Writing community/ies

Collecting Benjamin’s statements on the democratisation of the written word will enable us to discuss his quasi-messianic aspiration towards a “communism of writing” while describing his stance towards the individual and “common property” of written texts. His desire of inhabiting a world in which the text has become a “common good” provides an opportunity to reflect more broadly on the idea of the research seminar as a space for imagination and projection into the future.

(iii) The historian’s craft as a form of constructivism and disruption

By studying Benjamin’s peculiar reflections on history and the historiographic process, we can access the author’s highly experimental archival and research practices while portraying the operative writer’s unwavering focus on method and methodological problematisation, in other words, on the experimental and constructive aspects of writing that are seldom discussed in present-day scientific and educational institutions. His fragmentary methodology (Ó & Vallera 2020) was in the service of generating an inventive and disruptive relationship with the present.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Benjamin’s ethics of friendship can be traced back to his desire for a free, unsupervised life. He ended up moving away from academic life, finding in his circles of friendship the support to advance in his research/life.

These collectives developed into a communism of writing, where, in the company of others, every writer worked towards becoming more singular in an environment that sought to produce difference. “Is it possible to imagine a community based on the idea that each text is assembled according to its own ephemeral and internal method?” Just because a community is imagined or desired does not mean it is not real.

Benjamin’s reflections on the writing of history seemed to be imbued with the strategic purpose of bringing the objects of the past to the present while simultaneously inserting the very texture of actuality in remote times (Bolle, 2007). He was interested in a new writing of history, an essayistic style echoing the metaphor of the “network city”, its inhabitants and products. His method? An assemblage of texts and images constituting a “reticular”, “cartographic” and “constellational” type of writing. His resolve? To delineate peculiar historical objects by “blasting” them away from the “homogenous course of history”, the sequenced progress, linearity or teleology of collective human experience, which Benjamin deemed deprived of a theoretical armature. His form of materialism, an open invitation to build singular or differentiated historical narratives, has encouraged historians to avoid the “eternal image of the past” cultivated in “historicism’s bordello”. Benjamin equates historiography, instead, with a form of inventive constructivism through which every new generation can “wrest tradition away from conformism” (Benjamin 1955/1969, p. 255 and 261-263) and “encounter the past in a new way” (Popkewitz et al., 2001, p.4), thus generating an original and disruptive relationship with the present.

References
Benjamin, W. (1926/2022). Diário de Moscovo. In Barrento, J. (Ed.), Diários de Viagem (pp.81-245). Assírio&Alvim.  
Benjamin, W. (1955/1969). Illuminations. Schoken.
Bolle, W. (2007). Nota introdutória. In W.Benjamin, Passagens (pp.71-75). UFMG.
Benjamin, W. (1934/1999).  The author as a producer. In M.A. Jennings (Ed.), Selected Writings (Vol. 2, part2). Harvard University Press.
Dussel, I. (2017). Iconoclastic images in the history of education. Paedagogica Historica, 53(6), 668-682.
Dussel, I. &  Priem, K. (2017). The visual in histories of education. Paedagogica Historica, 53(6), 641-649.
Charles, M.  (2016). Towards a critique of educative violence: Walter Benjamin and ‘second education’. Pedagogy, Culture &Society, 24(4), 525-536.
Foucault, M. (1990). History of Sexuality, vol.2, The use of pleasure. Vintage Books.
Goodman, J. (2003). Troubling histories and theories: gender and the history of education. History of Education, 32(2), 157-174.
Grosvenor, G. (2002). ‘Unpacking my Library’: Children's Literature in the Writings of Walter Benjamin. Paedagogica Historica, 38(1), 96-111.
Grosvenor, I. (2019). ‘Can art save the world?’ The colonial experience and pedagogies of display. Paedagogica Historica, 55(4), 642-649.
Grosvenor, I. & Watts, R. (2002) Educational Review, 54(2), 101-104.  
Hardcastle, J. (2013). ‘Photographers are the devil’: an essay in the historiography of photographing schools. History of Education, 42(5), 659-674.
Herman, F. & Plein, I. (2017). Envisioning the industrial present: pathways of cultural learning in Luxembourg (1880s–1920s). Paedagogica Historica, 53(3), 268-284.
Lathey, G. (2016). Enlightening city childhoods: Walter Benjamin’s Berlin and Erich Kästner’s Dresden. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 24(4), 485-493.
Lawn, M. & Grosvenor, I. (2001). 'When in doubt, preserve': exploring the traces of teaching and material culture in English schools. History of Education, 30(2), 117-127.
O, J.R.& Vallera (2020). A oficina do fragmento. História da Historiografia, 13(32), 331-366.
Pinheiro, M.F. (2020). Hannah Arendt and Walter Benjamin. Sociedade&Estado, 35(3) 817-836.
Popkewitz, T.S., Pereyra, M.A. & Franklin, B.M. (2001). History, the problem of knowledge, and the new cultural history of schooling. In T.S.Popkewitz, M.A.Pereyra & B.M.Franklin (eds.), Cultural History and Education (pp.3-42). RoutledgeFalmer.
Pozo, M.M. (2023). From personal memories to public histories of education: a challenge for the historian. History of Education, 52(6), 1015-1035.
Pozo, M.M (Ed.) (2019). Madrid, ciudad educadora, 1898-1938. Ayuntamiento de Madrid.
Witte, B. (2017). Walter Benjamin. Autêntica.
 
15:45 - 17:1518 SES 07 A: Network 18 Meeting
Location: Room 106 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Oliver Hooper
Network Meeting
 
18. Research in Sports Pedagogy
Paper

NW 18 Network Meeting

Oliver Hooper

Loughborough University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hooper, Oliver

Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
15:45 - 17:1519 SES 07 A: Photovoice Research
Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Ingrid Kellermann
Research Workshop
 
19. Ethnography
Research Workshop

Photovoice Reimagined: Principles and Scope of Photovoice Research

Nicole Brown

UCL Institute of Education, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Brown, Nicole

Photovoice is a particular approach to research that emerged in the 1990s in response to wider developments within qualitative research. Researchers more formally recognised the power they held in the relationship to their participants and began to feel uncomfortable about the researcher-researched hierarchy. As a result, trends moved towards participatory and creative approaches to minimise these hierarchies, to reduce the power differentials between participants and researchers, and to equalise the responsibility amongst the stakeholders within the research (e.g. Wang and Burris, 1994, 1997). In addition, smartphones, tablets, or action cameras have eased availability of and accessibility to relatively cheap and simple means for recording through photography. Where once detailed knowledge of the photographic process may have been required to enable individuals to capture meaningful information and data, editing apps and software further facilitate the development of photography. As a result, research projects employing photographs became more prominent (e.g. Blinn and Harrist, 1991; Schwartz, 1989; Niessen, 1991).

A quick search on Google Scholar for the key terms "photovoice" and "photo elicitation" demonstrates just how significant that change has been. Articles relating to "photo elicitation" nearly octupled between the 1990s and the 2010s, whereas articles relating to "photovoice" multiplied by 120. The popularity of research studies using photography as an approach to gathering data is undisputable. However, the terminologies and conceptualisations are not always entirely clear.

Whilst photovoice and photo elicitation initially were two quite distinct approaches to research in the social sciences, the boundaries are more blurred nowadays. In part, this is due to researchers designing projects to suit their specific target communities and target participants, and so adjusting elements of a research method. In part, this is also due to developments that rendered photovoice and photo elicitation a kind of diary method with communities that would otherwise be difficult to reach. The social distancing rules that were put in place during the COVID19 pandemic exacerbated this trend of using photographs as a form of remote data collection. As the approaches along with the terminology have varied over time, many visual methods or forms of visual inquiry have also been used to describe what others define as "photovoice" or "photo elicitation". To untangle this web, I have reframed photovoice and photo elicitation as Photovoice as a framework and Photovoice as a method (Brown, 2024).

For this interactive workshop I propose to offer an introductory session on how Photovoice may be used as a framework and as a method. I will begin by outlining the main principles of photovoice in its original intention and sketching out how photovoice research has developed since. For the workshop activities, I will have images available that will enable attendees to experiment with aspects of photovoice research from data collection to analysis through to dissemination. Throughout the session, I will highlight ethical, methodological, and practical opportunities and challenges when using photovoice as a framework or as a method.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a proposal for a methodological workshop on how to use photovoice in research. Unfortunately, many researchers using photographs in ethnographic research misinterpret or mislabel their work. The aim of this interactive workshop to clarify definitions of photovoice research and to learn about the opportunities and challenges, benefits, and drawbacks of photovoice as a framework and photovoice as a method.

The workshop offers conference delegates an opportunity to explore the foundations and theoretical underpinning photovoice as a method and as a framework, and to enable practical experimentation.

We discuss the foundations of photovoice in the context of social justice discourses, why we should be using photovoice as a framework in research, but also how we may introduce photovoice as a method in our existing paradigms. Subsequently, delegates actively experiment with "pick a card" activity (photovoice as a method), the process of analysing photovoice data and creating representations of experiences through the use of images. Visual research methods have been found particularly helpful in yielding rich qualitative data and thus provide a deep insight into research participants' experiences. The tasks in the workshop are explored in view of 4 guiding questions allowing delegates to focus on practical, methodological, and ethical considerations regarding photovoice as a method vs. photovoice as a framework.

In line with the pedagogical principles of social constructivism the course is delivered as a mixture of interactive group tasks, discussions and lectures to enable active and experiential learning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By the end of the workshop, it is expected that delegates feel comfortable with the differences in approaches of photovoice as a method and photovoice as a framework. Additionally, delegates will recognise the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats of both aspects of photovoice research.
References
Blinn, L., & Harrist, A. W. (1991). Combining native instant photography and photo‐elicitation. Visual Anthropology, 4(2), 175-192.
Brown, N. (2024). Photovoice Reimagined. Policy Press. ISBN: 9781447369387.
Niessen, S. A. (1991). More to it than meets the eye: Photo‐elicitation amongst the Batak of Sumatra. Visual Anthropology, 4(3-4), 415-430.
Schwartz, D. (1989). Visual ethnography: Using photography in qualitative research. Qualitative Sociology, 12(2), 119-154.
Wang, C., & Burris, M. A. (1994). Empowerment through photo novella: Portraits of participation. Health Education Quarterly, 21(2), 171-186.
Wang, C., & Burris, M. A. (1997). Photovoice: Concept, methodology, and use for participatory needs assessment. Health Education & Behavior, 24(3), 369-387.
 
15:45 - 17:1521 SES 07 A: Paper Session 4
Location: Room 011 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Kathrin Trunkenpolz
Paper Session
 
21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

Teachers Facing Adolescent Uncertainty

Dominique Méloni-Johnson

UPJV, Université de Picardie Jules Verne, France

Presenting Author: Méloni-Johnson, Dominique

Adolescence is an emblematic time of testing uncertainty. Bodily transformations in fact cause a chain of destabilization which re-engages the subjective position and blurs the benchmarks established in childhood (Gutton, 1996). The child knows that his body will transform, nevertheless the arrival of puberty surprises and requires a psychological elaboration (Deutsch, 1996). The illusion of childhood, with its dream of omnipotence and access to flawless happiness, is undermined by the experiences of life. In correlation with these upheavals, the guarantee of knowledge of the Other, represented by the adult, is shattered. Its reliability becomes doubtful, while its flaws become more noticeable. However, the certainties of childhood regarding values, the validity of rules or customs, and even about one's own place within the community begin to fade away. Back to/confronted with to the question of “Who am I?” the adolescent is consequently no longer assured of his future prospects, in a world still marked by multiple crises.

Yet, it is precisely and paradoxically at this moment of characterized confusion, marked by a loss of internal and external reference points, that the adolescent must make fundamental choices that will shape their future in social and emotional aspects. At times gripped by anxiety, they may seek refuge in their daydreams to cope with the instability they experience, before being able to overcome it (Ikiz & Houssier, 2021), to open up to encounters, to construct their future (Lacan, 1974). For this time of psychological disorganization induces a reorganization. Ultimately, adolescence leads to grappling with the inherent uncertainty that is part of our condition as suject. The construction of the orientation project offers an opportunity to initially experiment with ways of envisioning oneself in the future, then to act on one's choices to affirm one's desire and rediscover a form of identity in which to recognize oneself and be recognized by others (Méloni, 2023).
Nevertheless, studies on educational and professional guidance, such as the guidance policies of different countries within the European community (France, UK, Italy...) or beyond, in the West, in Latin America and North Africa in particular, primarily focus on the choice made or to be made. Staying closely attuned to social reality, they underestimate the implications of the adolescent journey in the choice of their orientation on one's mental health (Méloni, 2016). The guidance education is understood as the learning of identifying educational paths, careers, as well as understanding one's personality traits, preferences, and the development of decision-making processes etc. The uncertainty of adolescence thus seems destined to be mastered before being genuinely heard, without the adolescent finding a space for listening.
The adolescent's tumult, their fragility, the risks they face or pose often preoccupy adults. While educational spaces serve as a privileged scene for the expression of their inner life (Karray, 2022), the psycological resonance of concrete educational situations, such as orientation milestones, struggles to be heard.
Recognizing this gap between the increasing experience of uncertainty for adolescents during moments of career choices and the tendency of orientation policies to limit the spaces where the uncertainty could be addressed, this paper will offer a reflection from the perspectives of teachers responsible for guiding the orientation process. How, when they encounter daily situations that challenge the predictability expected by guidance policies, do they approach the question of guidance with adolescents who are inevitably subjected to the principle of uncertainty?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Traditionally, research on guidance primarly aims to understand how to “properly guide” students. Their lived experiences are not considered in and off themselves. Therefore, my work focuses on this overlooked area. The paper will introduce a study on the teachers’ experience, aligned with educational research referencing psychoanalysis.
The established framework is a discursive one, aimed at teachers' statement of their subjective position, comprising 20 interviews with teachers, most of which were received twice, as well as 6 discussion groups. The methodology and analysis of the interviews refer to the psychoanalytic corpus. The context nevertheless imposed an adaptation of the “interview technique”, since the interviews were conducted as part of research in an educational institution, and not as part of an analytical practice. Nevertheless, these adaptations have retained one of the fundamental principles of psychoanalysis, namely, facilitating and collecting the narratives of teachers about their experiences. Therefore the interviews were nondirective, encouraging associations and elaborations, while 2 discussion groups referred to the psychoanalytic conversation (Miller, 2020) and two others drew inspiration from the methodology of photo-language, fostering expression through image mediation.
The use of psychoanalysis proves particularly fruitful in understanding how teachers are affected by encountering adolescent uncertainty, focusing on the imaginary life, the admitted or unconfessed desire, the expectations, the ideals, and the anxiety. Ultimately, rather than looking for how to master the orientation process by reducing the amount of uncertainty, this research is interested in the treatment of uncertainty by the teacher by considering that it is an essential fact of the divided subject.
The case analysis (Visentini, 2024) extracted from the collection of interviews, such as a teacher’s situation, or a specific extract from an exchange will help to identify some salient points that demonstrate the importance of considering the unconscious in the face of the challenge posed by adolescent uncertainty.
The uniqueness of the situations encountered will involve both the cultural and social context of establishment in a remote region of Morocco in the 2020s and the individual singularity of each teacher. Without seeking to generalize the observations, the objective will consist of bringing out the implications of unconscious mechanisms in the face of uncertainty, or even, to propose a discussion on previously established theoretical framework.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis will highlight the subjectivity of teachers regarding the orientation of adolescents. Certain phenomena observed in teaching situations are found (Filloux, 1987). Specificities will be presented, particularly the resurgence of their adolescent projects. With reference to the notion of screen memory, we will examine the emergence of “screen phrases”. Staging a turning point in their journey, the testimony of a phrase addressed by an adult to their adolescence, supports, in fact, the arrangement of a restorative or identifying posture to help students find their way.
This point will lead us to consider how the handling of guidance remains determined by their vision of their primary role, teaching. The uncertainty of adolescence challenges both their “educative intention” (Lacan, 1966, p. 787) and their sense of professional identity, linked to the transmission of knowledge. However, their primary discipline remains a reference point to draw upon resources for guiding students.
We will then address contemporary discomfort in the face of uncertainty. According to Freud (1930), discomfort is structural to the process of civilization which induces renunciations. However, this discomfort, involving the lack of knowledge about one's desire, currently seems unbearable for the subjects. We will observe certain consequences on orientation.
The paper will finally specify the notion of uncertainty. Revived in adolescence, uncertainty is also a common feature in the ordinary neurotic, not knowing what one wants, nor what is right. Without being preferable to it, certainty is a particularly salient trait in the paranoid, who rejects what would make it waver (Lacan, 1981). In between lies the belief in an omniscient and all-powerful Other, recognized by Freud as an illusion that education should help one free from (1927). But then, can education succeed in developing reason and encouraging venturing into the future without supporting the development of uncertainty on both sides?

References
Deutsch, H. (1967). Problèmes de l’adolescence. Payot.
Freud, S. (1927/2022). The Future of an Illusion. Culturea.
Freud, S. (1930/2014). Civilization and its Discontents. Penguin Classics.
Gutton, P. (1996). Adolescens. PUF.
Filloux Jean-Claude. (19987). Note de synthèse. Psychanalyse et pédagogie ou: d'une prise en compte de l'inconscient dans le champ pédagogique. Revue française de pédagogie, 81, 69-102;
DOI: 10.3406/rfp.1987.1469
Ikiz, S. & Houssier, F. (2021). Finir l’adolescence, devenir adulte : de la rêverie au projet. Enfances & Psy, 89, 162-170.
DOI: 10.3917/ep.089.0162
Karray, A. (2022). Le sens de l’école. Cliniques des souffrances scolaires et des trajectoires créatives. In Press.
Lacan, J. (1966). Écrits. Seuil.
Lacan, J. (1974). Préface. In F. Wedekind. (dir.), L’éveil du printemps. Tragédie enfantine. Gallimard.
Lacan, J. (1955-1956/1981). Le séminaire, Livre III, Les psychoses. Paris: Seuil.
Méloni, D. (2023). O Real à prova, um momento decisivo de orientação para o futuro. Estillos da clinica, 28(3), 341-351.
Méloni, D (2016). A escolha de uma orientação vocacional: uma oportunidade de trabalho psíquico para o adolescente. Revista Latinoamericana de Psicopatologia Fundamental, 19, 647-662.
Miller, J-A. (2020) La conversation clinique. Le Champ freudien.
Visentini, G. (2024). Penser et écrire par cas en psychanalyse. L’invention freudienne d’un style de raisonnement. PUF.


21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

From Fright and Powerlessness to an Ethics of the Real

Jean-Marie Weber

University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg

Presenting Author: Weber, Jean-Marie

In a complex society in crisis, the teaching profession has become more difficult and challenging.

  1. The problem

Indiscipline, provocation, physical abuse, student inattention, adolescent depression, learning disabilities, bullying, various phobias and dropping out of school are symptoms that teachers are increasingly confronted with. This is particularly frightening for young teachers.

Teachers may experience a range of emotions such as aggression, fear, sadness/depression, jealousy or guilt. Sometimes they manage to suppress their questions and their suffering. In doing so, they repeatedly place themselves and possibly their pupils in agonising situations. Pushed by the death drive, they find themselves in a (self)destructive dynamic. Articulation with the life instinct becomes less and less successful.

Nevertheless, they feel that they lack a perspective, a word, a way of dealing with a lack. (Menard) They search for ways to deal with their questions, their suffering and their powerlessness.

2. A psychoanalytic view

The traumatising encounters evoke "fright" and confront the protagonists with the

with the "uncanny", as an encounter with the familiar in themselves (Freud) or, as Lacan says, with the "lack of lack".

Insofar as for Lacan (1986) the subject is structurally constituted on the basis of discourses and the desire of the other, we are all confronted with the desire and the enjoyment of the other, in the area of imaginary, symbolic and real. Again and again, we are confronted with the question "Che vuoi": what does the other want from me? Confronted with the different others, pupils ask themselves what this society, parents, teachers colleagues desire from them. The result can be anxiety, other affects and various symptoms.

Due to our constitution as subjects by the Other, the teachers' discomfort in such cases is also caused by their initially unconscious knowledge of their possible involvement in the processes that lead pupils to symptoms and acting outs of violence. This brings with it a feeling of eeriness and anxiety.

  1. The psychoanalytic approach

With his psychoanalytic approach, Freud found a way to trace the singular patterns of the suffering subjects through the "talking cure" in order to deconstruct phantasms, to partially give meaning to the symptoms and to allow the subject to construct previously missing perspectives on the real.

My hypothesis:

It is precisely the confrontation with the not immediately symbolisable real, the uncanny and the unconscious knowledge, that makes the teacher aware that he is on the level of the unconscious and as a represent of the “other”, thus said involved in the dynamic of the situation, a part of the process. So, he must take his part of responsibility for the situation and not simply approach it as a "master" (Brown,2006) from a neutral, "pedagogical-scientific" position. (Zizek, 1998)

Working through such frightening situations enables him to develop a freer view on the situation. This is the basic prerequisite for the pupil to be able to deconstruct fears and phantasms around "Che vuoi".

4. A setting

Building on Freud, psychoanalysts such as Balint, Kaës, Blanchard-Laville (2013) and many colleagues from Cliopsy (Geffard,2018) have organized groups to help professionals verbalize their suffering and problems in a way they have not done before. I offer and research such settings.

At the research level, the aim is to analyse

  • Which transformative processes (Koller, Wultange) have been initiated in the setting, which have not and why,
  • Whether the hypothesis of the awareness of the teacher's as “one other” has been always involved in the complex situation. To what extent does the participing teachers feel implicated and co-responsible for creating an atmosphere in which a dynamic of desire can unfold instead of a dynamic of destructive pleasure?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
1. The setting

In order to test the hypothesis, I developed an "analysis of one's own practice" setting.

The trainee teachers report situations in which they were surprised by themselves, in which they were shocked by themselves, ashamed or felt powerless and perhaps in which their desire and enjoyment articulated to the projections and transference of the pupils became already questionable for them.

The point is that they

• Find words to verbalise what happens to them in certain difficult situations, such
        as when pupils rebel, disrupt, bully, hit, do nothing, avoid contact, fall into
        depression.
• Get a sense of the implicit drive and affect structures, fictions / phantasms,
        structures of pleasure and lack of desire that play a role in themselves and
        possibly in their students. It is also particularly important to get a feel for their
        projections, identifications and transmissions in the classroom and to put them into l.      anguage.
• to develop new perspectives for themselves and their future actions, based on
        their own words and the echoes of the participants.
• Approach the truth of their desire (e.g. as a teacher).
• Develop an ethic of the real (Zupancic, 2000), of responsibility, rather than simply
        trying to cope with difficult situations from a neutral position by applying norms and
        rules.

The analysis of one situation consists of five steps: Report of one teacher, questions from the participants, analysis by the group, summary and clarification of psychoanalytic views, follow-up in the next session. The seminar consists of five sessions of 3 hours each.

2. The research work:

To test the effects and the hypothesis

• The verbatim presentation and analysis by the group, as well as the final feedback, were noted and then transcribed.
• The interviews with the participants and the co-facilitator were also transcribed.
• The qualitative analysis of the transcripts (Jacobi, 1995; Nougué, 2003) is based on the following categories:

- Signifiers / main signifiers that stand out and enable transformation-processes
        (Izcovich)
- The imaginary, the symbolic and the real
- Fictions and phantasms
- Fissures in the phantasm that served to endure impossible situations.
- Desire and instinctive pleasure
- Projections and transference between teacher and student
- Articulation of new signifiers with the main signifier and their impact on the lesson,
- Change on the level of the teacher style.
- Transference that supported or blocked the analysis process in the seminar group.
- Ethical positioning (Ruti 2015, 2018))

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
On the basis of the evaluation by the whole group, we were able to establish that this setting is very useful for moving from an attitude of powerlessness to an attitude of desire and shared responsibility. Above all, it became clear how the different aspects of the subject (Lacan), divided between the conscious and the unconscious, between desire and enjoyment, could be accepted and thus better dealt with. The triad of the imaginary, the symbolic and the real is of great importance in analyzing situations and learning to deal creatively with one's own symptoms.

By coming to terms with their desire to teach, their unconscious enjoyment of their position of power, their passion for not knowing, i.e. their blindness to students' demands and problems, the participants were able to recognize their involvement as an other, their shared responsibility. An ethics of the real, of taking responsibility in situations that can never be fully symbolized, can be partially developed. Of course, this does not mean that the students also have to take responsibility for their (sometimes unconsciously guided) actions

The differences and tensions between an ethics of desire and a morality based on norms and rules are also brought to the fore in order to deal with them in a more reflective way.

Some participants became aware of how their own phantasms lead to transference and projection. This also fostered a sense of the pupils and themselves as subjects of enjoyment, suffering and desire.

Interestingly, one could also feel what it means to develop a certain style.

References
Brown, T. Atkinson, D. & England, J. Regulatory (2006). Discourses in education. A lacanian perspective. Bern, Peter Lang
Berriau, J. (2023). Apprendre à philosopher avec Lacan, Paris, Ellipses
Blanchard-Laville, Claudine (2013). Au risque d’enseigner. Paris, PUF
Clarke, M. Lacan and Education Policy. The other side of Education. London, New-York, Oxford, New delhi, Sydney, Bloomsbury Academic
Gascuel, Nils (2022) Le désir de l’enseignant. Toulous, Erès
Geffard, P. (2018). Expériences de groupes en pédagogie institutionelle, Paris, L‘Harmattan
Freud, S. (1919). Das Unheimliche. GW. XII, Frankfurt am Main, Fischer, 1999, S. 229-268
Herfray, CH. (1993). La psychanalyse hors les murs. Paris, Desclée de Brouwer
Izcovich, Luis (2023). La clinique du cas en psychanalyse, Paris, Stilus
Jacobi, B. (1995). Cent mots pour l’entretien clinique. Ramonville Sainte-Agne, Erès
Koller, H.-Ch. ; Wulftange G. (Hg.) (20014). Lebensgeschichte als Bildungsprozess? Perspektiven bildungstheoretischer Biographieforschung. Bilefeld, transcript
Lacan, J. (1986). Le Séminaire, Livre VII, L’éthique de la psychanalyse, Paris, Seuil
Lacan, J. (1991). Le Séminaire, Livre XVII, L’envers de la psychanalyse, Paris, Seuil
Lacan, J. (2001). Le Séminaire, Livre VIII, Le transfert, Paris, Seuil
Lacan, J. (2004)  Le Séminaire, Livre X, L’angoisse, Paris, Seuil
Leguil, C. (2023). L’ère du toxique. Essai sur le nouveau malaise dans la civilisation. Paris, Puf
Menard, Augustin (2020). Les promesses de l’impossible. Nîmes, Champ social
Nougué Yves (2003).  L’entretien clinique. Paris Anthropos
Parker, Ian (2005) Qualitative Psychology. Introducing Radical research. New-York, Open University Press
Ruti, M. (2015). Betwenn Levinas and Lacan, self, other, ethics, new-York, London, New delhi, Sidney, Bloomsbury
Ruti, M. (2018)., Distillations Theory, Ethics, Affect. New-York, London, New delhi, Sidney, Bloomsbury
Sommer-Dupont, V. & Vanderveken, Y. (2023). Enfants terribles et parents exaspérés. Paris, Navarin Editeur
Weber, Jean-Marie, Ruzhena Voynova (2021). Le Décrochage scolaire, un processus de constructions et de déconstructions. Nîmes, Edition Champ social
Weber J.-M., (2024).  Das Unmögliche und seine Versprechen, nos cahiers Nr. 1.“2024, Luxembourg  (im Druck)
Zizek, S. (1998). Das Unbehagen im Subjekt. Wien, Passagen Verlag
Zizek, Slavoj (2020).  Sex und das Verfehlte Absolute, Darmstadt wbg. Academic
Zupancic, A. (2000). Ethics oft he Real. Kant and Lacan. London, New York, Vero


21. Education and Psychoanalysis
Paper

A Subject Supposed to Critique: Some Lacanian Provocations on Teacher Demoralisation

Henry Kwok

CUHK, Hong Kong S.A.R. (China)

Presenting Author: Kwok, Henry

Why are we, academics, supposed to critique? Why do our students – in-service or would-be teachers – assume that we, teacher educators, should take on the mantle of being the all-knowing experts, who should voice and critique on their behalf, against the existing order of things? In this provocative essay, I work through the idea of ‘critique’ in the scene of teacher education, through the Lacanian psychoanalytical concept of ‘subject supposed to know’ (Lacan 1978, 230). Data come from free associative interviews with demoralised teachers in my previous research project.

Lacan coined this notion of the ‘subject supposed to know’ as an operative principle of transference. Critique is full of transference, between the analysand and analyst, cathected with affects, in which ‘feelings, relationships, signifiers or discursive categories are repeated within present interactions’ so that ‘our responses in the present can be understood as repetitions of significant relations or discourses’ (Lapping 2011, 3).

The proposed essay is a discussion about the psychic aspect of critique, its unconscious and desires, illustrating why the pedagogical relationship of critique resembles the couch in the consulting room where the analysand and the analyst interact, floating between transference and counter-transference. It is also built on some growing body of theoretical papers that draws on psychoanalytical approaches to understanding education, on various themes, such as teaching practice (Britzman 2013); education policy (Clarke 2020); the desire of and in research (Lapping 2013; Tuck 2010); teacher agency (Phelan and Rüsselbæk Hansen 2018); and despair and ethics (Carusi 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Reworking the Lacanian notion, I take three steps to show how the new notion of ‘subject supposed to critique’ may act as an intervention and therefore help us grapple with the complexity of ‘critique’ in teacher education. First, like how Freud perceives sexuality as a reference point, I view the articulation of critique as a symptom that obscures the unfulfilled wishes and desires underneath the apparent resistance and hostility to research. This arises from the provocative questions and comments that are often posed by teachers, to teacher educators, in the imaginary order. ‘What is the use of writing papers that people don’t read?’ ‘Your research should critique the government policy.’ These are not just complaints made by teachers, but also manifest the deep grammar of teacher demoralisation, and the colonisation of ‘what works’ hegemonic order, in the existing paradigm of education.

The second step that I want to make, about subject supposed to critique, is the idea of melancholia; more specifically, following Freud, it refers to a psychic state in which the analysands (demoralised teachers) are confronting with the presence of a disappointing object. I situate critique not in terms of mourning, which refers to the lost object. By constructing the teacher educator as a subject supposed to critique, the demoralised teachers, I argue, actually express the shadow of an object which is present, yet disappointing – more specifically, the subject’s final stage at which he or she can now be a teacher but is confronting a different, disappointing reality that is different from the promised, rose-tinted romanticism and sentimentalism expressed in dramas such as Dead Poets Society, and the phantasmatic ‘what works’ pedagogies reproduced in teacher education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The final step is the genesis of productive guilt from critique, that is, how guilty feelings may work back on the interviewer, and the production of despairs expressed through the demoralised teachers over the existing order of things. The construction of the teacher educator as a ‘subject supposed to critique’ may open up a new dimension of ethics in teacher research. More specifically, how does the subject supposed to critique mirrored by my teacher informants speak back to our very acts in academia, ethically and response-ably? I argue that through this psychoanalytical interpretation of an encounter between academics and teachers, the question is not just about asking whether critique has run out of steam or to put the steam back on. It is to imagine a difficult critique, otherwise, beyond despair.
References
Britzman, Deborah P. 2013. “Between Psychoanalysis and Pedagogy: Scenes of Rapprochement and Alienation.” Curriculum Inquiry 43 (1): 95–117. https://doi.org/10.1111/curi.12007.
Carusi, F. Tony. 2022. “Refusing Teachers and the Politics of Instrumentalism in Educational Policy.” Educational Theory 72 (3): 383–97. https://doi.org/10.1111/edth.12537.
Clarke, Matthew. 2020. “Eyes Wide Shut: The Fantasies and Disavowals of Education Policy.” Journal of Education Policy 35 (2): 151–67. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2018.1544665.
Lacan, Jacques. 1978. The Four Fundamental Concepts of Psychoanalysis: The Seminar of Jacques Lacan Book XI. Edited by Jacques-Alain Miller. Translated by Alan Sheridan. New York: W. W. Norton.
Lapping, Claudia. 2011. “‘Psychic Defences’ and Institutionalised Formations of Knowledge.” In Knowledge and Identity: Concepts and Applications in Bernstein’s Sociology, edited by Gabrielle Ivinson, Brian Davies, and John Fitz, 143–56. Abingdon: Routledge.
———. 2013. “Which Subject, Whose Desire? The Constitution of Subjectivity and the Articulation of Desire in the Practice of Research.” Psychoanalysis, Culture & Society 18 (4): 368–85. http://dx.doi.org.ezproxy.lib.ouhk.edu.hk/10.1057/pcs.2013.14.
Phelan, Anne M., and Dion Rüsselbæk Hansen. 2018. “Reclaiming Agency and Appreciating Limits in Teacher Education: Existential, Ethical, and Psychoanalytical Readings.” McGill Journal of Education (Online) 53 (1): 128–45.
Tuck, Eve. 2010. “Breaking up with Deleuze: Desire and Valuing the Irreconcilable.” International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education 23 (5): 635–50. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2010.500633.
Žižek, Slavoj. 2007. How to Read Lacan. London: W. W. Norton.
 
15:45 - 17:1522 SES 07 A: Digital challenges in HE
Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Magdalena Fellner
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The Webinar: A Critical Reimagining

Helen Coker, Helen Burns

University of Dundee, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Coker, Helen; Burns, Helen

Online learning is often discussed in relation to what happens on the screen of the computer, tablet, or phone, which students are accessing the learning through. This can be seen to reflect ‘Cartesian approaches that separate mind from body’ (Dourish, 2001: 189), reflective of wider education discourses in the western world. The reality is that online learning is happening in a physical place and experienced bodily as well as cognitively, our eyes get tired from computer screens and our backs sore from spending too long sitting. In this critical re-imagining we draw on research which understands learning to be a socially, culturally, and physically, situated practice. We focus on the webinar, a synchronous online teaching activity, in which geographically distributed groups of lecturers and students participate in learning activities together. We teach on an international Master of Education programme, working with diverse groups of students, and have become increasingly aware of the different physical, social, and cultural locations in which they are situated. We take the pedagogic stance that webinars should provide opportunities for collaborative learning and use two conceptual lens’ to critically examine how this can be facilitated.

We use two conceptual lens’ to examine educational practice in webinars: Mediation and Embodied Cognition. A sociocultural understanding of mediation (Wertsch, 2007) allows us to consider the ways in which digital technology enables and constrains the learning experience. For international students’ digital technology enables connection to the university and to the module content, to the lecturer and to other students. The concept of mediation enables us to examine the way digital technology frames and constrains this learning experience. Embodied cognition (Johnson, 2013, Shapiro, 2014) deepens this examination by allowing us to ‘see’ the student as an embodied individual, experiencing education from a specific place. This enables us to explore further than the boundaries of the digital technology and critically consider the physical and cultural spaces which students inhabit as they engage with online learning. When teaching live sessions on international modules different time zones, geographic areas and cultural expectations are juxtaposed. Some students may have stayed up late, while others have got up early. Students in the same webinar may be experiencing extremes of weather or very different cultural environments. It is this juxtaposition that provides the potential for rich learning in webinars but too often not all students fully participate, or even attend. Drawing on both mediation and embodied cognition we consider the experience of the webinar and then highlight the implications of this conceptual framing for practice.

The conceptual analysis we present is grounded in empirical data, collected during an action research style scoping study which tracked the development of a pedagogic intervention. Physical artefacts were introduced to webinar tasks as a means to value the knowledge structures of the students, enable collaborative practice and support the embodied experience of learning. Our reflections imply that the use of artefacts creates sensorimotor experiences which can support learning. In recognising that cognition is embodied, providing sensorimotor opportunities becomes a necessity in supporting individual learners but more than this, by sharing these activities within a group, there is further potential for broader and deeper thinking through the provision of space to ‘offload’. Offloading supports confidence and the creation of new understandings. Where students are able to sense each others’ sensorimotor activity during the use and production of artefacts, motor equivalence and ‘mirroring’ are enabled, generating empathy amongst the group and allowing students to reflect on and add to their own experiences. This suggests that consideration of the embodied experience of the student is pertinent when reflecting on the development of online pedagogy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a conceptual study which draws on our own practice as lecturers on an International Master of Education programme. Drawing on the concepts of mediation (Wertsch, 2007, Vygotsky, 1987) and embodied cognition (Johnson, 2013, Shapiro, 2014) a pedagogical intervention was designed and delivered in the style of a small action research study. The module is part of an international MEd in Education which attracts students from around the world, with a variety of educational experience; professionally and culturally. Most of our students work in education in professional roles as teachers, school leaders or work-based educators. They are studying at master’s level in the Social Sciences. In the cohort on which we carried out this study we had a group of 10 students who regularly attended live webinars; these students were all experienced professionals working in a range of school settings and based in either Scotland or African countries. The module cohort was made up of 26 students, the other students watched the recorded webinars and completed the activities asynchronously. The small attendance at webinars was one of the factors which stimulated our interest in the webinar element of the module. Some students were unable to attend due to being in different time zones and some worked through the module at a different pace, taking advantage of the affordance of flexibility that online learning provides. This did not account for all students though and so we grew increasingly interested in understanding the value of the webinar element. Before proceeding with the study, we gained consent from our university ethics committee. Information was shared with students before the webinars in which data was generated. Students were given the option to have their data removed before we analysed the webinar recordings but none of the participants who attended the live sessions took this option. The intervention focused on three, out of eight, webinars which were delivered as part of a module entitled ‘Innovation in Education’. It was developed in the style of action study with three distinct research cycles. Reflections on each webinar informed the development of the next. Initial development of the intervention was informed by the conceptual framing of our analysis. All three webinars were developed to recognise the mediating role of digital technology and to acknowledge students’ embodied cognition, using physical artefacts to enhance digital engagement.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We speculate that engaging with both mediation and embodied cognition is important in understanding the experience of students as they engage with learning in webinars. Theory can be an effective tool to inform digital design and the implications of the argument presented draw attention to questions of inclusivity and internationalisation. By considering mediation and embodiment we reimagine online practice, particularly in relation to intercultural groups but also in general. The reflections on mediation highlight how technology is not neutral but reflects social and cultural practices (Baroud and Dharamski, 2020), if we are to develop effective online collaborative learning we need to consider the embodied nature of practice and engage with the diversity of international cultures. Inclusivity may include consideration of knowledge structures and power relations, and to create inclusive learning environments we may need to find new ways to value diversity. The production of physical artefacts may provide a way to do this. Acknowledging the embodied nature of learning allows us to create authentic learning spaces where the creation of artefacts provides a means to create emergence. Consideration of the lecturer and student as embodied individuals, whose participation in and with the world is mediated by tools and signs, is pertinent if education is to provide hope for the future.  


References
Baroud, J. and Dharamshi, P., (2020), “A collaborative self-study of critical digital pedagogies in teacher education”, Studying Teacher Education, 16(2), pp.164-182.
Dourish (2001), ‘Where the Action Is: The Foundations of Embodied Interaction’ MIT Press, London: England.
Johnson, M. (1987), The body in the mind: The bodily basis of meaning, imagination, and reason. University of Chicago Press
Shapiro, L. (Ed.) (2014), The Routledge Handbook of Embodied Cognition. Routledge.
Wertsch, J. (2007), “Mediation” in The Cambridge Companion to Vygotsky ed. Daniels, Cole and Wertsch, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge  
Vygotsky (1987) ‘Thinking and Speech’ from ‘The Collected Works of L.S.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Students Digital Well-being in terms of Distance Learning

Roman Komarov, Daria Milyaeva, Igor Remorenko

Moscow City University, Russian Federation

Presenting Author: Komarov, Roman; Remorenko, Igor

The pandemic 2020 drew a “waterline” between two concepts — “Emergency Remote Teaching” (ERT) and “High-Quality (Effective) Online Learning” (Hodges et al., 2020). ERT is considered to be “the temporary transition of learning to an alternative mode of content delivery due to crisis circumstances”. In 2021 Melissa Bond, Svenja Bedenlier et al. captured significant attention worldwide in the review that collected and synthesised the findings of 282 primary empirical studies conducted by 1019 authors from 73 countries during the initial 10 months of the pandemic. The compelling results of their research highlighted crucial insights that resonated across the globe.

One of the negative consequences of ERT was the problem of psychological distress. Therefore, the Yandex conducted a large-scale all-Russian study in 2020, specifically examining the emotional burnout experienced by school teachers. The findings revealed that 75% of participants displayed evident symptoms of burnout, with 38% of teachers being in the acute phase.

The “Hybrid” training format has also made its adjustments to the problem and has become widespread along with such training formats as “Face-to-Face” and “Remote/Virtual” but more than 90% of teachers recognise a digital disadvantage associated with the “Hybrid” format that makes a teaching-learning process more time-consuming. On the other hand, several studies indicate a shift away from the traditional classroom format in the educational process. This trend signifies a decline in the dominant position that the classroom format has held for centuries. In 2022, A.A. Margolis et al. showed that among the students of the Moscow State University of Psyсhology and Education (N = 761), only 10.8% of them preferred the full-time (classroom) study format. The distance learning format ranked first, with 49.5% of participants selecting it, while the mixed format claimed the second position with a preference of 39.7%. The research project led by E.I. Kazakova and I.E. Kondrakova involved students from 30 Russian universities (N = 4558) representing 23 regions of Russia revealed that students perceive distance learning as a means to fulfill their need for personal subjectivity and to take the initiative in educational activities.

Meanwhile, a study conducted by A.V. Filkina et al. on Russian universities students (N = 25400 students, 2021) using the “Patient Health Questionnaire (PHQ-8)” method revealed blended learning is linked to a higher likelihood of experiencing signs of psychological distress among students.

According to the researchers, the analysis of the relationship between the learning format and the occurrence of psychological distress symptoms shows ambiguous results that students who exclusively study in a distance-learning format present the lowest levels of psychological distress. Full-time education slightly increases the likelihood of experiencing distress symptoms. At the same time, most often signs of psychological distress are observed in students studying in a mixed format, when some classes are held full-time, some remotely.

However, the experiences gained during the pandemic and post-pandemic periods indicate that the alternative to ERT in the form of High-Quality Online Learning has the potential to yield excellent educational outcomes and is linked to psychological well-being. An experiment conducted on younger schoolchildren demonstrated that remote synchronous classes aimed at fostering creativity are equally effective, if not superior, to traditional classroom sessions, debunking existing social stereotypes. The experimental group exhibited slightly higher creativity scores compared to the control groups (L.E. Jalalova, R.V. Komarov). Similar positive educational outcomes have been achieved across various levels of education, including distance Master's degree programmes, advanced training courses, and professional retraining programmes. Therefore, the question of utmost importance in the post-pandemic period is what conditions guarantee the success of remote teaching (including digital formats) and promote the students digital well-being.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Building upon the systemic methodology, we identify three approaches to remote teaching: projective (substitutional), combinatorial (compilative), ecosystem. The projective approach entails a classroom methods direct transfer, techniques, models into the digital space, as the “transfer method” by Gonzalez-Urquijo et al. (2021). The combinatorial approach entails the simultaneous use of various digital tools, with the selection of tool combinations for educational tasks determined by both the nature of the tasks and the teacher's familiarity with the diverse array of digital tools available on the EdTech services market. The ecosystem approach highlights the importance of teachers and educational institutions adopting a unified and well-organised IT solution. It maintains a balance in the “open-closed” parameter, includes essential functionality for the educational process right from the start, catering to various tasks of different levels of difficulty, and offers a single entry point, allowing users to access all tools with just one account. Additionally, it ensures seamless integration of ecosystem tools with each other, while also providing the option for independent use or integration with third-party tools. It prioritises security, confidentiality, and data protection in interactions and operations and enables long-term, strategically planned collaboration with the team, rather than focusing solely on short-term outcomes.
The third aspect involves a distinct differentiation between the concepts of “effectiveness” (“What have you achieved?”) and “efficiency” (“At what cost?”). The efficiency coefficient (E) can be calculated by the formula: E = R / C. “R” is a result (such as the number of tasks checked by the teacher), and “C” is the cost, which represents the amount of operations carried out to achieve the result.
According to the research calculations, the effectiveness of the ecosystem approach in remote work is shown to be 3 to 30 times higher compared to the combinatorial approach. The magnitude of this increase depends on factors such as the subject content and complexity of educational tasks. Therefore, implementing the ecosystem approach has a direct impact on students' psychological well-being and influences hygienic, aesthetic, and other factors that contribute to their overall condition (due to reducing overload and tasks, as well as allowing more freedom for meaningful activities).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The digital well-being of both students and teachers is a system-forming function of the teachers’ success in a distant educational process. As the authors have consistently demonstrated, effectiveness rarely guarantee effectiveness in practice. The differentiation between effectiveness and efficiency compels us to approach success in terms of the methodological principle of determinism, which states that external causes manifest through internal conditions (S.L. Rubinstein).  These internal conditions encompass various factors, such as referring to an appropriate IT solution (the use of MS Teams or Google Classroom) within an ecosystem approach, choosing the way of remote working (combinatorial or ecosystem), and the level of digital competency. The motivation for successful distance learning has been formulated by C. Hodges et al. (2020). They define “High-quality (Effective) Online Learning” as an approach that aims to cultivate an educational community and offer students support not only in their academic pursuits but also through collaborative educational activities and various forms of social support. The creation of a learning community is a crucial semantic factor in ensuring the success of remote work. When aiming to foster the digital well-being of students, teachers face the responsible task of not only enhancing their digital competencies but also carefully selecting an approach that aligns with the teaching objectives of the system.
References
Hodges, C., Moore, S., Lockee, B., Trust, T., & Bond, A. (2020). The Difference Between Emergency Remote Teaching and Online Learning. EDUCAUSE Review, 27. https://er.educause.edu/articles/2020/3/the-difference-between-emergency-remote-teaching-and-online-learning
Bond, M., Bedenlier, S., Marín, V.I. et al. Emergency remote teaching in higher education: mapping the first global online semester. Int J Educ Technol High Educ 18, 50 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1186/s41239-021-00282-x
Komarov, R. V. Effectiveness vs efficiency: forks of success in remote work / R. V. Komarov // Methodical online games to help a teacher: author's developments of undergraduates of the programme "Personal potential development: personalisation and digitalization of education" : An educational and methodological guide / Under the general editorship of R.V. Komarova, O.M. Zvereva, N.D. Vyun. – Moscow : Pero Publishing House, 2023. – pp. 9-34. – EDN ZWLFVD.
Komarov, R. V. The work of a teacher at a distance: approaches to the use of digital tools / R. V. Komarov // Bulletin of the Moscow State Pedagogical University. Series: Pedagogy and Psychology. – 2021. – № 3(57). – Pp. 56-78. – DOI 10.25688/2076-9121.2021.57.3.03. – EDN ROAILO.
Falloon, G. From digital literacy to digital competence: the teacher digital competency (TDC) framework. Education Tech Research Dev 68, 2449–2472 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11423-020-09767-4
Gonzalez-Urquijo, M., Gonzalez-Hinojosa, D. E., Rojas-Mendez, J. et al. Transferring face-to-face sessions to virtual sessions in surgical education: a survey-based assessment of a single academic general surgery programme. Eur Surg 53, 55–59 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10353-021-00691-2
Butrime E. (2021) Virtual Learning Environments and Learning Change in Modern Higher Education During the Covid-19 Coronavirus Pandemic: Attitudes of University Teachers. In: Rocha Á., Adeli H., Dzemyda G., Moreira F., Ramalho Correia A.M. (eds) Trends and Applications in Information Systems and Technologies. WorldCIST 2021. Advances in Intelligent Systems and Computing, vol 1367. Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-72660-7_22
Learning and Collaboration Technologies (2020). Human and Technology Ecosystems. 7th International Conference, LCT 2020, Held as Part of the 22nd HCI International Conference, HCII 2020, Copenhagen, Denmark, July 19–24, 2020, Proceedings, Part II.  Editors: Panayiotis Zaphiris, Andri Ioannou. Springer, Cham. Springer Nature Switzerland AG 2020. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-50506-6


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

A university-wide analysis of the Activating Blended Education

Ralf van Griethuijsen, Martijn Meeter, Silvester Draaijer, Maiza Ponce

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: van Griethuijsen, Ralf

In Activating Blended Education (ABE), online and in person education are combined (Bowyer & Chambers, 2017) and students have to actively learn through exercises and meetings that are activating in nature, such as tutorials and discussions. ABE has increasingly been applied in higher education since the early 2000s in Europe and the United States (Güzer & Caner, 2014) and increasingly in the rest of the world (Anthony et al, 2020). After the Covid-19 pandemic, it has even been described as a new normal (Cobo-Rendón et al., 2022; Singh et al., 2021).

Multiple meta-analyses have found that ABE leads to better academic results than education that takes place entirely on campus or online (Bernard et al., 2014; Castro, 2019; Vho et al., 2017). Online contents gives students greater flexibility and the opportunity to learn at their own pace (Boelens et al,. 2018) and activating educational methods force students to cognitively engage with teaching materials long before a final exam. ABE can implemented in different ways. An instructor could for example choose for a flipped classroom setting in which instruction takes place via prerecorded lectures and meetings on location are used for clarification and discussion. It is also possible to make a course blended by adding online modules to a courses.

ABE has been extensively studied but most research has focused on detailed analysis of single courses and curricula (Anthony et al., 2022) often given by proponents of ABE. Research into institutional adoption of ABE is rare and often relies on interviews with higher management rather than a measurement of the actual instruction offered in higher education (Graham et al., 2022) As the adoption of ABE becomes more widespread, it becomes necessary to study how ABE is adopted institutionally and measure whether and how ABE is implemented through analysis of the actual education offered to the students.

The Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam (VU) adopted ABE as one of the design principles for its education in 2021. It is yet unclear whether the university truly achieved a greater level of blended and activating education and to ascertain whether this is the case, a mixed method research project has been started. For this study, a stratified sample was taken of Bachelor courses for which the content was analysed through the schedule and online learning environment. Interviews were conducted with course coordinators on the rationale for their course design.

We aim to answer the following research questions. 1) how can we efficiently and validly ascertain whether a course is blended and activating? 2) How is ABE designed? 3) Is there a shift towards more ABE in the period 2019-2024?

With a newly developed measuring instrument, over 150 courses were successfully analysed. The analysed courses were to a great degree activating but to a far smaller degree blended. Apart from a small minority of 10% of the sample, all courses had numerous assignments and meetings that are activating in nature. The courses that were blended were so because of a greater focus on online videos and modules rather than online meetings. In 2019-2020, all instruction took place on campus and during the Covid-19 pandemic all instruction moved online. After the pandemic, in 2022-2023, only a small number of courses had retained online activities. Online meetings were generally limited to one per course and do no constitute a significant part of the instruction. There was also an increase in online videos, quizzes and exercises. In interviews, teachers were generally positive about ABE but at the same time strongly preferred to have in person meetings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A measuring instrument was developed for analysis of the online learning environments of courses. Due to the great variety in how the online learning environment is used by different instructors, this analysis could not be automated and could only be done in person. The instrument was used to determine for each meeting whether it takes place online or not and whether it is activating in nature. Lectures and film showings were counted as not activating in nature. Most other meetings such as tutorials, lab practicals, debates and presentation sessions were counted as activating in nature. Prerecorded lectures were counted separately from lectures that were held online live at a specific point in time. In addition, the number of assignments and type of assignments (exercises, reports, presentations etc) were counted. We also included a measurement of all types of digital tools that were used, such as online quizzes, the use of an online forum and the use of e-books and e-modules.

We took a stratified sample for each bachelor education. For each bachelor program (45 in total), a course was picked randomly for each of the three years that the program lasted. All course coordinators were approached and gave permission for analysis of the Measurements took place for 2019-2020, 2022-2023 and 2023-2024 and were done by two raters. In the cases in which the two raters disagreed in their rating of a course, a researcher also rated the course and came to a final rating.

The course coordinators of the sampled courses were approached for a semi-structured interview and 29 of them agreed and were interviewed. In these interviews, the coordinators were asked about their view of education, in particular regarding activating and online education, and the rationale behind the design of their course. Special attention was paid to how the course has changed over the years and whether any changes will be made to the course in coming years. Interviews were conducted once the quantitative analysis of the course had been concluded. During the interview, the coordinators were shown the results of this analyses and were asked to comment on it. All interviews were recorded and transcribed verbatim and coded inductively.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Currently, over two thirds of sampled courses have been analysed and almost all interviews have been conducted and transcribed and are in the process of being coded. We intend to complete the analysis in the coming months.

From the analysis done so far, it can be concluded that the sampled courses are to a great degree activating but to a far smaller degree blended. The courses that were blended were so due to inclusion of online material rather than online meetings. Almost all courses made use of activating meetings and included multiple assignments. A minority of 10% of the courses could be classified as passive in nature. In 2019-2020, all instruction took place on campus (and during the Covid-19 pandemic, all instruction was online). In 2022-2023, a small shift towards online education had taken place. Around 20% of courses had online meetings, though often only one or two. There was a modest increase in use of videoclips and online modules. When shown the analysis, coordinators agreed with the findings.

In interviews, course coordinators were generally positive towards online education and saw the value of online modules and instructional videoclips. However, they preferred in person meetings for personal interaction and group formation. Coordinators often erroneously thought it was university policy to hold meetings on campus.

An important finding is that the developed instrument can be used to make valid and reliable statements about the degree to which a course is activating and blended. It can also create a valid evaluation of the institutional state of ABE. It turns out that the view that university-level education would primarily consist of lectures is outdated. Finally, it can be concluded that the shift towards online education during the pandemic was temporary due to a focus on in person instruction and student wellbeing.    

References
Anthony, B., Kamaludin, A., Romli, A., Raffei, A. F. M., Phon, D. N. A., Abdullah, A., & Ming, G. L. (2020). Blended learning adoption and implementation in higher education: A theoretical and systematic review. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 1-48.

Bernard, R. M., Borokhovski, E., Schmid, R. F., Tamim, R. M., & Abrami, P. C. (2014). A meta-analysis of blended learning and technology use in higher education: From the general to the applied. Journal of Computing in Higher Education, 26(1), 87-122.

Boelens, R., Voet, M., & De Wever, B. (2018). The design of blended learning in response to student diversity in higher education: Instructors’ views and use of differentiated instruction in blended learning. Computers & Education, 120, 197-212.

Bowyer, J., & Chambers, L. (2017). Evaluating blended learning: Bringing the elements together. Research Matters: A Cambridge Assessment Publication, 23(1), 17-26.

Castro, R. (2019). Blended learning in higher education: Trends and capabilities. Education and Information Technologies, 24(4), 2523-2546.

Cobo-Rendón, R., Bruna Jofre, C., Lobos, K., Cisternas San Martin, N., & Guzman, E. (2022, July). Return to university classrooms with Blended Learning: a possible post-pandemic COVID-19 scenario. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 7). Frontiers Media SA.

Graham, C. R., Woodfield, W., & Harrison, J. B. (2013). A framework for institutional adoption and implementation of blended learning in higher education. The internet and higher education, 18, 4-14.

Güzer, B., & Caner, H. (2014). The past, present and future of blended learning: an in depth analysis of literature. Procedia-social and behavioral sciences, 116, 4596-4603.

Singh, J., Steele, K., & Singh, L. (2021). Combining the best of online and face-to-face learning: Hybrid and blended learning approach for COVID-19, post vaccine, & post-pandemic world. Journal of Educational Technology Systems, 50(2), 140-171.

Vo, H. M., Zhu, C., & Diep, N. A. (2017). The effect of blended learning on student performance at course-level in higher education: A meta-analysis. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 53, 17-28.

Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam (2021) Onderwijsvisie Vrije Universiteit. Accessed on the 16th of January 2024, https://vu.nl/nl/medewerker/onderwijsbeleid/onderwijsvisie


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The Digital Public Sphere, Universities and Public Intellectualism

Mark Murphy1, Cristina Costa2

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2Durham University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Murphy, Mark; Costa, Cristina

The digital public sphere, comprised of a wide variety of message boards, information outlets, discussion fora and news channels, all enabled via social media and the world wide web, has on paper at least enormous potential to encourage the development of what Habermas referred to as a ‘critical reasoning public’ (1989). This is a public that, just as in the heyday of the 18th public sphere, held nation states to account and spoke truth to power – the public sphere effectively acting as a check on undemocratic practices. The reality, based on recent evidence, is that the public sphere of the 21st century has squandered this potential, with critical reasoning in short supply and struggling to make itself felt in a world of celebrity gossip and antagonistic behaviour. Online dialogue is a world away from a digital republic of letters and the genesis of a new age of enlightenment.

Much of the blame for this of course rests squarely on some of the usual suspects, the rent-seeking behaviour of modern capitalism chief among them. But blame should also lie at the feet of educational institutions, especially universities whose stated aims include the development of critical reasoning and the search for enlightenment. Their lack of presence in the digital public sphere is a striking feature of modern intellectual life. This is a serious oversight given what is at stake: overcoming the distortions of the digital public sphere, the misinformation, profiteering, commodification, as well as the widespread epistemic injustices and flagrant anti-democratic practices, depends, as Sevignani puts it (2022: 93) ‘on democratic learning processes in publics that foster the flourishing of communicative competences’. Of all the public institutions, universities are uniquely placed to help facilitate these ‘democratic learning spaces’ but have ceded this territory in the informal world of digital communication and opinion formation.

Why such a disconnect between the universities and the public? Given the make-up of the digital public sphere, there are technological and spatial elements at play in this disconnect as well as the commodifying issues mentioned above. While these issues are significant, this paper aims instead to examine a more fundamental concern which is the relation between the universities and the public. Specifically, the paper will explore the extent to which universities engage with the process of intellectualising the public, or public intellectualism. In order to do this, the paper will first of all: provide some historical context for this relation and detail how this relation has been impacted by social transformations; second, identify the mechanisms of public intellectualism (for example, evidential, communicative, pedagogical) and their institutional embeddedness, and third, critically examine the content of public intellectualism – for example, welfare and economic redistribution, justice, knowledge and power, the public good, democracy, voice and representation. The paper concludes by detailing some implications of this for the future of critical reasoning in the digital public sphere.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper adopts a historical and theoretical approach to the topic of the digital public sphere, with an obvious starting point being the work of Habermas. Habermas’ classic text The structural transformation of the public sphere (1989[1962]) provided an account for the rise of a critical reasoning public in countries such as England in the eighteenth century. Habermas traced the development of this sphere from its original role as a mouthpiece for the state to its transformation into a public debating chamber set against the interests of states. Greek in origin, conceptions of the ‘public’ and the ‘private’ and of the public sphere received a new lease of life with the growth of the modern state and of civil society alongside it. As a mediator between society and the state, the public sphere for Habermas is a crucial element of a properly functioning democracy, offering a privileged space for the ‘people’s public use of their reason’ (offentliches Rasonnement) (1989: 27).

The publication, in English in 1989, has since spawned a wide range of intellectual debates across the social sciences and humanities, its influence at its heaviest in fields such as sociology, communication and media studies, linguistics, political science and literary studies. Its presence in education debates, however, is markedly less so, which is an oversight given Habermas’ own emphasis (albeit indirectly) on learning spaces and processes as tools of communicative deliberation and political transformation. A cursory appreciation of the topic would suggest that the public sphere is fertile ground for a study of educational questions, especially as regards the public framing of these questions, the politics of educational knowledge and the role of social movements in influencing educational outcomes.

This paper aims to grapple with these concerns and to critical examine in particular the relation between universities and the now digitally-oriented public sphere, especially as it manifests itself in the 21st century. The historical focus is significant: this century has seen a ‘virtual transformation’ of the public sphere via the proliferation of social media, while also witnessing a questioning of expert knowledge cultures and a growing suspicion of educational authority. Educational professionals and institutions now more than ever have to compete against other sources of knowledge formation and production, making the development of a critical reasoning public an even more challenging proposition.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

Expected outcomes relate to two key elements of the paper: 1) exploring the mechanisms of public intellectualism. The paper will include detail and analysis of how institutions engage the public through evidence-based arguments and discursive practices alongside various educational strategies and forms of public pedagogy; 2) The second expected set of outcomes revolve around critically examining the content of public intellectualism, and this may include an analysis of how institutions (through their research centres, foundations, outreach programmes) engage the public in dialogue around pressing social issues such as welfare, care and economic redistribution, migration and citizenship, struggles over social justice and equality, identity and representation, notions of the ‘public good’, and wider concerns over the future of democratic states. The paper concludes by detailing some implications of these findings for the future of critical reasoning in the digital public sphere, which will include reconsiderations of existing institutional policy, strategies of impact and knowledge exchange as well as the role of academics and students in reshaping the public sphere for the 21st century.              

References
Feinstein, N. (2015). Education, Communication, and Science in the Public Sphere. Journal of research in science teaching, 52:2, 145- 163.  

Giroux, H. (2010). Bare Pedagogy and the Scourge of Neoliberalism: Rethinking Higher Education as a Democratic Public Sphere. The Educational Forum, 74:3, 184-196.

Gomes, L. (2015). Digital Culture, Education and Public Sphere. IXTLI - Revista Latinoamericana de Filosofía de la Educación, 2: 3, 129-145.

Habermas, J. (1989[1962]). The Structural Transformation of the Public Sphere. Cambridge: MIT Press.

Holmwood, J. (2017). The University, Democracy and the Public Sphere. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 38:7, 927-942.

Martin, C. (2015) Nudging the Public Sphere: A Habermasian Perspective on Public Deliberation as an Aim of Moral Education. Journal of Moral Education, 44:4, 440-456.

Pappas, L. N. (2016). Is Deliberation a Laudable Goal When Policy is a Done Deal? The Habermasian Public Sphere and Legitimacy in a Market Era of Education Policymaking. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 24: 121, 1-24.

Sevignani, S. (2022). Digital Transformations and the Ideological Formation of the Public Sphere: Hegemonic, Populist, or Popular Communication? Theory, Culture & Society, 39:4, 91–109.  

Trenz, H-J. (2023). Democracy in the Digital Public Sphere: Disruptive or Self-corrective?, Communication Theory, 33: 2-3, 143–152.

Ueno, M. (2015). Democratic Education and the Public Sphere: Towards John Dewey’s theory of aesthetic experience. New York: Routledge.
 
15:45 - 17:1522 SES 07 B: Students Well Being and Retention
Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Chris Kubiak
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Students Engagement in High School: a way to improve well-being

Maria Edite De Oliveira, Carolina Carvalho

Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal

Presenting Author: De Oliveira, Maria Edite; Carvalho, Carolina

Research on school engagement has a long tradition in understanding students' feelings of connection with their academic surroundings, values surrounding educational goals (Orthner, Jones-Sanpei, Akos & Rose, 2013), and participation in academic success (Orthner et al., 2013). High engagement with school can be linked to students' overall success and is of fundamental importance for understanding positive youth development (Li & Lerner, 2011). Engagement with school is characterized by several components, including students' sense of belonging, identification with school, and a sense of relatedness, whereas academic engagement refers to time on task, earned credits, and homework completion (Salmela-Aro & Upadyaya, 2013). The affective or emotional component refers to students' enjoyment and interest in school-related challenges, positive and negative reactions to teachers and classmates, and willingness to do one's schoolwork. The cognitive component, in turn, refers to students’ investment in schoolwork, as well as their thoughtfulness and willingness to learn and exert the necessary effort while studying. Finally, the behavioral component is described in terms of involvement, being present at school, and complying with school discipline rules (Salmela-Aro & Upadyaya, 2013). The concepts of three school engagement dimensions also describe students’ participation, commitment, positive and negative emotions, investment, and willingness to exert effort in one’s schoolwork, all of which refer to patterns rather than causes behind one’s actions. Thus, school engagement can be described as a multidimensional, developing, and malleable construct, including students’ (Carter, Reschly, Lovelace, Appleton & Thompson, 2012).

Normally, girls often exhibit higher levels of behavioral, emotional, and overall school engagement than boys (Li, Lynch, Kalvin, Lin & Lerner, 2011; Salmela-Aro & Upadyaya, 2012; Wang & Eccles, 2012), which may be related to girls’ tendency to perform better at school. Students from lower-income families are more likely than girls and higher socioeconomic status students to experience rapid decreases and follow unstable school engagement trajectories, often leading to school dropouts (Li & Lerner, 2011).

Experiences of belonging, positive relationships, autonomy, and competence are essential to psychological well-being; they provide the psychological “nutriments” or “resources” that sustain and enhance autonomous motivation and the engagement, persistence, and effort that flow from it. Moreover, if one or more of these nutriments is thwarted or denied, we quickly experience negative impacts on well-being, performance, and motivation (Dotterer & Lowe, 2012). Student mental well-being will be supported when teaching and learning practices actively engage students' intrinsic interests and communicate the importance and value of the knowledge and skills being developed. In this sense, students that are engaged in their classes and their universities express more good feelings, good relationships, and accomplishment, and these elements are essential for improving well-being.

In this study, we sought to explore the relationship between the involvement of 1st-year students in the university according to age and gender. Since we have students attending both day and night classes, we decided to establish age categories between 19-23 and more than 23. The research hypotheses to be evaluated are the following: Q1: students’ school engagement in the 1st year varies according to age. Q2: students’ school engagement in the 1st year varies according to gender (male/female). One hundred university students attending the 1st year participated in this study. Participants have a mean age between 19 and 57 years old and a mean of 23.9 (SD: 6.6).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the present study, participants are students in the 1st cycle of undergraduate studies in the area of social sciences at a university in Lisbon, who gave their informed consent to participate in the study. One hundred surveys were answered, of which 70 were female and 30 were male, with the students' ages varying between 19 and 57 years old. In the present study, the Student Involvement Scale at the University was used: A QuadriDimensional Scale (EAE-E4D) constructed by Veiga (2013) and validated in a sample with 685 students from the 6th, 7th, 9th, and 10th years of schooling from various regions of Portugal. This scale contains 20 items with a Likert-type response, ranging from 1 (total disagreement) to 6 (total agreement). Each of the dimensions of involvement is assessed using a set of five items. For example, some items stand out in each of the four dimensions: cognitive (e.g., "When I am Reading, I try to understand the meaning of what the author wants to convey"); affectively (e.g., “My school is a place where I make friends easily”); behavioral (e.g., “I'm distracted in class”) and agentive (e.g., “During classes, I intervene to express my opinions”). For the different dimensions, the scale's internal consistency values (Cronbach's Alpha) varied between the maximum value of .87 for the agentive dimension and the minimum value of .69 for the behavioral dimension (Veiga, 2013). In the present study, the Covas scale (2017) was selected, as this scale encompasses four dimensions of involvement and is revised by the author for higher education, whereas the Veiga scale (2013) was validated for compulsory education. The research respected fundamental ethical principles with the protection of participants, their informed consent, confidentiality, privacy, and protection of data collection. Thus, participants were informed by researchers who explained the objectives of the investigation, the voluntary nature of participation, ensuring confidentiality, privacy, and anonymity of responses. The instrument was administered in the classroom and subject to the same conditions for two 1st-year classes of social and human sciences at a University of Lisbon. The collected data were directly exported to SPSS statistical analysis software database, version 23. In terms of statistical procedures used, descriptive statistical analysis was carried out for the general characterization of the sample; an inferential analysis was carried out to understand the homogeneity of the variables, and then a correlational analysis was carried out between variables and by dimension.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Firstly, the results on the characterization of students' school involvement in the study with a minimum age of 19 and a maximum of 57; the average age was 23.9 years (SD: 6.6). Regarding the four dimensions of the scale, we found that the behavioral scale had the best average, 24.7, and the agentive scale had the worst average, 13.1 (SD: 3-8 and 5.8, respectively). In the first group (19-22 years old), there were very similar averages on the cognitive and affective scales (19.3 and 19.8), and on the behavioral scale, we obtained a higher average than the previous two (24.0) with the scale agency (12.0). We can conclude that in this age group, there are very adjusted behaviors towards study involvement, with cognitive and affective involvement having lower values. In terms of agentive involvement, this presents a very low value, indicating that there is no proactivity in the appropriation and integration of learning. In the second group (23-57 years old), the average on the four scales is slightly higher than the previous group, however, with the same pattern, the behavioral scale presenting the highest average value (25.6) and the average values of the cognition and affective scales with very similar values (20 and 20.6), respectively. Regarding sex, we found that in the group under 23 years old, 52 girls and 9 boys participated. It can be seen that the behavioral scale continues to have higher averages than other scales. In the group over 23 years old, the behavioral scale and the agency scale stand out with lower values compared to others.


References
Carter, C. P., Reschly, A. L., Lovelace, M. D., Appleton, J. J., & Thompson, D. (2012). Measuring student engagement among elementary students: Pilot of the student engagement instrument: Elementary version. School Psychology Quarterly, 27, 61–73. doi: 10.1037/a0029229
Dotterer, A. M., & Lowe, K. (2012). Classroom context, school engagement, and academic achievement in early adolescence. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 40, 1649–1660. doi: 10.1007/s10964-011-9647-5
Lewis, A. D., Huebner, E. S., Malone, P. S., & Valois, R. F. (2011). Life satisfaction and student engagement in adolescents. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 40, 249–262. doi: 10.1007/s10964-010-9517-6
Li, Y., & Lerner, R. M. (2011). Trajectories of school engagement during adolescence: Implications for grades, depression, delinquency, and substance use. Developmental Psychology, 47, 233–247. doi: 10.1037/a0021307
Li, Y., & Lerner, R. M. (2011). Trajectories of school engagement during adolescence: Implications for grades, depression, delinquency, and substance use. Developmental Psychology, 47, 233–247. doi: 10.1037/a0021307
Li, Y., Lerner, J. V., & Lerner, R. M. (2010). Personal and ecological assests and academic competence in early adolescence: The mediating role of school engagement. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 39, 801–815. doi: 10.1007/s10964-010-9535-4
Orthner, D. K., Jones-Sanpei, H., Akos, P., & Rose, R. A. (2013). Improving middle school student engagement through career-relevant instruction in the core curriculum. The Journal of Educational Research, 106, 27–38. doi: 10.1080/00220671.2012.658454
Park, S., Holloway, S. D., Arendtsz, A., Bempechat, J., & Li, J. (2012). What makes students engaged in learning? A timeuse study of within- and between-individual predictors of emotional engagement in low-performing high schools. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 41, 390–401. doi: 10.1007/s10964-011-9738-3
Salmela-Aro, K., & Upadyaya, K. (2013). Demands-resources model of engagement, burn out, and later adaptation in the school context Manuscript submitted for publication
Wang, M.-T., & Eccles, J. S. (2012). Social support matters: Longitudinal effects of social support on three dimensions of school engagement from middle to high school. Child Development, 83, 877–895. doi: 10.1111/j.1467-8624. 2012.01745.x


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Calling it Quits: a Longitudinal Study of Factors Associated with Dropout among Doctoral Students.

Anaïs Glorieux, Bram Spruyt, Joeri Minnen, Theun Pieter van Tienoven

Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium

Presenting Author: Glorieux, Anaïs

It is in universities’ interest to have high numbers of thriving and successful PhD candidates. PhD students are an essential part of the research system, as Larivière (2012) showed that one-third of the research output at universities was produced by PhD students. Moreover, the unsuccessful completion of a PhD trajectory goes hand in hand with major financial, societal and psychological costs (Allan and Dory 2001; Golde 2005).

Aggregated across Europe, about 34% of all PhD students do not obtain their PhD degree within six years (Hasgall, Saenen, and Borrell-Damian 2019). In Australian, British, Canadian, and American universities, average dropout rates range between 30% and 50%, depending on the discipline (Bowen and Rudenstine 2014; Lovitts 2002; Golde 2005; Council of Graduate Schools 2008).

the PhD track is very different from other phases of education and brings along its specific challenges. A substantial group of PhD students works alone on their project under the supervision of one or more supervisors. Working collaboratively with peers is not always part of the PhD trajectory, which can sometimes make it a lonely process and renders the role of the supervisor all the more important (Cantor 2020). Additionally, the academic environment in which PhD students work is characterized by ever-increasing job demands and competition, due to among other things a growing number of undergraduate students who increasingly fall under the responsibility of PhD students, an increasing pressure to get research funding and publish, and a growing demand to be involved in other activities next to research (Gill 2014). Both the high dependency on the supervisor and the demanding academic environment might incentivise PhD students to quit.

Indeed, research found that factors related to supervision, the project itself and psychosocial factors are associated with the intention to quit the PhD (van Rooij, Fokkens-Bruinsma, and Jansen 2021). However, turnover intention does not always reliably predict actual turnover, nor are the variables explaining turnover intention necessarily the same as those explaining actual turnover (Cohen, Blake, and Goodman 2016). Therefore, we add to this line of work by studying how the received support of the supervisor, the experienced time pressure during the project, and the amount of passion one has for research can predict actual dropout. Contrary to previous studies – that tend to focus solely on administrative data or survey data – we combine administrative data on actual dropout with survey data on the experiences of the doctoral trajectory (n=589).

In this study, special attention is paid to the heterogeneity within the group of PhD students. Previous research does suggest that dropout rates between disciplines differ (Golde 1994; Wright and Cochrane 2000), yet deeper knowledge on the mechanisms behind this is lacking. The aim of this study, then, is to investigate whether certain characteristics of PhD students and certain experiences of the PhD trajectory are associated with dropout, and how the importance of these variables varies between scientific disciplines. These insights will enable university policymakers to develop targeted measures to reduce dropout. Specifically, the two research questions for this article are: “to what extent do support, time pressure and passion for research predict dropout?” and “does their potential predictive power vary across scientific disciplines?”.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer our research questions, we rely on longitudinal data from the VUB PhD Survey as well as administrative data of PhD students of the Vrije Universiteit Brussel (VUB). The VUB PhD Survey is organized on an annual basis and contains information on the subjective experiences of PhD students. The response rates for the waves vary between 42% and 49%.
The data of the VUB PhD survey were matched with administrative information on the current administrative enrolment status of PhD students: (1) successfully completed the PhD programme, (2) still active in the programme, or (3) dropped out of the programme.
For this paper, the used data was limited to the VUB PhD Survey waves from 2018 to 2021 and restrict the sample to PhD students who were in their first year of enrolment when completing the survey (n=589).
The combination of administrative data on the enrolment status with survey data on the subjective experiences of PhD students during their first year of enrolment enable us to investigate the effects of subjective indicators at moment t on moment t+1, and see whether they can predict dropout. Moreover, the university-wide data enable us to study differences within the heterogenous group of PhD students, by focusing on a group of PhD students (1) from various disciplines who (2) work under different contracts.
The dependent variable is a dummy-coded variable that indicates whether a PhD student dropped out. The independent variables are “experienced time pressure”, “satisfaction with supervisor support”, “passion for research”. Control variables were gender, nationality (Belgian or foreign), doctoral school (as a proxy for discipline) and the type of contract (teaching assistant, project funding, personal mandate, self-financed or other).
We used a two-step analysis to answer our research questions. Firstly, we performed a logistic regression analysis predicting dropout. Model 1 included background characteristics only (gender, nationality, doctoral school, and type of contract). In separate models, we successively combined the background characteristics with the following predictor variables:  the experienced support of the supervisor during the first year (model 2), the experienced time pressure during the first year (model 3), and passion of PhD students for their research in the first year (model 4). The fifth and final model included all variables.
Secondly, we stratified the final model by doctoral schools. We tested whether the effect parameters varied significantly between disciplines using calculations suggested by Paternoster and colleagues (1998).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results show that supervisor support is negatively related to dropout, and that this is especially important for PhD students in the human sciences. Time pressure is positively related to dropout. When stratified by scientific discipline, this effect was only significant for PhD students in human sciences and in the life sciences and medicine. Passion for research showed a negative association with dropout. Stratification by discipline showed that this effect was only found among PhD students in natural sciences and engineering. Furthermore, teaching assistants showed higher dropout rates, and female PhD students in human sciences and life sciences and medicine were less likely to drop out.
The findings highlight the need for universities to be aware of the diversity of PhD students when formulating support policies for PhD students. These policies could include facilitating supervisors to support academic integration of first-year PhD students and create better job resources; monitoring the implementation of research plans and the balance between research and teaching or clinical tasks to reduce experience time pressure; or facilitating state-of-the art research infrastructure to keep PhD students passionate about their research. Finally, special attention should be paid to the needs of teaching assistants, specifically to those in the human sciences, because even after taking supervisor support, time pressure and passion for research into account, they are still more likely to drop out.

References
Allan, Peter, and John Dory. 2001. “Understanding doctoral program attrition: An empirical study.” Faculty working papers, 17.
Bowen, William G., and Neil L. Rudenstine. 2014. In pursuit of the PhD. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Cantor, Geoffrey. 2020. “The loneliness of the long-distance (PhD) researcher.” Psychodynamic Practice, 26(1): 56-67.
Cohen, Galia, Robert S. Blake, and Dough Goodman, D. 2016. “Does turnover intention matter? Evaluating the usefulness of turnover intention rate as a predictor of actual turnover rate.” Review of Public Personnel Administration, 36(3): 240-263.
Council of Graduate Schools. 2008. Ph.D. completion and attrition: analysis of baseline demographic data from the Ph.D. Completion Project. Washington D.C.: Council of Graduate Schools.
Gill, Rosalind. 2014. “Academics, Cultural Workers and Critical Labour Studies.” Journal of Cultural Economy, 7(1): 12–30.
Golde, Chris M. 1994. “Student descriptions of the doctoral student attrition process.” Paper presented at the Annual Meeting of the Association for the Study of Higher Education, Tucson, AZ.
Golde, Chris M. 2005. “The role of the department and discipline in doctoral student attrition: Lessons from four departments.” The Journal of Higher Education, 76(6): 669-700.
Hasgall, Alexander, Bregt Saenen, and Lidia Borrell-Damian. 2019. Doctoral Education in Europe Today: Approaches and Institutional Structures.  European University Association.
Larivière, Vincent. 2012. “On the shoulders of students? The contribution of PhD students to the advancement of knowledge.” Scientometrics, 90(2): 463-481.
Lovitts, Barbara E. 2002. Leaving the ivory tower: The causes and consequences of departure from doctoral study. Lanham, MD: Rowman & Littlefield Publishers.
Paternoster, Raymond, Robert Brame, Paul Mazerolle, and Alex Piquero. 1998. “Using the correct statistical test for the equality of regression coefficients.” Criminology, 36(4): 859-66.
van Rooij, Els, Marjon Fokkens-Bruinsma, and E. Jansen. 2021. “Factors that influence PhD candidates’ success: the importance of PhD project characteristics.” Studies in Continuing Education, 43(1): 48-67.
Wright, Toni, and Ray Cochrane. 2000. “Factors influencing successful submission of Ph.D. theses.” Studies in Higher Education, 25(2): 181–95.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Climbing the Ivory Tower: Agency, Reflexivity and the Career Pathways of Care-experienced Academics in Higher Education

Neil Harrison, Simon Benham-Clarke

University of Exeter, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Harrison, Neil

There has been increasing interest in understanding the higher education experiences of students who spent time ‘in care’ (e.g. with foster carers) as children, usually due to maltreatment or neglect within the birth family. Members of this group tend to have to overcome strong barriers to educational success, including social disruption, trauma, societal stigma and low expectations from professionals (Stein, 2012). Individuals who spent time in care are often referred to as ‘care-experienced’ and it is increasingly understood that their average educational outcomes are significantly lower than the general population (Berridge et al., 2020; Sebba et al., 2015).

Nevertheless, many care-experienced people thrive within the education system and achieve highly. Official figures for England (Department for Education, 2022) show that 13% of those in care at 16 enter higher education by 19; numbers appear to be growing, while care-experienced people often choose to study later (Harrison, 2020). Furthermore, Harrison et al. (2022) have estimated that around one-quarter of care-experienced graduates progress immediately into postgraduate study. However, almost nothing is currently known about those approaching the top of the academic ladder (Baker, 2022).

This paper therefore explores the experiences of care-experienced people who are now pursuing an academic career (i.e. as professors, lecturers, research fellows and similar), addressing the following research questions:

  • RQ1: What insights do the lived lives of the participants offer into successful pathways into and through higher education for people with experience of children’s social care?
  • RQ2: Why did the participants choose a career in academia, what challenges have they had to address to establish their careers and how have they overcome these?
  • RQ3: What mechanisms, if any, exist within universities to support the professional development of care-experienced academics (e.g. mentoring or funding streams)?
  • RQ4: How have the participants navigated issues of identity formation/renegotiation and communities of practice in academia?

We use Archer’s concept of reflexivity (2007, 2012) to explore the balance between individual agency and societal structures, with a focus on the ‘internal conversations’ that we have with ourselves. These help to guide our decisions and actions in relation to the enablements and constraints posed by the prevailing social structures. We also draw on the concept of ‘identity work’ (Brown, 2015) to explore the decisions that academics make about their professional lives. This is predicated on the idea that we can concurrently hold and project multiple identities that can be complementary, overlapping or even contradictory. Identity work captures the mental, emotional, social and physical labour that is invested in creating, maintaining and reconciling the identities that we deploy in professional settings.

While our study is focused exclusively on the United Kingdom, it has a wider relevance across European settings. There has been an increasing focus on care-experienced students in higher education, for example, in Ireland (e.g. Brady et al., 2019) and other European nations (e.g. Jackson and Cameron, 2014). We believe, however, that this is the first study to specifically address the lives of care-experienced academics.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our study is situated in the critical realist tradition which combines realist ontology with interpretivist epistemology (e.g. Sayer, 2000).  This is powerful when seeking to understand the lives of individuals who encounter rigid societal structures, such as the care and education systems (Pawson, 2013).  Critical realist enquiry particularly seeks to shed light on how those systems can be adapted to challenge deep-rooted inequalities and support marginalised groups.  

We believe this is the first study anywhere in the world to engage with care-experienced academics as a group of interest.  Our first aim was therefore to learn more about the group’s size and composition, based on an assumption that the numbers are very small.  To this end, we devised a short online questionnaire and publicised an anonymous weblink that was distributed extensively through relevant organisations, online forums and key individuals, aiming to reach as many care-experienced academics as possible.

After four months, we received 31 valid responses.  The questionnaire’s second purpose was to collect contact details for those interested in being interviewed.  Twenty-five were invited, of whom 21 agreed.  Semi-structured interviews lasting 45-70 minutes were undertaken using Microsoft Teams, professionally transcribed and carefully anonymised, before being uploaded into Nvivo for analysis.  A brief interim report was then circulated to the interviewees by e-mail as a form of member checking and to invite any further thoughts.  The British Educational Research Association’s 2018 guidelines for ethical research practice informed the study, which was developed in conjunction with care-experienced people at all points.

To analyse the data, we used thematic analysis based on Braun and Clarke (2021).  This involved a close reading of the transcripts, a phase of open coding of relevant sections and then cycles of discussion to ensure shared understandings and to combine similar codes.  We then assembled the codes into overarching themes, again taking a dialogic approach to resolve any differences in interpretation.  We eventually agreed on eight themes to adequately describe the content of the interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The eight themes that we constructed from the interview data were: (1) Contrasting experiences of school, (2) Academic pathways and plans, (3) Precarities and safety nets, (4) Identity, academia and feelings of success, (5) Professional relationships and belonging, (6) Enablers for career progression, (7) Discourses of luck, and (8) Removing constraints and forging enablements.

This paper will focus primarily on three findings from the study.  Firstly, that the precarity increasingly associated with higher education careers (e.g. Leathwood and Read, 2022) is particularly profound for care-experienced academics who generally lack the familial ‘safety nets’ that most early career academics enjoy.  This is particularly marked in relation to an ongoing quest for stability that has its origins in the educational and social disruption that they underwent in childhood.

Secondly, there was a tension between narratives of self-reliance and help-seeking which was playing out through our participants’ academic careers.  Many discussed how they had become accustomed to relying on their own resources during childhood and early adulthood due to limited support or advice from family and professionals.  Others felt that their success was partly attributable to their willingness to ask for support from knowledgeable others who were able to provide practical help with career development.  

Thirdly, a significant question for many participants was whether or not to reveal their care-experienced status to colleagues or students, and, if so, the limits to the information shared.  This was contextualised around fears about stigma, microaggressions or other negative reactions, although some of our participants were purposively open as part of a wider role in advocating around care or to act as a role model for students.  Being a care-experienced academic thus required substantial identity work that was not required of their peers.

References
Archer, M. (2007) Making our way through the world: human reflexivity and social mobility. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Archer, M. (2012) The reflexive imperative in late modernity. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Baker, Z. (2022) How does a background of care affect graduate transitions? A literature review. York: University of York.
Berridge, D., Luke, N., Sebba, J., Strand, S., Cartwright, M., Staples, E., Mc Grath-Lone. L., Ward, J. and O’Higgins, A. (2020) Children in need and children in care: educational attainment and progress. Bristol/Oxford: University of Bristol and Rees Centre.
Brady, E., R. Gilligan and S. NicFhlannchadha (2019) Care-experienced young people accessing higher education in Ireland, Irish Journal of Applied Social Studies [online], 19, 1.
Braun, V. and V. Clarke (2021) Thematic analysis: a practical guide. London: Sage.
Brown, A. (2015) Identities and identity work in organizations. International Journal of Management Reviews 17(1): 20-40.
Department for Education (2022) Widening participation in higher education, https://explore-education-statistics.service.gov.uk/find-statistics/widening-participation-in-higher-education/2020-21.
Harrison, N. (2020) Patterns of participation in higher education for care-experienced students in England: why has there not been more progress? Studies in Higher Education 45(9): 1986-2000.
Harrison, N., Z. Baker and J. Stevenson (2022) Employment and further study outcomes for care-experienced graduates in the UK. Higher Education 83: 357-378.
Jackson, S. and C. Cameron (2014) Improving access to further and higher education for young people in public care: European policy and practice. London: Jessica Kingsley.
Leathwood, C., and B. Read (2022) Short-term, short-changed? A temporal perspective on the implications of academic casualisation for teaching in higher education. Teaching in Higher Education, 27(6), 756-771.
Pawson, R. (2013) The science of evaluation: a realist manifesto. London: Sage.
Sayer, A. (2000) Realism and social science. London: Sage.
Sebba, J., D. Berridge, N. Luke, J. Fletcher, K. Bell, S. Strand, S. Thomas, I. Sinclair and A. O’Higgins (2015) The educational progress of looked after children in England: linking care and educational data. Oxford/Bristol: Rees Centre and University of Bristol.
Stein, M. (2012) Young people leaving care: Supporting pathways to adulthood. London: Jessica Kingsley.
 
15:45 - 17:1522 SES 07 C: Promoting Inclusion in HE
Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Patrick Baughan
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Teachers and Students on Inclusive Higher Education: a Questionnaire and Interview Study in the Netherlands

Tisja Korthals Altes1, Martijn Willemse1, Sui Lin Goei1, Melanie Ehren2

1Windesheim University, Netherlands, The; 2VU Amsterdam, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Korthals Altes, Tisja

The student population in Higher Education (HE) is becoming increasingly diverse, with the Netherlands being no exception (van Middelkoop et al., 2017). This changing student population raises the question of how to provide education for current and future student populations (Noppe et al., 2018). Therefore, it is no surprise that (international) governments and scholars are focusing on increasing inclusion in education (EECEA, 2022; Ainscow, 2020). HE-teachers play an important role in realizing inclusive HE (O’Shea, 2016; van Middelkoop et al., 2017). However, studies on HE-teachers’ views, images, and opinions on inclusion, in short, their understanding, are almost absent in the academic literature (Authors et al., [under review]; Stentiford & Koutsouris, 2021; Shaeffer, 2019). Consequently, the following research question was developed to address this gap in knowledge:

How do teachers understand inclusive higher education in the Netherlands?

The primary objective of this paper is to report on a study that aims to gain more insight into HE-teachers’ understanding of inclusive education, while simultaneously considering their institutional context. By doing so, this research aims to offer valuable insights that can guide HE institutions (HEIs), researchers, and governments in their efforts to promote and support inclusive HE.

Currently, students that differ from the norm associated with HE students, the “traditional student” (white, male, cis-gendered, able-bodied, neurotypical, straight, following education in their home country, and recently out of secondary education), often experience more barriers for student achievement (Meerman et al., 2018). The growing diversity in HE thus does not one-on-one result in inclusive HE programs.

Besides the moral imperative for ensuring student achievement of a diverse population to decrease inequity in HE and society (Shaeffer, 2019; Lister, 2020), there are multiple educational and societal rationales. Including, but not exhaustive: the need for more HE graduates (see Council of Europe’s ‘Lisbon recognition convention’ 1997, 2016), the facilitation of critical thinking by challenging hitherto unchallenged norms in HE (Harless, 2018; Callan, 2016; Moriña, 2016), and it prepares students for the diverse and international society they will work/live in (Palfrey & Ibargüen, 2018), e.g. education adjusted to the changing society in the future.

To realize an environment in which the likelihood of student achievement is equal for everyone in the diverse student population, e.g. inclusive HE, it is essential that HEIs and HE-teachers see diversity as an asset rather than an issue (Moriña, 2016). Fortunately, HE-teachers have a positive attitude toward inclusive HE (Authors et al. under review). Because there is currently a lack of research examining the understanding of inclusive HE among HE-teachers (Authors et al., under review; Stentiford & Koutsouris, 2020; Shaeffer, 2019), it remains unclear what specific aspects of inclusive HE HE-teachers hold positive attitudes toward.

In contrast to HE-teachers’ understanding, research has shown, the influence of the institutional context on the possibilities HE-teachers feel to realize inclusive HE (Authors et al., under review; Authors et al., under review). HEIs increasingly recognize their responsibility for accessibility and equal opportunities for student achievement (Glastra & Van Middelkoop, 2018). However, HE-teachers still experience challenges in their HEI due to a felt lack of support in resources, information, and training (Authors et al. under review).

To support HE-teachers in improving inclusive learning environments, more knowledge is needed on HE-teachers’ understandings of inclusion (Stentiford & Koutsouris, 2020), while paying attention to their institutional context (Authors et al., under review).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Context and Participants
The participants in this study were HE-teachers and last-year students from eight study programs spread across four HEIs in the Netherlands. Including HEIs from less researched areas in the field of inclusive HE (van Middelkoop et al., 2017) and research- and teacher intensive universities. The difference between them  could influence the degree of confidence, time, resources, and interest HE-teachers have in creating inclusive HE. Per HEI, two bachelor level study programs were selected: one teacher-education program and one  computer science program. Similar study subjects across the HEIs were selected to minimize the effect of the study subject on the results.

Instruments
Data on HE-teachers’ understandings of inclusive education was obtained through a written survey and semi-structured follow-up interviews. The use of written surveys was deemed appropriate due to the potentially sensitive nature of the topic, as it may allow participants to express their thoughts more freely in written format (Salant & Dillman, 1994).
The survey was designed for this study and consisted of both open- and close-ended questions. It is based on existing surveys in the field of inclusive education (Miesera et al., 2019; Authors et al.,under review;Wekker et al., 2016), which were adapted to the Dutch higher education context and a broad definition of inclusive education, and on the outcomes of a systematic literature review of the same subject. This resulted in 33 questions divided into five  parts:  (1) connection to their HEI; (2) images of inclusive HE; (3) implementation of inclusive practices; (4) responsibility of their HEI; and (5) background information. All HE-teachers and last year students of the selected study programs in the academic year 2023/2024 were invited to participate in the survey through an invitation by email and through their internal communication platforms.
Topic lists for the semi-structured follow-up interviews were designed based on the results of the survey and an earlier literature review by Authors et al.(under review). Participants of the survey were invited to participate in the interviews. A selection was made based on a spread among the different study programs.

Analysis
The survey results were transferred to SPSS and assessed for missing data and data division. The open-ended questions were first coded before comparisons between the participating groups and HEIs were made. The interviews were recorded, transcribed, and subjected to a member check (Merriam, 1998). The first author coded the transcripts in two-phases, which were reviewed by the second author.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The outcomes are on HE-teachers’ and their students’ understanding of inclusive HE and inclusive educational practice. The findings on the understanding of inclusive education in  these groups were compared to one another. It is expected that the student population of the study program in question, the geographical area, and the HE-teachers previous experiences influence their understanding of inclusive HE.

The support felt by HE-teachers from the study program where they teach and their higher education institution was considered in the analyses of the identified understandings. In a systematic literature review of the same topic (Authors et al., under review) and an explorative study (Authors et al., under review), we found that HE-teachers often felt a lack of support from their higher education institution. Furthermore, HE-teachers were often isolated and had limited knowledge of one-another’s educational practices (Authors et al., under review). With this study, more insight is gathered on the felt support at the specific higher education institution, but also, through follow-up interviews, more in-depth knowledge on the connection between higher education institution’s policy and communication, HE-teachers’ understanding of inclusive HE, and HE-teachers’ students’ experience of inclusive HE is presented.

With these outcomes, we aim to reduce the knowledge gap on HE-teachers’ understanding of inclusive HE and to contribute to realizing inclusive HE for their students. The latter aids in more equity in HE (Shaeffer, 2029; Lister et al., 2020), while also preparing students to work together in a diverse society (Palfrey & Ibargüen, 2018). Follow-up research based on the outcomes are on interventions at the specific HEIs participating in this study and generalizability of the designed instruments in wider European contexts.

References
Authors et al., under review
Ainscow, M. (2020). Promoting inclusion and equity in education: lessons from international experiences. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 6(1), 7–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/20020317.2020.1729587
Callan, E. 2020. “Education in Safe and Unsafe Spaces.” Philosophical Inquiry in Education 24 (1): 64–78. doi:10.7202/1070555ar.
Glastra, F & van Middelkoop, D. (2018). Studiesucces in het hoger onderwijs: van rendement naar maatschappelijke relevantie. Eburon.
Harless, J. 2018. “Safe Space in the College Classroom: Contact, Dignity, and a Kind of Publicness.” Ethics and Education: 1–17. doi:10.1080/17449642.2018.1490116.
Lister, K., Pearson, V. K., Collins, T. D., & Davies, G. J. (2020). Evaluating inclusion in distance learning: a survey of university staff attitudes, practices and training needs. Innovation: The European Journal of Social Science Research, 34(3), 321–339. https://doi.org/10.1080/13511610.2020.1828048
Meerman, M., de Jong, M., & Wolff, R. (2018). Studiesucces en etnische diversiteit. In F. Glastra, & D. van Middelkoop (Eds.), Studiesucces in het hoger onderwijs: van rendement naar maatschappelijke relevantie (pp. 89-139). Eburon.
Merriam, S. B. (1998). Qualitative research and case learning applications in education. Jossey-Bass.
Miesera, S., DeVries, J. M., Jungjohann, J., & Gebhardt, M. (2019). Correlation between attitudes, concerns, self-efficacy and teaching intentions in inclusive education evidence from German pre-service teachers using international scales. Journal of Research in Special Educational Needs, 19(2), 103–114. https://doi.org/ 10.1111/1471-3802.12432
Moriña, A. 2016. “Inclusive Education in Higher Education: Challenges and Opportunities.” European Journal of Special Needs Education 32 (1): 3–17. doi:10.1080/08856257.2016.1254964.
O’Shea, S., Lysaght, P., Roberts, J., & Harwood, V. (2015). Shifting the blame in higher education – social inclusion and deficit discourses. Higher Education Research & Development, 35(2), 322–336. https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2015.1087388
Palfrey, J. and A. Ibargüen. 2018. Safe Spaces, Brave Spaces: Diversity and Free Expression in Education. Reprint ed. Cambridge: The MIT Press.
Shaeffer, S. (2019). Inclusive education: a prerequisite for equity and social justice. Asia Pacific Education Review, 20(2), 181-192. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12564-019-09598-w
Stentiford, L., & Koutsouris, G. (2020). What are inclusive pedagogies in higher education? A systematic scoping review. Studies in Higher Education, 46(11), 2245–2261. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2020.1716322
van Middelkoop, D., Ballafkih, H. & Meerman, M. (2017). Understanding diversity: a Dutch case study on teachers’ attitudes towards their diverse student population. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, (9)1. DOI 10.1186/s40461-016-0045-9
Wekker, G., Slootman, M., Icaza, R., Jansen, H., & Vázquez, R. (2016). Let's do diversity: Report of the Diversity Commission University of Amsterdam. University of Amsterdam. Geraadpleegd op 16 januari 2024, 178892_Diversity_Commission_Report_2016.pdf (uva.nl)


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Counselling and Guidance Actions for Attention to Diversity at Spanish Universities

Yaiza Viñuela, Diego González-Rodríguez, Javier Vidal

Universidad de León, Spain

Presenting Author: Viñuela, Yaiza

In the university context, there has been an increase in the enrollment of a highly diverse student profile, including students with disabilities, educational support needs, or socio-educational disadvantages (Davis et al., 2021; Stanwood & Mittiga, 2022). In this regard, this study defines diversity-support students as those who, during the teaching-learning process, require ordinary or extraordinary actions to optimize their learning experiences (Vázquez Varela et al., 2020). These interventions, conceived from an inclusive perspective, must address the student's needs, whether they are specific or permanent, thus ensuring an equitable and accessible educational environment (Vázquez Varela et al., 2020; United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization [UNESCO], 2023).

Considering this student profile, it is necessary for universities to establish action plans aimed at promoting the inclusion of students within the university system (Banerjee, 2018; Ramos Santana et al., 2021). On the one hand, the services offered by universities to address the needs of diversity-support students have increased with the goal of enabling them to play an active role and succeed in their academic trajectory (Banerjee, 2018; Cesarano et al., 2018; European Commission, 2022). Among these services, the provision of psychological counseling stands out in European universities to ensure the holistic development of students, offering both psychological and health-related counseling (European Commission, 2022).

On the other hand, specific actions have been implemented to respond to the needs of diversity-support students. The provision of tutorials is a widespread practice in universities as they positively impact the student's retention in the university (Nardacchione & Peconio, 2021). Tutorials are considered key actions because of the important role of teacher-tutors in addressing the needs of diverse students (European Commission, 2022). Linked to the tutor concept, mentorship programs are being implemented, especially to assist students with disabilities in acquiring skills for academic success, such as learning strategies (Stanwood & Mittiga, 2022). Another noteworthy action is focused on interpersonal counseling with the aim of ensuring that students with specific needs, whether temporary or permanent, succeed within the academic sphere (Cardinot & Flynn, 2022).

In summary, it is essential for universities to have personnel with specialized training to address the needs of both university students and the challenges they may face during their academic journey (Bishop, 2016). This is aligned with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of the 2030 agenda, as it helps reduce inequalities among students by offering quality education (UNESCO, 2016, 2023). Therefore, by implementing actions in the university to address the specific needs of students, it contributes to achieving SDGs 4 and 10 (UNESCO, 2023). Taking into account the SDGs, diversity support is approached from an inclusive perspective, grounded in equity, and enabling students to actively participate in the teaching-learning process (UNESCO, 2016).

In light of all the above, the research question is: What are the profiles of students addressed in diversity support by Spanish public universities? This leads us to define the general objective of this study, which is to understand the profiles of students framed in diversity support attended by Spanish public universities. This objective has been specified in the following specific objective linked to a research question: to develop a classification of the type of diversity addressed in Spanish public universities, what are the predominant categories and dimensions of diversity being addressed by Spanish public universities in their initiatives and diversity support programs?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is part of a broader research project aimed at identifying actions designed to address individual students through interviews. To achieve this, a semi-structured interview was designed as the data collection technique. The script development process comprised three phases. In the first phase, a review of reports, legislation, and scientific articles was conducted to understand what is being done in universities to address the diversity of students. In the second phase, areas of interest were identified, and the interview script was developed. In the third phase, the clarity and relevance of the questions were evaluated by two experts. Ultimately, the interview script consisted of four questions addressing the attention to different student profiles: a) students with neurodevelopmental disorders; b) students with physical or sensory disabilities; c) students with high abilities; and d) students with socio-economic/personal circumstances.
Participants were selected through two phases. In the first phase, 4 participants were obtained from 4 Spanish public universities. In a second phase, a sample of n=20 Spanish public universities was obtained, resulting in a total of 29 interviews and 29 participants. Consequently, a total sample of 33 interviews from n=26 Spanish public universities was achieved. In each university, 1 to 3 experts participated.
The sociodemographic profile of the participants includes experts working in disability services and equivalents. These experts have decades of experience in guidance services, with 9 participants having 1 to 10 years of experience, 13 with 10 to 20 years, and 11 with 20 to 30 years. Regarding their education, 19 have degrees in psychology or education, 6 in social sciences, 4 in humanities, and 3 in other fields.
The interviews were conducted in 2023, lasting between 30 to 50 minutes, all conducted online. Three researchers, experts in the subject, participated in the interviews. The initial interviews were conducted jointly by the three researchers to ensure uniform procedures when conducted individually, aiming to guarantee the reliability and validity of the obtained data. The interviews were audio-recorded, and notes were taken for transcription once completed.
The interviews were analysed using the MAXQDA 2022 software as an aid for content analysis. A content analysis was conducted, delineating initial categories according to the student typology. After coding the information, the frequency of each code's appearance was calculated. These categories were grouped into four clusters: Socio-economic/personal situations, physical or sensory disabilities, high abilities, and neurodevelopmental/psychological disorders.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Interviews results reveal diverse challenges and guidance needs among university students in the diversity framework. Interventions for physical or sensory disabilities or neurodevelopmental/psychological disorders are more developed than those for socio-economic/personal situations. Broadening student attention is advisable to ensure no one is unsupported. Main results are presented below, with reference to the number of interviews in which each typology of student was mentioned, represented with the letter n. Likewise, the main conclusions will be presented.
Concerning students with socio-economic/personal situations (n=25), these individuals have needs that may not be initially diagnosable. These include balancing work and study (n=12) or dealing with bereavement (n=8). Primary guidance involves administrative and psychological support, recognising the complexity for the academic success.
Students with physical or sensory disabilities (n=18) receive administrative and methodological support, including financial assistance and classroom adaptations. Mentoring and tutoring play crucial roles in aiding their adaptation to the university system.
Students with high abilities (n=6) often lack specific attention, relying on disability services and seeking psychological support due to related circumstances or comorbidities. Specific programs for high-ability students are limited.
In the realm of neurodevelopmental/psychological disorders (n=29), attention is more developed for specific disorders such as learning disorders (n=10), autism spectrum disorders (n=9) and anxiety (n=9). Prevalence highlights the need for personalized support services, considering individual complexity. Robust mental health services are crucial in the university, requiring integrated clinical and academic/social support strategies.
In summary, the conclusions emphasize the urgency of adopting an inclusive and personalized approach in addressing diversity within universities, recognizing the unique characteristics of each student and ensuring an educational environment that promotes equity and academic success for all.
Research subsidised by the Aid for University Teacher Training, granted by the Ministry of Universities (Order of 15 November 2021), Spain.

References
Banerjee, P. A. (2018). Widening Participation in Higher Education with a View to Implementing Institutional Change. Perspectives: Policy and Practice in Higher Education, 22, 75–81. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603108.2018.1441198
Bishop, J. B. (2016). A wish list for the advancement of university and college counseling centers. Journal of College Student Psychotherapy, 30(1), 15-22. https://doi.org/10.1080/87568225.2016.1105651
Cardinot, A., & Flynn, P. (2022). Rapid Evidence Assessment: Mentoring Interventions for/by Students with Disabilities at Third-Level Education. Education Sciences, 12(6), 384. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci12060384
Cesarano, V. P., Capo, M., Papathanasiou, M., & Striano, M. (2018). Guidance Models and Practices Adopted Internationally to Promote the Exploration of Skilss Relating to the Employability of Students with Disabilities. A first Meta-Analysis. In V. Boffo & M. Fedeli (eds.), Employability & Competences. Innovative Curricula for New Professions (pp. 327-340). Firenze University Press. https://cutt.ly/dL1p9cp
Davis, M. T., Watts, G. W., & López, E. J. (2021). A systematic review of firsthand experiences and supports for students with autism spectrum disorder in higher education. Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, 84(101769), 1-12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rasd.2021.101769
European Commission (2 de febrero de 2022). Eurydice. https://acortar.link/Dxvo0B
Nardacchione, G., & Peconio G. (2021). Peer Tutoring and Scaffolding Principle for Inclusive Teaching. En P. Ponzio (eds.), Elementa. Intersections between Philosophy, Epistemology and Empirical Perspectives (pp. 181-200). https://dx.doi.org/10.7358/elem-2021-0102-nape
Organización de las Naciones Unidas para la Educación, la Ciencia y la Cultura (2016). Educación 2030: Declaración de Incheon y Marco de Acción para la realización del Objetivo de Desarrollo Sostenible 4: Garantizar una educación inclusiva y equitativa de calidad y promover oportunidades de aprendizaje permanente para todos. UNESCO. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000245656_spa
Organización de las Naciones Unidas para la Educación, la Ciencia y la Cultura (2023). Informe de los Objetivos de Desarrollo Sostenible 2023: Edición especial: Por un plan de rescate para las personas y el planeta. UNESCO. https://acortar.link/iX57Vc
Ramos Santana, G., Pérez Carbonell, A., Chiva Sanchis, I., & Moral Mora, A., (2021). Validation of a scale of attention to diversity for university teachers. Educación XX1, 24(2), 121-142. https://doi. org/10.5944/educXX1.28518
Stanwood, J., & Mittiga, A. (2022). Faculty attitudes toward inclusive instruction: Then and now. New Directions for Teaching and Learning, 2022(172), 79-92. https://doi.org/10.1002/tl.20527
Vázquez Varela, E., Portela Pino, I., & Rodríguez, V. D. (2020). Attention to Diversity in Compulsory Secondary Education. European Journal of Investigation in Health, Psychology and Education, 10, 1176-1185. https://doi.org/10.3390/ejihpe10040082


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Crafting Innovative Faculty Development towards Inclusive Student-centred Pedagogy (I-ScP)

Elena Marin1, Kallia Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts2, Roeland van der Rijst3, Elia Maria Fernandez4, Meeri Hellsten5, Irina Presnakova6

1University of Bucharest, Romania; 2University of Crete; 3Leiden University; 4University of Cantabria; 5Stockholm University; 6Daugavpils University

Presenting Author: Marin, Elena

The COALITION Erasmus Plus Higher Ed project has allowed for the creation of a collaborative environment to map teaching competencies, following needs analysis, towards the implementation of inclusive teaching practices as well as virtually develop participatory inquiry processes for the transformation of teaching practice. Using a comparative dimension among six European universities, we advocate for a transition towards faculty development (FD) processes that prioritize sustainability. This shift is essential to empower academics as self-regulated learners, enabling them to cultivate competencies conducive to the creation of effective Inclusive Student-Centered Pedagogy (I-ScP) lessons within their specific educational contexts. I-ScP as a prevailing approach in higher education (HE) has garnered acclaim from students, educational researchers, and policymakers alike (Council Recommendation, 2017). As a catalyst for fostering self-directed learners, I-ScP positions learners at the core of the learning experience.

FD Programs focusing on I-ScP can serve as an innovative approach to enhance the knowledge and skills of faculty members. According to Doménech et al. (2023), faculty members can play a decisive role and “can provide decisive help to prevent students from dropping out of the university and guarantee their academic success (Lombardi, Murray & Kowitt, 2016)”. Intentional syllabus redesign employed as a self-regulatory FD method (Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, 2022) showed academics feel accountable for their teaching choices. Carballo et al. (2019) confirmed that adopting an inclusive social model helps academics realise that they can be held accountable by how they design courses that are proactively inclusive and appropriately align learning environments, processes, and resources. I-ScP FD programs can also contribute to fostering a robust and enduring collegial work environment, ensuring that faculty members are prepared and consistently advancing in their strategies and competencies (Zahedi & Bazargan, 2023). Perceived as a tool to cultivate effectiveness among early-career faculty members, and enhancing the quality of their teaching, research, and counseling capabilities (Rahman, 2023), peer-coaching and peer-observation are considered as effective development tools that utilise collaborative and reciprocal reflective input between teachers in non-intimidating and non-hierarchical systems (Netolicky, 2016). Moreover, if FD activities contribute to students’ learning outcomes in positive way (Gutierez & Kim, 2018; Yee, 2016), they are likely to be effective.

Despite the pivotal role attributed to I-ScP in HE, there exists a gap in systematic understanding of its practical implementation. A comprehensive systematic review of empirical research unveils the varied applications of I-ScP within classroom settings, beyond-classroom scenarios, and at institutional levels in HE institutions (Grøndahl Glavind, et. al., 2023). Aiming to encourage engagement, self-awareness and self-regulation, and building upon Hockings' (2001) framework, we characterize I-ScP in HE as a deliberate and forward-looking approach to teaching and learning. Seeking to proactively meet the needs of all students and considering the potential requirements of all stakeholders without resorting to labeling (Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, 2023), we strategically crafted FD activities promoting equity as learner-centered opportunities.

Recent advancements in FD favor approaches leveraging 1) informal peer discussions, 2) peer coaching sessions before or after peer-observation protocols, 3) self-regulation tasks aligning syllabus components with I-ScP principles following the work of Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts on intentional syllabus re-design as a reflective process (2022) and 4) action research. However, a substantial disparity exists between teaching practices and policies, with limited attention given to the pedagogical acumen of academics’ post target FD modes (Castillo-Montoya, et al., 2023; Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, 2023). In light of this shift, the COALITION partners aim to address this gap by systematically documenting academics' reflections and assessments of various reflective FD modes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Following needs analysis (Savva, 2012) and mapping of emerging needs in terms of academics' pedagogical acuity and overall readiness to adopt I-ScP pedagogies, we employed two survey methods, i.e. semi structured interviews and faculty reflective reports, to collect data. Adopting a learner-centred FD approach with academics as learners, through a “methodological approach that foregrounds plurality and contestation, orienting research frameworks towards inclusiveness, tensions, unpredictability and complexity” (Khoo et al., 2019: 182), the study has a comparative dimension among six universities in six European countries (Greece, Latvia, Spain, Netherlands. Sweden, Romania) involved in this consortium. The view promotes a concept of non-dominating and reflexive ‘strong objectivity’ (Rosendahl et al., 2015) that derives its strength from a rigorous appreciation of social situatedness, informed by a standpoint perspective (Wilmes et al. 2018) that involves both expert and non-expert actors in co-producing knowledge as equal partners.


Based on insights attained in the initial stage of the project (needs analysis & mapping competencies), we developed participatory inquiry processes for the transformation of teaching practice within a community of practice that favors formative scaffolding and integrates different tools that expand learning beyond the initial context of action.
To provide a comparative analysis of effective FD processes suggested by academics, thirty semi-structured interviews (5 from each university) collected during the needs analysis stage of this study and eighteen faculty reflective reports (3 from each university) were undertaken to delve deeper at identifying ways of optimising alignment with I-ScP.
Participation in the study was voluntary, and the research protocol received approval from the institutional review board to ensure the ethical treatment of human subjects.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Addressing the diverse needs of faculty regarding I-ScP, utilizing technology and implementing active learning strategies, the respondents pin pointed several initiatives that a comprehensive FD program design should embrace. The suggested FD program should encompass individualized professional development planning, incorporating elements of well-being and self-care. Also, cultural competency and diversity training, along with improving communication and collaboration skills are also integral curricular components.
By empowering faculty members towards I-ScP professional growth, participants identified ways that university teachers can adopt to align inclusive learning activities into the academic syllabus. As a result, several strategies arose, such as the need to incorporate diverse content and perspectives into course materials that can help to reflect the varied backgrounds and experiences of all students. Another key aspect was the use of Universal Design for Learning (UDL) principles which aims to ensure the creation of flexible and accessible learning materials, accommodating different ways of learning and learning preferences. Other relevant inputs refer to fostering collaborative learning opportunities, peer interactions, and group work that can foster an environment where all students feel comfortable participating and incorporating the received feedback and support. Last but not least, faculty members’ emphasised the need for designing FD programs that allow faculty voices to be heard and taken into account giving rise to their diverse needs.
To conclude, university teachers could contribute to inclusive and equitable learning environments by utilising their reflexive subjectivities and aligning them into teaching praxis that embraces I-ScP, while acknowledging the diverse needs of their student population.

References
Castillo-Montoya, M., Bolitzer, L. A., & Sotto-Santiago, S. (2023). Reimagining Faculty Development: Activating Faculty Learning for Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion. In Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research, 38, pp.415-481. Cham: Springer International Publishing.
Council Recommendation (2017). On promoting common values, inclusive education, and the European dimension of teaching, Official Journal of the European Union.
Grøndahl, G. Et al. (2023). Student-centred learning and teaching: a systematic mapping review of empirical research. Journal of Further and Higher Education, 47(9), 1247-1261.
Gutierez, S.B.& Kim, H.B. Peer coaching in a research-based teachers’ professional learning method for lifelong learning: A perspective. Alberta Journal of Education, 64(2), 214-221.
Hockings, C. (2010). Inclusive Learning and Teaching in Higher Education: A Synthesis of Research. York: Higher Education Academy.
Howlett, C., Arthur, M., & Ferreira, J. (2016). Good CoPs and bad CoPs: Facilitating reform in first-year assessment via a community of practice. Higher Education Research & Development, 35(4), 741–754.
Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, K. (2022). The ‘naked’ syllabus as a model of faculty development: is this the missing link in Higher Education?, International Journal for Academic Development.
Katsampoxaki-Hodgetts, K. (2023). Coaching Instructors as Learners: Considerations For A Proactively Designed Inclusive Syllabus. Education Centre for Higher Education, Marijampoles Kolegija, Latvia.
Khoo, SM., Haapakoski, J., Hellsten, M. And Malone, J. (2019). Moving form interdisciplinary educational ethics: bridging epistemological differences in researching higher education internationalisation(s), European Educational Research Journal 18 (02) 181-199.
Netolicky, D.M. (2016), "Coaching for professional growth in one Australian school: “oil in water”", International Journal of Mentoring and Coaching in Education, 5 (2), 66-86.
Rahman, M. H. A. (2023). Faculty development programs (FDP) in developing professional efficacy: A comparative study among participants and non-participants of FDP in Bangladesh. Social Sciences & Humanities Open, 7(1), 100499.
Rosendahl, J. Zanella MA and Rist, S. (2015) Scientists’ situated knowledge: String objectivity in trasndisciplinarity. Futures 65: 17-27.
Sava, S. (2012). Needs Analysis and Programme Planning in Adult Education. Verlag Barbara Budrich.
Yee, L. (2016). Peer coaching for improvement of teaching and learning. Journal
of Interdisciplinary Research in Education, 6(1), 64-70.
Zahedi, S., & Bazargan, A. (2023). Faculty member's opinion regarding faculty development needs and the ways to meet the needs. Research and Planning in Higher Education, 19(1), 69-89.
Wilmes, S., Siry, C., Heinericy, S. Heesen, KT., Kneip, N. (2018). The role of Critical Reflexivity in the Professional Development of Professional Developers: A co-autoethnographic exploration. Interfaces Cientificas
 
15:45 - 17:1522 SES 07 D: Interactive Poster Session
Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Mariana Gaio Alves
Interactive Poster Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

Transition into Distance Education: Results of a Scoping Review

Michael Hast, Roxana Schweighart, Julian Alexander Rebien, Anna Maria Pampel, Caroline Trautwein

IU University of Applied Sciences, Germany

Presenting Author: Hast, Michael

Digital learning and higher distance education programmes have surged in popularity, almost tripling from 10.6 million students worldwide in 2017 to 27.4 million by 2023, and predicted to rise further to 46.5 million by 2028 (Statista, 2023). The entry into the realm of distance learning for the first time is marked by complexities, as highlighted by Mittelmeier et al. (2019), making the initial experiences, study approaches, and adaptation strategies not straightforward or clear-cut. On the one hand, students acknowledge benefits, such as high flexibility and easy integration with other commitments (Belousova et al., 2022). At the same time, they also report facing a host of challenges, including motivational hurdles and limited student interaction (Brown et al., 2015).

The transition phase into higher education is pivotal for successful learning, whether students are studying in person or digitally (Coertjens et al., 2017). Navigating the initial study requirements effectively allows students to cultivate essential study skills, laying the foundation for successful academic pursuits (Trautwein & Bosse, 2017). However, the study start is often challenging for many students. In general, retention rates at the end of the first year of higher education show up to a quarter of students leaving their degree (see e.g., Van Herpen et al., 2020). Notably, distance learners exhibit lower success rates compared to their on-campus counterparts, as evidenced by Fojtík’s (2018) study, where only 39% of distance learning students in a computer science program successfully completed their first semester courses, compared to 64% of in-person students. For distance learners, establishing a sense of belonging to the university and course of study proves particularly troublesome, contributing to higher attrition rates than those observed among on-campus students (Canty et al., 2020).

Focusing on the period of transition into higher education is important because the more positive the experience of this period, the more likely students are to remain enrolled and persist (Haktanir et al., 2021). However, in general, there is still little international research on the transition specifically into distance education and digital learning environments, leaving gaps in our understanding of student experiences, expectations, needs, and challenges during this crucial phase and in this specific context. To consolidate existing knowledge on this topic, we are undertaking a scoping review aimed at consolidating existing knowledge on the transition into distance education in higher education settings. Our research question, “What is known about the transition into distance education in higher education settings?” will guide a methodical exploration of published sources, aiming to discern insights into this transitional process within distance education. Key concepts will be identified and classified, theoretical and empirical insights will be gathered, and content boundaries will be defined. Our ultimate goal is to translate these findings into practical guidance for distance education providers, lecturers, study advisors, and prospective students, contributing to more effective digital learning. This urgency is underscored by the growing global importance of distance education and the pivotal role the start of studies plays in fostering successful learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Scoping reviews, by design, are well-suited to address broad and exploratory research questions. Their unique feature is that they encompass all sources of information, without prioritising the quality of each source, which sets them apart from a systematic review. Consequently, scoping reviews are particularly useful when exploring nascent research fields, defining key concepts, or pinpointing research gaps (Peters et al., 2015). We consider a scoping review to be the most appropriate method to map out the existing international literature on the relatively uncharted topic of study entry in distance education. Our scoping review will align with the guidelines developed by Peters et al. (2015). The methodology entails nine key stages: (1) Defining and aligning the objective and question; (2) developing and aligning the inclusion and exclusion criteria with the objective and question; (3) describing the planned approach to evidence searching, selection, data extraction, and presentation of the evidence; (4) searching for the evidence; (5) selecting the evidence; (6) extracting the evidence; (7) analysing of the evidence; (8) presenting the results; and (9) summarising the evidence in relation to the purpose of the review, making conclusions, and noting any implications of the findings.
In our research team, three researchers will combine their efforts to search for and select sources, fostering a sense of consensus about which sources to include. Subsequently, we will structure the extracted results of the included studies using Kuckartz’s (2018) qualitative content analysis, with the aid of MAXQDA software. This approach offers an organised and practical possibility for collaborative data analysis involving multiple authors. Given that Kuckartz’s approach is question-based and allows for data reduction via a category-based system, it fits well with our intended procedure. We aim to develop an inductive category system to encapsulate the experiences of distance learners at the outset of their studies. The final product will be a descriptive summary that links our results back to the research question and review objectives. We will also present key concepts and categories, potentially visualised in tables or maps, while strictly adhering to PRISMA-ScR (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic reviews and Meta-Analyses extension for Scoping Reviews) guidelines (Tricco et al., 2018) in disseminating our results.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Both demand for and supply of distance learning programmes are consistently increasing. Concurrently, it is recognised that the transition to higher education significantly impacts subsequent study success or non-success (Trautwein & Bosse, 2017). Yet, there is scarce knowledge about this critical phase, particularly in relation to distance learning. This gap is now to be closed by the scoping review. While the evaluation is still in progress, there are initial indications that, amongst other categories, the outcomes will cover challenges, (un)success factors, positively experienced course content and didactic methods, expectations, and emotional experiences of distance learning students in the initial phase of study. These outcomes promise to serve distance education providers worldwide by offering a clearer understanding of the initial phase of distance learning and the potential barriers students may face. Furthermore, practical implications for an ideal design of the initial study phase will be formulated, helping providers in planning and designing distance education courses more effectively in the future. Study advisors, too, will benefit as the review provides an evidence-based overview of the initial phase of a distance learning programme, enabling them to better guide prospective students accordingly. For individuals contemplating distance education, this research will paint a comprehensive picture of the potential challenges at the start, assisting them in making an informed decision. In summary, this research aims to shed light on a critical, yet relatively unexplored aspect of distance education – the transition phase. In doing so, it has the potential to tailor this transition phase more effectively to students’ needs in the future, ultimately increasing the likelihood of academic success in this mode of learning.
References
Belousova, A., Mochalova, Y., & Tushnova, Y. (2022). Attitude to distance learning of schoolchildren and students: Subjective assessments of advantages and disadvantages. Education Sciences, 12(1), 46.
Brown, M., Hughes, H., Keppell, M., Hard, N., & Smith, L. (2015). Stories from students in their first semester of distance learning. The International Review of Research in Open and Distributed Learning, 16(4), 1–17.
Canty, A. J., Chase, J., Hingston, M., Greenwood, M., Mainsbridge, C. P., & Skalicky, J. (2020). Addressing student attrition within higher education online programs through a collaborative community of practice. Journal of Applied Learning & Teaching, 3(Special Issue 1), 140–152.
Coertjens, L., Brahm, T., Trautwein, C., & Lindblom-Ylänne, S. (2017). Students’ transition into higher education from an international perspective. Higher Education, 73(3), 357–369.
Fojtík, R. (2018). Problems of distance education. International Journal of Information and Communication Technologies in Education, 7(1), 14–23.
Haktanir, A., Watson, J. C., Ermis-Demirtas, H., Karaman, M. A., Freeman, P. D., Kumaran, A., & Streeter, A. (2021). Resilience, academic self-concept, and college adjustment among first-year students. Journal of College Student Retention: Research, Theory & Practice, 23(1), 161–178.
Kuckartz, U. (2018). Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse: Methoden, Praxis, Computerunterstützung (4th ed.). Beltz Juventa.
Mittelmeier, J., Rogaten, J., Long, D., Dalu, M., Gunter, A., Prinsloo, P., & Rienties, B. (2019). Understanding the early adjustment experiences of undergraduate distance education students in South Africa. The International Review of Research in Open and Distributed Learning, 20(3), 18–38.
Peters, M. D. J., Godfrey, C. M., Khalil, H., McInerney, P., Parker, D., & Soares, C. B. (2015). Guidance for conducting systematic scoping reviews. International Journal of Evidence-Based Healthcare, 13(3), 141–146.
Statista (2023). Online-Hochschulbildung. https://de-statista-com.pxz.iubh.de:8443/outlook/dmo/eservices/online-bildung/online-hochschulbildung/weltweit
Trautwein, C., & Bosse, E. (2017). The first year in higher education–Critical requirements from the student perspective. Higher Education, 73(3), 371–387.
Tricco, A. C., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O’Brien, K. K., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., … & Straus, S. E. (2018). PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): Checklist and explanation. Annals of Internal Medicine, 169(7), 467–473.
Van Herpen, S. G., Meeuwisse, M., Hofman, W. A., & Severiens, S. E. (2020). A head start in higher education: The effect of a transition intervention on interaction, sense of belonging, and academic performance. Studies in Higher Education, 45(4), 862–877.


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

Changing Academic Profession in Kazakhstan: Examining Faculty’s Research Performativity and Accountability in the Post-Socialist Context of Higher Education

Aida Nuranova1, Inara Akhmetova2

1Nazarbayev University, Kazakhstan; 2Maqsut Narikbayev University, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Nuranova, Aida; Akhmetova, Inara

One of the most significant processes that has established Kazakhstani higher education in the global arena was entering the European Higher Education Area (EHEA) and joining the Bologna Process (BP) in 2010. Being the first Central Asian country, Kazakhstan became the forty-seventh member of the EHEA. After signing the Bologna Declaration, Kazakhstani higher education switched to the European Credit Transfer and Accumulation System (ECTS) and adopted the National Qualifications Framework (IQAA, n.d.).

The impact of the Bologna Process on Kazakhstani education is undoubtedly significant. In 2011, Kazakhstan replaced the Soviet two-tier system for training researchers, comprising the Candidate of Science and Doctor of Science degrees, with the PhD system, aligning with the European Bologna Process (OECD, 2017). This had a great impact on faculty promotion and remuneration policies in Kazakhstani universities. Awarding titles like professor and academic professor signifies the research and academic pursuits of faculty members subsequent to earning their academic degrees. The process for accrediting scientific and educational staff is a critical step in advancing within the academic sector. In the years following independence, the criteria and approach for conferring these titles, especially regarding research activities, have been modified. From 2011 onwards, a key requirement for receiving an academic title has involved publishing in globally acknowledged peer-reviewed journals featured in Scopus and Web of Science. Additionally, career policies and management processes in universities are steered by principles of accountability and transparency. The tradition of producing annual reports, accessible to the public and authored by rectors of national universities, has been established and recently expanded to include all universities in Kazakhstan (IAC, 2022). Consequently, faculty in higher education are increasingly driven to demonstrate their research effectiveness to align with the modern standards of higher education.

Even within the local policy context of Kazakhstan, there is a dearth of empirical critical research on faculty performativity in regional universities. Much research has been done in major cities and megalopolises of the country (see for example, Kuzhabekova & Mukhamejanova, 2017). This study specifically focuses on regional universities located in three provinces of Kazakhstan.

The proposed study has explored how faculty members at regional public universities adapt to and experience neoliberal reforms in the post-socialist context of higher education. The study pursued the following research question: (1) What are the changing patterns of the academic profession in regional public universities in Kazakhstan?

Numerous studies have examined the academic profession globally (Cummings, 2008; Teichler et al., 2013), but post-socialist higher education contexts remain less explored (Lee & Kuzhabekova, 2019). Notably, the prominent “Changing Academic Profession”study primarily focuses on leading educational systems, overlooking post-socialist regions (Teichler et al., 2013).

Overall, this study makes an effort to bring attention to underrepresented voices in academia, inform policy reforms that better cater to the needs of regional public universities, and contribute to the professional development and recognition of faculty members in Kazakhstan’s higher education landscape. Moreover, the study aims at contributing knowledge about changing academic professions to international literature by shedding the light on the Central Asian region as the survey had been adapted to the Kazakhstani/Central Asian post-socialist context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study draws on a mixed methods research design. Thus, an explanatory research design was applied to the study. Within the quantitative research component, the study followed the research design of the international and comparative study “Changing Academic Profession” (Teichler, 2013; Hiroshima University, 2008). It specifically adopted the survey instrument used in the discussed comparative study on the changing academic profession. Qualitative data was collected through conducting semi-structured interviews with university faculty members (based on various faculty ranks and ages) as well as elite interviews with university leaders (vice-rectors for research, deans and vice deans) and research administrators (research departments) at the same regional public universities.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In its intention to generate a culturally appropriate impact on the local education policy and practice in the post-socialist context of Kazakhstan, the proposed project draws on the Knowledge to Action Framework (KTAF) through the research-policy-practice cycle (Best & Holmes, 2010). In this vein, the proposed project aims to have a potential impact on the following areas within the academic profession at regional universities: (1) Gathering quantitative and qualitative data about faculty research performativity and accountability in understudied contexts of regional public universities; (2) Raising awareness among university leaders and policymakers about opportunities for the development of research productivity among the faculty as well as negative consequences of research performativity on the faculty; (3) Producing a sustainable professional development program based on the trainer-trainer model for sustainability of the project; (4) Changing practices through evidence-based skills training intervention​s and (5) Shaping policies through research-informed recommendations on the research productivity in local HEIs; (6) Development and provision of a research-informed policy brief on the changing patterns of the academic profession to relevant policymaking organizations

References
Ball, S. J. (2005). Education policy and social class: The selected works of Stephen J. Ball. Routledge.
Best, A., & Holmes, B. (2010). Systems thinking, knowledge and action: Towards better models and methods. Evidence & Policy, 6(2), 145–159. https://doi.org/10.1332/174426410X502284
Hiroshima University. (2008). The changing academic profession in international comparative and quantitative perspectives: Report of the International Conference on the Changing Academic Profession Project, 2008. Research Institute for Higher Education, Hiroshima University.
IQAA. (n.d.). Высшее образование в Казахстане [Higher Education in Kazakhstan]. Независимое агентство по обеспечению качества в образовании - IQAA. Retrieved December 1, 2023, from https://iqaa.kz/vysshee-obrazovanie/vysshee-obrazovanie-v-kazakhstane

Kuzhabekova, A., & Mukhamejanova, D. (2017). Productive researchers in countries with limited research capacity: Researchers as agents in post-Soviet Kazakhstan. Studies in Graduate and Postdoctoral Education, 8(1), 30-47.
Lee, J. T., & Kuzhabekova, A. (2019). Building local research capacity in higher education: A conceptual model. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management, 41(3), 342-357.
Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Kazakhstan (2020, May 13). Strategic Plan of the Ministry of Education and Science of the Republic of Kazakhstan for 2020-2024.https://www.gov.kz/memleket/entities/edu/documents/details/32853?lang=ru
Information and Analytical Center, Ministry of Enlightenment of the Republic of Kazakhstan, Ministry of Science and Higher Education of the Republic of Kazakhstan. (2022). National Report on the State and Development of Education System in the Republic of Kazakhstan over 30 years of Independence and 2021. Astana.
OECD. (2017). Higher Education in Kazakhstan 2017. OECD. https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264268531-en
Seddon, T., & Levin, J. (Eds.). (2013). Educators, professionalism and politics: Global transitions, national spaces and professional projects. Routledge.
Starr, K. (2019). Education policy, neoliberalism, and leadership practice: A critical analysis. Routledge.
Teichler, U., Arimoto, A., & Cummings, W. K. (2013). The changing academic profession. Dordrecht: Springer.


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

Evaluation of Methodological Strategies for the Development of Learning-to-Learn Competence in Higher Education: A Multidimensional and Practical Approach

Laura Osete, Virginia Larrea, Vicenta Eloína García-Félix

UPV, Spain

Presenting Author: Osete, Laura; Larrea, Virginia

In the current educational landscape, the Learn to Learn (LtL) competence stands out as a crucial element in the academic and personal formation of university students, highlighting the urgent need for curriculum design that promotes its development. This study, which is part of a broader research project focusing on the design and curricular development of this competence in university programmes, presents the results of the implementation of two methodological proposals aimed at promoting and assessing this competence.

The LtL competence, conceptualised as a personal, social and learning skill according to the guidelines of the European Competence Framework (CE, 2018), has gained crucial importance in the contemporary educational context. Its definition has evolved over time, expanding beyond the cognitive, metacognitive and affective-motivational dimensions initially considered (Pintrich, 2004; Weinstein, Husman & Dierking, 2002; Zimmerman, 2000). Additional dimensions such as the social-relational (Hadwin, Wozney & Pontin, 2005; Järvelä, Järvenoja & Malmberg, 2019; Zimmerman, 2000) and, more recently, the ethical dimension (Gargallo-López et al., 2020) have been included, enriching its understanding and scope.

Given the intrinsic complexity of LtL competence, this intervention phase includes experiences aimed at validating methodologies focused on the development of specific dimensions and sub-dimensions. In particular, this study focuses on the cognitive dimension, emphasising effective information management and the use of information and communication technologies (ICT), and the metacognitive dimension, with a particular emphasis on problem solving as a fundamental strategy for developing critical and reflective skills in students.

The strategies implemented took place in specific subjects of two different university programmes. Firstly, the first year course in Conservation and Restoration of Cultural Heritage (CRBC) addressed the specificities of this discipline and its multidisciplinary context, where problem solving is essential for academic and professional success. Secondly, attention was drawn to a second year course in the Dual Degree in Food Science and Technology / Business Administration and Management (CTA/ADE), highlighting its intrinsic relationship with information management and analysis.

The main relevance of this research lies in its contribution to the design of specific interventions that address the cognitive and metacognitive dimensions of learning-to-learn competence. The results obtained will not only provide valuable insights into the effectiveness of these strategies in different university environments, but will also provide a solid basis for future research and curriculum improvement. In this context, it is expected that this study will not only benefit the academic community involved, but will also have a positive impact on society at large by promoting the holistic development of students and preparing them for the changing challenges of the contemporary world.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Experience 1: The Degree in Conservation and Restoration of Cultural Heritage at the Faculty of Fine Arts in UPV involved the study of the subject "Fundamentals of Physics and Chemistry for Conservation," which was conducted in two groups of approximately 55 students each during the first year of the program.

This subject focused on examining the primary materials comprising Cultural Heritage, particularly emphasizing their physical-chemical properties and processes of alteration. Within this context, the metacognitive dimension of the Learn to Learn (LtL) competence, specifically the problem-solving subdimension, was addressed.
 
To enhance problem-solving abilities, concept maps were utilized through a series of five activities, preceded by training on map creation. These activities were adaptable for individual or group participation. The concept map served as a tool to identify problems, variables, hierarchical relationships between concepts/properties, and ultimately, the development and evaluation of solutions. Assessment of the concept map was conducted using a rubric.
 
Experience 2: The Dual Degree in Food Science and Technology / Business Administration and Management (CTA/ADE) from the School of Agricultural and Environmental Engineering of the UPV included the subject "Chemical Composition of Food," a 6 ECTS course spanning 32 one-hour sessions with a class size of 22 students.
 
This course aimed to facilitate the identification, classification, and localization of chemical components in food. Additionally, it provided insights into recognizing and categorizing major groups of food additives used in the industry, along with an understanding of the current legislation governing their utilization.
 
The subject presented a unique challenge for students, requiring active participation in the pursuit of accurate and high-quality information within scientifically and technically validated environments, while avoiding unverified informational sources. The Cognitive dimension was a key focus, specifically emphasizing the sub-dimensions of effective information management and the application of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT).
 
To foster these skills, students engaged in four seminars designed to equip them with tools for sourcing information from reliable outlets and methodologies for crafting scientific texts. Throughout the course, various evaluated activities gauged students' progress.
 
In both experiences, students underwent pre-test questionnaires and activities at the intervention's onset and post-test questionnaires and activities at the course's conclusion. The questionnaire used (QELtLCUS, Gargallo et al., 2021) followed a self-report format, encompassing 85 items grouped into five scales assessing the five dimensions and 21 sub-dimensions. Students responded to the items using a Likert-type scale, ranging from agree to disagree.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main purpose of this study has been to introduce two methodological approaches designed to enhance processes and skills associated with the development of subdimensions of the LtL competence: problem-solving (Metacognitive Dimension) and effective information management and use of Information and Communication Technologies (ICT) (Cognitive Dimension).
The exhaustive analysis of the questionnaire has revealed significant differences between the two student groups subjected to the proposed methodologies, evaluated from a pre-test to a post-test, in the average scores of the addressed dimensions. This is an expected result, due to the efforts dedicated to teaching and working with the students on these aspects throughout the learning process. In the first experience, improvement was observed in all five evaluated dimensions, while the second experience showed progress in all subdimensions of the Cognitive Dimension.
These findings will enable relevant adjustments in teaching-learning activities to minimize the challenges encountered by students, thus creating an optimal environment for the acquisition of LtL competence.
Based on these data, we can assert that training programs integrated into regular teaching within the regular curriculum generate positive effects on the development of LtL competence. Moreover, this confers greater functionality, allowing the visibility and clarification of competence teaching by incorporating it into the curriculum for teaching, learning, and assessment.
In spite of the limitations of this study, carried out with non-equivalent control groups, it is noteworthy that across various experiences in different courses and programs, initial assessments of students (PRE) in the five dimensions of the LtL competence show a similar distribution, reflecting comparable perceptions.

References
CE (2018). Recomendación del Consejo de 22 de mayo de 2018 relativa a las competencias clave para el aprendizaje permanente. https://links.uv.es/fX3sQ0O  
Gargallo López, B., Pérez-Pérez, C., Garcia-Garcia, F. J., Giménez Beut, J. A., & Portillo Poblador, N. (2020). The skill of learning to learn at university. proposal for a theoretical model. Educacion XX1, 23(1), 19–44. https://doi.org/10.5944/EDUCXX1.23367  
Gargallo-López, B., Suárez-Rodríguez, J.M., Pérez-Pérez, C., Almerich Cerveró, G., & Garcia-Garcia, F.J. (2021). The QELtLCUS questionnaire. An instrument for evaluating the learning to learn competence in university students. RELIEVE, 27(1), art. 1. http://doi.org/10.30827/relieve.v27i1.20760
Grace, S., Innes, E., Patton, N., & Stockhausen, L. (2017). Ethical experiential learning in medical, nursing and allied health education: A narrative review. Nurse Education Today, 51, 23–33. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.NEDT.2016.12.024  
Hadwin, A. F., Wozney, L., & Pontin, O. (2005). Scaffolding the appropriation of self-regulatory activity: A socio-cultural analysis of changes in teacher-student discourse about a graduate research portfolio. In Instructional Science (Vol. 33, Issues 5–6, pp. 413–450). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11251-005-1274-7  
Järvelä, S., Järvenoja, H., & Malmberg, J. (2019). Capturing the dynamic and cyclical nature of regulation: Methodological Progress in understanding socially shared regulation in learning. International Journal of Computer-Supported Collaborative Learning, 14(4), 425–441. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11412-019-09313-2  
Pintrich, P. R. (2004). A Conceptual Framework for Assessing Motivation and Self-Regulated Learning in College Students. In Educational Psychology Review (Vol. 16, Issue 4, 385-407).
Weinstein, C. E., Husman, J., & Dierking, D. R. (2000). Self-Regulation Interventions with a focus on Learning Strategies. In M. Boekaerts, P.R. Pintrich and M. Zeinder, Handbook of Self-regulation (pp. 727-747). Academic Press.
Zimmerman, B. J. (2000). Attaining self-regulation: A social cognitive perspective. In M. Boekaerts, P. R. Pintrich, & M. Zeidner (Eds.), Handbook of self-regulation (pp. 13–39). Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-012109890-2/50031-7


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

Quality in Service-Learning: Criteria that Make a Difference

Daniel Sáez-Gambín, Igor Mella-Núñez, Miguel A. Santos Rego

Universidade de Santiago de Compostela, Spain

Presenting Author: Santos Rego, Miguel A.

In recent years, the service-learning (SL) methodology has experienced an unprecedented boom in the countries within our political and cultural sphere, creating a challenging terrain for researchers interested in studying its impact, measuring its outcomes, and even effectively developing its implementation. This pedagogy, which integrates academic learning with community service, fosters deep and meaningful educational experiences for those involved, surpassing the cognitive-social expectations of more conventional educational strategies.

The inherited university model from the past (20th century and earlier), sometimes referred to as the "ivory tower," has recently faced significant criticism from both civil society and the academic sphere due to its perceived detachment from social reality. In our immediate context, this underlying issue influenced efforts to adopt the European Higher Education Area (EHEA), the seed of more comprehensive views on learning and competency development (Santos Rego, Mella-Núñez et al., 2020).

We are talking about a paradigm shift, as the central idea promoting it is that knowledge, dynamically linked to human activity, should ideally resonate with the notion of (social) change. Therefore, it is not surprising that SL has become a significant strategy for bridging the university-community gap. However, it seems clear that its scope and effectiveness will depend largely on the quality of experiences, and it is the responsibility of the research community to discover the best strategies for these purposes.

In summary, we could discuss two predominant approaches in research on SL (Bringle, 2003): on the one hand, the comparison of subjects where the methodology is applied with those using more conventional strategies, and on the other hand, the evaluation of how different course configurations impact better or worse outcomes.

It is evident that when delving into the study of SL implementation, we encounter a rich diversity of experiences, interventions, and contexts reflecting the adaptability of the methodology. However, it is precisely in this variety where difficulties arise in evaluating the quality of courses accurately and coherently. Thus, energizing a homogeneous method to study them becomes a challenge of great relevance.

It should not be surprising, therefore, that due to this added difficulty, many studies point out the lack of research on the conceptual and operational quality of the methodology itself. Most analyze the results obtained by participants, ignoring other issues related to the form of participation (Imperial et al., 2007). Sufficient reason to consider quality evaluation a promising research line, especially if we want to ensure that SL courses achieve their goals and intensify benefits, naturally including the necessary emphasis on civic engagement.

Historically, we attribute to Sigmon (1979) the merit of establishing the first quality principles in Service-Learning. Since then, we have witnessed a sufficiently constructive dialogue that would impact future SL courses and the deliberative axis around what are, or should be, best practices in using the methodology. Despite the emergence of multiple classifications to elucidate quality programs, what matters is to show dimensions with a real impact on results.

However, the study we have conducted primarily aims to analyze the most relevant quality criteria in Service-Learning. To achieve this, we carried out a systematic literature review, specifically focusing on understanding how criteria affected real experiences. The goal is to illuminate 'key factors' that can contribute to good methodology practices, helping - in the process - to better understand the positive impact of SL in those circumstances.

This paper is framed in the Research Projects: “Service-Learning (SL) and employability of university graduates in Spain: competences for employment” (EDU2017-82629-R) and “The impact of the university in the community through service-learning projects. A study focused on reciprocity (SL)” (PID2021-122827OB-I00).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A comprehensive global documentary review was conducted using databases such as Scopus, WoS, and ProQuest to shed light on the characteristics that define successful SL on the international stage. The search process combined keywords related to the quality elements that should be present in SL courses.

To determine these quality dimensions, we relied on the most relevant best practice classifications in the field of SL, taking note of their frequency in the literature. Among them, we highlighted those of Imperial et al. (2007), Honnet and Poulsen (1989), and Howard (2001). Additionally, we considered the quality standards in the practice of service-learning in K-12 education, developed by the National Youth Leadership Council (2008). Based on these and other documents, we identified the following quality dimensions: duration and intensity, academic rigor, meaningful service, reciprocity, role of faculty and students, and reflection.

We included books and articles published in both English and Spanish. Duplicate documents found in different databases were excluded. Finally, we eliminated those documents that, while relevant to the general theme, lacked sufficient relevance to the central topic of the research.
In the stage of documentary classification, we distinguished two types of studies. Firstly, those that appeal, with theoretical arguments, to the importance of a series of course characteristics as indicators of thpreir success. And secondly, those that seek to scrutinize, empirically, the impact that such characteristics can have on those who participate in the experiences.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Firstly, the most effective programs are those with a duration between 20 and 40 hours (Dahan, 2016). Regarding academic rigor, it is necessary to define clear objectives that are closely related to the academic curriculum, as failing to do so is associated with a negative impact (Celio et al., 2011; Reames et al., 2020). The significance of the service is positively linked to student motivation and academic improvements (Billig et al., 2005; Moely and Ilustre, 2014).

On the other hand, student autonomy is related to greater commitment and achievements, while allowing students to participate in decision-making is associated with the development of self-concept and cross-cutting competencies (Lambright and Lu, 2009). Furthermore, reciprocity and reflection criteria seem to be the most important according to the consulted literature. Regarding reciprocity, actively collaborating with recipients in long-term experiences has been associated with better outcomes for all involved parties (Bailis, 2000; Miron and Moely, 2006). Regarding reflection, a noteworthy finding is the connection between reflection in and/or with the community and more successful courses; directing these sessions towards a variety of themes throughout the entire process (before, during, and after courses) (Lorenzo et al., 2021).

In conclusion, a crucial aspect in course management is, as expected, the study of quality elements, both in the theoretical and empirical realms. We have sought to provide a more comprehensive and diverse understanding of these elements, aiming for their better comprehension while keeping in mind the adaptation to the specific context of each program.
We are convinced that emphasizing the definition of quality criteria for Service-Learning can become a catalyst for its effectiveness, potentially influencing the paths of future implementations within the university system. However, it is essential to ensure that these paths have the necessary support from civil society in general and communities in particular.

References
Bailis, L. (2000). Taking service-learning to the next level: Emerging lessons from the national community development program. National Society for Experiential Education.
Billig, S. H., Root, S., & Jesse, D. (2005). The relationship between the quality indicators of service-learning and student outcomes, testing professional wisdom. In S. Root, J. Callahan & S. H. Billig (Eds.), Improving service-learning practice: Research on models to enhance impact (pp. 97-115). Information Age Publishing.
Bringle, R. G. (2003). Enhancing theory-based research on service-learning. In J. Eyler & S. H. Billig (Eds.), Deconstructing service-learning: Research exploring context, participation, and impacts (pp. 3-22). Information Age Publishing.
Celio, C. I., Durlak, J. A., & Dymnicki, A. B. (2011). A Meta-analysis of the Impact of Service-Learning on students. Journal of Experiential Education, 34(2), 164-181. https://doi.org/10.5193/jee34.2.164
Dahan, T. (2016). Revisiting pedagogical variations in service-learning and student outcomes. International Journal of Research on Service-Learning and Community Engagement, 4(1), 3-15. https://doi.org/10.37333/001c.29586
Honnett, E. P., & Poulsen, S. J. (1989). Principals of good practice for combining service and learning. https://digitalcommons.unomaha.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1001&context=slceguides
Howard, J. (2001). Service-learning course design workbook. OCSL Press.
Imperial, M. T., Perry, J. L., & Katula, M. C. (2007). Incorporating service learning into public affairs programs: Lessons from the literature. Journal of Public Affairs Education, 13(2), 243-264. https://doi.org/10.1080/15236803.2007.12001478
Lambright, K. T., & Lu, Y. (2009). What impacts the learning in service learning? An examination of project structure and student characteristics. Journal of Public Affairs Education, 15(4), 425-444. https://doi.org/10.1080/15236803.2009.12001570
Lorenzo, M., Sáez-Gambín, D., Ferraces Otero, M. J., & Varela, C. (2021). Reflection and Quality Assessment in Service-Learning Projects. When, with whom, and why. Frontiers in education, 5, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.3389/feduc.2020.605099
Miron, D., & Moely, B. E. (2006). Community agency voice and benefit in service-learning. Michigan Journal of Community Service Learning, 12(2), 27-37.
Moely, B. E., & Ilustre, V. (2014). The Impact of Service-Learning Course Characteristics on University Students' Learning Outcomes. Michigan Journal of Community Service Learning, 21(1), 5-16. http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1116526.pdf
National Youth Leadership Council. (2008). K-12 Service-Learning Standards for Quality Practice. https://nylc.org/k-12-standards/
Reames, T. G., Blackmar, J. M., & Pierce, J. C. (2020). Teaching the three E’s of sustainability through Service‐Learning in a professional program. New Directions for Teaching and Learning, 2020(161), 73-82. https://doi.org/10.1002/tl.20374
Santos Rego, M. A., Mella Núñez, Í., & Sotelino Losada, A. (2020). Movilidad y TIC en aprendizaje-servicio: perspectivas para una sociedad global y tecnológica. RIED, 23(1) 67-84. http://dx.doi.org/10.5944/ried.23.1.24180
Sigmon, R. (1979). Service-learning: Three principles. Synergist, 8(1), 9-11. https://nsee.memberclicks.net/assets/docs/KnowledgeCenter/IntegratingExpEduc/BooksReports/55.%20service%20learning%20three%20principles.pdf


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

University Students’ Management of “Learning to Learn Competence” and its Influence on Academic Performance

Bernardo Gargallo López, Francesc Josep Sánchez i Peris, Irene Verde Peleato, Gemma Cortijo Ruiz, Verónica Riquelme Soto

University of Valencia, Spain

Presenting Author: Gargallo López, Bernardo

Learning to Learn (LtL) is one of the eight key competences that the European Commission proposed for education systems (EC, 2006) and this competence was described as follows:

“Learning to learn” is the ability to pursue and persist in learning […], to organise one’s own learning, including through effective management of time and information, both individually and in groups. […] awareness of one’s learning process […] identifying available opportunities […] overcome obstacles in order to learn successfully. […] gaining, processing and assimilating new knowledge and skills. […] to use and apply knowledge and skills in a variety of contexts […]. Motivation and confidence are crucial to an individual’s competence. (p. 16)

Later, the European Council reformulated this competence, setting out the “Personal, Social and Learning to Learn Competence” (EC, 2018), which places more importance on social aspects than in the earlier definition:

Personal, social and learning to learn competence is the ability to reflect upon oneself, effectively manage time and information, work with others in a constructive way, remain resilient and manage one’s own learning and career. It includes the ability to cope with uncertainty and complexity, learn to learn, support one’s physical and emotional well-being […] empathize and manage conflict. (p. 5)

The definition of LtL relies mainly on the scientific literature on Strategic Learning (SL) (Weinsten, 1988) and Self-Regulated Learning (SRL) (Pintrich, 2004; Zimmerman, 2002).

Based on a literature review, our research team developed a model on LtL, including the three classical dimensions coming from the theory about SL and SRL: Cognitive, Metacognitive and Affective-Motivational, an also the Social-Relational dimension, rooted in the social-cognitive theory (Thoutenhoofd & Pirrie, 2013). These ideas clearly influenced the current proposal of the EU (2018), who has renamed LTL as ‘personal, social and learning to learn competence’ (Caena, 2019); Sala et al., 2020).

We added to these four dimensions a fifth one, an Ethical dimension (Gargallo et al. 2020). It is necessary, to handle the learning to learn competence well, that students respect ethical codes and contribute to create an increasingly equitable society (Cortina, 2013; Buxarrais & Conceiçao, 2017).

The European Union aimed for students to achieve an adequate mastery of LtL at the end of compulsory schooling. Generally speaking, we tend to think that students manage it quite well when they start university, and that this management will improve as they continue their university studies. However, this assumption needs to be verified. It is not proved that university students handle this competence with an adequate skill, and there are some researchers who defend that they need specific training (Cameron and Rideout, 2020; Viejo and Ortega-Ruiz, 2018).

So, we believe that is very important to establish whether university students manage LtL well and to analyse its impact on academic achievement, given that there are few studies available on the topic in higher education. For this purpose, we have collected data from the research Project we are developing[1].

The aim of this work is to concrete the level at which this competence is managed, and also to delimit profiles of LtL use by university students and their relation to academic performance.

Based on these data, we are developing in our current research project an intervention model for teaching this competence, which may be useful for European researchers and university teachers.

[1] ‘The learning to learn competence in the university, its design and curriculum development. a model of intervention and its application in university degrees’ Project PID2021-123523NB-I00, funded by the MCIN/AEI /10.13039/501100011033 and by ERDF A way of making Europe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Design

The research used a quantitative non-experimental descriptive and correlational design (McMillan & Schumacher, 2010).

Sample

The sample consisted of 1.120 students from two public  universities in the city of Valencia (Spain) (University of Valencia and Polytechnic University of Valencia) belonging to different areas of study and to different academic years. They answered the QELtLCUS (Questionnaire to Evaluate the Learning to Learn Competence of University Students), an instrument developed by the research team (Gargallo et al., 2021).
Instruments
The QELtLCUS questionnaire comprises 85 items organized in 5 scales, that assess the five dimensions of the theoretical model listed above (cognitive, metacognitive, affective-motivational, social-relational, and ethical) and 29 subdimensions. The questionnaire has a self-report format, and the students answered the items on a five-item Likert-type response scale, agree-disagree (5-4-3-2-1).
The questionnaire’s construct validation was checked through confirmatory factor analysis (CFA) (Gargallo et al., (2021) using the lavaan program (Rosseel 2012), as there was a theoretical model whose validity was to be tested and given that there was a clear idea of what items comprised each dimension and subdimension of the instrument (Lloret-Segura et al., 2014).
Procedures
We also collected the grades of these students in the first trimester of the 2022-2023 academic year.
The students answered the questionnaire in a single ordinary class session through an online application. The requirements of the Ethics Committee of the Universidad de Valencia were taken into account: the students were informed of the aims and process of the research, and participation was voluntary. Before answering, they gave informed consent and then completed the questionnaire, including demographic data, but no data that personally identified them, in order to respect their anonymity.
We performed descriptive analyses, cluster analysis and analysis of differences, and also multiple linear regression analysis. Statistical analyses were performed by SPSS 26.0.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In order to check the level of management of LtL, we performed descriptive analyses and we studied the mean scores of the students in the 5 dimensiones and 29 subdimensions.
The sample subjects indicated an acceptable management level, but with low scores for some relevant LtL dimensions (specially Planning, Organising and Controlling Anxiety). The highest scores were found in Social-Relational and Ethical dimensions (higher than 4). The scores in Cognitive, Metacognitive and Affective-Motivational dimensions were higher than 3 and lower than 4.
By means of cluster analysis two groups were found with two different management profiles: one of them with a high level and another one with a lower level in the five dimensions of LtL competence and in the 29 subdimensions. The students in the first group scored better than those in the second group, in LtL and also in grades, with statistically significant results.
To analyse the influence of the LtL dimensions on academic achievement we implemented a complete multiple regression model for each group (high and lower), with the criterion being academic achievement and the predictors the five LtL dimensions.
The regression model was significant in the lower group, with an explanation by the predictors for academic achievement of 2.3%, and also in the high group, with an explanation of 6.8%.
As for significant predictors that contribute to the explanation of the model, only the metacognitive dimension was significant in the lower group, but in the high group, they were all significant except for the ethical dimension, with the cognitive dimension having the greatest contribution and the social-relational dimension the smallest.
In conclusion, this competence influences academic performance and not all students show a high level of proficiency. Therefore, it is necessary to teach the competence, at least in the first years of university degrees.



References
Buxarrais, Mª R. & Conceiçao, Mª (2017). Competencias y competencia ética en la educación superior. En E. Vila (Coord.) Competencias éticas y deontología profesional en la universidad (pp. 89-128). Aljibe.
Caena, F. (2019). Developing a European Framework for the Personal, Social & Learning lo Learn Key Competence. Publications Office of the European Union. https://bit.ly/2vBzK8A
Cameron, R. B. & Rideout. C.A. (2020). It’s been a challenge finding new ways to learn: fist-year students’ perceptions of adapting to learning in a university environment. Studies in Higher Education, 42 (11), 2153-2169. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2020.1783525.
Cortina, A. (2013) ¿Para qué sirve realmente la ética? Barcelona: Paidós.
EC (2006). Recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 Decembrer 2006 on Key Competences for LifeLong Learning. European Commission.
EC (2018). Accompanying the document Proposal for a COUNCIL RECOMMENDATION on Key Competences for LifeLong Learning. European Commission. Retrieved from http://data.consilium.europa.eu/doc/document/ST-5464-2018-ADD-2/EN/pdf
Sala, A., Punie, Y., Garkov, V. & Cabrera Giraldez, M. (2020). LifeComp: The European Framework for Personal, Social and Learning to Learn Key Competence. Publications Office of the European Union. https//doi.org/10.2760/302967.
Gargallo Lopez, B.; Perez-Perez, C.; Garcia-Garcia, F.J.; Gimenez Beut, J.A., & Portillo Poblador, N. (2020). The skill of learning to learn at university. Proposal for a theoretical model. Educación XX1, 23(1), 19-44, http://doi.org/0000-0002-7158-6737
 Gargallo-López, B., Suárez-Rodríguez, J.M., Pérez-Pérez, C., Almerich Cerveró, G., & Garcia-Garcia, F.J. (2021). The QELtLCUS questionnaire. An instrument for evaluating the learning to learn competence in university students. RELIEVE, 27(1), art. 1. http://doi.org/10.30827/relieve.v27i1.20760
Lloret-Segura, S., Ferreres-Traver, A., Hernández-Baeza, A., y Tomás-Marco, I. (2014). El análisis factorial exploratorio de los ítems: una guía práctica, revisada y actualizada Anales de Psicología, 30(3), 1151-1169. https://doi.org/10.6018/analesps.30.3.199361
McMillan, J. H., & Schumacher, S. (2010). Research in Education: Evidence Bases Inquiry, 7th Edition. Pearson.
Rosseel, Y. (2012). Lavaan: An R Package for Structural Equation Modeling. Journal of statistical software, 48(2), 1–36. https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v048.i02
Thoutenhoofd, E.D. & Pirrie, A. (2015). From self-regulation to learning to learn: observations on the construction of self and learning. British Educational Research Journal, 4 (1), 72-84. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3128
Viejo, C. & Ortega-Ruiz, R. (2018). Competencias para la investigación: el trabajo de fin de Máster y su potencialidad formativa. Revista de innovación y buenas prácticas docentes, 5, 46-56. https://doi.org/10.21071/ripadoc.v5i.10970
Weinstein, C.E. (1988): Assessment and training of student learning strategies. In R.R. Schmeck, Learning strategies and learning styles (pp. 291-316). Plenum Press.
Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: an overview. Theory into Practice, 41, 64-70.


22. Research in Higher Education
Poster

Psychosocial Readiness for College and Higher Education Orientations Among First- and Non-First- Generation Ethnic Minority Students: A Longitudinal Study

Shada Kashkoush, Yuliya Lipshits-Braziler

Hebrew University, Israel

Presenting Author: Kashkoush, Shada

Higher education is essential for economic and social mobility (Brown, 2013). First-generation college students (FGCS) are students who are the first in their families to pursue higher education (Garriott & Nisle, 2018). For FGCS, being a college student means having to contend with more potential stressors throughout their higher education (Garriott & Nisle, 2018). Furthermore, FGCS are more likely to drop out than non-FGCS (Fletcher et al., 2022). Compared to non-FGCS, FGCS are disadvantaged in terms of academic achievement and sense of belonging at college (Wilbur & Roscigno, 2016). A notable percentage of FGCS come from ethnic minority groups (Longwell-Grice et al., 2016). This combination, of being FGCS and an ethnic minority, is associated with adversities in terms of academic achievement, wellbeing, and academic stress (Williams et al., 2024). Additionally, it highlights the importance of targeted interventions for ethnic minority FGCS as underrepresented group (Gehringer et al., 2022).

There is a growing recognition regarding psychosocial resources with which a student can manage the challenges required for successful integration into academic studies (Phillips-Berenstein et al., 2023). The Psychosocial Readiness for College (PRC) model and measure (Phillips-Berenstein et al., 2023), describes six psychosocial resources that ease the challenges of academic performance and enable academic persistence: (a) academic self-efficacy; (b) educational commitment; (c) social comfort; (d) campus engagement; (e) self-discipline; and (f) resilience. Based on the research of Robbins et al. (2004), we aimed in the present research to add an additional factor: (g) institutional commitment, referring to a student’s commitment to study in the current higher education institution and their preference for the current institution over others. Phillips-Berenstein et al. (2023) found that FGCS were higher than non-FGCS in educational commitment and self-discipline. Additionally, they found that students with low levels of educational commitment, social сomfort, and campus engagement are two to three times more likely to dropout of college (Phillips-Berenstein et al., 2023).

An additional factor that may affect optimal college integration is the meaning individuals ascribe to higher education. The Higher Education Orientations model and measure (HEO; Willner et al., 2023) is conceptualized with five distinct purposes for attending college: (a) gaining a profession; (b) gaining knowledge; (c) external pressure; (d) prestige; and (e) social networking. Willner et al. (2023) used the HEO questionnaire among deliberating young adults and college applicants to see how these factors affected their career decision making process. According to their research individuals seeking to gain profession and knowledge were found to use productive coping strategies and were further along the decision-making process. Contrary, individuals leaning more towards the social, prestige, and external orientations faced more career decision-making difficulties, used nonproductive coping strategies, and were farther behind the decision-making process (Willner et al., 2023).

The Present Research

The intersection of being an ethnic minority and a FGCS may lead to heightened levels of disadvantages. This highlights the importance of understanding two essential factors concerning integration and persistence in higher education: psychosocial readiness for college and higher education orientations. Despite their importance, they have not been studied among ethnic minority FGCS and non-FGCS. Thus, the first goal of this study is to test differences in psychosocial readiness for college and higher education orientations among FGCS and non-FGCS Arab ethnic minority first year college students in Israel. The second goal is to test how these factors predict academic satisfaction one year later. Examining these factors enriches the knowledge about ethnic minority FGCS and non-FGCS, which may contribute to other ethnic minorities. Considering the contribution of academic satisfaction to college persistence, understanding the link between the studied factors and academic satisfaction can enrich the knowledge about college attrition.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
At the beginning of the academic year (Time 1), participants were 1055 Arab ethnic minority first year undergraduate students, studying in 17 colleges and universities in Israel. Of the participants, 76% were women and 66.8% were FGCS. Students were asked to fill out the online questionnaire, containing several parts: (a) demographic questionnaire (gender, age, college major, institution, and parents' education); (b) the Arabic version of the Psychosocial Readiness for College questionnaire (PRC; Phillips-Berenstein et al., 2023) including 38 items (median Cronbach α is .85; Cα range .76–.88 for the six PRC dimensions); (c) the Arabic version of the Higher Education Orientation questionnaire (HEO; Willner et al., 2023) including 25 items (median Cronbach α is .75; Cα range .68–.79 for the five orientations).
One year later (Time 2), these students were asked to fill out a follow-up online questionnaire. Of the 1055 students, 370 students completed the follow-up questionnaire (80.3% women, 65.9% FGCS), containing (a) demographic questionnaire (current institution, their college major and whether they have changed their college institution or/and majors); and (b) academic satisfaction (Lent et al., 2005) including seven items (the Cα internal-consistency reliability in the present study was .89). The results of t-tests revealed that participants in the follow-up did not differ from those who did not participate (corrected α = .003) in terms of their PRC (ps range .19 - .98) and their HEO (ps range .85 - .96) scales. In addition, no differences were found in age, gender distribution, religion distribution, and college-generation distribution between those who participated in the follow-up compared to those who did not.
First, the properties of the variables were explored. Second, MANOVA analyses were conducted to test gender and college-generation status differences (as they were the two independent variables), and the seven psychosocial resources and the five higher education orientations were the dependent variables. Third, to determine which psychosocial resources and higher education orientations predict academic satisfaction one year later, two linear regressions were carried out for psychosocial resources and higher education orientations, separately.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results revealed that in terms of psychosocial readiness for college, FGCS scored higher than non-FGCS only in self-discipline. According to Phillips-Berenstein et al. (2023), a possible explanation is that FGCS who succeeded in attaining higher education despite the obstacles may have high self- discipline that helps them cope with these adversities. In higher education orientations, no differences between FGCS and non-FGCS were found. Interestingly, among non-FGCS higher knowledge and lower external pressure higher education orientations predicted greater academic satisfaction one year later, while psychosocial factors did not contribute to the prediction. Among FGCS, profession orientation and four psychosocial factors (academic self-efficacy, institutional commitment, self-discipline and resilience) positively predicted academic satisfaction one year later.
The present research is the first to study psychosocial readiness for college and higher education orientations among FGCS and non-FGCS ethnic minority students, and how these factors predicted academic satisfaction. The contribution of institutional commitment to academic satisfaction emphasizes the importance of adding this scale to the psychosocial readiness for college model and questionnaire. Understanding these factors provides essential addition to the literature on ethnic minorities and college-generation in higher education.
Students’ individual and social characteristics have a strong impact on their probability to succeed in higher education. Based on our findings, it is important to systematically monitor ethnic minority FGCSs’ psychosocial resources (especially academic self-efficacy, institutional commitment, self-discipline and resilience), and the meaning they attribute to higher education (especially, acquiring a profession) even prior to the beginning of their academic studies. This can help identify those at risk and facilitate institutional interventions through personal counselling, coaching and mentoring.

References
Brown, P. (2013). Education, opportunity and the prospects for social mobility. British Journal of Sociology of Education, 34(5–6), 678–700.
Fletcher, A. C., Jensen, M., & Vrshek-Schallhorn, S. (2022). Novel perspectives on adversity exposure, stress responding, and academic retention among first- and continuing-generation students. Emerging Adulthood, 11(1), 175-189.
Garriott, P. O., & Nisle, S. (2018). Stress, coping, and perceived academic goal progress in first-generation college students: The role of institutional supports. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education, 11(4), 436-450.
Gehringer, T. A., Folberg, A. M., & Ryan, C. S. (2022). The relationships of belonging and task socialization to GPA and intentions to re-enroll as a function of race/ethnicity and first-generation college student status. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education, 15(6), 744-754.
Lent, R. W., Singley, D., Sheu, H. B., Gainor, K. A., Brenner, B. R., Treistman, D., & Ades, L. (2005). Social cognitive predictors of domain and life satisfaction: Exploring the theoretical precursors of subjective well-being. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 52(3), 429–442.
Longwell-Grice, R., Adsitt, N. Z., Mullins, K., & Serrata, W. (2016). The first ones: Three studies on first-generation college students. Nacada Journal, 36(2), 34-46.
Phillips-Berenstein, M., Willner, T., & Gati, I. (2023). Psychosocial readiness for college: A multidimensional model and measure for students entering college in their twenties. Journal of Career Assessment. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1177/10690727231186770
Robbins, S. B., Lauver, K., Le, H., Davis, D., Langley, R., & Carlstrom, A. (2004). Do psychosocial and study skill factors predict college outcomes? A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 130(2), 261–288.
Wilbur, T. G., & Roscigno, V. J. (2016). First-generation disadvantage and college enrollment/completion. Socius, 2, 1-11.
Wilkins-Yel, K. G., Roach, C. M., Tracey, T. J., & Yel, N. (2018). The effects of career adaptability on intended academic persistence: The mediating role of academic satisfaction. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 108, 67-77.
Williams, C. D., Moreno, O., Hood, K. B., Santana, A., Johnson, K. F., Garcia-Rodriguez, I., ... , & Spit for Science Working Group. (2024). Longitudinal associations between well-being and academic achievement throughout the COVID-19 pandemic: Testing the moderating role of academic stress among first-generation and continuing college students. Journal of Diversity in Higher Education. Advance online publication.
Willner, T., Lipshits-Braziler, Y., & Gati, I. (2023). Construction and initial validation of the higher education orientations questionnaire. Journal of Career Assessment, 31(1), 85-108.
 
15:45 - 17:1523 SES 07 A: Policy Landscapes in Flux: Multi-scalar Perspectives on Autonomy, Assessments, and Accountability Reforms in Education
Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Marina López Leavy
Session Chair: Christian Ydesen
Symposium
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Symposium

Policy Landscapes in Flux: Multi-scalar Perspectives on Autonomy, Assessments, and Accountability Reforms in Education

Chair: Marina López Leavy (Autonomous University of Barcelona)

Discussant: Christian Ydesen (Aalborg University)

In the past thirty years, education systems have experienced a burgeoning of policy initiatives aimed at improving education quality and students’ performance worldwide. This shift is primarily attributable to multiple forces reshaping the educational landscape, including the imperative of aligning educational systems with the demands of economic globalization; the rapid digitalization processes sweeping through societies; the influence of international large-scale assessments (ILSAs) in educational debates; the urge to standardize and measure every educational dimension under the reigning datafication imperative (Grek et al., 2021). In response to these multiple forces, certain policies have been articulated as somewhat coherent narratives capable of addressing these demands. Scholars have termed these policies either the Global Education Reform Movement (GERM) (Sahlberg, 2016) or school-autonomy-with-accountability (SAWA) reforms (Verger et al., 2019). On the one hand, autonomy embodies managerial and decentralization policies that transfer decision-making to school-level agents, argued as ‘best practices’ to drive school improvement (Woessmann et al., 2009). On the other hand, assessment and accountability instruments lie at the heart of these reform packages, including large-scale standardized assessments, school inspections, peer evaluations, or self-evaluations, as pivotal policies to monitor schools and enhance quality.

Grouped under a quality assurance paradigm for education, autonomy, assessments, and accountability policies have widely circulated among different countries. In part, their global spread is explained to the multiple purposes, rationales, and uses that these policy instruments can uptake in different settings. However, beyond an apparent global convergence towards the widespread adoption of autonomy, assessments, and accountability policies, there are significant variations among countries depending on the governance structure –i.e., Federal vs. unitary countries–; the political ideology of governing party, administrative traditions of state bureaucracies, or path-dependency dynamics emerging from pre-existing policies (Gerrard and Savage, 2022). Put differently, while several countries might have adopted large-scale assessments, the associated stakes or how governments or schools use them can vary widely.

This panel explores reforms of autonomy, assessments, and accountability from a multi-scalar perspective, addressing crucial questions for understanding their dissemination and effects among different school systems from a policy instrument approach (Lascoumes and Le Galès 2007; Béland et al. 2018; Capano and Howlett 2020). Combining the theoretical contributions of political sociology in education, and theories of enactment, the panelists collectively unpack the dynamic vernacularisation of these reform packages, illustrating (I) how policy instruments are adopted and operate within unique cultural, political, and institutional landscapes, (II) the relevance of the filtering and enactment processes in the reconfiguration and calibration of the newly adopted policy instruments.

Some papers will explore the interactions between newly adopted and existing policy instruments, and the dynamic 'policy mixes' created, with unforeseen combined effects. Others will examine the centrality of specific instruments -i.e., large-scale learning assessments- and their uses and effects at different scales, ranging from policy design to school-level practices. All contributions will address the interplay between the reform goal and the policy instruments to achieve it, and the role played by key stakeholders and constituencies. In doing so, this panel extends beyond conventional analyses by shedding light on the complex dynamics that unfold in the selection and application of policy instruments and their interaction with pre-existing arrangements in diverse settings. Through theoretical contributions from political sociology and enactment theories, this panel enriches the field of policy studies in education by exploring the configuration of quality assurance policy instruments and their effects in increasingly complex and multi-layered policy landscapes.


References
Béland, D., Howlett, M., & Mukherjee, I. (2018). Instrument constituencies and public policy-making: An introduction. Policy and Society, 37(1), 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1080/14494035.2017.1375249

Capano, G., & Howlett, M. (2020). The Knowns and Unknowns of Policy Instrument Analysis: Policy Tools and the Current Research Agenda on Policy Mixes. SAGE Open, 10(1). https://doi-org.ezproxy.cul.columbia.edu/10.1177/2158244019900568

Gerrard, J., & Savage, G. C. (2022). The governing parent-citizen: Dividing and valorising parent labour through school governance. Journal of Education Policy, 37(5), 744–761. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2021.1877357

Grek, S., Maroy, C., & Verger, A. (Eds.). (2020). World Yearbook of Education 2021: Accountability and Datafication in the Governance of Education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003014164

Lascoumes, P., & Le Galès, P. (2007). Introduction: Understanding Public Policy through Its Instruments? From the Nature of Instruments to the Sociology of Public Policy Instrumentation. Governance, 20(1), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1468-0491.2007.00342.x

Sahlberg, P. (2016). The Global Education Reform Movement and its impact on schooling. In K. Mundy, A. Green, B. Lingard, & A. Verger (Eds.), Handbook of Global Education Policy (pp. 128–144). Wiley-Blackwell.

Verger, A., Parcerisa, L., & Fontdevila, C. (2019). The growth and spread of large-scale assessments and test-based accountabilities: A political sociology of global education reforms education reforms. Educational Review, 00(00), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2019.1522045

Woessmann, L., Luedemann, E., Schuetz, G., & West, M. R. (2009). School Accountability, Autonomy and Choice Around the World. Edward Elgar Publishing. https://ideas.repec.org//b/elg/eebook/13540.html

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Where, When, And To What Extent? The Diffusion of School Autonomy and Accountability Policies in Latin America (1990-2020)

Tomas Esper (Teachers College, Columbia University)

Over the last decades, school autonomy and accountability policies (SAWA) have been at the forefront of education reforms globally. SAWA constitutes a reform package grounded in managerial and quasi-market principles to transform school systems governance radically (Verger et al., 2019). During the 2000s, SAWA reforms were epicenter in the Global North, particularly in OECD countries (Högberg & Lindgren, 2021). However, SAWA policies have also been disseminated, to different extents, among middle and low-income countries (Hossain, 2022). In particular, SAWA policies have circulated among Latin American countries, taking precedence in school-based management and decentralization reforms during the 1990s (Barrera-Osorio et al., 2009). Literature on policy transfer in education has largely accounted why, how, and where different reforms are diffused. However, most studies focus on single instruments or specific reform aspects, such as standardized testing (Kamens & McNeely, 2010), whereas complex packages are underexplored. This study aims to fill this gap by examining SAWA’s dissemination across Latin America, a region that has served as a laboratory for multiple managerial and neoliberal reforms in the past (Meseguer, 2004). First, the study dissects SAWA into its main elements: (i) autonomy to enable decision-making by school agents –boards, principals, and teachers–; (ii) accountability and standardization to measure and monitor school outcomes; (iii) competition as a driver for improvement; and (iv) performance incentives to nudge agents’ behavior towards targetted outcomes (Verger et al., 2019). Then, it specifies 13 instruments that operationalize SAWA’s theory of change, such as decentralization laws, large-scale standardized testing, curriculum standardization, bonus payment for teachers or school league tables. Thirdly, to explore the extent of SAWA instruments dissemination throughout Latin America, it creates a self-elaborated database on SAWA policies’ adoption, at the regulatory level, for each of the 34 Latin American and Caribbean countries from 1990 until 2020. According to the World Education Reform Database, the period coincides with the peak of neoliberal reforms (Bromley et al., 2021). Following a similar methodology from prior policy diffusion studies (Bromley et al., 2021), data for this paper comes from coding country-level policy documents and international organizations publications (i.e., OECD’s Review of National Education Policies or the World Bank’s SABER publications). This paper contributes to the study of globalization and policy transfer in education by offering a cross-national and historical account of the spread of a complex reform package and its composing policies and analyzing trends in instrument diffusion throughout Latin America.

References:

Barrera-Osorio, F., Fasih, T., Patrinos, H. A., & Santibáñez, L. (2009). Decentralized Decision-making in Schools: The Theory and Evidence on School-based Management. World Bank. Bromley, P., Overbey, L., Furuta, J., & Kijima, R. (2021). Education reform in the twenty-first century: Declining emphases in international organisation reports, 1998–2018. Globalisation, Societies and Education, 19(1), 23–40. Högberg, B., & Lindgren, J. (2021). Outcome-based accountability regimes in OECD countries: A global policy model? Comparative Education, 57(3), 301–321. Hossain, M. (2022). Diffusing “Destandardization” Reforms across Educational Systems in Low- and Middle-Income Countries: The Case of the World Bank, 1965 to 2020. Sociology of Education, 95(4), 320–339. Kamens, D. H., & McNeely, C. L. (2010). Globalization and the growth of international educational testing and national assessment. Comparative Education Review, 54(1), 5–25. Meseguer, C. (2004). What Role for Learning? The Diffusion of Privatisation in OECD and Latin American Countries. Journal of Public Policy, 24(3), 299–325. Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Parcerisa, L. (2019). Constructing School Autonomy with Accountability as a Global Policy Model: A Focus on OECD’s Governance Mechanisms. In C. Ydesen (Ed.), The OECD’s Historical Rise in Education: The Formation of a Global Governing Complex (pp. 219–243). Springer International Publishing.
 

Unpacking The Influence of Large-Scale Learning Assessments Data on Education Policy Formulation in Argentina and the City of Buenos Aires

Marina López Leavy (Autonomous University of Barcelona)

Since the turn of the century, data on student learning has played an increasingly prominent role in global education governance. With the proliferation of global indicators and international comparisons, the measurement agenda and data production demands have grown and spread widely in national education systems worldwide. Despite the global adoption of large-scale learning assessments (LSAs) and the growing influence of evidence-based policymaking discourses, the uses that governments make of LSAs data vary widely, being context-sensitive and contingent on political and institutional settings (Verger et al., 2019). In low-stakes accountability contexts such uses have been less explored. While the literature suggests that LSAs data is influential for agenda setting, and policy monitoring and evaluation, it is less clear the extent to which it is used by governments to inform policy formulation processes (Tobin et al., 2016). Thus, this paper explores whether and how data from LSAs is used by the national government in Argentina and the subnational government in the city of Buenos Aires to inform policy design. The Argentinean case presents a complex political scenario in which the adoption, calibration and retention of learning assessment instruments has been amid federal political interaction (Rodríguez et al., 2018). Through a qualitative vertical case study, the paper explores to what extent, how and why governments at the national and subnational levels use LSAs data to inform policy formulation (2015-2019) (Barlett & Vavrus, 2014). The empirical strategy relies on document analysis (n=55) and in-depth semi-structured interviews with policymakers (n=20). Results show that data from national large-scale assessments (NLSAs) was privileged at the national level, and from local large-scale assessments (LLSAs) at the subnational level. Data from cross-national assessments (ILSAs) was used to a lesser extent during policy formulation. Data use encompassed both instrumental and symbolic purposes, while conceptual use was less prominent and linked to other forms of educational evidence, such as qualitative studies (Coburn et al., 2009). The paper provides theoretical insights into the close relationship between the political rationales for legitimating the NLSA and the logic offered for using (or not) its data in policymaking (Addey & Sellar, 2018).

References:

Addey, C., & Sellar, S. (2019). Rationales for (non) participation in international large-scale learning assessments. Education Research and Foresight: UNESCO Working paper. Bartlett, L., & Vavrus, F. (2014). Transversing the Vertical Case Study: A Methodological Approach to Studies of Educational Policy as Practice: Transversing the Vertical Case Study. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 45(2), 131–147. https://doi.org/10.1111/aeq.12055. Coburn, C. E., Honig, M. I., & Stein, M. K. (2009). What’s the evidence on districts’ use of evidence? In J. D. Bransford, D. J. Stipek, N. J. Vye, L. M. Gomez, & D. Lam (Eds.), The Role of Research in Educational Improvement (pp. 67-86). Harvard Education Press. Rodríguez, L. R., Vior, S. E., & Más Rocha, S. M. (2018). Las Políticas de Evaluación de la Calidad Educativa en Argentina (2016-2018). Educação & Realidade, 43(4), 1405–1428. https://doi.org/10.1590/2175-623684907. Tobin, M., Nugroho, D., & Lietz, P. (2016). Large-scale assessments of students’ learning and education policy: Synthesising evidence across world regions. Research Papers in Education, 31(5), 578–594. https://doi.org/10.1080/02671522.2016.1225353. Verger, A., Parcerisa, L., & Fontdevila, C. (2019). The growth and spread of large-scale assessments and test-based accountabilities: A political sociology of global education reforms education reforms. Educational Review, 00(00), 1–26. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131911.2019.1522045
 

Scalecraft, Scalecreep, and Scalecrunch: School Autonomy as Scalar Politics in Western Australia

Glenn Savage (University of Melbourne)

School autonomy policies have been cemented as a principal policy direction in state and territory education systems across the Australian federation (Gerrard and Savage 2022). These policies aim to devolve elements of school governance from centralised state bureaucracies to the local school level within publicly funded systems of education. A notable example is the Independent Public Schools (IPS) initiative, introduced in 2009 in the state of Western Australia (WA). Reflective of decentralising school reforms internationally (Keddie 2016), the IPS involved a suite of policy changes designed to increase flexibility and attune school governance to local needs, such as one-line budgets and the introduction of School Boards (Gerrard and Savage 2022). Over a decade since the IPS was first introduced, more than 80% of all students in WA government schools now attend an IPS school. Critical policy scholarship regularly positions autonomy reforms as part of a global shift towards neoliberal governance, with a particular focus on marketisation. For instance, Gobby (2016) interprets IPS as promoting neoliberal public service provision, while Fitzgerald et al. (2018) see it as intensifying market competition among schools, creating disparities. This paper extends critical scholarship, but in a different theoretical register. Rather than engaging in a critique of autonomy as an artefact of neoliberalism or marketisation, we explore the material and discursive underpinnings of the IPS through a conceptual lens centred on scalar politics. Drawing on Papanastasiou's concept of 'scalecraft' (2017), MacKinnon’s (2011) concept of scalar politics, and other critical accounts of scale as a social process (Fraser 2010; Savage, Di Gregorio and Lingard 2022), we frame scale as an epistemological tool in policymaking, used to reshape power and resource distribution. Our primary argument is that the IPS can be understood as a scalar intervention that rearranged relations between local schools, mid-level bureaucracies, and the central state department of education. Based on a synthesis of policy document analysis and interviews with senior WA policymakers, we show that scale was central to the design and implementation of the IPS and was used to legitimise its impacts. Building on existing theories of ‘scalecraft’, we make a novel contribution by introducing two new complementary concepts: ‘scalecreep’, which involved the rapid expansion of the IPS beyond the original scope envisioned by its architects; and ‘scalecrunch’, which resulted in the diminishment of the influence of regional-level bureaucrats as the relationship between principals and bureaucrats in the state’s Department of Education was prioritised.

References:

Fitzgerald, S., et al. (2017). Devolution, market dynamics and the Independent Public School Initiative in Western Australia. Journal of Education Policy, 33(5): 662–681. Fraser, A. 2010. The Craft of Scalar Practices. Environment and Planning A, 42: 332–346. Gerrard, J., & Savage, G. C. (2022). The governing parent-citizen: dividing and valorising parent labour through school governance, Journal of Education Policy, 37(5): 744-761. Gobby, B. 2016. “Putting “the system” into a school autonomy reform: The case of the Independent Public Schools program. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 37(1): 16–29. Keddie, A. (2016). Maintaining the integrity of public education: A comparative analysis of school autonomy in the United States and Australia. Comparative Education Review, 60 (2): 249–270. MacKinnon, D. (2011). Reconstructing scale: Towards a new scalar politics. Progress in Human Geography, 35(1), 21-36. Papanastasiou, N. (2017). The practice of scalecraft: Scale, policy and the politics of the market in England’s Academy Schools. Environment and Planning A: Economy and Space, 49(5): 1060–1079. Savage, G. C., Di Gregorio, E., & Lingard, B. (2022) Practices of scalecraft and the reassembling of political boundaries: the contested nature of national schooling reform in the Australian federation. Policy Studies, 43(5): 962-983.
 

WITHDRAWN Data Use in Italian Schools: A Qualitative Analysis of Data Use Processes and Attitudes Towards Data Beyond National Assessments

Giulia Montefiore (Autonomous University of Barcelona), N. N. (N.)

Expectations for schools to use data from a variety of sources to improve the education they offer have been increasing globally (Verger & Skedsmo, 2021). Over time, what data is and means has expanded from only considering standardised national large-scale assessments. In the Italian school autonomy and accountability system, schools’ own analysis and reflection about data both received from central administration and produced locally are expected to be used for didactic and organizational improvement. In this research, the use by schools of internally and externally produced data of organisational, administrative, assessment, pedagogic nature and beyond is analysed. These include national tests, schools’ self-evaluation reports, grades, teacher observation, demographic data, and more. Research on data use in the Italian context is particularly limited. Specifically, no research has been conducted following the conceptualization of data going beyond national assessment data. Pastori and Pagani (2016) report a growing trust in the validity of data from national assessments results, but difficulty in making use of it because of time, skills necessary to analyse data, and lack of habit in engaging is such processes. This research seeks to understand to what extent and how data use processes and routines happen in Italian schools, what facilitates them, what schools consider as data and their attitudes towards it. The paper specifically analyses how school organizational and political context, individual factors, and the accountability system mediate data use, and whether and how data influences pedagogical and organizational decisions in schools. This study uses data use conceptualisations and frameworks (Coburn and Turner, 2011; Spillane, 2012) to study data use in education in a specific Southern-European low-stakes accountability context. It places emphasis on the use of data for equity purposes (Datnow & Park, 2018), through a conceptual model for critical data-driven decision making (Dodman et al., 2021), and embraces the notion of data-informed decision making rather than data-based decision making (Schildkamp et al., 2019). Methodologically, this qualitative study uses interviews of principals and teachers in 12 primary and lower-secondary schools, selected to guarantee variety of socio-economic context, in the city of Rome. Expected results include limited structured use of data, positive attitudes regarding conceptualization of data beyond national assessment results, organizational and data literacy barriers for data use. It is also anticipated that ideas of data use include data use to increase equity, but that processes for this to happen may not be structured or systematically present.

References:

Coburn, C. E., & Turner, E. O. (2011). Research on data use: A framework and analysis. Measurement: Interdisciplinary Research & Perspective, 9(4), 173-206. Datnow, A., & Park, V. (2018). Opening or closing doors for students? Equity and data use in schools. Journal of Educational Change, 19, 131-152. Dodman, S. L., Swalwell, K., DeMulder, E. K., View, J. L., & Stribling, S. M. (2021). Critical data-driven decision making: A conceptual model of data use for equity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 99, 103272. Pastori, G., & Pagani, V. (2016). Cosa pensate dei test INVALSI? Dirigenti scolastici, insegnanti e studenti provenienti dalla Lombardia descrivono la loro esperienza. Journal of Educational, Cultural and Psychological Studies, 2016(13), 97–117. Schildkamp, K., Poortman, C. L., Ebbeler, J., & Pieters, J. M. (2019). How school leaders can build effective data teams: Five building blocks for a new wave of data-informed decision making. Journal of educational change, 20, 283-325. Spillane, J. P. (2012). Data in practice: Conceptualizing the data-based decision-making phenomena. American Journal of Education, 118(2), 113-141. Verger, A. & Skedsmo, G. (2021). Enacting accountability in education: exploring new policy contexts and theoretical elaborations. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability, 33(3), 391-402.
 
15:45 - 17:1523 SES 07 B: Adult Education and VET
Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Session Chair: Nanna Ramsing Enemark
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Education Policymaking, Practice and Research in Adult Literacy in Ireland

Bernie Grummell

Maynooth University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Grummell, Bernie

This paper will explore the relationship between education policymaking, practice and research in the field of adult literacy in Ireland. It draws on our involvement in a series of research reports completed for the national adult literacy and Further Education and Training (FET) services in Ireland between 2018-2022. Each research project was conducted on a national scale, intending to capture literacy practice in their respective areas of family literacy, numeracy, inclusion of adult learners with intellectual disabilities, and inclusion of adult literacy across FET. This represented a very active period by the national statutory agencies in researching the evidence base of adult literacy to inform governmental strategic planning. It aimed to provide an evidence-base for literacy education to inform emergent policies, in a manner that consulted with and gave voice to the experiences of staff and students at multiple levels, types and sites of adult literacy provision in Ireland. The findings were written and presented as research reports, before being translated into a series of policy briefing papers (NALA, 2022) and forming part of the evidence-base for consultation process for the first National Adult Literacy for Life Strategy, 2021 in Ireland. This paper explores how the socio-cultural and political context of this research influenced how it was able to relate to and influence policy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is based on a series of research reports completed for the national adult literacy and Further Education and Training (FET) services in Ireland between 2018-2022. Four research projects were conducted on a national scale, intending to capture literacy practice and experiences in their respective areas of family literacy, numeracy, inclusion of adult learners with intellectual disabilities, and inclusion of literacy across FET (SOLAS, 2020, 2021a, 2021c, ALOA, 2022).  They were based on a mixed methods approach, combined desk research with a national quantitative survey of literacy provision, and a series of qualitative engagements through case studies, interviews with literacy staff and students, focus groups and workshops.
In a second wave of analysis, these four research reports were analysed using critical discourse analysis (Fairclough, 1995) identified key discursive themes which were written into a series of 6 policy briefing papers on adult literacy. This presentation considers the impact of both of these stages of research and analysis as forms of research attempting to engage with and influence policy.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research emerged in a sociopolitical context of the uncertainty of a global recession which facilitated a deep pessimism to enter Irish public discourses about the unaffordability of public services.  This context enabled the embedding of performance management as a mode of regulation across Irish public services (Lynch et al., 2012; Dukelow and Murphy, 2018). This shift from governing to governance echo similar changes occurring across Europe and internationally where the OECD-influenced ‘human capital’ approach and political project of neoliberalism resulted in systemic reforms with greater levels of performance measurement across all sectors in line with EU and national priorities (Clarke et al. 2000; Tett and Hamilton, 2019). This resulted in adult literacy practices being tied more closely to the performance imperatives of national FET policies, similar to what had happened in the UK with the Education Reform Act in 1988 and the Further and Higher Education Act of 1992.  The research reveal the deeply pervasive impact of this in placing a stream of constant demands on staff and students to engage with performativity demands, to give data and voice about their experiences, but with little direct influence or sense of determination.  They speak of the invisibility of their learning relationships, the learner-centred responsive pedagogy, and impact on learners’ lives and communities which are not recognised by this performativity drive.
This research attempts to intervene through research activities in this process, making visible the learner-centred and relational aspects of adult literacy and engaging directly to de-construct barriers to and make accessible the production of scholarly research to influence decision-making and policy processes.  The multiple flows of power and different political pressures evident throughout these mechanisms of policy engagement will be considered, critically reflecting on how scholarly research can engage with public policy to support a more social just education system.

References
ALOA (2022) Inclusion of Adult Literacy Support in Further Education and Training in Ireland: A Research Report. Technical Report. Adult Literacy Organisers Association.
Clarke, J., Gewitz, S. and E. McLaughlin (2000) (eds) New Managerialism New Welfare? (Sage: London)
Dukelow, F. and M. Murphy (eds) (2018)  New Managerialism as a Political Project in Irish Education. Basingstoke : Palgrave Macmillan.
Fairclough N. (1995)  Critical Discourse Analysis. London: Longman
Lynch, K., Grummell, B. and Devine, D. (2012) New Managerialism in Education: Commercialization, Carelessness and Gender. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan
NALA (2022) Briefing papers to support inclusion in the Adult Literacy Services. NALA: Dublin. https://www.nala.ie/publications/briefing-papers/
SOLAS (2020) Enabling Intergenerational Learning: Background Report on Family Literacy Practices in Irish Education and Training Boards (ETBs). Available from: https://www.nala.ie/wp-content/uploads/2020/04/Enabling-Intergenerational-Learning-Background-report-on-family-literacy-practices-in-Irish-ETBs-2020.pdf
SOLAS (2021a) Development of Good Practice Guidelines for Integrated and Standalone Numeracy Provision for Adults at Levels 1–3. https://www.nala.ie/wp-content/uploads/2021/09/15341_SOLAS_Numeracy_Report_Web_07092021.pdf
SOLAS (2021b) Adult Literacy for Life: A 10–Year Adult Literacy, Numeracy and Digital Literacy Strategy. Available from: https://www.solas.ie/f/70398/x/b78324692b/15607_all_strategy_web.pdf
SOLAS (2021c) Inclusion of people with intellectual disabilities in Adult Literacy Services: Research Report. implementation-of-guidelines-on-the-inclusion-learners-background-research-report-2021.pdf
Tett, L. and M. Hamilton (2019). Resisting Neoliberalism in Education: local, national and transnational perspectives. Policy Press


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Enacting a Combination of Schooling and Prolonged Internships for Grades 7 Through 9: A Local Solution to European Issues?

Nanna Ramsing Enemark, Lea Høxbroe Højbjerg

Centre for Education Policy Research, Aalborg University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Enemark, Nanna Ramsing; Højbjerg, Lea Høxbroe

Much like other European countries (Assmann & Broschinski, 2021), Denmark has a sizeable group of young people that are neither in education, employment, or training (NEET) (Statistics Denmark, 2023). Denmark simultaneously identifies a lack of vocational professionals resulting in a looming threat of decreased growth (Aarkrog, 2020). At the same time the upper secondary schools struggle with a lack of motivation among students and school refusal (Pless & Katznelson, 2019). These issues became politically intertwined in 2023 as the Minister of Education, Mattias Tesfaye, proposed to make the comprehensive public school more practical and vocationally oriented (Tesfaye, 2023). The proposal was argued to lead to an educational system better accommodating students than is the case today and thus create a more secure future for the individual (Tesfaye, 2023). One of the initiatives in the proposal is the introduction of junior apprenticeships. A junior apprenticeship offers students from grade 7 to 9[1] a reduced school schedule and instead combine school with an internship at a company. The hypothesis is that it will contribute to less school refusal, decrease the risk of students leaving their 9th grade examinations without plans for further education, and simultaneously prepare students for the future and further education. In this sense, the national proposal seeks to address broader European concerns (Rasmussen & Juul, 2020; Eleveld, Bazzani, De Le Cour & Staszewska, 2022).

Hjørring Municipality has locally experimented with a similar initiative they call prolonged internship for the past four years. The prolonged internship entails students in grade 7 through 9 being able to have as little as an afternoon and as much as multiple days a week where they instead of school go to a local company. The initiative is part of a broader policy in Hjørring Municipality labelled the “Youth Guarantee” (Friche, Enemark & Ydesen, 2021). The policy aims to ensure people under the age of 30 in the municipality avoid a position without education, employment, or training. Hence, it is akin to the European Youth Guarantee (Tosun et al, 2019), but crucially establishes a collaboration between employment and education already at the lower secondary education level. The Hjørring Municipality policy has a constellation of partners from education institutions, the bureaucracy, and companies that guarantee they will take responsibility for young people and helping them on their way (Bolvig, Jeppesen, Kleif, Østergaard, Iversen, Broch-Lips, Jensen and Thodsen, 2019). The prolonged internship is one of the initiatives the partners collaborate on. The aim is, similarly to the recent proposal at the national level, to offer a break from students’ everyday school life, increase students’ motivation, and establish a more secure and certain path for the future at an individual level (Hjørring Municipality, 2023).

This paper therefore takes up the prolonged internship to explore if this is a suitable measure and how this local policy can potentially mitigate national and European issues. The paper is guided by the question: “How are prolonged internships in a Danish municipality enacted and what potential does it have to mitigate European issues in education and employment?”. The paper relies on focus group interviews with students, parents, companies, and the relevant staff surrounding them and explores the question through the concept of policy enactment as an analytical lens.

[1] In the Danish education system tracking occurs quite late in students’ schooling career, namely following the 9th grade final examinations. This has been the norm since 1975 where the comprehensive public school was unified and means grades 8 and 9 primarily are when students must consider their future education trajectory.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper applies policy enactment theory as an analytical lens (Ball, Maguire, Braun & Hoskins, 2011; Braun, Ball, Maguire & Hoskins, 2011). This stems from a recognition that it is insufficient to reduce policy to the implementation’s adherence to policy, but rather grasping that policy is made and remade in social interactions, namely when policy is interpretated, translated, and enacted. Those with policy in their hands therefore become policy actors and are charged with the process of interpreting policy and translating it to their context, which means policy actors include teachers and other staff in and around the schools explored in the paper. However, we also conceptualize students and their parents as being policy actors in the enactment because they participate in the negotiations of how the policy of prolonged internships unfold (Bosseldal, Blennow & Malmström, 2022). Hence, the paper focuses less on the formal intentions of the policy on prolonged internships, but instead on how prolonged internships are translated and enacted in the municipality as well as which issues are potentially mitigated as a result. This lens enables us to explore how local policy is changed, adapted to local contexts and the individual student, in addition to recognizing the agency of all actors involved.
The paper relies on extensive interview material, namely 68 focus group interviews with a range of actors. These interviews have been collected as a part of a larger longitudinal project, where we have explored the Hjørring Municipality Youth Guarantee, albeit this paper will exclusively focus on the theme of prolonged internships. The interviews used in this paper have been conducted from 2020 through 2023 with a diverse group of actors involved in the prolonged internship initiative, namely teachers, guidance counselors, school leaders, companies, parents, and students. The transcribed interviews have been thematically coded in Nvivo, where we have focused on how prolonged internships are respectively translated and enacted. We do this to further explore which issues the internships mitigate. The analysis is therefore structured by an initial part focusing on translation followed by a part focusing on the enactment. This leads to a discussion concerning the mitigation of local, but also the potential national and European, issues.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcomes of the paper revolve around how the prolonged internships as an element of the Youth Guarantee policy is translated and enacted in the institutional school context, and how insights from this local experiment can serve to inform educational research and policy at the national as well as the European level. We aim to highlight the educational political dilemmas and barriers inherent in the initiative, where the policy contains local-political aims but simultaneously seeks to be beneficial for the individual student and their future educational aspirations and path. Namely the dilemma of wanting to offer the students flexible education solutions suiting their needs and local context, while simultaneously closing off opportunities for certain educations in the broader Danish education system. The paper seeks to contribute to discussions about policymaking at different levels, bottom-up policy development, how different policy actors receive, perceive, and use policy to achieve their personal and professional objectives, and how equitable education is recoded and offered as solutions to perceived national issues within education.
References
Aarkrog, V. (2020). The standing and status of vocational education and training in Denmark. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 72(2), 170–188. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2020.1717586

Assmann, M.-L., & Broschinski, S. (2021). Mapping Young NEETs Across Europe: Exploring the Institutional Configurations Promoting Youth Disengagement from Education and Employment. Journal of Applied Youth Studies, 4(2), 95–117. https://doi.org/10.1007/s43151-021-00040-w

Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., Braun, A., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Policy subjects and policy actors in schools: some necessary but insufficient analyses. Discourse, 32(4), 611–624. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601564

Bosseldal, I., Blennow, K., & Malmström, M. (2022). Students as Policy Actors: the Student Perspective in the Establishment Process of a New School. Paper presented at ECER.

Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse, 32(4), 585–596. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601555

Eleveld, A., Bazzani, T., De Le Cour, A., & Staszewska, E. (2022). Implementation of the European Youth Guarantee and the Right to Work: A Comparative Analysis of Traineeship Programmes Under the EU Active Labour Market Policy. The International Journal of Comparative Labour Law and Industrial Relations, 38(Issue 3), 269–298. https://doi.org/10.54648/IJCL2022013

Friche, N., Enemark, N. R. and Ydesen, C. (2021). Guaranteeing positive destinations for youth in a Danish municipality: the transfer, translation, and transformation of a policy instrument. European Educational Research Journal.

Hjørring Municipality. (2023). The Youth Guarantee. Available at https://www.ungegarantien.dk (accessed January 25, 2023).

Juul, T. M. (2018). The ”safe” choice in an uncertain future: A sociological analysis of young people’s motives for choosing upper secondary degree. Aalborg Universitetsforlag.

Kleif, H. B. (2021). The Temporality of Being NEET: A Longitudinal Study of NEET Occurrences among Young Adults in Denmark. Young, 29(3), 217–235. https://doi.org/10.1177/1103308820945098

Pless, M., & Katznelson, N. (2019). New Insights into Young Peoples' Motivation in Lower Secondary Education in Denmark. Qualitative Research in Education, 8(1), 60-88. https://doi.org/10.17583/qre.2019.3946

Rasmussen, P., & Juul, T. M. (2020). The Danish Response to Youth Guarantee. In Europe’s Lifelong Learning Markets, Governance and Policy (pp. 369–392). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-38069-4_16

Statistics Denmark. (2023). Statistics Bank – Active and non-active in 2021.

Tesfaye, M. (2023). Det boglige og det praktiske går hånd i hånd [the academic and the practical go hand in hand]. Børsen 23/11/2023. https://borsen.dk/nyheder/opinion/det-boglige-og-det-praktiske-gaar-haand-i-haand

Tosun J, Treib O and De Francesco F (2019) The impact of the European Youth Guarantee on active labour market policies: A convergence analysis. International Journal of Social Welfare 28: 358–368. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijsw.12375.
 
15:45 - 17:1523 SES 07 C: Education in an Age of Uncertainty
Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Session Chair: David Hastie
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Denying the Market and Hiding School Segregation: Church Elites and Faith Schools in the Context of Hungarian Religious Populism

Eszter Neumann

HUN-REN Centre for Social Sciences, Hungary

Presenting Author: Neumann, Eszter

The social reforms of Hungary’s right-wing populist government have fundamentally reconfigured social and class relations (Geva 2021; Stubbs and Lendvai-Bainton 2020). Education has been a key area for building a new order in society. The government crafted an education policy discourse centering on educating a Christian nation (Neumann, 2023) and, offering favorable financial and legal conditions, invited allied Christian churches to take a greater part in education and welfare service provision. Subsequently, the share of denominational institutions has significantly increased at all educational levels, resulting in the increasing pillarization and social segregationof local educational spaces. Arguably, the churchification of education and welfare (Fodor, 2022) is a form of attenuated governance (Hackett, 2020) in the sense that the symbolic and material support offered to allied/co-opted churches distances the government from contentious policy goals, most importantly, the pacification of rural spaces through consolidating racial segregation and institutional racism (Merry, 2014).

In conversation with the literature on the role of faith schools in contemporary European educational markets (Hemming&Roberts, 2017), the presentation focuses on the effects of authoritarian-conservative education policies and policy discourse “on the ground” (Apple, 2001). Based on three town-level case studies about the discoursive strategies of local and regional church elites, the analysis explores the restructuring of local education markets and its impact on producing and solidifying inequalities and exacerbating social divisions surrounding race and class (Allen and West, 2011; Apple, 2001; Jackson, 2003).

Neo-conservative education governments have had a controversial relationship with neoliberalism (Apple, 2004; Exley&Ball, 2011). While the churchification of education is a form of privatization, the government discourse frame church-state relations as a “strategic alliance” and presents faith schools as a primary scene for socializing good Hungarians. Official policy discourses heavily draw on Christian church discourses about the importance of value-based socialization (Neumann, 2023). Rejecting market discourses, education policy-makers contend that schooling should be a “shared responsibility” and denounce former socialist-liberal governments for approaching education as a market and commodity (Neumann, 2023). The study found that while the representatives of the local state and its secular institutions describe the churchification process as the amplification of market forces, consumer choice, and school segregation locally, denominational actors distance themselves from the competition discourse, and instead, argue that high professionalism and moral integrity offers a niche that attracts families following similar values. Furthermore, they argue, that the moral integrity and smaller school size offer a family feel (Hemmings&Roberts, 2017), “safety and stability”, and ensure better student behaviour (Butler and Hamnett, 2012) compared to secular schools. At the same time, the strategy of cultural imperialism (Grace, 2015), opening up faith schools to the wider public, results in an evangelization approach that does not aim to impose religion onto anyone but instead offers it as an opportunity to explore. Thus, religion is treated situationally and strategically: religious stakeholders expect “openness” and “cooperation” from the families and the teachers, while they also emphasize being “open” to anyone who is willing to endorse religious school practices.

In the context of the church-friendly state politics and funding, faith schools have become the synonyms of well-resourced, high-quality education in the eyes of the local elites. While secular stakeholders often point out the segregation effects of the expanding faith school system and the attenuated governance strategy which refrains from coordinating and regulating the distribution of students, faith school stakeholders defend their almost-all-white schools by pointing to token Roma students and blame disadvantaged families for self-segregation and for failing to comply with school entrance expectations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical material for the study was collected in three Hungarian small towns (of 12-14000) where local school markets have been significantly restructured over the last 14 years, and several former municipal-run, secular educational institutions were transferred to church maintenance. The towns represent a geographic and socio-economic variety (including the presence of Roma minority) and were sampled in a way to characterize different levels of religiosity.
Between 2020 and 2023, I conducted 41 semi-structured interviews with local stakeholders (regional and local church elites, town leadership, heads of educational institutions, and heads of school districts) and with about 20 parents. The current analysis will mainly rely on interviews with the regional and local religious elites and heads of denominational institutions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis interprets the churchification of education as a form of co-optation and attenuated governance: the Hungarian populist government, which labels itself as “Christian Democratic”, has gained symbolic and moral legitimation from co-opting the churches, while it also achieved contentious political goals, and successfully hid the role of the state in facilitating educational segregation and institutional racism. Concurrently, local church elites have taken advantage of the new opportunities, in the context of decreasing religiosity, taking over institutions provided means to expand their public roles and local power. The religious discourses of cultural imperialism (the discourse of evangelization, value-based education, the trade-off between openness and the expectation of cooperation) and the denial of market forces are part of a discoursive framing that hide the segregation effects of this institutional expansion.
In the studied localities, education policy debates are highly politicized and school choices closely follow and consolidate political cleavages. Choosing a faith-based educational institution means approving Fidesz’s conservative populist regime. Therefore, the attenuated governance strategy of churchification not only solidifies social segregation and boundaries within the local communities but also renders the education system a battlefield for (future) voters, where school choice also means endorsing or rejecting authoritarian populist politics. Thus, the transformation of local school systems highlights the effects of populist politics on the ground. The case has wider implications across Europe and European education given the growing strength, political and policy influence of populist movements and ideologies.

References
Allen, Rebecca, and Anne West. 2011. “Why Do Faith Secondary Schools Have Advantaged Intakes? The Relative Importance of Neighbourhood Characteristics, Social Background and Religious Identity amongst Parents.” British Educational Research Journal 37 (4): 691–712.
Apple, M. W. (2001). Educating the “right” way: Markets, standards, God, and inequality. New York: Routledge
Apple, M. W. (2004). Creating Difference: Neo-Liberalism, Neo-Conservatism and the Politics of Educational Reform. Educational Policy, 18(1), 12-44. https://doi.org/10.1177/0895904803260022
Butler, Tim, and Chris Hamnett. 2012. “Praying for Success? Faith Schools and School Choice in East
London.” Geoforum 43 (6): 1242–1253
Exley S, Ball SJ (2011) Something old, something new: understanding Conservative education policy, cited. In: Bochel H (ed), The Conservative Party and Social Policy. Bristol: Policy Press.
Fodor, É. (2022) The Gender-regime of Anti-Liberal Hungary. Palgrave Macmillan.
Geva, D. (2021) ‘Orbán’s Ordonationalism as Post-Neoliberal Hegemony’, Theory, Culture & Society, 38(6): 71–93. https://doi.org/10.1177/0263276421999435
Hackett, U. 2020. America’s voucher politics. How elites learned to hide the state. Cambridge University Press.
Peter J. Hemming & Christopher Roberts (2017): Church schools,
educational markets and the rural idyll, British Journal of Sociology of Education, DOI:
10.1080/01425692.2017.1351868
Jackson, Robert. 2003. “Should the State Fund Faith-Based Schools? A Review of the Arguments.” British Journal of Religious Education 25 (2): 89–102.
Michael S. Merry (2015) The conundrum of religious schools in twenty-firstcentury
Europe, Comparative Education, 51:1, 133-156, DOI: 10.1080/03050068.2014.935582
Neumann, E. (2023) Education for a Christian nation: Religion and nationalism in the Hungarian education policy discourse. European Educational Research Journal, 22(5), 646-665. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041211072691
Stubbs, Paul, and Noemi Lendvai-Bainton. 2020. “Authoritarian Neoliberalism, Radical Conservatism and Social Policy within the European Union: Croatia, Hungary and Poland.” Development and Change 51 (2): 540–560. https://doi.org/10.1111/dech.12565


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

No Time for Citizenship Education. Leading Citizenship Education in an Accountability School System

Andrea Lopez

U. Católica Silva Henriquez, Chile

Presenting Author: Lopez, Andrea

This multi-case study in six Chilean secondary schools explores the challenges for leaders and schools in an area that has gained relevance in the national and international context due to a growingly diverse student body, and social movements that bring controversial issues to the forefront: the implementation of Citizenship Education to promote student civic involvement, in an increasingly commercialized and results oriented educational system. It uses the lens of Ethical Leadership, associated with the fulfilment of the moral imperative of education, and aims to answer how citizenship education takes place in different types of schools in Chile, exploring how managerial grammar, through the instruments of planning, accountability, and evaluation, shapes the discourses and practices of Citizenship Education.

Current transformations of the educational system under neoliberal and managerial logic make it difficult for citizenship education to be a priority at schools worldwide. In Chile, there is a contradiction between de integral development of students proposed by the Law of Education and the mechanisms that educational policy establishes for planning and assessment of schools and teachers. This results in less and less time devoted to citizenship education, promoting individual success over collective learning. Law 20.911 (2016) established that each school must have an annual Citizenship Education Plan, a tool to register actions related to citizenship education, prioritising this area and making it more visible at schools. But the initial evaluation of these plans revealed that 30% of schools did not have citizenship education actions and that there was little relationship between schools and their communities (PNUD, 2018). This study aims to further explore how this educational policy is being signified by schools, directives and teachers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This multi-case study used an ethnographic approach, including observations, interviews and document analysis, to explore the discourses and practices of students, teachers and principals about citizenship and citizenship education in six Chilean schools at the high school level.  
  Ethnographic techniques were used to achieve an in-depth immersion in each of the research sites. Ethnographic approaches are conducted in natural or authentic contexts, through a prolonged involvement with the participants that allows building a relationship and trust; they aim at an in-depth understanding of the contexts, without seeking to generalize (Willis, 2007); and they allow revealing the connections between different layers involved in public policies, understanding how they are recontextualized, appropriated and negotiated (Cassels, 2011).  
The field sites of this research correspond to a convenience sample, which sought to represent the diversity of educational establishments in Chile, including schools of different administrative dependencies, educational modality, region and rural/urban location. Fieldwork was conducted during two school years, visiting the six schools, observing classes, extracurricular programming, meetings, interactions in hallways, playgrounds, cafeterias and teachers' lounges, celebrations, civic acts and other events.
Semi-structured interviews were conducted with school principals, inspectors, academic coordinators, teachers and students. Documents of each school were reviewed, including the Mission and Vision, coexistence regulations, websites, curriculum, educational project, planning, and evaluations, among others.  
The qualitative analysis program NVivo was used to code the documents and interviews, and to identify themes and discursive patterns in the data (Rubin, & Rubin, 2012), using tools from Critical Discourse Analysis (Fairclough, 2003), which views discourse as a site of power struggles, manifesting particular ideologies.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings

The results reveal how the emphasis on accountability and performance in schools limits citizenship education, with teachers in different schools experiencing strong pressures to cover the mandatory curriculum, in a context of standardized tests with high consequences. It is also evident how these logics have permeated students' own subjectivity, installing the orientation to individual success and competition. However, resistance to such logics was also identified, with spaces in which the teaching and practice of citizenship emerged despite the constraints of the school context, allowing the promotion of a democratic culture, the critical thinking of students and their empowerment as citizens.
The limited FC taking place in schools contrasted with the grandiloquent discourses on citizenship present in the Ministry of Education's guidelines and the schools' missions, being possible to identify a gap between citizenship education discourse and practice.  These pressures also made it difficult to think of a transversal citizenship education, since faculty gave priority to the contents of their own subjects, with the possibility of exercising ethical leadership in jeopardy, since the moral sense of education was not seen as a central part of the teaching work.
It is concluded that the educational policies and instruments of Citizenship Education are approached mostly as the fulfilment of an obligation, outlining possible routes for an ethical leadership of Citizenship Education.

References
Cassels, D. (2011). Critical discourse analysis and the ethnography of language policy. Critical Discourse Studies, 8(4), 267-279.
Fairclough, N. (2003). Analysing discourse: Textual analysis for social research. Routledge.
Fullan, M. (2003). The moral imperative of school leadership. Corwin Press..
Giles, D. & Cuéllar, C. (2016). Liderazgo ético: una forma moral de “ser en” el liderazgo. En J. Weinstein (Ed.), Liderazgo Educativo en la Escuela. Nueve Miradas, 121-154. Ediciones UDP.
Jara, C. (2021). Liderazgo escolar y formación ciudadana. Universidad Diego Portales.
Langlois, L. (2011). The anatomy of ethical leadership. AU Press.
Ministerio de Educación (2016). Orientaciones para la Elaboración del Plan de Formación Ciudadana. Santiago, Chile.
Ministerio de Educación (2017). Ley 21.040 Crea el Sistema de Educación Pública. Biblioteca Nacional del Congreso, Chile.
Ministerio de Educación (2022). Plan de Formación Ciudadana. Orientaciones para su elaboración y revisión. División Educación General.  
Ramírez, L., Baleriola, E., Sisto, V., López, V. & Aguilera, F. (2021). La managerialización del aula. Currículo sem Fronteiras, 20(3), 950-970.
PNUD (2018). Estudio sobre la puesta en marcha del Plan de Formación Ciudadana. Santiago de Chile, Programa de las Naciones Unidas para el Desarrollo.
PNUD. (2021). 12 claves para fortalecer la educación ciudadana en Chile. Santiago de Chile, Programa de las Naciones Unidas para el Desarrollo.
Reyes, L., Campos, J., Osandón, L., & Muñoz, C. (2013). El profesorado y su rol en la formación de los nuevos ciudadanos. Estudios Pedagógicos, 39, 217-237.  
Sisto, V., Ramírez, L., Núñez, L. & López, A. (2021). La ética de lo público y la impertinencia del managerialismo como modelo de organización del trabajo en tiempos de crisis. Psicoperspectivas, 20(3), 1-12.
Solorzano, P. (2019). Una experiencia de asesoría en la instalación de los planes de formación ciudadana (Ley 20.911). Foro Educacional, 32, 53-66.
Weinstein, J. (2016). Introducción. En J. Weinstein (Ed.), Liderazgo Educativo en la Escuela, 9-18. Ediciones UDP.
Willis, J. (2007). Foundations of Qualitative Inquiry. Sage Publications.
Zúñiga, C. G., Ojeda, P., Neira, P., Cortés, T., & Morel, M. J. (2020). Entre la imposición y la necesidad: Implementación del Plan de Formación Ciudadana en escuelas chilenas. Calidad en la Educación, 52, 135–169.
Zúñiga, C. G., Ojeda, P., Neira, P., Cortés, T., & Morel, M. J. (2020). Entre la imposición y la necesidad: Implementación del Plan de Formación Ciudadana en escuelas chilenas. Calidad en la Educación, 52, 135–169.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

School Choice in Europe and Australia: Hard Drivers, Soft Parents, and the Ambiguous Role of Religion

David Hastie

Alphacrucis University College, Australia

Presenting Author: Hastie, David

Research questions:

How can the existing methodologies examining the phenomena of school choice be augmented to more effectively examine parent choice factors?

What methodologies and approaches are available from the European context to examine the school choice in the Australian context, and how does the Australian context inform research into the European sphere?

Why are Australian parents enrolling their children in non-government religious schools in such high volumes, and what are the social and political impacts, and likely impacts drawing from understanding the European experience?

Description

Research into school choice has been prolific in recent years, including studies of European school choice. (Agasisti, 2023; Maranto and Shakeel, 2021; Mohme, 2017; Maussen and Bader, 2015; Agasisti, Barbieri, and Murtinu, 2015; Melo, 2013; European Court of Human Rights, 2011). However. researching the of issue of school choice in general, and religion in school choice in particular, needs further methodological frames to effectively gather data from a key sample: parents.

One of the primary methods for researching this topic has been political economy approaches, connected to school reform research movements. These have been driven both by critical theory approaches (Verger, Fontdevila and Zancajo, 2016; Rizvi and Lingard, 2010), and neoliberal approaches (Agasisti, 2023; Agasisti, Barbieri, and Murtinu, 2015). The focus on political economy, and ‘Hard drivers’ rather than ‘Ideation’ factors, and ‘external’ rather than ‘internal’ factors, (Verger, Fontdevila, and Zancajo, 2016) have tended to underrepresent the complex and difficult to obtain field of parent choice factors. This is particularly relevant to the role of religion, leading in turn to less coherent theories and methods for gathering and analyzing parent data in the school choice debates.

The unique Australian context provides a lively comparative case for examining school choice, particularly with reference to global factors and the European experience. According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics, in 2022 total Australia non-government school enrolments were 35.6%, k-12; at the secondary level, just over 40% of enrolments were in non-government schools (ABS, 2022). By comparison, the OECD average non-government proportion of schools in a national education system is 18%. Australia ranks third highest compared to other Western nations for non-government school enrolments, over 90% being Christian- affiliated, but with a rising Islamic school population (OECD, 2018). These statistics, however, seem divergent from the dominant educational narrative of centralized state education still prevailing as normative amongst both politicians and sub-policy ‘heterarchies’. (Jessop, 1998; Ball, 2012). The clash between actual enrolment trends and the older normative discourse is causing considerable political and public energy and friction, a debate in which the author has played a public part in both media and policy. One of the key drivers of these enrolment trends is parent choice.

This paper surveys a range of European nations’ approaches to school choice, including religion, using a political economy model (Verger, Fontdevila and Zancajo, 2016), and the paradigms of ‘hard drivers’ vs ‘ideation’/ ‘External’ vs ‘Internal’, but also adding the 'hard driver' of organizational theory to the suite of paradigms to examine the influence of agile structures of non-government schools (Bush, 2015).

Choice reasons are then explored from parent perspectives, based on survey samples drawn from 3 recent studies (n=12,095), including the author’s own earlier unpublished study of parents at Anglican schools (n=3500) (Hastie, 2022; Christian Schools Australia, 2023; Independent Schools Queensland, 2021). Hence the broader field of school choice studies is augmented with three additional ‘Ideation’ elements: ‘choice architecture’ from behavioural economics (Madrian, 2014; Thaler, Sunstein and Balz, 2013), Moral Foundations Theory (Haight, 2006; 2007), and Pneumatological Imagination (PI) as a mode of examining complex personal religious motivations of parents (Yong. 2017).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Cultural Political Economic Framework (Verger, Fontdevila and Zancajo, 2016)
'Choice architecture’ methodology (Madrian, 2014; Thaler, Sunstein and Balz, 2013),
Moral Foundations Theory (Haight, 2006; 2007)
Bush's 'four pillars' of organizational leadership (Bush, 2015)
Pneumatological Imagination Theory (PI) as a mode of examining religious motivations (Yong. 2017).
Heterarchies studies (organizational forms located between hierarchical structures and market exchanges and resulting in structures and relationships of governance outside of but in relation to the state [Jessop, 1998; Ball, 2012), and sub policy analysis (Sabatier, 1999)
Explanatory sequence design mixed method, case selection variant (Creswell and Clark 2018:82): Large scale convenience sampling of parent perspectives, based on survey samples drawn from 3 recent studies (n=12,095), including the author’s own earlier unpublished study of parents at Anglican schools (n=3500) (Hastie, 2022; Christian Schools Australia, 2023; Independent Schools Queensland, 2021). The study expands in the next 6 months to include further surveying, and an array of case selection variant interviews.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper concludes that researching the of issue of school choice in general, and religion in school choice in particular, needs further methodological frames to effectively gather parent data: several of these are explored and proposed. The paper concludes that the Australian education policy space needs several of the developed approaches to examining school choice already developed in the European context. The paper demonstrates that religion is a relatively ambiguous factor in Australian school choice, nested amongst six other key drivers. The broader study expects to find - amongst other factors- a growing connection between religious school choice and fear of progressive social policies amongst secular parents, as well as a religious schools as sites of a new fusion of capitalist agency and religiosity, with untested and far reaching consequences for education and society.    
References
Agasisti, T., Barbieri, G., and Murtinu, S. (2015). Private school enrolment in an Italian region after implementing a change in the voucher policy. Journal of School Choice, 9(3), 380–406.
Agasisti, T., Queiroz, R., Melo, E. and Maranto, R. (2023). School choice in Europe. Journal of School Choice, 17:1, 1-9, DOI: 10.1080/15582159.2023.2169808
Bush, T. (2015) Organization theory in education: How does it inform school leadership? Journal of Organizational Theory in Education, 1 (1). pp. 35-47.
Creswell, J., and Plano Clarke, V. (2018). Designing and conducting mixed method research. Sage. London
European Court of Human Rights (2011). CASE OF LAUTSI AND OTHERS v. ITALY (Application no. 30814/06). Judgment. Strasbourg. 18 March
European Education and Culture Executive Agency (2020). Equity in school education in Europe. Structures, policies and student performance. Eu Publications.  European Union.
Madrian, B. C. (2014). Applying insights from behavioural economics to policy design. Annual Review of Economics, 19.
Maranto, R., and Shakeel, M. D. (editors). (2021). Educating believers: Religion and school choice. New York: Routledge.
Maussen, M., and Bader, V. (2015). Religious schools in Europe: Institutional opportunities and contemporary challenges. Comparative Education. Vol. 51, No. 1, February 2015, Special Issue (50)
Melo, R. (2013). Relations between Catholic schools funded by the state and the national educational inspectorate in Portugal—freedom of education with state funding. Journal of School Choice, 7(3), 312–333
Mohme, G. (2017). Somali swedes’ reasons for choosing a Muslim-profiled school—recognition and educational ambitions as important influencing factors. Journal of School Choice, 11(2), 239–257
OECD (2020). PISA 2018 results (Volume V): Effective policies, successful schools, PISA, OECD Publishing, Paris
Rizvi, Fazal and Lingard, Bob. (2010). Globalizing Education Policy. New York. Routledge.  
Thaler, R. H., Sunstein, C. R., and Balz, J. P. (2013). Choice architecture. In E. Shafir (editor), The behavioral foundations of public policy. pp. 428-439. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.
Agasisti, T., Queiroz, R., Melo, E. and Maranto, R. (2023). School choice in Europe. Journal of School Choice, 17:1, 1-9, DOI: 10.1080/15582159.2023.2169808
Verger, A., Fontdevila, C., & Zancajo, A. (2016). The privatization of education: A political economy of global education reform. New York: Teachers College Press
Yong, A. (2017). The hermeneutical spirit: Theological interpretation and scriptural imagination for the 21st Century. Eugene, Oregon. Cascade.
 
15:45 - 17:1525 SES 07 A: Special Call Session 2: Children’s rights in a time of instability and crisis – the role of education
Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Ioanna Palaiologou
Special Call Session Part 2/2, continued from 25 SES 06 A
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Mobilizations of Transgender Students' Rights Discourses as a Wedge Issue in International Far-Right Authoritarian Movements

Bridget Stirling

University of Alberta, Canada

Presenting Author: Stirling, Bridget

Topic: Transgender children’s rights discourses in international authoritarian movements

Research question: How are debates over transgender children’s rights in education deployed by far-right authoritarian movements?

Background:

In recent years, the conflict over the rights of transgender children and youth has moved from a relatively niche debate largely confined to sexual and gender minority advocates, parents of transgender minors, medical practitioners, education and child welfare workers, and religious groups to prominent battles waged on the front pages of major newspapers, television documentaries on major networks, social media sites, the floors of legislatures, and the streets of many cities. Education has become a flashpoint, with the rights of transgender students debated in every aspect of schooling: policy, curricula, pedagogy, school leadership, comprehensive school health, infrastructure, and extracurricular activities.

Primarily, the debate has centred on the needs and interests of transgender students, which have often been set up as conflicting with the needs and interests of other students, parents, and even transgender children themselves. However, the battle over the rights of transgender students has implications for democracy and human rights beyond the rights of a specific child population or even balancing the rights of some children against those of other children.

This paper examines how transgender students have become an early target in a larger effort to undermine the rights of all children and an instrument in the international movement to destabilize democratic systems of governance and establish (or re-establish) authoritarian regimes that threaten human rights, peace, and international efforts on threats such as climate change and biodiversity loss.

While much international attention has centred on the context of the United States and the United Kingdom, these rights discourses are not limited to one country; while they are locally inflected, they connect to a broader international social movement network on the far right, spreading through both mainstream and alternative media as well as social media sites. Currently, 31 European countries have anti-discrimination laws protecting sexual and gender minorities that affect education (UNESCO, 2023); however, various local policy contexts may shape how these laws are applied when it comes to minors and only 21 countries have strategies to address school-based bullying and discrimination against sexual and gender minority students. Legislative and policy debates are also taking place across Australia, New Zealand, and Canada, led largely by right-wing governments.

Rather than debating the legitimacy of transgender children’s identities, this paper examines how the rights of some children are being used as a wedge by actors whose goals are far larger than reshaping rules around which bathroom a child can use or which sports they are allowed to play.

Theoretical framework:

Childhood can be understood as a kind of structure: it has developed out of social and cultural forces as well as biological influences (Castaneda, 2001; Qvortrup, 2009). Using a childist approach (Wall, 2019), I examine how children are taken up as symbolic objects (Kjorholt, 2013) in international authoritarian movements on the right. In particular, these movements mobilize childhood as a signifier for purity in political discourses, reflecting Shotwell’s description of purity as a means to make claims on what is normative, good, and to be pursued (2016).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The lens of childism is both a way of conceptualizing social theory and a research approach (Wall, 2019); similar to feminist scholarship, childism offers a theoretical foundation for critical discourse analysis (CDA). CDA, as compared to other forms of discourse studies, is grounded in critical theory’s orientation on not only understanding and explaining but also on critique and social change (Wodak & Meyer, 2009). CDA functions at the intersection of language and social structure (Blommaert & Bulcaen, 2000) and is particularly interested in questions of political discourse and ideologies (van Dijk, 2005; Blommaert & Bulcaen, 2000). In Fairclough’s dialectical-relational approach (DRA) to CDA, discourse is disambiguated by making a distinction between meaning-making as part of a social process, the language of a field of practice, and a way of construing aspects of the world (Fairclough, 2010, 2013). DRA offers a resolution to some of the issues that arise from discursive approaches in policy studies. Policy as discourse has several possible meanings that may be in contention with one another (Bacchi, 2000); however, DRA offers a means to address this contention by considering both text and social context. As with other forms of CDA, DRA is best used in combination with theoretical and analytical resources from various social sciences. In particular, it contributes to and works alongside political, economic, and sociological analysis in the realm of policy studies, bringing together textual analysis with social analysis and critique. Using Fairclough’s approach, I examine policy discourses across Europe (including the UK), Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and the US to identify how transgender children’s rights are discursively mobilized by authoritarian movements.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Childhood is taken up by far-right authoritarian movements as both a symbolic space and a mechanism to mobilize and attract movement participants. The debate over transgender students’ rights in schooling acts a wedge issue and draws in new movement participants who might not otherwise align themselves with far-right activists. Legislation and policy intended to target transgender children has broader consequences for children’s rights to privacy, association, expression, and self-determination, affecting rights protections for all children. Further, as a wedge issue, these debates can boost electoral success for far-right candidates, offering a route to increasing political power for authoritarian movements. These discourses are transnational and both spread across and reinforce international authoritarian movements that pose a risk to democratic institutions and human rights.
References
Bacchi, C. (2000). Policy as Discourse: What does it mean? Where does it get us? Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 21(1), 45–57. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596300050005493
Blommaert, J., & Bulcaen, C. (2000). Critical Discourse Analysis. Annual Review of Anthropology, 29(1), 447–466. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.anthro.29.1.447
Castaneda, C. (2001). The child as feminist figuration: toward a politics of privilege. Feminist Theory, 2(1), 29–53.
Fairclough, N. (2010). Critical Discourse Analysis: The Critical Study of Language. Taylor & Francis Group. http://ebookcentral.proquest.com/lib/ualberta/detail.action?docID=1397484
Fairclough, N. (2013). Critical discourse analysis and critical policy studies. Critical Policy Studies, 7(2), 177–197. https://doi.org/10.1080/19460171.2013.798239
Kjorholt, A. T. (2013). Childhood as social investment, rights, and the valuing of education. Children and Society, 27, 245-257. doi: 10.1111/chso.12037
Qvortrup, J. (2009). Are children human beings or human becomings? A critical assessment of outcome thinking. Rivista Internazionale Di Scienze Sociali, 117(3/4), 631-653.
Shotwell, A. (2016). Against Purity. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
UNESCO. (2023, April 20). Progress towards LGBTI inclusion in education in Europe. https://www.unesco.org/en/articles/progress-towards-lgbti-inclusion-education-europe
van Dijk, T. A. (2005). Critical Discourse Analysis. In The Handbook of Discourse Analysis (pp. 349–371). John Wiley & Sons, Ltd. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470753460.ch19
Wall, J. (2019). From childhood studies to childism: Reconstructing the scholarly and social imaginations. Children’s Geographies, 1–14. https://doi.org/10.1080/14733285.2019.1668912
Wodak, R., & Meyer, M. (2009). Critical discourse analysis: History, agenda, theory, and methodology. In R. Wodak & M. Meyer (Eds.), Methods of critical discourse analysis. SAGE.


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

The Narrative Imagination - Listen To The Stories Of The Third Generation Survivors

Anna Sarri Krantz

University of Uppsala, Sweden

Presenting Author: Sarri Krantz, Anna

Proposal information

The third generation survivors, grandchildren of Holocaust survivors, have started to tell the stories of their grandparents' experiences during the Nazi dictatorship. The grandchildren use various forms of communication to share their stories in a public context. In their storytelling, they incorporate their own testimonies of contemporary antisemitism, either directed towards themselves during their school years or towards the Jewish minority in Sweden.

At the same time, the Swedish educational system, from preschool to high school, has an explicit democratic and value based mission, which is formulated in the curriculums. The school's mission regarding democracy and values is regulated by laws and regulations, including the Education Act. It is also governed by anti discrimination legislation clarifying how educational institutions should act governed by something called ”active measures” against discrimination (see Sarri Krantz, 2023). Legislation against discrimination and offensive treatment clarifies how educational institutions should implement active measures against discrimination. At the same time, research shows that students are subjected to discrimination and offensive treatment in the Swedish educational system (Sarri Krantz, 2018, Gillander Gådin & Stein, 2017, Gyberg et al., 2021).

The purpose of this paper is therefore to investigate how the stories of the third generation survivors can be used in educational contexts to create awareness of human diversity based on the idea presented by Nussbaum (1997, 2010). Ultimately, the goal is to create a more democratic and inclusive education.

2. Theoretical framework

In this paper, I want to call attention to the incorporation of the stories of the third generation survivors concerning their grandparents' experiences during the Holocaust, and their own experiences of contemporary antisemitism. By working with these stories one can create what Nussbaum calls "narrative imagination" (1997, p. 10).

In the effort to create an education system free from discrimination and racism, there is the opportunity to establish a school based on the idea of a liberal education and the possibility to shape future global citizens (Nussbaum, 1997). During the school years, it is crucial that a young person's personal development takes place. Nussbaum pinpoints the idea that education that cultivates a critical approach to different cultural expressions is essential for bringing about change in the individual. Art, literature, music, and film produced by individuals from diverse religious, cultural, social, and ethnic backgrounds can foster a "narrative imagination" (Nussbaum, 1997, p. 10). "The narrative imagination" means that education provides opportunities, and works towards a deeper understanding of students, in order to change their perception and of their understanding of the world.

The purpose emphasized by Nussbaum is to create an education that promotes an attitude that helps students develop essential components such as understanding other people's perspectives, feeling empathy and sympathy, countering stereotypes related to other people, and, above all, developing critical thinking and a critical approach so that discriminatory acts are not left unchallenged (Nussbaum, 1997, 2010).

To train students in this work, Nussbaum argues that ongoing exercises in critical thinking need to be carried out continuously. This should be done by expanding the mission to educate critical thinkers to a variety of subjects, so that teachers collectively and broadly take on the task. Nussbaum criticizes traditional teaching methods where students are passive listeners, and considers this demoralizing and weakening. Instead, she advocates for an education where students are active, engaged, and proactive. They need to learn to investigate and evaluate facts and develop the ability to present their own arguments as well as analyze existing arguments (2010). The goal is to create critical and reflective students who are “active, critical, curious, capable of resisting authority and peer pressure.” (Nussbaum, 2010, p. 73).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Method
During the 2010s, I conducted anthropological fieldwork in Stockholm, Sweden, studying Jewish life and Jewish identity specifically focusing on the grandchildren of the Holocaust survivors. The methods used were observations and in-depth interviews (Aull Davies, 2008). In this research, presented in the thesis (Sarri Krantz, 2018), it became evident that the third generation themselves were engaged in a narrative that was unique to them. They combined their grandparents' stories, as they had been recounted by the older generation, with their own experiences of contemporary antisemitism. Therefore, it was a natural progression to complement anthropological research with studies of the narratives of the third generation. This study has been characterized by analyzing the themes chosen by the third generation primarily aiming to call attention to their grandparents' experiences during the Holocaust. At the same time, their narratives also address what it means to belong to the Jewish minority in contemporary Sweden where antisemitism is prevalent, highlighting this from a current situation. The grandchildren's stories serve as time documents of the Jewish minority's situation from a historical and contemporary perspective, while also being valuable for educational purposes for global citizens of tomorrow.

Authors, titles and thematical perspectives
Lichtenstein, Moa, “Bagage från läger 99”: life during persecution, historical antisemitism

Schreiber, Johanna, “Brev till min farfar”: historical antisemitism, contemporary antisemitism

Verständig Axelius, Natalie, “Det var inte jag som skulle dö”: historical episodes during the Holocaust, war versus peace, survival


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In order to dismantle discrimination and racial injustice the school system in Sweden, together with school systems around the world, can implement a shift of focus and listen to the stories of the third generation survivors, and other narratives from a variety of voices. On the basis of a clear judicial governance from the state, providers of education, and especially school principals, can construct educational possibilities using the stories in highlighting human experience. This can enrich individual and personal development for students and at the same time have an impact on classroom discussions. In the long run, we can thereby accomplish a narrative imagination enabling students, and staff, to develop an understanding and respect for the diversity of human experiences.  

The relevance of the paper is to show and discuss the narrative of the Jewish minority, focusing on historical and contemporary antisemitism, and what educational possibilities such a narrative can have for students and staff in schools. The relevance of the paper is also to highlight the legislative obligations for the providers of education and what can be developed using the ideas of narrative imagination in order to safeguard the human rights for the next generation.

References
References

Aull Davies, C. (2008). Reflexive Ethnography A guide to researching selves and others, Routledge.

Bagage från läger 99. (2019). Moa Lichtenstein, P1 documentary, Producer: Martin Jönsson, Swedish radio, P1 18 August.

Gillander Gådin, K. & Stein, N. (2019). Do schools normalise sexual harassment? An analysis of a legal case regarding sexual harassment in a Swedish high school. Gender and Education. Vol. 31, nr 7, 920-937.

Gyberg et al. (2021). Discrimination and its relation to psychosocial well‐being among diverse youth in Sweden. Child & Adolescent Development. 1–19.

Nussbaum, M. C. (1997). Cultivating Humanity: A Classical Defense of Reform in Liberal Education. Harvard University Press.

Nussbaum, M. C. (2010). Not for profit Why democracy needs the humanities. Princeton University Press.

Sarri Krantz, A. (2018). Tredje generationens överlevande - en socialantropologisk studie om minne, antisemitism och identitet i spåret av Förintelsen, dissertation.

Sarri Krantz, A. (2023). Kulturen i skolan och skolans kultur in (eds.) Johansson, N. & Baltzer, C. Rektors praktik i vetenskaplig belysning: framgångsrikt, hållbart och närvarande ledarskap - är det möjligt? Liber.

Schreiber, J. (2015). Brev till min farfar. (ed) Lomfors, I. et al. I skuggan av Förintelsen De överlevandes barn och barnbarn. Judiska museet. 85 – 91.

Verständig Axelius, N. (2019). Det var inte jag som skulle dö. Natur och kultur.


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Perspectives from a Study on Home Schooling During the Time of COVID-19: Children’s Rights and Agency in Education and Research

Melanie Kubandt2, Birgit Hüpping1

1PH Ludwigsburg University of Education; 2University of Osnabrueck, Germany

Presenting Author: Kubandt, Melanie

The presented participative mixed-methods study in a German primary school focussed on children’s learning and coping strategies at times of home-schooling during the Covid-19-crisis. Findings in educational research during the pandemic (2020-2022) are increasingly enabling a differentiated view based on national and international results in order to derive consequences for educational settings (Helm et al. 2021) in challenging times. However, it is noticeable (Bujard et al. 2021) that the perspectives of children, and especially those of primary school age, have hardly been heard. A small number of studies have focussed on the perspective of primary-school age in order to gain insights into the learning situation and well-being of pupils (cf. Budde et al. 2021, Bujard et al. 2021). In this context, our main research question was: How do especially school beginners (age 6 to 7) deal with this challenging situation between classroom teaching and home-schooling while Covid-19? The aim of our research was to look specifically at the children’s perspectives on home-schooling phases during COVID-19 lockdowns and the related challenges, as well as coping strategies employed by the learners themselves during this time of crisis and instability.

Numerous theoretical frameworks were combined: including the social constructivist perspective, where a setting, in this case a school is continuously constructed in and through local practices, i.e. where activity is produced and adapted by the actors involved in the sense of doing school. The lens of relational understanding of agency was also employed, where specifically, school was depicted as a network of relationships, characterised by the diverse interactions of the school community of actors - adults as well as children. This study is based on the paradigm, as suggested by Eßer and Sitter (2018), that children are competent actors and are actively involved in the (re)production of school as a social setting. Therefore, the principle for this study was based on actor-network-theory and Ryan and Deci’s (2000) self-determination theory and is informed by ongoing debates about children’s agency. The theoretical framework of this study merges socio-cultural theories in order to better understand the role of children's agency, and understanding children as active constructors of their self, environment and childhood during a time of upheaval. Furthermore, the study’s key aim was to make children’s voices heard at the level of the study’s methodology underpinned by a children's rights perspective. A participatory research approach was therefore chosen. According to Von Unger (2014) and Eßer et al. (2020) participatory research approaches are characterised by the involvement of actors as researchers in order to describe and changing social reality as well as measures for the individual and collective empowerment of the partners. The inclusion of children as co-researchers is attributed to both childhood research and participatory research and has gained particular importance in the course of the implementation process of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) in the 1990s (Bradbury-Jones/Taylor 2014, Spriggs/Gillam 2017). This study’s approach, reflects New Childhood Studies with its long tradition of actively involving children in research while observing research ethical principles (Lundy/McEvoy 2012, Hartnack 2019). As is appropriate to a study involving children, ethical considerations were given priority.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study employed a mixed-method design in order to consider different approaches to children's perspectives by positioning children as active constructors of their selves and their lives. Participation and agency were one specific focus, especially at the level of the data collection. To reflect this, participatory research approaches were used to ensure that children's perspectives were included and to address them as experts of their own lives with their own voices (Hüpping/Büker 2019). The Ethical Code for early childhood researchers (Bertram et al. 2015) was followed with voluntary, informed consent/assent sought from children, parents and educators. Based on this theoretical framework, the following methods were used: 10 Interviews with 21 children, questionnaires, children's drawings and audio statements. The data obtained was analysed in a circular research process based on grounded theory (cf. Glaser/Strauss 1998) and followed segment-analysis protocol according to Kruse (2014). The first data collection phase of the study was carried out within the framework of a subject lesson in the school. Specifically, the children were first invited to complete a paper-based questionnaire, create research-induced children's drawings or give audio statements via a dictaphone laid out as part of a non-reactive process. The content of the questionnaire was aimed at the individual perception of daily home-schooling and well-being of the children when returning to school. The children's drawings related to the children's every day experiences and were initiated by writing and drawing sheets titled as "Me learning during homeschooling", "Me back in school" or "Corona and school: this is how I deal with it...". The children's drawings such as questionnaires could be dropped into a mailbox in the classroom over a period of two weeks. On completion of the data collection, the analysis of the drawings and questionnaires together with the children’s interviews pursued a double objective. It took place in a participatory manner in order to sift through and classify the data together with the children. In addition, the interviews functioned as a communicative validation of the data for the researchers. By including voluntary questionnaires and children's drawings as well as audio statements, an attempt was made to enable the children to take an increasing degree of self-directed action. Whilst the concept of children as co-researchers is contested (Hammersley 2017), the intention of this study was to view and understand the data through the children’s contributions.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study traces how school beginners in Germany cope with learning demands in times of instability and crisis, when normal schooling is interrupted. It demonstrates the different creative coping strategies employed by the children, but also points to the high relevance of school as a social interaction space (Hummrich, 2015) in addition to being an essential learning and educational space for children. Data from this study suggest that children value the notion of ‘school’ beyond merely a place to learn. This study argues that educators and policy makers should give greater consideration to the school’s role in children’s social development and well-being when planning for alternative education, not only in times of crisis. Besides the presentation of empirical findings of the children`s own perspectives at a specific time of educational instability, the research team take a critical look at their own research approach and their original claim of enabling participatory research and taking children's agency seriously. Regarding adults' responsibility in data collection processes, ethical challenges emerge in “doing participatory research”: the adult researchers in this study were aware of performing a balancing act in doing justice to children´s rights and agency in order to meet the demands on and through the study’s methodology and their own research objectives (Velten/Höke 2023). Using the example of critical reflection on our own methodological approaches in the project, this paper explores where typical pitfalls as researchers with children lie and how participatory approaches can be better designed. We focus on key ethical considerations according to a critical reflection of power dynamics, transparency of research aims, and the degree to which children fully participated at different stages of the research process. Based on the reflections, this paper provides a series of recommendations on how researchers can improve participation and agency when researching with young children.
References
Bertram, T. et al. (2015). EECERA Ethical Code
for Early Childhood Researchers. www.eecera-ext.tandf.co.uk/documents/pdf/
organisation/EECERA-Ethical-Code.pdf
Eßer, F. & Sitter, M. (2018). Ethische Symmetrie in der partizipativen Forschung mit Kindern. Forum: Qualitative Sozialforschung/Qualitative Social Research, 19(3).  
Hammersley, M. (2017). Childhood studies: a sustainable paradigm? Childhood, 24(1), 113–127.
Hartnack, F. (Hrsg.). (2019). Qualitative Forschung mit Kindern. Herausforderungen, Methoden und Konzepte (Research). Wiesbaden
Hüpping, B. & Büker, P. (2019). Kinder als Forscher in eigener und gemeinsamer Sache – ein Weg zur Partizipation? Ein kinderrechtebasierter didaktischer Ansatz und dessen Relevanz aus der Perspektive von Grundschulkindern. In: Pädagogischer Blick, 27(3), S. 159-173.
Lundy, L. & McEvoy, L. (2012). Children’s rights and research processes: Assisting children to (in)formed views. In: Childhood, 19 (1), 129-144.
Bradbury-Jones, C. & Taylor, J. (2015). Engaging with children as co-researchers: challenges,counter-challenges and solutions. International Journal of Social Research Methodology 18 (2), 161–173.
Eßer, F., et al. (2020). Partizipative Forschung in der Sozialen Arbeit. Zur Gewährleistung demokratischer Teilhabe an Forschungsprozessen. Zeitschrift für Sozialarbeit, Sozialpädagogik und Sozialarbeit 3–23.
Budde, J., et al (2021). Grundschule in Zeiten der Pandemie – eine Fallstudie zu familialen Ungleichheiten und kindlichem Wohlbefinden. In B. Amrhein und B. Badstieber (Hrsg.), (Un-)mögliche Perspektiven auf Verhalten in der Schule. Weinheim
Bujard, M., et al. (2021). Belastungen von Kindern, Jugendlichen und Eltern in der Corona-Pandemie. Wiesbaden
Ryan, R. M./Deci, E. L. (2000). Self-determination theory and the facilitation of intrinsic motivation, social development, and well-being. American Psychologist, 55(1), 68–78
Glaser, Barney G./Strauss, Anselm L. (1998): Grounded Theory. Strategien qualitativer Forschung. Bern
Helm, C., et al. (2021). Was wissen wir über schulische Lehr-Lern-Prozesse im Distanzunterricht während der Corona-Pandemie? – Evidenz aus Deutschland, Österreich und der Schweiz. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft: ZfE: 237–311.
Hummrich, M. (2015). Schule und Sozialraum. Erziehungswissenschaftliche Perspektiven. In: A. El-Mafaalani, S. Kurtenbach, K. P. Strohmeier (Hrsg.), Auf die Adresse kommt es an: Segregierte Stadtteile als Problem- und Möglichkeitsräume begreifen. Weinheim und Basel: Beltz Juventa. S.168-187
Kruse, J. (2014): Qualitative Interviewforschung. Ein integrativer Ansatz. Beltz
Spriggs, M./Gillam, L. (2017). Ethical complexities in child co-research. Research Ethics (1), 1–16.
Unger, H. von. (2014). Partizipative Forschung. Wiesbaden
Velten, K./Höke, J. (2021). Forschung partizipativ und inklusiv gestalten? Ethische Reflexionen zu Interviews mit Kindern unter besonderer Berücksichtigung von Erwachsenheit. Zeitschrift für Grundschulforschung (2), 421–436.
 
15:45 - 17:1526 SES 07 A: World School Leadership Study. Country and Regional Perspectives on the Profession of School Leaders.
Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Stephan Huber
Session Chair: David Gurr
Symposium
 
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium

World School Leadership Study. Country and Regional Perspectives on the Profession of School Leaders.

Chair: Stephan Huber (JKU Linz)

Discussant: James Spillane (Northwestern University)

The World School Leadership Study (WSLS) has three aims. First, it aims to gain empirical insights into compulsory education school leaders’ leadership work and their professional health in around 40 countries. Second, based on the national data gathered in each country, comparative analysis will be conducted to identify similarities and differences across countries. Third, the WSLS aims to generate knowledge which can support policy formulation and implementation for the professionalization of school leaders and their work environment. Hence, this study contributes to the knowledge base of different human resource management aspects, e.g. attracting, recruiting, training and developing school leaders. The WSLS also has implications for institutions to provide professional support infrastructures for school leaders. The data will be analyzed and reported nationally with an ideographical perspective and internationally with a comparative perspective. The WSLS draws on several strands of literature originated in different positions in the field of educational leadership. This is necessary to understand the challenges of leadership related to shifting policy contexts and governing regimes where perspectives on leadership roles and core practices may differ over time and across countries.

The WSLS intends to answer the following research questions:

  1. What are school leaders´ roles and functions?
  2. How do school leaders’ work settings and conditions look like and how are they experienced by school leaders?
  3. How do school leaders practice their leadership, what are preferences and strains, how do they experience their competences as to professional challenges?
  4. What programs exist for preparation of school leaders?
  5. What programs exist for introduction of newly appointed school leaders and what programs exist for established and experienced school leaders in the different countries?
  6. Which are the particularities and challenges of these programs?

Corresponding to the above research questions, particular research design, methods and instruments are designed to support the researchers from the participating countries to collect data. The aim of the symposium is to develop the research design and methodology further as well as examining theoretical models which will be used as frameworks for the project. A further aim is to provide insights into educational systems, role of school leadership and state of research on school leadership from different continents and stimulate discussion with the international audience.

 Data for the WSLS will be collected using a mixed-methods approach. The mandatory part of the study comprises a country report (document analysis and expert interviews) and an online survey. The optional part of the study includes an end-of-day log and in-depth follow-up interviews. Each contribution presents findings but also some critical key questions about the profession of school leadership. First results will be presented based on the findings of the country reports from various countries including Sweden, Ireland, Iceland, Spain, Australia, Kenya, India, and Russia


References
no references
 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Country Reports on Northern Europe

Helene Ärlestig (Umeå universitet), Ulf Leo (Umeå universitet), Niamh Deignan (University of Galway), John O'Sullivan (University College Dublin)

Sweden has a long tradition in educating school principals. As early as the 1960s, state involvement in the training of school leaders was introduced, with courses in a number of pedagogical and administrative areas. In 1976, the Swedish government decided on a two-year national training program for all principals in the school system. Today´s 3-year national in-service principal training program is administered by seven universities and compulsory for all newly appointed principals. Besides that, universities offer a one-year recruitment course for teachers as aspiring principals, as well as courses in various topics to experienced principals. The municipalities and school owners offer in-service training in cooperation with universities and consultants mostly with the aim to increase organizational quality. A new government initiative wants to promote professional development programs to increase the possibility to individual professional development in addition to courses to provide organizational development. There is a widespread belief that learning is crucial for development and quality among all professions. At the same time there is a challenge how to transform the new insights into action. Another challenge is that the various actors within the governing body do not agree on what topics or learning should be prioritized. While in Ireland the spectrum of professional supports available for educational leaders has often been regarded as ad-hoc, in more recent times, become central in the practical preparation and development of individuals in leadership roles (CSL Report, 2015). Current requirements for principal leadership in Ireland do not include mandatory leadership qualifications or previous experience. In an attempt to respond to the urgent need of more diverse supports, newly developed programmes for the induction of newly appointed principals (Misneach) and a developmental programme for school leadership teams (Forbairt) are provided for principals by Oide, a new service organisation which integrated previous professional learning support services into one body since September 2023. Oide also provide learning opportunities and supports throughout the academic school year where school leaders can choose to participate from the wide range of services available that include mentoring, coaching, induction, curriculum, pedagogy, leadership practice and school improvement. Other formalised school leadership development programmes available in Ireland include a postgraduate programme in school leadership (PDSL) and a master’s in educational leadership at third level Universities. Both postgraduate programmes are available for principal leaders or aspiring school leaders.

References:

1. Johansson, O, Guest Editor: Democracy and leadership, In Journal of Educational Administration, Vol. 42 No. 6, 2004. Emerald Group Publishing Limited. 2. Johansson, O. “Introduction - Democracy and leadership – or training for democratic leadership” in Journal of Educational Administration; Guest editor Olof Johansson, Vol 42, Number 6, 2004. Emerald Group Publishing Limited, England, pp 620 - 624 3. Johansson, O,. “A Democratic, learning and communicative leadership” in Journal of Educational Administration; Guest editor Olof Johansson, Vol 42, Number 6, 2004. Emerald Group Publishing Limited, England, pp 697 – 707 4. Helene Ärlestig, Christopher Day & Olof Johansson, Editors (2016) A Decade of Research on School Principals – Cases from 24 countries. Dordrecht: Springer. 5. Petros Pashardis & Olof Johansson, Editors (2016) Successful School Leadership: International Perspectives. London: Bloomsbury Academic. 6. Sigurdardottir, S., Skedsmo, G. & Ärlestig, H. (2023). Principals’ preparation and professional development in Nordic countries. In: AE Gunnulfsen, H. Ärlestig & M. Stoorgard(Ed.) Education and Democracy in the Nordic Countries. Springer.
 

Country Report Comparison on Southern and Northern Europe

Julián López-Yáñez (Universidad de Sevilla), Marita Sánchez-Moreno (Universidad de Sevilla), Guðrún Ragnarsdóttir (University of Iceland), Sigríður Margrét Sigurðardóttir (University of Akureyri)

Since 2014, the main requirement for Spanish school principals to be recruited consist of an initial training course of at least 120 hours. While its goals and content are stablished by a nation-wide order, the course is implemented by the Departments of Education of the 17 regions plus 2 autonomous cities. A variety of education professionals are eligible for teaching its content, including supervisors, experienced school principals, university lecturers and researchers. Additionally, other institutions like universities or private companies can obtain the permission from the regional authorities to organize the course. Such pre-service training is considered by consulted experts as scarce, too theoretical, and too focused on bureaucracy. Besides, induction for newly appointed principals is almost inexistent. There is also a wide margin of improving principals’ in-service education, as it is mainly based on traditional methodologies and very few courses keep a focus on the analysis of the practice. Activities like participation in colleagues’ networks for professional development, or peer observation and orientation under formal structures are clearly below OECD average, according to TALIS 2018 report. However, we are in the way of improving leaders’ professionalization, fuelled by an increasing claim for better results to the schools and their management teams. The aim of the presentation is to give overview of the educational governing system in Iceland and historically map the existing research trends on governance and leadership in upper secondary and compulsory education to identify research opportunities. In doing so we focus on the six topics stipulated by the World School Leadership group (hereafter WSLS). The preliminary findings reveal a growing field and a hidden treasure of research in the area. We found studies that fall under all the six topics set by WSLS. Some fields are still weakly represented, such as values and professional understanding. The available topics are highly depended on the manpower within the academia, educational opportunities, political interventions, and other development. The study suggests the importance of filling the gaps we identified and highlights the important role of the universities to uphold and renew academics and educational opportunities within the field to construct more diverse knowledge.

References:

no references
 

Country Reports on Africa and Australia

Lawrence Drysdale (University of Melbourne), Helen Goode (University of Melbourne), Berni Moreno (University of Melbourne), Lucy Gombe (African Population and Health Research Center)

In Australia the preparation and development of school leaders is important for school success and there is now interest in the leadership demands of early career teachers, teacher leaders, middle leaders, senior leader and principals (Gurr et al., in press). Australia is an example of a country where there has been considerable interest and research on school leadership preparation (Watterston, 2015), but there is little in the way of formal requirements, with, for example, across the many systems (government, Catholic and independent schools) there being no general mandatory certification process for school principals (Drysdale & Gurr, 2021). Despite many systems now having leadership institutions of some form, generally aspirant leaders must navigate their own career pathway and self-identify as a leadership candidate (Gurr & Drysdale, 2015). Unfortunately, the self -managed process offers little guidance to judge preparedness for middle leader and principal/senior leadership roles. Despite a variety of leadership preparation and development programs being available only a third of principals will report having formal leadership qualifications (McKenzie, et al., 2014). School leadership management in Kenya falls under the Teachers’ Service Commission (TSC). This is the singular body mandated to managing the teaching workforce in Kenya’s schools. It hires teachers and principals for public schools, but those in private schools also have to register with it. In 2018, the TSC introduced the Career Progression Guidelines. This document outlines promotion criteria for principals and deputy principals. To serve as a deputy principal, one needs to be at the level of Senior Master III T-Scale 10 for a minimum of 3 years. The deputy principal position consists of three levels: level III (T-Scale 11), level II (T-Scale 12) and level I (T-Scale 13). These are promotional levels that involves transitioning form level III to level II to level I. Upon competition, the individual can apply for promotion as a Principal. The three promotional grades for secondary school Principals include: Principal (T- Scale 13), Senior Principal (T- Scale 14), and Chief Principal (T- Scale 15). In all these levels, there is a requirement to have a master’s degree in a relevant area. However, there is no specification of it being in school leadership.

References:

Drysdale, L. & Gurr, D. (2021). Finding and Promoting Effective Leaders, in F.W. English (Ed.) The Palgrave Handbook of Educational Leadership and Management Discourse, (London, UK: Palgrave). Gurr, D., Gurr, A., Gurr, Z., Jarni, B. & Major, E. (in press) Leadership demands on four early career teachers. Liu, P. & Thien, L.M. (Eds) Understanding Teacher Leadership in education change: An International Perspective, (London: Routledge). Gurr, D. & Drysdale, L. (2015). An Australian Perspective on School Leadership Preparation and Development: Credentials or self-management?, Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 35(3), pp. 377-391. McKenzie, P., Weldon, P., Rowley, G., Murphy, M., & McMillan, J. (2014). Staff in Australia’s schools 2013: Main report of the survey. Camberwell: Australian Council for Educational Research. Prikaz ot 26 avgusta 2010 goda N 761n (red. 31.05.2011) «Ob otsenke Yedinogo kvalifikatsionnogo spravochnika dolzhnostey bukhgalterov, spetsialistov i sluzhashchikh, razdel “Kvalifikatsionnyye
 

Country Reports on Asia and Russia

Karanam Pushpanadham (Maharaja Sayajirao University of Baroda), Natalia Isaeva (National Research University “Higher School of Economics”), Marina Tsatrian (National Research University “Higher School of Economics”)

Improving schools is at the heart of all reform measures in recent years in India. The National Education Policy 2020 has highlighted the importance of professionalizing school leadership by providing various opportunities for in-service principals to avail themselves of professional development in diverse areas. It has been emphasized in the policy that school Improvement is a developmental trajectory leading to long-term and sustainable changes in school processes, practices, and outcomes. It includes but is not limited to, better management and utilization of resources, progressive changes in teaching-learning processes, staff participation in decision-making, strengthening school-community ties, and most importantly, enhancing student learning and outcomes. This paper addresses the current educational reforms, ground realities, School leadership programs, and future directions in India with research on evidence-based challenges of school principals in India. The research focus revolves around the changes in the requirements for the position of a principal in the Russian educational system. The unified qualifying directory, the certification itself created a system, where the professional training and education for principals is not homogeneous. Moreover, a candidate could become a principal having no experience in the educational field at all (Order dated August 26, 2010 N 761n (red. 31.05.2011). With the endorsement of the law, the majority of principals urgently completed a master’s degree or a professional retraining in the required fields which were not always related to the educational field (Bysik & Kasprzhak, 2016; TALIS, 2018). TALIS revealed that the majority of school principals (88% of those polled) undergo the required managerial training only after they have already taken up their positions (TALIS, 2018). Moreover, few of the candidates for school principal in Russia are aware of their impending promotion and are able to prepare for the position in advance (Bysik et al., 2015). Despite the fact that Russia has the unified qualifying directory, there is no information on the required skills for the position (Order dated August 26, 2010 N 761n (red. 31.05.2011). The striking point of the Russian education system is that no unified principal certification system, no professional standards for principals, no national qualification exists in the Russian education system. The first professional standards for principals were elaborated and adapted only in March 2022. As a consequence, the definition of the school leader’s profession is becoming more multifaceted.

References:

Bysik, N., Evstigneeva, N., Isaeva, N., Kukso, K., Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2015). A missing link? Contemporary insights into principal preparation and training in Russia. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 35(3), 331–341. https://doi.org/10.1080/02188791.2015.1056588 Bysik, N., & Kasprzhak, A. (2016). Direktor sovremennoy rossiyskoy shkoly: Statisticheskiy portret, sistema podgotovki, praktika upravleniya [Principal of a modern Russian school: statistical portrait, training system, management practice]. Fakty Obrazovaniya, 5, 17. kharakteristiki dolzhnostey rabotnikov obrazovaniya”». (2010). [Order dated August 26, 2010 N 761n “On the evaluation of the Unified Qualification Directory for the Positions of Leaders, experts and civil servants, section “Qualification Characteristics of the Positions of Educational Workers”»]. (in Russian). https://docs.cntd.ru/document/902233423 TALIS. (2018). The OECD teaching and learning international survey. Watterston, B (2015a). Environmental Scan: Principal Preparation Programs, prepared for the Australian Institute for Teaching and School Leadership (Melbourne: AITSL). Watterston, B. (2015b) Preparing Future Leaders: Effective preparation for aspiring school principals (Melbourne: AITSL).
 
15:45 - 17:1526 SES 07 B: Middle Leaders and Women Leaders in Educational Organizations
Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Tui Summers
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Understanding school middle leading practices: Developing a Middle Leading Practice Model

Sharon Tindall-Ford1, Peter Grootenboer2, Catherine Attard3, Christine Edward-Groves2

1University of Wollongong, Australia; 2Griffiths University, Australia; 3Western Sydney University, Australia

Presenting Author: Grootenboer, Peter; Edward-Groves, Christine

School systems internationally are focused on improving classroom teaching and learning to enhance student outcomes, with teacher professional development (PD) recognised as an important strategy to improve classroom practices (Ostinelli & Crescentini, 2024; Darling-Hammond et al., 2009). School middle leaders (MLs) are acknowledged experts in teaching and learning, who collaborate closely with classroom teachers and school executive (Harris & Jones, 2017). The curriculum expertise and the unique positioning of MLs sees them having the capacity to positively influence classroom teaching and learning (Edwards-Groves et al., 2019). This potential has led MLs increasingly being recruited to develop and facilitate school-based teacher PD to improve classroom teaching and learning (Lipscombe, Tindall-Ford & Grootenboer, 2019) and has resulted in a greater interest by schools and education authorities in ML roles, responsibilities, and practices (Lipscombe, Tindall-Ford & Lamanna, 2021).

Internationally a range of ML practices have been identified as potentially positively influencing classroom teaching and student learning (Grootenboer, Edwards-Groves, & Rönnerman, 2020). These include, MLs collaborating with principals and teachers to ensure shared understandings (Leithwood 2016), ML translating school system policy directives, school executive expectations and curriculum changes to be successfully implemented in classrooms (Nehez et al. 2021), ML creating a collaborative school culture focused on teaching and learning (Bryant, Wong, & Adames 2020) and, ML developing and sharing resources with the support of, and through, collaboration with colleagues (Hammersley-Fletcher & Kirkham, 2007). While there are a range of ML practices identified as positively impacting classroom teaching and learning, there is limited understanding of the practices MLs perceive as central to their work, if these practices actually support classroom teaching and learning, and currently there is no empirically informed instrument to investigate the phenomenon.

Informed by a series of small-scale empirical research studies in Australia, Sweden, Canada, and New Zealand, Grootenboer, Rönnerman& Edwards-Groves (2017), using the ‘theory of practice architectures’ (Kemmis et al., 2014), a ML practice model was developed. The theory of practice architectures provides an ontological perspective of ML practices, focusing on the ‘sayings, doings, and relatings’ of MLs in their particular school sites. This is an intentional ontological shift that centres the study on the (middle) leading that actually occurs in school sites, and the happening of middle leading as it unfolds in time and space.

Three broad and related practices undertaken by middle leaders when leading professional development in schools were identified, and informed the ML practice model (see Grootenboer, Edwards-Groves, & Rönnerman, 2020, p. 5).

1. Leading & Teaching: Leading both curriculum and pedagogical development of other teachers AS WELL AS teaching their own classes. Includes providing professional learning for other teachers.

2. Managing & Facilitating: Managing spaces for curriculum and pedagogical development e.g., moderation meetings that require ‘management’ practices to organise time and place, AS WELL AS facilitation of the moderation p

3.Collaboration & Communication:Collaboration AND communication with senior leaders and teachers on actions needed to achieve school goals.

This presentation reports on Middle Leading Practice School Survey (MLPSS), which was theoretically grounded by ML practice model. The survey provided an understanding of the demographics of Australian MLS, but importantly investigated MLs perceptions of the practices that were central to their leading of teaching and learning in their school sites.

The research questions that guided this study were:

  1. What are the dominant demographic profiles of the Australian school MLs who completed the MLPSS survey? (maybe take out?)
  2. What practices do Australian school MLs perceive they enact in leading teaching and learning development in their school sites?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The MLPSS was an online questionnaire distributed through Australian teacher professional learning organisations and completed by school MLs (n=199). The first part of the MLPSS collected basic demographic data, the second asked MLs to respond to 23 Likert scale questions based on the three dimensions of ML practice stated above. There were nine items for the practice domain of “Teaching and Leading”, seven items for “Managing and Facilitating”, and seven items “Collaboration and Communication. The participants were asked to respond on a 5-point Likert Scale from 1 (Never) to 5 (Always) the extent to which they engaged in a specific middle leading practice. This was to ensure that the instrument had a phenomenological focus that centred on ML practices.

To answer the first research question, descriptive statistics were calculated for the MLPSS demographic data, to address the second research question a series of exploratory (EFA) and confirmatory (CFA) factor analyses were completed  The first EFA was a parallel analysis to estimate the number of factors to retain in the next stage of the EFA, this was followed by a standard EFA. Due to inconclusive results from the first 2 analysis, a subsequent forced three and four factor EFAs were completed (Fabrigar et al., 1999). To understand the robustness of the proposed 3 factor model (MLPSS), a CFA was undertaken ( Bollen, 1989). Finally based on the parallel and exploratory factor analysis, and inconsideration of the factorial structure of the MLPSS, a four factor School Middle Leading Practice Model (SMLPM) was proposed.

1. Leading & Managing School Teaching, Learning & Curriculum: Middle leader’s practices of leading and managing the development of school curriculum, professional learning and teaching and learning initiatives and responding to school management issues – this factor focused on practices for growth and stability at the school level.

2. Supporting Colleague Teachers Development: Middle leader’s practices including facilitating class observations, teacher collaborations, mentoring and performance appraisal of colleagues and the informal part of ML work – this factor focused on practices at the teacher level.

3. Collaborating with Teacher Colleagues on Teaching and Learning: Middle leader’s practices of planning, discussing, and collaborating with colleagues on issues around teaching and learning – this factor focused on collaborating with teachers on T&L

4. Collaborating with & Advocating to School Principal: Middle leader’s practices related to working with their school principal - this factor focused on practices working with the principal.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Education systems and schools worldwide have an increasing expectation that MLs will lead teacher PD to improve classroom teaching and learning (Lipscombe et al., 2021), however there is limited understanding of the actual practices of MLS and if they align with those identified as having the potential to positively impact classrooms. In reference to ML practices there are several important outcomes from this study.

Firstly, as there is no known suitable instrument to investigate MLs practices the study provides a tested survey for researching ML practices, and through statistical multivariate analysis of the data, a revised model School Middle Leading Practice Model (SMLPM) is proposed. Secondly the study provides empirically informed understandings of the practices MLs perceive are core to their work. Data showed that MLs perceive their practices in relation to others (principal, teacher colleagues, school), a finding that is not surprising as previous research has highlighted the relational nature of middle leading (Edward- Groves et al., 2019). Aligned with this finding is the importance MLs placed on practicing leading upwards with the school principal. These results suggest that when developing models of ML practices and PD, attention needs to be paid to not only ML practices but whom the practices are directed.

As ML are increasingly being asked to positively impact classroom teaching and learning, an important finding of the 4-factor solution was the leading practices of MLs are primarily focused on the teachers they lead, evident in domains 2, 3 and 4, highlighting ML practices relate to collaborating with, supporting, and advocating for their teacher colleagues. This result suggests that MLs perceive their leading practices as focused on influencing their teacher colleagues and therefore what happens in classrooms; a finding that suggests that ML are well-placed to drive school PD to support classroom teaching and learning.

References
Bollen, K. A. 1989. Structural equations with latent variables. John Wiley & Sons. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118619179.

Bryant, D. A., Y.L. Wong, and A. Adames. 2020. “How middle leaders support in-service teachers on-site professional learning.”  International Journal of Educational Research. 100 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijer.2019.101530

Darling-Hammond, L., R. Chung Wei, A. Alethea, N. Richardson, S. Orphanos. 2009. “Professional learning in the learning profession: A status report on teacher development in the United States and abroad.” National Staff Development Council and The School Redesign Network, Stanford, CA.

Edwards-Groves, C., P. Grootenboer, I. Hardy, and K. Rönnerman. 2019. “Driving Change from The Middle’: Middle Leading for Site Based Educational Development.” School Leadership and Management, 39 (3-4), 315–333.

Fabrigar, L. R., Wegener, D. T., MacCallum, R. C., & Strahan, E. J. (1999). Evaluating the use of exploratory factor analysis in psychological research. Psychological Methods, 4(3), 272–299. https://doi.org/10.1037/1082-989X.4.3.272

Harris, A., and M. S. Jones. 2017. “Disciplined Collaboration and Enquiry: Evaluating the Impact of Professional Learning.” Journal of Professional Capital and Community 2 (4): 200–214. doi:10.1108/JPCC-05-2017-0011.

Grootenboer, P., C. Edwards-Groves, C. and K. Rönnerman. 2020. Middle Leadership in Schools: A Practical Guide for Leading Learning: Routledge.

Grootenboer, P., K. Rönnerman, and C. Edwards-Groves. 2017. “Leading from the Middle: A Praxis-Oriented Practice.” In Practice Theory Perspectives on Pedagogy and Education:Praxis, Diversity and Contestation, edited by P. Grootenboer, C. Edwards-Groves, and S.Choy, 243–263. Springer.

Kemmis, S., J. Wilkinson, C. Edwards-Groves, I. Hardy, P. Grootenboer, and L. Bristol. 2014.Changing Practices, Changing Education. Springer.

Leithwood, K. 2016. “Department-Head Leadership for School Improvement.” Leadership and Policy in Schools, 15 (2): 117-140. doi: 10.1080/15700763.2015.1044538

Lipscombe K, Tindall-Ford SK, and Grootenboer, P. 2020b. Middle leading and influence in two Australian schools. Educational Management Administration and Leadership 48(6): 1063–1079.

Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. 2021. School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 270-288. https://doi.org/10.1177/1741143220983328

Nehez, J., U. Blossing, L. Gyllander Torkildsen, R. Lander, and A. Orlin. 2021. “Middle leaders translating knowledge about improvement: Making change in the school and preschool organisation.” Journal of Educational Change 23 (3):15–341 https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-021-09418-2.

 Ostinelli, G., & Alberto Crescentini, A. 2024. Policy, culture and practice in teacher professional development in five European countries. A comparative analysis, Professional Development in Education, 50:1, 74-90, DOI: 10.1080/19415257.2021.1883719


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Middle Leaders and School Autonomy: The Italian Case

Valerio Ferrero

University of Turin, Italy

Presenting Author: Ferrero, Valerio

Teacher leadership is at the centre of numerous researches in European and international contexts (Hunzicker, 2017; Pan et al., 2023), focusing on their pedagogical action in the classroom (Warren, 2021) and their role in the institutional dimension of the school (Frost, 2008; Muijs & Harris, 2003). Indeed, the figure of the teacher as a middle leader is becoming indispensable in increasingly complex school contexts (De Nobile, 2018). A middle leader, who acts as a link between the school leadership and the teaching staff in relation to specific areas, is useful to improve the functioning of educational institutions in terms of student experience, professional development of all teachers and the administrative area (Lipscombe et al., 2023).

The middle leader is a teacher who holds a middle leadership role within a school (Harris et al., 2019). This figure plays an important coordination and management role, coordinating the relationships between the different components of the school community from a horizontal perspective (Willis et al., 2019). This figure plays a crucial role in improving the quality of education and creating a positive school climate.

This idea of the teacher as a middle leader is central in decentralised school systems characterised by school autonomy, such as the Estonian, Finnish, English, Italian, Latvian, Lithuanian, Dutch, Polish, Scottish and Swedish school systems (Eurydice, 2019). A decentralised school system with school autonomy gives individual schools considerable freedom to make decisions (Gamage & Zajda, 2005; Keddie, 2015). These institutions autonomously manage resources, educational programmes and pedagogical strategies to promote local adaptability, stimulate innovation and strengthen schools. This model aims to create dynamic learning centres and promote tailored approaches to improve the quality of education. Of course, the degree of autonomy is not the same in all school systems. In any case, in these contexts, the presence of middle leaders is crucial for the development of educational policies that are consistent with a clearly defined school vision: These teachers address specific areas of planning in collaboration with teachers and leaders, and management in collaboration with administrative staff (Hashim et al., 2023).

This theoretical-conceptual contribution focuses on the teacher as a middle leader in Italian schools; our discourse may prove useful for those school systems that have similar characteristics and problems to the Italian system. Here, since the year 2000, school autonomy has allowed schools to make organisational, administrative, financial and pedagogical decisions in order to achieve the general objectives of the educational system set by the central administration. Thus, teachers play a key role not only in pedagogical action in the classroom, but also at the management level (Agasisti et al., 2013).

In particular, we would like to answer the following questions:

  • What is the nature of teachers' engagement as middle leaders in the Italian context?
  • Why and how does their engagement in the processes of school autonomy work or not?
  • What strategies can be implemented to strengthen teachers' engagement as middle leaders and improve the use of school autonomy by individual schools?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This theoretical-conceptual paper examines the role of middle leadership in the Italian school system based on a traditional literature review (Rozas & Klein, 2010). The aim is to understand how crucial their action is in a context characterised by school autonomy and whether or not their involvement is useful for improving the quality of schools; we also aim to identify which elements could better support the action of middle leaders in schools and thus improve the use of school autonomy.
The traditional literature review was conducted by searching scientific databases (ERIC, Scopus, Web of Science and Google Scholar). The search terms were as follows: "school" OR "school system" AND "school autonomy" AND "school leadership" AND "teachers" AND "middle leaders" AND "teacher leadership" AND "Italy" OR "Italian school" OR "Italian school system". The results of the literature search were first skimmed by reading the title and abstract; the remaining studies were then analysed in more detail by reading the entire text.
The data collected were subjected to a thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006), which led to the identification of three thematic strands: (1) the profile of the middle leader teacher; (2) school autonomy as a resource or constraint; (3) perspectives for the enhancement of the middle leader teacher. The data is read critically using the theoretical frame of reference in order to understand the particularities of the Italian situation and the correspondence with what is happening at European and international level.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The traditional literature review highlights the resources and constraints related to middle leaders in the Italian context. In general, the Italian system is characterised by the so-called Southern European governance (Ferrera, 1996; Landri, 2021): a strong autonomy of teachers in terms of pedagogical action in the classroom corresponds to a weak autonomy at school level. This structure is an obstacle to the action of middle management: they are usually involved in bureaucratic activities to support the principal and administrative staff without having any significant influence on educational policy. Only a few schools have developed a "culture of autonomy" in which the principal applies a distributed leadership model with strategic use of middle management: In this case, middle leaders are responsible for developing specific areas of intervention and monitor the extent to which the educational policies implemented achieve the results identified in the planning phase to continuously improve the school.
The commitment of middle leaders is effective in the context of school autonomy when they are involved in the processes of strategic decision-making and in initiatives that respond to the specific needs of the school, also in relation to the territory. Their role is fundamental when it comes to ensuring the participatory nature of the school policy.
Strengthening the commitment of teachers as middle leaders is crucial for improving the quality of schools: first, it is desirable to include this aspect in the initial training of teachers in order to place an emphasis on the institutional dimension of schools from the outset. At the contractual level, it would be necessary to provide for professional development in terms of career development for those teachers who are committed beyond the pedagogical activity in the classroom. Furthermore, involving middle management in meaningful decision-making processes can give them a sense of belonging and responsibility.

References
Agasisti, T., Catalano, G., & Sibiano, P. (2013). Can schools be autonomous in a centralised educational system? On formal and actual school autonomy in the Italian context. International Journal of Educational Management, 27(3), 292-310.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
De Nobile, J. (2018). Towards a theoretical model of middle leadership in schools. School Leadership & Management, 38(4), 395-416.
Eurydice (2019). European education systems at the 2020 milestone. Florence: Eurydice.
Ferrera, M. (1996). The “Southern model” of welfare in social Europe. Journal of European social policy, 6(1), 17-37.
Frost, D. (2008). ‘Teacher leadership’: Values and voice. School Leadership and Management, 28(4), 337-352.
Gamage, D., & Zajda, J. (2005). Decentralisation and school-based management: A comparative study of self-governing schools models. Educational Practice and Theory, 27(2), 35-58.
Hunzicker, J. (2017). From teacher to teacher leader: A conceptual model. International journal of teacher leadership, 8(2), 1-27.
Harris, A., Jones, M., Ismail, N., & Nguyen, D. (2019). Middle leaders and middle leadership in schools: Exploring the knowledge base (2003–2017). School Leadership & Management, 39(3-4), 255-277.
Hashim, A.K., Torres, C., & Kumar, J.M. (2023). Is more autonomy better? How school actors perceive school autonomy and effectiveness in context. Journal of Educational change, 24(2), 183-212.
Keddie, A. (2015). School autonomy, accountability and collaboration: a critical review. Journal of educational administration and history, 47(1), 1-17.
Landri, P. (2021). The Permanence of Distinctiveness: Performances and Changing Schooling Governance in the Southern European Welfare States. In Educational Scholarship across the Mediterranean (pp. 68-85). Leida: Brill.
Lipscombe, K., Tindall-Ford, S., & Lamanna, J. (2023). School middle leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51(2), 270-288.
Muijs, D., & Harris, A. (2003). Teacher leadership—Improvement through empowerment? An overview of the literature. Educational management & administration, 31(4), 437-448.
Pan, H. L. W., Wiens, P. D., & Moyal, A. (2023). A bibliometric analysis of the teacher leadership scholarship. Teaching and Teacher Education, 121, 103936.
Rozas, L. W., & Klein, W. C. (2010). The value and purpose of the traditional qualitative literature review. Journal of evidence-based social work, 7(5), 387-399.
Warren, L. L. (2021). The importance of teacher leadership skills in the classroom. Education Journal, 10(1), 8-15.
Willis, J., Churchward, P., Beutel, D., Spooner-Lane, R., Crosswell, L., & Curtis, E. (2019). Mentors for beginning teachers as middle leaders: the messy work of recontextualising. School Leadership & Management, 39(3-4), 334-351.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Walking Backwards Into The Future (Ka Mua, Ka Muri): Insights on Education Leadership from Aotearoa New Zealand

Tui Summers

Early Childhood NZ, New Zealand

Presenting Author: Summers, Tui

In te ao Māori (the Māori world) standing tall ensures that our ancestors stand tall (Norman, 2019). This presentation draws on the stories of two wāhine Māori (Māori women) who led in the education sphere in Aotearoa New Zealand (Aotearoa) from the 1970s to the 2000s. This qualitative, narrative inquiry, kaupapa Māori research focused on the origins of the women’s leadership. It explored how insights into the women’s leadership could be used in the education sector. One of the benefits of using a narrative inquiry approach is that “the closer, more holistic attention to the narrator’s perspective can provide extremely rich insights” (Taylor et al., 2016, p. 21).

Kaupapa Māori research developed during the 1970s in response to the realisation that research in Aotearoa reflected colonial perspectives not reflective of Māori epistemology, values and beliefs. Kaupapa Māori research has been defined in many ways (Pihama et al., 2019; Tuhiwai Smith, 2021a). The kaupapa Māori-centred research in this presentation used stories and the kaupapa Māori principles of whānau (extended family, family or kin) and whakapapa (genealogy, lineage, descent) as proposed by Tuhiwai Smith (2021b) to celebrate the lives and education leadership of two women. The researcher’s whakapapa connection to one of the women in the research is a fundamental characteristic of kaupapa Māori research (Simmonds, 2019).

Each women’s story was compiled from archival and other sources as well as from interviews with whānau members (extended family, family or kin). The interviews focused on missing information about the origins and orientation of the two women’s social justice leadership. Two interviews were carried out for one of the women and one interview was carried out for the other woman. Reflexive journalling was used by the researcher to help understand how the researcher's assumptions and values influenced the research process and outcomes. Once the stories were assembled Nvivo qualitative research software was used to code the data and identify themes.

The women’s leadership was influenced and shaped by five factors. These are first, their role models, second, their personal struggles, third, mana wahine and four, social norms. Forster et al. (2015) define mana wahine as the strength and power of women and Simmonds (2011) definition of mana wahine emphasizes the importance of narrative. This research draws on both of these perspectives. The fifth theme identified from the research was that there was a cost to the women’s leadership. Two overarching characteristics that influenced the women and their leadership across all five themes was one, identity and two, gender, religion and generational contexts.

This presentation concludes that examining, recalling and celebrating our indigenous education leaders stories can deepen our understanding of how we lead in education in an age of uncertainty into the future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methods used for data generation included document retrieval and reflexive journalling. Archival sources for the women included audiotaped and videotaped interviews with the women and other items such as letters, photos, newspaper publications and speech notes. Context and time are crucial aspects of narrative inquiry (Gunn & Faire, 2016). The researcher researched publications including books, newspaper articles and journal articles on the political, social and historical contexts that existed during the women’s lifetimes. The multiple data sources, including archival sources and non-archival data, were used to assemble each women’s story with a specific focus on the origins and orientation of her social justice leadership.
This research involved a two stage analysis. The first step of the data analysis involved idenitfying missing information about the origns and orientations of each women’s stories and interviewing whānau members or colleagues with a focus on this missing information. A feature of Kaupapa Māori research practiced in this research is the process of kanohi ki te kanohi (face to face) whereby Māori value the importance of face to face interactions (Smith, 2000). Therefore, with the exception of one interview where the interviewee lived remotely and the interview was held on the telephone, interviews were held face to face. A former colleague was interviewed for one of the women and two family members were interviewed for the other woman. The choice of interviewees related to the information that was missing from the women’s stories. Once the stories were assembled they were used as data and analysed.
The second step involved open and selective coding to analyse each story (Clarke & Braun, 2016). Nvivo qualitative research software was used to manage the data and to initially code the themes. In the first round of coding twelve themes were elicited for analysis. After several months and synthesis of the data these themes were reduced to five themes.
The five themes identified from the data were first, role models, second, their personal struggles, third, mana wahine, four, social norms and five that there was a cost to the women’s leadership. Two overarching characteristics that influenced the women and their leadership across all five themes was one, identity and two, gender, religion and generational contexts. This research joins existing academic scholarship that has strived to understand the origins of women’s education leadership. The unique and nuanced findings offer insights into women’s education leadership for practice, policy and future research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Social, historical, cultural and political factors including religion, gender and generational factors were strong influences in shaping the women and their leadership. As well as following others and serving people in their leadership roles the women were role models to people in the education sphere and beyond. Knowledge of their whakapapa and the sense of identity this knowledge supported was crucial in enabling the two women to carry out their leadership. This research joins existing research from Māori researchers about the importance of identity as an aspect of leader development (Durie, 2001; Tuhiwai Smith, 2021c). Māori leadership has lessons and insights for education leaders and leadership in a global context. An important outcome of this research is the celebration and appreciation of two female education leaders stories that have never been shared in this unique way previously.
References
Clarke, V., & Braun, V. (2016). Thematic analysis. The Journal of Positive Psychology, 12(3), 297-298. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439760.2016.1262613

Durie, M. (2001). Mauri ora: The dynamics of Māori health. Oxford University Press.

Forster, M. E., Palmer, F., & Barnett, S. (2015). Karanga mai ra: Stories of Māori women as leaders. Leadership, 12(3), 324-345. https://doi.org/10.1177/1742715015608681

Gunn, S., & Faire, L. (Eds.). (2016). Research methods for history (2nd ed.). University Press.

Norman, W. (2019). Te aha te mea nui? In L. Pihama, L. Tuhiwai Smith, N. Simmonds, J. Seed-Pihama, & K. Gabel (Eds.), Mana wahine reader: A collection of writings 1987-1998 (Vol. I, pp. 13-18). Te Kotahi Research Institute. The University of Waikato.

Pihama, L., Campbell, D., & Greensill, H. (2019). Whānau storytelling as indigenous pedagogy: Tiakina te pā harakeke. In J.-a. Archibald Q'um Q'um Xiiem, J. B. J. Lee-Morgan, J. De Santolo, & L. T. Smith (Eds.), Decolonizing research: Indigenous storywork as methodology (pp. 137-150). ZED Books

Simmonds, N. (2011). Mana wahine: Decolonising politics. Women's Studies Journal, 25(2), 11-25.

Simmonds, N. (2019). Mana wahine: Decolonising politics. In P. Leonie, T. S. Linda, S. Naomi, S.-P. Joeliee, & G. Kirsten (Eds.), Mana wahine reader: A collection of writings 1999-2019 (Vol. II, pp. 105-117). Te Kotahi Research Institute. University of Waikato.

Smith, L. T. (2000). Kaupapa Maori research. In M. Battiste (Ed.), Reclaiming indigenous voice and vision (pp. 225-247). UBC Press.

Taylor, S. J., Bogdan, R., & DeVault, M. (2016). Introduction to qualitative research methods (4th ed.). John Wiley & Sons.

Tuhiwai Smith, L. (2021a). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and indigenous peoples (3rd ed.). Zed Books. https://doi.org/http://dx.doi.org/10.5040/9781350225282.0008

Tuhiwai Smith, L. (2021b). Getting the story right, telling the story well indigenous activism, indigenous research. In L. Tuhiwai Smith (Ed.), Decolonizing methodologies: Research and indigenous peoples (pp. 273-283). Zed books. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350225282

Tuhiwai Smith, L. (2021c). Twenty-five indigenous projects. In Decolonizing methodologies: Research and indigenous peoples (1 ed., pp. 163-185). Zed Books. http://www.bloomsburycollections.com/book/decolonizing-methodologies-research-and-indigenous-peoples/ch8-twenty-five-indigenous-projects/
 
15:45 - 17:1526 SES 07 C: External Stakeholders and Collaborative School Leadership
Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Ruud Lelieur
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Improving Academic Optimism in schools: The Impact of Performance Leadership (whether or not) through Alignment between Teachers, Students, and Parents

Ruud Lelieur, Noel Clycq, Jan Vanhoof

University of Antwerp, Belgium

Presenting Author: Lelieur, Ruud

mproving student performance, regardless of background factors, is an important objective in educational research, policy, and practice. Academic optimism responds by identifying key variables that enhance performance for all students(Hoy, 2012). This study aims to advance this exploration by outlining critical antecedents for fostering such optimism in secondary schools. The academic optimism of schools comprises three interrelated subcomponents that positively impact student performance, even when controlling for background characteristics such as socioeconomic status (SES) or migration background (Boonen et al., 2014; Hoy et al., 2006a; McGuigan & Hoy, 2006). Teacher teams that demonstrate greater collective efficacy beliefs (1), prioritize academic emphasis (2), and foster trust in both their students and the parents (3) are more likely to achieve the goal of improving performance, in contrast to teacher teams lacking this academically optimistic focus (Hoy et al., 2006b). Previous studies have shown a link between authentic (Srivastava & Dhar, 2016), distributed (Cansoy & Parlar, 2018; Hasanvand et al., 2013), instructional (Allen, 2011),transformational (Atif & Abid, 2021) and social justice (Feng & Chen, 2019) leadership to increase the level of academic optimism. Building upon these findings, we hypothesize that, in terms of effectiveness, a leadership approach that directly evaluates and guides teacher performance in alignment with academic optimism – whether explicitly stated or demonstrated through the leadership's own actions – will generate an even more profound impact. This type of leadership behavior, which we will refer to as performance management for academic optimism, embodies a direct and purposeful approach, underscoring the notion that leaders play a pivotal role in shaping the organizational culture. In addition, we anticipate that a principal’s proactive efforts to enhance the team’s collective efficacy, foster trust in students and parents, and believe in the capabilities of all students will also deepen the connection between teachers on the one hand and increase the participation and involvement of parents and students on the other. Principals who take the initiative to emphasize the importance of reaching out to others are more likely to foster social bonds that can enhance the density of relationships within schools (Bishop Harris, 2015; Bryk, 2010). Research from Scott (2016) showed the importance of ongoing communication from teachers to parents to increase involvement. Clearly articulating these expectations by school leaders is anticipated to boost the likelihood of teachers investing more in such interactions (Epstein, 2002). Additionally, principals who cultivate a positive learning climate are anticipated to enhance teachers’ connectedness with the school (Hallinger et al., 2018). As these alignment practices become more widespread, we anticipate it will further augment the academic optimism of the school. The heightened connectedness and interaction will contribute to an increased confidence within the teacher team, build more trust in students and parents, and foster a stronger belief in the potential of all students. In prior qualitative research, teachers themselves highlighted the significance of connectedness as a vital condition for academic optimism, as well as the importance of authentic relationships with students and parental involvement (Lelieur et al., 2023). In summary, we hypothesize that school leaders who explicitly focus on academic optimism not only generate more academic optimism but also foster more alignment between teachers, students and parents, which, in turn, will further elevate the level of school academic optimism. In that way, this research seeks to contribute to the existing body of knowledge by uncovering critical antecedents that promote academic optimism, paving the way for a more comprehensive understanding and practical application in educational settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data were collected in Antwerp, the largest city in Flanders (Belgium) and with a (for this study) considerable variety of secondary schools in terms of ethnicity and SES. Via stratified clustered systematic sampling a total of 1061 teachers from 37 secondary schools participated in the study. The adapted and validated Survey for Academic Optimism (Lelieur et al., 2022) was used to assess teacher and school academic optimism. The alignment between teachers and the school, as well as between both students and parents with the school, was assessed through four distinct scales: teacher-school connectedness, parental involvement, parental participation, and student participation. These measures drew inspiration from the studies conducted by Vangrieken & Kyndt (2016) and De Groof et al. (2001). For the assessment of performance management for academic optimism, a traditional performance management questionnaire was modified and translated to align with the dimensions of academic optimism, (e.g.: My principal emphasizes the importance of trusting students). All measures use a 7-point Likert scale, ranging from "strongly disagree" (1) to "strongly agree" (7), to capture the perceptions of teachers. This study focuses solely on teachers, acknowledging their pivotal role in shaping schools, encompassing their distinctive perspectives and significant impact on the educational environment. The emphasis on teachers' perceptions aims to capture valuable insights for understanding school dynamics. Using a path model approach this study withholds multiple dependent and independent variables simultaneously. Therefore, structural equation modelling is a favoured technique to analyse the possible relationships, as it is designed to evaluate the appropriateness of the proposed hypothesis. The model is estimated using robust maximum likelihood estimation (MLR) to consider the nested structure of the data (Stapleton et al., 2016), and full information maximum likelihood (FIML), to handle missing data (Schlomer et al., 2010). To analyze model fit, we used the lavaan package (version 0.6-7) in R-studio and several fit indices were considered (Hooper et al., 2008).  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Fit indices were acceptable (CFI=.915, SRMR=.065) to good (RMSEA=.045), and the overall image confirms our hypothesis. According to teachers’ perceptions, school leaders who explicitly focus on academic optimism not only generate more academic optimism but also foster alignment between teachers, students, and parents, which, in turn, also elevates the level of school academic optimism. Due to limited space and a large number of significant results, we will reserve the detailed presentation of the model for the actual presentation. Here, we will focus on some notable findings. Teachers’ perceptions of the principal’s performance management for academic optimism show the strongest association with teachers’ perceptions of parental involvement (ß= 0.642, p < .001). Parental involvement, in turn, significantly connects with all subdimensions of academic optimism. Higher levels of teachers’ perceptions of parental involvement are linked with higher levels of teachers’ perceptions of collective efficacy (ß= 0.397, p < .001), faculty trust in students (ß= 0.253, p < .01), faculty trust in parents (ß= 0.311, p < .001), and collective academic emphasis (ß= 0.261, p < .01). In addition, R2 shows that the model explains nearly 38% of the variance in faculty trust in parents. Performance management for academic optimism has also a positive association with parental participation (ß= 0.403, p < .001). However, parental participation is negatively linked with collective efficacy (ß= -0.184, p < .01) and faculty trust in students (ß= -0.125, p < .05). These findings suggest that, to enhance academic optimism, there are opportunities in fostering parental involvement (connecting parents to what happens in schools), whereas parental participation (giving parents a voice in what happens in schools) carries potential risks—a critical yet possibly overlooked insight. Recognizing the considerable challenges highlighted in prior research regarding parental engagement, especially in secondary schools, this study unveils promising avenues for further exploration.
References
Atif, K., & Abid, H. Ch. (2021). Transformational Leadership of Head Teachers and Academic Optimism: Perspectives of Teachers in Secondary Schools. Bulletin of Education and Research, 43(2), 61–74.
Bishop Harris, V. (2015). Teacher Academic Optimism and Collaboration, the Catalyst for Parent Trust, Parent Involvement, Parent Collaboration and School Effectiveness [Doctor of Education]. In Paper Knowledge . Toward a Media History of Documents. The University of Alabama.
Boonen, T., Pinxten, M., Van Damme, J., & Onghena, P. (2014). Should schools be optimistic? An investigation of the association between academic optimism of schools and student achievement in primary education. Educational Research and Evaluation, 20(1), 3–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/13803611.2013.860037
Bryk, A. S. (2010). Organizing Schools for Improvement. Kappan, 91(7), 23–30.
Cansoy, R., & Parlar, H. (2018). Examining the Relationships among Trust in Administrator, Distributed Leadership and School Academic Optimism. Educational Administration: Theory and Practice, 24(1). https://doi.org/10.14527/kuey.2018.001
Epstein, J. Levy. (2002). School, family, and community partnerships : your handbook for action. Corwin Press.
Feng, F. I., & Chen, W. L. (2019). The Effect of Principals’ Social Justice Leadership on Teachers’ Academic Optimism in Taiwan. Education and Urban Society, 51(9), 1245–1264. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013124518785438
Hoy, W. (2012). School characteristics that make a difference for the achievement of all students: A 40-year odyssey. Journal of Educational Administration, 50(1), 76–97. https://doi.org/10.1108/09578231211196078
Hoy, W. K., Tarter, C. J., & Woolfolk Hoy, A. (2006a). Academic optimism of schools: A second-order confirmatory factor analysis. In W. K. Hoy & C. Miskel (Eds.), Contemporary Issues in Educational Policy and School Outcomes (pp. 135–156). Information Age.
Hoy, W. K., Tarter, J. C., & Woolfolk Hoy, A. (2006b). Academic Optimism of Schools: A Force for Student Achievement. American Educational Research Journal, 43, 425–446. https://doi.org/10.3102/00028312043003425
Lelieur, R., Clycq, N., & Vanhoof, J. (2022). Measuring School and Teacher Academic Optimism in Diverse School Contexts. The Validation of the adapted Survey for Academic Optimism. Pedagogische Studiën, 99(2), 93–113.
Lelieur, R., Vanrusselt, R., Vanhoof, J., & Clycq, N. (2023). Waarom Leraren (Weinig) Academisch Optimistisch zijn. Attributies en de Impact van Leerlingenpopulatie en Schoolcultuur. Pedagogische Studiën, 100(4), 365–395. https://doi.org/10.59302/ps.v100i4.18350
McGuigan, L., & Hoy, W. K. (2006). Principal Leadership: Creating a Culture of Academic Optimism to Improve Achievement for All Students. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 5(3), 203–229. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700760600805816
Scott, M. A. (2016). the Development and Implementation of Academic Optimism and Parent Involvement: a Case Study. University of Alabama.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Effects of Individual Factors and Institutional Family-School-Community Partnership Policies on Parental Involvement in Three Central and Eastern European Countries

Gabriella Pusztai

University of Debrecen FA, Hungary

Presenting Author: Pusztai, Gabriella

The accelerated pace of life and heavy workloads have made it increasingly difficult to engage parents in parental involvement, and the lockdowns during COVID have also weakened this relationship (Brown et al. 2011, Wright, et al. 2022). It is a current research challenge to re-examine the factors that promote and hinder parental involvement. Researchers classified the factors affecting the quality of the family-school partnership into child-related, parent-related, and school-related types (Epstein, 2001, Magwa & Mugari, 2017). Perents influence students’ school performance in many ways, and the biggest challenge for the education system is to compensate for the resulting disadvantages. Education policies aimed at reducing social inequalities in the school system emphasize the importance of involving parents in their children’s school life and studies, and of developing family-school partnerships (Epstein 2001). Current research suggests that school policies, district leaders and principals’ support for family and community involvement can dominantly influence parents’ attitudes toward schools (Epstein, et al. 2011).

Significant differences can be observed in parental involvement by social background. Parental involvement is much higher for parents from favorable social backgrounds even today(Guo et al., 2018; Pribesh et al., 2020, Gibbs et al. 2021). A key reason for this lies in parents’ different communication, worldviews, and attitudes due to social differences and in the resulting teacher-parent distance. Unfavorable social status influences parenting through low educational attainment, lack of positive school experiences, lack of information, and insufficient confidence in the educational process (Morawska et al. 2009; Bæck 2010). Some explain the low intensity of parental involvement to economic disadvantage, low income, inflexible and longer working hours, the need to supplement income, and time constraints due to overtime (Dyson et al. 2007). It is the low SES families, for whom an effective Family-School-Community Partnership (FSCP) would be key to promoting their children's success in school. This raises the critical educational policy question of how to support parental involvement of low SES families. Epstein argues that the school policies that support FSCP can reduce the disadvantageous impact of low-SES families on PI. Research results do not clarify which school policies effectively involve low-status parents in different school cultures.

This research aims to reveal the types and effects of FSCP policies in Central and Eastern Europe. The main question of this research is: Which policies are successful in involving low-SES parents? Our research focuses on the most hard-to-reach, yet most significant actors: how parents of different SES perceive the schools' FSCP policies—hypotheses: (1) A more favorable SES results in a more active home-based and school-based PI. (2) Parental SES impacts parents’ perceptions of FSCP policies. (3) Parents’ perceptions of FSCP have a greater impact on home-based and school-based PI than individual student- and parent-related factors.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research on which this presentation is based has been implemented by the MTA-DE-Parent-Teacher Cooperation Research Group and with the support provided by the Research Programme for Public Education Development of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences. The Parents from Three Countries (PARTS’22/23) survey was conducted among parents of upper primary and general secondary school students in three Central European countries, Hungary, Romania, and Ukraine (N = 1002). The target population was parents from both majority and minority ethnic groups. The sample was selected by stratified sampling for the county, the maintainer (public and church-run), and the type of school (upper primary school and general/vocational secondary). The questionnaire was adapted from internationally recognized parent questionnaires (Family Involvement Questionnaire, Parent and School Survey, Barriers to Parental Involvement), considering the specificities of Hungarian-speaking schools and their parents. The questions covered Epstein's 6 dimensions of PI from the parent's perspective. It also included key demographic indicators, school characteristics, and items measuring student characteristics (e.g. school achievement) of parents who completed the questionnaire. The adjusted instruments proved to be suitable for the particular educational context.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
For the parents surveyed in the present study, differences in PI between parents of different SES can be identified—a more favorable SES results in a more active home-based and school-based PI. Parental SES has significant effect on FSCP policies perceptions. Among low-SES parents, three policies were reported to be perceived more often than among high-SES parents: parent community development, contact with school support staff (e.g., social worker, pedagogical assistant), and personal counseling they receive personally from the teacher in case of their child-rearing problems. At the same time, low-SES parents were hardly involved in decision-making, contact via social media networks, volunteering in school, and contact initiated by the school, while high-SES parents perceived them as more significant. In sum, low-SES parents perceive community development policies and individual support as more significant than high-SES parents. The last part of the analysis measured student, parent, and institutional characteristics as predictors of school based and home based PI using a logistic regression model. Even in this multivariate model, which includes many covariates, the SES indicator of parents remained significant as a determining predictor of PI. The perception of school policies however has a greater impact on PI than individual student- and parent-related factors.
The main conclusion of the study is that FSCP policies could have an independent effect on PI, but different policies are effective in different parent groups. Based on these results, it could be recommended that schools develop  demand-responsive community programs and offer personal consultation with teachers and school support staff, especially considering the characteristics of low-SES parents' perceptions presented here.

References
Bæck, U. K. (2010). Parental involvement practices in formalized home–school cooperation. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 54(6), 549–563.
Brown, G. L., McBride, B. A., Bost, K. K., & Shin, N. (2011). Parental involvement, child temperament, and parents’ work hours: Differential relations for mothers and fathers. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 32(6), 313–322. Dyson, Alan, Emma Beresford, and Erica Splawnyk. 2007. The Manchester Transition Project: Implications for the Development of Parental Involvement in Primary Schools. Manchester: Department for Education and Skills Publications
Epstein,J.L. (2001) School, family, and community partnerships: Preparing educators and improving schools. Boulder,CO: Westview Press.
Epstein, J. L., Galindo, C. L., & Sheldon, S. B. (2011). Levels of leadership: Effects of district and school leaders on the quality of school programs of family and community involvement. Educational Administration Quarterly, 47(3), 462-495.
Gibbs, B. G., Marsala, M., Gibby, A., Clark, M., Alder, C., Hurst, B., Steinacker, D., & Hutchison, B. (2021). “Involved is an interesting word”: An empirical case for redefining school-based parental involvement as parental efficacy. Social Sciences, 10(5), 156
Guo, X., Lv, B., Zhou, H., Liu, C., Liu, J., Jiang, K., & Luo, L. (2018). Gender differences in how family income and parental education relate to reading achievement in china: The mediating role of parental expectation and parental involvement. Frontiers in Psychology, 9, 783.
Magwa, S., & Mugari, S. (2017). Factors affecting parental involvement in the schooling of children. International Journal of Academic Research and Reflection, 5(1), 74-81.
Morawska, A., Winter, L., & Sanders, M. R. (2009). Parenting knowledge and its role in the prediction of dysfunctional parenting and disruptive child behaviour. Child: Care, Health and Development, 35(2), 217–226.
Pribesh, S. L., Carson, J. S., Dufur, M. J., Yue, Y., & Morgan, K. (2020). Family Structure Stability and Transitions, Parental Involvement, and Educational Outcomes, Social Sciences, 9(12): 229.
Wright, S., Park, Y. S., & Saadé, A. (2022). Insights from a Catholic school’s transition to distance learning during Covid-19. Open Learning: The Journal of Open, Distance and e-Learning, 1–15.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Fostering Collaborative School Improvement - Multiple Case Study among Estonian Schools

Eve Eisenschmidt, Kätlin Vanari, Piret Oppi

Tallinn University, Estonia

Presenting Author: Eisenschmidt, Eve; Vanari, Kätlin

Rapid changes in society and new knowledge in the field of education require that teachers learn to support students’ development as a natural part of every school’s daily work. McLure and Aldridge (2022) emphasized that the link between new and ongoing changes in schools should be balanced with the flexibility of the school, taking into account the socio-cultural factors present in the context of each school and ending with the capacity of the school leadership to manage change.

The development needs of schools during the recent COVID-19 pandemic were particularly acute. Research findings highlight the critical importance of leadership, emphasizing, in particular, the central role of school leaders in both problem-solving and fostering collaboration among teachers. Research shows that pre-existing (pre-Covid) practices in schools, such as distributed leadership, peer networks, and collaboration, were beneficial factors that helped successful schools lead the learning process calmly and respond to challenges (e.g. De Voto & Superfine, 2023; Watson & Singh, 2022). Nonetheless, the willingness to learn together and systematically renew one’s own practices is an effortful and time-consuming process, and requires a supportive environment and from leaders to maintain focus, share responsibility, and create a collaborative learning culture among teachers (Sims & Fletcher-Wood, 2021).

Teacher collaboration constitutes one of the key elements of school improvement, quality, and effectiveness (Creemers & Kyriakides, 2010). It is also argued that collaboration represents a general characteristic of good schools and encourages teachers to view innovation as a common and continuous process of change rather than as an additional task (Vangrieken et al., 2015). In an effective collaboration process, certain organizational routines provide structure and enable the coordination of various tasks by helping teachers and school leaders interact in a way that is consistent with organizational goals. Organizational routines have been understood in the literature as driving forces for improvement and change in schools (Maag Merki et al., 2023).

The most commonly mentioned strategies that leaders employ to increase the collaborative nature of school culture are implementing distributed leadership (Spillane, 2006), creating a shared vision and setting goals focused on the quality of teaching and learning (Leithwood et al., 2020).

External support is an important element in the school improvement process, and one form of external support that has received significant attention is joint university-school programs (e.g., Bryk et al., 2010; Timperley et al., 2014), where school and university staff collaborate in the development process. This partnership between researchers and practitioners aims to build the capacity of educational systems to engage in research-informed improvement efforts (Bryk et al., 2010). University-school partnerships often aim to collaboratively develop and test interventions and work out new practices, which is a process that engages researchers and practitioners in designing and testing solutions for improving teaching and learning (Coburn et al., 2016; Sjölund et al., 2022).

In line with Coburn et al. (2016), this study aimed to identify the factors that foster the development of a collaborative culture in the school improvement process.

The study is guided by the following research questions: 1) How was the arrangement of teamwork perceived in the school improvement process? 2) How was the goal setting perceived in the school improvement process? 3) How was external support perceived in the school improvement process?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used


Six Estonian schools with lower performance indicators participated in the School Improvement Program in 2021–2022. In each school, leaders and teachers formed a team together with two mentors. Supported by university experts, the school teams began working on a topic they chose to improve their students’ learning while simultaneously increasing the school’s leadership capacity by strengthening a collaborative school culture.
We chose to employ a multiple case study format because it is a research strategy that helps clarify complex social phenomena and retain the meaningful characteristics of real-life situations, such as organizational processes. Multiple case studies provide the opportunity for comparative in-depth analysis of several cases in their context (Tight, 2017), thereby providing better understanding of the complexity of changes in school culture.
Six school teams consisting of a total of 22 participants and 11 mentors were interviewed in this study.
The interview questions consisted of two sub-themes: 1) how well the aims of the program had been met in the areas of leadership, teamwork, and collaboration and 2) what the impact had been of activities in those areas at the personal, school team, and school levels. The role of the mentors and the university experts were reflected upon, and cooperation with the school owner was also addressed.
An inductive, multi-phase approach guided by research questions was used to analyze the interviews. In the first phase, we followed a consensual coding approach, which focuses on identifying broader themes and sub-themes related to collaborative school culture.
When analyzing each school case, the coders noticed several similarities between cases. Therefore, the authors decided to analyze the cases according to a classification procedure to define the dominant similarities within the three main themes: (1) arrangement of teamwork, (2) goal setting in the team, and (3) external support.
 Based on the similarities in coded themes, the cases were grouped into three polythetic types. One school appeared to differ considerably from the others; therefore, this school was considered a single case. The three constructed types of schools were (1) schools with challenges in goal setting and teamwork, (2) schools with inspiring goals and successful teamwork, and (3) schools resistant to change.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first group, schools with inspiring goals and successful teamwork, was characterized by a stable team that had established routines for collaboration. There was open communication within the team—although communication outside the team required improvement—and they succeeded in enhancing team leadership and task sharing. Furthermore, the school teams were focused on their goal, and trust existed among team members. Here, external support focused on encouraging the team and supporting the planning of activities and communication.
The second group, schools with challenges in goal setting and teamwork, was characterized as an unstable team lacking routines for collaboration and exhibiting poor communication and leadership skills. For schools in this group, goal commitment and openness to learning together required improvement. However, the program increased trust within the school team, and they appreciated the flexible external support they received for teamwork, communication, and establishing collaboration routines.
The third group, School Resistant to Change, was characterized by teams with a hierarchical leadership. The routines for collaboration were established but inflexible; communication was formal; there was no goal commitment; and there was an overall sense of competitiveness in the school. Moreover, there were challenges with communication and admitting the need for change. Furthermore, there was little confidence in external support and no open discussion of challenges; however, the opportunities to learn from other schools’ practical examples were appreciated.
The results of the qualitative research demonstrate that the arrangement of teamwork and the creation of shared values and goals constitute the key factors in creating a collaborative culture. Collaborative culture can be fostered by developing routines for collaboration, ensuring open communication and trust among all parties. External support is important for both successful school teams and those facing challenges in the improvement process.

References
Bryk, A., Sebring, P., Allensworth, E., Luppescu, S., & Easton, J. (2010). Organizing schools for improvement: Lessons from Chicago. University of Chicago Press.
Coburn, C. E., & Penuel, W. R. (2016). Research–practice partnerships in education: Outcomes, dynamics, and open questions. Educational Researcher, 45(1), 48–54. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X16631750
Creemers, B., & Kyriakides, L. (2010). School factors explaining achievement on cognitive and affective outcomes: Establishing a dynamic model of educational effectiveness. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 54(3), 263–294. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831003764529
De Voto, C., & Superfine, B.M. (2023). The crisis you can’t plan for: K-12 leader responses and organisational preparedness during COVID-19. School Leadership & Management. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2023.2171003
 Watson & Singh, 2022).
Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077
Maag Merki, K., Wullschleger, A., & Rechsteiner, B. (2023). Adapting routines in schools when facing challenging situations: Extending previous theories on routines by considering theories on self-regulated and collectively regulated learning. Journal of Educational Change 24, 583–604. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10833-022-09459-1
McLure, F. I. & Aldridge, J. M. (2022). A systematic literature review of barriers and supports: initiating educational change at the system level. School Leadership & Management, 42(4), 402-431. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2022.2113050
Sims, S., & Fletcher-Wood, H. (2021). Identifying the characteristics of effective teacher professional development: A critical review. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 32(1), 47–63. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2020.1772841
Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2022). Using research to inform practice through research‐practice partnerships: A systematic literature review. Review of Education. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3337
Spillane, J. P. (2006). Distributed leadership. Jossey-Bass.
Tight, M. (2017). Understanding Case Study Research: Small-scale Research with Meaning. UK: SAGE Publications Ltd.
Timperley, H., Kaser, L., & Halbert, J. (2014). A framework for transforming learning in schools: Innovation and the spiral of inquiry. New Zealand: Centre for Strategic Education.
Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational Research Review, 15, 17–40.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2015.04.002
 
15:45 - 17:1527 SES 07 A: Teacher Ethics and Teaching Quality in Scandinavian Schools: New Reflections, Future Challenges, and Global Impacts
Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Lars Emmerik Damgaard Knudsen
Symposium
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Symposium

Teacher Ethics and Teaching Quality in Scandinavian Schools: New Reflections, Future Challenges, and Global Impacts

Chair: Marte Blikstad-Balas (University of Oslo)

Discussant: Lars Emmerik Damgaard Knudsen (Aarhus University)

The symposium is committed to exploring, defining, and questioning the interplay and links between teacher ethics and teaching quality in Scandinavian schools. The guiding research for the Symposium is based on studies recently published in the edited volume Teacher Ethics and Teaching Quality in Scandinavian Schools: New Reflections, Future Challenges, and Global Impacts (Knudsen, et al., 2024). Theoretically, the contributions of the book vary but generally stem from a perception that the Scandinavian schools mirror the countries’ welfare systems and emphasize the democratic freedom and responsibility of both schools and individuals and democratic societies with respect for institutions and individuals (Colnerud & Granström, 1993).

In the symposium the three presentations both confirm and challenge the scope of this picture. On the one hand, Scandinavian schools represent a child-centred pedagogy where teachers have the autonomy to tailor their lessons to support students’ individual learning processes, prerequisites, and social, mental, and health conditions, which is also evident across the various Scandinavian teacher education and in-service training programs (Bergem et al., 1997). On the other hand, as the Scandinavian welfare systems change, so do the school systems, responding to new educational demands such as student testing and control. Hence, the core components of the school systems are under pressure (Moos, 2019).

This situation raises the opportunity to examine closely what is at stake, what changes are underway, and how these tendencies are global. In the symposium, the presenters discuss current developments in the Scandinavian school systems and explore how emerging educational ideas and practices can offer inspiration to educators in other European countries. As such, the symposium is dedicated to studying, characterizing, and challenging the relations and connections between teacher ethics and teaching quality in Scandinavian schools to inspire educational research beyond Scandinavia.


References
Colnerud, G. & Granström, K. (1993). Respekt for lærere. Om læreres professionelle redskaber – fagligt sprog for faglig etik. Klim.

Bergem, T., Björkqvist, O. Hansén, S.-E., Carlgren, I. & Hauge, T.E. (1997). Research on Teachers and Teacher Education in Scandinavia: a retrospective review. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 41(3-4), 433-458. https://doi.org/10.1080/0031383970410316
Moos, L. (2019) (red.) Fra en dannelsesdiskurs mod en læringsmålstyret diskurs. In Leif Moos (ed.) Glidninger – ’Usynlige’ forandringer inden for pædagogik og uddannelser. DPU, Aarhus Universitet. https://edu.au.dk/fileadmin/edu/Udgivelser/E-boeger/Ebog_-_Glidninger.pdf

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Growing External Influence on Teacher Thinking and Practice

Lejf Moos (Aarhus University)

This paper explores the question of what the consequences are of the influx of new ideas and governance and education practices for Danish teachers’ ethics and quality of work. Over the past three to four decades, national governments have met a growing wealth of ideas and inspiration for education and governance reforms from transnational agencies like the OECD or the European Commission. Two discourses form the focus of the discussion: the outcomes-based discourse with transnational and national governance and policy roots and history, and the democratic Bildung discourse that builds on a selection of educational concepts and theories. Governing schools and teachers’ working conditions and aims have changed fundamentally over the past four to six decades partly due to the intake of new international forms of power and influence, as clearly illustrated in the Danish School Act of 2013 and, more generally, in the use of new forms of public sector governance and relations in contracts.

References:

Fairclough, N. (1995). Critical Discourse Analysis. The Critical Study of Language. Harlow: Longman. Longman. Foucault, M. (1983). The subject and power. In H. L. D. P. Rainbow (Ed.), Michel Foucault: Beyond Structuralism and Hermeneutics (pp. 208-226). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Moos, L. (2014). Educational Governance in Denmark. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 13(4), 424-443. Moos, L. (2017). Neo-liberal Governance leads Education and Educational Leadership astray. In M. Uljens & R. Ylimaki (Eds.), Beyond Leadership, Curriculum and Didaktik. Dordrecht: Springer. Moos, L. (2018). Educating and Leading for World Citizenship: Through Technocratic Homogenisation or Communicative Diversity? Nordic Journal of Comparative and International Education(NJCIE), 2(2-3), 7-24.
 

Teacher Qualities That Make Teachers Stay in the Profession

Clemens Wieser (Aarhus University)

Teacher shortage is an increasingly problematic phenomenon across Europe. In many countries, this problem is addressed by introducing qualification frameworks that define teacher qualities, and these definitions are subsequently used to test whether a sufficient level of quality is present or not. However, the introduction of such testing regimes resulted in an objectification of teachers and disabled teacher agency (Biesta, 2023). Problematically, this objectification disregards that teachers need a personal ethical position to think, judge, and act as professionals. Testing regimes replaced the ethical position out of which teachers act with a consequentialist ethics that sees teachers as factors in the production of learning outcomes. However, recent studies indicate that high-stakes testing restricts professional learning and innovation at schools and has a negative effect on the teacher workforce (Darling-Hammond, 2021). This effect is also present in Nordic countries that introduced national testing regimes, namely Sweden and Denmark who struggle with teacher shortages (Böwadt et al., 2019). In Nordic countries, this led to a discussion on educational policy and the need to reframe teacher quality in more adequate ways (Moos, 2017). One possibility for such a reframing is to comprehend teacher quality through ethics of care (Wieser, 2024). Based on an international review of 122 articles on teacher retention, teachers stay on their job when four qualities are in place: (1) A teacher identity to manage a wide range of tasks, spanning from classroom interaction to lesson planning and administration. (2) Having professional autonomy over teaching, curriculum, and assessment. (3) Self-care and attention to well-being on the job. (4) A work environment that provides support and opportunities for exchange. Exploring these qualities, I argue that we should consider their common foundation in ethics of care: While the presence of care is obvious in the latter two qualities, it can also be found in the former two: From a care-ethical perspective, teacher tasks require an attitude of caring that is constituted by receptive attention to students. Concerning professional autonomy, I argue that teaching relies on building relations, a creative practice in which lack of control is fundamental, and thus requires teachers to be receptive and ‘supplied with intention’ (Noddings, 2013). Ethics of care thus takes a position fundamentally different from the consequentialist ethics of testing regimes and its universalist constructions of teacher quality, emphasizing interpersonal relations and asserting that partiality with persons and their particular situation has moral value.

References:

Biesta, G. (2023). On Being a Teacher How to Respond to the Global Construction of Teachers and Their Teaching? In S. Krause, M. Proyer, & G. Kremsner (Eds.), The Making of Teachers in the Age of Migration: Critical Perspectives on the Politics of Education for Refugees, Immigrants and Minorities (pp. 15–31). Bloomsbury Academic. https://doi.org/10.5040/9781350244184 Böwadt, P., Pedersen, R., & Katrine, N. (2019). Når Verdens bedste job bliver for hårdt En undersøgelse af, hvordan lærere har det i folkeskolen. Københavns Professionshøjskole. Darling-Hammond, L. (2021). Defining teaching quality around the world. European Journal of Teacher Education, 44(3), 295–308. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2021.1919080 Moos, L. (2017). Neo-liberal Governance Leads Education and Educational Leadership Astray. In M. Uljens & R. M. Ylimaki (Eds.), Bridging Educational Leadership, Curriculum Theory and Didaktik (Vol. 5, pp. 151–180). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-58650-2_2 Noddings, N. (2013). Caring: A relational approach to ethics & moral education (Paperback ed., 2. ed., updated). Univ. of Calif. Press. Wieser, C. (2024). Teacher qualities that make teachers stay in the profession: Addressing teacher shortage in Nordic countries with ethics of care. In L. E. Damgaard Knudsen, M. Wiberg, K. Bjerg Petersen, & L. Haastrup (Eds.), Teacher ethics and teaching quality in Scandinavian schools: New reflections, future challenges, and global impacts. Routledge.
 

Teacher Ethics, Teaching, and Quality in Context

Joanna Madalińska-Michalak (University of Warsaw)

This paper builds on insights from the symposium book 'Teacher Ethics and Teaching Quality in Scandinavian Schools: New Reflections, Future Challenges, and Global Impacts,' as well as my own research. It aims to spark a discussion on teacher ethics, teaching, and quality in the context of Scandinavian schools, emphasizing the inherent European dimension. By comparing Scandinavian perspectives with global viewpoints, the paper addresses the necessity for research to navigate the challenges, opportunities, and potential issues intertwined with the teaching profession, professional ethics, teacher professionalism, and quality. The paper intricately examines three core themes: (1) a critical analysis of 'quality' in teaching, (2) a scrutiny of the objectives of education and the criteria used to assess quality, and (3) an exploration of the complex connection between teacher quality, quality teaching, and the cultivation of an ethics of care in teaching. This analytical exploration sheds light on various aspects such as teacher quality, ethical considerations in teaching, and the essential conditions supporting teachers' sustained dedication to their profession. Furthermore, the research highlights the importance of understanding the intricate and diverse global teaching landscapes. The paper positions itself within a global context, fostering a nuanced understanding of teacher ethics, teaching practices, and quality. This approach acknowledges the interconnectedness of educational systems and underscores the significance of diverse perspectives in shaping the future of teaching globally.

References:

Bergmark, U. (2020). Rethinking researcher – teacher roles and relationships in educational action research through the use of Nel Noddings’ ethics of care. Educational Action Research, 28(3), 331–344. https://doi.org/10.1080/09650792.2019.1567367 Berkovich, I., & Benoliel, P. (2020). Marketing teacher quality: Critical discourse analysis of OECD documents on effective teaching and TALIS. Critical Studies in Education, 61(4), 496–511. Biesta, G. (2017). Education, measurement and the professions: Reclaiming a space for democratic professionality in education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 49(4), 315–330. Churchward, P., & Willis, J. (2019). The pursuit of teacher quality: Identifying some of the multiple discourses of quality that impact the work of teacher educators. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 47(3), 251–264. Madalinska-Michalak, J. (2021). Pedeutologia. Prawno-etyczne podstawy zawodu nauczyciela [Pedeutology. Legal and ethical foundations of the teaching profession]. Warsaw University Press. Madalinska-Michalak, J. (Eds.). (2022). Quality in teaching and teacher education. International perspectives from a changing world. Brill. Skourdoumbis, A. (2017). Teacher quality, teacher effectiveness and the diminishing returns of current education policy expressions. Journal for Critical Education Studies, 15(1), 42–59.
 
15:45 - 17:1527 SES 07 D JS: Translanguaging and CLIL
Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Valérie Kemp
Joint Paper Session NW27 and NW 31. Full details in 31 SES 07 A JS
15:45 - 17:1528 SES 07 A: The Politics of Educational Futures
Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Klaudia Wolniewicz-Slomka
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

The Mystery of 50,000 Words: Tracing Numbers of Fiction

Elin Sundström Sjödin1, Tatiana Mikhaylova2, Daniel Pettersson2

1Mälardalen University, Sweden; 2Gävle University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Sundström Sjödin, Elin; Mikhaylova, Tatiana

This study is part of a larger project called The Fiction of Numbers, in which we locate and explore the intersections between the spheres of science, public discourse, policymaking and educational practices. We specifically examine how reading becomes a specific node, or discourse, where the changing ideas on societal, sociotechnical and educational imaginaries (cf Jasanoff, 2015; Rahm, 2019; Sundström Sjödin, 2017; 2019) and solutions take place. Drawing on Science and Technology Studies (STS), we are primarily concerned with how knowledge and facts are produced and naturalized; that is, how a phenomenon is produced as a matter of course and thus becomes difficult to question, and the ways in which values and politics of knowledge become invisible in this process (Dussauge et al. 2015; Latour, 1987, 1993).

In this sub-study, we “trace” – in Latour’s (2007) sense of the word – specific ‘numbers’ related to reading that are regularly referred to in media as well as in educational and political settings in contemporary Sweden. The numbers are used in reading promoting arguments: it is claimed that seventeen-year-olds who read a lot have a vocabulary of 50,000 words, while their low-reading peers have only 15,000 words in their vocabulary. It is also argued that 50,000 words is what is needed to be able to read and understand a typical newspaper text.

These kinds of numerical claims circulate in the public discourse and are often unchallenged and presented as matters of facts. Uncontested, the numbers are left to do their work – efficient in establishing truths, suggesting impartiality and transparency, ‘strengthened by the historical relationship between numbers and rationality, objectivity and control’ (de Wilde & Franssen, 2016, p. 505; see Hacking, 1990; Porter, 1995). They stabilize beliefs about reading into hard facts. By that, they also naturalize reading as something inherently good and useful, and therefore difficult to question (Sundström Sjödin, 2019). Moreover, although the construction of the problem implies the construction of the recipient, i.e. the so-called troublesome subject, in this case it remains unclear for whom exactly the lack of reading is a problem (Marres, 2005).

In this study, we trace the specific numbers we encountered in various sites of what we call “the reading industrial complex” (Sundström Sjödin et al, in press). We trace the origins of these numbers, how they have been produced, and with what tools. In doing so, we aim to develop knowledge on how reading is constructed as a public problem and a societal desire and what role numbers play in this construction. This aim is specified in the following three research questions: I) Which actors are involved in the dissemination of particular numbers related to reading, and who are the (implied) addressees of these numbers? II) What societal and educational imaginaries and desires are embedded in these numbers? III) What are the “origins” of the numbers? How and for what purposes were they produced? Theoretically and methodologically, the study draws on concepts and sensibilities of STS to explore the processes of knowledge production and dissemination, developed in the section below.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Aligning with STS sensibilities, we analyze things that appear as naturalized (that is, factual, closed, readymade and stable) in the ways they are settled, that is, through the stabilizing mechanisms of fact, science and truth making (Latour, 2007, p. 120; see also Dussauge et al., 2015). These mechanisms are created, negotiated and agreed upon by actors with specific interests and motives. Accordingly, we examine the ways in which reading is stabilized as something natural and intrinsically good, by focusing on actors, including numbers and quantifications, that give the numerical value political significance through these relational performances.

As we trace the numbers and actors that use the numbers, in referrals and references in the interviews and documents, we look for where the quantifications and valuations (Dussauge et al., 2015) originate from, how they were created (when possible), and in what ways they have been distributed into public discourse. What actors are for example part of the dissemination of these numbers and what actors can be seen as enrolled into the issue by the numbers?

Our material consists primarily of digital documents of different kinds where the numbers in question are mentioned, gathered from official websites, social media, teaching material, and government information sites.  To trace the origin of the numbers, we also consulted the sources to which some of the collected empirical materials referred. In other cases, we interviewed those who mention these numbers in different contexts, including researchers, writers, librarians, and teachers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Stabilizing mechanisms in fact- and truth making processes, such as quantifications of reading and vocabulary, has enrolled some actors while excluding other possibly relevant actors (Callon, 1986; Hamilton, 2012). The specific number that we have set out to trace – the 50 000 words a 17-year-old experienced reader would have – has been found in a number of places. These include, for example, student teacher textbooks, parent-teacher meetings at school, social media, research pieces and policy documents. The number(s) are used by politicians, researchers, teachers, and in different kinds of reading promoting work. However, the origin of these numbers remains somewhat of a mystery. They are usually cited without any reference to any source. In rare cases, they are cited with references to scientific publications which, however, do not themselves contain these numbers. In other words, it is not known on what basis this number of 50,000 originated, since it seems to have no source. Nevertheless, this enigmatic number is performative and appears to be an actor in its own right in the reading-industrial complex.

No matter if they are “true” or not, the numbers do their work. In most cases, as mentioned above, these numbers are used to emphasize the importance of reading because it is believed to lead to an increase in vocabulary, which in turn is considered valuable. Thus, reading is mostly discussed in quantitative terms, leaving aside what is read and why. In other words, mastering a certain number of words by a certain age – in this case, 50,000 by the age of 17 – is presented as something to strive for. Consequently, those with a smaller vocabulary appear to be an obvious problem to be prevented or addressed.  

References
Callon, M. (1986). Some elements of a sociology of translation: Domestication of the scallops and the fishermen of St Brieuc Bay. In J. Law (Ed.), Power, action, belief: A new sociology of knowledge (pp. 196–233). London: Routledge.
de Wilde, M., & Franssen, T. (2016). The material practices of quantification: Measuring “deprivation” in the Amsterdam neighbourhood policy. Critical Social Policy, 36(4), 489–510.
Dussauge, I., Helgesson, C-F., & Lee, F. (Eds.) (2015). Value practices in the life sciences and medicine. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Hacking, I. (1990). The taming of chance. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Hamilton, M. (2012). Literacy and the politics of representation. London & New York: Routledge.
Jasanoff, S. (2015). Future Imperfect: Science, Technology, and the Imaginations of Modernity. In S. Jasanoff & S-H Kim (eds.) Dreamscapes of Modernity: Sociotechnical Imaginaries and the Fabrication of Power. Chicago: Chicago University Press.
Latour, B. (1987). Science in action: How to follow scientists and engineers through society. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Latour, B. (1993). We have never been modern. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Latour, B. (1999). Pandora’s hope: Essays on the reality of science studies. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Latour, B. (2007). Reassembling the social: An introduction to actor–network theory. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Marres, N. S. (2005). No issue, no public: Democratic deficits after the displacement of politics. Amsterdam: Ipskamp Printpartners.
Porter, T. M. (1995). Trust in numbers. The pursuit of certainty in science and public life. Princeton NJ: Princeton University Press.
Rahm, L. (2019). Educational Imaginaries: A genealogy of the digital citizen. Linköping University.
Sundström Sjödin, E. (2017). Tracing reading to the dark side: Investigating the policy producing reading and readers in detention homes. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 39(6), 887–900.
Sundström Sjödin, E. (2019). Where is the Critical in Literacy? Tracing performances of reading, readers and non-readers in educational practice, Örebro Studies in Education, 59, Örebro Studies in Educational Science with an emphasis on Didactics, 18.
Sundström Sjödin, E., Persson, M., & Pettersson, D. (In press) Läsning, ekologi och siffror: Sanningspraktiker hos en läsfrämjande aktör. Språk och litteratur: En omöjlig eller skön förening? SMDI-15. Studia Rhetorica Lundensia nr. 8. 2024


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Poland’s March of Independence as a space of heterotopia

Klaudia Wolniewicz-Slomka

Kazimierz Wielki University, Poland

Presenting Author: Wolniewicz-Slomka, Klaudia

The main aim of the presented paper is to analyze the Independence March as a heterotopia according to the approach introduced by Michel Foucault.

The Independence March is an annual event celebrating the regaining of independence by Poland on 11th of November in 1918. The initiators and organizers of the March are nationalist youth organizations - the All-Polish Youth (in Polish: Młodzież Wszechpolska) and the National Radical Camp (in Polish: Obóz Narodowo-Radykalny) - who formed together the Independence March Association. Though organized by civil society rather than being an official state event, the March became over the years the leading public event on Poland’s Independence Day. The March as an event and as a social phenomenon has already been discussed by many researchers (Malendowicz, 2016; Wiącek, 2019, Wiśniewski, 2019, Rukat, 2020, Witkowski, Woroncow, Puchała, 2023), but wasn’t so far studied as a space of heterotopia, which allows to understand the complexity of the event, the social role it plays, and the involvement of organizers in defining concepts of citizenship and national identity in Poland.

The main research question this paper attempts to answer is the following: is the Independence March a heterotopia? Michel Foucault set six rules of heteropia, four of which are analyzed to answer the research question and understand the role that the March plays within the Polish society in defining and marking categories of citizenship and national identity (see more detailed information below under „Research Methods”).

The key point of reference is the 2018 March of Independence, which celebrated the cententary of regaining independence by Poland. The collected materials include: documents of theese organizations, information posted on the official website of this event, posts on Facebook and press articles published in 2018. In total 232 documents were analyzed.
The paper presents the results of author’s own research carried out within the scientific project titled ‘Heterotopias of Citizenship. Educational Discourse and Pedagogies of Militarization in the Spaces of Youth Organizations. A Critical-Analytical and Comparative Approach’ (no. 2019/35/B/HS6/01365), financed by the National Science Centre in Poland.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research was embedded in the constructivist paradigm, because of the role of the researcher in the process of collecting and analyzing data, which Denzin and Lincoln define as a “mediator of multi-vocal reconstruction” (2005, p. 196). The research was conducted as part of a qualitative strategy. The central analytical category is ‘heterotopia’ introduced by Michel Foucault. Heterotopias are ”spaces that provide an alternative space of ordering while paradoxically remaining both separate from and connected to all other spaces” (Topinka, 2010, p. 55)
Foucault indetified six principles of heterotopia, and the author analyses four of them: 1) heterotopias arrange multiple spaces, 2) heterotopias arrange multiple times, 3) heterotopias manage entrances and exclusions and 4) heterotopias expose real spaces.
A total of 232 documents were analyzed and coded using Atlas.ti. The collected research material includes: official documents of the organizations behind the Independence March Association (i.e. statutes, statements); content about the event provided by the Independence March Association on its website (and specifically any information related to the history of the March and volunteer work within the March); All-Polish Youth posts on Facebook from 2018; and press articles published in the same year.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Two main conclusions arise from the heterotopic nature of the Independence March, which go beyond the space of this event and influence the entire society. Firstly, the March reveals the struggle for power between different actors in Polish society, and became a symbolic tool by itself in this fight. Secondly, due to its complexity, the Independence March affects the Polish society with varying intensity and its scale is really broadly spread, i.e. from people who did not participate in the March, through random participants, then physically and emotionally involved people and/or groups that have in purpose participated in this March, up to the organizers, for whom it is the most important event of the year.
References
Denzin, Lincoln. (2005). The SAGE Handbook of Qualitative Research. Los Angeles: SAGE Publications, Inc.

Foucault, M. (2005). Inne przestrzenie. [Other Spaces] Teksty Drugie, 6, 117–125.

Malendowicz, P. (2016). Marsz Niepodległości, czyli inna Europa jest możliwa [Independence March, or another Europe is possible]. Annales Universitatis Mariae Curie Skłodowska. Sectio K. Politologia 2(23): 195–206.

Rukat, R. 2020. „O «zwykłych ludziach» na Marszu Niepodległości. Etnografia demonstracji ulicznej”. Adeptus 16: 1–15.

Topinka, R. J. (2010). Foucault, Borges, heterotopia: Producing knowledge in other spaces.
Foucault Studies, 9, 54-70.
Wiącek, E. (2019). The Rhetoric of the “March of Independence” in Poland (2010–2017) as the Answer for the Policy of Multiculturalism in the EU and the Refugee Crisis. Politeja 4 (61): 149–166.

Wiśniewski, R. et al. (2019). O 11 listopada pewnego roku. Świętowanie stulecia odzyskania niepodległości w ujęciu socjologicznym [On November 11 one year. Celebrating the centenary of regaining independence from a sociological perspective]. Wydawnictwo NCK.

Witkowski, Woroncow, Puchała (2023). The Polish Independence March as a Contact Hub and a Model for European Extremism. Counter Extremism Project https://www.counterextremism.com/sites/default/files/2023-03/CEP%20Report_Polish%20Independence%20March_Jan%202023.pdf [Access 24.10.2023]
 
15:45 - 17:1529 SES 07A: Special Call: The Materiality in Arts-Education Research
Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Tobias Frenssen
Paper Session
 
29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Encounters with Mud: Purity and Danger

Gabrielle Ivinson1, Andrew Barnes2, Parlo Singh3

1Manchester Metropolitan Univeristy, United Kingdom; 2Eagleby South State Primary School, Logan, Australia; 3Griffith University, Brisbane, Australia

Presenting Author: Ivinson, Gabrielle; Barnes, Andrew

Context and problematic

In an ‘Age of Uncertainty’ education is challenged to go above and beyond the usual way schools have functioned. This presentation takes us to an exceptional primary school in a peri-urban location in Australia that is carefully paying attention to community knowledge and the experiences of those in the immediate locale who live precarious lives and who are from diverse cultures including Aboriginal. The first and third authors have been researching with the headteacher for over a decade and have witnessed the ways teachers have been finding ways to attend to all kinds of matter, including mud. We focus on an event which we have called ‘Encounters with Mud: Purity and Danger’ in which two parents interact with their baby as part of a Curious Play Activity designed to bring communities members into the school grounds. The Curious Play Activity took place in an Indigenous garden, named the Buggeiri area of the school. This is a quiet place with water holes, native trees, animals, sand, a beehive and wooden seats arranged in a circle. We use the event to explore carnal knowledge, vibrant matter, creative immersion, and cultural resistance with a nod towards Mary Douglas’s (1966/2002) seminal work.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used

We employ a diffractive methodology (Barad, 2007), which starts in the midst of things with a rich description of an event in the Buggeiri indigenous garden witnessed by the headteacher and the third author.  The first diffraction is based on the headteacher’s notes written after the ‘Encounters with Mud’ event as he reflects and worries about the seemingly unequal attention given by the mother and father to their baby as she immerses herself in messy play with fake mud. The second diffraction opens up further musing about the role of fathers living precarious lives based on the third author’s and a co-researcher’s conversations with fathers attending the Curious Play activity.  The child-mother, child-father interactions are next diffracted through Daniel’s Stern’s (2010) concept ‘Forms of Vitality’ and Jane Bennett’s (2010) ‘Vibrant Matters’ to speculate about the affective charge of matters such as mud, bodies and the aesthetics of play areas which include mess. This diffraction involves our collective academic reading and conversations among the three authors, which opens up issues of freedom and constraint alongside social class, poverty, gender and race.  The fourth and final diffraction involves the first and third authors rifting off Mary Douglas’s text ‘Purity and Danger’ to think about social norms (Hegarty, 2007) the force of actions once framed within institutional contexts such as schools, and the potential for artful resistance by whom and where. The diffractions have been created with a commitment to an ethico-onto-epistemological (Barad, 2007) approach to research which recognises that stories are interventions that become actants in their own right and have the capacity to move others for good or ill.  We tell diffractive stories in order to spread hope among the teaching profession in Europe and beyond strangled by neoliberal, capitalist and colonial policy contexts.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Significance and implications for education
Along with other scholars working in the area of post-human, new material feminist studies our longitudinal research in this exceptional primary school is attempting to shift how research is undertaken and understood as we face an uncertain future where conventional research methods are inadequate. We start by standing in the midst of activates and stay long enough and with an open, attentive and non-judgemental presence.  By working alongside teachers we describe events in order to surface that which is hidden and silenced by dominant education policy agendas emanating from global actors based in Europe (OECD, UNESCO, World Bank) and dominant social norms to hint at the forces of resistance that accompany any people or place where oppression is felt, and experienced through lack of jobs, resources or voice. Over a considerable period of time, the teachers in this exceptional school have been paying attention to these forces as deep seams of knowing by viewing children’s actions as nexus of forces that are generative and at times dangerous. By paying attention to the affective forces that bubble from the ‘trouble’ (Haraway 2016) and by working collectively we tilt the gaze and see/feel the strength that lies beside oppression to think differently about education.  Our contribution is primarily methodological as it involves diffractive story telling, theoretical in that we draw on various scholars in our diffractions and obliquely related to the global education reform movement and standardising practices across OECD countries.

References
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.
Bennett, J. (2010). Vibrant Matter: a political ecology of things. Durham and London: Duke University Press.
Douglas, M. (1966/2002) Purity and Danger: An analysis of concepts of pollution and taboo. London and New York: Routledge Classics.
Hegarty P. (2007) Getting dirty - Psychology's history of power. History of Psychology, 10, pp 75-91.
Harroway, D. J. (2016): Staying with the Trouble. Making Kin in the Chthulucene. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Pres.
Stern, D. N. (2010) Forms of Vitality: Exploring Dynamic Experience in Psychology, the Arts. Psychotherapy, and Development. Oxford: Oxford University Press.


29. Research on Arts Education
Paper

Research on Materiality in the Entangelment of Arts Education Research and Educational programs in a University Context

Tobias Frenssen

UCLL, Belgium

Presenting Author: Frenssen, Tobias

Research question behind the research we will present:
How can materiality appear in the interaction between arts education teaching programmes (level 5-level 7) and arts education research in a university context through collaborative research?

Research-teaching nexus as topic:
Exchange between research departments and education departments is proving to be a challenge for many European universities. In literature the term research-teaching nexus is often used for this interaction.

Within our university, we conduct practical research on how we try to initiate this entanglement. Through an ethnographic methodology, we document and analyse this trajectory.

In existing research, the emphasis here is often on the interaction of individuals (researchers, students, teachers...)or the organization of the curriculum.
Within this presenation, the role of materiality in the research-teaching nexus will be presented.

The following cases will be discussed during the presentation:
-Student materials (educational department) used in the context of ongoing research (research department).
-materials from researchers (research department) used in the context of lessons (educational department).
-Space set up in the context of exchange between the two departments to achieve exchange through lessons, round tables, workshops, debates.
-Materials presented for student, teachers and researchers during shared seminars.

In the university's drawing, they are separate departments. In practice, they are materials, people and practices that are often shared.

Studies show that the research-teaching nexus is a complex concept in which the interpretation of practice and understanding can vary widely in concrete university contexts (Verburg, Elen, Lindblom-Ylänne 2007; Simons, Elen 2007).
The fact that artistic research in the context of European higher education is cause for debate adds to its complexity.
In the presentation, concrete case examples from our university will be discussed. In this way, overviews and classifications will be avoided. However, some concrete cases will speak for themselves.

In arts education research, as opposed to general educational research, the term research-teaching nexus is little to no subject of research.
In the presentation, the concrete cases will be analysed and will be related to existing literature. The cases in which education and research intertwine often have a collective character. This provides opportunities to discuss this etnographic research in a collective setting.

Objective:

The objective of the presentation is to give colleague researchers an insight into how this research was conducted. In addition, concrete materials from the research will prompt debate on the relationship between teaching and research in a university context.

European dimension:

The interaction between teaching and research is an important issue for universities in all corners of Europe. Both research and teaching are considered core tasks of higher education. Especially since the mid-1990s, much has been published on the relationship between the two key tasks (Tight 2016).

Theoretical framework:
-Research-teaching nexus in educational research
For example:
*Verburgh, A., & Elen, J. (2006, December). The influence of discipline and experience on
students’ perception of the relationship between teaching and research. Paper
presented at the annual conference of the Society of Research into Higher
Education, Brighton, UK.
*Maarten Simons & Jan Elen (2007): The ‘research–teaching nexus’ and
‘education through research’: an exploration of ambivalences, Studies in Higher Education, 32:5,
617-631
*Verburgh, A., Elen, J. & Lindblom-Ylänne, S. Investigating the myth of the relationship between teaching and research in higher education: A review of empirical research. Stud Philos Educ 26, 449–465 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-007-9055-1

Materiality in higher education in new materialism research:
For example:
Taylor, C.A. & Bayley, A. 2020. Posthumanism and Higher Education: Reimagining Pedagogy, Practice and Research, London: Palgrave Macmillan

European dimension:
For Example:
Tight, M. (2016). Examining the research/teaching nexus. European Journal of Higher Education, 6(4), 293–311.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
1. General description of the research methodology:
The research approach behind the research presented can be situated within practice-oriented research. Practices from the university context are the entry point. Through ethnographic research methods, we document concrete cases from practice. We confront these data with insights from literature reviews. This literature review focus on the one hand on insights about the research-teaching nexus. Another literature review takes insights from New Metialism. These insights feed into the case studies, observations and data analysis

2. More detailled description:
The context in which the research method must be placed:
-practice-oriented research
-concrete case studie
-method: ethnographic research

-Data collection methods:

We collect data through various methodologies. We start from literature research to draw up a state of affairs with regard to materiality. This materiality is explored in one section of the literature review in relation to the research-teaching nexus. In the other part of the literature review, we focus on materiality from new materialism.


Literature review
In the first phase we start with a literature study. The aim was to develop a design structure about research-teaching nexus, materiality, new materialism


Case studies with students, teachers and researchers
For this we document and analyse different materials: (1) Research results from students that are used in the work of researchers (2) The materiality of a space designed to fascilitate interaction between students, teacher educators and researchers (3) Output materials from research that are used in educational programs. (4) Materials that inspire students, teachers and researchers during seminars.

-Data processing method:
The data from the literature study (phase 1) is handled according to the method of systematic review. We start from a set of key terms. These key terms are refined and adjusted through confrontation with literature. We process the data from the case study in university context (phase 2) through ethnographic research. The ethnographic methodology offers us the opportunity to analyze the complexity of materiality in the research-teaching nexus.  The ethnographic approach is in line with the way we work with materiality in the university context.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
During this session, we want to put forward some university practices in which materiality plays a central role in the interaction between research and teaching.
We will show (1) student materials used in investigations.
We will show (2) materials from researchers used in the context of training.
We will show (3) material environments designed to fascinate the interaction between research and teaching in the university.
We will show (4) materials that are shared as a source for inspiration and debate with students, teachers and researchers during collective seminars.
Each time, we will (A) describe, (B) analyse the role of materiality and (C) provide links to literature.
Possible findings:
-That materiality can be an interesting entry point to install connection between teaching and research. Other possible bridges, such as human resources, finance, curricula are sometimes more delicate within universities, which can obstruct cooperation.
-There are sometimes incorrect assumptions about the other departments (education or research). These can be dispelled by shared subject matter practice.
-Staff with a shared profile, can make the bridge by sharing materials and contexts.

The investigation is ongoing. By the end of the academic year, these conclusions will be further refined.



References
*Atkinson, D. (2017). The Force of Art, Disobedience and Learning: Building a Life. Korea: Insea.
*Atkinson, D. (2018). Art, disobedience and ethics - the adventure of pedagogy. Cham, Switzerland: Springer.
*Charteris, J., Smardon, D., & Nelson, E. (2017). Innovative learning environments and new materialism: A conjunctural analysis of pedagogic spaces. ACCESS Special Issue of Educational Philosophy and Theory. 49(8), 808-821. Doi: 10.1080/00131857.2017.1298035. Available from http://www.tandfonline.com/eprint/kzRuTZ6NqXZW2rZqSRvG/full
*Fuller, I., Mellor, A., & Entwistle, J. A. (2014). Combining research-based student fieldwork with staff research to reinforce teaching and learning. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 38(3), 383–400.
*Hernández-Hernández, Fernando. "Openness to the unforeseen in a nomadic research process on teachers’ learning experiences." In Becoming an Educational Ethnographer, 104–16. Abingdon, Oxon ; New York : Routledge, 2021.: Routledge, 2020.
*McKinley, J., McIntosh, S., Milligan, L. et al. Eyes on the enterprise: problematising the concept of a teaching-research nexus in UK higher education. High Educ 81, 1023–1041 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-020-00595-2
*Simons, M. & Elen, J. (2007): The ‘research–teaching nexus’ and
‘education through research’: an exploration of ambivalences, Studies in Higher Education, 32:5,
617-631
*Taylor, C.A. & Bayley, A. 2020. Posthumanism and Higher Education: Reimagining Pedagogy, Practice and Research, London: Palgrave Macmillan
*Sojot, A.N. (2020). New Materialism and Educational Innovation. In: Peters, M., Heraud, R. (eds) Encyclopedia of Educational Innovation. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-13-2262-4_112-1
*Verburgh, A., & Elen, J. (2006, December). The influence of discipline and experience on
students’ perception of the relationship between teaching and research. Paper
presented at the annual conference of the Society of Research into Higher
Education, Brighton, UK.
*Tight, M. (2016). Examining the research/teaching nexus. European Journal of Higher Education, 6(4), 293–311.
*Verburgh, A., Elen, J. & Lindblom-Ylänne, S. Investigating the myth of the relationship between teaching and research in higher education: A review of empirical research. Stud Philos Educ 26, 449–465 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11217-007-9055-1
 
15:45 - 17:1530 SES 07 A (OFFSITE): ESE and Higher Education (OFFSITE)
Location: OFFSITE VENUE, details tbc
Session Chair: Marco Rieckmann
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

“Embedding Sustainability”? A Case Study on How the Sustainable University Takes Shape in a Change Practice on Engineering Education

Maarten Deleye1,2, Katrien Van Poeck1, Leif Östman2

1Ghent University, Belgium; 2Uppsala University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Deleye, Maarten

In the rapidly growing literature on the university – sustainability nexus (Hallinger & Chatpinyakoop, 2019), a very diverse image of what a university should do or could do in relation to sustainability appears (Deleye, 2023). Based on a discourse analysis, Deleye states that the sustainable university, to be understood as “any notions of an existing or desirable future university that engages with sustainability”, is not unequivocally defined and addressed in the academic literature. Deleye identifies three dominant discourses on the sustainable university, implying that the idea of the sustainable university is presented and discussed in that literature in three overarching ways: (1) a sustainable university as higher education institution in which sustainability is embedded in an institutional way; (2) a sustainable university as a community that is engaged with sustainability issues; and (3) a sustainable university that is primarily sustainable through its green tech campus, the development of green technological innovations, and its relations with markets and industries.

In this explorative case study, we use this sustainable university discourses framework as a starting point. We operationalize it as an analytical model to study how the sustainable university is conceptualized and given shape in a concrete change practice on sustainability in higher education. In addressing this research question, we do two things. On the one hand, we create knowledge on what happens in a concrete change practice by approaching it as a setting in which the sustainable university is conceptualized and takes shape. On the other hand, by using the framework for an empirical study of a practice, we create knowledge on the framework’s methodological potential and develop new insights into what a sustainable university (practice) can be.

The case we study is a change practice in a Belgian university in which a working group consisting mainly of lecturers meets regularly to embed sustainability in the electromechanical engineering bachelor program. More specifically, those involved in the change practice redesign the curriculum through developing a sustainability teaching and learning track (a coherent thematic thread throughout the three years) and redesigning a cross-curricular project course. This means that we have data of change ‘in the making’ – i.e., as it is made through participants’ actions in a specific context. The dataset spans a period of eight years and includes observations, meeting notes, presentations, internal documents (e.g. vision texts), funding applications, and interviews, but also data on the actual redesigned course: student presentations, discussions between lecturers and students, and student papers.

The study builds on the discourse analysis on the sustainable university by Deleye (2023). Besides showing how the sustainable university is commonly conceptualized in the academic literature, taken together, these three discourses form a framework that can also function as an analytical model for empirically studying how the sustainable university is conceptualized and takes shape in concrete practices (Deleye, 2023). This use is explored in this study. This analytical model is used within a pragmatist transactional approach (Dewey & Bentley, 1949) in which the concept of privileging (Wertsch, 1993) serves as analytical lens. The explicit aim is to use the sustainable university discourses framework in a non-deductive way. This implies not forcing an external framework upon the data, thereby reducing the analysis to pigeonholing cases within predetermined frames, but developing a methodological approach that allows to trace in a nuanced and precise way how the sustainable university is conceptualized and takes shape in a way that opens up for empirical surprises.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The use of the sustainable university discourses framework as analytical model implies that the discourses are not used for a new discourse analysis that attempts to verify these discourses’ existence in another empirical context. Instead they are used as an analytical model that functions as an external resource for empirical analyses of (change towards) a sustainable university practice in-the-making. This means that the analytical model is part of a wider methodological approach.

This wider methodological approach first of all builds further on the original discourse analysis. These discourses can best be understood as three specific constellations of connected elements (words, phrases, concepts) around a limited set of nodal points (important elements which have an important structuring role within the discourse) (Deleye, 2023). Applying these nodal points and connections in the analytical procedure allows to go beyond merely using the analytical model as a flat list of elements to be used as an initial coding scheme.

The above fits into a wider approach that enables us to analyze if and how those involved in the change practice relate to (aspects of) these three discourses. For this, we mainly draw on pragmatist transactional theory (Dewey & Bentley, 1949) and the concept of privileging (Wertsch, 1998). Central in pragmatist transactional theory (Dewey & Bentley, 1949) is the focus on the interplay (or transaction) between persons and their environment (Östman et al., 2019) in which both are continuously, simultaneously and reciprocally transformed. In the present study, a transactional approach allows us to understand the change in the making (i.e. the conceptualizing and taking shape of a sustainable university practice) as an interplay between the actions of educators developing education in the change practice and what they draw on from their environment. This brings us to the concept of privileging (Wertsch (1998). Privileging refers to the dynamic process of inclusion and exclusion, a process in which some things are taken into account as meaningful and relevant, while other things are ignored or disregarded. Using privileging as analytical lens implies that the focus lies on which aspects of the environing conditions (i.c. discourses on the sustainable university) the actors draw on. Thus, the sustainable university discourses framework offers an external point of reference that allows to analyze what is privileged and what is not.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis of the data shows that those involved in the change practice to a large extent draw on aspects of discourse 1 (“the sustainable higher education institution”), to a lesser extent on aspects of discourse 2 (“the engaged community”), and only minimally on discourse 3 (“the green-tech campus”). At first sight, especially the similarity with discourse 1 is striking: The working group embeds sustainability in a strategic and structural way within the confines of a pre-existing educational structure (program and existing courses). In this process, education is approached in terms of gathering knowledge and competences and often related to the notion of employability. All of this fits within how discourse 1 is described by Deleye (2023). However, a closer analysis of the data by juxtaposing discourses 1 and 2 allows to nuance this and shows a different image. We identify specific novel interpretations of important aspects of the second discourse, for example “social change”, “engagement”, “community”, “behavior change”, and “people”. On the other hand, some elements of discourse 1 are used in another way than might be expected based on the sustainable university discourses framework. Employability, for example, is used in relation to societal change, giving it an alternative meaning.

Our results shows that the use of the sustainable university discourses framework as analytical model allows to study what happens in a sustainable higher education change practice in a novel and nuanced way. Juxtaposing the discourses highlighted some interesting aspects of how, in the case, a particular idea of the sustainable university is conceptualized and given shape. In addition to this, contrasting the framework with empirical material also allowed us to advance our knowledge on aspects and characteristics of the sustainable university discourses framework and on how the sustainable university can take shape in practice.

References
Deleye. (2023). Which "sustainable university" are we actually talking about? A topic-modelling driven discourse analysis of academic literature. Environmental Education Research. https://doi.org/10.1080/13504622.2023.2167940
Dewey, J., & Bentley, A. (1949). Knowing and the Known. Beacon Press.
Hallinger, P., & Chatpinyakoop, C. (2019). A Bibliometric Review of Research on Higher Education for Sustainable Development, 1998-2018. Sustainability, 11(8). https://doi.org/10.3390/su11082401
Östman, L., Van Poeck, K., & Öhman, J. (2019). A transactional theory on sustainability learning. In K. Van Poeck, L. Östman, & J. Öhman (Eds.), Sustainable Development teaching (pp. 127-139). Routledge.
Wertsch, J. V. (1993). Voices of the Mind: A Sociocultural approach to mediated action. Harvard University Press


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Pedagogy of the heart: Empowering Higher Education Students to Cope with Socio-Ecological Challenges

Valentina Tassone

Wageningen University, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Tassone, Valentina

Empowering the young generation to constructively cope with on-going socio-ecological sustainability challenges through education, is a focal point of attention in this time of crisis. This is however a complex task given that sustainability challenges, like for example climate change, are emotionally charged. Researchers acknowledge that many of us are emotionally affected by such challenges (e.g. Ojala, 2021; Ogunbode, 2022). This encompasses the experience of a range of emotions (e.g. anxiety, anger, and hope) which in turn affect people capacity to constructively cope with those threats.

The young generation, inheriting the escalating socio-ecological crisis, is emotionally affected too by such challenges. The interaction with the close environment and society at large, including also the participation in environmental and sustainability courses, are an example of factors that bring socio-ecological challenges very close to the heart of the younger generation (e.g. Hiser and Lynch, 2021; Ojala and Lakew, 2017; Ojala, 2007). Findings report that young adults experience an increasing emotional distress (Hickman, et al. 2021) and sense of disempowerment in their life also in connection to their educational encounters with sustainability challenges and climate change (e.g. Jones & Davison, 2021). This suggests the relevance of considering the emotional dimension in educational processes of empowerment, as also highlighted elsewhere (Tassone, 2022).

However, in spite of those acknowledgments and reported insights, emotion-inclusive pedagogies that empower students to cope constructively with the on-going crisis in the face of emotional distress, are under-researched. Furthermore, educators are left with question marks about what are the emotional experiences of their students, and whether and how to channel them in a constructive and empowering way (e.g. Verlie et al., 2020). This challenge is exacerbated by the contemporary higher education teaching and learning system which is geared towards enhancing development of cognitive learning, while ignoring more subjective and (inter-)personal experiences (Ives et al., 2019), devaluing the emotional dimension or tending to dismiss it to philosophical matters.

In the attempt to take a first step towards illuminating those aspects, and with a focus on sustainability challenges related experiences of young adults studying in higher education, this exploratory study addresses two Research Questions (RQs):

(RQ1) what are experiences of emotional (dis) empowerment in relation to sustainability challenges?; and (RQ2) what pedagogical endeavors can help to cultivate a sense of emotional empowerment?

This study addresses those two questions by exploring the lived emotional experiences of 27 students, in a life science university in the Netherlands. The objective of this study is to inform, based on the insights generated through the exploration, the pedagogical endeavors of educators attempting to empower young adults studying in higher education in times of emotional distress.

Two conceptual lenses are guiding this study. Firstly, this study conceptualizes emotions as broad phenomena including feelings, affects, moods, and related mental states (e.g. Pihkala, 2022). Empowerment (and disempowerment) are regarded too as an emotion. Empowerment is thus approached in this study as a personal feeling or perception that one can (or cannot in case of disempowerment) constructively cope with sustainability challenges. Understanding emotion as a broad term encompassing such multiple phenomena is not new in environmental and climate research (e.g. Jones and Davison, 2021; Landmann, 2020). Secondly, this study takes a post-critical pedagogical approach (Hodgson et al. 2018). In line with post-critical pedagogy, this study considers and moves beyond a critique on the current (pedagogical) system, by exploring pedagogical ways to relate affirmatively and attentionally to the word as it stands through the cultivation of emotional empowerment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In order to explore and interpret the lived emotional experiences of the participants, this study takes a phenomenological approach and apply an Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis methodology (IPA) (Smith and Osborn, 2003). The study participants are international Master of Science students, joining a course focusing on empowerment for sustainability in a university in the Netherlands. A total of 27 students, agreeing to participate to the study, signed a statement of informed consent prior to its start. Furthermore the Research Ethics Committee of the university in question, positively assessed the study.

Semi-structured in-depth interviews were conducted individually with each of the participants. Those interviews, with an average duration of 40 minutes, were conducted online via MSteams. The procedural steps undertaken were the following:
 The students were  asked to choose a sustainability challenge they cared about. Then, they were guided into a short contemplative inquiry exercise. In this exercise, the students were asked to become aware of possible emotions that their chosen sustainability challenge did trigger in them.

 The interview focused on the exploration of two interrelated aspects. One aspect, concerning RQ1, focused on exploring students’ emotional experiences and felt sense of (dis-)empowerment, in relation to the chosen sustainability challenge. This was investigated by asking: Is there an emotion or are there emotions that you experience in relation to you sustainability challenge? Is there any sense of (dis)empowerment arising, when you experience those emotions in relation to your sustainability challenge? Could you elaborate on that? The other aspect, concerning RQ2, focused on exploring factors that enhance the felt sense of empowerment experienced by the students. This was investigated by asking: What helps you or could help you to cultivate a sense of empowerment? Could you elaborate on that?
 At the end of the interview, the experiences of the students were validated. The interviewer summarized what was heard and checked with the student if the summary was accurate. The feedback received by the student helped to establish the accuracy of the researchers’ understanding and of the data set.
All interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed verbatim, with repeated words and fillers removed. Currently, the transcriptions are analyzed qualitatively, through an on-going iterative co-engagement of the author and a co-coder based on thematic analysis, following the IPA methodology.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
While the analysis of the data is on-going and the final results will be presented during the conference, we anticipate here preliminary results.

Students brought forward a variety of sustainability challenges they feel deeply concerned about. Examples are climate change (e.g. climate migration), environmental and social (un-)justice (e.g. gender issues), environmental degradation (e.g. marine degradation), etc. With regard to students’ experiences of emotional (dis)empowerment (RQ1), the majority of students experience negative emotions associated with a felt sense of disempowerment towards sustainability challenges: e.g. students experience anxiety about the uncertain climate future. Students also experience positive emotions associated with a felt sense of empowerment: e.g. students experience passion as they feel eager to address challenges that matters to them. In some cases students experience ambivalent emotions (e.g. anger, hope), associated to either empowerment or disempowerment depending on the situation.

With regard to pedagogical endeavors that can support students’ emotional empowerment (RQ2), enable students to navigate negative emotions and cultivating positive ones, this study proposes a pedagogy of the heart. Such a pedagogy, inviting the emotional world of the students into education, has multiple points of focus. For example, it provides the space for cultivating a sense of belonging by humanizing the classroom. Students feel emotionally empowered when they can meet each other as human beings and listen to each other aspirations, when they discover they are not alone in their struggle as others share similar or other hopes and concerns. Or for example, it provides the space for cultivating reflexivity. Students feel emotionally empowered when they can connect to their sense of purpose and concerns, and consider affirmative ways to navigate them. A full description of the proposed pedagogy of heart, based on findings will be provided during the conference.

References
Hickman, C., Marks, E., Pihkala, P., Clayton, S., Lewandowski, R. E., Mayall, E. E., Wray, B., & Mellor, C. (2021). Climate anxiety in children and young people and their beliefs about government responses to climate change: a global survey. The Lancet Planetary Health, 5(12), e863–e873.

Hiser, K. K., & Lynch, M. K. (2021). Worry and Hope: What College Students Know, Think, Feel, and Do about Climate Change. 13(3).

Hodgson, N., Vlieghe, J., & Zamojski, P. (2018). Manifesto for a post-critical pedagogy. Punctum books.

Ives, C. D., Freeth, R., & Fischer, J. (2020). Inside-out sustainability: The neglect of inner worlds. Ambio, 49, 208-217.

Jones, C. A., & Davison, A. (2021). Disempowering emotions: The role of educational experiences in social responses to climate change. Geoforum, 118(November 2020), 190–200.

Landmann, H., & Rohmann, A. (2020). Being moved by protest : Collective efficacy beliefs and injustice appraisals enhance collective action intentions for forest protection via positive and negative emotions. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 71, 101491.

Ogunbode, C., Doran, R., Hanss, D., Ojala, M., Salmela-Aro, K., van den Broek, K. L., ... & Karasu, M. (2022). Climate anxiety, wellbeing and pro-environmental action: Correlates of negative emotional responses to climate change in 32 countries. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 101887.

Ojala, M., Cunsolo, A., Ogunbode, C. A., & Middleton, J. (2021). Anxiety, worry, and grief in a time of environmental and climate crisis: A narrative review. Annual Review of Environment and Resources, 46(1), 35–58.

Ojala M, Lakew Y. 2017. Young people and climate change communication. In Oxford Encyclopedia of Climate Change Communication. Oxford, UK: Univ. Oxford Press.

Ojala, M. (2007). Hope and worry: Exploring young people's values, emotions, and behavior regarding global environmental problems. Doctoral dissertation, Örebro universitetsbibliotek).

Pihkala, P. (2022). Toward a Taxonomy of Climate Emotions. Frontiers in Climate, 3(January), 1–22.

Smith, J. A., & Osborn, M. (2003). Interpretative phenomenological analysis. In J. A. Smith (Ed.), Qualitative psychology: A practical guide to research methods (pp. 51–80). Sage Publications, Inc..

Tassone V.C., (2022). Essay ‘Fostering Deep Learning by Uncovering Emotions in Empowerment for Sustainability Processes’, pp 59-61. In: Deutzekens, N. Van Poeck, K, et al. Challenges for environmental and sustainability education research in times of climate crisis. Online book, SEDwise.

Verlie, B., Clark, E., Jarrett, T., & Supriyono, E. (2020). Educators ’ experiences and strategies for responding to ecological distress. Australian Journal of Environmental Education, 37, 132–146.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Service Learning and Sustainable Transformation at Universities – A Multiple Case Study in Germany

Marco Rieckmann1, Anne Lindau2, Ann-Kathrin Bremer3, Juliana Hilf4, Alexandra Reith1, Bror Giesenbauer5

1University of Vechta, Germany; 2Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg, Germany; 3Catholic University of Eichstätt-Ingolstadt, German; 4Otto-von-Guericke-University Magdeburg, Germany; 5University of Bremen, Germany

Presenting Author: Rieckmann, Marco; Reith, Alexandra

Higher education institutions (HEIs) play a crucial role in advancing sustainable development within the knowledge society by training future leaders, experts, and educators, and conducting research on achieving a more sustainable world (e.g., Wals et al., 2016). The whole-institution approach (WIA) is recognized as vital for successful governance in sustainable development at HEIs (e.g., Holst, 2023). Developing a comprehensive concept for implementing sustainable development that integrates research, teaching, transfer, and operations is a complex yet rewarding challenge, capable of transforming entire institutions (Niedlich et al., 2020). In this context, the involvement, dialogue, and collaboration among stakeholders from various areas and sectors of the HEI are crucial (e.g., Leal Filho et al., 2019). Innovative approaches are required to promote WIA, and we see service learning (SL) as a promising yet underutilized format in this regard.

Service learning engages students in active, relevant, and collaborative learning processes, emphasizing both service and the associated learning (Bringle & Hatcher, 2000). In sustainability-oriented SL projects, students take responsibility for developing concepts or implementing projects for practice partners, instigating organizational changes toward sustainability and gaining knowledge and action skills through experiential learning processes (e.g., Schank et al., 2020).

While SL is increasingly recognized as a method of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) (e.g., Tejedor et al., 2019), it is often underexplored in the sustainable design of universities themselves (e.g., Johannisson & Hiete, 2021). Existing studies primarily focus on student learning outcomes, overlooking the concrete benefits and effects of SL for other stakeholders, such as community partners or society at large (Stöhr & Herzig, 2021). Consequently, the extent to which SL can be instrumental in realizing WIA at universities and fostering sustainable local/regional transformation remains a research gap.

In the "Service Learning and Sustainable Transformation at Universities" (Senatra) project, the University of Vechta, the University of Bremen, Otto von Guericke University Magdeburg, the Catholic University of Eichstätt-Ingolstadt, and the student organisation netzwerk n collaborate to address the overarching research question: "To what extent can the incorporation of service learning in university teaching contribute to an overall institutional sustainable transformation of universities?"

The project aims to: analyse the impact of SL on students' competence development in the ESD context, describe the success conditions of SL in the context of ESD, investigate the integration processes between science and practice, evaluate the contribution of SL projects to the sustainable transformation of higher education institutions, and research the role of SL projects in the transfer of sustainability practices and their contribution to regional sustainable transformation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To address this research gap, we are conducting a multiple transdisciplinary case study (Kyburz-Graber, 2016) that explores and scientifically evaluates various SL formats at HEIs. In alignment with the WIA, SL projects are implemented on university campuses as part of courses, supporting their sustainable transformation across all university activities. This approach turns the HEIs themselves into real-world laboratories for sustainable development, while SL projects with external partners aim to facilitate knowledge transfer to the regions.

The project unfolds in four phases: Phase 1 (development), Phase 2 (application), Phase 3 (evaluation/finalization), and Phase 4 (consolidation/transfer). Following the development phase, SL formats are trialled and evaluated sequentially at each university before undergoing additional testing at other partner universities. This sequential approach provides insights into their effectiveness, transferability, and success conditions. Data collection during SL seminars involves pre- and post-design surveys of students, post-project group discussions, expert interviews with practice partners, students, and teachers, as well as practical teaching research through teaching diaries and document analyses.

The pre- and post-survey is particularly pivotal, utilizing a quantitative questionnaire study developed at the Catholic University of Eichstätt-Ingolstadt and the Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg to analyze the effectiveness of SL on students' reported competence development in ESD. Situational variables are incorporated to analyse context-specific differences in the courses and their impact on student outcomes. An a priori model, grounded in existing research on ESD and SL, informs the survey instrument, which includes adapted existing scales and newly developed scales based on theoretical findings. Pre-testing and refinement of the survey instrument precede its application in the quantitative pre-post test during the SL seminars at participating universities in the winter semester of 2023/2024. Data analysis serves to validate the survey instrument and the model, employing dimension-reducing methods to manage the extensive questionnaire. Additionally, inferential statistical methods applied to the pre-post survey data describe the impact of SL on skills development in terms of ESD within the sample (Lindau et al., 2024).

While prior research on ESD in higher education often relies on descriptive case studies from individual universities, the generalizability of which may be questioned (Barth & Rieckmann, 2016), our project emphasizes the importance of multiple case studies in the field (Cebrián, 2021). The mixed methods design, coupled with a cross-case examination of results, aims for a more profound understanding and generalizable findings on the pertinent research questions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
To date, five project seminars involving a total of 90 students have been conducted at three universities. Among these seminars, three were organised in collaboration with regional partners, including associations, municipal institutions, or schools, while the remaining two involved campus partners such as the university sustainability office or student initiatives. Data collection using the pre-post questionnaire occurred for the first time in three service learning (SL) seminars during the current winter semester of 2023/24 (pre-survey: October 2023, post-survey: January and February 2024).
The pre-survey engaged 60 students, revealing that students already perceived their sustainability knowledge as relatively well-developed before the commencement of the seminar. Positive attitudes towards sustainability and a commitment to it were also evident, although values for students' self-efficacy were notably lower.
As the post-survey was recently completed, ongoing evaluation is underway. The results, to be presented at the conference, will provide insights into the validity of the survey instrument. The aim is to make a German and English version of the validated instrument available to the scientific community as soon as possible.
The survey findings will address the effects of SL on students, and interviews with partners will offer information on the impact of SL projects on partners and in the region. The diverse empirical data collected in this multiple case study will significantly contribute to the European and global discourse on the significance of SL within the framework of ESD and the WIA. It is poised to stimulate additional academic interest in SL within the context of ESD in higher education on an international scale.

References
Barth, M., Rieckmann, M. (2016). State of the Art in Research on Higher Education for Sustainable Development. In M. Barth, G. Michelsen, M. Rieckmann & I. Thomas (eds.), Routledge Handbook of Higher Education for Sustainable Development (pp. 100-113). Routledge.
Bringle, R. G. & Hatcher, J. A. (2000). Institutionalization of Service Learning in Higher Education. Journal of Higher Education, 71, 273–290.
Cebrián, G. et al. (2021). Multiple case-study analysis of service-learning as a means to foster sustainability competencies amongst pre-service educators. Teachers and Teaching, 27(6), 488–505. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2021.1977269.
Holst, J. (2023): Towards coherence on sustainability in education: a systematic review of Whole Institution Approaches. Sustainability Science, 18(2), 1015–1030. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-022-01226-8.
Johannisson, J. & Hiete, M. (2021). Environmental service-learning approach in higher education – a descriptive case study on student-led life cycle assessments of university cafeteria meals. International Journal of Sustainability in Higher Education, 22(7), 1728–1752. https://doi.org/10.1108/IJSHE-12-2020-0494.
Kyburz-Graber, R. (2016). Case study research on higher education for sustainable development: epistemological foundation and quality challenges. In M. Barth, G. Michelsen, I. Thomas & M. Rieckmann (eds.), Routledge Handbook of Higher Education for Sustainable Development (pp. 126–141). Routledge.
Leal Filho, W. et al. (2019). Sustainable Development Goals and sustainability teaching at universities: Falling behind or getting ahead of the pack? Journal of Cleaner Production, 232(1), 285–294. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2019.05.309.
Lindau, A.-K. et al. (2024). Entwicklung eines Instrumentes zur Erfassung der Wirksamkeit von Service Learning in Kontexten von Bildung für nachhaltige Entwicklung (in preparation).
Niedlich, S. et al. (2020). Cultures of sustainability governance in higher education institutions: A multi‐case study of dimensions and implications. Higher Education Quarterly, 74(4), 373–390. https://doi.org/10.1111/hequ.12237.
Schank, C. et al. (2020). Service Learning als kompetenzorientierte Lehr- und Lernform. In C. Fridrich, R. Hedtke & W. O. Ötsch (eds.), Grenzen überschreiten, Pluralismus wagen – Perspektiven sozioökonomischer Hochschullehre (pp. 217–239). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-29642-1_12.
Stöhr, J. & Herzig, C. (2021). Verantwortungsbewusste Unternehmensführung am Beispiel der Gemeinwohl-Ökonomie mithilfe von Service Learning und Transdisziplinarität lehren. In A. Boos, M. van den Eeden & T. Viere (eds.), CSR und Hochschullehre (pp. 141–183). Springer Berlin Heidelberg. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-62679-5_8.
Tejedor, G. et al. (2019). Didactic Strategies to Promote Competencies in Sustainability. Sustainability, 11(7), 2086. https://doi.org/10.3390/su11072086.
Wals, A. E. J. et al. (2016). Learning for walking the change: eco-social innovation through sustainability-oriented higher education. In M. Barth, G. Michelsen, I. Thomas & M. Rieckmann (eds.), Routledge Handbook of Higher Education for Sustainable Development (pp. 25–39). Routledge.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

‘Fine-Tuning’ Motivation Types: a Qualitative Approach to the Motivation Classification of the Self-Determination Theory

Konstantinos Korfiatis, Anthi Christodoulou

University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Korfiatis, Konstantinos

Within the theory of Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) motivation is an important subject of research as it is considered the condition where a person has or acquires intrinsic and extrinsic incentives (motives), to involve into pro-environmental behavior and actions (Christodoulou & Korfiatis, 2019; Darner, 2012). According to the Self Determination Theory (SDT) of motivation, people are rarely driven by only one type of motivation. Different goals, desires, and ideas inform us what we want and need. Thus, it is useful to think of motivation on a continuum ranging from “non-self-determined to self-determined.” (Ryan and Deci, 2020). At the left end of the spectrum, we have amotivation, in which an individual is completely non-autonomous, has no drive to speak of, and is struggling to have any of their needs met. In the middle, we have several levels of extrinsic motivation. One step to the right of amotivation is external regulation, in which motivation is exclusively external and regulated by compliance, conformity, and external rewards and punishments. The next level of extrinsic motivation is termed introjected regulation, in which the motivation is somewhat external and is driven by self-control, efforts to protect the ego, and internal rewards and punishments. In identified regulation, the motivation is somewhat internal and based on conscious values and that which is personally important to the individual. The final step of extrinsic motivation is integrated regulation, in which intrinsic sources and the desire to be self-aware are guiding an individual’s behavior. The right end of the continuum shows an individual entirely motivated by intrinsic sources. In intrinsic regulation, the individual is self-motivated and self-determined, and driven by interest, enjoyment, and the satisfaction inherent in the behavior or activity he or she is engaging in.

From an educational point of view, the aim is to support those types of motivation (intrinsic and extrinsic) who are more strongly connected with students’ personal development and well-being. Indeed, various studies in the domain of environmental and sustainability education have shown that integrated and intrinsic types of motivation for participation and action are connected with empowerment, self-efficacy and ownership, as well as with a longer sustaining of a behavior or action (Dutta and Chandrasekharan, 2017; Murakami, Su-Russell and Manfra, 2018).

Research on environmental motivation usually follows a quantitative approach (e.g. Darner 2009; Karaaslan et al. 2014; Cooke et al. 2016). One of the most well-known instruments is the MTES (motivation towards the environment scale) introduced by Pelletier et al. (1998). The MTES is a 24-item questionnaire that measures an individual’s motivation toward proenvironmental behaviours. Four items correspond to each of the six types of motivation, according to the seld-determination theory.

In the present research we studied changes in environmental motivation of a group of elementary school children participating in a schoolgarden project. We follewed a qualitative approach, which allowed us to depict finer differences in environmental motives than those predicted by the basic model of the Self-Determination Theory.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Thirteen students from an urban elementary school, aged 6-12 years old, participated in the kitchengarden project. Students were characterized by medium educational level, low environmental motivation, limited interaction with nature, low socio-economic background, and high level of obesity.
Project activities were based on students’ thoughts and decisions during the implementation of the project.  Students worked in mixed capacity groups of three to four members. The project was designed with aim to enhance participating children satisfaction of their basic psychological needs, according to SDT: their sense of autonomy by making their own choices about maintaining their garden and managing their crops; their sense of competence by collecting good quality and fresh vegetables; and their sense of relatedness by discussing problem-solving activities and making group decisions (Korfiatis & Petrou, 2021).

Data collection
Data were collected by pre and post-test semi-structured interviews, aiming in understanding participants environmental motivation. The interview protocol was based on ten main questions inspired by MTES.
Data analysis
Content Analysis used to analyse the data gathered with the above-mentioned methodological tools. The categories of analysis derived deductively (i.e  the five types of motivation (External Regulation, Introjected Regulation, Identified Regulation, Integrated Regulation, Intrinsic Regulation, plus Amotivation), but also inductively, based on the answers of the participating students. At the end of analysis, 21 sub-categories of motivation were recorded.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One notable difference between Self-Determination theory and other theories that seek to explain motivation is that Self-Determination theory emphasizes the types/categories of motivation that individuals have and how these types are transformed from one type to another (Deci & Ryan, 2008), rather than the degree to which motivation exists as a measurable type (e.g., the more motivation, the more individuals act towards a behavior).  In fact, Self-Determination theory argues that types or categories of motivation are more important than the degree of motivation existence.
The results of the present study come to add another feature to children's motivation as it confirms the different types of motivation that characterize students/participants but at the same time identifies a gradient that characterizes each type of motivation for each child. Specifically, from the analysis process of the initial and final semi-structured interviews/discussions, we found that the participants statements could not be placed in a type/category of motivation that they represented to an absolute degree.
As a result, we decided statements to create graded subcategories under each motivation category.  Thus, under the Internal Regulation category, instead of dividing the students' statements into those marked "Internal Regulation" and those not marked "Internal Regulation" we placed their statements into four subcategories: Absence of Internal Regulation, Moderate to Low Internal Regulation, Moderate to High Internal Regulation, High Internal Regulation.
The same procedure was followed for all motivations categories.
Results showed large changes between the different sub-categories of our analysis concerning participants motivation, which would not have been depicted if we had followed a quantitative approach based on the six types of motivation only.

References
Christodoulou, A., & Korfiatis, K. (2019). Children's interest in school garden projects, environmental motivation, and intention to act: A case study from a primary school of Cyprus. Applied Environmental Education & Communication, 1-11.
Cooke, A. N., Fielding, K. S., & Louis, W. R. (2016). Environmentally active people: the role of autonomy, relatedness, competence and self-determined motivation. Environmental Education Research, 22(5), 631-657.
Darner, R. (2012). An empirical test of self-determination theory as a guide to fostering environmental motivation. Environmental Education Research, 18(4), 463-472.
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2008). Self-determination theory: A macrotheory of human motivation, development, and health. Canadian psychology/Psychologie canadienne, 49(3), 182.
Dutta, D., & Chandrasekharan, S. (2018). Doing to being: farming actions in a community coalesce into pro-environment motivations and values. Environmental Education Research, 24(8), 1192-1210.
Karaarslan, G. Sungur, S. & Ertepinar, H. (2014). Developing preservice science teachers’ self-determined motivation toward environment through environmental activities. International Journal of Environmental & Science Education, 9, 1-19.
Korfiatis, K., & Petrou, S. (2021). Participation and why it matters: children’s perspectives and expressions of ownership, motivation, collective efficacy and self-efficacy and locus of control. Environmental Education Research, 27(12), 1700-1722.
Murakami, C. D., Su-Russell, C., & Manfra, L. (2018). Analyzing teacher narratives in early childhood garden-based education. The Journal of Environmental Education, 49(1), 18-29.
Pelletier, L. G., Tuson, K. M., Green-Demers, I., Noels K., & Beaton, A. M. (1998). Why are you doing things for the environment? The motivation toward the environment scale (MTES). Journal of Applied Psychology, 28(5), 437-468.
Ryan, R. M., & Deci, E. L. (2020). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation from a self-determination theory perspective: Definitions, theory, practices, and future directions. Contemporary educational psychology, 61, 101860.
 
15:45 - 17:1530 SES 07 B (OFFSITE): (OFFSITE) The Personal and the Political in ESE Research
Location: OFFSITE VENUE, details tbc
Session Chair: Karen Jordan
Paper Session
 
30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Commonality and Ambivalent Individualism in ESE Theory and Practice

Ingerid S. Straume

Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway

Presenting Author: Straume, Ingerid S.

In the face of serious challenges such as the planetary and environmental crises, policymakers tend to identify schools and universities as key institutions. A typical response from institutions of higher education and schools has been to educate social or green “entrepreneurs” and “change agents” – individuals with “action competence” who can deliberate and hopefully solve complex problems related to sustainability. Although this approach seems suitable for certain topics and certain (academically inclined) groups of students, I argue that it cannot be a universal recipe for education in a rapidly changing world where all kinds of people need to live meaningful and arguably quite ordinary lives.

Similarly, current ambitions in Western educational theory and policy to “see” individual students and their needs is not always as liberating as one might expect. For while education is becoming more inclusive, more adapted to individual learning strategies, open to students’ active participation, personalised learning programmes etc., many students report a massive amount of stress related to schooling. Contemporary individualism is, in short, ambiguous, and its concept of freedom is abstract in the Hegelian sense (Honneth, 1996). On this background, framing questions related to the planetary crises in terms of individual actions, action competence, attitudes etc. could be a recipe for hopelessness, self-doubt and apathy.

Over the recent years a number of theorists have pointed out how meaningful connections to nature may ease the ailments of the overburdened subject (Fisher, 2013). Likewise, attention to and care for what we have in common, i.e., institutions and the social imaginaries they embody may provide meaning to social life. I am not referring here to common values, traditions, etc., but rather to practices and ways of being that primarily make sense as being-collective, including notions of society as a whole and institutions (Laval & Vergne, 2021). Attention to commonality, the paper argues, may be beneficial for individuals’ well-being and provide opportunities for political freedom. A trivial example is singing together as opposed to performing. Traditionally, not least in schools, singing together has foster community and identity, not as an instrument for something else (e.g., learning other skills), but enjoyable and valuable in and of itself.

In contemporary, non-sustainable societies collective arrangements and imaginaries arguably need to be elucidated theoretically and reorganized in practice. However, theorising commonality, institutions and social imaginaries may be difficult in contemporary educational theory. One example is how the individualist-psychological concept of learning has replaced terms such as study, knowledge, understanding, etc. Another example is theory that starkly opposes individuals and collectives, notably Gert Biesta’s opposition between socialisation (seen as rigid structures) and subjectification (breaking with or opposing those structures). ‘Subjectification’ as a non- or anti-social concept is unhelpful if we want to theorise different kinds of socialisation, including institutions and commonality.

Against individualist ontology, then, commonality does not mean that everyone should somehow be the same, i.e. elimination or disrespect for difference or individual freedom. Indeed, commonality can also be a form of instituted diversity, as when people are gathered around a table which at the same time unites and separates them, to use Arendt’s metaphor. What we have in common, as different individuals partaking in common practices, are institutions and the social meanings they embody. Elucidating these practices and institutions can open up more opportunities for common (political) action for young people. Indeed, commonality as discussed here is a potential resource for agency, reflexivity and freedom that is individual and collective at the same time (Author, 2023). This is a resource that will be much needed in the future (see, e.g., Orr, Stone & Barlow, 2005).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Theoretical work in the continental tradition of philosophy of education. The paper elucidates foundational questions in Environmental and Sustainability Education drawing mainly on critical theory and French sociology in the 'social imaginaries' tradition. Relevant examples for the discussion are drawn from Northern European environmental and sustainability education and more global trends.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A conceptual framework for analysing ontological individualism versus notions of commonality in ESE scholarship.
References
Fisher, Andy (2013). Radical Ecopsychology, Second Edition: Psychology in the Service of Life. SUNY Press
Honneth, Axel (1996). The Struggle for Recognition: The Moral Grammar of Social Conflicts. MIT Press  
Laval, Christian and Vergne, Francis (2021). Éducation Démocratique. La Révolution Scolaire à Venir. La Découverte.
Orr, David, Stone, Michael & Barlow, Zenobia (2005). Ecological Literacy: Educating Our Children for a Sustainable World. Sierra Club Books.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Scarcity or Sustainability? The Role of Capitalism in the Climate Emergency

Rachel Farrell1, Brian O'Boyle2, Marelle Rice1

1University College Dublin, Ireland; 2University of Galway

Presenting Author: Farrell, Rachel; Rice, Marelle

In order to delve into effective ways of imparting climate action education with an economic perspective, this paper employs a dual lens. Theoretical underpinnings are rooted in a radical political economy approach, aligning climate change with profit pursuit within the capitalist system (Bellamy Foster 2000; Marx, 2011). Pedagogically, the UNESCO Education 2030 Framework for Action guides the exploration, aspiring that by 2030, learners globally will possess the knowledge and skills to champion sustainable development (UNESCO, 2020). While laudable, these aspirations, emphasizing individual actions, risk neglecting deeper systemic roots of climate change. A radical political economy perspective becomes crucial, shifting the discourse from personal responsibility to the profit-driven dynamics of capitalism, wherein growth and accumulation are imperative for survival (Marx, 2011).

The present emphasis on personal responsibility often obscures major corporations' culpability for the bulk of greenhouse gas emissions, a concern echoed by climate activists and the Climate Justice Movement (Belamy Foster, 2010; Angus, 2016). This viewpoint extends beyond individual actions, challenging the system itself. The younger generation, exemplified by movements like Fridays for Future and the iconic Greta Thunberg, acknowledges this need for systemic change. Thunberg's call for global leaders to take responsibility rather than placing the burden on individual behavior reflects a growing sentiment among students, revealing a shared understanding that personal responsibility is an important start but an insufficient endpoint in environmental stewardship (Thunberg, 2019; Thunberg, 2022). The collaborative spirit between educators and these young activists is crucial in shaping effective climate education.

However, a UNESCO report reveals a stark reality – insufficient global commitment to climate education. Almost half of the reviewed countries lack climate change in their national curriculum frameworks. Despite the acknowledgment of its importance by 95% of surveyed teachers, only 23% feel equipped to comprehensively explain climate action (UNESCO, 2022). The consequences of this educational gap are reflected in the increasing eco-anxiety among the youth, as noted in the report.

Moreover, the report questions the quality of current climate change education, with 70% of surveyed youth unable to explain or having only a basic understanding of climate change. These findings underscore the urgency of reevaluating and enhancing the pedagogical approaches to climate education in schools (UNESCO, 2022).

The significance of teaching methodologies is evident, especially in disciplines like business studies and economics, where concepts risk inadvertently normalizing behaviors contributing to climate change. This paper argues, using a critical interpretation of common areas in the second-level curriculum across OECD countries, that climate action education should transcend personal responsibility.

The three key areas outlined in the curriculum involve students observing, evaluating, discussing, and analyzing real-life events to draw valid deductions and conclusions. They must also demonstrate an understanding of the origins and impacts of social, economic, and environmental phenomena, including the influence of organizations on human behavior and its subsequent impact on the environment. Additionally, students should develop the awareness, knowledge, skills, values, and motivation necessary to live sustainably (adapted from NCCA, 2016; OECD 2018; OECD, 2022).

In conclusion, this paper advocates for a comprehensive approach to climate action education, intertwining radical political economy perspectives with pedagogical frameworks like the UNESCO Education 2030 Framework for Action. By addressing the root causes of climate change within the capitalist system and enhancing the quality and focus of climate education in schools, we can foster a generation equipped to tackle the global challenge of climate change with both understanding and action.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper unfolds in three distinct sections, each addressing critical aspects of teaching climate action through an economic lens. In the initial section, the focus is on empowering students to analyze empirical evidence and draw conclusions. Specifically, the paper illuminates the empirical connections between economic growth and carbon emissions, leading to the assertion that a capitalist economy centered on perpetual growth is incompatible with an environmental stewardship model (Angus, 2016). The key takeaway is that sustainability requires a departure from the prevailing growth-centric economic paradigm.

Transitioning to the second section, the paper delves into the potential repercussions of economic concepts on environmental understanding. Grounding the discussion in the 18th-century economic and social context, the paper underscores that economics evolved as a theoretical reflection of emerging capitalist societies (O’Boyle and McDonagh, 2017). Economic concepts served the dual purpose of explaining and legitimizing capitalist relations, emphasizing profit pursuit and economic expansion (O’Boyle, 2017; O’Boyle and McDonagh, 2011). Understanding the historical context becomes crucial in recognizing that constructs like scarcity and choice were conceived during a period focused on generating economic resources and securing property rights for profit-making. In the contemporary context of climate crisis, clinging to the notion of endless growth becomes akin to exacerbating a problem rather than solving it.

The third section builds upon these insights while scrutinizing inherent tensions in contemporary economics education. With sustainability gaining prominence in discourse, the paper exposes contradictions arising from advocating for a society that does not live sustainably while prioritizing economic growth in public policy objectives. The paper contends that the conceptualization of scarcity in economics contributes to this contradiction, portraying humans as insatiable and endlessly acquisitive (Grampp, 1946; O’Boyle, 2017). This framing perpetuates the perception of inevitable economic growth when, in reality, meeting human needs can be achieved without chaotic and relentless global expansion. The argument posits a shift from limitless growth to prioritizing human needs, substantive equality, and sustainability. Consequently, living sustainably in the modern era necessitates not only changes in consumer behavior but, more fundamentally, political considerations for systemic transformation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In summary, this paper strives to instigate critical contemplation of climate change among educators and their students, using common learning objectives in second-level business studies and economics. The initial section posits a vital political conclusion: climate change is intricately tied to decision-making in the capitalist system. It challenges the prevailing notion of individual responsibility, highlighting that the root cause lies in an economic framework prioritizing profits above all else.

The second section delves into the historical context that molded key economic concepts. Early economists advocated for exponential growth, grounded in a world vastly different from our contemporary reality. This section underscores the need for reflexive thinking among educators, urging them to navigate cognitive biases when teaching historical economic concepts. The implication is clear – economic education should transcend historical legacies that may not align with the complexities of the present.

The final section unravels a tension in the modern curriculum, wherein exponential growth is rooted in natural desires while ethical, sustainable, and wise consumer choices are advocated. The key takeaway emphasizes a critical examination of concepts and their implications for human nature and sustainability. Unlike mainstream economics, this paper contends that the current climate emergency is not an innate human desire for perpetual growth but a consequence of capitalism. Urging the integration of this perspective into teaching and learning consensus, the conclusion underscores the imperative to rethink economic education, aligning it more closely with the realities of our time. It calls for a paradigm shift that recognizes capitalism's role in the climate emergency, marking a crucial step toward finding effective solutions. In essence, the conclusion advocates for a renewed perspective on key economic concepts, fostering an education that prepares students to navigate the complexities of the contemporary world.

References
Bangay, C. and Blum, N. (2010). Education Responses to Climate Change and Quality: Two Parts of the Same Agenda? International Journal of Educational Development 30(4): 335-450 [online] https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/79545343.pdf [accessed 30 May 2021].

Bellamy Foster (2000). Marx’s Ecology: Materialism and Nature. New York. Monthly Review Press.

Bellamy Foster (2010). The Ecological Rift. Capitalism’s War on the Earth. New York. Monthly Review Press.

Farrell, R. and Sugrue, C. (2021). Sustainable Teaching in an Uncertain World: Pedagogical Continuities, Un-Precedented Challenges.  IntechOpen, doi: 10.5772/intechopen.96078.  

Geras N. (1985). Marx and Human Nature: Refutation of a Legend. London, Verso Books.
Grampp, W.D. (1946). ‘Adam Smith and the Economic Man’. Journal of Political Economy, Vol 56, no 4, pp, 315-336.

Hayek F. (2011). The Constitution of Liberty. Chicago. The University of Chicago Press.

Klein N. (2015). This Changes Everything: Capitalism Versus the Climate. London Penguin Books.

Kuhn. T.  (2012). The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. Chicago. Chicago University Press.

Locke, J. (1988). Two Treatises on Government. Cambridge. Cambridge University Press.

Malm. A. (2016). Fossil Capital: The Rise of Steam Power and the Roots of Global Warming. London Verso Books.

Marx, K. (2011). Capital Volume One. London Penguin Classics.  

NCCA (2016). Junior Cycle Business Studies Specification [online] https://www.curriculumonline.ie/Junior-cycle/Junior-Cycle-Subjects/Business-Studies/Statements-of-Learning/ [accessed 30 May 2021].

O’Boyle B. 2017. From Newton to Hobbes – The Metaphysical Foundations of Mainstream Economics. Cambridge Journal of Economics, Volume 41, Issue 6, pp. 1587–1605.

O’Boyle, B. and McDonough, T. 2011. ‘Critical Realism, Marxism and the Critique of Neoclassical Economics’ Capital and Class Volume 35, No 1. pp. 3-22.

O’Boyle and McDonough, T. 2017. Bourgeois Ideology and Mathematical Economics: A Reply to Tony Lawson. Economic Thought 6.1: pp.16-34.

OECD. (2018). Education 2030: The future of education and skills. Paris: OECD Publishing.

Quine, W.VO. (1980). From a Logical Point of View. Boston. Harvard University Press.

Strange, T. and A. Bayley (2008), Sustainable Development: Linking Economy, Society, Environment, OECD Insights, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264055742-en.

Smith A. (2011). The Wealth of Nations (Books I-III). London. Penguin Classics.

Thunberg, G. (2019). No One Is Too Small to make a Difference. Penguin Books.

Thunberg, G. (2022). The Climate Book. Allen Lane.

UNESCO. (2020). Education for Sustainable Development. A roadmap. Paris: UNESCO. [online] https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000374802.locale=en [accessed 31December 2022]

UNESCO. (2022). Youth Demands for Quality Climate Change Education. Paris: UNESCO. [online]  https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000383615 [accessed 02 January 2022]

Vermerien M. (2021). Crisis and Inequality: The Political Economy of Advanced Capitalism. Oxford Polity Press.


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

The Argumentation Discourse Quality During The Students Classroom Energy Decision-Making In The Context Of The Climate Global Warming

Elie Rached

Université Paris-Saclay, Etudes sur les sciences et les techniques, 91400, Orsay, France.

Presenting Author: Rached, Elie

Educating future citizens and equipping them to make informed decisions regarding contemporary social issues interconnected to science and technology has been a major focus in science education policies in Europe for over a decade (Hazelkorn, 2015). Moreover, the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development of the United Nations, adopted by United Nations Member States in 2015, ensures that all learners acquire the knowledge and skills needed to promote sustainable development through education. Hence, this includes an Education for sustainable development (ESD) that “gives learners of all ages the knowledge, skills, values and agency to address interconnected global challenges including climate change, loss of biodiversity, unsustainable use of resources, and inequality. It empowers learners of all ages to make informed decisions and take individual and collective action to change society and care for the planet.” (UNESCO, 2023).

In addition, engaging learners with Environmental Socioscientific Issues (ESSI) (e.g. Social issues with conceptual or technological ties to science), associated to sustainability, has become a major focus for recent research in science education from various perspectives (Morin et al., 2017; Zeidler et al., 2019). Reasoning on Environmental Socioscientific issues encompass dealing with ill-structured open-ended environmental complex problems, embedded in uncertainties.

Moreover, studies that are focusing on promoting the argumentation discourse in the science classroom, including on socioscientific issues, have emanated from the perspectives of argumentation as a way to learn science and about science, but also from an interest in the students’ citizen education in a democratic society, which requires the participation in debates (Jiménez-Aleixandre & Erduran, 2007).

However, encouraging classroom students’ dialogic argumentation practices and assessing it, during a decision-making in authentic SSI and in different cultural contexts, as students consider multiple perspectives from different sources, are still current topics in socioscientific issues science education research (Zeidler et al., 2019).

This research contributes to what is mentioned previously. It encourages both classroom students’ decision-making regarding an ESSI, which takes into account values, global and local dimensions and social, scientific and technical content-knowledge related to the issue, and argumentation practices. In particular, we focus in this paper on examining classroom high school students’ argumentation quality when making a decision regarding an environmental socioscientific authentic issue while considering multiple perspectives from different sources (Rached, 2018).

Our research question is: What is the students’ dialogic argumentation quality during a classroom decision-making on a socioscientific issue?

In this paper, we examine the product of the students’ dialogic argumentation, i.e. arguments. We take into account in our analyses the arguments core and to some extent, the argumentation dialogic features in which two or more speakers discourse with one another (Nielsen, 2013).

We designed and conducted the research in two specific contexts in France and Lebanon, with an experimental design-based research approach committed to the SSI and argumentation currents (Rached, 2015). In this paper, we present the data analyses from the French sample.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Thirty French second year high school students in the scientific-section, were engaged in a weeklong ESSI teaching unit during their school year. The ESSI involves a local energy decision, choosing a heating system for a habitat, in the context of a climate global warming.
The teaching unit includes five sessions. Each session lasts 25-55 min. After teaching basic scientific content-knowledge related to the issue (session 1), we presented to the students in small-group discussions one of three abstracts from scientific papers debating Global warming issue, to read and synthesise in written form (session 2) and then to present it orally to the whole classroom (session 3). Later, we presented to the students in small-groups, a document resuming technical, scientific, environmental, economical, health, etc. characteristics of five heating systems powered by different energy sources (electricity, wood, fuel, gas and solar), from which they had to choose one, while justifying with reasons (session 4). After, the students present and defend their (written) respective choices to the whole classroom (session 5).
We recorded all the sessions and working groups. In addition, the students answered the same ESSI questionnaire presented to them before and after the teaching unit (Rached, 2018).
In this paper, we present the analysis of the students’ small-group discussions of one working group during session 5.
Students’ dialogic argumentation was analysed using the Toulmin’s Argumentation Pattern (TAP), developed by (Osborne et al., 2004) (Table 1). We traced the quantity and quality of argumentation in their discourse. TAP illustrates the nature of an argument in terms of claims, data, warrants, backings, qualifiers and rebuttals. Osborne et al. reorganise either data, warrants or backings in one category called grounds. Moreover, Osborne et al. take into account the oppositions between students in their discourse and the use of rebuttals.

Table 1: Analytical Framework Used for Assessing the Quality of Argumentation (Osborne et al. 2004)
Level 1: Consists of arguments that are a simple claim versus a counter-claim or a claim versus a claim.
Level 2: Has arguments consisting of a claim versus a claim with the ground(s) but do not contain any rebuttals.
Level 3: Has arguments with a series of claims or counter-claims with ground(s) with the occasional weak rebuttal.
Level 4: Shows arguments with a claim with a clearly identifiable rebuttal. Such an argument may have several claims and counter-claims.
Level 5: Displays an extended argument with more than one rebuttal.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We present in Table 2 our first findings. The students reach the high-level argumentation (Levels 4 and 5) by using rebuttals at many occasions (8) and some weak rebuttals and oppositions (6). These results suggest that offering students with basic scientific knowledge and the opportunity to argumentation practices on the issue, while engaging them with high-quality arguments, may have certain impact on the argumentation quality use.
However, our findings are limited to one-group analyses. We need to analyse other small-groups discussions to check for eventual similar outcomes. It is also important to compare our sample results with the Lebanese sample for a broader cultural contextual view of these findings.
The high-level arguments frequency in our findings (44.3%) are comparable to (Osborne et al., 2004) findings (43%) on the SSI topics with their experimental group after a yearlong work with junior high-school students. However, our students are at the end of their second year of high-school, which explains some of the students’ performances in our research.
The use of Osborne et al. model to analyse dialogical collective arguments reduces many gaps found in the initial TAP (Nielsen, 2013). However, it would be interesting to make some adjustments in order to grasp the students’ cross references made along the discussions and the distinction between arguments with weak rebuttals and those without, in the Level 3. In addition, we suggest introducing a sub-level of argumentation for the use of qualifications, which also could be an indicator of argumentation quality, especially when comparing argumentation discourse to written ones.

Table 2: numbers of each level of argumentation achieved by students
Level of argumentation / Frequency (percentage)
Level 1:                            1 (5.5%)
Level 2:                            3 (16.6%)
Level 3:                            6 (33.3%)
Level 4:                            5 (27.7%)
Level 5:                            3 (16.6%)
Total:                           18
Non arguments:         43 = 23 + 20

References
Hazelkorn, E. (2015). Science education for responsible citizenship : Report to the European Commission of the expert group on science education. Publications Office of the European Union. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/12626
Jiménez-Aleixandre, M. P., & Erduran, S. (2007). Argumentation in Science Education : An Overview. In S. Erduran & M. P. Jiménez-Aleixandre (Éds.), Argumentation in Science Education : Perspectives from Classroom-Based Research (p. 3‑27). Springer Netherlands. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-6670-2_1
Morin, O., Simonneaux, L., & Tytler, R. (2017). Engaging with socially acute questions : Development and validation of an interactional reasoning framework. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 54(7), 825‑851. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.21386
Nielsen, J. A. (2013). Dialectical Features of Students’ Argumentation : A Critical Review of Argumentation Studies in Science Education. Research in Science Education, 43(1), 371‑393. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-011-9266-x
Osborne, J., Erduran, S., & Simon, S. (2004). Enhancing the quality of argumentation in school science. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 41(10), 994‑1020. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20035
Rached, E. (2015). Socioscientific Argumentation : The Role of Scientific and Technical Knowledge? [Phd thesis, École normale supérieure de Cachan - ENS Cachan]. https://theses.hal.science/tel-01324425
Rached, E. (2018). « Les modes de raisonnement informel des élèves de lycée lors de prises de décision en classe sur une question socio-scientifique. Recherches en éducation, 32. https://doi.org/10.4000/ree.2258
UNESCO. (2023, novembre 17). What you need to know about education for sustainable development. https://www.unesco.org/en/education-sustainable-development/need-know (Retrieved 29/01/24)
Zeidler, D. L., Herman, B. C., & Sadler, T. D. (2019). New directions in socioscientific issues research. Disciplinary and Interdisciplinary Science Education Research, 1(1), 11. https://doi.org/10.1186/s43031-019-0008-7


30. Environmental and Sustainability Education Research (ESER)
Paper

Implementing Education for Sustainable Development in Upper Secondary School A Systematic Mapping Review

Rikke Magnussen1, Lone Dirckinck-Holmfeldt2, Lise Rasmussen3

1Aalborg University, Denmark; 2Aalborg University, Denmark; 3Aalborg University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Magnussen, Rikke; Rasmussen, Lise

The need to develop student sustainability competencies has long been addressed internationally with the UN 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development [1]. Three overall focus points for the sustainable transition of education have been defined in the UNESCO’s new agenda ‘ESD for 2030’: transformative action, structural change, and technological futures [2]. The UNESCO definition of Education for Sustainable Development (ESD) combines two complementary approaches ESD 1 and 2 [3]. ESD 1 addresses sustainability issues in the short term. ESD 2 is a more open educational approach that addresses less defined long-term societal future scenarios where goals and needs are less clearly defined and can be changing. ESD 2 is defined as education where students build the capacity to think critically about knowledge, test ideas, and explore dilemmas and contradictions in sustainable living [3]. The defined competencies and pedagogical approaches include action competencies [4], systemic thinking (thinking across disciplines and sectors), social awareness [5], collaboration, critical thinking, and integrated problem solving [3]. Despite sustainability competencies being defined internationally, research stresses that ESD is often not well rooted in the existing school system [6, 7]. It is therefore stressed as crucial to take teachers’ perspective and their everyday teaching practice into consideration when aiming at improving sustainability education in schools [8].

The current paper is part of a larger national research project titled ‘GreenEdTech: Green Transition of Education and educational TECHnology’. Over a period of four years the project will construct educational models and a digital learning space with the goal of implementing ESD into STEAM subjects in upper secondary school education in Denmark. Addressing the described challenge of rooting ESD in school practice is therefore central in the project. The current paper is a systematic review with focus on mapping literature on ESD and Environmental and Sustainability Education (ESE) integration in upper secondary education from 2018-2022. The study seeks to answer the following research question: How has ESD and ESE been implemented in upper secondary school? Through search and selection strategies, described in the method section, 70 eligible papers was identified and categorised in five categories (numbers in parenthesis indicates number of studies identified in each category): 1. Integration of ESE/ESD in a single formal school subjects (19/70), 2. Cross-disciplinary integration of ESD/ESE cross formal school subjects (18/70), 3. Development of new formal ESD/ESE educations, schools or approaches (14/70), 4. New informal OR cross formal and informal settings ESD/ESE education (8/70), 5. Technology-based spaces for ESD education (11/70).

We found several dominant themes across the different categories. Most frequent was themes with focus on students’ competences, curriculum development, and new types of assessments of ESD/ESE competences. The perspectives on these themes were however dependent on the focus of the category e.g. if the study focused on implementation of ESD/ESE in single subjects or across subjects, or on development of new subjects and schools. As an example, category 1. which included studies with focus on integrating ESD and ESE into single formal school subjects, focus was on development of new didactic models, syllabuses, and curricula for integration of ESD/ESE in a single formal school subject such as chemistry and geography. This both included studies with analysis of curriculum to understand potentials for integration of elements of ESD/ESE [see 9], and redesign of subjects to experiment with approaches to changing content or curricula of traditional subjects. One example of this was design and craft education where potentials for focusing on sustainable materials and design was pointed out [10].


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The systematic review process involved defining the scope, inclusion/exclusion criteria, identifying potential studies through keyword-based literature searches, screening abstracts and papers for inclusion criteria, and characterizing articles for mapping through keywords. The following keywords were chosen based on a screening of concepts in primary research articles in the field: “education for sustainable development” OR “environmental and sustainability education” AND school OR “K-12” OR “secondary education” NOT “teacher education” OR “teacher professional development” OR “teacher training”. The search words were chosen to ensure that studies contained a primary focus on education and specifically on education for sustainable development as defined by UNESCO (2008). These search words were applied across the databases: EBSCOhost, Scopus, Web of Science, ProQuest. Filters to the searches was applied for searches only to include the following record standards: peer-reviewed work, language limited to English, studies where the keywords were mentioned in abstracts, and records that were primary studies with document types such as journal articles, conference papers or book chapters. Searches were filtered for publication data from a period of five years from 2018 (January 1st) – 2022 (July 5th). The number of records cross databases before removal of duplicates was 815 and was reduced to 385 after removal of duplicates. The abstracts of the 385 records were screened for eligibility applying the following inclusion criteria:
1. Participants: Studies should involve pupils aged 13 – 16
2. Educational context: studies should focus on educational activities in formal and/or informal educational contexts in western countries
3. Content: Studies should contain analysis of ESD practice, design or empirical data of implementation of ESD/ESE in a learning context, and have primary focus on ESD/ESE education
4. Sustainability focus: Studies should have primary focus on climate sustainability e.g. excluding studies with primary focus on inequality or other SDGs in general.
5. Learning situation: studies include involve any subject in upper secondary school in different countries or cross subjects, new subjects developed with focus on ESD/ESE, new schools or informal learning contexts, or technology-based learning environments.
6. Record standard: Records should be peer reviewed full papers in English, contain keywords in abstract, be primary studies, and be conference or journal papers or book chapters.

Though a screening applying the above inclusion criteria, 70 studies were selected. An analysis process inspired by thematic analysis was applied to identify the categories described in the abstract [10].

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of the current paper has been to answer the research question: How has ESD and ESE been implemented in upper secondary school? Five categories was identified from screening of 70 eligible papers: 1. Integration of ESE/ESD in a single formal school subjects, 2. Cross-disciplinary integration of ESD/ESE cross formal school subjects, 3. Development of new formal ESD/ESE educations, schools or approaches, 4. New informal OR cross formal and informal settings ESD/ESE education, 5. Technology-based spaces for ESD education. The majority of studies belonged to category 1 and 2, whereas category 4 which included studies of ESD/ESE in informal settings had fewest studies. The formal/informal contexts could thus be explored further. Three overall themes were identified across several of the five categories: 1. Development of new educational approaches or curricula, 2. Analysis or development of student competences in relation to ESD/ESE, and 3. Evaluating or developing new ESD/ESE assessment tools. The themes differed dependent on the perspectives of the category. Development of new educational approaches and studies of student ESD/ESE competences has both been researched across subjects and in single subjects, whereas development of new assessment tools often is studied in a cross-disciplinary context. The themes and categories defined in this paper can both be further defined in future studies, but also function as guidelines for designing new ESD/ESE learning environments.
References
[1] K. Shulla, W. L. Filho, J. H. Sommer, A. L. Salvia. & C. Borgemeister. Channels of collaboration for citizen science and the sustainable development goals. Journal of Cleaner Production. 2020. 10.
[2] E. A. Teo & E. Triantafyllou (Ed.) State-of-the-art analysis of the pedagogical underpinnings of open science, citizen science and open innovation activities. INOS Consortium. 2020.
[3] P. Vare and W. Scott. Learning for a change: Exploring the relationship between. Education and Sustainable Development. Journal of Education for Sustainable Development 1(2), 191–198. 2007.
[4] B. B. Jensen & K. Schnack. The action competence approach in environmental education, Environmental Education Research, 12(3-4), 471–486. 2006.
[5] J. A. Lysgaard & N. J. Jørgensen. Bæredygtighedens Pædagogik - Forskningsperspektiver og eksempler fra praksis. Frydenlund Academic. 2020.
[6] S. Breiting & P. Wickenberg. The progressive development of environmental education in Sweden and Denmark. Environmental Education Research. 16(1), 9–37. 2010.
[7] W. Scott & S. Gough. Sustainable Development and Learning: Framing The Issues; London, UK and New York, NY, USA.Routledge. 2003.
[8] H. Lotz-Sisitka. An opening dialogue with think pieces and feature articles on learning in a changing world. South. Afric. J.
[9] Bruckner, H. K., & Kowasch, M. (2019). Moralizing meat consumption: Bringing food and feeling into education for sustainable development. Policy Futures in Education, 17(7), pp 785-804.
[10] Hofverberg, H., & Westerlund, S. (2021). Among Facilitators, Instructors, Advisors and Educators - How Teachers Educate for Sustainability in Design and Craft Education. International Journal of Art & Design Education, 40(3), pp 543-557.
[11] Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101.

References of the reviewed records can be found in this google document:
https://docs.google.com/document/d/1Uc9VDI3GrDRKXcQ6iRsdMKOXfkqRjF2Xgg1rqTY5ZWA/edit
 
15:45 - 17:1531 SES 07 A JS: Translanguaging and CLIL
Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Valérie Kemp
Joint Paper Session NW27 and NW 31. Full details in 31 SES 07 A JS
15:45 - 17:1531 SES 07 B: Minority Languages
Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Jonas Yassin Iversen
Paper Session
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Finnish as a heritage language in Sweden – Comprehensibility of Administrative Guidelines

Lasse Vuorsola, Jenni Alisaari

Stockholm University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Vuorsola, Lasse

Ever since Finnish was ratified as a national minority language in Sweden in 2000, pupils belonging to the Sweden Finnish minority have had the right to study the language in municipal schools. Though the right to receive Finnish mother tongue instruction is inalienable, the minority’s rights are not always met (Vuorsola 2019). The lacking support for adequate municipal mother tongue instruction (MTI) in Finnish and other heritage languages in Sweden is widely documented in research as well as in Council of Europe’s monitoring reports (Council of Europe 2022). However, the processes regarding enrollment for MTI has been under researched. As an attempt to partly rectify this, we examine how the procedures regarding the enrollment in the Finnish as a heritage language instruction in Sweden are presented in websites of different municipalities that offer additional support for the Sweden Finnish minority and the Finnish language in Sweden, and how comprehensible the instructions are.

As a theoretical background for this study, we use Ruiz’s (1984) orientations for language planning. Ruíz (1984) defines a language orientation as “a complex of dispositions toward language and its role, and toward languages and their role in society” (p. 16). Specifically, he describes three distinct orientations to language at a societal level: language-as-problem, language-as-right, and language-as-resource. Supported by international treaties on human rights, the language-as-right orientation views speaking and maintaining one’s home language as a human right (Hult & Hornberger, 2016; Ruiz, 1984; UN General Assembly, 1948). Moreover, Skutnabb-Kangas (2017) has defined linguistic human rights as inviolable basic rights. In language-as-resource orientation, multilingualism and cultural diversity are valued as resources for both individuals and society (Ruiz, 1984). Moreover, language is seen as having value with regard to identity construction, self-esteem, and intellectual engagement (Hult & Hornberger, 2016). In contrast, in the language-as-problem orientation, monolingualism is valued, while multilingualism is perceived as a threat to national unity (Ruiz, 1984). Multilingual speakers are believed to lack ability in the majority language (Ruiz, 1984) and have “reduced academic achievement” (Hult & Hornberger, 2016, p. 33), and issues of language learning are seen to correlate with larger societal problems. In this study, Ruiz’s language orientations are a relevant framework to qualitatively analyze, categorize, and discuss descriptions regarding the enrollment in the Finnish as a heritage language instruction in Sweden.

The data is analyzed through a critical genre analysis lens, which entails that discourse consist of three levels namely text, genre and professional practice (Bhatia 2015). While the text level refers to the content and composition of the information provided on the websites, discourse as genre goes beyond the text’s composition and deals with how it is “interpreted, used and exploited in specific contexts, whether social, institutional, or more narrowly professional, to achieve specific disciplinary goals, which often require the use of methods that investigate not only linguistic issues, but also socio-pragmatic ones” (Bahtia 2015: 10). Finally, we adapt the level of discourse as professional practice to apply for the families of Finnish speakers in Finland to discuss “challenges and benefits such genres are likely to bring to a particular set of readers” (Bhatia 2015: 10). Even though critical genre analysis is mostly utilized for professional genres, the methodology has been implemented by Björkvall and Nyström Höög (2021) when analyzing municipal ‘platform of values -texts’.

Our research questions are the following:

1) How comprehensible are the descriptions regarding the rights to receive instruction in Finnish as well as the procedures on how to enroll in the Finnish as a heritage language instruction in Sweden?

2) To what extent do the descriptions reflect the language policies of Sweden as well as Ruiz’s orientations?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study features a thematic content analysis of online descriptions on procedures regarding the enrollment in the Finnish as a heritage language instruction in Sweden. Specifically, we focus on the information provided by the websites of 66 so called administrative areas, which offer additional support for the Sweden Finnish minority and the Finnish language in Sweden
For the content analysis we implement methods from critical genre analysis to the data. To begin the qualitative content analysis (Krippendorff, 1980) on the text level, the first author reads the online descriptions on enrollment procedures to gain an initial understanding of the data and identify sub-categories for coding the data. The suggested categories are then discussed among the two authors; categories are decided upon, and the procedure descriptions are coded by the authors independently. After the initial coding, the categories are discussed again, and some are combined and revised. If cases are unclear, the definitions of the categories will be negotiated and recalibrated. The categories are then divided to reflect Ruiz’s three language orientations (1984).
Secondly, we will analyze which additional measures the websites require the end-users to take in order to be able to interpret and achieve the goals that the genre described necessitates. Such social actions may entail following links to read information referred on the initial website or use translator features to get the information in the goal language of Finnish. Finally, to analyze the discourse as practice level we will utilize a focus group of 10 university students to assess the comprehensibility of municipal information. With this triangulation of methods, we seek to de-mystify the genre of municipal information regarding MTI enrollment and illuminate inconsistencies that might hamper stake-holders’ ability to enroll their children to Finnish MTI in Sweden.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We expect that the results will be varied but indicate that the information regarding minority rights and enrollment for Finnish MTI in Swedish municipal schools is lacking and confusing. The given information combines different categories of minority speakers who have different rights which causes confusion. Secondly, information is not given in other languages than Swedish, such as the target language Finnish, which does not correlate with the special administration area’s obligation to inform national minorities of their rights and provide MTI. Initial results also show, that the provided information does not fulfill the above-mentioned obligation to inform the minorities, since the websites direct stake-holders elsewhere to seek information. The fact that the provided information is usually given in the majority language, the rights of the Sweden Finnish minority are not presented separately and that stake-holders need to seek and interpret the information on their own from other sources suggests that the municipal information practices mostly connect with the language-as-problem orientation in Ruiz’s model.  
This study is relevant in the European context since the Council of Europe is promoting the rights of heritage language speakers for example to receive mother tongue instruction, but the actual delivery of information regarding the right to receive mother tongue instruction is lacking or in some cases wrong (SOU 2017:91: 175-176; 300-301). Thus, this study provides both an example of a way to examine this topic in any country, but also an example of how information is delivered in Sweden, a country that is described as a place where all residents have the right to preserve and develop their mother tongue and their national minority languages in The Declaration of a Nordic Language Policy (NCM, 2007).

References
Bhatia, V.K., 2015. Critical genre analysis: Theoretical preliminaries. HERMES-Journal of language and communication in business, (54), pp.9-20.
Björkvall, A. & Nyström Höög, C., 2021. Semiotic vagueness as a tool for goal fulfilment:'Platforms of values' in Swedish public administration. Journal of Applied Linguistics and Professional Practice, 16(1), pp.5-28.
Council of Europe. 2022.  Eighth evaluation report on Sweden. Committee of Experts of the European Charter for Regional or Minority Languages. URL: https://rm.coe.int/swedenecrml8-en/1680aa8932
Hult, F. M., & Hornberger, N. H. (2016). Revisiting orientations in language planning: Problem, right, and resource as an analytical heuristic. The Bilingual Review, 33(3), 30–49.
NCM (2007) = Nordic Council of Ministers (2007). Deklaration om nordisk språkpolitik [Declaration on Nordic Language Policy]. http://norden.diva-portal.org/smash/get/diva2:700895/FULLTEXT01.pdf
Ruiz, R. (1984). Orientations in language planning. NABE Journal, 8(2), 15–34.
Skutnabb-Kangas, T. (2017). Language rights. In W. E. Wright, S. Boun, & O. García (Eds.), The handbook of bilingual and multilingual education (pp. 185–202). Wiley.
SOU 2017:91. Lainio, J. (2017). Nationella minoritetsspråk i skolan—förbättrade förutsättningar till undervisning och revitalisering. Betänkande av utredningen om förbättrade möjligheter för elever att utveckla sitt nationella minoritetsspråk. Regeringskansliet. https://www.regeringen.se/contentassets/1223a145243f4c0aa25c0f3dc55b6965/sou-2017_91_webb.pdf
UN (United Nations) General Assembly. (1948). Universal declaration of human rights (217 [III] A). Paris, art. 1. Retrieved from http://www.un.org/en/universal-declaration-human-rights/
Vuorsola, Lasse. "Societal support for the educational provisions of Finnish in the Swedish school system in theory and practice." Language Policy 18, no. 3 (2019): 363-385.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Language Beliefs and Language Use of Finnish as a Heritage Language Teachers in Sweden

Jenni Alisaari, Jarmo Lainio

University of Stockholm, Department of Slavic and Baltic Studies, Finnish, Dutch and German

Presenting Author: Alisaari, Jenni

In many countries the official status of minority languages has become stronger in recent years. This is also the case in Sweden, where for example Finnish is one of the official national minority languages. It has a protected legal position and its users have legal rights to use their language, and in some municipalities, also to get services in Finnish in pre-school and elderly care. However, thus far, there is little research on language beliefs or language use of the Finnish-speakers in Sweden. Specifically, the beliefs and language use of minority language teachers of Finnish have not been studied extensively. Investigating these beliefs and experiences is important for several reasons: beliefs and values influence actions and language policies (Borg, 2006; Johnson, 2013), and teachers’ beliefs may influence the language choices their students’ parents make at home (Curdt-Christiansen & Huang, 2020; Spolsky, 2012). This is important since supporting first language skills results in better learning outcomes (Eunjung Relyea & Amendum, 2019; Ganuza & Hedman, 2018).

Maintaining national minority languages might be threatened, if the speakers do not recognize the benefits of multilingualism (Purkarthofer, 2020). Promoting multilingualism means valuing all languages and considering them equal, as well as supporting the use of all the languages speakers know (de Jong, 2011). Several studies have shown a cognitive advantage in bilingual adults and children (for systematic reviews, see Adesope et al., 2010; van den Noort et al., 2019). Behind the language choices, i.e. language use and language policies, are always power dynamics and social contexts (Tseng, 2020); those in power, often also schools and teachers, determine what languages are considered appropriate. The home surrounding plays an important role in motivating children to maintain and develop their languages, but societal pressures related to assimilation may cause language loss, especially if minority languages are discriminated against (Cho et al., 1997). Thus, in order to be able to understand the possibilities for maintenance of minority languages, it is important to get to know how national minority language teachers use different languages, in this study mainly Finnish Swedish and English, as well as how they perceive the value of these languages. Understanding minority language teachers’ beliefs and language use also contributes to developing the education of minority speaker students.

This study aims to fill the aforementioned gaps by seeking responses to the following research questions:

RQ1: What are the language beliefs of teachers of Finnish as a national minority language in Sweden regarding Finnish, Swedish and English?

RQ2: How do teachers of Finnish as a minority language in Sweden use their languages?

In this study, we use the term (official/national) minority language to refer to the languages that have an official status as national minority languages in Sweden, including specific legal rights aiming to keep the language alive and guarantee certain services in that language to its speakers. In the case of Finnish in Sweden, also the term heritage language has been used. This term has an affiliative dimension, since sometimes heritage language speakers might only have a cultural connection to the language, no actual skills (Eisenchlas & Schalley, 2020). However, since Finnish has an official minority language status in Sweden and since our participants have skills in Finnish language, we prefer using the term (official/national) minority language. Additionally, we use the term first language when we refer to the language that an individual has the strongest skills in, or whcih they have learned in their homes. Nevertheless, we acknowledge that none of these terms is neutral and there are some problems related to their use (see e.g. Eisenchlas & Schalley, 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is a mixed-method study, where the data is analyzed both quantitatively and qualitatively. The survey contained 20 questions with alternative answers, some of which were fixed answer options (n=13), others with open answer options (n=7). The questions were asked in Finnish, but some response options were in Swedish, as these choices do not exist in Finland, e.g. adult education according to the Swedish model.

The answers to the multiple-choice questions were analysed both by describing them quantitatively and by classifying them into different categories. The distribution of responses across the different categories is quantified. The responses to the open-ended questions were analysed qualitatively using a data-driven content analysis (Krippendorff, 2018). These responses are also partially described quantitatively, but it should be noted that the relatively small sample size means that broad generalisations cannot be made.

Data were collected in the autumn of 2022 via an online survey that was partially created based on a language attitude survey by Lasagabaster (2007). Additionally, especially open-ended questions considering the use of Finnish in Sweden were added to the instrument. A link to the survey and a cover letter (in Finnish) that included information about the purpose of the study and protection of the data were sent to Finnish minority language teachers that participated in an in-service training occasion at the University of X. In total, 37 people responded to the survey out of 50 participants on the training day.

Most of the respondents were women in the age range of 40-60 years, who are also, according to self-reporting, 95% fluent in both Finnish and Swedish, and half (51%) fluent in English. Of the respondents, about half lived in a municipality with a population of 70,000-300,000, i.e. a medium-sized city. 87% had some form of higher education, of which 43 had a bachelor's degree and 38 a master's degree. 33% of them had their education mainly in Finnish, 43% entirely in Finnish, from which it can be concluded that almost half have received their higher education in Finnish, probably in Finland. On the other hand, 43% have also received their entire higher education in Swedish, probably most of them in Sweden, although a Finland-Swedish background may be considered to account for some of these responses. Similarly, 46% have received most of their higher education mainly in Swedish, probably in Sweden.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In terms of attitudes towards different languages, respondents believed that it was important to know different languages, and that it was considered important for children to learn Finnish both at home and at school. It was also considered important for children to use several languages in parallel. In addition, respondents felt that it was equally important to know Finnish and Swedish. No one thought that children are confused by using several languages, and only few felt that children should only use Finnish at home. Thus, multilingualism and fundamental assumptions about its value were reflected in the responses. Additionally, a balance of competence in Finnish and Swedish was considered desirable, and knowledge of English was valued almost as highly as knowledge of Finnish and Swedish.

When asked to rate their use of different languages, respondents often answered that they worked both in Swedish and in Finnish, but participated in professional training mainly in Finnish. Additionally, they watched the news in Swedish, but surfed the web as much in Finnish as in Swedish. Finnish was most often used with parents and siblings, as well as with other relatives, while Swedish was most often used with neighbours. Additionally, respondents' interaction through different languages in their leisure time was relatively Swedish-dominated.

To conclude, our results show that although the use of Swedish was slightly more dominant, the respondents live a highly bilingual life and they value multilingualism. This indicates that there is a good basis for Finnish language maintenance and revitalisation in Swedish schools by these heritage language teachers. This is a relevant outcome also from the European perspective since many heritage languages struggle with staying alive, and revitalisation of minority languages is needed in many countries (SOU 2017:91), and teachers have a crucial role in this process.
 

References
Adesope, O.O., Lavin, T., Thompson, T. & Ungerleider, C. (2010) A systematic review and meta-analysis of the cognitive correlates of bilingualism. Review of Educational Research 80, 207–245.

Borg, S. (2006). Teacher cognition and language education: Research and practice. London: Continuum.

Cho, G., Cho, K., & Tse, L. 1997. Why ethnic minorities want to develop their heritage language: The case of Korean‐Americans. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 10(2), 106–112.

Curdt-Christiansen, X. L., & Huang, J. (2020). Factors influencing family language policy. In A. C. Schalley & S. Eisenchlas (Eds.), Handbook of home language maintenance and development. Social and affective factors (pp. 174–193). De Gruyter

Eisenchlas, S. A., & Schalley, A. C. (2020). Making sense of “home language” and related concepts. In A. C. Schalley & S. Eisenchlas (Eds.), Handbook of home language maintenance and development. Social and affective factors (pp. 17–37). De Gruyter.

Eunjung Relyea, J., & Amendum, S. J. (2019). English reading growth in Spanish-speaking bilingual students: Moderating effect of English proficiency on cross-linguistic influence. Child Development, 91(4). https://doi.org/10.1111/cdev.13288

Ganuza, N., & Hedman, C. (2018). Modersmålundervisning, läsförståelse och betyg. Nordand, 13(1), 4–22.

de Jong, E. J. (2011). Foundations for multilingualism in education from principles to practice. Caslon Publishing.

Johnson, D. C. (2013). Language policy. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.

Krippendorff, K. (2018). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Sage publications.

Lasagabaster, D. 2007. Language Use and Language Attitudes in the Basque Country. In D. Lasagabaster & Á. Huguet (Eds.) Multilingualism in European Bilingual Contexts: Language Use and Attitudes, 65–89. Multilingual Matters

Purkarthofer, J. (2020) Intergenerational challenges: Of handing down languages, passing on practices, and bringing multilingual speakers into being. In A. C. Schalley & S. Eisenchlas (Eds.), Handbook of home language maintenance and development. Social and affective factors (pp. 130–149). De Gruyter.

Spolsky, B. (2012). Family language policy – the critical domain. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 33(1), 3–11. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2011.638072

Tseng, A. (2020). Identity in home-language maintenance. In A. C. Schalley & S. Eisenchlas (Eds.), Handbook of home language maintenance and development. Social and affective factors (pp. 109–129). De Gruyter.

van den Noort, M., Struys, E., Bosch, P., Jaswetz, L., Perriard, B., Yeo, S.,…Lim, S. (2019). Does the bilingual advantage in cognitive control exist and if so, what are its modulating factors? A systematic review. Behavioral Sciences, 9(3), 27. https://doi.org/10.3390/bs9030027


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Family Socialisation Related Factors Influencing the Acquisition of the Romanian Language in Minority Hungarian and Hungarian-Romanian Families in Romania

Gavril Flora1, Aniko Fügedy2

1Partium Christian University, Oradea, Romania; 2Horvath Janos High School, Marghita, Romania

Presenting Author: Flora, Gavril

Research on language acquisition demonstrate that in most cases, the family is the primary basis and starting point of education, positive socialization with the mother tongue, and mother tongue education. The family, as the primary factor of socialization, makes a decision that is very important for the future, taking into account linguistic socialization, thereby planning the linguistic future of children (Piller, 2002). Family language policy can be defined as an “explicit and overt planning in relation to language use within the home among family members” (King et al., 2013).

Representatives of this field of research (Curdt-Christiansen, 2009; Luykx, 2005) have attempted to integrate theory, public policy data, and language areas of children’s language acquisition. The main research preoccupations concerned “family language ideologies (how family members think about language), language practices (what they do with language), and language management (what they try to do with language)” (Spolsky, 2004).Monolingual families mostly have their own language policy, for example in terms of practical use or politeness (Blum-Kulka, 1997; Spolsky, 2004). An important area of ​​research on family language policies is how family decisions provide the framework for parental interaction and the linguistic development of children (De Houwer, 2017).

Much research has focused on bilingual and even multilingual families, in order to better understand how to preserve the inherited language(s) in their homes. These studies took into account a number of factors in order to promote child bilingualism policies, including parental consistency, child age, social contexts, and support (De Houwer, 2017). While there is no specific language policy for a bilingual family (e.g., one parent is monolingual only) and due to the fact that the child is regularly acquainted with the two languages, research suggests that a home language policy that reflects multilingualism cannot be ignored (Döpke, 1998).

An increasing number of researches examine the critical influence of children on the language use of parents. In contrast to previous research which mainly emphasised the role of parents in the linguistic socialisation of children (Garrett & Baquedano-López, 2002), more recent work focused on family socialization as a collaborative outcome, i.e., that children are also active participants in their parents’ socialization with languages (Luykx, 2005; Goodwin & Kyratzis, 2011).

Within the outlined theoretical framework the general aim of our research is to reveal the family environment factors related language socialisation strategies of the Hungarian community in the small town of Margitha (Bihor County), with a balanced Hungarian-Romanian population. Our research seeks to explore the role of family socialisation related social factors that influence the motivation and opportunities of students belonging to the Hungarian minority community in learning the Romanian language. (the official state language of Romania).

a) What are the family related factors that contribute to the linguistic socialization of children ?;

b) What is the influence of the family upon children in learning their mother tongue, learning the Romanian language,and the extent to which the Romanian language is present in different language use scenes and stages in the children and young adults life?;

c) Based on the sociological characteristics of the families of the heterogeneous Hungarian community living in Marghita, what differences can be discovered in the field of learning and use of languages inside and outside family?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
During the research, both quantitative and qualitative methods were used. Their combination made it possible to explore the general trends related to Romanian language learning by the children raised in ethnically Hungarian or ethnically heterogeneous (Hungarian-Romanian) families, and also to explore the factors related to family socialisation.

The instrument of the quantitative method was the questionnaire survey. The research subjects formed two groups. The first consists of 187 primary and secondary school students (grades V-XII), who belong to the age groups of 13-17. The second group consists of 250 young adults between the ages of 18-45, so it includes members of the population who are in active employment. The use of the 18-45 age group as "young adults" differs somewhat from the usual 15-29 age classification in youth sociology. According to the aspects of the research, we chose this specific interpretation of the "young adult" age group because this age group is typically faced with the dilemmas of their own children's linguistic socialization, and they can recall their school experiences related to Romanian language learning in a relatively short period of time.

The following qualitative methods have been used:

a) Interviews with local church leaders (priests) concerning the linguistic options within ethnically homogeneous (Hungarian) and heterogeneous (Hungarian-Romanian) families; both interviewees have an insight into the lives of local families, their difficulties and the challenges they face.
b) Family background case presentations of the high school students identified as belonging to ethnically heterogeneous (Hungarian-Romanian) families, focusing on linguistic options and influencing factors within the family.  In the case of five families, we examined what decisions the families made regarding their child's linguistic future concerning bilingualism, and what results these decisions led to.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In terms of the social conditions of language learning, students who grow up in a homogenous Hungarian environment, whose parents have a low level of education, and who had little or no experience of using the language before school are in the most unfavourable position. In the identity of the children from Hungarian-Romanian mix marriages studying in the Romanian school, however, the Romanian identity element will be the dominant one.

Knowledge of the Romanian language of ethnic Hungarian students and young adults shows a weak, but certain or moderately strong correlation with several factors and variables, which are statistically significant; the highest level of education of the parents, the importance of learning the Romanian language according to self-report, the frequency of using the Romanian language in the family, the frequency of watching Romanian TV programs and satisfaction with Romanian language education.

Approximately ten percent of the responding students became familiar the Romanian language in the family circle, and are still using it in their family communication today. The frequent use of the language is mostly characteristic of students who have already been introduced to the Romanian language in the family circle, followed by encounters with the Romanian language for the first time in kindergarten or in the childhood play community.

The picture of the situation outlined above is also confirmed by our data on the nature, formal and informal nature of language use occasions. The majority of students who have Romanian friends and communicate with them exclusively in Romanian have already encountered the Romanian language in the family circle at home, in early childhood children's groups or at the latest in kindergarten. A large majority of them are raised in the families of parents with higher education.

References
Blum-Kulka, S. (1997). Discourse pragmatics. Discourse as social interaction, 2, 38-63.

Curdt-Christiansen, X. L. (2009). Invisible and visible language planning: Ideological factors in the family language policy of Chinese immigrant families in Quebec. Language policy, 8(4), 351-375.

De Houwer, A. (2017). Bilingual language input environments, intake, maturity and practice. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 20(1), 19-20.

Döpke, S. (1998). Competing language structures: The acquisition of verb placement by bilingual German-English children. Journal of child language, 25(3), 555-584.

Garrett, P. B. and Baquedano-López, P. (2002). Language Socialization: Reproduction and continuity, transformation and change. Annual Review of Anthropology. 31, 339-361. Palo Alto, CA, Annual Reviews.

Goodwin, M. H., & Kyratzis, A. (2011). Peer language socialization. The handbook of language socialization, 365-390.

King, K. A., Fogle, L., & Logan‐Terry, A. (2008). Family language policy. Language and linguistics compass, 2(5), 907-922.

Luykx, A. (2005) Children as socializing agents: Family language policy in situations of language shift. In ISB4: Proceedings of the 4th International Symposium on Bilingualism (Vol. 1407, p. 1414). Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press

Piller, I. (2002). Passing for a native speaker: Identity and success in second language learning. Journal of sociolinguistics, 6(2), 179-208

Spolsky, B. (2004). Language policy. Cambridge University Press.
 
15:45 - 17:1532 SES 07 A: Workplace Coping, Training and Learning
Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Petr Novotný
Paper Session
 
32. Organizational Education
Paper

Creating Order in Chaotic Environments – Teacher’s Coping Strategies in Provisional Schools

Tal Gilead1, Nadav Marco1, Nadav Ehernfeld2, Yael Nurick1

1Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel; 2Weizmann Institute of Science

Presenting Author: Gilead, Tal; Marco, Nadav

Research Context:

Hamas's attack on Israel on the 7th of October started a war with tragic consequences for both sides. One of these consequences was the displacement of 120,000 Israelis who live close to its northern and southern border for their own protection. The displaced have been placed in hotels and other forms of provisional housing for an indefinite period (by the time this proposal was submitted, they have yet to return). To cater to the educational needs of the displaced, provisional schools were opened across the country in the hotels themselves, cultural institutions, and other locations. These schools relied mainly on volunteers, including many former teachers, from the cities to which the displaced had been moved. The schools were designed to provide immediate, short-term educational support for tens of thousands of pupils.

Research focus:

The presented research examines the experiences of the educational staff in the schools for the displaced. We interviewed 16 staff members of these schools (see Method section for more details). The aim of the research was to explore some of the challenges faced by educational staff in temporary educational settings and to inquire into their coping strategies. More specifically, we have asked how teachers and administrators set goals adapted to their needs and the students' capabilities in institutions characterized by a high-degree of uncertainty and disorder. Since most of those interviewed described the situations in these schools as chaotic, we placed an emphasis on questions of educational/organizational adaptations and solutions that the educational staff developed to stabilize the system and achieve its objectives. The following questions formed the basis for empirical examination: (1) How are order, disorder, and autonomy expressed in the way educators and administrators present their challenges, their goals, and their coping strategies within the institutions? (2) How does the educational staff create order? What methods do they use? Is it a 'new order' or an 'old order' (which prevailed before the war)?

Theoretical framework:

The research is grounded in complexity theory, a framework initially devised in the natural sciences for the study of dynamic systems (Mitchel, 2009). This theory played a significant role in shaping the research questions and provided valuable insights for the data analysis process. Complexity theory, which is increasingly used in the social sciences and education, offers powerful models for analyzing change, innovation, and the behavior of systems (Byrne 2022, Radford, Burns & Koster, 2016, Radford 2008). By placing emphasis on concepts such as self-organization, emergence, path dependence, and the influence of external factors, it provides a valuable lens through which to explore the dynamic elements of education in general and in the schools for displaced students in particular (Boulton, Allen and Bowman, 2015). Given that this research took place during a time of crisis marked by ongoing change, uncertainty and instability, complexity theory has proven exceptionally valuable in understanding how teachers and administrators responded to their challenging circumstances.

Objectives: The primary objective of this research is to explore and understand the methods teachers employ to create order in institutions that are characterized by disorder. The unique educational settings of schools for the displaced, often lacking in conventional structure, offer a distinctive opportunity to study how teachers can autonomously operate and establish their own goals and practices in the absence of traditional organizational frameworks. Another important aim of the research is to examine how teachers exhibit their autonomy during times of crisis, highlighting their adaptive strategies and decision-making processes. By addressing these issues, we hope to provide some insights into the overall organization and functioning of schools in emergency situations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The presented research is a qualitative study based on semi-structured interviews with educational staff in short-term emergency schools in Israel (Brinkmann & Kvale, 2015). We conducted 16 interviews with staff members in schools that were established to meet the needs of children who were displaced from their homes due to war. Most interviews were held with teachers and educators, but some were also conducted with school principals and educational counselors. Each of those selected to be interviewed in the study has worked in these emergency schools for at least three weeks. The interviews lasted for 40-60 minutes and were recorded and transcribed. Those interviewees were asked about the challenges they face and how they navigate between their personal goals and the institutional objectives within the complex and frequently changing work environments in which they operate. None of the teachers interviewed were themselves displaced or had experienced substantial trauma or direct injury in the war.
The data collected in the interviews was analyzed using qualitative content analysis (Maryring, 2015). Qualitative content analysis is a type of research method that combines qualitative and quantitative techniques (Mixed Method) and aims to derive a structure of categories from qualitative data. The categories in qualitative content analysis can either emerge from the data itself or be borrowed from existing theories. When pre-determined categories are used, the qualitative content analysis is called "deductive" (Mayring, 2015) or "directed" (Directed Qualitative Content Analysis; Hsieh & Shannon, 2005). We relied on directed methods since we used complexity theory to guide our analysis and borrowed concepts from it, such as self-organization and path dependence. The interviews were coded using the “Nvivo” software, with the upper categories derived from complexity theory being inhabited with and elaborated upon by emergent sub-categories stemming from the data. In addition, each interview was also read and examined as a separate complete narrative in order to gain a broader perspective (Clandinin and Pushor, 2007).    

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Although the data analysis has not yet been completed, some preliminary findings already emerged from the initial examination.
Teachers identify disorder as a major threat and strive to eliminate it. This perception drives them to exert considerable effort towards reinstating order. Although in the literature on complex systems, disorder is often conceptualized as an opportunity to create awaited positive change, we found that this possibility has rarely even been considered by the teachers interviewed (Floke, 2006).
 It was also found that in facing disorder, teachers rarely adopt new goals or aims that are responsive to the evolving situation. Instead, they tend to revert to familiar behaviors and practices, often resorting to the basics of traditional teaching and learning, even when such actions contradict their own educational ideologies. This finding corroborates existing research on crises in dynamic systems, adding a layer of empirical evidence to the theoretical framework that distinguishes between reactive and proactive crises (Novalia and Malekpour, 2020).
However, the research shows that within the framework of their established goals, teachers demonstrate a notable degree of operational flexibility. They re-examine and adjust their goals to what the situation allows, exhibit a willingness to innovate and adapt their methods to suit the specific challenges presented by disorderly conditions. This adaptability is crucial in navigating the complexities of such environments and enabling the self-organization of classes (Davis and Sumara, 2014).
Moreover, the research highlights the value teachers place on their autonomy (Hong and Youngs, 2014). Practicing autonomy emerges as a powerful tool that enables them to manage disorder effectively and empowers them in their professional roles. While they cherish this autonomy, teachers also self-impose limits on it, suggesting a nuanced understanding and application of their independence.
By the time the conference will start we will complete the data analysis.

References
Boulton, J. G., Allen, P. M., and Bowman, C.. Embracing complexity: Strategic perspectives for an age of turbulence. Oxford University Press, 2015.

Burns, T. and Köster F., eds. Educational research and innovation governing education in a complex world. OECD Publishing, 2016.

Byrne, D, and Callaghan, G. Complexity theory and the social sciences: The state of the art. Routledge, 2022.

Clandinin, D. J., Pushor, D., & Orr, A. M. (2007). Navigating sites for narrative inquiry. Journal of Teacher Education, 58(1), 21–35

Davis, B, and Sumara, D.  Complexity and education: Inquiries into learning, teaching, and research. Routledge, 2014.

Folke, C. "Resilience: The emergence of a perspective for social–ecological systems analyses." Global environmental change 16.3 (2006): 253-267.

Hong, W. P. & Youngs, P. (2014). Why are teachers afraid of curricular autonomy? Contradictory effects of the new national curriculum in South Korea. Asia Pacific Journal of Education, 36(1), 20–33.

Hsieh, H. F., &amp; Shannon, S. E. (2005). Three approaches to qualitative content analysis.
Qualitative Health Research, 15(9), 1277–1288.

Mayring, P. (2015). Qualitative content analysis: Theoretical background and procedures. In A. Bikner-Ahsbahs, C. Knipping  and N. C. Presmeg (Eds.), Approaches to qualitative research in mathematics education (pp. 365–380). Springer.

Mitchell, Melanie. Complexity: A guided tour. Oxford university press, 2009.
Novalia, W. and Malekpour, S. "Theorising the role of crisis for transformative adaptation." Environmental science & policy 112 (2020): 361-370.

Radford, Mike. "Prediction, control and the challenge to complexity." Oxford Review of Education 34.5 (2008): 505-520.


32. Organizational Education
Paper

Are Young French People Embracing the World of Work? The Influence of Qualifications Level.

Arthur Imbert1,2, Ines Albandea1,2, Julien Berthaud3,4

1Nantes University, France; 2Centre de Recherche en Education de Nantes, France (CREN); 3Université de Bourgogne, France; 4Institut de Recherche sur l'Education (IREDU)

Presenting Author: Imbert, Arthur; Albandea, Ines

In France, a recurrent and widely publicised managerial discourse points to the allegedly specific relationship to work of the younger generation (Desplats & Pinaud, 2015; Dalmas, 2019; Haegel, 2020). Moreover, recruiters identify negative characteristics in young people simply because of their age (Dagnaud, 2013: Corteso et al. 2018). Less motivated by their work, more interested in other spheres of their lives, no longer respectful of the hierarchical framework, these young people would challenge the traditional organisation of the world of work.

The current economic context of the neoliberal policies of French governments since 2017 and the context of recovery from the crisis have led to a significant fall in unemployment, particularly among young people. This is leading to labour shortages and tensions on the labour market (Niang et al., 2022). In other countries, such as the United States, researchers are even talking about the "great resignation" (Liu Lastres et al., 2022). In such a context, the question of matching the supply of candidates, posed in terms of a failing relationship with work, with employers' demand under pressure, seems less and less relevant.

The idea that the younger generation's relationship with work can take a radical turn is not new, as Inglehart (1977) already suggested. Our paper therefore explores the reality of this 'new' relationship between young people and work. This notion is understood in a broad sense, referring as much to what young people think about the activity of work itself, about their jobs, as about the professional world and the structure of its relationships (Longo, 2019). The first question in our work is therefore to compare the discourse of young people with that of the media. Studies have shown that the younger generations aspire to benefit more from other spheres of life than work. This observation is linked to the general rise in educational attainment and is dependent on national contexts (Méda & Vendramin, 2013; Huang et al., 2003). A higher level of education gives a more distanced view of work, but also more self-confidence in relation to the labour market. In addition, there is a variation in the view of professional integration depending on the course of study followed in higher education. Students on literary and artistic courses, for example, are the ones who "refuse" to enter the labour market (Delès, 2018). Furthermore, job security appears to be more important for graduates of vocational courses, whereas job content is more important for graduates of general courses (Bene, 2021). These observations tie in with others on the influence of social origin on the relationship with the world of work (Altreiter & Flecker, 2020). The level of qualifications and the choice of course of study are correlated with a young person's social background. Students from working-class backgrounds have less knowledge of the labour market (Baker et al, 2018). On the other hand, students from the middle and upper classes are more familiar with the codes of the labour market and use them to secure the best possible job placement (Bathmaker et al., 2013; Burke et al., 2017). These results therefore tend to prove a correlation between level of qualifications, educational pathway, social origin and the critical dimension in the relationship to work. To pursue this line of thought, we wanted to investigate by distinguishing three groups of young people: students in selective courses of study, students in non-selective courses of study, and young people neither in training nor in employment,. So to what extent do young people's attitudes to work and their commitment to the world of work depend on their level of qualification and the training they have received?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data presented in this paper was gathered as part of a major survey, bringing together economists and sociologists. The aim of this research is to understand recruitment difficulties by comparing the representations and views of employers with those of young people. This paper focuses on young people. To answer our question, we conducted semi-directive interviews (n=89) with three sub-groups: students enrolled in so-called 'selective' courses such as the grandes écoles (n=32), students enrolled in ordinary courses (general and vocational) (n=29) and unemployed young people monitored by employment services specialising in young people ('Missions locales') (n=25). The interview guide enabled us to examine three main aspects: young people's relationship with school and training, and their relationship with work and employment. We limited selection bias in the construction of our respondent population.  To select the students on non-selective courses at university, we asked the heads of the courses to randomly select some of the students in the third year of the course. As for the young people who were furthest away from training, we went to the organisations that supported them in their job search and we asked them, again at random, to answer our questions. The profile of the people we interviewed was therefore very diverse in terms of gender, previous schooling, employment experience, social background, etc. We asked them to answer our questions at random.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our analyses reveal that there is no uniform resignation trend in the relationship to work of the young people interviewed. Young people still aspire to find a job that allows them to earn money, develop themselves and maintain social ties.
Nevertheless, we can observe a questioning, albeit in a minority, of the hierarchical organisation. This criticism is based on the individual experiences of vexation or humiliation. Criticism of superiors (bosses or managers) in employment leads some to aspire to be their own boss, i.e. to either set up their own business, to get away from the verticality, or to become self-employed. The desire to set up their own business can be found among the most highly educated as well as those who have had very little training. This observation confirms the idea that the first experiences of the world of work are important in building a relationship with the professional world (Charles, 2014; Daniels & Brooker, 2014).
We also note that it is the young people on the most selective and prestigious courses, who are least affected by tensions on the labour market, who have the most distanced view of employment. Like students in the social sciences, they are also more likely to construct an abstract discourse about work. The least qualified young people may also have a distanced and critical view of the world of work, although their discourse is less theorised and abstract. Basically, it is also their experiences in employment that enable them to say that they reject certain forms of work organisation or the hierarchical relationship. Conversely, young people from vocational training courses, which are shorter but very closely linked to a specific profession, are those who are most in tune with the world of work and employers' expectations (Delès, 2018).

References
Altreiter, C., & Flecker, J., 2020, « I Get Money for What I Like Doing Best’ : The Class Origin of Young Blue-Collar Workers and their Commitment to Work », Work, Employment and Society, 34(6), 1097   1113.
Baker, R., Bettinger, E., Jacob, B., & Marinescu, I., 2018, « The Effect of Labor Market Information on Community College Students’Major Choice », Economics of Education Review, 65, 18-30.
Bathmaker, A.-M., Ingram, N. & Waller, R., 2013, « Higher education, social class and the mobilisation of capitals : Recognising and playing the game », British Journal of Sociology of Education, 34(5-6), 723-743.
Burke, C., Scurry, T., Blenkinsopp, J., & Graley, K. (2017). Critical perspectives on graduate employability. Graduate employability in context: Theory, research and debate, 87-107.
Charles, N., 2014, « Quand la formation ne suffit pas : la préparation des étudiants à l’emploi en Angleterre, en France et en Suède », Sociologie du travail, 56 (3), 320-341.
Dalmas, M., 2019, « Génération Z et conception du travail : un nouvel enjeu pour la GRH », Revue internationale de psychosociologie et de gestion des comportements organisationnels, 24, 60, 97-116.
Daniels, J., & Brooker, J. (2014). Student identity development in higher education: Implications for graduate attributes and work-readiness. Educational research, 56(1), 65-76.
Delès, R., 2018, Quand on n’a « que » le diplôme… Les jeunes diplômés et l’insertion professionnelle, Paris, PUF.
Huang, X., & Van de Vliert, E. (2003). Where intrinsic job satisfaction fails to work: National moderators of intrinsic motivation. Journal of Organizational Behavior: The International Journal of Industrial, Occupational and Organizational Psychology and Behavior, 24(2), 159-179.
Geay, B. (dir.), 2009, La protestation étudiante, Paris, Raisons d’agir.
Inglehart, R., 1977, The Silent Revolution, Princeton, Princeton University Press
Longo, M.-D., 2019, « Rapports des jeunes au travail, pratique d’emploi et diplômes. L’amalgame de parcours différenciés », Agora débats/jeunesses, 79/2, p. 67-85.
Liu-Lastres, B., Wen, H., & Huang, W. J. (2022). A reflection on the Great Resignation in the hospitality and tourism industry. International Journal of Contemporary Hospitality Management, 35 (1), pp. 235-249
Méda, D. & Vendramin, P., 2013, Réinventer le travail, Paris, PUF.


32. Organizational Education
Paper

The Role of Workplace Training in Secondary Education as a Centripetal and/or Centrifugal Force

Petr Novotný, Katarína Rozvadská

Masaryk university, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Novotný, Petr

This study is a part of the project Life Pathways of Unsuccessful Graduates (CZ.02.3.68/0.0/0.0/19_076/0016377). The project's main objectives were to gain in-depth insights into the (insufficiently researched) phenomenon of failure in the Matura examination and its consequences for the future life pathways of the students concerned and to formulate evidence-based recommendations for education policies.

In the Czech Republic, the format of the Matura examination changed in 2011. Since 2013, it has been roughly stabilised into two essential parts: a common and profile parts. The Centre for the Measurement of Educational Outcomes (CERMAT) is responsible for setting and evaluating the common part of the exam. The profile part consists of 2 to 3 exams based on the field of study, and in the case of secondary vocational schools, it includes a vocational qualification.

The objects of the research were the reasons for failure in the Matura examination itself, i.e. what led to the failure, and the further life pathways of unsuccessful examinees, especially regarding the educational path over two years. In drafting the research intent, the main research question was formulated: How do psychosocial stress and social exclusion in institutional settings affect the subsequent life and educational trajectory of unsuccessful secondary school examinees over the two years following the experience of failure?

Several specific questions arose from qualitative data analysis as a part of the project. One of them forms the axis of this paper: What is the role of workplace training in the course of study which leads to failure in Matura exam? Specific research questions are: What workplace experiences shape a student's path to failure in Matura? Can signals of future failure be identified in informants' retrospective narratives? What inputs improve or decrease the chance for success?

The theoretical framework of the analysis consists of three theoretical concepts. First, failure in the Matura exam is interpreted as one form of school dropout; the reasons for failure are comparable but not identical to reasons for various forms of dropout (conf. Battin-Pearson et al, 2000; Bowers & Sprott, 2012). Second, the interaction of structure and agency is used to interpret the student's school experience (conf. Heinz, 2009). The school, the workplace, and the Matura exam itself form the structure that determines, stimulates, and limits the agency, respectively, the bounded agency (Evans, 2017). Third, the concept of school engagement enlightens the student's participation and identification with the school environment (Rumberger and Rotermund, 2012).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research was conducted through qualitative inquiry and the chosen research design was a combination of a multiple case study and a biographical design (life history) with regard to the research objective and research questions. In the combination of the two designs, it is possible to talk about a specific research design of case history (Thomson, 2007), which is mainly used in longitudinal studies. Since it involved following informants and the development of their life histories over time, albeit only two years, the research can also be described as a quasi-longitudinal investigation. The data corpus for this concrete study consists of biographical interviews with 46 VET students.
As these were biographical interviews exploring informants’ life paths, the interview scheme was based on a biographical narrative approach. Thus, biographical narrative interviews were based on the biographical narrative interview method (BNIM; Kutsyuruba & Mendes, 2023), which was originally introduced and developed primarily by Schütze (1992) and Rosenthal (2004) and later developed by Wengraf (2001). The interview scheme used in this study was in line with Rosenthal’s (2004) conceptualisation: 1. an initial narrative assignment, 2. internal narrative questions based only on the informant’s narrative response to the initial narrative assignment, 3. external narrative questions (pre-prepared questions, semi-structured interview type). The analysis of the repeated biographical interviews was followed by a comparative cross-case analysis aimed at the empirically anchored identification of key themes and types within the life stories (Kluge, 2000).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the student’s narratives presented in the paper, workplace training as a part of secondary education plays the role of a centripetal and/or centrifugal force. Student workplace engagement, which we understand as the degree of participation or identification with the workplace, is an essential factor concerning the risk of failure. Positive engagement can be described as student interest and active involvement in workplace activities. Insufficient engagement, on the other hand, is manifested by disinterest and a desire to avoid participation. In some cases, we identify a disjuncture between the workplace experience during the study and plans for future working life. The level of engagement during study can also be reflected in the preparation for the Matura examination with the consequences concerning success or failure.
References
Battin-Pearson, S., Newcomb, M. D., Abbott, R. D., Hill, K. G., Catalano, R. F., & Hawkins, J. D. (2000). Predictors of early high school dropout: A test of five theories. Journal of Educational Psychology, 92(3), 568–582.
Bowers, A. J., & Sprott, R. (2012). Examining the Multiple Trajectories Associated with Dropping Out of High School: A Growth Mixture Model Analysis. The Journal of Educational Research, 105(3), 176–195.
Clandinin, D. J., & Connelly, F. M. (2000). Narrative inquiry: Experience and story in qualitative research. Jossey-Bass.
Evans, K. (2017). Bounded agency in professional lives. In Professional and Practice-based Learning. 20, 17–36.
Heinz, W. R. (2009). Structure and agency in transition research, Journal of Education and Work, 22(5), 391–404
Kluge, S. (2000). Empirically grounded construction of types and typologies in qualitative social research.
Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 1(1), Art. 14.
Kellaghan, T. & Greaney, V. (2020). Public Examinations Examined. World Bank.
Kutsyuruba, B., & Mendes, B. (2023). Biographic narrative interpretive method. In J. M. Okoko, S. Tunison, & K. D. Walker (Eds.),
Varieties of qualitative research methods: Selected contextual perspectives,(pp. 59–65). Springer International Publishing.
Rosenthal, G. (2004). Biographical research. In C. Seale, D. Silverman, J. F. Gubrium, & G. Gobo (Eds.),
Qualitative research practice, (pp. 48–64). Sgae.
Rumberger, R. W., & Rotermund, S. (2012). The relationship between engagement and high school dropout. In Handbook of research on student engagement (pp. 491–513). Boston, MA: Springer US.
Schütze, F. (1992). Pressure and guilt: War experiences of a young German soldier and their biographical implications (part 1).
International Sociology, 7(2), 187–208.
Wengraf, T. (2001). Qualitative social interviewing: Biographic narrative and semi-structured methods. SAGE.
 
15:45 - 17:1533 SES 07 A: Emotional Trajectories and Experiences: Genders and Sexualities
Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Helene Götschel
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

Discursive Variations of "Coming Out" as a Queer Teacher in Finland

Tommi Niinisalo

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Niinisalo, Tommi

This upcoming study is part of a doctoral project that examines the discourses and discourse variation of Finnish queer, or LGBTQ+, teachers in the workplace. Teachers are professionals in a highly visible and socially relevant occupation who are at the same time part of a population that has historically been stigmatized and whose experiences have been marginalized. Their experiences mirror those of all queer people in our society, but their position as teachers provides a platform of conducting research through the societally significant and relevant context of schools.

The current study constitutes an investigation into the various ways of Finnish queer teachers disclosing or revealing their non-heterosexuality or non-normative gender in their work environment. With this study, I aim to examine how “coming out” as queer occurs at the workplace in the Finnish teacher context, and to explore how the discursive choices teachers make when they discuss and construct their coming out experiences connect to heteronormativity and to the prerequisites of being a teacher. This study also seeks answers to questions such as: how do queer teachers talk about coming out in the workplace and what kind of attitudes and opinions they have on the matter? What elements and factors are shaping the ways in which coming out is performed by queer teachers in the workplace? How do queer teachers disclose or reveal their queerness in different situations and contexts in the workplace? The data for the current study is going to be group interview data, produced in three separate group interviews, with 15 participants in groups consisting of 3-5 teachers. Group interviews are utilized for this study due to the sensitive nature of the topic being researched within a sensitive research population; group setting can reduce the power of the researcher and provide a safe context that allows for higher level of consensus and elaboration on mutual issues (Barbour & Kitzinger 1999).

The premise for this study is that there exists a hegemonic discourse of heteronormativity in society that is reproduced and enforced in schools (e.g., Lehtonen 2021; Ferfolja & Hopkins 2013) which maintains power relations that come into play in discourses related to queer teachers’ language use. The basis of this study also relies on sociolinguistic research, which claims that language use and language use variation can construct social and ideological meanings and establish discourses, identities and speech communities. In reference to many other languages that have been analyzed in terms of gender, sexuality and the teacher context, Finnish language characteristics (e.g., gender neutral third person pronoun) bring an interesting aspect to this research setting. Revealing and disclosing information about non-normative sexuality or gender is a complex and challenging interactional speech act with multiple forces and factors influencing the way it is uttered or performed, especially when considering the intentions behind what the speaker is hoping to achieve (Chirrey 2003). By “coming out”, queer people challenge the existing heteronormative power structures and simultaneously communicate their position as the other in the community, and their resistance to the dominant norms (Llewellyn & Reynolds 2021). Earlier research about coming out in the teacher context points out to a high level of ambivalence and conflict surrounding the individual teacher in their decision-making process about disclosing their sexuality (Connell 2015; Gray 2013; Rasmussen 2004). For example, the norms around teacher professionality and queer visibility are often experienced as contradictory and complex (e.g., Ferfolja & Hopkins 2013; Neary 2013). The various factors behind coming out in educational context may be connected to issues and questions surrounding teacher norms or moral questions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA) is utilized as the main research perspective to analyze the transcribed interview data, to best explore the hidden power relations embedded in language (Fairclough 2010). A three-dimensional CDA method is used in this study to examine the discursive indicators and representations of heteronormativity and power relations, as well as potentially identifying social problems and discourses influencing the way queer teachers’ talk about their coming out experiences in the group interview settings. The analysis will first focus on linguistic and semantic features of the text, then continue to seek out contradictory properties and similarities to establish meaningful bundles of discursive processes, guided by what teachers said and how. Finally, the analysis will connect these interpretations and meanings to the larger sociocultural context.

CDA allows for the exploration of how heteronormative power dynamics, that are embedded in language, are either challenged or enforced in queer teachers’ interviews while also considering the wider, societal context of how discourses can both mirror queer teachers’ reality but also shape it. CDA favors a multidisciplinary approach in research and enables the researcher to make connections between different fields, making it an ideal perspective in examining a complex phenomenon like heteronormativity and challenging the narrative it creates (Fairclough 2010; Van Dijk 2016).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By examining how queer teachers discursively construct their workplace coming out experiences in group interview settings, we can see the discursive variation around the phenomenon. The results will provide discourse-level information about the interactional strategies that queer teachers use when revealing, disclosing or hiding their sexuality or gender. I argue that this discursive variation will enforce earlier findings which state that heteronormativity is a dominant framework in Finnish schools (Lehtonen 2023), but also reveal its influence to the ways in which queer teachers exist and talk about their personal life, sexuality and gender; this is important because the different ways of coming out can reveal how queer people are disciplined to present themselves in schools and what kind of subject positions are available to them in the contemporary Finnish society. The findings will reflect the hidden, deeper attitudes and values surrounding queer people and queer teachers that are present in the western countries, specifically Finland and other similarly liberal Nordic countries with educational policies that are based largely on socio-democratic values (Lappalainen & Lahelma 2016).
References
Barbour, R. S., & Kitzinger, J. (Eds.). (1999). Developing focus group research: Politics, theory and practice. Sage Publications Ltd.

Chirrey, D. 2003. “‘I hereby come out’: What sort of speech act is coming out?” Journal of Sociolinguistics 7:1, 24—37.

Connell, C. 2015. School’s Out: gay and lesbian teachers in the classroom. Oakland, CA: University of California Press.

Fairclough, N. 2010. Critical Discourse Analysis (2nd edition). Pearson Education Ltd.

Ferfolja, T., and L. Hopkins. 2013. “The complexities of workplace experience for lesbian and gay teachers.” Critical Studies in Education 54 (3): 311—324.

Gray, E. 2013. ” Coming out as a lesbian, gay or bisexual teacher: negotiating private and professional worlds.” Sex Education 13 (6): 702-714.

Lappalainen, S., and E. Lahelma. 2016. “Subtle discourses on equality in the Finnish curricula of upper secondary education: reflections of the imagined society” Journal of Curriculum Studies 48 (5): 650-670.

Lehtonen, J. 2023. “Rainbow Paradise? Sexualities and Gender Diversity in Finnish Schools.” In Finland’s Famous Education System, edited by M. Thrupp, P. Seppänen, J. Kauko, and S. Kosunen Springer, Singapore.

Llewellyn, A. and Reynolds, K. 2021. “Within and between heteronormativity and diversity: narratives of LGB teachers and coming and being out in schools” Sex Education 21:1, 13-26.

Neary, A. 2013. “Lesbian and gay teachers’ experiences of ‘coming out’ in Irish schools.” British Journal of Sociology of Education 34:4, 583—602.

Rasmussen, M.L. 2004. “The Problem of Coming Out” Theory Into Practice 43:2, 144—150.

Van Dijk, A. 2015. “Critical Discourse Analysis” In D. Tannen, H. Hamilton & D. Schiffrin (ed.) Handbook of Discourse Analysis. Blackwell.


33. Gender and Education
Paper

“I’d Hate to be Gay, Wouldn’t You?”: One Teacher’s Experiences of Social-Class and Sexuality in two English Secondary Schools.

Anna Llewellyn

Durham University, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Llewellyn, Anna

Schools are predominantly and actively heteronormative spaces, within this a teacher is an awkward combination of asexual, heterosexuality (Llewellyn, 2022, 2023). As such, historically LGB teachers have struggled with their identity formation particularly around the discordance of private and professional identities (Connell 2015; Neary 2013). However, with recent movements towards LGBT inclusion in aspects of English education policy and practice, recent research has suggested that there are more spaces for LGB teachers, to inhabit an LGB identity within their schools (Llewellyn, 2022, 2023; Brett 2024), although this position is not equally available across schools.

Within this body of research, there is a growing awareness of differences within the LGBT categories (for example Brett, 2024), and some awareness of intersectional identities, however, there is very little acknowledgement of a teachers’ social class and how this may impact decision-making processes, knowledge formation, and identity negotiation. This is important, as teaching in the UK is largely a middle-class profession, both in terms of who constitutes the profession and how the profession is produced. This is prominent within official discourses, where recent governments have sought to ‘make up the middle classes’ with various strategies including, the promotion of a “standard English” (Cushing, 2021). These approaches are in accordance with previous governments, such as New Labour (1997-2008) who worked to re-socialize working-class parents within narratives of middle-class norms (Gewirtz, 2000). However, crucially these strategies are constructed through the appearance of “classlessness” (Reay, 1998), or around ‘appropriate’ aspirations of levelling up. As such, there is largely an invisibility to a teacher’s social class, within schools, educational policy and within public rhetoric.

Arguably, this is a vital discussion at this current time, as some level of equality, diversity and inclusion is expected in English schools. Although, how this is enacted will take on specific forms and practices in each location. Therefore, the impact on ‘working class’ LGBT teachers is potentially precarious.These discussions are also relevant more globally as LGBT people are in a precarious position, where increased rights and laws, sit alongside a rise in populism and ‘anti-woke’ rhetoric.

Specifically, schools are institutions designed to encourage conformity and normalisation (Walshaw 2007). In addition, the English education systems operates under the lens of neoliberalism, hence there is an expectation of the autonomous entrepreneurial individual (Rose, 1999). As such, LGBT inclusion is often actioned by individuals, rather than an organised school response (Llewellyn, 2023).

In relation to sexuality, whilst there is a movement towards treating all people as human beings, neoliberalism’s take on sexuality has been described by Duggan (2003) as “homonormative” and Puar (2017) as “homonational”, where there is a contracted version of liberation for LGBT people. As such, arguably state power encourages a very specific appropriate kind of sexuality, that is presented as a normal, family and a loving relationship. In a societal sense, this can be seen through the premise of equal rights, or the framing of equal love.

Moreover, power operates within locations (Yuval-Davis, 2006), and is a strategy within systems. Where there is power there is also resistance, and individuals have a constrained agency. However, resistance – such as creating a LGB teacher identity within a heteronormative space - does not eradicate norms, but instead creates new sets of norms (Jakobsen, 1998). Furthermore, structures facilitate a ‘network of norms’ (Jakobsen, 1998), which constitutes normativities.

If schools, on the whole, are no longer overtly homophobic, and some levels of LGBT inclusion are supported, the question becomes what are the new normativities that are created, with regards to LGBT, EDI and the professional LGB teacher? And are these supportive of everyone?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research thus explores the case of a single, gay, male, teacher from a working-class background, who teaches in a secondary school (ages 11 – 18) in the North of England. Through the use of a semi-structured interview, an email exchange, and Foucauldian theory, the article examines John’s discursive constructions of being a teacher in two schools - in relation to his sexuality, and his subsequent teacher identity. It therefore considers how someone fits (or not) within the available (or not) discursive norms of an LGB teacher identity.
John’s interview was part of a larger project, where 50 LGBT teachers were interviewed in the summer of 2020. These teachers were recruited via social media advertising, therefore there was a mixture of targeted and snowball sampling, which is commonplace in LGBT research that advocates social justice (Bell, 1997).
Participants were asked about their experiences through a range of topics, the interviews were also active (Holstein & Gubrium, 2003) such that the other areas could be led by the participant.
John’s interview lasted one hour, 14 minutes. Prior to the interview John had sent an email with an attached Word document entitled ‘Homophobic experiences within my fifteen-year career as a secondary school teacher’.
Analysis was conducted through immersion in the data, multiple readings, and a movement between inductive and deductive coding. John’s interview stood out as different to many of the other participants who routinely drew on narratives of progress. Whilst many of the participants had experienced some levels of homophobia, John was unique in routinely experiencing sustained levels of homophobia. Hence, further analysis of John’s interview, and the email document were conducted, in relation to a Foucauldian lens and subsequent discursive framings.
In the interview, John describes himself as “a teenage pregnancy product, council estate, domestic violence in the family” – his route into teaching was through college and ‘non-standard’ qualifications. He also positions himself as resilient “I was determined that I wouldn’t go to the scrapheap”. Furthermore, he references the multiple levels of leadership he has held.
John describes the two secondary schools he has worked in as within “economically deprived postal codes and low aspiration” within this, he states he has “gone from a wholly white demographic to a non-white demographic. But the homophobia is consistent across the two”.
An ethic of care (Christians, 2000) was adhered to throughout the research, with particular regards to John’s wellbeing.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
By examining John’s construction of sexuality, and his professional teacher identity, I demonstrate how the position of the LGB teacher found in recent literature (Llewellyn, 2022, 2023) largely centres around a homonormative middle class LGBT identity, and that this may be discordant for John. I do this by drawing on John’s construction of his students, his school, sexuality, and his role.
Whilst John’s own positioning shares commonalities to the neoliberal teacher of previous research (Llewellyn, 2022, 2023), such that he claims responsibility for practices in school, it is different in that whilst John is aware of his individual rights, to some extent he is encompassed by the view that sexuality is problematic, and this is a problem he needs to fix. This is demonstrated through his concern around how he is sexualised, and his awareness that this may be read as ‘his fault’. Beyond this, there is no place in schools for pride or celebration of sexuality or for staff or children to exhibit sexuality. Furthermore, in contrast to literature where the LGBT professional identity is present, there is a clearer separation between children and adults/ teachers. This is compounded by John’s school, who whilst being reactive to homophobia, advocate John’s role in determining punishments. As such, John is always the responsible neoliberal teacher, and thus why he feels he is “fighting against homophobia constantly, but not actually having any impact.”
It is important to note here the level of constant homophobia experienced by John, one student even taunts - “I’d hate to be gay, wouldn’t you? I’d kill myself!” Therefore, why, John states “I can no longer be a secondary school teacher, cos I’m openly gay”. As such, I suggest the LGBT professional identity may not be as available to a single, gay, male teacher from a working-class background.

References
Bell, D. (1997). Sex lives and audiotape: Geography, sexuality and undergraduate dissertations. Journal of Geography in Higher Education, 21(3), 411–417.
Brett, A. (2024). Under the spotlight: exploring the challenges and opportunities of being a visible LGBT+ teacher. Sex Education, 24(1), 61-75.
Connell, C. (2015). School’s Out: Gay and Lesbian Teachers in the Classroom. University of California Press
Christians, Clifford G. 2000. "Ethics and politics in qualitative research." In Handbook of qualitative research 2, edited by Norman Denzin and Yvonna Lincoln, 133-155. Sage
Cushing, I. (2021). ‘Say it like the Queen’: the standard language ideology and language policy making in English primary schools. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 34(3), 321-336.
Duggan, L. (2003). The twilight of equality? Neoliberalism, cultural politics, and the attack on democracy. Beacon Press.
Gewirtz, S. (2001). Cloning the Blairs: New Labour's programme for the re-socialization of working-class parents. Journal of Education Policy, 16(4), 365-378.
Holstein, J., & Gubrium, J. F. (2003). Active interviewing. In J. Holstein & J. F. Gubrium (Eds.), Postmodern Interviewing (pp. 67-80). Sage
Jakobsen, J. R. (1998). Queer is? Queer does? Normativity and the problem of resistance. GLQ: A Journal of Lesbian and Gay Studies, 4(4), 511-536.
Llewellyn, A. (2022). Bursting the ‘childhood bubble’: reframing discourses of LGBTQ+ teachers and their students. Sport, Education and Society, 1-14.
Llewellyn, A. (2023). “Because I live it.”: LGB teacher identities, as professional, personal, and political. Frontiers in Education. 8, 1-12
Neary, A. (2013). Lesbian and Gay Teachers’ Experiences of ‘Coming Out’ in Irish Schools. British Journal of Sociology of Education. 34(4), 583-602.
Puar, J. K. (2017). Terrorist assemblages: Homonationalism in queer times. Duke University Press.
Reay, D. (1998). Rethinking social class: Qualitative perspectives on class and gender. Sociology, 32(2), 259-275.
Rose, N. (1999). Governing the soul (2nd ed.). Free Association Books.
Walshaw, M. (2007). Working with Foucault in education. Sense Publishing.
Yuval-Davis, N. (2006) Belonging and the politics of belonging. Patterns of Prejudice, 40(3), 197-214


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Teacher Gender Matters for Their Emotion Regulation, Wellbeing and Teaching Efficacy: a Meta-analysis

Yingying Huang1, Hongbiao YIN2

1Chinese University of Hong Kong; 2Chinese University of Hong Kong

Presenting Author: Huang, Yingying

Teaching is by nature an emotional-burden endeavor for which emotion regulation is of crucial importance for teachers' effective teaching and well-being. Teachers' burnout and turnover rate have been an global issue. The present study aims to explore whether teacher gender impacts how they regulate emotions and related outcomes with the intersect impact from teaching grade level and culture/region norms.

Two research questions were addressed:

1. What are the relationships between teacher gender, their emotion regulation strategies, teaching efficacy and well-being?

2. Are the relationships between teachers’ emotion regulation strategies and related outcomes moderated by (1) teaching grade level, or (2) culture/region?

By answering these questions, three related emotion regulation theories were utilized to form the key conceptual skeleton of this study:

(1) Gross's process model of emotion regulation refers to that emotions are generated and regulated through situation selection, situation modification, attentional deployment, cognitive change/reappraisal, and response modulation processes.

(2) Emotional labor theory: three emotional labor strategies have been discussed widely, namely, deep acting, surface acting and expression of naturally felt emotions.

(3) Grandey proposed that emotional labor as emotion regulation by focusing on two broad strategies: antecedent- and response-focused strategies.

Baesd on that, this study classified teachers' emotion regulation into antecedent-focused strategy (e.g., deep acting and reappraisal) and response-focused strategy (e.g., surface acting and suppression). The related outcomes included teaching efficacy and well-being (e.g., job satisfaction and burn out).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Although previous empirical studies have examined the influence of teacher gender on emotion regulation, the quantitative review evidence is still scarce. This present meta-analysis included 21 quantitative articles and 141 correlations published between 2006 and 2023.
A systematic literature search including the eletronic search and the hand search was adoptedd. The Web of Science, ProQuest, Eric, University Library, Google scholar and the reference list of each existing related review have been searched.
The Comprehensive Meta-analysis version 3 was used to analyze the data, such as correlation, moderation, and publication bias analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It was found that there was no significant gender difference in using response-focused emotion regulation strategies (e.g., surface acting and suppression), while females were more likely to use antecedent-focused strategies (e.g., deep acting and reappraisal) and expressions of naturally felt emotions. Regarding the related outcomes, it was found that teachers who adopted antecedent-focused emotion regulation strategies more often tended to have greater teaching efficacy and well-being. By contrast, teachers who were more likely to use response-focused strategies tended to report less teaching efficacy and well-being. This gendered emotion regulation may be due to the gendered emotional display rule, which expects female teachers to be caring and emotionally available. Besides, the teaching grade with different pressures on teachers and the cultural/region norms may moderate the relationship between teacher gender and emotion regulation.
This study provides review evidence from a quantitative relationship perspective for examining the role of teacher gender in their emotion regulation and outcomes, which echoes what the content-analysis review found that female teachers used more deep acting. However, there is also inconsistency on whether male teachers used more response-focused strategies.
This study extended the existing review evidence by examining the strategy of expressing naturally felt emotions that has been neglected and can not be attributed to antecedent-focused or response-focused emotion regulation.

References
<1> Wang, H., Burić, I., Chang, M.-L., & Gross, J. J. (2023). Teachers’ emotion regulation and related environmental, personal, instructional, and well-being factors: A meta-analysis. Social Psychology of Education, 26(6), 1651–1696. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-023-09810-1
<2> Olson, R. E., McKenzie, J., Mills, K. A., Patulny, R., Bellocchi, A., & Caristo, F. (2019). Gendered emotion management and teacher outcomes in secondary school teaching: A review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 80, 128–144. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.01.010
<3>Thomsen, D. K., Mehlsen, M. Y., Viidik, A., Sommerlund, B., & Zachariae, R. (2005). Age and gender differences in negative affect—Is there a role for emotion regulation? Personality and Individual Differences, 38(8), 1935–1946. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.paid.2004.12.001
<4>Lee, M., Pekrun, R., Taxer, J. L., Schutz, P. A., Vogl, E., & Xie, X. (2016). Teachers’ emotions and emotion management: integrating emotion regulation theory with emotional labor research. Social Psychology of Education, 19(4), 843–863. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-016-9359-5
<5> Grandey, A. A., & Melloy, R. C. (2017). The State of the Heart: Emotional Labor as Emotion Regulation Reviewed and Revised. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology, 22(3), 407–422. https://doi.org/10.1037/ocp0000067
<6>Gross, J. J. (2015). The Extended Process Model of Emotion Regulation: Elaborations, Applications, and Future Directions. Psychological Inquiry, 26(1), 130–137. https://doi.org/10.1080/1047840X.2015.989751
<7>Hochschild, A. R. (1983). The managed heart. University of California Press.
<8>Yin, H., Huang, S., & Chen, G. (2019). The relationships between teachers’ emotional labor and their burnout and satisfaction: A meta-analytic review. Educational Research Review, 28, 100283. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.100283
 
15:45 - 17:1533 SES 07 B: Generating Gender Equity in Difficult Contexts
Location: Room 115 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Monika Ryndzionek
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

Mapping Professional Vision: Exploring Socio-ecological Environments in Three Middle Schools in Sweden Experiencing a High Amount of Victimization Amongst Girls

Silvia Edling, Maryam Bourbour, Davoud Masoumi

University of Gävle, Sweden

Presenting Author: Edling, Silvia; Bourbour, Maryam

Bullying and victimization are persistent problems in countries around the world and affects the lives of many students (Thornberg, 2010; Gu, Lai, & Ye, 2011; Kochenderfer & Ladd, 1996; Ttofi & Farrington, 2009). Bullying is commonly defined as recurrent harassment or offence against an individual who is in a powerless position (cf. Hellström et al., 2021). It has been emphasized that in order to be called bullying, the recurrent aggression should be considered unwanted by someone and that an individual's experiences are also important to consider and not just the stated intention of the perpetrator(s) (Gladden et. al., 2014). National measurements in Sweden in recent years have shown an increase over time in bullying measured in percentage points (Bjereld et al. 2020; cf. Edling et al. 2022; Friends, 2022; SCB, 2020). The most significant increase can be observed among girls aged 13-15 years (Folkhälsomyndigheten, 2018, p. 40). This study is based on a request from a municipality in Sweden to help investigate how it comes that a surprisingly high proportion of girls in middle school (grades 4-6) felt exposed to victimization and bullying. In reoccurring measurements of victimization and bullying among students in a Swedish municipality it is shown that bullying and a sense of vulnerability amongst girls have increased by around 74 %, since 2016 (Simonsson, 2022).

In a large global study involving 46 countries, Cosma et. al (2022) found that the practice of traditional bullying and cyberbullying was more common among 11-15 year old boys than girls in most countries, while gender differences in victimization were mixed. One conclusion they draw is that one reason why major anti-bullying programmes are slow to show marked improvements in bullying patterns is because they do not address gender norms that are sometimes unconsciously embedded in societies.

In research on professional identity, a teacher’s vision or seeing, is regarded as an important factor that affects the quality of their teaching (Ibarra, 1999; Shulman, 1991) and is thus used as a framework in this study. According to Goodwin (1994), who introduced the concept of professional vision, a profession can be understood as the way in which a specific group creates a social organisation for seeing depending on what the specific profession requires its members to see or notice. In this context, professional seeing is linked to specialist knowledge that supports the group's understanding and ability to observe the relevant dimensions in practice (a.a.). Closely related to professional vision is professional identity, which is shaped by a person's task perception, i.e. their lenses of meaning-making through which they see a specific situation, e.g. education, and act on it (Kelchterman 2009, p. 260). Professional identity thus constitutes a framework for individuals that guides their perceptions and how they interpret and act in particular situations (see also Richter et. al. 2021).

In interviews with 62 school actors in three schools the importance of teachers’ seeing, referred to here as professional vision, became one key theme. With this as a background, the overall purpose of this study is to map the selective use of professional vision as a means to handle and grapple with as to why a relatively large number of girls in middle school in the selected municipality feel bullied or vulnerable to bullying.

1) How do students, teachers, health staff, and school leaders in three middle schools explain the importance and notion of professional vision in relation to gender victimization?

2) What possible gender differences exist in relation to what these actors argue is important to see [pay notice to] in relation to bullying/abusive behavior?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research project has undergone an ethical review and has been authorized to conduct the study. For this project, three primary schools focusing on middle school (grades 4-6) that stand out in the number of bullying cases among girls were selected. The selected schools are regarded as embedded cases and have different characteristics to ensure variation, namely: a) a primary school that, over time, is characterized by a relatively low proportion of pupils who are (recurrently) offended; b) a school that is characterized by a relatively high proportion of pupils who state that they feel (recurrently) offended, and; c) a school where different forms of offence have been prevalent during the measurement period. Semi-structured qualitative interviews were conducted with students and key stakeholders at the selected schools. The semi-structured interviews are individual, and the ambition was to interview the following people per school: the school's principal, deputy principal, three teachers, librarian, caretaker, the school's security team, which sometimes includes counsellors, and 6-8 students.
The case study is partly an exploratory case study as no other studies to our knowledge have studied issues related to bullying and classroom and school climate from a gender perspective in this municipality. The study endeavors to explore a terrain that has not yet been studied (Yin, 2003). At the same time, we see that the case study contains smaller parts that need to be studied in relation to each other in terms of similarities and differences and to a large amount of research that has been done over the years, which is referred to as a multiple analysis (Yin, 2003). The unit of analysis used in the exploratory and multiple case study is based on the socio-ecological model focusing seeing, vision, noticing, observation, and perception, which is theoretical but also proved fruitful from a large number of empirical studies. The concepts of micro, meso/exo and macro levels are used as overarching inputs that are operationalized using an individual focus, a group and organizational focus and a societal pattern/trend focus (Swearer et. al. 2004). The three levels flow into and interact with each other, but the structure provides a support for analysis and sorting.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results both have a potential to give an international contribution as to how gender bullying takes form in class- and school climates as well as to the field of teachers’ professional vision and task perception. The overall results maps teachers’ professional vision in terms of range, distance, and focus (Hammerness, 2001) drawing on the actors descriptions.
 
As regards gender differences, the interviewees are aware that boys and girls are generally seen as unique individuals and that not only some girls, but also some boys are unwell and need to be highlighted and supported. At the same time, there are patterns in how girls feel, behave and are treated that are important to highlight. The descriptions of girls' and boys' differences are generally about the fact that they are perceived and feel that they are in two different arenas where gender-stereotypical roles have developed, based on the outgoing and violent boy and the silent girl who is oppressed and takes it upon herself and sometimes herself in addition to bullying in the form of, for example, subjective looks, slander and ostracism. The use of social media appears to be particularly damaging to girls' well-being and sense of vulnerability, as well as places in school where adults are, not present and competition occurs. In cases where girls are outgoing and loud, some feel they are not treated in the same way as boys. There are also recurring stories that girls and boys generally play different games and do not mix during breaks, which reinforces the separation of the two arenas.

References
References
Bentea CC and Anghelache V. (2012). Teachers’ perceptions and attitudes towards professional activity. Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences 51: 167 – 171.
Bjer Berenbaum S.A., Beltz A.M. (2015). How Early Hormones Shape Gender Development. Curr. Opin. Behav. Sci. 2016;7:53–60. doi: 10.1016/j.cobeha.2015.11.011.  
Bjereld, Y., Agustine, L., & Thornberg, R. (2020). Measuring the prevalence of peer bullying victimization: Review of studies from Sweden during 1993–2017. Children and Youth Services Review, 119, Artikel 105528.
Blömeke, S., Gustafsson, J.-E., & Shavelson, R. J. (2015). Beyond dichotomies: Competence viewed as a continuum. Zeitschrift für Psychologie, 223(1): 3–13. https://doi.org/10.1027/2151-2604/a000194
Cosma, Alina., Bjereld, Ylva., Elgar, Frank J., Richardson, C., Bilz, Ludwig., Craig, Wendy., Augustine, Lilly, Molcho, Michal, Malinowska-Cieślik, Marta, Walsh, D. Sophie (2022). Gender differences in bullying reflect societal gender inequality: A multilevel study with adolescents in 46 countries. Journal of Adolescent Health, 71(5), 601-608.
Edling, S., Francia, G., Gill, P., Matton, P. & Simonsson, B. (2022). Motverka mobbning och annan kränkande behandling i skolan : En handbok för lärare. Lund: Studentlitteratur AB.
Goodwin, C., 1994. Professional vision. American Anthropologist, 96, 606–633. doi:10.1525/aa.1994.96.3.02a00100
Hammerness, K. (2006). Seeing Through Teachers' Eyes: professional ideals and classroom practices. New York, London: Teachers College Press, Columbia University.
Hammerness, K. 2001. Teachers' Visions: The Role of Personal Ideals in School Reform. Journal of Educational Change 2: 143–163. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1017961615264
Kelchtermans, G., 2009. Who I am in how I teach is the message: self-under-standing, vulnerability and reflection. Teachers and Teaching, 15 (2), 257–272.
Rosen, N. Nofziger, S. (2019).  Boys, bullying, and gender roles: How hegemonic masculinity shapes bullying behavior Gend Issues, 36, pp. 295-318
Schack, E.O., Fisher, M.H., & Wilhelm, J. 2017. Teacher noticing: Bridging and broadening perspectives, contexts, and frameworks. New York: Springer.
Stahnke, R., and Blömeke, S. (2021). Novice and expert teachers’ noticing of classroom management in whole-group and partner work activities: evidence from teachers’ gaze and identification of events. Learn. Instruct. 74, 1–12. doi: 10.1016/j.learninstruc.2021.10 1464
Thornberg, R. (2015). The social dynamics of school bullying: The necessary dialogue between the blind men around the elephant and the possible meeting point at the social-ecological square. Confero: Essays on Education, Philosophy and Politics, 3, 161-203.
Weber, A.M. Cislaghi, B., Meausoone, V. et al. (2019). Gender norms and health: Insights from global survey data Lancet, 393, pp. 2455-2468.


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Addressing Gender inEqualities through Critical Hope: Perspectives of Women Teachers in Communities of Practice in the Islamic Republic of Pakistan

Thanh Nguyen Thao Tran, Deirdre Raftery, Marie Clarke, Ruth Ferris, Angeliki Lima, Magdelina Kitanova

University College Dublin, Ireland

Presenting Author: Tran, Thanh Nguyen Thao; Lima, Angeliki

This study explores how women teachers in the Islamic Republic of Pakistan practise their leadership within their own established communities of practice and learn to understand gender inequalities and professional development practices in education. Beyond realising existing inequalities, women teachers share their critical hope of addressing those challenges and transforming professional development opportunities to be equitable for all. Through this understanding and critical hope, this paper hopes to influence policies in transforming leadership practices for women teachers in the educational milieu and fulfil the sustainable development goals.

The study backdrop, the Islamic Republic of Pakistan, is a multi-ethnic developing country in South Asia that spotlights a decentralised education system with top-down leadership approaches. Gender disparities exist in teaching, where females predominate, but leadership positions are primarily held by males (Drudy, 2008). This entrenched 'top-down' leadership approach reflects the social hierarchies (Clarke et al., 2020). Moreover, teacher professional development faces insufficient funding, lack of practical resources, and low self-esteem among educators (Khan & Haseeb, 2017). These tensions highlight the underrepresentation of women and invisible educational inequalities within a decentralised, gendered, and socially stratified education system.

The study draws upon the concepts of ‘communities of practice’ (CoP) as a social theory of learning (Wenger, 1998) and ‘critical hope’ (Freire, 1994). CoP refers to “a social process of negotiating competence” (Farnsworth et al., 2016, p. 5), where individuals share concerns and obstacles, have an affinity for similar topics, and regularly interact to enhance their understanding and abilities. Wenger (1998) identifies three key dimensions that distinguish CoPs from other groups: mutual involvement in a community, joint domain of interests and a shared repertoire of lived resources developed or adopted by the community. These dimensions highlight teachers’ learning experiences in the discoveries about ‘knowing’ and ‘being’ of their self and society through CoP engagement. Teachers, through CoP participation, develop their professional identity and engage in critical self-reflection on teaching and learning (Wenger & Wenger-Trayner, 2015). Despite the growing recognition for CoPs’ potential for teacher professional development (e.g., Borg, 2012, Yıldırım, 2008), little has been discovered about how they work or function (Patton & Parker, 2017). While predicated on social learning, CoPs rarely take into account power dynamics within the contextual structures (Barton & Tusting, 2005). As a result, there is a need to modify the model of CoPs for teacher professional development that considers the power dynamics within and beyond educational practices.

Through the lens of social justice, the idea of critical hope (Freire, 1994) underscores the contextual structures and power relations inside them, and “systematically links the individual with a collective sense of transformation” (Zembylas, 2014, p. 16). Critical hope is more like “what is needed to transform social reality and to imagine possible futures” (Bourn & Tarozzi, 2024, p. 1). Addressing equalities should take into account the connection between individuals, education systems and the broader social structures that shape, maintain and reflect it. The critical hope under the social justice umbrella theme calls on teachers to “identify cracks in dominant social structures and ideologies” (Webb, 2017, p. 555) and create “a different lifeworld” (Zembylas, 2014, p. 13) whether through imaginative or practical means, where their potential to drive change and dismantle inequitable systems through CoP participation remains steadfast. Consequently, this concept will be mapped into the model to understand power relations and inequalities within and beyond CoP context. This proposed conceptual framework helps address the research questions:

  • How are CoPs in schools in Pakistan established?

  • How can women teachers perceive and address invisible challenges in Pakistani education through CoPs?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data collection commenced once ethical approval had been secured, and all necessary consents from the CoP leaders and members had been obtained. In this stage, data were primarily gathered through approximately 40-to-60-minute interviews with the participating educators. Two schools were identified for the purposes of this research, where four Communities of Practice had been established.  The CoP leaders (anonymised as Leader 1, Leader 2, Leader 3, and Leader 4) underwent semi-structured interviews. Individual interviews were then conducted with the members of each of their CoPs. A total number of 21 teachers acted as research participants. These interviews centred on exploring the establishment of their respective CoPs and delving into the educational challenges that female teachers would like to address within their own CoPs.
Thematic analysis was applied to analyse the comprehensive research project. The research team followed the well-defined procedures associated with thematic analysis within the realm of qualitative research (Braun & Clarke, 2006) to code the interview transcripts. Predicated on these inaugural codes, the team collaboratively identified themes that were considered integral to addressing the research questions related to the professional development of female teachers in the Global South. For the purposes of this specific paper, we commenced our analysis by focusing on the participation of women teachers in CoPs. This initial step aimed to explore how their engagement in CoPs contributed to practising their leadership and transforming the educational environment of Pakistan. A theme that emerged was the realisation of the ‘invisible barriers’ to equity in gender and professional development opportunities that women teachers experience in their professional lives. This served as a launching pad for the research team to further investigate how these inequalities drive the CoP engagement, and how the participants address obstacles to promote greater equity. Consequently, the research yielded themes related to educational challenges in schools in Pakistan, all of which were situated within the broader context of inequalities prevalent in the Global South.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper argues that CoP participation offers profound insights into the challenges for women teachers’ professional development and school effectiveness, along with their critical hope as an action-oriented response to these tensions. Predicated on the concept of CoPs as social theory of learning (Wenger, 1998) and the idea of critical hope (Freire, 1994), the study acknowledges the influence of social structures on teachers’ beliefs and leadership practices and the potential of teachers’ leadership transformation in achieving visible equalities within Pakistani education. Noteworthy among the findings is the voluntary engagement of teachers in CoPs, which emanates from their strong ethical and professional commitment, and their desire for continuous learning to provide high-quality education to their students. Despite their teaching dedication, efforts in their professional development and school effectiveness, certain hierarchical and gender-related inequalities continue to influence their leadership practices. Particularly, the complexities around gender inequalities and women teachers’ dual responsibilities in their professional and personal lives affect their continuity and discontinuity within CoPs. Regardless of their ultimate decision to stay or withdraw, CoP participants harbour a critical hope of addressing invisible challenges and creating educational equity. Hope propels individuals toward action and is nurtured within communities (Stitzlein, 2018). According to Freire (1994), critical hope is likened as “the way a fish needs unpolluted water” (p.2). This metaphor reflects the imperative of a more inclusive learning environment within the Pakistani education setting. Hope coupled with action through CoPs would transform the invisible inequalities into visible equalities within Pakistani education, much like a fish thrives when freely swimming in unpolluted water. This study has the potential to contribute to the broader context of critical hope by facilitating specific policies catering to educational equity in the Global South and advancing the fulfilment of sustainable development goals.
References
Barton, D., & Tusting, K. (Eds.). (2005). Beyond communities of practice: Language, power, and social context. Cambridge University Press.
Borg, T. (2012). The evolution of a teacher community of practice: Identifying facilitating and constraining factors. Studies in Continuing Education, 34(3), 301–317.
Bourn, D., & Tarozzi, M. (Eds.). (2024). Pedagogy of hope for global social justice: Sustainable futures for people and the planet. Bloomsbury Academic.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101.
Clarke, M., Liddy, M., Raftery, D., Ferris, R., & Sloan, S. (2020). Professional learning and development needs of women teachers in the Republic of Pakistan: A social realist perspective. Cambridge Journal of Education, 50(5), 579–595.
Drudy, S. (2008). Gender balance/gender bias: The teaching profession and the impact of feminisation. Gender and Education, 20(4), 309–323.
Farnsworth, V., Kleanthous, I., & Wenger-Trayner, E. (2016). Communities of Practice as a social theory of learning: A conversation with Etienne Wenger. British Journal of Educational Studies, 64(2), 139–160.
Freire, P. (1994). Pedagogy of hope: Reliving Pedagogy of the oppressed.
Khan, F., & Haseeb, M. (2017). Analysis of teacher training education program: A comparative study of Indonesia, Malaysia and Pakistan. Paradigms: A Research Journal of Commerce, Economics, and Social Sciences, 11(1), 13–17.
Patton, K., & Parker, M. (2017). Teacher education communities of practice: More than a culture of collaboration. Teaching and Teacher Education, 67, 351–360.
Stitzlein, S. M. (2018). Teaching for hope in the era of grit. Teachers College Record: The Voice of Scholarship in Education, 120(3), 1–28.
Webb, D. (2017). Educational archaeology and the practice of utopian pedagogy. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 25(4), 551–566.
Wenger, E. (1998). Communities of practice: Learning, meaning, and identity (1st ed.). Cambridge University Press.
Wenger, E., & Wenger-Trayner, B. (2015). Introduction to communities of practice: A brief overview of the concept and its uses. https://www.wenger-trayner.com/introduction-to-communities-of-practice/
Zembylas, M. (2014). Affective, political and ethical sensibilities in pedagogies of critical hope: Exploring the notion of ‘critical emotional praxis’. In V. Bozalek, B. Leibowitz, R. Carolissen, & M. Boler (Eds.), Discerning critical hope in educational practices (pp. 11–25). Routledge.


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Crises leadership in Schools: A Posthumanist Perspective on Affective Leadership

Adele Nye, Jennifer Charteris

University of New England, Australia

Presenting Author: Nye, Adele; Charteris, Jennifer

Bush fires are extraordinarily dangerous and possess precarious capacity for growth and destruction. Driven by changeable winds, bushfires devour, transform, and territorialise. In the immediate period after fires school communities swing into actions of care and recovery. Crisis leadership plays a critical role in navigating the aftermath of these devastating events that causes catastrophic harm and leave long-lasting impacts on communities (Striepe & Cunningham, 2021).Leadership from a posthuman perspective reworks notions of solely human agency as more-than-human relations between human and non-human bodies produces distributed subjectivity (Fairchild, 2019). Moreover, ‘selves’ are not individual subjects, but are collective enunciations that are produced through the processes and movements with assemblages (Strom & Lupinacci, 2019).

The more-than-human entanglement of fire, schools, communities, wildlife, and the anthropogenic landscape provoke a challenging debate around ethics of care. This study embraces critical posthumanism, which challenges the traditional centrism of the human in ethical discourse (Taylor, 2018). Specifically the aftermath of bushfires are examined through the lenses of affect and ethico-onto-epistemology. Ethical considerations during crisis leadership are reframed as an interplay of relationships, engagements, and entanglements, emphasising material interactions that encompass more than just human actors. The engagement of posthuman concepts enable ethical and political affordances that fracture binary dualisms and discourses. (Fairchild, 2019). Drawing on new materialism we conceptualise the post- bushfire aftermath as spaces for ethico-onto-epistemological mattering. The physical devastation and recovery are inextricably linked to ethical, ontological, and epistemological dimensions.

Ethico- onto-espitemology foregrounds the moral dimensions of our interactions with the world (Barad, 2007). Ethics are immanent so that ethical considerations are not external to us but arise from relations. Therefore ethics, ontology, and epistemology are not separate domains but are deeply intertwined, with our ethical decisions (ethico-) are influenced by our understanding of being (onto-) and our knowledge (epistemology) (Geerts & Carstens, 2019). In short, our way of knowing the world is shaped by our ethical positions and our ontological understandings

In the aftermath of fires, the challenges are shaped by uncertainty and moving frontiers (Drysdale & Gurr, 2017; Mutch, 2015; Smith & Riley, 2012). As Bozalek suggests “research is a matter of opening possibilities and immersion in the indeterminancy of the world, which is never settled. It is about being aware of how one part of the world makes itself intelligible to another part of the world and what matters in the flourishing of the world, where politics, ethics, ontology and epistemology are intertwined” (2021, 147). At every step the affective encounter is new and different; and unknown. “Affect is a material encounter where we change in relation to an experience” (Hickey-Moody, 2009).

This research into school leadership during such crises addresses the nexus between destruction and regeneration. Bushfires are more than freely occurring natural disasters; they are active agents that reshape landscapes, lives, and communities. They challenge a traditional human-centered perspective of leadership and crisis management by highlighting the significant role of non-human elements in these scenarios. The immediate actions of care and recovery in school communities post-bushfires, as observed by Striepe & Cunningham (2021), demonstrate a collective, emergent response, transcending individual human efforts. This collective response is a manifestation of Fairchild's (2019) concept of distributed subjectivity, where the agency is not just a human attribute but a product of the interplay between humans, nature, and the environment. The catastrophic impact of bushfires necessitates a leadership approach that acknowledges this interconnectedness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on semi-structured interviews with five school leaders who navigated their communities through catastrophic fire events.  The use of a Deleuzian ontology (after Mazzei, 2013), enables voice to be positioned as an entanglement that conjoins other enactments within the messiness of assemblages. It is a “collision of forces, a machinic assemblage of becomings” (Mazzei, 2013, p. 737), of leaders affecting and affected by the vital matter of human and non-human bodies. As interviewers we were “produced in the making and doing of the interview” (Mazzei, 2013, p. 737) and our analysis focused on the entanglement of human and non-human actors in crisis situations.The research incorporates affect theory recognising the entanglements between institutions, matter, and communities.  Using concept as method, specifically the notions of affect, and ethico-onto-epistemological mattering, we consider the amplification of ethical care in the relational experiences after bushfires. Affect provides a lens to understand the emotional and visceral responses that are activated in the wake of bushfires. The research examines how affect flows in these fire aftermath contexts and impact decisions of school leaders. This approach recognises the complex interplay between emotions, physical matter, and community dynamics in shaping crisis responses. Recognising that communities are potentially vulnerable; this research seeks out the nuances of borderlands in work of school leaders, communication, technologies and more-than human assemblages. Often sitting outside the obligations of the educational institution, the care(ful) work is both crafted, and responsive.
Through this new materialist lens we see possibilities for a thinking about these assemblages of mattering and ethical care as entangled but generative thresholds. New configurations of knowledge emerge through this engagement with critical care amid crisis. We seek out the “speculative, afftecive, atmospheric, transversal, pre-personal, involuntary and inventive” (Jackson & Mazzei, 2024, p. 1) In this work we recognise the value of postfoundational inquiry , that begins with thinking with theory  of continuous coming into being and becoming but also the multiple possibilities that can unfold and indeed as Rosiek and Pratt remind us  of the loss of “the roads not taken”.  (2024, p. 205). Thus we note the ethical responsibility entwined in theoretical and methodological choices.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Posthumanist thinking provides opportunity to decentre and rethink the human subject and its potential for agency (Fairchild, 2019). It reveals the interconnectedness of leaders, community members, environmental factors, and infrastructural elements in shaping crisis responses. Furthermore, we can examine the ethical relations and “micropolitics of connectivity” in more-than-human relationality (Fairchild, 2019, 53) associated with leading through crisis events. This perspective challenges anthropocentric views of leading, highlighting the importance of considering a broader network of influences in crisis leadership. The research delves into how the immediate, lived experiences of school leaders in the post-bushfire context, entangled with both human and non-human elements, influence their professional journeys. Effective crisis leadership in schools transcend traditional human-centered approaches. By integrating a posthumanist perspective, this study underscores the significance of acknowledging the complex web of relations and factors that influence decision-making and communication during crises.

Taylor's (2018) critique of human-centric ethical frameworks is particularly pertinent here. Post-bushfire (crisis) leadership calls for an ethical approach that encompasses more-than-human considerations and an ethico-onto-epistemology, which blurs the lines between ethics, ontology, and epistemology, suggesting moral choices that are deeply connected to our understanding of being and knowledge. By adopting an ethico-onto-epistemological approach, the study reflects on how the material conditions and ethical considerations intertwine in shaping school leaders’ responses to bushfires. The physical devastation and the journey to recovery is not just a material process but is also requires an ethical and epistemological response that is premised on a holistic, and interconnected understanding of crisis management. The affective entanglements of those everchanging challenges must be navigated through an unforeseen terrain. This research sheds light on the knowledge making that occurs in this in this precarious space.

References
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the Universe Halfway. Quantum Physics and the Entanglement of Matter and Meaning. Durham: Duke University Press

Drysdale, L. & Gurr, D. (2017). Leadership in uncertain times ISEA, 45(2). 131 -159.
Smith, L. & Riley, D. (2012). School le4adership in times of crisis, School leadership and management,  32(1) 57-71.

Fairchild, N. (2019). The micropolitics of posthuman early years leadership assemblages: Exploring more-than-human relationality. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 20(1), 53-64.

Geerts, E., & Carstens, D. (2019). Ethico-onto-epistemology. Philosophy today, 63(4), 915-925.
Hickey-Moody, A. (2009). Little war machines: Posthuman pedagogy and its media. Journal of Literary & Cultural Disability Studies, 1(3), 273-280.

Jackson, A.  & Mazzei, A. (2024). Postfoundational inqury after method: reorientations, enactments and openings. In  Mazzei, L and Jackson, A. (eds.).  Postfoundational approaches to qualitative inquiry, (1-16), Routledge.

 
Mazzei, L. A. (2013). A voice without organs: Interviewing in posthumanist research. International journal of qualitative studies in education, 26(6), 732-740.

Mutch, C. (2020). How might research on schools’ responses to earlier crises help us in the COVID-19 recovery process? Retrieved from https://www.nzcer.org.nz/system/files/journals/set/downloads/Mutch_OnlineFirst2020_0.pdf

Rosiek, J. & Pratt, S. (2024).  Ontologies of possibility and loss in posthimanist inquiry.  In Mazzei, L and Jackson, A. (eds.), Postfoundational approaches to qualitative inquiry, (195-209), Routledge.

Striepe, M., & Cunningham, C. (2021). Understanding educational leadership during times of crises: A scoping review. Journal of Educational Administration, 60(2), 133-147.

Strom, K. J., & Lupinacci, J. (2019). Putting posthuman theories to work in educational leadership programmes. In Taylor, C. & Bayley, A. (eds.) Posthumanism and higher education: Reimagining pedagogy, practice and research, (103-121). Springer Link

Taylor, C. A. (2018). Each intra-action matters: Towards a posthuman ethics for enlarging response-ability in higher education pedagogic practice-ings. In M. Zemblyas (ed), Socially just pedagogies: Posthumanist, feminist and materialist perspectives in higher education (81-96). Bloomsbury Publishers
 
15:45 - 17:1534 SES 07 A JS: Civic and Citizenship Education in Times of Global Challenges (JS NW 09/34)
Location: Room 007 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Joint Session NW 09 and NW 34
17:15 - 17:30Break 13: ECER Break
17:30 - 19:0001 SES 08 A: ***CANCELLED*** Participation and Accessibility
Location: Room 102 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susan Rafik Hama
Paper Session
17:30 - 19:0001 SES 08 B: Collaboration
Location: Room 104 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Giorgio Ostinelli
Paper Session
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Cooperative Learning as a Reflective Lens to Facilitate Teamwork in Higher Education

Beathe Liebech-Lien1, Kate Ferguson-Patrick2

1Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU), Norway; 2University of Newcastle, Australia

Presenting Author: Liebech-Lien, Beathe; Ferguson-Patrick, Kate

Collaboration is accentuated as one of the critical 21st-century skills students need to learn to be best prepared for their future professional and social lives. One reason for the emphasis on collaboration is that today's workplace is structured with teamwork as the basic structure (Deepa & Seth, 2013). A recent study focusing on 21st-century skills for higher education students in EU countries found that employees consider collaboration/teamwork skills one of the essential soft skills that graduates need (Crosta et al.,2023). In higher education, the focus on group learning to learn and develop collaboration skills is growing, and there is a wealth of different approaches, such as cooperative, collaborative, problem-based, and team-based learning (Davidson & Major,2014).

Cooperative learning (CL) is a pedagogical model that can support facilitators of learning to structure students working in small groups for academic and social gains. It is described as an instructional use of small groups where students work together to maximize their learning and others (Johnson et al., 2008). The pedagogical model has a long history and an extensive research base demonstrating its effects (Kyndt et al.,2013; Slavin 2015). Cooperative learning is proposed as suitable for improving university instruction as it is based on validated theory to mediate effective collaboration where the students learn through collaboration and learn to collaborate (Johnson et al., 2014). It is found that CL at the university level is effective for developing students' social skills necessary for teamwork (Mendo-Lázaro et al., 2018).

Johnson et al. (2014) accentuate a conceptual CL approach suitable for improving university instruction. The conceptual approach is based on social interdependence theory (Deutch, 1949), and five validated essential elements must be structured into the learning situation to mediate effective collaboration. The five elements are to ensure the group and its members have positive interdependence, individual accountability, promotive interaction, appropriate use of social skills, and group processing (Johnson et al.,2014). The social interdependence theory, the five elements, and suggested CL procedures provide an integrated system for teachers to organize and design learning in small groups.

Despite the established benefits for students' learning, CL is considered complex, and teachers encounter difficulties implementing the method (Ghaith, 2018; Sharan, 2010). Besides, different group learning approaches are already used in university settings to organize students` working together. Instead of teachers implementing an integrated CL system to organize and design learning in small groups, we believe there is a potential for teachers to inquire into their existing group learning and teamwork practices through the lens of the five elements of CL. It is argued that understanding the five elements allows CL procedures to be designed and, in this way, gives faculty tools to support learning in groups (Johnson et al., 2014).

To our knowledge, there is limited research on how the five elements of CL can be used as a reflective tool to inquire into their existing instructional use of group learning and teamwork in higher education. Often, the focus is on implementing the pedagogical model with a focus on specific methods and CL structures. We believe there is an untapped potential for extending and applying CL as a theory in higher education by inquiring into existing group learning and teamwork practice with a reflective lens using the five elements of CL to support the development of collaboration and teamwork skills.

In this research paper, we explore:

In what ways can the theoretical model of cooperative learning as a reflective lens be used to support the facilitation of teamwork in higher education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study utilized a workshop as a research methodology (Ørngreen & Levinsen, 2017). The workshop was designed for a research purpose to inquire into how the five elements of CL could be used as a reflective tool to support the facilitation of teamwork in higher education.  Besides, the workshop was authentic and aimed to meet participants' expectations of getting more knowledge about CL and inquiry into their own facilitation of teamwork to contribute to local practice.
 
The workshop included ten participants from the central academic section of Experts in Teamwork (EiT) at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU). Experts in Teamwork is a mandatory master course (7,5 ECTS), with around 3000 students taking the course each year. In the course, students work in interdisciplinary teams to address real-life problems; the course is based on experiential learning and developing students' teamwork skills. The central academic section of EiT is responsible for developing the course and providing professional development for academic staff responsible for teaching the course (Walin et al., 2017).

The workshop was organized inspired by the CL structure Jigsaw puzzle (Aronson et al., 1978) to give the participants first-hand experiences on how CL works and, at the same time, learn about the five elements of CL and reflect on how these elements were present in the professional development and course they oversaw.
The data collected was material developed for the workshop and a research journal with participatory observations and reflections from the first author who developed and facilitated the workshop. Individual interviews with five workshop participants were conducted to gain further insights into the participants' experiences. The interviews were audio recorded, transcribed and the data collected is in the analysis process using reflective thematic analyses (Braun & Clark, 2021).

The first author in this study is positioned as an insider researcher conducting research in her own organization, as she worked in the EiT academic section. It is proposed that insider research benefits from collaborations with external facilitators to reflect and extend the meaning of the experiences during the research (Coghlan & Brannick, 2014). With her CL and professional development expertise, the second author was invited into the project to inquire about the experiences and data collected. Our collaboration provided an opportunity for researcher triangulation, and our different perspectives enhanced our understanding of in what ways CL as a reflective framework could strengthen facilitation of teamwork of higher education.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this paper, we explore how the theoretical model of CL as a reflective lens can support the facilitation of teamwork to contribute to more knowledge of CL in higher education. This research paper presentation provides a practical contribution that may be of direct use to researchers and educators. It describes how the workshop was developed and structured together with the participants' experiences and their reflections of CL and their own practice with providing professional development and course in teamwork.

Preliminary findings indicate that learning about the five elements of CL and then inquiring into their practice individually, in pairs, and in groups was found to facilitate the participants to examine their own practice critically. The participants were unfamiliar with the five elements of CL beforehand; however, learning about them gave the participants a shared lens and language about collaboration that enabled them to discuss strengths and weaknesses in their professional development and course. This led to ideas about how they could further develop their professional development and course. For example, it was found that individual accountability when structuring teamwork could be further strengthened. In many ways, the workshop became a meta-reflection on their existing practice without implementing CL as an integrated system. This shows the potential of CL's five essential elements as a reflection tool to support existing teamwork in higher education.

The findings also show that the combination of learning about CL structured through the CL-structure Jigsaw made the participants in the workshop positive interdependent and individual accountable in their learning and reflection and led to a promotive interaction. This way, they got a first-hand experience of CL's pedagogical model. This was also found to motivate the participants to further want to CL structures and how they could be adapted to the professional development they provided.

References
Aronson, E., Stephan, C., Sikes, J., Blaney, N., & Snapp, M. (1978). The jigsaw classroom. Sage Publications.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). Thematic analysis: a practical guide. Sage.
Coghlan, D., & Brannick, T. (2014). Doing action research in your own organization (4th ed.). Sage.
Crosta, L., Banda, V., & Bakay, E. (2023). 21st Century Skills development among young graduates: a European perspective. GiLE Journal of Skills Development, 3(1), 40-56.
Davidson, N., & Major, C.H. (2014). Boundary Crossings: Cooperative Learning, Collaborative Learning, and Probem-Based Learning. Journal on excellence in college teaching, 25, 7-55.
Deepa, S., & Seth, M. (2013). Do soft skills matter? Implications for educators based on recruiters’ perspective. IUP Journal of Soft Skills, 7(1), 7–20. Retrieved from http://ssrn.com/abstract=2256273
Deutsch, M. (1949). A theory of co-operation and competition. Human Relations, 2(2), 129–152.
Ghaith, G. M. (2018). Teacher perceptions of the challenges of implementing concrete and conceptual cooperative learning. Issues in Educational Research, 28(2), 385–404.
Johnson, D. W., & Johnson, R. T. (2008). Social interdependence theory and cooperative learning: The teacher’s role. In R. M. Gillies, A. F. Ashman, & J. Terwel (Eds.), The teacher’s role in implementing cooperative learning in the classroom (pp. 9–37). Springer US.
Johnson, D. W., Johnson, R. T., & Smith, K. A. (2014). Cooperative learning: Improving university instruction by basing practice on validated theory. Journal on Excellence in College Teaching, 25(3&4), 85-118.
Kyndt, E., Raes, E., Lismont, B., Timmers, F., Cascallar, E., & Dochy, F. (2013). A meta-analysis of the effects of face-to-face cooperative learning. Do recent studies falsify or verify earlier findings? Educational Research Review, 10, 133–149.
Mendo-Lázaro, S., León-del-Barco, B., Felipe-Castaño, E., Polo-del-Río, M. I., & Iglesias-Gallego, D. (2018). Cooperative team learning and the development of social skills in higher education: The variables involved. Frontiers in psychology, 9, 1536.
Sharan, Y. (2010). Cooperative learning for academic and social gains: Valued pedagogy, problematic practice. European Journal of Education, 45(2), 300–313.
Slavin, R. E. (2015). Cooperative learning in elementary schools. Education 3–13, 43(1), 5–14.
Wallin, P., Lyng, R., Sortland, B., & Veine, S. (2017, June). Experts in teamwork-A large scale course for interdisciplinary learning and collaboration. In 13th International CDIO Conference (pp. 1-11). University of Calgary.
Ørngreen, R., & Levinsen, K. T. (2017). Workshops as a research methodology. Electronic Journal of E-learning, 15(1), 70-81.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

The Impact of Culture and Social Networking on Adult Refugee and Immigrant Women´s Participation in Lifelong Learning in Iceland

Susan Rafik Hama

University of Iceland, Iceland

Presenting Author: Rafik Hama, Susan

In recent decades people in almost every developed country have experi-enced many rapid changes in society; migration and rapid technological developments. These dramatic changes have influenced adults worldwide with respect to their participation in lifelong learning. As a result great emphasis has been put on adult immigrants to participate in various courses and learning activities (Van Tubergen and Van De Werfhorst, 2007). However, there is ample evidence to show that success in attracting participants from this target group is lacking. One of the challenges lies with women from the Middle East who are scattered around the work market and in society in general. Even though state policies have set out requirements, regarding education for immigrants, and determine the importance of embracing diversity so that immigrants find it easy to integrate to the society and access their chances of participation in daily life, there is a considerable group of adults women, of foreign origin, who has a limited role in participation in the educational activities on offer.
The main purpose of this research is to highlight factors which impede participation and successful completion of courses, among women from the Middle East in lifelong learning courses in Iceland and to investigate how best to meet the variety of these women´s needs, and thus to enhance their access to the community in order to establish a safer community for their children and descendants which allows for the integration of both the existing and new culture. These aspects are an important part of making future developments possible for these women regarding participation and coexistence in the new environment.
The research question is: How do women from the Middle East explain their limited participations in lifelong learning activities in Iceland?

Sociologists have often focused and drawn pictures of how culture, identity, goals, attitudes, values, communication and even what is most important to people in life can vary between cultural areas or periods. They often put specific labels on periods of history that are supposed to describe culture of a certain period and certain groups. Today's society is no exception here, but sociologists' analysis and interpretation of the societies immigrants and refugees enter can help us understand their opportunities, challenges and the way the society reacts toward these vulnerable groups. In this study I outlined the main theories used in the interpretation of the data and their relationship to the research and its subjects. Pierre Bourdieu's theories on social, cultural and economic wealth should first be mentioned (Bourdieu, 1997; 2007), but he believes that individuals within a society are never equal, but possess varying amounts of wealth. which affects their activities and capacity for activities/participation in the society in which they live. I have also relied on Gidden's theories about the importance of education and the responsibilities that lies on both individuals and societies (Giddens, 1998; 2000).

According to his theory, it is an individual's right to have choices and to make his/her own decisions. But they also have to stop and think about the consequences of their decisions. In order to better understand the life and situation of the adult learners and their various need for practicality, I have relied on Knowles' six assumptions about the characteristics of adult students,i.e. how and why some adults take active participations in lifelong learning (Knowles, Holton and Swanson, 2005). Finally, I have used Wlodkowski's ideas about adult educators, and how he considers and interpretes the responsibility and the role of instructors, educational organizers and lifelong learning sectors to make the learning interesting, motivating, effective and accessible to everyone(Wlodkowski, 2007).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The investigation is qualitative and is based on data gleaned from interviews with eight immigrant women aged 30 to 51 and from public documents.Thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2006, 2013) is used to analyze the data. This method is useful when one is trying to find commonalities in meaning among the participants’ responses. Knowledge about the reasons for their limited participation in various courses on offer. When the participants were contacted, they were ensured that all personal information that they  provided would be confiderntial and other informaiton would be anonymised and deidentified. All participants who agree to take part in the study were asked to sign the letter of consent in their own language.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings suggest that social networking, level of education and income problems are among the factors that affect immigrants´ access to lifelong learning. It also suggests that the Icelandic society embraces different “types” of immigrants differently.
The result suggests that in order to help these women, and even others, to move forwards and engage in lifelong learning activities, equal opportunities and equal access to courses need to be secured to all refugees and immigrants in Iceland. The conclusion shows that this will allow them to be more competitive in the labour market and give them access to a wider range of jobs in the society.

References
Bourdieu, P. (2007). Almenningsálitið er ekki til. (Davíð Kristjánsson ,Trans). Reykjavík: Reykjavíkur Akademían.
Bourdieu, P. (1988). Homo Academicus(P. Collier). Cambridge: Polity Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1991). Language and Symbolic Power ( Raymond& Adamson, Trans). Cambridge: Polity Press.
Bourdieu, P. (1997). The Forms of Capital. Í A. H. Hasley, H. Lauder, P. Brown og A. S. Wells (Ed.), Education: Culture, Economy and Society (bls. 46-58). Oxford: University Press.
Giddens, A. (2002). Runaway World: How Globalisation is Reshaping Our Lives? London: Profile Books.
 Giddens, A. (1998). The Third Way: The Renewal of Social Democracy. Cambridge: Polity Press. Giddens, A. (2000). The Consequences of Modernity. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Knowles, M. S., Holton III, E. F. og Swanson, R. A. (2005). The Adult Learner: The Definitive Classic in Adult Education and Human Resource Development (6. Edition). San Diego: Elsevier.
Lichtman, M. (2006). Qualitative Research in Education: A User´s Guide. Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications
Putman, R. D. (2000). Bowling Alone: The Collapse and Revival of American Community. New York: Simon & Schuster
Silverman, D. (2010). Doing Qualitative Research (3rd edition). London: Sage Publications Ltd.
Van Tubergen, F. og Van De Werfhorst, H. (2007). Postimmigration Investments in Education: A study of immigrants in the Netherlands. Demography (bls. 883-898). DOI: 10.1353/dem.2007.0046
Wlodkowski, R. J. (2008). Enhancing Adult Motivation to Learn: A Comprehensive Guide for Teaching All Adults(3rd edition). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Development of Collective Professional Learning for Teachers in Upper Secondary Schools

Elin Bø Morud1, Dorthea Sekkingstad2, Klara Rokkones1

1Norwegian University of Science and TechnologyTNU, Norway; 2Western Norway University of Applied Science, Norway

Presenting Author: Morud, Elin Bø; Sekkingstad, Dorthea

The teacher's professional competence is crucial for supporting and developing the increasingly complex skills students need to succeed in a constantly changing society. Professional competence is linked to how teachers learn and how they apply knowledge in practice to promote pupils' learning (Avalos, 2011). In the last 20 years, the focus has shifted from individualized to collective professional learning (Vangrieken & Kyndt, 2020). Nevertheless, there are many indications that schools struggle to facilitate collective learning. The Teaching and Learning International Survey (TALIS) reports few changes to the collaboration among teachers from 2013-2018 (OECD, 2020), and the learning activities of teachers are mainly individual when they participate in school-based professional development (Solheim et al., 2018). Establishing professional learning communities in upper secondary schools is particularly challenging (Aas & Vennebo, 2021). This is linked to the size of the schools, which are often organized with more or less autonomous departments. The teachers are characterized by a large degree of autonomy and a weak tradition of cooperation (Huffman et al., 2016).

Desimone (2009) identifies five characteristics of teachers' learning: content focus, active learning, coherence, collective participation and that the development of competence takes place over time. Collective participation seems to be important, something that is also emphasized in the review study of Darling-Hammond et al. (2017). Collaboration and a positive collaborative climate are emphasized together with the use of modeling of effective practice, coaching, and expert support with opportunities for feedback, guidance and joint reflection. Thus, learning is strongly linked to content and context. Social participation as a learning process is central to Wenger's theory of learning (2003). Hargreaves & Fullan (2012) use the term social capital when they highlight the potential that lies in teachers cooperating and learning from each other. The social capital is the cornerstone in developing and changing the teaching profession, and can be developed by the teachers gaining access to the human capital of their colleagues. This means that arenas need to be created to develop collective learning communities. In that context, school leaders can support collaborative processes and promote the development of a professional learning community by focusing on content, clarifying roles and goals, and providing structural support (Hargreaves & Fullan, 2012; Timperley et al., 2007). Robinson (2014) specifies five leadership dimensions that affect the school's results: establishing goals and expectations, strategic use of resources, ensuring quality of teaching, leading teachers' learning, and ensuring a safe learning environment. Sølvik and Roland (2022) shine a spotlight on the complexity of leading collective professional learning in schools and realizing management theory in practice. They argue that leaders must provide collective direction, systematically follow up and adapt collective learning processes over time. This involves systems thinking and sensitivity to the school context, which Paulsen (2019) also emphasizes when he uses the term strategic school leadership.

Based on the premise that workplace-based competence development is a collective form of learning with the potential to promote collective learning and school development (Hargreaves & O'Connor, 2018), we have in recent years had several major national initiatives in Norway. In this paper, we take one of these initiatives as our point of departure: "Yrkesfaglærerløftet. Strategi for fremtidens fagarbeidere. Kunnskapsdepartementet." (YFL) (KD, 2015). The intention of this initiative is to increase academic quality and strengthen the education. It is assumed that at least three teachers from each school take part in the same further education, and compulsory work requirements will contribute to knowledge sharing in their own collegium (Directorate of Education, 2016). We ask: How can participation in further education for vocational teachers contribute to promoting teachers' professional competence?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a qualitative study with a phenomenological approach. The data material consists of four sub-studies, where empirical data has been collected through semi-structured focus group interviews with 25 teachers and 30 school leaders who have participated in further education. The participants were recruited from 13 secondary schools from four different counties. The criterion for selection of schools is that the schools should have teachers who have participated in further education under YFL. In addition to this, the schools were selected based on our knowledge of the schools. The selection can therefore be said to be motivated both strategically and pragmatically. The teachers who have participated have their teaching on VET programmes.

Overview of the data material that forms the basis of the study:
Total, interviews: 20; Total, participants: 55; Number of schools: 13; Number of counties: 4; Number of Teachers: 25; Number of school leaders: 30.

The interview guide was built upon questions about experiences with sharing knowledge with colleagues, collaboration with fellow students, colleagues and leaders, and organisation and content of competence development/further education.
The analysis of the data material has been carried out as a deductive analysis, based on a framework for professional qualification as presented by Smeby & Mausethagen (2017). They emphasize three aspects of the professional qualification: the content of the qualification, various arenas for qualification, and management/leadership of the qualification. We started the analysis with these three categories, and through discussions and new theoretical perspectives we looked at the categories and analyses anew in what can be said to be an interaction between theory and empirical work. Through this, we can see the entire analysis process as an abductive approach (Johannessen et al. 2018).
The individual interviews were first analysed by the researchers who had carried out the individual sub-study. To ensure the validity of the analyses, we then carried out a new round of analysis, where the researchers’ shared data and discussed the analyses against each other to ensure consistency. Such peer validation can act as a counterbalance to any blind spots and preconceptions.
The study is based on self-reporting from teachers and school leaders. We have not observed the teachers' or managers' practices. We can therefore not draw certain conclusions about what promotes the teachers' competence. However, to the extent that the findings give recognition to others, the study can contribute with "informational power" (Malterud, 2016).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results are based on three main categories: qualification content, arenas for the qualification, and the governance and leadership of the qualification.
Qualification Content shows the importance of content being based on the participants' own practice and competence needs. The participants can participate actively in testing new practices, and in sharing experiences and reflections in groups. It seems important that the participants have access to different theoretical perspectives in order to analyse their own practice. Modelling of good teaching practice, and supervision on one's own practice, are highlighted as significant.
Under arenas for the qualification, the gatherings are highlighted as important for the participants to focus on their own competence development and the school's development work, and to build networks. Valuable arenas in the workplace are networks where teachers collaborate with colleagues in smaller groups. Both the teachers and the school leaders have less good experiences with knowledge sharing in large groups.
Under governance and leadership for the qualification, the study shows that the role played by the leaders vary to a great extent. While some teachers experience good support in their competence development from their leaders, most experience the opposite. This is consistent with the self-reporting from leaders’, which describe several situations where they could have facilitated the development of skills better.
To summarize, the study shows that the further education is based on key characteristics that support the teachers' learning. The challenges appear to be linked to a lack of arenas for collaboration and collective learning, and a lack of leadership/governance of competence development at the individual school. We discuss how collective learning can be promoted through various arenas at the individual school, and how the leaders can help in a targeted way to facilitate collaboration and collective learning processes over time (Sekkingstad, Morud & Rokkones, 2024).

References
Avalos, B. (2011). Teacher professional development in Teaching and Teacher Education over ten years. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(1), 10–20. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.08.007
Desimone, L. M. (2009). Improving Impact Studies of Teachers' Professional Development: Toward Better Conceptualizations and Measures. Educational Researcher, 38(3), 181–199. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X08331140
Hargreaves, A. &  O'Connor, M. T. (2018). Collaborative Professionalism : When Teaching Together Means Learning for All. Corwin.
Hargreaves, A. & Fullan, M. (2012). Professional Capital: Transforming Teaching in Every School. Routledge.
Johannessen, L., Rafoss, T. W. & Rasmussen, E. B. (2018). Hvordan bruke teori?: Nyttige verktøy i kvalitativ analyse. Universitetsforlaget
Kunnskapsdepartementet (2015). Yrkesfaglærerløftet. Strategi for fremtidens fagarbeidere. Kunnskapsdepartementet.
Malterud, K., Siersma, V. D. & Guassora, A. D. (2016). Sample size in qualitative interview studies: Guided by information power. Qualitative Health Research, 26(13), 1753–1760.
OECD. (2020). TALIS 2018 results (volume II): Teachers and school leaders as valued professionals. TALIS. https://doi.org/10.1787/19cf08df-en
Paulsen, J. M. (2019). Strategisk skoleledelse (1. utg.). Fagbokforlaget.
Robinson, V. M. (2014). Elevsentrert skoleledelse. Cappelen Damm akademisk.
Sekkingstad, D., Morud, E.B. & Rokkones, K. (2024). Samarbeid for utvikling av kollektiv profesjonell læring. I Båtevik F.O. et al. (Red). Samarbeid – Fjordantologien 2024. Universitetsforlaget. In process.
Smeby, J.-C. & Mausethagen, S. (2017). Profesjonskvalifisering. I S. Mausethagen & J.-C. Smeby (Red.), Kvalifisering til profesjonell yrkesutøvelse (s. 11-20). Universitetsforlaget.
Solheim, K., Roland, P., & Ertesvåg, S. K. (2018). Teachers’ perceptions of their collective and individual learning regarding classroom interaction. Educational Research, 60(4), 459–477. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131881.2018.1533790
Sølvik, R. M. & Roland, P. (2022). Teachers’ and principals’ diverse experiences expand the Understanding of how to lead collective professional learning among teachers.International Journal of Leadership in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2021.2021295
Timperley, H., Wilson, A., Barrar, H. & Fung, I. (2007). Teacher professional learning and development: best evidence synthesis iteration (BES). Wellington Ministry of Education
Utdanningsdirektoratet (2016). Kunngjøring av oppdrag – kombinete etter- og videreutdanningstilbud for yrkesfaglærerer (piloter). Avdeling for fag- og yrkesopplæring.
Vangrieken, K., & Kyndt, E. (2020). The teacher as an Island? A mixed method study on the Relationship between autonomy and collaboration. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 35(1), 177–204. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10212-019-00420-0020). T
Wenger, E. (2003). En sosial teori om læring. I J. Lave & E. Wenger (2003). Situert læring og andre tekster. Hans Reitzels Forlag.
Aas, M. & Vennebo, K. F. (2021). Profesjonelle læringsfellesskap: en litteraturgjennomgang. I M. Aas & K. F. Vennebo (2021). Ledelse av profesjonelle læringsfellesskap i skolen. Fagbokforlaget.
 
17:30 - 19:0001 SES 08 C: Leadership (Part 2)
Location: Room 101 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Susanne Sahlin
Paper Session Part 2/2, continued from 01 SES 07 C
 
01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Peer Mentoring for Professional Socialisation – Shaping Novice Principal’s Leadership Identity?

Susanne Sahlin1, Maria Styf2, Marcia Hakansson Lindqvist2

1Norwegian University of Science and Technology; 2Mid Sweden University

Presenting Author: Styf, Maria; Hakansson Lindqvist, Marcia

The concept of principals’ professional socialisation (e.g., Cruz-Gonzalez et al., 2021; Bøje & Frederiksen, 2021) and professional identity has received increased attention in educational research in recent decades (e.g., Crow, Day & Møller, 2017; Nordholm et al., 2023; Ritacco & Bolivar, 2019; Tubin, 2017). Becoming a school leader, as articulated by Bøje and Frederiksen (2021), often signifies a departure from a prior professional identity, typically that of a teacher. Bush (2018) argues that the principal’s role differs from a teacher's. He discusses three different phases of socialisation: (1) aspiring leaders require professional socialisation in preparing to become a principal; (2) they need to change their identity from teacher to principal – a process of personal socialisation; and (3) they need a period of organisational socialisation, learning to lead in a specific school. In-service preparation programs, such as the Swedish National Principal Training Program (NPTP), commonly serve as a central dimension in the professional socialisation of novice school principals.

Building a solid professional identity as a principal has proven necessary for successful leadership and positively impacting results (Ritacco & Bolivar, 2019). Other studies have highlighted that a strong identity can be important for principals to navigate complex situations (Saarukka, 2017). There are several studies with arguments for the importance of continuing research on the construction of leadership identity in principals (Cruz-González et al. (2021), focusing on the barriers and crises they encounter. To address this issue internationally and thus improve the quality of schools, leaders with solid professional identities must be nurtured while acknowledging the influence of politics and context. Another study by Crow and Møller (2017) proposes avenues for future research, emphasising that understanding school leaders' identities can contribute to leadership development. Exploring the influence of cultural, historical, and policy factors on identity development provides a robust foundation for creating leadership preparation and development programs that recognise the complex leadership necessary in uncertain times. Building on this perspective, Whiteman et al. (2015) advocate for leadership preparation programs to incorporate the development of critical reflection and dialogue skills as integral components. Engaging in critical reflection through methods like case studies, role plays, and simulations can assist principals in understanding their identities and honing skills to leverage them in building trust.

In Sweden, the mandatory in-service NPTP is offered for the first time when the participant has a position as a principal, preschool principal, or deputy principal (Brauckmann et al., 2020). The program is a 3-year mandatory in-service program with three courses: school law and governance, governing with objectives and results, school leadership and peer mentoring with professional peers during the training (Jerdborg, 2023).

The potential of peer mentoring in groups to develop novice principals’ professionalisation and leadership identity is evident (e.g. Aas & Vavik, 2015; Styf et al., 2020). Aas and Vavik (2015) suggest that leaders develop greater confidence in their leadership role through personal and contextual feedback from other leaders. Their study focuses on how group coaching can contribute to professional development and construct leadership identity. This paper focuses on novice principals’ peer mentoring for professional socialisation while participating in the NPTP. As an integral part of this program, principals discuss professional dilemmas with small groups of peers to support professional socialisation and leadership identity (Styf et al., 2020). This study explores novice principals’ professional socialisation and leadership identity in Sweden while participating in the mandatory NPTP. Two research questions guide the study:

  1. How do novice principals depict peer mentoring as support for professional socialisation from a personal, positional, and professional perspective?
  2. How can peer mentoring support professional socialisation and contribute to developing novice principals’ leadership identity?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The theoretical framework used in this study is based on Saarukka’s (2017) theoretical model. Saarukka uses the model to identify the phenomenon and the person in principalship from a professional perspective, focusing on the person, profession, and position: “trying to understand the individual also from a professional perspective and how the individual interprets the context. As school leadership is a social mission, the professional perspective needs to be broadened to include the position” (Saarukka, 2017, s. 35). In this study, Saaruka's model is used to describe and explain how the school leaders’ professional identity can be understood in relation to the educational content peer mentoring that the principals take part in as part of their education in the NPTP.

This qualitative interview study used a purposive sampling method to include school leaders participating in peer mentoring for professional development in the NPTP in Sweden. Focus group interviews were carried out to capture, problematise, and create an understanding of how peer mentorship for professional socialisation can contribute to supporting and strengthening school leaders’ professional leadership identity. Data was collected for one year and consisted of focus group interviews with 35 school leaders participating in the national school leadership training program in their peer mentoring groups. A total of 7 focus group interviews, lasting about 60 minutes each, were conducted during 2020. All interviews were recorded, saved as separate digital audio files, and transcribed verbatim. Qualitative content analysis was used to analyse this study, and the collected empirical data was analysed with a deductive approach (Miles et al., 2014).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary findings show that in their position as school leaders, peer mentoring is seen as a tool in the work in practice at school. Peer mentoring can create a forum for making issues visible and widening knowledge and experience for individuals and groups. For school leaders, peer mentoring provides opportunities related to the profession. School leaders see peer mentoring as professional development, as they are often alone in their role. This takes place through the exchange of knowledge and experience between professionals. Peer mentoring offers training in professional meetings and is a tool to use in their professional role. In terms of person, school leaders see support in their role as school leaders through personal development. This involves peer mentoring as support in confidence, confirmation, and professional identity of their role through exchanging experiences and taking on new perspectives.
Implications for further research will be considered. For European educational research, this paper contributes valuable knowledge about critical factors for school leaders’ work concerning educational leadership and leadership development in a Nordic context for practitioners and policymakers. Moreover, this paper contributes knowledge for school leader educators, which may be of value in both course and program development in leadership professional development programs in national and international contexts.

References
Aas, M., & Vavik, M. (2015). Group coaching: A new way of constructing leadership identity? School Leadership & Management, 35(3), 251–265.

Brauckmann, S., Pashiardis, P. & Ärlestig, H. (2020): Bringing context and educational leadership together: fostering the professional development of school principals, Professional Development in Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/19415257.2020.1747105
Bush, T. (2018). Preparation and induction for school principals: Global perspectives. Management in Education, Vol. 32(6), 66–71. DOI: 10.1177/0892020618761805
Bøje, D. J. & Frederiksen, F. L. (2019). Leaders of the profession and professional leaders. School leaders making sense of themselves and their jobs, International Journal of Leadership in Education, DOI: 10.1080/13603124.2019.1591515
Crow, G. & Møller, J. (2017). Professional identities of school leaders across international contezts: An introduction and rationale. Educational Management Administration and Leadership, Vol. 45(5), 749-758. DOI: 10.1177/1741143217714485.
Cruz-González C, Rodríguez CL and Segovia JD (2021) A systematic review of principals’ leadership identity from 1993 to 2019. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 49(1): 31–53.

Gary Crow, Christopher Day & Jorunn Møller (2017). Framing research on school principals’ identities, International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20:3, 265–277, DOI: 10.1080/13603124.2015.1123299    
Jerdborg, S. (2023), Participation in the Swedish national principal training programme: How does it intertwine with principals’ practice? Educational Management, Administration and Leadership, 51 (4): 000-000.
Miles, M.B., Huberman, A.M. and Saldaña, J. (2014). Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook (3rd ed). Los Angeles, CA: Sage.

Nordholm, D., Real, M. & Bezzina, C. (2023). Newly appointed principals’ professional identity - insights from a Swedish perspective. Educational Management Administratoin & Leadership, Pre-published online January 27.

Ritacco M and Bolivar A (2019) A dual and discontinuous professional identity: School principals in Spain. International Journal of Educational Management 33(5): 806–827.

Styf, M., Sahlin, S. & Håkansson Lindqvist, M. (2020). Professionsutvecklande handledning, att utveckla en rektors professionella ledarskapsidentitet [XXX]. In Leo, U. och Amundsdotter, E. (Eds.), Perspektiv på handledning för ledare i förskola och skola [XXX] (s. 123-142). Malmö: Gleerups Utbildning.

Saarukka, S. (2017). Understanding school principals' leadership. Doctoral dissertation: Vasa: Åbo universitet.
Tubin D (2017) Leadership identity construction practices: The case of successful Israeli school principals. Educational Management Administration & Leadership 45(5):790–805.
Vetenskapsrådet [Research Council] (2017) God forskningssed. [Good Research Practice] Stockholm, Sweden: Vetenskapsrådet.
Whiteman, R., Scribner, S., and Crow, G. (2015). Principal Professional Identity and the Cultivation of Trust in Urban Schools. Chapter 39.In Handbook of urban educational leadership.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Professional Learning Communities of School Leaders Within Inter-school Networks: Opportunities and Conditions for Sustainable Professionalization

Els Tanghe, Wouter Schelfhout

University of Antwerp, Belgium

Presenting Author: Tanghe, Els

School leaders experience numerous school policy and school development challenges under the pressure of a complex social context (Plavčan, 2020). Furthermore, they are pressured by their societal duty to provide quality education (Gurr & Drysdale, 2020). To best perform this challenging task, school leaders would benefit from the support and input from peers within a sounding panel as well as from concrete policy stimuli that encourage quality and innovation (Vekeman et al., 2022). Inter-school networks can also provide a significant added value (Brown & Poortman, 2018; Harris & Jones, 2021), as they increasingly encourage schools to engage in structural collaboration (Brown & Flood, 2020; Levin et al., 2020; Rincón-Gallardo & Fullan, 2016). In Flanders, school communities offer such an opportunity for collaboration.

Building quality partnerships between the school leaders of a school community is not self-evident (Azorín et al., 2020; Harris & Jones, 2021). Because of its multidimensional and multilevel character, it is difficult to define, develop, and operationalize a PLC (Antinluoma et al., 2021). How do we initiate and sustainably support them? What difference does a professional development program initiating and supporting professional learning communities (PLCs) for inter-school collaboration make in terms of depth of (peer) learning and longevity?

Research on methodologies to intensify collaboration within existing inter-school networks is limited (Chapman, 2013). We examined how PLCs as a mode of formal collective learning (Schelfhout, 2017) develop within existing school networks throughout a professional development trajectory (PDT). We explored the perceived (learning) outcomes and which variables influence longer-term sustainable development.

The PLCs originated both in the context of school communities (formally government-based) and of self-selected inter-school networks, allowing a comparison between two organizational forms of school networks.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study used a mixed methods research design. The combination of quantitative and qualitative data increases relevance and provides an opportunity to substantiate the relationship between variables.

Before the PDT, participants completed an initial questionnaire. Open and closed questions surveyed to what extent participants already participated in structural inter-school networks, and whether a need for more cooperation within their school community existed. After the first year of training, the desire for the continuation of a PLC after the end of a PT was examined by using scale questions. At the end of the two-year PDT, a survey with closed and open-ended questions was conducted, focusing on experiences with the organization and approach of the PLC, the perceived effects on the outcomes, and the desire for sustainable continuation. Furthermore, experiences with participation as an inter-school network were surveyed. 133 of the 138 participants (n=96%) who participated during the second year completed the final survey.

In-depth interviews with school leaders were organized in May 2023, aiming to further question and explain trends that appeared from the quantitative data collection. The semi-structured online interviews were conducted using a question protocol based on the literature review and observations during the PLC meetings (Morris, 2015; Seidman, 2006). In-depth interviews were recorded with participants' consent. A total of 42 school leaders, five superintendents, and two participants combining school leadership with a position as a superintendent participated, evenly distributed across the different PLC groups.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results indicate that the quality of collective learning increased significantly during the two-year trajectory. Most explanatory for further sustainability of the PLC as a professional network for school leaders is the organization and didactic approach of the PLC during the PDT and the approach used by the process coach. The initial situation and the facilitating role of the inter-school network as experienced by the participants influence structural choices regarding future continuation and approach. Linked to the initial situation and the facilitating role of the inter-school network, at the end of the PDT differences are observed in how the continuation of a PLC is ensured, more specifically in terms of the organization and approach as well as expected commitment and shared leadership. In school communities where the superintendent played a facilitating role before and (participated) during the PT, the PLC will be continued, although it is not always clear what exactly this facilitating role will entail and who should fulfill it. Regarding the choice of an (external) coach, the experience with one's process coaching during the PT, the expertise in the field of process coaching among PLC participants, the availability of coaches from the educational advisory service, and financial resources are taken into consideration. It is recommended that the participating school leaders and superintendents make conscious and well-founded choices for the sake of the quality of collaborative learning and invest in sustainable collective learning. Further longitudinal research into the sustainability of PLCs within inter-school networks and the quality of coaches is recommended.

References
Antinluoma, M., Ilomäki, L., & Toom, A. (2021). Practices of Professional Learning Communities [Original Research]. Frontiers in Education, 6.
Azorín, C., Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2020). Taking a distributed perspective on leading professional learning networks. School Leadership & Management, 40(2-3), 111-127.
Brown, C., & Flood, J. (2020). Conquering the professional learning network labyrinth: what is required from the networked school leader? School Leadership & Management, 40(2-3), 128-145.
Brown, C., & Poortman, C. L. (2018). Networks for learning: Effective collaboration for teacher, school and system improvement. Routledge.
Chapman, C. (2013). From one school to many: Reflections on the impact and nature of school federations and chains in England. Educational management administration & leadership, 43(1), 46-60.
Gurr, D., & Drysdale, L. (2020). Leadership for challenging times. International studies in educational administration, 48(1), 24-30.
Harris, A., & Jones, M. (2021). Exploring the leadership knowledge base: evidence, implications, and challenges for educational leadership in Wales. School Leadership & Management, 41(1-2), 41-53.
Hooge, E. H., Janssen, S. K., van Look, K., Moolenaar, N., & Sleegers, P. (2015). Bestuurlijk vermogen in het primair onderwijs. Mensen verbinden en inhoudelijk op een lijn krijgen om adequaat te sturen op onderwijskwaliteit. TIAS School for Business and Society, Tilburg University.
Levin, S., Leung, M., Edgerton, A. K., & Scott, C. (2020). Elementary School Principals' Professional Learning: Current Status and Future Needs. Learning Policy Institute.
Morris, A. (2015). A practical introduction to in-depth interviewing. Sage.  
Plavčan, P. (2020). The comparison of pirls, timss, and pisa educational results in member states of the european union. Proceedings of CBU in Social Sciences, 1, 191-195.
Rincón-Gallardo, S., & Fullan, M. (2016). Essential features of effective networks in education. Journal of Professional Capital and Community, 1(1), 5-22.
Ritzema, L., Maslowski, R., Bosker, R., van Geel, M., Rekers-Mombarg, L., & Visscher, A. (2022). Behorend bij de deelrapporten van NRO-onderzoek naar bestuurlijk vermogen en professionalisering in het VO.
Seidman, I. (2006). Interviewing as qualitative research: A guide for researchers in education and the social sciences. Teachers college press.
Schelfhout, W. (2017). Toward data for development: A model on learning communities as a platform for growing data use. Data Analytics Applications in Education; Vanthienen, J., De Witte, K., Eds, 37-82.
Vekeman, E., Devos, G., & Tuytens, M. (2022). Raamwerk voor de opvolging van professionalisering van schoolleiders.


01. Professional Learning and Development
Paper

Developing Leadership Through Effective Learning Conversations

Lizana Oberholzer1, John Macklin2, Raj Mestry3

1University of Wolverhampton, United Kingdom; 2University of East London; 3University of Johannesburg

Presenting Author: Oberholzer, Lizana; Macklin, John

Hattie (2012) points out that leadership makes the second biggest difference in learners’ outcomes. This paper aims to explore how mentoring and coaching can enable school leaders to develop through professional learning conversations. Connor and Pokora (2016) point out that coaching and mentoring are learning relationships though which leaders work collaboratively. Hargreaves and O’Connor (2018) highlight that collaborative professionalism can make a profound difference in developing learning conversations. If school leadership is important for the benefit of learners' outcomes, and staff's ability to flourish, effective learning relationships and conversations need to be embedded in the professional learning of leaders, especially at a time of uncertainty, to ensure that positive ways forward are developed. This paper aims to explore aspects of mentoring and coaching conversations that can enable leaders to flourish.

Weick (1995) outlines the importance of sense making and Macklin (2020) emphasises that leaders often are required to make sense of their teams or policy directives, and give sense at the same time to enable teams o move forward. However, the process of sense making is often taking place in isolation for school leaders. Coaching and mentoring provide a safe collaborative professional (Hargreaves and O’Connor, 2018) space where leaders can develop their strategic approaches through learning conversations, to enable them to support their teams. Especially at a time of uncertainty, sense making and strategic leadership skills are important to develop through mentoring and coaching as an intervention to develop leaders to support their teams and organisations effectively.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative case study, will explore how coaching and mentoring, can help to unlock strategic thinking for school leaders, to make the most of their teams. Qualitative data was collected for this study through semi-structured interviews involving senior leaders. All the necessary ethical considerations and approvals were in place as per the BERA (2018) guidance, prior to any data was collected.  

Participants were recruited from the researchers' partnership schools who engage with teacher education, and development opportunities. Semi-structured interviews were conducted via Microsoft Teams. which is fully GDPR (2018) complaint. Interviews were recorded and transcripts were generated from the recordings.

Transcript data was thematically analysed using the 6 phase framework by Braun and Clarke (2006). Key themes were drawn from the analysis through a grounded theory approach, to critically explore how professional learning conversations can promote strategic thinking in senior leaders and support their professional learning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Data revealed that participants benefitted from co-constructive learning conversations, where they were able to engage with key challenges they faced in a safe, trusting learning environment. In addition, the study revealed that these safe learning environments aided strategic thinking through coaching conversations, and it supported leaders with developing their confidence to enable others, and make the most of their talents. The study indicted that school leaders will benefit from regular coaching and mentoring support to continue to develop their strategic thinking.
References
Braun, V and Clarke, V (2006) Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2). pp.77-101. ISSN 1478-088.

Connor, M. and Pokora, J. (2017), Coaching and Mentoring at Work: Developing Effective Practice. (3rd edition). London: Open University Press.

Hargreaves, A and O’Connor, M., (2018), Collaborative Professionalism: when teaching together means learning for all. Thousand Oaks, CA: Corwin Press.

Weick, K. (1995), Sensemaking in Organisations. London: Sage.
 
17:30 - 19:0002 SES 08 A: VET as Solution
Location: Room 110 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Andrea Laczik
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

What Problem Should Skills Solve? Interrogating Theories of Change Underpinning Strategies and Interventions in Vocational Education and Skills in LMICs

Stephanie Allais, Carmel Marock

Centre for Researching Education and Labour, Wits University, South Africa

Presenting Author: Allais, Stephanie

The aim of this paper is to understand the ‘theory of change’ underlying interventions of development agencies and donors to support vocational education and training (VET) and skills development, in low- and middle-income countries (LMICs). The idea of a ‘theory of change’ is increasingly central to evaluative work, and offers a way of considering the policy/research interface. The first aim is to understand the extent to which, and ways in which, donors and development agencies support vocationalizing education and favour VET as an educational intervention. The second is to interrogate what problem they think VET is the answer to and how they believe that VET solves that problem (their theory of change). The term VET here is used to include formal vocational education and training programmes as well as other skills and work-readiness interventions.

In the research literature, skills and vocational education interventions seem to be under-theorized in low- and middle-income countries. There are two main theoretical approaches in the literature. The first starts from individuals, and is dominated by human capital theory. Human capital theory assumes that providing individuals with knowledge and skills makes them more productive, helping them to secure or improve their employment status or income generation capacity, and in turn making firms and organizations more productive, leading to increasing national prosperity and well-being (Becker 1993; Schultz 1961). The second approach is relational: it looks at skill formation as a factor in complex economic and social systems which shape and are shaped by the nature of skills (Busemeyer and Trampusch 2012; Martin 2017; Oliver, Yu, and Buchanan 2019; Thelen 2004). The most well-developed mid-level theory in this regard is Varieties of Capitalism. This theory has been influential because it showed that interactions between firms in five key spheres (industrial relations, skills, corporate governance, inter-firm relations, and employee relations) tend to cluster in patterns of institutional complementarities, which lead to and depend on either, on the one hand, strong apprenticeship-based vocational education systems or, on the other hand, weak vocational education systems and strong mass higher education systems (Hall and Soskice 2001). This was the starting point of a body of research looking systemically at skill formation systems. But Varieties of Capitalism is of little value in understanding LMICs. Its firm-centric starting point reduces its purchase in contexts of high levels of informality and unemployment and low levels of industrialization; and its focus on national patterns is very limited for countries that have less control over their national economies. There are attempts to understand skill formation systems in LMICs (Ashton et al. 2002; Maurer 2012; Sancak 2022; Bogliaccini and Madariaga 2020; Allais 2022), but there are no well-developed alternative relational theories for the nature of skill formation in these countries. This absence appears to lead to a default reversion to an implicit HCT approach in the skills interventions in LMICs.

Both of these theoretical approaches intersect with debates about development: here a key shift has been away from a focus on economic growth only to a focus on a range of social development indicators or a focus on what individuals value and therefore aspire to do (capabilities literature). But shift in how we measure and value development does not necessarily imply different paths to development, or indeed engaging with debates about paths to development. And at times they have led to palliative approaches to development which focus on a set of outcomes without any engagement with how change takes place and the imperative to address the nature and structure of economies (Reinert 2006).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We reviewed publicly available strategies and reports focused on VET, skills, and education strategies from a selection of organizations: development banks, country donor and development organizations, multilateral organizations, and philanthropic organizations and foundations. We then conducted a small, targeted set of key informant interviews, with 10 individuals, from three Country Development Partners, one UN agency, three Development Banks, and one Foundation.

We focused on understanding the location of education in general and skills interventions in specific in the broader structure and work of the agency or organization in question; how important VET is in the broader areas of work; the relative focus on vocational versus general education, including interest in vocationalizing the secondary school curriculum; what problem they are trying to solve and how they see the intervention as solving that problem. We probed relationships between formal and informal work, and youth unemployment. As part of attempting to distil theories of change from descriptions of policies, approaches, and interventions, we also considered, where possible, what is evaluated and how evaluation takes place, or how success is understood. For document analysis we focused on strategic documents containing at least implicit theories of change that address VET and found that these typically reference youth and focus on new entrants. We also looked for documents related to worker education and education in general with a view to understanding how these addressed VET, and the extent to which the theories of change or strategies that are in place explain how these different components of the education and training system are described in relation to each other and their interconnected and inter-dependent nature.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We found that while some organizations have explicit theories of change—and generally multiple theories of change addressing different aspects of the overarching system—many are currently in the process of developing these theories of change. A few state that they do not have a theory of change but rather focus on the development of targets for different components of the system.

The main problem which organizations seek to address through VET is consistently identified in the strategy documents and our interviews is that of youth un- and underemployment, although a few organizations have a larger number of social and economic goals. There are then a set of assumptions made about the main problem, a key one being that skills deficits are a substantial cause of youth un- and underemployment. Flowing from this is the assumption that VET is an important area to intervene in order to solve the specific problem of the perceived skills mismatch (between supply and demand of skills), but also the recognition that VET is currently not able to solve this problem because it is dysfunctional in a range of ways. This leads to a range of interventions focused on fixing VET. We discuss four main theories of change present in the VET space, and how they are operationalized or not. We also discuss a number of tensions that emerge when reviewing the assumptions within these different theories of changes more closely, relating to which problems VET can assist with and the ways in which VET will assist to solve for the main problem of youth unemployment.

References
Allais, Stephanie. 2022. ‘Structural Similarities of Formal Vocational Education Systems in Low and Middle Income Countries’. In International Handbook on Education Development in Asia-Pacific, edited by Phil Brown, Wing On Lee, Andy Green, and A. Lin Goodwin. Springer.

Ashton, David, Francis Green, Johnny Sung, and Donna James. 2002. ‘The Evolution of Education and Training Strategies in Singapore, Taiwan and S. Korea: A Development Model of Skill Formation’. Journal of Education and Work 15 (1): 5–30.

Becker, Gary. 1993. Human Capital: A Theoretical and Empirical Analysis, With Special Reference to Education. Chicago: Chicago University Press.

Bogliaccini, Juan A., and Aldo Madariaga. 2020. ‘Varieties of Skills Profiles in Latin America: A Reassessment of the Hierarchical Model of Capitalism’. Journal of Latin American Studies 52 (3): 601–31. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0022216X20000322.

Busemeyer, Marius R., and Christine Trampusch. 2012. ‘The Comparative Political Economy of Collective Skill Formation’. In The Political Economy of Collective Skill Formation, edited by Marius R. Busemeyer and Christine Trampusch, 3–38. Oxford and New York: Oxford University Press.

Hall, Peter A., and David Soskice, eds. 2001. Varieties of Capitalism: The Institutional Foundations of Comparative Advantage. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Martin, Cathie Jo. 2017. ‘Skill Builders and the Evolution of National Vocational Training Systems’. In The Oxford Handbook of Skills and Training, edited by Chris Warhurst, Ken Mayhew, David Finegold, and John Buchanan, 36–53. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Maurer, Markus. 2012. ‘Structural Elaboration of Technical and Vocational Education and Training Systems in Developing Countries: The Cases of Sri Lanka and Bangladesh’. Comparative Education 48 (4): 487–503.

Oliver, Damien, Serena Yu, and John Buchanan. 2019. ‘Political Economy of Vocational Education and Training’. In The Wiley Handbook of Vocational Education and Training, edited by David Guile and Lorna Unwin, 115–36. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley Blackwell.

Reinert, Erik S. 2006. ‘Development and Social Goals: Balancing Aid and Development to Prevent “Welfare Colonialism”’. DESA Working Paper No 14. New York: Economic and Social Affairs, UN_DESA.

Sancak, Merve. 2022. Global Production, National Institutions, and Skill Formation: The Political Economy of Training and Employment in Auto Parts Suppliers from Mexico and Turkey. First edition. Oxford, United Kingdom ; New York, NY: Oxford University Press.

Schultz, Theodore. 1961. ‘Investment in Human Capital’. The American Economic Review LI (1): 1–17.

Thelen, Kathleen. 2004. How Institutions Evolve: The Political Economy of Skills in Germany, Britain, the United States, and Japan. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Information Advice and Guidance for those Young People Who Choose a Vocational Path: a Cross National Comparison

Andrea Laczik1, Christopher Winch2, Sharon Gewitz2, Meg Maguire2, Sait Bayrakdar2, Rana Khazbak2

1Edge Foundation, United Kingdom; 2King's College London

Presenting Author: Laczik, Andrea

Young people experience several transition points during their educational journey before securing a job. These include among others school-to-college, school-to-university, school-to-work transitions. It is therefore very important that they make an informed decision that is best suited to their interests, ability and career ambitions. Hence impartial information, advice and guidance (IAG) in relation to their post-16 choices is essential (Fuller and MacFadyen, 2012). Some young people have a more linear progression to university taking a general route, while others might enter and exit various programmes before they find a suitable course. Vocational routes and ways into further education colleges are often considered complex and unstable, and are impacted by frequent policy reforms (Hupkau,et al., 2017). In England, about 50 percent of young people do not pursue university studies, but mostly engage with vocational training. In March 2023, there were also about 11 percent of young people who were not in education, employment or training (NEET). The combination of the maze of the vocational education and training (VET) system, and the proportion of young people taking a VET path makes information, advice and guidance and generally holistic support of young people a must (Maragkou, 2020). To ensure successful and smooth transitions for all young people and to help them make an informed decision about their future, Careers Education, Information, Advice and Guidance (CEIAG) can play a decisive role. IAG should not only entail information about opportunities in relation to education and training, but IAG of high quality also should be based on, and linked to labour market intelligence (LMI). In an ideal world career advisors would encompass and draw on all this information, and make it available in a tailored, selective manner when advising young people. As recommended by Barnes and Bimrose (2021), among other things there is a clear need to improve LMI in relation to VET: it has to be simplified, it has to be relevant for young people, and it has to be built into the preparation and continuing professional development of ‘intermediaries’ (teachers and career practitioner). Broadly, this is what we plan to unpack in this paper.

This paper draws on findings from a 5-year Economic and Social Research Council funded project, Young Lives, Young Futures which is investigating how England’s vocational education and training (VET) system can better support the school-to-work transitions of the 50 per cent of young people who do not go to university. Specifically, it draws on insights into CEIAG provided by interviews and discussions with researchers, practitioners and policy makers from six European countries, France, Germany, Norway, Scotland, Sweden and Switzerland, which are being undertaken to help inform evaluative readings of transition processes and systems in England in the light of lessons from other national contexts. All these countries have developed industrial and post-industrial economies and have well-established VET systems. However, they vary in terms of their economic and welfare systems and ideologies, involvement of social partners, approaches to VET provision, careers education, information and guidance, and rates of youth unemployment.

We aimed to answer the following question: How do the guidance systems in the chosen countries help young people make school-to-work, school-to-VET and VET-to-work transitions?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The aim of this paper is to identify and provide insights from national CEIAG systems as they relate to provision made for those young people who do not intend to enter university. Although generally speaking, CEIAG provision is for all young people, we are particularly interested in the provision made for those not taking a university route. Part of our research has entailed looking at national CEIAG systems to see if the quality of provision for those intending to enter the workplace and/or a VET differed significantly from what was available for those intending to go to university.
Six countries, France, Germany, Norway, Scotland, Sweden and Switzerland were purposefully chosen demonstrating similarities and differences with each other and with England offering a base for comparing and contrasting approaches, processes and systems. All these countries have developed industrial and post-industrial economies and have well-established VET systems. However, they vary in terms of their economic and welfare systems and ideologies, involvement of social partners, approaches to VET provision, careers education, information and guidance, and rates of youth unemployment.
We have interviewed 16 experts between September 2022 and December 2022. These consisted of: 1 French, 3 German, 1 Norwegian, 1 Scottish, 2 Swedish and 2 Swiss experts and 6 experts from England (4 with considerable international knowledge). We interviewed a combination of researchers, practitioners and policy makers. Interviews lasted between 60 and 70 minutes and were transcribed verbatim.
In January 2023 we also ran a two-hour workshop with experts contributing short presentations followed by small group discussion. Alongside the interviews, this paper draws on data from this workshop.
Our data does not offer a comprehensive overview of the national systems in the six counties. However, through analysis of the data, we have identified common themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We will discuss six themes:
1. The balance between centralisation and decentralisation of CEIAG provision.
2. The quality of provision for vulnerable groups, including SEND, NEET, migrants and low-achievers at school.
3. The quality and availability of labour market intelligence at different levels of national systems.
4. The architecture of and interaction between different levels and parts of the national CEIAG system (eg school/out of school; adult/young person)
5. The quality of CEIAG for those intending to embark on and those on a VET rather than higher education route.
6. Qualifications and professional preparation for CEIAG professional.
Examples of findings include there being some evidence to suggest that well-resourced CEIAG, organised at the national level, but with regional and local presences, is a contributory factor to enabling young people to access VET and employment, but not a sufficient condition for doing so. None of those countries that we examined which had such systems had solved problems of transition, which in many cases remain complex. This remains particularly true for vulnerable groups of young people. Good CEIAG support for vulnerable groups is the biggest challenge facing the systems of all the countries in the study, even those with relatively low levels of youth unemployment. There are major problems facing CEIAG when catering for these groups. These include identifying, then tracking and supporting members of vulnerable groups, putting in place provision that successfully caters for these groups and ensuring that they can exit into a VET programme without having to undergo more than one cycle of support within a transition system. Finally, supporting those who cannot access a Level 3 or even Level 2 VET programme into meaningful employment and, possibly Continuing VET (CVET). This paper will discuss the six themes and reflect on their implications for IAG and VET in England.

References
Fuller, C., & MacFadyen, T. (2012). “What with your grades? ’Students’ motivation for and experiences of vocational courses in further education”. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 64(1), 87-101.

Hupkau, C., McNally, S., Ruiz-Valenzuela, J., & Ventura, G. (2017). Post-compulsory education in England: choices and implications. National Institute Economic Review, 240(1), R42-R57.

Maragkou, K. (2020). Socio-economic inequality and academic match among post-compulsory education participants. Economics of Education Review, 79, 102060.

Barnes, S-A., and Bimrose, J. (2021). Labour market information and its use to inform career guidance of young people. An overview of the Labour Market Information System for Careers Guidance in England. Coventry: Institute for Employment Research, University of Warwick. Retrieved from: https://warwick.ac.uk/fac/soc/ier/research/lmicareerguidanceofyoungpeople/ier_gatsby_lmis_landscape_2021_final.pdf
 
17:30 - 19:0002 SES 08 B: Identity and Motivation
Location: Room 103 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Philipp Struck
Paper Session
 
02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Training Cultures, Vocational Identity, and Vocational Culture – A Cultural Studies Perspective on Generic Competences in Different Occupational Fields

Katrin Kraus, Lena Freidorfer

University of Zurich, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Kraus, Katrin

Concepts such as “generic competences” are based on the assumption that they have an overarching character and do not apply to only one occupation. Nevertheless, in a research project on generic competences (Freidorfer & Kraus, 2023; Freidorfer-Kabashi & Gonon, 2022), we identified occupation-specific differences in the understanding of generic competences.

Based on the increasing importance of so-called generic competences in vocational education and training (VET), “critical thinking” (CT) and “problem solving” (PS) in particular, we investigated the question of what importance trainers in companies attach to these generic competences and what they understand by them. This question was analysed in two occupational fields that are similar in their service character, one of which is more of a person-oriented service (hotel industry) and the other more of a technology-oriented service (IT). It became clear, among other things, that on the one hand there are overarching aspects in the understanding of generic competences in which the representatives of the two fields are similar, and on the other hand there are clear differences in the way in which CT and PS are understood. This is surprising insofar as the concept of “generic competences” is based precisely on the assumption of its overarching meaning.

The field-specific understanding of generic competences is interpreted in this paper with recourse to a cultural studies approach (During, 2010). The core element of this approach is a concept of culture that emphasises the importance of socially shared practices that are linked to shared forms of meaning and mutual expectations in action. From this perspective, the culturally embedded social practices are seen as highly interwoven with the routines in working life, shared values, and the experiences of people. Therefore, the difference in understanding CT and PS can be interpreted as an expression of the different vocational cultures in these two occupational fields.

Two related concepts from vocational training research are instructive for a deeper understanding of vocational culture as an analytic perspective: The concept of training cultures is primarily known from international comparative VET research (Brown & Evans, 1994; Pilz, 2012; Pilz et al., 2023). It shows the cultural embedding of training that has developed within a socio-historical context (Clarke et al., 2021; Deissinger & Gonon, 2021). Training cultures emphasise that the established training systems are also culturally anchored in the societies that have produced them and which in turn have been shaping them. It is used in a similar way at company level to emphasise the close link between corporate culture and training activities (Polo et al., 2018). Whereas training cultures highlight the importance of socio-cultural context, vocational identity reveals the relation between socio-cultural contexts and identity formation (Ferm & Gustavsson, 2021, Pleasant, 2019). The concept of vocational identity is used to describe the process of how a person develops an (emotional) attachment to their respective occupation, which is an important aspect of personal development and identity (Chan, 2019; Klotz et al., 2014). In essence, the development of a vocational identity takes place in the interaction and cooperation relationships in the course of the respective work together with colleagues and customers or clients.

Both concepts emphasise how the perception of the world is shaped by the integration of (individual or collective) actors in a specific cultural context with the associated social practices. Consequently, a field-specific understanding of generic competences can also be seen as an expression of different vocational cultures and social practices in these fields. The article discusses how this perspective helps to understand the differences in the understanding of generic competences between IT and the hotel industry and their relevance for vocational education and training.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study, the results of which form the basis for the thesis on professional culture discussed here, was conducted on generic competences in the two occupational fields of the hotel industry and the IT sector in Switzerland. It was carried out using document analyses and interviews. As part of the document analysis, a content analysis of the curricula of the respective occupations was carried out. Where available, internal training plans from companies were also included in the analysis. From 2020 to 2022, 23 guideline-based interviews were conducted with instructors responsible for vocational training in companies in the hotel industry and the IT sector. In the course of the interviews, the in-company vocational trainers were, among other aspects, asked about the following topics: understanding of CT and PS and possible links between these two generic competences and their procedures of “teaching” CT and PS during in-company training. The interviews were transcribed and subjected to a qualitative content analysis with an inductive-deductive procedure of building the categories (Mayring, 2021). For further results of this study see Freidorfer and Kraus (2023) as well as Freidorfer-Kabashi and Gonon (2022).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
One facet of vocational culture and its specifics, such as norms and values as well as behaviours, ways of working together, or patterns of communication, is expressed in an occupation-specific understanding of generic competences. The occupation-specific understanding of per definition cross-occupational competences, such as CT and PS, reflects aspects of vocational culture in the respective occupational fields. Vocational cultures are linked to social practices in occupational fields and are incorporated into the vocational identity that members of an occupation develop and share. Therefore, vocational cultures are highly relevant for vocational learning. It helps to understand how training cultures and vocational identity are interlinked.
References
Brown, A., & Evans, K. (1994). Changing the training culture: Lessons from Anglo-German comparisons of vocational education and training. British Journal of Education & Work, 7(2), 5–15. https://doi.org/10.1080/0269000940070201
Chan, S. (2019). From job to calling: Vocational identity and the role of apprenticeship. Vocations and Learning, 12(3), 387–403. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12186-019-09220-5
Clarke, L., Westerhuis, A., & Winch, C. (2021). Comparative VET European research since the 1980s: Accommodating changes in VET systems and labour markets. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 73(2), 295–315. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2020.1858938
Deissinger, T., & Gonon, P. (2021). The development and cultural foundations of dual apprenticeships – A comparison of Germany and Switzerland. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 73(2), 197–216. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2020.1863451
During, S. (Hrsg.). (2010). The cultural studies reader (3. ed., reprint). Routledge.
Ferm, L., & Gustavsson, M. (2021). Gendered vocational identities – Female students' strategies for identity formation during workplace-based learning in male-dominated work. International Journal for Research in Vocational Education and Training, 8(3), 334–354. https://doi.org/10.13152/IJRVET.8.3.4
Freidorfer, L., & Kraus, K. (2023). Kritisches Denken und Problemlösen als transversale Kompetenzen mit berufsübergreifenden Anteilen und berufsspezifischen Interpretationen – Einblicke in die betriebliche Berufsbildung in Hotellerie und Informatik in der Schweiz. Bwp@ Berufs- und Wirtschaftspädagogik.
Freidorfer-Kabashi, & Gonon, P. (2022). Zur curricularen Verankerung und betrieblichen Umsetzung kritischen Denkens und Problemlösens—Ein Blick auf Hotelfachleute und lnformatiker*innen. In A. Barabasch (Hrsg.), Berufliche Didaktik in der Schweiz: Innovationstransfer und Berufsfelddidaktik: Eine Publikation der Eidgenössischen Hochschule für Berufsbildung EHB (1. Auflage, S. 200–230). hep verlag.
Klotz, V. K., Billett, S., & Winther, E. (2014). Promoting workforce excellence: Formation and relevance of vocational identity for vocational educational training. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 6(1), 6. https://doi.org/10.1186/s40461-014-0006-0
Mayring, P. (2021). Qualitative content analysis: A step-by-step guide. SAGE Publications.
Pilz, M. (2012). Modularisation of vocational training in Germany, Austria and Switzerland: Parallels and disparities in a modernisation process. Journal of Vocational Education & Training, 64(2), 169–183. https://doi.org/10.1080/13636820.2011.628757
Pilz, M., Fuchs, M., Li, J., Finken, L., & Westermeyer, J. (2023). Similar or different training cultures? German and Chinese companies in their home and host countries. Societies, 13(5), 116. https://doi.org/10.3390/soc13050116
Pleasant, E. (2019). Dirty work: Cultural iconography and working-class pride in industrial apprenticeships. The British Journal of Sociology, 70(5), 2116–2132. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-4446.12703
Polo, F., Cervai, S., & Kantola, J. (2018). Training culture: A new conceptualization to capture values and meanings of training in organisations. Journal of Workplace Learning, 30(3), 162–173. https://doi.org/10.1108/JWL-01-2018-0024


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Motivation, Interests and Study Success: A Profile Analysis of Students in Work-Based-Learning Programmes in Higher Education

Edgar Hahn, Dina Kuhlee, Johanna Telle Zips

University of Magdeburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Hahn, Edgar

Over the past 20 years, there has been a significant increase in the numbers of work-based-learning programmes in Higher Education in Germany. These degree programmes placed at the intersection of vocational and higher education systematically combine academic studies in higher education institutions with practical work experience in companies. The growing importance of these programmes is reflected in both, the increasing number of such study programmes offered and in the rising number of students in work-based-learning programmes (Hofmann et al., 2023, p. 10). Furthermore, the expansion of these programmes is supported by education policies that aim to strengthen the interlinkage between vocational and higher education more intensely (Kuhlee & Irmscher, 2018, p. 9). Despite the increasing relevance of work-based-learning programmes little is known about the specific student clientele, their specific motives for choosing such a programme and their interest in terms of the academic and the practical field. In addition to the role of content interest or the high practical orientation of these students, existing evaluations indicate that important motives for choosing a work-based-learning programme are the combination of theory and practice or associated career opportunities (e.g., Nickel et al., 2022; Hesser & Langfeldt, 2017).

Existing research in higher education suggests that in addition to the motives for choosing a course of study other motivational variables that develop during the course of study are also important factors in terms of study success (Kegel et al., 2020; Blüthmann, 2012, pp. 291). However, the available studies tend to focus on single motivational variables in terms of their relevance to study success. This raises the question of whether a more differentiated and multidimensional consideration of motivational factors, in their interplay, can contribute to a better understanding of their influence on study success (Kegel et al., 2020).

Based on these considerations, this paper analyses in more detail the interplay between intrinsic and extrinsic motives for choosing a work-based-learning programme, academic interest and interest in practical work among students. The following questions arise: (1) To what extent can student profiles be distinguished in terms of their motivation for choosing a course of study and their interests? (2) How can these student profiles be described in terms of key characteristics such as educational background and migration background? (3) To what extent do these student profiles differ in terms of perceived study success?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Cross-sectional data from a questionnaire survey of 1,557 students in work-based-learning programmes in Germany are used to answer these questions. The data were collected as part of the research project INT-Hybrid funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF). The Latent Profile Analysis (LPA) is used to examine whether homogeneous subgroups of students can be identified on the basis of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation for choosing a course of study, academic interest and interest in practical work (Rosenberg et al., 2018; Göller & Besser, 2022). In addition, a single-factor analysis of variance (ANOVA) is used to examine the extent to which the identified student profiles differ in their perceived study satisfaction, their perceived study performance, their identification with the higher education institution and the company as well as their intention to drop out as indicators for study success. The person-centred approach is used to analyse whether motivational variables can be used to identify different groups of students and the extent to which these profiles differ in terms of their perceived study success.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Overall, four distinct profiles can be identified, which do not differ in terms of their educational background or migration background. The results indicate that a high proportion of students (~ 64 %) can be assigned to a profile with a high level of motivation. In contrast, only a small group of students (~ 5 %) seems to stand out due to a low level of intrinsic and extrinsic motivation for choosing a course of study as well as a low level of academic interest and a low level of interest in the practical field. Regarding the analysed study success indicators, students in profiles with a high level of motivation report higher levels of study satisfaction and a lower intention to drop out compared to those with a low level of motivation. Given the small number of students who can be assigned to a profile with low motivational characteristics, the question arises as to the cause of this finding and is discussed in the paper. The reason might lie in the companies’ selection procedures for the allocation of places on work-based-learning programmes or in a very conscious choice of these students, indicating a high degree of compatibility between the students' expectations and the characteristics of work-based-learning programmes. Based on the identified student profiles, the paper discusses furthermore how group-specific approaches can be designed to foster the interest of less motivated students and positively influence their study success.
References
Blüthmann, I. (2012). Individuelle und studienbezogene Einflussfaktoren auf die Zufriedenheit von Bachelorstudierenden. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaften, 15, 273–303.

Göller, R., & Besser, M. (2023). Studienwahlmotive von Bewerberinnen und Bewerbern auf ein Lehramtsstudium und auf andere Studiengänge. Studiengangübergreifende Vergleiche und Profilanalysen. Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Psychologie, 37(4), 305–321.

Hesser, W., & Langfeldt, B. (2017). Das duale Studium aus Sicht der Studierenden. Hamburg: Helmut-Schmidt-Universität/Universität der Bundeswehr Hamburg. Abgerufen von: https://openhsu.ub.hsu-hh.de/bitstream/10.24405/4327/1/openHSU_4327.pdf

Hofmann, S., König, M., & Brenke, P. (2023). AusbildungPlus in Zahlen - Duales Studium in Zahlen 2022. Trends und Analysen. BIBB.

Kegel, L. S., Schnettler, T., Scheunemann, A., Bäulke, L., Thies, D. O., Dresel, M., Fries, S., Leutner, D. Wirth, J., & Grunschel, C. (2020). Unterschiedlich motiviert für das Studium: Motivationale Profile von Studierenden und ihre Zusammenhänge mit demografischen Merkmalen, Lernverhalten und Befinden. Zeitschrift für empirische Hochschulforschung, 4(1), 81–105.

Kuhlee, D., & Irmscher, M. (2018). Duales Studium vs. duale Ausbildung: Zur Diskussion um die Relevanz dualer Studienangebote unter Berücksichtigung der Unternehmensperspektive. bwp@, 34, 1–24.

Nickel, S., Pfeiffer, I., Fischer, A., Hüsch, M., Kiepenheuer-Drechsler, B., Lauterbach, N., Reum, N., Thiele, A.-L., & Ulrich, S. (2022). Duales Studium: Umsetzungsmodelle und Entwicklungsbedarfe. wbv.

Rosenberg, J. M., Beymer, P. N., Anderson, D. J., van Lissa, C. J., & Schmidt, J. A. (2018). tidyLPA: An R Package to Easily Carry Out Latent Profile Analysis (LPA) Using Open-Source or Commercial Software. Journal of Open Source Software, 3(30), 978. https://doi.org/10.21105/joss.00978


02. Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Paper

Vocational Identity – Relevance and Development in the VET System

Philipp Struck

Catholic University of Applied Sciences Mainz, Germany

Presenting Author: Struck, Philipp

The article focuses on the importance of vocational identity and compares this dimension between different branches. As a further aspect, approaches to the development of vocational identity are presented, which Vocational Education and Training (VET) schoolteachers or in-company instructors can provide.

The development of vocational identity is a central target in VET and is of particular importance for the career development of employees. After all, the consideration of vocational identity as a characteristic of successful vocational education and training has a long tradition in the context of scientific analyses of VET and is currently experiencing a certain "renaissance". Vocational identity is to be regarded as a central topic or target in VET and a relevant pattern for analyzing current discourses on the recruitment of skilled workers and the reduction of apprenticeship drop-outs.

Different theoretical operationalization have been written in the literature, and there is no uniform (scientific) definition of "vocational identity". Nevertheless, the development of a vocational identity is a key aspect in VET, especially since a highly developed vocational identity makes a substantial contribution to the development of occupational competence. Therefore, it is a requirement in order to be able to carry out vocational challenges competently and independently (Thole, 2021; Heinrichs et al., 2022).

Rauner (2017) defines vocational identity as follows: "Vocational identity is the result of a development process that is intimately linked to the development of occupational competence. Strictly spoken, the development of vocational identity is a dimension of occupational competence development."

The degree of vocational identity depends on the occupation and apprenticeship, especially since occupations have different identification potentials, i.e. indicators of the attractiveness of an occupation. This means that development is not continuous. Rather, it requires the active engagement of the individual subject with his or her individual occupational environment. Accordingly, the development of vocational identity is based on an interaction with the environmental conditions (in the apprenticeship), in the sense of a subjective experience of vocational identity, reinforced and supported by the individual's self-reflective processes (Rauner, 2017; Thole, 2021; Heinrichs et al., 2022).

With a high level of emotional attachment to the occupation learned, job-related disadvantages, such as low pay or shift work, are often tolerated. In a positive understanding, it can be expected that a strongly developed vocational identity can lead to greater job satisfaction and better performance in everyday working life. Consequently, vocational identity can have an influence on long-term motivation and activity at work, as well as increasing the sense of responsibility and quality awareness (Rauner, 2017). These are reasons why companies and VET schools should have an interest in promoting the vocational identity of their apprentices at an early stage.

Therefore, two research questions are analyzed:

  • Which relationships exist between vocational identity and other dimensions such as job satisfaction, or meaningfulness of own work?
  • How can schoolteachers and/or in-company instructors (systematically) promote vocational identity in VET?

The aim of this study is to contribute to the support of and the development of vocational identity in VET. In order to achieve this, practical suggestions and advice are given on how to promote vocational identity in apprenticeships in companies and VET schools. The results and suggestions should be transferable to various European countries with a school-based VET system, a dual VET system and also to countries with a "training on the job" approach.

The aim is to provide information on how the development of vocational identity in VET can be promoted in different contexts or systems. The transfer should succeed on the basis of two studies from Germany, which were carried out in various schools and companies in different VET sectors.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is based on two data sets from quantitative surveys, which are combined for this presentation. A total of 645 apprentices in industrial-technical apprenticeships and healthcare occupations (both without academic education) were included.

The respondents were taken from all three years of apprenticeship and participation was voluntary. Various dimensions were used, which were taken from the research literature (like Rauner 2017 or Barghorn 2010) and had previously proven themselves in terms of quality criteria.

The main scales are:
• Vocational identity (α(627)=.770; k=6; example item: "I like to tell others what occupation I am learning.")
• Autonomy (α(628)=.822; k=3; example item: " I can decide for myself how I proceed in my work.")
• Meaningfulness of own work (α(628)=.822; k=3; example item: "The job I do is important to me.")
• Job satisfaction (α(624)=.908; k=4; example item: "In general, I like working here.")

There are highly significant correlations between vocational identity and job satisfaction (.668**), as well as with the meaningfulness of own work (.532**), but also between job satisfaction and the meaningfulness of own work (.484**).
Furthermore, the results show that there are no significant differences between apprentices from the industrial-technical occupations (n=149) and apprentices in the healthcare sector (n=472) in terms of vocational identity and job satisfaction. However, apprentices in the industrial-technical occupations report that they have more autonomy in their daily work, while apprentices in the healthcare sector consider their work to be more meaningful than the comparison group.
Over the entire apprenticeship duration, vocational identity (regardless of the branch) indicates a slight reduction over the three apprenticeship years.

These results can also be compared to the Norwegian survey by Johannesen et al. (2019), such as the relationship between a strong vocational identity and a substantial interest in the further development of the own professional competence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Aspects such as their own experience of autonomy and the impression that their own work is highly meaningful appear to be relevant for apprentices. There is also a connection between job satisfaction and vocational identity. Based on these empirical results and taking into account further scientific literature (like e.g. Rauner, 2017; Thole, 2021, 2023), recommended strategies will be presented on how teachers and instructors in schools and companies can promote vocational identity during apprenticeships.

An important aspect of promotion is the creation of optimal learning and working environments in both learning locations. This includes recognition and appreciation of the apprentices' performance and their commitment, as well as opportunities for the development of skills and attitudes, and a variety of tasks and work activities (in the sense of the entire occupational range). The transfer of responsible work orders (ideally congruent with the apprentices' own interests), which are to be completed independently and on their own responsibility, should also be implemented.

With regard to the school learning location, the importance of the teacher should be emphasized; they symbolize the occupation through their own vocational experience and the framing of the discourse in lessons. If they speak positively about the occupation and thus strengthen the reputation of the occupation, this supports the development of the vocational identity. Furthermore, school lessons can provide a meaningful accompaniment to the experiences from the company workplace through guided reflection exercises.

References
Barghorn, K. (2010). Einstellungen und Verhalten von Mitarbeitern in betrieblichen Veränderungsprozessen. Dissertation: Universität Osnabrück.
Heinrichs, K., Wuttke, E. & Kögler, K. (2022). Berufliche Identität, Identifikation und Beruflichkeit – Eine Verortung aus der Perspektive einer theoriegeleiteten empirischen Berufsbildungsforschung. bwp@ Profil 7: Perspektiven wirtschafts- und berufspädagogischer sowie wirtschaftsethischer Forschung. 1-28. Online: https://www.bwpat.de/profil7_minnameier/heinrichs_etal_profil7.pdf (12.06.2022).
Klotz, V. K., Billett, S. & Winther, E. (2014). Promoting workforce excellence: Formation and relevance of vocational identity for vocational educational training. Empirical Research in Vocational Education and Training, 6, 1-20. Retrieved from http://www.ervet-journal.com/content/6/1/6. doi:10.1186/s40461-014-0006-0.
Johannesen, H.S., Nore, H. & Lahn, L.C. (2019). Transformations in(to) vocational identity among Norwegian VET students and apprentices learning in school and at work. In F. Marhuenda & M.J. Chisvert-Tarazona (Eds.), Pedagogical concerns and market demands in VET. Proceedings of the 3rd Crossing Boundaries in VET conference, Vocational Education and Training Network (VETNET) (pp.215-221) https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.2641708.
Rauner, F. (2017). Grundlagen beruflicher Bildung. Mitgestalten der Arbeitswelt. Bielefeld: wbv.
Thole, C. (2021). Berufliche Identitätsarbeit als Bildungsauftrag der Berufsschule. Am Beispiel der dualen Ausbildung im Einzelhandel. Bielefeld: wbv.
Thole, C. (2023). Theme-centered interaction and developmental tasks as research method and pedagogical tool regarding identity development in VET. Front. Psychol. 14:1201305. doi: 10.3389/fpsyg.2023.1201305.
 
17:30 - 19:0003 SES 08 A: The past, the present and the future: 30 years of curriculum discussions
Location: Room 008 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Majella Dempsey
Panel Discussion
 
03. Curriculum Innovation
Panel Discussion

The Past, The Present and The Future: Thirty Years of Curriculum Discussions

Majella Dempsey1, Mark Priestley2, Stavroula Philippou3, Daniel Alvunger4, Anne Looney5

1Maynooth University, Ireland; 2University of Stirling, Scotland; 3University of Cyprus, Cyprus; 4Linnaeus University, Sweden; 5Dublin City University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Dempsey, Majella; Priestley, Mark; Philippou, Stavroula; Alvunger, Daniel; Looney, Anne

Curriculum studies as a field has gone through successive crises of identity, from the assertion by Schwab in 1970s that the field was moribund, to talk of the field being in crisis (Wheelahan 2010) to a call from Priestley and Philippou (2019) to put curriculum at the heart of educational practice. Various agendas are being promoted by the European Union and other political or economic bodies such key competences, calls for democratic/ civic education, the promotion of education for sustainability, the inclusion/equity/ diversity conversations; these all involve questions of politics and power. The curriculum is being asked to be agile and respond to multiple “masters” at once.

EU’s ‘Key competences for lifelong learning’ as a condition for curriculum revision in Cyprus: challenging disciplinarity? Stavroula Philippou

New curricula in Cyprus introduced in 2010, restructured into ‘success and efficiency indicators’ in 2016 and are undergoing an ‘update’ [epikairopoiisi] in 2024; part of the guidelines of the Ministry during this more recent revision has been for curriculum groups to consider how the eight key competences set out by the EU’s Reference Framework (2006) can inform the process horizontally. Drawing on debates around the nature and position of ‘knowledge’ in curricula (e.g. Biesta, 2014; Deng, 2021; McPhail & Rata, 2016; Zipin, Fataar & Brennan, 2015), the paper discusses the institutional processes through which these competences were given as a condition for curriculum revision, in relation to existing curriculum policies and practices which have traditionally favoured strong boundaries between subject-areas in Cyprus.

A quest for the holy grail: The problems and possibilities of ’knowledge’ in VET curricula. Daniel Alvunger

A question in discussions on vocational education and training (VET) programmes is how they are designed to in the best possible ways respond to the lack of skilled and educated staff (Panican, 2020; Wheelahan, 2015). At the same time, VET programmes are located in a borderland between school and work life. On the one hand, they shall contribute to competence and labour provision (Panican & Paul, 2019), while they on the other side are expected, like all upper secondary education programmes, to promote the possibility of the young to independently shape their lives (Rosvall & Nylund, 2022). The presentation relates to recent changes in the VET curriculum from 2022 and an upcoming extensive assessment and grading reform for upper secondary education.

A [re]turn to knowledge in post-competency curricula? Panel speaker 3: Mark Priestley

Contemporary debates in curriculum studies have elicited controversy around the centrality of knowledge in the school curriculum (e.g. Young & Muller, 2010; Rata, 2012). These debates have often been framed in terms of a dichotomy: competency-based curriculum on the one hand, or a so-called knowledge rich approach on the other. Such polarization can obscure the complexities that lie behind the construction of curricular policy. In this presentation, I draw attention to some of the trajectories and discourses that have characterized this apparent shift in emphasis, questioning whether CfE can, in its present form, address such a challenge.

Artificial Intelligence and the new episteme; implications for curriculum. Anne Looney

Debates about the implications of AI for education have focused for the most part on assessment and testing, with consideration of the implications for curriculum confined to discussions of courses in AI. School curricula (however articulated), claim to offer students access to the foundations of disciplinary knowledge, mediated by teachers as curriculum-makers. I consider whether this claim continues to be valid in the age of generative AI and whether the traditional curriculum tensions between skills and knowledge have been made more complex by emerging tensions between the ‘teacher generated’ and the ‘artificially generated’ in classrooms.


References
Biesta, G. (2014) Pragmatising the curriculum: bringing knowledge back into the curriculum conversation, but via pragmatism. The Curriculum Journal, 25(1), 29-49.
Deng, Z. (2021). Powerful knowledge, transformations and Didaktik/curriculum thinking. British Educational Research Journal, 47(6), 1652–1674.
Deng, Z. (2018). Contemporary curriculum theorizing: Crisis and resolution. Journal
of Curriculum Studies 50(6), 691–710.
McPhail, G. & Rata, E. (2016). Comparing Curriculum Types: ‘Powerful Knowledge’ and ‘21st Century Learning’. New Zealand Journal of Educational Studies, 51, 53–68.
OECD (2021). Scotland’s Curriculum for Excellence: Into the Future, Implementing Education Policies, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/bf624417-en.
Panican, A., & Paul, E. (2019). Svensk gymnasial yrkesutbildning - en framgångsfaktor för en effeektiv övergång från skola till arbetsliv eller kejsarens nya kläder? [Swedish upper secondary vocational education - a success factor for an effective transition from school to working life or the emperor's new clothes?]. Gävle: The Swedish ESF council.
Paraskeva, J.M. (2021). Conflicts in Curriculum Theory. Challenging Hegemonic Epistemologies. 2nd Edition. Palgrave Macmillan.
Priestley, M. & Philippou, S. (2019). Curriculum is – or should be – at the heart of educational practice. The Curriculum Journal 30(1), 1–7.
Rata, E. (2012a). The politics of knowledge in education. British Educational Research Journal, 38, 103–124. DOI:10.1080/01411926.2011.615388
Per-Åke Rosvall & Mattias Nylund (2022) Civic education in VET: concepts for a professional language in VET teaching and VET teacher education, Journal of Vocational Education & Training, DOI: 10.1080/13636820.2022.2075436
Wheelahan, L. (2015). Not just skills: What a focus on knowledge means for vocational education. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 47(6), 750–762.
Wheelahan, L. (2010). Why knowledge matters in curriculum: A social realist argument.
London: Routledge.
Wraga, W. G. & Hlebowitsh, P. S. (2003). Toward a renaissance in curriculum theory and development in the USA. Journal of Curriculum studies 35(4), 425–437.
Young, M. and Muller, J. (2010). Three Educational Scenarios for the Future: lessons from the sociology of knowledge. European Journal of Education, 45(1), 11-27.
Zipin, L., Fataar, Α. & Brennan, M. (2015). Can social realism do social justice? Debating the warrants for curriculum knowledge selection, Education as Change, 19(2), 9-36.

Chair
Majella Dempsey, majella.dempsey@mu.ie, Maynooth University, Ireland
 
17:30 - 19:0004 SES 08 A: NW 04 Network Meeting
Location: Room 112 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Network Meeting
 
04. Inclusive Education
Paper

NW 04 Network Meeting

Michelle Proyer

University of Luxembourg, Luxembourg

Presenting Author: Proyer, Michelle

Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
17:30 - 19:0005 SES 08 A: NW 05 Network Meeting
Location: Room B228 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Michael Jopling
Network Meeting
 
05. Children and Youth at Risk and Urban Education
Paper

NW 05 Network Meeting

Michael Jopling

University of Brighton, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Jopling, Michael

Networks hold a meeting during ECER. All interested are welcome.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
.
References
.
 
17:30 - 19:0006 SES 08 A JS: Activism & Democracy in Open Learning
Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Monica Assante
Joint Paper Session, NW 06 and NW34. Full details in 06 SES 08 A JS
 
06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Potential and Challenge of Online Activism in Fostering Youth Democratic Engagement. A Polish Case Study.

Martyna Elerian1,2, Miri Yemini1, Katarzyna Jasikowska2

1Technion University, Israel; 2Jagiellonian University, Poland

Presenting Author: Elerian, Martyna

In recent decades, the levels of political engagement of EU youth have declined (Kitanova, 2020). Norris (2003) suggests that this apathy is caused by the youth’s significant disillusionment with the political system. While there are various means by which people can express their political and social views to advocate for desired change (Norris, 2003), the choice of these means depends on their perceived success rate concerning the desired outcome (Šerek et al., 2012). In the vast majority of European countries, young people can’t vote until the age of 18, and while their political representation is nominal, they need to rely on older generations to represent their interests, which can be overlooked (Vochocová & Rosenfeldová, 2023).

However, studies indicate that young individuals may embrace unconventional or novel means of involvement in the socio-political sphere (Ross, 2021; Šerek et al., 2012). This study explores the transformative potential and challenges of youth activism, specifically online activism, as a way of exhibiting democratic mindsets and attitudes as envisioned in Dewey’s conceptualization of democracy (Hytten, 2016).

Activism can be understood as a wide array of actions instigated to promote political causes, environmental protection, human rights, or anti-war efforts (Klar & Kasser, 2009). Furthermore, students representing Generation Z are the first to grow up in an era of universal internet access and widespread use of social networking sites, such as Instagram, X, and Facebook. These platforms have become their space of everyday activity and where they learn about and engage with various socio-political issues (Bakker & Vreese, C. H. 2011; Vromen et al., 2015; Jakubowski, 2021). Therefore, social media, where visual images possess inherent political implications and play a central role in negotiating, consolidating, and naturalizing major cultural narratives and social norms (Melek & Müyesseroğlu, 2023), have the potential to counteract the decreasing engagement of youth in political activities (Hobbs, 2016).

While offline civic engagement can place limitations on young people due to resource constraints or parental and school restrictions, the online environment emerges as a space where they can participate actively and independently through a myriad of activities, including expressing opinions, engaging in discussions, sharing information, and mobilizing for collective action (Machackova & Šerek, 2017). This could be seen with the worldwide rise of youth environmental engagement, the Black Lives Matter movement, or the recent Free Palestine protests. In Poland, social media was used for communication, networking, and mobilization of Polish women against the proposed total ban on abortion in 2016 (Korolczuk, 2016). This form of social action has also been adopted by young Polish climate activists from the ‘Wschod’ organization and, most recently, campaigns organized by young Polish activists to encourage youth participation in the 2023 parliamentary elections.

However, researchers express concerns about the external efficiency of online civic participation, the presence of misleading or false information, and the actions of groups disseminating extremist attitudes (Machackova & Šerek, 2017). Moreover, Jakubowski (2021) observes that online personalities often project their preconceived views onto their audiences, a tendency that may primarily apply to young individuals seeking opinions rather than information. Therefore, it is important to better understand the potential and the challenges of this new form of democratic participation from the perspective of its young users.

This proposal is rooted in the ongoing multimethod research project STUDACT, with a particular focus on the Polish case study. It aims to understand how Polish youth utilize social media to gain knowledge, comprehend, and engage with local, national, and global issues. How do they understand activism and online activism? How do they perceive their individual roles and their potential influence on local and global matters through active and reactive online activism?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The participants included Polish secondary school students aged 14-18 and established Polish young activists aged 18-25. The school students participated in small discussion groups, based on the methodology originally guided by Bohnsack (2000), which understands a discussion group as an open interview that allows the participants to engage with the topic using their own set of meanings including language, symbolic system and framework. Overall, 30 discussion groups of 5-7 participants were conducted in small and large Polish urban areas. The participants came from different educational organisations including the state’s secondary schools of general education, but also more distinct secondary schools such as IB state schools, Catholic schools, Technical Schools, and Art schools. The students responded to open-ended questions related to their awareness, understanding and experience with activism, global issues, human rights, climate change, their education about these issues inside and outside of school, including their online engagement. Furthermore, 10 young activists aged 18-25 participated in Photovoice research. Understanding photovoice as the act of taking photos or documentation, followed by telling stories related to these photos (Wang, 2006), the participants took part individually in three meetings over 3 months. Based on the photographs they captured, they discussed their activism and social media presence in relation to their activism. All data was transcribed and analysed through thematic analysis methodology following Braun and Clarke's (2021) procedures for generating both, ‘data-driven’ and ‘theory-driven’ codes and themes from qualitative data. One of the ‘data-driven’ themes that became prevalent in and throughout many discussion groups, is the presented here issue of online activism and its implications.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Students who participated in discussion groups showed awareness and engagement with issues such as human rights, climate change, and, to some extent, national and global politics. The vast majority considered social media as their primary source of information on current global and local initiatives and issues. They viewed social media, such as Instagram, Facebook, TikTok as platforms where they could express their opinions through actions like commenting, sharing, or liking posts from activists they find significant. Many believe that such actions are a form of activism, as they gain and spread awareness about issues that are important to them. They also considered social media activism as a means to exchange ideas about various local and global initiatives and to provide mutual encouragement for various offline actions. While students in the discussion groups were able to name worldwide recognized youth activists such as Greta Thunberg, they were mostly unsure about the names of Polish young activists. However, they were aware of and engaged with the issues raised and disseminated by many Polish activists on social media platforms. These issues encompassed climate change, women’s rights, and human rights. This may suggest that contemporary youth activism serves as a form of informal education, deepening individuals' understanding of democracy. However, while some participating students could critically assess activists' views and actions, others were prone to accepting online information unquestioningly, rendering them susceptible to one-sided activist agendas and occasional misinformation. The interviews with the Polish activists gave insights into how they view their social media presence and its potential impact, understanding that their individual actions may not have the desired effect in terms of outreach; however, with a group effort, their posts collectively can spread the message they want to convey to larger audiences.
References
Bakker, T. P., & de Vreese, C. H. (2011). Good News for the Future? Young People, Internet Use, and Political Participation. Communication Research, 38(4), 451-470.
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2021) Thematic Analysis: A Practical Guide. Sage, London.
Bohnsack, R. (2000). Rekonstruktive Sozialforschung. Einführung in die Methodologie und Praxis qualitativer Forschung. Opladen: B. Budrich.
Hobbs R. (2016). Capitalists, consumers, and communicators: How schools approach civic education. In: E. Gordon & P. Mihailidis (Eds.) Civic media 2016 (pp. 355–370). MIT Press Cambridge, MA.
Hytten, K. (2016) Globalization, Democracy, and Social Movements: The educational potential of activism, Educational Philosophy and Theory, 48(10), 981-996.
Jakubowski, J. (2021). Political socialization in meme times: Adolescents and the sources of knowledge concerning politics, Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 43(3), 254-274.
Kitanova, M. (2020). Youth political participation in the EU: evidence from a cross-national analysis, Journal of Youth Studies, 23(7), 819-836.
Korolczuk E. (2016): Explaining mass protests against abortion ban in Poland: the power of connective action, „Zoon Politikon Journal”, 7/2016, s. 91 -113 .
Klar, M., & Kasser, T. (2009). Some benefits of being an activist: Measuring activism and its role in psychological well‐being. Political Psychology, 30(5), 755-777.
Machackova, H., & Šerek, J. (2017). Does ‘clicking’ matter? The role of online participation in adolescents’ civic development. Cyberpsychology: Journal of Psychosocial Research on Cyberspace, 11(4), Article 5.
Melek, G., & Müyesseroğlu, E. (2023). Political storytelling of Ekrem İmamoğlu on Instagram during 2019 Istanbul mayoral elections in Turkey. Visual Studies, 38(5), 894-910.
Norris, P. (2003, November 27–28). Young people & political activism: From the politics of loyalties to the politics of choice? Paper presented to the Council of Europe Symposium, Young People and Democratic Institutions: From Disillusionment to Participation, Strasbourg.
Ross, A. (2021). “Young European’s Constructions of Nation, State, Country and Europe. National Identities 23 (1), 79–95.
Šerek, J., Petrovičová, Z. & Macek, P. (2012) Adolescents' perspectives on traditional, non-traditional, and direct political activities: The role of identity-processing styles and political beliefs, International Journal of Social Psychology, 27 (2), 243-250.
Vromen, A., Xenos, M.A., & Loader, B. (2015) Young people, social media and connective action: from organisational maintenance to everyday political talk, Journal of Youth Studies, 18(1), 80-100.
Wang, C. C. (2006). Youth Participation in Photovoice as a Strategy for Community Change. Journal of Community Practice, 14(1-2), 147–161.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Explanatory Factors of Digital Citizenship among University Students. A Cross-national Perspective

Monica Assante1, Magda Elena Samoila1, Valentina Goglio2, Nicoleta Laura Popa1

1Alexandru Ioan Cuza University of Iasi, Romania; 2University of Turin, Italy

Presenting Author: Assante, Monica; Popa, Nicoleta Laura

Theoretical framework and research questions

Over the last decades, technology users gathered in interaction creating a digital society, which emerged due to intense digital connections. In this designated context, the concept of digital citizenship is referring broadly to norms of appropriate, responsible behaviour regarding technology use, particularly in engaging in social and civic activities (Ribble & Bailey, 2007). Due to being raised in a digital society that has provided new opportunities for education, social interaction, and even employment, students were considered digital natives who hold all technology-related knowledge and skills, including digital citizenship. However, digital citizenship is a complex construct which needs to be addressed. Recent studies show that an individual’s extent of experience using the Internet is not a factor that affects the level of knowledge and practice of digital citizenship among undergraduate students. One of the aspects that are being developed in civic education in the era of digital citizenship is civic literacy (Al-Abdullatif et. al., 2020). Several empirical studies on digital citizenship in higher education have been conducted in recent years (e.g., Al-Zahrani, 2015; Kara, 2018); nevertheless, coherent digital citizenship education in the university curriculum is most probably seen as a ‘natural’ outcome of efforts invested in developing students’ digital competences and, thus, is rather neglected in policy papers and programme contents. Given the profound changes undertaken by universities for better preparing students for future societies, it is reasonable to assume that digital citizenship will further enrich the meaning of digital competence development and fully enter the academic debate on transversal competences in higher education. While education programmes in this area are focused more on increasing students’ digital skills, public concern regarding the potential risks to youth online has prompted a quick response to provide internet safety education. This process is more than a mean to an end, hence the building blocks of developing digital citizenship must be clarified to develop sustainable programmes that support digital citizenship development. Also, there is evidence that young people’s online behaviour depends on their own narratives, stories, and experiences of digital life (Black et al., 2022). Nonetheless, the most compacted results show that personal values, such as self-transcendence and security, have a vital role in influencing digital citizen participation (Palacin et al., 2021). Deeper understanding of personal values influence on digital citizenship could provide direction or create incentive mechanisms and grasp user experiences in digital communities (Palacin et al., 2021). Moreover, other studies showed that social factors such as identity (Mitchell, 2016) and social status (Wang & Xing, 2018) impacts youth digital citizenship.

This present study aims to identify and analyze the explanatory factors of digital citizenship, as perceived by university students in different European cultural contexts. Four dimensions were followed in exploring the potential determinants of digital citizenship: digital experiences (Internet Political Activism, Technical Skills, Critical Perspective, and Networking Agency), cultural orientations, individual and social identity, and civic attitude. Therefore, the questions we sought to answer are: What are the individual digital experiences that underlie digital citizenship? What are the values that support digital citizenship? What are the effects of social identity and social status? To what extent cross-national variations can be observed?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methods
The main aim of the current research is to explore some determinants of digital citizenship, as perceived by university students in different European cultural contexts. The data were collected using a questionnaire which was administrated to a sample consisting of 329 students enrolled in bachelor and master programmes in two European countries: Romania (N = 210) and Italy (N = 119). The study variables were assessed using different scales, as follows: digital citizenship was measured using the specific scale elaborated by Choi et al., 2017; to assess self-transcendence personal values, the Portrait Values Questionnaire (PVQ) was used (Schwartz et al., 2001). The instrument is based on Schwartz’s (1992) theory of human values. Further, the digital experience was measured by using the Digital Experience Footprint Scale (Surmelioglu & Seferoglu, 2019), while identity was assessed by using the Social Identity scale (Nario-Redond, 2004). The main objective of the analysis is to explore effects of individual and country-level factors on digital citizenship development. Therefore, structural equation modelling analysis was used to estimate the relationships between individual factors (e.g., personal values, digital experience, social status, identity) and digital citizenship. The research model was examined in detail to determine whether the demographic characteristics of the respondents had an effect on path relationships within the model. To do so, we used the country and the gender as control variables, and then we ran multigroup analysis (MGA) with PLS-SEM.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected outcomes
Throughout all models we expect to find positive associations between self-transcendence values, digital experience, identity, social status, and digital citizenship. At the country level, we expect a significant effect on the paths from self-transcendence values, digital experience, and digital citizenship. This means that the association between self-transcendence values and digital citizenship is more significant in Italy, while the association between digital experience and digital citizenship to be significant in Romania, mainly due to disparities in access to technology. The results of this study contribute to the increasing body of research aimed at informing the development of strong academic programs for digital citizenship education. Furthermore, the study delves into the significance of the country level in grasping the relationship between values, digital experience and digital citizenship.

References
Al-Abdullatif, A. M., & Gameil, A. A. (2020). Exploring Students’ Knowledge and Practice of Digital Citizenship in Higher Education. International Journal of Emerging Technologies in Learning (iJET), 15(19), pp. 122–142.
Al-Zahrani, A. (2015). Toward digital citizenship: examining factors affecting participation and involvement in the Internet society among higher education students. International Education Studies, 8(12), 203-217.
Black, R., Walsh, L., Waite, C., Collin, P., Third, A., & Idriss, S. (2022). In their own words: 41 stories of young people’s digital citizenship. Learning, Media and Technology, 47(4), 524-536.
Choi, M., Glassman, M., & Cristol, D. (2017). What it means to be a citizen in the internet age: Development of a reliable and valid digital citizenship scale. Computers & Education, 107, 100-112.
Kara, N. (2018). Understanding university students’ thoughts and practices about digital citizenship: a mixed methods study. Educational Technology and Society. 21, 172–185.
Ribble, M., Bailey, G. (2007). Digital Citizenship is Schools. International Society for Technology and Education: Washington, DC.
Mitchell, L. (2016). Beyond digital citizenship. Middle Grades Review, 1(3), 3.
Nario-Redmond, M. R., Biernat, M., Eidelman, S., & Palenske, D. J. (2004). The social and personal identities scale: A measure of the differential importance ascribed to social and personal self-categorizations. Self and Identity, 3(2), 143-175.
Palacin, V., Ferrario, M. A., Hsieh, G., Knutas, A., Wolff, A., & Porras, J. (2021). Human values and digital citizen science interactions. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 149, 102605.
Surmelioglu, Y., & Seferoglu, S. S. (2019). An Examination of Digital Footprint Awareness and Digital Experiences of Higher Education Students. World Journal on Educational Technology: Current Issues, 11(1), 48-64.
Schwartz, S. H. (1992). Universals in the content and structure of values: Theoretical advances and empirical tests in 20 countries. In Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 25, pp. 1-65). Academic Press.
Schwartz, S. H., Melech, G., Lehmann, A., Burgess, S., Harris, M., & Owens, V. (2001). Extending the cross-cultural validity of the theory of basic human values with a different method of measurement. Journal of cross-cultural psychology, 32(5), 519-542.
Wang, X., & Xing, W. (2018). Exploring the influence of parental involvement and socioeconomic status on teen digital citizenship: A path modeling approach. Journal of Educational Technology & Society, 21(1), 186-199.


06. Open Learning: Media, Environments and Cultures
Paper

Unraveling Uncertainty: Exploring the Space In-between in Non-verbal Human Machine Interaction Considering Creative and Explorative Practices

Juliane Ahlborn, Dan Verständig

Bielefeld University, Germany

Presenting Author: Ahlborn, Juliane; Verständig, Dan

The proposed paper delves into the realm of uncertainty in two ways. First, uncertainty, by the means of education (Biesta 2014) and human action (Arendt 1958), refers to the lack of complete knowledge or predictability when making decisions. It encompasses various forms of ambiguity, doubt, and unpredictability that can significantly impact human thinking and action (Mazzone & Elgammal 2019). Second, by focusing on complex machine interactions, our research seeks to illuminate the ways in which humans engage with AI systems in order to approach the complexity of the underlying digital infrastructure (Williamson et al. 2023) and its implications for images and imaginaries of complex machine systems.

In our research, we are exploring contexts and practices that inhabit moments of uncertainty when humans interact with complex machine systems in various playful and creative ways. We do not want to completely eliminate the potential of human uncertainty by focussing on machine systems, we rather try to acknowledge the notion of everlasting indeterminacy in human machine interaction. Therefore, we take uncertainty as starting point to reconstruct images of AI on the one hand and ultimately shape the conditions and constraints of educational processes on the other hand.

Therefore, we want to outline the extent to which people need to be prepared for explanations and know about interaction, in order to benefit from them in a mode of explanation. By addressing the triangle of uncertainty, creativity and exploration, we also hope to get insights to which extent creative methods and visual cues can be leveraged to teach AI concepts and foster digital literacy among learners. The research can be divided into three parts (exploration, creativity and uncertainty) that equally contribute to the overall question: how to address uncertainty in order to enhance human modes of understanding, images and imaginaries of complex machine systems?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our qualitative research, based on 16 interviews and ethnographic observations over the past two years, examines how people engage with machines for development, artistic expression, exploration, and educational purposes (Ahlborn et al. 2022). The data was collected through an individual research project on art and AI (Ahlborn 2023) as well as part of research within the Transregional Collaborative Research Center TRR 318 "Constructing Explainability" on robotic interaction. We use ethnographic research and narrative interviews following (Christin 2020) to explore and reconstruct images, imaginaries of AI and moments of uncertainty in dynamic interactions with complex machine systems.

Our goal is to enhance the understanding of the subtleties and complexities of this dynamic space in-between human machine interactions and modes of uncertainty. We recognize the persistent nature of uncertainty in these interactions, viewing it as a basis to explore AI-related images and imaginaries.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings will not only inform teaching materials, such as data stories and metaphors for civic data infrastructures and higher education, aiming to reconstruct AI images as well as imaginaries and foster diverse understandings in educational settings, the key results are also part of further basic research on uncertainty in educational settings challenged by machine systems. Our reconstructive approach offers a unique perspective, laying the foundation for future interdisciplinary research on explainability of AI and the complexity of educational processes.
References
Ahlborn, J. (2023). „Damn Data! On the (Explorative) Role of AI Art“. Long paper presentation as part of the symposium „Normalizing the Body. Addressing the Lack of Diversity in Digital Technologies and What it Means for Educational Science“. #ECER 2023, Glasgow, Scotland.

Ahlborn, J., Verständig, D., & Stricker, J. (2022). Decoding Datafication: Media educational approaches in communicating the complexity of digital data and data infrastructures. #ECREA 2022, Aarhus, Denmark https://pub.uni-bielefeld.de/record/2967844

Arendt, H. (1958). The Human Condition. The University of Chicago Press.

Biesta, G. J. J. (2015). Beautiful Risk of Education. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315635866

Christin, A. (2020). The ethnographer and the algorithm: Beyond the black box. Theory and Society, 49(5–6), 897–918. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11186-020-09411-3

Mazzone, M., & Elgammal, A. (2019). Art, Creativity, and the Potential of Artificial Intelligence. Arts, 8(1), 26. https://doi.org/10.3390/arts8010026

Verständig, D. (2020). Nothing to see? – How to address algorithms and their impact on the perception of the world. In D. Kergel, B. Heidkamp, R. C. Arnett, & S. Mancino (Eds.), Communication and Learning in an Age of Digital Transformation  (pp. 220–237). Routledge.

Williamson, B., Macgilchrist, F., & Potter, J. (2023). Re-examining AI, automation and datafication in education. Learning, Media and Technology, 48(1), 1–5. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2023.2167830
 
17:30 - 19:0007 SES 08 A: Social Justice and Critical Race Theory in Higher Education II
Location: Room 116 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Carola Mantel
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Intercultural Education as Higher Education Programme. Memories and Hope for the Future - A Danish Case Study

Gro Hellesdatter Jacobsen, Søren Sindberg Jensen

University of Southern Denmark

Presenting Author: Jacobsen, Gro Hellesdatter; Jensen, Søren Sindberg

In 2011, a BA programme in Intercultural Education [Interkulturel pædagogik] was established at the Faculty of Humanities, University of Southern Denmark. The BA programme is interdisciplinary, including a choice of either Arabic or Danish as a second language as the other main subject other from intercultural education. In 2017, the Arabic track was discontinued so that all students studied Intercultural education combined with Danish as a second language. In 2023, the university’s rector, on the recommendation of the dean of the Faculty of Humanities, decided that the programme should close “to bring balance to the economy” since the programme was estimated to be financially unsustainable due to a small number of students. The last students of the programme will graduate in 2026.

In this presentation, we – both of us experienced lecturers at the programme, and one of us furthermore former head of study – will outline a research study of the programme’s history, content, and research environment, and we will discuss the possible futures of Intercultural education programmes in Denmark. Also, we will look to similar and related programmes in the European context, such as the Nordic countries and Germany, for a comparative analysis.

The research question of the study is: What was the purpose of creating a BA programme in Intercultural Education, how have the programme's curricula and content changed historically, and what development opportunities does the programme now face?

The presentation draws on document analysis of documents and other material related to the programme stored in an archive over the years. Among these, the official curriculum [studieordning], syllabi for each discipline, the original application from establishing the study programme in 2011, as well as the publications related directly to the programme such as the anthology “Interkulturel pædagogik – Kulturmøder i teori og praksis” [Intercultural education – Cultural encounters in theory and practice] (2015) edited and authored by lecturers and researchers affiliated with the study programme and announcing a “presentation of a research and education field” (Hobel et al., 2005).

Furthermore, we will include reflections on our own positioning as researchers in the field and lecturers in the BA programme since 2015.

Based on the case study of the BA programme, we will discuss future opportunities (and perhaps hopes) for intercultural education in higher education, with special respect to new developments in the research field inspired by postmigration (Römhild 2017, Foroutan 2019), Critical Race Theory (Gillborn, 2006), teaching for social justice perspectives (Kumashiro, 2015), etc.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study will be designed as a case study (Flyvbjerg, 2006) as we, in the preliminary phase, expect that the case can serve as, a critical case of strategic importance in relation to the general problem of how to educate in the field of education and migration.

In the analysis of the policy documents that originate from the programme’s creation, we will use, among other things, a WPR (What’s the Problem Represented to be) analysis (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016) to place the programme in a broader context of education policy. The study also includes an analysis of the BA programme in light of James A. Banks (2009)’s five dimensions of Multicultural Education with a specific focus on content integration (in curricula and syllabi), equity pedagogy, and empowering school culture and social structure.

Furthermore, we will include a mapping of similar and related programmes in the European context, such as the Nordic countries and Germany, for the possibility of a comparative analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The preliminary results of the study point in the direction of several ambivalences and sometimes academic struggles in the field of research and higher education policy. One conflict line is drawn between a practitioner-oriented and an academic and research-oriented professionalism as the programme’s aim. Another dividing line goes between two different research positions, of which one is oriented towards a more classical intercultural pedagogy paradigm while the other moves away from the concept of ‘interculturality’ and towards a social justice paradigm inspired by Critical Race Theory and related positions. Parallel to this, another struggle takes place between different positions in the language research field that informs the part of the programme education the students in the ‘Danish as a Second Language’ field. In addition to this, the concept of pedagogy (pædagogik) is given a special meaning in the Danish and continental education research context, and we will thus also place the history and current status of the programme within this discussion. To sum up, we expect to present a conceptual mapping of the programme’s content drawing on document analysis of policy documents, curricula and syllabi; an overview of similar and related programmes in Europe; as well as autoethnographic reflections on the programme’s history and possible futures for higher education programmes in the field of education and migration.
References
Bacchi, C., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Poststructural policy analysis: A guide to practice. Springer.

Banks, J. A. (2009). Multicultural education: Dimensions and paradigms. In J. A. Banks (Ed.), The Routledge International Companion to Multicultural Education. Routledge.

Flyvbjerg, B. (2006). Five misunderstandings about case-study research. Qualitative Inquiry, 12(2), 219-245.

Foroutan, N. (2019). “The Post-migrant Paradigm”. In J.-J. Bock & S. Macdonald (Eds.), Refugees Welcome? Difference and Diversity in a Changing Germany. Berghahn Books, 142–167.

Gillborn, D. (2006). Critical race theory and education: Racism and anti-racism in educational theory and praxis. Discourse: studies in the cultural politics of education, 27(1), 11-32.

Hobel, P., Nielsen, H. L., Thomsen, P., & Zeuner, L. (2015). Interkulturel Pædagogik: Kulturmøder i teori og praksis. U Press.

Kumashiro, K. (2015). Against Common Sense. Teaching and Learning Toward Social Justice. Routledge.

Römhild, R. (2017). Beyond the bounds of the ethnic: For postmigrant cultural and social research. Journal of Aesthetics & Culture, 9(2), 69-75.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Fostering Student Voice in Higher Education: Intellectual and Cultural Humility in Socially Just Education

Carla Briffett-Aktaş1, Ji Ying2, Koon Lin Wong2

1Xi'an Jiaotong University, China, People's Republic of; 2The Education University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong

Presenting Author: Briffett-Aktaş, Carla

Intellectual humility (IH) and cultural humility (CH) are usually categorized separately in the literature but have overlapping elements, especially when considering educational contexts. IH refers to an open attitude toward others’ knowledge through reflection and identification of gaps in one’s knowledge base that can be filled by the knowledge of others (Van Tongeren et al., 2019). CH is similar in that it is based on an open cultural attitude. ‘In a multicultural world where power imbalances exist, cultural humility is a process of openness, self-awareness, being egoless, and incorporating self-reflection and critique after willingly interacting with diverse individuals’ (Foronda et al., 2016, p. 4). Considering the growing diversity of student and staff populations in higher educational institutions (HEIs) (Marginson, 2016), IH and CH are of interest from various perspectives and may be necessary for educators and students to possess. Both IH and CH may be considered important aspects of social justice and student voice goals as the vehicle through which these educational aims can be achieved.

Aspects of social justice and student voice are concerns at all levels of education, including higher education (HE) (Papa, 2019). Efforts have been made in various educational domains to address these concerns, such as socially just curricula development (Ashwin, 2022) and efforts to promote/develop ecological universities (Kinchin, 2023). Exploring and developing new pedagogical methods can play a significant role in developing socially just education, focusing on student voice across disciplines and enhancing student learning (Wong et al., 2023), thus addressing social justice and student voice concerns. Relating pedagogy to philosophical concepts, such as humility, can act as an important analytical tool in assisting lecturers in HE to understand the complexities of their practice when engaging in pedagogical method implementation.

Based on the social justice framework of Nancy Fraser (2007, 2013) that consists of (re)distribution, recognition, and representation, the student voice for social justice (SVSJ) pedagogical method seeks to transform HE students from passive to active learners and engaged participants. SVSJ implements Fraser’s justice framework by creating space for student voice in course pedagogical content planning. Students (working in small groups) develop this space by researching, planning, and facilitating learning activities for their peers and the lecturer (Briffett-Aktaş et al., 2023). SVSJ relies on creating a mutually respectful environment in the classroom that fosters space for multiple voices to be expressed, heard, acknowledged, and valued. The classroom interactions between stakeholders require mutual respect, support, care for others, and a willingness to learn from the ‘other’ (i.e. IH and CH demonstrations); in short, displaying kindness to ‘the other’ (Rice & Bakke, 2022). The result is the creation of a shared power dynamic in the classroom, which has been shown to empower students to actively participate in and engage with their learning (Wong et al., 2023).

In this inquiry, we argue that when implementing SVSJ in HEIs, IH and CH are foundational to the success of the implementation. Adopting and displaying different types of humility ensures that the interactions between the lecturer, students, their peers, and the course content are open and mutually respectful. IH and CH can help promote a supportive environment where different types of knowledge are successfully redistributed within the classroom community. Humility in a variety of forms can act as the catalyst through which socially just education and active student teaching and learning can be achieved in diverse SVSJ implementations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
SVSJ employs a participatory action research (PAR) design because ‘the authority of direct experience, knowledge in action, research as a transformative process, [and] collaboration through dialogue’ (Cornish et al., 2023, p. 2) is of the utmost importance to socially just pedagogy development and PAR research. The structure of a course employing SVSJ requires lecturers to share the pedagogical content development process with students (i.e., making space for student voice in course content planning and delivery). Unplanned classes are left either in the middle or end of the semester to facilitate student teaching and learning activities. Students who volunteer to participate form small groups and work together to examine the course learning outcomes, what topics are being covered by the lecturer, and identify gaps in the knowledge being taught. Through reflective practices, students identify what knowledge they feel is important and meaningful to them and their context and is not already being addressed in the course. They then work in groups to prepare to disseminate their knowledge to the lecturer and their peers. What knowledge should be included and how it is taught is at students’ discretion. An important pedagogical component ‘involves participation as a way of learning – of both absorbing and being absorbed in – the ‘culture of practice’ (Lave & Wenger, 1999). SVSJ seeks to do just that by encouraging lecturers and students to be open to the ideas, knowledge (IH), cultures, and identities (CH) of each other (see Briffett-Aktas, 2021 for further details).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
IH flows in SVSJ are multidirectional, flowing upward from the students to the lecturer, downward (from the lecturer to students), and diagonally to peers (during collaborative work). Students should work together to ensure that all group members contribute their knowledge and share in the redistribution of that knowledge with the class. Being open to the knowledge of others, both for lecturers and students, requires each stakeholder to have an accurate view of their knowledge base, including identifying where gaps in knowledge exist (Van Tongeren et al., 2019). Through this reflective practice, staff and students can place value on the alternative knowledge presented to them through the SVSJ implementation.

When the class is comprised of diverse staff and student groups, as HEIs are increasingly experiencing (Marginson, 2016), the added element of CH is critical to achieving mutually respectful environments (Davis et al., 2013) in which those from different communities can work collaboratively with respect and appreciation for diversity. The lecturer’s attitude towards students should be one of CH, creating an open space for other cultural knowledge from students to be included in the class content. In this way, the hierarchy of culture and ‘valid’ forms of knowledge can be reduced. In this capacity, CH should be reciprocal and guide aspects of course content development and delivery and interactions in the classroom space.

When employing SVSJ as a pedagogical method, the multidimensionality of interactions requires an open attitude to the knowledge held by ‘the other’. Common openness and respect must be given to actors in the classroom. In short, all classroom interactions should be mediated by notions of IH and CH in SVSJ implementation.  

References
Ashwin, P. (2022). Understanding educational development in terms of the collective creation of socially-just curricula. Teaching in Higher Education, 27(8), 979-991. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2022.2111208

Briffett-Aktaş, C. (2021). Enhancing social justice and socially just pedagogy in higher education through participatory action research. Teaching in Higher Education. 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2021.1966619

Briffett-Aktaş, C., Wong, K. L., Kong, W. F. O., & Ho, C. P. (2023). The student voice for social justice pedagogical method. Teaching in Higher Education, 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2023.2183770

Cornish, F., Breton, N., Moreno-Tabarez, U., Delgado, J., Rua, M., de-Graft Aikins, A., & Hodgetts, D. (2023). Participatory action research. Nature Review Methods Primers, 3(34), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1038/s43586-023-00214-1

Davis, D. E., Worthington, E. L., Hook, J. N., Emmons, R. A., Hill, P. C., Bollinger, R. A., & Van Tongeren, D. R. (2013). Humility and the development and repair of social bonds: Two longitudinal studies. Self and Identity, 12(1), 58–77. https://doi.org/10.1080/15298868.2011.636509

Foronda, C., Baptiste, D. L., Reinholdt, M. M., & Ousman, K. (2016). Cultural humility: A concept analysis. Journal of Transcultural Nursing: Official Journal of the Transcultural Nursing Society, 27(3), 210–217. https://doi.org/10.1177/1043659615592677

Fraser, N. (2007). Re-framing justice in a globalizing world. In T. Lovell (Ed.), (Mis)recognition, social inequality and social justice (pp.17–35). Routledge.

Fraser, N. (2013). Fortunes of feminism: From state-managed capitalism to neoliberal crisis. Verso.

Kinchin, I., M. (2023). Five moves towards an ecological university. Teaching in Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1080/13562517.2023.2197108

Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1999). Learning and pedagogy in communities of practice. In J. Leach & B. Moon (Eds.), Learners & pedagogy (pp. 21-33). Paul Chapman Publishing.  

Marginson, S. (2016). The worldwide trend to high participation higher education: Dynamics of social stratification in inclusive systems. Higher Education 72, 413-434. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-016-0016-x

Papa, R. (Ed.). (2019). Handbook on promoting social justice in education. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-74078-2_40-1

Rice, P., & Bakke, M. H. (2022). Advocating a pedagogy of kindness. In L.S. Zavodna & T. Falch (Eds), Teaching generation snowflakes: New challenges and opportunities (pp. 169-179). Prague University of Economics and Business, Oeconomica Publishing House.

Van Tongeren, D. R., Davis, D. E., Hook, J. N., & van Oyen Witvliet, C. (2019). Humility. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 28(5), 463–468. https://doi.org/10.1177/0963721419850153

Wong, K.L., Briffett-Aktaş, C., Kong, W. F. O., & Ho, C.P. (2023). The student voice for social justice pedagogical method: Learning outcomes and challenges. Active Learning in Higher Education. https://doi.org/10.1177/14697874231176488
 
17:30 - 19:0007 SES 08 B: Education for Democracy and Citizenship - Intercultural and Inclusive
Location: Room 117 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Eunice Macedo
Paper Session
 
07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Teaching Democracy in Greek Schools: Prerequisites and Research Outcomes

Anastasia Kesidou

Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Greece

Presenting Author: Kesidou, Anastasia

Current imperatives for education systems include key objectives, such as developing young people into citizens who will be equipped to live successfully in open, democratic and pluralistic societies. This issue is of crucial importance, taking into account the strengthening of nationalism, intolerance and racism in recent years and the challenges posed by the arrival of large numbers of immigrants and refugees in Greece and in Europe.

The inclusion of immigrant and refugee children into schooling is a matter of crucial importance for European societies. Equal access to school is an unalienable human right of all children, as it is enshrined in the Declaration of Human Rights, the Convention on the Rights of the Child and in other international legal documents. Through education, knowledge is developed and skills, values and attitudes are cultivated, this way ensuring the unimpeded personality development of all children. At the same time, it is the safest way to their inclusion into societies. In the context of an intercultural approach to education, the aim cannot be the linguistic and cultural assimilation of children or their marginalization and the creation of parallel societies within the dominant society. Equal access to school is a legitimate act of respect for the fundamental human right to education, but at the same time it is also a choice with positive results for both children and the wider society.

At the same time, it is of major importance to provide children with quality education, which on one hand, will fully exploit their potential and on the other, will create a culture of democracy, respect, solidarity and justice in school and society. Fully realizing potential means that children will have equal opportunities for advancement in school and society, while a culture of democracy, which will include all children, native, minority, migrant or refugee, should involve a holistic approach; first and foremost, this is understood at the level of an educational policy inspired by a commitment to democratic principles. At the same time, it is important to teach democratic principles through the curriculum and extra-curricular activities, using participatory methods that empower students to think critically and independently and to be able to resolve conflicts. At the same time, democracy can be taught effectively within a democratic school community, so that students can become catalysts for change in their social environment (Council of Europe, 2016).

Intercultural Education has been an issue of importance in Greek education since the 1990s, when Greece became a receiving country for immigrants. After the emergence of the economic crisis in 2009, as well as the dynamic appearance of a far-right extremist group in the political scene, it became evident that the very idea of intercultural education had to be reconsidered and linked to education for democracy in order to help fight xenophobia, racism, chauvinism and euro-skepticism (Kesidou, 2019). This paper seeks to explore the prerequisites and challenges of effective democratic education in Greek schools, taking into account contemporary research data. The data is based on research, which has been conducted by the author in recent years, mainly within a European setting, seeking evidence on the effectiveness of democratic education in Greek secondary schools. The focus is both on educational policy and practice, in terms of the curriculum, teaching methodology, school culture, teachers and students. The research involved the collection of data on the formal education policy, as well as the performance of an in-depth case study in Greece; it revealed a considerable gap between policy and practice as well as that teaching democracy is challenged by inherent weaknesses of Greek education and schooling (Kesidou, 2017, Kesidou, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In recent years, there has been an increasing research interest, at national and European level, on issues concerning education for democracy and in particular on teaching democracy in schools. The field is also of growing interest at a broader international level. A published research by Sant (2019) on Democratic Education: a Theoretical Review (2006-2017) focuses on 377 scientific papers published during the aforementioned period in international journals, only in English, on the topic of "Democratic Education", highlighting the different versions and discourses, their different philosophical foundations and their views on education, but also the relevant criticisms they have made and received. At the same time, it is important to note the extensive research activity that has taken place at the level of international organizations and bodies which, in the context of 'soft governance', act as 'think tanks', providing information and guidance to member states through comparative studies and evaluation reports that influence national policy formulation.
The research was part of a wider research project, which was initiated by the European Parliament’s Committee on Culture and Education. It was conducted by collecting data on the formal education policy of all European Union member states and by performing in-depth case studies in 12 of the member states, one of which was Greece (Veugelers, W., de Groot I. & Stolk V.J., 2017). In particular, a written questionnaire was implemented addressing the research questions concerning education policy on democratic education, content of democratic education, attention to school culture, etc. The in-depth study was conducted on the basis of interviews of teachers who are involved in education for democracy and extended the focus of the research to the curriculum practiced at the school level. The paper also considers a follow up-study conducted a few years later, which highlighted citizenship education policies and practices in 10 European Union member states (Veugelers, W., Zygierewicz, A., 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the following, some of the basic conclusions are highlighted, which, to a wide extent, also correspond to further relevant research conducted at the national level (Sira, 2020, Strouni & Kesidou, 2023). The secondary school curriculum seems to include the basic goals and aims regarding democracy but often they do not go beyond the level of mere rhetoric. Teaching democracy is challenged by inherent weaknesses of Greek education and schooling. Aims and contents of democracy often remain inactive due to the traditional teaching and learning methodologies implemented in practice. In this way, the presence of democracy in the curriculum does not guarantee its implementation but it depends largely on the initiative and inspiration of specific schools and teachers. A democratic school culture seems difficult to realize due to the lack of adequate participation and cooperation of teachers, students and parents. Schools could be closer linked to the communities and the real needs of local societies. Teaching democracy can be improved, if the relevant teaching goals are explicitly clarified and asked for by policy makers, if it constitutes an everyday aim for the school community as a whole, if relevant achievements are assessed by the school unit- the latter is important to receive adequate outside support. Teachers should have the possibility to teach students how to be active citizens with an ability to value diversity. It should also be highlighted that democratic education seems to have been reduced in more recent years within the Greek secondary curriculum, while there is also the positive aspect of a growing interest on the part of teachers to be more actively involved in relevant initiatives.
References
Council of Europe (2016). Competences for democratic culture – Living together as equals in culturally diverse democratic societies. Strasbourg: Council of Europe https://rm.coe.int/16806ccc07

Ikonomidis, Β.D. & Eleftherakis, Th.G. (2011). Εκπαίδευση, δημοκρατία και ανθρώπινα
δικαιώματα [Education, democracy and human rights]. Athens: Διάδραση.

Katsarou, E. (2020). H δημοκρατία στο σχολείο. Προοπτικές από την αξιοποίηση διαδικασιών έρευνας δράσης και κριτικού γραμματισμού [Democracy at school. Prospects from the use of action research and critical literacy processes]. Athens: Πεδίο

Kesidou, A. (2017). Citizenship and tolerance in the cradle of democracy. In W. Veugelers, I. de Groot & V. Stolk (Eds.), Research for CULT Committee- Teaching Common Values in Europe. Study (pp. 107-114). European Union: Directorate-General for Internal Policies. Policy Department for Structural and Cohesion Policies. Culture and Education.

Kesidou, A. (2019). Preparing educators and researchers for Multicultural/Intercultural Education. In W. Veugelers (Ed.), Education for Democratic Intercultural Citizenship (pp. 148-165). Leiden: Brill/Sense.

Kesidou, A. (2021). Greece. In W. Veugelers, W., A. Zygierewicz (Eds), Implementation of Citizenship Education Action in the EU. European Implementation Assessment (pp. 77-80). Brussels: EPRS | European Parliamentary Research Service.

Sant, E. (2019). Democratic Education: A theoretical review (2006–2017). Review of Educational Research, 89(5), 655-696.

Sira, E. (2020). H ιδιότητα του πολίτη στο ελληνικό γενικό λύκειο: δυνατότητες και όρια ανάπτυξής της σε πλαίσιο εκπαιδευτικών παρεμβάσεων [Citizenship in Greek general Lyceum: possibilities and restraints in a framework of educational interventions]. Phd thesis. Florina: University of Western Macedonia.

Strouni, C., A. Kesidou (2023). Citizenship education in the newly published Greek secondary curricula: A move to individualized citizenship? In N. Palaiologou & E. Samsari (Eds.), Intercultural education on the move: Facing old and new challenges (pp. 271-275).
International Association for Intercultural Education (IAIE).

Tridimas, M.F. (2020). Citizenship education curriculum in Greece beyond ethnocentric or eurocentric approach. Australian and New Zealand Journal of European Studies, 12 (1), 4-24.

Veugelers, W., I. de Groot & V. Stolk (Eds) (2017). Research for CULT Committee- Teaching Common Values in Europe: Study. European Union: Directorate-General for Internal Policies. Policy Department for Structural and Cohesion Policies. Culture and Education.
https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/6f527dc2-3c40-11e7-a08e-01aa75ed71a1/language-en

Veugelers, W., A. Zygierewicz (Eds) (2021). Implementation of Citizenship Education Action in the EU. European Implementation Assessment. Brussels: EPRS | European Parliamentary Research Service.
https://www.europarl.europa.eu/thinktank/en/document/EPRS_STU(2021)694207


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

Adolescents with Migrant Background. A Systematic Review and a Metasummary of Qualitative Studies.

Paola Dusi1, Giuseppe Grimaldi2, Maria Mori1, Luca Ghirotto3

1Università degli studi di Verona, Italy; 2Università degli Studi di Trieste, italy; 3AZIENDA USL – IRCCS DI REGGIO EMILIA, Italy

Presenting Author: Dusi, Paola

To be an adolescent with migrant background it is not an easy task. During this phase of life, self-image and self-concept have to be reworked, so one is more fragile and more exposed to one's own evaluation and that, particularly relevant, of peers. Besides, as children of immigrants, they have to cope with many cultural systems of reference, and their identities’ multiple faces to build a coherent sense of identity (Syed, 2010). They face the fundamental key task of exploring and defining their cultural and ethnic identity. Succeeding in this task is considered to be an important resource for accomplishing the generic developmental tasks faced by all young people. This identity challenge (i.e.,) has been studied by many researchers (i.e. Baumert et al., 2024; Benet-Martinez et al., 2002; Behtoui, 2021; Lilgendahl et al., 2018; Portes et al., 2011). Most published research has used a quantitative approach, which leaves very little room for adolescents' lived experiences. In this scenario, qualitative research (QR) for its characteristics, allows us to have access and includes the pre/adolescents’ voices and perspectives (ages 10/11–19/20). Conducting a meta-summary on QR on this topic allows us both to access these subjects’ perspectives and to understand the development in the field (which kind of and how much research has been conducted). The thematic summaries of data resulting from the systematic review can give us insight into little-explored topics and provide suggestions on possible new work paths. To the best of our knowledge a systematic review in this field, with this goal, has not yet been done.

This research by underlining the pre/adolescent point of view, can contribute to enhance the knowledge on this topic.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Systematic review refers to a family of research approaches that use second-level analysis to answer a specific question. The data used are the results collected from the primary research.  Ann Oakley defines a systematic review as a process characterised by transparency and replicability, the result of which is - potentially - also updateable (2000). They differ from other types of research syntheses in the way they formulate a research question, the overall approach to research, the critical appraisal strategy, and the transparency of the inclusion and exclusion criteria of primary studies for review (Davies, 2004). Such a process makes it possible to synthesize the results of many different research in a given field, thus leading to a gain in knowledge that is not only theoretical but also practical (since it provides insights into what works).  To sum up, reviews of qualitative studies allow for a deeper understanding of concepts and findings beyond the single qualitative studies. They aim to achieve abstraction and transferability at a higher level beyond the included original studies.
To answer this study's aim, we performed a systematic review and a meta-summary following the 4-step procedure outlined by Sandelowski and Barroso (2006).  
This method entails a: i) comprehensive search, ii) appraising reports of qualitative studies, iii) classification of studies, and iv) synthesis of the findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We searched for qualitative articles published from 2011 to 2020 to retrieve the more recent studies. The following electronic databases were searched: ERIC, PsycINFO (Ebsco), PsycARTICLES (Ebsco), BEI (Ebsco), and Scopus and Web of Science, with no language limitations.
The amount of the abstract downloaded was 1804. Following the merge of the duplicates  we analyzed 1452 of them. The screening of the abstracts, based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria defined at the beginning of the research process,  led to the elimination of 90.3% of the abstracts found on the databases . We selected 142 abstracts for further analysis of the entire article in order to check whether they met the inclusion and exclusion criteria. We created a drive folder for an intersubjective comparison of the articles to be included and excluded. At the end of the analysis, we included 38 articles that met all the inclusion criteria. To analyze the adolescents’ voices quoted in the selected 38 articles retrived by our search, we used NVivo, a Computer Assisted Qualitative Data Analysis Software  (CAQDAS). Through Nvivo we got 871 nodes, and we classified 69 labels.  Then, we conducted a further grouping, organizing the 69 labels into 9 main themes.  This research, by emphasizing the viewpoint of preadolescents, can help increase knowledge of this topic to inform future research and to explore topics not addressed by traditional research.

References
Baumert, J., Becker, M., Jansen, M. & Köller, O. (2024). Cultural Identity and the Academic, Social, and Psychological of Adolescents with Immigration Background. Journal of  Youth and Adolescence, 53, 294-315.

Behtoui, A. (2021). Construction of self-identities: children of immigrants in Sweden. Identities, 28:3, 341-360.

Benet-Martinez, V., Leu, J., Lee, F., & Morris, M. (2002). Negotiating biculturalism: Cultural frame switching in biculturals with oppositional versus compatible cultural identities. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 33, 492-516.

Davies, P. (2004) Systematic reviews and the Campbell collaboration. In G. Thomas & R. Pring (Eds.) Evidence-based practice in education (pp. 21–33). Maidenhead:  Open University Press.

Erikson, E. (1968). Identity: Youth and crisis. New York: W. W. Norton & Company.

Ho, M., & Bauder, H. (2010). We are chameleons. Identity capital in a multicultural workplace. Brussels: CERIS, Working Paper 77.

Lilgendahl, J.P., Benet-Martinez V., Bishop, M., Gilson, K., Festa, L., Levenson, C. & Rosenblum, R. (2018). “So now, I Wonder, What Am I?”: A Narrative Approach to Bicultural Identity Integration. Journal of Cross Cultural Psychology, 49(10), 1596-1624.

Long H.A., French D.P., &. Brooks J.M. (2020). Optimising the value of the critical appraisal skills programme (CASP) tool for quality appraisal in qualitative evidence synthesis. Research Methods in Medicine & Health Sciences, 1(1), 31-42. doi:10.1177/2632084320947559

Moher D. (2009). Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses: The PRISMA Statement. Annals of Internal Medicine, 151(4), 264.
Oakley, A. (2000). Experiments in knowing: gender and method in the social sciences. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Phinney, J. S. (1992). The multigroup ethnic identity measure: A new scale for use with adolescents and young adults from diverse group.  Journal of Adolescence Research (2), 156-176.

Portes, A., Vickstrom, E., & Aparicio, R. (2011). Coming of age in Spain: The self-identification, beliefs and self-esteem of the second generation. The British Journal of Sociology, 62(3), 387–417.

Sandelowski M, Barroso J. (2006). Handbook for synthesizing qualitative research. New York: Springer.


Syed, M. (2010). Developing an integrated self: Academic and ethnic identities among ethnically-diverse college students. Developmental Psychology, 46, 1590-1604.

Tong A., Flemming K., McInnes E., Oliver S., Craig J. (2012). Enhancing transparency in reporting the synthesis of qualitative research: ENTREQ. BMC Medical Research Methodology, 12(181).

Vertovec, S. (2006). New complexities of cohesion in Britain: Superdiversity, transnationalism, and civil integration. London: Commission on Integration and Cohesion.


07. Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Paper

A Look at Dance in Upper-secondary Schools: Democratization and Awareness

Joana Mesquita1,2, Eunice Macedo1,2, Helena Costa Araújo1,2

1University of Porto, Portugal; 2Centre for Research and Intervention in Education of the Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences

Presenting Author: Macedo, Eunice

This paper explores what dance experiences young people can have in upper-secondary school and what happens within. The main concern is the apparent prevalence of inequalities in access to dance in education for young Portuguese.

Dance can introduce strong body awareness, allow people to enjoy a 'totalizing' self-experience (Karkou & Oliver, 2017), linking the capacity for expression, movement, balance, and knowledge of the body with relationships with the social environment (Costa et al., 2004). Enabling dance in education can immeasurably expand students' abilities to master more complex tasks and support social and emotional learning across the curriculum, stimulating self-fulfillment, the sensitive construction of relationships, promoting responsibility and leadership, inspiring to understand and address the most critical challenges of their times as citizens of the world (Brown, 2017).

The European Action Strategy recognizes the transformative potential of cultural practices - such as dance - to strengthen democracy (Council of EU, 2022). Articulate art and education may stimulate cognitive development and make the learning processes more relevant to modern societies (UNESCO, 2006).

Nevertheless, a European political agenda governed by numbers and vehemently market-oriented (Council of EU, 2019; Macedo, 2018) still prevails, focused on providing young people with the skills to successfully enter the world of work. Although this is also important, it may lead schools to become instrumental to the market (Nada et al., 2022). Education can and must go further.

In Portugal, the “Profile of Pupils Leaving Compulsory Schooling”(2017) considers these concerns and European guidelines, establishing a set of principles, areas of competence, and values that should be included in education, while simultaneously recognizing the importance of a more humanist education, based on social justice. The “Curricular Matrices of Upper-secondary Education” in Portugal(2018) show that the human, expressive, and artistic dimensions are growingly neglected as we progress through the education system. The "Guiding Principles of Curricular Revision"(2001) blur the core of secondary education, turning it into a "passageway" between elementary and higher education, devaluing its central role.

The curricular pillars of the Portuguese education system aim to respond to the National and European Qualifications Framework as recommendations that have reaffirmed competitive, economic, and mercantilist principles, leaving small room for exercising citizenship of body, brain, and soul. Appears necessary to unleash new strategies to connect education to humanity to build an increasingly democratic and citizen society (International Commission on the Future of Education, 2022). Dance is a possible way forward.

In this paper we establish a dialogue between the field of education and the one of dance. Experience with the arts is recognized as a right, and access to dance is defended within the education framework for all, to build fairer, more equitable, and sustainable presents and futures (idem). We argue that education with the arts incorporates ethical, aesthetic, and solidarity principles (Macedo, 2021; Monteiro, 2021) and that the arts are a way of life and of building relationships rather than a technical practice.

It seems trivial to assume the importance of arts in education, at least in a theoretical way (Monteiro, 2014). However, we are still being confronted with a duel between science and arts, reason and emotion, as dissociated. Science is seen as the primary source of reliable, cognitive, and valuable knowledge rather than the artistic experience seen as less valid and credible. This segmented view tends to be reproduced in the educational system where the arts become secondary (Eisner, 2002), with dance coming lastly in the curriculum (EURYDICE, 2009). We argue that dance has a strong potential for young people’s personal and social development, intertwining in a more holistic perspective of education that needs further investment and research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is part of a larger research funded by FCT that questions whether and how young people's dance experiences relate to their well-being and their view of themselves as citizens.
To debate the importance of greater social justice in access to dance in schools, this paper focuses on i) the apparent prevalence of inequalities in young people's access to dance in schools; ii) the observed implications of their participation in dance.
After mapping upper-secondary educational institutions offering dance in Porto district, Portugal, to address the following objectives: i) Identify upper-secondary education institutions (public, private, artistic and professional) in Porto's district that have dance spaces; ii) Understand the formats of this offer (extracurricular activity, school sports, dance clubs, among others); iii) Understand who is responsible for the initiative of creating these spaces. Through access to the GesEdu digital portal – provided by the Directorate of Education Statistical Services – we could identify 183 upper-secondary educational institutions. The schools with dance spaces were identified through consultation with official institutional websites, public social network pages, email contacts, and telephone calls. It should be noted that only 22 educational institutions did not reply.
Next, 6 public educational institutions were selected for participant observation over 10 weeks to address the question: what social dynamics take place in dance spaces? The choice schools implied a set of criteria: 1) schools that seemed to have a solid commitment to dance (based on mapping); 2) inland and on the coast - geographical diversity; 3) offer of different dance formats. Schools were invited to participate in the research by e-mail. Meetings were scheduled with the directors and responsible teachers, and we met with the young people to ensure that they wanted and agreed to make part of the research in the conditions defined. Then, we stayed in the field during the weeks observing and taking notes of how young people move, occupy, and socialize in dance spaces. After that, we conducted content analysis to analyse the field notes.
The ethical principles of research are considered throughout the journey, from recognizing the copyright of the arguments mobilized through the informed consents and assents systematically reinforced to the return of the data to the research participants.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper presents the results of two stages of research: mapping and participant observation. Through a quantitative approach, the main results of the mapping allowed us to understand that only 39 upper-secondary educational institutions in Porto’s district offer dance (about 24.2%) from the universe of 161 respondents. We also realized that the offer of dance at the upper secondary level is restricted to a tiny universe of educational institutions, which is even less expressive when we look further inland or refer to public educational institutions. So, we conclude that access to dance in education is not sufficiently democratized, the right to its practice is unequal.
Through a qualitative approach, using content analysis on the field notes from participant observation, we defined a set of categories and subcategories that sought to reflect on: What relationships are established in dance spaces? How do young people organize themselves? What space is there for young voices? What power relations are (de)constructed?
Education is a privileged means of promoting social justice and equal opportunities, particularly during compulsory schooling (Despacho no.182/2022, 15 julho). As such, we argue that public educational institutions are fundamental to providing cultural experiences – such as dance – to young people who could not have them in other ways. Although what is referred to in the Work Plan for Culture 2023-2026 (Council of EU, 2022) (on a European level) and in the National Plan for the Arts 2019-2024 (Vale et al., 2019) (on a national level), defending the widening and democratization of access to arts for its importance to people’s life, we conclude that much work needs to be done. We intend to take the dance to a different level through educational research – like this one – providing solid data to introduce it in scientific, political, and social debates.

References
Brown, Ann(2017). Provoking Change: Dance Pedagogy and Curriculum Design. In Vicky Karkou, Sue Oliver, & Sophia Lycouris (Eds.), The Oxford handbook of dance and wellbeing(pp. 399-414). Oxford University Press.
Costa, Anny, Monteiro, Estela, Vieira, Neiva, & Barroso, Maria(2004). A Dança como meio de conhecimento do corpo para a promoção da saúde dos adolescentes[Dance as a means of body-knowledge for the promotion of adolescents' health]. Doenças Sex Transm, 16(3), 43-49.
Council of the European Union(2019). A new strategic agenda 2019-2024.
Council of the European Union(2022). EU Work Plan for Culture 2023-2026.
Decreto-lei no. 7/2001, 18 janeiro. Princípios Orientadores da Revisão Curricular[Guiding Principles of Curricular Revision]. Portugal.
Decreto-lei nº 55/2018, 6 julho. Currículo dos ensinos básico e secundário e os princípios orientadores da avaliação das aprendizagens[Curricular Matrices of Upper-secondary Education]. Portugal.
Despacho 6478/2017, 26 julho. Perfil dos Alunos à Saída da Escolaridade Obrigatória[Profile of Pupils Leaving Compulsory Schooling]. Portugal.
Despacho no. 182/2022, 15 julho. Apoio financeiro do Estado às entidades de ensino artístico especializado[State financial support for specialized arts education entities]. Portugal.
Eisner, Elliot(2002). The Arts and the Creation of Mind. Yale University Press.
EURYDICE(2009). Arts and Cultural Education at School in Europe.
International Commission on the Future of Education(2022). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education. UNESCO.
Macedo, Eunice(2018). Vozes Jovens entre Experiência e desejo: Cidadania educacional e outras construções. Edições Afrontamento.
Macedo, Eunice(2021). Educação como Experiência Ética, Estética e Solidária: Buscando Inspiração em Freire. Mais Leituras Editora.
Monteiro, Ana, Pereira, Ana, Mesquita, Joana, & Costa, Margarida(2021). Arte num livro de histórias para contar ao mundo: Um artefacto humano, espelho das aprendizagens. In Eunice Macedo (Ed.), A Educação como Experiência Ética, Estética e Solidária: Buscando inspiração em Freire(pp. 217-229). Mais Leituras Editora.
Monteiro, Elisabete(2014). Não basta ter dança nas escolas[It's not enough to have dance in schools]. In José Pereira, Manuel Vieites, & Marcelino Lopes (Eds.), As Artes na Educação(pp. 129-140). Intervenção.
Nada, Cosmin, Macedo, Eunice, Guedes Teixeira, Elsa, & Araújo, Helena C.(2022). Growing up in a never-ending crisis. Profesorado, 26(3), 125-149.
UNESCO(2006). Roteiro para a Educação Artística. Desenvolver as Capacidades Criativas para o Século XXI [Roadmap for Art Education. Developing Creative Capacities for the 21st Century]. Lisboa: Comissão Nacional da UNESCO.
Vale, Paulo, Brighenti, Sara, Pólvora, Nuno, Fernandes, Maria, Albergaria, Maria(2019). Estratégia do Plano Nacional das Artes 2019-2024. Lisboa, Portugal.
Vicky Karkou, Sue Oliver, & Sophia Lycouris(2017). The Oxford handbook of dance and wellbeing. Oxford University Press.
 
17:30 - 19:0008 SES 08 A: Inequalities in School Belonging and Satisfaction
Location: Room 107 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Nis Langer Primdahl
Paper Session
 
08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

School Climate, Ethnic Discrimination and School Belonging: A Multifaceted Exploration of Diverse Students' Sense of Belonging

Nataša Simić1, Svetlana Jović2, Danijela S. Petrović3

1University of Belgrade - Faculty of Philosophy, Institute of Psychology, Serbia; 2State University of New York, Old Westbury, USA; 3University of Belgrade - Faculty of Philosophy, Department of Psychology

Presenting Author: Simić, Nataša

Educational contexts serve as significant agents of socialization, contributing to the development of not only academic skills but also of a diverse range of socio-emotional competencies. Simultaneously, these environments function as arenas where instances of peer violence, discrimination based on ethnicity, gender, sexuality, and ability, among other biases, are prevalent. These challenges affect a considerable number of students, potentially leading to mental health issues and contributing to school absenteeism or dropout. PISA results demonstrated that 17 to 40% 15-year-olds are dissatisfied with school and that one in four adolescents have low feelings of belongingness (Willms, 2003).

School belonging is defined as “the extent to which students feel personally accepted, respected, included, and supported by others in the school social environment” (Goodenow & Grady, 1993, p. 80). School belonging is influenced by a variety of individual factors such as gender, ethnicity/ race and ethnic identification, self-esteem, personality, social skills, as well as external factors, such as school climate and teacher support (Ahmadi & Ahmadi, 2020; Allen et al., 2023; Slaten et al., 2016; Watson et al., 2020). More specifically, studies suggest that the meaning of belonging may be different for students of different ethnicities who experience differential levels of discrimination (Murphy & Zirkel, 2015), which consequently affects their sense of school belonging (Brown & Tam, 2019). Some studies that compared school belonging between immigrant and non-immigrant adolescents pointed to higher school belonging among immigrant students (e.g. Allen et al., 2021), while others showed the opposite (e.g. Bottiani et al., 2017). A person’s socioeconomic status (SES) is also associated with the school belonging (Allen et al., 2023). As for the gender differences, some studies reported no differences (e.g. Sanchez et al., 2005), while the others revealed that girls have a higher sense of belonging (e.g., Smerdon, 2002). Previous studies demonstrated that perceived safety, healthy norms concerning bullying, teacher social and academic support and teacher-student relationship are positively correlated with school belonging (Slaten et al., 2016).

School belonging is related to both academic success and students’ prosocial behaviour and wellbeing (Arslan, 2021; Prati & Cicognani, 2021; Slaten et al., 2016). Therefore, for scholars, educational policy makers, and practitioners it is of utmost importance to explore school belonging and determine ways in which it can be improved.

This study was conducted within the project “Narrativization of ethnic identities of adolescents from culturally dominant and minority backgrounds, and the role of the school context” (NIdEA), supported by the Science Fund of the Republic of Serbia (grant number 1518). It relied on the Bronfebrenner’s ecological model of human development, and its adaptation from Allen and associates (2016) who place the students at the center of the model and assert that their sense of belonging is either fostered or hindered by their experience with different layers. Microsystem entails teacher, peer and parent support, while the mesosystem includes school policy, practices and extracurricular activities. The exosystem includes influences from the neighbourhood and extended family, while the macrolevel refers to broader societal factors such as history, social climate and legislation (Allen et al., 2016). Our study aimed to determine if the individual’s sociodemographic variables and certain micro-, meso- and exo-system factors can predict secondary school students’ sense of school belonging. More specifically, we explored gender, SES and ethnic status in the society (majority or minority) as personal factors, and different aspects of school climate, bullying, and ethnicity-based discrimination as school- and community-related factors of school belonging.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Instruments. For this paper we used a single-item 5-point Likert type measure of school belonging (“I feel I belong to this school”). To assess school climate, we utilized the four-point Likert-type Delaware School Climate Scale (DSCS), version for students (Bear et al., 2011), consisting of 31 items and five subscales: (1) Teacher – Student Relations; (2) Student–Student Relations; (3) Clarity of Expectations; (4) Fairness of Rules, and (5) School Safety. In addition, the student version includes Student Engagement and Bullying subscale. The DSCS’ subscales demonstrated good reliability in our study, with Cronbach’s alpha ranging from .622 to .783.
Relying on different models and scales measuring ethnicity-based discrimination, we designed a 16-item five-point Likert-type scale assessing discrimination by peers, teachers, the institution (school as a whole), and community. Cronbach’s alpha coefficients ranged from .719 to .791.
Students reported their SES on a multiple-choice question (1 standing for „We barely cover expenses for food”, and 6 – „We have enough money for a luxurious life, including traveling to exotic destinations and investing”). Because there were not many participants involved, we merged the two lowest categories into one for further analyses, so the variable we used had five categories. We asked about participants' gender through a multiple-choice question with categories: Male, Female, and Other. For the sake of this paper, we only used the first two categories. For the purposes of this paper, we categorized participants into four ethnic categories, including ethnic majority (Serbian) and three most represented minorities in Serbia (Hungarian, Bosniak, and Roma).
Procedure and participants. We selected 20 schools (six general and 14 vocational secondary schools) from multiethnic regions. All students were informed about the research and after providing informed consents they filled out the questionnaires in their native languages. Final sample consisted of 904 students, (Mage = 16.24, SD = 1.05, with 51.6% females). More than two thirds (69.9%) identified as Serbian (ethnic majority), 10.8% as Hungarian, 11.1% as Bosniak, and 8.2%  as Roma.
Data Analysis. After descriptive statistic, we applied a hierarchical multiple regression analysis with school belonging being a criterion variable and the predictor variables being: students’ gender, SES and ethnic status (Model 1), teacher-student relations, student-student relations, clarity of expectations, fairness of rules, school engagement, bullying, discrimination by teachers, discrimination by peers and school-wide discrimination (Model 2), and discrimination in the community (Model 3).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Students demonstrated a relatively high level of school belonging (M = 2.97, SD = .909) and positive perceptions of school climate (highest scores for Clarity of expectations M = 3.07, SD = .58). Ethnicity-based discrimination from teachers was assessed as the highest (M = 2.08, SD = .9), while the one from the community was the lowest (M = 1.58, SD = .86).
The results showed that only the second model was significant (F(10, 677) = 17.895, p = .000, R2 = .217), with teacher-student relations (b = -.153 , t = -3.539, p = .000), clarity of expectations (b =.111, t = 2.644, p = .008), fairness of rules (b = .099, t = 2.054, p = .040), school safety (b = .090, t = 2.188, p = .029), student engagement (b = .229, t = 4.164, p = .000) and bullying (b = .139, t = 3.500, p = .000) being significant predictors. Neither gender, SES, ethnic status, nor discrimination in the community were significantly associated with school belonging.
Our results support previous findings about lack of gender differences in school belonging (Sanchez et al., 2005) but contradict those which assert relevance of SES and ethnicity for school belonging (Allen et al., 2021; 2023). We assume that contextual factors (e.g., status of certain ethnic minority groups at the national and local community level, the level of socioeconomic development of the community and school) should be considered when studying the role of these variables. School factors, on the other hand, proved to be relevant, especially those related to bullying, teacher-student relationship, and students’ engagement. Bronfenbrenner’s model proved to be a useful framework for understanding the predictors of school belonging, but future studies should include more factors from the exosystem and preferably use a more comprehensive measure of school belonging.

References
Allen, K. A., Vella-Brodrick, D., & Waters, L. (2016). Fostering school belonging in secondary schools using a socio-ecological framework. The Educational and Developmental Psychologist, 33(1), 97–121. https://doi.org/10.1017/edp.2016.5

Allen, K., Fortune, K. C., & Arslan, G. (2021). Testing the social-ecological factors of school belonging in native-born, first-generation, and second-generation Australian students: A comparison study. Social Psychology of Education, 24, 835–856. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11218-021-09634-x
Allen, K., Cordoba, B. G., Ryan, T., Arslan, G., Slaten, et al. (2023). Examining predictors of school belonging using a socio-ecological perspective. Journal of Child and Family Studies, 32, 2804‒2819
Arslan, G. (2021) School belongingness, well-being, and mental health among adolescents: exploring the role of loneliness. Australian Journal of Psychology,73(1), 70-80, https://doi.org/10.1080/00049530.2021.1904499.
Bear, G. G., Gaskins, C., Blank, J., & Chen, F. F. (2011). Delaware School Climate Survey-Student: its factor structure, concurrent validity, and reliability. Journal of school psychology, 49(2), 157–174. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2011.01.001
Bottiani, J. H., Bradshaw, C. P., & Mendelson, T. (2017). A multilevel examination of racial disparities in high school discipline: Black and white adolescents’ perceived equity, school belonging, and adjustment problems. Journal of Educational Psychology, 109(4), 532 545. ‒ https://psycnet.apa.org/doi/10.1037/edu0000155
Brown, C. S., & Tam, M. (2019). Ethnic discrimination predicting academic attitudes for Latinx students in middle childhood. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 65, 101061. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.appdev.2019.101061
Goodenow, C., & Grady, K. E. (1993). The relationship of school belonging and friends’ values to academic motivation among urban adolescent students. Journal of Experimental Education, 62(1), 60–71.
Murphy, M. C., & Zirkel, S. (2015). Race and belonging in school: How anticipated and experienced belonging affect choice, persistence, and performance. Teachers College Record, 117(12), 1–40.
Prati, G., & Cicognani, E. (2021). School sense of community as a predictor of well-being among students: A longitudinal study. Current Psychology, 40(2), 939‒943.  https://doi.org/10.1007/s12144-018-0017-2
Sanchez, B., Colon, Y., & Esparza, P. (2005). The Role of Sense of School Belonging and Gender in the Academic Adjustment of Latino Adolescents. Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 34(6), 619–628. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10964-005-8950-4
Slaten, C. D., Ferguson J. K, Allen, K-A, Brodrick, D-V, Waters, L. (2016). School Belonging: A Review of the History, Current Trends, and Future Directions. The Educational and Developmental Psychologist, 33(1), 1–15. doi:10.1017/edp.2016.6
Smerdon, B. (2002). Students’ perceptions of membership in their high schools. Sociology of Education, 75(4), 287–305.
Willms, J.D. (2003), Student Engagement at School: A Sense of Belonging and Participation: Results from PISA 2000. OECD Publishing, Paris, http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/9789264h018938-en


08. Health and Wellbeing Education
Paper

Positive School Experience as a Protective Factor That Enhances Overall Life Satisfaction of LGBT Upper Secondary Students

Josip Šabić, Saša Puzić, Ivana Pikić Jugović

ISRZ, Croatia

Presenting Author: Šabić, Josip; Puzić, Saša

The importance of supporting students’ well-being is highlighted in many empirical studies and policy documents (e.g. Cefai et al., 2021; Deighton et al., 2019) and school context is singled out as an important environment in which this is possible to do (Pulimeno et al., 2020). Data on LGBT adolescent mental health inequalities point to even more support needed for the LGBT students in schools given their lower well-being compared to other students (McDermott et al., 2023). Our study is situated within the minority stress model that posits that sexual minorities face unique and hostile stressors associated with being a sexual minority, resulting in a negative impact on their health and well-being (Meyer, 2003). The model distinguishes distal (prejudice, discrimination or violence) and proximal (specific experiences of sexual minorities such as hiding one's sexual orientation, expectation of rejection, or internalized homonegativity) stressors related to belonging to a minority group. Furthermore, the assumption is that social support and a sense of connection with others can have a positive effect on mental health and alleviate feelings of stress. Studies indeed show that school climate can significantly influence the well-being of LGBT students. For example, when the school climate is hostile towards LGBT students or ignores them, they are more likely to experience homophobic bullying, which can severely reduce their well-being, feelings of being safe in school and their academic outcomes (Kosciw et al., 2016). However, a supportive school climate can be a protective factor for LGBT students’ well-being (Hatzenbuehler et al., 2014).

The aim of this study is to investigate how school experience moderates the relationship between sexual orientation and overall life satisfaction among upper secondary students. The following research hypotheses will be addressed: 1) LGBT students are less satisfied with their life than their heterosexual counterparts; 2) students’ favourable school experience (higher academic self-efficacy, higher sense of belonging at school, higher perceived quality of student-teacher relations and lower perception of teacher unfairness) positively predicts their life satisfaction; 3) students’ favourable school experience moderates the relationship between sexual orientation and life satisfaction: more specifically, a positive school experience acts as a protective factor, enhancing overall life satisfaction, with a more pronounced impact observed among LGBT students.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research was conducted in 2022 as a part of the project “Thematic Network for Lifelong Learning Available to All (TEMCO)” co-funded by the European Union through the European Social Fund. Online questionnaire was administered during class to second-year upper secondary students (aged 15-16) from 20 randomly chosen schools in the City of Zagreb and Northern Croatia (N=1238). The questionnaire was anonymous and contained the following scales: life satisfaction (How satisfied are you with...? e.g. your health, family relations; 1=Extremely dissatisfied, 5=Extremely satisfied; α=.82; OECD, 2019; Jokić et al., 2019), academic self-efficacy (e.g. I think I am good at studying; 1=Does not apply to me at all, 5= Completely applies to me; α=.75; Jokić et al., 2007), sense of belonging at school (e.g. I make friends easily at school; 1= Strongly disagree, 4= Strongly agree; α=.85; OECD, 2019), perceived quality of student-teacher relations (Think about your experiences during the past 2 months: for how many of your teachers do the following statements apply? e.g. I can trust my teachers; 1= For none or almost none, 4= For all or almost all of them; α=.87; Fischer et al., 2017) and perception of teacher unfairness (Think about your experiences during the past 2 months: how often did the following situations happen to you? e.g. Teachers ridiculed me in front of others; 1=Never or almost never, 4= Every or almost every day; α=.77; OECD, 2017). Students were also asked whether they consider themselves different from other students in their school according to their sexual orientation and, based on the answer, they were classified into two groups: LGBT and heterosexual students. Additional data on students’ gender, parental education level, type of upper secondary program (grammar school or vocational school) and first-year grade point average (GPA) were also collected.
Multiple linear regression analysis with overall life satisfaction as an outcome variable was applied in two steps. The first step included main effects of predictors of interest (sexual orientation, academic self-efficacy, sense of belonging at school, perceived quality of student-teacher relations and perception of teacher unfairness) as well as the main effects of chosen control variables (gender, parental education level, type of upper secondary program and GPA). In the second model, interaction terms were added (academic self-efficacy X sexual orientation, sense of belonging at school X sexual orientation, perceived quality of student-teacher relations X sexual orientation and perception of teacher unfairness X sexual orientation).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In line with our hypotheses, LGBT students, on average, reported lower levels of overall life satisfaction than their heterosexual counterparts. Different measures of students’ favourable school experience (higher academic self-efficacy, sense of belonging at school, perceived quality of student-teacher relations and lower perception of teacher unfairness) all predicted higher overall life satisfaction. Moderation effects suggest that higher sense of belonging at school and lower perception of teacher unfairness have more noticeable positive effects on overall life satisfaction among LGBT students compared to their heterosexual peers. There was no moderation effect of academic self-efficacy and perceived quality of student-teacher relations on the relationship between sexual orientation and life satisfaction. In relation to control variables, young men and vocational school students expressed higher levels of overall life satisfaction than young women and gymnasium students, respectively. The main effects of GPA and parental educational level were not statistically significant. The model explained about one third of variance in overall life satisfaction.
With regard to moderation effects of sense of belonging at school and perception of teacher unfairness on LGBT students’ overall life satisfaction, the results indicate that a positive school climate may alleviate the negative effects of stigma-related stressors on the well-being of LGBT youth. This finding is in line with studies that suggested the importance of positive school climate for potential social support regarding LGBT and other minority students (Hatzenbuehler et al., 2014).  Therefore, studies on the relationship between school climate and LGBT students’ experiences in school can serve as an important empirical impetus for planning transformative interventions aimed at supporting LGBT students and making sure that schools are a safe place for them.

References
Cefai, C., Simões, C., & Caravita, S. (2021). A systemic, whole-school approach to mental health and well-being in schools in the EU. NESET report. Publications Office of the European Union.
Deighton, S., Lereya, T., Casey, P., Patalay, P. Humphrey, N. and Wolpert, M. (2019). Prevalence of mental health problems in schools: poverty and other risk factors among 28 000 adolescents. British Journal of Psychiatry, 215(3), 1-3.
Hatzenbuehler, M., Birkett, M., Van Wagenen, A., & Meyer, I. (2014). Protective school climates and reduced risk for suicide ideation in sexual minority youths. American Journal of Public Health, 104(2), 279–286.
Fischer, N., Decristan, J., Theis, D., Sauerwein, M., & Wolgast, A. (2017). Skalendokumentation (online): Studie zur Entwicklung von Ganztagsschulen - Teilstudie StEG-S, in Datenbank zur Qualität von Schule (DaQS). Deutsches Institut für Internationale Pädagogische Forschung (DIPF).
Jokić, B., Baranović, B., Bezinović, P., Dolenec, D., Domović, V., Marušić, I., Pavin Ivanec, T., Rister, D., & Ristić Dedić, Z. (2007). Key competences ‘learning to learn’ and ‘entrepreneurship’ in Croatian elementary education. European Training Foundation.
Jokić B., Ristić Dedić Z., Erceg I., Košutić I., Kuterovac Jagodić G., Marušić I., Matić Bojić J. i Šabić J. (2019). Obrazovanje kao cilj, želja i nada – Završno izvješće znanstvenoistraživačkog projekta Obrazovne aspiracije učenika u prijelaznim razdobljima hrvatskog osnovnoškolskog obrazovanja: priroda, odrednice i promjene (COBRAS). Institut za društvena istraživanja u Zagrebu.
Kosciw, J., Greytak, E., Giga, N., Villenas, C., & Danischewski, D. (2016). The 2015 national school climate survey: The experiences of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and queer youth in our nation’s schools. New York, NY: GLSEN
McDermott, E., Kaley, A.,  Kaner, E., Limmer, M., McGovern, R., McNulty, F., Nelson, R., Geijer-Simpson, E., & Spencer, L.(2023) Reducing LGBTQ+ adolescent mental health inequalities: a realist review of school-based interventions, Journal of Mental Health.
Meyer, I. H. (2003). Prejudice, social stress, and mental health in lesbian, gay, and bisexual populations: Conceptual issues and research evidence. Psychological Bulletin, 129(5), 674–697.
OECD. (2017). PISA 2015 Background questionnaires, in PISA 2015 Assessment and Analytical Framework: Science, Reading, Mathematic, Financial Literacy and Collaborative Problem Solving, OECD Publishing, Paris
OECD. (2019). PISA 2018 results (volume II): Where all students can succeed. OECD Publishing.
Pulimeno, M., Piscitelli, P,  Colazzo, S.,  Colao, A., & Miani., A. (2020). School as ideal setting to promote health and wellbeing among young people, Health Promotion Perspectives, 10(4), 316-324.
 
17:30 - 19:0009 SES 08 B: RECEPTION ROOM needed
Reception
 
09. Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement
Meetings/ Events

Reception

Monica Rosén

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Rosén, Monica

.

 
17:30 - 19:0009 SES 08 C JS: IEA and Network 34 Invited Reception
Location: Foyer (ground floor) of SFC07 building
Session Chair: Valeria Damiani
Session Chair: Mar Puigbert Moreno
In connection with this year’s ECER 2024 in Nicosia, IEA and Network 34 (Research on Citizenship Education) are organizing an evening of networking, appetizers, and drinks. The reception is an opportunity to celebrate the recent releases from and future cycle of IEA's ICCS (International Civic and Citizenship Education Study), as well as the establishment of EERA’s Network 34. The networking reception will take place on Wednesday, 28 August at the University of Nicosia from 17:30 to 19:00, following a joint symposia on ICCS delivered by Network 34 and Network 9 (Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement). Please note that this event is by invitation only. Contact: Mar Puigbert/ iea.nl
17:30 - 19:0010 SES 08 A: Mentoring, Induction and Transitions
Location: Room 002 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Anne Phelan
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Teachers' Conceptions of Their Role in the Induction of Novice Teachers

Joana Viana, Carolina Carvalho, Estela Costa, Marta Mateus de Almeida

UIDEF, Instituto de Educação, Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal

Presenting Author: Viana, Joana

The initial years of teaching are a critical period for professional development and career pathways (Vos et al., 2017). For a considerable time, there has been a focus on studying the challenges faced by teachers when they first encounter the realities of the profession (Veenman, 1984; Almeida et al., 2018). This early stage of professional practice is characterized by a combination of survival and discovery (Huberman, 1989). Beginning a teaching career can bring about various positive experiences, opportunities for professional growth, and positive emotions, such as the development of classroom management skills (Voss et al., 2017), enjoyment (Aspfors & Bondas, 2013), positive relationships with students, and inspiring learning and teaching situations (Aspfors & Bondas, 2013).

The induction of new teachers is not only conceptualized as a phase of learning to teach but also as a process of socialization, where beginners acquire an understanding of the organization's norms, values, and objectives (Flores, 1999). It is during this process that they establish relationships through which they can access resources and receive support. Besides the interactions between formal mentors and new teachers, emerging evidence suggests that the social context in which teachers are situated, particularly within their schools, can significantly impact their induction into the profession (Nechsler et al., 2010). Mentoring programs play a crucial role in the development of novice teachers, as they are designed to assist them in navigating challenges within the classroom and the school environment (Roff, 2012). Through mentoring, beginning teachers benefit from support, collaboration, and the development of knowledge and skills, which ultimately leads to the improvement of their teaching strategies.

Teaching induction and mentoring are terms that have often been used interchangeably in research. Teacher induction encompasses a range of professional development activities, involving support from various personnel, participation in study groups, and receiving strong administrative support. On the other hand, the mentoring process offers a nurturing and supportive environment for a minimum duration of one year, particularly for those who require it the most. Previous research by Brannon et al. (2009) has highlighted that mentoring programs address crucial survival skills for new teachers, such as familiarizing them with school procedures, enhancing behavior management techniques, facilitating parent communication, and providing a foundation in basic curriculum. Through mentoring, novice teachers can adapt to their roles, cultivate a sense of belonging, and ultimately remain in the teaching profession.

Several countries have implemented induction programs with different approaches, including variations in mandatory versus optional participation, socialization versus professional development focus, informality versus formality, and emphasis on training versus evaluation The success of these programs seems to be influenced by factors such as institutional support, the quality of mentors, training focused on professional activity, self-training ability, collaborative work with peers, and school climate.

In Portugal, the support for new teachers lacks structure, and there are no regulations regarding the induction period. This results in a lack of structured support and guidance for novice teachers. Typically, school administrations assign teachers with more years of experience to support colleagues with less than five years of service who join the school. Additionally, research studies in this field are limited in the Portuguese context.

This study aims to understand the conceptions that experienced teachers have regarding their role in initiating novice educators into the profession. The research questions include: i) the goals of experienced teachers, ii) the strategies implemented to ensure successful induction of novice teachers, and iii) the challenges encountered along the way. The study will provide valuable insights into the induction process and contribute to the existing knowledge on this topic.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is of a qualitative nature and represents a segment of a broader research conducted within the framework of a European project. The research was carried out in six countries: Croatia, Slovenia, Spain (Catalonia), Greece, Italy, and Portugal.

The data used in this study were collected through questionnaires administered to experienced teachers in Portugal who assumed the role of mentors in the professional induction program implemented in their schools. These mentor teachers underwent a three-month training program, which involved introducing the proposed induction program, discussing conceptions, processes, and practices of mentoring in the context of training beginning teachers, and analyzing the school as an educational organization.

The questionnaire was administered to mentor teachers before the training and after the completion of the induction program. It consisted of five thematic blocks covering personal information, the perceptions about an induction program based on mentoring, self-assessment of mentoring skills, contributions from the experience, and expectations and concerns about participating as a mentor in the program.

The sample for this study consisted of 29 experienced teachers from 30 schools in Portugal, representing diverse disciplinary backgrounds and having at least 21 years of service. A descriptive statistical analysis was conducted to analyze the responses obtained.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the analysis of the responses obtained from teachers who took on the role of mentors in the induction program, some key results are highlighted. In terms of self-assessment of mentoring skills, most mentors expressed a high level of confidence in various areas including classroom management, improvement of teaching-learning techniques, development and utilization of support materials, integration of ICT into the classroom, and addressing the needs of students with educational requirements.

Concerning the contributions of the mentorship-based induction program, mentor teachers believe that teacher induction programs, facilitated by peers through mentoring activities, can contribute to preparing new teachers for the profession, fostering a sense of belonging to the school culture, enhancing new teachers' ability to collaborate with peers, and boosting their motivation for the teaching profession.
However, surveyed teachers emphasize that while support for early-career teachers is crucial, they do not always feel confident in the solutions and strategies employed to address identified needs.

The main conclusion of this study reveals a significant transformation in teachers' initial perceptions and a redefinition of the value of their role in relation to future teachers. Mentor teachers highlight collaboration among educators from different disciplines and the importance of project-based and collaborative work as an asset for professional development. They also express a sense of empowerment to take on new roles within the school community and engage with various stakeholders after undergoing the training.

The need for structured mentoring programs, which are validated and recognized as an asset for schools, is identified by participants as a potential solution to attract more experienced teachers to take on the role of mentors. Such programs not only contribute to the professional development of mentor teachers but also enhance their work with future teachers.

References
Alarcão, I. & Roldão, M. C. (2014). Um Passo Importante no Desenvolvimento Profissional dos Professores: o Ano de Indução. Formação Docente, 6 (11), p. 109-126.
Almeida, M., Costa, E., Pinho, A., & Pipa, J. (2018). Atuar na indução de professores: Que implicações para os diretores escolares portugueses. Revista Portuguesa De Educação, 31(2), 196–214. https://doi.org/10.21814/rpe.14689
Brannon, D.; Fiene, J.; Burke, L. & Wehman, T. (2009). Meeting the Needs of New Teachers Through Mentoring, Induction, and Teacher Support. Academic Leadership: The Online Journal, 7(4). 10.58809/ERVA3381
Flores, M. (1999). (Des)ilusões e paradoxos: a entrada na carreira na perspectiva dos professores neófitos. Revista Portuguesa de Educação, 12(1), 171-204. https://hdl.handle.net/1822/564
Huberman, M. (1989). Les phases de la carrière enseignante. Révue Française de Pédagogie, 86, p. 5-10.
Jessica Aspfors & Terese Bondas (2013). Caring about caring: newly qualified teachers’ experiences of their relationships within the school community. Teachers and Teaching, 19 (3), p. 243-259, 10.1080/13540602.2012.754158
Roff, K. A. (2012). The Story of Mentoring Novice Teachers in New York. Journal of Educational Research and Practice, 2 (1), p.31-41.
Veenman, S. (1984). Perceived problems of beginning teachers. Review of Educational Research, 52 (2), p.143-178.
Voss, T., Wagner, W., Klusmann, U., Trautwein, U., & Kunter, M. (2017). Changers in beginning teachers’ classroom management knowledge and emotional exhaustion during the inductive phase. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 51, p. 170–184. doi.org/10.1016/j.cedpsych. 2017.08.002
Wechsler, M. E., Caspary, K., Humphrey, D. C., &amp; Matsko, K. K. (2010). Examining the effects of new teacher induction. Menlo Park, CA: SRI International.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

The Challenges Of Transition From Teacher Education To Teaching Practice

Marianna Efstathiadou, Elena Stylianidou, Loucas Louca

European University Cyprus

Presenting Author: Efstathiadou, Marianna

Regardless of the level of education, it is widely known that early career (EC) teachers are faced with challenges during their transition from their university education and training to their everyday teaching practice. When prospective and early career teachers are placed in real classrooms, they get “shocked”, which in turn forces them to try to “survive” in the new reality. They discover new things on a daily basis and act as if the information and knowledge they have gained during their university education and/or preservice training has “disappeared.” This is known as the “washing-out” phenomenon (Korthagen, 1988; Zeichner & Core, 1990).

Aiming at strengthening the transition from education to practice, in this study we investigated the current transition practices of teachers within the educational system in Cyprus, specifically seeking to investigate the need for supporting teachers to face the diverse and inclusive learning environment they face. Towards this, we investigated the challenges, strengths, and weaknesses of EC teachers in Cyprus during the transition from the academic environment to the real–classroom environment. Following a case study approach, we have adopted a multi-perspective approach, including prospective teachers with internship experiences, EC teachers, and teacher educators.

The teacher profession is a profession in that “the full pedagogical and legal responsibility is given as soon as the teacher enters the school with a formal qualification” (Tynjala & Heikkinen, 2011, p.12). Because of that, the main challenge teachers face is that they need to be proficient in a variety of teacher knowledge fields and skills from the first day of their career (Kealy, 2010). Having in mind these particularities of the profession, one would expect that the teacher education systems worldwide would have developed strategies to support EC teachers deal with these challenges. While some countries use e.g., mentoring systems, study groups, or extensive induction programs for EC teachers (Bickmore & Bickmore, 2010; Devos, 2010), there exist countries that do not acknowledge EC teacher's challenges, adding more burden to EC teachers by asking them to teach more hours and have more responsibilities on their first years of practice (Howe, 2006).

As a result, there is a strong debate between the scientific and educational communities about redesigning teacher education programs in order to support this transition. The main concern is the weight that theory and practice have on the university curriculum and the connection between the two (Roussakis & Botsoglou, 2003). On the one hand, one approach places more emphasis on pre-service teachers spending time in real classrooms with in-school trainings, whereas on the other hand, another approach expands professional in-service training to better prepare teachers for the “reality” of teaching (Wideen et al., 1998). Darling-Hammond (2000) suggests that the extent and quality of teacher education play an important role in teachers’ effectiveness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Following an interpretive case study approach (Yin, 2017), in the study we investigated the experiences, challenges, and experiences of a group of five (5) prospective early childhood teachers, four (4) early-career teachers, and three (3) teacher educators, aiming at examining the ways in supporting the transition of teachers from the academic environment to the real–classroom environment. Adopting a multi-perspective approach, we collected data through semi-structured individual interviews from the three target groups.

Interviews were transcribed and using thematic analysis and open coding techniques (Strauss & Corbin, 1998) we analyzed all data, specifically looking for the challenges, strengths, and weaknesses of EC teachers in Cyprus during the transition from the academic environment to the real–classroom environment. The coding scheme was developed in two levels. At the first level, the three groups were examined separately in an attempt to find common themes among the participants. Then, a comparative analysis was used in order to identify similarities and differences between all the groups. All data were analyzed by all three authors independently and discussed to resolve any differences. From the analysis, we identified a number of emerging themes that we describe below. After the analysis, as a participant check, we presented and discussed our findings with the participants.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through the comparative analysis of the data from all the target groups, four common themes emerged: (i)the importance of the teaching experience; (ii)the identification of main challenges; (iii)the focus of teaching on children's skill development; and (iv)the notion of inclusiveness. Furthermore, the EC teachers’ interviews revealed two additional themes related to (v)the support that they need during the first years of teaching, and (vi)advice that they gave to future teachers based on their experiences. Teacher educators’ data stood out for the richness of the information they provided possibly highlighting a better understanding of the topic as a result of their theoretical background enriched through experiences and personal development. Three additional themes were identified from the latter group concerning (vii)the importance of the connection between theory and practice, (viii)the cooperation with the schools, and (ix)professional development.  

Teaching experience emerged from all the groups as a crucial part of teacher education and professional development. Emphasis on practical training and experience from real classroom environments were vital in acquiring practical knowledge. On the other hand, the prospective teachers had difficulty connecting theory and practice. Instead, they suggested having more workshops within their university courses in order to be able to make better connections between theory and practice. In contrast, teacher educators recognized the importance of the connection between theory and practice and suggested strengthening this connection by having more hands-on activities and more real-classrooms visits. Prospective teachers focused on the challenges that they face while implementing activities in real classrooms, while EC teachers and teacher educators found both the school, as a work environment, and the cooperation with the colleagues challenging.

Conclusively the findings highlighted important elements for the training of prospective and EC teachers as well as the support they need through the transition from education to practice.

References
Darling-Hammond, L. (2000). How Teacher Education Matters. Journal of Teacher Education, 51(3), 166-173.
Devos, A. (2010). new teachers, mentoring and the discursive formation of professional identity. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26, 1219–1223.
Howe, E. R. (2006). exemplary teacher induction: An international review. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 38(3), 287–297
Kealy, M. V. (2010). A leadership focus on teacher effectiveness: Support for novice teachers. Journal of Special Education Leadership, 23(1), 52–54.
Korthagen, F. (1988). The influence of learning orientations on the development of reflective thinking. In J. Calderhead (Ed.), Teachers' professional learning (pp. 35-50). Lewes: Falmer Press.
Roussaki, I., & Botsoglou., K. (2003). Trends and policies in teacher education: an assessment of initial training and internship programs in Greece and worldwide. [In Greek: Τάσεις και πολιτικές στην εκπαίδευση εκπαιδευτικών: μία αποτίμηση των προγραμμάτων αρχικής κατάρτισης και πρακτικής άσκησης στην Ελλάδα και τον κόσμο]
Strauss, A., & Corbin, J. (1998). Basics of qualitative research. Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications.
Tynjälä, P., & Heikkinen, H. L. (2011). Beginning teachers’ transition from pre-service education to working life. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 14(1), 11-33.
Wideen, M., Mayer-Smith, J., & Moon, B. (1998). A critical analysis of the research on learning to teach: Making the case for an ecological perspective on inquiry. Review of Educational Research, 68(2), 130-178. Retrieved from https://www.proquest.com/scholarly-journals/critical-analysis-research-on-learning-teach/docview/214114811/se-2
Yin, R. K. (2017). Case study research and applications: Design and methods. Sage publications.
Zeichner, K., & Core, J. (1990). Teacher socialization. In W. R. Houston (Ed.), Handbook of research on teacher education (pp. 329-348). New York: MacMillan 329-348.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Learn to be a Mentor of Novice Teachers: a Challenge to Keep New Teachers in School

Carolina Carvalho1, Joana Viana1, Estela Costa1, Marta Mateus de Almeida1, Maria Edite De Oliveira2

1Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal; 2Universidade Nova de Lisboa, Portugal

Presenting Author: Carvalho, Carolina; Viana, Joana

The OECD states that teachers are central to the quality of the work done in schools, but to achieve this, it is important to ensure that motivated and competent individuals aspire to become teachers. To attract the best candidates to the profession, the same document is clear in stating that decent salaries alone are not sufficient (OECD, 2014). According to the document, salaries demonstrate society's respect and value for teachers, but it is also necessary to provide teachers with the conditions to become autonomous and competent professionals in building a quality school for all students. Consequently, the initial training of young teachers is crucial, but it is unthinkable to consider that this period is sufficient, given the diversity of contexts and students that a teacher encounters in their professional life.

The literature recognizes that it is essential to retain early-career teachers in the profession (Frederiksen, 2020). In fact, the first five years in a school pose multiple challenges for teachers starting out in the profession, and it is during this period that some opt for another profession, exacerbating the teacher shortage experienced in many countries. Accompanying younger teachers at school by an experienced colleague is a strategy that many school boards have adopted to overcome this real difficulty: retaining teachers in the education system.

However, it turns out that this is not the best solution because young teachers perceive it as dispersed and dependent on the teacher selected by the school management to accompany them (Flores, 2021). Induction programs are therefore a potential solution for providing support to novice teachers, but also for allowing teachers with more years of service to reflect on their practice, creating a learning community with positive consequences for the retention of new teachers in the school.

The first aim of this paper is to analyze a structured program for mentor teachers developed as part of a European project. A second objective is to assess changes in the perceptions of mentor teachers when they undergo this program. The research question is how the training of mentors according to a structured induction program translates into changes in the perceptions of mentor teachers about their role with young teachers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology follows a quasi-experimental approach with two groups of mentor teachers. The experimental group (N=29 teachers) underwent training over three months, while the control group (N=24) had a one-week training course addressing the importance of mentoring in the training of teachers at the start of their professional lives. Both groups answered a questionnaire before and after the training.
Regarding the characteristics of the interviewees in the experimental group, 93.1% are female, and 6.9% are male, with at least 21 years of service. In the control group, 79.2% are female, 20.8% are male, and have the same years of service.
The questionnaire aimed to assess perceptions and expectations regarding the induction program for new teachers. The questionnaire was organized into six sections: A–Personal information; B–Motivation for the profession and continuation in the system; C–Perception of the induction program based on mentoring; D–Self-assessment of mentoring skills; E–Contributions from the mentoring-based induction program; F–Expectations and concerns about participating as a mentor in the induction program.
The mentoring program consisted of three modules, totaling 50 hours, and followed a blended learning format. The first module covered the school as an educational organization, the second addressed conceptions and practices of mentoring, and the third focused on the reflective and collaborative nature of the work of the mentor and mentee. The control group received the training later.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main conclusion reveals how teachers in the experimental group changed their initial perceptions and redefined the value of their role with future teachers. For example, they emphasized collaboration between teachers from different subject areas and the importance of the collaborative work as an asset for teachers' professional development. Mentor teachers also highlighted that after the training, they felt more empowered to take on new roles within the school community and with different stakeholders. A noteworthy finding is that most respondents in the experimental group expressed a strong inclination to recommend the teaching profession to a young person. Most also indicated full agreement with the idea of becoming a mentor, considering it as a distinctive career option for teachers, providing an opportunity to play a different role within the school and the educational system.
Regarding the assessment of mentoring skills, participants were asked about their confidence in facing mentoring challenges. In comparison with the responses obtained in the pre-intervention questionnaires, the majority of respondents reinforced a high level of confidence in various areas, including classroom management, improvement of teaching-learning strategies, work with  students with educational needs and/or learning difficulties and/or different backgrounds, assessment and feedback to students, working with parents/guardians and collaborating with other teachers.
Finally, in both groups, respondents emphasized agreement that the mentoring program should be mandatory for all mentors and that it should be adapted to the school context.

References
Cruz, G. B. da, Costa, E. C. dos S., Paiva, M. M. de S., & Abreu, T. B. de. (2022). Teacher induction in review: Concurrent meanings and prevailing practices. Cadernos de Pesquisa, 52, Artigo e09072. https://doi.org/10.1590/198053149072
Flores, M. A. (2021). Necessary but non-existent: The paradox of teacher induction in Portugal. Profesorado: Revista de Currículum y Formación del Profesorado, 25(2), 123-144.

Frederiksen, L. L. (2020). Support for newly qualified teachers through teacher induction programs – a review of reviews. In K.-R. Olsen, E. M. Bjerkholt & H. L. T. Heikkinen (Eds.), New teachers in Nordic countries – ecologies of mentoring and induction (Ch. 2, pp. 49–70). Oslo: Cappelen Damm Akademisk. https://doi.org/10.23865/noasp.105.ch2

OECD (2014), “Indicator D6: What does it take to become a teacher?”, in Education at a Glance 2014: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing. http://dx.doi.org/10.1787/888933120252
 
17:30 - 19:0010 SES 08 C: Language Use and Development
Location: Room 005 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Maria Pacheco Figueiredo
Paper Session
 
10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Measuring Student Teacher’s Self-efficacy Beliefs About Language Stimulating Competences in Early Childhood Education

Thibaut Duthois, Ruben Vanderlinde, Maribel Montero Perez

Ghent University, Belgium

Presenting Author: Duthois, Thibaut

Research has shown that high-quality teacher-child interactions are associated with children's learning outcomes, both in terms of language development and social skills (Reyhing & Perren, 2023). High-quality interactions consist of complex teacher behaviours: providing language input, providing opportunities for language production, and providing feedback (Peleman et al., 2020; Verhallen & Walst, 2011). Rich language input can be provided by setting high expectations for children and using complex syntax and extensive vocabulary (Grifenhagen & Dickinson, 2023). Preschool teachers can create opportunities for language production by being linguistically responsive to children's interests and language output (Justice et al., 2018). Language stimulating feedback can be defined as responding positively to children's utterances and recasting or expanding them (Bradley & Reinking, 2011; Justice et al., 2018; Peleman et al., 2020). The quality of interactions has been shown to be of paramount importance, but often doesn't have a high quality (Peleman et al., 2020; Wolstein et al., 2021). To realize qualitative interactions, complex language stimulating competences are necessary.

Teacher competence goes beyond the behaviours mentioned above. Blömeke (2015) defines competence as a continuum, contextualised in the real world, in which complex intellectual characteristics, together with affect-motivational dispositions, lead to and underpin the observable behaviour. Therefore, this study aims to explore one of the affective-motivational dispositions that influences ECE student teachers' language stimulation competencies, namely self-efficacy (Wolstein et al., 2021).

Self-efficacy is an important characteristic of teachers (Holzberger et al., 2013). It acts as cognitive filter that shapes thoughts and classroom behaviour (Keppens et al., 2021). It is defined as an individual's belief in the "ability to organise and execute the courses of action required to produce given performances" (Bandura, 1977, p.3). The most used theoretical framework to describe self-efficacy is Bandura's (1977) socio-cognitive theory (De Coninck et al., 2020). Bandura (1977) argued that cognitive processes mediate change and behaviour. To complete a task or perform a behaviour in the classroom, a teacher needs knowledge, skills, and a sense of confidence (Park et al., 2016). A substantial body of research supports that teachers' self-efficacy beliefs are related to several important teacher behaviours, such as more effective teaching practices, as well as student outcomes, such as student achievement and motivation (De Coninck et al., 2020).

Previous research has shown a relationship between teachers' self-efficacy beliefs and the quality of their classroom learning interactions (Guo et al., 2012; Son & Sung, 2014; Wolstein et al., 2021). For example, teachers with higher levels of self-efficacy are more likely to interact in a sensitive and supportive manner (Guo et al., 2012). However, other studies in the early childhood context do not show a clear relationship between self-efficacy and interaction quality (Guo et al., 2010; Reyhing & Perren, 2023; Spear et al., 2018). It is noteworthy that these studies measured self-efficacy beliefs as a broad construct. For example, Reyhing & Perren (2023) defined it as the extent to which early childhood educators feel able to engage in educational practice, whereas Bandura (2005) wrote: "There is no universal measure of perceived self-efficacy (Bandura, 2005, p. 307). A “one size fits all” approach will not explain or predict performance in the context of language development because a universal test will not be as relevant as a contextualised instrument (Bandura, 2005). To fill this research gap and to gain a clearer understanding of the relationship between self-efficacy and interaction quality, there is a need for an instrument in the context of language interaction in early childhood education (ECE). This paper describes the exploration of self-efficacy and the development of a self-report survey measure of student teachers' self-efficacy beliefs about their language stimulating competences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Based on a literature review on language stimulating teacher competences, 20 items were developed (Bandura, 2005; Justice et al., 2018; Peleman et al., 2020), organised into three categories: providing language input, providing opportunities for language production, and providing feedback. A survey was conducted at two University Colleges in Flanders. 213 students participated as part of a compulsory course in their teacher education programme through the online platform Qualtrics. These participants were a mix of first year (2%), second year (60%) and third year (38%) students. 95% of them were female, which corresponds with the actual population of ECE teacher educations in Flanders. Cases with missing data were identified and excluded from the analysis. This resulted in a total sample size of 192 participants.

The data from the 192 participants were used to conduct an exploratory factor analysis (EFA) to examine the factor structure. To obtain preliminary results, these participants were also used to calculate Cronbach's alpha to determine the internal consistency of the factors (Decuyper et al., 2023) and to report descriptive results.

The Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin coefficient of sampling adequacy (Kaiser, 1974) and Bartlett's test of sphericity (Bartlett, 1951) were used to assess the suitability of the data for factor analysis (KMO=0.9 and X2=1349.508, df=190, p<0.001). Both exceeded the required cut-off value. Several statistical criteria were used to determine the number of factors to be retained (O'Connor, 2000): Kaiser's criterion (Kaiser, 1960), Catell's scree test (Cattell, 1966), Horn's parallel analysis (Horn, 1965) and Velicer’s minimum average partial technique (Velicer, 1976). An EFA was then performed in R-studio. Weighted least squares was used with direct oblimin rotation, which allows factors to be correlated and provides estimates of correlations between factors (De Coninck et al., 2020). Factor loadings of the items were examined. Following the recommendations of Stevens (1992), all items with loadings of .40 and less were excluded from further analysis. Factors with strong cross-loadings on other factors (>.25) were also removed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The four statistical criteria did not agree on the number of factors to be considered: Kaiser's criterion (2 factors, eigenvalues of 6.67 and 1.15), screeplot (2 or 3 factors), Horn's parallel analysis (3 factors), and Velicer’s MAP technique (1 factor). As parallel analysis is the most accurate procedure for factor extraction (Henson & Robertson, 2006), an exploratory factor analysis was conducted on the 20 items, extracting three factors. The EFA revealed that only two items loaded on the third factor, whereas a stable latent variable requires at least three items (Raubenheimer, 2004). A second EFA was conducted using weighted least squares factoring with direct oblimin rotation, which required two factors, with sum of squared loadings (SS) of 5.37 (factor 1) and 1.92 (factor 2). Of the twenty items, two items had a factor loading of less than 0.40 and two items had cross loading of more than 0.25 with the other factor. This resulted in a two-factor structure with 12 items loading on Factor 1 (Cronbach’s alpha= 0.86) and four items loading on Factor 2 (Cronbach’s alpha= 0.67). The data contradict our hypothesized structure of three factors. The first factor consists of 12 items distributed across the three hypothesised theoretical concepts, thus capturing general self-efficacy in the context of language stimulating interactions. The second factor consists of four items such as 'I feel capable of fairly distributing speaking turns in my class' or 'I have at least one-to-one interaction with each preschool child during the school day', which focus on the teacher's self-efficacy in fairly distributing language stimulating opportunities.

Preliminary results show that student teachers score quite high on general self-efficacy in language stimulating interactions (mean=5.08, SD=0.62), which is in line with previous research (Guo et al., 2010), and lower on self-efficacy in fairly distributing language stimulating opportunities (mean=4.51, SD=0.71).


References
Reyhing, Y., & Perren, S. (2023). The Situation Matters! The Effects of Educator Self-Efficacy on Interaction Quality in Child Care. Journal of Research in Childhood Education, 1–16. https://doi.org/10.1080/02568543.2022.2161678
Peleman, B., Vandenbroeck, M., & Van Avermaet, P. (2020). Early learning opportunities for children at risk of social exclusion. Opening the black box of preschool practice. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(1), 21–42. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2020.1707360
Grifenhagen, J. F., & Dickinson, D. K. (2023). Preparing Pre-Service Early Childhood Teachers to Support Child Language Development. Journal of Early Childhood Teacher Education, 44(1), 95–117. https://doi.org/10.1080/10901027.2021.2015491
Justice, L. M., Jiang, H., & Strasser, K. (2018). Linguistic environment of preschool classrooms: What dimensions support children’s language growth? Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 42(2018), 79–92. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2017.09.003
Bradley, B. A., & Reinking, D. (2011). A formative experiment to enhance teacher-child language interactions in a preschool classroom. Journal of Early Childhood Literacy, 11(3), 362–401. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468798411410802
Wolstein, K., Ehm, J.-H., Peters, S., & Mischo, C. (2021). Preschool teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs and interaction quality in the domain of instructional support – do professional vision competencies moderate this relation? European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 29(4), 617–632. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2021.1941171
Blömeke, S., Gustafsson, J.-E., & Shavelson, R. J. (2015). Beyond Dichotomies: Competence Viewed as a Continuum. Zeitschrift Für Psychologie, 223(1), 3–13. https://doi.org/10.1027/2151-2604/a000194
Keppens, K., Consuegra, E., De Maeyer, S., & Vanderlinde, R. (2021). Teacher beliefs, self-efficacy and professional vision: Disentangling their relationship in the context of inclusive teaching. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 53(3), 314–332. https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2021.1881167
Bandura, A. (2005). Guide for constructing self-efficacy scales. In Self-efficacy beliefs of adolescents. Information Age Publishing.
Guo, Y., Piasta, S. B., Justice, L. M., & Kaderavek, J. N. (2010). Relations among preschool teachers’ self-efficacy, classroom quality, and children’s language and literacy gains. Teaching and Teacher Education, 26(4), 1094–1103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2009.11.005
Spear, C. F., Piasta, S. B., Yeomans-Maldonado, G., Ottley, J. R., Justice, L. M., & O’Connell, A. A. (2018). Early Childhood General and Special Educators: An Examination of Similarities and Differences in Beliefs, Knowledge, and Practice. Journal of Teacher Education, 69(3), 263–277. https://doi.org/10.1177/0022487117751401
De Coninck, K., Walker, J., Dotger, B., & Vanderlinde, R. (2020). Measuring student teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs about family-teacher communication: Scale construction and validation. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 64, 100820. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2019.100820


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Translanguaging and Culturally Responsive and Sustaining Education Practices in Pre-Service Teacher Training: an European Challenge

Maria Adelina Ianos1, Cristina Petreñas Caballero1, Clara Sansó Galiay1, Andrea Jardí Ferré2, Dorys Sabando Rojas2, Iona Durà Roumens1

1University of Lleida, Spain; 2University of Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Ianos, Maria Adelina

Guided by its motto "United in diversity," the European Union the European Union actively promotes linguistic and cultural diversity by endorsing and safeguarding minority regional and migrant languages. Underlining the significance of plurilingual and intercultural education for fostering a democratic culture, the Recommendation (CM/Rec(2022)1) emphasizes the need for member states to adapt their policies and practices accordingly.

Reflecting this commitment, the recently enacted Spanish Law of Education (LOMLOE, Real Decreto 217/2022) has incorporated plurilingual competence as one of the key competences that students are expected to develop. At the regional level, it is noteworthy that Catalonia, one of Spain's bilingual Autonomous Communities, has implemented several measures to ensure an inclusive education system. Specifically, the Linguistic Model of the Educational System of Catalonia (Generalitat de Catalunya, 2018) establishes a plurilingual and intercultural educational framework with Catalan as the reference language. Simultaneously, the Inclusion Decree 120/2017 guarantees the presence, participation, and learning of all students, with a particular focus on those belonging to vulnerable groups, such as students of immigrant origin.

These measures are a direct response to the challenges posed by the growing immigrant population, where students of immigrant origin now constitute 17% of the student body in Primary Education and 8% in Secondary Education (IDESCAT, 2023).

However, many teachers do not feel adequately prepared to teach in culturally and linguistically diverse contexts (Acquah & Commins, 2017). OECD reviews on the education of immigrants (2015, 2019) pointed out that teachers in Spain are among those who feel the least prepared to teach in multicultural or multilingual environments. These findings were confirmed by recent studies conducted in Catalonia, where it was observed that the majority of teachers do not consider the native languages of their students as learning resources when managing the classroom (Sáenz et al., forthcoming).

Hence, it is imperative for educators to possess the requisite competencies to excel in their teaching roles within an inclusive and intercultural educational system. Additionally, there is a need to establish conceptual frameworks and pedagogies that align with the identified needs and objectives. Approaches such as culturally responsive teaching (Gay, 2018), culturally sustaining education (Paris, 2012, Alim & Paris, 2017) and translanguaging (García, 2009) can prove instrumental in this regard. These methodologies enable a critical understanding of linguistic and cultural diversity in classrooms, taking into account the varied needs, expectations, and linguistic and cultural backgrounds of all students, including those of immigrant origin. They underscore the idea that cultural and linguistic diversity is an opportunity to enhance the learning processes, thereby contributing inherently to an educational environment that cultivates citizens open to diversity and equipped to thrive in a multilingual and intercultural society.

Both approaches, integrated into the framework of initial teacher training, hold the potential to significantly impact three crucial variables aimed at enhancing language quality within the Catalan educational system: multicultural efficacy, teacher ethnocultural empathy, and cultural intelligence.

In this context, the primary objective of this study is to formulate and test a proposal for the training of pre-service primary education and secondary school teachers. This involves incorporating translanguaging practices and culturally responsive-sustaining education to elevate perceived teacher self-efficacy and improve teaching in culturally and linguistically diverse educational settings. The overarching goal is to contribute to the development of an inclusive, high-quality, and intercultural educational system.

Specifically, this study aims to answer the following research questions: (1) To what extent do pre-service teachers exhibit multicultural efficacy, ethnocultural empathy, and intercultural intelligence? (2) What effects does a training intervention on translanguaging and culturally responsive-sustaining education have on pre-service teachers' professional development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A quasi-experimental mixed-design study will be conducted to analyse the effects of implementing the proposed training for pre-service teachers. By combining quantitative and qualitative data and listening to different perspectives, the aim is to capture a comprehensive picture of how translanguaging and culturally responsive-sustaining education can address the needs of a linguistically and culturally diverse educational system.  

Participants
A total of approximately 50- 60 pre-service teachers enrolled in the Primary Education Degree at a Catalan university participate in the first phase of the project.  

Instruments
The participants will answer a questionnaire in online format that assesses the following variables:
Ethnocultural Empathy: Defined as "empathy directed toward people from racial and ethnic cultural groups who are different from one’s own ethnocultural group" (Wang et al., 2003, p. 221), it will be measured using the Scale of Ethnocultural Empathy (Wang et al., 2003), comprising 31 Likert items of 6 points.
Multicultural Efficacy: This will be measured using the Multicultural Efficacy Scale (Guyton & Wesche, 2005), including three dimensions: attitudes towards diversity in education (7 items), experience with diversity (7 items), and multicultural self-efficacy (21 items).
Cultural Intelligence: Assessed through the Cultural Intelligence Scale (CQS, Ang et al., 2007, Van Dyne et al., 2015), consisting of four factors: metacognitive CQ (4 items), cognitive CQ (6 items), motivational CQ (5 items), and behavioural (5 items).
Additionally, semi-structured interviews will be conducted using the critical incidents technique (Bilbao & Monereo, 2011).

Data analysis
For the analysis of quantitative data, the statistical package SPSS v. 29 will be employed. This software allows the execution of descriptive statistical techniques, correlational techniques, group comparison tests. For the analysis of qualitative data, a content analysis by categories will be carried out using the N-VIVO 12 software.

Procedure
The research procedure adhered to rigorous ethical standards and received all necessary approvals from the ethical committee before initiation. Participants in the study were required to complete a questionnaire both before and after a comprehensive training intervention. Two groups were created: one group participated in the intervention, while another group followed the usual curriculum. This training intervention spanned one semester and consisted of two modules. The first module emphasized theoretical and conceptual learning, integrating practical applications. The second module concentrated on modelling translanguaging and culturally responsive-sustaining education. Instructors modified their syllabus to embrace linguistic and cultural diversity, ensuring it was reflected in the instructional content.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The anticipated outcomes include the results of a mixed-design ANOVA analysis, expected to be available in the coming months. This statistical analysis aims to assess the impact of the training intervention on participants' scores related to ethnocultural empathy, multicultural efficacy, and cultural intelligence. The analysis will provide insights into whether there is a statistically significant improvement in these scores following the training. Additionally, it will explore potential differences between the group that actively participated in the intervention and the group that did not. The findings from this analysis will offer valuable insights into the effectiveness of the training program in enhancing participants' attitudes and competencies in these critical domains.

The results from the interviews, also expected in the coming months, will furnish qualitative insights into how pre-service teachers have comprehended and implemented translanguaging and culturally responsive-sustaining education in their teaching practices.

Understanding the perspectives and reflections of pre-service teachers will contribute to a richer interpretation of the overall project outcomes and inform potential areas for further development or refinement of the training program.

The anticipated outcomes of this regional study hold broader implications for educational contexts beyond the immediate region. By contrasting and complementing studies on translanguaging in other European contexts, such as the Basque Country and the Netherlands (Duarte, Dekker), this study contributes to a nuanced understanding of the transferability and adaptability of pedagogical strategies. The cross-regional comparisons will enable us to identify commonalities and differences in the implementation and effectiveness of translanguaging and culturally responsive-sustaining education. Consequently, our findings can inform educators, policymakers, and researchers across Europe, providing a foundation for evidence-based practices that align with the linguistic and cultural diversity inherent in European classrooms.

References
Acquah, E., y Commins, N. (2017). Methods that matter in addressing cultural diversity with teacher candidates. Teaching in Higher Education, 22(5), 501-518.

Alim, H. S., & Paris, D. (2017). What is culturally sustaining pedagogy and why does it matter. Culturally sustaining pedagogies: Teaching and learning for justice in a changing world, 1, 24.

Ang, S., Van Dyne, L., Koh, C., Ng, K. Y., Templer, K. J., Tay, C., & Chandrasekar, N. A. (2007). Cultural intelligence: Its measurement and effects on cultural judgment and decision making, cultural adaptation and task performance. Management and organization review, 3(3), 335-371.

Cenoz, J., & Gorter, D. (2017). Minority languages and sustainable translanguaging: Threat or opportunity?. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 38(10), 901-912.

Duarte, J. (2019). Translanguaging in mainstream education: a sociocultural approach. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 22(2), 150–164. https://doi.org/10.1080/13670050.2016.1231774

García, O. (2009). Education, multlingualism and translanguaging in the 21st century. In T. Skutnabb-Kangas, R. Phillipson, A. K. Mohanty, & M. Panda (Eds.), Social justice through multilingual education (pp. 140–158). Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Gay, G. (2018). Culturally responsive teaching. Theory, research, and practice. (3a ed.) Teachers College Press.

Generalitat de Catalunya. (2018). El model lingüístic del sistema educatiu de Catalunya. https://educacio.gencat.cat/web/.content/home/departament/publicacions/monografies/model-linguistic/model-linguistic-Catalunya-CAT.pdf

Guyton, E. M., & Wesche, M. V. (2005). The multicultural efficacy scale: Development, item selection, and reliability. Multicultural Perspectives, 7(4), 21-29.

Instituto de Estadística de Cataluña [IDESCAT]. (2023). Educación primaria. Unidades escolares y alumnos. Por titularidad del centro y sexo. Comarcas y Aran, ámbitos y provincias. https://www.idescat.cat/pub/?id=aec&n=737&lang=es

OECD (2015), Immigrant Students at School: Easing the Journey towards Integration, OECD Reviews of Migrant Education, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/9789264249509-en.

OECD (2019), The Road to Integration: Education and Migration, OECD Reviews of Migrant Education, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/d8ceec5d-en.

Paris, D. (2012). Culturally sustaining pedagogy: A needed change in stance, terminology, and practice. Educational researcher, 41(3), 93-97.

Sáenz, I., Petreñas, C., Lapresta, C. & Janés, J. (forthcoming). “They speak Arabic to make teacher angry”: high-school teachers’ (de)legitimization of heritage language in Catalonia.  

Van Dyne, L., Ang, S., & Koh, C. (2015). Development and validation of the CQS: The cultural intelligence scale. In Handbook of cultural intelligence (pp. 34-56). Routledge.

Wang, Y. W., Davidson, M. M., Yakushko, O. F., Savoy, H. B., Tan, J. A., i Bleier, J. K. (2003). The scale of ethnocultural empathy: development, validation, and reliability. Journal of counseling psychology, 50(2), 221.


10. Teacher Education Research
Paper

Exploring Pedagogical Beliefs in Language Development: A Factor Analysis in the Early Childhood Education Context

Lien Dorme, Thibaut Duthois, Ruben Vanderlinde

Ghent University, Belgium

Presenting Author: Dorme, Lien

High-quality language interactions during preschool age play a crucial role in supporting children's language development in early childhood education (ECE) (European Commission, 2018), and in particular for at-risk children (Sammons et al., 2015). Therefore, enhancing teachers' Language Stimulating (LS) competencies is a significant focus for both pre- and in-service preschool teachers. These competencies are integral to the professional identity of preschool teachers and are central in teacher education curricula. An important element in teachers’ competencies, along with knowledge, classroom behaviour and motivational aspects, is teachers’ pedagogical beliefs (Wieduwilt et al., 2023).

Teachers’ beliefs are described by Pajares (1992, p. 325) as “a filter through which new phenomena are interpreted”, shaping how teachers interpret situations, influencing their perceptions of the classroom context and subsequent behaviour (Degotardi & Gill, 2017; Pajares, 1992). Research commonly categorizes beliefs into teacher-centred and child-centred beliefs (Stipek & Byler, 1997; Wieduwilt et al., 2021). Child-centred pedagogical beliefs emphasize fostering children's autonomy and active exploration, while teacher-centred beliefs involve a more directive approach with the teacher leading in structuring children's learning. In the child-centred approach, language learning is closely tied to children's free play, with the teacher playing a responsive role (Weikart, 2000). The key distinction between both approaches lies in the degree of child engagement, with child-centred pedagogy aligning closely with constructivist approaches, and teacher-centred pedagogical beliefs with transmissive approaches (Lui & Bonner, 2016).

Pianta and colleagues (2005) suggest that child-centred beliefs are associated with higher interaction and instruction quality, and a more positive emotional climate in teacher-child interactions compared to teacher-centred beliefs (Wieduwilt et al., 2021). Furthermore, child-directed interaction, as emphasized in sociocultural research as creating shared experiences between children and teachers, is considered crucial for language development (Peleman et al., 2020; Rowe & Snow, 2020). However, while child-centred beliefs are believed to be essential for a language-stimulating environment, the literature lacks consistency on this matter, requiring more research on the specific relation between teachers' pedagogical beliefs and various quality facets (Wieduwilt et al., 2023). For example, Justice and colleagues (2018) highlight the importance of overall classroom quality, including factors like teacher-child ratio and instructional support, for children's language development in early childhood education, alongside linguistic responsivity and quality of teacher talk. It is therefore hypothesized that a certain level of teacher-centred beliefs – in combination to the child-centred beliefs, is necessary, where a teacher structures the classroom activities in such a way that many child-directed, language stimulating interactions can be realized.

Wieduwilt et al. (2021) stress the need for more empirical data on pedagogical beliefs, particularly in the context of language-related beliefs. To our knowledge, there is currently no questionnaire to capture these beliefs on stimulating language interactions in ECE. Therefore, the primary goal of this paper is to develop an instrument for capturing content-specific pedagogical beliefs on language-stimulating interaction in the ECE context. Additionally, the aim is explore the underlying structures of ECE teachers' pedagogical beliefs regarding language-stimulating interaction, assuming a twofold categorization. The final aim of this paper is to present preliminary results on the pedagogical beliefs of ECE student teachers in Flanders.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The pedagogical beliefs scale from Wieduwilt and colleagues (2023) served as the foundation for constructing a new scale to measure beliefs on stimulating language interactions in ECE. Several items were retained and translated, and items from this scale that were not applicable for a broad, international ECE context (e.g., items about additional language programs) were omitted. Additionally, the Beliefs about Primary Education scale (BPES) from Hermans and colleagues (2008) was used to help construct new items. This process resulted in a new scale comprising 18 items on a five-point Likert scale. Additionally, experts on the topic of language in preschool education reviewed the items, and think-aloud procedures with four preschool teachers were performed to assess content validity and identify ambiguities in item wording.
The online platform Qualtrics was used to conduct a web-survey at two university colleges in Flanders, yielding 213 respondents. After identifying and excluding missing data, the final sample size comprised 190 participants. The participants represented a mix of first (2%), second (60%), and third year (38%) students from two teacher education programs for early childhood education. A significant majority were female (95%), aligning with the actual population in the teacher training. In terms of teaching experience, 57% had more than two weeks of active teaching experience, 39% had active teaching experience shorter than two weeks, and the remaining 4% had no active teaching experience in preschool.
An exploratory factor analysis (EFA) was employed to examine the factor structure within the items. The Kaiser-Meyer-Olkin coefficient of sampling adequacy (KMO=0.9) and Bartlett's test of sphericity (X2=1349.508, df=153, p<0.001) indicated the suitability of the data for factor analysis, surpassing required cut-off values. Kraiser's criterion, Catell's scree test, Horn's parallel analysis, and Velicer's minimum average partial technique were utilized to determine the number of factors. The EFA, conducted in R-studio, employed weighted least squares with direct oblimin rotation, allowing for correlated factors and providing estimates of correlations between factors (De Coninck et al., 2020). Factor loadings of the items were examined, and items with loadings of .40 and below were excluded from further analysis (Stevens, 1992). Factors with strong cross-loadings on other factors (>.25) were also removed.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Kaiser’s criterion, the screeplot, Horn’s parallel analysis, and Velicer's minimum average partial technique consistently favoured a two-factor structure in the exploratory factor analysis (EFA) of 18 items on language-related pedagogical beliefs in Flemish Early Childhood Education (ECE). The EFA resulted in two factors with sum of squared loadings of 1.80 (factor 1) and 1.79 (factor 2). Ten items were excluded due to low factor loadings (<.40).
The data revealed a clear distinction between teacher-centred and child-centred beliefs. Four items loaded on the first factor, capturing teacher-centred pedagogical beliefs in language development (e.g.: “In a language learning moment, it is important that a preschool teacher does not deviate from the planned activity.”). On the second factor, four items loaded, capturing child-centred pedagogical beliefs in language development (e.g. “Language learning moments work best when they respond spontaneously to what preschoolers bring up verbally or non-verbally”). Internal consistency was acceptable for both factors (child-centred: α = 0.64; teacher-centred: α =0.61). While the Cronbach's alpha revealed a moderate internal consistency, the scale's development still holds major instrumental value for measuring language-related pedagogical beliefs in ECE internationally.
Participants generally favoured child-centred (M = 4.00, SD = 0.50) over teacher-centred beliefs (M = 2.10, SD = 0.60), indicating a preference for approaches that prioritize children's autonomy and active learning. Furthermore, a weak, significant negative correlation (Pearson’s correlation coefficient: -0,16, p = 0.03) was found, suggesting a tendency for participants to lean towards one approach.
In conclusion, an instrument for capturing content-specific pedagogical beliefs on language stimulating interactions in ECE was developed. Secondly, underlying structures of ECE teachers’ pedagogical beliefs about language stimulating interactions were investigated, confirming a twofold structure. Finally, preliminary results of the current pedagogical beliefs of ECE student teachers in Flanders were reported, showing a preference for child-centred approaches.

References
De Coninck, K., Walker, J., Dotger, B., & Vanderlinde, R. (2020). Measuring student teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs about family-teacher communication: Scale construction and validation. Studies in Educational Evaluation, 64, 100820. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.stueduc.2019.100820
Degotardi, S., & Gill, A. (2017). Infant educators’ beliefs about infant language development in long day care settings. Early Years, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1080/09575146.2017.1347607
European Commission. (2018). Proposal for a council recommendation on  high quality early childhood education and care systems.
Hermans, R., Van Braak, J., & Van Keer, H. (2008). Development of the Beliefs about Primary Education Scale: Distinguishing a developmental and transmissive dimension. Teaching and Teacher Education, 24(1), 127–139. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2006.11.007
Justice, L. M., Jiang, H., & Strasser, K. (2018). Linguistic environment of preschool classrooms: What dimensions support children’s language growth? Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 42, 79–92. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2017.09.003
Lui, A. M., & Bonner, S. M. (2016). Preservice and inservice teachers’ knowledge, beliefs, and instructional planning in primary school mathematics. Teaching and Teacher Education, 56, 1–13. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.01.015
Pajares, M. F. (1992). Teachers’ Beliefs and Educational Research: Cleaning Up a Messy Construct. Review of Educational Research, 62(3), 307–332. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543062003307
Peleman, B., Vandenbroeck, M., & Van Avermaet, P. (2020). Early learning opportunities for children at risk of social exclusion. Opening the black box of preschool practice. European Early Childhood Education Research Journal, 28(1), 21–42. https://doi.org/10.1080/1350293X.2020.1707360
Rowe, M. L., & Snow, C. E. (2020). Analyzing input quality along three dimensions: Interactive, linguistic, and conceptual. Journal of Child Language, 47(1), 5–21. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305000919000655
Sammons, P., Toth, K., Sylva, K., Melhuish, E., Siraj, I., & Taggart, B. (2015). The long-term role of the home learning environment in shaping students’ academic attainment in secondary school. Journal of Children’s Services, 10(3), 189–201. https://doi.org/10.1108/JCS-02-2015-0007
Stevens, J. (1992). Applied multivariate statistics for the social sciences (2. ed). Erlbaum.
Stipek, D. J., & Byler, P. (1997). Early childhood education teachers: Do they practice what they preach? Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 12(3), 305–325. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0885-2006(97)90005-3
Weikart, D. P. (2000). Early childhood education: Need and opportunity. UNESCO: International Institute for Educational Planning.
Wieduwilt, N., Lehrl, S., & Anders, Y. (2021). Preschool teachers’ pedagogical beliefs in the field of language education. Teaching and Teacher Education, 101, 103296. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103296
Wieduwilt, N., Lehrl, S., & Anders, Y. (2023). Preschool teachers’ language-related pedagogical beliefs and their relation to observed classroom quality. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 62, 175–185. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecresq.2022.08.001
 
17:30 - 19:00100 SES 08: 17.30h Working Meeting
Location: Room L114 in Anastasios G. Leventis
Session Chair: Marit Honerød Hoveid
Session Chair: Lucian Ciolan
Internal Meeting
17:30 - 19:0013 SES 08 A: Time, Uncertainty, Hospitality and Education
Location: Room 109 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Joris Vlieghe
Paper Session
 
13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Change of Attention and Loss of Educational Time: From the Perspective of Philosophy of Technology

Jin Choi

DNUE, South Korea, Korea, Republic of (South Korea)

Presenting Author: Choi, Jin
This paper explores the impact of technological advancements on education, particularly focusing on the changes in our “attention” as a response to these advancements from a technological philosophy perspective. The increasing importance of digital-related skills in education is a major topic in South Korea and worldwide. Consequently, what is the significance of attention at present? Bernard Stiegler(2012) contend that the cultivation of 'attention' is unattainable for individuals in isolation and exclusively arises through engagement with the social realm (Stiegler, 2012: 1). It differs from the posture and concentration exhibited by animals, and according to Stiegler, the acquisition of attention requires a process known as education, drawing upon Simondon's theory. This is because when we assert our social nature, it is made possible through the process of education, and during this period, education aids in the formation of individuals who cannot be individualized solely based on their mental and social (or collective) meaning. Education fosters a more refined form of attention, which is the fruit of accumulating experiences passed down through generations (Stiegler, 2012: 1-2). One captivating and crucial attribute of attention in this context is that the regulation of my conduct is contingent upon the collective physical environment. Let's contemplate the educational environment, such as the classroom setting. The teacher is positioned in front of me to impart knowledge that is deemed important within this society, and I make a conscious effort to accept, acknowledge, or comprehend that. The physical setup of the classroom, along with its occupants, is specifically designed to facilitate focused attention. The classroom's setup and its occupants are physically conditioned to concentrate in a certain manner. Thus, the attention developed during education can be guided by shared memory and the ongoing physical conditions that support this memory. However, technological advancements are transforming the way we exist in the realm of education. It is of greater significance for students to independently explore and actively participate in their own learning activities, rather than solely relying on teachers for extended periods of time within the classroom. Posthuman theorist Katherine Hales (Hayles, K., 2007: 167) characterizes this particular feature of online information acquisition and the capacity to attend to numerous sources concurrently as the "hyper-attention" exhibited by the younger generation. She argues that the same kind of attention as Stiegler's "deep attention" is drawn to a single stream of information, focusing on one specific object for an extended period of time and blocking out external stimuli, similar to the way it was done in the past in the humanities. Deep attention possesses the advantage of exhibiting patience over extended periods and excelling in resolving intricate problems. However, it exposes vulnerabilities in attentiveness towards rapidly changing surroundings and flexibility in response. Conversely, heightened focus enables us to swiftly redirect our attention towards different objects, facilitating prompt decision-making or assessments in the online realm where attention is in high demand. This phenomenon is characterized by an inability to tolerate monotony as it prefers to engage with multiple streams of information simultaneously and consistently seeks out more stimulating experiences. This shift in attention, accompanied by the advocacy for privatization in education and the establishment of a learning-centered society, has revolutionized our perception of education within the school setting and redefined the significance of defining educational time as a cultural phenomenon. This paper argues that there is a necessity to articulate and ponder upon the transformation of educational practices caused by the technological unawareness resulting from our repeated utilization. It aims to investigate the ways in which these alterations in educational time reshape the rapport between students and teachers and their very existence.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The primary methodology employed in this paper is literature research, which is also commonly used in the study of educational philosophy. Additionally, I utilize the method of argumentation to critically examine the concepts that we encounter in our daily lives, reconfigure the interrelationships and contexts of these concepts, and advance the arguments of the researcher. Among these methodologies, phenomenological analysis is extensively utilized to explicate the prevailing educational landscape in Korea. Additionally, the discourse surrounding the indispensability of technical philosophy within the realm of education utilizes the concepts put forth by Bernard Stigler, Yuk Hui, and Alfred Nordmann, as well as the perspectives offered by Bernard Stigler and Katherine Hales, in order to establish a conceptual framework for the comparative examination of attention. The conversation about the common sense of Japanese philosopher Yujiro Nakamuro is carried out in a casual way when the aspect of attention change, which is debated in terms of education, is connected to a shift in common sense and cultural time.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I believe that the major educational changes resulting from advancements in technology that are currently being overlooked are closely tied to the decline in deep attention. This decline in deep attention initially leads to a shift in our attitude towards paying attention to others in the educational setting, such as the school or classroom. The aspect of attitude that demands our attention in this context refers to the shift in the practice of self-regulation and consideration for the existence of others, owing to the presence of a preceding individual. Second, these alterations significantly influence the position of teacher within the educational setting. The phenomenon of prioritizing individualized learning and media raises profound questions about the intrinsic value of teachers' existence in the present era. The incorporation of technology in the classroom appears to foster a culture of learning while enhancing opportunities for self-directed learning; however, it diminishes the knowledge and guidance that can be gained from teachers who are dedicated to the task of education, rather than just learning. Third, I conclude that this change is associated with the diminishing authority of educators, which is presently emerging as a significant issue in South Korea. However, it is contended that in an era of uncertainty, the existential aspect of education we require heavily relies on comprehending how the teacher, as a mature individual, tends to the world on a personal level.
Nonetheless, this discourse does not harbor skepticism regarding the relationship between technological progress and education. On the contrary, it is crucial to ponder upon our present status and clarify the alterations that have transpired in educational practice thus far.

References
Biesta, Gert(2013). Beautiful Risk of Education. Routledge.
Hayles, Katherine(2007). Hyper and deep attention: The generational divide in cognitive modes. Profession, 13. 187–199.
Lewin, David(2016). The pharmakom of educational technology: The disruptive power of attention in education. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 35. 251-265.
Nordmann, Alfred(2015). Technikphilosophie zur Einfuhrung. Junius Verlag GmbH
Pring, Richard(1977). Common sense and education. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 11(1). 57–77.
Stiegler, Bernard(2012). Relational ecology and the digital pharmakon. Cultural Machine, 13. 1-19.
Yujiro, Nakamuro(2013). Common sense.
Yuk Hui(2016). On the Existence of Digital Objects. University of minnesota press.


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

Education’s Time in Uncertain Times:The Social Imaginary of Cosmopolitan Democratic Hospitality

Mark Debono

University of Malta, Malta

Presenting Author: Debono, Mark

This paper explores, in its three sections, how the local/global and cosmopolitan education of democratic hospitality shapes individual and collective identities.

The first section examines whether democratic education's local and global contexts have a centric position that promotes border-thinking in understanding individual and national identities. Here, I use Derrida’s discussion about hospitality's conditional and unconditional factors to understand the limitations of individual and national identities.

In the second section, I argue that a cosmopolitan education focused on democratic hospitality enables us to understand a more fluid approach to individual and national identities. To further explain this concept, I refer to Papastephanou's notion of cosmopolitanism, which she formulates from an off-centre position, or what she calls “eccentric circles.” In cosmopolitan democratic hospitality, individuals have more freedom to explore their identities from a non-centralised position. This can also have an impact on how national identities are perceived. However, the potential of education to promote cosmopolitan democratic hospitality is sometimes hindered by our volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous (VUCA) environment, leaving us as mere spectators to society's powers.

The third and final section of the text suggests that a social imaginary of cosmopolitan democratic hospitality can help us overcome feelings of despair or giving up. This imaginary can help us develop pedagogies, as UNESCO claims, that allow us to learn in and with the world, which can lead to societal improvements. Education is not limited to schools but is a lifelong project that requires individuals to continue learning and sharing knowledge. This can make education more robust in an uncertain future. However, this promising point can also be challenging, as we strive to bridge the gap between theory and practice locally and globally. It is important to remember that even as our identities shift and change, education remains a valuable tool. Through education, we can challenge negative actions and promote cosmopolitan democratic hospitality. Its social imaginary reminds us that we are all connected as humans and that our collective actions can make the world a more habitable and welcoming place, especially during times of uncertainty.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the theoretical framework of this paper, I use the 'method' of deconstruction to question how central forces that arise from contexts of local/global education affect democratic hospitality. Through this method, I demonstrate the inconsistencies in arguments by highlighting the dominant positions of meaning. Shifting the focus to cosmopolitan democratic hospitality, I show how this education reflects a less centralised position. The analysis of this type of shift can provide more understanding of how education in Europe can cope with the increasing demands of a fluid society against an uncertain background.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper's conclusion suggests that practising cosmopolitan democratic hospitality in education can result in the development of less-centric identities, both on an individual and collective level. This approach empowers the transformative potential of individuals in a manner that allows us to see how knowledge is a powerful tool that favours the conditions that make our societies more habitable and welcoming.
References
Benhabib, S. (2006/2011 online version). ‘Hospitality, Sovereignty, and Democratic Iterations', in Another Cosmopolitanism. Edited by Robert Post. The Berkeley Tanner Lectures. (New York: Online edition, Oxford Academic
https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780195183221.003.0007

Derrida, J. On Cosmopolitanism and Forgiveness. Translated by Mark Dooley and Michael Hughes. With a preface by Simon Critchley and Richard Kearney. London and New York: Routledge.

Derrida, J., Dufourmantelle, A. (2000). Of Hospitality (Cultural Memory in the Present). Translated by Rachel Bowlby. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

Papastephanou, M. (2016). ‘Chapter 16: Concentric, Vernacular and Rhizomatic Cosmopolitanism’ (215-228) in Cosmopolitanism: Educational, Philosophical and Historical Perspectives, Edited by Marianna Papastephanou. Switzerland: Springer International Publishing.

Still, J. (2010). Derrida and Hospitality: Theory and Practice. Edinburgh University Press. http://www.jstor.org/stable/10.3366/j.ctt1r20fq

UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education. Retrieved from https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379381


13. Philosophy of Education
Paper

The ‘OECD Machine’ – Making The Uncertain Future (World) Certain And Controllable

Deborah Heck1, Dion Rüsselbæk Hansen2, Paul McFlynn3, Elaine Sharpling4

1University of the Sunshine Coast, Australia; 2University of Southern Denmark, Denmark; 3University of Ulster, Ireland; 4University of Wales, Trinity Saint David

Presenting Author: Heck, Deborah; Rüsselbæk Hansen, Dion

Burdened by a humanistic Enlightenment legacy (Bojesen, 2020), there exists a powerful human desire to control the uncontrollable world (Rosa, 2020). For example, as the ski industry becomes challenged by the variability related to climate change, we increasingly endeavour to plan skiing holidays to locations that guarantee snow (Willibald et al., 2021). Lured to these places by images that promise us ‘real’ snowscapes, our vision is often shattered when, on our arrival, we are faced with the large snow-making machines that are required to fulfil the advertised promises. The ‘reality’ of the scenes is lacking and what we get is a manufactured ‘synthetic’ experience; an artificial landscape filled with the distinct texture of imaginary snow and not the ‘real’ thing. Moreover, the consistent images that matched our thoughts of snow, are fractured by the inconsistent work of the noisy and intrusive machinery. Rosa (2020) suggests that such levels of control create a fabricated or engineered version of the snowscape focused on producing reality in pursuit of a specific goal despite the accompanying undesirable consequences. With this in mind, our study builds on previous exploration of negative universality (Rüsselbæk Hansen et al., 2024) and contributes towards the sustained inquiry into the phenomenon of human desire and control in the context of education and its implications for the philosophy and functioning of contemporary schooling.

In our exploration, we problematise the hope and desire for education evidenced by the OECD conceptual learning framework – Learning Compass 2030 (OECD, 2019a) and critique the notion of the compass metaphor and the ideas expressed in the values and attitudes component of the framework (OECD, 2019b). We draw on the lens of negative universality combined with Rosa’s (2020), Ruti’s (2008,2012) work and Saul’s (2021) notion of cultural criticism to examine possible inadequacies in the documents that will prompt teachers, researchers, and policymakers to adopt a more ‘negative’ gaze when considering possibilities for their practice. For example, one of the challenges of education is the overwhelming ‘positive’ lens used to view schools’ positioning on global uncertainties related to environmental, social, political, and cultural issues. Saul (2021) critiques schools as sites where such issues and similar problems can be solved because of their desire to manufacture positivity, infantilize young people and focus on short-term economics.

The promise of control or engineering education in the context of uncertainty leads to the establishment of false hope. In this regard, we show, using examples stemming from OECD’s “The Learning Compass 2030” framework, how the OECD is trying to engineer the contemporary reality with the aim of forming "the future we want" (OECD, 2019, p. 2), a controllable ‘future world’ without too many uncertainties. The question is what risks and constitutive effects, for example lacks, exclusions and impossibilities the OECD ‘machinery’ produces by its positiveness and how it frames students’ possibilities in the (future) world (Ruti, 2012)? On that basis, we suggest that researchers, teachers and policymakers as public intellectuals critically reflect on and discuss what impact the global OECD machinery has on our work so that we can resist ‘false hopes’ and identify the next steps based on our professional judgement (Heck, 2022) to influence the philosophy and functioning of contemporary schooling for the future.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
As scholars, we have been drawn to the work of Rosa (2020), who provides us with concepts to explain how the mechanisms employed to control the world come in many forms and with various consequences. Combined with negative universalistic thinking (Kapoor & Zalloua, 2021), we also find inspiration in Ruti’s (2012) and Saul’s (2021) work to problematize how the OECD (2019b) are trying to control and design the future by focusing on ‘shared’ values and on the formation of students’ beliefs, characters, attitudes, and mindsets. We analyse OECD's focus, its fantasies about the future, and how such fantasies are filled with ‘false’ promises of rectitude and redemption (Bojesen, 2020). That said, we claim that all positive stated forms of universalism are false in the sense that they always represent/privilege particular attitudes in the (educational) reality. It becomes, for example, obvious when universal values are embodied by teachers as concrete subjects in education. In other words, when abstract and/or common universal values such as respect, fairness, and social responsibility, which are promoted by OECD, are performed in practice we are confronted with a coexisting of lack and excess. For example, the constitutive exceptions of undesirable particulars and of the privileging of desirable particulars (McGowan, 2017). With that in mind, we illustrate how the OECD document “attitudes and values” (OCED, 2019b) seeks to produce a desirable future by universalising certain particulars in practice through a fantasy about social and educational engineering (Ruti, 2008). Despite OECD’s ambitions to sound as both neu¬tral as well as all- encompassing (Kapoor & Zalloua, 2022) they are doomed to fail in this regard.

Furthermore, the lack of the final word seems to get OECD to rely on an excess of words that together are assumed to produce a compass for education and its future direction. To use a compass effectively, one needs very clear coordinates (or signifiers/words), or one will be lost? But the OECD compass is based on so many contradictory coordinates, which is masked by seductive fantasies and an altruistic soundly vocabulary. This might prevent us from embracing the ‘unsound’ messiness and uncontrollability in the (educational) reality that cannot be fixated, made controllable and harmonized by means of clear coordinates.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this paper, we have problematised the false promises evidenced in the OECD's positive view of attitudes and values (OECD, 2019b) and how they create hope and promise certainty for a particular kind of (future) world. OECD draws significantly on positive universalism and leaves little room for the exploration of negative forms of universality and our ability to sit with antagonisms, paradoxes and hopelessness and respond as subjects to the question of what liveable world(s) that may become (im)possible. Hence, the OECD approach focusses our gaze on a particular direction which has the consequence of preventing us from gazing elsewhere. It is useful when attempting to re-direct this gaze to consider Rosa’s notion of “resonance with someone or something” (p. vii) as a context for the work of teachers. Rosa suggests we achieve resonance when we “create a context that makes it likely that you will be deeply touched and transformed by something or someone … but … might turn out to be deeply frustrating and alienating” (p. viii).

What we identify here is that achieving resonance is unpredictable. Rosa suggests that resonance may or may not occur, and it may arrive “when we do not expect anything” (p. viii). What is ‘certain’ is that resonance on the ski slopes or in the classroom cannot be engineered. Hence, we call for teachers, researchers, and policy makers to take up their role as public intellectuals in response to the engineering of education and instead gaze at the uncertainty in the world. Our challenge as teachers and educators is “to point the student to the world, to (re)dress the student’s attention to the world, so that it becomes possible, without guarantees of course, that the student may meet that which the world is asking of him or her” (Biesta, 2022, p. 99).

References
Biesta, G. (2022). World-centred education: A view for the present. Routledge.
Bojesen, E. (2020). Forms of Education. Rethinking Educational Experience Against and Outside the Humanist Legacy. Routledge.
Heck, D. (2022). Teacher educators as public intellectuals: exploring possibilities. Asia-Pacific Journal of Teacher Education, 50(2), 118-129. https://doi.org/10.1080/1359866X.2022.2049700
Kapoor, I., & Zalloua, Z. (2022). Universal Politics. Oxford University Press.
McGowan, T. (2017). Only a Joke Can Save us. A theory of Comedy. Northwestern Univesity Press.
OECD. (2019a). OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030: Conceptual learning framework. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/teaching-and-learning/learning/learning-compass-2030/OECD_Learning_Compass_2030_concept_note.pdf
OECD. (2019b). OECD Future of Education and Skills 2030: Conceptual learning framework: Attitudes and values for 2030. OECD. https://www.oecd.org/education/2030-project/teaching-and-learning/learning/attitudes-and-values/Attitudes_and_Values_for_2030_concept_note.pdf
Rosa, H. (2020). The Uncontrollabily of the World. Politi Press.  
Rüsselbæk Hansen, D. Heck, D., Sharpling, E and McFlynn P (2024). Resisting positive universal views of the OECD politics of teacher education: From the perspective of ‘negative’ universality: In: G. Magnússon; A. M. Phelan; S. Heimans and R. Unsworth (eds.). Political Intervention in Teacher Education: Policy, Knowledge, Ethics and the Contemporary. Routledge (forthcoming)
Ruti, M. (2008). The fall of fantasies: A Lacanian reading of lack. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 56(2), 483-508.
Ruti, M. (2012). The singularity of being: Lacan and the immortal within: Lacan and the immortal within. Fordham University Press.
Saul, R. (2021). Schooling on the doorstep of dystopia: On educating for unsustainable futures. Journal of educational thought, 54(1), 19-38.
Willibald, F., Kotlarski, S., Ebner, P. P., Bavay, M., Marty, C., Trentini, F. V., Ludwig, R., & Grêt-Regamey, A. (2021). Vulnerability of ski tourism towards internal climate variability and climate change in the Swiss Alps. Science of the Total Environment, 784, 147054.
 
17:30 - 19:0015 SES 08 A: Partnership research in Erasmus+ projects
Location: Room 105 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Margaret McColl
Paper Session
 
15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Partnerships Facilitating Transformative Education: How the Erasmus+ Funded TUTOR Project Can Transform Inclusive Education.

Sinead Matson, Bernie Grummell, Margaret Nugent

Maynooth University, Ireland

Presenting Author: Matson, Sinead; Grummell, Bernie

The TUTOR (Teacher’s Upskilling aiming aT a hOlistic inclusivity in leaRning) Project is a three year Erasmus+ research project that draws on the partnership of expert groups and institutions across Ireland, Austria, Greece, Turkey, and EU. The objective is to create partnerships of teacher education and training providers to establish Teacher Academies to support teachers to develop their capabilities in understanding and developing more inclusive learning environments. Inclusive education has traditionally been thought of as being an approach to serving students with disabilities in education (Suleymanov, 2015). TUTOR draws on critical approaches to inclusive education, noting the shift to focus on how socio-cultural systems need to become more inclusive, and in educational contexts supporting full participation in mainstream settings with the support of appropriate adaptations and accommodations (Zigmond, Kloo and Volonino, 2009). ‘Inclusion is an attitude and approach that embraces diversity and differences and promotes equal opportunities for all’ (Inclusion BC, 2019). Drawing on international policy, the National Council for Special Education (NCSE) described inclusion as a process of addressing and responding to the diversity of needs of learners. EU policy acknowledges the need for teachers voices to be included in policy responses to the current classroom diversity (European Commission, 2015). This acknowledges how broader socio-economic and political contexts impact on classrooms such as the precarious global economic, environmental and political context, increased migration, and complex intercultural contexts. TUTOR draws on critical education and transformation education theories by combining the knowledge of different advocacy groups and NGO’s working in partnership with universities to develop and deliver a continuous professional development (CPD) programme of learning for current educators in second level and Further Education and Training (FET) which is situated in current knowledge, context, and practice allowing for transformational educational experiences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A desk-based literature review was conducted at EU level and by each country partner examining each country’s national policies and frameworks and research in relation to best practice in inclusive education, resulting on the compilation of a report on the findings of the desired status of inclusive education at local and EU level. Following the literature review, focus groups and teacher interviews were conducted with over 800 stakeholders involved in second level schooling, Further Education and Training (FET), advocacy groups and NGOs across the four countries and at EU level. An anonymous, online questionnaire was also disseminated to schools and FET institutions. This second stage of the methodology allowed the partners to identify the existing status of inclusive education in each country and at EU level. The findings were then analysed through three rounds of thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2013) in MAXQDA qualitative data analysis software to identify the gaps between the desired state and the existing state of inclusive education at national and EU level. The identified gaps are currently being utilized as the basis for designing the CPD curriculum. Once the curriculum is designed it will undergo pilot testing with stakeholders from second level and Further Education and Training in each partner country followed by teacher mobilities between the partners host countries in order to support a collaborative international approach to inclusive education.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
It is expected that through the partnership of a large transnational network of universities, non-government organisations, advocacy groups, and further education organisations, funded by Erasmus+, teachers in second level and further education and training will be offered a continuous professional development programme that is based on current, robust research; that is the identified gaps between the desired state and the existing state of practice. The CPD programme  will also be complemented with the opportunities for educators to travel to other countries for experiential learning mobilities, and the development of an online community of practice at transnational level. Thus consolidating the new theories, practices, and concepts, with opportunities to observe and practice in expert institutions, and continue the transformative educational experience through continuing transnational professional dialogue.
References
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2013). Successful Qualitative Research - a practical guide for beginners. London; Los Angeles; New Dehli; Singpore; Washington: Sage.

European Committee. (2015). Education & Training 2020. Schools policy: A whole school approach to tackling early school leaving - Policy messages. European Commission, Brussels.

Korsgaard, M. T., Larsen, V., & Wiberg, M. (2020). Thinking and researching inclusive education without a banister - visiting, listening and tact as a foundation for collective research on inclusive education.

Inclusive BC (2019) About - Inclusion BC

International Journal of Inclusive Education, 24(5), 496-512. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603116.2018.1469680

Suleymanov, F. (2015). Issues of Inclusive Education: Some Aspects to Be Considered. Electronic Journal for Inclusive Education, 3(4), 8, 1-23.

Watkins, A., & Meijer, C. J. W. (2016). Implementing inclusive education: Issues in bridging the policy-practice gap (First ed.). Emerald Group Publishing Limited. https://doi.org/10.1108/S1479-363620168

Zigmond, N., A. Kloo, and V. Volonino. 2009. ““What, Where, and How? Special Education in the Climate of Full Inclusion”.” Exceptionality 17 (4): 189–204. doi:10.1080/09362830903231986.


15. Research Partnerships in Education
Paper

Evaluating Erasmus Mundus Masters Learning in Preparing 21st Century Museum and Heritage Educators for Multicultural, Multidisciplinary, Multifaceted Practice.

Margaret McColl1, Elo-Hanna Seljamaa2, Henrik Zipsane3, Karl Borromaus Murr3, Julie Robinson1

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Tartu, Estonia; 3European Museum Academy, The Hague

Presenting Author: McColl, Margaret; Seljamaa, Elo-Hanna

Evaluating Erasmus Mundus Masters Learning in Preparing 21st Century Museum and Heritage Educators for Multicultural, Multidisciplinary, Multifaceted Practice.

Dr. Maggie McColl – Senior Lecturer Museum and Heritage Education and Programme Director International Master of Education in Museums and Heritage, University of Glasgow
Dr Elo-Hanna Seljamaa – Associate Professor of Estonian and Comparative Folklore at the University of Tartu, Institute of Cultural Research and Programme Director for Folkloristics and Applied Heritage Studies
Dr. Karl Borromaus Murr – Director of the State Textile and Industry Museum, Augsburg, President of the European Museum Academy and Visiting Lecturer Augsburg and Munich University
Dr. Henrik Zipsane – Managing Director of The European Museum Academy and Adjunct Professor at the University of Science and Technology in Meghalaya, India and guest professor at Linköping University
Julie Robinson – Lecturer in Museum Education and Pedagogy and Practice at The University of Glasgow

In this paper, the authors discuss their shared consortia objectives in designing and developing a structure and syllabus to support masters-level learning shaped by the European Commission’s Erasmus+ goal of ‘fostering excellence and worldwide internationalisation of higher education institutions’ (European Commission, online). The authors share the experiences of partners from The Universities of Glasgow, Tartu, County Cork, Malta, Radboud, Iberoamericana Mexico City and the European Museum Academy as they recall the process involved in creating a multidisciplinary degree to equip the next generation of museum and heritage professionals with the necessary skills to navigate a fast-evolving, economically and politically-challenged sector. The first part of this paper addresses the building of the consortium over several years to include a diverse range of international institutions and organisations already expert and active in the teaching of museum and heritage syllabi. The authors discuss the identification and mapping of museum and heritage education content across the five credit awarding partners (UofG, UT, UCC, UM & RU) and the embedding of practice based experience (EMA & UI) to support current and emerging museum and heritage themes evident on a global landscape. The authors place a spotlight on the collaborative process that enabled them to establish effective partnerships, while reflecting on the challenges and risks involved in these initial stages and how they were dealt with.

The second part of this paper is situated against the backdrop of Education in Museums and Heritage (EDUMaH) and its evolution from idea to successful 2022 European Commission application, garnering 5.4 million euros for 90+ students scholarships. With the first cohort of 23 students commencing their studies in September 2023, the authors outline the broad cultural profile of the first scholarship recipients and share the group’s initial intended hopes when applying to study EDUMaH. This baseline starting point will be explored alongside the same students’ reflective sense of where they have developed to at the end of their first year of study and their hopes for future development going forward. In particular, the authors will delve into the students’ perceived relevance of their accumulative knowledge and skill sets as a result of participation in EDUMaH in readying them for the future workplace. A key focus in the analysis of student perceptions will be the impact of partnership working on the part of the consortium to create a successful student experience.

The authors will share their evaluation of the students’ reflections in terms of their development as compared with the original learning objectives set out by the consortium at the design stage of the programme. These considerations will be used to imagine a way forward for this project and for similar partnerships in higher education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Ontology (the idea of reality) and epistemology (how we seek knowledge) guide the methodology and methods adopted for this study. An interpretivist paradigm is assumed to reflect the negotiable nature of knowledge within cultures, social settings and human relationships.

A reflective approach is first used to revisit the original objectives agreed by the EDUMaH partners to establish the foundations of the programme, characterised by relevant international thematic content. Information extracted from the successful EDUMaH Erasmus+ application is presented and analysed alongside supplementary commentary from consortium partners. We will also revisit the earlier failed applications and reflect on the changes that were introduced in the process of reworking the proposal. The programme objectives will be considered in relation to key literature and policy, drawn from international sources with direct relevance to museum and heritage education theory and practice. In addition, with input from consortium partners, we will explore relevant national policy documents and concerns raised therein to assess the programme’s ability to address them. A combined wealth of academic knowledge and practice-based experience position the authors to explore and discuss decisions that informed the design and development of EDUMaH in considerable depth. The approach adopted will allow for strengths and challenges in the collaborative development process to be highlighted and shared.

The second stage of the methodology identified for this study is focussed on the student perspective. Information from the students’ scholarship applications is used to present a starting point against which to explore the students’ perceptions of knowledge and skill accumulation at a more advanced stage of study. Quantative and qualitative analysis of students’ perceptions through the use of questionnaires, containing open-ended and closed questions are used to gather data from Erasmus Mundus EDUMaH students on their initial hopes as defined in their applications alongside their perceptions of how they have developed at a later stage in their academic journey. Student perceptions of the partnership aspect of their Erasmus Mundus study are explored to establish its influence on their educational experience.

Finally, the partnership perspective as outlined in the first methodological stage is triangulated against the data gleaned from the second: the student perspective.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The various stages of the research project outlined in this paper are intended as a means of evaluating the nature and effectiveness of the partnerships responsible for designing, developing and implementing the International Master of Education in Museums and Heritage Erasmus Mundus degree. By exploring and analysing the consortium partners’ intended objectives for students and the collaborative processes and approaches undertaken when developing the degree, the authors are able to create a reference point against which to compare the student perspective.

The findings offer insights to partnership relationships and sense of ‘jointness’ at the developmental stage of designing an Erasmus Mundus Masters programme, including partnerships between formal and informal institutions i.e. universities, museums and heritage organisations. They also offer a lens through which to consider the reality of the Erasmus Mundus student experience and the experience of participating institutions as compared with a theoretical framework that has been shaped by academic and practice experts.

Ultimately, the paper illuminates the strengths identified in the consortium partnership’s design and development of their Erasmus Mundus programme in terms of meeting the needs of the 21st century Museum and Heritage Education professional but it also identifies opportunities for improved partnership working, going forward.

References
Babic, D. (2016) “Bridging the Boundaries between Museum and Heritage Studies” in Museum International, 1 (2) pp.15-28.

Blake, J. (2018) “Museums and Safeguarding Intangible Cultural Heritage – Facilitating Participation and Strengthening Their Function in Society” in International Journal of Intangible Heritage 13 pp. 17–32.

Cairns, D. (2019) “Researching Social Inclusion in Student Mobility: Methodological Strategies in Studying the Erasmus Programme” in International Journal of Research & Method in Education 42 (2) pp. 137–147.

Ferreira-Pereira, L.C. & Pinto, J.M. (2021) Soft Power in the European Union’s Strategic Partnership Diplomacy: The Erasmus Plus Programme in L.C. Ferreira-Pereira & M. Smith (eds) The European Union’s Strategic Partnerships. Palgrave MacMillan pp. 69-94.

Ferrer-Yulfo, A. (2022) “Transforming Museum Education Through Intangible Cultural Heritage” in Journal of Museum Education 47 (3) pp. 319–30.

Holen, A., Ashwin, P., Maassen, P., Stensaker, B. (2021). “Student Partnership: Exploring the dynamics in and Between Different Conceptualizations” in Studies in Higher Education 46 (12) pp. 2726–2737

Jacobone, V. & Moro, G. (2015) “Evaluating the impact of the Erasmus programme: skills and European identity” in Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 40 (2) pp. 309–328.

Labrador, A. M. (2022) “Integrating ICH and Education: A Review of Converging Theories and Methods” in International Journal of Intangible Heritage 17 pp. 13718–36.

Nguyen Hai Ngan Tran, da Encarnação, C. A., Amado, F., dos Santos, S. P. (2023) “Challenges and Success Factors of Transnational Higher Education: A Systematic Review” in Studies in Higher Education 48 (1) pp. 113–136

Nikolić Ðerić, T., Neyrinck, J., Seghers, E., Tsakiridis, E. (2020) Museums and Intangible Cultural Heritage: Towards a Third Space in the Heritage Sector. Bruges: Werkplaats immaterieel erfgoed.

Malcolm Tight (2022) “Internationalisation of Higher Education Beyond the West: Challenges and Opportunities – the Research Evidence” in Educational Research and Evaluation 27 (3-4) pp. 239–259.

Tran, L. T. (2016) “Mobility As ‘Becoming’: A Bourdieuian Analysis of the Factors Shaping International Student Mobility” in British Journal of Sociology of Education 37 (8) pp. 1268–1289.

University of Glasgow Connect (online) Making a Success of Erasmus Mundus at
https://www.gla.ac.uk/explore/internationalisation/uofgconnect/newsletters/june2023/erasmusmundus/ (last accessed 30.01.24)

Vellamo, T., Kivisto, J. & Pausits, A. (2023) “Steering by Stealth? Influenceof Erasmus Mundus Joint Masters Programmes” in European Higher Education Policy, European Journal of Higher Education, 13 (2), pp. 179-196.
 
17:30 - 19:0016 SES 08 A: Digital Governance, EdTech and Behaviour Modification
Location: Room 016 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Teresa Di Spiridione
Paper Session
 
16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Democratizing Digital Governance in Education: Challenges, Opportunities, and Ethical Considerations for School Authorities

Eivind Larsen

NLA University College, Norway

Presenting Author: Larsen, Eivind

Research in the field of education has explored the role of accountability policies in different contexts (e.g. Maroy, 2015) and how performance-based systems of accountability have increasingly been implemented to ensure that schools are held responsible for quality improvement on measurable policy-indicators (Camphuijsen, 2020). Recent research has also focused on how digital tools (such as Learning Analytic Platforms, abbreviated as LAPs) are used as policy tools for governance and accountability purposes (Martinez Lunde, 2022). However, less attention has been granted to processes of democratizing these tools by involving and making them transparent to the public. This study intends to address this gap in the literature and contribute to important insights to the intersection of digital and democratic governance of schools, especially in the Nordic countries. The paper is based on the premise that technological democratization is a 'moral imperative'. (Sclove, 1992, p. 143). The Nordic, and especially the Norwegian context emerges as an interesting case as researchers have highlighted tension between internal practice of educational professionals, and external practices such as national testing policy (Martinez Lunde, 2022). Additionally, research suggests that discursive tensions between a language of performance data and democracy has been rendered more visible in policies over time (Larsen et al., 2020).
The overarching research question guiding the study is as follows: How are current digital policy tools used by policymakers and school authorities related to students’ well being and learning outcomes subject to democratization? To address this question, I draw from three theoretical perspectives that inform the discussion. First, theories on accountability (O’day, 2002; Sinclair, 1995) provide a foundation for understanding how digital policy tools may provide transparency and ensure that schools are held accountable for students’ well-being and learning outcomes. This perspective emphasizes the workings of accountability when educational authorities aim to map schools’ practices when it comes to student learning and psychosocial well-being. Second, theories on professionalism (Anderson & Cohen, 2018; Sugrue & Solbrekke, 2014) highlights the importance of educators and policymakers’ autonomy to make informed decisions in the best interest of all students. Moreover, the perspective recognizes the importance of educational professionals’ judgements and contributes to a balanced discussion on the tensions between digital, “top down” governance on the one hand, and situated and contextually based professional judgement as a necessary ingredient in guiding local school development, on the other. Third, the perspective of phronesis or practical wisdom (Aristotle, 1999; Birmingham, 2004) emphasizes the need for ethical considerations and moral virtues in the process of decision-making in processes of digital governance. This perspective is chosen to add another layer of perspective to professional judgement in discussing challenges and opportunities in democratizing digital governance as it emphasizes the ethical and contextually situated judgement as key ingredients in the concept of phronesis. Additionally, the study considers the policy context in which these policy tools are situated and implemented. Even though educational policies and systems vary across countries and regions, these tools are somewhat similar across contexts. Accordingly, understanding the Nordic context will contribute to understanding the democratization of the tools in similar contexts, such as the Anglo-American and European. Also, how these tools are democratized will provide insight into how they can be used for future development of schools, and for the betterment of students’ well-being and learning outcomes.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study is inspired by a literature review anchored in the principles outlined by Boote & Beile (2005), meaning it draws from a range of sources, including books, articles, official documents, and research reports related to democratizing of digital governance tools in education over the last 10 years. Moreover, the article employs a post-structural approach to policy analysis (Bacchi & Goodwin, 2016); critically examining the role of digital policy tools not only as a means to “solve” problems but are also intrinsically linked to producing them.
To support the theoretical investigation, the study applies qualitative synthesis techniques informed by meta-ethnography (Noblitt & Hare, 1988). This method facilitates the synthesis of diverse qualitative studies, which enables the identification of themes and patterns in the findings from different studies utilizing different framework. In conjunction with the meta-ethnographic approach, the study also draws inspiration from the case-study approach (Yin, 2018). By examining several cases, such as the implementation of different digital policy-tools in Norway, the current article seeks to derive comparative insights into the dynamics of policy implementation, thereby aiming to account for contextual variations on how such tools represent challenges and opportunities for school authorities.
 The methodological synthesis of literature review, post-structural policy analysis, meta-ethnography, and case study-approach ensures a flexible and systematic approach to the complexity when investigating the democratization of policy tools. This synthesis allows for critically analyzing policy-dimensions of digital policy tools based on the first two approaches (literature review and post-structural analysis), while also considering the local and contextually situated studies based on the latter methodological approaches (meta-ethnography and case-study approach). This allows for including studies on how, e.g. municipalities in Norway use digital tools of governance and how these tools are subject to democratization, and what are the possible implications for students’ learning and well-being at school-level.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The use of digital governance tools in education has the potential to leverage technologies such as Artificial Intelligence (AI) to ensure cost efficiency and savings. For example, the widely used Conexus Insight in Norway shows a case of the benefits of AI in promoting technical and economic efficiency in the domain of education and accountability. However, this raises the challenge of balancing cost-savings and efficiency with the need for democratic digital governance as a ‘moral imperative’ (Sclove, 1992). Current research suggests that school authorities must exercise discretion to ensure that the use of digital policy tools does not undermine students’ well-being and learning outcomes (Southgate, 2021).
The expected outcomes of this study include a contribution to understanding the complex challenges faced when authorities ensure the democratization of digital policy tools in digital governance. The research aims to identify opportunities and potential strategies for promoting transparency, participatory decision-making, and accountability in the use of digital policy tools in education. This understanding can inform policymakers, school authorities and other stakeholders in their efforts to create democratic and inclusive systems of governance, also in the sphere of digital systems of governance.
Additionally, the study seeks to contribute to theoretical discussions by expanding the existing knowledge base on the intersection of digital governance, democracy, and the best interest of all students in education. Thus, by critically examining existing policies, theories and frameworks, the article sheds light on the complexities inherent in democratizing policy tools in the context of digital governance. In turn, this may contribute to understanding the role of ethics in professional judgement of school authorities when faced with the adoption and implementation of digital tools in educational settings. This may, in turn, inform the practices of school authorities and policy makers on the uses of digital tools.

References
Anderson, G. L., & Cohen, M. I. (2018). The New Democratic Professional in Education: Confronting Markets, Metrics, and Managerialism. Teachers College Press.
Aristotle. (1999). The Nicomachean Ethics (p. 56). Blackwell.
Bacchi, C., & Goodwin, S. (2016). Poststructural policy analysis (1st ed.) Palgrave Macmillan.
Birmingham, C. (2004). Phronesis: A Model for Pedagogical Reflection. Journal of Teacher Education, 55(4), 313–324.
Boote, D. N., & Beile, P. (2005). Scholars Before Researchers: On the Centrality of the Dissertation Literature Review in Research Preparation. In Educational Researcher (Vol. 34, Issue 6, pp. 3–15). https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189x034006003
Camphuijsen, M. K. (2020). Coping with performance expectations: towards a deeper understanding of variation in school principals’ responses to accountability demands. Educational Assessment, Evaluation and Accountability. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11092-020-09344-6
Larsen, E., Møller, J., & Jensen, R. (2020). Constructions of professionalism and the democratic mandate in education A discourse analysis of Norwegian public policy documents. Journal of Education Policy, 1–20.
Martinez Lunde, I. (2022). Learning analytics as modes of anticipation: enacting time in actor-networks. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 1–15.
Martinez Lunde, I. (2022). Digitization in school leadership and educational governance: Examples from policy and practice [PhD Dissertation]. University of Oslo.
Maroy, C. (2015). Comparing Accountability Policy Tools and Rationales: Various Ways, Various Effects? In H.-G. Kotthoff & E. Klerides (Eds.), Governing Educational Spaces: Knowledge, Teaching, and Learning in Transition (pp. 35–59). Sense Publishers.
Noblitt, G. W., & Hare, R. D. (1988). Meta-ethnography. SAGE Publications.
O’day, J. A. (2002). Complexity, Accountability, and School Improvement. Harvard Educational Review, 72(3).
Sclove, R. E. (1992). The Nuts and Bolts of Democracy: Democratic Theory and Technological Design. In L. Winner (Ed.), Democracy in a Technological Society (pp. 139–157). Springer Netherlands.
Sinclair, A. (1995). The chameleon of accountability: Forms and discourses. In Accounting, Organizations and Society (Vol. 20, Issues 2–3, pp. 219–237). https://doi.org/10.1016/0361-3682(93)e0003-y
Southgate, E. (2021). Artificial Intelligence and Maching Learning: A Practical and Ethical Guide for Teachers. In C. Wyatt-Smith, B. Lingard, & E. Heck (Eds.), Digital disruption in teaching and testing. Routledge.
Sugrue, C., & Solbrekke, T. (Eds.). (2014). Professional responsibility: New Horizons of Praxis. Routledge.
Yin, R. K. (2018). Case study research and applications (6th ed.). SAGE Publications.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

What Change(S) Does The Edtech Industry Offer To School Pedagogy?

Omri Hadar, Yifat Ben-David Kolikant

Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel

Presenting Author: Hadar, Omri

In recent decades, there has been a major change in the education technology field, as more and more high-tech companies, including start-ups, enter the educational technology arena, previously dominated by big publishers and non-profit organizations. A large portion of the EdTech sector is profit-driven and sees the educational field as a potential market (Williamson, 2017). The discussion on technology and education has been characterized by cycles of hype, hope, and disappointment (Gouseti, 2010). The rise of the EdTech industry in the education field has been accompanied by a similar hopeful discourse about its potential to disrupt and fix the educational system (Selwyn, 2016). Is it another cycle? This question motivated us to examine what pedagogical change(s) EdTech companies offer to schools and to what extent these changes are linked to the pedagogical changes required in the education system as described in the literature.

Educational researchers and leading agencies state that owing to trends of digitalism, globalism, and aspirations towards a knowledge society, life in the 21st century involves new challenges (e.g., growing need for innovation and knowledge creation) (Law 2014; OECD, 2018; Tan et al., 2021). Therefore, today’s students must develop certain skills, orientations, and competencies, often termed 21st-century skills (National Research Council, 2012).

Moreover, educational researchers and agencies state that the educational system should undergo a transformative change towards learner-centered pedagogies. This is imperative because the prevailing teacher-centered instruction in schools is deemed inadequate for fostering 21st-century skills among students (Bremner et al., 2022; Tan et al., 2021; OECD, 2018).

Learner-centeredness is not merely about students being active during the lesson, but rather, it is about students being involved in decision-making about their learning in dialogue with peers and the teacher, metaphorically co-writing the script of their learning with the teachers. In contrast, in teacher-centered pedagogy, teachers write the learning script: they control every aspect of the educational situation (Ben-David Kolikant, 2019; Bremner et al., 2022; Gutierrez et al., 1995).

According to Law (2014), who reviewed empirical studies related to pedagogical innovation and change, another important dimension to consider when analyzing pedagogical innovation and change is the role students, teachers, and technology will play, and their closeness to teacher-centered and learner-centered practice.

Finally, learner-centered pedagogies feature high curricular flexibility. Namely a certain degree of freedom for students to make decisions and co-write their learning scripts and the freedom required for teachers to support the diverse needs that emerge as students undergo these learning processes (Bremner et al., 2022).

This transformative change towards learner-centered pedagogies means restructuring educational goals and a dramatic change in teachers and students' roles and responsibilities (Law 2014; OECD 2018). Such a change can be classified as a second-order change, a term that refers to cases where the system itself undergoes a change that involves restructuring the goals, procedures, and boundaries of the system. In contrast, first-order change refers to cases where there is a change in the way procedures are carried out in a given system, but the system itself and the essence of these procedures remain the same (Ertmer, 2005; Watzlawick et al., 1974). Technology can support and sustain a second-order change towards learner-centeredness (Ertmer, 2005; Law, 2014; OECD, 2018).

We examined EdTech companies that offer pedagogically-oriented products for K-12 formal education from a pedagogical perspective. Data sources were the websites of all companies that presented at the ASU+GSV summit, 2018. Comparing each product’s description against learner-centered pedagogy principles, we revealed that only a few companies aim at second-order change. The majority aim at middle-order change, within which one component of traditional teacher-centered pedagogy is broken, yet the essence of teacher-centeredness is preserved.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We examined all the 368 companies that presented at the ASU+GSV summit in May 2018. We chose this sample because:
(a) The ASU+GSV summit is one of the main and most prestigious conferences in the EdTech industry, which gathers investors, entrepreneurs, and educational policymakers from around the world (asugsvsummit.com, 2018). Every year, the conference appears on the list of main industry conventions in Ed-Surge magazine and other magazines such as Forbes, and it has a large number of attendees: over 4000 each year.
(b) The companies participating in the conference have not necessarily implemented their product in schools on a wide scale but have already gained the interest of investors and the summit organizers and therefore can be considered industry representatives.
We conducted a content analysis of the information presented on each company's website (Skalski, Neuendorf & Cajigas, 2017). Our focus was on companies that offer K-12 pedagogical tools. Out of 368 companies, 66 matched these criteria. These companies' websites were analyzed.
We first coded the learning subject(s) the product is intended to be used. Then we characterized the product against the principles of learner-centered pedagogies as described in the literature (e.g., Law, 2014). Specifically, three dimensions were analyzed: who is the scriptwriter, the level of freedom the scriptwriter has, and what is the teacher’s role. The categories in each dimension span an axis, where the category at the lowest level denotes teacher-centeredness and the highest learner-centeredness.
We also analyzed the rationale companies present for the necessity of their product in their own language. Three dimensions emerged out of the analysis: Reasons given by the companies; Pedagogical concepts used to describe the product; and Emotional terms describing the use of the product in the classroom.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
About a fifth of the companies (13 companies) offer products supporting first-order pedagogical change, and another fifth (14 companies) promote second-order pedagogical change. Most of these companies offer products for programming and science teaching.
Most companies (59%), however, could not be labelled as promoting first- or second-order change. These products provided the students with limited autonomy over the learning script, enabling them to choose a fixed script from a fixed inventory or work on a task at their own pace. Teachers are often provided with dashboards to regulate students’ progress. These products leave most control over the learning script in the teachers’ hands. Namely, a component of traditional pedagogy is broken, yet traditional pedagogy is maintained in essence. We thus conclude that these products offer middle-order change, defined as a change that “represents a compromise; the magnitude of change is greater than [the] first-order change, yet it neither affects the critical success factors nor is strategic in nature.” (Golembiewski et al., 1976, as quoted in Lorenzi and Riley 2000, 119).
These findings are discordant with the importance education ministries and policy organizations worldwide ascribe to 21st-century skills and the place of these skills on their agenda (for example, OECD, 2018). Moreover, the companies’ statements regarding the pedagogy their product supports do not align with the relatively small number of products we identified as promoting leaner-centeredness.
Our findings put up a warning sign regarding the expectations from the EdTech industry and place the responsibility on the client, the education system, to define how to change transformatively. We should be aware of "mechanic perception" (Fois & Barak, 2016), by which the mere idea of implementing EdTech products is positive unto itself.

References
Asugsvsummit.com. (2018) About. Retrieved from - http://www.asugsvsummit.com/about/summit-details
Ben-David Kolikant, Y. (2019). Adapting school to the twenty-first century: Educators' perspectives. Technology, Pedagogy, and Education, 28(3), 287-299.
Bremner, N., Sakata, N., & Cameron, L. (2022). The outcomes of learner-centred pedagogy: A systematic review. International Journal of Educational Development, 94, 102649.‏
Ertmer, P. A. (2005). Teacher pedagogical beliefs: The final frontier in our quest for technology integration?. Educational technology research and development, 53(4), 25-39.‏
Fois Y. & Barak Y. (2016). Teacher education in the maze of pedagogical innovation. Tel Aviv: Mofet Institute (In Hebrew).
Gouseti, A. (2010). Web 2.0 and education: not just another case of hype, hope and disappointment?. Learning, Media and Technology, 35(3), 351-356.
Law, N. (2014) Comparing pedagogical innovations. In Comparative education research: Approaches and methods, pp. 333-364. Cham: Springer International Publishing.
Lorenzi, N. M., & Riley, R. T. (2000). Managing change: an overview. Journal of the American Medical Informatics Association, 7(2), 116-124.
National Research Council. (2012). Education for life and work: Developing transferable knowledge and skills in the 21st century. National Academies Press.
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). (2018). The future of education and skills: Education 2030. OECD Education Working Papers.‏ OECD Publishing, Paris.
Ramiel, H. (2021). Edtech disruption logic and policy work: The case of an Israeli edtech unit. Learning, Media and Technology, 46(1), 20-32.
Selwyn, N. (2016). Is technology good for education?. John Wiley & Sons.
Skalski, P., Neuendorf, K., and Cajigas (2016) Content Analysis in the Interactive Media Age.In K. Neuendorf (Ed.), The content analysis guidebook. (pp 201-242). Sage.‏
Tan, S. C., Chan, C., Bielaczyc, K., Ma, L., Scardamalia, M., & Bereiter, C. (2021). Knowledge building: Aligning education with needs for knowledge creation in the digital age. Educational Technology Research and Development, 1-24.‏
Watzlawick, P., Weakland, J. H., & Fisch, R. (1974). Change: Principles of problem formation and problem resolution. WW Norton & Company.
Williamson, B. (2017). Educating Silicon Valley: Corporate education reform and the reproduction of the techno-economic revolution. Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 39(3), 265-288.
Wu, Y. C. J., Huang, S., Kuo, L., & Wu, W. H. (2010). Management education for sustainability: A web-based content analysis. Academy of Management Learning & Education, 9(3), 520-531.‏
Zhao, Y. (2018). Personalizable education for greatness. Kappa Delta Pi Record, 54(3), 109-115.


16. ICT in Education and Training
Paper

Using Virtual Reality for Pedestrian Behaviour Modification: A Pilot Study.

Carlos De Aldama1, Alicia López Álvarez1, Luca Piovano2, Francisco Luque2

1Department of Research and Psychology in Education, Complutense University of Madrid, Spain; 2CeDInt, Polithecnical University of Madrid, Spain

Presenting Author: De Aldama, Carlos

Over the last few years, the number of pedestrian fatalities on urban roads has increased, due largely to infractions associated with their behaviors (e.g., crossing when traffic lights are red). It is argued these behaviors reflect a lack of risk perception. Road safety programs have tried to raise awareness through different methods, using quite often experiences with emotional impact (e.g., testimonies of people who have experienced an accident themselves). Advances in technology have made it possible to develop more effective intervention programs. Concretely, VR technology provides new opportunities for human factors research in areas that are dangerous or difficult to study in the real world. Generally, it has been deployed with the aim of increasing the efficacy of these safety programs. Previous studies have demonstrated the potential of VR to improve pedestrian behaviors, especially when it is accompanied by a debriefing and critical reflection. Within this background, the present study aims to provide evidence regarding to what extent the use of VR on road safety might improve pedestrian behavior. Thus, in order to achieve this goal, the following research questions are posed:

RQ1: Having an accident as a pedestrian in a VR might help to improve the behavior in urban environments? In particular, does it help to reduce violations and errors and increase positive behavior? (a) The hypothesis regarding RQ1 (Hypothesis 1) is that having an accident as a pedestrian in VR will be associated with a reduction in the number of violations and errors and an increase in the number of positive behaviors.

RQ2: Having a reflection and debriefing on the experience in an urban VR environment might help to improve pedestrian behavior? In particular, does it help to reduce violations and errors and increase positive behavior? The hypothesis regarding the RQ2 (Hypothesis 2) is that having a reflection and debriefing on the experience will be associated with a reduction in the number of violations and errors and an increase in the number of positive behaviors.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To this end, a 2x2 factorial, quasi-experimental study with pre-post measures was designed, where participants (N = 43; M = 24.5 years; SD = 5.14, female 65.12%, all of them spanish speakers and mainly students in higher education) were randomly assigned to one of four conditions. Namely, Group 1(Accident in VR/Debriefing) visually experienced an accident in the VR environment and subsequently participated in a joint reflection process; Group 2(Accident in VR/NoDebriefing) visually experienced an accident in the VR environment, without post-reflection; Group 3 (NoAccident in VR/Debriefing) participated in a VR environment without an accident but with post-reflection; and Group 4 (NoAccident in VR/NoDebriefing) participated in a VR environment without an accident and without post-reflection. Data was collected over three weeks, and the sessions were individual and lasted approximately 45 minutes per person. The different stages of the process were, Stage 1 (pre-self-report measures), Stage 2 (pre-post behavioral measures), Familiarization scenario, Scenario 1 (pre-behavioral measures), Debriefing/Nodebriefing, Scenario 2 (post behavioral measures), and Stage 3 (post self-report measures). Therefore, the analysis was twofold. The pedestrian behavior was tested using both self-report measures (i.e., using Walking Behaviour Questionnaire) and behavioral measures (i.e., pedestrian behavior in VR). Pre-post data were collected in both cases. Moreover, Multivariate analysis (MANOVA) and Generalised Linear Mixed Models (GLMM) were applied for statistical analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The main results revealed that:
-(a) Participants reported a general reduction in the number of violations of the norms, regardless of the condition. Although MANOVA results revealed nonsignificant differences between the four groups (Pillai’s Trace = .207 , F= .962; df= 9.117; p= .475), there was a main effect on pedestrian behaviour regarding pre-post measures, in particular, there was a significant reduction in the number of violations (F (1,84)= 8.60 ; p < .005), as also shown by descriptive analysis .
-(b) There was a significant reduction in the number of violations committed in VR (i.e., crossing when the traffic light is red, in the condition where participants previously experienced an accident (X² (1) = 15.04; p < .001). These results support the potential of using VR environments to improve pedestrian behavior.  Although the GLMM revealed no main effect of the variables, there was a significant interaction between receiving debriefing or not and the time (χ² (1) = 4.685; p = .03), in other words, there were differences between pre-post, depending on whether the participants received debriefing or not.

In sum, the findings also show that the mere experimentation of an accident in VR was not associated with a reduction in the number of violations and errors and a rise in positive behaviors. However, there was a decrease in violations in all the group conditions. In particular, participants reflected on their opinions in the post, claiming that they had experienced changes in their behavior. However, they did not know whether to associate them with filling in the questionnaire or experiencing VR. In other words, completing the Walking Behaviour Questionnaire might force participants to reflect on their behavior as pedestrians, and in turn, modify it.

References
-Feng, Q., Luo, H., Li, W., Chen, Y., & Zhang, J. (2021). The moderating effect of debriefing on learning outcomes of IVR-based instruction: an experimental research. Applied Sciences, 11(21), 10426. https://doi.org/10.3390/app112110426
-Granié, M. A., Pannetier, M., & Gueho, L. (2013). Developing a self-reporting method to measure pedestrian behaviors at all ages. Accident Analysis & Prevention, 50, 830-839.
-Hou, M., Chen, S., & Cheng, J. (2022). The effect of risk perception and other psychological factors on mobile phone use while crossing the street among pedestrians. Accident Analysis & Prevention, 170, 106643. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aap.2022.106643
-Luo, H., Yang, T., Kwon, S., Li, G., Zuo, M., & Choi, I. (2021). Performing versus observing: Investigating the effectiveness of group debriefing in a VR-based safety education program. Computers & Education, 175, 104316.https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2021.104316
-Observatorio Nacional de Seguridad Vial (2023). Siniestralidad mortal en vías interurbanas 2022; Dirección General de Tráfico: Madrid, España
-Osorio-García, D., Hernández-Pulgarín, G., & Escobar, D. A. (2023). Profiles of pedestrian risk behavior while crossing the street. Safety science, 163, 106120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ssci.2023.106120
-Purcell, C., & Romijn, A. (2020). Teaching children road safety using a simulated environment. Journal of Education and Educational Development, 7(1), 44-54. https://doi.org/10.22555/joeed.v7i1.2948
-Schneider, S., Maruhn, P., Dang, N. T., Pala, P., Cavallo, V., & Bengler, K. (2022). Pedestrian crossing decisions in virtual environments: behavioral validity in CAVEs and head-mounted displays. Human factors, 64(7), 1210-1226. https://doi.org/10.1177/0018720820987446
-Seo, H. J., Park, G. M., Son, M., & Hong, A. J. (2021). Establishment of virtual-reality-based safety education and training system for safety engagement. Education Sciences, 11(12), 786. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci11120786
-Useche, S. A., Alonso, F., & Montoro, L. (2020). Validation of the walking behavior questionnaire (WBQ): a tool for measuring risky and safe walking under a behavioral perspective. Journal of Transport & Health, 18, 100899.
-Useche, S. A., Hezaveh, A. M., Llamazares, F. J., & Cherry, C. (2021). Not gendered… but different from each other? A structural equation model for explaining risky road behaviors of female and male pedestrians. Accident Analysis & Prevention, 150, 105942. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aap.2020.105942
 
17:30 - 19:0017 SES 08 A: Education, Justice, and Politics of Reparation
Location: Room 014 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Ana Luísa Paz
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

Trans Past That Might Yet Have Been: A Reparative History for Justice-to-Come Centring Education from (Early) Childhood upwards (Portugal-Norway)

Cat Martins2, Geert Thyssen1

1Western Norway University of Applied Sciences, Norway; 2Universidade do Porto, Portugal

Presenting Author: Martins, Cat; Thyssen, Geert

As queer scholars (non-binary trans and gay, respectively), in this paper we explore the potential of a history of education committed to recovering from Western colonial violence trans, gender nonconforming and queer experiences from early childhood to adulthood.

Starting from historical accounts (Actualidade 1879, O Comércio do Porto 1879, Lusitano & Froilaz 1879, O Tripeiro 1926) of the life and education of António Custodio das Neves (1858-1888), born in Portugal’s Douro region, assigned female at birth yet growing up male, and emerging from such accounts as the ‘Woman Man’/‘Man Woman’ [‘Mulher-Homem’ /‘Homem-Mulher’], we confront ‘colonialist practices of avoidance and erasure’ (Barad 2017, 76; 2023, 37) having invisibilised gender-nonconforming, nonheteronormative existences and experiences like his. We commit ourselves to a history ‘with and against the archives’ of a past ‘that has yet to be done’ (Martins forthcoming; Hartman 2008, 13) involving ‘times, places, beings [that] bleed through one another’ (Barad 2014, 179) into our present. Centring education from early childhood onwards as a trope with no less tangible effects, this history addresses ‘meaningful absence’, ‘void’, or ‘gaps’ as ‘excess’: a ‘lively tension, a desiring orientation toward being/becoming’ (Martins forthcoming; Barad 2015, 396; Hartman 2008, 5, 12). Trans/gender nonconforming and queer experiences thus did (not) yet exist (if) only (differently) ‘at their intersection with institutions of disciplinary power’ (Martins forthcoming; Heyam 2022, Mesch 2020) constraining the conditions of their non/existence (Barad 2017, Hartman 2008; Foucault 1972, 1980). Among such institutions were those policing conduct in civil society from a legal perspective, those studying, cataloguing and treating conditions based on then-prevalent views of medicine, psychiatry and psychology, but also educational institutions, from kindergarten onwards. Beyond Modern notions of linear temporality that stabilise boundaries between past, present and future (Thyssen 2024) governing dominant ‘fictions of history’, we endeavour to rescue ‘impossible stories’ (Hartman 2008, 10) ‘that are not the histories … archives wish to recount (Martins forthcoming, Steedman 2001) but may carry with them ('un/timely') 'difference that portends the future' (Grosz 2004, 11) present and yet to come. Any eventual such difference 'matters' as ‘substance and significance’ (Barad 2007, 3) for education, from kindergarten to school and beyond, in Portugal as elswhere in Europe.

The case of António Custodio das Neves is intended as a preparatory excursion into a wider history of gender nonconformity and queerness in education from early childhood education and kindergarten upwards, particularly in Portugal and Norway (see e.g., Askland & Rossholt 2009).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Through what the literary scholar and historian of slavery Saidiya Hartman and the queer/feminist and quantum field theory scholar Karen Barad – both committed to troubling the machinations of colonialism – have figured methodologically as ‘critical fabulation’ (Hartman 2008) and ‘reconfiguration’ (‘material imagination’ as ‘embodied re-membering’/‘re-turning’)(Barad 2015, 2014), respectively, we set out to produce a reparative trans educational history of António Custodio das Neves’s experiences, venturing into what ‘could’, ‘might’ or ‘might yet have been’ (Hartman 2008, 5; Barad 2017, 56; 2015, 389). We thereby employ 'trans[/queer] as both 'identity and analytic’ undoing radical difference between male/female, Self/Other, here/there, and now/then coemerged with Modern Western colonialist ventures (Lehner 2019, 45) also for ‘visual technologies’ reifying a ‘gender binary system’ and (superficial) ‘aesthetic of sexual difference’ (Lehner 2019, Martins forthcoming). We flesh out trans experience anew from a situated mesh of time, place, age, gender, ethnicity, and class.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We intend to advance a ‘“recombinant narrative,” which “loops the strands” of incommensurate accounts and … weaves present, past, and future’ (Hartman 2008, 12), as ‘a work of mourning more accountable to… the victims of … colonialist … violence’ (Barad 2017, 56), yet resisting closure (Best & Hartman 2005) as well as foreclosure of ‘possibilities of justice-to-come’ (Barad 2017, 62). In doing so, we make a broader case for the urgent need for historiography of education to trouble colonialisms continuing to haunt it as it reproduces systems of power sustaining a ‘grammar' of 'violence’ (Martins forthcoming) and ‘cis colonial gender binaries’ (a matrix of cisgenderism reified in the West with the carrying out of colonialisation projects elsewhere, cf. Vaid-Menon 2020; Vaid-Menon in Lehner 2019, 61) and, along with it, ‘difference as apartheid’ (Barad 2014, 170; Trinh 1988, 2011; Anzaldúa 1987).
References
Actualidade, 6 March 1879 [cited in O Tripeiro 1926]
Anzaldúa, G. (1987). Borderlands/La Frontera: The New Mestiza. Spinsters/Aunt Lute.
Askland, L. & Rossholt, N. (2009). Kjønnsdiskurser i barnehagen: mening, makt, medvirkning. Bergen: Fagbokforlaget.
Barad, K. (2014). “Diffracting Diffraction: Cutting Together-Apart.” Parallax, 20, 168-187.
Barad, K. (2015). Transmaterialities: Trans*/Matter/Realities and Queer Political Imaginings. GLQ: A Journal of Lesbian and Gay Studies, 21(2-3), 387-422.
Barad, K. (2017). Troubling Time/s and Ecologies of Nothingness: Re-turning, Re-Membering, and Facing the Incalculable. New Formations, 92(5), 56-86.
Barad, K. (2023). Nuclear Hauntings & Memory Fields, For the Time-Being(s). Apocalyptica 1, 24-39.
Best, S., & Hartman, S., (2005). Fugitive Justice, Representations, 92(1), 1-15.
Foucault, M. (1972). Archaeology of Knowledge. Pantheon.
Foucault, M. (1980). Nietzsche, Genealogy, History. In D. F. Bouchard (Ed.), Language, Counter-Memory, Practice. Selected Essays and Interviews by Michel Foucault (pp. 139-164). Cornell University Press.
Hartman, S. (2008). Venus in Two Acts. Small Axe: A Caribbean Journal of Criticism, 12(2), 1-14.
Heyam, K. (2022). Before We Were Trans: A New History of Gender. Basic Books.
Lehner, A. (2019). Trans Self-Imaging Praxis, Decolonizing Photography, and the Work of Alok Vaid-Menon. Refract: An Open Access Visual Studies Journal, 2, 45-77.
Lusitano, P. [Leal, P.] and Froilaz, P. [Ferreira, P.](1879). Maria coroada ou o scisma da Granje de Tedo. Veradeira história da mulher-homem ou do homem-mulher, António Custodio das Neves ou Antónia Custodia das Neves. Typografia de Manuel José Pereira.
Martins, C. (forthcoming). Trabalhar com e contra os arquivios: Por uma prática histórica de vidas trans.
Mesch, R. (2020). Before Trans: Three Gender Stories from the Nineteenth Century. Stanford University Press.
Minh-ha, Trinh T. (1988). ‘Not You/Like You’: Post-Colonial Women and the Interlocking Question of Identity and Difference’. Inscriptions, 3-4 [special issues ‘Feminism and the Critique of Colonial Discourse’], http://culturalstudies.ucsc.edu/PUBS/Inscriptions/vol_3-4/minh-ha.html.
Minh-ha, Trinh T. (2011). Elsewhere, Within Here: Immigration, Refugeeism, and the Boundary Event. Routledge.
O Comércio do Porto, 6 and 8 March 1879 [cited in O Tripeiro 1926 and Lusitano & Froilaz 1879, resp.]
O Tripeiro, 1(4)[Series 3], 1926, 53-54.
Steedman, C. (2001). Dust: The Archive and Cultural History. Rutgers University Press.
Thyssen, G. (2024). Closures and Apertures of Boundary as a Theoretical-Methodological Lens: Historiography of Education as Boundary-Drawing Knowledge Making. Rivista di Storia dell’Educazione, 11(1), 21-38.
Vaid-Menon, A. (2020). Beyond the Gender Binary. Penguin.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

"That Fight Still Goes On": Narratives of Integration and Activism

Darla Linville1, Molly Quinn2, Nicoletta Christodoulou3

1Augusta University, United States of America; 2Louisiana State University, United States of America; 3Frederick University, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Linville, Darla; Quinn, Molly

Discussions of Black history and school desegregation in many US K-12 schools have been narrowed to a few heroic figures and moments. Historic representations are currently challenged by a nationwide movement to uphold White supremacy and deny the violent history of racism in the US. The revisionist claims are challenged in this qualitative narrative research project that presents stories gathered from 10 Black educators in Augusta, Georgia, who recount their stories of desegregating schools and institutions as students or educators. This oral history narrative project imagines these stories as the basis for engaging K-12 teachers and students in creating new curricula.

Although African American history is part of the K-12 curriculum, the complexity and diversity in the experiences of African-descended people in the United States is rarely represented (Byrd & Jangu, 2009). Recognizing all of African Americans’ experiences in the US challenges the popular understanding of America, its place in the world, and its moral standing, and thus this full description is generally not welcomed (Hannah-Jones, 2019). Teachers need to be equipped with a rich understanding of the circumstances that African Americans have endured, the economic and political as well as individual, and deliberate forces that created those circumstances, and the triumphs and achievements of African American communities despite the challenges (Byrd & Jangu, 2009). One way to disrupt popular discourses that claim the moral authority of the US and uphold white supremacy is to teach local stories that enhance national examples of resistance, struggle, and achievement in Black communities. We use the words African American and Black interchangeably in this paper to describe people and community in Augusta, Georgia, where people self-identify as African American and Black, and are multigeneration residents of the US. We also follow the authors when referencing research literature as they have used these terms. The experiences of those in the community who personally advocated for change in order to create access and greater justice remind teachers and their students that we are all responsible for creating the communities we want to live in.

The stories told in this oral history research project highlight the brave acts of educators and students in many settings: teachers who took the first steps to create meaningful educational experiences for their newly desegregated classrooms of students, community educational efforts in which media distortions and omissions were countered through forms of public pedagogy, and student responses to experiences of new and hostile school environments. They remind us of the costs of these efforts, as well as the gains achieved. They also remind us of the slippery forms of backlash that have sprung up since the Brown vs. Board of Education Supreme Court decision (Brown v. Board of Education, 1954), and the insidious ways that discrimination continues to assert itself (Mattia, 2021). These stories are relevant as we struggle to engage students in conversations that counter discourses that uphold white supremacy, or the “majoritarian stories” (Solórzano & Yosso, 2002). These discourses can be found in the language of our students and in the local media presentations on questions regarding school curricula and student activism. “Everyday schooling in America rests deeply on this history [of white coloniality], which positions Eurocentric values and the impetus to control and erase BIPOC at the center of what we view as standard, decent, and desirable for intellectual acuity” (Lyiscott et al., 2020, p. 368). Because of the global resurgence and political support of the erasure of Blackness and colonial harms in national discourses on race and education, it is imperative to highlight history that complicates a simple narrative about the Black experience in the US.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The Central Savannah River Area (CSRA) Education Oral History Project asked a broad question of a wide variety of participants to understand the experiences of education in the CSRA through a historical lens. We asked participants to describe their identities and roles in education for us and then asked an open-ended question, such as, “What are some of the things that have happened or are happening in the area that are of historical and educational importance? And how have your efforts contributed to the education of people?”
Beginning in spring 2016, 23 people were interviewed. They were identified using snowball sampling, and participant self-identification. Starting with colleagues teaching at the university, we asked to hear more detailed recollections of short, interesting anecdotes that we had heard about our local schools and educational leaders. Twelve men and 11 women, 10 of whom identified as African American and 10 of whom identified as White, as well as three people who are immigrant adult arrivals to this country participated. All worked in some capacity in education, including art museums, as working artists, and in religious settings. Each of the three researchers conducted face-to-face interviews, each roughly one hour or more in duration. Stories narrated by these 23 participants were video- and audio-recorded and have been transcribed and archived. As we began discussing the interviews we realized that the stories of desegregation were “hidden histories,” (Graham, 2022), those stories that are known within families or among friends, but not officially recorded as the history of the place or taught within schools. The stories selected for this analysis represent those that to the researchers demonstrated a robust rebuttal to the taken-for-granted narratives of educational deficits and failures attributed to Black neighborhoods and families (Au, et al. 2016) in Augusta.
While we have analyzed the corpus of stories that we collected in other publications (Christodoulou et al., 2022; Quinn et al., 2020), as we read and wrote about the complexity of the stories told about education of African Americans in the CSRA prior to and during desegregation, we decided we needed to use a Critical Race Theory-informed analytic lens that would allow us to develop an analysis around the counterstories participants were telling (Bhattacharya, 2017). As we engaged with CRT and counterstories we made the analytic decision to let the stories of the African American participants stand alone in this paper.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Teachers in schools need access to curricula that guides them to age-appropriate ways to teach history discussing the violence and challenges faced by Black students and families in Augusta, not that long ago, as well as Black history that is not about violence or slavery (Byrd & Jangu, 2009). We argue that knowing this history makes us better citizens and critics of threats to our institutions in the present moment. It is therefore imperative that students understand this history. Students can learn to be critical thinkers about current events and history only if we provide them the tools of our disciplines that demonstrate how events get interpreted and how people experienced those events in real time (Muhammad, 2020). Students are not immune from hearing about violence and have been compelled to listen to stories of very recent terror and violence, such as White supremacist attacks or shooting deaths of Black people in their communities. Not teaching about these events and similar events in history leaves intact a story of completion about integration and the overcoming of racism. It fails to link the racism of the (recent and distant) past with the effects of racism today in the understanding of many in the US.  What do we learn from these omissions or inclusions about intractable, enduring violence and conflict cases related to, but also extending beyond race, such as religion and ethnic differences in Europe and the world, including, Cyprus, Israel, Palestine, Ukraine, India, Ireland, and the like? How can oral history be used in education to teach these conflicts, learn from the past and create better futures? What kind of curriculum would embrace such and what teaching and learning methodologies could be employed? And how can we access memory as curriculum in all these different contexts and conflicts?
References
Au, W., Brown, A. L., & Calderon, D. (2016). Reclaiming the multicultural roots of U.S. curriculum: Communities of color and official knowledge in education. Teachers College Press.
Banks, J. A. (1993). The canon debate, knowledge construction, and multicultural education. Educational Researcher, 22(5), 4-14.
Beverly, J. (2005). Testimonio, subalternity, and narrative authority. In N. K. Denzin & Y. S.
Lincoln (Eds.), The Sage handbook of qualitative research (3rd ed.) (pp. 547-557). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Bell, D. A. (2004). Silent covenants: Brown v. Board of Education and the unfulfilled hopes for racial reform. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.
Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka. 347 U.S. 483 (1954).
https://www.loc.gov/item/usrep347483/
Byrd, N. B., & Jangu, M. (2009). "A Past is not a heritage": Reclaiming indigenous principles
for global justice and education for Peoples of African Descent. In J. Andrzejewski, M. P. Baltodano, & L. Symcox (Eds.), Social Justice, Peace, and Environmental Education: Transformative Standards (pp. 193-215). Routledge.
Dixson, A. D. & Rousseau, C. K. (2006). And we are still not saved: Critical Race Theory in
education ten years later. In A. D. Dixson & C. K. Rousseau (Eds.), Critical Race Theory
in Education: All God’s Children Got a Song (pp. 31-56). New York, NY: Taylor &
Francis Group.
Graham, M. (2022). The house where my soul lives: The life of Margaret Walker. Oxford
University Press.
Hannah-Jones, N. (2019, August 19). The 1619 Project. The New York Times Magazine, 1-100.
The New York Times.
Lyiscott, J. J., Caraballo, L., Filipiak, D., Riina-Ferrie, J., Yeom, M., & Lee, M. A. (2020).
Cyphers for Justice: Learning from the wisdom of intergenerational inquiry with youth.
Review of Education, Pedagogy, and Cultural Studies, 42(5), 363-383.
Mattia, T. (2021). Resegregated schools, racial attitudes, and long-run partisanship: Evidence for
white backlash (EdWorkingPaper: 21-401). Retrieved from Annenburg Institute at Brown
University. https://doi.org/10.26300/5ym8-zt04
Muhammad, G. (2020). Cultivating genius: An equity framework for culturally and historically
responsive literacy. Scholastic.
Zimmerman, M. (2004). Testimonio. In M. S. Lewis-Beck, A. Bryman, & T. F. Liao (Eds.), The
SAGE Encyclopedia of Social Science Research Methods. (pp. 1119-1120). Sage
Publications, Inc. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781412950589.n1006
 
17:30 - 19:0017 SES 08 B: Educational Reform – Myriad Historical Perspectives
Location: Room B111 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Tamar Groves
Paper Session
 
17. Histories of Education
Paper

Reflecting on a Proven Past, Preserving a Successful Present, Hoping for a Better Future - Connotations of Pedagogical Reform

Katja Grundig de Vazquez

Universität Jena, Germany

Presenting Author: Grundig de Vazquez, Katja

This article draws on data and research results from an ongoing research and indexing project conducted by the author in close cooperation with the Bibliothek für Bildungsgeschichtliche Forschung in Berlin (BBF). Funded by the DFG - German Research Foundation - (04/2022-03/2025), the project "Thinking Education Across Borders" aims at the indexing, digitization, analysis, and open access provision of a unique and educationally valuable corpus: The international correspondence estate of Wilhelm Rein (1847-1929), the first full professor of education in Germany. As a source corpus, this legacy offers extensive research potential on the developmental dynamics of educational theory and practice worldwide and international educational networks. It also reveals boundaries and synergies in the professional pedagogical milieu, especially between actors in a highly visible academic pedagogical milieu and pedagogical actors who were primarily active in pedagogical fields that were more distant from universities, such as elementary school teachers, or who had a harder time gaining recognition or attention in academic milieus for various reasons (e.g., gender, social or geographic origin). By exploring these contexts, a contribution can be made to generating exemplary insights into dynamics in professional milieus more generally.

One of the research focuses is on the exemplary identification and investigation of different connotations and objectives of the motif of pedagogical reform. (1) From a transcending perspective, the significance of this motif for a professional exchange across (e.g. professional, temporal, socio-cultural and gender) boundaries will be examined. (2) Comparatively, it examines how geographical, economic, political and socio-cultural factors have determined connotations, objectives and practices of pedagogical reform and produced different approaches to reform-oriented pedagogy. (3) Terminologically, the question of interest is whether pedagogical reform always has progressive connotations or whether reformist (theoretical and practical) approaches in pedagogy can also be conservative or regressive.

The motif of pedagogical reform is understood as a fundamental systematic signature of pedagogy (cf. Koerrenz 2014), in the sense that all pedagogy is in itself and always reform pedagogy (cf. Oelkers 2005) and sets itself the task of changing a society experienced as crisis-ridden or imperfect for the better through education or creating the foundations for empowering people to become mature. Thus, all pedagogical theory and practice can be interpreted as a work of hope. By researching the historical connotations and objectives of pedagogical reform and by tracing their interplay in an exemplary manner, the aim is to contribute to making pedagogical reform understandable as a timeless pedagogical motif and to remind us of historical solutions and examples of good pedagogical practice with regard to current social and pedagogical challenges. Insights into the diversity of possible pedagogical reform claims and objectives, into the historical development of such connotations of pedagogical reform, as well as the search for timeless patterns in the interplay of pedagogical and (social) reform claims, can contribute to understanding, critically reflecting on, and questioning current objectives of and claims to education and educational reform. Insights into factors that have enabled and hindered understanding between different actors and groups of actors in historical discourses on the tasks, goals and perspectives of pedagogy can help to shape current pedagogical discourses more effectively, to understand them better and to bring together actors with different objectives on the basis of common pedagogical concerns (e.g. educational justice). Finally, historical findings on pedagogical reform concerns can point to persistent grievances or the need for reform, inspire approaches to solutions or allow critical reflection on whether current theories and practices are falling behind historical developmental progress in pedagogy.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is conducted from a comparative and transcending educational history perspective. The transcending perspective was developed as a new research approach in the research project, considering the particular source material. This approach is shortly presented in the paper. The methodology combines hermeneutic and qualitative-quantitative methods with DH-methods (e.g. Collocation and co-occurrence analysis, topic modelling via text mining and digital supported methods of network analysis.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Using the evaluated source material as an example, different connotations of pedagogical reform are presented in a historical context. The diversity of possible pedagogical reform claims and objectives will be demonstrated and timeless patterns in the interplay of pedagogical and (social) reform claims will be shown. In this context, it will be argued that pedagogy in general must be regarded as an essentially and fundamentally reformist social development phenomenon and that pedagogical theory and practice are always both the result of historical efforts and hopes for better futures as well as an expression of constant work on the present or on future presents or future utopias. These connections will be reflected on with reference to factors that have enabled and hindered an understanding between different actors and groups of actors in historical discourses on the tasks, goals and perspectives of pedagogy. It will also be shown by way of example that a historical awareness of the development of pedagogical approaches can sharpen the focus on tried and tested approaches and general pedagogical principles in the sense of best practice and generally valid pedagogical theories as a touchstone for (avoidable) pedagogical innovations.
References
The MAIN SOURCES for this contribution are historical correspondence documents, which are currently being edited, analyzed and prepared for digital publication in the course of the project that the research is part of.

DROUX, J., HOFSTETTER, R. (2014): Going international: the history of education stepping beyond boarders. In: Paedago-gica Historica 50, Nr. 1-2, S. 1-9, DOI: 10.1080/00309230.2013.877500
GRUNDIG DE VAZQUEZ, Katja (2020): Thinking Education beyond Borders – The Pedagogic Correspondence Legacy of Wilhelm Rein as an Access to Historical Transnational Contacts and Networks of Educational Reform. In: Historia Scholastica 1/2020, pp. 109-123. DOI:10.15240/tul/006/2020-1-008
KOERRENZ, R.: Reformpädagogik. Eine Einführung. Paderborn 2014.
MAYER, Christine (2019): The Transnational and Transcultural: Approaches to Studying the Circulation and Transfer of Educational Knowledge. In: Fuchs, E., Roldán Vera, E. (Hrsg.): The Transnational in the History of Education. Concepts and Perspectives. Cham. eBook: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17168-1, S. 49-68.
MAYRING, P.: Qualitative Inhaltsanalyse. Grundlagen und Techniken. 12., überarbeitete Auflage. Weinheim und Basel 2015.
MÜLLER, Lars (2019): Kooperatives Management geisteswissenschaftlicher Forschungsdaten. In: ABI Technik 2019, 39(3), pp.194-201.
OELKERS, Jürgen (2005): Reformpädagogik. Eine kritische Dogmengeschichte. Weinheim.
POPKEWITZ, Thomas S. (2019): Transnational as Comparative History: (Un)Thinking Difference in the Self and Others. In: Fuchs, E., Roldán Vera, E. (Hrsg.): The Transnational in the History of Education. Concepts and Perspectives. Cham. eBook: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-17168-1, S. 261-291.
ROLDÁN VERA, Eugenia, FUCHS, Eckhardt (2019): Introduction: The Transnational in the History of Education. In: Fuchs, E., Roldán Vera, E. (Hrsg.): The Transnational in the History of Education. Concepts and Perspectives. Cham. eBook: https://doi.org/10.1007 /978-3-030-17168-1, S. 1-47.
SKIERA, E.: Reformpädagogik in Geschichte und Gegenwart. Eine kritische Einführung. 2. Ed. München 2010.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Mitigation of Social Turbulence Through the Educational System: The Case of Educational Integration in Israel, 1977-1959

Amir Aizenman

Ben Gurion University, Israel

Presenting Author: Aizenman, Amir

In 1968, after a long process lasting over a decade, the Israeli Ministry of Education adopted the reform in the structure school-system, which was the most comprehensive and expensive reform in the history of the Israeli education system.

Fundamentally, the reform altered the structure of schools, created a new framework for comprehensive middle school following elementary school, and championed educational integration between students from different socioeconomic backgrounds. The reform was a response to rising social tensions between two groups with distinct identities and social standings – Mizrahi and Ashkenazi Jews.

The large migration of Mizrahi Jews from Islamic countries and their absorption primarily by Ashkenazi Jews from European countries created persistent social friction and ingrained inequality in the young Israeli state. In 1959, a popular protest erupted in the port city of Haifa, spreading to other towns in Israel. This protest, known as the Wadi Salib events, expressed the social unrest between Mizrahim and Ashkenazim, with protest leaders demanding distributive and cultural equality, with one of their central demands being equality in education.

In many ways, the education reform was a policy response by decision-makers to leverage the education system as a tool to reduce gaps and ease social tensions, yet despite starting implementation in the late 1960s, another social protest erupted in 1971 – the Black Panthers movement – making clear to policymakers the urgent need to address socioeconomic unrest.

In my lecture, I will seek to answer whether there was a necessary link between those social protests and the reform policy that created Israeli middle schools and promoted an agenda of educational integration between Mizrahim and Ashkenazim. In doing so, I will explain the motivations behind the reform and clarify why the ministers from the Israeli Labor Party spearheading it did not initially aim to change inequality in education but rather to first and foremost prevent social unrest. They adopted models from American, French, Dutch, British and Swedish education and thereby created a reform that transformed the education system – but not necessarily the reality of social inequality.

In closing, I will provide a brief comparative outlook on similar reforms implemented in Western Europe and the United States to understand the historical shift in secondary education in the decades after 1945. The lecture is grounded in the methodology of the political history of education and relies on extensive archival research of primary contemporary sources as well as local and international scholarly literature on education reforms, educational integration, and inequality in education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The methodology of my lecture is historical research based on archival materials, influenced by three scholarly traditions – the history of education, Israel studies, and the study of reforms and politics of education. The archival material underpinning the lecture comes from 10 different archives across Israel, chiefly the Israel State Archives, the Israeli Parliament (Knesset) Archives, municipal archives, the Jewish Education Archives, and others.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A key output of my lecture is the initial drafting of a paper that I intend to submit for publication in an English journal. Additionally, the discussion on utilizing the education system as an instrument to mitigate social unrest is highly important to me as both an educator and researcher, and I look forward to engaging my colleagues whom I will meet at the conference in conversations on this topic.
References
Jon Clark (Editor), James S. Coleman, London and New York: RoutledgeFalmer (1996).

Stephen J. Ball, Education Policy and Social Class: The selected works of Stephen J. Ball, London and New York: Routledge (2006)

Aaron Schutz, Social class, social action, and education: the failure of progressive democracy, New York: Palgrave Macmillan (2010)

 Peter Mandler, Presidential Address: Educating the Nation I: Schools, Transactions of the Royal Historical Society 24 (2014)

Hilda T.A. Amsing and Nelleke Bakker, Comprehensive education: lost in the mi(d)st of a debate. Dutch politicians on equal opportunity insecondary schooling (1965–1979), History of Education 43:5 (2014), 657-675.

Joshua Zeitz, Building the Great Society: Inside Lyndon Johnson's Whith House, New York: Viking (2018).

I can provide a comprehensive bibliography of sources in Hebrew, but I assumed that would not be relevant for this submission.


17. Histories of Education
Paper

Representation of Individual and Collective Agency in the Life Narratives of Educational Reformers: the Case of Lithuania

Egle Pranckuniene1, Daiva Penkauskiene2

1Klaipėda University, Lithuania; 2Mykolas Romeris University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Pranckuniene, Egle; Penkauskiene, Daiva


During the first years of Lithuania's independence declared in 1990 and the dawn of its new life, unique processes of educational transformation took place. A team of diverse people committed to change was brought together by a strong and charismatic leader, Dr M. Lukšiene. Through the joint efforts of educators, scientists, artists, writers, and others, the Concept of the National School was developed in 1989. The concept introduced a unique vision of education based on liberal and democratic principles, the main task of which was the development of a free personality. Man and society, freedom and responsibility, the nation and the global world were not competing or conflicting concepts but harmonious, interdependent, and interwoven in the vision of the developers of the educational reform. The idea of liberal and democratic education was a core of the educational reform and later became an integral part of other educational documents, including the "Concept of a Good School" (2015). The essential aims of the National School Concept - openness and humanity, freedom and responsibility, respect for the individual, and commitment to the ideals of democracy - remain relevant today and hopefully tomorrow.

The phenomenon of educational reform has been extensively researched. However, the individuals responsible for designing and implementing these reforms have not received adequate attention from researchers. There is a lack of authentic evidence regarding the survival of educational reform, its significance for people's personal and professional lives, its current perspective, and the importance attached to it by reformers in assessing the current educational system and the development of society as a whole. This type of research is deficient not only in Lithuania but also in other European countries that have undergone or are undergoing socio-political transformations aimed at building or sustaining democratic values. The personal experiences hold immense value as historical testimony and provide a better understanding of the path of educational reforms, as well as insights into the future.
This paper analyses retrospective testimonies of individuals who participated in education reform at the beginning of Lithuanian independence, as well as their current reflections and insights into the development of the education system. The analysis examines the phenomenon of educational transformation in terms of its reflection on the reformers' experiences of political and ideological ruptures, the birth of ideas of free education, and the projections of their implementation in practice. By analyzing the different narratives and attitudes of the research participants towards the same phenomenon, the factors determining the unity, directionality, and sustainability of the transformation ideas are revealed.

The research is based on cultural-historical activity theory (CHAT), which comprises three main ideas. Firstly, humans act collectively, learn by doing, and communicate through their actions. Secondly, humans create, use, and modify various tools to learn and communicate. Finally, community plays a central role in the process of creating and interpreting meaning, and therefore in all forms of learning, communication, and action. (Foot, 2014, p.3) CHAT is used to discuss the correlation between personal and collective agency, and to reveal the transformative and ecological aspects of agency in our research data.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the research project, we conducted interviews with 18 active participants of the educational reform using a life narrative approach (Goodson, Gill, 2011). This approach blends the personal subjective experiences of research participants with the researcher's worldview and experience, within a wider social, political, and historical context. Collaborative inquiry is a process in which research participants and researchers engage in a dialogue to reflect on the meanings of their past experiences for the present and future of educational transformation. The study employed in-depth non-structured interviews as the primary method of inquiry. Participants were asked to reflect on their experiences during the initial stage of educational reform (1988-1995), the influence of those experiences on their present professional life, and their aspirations for the future of educational transformation. This paper presents the initial and preliminary analyses of interview data, which reveal interrelations between personal and collective agency.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this paper, we present a small part of an ongoing study on the experiences of education reformers, focusing on the interrelation between personal and collective agency, reflected in lived experiences.  The findings of the study will be presented in the broader context of Eastern and Central European countries that have undergone a transition from one social order to another. We argue that in the transformative context of social life, an individual as an agent ('I') is not limited to their own experiences or the exaggeration of their role, but rather perceives themselves as part of the whole ('we').  The study's findings confirm that there is little distinction between the use of 'I' and 'we' as acting agents. The notion of collective agency exists in an individual consciousness and manifests as collective will, desire, belief, and emotion. These two poles of individual and collective agencies are closely intertwined and equally manifest as the lived experiences of all research participants. The bridges that tightly connect them are the ideas of Freedom and Responsibility. Individuals have the freedom to think and create, while also bearing responsibility for others, the future of education, and the future of their nation. Individuals, as committed, self-aware, critically reflective agents represent themselves in singular and plural terms.  
References
Foot, K.  (2015) . Using Cultural-Historical Activity Theory to Analyze Social Service Practices Evolving from the Norwegian HUSK Projects, Journal of Evidence-Informed Social Work, 12:1, 112-123, DOI: 10.1080/15433714.2014.960243;
Geros mokyklos koncepcija (Concept of The Good School) (2016). Vilnius: Švietimo aprūpinimo centras;
Goodson, I.F., Gill, S.R. (2011) Narrative Pedagogy. Life History and Learning. New York: Peter Lang;
Lukšienė, M. (Ed.) (1989). Tautinė mokykla (National school). Vilnius: Žinijos draugija;
Pranckūnienė, E., Ruškus, J. (2016). The Lithuanian Case: Faster than history but slower than a lifetime. In Fink, D. (Ed.) (2016). Trust and Verify. The Real Keys to School Improvement. UCL IE Press, University College, London, p. 131-151  
Priestley, M., Biesta, G., Robinson, S. (2015) Teacher Agency. An Ecological Approach. London: Bloomsbury
Shteynberg, G., Hirsh, J. B., Garthoff, J., & Bentley, R. A. (2022). Agency and Identity in the Collective Self.  Personality and Social Psychology Review, 26(1), 35-56 doi.org/10.1177/10888683211065921
Westley, F. R., O. Tjornbo, L. Schultz, P. Olsson, C. Folke, B. Crona and Ö. Bodin. (2013). A theory of transformative agency in linked social-ecological systems. Ecology and Society 18(3): 27. http://dx.doi. org/10.5751/ES-05072-180327
 
17:30 - 19:0019 SES 08 A: Education in rural regions
Location: Room B230 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: María Begoña Vigo-Arrazola
Paper Session
 
19. Ethnography
Paper

“Knowing Me, Knowing You” – Researching Education Policy in Small Rural Schools in Scotland Through Ethnography, Autoethnography and Portraiture.

Anne Paterson

University of Strathclyde, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Paterson, Anne

This proposal is part of an Educational Doctorate (EdD) that explores the roll of the small rural school in it’s community. Corbett (2015) states that rural schools are embedded in communities and potentially integrated within the community and often the heart of rural communities. The particular focus of the study is to better understand the impact of national education policy in Scotland on these schools. How do these schools interact with national policy and how does national policy reflect the needs of these schools? Barret et al (2015) suggests that rural schools remain under-examined relative to their suburban and urban counterparts in relations to such outcomes.

Within an age of uncertainty education policy and practice within rural schools is complex. The study investigates the views and practices of national policy makers, local authority policy makers, headteachers of small rural schools and fieldwork from a very small remote rural school. Reid (2017) argues that education policymakers and practitioners must understand their place in a much larger and interconnected manner in relation to social, economic, and environmental influences.

I came to this research as an educationalist with more than 40 years’ experience in the field and having been in the unique position of having lived experience of all of roles being researched. I was aware that whilst this brought extensive knowledge there were also restrictions in relation to the prejudices this could bring as no researcher is neutral (Janesick, 2000; Lincoln &Denzin 2000). I wanted to use my experience, memories, and skills in the rural education field to bring greater understanding and hope for the future to the role of small rural schools. The intersections of the place, my personal views and career are relevant in the field (Gupta and Ferguson 1997).

My supervisor was instrumental in guiding me to the understanding that my unique position brought a new lens to explore rural education. I was introduced to auto ethnography as a research methodology. By turning the mirror on myself I became aware of the uniqueness I brought as a researcher. Portraiture a form of ethnographic research draws on data to paint a rich picture in words of community and/or place (Lawrence – Lightfoot and Davis 1997)

The research has incorporated ethnography, auto ethnography and portraiture, as an approach to narrative inquiry. I propose to share the complexity of utilising these tools to build research which captures a wealth of knowledge and experience creating memories from which others can benefit and bring hope for the future. We live through times of uncertainty for rural schools but also times to create a vision for these rural schools as unique and valuable contributors to education.

The journey through EdD has led me to develop autoethnography, narrative inquiry and portraiture to capture rich data of rural school leadership of policy. My personal journey has impacted “on the research question, how the research was conceptualised, and the importance ascribed to research problems” (Bartholomaeus et al p58). Human actions can be explained if the researcher understands the culture in which the action takes place (Rosen1991).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
education policy development, to develop understanding of its role within the particular social and cultural context of the small rural school (Van Maanen 2002)
The data was gathered using a variety of methods including direct observation, interviews and working alongside participants which allowed me as the researcher to interact with and understand the participants’ experiences.
Initial interviews were carried out with participants online via Zoom. This was due to restrictions around Covid19. However, the audio and video capture of the interviews became central to analysis work.
The fieldwork in the small rural school was carried out after the restrictions were lifted and data was collated in field notes. These field notes were often moments in time and captured to reflect a particular portrait or memo of the moment or day that included reflection on each of the core elements of portraiture (context, voice, and relationship). Miles and Huberman (1994) refer to as memoing – daily journaling by the researcher throughout the research process. Memos were free form; some were typed, some were drawn, some were mind maps, and some were handwritten in my research journal.
Portraiture methodology was used to interpret data and present findings. It allowed me to “capture the richness, complexity and dimensionality of the human experience in the social and cultural context,” of the rural school (Lawrence-Lightfoot and Hoffman Davis 1997 p 3)

Each of the participants provided me with insights as they valued my own experience and knowledge. They spoke to me as an informed researcher who had memories and experience of what their role was and the emotions that they were experiencing as policy makers. Ethnographic research thrives on the quality of insight developed during fieldwork (Mills and Morton 2013 pg131).


Whilst utilising a narrative inquiry approach (Clandinin & Connelly, 2000). to tell the story of the findings and to create portraits of the role of each participant I became more aware of my own role and the autoethnographic approach.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Over the past two decades globalization has influenced education policy in many countries around the world and the work of schools. (Rizvi and Lingard 2010). Sahlberg (2004) identifies that globalisation within education is influencing teaching and learning resulting on a globalised unified agenda, standardized teaching and learning, and competition between schools. Globalisation can be seen at international and national level. The effects of globalisation on schools can be visible through increased marketization, outsourcing of services and pressure on specific budgets. This transformation of services is even more complex within the rural geography and schooling is caught up with these demographic changes (Corbett 2015)

The outcome of the research work that I am undertaking will provide a wider understanding of rural context and implications for policy and future training for teachers regarding the rural context in Scotland. This will help to provide a comparison and contrast research within other countries. The data and ethnographic research undertaken has the potential to support and influence policy at National level.

The completed thesis will be presented in early 2025 and will be available for sharing with interested parties thereafter. There is potential for widely sharing the research on rural education in Scotland as there is very little current research available. There are similarities across Europe within small schools.


References
have: Professional development as a reform strategy in rural schools. Journal of Research in Rural Education, 30(10), 1- 18.

Bartholomaeus, P.A., (2006) Some Rural examples of place –based education. International Education Journal 2006,7(4) 480-489
Clandinin, D. J., and F. M. Connelly. 2000. Narrative Inquiry: Experience and Story in Qualitative Research. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.
Corbett, M. (2015) rural Education: Some Sociological Provocations for the Field. Australian & International Journal of Rural Education; 25 (3), 9-25
Gupta, Akhil. and James. Ferguson (1997) ‘Discipline and practice: “The field” as site, method, and location in anthropology’ in A. Gupta and J. Ferguson (eds.) Anthropological Locations: Boundaries and Grounds of a Field Science. Berkeley: University of California Press, pp.1-46.
Janesick, V., (2000) The choreography of qualitative research design: Minutes, improvisation, and crystallization in N.K. Denzin &Y.S. Lincoln(eds), Handbook of Qualitative Research 2nd edition. Thousand Oaks, CA.: Sage Publications

Lawrence-Lightfoot, S., and Hoffman Davis, J., (1997) The Art and Science of Portraiture, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Publishers.

Linclon, Y.S. and Denzin, N.K., (2000) the seventh moment: Out of the past, in N.K. Denzin &Y.S. Lincoln(eds), Handbook of Qualitative Research 2nd edition. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications
Miles, M.B. and Huberman, M. (1994), Qualitative Data Analysis: An Expanded Sourcebook, Sage Publications, Thousand Oaks, CA.
Mills, D. and Morton, M. (2013) Ethnography in Education, Sage Publications, London

Reid, J. (2017) Rural education practice and policy in marginalised communities: teaching and learning on the edge. Australian and international Journal of Rural Education. 27(1), pp.88-103

Rizvi.P. and Lingard.C. (2010) Globalizing Education Policy, Routledge, New York
Roberts, P. (2015). Staffing an Empty Schoolhouse: Attracting and Retaining Teachers in Rural, Remote and Isolated Communities. NSW Teachers Federation, Eric Pearson Study Grant Report." Sydney: NSW Teachers Federation

Rosen.M, (1991) – Coming to terms with the field: understanding and doing organisational ethnography. Journal of management studies,

Van Maanen, J. 2002. “The Fact of Fiction in Organisational Ethnography.” In The Qualitative Researcher’s Companion, edited by M. Huberman and M. Miles, 101–118. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE.


19. Ethnography
Paper

Uncertainty in Rural Regions and Pedagogical Reactions - Ethnographic Explorations of Conflicts between Hegemonic Constructions

Saskia Bender

Bielefeld University, Germany

Presenting Author: Bender, Saskia

In many European countries and regions, educational contexts and their institutions are confronted with spreading populism and “the growing strength of far-right parties” (Havlík & Mareš 2020: 257, Strijker et al. 2015). The effects of these political and social shifts on education have so far played merely a subordinate role in educational research. In particular, far-right orientations and discourses seem to rely on dynamics of place. In the past, especially rural regions have already been symptomatic and symbolic of the challenges of an integrative democratic educational system (Simon 2020, Corbett 2015). But “the rural is a notoriously difficult concept to define” (Roberts & Fuqua 2021: 2, Woods 2011) and embedded in tensions and contradictions. In this context, it is worth remembering how Adorno (1966/1970) addresses the problematic processes of education and democratization by speaking of a ‘cultural difference between urban and rural contexts’ (ibid., 3). Although he distances himself from arrogance towards the rural population, he identifies a ‘state of not quite having caught up with the culture’ (ibid.) and speaks of the ‘debarbarization of the rural as one of the most important educational goals’ (ibid.). In the current discourse, such categorizations are regarded as attributions that tend to create and stabilize dichotomies and differentiations (Berg & Üblacker 2020). Hence, recent studies focus on economic and cultural insecurity (Havlík & Mareš 2020: 259), which is believed to result from “population decline, ageing population, changing ethnic and cultural compositions, poor access to health care, economic hardship and decline” (Roberts & Fuqua 2021: 3) and fewer opportunities for participation in educational programs (Büdel & Kolleck 2023). It is often assumed that this causes sentiments of being left behind and erodes the trust in democratic societies and their promises of participation for all. Subsequently educational offers and programs try to adapt to the specific needs of rural areas in order to re-establish security and appreciation (Fargas-Malet & Bagley 2022). However, these efforts – as Adorno’s approach – often neglect that modern ideas of education and democratization are also part of hegemonic constructions (Laclau & Mouffe 2020), and that the stabilization and expansion of modernity and its institutions are therefore part of a special hegemonic order (Bender, Flügel-Martinsen & Vogt 2023). Nevertheless, this proposal does not intend to abandon these orientations and values of contemporary democratic societies. However, it presumes that educational research may not adequately reflect the political and social developments at the interfaces between the familiar and the foreign, particularly in relation to rural regions. This situation may even deepen conflicts and uncertainties when it comes to concrete pedagogical reactions.

The article presents research results from an ethnographic photo-documentary study which is part of the joint project PaKKT (Bender et al. 2019) funded by the Federal Ministry of Education and Research (BMBF, 2019-2022) in Germany. The article thus pursues two objectives. The first methodological objective questions whether photo-ethnographic studies can be used to determine the specific field structure of rural regions. Is it possible – despite the non-existent spatial boundaries and the relationality of place – to work out the rules and influences of the field? The second objective is to analyze a specific social field, characterized by a strong and ongoing far-right and populist orientation: How does this social field relate to a culture of uncertainty and the pedagogical and educational approaches?

Overall, this paper offers a discussion of the connection between uncertainty and hegemonic conflicts, which is important for the understanding and development of educational research and pedagogical practices in rural regions in a changing Europe.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The relationality of place (Löw 2019) makes it difficult to analyze the social culture and structures of rural regions without “the essentialization of ‘place’ and standardization” (Roberts & Fuqua 2021: 2). For this reason, the term rural region is chosen in this proposal. A region can also be a district or a suburb, whose cultural structures and practices can be shown and understood without generalizing all rural areas or urban districts etc. This paper approaches the research about rural regions via a photo-ethnographic study, which has a long history in cultural (Breidenstein et al. 2015) and folklore studies (Haegele 2007). The main focus lies on a rural region in eastern Germany, which is marked by a high percentage of voters of far-right parties. On the one hand, the material is approached ethnographically in order to work out specific practices and forms of expressions of regional orders as a special culture of influence. On the other hand, this approach is interwoven with discourse- and hegemony-analysis. This does not mean an increase in data material, but rather that discourses or hegemonic structures and the systems of rules inherent in them, or the social orders that constitute them, are not understood as different from the practices and the regional artefacts respectively (Catalano & Waugh 2020, Nonhoff 2017, Bloome et al. 2022).
The aim is to identify regularities and recurring dominant structural elements in the material, which form a hegemonic order. These can be characterized by conflicts and counter-hegemonic movements, or can itself be understood as such a counter-hegemonic formation (Marchart 2019, Bender 2023). Finally, specific subjectivations take place in these contexts, which, so to speak, challenge the subjects to position themselves according to these rules or hegemonic connections. The aim is to gain insight into what can be shown and said (Wrana 2012) and how subjects are addressed and subjectivized in this rural region. Particular for this approach is its attempt to analyze region regarding only spatial documents and artefacts. A category-led approach to the selection of relevant aspects is combined with qualitative reconstructive methods, with which special forms of expressions of singular elements and their intersections can be focused on in the photo-ethnographic material.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analyses indicate that such a strategy, which combines ethnographic as well as discourse- and hegemony-analytical approaches, enables an analytic understanding of orders of rural regions as a field of practice.
Moreover, this analysis shows that we are dealing with a ‘structure of rejection’ in the focused rural region, which opposes the hegemonic orders of modern societies, and integrates contradictory elements. We therefore do not encounter insecurity resulting from lost orientations, but rather an uncertainty that emerges from conflicting and antagonistic orientations. Above all, pedagogical approaches to dealing with this conflict seem to exacerbate it, precisely because they do not or do not want to address it.
Research desiderata are to be derived from the results of this partial study: What does currently remain unconsidered in educational research about rural regions? How does educational research about rural regions obscure or mask its own hegemonic constructions, and how does this possibly lead to the intensification of conflicts and acts of rejection? What would be important questions that need to be addressed anew in educational research about rural regions with regard to political changes and shifts in order to process and reflect the hegemonic entanglements without abandoning the values of democratic societies in the future?

References
Adorno, T. W. (1966/1970). Erziehung nach Auschwitz, in: ders.: Erziehung zur Mündigkeit, Vorträge und Gespräche mit Hellmuth Becker 1959-1969. Herausgegeben von Gerd Kadelbach, 92–109.
Bender, S. (2023). Kulturpolitik als Kulturelle Bildung in ländlichen Räumen. In Marchart, O., Landau-Donnelly, F. Schad-Spindler, A. & Fridrik, S. (Ed.). Konfliktuelle Kulturpolitik – Conflictual Cultural Politics. Wiesbaden, 221-239.
Bender, S., Flügel-Martinsen, O. & Vogt, M. (2023). Verdeckung. Interdisziplinäre Perspektiven auf Ein- und Ausschlüsse. Bielefeld.
Bender, S., Kolleck, N., Lambrecht, M. & Heinrich, M. (2019). Kulturelle Bildungsnetzwerke in ländlichen Räumen. WE_OS Jahrbuch, 2, 65-81. DOI: 10.4119/we_os-3187
Berg & Üblacker (2020). Rechtes Denken, rechte Räume? Demokratiefeindliche Entwicklungen und ihre räumlichen Kontexte, Bielefeld.
Bloome, D., Power-Carter, S., Baker, W. D., Castanheira, M. L., Kim, M., Rowe, L. W. (2022). Discourse Analysis of Languaging and Literacy Events in Educational Settings: A Microethnographic Perspective. New York.
Breidenstein, G., Hirschauer, S., Kalthoff, H. & Nieswand, B. (2015). Ethnografie - Die Praxis der Feldforschung. Konstanz.
Büdel, M. & Kolleck, N. (2023). Rahmenbedingungen und Herausforderungen kultureller Bildung in ländlichen Räumen – ein systematischer Literaturüberblick. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 26:779–811.
Catalano, T., Waugh, L. R. (2020). Critical Discourse Analysis, Critical Discourse Studies and Beyond, Cham.
Corbett, M. (2015). Towards a rural sociological imagination: ethnography and schooling
in mobile modernity, Ethnography and Education, 10 (3), 263-277.
Fargas-Malet, M. & Bagley, C. (2022). Small School Rural Community Studie. Study report. Belfast.
Haegele, U. (2007). Foto-Ethnographie. Tübingen.
Havlí, V. & Mareš, M. (2021). Socio-Cultural Legacies in Post-Transition Societies in Central and Eastern Europe and the Relationship to the Resurgence of Right-Wing Extremism and Populism in the Region, in: R. C. Heinisch, C. Holtz-Bacha, O. Mazzoleni (Ed.). Political Populism: Handbook of Concepts, Questions and Strategies of Research,  Baden-Baden.  
Laclau, E. & Mouffe, C. (2020): Hegemony and Socialist Strategy: Towards a Radical Democratic Politics. London/New York.
Löw, M. (2019). Raumsoziologie. Frankfurt am Main.
Marchart, O. (2019). Conflictual Aesthetics. Artistic Activism and the Public Sphere. Berlin.
Nonhoff, M. (2017). Discourse Analysis as Critique, in: Palgrave Communications 3:17074.
Roberts, P. & Fuqua, M. (2021). Ruraling Education Research, Springer Nature Singapore.
Strijker, D., Voerman, G. & Terluin, I. J. (2015). Rural protest groups and populist political parties, Wageningen.
Woods, M. (2011). Rural. Routledge.
Wrana, D. (2012). Diesseits von Diskursen und Praktiken Methodologische Bemerkungen zu einem Verhältnis, in: Friebertshäuser, B., Kelle, H.,Boller, H., Bollig, S., Huf, C., Langer, A., Ott, M., Richter, S. (Ed.). Feld und Theorie. Opladen, 185-200.


19. Ethnography
Paper

Defilement reinterpreted. Early Marriage, Fines and Education in Eastern Uganda

Floris Burgers

Radboud Universiteit, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Burgers, Floris

After a major revision of its age of consent law in 1990, Uganda’s defilement law became one of the most radical laws of this kind in the world. Defilement was redefined as sexual acts involving a person below 18 and was reclassified as a capital offence. Celebrated by women’s rights activists, the new law was supposed to prevent early marriage with a view to avoid unsafe sex practices that put girls at a greater risks of sexually transmitted diseases and pre-mature educational drop-out.

In this paper I explore how people in Bunyafa, a rural area in eastern Uganda, have reintrepeted 'defilement' after the 1990 revision, how they resolve defilement cases locally, and what that means for the educational careers of young men and women. I aim to demonstrate that people redefined ‘defilement’ locally by looking at a girls’ education rather than age and that defilement cases were handled pragmatically, through the payment of a fine. These dynamics have become something of the everyday in Bunyafa and are anticipated by some families who aim to earn a fine through marrying of daughers while in school.

The paper starts with an analysis of marriage changes in the area and local perceptions of the female body, which helps to understand why education has become such a focal point in local defilement cases, why these cases are handled pragmatically, through fines, and why this practice goes uncontested. Through case studies and survey data, the paper then provides an insight into local ways of handling defilement, demonstrating both how such cases unfold and how common they are. The final part of the paper is devoted to exploring some of the consequences of this for the education of young men and women, and patriarchal norms in society.

The insights build on, and contribute to, two theoretical perspectives. Firstly, building on a body of literature associated with the 'new literacy' studies of Brian Street (2001; 1993; 1995; 1984), I demonstrate how education is not only about the obtainment of particular skills, but is also a practice embedded in hegemonic power structures. The consequences of education are shaped, among other things, by the way in which educational activities are reworked in relation to these power stuctures (Street 1995) and how different actors, particularly powerful ones (men in eastern Uganda), manipulate the meaning of education to reinforce their position within these structures (Bledsoe and Robey 1993 Maurice Bloch 1993). I develop the concept of 'schoolwork' (cf. Jones 2022) to draw attention to these practices, reinpretations and manipulations, demonstrating how appreciating 'schoolwork' is crucial for understanding the consequences of education.

Secondly, my research furthers understanding of the relationship between education and early marriage. I demonstrate how local ways of defining and handling 'defilement' reinforces the idea that education and marriage are two alternatives, meaning that a girl out of school is almost immideately considered marriageable. This hampers the possible effect of what Lindstrom et al. (2009, 46) call the human capital and the social dislocation theories. Both these theories suggest that schooling may lead girls to take more time before they get married after they leave school, because of increased possibilities to earn money (human capital theory) and greater knowledge of, and confidence to seek, alternative pathways into adulthood (social dislocation theory).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is based on long term ethnographic engagement with the research area. I carried out ethnographic fieldwork in Bunyafa for a period of eighteen months, between April 2018 and July 2019 and between July 2021 and October 2021, as part of doctoral research on schooling and social change, in close partnership with Namutosi Zam, a middle-aged woman from the area. During this period, me and Zam followed how eleven households of variable size, wealth, religion, parental age and marriage arrangement (polygynous or not), dealt with the schooling of their children. Eight of these families were part of the same village, three were part of other villages in Bunyafa. In additional to our ethnographic engagement with these families, we did participant observations in a primary school and a secondary school, and carried out a range of interviews with key informants, including teachers and educational policy makers in the area, and young women.

In February 2021, after 7 months of fieldwork had been completed, we carried out a household survey, including 246 individuals from all four parishes in Bunyafa subcounty, randomly selected through a multi-stage cluster sampling strategy, and hence representative for Bunyafa as a whole, in which respondents were asked questions about education, marriage, circumcision and several other themes which had emerged as important for my research focus. Included were also a range of questions about fines, which by then had already emerged as a relevant theme in our qualitative inquiries. In this article, I draw on both qualitative and quantitative material to develop my arguments.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the material presented, I conclude that the way in which defilement cases and the meaning of education are reworked locally provides fathers, as well as local authorities, a degree of control over the sexuality of youth, and fathers’ involvement in the making of their daughters’ marriages is reinforced. This means that 'schoolwork' is imbricated in the reproduction of patriarchal practices, such as marital arrangement by fathers. This argument is consistent with other research on the topic of defilement law in Uganda (Parikh 2004; 2012; Volhölter 2017; Veit and Biecker 2022). I also demonstrate that local defilement dynamics, especially the payment of fines, have implications for the educational careers of both boys and girls. When girls are encouraged to marry while still in school, or shortly after, in order to get fines paid, local ways of handling the age of consent law undermine the potential of education to result in later marriage among girls. Boys, on the other hand, may drop out of school under threat of a fine. When they impregnated a girl, boys often run away from school to hide for the girls’ parents, especially when they lack the money to pay a potential fine, in which case they risk imprisonment. Hence local defilement dynamics also caused educational drop out among boys.


References
Bledsoe, Caroline, and Kenneth M. Robey. 1993. “Arabic Literacy and Secrecy among the Mende.” In Cross-Cultural Approaches to Literacy, edited by Brian V. Street, 110-134. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Bloch, Maurice. 1993. “The Uses of Schooling and Literacy in a Zafimaniry Village.” In Cross-Cultural Approaches to Literacy, edited by Brian V. Street, 87-109. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Jones, Ben. 2022. "Schoolwork: On being educated in eastern Uganda." American Ethnologist (in press).

Lindstrom, David P., Gebre Egziabher Kiros, and Dennis P. Hogan. 2009. “Transition into First Intercourse, Marriage, and Childbearing among Ethiopian Women.” Genus 65, no. 2: 45–77.

Parikh, Shanti A. 2004. “Sugar Daddies and Sexual Citizenship in Uganda: Rethinking Third Wave Feminism.” Black Renaissance 6, no. 1: 82–106.

———. 2012. “‘They Arrested Me for Loving a Schoolgirl’: Ethnography, HIV, and a Feminist Assessment of the Age of Consent Law as a Gender-Based Structural Intervention in Uganda.” Social Science and Medicine 74, no. 11: 1774–82.


Street, Brian V. 1984. Literacy in Theory and Practice. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

———, ed. 1993. Cross-Cultural Approaches to Literacy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

———. 1995. Social Literacies: Critical Approaches to Literacy in Development, Ethnography and Education. New York: Routledge.

———, ed. 2001. Literacy and Development: Ethnographic Perspectives. London: Routledge.

Veit, Alex and Sarah Biecker. 2022. Love or crime? “Law-making and the policing of teenage sexuality in Uganda and the Democratic Republic of Congo.” Journal of Eastern African Studies, 16, no. 1, 138-159

Volhölter, Julia. 2017. “Homosexuality, pornography, and other ‘modern threats’ – The deployment of sexuality in recent laws and public discourses in Uganda.” Critique of Anthropology 37, no. 1: 93–111
 
17:30 - 19:0020 SES 08 A: Promoting Respect and Competence in Education
Location: Room B211 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Hafdís Guðjónsdóttir
Paper Session
 
20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

A Culture of Respect: International Students at a Superinternational University

Alexander Kalgin, Isak Frumin

Constructor University Bremen, Germany

Presenting Author: Frumin, Isak

This project looks at the phenomenon of superinternational universities through the lens of national cultures and socialization. Superinternational universities are those where international students make up over 50% of the student population, and no single nationality accounts for more than 15% of students. We use the case of Constructor University Bremen in Germany to explore the interplay of national cultures at such an superinternational university. Constructor hosts about 1800 students of 120 nationalities, and international students make up 84% of the student population.

We focus on cultural socialization and its perception by students. Frequently, the position of international students during their study abroad is seen as that of recipients of the host country’s culture (Adams, 2023). This view may be metaphorically termed “the culture monopoly”. In this view, international students absorb the host country's values, traditions and beliefs. The host country’s national culture takes precedence. In the case of superinternational universities, there is a tension for such a model. For Constructor University, the national German culture is not dominant. In fact, the university may be labelled an “extra-territorial international university”, and its national cultures are mixing and fusing. In such a context, it is thus not clear in what direction the diverse national cultures evolve. Are they converging towards a synthetical international culture? Are they becoming broadly “Western”, “European”, “German”, “American” or “uniquely Constructor”?

In this context, students are not passively receiving the dominant culture of the host country. They are instead actively engaged in cultural exchange and contribute to the “polyphony of cultures”. The university assumes the role of the “mediator” or “manager” of diversity and implements measures to facilitate cultural cohesion (Binder et al., 2013).

Research question: What culture emerges out of the “melting pot” of national cultures at a superinternational university?

Objective: To assess the university culture using qualitative methods.

Theoretical framework: theory of organizational culture and socialization (qualitative part) (Schein, 1990).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The qualitative part with interviews aiming to document the subjective perception of socialization (Schein, 1990)

For the qualitative part as suggested by Schein, we conducted interviews with “motivated respondents” – by distributing an invitation in student mailing lists and via snowball sampling starting from the members of one of the university societies oriented towards research in higher education.

The qualitative pilot phase was completed in January 2024 with 15 semi-structured interviews (~30-60 minutes in length). Additional interviews will be collected in February 2024.

Qualitative part
Culture is conceptualized as Artefacts, Values, and Assumptions (Schein, 1990)
• Artefacts - something visible and observable
• Values - values are behind the artefacts and give them meaning, these are felt and shared
• Assumptions - unconsciously held beliefs, non-reflective deeper understandings that create the base of the culture

Key interest: cultural socialization.  Socialization is the process of communicating culture to newcomers, the “indoctrination”/ “enculturation”.

Method: Reconstruction of the Constructor University culture in Schein’s methodology. We rely on motivated respondents ready to reflect on the culture. Students are recruited via email sent to university mailing lists and via snowball sampling.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The qualitative pilot phase was completed in January 2024 with 15 semi-structured interviews (~30-60 minutes in length). The quantitative part is expected to be completed in February - March 2024.
What has emerged from the qualitative phase is the uniqueness of the Constructor culture. It cannot be reduced to a national culture, respondents do not associate their university culture with Germany. Some consider the culture to be more American than European. What stands out, however, is the emphasis on the value of respect for others, which the interviewees emphasized. The culture of CUB can be described as a "culture of respect". Respect is the value attached to being a 'good student' at CUB; those who do not respect others are seen as outsiders.

Another key finding is the potential of this multicultural environment to produce a particular attitude towards others. "You are accepted for who you are, not where you come from". Respondents emphasized that their experience of socializing with people from so many different countries had taught them to see personality first and to avoid stereotyping people based on their nationality. Thus, in this culture, personality is more important than nationality.

The university makes considerable efforts to promote tolerance towards multiculturalism and to communicate the importance of the value of respect for others. These efforts were considered important by the respondents. Overall, respondents spoke very highly of the University's culture and showed great affection for its diverse environment.

References
Adams, I. (2023). NARRATIVES OF INTERCULTURAL TRANSFORMATION: Student Perspective Transition. In Developing Intercultural Competence and Transformation: Theory, Research, and Application in International Education (pp. 322–341). Scopus. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003444169-20

Binder, N., Schreier, M., Kühnen, U., & Kedzior, K. K. (2013). Integrating International Students into Tertiary Education Using Intercultural Peer-to-Peer Training at Jacobs University Bremen, Germany. Journal of Education and Training Studies, 1(2), 273–285.

Schein, E. H. (1990). Organizational culture. (Vol. 45, Issue 2). American Psychological Association.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

Integrating Competence in Phenomenon-Based Learning into European Educational Capital through Curriculum-Based Approaches

Sirkku Lähdesmäki

University of Eastern Finland

Presenting Author: Lähdesmäki, Sirkku

Facilitating the exchange of research-based and student-centred teaching methods and good practice between European countries is crucial to promoting equitable education. Curricula and the legislation that governs them play a key role in the organisation of teaching. Understanding the content of European curricula is important to assess the application of teaching methods and to compare approaches between countries. This study focuses on a content analysis of the curricula of five European countries from the perspective of key concepts related to Phenomenon Driven Learning (PDL). The differences in the conceptualisation of curricula (Westbury, 2000; Vitikka, 2009) and their guiding influence on the implementation of teaching are important considerations that also justify the relevance of the study. Curricula define, chronologically, the precise objectives and content per subject that teachers must follow (Westbury, 2002; Vitikka, 2009). However, teachers can use their pedagogical decisions to determine how to create conditions conducive to learning, rather than simply acting as recipients of the curriculum in the Anglo-American curriculum tradition (Erss, 2017). In Northern European didactics, teachers' interpretations of the curriculum are given greater weight, and this broader professional perspective defines the approach used in this study (Locke et al., 2004; Erss, 2017). The aim of the study is to map and compare the national curricula of five European countries regarding the concepts of PDL. This aim will be achieved by examining how their national curricula identify and define the following concepts describing PDL: integration, contextualisation, authentic learning, teaching methods and holistic learning. The aim is to understand if and how the national curricula allow for purposeful planning of PDL. The project partners are Finland, Italy, Greece, Portugal and Spain. The research is anchored in the Erasmus+ project 2023-2024 and the research data was collected during the initial phase of this project in 2023. The project, through (PDL), aims to create a common, inclusive learning pathway at European level. Therefore, it is important to investigate whether the curricula of different countries provide the basis for a targeted implementation of PDL. This research-based analysis will provide a more solid basis for international exchange of educational knowledge.

Phenomenal Learning is a Finnish product that, according to Lähdesmäki (2021), is strongly based on Dewey's (1912) pragmatic pedagogy. The PDL process design model provides teachers with research-based tools to design well-structured and theory-based learning (Lähdesmäki, 2021; 2022). In this study the term Phenomenon-Driven Learning (PDL) is used (Lähdesmäki, 2021; 2022). It can be interpreted as having developed from two main theoretical roots (Linturi, 2014). The first is Dewey's theory of functional learning, and the second perspective is related to both constructivist and socio-constructivist theory (Silander, 2015). The PDL framework of this study is structured around six key elements, as outlined by Lähdesmäki (2021). These elements include a curriculum-based approach, systemic learning process, method-based learning, contextuality, holistic perspective and authenticity. These are central concepts for this research and provide a lens through which PDL can be clearly characterised (Lonka, 2018; Silander, 2015b; Tarnanen & Kostinen, 2021; Symeonidis & Schwarz, 2016).PDL is a flexible teaching approach because it is based on several different pedagogical methods rather than being a traditional method. It includes familiar elements from different learning approaches (Tarnanen & Kostiainen, 2020). PDL builds on the development of many essential skills such as self-direction, innovation, socio-emotional and interactional skills, collaboration, creativity and courage as it is based on a student-centred, collaborative, experiential and integrative approach (Lonka, 2018; Lähdesmäki, 2021). Based on the analysis, several common definitions were identified for each concept, such as active learning methods, relevance of the subject matter to the student, connection to the local context, accessibility and inclusiveness.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study uses the qualitative phenomenological-hermeneutic approach defined by Taipale et al. (2010) and applies the abductive method described by Niiniluoto (2018). It focuses on the theoretical concepts of PDL. Data collection was carried out using an anonymous Webropol questionnaire at the beginning of the collaborative project in spring 2023. The data consists of 57 pages, which are stored in a password-protected folder as a PDF file. The survey description and the data protection form were attached to the beginning of the questionnaire. The research questionnaire was collected at the beginning of the Erasmus 2023-2024 project and the research design was distributed to the representatives of the participating countries at the kick-off meeting of the project. It was decided that the links to the questionnaire would be provided to the group of teachers in the target country who responded to the questionnaire.  The support questionnaire investigated the definitions of ten concepts in the National Curriculum Framework, of which five concepts relevant to the research question were selected for this study. For the survey questionnaire, generic concepts were selected that could be understood in different national contexts and linked to relevant phenomena in the six key elements of PDL.

The analysis followed a systematic and thematic approach to the analysis of curriculum texts from different countries, focusing on the identification and comparison of key concepts and themes in the context of PDL. Data analysis was carried out using theory guided content analysis. However, the first round of analysis was carried out by looking at the content of the data as such. First, the curriculum text of each country was read through and organised thematically according to each concept in order to identify different themes. Brief descriptions of these themes were written. Then, conceptual subcategories were created from these themes to characterise the central themes related to the concept of each country's curriculum text. From the subcategories, main categories were formed for each concept studied, describing the aspects, similarities and differences found in all the texts that could be identified. This systematic process was applied to each concept. The analysis revealed differences in the definitions of these concepts. The second round of analysis was conducted from a theory-driven perspective. Here the subcategories and their descriptions from the first phase of analysis were taken as a starting point and examined through the principles defined in the theory.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In order to compare the curricula of these five European countries, it is important to understand each country's unique approach and how this is reflected in the education systems. Although each has a different approach to the contextualisation of education, there are commonalities. These include making learning relevant to students' lives, adapting education to local and global contexts, and ensuring that it is inclusive and accessible to all students. The distinctive features of contextualisation can be found in each country's curriculum texts through the integration of local culture and environment, the emphasis on student-centred learning, and the adaptation of teaching methods to different needs and backgrounds.

In terms of authentic and holistic learning, they share a commitment to making education relevant, engaging and applicable to the real world. According to the curriculum texts, this is achieved through the involvement of experts, collaboration, contact with the world outside school, the creation of special learning environments and student engagement in authentic tasks.
In terms of teaching methods, all five curricula reflect an educational philosophy that values student-centred, active and experiential learning. It emphasises cooperation and collaboration, diverse and inclusive teaching, problem-based and inquiry-based learning, technology integration and adaptability. This reflects the professional perspective (Locke et al., 2004). There are similarities in approaches to integration, but the specific emphases, curriculum structures and levels of autonomy and flexibility vary (see Vitikka, 2009). These differences reflect the unique cultural, social and educational philosophies of each country (Westbury, 2002). The goal that unites the curricula is to provide students with a more coherent, meaningful and comprehensive educational experience. The fertile ground for this research also lies in the examination of curricula for the sharing of research-based teaching and training expertise across Europe.


References
Dewey, J. (1912). School and Society. University of Chicago Press.

Erss, M. (2017). Curriculum as a political and cultural framework defining teachers’ roles and autonomy. In T. Autio, L. Hakala, & T. Kujala (Eds.), Opetussuunnitelmatutkimus: Keskustelunavauksia suomalaiseen kouluun ja opettajankoulutukseen (pp. 193–221). Tampere University Press.

Linturi, H. (2014). Ilmiöpuu: Ilmiöpohjaisen oppimisen juuristoa ja oksistoa. In A. Rongas & R. Laaksonen (Eds.), Ilmiöpas (pp. 10–27). Kopijyvä Oy.

Locke, T., Vulliamy, G., Webb, R., & Hill, M. (2005). Being a ‘professional’ primary school teacher at the beginning of the 21st century: A comparative analysis of primary teacher professionalism in New Zealand and England. Journal of Education Policy, 20(5), 555-581. http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/02680930500221784

Lonka, K. (2018). Phenomenal Learning from Finland. Otava.

Lähdesmäki, S. (2021). [Developing a model to guide the design of a Phenomenon Driven learning entity as a model for the ILO design process in student teachers' teaching practice]. [Doctoral dissertation, University of Jyväskylä]. http://urn.fi/URN:ISBN:978-951-39-8562-2

Lähdesmäki, S. (2022). Ilmiölähtöisen oppimiskokonaisuuden suunnittelutaito opettajaopiskelijan geneeriseksi ammattitaidoksi ILO-suunnittelumallin avulla: Lectio praecursoria. Kasvatus & Aika, 16(2), 109–117. https://doi.org/10.33350/ka.113424

Niiniluoto, I. (2018). Truth-Seeking by Abduction. Springer.

Patton, M. Q. (2002). Qualitative research and evaluation methods (3rd ed.). Sage.

Silander, P. (2015). Digital pedagogy. In P. Mattila & P. Silander (Eds.), How to create the school of the future: Revolutionary thinking and design from Finland (pp. 9–26). University Of Oulu, Center for the Internet Excellence.

Symeonidis, V., & Schwarz, J.F. (2016). Phenomenon-Based Teaching and Learning through the Pedagogical Lenses of Phenomenology: The Recent Curriculum Reform in Finland. European Doctorate in Teacher Education (EDiTE).

Taipale, J., Miettinen, T., & Pulkkinen, S. (2010). Johdanto. In T. Miettinen, S. Pulkkinen, & J. Taipale (Eds.), Fenomenologian ydinkysymyksiä (pp.9–22). Gaudeamus.

Tarnanen, M., & Kostiainen, E. (2020). Ilmiölähtöinen oppiminen. In M. Tarnanen & E. Kostiainen (Eds.), Ilmiömäistä! Ilmiölähtöinen lähestymistapa uudistamassa opettajuutta ja oppimista (pp. 7–19). Jyväskylän yliopisto, opettajankoulutuslaitos: Uutta luova asiantuntijuus -hanke.

Vitikka, E. (2009). Opetussuunnitelman mallin jäsennys. Jyväskylän Yliopistopaino.

Westbury, I. (2000). Teaching as a Reflective Practice: What Might Didaktik Teach Curriculum? In I. Westbury, S. Hopmann, & K. Riquarts (Eds.), Teaching as a
Reflective Practice. The German Didaktik Tradition (pp. 15-40). Routledge.

Westbury, I. (2002). Didaktik and curriculum studies. In B.B. Gundem & S. Hopmann (Eds.), Didaktik and/or curriculum: an internationaldialogue. Peter Lang.


20. Research in Innovative Intercultural Learning Environments
Paper

The Possibilities of the Educational Environment at a Specialized University to ‘Absorb’ the Impact of Forced Innovations Caused by War

Dalija Gudaityte1, Edita Butrime1, Liudmila Dulksniene1, Virginija Tuomaite2

1LUHS, Lithuania; 2KTU, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Gudaityte, Dalija; Butrime, Edita

In times of war, forced innovation can affect the learning environment in a number of ways. In this case, it is important to pay attention to how the war and the circumstances related to it can shape the education system and lead to a change in the learning environment. In wartime, where the physical learning environment may be impinged, distance learning becomes an important tool to enable people to learn regardless of geographic location.

Distance studies include various learning formats, such as blended learning, flipped classroom, social and cooperative learning, simulations, game-based learning, synchronous and asynchronous video lectures, polling software or collaboration authoring tools (Casanova, Paguia, 2022; Kusel, Martin, Markic, 2020; Butrime, 2020; Petrauskienė, 2018).

In the last 20 years, the following features of ICT-based distance studies in higher education institutions have emerged (Casanova, Paguia, 2022; Nwanko, 2015; Bailie, 2015; Vilkonis et al., 2012; Garrison, Anderson, Archer, 2000; G. M. Moore, 1998; ):

  • studies are regarded as a service, thus, the student is a customer;
  • higher education institutions offering distance learning must take into account the expectations and experiences of students so that all distance learning activities and resources are directed to the highest level of student satisfaction.
  • expectation levels of students participating in distance studies are the following: infrastructure (technology), teacher, ways of learning, course design, and evaluation system.
  • distance education and learning are characterized by a transaction that occurs when a student and a teacher communicate in a virtual learning environment, and that communication may not take place at the same time. This leads to unique patterns of student and teacher behaviour.
  • the following 3 types of interaction are distinguished: student - teacher, student - learning content, and student - student.

The educational environment at a specialized university is special in that most of the teachers working here do not have a traditional pedagogical education, so learning from experience while studying their own activities is very important. In this way, efforts are made to improve educational competence, and to create a learning environment based on equal relations between teachers and students, and meeting the expectations of learners (Jucevičienė et al., 2010).

This study also aims to determine how teachers at a specialized university can better respond to the learning needs of students from warring countries, who have chosen this university, by creating an educational environment.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The article refers to the concept and features of distance studies according to Casanova, Paguia, 2022; Nwanko, 2015; Bailie, 2015; Vilkonis et al., 2012; Garrison, Anderson, Archer, 2000; G. M. Moore, 1998. It also takes into account theoretical positions that highlight constructivist attitudes, educational environments favorable to student empowerment, the prerequisites for the emergence of deep learning, the specifics of modern learning and higher education (Barnett, 1990, 1999; Jucevičienė, Gudaitytė et al., 2010; Jucevičienė, Lipinskienė, 2001; Jucevičienė, Stanikūniene, 2002; Petty, 2006; 2008; Ramsden, 2000).

The research method is an in-depth interview with Ukrainian and Israeli students studying at our university who voluntarily agreed to participate in the study (N ₌ 10). The interview results were processed by employing qualitative descriptive content analysis.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the study revealed which distance learning formats and features of distance studies are most acceptable to the informants, what support and psychological help they expect from teachers and the educational environment they create. The study allowed the teachers to understand the importance of developing flexible thinking in evaluating people and processes; to understand the relational nature of learning now and in the future; to create a system that can be applied in extreme conditions and times of change; and to provide opportunities for learners to learn in the most suitable way for them to achieve the learning goal.
References
1.Bailie, J. L. (2015). Perceptions and expectations of online graduate students regarding synchronous events. Journal of Instructional Pedagogies 17. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1102866.pdf.
2.Barnett, R. (1990). The Idea of Higher Education. Society for Research into Higher Education and Open University Press, 1900 Frost Rd., Suite 101, Bristol, PA 19007.
3.Barnett, R. (1999). Realizing the University in an Age of Supercomplexity. Buckingham, UK: Society for Research in Higher Education and Open University Press.
4.Butrime E. (2020). Virtual Learning Environments and Learning Change in Modern Higher Education During the Covid-19 Coronavirus Pandemic: Attitudes of University Teachers and Students. 13th annual International Conference of Education, Research and Innovation. 9-10 November, 2020. ICERI2020 Proceedings, pp. 8582-8589.
5.Casanova, V. S. and Paguia, W. M. (2022). Expectations, Experiences, and Satisfaction of the Graduate Students with Distance Online Learning Environment in OMSC Graduate School during the Covid-19 Pandemic. Journal of Practical Studies in Education, 3(1), 14-22.
6.Garrison, D. R., et al, (2000). Critical inquiry in a text-based environment: Computer conferencing in higher education model. The Internet and Higher Education, 2(2-3), 87-105.http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S1096-7516(00)00016-6.
7.Jucevičienė P.; Stanikūnienė B. (2002). Universiteto dėstytojų edukacinė kompetencija mokymosi paradigmos kontekste. Socialiniai mokslai, 3(35). Kaunas: Technologija.  
8.Jucevičienė, P.; Gudaitytė, D.; Karenauskaitė, V.; Lipinskienė, D.; Stanikūnienė, B.; Tautkevičienė, G. (2010). Universiteto edukacinė galia: atsakas 21-ojo amžiaus iššūkiams: monografija. Kaunas : Technologija. 924 p. ISBN 9789955259022.
9.Jucevičienė, P.; Lipinskienė, D. (2001). Edukacinė studentą įgalinanti studijuoti sistema mokymosi paradigmos kontekste. Socialiniai mokslai, 2(28). Kaunas: Technologija.
10.Küsel, J., Martin, F., & Markic, S. (2020). University students’ readiness for using digital media and online learning—Comparison between Germany and the USA. Education sciences, 10(11), 313.
11.Moore, G. M. (1989). The three Types of Interaction. American Journal of Distance Education, 3(2), 1-6.
12.Nwankwo, A. A. (2015). Students' Learning Experiences and Perceptions of Online Course Content and Interactions. Walden Dissertations and Doctoral Studies. 188. https://scholarworks.waldenu.edu/dissertations/188.
13.Petrauskiene, R. (2018). Elements of gamification and motivational aspects. ALTA ‘18 advanced learning technologies and applications, 38.
14.Petty, G. (2006). Šiuolaikinis mokymas. Praktinis vadovas. Vilnius: Tyto alba (in Lithuanian).
15.Vilkonis, R., et al, (2012). E-Learning at The Higher Education Institution: Research on Students’ Experience and Expectations. Mokytojų ugdymas. 2012. Nr. 19 (2), 114–132.
16.Petty, G. (2008). Įrodymais pagrįstas mokymas. Praktinis vadovas. Vilnius: Tyto alba (in Lithuanian).
17.Ramsden, P. (2000). Kaip mokyti aukštojoje mokykloje. Vilnius: Aidai (in Lithuanian).
 
17:30 - 19:0022 SES 08 A: Teaching and Learning Science and Mathematics
Location: Room 039 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Julien-Pooya Weihs
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Reflection on Using Flipped Classroom in Teaching Mathematics and Statistics to Engineering Students

Elena Luchinskaya1, Galina Nilsson2

1Lancaster University, United Kingdom; 2University West, Sweden

Presenting Author: Luchinskaya, Elena; Nilsson, Galina

This study presents a critical reflection on the use of the flipped classroom (FC) method in teaching mathematics and statistics to engineers, focusing on evaluating various aspects of student engagement. We based our analysis on the approach implemented by Lo and Hew [1] in their literature review on student engagement in mathematics flipped classrooms. This conceptual framework is rooted in the multifaceted nature of engagement, including behavioural, emotional, and cognitive aspects [2].

We applied this framework to two different FC formats. The first format follows a traditional approach, where students are provided access to the learning material in advance. The students go through it independently and then participate in learning activities offered in class. This traditional approach has been widely used and evaluated, presenting its own benefits and challenges. The second format is a modernised version of the traditional setting. In line with the traditional approach, students go through the learning material themselves; however, the lecturer summarises a topic in a weekly lecture and goes through examples presented in pre-recorded lectures on the board.

While the FC approach might be considered a well-known method [e.g., 3], it has not been widely used in teaching mathematics until recently. The available analysis of the effectiveness of this method in relation to student engagement doesn’t show consistent results [e.g., 1, 4]. What affects students engagement? What new ideas in implementing FC would be worth developing further?

During the Covid-19 pandemic, the higher education sector had to radically change the ways the majority of courses were taught to accommodate new realities. The vast number of courses went online creating favourable conditions for implementing and advancing the FC teaching method in a variety of subject disciplines, including mathematics-based courses.

Grounded in constructivist learning theories [e.g., 5,6], the FC represents one of the student-centred instructional models. In the FC environment, students are the builders of their knowledge. Initially, students familiarise themselves with new material outside the classroom and then build upon this foundation through adaptation and application of knowledge in in-class discussions, problem-based and project-based learning, and peer learning.

The objectives of this critical reflection are as follows:

  • To evaluate the three types of student engagement in studying mathematics and statistics in the FC environment in two settings.
  • To analyse the benefits and challenges academic staff face when using the FC in two settings.
  • To propose recommendations on using the FC method in teaching mathematics and statistics.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper presents the outcomes of the on-going collaboration between Lancaster University, UK, and University West, Sweden, focusing on the implementation of non-traditional teaching methods in mathematics and statistics [7-10]. It evaluates the outcomes of using the FC approach in two courses at University West, Sweden, during the first semester of the 2023-24 academic year.

The first course, ‘Statistics,’ was offered to second-year electrical engineering students, employing the traditional FC setting. Meanwhile, the second course, ‘Algebra and Trigonometry,’ targeted first-year engineering students. A total of 42 students enrolled in the ‘Statistics’ course, while 190 students were enrolled in the ‘Algebra and Trigonometry’ course. In both cases, the students were provided with new material on a weekly basis to independently prepare for the upcoming seminars.

Seminars were conducted twice per week, spanning two hours each session, over an eight-week period. First-year students were divided into four seminar groups. To evaluate student engagement, participants were required to complete a questionnaire comprising three parts. Each section featured a set of Likert-type questions designed to assess behavioural, emotional, and cognitive engagement.

The first set of questions delved into students’ participation, effort, and preparation for class activities. The second set aimed to gauge satisfaction with learning and motivation levels, while the final set focused on students' investment in learning, confidence development, and deeper understanding.

Additionally, discussions were held with the two course convenors to gain insights into their experiences with the FC methodology. These discussions aimed to provide supplementary qualitative data to complement the quantitative findings from the questionnaires.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In the study, 19 out of 42 students enrolled in the 'Statistics' module returned the questionnaire, highlighting strong engagement within the traditional setting. Students expressed significant learning through peer collaboration, effective communication with the lecturer, use of resources, and satisfaction with course organisation.

Among 140 first-year students, 68 responses revealed less coherence. While 80% expressed emotional satisfaction with course delivery, 80% were uncertain about cognitive engagement with the FC method allowing pacing of their own learning. Additionally, 30% were unsure about ease of communication with the lecturer.

Discussions with lecturers showed excellent student attendance. In 'statistics' course, the lecture used less group activities in class this time and focused more on going through solutions on the board. This was different from the previous year were the students were working in groups on solving problems. This might potentially affected student engagement and exam performance as the students were exposed more to passive learning.

In the case of first-year students attending the summary lectures, lecture attendance was notably high, however, seminar attendance was comparatively low. Typically, students engage in problem-solving activities either individually or in groups during seminars, seeking guidance from tutors when needed. The lower seminar attendance suggests that students may have grasped the material well enough without collaboration with peers.

Reflecting on these findings, repeating examples may enhance understanding and application of new concepts, while group work fosters active engagement, positively impacting exam performance. It's evident that using a variation of learning activities in class could positively impact different types of student engagement.

The pandemic has accelerated changes in the way we teach our students. Transitioning to more flexible, mixed modes of teaching practices will provide opportunities to create a more engaging and motivating learning environment that reflects the rapidly changing world we live in.

References
1.Lo, C.K. and Hew, K.F., 2021. Student engagement in mathematics flipped classrooms: Implications of journal publications from 2011 to 2020. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, p.672610.
2. Fredricks, J. A., Blumenfeld, P. C., and Paris, A. H. (2004). School engagement: potential of the concept, state of the evidence. Rev. Educ. Res. 74, 59–109. doi: 10.3102/00346543074001059
3.Akçayır, G. and Akçayır, M., 2018. The flipped classroom: A review of its advantages and challenges. Computers & Education, 126, pp.334-345.
4.Yang, Q.F., Lin, C.J. and Hwang, G.J., 2021. Research focuses and findings of flipping mathematics classes: a review of journal publications based on the technology-enhanced learning model. Interactive Learning Environments, 29(6), pp.905-938.
5.Felder, R.M., 2012. Engineering education: A tale of two paradigms. Shaking the foundations of Geo-Engineering education, pp.9-14.
6.Loyens, S.M., Rikers, R.M. and Schmidt, H.G., 2009. Students' conceptions of constructivist learning in different programme years and different learning environments. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 79(3), pp.501-514.
7.G. Nilsson and E. Luchinskaya, A Reflection on Using Two Models of Supplemental Instruction in Teaching Mathematics for Engineers. In Strømmen-Bakhtiar, A., Helde, R. and Susen, E., 2021. Supplemental Instruction: Volume 2: Student Learning Processes. Waxmann Verlag.
8.Nilsson G. and Luchinskaya E. “Developing Competences Using Problem-based Learning: a Case Study of Teaching Mathematics to Computer Science Students”, Journal of Research in Teacher Education, 2007, No 3. pp. 13-21.                          
9.Luchinskaya E, Nilsson G., Kristiansson L. “Increasing university students’ motivation to improve maths knowledge in a workshop environment”. ECER 2014, Porto, Portugal, 2014.
10.Luchinskaya, E., & Nilsson, G. (2009). Using problem-based and peer-assisted learning in teaching mathematics to university students: Focus on competence development [Paper presentation]. European Conference on Educational Research (ECER 2009), Vienna, Austria.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Study Profiles of First-year University Science and Mathematics Students: Who Are at Risk of Dropping Out?

Henna Kevarinmäki1, Jake McMullen1, Tommi Kokkonen1, Vesa Korhonen2

1University of Turku, Finland; 2University of Tampere

Presenting Author: Kevarinmäki, Henna

Dropping out of studies is a large issue for the university, society, and often for the individual. While dropping out could be a positive issue for students who find a better-suited profession or study field, it admittedly also has negative effects, such as losing financial aid and time, and experiencing more unemployment and lower incomes than persisters (Davies & Elias, 2003; OECD, 2019). From an institutional perspective, universities’ funding is usually dependent on the number of graduates, so aside from the wasted resources, dropouts have a direct effect on universities’ funding. The drop-out issue is greatest in STEM fields, where the drop-out rates are the highest and where it is especially important to obtain more workforce to answer the needs of the quickly developing technology industry and to solve global issues such as climate change.

Drop-out is a complex phenomenon where both an individual’s internal factors and external factors interact with each other, eventually leading to the decision to drop out. In Heublein’s model of drop-out, the internal factors include aspects such as study behavior and motivation, and external factors for example study conditions and guidance (Heublein, 2014). Heublein argues that for the study programme to be successful, these factors should align and alter respectively. Though plenty of empirical research has been done and theoretical models built, existing empirical evidence still has limitations. Previous research often approaches the issue from a variable-centered perspective, which may prevent the identification of the smaller at-risk subpopulations and understanding the complex interrelations behind drop-out. Existing research also lacks a multi-variable perspective which is vital in a multi-faceted process of dropout. As well, attention should be paid to differentiating between types of dropouts and gaining information from the context of different countries’ education systems. A better understanding of the phenomenon could help the work of reducing dropout rates.

We approach this issue using a person-centered approach to examine the study profiles of first-year university students. We aim to identify distinct patterns of students’ study orientations across dimensions of motivation, learning approach, and experienced stress. In this study, we explore what type of study profiles can be identified from first-year science and mathematics students and whether the profile membership is related to first-year grade point average (GPA). The variables included are interest, self-efficacy, surface learning approach, and academic stress. (Korhonen, 2014; Korhonen & Rautopuro, 2019; Lastusaari, 2018; Widlund et al., 2023). All variables are related to students’ study processes and recognized as being connected to drop-out, and they are malleable variables that the universities have a chance to affect (Condren & Greenglass, 2011; Haarala-Muhonen et al., 2017; Heublein, 2014; Jesús et al., 2022; Kehm et al., 2020; Lastusaari et al., 2016; Parpala et al., 2010). Possible at-risk profiles are observed and discussed.

Identifying plausible profiles helps institutions get a picture of the new students and their support, information, and teaching needs. Intervening with the risk elements at an early stage could prevent dropouts. It also adds important information on the large and yet unclear phenomenon of drop-out, especially from the perspective of the crucial STEM fields and the first study year, and from person-oriented and multi-variable perspectives, also including both self-reported and student register-based variables.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data consisted of 177 first-year Finnish university science and mathematics students’ survey answers and grade point averages (GPAs), collected in spring 2023. The self-reported items, interest, self-efficacy, surface learning approach, and academic stress, were used to explore the study profiles, and GPA was used as a direct measure to validate the profile memberships. Interest and self-efficacy were measured with an instrument, originally designed to measure mathematical motivation (Widlund et al., 2023) as the expectancy-value theory’s beliefs and values (Eccles, 1983), and then developed to fit university science and mathematics students. Both interest (α=0.903) and self-efficacy (α=0.858) were measured with three questions, measuring students’ interest in their major and their beliefs about their abilities to perform in their studies. The surface learning approach was measured with a modified version of the ChemApproach -questionnaire (Lastusaari, 2018), originally designed to measure chemistry students’ four different learning approaches, now developed further, ending up with four questions measuring the surface learning approach (α=0.841). Academic stress was measured with an instrument developed in the Campus Conexus -project (Korhonen & Rautopuro, 2019). One question was removed to increase the internal consistency of the measurement, ending up with a four-question solution (α=0.839). All questions were answered on a Likert scale of 1 (Completely disagree) – 5 (Completely agree). Confirmatory factor analysis confirmed the structures of the constructs. All measures were formed by calculating the means of the questions.

Latent profile analysis with a three-step method was conducted with the variables interest, self-efficacy, surface learning approach, and academic stress, and finally grade point average (GPA) as an auxiliary variable. First, the number of profiles was obtained by fitting latent profile models iteratively to the data, starting with two and continuing up to six profiles. The best-fitting model was identified by interpreting fit indices. The analysis was conducted four additional times to check robustness. Second, the students were assigned profiles based on the class membership probabilities. Finally, logistic regression analysis and ANOVA were conducted to observe the connection between the profile membership and GPA.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The model with five different study profiles was identified as the best fit. The profiles were named respectively: “well-performing, interested” (55.8%), “lower-performing, interested” (19.8%), “high-performing, interested” (11.5%), “lower-performing, uninterested” (7.4%), and “well-performing, uninterested” (5.4%). The “well-performing, interested” and “high-performing, interested” profiles seemed to not have any major issues in their studies, as they had high interest, mediocre-to-high self-efficacy, low surface learning approach, mediocre-to-low stress, and mediocre-to-good GPAs (M=3.55, SD=0.92 and M=3.09, SD=0.70). The “lower-performing, interested” profile seemed to struggle with all aspects other than interest, having low self-efficacy, and high surface learning approach and stress, and a lower GPA than most of the profiles (M=2.92, SD=0.73), indicating that this profile would benefit from support offered by the university. The two smallest profiles came across as at-risk groups, as both “lower-performing, uninterested”, and “well-performing, uninterested” had low interest, indicating they are not interested in the field they are currently studying. In addition, the former had low self-efficacy, and high surface learning approach and stress, and the lowest GPA of the profiles (M=2.62, SD=0.75), indicating that also their learning habits would need some improvement. These students will most probably end up dropping out if not intervened by the university. The latter, however, didn’t seem to have other challenges than the low interest, as they had high self-efficacy, low surface approach, and high GPA (M=3.46, SD=0.50), indicating that these students may eventually transfer to another study field. The at-risk groups could benefit from the university actively communicating about possible specialization fields and professions, and positive environmental and societal impacts offered by the current study field, helping the students find the motivation towards the study field.
References
Condren, M., & Greenglass, E. R. (2011). OPTIMISM, EMOTIONAL SUPPORT, AND DEPRESSION AMONG FIRST-YEAR UNIVERSITY STUDENTS Implications For Psychological Functioning Within The Educational Setting [Book]. In G. Reevy & E. Frydenberg (Eds.), Personality, stress, and coping implications for education (p. 133). Information Age Pub.
Davies, R., & Elias, P. (2003). Dropping Out: A Study of Early Leavers From Higher Education. Research Report RR386. Institute For Employment Research (IER).
Eccles, J. (1983). Expectancies, values, and academic behaviors. In J. T. Spence (Ed.), Achievement and achievement motivation (pp. 75–146). W. H. Freeman.
Haarala-Muhonen, A., Ruohoniemi, M., Parpala, A., Komulainen, E., & Lindblom-Ylänne, S. (2017). How do the different study profiles of first-year students predict their study success, study progress and the completion of degrees? Higher Education, 74, 949–962. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-016-0087-8
Heublein, U. (2014). Student Drop-out from German Higher Education Institutions. European Journal of Education, 49(4). https://doi.org/10.1111/ejed.12097
Jesús, E., Simón, L., & Gijón Puerta, J. (2022). Prediction of early dropout in higher education using the SCPQ. Cogent Psychology, 9. https://doi.org/10.1080/23311908.2022.2123588
Kehm, B. M., Larsen, M. R., & Sommersel, H. B. (2020). Student dropout from universities in Europe: A review of empirical literature. Hungarian Educational Research Journal, 9(2), 147–164. https://doi.org/10.1556/063.9.2019.1.18
Korhonen, V. (2014). Opintoihin kiinnittymisen arviointia kehittämässä - Nexus-itsearviointikyselyn teoreettista taustaa ja empiiristä kehittelyä: Vol. B:3. University of Tampere.
Korhonen, V., & Rautopuro, J. (2019). Identifying problematic study progression and “at-risk” students in higher education in Finland. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 63(7), 1056–1069. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2018.1476407
Lastusaari, M. (2018). Persistence in Major in Related to Learning Approaches - Development of a questionnaire for university chemistry students [Doctoral thesis]. University of Turku.
Lastusaari, M., Laakkonen, E., & Murtonen, M. (2016). ChemApproach: validation of a questionnaire to assess the learning approaches of chemistry students. Chemistry Education Research and Practice, 17(4), 723–730. https://doi.org/10.1039/C5RP00216H
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. (2019). Education at a glance 2019 : OECD indicators (p. 493). OECD Publishing. https://doi.org/https://doi.org/10.1787/f8d7880d-en.
Parpala, A., Lindblom-Ylänne, S., Komulainen, E., Litmanen, T., & Hirsto, L. (2010). Students’ approaches to learning and their experiences of the teaching-learning environment in different disciplines. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 80(2), 269–282. https://doi.org/10.1348/000709909X476946
Widlund, A., Tuominen, H., & Korhonen, J. (2023). Motivational Profiles in Mathematics - Stability and Links with Educational and Emotional Outcomes [Manuscript submitted for publication]. https://doi.org/10.31234/osf.io/ugrpy


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Exploring Cloud Physics with Graph Theory: Representing and Analysing Conceptual Understanding

Julien-Pooya Weihs1,2, Vegard Gjerde3, Helge Drange1,2

1Geophysical Institute, University of Bergen, Norway; 2Bjerknes Centre for Climate Research, Bergen, Norway; 3Department of Physics and Technology, University of Bergen, Norway

Presenting Author: Weihs, Julien-Pooya

This study investigates the evolution in conceptual understanding of cloud physics among learners from diverse academic backgrounds, using the mathematical framework of graph theory.

Cloud physics is an inherently multidisciplinary area of research, and therefore also of teaching in higher education. Challenges related to the understanding and modeling of clouds influence one of the main uncertainties in climate models [1], as well as a range of other areas, like affect aircraft operations and remote sensing technologies. Cloud physics education therefore represents a key aspect in atmospheric science education and, more widely, in geoscience education [2]. Recent academic efforts have addressed the difficulties encountered by learners in the discipline [3, 4, 5, 6], yet more is to be done to connect these with the conceptual structure of cloud physics.

Graph theory is an established field of mathematics, but the use of graph structures in education is relatively new [7, 8, 9, 10, 11], offering new perspectives to discipline-based educational research. Graph structures are networks of nodes connected with edges, and in our case networks of concepts from cloud physics connected with directed arrows by the participants of our study. The algorithmic power of graph theory affords characterization of both the mathematical graph structure and the role of the nodes that compose it. In this study, participants hand-drew concept maps depicting the life-cycle of a cloud, reflecting their understanding of cloud physics. We coded the maps according to thematic analysis and transformed them into graph structures in Python.

A "map of cloud physics" is created, depicting the joint graph representation of all participants. Studying this representation presents a novel way to look at the field and inspires a series of follow-up investigations to inform the disciplinary teaching and learning practices. We present sub-graphs based on the participants' academic experience. While Novice represents the group with no formal academic exposure to cloud physics, a comparison of the Adept and Advanced groups highlights the main changes induced by an increasing experience in the discipline. We represent the core knowledge of each group, corresponding to the nodes and edges of highest consensus, using a hierarchical structure. We also compute the groups' agreement with regard to the predecessors and successors of the used concepts, and define a new node-level metric measuring these quantities.

The evolution of the computed metrics through the experience-gradient provides a diagnosis of both the changes occurring along a learner's journey in cloud physics, and of the structure of the discipline and its inherent conceptual complexities. Overall, our results both qualify and quantify the epistemological shift in the description of the life-cycle of a cloud, from the general physics of the water cycle to detailed description of cloud microphysical processes, as learners mature in their understanding of the discipline.

Our findings can be used by lecturers to tailor their teaching towards the identified expert-like concepts, and by students to anticipate the main complexities in the field during their learning process.

(As our work in this study is very graphical, for both visualisation and analysis purposes, the above explanations would undoubtedly profit from a few visual inputs, which we would be happy to provide to the reader upon request.)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We collected concept maps from 117 participants from five different academic teaching and research institutions in Norway between Nov 2022 and Sep 2023. The participants were asked to graphically depict the life-cycle of a cloud, from the early conditions for formation to their dissipation, using around ten minutes for the exercise. The instructions were to draw and label nodes representing scientific concepts, and connect them with unlabeled directed arrows wherever they seemed appropriate. The information collected from the participants informed about their disciplinary field (six disciplines of STEM), academic level (bachelor, master, PhD, researcher), and experience with cloud physics (Novice, Adept, Proficient, Expert).

The concept maps were coded according to thematic analysis (with thematic saturation reached at about 110 concepts) and converted to graph structures via the creation of adjacency matrices in Python. The joint weighted graph of all the collected data presents a “map of cloud physics” reflecting the collective understanding of all the participants. Setting threshold levels of consensus on edges reveals valuable substructures on this map. A 3D web-visualization allows to navigate the map and highlight specific areas according to criteria set by the user.

We computed graph-level metrics such as density, diameter and intertwinement for each participant, and created box-plots of these metrics according to the participants’ disciplinary field, academic level and cloud physics experience. Grouping the participants according to their experience with cloud physics led to the largest variance of graph metrics, motivating clustering the data into Novice, Adept, Proficient and Expert groups. A further grouping of Proficient and Expert into Advanced was also introduced.

We identified for each group a “layer-structure” in their collective graph according to consensus threshold values set on edges. The layers of highest consensus correspond to the core knowledge of each group, which we represent using a hierarchical structure that indicates the optimized way of navigating their sub-graphs. For the Advanced group, the core knowledge sub-graph can directly be used to inform teaching and learning.
Node-level metrics were then computed for each group, in particular right/left-eigenvector, betweenness, and out/in-degree centralities. Expanding on the degree centrality measures, we created a new metric that quantifies the agreement of a group on the successors and predecessors of a node. A study of the rate of change of these node-level metrics across groups highlights the concepts becoming central, and thus important, in the conceptual understanding of these groups as their disciplinary experience increases.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our analysis shows that the agreement on the origins and effects of the concepts Adiabatic Cooling and Heterogeneous Nucleation increases with experience, indicating an increasingly precise understanding and knowledge. This agreement decreases with experience for Evaporation, Rain and Shortwave Radiation, making us suggest that these concepts have an inherently more complex role within the storyline of a cloud.
We also show that the importance of specific concepts such as Droplet Growth and Convection increases with experience in explanations of more advanced learners, whereas that of more general concepts such as Water Mass and Condensation decreases. Convection, Droplet Growth and Maturation also gain importance as bridges enabling the flow of information in the graphs of more experienced groups of learners.

The hierarchical graph of the Advanced-group reveals a three-part structure of cloud physics: 1) the atmospheric physics and thermodynamics, from an ascending mass of moist air to droplet nucleation; 2) the aerosol physics behind cloud formation; and 3) the mechanisms behind droplet growth and ice crystal nucleation during the maturation phase of the cloud. Such a result can be used as a recommendation to introduce the topic sequentially in a teaching and learning setting.

Using concept mapping narratives as a proxy and the theoretical framework of graph theory, differences in understanding of cloud physics in groups of varying experience have been quality-tested and quantified. We believe that the methodology developed within this study has the potential to be applied to other disciplines of the STEM curriculum, and could thus inform their teaching and learning practices. The visual representation of a discipline through a large and dense network could, in particular, form a helpful tool for both teachers and learners. The applied methodology makes structures emerge from large "maps", and reveals how increasing experience in a discipline changes how learners navigate them.

References
[1] Morrison, H., van Lier-Walqui, M., Fridlind, A. M., Grabowski, W. W., Harrington, J. Y., Hoose, C., Korolev, A., Kumjian, M. R., Milbrandt, J. A., Pawlowska, H., Posselt, D. J., Prat, O. P., Reimel, K. J., Shima, S. I., van Diedenhoven, B., & Xue, L. (2020). Confronting the Challenge of Modeling Cloud and Precipitation Microphysics. Journal of Advances in Modeling Earth Systems, 12(8). https://doi.org/10.1029/2019MS001689

[2] Cervato, C., Charlevoix, D., Gold, A., & Kandel, H. (2018). Research on Students’ Conceptual Understanding of Environmental, Oceanic, Atmospheric, and Climate Science Content. In K. St. John (Ed.), Community Framework for Geoscience Education Research (pp. 17–34). National Association of Geoscience Teachers. https://doi.org/10.25885/ger_framework/3

[3] Davenport, C. E., & French, A. J. (2019). The Fundamentals in Meteorology Inventory: Validation of a tool assessing basic meteorological conceptual understanding. Journal of Geoscience Education, 68(2), 152–167. https://doi.org/10.1080/10899995.2019.1629193

[4] Gopal, H., Kleinsmidt, J., Case, J., & Musonge, P. (2004). An investigation of tertiary students’ understanding of evaporation, condensation and vapour pressure. International Journal of Science Education, 26(13), 1597–1620. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500690410001673829

[5] Handlos, Z. J., Davenport, C., & Kopacz, D. (2022). The “State” of Active Learning in the Atmospheric: Sciences Strategies Instructors Use and Directions for Future Research. Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society, 103(4), E1197–E1212. https://doi.org/10.1175/BAMS-D-20-0239.1

[6] Petters, M. (2021). Interactive worksheets for teaching atmospheric aerosols and cloud physics. Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society, 102(3), E672–E680. https://doi.org/10.1175/BAMS-D-20-0072.1

[7] Giabbanelli, P. J., Tawfik, A. A., & Wang, B. (2023). Designing the next generation of map assessment systems: Open questions and opportunities to automatically assess a student’s knowledge as a map. Journal of Research on Technology in Education, 55(1), 79–93. https://doi.org/10.1080/15391523.2022.2119449

[8] Selinski, N. E., Rasmussen, C., Wawro, M., & Zandieh, M. (2014). A method for using adjacency matrices to analyze the connections students make within and between concepts: The case of linear algebra. Journal for Research in Mathematics Education, 45(5), 550–583. https://doi.org/10.5951/jresematheduc.45.5.0550

[9] Tatsuoka, M. M. (1986). Graph Theory and Its Applications in Educational Research: A Review and Integration. Review of Educational Research, 56(3), 291–329. https://doi.org/10.3102/00346543056003291

[10] Wagner, S., & Priemer, B. (2023). Assessing the quality of scientific explanations with networks. International Journal of Science Education, 45(8), 636–660. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2023.2172326

[11] Wagner, S., Kok, K., & Priemer, B. (2020). Measuring characteristics of explanations with element maps. Education Sciences, 10(36). https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci10020036
 
17:30 - 19:0022 SES 08 B: Discussing Teaching and Learning
Location: Room 202 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 2]
Session Chair: Marie Moran
Paper and Ignite Talk Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Building Transferable Skills to Face the Challenges of an Uncertain Future with Hope via a Graduate Teaching Preparation Program

Stefanie Baier, Hima Rawal

Michigan State University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Baier, Stefanie; Rawal, Hima

As we are facing new technologies, AI in our changing communities and societies, we are challenged to develop skills to adapt and respond to the developments emerging at global and local contexts[STB1] . These changes have affected the labor market, where employees are required to solve complex problems at a fast pace. (Karaca-Atik et al. 2023).

The goal of doctoral programs is to develop graduate students as researchers to advance knowledge, ideas, and develop creative solutions. Yet, many follow a very narrow path with little experience outside of academia removing them from the realities and problems faced by new demands. To address this, researchers and employer have identified a set of 21st century skills (P21, 2019) to navigate the current developments and solve the problems of our generation. Over the years, these skills have been known as soft skills (Succi & Canovi, 2019), generic skills (Frenk et al., 2010), or skills for employability (Kearns, 2001). In this study we use the term transferable skills to denote the applicability of these in various contexts (Barnett & Ceci, 2002).

Where do our graduate students acquire these transferable skills in a university environment? Few would be inclined to first look in teaching professional development and pedagogical trainings. Researchers have explored existing literature identifying skills commonly seen as valuable to employers. In this quest, it has become apparent that preparing graduate students to teach provides competencies that go beyond the classroom or laboratory settings. Whereas skills acquired from teaching preparation programs and classroom experiences are often overlooked, research has shown that teaching skills can be transferred to a variety of careers.

This research study was conducted at a large research-intensive public university in the U.S.A. granting Bachelor, Master’s, and Ph.D. to over 50,000 students from all around the world. Annually, approximately 1300 of the 10 000 Graduate students hold instructional roles as part of their graduate assistantship and funding package, and provide 10 % of all classroom instruction at the institution. Their instructional roles include teaching a section or a lab, grading, and leading small discussion groups. These students participate in an intensive Graduate Teaching Assistant (GTA) Preparation program over multiple days to prepare them for effective instruction. The program focuses on facilitation, assessment and evidence-based pedagogical practices that will foster student learning. Feedback on whether graduate students met learning goals, and if they thought what they learned equipped them to be effective is collected immediately following the program. An initial review of the feedback revealed the utility of the skills and their congruency with transferable skills identified in the literature, among those effective communication skills, socio-emotional skills, leadership skills, and collaborative skills, to name a few (Karaca-Atik, et al., 2013). These skills can be used to mitigate some of the current challenges and positively advance our communities and our society. For example, communication skills to address contentious topics and situations, socio-emotional learning to compassionately listen to the stories of students in crisis can also be applied to working with those affected by humanitarian crises. Using technology to build connections and solve complex problems can translate into creating more equitable and humanizing experiences that challenge our world. In our attempt to intentionally design programs to prepare graduate students for working with diverse student populations, the classroom serves as a microcosm for the uncertainty experienced in our world, and prepares them to become change agents who instill hope to solve the problems faced by local and global communities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
For the current study the researchers collected feedback data in response to the GTA Preparation program outcomes associated with the skill and knowledge development.  The 21st century skills (P21, 2019) and sustainable careers frameworks (de Vos et al., 2020) were combined into a set of transferable skills. The GTA preparation program evaluation and feedback data collected between 2021 and 2023 included 1200 responses for analysis. The data analysis process consisted of deductive and inductive coding as discussed by Bingham and Witkowsky (2022).
First, the researchers analyzed and synthesized research and in a deductive approach identifying the transferable skills most often noted in the literature recognizing those that had most overlap. Fourteen transferable skill codes were initially elicited and entered into an Excel worksheet. These skills served as the basis for the thematic coding of the data.
Next, data collected following the Graduate Teaching Assistant Program program feedback surveys via Qualtrics (an approved university survey platform) was elicited and downloaded into an Excel file. This file contained both quantitative data (multiple-choice and other closed-ended questions) and qualitative data (open-ended questions). All quantitative data was deleted so the file only contained qualitative data.  A separate file with only qualitative data pertaining to questions about what was learned from the workshops and sessions spread over the entire GTA preparation program were used for the current analysis. After all responses and quotes were entered into the Excel file, two researchers individually coded the responses as these aligned with the pre-identified codes..
The responses which did not align with the pre-determined codes were grouped under the recurring themes and new codes were generated for those quotes and themes based on Corbin and Strauss’s (2015) grounded theory approach. Quotes that did not speak to the topic were excluded from the analysis. After this process was completed, the researchers discussed the codes and calculated interrater reliability.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Initial analyses of the data showed that the knowledge, skills, and competencies gained from the Graduate Teaching Assistant program aligned with the transferable skills and competencies of the 21st century as seen in the literature.
Among the skills rising to the top were communication, instruction/facilitation, and socio-emotional intelligence. Furthermore social & cross-cultural understanding and awareness as well as information technology, which are skills highly sought after by employees and essential to the ongoing process of improving communities emerged. Collaboration and teambuilding skills were frequently identified as by-products of teaching professional development. Given that graduate students came from a broad spectrum of disciplines, they recognized the value of diverse disciplinary and demographic voices. It can be inferred that solving complex problems in current realities are best addressed and solved when multiple lenses and inter-disciplinary perspectives and problem-solving skills are applied in collaborative teams. Similarly, leadership and organizational skills are increasingly important in educational spaces that require faculty and academic staff to navigate the intricacies of the in-person, remote, and hybrid learning environments which are also prevalent in the work environments of private and public sectors. Lastly, the dilemma of information overload and the use of new artificial intelligence tools require very intentional planning and self-regulation mindfulness with respect to ethics and integrity to be impactful change agents in solving our current generation’s problems.

References
Barnett, S. M., & Ceci, S. J. (2002). When and where do we apply what we learn?: A taxonomy for far transfer. Psychological Bulletin, 128(4), 612.

Bingham, A.J., & Witkowsky, P. (2022). Deductive and inductive approaches to qualitative data analysis. In C. Vanover, P. Mihas, & J. Saldaña (Eds.), Analyzing and interpreting qualitative data: After the interview (pp. 133-146). SAGE Publications.

Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (4th ed.). Los Angeles: Sage.

de Vos, A., Van der Heijden, B. I., & Akkermans, J. (2020). Sustainable careers: Towards a conceptual model. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 117, 103196.

Frenk, J., Chen, L., Bhutta, Z.A., Cohen, J. and Zurayk, H. (2010). Health professionals for a new
century: transforming education to strengthen health systems in an interdependent world. The Lancet, 376(9756), 1923-1958.

Karaca-Atik, A., Meeuwisse, M., Gorgievski, M., & Smeets, G. (2023). Uncovering important 21st-century skills for sustainable career development of social sciences graduates: a systematic review. Educational Research Review, 100528.

Kearns, P. (2001), Generic Skills for the New Economy, National Centre for Vocational Education Research, available at
https://www.ncver.edu.au/research-and-statistics/publications/allpublications/generic-skills-for-the-new-economy-review-of-research

P21. (2019). Framework for 21st century learning. http://static.battelleforkids.org/documents/p21/P21_Framework_Brief.pdf

Succi, C., & Canovi, M. (2019). Soft skills to enhance graduate employability: Comparing students and employers’ perceptions. Studies in Higher Education, 45(9), 1834-1847.


22. Research in Higher Education
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

Where Do We Get Our Ideas About What Constitutes Good Learning and Teaching In Higher Education? How do we know?

Nada Jarni

RMIT University, Australia

Presenting Author: Jarni, Nada

Higher Education finds itself at a pivotal moment in time where disruption and innovation converge, creating a dynamic landscape of possibilities. Accompanied by the traditional concerns of increasing accountability, decreasing budgets and diverse student populations educators are responding to unprecedented competition with rapidly evolving generative AI technologies with demonstratable capacity for both learning adaptively. Collectively these challenge us to consider what constitutes good learning and teaching and more importantly cause us to question how do we know?

Three important imperatives compel those in higher education to address these two important intersecting questions. First, a thriving, dynamic economy is essentially a ‘knowledge economy’ with a robust pipeline of lifelong learners who can easily engage and re-engage with formal studies at any point in their personal or career pathways. (OECD 2023; Cheng et al. 2022; Morales et al. 2020). Beyond this transactional view of education, the provision of excellent learning environments builds nations and communities of people who can be better equipped to critique and interrogate ideas with a compassionate and ethical disposition, so vital in our information saturated world where the reliability of sources is questionable. Specifically, we want learners who have experienced transformative learning which empowers them with competencies inclusive of knowledge, skills, attitudes, and values that enable them to have agency over their own futures (OECD, 2019; Evans et al. 2015; Evans et al. 2010). Most significantly, if we want an equitable and just world, we have a responsibility to ensure all students, irrespective of their cultural backgrounds, gender or levels poverty or age are given the best opportunities to engage with learning in higher education and then to retain them until course completion. Both international figures and Australian data support the view that participation in higher education is strongly correlated with positive outcomes later in life (OECD 2020; ABS 2023; Tomlison, 2017).

This demands that we investigate practices that work and set students up for success. The American Council of Education (ACUE) make the powerful claim that, “The techniques of effective college instruction are known” (2016 p. 6). This view is not universally maintained (Morales et al. 2022). It must be acknowledged that there are multiple and ever-increasing demands on academics’ time including publishing, research commitments, compliance training, regulatory obligations and often large class sizes and teaching loads. Furthermore, as a profession intentional, systematic professional development with a focus on pedagogy has not been a high priority but is often provided as an ‘add on’. This is further muddied with promotion of a myriad of ‘effective’ pedagogical practices including: Case-based Learning through to Research-based learning, Service learning, Public Scholarship, Technology-enhanced learning, learning by making and doing to mention a few. (Mintz, 2020). Beyond these typically better documented approaches, a new wave of scholars and thought leaders are proposing less well investigated approaches such as, ‘pedagogies using AI tools, metaverse for education, pedagogy of care in digitally mediated settings, entrepreneurial education, and relational pedagogies’ (Kuklska-Hulme et al., 2003). Although it is heartening to see continuint exploration in this space, it also demonstrates the confusion and lack of clarity about what methodologies are critical to attend to and which have a valid research basis.

The literature review explored in this presentation synthesises key themes which have emerged from a small but well-respected research base of effective pedagogical practices in higher education and outlines implications of this for educators and policy makers. The conclusions aim to support academics in making sense of the complexity of learning and teaching and equip them not with simplistic formulas, but a menu of ‘high reliability’ options proven to improve the student learning experiences.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper is an exploration of the literature in preparation for a formal research proposal.  Although there is ample research that is hosted in what works well within a particular discipline, less is available about which of these practices transcend disciplinary boundaries. At the time of writing, four key pieces of research were identified which met this requirement. In addition to this they were intentionally chosen as they drew on vastly different research methodology and consequently seemed to address different pieces of the puzzle about what practices are effective.
Chickering and Gamson’s 7 Principles that help to improve undergraduate experience (1987) was identified. This highly regarded work draws on a synthesis of a literature base that was the best of its time.  This research although highly reputable and often cited is over 37 years old. The question remained whether the principles were still relevant for our time.
Ramsden’s (2003) drawing on mix of qualitative and quantitative research, adds another dimension, specifically drawing on student perception data. His findings emerged from conducting surveys and interviews, observations, document analysis and a literature review. This research highlighted what students perceived as important.
While Bain’s (2004) work identifying what the ‘best college teachers do’ backward maps from the teaching methods, philosophies, and practices that set ‘exceptional’ educators apart and contributed to their effectiveness in the college classroom. His qualitive research methodology incorporated identification of 63 candidates who were perceived both by their colleagues and students as being ‘effective’. The findings that emerged were in response to drawing on a combination of interviews, case-studies, reflective practice, classroom observation and arte-fact collection.
Finally, Smith and Biak’s (2023) meta-analysis resulted in a more contemporary collection of ‘high-impact practices’ and represent an increasingly more nuanced understanding of effective teaching approaches.
The findings of the four sets of research were then coded to look for similarities and differences. Through examining quality learning and teaching through the four studies and their multiple lenses by drawing on the literature, the student experience, the academic practitioner story and a contemporary meta-analysis some strong and consistent themes emerged.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The implications of this work are as follows:
1. Looking at list of effective practices alone is not enough. It needs to be supported with sustained professional learning for academics. Not just during their early career stages but at regular intervals so that their Scholarship of learning and Teaching is maintained. This would enable practitioners to keep abreast of evolving understandings and support educators in making adaptations in their practice.
2. The findings strongly reinforce a bank of dominant, high leverage practices. These are often referred to as ‘high impact’, yet educators need support in unpacking each of these and contextualising them into their own discipline to be meaningful. This also means that if the discipline already has what Shulman (2005) refers to as a ‘signature pedagogy’, assisting them to make connections and develop understandings about how these practices are aligned.  
3. ‘The final list’ of high impact practices initially seems to challenge a few time-honoured practices, upon closer inspection it appears they have not disappeared entirely but been subsumed by other categories.
4. The reality is that we can never be satisfied with a final, ‘best of list’, we must continue to investigate, interrogate, and review our current body of knowledge. It is only through this active, reflective process that we can ensure we are delivering our best for our students.

Academics by nature, are natural learners. The act of research causes them to question, to verify data, theories, or propositions. They are seekers of truth, investigators, and deep thinkers.  In terms of professional learning, a different content of pedagogy needed to be explored and privileged if we are to see the graduates who leave our institutions equipped to be self-regulating learners and future ready.

References
ACUE. (2018). Why Colleges and Universities Need to Invest in Quality Teaching. Retrieved from ACUE White Paper, American Council for Education.
Australian Bureau of Statistics. (2023, May). Education and Work, Australia. Retrieved from http://www.abs/gov.au
Bain, K. (2004). What the Best College Teachers Do. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass.

Cheng, M., Adekola, O., Albia, J., & Cai, S (2022). Employability in higher education: A review of key stakeholders’ perspectives. Higher Education Evaluation and Development, (16)1, 16-31.
Chickering, A. W., & Gamson, Z. F. (1987). Principles for Good Practice in Undergraduate Education. Biochemical Education, 17(3).
Evans, K., Guile, D., Harris, J., & Allan, H. (2010). Putting knowledge to work: A new approach. Nurse Education Today, 245–251.
Evans, C. (2015) Situating Pedagogy. Southampton: University of Southampton.
Kukulska-Hulme, A., Bossu, C., Charitonos, K., Coughlan, T., Deacon, A., Deane, N., ... Whitelock, D. (2023). Innovating Pedagogy 2023: Exploring new forms of teaching, learning and assessment to guide educators and policymakers. Open University Innovation Report, The Open University: University of Cape Town.
Mintz, S. (2020, September 2). Pedagogy and Course Design Need to Change. Here’s How. Inside Higher Education. http://www.insiderhighered.com/
Morales, L., Coetzer J., & Barkoc, N. (2022) A Circular Pedagogy for Higher Education. European University of Technology Working Paper.
OECD (2019) Education at a Glance 2019: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing. Paris.
OECD (2020) Education at a Glance 2020: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Paris.
OECD (2023) Education at a Glance 2023: OECD Indicators, OECD Publishing, Paris 2023
Ramsden, P. (2003). Learning to Teach in Higher Education. London: Routledge Falmer.
Shulman (2005) Signature Pedagogies in the Professions, Daedulus Cambridge Mass Vol.134 (3), p.52-59.
Smith, C. D., & Biak, C. (2021). High-Impact Teaching Practices in Higher Education: A Best Evidence Review. Studies in Higher Education, 46(8).
Tomlinson, M. (2017) Introduction: Graduate Employability in Contet: Charting a Complex Contested and Multifacted Policy and Research Field. In M. Tomlinon & L. Holmes (Eds.), Graduate Employability in Context. Palgrave Macmillan.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

The Role of Formal and Tacit Knowledge in HE Programme Design

Marie Moran

ATU Sligo, Ireland

Presenting Author: Moran, Marie

Based on case study research in the Irish Technological University sector, Moran (2023) identified two factors within the control of a Higher Education Institute that contribute to student persistence. They are the provision of an enabling learning environment and appropriate programme design.The student should be at the centre of programme design decisions, which ultimately influence the student experience in the classroom (Tinto, 1975, 1993, 2012, 2017,2018). This paper seeks to investigate the manner in which appropriate programme design and an enabling learning environment are achieved in practice, by exploring the perceptions and experiences of lecturers and academic support staff in achieving these objectives.

Academic lecturing staff represent a significant collective body of knowledge, both formal (or explicit) and tacit, which is a key resource in programme design decisions. Among other factors such as HEI history and development, lecturer social and cultural capital (Bourdieu, 1988; Bourdieu & Passeron, 1990) influences and informs the type of programmes that are created and provided in Higher Education. Marginson (2008, p. 303) describes HE as a ‘relational environment that is simultaneously global, national and local. Programmes are therefore required to align with HEI Institute policy, the European Standards and Guidellines (ESG), the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and a myriad of national HE policies and objectives. This means that the creation of a curriculum that is student-centred, while meeting national and international HE objectives, can be challenging.

The provision of centralised Teaching and Learning Centres in HEIs supports the the process of programme design, as well as informing academic staff about best practice, and embedding the broader requirements that programmes should meet.

This research studies the interface between academic lecturing staff and Teaching and Learning staff who create and disseminate teaching, learning and assessment resources in line with international, national and Institute policies. It investigates the extent to which academic lecturing staff use the programme design supports and resources that are provided by their HEI, seeking to gain an insight into the factors that enable or inhibit their use.

The research questions are:

How do academic staff use their cultural and social capital in the programme design process, and by extension, the provision of an enabling learning environment?

To what extent are the formal resources of the HEI (Policy, Data, Teaching and Learning Centre, programme development software) used to inform programme design and re-design; what are the enablers and barriers to their use?

The paper uses the theoretical perspective of Bourdieu (Bourdieu, 1984, 1988; Grenfell, 2014; Grenfell and James, 1998) to study the role of lecturer cultural and social capital in the context of HE habitus and field. For Bourdieu, field describes a social space in which interactions and events take place, and the context in which previous knowledge about the field was generated, must be taken into consideration.Habitus describes a way of being and the relationships that exist between agents in a field (Maton, 2005); this interaction produces (and can reproduce) the social world and underpins the culture and practice that develops within the field. Bourdieu’s concept of field (Bourdieu and Wacquant, 1992) provides a framework for considering how existing knowledge about the field of HE is used and enhanced in the HEI, and informs programme design and classroom practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research is employing semi-structured individual and small group interviews with academic staff and academic support staff in the TU sector. For the semi-structured interview, a schedule was developed to guide the discussion (Whitaker and Atkinson, 2019) and allow exploration of complex topics and issues. A separate schedule was developed for academic lecturing staff and support staff as they were likely to have different perspectives on programme design. Questions were developed to seek the lecturing research participants views about their experiences of programme design, employing their own cultural and social capital, as well as the resources available in the HEI. The questions for the research participants from the academic support staff were focussed on the development of resources for programme design, and their dissemination and use by programme teams and individual lecturers. Thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2006, 2019) is being employed in the interpretation of interview data from both groups of research participants.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The expected outcomes are an enhanced understanding of the role of formal and tacit knowledge in programme design, and alignment with HE Institute programme design policy. It also and the potential subsequent impact on the student experience. The research is also expected to provide an insight into the interface between programme teams or lecturers and academic support staff in the programme design and re-design process. It is anticipated that it will identify some of the challenges associated with the need for HE programmes to meet multiple objectives, driven by national and international HE policy. Teaching, learning and assessment are the pillars on which programmes are developed, and the resources that are available to support programme design place significant emphasis on these core areas. However, there are also additional requirements to evidence wider programme objectives, which require and perhaps challenge the cultural and social capital of HEI staff, and which require the type of supports that are provided centrally in the HEI environment.
References
Bourdieu, P. (1988). Homo Academicus. (Collier P. trans.), Oxford, Polity Press.
Bourdieu, P., & Passeron, J. C. (1990). Reproduction in education, society and
culture. (4). Sage.
Bourdieu, P. and L. Wacquant (1992) An invitation to reflexive sociology. The
University of Chicago Press, Chicago, IL, and Polity, Cambridge.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative
research in psychology, 3(2), 77-101.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2021). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in
(reflexive) thematic analysis?. Qualitative research in psychology, 18(3), 328-
352.
Culver, K. C., Braxton, J., & Pascarella, E. (2019). Does teaching rigorously really
enhance undergraduates’ intellectual development? The relationship of
academic rigor with critical thinking skills and lifelong learning
motivations. Higher Education, 78(4), 611-627.
Grenfell, M. J. (Ed.). (2014). Pierre Bourdieu: key concepts. (2nd Ed.) Routledge.
Grenfell, M., & James, D. (Eds). (1998). Acts of Practical Theory. Bourdieu and
Education. Routledge Falmer.
Grenfell, M., & James, D. (2004). Change in the field—changing the field: Bourdieu
and the methodological practice of educational research. British Journal of
Sociology of Education, 25(4), 507-523.
Moran, M. (2023). Why Are You Here? A Case Study of Persistence in Higher Education. (Thesis) TARA, TCD http://hdl.handle.net/2262/102578
Tinto, V. (1975). Dropout from Higher Education: A Theoretical Synthesis of Recent
Research. Review of Educational Research. American Educational Research
Association 45 (1), 89-125.
Tinto, V. (2012). Completing College. Rethinking Institutional Action. The University
of Chicago Press.
Tinto, V. (2017). Reflections on Student Persistence, Student Success, 8 (2) ISSN:
2205-0795
Tinto, V. (2018). A Theory of Student Retention: A Background Paper Prepared for
Staying on Track: New Perspectives and Sustainable Solutions to Educational
Dropout of Young Adults, A Conference sponsored by Arhus University,
Campus Emdrup. November 28, 2019.
Vaccari, V., & Gardinier, M.P. (2019). Toward one world or many? A comparative
analysis of OECD and UNESCO global education policy documents.
International journal of development education and global learning, 11 (1), 68-
86.
Walsh, S., Flannery, D., & Cullinan, J. (2018). Analysing the preferences of
prospective students for higher education institution attributes. Education
Economics, 26 (2), 161–178. https://doi.org/10.1080/09645292.2017.1335693
 
17:30 - 19:0022 SES 08 C: Diversity and Institutional Culture
Location: Room 146 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Jose-Luis Alvarez-Castillo
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Institutional Culture in Non-governmental Higher Education from the Students’ Perspective

Zsuzsanna Demeter-Karászi, Gabriella Pusztai

University of Debrecen, Hungary

Presenting Author: Pusztai, Gabriella

In Central and Eastern Europe, higher education institutions are run, besides public institutions, by non-governmental organizations, such as religious organizations and foundations. International research shows that non-governmental higher education in the 21st century can exhibit much more distinctive features than in the past (Benne, 2001; James, 2006; Carpenter, 2014; Berger, 2021). This is mostly due to the uniformization of higher education as a result of the monkey policy caused by an international ranking fetishism (Hrubos, 2012). Consequently, it fails to meet the needs of various types of students in a highly pluralized society (Hrubos, 2012; Berger, 2021). As a result of all this, in the competition for students, the expression of institutional identity and culture can become more prominent in order to meet the expectations of specific student groups (Reynolds & Wallace, 2016; Hulme et al., 2016). Forced to respond, the non-governmental sector can either become uniform (Reynolds & Wallace, 2016; Hulme et al., 2016) or assume an individual profile (Sullivan, 2019; Rizzi, 2019; Mishra, 2020). One option is to choose to compete with institutions belonging to the public sector by assimilating into the sphere dominated by state, renouncing the distinctive features of its institutional culture, but, on the other hand, approaching students who are also attracted by public institutions. Another option is to slightly distance itself from the competitive arena of global higher education, and construct a special, for example denominational institutional culture, thereby attracting students who are seeking an environment with a distinctly denominational institutional culture. The need to respond brings about a diversity within the non-governmental sector, and although these institutions are represented globally, it serves fundamentally different functions in various geographical, regional-societal, and cultural segments (James, 2006). The diversity within the non-governmental sector can be grasped at several levels, it is most evident, however, in the institutional culture, as institutions utilize the channels of institutional culture to emphasize diversity and various functions.

The institutional culture characteristic of non-governmental organizations is perceived by some through dimensions such as institutional leadership, education, and academic research (Barton, 2019; Batugal & Tindowen, 2019), while others investigate it within the dimensions of student community and student life (Rizzi, 2019). Building on the results of institutional culture research, the current thesis focuses on the student dimensions of institutional culture. The first dimension of institutional culture perceived at the student level is recruitment as the message the institution conveys to prospective students is a significant manifestation of institutional culture, as well as the assumptions different groups of students have when choosing a specific institution (Bess & Dee, 2012), i.e. the self-selection performed on the basis of the anticipated institutional culture. The second dimension of the institutional culture perceived by students consists of learning characteristics as this reflects how students interpret the institutional goals. It includes the specifics of student performance patterns, student effort and academic progress (Hulme et al., 2016). The third dimension of institutional culture perceived from the student perspective involves relational integration within the institution, as well as trust, and satisfaction. Community life and experiences, along with inter- and intragenerational integration are fundamental aspects of institutional culture.

Analysing the international and national literature, the following question arises: inasmuch as, in response to the challenges, a distinct institutional culture is truly perceptible in denominational institutions, how attractive can the examined institutions be as alternatives to non-governmental sector higher education institutions in the globalized, pluralistic, post-Christian era (Sullivan, 2019). Additionally, considering the continuously narrowing pool of higher education applicants, which institutional culture might different groups of prospective students be most open to.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In our qualitative research we used the Dropout 2019 questionnaire designed by the Center for Higher Education Research and Development (CHERD-H) and its database, PERSIST 2019, which we refined and supplemented with private- sector institutions to create our own database, SRAPHE 2019 (Students in Religious Affiliated and Public Higher Education), N=922. The questionnaire focuses on 11 dimensions.
When creating the SRAPHE 2019 database, in the research focusing on each region under scrutiny a multi-stage sampling procedure was used. The first stage was devoted to the spatial delimitation of the regions under scrutiny, taking into account that the countries included in the study differ not only in terms of religiosity and denominational structure, but there are differences also within the countries. Central and Eastern European countries can basically be divided into two categories based on religiosity (Pusztai et al., 2016), thus we have selected two neighbouring countries, one from each category. Romania belongs to the group of strongly religious cultures, while Hungary belongs to the group characterized by a so-called cultural religiosity. Following the selection of the countries, in the second stage, we selected to neighbouring regions, one from each country, taking into account regions which traditionally have a non-state education sector in higher education, and thus the counties of Hajdú-Bihar and Szabolcs-Szatmár-Bereg in the Northern Great Plain region of Hungary and Bihor county in the Romanian Partium region were selected for the sample. Once the counties were selected, all non-state higher education institutions in the county were selected and public institutions were assigned to these, thus creating pairs of public and non-state higher education institutions. When selecting the pairs of institutions, we aimed for similarities in the area of enrolment and training profile. The sub-sample consisted of students from public and non-state higher education institutions in a border region of Hungary and Romania who were studying in the same fields of study in the two sectors.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings show that the study has revealed the distinct function and institutional culture of non-governmental higher education institutions. The impact of these institutions on students becomes apparent even in the anticipatory phase of student socialization, and it continues to manifest in various aspects of students' education and academic achievement.
The findings cannot be generalized as the social, cultural, and geographical context significantly influences the character of the institutional culture of non-governmental higher education. Indicators examined present a culture that is inclusive towards individuals from various social strata. However, students' self-selection of institutions is significantly influenced by the perception that these institutions predominantly embrace those from disadvantaged backgrounds, and that, besides education, they strive to provide the expected cultural environment that aligns with students’ worldview.
The results of this study provide a theoretical and practical basis for drawing the attention of decision-makers in non-governmental and public higher education to the fact that a unique institutional culture and distinct identity hold the potential to attract prospective students. By embracing a special affiliation in their formal and informal mission, non-governmental institutions have the opportunity to attract stakeholders within the shrinking student market and to create an institutional culture that can stand its ground in the competitive higher education landscape of the 21st century.

References
Barton, A. (2019). Preparing for Leadership Turnover in Christian Higher Education: Best Practices in Succession Planning. Christian Higher Education, 18(1-2), 37–53.
Batugal, M. L. C., & Tindowen, D. J. C. (2019). Influence of Organizational Culture on Teachers' Organizational Commitment and Job Satisfaction: The Case of Catholic Higher Education Institutions in the Philippines. Universal Journal of Educational Research, 7(11), 2432–2443.
Benne, R. (2001). Quality with Soul. Grand Rapids: William B. Eerdamns Publishing Company.
Berger, P., Grace, D., & Fokas, E. (2021). Religious America, Secular Europe. A Theme and Variations. Routledge.
Bess, J. L., & Dee, J. R. (2012). Understanding College and University Organization. Theories for Effective Policy Practice. Stylus Publishing.
Carpenter, J. (2014). Introduction: Christian Universities and the Global Expansion of Higher Education. In J. Carpenter, L. Perry & N. S. Lantinga (Eds.), Christian higher education: A global reconnaissance (pp. 8–19). William B. Eerdmans Publishing Company.
Hrubos, I. (Eds.) (2012). Elefánttoronyból világtorony. A felsőoktatási intézmények misszióinak bővülése, átalakulása. AULA Kiadó Kft.
Hulme, E. E., Groom, D. E., Jr., & Heltzel, J. M. (2016). “Reimagining Christian Higher Education”. Christian Higher Education, 15(1–2), 95–105. https://doi.org/10.1080/15363759.2016.1107348
James, A. (2006). Faith and Secularisation in Religious Colleges and Universities. Routledge.
Reynolds, J., & Wallace, J. (2016). Envisioning the Future of Christian Higher Education: Leadership for Embracing, Engaging, and Executing in a Changing Landscape. Christian Higher Education, 15(1–2), 106–114. https://doi.org/10.1080/15363759.2016.1107340
Mishra, S. (2020). Social networks, social capital, social support and academnic success in higher education: A systematic review with a special focus on ’underrepresented’ students. Educational Research Review, 29.
Pusztai, G., & Farkas, Cs. (2016). Church-Related Higher Education in Central and Eastern Europe Twenty Years after Political Transition. In A. Máté-Tóth & G. Rosta (Eds.), Focus on Religion in Central and Eastern Europe: A Regional View (pp. 129–157). De Gruyter Verlag. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110228120-005
Rizzi, M. (2019). “Defining Catholic Higher Education in Positive, Not Negative, Terms”. Journal of Catholic Education, 22(2), 1.
Sullivan, J. (2019). Catholic Universities as Counter-cultural to Universities PLC. International Studies in Catholic Education, 11(2), 190-203.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Employees’ Perception and Experiences with Language Policies in a Multilingual Setting– Higher Education in Norway as an example

Karina Rose Mahan1, Nicole Busby1, Gessica De Angelis1, Julie Flikke1, Svenja Hammer1, Eliane Lorenz2

1Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway; 2Justus Liebig University Giessen, Germany

Presenting Author: Hammer, Svenja

In recent years, many European countries have been struggling to balance their national language (L1) with English and the increased emphasis on of internationalization in higher education. Particularly the Nordic countries have questioned if the growing use of English in academia will lead to an attrition of Nordic languages, leaving Norwegian ‘undeveloped’ as an academic language (Brock-Utne, 2001). This has contributed to a growth in policy strengthening. Various institutions, such as the Language Council of Norway and an array of universities have recently created language policies that strengthen the Norwegian language.

However, neither the feasibility of these language policies nor their consequences for (international) employees has been investigated. The current study aims to fill this research gap by investigating employee attitudes toward a new language policy that was introduced in January 2023 at Norwegian University of Science and Technology (NTNU). It was pitched under the slogan “Norwegian when you can, English when you must”, emphasizing the use and importance of Norwegian at NTNU (see NTNU, 2023).

To contribute knowledge on what stricter national language policies can mean in an international setting, we have conducted an online survey targeted at all employees at NTNU. The aim of this study was to map current attitudes toward the language policies at NTNU among all employees. We distinguish between those who speak Norwegian as, at least, one of their native languages versus those who have one or more other native languages (which we label “international” employees).

Our study was guided by the following research questions:

  • What are employees’ perceptions and experiences toward the new language policy at NTNU?
  • Do employees' perceptions and experiences differ depending on language background, i.e., Norwegian native speaker versus international background?

The goal of this study is to uncover tensions between policy and practice in multilingual settings. By exploring L1-dominant policies, we wish to lift various voices in this process and critically discuss how language policies can be achieved through ethical internationalization. This is relevant for all countries that struggle to balance L1 and English in international settings.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To elicit information on employee attitudes, we used a questionnaire that we distributed digitally. The questionnaire consisted of 56 items with open and closed questions. Questions were compiled based on background information (for instance, questions mapping the employees’ languages spoken and how long they have lived in Norway), to determine their awareness of current language policies at the institution (e.g., if they are aware of existing policies), and open questions to express their needs and opinions. The online questionnaire was distributed on the university’s intranet to all employees and students. It was available in English, Bokmål, and Nynorsk (the two official written variants of Norwegian). The study was approved by Sikt, the Norwegian Agency for Shared Services in Education and Research. The participants were fully anonymized, and the data were stored on a secure server that only the researchers in the project had access to.

We received 705 responses from employees, which accounts for 9% of the total employee population (n = 8,051). Seventy percent of the respondents held a teaching/research position (e.g., Professor, PhD, Postdoc), and the latter 30% consisted of administration, maintenance, HR, IT, and technicians.  Approximately 56% of the participants were born in Norway, and 43% outside of Norway. Fifty-five different native languages were reported by participants.
The data were analyzed quantitatively (descriptive statistics) in closed questions, and qualitatively (content analysis) in open questions. In the current study, 7 questions were used in the analysis pertaining to attitudes toward language policy. We first asked about awareness of language policy, then asked questions about how NTNU should practice language policy guidelines. For the quantitative analysis, we considered the responses toward seven statements relating to language policy which asked people to indicate agreement on a 5-point Likert scale. The responses of all three questionnaire versions were matched and analyzed descriptively via relying on absolute frequencies.
For the qualitative analysis, we investigated three open questions (what participants thought about the language policy, if there were anything they would change about the language policy, and if they had any additional comments). We received responses from 219 participants. The data were analyzed in MaxQDA through qualitative content analysis. The two raters created open codes, then merged these codes into larger themes and double-coded for reliability using the so-called “Gioia method” (Gioia, Corley, & Hamilton, 2013).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings suggest that the employees have varying awareness of the language policy guidelines, and varying ideologies of what a language policy should consist of.
76% of the employees with Norwegian as their L1 were aware of the existing guidelines, whereas only 52% international employees were.
The majority of participants agreed that employees should be responsible for learning Norwegian to a B2 level within 3 years of employment (80% agreed). However, However, only 23% of participants agreed that Norwegian should be the main language of instruction at the university.
Around a third of respondents wrote responses to the open questions that indicated that they were highly critical of the current language policies at the university, as well as how languages are practiced in the workplace. Many international employees reported feeling excluded. They expressed large dissatisfaction with the Norwegian courses provided, and the lack of time and support to reach level B2 proficiency. Twenty-seven percent pointed out that the L1 policies contradicted the university’s international profile.
The findings above suggest a large gap between Norwegian and non-Norwegian speakers in higher education. Using an L1-dominant language policy may lead to internationals feeling discriminated against. If L1-dominant policies are to be implemented, they need to be flexible to allow for practices that are appropriate in a given context, and sufficient time and resources for internationals to learn the majority language. This is particularly important since international employees take on a lot of the teaching tasks. We propose that these are relevant findings for all European countries and beyond with a high influx of internationalization in higher education. Furthermore, we do hope to stimulate a discussion around language policies and discrimination with other European higher education institutions and beyond.  

References
Brock-Utne, B. (2001). The growth of English for Academic Communication in the Nordic Countries. 2001, 47(3/4), 221-233.

Gioia, D. A., Corley, K. G., & Hamilton, A. L. (2013). Seeking Qualitative Rigor in Inductive Research: Notes on the Gioia Methodology.

NTNU. (2023). Guidelines of Language Policy for NTNU. Retrieved 22.01 from https://www.ntnu.edu/strategy/language-guidelines


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Social Identity of Faculty Also Matters When Promoting Inclusive Practices in Higher Education, but Not So Much As Expected

Jose-Luis Alvarez-Castillo, Gemma Fernández-Caminero, Hugo González-González, Luis Espino-Diaz

University of Cordoba, Spain

Presenting Author: Alvarez-Castillo, Jose-Luis

Policies in several regions of the world have made considerable progress in recent years in the formulation of principles and guidelines for action aimed at institutionalizing diversity and inclusion in higher education. This is the case in Europe (European Commission, 2022; European Higher Education Area [EHEA], 2020). Real progress, however, is slow, and this pace may be due not only to institutional or, more generally, contextual variables, but also to individual characteristics that deserve some attention. Thus, for example, personal variables of teachers have been identified that predict their teaching practices with an inclusive approach. Such is the case with personality, ideological attitudes, and beliefs and attitudes about diversity (Álvarez-Castillo et al., 2023). Particularly, with regard to beliefs about diversity, it has been observed that plural approaches exist in university institutions, both in the analysis of leaders' discourses and policy documents (García-Cano et al., 2021; Hendin, 2023; White-Lewis, 2022) and in the beliefs of teaching and research staff (Márquez & Melero-Aguilar, 2022), but there is no evidence of a deep critical commitment (i.e., an approach that considers diversity in terms of unequal power relations and which directs measures to institutional transformation).

The lack of in-depth commitment to diversity does not mean that certain groups of leaders and teachers do not adopt this type of critical approach that links difference to inequality and involvement with change. This has been manifested, for example, in the heads and members, belonging to ethnic minorities, of the staff of services and diversity committees, both in North America (Griffin et al., 2019) and in the United Kingdom (Ahmet, 2021; Bhopal, 2023), or also in ethnic minority faculty from British (Bhopal, 2020; 2022) and North American universities (Bhopal, 2022). The identification in these qualitative studies of a transformative commitment in minority member groups raises the question of whether beliefs, attitudes and behaviors about diversity are linked to the social identity of professional actors. The present quantitative study was designed to clarify this doubt, with the aim of verifying whether the social identity of teaching staff works as a predictor for inclusion in university teaching.

In the case of having developed a social identity linked to vulnerable or disadvantaged groups, Tajfel's classic Social Identity Theory (Tajfel & Turner, 1979) would predict that university teachers are characterized by beliefs, attitudes and behaviors aimed at favoring their groups and, thus, increasing their self-esteem. From this approach, it is expected, therefore, that teachers who feel they belong to minority groups are more likely to develop beliefs, attitudes and teaching practices with an inclusive approach than teachers who have not internalized this type of social identity. This prediction is made in a normative context – that of higher education – that favors, at least from its policies, the preservation of diverse identities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
DESIGN. The study was cross-sectional, survey-based, and aimed at confirming the predictive relationships between social identity and diversity beliefs, attitudes and behaviours by means of linear regression.

SAMPLE. The sample consisted of 972 university lecturers from eight Spanish public university institutions who agreed to respond to a survey. The sample composition was relatively gender-balanced, with 47.7% of men and 51.4% of women, and a mean age of 46.56 (SD = 10.95). The average length of employment in the institution was 14.76 years (SD = 11.38).

INSTRUMENTS. The instruments and the data collection procedure were approved by the Ethics Committee of the University of Córdoba. The battery of questions consisted of two sections: a) Socio-demographic information (sex, age, years of service) and social identity (checklist for self-identifying as a member of a minority group linked to ethnicity, migratory origin, sexual orientation, religion, disability, chronic illness, income, language); and b) Scale of Beliefs, Attitudes, and Practices of Attention to Diversity for University Teachers (Ramos-Santana et al., 2021), a 19-item questionnaire that measures five factors: (1) Institutional Diversity: attitudes of teachers about the value that their universities should attach to diversity, as well as the practices they would have to implement in this regard; (2) Research and Teaching Focused on Diversity: teaching practices addressing diversity in the areas of research, educational planning, and innovation; (3) Diversity Teaching and Learning Practices: methods, resources, and activities that teachers use to address diversity in the classroom context; (4) Teachers’ Perception of Institutional Commitment to Diversity: Teachers’ beliefs about the commitment of their institutions and leaders to diversity; and (5) Conception of Diversity: meaning attributed to the concept of diversity by teachers.

PROCEDURE. An invitation was sent to the teaching staff of the eight Spanish public universities in a mass e-mail that included a link to the survey designed with LimeSurvey. Before administering the self-report instruments, informed consent was obtained.

DATA ANALYSIS. Once the data were transferred to SPSS (v28), preparatory, descriptive and correlational analyses were performed on the variables. Subsequently, the hypothesis was tested by means of linear regression.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regression analysis showed a positive predictive effect of social identity on factor 2 (Research and Teaching Focused on Diversity) and a negative effect on factor 4 (Teachers' Perception of Institutional Commitment to Diversity). In other words, the identification with minority groups anticipated a greater involvement in research and teaching innovation projects on diversity and in the design of teaching objectives with a diversity dimension, as well as the attribution of a lower commitment to diversity to the university leaders. However, the slight size of the effects, as well as the absence of effects on the remaining three dependent factors (including teaching practice in the interactive classroom environment) raises doubts about the relevance of social identity in inclusive beliefs, attitudes and practices and, therefore, in the predictive power of Social Identity Theory in this kind of context (Tajfel & Turner, 1979). In addition, gender and years of service acted as moderators. In particular, the effect of social identity on the factor of inclusive practices could only be verified in the case of women and in those with medium and medium-advanced seniority in their professional careers.

Various types of interpretations could be provided for the result of the low relevance of social identity in inclusion, such as the potential negative influence of the sense of belonging when ingroups are devalued or threatened, as predicted by theories of intergroup conflict and intergroup relations (see review in Spears, 2021). Thus, teachers could distance themselves from both the institution and their own groups, at least when they are not characterized by a strong social identity. Added to this potential psychosocial effect is the impact of some institutional dynamics, which do not create truly effective opportunities for inclusion (Bhopal, 2023; Griffin et al., 2019).

References
Ahmet, A. (2021). Stop the pain: Black and minority ethnic scholars on diversity policy obfuscation in universities. Equality, Diversity and Inclusion, 40(2), 152-164. https://doi.org/10.1108/EDI-11-2020-0338

Álvarez-Castillo, J. L., Fernández-Caminero, G., Hernández-Lloret, C. M., González-González, H., y Espino-Díaz, L. (2023). Inclusive Practices among University Teaching Staff. Confirmation of a Model Based on Personal Predictors. European Journal of Higher Education. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/21568235.2023.2276198

Bhopal, K. (2020). For whose benefit? Black and minority ethnic training programmes in higher education institutions in England, UK. British Educational Research Journal, 46(3), 500-515. https://doi.org/10.1002/berj.3589
 
Bhopal, K. (2022). Academics of colour in elite universities in the UK and the USA: The ‘unspoken system of exclusion’. Studies in Higher Education, 47(11), 2127-2137. https://doi.org/10.1080/03075079.2021.2020746
 
Bhopal, K. (2023). ‘We can talk the talk, but we’re not allowed to walk the walk’: The role of equality and diversity staff in higher education institutions in England. Higher Education, 85, 325-339. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00835-7
 
European Commission (2022). Towards equity and inclusion in higher education in Europe. Eurydice report. Publications Office of the European Union. https://eurydice.eacea.ec.europa.eu/publications/towards-equity-and-inclusion-higher-education-europe

European Higher Education Area (2020). Rome Communiqué Annex II - Principles and guidelines to strengthen the social dimension of higher education in the EHEA. http://ehea.info/Upload/Rome_Ministerial_Communique_Annex_II.pdf

García-Cano, M., Jiménez-Millán, A., & Hinojosa-Pareja, E.F. (2021). We’re new to this. Diversity agendas in public Spanish universities according to their leaders. The Social Science Journal. Advance online publication. https://doi.org/10.1080/03623319.2020.1859818

Griffin, K.A., Hart, J.L., Worthington, R.L., Belay, K., & Yeung, J.G. (2019). Race-related activism: How do higher education diversity professionals respond? The Review of Higher Education 43(2), 667-696. https://doi.org/10.1353/rhe.2019.0114
 
Hendin, A. (2023). Separate but equal? Diversity policy narratives in Israeli higher education. Higher Education Policy, 36, 826–846. https://doi.org/10.1057/s41307-022-00291-z

Márquez, C., & Melero-Aguilar, N. (2022). What are their thoughts about inclusion? Beliefs of faculty members about inclusive education. Higher Education, 83(4), 829–844. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-021-00706-7

Ramos-Santana, G., Pérez-Carbonell, A., Chiva-Sanchis, I., & Moral-Mora, A., (2021). Validation of a scale of attention to diversity for university teachers. Educación XX1, 24(2), 121-142. https://doi.org/10.5944/educXX1.28518
 
Spears, R. (2021). Social influence and group identity. Annual Review of Psychology, 72, 367–390. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-psych-070620-111818
 
Tajfel, H., & Turner, J. C. (1979). An integrative theory of intergroup conflict. In W. G. Austin & S. Worchel (Eds.), The social psychology of intergroup relations (pp. 33–48). Brooks/Cole.

White-Lewis, D.K. (2022). The role of administrative and academic leadership in advancing faculty diversity. Review of Higher Education, 45(3), 337-364. https://doi.org/10.1353/rhe.0.0178
 
17:30 - 19:0022 SES 08 D: Internationalization, Geopolitics and Global HE
Location: Room 147 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Floor 1]
Session Chair: Riyad Shahjahan
Paper Session
 
22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Reshaping Internationalisation in an Age of Uncertainty: Mapping the Fragile Geopolitics of European Internationalisation

Catherine Montgomery1, Rita Locatelli2

1Durham University, United Kingdom; 2Università Cattolica del Sacro Cuore, Italy

Presenting Author: Montgomery, Catherine; Locatelli, Rita

The concept of internationalisation is complex and contested, embodying diverse interpretations and perspectives that vary significantly across higher education. Marginson (2023) has recently explored the dominant understandings of internationalisation and highlighted the contradictions and limits of internationalisation, noting the importance of understanding the interactions between concepts such as internationalisation and the ‘larger and changing environment’ (Marginson, 2023 p.2). Internationalisation in higher education is influenced by its social, political and cultural environments and globally we are experiencing an era of extreme uncertainty, what Stein (2021) characterises as the volatility, unpredictability, complexity and ambiguity of contemporary societies. There are complex issues which mean that existing paradigms for internationalised higher education are becoming inadequate (Stein, 2021, p.482). This complexity of current global challenges raises the question of the role of international higher education in solving these issues and whether higher education can or should operate for the common good (Locatelli and Marginson, 2023).

As a crucial element in Higher Education, internationalisation can offer connective ways of creating relevant knowledge around some of the uncertainties and challenges which we face. Internationally and culturally diverse research and knowledge production (including diversity in disciplinary knowledge; methodological diversity; ethnicity; gender; or race) is integral to ‘good’ science (Olenina et al, 2022). Therefore, the role of internationalisation in knowledge generation is a crucial part of the higher education research and science picture (McGloin, 2021). Moving across and within boundaries, mobile staff and students can act as ‘knowledge brokers’ enabling universities to generate new knowledge relating to global issues through their participation in research, capacity building and internationalisation (Bilecen and Faist 2015, p.218).

However, internationalisation has developed against a background of global divisions and long-standing patterns of inequalities in power, wealth, and cultural influence (Connell, 2007, p. 212; Stein, 2021) and current fragile global relations are intensifying the precarity of international research collaborations, for instance between China and the US (Postiglione, 2021) and across Europe (Courtois and Sautier, 2022). Mobility as part of internationalisation also encompasses immobilities and alongside forced migrations due to political persecution and war, there are asymmetries in resources for higher education and previously colonised contexts continue to experience epistemic injustices (Marginson and Xu, 2023).

This paper focuses on an analysis of the ways in which internationalisation is changing against the current volatile geopolitical context. Considering the lack of plural, democratic and reflexive cross-border relations in higher education, it aims at contributing to critical reflections which have highlighted the need to promote alternative and more equitable approaches to the definitions and practices of internationalisation (Stein, 2021). We centre this exploration on Europe and begin ‘at home’ with one Italian university, and explore the past, current and planned internationalisation activities of this university across Europe and beyond. As well as investing significant resources in the internationalisation of education, and the establishment of a dedicated Centre for research in internationalisation, the university in question is part of a Strategic Alliance of Catholic Research Universities (SACRU) whose mission is to foster global cooperation amongst the partners located in 31 campuses around the world, aiming to advance research and teaching excellence through global collaboration. In this paper we analyse and map the complex ways in which internationalisation is reforming itself in one discipline, that of Education, and we particularly focus on engagement for ‘common good’ against the changing and volatile picture of international and geopolitical relations. We will draw from this picture some implications for the meanings and purposes of contemporary internationalised higher education and consider how internationalisation can engage with the volatile, unpredictable, complex and ambiguous world in which we live (Stein, 2021).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper centres on an analysis of internationalisation in the field of Education in the context of an Italian university which is embedded in the European environment and whose attention to the international dimensions of education research, teaching and knowledge production has recently increased. In this case study, we investigate the underpinning principles, the agents involved, the governance structures and the ultimate aims of the connections and collaborations which may be conducive to alternative and more inclusive approaches to internationalisation. In addition to a comprehensive literature review which explores knowledge building in international higher education and the relationship between internationalisation and the existence of multiple knowledge systems, or ecologies of knowledge (Biesta, 2007), the case study rests on the following data:
• A mapping of the internationalisation activity of one international education research centre, exploring its knowledge building activities in an international context
• A mapping of the internationalisation activities of one Faculty of Education, exploring its links, resourcing and knowledge building within the university and outside with its European and international partners
• A series of interviews with key figures in our chosen Italian university focusing on staff at a range of levels including Vice Rector, Director of International Office, Deans and academics with responsibility for international collaboration, exploring their perspectives on internationalisation against a volatile and changing geopolitical context.
Finally, the presentation will reference a related research project which is mapping the SACRU network and has selected four Universities representative of different geographical areas, namely in the United States, Italy, Japan, and Chile. The aim is to understand, in a comparative perspective, how international understanding and reciprocity in cross-border higher education is constructed in these four institutions which stand out, among SACRU members, for having consolidated research units focused on Education and on Internationalisation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This paper aims to offer alternative perspectives on internationalisation against a fragile geopolitical background by providing both an empirical and theoretical contribution to the current debate on definitions of internationalisation (Marginson, 2023; de Wit, 2024). Adherence to the construction of internationalisation as physical student mobility has contributed to a narrowness of vision for internationalisation (Whitsed, Burgess & Ledger, 2021) and this also enables a continued over-emphasis on elite Anglo-European perspectives in international education (Montgomery and Trahar, 2023). Broader conceptualisations of internationalisation are necessary, including thinking about the role of knowledge generation as an integral part of internationalisation (McGloin, 2021).
This paper offers a set of criteria, drawn from the empirical and theoretical work of the research, which reflect an alternative approach to internationalisation, framed not on a neoliberal or economic rationale, but more open in its epistemologies and inclusive of alternative forms of knowledge (Connell, 2017).
The paper considers whether the strengthening of intra-regional mobility and knowledge exchange and innovation within more localised blocks such as Europe, the ASEAN region and/or South-South collaborations may offer a stronger bond between the local and the global which will enable the project of internationalisation to engage with the complex challenges of our interconnected world.

References
Biesta, G.J.J. 2007. Towards the knowledge democracy? Knowledge production and the civic role of the university. Studies in Philosophy and Education, 26, 467–479. DOI 10.1007/s11217-007-9056-0
Bilecen, B., & Faist, T. (2015). International doctoral students as knowledge brokers: Reciprocity, trust and solidarity in transnational networks. Global Networks, 15(2), 217–235. https://doi.org/10.1111/glob.12069
Connell, R. (2017). Southern theory and world universities. Higher Education Research &Development, 36, 4-15.
Courtois, A. & Sautier, M. (2022) Academic Brexodus? Brexit and the dynamics of mobility and immobility among the precarious research workforce, British Journal of Sociology of Education, 43:4, 639-657, DOI: 10.1080/01425692.2022.2042195
Locatelli, R. and Marginson, S. (2023). UNESCO’s common good idea of higher education and democracy. In Marginson, S., Cantwell, B., Platonova, D., and Smolentseva, A. (eds), Assessing the contributions of Higher Education: Knowledge for a disordered world. Edward Elgar Publishing. DOI: https://doi.org/10.4337/9781035307173
Marginson, S. (2023). Limitations of the leading definition of ‘internationalisation’ of higher education: is the idea wrong or is the fault in reality?, Globalisation, Societies and Education, DOI: 10.1080/14767724.2023.2264223
Marginson, S., and X. Xu. 2023. “Hegemony and Inequality in Global Science: Problems of the Center-Periphery Model.” Comparative Education Review 67 (1), https://doi.org/10.1086/722760.
McGloin, R.S. (2021). A new mobilities approach to re-examining the doctoral journey: mobility and fixity in the borderlands space. Teaching in Higher Education, 26:3, 370-386, DOI: 10.1080/13562517.2021.1898364
Montgomery C. and Trahar, S. (2023). Learning to unlearn:  exploring the relationship between internationalisation and decolonial agendas in higher education. Higher Education Research and Development, pp. 1057-1070 https://doi.org/10.1080/07294360.2023.2194054
Postiglione, G. 2021. Sino-US Relations: Universities entering the age of strategic competition https://www.researchcghe.org/perch/resources/publications/working-paper-68final.pdf
Olenina, A., Bamberger, A. & O. Mun (2022). Classed and gendered internationalisation of research and knowledge production: a critical analysis of international doctoral students in the UK (1998-2016), International Studies in Sociology of Education, DOI: 10.1080/09620214.2021.2008266
Sharon Stein (2021) Reimagining global citizenship education for a volatile, uncertain, complex, and ambiguous (VUCA) world, Globalisation, Societies and Education, 19:4, 482-495, DOI: 10.1080/14767724.2021.1904212
Whitsed, C., Burgess, M. & Ledger, S. (2021). Editorial advisory board members on reimagining higher education internationalization and internationalization of the curriculum.  Journal of Studies in Higher Education doi: 10.1177/1028315320984840
de Wit, W. (2024). ‘Everything That Quacks is Internationalization’ - Critical Reflections on the Evolution of Higher Education Internationalization. Journal of Studies in International Education 2024, Vol. 28(1) 3–14.


22. Research in Higher Education
Paper

Can We Transcend the Nation-state ‘World-sense’? Towards Unpacking the “International(ization)” Logic in Global Higher Education

Riyad Shahjahan

Michigan State University, United States of America

Presenting Author: Shahjahan, Riyad

In this conceptual essay, I provide a metaphysical critique of the “international(ization)” logic pervading global higher education (HE), by introducing and probing how the nation-state ‘worldsense’ dominates international(ization) of HE practices and policies. I use worldsense as opposed to “worldview”, borrowing from Yoruba feminist scholar Oyèrónké Oyĕwùmí (1997, 2–3) who explains, the term worldsense is more conducive to indigenous ways of knowing and being. While many have debated the role of nation-state or national scale as a unit of analysis in global HE research, practice, and policy (Shahjahan & Grimm, 2023; de Gayardon, 2022; Komutzky, 2015; Marginson, 2022), the nation-state worldsense (an onto-epistemic grammar) remains unpacked and unchallenged. By such a grammar, I mean a dominant set of assumptions, related to the ‘nation-state’ category, such as anthropocentrism, bounded spatial containers, statist ontology, linearity, and singular notions of human progress (material accumulation, social mobility and so on) (see Anderson, 2006; Burke, 2013; Walby, 2003). Such a worldsense defines what is real, ideal, desirable and knowable, thus structuring ways of knowing/being. Drawing on Anderson’s (2006) notion of “imagined communities” and affect theory, I unpack the ways in which the nation-state as a category (and an entity) comes to being and informs globally facing HE policies (“internationalization” policies) and practices (i.e., engaging with “international” students).

The “international” was an adjective coined by Jeremy Bentham in 1780 to help capture the kinds of laws that would govern the relations between sovereign states (1780) (Suganami, 1978). “International”, as originally conceived, was thus a means to articulate a phenomenon that happened between two separate self-contained entities (i.e. sovereign states). Where does the nation-state world sense come from? A brief history of the “nation-state” idea reveals that it came from both Europe and Spanish Colonies in Latin America in the 17th and 18th centuries (Vergerio, 2021). Through decolonization movements in the 1950s, and sovereign states replacing empires worldwide throughout the 1970s, the nation-state ontology of space became the norm of the international order, obscuring the role of other polities. Instead, the nation-state world-sense reifies the nation-state category by identifying “a political or social unit with a territorial unit” and “leaves no room for other polities in this physical space” (Walby, 2003, p. 540). As such, the nation-state worldsense, as a statist ontology, underlies the emergence of the nation-state category as the signifier for a political unit of material space (i.e., self-contained, borders) to help consolidate power. The nation-state worldsense also helps constitute a signifier of “imagined communities” as mental and emotional spaces (Anderson, 2006). More specifically, the nation-state world sense helps construct the idea of shared origins, mutual interests and horizontal comradeship, binding strangers from different communities together—via language, history, culture, religion, or ethnicity. The nation-state world-sense acts as a velcro that ties particular bounded spaces to ideas, shared origins or cultures, and/or groups of people with each other.

I also draw on 'affect' theory as a conceptual resource to offer an ontological understanding of the nation-state referent and its related markers and processes (e.g., international students or offices, internationalization policies) as they emerge in relation to each other. By the term ‘affect’, I emphasize the ‘becoming’ properties of affect (Ahmed, 2013; Seigworth & Gregg, 2010), in that affect brings objects (i.e., an international student) into being by making them ‘sticky’ through encounters with other objects, e.g., national actors, or institutional policies or practices. I am suggesting that the nation-state worldsense underlies these encounters helping surface, articulate, and solidify these various entities in global HE. The nation-state worldsense is the velcro that helps stick and mediate these mutual encounters.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Drawing on the interdisciplinary literature on nation-state formation (Anderson, 2006; Burke, 2013; Walby, 2003), internationalization of HE (Brooks & Waters, 2022; Grimm & Day, 2022; Mittelmier et al., 2023), and HE policy documents, I unpack how the nation-state as a category (and an entity) comes to being by informing practices (i.e., engaging with “international” students) and globally facing HE policies (“internationalization” policies). As such, I begin with a brief genealogical reading of the word “international,” its inherent assumptions, and why it is  important to interrogate the role of “nation-state” worldsense in the global HE field. More specifically, drawing on Anderson’s (2006) notion of “imagined communities” and affect theory, I unpack the ways in which the nation-state as a category (and an entity) comes to being and informs globally facing HE policies (“internationalization” policies) and practices (i.e., engaging with “international” students). In the first section, I unpack how the “international” adjective emerges, as part of cross-border encounters, to designate a group of students (i.e. international students) that has a) different needs, b) yet to pay their dues, and c) may be harmful, compared to those who originate from within the nation-state in question. I illuminate how the nation-state worldsense underlies such markers and encounters, and the “international” goes beyond being a legal or socio-cultural category. I next demonstrate how the nation-state worldsense reproduces ‘imagined’ communities, institutions, and knowledge systems. More specifically, the nation-state worldsense underlies marking the spatial and epistemic differences in articulating internationalization policies in national policies. To this end, I discuss three national ‘internationalization” policies of Japan (MEXT, 2023), India (MHRD, 2020), and the USA (U.S. Department of State, 2021), respectively. I will highlight how various nation-states imagine and mediate cross-border encounters, and thus foreground their ability to affect and be affected. Furthermore, I will show various imagined communities and entities (i.e., the nation, institutions, offices, or language) continuously emerge in a world imagined and defined by cross-border encounters.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
I argue that the nation-state worldsense provides the onto-epistemic grammar to demarcate boundaries (and constitute an Other) between what is internal and external to an entity to help make sense of mutual encounters between particular objects (groups, institutions, entities and/or destinations) and processes in global HE. First, the “International” acts as a spatial signifier to mark cross-border encounters. The adjective ‘international’ helps signify the unique needs of a group (i.e. international students) who crossed particular borders that others did not. Second, the "International” category helps differentiate those who have yet to pay their ‘dues’ to the nation-state in question. Such “dues” are tied to a nation-state worldsense, as it is presumed that if one is outside one’s sovereign border, their access to what is inside the borders cannot be the same. Third, ‘International’ is also a ‘temporal’ signifier, differentiating those who cannot stay beyond a time-period set by the host nation-state. It is presumed if ‘international’ students do remain they may cause harm to those inside the national container.      

My analysis of national “internationalization” policies, suggests that not only do these policies differentiate its borders, people, institutions, from others, but also demarcates those outside as “entities” to benefit the former. In so doing, these discursive and affective constructions help reproduce an ontology of space, presumed to be divided as sovereign containers. Such an ontology of space obscures the power relations within and across these borders. Such a modern referent, then becomes the way to designate spaces, people, knowledge, and institutions as having certain homogeneous characteristics, and thus imagined communities. We cannot simply delink from the nation-state worldsense  easily, with a simple set of recommendations, but requires a transformation in our ways of knowing and being.

References
Ahmed, S. (2013). The cultural politics of emotion. Routledge.
Anderson, B. (2006). Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of Nationalism. Verso.
Brooks, R., & Waters, J. (2022). Partial, hierarchical and stratified space? Understanding ‘the international’in studies of international student mobility. Oxford Review of Education, 48(4), 518-535.
Burke, A. (2013). The good state, from a cosmic point of view. International Politics, 50(1), 57-76.
de Gayardon, A. (2022). The state and 'field' of comparative higher education. Oxford Review of Education, 48(4), 439.
Grimm, A. T., & Day, B. (2022). Navigating student visas in the United States: Policy, practice, and implications. In International Student Support and Engagement in Higher Education (pp. 161-174). Routledge.
Kosmützky, A. (2015). In defence of international comparative studies. On the analytical and explanatory power of the nation state in international comparative higher education research. European Journal of Higher Education, 5(4), 354-370.
Marginson, S. (2022). What is global higher education?. Oxford Review of Education, 48(4), 492-517.
Mittelmeier, J., Lomer, S., & Unkule, K. (Eds.). (2023). Research with international students: Critical conceptual and methodological considerations. Taylor & Francis.
MEXT (Ministry of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and Technology). (2023). Global 30 Project -Establishing University Network for Internationalization. https://www.mext.go.jp/en/policy/education/highered/title02/detail02/sdetail02/1373894.htm
MHRD (Ministry of Human Resource Development). (2020). National Education Policy 2020. https://www.education.gov.in/sites/upload_files/mhrd/files/NEP_Final_English_0.pdf
Oyĕwùmí, O (1997). The Invention of Women: Making an African Sense of Western Gender Discourses. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
Seigworth, G. J., & Gregg, M. (2010). An inventory of shimmers. In M. Gregg and G. J Seigworth (Eds.), The affect theory reader (pp. 1–25). Duke University Press.
Suganami, H. (1978). A note on the origin of the word ‘International’. Review of International Studies, 4(3), 226-232.
United States Department of State. (2021). Why internationalize?. https://educationusa.state.gov/us-higher-education-professionals/why-internationalize
Vergerio, C. (2021). Beyond the Nation-State. Boston Review.
Walby, S. (2003). The myth of the nation-state: Theorizing society and polities in a global era. Sociology, 37(3), 529-546.
 
17:30 - 19:0023 SES 08 A: Politics of Education
Location: Room B229 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -2]
Session Chair: Marte Lorentzen
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Right-Wing Education Policy and the “Infrastructure” of Free Expression: Youth Engagement with Race and Faith at School

Reza Gholami, Md Shajed Rahman, Karl Kitching, Asli Kandemir, Mahfuz Khokan

University of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Gholami, Reza; Rahman, Md Shajed

The last decade has seen a steady shift towards right-wing, in some cases hard-right, politics across Europe and the EU. From Italy to Finland, from the Netherlands to Greece, this shift is well documented in the media (e.g. Lynch 2023) and has also been the subject of academic analysis (e.g. Petrović et al. 2023). Europe’s lurch to the right is highly complex: on one level, as Petrović et al. (2023) demonstrate, it works through centrist and radical populism, which draw upon a variety of themes such as notions of national sovereignty and values, anti-elitism, and so forth. Another level consists of anti-immigration, “nativist” and racist discourses aimed at vilifying racial, ethnic, and religious minority populations. For example, a survey carried out in 2023 by the EU’s rights agency of 6,752 people of African descent in 13 EU countries found that racism is “pervasive and relentless” – in Austria and Germany, specifically, around three-quarters of those surveyed said they had experienced racism, a rise of around 15% since 2016 (Boffey 2023). A closely related third element is the right-wing movement against so-called “wokeism”, which has used culture wars, moral panics, and a discourse of “counter-extremism” to attack anti-racist, climate change and other civil rights and social justice positions it is ideologically opposed to (see Davies and McRae 2023).

Our paper examines the effects of these interconnected political manoeuvrings and discourses on schooling and young people. Specifically, we focus on the conditions under which political education and free speech around issues of race and faith are produced and engaged with by young people in schools. The paper reports on our 2023 national survey of 3,156 Year 10 pupils from 29 state-funded secondary schools across 8 regions of England focusing on free speech around race and faith.

Overall, while many pupils were positive about their school environment, they also expressed significant concerns about their ability to share their social or political views at school; their school and peer climate; engagement around race and faith equality, as well as anxieties about wider social disadvantages linked to a person's race and/or faith – a view that was surprisingly also shared by a sizable proportion of white pupils about their racial status.

As discussed further below, we use our findings to address several weaknesses in education policy, especially in the areas of school environment, curriculum, and political impartiality. We particularly draw and build upon the seminal work of Michael Apple (2006; 2019) on the role of right-wing ideology in schooling, as well as the broader work of Habermas and Dewey on ‘the public (good)’, to make two arguments: 1) free speech around race and faith in schools is delineated by a social, political and affective “infrastructure of expression” that tightly governs the “speakability” of race and faith issues in top-down ways, even as it is presented through a policy of political impartiality; however, 2) the dominant, though fractured and sometimes inconsistent, right-wing ideology is unable to impose total ideological/hegemonic control in and through schooling partly due to young people’s political engagement in non-school environments. We attend to these dynamics by conceptualising schools as a site for ‘micro-publics’, i.e. multi-layered, multi-modal, and often intermittent forms of ‘public’ engagement. The significance of our findings and arguments are augmented by their relevance and applicability to education in liberal democratic societies across Europe and beyond.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A national survey was conducted across England to collect quantitative data from year 10 students (14 and 15 year-olds). A stratified random sampling strategy was used to collect data from different types of schools across all nine regions of England, though in the end we only received responses from eight regions.

In September 2022, the UK’s National Pupil Database (Department of Education, 2022) was accessed and edubasealldata2022 were used to identify and sample schools for a survey. The edubasealldata2022 file encompassed 49,755 rows, representing all types of schools in England. Filtering included open secondary schools, such as Academy Converter, Academy Sponsor Led, Community School, Foundation School, Free Schools, Voluntary Aided School, and Voluntary Controlled school. Alternative provisions, Special schools, sixth form, deemed schools, technical schools, and FE colleges were excluded. The refined list comprised 3,081 mainstream state-funded secondary schools, categorised by governance and geographic location (‘Academy/Free,’ ‘Maintained,’ ‘Voluntary Aided,’ 'Urban Major,' 'Urban,' and 'Rural'). Using a sampling grid with 81 clusters (9 regions X 3 geographic location X 3 types of school), 52 schools (1.75%) were randomly sampled from each cluster.

However, 29 schools participated in the survey, with efforts made to reflect national demographics in terms of ethnicity, religion, and geography. Although the survey achieved a significant response rate, it is not claimed to be nationally representative. The survey data exhibited strong resemblance to national demographics in ethnicity and religion, while slight disparities were observed in gender distribution in urban major regions due to the inclusion of 'non-binary' as an option.

The survey was developed in September 2022 thorough a review of existing relevant survey reports, including international and national studies on civic education and free speech (e.g. Hillman, 2022; Losito et al., 2018; Naughton et al., 2017). Consultation with the Project Advisory Board, composed of academics, education professionals, and equality advocates, helped to refine and contextualise the survey. We conducted piloting in two phases in October and November 2022 with Year 10 pupils, assessing administration, timing, and question accessibility. The pilot studies indicated that internal and external validity and reliability were strong, yet we adjusted some items based on our quantitative analysis of the pilot data and some qualitative interview data with the participants in the pilot phases.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our findings are particularly relevant in three areas of schooling: school environment, curriculum, and policies governing political impartiality. Firstly, despite the importance of school in shaping young people’s political consciousness, 45% of our cohort (n = 3,156) do not bring up politics for discussion in schools; 32% disagree that pupils are confident about telling teachers about racial/religious intolerance; and 54% disagree that pupils treat each other with respect. The findings thus raise concern about the capacity of young people to speak and be listened to on race and faith matters due to an unsupportive school and peer environment. Secondly, our findings show that young people mostly turn to social media to learn about social and political issues. This is happening against the backdrop (in the UK) of a systematic denigration of Citizenship Education (only a requirement in maintained schools, now a minority, and often neglected by them due to budgetary and other pressures), and a National Curriculum that only focuses on broad-level political structures. Thirdly, our findings speak to political impartiality laws that govern schooling in the UK and exist, with minor variations, in other European countries such as France and Germany. Impartiality laws often exist alongside similar policies (e.g. counterterrorism) and can thus create confusion/contradiction for teachers and pupils. They are also mainly focused upon schools and teachers, not on pupils or their political engagement and education. Moreover, recently, the government has used these laws to shut down political views that it is ideologically opposed to, usually progressive positions addressing issues such as racism or climate change from below.

References
Apple, M. (2019) Ideology and Curriculum (4th Edition). Routledge

Apple M. (2006) Educating the Right Way: Markets, Standards, God, and Inequality. Routledge

Boffey, D. (2023) ‘Pervasive and relentless’ racism on the rise in Europe, survey finds, The Guardian: https://www.theguardian.com/world/2023/oct/25/pervasive-and-relentless-racism-on-the-rise-in-europe-survey-finds#:~:text=Racism%20is%20“pervasive%20and%20relentless,by%20landlords%20from%20renting%20homes.

Davies, H. C., & MacRae, S. E. (2023). An anatomy of the British war on woke. Race & Class, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/03063968231164905

DfE, (2022). National Pupil Database. Available at https://www.find-npddata.education.gov.uk/categories

Hillman, N. (2022). You can’t say that!’What students really think of free speech on campus. Higher Education Policy Institute, HEPI Policy Note, 35. https://www.hepi.ac.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/You-cant-say-that-What-students-really-think-of-free-speech-on-campus.pdf

Losito, B., Agrusti, G., Damiani, V., & Schulz, W. (2018). Young People's Perceptions of Europe in a time of change: IEA international civic and citizenship education study 2016 European Report. Springer Nature. https://link.springer.com/book/10.1007/978-3-319-73960-1

Lynch, S. (2023) Europe Swings Right – and Reshapes the EU, Politico.eu: https://www.politico.eu/article/far-right-giorgia-meloni-europe-swings-right-and-reshapes-the-eu/#:~:text=Across%20Europe%2C%20governments%20are%20shifting,parliament%20seats%20and%20regional%20offices.

Naughton, K. A., Eastman, N., & Perrino, N. (2017). Speaking freely: What students think about expression at American colleges. Foundation for Individual Rights in Education. https://www.thefire.org/sites/default/files/2017/10/11091747/survey-2017-speaking-freely.pdf

Petrović, N., Raos, V. & Fila, F. (2023) Centrist and Radical Right Populists in Central and Eastern Europe: Divergent Visions of History and the EU, Journal of Contemporary European Studies, 31:2, 268-290, DOI: 10.1080/14782804.2022.2051000


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Democracy and Education as a Broad, Deep and Dynamic Construct: a Feminist Critique

Geraldine Mooney Simmie1, Silvia Edling2

1School of Education, University of Limerick, Ireland; 2School of Education, University of Gavle, Sweden

Presenting Author: Mooney Simmie, Geraldine

Democracy is a popular construct in use in everyday language today and despite widespread claims that democracy is under threat it is a term widely used by very different groups from across the political spectrum. Democracy has a special place in education, where education is not only understood as an academic discipline and a professional field of practice but pivotal in promoting spaces, content and public interest values for the support of political policies.

Concepts such as democracy as procedure and as a form of life (Dewey, 1916), thin and thick democracy (Armando & Apple, 2002), and shallow and deep democracy (Furman & Shields, 2005) all give the impression that democracy stands between two distinct choices. Rather than either–or alternatives, we maintain that it is rather a question about where the scope of the responsibilities linked to democratic aspirations should be drawn. A thicker democracy stresses the need to work with reflection in which citizens understand themselves as taking part in a public society where they have rights, knowledge, values, obligations to strive for the common good of society and where participation and plurality is cherished. A thinner and more authoritarian democracy is founded on narrower and at times unscrutinised knowledge that emphasizes certain standards as the measure of a good national citizen (Zyngier, 2016).

In the academy of education, democracy is a deeply contested construct that is frequently overused and under-theorised (Arnot & Weiler, 1993: Edling & Mooney Simmie, 2020; Fraser, 2022; Lynch, 2022; Mooney Simmie & Edling, 2019: Young, 1996). In this study, we are interested in a broad, deep and dynamic view of the construct of democracy, for a (re)constructivist worldview of democracy and education that is constantly evolving depending on rapidly changing societal, environmental and planetary needs and needs to be in the direction of justice, equality and care. Dewey (1916) claimed that education is the midwife of democracy and that the needs of democracy change with each new generation. It is not therefore a static construct that can be pinned down and implemented in a linear rational and neutral way.

Our understanding of democracy, found in our theorisation of Teachers’ Democratic Assignment (TDA) encompasses issues of discursive ethics, the presence of uniqueness, is always framed in the direction of equality, justice and care of the marginalised, and always inclusive of the messiness of the human condition, what Hannah Arendt called the plurality of the human condition (Arendt, 1958). Arendt reminds us that there are only a small number of policy changes that need to be made to assure a totalitarian state, one change being the stifling of joy and spontaneity and the second, the stifling of the plurality of the human condition.

These important dimensions of democracy are threatened in contemporary education by the rapid increase of hyper masculinity in education research and policy working to narrow down horizons of thinking, being and acting. This hyper rationality presents education and democracy as a fixed entity that can be (mathematically) modelled, controlled, and predicted as a state-centred system of performance management (Selwyn & Gašević, 2020).

This globalising imperative can be seen across OECD countries, in the constant comparison of PISA and TIMSS standardised test scores, and is paralleled today with an anti-science populist movement advocating violence and hatred of the ‘other’ (Verma & Apple, 2021). Instead, we are interested in a construct of democracy that can value and learn from histories and cultures, and at the same time make way for something new to emerge, with transformative possibility for new mutual care relations for humans, non-humans and the planet (Edling & Mooney Simmie, 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this study, we conducted a holistic and feminist critique of the writings of a number of feminist and critical theorists who can offer an expansive theoretical underpinning for an ethically sensitive, socially just and dynamic framing of democracy and education, and in ways that support the building of a just, care-full and inclusive education for peaceful and pluralist societies (Fricker, 2007; Haraway, 2016; Lynch 2022).
    Our theoretical perspectives were drawn specifically from critical sociologists and feminist philosophers including the work of Judith Butler, Madeline Arnot, Nancy Fraser, Miranda Fricker, Kathleen Lynch, Irish Young, and Donna Haraway. Taken together they illuminate the construct of democracy and education in new ways that push the boundaries of a system of education that is oriented more toward a closed system.
    Creswell and Creswell (2018) posit that educational research that is positioned within an emancipatory-transformative paradigm involves both research and advocacy. Our study argues that a critical scrutiny of the democracy construct as found in education is long overdue. What might democracy mean today in Europe and across the globe when educators experience weak affordances for critical mediation with the wider political world including the social consciousness necessary for mutual care relations in a democratic way of life.
    As a point of departure we emphasize the necessity for opening spaces in schooling and higher education for deep professionalism and thick democracy that speaks to the social consciousness and the post-humanist relational fluidity needed for our times to assure a just political world and sustainable planet in an age of uncertainty (Edling & Mooney Simmie, 2020, 2016; Mooney Simmie & Edling, 2019, 2017).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary findings reveal the importance of ‘academic freedom’ for securing a dynamic democracy. Butler (2017) asserts that academic freedom confers the right and the obligation on educators to hold open the discursive spaces between the state (e.g. state agencies) and the people (e.g. students) in order to speak (testimonial epistemic justice) (Fricker, 2007) on issues about ones experience, to interrupt the discourse, to have capacity to ‘sap power’, to speak ‘truth to power’, and to make space for the emergent and the ‘not-yet-thought’.
    Fraser (2022) argues that we need to use this third wave of feminism to critique the framing of problems in order to reveal that which is hidden, silenced and otherwise excluded. Lynch (2022) asserts the need for affective equality in the recognition of human interdependencies and dependencies (vulnerabilities). Feminism foregrounds the intersectional politics of education and speaks to advocacy for egalitarian relations rather than (re)productive conservative relations.
        Insights from Young (1996) suggest that democracy as a relational and fluid construct is much more than an aggregation of votes (e.g. ‘electoral democracy’), and/or the more virtue laden stance of ‘deliberative democracy’ advanced by some leading philosophers. Young argues that ‘deliberative democracy’ with its ethical rules seeks to stave off dark aspects of human nature, e.g. the will to power, and is set up on a platform where experts always have an unfair advantage when the aim is about ‘winning’ the better argument. Young speaks to the need for a de-centred deliberation for all social groups to contribute to the public space and for the radical care needed for a pluralist democracy in the direction of equality and justice for all. Similarly, Haraway (2016) urges us not to move away from the complexity and messiness of a dynamic, just and pluralist democracy and instead to ‘stay with the trouble’ in this age of uncertainty.
      

References
Arendt, H. (1958). The Human Condition. University of Chicago Press.

Arnot, M., & Weiler, K. (1993). Feminism and Social Justice in Education: International Perspectives. London and New York: Routledge Falmer.

Butler, J. (2017). Academic Freedom and the Critical Task of the University. Globalizations, 14(6), 857-861. DOI: 10.1080/14747731.2017.1325168

Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J.D. (2018). Research Design Qualitative, Quantitative, and Mixed Methods Approaches. Fifth Edition. Sage Publications Inc.

Dewey, J. (1916). Democracy and Education. Macmillan.

Edling, S., & Mooney Simmie, G. (2020). Democracy and Teacher Education. London & New York: Routledge.

Fraser, N. (2022). Cannibal Capitalism. New York and London: Verso.

Fricker, M. (2007). Epistemic Injustice Power & the Ethics of Knowing. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the Trouble. Durham & London: Duke University Press.

Lynch, K. (2022). Care and Capitalism. Why affective Equality Matters for Social Justice. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Mooney Simmie, G., & Edling, S. (2019). Teachers’ democratic assignment: a critical discourse analysis of teacher education policies in Ireland and Sweden. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 40(6), 832-846. DOI: 10.1080/01596306.2018.1449733.

Selwyn, N., & Gašević, D. (2020). The datafication of higher education: discussing the promises and problems. Teaching in Higher Education, 25(4), 527-540.
Verma, Rita, & Apple, Michael, W. (2021). Disrupting Hate in Education Teacher Activists, Democracy, and Global Pedagogies of Interruption. London and New York: Routledge.
Young, I. M. (1996). Chapter 6 Communication and the Other: Beyond Deliberative Democracy. In Democracy and Difference Contesting the Boundaries of the Political, Edited by Seyla Benhabib, pp.120-135. Princeton University Press, New Jersey: Princeton.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Navigating Life Trajectories of Young People: Educational Policy Implications for Promoting Youth Participation in Decision-making Processes

Daniela Bianchi, Chiara Carla Montà

University of Milano-Bicocca, Italy

Presenting Author: Bianchi, Daniela; Montà, Chiara Carla

In a time of uncertainty and crisis of democracy, this paper aims to present some findings of research on young people's participation in decision-making processes. It is a crucial issue at the heart of international and European policies (Committee on the Rights of the Child, 2009; UN General Assembly, 1989, 2015; Council of Europe, 2020; European Commission, 2021; European Union, 2018; United Nations, 2018), actions and funds such as the Next Generation EU. To this end, the present research dialogues with the actions of the MUSA project (Multilayered Urban Sustainability Action) funded through the Italian National Recovery and Resilience Plan, which created an interdisciplinary and intergenerational research laboratory called B-YOUth Forum focusing on youth participation and public space.

Alongside the increasing investment by key European institutions in terms of promoting participation, there has been a steady decline in the levels of political engagement in most EU countries over the past decades (Eurochild et al., 2021), especially with regard to young people. Indeed, in recent years, disengagement from institutional political participation seems to be a significant trend among contemporary European democracies even among younger generations, causing them to lack representation and power in political decision-making (Norris, 2003; Farthing, 2010). At the same time, there is a new wave of youth political engagement outside the institutional sphere, which has become particularly visible through youth activism movements, protests, demonstrations, volunteering and online engagement (Sloam, 2016; Spannring et al., 2008).

Within this framework, the research examines young people's educational experiences of participation in public, formal and structured decision-making processes. The study involved 26 young members of the Advisory Council on Youth of the Council of Europe and the European Youth Forum, which is the biggest platform of youth organisations in Europe. The research will lead to an interpretation of young people's experiences that can support pedagogical practice, which can be politically significant (Biesta, 2012). In fact, although studies have been conducted on youth participation in decision-making processes in Europe (Day et al., 2015; Janta et al., 2021; Van Vooren, 2019), there is a lack of scientific literature on the topic, especially in the pedagogical field (Malone & Hartung, 2010). Participatory processes, although rooted in the political sphere, need to be learnt, as well as the dialogical process between institutions and young people, which underpins democratic life, needs to be implemented. Shedding light on the life trajectories and participation experiences of young people is crucial in order to reflect on how to educate for democracy through democracy itself (Biesta, 2015), overcoming the many oppositions highlighted in the literature, including, for example, traditional forms of participation and innovative forms, physical and virtual participatory spaces (Willems, Heinen & Meyers, 2012; Bacalso et al., 2015; Cornwall, 2008). Through the in-depth exploration of the lived experiences of the participants in relation to participation, salient and recurring educational dimensions will be identified. These elements can be useful for reflecting on and developing pathways to participation, including political participation, at a time when it is in crisis.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Taking into account the research question, within a qualitative approach to research (Denzin & Lincoln, 2011), phenomenological philosophy constitutes the theoretical perspective within which the research design and methodology were constructed (Van Manen, 2023). For the definition of the sample, it was decided to involve young people who are members of representative youth organisations, in particular of the Advisory Council on Youth of the Council of Europe and the European Youth Forum, as they are exemplary contexts of participation. Therefore, the participants have a unique experience of the meanings and practices of participation thanks to their being part of youth bodies or organisations. Young people have been selected through purposeful and snowball sampling (Parker et al., 2019), until data saturation. Through semi-structured in-depth online interviews (James & Busher, 2012; Sità, 2012), the life trajectories of young people have been explored, deepening their lived experiences of participation in decision-making processes. The collected materials have been analysed through thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2012), illuminating the complex interplay between these experiences and the broader landscape of educational and political practices (Mortari, 2007; Bertolini, 2003), with a view to the continuous improvement of educational policies dedicated to youth participation.
The study follows the guidelines suggested by the ethical code of the Italian Society of Pedagogy (SIPED, 2020) and by the Declaration of Helsinki (World Medical Association, 2001).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The aim of this contribution is to highlight experiences of youth participation in order to provide food for thought and further work on educational policies dedicated to youth participation. Indeed, the different life and educational paths taken by young people show how they are multiple and diverse. At the same time, the analysis of the experiences revealed some common points that have been crucial for young people's involvement in political and social life. Their experiences could inform educational policies to promote meaningful participation of young people in decision-making processes. The current state of youth participation, characterised by a decline in institutional political engagement contrasted with an increase in alternative forms of activism, calls for a profound reflection on the relationship between institutions and youth. To this end, the results of the research will inform the theoretical and methodological development of B-YOUth Forum, supporting the possibilities of collaboration between an institution (a university in this case) and young people, also through the development of recommendations for policy.
By recognising the link between educational experiences and political participation, the pedagogical dimensions outlined through the lived experiences of participants take on greater significance. These dimensions become fundamental to charting effective pathways to participation, especially when conventional modes of political engagement are experiencing a crisis of legitimacy. This requires a fundamental shift in pedagogical practice, challenging educators, policy makers and researchers to create environments that not only acknowledge but actively cultivate the unique perspectives and contributions of young people. As we navigate the complexities of an uncertain age, the insights from this research could serve as a compass to guide educational policies that are not only more inclusive, but also authentically participatory.

References
Bacalso, C., Farrow, A., Karsten, A., & Milhajlovic, D. (2015). From Rhetoric to Action: Towards an Enabling Environment for Child and Youth Development in the Sustainable Development Goals.
Biesta, G. (2012). Becoming public: Public pedagogy, citizenship and the public sphere. Social & Cultural Geography, 13(7), 683-697.
Biesta, G. J. (2015). Beyond learning: Democratic education for a human future. Routledge.
Committee on the Rights of the Child. (2009). General Comment No12 (2009). CRC/C/GC/1(12), 21–38.
Cornwall, A. (2008). Unpacking ‘Participation’: models, meanings and practices, Community Development Journal, 43(3), 269-283.
Council of Europe (2020). Resolution CM-Res(2020)2 on the Council of Europe youth sector strategy 2030. Adopted by the Committee of Ministers on 22 January 2020 at the 1365th meeting of the Ministers' Deputies.
Day, L., Percy-Smith, B., Ruxton, S., McKenna, K., Redgrave, K., Ronicle, J., & Young, T. (2015). Evaluation of legislation, policy and practice of child participation in the EU. Brussels. https://doi.org/10.2838/088530
Denzin, N. K., & Lincoln, Y. S. (Eds.). (2011). The Sage handbook of qualitative research. Sage.
European Commission (2021). Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions. EU strategy on the rights of the child. COM/2021/142 final.
European Union (2018). Resolution of the Council of the European Union and the Representatives of the Governments of the Member States meeting within the Council on a framework for European cooperation in the youth field: The European Union Youth Strategy 2019-2027. 2018/C 456/01.
UN General Assembly (1989). Convention on the Rights of the Child, United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 1577, 20 novembre.
UN General Assembly. (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. A/RES/70/1.
United Nations (2018). Youth 2030. Working with and for young people. United Nations Youth Strategy.
Van Manen, M. (2023). Phenomenology of practice: Meaning-giving methods in phenomenological research and writing. Taylor & Francis.
 
17:30 - 19:0023 SES 08 B: Early Childhood Education
Location: Room B127 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Session Chair: Maria Fredriksson
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Home Based Care As an Opportunity For All Children - Evaluation of an Innovative Project

Jana Korábová1, Erik Vaněk2

1UVRV, PedF UK, Czech Republic; 2FF MUNI, Czech Republic

Presenting Author: Korábová, Jana

The institutional care for children starts at the age of 3 years old in the Czech republic and the lack of institutions providing early child care and education for children at the age above 3 years old is significantly missing (RILSA). Number of private institutions or children's groups insure places for about 15.000 children (at the age of 2 to 3 years old mostly), but these are not available for all children, mostly children from lower sociological backgrounds are excluded because of the financial situation of families. Though a number of findings conclude the benefits of institutional care for children from disadvantaged backgrounds mostly, there are also financial benefits of providing care and support to disadvantaged children (Korbel at Prokop, 2019 ). The care and education is administratively split between two sectors in the Czech republic with various qualification requests for caregivers or teachers for different ages or type of service. Ministry of Labor and Social Affairs (MoLSA) ensure the care for children at the age 0 - 3 (mostly in Children s group) where caregivers declare their competencies for services supported by the Ministry, a considerable number of private services has no law or no control mechanism or exist as a part of an underground economy with no regulation. The Ministry of Education, Youth and Sports administrate Kindergartens (about 72 % children attends the Kindergarden from the age of 3, the compulsory education starts at the age of 5), where teachers have to be qualified according to the Act on Education Staff and the quality of Education is ensured by Czech School Inspectorate. The straddle situation described is not unique in Europe and various systems face the lack of numbers in the quality of institutional care in different ways.

The Ministry of Labour and Social Affairs proposes an innovative project to start a Home based care for children at the age from 6 months till the beginning of compulsory school education. This project should ensure high quality service for every child (when not excluding children from disadvantaged families of children with special needs and ensuring qualified caregivers) and low threshold for caregivers and parents at the same time. The evaluation of the project looks for the model where caregivers could still have a lower degree of education (ICSED 3) and additional support of authorities and experts to ensure high quality care and education and provide sufficient monitoring of the development of every child individually. The system of monitoring and evaluation in the innovation project of the home based care is also consulted in the expert group of Technical Support Instrument: Developing a Comprehensive Framework for the Monitoring and Evaluation of Early Childhood Education and Care in the Czech Republic.

The research question are as following:

How to set the parameters of the service to deliver a service with high quality standards while maintaining a low entry barrier to make it accessible for the broadest spectrum of children possible.

What are the needs of caregivers and what kind of support do they need to ensure high quality of service for every child?

How can we set the evaluation of the service so it leads to the continuous learning and improving of the service?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The evaluation of this project is based on the qualitative approach: interviews, focus groups were conducted and the observation and used design will be used in the realization phase.
While the emphatic phase (September 2023 till January 2024) aimed to explore needs of participants (parents, caregivers, administration support office worker), the goal in the realization phase is to collect the feedback to the service. The piloting of the service will be realized from February 2024 till September 2024.

Caregivers were recruited by the snowball method till the theoretic saturation of the sample (11 caregivers in total). Interviews were also conducted with caregivers who firstly expressed their interest for the piloting but they find the piloting of the service more problematic, so the opposite opinion is also present. Caregivers in the sample represent various categories regarding education, economic situation, gender or experience with children. For the further research we plan to include caregivers with minorities (or Roma population  or caregivers coming from Ukraine after the Russian invasion.)

Parents for the sample were found to match the criteria sampling to represent all children (parents with SEN, parents with health issues, single parents with lower income). In total 10 parents were interviewed, one child included.

Caregivers and parents were chosen from Vysočina region only, so we can possibly match the parents and caregivers for the piloting.

Experts were chosen for interviews to cover all various aspects of children care and development, including parents´s organization, NGO s and representatives of  various ministries to complete the cross-sectoral approach.

Interviews with caregivers and parents were conducted online mostly, interviews with experts were conducted in person or online. All data were anonymised and analyzed in the MAXQDA programme  using open coding and the system of the categories for caregivers, parents and experts.

As for the realization phase we plan to collect various feedback on the process, setting and quality of care in the home- based care. Standard of the quality of care (MoLSA) will allow self-assessed caregivers. The various criteria of standard of quality will be also observed and discussed or with parents (section of care and the child development) or by administrative office (section of personal development of the caregivers and section of material equipment of the household).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Preliminary finding shows the expectation of caregivers and parents and also recommendation of the panel of experts.
The service proposed should insure the highest quality of care for children, respecting individual needs of every childs. According to parents, home based care should insure care for all children, including children without mandatory vaccination, children with SEN, children with health issues or children from families with lower socio economic background.
Parents do not require a specific degree of education or certificate (which is in contrast with the proposition in the act and expert panel's recommendation), they prefer longer adaptation time to make sure they child is comfortable with the caregivers (without naming the concrete criteria).
The caregivers are in their conclusions very aware of their own limits. Most of the caregivers would not refuse a child that would need a special approach, though they articulated the support needed (e.x. additional training so they can meet the needs of the individual child, supervision, self - helps groups to reflect the experience with children with difficulties or extra stuff, e.g. a teaching assistant).
The caregivers also reflected the individual setting of each home- based care group and accented the need of a variability in numbers of children and following financing.
The panel of experts accented the fair financing for caregivers so the setting of the nes service does not support the precare position of caregivers on the labor market, the condition should allow the caregivers at least the “dignified” salary. While there is not an agreement of a degree of education or qualification of caregivers, there is a clear stress on the continuous support including additional learning, supervisor program for caregivers, networking with experts and early identification in the case of a different development of a child in the home based care.  

References
Barnett, William. 2008. Preschool Education and Its Lasting Effects: Research and Policy Implications. Available at (PDF) Preschool Education and Its Lasting Effects: Research and Policy Implications (researchgate.net)
Burchinal, Margaret. 2010. Threshold analysis of association between child care quality and child outcomes for low-income children in pre-kindergarten programs. Available at Threshold analysis of association between child care quality and child outcomes for low-income children in pre-kindergarten programs | Request PDF (researchgate.net)
Early, Diane. 2010. How do pre-kindergarteners spend their time? Gender, ethnicity, and income as predictors of experiences in pre-kindergarten classrooms. Available at How do pre-kindergarteners spend their time? Gender, ethnicity, and income as predictors of experiences in pre-kindergarten classrooms | Request PDF (researchgate.net)
Early childhood education and care in Europe: Welcoming children with disabilities or with migrant backgrounds. Available at Early childhood education and care in Europe: Welcoming children with disabilities or with migrant backgrounds | European Education Area (europa.eu)
Epstein, Joyce. 2010. School/Family/Community Partnerships: Caring for the Children We Share. Available at School/Family/Community Partnerships: Caring for the Children We Share (researchgate.net)
Goldfeld, Sharon. 2015.  Neighbourhood Effects Influencing Early Childhood Development: Conceptual Model and Trial Measurement Methodologies from the Kids in Communities Study. Available at (PDF) Neighbourhood Effects Influencing Early Childhood Development: Conceptual Model and Trial Measurement Methodologies from the Kids in Communities Study (researchgate.net)
Hattie, John. 2009. Visible Learning: A Synthesis of Over 800 Meta-Analyses Relating to Achievement. Visible Learning: A Synthesis of Over 800 Meta-Analyses Relating to Achievement (auf.org)
Charmaz, Kathy. 2014.  Constructing grounded theory. SAGE Publications Ltd
Kuchařová, Věra. 2020. Zpráva o rodině. RILSA. Available at Zpráva o rodině - RILSA
MPSV. Průvodce pro naplňování standardů kvality péče. Available at ee1d34fa-74e1-9515-cab8-159213bfc9d6 (mpsv.cz)
Munich, Daniel. 2023. Ruce a mozky českých žen stále nevyužity. Available at xhttps://idea.cerge-ei.cz/zpravy/ruce-a-mozky-ceskych-zen-stale-nevyuzity
Prokop, Daniel. 2019. Slepé skvrny: o chudobě, vzdělávání, populismu a dalších výzvách české společnosti. Host, 2019
Sylva, Kathy. 2004. The Effective Provision of Pr vision of Pre-school E e-school Education (EPPE) Pr ducation (EPPE) Project: Findings oject: Findings from pre-school t e-school to end of k o end of key stage 1. Available at The Effective Provision of Pre-school Education (EPPE) Project: Findings from pre-school to end of key stage 1 (uow.edu.au)


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

A National Improvement Initiative in Swedish Local Preschool Practices

Maria Fredriksson1,2, Maria Olsson1

1Dalarna University, Sweden; 2University of Stavanger, Norway

Presenting Author: Fredriksson, Maria; Olsson, Maria

The Swedish preschool, as part of the national educational system, is influenced by global discourses wherein education is defined as in need of constant improvement (Moss, 2013). These perceptions often stem from discussions of insufficient outcomes in international assessments, such as TIMMS and PISA. In response, governments, including the Swedish, regularly introduce new policies intended for implementation in local pedagogical practices (Adolfsson & Håkansson, 2019; Smith, 2016). Examples of such national initiatives include: “The Best School Possible” (CBS) (U2019/03786/S) in Sweden, “Every child matters: change for children in schools” (DfES/1089/2004) in Great Britain and “No child Left Behind” (20 USC 6301 note, 2002) in the United States.

This paper draws on an ongoing research project (2022–2024) investigating CBS policy (U2019/03786/S) in Swedish preschools. Decentralisation and recentralisation of educational systems, such as the Swedish, create unique settings for the realisation of policies like CBS (cf. Håkansson & Rönnström, 2021). While CBS can be understood as an example of the state’s increased control over preschools, it also includes intentions for local professional’s influence (U2019/03786/S).

CBS entails a three-year working process with a predetermined plan to identify and improve deficiencies in pedagogical practices (Skolverket, 2023). This initiative in local preschools, supported by university staff and led by head teachers and selected preschool teachers, aims to involve all preschool staff. Swedish preschool staff consist of various professions, mostly common preschool teachers with university degrees and professionals (referred to as assistants) with college degrees. Despite their different formal responsibilities, all are expected to provide high-quality pedagogical practice in line with the common national curriculum (Swedish National Agency of Education [SNAE], 2018).

Despite the rich array of international studies on national improvement initiatives (e.g., Cameron, 2010; Coborn & Spillane, 2016), research specifically on CBS, especially in the preschool context, remains sparse (Adolfsson & Håkansson, 2019).

In the current research project, we raise questions about how preschool professionals meet the demand for improvement in preschools with challenging conditions. Specifically, how is the CBS policy ‘made’ by professionals in local preschools? This paper aims to discuss how this policy is perceived and used in pedagogical practices by preschool professionals at the end of the three-year process.

The following research question is addressed:

- How do preschool teachers and assistants understand and experience the way CBS is transformed and carried out in preschools’ pedagogical practice?

This paper is grounded in Billig’s (1991) theoretical and methodological concept of ideological dilemmas. Billig argues that such dilemmas, which are overarching and recurring in society, may appear in different contexts, including scientific, political and everyday talk. These dilemmas encompass different logics regarding, for instance, regarding how education should be and can be controlled. Furthermore, they are seen as productive – if contrary rhetorical positions are articulated and discussed (cf. Billig 1991) – potentially deepening the understanding of a phenomenon such as CBS. In this paper, ideological dilemmas are useful for analysing both the opposing logics in professionals’ reasonings regarding CBS and the general dilemmas operating in the educational context (cf. Olsson et al., 2023).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
So far, the research project has included 14 semi-structured interviews with 12 preschool teachers and two head teachers from four preschools. In spring 2024, further interviews are planned with both previously involved (and currently employed) preschool teachers (10) and assistants (10). These interviews (cf. Brinkmann & Kvale, 2015) aim to examine, in-depth, the participants’ understanding and experiences of CBS.

Participants were selected from a Swedish municipality where work with CBS began at the beginning of 2022. Information about the research project was communicated to all current preschools, and those where all involved staff agreed to participate were selected. In accordance with the Swedish Research Council’s (2017) ethical principles, informed and written consent were obtained. Ethical guidelines were adhered to regarding participants’ voluntariness, confidentiality and data handling.
The analysis is carried out in two steps. 1) An inductive analysis procedure is followed where patterns and themes are distinguished (Graneheim & Lundman, 2004) regarding how the preschool teachers and assistants understand and experience the transformation and implementation of the CBS initiative in their pedagogical practices; 2) Theoretical analysis tools are used to visualise tensions in the material and informants’ use of rhetorical resources.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In this paper, questions are raised about how preschool professionals in a local context understand and handle the CBS policy, whose intentions have been formulated at a national level. In an earlier paper about the initiation of this policy (Olsson & Fredriksson, submitted), the risks of an overly narrow view of the pedagogical practice in which local conditions are neglected were pointed out.
The expected findings of this paper may align with the former. If local conditions are neglected, professionals may overlook how current educational contexts, such as preschool environments, affect or create perceived shortcomings. However, through collaboration with university staff over time, preschool teachers might have discussed how local conditions are related to and can be handled within the pedagogical practice. Nevertheless, assistants have not been involved to a great extent in these discussions, despite their assigned responsibility for the current practice. Instead, preschool teachers have been given the responsibility of discussing with assistants how the policy can be implemented in pedagogical practice. It is probable that professionals position themselves in different ways in relation to CBS, and tensions might arise between different professionals’ understanding and experiences regarding how and for what purpose CBS should and can be transformed into local practice.
This paper not only contributes to early childhood education research but also enhances understanding of how national policies might be understood, transformed and implemented by practitioners in local pedagogical practices. Thus, this paper could lead to further discussions about why, for what and for whom an educational practice needs to be improved.

References
20 USC 6301 note. (2002). No Child Left Behind Act of 2001 Education. Inter-governmental relations. United States of America in Congress assembled (USC).
Adolfsson, C.-H., & Håkansson, J. (2019). Evaluating teacher and school development by learning capital: A conceptual contribution to a fundamental problem. Improving Schools, 22(2), 130–143.
Billig, M. (1991). Ideology and opinions: Studies in rhetorical psychology. Sage Publications Inc.
Brinkmann, S., & Kvale, S. (2015). InterViews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing (3 ed.). Sage Publications.
Cameron, K., & Boyles, D. (2022). Learning and teaching in a neoliberal era: The tensions of engaging in Froebelian-Informed pedagogy while encountering quality standards. Global Education Review, 9(2), 99–117.
Cameron, D. H. (2010). Implementing a large-scale reform in secondary schools: The role of the consultant within England’s Secondary National Strategy. Journal of Education Policy, 25(5), 605–624.
DfES. 2004. Every child matters: Change for children in schools. London: DfES. No. DfES/1089/2004.
Graneheim, U. H., & Lundman, B. (2004). Qualitative content analysis in nursing research: Concepts, procedures and measures to achieve trustworthiness. Nurse Education Today, 24(2), 105–12.  
Håkansson, J., & Rönnström, N. (2021). Samverkan för bästa skola – skolförbättring som politiskt styrd nationell angelägenhet genom samverkan och forskarmedverkan. Pedagogisk Forskning i Sverige, 26(1), /–14.  
Moss, G. (2013). Research, policy and knowledge flows in education: What counts in knowledge mobilisation? Contemporary Social Science, 8(3), 237–248.  
Olsson, M., Ericson, J., von Ahlefeld Nisser, D., & Randell, E. (2023). Between an educational task and an idea for treatment: multiprofessional collaboration for supporting children “at risk” – a coordinator role in pedagogical practice. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, prepublication online.
Rönnström, N. (2015). Educating competitive teachers for a competitive nation? Policy Futures in Education, 13(6), 732–750.  
Skolverket (2023).  Samverkan för bästa skola. https://www.skolverket.se/skolutveckling/leda-och-organisera-skolan/samverkan-for-basta-skola#h-Meromprocessen

Smith, W. C. (2016). An introduction to the global testing culture. In W.C., Smith (Ed.), The global testing culture: Shaping education policy, perceptions, and practice, (pp.7–23). Oxford Studies in Comparative Education, Symposium.
Swedish National Agency of Education, SNAE (2018). Curriculum for the preschool, Lpfö 18. https://www.skolverket.se/publikationsserier/styrdokument/2019/curriculum-for-the-preschool-lpfo-18
Swedish Research Council (2017). Good Research Practice. https://www.vr.se/english/analysis/reports/our-reports/2017-08-31-good-research-practice.html
U2019/03786/S. Uppdrag till Statens skolverk om samverkan för bästa skola. Regeringsbeslut. https://www.regeringen.se/contentassets/0fc920eda8b546f18b05693c890218f7/uppdrag-till-statens-skolverk-om-samverkan-for-basta-skola-u201903786s/
 
17:30 - 19:0023 SES 08 C: Datafication
Location: Room B128 in ΘΕΕ 02 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST02]) [Floor -1]
Session Chair: Louise Phillips
Paper Session
 
23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Accountability, Datafication and Sense-Making in Disadvantaged School Contexts: A Comparative Analysis of Spain and Chile

Lluís Parcerisa1, Marcel Pagès2

1University of Barcelona, Spain; 2Autonomous University of Barcelona, Spain

Presenting Author: Parcerisa, Lluís

Standardized tests and performance metrics are becoming increasingly widespread as key components of global education reform (Ball et al. 2017; Sahlberg, 2016). Countries with different teaching models (Voisin & Dumai, 2020) and diverse education policy approaches are adopting performance-based accountability (PBA) as a policy solution to improve the quality of education systems (Lingard, 2013).

As a response to general concerns about education quality, standardized tests are used to hold teachers accountable for students’ results, with the expectation that performative pressures will induce teachers to align their instructional practices with learning standards and utilize the achievement data for school improvement purposes. According to this theory of change, external accountability can be a suitable instrument for enhancing teacher quality, ensuring learning and improving school performance. Moreover, the test data are expected to be employed as a part of an informational system to identify areas that need further attention and eventually implement improvement plans and corrective strategies (Lingard et al., 2017).

Interestingly, existing research on PBA shows mixed results. While some investigations observe an active policy appropriation by teachers (Hardy, 2014), other investigations suggest that performative pressures, far from reinforcing virtuous circles of improvement and policy alignment, tend to erode the professional autonomy of teachers and educators (Daliri-Ngametua et al., 2021; Holloway & Brass, 2018). This mismatch between policy design and actual practices is observed in numerous education systems where accountability mechanisms result in policy decoupling, ritualistic implementation, and instrumental responses (Reinhorn et al. 2017; Thiel et al. 2017).

Indeed, schools and teachers may embrace strategic practices to escape pressure and cope with performance expectations. School competition, teaching to the test and curriculum narrowing or cheating are only some of the undesired responses that schools might adopt to dilute the external pressures associated with testing and accountability (Falabella, 2020; Koretz, 2017). These results are observed in contexts with different accountability models, but appear to be very frequent in disadvantaged school contexts (Candido, 2019; Diamond, 2012).

Still, little is known about under what conditions such instrumental practices emerge and how they become institutionalized in different education systems. In order to understand this process, we suggest that we need to better understand teachers’ interpretations of accountability mandates. We aim to unpack teachers’ discourses about testing and accountability in order to shed light on the sense-making of accountability policies, with a particular focus on vulnerable school contexts. This investigation focuses on the interpretation of the accountability mandates of schools in disadvantaged contexts because within these institutional environments, school actors appear to be more prone to adopt instrumental and undesired responses. Our argument is that by analysing teachers’ interpretations of accountability policies, we can better understand how and why instrumental practices emerge and become the norm in certain schools.

Accordingly, the research goal of our work is to unpack the different components of teachers’ discourses on PBA in vulnerable schools to better understand how school actors’ sense-making sustains instrumental practices. To do so, we conduct a comparative case study with a qualitative approach, analysing the discourses of teachers working in vulnerable school settings in Spain (Madrid) and Chile. These are interesting contexts for investigating the role of performative pressures since they combine high levels of marketization with different approaches to PBA (Falabella, 2020; Prieto & Villamor, 2012).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study adopts a qualitative comparative analysis (QCA) to better understand the teachers’ sense-making of accountability policies and datafication in disadvantaged schools’ contexts in Spain and Chile.
The selection of the two cases was made on purpose, according to the accountability policy design and the structure of the educational supply. While Chile and Spain differ in terms of their accountability policy approach, both countries have some similarities in terms of the structure of their education provision, including market-oriented models. In terms of the accountability policy model, Chile has a high-stakes PBA model, which is deeply consolidated in the education system with a long trajectory and relative stability. In contrast, Spain, and particularly the case of Madrid, has adopted accountability mechanisms quite recently, following a lower-stakes model with erratic policy trajectories. Interestingly, both cases share similarities in the structure and governance of education provision. Accordingly, the two cases compared share a market-oriented education system with important levels of private-subsidized schools and salient levels of school competition. In short, we suggest that these are particularly interesting contexts for investigating the role of performative pressures since they combine high levels of marketization with different approaches in relation to PBA (Falabella, 2020; Prieto & Villamor, 2012)

To conduct our analysis, we purposefully selected small-n cases (Spain and Chile) to enhance the external validity of our study. We mobilized context-sensitive knowledge for each case to analyse and compare our data in order to ensure internal validity, and developed an inductive and explorative mode of reasoning to interpret our results (Thomann & Maggetti, 2020).
Our data are based on a sampling of public and private-subsidized schools with low socio-economic status. We conducted 26 semi-structured in-depth interviews with teachers and school leaders to develop a systematic comparison of teachers’ enactment of PBA in both countries. To analyze the interviews, we combined deductive and emerging codes. We first applied a list of structural codes (Saldaña, 2021) defined in a codebook to share the same criteria to code and analyse interviews in Chile and Spain (Parcerisa & Verger, 2023). With the comparison of the codes, new themes and topics were identified and we iteratively built new labels to classify, interpret and examine these emerging results.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This article shows the importance of school context and meaning-making processes in the enactment of educational policy, and more particularly the key role of interpretation and sense-making as a mediating factor explaining policy decoupling and opportunistic behaviours. Based on a comparative case study, the paper illuminates the similarities (and also some differences) in the policy reception and interpretation of accountability policies by teachers working in disadvantaged contexts. Although the discourses analysed share important ideas and critical understandings of PBA, we do not aim to suggest that the discourses of teachers are univocal or homogenous. Some teachers give more importance to social justice arguments, whereas others highlight pedagogical or professional discourses. Moreover, some discourses of appropriation and negotiation are also found, despite not being the norm. Our results do not suggest that similar discourses imply similar school responses to PBA. Indeed, as we have analysed elsewhere, the school responses to PBA are multiple and diverse (Authors, 2023; Authors, 2021). This suggests that the school's policy responses cannot be understood as a mechanical and linear process from interpretation to translation, but a conflicting and negotiated process mediated by organizational, professional, and contextual factors that modulate different translations within a range of similar forms of policy interpretation.
Despite the differences in the characteristics of the educational systems and the design of accountability instruments, our research suggests that teachers working in vulnerable school settings in Madrid and Chile share important arguments when they identify negative components of PBA for disadvantaged schools. However, the article shows that critical discourses on PBA are complex, interwoven, and multifaceted.

References
Ball, S. J., Junemann, C., & Santori, D. (2017). Edu. net: Globalisation and education policy mobility. Routledge.
Candido, H. H. D. (2019). Datafication in schools: enactments of quality assurance and evaluation policies in Brazil. International Studies in Sociology of Education, 29(1–2), 1–32. https://doi.org/10.1080/09620214.2019.1656101
Daliri-Ngametua, R., Hardy, I., & Creagh, S. (2021). Data, performativity and the erosion of trust in teachers. Cambridge Journal of Education, 1-17. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764x.2021.2002811
Diamond, J. B. (2012). Accountability policy, school organization, and classroom practice: partial recoupling and educational opportunity. Education and Urban Society, 44(2), 151–182. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013124511431569
Falabella, A. (2020). The ethics of competition: accountability policy enactment in Chilean schools’ everyday life. Journal of Education Policy, 35(1), 23-45. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2019.1635272
Hardy, I. (2014). A logic of appropriation: enacting national testing (NAPLAN) in Australia. Journal of education policy, 29(1), 1-18. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2013.782425
Holloway, J., & Brass, J. (2018). Making accountable teachers: The terrors and pleasures of performativity. Journal of Education Policy, 33(3), 361-382. https://doi.org/10.1080/02680939.2017.1372636
Koretz, D. (2017). The testing charade: pretending to make schools better. University of Chicago Press
Lingard, B. (2013). Historicizing and contextualizing global policy discourses: Test-and standards-based accountabilities in education. International Education Journal: Comparative Perspectives, 12(2), 122-132.
Lingard, B., Sellar, S., & Lewis, S. (2017). Accountabilities in schools and school systems. Oxford Research Encyclopedia of Education, 3, 155. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780190264093.013.74.
Parcerisa, L., & Verger, A. (2023). Researching ‘Autonomy with Accountability’ in Schools: A Qualitative Approach to Policy Enactment and Practice. REFORMED Methodological Papers No.3, 1-33. doi: 10.5281/zenodo.1036169
Prieto, M., & Villamor, P. (2012). Freedom of choice, competition and quality: educational policies of the Autonomous Region of Madrid. Profesorado, Revista de Currículum y Formación del Profesorado, 16(3), 127-144.
Reinhorn, S. K., Johnson, S. M., & Simon, N. S. (2017). Investing in development: Six high-performing, high-poverty schools implement the Massachusetts teacher evaluation policy. Educational Evaluation and Policy Analysis, 39(3), 383-406. https://doi.org/10.3102/0162373717690605
Sahlberg, P. (2016). The global educational reform movement and its impact on schooling. In K. Mundy, A. Green, B. Lingard, & A. Verger (Eds.), The handbook of global education policy (pp. 128–144). Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118468005.ch7
Saldaña, J. (2021). The coding manual for qualitative researchers. London: Sage.
Thiel, C., Schweizer, S., & Bellmann, J. (2017). Rethinking side effects of accountability in education: insights from a multiple methods study in four german school systems. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 25(93), 1–32.
Voisin, A., & Dumay, X. (2020). How do educational systems regulate the teaching profession and teachers’ work? A typological approach to institutional foundations and models of regulation. Teaching and Teacher Education, 96, 1-16. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2020.103144


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Participation in Adult Learning and Education in the UK: The Scarcity of Consistent Statistical Evidence in the Abundance of Data

Ellen Boeren1, Betul Babayigit2, Zyra Evangelista1, Sharon Clancy2, John Holford2

1University of Glasgow, United Kingdom; 2University of Nottingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Babayigit, Betul; Evangelista, Zyra

The participation of adults in learning and education (ALE) has been subject to research for many years, and attempts to make it more prevalent have been going on throughout the world due to its value in the labour market and the empowering role of ALE in individuals’ social relationships, social mobility, job prospects, finances, health, and wellbeing. These innumerable benefits of ALE require the genuine dedication of countries to making participation in ALE more prevalent and accessible for all adults, regardless of their educational or socio-economic background. Inevitably, this dedication necessitates effective policymaking that aims to involve more adults in learning, especially those with lower educational attainment and from lower social classes who are traditionally less prone to participate in or access ALE opportunities (Boeren, 2009; Kersh & Laczik, 2021). One of the most crucial factors influencing the effectiveness of policymaking is taking scientific evidence into account during the decision-making process concerning ALE. The consistent decrease in ALE participation rates in the United Kingdom since 2010s makes evidence-based policymaking more indispensable and urgent than ever. Through the use of scientific evidence, policymakers can better target the groups who don’t participate in ALE or those who are deprived of ALE opportunities, which can result in an increase in total participation rates and more equitable proportions of learners within those rates based on their economic and social backgrounds. However, the effectiveness of evidence-based policymaking is partially bound to the amount and quality of the scientific evidence available. It is ideally expected that the data on ALE should provide a good measurement of the people who participate, for what reasons, and in what type of learning activities as well as the benefits of ALE (Boeren, 2016). It is equally important that the data on ALE should depict a very accurate picture of who does not participate and why.

This contribution will present findings from an ongoing research project funded by the UK’s Economic and Social Research Council (ESRC). The project aims to investigate the statistical evidence-base in ALE in the UK, reveal the potential reasons behind the decreasing participation rates, and unpack how policymakers benefit from the available evidence-base during their decision-making process. In this paper, we aim to explore how participation in ALE is measured by large-scale surveys that collect data from the UK. We also aim to investigate how major determinants of participation (motivations for ALE, barriers to ALE, and the benefits of ALE) have been encompassed by these surveys. While approaching the participation questions in the surveys, we will adopt the Total Survey Error paradigm to reveal potential sources for varying participation rates. In terms of motivations and barriers, we will mainly rely on the Bounded Agency model (Evans, 2007) and Boeren’s (2017) layered model of participation, along with other theoretical frameworks such as Cross's (1981) typology of barriers and Houle’s (1961) typology of adult learners’ motivations.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Employing a qualitative approach, we conducted an extensive text-based content analysis on the questionnaires of 16 national and European surveys that collect data on participation in ALE from the UK context. The surveys under our scrutiny were the Adult Participation in Learning (APiL) survey, the Survey of Adult Skills (PIAAC), Adult Education Survey (AES), Labour Force Survey (LFS), European Social Survey (ESS), European Quality of Life Survey (EQLS), European Company Survey (ECS), European Working Conditions Surveys (EWC), Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS), National Child Development Study (NCDS), British Cohort Study (BCS), Next Steps (NS), Understanding the Society (UtS), and the UK Time Use Survey (UK-TUS). The documents for these surveys were downloaded from their websites, as most of them were already available for public use. The questionnaires that were not publicly available were shared with us by the relevant institutions. During the data analysis, we systematically coded and categorised the questions for participation, motivations, and barriers to reveal their compatibility with the theoretical frameworks mentioned above by following the steps proposed by Zhang and Wildemuth (2009).
 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings indicate that the surveys differ from each other in terms of their methodology, their ways of measuring participation, and how they approach to motivations and barriers, which can complicate further secondary statistical analyses. Most of the surveys in our sample do not collect detailed data about ALE as it is not their primary focus. Another major finding is the scarcity of consistent and comprehensive longitudinal data underpinning ALE. It is also revealed that data on motivations and barriers are rare and the scope of them vastly differs across surveys and from the theoretical models. Most surveys do not adopt a comprehensive understanding of barriers, failing to acknowledge the layered nature of the factors affecting participation behaviour (Boeren, 2017) since the surveys usually focus on individual (micro) level factors rather than meso-/macro-level factors and seem to fail to depict the intertwined relationships between them. Therefore, they may create the illusion that nonparticipation is largely caused by individuals’ time constraints and family commitments by ignoring the role of how economic volatility may require individuals to work for longer hours or how insufficient childcare policies may impede participation. In conclusion, the data underpinning ALE is mostly piecemeal and divergent in nature, which undermines future secondary analyses and comparisons across different surveys. Although the available ALE data do tell us which groups of people tend to participate, we are still in the dark when it comes to answering more intricate questions: When do former non-participants switch to the state of participation? When do former participants stop learning? How are the switching states of (non)participation affected by micro, meso-, and macro-level determinants? The lack of answers to these questions may jeopardise effective policymaking by preventing policymakers from addressing the most relevant factors and cause ALE policies to be tautologous, generic, or deflective.
References
Boeren, E. (2009). Adult education participation: the Matthew principle. Filosofija-sociologija, 20(2), 154-161.
Boeren, E. (2016). Lifelong learning participation in a changing policy context: An interdisciplinary theory. London: Palgrave Macmillan.
Boeren, E. (2017). Understanding adult lifelong learning participation as a layered problem. Studies in Continuing Education, 39(2), 161-175.
Cross, K. P. (1981). Adults as learners. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Evans, K. (2007). Concepts of bounded agency in education, work, and the personal lives of young adults. International Journal of Psychology, 42(2), 85–93.
Houle, C. O. (1961). The Inquiring Mind. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press.
Kersh, N., and Laczik, A. (2021). Towards understanding of policy transfer and policy learning in adult education in the context of United Kingdom. Research in Comparative and International Education, 16(4), 384-404. https://doi.org/10.1177/17454999211061236
Zhang, Y. and Wildemuth, B. M. (2009). Qualitative analysis of content. In B.M. Wildemuth (Ed.), Applications of Social Research Methods to Questions in Information and Library (pp. 1-12). Libraries Unlimited.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Enhancing Adult Education Policy Through Data Collection and Registries – Experiences of the Visegrad Countries

Horacy Debowski1, Wojciech Stęchły1, Erzsebet Szlamka2, Zdenka Simova3, Marketa Tuckova3, Ľubica Gállová4

1SGH Warsaw School of Economic, Poland; 2Governmental Agency of IT Development, Hungary; 3National Training Fund, Czechia; 4The State Institute of Vocational Education, Slovakia

Presenting Author: Debowski, Horacy; Stęchły, Wojciech

The integrity and quality of information in registries are fundamental to all stages of policy development – from conception and design to implementation and evaluation – especially in fields like adult learning, where the needs and conditions can be diverse and dynamic (Roumell & Roessger, 2019). Such data can reveal trends, needs, and gaps in the current education system, enabling more targeted and effective policy interventions. Data from registries can offer insights into adult learners' demographics, learning preferences, and career trajectories. Big Data and advanced analytics are vital in creating responsive and adaptive workforce development systems (Williamson, 2017). There are expectations that education policymakers will need to be plied with quality data in the form of predictive analytical patterns (modelling, machine learning, and data mining of historical data) and knowledge about global educational predictions of future outcomes and trends (Soskil, 2018).

Reliable registries, which include information about the accreditation status of training providers and programs, are also important from learners' and employers' perspectives as they might reduce the asymmetry of information and assure the quality and the potential for a return on their investment in education and training. They might also enhance the efficiency of the search for the appropriate training offer and, therefore, contribute to better investments in human capital. The Council Recommendation on individual learning accounts of 2022 recommends developing public registers of training offers. The Council Recommendation states: “There is also a need for up-to-date public registries of recognised training through dedicated single national digital portals accessible to all, including people with disabilities, and, preferably, interconnected with the Europass platform”. Establishments of public registers in many European countries is also linked with the development of national qualifications frameworks for lifelong learning (Markowitsch & Dębowski 2022)

In the article, we aim to analyse solutions adopted in the four Visegrad countries, namely the Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland and Slovakia, regarding developments of registries and data collection in the education sectors with particular attention to the vocationally oriented adult education sector. Following Desjardins' adult training systems typology (2017), we aim to identify how data in adult learning subsystems (sectors) is collected and used by policymakers and stakeholders. We distinguish between data (registries) regarding learners and data (registries) regarding the training offer. The analysis of data collection systems will be conducted against the background of policy frameworks that underpin adult learning in the Visegrad countries, noting the interplay between European Union recommendations and national priorities, including the structure of governance of the adult learning and financing.

The findings aim to contribute to the broader discourse on adult education systems and inform future policy development within and beyond the Visegrad region. The article draws on evidence from the international project: Digital Individual Learning Accounts In The Visegrad Countries (D-ILA in V4) financed within the Erasmus+ framework. The project used mixed research methods, including literature and policy documents analysis of public and private registries of data collection as well as in-person interviews (44 interviews in total) with the key stakeholders: training providers, employers, policymakers, trade union representatives, policy researchers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The article draws on evidence from the international project: Digital Individual Learning Accounts In The Visegrad Countries (D-ILA in V4) financed within the Erasmus+ framework and has been conducted by four institutions from Visegrad countries. Authors of the article have been involved in the D-ILA in V4 project.
The article draws on mixed research methods, including literature and policy documents analysis, analysis of public and private registries of data collection, as well as in-person interviews (44 interviews in total) with the key stakeholders: training providers, employers, policymakers, trade union representatives, and policy researchers.
The article compares and synthesises solutions and practices from the four Visegrad countries.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The Visegrad countries decentralised their education systems at the beginning of the transformation in the 1990s, and adult learning sector was viewed as market oriented and was essentially left to private providers and voluntarist initiatives of NGOs. In the absence of governmental regulation and support, the institutionalization of adult education policy was slow. However, in Hungary since 2010 there has been a strong move to centralisation within education in general and within VET in particular, and a resurgence in top down, system-wide policy initiatives.
In the Visegrad countries, similarly as in other EU countries, adult education and training takes place mostly in the non-formal education setting, and this sector has been growing over the years while the share of adults participating in formal education is decreasing. At the same time this sector is largely unregulated and not monitored, with Hungary to be an exception.
The functioning of the adult education system in Hungary is regulated in detail by laws and in recent years, there has been an expansion and tightening of data collection related to: a) persons participating in adult education and training, b) training courses; c) data related to the organisation of examinations and organisations providing. In other Visegrad countries there is no one training database for adults, and data regarding persons participating in non-formal education is generally not collected. However, all of the Visegrad countries introduce new policy initiatives and tools, including registers, in order to better monitor and coordinate adult education sector. In Hungary, Czechia, Slovakia and Poland some forms of accreditation are being introduced for providers willing to be included in public registries and this often is linked with public funding. However, the scope and thoroughness of accreditation varies in all of the countries. Public registries are functioning along with numerous private initiatives.

References
Desjardins, R. (2017). Political economy of adult learning systems: Comparative study of strategies, policies and constraints. Bloomsbury publishing.
Markowitsch, J., Dębowski, H. (2022). Education systems and qualifications frameworks, [in:] Tutlys, V., Markowitsch, J., Pavlin, S., Winterton, J. (eds.). Skill Formation in Central and Eastern Europe, Berlin, Germany: Peter Lang Verla. DOI: 10.3726/b19799
Roumell, E. A., & Roessger, K. (2019). Humanistic, Innovative Solutionism: What Role do Data Analytics Play in Developing a More Responsive and More Intelligent Adult and Workforce Education Policy?. In The Educational Intelligent Economy: BIG DATA, Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning and the Internet of Things in Education (Vol. 38, pp. 127-142). Emerald Publishing Limited.
Soskil, M. (2018). Education in a time of unprecedented change. In Teaching in the Fourth Industrial Revolution (pp. 8-24). Routledge.
Williamson, B. (2017). Big Data in education: The digital future of learning, policy and practice. SAGE Publications.


23. Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Paper

Beyond global discourses of data: A cross comparative analysis of schooling data in Australia, Bangladesh, England and Singapore

Louise Phillips1, Ian Hardy1, Obaid Hamid1, Vicente Reyes2

1University of Queensland, Australia; 2University of Bristol, UK

Presenting Author: Phillips, Louise

Schools around the world increasingly rely on a range of different modes of evidence of student learning, often described as ‘data’. In keeping with Pangrazio and Sefton-Green’s (2022) call for increased attention to more local, vernacular responses to datafication processes, this paper draws upon perspectives of students, teachers and school-based administrators as they are influenced by global school data trends and seek to be more responsive to engagement with myriad forms of data. We argue there is a need to ensure meaningful aspects of education do not become marginalised. This is always a risk because numbers convey a sense of ‘objectivity’ and ‘authority’ (Desrosières, 1998), and can be difficult to challenge such perceptions, especially in meritocratic contexts in which numbers are focal measures. These pressures to focus upon numeric conceptions of data are central to the quantification of social processes more broadly (Mau, 2019), which are becoming an increasingly constitutive part of social life. However, more dominant, quantified forms are not the only forms of data that exist in school settings and responses to such data are not simply passive.

After more than 20 years of international large-scale assessment (PISA, TIMSS, PIRLS), and national education policies and practices that centre standardised assessment, we seek alternatives. We present from our four-year study which critiques the effects of standardized test data, and associated processes of the quantification of education, on the work and learning of system personnel, teachers and students in schools, and looks for emerging alternative approaches in Australia, Bangladesh, England, and Singapore. Inspired by Collyer, Connell, Maia and Morrell’s (2018) work of creating knowledge beyond ‘northern’ contexts alone, we have deliberately engaged with varied national contexts, including from ostensibly wealthy, ‘northern’/dominant contexts (England), more peripheral ‘northern’ settings (Australia), seemingly ‘successful’ east-Asian settings (Singapore), and ‘southern’ settings (Bangladesh). In this way, we seek to reveal the richness, diversity and plurality of the types of data, and engagement with data that occur in marginalised communities in these settings at a more genuinely ‘global’ scale. Mirroring how high stakes testing at the local, micro-level is then deployed to criticise schools at a more political, macro-level, we focus on students and educators’ stories of critique and engagement at the local level to challenge more reductive accounts that seem to characterize more ‘global’ discourses of data.

Our inquiry seeks to understand:

- the principal forms of qualitative and quantitative data (‘global’, national, local) drawn on in different national and local contexts;

- the multifarious ways in which educators engage with these data and how the current

focus upon data (‘datafication’) impacts on the lived realities of students, teachers and system personnel;

- the role of various modes of data in this work, and how these are mediated by teachers and system educators; and

- how these practices compare with more dominant, ‘global’ perspectives about data use.

We draw upon storying in marginalised settings to make visible how students and educators in schools and systems in varied policy contexts make sense of data at a more genuinely representative ‘global’ scale. We lean into storying, because humans have long ‘read’ the world through stories, and by making visible the experiences of those typically marginalised, it enables accessibility to theorizing beyond the elite and highly educated (Phillips & Bunda, 2018). Storying claims voice in the silenced margins and counters metanarratives, such as “‘monovocal’ stories about the low educational achievement and attainment of students of color” (Solórzano & Yosso, 2002, p. 27).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We inquire through storying – that is, the act of making and remaking meaning through
stories (Phillips & Bunda, 2018) – to reveal the meaning-making that students and educators give to learning in the context of increased use of national and international standardized data for accountability purposes. Through storying methodology we have taken time to build relationships with school leaders, teachers and students at four schools in each nation, so that there is trust to share and cocreate stories, by interweaving past and present archives and experiences, through story-sharing, observing and document analysis. Through such a situated relational methodology, we highlight the human, lived experiences of datafication in schools.

The participating schools have been sourced through recommendations from central ministry staff who identified the schools as having a notable approach to data, along with recommendations through personal networks. School leaders have self-selected staff who have significant roles with school data, and students to reflect different age group experiences of data on their learning. At each school we spent one to two days each year to immerse in the culture of the schools and co-produce stories on data in schools through:
(a) conversations with students and educators (individually and focus groups) in a variety of roles (teachers, principals, system/regional personnel) to uncover how they make sense of data and student learning;
(b) observations of classroom practice and environments to develop better insights into how this data sense-making is practised;
(c) immersion in relevant meetings and professional development activities to understand how educators are informed on how engage with school data;
(d) review of systemic and school policies, and associated documents, pertaining to student learning and data, mentioned in conversations and identified in observations and students’ work samples, tests and other documents (e.g., bookwork) to further flesh out our understandings school data in action.
Our research team of four have endeavoured to all attend each site visit and online interview so that our diverse ways of the reading the world are brought to our inquiry. We co-write reports for each school that are a basis for discussion and storying for subsequent visits. Further, we visually story through mapping global and local viewpoints as features of education ‘datascapes’, a notion suggested by Lingard (2021, 3), as a possible addition/extension to Appadurai’s (2001) theoretical ‘scapes’ to arrive at a greater understanding and appreciation of the global historical cultural flows and complexities situated in education datascapes.


Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In Australia, we learnt that there is a growing shift away from emphases on national literacy and numeracy testing data (NAPLAN). Data-rich cultures of wondering-with-data for the sake of better outcomes for students were evident through visualizing data in meaningful ways and collaborative data meaning-making for different stakeholders (i.e., school leaders, teachers, students and parents).

Bangladeshi education has its own system of standardized testing, introduced during British colonial rule and expanded in the postcolonial era. From stakeholders, we heard the welcomed impact of recently introduced reforms to reduce examination pressure and prevent students from relying on after-hours private tutoring while seeking to enhance their wellbeing. These include a new curriculum which emphasizes experiential learning across the classroom, school, and society.
In England, we heard how Ofsted school inspections have increasingly shifted away from predominantly quantitative data measures towards explicit attention to curriculum and how teachers can evidence their students’ learning (Ofsted, 2019). At the same time, schools that are ‘unperforming’/‘inadequate’ against more traditional measures continue to be under pressure to improve and may be allocated to ‘Multi-Academy Trusts’ with which they have little affinity.  
Singaporean students are globally known as forerunners on International Large Scale Assessments (ILSAs). The current Singaporean education system agenda has recently shifted to “learn for life” with emphases on values, social and emotional competencies, student well-being and flexibility with subject-based banding (MoE, 2023). However, we heard how broader social pressures (e.g., competition for college places; parental expectations; ‘fear of missing out’) continue to challenge these more holistic and educationally-oriented approaches to student learning.
Across these four nations, we see a growing trend toward more holistic approaches to data on students learning including advocacy for well-being, experiential learning and lifelong learning. However, the legacy of high stakes school performance data continues to exert influence.


References
Appadurai, A. (2001). “Disjuncture and Difference in the Global Cultural Economy.” In Media and Cultural Studies: Key Works, edited by M. Durham, and D. Kellner, 584–603. Blackwell Publishing Ltd.
Collyer, F., Connell, R., Maia, J., & Morrell, R. (2018). Knowledge and global power. Monash University Publishing.
Desrosières, A. (1998). The politics of large numbers: A history of statistical reasoning. Harvard University Press.

Goh, K.S & Education study team (1978). Report on the ministry of education (Goh Report). Singapore.
Lingard, B. (2021). Globalisation and Education. Routledge.

Mau, S. (2019). The metric society: On the quantification of the social. Polity.

Ofsted (2019). Inspecting the curriculum. Revising inspection methodology to support the education inspection framework. https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/media/5d1dfeba40f0b609dde41855/Inspecting_the_curriculum.pdf

Pangrazio, L., & Sefton-Green, J. (2022). “Learning to live well with data: Concepts and challenges.” In L. Pangrazio, and J. Sefton-Green (Eds.), Learning to Live with Datafication: Educational Case Studies and Initiatives from Across the World, (pp.1-16). Routledge.

Phillips, L.G. & Bunda, T. (2018). Research through, with and as storying. Routledge.

Ministry of Education (MoE), Singapore (2023, March 1). Learn for Life: Forging Our Collective Future. https://www.moe.gov.sg/news/press-releases/20230301-learn-for-life-forging-our-collective-future

Solorzano, D., & Yosso, T. (2002). Critical race methodology: Counter-storytelling as an analytical framework for education research. Qualitative Inquiry, 8(1), 23-44.
 
17:30 - 19:0025 SES 08 A: Children's participation and early childhood comprehensive sex educatioin
Location: Room 001 in ΧΩΔ 01 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Chiara Carla Montà
Paper Session
 
25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Human Rights in Early Education: Teachers’ Perceptions on Embedding Participation into their Classrooms

Jacky Tyrie1, Sarah Chicken2, Jacqui Lewis2, Patrizio De Rossi2, Louisa Roberts2

1Swansea University, United Kingdom; 2University of the West of England, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Tyrie, Jacky

Funded by the UK’s Economic and Research Council (ESRC) and based in Wales, the research tackles the ongoing challenge of transitioning children’s participative rights, as recognised in the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), into educational practice. Embedding the participative rights of young children in the pedagogical practices of early years education is recognized globally as being challenging (Correia et al. 2019, Koran and Avci, 2017, Vanner 2023). There is evidence of ‘bounded’ participation (Murphy et al., 2022), where teachers report that the voice and agency of young children might only be enabled at specified times, in specified spaces, for specified reasons, or when children are perceived to have the necessary capacity (Murphy et al., 2022).

Drawing upon a socio-cultural approach (Rogoff, 2003) a conceptual framework of agency (James and Prout, 1997) is employed to explore how children’s participative rights are understood and shaped by the children and adults who design, utilise and ‘live’ in the spaces in which children are educated. Central to the project is a construction of young children as capable and agentic meaning-makers, who make sense of their worlds through their social experiences within it (James, 1998). This approach is interconnected with the conceptual framework of agency is a rights-based approach drawing on the UNCRC (UNICEF, 1989) Article 12, within which all children have a right to participate in decisions that affect them, so these two provide the lenses for this research.

This paper focuses the research question “How do primary teachers in Wales conceptualise and support young children’s participative rights and what are perceived enablers and barriers to practice?”. The paper explores how in-service primary school teachers in Wales conceptualise and experience children’s participative rights, and the perceived barriers and enablers to supporting the enactment of those rights in early years education in Wales. Semi-structured interviews were carried out with the teachers (n=14) before they took part in a series of participatory workshops. Reggio Emilia pedagogical approaches were explored to provoke reflections on how children’s participative rights can be supported and enacted in practice. Group discussions and creative activities enabled participants to consider understandings of children’s participative rights and to surface the possible barriers and enablers to these rights being enacted in young children’s classrooms in Wales. Participants were supported to develop participatory projects with children in their class and creative research methods were employed to explicate young children's perceptions of their participative rights in classroom settings, and how they would like these to be developed. There will be post interviews with the teacher participants conducted after their class projects are completed. Reflexive thematic analysis (Braun and Clarke, 2019, 2020, 2022) is being used to analyse the data generated from the teachers’ and children’s’ engagement.

Data analysis is currently on-going and detailed findings will be presented at the conference, however initial themes from practitioners’ pre-interviews include constructions of children, teachers and schools; differing pedagogical approaches; understandings of children’s voice and participation; and differing school and local contexts. A range of barriers and enablers to young children’s participative rights were also surfaced during the data collection and analysis. How teachers’ perceptions evolved during the research process, and the implications of these perceptions for participatory pedagogies with young children will be presented.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research runs from December 2022 until December 2025, with the component for this paper being undertaken between September 2023 and July 2024. For the research presented here, the teacher participants (n=14) were based in two Welsh speaking and seven English-speaking schools across Wales. They were all female (this reflects a predominantly female workforce) and working with children aged three to seven years. Class sizes range from 9 to 30 students, and school sizes range from 45 to 633 students. The teacher participated in one-to-one semi-structured interview pre and post and ‘intervention’. There are three stages to this data gathering, 1) pre-interviews, 2) Workshops and project work (intervention) 3) post-interviews.
The pre-interview (stage 1) focused on teachers understanding and their experience of young children’s participative rights in their classroom and their school, and the perceived barriers and enablers to enabling young children to enact their participative rights in school. The interviews were video recorded and transcribed.  
Following these interviews the teachers took part in five face-to-face workshops (stage 2), which drew on Reggio Emilia ideas and were supported by an artist consultant. These workshops, based on a participatory approach, were an opportunity for the teachers involved to consider education ‘about’, ‘through’, and ‘for’ human rights (United Nations, 2011). Reggio Emilia's principles and pedagogy served as an example and a provocation to their way of teaching, and to increase their knowledge about the participative rights of children in education. The teachers then developed projects in their class (stage 2) to enable children to explore their understandings and experiences of participative rights in school.  
The second post intervention semi-structured interviews (stage 3) with teachers explores in detail their reflections on their involvement in the research, their projects with the children, and any changes to their pedagogic practice.
NVivo data analysis software was used implement Reflective Thematic Analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2019, 2020, 2022) with the data. The identification of initial codes generated from data, was the product of a process of collaborative data coding. Each interview was coded by at least two members of the research team, the interviewer and another member of the research team, first separately and then discussed together. Subsequently, the research team met several times to generate initial themes and then develop, review, and define themes. These themes were the effect of the continuous and systematic process of reflective dialogue and collaborative discussion.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Final conclusions are not yet possible due to the incomplete nature of the research at the point of abstract submission. However, indicative findings can be drawn teachers perceptions of barriers and enablers to the enactment of children’s participative rights in lower primary school classrooms. It should be noted that the below conclusions are drawn from the pre-interviews (stage 1) only.
Taking the socio-cultural approach (Rogoff 2003) and a conceptual framework of agency (Prout and James 1997) in our approach to and of the analysis we found that teachers perceived barriers to enabling participation in their classrooms at a ‘personal’ level and an ‘organisational’ level. In terms of ‘personal’ our analysis surfaced teachers’ social constructions of children, of teachers and of learning itself. For some these constructions were acting as barriers to being able to embed participative rights in classrooms, whereas for others these constructions were perceived as enablers. This seemingly depended on if the pedagogical position was in-line with children’s participative rights.
The participants also reported experiencing ‘organisational’ barriers. For example, if the school ethos was reflective of children’s participative rights, the pressure of other outcomes such as literacy and numeracy, and the autonomy and flexibility teachers were afforded in developing their curricula and their pedagogical approaches. Another theme which emerged during our analysis was understandings and perceptions of the concepts of child ‘voice’, and how this aligns with notions of human rights education, participative rights, and classroom and school activities that constitute participation.
Therefore we argue that for teachers to overcome the challenges of transitioning children’s participative rights from policy into practice, that teachers have the space and capacity to review their own pedagogical position and the relationship with their practice.

References
Braun, V. & Clarke, V. (2022). Thematic Analysis. A practical guide. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative Research in Sport, Exercise & Health, 11(4), 589-597.  
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2020). One size fits all? What counts as quality practice in (reflexive) thematic analysis? Qualitative Research in Psychology. Special Issue: Quality in qualitative approaches: Celebrating heterogeneity, edited by J.N. Lester & M. O’Reilly. ONLINE FIRST. https://doi.org/10.1080/14780887.2020.1769238
Correia, N., Carvalho, H., Durães, J., & Aguiar, C. (2019). Teachers' ideas about children's right to participate in ECE.
James, A. and Prout, A., 1997. Constructing and reconstructing childhood Routledge.
Koran, N., & Avci, N. (2017). Perceptions of prospective pre-school teachers regarding children's right to participate in classroom activities. EDUCATIONAL SCIENCES-THEORY & PRACTICE, 17(3).
Malaguzzi, L., Edwards, C., Gandini, L. and Forman, G., 1998. The Hundred Languages of Children; The Reggio Emilia Approach-Advanced Reflections. History, ideas, and basic philosophy: An interview with Lella Gandini by Loris Malaguzzi, pp.49-98.
Murphy, A., Tyrie, J., Waters-Davies, J., Chicken, S., & Clement, J. (2022). Foundation Phase teachers' understandings and enactment of participation in school settings in Wales. In Inclusive Pedagogies for Early Childhood Education: Respecting and Responding to Differences in Learning, 111.
Rogoff, B. (2003). The cultural nature of human development. Oxford University Press.
UN, General Assembly. (2011). UN Declaration on HRE and Training. GA 66/127, Art. 2, paras. 1--‐2. Geneva: UN.
UNICEF (1989) Treaty no. 27531. UN Treaty Series, 1577, pp. 3-178. Available at: https://treaties.un.org/doc/Treaties/1990/09/19900902%2003-14%20AM/Ch_IV_11p.pdf (Accessed: 3 July 2020).
Vanner, C. (2013). Navigating Children's Participation Rights in Education in Low-Income Countries. Literacy Information and Computer Education Journal (LICEJ), 4(2), 988-996.
Welsh Government, 2021c. Curriculum for Wales. Available at https://hwb.gov.wales/curriculum-for-wales. (Accessed 15 November 2023)


25. Research on Children's Rights in Education
Paper

Towards a Comprehensive Sex Education from Early Childhood: Knowledge, Beliefs, and Pedagogical Practices in the Chilean Context

Daniela Alejandra Figueroa Moya1, Mery Rodriguez Parra2, Paula Francisca Guerra Zamora3, Ximena Poblete4, Felipe Aravena5

1Universidad Finis Terrae; 2Universidad de las Américas; 3Universidad Católica Silva Henriquez; 4Universidad Alberto Hurtado; 5PUCV

Presenting Author: Rodriguez Parra, Mery; Aravena, Felipe

In the face of persistent inequities, discrimination, and violence against women, girls, and gender non-conforming individuals, formal education emerges as a space to intervene and generate the necessary cultural changes to progress towards more inclusive societies (O’Brien et al., 2021). One way to do this is shifting from traditional perspectives on teaching sexuality towards comprehensive sex education (CSE), which broadens the focus on sexuality to encompass human relationships, health, sexual and reproductive rights, reflecting on values, and developing skills to make healthy and informed decisions about life and human relationships and explicitly valuing diversity and affection (Keogh et al., 2020).

In educational environments, it's imperative for teachers to embody comprehensive pedagogical practices to promote comprehensive sexual education (CSE). This entails not only possessing the necessary knowledge and skills but also showcasing appropriate attitudes, emotions, and beliefs, serving as role models in fostering CSE development (Dessel et al., 2017). This importance is magnified in early childhood education (ECE), where social interactions serve as primary avenues of learning for young children. Given that children in ECE spend considerable time engaging with educators and assistants, these adults wield significant influence over their learning and growth (Poblete, 2020). Moreover, ECE serves as a crucial arena for children's social integration and exposure to diverse individuals beyond their immediate families. Within these settings, children learn to navigate diversity, making ECE pivotal in nurturing individual identities. Essential to both ECE and CSE are the processes of learning to interact with others, sharing collective values, and recognizing one's own identity and needs.

Education serves as a foundational platform for these processes, shaping and perpetuating norms and discourses surrounding gender identity according to heteronormative and cisgender standards, which unfortunately exclude certain segments of the child population from their developmental narrative. Similarly, issues of otherness and diversity, including those pertaining to migrants, indigenous peoples, and diverse family structures, are often marginalised, perpetuating notions of inequality. CSE emerges as a catalyst for cultural shifts toward a fairer, safer, more democratic and respectful world that guarantees human rights.

Children and adolescents are rights holders with full capabilities to participate, have their voices heard, and not suffer any type of discrimination. Therefore, adults and the state must consider these rights. As such, the rights that accompany Comprehensive Sexuality Education (CSE) include the right to receive information to take care of their bodies, adopting responsible and supportive behaviours in relation to others; the right to inhabit school spaces where respect for all individuals prevails; the right to live without violence, to live their gender identity without suffering discrimination, the right to express feelings and emotions, and the right to be diverse However, the implementation of CSE remains a contentious issue, particularly for families and educators, especially in the context of ECE (Shibuya et al., 2023).

This paper presents the preliminary results of a three year study that analyses the representations of early childhood teachers and teaching assistants about what entails CSE and how they include (or not) the fundamental axes of CSE in their teaching practice in the Chilean context. The study seeks to generate knowledge about the representations of the CSE axes (gender, sexuality and diversity) that facilitate the incorporation and development of CSE as a human right from early childhood. Focussing on the findings of the first year of this research, for this conference we will delve into the beliefs, knowledge, and the ways in which CSE is manifested in the practices of teachers and teaching assistants of three Chilean nurseries.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Working qualitatively with a descriptive/comprehensive approach through participatory, the research adopts a qualitative methodology to explore the symbolic dimensions shaping cultural practices in educational settings, particularly within ECE. Grounded in induction, the study aims to derive explanations from observed phenomena, emphasising qualitative research's focus on descriptive data, including verbal and behavioural expressions, and the interpretive processes underlying them (Gorman & Clayton, 1997; Taylor & Bogdan, 1987).
The theoretical framework integrates Blumer's premises of symbolic interactionism, highlighting how individuals derive meaning from their interactions and constantly interpret and redefine situations (Blumer, 1969). Ethnography serves as both an approach and methodological tool, focusing on understanding social and cultural phenomena from the perspectives of participants (Guber, 2001; Guber, 2018). As an approach, it seeks to provide a detailed description, understanding, and interpretation of observed actions and events, avoiding ethnocentric biases. As a method, ethnography employs participant observation and in-depth interviews, facilitating immersion in the research context and capturing the nuanced meanings embedded in social interactions (Taylor & Bogdan, 1987).
The research design involves a longitudinal observation process, complemented by in-depth and conversational interviews with preschool teachers, already carried out. Self-confrontation interviews, based on video recordings of educational experiences, aim to encourage reflection and identify transformative elements over time and will be applied during the second year. Additionally, workshops have been and will be conducted to promote ongoing reflective practices among participants (Fernández & Clot, 2007).
Ethnography also functions as a textual tool, enabling the generation of narratives that deeply explore the cultural realities of the educational centres under study. The writing process aims for "doubly reflexive ethnography," integrating both emic and etic perspectives to understand the research process from multiple viewpoints (Dietz, 2011).
The study adopts a multiple case study approach, selecting early childhood education centres based on theoretical sampling criteria that represent diverse regional, modal, and curricular contexts (Yin, 2003; Stake, 2005). Data analysis is facilitated using Nvivo 12.2, following a grounded theory approach to coding, from open to axial and selective coding stages, to derive explanations and conclusions (Martínez, 2006).
 Ultimately, the research aims to transition from descriptive to comprehensive and interpretive analysis, capturing individual and collective experiences, symbolic interactionism, and pedagogical practices related to CSE. By engaging with multiple cases and employing rigorous qualitative methods, the study seeks to contribute to teacher training, professional development, and policymaking efforts aimed at promoting CSE and fostering social justice in ECE.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Findings of the initial year of the study show educators and assistants' understandings about CSE and how they promote it -or not- in their pedagogical practice. These findings reveal different tensions in relation to the conceptualisation of CSE and its components; the association with elements of the national curriculum; and how it is implemented in the classrooms. It is interesting to note that ECE workers highlight the need of working with a CSE approach in their classroom and with children’s families as they identify several issues that are strongly associated with elements of CSE. Furthermore, while observations and ethnographic methods in this study have shown that most ECE workers’ pedagogical practices are usually aligned with CSE, it is noticeable that educators and assistants claim a lack of training and skills to work from a CSE approach.
Educators and assistants find it difficult to associate CSE with something that goes beyond the biological aspect; they see it as disconnected from intersectional diversity such as ethnicity, age, class, among others. They maintain ignorance, prejudices, and fears, associating CSE with topics not suitable for children. The gender approach is understood from a very binary and biologistic notion to some who manage to understand the difference between gender identity and sexual orientation, expression, or stereotypes.
This unprecedented study about CSE in ECE in Chile. Exploring ECE workers’ perspectives, their knowledge and concerns about the need of CSE provides insight about how ECE workers construct and systematise knowledge in their settings. Furthermore, analysing how ECE workers implement -or not- CSE and the main issues that they face on a daily basis is a critical input to promote CSE in Initial Teacher Training and Professional Development Programmes for ECE workers, as  educators play a pivotal role as guarantors of rights within the framework of CSE.

References
Bourdieu, P y J .Passeron (2005), La reproduction.  Éléments  pour  une  théorie  du  système  d’enseignement,  París,  Éditions  de  Minuit

Blumer, H. (1969). Symbolic Interactionism. Perspective and Method. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. Pretice Hall Inc.

Dessel, A,  Kulick,  L Wernick  y  D. Sullivan  (2017),  “The  Importance  of  Teacher   Support:   Differential   impacts   by   gender  and  sexuality”,  Journal  of  Adolescence, vol. 56, núm. 1, pp. 136-14 4. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.adolescence.2017.02.002

Dietz, G. (2011). Hacia una etnografía doblemente reflexiva: una propuesta desde la antropología de la interculturalidad 9. Boletín Colegio de Etnólogos y Antropólogos Sociales 2011: Nuevas epistemologías en Antropología: temas y abordajes, 45.

Fernández, G. Y Clot, Y. (2007). Instrumentos de Investigación. Entrevistas en auto-
confrontación: un método en clínica de la actividad. Revista Laboreal, 3, (1).

Guber, R. (2001). La Etnografía. Método, campo y reflexividad. Bodotá: Grupo Editorial Norma.
 
Keogh., Ellie L, Angélica M, Estelle S, Ana M y Joshua A. (2020), “Classroom Implementation of Na-tional Sexuality Education Curricula in Four Low–  and  Middle–income  Countries”,  Sex Education, vol. 21,  núm.  4,  pp.  432-449.DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/14681811.2020.1821180

Martínez, P. (2006). El método de estudio de caso. Estrategia metodológica de la investigación científica. Pensamiento y Gestión (20), pp. 165-193.

O’Brien, H, J. Hendriks y S. Burns (2020), “Teacher Training Organizations and their Preparation of the Pre-service Teacher to  Deliver  Comprehensive  Sexuality  Education in the School Setting: A systematic liter-ature review,” Sex Education, vol. 21, núm. 3, pp. 284-303. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1080/14 681811.2020.1792874

Poblete, X. 2020. “Performing the (religious) educator’s vocation. Becoming the ‘good’ early childhood practitioner in Chile”. Gender and Education 32(8): 1072-1089. https://doi.org/10.1080/095 40253.2018.1554180

Shibuya, F.; Estrada, C.; Sari, D.; Takeushi, R.; Sasaki, H. (2023). Teachers’ conflicts in implementing comprehensive sexuality education: a qualitative systematic review and meta-synthesis. Tropical Medicine and Health 51 (1). pp.18-40

Subsecretaría de Educación Parvularia (SEP). 2022. Informe de caracterización de la educación parvularia oficial 2021. Descripción estadística del sistema educativo asociado al nivel de Educación Parvularia en Chile.
 
Stake, R. (2005) Investigación con estudio de casos. Madrid: Morata.

Taylor, S., & Bogdan, R. (1987). Introducción a los métodos cualitativos de investigación: La búsqueda de significados. Buenos Aires: Paidos.

Yin, R. (2003)  Case study research: design and methods. California: Sage.
 
17:30 - 19:0026 SES 08 A: Exploring the Evolving Landscape of School Leadership: Insight Stories from the Field
Location: Room B108 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Petros Pashiardis
Session Chair: Petros Pashiardis
Symposium
 
26. Educational Leadership
Symposium

Exploring the Evolving Landscape of School Leadership: Insight Stories from the Field

Chair: Petros Pashiardis (Open University of Cyprus)

Discussant: Petros Pashiardis (Open University of Cyprus)

ECER, 2024, will be organized in Cyprus and the Cyprus Educational Administration Society (founded in 1977) as a dynamic and forward-thinking organization dedicated to advancing the field of educational leadership in Cyprus and as part of its commitment to knowledge exchange among different contexts, along with fostering international collaboration, is organizing a symposium titled “Exploring the Evolving Landscape of School Leadership: Insight Stories from the Field”. Since, modern societies, are increasingly dealing with "unknown unknowns" (Ansell & Boin, 2019), school organizations must deal with "unknown unknowns" caused by conflicts, abrupt changes, unexpected crises, and a range of other evolving challenges. Within, this perspective, the symposium will feature participating countries, including Cyprus, Austria, and Greece, fostering a cross-cultural exchange of stories within the evolving landscape of school leadership. This approach aims to provide tangible perspectives for participants, fostering a collaborative and enriching environment. In particular, within the dynamic area of education, the role of school leadership is undergoing a transformative journey, marked by the integration of cutting-edge technologies (AI, ChatGTP), the importance of innovative marketing strategies, a heightened emphasis on monitoring educational leadership practices in general and the sustainable educational future of school organizations. Therefore, from Cyprus, the 1st paper informs how AI and other emerging technological tools are influencing school leadership by arguing on the important topic of AI and school leadership and presenting the questions that will guide the future plan of integration and utilization of AI within the school leadership domain. The 2nd paper from Greece will examine the changing dynamics of school leadership in Greece towards a more sustainable educational future. Also, the 3rd paper from Cyprus, based on empirical research conducted in Cyprus, presents how educational marketing in public secondary schools could affect school leaders’ leadership roles. Finally, the 4th paper from Austria, sheds light on the question of why it makes sense to place school leaders at the centre of educational monitoring studies without even addressing performance indicators in German-speaking countries. In general, by combining these evolving themes from various countries in Europe, the Cyprus Educational Administration Society is dedicated to facilitating an inclusive and engaging symposium that contributes to the ongoing dialogue on evolving school leadership practices in an ever-evolving educational landscape.


References
Ansell, C. & Boin, A. (2019). Taming Deep Uncertainty: The Potential of Pragmatist Principles for Understanding and Improving Strategic Crisis Management. Administration & Society 51(7), 1079–1112.
 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Exploring the Impact of Artificial Intelligence on School Leadership: What could be the Future Plan of Integration and Utilization?

Antonios Kafa (Open University of Cyprus)

Current crises and changes have catalyzed significant transformations in the educational sector, shifting from traditional formal education to an increased reliance on informal learning facilitated by virtual teaching and learning technologies (Steinbauer et al., 2021). From the perspective of informal education, the integration of artificial intelligence (AI) has emerged as a potential tool to enhance the teaching process for educators. Recent scoping reviews by Chen et al. (2020) and Feng & Law (2021) underscore the growing acceptance and utilization of AI in education, evolving from computer-based technologies to web-based intelligent education systems. In addition, the emergence of OpenAI and GenAI, particularly the ChatGPT tool, is poised to significantly impact the educational community. Yet, in the broader context of educational leadership, the literature is scarce on the intersection of AI and leadership roles (Wang, 2021). Also, the potential impact of AI and ChatGPT on the future of educational leadership remains uncertain, as emphasized by Fullan et al. (2023) and Karakose et al. (2023). Having said that, there exist a multitude of questions that necessitate the collective engagement of the research community to address or, more broadly, to reflect upon. In fact, the intersection of AI and school leadership requires a nuanced understanding of benefits, challenges, ethical considerations, and the necessary competencies for effective implementation. Therefore, in this paper, the important topic of AI and school leadership will be highlighted by addressing the questions that will guide the future plan of integration and utilization of AI.

References:

Chen, L., Chen, P. & Lin, Z. (2020). Artificial Intelligence in Education: A Review. IEEE Access, 8, 75264-75278. Feng, S. & Law, N. (2021). Mapping Artificial Intelligence in Education Research: a Network‐based Keyword Analysis. Int J Artif Intell Educ 31, 277–303. Fullan, M., Azorín, C., Harris, A., Jones, M. (2023). Artificial intelligence and school leadership: challenges, opportunities and implications. School Leadership & Management, DOI: 10.1080/13632434.2023.2246856 Karakose T., Demirkol M., Yirci R., Polat H., Ozdemir TY. & Tülübaş T. A. (2023). Conversation with ChatGPT about Digital Leadership and Technology Integration: Comparative Analysis Based on Human–AI Collaboration. Administrative Sciences, 13(7).157. Steinbauer, G., Kandlhofer, M., Chklovski, T., Heintz, F. & Koenig, S. (2021). A Differentiated Discussion About AI Education K‑12. Künstliche Intelligenz, 35, 131–137. Wang, Y. (2021). Artificial intelligence in educational leadership: a symbiotic role of human-artificial intelligence decision-making. Journal of Educational Administration, 59(3), 256-270.
 

Examining the Changing Dynamics of School Leadership in Greece Towards a More Sustainable Educational Future

Angeliki Lazaridou (University of Thessaly)

The role of school leadership in Greece has undergone significant changes over the years. These changes have been driven by various factors, including the need to improve educational performance, adapt to a rapidly changing environment, and address the challenges posed by the country's multifaceted crisis (Lazaridou & Antoniou, 2017; Christopoulou, 2014). School principals are expected to play a central role in driving these changes and creating a conducive environment for learning and growth striving for a more sustainable future for the country’s schools. Unfortunately, the operational framework of the Greek educational system stands as an obstacle to sustainable school leadership with its limited capacity of intervention for school principals and teachers, its lack of communication and collaboration within Greek schools, its formalism and bureaucracy, and its inadequate evaluation of school units and principals. Despite these challenges, there are opportunities for school leaders in Greece to embrace sustainable practices and drive positive change. Model and experimental schools are such an example and can play a crucial role in promoting sustainable education (Tsouris, 2016). These schools serve as innovative platforms for testing and implementing new approaches, strategies, and curriculum that integrate sustainability principles into the learning environment. By adopting a holistic and forward-thinking approach, model and experimental schools contribute to the development of sustainable practices and mindsets among students, educators, and the wider community. In the Greek educational system, historically, model and experimental schools have been associated with schools of education and they have served as training schools to future teachers (Tsouris, 2016). In an effort to promote excellence and innovation in education, recently, the Ministry of Education has issued a mandate for schools to voluntarily align their orientations with the goals of normal and experimental schools. Currently, 112 model and experimental schools operate in Greece. In this paper, I will explore the role of school leadership in model and experimental schools in three sustainable pillars: a) curriculum development, b) student engagement, and c) community involvement. I will focus on two cases, a model school and an experimental school to show how, by providing innovative and experiential learning opportunities, these schools can contribute to the development of sustainable practices and mindsets that are essential for creating a more sustainable future.

References:

Bamber, P., Sullivan, A., Glover, A., King, B. and McCann, G. (2016). A comparative review of policy and practice for education for sustainable development/ education for global citizenship (ESD/GC) in teacher education across the four nations of the UK. Management in Education, 30(3), 112–120. Christopoulou, S. P. (2014). Model Pilot Schools: Designing the Schools of the 21st Century. Schools of skills and innovation. In: S. Bouzakis (Ed.), 7th Scientific Conference on the History of Education with International Participation. Topic: Model Experimental Schools. Which knowledge has the greatest value? Historical-comparative approaches, June 27-29, 2014 (pp. 46-53). Athens: Gutenberg. Lazaridou, A., and Antoniou, Z. (2017). Margins of autonomy of secondary schools in the exercise of internal educational policy: teachers’ views. Step Soc. Sci. 17:68. in Greek, Tsouris, N. (2016). The New Model of Experimental Schools: Reform or Distortion? In: G. Alexandratos, A. Tsivas & T. Arvaniti-Papadopoulou (Eds.), 2nd Panhellenic Conference of the Panhellenic Association of School Counselors. Educational Policies for the 21st Century School, March 27-29, 2015, vol. A. (pp. 483-491). Athens: Panhellenic Association of School Counselors.
 

Educational Marketing in Public Secondary Education in Cyprus: Two (Very Interesting) Findings from Local Research

Ioannis Sakkas (Secondary Education Teacher/ Cyprus Pedagogical Institute), Petros Pashiardis (Open University of Cyprus)

Pardey (1991, as cited in Oplatka & Hemsley-Brown, 2012) defines Educational Marketing (EM) as the processes through which the needs of customers of the educational organization are identified and satisfied, ensuring the achievement of its goals. In the educational context, customers are not only students and their parents but also all external factors that collaborate with the school or are affected by its activities. Given that EM aims to satisfy the needs of the customers of the educational organization, Oplatka & Hemsley-Brown (2012) emphasize that it has become an essential function of educational administration. Without it, a school cannot survive in today's competitive environment. Indeed, the environment in which schools operate today, reflecting contemporary societies, is highly competitive due to daily and intense changes. Therefore, EM is tasked with bridging the gap between the school, which is essentially a static entity resistant to changes and modernizations, and a constantly changing society. Operating in a competitive environment with limited resources and unattainable goals requires the establishment of marketing relationships with various partners, as emphasized by Morgan and Hunt (1994). Recent research conducted in public secondary education in Cyprus has yielded two intriguing conclusions. Employing a Mixed Methodology approach, the study utilized questionnaires, documentations of learning outcomes, and interviews with school administrators. The findings revealed the pivotal role of the school leader in implementing and adopting entrepreneurial relationships with external factors affecting the school. This aligns with the outcomes of international research by Brauckmann and Pashiardis (2011∙ 2016) and Pashiardis and Brauckmann (2019), who observe that a contemporary and successful school leader combines two leadership styles, the Pedagogical and the Entrepreneurial, characterizing this combination as the Edupreneurial Leadership Style. Furthermore, the research concluded that in Cyprus, the number of partnerships developed by public schools is limited, whereas in other countries, as mentioned by Yang and Robson (2012), this number is considerably higher. The reason for this is that schools seek to establish partnerships with external collaborators who could primarily reinforce them financially. Thus, through these financial resources, they can implement their educational programs. On the other hand, abroad, public schools aim to build collaborative relationships with more exogenous factors, thereby having the opportunity to gain additional benefits from them.

References:

Brauckmann, S., & Pashiardis, P. (2011). A validation study of the leadership styles of a holistic leadership theoretical framework. International Journal of Educational Management, 25(1), 11-32. Brauckmann, S., & Pashiardis, P. (2016). Practicing successful and effective school leadership: European perspectives. In Successful school leadership: International perspectives (pp. 179-192). Morgan, R., & Hunt, S. (1994). The commitment-trust theory of relationship marketing. The journal of marketing, 58, pp. 20-38. Oplatka, I., & Hemsley-Brown, J. (2012). Research on School Marketing, current issues and future directions, an updated version. In J. Hemsley-Brown, & I. Oplatka (Eds.), The Management and Leadership of Educational Marketing (pp. 1-47). Emerald Group Publishing. Pashiardis, P., & Brauckmann, S. (2019). New public management in education: A call for the edupreneurial leader? Leadership and Policy in Schools, 18(3), 485-499. Yang, H., & Robson, J. (2012). A Conceptual Framework for Classifying and Understanding Relationship Marketing Within Schools. In H. Yang, & J. Robson, The Management and Leadership of Educational Marketing: Research, Practice and Applications (pp. 185-205). Emerald Group Publishing Limited.
 

Monitoring of Educational Leadership in German-Speaking Countries: Is it Worthwhile?

Stefan Brauckmann-Sajkiewicz (Alpen-Adria-Universität Klagenfurt), Jana Groß Ophoff (Vorarlberg Teaching University)

The so-called “Schulleitungsmonitor” (Educational Leadership Monitor = ELM) has been introduced in Germany in 2019 (Cramer et al., 2021), in Switzerland in 2021 (Tulowitzki et al., 2022) and more recently in Austria in 2022 (Groß Ophoff et al., eingereicht). In all three German-speaking countries, there was a broad media response to the country-specific implementation of the project, and the educational authorities are very interested in the results of the study, too, which is why it is to be repeated prospectively at regular intervals in all three countries. Our presentation aims at shedding light on the question of why it makes sense to place school leaders at the centre of educational monitoring studies without even addressing performance indicators? Instead, constructs such as professional values, professional self-image, job satisfaction, career prospects and leadership styles are investigated (Groß Ophoff et al., submitted). One reason for this is that school leaders are viewed as key drivers of change and innovation in schools (Brown et al., 2021; Bryk, 2010; Fullan, 1993). Beyond traditional administrative and pedagogical tasks, today’s school leaders are responsible for instructional, staff and organizational development at their own school (Pietsch et al., 2022), and are required to being able to deal with periods of high stress in view of their wide-ranging task profile (Kemethofer, 2022; Pont et al., 2008). Against this backdrop, the implementation of the ELM in each of the three German-speaking countries will be presented (Germany 2019: N = ; Switzerland 2020: N = ; Austria 2022: N = ) and some insights into the specifics of the study implementation will be given. The comparison of the survey results makes it particularly clear that there are significant differences between the three countries. On the one hand, school leaders everywhere are particularly interested in informal learning. On the other hand, there are significant differences between the three countries regarding the availability and organization of such qualification programs. The conception and concrete implementation of ELM have the side effect that the focus of the public discussion is primarily on development rather than accountability, especially as there are no binding standards for school leadership in Germany or Switzerland available to date, which is why no summative evaluation based on performance measures is possible. In conclusion, an outlook is given on how this project will continue and which topics should be addressed in future.

References:

Brown, C., White, R., & Kelly, A. (2021). Teachers as educational change agents: What do we currently know? Findings from a systematic review. Emerald Open Research, 3, 26. Bryk, A. S. (2010). Organizing schools for improvement. Phi Delta Kappan, 91(7), 23–30. Cramer, C., Groß Ophoff, J., Pietsch, M., & Tulowitzki, P. (2021). Schulleitung in Deutschland. Repräsentative Befunde zur Attraktivität, zu Karrieremotiven und zu Arbeitsplatzwechselabsichten. Die Deutsche Schule, 113(2), 132–148. Fullan, M. G. (1993). Why teachers must become change agents. Educational leadership, 50, 12–12. Groß Ophoff, J., Pfurtscheller, J., Brauchle, G., Tulowitzki, P., Pietsch, M., & Cramer, C. (eingereicht). Schulleitungen in Österreich. Aktuelle Herausforderungen zwischen Pädagogik und Verwaltung. Schulverwaltung aktuell Österreich. Kemethofer, D. (2022). Der Alltag von Schulleitungen: Empirische Befunde zu Tätigkeitsprofilen und Führungsansätzen. Gruppe. Interaktion. Organization. Zeitschrift für Angewandte Organizationspsychologie (GIO), 53(4), 427–436. Pietsch, M., Tulowitzki, P., & Cramer, C. (2022). Principals between exploitation and exploration: Results of a nationwide study on ambidexterity of school leaders. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(4), 574–592. Pont, B., Moorman, H., & Nusche, D. (2008). Improving school leadership (Bd. 1). OECD Paris. Tulowitzki, P., Pietsch, M., Grigoleit, E., & Sposato, G. (2022). Schulleitungsmonitor Schweiz 2021-Befunde zu Werdegängen, Karrieremotiven, beruflicher Zufriedenheit und Führungsweisen.
 
17:30 - 19:0026 SES 08 B: Educational Leadership in Pedagogical, Instructional, and Curriculum Development
Location: Room B210 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-2 Floor]
Session Chair: Mette Liljenberg
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Keeping Distance or Getting Involved? – Principals’ Sensemaking of Pedagogical Leadership for Instructional Development in a Three-year R&D-program

Mette Liljenberg

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Liljenberg, Mette

Research repeatedly emphasizes that if education is to provide students the best prerequisites for development and learning, principals need to support and participate in instructional development (e.g., Grissom et al., 2013; Leithwood et al., 2020; Robinson, 2010; Robinson et al., 2008). Doing so, Robinson (2010) argues that principals need to have general knowledge about management, teaching and learning as well as specific pedagogical knowledge about teaching in different subjects and curriculum orientations. Timperley (2011) too emphasizes the importance of principals’ pedagogical knowledge, but also the ability to put knowledge into action e.g., to give teachers relevant feedback in teaching situations. Despite the knowledge of the importance of principals’ support and participation in instructional development, giving priority to pedagogical leadership tend to be a challenge for many principals. Principals stress lack of time, although lack of knowledge, prevailing norms, and uncertainty in the relationship with teachers also can be contributing (Emstad & Birkeland, 2021; Leo, 2015; Ärlestig & Törnsén, 2014). While demands on principals have expanded over time, the support for principal professional development has not been as prominent.

In Sweden the principal’s role started out, up till the 1950s, as “the first among equals” but afterwards changed and became more of a public administrator of education. In the 1990s, during the NPM era, the principal’s role was further changed, and principals became more of managers of schools with responsibility for both administration and education (Jarl, 2013). In recent years a new principal’s role has been proposed where principals, although being managers and leaders, work collaboratively with teachers for the common good of educating the students (Jerdborg, 2023). However, embracing this new role might not be as easy in all school contexts and for all principals.

This study from the Swedish context, aims to explore how principals’ pedagogical leadership for instructional development can be supported in a R&D-program. The following research question directed the analytical work:

  1. How do principals make sense of their role(s) as pedagogical leaders for instructional development in the R&D-program?
  2. What leadership actions are implemented and how can it be understood?

The theoretical point of departure is taken in Weick’s and colleagues (1995; 2001; 2005) sensemaking perspective. Weick (1995) explains sensemaking as an ongoing process through which people seek to make sense of what is unclear and to which questions such as: What does this mean? and What to do now? can be asked. Sensemaking is done in relation to previous experiences and with the intention to be able to move on in new a situation without disruption. Reducing the interpretation options thus becomes a way of handling the situation. However, Weick (2001) believes that when we get the opportunity to create meaning together, new interpretation alternatives can emerge that give perspective on the situation and invite a broader understanding. In this way, collective sensemaking can open for new ways to handle new situations. Weick et al. (2005, p. 417) also emphasize that sense-making is shaped by the rules, norms and cultural-cognitive elements that prevail in the institutional context in which sensemaking takes place. Principals’ sensemaking can thus be understood in relation to the historical development of the principal’s role as well as in relation to the specific school contexts in which principals operate.

The study is of relevance to European educational research for several reasons. First, research about how principals’ take on pedagogical leadership for instructional development is limited. Second, as educational improvement is high up on several national policy agenda, we need to learn more about how principals’ professional development adequately can be supported.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The context of the study is a three-year R&D-program in which a total of about 170 teachers, 35 principals and 10 local education authority (LEA) officials in five Swedish school organizers (four municipalities and one independent organizer) collaborate with three researchers to achieve an 'inside-out' perspective regarding instructional development. Thus, the R&D-program has a transformative agenda (Kennedy, 2014; Virkkunen & Newnham, 2013) aiming to improve instruction by taking its point of departure in the specific needs of children and students in the preschools and schools in question, and where solutions to meet the needs are sought in teachers’ multidimensional knowledge. In parallel, when teachers carry out such development work, their needs form the starting point for principals’ exploration of their pedagogical leadership and leadership actions, and principals’ needs form the starting point for LEA’s exploration of overarching support structures. The R&D-program is case-based and uses models from cultural historical activity theory (CHAT) to facilitate expansive learning in the development process and for the identification of systemic contradictions that need to be overcome in order to achieve the desired inside-out perspective based on the needs of students, teachers, and principals (Engeström & Sannino, 2010; Sannino, 2020).

Following the research questions this study close in on the participating principals, how they make sense of pedagogical leadership for instructional development in the R&D-program, how their leadership actions develop and how this can be understood. The empirical material consists of self-reflections written by the participating principals at six occasions throughout the program together with audio-recorded interviews with 10 of the principals conducted during the second half of the program.

The analysis was conducted in several steps. Initially inductive analysis was conducted to detect emerging themes and categories responding to the research question. In the second step of the analysis the sense-making theory (Weick, 1995) was used as a layer to understand how the principals constructed meaning of pedagogical leadership for instructional development and put their meaning into leadership actions. Finally, the categories that emerged were reflected against the professional roles that have characterized Swedish principals throughout history (Jarl, 2013; Jerdborg, 2023). Coding and analysis can thus be characterized as both data-driven and concept-driven (Kvale & Brinkmann 2009).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The early analysis of principals’ self-reflections shows that the principals make sense of pedagogical leadership for instructional development in different ways. In the beginning of the R&D-program, most principals took on a role as “organiser” and focused their leadership actions on setting aside time for professional development, putting groups together, providing tools for documentation and appointing teacher leaders. Although the intension was to gradually get the principals more directly involved in instructional development, the principals hesitated to take on this role. To challenge the principals, promote learning and support a broader understanding, making it possible for the principals to try out new leadership actions, the researchers provided the principals with research-based knowledge, ‘tools for thought’ and communities for collective sensemaking.

Following up on principals’ self-reflections from the second and third year of the program an expansion of principals’ sense made ideas of pedagogical leadership can be identified. At this phase of the R&D-program several of the principals started to involve themselves, more directly, in teachers’ instruction and professional learning. However, differences between the principals were identified and traced back to the principals’ roles in different time eras. Some principals took on a role as “teacher for teachers”, others assumed a “coaching role” and additional others took on a role as “co-learner”. In addition, some principals kept themselves to “organising” while others assumed several of the roles above. Consequently, those that assumed several roles expanded their understandings of pedagogical leadership for instructional development and their leadership actions the most.

The results of this study give an important contribution to research about principals’ pedagogical leadership for instructional development and how it can be supported as well as stresses the need for researchers and educators to continue explore additional ways to support principals’ professional development.

References
Engeström, Y., & Sannino, A. (2010). Studies of expansive learning: Foundations, findings and future challenges. Educational Research Review, 5(1), 1-24.
Emstad, A.B., Birkeland, I. K., & Robinson, V. M. J (2021). Lärande ledarskap – att leda professionell utveckling i skolan. Lärarförlaget.
Grissom, J. A., Loeb, S., & Master, B. (2013). Effective instructional time use for school leaders: longitudinal evidence from observations of principals. Educational Researcher, 42(8), 433-444.
Jarl, M. (2013). Om rektorers pedagogiska ledarskap i ljuset av skolans managementreformer. Pedagogisk forskning i Sverige, 18(3-4), 197-215.
Jerdborg, S. (2023). Novice school principals in education and their experiences of pedagogical leadership in practice. Journal of Leadership Education, 22(1), 131-148.
Kennedy. A. (2014) Models of continuing professional development: a framework for analysis. Professional Development in Education, 40(3), 336-351.
Kvale, S., & Brinkmann, S. (2009). Interviews: Learning the craft of qualitative research interviewing. SAGE.
Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2020). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5-22.
Leo, U. (2015). Professional norms guiding school principals’ pedagogical leadership. International Journal of Educational Management, 29(4), 461-476.
Robinson, V. M. J. (2010). From instructional leadership to leadership capabilities: Empirical findings and methodological challenges. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 9(1), 1-26.
Robinson, V. M. J., Lloyd, C. A., & Rowe, K. J. (2008). The impact of leadership on student outcomes: An analysis of the differential effects of leadership types. Educational Administration Quarterly, 44(5), 635-674.
Sannino, A. (2020). Transformative agency as warping: how collectives accomplish change amidst uncertainty. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 1–25.
Scott, W. (2014). Institutions and organizations: Ideas, interests and identities (4th ed.). SAGE Publications.
Weick, K. E. (1995). Sensemaking in organizations. Sage.
Weick, K. E. (2001). Making sense of the organization. Blackwell.
Weick, K. E., Sutcliffe, K. M., & Obstfeld, D. (2005). Organizing and the process of sensemaking. Organization Science, 16(4), 409-421.
Virkkunen, J., & Newnham, D. S. (2013). The Change Laboratory: A Tool for Collaborative Development of Work and Education. Sense Publishers.
Ärlestig, H., & Törnsén, M. (2014). Classroom observations and supervision – essential dimensions of pedagogical leadership. International Journal of Educational Management, 28(7), 856-868.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Curriculum Development Routines Supporting Goal Pursuit in Estonian Schools

Kätlin Vanari, Eve Eisenschmidt

Tallinn University, Estonia

Presenting Author: Vanari, Kätlin; Eisenschmidt, Eve

In Europa we can distinguish the increased autonomy and flexibility in curriculum development at the school level and it has raised he importance of empowering schools and educators to have a more active role in shaping curricula based on their specific contexts (Priestley 2021). Also Estonian schools have received more decision-making power to manage learning and teaching in recent decades (Kukemelk & Kitsing, 2020). Estonian schools compile their own curricula based on the National Curriculum. Each school has a different curriculum which serves as the basis for all learning related activities (Basic Schools and Upper Secondary Schools Act, 2010). The previous research has indicated that education policy pushes school principals toward innovative initiatives for school improvement (Eisenschmidt et al., 2021) and teachers are characterized by low curriculum ownership (Viirpalu et al., 2022). Curriculum development is essential in a school that strives to enhance teaching and learning and requires organizational routines to facilitate leadership for learning and ensure teacher collaboration.

School improvement goals defined in school improvement plans set the direction of improvement a school is taking and lead to more coherent organizational practices that result in more focused, specific, and consistent teaching practices in classrooms (Meyer, Bendikson, & Le Fevre, 2020). To enhance the teaching and learning, the curriculum leadership is crucial. According to Wai-Yan Wan & Leung (2022) the curriculum leadership has been decentralized and the focus on school principal has shifted to multitude forms of teacher collaboration and collective teacher decision making processes. Therefore, the interactions among school leaders and teachers need frame and structure that can be characterized by organizational routines as repetitive, recognizable patterns of interdependent actions, involving multiple actors (Feldman & Pentland, 2003, p. 95). Previous studies (eg Liljenberg et al 2017, Binkhorst et al 2015) about school improvement routines revealed the lack of well-designed routines for principals to implement a well-established idea of pedagogical leadership and to collaborate with teacher teams.

In this study, we explore how school improvement teams' perceptions of how curriculum leadership routines are shaping the pursuit of school improvement goals. The following research questions will be addressed:

● In terms of curriculum development, what are the school's improvement goals?

● What is the school improvement teams' understanding of how curriculum development contributes to school improvement?

● What curriculum leadership routines are implemented in the schools?

In this paper, three pivotal theoretical perspectives will be employed to explore the curriculum leadership routines for school improvement goals. Curriculum Leadership (Wai-Yan Wan & Leung 2022) delves into the influence of leadership on the development, implementation, and evaluation of curricula. Organizational routines, recognizable patterns of actions within an institution, will be a key lens through which the paper examines interactions among teachers and school leaders (Feldman & Pentland, 2003, Liljenberg et al 2017). The perspective of school improvement goals will guide the investigation into specific objectives set by schools (Meyer, Bendikson, & Le Fevre, 2020).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper is based on the multiple case study in seven Estonian schools. We employed a case study approach to investigate the curriculum leadership routines, which are closely linked to school contexts. According to Yin (2003), a case study is appropriate when the context and phenomenon are complex and difficult to distinguish from their context.
The cases were selected in the sample in multi-phase combined techniques. We used the dataset of Estonian school improvement plans created for the previous study by Vanari, Eisenschmidt (2022). In the dataset we grouped the schools according to their direction setting type and randomly chose 1-2 schools from each group. The schools in our sample are characterized by varied school type, size, location.  
Data on schools' curriculum leadership routines were collected through semi-structured interviews with school principals (8), focus group interviews with improvement teams (32), and documents such as school improvement plans (7) and school curricula (7). In collecting the data, we considered Bendikson et al.'s (2020) critique of previous studies that focused solely on the opinions of school leaders.  Therefore, we used the snowball technique to recruit members of improvement teams.
Data analysis was conducted with multi-stage content analysis combining within-case and cross-case techniques. We started by reading carefully and repeatedly the interview transcripts and comparing with theoretical concepts. In the second stage, a case-based analysis of the data was carried out by gathering relevant information from documents and interviews. The research questions were approached deductively and inductively, drawing on different curriculum functions (Bradley et al 2017) and curriculum leadership (Wai-Yan Wan ja Leung 2022) concepts.
As a limitation of this paper, we examined the routines of curriculum leadership from an ostensive perspective as perceived by the school improvement team. Pentland & Feldman (2005) emphasize that the real action may not be in accordance with abstract idea about the routine. Therefore, it is imperative that longitudinal research continue in order to investigate the interrelationship between goal-setting and curriculum development as expressed through the performative aspect of the routine.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings reveal that school improvement goals are focusing on a vast scale on curriculum implementation, like changes in teaching methods, teacher activities, assessment of students, the content of subjects and arrangements of support services. The goals for curriculum writing or evaluation are underrepresented. It corresponds to the earlier findings by Grützmacher jt (2023), but the studied cases differ from Meyer, Patuawa (2022) and Viirpalu et al., (2014) as the goals are not aiming for higher academic results, improving the relations of students nor differentiation in subject areas.
In Estonia school leaders perceive the function of curriculum contradictory. In some cases, the school leaders advocate the importance of the curriculum development. On the other side there are school leaders, who express confusion when trying to reflect the function. In their opinion the curriculum development needs to assure that the curriculum document is in accordance with the study organization in everyday actions. Similarly, the teachers perceive the curriculum as a bureaucratic tool copying the National Framework Curriculum (Erss et al., 2014; Mikser et al., 2016, 2023). We assume that the reasons refer to educational policy in Estonia, where the school principals are not conceptualized as leaders for learning or instructional leaders (Basic Schools and Upper Secondary Schools Act, 2010;).
In all the schools there are curriculum leadership routines following mostly a hierarchical task-oriented model.  It is remarkable that there were few or no routines for curriculum evaluation in the cases and also no goals for creating routines for curriculum evaluation was set. At the same time the schools should implement regular internal evaluation to analyse the teaching and learning in the school (Estonian Parliament, 2010). The internal evaluation possesses a potential to give input for the curriculum development, but it needs further research to explore how the schools are implementing it.

References
Basic Schools and Upper Secondary Schools Act. (2010). The Parliament of Estonia. https://www.riigiteataja.ee/en/eli/530062020003/consolide
Binkhorst, F., Handelzalts, A., Poortman, C. L., & van Joolingen, W. R. (2015). Understanding teacher design teams – A mixed methods approach to developing a descriptive framework. Teaching and Teacher Education, 51, 213–224. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2015.07.006
Grützmacher, L., Holzer, J., Lüftenegger, M., Schober, B., & Prenzel, M. (2023). The stimulation of school improvement processes: The orientation of development perspectives. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2023.2246950
Eisenschmidt, E., Ahtiainen, R., Kondratjev, B. S., & Sillavee, R. (2021). A study of Finnish and Estonian principals’ perceptions of strategies that foster teacher involvement in school development. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 1–24. https://doi.org/10.1080/13603124.2021.2000033
Erss, M., Mikser, R., Löfström, E., Ugaste, A., Rõuk, V., & Jaani, J. (2014). Teachers’ Views of Curriculum Policy: The Case of Estonia. British Journal of Educational Studies, 62(4), 393–411. https://doi.org/10.1080/00071005.2014.941786
Kukemelk, H., & Kitsing, M. (2020). Estonia: School Governance in Estonia—Turnaround from Order-Oriented to Inclusive and Evidence-Based Governance. In Educational Authorities and the Schools—Organisation and Impact in 20 States. Springer.
Meyer, F., & Patuawa, J. (2022). Novice Principals in Small Schools: Making Sense of the Challenges and Contextual Complexities of School Leadership. Leadership & Policy in Schools, 21(2), 167–184. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2020.1757722
Mikser, R., Viirpalu, P., & Krull, E. (2023). Reflection of teachers’ feelings of curriculum ownership in their curriculum definitions: The example of Estonia. Curriculum Journal, July, 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1002/curj.217
Vanari, K., & Eisenschmidt, E. (2022). Missions, Visions, and Goals for School Improvement—A Typology of Estonian Schools. Leadership and Policy in Schools, 0(0), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/15700763.2022.2160360
Viirpalu, P., Krull, E., & Mikser, R. (2014). Investigating Estonian Teachers’ Expectations for the General Education Curriculum. Journal of Teacher Education for Sustainability, 16(2), 54–70.
Wai-Yan Wan, S., & Leung, S. (2022). Integrating phenomenography with discourse analysis to study Hong Kong prospective teachers’ conceptions of curriculum leadership. Cambridge Journal of Education, 52(1), 91–116. https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2021.1946484
Yin, R., K. (2003). Case Study Research: Design and Methods (3rd Edition, Vol. 5). SAGE Publications, Inc.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Pedagogical Dimensions of Educational Leadership, a Theoretical Contribution

Janne Elo, Michael Uljens

Åbo Akademi University, Finland

Presenting Author: Elo, Janne; Uljens, Michael

Studies on leadership and educational leadership (EL) on the European and international level have not been ideal regarding theoretical foundations (Alvesson, 2019; Niesche & Gowlett, 2019; Wang, 2018). The pace of theoretical and conceptual development appears more modest than the increase in the volume of empirical research (Alvesson, 2019; Wang, 2018). This conceptual paper contributes to the ongoing theory turn in recent critical EL research (Niesche & Gowlett, 2019). We focus on the theoretical foundations of EL research by addressing three critiques pointing at some of the conceptual challenges in contemporary research on EL. The paper then elaborates the potential for non-affirmative theory of education to offer a theory and language to overcome these challenges. The study is anticipated to have impact on both European and international audiences.

Challenges in need of resolution

Examining the current state of the art, we have identified three critical challenges within Educational Leadership (EL) research.

Firstly, there exists an ambiguity in how EL research conceptually and theoretically connects EL practices with other societal fields, such as the economy or politics. This lack of a well-defined position poses the risk of fostering isolated or partial interpretations of the relationships between education and broader societal fields, potentially constraining the understanding of educational institutions. An approach devoid of context overlooks the various levels of leadership autonomy and remains silent on the educational role of schools, both from an individual and societal standpoint.

Secondly, numerous approaches to EL as a multilevel phenomenon rely on universal terminology or generic theories, neglecting the necessary conceptual sensitivity required for the leadership of educational institutions. Universal approaches tend to treat multilevel leadership uniformly, irrespective of the specific societal institution under consideration. Conversely, particularistic research approaches, when focused on educational institutions, often isolate separate levels of leadership, failing to grasp the comprehensive view of EL. Moreover, many multi-level approaches omit addressing the mechanisms through which policy interests permeate educational institutions, encompassing both affirmative and enactment-oriented processes.

Thirdly, research on leadership and EL commonly asserts that a crucial aspect of leadership involves providing direction, creating conditions for change, and influencing others' learning. While it is widely acknowledged that leadership encompasses a pedagogical influence, the field remains significantly undertheorized in this regard. Despite various initiatives, such as those proposed by Kasworm and Bowles (2012), EL research lacks a comprehensive language to address both the pedagogical dimensions of leadership and the ultimate objectives of EL—namely, teaching, studying, and learning.

In response to the aforementioned limitations, this paper advocates for a shift that involves recognizing the following. (i) EL requires an idea of how education relates to other societal practices, (ii) EL and pedagogical leadership (PL) are phenomena occurring at different leadership levels simultaneously, and (iii) EL theory requires an idea of the pedagogical process because pedagogical processes constitute its object, and because EL itself features a pedagogical dimension (PL). Theory acknowledging these dimensions could better explain the pedagogical dimensions of leadership at and between different levels, while understanding the object of EL: teaching, studying, and learning.

Based on these assumptions, our aim is to take educational theory as a starting point for approaching EL by studying whether non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung (NAT) (Benner, 2023) may provide a theoretical language for elucidating the pedagogical character of relational leadership interaction, at and between all levels of governance and leadership. NAT draws on the relational and processual theory of Bildung, aligning itself with the Humboldtian model of education in the Western tradition. Given the conceptual nature of this paper, our theoretical approach serves as our methodological foundation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The paper draws on NAT, based on the modern tradition of Bildung as developed by Rousseau, Fichte, and Herbart (e.g. Benner, 2015; 2023; English, 2013; Elo & Uljens, 2023, in press; Horlacher, 2004). Figure 1 lays out the fundamental principles of NAT; two regulative principles focusing on education´s relation to society and two constitutive principles focusing on pedagogical interaction.

NB! CONFTOOL DISTORTS FIGURE, see instead: https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00890-0

                         Constitutive principles                                  Regulative principles  
  
 A Theories of       Summoning to self activity                                Pedagogical transformation of
 education                                                                                  societal influences and   
                                                                                                       requirements
  
  
 B Theories of       Bildsamkeit as attunement of                        Non-hierarchical order of    
 Bildung                 humans to receptive and                                cultural and societal
                              spontaneous corporeity,                                 practices
                              freedom, historicity and
                              linguisticality

Fig. 1 Four basic principles/concepts of NAT (Elo & Uljens, 2023), following Benner (2023).
  
The first regulative principle in the bottom right-hand corner addresses the relation between education and other societal practices encompassing politics, culture, religion, and economics. This principle aligns with our first critique, contending that contemporary societies exhibit a non-hierarchical interplay among societal practices, where each facet influences and is influenced by the others simultaneously.
 
The second regulative principle corresponds to our second critique, probing into how policies, financing, administration, and other forms of governance/leadership — spanning from supranational entities to individual teachers — contribute to transforming societal interests to pedagogical work. Given the many levels of decision-making in the education system, this principle asks to what extent autonomous action to determine the meaning and value of aims and contents of educational influences exists on and between levels of EL.  
 
Both constitutive principles (Figure 1) directly address our third critique on the absence of a robust theory of pedagogical interaction in EL. The first constitutive principle, located in the bottom left-hand corner, underscores the significance of pedagogical interaction, drawing on the German concept of "Bildsamkeit," which denotes the subject's self-active, spontaneous, and perpetual dynamic engagement with the world. In this context, "Bildsamkeit" involves the individual's ability to relate to, and potentially surpass, their current understanding and existence in the world (Benner, 2023). The second constitutive principle defines a pedagogic intervention as a summons of self-activity; an invitation or provocation to an already self-active Other, to direct her attention and engage in self-transcending activity that likely will result in intended changes through a process of learning. PL, understood as a pedagogic summons, entails directing an Other’s self-activity to transcend their current state through a process of self-directed transformation.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Addressing the first critique, our analysis concludes that in a political democracy and liberal economy, Educational Leadership (EL) exerts influence on politics and the economy, while simultaneously relying on citizenship and professional education. Leadership in support of staff necessitates a deliberative and processual conception. Non-affirmative Theory of Education (NAT) elucidates the pedagogical qualities of EL by questioning the extent to which such practices embrace a non-affirmative character. NAT contends that while external legitimate interests need to be recognized, they should not be affirmed one-sidedly, as it would instrumentally subordinate education to external interests, violating Western democratic education ideals.

Regarding the second critique, embracing a non-hierarchical view as the foundation for EL, NAT introduces a leadership language incorporating the dynamics of influence across and within levels of leadership. EL mediates and transforms external interests, providing various degrees of freedom for enactment processes on other levels.
 
Originally designed to understand teaching in the context of Bildung (summoning, Bildsamkeit), the terminology describing dyadic teaching, studying, and learning processes is extended in response to the third critique. The notion of summoning the 'Other' now encompasses a 'generalized Other,' including individuals, organizations, boards, policies, or nations. Consequently, Pedagogical Leadership (PL) is contextualized in diverse settings, extending beyond traditional pedagogical situations.
 
Adopting a Bildung theoretical point of departure, where the subject’s relation to the world, others and herself is constitutively open, provides a processual view of being human; an unending process of becoming but always in relation to something other than the subject herself. PL is an intervention in the Other’s relation to herself, to other human beings, and to the world. Invitational summoning of the Other creates a temporally limited reflective, shared space enabling the Other to transcend her current way of understanding and being.

References
Alvesson, M. (2019). Waiting for Godot: Eight major problems in the odd field of leadership studies. Leadership, 15, 27–43. https://doi.org/10.1177/1742715017736707

Benner, D. (2015). Allgemeine Pädagogik (8th edition). Beltz Juventa.

Benner, D. (2023). On affirmativity and non-affirmativity in the context of theories of education and Bildung. In M. Uljens (Ed.), Non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung (pp. 21–59). Springer.

English, A. R. (2013). Discontinuity in learning: Dewey, Herbart, and education as transformation. Cambridge University Press.

Elo, J., & Uljens, M. (2023). Theorising pedagogical dimensions of higher education leadership—A non affirmative approach. Higher Education, 85, 1281–1298. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10734-022-00890-0

Elo, J. & Uljens, M. (Eds.) (in press). Multilevel pedagogical leadership in higher education – a non-affirmative approach. Springer Open Access.

Horlacher, R. (2004). Bildung – a construction of a history of philosophy of education. Studies in Philosophy and Education 23, 409–426.

Niesche, R., & Gowlett, C. (2019). Critical perspectives in educational leadership: A new ‘theory turn’? In Niesche, R. & Gowlett, C. (2019). Social, critical and political theories for educational leadership, (pp. 17–34). Springer.

Uljens, M. (2015). Curriculum work as educational leadership: Paradoxes and theoretical foundations. Nordic Journal of Studies in Educational Policy, 1, 22–30. https://doi.org/10.3402/nstep.v1.27010

Uljens, M. (Ed.). (2023a). Non-affirmative theory of education and Bildung. Springer Open Access.

Uljens, M. (2023b). The Why, Where, How and What of Curriculum Leadership: A Non-affirmative Approach. In R. Ahtiainen, E. Hanhimäki, J. Leinonen, M. Risku & A-S. Smeds-Nylund (Eds.), Leadership in educational contexts in Finland: Theoretical and empirical perspectives (pp. 179-197). Springer Open Access.  
https://link.springer.com/chapter/10.1007/978-3-031-37604-7_9  

Uljens, M., & Ylimaki, R. (2017). Non-affirmative theory of education as a foundation for curriculum studies, Didaktik and educational leadership. In M. Uljens and R. Ylimaki, (Eds.), Bridging educational leadership, curriculum theory and Didaktik—Non-affirmative theory of education (pp. 3–145). Springer.

Wang, Y. (2018).  The panorama of the last decade’s theoretical groundings of educational leadership research: A concept co-occurrence network analysis. Educational Administration Quarterly, 54, 327–365.


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Principal Instructional Leadership: Unraveling the Indirect Influence through Teacher Collaboration on Pupil Achievement

Rebecka Persson, Ema Demir

Stockholm School of Economics, Sweden

Presenting Author: Persson, Rebecka; Demir, Ema

Ample research has consistently highlighted the positive influence of both principal instructional leadership and teacher collaboration on pupil performance. Given the collaborative nature of schools, we sought to investigate whether there is a mediation effect of principal instructional leadership through teacher collaboration on pupil performance. Surprisingly, the results unveiled a counterintuitive pattern—negative relationships emerged. In other words, the combination of effective principal leadership and enhanced teacher collaboration was associated with a negative impact on pupil performance. While this finding may raise eyebrows, it is not an isolated occurrence in the literature, prompting a re-evaluation of the conventional understanding of leadership dynamics in schools, emphasizing the pivotal roles played by both teachers and principals. Our journey into this novel perspective begins with a robust longitudinal dataset encompassing 79,683 teacher evaluations, offering a nuanced exploration of principal leadership and teacher collaboration in shaping the educational landscape.

The significance of principal instructional leadership in education has been extensively discussed, particularly its impact on pupil academic achievement (e.g., Böhlmark et al., 2016). Effective instructional leadership sets high academic standards and nurtures a conducive learning environment, vital for student success. Principals who prioritise academic goals, provide teacher support, and foster a collaborative culture can significantly enhance school performance. However, empirical research is lacking, particularly concerning the interplay between instructional leadership, teacher collaboration, and pupil outcomes.

In educational research, instructional leadership is a cornerstone concept, focusing on principals' roles in shaping teaching and learning environments. This involves defining educational goals, developing pedagogical programs, and fostering a conducive learning climate. In Sweden, where this study is based, school leadership research has been limited despite the acknowledged importance of principal leadership for school performance (Ärlestig et al., 2016).

Principal leadership is believed to indirectly affect pupil outcomes through various channels, including teacher morale and school culture. Meta-analyses have consistently demonstrated positive associations between principal leadership and pupil achievement (Wu & Shen, 2020; Tan et al., 2020). However, the exact mechanisms through which leadership influences academic outcomes remain complex, with potential moderating factors such as school context.

Teacher collaboration is critical to effective school environments, facilitating resource exchange, targeted student learning discussions, and mutual learning experiences (e.g., Banerjee et al., 2017; Vangrieken et al., 2015). Principals play a vital role in fostering a culture of collaboration (Voelkel, 2022), which has been shown to impact pupil achievement positively (Goddard et al., 2007). However, recent research has yielded mixed results regarding the relationship between teacher collaboration and pupil performance (Goddard et al., 2010; Mora-Ruano et al., 2021), necessitating further exploration.

This study investigates the relationship between principal instructional leadership, teacher collaboration, and pupil academic achievement. This research seeks to elucidate the intricate dynamics of school leadership and its impact on student achievement by assessing principal leadership through teacher ratings and examining its association with pupil outcomes. Additionally, the study aims to explore the potential indirect effects of instructional leadership on pupil performance through teacher collaboration while controlling for various confounding variables.

In sum, this research provides valuable insights into the role of principal instructional leadership in shaping school environments and influencing pupil achievement. By elucidating the mechanisms through which leadership impacts student outcomes, this study aims to inform educational policy and practice, ultimately enhancing school performance and student success.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data for the study was collected from a teacher survey conducted by the Swedish School Inspectorate, distributed biannually to all schools. From an initial pool of n=243,880 responses, n=79,683 were included, as only schools serving the final year of compulsory schooling were included. The sample was nested within n=1,643 schools, generating n=3486 school scores for Principal instructional leadership and Teacher collaboration. Collected longitudinally over five years (2015-2019), the data averaged n=2.1 responses per school. Responses for Principal instructional leadership and Teacher collaboration were obtained simultaneously, with each school's data gathered on multiple occasions.
While school data often exhibit a multilevel structure in cross-sectional studies due to within-school variability, this dataset solely provided school-scale scores because individual teachers were not tracked over time. However, the longitudinal nature of the data still permits multilevel analysis due to within-school variability over time. No missing data were present, as only complete survey responses were recorded.
The independent variable, Principal instructional leadership, was measured with three items showing good internal consistency (α=.88) and an intraclass correlation coefficient (ICC) of .27 on the first occasion (2015). The mediator, Teacher collaboration, comprised three items with moderate internal consistency (α=.61) and ICC of .20 on the same occasion.
School averages per occasion were used for both outcomes of interest, i.e., Grades and Standardised test scores. Grades were furthermore averages of the three subjects of Swedish, Math and English.
We used multilevel structural equation models (MSEM) (Preacher et al., 2010) to examine the effects of Principal instructional leadership on pupil achievement mediated by Teacher collaboration. In these models, Grades and Test Scores were dependent variables, while SES, Share of certified teachers, and Teacher-to-student ratio were used as observed control variables. Principal instructional leadership and Teacher collaboration were treated as latent variables. The MSEM framework allows for simultaneous, one-step estimation of multivariate models, making it suitable for mediation analyses. For the dependent variables, Grades and Test Scores, unconditional models incorporating time as a covariate were estimated to assess any temporal effects, considering the linear change over the study period. The resulting changes were positive but small.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings from our current study reveal consistent trends in grades and standardised test scores as outcome variables. Intriguingly, there is no observed mediation effect of teacher collaboration within schools over time regarding the relationship between principal instructional leadership and school outcomes. However, a noteworthy negative mediating relationship emerges between schools. When control variables are introduced, only the negative relationship between schools in the context of grades as the outcome variable  remains significant. This unexpected outcome diverges from prior research expectations regarding the association between principal instructional leadership, teacher collaboration, and pupil performance. Notably, a previous study utilising PISA data (Mora-Ruano et al., 2021) also discovered a negative relationship.
To delve deeper into this counterintuitive mediating relationship, we plan to conduct a latent class analysis (LCA) of the data. The objective is to discern whether the unexpected association between principal instructional leadership and teacher collaboration represents a linear trend in the sample or if various trends exist, forming distinct groups of schools with diverse relationships between these variables. This analysis seeks to uncover potential mechanisms that may differ between schools, such as variations in teacher collaboration constellations. While these intricacies may not be explicitly modelled in our data, we aspire to offer valuable insights into potential school differences, urging future research to move beyond replicating linear relationships across entire samples of schools.
In summary, while principal instructional leadership and teacher collaboration each exhibit connections with pupil performance, their combined influence, inevitable within the educational setting, introduces nuances. This prompts a call for further investigation in research on principal leadership and teacher collaboration.

References
Banerjee, N., Stearns, E., Moller, S., & Mickelson, R. A. (2017). Teacher job satisfaction and student achievement: The roles of teacher professional community and te
Böhlmark, A., Grönqvist, E., & Vlachos, J. (2016). The headmaster ritual: The importance of management for school outcomes. The Scandinavian Journal of Economics, 118(4), 912-940.
Goddard, Y. L., Miller, R., Larsen, R., Goddard, R., Madsen, J., & Schroeder, P. (2010). Connecting Principal Leadership, Teacher Collaboration, and Student Achievement. Online Submission.
Mora-Ruano, J. G., Schurig, M., & Wittmann, E. (2021, February). Instructional leadership as a vehicle for teacher collaboration and student achievement. What the German PISA 2015 sample tells us. In Frontiers in Education (Vol. 6, p. 582773). Frontiers Media SA.
Preacher, K. J., Zyphur, M. J., & Zhang, Z. (2010). A general multilevel SEM framework for assessing multilevel mediation. Psychological methods, 15(3), 209.
Tan, C. Y., Gao, L., & Shi, M. (2022). Second-order meta-analysis synthesizing the evidence on associations between school leadership and different school outcomes. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 50(3), 469-490.
Vangrieken, K., Dochy, F., Raes, E., & Kyndt, E. (2015). Teacher collaboration: A systematic review. Educational research review, 15, 17-40.
Voelkel Jr, R. H. (2022). Causal relationship among transformational leadership, professional learning communities, and teacher collective efficacy. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 25(3), 345-366.
Wu, H., & Shen, J. (2022). The association between principal leadership and student achievement: A multivariate meta-meta-analysis. Educational research review, 35, 100423.
Ärlestig, H., Johansson, O., & Nihlfors, E. (2016). Sweden: Swedish school leadership research–An important but neglected area. In A decade of research on school principals (pp. 103-122). Springe
 
17:30 - 19:0026 SES 08 C: Leadership Perspectives in Education: Insights into Leaders' Roles and Practices"
Location: Room B110 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Lucy Wakiaga
Paper Session
 
26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Role of Individual Differences of School Leaders

Ida Malini Syvertsen, Colin Cramer

University of Tübingen, Germany

Presenting Author: Syvertsen, Ida Malini

Researchers have long been interested in possible reasons and differences that make some leaders more effective and which profit their community. For instance, Leithwood and Jantzi’s impact model (2006) is one amongst many models that explore positive effects of school leadership. This model depicts how school leaders predict student outcomes through leadership motivation, commitment, and capacity, as well as school leader’s working conditions and teaching behavior. Research supports these predictions and points to certain common characteristics as predictors of student achievement, such as the leaders ability to manage the school and their time, to create a healthy learning climate and culture, to positively invest in internal and external school relations, to have vision and direction, and to communicate effectively (Barkman, 2015; Daniëls et al., 2019; Osborne-Lampkin et al., 2015; Quadach et al., 2020). Arguably, the positive effects of leadership are vital in ages of uncertainty: the school is dependent on a leader who shares their responsibility effectively with the teachers.

Research on characteristics of effective school management has relationship to the concept of Leadership for Learning and thus shows practical application. This concept describes learning-centered leadership actions and focuses on student outcomes and their knowledge acquisition in the context of school as a learning organization. Moreover, it describes student outcomes not only as a result of classroom teaching, but also from other factors. To give an example, trust and cooperation (i.e., characteristic of effective school management), is linked to learning communities and team orientation (i.e., Leadership for Learning action) which can influence student achievement (Tulowitzki & Pietsch, 2020). Thus, further research on characteristics of effective school management could be beneficial to study one important aspect of the conditions for success of this leadership model in detail.

We argue that many of the investigated school leaders’ characteristics are occupational in nature due to their specific work features and the institutional context of school. On that note, many of the beforementioned characteristics arguably concern leadership strategies and approaches. Those variables distinguish themselves from individual differences in a narrower sense, such as personality traits and motivational characteristics, that also play an important role for attributes of school leaders’ and which is needed to create a more complete picture.

In sum, relatively few findings exist of individual differences in school leaders. Taking up this desideratum, this presentation addresses the research questions of what personal characteristics school leaders possess. In addition, it investigates what potential effects such characteristics have on criteria variables, and aims to systemize the empirical research on individual characteristics. For example, Leithwood, Harris and Hopkins (2019) claimed that a few personality traits can explain a high share of the variation in leadership effectiveness. On that note, the Big 5 personality traits have been investigated amongst school leaders. In this regard results are diverse: school leaders have been found related to high levels of extraversion and openness to experience by some studies (Colbert et al., 2012), others highlight high levels of agreeableness and conscientiousness (Deinert et al., 2015; Benoliel, 2021).Whilst Leithwood, Harris and Hopkins (2019) claim was aimed at traits as “typically defined”, Leithwood (2012) in cooperation with the Ontario Leadership Framework have specified some personal leadership resources that extends beyond the Big Five personality traits. These personal leadership resources are categorized as cognitive (e.g., problem-solving expertise), social (e.g., perceiving and managing emotions), or psychological (e.g., self-efficacy and resilience).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We use the framework given by Leithwood, Harris, and Hopkins (2012; 2019) as a first heuristic and starting point to investigate our research questions. In a scoping review (Arksey & O’Malley, 2005) of empirical articles, we investigate (1) with which individual differences the research on the field is concerned, (2) with which variables it deals with, and (3) what individual differences predict which aspects of school leadership. Scoping reviews synthesize knowledge on a topic and aims to organize evidence and identify gaps in knowledge (Tricco et al., 2018). Essentially, the process consists of gathering evidence and mapping it according to research questions (Joanna Briggs Institute, 2015).  A scoping review on individual differences of school leaders is an important starting point for assessing what is known on the field, how their significance for school leadership research as a whole can be viewed, and what open research questions arise in this regard. To illustrate the possible benefit of such a scoping review: one study found that middle school principals commonly were resilient (Bauck, 1987). Another paper reviews evidence of emotional aspects related to educational leaders and found that they usually possess high emotional intelligence and empathetic abilities (Berkovich & Eval, 2015).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The review aims to systemize the current knowledge on the field, and explores the knowledge as possible cognitive, social, or psychological personal leadership resources according to the classification of the framework model given by Leithwood, Harris, and Hopkins (2012; 2019) within a larger framework of effective school leadership. It will begin by locating the literature on the field to provide an overview of individual differences of school leaders used in research to date. After this, we explore the evidence and map the results as related to possible personal leadership resources, and we expect in the end to have a list of resources that are relevant for school leaders based on the gathered literature. To give one practical illustration, we would identify studies on "resilience" in school leaders and categorize it as a psychological personal leadership resource. Understanding individual differences offers information to assess the relevance of such personal characteristics in the overall structure of the determinants of successful school leadership more precisely and could contribute to the field by exploring underlying motivation in leadership.

References
Arksey, H., & O’Malley, L. (2005). Scoping studies: towards a methodological framework.  International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 8(1), 19–32.  https://doi.org/10.1080/1364557032000119616

Barkman, C. (2015). The characteristics of an effective school leaders. BU Journal of Graduate Studies in Education, 7(1), 14–18.

Bauck, J. M. (1987). Characteristics of the effective middle school principal. NASSP Bulletin, 71(500), 90–92. https://doi.org/10.1177/019263658707150013

Benoliel, P. (2021). Is it your personality, your boundary leadership or both? An integrative approach for the improvement of school management team effectiveness. Journal of Educational Administration, 59(6), 669–687. https://doi.org/10.1108/JEA-08-2020-0171

Berkovich, I., & Eyal, O. (2015). Educational leaders and emotions: an international review of empirical evidence 1992-2012. Review of Educational Research, 85(1), 3–167. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654314550046

Colbert, A. E., Judge, T. A., Choi, D., & Wang, G. (2012). Assessing the trait theory of leadership using self and observer ratings of personality: the mediating role of contributions to group success. The Leadership Quarterly, 23(4), 670–685. https://doi.org/10.1016/leaqua.2012.03.004

Daniëls, E., Hondeghem, A., & Dochy, D. (2019). A review on leadership and leadership development in educational settings. Educational Research Review, 27, 110–125. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2019.02.003

Deinert, A., Homan, A. C., Boer, D., Voelpel, S. C., & Gutermann, F. (2015). Transformational leadership sub-dimensions and their link to leaders’ personality and performance. The Leadership Quarterly, 26(6), 1095–1120. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.leaqua.2015.08.001

Leithwood, K. (2012). Strong Districts and Their Leadership. Council of Ontario Directors of Education.

Leithwood, K., & Jantzi, D. (2006). Transformational school leadership for large-scale reform: effects on students, teachers, and their classroom practices. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 17(2), 201–227. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243450600565829

Leithwood, K., Harris, A., & Hopkins, D. (2019). Seven strong claims about successful school leadership revisited. School Leadership & Management, 40(1), 5–22. https://doi.org/10.1080/13632434.2019.1596077

Osborne-Lampkin, L., Folsom, J. S., & Herrington, C. D. (2015). A systematic review of the relationships between principal characteristics and student achievement. National Center for Education Evaluation and Regional Assistance, Florida State University.

Tricco, A., Lillie, E., Zarin, W., O’Brien, KK., Colquhoun, H., Levac, D., Moher, D.,

Peters, M. D., Horsley, T., Weeks, L., & Hempel, S. (2018). PRISMA extension for scoping reviews (PRISMA-ScR): checklist and explanation. Annals of International Medicine, 169(7), 467–473. https://doi.org/10.7326/M18-0850

Tulowitzski, P., & Pietsch, M. (2020). Stichwort: Lernzentriertes Leitungshandeln and Schulen – Leadership for Learning. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenshaft, 23, 873–902. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-020-00964-8

Quadach, M. Q., Schecter, C., & Da’as, R. (2020). From principals to teachers to students: exploring an integrative model for predicting students’ achievements. Educational Administration Quarterly, 56(5), 736–778. https://doi.org/10.1177/0013161X20907133


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

The Prioritization of Leadership Tasks: What a Principal Can Never Miss?

Natalia Isaeva1, Marina Tsatrian2

1HSE University; 2HSE University

Presenting Author: Isaeva, Natalia; Tsatrian, Marina

Megapolis A, one of the biggest megacities of Russia, experienced major changes in the educational system (starting from 2012) which implied reconstructurisation of the schools and school organizational structure. Today schools of Megapolis A are huge educational complexes, where about 80% of schools comprise 5 and more buildings which can be located in different parts of Megapolis A. School management team consists of a principal and 4 deputies. During the process of reconstructurization there have been launched a variety of studies focusing on leadership and management practices of principals (Kasprzhak, Kobtseva & Tsatrian, 2022, 2020; Kasprzhak et al., 2016; Kasprzhak, Isaeva & Bayburin, 2015 ). With the reform coming to the end, we suppose that there are shifts not only in the practices of principals, their priorities and the level of distribution of responsibility among the deputies but also in the role of a principal. Today a school principal is seen not only as a head of one school but a leader of a huge educational complex whose prior goal is to work for the goals of Megapolis A educational system. In fact, school management which is concentrated in the hands of a principal only became impossible in the existing context. In this study we are basing on the professional standard for school principals (2021) to identify the core leadership practices of the school management team, their focus.

Research questions:

What issues/tasks are in the focus of a school principal within the domains of existing standards?

Is there a correlation between the principals’ background and his/her focus?

How is the responsibility for tasks distributed among the members of the school management team?

We developed a conceptual framework of a principal’s leadership profile to serve as a basis for the research The standard of a Russian school principal (2021) served as a basis for the framework, in this way we picked out the key leadership direction of a school principal: educational process, administration of the school, school improvement, interaction and collaboration with stakeholders. To ensure the sufficiency of the framework that it covers all the leadership tasks:

  • we analyzed existing professional profiles and dimensions of successful leadership of other countries (UK, the U.S., the Netherlands, Finland, Malaysia etc). The analysis allowed us to see the differences and priorities set for school leaders from different perspectives.

  • we carried out interviews with school principals and their deputies to unpack their leadership practice, key tasks and also get their feedback on the framework (is it mirroring the key leadership dimensions of a principal?)

  • we carried out a focus group session with principals and deputies

All this allowed us to develop the framework taking into account peculiarities of the context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We used a mix-method approach to carry out the research. In this way, the study consists of quantitative and qualitative approach:
conducted 10 interviews with principals and 20 interviews with their deputies. The interview helped to unpack the real practices of the school management team within the domains of the Professional standard and served as a basis for development of a survey.

The survey instrument was developed basing on the conceptual framework of a principal’s leadership profile. In this way, the items of the survey were developed in the four main directions: educational process, administration, school improvement, interaction and collaboration with stakeholders. The survey aimed at identifying how tasks are distributed among the members of the school management team. Principals and deputies were asked to prioritize the tasks by their level of involvement and importance.
We sent emails to principals using the database of Megapolis A to reach the sample. As a result 120 principals and 120 deputies took part in the study (24% of schools of the Megapolis A).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study results will provide us with the information of the tasks prioritized by principals as well of the tasks delegated to the deputies of a Megapolis. Correlation analysis will help to identify the relation of the principals’ background and the tasks prioritization. We assume that depending on the principals background, previous position (deputy of education content, deputy of education quality, deputy of finances) the focus on tasks will differ. What is more, it seems to us that the list of the tasks which principals devote most of their time to and the list of the tasks they mentioned as the most crucial will differ.
References
1. Day, C., Sammons, P., & Gorgen, K. (2020). Successful School Leadership. Education development trust.
2. Gurr, D. & Drysdale, L. (2021). International Perspectives on Successful School Leadership. The Palgrave Handbook of Educational Leadership and Management Discourse (pp. 1-28). Springer International Publishing. doi:10.1007/978-3-030-39666-4_58-1
3. Improving School Leadership - OECD Review Background Report for the Netherlands José Bal, Jos de Jong Zoetermeer, March 2007
4. Kasprzhak A.G., Filinov N.B.,.Bayburin R.F, Isaeva  N.V., BysikN.V. (2016) School Principals as Agents of Reform of the Russian Education System / Пер. с рус. // Russian Education and Society - Vol. 57. No. 11. P. 954-978.
5. Kasprzhak, A., Kobtseva, A., & Tsatrian, M. (2022). Instructional Leadership Models in Modern Schools. Образование и саморазвитие, 99(2).
Ministry of Education, Finland. (2007). Improving School Leadership, Finland Country Background Report.
6. National Institute of Education. (2015). Leaders in education programme international. Singapore: National Institute of Education, Nanyang Technological University. Retrieved from http://www.nie.edu.sg/niei/programmes-courses/leadership-courses/leaders-education-programme-international-lepi
7. Prikaz Ministerstva truda i sotsial'noy zashchity Rossiyskoy Federatsii ot 19.04.2021 № 250n “Professional’nyy standart rukovoditel’ obrazovatel’noy organizatsii (upravleniye doschkol’noy obrazovatel’noy organizatsiyey i obsheobrazovatel’noy organizatsiyey)” [the order of the Minister of Labor and social protection of the Russian Federation, 19.04.2021 №250n “Professional standard of a Principal of an educational organization (management of preschool educational organization and general educational organization)”]


26. Educational Leadership
Paper

Principal Identity: Three Generations of Principals in Three Different Country Contexts

Betty Merchant1, Lucy Wakiaga2, Olof Johansson3, Juan Manuel Niño1, Julio Garcia4

1Univ. of Texas at San Antonio, United States of America; 2African Population and Health Research Center Nairobi, Kenya; 3Centre for Principal Development Department of Political Science Umeå University, Sweden; 4San Antonio independent School Dist., San Antonio, TX, United States

Presenting Author: Merchant, Betty; Wakiaga, Lucy

We believe that public schools in our respective countries (Kenya, Sweden, United States) are essential to maintaining the democratic societies in which they are located. In addition to an unprecedented global pandemic, the last three years have witnessed increasing threats to democracy. The racially, ethnically, and religiously-motivated hatred, rise in extreme right-wing political violence, and anti-immigrant sentiment provide a challenging context for school leaders responsible for ensuring an equitable education for all children and the continuation of a democratic society. Historically depicted as “apolitical”, principals and superintendents must now contend with enacting their role and responsibilities within highly charged political and social contexts with various constituencies attempting to control public education through such efforts as: banning books, restricting curriculum topics, decreasing funding, and electing anti-public education candidates to school boards.

These threats to superintendents’ and principals’ leadership occur alongside the challenges that accompany teacher and administrative shortages and turnover, as well as the ongoing consequences of COVID. Despite the fact that school leaders are making educational decisions within these challenging contexts, we know very little about how and why they are making these decisions.

In reviewing the research from 1993-2011 on principals’ leadership identity, Cruz-Gonzalez, Rodrigues and Segovia (2019) report that the evidence indicates that “political and contextual factors influence leadership practices and are a source of concern among principals” (p. ). Additionally, they acknowledge that this body of research was dominated by researchers in Anglo-Saxon countries. A notable contribution in this regard is Lopez & Rugano’s (2018) study of the leadership practices of three female principals in post-colonial Kenya.

The study conducted by Antonios & Peshardis (2019) is an also important counterpoint to the lack of cultural diversity in this research, with findings confirming that the contexts in which school principals in Cypriot work are relevant to their personal, personal, and professional identities. A recent study of Swedish principals (Nordholm et al., 2020), however, indicates that principals’ identity is more closely connected to the professional dimension than either the situated, socially located or personal dimensions. It’s interesting that the situated or socially located dimension had the least impact on principals with respect to their identify. In contrast, a study of principal identity by Crow, Day, & Møller (2017) concludes that identity has a strong connection to the context of work.

Our research focuses on how school leaders construct their identities within the current divisive social and political climate, and what factors influence their decisionmaking when responding to the challenges that emerge from the increasingly polarized social and political contexts within which they work. In doing so, we acknowledge the research conducted by Dempster, Carter, Freakley and Parry (2004) which points to the situational and sometimes contradictory nature of principal’s ethical decisionmaking.

In responding to call for a broader range of cultural perspectives in educational research, as well as the theme of ECER 2024, Education in an Age of Uncertainty: Memory and hope for the future, our research includes data from Kenya, Sweden and the United States (Texas). We selected three different groups of school leaders: a) those who retired prior to 2020; b) those who retired within the past 3 years (2020-2023); c) those currently in their position. (a & b = memory, and c = hope for the future). In synthesizing previous studies on principal identity and how it’s constructed, Sylvia Robertson (2017) explores the idea that principals’ professional identity consists of five related and overlapping aspects: 1) values; 2) beliefs; 3) knowledge; 4) understanding; and 5) experience. Our analysis of the ethical dimension of principal identity is informed by the work of Begley & Johansson (2003).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative, exploratory, comparative study of school leaders (superintendents and principals) in Kenya, Sweden and the United States (specifically Texas) focuses on how educational leaders in each of these countries define their roles, responsibilities, and their decisionmaking processes when responding to the challenges associated with the divisive and highly charged political and social contexts in which they work. The data collection process is well underway, and we anticipate completing our study by June at the latest.

We’ve used purposeful sampling to select our school leaders who we’ve sub-divided into three different groups: a) those who retired prior to 2020; b) those who retired within the past 3 years (2020-2023); c) those who are current school leaders. Our rationale for including both superintendents and principals in our study and for differentiating them into these three groups was prompted by our desire to explore whether and how their responses to our questions depended, in part upon the time period and related context in which they served, as well as their position in the school organization. (We acknowledge that there are other factors that can be considered, such as gender, but in this initial study, we decided to focus on the context).

In the interviews, we ask questions of the school leaders regarding the role of schools in a democratic society, the social and political challenges that currently confront them, their role in responding to these challenges, and the guidelines or beliefs that informed your decision making in responding to these challenges.  We also ask them to give us an example of a controversial issue that they’ve had to respond to, describe their decisionmaking process when responding to the issue, and the result of their decision. We’ve modified these questions when interviewing the retired school leaders, to include not only their retrospective analysis about their time as leader but also their observations regarding the current context within which superintendents and principals are working.

We’re interviewing a minimum of four school leaders in each of the three categories, in person (when possible), or via Zoom.  These interviews are between 45 and 60 minutes in length, digitally recorded and transcribed. The transcripts are shared with the participants to verify the trustworthiness of the findings (Creswell & Creswell, 2017). The data are being coded separately by the authors and two research assistants for the purpose of identifying emergent themes within and across our countries. (Saldana, 2016).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The following themes are beginning to emerge for Sweden and Texas (we’ve yet not collected enough data from Kenya to report those findings):
1) Current school leaders generally view their role as apolitical, and limit their efforts to their perceived span of control
2) Retired school leaders are more likely than current leaders, to believe that the democratic mission of schools is under threat
3) School leaders who retired prior to 2020 generally rely upon their professional code of ethics to inform their decisionmaking, but acknowledged that this approach alone was insufficient for addressing current threats to education.
4) Those who retired within the past three years are more likely to have based their decisionmaking on a personal code of ethics, prompting them to challenge efforts to control education, and eventually leading to their leaving the profession.
5) Current leaders who are members of the communities they serve, are more proactive than their colleagues in drawing upon their personal code of ethics to combat threats to education.

Schools, as democratic institutions, are under threat today.  Our research draws upon the past to inform the present with respect to leading schools in today’s challenging times.  Current school leaders invested in maintaining their positions, understandably focus more on accommodating to, rather than challenging, the threats being directed toward today’s schools. Nonetheless the data we are gathering from retired school leaders indicates that they can be an import resource for much-needed insights into how current school leaders can maintain their focus on educating children, while strategically leveraging support to challenge the undemocratic policies and practices intended to limit their decisionmaking.  As such, retired school leaders (“memory”) can play an important role in mentoring current leaders (“hope for the future”) in their efforts to ensure the democratic nature of education.  

References
Begley, Paul & Johansson, Olof, (2003) Eds. The Ethical Dimensions of School Leadership. Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Campos-García, I. & Zúñiga-Vicente, J. (2022).  Strategic decision-making in secondary schools: the impact of a principal’s demographic profile, Leadership and Policy in Schools, 21:3, 543-564, DOI: 10.1080/15700763.2020.1802653
    
Creswell, J. W., & Creswell, J. D. (2017). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and mixed methods approaches.  Sage Publications.

Crow, Gary, Day, Christopher & Møller, Jorunn (2017). Framing research on school principals’ identity. International Journal of Leadership in Education, 20(3), 265–277.

Cruz-González, C.; Rodriguez, C. & Segovia, J. (2019).  A systematic review of principals’ leadership identity from 1993 to 2019, Educational Management Administration & Leadership. 49(1).  https://doi-org.libweb.lib.utsa.edu/10.1177/1741143219896

Dempster, N., Carter, L., Freakley, M., & Parry, L. (2004). Conflicts, confusions and contradictions in principals' ethical decision making. Journal of Educational Administration, 42(4), 450-461. doi:https://doi.org/10.1108/09578230410544062

Kafa, A., & Pashiardis, P. (2019). Exploring school principals’ personal identities in Cyprus from a values perspective. The International Journal of Educational Management, 33(5), 886-902. doi:https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-03-2018-0102

Lopez, A.E. &  Rugano, P. (2018). Educational Leadership in Post-Colonial Contexts: What Can We Learn from the Experiences of Three Female Principals in Kenyan Secondary Schools? Education Sciences 8, no.3: 99. https://doi.org/10.3390/educsci8030099

Nordholm, D.; Arnqvist, A. & Nihlfors, E. (2020).  Principals’ emotional identity—the Swedish
Case.  School Leadership & Management. 40(4), 335-351.

Robertson, Sylvia (2017). Transformation of professional identity in an experienced primary school principal: A New Zealand case study. Educational Management Administration and Leadership 45(5), 774–789.

Saldaña, J. (2016). The coding manual for qualitative researchers (Third edition.). SAGE Publishers.
 
17:30 - 19:0027 SES 08 A JS: Family Languages and Multilingual Learning
Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Jenni Alisaari
Joint Paper Session NW 27 and NW 31. Full details in 31 SES 08 A JS
17:30 - 19:0027 SES 08 A: Effectiveness of Teaching and Learning in Science Education and Special Needs Education
Location: Room B104 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Benoît Lenzen
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Effects of Out-Of-School Learning Locations on the STEM Biography of Primary School Students

Jan Roland Schulze, Annkathrin Wenzel, Ricardo Puppe, Eva Blumberg

Paderborn University, Germany

Presenting Author: Schulze, Jan Roland; Puppe, Ricardo

Environmental change is an inescapable challenge for our society. Consequently, early, inclusive and equitable education is needed to contribute to sustainable development. This is one of the demands of the United Nations' 2030 Agenda. The goal is to provide primary and secondary school students with a quality education and a sound STEM knowledge. This is to ensure that they are actively engaged in a society facing ongoing and complex sustainability challenges, and to give them the opportunity to act as active and reflective participants. The alarming results of the most recent Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS, 2019) on the scientific literacy of primary and secondary school students provide an urgent reason to improve STEM education (Schwippert et al., 2020). Students' basic STEM literacy is becoming increasingly poor, and nearly 50% of primary school students have inadequate science literacy as they transition to secondary school (Schwippert et al., 2020). Overall, there is a general decline not only in interest, but also in self-centered cognitions among students (Möller, 2014). Given the proven importance of self-centered cognitions for interest (Krapp & Prenzel, 2011), the sustainable promotion of self-concepts in STEM is necessary.

Students tend to be more likely to be interested in subject areas in which they register stronger ability-related self-concepts. There is a general negative trend in the development of science interest (e.g., Gebhard et al., 2017), which can be attributed to increasing academic demands and stricter grading in secondary schools. The main reason students cite for finding the content difficult is a lack of relevance to everyday life (Winkelmann et al., 2021). Recent research indicates declining interest in science learning and a gender gap in student interest in STEM (Oppermann et al., 2020).

Out-of-school learning offers an opportunity to promote learning and interest in science and technology that has not been considered in prestigious studies (e.g., TIMSS) (Derda, 2020; Wenzel, 2022). The importance of out-of-school learning places of learning for education in Germany has been clearly emphasized since the first PISA results in 2001. Out-of-school learning is known for its outstanding ability to motivate and cognitively stimulate students, which ultimately leads to the promotion of interest (Henriksson, 2018; Füz, 2018; Schiefer et al., 2020).

Optimizing the transition of science and technology learning from primary to secondary school is not only a research desideratum but also a practical problem with regard to the possibilities of integrating out-of-school learning sites. There is a lack of empirically grounded and practice-oriented examples of the integration of science and technology learning at the transition from primary to secondary school.

This is where our quasi-experimental study comes in. Fourth graders aging between ten and eleven years old who are on the verge of transitioning to secondary school take part in a short teaching and learning unit (two 90-minute lessons) in science class on the topic of "wind and wind energy." The intervention is then supplemented by an accompanying visit by an expert to the didactically prepared out-of-school learning location of a regional school laboratory. We use pre- and post-questionnaires to record the multiple learning effects of the fourth-graders.

This project aims to optimize science and technology learning in inclusive primary school and raise interest in STEM through the symbiosis of teaching inside and outside the classroom.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Using a quasi-experimental comparison group design, we investigate primary school students' differences in STEM literacy development and learning effects between out-of-school learning vs. classroom learning on the renewable energy topic “wind and wind energy." The learning units are planned and taught by pre-service teacher tandems who are registered in a didactics seminar at university for prospective teachers. These Bachelor's and Master's students in teacher education attend our weekly university didactics seminar, which focuses on the professional implementation of key academic concepts of renewable energy in science class of inclusive primary schools. In the course of the seminar, pre-service teacher tandems are introduced to the learning objectives of the particular learning unit in inclusive primary schools. With the help of the lecturer, all pre-service teacher tandems plan and prepare identical content for their teaching units.
After completing the double lessons in the classroom, the treatments for the fourth graders differ in two different ways: pupils in the experimental group attend a didactically prepared out-of-school learning location of a regional school laboratory which is accompanied by experts. They receive the second part of the teaching unit at this particular out-of-school learning site. Fourth-graders in the control group do not attend an out-of-school learning site and instead remain in the classroom for the second part of the teaching unit. The content of the teaching units is identical for both groups.
With the help of pre- and post-questionnaires we monitor multiple learn effects (e.g., motivation, self-efficacy, etc.) of the different interventions (out-of-school learning vs. classroom learning) conducted by pre-service teacher dyads. For this submission we focus on two different domains of academic self-concept: (1) domain-specific self-concept in science class ("In this science class, I am one of the best students"; alpha = .84/.85) and (2) the ability self-concept in relation to the topic "wind and wind energy" ("I know a lot about this topic"; alpha = .68/.71). In addition, we administer a pre- and post-knowledge-test to examine the efficacy of students’ teaching unit and their learning targets.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We have a sample size of over N = 300 fourth graders who participated in our study. Based on theoretical evidence in literature and similar study design we assume gender discrepancy for (1) domain-specific self-concept in science class and (2) ability self-concept in relation to the topic "wind and wind energy” for initial values at the beginning of the intervention but also for the development from pre- to post-measurement (regardless of group belonging). Based on existing findings (Jansen et al., 2014), we expect that girls participating in our study will have a lower self-concept in STEM education than boys, which will ultimately negatively affect their interest in STEM subjects (Krapp & Prenzel, 2011). However, we expect girls of the experimental group to develop higher self-concepts than girls in the control group (Weßnigk, 2013). Regarding existing research findings (cf. Füz, 2018; Henriksson, 2018) we assume primary school students of the experimental group participating in out-of-school learning to develop greater technical competence particularly in the transfer of knowledge and skills, more interest and more positive self-centered assessments than primary school students of the control group who do not participate in out-of-school learning. Regardless of gender, we assume a bigger increase in the different area-specific self-concepts for fourth-graders in the experimental group than fourth-graders in the control group since out-of-school learning locations vouch potential to flourish students’ self-centred cognitions (Karpa et al., 2015). At the time of the submission deadline, data acquisition for our study has just finished. Evaluation of the results will be finalized for the presentation.
References
Derda, M. (2020). Untersuchung der Wirksamkeit der Schülerlabore an der Technischen Universität Berlin. Eine quantitative und qualitative Studie zur Formulierung von Handlungsempfehlungen. Dissertation. Technische Universität Berlin, Berlin.
Eccles, J. S., & Midgley, C. (1989). Stage-environment fit: Developmentally appropriate classrooms for young adolescents. In C. Ames & R. Ames, Research on motivation in education (Vol. 3, pp.139-186). San Diego: Academic Press.
Füz, N. (2018). Extracurricular learning in Hungarian primary education: Practice and barriers. Journal of Experiential Education, 41(3) 277-294.
Gebhard, U., Höttecke, D. & Rehm, M. (2017). Pädagogik der Naturwissenschaften. Ein Studienbuch (Lehrbuch). Wiesbaden: Springer VS.
Henriksson, A.-C. (2018). Primary school teachers' perceptions of out of school learning within science education. LUMAT: International Journal on Math, Science and Technology Education, 6(2), 9-26.
Jansen, M., Schroeders, U., & Lüdtke, O. (2014). Academic self-concept in science: Multidimensionality, relations to achievement measures, and gender differences. Learning and Individual Differences, 30, 11-21.
Krapp, A., & Prenzel, M. (2011). Research on interest in science: Theories, methods, and findings. International journal of science education, 33(1), 27-50.
Möller, K. (2014). From science subject teaching to subject teaching - The transition from elementary school to secondary school. ZfDN, 20, 33-43.
Oppermann, E., Keller, L., & Anders, Y. (2020). Gender differences in children's STEM learning motivation: Research findings on existing differences and influencing factors. Discourse Childhood and Adolescence Research/Discourse. Journal of Childhood and Adolescence Research, 15(1), 38-51.
Schiefer, J., Golle, J., Tibus, M., Herbein, E., Gindele, V., Trautwein, U., & Oschatz, K. (2020). Effects of an out-of-school science intervention on the epistemic beliefs of primary school children: A randomized controlled trial. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 90(2), 382-402.
Schwippert, K., Kasper, D., Köller, O., McElvany, N., Selter, C., Steffensky, M. et al. (Eds.). (2020). TIMSS 2019: Mathematical and Scientific Competencies of Primary School Children in Germany in International Comparison [Mathematical and Scientific Competencies of Primary School Children in Germany in International Comparison]. Waxmann.
Wenzel, A. (2022). Entwicklung und Evaluation von fächerübergreifenden Bildungsangeboten im Schüler*innenlabor teutolab-biotechnologie. Dissertation. Universität Bielefeld, Bielefeld.
Winkelmann, J., Freese, M. & Strömmer, T. (2021). Schwierigkeitserzeugende Merkmale im Physikunterricht. Progress in Science Education, 5(2), 6–23.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Model 5E Method for Developing Reasoning in High School Students in Biology Lessons

Kuralay Mukasheva, Malika Duzbayeva

NIS Oskemen, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Mukasheva, Kuralay; Duzbayeva, Malika

Communication skills are very much needed in the 21st century. Written and oral communication skills are important skills that the students must have in the future because both of these abilities are critical abilities needed in various professions (Chan, 2011). Kivunja, Larson and Miller state that the communication ability is one of the missions of science education that is useful so that the students can define phenomena/problems around humans (Kızılaslan, 2017).

The ability that is included in the category of communication is the ability to argue [5]. Arguments can be delivered both in the written and spoken form (Eemeren, Henkemans, 2016). Argumentation is a form of communication that can be stated through media to provide views to convince others [9]. Meanwhile, the definition of scientific argumentation is a statement given by someone which contains truth because it contains data and theories that are related and can support the statement. The argument is an attempt to build the truth because the claims given are supported by data, warrants (in the form of a relation between claims and data provided), backings that can be in the form of an appropriate theory, or qualifier (a special conditions where the claim applies) [10]. Argumentation is a verbal, social, and rational activity aimed at convincing a reasonable critique of the acceptance of certain opinions by proposing one or more propositions designed to justify that point of view [6].

The study was conducted among 11th grade students in order to identify the problem of a low level of argumentation and evidence in written and oral answers. The results of the summative assessment showed that the average percentage of completion of tasks requiring reasoned answers was only 34%. Oral speech was also characterized by a lack of logic and supporting evidence.

After analyzing the situation, the following problems were identified:

Integration and interpretation in English is difficult due to lack of understanding of the questions and the inability to use data from the context.

Lack of reflection and assessment skills, which manifests itself in the inability to work on one’s own mistakes and make recommendations for improving work.

Inability to formulate reasoned answers to CLIL problems due to lack of academic language and inability to structure sentences.

These problems led to a decrease in the level of knowledge in biology in the first and second quarters, where traditional teaching methods were used. In the first quarter the average result was 60.5%, and in the second quarter – 76%. However, despite the increase in average results, the majority of students (54%) had difficulty solving higher-order problems.

To solve this problem, the 5E method was chosen, which includes 5 stages aimed at effectively involving students in the learning process. A study conducted by V. Yossyana et al. using N-Gain analytical criteria showed that students' ability to make scientific arguments in writing increased after applying the 5E learning cycle at the intermediate level [11].

Liu et al. (Citation2009) found, in their research, that a student group exposed to the 5E model recorded improvements in their scientific knowledge and perceptions. At the same time, Bilgin et al. (Citation2013) found that, at the end of an instructional period using this model, students inquired into the knowledge they had already brought into the learning environment. That is, when they were exposed to real-life situations, the students used their observations and data to offer scientific explanations and that with regard to scientific concepts, they passed through an accurate interpretation process.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
How does student-centered teaching with the 5E learning model affect the ability to argue and prove ideas in a new situation?
Sub questions:
1) How does the use of the 5E learning model affect students' ability to apply scientific knowledge in new situations?
2)What impact does the 5E learning model have on the development of the level of argumentation?
3) How will a learner-centered approach using the 5E learning model enable students to develop leadership skills?
Thus, the introduction of the 5E method into the biology educational process seems promising for overcoming the problem of the low level of argumentation and evidence of 11th grade students. This method not only increases interest in the subject, but also develops the research skills necessary for success in high school and the application of knowledge in new situations.
 When conducting this AR, a focus group was selected from 11th grade students - 19 people, these students who chose “Biology” as a core subject.
A pre-/post-questionnaire was conducted:
 to measure changes in students' knowledge, opinions and interests before and after applying the 5E model. Answers to the questionnaire were aimed at identifying the level of educational interest, mastery of material and student involvement in the educational process.
The Tally method is effective in visualizing the frequency of students actively participating in each step of the 5E model. This method is necessary for the teacher to quickly determine at which stages students require more attention, as well as to identify where the greatest difficulties or problems arise.
Analysis of summative assessment data
Once the 5E model cycle was completed, it provided an overview of student achievement levels. This allowed the teacher to evaluate the quality of answers based on the level of argumentation.
Pedagogical observation is important for the effective implementation of the 5E model, as it allows the teacher to evaluate student interaction at each stage. Observing the learning process helps to identify not only how communication takes place within teams, but also to identify new qualities (soft skills) that were formed during the application of the 5E model.
The argumentation ability plays an important role in the support of 21st century skills, but it has been recently found that this ability among students remains at a low level. This situation required intervention to imporve the necessary skills. The learning materials used during the study were syllabus, lesson plans, handouts, worksheets, exercises.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Thus, this study aims to examine students’ written and oral argumentation skills by implementing the 5E Learning cycle in a classroom setting and to analyze the effects of the implementation on improving the skills. The design of this study was pre-experimental research using one group pretest-posttest method. Meanwhile, the ability of scientific argumentation skills was evaluated and assessed using pretest-posttest given and interviews in the form of descriptive questions and the corresponding guidelines. The results of the study are here reported as three separate findings. Firstly, the application of the 5E Learning Cycle in science learning allowed the students to practice their scientific argumentation skills. Secondly, direct observations found that most activities were well performed during classroom learning. Thirdly, group discussions in the 5E Learning Cycle have a good contribution to the students' scientific argumentation skills.
Thanks to the organized teamwork, about 79% of students were able to apply the acquired knowledge in a new situation. Model 5E has a positive impact on :
Level 1 of argumentation is demonstrated by 100% of students;
there is progress in level 2 argumentation in 21% of students;
level 3 argumentation in 16% of students
It is more difficult for students to argue orally, which is explained by their lack of public speaking and the language barrier.
For only 3 students, engagement ranged from 35-47%, which indicates that less than half of the tasks were completed during the lesson.
Comparing the results, the quality of performance of SAU (Muscle contraction /GMO) is observed to increase by 10% thanks to reasoned answers and ideas that were discussed in class.
Students rate their level of engagement from 3 to 5 points, with the majority of students rating it at 4 points.
Teamwork and simulation allowed students to demonstrate leadership qualities, as noted by 21% of students.

References
1.Chan V.(2011) Teaching oral communication in undergraduate science:  Are we doing enough and doing it right?  Journal of Learning Design, 71-79.
2.Kivunja, C. (2014). Innovative pedagogies in higher education to become effective teachers of 21st century skills: Unpacking the learning and innovations skills domain of the new learning paradigm. International Journal of Higher Education, 3(4), 37. https://doi.org/10.5430/ijhe.v3n4p37
3.Larson, L., & Miller, T. (2011). 21st century skills: Prepare students for the future. Kappa Delta Pi Record, 47, 121–123. https://doi.org/10.1080/00228958.2011.10516575
4.Kızılaslan, A. (2019). The development of science process skills in visually impaired students: Analysis of the activities. International Journal of Evaluation and Research in Education (IJERE), 8(1), 90–96. https://doi.org/10.11591/ijere.v8i1.17427
5.Kurniasari, I. S. (2017). Penerapan model pembelajaran argument driven inquiry (ADI) untuk melatihkan kemampuan argumentasi ilmiah siswa pada materi usaha dan energi. Inovasi Pendidikan Fisika, 6(3). https://jurnalmahasiswa.unesa.ac.id/index.php/inovasi-pendidikanfisika/article/view/20276
6.Eemeren, F. H. van, & Henkemans, A. F. S. (2016). Argumentation: Analysis and evaluation. Taylor & Francis.
7.Kuhn, D., Hemberger, L., & Khait, V. (2017). Argue with Me: Argument as a path to developing students’ thinking and writing. New York: Routledge.
8.Tama, N.B. (2015). Penerapan project based learning untuk meningkatkan kemampuan argumentasi tertulis siswa kelas X MIPA 2 SMA Negeri 5 Surakarta pada materi ekosistem. Jurnal Inovasi dan Pembelajaran Fisika, 2(2), 170–176.
9.Fauziya, D. S. (2016). Pembelajaran kooperatif melalui teknik duti-duta dalam meningkatkan kemampuan menulis argumentasi. Riksa Bahasa: Jurnal Bahasa, Sastra, dan Pembelajarannya, 2(2), Article 2. https://doi.org/10.17509/rb.v2i2.9556
10.Toulmin, S. (2003). The Uses Of Argument. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.
11.Yossyana V., Suprapto N., Prastowo T. (2020) 5E Learning Cycle in Practicing Written and Oral Argumentation Skills. IJORER : International Journal of Recent Educational Education, 218-232
12.Liu, T. C., Peng, H., Wu, W. H., & Lin, M. S. (2009). The effects of mobile natural-science learning based on the 5E learning cycle: A case study. Journal of Educational Technology & Society, 12(4), 344–358.
13.Bilgin, I., Coşkun, H., & Aktaş, I. (2013). The effect of 5E learning cycle on mental ability of elementary students. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 12(5), 592. https://doi.org/10.33225/jbse/13.12.592
14.Berland, L. K., & Hammer, D. (2012). Framing for scientific argumentation. Journal of Research in Science Teaching, 49(1), 68–94. https://doi.org/10.1002/tea.20446
15.Chen, Y.-C., Mineweaser, L., Accetta, D., & Noonan, D. (2018). Connecting argumentation to 5E inquiry for preservice teachers. Journal of College Science Teaching, 47, 22–28.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Effectively Teaching Students with Special Educational Needs (SEN) by Mainstream and Special Education Teachers: A Template Analysis

Jolien Delafontaine1, Koen Aesaert2, Sara Nijs1

1Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences, Parenting and Special Education Research Unit, KU Leuven, Leuven, Belgium; 2Faculty of Psychology and Educational Sciences, Centre for Educational Effectiveness and Evaluation, KU Leuven, Leuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Delafontaine, Jolien

Presently, numerous teachers face significant challenges teaching students with special educational needs (SEN). They often feel ill-prepared to adequately support the academic progress of students with SEN in particular. This unpreparedness may stem from a lack of guidance in translating general effective teaching principles, formulated in teacher effectiveness frameworks and evidence-based practices, into context-specific effective teaching behaviors, considering the specific students in the classroom as well as characteristics of the classroom setting. This study addresses this prevailing problem by (1) outlining teachers’ translations of general effective teaching principles into specific context-bound teaching behaviors and by (2) comparing these translations across teachers from two classroom settings, i.e., mainstream education teachers (MET) and special education teachers (SET).

To accomplish this twofold research goal, the Great Teaching Toolkit (GTT; Coe et al., 2020) was used. The GTT is a widely-supported evidence-based model for effective teaching, in which many general effective teaching principles are outlined. The model outlines general principles on three levels, following a detailed hierarchical structure. The first level includes four overarching dimensions: (1) understanding the content; (2) creating a supportive environment: (3) maximizing opportunities to learn; and (4) activating hard thinking. At a second level, 17 more detailed teaching elements are specified nested within these dimensions and the third level consists of several indicators associated with each element (Coe et al., 2020). Several meta-analyses underscore the effectiveness of the GTT dimensions and elements in fostering students’ learning and development (e.g., Hattie, 2009; Scheerens, 2016). It is important to notice that the GTT is a general framework, it describes effective teaching for all students and is, therefore, not SEN-specific. Considering the multitude of teaching behaviors teachers implement daily when teaching students with SEN, this study focuses only on the pedagogical-didactical dimension of the GTT: ‘Activating Hard Thinking’ (AHT). This dimension is of particular interest as it is the only one that is essentially focused on the actual learning of students (Coe et al., 2020), which is the focus of this study. AHT is the largest dimension in the model, encompassing six elements: structuring, explaining, questioning, interacting, embedding, and activating (Coe et al., 2020). These six effective teaching elements from the AHT dimension were used as general effective teaching principles for teachers to translate in this study.

As it would be unfeasible to examine all elements of AHT in depth in one study, two elements were selected for in-dept analysis of the translations: structuring and explaining. Research consistently shows that these elements, and the associated indicators, are effective, especially for students with high-incidence disabilities (Ennis & Losinski, 2019; Muijs & Reynolds, 2018; Nelson et al., 2022). Structuring consists of four indicators: (1) choice, selection and sequencing of learning goals and tasks; (2) signaling importance; (3) differentiating; and (4) scaffolding and supporting. The explaining element consists of five indicators: (1) clear, concise, appropriate and engaging explanations; (2) connecting with prior knowledge; (3) using (non-)examples; (4) modelling and demonstrating and (5) using (partly) worked-out examples (Coe et al., 2020).

In summary, two research questions guided the analysis:

  • RQ 1: Into which specific teaching behaviors, effective for students with SEN, do teachers translate the general effective teaching indicators of the structuring and explaining element of the Great Teaching Toolkit (Coe et al., 2020)?
  • RQ 2: How do teachers across classroom settings, i.e., mainstream education teachers (MET) and special education teachers (SET), differ in their translations of general effective teaching indicators of the structuring and explaining element of the Great Teaching Toolkit into specific teaching behaviors effective for students with SEN?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Semi-structured interviews were conducted with 12 mainstream education teachers (MET) and 12 special education teachers (SET) from the Dutch-speaking part of Belgium (Flanders). Teachers were selected by maximum variation sampling, allowing to select teachers who differ in (1) teaching experience and (2) SEN type(s) of students they teach. This study targets primary school teachers of students with formally identified educational needs (established in a report), within special education types ‘Basisaanbod’ (Type BA, which can be translated as ‘basic offer’) and 9 in Flanders. Students with a report type 9 encompasses students with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder and an IQ above 70. A type BA report pertains to students with significant educational needs, leading to difficulties in meeting the general curriculum within mainstream education, even with reasonable accommodations (Flemish Department of Education, 2014).
A self-developed interview guide was used during each interview. Although this paper focuses on structuring and explaining, the questions covered all six AHT elements. As a main advantage, this broad focus allowed teachers to target the elements and indicators they found most effective for students with SEN. Generally, the guide consisted of two parts: (1) open-ended questions concerning effective teaching for students with SEN and (2) questions to rank nine statements on effective teaching directly tied to the general effective teaching elements and indicators of the AHT dimension (Coe et al., 2020).
All interviews were transcribed verbatim and a template analysis (TA) approach using the six AHT elements was performed to outline and compare the specific teaching behaviors mentioned by teachers as effective for students with SEN. TA is a structured yet flexible thematic analysis approach which can be placed in a midpoint between top-down and bottom-up analysis styles. Central to this codebook approach is the iterative construction of a hierarchical coding template (King, 2012). Given the hierarchical structure of the GTT, which serves as the core framework for the analysis, TA is a well-suited approach to categorize specific teaching behaviors within every element and indicator of the AHT dimension (Coe et al., 2020). Therefore, the initial template included a priori codes organized across three levels: (1) the six AHT elements (2) numerous indicators within these elements; and (3) descriptions for each indicator. After several rounds of coding, a final template was developed for the structuring and explaining element, displayed through two data visualizations which summarized and compared the translations provided by the two teacher groups.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Regarding RQ1, the template analysis revealed that teachers made many translations of the general effective teaching principles into concrete teaching behaviors considering their specific students and the possibilities and limitations of their own classroom environment. For example, as part of within-classroom differentiation, teachers specified individualized instruction for students with SEN across four main areas: learning goals, learning tasks, instruction and assessment. In addition, teachers mentioned specific teaching behaviors within each of the four areas. For instance, learning goals could be tailored, dispensed or extended based on the individual needs of the student and constraints within the classroom setting. To enrich the specificity and applicability of the GTT framework to students with SEN, two additional levels were added: the level of sub-indicators (e.g., the four main individualization areas) and the level of specific teaching behaviors (e.g., tailoring, dispensing or extending learning goals). Although the original GTT-framework largely remained unchanged, teachers highlighted two crucial adaptations for the indicators: ‘within-classroom differentiation’ and ‘using non- or (partly) worked-out examples’.
Regarding RQ2, no differences were identified between MET and SET at the higher levels of the framework (element and indicator level). On the sub-indicator level, only one notable difference emerged considering the sub-indicators of the ‘activating/reviewing background- and prior knowledge’ indicator. Notably, the primary distinctions between the two teacher groups were at the teaching behavior level, encompassing the specific teaching behaviors teachers use in their actual classroom practice to facilitate the learning and development of students with SEN.
The context-specific examples of effective teaching behaviors for students with SEN provided by this study can inspire and guide teachers to translate general effective teaching principles into the nuances of the unique classroom environment, which ultimately contributes to effectively teaching students with SEN across all classroom contexts.

References
Coe, R., Rauch, C. J., Kime, S., & Singleton, D. (2020). Great teaching toolkit: evidence review. Cambridge Assessment International Education. https://www.cambridgeinternational.org/support-and-training-for-schools/teaching-cambridge-at-your-school/great-teaching-toolkit/
Ennis, R. P., & Losinski, M. (2019). Interventions to improve fraction skills for students with disabilities: A meta-analysis. Exceptional Children, 85(3), 367-386. https://doi.org/10.1177/0014402918817504
Hattie, J. (2009). Visible learning: A synthesis of over 800 meta-analyses relating to achievement. Abingdon: Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203887332
King, N. (2012). Doing template analysis. In G. Symon & C. Cassell (Eds.), Qualitative organization research: Core methods and current challenges (pp. 426–450). Sage Publications. https:// doi.org/10.4135/9781526435620
Muijs, D., & Reynolds, D. (2018). Effective teaching: evidence and practice (4th ed.).
Nelson, G., Cook, S. C., Zarate, K., Powell, S. R., Maggin, D. M., Drake, K. R., Kiss, A. J., Ford, J. W., Sun, L., & Espinas, D. R. (2022). A Systematic Review of Meta-Analyses in Special Education: Exploring the Evidence Base for High-Leverage Practices. Remedial and Special Education, 43(5), 344–358. https://doi.org/10.1177/07419325211063491
Scheerens. (2016). Educational Effectiveness and Ineffectiveness: A Critical Review of the Knowledge Base. Dordrecht: Springer.
Vlaams Departement voor Onderwijs en Vorming [Flemish Department of Education] (2014).
M-Decreet [Measures for Children with Special Educational Needs]. https://onderwijs.vlaanderen.be/nl/grote-lijnen-van-het-m decreet#Gewoon_of_buitengewoon
 
17:30 - 19:0027 SES 08 B: Lessons Learned from the Pandemic
Location: Room B105 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Heike Schaumburg
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

From Astonishment to Practical Rationality: Lessons Learned from the Pandemic

Inés Rodríguez Martín, Jorge Martín Domínguez, Elena Ramírez Orellana, Inma Martín-Sánchez

University of Salamanca, Spain

Presenting Author: Rodríguez Martín, Inés; Martín Domínguez, Jorge

This work is part of a broader project that seeks to know and understand how teachers shape their teaching practices. The COVID19 pandemic, the lockdown and the years that followed, posed a major challenge in the field of education: from the design and implementation of proposals in non-face-to-face contexts, the uncertainty about the day-to-day, to the social distance and the restrictions on teacher-student and student-student interaction. These factors had a significant effect on multiple variables that had repercussions on the way in which teachers configured the action of teaching. This paper therefore tries to understand precisely how change during this period impacted on teachers' teaching, their decisions and anticipation of their professional practice in the future.

Research on teaching during pandemics has shown how teachers faced methodological and organisational challenges in adapting to non-face-to-face teaching (König, Jäger-Biela & Glutsch, 2020), creating teaching materials adapted to the new learning contexts in which their students were placed (Van Lancker & Parolin, 2020), increasing the time spent on lesson planning and complexity (Spadafora et al. 2023) or making decisions about the different elements of the curriculum.

These curricular elements over which teachers constantly make decisions were also affected. Perhaps the most obvious of these were the materials and resources on which teaching work is based, which were radically transformed by the move to non-face-to-face teaching in which, for the most part, digital technologies mediated the teaching process (Masry-Herzalah & Dor-Haim, 2022) in terms of uses, formats and participation. Likewise, in general, the tasks that teachers address in their interaction with their students in real teaching contexts were significantly modified, changing the usual interaction situation to situations mediated by digital media or materials for the most part. Although the elements on which the tasks are configured may remain (objectives, contents, actions, time), the modification of the channel and the medium affected the conditions of interaction, the agents involved, the spaces and even certain professional functions of teachers such as evaluation (Zaragoza, Seidel & Santagata 2023). The elements, therefore, on which teachers make their professional decisions were changed precipitously by the lockdown, and also in the post-confinement period were significantly affected. Throughout this period, much of the responsibility for shaping the elements of teaching practice fell on teachers. In these circumstances, professional teaching practice was largely disrupted by the transformation of regular teaching practice into a practice outside the classroom or a practice marked by social distance or largely individual work in which classroom routines had to be modified and the judgement about the extent and the how of this modification rested primarily with the teachers.

On the basis of this accumulated knowledge on the subject, we set out the following objectives in this paper:

- To examine which elements of the teaching practices were affected during the teaching process as a result of the lockdown and new normality, analysing it through the content of the explanations elaborated by the teachers themselves.

- To investigate the assessments that teachers make of their professional practice during the lockdown and the new normality by analysing the contents of their own descriptions.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The research adopts an interpretative phenomenological approach based on in-depth interviews with 26 teachers (96.15% female). The participants had previously worked with the research group (in training courses, other research projects, etc.).
The basic aim was to explore, describe and analyse the lived experiences of the participants (Marshall et al., 2022), reconstructing how they lived, felt and decided their professional work. An interview was designed with 17 open-ended questions grouped into three thematic axes: 1) Lockdown, 2) New Normal and 3) Future. The elaboration of the interview protocol was contrasted through a process of inter-judge agreement and piloted on 2 subjects from the target population.
The interviews were audio-recorded and transcribed literally, noting any non-verbal circumstances that might help to interpret the meaning of the explanations. The idea was taken as the unit of analysis, understood as a fragment of the narrative that conveys a thought about the teaching action, regardless of its length in the story or the number of propositions it contains, and which can be coded in different categories of the system. The creation of this system of categories used a deductive-inductive approach and was configured on the basis of 5 major dimensions that were subdivided into different categories: 1) Actors in the educational process, encompassing all those ideas that have to do with actions aimed at or designed for the different people who carry out their actions in relation to the educational process. 2) Organisation and conditions of practice: this category includes all actions, thoughts, beliefs, ... mentioned by the interviewees in relation to their action as teachers within the different contexts developed during the pandemic and those elements that condition their action; 3) Curriculum elements, to refer to all those allusions to the different elements that concretise their planning and action in practice; 4) Planning, those explanations that are related to the process carried out or not for decision making regarding the action plans prior to the real time teaching that the teachers carried out. They may relate to elements of the curriculum, to the organisation of teaching, or even to the professional practice of teaching. And finally, dimension 5) Assessment, to collect those evaluative judgements made in relation to the categories described above.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Although this is still a work in progress, certain conclusions may be reached on the trends in the data:
- The teachers' discourses highlight the role that the management teams played/play in collegial decision-making about the development of the internship during this period, thus being considered a factor in the success or failure of the teachers' work. Some teachers felt abandoned by their direct teams and by the administration, highlighting how collaborative work among colleagues is an element that offers well-being to the teaching staff as a whole. On this issue, it is worth highlighting the positive evaluations expressed by the interviewees on solidarity, team perception and companionship as an element of quality in the configuration of teaching during the lockdown, although they highlight a progressive return to more individualised practices as the pandemic is left behind and a certain normality returns.
- Although the teachers' narratives are replete with negative personal assessments of the experience, the emergence of new perspectives on the school-family relationship and the construction of more comprehensive approaches to the family contexts in which children develop is noteworthy and seems to be widespread.
- Teachers refer to the need to review their own practice as a key element for professional practice and highlight the need for ongoing training plans that enable them to acquire strategies to face the challenges of the school. However, although they highlight the role of the education administration in this process, they show high levels of mistrust and scepticism about the real support it can provide in the future.

References
König, J., Jäger-Biela, D. J. & Glutsch, N. (2020). Adapting to online teaching during COVID-19 school closure: teacher education and teacher competence effects among early career teachers in Germany. European Journal of Teacher Education, 43 (4), 608–622. https://doi.org/10.1080/02619768.2020.1809650.

Masry-Herzalah, A. & Dor-Haim, P. (2022). Teachers’ technological competence and success in online teaching during the COVID-19 crisis: the moderating role of resistance to change. International Journal of Educational Management, 36 (1), 1-13, https://doi.org/10.1108/IJEM-03-2021-0086

Spadafora, N., Reid‑Westoby, C., ·Pottruff, M., Wang, J. & ·Janus, M. (2023). From Full Day Learning to 30 Minutes a Day: A Descriptive Study of Early Learning During the First COVID‑19 Pandemic School Shutdown in Ontario. Early Childhood Education Journal, 51, 287–299, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10643-021-01304-z.

Van Lancker, W., & Parolin, Z. (2020). COVID-19, school closures, and child poverty: A social crisis in the making. The Lancet Public Health, 5(5), 243–244. https://doi.org/10.1016/S2468-2667(20)30084-0

Zaragoza, A., Seidel, T. & Santagata, R. (2023). Lesson analysis and plan template: scaffolding preservice teachers’ application of professional knowledge to lesson planning. Journal of Curriculum Studies, https://doi.org/10.1080/00220272.2023.2182650.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Changes in Learner Autonomy During the Pandemic: The Influence of Digital Tools and Online Learning Environments

Andrea Puskás, Melinda Nagy

J. Selye University, Slovak Republic

Presenting Author: Puskás, Andrea; Nagy, Melinda

One of the most significant impacts of the pandemic was the further diversification of learning environments and learning opportunities. The series of lockdown periods led to a significant shift towards virtual learning environments and technology-mediated language learning, where language learning autonomy gained a more important role in the success and efficiency of foreign language learning. Researchers have confirmed that the success of foreign language learners who learn the target language only in institutional or classroom settings is limited (Benson and Reinders, 2011, Murphy 2008, 2011). An increased interest in examining out-of-class learning environments is based on the shift in second language acquisition research: language acquisition is no longer understood as a merely cognitive process but rather as participation in various social contexts and communities (Benson and Reinders 2011).

The very general and the most traditional definition of learner autonomy is taking responsibility for one’s own learning (Little 2007). This responsibility is connected with the individual’s ability to understand what one is learning, why one is learning, how one is learning and which learning strategies and language use strategies one is using. Learner autonomy is mentioned many times as a synonym of self-regulated or independent learning, learner’s independence or learning outside the classroom.

There are three fundamental perspectives on learner autonomy in language education: the technical perspective (focusing on skills or strategies used during unsupervised learning), the psychological perspective (emphasizing attitudes and cognitive abilities that enable the learners to take responsibility for their own learning process) and the political perspective (emphasizing the emancipation of learners by giving them opportunities to select the content of learning and the ways and forms of learning processes) (Benson 1997, Palfreyman and Smith 2003). Paying attention to all three perspectives on learner autonomy and enhancing autonomous learning is crucial not only during the times of pandemics but also during the uncertain times of economic and educational challenges, migration, segregation of socially disadvantaged learners and the threats of war. Educators need to equip learners with skills and competences that empower and help them in times when their learning becomes less teacher-centred, the degree of instruction is lower and the need to make decisions on their own learning process is higher.

The paper attempts to answer the following research questions:

- To what extent did learning English as a foreign language (EFL) during the Covid-19 pandemic become less instructional and more learner-controlled in the case of secondary school learners in schools with Hungarian language of instruction in Slovakia?

- To what extent did EFL connected out-of-class learning activities change during the Covid-19 lockdown period?

- What further support can be provided by schools in order to enhance EFL learners’ autonomy?

The aim of the paper is to find out how online teaching and the pandemic affected the foreign language learning strategies and the foreign language use of secondary school learners. The online ‘Covid period’ in Slovakia starting from October 2020 and running to April 2021 is investigated. The platforms for synchronous online lessons that were used for teaching English as a foreign language classes during this period are examined together with the respondents’ goal of language learning. Critical reflection and making meaningful choices are inevitable parts of becoming an autonomous learner, therefore, the respondents’ consciousness in selecting certain tools as well as their attitude to certain language learning strategies are examined.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The method used for data collection was in the form of an online Google questionnaire and the data was processed with Microsoft Excel software. After data cleaning, basic statistics (sample size, maximum, minimum, range, modus, arithmetic mean, variance, standard deviation) were also made using this software. The R Studio Cloud was used to make the Wilcoxon signed-rank test. This test examines whether there is a significant difference between paired samples.
The research sample consists of 107 respondents (77 female, 30 male). The respondents of the questionnaire were students of secondary schools with Hungarian language of instruction in the Western-Slovakian region. The average age of the respondents was 17.5 (the youngest was 15 years old with the oldest 20).
The questionnaire consisted of six sections including questions on attitude towards English as a foreign language, the school subject, motivation and the teacher; questions on English lessons before and during the pandemic, frequency, form and teacher-controlled tasks; questions on the availability of private teachers/tutors and non-institutional but teacher/instructor-controlled settings; questions on time spent dealing with English before and during the pandemic; questions on out-of-class learning activities and learning environments before and during the pandemic; the availability and usage frequency of YouTube videos, series and films, web-based applications, chatting in English, e-mailing in English, video games and homework assignments; questions on the attitude of respondents regarding the efficiency of certain activities and learning strategies, their conscious application and questions connected with being a conscious and autonomous foreign language learner.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The findings of the research presented by this paper revealed significant changes in learner autonomy, foreign language learning and language use strategies during the lockdown period, especially in the field of receptive skills. The results can be used to initiate discussions on how schools and teachers can support learners and help to enhance learner autonomy and how the strategies and tools used during the lockdown period can be incorporated in contemporary education in order to improve learners’ critical thinking skills (needed for the purpose of choosing the content of their learning wisely and efficiently), creativity, flexibility (quickly adapting to new learning environments) and digital skills (for selecting and using web-based applications and online tools for learning).
The results of this research also support the idea of an individualised approach to teaching in schools, as they show that learners have different preferences and needs and goals when it comes to foreign language learning. By allowing learners to choose their own learning materials, strategies and pace, teachers can promote learner autonomy and motivation, and cater for the different learning styles and abilities of their students. An individualised approach can also help learners become more independent and responsible for their own learning by requiring them to plan, monitor and evaluate their own progress and outcomes. In addition, an individualised approach can help to create an inclusive environment in schools, as it respects the differences of learners and encourages them to share their experiences and opinions with their peers and teachers. An inclusive environment can enhance learners’ social and intercultural skills as well as their sense of belonging and well-being in the school community.
Research was carried out within the framework of Horizon 2020 project no.: 101004653 Inclusion4Schools “School-Community Partnership for Reversing Inequality and Exclusion: Transformative Practises of Segregated Schools” (2020 - 2024).

References
Benson, Phil: The philosophy and politics of learner autonomy. IN: Benson, Phil – Voller, Peter, eds. 1997. Autonomy & Independence in Language Learning. New York: Addison Wesley Longman Limited. pp. 18-34.

Benson, Phil: Teaching and Researching Autonomy in Language Learning. London: Pearson Education Limited. 2001. ISBN-13: 978-0582368163

Benson, Phil: Teaching and Researching Autonomy. Second edition. Oxon and New York: Routledge. 2011. ISBN 978-1-4082-0501-3

Benson, Phil – Reinders, Hayo, eds. Beyond the Language Classroom. New York: Palgrave Macmillan. 2011. ISBN 978-0-230-27243-9

Eneau, Jérôme – Develotte, Christine. (2012). Working together online to enhance learner autonomy: Analysis of learners’ perceptions of their online learning experience. ReCALL, 24(01), 3–19. DOI: 10.1017/s0958344011000267

Little, David. (2007). Language Learner Autonomy: Some Fundamental Considerations Revisited. Innovation in Language Learning and Teaching, 1(1), 14–29. DOI:10.2167/illt040.0

Luke, Christopher L. (2006). Fostering Learner Autonomy in a Technology-Enhanced, Inquiry-Based Foreign Language Classroom. Foreign Language Annals, 39(1), 71–86. DOI:10.1111/j.1944-9720.2006.tb02250.x

Murphy, Linda: Supporting learner autonomy: Developing practice through the production of courses for distance learners of French, German and Spanish. IN: Language Teaching Research 12: 83 (2008); pp. 83-102. DOI: 10.1177/1362168807084495

Murphy, Linda: Why am I Doing This? Maintaining Motivation in Distance Language Learning. IN: Murray, Garold – Gao, Xuesong – Lamb, Terry, eds. Identity, Motivation and Autonomy in Language Learning. Bristol – Buffalo – Toronto: Multilingual Matters. 2011. ISBN-13: 978-84769-372-3. pp. 107-124.

Oxford, Rebecca L. Toward a More Systematic Model of L2 Learner Autonomy. IN: Palfreyman, David – Smith, Richard C., eds. Learner Autonomy across Cultures: Language Education Perspectives. Palgrave Macmillan Ltd. 2003. ISBN 1-4039-0354-9. pp. 75-91.

Palfreyman, David – Smith, Richard C., eds. Learner Autonomy across Cultures: Language Education Perspectives. Palgrave Macmillan Ltd. 2003. ISBN 1-4039-0354-9. p. 284.

Pawlak, Miroslaw – Kruk, Mariusz. (2012). The Development of Learner Autonomy Through Internet Resources and Its Impact on English Language Attainment. Studia Anglica Posnaniensia, 47(2-3). DOI: 10.2478/v10121-012-0005-9

Reinders, Hayo: A Framework for Learning Beyond the Classroom. IN: Raya, Manuel Jiménez – Vieira Flávia, eds. Autonomy in Language Education: Theory, research and practice. London and New York: Routledge. 2021. ISBN 978-0-367-20413-6. pp. 63-73.

Schmenk, Barbara: Globalizing Learner Autonomy. IN: TESOL Quaterly, Vol. 39, No. 1, March 2005, pp. 107-215.

Schwienhorst, Klaus. (2003). Learner Autonomy and Tandem Learning: Putting Principles Into Practice in Synchronous and Asynchronous Telecommunications Environments. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 16(5), 427–443. DOI:10.1076/call.16.5.427.29484
 
17:30 - 19:0028 SES 08 A: Student and Teacher Becomings
Location: Room 038 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Stamatina Kioussi
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

More-than-digital Vitalities: Becoming Student and Teacher with Data Visualizations

Maria Birch Rokoguniwai, Miriam Madsen

Aarhus University, Denmark

Presenting Author: Birch Rokoguniwai, Maria; Madsen, Miriam

Students are frequently rendered into digitized and datafied formats. When students use and engage with digital technologies like digital learning materials and digital tests, a plethora of information in the form of digital data is generated about them. Such data are often described as static and rational matters of fact, neutral and objective in comparison to ‘subjective’ human judgment (Williamson & Piattoeva, 2019). While this description is not entirely wrong, it somehow limits our possibilities to see data as dynamic becomings, materializing in a variety of ways, as well as to analyze how data participate in the configuration of for example humans in other ways than merely describing their properties in quantitative terms. It seems that we somehow lack the vocabulary to describe data as more-than-digital phenomena.

In this article, we aim to take a few steps towards producing such a vocabulary. We explore the vibrant and vital qualities generated when for example schoolteachers engage student data, such as those displayed in colorful data visualizations. We illustrate five different data becomings in a single ethnographic case.

In order to explore possible vocabularies, this article takes up more-than-human theoretical perspectives found in feminist new materialist scholarship as well as in non-Western cosmologies. Specifically, we build on Donna Haraway’s more-than-human theorization of becoming as becoming with (Haraway, 2008), which challenges ideas of the human as being separated from its surroundings, as well as Deborah Lupton’s more-than-human theoretical work on human-data assemblages and her attention to vitalities (Lupton, 2020; Lupton et al., 2022). We illustrate our conceptual points with an ethnographic case study exploring what happens to students and teachers when engaging with digital testing in Danish primary and lower secondary education. Teaching, for the oldest students in Danish primary and lower secondary schools (‘folkeskole’), is almost exclusively done through digital platforms and digital learning materials. These digital learning materials automate part of the assessments and testing of student work by visualizing the results through graphs, bar charts, and other forms of data visualizations.

We understand data visualizations as one of several becomings of data. While both educational scholars and data practitioners like teachers often refer to ‘data’ as one-and-the-same phenomenon, we propose viewing data as multiple interwoven becomings. In other words, we do not understand visualization as a process of reconfiguring ‘actual’ or ‘raw’ data into a visual format, but rather as one of the many ways data materialize. Data only ever emerge in some sort of specific material form, as for example digital data made up of binary digits, as ‘raw’ data made up of survey responses or registered values in rows and columns, or as visuals made up of colors, shapes, and numerical values. Even though the category of ‘data visualizations’ indicates a particular state of being of data, most data materializations are visual in some way – also ‘raw’ data. Thus, we do not use the term data visualizations to refer only to system-generated data visualizations with their colorful dashboard aesthetics, but also to homemade tables or notes displaying data in a different and more mundane, yet visual format. Our article includes empirical examples of several types of data visualizations used and produced by teachers. It also includes empirical examples of ‘data’ simply materializing as an idea or concept in talk, without emerging in any visual form. As the analysis will show, these various becomings of data are important and constitute students and teachers in different ways – as they are becoming with data. We therefore view sensitivities to different materializations of data in different situations as analytically fruitful for our understanding of data practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To help us demonstrate the different becomings of the data, we deploy metaphors and figures drawn from other-worldly, or at least more-than-digital, phenomena, including vitalities found in fantasy lore, folklore, zoology, and physics. These alternative ‘worlds’ involve figures and phenomena that behave differently than what ‘things’ like data can behave like in our everyday language and in our rational social science language. The affordances of metaphors and figures are thus their ability to help us see things in new ways and to increase our understanding of complex phenomena (Stuart & Wilkenfeld, 2022), much like Donna Haraway, for example, uses the metaphors and figures of the ‘cyborg’ (Haraway, 1991), a figure which couples the technological and the biological, as well as of ‘tentacular thinking’ (Haraway, 2016), a string figure emphasizing connections, in her work. We furthermore draw on Deborah Lupton’s (2020, 2018; Lupton et al., 2022) work on data vitalities and human-data assemblages and what she broadly labels vital materialism. Lupton conceptualizes human embodiment ‘as always already more-than-human: entangled and relational with things and places’ (Lupton et al., 2022 p. 361).
The empirical material was generated through a year-long ethnographic fieldwork at two Danish primary and lower secondary schools, which the first author conducted from October, 2022 until October, 2023. The empirical material was generated through the ethnographic method of participant observation (Spradley, 1980). While we were specifically interested in teachers’ data practices and the ways they would interact with data visualizations in digital learning materials, we did not only observe and participate when my interlocutors engaged with data: rather we participated in all aspects of my teacher interlocutors’ everyday working lives, including their teaching, their preparation and evaluation of teaching, in a plethora of meetings like team meeting, department meetings, reading counselor meetings, and parent-teacher conferences. This all enabled a more holistic understanding of teachers’ lived experiences and practices. In this way, we got to follow the data, as they appeared through interfaces on laptop screens, but also how they travelled into notebooks and documents, as they appeared in conversations amongst teacher colleagues and between teachers and students.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The figurative analysis of the multiple becomings of data shows how data in the empirical case develop from a vague and vaporous vibrancy into more and more embodied (colorful, shapeful, and wordy) vibrancies. This process render the data more and more precise tools for the diagnostic purposes of the reading counsellors. Yet, along this process, the data also transform into more and more-than-human images of the students, transgressing beyond simple displays of performance into combinations of multiple snapshots of each student sutured together into an elaborate data double. The visualizations of data thus change characteristics from easily readable data visualizations into detailed reports combining present, past, and past present versions of student beings into patchworks amenable for biographical analysis of progress or deterioration. This analysis opposes the image of data as something ‘static’ and ‘dead’.
The two reading counsellors in our material play an important role in the becoming of data. This conclusion speaks to contemporary discussions about agency and autonomy with/of data and digital platforms. The various materializations of data in our material display different kinds of agency – ranging from casting a shadow to diagnostic work. Data visualizations seem to play an important role in rendering data agentic. At the same time, any operations beyond those embedded in the dashboard relied heavily on human agency to take place. Thus, in our case, student data only exteriorize (Gulson et al., 2022) a part of the human work, namely the measurement of spelling performance, but not the analysis of learning progress and deterioration at a more detailed level. In other words, the becoming student-with-data is partly a result of automated processes, partly of the becoming data-with-humans.

References
Gulson, K. N., Sellar, S., & Webb, P. T. (2022). Algorithms of education : how datafication and artificial intelligence shape policy. University of Minnesota Press.
Haraway, D. J. (1991). Simians, cyborgs, and women: The reinvention of nature. Routledge.
Haraway, D. J. (2016). Staying with the trouble: Making kin in the Chthulucene. Duke University Press.
Lupton, D. (2020). Data selves: More-than-human perspectives. Polity.
Lupton, D. (2018). How do data come to matter? Living and becoming with personal data. https://doi.org/10.1177/2053951718786314
Lupton, D., Clark, M., & Southerton, C. (2022). Digitized and Datafied Embodiment: A More-than-Human Approach. In S. Herbrechter, I. Callus, M. Rossini, M. Grech, M. de Bruin-Molé, & C. John Müller (Eds.), Palgrave Handbook of Critical Posthumanism (pp. 361–383). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-04958-3_65
Spradley, J. P. (1980). Participant observation. Holt, Rinehart and Winston.
Stuart, M. T., & Wilkenfeld, D. (2022). Understanding metaphorical understanding (literally). European Journal for Philosophy of Science, 12(3), 49. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13194-022-00479-5
Williamson, B., & Piattoeva, N. (2019). Objectivity as standardization in data-scientific education policy, technology and governance. Learning, Media and Technology, 44(1), 64-76. https://doi.org/10.1080/17439884.2018.1556215


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

‘A Lot More Dystopic What I Imagined’ – Teacher Education Students’ Perceptions About Education Governance.

Jaana Pesonen, Satu Valkonen

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Pesonen, Jaana

Due to neoliberal governance, accountability, evaluation, and clearly specified goals have become the buzzwords of the administration of education. Increasingly, the answer to enhancing efficiency and accountability in education, is offered through technocratic rationality, as in digitalization and new educational technologies offering effective means for management of time, space and pedagogical content. (e.g., Ball 2015; Plum 2012). In such ethos, commercialization of education has accelerated rapidly, leaving education to face novel pressures, expectations as well as transformations on a global scale. These transformations are notably characterized by an apparent constriction of the overarching objectives of education, a narrowing of the scope of accessible information, and reconfiguring the very concept of human subjectivity. (Mertanen, Vainio & Brunila 2022).

The first aim in our paper is to clarify the impact of commercialization on teacher education within the broader academic context. As Ball (2006) has argued, it is necessary to examine the impact of the increasing number of private commercial actors on education. Acknowledging that private education is undoubtedly part of organizing education in contemporary societies is imminent, thus ‘the question is no longer whether private actors should be allowed in education, but rather, to what extent and how should their activities be regulated, and to what end’ (Rizvi 2016: 2). Educational entrepreneurship has grown rapidly also in Finland, where education has traditionally been a public good and free of charge. What follows is that ideologies of ‘business rationale and attitude, emphasizing innovation, dissemination of ‘best-practices’, quick evidence for decision-making, and return on investments’ are now incorporated into education (Candido Hinke Dobrochinski, Seppänen & Thrupp 2023). Thus, we find most relevant Ball’s (2006) call for the investigation of the ethical and moral consequences of commercialization, since it affects also what in education in general is seen meaningful and why.

In more practical terms we aim to examine the possibilities that could offer strategies for challenging these forces by asking; How do teacher education students recognize commercialization of education? and What means support their understanding of the phenomenon of commercialization, and the effects of it? These questions are interconnected within the larger framework of education governance and the effects it has on teachers. As teachers are increasingly internalizing the idea of a neo-liberal professional, as in believing that by acquiring new (e.g., technological) skills, they will improve their productivity and ‘add value’ to themselves (see Ball, 2003; Pesonen & Valkonen, 2023), they are at the same time more ontologically insecure – that is, they are unsure whether they are ‘doing enough, doing the right thing, doing as much as others, or as well as others, constantly looking to improve, to be better, to be excellent’ (Ball, 2003: 220). By examining future teachers’ understanding of commercialism in education we also aim to increase knowledge about the effects of highly individualized perception of teacher’s professionalism.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This research is rooted in the domain of discursive research methodology. In analysis we employ membership categorization analysis (MCA). MCA is predicated on the premise that culture evolves as individuals endeavor to make sense of their often intricate thoughts and experiences, imbuing them with meaning and subsequently organizing them through the utilization of diverse categories. It is worth underscoring that within the framework of MCA, individuals possess agency in their selection and application of categories, rendering the study of categories tantamount to an exploration of the localized actions and choices of individuals. (e.g., Stokoe 2012).
The data of this research was produced within the context of an optional university course titled 'The Political and Economic Steering of Early Childhood Education.' Students participating in this course had a writing assignment, which encompassed a series of questions (not obligatory but offered for consideration), including:  How do you conceptualize commercialism within the realm of education?; What are your hopes and aspirations concerning the commercial tools available for education?; What questions or uncertainties do you harbor regarding the utilization of commercial tools in education?
In total, 20 concise essays were authored during the course, each spanning 1 to 2 pages in length. It is noteworthy that all students, apart from one, granted consent for the use of their written texts as research materials. Therefore, the final data comprises 19 essays, collectively contributing to the empirical foundation of this study.
Through an examination of the categories employed by university students, our objective is to gain insight into their comprehension of the commercialization of education. As our first aim, we seek to identify what these categorizations reveal about the impact of commercialization on teacher education within the broader academic context. Secondly, we aim to understand what kind of reasoning, if any, allows, challenging of the neoliberal political culture and subject production, in which teachers (as all individuals) ought to constantly improve and be more productive and effective. MCA allows us to focus on how different categories are employed by future teachers when making sense of commercialization in education, as well as when criticizing and challenging it.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on our results, teacher education students struggle with recognizing values, norms and power relations within education and education policy. Our analysis shows how various categorizations are employed to justify and rationalize the increase of commercial – including private and other for-profit –  actors in the field of education. Examples from data show how justification is constructed e.g., within the categories of ‘academic; research-based; quality’, and often the mandate is given by merging these categories with the commercial activities and/or materials. In one data example student explains: ’When evaluating, I would start by looking at who has produced the material in questions. Who did it and what was the aim? Is there a multinational company behind? Or maybe researchers and other professionals from the field?’ In addition to reliability, even certain kind of goodwill, is connected to commercial actors who have a background in the academic field of education.

As we will explain further in our results, the examination of categories revealed that while only few used strategies of criticizing and challenging these ideals, others were shaken from what they had learned. A student explains: ‘I thought I had at least some understanding of how commercialism effects the everyday life of educational institutions. But soon I realized that it is a lot more dystopic what I imagined. I think it is scary how strongly commercialism effects the lives of children under school-age. I also see it as alarming, that there is so little discussion about this in the media.’

In our discussion we will pursue to emphasize, how the responsibility of becoming and staying aware and critical in terms of knowledge production in general, but also in terms of commercial and other for-profit actors in education, should not be tossed to an individual teacher education student or a teacher.

References
Ball, S. 2003. The teacher’s soul and the terrors of performativity. Journal of Education Policy 18(2): 215–228.
Ball, S. 2006. Education Policy and Social Class: The Selected Works of Stephen J. Ball. World Library of Educationalists. London, UK: Routledge.
Ball, S. 2015. What Is Policy? 21 years later: Reflections on the possibilities of policy research. Discourse 36(3): 306–313
Candido Hinke Dobrochinski, H., Seppänen, P. & M. 2023. “Business as the new doxa in education? An analysis of edubusiness events in Finland.” European Educational Research Journal 0(0): 1-24. https://doi.org/10.1177/14749041221140169
Mertanen, K, Vainio, S. & Brunila, K. 2022. “Educating for the Future? Mapping the Emerging Lines of Precision Education Governance.” Policy Futures in Education 20 (6): 731-744
Pesonen, J. & Valkonen, S. 2023. “Governing education, governing early childhood education and care practitioners’ profession?” Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1177/14639491231172206
Plum, M. 2012. Humanism, administration and education: The demand of documentation and the production of a new pedagogical desire. Journal of Education Policy 27(4): 491–507
Rizvi, F. 2016. Privatization in education: Trends and consequences. Education Research and Foresight, Working Papers 18. Paris, France: UNESCO.
Stokoe, E. 2012. “Moving forward with membership categorization analysis: Methods for systematic analysis.” Discourse Studies 14 (3): 277–303.


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Teachers’ Use of Research in Development Work: Empirical Findings from Switzerland

Vera Niederberger, Guri Skedsmo

Schwyz University of Teacher Education, Switzerland

Presenting Author: Niederberger, Vera

Objectives and purposes

Over the past two decades, there has been a growing demand for evidence-based policies and practices in education worldwide. This has led to a hierarchy of knowledge sources, with data from standardized testing and evaluations being prioritized as ‘objective’ measures, while local and contextual knowledge ranks lower (Johansson et al., 2015). School actors are expected not only to comply with policy demands but also to develop their practices according to research relevant to their profession (Penuel et al., 2017). A key challenge is that it is often assumed that access to various knowledge sources leads to its actual use. Several studies show that this is not the case as teachers rarely use research to develop their practice as research is perceived as too abstract (Joram et al., 2020). Also, expectations for rapid improvements to raise test scores put pressure on school actors’ decision-making and seem to promote knowledge sources targeted short-term solutions rather than long-term developmental work (Mausethagen et al., 2018). Sources of knowledge that are practical and closely related to teaching or school practice are more likely to be used (van Ackeren et al., 2013). Moreover, professional learning communities and networks have an important influence on teachers’ learning and school development (individual and organizational learning) (Stoll & Louis, 2007).

This paper focuses on the extent to which and how teachers' use various knowledge sources in development work, such as data from standardized testing, practical experiences, subject knowledge, pedagogy, didactics, and educational research. The analysis explores and compares teachers’ use of knowledge sources in two different development project settings. Both projects are prioritized development areas in the school program. One of the projects can be described as a typical ‘top-down’ project because it involves new policies on formative assessments and thus new expectations from school authorities to which the school must respond. The other project represents a ‘bottom-up’ project, which was initiated in the school by the principal and is now being driven forward voluntarily by teachers. The organizational context and the actors in both projects are largely the same.

The following research questions guide the analysis:

  • RQ1: What kind of knowledge sources do teacher teams draw upon in development work?
  • RQ2: What differences can be identified regarding knowledge sources in two different project settings (top-down vs. bottom-up project)?

Theoretical Framework

Policy enactment is used as a key analytical perspective since it helps identifying priorities and conditions for local school actors involved in school development in specific socio-institutional settings. Moreover, it emphasises how teachers in the study through creative processes interpret, translate and recontextualise relatively abstract ideas into practice (Braun et al., 2011).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is conducted in Switzerland and follows a qualitative design and an explorative approach. We analyze data from one school in which we observed meetings and core arenas for the two development projects over the course of one school year.  After the observations, we conducted semi-structured contextualized interviews. Thus, data for this paper are field notes of the ethnographically inspired observations, transcripts from interviews with key actors identified during the observations and key documents such as school development plans and material developed by the teacher teams. The combination of these data sources will help understanding the situational contexts and the larger school context, and it allows an approach that is not based only on self-reported data. The policy enactment perspective as an analytical framework offers four contextual dimensions (external, situated, material, professional) context (Ball et al., 2012; Braun et al., 2011) which we combine with inducive categories (cf. Ragin & Amoroso, 2011). Looking at and comparing the contextual dimension of the projects provides further insights regarding opportunities and constraints regarding research use.
With respect to the categorisation of knowledge sources, we used deductive categories that were identified in a literature review conducted in 2021/22 (author, 2023) and additional inductive categories from the data. For the use of research, we apply the categories from Weiss’s and Bucuvalas’ (1980) work on the use of social science research in a political context, the different facets of ‘use’ related to development goals are analysed. Different categories of ‘use’ are instrumental, conceptual and symbolic and was further developed and augmented by different authors (e.g. Penuel et al., 2017; Sjölund et al., 2022) with imposed use. In the application of these categories, it gets evident that research use is not a dualistic system, but rather represent different stages on a continuum, depending on motivation and engagement with the topic.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The study shows that teacher teams use various knowledge sources in development projects. The use of knowledge sources is often implicit as teachers integrate the various sources (i.e. student performance data, experience, research evidence, contextual information about students) in their decision-making.
The comparison of the two development project settings shows that there are major differences regarding use and integration of knowledge sources. Professional development courses represent an important arena for teachers to acquire knowledge in both development projects. Teachers’ use of knowledge sources is more diverse in the bottom-up project and the use of research is manifested more directly compared to the top-down projects, e.g. teachers read research literature, try out strategies in practice, share their experiences in meetings and produce their own documentation. In contrast, they tend to search for available online tools and sources in use by other schools in the top-down project.


The study generates knowledge about teachers’ use and integration of different sources and how this use vary depending on the extent to which the projects respond to concrete challenges in their daily work, in other words the perceived value and the practical relevance of the work undertaken.

References
Authors (2023)
Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Braun, A. (2012). How Schools Do Policy: Policy Enactments in Secondary Schools. Routledge.
Braun, A., Ball, S. J., Maguire, M., & Hoskins, K. (2011). Taking context seriously: Towards explaining policy enactments in the secondary school. Discourse: Studies in the Cultural Politics of Education, 32(4), 585–596. https://doi.org/10.1080/01596306.2011.601555
Johansson, K., Denvall, V., & Vedung, E. (2015). After the NPM Wave. Evidence-Based Practice and the Vanishing Client. Scandinavian Journal of Public Administration, 19(2), Article 2.
Joram, E., Gabriele, A. J., & Walton, K. (2020). What influences teachers’ “buy-in” of research? Teachers’ beliefs about the applicability of educational research to their practice. Teaching and Teacher Education, 88, 102980. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2019.102980
Mausethagen, S., Prøitz, T., & Skedsmo, G. (2018). Teachers’ use of knowledge sources in ‘result meetings’: Thin data and thick data use. Teachers and Teaching, 24(1), 37–49. https://doi.org/10.1080/13540602.2017.1379986
Penuel, W. R., Briggs, D. C., Davidson, K. L., Herlihy, C., Sherer, D., Hill, H. C., Farrell, C., & Allen, A.-R. (2017). How School and District Leaders Access, Perceive, and Use Research. AERA Open, 3(2), 233285841770537. https://doi.org/10.1177/2332858417705370
Ragin, C. C., & Amoroso, L. (2011). Constructing Social Research: The Unity and Diversity of Method (Paperback). Sage Publications, Inc. http://gen.lib.rus.ec/book/index.php?md5=bcbcd621ac801b79e7e864d8111a7277
Sjölund, S., Lindvall, J., Larsson, M., & Ryve, A. (2022). Using research to inform practice through research-practice partnerships: A systematic literature review. Review of Education, 10(1), e3337. https://doi.org/10.1002/rev3.3337
Stoll, L., & Louis, K. S. (2007). Professional Learning Communities: Divergence, Depth and Dilemmas. Professional Learning. In Open University Press. Open University Press.
van Ackeren, I., Binnewies, C., Clausen, M., Demski, D., Dormann, C., Koch, A. R., Laier, B., Preisendoerfer, P., Preuße, D., Rosenbusch, C., Schmidt, U., Stump, M., & Zlatkin-Troitschanskaia, O. (2013). Welche Wissensbestände nutzen Schulen im Kontext von Schulentwicklung? Theoretische Konzepte und erste Befunde des EviS-Verbundprojektes im Überblick., Paralleltitel: What kind of knowledge do schools use for school development purposes? In I. van; H. Ackeren (Ed.), Evidenzbasierte Steuerung im Bildungssystem? Befunde aus dem BMBF-SteBis-Verbund. (Fachportal Pädagogik; pp. 51–73). Waxmann. http://www.ciando.com/ebook/bid-994754
Weiss, C. H., & Bucuvalas, M. J. (1980). Social Science Research and Decision-Making. Columbia University Press.
 
17:30 - 19:0028 SES 08 B: Social Imaginaries of the Digital Future in Education
Location: Room 037 in ΘΕE 01 (Faculty of Pure & Applied Sciences [FST01]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Carlo Perrotta
Paper Session
 
28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

An STS Approach to Wikipedia: Unboxing the Rhythms of Acceleration and Deceleration

Charlotte Sermeus

KULeuven, Belgium

Presenting Author: Sermeus, Charlotte

In today's neoliberal society, learning is imperative, demanding rapid assimilation of new information. Platforms like Wikipedia play a crucial role in facilitating this pursuit, with numerous studies emphasizing their educational benefits and their impact on enhancing the learning experience. However, a significant concern revolves around the temporal dimension inherent in this narrative.

What Rosa(2013) calls technological acceleration causes us to feel that we must speed up to keep pace with the changes of everyday life, i.e., social acceleration. This in turn causes several problems, such as the decrease in “real” production or consumption due to time constraints. For education in the broad sense, this necessitates accelerated learning, risking the creation and grasping of knowledge (which run parallel to what Rosa calls production and consumption), i.e. that it isn’t “real” grasping and creation anymore. Technological and social acceleration are intertwined, necessitating consideration of both aspects to address the challenges they pose.

Motivated by the narrative of accelerated learning, this study employs a Science and Technology Studies (STS) perspective to investigate if Wikipedia replicates this narrative. This perspective means that Wikipedia is seen as a specific effect generated by the interplay of different actors in a specific setting. This approach allows for seeing how a practice like Wikipedia is enacted and for identifying important actors and micro-practices.

Aligned with the broader field of STS, akin to Thompson's research (2012), it enables exploration of how networks, composed of human actors and non-human actors (including technologies) alike, structure and restructure the world in particular ways (Law, 2004). This approach sensitizes us to the fact that both human actors and non-human actors are needed to enact any practice and it helps us to see how that relation between actors enacts something like a policy document, educational technology, a website like Wikipedia or even knowledge (Thompson, 2010, p. 95; Decuypere & Simons, 2016).

One of the main interests of STS is the how-question: how particular things come to be (Decuypere & Simons, 2016; Sorenson, 2008). The goal is, then, to investigate how a relational constellation - a network - is distributed and to convey in what way a practice is performed. The goal in this contribution is to detangle the practice of Wikipedia. What I mean by this is the following: in a traditional representational approach, some actors that play a critical role are overlooked or ignored, they get “black boxed” (Decuypere & Simons, 2016, p.34). The objective is to open that black box, to look at the actors involved in the enactment of Wikipedia, to investigate how they are distributed and relate to each other, and to see how they effectuate Wikipedia (Decuypere & Simons, 2016). This approach ensures an apt vocabulary to describe this and open the black box that is Wikipedia.

Engaging as a Wikipedia editor and documenting activities, I constructed socio-material anecdotes, facilitating the creation of detailed mappings. This approach led me to the discovery of how the interplay of certain actors with other actors enact a rhythm. Thus, an STS approach made it possible to see that there are multiple acceleration dynamics that influence the learning and knowledge production practices on Wikipedia. However, instead of completely following today's dominant narrative on acceleration in learning, my research also demonstrated multiple deceleration dynamics.

I conclude this paper by stating that these deceleration practices play an important role in the quality of learning and knowledge production. Secondly, I point out that only by slowing down myself, I was able to investigate these practices. It is thus important for future research to slow down to focus on the unprecedented possibilities in and of the present.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To detangle Wikipedia, I partook in the everyday practice of Wikipedia, i.e. I (mainly) expanded and edited existing online articles. The point was to analyse how actions and practices come about through and in relationships. A way of capturing this, was by recording the edits I made. The goal of using screen recordings was “to bring objects out of the background” (Thompson, 2012, p. 98) and to push my own vision to the background.  

The next step was to identify events. Here, I “followed the actors”: I observed what an actor compels other actors to do (Thompson, 2012; Latour, 2005). The following questions were posed to direct the selection process: Who or what is acting, what are they doing and what is related to what? (Adams & Thompson, 2016, p. 33). These questions were not only leading for the selection process but also for the writing of the socio-material anecdotes. These anecdotes were a way to “turn a technological object into the central character of a narrative” (Latour, 1996, p. vii). These anecdotes, written with an averted vision, provide actors a way to speak as well as a way to speak with them. They provide us with a space to grasp what is happening, to analyze the conversation, by allowing us to start from the event at hand and “trace out a range of associations” (Michael, 2000, p. 14; Adams & Thompson, 2016). They allow us to slow down and really pay attention to the technological (Thompson, 2012).

The second “layer” of analysis lies in simultaneously unravelling translations. Translations give an insight in how assemblages develop and “how actors interface with others” (Adams & Thompson, 2016, p. 8). Translation indicates an ordering in the network:  Translation thus is a process that effectuates ordering effects, a process of actors negotiating with other actors for a place in a heterogeneous network (Adams & Thompson, 2016; Law, 1992; Latour & Woolgar, 1979). The goal here was to see how the patterning of an assemblage came into being. Where in the first layer of analysis the focus was on asking questions about what relates to what, this layer emphasizes the how (Adams & Thompson, 2016).
Thus, here, I examine how actors influence each other and enact certain practices and more importantly, particular rhythms.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Due to my analysis, I was able to detail multiple acceleration practices. An STS lens allowed me to follow certain actors and discover how not only knowledge gets enacted but also time. The acceleration narrative in learning can be found on Wikipedia. However, Wikipedia is not only characterized by acceleration practices, which correspond with the dominant learning narrative, but Wikipedia also has a lot of practices in place to counter this. For every acceleration, a deceleration can be found. This already starts with the content policy. By encouraging reliable sources and neutral language, a Wikipedian is naturally forced to slow down, to hesitate, to think. Other deceleration practices ensure time, time for the Wikipedian to think about what they edited, deleted, reverted, ... In sum: to hesitate.

I thus found two main categories, practices of acceleration and practices of deceleration, which severely impact important parts of the learning on and with Wikipedia. Subsequently I categorized these practices by introducing further subcategories. Practices that accelerate the learning experience can be divided into 3 subcategories: (1) practices that accelerate knowledge production, (2) practices that accelerate the verification process of knowledge production and (3) practices that enable the learner to learn faster. Next to the acceleration practices, another important set of practices was found. This set concerns practices that decelerate, viz. that slow down (1) the production of knowledge, (2) the verification of said knowledge and (3) learning.

An important concluding note is that these results were only possible because I, myself, was forced to slow down. The anecdotes here were an aid that forced me to slow down, and it was only then I was able to map the acceleration and deceleration practices of Wikipedia. It is thus important to slow down to unearth these mechanisms that otherwise remain in the background.    

 

References
de Mourat, R., Ricci, D., & Latour, B. (2020). How Does a Format Make a Public? In Reassembling Scholarly Communications (pp. 103–112). MIT Press. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/11885.003.0012

Decuypere, M., & Simons, M. (2016). On the critical potential of sociomaterial approaches in education. Teoría de La Educación, 28(1), 25–44. https://doi.org/10.14201/teoredu20162812544

Decuypere, M., & Vanden Broeck, P. (2020). Time and educational (re-)forms-Inquiring the temporal dimension of education. Educational Philosophy and Theory, 52(6), 602–612. https://doi.org/10.1080/00131857.2020.1716449

European Commission. (2000). A Memorandum on Lifelong Learning. https://www.uil.unesco.org/sites/default/files/medias/fichiers/2023/05/european-communities-amemorandum-on-lifelong-learning.pdf

Facer, K. (2016) Using The Future in Education: Creating Space for Openness, Hope and Novelty. In The Palgrave International Handbook of Alternative Education (pp. 63–78). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-137-41291-1_5

Latour, B. (2004). Politics of Nature: How to bring the sciences into democracy (C. Porter, Trans.). Harvard University Press. 29

Latour, B. (2005). Reassembling the social: An introduction to actor-network theory. Oxford University Press

Latour, B., & Woolgar, S. (1979) Laboratory Life. The construction of scientific facts. Beverly Hills: Sage

Latour, B., & Porter, C. (1999). Aramis or the love of technology. (C. Porter, Trans.; 3rd print.). Harvard university press.

Law, J. (2004) After method: Mess in social science research. Routledge

Leshnick, A. (2022). Deletion discussions on hebrew wikipedia: Negotiating global and local ideologies. New Media & Society. https://doi.org/10.1177/14614448211067836

Michael, M. (2000). Reconnecting culture, technology and nature: From society to heterogeneity. Routledge.

Rosa, H. (2013). Social acceleration. Columbia University Press. https://doi.org/10.7312/rosa14834

Simons M. & Masschelein J. (2008). The governmentalization of learning and the assemblage of a learning apparatus. Educational theory, 58(4), 391-415.

Swillens, V., Decuypere, M., Vandenabeele, J., & Vlieghe, J. (2021). Place‐sensing through haptic interfaces: Proposing an alternative to modern sustainability education. Sustainability, 13(8), 1-14. https://doi.org/10.3390/su13084204

UNESCO. (2021). Reimagining our futures together: a new social contract for education. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379707

Vannini, P. (2017). Low and Slow: notes on the production and distribution of a mobile video ethnography. Mobilities, 12(1), 155–166. https://doi.org/10.1080/17450101.2017.1278969


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

Teachers' Diversity-sensitive Digital Practices in the Classroom - A Participatory Research Project

Rebecca Schmidt

Paderborn University, Germany

Presenting Author: Schmidt, Rebecca

The aim of this contribution titled 'Teachers' Diversity-sensitive Digital Practices in the Classroom - A Participatory Research Project' is to shed light on the question of how school teachers can address a diverse student population in their daily classroom practices under the condition of digitality. Utilizing the theoretical framework of practice theory (Schatzki, 2001) I explore digital practices in the classroom together with teachers, facilitating a participatory research project.
Within the European discourse on educational technology in schools, three main areas are investigated: Educational Governance, School- and Classroom Studies, as well as Data- and Information Literacy / Competence Research. This research project contributes to the area of classroom studies. Presently, a focal point of investigation focusses the question of how teachers, students, and technology interact (Macgilchrist, 2023). Practices involving digital artifacts are recognized for their significance in shaping social and educational frameworks (Wolf & Tiersch, 2023).
Grounded in the theoretical framework of practice theory, classroom studies investigate how digital devices generate a pluralization of attention through visualization on smartboards and Apple TVs, necessitating educators to adeptly navigate students’ attention across diverse screens and devices (Herrle et al., 2022; Rabenstein et al., 2022). Other studies investigate the effects of displaying students' notes and question how these become the center of attention as teachers can mirror every device in front of the class (Wolf & Tiersch, 2023). Here questions about privacy and the code of conduct using digital technologies within schools are raised.
Without succumbing to an argumentation of techno-solutionism, this research project investigates how educators can facilitate diversity-sensitive digital teaching to grapple with current challenges such as inclusion in schools. Diversity sensitivity is not solely understood as an awareness of multicultural backgrounds but as a sensitivity towards global and intersectional power relations (Budde, 2021; Walgenbach, 2017). In alignment with power-sensitive approaches towards the concept of diversity, this research project contributes to a discussion about the teachers’ and the technologies’ position within the classroom. By investigating practices with digital artifacts, the research project aims to explore how teachers can construct their teaching practices addressing intersecting power dynamics.
With an intersectional perspective (Crenshaw, 2023), the contribution investigates how school teachers can facilitate students' diversity in the classroom while critically reflecting on their own position and power dynamics within digital educational spaces. Participatory research is a collaborative process in which a teacher partners with the university-based researcher, to investigate a self-chosen specific research question. The current collaboration focusses on the question of how students' digital note-taking can be performed regarding inclusive and language-sensitive digital teaching with tablets for students with refugee or migration backgrounds.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Participatory research (PR) draws on thinkers like Paolo Freire, who theorizes participation, democracy, and pluralism as vital components of social inquiry, aiming at equitable knowledge production and social change. Working towards a vision of a participatory, democratic digital future that is shaped by collective agency and equity, PR focuses on social investigation, education, and action. The research builds on concepts of feminist scholars like 'situated knowledge' by Donna Haraway (1988) as well as decolonial perspectives on teaching and learning (Bozalek, 2011). 
Doing a collaborative research inquiry fosters participation and equity between the teacher and the university-based researcher. They collaboratively develop the research project together and investigate context-specific digital teaching practices. The research question, as well as the focus of the research process, are developed in collaboration between the teacher and the researcher. PR provides the opportunity to reflect and reduce hierarchies within the research process by challenging traditional subject-object relationships (Bozalek, 2011). It overcomes the construction of the research object as other and allows to facilitate collaborative learning, improvement of classroom practices as well as meaningful learning (Vaughan 2019). 
Conducting grounded theory-based research (Corbin & Strauss, 2015), qualitative 'active interviews' (Hathaway et al., 2020; Holstein & Gubrium, 1995), and classroom observation data is gathered. Within the 'active Interview', both participants interactively co-construct the interview situation together. The interviews focus on the teachers' lesson planning, their didactic decisions before and during teaching as well as on the self-reflection of their teacher role. 
Additionally, classroom observation data on practices with digital technologies is collected. Here, the situatedness (time, space, context) of digital practices within classroom interactions is central.
During the process of research and analysis, academics informally feedback the results of the analysis, discussing it in brief interactions at school, as well as in formalized interview settings (Nind, 2011). Thus, the data analysis with the coding process of the grounded theory methodology is done by the university-based researcher, discussing and reflecting intensively on the results with the teacher iteratively. 

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first preliminary results stem from the above-mentioned research about language-sensitive digital teaching with tablets for students with refugee or migration backgrounds. These results can be grouped into three dimensions: the use of translation software, the reflection on the teachers’ positionality as German native speaker, as well as visualization practices.
Firstly, these results show that establishing translation software use is beneficial for teachers and students. Practices, where students can choose and use specific tools routinely to translate words or phrases help students to navigate their way through assigned tasks as well as through digital learning environments (e.g. Learning Management Systems). The teacher also established diversity-sensitive digital practices, aiming to support students to simplify the text on their own. Students could assess different tools and use them. They gain independence in their learning process as they do not rely on the teacher for help.
Secondly, the participatory research project allowed the teacher to reflect on their own practices with digital technology. Coming from a monolingual socialization (Gogolin, 2008) the teachers acknowledged the different positions and backgrounds of the students and shifted their teaching routine to incorporate digital practices that support multi-lingual students.
Thirdly, practices of visualization are used not only to display the tasks of the lesson but also to enable the teacher to model the writing process like spelling, reformulating phases and collaborative writing practices in front of the class. It is also used to assess students’ work in public and give (peer-) feedback. Thus, digital artifacts such as teachers’ and students' notes can be displayed in the classroom at any time. During the participatory research, critical attention is raised about power dynamics, privacy and the code of conduct concerning the visualization of students' work.

References
Bozalek, V. (2011). Acknowledging privilege through encounters with difference: Participatory Learning and Action techniques for decolonising methodologies in Southern contexts. International Journal of Social Research Methodology, 14(6), 469–484. https://doi.org/10.1080/13645579.2011.611383
Budde, J. (2021). Die Schule in intersektionaler Perspektive. In T. Hascher, T.-S. Idel, & W. Helsper (Hrsg.), Handbuch Schulforschung (S. 1–20). Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-24734-8_35-1
Corbin, J. M., & Strauss, A. L. (2015). Basics of qualitative research: Techniques and procedures for developing grounded theory (Fourth edition). SAGE.
Crenshaw, K. W. (2023). Mapping the Margins: Intersectionality, Identity Politics, and Violence Against Women of Color. In Foundations of Critical Race Theory in Education (3. Aufl.). Routledge.
Gogolin, I. (2008). Der monolinguale Habitus der multilingualen Schule. Waxmann Verlag GmbH. https://doi.org/10.31244/9783830970989
Haraway, D. (1988). Situated Knowledges: The Science Question in Feminism and the Privilege of Partial Perspective. Feminist Studies, 14(3), 575–599. https://doi.org/10.2307/3178066
Hathaway, A. D., Sommers, R., & Mostaghim, A. (2020). Active Interview Tactics Revisited: A Multigenerational Perspective. Qualitative Sociology Review, 16(2), 106–119. https://doi.org/10.18778/1733-8077.16.2.09
Herrle, M., Hoffmann, M., & Proske, M. (2022). Unterrichtsgestaltung im Kontext digitalen Wandels: Untersuchungen zur soziomedialen Organisation Tablet-gestützter Gruppenarbeit. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 25(6), 1389–1408. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11618-022-01099-8
Holstein, J. A., & Gubrium, J. F. (1995). The active interview ([Nachdr.], Bd. 37). SAGE Publications.
Macgilchrist, F. (2023). Diskurs der Digitalität und Pädagogik. In S. Aßmann & N. Ricken (Hrsg.), Bildung und Digitalität: Analysen – Diskurse – Perspektiven (S. 47–71). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-30766-0_3
Nind, M. (2011). Participatory data analysis: A step too far? Qualitative Research, 11(4), 349–363. https://doi.org/10.1177/1468794111404310
Rabenstein, K., Macgilchrist, F., Wagener-Böck, N., & Bock, A. (2022). Lernkultur im digitalen Wandel. Methodologische Weichenstellungen einer ethnographischen Fallstudie. In C. Kuttner & S. Münte-Goussar (Hrsg.), Praxistheoretische Perspektiven auf Schule in der Kultur der Digitalität (S. 179–196). Springer Fachmedien. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-658-35566-1_9
Schatzki, T. R. (2001). Introduction. In K. Knorr Cetina, T. R. Schatzki, E. von Savigny, & K. Knorr-Cetina (Hrsg.), The Practice Turn in Contemporary Theory (S. 10–23). Taylor and Francis.
Walgenbach, K. (2017). Heterogenität—Intersektionalität—Diversity in der Erziehungswissenschaft. UTB.
Wolf, E., & Tiersch, S. (2023). Digitale Dinge im schulischen Unterricht. Zur (Re)Produktion  pädagogischer Sozialität unter dem Einfluss neuer medialer Materialitäten. In C. Leineweber, M. Waldmann, & M. Wunder (Hrsg.), Materialität – Digitalisierung – Bildung (S. 66–84). Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. https://doi.org/10.35468/5979


28. Sociologies of Education
Paper

The Imagination of a Longed-for Well-ordered Digital Administration of Education in Portugal

Catarina Gonçalves

Universidade de Lisboa, Portugal

Presenting Author: Gonçalves, Catarina

Deterministic discourses that conceive of technology as independent from other social sectors and consider technological developments to be the cause of far-reaching social transformations are widespread (MacKenzie & Wajcman, 1985; Wyatt, 2008; Wajcman, 2015). Within this contemporary thinking, we can find different narratives, with varying degrees of optimism, amongst which a rhetoric of techno-solutionism stands out, a Promethean vision which sees technology as a human good that contributes inexorably to the emancipation of the species (Martins, 2003).

The application of technological developments regarding the collection, processing and storage capacity to the education sector has been crucial for the parallel development of quantification and number-based policies in education. This means digital technologies have been enablers of data-driven policy-making (Ozga, 2008; Williamson, 2017; Landri, 2018; Grek, Maroy & Verger, 2021; Williamson, 2017, 2021; among many others), deepening and supporting the phenomenon of datafication (Williamson, 2017). Although the collection of data on education is nothing new, the importance of these changing digital policy processes shows that there is a digital layer added to what has already been taking shape in the governance of education. This layer includes its own actors, worlds, instruments, types of knowledge, possibilities for action.

Educational policy in the European space is nowadays entirely embedded in a digital environment of commensuration, where “good” outcomes are compared, visualized, and desired (Landri, 2018). This European digital environment is constituted by many instruments, some of European scope, but most working at national and local level, collecting, sorting and distributing data, often for later use by European aggregating platforms, such as the Education and Training Monitor. Educational policy research needs to study the digital instruments that make all this possible, it is important to understand the ideas they carry and the imaginaries surrounding them, as well as to follow the trail of their construction and the actors involved in their doings.

To understand how digital technologies are intertwined with educational policy we must distance ourselves from the above-mentioned deterministic thinking, but also observe and analyse those very ideas in the education sector. What are the imaginaries on technology that surround digital educational governance? How can we describe these imaginaries more concretely, where and by whom are they produced and reproduced? What ideas are shared among different actors and which are not, and how do these relate to practice?

This study analyses one of such digital objects: Escola 360 (E360). This is a web platform designed and developed by the Portuguese Ministry of Education, together with IT and consultancy companies. It serves at the same time local school pupil management and the administration of the education system. It is a real-time national web platform where an individual file is kept for each student from the time of entrance in the education system. It’s the software teachers access as they start each class to enter attendance data and lesson summaries, where student enrolment is carried out nation-wide, ministry staff check individual or aggregated data. It has some innovative features, like cross sector non-human automatic processes for information checking with social security, health or law services, for example.

Studied as a public policy instrument, E360 is analysed as an instrument loaded with meaning (Lascoumes & Le Galès, 2007), not as neutral device, a simple technical object, but rather as an artefact carrying ideas that deserve the researcher’s attention (Wajcman, 2015; Kitchin & Dodge, 2011; Beer, 2017). By describing these ideas, the purpose of this study is to understand the discursive construction surrounding E360, as a means to discuss the imaginaries on technology that surround digital education governance both nationally and in the European education space.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The approach and procedures of this study are inspired by the proposals of the sociology of knowledge approach to discourse analysis (SKAD) (Keller, 2007, 2013), which offers a view of discursive manifestations that is in line with the political sociology perspective (Lascoumes & Le Galès, 2007) that frames this study.
Keller (2007) sees discourse as “a regular relationship between a specific set of enunciation practices and materialities and a semantic content that proposes a certain symbolic structuring of the world” (p.297). Thus, SKAD combines and moves away from, on the one hand, the Foucauldian approach that analyses discourses as emergent and abstract structures and doesn’t really take into account the actions of social actors and, on the other hand, the excessive importance that Berger and Luckmann attributed to the “banal and everyday knowledge of ordinary people” (p.296). A discourse does not exist independently of its manifestations, nor are discursive practices proof that discourse as an abstract structure exists. They are the realisations of a construction that can only exist in the making.
This importance attributed to actors, without losing the notion of a “specific structuring of linguistic acts dispersed in time and space” (Keller, 2007, p.296) that frames their actions, is particularly interesting in the study of educational public policies from the perspective of public action, for which actors are one of the fundamental elements and therefore deserve the attention of the researcher. That said, we must keep in mind that actors are but one of the fundamental elements, deeply interconnected with others. And this web – also discursive – frames, enables and constrains their actions, deserving attention itself for all those reasons.
To gather data I observed team meetings, collected policy documents which frame the key digital reform moments in Portugal and conducted interviews to key actors: the team coordinator and Deputy Director of the Directorate General for Education and Science Statistics, team members working for IT and consultancy companies, and school actors who participated in the E360 development. In line with SKAD, I conducted an immersive and inductive content analysis to all the material.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Through the study of the discursive construction around E360, we get a glimpse of the imaginaries on digital education governance in Portugal. I will present these by showing how information technologies are pictured as a solution to a problem – a distance between what there is and what there ought to be. This solution is framed in a generic deterministic thinking which imagines optimistic impacts of digital technology upon society and education. A techno-solutionism that envisions a new and inevitable well-ordered administration of education in Portugal.
I first describe this imagined solution in more general terms, that is, how it reveals the place and the role of information technologies in public administration, its relation with the administered and how these subjects are portrayed. Secondly, I describe the imagined solution for the administration of education, focused on how E360 is depicted, what its characteristics promise for the administration of education at pupil, school and system level.
All along it will become clear how digital education governance is described by all actors as the construction of a better, well-ordered world through information technologies. And how the design and development of E360 is inscribed in that same fabrication of a better and well-ordered administration of education in Portugal.
This Promethean vision will then be confronted with a less reassuring experience when actors actually design, develop or use the dispositive. Tensions and contradictions arise, chaos shows up every now and then, choices are made for different kinds of reasons. Maybe order will not be so well-ordered. These results allow us to discuss how digital education governance is taking shape nationally through E360 and also to get some insight on the imaginaries on technology and their relations to practice within digital educational policy-making in the broader European context.

References
Beer, D. (2017). The social power of algorithms. Information, Communication & Society, 20(1), 1-13.  
Grek, S., Maroy, C. & Verger, A. (2021). Introduction: Accountability and datafication in education: Historical, transnational and conceptual perspectives. In S., Grek, C. Maroy, & A. Verger (eds.) World Yearbook of Education 2021: Accountability and Datafication in the Governance of Education. New York: Routledge.
Keller, R. (2007). L'analyse de discours du point de vue de la sociologie de la connaissance. Une perspetive nouvelle pour les méthodes qualitatives. Atas do Colóquio Bilan et Prospectives de la Recherche Qualitative. Recherches Qualitatives, Hors-Série: 3, 287-306.
Keller, R. (2013). Doing discourse research. An introduction for social scientists. London: Sage.
Kitchin, R. & Dodge, M. (2011). Code/Space: Software and Everyday Life. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Landri, P. (2018). Digital Governance of Education: Technology, Standards and Europeanization of Education. London: Bloomsbury Publishing.
Lascoumes, P. & Le Galès, P. (2007). Introduction: Understanding Public Policy through Its Instruments — From the Nature of Instruments to the Sociology of Public Policy Instrumentation. Governance: An International Journal of Policy, Administration, and Institutions. 20(1), 1-21.
MacKenzie, D. & Wajcman, J. (1985). Introductory Essay. In D. MacKenzie and J. Wajcman (Eds.), The Social Shaping of Technology. How the refrigerator got its hum (2-25). Philadelphia: Open University Press.
1985; Wyatt, 2008; Wajcman, 2015
Martins, H. (2003). Dilemas da civilização tecnológica. In H. Martins & J. L. Garcia (Coords.), Dilemas da civilização tecnológica. Lisboa: Imprensa de Ciências Sociais.
Ozga, J. (2008). Governing Knowledge: research steering and research quality. European educational Research Journal, 7(3), 261-272.
Wajcman, J. (2015). Pressed for Time. The Acceleration of Life in Digital Capitalism. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.
Williamson, B. (2017). Big Data in Education: The Digital Future of Learning, Policy and Practice. London: Sage.
Williamson, B. (2021). Digital policy sociology: software and science in data-intensive precision education, Critical Studies in Education, 62(3), 354-370.
Wyatt, S. (2008). Technological Determinism Is Dead; Long Live Technological Determinism. In E. Hackett, O. Amsterdamska, M. Lynch and J. Wajcman (Eds.), The Handbook of Science and Technology Studies (165-180). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
 
17:30 - 19:0029 SES 08 D JS: Art, Literature and Multimodality in Language Learning
Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Ana Sofia Pinho
Joint Paper Session NW 29 and NW 31. Full details under 31 SES 08 B JS
17:30 - 19:0031 SES 08 A JS: Family Languages and Multilingual Learning
Location: Room B106 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Jenni Alisaari
Joint Paper Session NW 27 and NW 31. Full details in 31 SES 08 A JS
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Which Factors Increase the Likelihood of Using Family Languages in Educational Contexts?

Valentina Reitenbach1, Jasmin Decristan1, Dominique Rauch2,3, Katharina Maria Schneider2, Victoria Bertram3,4

1University of Wuppertal, Germany; 2University of Education Ludwigsburg; 3DIPF I Leibniz Institute for Research and Information in Education; 4Goethe University Frankfurt

Presenting Author: Reitenbach, Valentina

Migration-related multilingualism has been increasing in many European countries over the past few decades (Eurostat, 2024). As a result, classrooms often consist of students who are proficient in multiple languages, including their home language(s) and the local language. The multilingualism of students related to migration contrasts with school systems dominated by majority language(s). However, it can be considered fundamental from various perspectives to include the family languages of multilingual students in the classroom. For example, it can be argued that this is crucial from a holistic understanding of language, which regards language as an integral part of identity (Cummins, 2001). From a cognitive or communication-oriented perspective that views all language-related competencies as part of an individual's entire linguistic repertoire, it is fundamental that all languages can be used flexibly for communication and learning (García 2009). Translanguaging involves seamlessly navigating between languages and treating diverse linguistic repertoires as an integrated system (Canagarajah, 2011; Creese, 2017). Educators' purposeful adoption of strategies to facilitate students' translanguaging, thereby augmenting their learning, is denoted as pedagogical translanguaging (Cenoz & Gorter, 2021; Prilutskaya, 2021). Pedagogical translanguaging aims to improve students' metalinguistic awareness, helping them to organise and elaborate on content for a deeper understanding of the subject matter (ibid.).

However, not all students use their family languages as a communicative resource in otherwise monolingual educational settings, even if they are explicitly invited to (Meyer & Prediger, 2011; Reitenbach et al. 2023; Schastak et al., 2017; Storch & Wigglesworth 2003). From Grosjean's (2008) theory on the language modes of bilingual speakers, three overarching factors can be derived for (not-)using the full language repertoire: individual, communication partners and the teaching context. Individual factors mainly relate to the linguistic repertoire encompassing vocabulary, literacy access, and language preferences. They may vary in multilingual individuals across languages and specific language domains such as academic language. In self-reports, students referred to individual factors by pointing to their language skills and perception of usefulness as well as their language affinity (Reitenbach et al., 2023; Schastak et al., 2017; Storch & Wigglesworth, 2003). According to Grosjean (2008), the multilingual mode is activated during interactions with other multilingual individuals who share more than one language and accept mixed-language interactions. Therefore, the chosen language mode is also influenced by the communication partners’ linguistic competencies, language preferences, linguistic habits, or power dynamics between the speakers (Grosjean 2008). Students mentioned language skills, perception of usefulness, and language affinity when referring to their communication partners as relevant factors for using or not using their entire linguistic repertoire (Reitenbach et al., 2023; Schastak et al., 2017; Storch & Wigglesworth, 2003). Grosjean (2008) argues that contextual factors at the meso-level (e.g., instruction) and macro-level (e.g., educational system and society) account for speakers’ language mode. Classroom interactions, which are influenced by structural elements such as time, space, goals, content, and methods (e.g. task types and materials), constitute meso-level contextual factors that influence (not-)using the full language repertoire. In self-reports, students refer to the teaching context as perceiving the language use being either an offer, obligation or prohibition (Reitenbach et al., 2023; Schastak et al., 2017; Storch & Wigglesworth, 2003).

Overall, there is little evidence in the teaching context. In particular, the relative importance of students’ reasons for using family languages has not been sufficiently empirically investigated. This article therefore uses data from an intervention study to investigate

(1) which reasons increase the probability of students using family languages and

(2) the extent to which these differ in their predictive power.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We used data from an intervention study on reading promotion in German lessons at elementary school. Prior to the intervention, the teachers attended three afternoons of training in small groups on the topic of Reciprocal Teaching (Rosenshine & Meister, 1994) and multilingualism in the classroom from a perspective of pedagogical translanguaging (Cenoz & Gorter, 2021; Prilutskaya, 2021). The teachers implemented the content in their lessons using a structured programme developed by the researchers. To encourage multilingual interaction, they employed three strategies: 1. creating a classroom environment that is welcoming to multilingualism (by using language portraits; Gogolin & Neumann, 1991); 2. using multilingual teaching materials (translations into > 30 languages); and 3. forming small groups based on shared family languages.
In the 44 participating primary school classes, 69% of the fourth-graders were identified as multilingual. Those 499 students are included in the analyses. In the post-intervention survey, 62% of participants reported speaking a language other than German during the intervention. Data is available on language competence in the family language, operationalised as vocabulary, measured by the BVAT (adapted from Muñoz-Sandoval et al, 1998). Additionally, perceived academic benefits of multilingualism were measured using a 4-item scale with a Cronbach's α of .872 (e.g., “It helps me to work on tasks”). Attitudes towards multilingualism were also measured using a 4-item scale with a Cronbach's α of .694 (e.g., “I think it's cool if someone can speak more than one other language”). Data on the context were recorded at the student level, including availability of multilingual material (96% of students had access), availability of language partners (64% of students had language partners), and frequency of communication in languages other than German in the classroom prior to the intervention ("yes, very often" = 23.0%, "yes, but only sometimes = 56.2%; "no, never" = 14.2%). The analyses were carried out using binary logistic regression with SPSS 28 (cluster = small groups). Initially, bivariate models were calculated. Then, significant independent variables were tested in a joint model.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The bivariate analyses showed that language competence in the family language (individual score and group average), perceived academic benefits of multilingualism (individual score and group average) as well as availability of material and language partnerships were significantly related to the use of family languages. The individual score of perceived academic benefits of multilingualism had the greatest predictive power (coefficient = .536; p < .001; odd's ratio = 1.710), followed by the availability of language partners (coefficient = .527; p < .001; odd's ratio = 1.694), and the individual score of language competence in the family language (coefficient = .505; p < .001; odd's ratio = 1.657).
In the joint prediction model, perceived academic benefit of multilingualism at the individual level (coefficient = .429; p = .016; odd's ratio = 1.536) and language partners (coefficient = .413; p = .002; odd's ratio = 1.511) continued to make significant explanatory contributions. The availability of a language partner increases the likelihood of family language use by 55.1%. Additionally, an increase of 1 in the perceived academic benefit of multilingualism results in a 53.6% increase in the probability of family language use. The joint model accurately predicted whether the family language was used or not in 78.3% of cases.
The analyses indicate that teachers can encourage the use of family languages in their classes by starting at a low threshold. An essential step in this regard is to establish small group work with language partners who speak the same languages. It is equally important for students to perceive their family languages as useful in a predominantly monolingual school context. In the classroom, teachers can demonstrate, enable, and motivate this by using subject-specific methods (e.g. Oomen-Welke, 2020 for German classes) or subject overarching approaches such as Linguistically Responsive Teaching (Lucas & Villegas, 2013).

References
Canagarajah, S. (2011). Codemeshing in academic writing: Identifying teachable strategies of translanguaging. The Modern Language Journal, 95(3), 401–417
Cenoz, J., & Gorter, D. (2021). Pedagogical translanguaging. Cambridge University Press.
Creese, A. (2017). Translanguaging as an Everyday Practice. In B. Paulsrud, J. Rosén, B. Straszer, & Å. Wedin (Ed.), New Perspectives on Translanguaging and Education (1-9). Multilingual Matters.
Cummins, J. (2001). Language, Power and Pedagogy: Bilingual Children in the Crossfire. Multilingual Matters.
Eurostat (2024). Migration and migrant population statistics. https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-explained/index.php?title=Migration_and_migrant_population_statistics [18.01.2024].
Gogolin, I. & Neumann, U. (1991). Sprachliches Handeln in der Grundschule [Linguistic practice in primary school]. Die Grundschulzeitschrift, 5, 6–13.
García, O. (2009). Bilingual education in the 21st century: A global perspective. Wiley-Blackwell.
Grosjean, F. (2008). Studying bilinguals. Oxford University Press.
Lucas, T. & Villegas, A.M. (2013). Preparing linguistically responsive teachers: Laying the foundation in preservice teacher education. Theory into Practice, 52(2), 98–109.
Meyer, M. & Prediger, S. (2011). The use of first language Turkish as a resource. A German case study on chances and limits for building conceptual understanding. In M. Setati, T. Nkambule & L. Goosen (Ed.), Proceedings of the ICMI Study 21 Mathematics and language diversity (225–234). São Paulo University Press.
Muñoz-Sandoval, A.F., Cummins, J., Alvarado, C.G., & Ruef, M.L. (1998). Bilingual verbal ability tests: Comprehensive manual. Riverside Publishing.
Oomen-Welke, I. (2020). Mehrsprachigkeit im Deutschunterricht [Multilingualism in German lessons]. In I. Gogolin, A. Hansen, S. McMonagle, & D. Rauch (Ed.), Handbuch Mehrsprachigkeit und Bildung (181-188). Springer VS.
Prilutskaya, M. (2021). Examining pedagogical translanguaging: A systematic review of the literature. Languages, 6(4), 180.
Reitenbach, V., Decristan, J., Rauch, D., Bertram, V., & Schneider, K.M. (2023). Selbstberichtete Gründe für die (Nicht‑)Nutzung von Familiensprachen beim mehrsprachigkeitssensiblen Reziproken Lehren [Students’ reasons for (not) using their home languages during linguistically responsive Reciprocal Teaching]. Unterrichtswissenschaft, 51, 221–243.
Rosenshine, B. & Meister, C. (1994). Reciprocal teaching: A review of the research. Review of Educa-tional Research, 64, 479–530.
Schastak, M., Reitenbach, V., Rauch, D., & Decristan, J. (2017). Türkisch-deutsch bilinguale Interaktion beim Peer-Learning in der Grundschule: Selbstberichtete Gründe für die Nutzung oder Nicht-Nutzung bilingualer Interaktionsangebote [Turkish-German bilingual interactions during peer-learning in elementary school. Self-reported reasons for acceptance or rejection of bilingual interaction]. Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft, 20(2), 213–235.
Storch, N. & Wigglesworth, G. (2003). Is there a role for the use of the L1 in an L2 setting? Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages, 37(4), 760–770.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Supporting multilingual learning — Teachers’ perceptions

Ninni Lankinen

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Lankinen, Ninni

As Northern Europe is becoming increasingly multilingual, new challenges are posed to public institutions. In Finland, schools have not yet managed to turn students’ multilingual resources into an advantage. The Finnish national core curriculum of basic education (The Finnish National Agency for Education 2014) encourages a language aware school culture and mentions the parallel use of different languages in the school. However, the use and definition of these concepts are vague, and it is not clear how they should be implemented in schools. Teachers' attitudes may also be strongly driven by monolingual ideology (Alisaari et al. 2019), which is not conducive to promoting everyday multilingualism in classrooms. According to recent studies (Suuriniemi 2021, Repo 2022, Alisaari et al. 2023), linguistically responsive teaching (e.g. Lucas & Villegas 2013) and practices supporting multilingual learning have not yet become mainstream in Finnish comprehensive education, even if many teachers express both the need and the positive attitude (Harju-Autti & Sinkkonen, 2020) towards acquiring new teaching methods for their linguistically diverse classrooms. These questions are not only specific to Finland or the Nordic countries, but to all Western countries with recent increase in immigration.

Educational system and especially basic and upper secondary education have a key role in integrating young people into the society, by providing qualifications for transition to working life, and by creating a sense of belonging and possibilities for democratic participation and agency in the Finnish society. The PISA results have shown that the learning outcomes of students with an immigrant background are remarkably lower than those of students with a Finnish background (Harju-Luukkainen et al. 2014). My presentation will investigate the individual and structural challenges multilingual students with migrant background face. Effective school language learning is key to academic success, but Finnish educational system does not seem to promote a truly multilingual society, where all the language resources of individuals are treated as an asset rather than an obstacle. Supporting the students’ individual identities calls for valuing their previous knowledge, including their language skills (Alisaari et al. 2023, Cummins, 2021).

The languages of the students are present in the classroom in one way or another, whatever agreement was made between the teacher and the students regarding their use. Research about the importance and means of pedagogical translanguaging (Cenoz & Gorter 2022) are still scarce in the Finnish school context. My research investigates the everyday realities of multilingualism at the Finnish educational system, specifically teacher’s perceptions on supporting multilingual learning. My research asks, 1) how do teachers see their role in supporting multilingual students’ linguistic and academic development, and 2) how are these ideas promoted in everyday classroom practices in linguistically diverse 9th grade classrooms? This study will give new knowledge on how to promote truly multilingual learning in linguistically diverse classrooms, where the teacher typically is a native speaker of the school language.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The presentation at hand is part of the second sub-study of my dissertation Multilingual transitions – Post-comprehensive educational choices of multilingual pupils with migrant background. In this study I focused on subject teachers’ perceptions and means of supporting their multilingual student’s learning. The ethnographic research data of this study were produced in two lower secondary schools in the Metropolitan Helsinki area. Both schools have a large amount of non-native Finnish speakers as students, and they are situated in socioeconomically disadvantaged areas. The data consist of field notes on multilingual pedagogic practices during one school year (59 observed schooldays) and individual interviews of 27 lower secondary subject teachers and other school staff such as special education teachers, career counselors, principals and multilingual counselors. My presentation will provide some preliminary results on the analysis that focuses on the teachers’ views. The interviews have been analyzed by using qualitative content analysis (Krippendorff, 1980).  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Based on the ethnographic fieldwork conducted for this study, I argue that even linguistically diverse Finnish schools lack systematic practices in supporting multilingual students’ learning. Many teachers spoke mostly English for newly arrived students and even well-known linguistically responsive methods were not found in everyday classroom practices. Students were rarely encouraged to use their languages in class and multilingual pedagogies were not familiar to most of the teachers interviewed. However, certain teachers used these methods regularly and verbalized the significance of these practices in the interviews. These teachers were dedicated to including all students in learning, both in the content matter but also socially. They had consciously developed their teaching in linguistically responsive direction and acknowledged their students’ languages as resources for learning. In my presentation I will present established practices of multilingual pedagogies and discuss policy recommendations for education.  
References
Alisaari, J., Heikkola, L. M., Acquah, E. O. & Commins, N. (2019). Monolingual ideologies confronting multilingual realities. Finnish teachers’ beliefs about linguistic diversity. Teaching and Teacher Education 80, 48-58.

Alisaari, J., Bergroth, M., Harju-Autti, R., Heikkola, L. M., & Sissonen, S. (2023). Finnish Teachers’ Perspectives on Creating Multilingual Learning Opportunities in Diverse Classrooms. In V. Tavares, & T.-A. Skrefsrud (editors), Critical and creative engagements with diversity in Nordic education (pages 109–129). Lexington books.

Cummins, J. (2021). Rethinking the education of multilingual learners: A critical analysis of theoretical concepts. Multilingual Matters.

Harju-Autti, R., & Sinkkonen, H.-M. (2020). Supporting finnish language learners in basic education: Teachers’ views. International Journal of Multicultural Education 22(1), 53–75.

Harju-Luukkainen, H., Nissinen, K., Sulkunen, S., Suni, M., & Vettenranta, J. (2014). Avaimet osaamiseen ja tulevaisuuteen: Selvitys maahanmuuttajataustaisten nuorten osaamisesta ja siihen liittyvistä taustatekijöistä PISA 2012 -tutkimuksessa [Keys to skills and the future: a study on the skills and related determinants of young people with an immigrant background in PISA 2012]. Finnish Institute for Educational Research.

Lucas, T. & Villegas, A. M. (2013) Preparing Linguistically Responsive Teachers: Laying the Foundation in Preservice Teacher Education, Theory Into Practice,52:2, 98-109.

Krippendorff, K. (1980). Content analysis: An introduction to its methodology. Sage.

National Agency of Education. (2014). Perusopetuksen opetussuunnitelman perusteet 2014. https://eperusteet.opintopolku.fi/#/fi/perusopetus/419550/tiedot

Repo, E. (2020). Discourses on encountering multilingual learners in Finnish schools. Linguistics and Education, 60, 100864.

Suuriniemi, S.-M. & Satokangas, H. (2021): Linguistic landscape of Finnish school textbooks, International Journal of Multilingualism.

Cenoz, J., & Gorter, D. (2022). Pedagogical translanguaging in content and language integrated learning. Journal of Multilingual Theories and Practices, 3(1), 7–26.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

The Use of Students’ Home Language(s) in Increasingly Linguistically Diverse English as an Additional Language Classrooms in Norway and Cyprus

Georgios Neokleous1, Sviatlana Karpava2

1Norwegian University of Science & Technology (NTNU), Norway; 2University of Cyprus, Cyprus

Presenting Author: Neokleous, Georgios; Karpava, Sviatlana

Across Europe, school classrooms are more linguistically diverse than in the past. Because of this, research encourages the implementation of pedagogical approaches that embrace the diversity of students and the increasing role of home languages in the school curriculum (Aronin & Singleton, 2012; Cenoz & Gorter, 2015; May, 2014). As a result, the changing demographics and composition of students have also altered teachers’ classroom settings from traditionally homogenous to those that are more diverse in nature (Lorenz et al., 2021; Rosnes & Rossland, 2018). However, some EAL classrooms have not been adequately prepared to cater to the needs of multilingual students as their settings have essentially been defined as homogeneous by the educational systems in which they work (Lorenz et al., 2021).

According to Wernicke et al. (2021), attention should be paid to multilingualism and multiculturalism in educational settings to increase awareness and recognition of linguistic and cultural diversity at individual and societal levels. Further, research articulated that historical, ideological, social, economic, and political factors need to be taken into consideration, as well as language policy and the diverse language practices of teachers and students (Choi & Ollerhead, 2018). Multilingual education presupposes not only the teachers’ proficiency in several languages but also their knowledge and understanding of language acquisition processes, theoretical and pedagogical models, approaches focused on the development of multilingual competence (Hammond, 2014), teaching strategies, language, and content integration (Palincsar & Schleppegrell, 2014), and language policies and ideologies related to language teaching and language use (Flores & Rosa, 2015).

Recent research on multilingualism and language education has mainly been conducted with a focus on the learning and teaching of the English language, or in English-speaking contexts (Burns & Siegel, 2018;Matsuda, 2017). This study looks at two increasingly multilingual EAL settings, namely, Norway and Cyprus, whose recent reports (Statistics Norway, 2022 for reports on Norway and Annual Report of the Ministry of Education, Culture, Sport, and Youth, 2021 for reports on Cyprus) identified an increase in linguistic diversity and testified to the need for effective and efficient multilingual pedagogies that would assist in optimizing the student learning experiences.

The researchers aimed to investigate pre-service EAL teachers’ beliefs, perceptions, and reflections regarding the use of students’ HLs in increasingly linguistically diverse EAL classrooms in Norway and Cyprus. Fifty-nine teachers were observed during their teaching practicum and were interviewed with respect to their views, beliefs, and self-reflections on the impact and role of HL for EAL teaching and learning purposes. In both countries, data were collected through classroom observations and semi-structured interviews. The field notes enabled the researchers to reflect on the documented events and the behaviors observed in practice to produce meaning and understanding. The research question the study sought to address was:

  1. Do Norwegian and Cypriot pre-service EAL teachers share similar attitudes towards HL integration in the EAL classroom or are there any differences between them?

The findings revealed that more than half of the participants in both countries were in favor of employing multilingual pedagogies. However, most of them acknowledged certain challenges in their practical implementation and the need for further training. The study concludes with the authors stressing the catalyst role teacher educators could play in making EAL classrooms more inclusive for multilingual learners (Neokleous & Karpava, 2023). The significance of this study is in its comparative nature and in its potential for providing further evidence in the exploration of linguistically and culturally responsive teaching and deeper insights into EAL teachers beliefs and cognitions but also how teacher training can effectively prepare pre-service teachers on enhancing learning in linguistically diverse settings (Kart et al., 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In both countries, data were collected through classroom observations and semi-structured interviews. Notes taken during the observations were later written up as field notes constituted the third data collection strategy. The field notes enabled the researchers to reflect on the documented events and the behaviors observed in practice to produce meaning and understanding.
A convenience sampling method was implemented to recruit participants (Mathieson, 2014), who were all attending a pre-service EAL university course in one institution in Cyprus and one institution in Norway. Participants were at the same level in their English language teacher education program of study. A total of 30 undergraduate students in Cyprus and 29 undergraduate students in Norway, who self-identified as future EAL teachers, took part in the study. In Cyprus, 17 participants were male and 13 were female. Their ages ranged from 18 to 26 years old. In Norway, 19 were female and 10 were male. Their ages ranged from 18 to 23 years old. To comply with the ethical decisions raised to conduct the study, approval was granted from the Norwegian Centre for Research and Data and the Cyprus National Bioethics Committee. The study complied with the ethical guidelines of the two participating countries and institutions to ensure that the participants make a fully informed decision about whether to participate in the research.
For the interviews with the participants, an interview protocol was created. The interviews were semi-structured with questions that were common for all participants while also leaving the window open for probing and clarification inquiries. However, the fourth section contained questions that were specific for each of the participating classrooms based on the observations and the practices of the teachers. The interviews with the participants were conducted in English.
An interpretational approach was employed to address the three research questions. Gall et al. (1999) defined interpretational analysis as a process which “involves a systematic set of procedures to code and classify qualitative data to ensure that the important constructs, themes, and patterns emerge” (p. 315). Once transcribed, the interviews were thematically analyzed. The transcripts were attentively reviewed: repeating themes were identified, the data were coded, and based on the keywords and phrases, categories were created (Rolland et al., 2020). Abiding by the interpretational approach guidelines, the interviews with the pre-service teachers were transcribed and coded using Saldaña’s (2009) two coding cycle methods.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Even in classroom settings that have traditionally been described as monolingual with students and teachers sharing a majority language, because of rapid increases in mobility and migration, increasingly linguistically and culturally diverse classrooms have become the norm. As a result, EAL classrooms both in Norway and Cyprus now represent a range of different HLs. Current pedagogical approaches embraced the multilingual turn in education that prompted teachers to make use of the students’ entire linguistic repertoires to perform and negotiate TL functions (Aronin and Singleton, 2012; Shin et al., 2020). The purpose of this study was to unearth pre-service teacher attitudes toward the integration of HLs and the purposes they should serve in the classroom but also to identify differences and similarities between two traditionally monolingual but incrementally multilingual settings.
As it emerged from the results of this comparative study, the pre-service teacher participants were aware of the current classroom reality and the ensuing challenges that the linguistic diversity might bring in their teaching. As the participants elaborated, the challenges stemmed from a lack of adequate training and relevant teaching experience that would equip them with the required skills and knowledge to face the diverse needs of the student body in multilingual settings. Because of this unpreparedness, the participants were hesitant and in certain cases reluctant to immerse themselves in a classroom without feeling confident about the pedagogical practices and approaches they would employ. The results cement the significance of ensuring coherence between theory and practice in teacher education programs regarding the preparation of pre-service teachers for their work with diverse pupils. These findings can be used in teacher training programs to assist prospective teachers in better understanding the natural linguistic behavior of multilingual students but also how to effectively use the students’ entire linguistic repertoires as a resource.

References
Aronin, L., and Singleton, D. (2012). Multilingualism. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing.
Burns, A., and Siegel, J. (2018). International perspectives on teaching the four skills in ELT: Listening, speaking, reading, writing. Cham, Switzerland: Springer.
Cenoz, J., and Gorter, D. (2015). Multilingual education. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.
Choi, J., and Ollerhead, S. (2018). Plurilingualism in teaching and learning: Complexities across contexts. London, UK: Routledge.
Flores, N., and Rosa, J. (2015). Undoing appropriateness: Raciolinguistic ideologies and language diversity in education. Harv. Educ. Rev. 85, 149–171. doi: 10.17763/0017-8055.85.2.149
Hammond, J. (2014). An Australian perspective on standards-based education, teacher knowledge, and students of English as an additional language. TESOL Q. 48, 507–532. doi: 10.1002/tesq.173
Kart, A., Groß Ophoff, J., and Pham Xuan, R. (2022). Pre-service teachers’ attitudes about teaching and learning in multilingual classrooms. Insights from the Austrian-wide summer school programme in 2021. Lang. Cult. Curric. 36, 276–292. doi: 10.1080/07908318.2022.2138426
Lorenz, E., Krulatz, A., and Torgersen, E. N. (2021). Embracing linguistic and cultural diversity in multilingual EAL classrooms: the impact of professional development on teacher beliefs and practice. Teach. Teach. Educ. 105:103428. doi: 10.1016/j.tate.2021.103428
Matsuda, A. (2017). Preparing teachers to teach English as an international language. Bristol, UK: Multilingual Matters.
May, S. (2014). The multilingual turn: Implications for SLA, TESOL and Bilingual Education. Routledge.
Ministry of Education, Culture, Sport, and Youth. (2021). Annual Report. Available at: http://www.moec.gov.cy/en/annual_reports.html.
Neokleous G and Karpava S (2023) Comparing pre-service teacher attitudes toward the use of students’ home language(s) in linguistically diverse English as an additional language classrooms in Norway and Cyprus. Front. Educ. 8:1254025. doi: 10.3389/feduc.2023.1254025
Palincsar, A., and Schleppegrell, M. (2014). Focusing on language and meaning while learning with text. TESOL Q. 48, 616–623. doi: 10.1002/tesq.178
Rolland, L., Dewaele, J., and Costa, B. (2020). “Planning and conducting interviews: power, language” in The Routledge handbook of research methods in applied linguistics. eds. J. McKinley and H. Rose (London, UK: Routledge), 279–290.
Rosnes, E. V., and Rossland, B. L. (2018). Interculturally competent teachers in the diverse Norwegian educational setting. Multicult. Educ. Rev. 10, 274–291. doi: 10.1080/2005615X.2018.1532223
Statistics Norway. (2022). Population. Available at: https://www.ssb.no/en/befolkning
Wernicke, M., Hammer, S., Hansen, A., and Schroedler, T. (2021). Preparing teachers to work with multilingual learners. Bristol, UK: Multilingual Matters.
 
17:30 - 19:0031 SES 08 B JS: Art, Literature and Multimodality in Language Learning
Location: Room B107 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [-1 Floor]
Session Chair: Ana Sofia Pinho
Joint Paper Session NW 29 and NW 31. Full details under 31 SES 08 B JS
 
31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Multimodal Interaction with Images: Aspects of Visual, Subject-specific Epistemic, and Associated Linguistic Learning

Tanja Fohr

Leuphana University, DE, Germany

Presenting Author: Fohr, Tanja

In imparting subject-specific competencies, visual stimuli often serve as the basis for classroom discourse. Images are used in every subject as they serve both as stimuli for expressions and to support learning and introduce subject-specific thematic aspects (Hallet 2008). In second and foreign language teaching, there are numerous assumptions about the potential of using images for linguistic learning (Kress & van Leeuwen 2021).

In the context of scaffolding support (Gibbons 2015), multimodal practices play a significant role: According to Gibbons (2015: 45), references to various carriers of meaning provide multiple connection points to everyday experiences and already known or learned content. Gibbons describes this strategy or didactic function of relying on visualizations or other modes of support, such as gestures, with the term 'message abundancy' (Gibbons 2015: 42–45): "Message abundancy is a significant aspect of comprehensible teacher talk and is central to effective learning. When teacher talk is integrated with other systems of meaning, it is much more likely to be understood." (Gibbons: 44–45) By combining different semiotic resources, L2 learners can activate their prior knowledge, stimulating comprehension processes and thereby eliciting output. Especially when it comes to leading learners from a concrete level of observation to a more abstract, context-reduced level, this strategy can be helpful (Kniffka, & Neuer 2008: 129). Many didactic-methodological concepts and programmes for language-sensitive subject teaching are based on the assumption that visualization and contextual embedding support a dual subject-matter-specific and associated linguistic progression.

However, in dyadic classroom communication with L2-learners, it is unclear which interactional and multimodal practices come into play in relation to image perception. How knowledge is constructed depends on the way it is presented, and the methods and media used. The form of representation influences both what is learned and how it is learned (Jewitt 2008: 241). Switching between modes of representation and thus the perception of meanings from different modalities, in particular the visual material in the school subject context, their integration and implementation in a communicative act requires multiliterate discourse competence (Jewitt 2008: 255).

Therefore, the aim of this interdisciplinary exploratory study on subject-specific image discussions with L2 learners (n = 18) in secondary schools (Germany, Hesse, May–July 2023) is to capture students' image communication in relation to specific teaching objectives, to analyse and compare discourses about images. This serves to draw conclusions about the characteristics and conditions of acquisition-supportive, learning-productive, and academically challenging practices for the use of images. By describing and analysing the subject-specific and linguistic practices of students in dyadic image conversations, the study investigates which subject-specific, visual, and associated linguistic and discursive practices and competencies play a role in image reception and the associated gain in knowledge.

Conclusions about multimodal interaction via images are drawn with reference to the foundations of multimodality (Kress 2021; Rowsell & Collier 2017) and the understanding of interactional competence according to Sert (2015: 44-50), Seedhouse (2009), Hall and Pekarek Doehler (2011: 1-3), and the conceptualisation of 'classroom discourse' as a form of media-related classroom interaction (Thomson 2022: 17-21).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The current study (April 2023–July 2023) was conducted with L2 learners (n = 18) in an intensive class shortly before their transition into regular classes.
Selected students, whose language proficiency was determined using C-Tests, were presented with images from introductory pages of a textbook for the subject of social studies. According to the curriculum (HKM n.d.) and teaching materials, the illustrations are intended to prepare the students for work on topics such as "Children of the World" or "Living spaces". During various dyadic interactions, which were videotaped (approximately 350 minutes), the conversation partner, a subject, and German as a Second Language teacher, supported the participants as needed, including through interactional scaffolding and strategies like "cued elicitation" (Hammond & Gibbons 2005: 23) to achieve the subject-specific learning objectives.
Working with images in a school context means understanding the different resources of meaning in their interplay and in relation to the professional teaching objective. To this end, the objectives associated with the visual material, on the one hand, and the teacher's impulses for initiating mode shifts and negotiating meaning, on the other, are analysed. The focus of the analysis is therefore on the multimodal reference system of image and speech.
Conversation analysis (CA) is used to reconstruct the organisation of the multimodal interaction on the pictures in relation to the associated learning objective. The focus of the data selection for the lecture is on sequences in which the L2 learners take the topics represented by the material as a starting point for their personal questions.
The conversations were transcribed according to GAT 2 conventions (Selting et al. 2009) and analysed using conversational analysis (Birkner et al. 2020). This analysis particularly focused on identifying interaction sequences where visual, linguistic, or predominantly subject-specific epistemic pathways of understanding were prominent. The discourse practices were analysed in relation to the subject of observation. The reconstruction of multimodal interaction allowed for conclusions about different ways of steering in supportive, learning-productive, and academically challenging teaching scenarios.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Conceptual foundations and curriculum guidelines for the goals linked to using images suggest that the intended learning steps are directly achievable.
However, meaning arises in discourse, and learning pathways depend on the experiences and subject-specific, linguistic, and visual competencies of the learners and teachers. In specific situations, various interactional practices, and support in the form of micro-scaffolding come into play (Gibbons 2015).
Through the exemplary analysis of selected discourses, it becomes clear that micro-scaffolding has different starting points depending on the individual participant: Sometimes impulses for conscious perception are required, and at other times, it involves assistance in naming the subjects of the images and their interrelations. The different cultural interpretation patterns of the participants in relation to the depicted contexts, situations, and people also indicate that differentiated support is necessary to achieve subject-specific epistemic goals. For instance, it cannot be assumed that students understand images as representations of a subject-thematic context. Depending on prior knowledge, interests, and experiences, there are often very individual starting points that determine not only the direction of observation but also the discourse.
The data offer insight into the interplay of the modes of representation, image, and language, in conjunction with the perspectives and competencies of the participants. The study shows that the strategy of switching representation levels from concrete to abstract is not inherently supportive of acquisition for learners of German as a Second Language, as previously assumed. Instead, they need further support in grasping the pictorial level, establishing connections, incorporating their own prior knowledge, and transforming what is observed and described into understanding.

References
Birkner, K., Auer, P., Bauer, A., & Kotthoff, H. (2020). Einführung in die Konversationsanalyse. Berlin, Boston: De Gruyter.

Gibbons, P. (2015). Scaffolding Language, Scaffolding Learning (2nd ed.). Portsmouth: Heinemann.

Hall, J. K., & Pekarek Doehler, S. (2011). L2 interactional competence and development. In J. K. Hall, J. Hellermann, & S. Pekarek Doehler (Eds.), L2 interactional competence and development (pp. 1–19). Bristol, Buffalo, and Toronto: Multilingual Matters.

Hallet, W. (2008). Die Visualisierung des Fremdsprachenlernens – Funktionen von Bildern und visual literacy im Fremdsprachenunterricht. In G. Lieber (Ed.), Lehren und Lernen mit Bildern. Ein Handbuch zur Bilddidaktik (pp. 212–223). Baltmannsweiler: Schneider Verlag Hohengehren.

Hammond, J., & Gibbons, P. (2005). Putting scaffolding to work: The contribution of scaffolding in articulating ESL education. Prospect, 20(1), 6–30. Retrieved from http://www.ameprc.mq.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0008/229760/20_1_1_Hammond.pdf

HKM – Hessisches Kultusministerium. (n.d.). Handreichung Gesellschaftslehre zur Arbeit mit den Lehrplänen der Bildungsgänge Hauptschule, Realschule und Gymnasium an den schulformübergreifenden (integrierten) Gesamtschulen und Förderstufen. Retrieved from https://kultusministerium.hessen.de/Unterricht/Kerncurricula-und-Lehrplaene/Lehrplaene/Integrierte-Gesamtschule-IGS

Jewitt, C. (2008). Multimodality and Literacy in School Classrooms. Review of Research in Education, 32(1), 241–267. https://doi.org/10.3102/0091732X07310586

Kniffka, G., & Neuer, B. (2017). Sprachliche Anforderungen in der Schule. In H. Günther, G. Kniffka, G. Knoop, & T. Riecke-Baulecke (Eds.), Basiswissen Lehrerbildung: DaZ unterrichten (pp. 37–49). Seelze: Klett-Kallmeyer.

Kress, G., & van Leeuwen, T. (2021). Reading Images (3rd ed.). London: Routledge.

Rowsell, J., & Collier, D. R. (2017). Researching multimodality in language and education. In K. King, YJ. Lai, & S. May (Eds.), Research methods in language and education. Encyclopedia of language and education (pp. 311–325).  Springer, Cham. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-02249-9_23

Seedhouse, P. (2009). The interactional architecture of the language classroom. Bellaterra: Journal of Teaching & Learning Language & Literature, 1(1), 1–13.

Sert, O. (2015). Social interaction and L2 classroom discourse. Edinburgh University Press.

Thomson, K. (2022). Classroom discourse competence (CDC) in foreign language teaching and language teacher education. In K. Thomson (Ed.), Classroom discourse competence. Current issues in language teaching and teacher education (pp. 13–31). Tübingen: Narr Francke Attempto. https://doi.org/10.24053/9783823393740


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Embodied and Arts-integrated Teaching of Languages and Literacies in Class Teacher Education: Student Teachers’ Diffractions of Opportunities-and-challenges

Sofia Jusslin1,3, Kaisa Korpinen2,3, Riina Hannuksela3, Charlotte Svendler Nielsen4

1Åbo Akademi University, Finland; 2University of Turku, Finland; 3University of the Arts, Finland; 4University of Copenhagen, Denmark

Presenting Author: Jusslin, Sofia

Embodied learning and arts integration – in which languages and/or literacies are integrated with the use of an art form, such as dance – have lately gained more attention in research on languages and literacies education (e.g., Johnson & Kontovourki, 2016; Jusslin et al., 2022). Previous research on these topics stresses the important role of teacher education in acting as a catalyst in renewing educational practices (Guerretaz et al., 2022; Jusslin et al., 2022; Møller-Skau & Lindstøl, 2022). Teacher education has an important role in preparing student teachers to teach languages and literacies and can influence their understandings thereof (e.g., Bomer et al., 2019; Kanakri, 2017).

Aiming to integrate teaching and research in teacher education, we introduced embodied and arts-integrated languages and literacies education in class teacher education for primary education (grades 1–6) at Åbo Akademi University (ÅAU), Finland. We implemented a workshop series across language and arts education courses for student teachers at ÅAU. The student teachers discussed opportunities and challenges in relation to the teaching approaches, which caught our attention. In this study, we explore the opportunities and challenges more in-depth to gain insight into aspects that teacher education needs to address regarding embodied and arts-integrated languages and literacies education.

This study engages with posthumanist theories (Barad, 2007; Haraway, 1992), which align with a relational ontology, and stresses how students, educational realities, and knowledges are constantly produced in relations. Posthumanist theories contribute with an understanding of languages and literacies as distributed across humans, spaces, and materials (Toohey et al., 2020) and as embodied processes (MacLure, 2013; Toohey et al., 2020). Further, diffraction is a key concept in the current study (Barad, 2007; Haraway, 1992) and has lately been increasingly used as an alternative to reflection in teacher education (e.g., Lambert, 2021; Moxnes & Osgood, 2018). Diffraction focuses on differences and the effects they might have (Barad, 2007, p. 28). In teacher education, diffraction offers ways to read teaching practices through, for example, different theories, policies, memories, and sensory responses, acknowledging their emergence from messy, embodied, and material encounters in teaching (Lambert, 2021).

In the workshops, the student teachers’ insights from their embodied participation in the practical workshops, discussions of theoretical perspectives, previous personal experiences, and future teaching profession became diffracted, read through one another. Engaging with this theoretical approach, this study aims to explore the student teachers’ diffractions of opportunities and challenges in using embodied and arts-integrated teaching approaches in languages and literacies education. Our analytic questions are: What did engagement in embodied and arts-integrated languages and literacies education in teacher education set in motion for the student teachers? What opportunities and challenges did such teaching approaches enable student teachers to think?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study is conducted within the research project Embodied Language Learning through the Arts (ELLA; 2021–2024). The workshop series – held by a multiprofessional team of artists, teacher educators, and researchers – encompassed three practical workshops and were held within mandatory courses in class teacher education. Altogether 59 student teachers gave informed consent to participate in the study. The participating student teachers attended different study programs in the teacher education: class teacher education, language immersion class teacher education, and special education teacher education. Most of the students (52) studied their first year of the five-year teacher education, while the rest (7) studied their second or third year or participated in the courses as part of their master’s studies in education.

The methodological approach of the study is arts-based research (ABR; Leavy, 2018). We actively used different art forms in both the processes and products of our teaching and research, such as dance and visual arts during the teaching and poetry in our analysis and reporting of the study. The data encompass a written survey, questions that student teachers posed during the workshops, and the researchers’ memory notes and embodied participation and experiences from the workshops. The survey included open-ended questions about various aspects of the teaching approaches; for example, if you put yourself in the role of a student participating in embodied language learning through the arts, what do you think teachers need to consider? At the end of each workshop, students’ questions about teaching languages and literacies through embodied and arts-integrated approaches were documented. The researchers made memory notes based on their participation in the workshops (Gunnarsson & Bodén, 2021). The data are analyzed through creating poetry with data, as an ABR strategy. Creating poetry offers an approach to discovery, analysis, and presenting the analysis in which multiple diffractions are at play. As such, poetry constitutes our analytical process and product of the ABR (Faulkner, 2018). The analysis resulted in four poems with related analytical discussions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The opportunities and challenges, expressed and experienced by the student teachers, created friction in-between each other and became intertwined as opportunities-and-challenges. As such, the student teachers simultaneously recognized the value of and adopted a critical perspective on the embodied and arts-integrated teaching approaches. Showcased with four poems, the analysis indicates that the student teachers’ engagement with these approaches set in motion thoughts about opportunities-and-challenges concerning (un)learning conceptions of teaching and learning languages and literacies; balancing pedagogical acts and realities; the friction of differentiating the teaching; and a mixture of (un)certainties regarding future teaching practices. As such, the current study particularly contributes knowledge of how participation in embodied and arts-integrated teaching set in motion new conceptions of languages and literacies as embodied processes. It involved processes of (un)learning how languages and literacies can be understood, problematizing a dualistic and hierarchical perspective on mind and body in languages and literacies education (e.g., Toohey et al., 2020). Participation in the workshops also set in motion new conceptions on how languages and literacies can be taught and differentiated. The student teachers wanted to use the new practical tools that were introduced to them but remained particularly uncertain how to assess and evaluate children’s learning because of the open-endedness of the teaching approaches. Also, the student teachers’ consideration of differentiation highlights the opportunities-and-challenges of inclusion in the teaching, both in terms of varying skills and levels in languages and literacies and children using assistive devices. In conclusion, the study discusses implications for languages and literacies education as well as teacher education.
References
Barad, K. (2007). Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning. Duke University Press.

Bomer, R., Land, C. L., Rubin, J. C., & Van Dike, L. M. (2019). Constructs of teaching writing in research about literacy teacher education. Journal of Literacy Research, 51(2), 196–213. https://doi.org/10.1177/1086296X19833783

Faulkner, S. L. (2018). Poetic inquiry. Poetry as/in/for social research. In P. Leavy (Ed.), Handbook of arts-based research (pp. 208–230). Guilford Press.

Guerrettaz, A. M., Zahler, T., Sotirovska, V., & Boyd, A. S. (2022). ”We acted like ELLs”: A pedagogy of embodiment in preservice teacher education. Language Teaching Research, 26(6), 1274–1298. https://doi.org/10.1177/1362168820909980

Gunnarsson, K., & Bodén, L. (2021). Introduktion till postkvalitativ metodologi [Introduction to post-qualitative methodology]. Stockholm University Press.

Haraway, D. (1992). The promises of monsters: A regenerative politics for inapproporiate/d others’. In L. Grossberg, C. Nelson, & P A. Treichler (Eds.), Cultural Studies (pp. 295–337). Routledge.

Johnson, E., & Kontovourki, S. (2015). Introduction: Assembling research on literacies and the body. In G. Enriquez, E. Johnson, S. Kontovourki, & C. A. Mallozzi (Eds.), Literacies, learning, and the body. Putting theory and research into pedagogical practice (pp. 3–19). Routledge.

Jusslin, S., Korpinen, K., Lilja, N., Martin, R., Lehtinen-Schnabel, J., & Anttila, E. (2022). Embodied learning and teaching approaches in language education: A mixed studies review. Educational Research Review, 37(100480), 1–21. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.edurev.2022.100480

Kanakri, A. (2017). Second language teacher education: Preparing teachers for the needs of second language learners. International Journal of Language Studies, 11(1), 63–94.

Lambert, L. (2021). Diffraction as an otherwise practice of exploring new teachers’ entanglements in time and space. Professional Development in Education, 47(2–3), 421–435.

Leavy, P. (Ed.). (2018). Handbook of arts-based research. Guilford Press.

MacLure, M. (2013). Researching without representation? Language and materiality in post-qualitative methodology. International Journal of Qualitative Studies in Education, 26(6), 658–667. https://doi.org/10.1080/09518398.2013.788755

Moxnes, A. R., & Osgood, J. (2018). Sticky stories from the classroom: From reflection to diffraction in early childhood teacher education. Contemporary Issues in Early Childhood, 19(3), 297–309. https://doi.org/10.1177/1463949118766662

Møller-Skau, M., & Lindstøl, F. (2022). Arts-based teaching and learning in teacher education: “Crystallising” student teachers’ learning outcomes through a systematic literature review. Teaching and Teacher Education, 109, 103545. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2021.103545

Toohey, K., Smythe, S., Dagenais, D., & Forte, M. (Eds.). (2020). Transforming language and literacy education: New materialism, posthumanism, and ontoethics. London: Routledge.


31. LEd – Network on Language and Education
Paper

Stimulating Academic Language in Primary School Mathematical Education

Nanke Dokter

Fontys HKE, Netherlands, The

Presenting Author: Dokter, Nanke

School subjects are taught through academic language. Different studies have shown that students who are proficient AL users achieve better in school (Snow et al., 1989; Smit, 2013; Kleemans, 2013). AL is used at school to communicate efficiently about abstract, not directly visible content and it has specific features at the lexical, morpho-syntactic and textual level (Aarts et al., 2011, Henrichs, 2010). Not only are subjects taught by using AL, the students’ understanding and knowledge of the subject is also assessed in AL. In addition, knowledge about AL itself is part of the content of schooling (Schleppegrell, 2004). The language students use and need in the school setting however differs substantially from the language learned at home (Henrichs, 2010; Aarts et al., 2011). Teachers can stimulate AL learning of students by using AL themselves and by helping students understand and use AL (Zwiers, 2008).

AL is used in all school subjects. In mathematics AL is necessary because complex problems are placed in a contextual framework and to solve it students need to decontextualize it (Eerde et al., 2002; Mercer & Sams, 2006). Besides this teachers and students may use interactive mathematical conversation to learn and understand mathematical concepts. Students need to learn specific language features of mathematics before they can really participate in such discourse. This language is part of the AL register (Prenger, 2005; Sfard, 2001).

Instructional methods used during mathematics instruction offer different possibilities for AL stimulating behavior. The methods explanation and discussion offer possibilities for behavior aimed at understanding and at triggering AL by the students (Dokter et al, 2017). To stimulate students’ AL development teachers should use AL themselves and show AL stimulating strategies. There are six strategies aimed at students’ AL understanding (‘modeling with think-alouds’, ‘giving meaning’, ‘recasting own language’, ‘repeating own correct language’, ‘reformulating own language’, ‘visualizing’) and six strategies aimed at students’ AL production (‘asking to be more precise’, ‘giving directions’, ‘provocative statement’, ‘recasting language of the student’, ‘repeating language of the student’, ‘reformulating language of the student’). What is equally important, is that teachers connect the home language with the academic language. Strategies that change home language into language with more AL features are called power up, strategies where AL is unpacked back into home language are called power down (Harper & Parkin, 2017).

The goal of this research was to gain an insight in the AL stimulating behavior of teachers in grade 1 and 2 during mathematics instruction. The teacher plays an important role in stimulating students’ development of AL, but the extent in which they do this differs (Schleppegrell 2004; Elbers 2012; Tomasello 2000). The AL stimulating behavior that appears during explanation or discussion in mathematics instruction may differ, because the interaction during explanation is teacher lead while interaction during discussion also may be student lead (Nijland, 2011). This leads to the following questions:

  1. What differences can be seen in the AL input of primary school teachers of grade 1/2 in mathematics instruction during the instructional methods explanation and discussion?
  2. What AL stimulating behavior do primary school teachers of grade 1/2 show in mathematics instruction during the instructional methods explanation and discussion?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The instruction of 52 mathematic lessons of 27 teachers in grade 1/2 (age 6-7) was videotaped. To find an answer to RQ 1 the lessons were analyzed for the use of the instructional methods explanation and discussion. For each teacher 4 minutes of both instructional methods were transcribed. The transcriptions were coded for features of AL on different language levels, using a coding protocol based on DASH (Aarts et al., 2011). Paired T-tests were conducted to find significant results about the AL input at different language levels in the two instructional methods. The eleven features of AL, based on theoretical considerations and analyses using  using a Pearsons'correlation matrix, could be reduced to five main features: ‘lexical diversity’, ‘lexical complexity’, ‘lexical specificity’, ‘grammatical complexity’ and ‘textual complexity’. These main features were used in the rest of this research.

To answer RQ2 for each teacher the different kinds of AL stimulating behavior within the instructional methods was scored by looking at shown behavior in the relevant video fragments. The data of the observation study were analyzed by coding the teachers’ behavior as 0 (AL stimulating behavior did not occur) or 1 (AL stimulating behavior did occur) for each aspect of AL stimulating behavior during explanation and discussion. The total means and standard deviations were calculated for all types of AL stimulating behavior in the two instructional methods, aimed at students’ understanding of AL and production of AL.

Students got significant more opportunity to talk during discussion than during explanation, which confirms a difference in interaction between explanation and discussion. It became clear that teachers of grade 2 used more features of AL than teachers of grade 1.

Concerning RQ1 the input of the teachers during explanation consisted more AL features than their language input during discussion. The significant differences were found at the lexical level (lexical density and morfologically complex words) and at the morfo-syntactical level (clause combining). No significant difference was found at the textual level (level of abstraction).
Concerning RQ2 more AL stimulating behavior was shown during the instructional method explanation than during discussion. About half of the teachers showed behavior aimed at stimulating understanding of AL by students. Less than a third of the teachers showed behavior aimed at triggering AL use. Some types of behavior, like modeling or making provocative statements, were hardly used by teachers.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Teachers use more AL features during explanation, the instructional method that is more teacher lead than during discussion, where students also lead the interaction. The results of the AL input analyses showed that teachers varied less in lexical features than in features at the grammatical and textual level. All AL features were used by the teachers and a large variety was found. Overall, teachers more often used AL aimed at content (lexical diversity and lexical specificity) than at complexity (lexical complexity and grammatical complexity). In the textual complexity the variation between the teachers was large.  
All strategies were used during the eight minutes that were analyzed, although individual teachers used a limited set of strategies. The AL stimulating behavior corresponds with the AL input teachers use themselves; the most teachers show stimulating behavior during explanation, the method in where also the most AL features were shown. Teachers show during explanation more behavior aimed at understanding. The AL behavior that is aimed at triggering AL use of students is shown less, even during discussion.
Power down strategies were used the most and this is in accordance with the AL use of the teachers: they simplify their language to make sure students understand them. Although teachers in general use less power up than power down strategies, all teachers also used strategies aiming at their students’ AL production. Especially during the instructional method discussion they used significantly more power up strategies and students were stimulated to produce more language. In order to stimulate students’ AL development, teachers could use the instructional method discussion more often during their mathematics instruction.

References
Aarts, R., S. Demir & T. Vallen (2011). Characteristics of academic language register occurring in caretaker-child interaction: Development and validation of a coding scheme. Language Learning, 61(4), 1173-1221.
Dokter, N., R. Aarts, J. Kurvers, A. Ros & S. Kroon (2017). Stimulating students’ academic language: Opportunities in instructional methods in elementary school mathematics. L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 17 1-21.
Eerde, D. van, M. Hajer, T. Koole & J. Prenger (2002). Betekenisconstructie in de wiskundeles. De samenhang tussen interactief wiskunde- en taalonderwijs. Pedagogiek, 22(2), 134-147.
Elbers, E. (2012). Iedere les een taalles? Taalvaardigheid en vakonderwijs in het (v)mbo. De stand van zaken in theorie en onderzoek. Utrecht/Den Haag: Universiteit Utrecht en PROO
Harper, H. & B. Parkin (2017). Scaffolding academic language with educationally marginalised students. Report of research project funded by the Primary English Teachers’ Association of Australia (PETAA), Research Grant 2016-2017.
Henrichs, L. (2010). Academic language in early childhood interactions: A longitudinal study of 3- to 6-year-old Dutch monolingual children (diss. Universiteit van Amsterdam, Amsterdam Center for Language and Communication (ACLC)).
Kleemans, T. (2013). Individual variation in early numerical development: Impact of linguistic diversity and home environment (diss. Radboud University, Behavioural Science Institute).
Mercer, N. & C. Sams (2006). Teaching children how to use language to solve maths problems. Language and Education, 20(6), 507-528.
Nijland, F.J. (2011). Mirroring interaction: An exploratory study into student interaction in independent working (diss. Tilburg University).
Prenger, J. (2005). Taal telt! Een onderzoek naar de rol van taalvaardigheid en tekstbegrip in het realistisch wiskundeonderwijs (diss. Groningen University).
Schleppegrell, M. (2013). The role of metalanguage in supporting academic language development. Language Learning, 63(1), 153-170.
Sfard, A. (2001). There is more to discourse than meets the ears: Looking at thinking as communicating to learn more about mathematical learning. Educational Studies in Mathematics, 46, 13-57.
Smit, J. (2013). Scaffolding language in multilingual mathematics classrooms (diss. Utrecht University).
Snow, C., H. Cancini, P. Gonzalez & E. Shriberg (1989). Giving formal definitions: An oral language correlate of school literacy. In D. Bloome (ed.), Classrooms and literacy. Norwood, NJ: Ablex, 233-249.
Tomasello, M. (2000). Do young children have adult syntactic competence? Cognition, 74(3), 209-253.
Zwiers, J. (2008). Building academic language: Essential practices for content classrooms, grades 5-12. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass Teacher.
 
17:30 - 19:0032 SES 08 A: Mentoring of Female Academics and Leaders - Organizational Learning in Times of Multiple Crisis?
Location: Room 009 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Eva Bulgrin
Session Chair: Julia Elven
Symposium
 
32. Organizational Education
Symposium

Mentoring for Female Academics and Leaders - Organisational Learning in Times of Multiple Crises?

Chair: Eva Bulgrin (Philipps-University Marburg)

Discussant: Laura Kaluza (Philipps-University Marburg)

Although promoting gender equality and inclusiveness is a priority of the European Union policies and programs, significant gender inequalities in Research and Innovation (R&I) remain (EC, 2021). In the EU27, women are still under-represented among researchers in the business sector (20.9%), among professors and senior-level staff in academia (26%) and in decision-making positions in higher education (24%). Various global crises, such as global conflicts, pandemics, climate change and anti-feminist movements, have worsened the situation of gender equality for these groups (Bazzul & Siry, 2019; Belser, 2020; Freire & Freire, 2004).

Gender equality is a significant discourse in the European Union and the different national academic systems. However, this concept is highly ambivalent and brings forth both discursive-institutional openings and closures for the identities of female academics (Gill, 2014; Philipps et al., 2022) as agents of change in universities (Wieners & Weber, 2020). Mainly, universities are addressed to implement gender equality measures. These measures are primarily discussed regarding the increase in the number of female academics and lesser in terms of organisational change and learning (cf. also Acker, 1990, 1992).

In this symposium, we address mentoring programmes for female academics and leaders through the overall question of how universities change and learn in and through mentoring programmes. Otherwise asked: How do organisations care for their female researchers and leaders in times of uncertainty marked by multiple crises?

Mentoring can be crucial in addressing the fragile pathways of female students, researchers and leaders within academia (Kaiser-Belz, 2008; Petersen et al., 2017). From an institutional perspective, mentoring programmes are long established in Germany and relatively new in Italy and Spain. At the same time, the mentoring practice in institutionalised mentoring is under-researched regarding the discursive-social mentoring practice and is, therefore, a "black box". Initial empirical findings point to exclusionary practices of 'out-advising' mentoring in relation to gender (Simpson et al., 2023; Wieners, 2022).

We question how organisations change and learn through mentoring programmes in four distinct papers. The first presentation focuses on transformative practices and resistance towards institutional innovation mentoring in Italian universities and research centres. The presentation will analyse mentoring practices in Italy, focusing on innovative approaches and tools as well as resistance to change. The second paper will present findings from an ongoing study on gender and sustainability in Green-Tec study programmes in Germany in light of climate change and how non-traditional students are supported to navigate their studies. In the third presentation, insights from the impact of the Ukrainian war on female leaders are shared, as well as how the HEIs care for their female managers through international cooperation with European partner universities during crisis times. Lastly, the fourth presentation will present a retention study on mentees/ female early career researchers, including deliberations on the pandemic and 'career progress' for mentees from different programs and different types of organisations in Germany.

As such, our panel addresses uncertainty as an external condition and to be situated and positioned in theories of the VUCA world (e.g. Bennett & Lemoine 2014), such as global conflicts, climate change and pandemics, as well as towards rationalities and practices of organising (Weick & Sutcliffe 2001), when addressing the question of how organisations care for uncertainty and change through mentoring practices for female academics and leaders.


References
Bennett, N. & Lemoine, G.J. (2014). What VUCA Really Means for You. Harvard Business Review. Nr. 92, ½
European Commission (2021). She Figures 2021: Gender in Research and Innovation : Statistics and Indicators. Publications Office of the European Union. Publications Office of the European Union, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/06090.
Freire, P. and Freire, A.M.A. (2004). Pedagogy of Hope: Reliving Pedagogy of the Oppressed. London: Continuum.
Kaiser-Belz, M. (2008): Mentoring im Spannungsfeld von Personalentwicklung und Frauenförderung. Eine gleichstellungspolitische Maßnahme im Kontext beruflicher Felder. Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Pla-Julián, I. (2019). Equality Plans and Gender Perception in University Students. Mediterranean Journal of Social Sciences. 10.39-52.10.2478/mjss-2019-0051 .
Phillips, M. J., Dzidic, P.L, & Castell, E.L. (2022). Exploring and Critiquing Women’s Academic Identity in Higher Education: A Narrative Review. SAGE Open 12 (2), 215824402210961. DOI: 10.1177/21582440221096145.
Simpson, S. B./Hsu, Ti/Raposa, Elizabeth B. (2023): Trajectories and impact of White mentors‘ beliefs about racial and ethnic discrimination in a formal youth mentoring program. American journal of community psychology 71, 3–4, 465–479.
Weick, K. E., & Sutcliffe, K. M. (2001). Managing the unexpected: Assuring high performance in an age of complexity. Jossey-Bass.
Wieners, S. & Weber S.M. (2020). Athena’s claim in an academic regime of performativity: Discursive organizing of excellence and gender at the intersection of heterotopia and heteronomia. Management Learning, 51 (4), 511–530.

 

Presentations of the Symposium

 

Mentoring programs in Italian universities. Transformative Practices and resistances.

Giovanna Vingelli (Università della Calabria)

The presentation will focus on mentoring experiences in Italian universities and research centres. Notwithstanding, recent studies have confirmed a glass ceiling in Italian academia or segregation processes that negatively affect women’s access to academic and scientific careers; mentoring experiences in Italy are still underdeveloped but present exciting and innovative features. The presentation will analyse mentoring practices in Italy, focusing on innovative approaches and tools as well as resistance to change. In particular, it will focus on mentoring schemes to combat the practices and mechanisms that foster gender inequalities in academia, which adopt the dual approach to mentoring, as Jennifer De Vries (2010) proposed, simultaneously working to support women’s careers and create institutional change. In the last decades, mentoring programs have received criticism as they might not change the masculine model of the ideal academic but rather help women adjust to these norms to be successful (Ely & Meyerson, 2000; Van den Brink & Benschop, 2012). However, transformative mentoring programmes focused on changing the organisation have recently gained more attention. The presentation will, therefore, analyse the impact of the transformative mentoring approach in Italian academia, with particular attention to the gender asymmetries within the framework of the economic crisis and the neoliberal agenda (Archer, 2008; Bagilhole & White, 2013).

References:

Archer, L. (2008). The new neoliberal subjects? Young/er academics’ constructions of professional identity. Journal of Education Policy, 23(3), 265–285. Bagilhole, B. & White, K. (2013). Generation and Gender in Academia. Basingstoke, UK: Palgrave Macmillan. Ely, R. J. and Meyerson, D. E. (2000). Advancing gender equity in organisations. The challenge and importance of maintaining a gender narrative. Organization, 7(4), 589–608. de Vries, J 2010, A Realistic agenda? Women only programs as strategic interventions for building gender equitable workplaces, University of Western Australia. PhD thesis, University of Western Australia Van den Brink, M. and Benschop, Y. (2012). Slaying the seven-headed dragon. The quest for gender change in academia. Gender, Work & Organization, 19(1), 71–92.
 

How do female students in Green Tec Studies in Germany navigate and enact uncertainty?

Eva Bulgrin (Philipps-Universität Marburg, Deutschland)

In light of the uncertainty linked to climate change, this presentation provides insights from an ongoing study on gender and sustainability in Green-Tec study programmes in Germany. For this presentation, ‘climate change [is] to be understood as a “thing” that is unbounded, contingent and indeterminate’ (Kirby & Webb 2021, p. 2, original italics). Taking into account space and time, climate change is complex and diffuse, requiring accepting and engaging with uncertainty. In this context, we observe an increased debate on climate change at political and societal levels, for instance, through the Greta Thunberg and Fridays for Future movements. In recent years, Greta Thunberg has become a global media 'role model' for young women and a 'newcomer innovator' (Revsbaek, 2014) in the context of political action. As a socially dynamic movement, Fridays for Future movements have discursivised questions of sustainability and future durability, leading to the institutionalisation of the sustainability discourse (Wahlström et al., 2019). This transformation at political and societal levels also leads to re-imagining and re-conceptualising STEM (science, technology, engineering and mathematics) study programs through integrating issues and subjects related to sustainability. So far, non-traditional students who are female students from non-academic or non-technical backgrounds are strongly underrepresented in the Tec sector (Gilardi & Guglielmetti, 2011). Preliminary studies show, however, that GreenTec can serve as a 'door opener' for attracting and retaining female and other represented student groups for STEM study programs and careers (Spangenberger, 2016). From a discourse-analytical perspective (Weber & Wieners, 2018) and using image-based research methodologies and methods (Wieners & Weber, 2021; Wolffram 2022/i.e.), this presentation focuses on the performative organising (Wieners & Weber, 2020a) in higher education practice (Weber & Wieners 2022/i.e.). In particular, the presentation explores the support mechanisms for non-traditional students through website analysis and image-based interviews. It asks to what extent sustainability in Tec studies attracts more female and other non-traditional students and which support mechanisms help them complete their studies and integrate into the labour market. The study finds that- depending on the institutional context and the individual privileges-although sustainability attracts NTS to study GreenTec, support and advice structures offered by the university, such as mentoring, help students to remain and complete the degree, especially in uncertain times. In this sense, ‘moments of uncertainty offer a rupture of la politique, and the possibility of alternative ways of knowing, doing and being‘ (Kirby & Webb, 2021, p. 16).

References:

Gilardi, S. & Guglielmetti, C. (2011). University Life of Non-Traditional Students: Engagement Styles and Impact on Attrition. In: The Journal of Higher Education, 82 (1). S. 33-53. Kirby, P. & Webb, R. (2021). Conceptualising uncertainty and the role of the teacher for the politics of climate change within and beyond the institution of the school, Educational Review, DOI: 10.1080/00131911.2021.1933392 Spangenberger, P. (2016). Zum Einfluss eines Nachhaltigkeitsbezugs auf die Wahl technischer Berufe durch Frauen. Eine Analyse am Beispiel des Windenergiesektors. Detmold: Eusl. Weber, S. M. & Wieners, S. (2018). Diskurstheoretische Grundlagen der Organisationspädagogik. In: Göhlich, M.; Schröer, A. & Weber, S. M. (Hrsg.): Handbuch Organisationspädagogik. Wiesbaden: Springer. S. 211-223. Weber, S. M. & Wieners, S. (2022/i.E.). Dispositives of Newness and Change. Academic Organisations` Discursive Practice at the Intersection of Excellence and Gender. In: Angermuller, J. (Hrsg.): Power and Knowledge in Research, Science and Higher Education". Social Studies of Academia. Basingstoke, Hampshire: Palgrave Macimilian. Wolffram, Andrea (2022, i. E.): Gendered Representations of Excellence in Science and Technology. In: Jenkins, Fiona; Hoenig, Barbara; Weber, Susanne; Wolffram, Andrea (Hrsg.): Inequalities and the Paradigm of Excellence in Academia. London and New York: Routledge.
 

Mentoring Women in Higher Education in Global Conflict Times

Evhenia Kolomiyets-Ludwig (Universidad Pontificia Comillas Universidad Pontificia Comillas)

War conflicts (colonial, interstate, civil and internationalised civil ones), a total of 54 in 35 countries as of 2021(Palik et al., 2022), produce refugees and other displaced people (Howard, 2018). About 89.3 million forcibly displaced individuals worldwide, of whom women accounted for approximately 49% (UNHCR, 2022). During Europe's 2015‑17 refugee crisis, women lodged only about 30% of all asylum applications and received 35% of all positive first-instance decisions in the EU‑28 (OECD, 2023). That statistic is similar for higher education: in Germany, the ratio was 78 % male refugee students to 22 % female ones, and the same trends were apparent in the proportions in other countries (EU Commission, 2019). The war in Ukraine increased the share of refugees in the EU to more than 20% (EC, 2024). Germany, Italy, and Spain are among the countries with the highest total numbers of Ukrainian refugees (OECD, 2023). The peculiarity of this refugee flow is that the share of women among adult refugees is around 70% in most host countries, creating unique challenges for integration. Refugee women may suffer from a “triple disadvantage” as the challenges related to gender, immigrant status, and forced migration add up and mutually reinforce each other (Liebig & Tronstad, 2018). Being in a more favourable situation as compared with other refugees due to the possibility of employment in the University and continuing their professional career, female refugee scientists face barriers (Crea, 2016) like language and cultural adjustment, recognition of qualification, work-life balance, legal and administrative hurdles, social support, mental health struggle. Considering the number of female refugee researchers from war zones hosted by European universities (i.a., within the Science4Refugees Initiative of the European Research Council (ERA,2022), mentoring might become an effective instrument of their integration into the European academic and scientific community, making all the stakeholders (Brizuela et al. (2023)) benefit from this development tool (Jones, 2017). Therefore, mentoring for female refugee academic staff is in high demand, though more research is needed. The research question of this presentation is: “What are the peculiarities of mentoring female refugee academic staff in European universities compared with other ones (early and mid-career, science2business, etc.)?”. Through this research, we aim to unveil both prosperous and challenging practices of academic mentoring of female researchers hosted by German, Italian and Spanish universities because of global conflicts.

References:

Crea, T. M. (2016). Refugee higher education: Contextual challenges and implications for program design, delivery, and accompaniment. International Journal of Educational Development, 46(), pp. 12–22. doi:10.1016/j.ijedudev.2015.11.005 European Commission (2024). Statistics on migration to Europe. [URL.: https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/priorities-2019-2024/promoting-our-european-way-life/statistics-migration-europe_en]. (accessed on 25 January 2024) European Commission/EACEA/Eurydice (2019). Integrating Asylum Seekers and Refugees into Higher Education in Europe: National Policies and Measures. Eurydice Report. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union. doi:10.2797/548910 [URL.: https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/] (accessed on 25 January 2024) Liebig, T. and K. Tronstad (2018). “Triple Disadvantage?: A first overview of the integration of refugee women”, OECD Social, Employment and Migration Working Papers, No. 216, OECD Publishing, Paris, https://doi.org/10.1787/3f3a9612-en. OECD (2023), “What are the integration challenges of Ukrainian refugee women?”, OECD, Paris, {URL.: https://www.oecd.org/ukraine-hub/policy-responses/what-are-the-integration-challenges-of-ukrainian-refugee-women-bb17dc64/ ] (accessed on 25 January 2024) Palik, Júlia; Anna Marie Obermeier & Siri Aas Rustad (2022) Conflict Trends: A Global Overview, 1946–2021. PRIO Paper. Oslo: PRIO. https://www.prio.org/publications/13178 Howard, R. T. (2018). Migration Wars. The National Interest No. 153, MAKING ASIA GREAT AGAIN?, pp. 53–62 (10 pages) Published By: Center for the National Interest https://www.jstor.org/stable/26557442. UNHCR (2022), Figures at a Glance, [URL: https://www.unhcr.org/figures-at-a-glance.html ] (accessed on 25 January 2024).
 

Mentoring female Academics in Times of Uncertainties: the Case of the Covid Pandemic

Sarah Wieners (Goethe University Frankfurt)

The German academic system has witnessed and continues to witness the underrepresentation of women in leading positions. Only 27% of professors are women, despite women constituting more than 50% of students in Germany (Destatis, 2023). The reasons for this disparity have been extensively discussed and are attributed to the symbolic order of academia (Jenkins et al., 2022), organisational and institutional challenges in career advancement (Burger et al., 2016; Schwarz et al., 2018), and the absence of career-promoting networks and mentoring relationships (van Helden et al., 2023; Wieners, 2022). To address these issues, German universities have established mentoring programmes for female academics since the 1990s as a measure of gender equality. Mentoring programmes are intended to initiate career-promoting relationships and networks that were long taken for granted by men but were only sometimes visible. However, careers depend not only on relationships but also on social and organisational uncertainties and inequalities. This paper examines the latter aspects and presents results from a retention study of four mentoring programmes within a German collaborative project. The four programmes focus on transitions from university to career, from doctoral studies to industry or academia, and from the late postdoc phase to professorships. The paper presents the first results of a survey of the effectiveness of these long-established mentoring programmes in influencing the career development of women. The focus of this study is (1) retention and job satisfaction and (2) an intersectional perspective on gender (Walgenbach et al., 2012). The study explores the impact of uncertainties, such as those brought about by the COVID-19 pandemic, on academic careers and how these uncertainties are structured intersectionally. Initial results from the study on the effectiveness of mentoring relationships will be presented and integrated into research on female academic careers. The article mainly highlights the opportunities for organisational learning and change that mentoring programmes can offer in addressing the broader intersectional challenges faced by women in academia.

References:

Burger, H., Elven, J., Schwarz, J., & Teichmann, F. (2016). Organisierte Karrieren. Zur multiperspektivisch‑multimethodischen Untersuchung akademischer Trajektorien. In M. Göhlich, S. Weber, A. Schröer, & M. Schemmann (Eds.), Organisation und Methode. Beiträge der Kommission Organisationspädagogik (pp. 143–151). Wiesbaden: Springer VS. Schwarz, J., Weber, S. M., & Wieners, S. (2018). Spacing Career Path: Institutionalised Positioning Practices within the Academic Field. In E. Glaser, H.-C. Koller, W. Thole, & S. Krumme (Eds.), Räume für Bildung - Räume der Bildung. Beiträge zum 25. Kongress der Deutschen Gesellschaft für Erziehungswissenschaft (pp. 88–95). Opladen: Verlag Barbara Budrich. van Helden, D. L., Dulk, L. den, Steijn, B., & Vernooij, M. W. (2023). Gender, networks and academic leadership: A systematic review. Educational Management Administration & Leadership, 51, (5, 1049–1066). Walgenbach, K. (2012). Gender is an interdependent Kategorie. In K. Walgenbach, K. Palm, G. Dietze & L Hornscheidt (Eds.). Gender als interdependente Kategorie. Neue Perspektiven auf Intersektionalität, Diversität und Heterogenität (pp. 23-64). Opladen: Verlag Barbara Budrich. Wieners, S. (2022). Die symbolische Ordnung der Wissenschaft und die Dysfunktionalität universitären Mentorings im MINT-Bereich. In S. M. Weber, & J. Elven (Eds.), Beratung in symbolischer Ordnung (pp. 65–84). Wiesbaden: VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
 
17:30 - 19:0032 SES 08 B: School Leadership Research in Organizational Education
Location: Room 015 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Michael Göhlich
Paper Session
 
32. Organizational Education
Paper

Improving digital Leadership Skills in traditional Organizations: School Administration and Principals co-design new Settings for Communication to challenge Uncertainty.

Iris Geigle, Nina Bremm

FAU Erlangen-Nürnberg, Germany

Presenting Author: Geigle, Iris

The uncertainties surrounding advancements in school improvement are closely connected with three primary dimensions: (1) A global aspect that shapes the educational system through disruptive crises such as pandemics, wars, and migrations, along with ongoing digital and social transformations (Kushnir 2021). Educational institutions find themselves contending with and addressing the complexities presented by this global dimension of uncertainty in their daily undertakings. This encompasses challenges such as the integration of refugees, the formulation of homeschooling protocols amidst pandemics, and the integration of digital tools and skills into the realms of learning, and organizational procedures.

In the hope of managing school quality through data and external evaluation, “external evaluation” was introduced as a new actor in the German administration after PISA 2000 - in addition to administrative supervisors and without a common focus between the two institutions (Diedrich 2020). The introduction of external evaluation introduced evidence and standardization as the main paradigms for school development, hence the effectiveness of school evaluation has not been conclusively proven (Malin et al. 2020, Schmidt 2020).

Those significant effectiveness problems describe a (3) third dimension of uncertainty that affects school leaders' decision-making and influences communication and cooperation between school administration, school evaluation, and principals (Kallenbach 2023). These three dimensions of uncertainty describe a real VUCA (volatility, uncertainty, complexity ambiguity) environment especially for principals.

To face these systemic adversities, in the presented project school administration and researchers work within a research-practice partnership (RPP) together with stakeholders involved in school advice and support.

The aim of this multi-stakeholder partnership is to create an experimental field for the coordination of decision-making for a real problem: the design of new frameworks for the discussion and processing of school evaluation results between all relevant stakeholders, including the perspectives of science.

From an organizational education (OE) perspective, the RPP will help to decide from a wider point of view by sharing perspectives and reflecting structures. On the micro-level (Göhlich et al 2018), we aim to establish new forms of collaboration and communication by elaboration and experience within the project. A main element of the development process are design-thinking workshops to create prototypes for feedback setting to discuss external evaluation results with all stakeholders.

Design-Thinking (Brown 2008, Mintrop 2016) opens a new and not yet established perspective in the field of school improvement. It structures a participative and iterative process, involves all stakeholder perspectives and focuses on creating new ideas, tryouts, and continuous improvement. In contrast, previously dominant strategies of new public management reforms focused on evidence, such as the introduction of school evaluation in the early 2000s, but brought to light systemic contradictions (Hangartner & Svaton 2020) that hinder decision-making, management and control of school development processes.

In our work, we focus on explicit individual sense-making processes, experiences, and tensions in communicative settings and moderated sessions. The design is inspired by principles of network structures and distributed decision-making such as Sociocracy and Holacracy (Robertson 2016, Rau & Koch-Gonzalez 2018). Researchers and school administration establish a participative process that brings new work methods into a hierarchical structure. This approach can be understood as an attempt to disrupt the familiar and established system routines of task distribution, communication and decision-making.

Communication and decision-making are main topics and practices in the RPP. The process focuses on three aspects: clarity about roles and related accountabilities, common rules about cooperation and communication, and shared goals. The project mainly addresses the uncertainties within the organizational structure. Clarifying roles, collaboration rules, and goals opens up the potential for successful leadership actions in the VUCA world, such as "Response-ability," "Judgment," "Decision-making," "Question the taken-for-granted," and "Critical thinking" (Elkjaer 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In the context of our research-practice-partnership (RPP), we work with a mixed method design and have different roles in the development process – as (a) facilitators, advisors and experts, and (b) as researchers. As experts, advisors, and facilitators, we co-design fieldwork with practitioners, supporting them in analyzing, planning, and carrying out the process. In the project's development setting and workshops with stakeholders, we use design thinking (Brown 2008, Mintrop 2016) as a participative and reflexive framework for co-creative problem solving. It helps us to loosen up the atmosphere for collaboration and to promote stakeholder interaction. For supervision, guidance, and moderation, we use techniques to visualize (e.g., system mapping) and to focus on listening (e.g., round speak, Rosenbrand 2017).
From the research perspective, we work as ethnographers, observing stakeholders and administrative leaders in their communication, negotiation, and actions throughout the process. In addition to our observation and note-taking in the field, we take audio-documentations in all steps of the process, including planning sessions with the administrative principals. These in-situ documents are interpreted using the documentary method (Bohnsack et al. 2007, Zala-Mezö et al. 2021) with a focus on contextual research (Goldmann 2021). Contextual research can help analyze various institutional norms that are nested within each other and interact with one another (Jansen & Vogd 2017, Goldmann 2021). It primarily focuses on structures and processes, rather than habits, as documentary methods usually do. Since contradictions are constitutive for schools as organizations, valuable practice consists of negotiation and discourse (Rachenbäumer & Bremm 2021).
In our research, we will particularly analyze in-situ sequences of decision-making processes. Although decisions are mainly provoked by external uncertainty (global uncertainty and its local consequences or uncertainty concerning the basis for a decision), decision-making processes refer to tensions or uncertainties in the organizational system (uncertainty about goals, roles, and processes of participation and decision-making). As a wider framework for the interpretation of our sources, convention theory (Storper & Salais 1997, Diaz-Bone 2022) serves to enrich our contextual research.
We are in the process of setting up the cooperation project between FAU and the federal school administration. Our working sessions with the stakeholders will start in March 2024, and the design-thinking workshop will be in May 2024. So far, we have observed and analyzed decision-making in the planning process between researchers and persons responsible in administration, which might be a side aspect of our organizational research.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In our research project, we aim to identify critical communication and collaboration situations through the observation of collaboration in the field and documentary analysis of in-situ documents. Our goal is to characterize leverage points that contribute to establishing clarity in roles, goals, and collaboration between school administration, school evaluation, and principals. As moderators and facilitators, we employ methods that address co-creativity and participation, sharing of needs and perspectives, and knowledge management 'to deliver actionable knowledge' (Palavicino et al. 2023). Interventions shall help make leverage points visible. We offer tools that support to sharpen focus on system structures, discuss tensions, goals transparency, and self-organization. They refer to practices that promote Transformative Innovation Policy. (Palavicino et al. 2023). In the research-practice-partnership, all actors involved experience how decisions can be made in uncertain and basically contradictory organizational structures.
We expect to describe leverage points in cooperation between school administration, school evaluation, and school leaders more precisely by analyzing the in-situ documents. We want to offer knowledge and guidelines to use these leverage points for organizational learning and wayfinding. Within our project, we will design tools that help actors in complex, uncertain, and contradictory organizational structures to negotiate and collaborate in innovation and decision-making processes. Our goal is to create and combine tools that enable leaders and teams to seriously integrate perspective sharing, communication about goals and tensions, co-creation, and open-mindedness into their routines. And to face the wider organizational context and interdependencies. The tools need to be easy to structure and easy to use to foster self-organized and democratic practices in educational organizations. Our tools and guidelines may help establish those basic structures in complex situations in the field of education leaders and administrators and open up the chance to expand horizons and form new purposes and answers (English 2023, Dewey 1916/2008).

References
Alvial Palavicino, C., Matti, C., & Brodnik, C. (2023). Co-creation for Transformative Innovation Policy: An implementation case for projects structured as portfolio of knowledge services. Evidence & Policy, 1–17.
Bohnsack, R. (2007). Die dokumentarische Methode und ihre Forschungspraxis (2. Aufl.). Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Brown, T. (2008). Design Thinking. Harvard Business Review.
Diaz-Bone, R. (2022). Soziologie der Konventionen. In H. Delitz (Hrsg.), Soziologische Denkweisen aus Frankreich (S. 471–493). Springer.
Elkjaer, B. (2022). Taking stock of “Organizational Learning”: Looking back and moving forward. Management Learning, 53(3), 582–604.
English, A. R. (2023). Dewey, Existential Uncertainty and Non-affirmative Democratic Education. In M. Uljens (Hrsg.), Non-affirmative Theory of Education and Bildung (Bd. 20, S. 139–158). Springer International Publishing.
Göhlich, M., Novotny, P., Revsbark, L., & Schröer, A. (2018). Research Memorandum Organizational Education. Studia Paedagogica, 23(2), 205–215.
Kallenbach, L. (2023). Evidenzbasierte Schulentwicklung als mehrdimensionale Spannungsbearbeitung. Ein übergeordneter Erklärungsansatz für anhaltende Wirksamkeitsprobleme. Zeitschrift für Bildungsforschung, 13(1), 109–126.
Klein, E. D., & Bremm, N. (Hrsg.). Unterstützung – Kooperation – Kontrolle: Zum Verhältnis von Schulaufsicht und Schulleitung in der Schulentwicklung. Springer.
Kushnir, I. (2022). The Role of the European Education Area in European Union Integration in Times of Crises. European Review, 30 (3), 301–321.
Leemann, R. J., & Imdorf, C. (2019). Das Potenzial der Soziologie der Konventionen für die Bildungsforschung. In C. Imdorf, R. J. Leemann, & P. Gonon (Hrsg.), Bildung und Konventionen (S. 3–45). Springer.
Malin, J. R., Brown, C., Ion, G. van Ackeren, I., Bremm, N., Luzmore, R., Flood, J. & Rind, G. M. (2020). World-wide barriers and enablers to achieving evidence-informed practice in education. What can be learnt from Spain, England, the United States, and Germany? Humanities and Social Sciences Communications, 7 (1), 1–14.
Mintrop, R. (2016). Design-based school improvement: A practical guide for education leaders. Harvard Education Press.
Robertson, B. (2016). Holacracy. The Revolutionary Management System That Abolishes Hierarchy. Penguin.
Rau, T., Koch-Gonzalez, J. (2018): Many Voices One Song: Shared Power with Sociocracy. Sociocracy For All.
Schmidt, M. (2020). Wirksame Unbestimmtheit, unbestimmte Wirksamkeit: Eine diskursanalytische Untersuchung zur Schulinspektion. Springer.
Zala-Mezö, E., Häbig, J., & Bremm, N. (Hrsg.). (2021). Die Dokumentarische Methode in der Schulentwicklungsforschung. Waxmann.


32. Organizational Education
Paper

Relationships between Principals' Self-efficacy related to Work and Transformational Leadership

Maude Loi Zedda1, Stéphane Thibodeau2, Eric Frenette3, Pascal Forget2

1HEP Vaud, Switzerland; 2Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières, Canada; 3Université Laval, Canada

Presenting Author: Loi Zedda, Maude

According to the Conseil Supérieur de l'Éducation (1999) of Quebec’s jurisdiction, school principals have different responsibilities: educational, political, community and administrative. They must manage the resources at their disposal, and exercise the functions and powers delegated to them by the School board (Gouvernement du Quebec, 2024). According to Sergiovanni (2001), they could be considered as the most influential person within their school.

In school administration, leadership can be conceived as all the practices and behaviors of principals that influence the members of the school (Legendre, 2005). Leadership influences the implementation of change (Bateh et al., 2013) and the commitment of students and teachers (Leithwood et al., 2008). As far as leadership is concerned, Bass' transformative leadership is one of the most widely used theories in education. He defines leadership as an interaction during which an individual increases the motivation or skills of his group (Bass & Bass, 2009). The effect of this leadership is to provide creative and productive working conditions that encourage teachers (Leithwood et al., 2008).

McCormick et al. (2002) mention that Bandura (2007) describes an individual with a high self-efficacy in the same way that Bass (Bass & Bass, 2009) describes an effective transformative leader. They explain that the effective leader is characterized by commitment, determination, and effectiveness in solving difficulties. Bandura (2007) defines self-efficacy as an individual's belief in his ability to perform a certain task. He specifies that it’s the individual's belief in his ability to organize and execute the course of action required to produce desired results. Self-efficacy is influenced by the complexity and specificity of the profession. It must therefore be defined and studied in relation to jobs or individuals who share a common denominator (Cherniss, 1993). Tschannen-Moran and Gareis (2004) consider that principals’ self-efficacy related to work is a judgment on their own ability to structure a particular course of action in order to produce the desired results in the school they lead.

The aim of this study is to examine the relation between self-efficacy related to work and the transformative leadership of Quebec school principals. Research exists on the relation between these variables among principals, mostly in the USA. Daly et al. (2011) indicates some positive and negative relationships between certain self-efficacy dimensions and different factors in the transformational and transactional dimensions, as well as the laissez-faire dimension. However, not all relationships are significant. Marín's research (2013) indicates that certain self-efficacy dimensions explain up to 74% of the variance in transformational leadership practices. He mentions that principals who report a high self-efficacy seem to be more engaged in transformational leadership practices. However, no research seems to focus specifically on the population under study, namely Quebec’s French speaking school principals. Moreover, the results of previous studies seem to lack clarity of the relation (positive or negative) between the variables. Consequently, the research problem lies in the lack of understanding of the relation between self-efficacy and leadership among Quebec’s French speaking school principals.

One hundred and twenty-six Quebec French speaking principals responded to the self-efficacy school principal scale (Fernet et al., 2009) and the self-reported leadership scale by Dussault et al. (2013). The results reveal that there is relation between some dimensions of the self-efficacy related to work and different factors of the transformational and transactional dimensions of transformational leadership, with correlations ranging from 0.22 to 0.46. The results also indicate that the dimensions of self-efficacy related to work were not related to the laissez-faire dimension of transformational leadership. These results are discussed in light of Bandura's (2007) self-efficacy and Bass' transformational leadership theories (Bass & Bass, 2009) as well as previous studies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present research aims to examine the relation between self-efficacy related to work and transformational leadership in principals. A correlational design is used. The chosen sampling method is non-probabilistic. Quebec’s French speaking school principals were invited, via an online survey platform, to complete a questionnaire comprising, among other things, sociodemographic questions, the school principal self-efficacy scale (Fernet et al., 2009) and the self-reported leadership scale of Dussault et al. (2013). One hundred and twenty-six  questionnaires were completed. The sample consisted of 77 principals (61%) and 47 assistant principals (37%), with two respondents not indicating their professional status (2%). Eighty-seven respondents were women (69%), while 37 were men (29.4%). Two respondents indicated that they belonged to an "Other" gender (1.6%). Their ages ranged from 32 to 66 (M = 47.54). For the Fernet et al. 2009 scale, the internal consistency (Cronbach alpha) is .76 for the administrative management dimension, .81 for the personnel management and pedagogical leadership dimension, .76 for the external relations management dimension. As for the self-reported leadership scale of Dussault et al. (2013) concerning the transformational dimension, the internal consistency is .78 for charisma, .75 for intellectual stimulation and .77 for personal recognition. For the transactional dimension, the internal consistency is .83 for the contingent reward factor and .80 for management by exception. Finally, the laissez-faire dimension has an internal consistency of .66. The results consists of descriptive statistics (mean, standard deviations, kurtosis, skewness) and correlation.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research indicates that self-efficacy is, among others, one of the potential causes that can influence the transformational leadership of Quebec’s French speaking school principals. These results contribute to the importance of training principals through a university program. Indeed, it would be advisable to emphasize professional integration to reinforce peer training, mentoring and networking. As Cattonar et al. (2007) indicate, this would enable principals to develop their self-efficacy related to work through various sources, including their vicarious experiences (Bandura, 2007). Similarly, leadership training remains a must. Bass and Avolio (1990) indicate that leadership skills can be acquired. It therefore seems appropriate to encourage transformational and transactional leadership practices that can lead to an effective school. (Marzano et al., 2016). The study has certain limitations relate to the lack of available empirical literature, the research design, the sample, and the self-reported measurement of concepts. In terms of future research, it would seem worthwhile to plan repeated-measures research and to verify the factor structure of the different questionnaires to overcome certain limitations of this study. Finally to avoid social desirability bias, it would seem appropriate to carry out this research with teachers and principals. This would enable us to observe principal leadership from a teacher's perspective.
References
Bandura, A. (2007). Auto-efficacité : le sentiment d’efficacité personnelle (2nd ed.). De Boeck.

Bass, B. & Avolio, B. J. (1990). Developing transformational leadership: 1992 and beyond. Journal of European industrial training, 14(4), 468‑478.

Bass, B. & Bass, R. (2009). The Bass handbook of leadership: Theory, research, and managerial applications. Free Press.

Cattonar, B., Lessard, C., Blais, J.-G., Larose, F., Riopel, M.-C., Tardif, M., … Wright, A. (2007). Les directeurs et les directrices d’école au Canada: contexte, profil et travail. Enquêtes pancanadiennes auprès des directions et des enseignants d’écoles primaires et secondaires (2005-2006). Chaire de recherche du Canada sur le personnel et les métiers de l’Éducation.

Cherniss, C. (1993). Role of professional self-efficacy in the etiology and amelioration of burnout. In T. Schaufeli, W. B., Maslach, C., & Marek (Eds.), Professionnal Burnout: Recent developments in theory ans research (pp. 135‑143). Taylor et Francis Group.

Conseil supérieur de l’éducation. (1999). Diriger une école secondaire: un nouveau contexte, de nouveaux défis. Conseil supérieur de l’éducation.

Daly, A. J., Der-Martirosian, C., Ong-Dean, C., Park, V., & Wishard-Guerra, A. (2011). Leading under sanction: Principals’ perceptions of threat rigidity, efficacy, and leadership in underperforming Schools. Leadership & Policy in Schools, 10(2), 171‑206.

Dussault, M., Frenette, É., & Fernet, C. (2013). Leadership: Validation of a self-report scale. Psychological Reports, 112(2), 419‑436.

Fernet, C., Austin, S., & Dussault, M. (2009). L’importance de la spécificité des rôles professionnels lors de l’évaluation de la perception d’efficacité personnelle des directions d’école. Paper presented at 31 Colloque de l’ADMEE. Québec.

Gouvernement du Québec. (2024). Loi sur l’instruction publique. Recueil des lois et des règlements du Québec.

Leithwood, K. Harris, A. et Hopkins, D. (2008). Seven strong claims about sucessful school leadership. School Leadership and Management, 28(1), 27-42

Marín, J. R. (2013). The relationship between ethnicity, self-efficacy, and beliefs about diversity to instructional and transformational leadership practices of urban school principals. (Doctoral dissertation). University of Southern California.

Marzano, R. J., Waters, T., & McNulty, B. A. (2005). School leadership that works: From research to results. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development.

McCormick, M. J., Tanguma, J., & Lopez-Forment, A. S. (2002). Extending self-efficacy theory to leadership: A review and empirical test. Journal of Leadership Education, 1(2), 34‑49.

Sergiovanni, T. J. (2001). The principalship : A reflective practice perspective (4th ed.). Allyn and Bacon.

Tschannen‐Moran, M. & Gareis, C. R. (2004). Principals’ sense of efficacy. Journal of Educational Administration, 42(5), 573‑585.


32. Organizational Education
Paper

Middle leaders, School Uncertainty and Organizational Learning

Noy Dali, Osnat Mordo, Dorit Tubin

Ben-Gurion University, Israel

Presenting Author: Dali, Noy; Mordo, Osnat

A school is a stable organization that usually knows how to manage in its uncertain environment. For example, during the Covid-19 pandemic, despite the difficulties, many schools increased their budgets, recruited temporary staff, promoted teachers’ digital literacy, and introduced online platforms (Reimers & Schleicher, 2020). One of the factors enabling this stability is the middle leaders (MLs). MLs are teachers who also perform part-time administrative roles, such as subject leader and head of year. Their primary tasks are coordinating the curriculum, scheduling exams, developing teachers’ professional skills, and monitoring students’ achievements and behavior (De-Nobile, 2021). Positioned as mediators between senior management and teaching staff, MLs facilitate information flow and promote organizational learning, which can reduce uncertainty and foster stability and order in the school.

Organizational learning is the process whereby individual personal knowledge becomes organizational knowledge (Argyris & Schön, 1996). According to this theory, such a process contains two kinds of learning. Single-loop learning is learning that uses existing knowledge, norms, policies, and strategies to correct errors. Double-loop learning is learning that not only seeks to solve a problem but also to question and change the basic norms and assumptions that create it. Both forms of learning are essential for organizational functioning. However, in times of uncertainty, engaging in double-loop learning can be a significant advantage in clarifying organizational routines and enhancing the organization’s ability to answer internal and external expectations. In addition, it can lead to a better understanding of the sources of problems, and provide the organization with innovative solutions that better suit its goals.

However, double-loop learning can also be challenging to implement because it requires a collaborative climate, reflection, and openness to change, which run counter to the usual organizational culture of competition and success by any means (Senge, 1990). While it has already been found that MLs are essential for school management, it is still unclear how they contribute to organizational learning. The present study seeks to delve deeper into this topic, and understand how MLs influence organizational learning and school uncertainty.

Preliminary findings indicate that MLs often engage in single-loop learning, which primarily focuses on immediate problem-solving or what they term “putting out fires” and “patching up holes”. Such learning involves identifying and addressing problems swiftly to prevent escalation. For instance, in one case, the grade-level coordinator told us how she stepped in to teach a class in the absence of a subject teacher, thereby reducing the immediate disruption and maintaining the educational routines. However, the findings show that this order is temporary since the same problems arise again the next day with another teacher. In addition, we did not find indications of double-loop learning. Following the previous example, the grade-level coordinator did not look for the reasons for teacher absenteeism, at the organizational routine of checking the teachers’ attendance, or the reward system accompanying attendance and absence. In another case, the subject coordinator told us that she did not know how to promote a bad teacher. The coordinator can see that he is trying, he prepares, works, and asks for help, but she does not know how to guide him to connect with the students, partly because she does not know the background to his difficulties, and how to provide him with professional guidance so he can improve. In other words, she knows what the problem is but does not know how to break it down, examine its components, and reassemble them in a way that suits the teacher, the students, and the school.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present multiple-case study was conducted from 2021 to 2022 to better understand a complex phenomenon (Yin, 2018), in this case, the MLs’ contribution to organizational learning. Four large, high-achieving Israeli high schools attended by more than 1,000 students, were studied. These schools, led by principals with at least three years of leadership seniority, varied in aspects of sector (state-secular and state-religious), district (south and center), and student demographics (medium and high SES).

A team of four researchers collected the data. They conducted semi-structured interviews with four school principals and 61 middle leaders, specifically subject and grade-level coordinators. These MLs hold broad responsibility for all the students, and lead a team of teachers teaching mandatory subjects such as language, English, and mathematics, or specific age groups (respectively). In addition to interviews, the research team observed 33 team and management meetings, and collected relevant documents such as school schedules and work plans. All collected data, including audio recordings of interviews and meetings, were transcribed, and securely stored in a protected digital folder accessible only to the research team.

The data was analyzed both inductively and deductively using Dedoose software. The inductive analysis involved examining all the data to develop categories and subcategories, and grouping the main recurring themes in the interviews. For instance, categories such as decision-making processes and problem-solving strategies among MLs were identified. Concurrently, a deductive analysis was performed in accordance with the conceptual framework of organizational learning theory (Argyris & Schön, 1996), which focuses on single-loop learning and double-loop learning.

Ethical standards were maintained by presenting the research objectives to the interviewees, protecting their privacy and anonymity, and obtaining their informed consent.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We conclude that the MLs focus on single-loop learning, and play a pivotal role in maintaining organizational order and stability. This often leads to mere school survival, as expected from the school environment, but less to double-loop learning, which can clarify school uncertainty. It is interesting to note that the MLs present great confidence in their role, and know exactly what to do. In fact, the better they understood how to perform what was expected of them, the less they engaged in double-loop learning. For example, the greater the pressure from the senior management to prepare the students well for exams, the fewer questions were asked about exams as a valid and reliable measure to test the students’ knowledge.

This leads us to another conclusion, that the short-term effectiveness of single-loop learning inhibits engagement in double-loop learning. This means that the effectiveness and immediacy of MLs in problem-solving often reduce the perceived need or motivation to engage in double-loop learning. Such learning, though more challenging, can improve the school and even reduce uncertainty. However, it might create a different form of ambiguity as it changes well-known assumptions, rules, and routines. This conclusion helps to explain the complexities involved in implementing change within schools.

This study has theoretical and practical contributions. Theoretically, it offers new insights regarding the nature of MLs and their role in navigating uncertainty and preventing crises within the school. Moreover, it emphasizes the importance of balance in organizational learning.  It is not either immediate problem-solving in single-loop learning or long-term deep learning in double-loop learning, but a combination that requires a lot of practice. The practical contribution is a guideline for MLs’ professional development program that emphasizes such a combination: how to do both– promote clarity by problem-solving, and innovative system thinking by engaging in double-loop learning.

References
Argyris, C., & Schön, C. (1996). Organizational Learning II. Theory. Method and Practice. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
De-Nobile, J. (2021). “Researching middle leadership in schools: the state of the art”. International Studies in Educational Administration, 49(2), 3-27.
Reimers, F., & Schleicher, A. (2020). Schooling disrupted, schooling rethought. How the Covid-19 pandemic is changing education.‏ OECD. https://globaled.gse.harvard.edu/files/geii/files/education_continuity_v3.pdf  
Senge, P. M. (1990a). The Fifth Discipline: The art and practice of the learning organization. Doubleday Currency.
Yin, K. R. (2018). Case Study Research and Applications: Design and Methods (6rd ed.). Sage Publications.
 
17:30 - 19:0033 SES 08 A: Women Pioneers and Role Models in STEM and Social Sciences
Location: Room 010 in ΧΩΔ 02 (Common Teaching Facilities [CTF02]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Esther Berner
Paper Session
 
33. Gender and Education
Paper

Pioneering Paths: Understanding the Professional Growth of Female Academicians in the Chinese Academies of Sciences and Engineering

Qing Wang, Ziyin Xiong

Shanghai Jiaotong Univers, China, People's Republic of

Presenting Author: Wang, Qing

Globally, female participation in academia has witnessed a great increase. At both European and country level, women published a similar number of publications at early stages of their career as male counterparts between 2015 and 2019 (She Figures 2021,2021). Yet, evidence across countries reveals that women are still underrepresented in academic leadership positions, and the phenomenon of “pipeline leakage” (Sonnert&Holton,1996) exists in the career development of female researchers.

One way to better increase representation of women in both tenured and administrative academic positions is to focus on the career development pattern of female scientists who have established themselves in positions of academic leadership. By exploring their career development regularity, it will provide reference for the relevant institutions to develop policies that better meet the career development needs of female academics and support their career development.

Guided by Bernardi’s conceptualization of the life course cube (2019), the purpose of this mixed study is to trace the career development experiences of female academicians in the Chinese Academy of Sciences and the Chinese Academy of Engineering, aiming to understand how they have pursued their professional careers. Specifically, this study will attempt to answer the following research questions: What are the common factors that contribute to the career development of Chinese female academicians?

The theory of the life course cube stems from the paradigm of life course research. Elder defined the life course as "the life path manifested through age differentiation over the course of a person's life"(Elder,1994), and it focuses on the development and changes of individuals throughout their entire life course, which aligns with the analysis of the career development experiences of female academicians in this study, especially the opportunities and challenges they face at different stages of their career development.

Particularly, the life course cube identifies a system of complex interdependencies. At the most basic level are three ‘first-order" interdependencies related to time, domains, and levels. These represent the core axes of the cube: (1) The time-related interdependence of the life course between the history of a life course, current life circumstances, and the future life course. (2) The interdependence between life domains, meaning that individuals’ goals, resources, and behaviors in one domain (such as work, family, education, or leisure) are interrelated with other domains. (3) The multilevel interdependence of the life course, which connects individual action and behavior over the life course (‘individual-action levels’) with the life courses of other people, social networks, and the ‘external’ societal opportunity structure (‘supra-individual levels’) and the ‘internal’ dispositions and psycho-physiological functioning (‘inner-individual levels’) (Bernardi et al.,2019).

Building on life course theory and by reviewing existing research on factors related to the career development of female researchers, this study explores the factors and their dynamic relationships that contribute to the career advancement of Chinese female academicians at three levels: supra-individual levels, individual action level, and inner-individual levels. (1) Supra-individual levels variables include the female researchers' social relationship (family relationship, mentorship relationship and collaborative relationship), organizational culture (gender equality policies, compensation systems and flexible arrangements, etc.), and the broader socio-cultural context (economic conditions, political environment and cultural customs, etc.). (2) Individual-action levels variables include educational background (institutions), mobility experiences (domestic and international mobility) and research ability (publications and patents). (3) Inner-individual levels factors refer to personal traits, including talent, interests, and willpower, etc.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study adopts an explanatory sequential design. In the quantitative research, the Curriculum Vitae analysis method was used to collect data on birthplaces, alma maters, mobility experiences, research competence (h-index, citation counts the number of publications and the number of patents), and the years of receiving the academician title of female academicians in the Chinese Academy of Sciences and Chinese Academy of Engineering. The data sources include official websites of their affiliated institutions, the Scopus and the incoPat.

The growing cycle of career of female academicians is defined as the time period starting from their undergraduate education to the point of obtaining the title of academician. Using Stata/SE 14.1 to carry out descriptive statistics, one-way ANOVA and correlation analyses, this study hypothesized the following relationships between various variables and the growing cycle: (1) H1: There is a correlation between the reputations of the graduate institutions and the growing cycle; (2) H2: There are differences in the growing cycle among female academicians who studied at a single institution, two institutions, and three institutions; (3) H3: There are differences in the growing cycle between female academicians with domestic work mobility experiences and those without; (4) H4: There are differences in the growing cycle between female academicians with international work mobility experiences and those without; (5) H5: There is a correlation between the h-index and the growing cycle of female academicians; (6) H6: There is a correlation between citation counts and the growing cycle of female academicians; (7) H7: There is a correlation between the number of publications and the growing cycle of female academicians; (8) H8: There is a correlation between the number of patents and the growing cycle of female academicians.

For the qualitative data, the researcher employed convenience sampling to select female academicians for semi-structured interviews until theoretical saturation was reached. Considering the difficulty of accessing academicians, interviews and documentaries from mainstream media serve as supplementary materials. The interview outline was designed around the theoretical framework of this study. Applying thematic analysis, the interview transcripts were processed in the following sequence: familiarization with the data, initial coding, identifying themes, adjusting and refining themes, defining and naming themes, and writing the report (Braun&Clarke,2006). Through the constant comparison between new data and exiting categories, the researcher was able to identify the theoretical relationship among the themes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Results show that there are currently 115 female academicians in China. Their growing cycle averages 36.1 years. (1) At the supra-individual levels, female academicians are more likely to originate from economically developed regions. 67% of female academicians were born in economically developed areas in eastern China, while only 13% come from underdeveloped regions in the western part of the country. Family support is another supra-individual factor in the career development of women academicians, some of whom mentioned that their success was due in part to the fact that family members took on their responsibilities and duties as mothers, daughters and wives. (2) At the individual-action levels, outstanding research competence and good institutional reputations are important factors in obtaining the title of academician. Among them, a correlation analysis was conducted between the h-index and the growing cycle of academicians, resulting in a correlation coefficient of -0.3529 (P < 0.01), indicating that the higher the h-index of female academicians, the shorter their growing cycle. Similar patterns were observed in the correlation between citation, publication, patent invention, institutional reputations and the growing cycle. However, the effect of mobility experiences, and the plurality of graduating institutions on the growing cycle of women academicians was not significant. (3) At the inner-individual levels, almost all reports on female academicians mention that they have shown a passion for science, exceptional learning abilities, and strong determination from a young age, which have played a crucial role in their success in the field of science. The above findings are preliminary exploratory results. Further analysis and explanation will be conducted in future research to explore more related factors and the interdependencies among the three levels of factors, as well as summarize the whole pattern of career development of female academicians.
References
European Commission, Directorate-General for Research and Innovation. (2021). She
figures 2021: gender in research and innovation: statistics and indicators,
Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/06090.

Sonnert, G., & Holton, G. (1996). Career patterns of women and men in the sciences.

American Scientist, 84(1), 63-71. Retrieved from https://www.proquest.com/scholarly-
journals/career-patterns-women-men-sciences/docview/215266071/se-2.

Bernardi, L., Huinink, J., & Settersten, R. A., Jr (2019). The life course cube: A tool for
studying lives. Advances in life course research, 41, 100258.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.alcr.2018.11.004.

Elder, G. (1994). Time, Human Agency, and Social Change: Perspectives on the Life
Course. Social Psychology Quarterly, 57(1), 4-15.
https://doi.org/10.2307/2786971.

Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative
Research in Psychology, 3(2), 77–101. https://doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa.


33. Gender and Education
Paper

Gender Bias: The History of Discovery (and Neglect) of a Pedagogical Problem

Esther Berner

Helmut Schmidt University, Germany

Presenting Author: Berner, Esther

The contribution follows on from two problem perspectives mentioned centrally in the Network 33 call, namely “genders and their intersections” and the role of “biases in the form, content, access and opportunities of education”. The approach is historiographical, focusing on the phase in which educational science was established as a university discipline at the beginning of the 20th century in Germany. The focus is on the question of what findings existed at that time - even beyond educational science - regarding the meaning of sex and gender, but also other categories of difference, and what influence these have had on educational theory formation, but also on disciplinary practices of inclusion and exclusion. The work of the educational scientist and sociologist Mathilde Vaerting (1884-1977) and its (contemporary) (non-)reception will be discussed as an example.

Appointed to the University of Jena in 1923, Mathilde Vaerting was the first female professor of educational science at a German university. Her career was marked by marginalization and disavowal and ended when the National Socialists came to power. Even after the Second World War, she was unable to find a place in academia (Kraul 1999, 1987; Wobbe 1994, 1991). Her example, i.e. the openly aggressive and sometimes sexist hostility that permeated objective scientific criticism in the context of her (failed) habilitation project and as a professor in Jena (Plate 1930), represent the vehemence of the defense. The extent to which her biography and career confirmed her theory on sex and power is an irony of fate. This is one of the reasons why her name is hardly known in educational science today.

However, there is the assumption (which needs to be examined further) that her repression also has something to do with her scientific theses (Berner/Hofbauer 1923). Her focus was on analyzes of power and domination as well as the resulting conditions of oppression. In this context, at the beginning of the 1920s she had already pointed out in a paradigmatic way the importance of gender (later also of origin, race, etc.) as factor(s) in processes of inclusion and exclusion, findings that she judged to bo particularly relevant to the fields of educational science and praxis and scientific research in general (Berner 2024a forthcoming). Her social constructivist approach, with which she fundamentally questioned traditional assumptions and explanatory models of sex differences, can be viewed as quite unique in the academic context of her time, which was dominated by the so called “Geisteswissenschaftliche Pädagogik”. In particular, the methodological consequences that she drew from this with regard to empirical psychological and educational research can be read as an attack against established educational research and theory development (ibid.).

Vaerting's criticism was not only directed at pedagogy, but also at the new empirical-differential psychology and the developments in aptitude testing (Vaerting 1923, 1931). She accused them of reproducing the preconceptions concerning gender differences (e.g. with regard to intellectual strengths and weaknesses, personality traits, preferences and inclinations). She also criticized contemporary (child) psychology of suggesting the inferiority of the young generations compared to the old (Vaerting 1928). This would result in oppression of the adolescents by the adults, which manifests itself in extensive incapacitation and the denial of property and participation rights. Analogous to the gender bias in sex psychology, Vaerting speaks of a “major source of error” in previous youth psychology, because it believes it can "identify peculiarities that are specific to adolescence as such. But this is a mistake. [...] The psychology of youth today is not the psychology of youth as such, but the psychology of youth as it is characteristic of its current power situation" (Vaerting, 1929, p. 240).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The researchis based on extensive source material, including Vaerting's writings, which have hardly been analyzed to date, as well as sources and documents that document the "hegemonic" theoretical discourse. In her work, Vaerting dealt in many ways with the renowned representatives of academic pedagogy and progresive education. She also reconstructs gender theories and debates on the basis of relevant medical, psychological, sexological and anthropological literature.
The analyses are guided by an approach from the history and sociology of science that is based on Ludwik Fleck's (2017) theory of "Denkstile" and "Denkkollektive". The rejection of Vaerting's theoretical and methodological positions and the findings derived from them with regard to constructions of difference will be examined as a conflict between competing "Denkstile". In addition, it is important to contextualize Vaerting's criticism of contemporary gender relations within the framework of the virulent gender debates. The matriarchy discourse of the time is of primary importance here - Vaerting (1921) herself referred to matriarchy theories, which were much discussed at the time (Berner 2024b forthcoming).
Various concepts and terms from Fleck's work can be fruitfully applied and tested.
The methodological errors and problems of interpretation cited by Vaerting can be interpreted in terms of Fleck's constraints of thought ("Denkzwänge") and the harmony of deception ("Harmonie der Täuschung") that is effective in the process.
There are various indications, for example from the field of comparative anatomy and physiology, that gender research at Vaerting's time was guided by strong mental constraints. Results that did not conform to the prevailing stereotypes were repeatedly reinterpreted - subject to the harmony of deception - and contradictory results were marginalized. The fact that the conclusions drawn from the results were sometimes diametrically opposed had already led contemporaries to make ironic comments (Thompson 1903). The relevant writings of the American psychologist Helen Bradford Thompson were known to Vaerting and were quoted by her (Vaerting 1923). Where, for example, comparisons with the animals in evolutionary theories spoke in favor of the superiority of the female sex, the argument was simply reversed (Voß 2010); and outstanding achievements of girls and women in school or science were often interpreted as the result of typical female diligence and imitative instinct, which were then contrasted with male intellect and originality.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
With her writings, Mathilde Vaerting took a critical approach to the oppression of women in their diverse lives, which means that she can be classified as part of the contemporary emancipation movement. By focusing on the reproduction of gender stereotypes in science, her analyzes also went beyond the gender debate that was common at the time. In fact, the gender of knowledge, problematized by Mathilde Vaerting, has been one of the key questions in gender research since the 1970s until today (Jähnert 2010). If Vaerting´s work had been received appropriately, it could have played a pioneering role in the discovery of gender bias and specially its role in educational research.
In several ways, her style of thinking was not compatible with the academic pedagogy. It was focused on (social) difference rather than the universality of ideas and problematized power and oppression beyond a teleological harmony of ends. Her approach and knowledge base were interdisciplinary, sometimes eclectic, but open to empirical sciences and internationally informed. It should be noted that Vaerting formulated her theses and theories at a time when women's access to academic science was highly contested and open or latent resistance was widespread among male colleagues. Vaerting's analyzes were intended to shake the foundations of male hegemony in science. The fact that there was an awareness of this threat in those circles can be seen in the many 'findings' based on so called hard facts (from medicine, anatomy, physiology, anthropology etc.) that were published to serve the millennia-old prae-idea (“Prä-Idee”) (Fleck 2017) of congenital female deficiencies (e.g. Möbius 1900; Runge 1900; Krafft-Ebing 1902; Matthias 1929). Where no strategic calculation was at work, it were perhaps unconscious compulsions in thinking ("Denkzwänge) in the sense of Fleck.

References
Berner, E. (2024a forthcoming). „Gender Bias“: M. Vaertings Beitrag zur Entdeckung eines pädagogischen Problems.

Berner, E. (2024b forthcoming). Männerherrschaft - Frauenherrschaft: Zur Einordnung M. Vaertings in den zeitgenössischen Matriarchatsdiskurs

Berner, E./Hofbauer, S. (2023). Mathilde Vaerting (1884–1977) und ihr (unzeitgemäßer) Beitrag zu Pädagogik und Macht. Historica Scholastica 9, no. 1, 99-122.

Fleck, Ludwig: Entstehung und Entwicklung einer wissenschaftlichen Tatsache : Einführung in die Lehre vom Denkstil und Denkkollektiv. Frankfurt a.M. Suhrkamp.

Jähnert, G. (2010). Geschlechterstudien / Gender Studies. In: Tenorth, H.-E. (ed.): Geschichte der Universität unter den Linden 1810-2010. Praxis ihrer Disziplinen. Bd. 6. Berlin: Akademie, 313-329.

Krafft-Ebing von, R. (1902). Psychosis Menstrualis. Eine klinisch-forensische Studie. Stuttgart: Enke.

Kraul, M. (1987). Geschlechtscharakter und Pädagogik: Mathilde Vaerting (1884–1977). In: Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, no. 22, 475–489.

Kraul, M. (1999). Jenas erste Professorin: Mathilde Vaerting. Leben und Werk im Kreuzfeuer der Geschlechterproblematik. In: Horn, G. (ed.): Die Töchter der Alma mater Jenensis. Neunzig Jahre Frauenstudium an der Universität von Jena. Rudolstadt, Jena: Hain, 91–112.

Matthias, E. (1929). Die Frau, ihr Körper und dessen Pflege durch die Gymnastik. Berlin: Eigenbrödler.

Möbius, P.J. (1900). Über den physiologischen Schwachsinn des Weibes. Halle: Marhold.

Plate, L. (1930). Feminismus unter dem Deckmantel der Wissenschaft. In: Eberhard, E.F.W. (ed): Geschlechtscharakter und Volkskraft. Grundprobleme des Feminismus. Darmstadt/Leipzig, 196–215.

Runge, M. (1900). Das Weib in seiner geschlechtlichen Eigenart. 4. Aufl. Berlin: Springer.

Thompson, H.B. (1903). The mental traits of sex. An experimental investigation of the normal mind in men and women. Chicago: Univ. of Chicago Press.

Vaerting, M. (1921). Die weibliche Eigenart im Männerstaat und die männliche Eigenart im Frauenstaat. Karlsruhe i.B.: G. Braunsche Hofbuchdruckerei und Verlag.

Vaerting, M. (1923). Wahrheit und Irrtum in der Geschlechterpsychologie. Karlsruhe i.B.: G. Braunsche Hofbuchdruckerei und Verlag.

Vaerting, M. (1928). Die Macht der Massen. Berlin: Pfeiffer.

Vaerting, M. (1929). Die Macht der Massen in der Erziehung. Berlin: Pfeiffer.

Vaerting, M. (1931). Lehrer und Schüler. Ihr gegenseitiges Verhalten als Grundlage der Charaktererziehung. Leipzig: Barth.

Voß, H.-J. (2015). Making Sex Revisited. Dekonstruktion des Geschlechts aus biologisch-medizinischer Perspektive. Bielefeld: Transcript.

Wobbe, Th. (1991). Ein Streit um die akademische Gelehrsamkeit: Die Berufung Mathilde Vaertings im politischen Konfliktfeld der Weimarer Republik. In: Zentraleinrichtung zur Förderung von Frauenstudien und Frauenforschung an der Freien Universität Berlin (ed.). Berliner Wissenschaftlerinnen stellen sich vor, no. 8.

Wobbe, Th. (1994). Mathilde Vaerting (1884–1977). “Es kommt alles auf den Unterschied an (…) der Unterschied ist Grundelement der Macht“. In: Hahn, B. (ed.): Frauen in den Kulturwissenschaften. Von Lou Andreas-Salomé bis Hannah Arendt. München: Beck, 123–135.
 
17:30 - 19:0034 SES 08 A JS: IEA and Network 34 Invited Reception
Location: Foyer (ground floor) of SFC07 building
Session Chair: Valeria Damiani
Session Chair: Mar Puigbert Moreno
In connection with this year’s ECER 2024 in Nicosia, IEA and Network 34 (Research on Citizenship Education) are organizing an evening of networking, appetizers, and drinks. The reception is an opportunity to celebrate the recent releases from and future cycle of IEA's ICCS (International Civic and Citizenship Education Study), as well as the establishment of EERA’s Network 34. The networking reception will take place on Wednesday, 28 August at the University of Nicosia from 17:30 to 19:00, following a joint symposia on ICCS delivered by Network 34 and Network 9 (Assessment, Evaluation, Testing and Measurement). Please note that this event is by invitation only. Contact: Mar Puigbert/ iea.nl
17:30 - 19:0034 SES 08 C JS: Activism & Democracy in Open Learning
Location: Room LRC 017 in Library (Learning Resource Center "Stelios Ioannou" [LRC]) [Ground Floor]
Session Chair: Monica Assante
Joint Paper Session, NW 06 and NW34. Full details in 06 SES 08 A JS

 
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address:
Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2024
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.153+TC
© 2001–2025 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany